Conference Agenda

Overview and details of the sessions of this conference. Please select a date or location to show only sessions at that day or location. Please select a single session for detailed view (with abstracts and downloads if available).

Please note that all times are shown in the time zone of the conference. The current conference time is: 1st June 2024, 07:54:02am GMT

 
Filter by Track or Type of Session 
Only Sessions at Date / Time 
 
 
Session Overview
Date: Thursday, 24/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am00 SES 09 A: Citizenship Education in Europe and Beyond. The Role of Research
Location: Joseph Black Building, B419 LT [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Paulína Koršňáková
Panel Discussion
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Panel Discussion

Citizenship Education in Europe and Beyond. The Role of Research

Paulína Koršňáková1, Joe O'Hara2, Karen Pashby3, Maria Magdalena Isac4, Andres Sandoval Hernandez5, Ralph Carstens6

1IEA & SERS, Slovak Republic; 2Dublin City University Institute of Education, Ireland; 3Manchester Metropolitan University, UK; 4KU Leuven, Belgium; 5University of Bath, UK; 6IEA Hamburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Koršňáková, Paulína; O'Hara, Joe; Pashby, Karen; Isac, Maria Magdalena; Sandoval Hernandez, Andres; Carstens, Ralph

Contemporary societies are facing new and persisting challenges. Lack of trust in democratic processes, increased globalization, migration, economic inequalities, climate change, populism and the rise of illiberal democracies are among the most relevant issues that are shifting the concept of citizenship. This in turn implies changes to the ways citizenship education is conceived and the re-evaluation of its objectives and contents as well as the values and attitudes within traditional notions of nation-state-defined citizenship and global perspectives (Osler & Starkey, 2005; Alviar-Martin, 2018).

In the last decades, citizenship education has been the object of renewed attention at both national and international levels, considered as a means for providing students with the knowledge, awareness and skills to develop a deeper understanding of current issues and to act responsibly in contemporary societies (Eurydice, 2017). Promoting citizenship education at school has been an enduring aim of the educational policies European Union (European Parliament 2022, and the Council, 2006, 2018), with active citizenship recognized as one of the key areas that need further development in the education and training systems across Member States to achieve the European Education Area by 2025 (Council of the European Union, 2021). This is further exemplified by the work carried out by the Council of Europe, namely the Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture (Council of Europe, 2018).

The research in the field of citizenship education has continued to grow in academia and research centres and institutions, for example how citizenship values are taught across subject areas, philosophical bases for citizenship education, digital citizenship education, global citizenship education and its contestations, environmental education and action-competencies, and the challenges related to neutrality and impartiality in learning opportunities and teaching related to controversial issues.

In this space, the IEA (International Association for Evaluation of Educational Achievement) International Civics and Citizenship Study (ICCS) is investigating the ways in which young people are prepared to undertake their roles as citizens. As a curriculum-oriented study, ICCS gathers data on system, school and classroom-level antecedents, processes, and outcomes of citizenship education, including students’ knowledge and understanding, attitudes and engagement (Schulz et al., 2016; Schulz et al., 2018). ICCS 2022 is the third cycle of the study, involved 22 countries and two benchmarking participants - most of these from Europe – and takes recent developments and challenges into consideration, e.g. sustainability, engagement through digital technologies, diversity, views of the political system, and global citizenship notions (Schulz et al., 2022). Results will be released in November of 2023 and are expected to be discussed in depth at ECER 2024.

At a more global level, global citizenship education and education for sustainable development have received increased attention in the academic and political discourse, related especially to Target 4.7 of the UN Sustainable Development Goals (UN, 2015). Within Europe, the recently adopted Dublin Declaration (Global Education Network Europe, 2022) links directly, yet goes well beyond, these advocacy initiatives.

The panel aims to discuss research developments in the area of civic and citizenship education and its desiderata, tackling issues related to its monitoring and evaluation, global influences, as well as European and national perspectives on research for policy and practice (e.g. Malak-Minkiewicz & Torney-Purta, 2021). It convenes experts on the importance of civic and citizenship education in democratically troublesome times and the study’s necessary evolution for the next cycle in 2027, examples of fruitful secondary analyses and interesting findings, and the way that research can support the monitoring of SDG thematic indicator 4.7. Importantly, the EERA’s mission in this space will be explored to ultimately present the motivation and intention to originate a new citizenship education research network within EERA.


References
Alviar-Martin, T. (2018). Culture and Citizenship. In Ian Davies, Li-Ching Ho, Dina Kiwan, Carla L. Peck, Andrew Peterson, Edda Sant, Yusef Waghid (eds.), The Palgrave Handbook of Global Citizenship and Education. Palgrave Macmillan, London. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-59733-5_22
Council of Europe (2018). Reference framework of competences for democratic culture. Volume 1: Context, concepts and model. Volume 2: Descriptors of competences for democratic culture. Volume 3: Guidance for implementation. Strasbourg: Council of Europe.
Council of the European Union (2006). Recommendation of the European parliament and of the council of 18 December 2006 on key competences for lifelong learning. Available at https://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=OJ:L:2006:394:0010:0018:en:PDF (last accessed March 2023).
Council of the European Union (2018). Council Recommendation of 22 May 2018 on key competences for lifelong learning. Available at https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32018H0604(01)&from=EN (last accessed March 2023).
Council of the European Union (2021). Council Resolution on a strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training towards the European Education Area and beyond (2021-2030). Available at https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/b004d247-77d4-11eb-9ac9-01aa75ed71a1 (last accessed March 2023)
European Parliament (2022) Implementation of citizenship education actions. Report and decision procedure 2021/2008(INI). Available at: https://oeil.secure.europarl.europa.eu/oeil/popups/ficheprocedure.do?lang=en&reference=2021/2008(INI) (last accessed March 2023)
Eurydice (2017). Citizenship education at school in Europe. Brussels: European Commission.
Global Education Network Europe (2022) The European Declaration on Global Education to 2050. Final version adopted 4 Nov 2022. Available at: https://www.gene.eu/ge2050-congress (last accessed March 2023).
Malak-Minkiewicz, B, & Torney-Purta, J. (eds)(2021) Influences of the IEA Civic and Citizenship Education Studies. Practice, Policy, and Research Across Countries and Regions. Cham, Springer https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-71102-3
Osler, A. & Starkey, H. (2005a) Changing citizenship: democracy and inclusion in education (Maidenhead, Open University Press)
Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B. & Agrusti, G. (2016). ICCS assessment framework. Amsterdam, the Netherlands: International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA).
Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G. Friedman, T. (2018). Becoming citizens in a changing world. IEA international civic and citizenship education study 2016 international Report. Amsterdam, the Netherlands: International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA).
Schulz, W., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Ainley, J., Damiani, V., Friedman, T. (2022). ICCS 2022 assessment framework. Amsterdam, the Netherlands: International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA).

Chair
Paulína Koršňáková, p.korsnakova@iea.nl; International Association for Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA) & SERS
 
9:00am - 10:30am01 SES 09 A: Teacher Professional Learning and Development in Europe (Part 1)
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 3 (Gannochy) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Margery McMahon
Session Chair: Lars Qvortrup
Symposium to be continued in 01 SES 11 A
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Symposium

Teacher Professional Learning and Development (PLD) in Europe - 3

Chair: Margery McMahon (University of Glasgow)

Discussant: Lars Qvortrup (Aarhus University)

Innovation in Teacher Professional Learning in Europe Research, Policy and Practice is a book due to be published by Routledge in 2023, providing an overview of teacher professional learning and development in 14 European countries. The authors participating in this symposium will provide an insight into current policy and practice relating to PLD in their countries. Taken together, the three symposia in this series will enable an up-to-date commentary on the state of PLD in Europe.

During recent decades we can track a path going from teacher education as In-service training (INSET) to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) to Professional Learning and Development (Ostinelli and Crescentini, 2021). The first is usually conceived as an occasional complement to initial teacher education; the second is a continuing process typified by transmissive approaches (Timperley, 2011); the third, finally, includes learning under the form of evolutionary processes capable of generating professional expertise and mastery (Dreyfus and Dreyfuss, 2008), focusing on the teacher as an individual professional but forming part of a network of professional learners capable of providing adequate answers to the rapid and sudden changes affecting contemporary schooling.

Teacher professional learning in every country analysed here has been classified as pertaining to one or other of these categories. However, each school system also has its particularities, both in defining its approach to teacher professional learning and from a cultural/structural point of view. Moreover, the countries participating in this study are also different in terms of population, going from small nations like Wales to larger ones such as France or Italy.

The information here proposed can give a good background for future deepening and more precise studies on various issues concerning teacher professional learning. Questions of relevance for all the countries include the increasing prominence of informal professional learning, the incentives for participating in teacher professional development, (including leadership development (Jones 2022) and how these may be aligned with needs, conditions and resources, and the issue of compulsoriness, in particular, the balance between prescription and option. Coaching (Kise, 2017), mentoring (Geeraerts et al., 2015) and professional learning networks (Handscomb and Brown, 2022) are associated practices that also deserve attention. Another important issue is how to balance and integrate in a lifewide-oriented organized approach what is performed autonomously and informally by teachers as professionals who take responsibility for their own learning.


References
Dreyfus, H. and Dreyfus, S., 2008. Beyond expertise: some preliminary thoughts on mastery. In: K. Nielsen, ed. A qualitative stance: essays in honor of Steinar Kvale. Aarhus: Aarhus University Press, 113–124.
Kise, J. A. (2017). Differentiated coaching: A framework for helping educators change. Corwin Press.
Geeraerts, K., Tynjälä, P., Heikkinen, H. L., Markkanen, I., Pennanen, M., & Gijbels, D. (2015). Peer-group mentoring as a tool for teacher development. European Journal of Teacher Education, 38(3), 358-377.
Handscomb, G. and Brown, C. (2022) The Power of Professional Learning Networks: Traversing the present; transforming the future John Catt Educational Ltd
Jones, K. (2022) Leading Professional Learning  Insight Paper National Academy for Educational Leadership Wales  https://nael.cymru/insight/leading-professional-learning/
Ostinelli, G., & Crescentini, A. (2021). Policy, culture and practice in teacher professional development in five European countries. A comparative analysis. Professional Development in Education, 1-17.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Teacher Professional Development in Romania: Framing Learning, Responsibility and Change Through Crisis

Mihaela Mitescu Manea (West University of Timișoara)

The critical inquiry proposed here was intended as an exploration of how conceptualizations of learning, responsibility and change have been articulated through the pandemic crisis. Issues framing teachers’ professional learning and development, along with the dynamics of roles and architectures of temporality shaping the meaning-making and the policy-making processes, were rendered visible. In discussing their normative implications for teachers’ professional learning and development (PLD), I proposed taking a more complex view (Strom, Mills and Abrams, 2021) of the multiplicity of co-evolving conditions and factors explaining the dynamics of change during crisis (Rikowski, 2020; Sayed et al., 2021). This meant looking for historical, systemic, structural, political and cultural connections with the context of continuing professional development in Romania. A number of 66 policy documents and policy statements issued by government actors, NGOs, experts (local members of the academic or non-academic community), stakeholders (professional bodies, trade unions, etc.) and market actors have been sampled for analysis. Analytically, positions theory (Davies & Harré, 1990) and critical frame analysis (hereafter, CFA) (Dombos et al, 2012) have been employed to look at how issues of teachers’ professional learning and development have been articulated in the education policy debates in Romania between March 2020 and June 2021. The analysis resulted in unpacking conceptual and processual factors constraining innovative approaches to teachers’ PLD that the pandemic crisis might have harboured. Some of these constraints have systemic and structural roots. Others are epistemic and could remain concealed, should the inquiry abide by linear models of framing the research design, as Kennedy (2016) warns. The greater risk associated with linear approaches to conceptualizing learning, responsibility and change through crisis, rests with hindering the ethical and political responsibilities conjoined with innovating teachers’ PLD. The pandemic crisis has provided great opportunities to see that innovating the teachers’ professional learning is not only about asking what or how, but also by whom and towards which horizon of possibilities. These questions demand that we recognize the complex multitude of factors and agencies cutting into post-pandemic innovative approaches to PLD, and that we place this recognition more in service of developing solidarity and socially just educational practices, than in serving neoliberal agendas of performativity, progress and competitiveness.

References:

Davies, B., & Harré, R. (1990). Positioning: The discursive production of selves. Journal for the theory of social behaviour, 20(1), 43-63. Dombos T, Krizsan A, Verloo M, Zentai V (2012) Critical Frame Analysis: A Comparative Methodology for the QUING Project. Working Paper Series, Center for Policy Studies. Central European University. Hungary: Budapest. http://pdc.ceu.hu/archive/00006845/01/cps-working-paper-critical-frame-analysis-quing-2012.pdf [downloaded April 2020] Kennedy, M.M. (2016) How does professional development improve teaching?, Review of Educational Research, 20 (10), pp. 1-36. DOI: 10.3102/0034654315626800 Rikowski, G (2020). Crisis: critical reflections on the language of neoliberalism in education. Routledge. Strom, K., Mills, T. and Abrams, L (2021) Illuminating a continuum of complex perspectives in teacher development, Professional Development in Education, 47 (2-3), pp.199-208, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2021.1901005 Sayed, Yusuf, Cooper, Adam, & John, Vaughn M.. (2021). Crises and disruptions: Educational reflections, (re)imaginings, and (re)vitalization. Journal of Education (University of KwaZulu-Natal), (84), pp. 9-30. https://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2520-9868/i84a01
 

Teacher Professional Learning: Policy Development to Policy Enactment

Fiona King (Dublin City University), Aoife Brennan (Dublin City University)

This paper analyses policy and practice related to teachers’ professional learning (PL) in the Republic of Ireland (RoI). Like other European contexts, Ireland developed a national framework (called Cosán = pathway) for teachers’ PL. The Teaching Council of Ireland (2016) developed Cosán in consultation with teachers and other key stakeholders. While the framework acknowledges the importance of teachers as learners (Evans, 2014) and highlights the centrality of PL in teacher professionalism (Kennedy, 2014), it was also initially linked to teacher registration with the Teaching Council as is the case with the professional update in Scotland (General Teaching Council Scotland, 2014). Only teachers registered with the Teaching Council can teach in state-recognised schools. However, the idea of mandatory engagement with PL for registration was met with resistance. While the Teaching Council argues teachers have a responsibility to engage in PL , they are questioning the value of making PL mandatory. As highlighted by the OECD (2009) there is a fine line between professional responsibility and accountability with the latter being perceived as managerialism. This paper will explore the policy context and rationale for the development of Cosán before tracing its journey through the consultative process with teachers which was a unique approach in the context of the Irish policy landscape. Challenges to enactment (Bell and Stevenson, 2015) will also be explored including the socio-political environment of teacher PL, governance and strategic direction, mandatory PL , and developing a strategic approach to teachers’ PL across all education stakeholders. Finally, this chapter will propose a way forward for the enactment of Cosán emphasising the importance of a common understanding of PL, contexts and considerations for PL, and leadership for PL at the macro, meso and micro levels of the system.

References:

Evans, L. (2014). Leadership for professional development and learning: enhancing our understanding of how teachers develop. Cambridge Journal of Education, 44(2),179-198 General Teaching Council for Scotland (2014). Professional update. Available at: https://www.gtcs.org.uk/professional-update/professional-update.aspx# Last accessed (4, May 2021). Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) (2009). Creating Effective Teaching and Learning Environments: First Results from TALIS. Available at: https://www.oecd.org/berlin/43541636.pdf. Last accessed (4, May 2021). Kennedy, A. (2014). Models of Continuing Professional Development: a framework for analysis. Professional Development in Education, 40(3), 336-351 King, F., and Holland, E. (2022) A transformative professional learning meta-model to support leadership learning and growth of early career teachers. International Journal of Leadership in Education, DOI: 10.1080/13603124.2022.2037021 Teaching Council (2016b). Cosán: Framework for Teachers’ Learning. Maynooth, Ireland: Teaching Council. Teaching Council (2018). Common Ground in a Crowded Space. Maynooth, Ireland: Teaching Council.
 

Teachers’ Continuing professional Development in France. A Systemic Transformation in Progress.

Régis Malet (Université de Bordeaux)

In France, teachers’ continuing in-service education, as currently designated (formation continue in French) has been the subject of numerous national and international studies, research and reports which regularly and consistently highlight its deficits (Cour des Comptes, 2017; IGEN, 2017). A long-standing top-down conception of in-service teacher training is part of a uniform vision of the educational system that has long neglected a genuine diagnosis of needs and an engineering approach that would enable the implementation of training activities that are well thought out and geared to specific educational contexts. In accordance with our previously published article (Malet, 2021 & 2023; Ostinelli and Crescentini, 2021) France shows a centralistic influence that contributes the use of innovative forms of PL testifies to the fact that some innovation at least starts to appear in the system. Yet, a programmatic reorientation of in-service training policy from the perspective of steering training activities centred on the professional development of teachers is underway in France. It is inspired, often explicitly, by foreign examples of the promotion of an human resource management policy governed by the concept of CPD for teachers. It is driven by a concern to implement a genuine human resources management policy, which is lacking in the French education system, and which is likely to increase the attractiveness of the teaching profession and the prospects for career and professional mobility in the course of employment, and to restore the image of the profession and the motivation of serving staff and their commitment to a lifelong learning approach.

References:

Cour des comptes (2017). Gérer les enseignants autrement : une réforme qui reste à faire. Paris : Ministère de l’Education Nationale. IGEN – IGAENR (General Inspection of the French Department of Education) (2017). Rapport n° 2017-037, L’évaluation sur la politique publique de formation continue du premier degré, June 2017. Malet R. (ed.) (2021). De la formation continue au développement professionnel des personnels d’éducation. Situation nationale, comparaisons internationales, état des recherches. Paris : Conseil National d’Evaluation des Systèmes Scolaires (CNESCO). Malet R. (forthcoming). Teachers’ Continuing professional Development in France. A Systemic Transformation in Progress. In Ken Jones, Giorgio Ostinelli, Alberto Crescentini (Eds). Innovation in Teacher Professional Learning: Research, Policy.and Practice in Europe. Routledge. Ostinelli G., Crescentini A. (2021). Policy, culture and practice in teacher professional development in five European countries. A comparative analysis, Professional Development in Education, 1-17.
 

Teacher Education policies in Italy: In search of professional learning indicators

Maurizio Gentile (University of Rome)

The current debate on how a national or local institution can implement teacher professional learning (PL) and development has resulted in significant shifts in the conceptualization, design, and delivery of continuing professional development (CPD) programs. Despite the specific policies and models adopted at the national or school level, CPD is one of the critical issues of the European Education Area (EEA) strategic framework (Council Resolution 2021/C 66/01). The EEA framework gives a platform of shared European initiatives, which underlie the need to promote CPD opportunities for a good quality of teaching and learning. Teachers’ professional quality directly impacts the educational outcomes of all students; consequently, there is a relevant demand for continuous development. Given the complexity of this policy and research scenario, we can assume that a CPD plan, at the school or system level, can help in understanding how students’ educational outcomes relate with teachers’ PL (Earle & Bianchi, 2021). CPD is not the current label for teacher PL in Italy, where it is called “continuing teacher education” (CTE). The CTE is implemented through a three-year national plan that combines school and teachers’ needs with national priorities (MIUR, 2016; 2017). It represents a) an educational policy challenge - one of the weakest points of the educational system - (Foschi, 2021); b) a teachers’ need, and a spending priority of significant weight (OECD, 2019). The proposal’s primary focus is to figure out which indicators, literature-based categories, and criteria of professional learning were considered during the design, implementation, and evaluation of teacher PL in Italy. If country adopts the concept of PL, it is necessary to examine those policies, organizational models, and practices which have put teachers’ learning needs at the core of school improvement (Korthagen, 2017; Cirkony et al., 2021). The national CTE model could fail if poorly informed by current literature on teacher education and professional development (Kennedy, 2019). For that reason, the paper suggests a set of literature-based indicators that could help in understanding the Italian CTE policy at a large-scale policy level and at local professional development initiatives: how much time is needed to foster teachers’ professional changes? How to learn about teachers’ learning? How to design studies and CPD policies to promote teachers’ PL? How can we provide guidance to improve teachers’ practice and enrich their thinking about teaching? How to understand the changes in student learning due to teachers’ participation in CPD activities?

References:

Cirkony, C., Rickinson, M., Walsh, L., Gleeson, J., Salisbury, M., Cutler, B., Berry, M. & Smith, K. (2021). Beyond effective approaches: A rapid review response to designing professional learning. Professional Development in Education, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2021.1973075. Council Resolution on a strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training towards the European Education Area and beyond (2021-2030) 2021/C 66/01. (2021). Official Journal, C 66, 1-21. Earle, S. & Bianchi, L. (2021). What role can professional learning frameworks play in developing teacher agency in subject leadership in primary science? Professional Development in Education, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2021.1942142. Foschi, L. C., (2021). Teachers’ Continuous Professional Development in Italy: An analysis of the results of the Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS). Italian Journal of Educational Research, 27, 52-64. Korthagen, F. (2017). Inconvenient truths about teacher learning: Towards professional development 3.0. Teachers and Teaching, 23 (4), 387–405. Kennedy, M.M. (2019). How we learn about teacher learning. Review of Research in Education, 43(1), 138–162. MIUR (2016). Piano per la formazione dei docenti, 2016-19. Roma: MIUR. MIUR (2017). Orientamenti concernenti il Piano Triennale dell’Offerta Formativa. Roma: MIUR. OECD (2019). TALIS 2018 Results (Volume I): Teachers and School Leaders as Lifelong Learners. TALIS. Paris: OECD Publishing.
 
9:00am - 10:30am01 SES 09 B: Complexity and Certification in Teacher Education
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 2 (Fraser) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Melissa Warr
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Using Causal Loop Diagrams To Understand The Complexities Of Professional Development In Schools

Ina Cijvat, Marco Snoek

Amsterdam University of Applied Sciences, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Cijvat, Ina; Snoek, Marco

Changes and challenges in, and expectations of society call for ongoing professional development of teachers. However, in many schools this cannot be taken for granted (Burner, 2018; OECD, 2020, Timperley & Parr, 2005). Many governmental, local or institutional policies aimed at stimulating teachers’ professional developmenthave a limited impact, resulting in professional development that for many teachers depends on unconscious, fragmented, informal and unplanned learning activities (Korthagen, 2017; Koffeman, 2021; OECD, 2019).

To reach a deeper understanding of the causes and complexities of this problem, casual loop diagrams (Salmon et al, 2022) can be a helpful tool, as they visualize how different elements and processes in an organisation are interrelated and either strengthen of weaken one another. Causal loop diagrams originate from the field of system thinking where they are used to understand wicked problems in complex systems (Bore & Wright, 2009; Groff, 2013; Vermaak, 2016). Causal loop diagrams can illustrate how elements like the structure of the profession and of schools, cultures in schools, collegial dynamics, etc are interconnected and can reinforce one another in either positive or negative ways.

From our observations in schools and from many discussions with teachers and school leaders, we developed causal loop diagrams that evolve around teacher professional learning, and we validated these in the literature. Our next step was to validate the causal loop diagrams in practices in schools through focus group discussions in a variety of schools and across school sectors.

The resulting causal loop diagrams illustrate what the key elements in school structures and school culture are and can how these elements and structures are interrelated. While the diagrams illustrate the complexity of the process of professional development in schools, at the same time the visual representations of the causal loop diagrams can support teachers and schools to identify patterns that hinder a systemic approach for ongoing professional development, thus strengthening awareness and opening up opportunities for addressing these patterns in schools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is based on a three-step collaborative design-research approach that includes elements of participatory action research. The first step was informed by our previous work on teachers and schools (Snoek, Dengerink & De Wit, 2019; Koffeman, 2021). This resulted in a first set of draft causal loop diagrams. These were tested in a number of working sessions both with teachers and school leaders, to see if and how the causal loop diagrams resonated with them. The second step was to further validate the draft causal loop diagrams in the literature on professional development and the teacher profession. Finally, the causal loop diagrams were validated in practice using a participatory action research design (Saldana & Omasta, 2022; Vanover et al., 2022) to investigate if and how these diagrams could serve as tools to better understand the complexities at hand, and to then identify the key variables in each of the specific contexts, in order to then better address these. To this end, we asked a number of experienced teachers (n=20) who are on a master’s program aimed at developing teacher leadership, to each approach a group of workplace colleagues and  apply the causal loop diagrams to discuss structures and cultures regarding professional development in their school in a focus group discussion (cf William & Katz, 2001). Key questions for these focus group discussions focused on how the patterns that were illustrated by the causal loop diagrams were recognized within their schools, how that recognition strengthened awareness and how it helped identify possible opportunities for action to address the negative patterns or support the positive ones. These discussions were recorded and analysed by the researchers. The preliminary findings (without the interpretations) were presented to the students, who then, in three focus groups, conducted ‘sense making’ sessions (cf Lawson et al, 2015).
Understanding the research question accumulated through these different phases and studies (cf. Atkins & Wallace, 2012). Moreover, this understanding was a collaborative process: the master’s students contributed in the sense-making process (cf. Baxter & Jack, 2008).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Professional development of teachers can be considered as a wicked problem in which different elements of school structures and school cultures and perspectives of different stakeholders interact. This interaction can lead to patterns that are self-perpetuating when they are based on mechanism that re-enforce each other and that can be either positive or negative regarding the ambitions toward professional development. Such self-perpetuating mechanisms can explain the complexity in  school dynamics, but might also show ways to strengthen or weaken these patterns. In that way they can empower teachers in recognizing, questioning and changing patterns that are an obstacle for professional cultures in schools.
References
Atkins, L. & Wallace, S. (2012). Research Methods in Education: Qualitative research in education. London: SAGE Publications Ltd.
Baxter, P., & Jack, S. (2008). Qualitative Case Study Methodology: Study Design and Implementation for Novice Researchers. The Qualitative Report, 13(4), 544–559. Retrieved from www.nova.edu/ssss/QR/QR13-4/baxter.pdf
Bore, A., & Wright, N. (2009). The wicked and complex in education: Developing a transdisciplinary perspective for policy formulation, implementation and professional practice. Journal of Education for Teaching, 35(3), 241-256.
Burner T. (2018). Why is educational change so difficult and how can we make it more effective?. Forskning ogForandring, 1(1), 122–134.
Groff, J. (2013). Dynamic Systems Modeling in Educational System Design & Policy. Journal of New Approaches in Educational Research, 2(2), 72-81.  
Koffeman, A.H. (2021). Sources for Learning. Understanding the Role of Context in Teacher Professional Learning. Doctoral dissertation. UCL Institute of Education.
Korthagen, F. (2016). Inconvenient truths about teacher learning: Towards professional development 3.0. Teachers and Teaching, 23(4), 387–405.
OECD. (2019). TALIS 2018 Results (Volume I): Teachers and School Leaders as Lifelong Learners. OECD.
Lawson, H. A., Caringi, J., Pyles, L., Jurkowski, J.M., & Bozlak, C.T. (2015). Participatory action research. New York: Oxford University Press.
OECD (2020). An implementation framework for effective change in schools. OECD Education Policy Perspectives, No. 9, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/4fd4113f-en.
Saldana, J., & Omasta, M. (2022). Qualitative Research: Analyzing Life. Second Edition. Sage Publications.
Salmon, P. M., Stanton, N. A., Walker, G. H., Hulme, A., Goode, N., Thompson, J., & Read, G. J. (2022). Causal Loop Diagrams (CLDs). In Handbook of Systems Thinking Methods (pp. 157-180). CRC Press.
Snoek, M., Dengerink, J., & de Wit, B. (2019). Reframing the teacher profession as a dynamic multifaceted profession: A wider perspective on teacher quality and teacher competence frameworks. European Journal of Education, 54(3), 413-425.
Timperley, H., & Parr, J. (2005). Theory Competition and the Process of Change. Journal of Educational Change, 6(3), 227-251.
Vanover, C., Mihas, P., & Saldana, J.  (2022). Analyzing and Interpreting Qualitative Research. After the Interview. Sage Publications.
Vermaak, Hans. (2016). Using Causal Loop Diagrams to Deal with Complex Issues. Mastering an instrument for systemic and interactive change. In: D.W. Jamieson, R. Barnett, A.F. Buono (eds). Consultation for organizational change revisited. (pp.231-254). Charlotte: Information Age Publishing
Williams, A., & Katz, L. (2001). The Use of Focus Group Methodology in Education: Some Theoretical and Practical Considerations. International Electronic Journal for Leadership in Learning, 5(3).


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Learning to See Complexity: A Case Study of Teacher Designing in Diverse Contexts

Melissa Warr

New Mexico State University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Warr, Melissa

Recognizing social and cultural diversity in educational research requires a shift from perceiving phenomena as simple linear processes to complex and unique assemblages of diverse actors (see Deleuze & Guattari, 1987). For example, the concept of intersectionality—that interacting sociocultural factors shape identity and experiences—reflects complexity (Hill Collins and Bilge, 2016). If teachers are to support students’ complex, intersectional identities they must learn to see and accept this complexity rather than generalize students by gender, race, ethnicity, social class, or other characteristics. In other words, shifting perspectives towards complexity enables space for diversity. In this paper, I describe a case study of teacher professional development (PD) that highlights the difficulties teachers have in perceiving and accepting a specific aspect of complexity: indeterminacy. The findings have implications for the skills and support teachers need to be successful in diverse classrooms.

In the study presented here, I considered interactions with complexity from a design lens. As a designer, a teacher learns and practices in a classroom amidst complex nested systems. Design calls for seeing beyond traditional, linear practice, experimenting with new approaches, and adjusting those approaches in response to feedback.

Theoretical Background

Scholars have called for considering teaching practice from a complexity lens (e.g., Clarke & Dempster, 2020; Sherman & Teemant, 2021; Strom & Viesca, 2021). Instead of simplifying teaching practice in an effort to find “best practices” or implement an intervention “with fidelity,” complexity demands a recognition of the multitude of factors that interact and affect teaching and learning. Rather than standardizing practice to serve the majority, complexity highlights difference, including working with intersectional identities of teachers and students (Warr & Wakefield, 2022). Working effectively amidst complexity requires accepting that it is impossible to obtain complete information on a situation and that there is no “right solution” or “right action” to take: the situation is “indeterminate” (Buchanan, 1992). Design hinges on this indeterminacy.

Many scholars have turned to design as a way to frame the type of learning and practice teachers are asked to engage in (see Warr & Mishra, 2021). Designers thrive in complexity because of the responsive nature of their work; a designer develops their practice in response to a particular situation, adapting as it changes (Schön, 1983). They operate in complexity through cycles of action and reflection which Donald Schön described as “reflection-in-action.” Designers “construct a theory of a unique case” (Schön, 1983, p. 68) and place the theory on the situation, beginning a “conversation with the situation”. The situation consists of “a system of actants in interaction that is experienced by the subject as a unique and inseparable whole” (Clarà, 2013, p. 119) akin to Deleuze and Guattari’s (1987) assemblage. As a system of agentic entities, the situation “talks back” to the designer, providing feedback that informs future moves. This type of experimentation becomes a kind of inquiry where thinking, doing, and learning come together. A similar perspective can be seen in Jahnke’s (2011, 2013) critical hermeneutics, where design is seen as an act of interpretation and meaning making. Jahnke’s view emphasizes the dynamic relationship between the designer and the situation as well as a consideration of how the designer is changed in the process.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The theoretical concepts described in the previous section will be illustrated through an analysis of data collected in a design-based professional development (PD) program. In the program, four middle school teachers collaborated to address self-selected problems of practice.

I applied an explanatory case study approach (Yin 2017) to understand the program dynamics. The case, the PD workshops conducted with teachers from January 2020 to July 2020, is a revelatory case: the unexpected interruption of the PD program from COVID-19 and rapidly changing contexts highlighted the distinct challenges of designing amidst complexity. Data sources included recordings of PD sessions, pre- and post-interviews, work samples, and researcher reflections.
 
Analysis consisted of iterative cycles of construction and revision of patterns. Steps included:

1. Reviewing all data, writing analytic memos, and constructing tables to compare participant interview and reflection responses
2. Constructing a pattern that might explain individual teacher outcomes of the program and how those outcomes were supported, and documenting plausible rival explanations
3. Reviewing the data from the perspective of a single participant, comparing their experience with the proposed pattern, and looking for evidence for and against rival explanations
4. Synthesizing the experiences of a single participant into a case description of that participant
5. Comparing the case description of each participant to the proposed pattern and to the experiences of the other participants
6. Constructing a new pattern that better models the data

I completed cycles of pattern construction, review, and revision from each participant’s perspective. I identified parts of the pattern that were unclear and returned to the data to find more evidence for and against these elements. Finally, I wrote a case summary that reflected the pattern developed through the analysis. In this paper, I focus on one part of that pattern, the difficulty teachers had in seeing and acting in indeterminacy.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analysis of the case suggested that the teachers’ work had to shift to a changing context, and they began to see their practice differently. It highlighted the challenge and importance seeing complexity and indeterminacy: teachers needed support to think outside of traditional, linear practices as well as listen to the feedback from the situation. For example, one teacher commented that the most important thing she learned from the program was “being able to look at things differently . . . being able to analyze not only why we did the activity, but what the activity produced.” In other words, this teacher learned to put new frames on a situation and then to listen for not only what was expected to happen (“why we did the activity”), but also unexpected feedback (“what the activity produced”).

As teachers work in an increasingly complex and diverse context, there is an increasing need to not only tolerate complexity but to capitalize on it. This paper highlights the role perceiving indeterminacy plays in teachers’ abilities to practice in complex and diverse contexts.

References
Buchanan, R. (1992). Wicked problems in design thinking. Design Issues, 8(2), 5–21.

Clarà, M. (2013). The concept of situation and the microgenesis of the conscious purpose in cultural psychology. Human Development, 56(2), 113–127.

Clarke, S., & Dempster, N. (2020). Leadership learning: The pessimism of complexity and the optimism of personal agency. Professional Development in Education, 46(4), 711–727.

Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1987). A thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizophrenia (B. Massumi, Trans.; Vol. 19, p. 657). University of Minnesota Press.

Hill Collins, P., & Bilge, S. (2016). Intersectionality. Polity Press.

Jahnke, M. (2011). Towards a hermeneutic perspective on design practice. 27th Colloquium of the European Group for Organizational Studies, EGOS. http://www.designfakulteten.kth.se/sites/default/files/towardsahermeneuticperspectiveondesignpractice_finalversion_jahnke.pdf

Jahnke, M. (2013). Meaning in the making: Introducing a hermeneutic perspective on the contribution of design practice to innovation [PhD]. University of Gothenburg.

Schön, D. A. (1983). The reflective practitioner: How professionals think in action. Basic Books, Inc.

Sherman, B., & Teemant, A. (2021). Unravelling effective professional development: a rhizomatic inquiry into coaching and the active ingredients of teacher learning. Professional Development in Education, 47(2–3), 363–376.

Strom, K. J., & Viesca, K. M. (2021). Towards a complex framework of teacher learning-practice. Professional Development in Education, 47(2–3), 209–224.

Warr, M., & Mishra, P. (2021). Integrating the discourse on teachers and design: An analysis of ten years of scholarship. Journal of Teaching and Teacher Education, 99(March 2021). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103274

Warr, M., & Wakefield, W. (2022). Supporting teachers in designing for intersectionality. In H. B, M. Exter, M. Schmidt, & A. Tawfik (Eds.), Toward Inclusive Learning Design: Social Justice, Equity, and Community. Springer-Verlag.
 
9:00am - 10:30am01 SES 09 C: Research on the Design of Professional Development
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Philipp Schmid
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Making Learning Visible as a way of Teacher Professionalization. Exploratory Study Based on the Participatory Assessment of a Training Program

Sofia Bosatelli, Franco Passalacqua

University of Milan Bicocca, Italy

Presenting Author: Bosatelli, Sofia

This contribution presents a mixed-methods sequential explanatory design (Creswell & Clark, 2017) focused on training conditions to support teacher capacity for assessing, in both a descriptive and formative approach, student's learning outcomes as a way to enhance professional development.In recent decades, researchers have shown an increased interest in professional development (Kennedy, 2016); most recently, several reviews have been written and several meta-analyses (Kennedy, 2016; Sims et al. 2021;) have been conducted in an effort to identify the ideal conditions for effective professional development (PD) (Kennedy, 2016a; Timperley et al., 2007; Walter & Briggs, 2012) and to clearly define the term "professional development", which is often used as an umbrella term to refer to any opportunities that serve to enhance teachers' knowledge. In this contribution, PD specifically refers to a “structured, facilitated activity for teachers intended to increase their teaching ability” (Sims, 2021). This definition allows us to include a wide range of skills and abilities, but at the same time is useful in its exclusion of PD activities and programmes consisting of mere updates for teachers on general topics.

Results of the meta-analyses reveal that several design features (Kennedy, 2016) and factors (Sims et al., 2021) characterize effective PD and that these can be divided into two main categories: external factors, namely features established before the intervention (content knowledge; program intensity and length; role of the instructor; mandatory/voluntary participation; online/presential); b) internal factors, namely features developed during the intervention (feedback; goal setting; self-monitoring).

This contribution seeks to place the teacher's ability to collect educational evidence (firstly, to make student’s learning visible; secondly, to analyze and assess it) at the center of PD, starting from the consideration of the aforementioned factors in designing a formative intervention. The hypothesis, to be explored in this contribution through an empirical study based on the evaluation of the formative impact of a training program, is consistent with Guskey’s model of teacher change (2002) and the idea that professional change primarily occurs as the result of gaining evidence of students’ learning rather than as the result of a change in teachers’ attitudes and beliefs. The feedback, in the form of an analysis of the students' learning process, that teachers receive on their educational practices is intended here to be an effective motivator toward PD. In continuity with Guskey's theory, the purpose of this contribution is to provide a qualitative exploration of the formative impact of a training program focused on supporting the teacher’s capacity for making students’ learning visible. In particular, the study aims to identify a) the set of professional skills enhanced through the training program as perceived by teachers; b) the training program methodologies and conditions that best foster the development of these skills.

The skills we are considering belong to the area of teacher professionalization, identified as “pedagogical-didactic,” and relate to the ability to design activities consistent, as well as the gathering and analysis of evidence of learning outcomes, the formative feedback provided to students. Most of these skills can be associated with the professional profile of the so-called “teacher-as-researcher”. This connection between PD and the definition of teacher as researcher relies on the idea that teacher professionalization is dependent on the teachers ability to a) adopt an inquiry-based approach to his or her own teaching and, b) use this approach to observe and to collect data on the educational process and then to reflect on it.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This mixed-methods sequential explanatory design (Creswell & Clark, 2017) is situated within the ecological paradigm (Mortari, 2010), and it is structured in the evaluation process of a teachers’ training program. The evaluation process follows a participatory evaluation (Bezzi, 2010) and 'fourth generation' approach (Guba & Lincoln, 1989) and is oriented towards the gathering of the perspectives and the perceptions of the teachers involved in the training. The main topic of the training program, carried out by teachers during the second half of the 2021-2022 school year, was the descriptive and formative tools and strategies of assessment at the Primary School level. The training was structured in three online meetings totalling 16 hours. The activities were focused on the documentation and analysis of the student's learning process as it was evidenced in given assignments. Participants were asked to conduct the activities and upload the assignments and students' work to an online platform before each of the online meetings. The training program was designed taking into account 3 main conditions already shown to be effective in PD (Kennedy, 2016; Sims, 2021): a) collective participation was  promoted through group projects during the online meetings and with the assignment in order to facilitate teacher collaboration and the development of a learning community (Yoon et al., 2007); b) training facilitators were experienced teacher professional developers; c) attendance was voluntary (teachers participants were from Primary Schools in the Milan-region). Participants included 200 primary school teachers from in and around Milan. The evaluation process focused on the three dimensions of the training program: (i) the change in teachers' perceptions of their ability to assess students' learning; (ii) the effectiveness of training methodologies as perceived by participants; (iii) the change in students' learning assessment practices. The first and second dimensions were explored through the use of an ex-ante and ex-post questionnaire distributed to participants and the conducting of  focus group interviews at the end of the training program. The third dimension was studied by way of an analysis of the participants’ assignments as uploaded before each online meeting. A factorial and exploratory regression analysis was carried out for the ex-ante and ex-post questionnaires (N=99) based on likert-scale items. Thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) following an inductive and deductive labeling process, was applied to the textual data of the focus groups. Content analysis was applied to the data taken from the participants’ assignments.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results of the exploratory factorial analysis show that 3 main areas of professional development were promoted during the intervention: a) collaboration with colleagues; b) role of students in the assessment; c) analysIs and assessment of learning outcomes. Among them, collaboration with colleagues, both in terms of cooperation in the assessment process and in designing activities and tests, is the area that saw the most drastic change, while the other 2 areas present a limited and not significant evolution.
As regards the effectiveness of the training conditions and methods, results show that the analysis of assessment tools and activities provided by facilitators was perceived as the most useful aspect of the training program along with the opportunity to converse with colleagues in group activities. Feedback received by participants on their assignments has a lower, but considerable impact.
Findings from thematic analysis of the focus group illustrate the growing ability of teachers to analyze the learning process of students in a more systematic way, both using documentational tools to make learning visible (recording of group discussion; student self-assessments; recording or transcription of students’ metacognitive reflection) rather than more conventional tools (students’ tests; students texts and products) and adopting a more detailed method for analyzing this data. These findings are largely based on the results of the focus group interviews and on the analysis of the participants' assignments.


References
Bezzi, C. (2010). Il nuovo disegno della ricerca valutativa. Milano: FrancoAngeli.
Braun V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using Thematic Analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Braun V., Clarke, V., & Hayfield, N. (2019). ‘A starting point for your journey, not a map’: Nikki Hayfield in conversation with Virginia Braun and Victoria Clarke about Thematic Analysis. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 1-22.
Creswell, J. W., & Clark, V. L. P. (2017). Designing and conducting mixed methods research. Los Angeles: Sage publications.
Dewey, J. (1929). The Sources of a Science of Education. Horace Liveright: New York.
Guba, E.G., & Lincoln, Y.S. (1989). Fourth generation evaluation. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Guskey, T. R. (2000). Evaluating Professional Development. Thousand Oaks, Calif.: Corwin Press,
Kennedy, M. M. (2016). How does professional development improve teaching?. Review of educational research, 86(4), 945-980.
Mantovani S. (1998). La ricerca sul campo in educazione. I metodi qualitativi. Milano: Bruno Mondadori, vol. l, p. 1-261.
Mortari, L. (a cura di) (2010). Dire la pratica. La cultura del fare scuola. Milano: Bruno Mondadori.
Sims, S. (2021) What are the Characteristics of Effective Teacher Professional Development? A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis, Education Endowment Foundation
Timperley, H., Wilson, A., Barrar, H., & Fung, I. (2007). Teacher professional learning and development: Best evidence synthesis iteration (BES). Auckland, New Zealand: University of Auckland. Retrieved from http://educationcounts.edcentre.govt.nz/ goto/BES
Walter, C. & Briggs, J. (2012). What professional development makes the most difference to teachers. Oxford University Press.
Yoon, K. S., Duncan, T., Lee, S. W.Y., Scarloss, B., & Spapley, K. L. (2007). Reviewing the evidence on how teacher professional development affects student achievement. Washington, DC: Institute for Education


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Teacher Workplace Learning as an Interplay of Learning-oriented Action and Reflection

Philipp Schmid

University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland

Presenting Author: Schmid, Philipp

The paper presents a study on Swiss teachers' workplace learning which explores workspace learning processes of experienced teachers. More specifically, a qualitative research approach is used to explore how teachers' professional learning occurs in practice, triggered by a continuous professional development program.

Workplace learning of teachers is seen as learning embedded in daily classroom activities in order to cope with the demands. Both formal and job-embedded workplace learning are considered (Hallinger & Kulophas, 2020). The latter has become more important in a knowledge-based society that is constantly changing due to technological and societal developments (Lecat et al., 2020). Research on workplace learning is a rather young field that has expanded considerably since the 1990s due to the changes in work and is now broadly based and interdisciplinary. Initially more at home in workplace education (Dehnbostel, 2018), there have been an increasing number of studies on teachers' workplace learning in recent years (X. Huang & Lai, 2020). An important topic is the distinction between formal and informal learning (L. Huang & Liew, 2021). The consensus is that both forms play an important role, with Workplace Learning focusing on informal learning (Tynjälä, 2008). Studies in the school field have become more numerous in the last decade. They refer, for example, to learning activities and learning outcomes of usually experienced teachers as well as to conditions that promote learning in the work process (e.g. Louws et al., 2017)). A central aspect of the debate on teachers' workplace learning is the question of how to further develop teachers' professional competences in a sustainable way, with much attention being paid to the link between formal and informal learning (Geeraerts et al., 2018).

The continuous professional development program mentioned is a comprehensive and practice-based procedure for data-supported teaching development called STEEV (simultaneously teaching and evaluation that is effective and visible; in german: LUUISE) (Beywl & Odermatt, 2019). STTEV draws on research on teaching (e.g. Helmke & Weinert, 2021) and further education (e.g. Lipowsky & Rzejak, 2021). In addition, it fosters "evaluative thinking" (Dunn & Hattie, 2021): teachers plan ahead thinking about how they can check and also pro-mote the success of their teaching by means of own data collections. The change of perspective, "seeing through the eyes of the learners" (Hattie, 2009), is crucial: Questionnaire results are made visible to everyone in the class as soon as possible. The STEEV process strengthens the expertise of teachers by supporting them to address pedagogical challenges effectively and to achieve high teaching goals. STEEV is applicable to all subjects at all levels of education. Specific features of the programme are the high practical orientation and the close support of the participants by coaches during the planning of a data-based teaching intervention, the implementation in the classroom, which usually lasts several weeks, and the collegial reflection.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study uses a grounded theory research approach to explore workplace learning in the context of a professional development program. Narrative-focused interviews were used to interview teachers who had used the STEEV method trough at least two of their own projects in their teaching. These interviews, which lasted about an hour and were conducted in Swiss German dialect, were transcribed into standard German and analysed step by step with the aim of forming an data-based theory of teacher learning in the context of professional development.
The procedure corresponds to the pragmatistic line of (Strauss & Corbin, 1990), in which the actions and interactions of the actors are central. Using step-by-step theoretical sampling and applying theoretical sensitivity, the interview data were broken up through open coding to develop concepts. Through axial coding the concepts were then elaborated into categories and a core category that combines all other categories was developed. Selective coding was used to further refine the model. Through these methodological procedures a model of professional learning of teachers in the workplace of medium scope emerged.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results, which will be presented for discussion, suggest the importance of the connection between learning-oriented action and mental processing by the teacher. Both lead to different and at the same time interrelated learning outcomes. These relate to changes in teachers' routines of action as well as changes in pedagogical knowledge and beliefs and attitudes.
In the process, an interplay between practice and thinking can be recognised. In the latter, an affective-motivational strand of experiencing as well as a cognitive strand of recognising and reflecting on one's own professionalism is evident. The affective-motivational strand includes the elements of emotions, states of satisfaction and relaxation, and pedagogical enthusiasm. The cognitive strand includes reflection and understanding and professional certainty with the sub-aspects of elaborated knowledge and professional efficacy.
The model results are related to and discussed with educational science concepts of competence development of teachers, for example the model of Teacher Professional Growth (Clarke & Hollingsworth, 2002) or the approach of Reflective Teaching (Schön, 1983).

References
Beywl, Wolfgang, & Odermatt, Miranda. (2019). Luuise – ein Verfahren zur Qualitätsentwicklung in Schule und Unterricht. Lehrpersonen unterrichten und untersuchen integriert, sichtbar und effektiv. In Ulrich Steffens & Peter Posch (Eds.), Lehrerprofessionalität und Schulqualität (Vol. Band 4, pp. 213-235). Münster: Waxmann.
Dehnbostel, Peter. (2018). Lernen im Prozess der Arbeit als Gegenstand der Organisationspädagogik. In Handbuch Organisationspädagogik (pp. 579-591). Wiesbaden: Springer.
Clarke, David & Hollingsworth, Hilary (2002). Elaborating a model of teacher professional growth. Teaching and teacher education, 18(8): 947–67. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(02)00053-7.
Geeraerts, Kendra, Tynjälä, Päivi & Heikkinen, Hannu L. T. (2016). Inter-generational learning of teachers: what and how do teachers learn from older and younger colleagues? European Journal of Teacher Education, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2018.1448781.
Hallinger, Philip & Kulophas, Dhirapat (2020). The evolving knowledge base on leadership and teacher professional learning: a bibliometric analysis of the literature, 1960-2018. Professional Development in Education, 46(4): 521–540.
Huang, Xianhan & Wang, Chan (2021). Factors affecting teachers’ informal workplace learning: The effects of school climate and psychological capital. Teaching and teacher education, 103(103363). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103363.
Lecat, Antoine, Spaltman, Yvonne, Beausaert, Simon, Raemdonck, Isabel & Kyndt, Eva (2020). Two decennia of research on teachers’ informal learning: A literature review on definitions and measures. Educational Research Review, 30(100324). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2020.100324.
Louws, Monika L., Meirink, Jacobiene A., van Veen, Klaas, & van Driel, Jan H. (2017). Teachers' self-directed learning and teaching experience: What, how, and why teachers want to learn. Teaching and teacher education, 66, 171-183.
Schön, Donald Alan (1983). The Reflective Practitioner. How Professionals Think in Action. New York: Basic Books.
Strauss, Anselm Leonard & Corbin, Juliet M. (1990). Basics of qualitative research. Grounded theory procedures and techniques. Newbury Park: Sage.
Tynjälä, Päivi. (2008). Perspectives into learning at the workplace. Educational Research Review, 3(2), 130-154.
 
9:00am - 10:30am02 SES 09 A: Teacher Education
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre A [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Blanca Estela Braña de Hvidsten
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

The Professional Learning Practices and Views of Hungarian Vocational Teachers and Trainers

Eszter Bükki, Anikó Fehérvári

Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary

Presenting Author: Bükki, Eszter

The presentation is based on (a selection of) the results of a doctoral research study that explored the professional development and learning of teachers working in Hungarian VET schools and the related individual and organisational factors (Bükki, 2022). The importance of teacher continuous professional development is confirmed by research that showed an important link between student achievement and the quality of teaching (Barber & Mourshed, 2007, Scheerens, 2010, Chetty et al, 2014). While there is a rich literature on this topic regarding teachers working in general education, we still know relatively little about those who work in vocational education and training (VET, Orr, 2019, Broad, 2019), and there was particularly little previous research on this topic in Hungary.

The doctoral research studied teacher professional development as participation in professional learning activities (PLAs). The theoretical framework was built on situational learning theory (Lave & Wenger, 1991, Wenger, 1998) and Billett’s (2002) “synthesising” interpretation, which defined workplace learning as participation in any activity that is work-related and potentially leads to cognitive and/or behavioural change, regardless of its form (formal, non-formal or informal). The categorisation of PLAs and the selection of individual and organisational factors to be studied were based on the literature of workplace learning in general (Tynjälä, 2008, 2013, Fuller & Unwin, 2004) and of (informal) teacher learning in particular (Kwakman, 2003; Hoekstra et al., 2007, 2009a, 2009b; Meirink et al., 2007, 2009a, 2009b; Kyndt et al., 2016, Opfer et al., 2010, 2011, Louws et al., 2017). This framework was supplemented by incorporating the special, unique features of vocational teachers’ professional development and learning identified in prior research. Most importantly, it built on the concept of dual identity and dual professionalism. In many countries, vocational teachers typically come from the industry but even after they start teaching, they often retain and value their original vocational identity as it provides them with the expertise and credibility needed to teach and socialise students into professional norms and practices (Robson, 1998), and this also shapes their understanding and practice of professional development (Orr, 2019). Furthermore, studies suggest that only continuous boundary crossing between the communities of practice of VET and of the vocation taught can guarantee vocational teachers’ up-to-date professional knowledge and the appropriate quality of vocational pedagogical practice (Broad, 2019, Andersson & Köpsén, 2015, 2019). However, it is not easy to maintain this dual identity and practice dual professionalism, and, depending on local policy measures as well as organisational conditions, maintaining industrial currency or developing pedagogical-methodological competences may be prioritised by VET teachers themselves or primarily expected and supported by their school or the state (Robson, 1998, Fejes & Köpsén, 2014, Broad, 2016, Schmidt, 2019, Tyler & Dymock, 2019).

The doctoral research study aimed to explore the practice and views of Hungarian VET teachers’ professional development and learning and the related unique, VET-specific individual and organisational factors, trying also to find the similarities and differences compared to findings of previous research conducted in other countries, in often very different national contexts. The current presentation is based on an analysis that aims to answer the following three research questions:

Q1: What types of professional learning activities (PLAs) do vocational teachers and trainers working in Hungarian VET schools participate in and which PLAs do they value most? Are participation and value-beliefs influenced by the length of vocational work and of teaching experience?

Q2: How do they understand the concept of teacher continuous professional development and does this reflect dual identities?

Q3: What do they perceive as the most significant barriers to their professional development?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study followed a mixed-methods convergent parallel research design, combining a questionnaire survey and an interview study in a vocational centre (VC) selected based on convenience (Creswell & Clark, 2018).
The survey was conducted at the end of the 2018/19 academic year among all teachers in all member schools of the VC, using the online Qualtrics software. The questionnaire consisted of five blocks: demography and other background data; professional development and learning; characteristics of the organisation; identity; career motivation and career trajectory. It adapted instruments from previous international and national research (TALIS 2018 Teacher Questionnaire, OECD, 2018; Sági, 2015a; Geijsel et al., 2009, Opfer et al., 2011a). 394 teachers participated in the survey, the final database contains responses from 303 teachers, including 138 vocational teachers and trainers and 165 teachers of general subjects. The response rate was 46.4% for all teachers at the VC and 54.2% for full-time staff. Data were analysed by IBM SPSS 28.0 software using descriptive statistics, creation of composite variables (indicators of professional learning) and principal component analysis, cross-tabulation analysis (chi-squared test), one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA), post-hoc tests, correlation analysis and the calculation of effect size.
The qualitative data was collected in two schools of this VC in November 2019, with one week of fieldwork in each. The schools were average in terms of training programme level, size, and effectiveness. One (S1) offered training in several vocations in different areas (mostly arts and light industry), and the other (S2) in only two related vocations in the same occupational group. In both schools, 40-70 minutes semi-structured interviews were conducted with the principal and 3-3 teachers from each profile. The sampling procedure followed the principle of maximum variance (Creswell, 2013), teachers differed as much as possible in terms of training programme type, work function and intensity of learning activity. In addition to exploring the topics covered in the survey, the interviews aimed to provide a deeper look into teachers’ understanding of teacher continuous professional development, the nature of VET teacher collaboration, and the organisational (school and centre level) support and incentives. The interview transcripts were coded using a multi-round procedure and primarily deductive coding (Creswell, 2013), applying the software atlas.ti. Based on the main themes and sub-themes identified, similarities and differences according to teacher profile and school were looked for, similar to the constant comparative analysis method (Glaser and Strauss 1967). 

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The most frequent professional learning activities of the respondents were reading, reflection and collaboration, followed by vocation-specific conferences/fairs, staff training, workplace visits and vocation-specific further training. They perceived reading vocation-specific literature and informal discussions with colleagues as having the most impact on their professional development. Nearly all the learning activities to maintain industry currency identified in prior research in other countries were present, but their availability was highly dependent on the vocation, the activity of manufacturers and the “proactivity” of the school leadership. The interviewed teachers/trainers perceived visiting colleagues' classes as having the greatest impact on their methodological development, which is encouraged for new teachers but often becomes a rare opportunity later, due to high workload and scheduling problems. Only a minority of the respondents participated in teacher in-service courses. They believed most such courses had little impact on changing their teaching practice, either because they did not meet individual needs or because they were often of low quality.
Similar to English and Australian VET teachers, the respondents considered it essential to continuously follow the technological and other changes in the vocational field for high-quality VET teaching and to be "credible" in the eyes of their students. Vocation-specific professional development emerged as a primary focus in their understanding of ‘teacher continuous professional development’, although some emphasised the duality of professional development and the importance of methodological-pedagogical development as well. This may reflect the dual identity the majority of respondents identified with in the survey, but the type of identity did not correlate with any of the indicators of professional learning, and in the interviews teachers who saw themselves as both a teacher and a practitioner of the vocation did not necessarily consider pedagogical-methodological knowledge and learning as important as vocational knowledge and learning.

References
Andersson, P., & Köpsén, S. (2018). Maintaining Competence in the Initial Occupation: Activities among Vocational Teachers. Vocations and Learning, 11(2), 317–44. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-017-9192-9  
Billett, S. (2002). Workplace pedagogic practices: Co-participation and learning. British Journal of Educational Studies 50(4), 457–483. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8527.t01-2-00214
Broad, J. H. (2019). Pedagogical Issues in Vocational Teachers’ Learning: The Importance of Teacher Development. In: MacGrath, S., Mulder, M., Papier, J., Suart, R. Handbook of Vocational Education and Training. Springer, Cham. 1769–86. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-94532-3_40
Fejes, A., & Köpsén, S. (2014). Vocational teachers’ identity formation through boundary crossing. Journal of Education and Work, 27(3), 265–283. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080.2012.742181  
Hoekstra, A., Kuntz, J., Newton, P. (2018). Professional learning of instructors in vocational and professional education. Professional Development in Education, 44(2), 237–53. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2017.1280523
Kyndt, E., Gijbels, D., Grosemans, I., & Donche, V. (2016). Teachers’ Everyday Professional Development Mapping Informal Learning Activities, Antecedents, and Learning Outcomes. Review of Educational Research, Vol. 86. No. 4. 1111-1150. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654315627864
Kwakman, K. (2003). Factors affecting teachers’ participation in professional learning activities. Teaching and Teacher Education, 19(2), 149–170. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(02)00101-4  
Louws, M. L., Meirink, J. A., van Veen, K., & van Driel, J. H. (2018). Understanding teachers’ professional learning goals from their current professional concerns. Teachers and Teaching, 24(1), 63–80. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2017.1383237
Orr, K. (2019). VET Teachers and Trainers. In: Guile, D., Unwin, L. The Wiley Handbook of Vocational Education and Training. ISBN 9781119098591. 329-348.
Robson, J. (1998). A profession in crisis: status, culture and identity in the further education college. Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 50(4), 585–607. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636829800200067    
Schmidt, T. (2019). Industry currency and vocational teachers in Australia: what is the impact of contemporary policy and practice on their professional development? Research in Post-Compulsory Education, 24(1), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/13596748.2019.1584431
Tynjälä, P. (2013). Toward a 3-P Model of Workplace Learning: A Literature Review. Vocations and Learning. 6/(1). 11-36. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-012-9091-z


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Teacher Specialists in VET: How Can Professional Development Through an Experience-based Master's Degree Strengthen Their Role as Teacher Specialists

Elin B. Morud, Roger Bergh, Klara Rokkones

Norwegian Univ. of Science and Tech, Norway

Presenting Author: Morud, Elin B.

In this study, we explore the topic: How can teacher specialists in Building and Construction strengthen their role as teacher specialists at their school through an experience-based master's degree?

Teacher specialist for vocational education is a position that has been tested for five years in Norwegian schools, and the scheme has drawn inspiration and knowledge from several other countries that have similar functions in their schools. In parallel with the piloting of the function, an experience-based master's degree for teacher specialists has also been offered. This education has been structured around three thematic pillars: vocational subjects, vocational didactics, and school development/organizational development. The education has been developed and carried out by an interdisciplinary team at the university.

The teacher specialists contribute to school development at their school and within their subject discipline. By being professionally updated on theory, research and new teaching methods, the intention is that they should be able to function as a local resource that builds a bridge between theory and practice, and between the management and other teachers at the school (Kringstad & Lønnum, 2021).

Research on school development often addresses questions related to knowledge, relations, and leadership/management for new teacher roles (Helstad & Mausethagen, 2019). Our analysis is based on these three dimensions as a theoretical framework.

The knowledge dimension is characterized by several factors. Lortie (1975) demonstrated that teachers continuously alternate between experience-based knowledge and theoretical and pedagogical knowledge. Traditionally, teachers have freedom to make their own choices of didactic and methodological approaches, and teachers often feel that their knowledge development is their own responsibility (Hopmann, 2015). The profession has been characterized by an egalitarian culture where all teachers have the same responsibility. However, teachers today experience an expectation of the use of evidence-based knowledge and that test results should be a basis for their teaching (Coburn & Talbert, 2006). This can lead to needs for new and more specialized roles.

The dimension of relations is mainly about how interaction develops in different contexts in the school, such as in classrooms and laboratories, amongst the teachers and in the entire school organisation. The principal has overall responsibility for the relationships at the school, but all teachers must contribute to develop the relationships with students and colleagues (Møller & Ottesen, 2011). It is important to focus on developing relationships to succeed with school development.

The dimension of leadership/management in school development includes giving directions, creating visions, and establishing relationships that support the work (Leithwood & Louis, 2012). Irgens (2013) claims that leadership is created in relations, when mutual trust characterizes the interaction between people, and we experience that others can be trusted. In this perspective, we see that power, trust and relationships are closely linked in the community. Accountability is also important in this dimension, where quality systems and indicators to promote students’ learning are developed (Helstad & Mausethagen, 2019). Traditionally, management has been linked to the principal as an individual. However, this is now regarded as a matter where more of the staff participate, with or without formal leadership positions. To succeed with school development, leaders must create conditions for professional learning communities where as many as possible contribute (Hargreaves & O’Connor, 2018; MacBeath et.al, 2018). They do not always succeed in this (Morud & Rokkones, 2020). The term distributed leadership is well established and refers to a practice where leadership is created and executed by people together (Spillane, 2006).

Based on these three dimensions, we have analysed our data material with the aim of identifying how the education has contributed to the teacher specialists' development and role performance.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study was conducted as a qualitative interview study with a phenomenological approach (Kvale, et al., 2015). It is based on interviews with eight vocational teachers who completed a three-year, part-time, experience-based master's education for teacher specialists in Building and construction. These eight teachers constitute the entire group who completed the education. They were interviewed seven months after submission of their master's thesis. The vocational teachers represent five different upper secondary schools in Norway, with a wide geographical and demographical spread.
The study is part of the research project "Investigations into experiences with further education for vocational teachers", and the project has been registered with NSD .
Four semi-structured interviews were conducted, where the vocational teachers were interviewed in pairs. In advance, we had developed an interview guide based on our knowledge of the field and topics we wanted to gain more insight into. Semi-structured interviews facilitate follow-up questions, exchange of views and reflection during the interview (Kvale et al., 2015).
The interviews were done on Teams. Each interview lasted approximately 50 minutes. One of the interviews was conducted with all three researchers together, two of the interviews were conducted with two, and one interview was conducted by one researcher. When there were several interviewers, we had, in advance, allocated who would be responsible for the various questions. Audio recordings were made, and the interviews were subsequently transcribed and anonymized.
The interviews were jointly analyzed by the researchers. We read through the transcripts and became familiar with the data material. Furthermore, the data set were coded while our approach to the coding were continuously discussed. The process has clear parallels to collective qualitative analysis, as Eggebø (2018) describes it. The coding cycle was carried out as an open coding process with an inductive approach (Strauss & Corbin, 1998). We found statements and quotes which we sorted and grouped into different codes. In the next level of analysis, the codes were sorted, and final categories were developed according to a thematic analysis process (Johannesen et al., p. 278 ff., 2018)

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through the analysis process, three categories were developed: i) academic benefit, ii) gain for the school and iii) the role of the school leadership.
The findings show that the teachers have achieved a professional benefit which has been of great importance on several levels. The interaction between vocational and professional components is highlighted as important for the development of the individual's competence. The students' professional development has become important for their local schools, due to involvement of colleagues in work requirements and learning activities during the education. It is also clear that the school leadership's involvement is of decisive importance for the development of knowledge both for the individual and for the school as an organization.
The findings are discussed based on three dimensions for new teacher and leadership roles (Hellstad & Mausethagen, 2019): knowledge, relations, and leadership/management.
Considering the knowledge dimension, we see that the teacher specialists have improved their professional and assessment skills. They feel well prepared to take on greater professional challenges. As they have improved their sharing of knowledge with colleagues, they experience that all students at the school receive better teaching which contributes to increased motivation and mastery.
In light of the relational dimension, we find that work requirements during the education, with expectations of involvement of colleagues, contributed to improvement of interdisciplinary collaboration at the schools. They take more responsibility for interaction between various actors in vocational training, and experience that this improves students' training.
Through the leadership/management dimension, we find that the teacher specialists have gained greater impact at those schools led by a principal with clear strategies for distributed management. At other schools, where distributed leadership is not practiced, challenges are experienced related to contributing to school development.

References
Coburn, & Talbert, J. E. (2006). Conceptions of Evidence Use in School Districts: Mapping the Terrain. American Journal of Education, 112(4), 469–495. https://doi.org/10.1086/505056
Eggebø, H. (2020). Kollektiv kvalitativ analyse. Norsk Sosiologisk Tidsskrift, 4(2), 106–122. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn.2535-2512-2020-02-03
Hargreaves, A. & O'Connor, M. (2018). Collaborative professionalism: When teaching together means learning for all. Corwin.
Helstad, K. & Mausethagen, S. (2018). Nye lærer- og lederroller – nye vilkår for skoleutvikling? I K. Helstad & S. Mausethagen (Red.), Nye lærer- og lederroller i skolen (s. 13-28). Universitetsforlaget.
Hopmann. (2015). 'Didaktik meets Curriculum' revisited: historical encounters, systematic experience, empirical limits. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 2015(1), 27007. https://doi.org/10.3402/nstep.v1.27007  
Irgens, E. (2013). Utvikling av ledelsesformer i skolen. I G. Engvik, T. Hestbek, T.L. Hoel & M.B. Postholm (Edt.), Klasseledelse for elevers læring (p. 41-66). Akademika forlag.
Johannessen, L., Rafoss, T. W. & Rasmussen, E. B. (2018). Hvordan bruke teori?: Nyttige verktøy i kvalitativ analyse. Oslo: Universitetsforlaget.
Kvale, S., Brinkmann, S., Anderssen, T. & Rygge, J. (2015). Det kvalitative forskningsintervju. Oslo: Gyldendal akademisk.
Leithwood, K. & Louis, K.S. (2012). Linking Leadership to Student Learning. Jossey-Bass.
Lortie, D.C. (1975). Schoolteacher. A sociological study. University of Chicago Press.
Lønnum, & Kringstad, T. (2021). Hvilke forhold påvirker lærerspesialistenes arbeid? En nærstudie av 25 logger skrevet av lærere på videreutdanning for lærerspesialister i norsk. Nordisk Tidsskrift for Utdanning og Praksis = Nordic journal of education and practice, 15(2), 19–35. https://doi.org/10.23865/up.v15.2549  
MacBeath, J., Dempster, N., Frost, D., Johnson, G. & Swaffield, S. (2018). Strengthening the Connections between Leadership and Learning. Challenges to Policy, School and Classroom Practice. Routledge.
Morud, & Rokkones. (2020). Deling av kunnskap og kompetanse er ingen selvfølge for deltakere i Yrkesfaglærerløftet. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.7577/sjvd.3776
Møller, J. & Ottesen, E. (2011). Rektor som leder og sjef – om styring, ledelse og kunnskapsutvikling I skolen. Universitetsforlaget.
Spillane, J. P. (2006). Distributed leadership. Jossey-Bass.
Strauss, A. & Corbin, J. (1998). Basics and Qualitative Research: Techniques and Procedures for developing Grounded Theory, 2nd edition. Sage Publications, Inc.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Student Experiences from a Cohort Who Completed the Study of Practical Pedagogy for Tertiary Vocational Education at OsloMet in Norway

Blanca Estela Braña de Hvidsten, Anette Lund Follestad

Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway

Presenting Author: Braña de Hvidsten, Blanca Estela; Follestad, Anette Lund

The research field on Tertiary Vocational Education is limited in Norway and in Europe. This paper is part of the efforts that the Oslo Metropolitan University has set in place to accommodate the intentions of the Norwegian Ministry of Education and Research as presented in the strategy for Further and enhanced quality – strategy for tertiary vocational education. (Ministry of Education and Research, 2021).

Tertiary vocational Education (TVE) has a relatively weak position in the Norwegian education system (Høst & Tømte, 2016). As the only level in the education system, there is currently no national pedagogical competence requirements for TVE teachers by law. One assumption could be that the weak position in the education system has led to less attention to TVE teachers’ competence needs. It is up to each TVE institution to set their own qualification requirements for teachers. The only requirement thus far is that TVE must employ teachers with sufficient professional competence within their own specialty field to ensure high quality teaching.

This stands in contrast to all other levels of education which by law requires a minimum of 60 ETCS in formal pedagogical qualifications. Also Universities require by law a course in pedagogy adapted to higher education (Wittek, 2017). This study further builds on data from Statistics Norway (2019) and a report by OsloMet (Lyckander & Grande, 2018), 30% of teachers employed in TVE have no formal pedagogical qualifications.

In 2019 OsloMet developed a further education programme worth 30 + 30 ECTS: Practical Pedagogic for Teachers in TVE 1 and 2 (PPF1 and PPF2). The programme stands out in Norway as it represents a pioneering and exclusive national endeavour, with its curriculum placing significant emphasis on adult education (Knowles 2016, Illeris 2012, Wahlgren 2010), professional practice, methodologies for lifelong learning, and the recognition of prior learning (RPL) (Andersson & Fejes 2005, 2010). In line with the white paper titled "Skilled Workers for the Future — Vocational College Education" (2016–2017), the objective of PPF1 and PPF2 is to enhance the qualifications of TVE teachers. The study programme seeks to contribute to an enhanced comprehension of dual professional practice and strengthen collaboration with the industry, as mandated by the Vocational Education Act (Fagskoleloven, 2022).

The PPF study programme has been specifically designed for educators employed in both public and private TVE institutions. This inclusive approach aims to encompass all stakeholders involved in delivering professional excellence at the tertiary education level.

We aim to find out and better understand the changes that take place by attending the study PPF1, in motivation and self-perception (Ryan & Deci, 2000) (Skaalvik et al., 2021), of own competence needs as well as understanding of the dual professional role that is necessary in the TVE in Norway.

The Research questions are.

  • What motivates TVE-teachers to enrol in the study PPF1 and perceived competence-needs.
  • What changes take place in the participants' self-perception as TVE-teachers.
  • How do they describe themselves as TVE-teachers?

The data was collected in two surveys conducted within a time space of 8 months apart and has been analysed.

The study is based on thirty-three respondents, twenty-one men and twelve women. The average age is 44 years, and no one has formal practical teaching skills from the past. Most of the respondents have been working as teachers in TVE less than 2 years.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study has been approved by The Norwegian Centre of Research Data (NSD, n.å) obtaining consent from the participants and collecting anonymous data. The electronic platform "Nettskjema" has been used for the data collection (UiO, u.å.). A pilot of the survey was carried out with the necessary quality changes before the participants received it. The analysis process has generally taken place in three stages (Holter & Kalleberg, 1996, p. 18); first reading through to get an overall impression, then analysis and categorization. In the last step, opinions and phenomena have been extracted through yet another analysis to highlight the most important findings. Through the work of summarizing and interpreting the content of the answers, the qualitative statements from the survey were analysed with the categories for teachers' six areas of competence. These being educational, didactic, professional, professional ethics, relational, innovation and development skills as given by The Education Association (Utdanningsforbundet, 2021). Survey 1 and 2 have similar questions related to the participants` motivation and competence, in addition survey 1 includes numerical questions. The measuring instruments are qualitative, and the questions have a mixture of open and categorized questions (Jacobsen, 2022). The questions about competence needs are examples of categorized questions, where the respondents grade their competence needs based on the topic in the learning outcomes for PPF1. The answer options are based on Likert scale. This is considered a commonly used method, for example, to uncover phenomena such as motivation (Jacobsen, 2022, p. 281). Survey 1 contains metric, categorical and ranked questions (Jacobsen, 2022, pp. 273, 277). Examples of this are questions about education, age, position, length of employment and whether they work at a public or private TVE institution. Some questions do not capture all options and have an open option.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
• What motivates TVE-teachers to enrol in the study PPF1 and perceived competence-needs.
First the formal requirement from their employer then to develop their teaching skills. Close to the end of the study programme, the participants link their own motivation to the experience they have had using the methods and experiencing a positive response from own students.
At the start of the program, results show that the participants have a need for competence development in all seven categories: Learning management, planning of learning work, completion of learning sessions, assessment, learning environment, differentiation, and tutoring. After 8 months, participants report having acquired a new level of pedagogical and didactic knowledge and understanding. They now voice more specific needs, such as assessment tools, tutoring, and learning management mainly.
• What changes take place in the participants' self-perception as TVE-teachers.
At the beginning they describe the ability of having a good relational competence, which they mean helps them to be educators, even though they lack the pedagogical and didactic education. After 8 months, they respond to have improved their pedagogical and didactic knowledge and skills. At this point they show confidence using the concepts that belong to vocational pedagogical theories. Namely, inductive learning, feedback, assessment, feed-forward, facilitation of learning, relationship-oriented teaching.
• How do they describe themselves as TVE-teachers?
TVE-teachers are specialists in their professional field, this makes them confident in their ability to be good TVE-educators. Towards the end of the study, they have become aware that they bring professional experience with research-based theory and now the understanding of the methods and tools acquired during the study. Their students are the centre of their pedagogical-practice and describe themselves as facilitators, a method that helps to motivate themselves and contribute to the students' professionalism that the industry requires.

References
Aspøy, T. M., Skinnarland, S., Tønder, A. H., & Forskningsstiftelsen, F. (2017). Yrkesfaglærernes kompetanse (Vol. 2017:11). Fafo.
Deci, E. L. (1971). Effects of externally mediated rewards on intrinsic motivation. Journal of personality and social psychology, 18(1), 105-115. https://doi.org/10.1037/h0030644
Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The "What" and "Why" of Goal Pursuits: Human Needs and the Self-Determination of Behavior. Psychological inquiry, 11(4), 227-268. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327965PLI1104_01
Holter, H., & Kalleberg, R. (1996). Kvalitative metoder i samfunnsforskning (2. utg. ed.). Universitetsforl.
Høst, H., Tømte, C. (2016) Styring og styrking av en fragmentert sektor. Nordisk institutt for studier av innovasjon, forskning og utdanning (NIFU) 2016 Report Number: 016:11 https://nifu.brage.unit.no/nifu-xmlui/bitstream/handle/11250/2389667/NIFUrapport2016-11.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y  
Illeris, K., & Nordgård, Y. (2012). Læring. Gyldendal akademisk.
Inglar, T. (2009). Erfaringslæring og yrkesfaglærere: en kvalitativ studie Høgskolen i Akershus].
Jacobsen, D. I. (2022). Hvordan gjennomføre undersøkelser? : innføring i samfunnsvitenskapelig metode (4. utgave. ed.). Cappelen Damm akademisk.
Knowles, M. S. (2016). Andragogy: Adult Learning Theory in Perspective. Community college review, 5(3), 9-20. https://doi.org/10.1177/009155217800500302
Lov om høyere yrkesfaglig utdanning, (2022). https://lovdata.no/lov/2018-06-08-28
Lyckander, R. H., & Grande, S. Ø. (2018). Kompetanse og kompetansebehov i fagskolene (OsloMet rapport 2018 nr 7). https://skriftserien.oslomet.no/index.php/skriftserien/issue/view/19
Mausethagen, S., Hermansen, H., Lorentzen, M., Zlatanovic, T., & Dahl, T. (2016). Hva kjennetegner forskning på norske lærere under Kunnskapsløftet? In: Høgskolen i Oslo og Akershus.
Meld. St. nr 11 (2008-2009). Læreren - Rollen og utdanningen.
Meld. St. nr. 16 2016-2017. Kultur for kvalitet i høyere utdanning.  Retrieved from https://www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/aee30e4b7d3241d5bd89db69fe38f7ba/no/pdfs/stm201620170016000dddpdfs.pdf
Ministry of Education and Research. (2021). Further growth and enhanced quality - strategy for tertiary vocational education. (Plans/strategy, Issue. Norwegian Government. https://www.regjeringen.no/en/dokumenter/further-growth-and-enhanced-quality/id2865542/
NSD. (u.å.). NSD. Sikt - Kunnskapssektorens tjenestelevarandør, KD. https://www.nsd.no/
OsloMet. (2022). Programplan PPF1, PPF2. Oslo Storbyuniversitet. Retrieved 04.07.22 from https://student.oslomet.no/studier/-/studieinfo/programplan/PPF/2022/H%C3%98ST
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000). Intrinsic and Extrinsic Motivations: Classic Definitions and New Directions. Contemp Educ Psychol, 25(1), 54-67. https://doi.org/10.1006/ceps.1999.1020
Skaalvik, E. M., Skaalvik, S., & Skaalvik, E. M. (2021). Skolen som læringsarena : selvoppfatning, motivasjon, læring og livsmestring (4. utgave. ed.). Universitetsforlaget.
SSB. (2021). Høyere yrkesfaglig utdanning. Statistisk sentralbyrå. https://www.ssb.no/utdanning/fagskoleutdanning/statistikk/hoyere-yrkesfaglig-utdanning
UiO. (u.å.). Nettskjema. Universitetet i Oslo. https://nettskjema.no/
Utdanningsforbundet. (2021). Derfor skal elevene ha kvalifiserte lærere. https://www.utdanningsforbundet.no/var-politikk/utdanningsforbundet-mener/artikler/derfor-skal-elevene-ha-kvalifiserte-larere/
Wahlgren, B. (2016). Adult educators' core competences. International review of education, 62(3), 343-353. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11159-016-9559-4
Wittek, A. L. (2017). Kultur for kvalitet i høyere utdanning: Lederartikkel nr. 2, 2017. Uniped (Lillehammer), 40(2), 105-108. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn.1893-8981-2017-02-01
 
9:00am - 10:30am02 SES 09 B: Excellence
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre B [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Paolo Nardi
Paper and Poster Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Teacher Training and Empowerment as a Tool to Meet the Challenges of an Inclusive School in rural school

Anna Monzó Martínez1, M. Pilar Martínez-Agut2, Encarna Taberner Perales3, Isabel María Gallardo4, Concepción Barceló López5, M. Fernanda Chocomeli Fernández6

1Univeristat de València, Spain; 2Univeristat de València, Spain; 3Conselleria de Educación; 4Univeristat de València, Spain; 5Conselleria de Educación; 6Univeristat de València, Spain

Presenting Author: Monzó Martínez, Anna; Martínez-Agut, M. Pilar

This work reflects the importance and responsibility of the school to respond to the needs of the entire school population. Specifically, a research paper is presented that focuses on the rural school setting, with the purpose of exploring inclusive education practices in this type of school.

Rural schools have great value for their environment since they constitute an important element within the institutional structure of a certain territory. In addition, families in rural communities generally collaborate in everything that the school makes them participate in. However, in order for this relationship of cooperation and complicity to occur, teachers must feel really committed to the social and natural framework that surrounds them and become aware of the need to incorporate it into their pedagogical work (Boix, 2014). Achieving this commitment of teachers is an important challenge for the management teams of rural schools with a high rate of variation of teachers since this fact poses an important handicap to design and carry out educational projects for the center due to the lack of continuity of the team that has to implement them.

The construction of an inclusive school, which ensures the presence, participation and success of all its students requires promoting, also in rural settings, changes in various fields: cultures, policies and practices. An inclusive school, which is oriented to an inclusive society, also needs to establish measures for the protection and training of people and groups that are in a situation of greater vulnerability and at risk of educational and social exclusion by reason of origin, ethnicity, language, economic and social situation, sexual orientation, gender identity or sexual characteristics, discrimination or violence, which are subject to exclusionary pressures or that encounter barriers in access, presence, participation and learning.

These changes should have teachers as an axis and engine. There are several studies on teaching competences (Cano, 2005). From an inclusive education approach, the competences we consider appropriate to train teachers are strategic competences, along with innovation and creativity, reflection and self-criticism (Fernández, 2013). For this, we have to take as a reference a permanent training and reflection of the skills to investigate, update, energize, employ creativity, lead, promote self-concept, open to change, etc. It is about improving the quality of education with equity, to respond to the demands of the educational field, through innovation processes and the implementation of projects and tasks based on active methodologies.

All these competences are related to the empowerment of teachers and shared teaching leadership, key factors for the improvement of teaching-learning processes, school results and the relational climate of educational institutions. Teacher empowerment must be enhanced and promoted by the management teams (González et al., 2019). All this involves training reflective and critical professionals in their daily tasks, capable of implementing changes to improve the center and its educational practice. It is about linking the teaching profession not only with a series of rights, but also responsibilities. Our proposal aims, from continuing education, to generate teacher empowerment through a better knowledge of their educational reality, the implementation of more innovative methodologies from action research, promoting the inclusion of all students in the center, reflection on practice, the preparation of a reception plan for new teachers, with the intention of generating a structure that enhances the sustainability of the project in the long term, enhancing the connection with the community environment.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We are in a qualitative research approach (Tójar, 2006), given that in rural schools, the ideal conditions for working according to principles of inclusion are given. As research procedures/strategies we have used participant observation, informal conversations and interviews (Angrosino, 2012).
The intervention in the context of the rural school (CRA) has been carried out with the accompaniment of the center's training advisor. This project has been oriented, first, towards a redefinition of the Educational Project of the center and the realization of a more inclusive pedagogical proposal that contemplates active methodologies, focused on student learning. Secondly, the establishment of a plan to favor the reception and commitment of teachers to be incorporated at the beginning of the course.
This experience arises in five phases / moments:
1. Request for advice. The center requested help from its training advisor to carry out a pedagogical change.
2. Analysis of reality, diagnosis and proposal of action. The classrooms were visited and meetings were held with the management team and the rest of the teaching staff to finalize a proposal for action.
3. Training plan. A seminar has been planned in the framework of the Training in Centers that the Educational Administration convenes every year. The intention is to create times / spaces for dialogue and reflection in which teachers analyze who they are, what needs they have and in what context they are. It is essential that they connect with the needs and potential of their community and discuss the pedagogical model that each one has in mind and learn about successful research and inclusive experiences carried out in other centers (establishing center networks). All this as a previous step to the construction of a common Educational Project that support the school life of the CRA.
4. Preparation of the Reception Plan and teacher support. In parallel to the training, the plan that facilitates the incorporation of new members to the team will be defined, leaving it prepared to be implemented the following course.
5. Assessment of experience, conclusions and proposals for improvement. Throughout the process we will collect data that allow us to draw conclusions and prepare a final report of the experience.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The development of this experience aims to initiate, among the teachers of the center, a collaborative process of professional development that empowers them and, at the same time, that leads to the improvement of the educational quality of the CRA. For this, it has been decided to create spaces for research and analysis of the action itself that bring into play the features that facilitate adult learning, which, according to Vaillant and Marcelo (2015), are: commitment, involvement, autonomy, overcoming resistance, motivation and trust.
In addition, the process will provide the management team with various technical skills that will enable them to lead people in a more “intelligent” way, such as motivating, organizing effective meetings or resolving conflicts, among others (Bazarra and Casanova, 2013).
Finally, each teacher will acquire the necessary tools to organize and manage their classroom in an appropriate way to favor the participation and learning of all their students (Whitaker, Whitaker, and Whitaker, 2018).
In short, the teacher must be the engine of change in schools, promoting participation and dialogue. Teacher empowerment and leadership in communities that are committed to inclusion, such as the CRA in which they have worked, must be based on three key axes:
a) Initial and continuous training: focused on the humanistic, reflexive and socio-critical paradigms. The latter understands education as a process of individual and collective emancipation aimed at social transformation.
b) Enhancement of action research, which seeks to respond to collective problems from direct intervention, promoting substantial changes and research that promote the improvement of teaching processes, seeking to transfer the results obtained to the classroom (Melero, 2011 ; Colmenares, 2012).
c) Establishment of networks of centers, networks of trust and support, with the aim of disseminating good practices and initiatives generated by teachers (González et al., 2019).

References
Alba, C., Sánchez, J. M. y Zubillaga, A. (2011). Diseño Universal para el Aprendizaje (DUA) Pautas para su introducción en el currículo. Disponible en: https://www.educadua.es/doc/dua/dua_pautas_intro_cv.pdf
Angrosino, M. (2012). Etnografía y observación participante. Madrid: Morata.
Bazarra, L. y Casanova, O. (2013) Directivos de escuelas inteligentes. Madrid, Ediciones SM.
Boix, R. (2014) La escuela rural en la dimensión territorial. Innovación Educativa, nº 24, pp. 89-97 Recuperado de https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=4920406
Cano, E. (2005). Com millorar les competències dels docents. Guia per a l'autoavaluació i el desenvolupament de les competències del professorat. Barcelona: Graó.
Colmenares, A. M. (2012). Investigación-acción participativa: una metodología integradora del conocimiento y la acción. Voces y Silencios: Revista Latinoamericana de Educación, 3(1), 102-115.
Díez Villoria, E. y Sánchez Fuentes, S. (2015). Diseño universal para el aprendizaje como metodología docente para atender a la diversidad en la universidad. Aula Abierta, Vol. 43 Issue 2 July-December 2015, pp. 87-93.
Fernández Batanero, J. M. (2013). Competencias docentes y educación inclusiva. Revista Electrónica de Investigación Educativa, 15(2), 82-99. Disponible en: https://redie.uabc.mx/redie/article/view/445/610
González, R.; Palomares, A.; López, E. y Gento, S. (2019). Explorando el liderazgo pedagógico del docente: su dimensión formativa. Contextos educativos, 24, 9-25
Hamodi, C. y Aragués, S. (2014) La escuela rural: ventajas, inconvenientes y reflexiones sobre sus falsos mitos. Palobra, nº 14, pp. 46-61. Recuperado de https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=5078953
Kimlicka, W. y Norman W. (1996). El retorno del ciudadano. Una revisión de la producción reciente en teoría de la ciudadanía. Cuadernos del CLAEH, 75, 81-112.
Melero Aguilar, N. (2011). El paradigma crítico y los aportes de la investigación acción participativa en la transformación de la realidad social: un análisis desde las ciencias sociales. Cuestiones Pedagógicas, 21, 339-355.
OECD (2005). Teachers Matter- Attracting, Developing and Retaining Effective Teachers. Education and Training Policy. OECD, France. Recuperado de:https://www.oecd.org/education/school/34990905.pdf [última consulta 14/01/20]
Teixidó, J. (2009) La acogida al profesorado de nueva incorporación. Barcelona: Graó.
Tójar, J. (2006). Investigación cualitativa. Comprender y actuar. Madrid: La Muralla.
Vaillant, D. y Marcelo, C. (2015) El ABC y D de la formación docente. Madrid: Narcea.
Whitaker, T., Whitaker, M. y Whitaker, K. (2018) Mi primer año como docente. Gestionarlo y vivirlo. Madrid: Narcea.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Innovative and Inclusive Pedagogies for Excellence in VET: a Potential Model for Identification and Clustering of Relevant Practices

Lucian Ciolan, Daniela Avarvare

University of Bucharest, Romania

Presenting Author: Ciolan, Lucian; Avarvare, Daniela

The current project aims to identify examples of innovative and inclusive pedagogical practices and analyse how they cand be grouped into focal areas in VET excellence centres. The analysis is made in the frame of a large scale project: Governance for Inclusive Vocational Excellence (GIVE): 621199-EPP-1-2021-1-IT-EPPKA3-VET-COVE. www.thegiveproject.eu

Innovative pedagogies are focused on creating a stimulating and conducive learning environment that facilitate the learners to experience good, relevant and robust learning. When attempting to understand and define this concept, we notice a certain degree of fuzziness. Some opinions emphasize the creative and generative potential of teaching practices and environments, others are focused on the use of creative methods and techniques or, in some cases, on technology-enhanced learning (Ciolan et all, 2020), while other are focusing on evidence for impact.

Innovative and inclusive approaches are being used with increased frequency related to learning outcomes (knowledge, skills, attitudes, and values) that are needed for today's learners to thrive and shape the world, create and contribute to a better future of themselves and their communities. Short-term and long-term employability based on the resilience and creativity founded by the key competences are essential for each learner.

A good quality education that ensures the maximum valorisation of the individual potential of each student must be centered on the students, on their needs and their characteristics. The need to individualize the learning process is more obvious in the case of education for students belonging to vulnerable groups (learners with special education & training needs, learning disabilities, coming from disadvantaged areas, at risk of exclusion or with a migrant profile).

In the GIVE project we focused exactly on innovative and inclusive pedagogies in VET excellence centres, dealing with a number or even all the at risk groups mentioned above.

Our analysis is a two way process, starting concomitantly from two directions: literature review of different approaches and taxonomies and analysis of innovative practices from the field, attempting to ”meet in the middle” in trying to answer the questions: what works (and what does not work so well) in terms of pedagogical innovation in VET excellence centres focused on inclusion of vulnerable groups.

Among the analysed taxonomies, we investigated the OECD perspective (2018, 2019), Open University (2020, 2021, 2022), Istance & Paniagua (2018) etc.

In the practice identification and analysis, we focused on the four vocational centres of excellence involved in the GIVE project, under the leadership of Cometa Educazione from Italy and we have collected examples from these centres, but also from 5 companies, closely working with them.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology we have used had the following key steps:

1. Extensive desk-research on innovative pedagogies and innovative pedagogies in VET, leading to a Report on the state of the art on active, innovative, and inclusive pedagogies, including the theoretical approach of the related typology of the learning needs addressed by the project.
2. Second step, based on the previous one, was the creation of a self-assessment instrument which contains criteria and characteristics of innovative and inclusive pedagogies. Based on this self-assessment instrument the partners selected the relevant practices that were detailed / described in a common frame. All selected and documented practices were described according to a specific format and afterwards validated against eligibility criteria, and scored according to their level of maturity (from early stage to excellence, a five points scale) by a panel of experts, who developed the framework, in cooperation with specialists from VET Centres (sponsors).
3. Creation of a practice analysis grid for innovative and inclusive pedagogies. Within the grid created there were defined 6 categories (focal domains) and a 7th “undefined”. 2 categories of them have 3 subdivisions and this leaded in a total of 11 actual categories. For each category there were developed detailed criteria in order to support the evaluators to rate the practice in the appropriate category.
4. A number of 44 relevant practices were rated independently by 8 experts in terms of the category (focal domain) each practice should be attributed to. The procedure also allowed for the “second” and “third best” category each practice could be included into, depending on the degree they fit into the criteria of each category.

The research carried out among 9 VET European institutions (VET centers and companies), and there are two key targets of this exercise: mapping out innovative and inclusive pedagogies in VET, based on extensive literature review, but especially on systematic practice collection and analysis, and identify potential ”champions” in the different focal areas of the taxonomy to be further developed and become replicable / adaptable to other contexts / circumstances.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary conclusions show significant fuzziness, at least in how some of the practices are perceived by evaluators (i.e., what is perceived as their main potential applicability).  
This “versatility” index may be correlated with descriptors of how each practice was presented and documented from the perspective of its results. There are preliminary results showing an inherent flexibility of some practices, that makes them applicable across domains. The reflection in this specific interventions versus transversal / cross-domain innovative pedagogical practices will continue in the next stages of the project, based on real-time / life piloting. A validation through piloting plan will be also presented.

References
Barnes, S.-A., Bimrose, J., Brown, A., Kettunen, J. & Vuorinen, R. (2020). Lifelong guidance policy and practice in the EU: Trends, challenges and opportunities, final report, European Commission, Directorate-General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusions, Directorate E. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. DOI:10.2767/91185

Chapman, C., Muijs, D., Reynolds, D., Sammons, P., Teddlie, C. (Eds.). (2016). International Handbook of Educational Effectiveness and Improvement. Research, policy, and practice. London: Routledge

Ciolan, L., Iucu, R., Nedelcu, A., Mironov, C, Carțiș, A. (2020), Innovative pedagogies: ways into the process of learning transformation, working document of Task Force Innovative Pedagogies, Civis Alliance. https://civis.eu/ro/tiri/civis-publishes-a-handbook-on-innovative-pedagogies-ways-into-the-process-of-learning-transformation

European Training Foundation (2015). Good Practice in Entrepreneurial Learning and Enterprise Skills.

European Training Foundation (2020), Centers of Vocational Excellence. An engine for vocational education and training development. An International Study.

World Health Organization (2012), Worksheets for developing a scaling-up strategy. Geneva.

GIVE application project. (2019). KA3 – Support for Policy Reform. Centres of Vocational Excellence. Application form. Call for proposals: EACEA 33/2019. Detailed description of the project.

Istance, D., & Paniagua, A. (2019). Learning to Leapfrog: Innovative Pedagogies to Transform Education. Center for Universal Education at Brookings.
https://www.brookings.edu/research/learning-toleapfrog/

Kehl, F., Kohlheyer, G., Schlegel, W. (2013). Understanding and analysing vocational education and training systems – An introduction, Swiss Agency for Development and Cooperation

OECD (2004). Career Guidance and Public Policy Bridging the Gap. http://www.oecd.org/education/skills-beyond-school/34050171.pdf
OECD (2018) Teachers as Designers of Learning Environments. The Importance of Innovative Pedagogies. Online: https://www.oecd.org/education/teachers-as-designers-of-learning-environments-9789264085374-en.htm

OECD. Innovative Pedagogies for Powerful Learning (IPPPL) – The C’s Framework. https://www.oecd.org/education/ceri/innovative-pedagogies-for-powerful-learning-the-5-cs.htm

OECD (2019), Getting Skills Right: Engaging low-skilled adults in learning. www.oecd.org/employment/emp/ engaging-low-skilled-adults-2019.pdf

Pereira, E., Kyriazopoulou, M.,  Weber, W. (2016), Inclusive Vocational Education and Training (VET) – Policy and Practice In Implementing Inclusive Education: Issues in Bridging the Policy-Practice Gap. 2016

Schleicher, A. (2014), Equity, Excellence, and Inclusiveness in Education: Policy Lessons from Around the World, International Summit on the Teaching Profession, OECD Publishing. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264214033-en

World Health Organization. (2012).  Worksheets for developing a scaling-up strategy. Geneva: World Health Organization. http://www.expandnet.net/PDFs/ ExpandNet-WHO%20Worksheets%20-%20July%202012.pdf


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

The Centres of Vocational Excellence as the Way Forward to Future VET Ecosystems. A Case Study

Paolo Nardi1, Sanna Ryökkynen2

1Cometa Formazione, Italy; 2Häme University of Applied Sciences

Presenting Author: Nardi, Paolo

In designing the possible future scenarios of education (2020), OECD identified the “Schools as Learning Hubs” as one of the evolutions of the learning ecosystems. TVET is often already a clear example of this scenario. In both IVET and the CVET area, links between VET centres and companies, and research centres in some cases, are standard way skills are identified in the market, integrated in the curricula and implemented in the training courses.

The “learning hub” solution has been promoted by several international initiatives as the core of platforms for developing and promoting excellence. Both the concept of “learning hub” and “excellence” can be different, although some golden threads can be highlighted.

This research aims at providing evidence of how such Centres of Vocational Excellence (CoVEs) are structured, developed, even supported and the perspectives of their role in the future VET sector.

Many international organizations have already proposed literature review on this topic, highlighting the dimensions of quality of training and relevance in terms of skills for the market, “addressing innovation, pedagogy, social justice, lifelong learning, transversal skills, organisational and continuing professional learning and community needs [including introduction of measures of] rationalisation, restructuring of governance, cost reduction, heightened accountability or greater competition” (ETF, 2020). In a nutshell, albeit inevitable differences among different contexts (ETF, 2020), Vocational Excellence can be considered a combination of two elements (GIVE, 2022b):

  1. innovative and inclusive pedagogies;
  2. agile, anticipatory and entrepreneurial functional governance

A preliminary study by the European Commission offered an interesting overview on the possible types of CoVEs, mainly from an institutional point of view, underlining also a specific taxonomy of categories of excellence, adapted to local and sectoral needs in terms of structures, stakeholders and activities (EC, 2019: 5):

“1. ‘purpose built’ or designated entities as part of national/regional arrangements for vocational excellence, and;

2. individual VET providers, functioning as CoVEs for a region, sub-region or sector”.

Beyond desk-research, several initiatives were promoted at international level to identify, promote and possibly scale-up excellent examples in VET. Among the others, UNESCO-UNEVOC promoted the Skills for Innovation Hubs (i-Hubs) in order to identify and support 10 pilot institutions worldwide which could be considered excellent in terms of organizational practices, institutions’ engagement with external stakeholders, learning and teaching processes; an evaluation process was implemented, Guided Self-Assessment (GSA), based on two tools: 1) Balanced Scorecard to assess and document, through quantitative and qualitative data, the i-hub’s internal readiness to innovate 2) Skills and Innovation Ecosystem Map to assess and document how favorable to innovation the i-hub’s ecosystem is (UNESCO-UNEVOC, 2019).

The European Training Foundation, since 2020, has activated its ETF Network of Excellence (ENE) including almost 300 TVET centres based in its area of action (EU and neighbouring countries). The ENE includes VET centres with an enhanced range of activities and objectives over and beyond the provision of initial vocational training: for example, research, continuing vocational training, local economic development, greening of skills and technology transfer [aiming at being] engines for systemic improvement but their capacity to perform this role depends upon their character as organisations, the capabilities of their leaders and staff, their relationships with their ecosystems and their capacity to collaborate with other vocational schools and centres” (ETF, 2021).

Since 2019, the European Commission has been the stakeholder which, by promoting a specific program (EACEA 33/2019), has activated more than 20 CoVEs characterised by adopting a systemic approach through which VET institutions actively contribute to co-create skills ecosystems, together with a wide range of other local/regional partners, including activites listed under three clusters: Teaching and learning; Cooperation and partnership; and Governance and funding).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research will show how the activities were implemented and to what extent the main outputs and outcomes are scientifically-sounded and significant. Evidence from the existing outputs and protocols will be used to describe the CoVE and interviews to the current project leader and project manager will be included.
The Centres of Vocational Excellence, as described, recognized and supported by the European Commission, or ETF or even National Agencies, are, in any case, expected to reshape the VET ecosystem from a local to an international perspective. This research has been designed as a case study based on an example of CoVE awarded by the EU Commission at the end of 2020, among the first 8 projects after the previous piloting (2019-2020).
The project GIVE (Governance for Inclusive Vocational Excellence) aims at designing and developing a European Platform of Centres of Excellence devoted to innovate VET sector for the social inclusion of individuals belonging to disadvantaged groups. Partnership includes best practices of VET centres, companies and business representatives, universities and policymakers from Italy, Finland, Spain, Malta, Romania characterized by similar approaches promoting personalized didactics and flexible governance models.
Starting from the set of methodologies and tools, recognized as excellences at European and international level, the project aimed at contributing to inclusive excellence by implementing and promoting:
- entrepreneurial governance models for the development and management of VET centres and agencies;
- educational approaches and tools specifically aimed at the social inclusion (in terms of training, international mobility, employment) of people at risk of exclusion;
- models for the design and implementation of effective training-work transition activities.
The research will analyze the process designed and implemented to pursue the above mentioned goals, as well as the expected outputs, namely:
- didactic methods and tools specifically aimed to the social inclusion of disadvantaged people;
- effective training-companies cooperation models (Feedback-loop to better understand and to be updated on the needs of the labour market);
- guidance and counselling models actively participated by VET providers and companies;
- transnational mobility schemes for trainers and students (learning and work);
- strategies for local stakeholders involvement;
- training material and courses for: managers, trainers, tutors, businesses, public administrators.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results will include an overview of the typology of outputs and their outcomes, after the first half of the project (November 2020. The proposal is to provide the audience, both European and beyond, with an in-depth analysis of the CoVE initiative in order to identify its (positive or negative) externalities on the Vet ecosystem and, in particular, on VET research and researchers’ activities.
References
EC (2019) Mapping of Centres of Vocational Excellence (CoVEs) https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/566920f4-ee2d-11e9-a32c-01aa75ed71a1/language-en  
European Training Foundation (2020), Centers of Vocational Excellence. An engine for vocational education and training development. An International Study, https://www.etf.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2020-07/centres_of_vocational_excellence.pdf
European Training Foundation (2021), Exploring Vocational Excellence: A Working Paper On The Self-assessment Carried Out By Members of the ETF Network For Excellence (ENE), https://www.etf.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2021-10/ene_working_paper_exploring_vocational_excellence_en.pdf
OECD (2020), “Back to the Future of Education: Four OECD Scenarios for Schooling", https://www.oecd.org/education/back-to-the-future-s-of-education-178ef527-en.htm
The GIVE project (2022a), Reference Framework on Vocational Excellence through for Innovative and Inclusive Pedagogies, https://www.thegiveproject.eu/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/D.2.6.b.pdf
The GIVE project (2022b), Reference Framework for Anticipatory, Entrepreneurial and Agile Governance, https://www.thegiveproject.eu/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/D.2.6.b.pdf
UNESCO-UNEVOC (2019), Trends mapping - Innovation in TVET. New opportunities and challenges, https://unevoc.unesco.org/pub/tm_innovation.pdf
 
9:00am - 10:30am02 SES 09 C: Understanding Transitions
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre 2 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Barbara E. Stalder
Session Chair: Christiane Hof
Symposium
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Symposium

Understanding Transitions to and Through Working Life: Concepts, Methods and Procedural Imperatives

Chair: Barbara E. Stalder (University of Teacher Education Bern)

Discussant: Christiane Hof (Goethe University Frankfurt, Germany)

Times of global change and increasing diversity are associated with transitions that individuals encounter when first engaging in and then continuing to participate in working life. Understanding, elaborating and responding productively to these transitions is salient for at least three reasons. These are the conceptual importance, their methodological adroitness and procedural worth.
Conceptually, most explanatory accounts of human learning and development across the life course acknowledge transitions variously explained through maturation, societal roles, moral and/or cognitive development. The stages of development associated with paid work and participation in it is no exception and is central to adulthood and adults. Much of working age adults’ sense of self, social purpose and engagement with community is premised upon employability, for instance. This process commences with transitions to working life, often for young adults identifying and preparing for specific occupations and then continuing across working life associated with a personal project of employability. That employability is sustaining employment, advancing or broadening occupational engagement or seeking new lines of employment. However, despite its importance as a stage of ontogenetic or lifespan development, explanatory accounts of transitions across working life remain an area requiring more empirically informed and conceptual inclusive accounts, to do justice to the diverse learning and development for working age adults that it comprises.
Methodologically, these transitions offer bases by which that learning and development can be illuminated and elaborated. Whilst learning arises constantly through lived experiences, it is perhaps most intentionally enacted in and through goal-directed activities such when transitions are negotiated. Hence while incremental learning and development remains difficult to capture, those moments of transitions provide experiences that can be captured more readily and provide data that are grounded in those events. Hence, these transitions offer the prospect of securing insights into that learning and development. This can be because these events are often salient to the individual, memorable and reportable, and provide instantiations of how the individual engages with others, institutions, aspects of materiality in negotiating those transitions. In this way, these transitions provide access to insights and explanations that might not otherwise be accessible.
Procedurally, transitions provide insights into how best both younger and working age adults’ learning and development can be guided and supported against the backdrop of increased recognition of diversity. Such insights can be used to identify, trial and validate the range of educative experiences in educational, workplace and community settings that can support these worklife transitions – whether it is about sustaining their current employment, advancing further their capacities in that field or advancing a different and new occupational or career trajectory.
These premises are elaborated through presentations and discussion of empirical research derived from distinct conceptual orientations, from diverse national and cultural situations and stages in adult development: The contributions explore the perilous transitions of young adults from vocational education to working life (1), the different types of learning and changes adults negotiate across worklife transitions (2), career changes in the context of sustainability along with the associated transformative learning experiences (3), and migrants’ learning as they confront labour market barriers (4). The shared concern and goal of these four presentations is to engage diverse perspectives in order to deepen our understanding of transitions to and through working lives.


References
-
 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Vocational Education Graduates’ Negotiations With the New Conditions of Working Life Transitions

Susanna Ågren (Tampere University, Finland)

This paper discusses Finnish vocational upper secondary students’ and graduates’ perceptions and experiences on working life transition(s) in the context of changed adulthood and labour market. It is interested in the changed demands of the labour market that make young adults’ working life transitions more complex than before: scholars (e.g., Sennett 1998; Beck 1992) have claimed that the contemporary market-driven labour market has transformed to be more uncertain, increasingly demanding self-reflexivity, flexibility, responsibility, and efficiency especially from young adults who are starting their working life paths (Kelly 2006). Youth researchers have pointed out how young adults struggle with the expectations of education and employment policies because these policies rely on a very narrow ideal of working life transitions at the same time, when the promises of their education do not meet with the realities of labour market and adulthood they face after graduation (Wyn et al. 2020). In this context, vocational upper secondary education’s aim to improve young people’s employability skills and to educate future worker-citizens is particularly interesting, especially if vocational students learn during their education to interpret their value in society through worker-citizenship (Isopahkala et al. 2014; cf. Farrugia 2021). This paper will discuss with two qualitative datasets, how young adults studying in vocational education (12 group interviews) or who have graduated from vocational education (interviews with 21 young adults) perceive worker-citizenship and how they negotiate with worker-citizen ideal, maintained by vocational education, within the contemporary Finnish labour market (see Author 2021, 2023). The paper will illustrate the importance of worker-citizenship for these young adults as a position that improves their sense of belonging to the work community and society and enables them the adult and independent life they aspire for. However, it will also illustrate how, in line with claims in youth research, some of them struggle when their aspirations, life situations, work experiences and actual chances to do work-related choices do not fit with the worker-citizen ideal. From these perspectives, it ponders vocational education’s worker-citizen ideal in relation to the possibilities of these young adults to feel valuable in society and to make choices that support their life situations and well-being in the contemporary labour market from the perspective of Nussbaum’s (2013) ‘human dignity’. It will show how shaping worker-citizenship is inherent part of vocational graduates’ contemporary adulthood and points out vocational education’s role in supporting these young adults’ senses of societal belonging (see May 2011).

References:

Beck, U (1992) Risk Society. Towards a New Modernity. London: SAGE Publications. Farrugia, D (2021) Youth, Work and the Post-Fordist Self. Bristol: Bristol University Press. Isopahkala-Bouret, U et al. (2014) Educating worker-citizens: visions and divisions in curriculum texts. Journal of education and work 27(1), 92–109. Kelly, P (2006) The entrepreneurial self and ‘youth at-risk’: exploring the horizons of identity in the twenty-first century. Journal of Youth Studies 9(1), 17–32. May, V (2011) Self, Belonging and Social Change. Sociology 45(3), 363–378. Nussbaum, M (2013) Creating Capabilities. The Human Development Approach. Cambridge, MA: The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press. Sennett, R (1998) The Corrosion of Character: The Personal Consequences of Work in the New Capitalism. New York: W. W. Norton & Company, Inc. Wyn, J et al. (2020, eds.) Youth and the New Adulthood: Generations of Change. Singapore: Springer Singapore Pty. Ltd.
 

Transitioning Experience: Migrant Learning and Engaging with Canada’s Labour Market Challenges

Michael Bernhard (Goethe University Frankfurt, Germany)

Migratory transitions are periods of uncertainty with learning opportunities and demands. One challenge facing adult migrants is the recognition of prior training and work experience. However, even when recognition of prior learning succeeds, challenges to labour market access remain through exclusionary practices. Drawing on empirical research conducted in Canada, this paper explores the requirement to possess Canadian Experience (CE) as one such challenge: How do people deal with the oblique and circular challenge of possessing CE to find work in Canada? Newcomers are expected to possess CE to gain full labour market access. It represents a canon of tacit knowledge to be acquired (Sakamoto et al. 2010). Whereas the exclusionary effects of CE have been well-documented, less is known about how individuals learn to engage with CE. This paper thus aims to elucidate this aspect of learning during transitions into new work contexts and to draw conclusions for policy and practice. To study learning during life course transitions, I adopt a doing transitions framework which asserts “that transitions do not simply exist but are constantly constituted by practices” (Walther et al. 2020:5). Accordingly, I draw on a doing migration perspective which views migration as the result of social practices that “turn mobile (and often also immobile) individuals into ‘migrants’” (Amelina, 2020). Against this conceptual backdrop, I conducted biographical-narrative interviews with 20 adults who moved to Canada as ‘skilled migrants.’ Aimed to investigate how individuals learn during migration, the data have been analyzed within a grounded theory framework using the documentary method (Bohnsack, 2014). I identified three modes of engaging with CE: Replay and readjust is marked by repeated setbacks, frustrations, and – seemingly – resignation. Reset and move forward is marked by a lowering of aspirations and an alignment of future life course decisions with the need to acquire CE. Research and pro-act is characterized by excelling at knowing the rules and playing the game. The analysis of the engagement with challenges point to different approaches to learning and its social embeddedness. These findings have relevance for theorizing learning and build on considerations about subjective learning theories (Säljö, 2021).

References:

Amelina, A. (2020). After the reflexive turn in migration studies: Towards the doing migration approach. Population, Space and Place, 27(1). https://doi.org/10.1002/psp.2368 Bohnsack, R. (2014). Documentary method. In U. Flick (Ed.), SAGE knowledge. The SAGE handbook of qualitative data analysis (pp. 217–233). SAGE. Sakamoto, I., Chin, M., & Young, M. (2010). “Canadian Experience,” Employment Challenges, and Skilled Immigrants: A Close Look Through “Tacit Knowledge”. Canadian Social Work Journal, 12(1), 145–151. Säljö, R. (2021). The conceptualization of learning in learning research: From introspectionism and conditioned reflexes to meaning-making and performativity in situated practices. In G. R. Kress, S. Selander, R. Säljö, & C. Wulf (Eds.), Foundations and futures of education. Learning as social practice: Beyond education as an individual enterprise (146-168). Routledge. Walther, A., Stauber, B., & Settersten, R. A. (2022). "Doing Transitions": A new research perspective. In B. Stauber, A. Walther, & R. A. Settersten (Eds.), Life course research and social policies. Doing transitions in the life course: Processes and practices (pp. 3–18).
 

When sustainability becomes something professional: Diverse ways of learning between Work & Sustainable Development

Elisa Thevenot (University of Tübingen, Germany)

In the past decade, Sustainable development (SD) has taken much importance in the life of (western middle class) individuals. Sustainability for some has become personal; something to justify changing practices of everyday life, one’s diet, consumption or mobility. This contribution though argues that applying SD in a work-related context, handling it as something professional includes additional complexity. Indeed, making sustainability a priority in one’s working life comes with much (re)negotiations about one’s initial vocation and related competencies, one’s professional ambitions and one’s understanding and relationship to work in general. This paper will present results of an investigation interested in the diverse ways of learning, understanding, and implementing sustainability in one’s professional activity. The empirical research is based on semi-directed interviews with individuals in western Europe as they prepared, were in the middle of, or had conducted a professional transition in the context of SD. Career transitions are favorable life course phases for rethinking and reshuffling life priorities (Ebaugh, 1988), for learning to (re)adjust, (re)position, (re)assess oneself with regards to the constantly evolving job market. These individuals are drawn to deliver a personal story about how and/or when to make sustainability something important in their lives, how this change manifested and how it is turned into a professional project. They all seem to agree about wanting a more sustainable society, but the ideal destination, the way to get there and the things that have to change differ grandly. To counter the highly individualized narratives and seemingly individualized career life projects, this research uses a practice theory approach (Reckwitz, 2002). Through this theoretical lens, human and non-human participants, sayings, doings, artifacts, and affects are equally appreciated (Schatzki et al., 2001) and used to describe practices. The interviews were analyzed using the Documentary Method (Bohnsack, 2010), from which emerged four ways to approach sustainability through work. Three types that range from abandoning a previous profession to practice sustainability in a highly committed way (Exemplary approach), to repurposing competencies of a former profession and make them shine under a new light (Indispensable approach), to juggling between former professional aspirations and new ecological values (Interposition approach). Finally, with Sustainable Development at the heart of this investigation, precise learning experiences embedded at the intersection of work and sustainability emerge that can inform about the way adults are currently navigating and negotiating their professional paths.

References:

Bohnsack, Ralf; Pfaff, Nicolle; Weller, Wivian (Hg.) (2010): Qualitative analysis and documentary method in international educational research. Opladen: Budrich. Ebaugh, H. R. F. (1988). Becoming an ex: The process of role exit. University of Chicago Press. Reckwitz, A. (2002). Toward a theory of social practices: A development in culturalist theorizing. European journal of social theory, 5(2), 243-263. Schatzki, Theodore; Knorr-Cetina, Karin; Savigny, Eike von (Hg.) (2001): The practice turn in contemporary theory. New York: Routledge.
 

The Learning and Changes Adults Negotiate Across Worklife Transitions

Stephen Billett (Griffith University)

The transitions adults negotiate across their working lives as they secure, maintain and develop further employability through their learning are of interest to governments, workplaces, and workers themselves. Governments and their supra-governmental counterparts are concerned about working age adults respond to changing work and occupational requirements to sustain their employability across lengthening working lives (OECD, 2006). Through analyses of worklife history interview data with 30 working age adults, distinct kinds of changes comprising these transitions have been delineated as representative of changes that have person-particular meanings and impacts. This delineation represents understandings of processes and outcomes for adults’ learning and development. These transitions have specific kinds of scope, duration, and impacts in terms of continuity/discontinuity with individuals’ earlier activities and knowing. Transitions can be observed, captured, and represented by a complex of personal, institutional, and/or brute factors. Understanding the changes comprising these worklife transitions and how they can be supported and facilitated requires accounting for societal factors as well as individuals’ personal histories and legacies and impacts of maturation These transitions were identified as being of six kinds: i) life stages, ii) employment status, iii) occupations, iv) relocations, v) health, and vi) personal preference or trajectories (Author et al 2021). The changes can be seen as being a product of societal factors (i.e., institutional facts) or those arising through nature (i.e., brute facts) (Searle, 1995). Amongst these are those that arise through individuals’ personal histories or ontogenies, referred to as personal facts (Author, 2009). Moreover, learning for and through these transitions were of five kinds and about: i) language and literacy; ii) cultural practices; iii) world of work; iv) occupational skills; and v) worklife engagement. These findings suggests explaining the processes of learning that support sustained employability in times of change and uncertainty need to account for the complex of factors comprising what is suggested by the social world (i.e., the social suggestion - e.g., opportunities, barriers, invitations, , close-distance support, et cetera) and how individuals engage with and shaped by their subjectivities (i.e., sense of self, relations to others), capacities (i.e., what they know, can do, and value), and personal epistemologies (i.e., how they make sense of the world and respond to it). Such findings point to a broader range of educative experiences than those privileged in lifelong educational provisions and the importance as viewing curriculum as being a personal, rather than institutional pathway.

References:

Andersson, P., & Köpsén, S. (2018). Maintaining competence in the initial occupation: Activities among vocational teachers. Vocations and Learning, 11(2), 317-344. Bocciardi, F., Caputo, A., Fregonese, C., Langher, V., & Sartori, R. (2017). Career adaptability as a strategic competence for career development. European Journal of Training and Development, 41(1), 67-82. Bradley, H., & Devadason, R. (2008). Fractured transitions: Young adults' pathways into contemporary labour markets. Sociology, 42(1), 119-136. Olesen, H. S. (2016). A psycho-societal approach to life histories. In Routledge international handbook on narrative and life history (pp. 214-224). Routledge. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2006). Live longer, work longer: A synthesis report. OECD.
 
9:00am - 10:30am03 SES 09 A: Curriculum Implementation in Schools
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Sinem Hizli Alkan
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Local Quality Management - Local School Governance in Light of a Re-centralization Movement

Carl-Henrik Adolfsson

Linnaeus University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Adolfsson, Carl-Henrik

The overall aim of this paper is to explore and theorize on local school governance. In Sweden, as in many other decentralized school systems, extensive responsibility and autonomy has been delegated to Local Educational Authorities (LEA) concerning school management; as well as attaining and securing educational quality. However, ages of declining student achievement and deficient equality between schools have spurred extensive criticism against the Swedish school system. This criticism has resulted in a recentralisation trend, where the state has successively taken a stronger control over schools' outcomes in terms of, for example, an establishment of a Swedish School Inspectorate in 2008 with the aim to strengthen the national audit and monitoring of schools; ii) a reformation of the Education Act in 2010, emphasizing local authorities’ responsibility for educational quality, student achievement, and equality; iii) the initiation of a number of national professional development programs; and iv) a national curriculum with strengthened national knowledge standards, assessment criteria, and a predefined knowledge corpus. Considering such a ‘re-centralization’ movement, new conditions between the state, the LEA and the schools has emerged (Wahlström & Sundberg, 2017a; Adolfsson, 2018). In the light of such a changing governing landscape, questions linked to local school governance can be raised concerning how the LEA navigate and handle the tension between strengthened state regulation and LEA’s responsibility for educational quality. Based on results from two research projects, conducted in two large-sized Swedish municipalities, the following research question is guiding this paper:

In the light of an emerging re-centralization movement in Sweden, what governing strategies and actions do the LEAs apply to control and manage the schools with aim to attaining and securing educational quality?

Considering a ‘classical’ perspective of school governance (Lindesjö & Lundgren, 2014) four aspects of governance is often mentioned: regulation, economy, ideology (content) and evaluation. This paper offer a complementary perspective on school governance. In this paper, school governance are understood and studied in light of an organizational and neo-institutional theoretical framework (Orton &Weick, 1990; Scott, 2008). The school system is considered as a coupled system composing of different subsystems. From that perspective, school governance is understood as an effort to strengthen the couplings between these different subsystems (e.g. the national curriculum and the teaching practice) to attain a more coherent school system. In light of such coupling aspirations, three dimensions can be highlighted regarding how institutions try to control and affect other institutions, respond to external pressure, and seek legitimacy: regulative (rules and sanctions), normative (prevalent norms, expectations and ideals), and cognitive-cultural/discursive (shared conceptions and frames of sense-making) (Scott, 2008). These theoretical concepts enable to explore and distinghuish the character of different strategies and actions that LEA undertake concerning the local governance of the schools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Empirical data from two research projects have been used to answer the research question (Adolfsson & Alvunger, 2020; Håkansson & Adolfsson, 2021). These two projects had a common interest in the dynamic interplay between the LEA and the local schools in two Swedish municipalities, in light of a changed national school governance. The process of analyzing the empirical material was conducted in two steps. In the first step, the transcribed material was analyzed exploratively. 18 semi-structured individual interviews of LEA representants were analyzed together with local policy documents concerning organization, policy and vision, leading and management structure, school improvement strategies. The aim was to attain an understanding of the LEA’s quality assurance systems in the two municipalities concerning organizational routines, strategies, and actions.In addition data from eight focus group interviews with principals (n= 23) were analyzed with aim to understand how principals made sense of a responded to these strategies and actions.
In the next step, these empirical findings were analyzed in
light of the study’s theoretical framework, i.e., in terms of tightly and loosely coupled systems and dimesions of school governance.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on the results It seems that local authorities’ space for regulative sanctions and control has been weakened. In order to compensate, local authorities apply strategies of soft governance for controlling the schools. These strategies are characterized by normative and cognitive/discursive dimension and conducted within the context of the LEA’s quality assurance systems. The following strategies can be distinguished as especially important:      
- Local school governance through “Data-based decision making”
- Local governance through quality dialogues
- Local governance through professional learning and best practice
- Obligatory educational programs for principals and system actors concerning
        leadership and data-based school improvement
- Principal recruitment
Finally, I’ll argue that ‘quality management’ should be seen as a fifth dimension of school governance.  

References
Adolfsson, Carl-Henrik (2018). Upgraded curriculum? An analysis of knowledge boundaries in teaching under the Swedish subject-based curriculum. Curriculum Journal, 29(3), 424-440.
Adolfsson, C-H., & Alvunger. D. (2020). Power dynamics and policy actions in the changing landscape of local school governance. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(2), 128–142.
Håkansson, J. & Adolfsson, C. (2021). Local education authority’s quality management within a coupled school system: strategies, actions, and tensions. Journal of Educational Change.
Lindensjö, B., & Lundgren, U. P. (2014). Utbildningsreformer och politisk styrning. Stockholm, Liber
Orton, J. D., & Weick, K. E. (1990). Loosely coupled systems: A reconceptualization. Academy of Management Review, 15, 203-223.
Scott, W. (2008). Institutions and organizations: Ideas and interests. London: Sage.
Wahlström, N., & Sundberg, D. (2017). Transnational curriculum standards and classroom practices: The new meaning of teaching. Routledge


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Creating a Rich, Common Curriculum for all Students: Insights into Teaching Practices that Promote Curricular Justice

Stewart Riddle1, Martin Mills2, Glenda McGregor3

1University of Southern Queensland, Australia; 2Queensland University of Technology, Australia; 3Griffith University, Australia

Presenting Author: Riddle, Stewart; Mills, Martin

Despite the commitment by governments and educational leaders to high-quality and high-equity systems, the defining features of contemporary schooling in liberal democracies are increasing inequality and the uneven distribution of educational opportunities and outcomes (OECD, 2022). Given the challenges of the twenty-first century and the complex set of crises facing young people as they move through the world (Riddle, 2022), it is imperative that we develop new concepts of curriculum, which are committed to providing young people with the best chance of success, but especially for those who have been most marginalised by society’s economic, social and cultural structures. Therefore, it is timely to consider what the concept of curricular justice means for schooling in the twenty-first century (Mills et al., 2022).

This paper argues for a rich, common curriculum that provides all young people with learning choices that have relevance to their worlds, contribute to the preparation for work or further education, alongside opportunities for engagement with a broader knowledge base connected to critical understandings of culture and society. To that end, we have developed a curricular framework of ‘knowledge+plus’, which is committed to the tripartite social justice principles of redistribution, recognition and representation (Fraser, 2004), and brings together powerful knowledge (Young, 2008) and young people’s community funds of knowledge (Moll, 2019) in a common curriculum (Fielding & Moss, 2011; Kelly, 2004). A rich, common curriculum is not an identical curriculum for all students, but rather is developed from a set of common elements, in which ‘young people engage with important disciplinary concepts, are intellectually challenged, and enabled to critically frame knowledge, which is connected to their lives and experiences, while also drawing on broader cultural and social meaning-making practices’ (Mills et al., 2022, p. 350). Such a common curriculum is essential for an inclusive schooling, which can deliver on the promise of a high-quality and high-equity education system for all young people.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Working with teams of teachers (n=40) across three case study schools in Australia, a Cycles of Inquiry methodology was utilised to develop, implement and reflect on curriculum innovations within schools serving low socioeconomic and superdiverse communities. Teachers were supported in developing rich pedagogies that were contextually relevant for their students, to maximise opportunities for all students to engage in a high-quality and meaningful curriculum. Data included interviews with participant–teachers, curriculum and school leaders, curriculum planning materials and reflective observations gathered during the process of each participant–teacher’s action research inquiries. Data were analysed comparatively and thematically to determine points of similarity and divergence within teaching teams and across schools.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial findings suggest that when teachers adopt an intentional approach to a knowledge+plus curriculum pedagogical approaches change so as to make necessary connections between students and diverse knowledges. This is especially effective for young people who have traditionally been marginalised, disenfranchised and excluded from certain types of learning experiences. A further Cycle of Inquiry will be undertaken with participant–teachers to elaborate on these initial findings, which will enable additional empirical evidence for a knowledge+plus curriculum, which is committed to social justice for all students.
References
Fielding, M. & Moss, P. (2011). Radical education and the common school: A democratic alternative. Routledge.
Fraser, N. (2004). Recognition, redistribution and representation in capitalist global society: An interview with Nancy Fraser, Acta Sociologica, 47(4), 374–382.
Kelly, A. V. (2004). The curriculum: Theory and practice (5th ed). Sage Publications.
Mills, M., Riddle, S., McGregor, G. & Howell, A. (2022). Towards an understanding of curricular justice and democratic schooling. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 54(3), 345–356. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2021.1977262
Moll, L. (2019). Elaborating Funds of Knowledge: Community-oriented practices in international contexts. Literacy Research: Theory, Method, and Practice, 68(1), 130–138. https://doi.org/10.1177/23813369198708
OECD. (2022). Education at a glance 2022: OECD Indicators. https://doi.org/10.1787/3197152b-en
Riddle, S. (2022). Schooling for democracy in a time of global crisis: Towards a more caring, inclusive and sustainable future. Routledge.
Young, M. (2008). Bringing knowledge back in: From social constructivism to social realism in the sociology of education. Routledge.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Subject Choice at 15 and Global Competences

Marina Shapira, Mark Priestley

University of Stirling, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Shapira, Marina

The Scottish Curriculum for Excellence (CfE) (e.g., Scottish Executive, 2004; Scottish Government, 2008) has been widely acknowledged as the most significant educational development in Scotland in a generation (Priestley & Humes, 2010). Implemented from 2010, the holistic, competency-based curriculum for those aged 3-18 years seeks to prepare children and young people for the workplace and citizenship in the 21st century (Scottish Government, 2009).

Previous studies have examined how the breadth of the Scottish secondary curriculum (defined as the number of entries to National 5 qualifications in year 4 of secondary education in Scotland, S4) narrowed under CfE (Shapira & Priestley, 2018, 2019) and investigated the relationship between CfE breadth and attainment in school (Shapira et al., 2022).

Given the four capacities framework of CfE, one might assume that students exposed to a broad upper secondary curriculum would not only attain better academic results and move to positive destinations, but also develop skills and competences that indicate they have a better understanding of the complexities of modern societies, awareness of the world and its contemporary problems, cultural openness and sensitivity, self-awareness and resilience, and active citizenship. In other words, it seems that the breadth of the secondary curriculum could be linked to measures of the OECD global competencies.

This paper aims to explore the relationships between the measures of competence of 15-year-old students in Scotland, available in the 2018 Scotland’s PISA dataset, and the breadth of the secondary curriculum experienced by 15-16 year-olds in state-funded secondary schools in Scotland.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study we linked between the Scottish Government administrative education data (SGAED)  and the 2018 PISA data for Scotland using the source code that allowed matching between the school ID variable in the PISA dataset and the school ID variable in the SGAED. The source code was provided to us by the Scottish Government Analytical Services.  
Scottish Government administrative education data
In this study we used administrative data on subject enrolment, attainment, and initial destinations of Scottish school leavers, for all state-funded secondary schools in Scotland, special schools excluded (363 in total), for years 2011-2019, provided by the Scottish Government.

PISA Data
The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) is an international study that began in 2000 with the aim of evaluating education systems worldwide. It tests the skills and knowledge of 15-year-old students in participating countries/economies, focusing on key subjects such as reading, mathematics, and science. Every three years, a randomly selected group of fifteen-year-olds take the tests, which are not linked directly to school curriculum, but are designed to assess how well students can apply their knowledge to real-life situations (OECD, 2020). In 2018, PISA added an assessment of ‘Global Competence’, which evaluates students’ abilities of cognitive reasoning concerning global and intercultural issues, as well as their socio-emotional skills and attitudes. These  new measures were  introduced in order to assess whether students are ready to ‘thrive in an interconnected world’ (OECD, 2020).
The variables we used include:
o PISA Maths, English and Science Test scores
o Age & Gender
o An number of ensures describing the family background such as paternal education, family wealth and educational resources, etc.

Other measures from the PISA dataset included measures of well-being and global competences including:
 Belonging to school; Being informed about international conflicts,  migration and climate change;  Adapting to different situations Being able to handle multiple tasks simultaneously; Learning about and respecting other cultures  at school;  Awareness of the world's problems.
Methods
We used descriptive and inferential data analysis methods, including multilevel regression modelling (level 1 - individual students nested in level 2 - secondary schools), to explore the relationship between the average number of National 5-level qualifications subject entries made by students in year 4 of secondary education and 1) attainment, as measured by PISA Math, Science and English scores, 2) numerous measures of OECD global competences, while controlling for the characteristics of students, their families, and their schools.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In summary, we found that the number of subject choices entered in schools for National 5 level qualifications in S4 was positively associated with attainment measured by PISA English and Maths test scores. The positive relationship remained statistically significant after controlling for individual, family, and school-level characteristics. Furthermore, the analysis of the relationship between the subject choice in S4 and measures of global competences revealed that, after controlling for students' age and gender, their family's education, economic, social, and cultural resources, and immigration status, and the school's SIMD, % FSM, % ASN, and student/teacher ratio, the positive relationship between the average number of subjects entered by students in schools for National 5 qualifications in S4 was statistically significant for PISA composite indexes
• awareness about importance of intercultural communications,
• global mindedness,
• resilience
• sense of belonging to schools.
These findings suggest that enrolling in a broad range of subjects in S4 and, thus, a broader secondary curriculum, is associated with the wider competencies of young people, preparing them better for life in a modern, complex and interconnected world.

References
Scottish Government. (2017). Positive Destinations: A Framework for Action. Edinburgh: Scottish Government. Retrieved from https://www2.gov.scot/Resource/0052/00524093.pdf
The Scottish Government. (2017). Entitled to a world class education: delivering excellence and equity in Scottish education. Edinburgh: The Scottish Government. Retrieved from https://www.gov.scot/publications/entitled-world-class-education-delivering-excellence-equity-scottish-education/pages/3/
Scottish Government. (2020). Four capacities: Scotland’s curriculum for excellence. Retrieved from: https://beta.gov.scot/policies/curriculum-for-excellence/four-capacities/
PISA (2018)  PISA 2018 global Competence , Global competence - PISA (oecd.org)
OECD (2018) Preparing our Youth  for an Inclusive and Sustainable World:  The OECD Global Competence Framework. Retrieved from Handbook-PISA-2018-Global-Competence.pdf (oecd.org)
Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101.
OECD (2021). Scotland’s Curriculum for Excellence: Into the Future, Implementing Education Policies. Paris: OECD Publishing.
Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S. & Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum making in Europe: policy and practice within and across diverse contexts. Bingley: Emerald.
Scottish Government (2008). Building the Curriculum 3. A framework for learning and teaching. Edinburgh: Scottish Government.
Shapira, M. & Priestley, M. (2020). Do schools matter? An exploration of the determinants of lower secondary school subject choices under the Scottish Curriculum for Excellence. Review of Education, 8, 191-238.
Shapira, M. & Priestley, M. (2018). Narrowing the Curriculum? Contemporary trends in provision and attainment in the Scottish Curriculum. Scottish Educational Review, 50(1), 75-107.
Shapira, M., Barnett, C., Peace-Hughes, T., Priestley, M. & Ritchie, M. (2022) Subject choice at 16 and attainment across the Scottish National Qualifications Framework. Nuffield Project, Working Paper No. 4. Stirling: University of Stirling.
 
9:00am - 10:30am04 SES 09 A: Autism and Neurodiversity in Schools
Location: Gilbert Scott, One A Ferguson Room [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Rebecca Wood
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Learning About Neurodiversity at School (LEANS): A Mixed-Methods Evaluation of a New Programme to Facilitate Acceptance and Inclusive Actions

Alyssa Alcorn1, Sarah McGeown2, Dinah Aitken3, Fergus Murray4, William Mandy5, Sue Fletcher-Watson1

1Salvesen Mindroom Research Centre, University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom; 2Moray House School of Education and Sport, University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom; 3Salvesen Mindroom Centre, Edinburgh, United Kingdom; 4Autistic Mutual Aid Society Edinburgh (AMASE); 5Division of Psychology and Language Sciences, University College London, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Alcorn, Alyssa

Neurodiversity means that we are all different in how we think, feel, and learn, because our brains process information differently. This paradigm provides a positive framework for talking about diagnosed conditions and other differences that impact learning, and for celebrating differences while still recognising needs [1]. It rejects categorisation of some needs as being “extra” or “special”, instead drawing attention to all people having cognitive, social, sensory, and support needs, which may be met to different degrees in a given environment--such as a classroom.

While neurodiversity is receiving increased attention in educational research and practice, it is starting from a low baseline of awareness. Training and classroom activities related to individual diagnoses or learning needs are still more common. It is extremely rare for neurodiversity to explicitly feature in curricula or policy, or to be included within broader conceptualisations of diversity or disability. Even where teachers or educational leaders wish to teach about this paradigm, there is an almost total lack of positive, age-appropriate educational materials.

The LEANS project (2020-2022) developed the first English-language programme to introduce neurodiversity and neurodivergence to children aged 8-11, focusing on UK and Irish mainstream primary school contexts (i.e. school provision not specialised for children with disabilities). It aims to increase pupil and teacher understanding of how differences in cognition, interaction, and sensory processing impact everyone’s school experiences, and to promote inclusive actions and attitudes. Unlike psychoeducation programmes focusing on neurodivergent children only [2] or teacher training about specific diagnoses, LEANS is not an intervention for perceived problems or deficits, but upskills all pupils and staff members through whole-class work focused on understanding and acceptance. It stresses that every classroom will be neurodiverse.

The LEANS programme was iteratively developed by a neurodiverse team of researchers (n=7) and a participatory design team of experienced educators with professional and lived experience of neurodiversity (n=8). LEANS was explicitly funded as a participatory project, and did not pre-commit to key definitions, factual content, or resource format/structure of the resources. The group developed these over multiple design and reflection cycles, in addition to completing more detailed planning around specific activities and delivery guidance for teachers [publication in preparation]. The final LEANS resource consists of 7 topics: introducing neurodiversity, classroom experiences, communication, needs and wants, fairness, friendship, and reflecting on our actions. It uses a mixture of hands-on activities, discussions, and storytelling about a neurodiverse class.

LEANS was evaluated in primary schools using mixed methods, as detailed in the methodology and conclusions/findings sections below.

An updated LEANS, incorporating pupil and teacher evaluation feedback, was publicly released June 2022 [3], with 4,300+ downloads worldwide across the following 11 months. Follow-up data collection is ongoing to systematically measure LEANS adoption and delivery during the 2022-23 school year, though educators have been anecdotally reporting adoption via social media and e-mail.

Given the practical relevance of the neurodiversity paradigm and general lack of resources (across languages), we propose that the methodologies of the LEANS project are a valuable proof-of-concept and template for other neurodiverse groups who wish to collaboratively develop teaching materials for their local contexts. In addition to a forthcoming design publication, we plan to release our design process materials as a free OSF project, to better enable use of LEANS-as-template. Alternately, the existing LEANS content could be licensed, translated and adapted into other languages. A Flemish-language translation is already in progress (projected release 2023).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
LEANS was evaluated using a mixed methods study. Its objectives were to assess the feasibility, acceptability, safety, and impacts of using teacher-led programme delivery in a real classroom.
The study included in four mainstream primary schools in mainland Scotland between August-December 2021 (two small rural schools, two larger urban schools). Eight P5-P7 classes across four schools opted into participation. Over 6-12 weeks, teachers delivered the 7 topics to their whole class, using stories and hands-on activities and administering the baseline and outcome measures. Due to Covid-19 disruption and absences, delivery timelines varied across classes. Parents were able to opt in to the evaluation study, which meant sharing their child’s measures with the researchers, providing demographic information, and completing a Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ [4]).  
To evaluate the impacts of LEANS, we used bespoke, age-appropriate measures of knowledge of neurodiversity concepts, attitudes, and intended actions in the school context. Quantitative analyses and measures were pre-registered [5]. At baseline and outcome, children completed the Attitudes and Actions Questionnaire (AAQ), containing items about perceptions of or intended actions in school situations (e.g. “The person sitting next to you is having a really hard time doing a lesson. They look like they need some help. What do you think is the best thing to do?” followed by five response options). Children completed the Neurodiversity Knowledge Questionnaire (NDKQ) at outcome only, as topic and vocabulary knowledge was expected to be negligible at baseline.
Qualitative data collection focused primarily on feasibility and safety objectives, and eliciting concrete points for resource revision. Data included free-response quiz questions at post-test, asking children to share what they had learned or to share any feedback “for the people who made LEANS”, Teacher feedback was in the form of unit-by-unit diaries, reporting on the delivery experience, time estimates, and any perceived problems or positive impacts.. We also interviewed a selection of children after completion of LEANS, focusing on neurodivergent children (per parent report).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
One class withdrew prior to outcome measures, citing time pressure. In total, 139 children participated in LEANS, of which 62 had parent consent for participation in the evaluation (female=36, mean age 9.84 years). Of these, 17.74% of children had additional support for learning needs (parent-reported), including diagnoses such as ADHD, or undiagnosed but suspected challenges.
Missing scores were imputed from classmates’ scores.  The percentage of children who identified the correct definition of neurodiversity increased from 17.7% at baseline (below chance) to 59.7% at outcome.  Furthermore, more children endorsed actions or interpretations that aligned with the inclusive values of LEANS (per AAQ scores from baseline to outcome, p < .001). Children’s neurodiversity knowledge at outcome (per NDKQ) was significantly above chance (p < .001). There were no significant correlations between parent-reported difficulties on the SDQ and change scores, suggesting that all children similarly benefitted from LEANS, regardless of reported learning needs.  
Qualitative data suggested that the resource was both acceptable and frequently enjoyed, and led to concrete, useful insights for some pupils, for example that it can be “fair” if classmates receive differential treatment due to differing support needs.  We found no evidence harms across any data collected, or school communications.
These results are highly encouraging, especially given the disruption of Covid-19 during the evaluation period. Based on post-test scores and qualitative data, LEANS appears to be a successful tool for introducing neurodiversity concepts in primary schools, offering a basis for ongoing classroom discussion and facilitating longer-term change.

References
[1] Milton, D., Ridout, S., Murray, D., Martin, N., & Mills, R., eds. (2020) The Neurodiversity Reader: exploring concepts, lived experiences and implications for practice. Pavilion, Hove, UK
[2] Gordon, K., Murin, M., Baykaner, O., Roughan, L., Livermore‐Hardy, V., Skuse, D., & Mandy, W. (2015). A randomised controlled trial of PEGASUS, a psychoeducational programme for young people with high‐functioning autism spectrum disorder. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 56(4), 468-476.
[3] Alcorn, A.M., Fletcher-Watson, S., McGeown, S., Murray, F., Aitken, D., Peacock, L.J.J., & Mandy, W. (2022). Learning About Neurodiversity at School: A resource pack for primary school teachers and pupils. University of Edinburgh. https://salvesen-research.ed.ac.uk/leans
[4] Goodman, R. (1997). The Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire: a research note. Journal of child psychology and psychiatry, 38(5), 581-586.
[5] Alcorn, A. M., McGeown, S. P., Mandy, W., & Fletcher-Watson, S. (2021, October 6). Learning About Neurodiversity at School (LEANS): Evaluation of the LEANS resource pack in mainstream primary schools. https://doi.org/10.17605/OSF.IO/38JRH


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Learning Lessons from Autistic Teachers in Poland and the UK

Rebecca Wood1, Anna Gagat-Matula2, Kristen Bottema-Beutel3, Rabaha Arshad1

1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2Pedagogical University of Krakow, Poland; 3Boston College, Massachusetts, USA

Presenting Author: Wood, Rebecca; Gagat-Matula, Anna

Abstract

We report research findings from a unique tri-national project whose focus is the experiences, needs and strengths of autistic teachers in Poland, the UK and the US, with important implications for understanding how to facilitate inclusive school environments for both pupils and staff.

While it has long been established that school can be a difficult environment for autistic children and young people, and that their participation, overall inclusion and outcomes can be poor (Speaker 1, 2019), minimal attention has been paid to the perspectives of autistic educators. This is despite the existent research into autistic academics in the UK (Martin, 2020) and internationally (Jones, 2022), teachers with dyslexia in further and higher education settings in Finland and England (Burns and Bell, 2010), and schoolteachers with range of disabilities in the US (Valle et al., 2004), Israel (Tal-Alon and Shapira-Lishchinsky, 2019), Ireland (Keane et al., 2018), Poland (Bogusz, 2019) and countries beyond the global north (Singal and Ware, 2021). Indeed, while the focus of education research in the autism context has been almost uniquely on pupils, studies into autism and employment pay little attention to the school sector and the insights that could be derived from autistic teachers (Speaker 1 et al., 2022).

In this joint presentation with the Polish and UK study leads, we share research findings from in-depth semi-structured interviews with autistic teachers in Poland (n = 10) and the UK (n = 21). We also provide additional insights from the US context in relation to teacher education, and draw out some parallels with the experiences of autistic children and young people in schools.

In summary, we found that in both Poland and the UK, autistic teachers can experience a) severe sensory impacts in the school environment b) communication and social differences and difficulties with colleagues, senior leaders and parents c) a lack of support and understanding from managers d) anxiety about revealing an autism diagnosis at work, particularly if autistic pupils are discussed in a derogatory manner e) difficulties with the training and recruitment processes in the school sector and e) difficulties with change (which intersects with agency). In Poland, particular issues are experienced with a heavy administrative burden, that can constitute a further professional barrier for autistic teachers.

More positively, we found that in Poland, autistic teachers consider they a) have a unique method of working which is more structured than approaches used by their non-autistic colleagues and b) have particular skills in creative activities. We also found that in the UK, autistic teachers consider they can a) communicate well with pupils, especially those who are autistic or otherwise neurodivergent b) sometimes have positive experiences of sharing their autism diagnosis with colleagues, pupils and parents c) be a role-model for autistic pupils and d) facilitate inclusion in school.

We set out some of the unique differences between the national contexts in order to underscore the need for culturally specific understandings in this area. This applies in particular to teacher education, for which there are different systems in Poland, the UK and the US. In addition, we discuss the implications of our findings for autistic children and autistic teachers from Ukraine, given the particular role Poland plays in relation to the current conflict and the direct experiences of Speaker 2 in this area.

We argue that understanding better how to value and support autistic teachers will enable progress to be made in the inclusion of autistic children and young people in schools. We will therefore make specific recommendations for future improvements in this area, drawn from our research.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Drawn from a qualitative, iterative project, in which one phase of study influences the next, this study is predicated on the understanding that autistic people are the best informants on issues that concern them (Crane et al., 2021), and is guided by principles of disability rights, social justice and inclusion (Della Fina and Cera, 2015). Informed by a neurodiversity and social model of disability framework, our study proceeds on the basis that autism is a natural part of human diversity (Kapp, 2020).

The findings in this paper are drawn from n = 21 participants in the UK and n = 10 participants in the Lubelskie, Podkarpackie, Lesser Poland and Silesian voivodships of Poland. Recruitment in the UK was via an online survey, co-developed with a committee of autistic teachers, which had preceded the current phase of the study, and via an autistic teacher network in Poland. In Poland, the same interview schedule was used as in the UK, translated into Polish. Ethical review was conducted via the Ethical Review Committees of the researchers’ universities. Data collection in the US is ongoing, therefore we share contextual findings only.

In the Polish sample, interviews were conducted remotely via Microsoft Teams (n = 4) or in-person (n = 6) at a specialist autism clinic. There were 3 females and 7 males, all with a clinical diagnosis of autism. Participants had worked in schools from 4 to 17 years, and were between 29 and 54 years old (median age = 34 years). They worked in both mainstream (n = 9) and special schools (n = 1).

In the UK sample, there were n = 11 one-to-one interviews and n = 10 by email, the former conducted by an autistic member of the research team. There were 19 females and 2 males. 17 had received a clinical diagnosis of autism, 1 self-identified as autistic, 3 were seeking or awaiting diagnosis. Participants had been working in schools from 1 to 28 years and ranged in age from 25 to 56 years (median age = 41 years). They worked in mainstream schools (n = 14), special schools (n = 2), both (n = 2) or mainstream schools with an autism or disability base (n = 3).

Data were analysed through thematic analysis (Ryan and Bernard 2003) and the overall analytical method was influenced by “values” coding, apposite for data that reflect participants’ “values, attitudes, and beliefs” (Saldaña, 2016, p.131). Thus, themes were “emic”; those derived from insiders, rather than outsiders.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Autistic people are subject to greater job insecurity and higher rates of unemployment and underemployment than the general population (Maslahati et al., 2021). However, notwithstanding various initiatives to tackle this circumstance, there has been a failure to address the specific nature of school environment as a work setting. Meanwhile, autistic children and young people can have poor experiences in and outcomes from school.

Our study suggests that autistic teachers in Poland and the UK can face multiple barriers across all stages of the lifecycle of a teacher, including training, recruitment and career-progression, as well as job satisfaction and well-being. The issues we describe, which also impact on autistic children in school, can result in exhaustion and burnout, mental health difficulties and multifarious forms of exclusion. As a consequence, autistic teachers might not seek career advancement or step back from senior roles, reduce their working hours, or indeed drop out of the profession altogether (Speaker 1 and x, 2021).

However, our study also suggests that when autistic teachers are suitably supported, their strengths and aptitudes are much more likely to be manifest, which in turn can provide benefits for the whole school community. A key factor is being able to be open about being autistic i.e. it must be safe for autistic teachers to do so.

Addressing the barriers faced by autistic teachers is not only an issue of disability rights, but of supporting diversity, equity and inclusion in schools. Valuable insights within a European context and beyond, which are contextually and culturally specific, can be provided by autistic teachers in how to support a diversity of learners and other marginalised groups, including those who have experienced trauma in Ukraine. Inclusion in school can only succeed if it operates across the whole school community.

References
Bogusz, H. (2019) ‘DISABLED or TEACHER? Disabled academic teachers in Poland.’ Disability Quarterly, 4(33), pp. 44-58.
Burns, E. and Bell, S. (2010) ‘Voices of teachers with dyslexia in Finnish and English further and higher educational settings.’ Teachers and Teaching, 16(5), pp: 529-543
Crane, L., Sesterka, A. and den Houting, J. (2021) ‘Inclusion and rigor in qualitative autism research: A response to van Schalkwyk and Dewinter (2020).’ Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 51(5), pp: 1802-1804.  
Della Fina, V. and Cera, R. (Eds.) (2015) Protecting the rights of people with autism in the fields of education and employment: International, European and national perspectives. Springer Open. Available at: https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007%2F978-3-319-13791-9
Jones, S. C. (2022) ‘Autistics working in academia: What are the barriers and facilitators?’ Autism, doi: https://doi.org/10.1177/13623613221118158
Kapp, S. K. (Ed.) (2020) Autistic community and the neurodiversity movement: Stories from the frontline. Palgrave Macmillan. Available at: https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007%2F978-981-13-8437-0
Keane, E., Heinz, M. and Eaton, P. (2018) ‘Fit(ness) to teach? Disability and Initial Teacher education in the Republic of Ireland.’ International Journal of Inclusive Education, 22(8), pp: 819-838.  
Martin, N. (2020) ‘Perspectives on UK University Employment from Autistic Researchers and Lecturers.’ Disability & Society, doi: https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2020.1802579  
Maslahati, T., Bachmann, C.J., Höfer, J., Kupper, C., Stroth, S., and Wolff, N. et al. (2022) ‘How Do Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder Participate in the Labor Market? A German Multi-center Survey.’ Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 52, pp: 1066–1076.
Ryan, G. W. and Bernard, H. R. (2003) ‘Techniques to Identify Themes.’ Field Methods, 15(1), pp: 85–109.  
Saldaña, J. (2016) The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers (Third Edition). London: Sage Publications Ltd.
Singal, N. and Ware, H. (2021). English language teachers with disabilities: an exploratory study across four countries. British Council ISBN 978-0-86355-997-6 Available at: https://www.teachingenglish.org.uk/sites/teacheng/files/BC_English_language_teachers_and_disabilities_Screen_Reading.pdf (Date accessed: Jan 27, 2023)
Tal-Alon, N. and Shapira-Lishchinsky, O. (2019) ‘Ethical Dilemmas among Teachers with Disabilities: A Multifaceted Approach.’ Teaching and Teacher Education, 86,102881, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.102881
Valle, J. W., Solis, S., Volpitta, D. and Connor, D. J. (2004) ‘The Disability Closet: Teachers with Learning Disabilities Evaluate the Risks and Benefits of ‘Coming Out.’, 37(1), pp: 4–17.
(Speaker 1, 2019) xxxxxxxxx
(Speaker 1 and x, 2021) xxxxxxxx
(Speaker 1 et al., 2022) xxxxxxxx


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

School and Autism – A Diagnostic Tool for Barriers in Inclusive Education for Autistic Students

Mark Benecke1, Stephanie Fuhrmann1, Lukas Gerhards2, Vera Moser2, Sabine Schwager3, Michel Knigge3

1White Unicorn Verein zur Entwicklung eines autistenfreundlichen Umfeldes e.V., Germany; 2Goethe Universität Frankfurt am Main, Germany; 3Humboldt Universität zu Berlin, Germany

Presenting Author: Benecke, Mark; Gerhards, Lukas

The development of an inclusive environment in schools depends in its core on the identification and reduction of learning barriers . This results in ‘reasonable accomodation’ as UN-CRPD (Art. 24) demands.
According to recent findings in the field of autism research educational success and social participation of autistic students relies on the removal of barriers.

Our presentation will show the development of a diagnostic tool that is capable to highlight the subjective perception and potential individual affectedness by sensory and social barriers of students at school. We will also present statistical findings on the overall perception of barriers in inclusive education for autistic and non-autistic students. (We use the term ‘autistic’ with respect to its self chosen character in accordance to Walker (2015))

We follow a research approach that is based in the neurodiversity concept (Walker 2014). Autisic persons are recognized as a neuro-minority in a society that is adjusted to meet the needs of the neuro-majority (Singer 2022). For this matter we will not regard autism from clinical or pathological perspective. We much rather apply a social model of disability according to UN-CRPD. Consequently, we focus on diagnostics of barriers in the environment rather than of differences in individuals.

Furthermore, it is emphasized that the project originated as a participatory research project (Farin-Glattacker et al. 2014; Unger 2014). The project team consists of autistic and non-autistic researchers with different backgrounds. Thus the project is able to use the self-expertise of autistic scientists for a better understanding of barriers. Because of this collaboration we can benefit from a deeper understanding of the research topic, as barriers affect the everyday lives of the researchers involved in the project. Autistic expertise is used in all phases of the project, from planning, impelentation, up to publication.

For autistic persons around the world various barriers impair everyday participation. These barriers can be validly identified as will be shown in our presentation. For the project we develop questionnaires adjusted to students understanding to be used in inclusive education. To this point we were able to show differences in the individual perception between autistic and non-autistic students. More importantly we could see that all students are disturbed by barriers. However, the extent to which an individual was affected was higher for autistic, than for non-autistic students. We can derive, that autistic students have to cope with more individual barriers at school and as a result experience a higher cognitive workload for just being at school. This reduces their capabilities to participate in learning and social activities. The projects aim is to enable schools to identify and understand individual barriers. The questionnaire is intended to be a low-threshold and practical help.

This presentation will feature the development of this questionnaire from its original form of general barriers for autistic persons in society through multiple pre-tests until the validation in two phases with 19 schools and 1024 students from grades 1, 5 and 7. We will also highlight statistical findings on the overall experience of barriers in inclusive education especially for autistic students. Finally, we will reflect on our experiences with participatory research especially the benefits for a mixed methods approach like the one we conduct.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the development of the questionnaire we used a mixed-methods design. The foundation of the project is based in a work on general barriers for autistic individuals in society (Enthinderungsselbsthilfe 2008). In this work 27 general barriers were differentiated.

As a first step in our project we asked for examples on where the 27 general barriers can be found at schools in an open question online survey (n=700). The answers were analyzed through content analysis (Mayring 2010), to identify the most mentioned barriers. Based on this data, 4 most frequently mentioned examples were formulated. In the course of the evaluation, 2 of the 27 barriers were deleted, as there were overlaps. In the next phase, a first version of the questionnaire with 100 items was tested (n=2400; 366 up to 20 years). 4 examples of each of the remaining 25 barriers were presented for evaluation. A bipolar scale with 5 levels was used to answer the question: "how would this be for you?" with the two endpoints: "I think it's great" and "it's so bad that I can't do anything anymore". An exploratory factor analysis (PCA) revealed 8 factors that could be used for grouping the items and reducing their number. For this purpose, items with too low loadings and cross-loadings were excluded. For the 8 groups, reliabilities were acceptable (Cronbach alpha  between 0.7 and 0.92). Item analyses showed difficulties above 0.5, which means that hardly any positive evaluations had been made.

As a consequence, we shifted from a bipolar to a unipolar scale in the next survey (n=960) and "I don't mind at all" became the left endpoint. We adapted the leading question to "how much does it bother you?". Items with a discriminatory power above 0.4 were selected. For each original barrier (25), 2 items were chosen. 618 participants up to 20 years participated. Item difficulties were in a acceptable range now (0.3-0.83).

We than conducted two-phase testing of the final questionnaires in 19 schools (n=1024) within one year to validate the diagnostic tool.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
After the pre-testing phase we conducted the regular testing phase one year apart with the same children from 19 schools. We used physical copies of the questionnaire with 25 pages, two barriers on each page. We also illustrated the items age-appropriate in two different versions. Between the two tests we changed the wording of 6 of the items to make them more understandable for children as a result from the data we collected during the first testing period. The content of the items stayed generally the same.

Through the collected data we could show an overall higher subjective barrier sensitivity for autistic students in comparison to nonautistic students. The group of students that were marked as ‘maybe autistic’ by their parents was in between. Thus we are confident that the questionnaire is capable to emphasize the subjective experience of autistic students. On the other hand all participants felt impaired by some barriers, making the questionnaire especially useful for inclusive settings, as everyone benefits from removal of specific barriers.

We also saw that the average rating on the barriers differed. Some barriers like ‘specific patterns’ or ‘colored markings’ were low on average, but have a high subjective impact on some individual (autistic) students. Other barriers like “humans as a potential threat” had a high average, but still we could see a higher subjective impact for autistic students in general. We will present these findings more detailed during our presentation.

References
Enthinderungsselbsthilfe. (2008). Grundzüge der Kollision autistischer Eigenschaften mit nichtautistisch geprägter Umgebung. https://autisten.enthinderung.de/kollision/. Accessed: 30 January 2023.
Farin-Glattacker, E., Kirsching, S., Meyer, T., & Buschmann-Steinhage, R. (2014). Partizipation an der Forschung – eine Matrix zur Orientierung. http://dgrw-online.de/files/matrix_ef_1.pdf. Accessed: 31 July 2020.
Mayring, P. (2010). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken (11. Neuausgabe). Weinheim: Beltz.
Singer, J. (2022). What is Neurodiversity? https://neurodiversity2.blogspot.com/p/what.html. Accessed: 14 October 2022.
Unger, H. v. (2014). Partizipative Forschung. Einführung in die Forschungspraxis (Lehrbuch). Wiesbaden: Springer VS.
Walker, N. (2014). Neurodiversity: Some basic terms & definitions. https://neuroqueer.com/neurodiversity-terms-and-definitions/. Accessed: 17 August 2021.
Walker, N. (2015). What is Autism? In M. Sutton (Ed.), The real experts. Readings for parents of autistic children. Fort Worth, TX: Autonomous Press.
 
9:00am - 10:30am04 SES 09 B: Assessment and Inclusion
Location: Gilbert Scott, Forehall [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Eva Kleinlein
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Bridging the Practice Gap between Inclusive Assessment and Inclusive Education

Eva Kleinlein, Michelle Proyer

University of Vienna, Austria

Presenting Author: Kleinlein, Eva; Proyer, Michelle

Considering the importance of systemic and process-related change to realize inclusive education, this paper explores the practices that inform assessment processes and in how far these are guided by ideas of inclusion and inclusive education (e.g., Bourke & Mentis, 2014). This paper sheds light on the significance of pedagogical processes and stakeholders informing inclusive assessment in different cultural contexts. Data for this presentation stems from two corresponding projects that are engaged in promoting inclusive education based on inclusive assessment processes. However, both projects approach the issue from different contextual and methodological directions and thus raise diverse perspectives.

Based on focus group discussions and interviews with stakeholders such as teachers, students, and educational administrators from Austria, current challenges, needs, wishes, and requirements for assessment within an inclusive framework have been collected to develop an alternative assessment tool, the Inclusive Assessment Map (Erasmus+ project, I AM). In correspondence to that, a web-based application for inclusive assessment (Inclusive Assessment Map, 2022) has been developed and piloted in four countries. With the application, it is intended to assist practitioners to better recognise and support their students’ needs for suitable learning environments. Thus, it is targeted to stimulate a shift from person- and deficit-centred perspectives towards a classroom- and resource-oriented perspective in educational assessment (Europa Büro, 2021). The I AM project accordingly approaches the issue from the direction of inclusive assessment, steering towards inclusive education.

The second research context (the PhD project Inclusive Schooling Practices of Teachers Worldwide (InSpots)), however, proceeds the other way around and approaches the issue from inclusive education towards inclusive assessment. It explores teachers' solutions for designing inclusive learning environments in diverse contexts around the world. The InSpots project follows a transcultural and grounded theory-based research approach (Charmaz, 2017) in which asynchronous narrative audio-messages of teachers around the world are collected (Kleinlein, 2021). Based on this data, teachers' inclusive education approaches will be systematized alongside suitable and inclusive assessment categories. In line with Ainscow and Sandmill (2010, p. 411), the project is thus built on the belief “that education practitioners in resource-rich countries can learn some very useful lessons for their own practice if they engage with experience of efforts to promote inclusion in the South” - and the other way around. Even though cultural embeddedness must not be neglected or underestimated, the project aims to promote the understanding that it is possible and valuable “to learn in one country from practices and forms of provision developed elsewhere” (Artiles & Dyson, 2005, p. 42)


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Following these remarks, the presentation particularly emphasises the perspectives of teachers that were collected within both projects. While the focus group discussions that were conducted with teachers in Vienna in the frame of the I AM project mainly concentrate on the multiple challenges that arise during (inclusive) assessment processes, the audio-messages that are collected in the InSpots project place teachers’ approaches to facilitate inclusive education in the centre of attention. Building on these insights into teachers' views on the inclusiveness of education and assessment in current national and regional practices, the presentation aims to explore opportunities for promoting inclusive assessment and education.
After a brief introduction of the projects, selected interview data will be used to discuss recent findings, current dilemmas, and ongoing challenges at the outlined nexus (e.g., Simon, 2015, 2019). Among others, contested questions that will be tackled are: What is the aim of assessment in light of inclusive education? How can assessment in terms of inclusive education take place? Which actors and stakeholders should be involved in the assessment processes?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This submission examines the omission of the pedagogical in processes of inclusive assessment on the one side as well as the omission of appropriate assessment in processes of inclusive education on the other side (e.g., Norwich 2009, Schlee 2012). By including qualitative data from interviews and group discussions with teachers’ current debates on inclusive assessment and its interrelation with inclusive education and diversity will be discussed.
References
Ainscow, M., & Sandill, A. (2010). Developing inclusive education systems. The role of organisational cultures and leadership. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 14(4), 401–416. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110802504903

Artiles, A., & Dyson, A. (2005). Inclusive education in the globalization age. The promise of comparative cultural-historical analysis. In D. Mitchell (Ed.), Contextualizing inclusive education: Evaluating old and new international perspectives (pp. 37–62). Routledge.

Bourke, R., & Mentis, M. (2014). An assessment framework for inclusive education: integrating assessment approaches. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 21(4), 384–397. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594X.2014.888332

Charmaz, K. (2017). Constructivist grounded theory. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 12(3), 299–300. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439760.2016.1262612

Europa Büro (Ed.). (2021). Inclusive Assessment Map - I AM. https://europabuero.wien/iam/

Inclusive Assessment Map. (2022). https://iam.univie.ac.at/#/

Kleinlein, E. (2021). InSpots - Inclusive Schooling Practices of Teachers: How teachers worldwide overcome challenges of inclusive teaching. https://medium.com/@evakleinlein/inspots-inclusive-schooling-practices-of-teachers-b26e5241580

Norwich, B. (2009). Dilemmas of difference and the identification of special educational needs/disability: international perspectives. British Educational Research Journal 35, 3, 447-467.

Schlee, J. (2012). Was kann und sollte Diagnostik in einer „inklusiven Pädagogik“ leisten? In M. Brodkorb & K. Koch (Hrsg.). Das Menschenbild der Inklusion. Erster Inklusionskongress M-V. Dokumentation. Schwerin: Ministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Kultur Mecklenburg-Vorpommern, 59-72.

Simon, T. (2015). Die Suche nach dem Wesen einer Diagnostik zur Unterstützung schulischer Inklusion. Zeitschrift Für Inklusion, 3. https://www.inklusion-online.net/index.php/inklusion-online/article/view/304/268

Simon, T. (2019). Inklusionsorientierte individuelle Förderung im Unterricht im Spannungsfeld differenzbezogen-positiver und normbezogen-negativer Einstellungen zu Heterogenität. Zeitschrift Für Inklusion, 3.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Formative Assessment for Students with Disabilities: A Case Study from India

Anannya Chakraborty1, Amit Kaushik1, Annie Koshi2, Vimala Ramachandran3

1Australian Council for Educational Research (India); 2St. Mary's School, New Delhi; 3Former National Institute of Educational Planning and Implementation and ERU Consultants Pvt Ltd

Presenting Author: Chakraborty, Anannya; Kaushik, Amit

Europe has played a strategic role in supporting disability inclusion internationally. In the last decade, the European Disability Forum and other European organisations have supported policy development and interventions in disability inclusion in India (EEAS, 2021). This support would continue to be essential in promoting programmes and high quality research on disability-inclusive education in low- and middle-income countries for the foreseeable future.

While there is significant literature on disability-inclusive education in India (Das et al, 2012; Shah et al, 2013; Sharma & Das 2015; Singal, 2019), not much attention has been paid to primary research on inclusive learning assessments in India. Research on disability-inclusive school education conducted by two of the authors of this paper has highlighted this key gap in evidence on inclusive learning assessments and related professional learning in the context of LMICs in the Asia-Pacific region (Chakraborty et al, 2019; Ahmed et al, 2022).

Although India became a signatory to the Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action in 1994 and made significant progress in improving the education of students with disabilities (SWD), it still has a long way to go before educational institutions can be called inclusive. While the Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education Act, 2009 (RTE Act) and Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016 establish legal opportunities for advancing disability-inclusive education, the degree of inclusion of SWD is unequal across different types of schools in different regions. The National Education Policy 2020 (NEP 2020) proposes further strengthening of India’s commitment to inclusive education.

This paper looks at the role of assessments as a point of interaction between educational policy, school culture, and teachers’ perceptions of ability. Specifically, it focuses on formative assessments which have substantial impact on student learning (Black & Wiliam, 1998). The paper addresses the key question: ‘What is the experience of conducting inclusive formative assessments in classrooms for teachers in India?’. It uses a case study of a private, inclusive, co-educational school in New Delhi to arrive at an understanding of the possible reasons affecting the inclusion of SWD in assessments and studies how changing assessments can help realise the objectives of the RTE Act and the NEP 2020.

In the current system, mainstream examination boards governing the school leaving examinations and the National Institute of Open Schooling confine themselves to a timed, pen and paper examination, with the areas examined largely restricted to prescribed textbooks. This means that students have to memorise large amounts of text/information and complete examinations of five different subjects within a set time period of 20 days. Because of the nature of the examination, it effectively excludes students who cannot perform to a speed or pattern, or those who cannot memorise or retain information for long.

The Board examinations have a tremendous washback effect on the syllabus, classroom methodology, and assessments that percolates to the primary and even pre-primary levels. Children are subjected to ongoing weekly assessments to prepare them to meet the standards of the Board that are intended to be formative but end up becoming summative. Results of the examinations are used to establish popularity and competition among schools.

Against this background, it is important to understand how formative assessments are designed to be inclusive – taking into consideration the special needs of children with different abilities, the time/form, and the overall environment in which assessments are conducted – for improving learning. Since there is no single way of assessing students formatively, this study captures teachers’ experience of conducting formative assessments and assessment methods, as opposed to judging teachers’ ability or knowledge to assess SWD (Trumbell & Lash, 2013).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study will use a case study approach to gather an in-depth understanding of formative assessment practices in the identified private inclusive school in New Delhi (Hamilton, 2011). Semi-structured interviews with teachers and classroom observations have been used to collect data on formative assessments used by teachers in the inclusive school. The practices will be viewed within the broader school context and guidelines from educational bodies.
A questionnaire for interviews was developed to gather information on teachers’ understanding of disabilities, formative assessments and accommodations; methods of inclusive formative assessment practices; and factors that affect teachers’ classroom practices such as school and educational board guidelines and professional learning. The questionnaire contains approximately 10 questions with teacher interviews spanning 30 to 45 minutes so that participant fatigue is limited.
Participants in this research include 10 in-service teachers from primary and secondary sections of the school. The selection will help to understand if and how formative assessment practices change at the secondary level when teachers prepare students for high stakes summative school leaving examinations. Purposeful sampling and snowballing have been used to identify teachers who have taught in classrooms with SWD.
Positionality can affect the entire research process as well as its results (Rowe, 2014). Having insiders and outsiders in the team and a variety of perspectives add ‘validity and richness’ to research reports (Louis & Bartunek, 1992; Merriam et al, 2010). Therefore, the team consists of a mix of researchers and practitioners working for disability-inclusive education.
Interviews have been conducted over a period of one month virtually and recorded through MS Teams with transcriptions generated automatically. The transcriptions will be matched with audio recordings before data analyses. Field notes will be taken during classroom observations to corroborate the information provided by the participants in the interviews. Care will be taken to make space for unexpected / unusual practices and approaches. The open-ended nature of this qualitative research will ensure that researchers do not start with a priori assumptions.
Transcripts will be carefully labelled and coded and thereafter, grouped into relevant themes that emerge from the interviews (Skjott Linneberg, M. & Korsgaard, S., 2019). The analysis will yield findings that help to understand the experience of conducting formative assessments in classrooms for teachers at the identified school.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study will describe teachers’ experience of conducting formative assessments for SWD. The results will be broadly organised around: practical challenges to developing and implementing classroom-based assessments for including SWD; teacher-led modifications of classroom-based assessments for inclusion of SWD; diversity in learning assessments for SWD with examples; school-level support for teachers to design inclusive classroom-based assessment – especially teacher autonomy and agency to determine what is best for her students; understanding and use of accommodations for inclusion; and the use of data from classroom-based assessments.
The data from the study will reveal if and how the experience of including SWD in formative assessments in primary schools is different from the experience in secondary schools. Results from the study will bring out the voices of teachers who are at the ‘learning site’ implementing regular modifications to make assessments inclusive for all children.  
Capturing the overall school culture is one of the key steps in locating a case study that explores appropriate assessment processes for students with different abilities. The results will also cover the teachers’ understanding of disability; teacher-parent partnership for improving learning of SWD; and the influence of Board and school guidelines on teacher’s agency for disability-inclusive formative assessments.
The data will also capture information on the extent to which classroom teachers rely on special educators for including SWD in formative assessments. The results will also elaborate on formal and informal systems of professional learning used by teachers to understand formative inclusive assessments or recognise disability.
As a large number of today’s in-service teachers in India have not received any training on inclusive learning assessments during their pre-service training programmes, findings from the study on ongoing professional learning will throw light on areas of interest for teachers in the field of inclusive learning assessments.

References
Ahmed, S.K., Jeffries, D., Chakraborty, A., Carslake, T., Lietz, P., Rahayu, B., Armstrong, D., Kaushik, A., & Sundarsagar, K. (2022). Teacher professional development for disability inclusion in low‐ and middle‐income Asia‐Pacific countries: An evidence and gap map. Campbell Systematic Reviews, 18 (4). https://doi.org/10.1002/cl2.1287
Black, P. & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and classroom learning. Assessment in Education, 5 (1), 7-74.
Central Board of Secondary Education (CBSE). Circular: Exemptions/Concessions extended to Persons with Benchmark Disabilities for Class X & XII Examinations conducted by the CBSE and Standard Operating Procedure. https://www.cbse.gov.in/cbsenew/Examination_Circular/2018/3_CIRCULAR.pdf
Chakraborty, A., Kaushik, A., & UNESCO Office Bangkok and Regional Bureau for Education in Asia and the Pacific. (2019). Equitable learning assessments for students with disabilities (NEQMAP thematic review). UNESCO Office Bangkok. https://research.acer.edu.au/ar_misc/36
Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD). (2016). General comment No. 4 on Article 24 - the right to inclusive education. United Nations. https://www.ohchr.org/en/documents/general-comments-and-recommendations/general-comment-no-4-article-24-right-inclusive
Das, A., Sharma, S. & Singh, V. K. (2012). Inclusive education in India: A paradigm shift in roles, responsibilities and competencies of regular school teachers. Journal of Indian Education.
European External Action Service (EEAS). (2021). Collaboration, capacity building & information exchange are the key elements to strengthen policy development on Disability Inclusion. https://www.eeas.europa.eu/delegations/india/collaboration-capacity-building-information-exchange-are-key-elements-strengthen_en
Hamilton, L. (2011). Case studies in educational research. British Educational Research Association on-line resource. https://www.bera.ac.uk/publication/case-studies-in-educational-research
Merriam, S., Johnson-Bailey, J., Lee, MY, Kee, Y. & Ntseane, G & Muhamad, M. (2010). Power and Positionality: Negotiating Insider/Outsider Status within and across Cultures. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 20 (5), 405-416. 10.1080/02601370120490.
Rowe, Wendy E. (2014). Positionality. In Coghlan, D. and Brydon-Miller M. (Eds). The Sage Encyclopedia of Action Research. Sage.  
Shah R.S., Desai, I., & Tiwari, A. (2013). Teachers' concerns about inclusive education in Ahmedabad, India. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 16 (1), 34-45.
Sharma, U. & Das, A. (2015). Inclusive education in India: past, present and future. Support for Learning, 13 (1), 55-68. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9604.12079
Singal, N. (2019). Challenges and opportunities in efforts towards inclusive education: reflections from India. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23 (7-8), 827-840. 10.1080/13603116.2019.1624845
Skjott Linneberg, M. and Korsgaard, S. (2019). Coding qualitative data: a synthesis guiding the novice. Qualitative Research Journal,19 (3), 259-270. https://doi.org/10.1108/QRJ-12-2018-0012
Trumbull, E., & Lash, A. (2013). Understanding formative assessment: Insights from learning theory and measurement theory. WestEd. https://www2.wested.org/www-static/online_pubs/resource1307.pdf


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Fake Real! The Participative Development and Evaluation of an App for Adolescents with an Intellectual Disability to Assess Online Information

Svenja Kuiper-Buttner, Peter Nikken, Emma Middag

University Applied Sciences Windesheim, Zwolle, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Kuiper-Buttner, Svenja

The use of (social) media can be very entertaining but presents challenges for educators of adolescents that are not that media-literate yet1,2. How adolescents with an intellectual disability (ID) can benefit from the opportunities of (social) media safely, responsibly, and ethically, is internationally an urgent but poorly studied educational issue3. For these adolescents assessing online information as fake or real often is troublesome, due to deficits in intellectual functioning (e.g., reasoning, problem solving, making judgments, learning from instruction and experience, and practical understanding)4,5. Consequently, they are often involved in online incidents like fraud, manipulation, sextortion, and cyberbullying, and hence to sense a feeling of online exclusion impacting their education and wellbeing6,7,8.

The issue of online exclusion of adolescents with an ID is addressed in three consecutive studies, which together aim to answer the general research question of what these adolescents need to benefit from the opportunities of (social) media? First, via 7 peer-to-peer interviews the needs regarding adolescents’ experiences with online incidents were recorded9. The adolescents, aged 13 to 20, foremost indicated having difficulty with assessing the authenticity of online information, for example: “I don’t want to believe online fake stuff, but I do”, “I don’t want any more miscommunication with guys”, and “I once won a price, but lost all my money when I wanted to claim it by phone”. In a focus-group meeting about the input derived from the interviewees, they unanimously indicated the need for an application that could help them assess whether online information is fake or real.

In order to meet this need, in a successive study such an application was developed, applying the principles of participatory action research (PAR)10 with adolescents with an ID and educators that guide them in their media use. The app, named Fake Real! (in Dutch: Nep Echt!11,12) provides information, actual examples of fake and real information, check lists, user guidelines, and hyperlinks to assess the authenticity of online information that can be found on a broad range of platforms (e.g., WhatsApp, Instagram, Snapchat, Facebook, Messenger, Telegram, Vinted, TikTok, Marketplace, Discord, Omegle, Tinder, and Grindr). The Fake Real! app meets the international Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG)13 to make web content accessible to people with an ID.

A final study addressed the experiences of the target group with the use of the Fake Real! app. By using the app, adolescents with an ID are expected to become more media-wise and mentally stronger, suffer less from online incidents, feel more safe online, enjoy media use more, and experience an increased sense of online belonging. Since these adolescents often struggle with standardized tests, resulting in unreliable outcomes14, and because suitable media literacy tests are not available7, a custom made method was needed to bring together their experiences. Again using PAR, two measurements were developed for this purpose: the questionnaire ‘How are you doing online?’ and an art-based evaluation tool.

The presentation at the ECER is intended to address and discuss the process-related as well as the substantial outcomes of the second and third performed studies. These outcomes include: a) the input from the target population and the educators that guide them in their media-use during the app development process; b) an impression of the content and functioning of the app; c) the lessons learned from the PAR process towards the app and the evaluative instruments; and d) the implications of the app for adolescents with an ID for introduction and use in educational settings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participatory Action Research (PAR)10 was performed to collect input from adolescents with an ID on their requirements for an app for assessing the authenticity of online information. PAR is an approach to research emphasizing participation and action of the people involved. Based on the input from the adolescents, educators, and researchers, college students from the educational minor ‘Mobile Solutions’ of Windesheim University of Applied Sciences in Zwolle, the Netherlands, developed the Fake Real! app, following an iterative process of building, testing, collecting feedback, and improving.

PAR was also used to develop the evaluation measurements. The ‘How are you doing online?’ questionnaire comprised easy to understand, visually supported questions addressing the respondent’s extent of media-literacy and need for guidance (5 items; e.g., ‘Do you ask friends for help if you find something difficult online?’, ‘Do you have problems because of online fake information?’) and their feeling of confidence (6 items; e.g., ‘Are you having fun online?’, ‘Do you feel safe online’?). Each of these items had four answering options ranging from ‘Always’ to ‘Never’. The questionnaire also contained 10 screenshot-examples of online situations (e.g., a WhatsApp request for money, a news message on Instagram, a Facebook account) which respondents had to indicate as fake or real.

The art-based evaluation tool was applied in small groups of adolescents with an ID after they had access to the app for a substantial period, i.e. about 4-8 weeks. The tool-script contained step-by-step instructions for the researchers who prepared and conducted the sessions. A number of simply worded, visualized, inviting questions about the experiences of the target group with the app were asked (e.g., ‘What did you use the app for?’, ‘What do you think of the app?’, ‘Are you going to use the app more often?’). Subsequently, a Google Jam Board session was applied to collect experiences with the app by means of making a drawing, collage or video on a personal Jam Board page. Within the sessions, there was ample opportunity to talk about the creative expressions.
Two researchers collect input on the questionnaire and art-based evaluation tool at three schools for secondary special education from December 2022 to March 2023 in the East region of the Mid-Netherlands. A total of 18 to approximately 28 respondents is expected to participate based on the number of adolescents that participated in the pre-measurement and agreed to also participate in the post-measurement and art-based sessions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The requirement analyses with the adolescents indicated that the app should meet various criteria such as ‘funfactor’ (“I like pop-ups and gimmicks”, “Avoid a focus on learning, keep it playful”), ‘clarity’ (“Explain things simple and short”, “Use a clear font”), ‘accessibility’ (“Can texts be read aloud?”, “Use examples that match the perception of the target group”), ‘inclusivity’ (“Use examples of all genders”, “I'd rather hear a real human voice than one from a robot”), and ‘navigation’ (“I want to know where I am and how long it will take”, “Avoid unnecessary click-throughs”).

The data collection from the ‘How are you doing online? questionnaire and the art-based evaluation-tool is currently in full swing. Yet, the first outcomes of the questionnaire indicate an increased level of media-literacy among app-users. The input so far on the Google Jam Board sessions varies a lot. Adolescents foremost expressed themselves using digital sticky notes (e.g., “I haven’t used the app”, “It prevented me from being scammed”, “I would use the app to see if emails and SMS’s are genuine”, “I use it when I don’t trust something on TikTok”). Two adolescents filmed themselves with their iPhones talking about their positive experiences with the app.

Regarding the lessons learned from PAR, experiences by educators and researchers so far include: “The target population has unique experiential knowledge that supplements ours” and “By giving people a greater role in research about themselves, the research is more in line with their environment”. Furthermore, the college students initially emphasized not to see the point of PAR (“Let's just build an app, ask users what they think of it, and then adjust it”), but became aware of the inaccessibility of many software and the importance of developing tools for and with people with an ID during the iterative process.

References
1 Nikken, P. (2022). Media and the family context. In: D. Lemish (Ed.). The Routledge International Handbook of Children, Adolescents, and Media (2nd ed., pp. 339-346). Taylor & Francis Group.
2 Livingstone, S. & Blum-Ross, A. (2020). Parenting for a digital future: How hopes and fears about technology shape children’s lives. Oxford university press.
3 Alfredsson Ågren, K., Kjellberg, A., & Hemmingsson, H. (2020). Access to and use of the Internet among adolescents and young adults with intellectual disabilities in everyday settings. Journal of Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities 45(1): 89-98.
4 Probst, D. (2017). Social Media Literacy as an IEP Intervention for Social and Emotional Learning. Journal of Media Literacy Education 9(2): 45-57.
5 Chadwick, D. (2019). Online risk for people with intellectual disabilities. Tizard Learning Disability Review 24(4): 180–187.
6 Nikken, P. (2020). Professionals about the media use of adolescents with a disability. Nederlands Jeugdinstituut [Netherlands Youth Institute], Utrecht, The Netherlands.
7 Vergeer, M. & Nikken, P. (2016). Media literacy and children with a mild intellectual disability: An analysis of what is available and needed to include children with a mild intellectual disability. Netwerk Mediawijsheid/Nederlands Jeugdinstituut [Network of Media Literacy/Netherlands Youth Institute], Utrecht, The Netherlands.  
8 Good, B., & Fang, L. (2015). Promoting smart and safe internet use among children with neurodevelopmental disorders and their parents. Clinical Social Work Journal, 43(2): 179-188.
9 Nikken, P. & Buttner, S.A. (2021). Everyone can participate in social media. Pedagogiek in Praktijk [Pedagogics in Practice] 121: 18-28.
10 Kramer, J.M., Kramer, C., Garcia-Iriarte, E.l, and Hammel, J. (2011). Following Through to the End: The Use of Inclusive Strategies to Analyse and Interpret Data in Participatory Action Research with Individuals in Intellectual Disabilities. Journal of Applied Research on Intellectual Disabilities 24(3): 263-273.
11 Buttner, S.A., & Nikken, P. (2021). Fake Real! [Nep Echt!] An app for assessing the authenticity of online information. Sozio-Special: Buitengewoon Normaal [Exceptionally Normal] 121(3).
12 Research Department of Windesheim University of Applied Sciences (2023). Fake Real! [Nep Echt!] An app to assess the authenticity of online information. https://www.nepecht.com. Zwolle, the Netherlands.
13 WCAG 2: Understanding the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines.  https://www.w3.org/WAI/standards-guidelines/wcag.
14 Geisinger, K.F. (2009). Psychometric issues in Testing Students With Disabilities. Applied Measurement in Education 7, 121-140.
 
9:00am - 10:30am04 SES 09 C: Comparative Takes on Inclusion
Location: Gilbert Scott, 132 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Lisa-Katharina Moehlen
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

New Comparisons. Methodological Approaches to Comparing Multi-Language Data from an International Systematic Review of the ICF and Education

Gregor Maxwell1, Ines Alves2, Marta Moretti3, Michelle Proyer4, Raphael Zahnd5, Patricia Soliz6

1UiT The Arctic University of Norway, Norway; 2University of Glasgow, UK; 3Zurich University of Teacher Education, Switzerland; 4University of Vienna, Austria; 5University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Swizterland; 6Pan American Health Organization/ World Health Organization (PAHO/WHO)

Presenting Author: Maxwell, Gregor

This paper explores new boundaries relating to comparisons of German, Portuguese, Italian, Spanish, Chinese, and South African publications in a systematic literature review of research publications related to the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (World Health Organisation, 2001, ICF) and education. New ground-breaking methodological approaches are required when comparing multi-language data from an international systematic review, similarly there are practical issues when working globally relating to cross-cultural understandings, work practices and time-zones.

This study is the outcome of a systematic literature review on the use of the ICF and its Children and Youth version (WHO, 2007, the ICF-CY) in the field of education and specifically education for children with disabilities, special educational needs and those requiring additional support in school. In 2010 Moretti, Alves, and Maxwell (Maxwell et al, 2012; Moretti et al., 2012) carried out a similar review and set the scene for how the ICF is used in the education field. In the intervening decade much has developed with the ICF and it is time for another measure of the situation. Throughout this paper we will refer the “ICF” as both the ICF (2001) and the ICF-CY (2007), unless otherwise specifically indicated.

The ICF is a bio-psycho-social classification framework developed by the World Health Organization based on a non-categorical approach to human functioning contextualizing the functioning of an individual in their current environment without the use of ‘traditional’ categories or diagnoses. The framework incorporates 'all components of health described at body, individual and societal levels’ (WHO, 2007). The ICF is intended for all people but is particularly applicable and appropriate for persons with disability.

The term education in this article means the “development of human potential...personality, talents and creativity as well as...mental and physical abilities” (United Nations, 2006) made in a formal context, usually a school or other setting in which the main aim is not medical or clinical rehabilitation. All education levels are taken into account, from early years, compulsory schooling, further education, and lifelong learning of persons with disabilities and those working with persons with disabilities in a formal educational setting. The educational environment or setting is of importance both in terms of setting the scene in which an activity occurs and as a factor that can facilitate or hinder participation in a setting. The environment can be represented as dimensions that relate to the availability, accessibility, affordability, accommodability and acceptability of the participation situation or experience (Maxwell, 2012). By investigating the educational environment, we can shed more light on effective inclusive practices by providing more accurate representations and measures of the participation of children.

The current paper explores the methodological challenges and consequences of carrying out an international, multi-lingual, cross-comparison in-depth review of the main findings from a systematic literature search. Data come from systematic database searches using selected search terms in different languages in national databases in the partner countries. Searches were carried out in Portuguese, Italian, Spanish, English, Afrikaans, German, and Mandarin.

The main literature review aimed to explore how the ICF is currently situated in the field of education in different global contexts with a specific focus on children with disabilities, Special Educational Needs (SEN) and those requiring additional support in school. With a comparison of how the ICF is applied a different levels and processes in various global contexts, this paper aims to:

  • Explore the methodological consequences of carrying out an in-depth systematic review of the ICF and education in different global contexts.
  • Describe the practical implications of carrying out the review.

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
While the main study itself aims to explore how the ICF is situated in the field of education in different global contexts, this paper focuses specifically on the final cross-country comparison.
A systematic review of the literature was carried out using database electronic searches performed during the second half of 2021 and in to 2022 analysing studies published from 2001 in English, German, Spanish, Afrikaans, Italian, Portuguese, and Chinese. Journal articles, books and book chapters, and reports were included in the initial search. Database search terms referring to the ICF components and education were combined. Each language required its own selection and refinement of search terms. The relevance of the chosen search terms was explored through discussions among the authors, with experts in the field, and expert research librarians. The search terms were chosen based on the focus of the study and current debate and were refined to include widely used variations and abbreviations. Search terms had to be related to the ICF (e.g. ICF, International Classification of functioning, environment*, personal factors, participation) and to education (school, education*, inclusion/inclusive, eligibility, goals, identification) and various abbreviations/ combinations of the phrase special education needs (SNE, SEN, “special needs”, Special Ed, SpecEd, SPED). The final searches were run after qualitative test searches to establish the suitability of the terms: four combinations of the search terms were initially trialled; however, difficulties arose relating to translating a number of the terms and concepts into the various languages involved in this study so the search string was condensed into one:
• ("ICF" OR “International Classification of functioning”) AND (school OR inclus* OR SNE OR SEN OR “special needs” OR Special Ed OR SpecEd OR SPED)

The string was translated into Italian, German, Portuguese, Spanish, Afrikaans, and Mandarin, and applied to various national databases. In each national context the selection of studies was then refined further using three protocols: inclusion and exclusion protocols at abstract and full text and extraction levels. Studies exploring the direct relationship between education and the ICF were sought.
A multi-lingual cross-comparison between countries was then carried out where descriptive summaries of the findings based on the extraction-level protocol were translated back into English in order to provide a common working language. Initial comparisons were piloted between two of the language groups (Portuguese and Chinese) before the addition of the other language groups occurred step-wise: German, Italian, South African, the Spanish.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Articles were mainly published in special education journals.  Overall, the most used ICF components are activity and participation, and environmental factors. The ICF is still used as a research tool, theoretical framework, and tool for implementing educational processes. Although the review does not report a high incidence of the use of the ICF in education, the results show that within certain local context (e.g. Portugal, Zürich, and Italy) the ICF model and classification have shown potential to be applied in education systems.
In terms of the methodological consequences of carrying out an in-depth systematic review of the ICF and education in different global contexts, this study highlights the viability of such an approach if suitable consideration is taken to language translation and cultural differences. A descriptive summary of the third protocol helped enable cross-comparisons.
Differences exist in cultural and linguistic understandings of things and awareness of which of these are being analysed is essential to ensure reliable data interpretation; different understandings of concepts such as disability, and personal or environmental factors are common. Diversity also varies as a concept across languages and cultures. Differences are also seen with the differing use of the ICF and whether the focus was on rehabilitation, intervention, or education. The ICF’s role in the discourse of the concept of inclusion within the field of education also varied considerably with contexts.
Practical implications mainly relate to the technology of working at a distance and the real challenge of time zones – people will have work early and late when trying to meet live and online with colleagues in Brazil, Europe, South Africa, and Asia!

References
Maxwell, G. (2012). Bringing More to Participation: Participation in School Activities of Persons with Disability Within the Framework of the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health for Children and Youth (ICF-CY). 16 Doctoral thesis, Comprehensive summary, School of Education and Communication, Jönköping. Available online at: http://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:hj:diva-18079DiVAdatabase
Maxwell, G., Alves, I., and Granlund, M. (2012). Participation and environmental aspects in education and the ICF and the ICF-CY: findings from a systematic literature review. Dev. Neurorehabil. 15, 63–78. doi: 10.3109/17518423.2011.633108
Moretti, M., Alves, I., & Maxwell, G. (2012). A systematic literature review of the situation of the international classification of functioning, disability, and health and the international classification of functioning, disability, and health–children and youth version in education: a useful tool or a flight of fancy?. American Journal of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation, 91(13), S103-S117.
United Nations (2006). UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. New York, United Nations.
World Health Organization (2001). International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health: ICF. Geneva: World Health Organization.
World Health Organization (2007). International Classification of Functioning, Disability, and Health: Children & Youth Version: ICF-CY. Geneva: World Health Organization.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

“A lean agreement is better than a fat lawsuit” – The Trilemma of Inclusive Educational Assessments in Austria & Germany

Lisa-Katharina Moehlen

University of Vienna / Technical University Braunschweig

Presenting Author: Moehlen, Lisa-Katharina

7.02% of students are diagnosed as having special educational needs (SEN) in Europe (EASNIE, 2020). Germany thus represents the European average with 7.2% of students with SEN. Austria is below the average at 5.3%. This ranks both countries in the middle of the field. Nevertheless, the evaluation of the national action plans show that inclusive structures are neither comprehensively implemented in Austria nor Germany yet. Data as well as the evaluation results indicate that the ratification of the CRPD – by Austria in 2007 and Germany in 2009 – is thus not synonymous with the actual implementation of the right to inclusive education.

As all European countries, Austria and Germany operate with assessment strategies to categorize students regarding their abilities. The organization of (inclusive) education and learning in both countries indicate that school type and curriculum are determined based on categorizing students by disability. The procedure to examine SEN itself is an administrative act operated by the school authorities. Classification systems like ICD-10 are used that are primarily medical and deficit-oriented diagnostic instruments (Buchner & Proyer, 2020; Gasterstädt et al., 2021). Thus, the organization of education and learning is shaped by traditional disability categories rather than an inclusive understanding guided by fostering participation, empowerment, and self-determination (Florian, 2014; Prengel, 2016). Based on an inclusive understanding, both scholars and practitioners proclaim the organization of assessments that consider environmental factors, are conducted by multi-professional teams, and include inclusive classifications like ICF (Moretti et al., 2012; Sanches-Ferreira et al., 2014). This requires shifting the focus from diagnostics to pedagogics and thus organizational measures with bottom-up rather than top-down approaches.

It results in the trilemma of organizing (inclusive) education and learning regarding the impact of (1) (inter)national policy conditions, (2) the bureaucratically located top-down approach at the exo and macro level, and (3) inclusive bottom-up approaches at the micro and meso level. Researching this trilemma opens the following questions:

1) To what extent do SEN assessments organize inclusive education (in the German and Austrian school systems)?

2) To what extent is the idea of inclusive education reflected in the educational policy agendas for the organizational implementation of inclusive education in Germany and Austria?

The paper contributes to the broad debate on policy-making to implement inclusive education and resulting from this organizational implication to foster social inclusion and diversity, using Austria and Germany as examples.

Theoretically, Lipskys’ (1969, 2010) Street-Level Bureaucracy (SLB) Theory frames desk research. The theory deals with “how people experience public policies in realm that are critical to our welfare and sense of community” (S. xii). It is investigated by researching the micro level of how bureaucratical procedures are contextualized within the interaction of street-level bureaucrats (teachers and educators) and their clients (students). The research topic focuses on the SEN procedure and its impact on inclusive education and teaching. On this basis, Brodkin (2011, 2016) developed another perspective of SLB theory by focusing on the meso level and “those organizations and agencies that directly bring policies and programs to people” (p. 444). Both theoretical approaches are relevant for my work in order to triangulate the findings of the desk research against the background of a holistic systemic view.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper presents the central findings of my Ph.D. desk research. The desk research consists of a (1) Narrative Literature Review (NLR) and a (2) policy impact analysis.
(1) The NLR is an innovative method in educational research but and provides a suitable method for an overview of a wide range of interdisciplinary research (Baumeister & Leary, 1997; Halász, 2019). It aims to map the research field rather than limiting on specific aspects. This allows a systemic overview on the nexus of inclusive and organizational research. The methodological focus lies on the existing narratives and theoretical implications that shape the interdisciplinary research topic. I used the database Scopus to start the review procedure. The search strategy aimed to review the intersection of inclusive education and organizational education across all levels of the school system. The search presented 292 papers. Following the research purpose, the selection criteria included a) English or German language, b) publishing date < 2007, c) theoretical, empirical, and methodological approaches on inclusive and organizational education, d) abstract. 57 papers met the inclusion criteria and were scanned by their abstract and full availability. Then, nine papers suit the research purpose. The research strategy switched to snowballing to identify further literature. The NLR does not limit to scientific literature but includes working papers, grey literature, etc. (Boyle et al., 2014). The literature corpus was expanded by 105 documents and now includes 114 relevant works.  
(2) The policy impact analysis provides insights into policy-making for the implementation of (inclusive) assessment (Bandelow et al., 2022; Tatto, 2012). It constitutes school organization and frames pedagogic and didactic approaches as well as the understanding of inclusive education. The data set build ca. 75 policy papers from international, EU, national and federal states level from Austria and Germany. It includes key policy papers such as the CPRD, the SDGs, the EU Commission paper, national action plans, national school laws, and education laws to examine the legislative base for the implementation of (inclusive) assessment. It aims to uncover the social discourses and paradigms that underlie policy and administrative decision-making.
The triangulation of both methods provides a comparative overview of the current state-of-the-art across Europe, but also the two countries Austria and Germany. It builds a solid base to continue the research process with empirical data in the future.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial results show that the theoretical nexus of inclusive and organizational education is very promising in terms of inclusive educational assessments. The NRL proved to be a suitable method for reviewing the state of the art. First identified narratives indicate that various perspectives frame the contradicting state of the art with overlapping top-down and bottom-up approaches. These perspectives are shaped by different ontological, epistemological, methodological origin that results in the crossover implementation of different approaches. It depends on the levels of implemenatation, the disciplines, but also individual actors and stakeholders. The domination of a perspective or an approach seems to be a question of politics but also depends the individual actors. Such ambiguous results reflect on the trilemma of implementing inclusive educational assessments in highly bureaucratized school systems in Austria & Germany. The policy analysis verfiy the assumption. It was found that neither Austria nor Germany have inclusive policies, as the laws date from the late 1980s and early 1990s. However, the central revisions also narrows the special education understanding instead of opening up to an inclusive understanding of CPRD. In a nutshell, the lean agreement is that the implementation of inclusive education depends by ideologically driven individuals or institutions, but better not risking a fat lawsuit aimed at systemic transformation.
References
Bandelow, N. C.; Hornung, J.; Sager, F. & Schröder, I. (2022): Complexities of policy design, institutional change, and multilevel governance? European Policy Analysis 8 (4), 366-369, doi: 10.1002/epa2.1164
Baumeister, R. F.; Leary, M. R. (1997). Writing narrative literature reviews. Review of General Psychology 1 (3), 311-320. DOI: 10.1037//1089-2680.1.3.311.
Boyle, E. A.; MacArthur, E. W.; Connolly, T. M.; Hainey, T.; Manea, M. Kärki, A. & van Rosmalen, P. (2014). A narrative literature review of games, animations and simulations to teach research methods and statistics. Computer & Education 74, 1-14. DOI: 10.1016/j.compedu.2014.01.004.
Brodkin, E. Z. (2016). Street-Level Organizations, Inequality, and the Future of Human Services. Human Service Organizations: Management, Leadership & Governance 40 (5), 444–450. DOI: 10.1080/23303131.2016.1173503.
Buchner, T. & Proyer, M. (2020). From special to inclusive education policies in Austria – developments and implications for school and teacher education. In European Journal of Teacher Education 43 (1),83–94. DOI: 10.1080/02619768.2019.1691992.
EASNIE (2020). European Agency Statistics on Inclusive Education: 2018 Dataset Cross-Country Report. Odense, Denmark.
Florian, L. (2014). What counts as evidence of inclusive education? In European Journal of Special Needs Education 29 (3), 286–294. DOI: 10.1080/08856257.2014.933551.
Gasterstädt, J.; Kistner, A. & Adl-Amini, K. (2021). Die Feststellung sonderpädagogischen Förderbedarfs als institutionelle Diskriminierung? Eine Analyse der schulgesetzlichen Regelungen. In Zeitschrift für Inklusion (4). https://www.inklusion-online.net/index.php/inklusion-online/article/view/551
Halász, G. (2019). Doing Systematic Literature Review - `Net Fishing´ or `Whale Hunting´? M. Honerød Hoveid, L. Ciolan, A. Paseka & S. Marques Da Silva (eds.). Doing educational research. Overcoming challenges in practice (91-113). London: SAGE Publications Ltd.
Lipsky, M. (2010). Street-level bureaucracy: dilemmas of the individual in public services. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Moretti, M.; Alves, I. & Maxwell, G. (2012). A systematic literature review of the situation of the International Classification of Functioning, Disability, and Health and the International Classification of Functioning, Disability, and Health-Children and Youth version in education: a useful tool or a flight of fancy? American Journal of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation 91 (13), 3-17. DOI: 10.1097/PHM.0b013e31823d53b2.
Sanches-Ferreira, M.; Silveira-Maia, M. & Alves, S. (2014). The use of the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health, version for Children and Youth (ICF-CY), in Portuguese special education assessment and eligibility procedures: the professionals’ perceptions. European Journal of Special Needs Education 29 (3), 327-343. DOI: 10.1080/08856257.2014.908025.
Tatto, M. T. (2012).Learning and Doing Policy Analysis in Education. Examining Diverse Approaches to Increasing Educational Access. Rotterdam: Sense Publisher.
 
9:00am - 10:30am04 SES 09 D: Global North and South Views on Research Ethics: Participatory or Inclusive Research in Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, 250 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Olja Jovanović Milanović
Panel Discussion
 
04. Inclusive Education
Panel Discussion

Global North and South Views on Research Ethics: Participatory or Inclusive Research in Education

Ines Alves1, Olja Jovanović Milanović2, Imene Zoulikha Kassous1, Munther Nouraldeen1, Dilara Özel3, Hyab Yohannes1

1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2University of Belgrade, Serbia; 3Middle East Technical University

Presenting Author: Alves, Ines; Jovanović Milanović, Olja; Kassous, Imene Zoulikha; Nouraldeen, Munther; Özel, Dilara; Yohannes, Hyab

There are different ‘accepted’ research methods, tools and procedures used in research. However, many of these may have been developed by researchers and for participants in the Global North1. Research in the field of inclusion and diversity has particularly made visible the importance of having approaches that engage with voices from different backgrounds. Due to common aims and values, participatory approaches in recent years have become closely associated with inclusive education research. Participatory research contributes to the development of democratic and inclusive contexts by enabling the participation of those who are underprivileged, challenging existing power relations and fostering development of competencies needed for social change2,3.

This discussion panel will start from Santos’ concept of Global South: ‘The global South is not a geographical concept (...). The South is rather a metaphor for the human suffering caused by capitalism and colonialism on the global level, as well as for the resistance to overcoming or minimising such suffering. It is, therefore, an anti-capitalist, anti-colonialist, anti-patriarchal, and anti-imperialist South. It is a South that also exists in the geographic North (Europe and North America), in the form of excluded, silenced and marginalised populations, such as undocumented immigrants, the unemployed, ethnic or religious minorities, and victims of sexism, homophobia, racism and islamophobia’4.

We will consider the challenge of doing research in the Global South following traditions and ethical procedures developed by and for the Global North. The ethical procedures currently in place in the Global North are a result of historical processes (e.g. Milgram Experiment, Jane Elliott's exercise), and we will argue that they are not appropriate to develop participatory/ inclusive approaches to research, particularly in Global South contexts.

The panel will bring together researchers who have worked with Syrian and Eritrean refugees, mothers of autistic girls in Algeria, refugees in Turkey, disabled and ‘disadvantaged’ children/ young people. We will take into account the dominant and counter-dominant views of research ethics, with a shared understanding that research ethics is always situated in the specific socio-political-historical context, dialogic in its nature and political in its intentions5. The panel will discuss the need for:

1) culturally sensitive approaches to research, given the threatening nature of Global North ethical procedures. The ‘ethical’ research procedures including consent forms, participant information sheets, and privacy notices create feelings of uneasiness and anxiety for some (e.g. when researching Syrian families’ opinions of education in Scotland, some families withdrew due to concerns about their citizenship applications, despite being told that their data would be anonymous and confidential). So, some aspects of an ‘ethical’ research process could result in the exclusion of the participants from the Global South, who are already disadvantaged and marginalised in the societies they live in. We will also problematise research that seems to not only document but reinforce the present growth of prejudice and hate in Turkey towards refugees7,8 by making local participants (non-refugee) feel neglected.

2) questioning ethically approved research as ‘There is no direct or necessary relationship between ethics committee approval of a research project and what actually happens when the research is undertaken (...) responsibility falls back to the researchers’ themselves – they are the ones on whom the conduct of ethical research depends’9. And more importantly, we will question ethically approved participatory/ inclusive research considering individualistic, extractionary approaches, failure to address issues of knowledge production, ownership, and (re)distribution of power, epistemology, researcher positionality, research integrity (e.g. an Eritrean refugee stated: ‘We narrate our stories in the hope that a solution would be found to our suffering. The truth is that, often nothing happens’).


References
1 Pidgeon, M., & Riley, T. (2021). Understanding the Application and Use of Indigenous Research Methodologies in the Social Sciences by Indigenous and Non-Indigenous Scholars. International Journal of Education Policy and Leadership, 17(8).
2 Hall, B. L. (1992). From margins to center? The development and purpose of participatory research. The American Sociologist, 23(4), 15–28.
3 Bergold, J., & Thomas, S. (2012). Participatory Research Methods: A Methodological Approach in Motion. Historical Social Research/Historische Sozialforschung, 37(4), 191–222.
4 Santos, B. S. (2016). Epistemologies of the South and the future. From the European South. 1. 17-29
5 Renold, E., Holland, S., Ross, N. J., & Hillman, A. (2008). `Becoming Participant’: Problematizing `Informed Consent’ in Participatory Research with Young People in Care. Qualitative Social Work, 7(4), 427–447.
6 Filibeli, T.E., & Ertuna, C. (2021). Sarcasm beyond hate speech: Facebook comments on Syrian refugees in Turkey. International Journal of Communication, 15(24)
8 Ozduzen, O., Korkut, U., & Ozduzen, C. (2021). ‘Refugees are not welcome’: digital racism, online place-making and the evolving categorization of Syrians in Turkey. New Media & Society.
9 Guillemim, M. & Gillam, L. (2004). Ethics, Reflexivity and “Ethically Important Moments” in Qualitative Research’. Qualitative Inquiry 10(2), 261–280.

Chair
Margaret.Sutherland@glasgow.ac.uk
 
9:00am - 10:30am04 SES 09 E: The Role of Professionalisation in Inclusion
Location: Gilbert Scott, 134 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Eizabeth Done
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Averting De-professionalisation Processes In Inclusive Preschool Education by Increasing Competence in Dealing with a Lack of Time

Beatrice Rupprecht

University Leipzig, Germany

Presenting Author: Rupprecht, Beatrice

The lack of time when working with preschoolers is a massive problem that not only places a burden on educational professionals, but also has a significant negative impact on the quality of the educational process in preschool work (Sheridan, 2007; Ugaste & Niikko, 2015) and on parental work, which is important for children's development (Ma et al., 2016). And that’s an international issue.

International evidence shows that individual support for children's educational processes in inclusive settings plays a key role in determining their long-term school success and the course of their educational biography (Petriwskyj et al., 2014; Siraj-Blatchford et al., 2008). At the same time, studies show that educational professionals do not always succeed to the necessary extent in responding to each individual child, in grasping his or her individual learning situation in the various domains, in picking up on his or her educational aspirations and in even being able to perceive as such educational opportunities that are important for the individual child (Hasselhorn & Kuger, 2014; Smidt, 2012). This is in clear contradiction to the inclusive understanding of education as well as to the rights of the child to the development of their personal potential and the promotion of their individual education as enshrined in the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child and the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. In the course of the educational disadvantages of children, which have once again drastically increased due to the COVID-19 pandemic (Kuger et al., 2022; Quenzer-Alfred et al., 2022), and the massive challenges in educational work with children with refugee experiences, this is an unacceptable current state.

So far, various causes for the insufficient individual support of children in preschool have been identified: These include, on the one hand, low domain-specific knowledge, inadequate support attitudes and a lack of diagnostic skills (Kluczniok et al., 2011; Vaz et al., 2015). Only recently has the lack of time and staff been discussed in this context, which, according to the latest findings, leads to a de-professionalisation of the field as well as to a negative influence on the pedagogical process quality. Recent studies show that a lack of time leads to a massive restriction of the ability to act, a chronic overload and thus to a successive limitation of the options for action (Rosenkranz, Schütz & Klusemann, 2023). In this respect, there is a desideratum with regard to the theoretical modelling and empirical testing of a competence model for the activation of domain-specific professional and methodological competences of inclusive educational support in settings where time is scarce.

Two research questions will be answered:

1) What influence does the lack of time have on the competent use of observation and documentation procedures in inclusive educational work in preschool to record the learning situation and the concrete support of the individual child derived from this by educational professionals (Study A)?

2) What requirements for competence development and professionalisation in dealing with time constraints can be derived from best practice as well as worst case examples of inclusive educational work in the use of observation and documentation procedures and the support of children (Study B)?

From the findings of the empirical examination of both research questions, the components of the competence model for the activation of domain-specific subject and methodological competences of inclusive education work are derived and their interdependencies are described.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The questions are answered by triangulating the results from two explorative studies (A and B), which are realised within the framework of two different third-party funded projects (multi-method design).
Study A
In the ProfiKitadigitale project, which was commissioned by the Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports of the State of Brandenburg (Germany) in 2022, an observation and documentation system developed at the University of Leipzig was evaluated and tested for the inclusive process support of the transition from kindergarten to school. In this context, N = 110 professionals were interviewed in an explorative design by means of a standardised questionnaire with closed and open questions on the extent to which the observation and documentation system developed contributes to professionalisation for inclusive educational work. In advance, indicators for professionalisation in inclusive educational work were deductively derived on the basis of the state of research (skills for assessing the child's competences, time required, use for structuring pedagogical work, challenges in pedagogical work) and concrete questions were derived from these.
The answers of the respondents were transferred into the statistical programme SPSS. The closed questions were analysed descriptively and inferentially using frequency distributions. The open answers were transferred into the software MAXQDA 2022 and analysed with the evaluative qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2022).  
Study B
In the BMBF-funded inter-university collaborative project "Individual Learning Development Analysis of Basic Competencies in the Inclusive Transition Kindergarten - School" (ILEA-Basis-T), a parallel study on the effectiveness of cooperative transfer is integrated. Within the framework of this study, semi-structured interviews are conducted with N = 12 professionals in order to record their experiences in inclusive educational work with children under precarious conditions. The focus of the study is the derivation of approaches to reconcile individual diagnostics and support with the existing time constraints as well as the derivation of personal, professional and methodological competence facets for empowerment for this reconciliation.
The interviews will be transcribed with the software Amberscript according to semantic-content transcription rules (Dresing & Pehl, 2018) and analysed with MAXQDA 2022 according to the method of content structuring qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2022).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results from study A outline that the staff interviewed show (f.e.)
- great willingness to take on additional burdens through the use of observation and documentation procedures,
- the differentiation of the facets of domain-specific competencies in observation and documentation procedures that are beneficial for children's success in school is experienced as a gain in professionalisation for the task field.
But responses reveals contradictions in the answers: On the one hand, they confirm the potential of the very differentiated listing of the competence facets of the children to be assessed, which are relevant for the transition to school - for the further school success of the children, the design of cooperation with the receiving primary school and the children’s parents as well as for the structuring of individual pre-school education in the pedagogical work. On the other hand, the added value for the own professional work is massively questioned due to the bundling of time resources. Despite the demonstrable advantages and the repeatedly emphasised importance of documentation, there is a tendency to reject the use of documentation system. For this reason, there is a need to highlight best practice that show how professionals can deal with these challenges of lack of time (Study B - completion in June 2023).
The research results and the competence model derived from them will be presented and discussed in the paper in terms of its significance for the reactivation of action skills in settings with a lack of time. Due to its direct reference to the performance in inclusive educational work in preschool, it can be transferred to educational work in different educational systems and is suitable to complement different primary qualifications of professionals, f.e. within training. This is expected to result in a gain in the professionalisation in inclusive education work at the international level.

References
Dresing, T. & Pehl, T. (2018). Praxisbuch Interview, Transkription & Analyse. Anleitungen und Regelsysteme für qualitativ Forschende. Marburg: Eigenverlag.
Hasselhorn, M. & Kuger, S. (2014). Wirksame schulrelevante Förderung in Kindertagesstätten. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 17, 299–314.
Kluczniok, K., Anders, Y. & Ebert, S. (2011). Fördereinstellungen von Erzieherinnen: Einflüsse auf die Gestaltung von Lerngelegenheiten im Kindergarten und die kindliche Entwicklung früher numerischer Kompetenzen. Frühe Bildung, 0(1), 13–21. https://doi.org/10.1026/2191-9186/a000002
Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (Grundlagentexte Methoden, 5. Auflage). Weinheim, Basel: Beltz Juventa.
Kuger, S. et a. (2022). Die Kindertagesbetreuung während der COVID-19-Pandemie: Ergebnisse einer interdiszisplinären Studie. Deutsches Jugendinstitut. https://doi.org/10.3278/9783763973279
Ma, X.; Shen, J.; Krenn, H. Y; Hu, S. & Yuan, J. (2016). A Meta-Analysis of the Relationship Between Learning Outcomes and Parental Involvement During Early Childhood Education and Early Elementary Education. Educational Psychology Review, 28, 771–801. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-015-9351-1
Petriwskyj, A., Thorpe, K. & Tayler, C. (2014). Towards inclusion: provision for diversity in the transition to school. International Journal of Early Years Education, 22(4), 359–379.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/09669760.2014.911078
Quenzer-Alfred, C., Scheider, L. & Mays, D. (2022). (Keine) Kita im Shutdown: Die Entwicklung von schulischen Kompetenzen von Vorschulkindern während der Covid-19-Pandemie. Zeitschrift für Heilpädagogik, 73(12), 572–583.
Rosenkranz, L., Schütz, J. & Klusemann, S. (2023). Professionalisierung und Deprofessionalisierung. Gegenläufige Bewegungen in de FBBE. In S. Klusemann, L. Rosenkranz, J. Schütz und K. Bock-Famulla (Hrsg.), Professionelles Handeln im System der frühkindlichen Bildung, Betreuung und Erziehung. Auswirkungen der Personalsituation in Kindertageseinrichtungen auf das professionelle Handeln, die pädagogischen Akteur:innen und die Kinder (S. 182–192). Weinheim: Beltz Juventa.
Sheridan, S. (2007). Dimensions of pedagogical quality in preschool. International Journal of Early Years Education, 15(2), 197-217. https://doi.org/10.1080/09669760701289151
Siraj‐Blatchford, I., Taggart, B., Sylva, K., Sammons, P. & Melhuish, E. (2008). Towards the transformation of practice in early childhood education: the effective provision of pre‐school education (EPPE) project. Cambridge Journal of Education, 38(1), 23–36. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057640801889956
Smidt, W. (2012). Vorschulische Förderung im Kindergartenalltag. In G. Faust-Siehl (Hrsg.), Einschulung. Ergebnisse aus der Studie "Bildungsprozesse, Kompetenzentwicklung und Selektionsentscheidungen im Vorschul- und Schulalter (BiKS)". Münster: Waxmann.
Ugaste, A. & Niikko, A. (2015). Identifying the problems that Finnish and Estonian teachers encounter in preschool. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 23(4), 423-433. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2015.1087137
Vaz, S. et al. (2015). Factors associated with primary school teachers’ attitudes towards the inclusion of students with disabilities. PLoS ONE, 10(8). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0137002


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Professional development for SENCos (Special Educational Needs Co-ordinators): the future of an accredited National Award.

Hazel Richards1, Helen Knowler2, Eizabeth Done3, Stephanie Brewster4

1Birmingham City University, United Kingdom; 2University College London; 3Plymouth University; 4University of Wolverhampton

Presenting Author: Richards, Hazel; Done, Eizabeth

In England, the DfE White Paper (2022a, p. 16), proposes that by 2030 ‘every child will be taught by an excellent teacher trained in the best-evidenced teaching method to help (each) child reach their full potential’. This document also identifies a commitment to training on behaviour management, adaptive teaching, and curriculum design, with the intention of helping every teacher and leader to support all pupils to succeed, including those identified with SEN/D. This is situated in a context where reviewing and evaluating the progress of pupils with SEN/D has been found to be the least developed aspect of schools’ SEN/D support (DfE, 2021), where staff do not always know pupils well enough to take an informed pupil-centred approach when identifying needs and planning provision (Dobson & Douglas, 2020), where schools may be teaching a curriculum to pupils that is not properly sequenced or well matched to their needs, and where questions exist about what ‘success’ looks in terms of supporting children with SEN/D in mainstream school (Ofsted, 2021).

Within this context, consultation around the SEND Review: Right Support, Right Place, Right Time (DfE, 2022b), identifies the need for schools to change their cultures and practices to be more inclusive and better at identifying and supporting needs, and to improve workforce training (NASEN, 2022). However, a significant barrier to implementing the reforms is professional development of the workforce. Whilst training for SENCos in non-statutory school-age settings is being extended, the SEND review (DfE, 2022b) proposes to change mandatory SENCo training from a master’s level post graduate certificate (PGCert) to a National Professional Qualification (NPQ), where project work can be signed off by a school principal. This is relevant to the European context, since broader trends, including SENCo training and retention (Hammerness et al, 2005; Dobson & Douglas, 2020), and leadership in inclusion (Lindqvist & Nilholm, 2014; Fitzgerald & Radford, 2022) apply beyond the UK.

This presentation will report on a small-scale project that captured the experiences, explanations and impacts of students completing the mandatory National Award for Special Education Needs Co-ordination (NASENCo) course at a West Midlands university. The purpose of the research was to identify the impact the NASENCo had on student’s knowledge, skills, confidence and practice, as well as student perceptions of the current course and proposed changes, so as to inform future development and evolvement of courses, be they a more work-based NPQ or Level 7 (L7). The research questions created to drive the study were:

RQ1: What main impacts do NASENCo students identify L7 study has had on their professional practice as SENCos?

RQ2: What are NASENCo students’ experiences of studying at L7 as part of their SENCo training?

RQ3: What are the perceptions of NASENCo students of the possible links between L7 study and outcomes for SEN/D pupils?

The research adopts a post-structuralist approach. Post-structuralism argues that ‘true’ meanings, as derived from the universal systems behind them, including dominant discourses do not exist since language and culture themselves are constructed by humans, meaning they are subject to influence and modification, often based on experience or the impact and interaction of multiple factors present in the settings SENCos work within. This contrasts with structuralism which proposes that rules and approaches are applicable regardless of context and that they are thus ahistorical and non-ideological. Utilising Foucault, educating SENCos is viewed by the researchers as a political and ethical task, conceptualised as ‘a care of the world, the “true life” calling for the advent of an “other world”’ (Gros in Foucault, 2012, p. 355).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Ethical approval was applied for and granted by the Faculty for Education, Health and Wellbeing Ethics Committee in May 2023. Permission to use student pre and post course self-evaluations for the purpose of research had been designed into and secured at the outset of the course. Students from the three most recent NASENCo cohorts (N=41) were also invited to participate in the online questionnaire via an email from the project team.
SENCos have a significant workload in addition to the demands NASENCo study places upon them. A mixed methodology study design, incorporating student’s self-evaluation at the beginning and end of the course and an online questionnaire was designed. This meant that once data was collected as part of their course so was not an additional task. Data was collected from three cohorts of students who had completed the recently reaccredited course at the University of Wolverhampton. In the self-evaluation, which was completed by every student before and after studying on the course, students rated each NCTL (National College of Teaching and Learning) NASENCo learning outcome as red, amber or green, providing qualitative data in the form of commentary about how these learning outcomes had been or would be progressed. Codes were assigned to each cohort and student, for example RAG pre_cohort 1_student a) to ensure anonymity. The online questionnaire was built using the University of Wolverhampton’s MS Forms tool and the link was circulated to students in the three most recent cohorts inviting them to participate. The questionnaire contained a mix of open and closed questions, generating numerical and textual data. Participation in the questionnaire was voluntary and anonymous.
Data collection has now been completed. Data analysis will be conducted by entering all responses into an excel document.  Researchers will work collaboratively to identify significant numerical trends, with non-parametric statistics being applied if appropriate.  Commentary in the RAG charts and questionnaires will be analysed using thematic analysis to identify key themes. This will involve codes pre-identified from the literature (a-priori, deductive coding) as well as codes derived from the data itself (a-posteriori, inductive coding) (Saldana, 2016).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Whether the removal of the L7 element will impact on outcomes for SEN/D learners remains to be seen, but where international evidence has shown that master’s level learning for teachers is beneficial (Schleicher, 2011; Woore et al, 2020), this policy move seems to be focused on reducing the time and workload burden for busy SENCos doing postgraduate professional development. This research is therefore interested in exploring the benefits and realities of studying the Level-7 NASENCo course, in the context of SENCo workload and need for advocacy leadership (Done et al, in-press).
While as a research team we acknowledge that parity with other NPQ‘s, for example in Leadership, and Headship is desirable for schools and other settings (Hammerness et al, 2005; Kennedy, 2016), we are concerned that the move to remove the L7 element of the award (Thomas, 2016; Woore et al., 2020) is a threat to inclusive education broadly. This is because the demands on SENCos are multiple.  They are required to develop learning from a school-wide perspective (Fitzgerald and Radford, 2022). They must be aware of and sometimes challenge the binary between special and mainstream education. They need to be be leaders that change, influence and challenge. This means SENCo CPD must both address managerial aspects (effectiveness, efficiency and policy compliance) and democratic aspects (social justice, fairness and equity, equality) (Liasidou and Svenson, 2014; Kay et al, 2022). These require multiple knowledges and skills, which SENCos must develop alongside their identity and power.
Data analysis will be completed early in 2023 and we expect the data to hold some of these themes, and participant detail pertaining to them, as well as additional concepts we have not anticipated. These outcomes will all be presented in this paper.

References
DfE (Department for Education) (2021) Special educational needs (SEN) support: findings from a qualitative study. Available at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/special-educational-needs-sen-support-findings-from-a-qualitative-study.

DfE (Department for Education (2022a) Opportunity for All: strong schools with great teachers for your child. Available at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/1063602/Opportunity_for_all_strong_schools_with_great_teachers_for_your_child__print_version_.pdf.

DfE (Department for Education (2022b) SEND review: right support, right place, right time. Available at:https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/1063898/SEND_review_right_support_right_place_right_time-print_ready.pdf

Dobson, G J., and Douglas, G. (2020) Who would do that role? Understanding why teachers become SENCos through an ecological systems theory. Educational Review, 72(3): 298-319. DOI: 10.1080/001319111.2018.1556206  

Fitzgerald, J. and Radford, J. (2022) Leadership for inclusive special education: a qualitative exploration of SENCos' and principals' Experiences in secondary schools in Ireland. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26 (10): 992-1007

Foucault, M. (2012). The courage of truth: The government of self and others II. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Hammerness, K., L. Darling-Hammond, J. Bransford, D. Berliner, M. Cochran-Smith, M. McDonald, and K. Zeichner (2005) How Teachers Learn and Develop.” In Preparing Teachers for a Changing World: What Teachers Should Learn and Be Able to Do, edited by L. Darling-Hammond, J. Bransford, P. LePage, K. Hammerness, and H. Duffy, 358–389. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass

Kay, V., Chrostowska, M., Henshall, A., Mcloughlin, A. and Hallett, F. (2022) Intrinsic and extrinsic tension in the SENCo role: navigating the maze of ‘becoming’. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 22(4): 434-357. DOI:. 10.1111/1471-3802.12572

Kennedy, M. (2016) How Does Professional Development Improve Teaching? Review of Educational Research, 86(4) 945–980. doi:10.3102/0034654315626800

Liasidou A and Svenson, C (2014) Educating leaders for social justice: the case of special educational needs co-ordinators. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 18(8): 783-797, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2013.835878

Lindqvist G and Nilhom, C (2014) Promoting inclusion? 'Inclusive' and effective head teachers' descriptions of their work. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 29 (1): 74-90, DOI: 10.1080/08856257.2013.849845

NASEN (National Association for Special Educational Needs) (2022) Nasen responds to the SEND and Alternative Provision Green Paper. Available at:  https://www.nasen.org.uk/news/sendgreenpaper.

Ofsted (2021) Research and analysis: supporting SEND. Available at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/supporting-send/supporting-send.

Saldana, J (2021) The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers. 4th Edn. London: Sage.

Schleicher, A. (2011) Building a High-Quality Teaching Profession: Lessons from around the World. OECD Publishing. doi:10.1787/9789264113046-en.

Thomas, L.  (2016) Aspirations for a Master’s-Level Teaching Profession in England. Professional Development in Education, 42(2) 218–234.

Woore, R., Mutton, T. and Molway, L. (2020) ”It’s definitely part of who I am in the role”. Developing teacher’s research engagement through subject-specific Master’s programme. Teacher Development, 24(1) 88-107.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Professional Learning Communities -Contribution to an Inclusive School?

Marte Herrebrøden, Veslemøy Fossum Johansson

Østfold University College, Norway

Presenting Author: Herrebrøden, Marte; Fossum Johansson, Veslemøy

The principle of inclusive education is central in Norwegian policy documents and equity, equality, diversity and inclusion are terms and standards of Norwegian educational policy (Norwegian Education Act 1998; The Norwegian National Curriculum 2017). Norway has a public school system which follows the social democratic model of a “School for All”. Due to increasing diversity in schools there is an ongoing need to discuss inclusion and equal opportunities in education. Adapted education is a strong educational principle, rooted in the Norwegian Education Act (Norwegian Education Act 1998) and still a great challenge for teachers to fulfill (Backmann & Haug, 2006). Giving all pupils the right to take part in ordinary learning activities according to their learning capabilities, where diversity is to be understood as enrichment, seems to challenge teachers the most. Pupils who do not benefit from the ordinary education are referred to The Norwegian Educational Psychological service (EPS) and their needs of special needs education (SNE) are assessed. EPS`mandate is embedded in the Norwegian Education Act (1998) and their tasks require both individual and systemic approach towards pupils' learning outcomes. In 2019 the Norwegian Ministry of Education announced the intention to introduce a number of measures to enhance pupils with special needs chances to be taught by professionals with the relevant competence (Ministry of Education 2019). This follows cooperation between universities and municipalities to examine which competence is needed for municipalities to be able to accommodate education for all through inclusive practices.

The present study is part of a development project between Østfold University college and one Norwegian municipality. In this study we investigate how internal systems in schools can be developed by improving organizational structures in the municipalities. Further we look into how the Norwegian Educational Psychological service (EPS), an independent expert authority, and schools as an organization can be seen as fellow participants in professional learning communities. To better understand how municipalities in Norway can approach more inclusive education and inclusive practices, we seek to understand how professional learning communities can contribute to school leaders, teachers and professionals within the EPS, to work together, share and question their practice in critical ways (De Neve et. al 2015). This has led us to the following research question:

How can professional learning communities be a contributor to strengthening internal systems in schools aiming to develop inclusive practices?

The theoretical framework is based on social cognitive theory proposed by Bandura (1997). This theory emphasizes the psychological perspective on human functioning that highlights the critical role played by the social environment on motivation, learning, and self-regulation (Shunk & DeBenedetto, 2020). A premise of Bandura’s theory (1997) is that individuals strive for a sense of agency, or the belief that they can exert a considerable degree of influence over important events in their lives. In this context, the concept of efficacy beliefs is central. Defined as a future oriented judgment about capabilities to organize and execute the courses of action required to produce given attainments in specific situations or contexts (Bandura, 1997). In recent years research has added an organizational dimension to inquiry about efficacy beliefs, referred to as perceived collective efficacy (Goddard, Hoy & Woolfolk Hoy, 2004; Goddard & Goddard, 2001; Voelkel & Chrispeels, 2017). Within an organization, perceived collective efficacy represents the beliefs of group members regarding "the performance capability of a social system as a whole" (Bandura, 1997, p. 469). Research (Voelkel & Chrispeels, 2017) has also shown that high collective efficacy beliefs can advance better professional learning communities (PLC).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The main focus of this study was to bring out the different participants’ experiences and reflections on their own practice and an inductive qualitative approach was chosen for data gathering. The data was gathered through three focus group interviews (Madriz, 2000) with a selection of representatives of EPS, school administrators, special education administrators and teachers from three pilot schools in an urban municipality. In each of the interviews six informants participated (in total n= 18). A semi-structured interview format was used to provide discussions and reflections concerning the concepts of inclusion, precaution of possible learning difficulties and systematic cooperation. The focus group interviews were conducted by both authors.
A qualitative thematic analysis (Braun og Clarke, 2006) of the focus group interviews has been conducted. The thematic categories have been created with an inductive approach, themes and categories developed were directed by the content of the data. To develop an initial coding frame and identify key-themes the interviews were independently read and re-read by both authors. Themes were then grouped and lead us to four important themes; routines and organization of cooperation, the relationships in the college and with partners, sense of competence and professional learning communities. Professional learning communities distinguished itself as a main concept of the four themes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings indicate a need for more structured routines related to the national guidelines for special needs education and a more defined understanding for how schools and EPS cooperate according to official procedures, before students are granted SNE. Schools point out the need to have relations within their professional community to strengthen their practices. We question how EPS can be part of professional learning communities. Both teachers and professionals within EPS highlight the importance of developing competence and to have routines for cooperation, to improve inclusive practices.
Our findings will be discussed in light of four sources of efficacy- shaping information, as postulated by Bandura (1997). This source; mastery experiences, vicarious experiences, social persuasion and effective state, will most likely be important to the development of collective efficacy beliefs. Increased awareness in areas that might strengthen collective efficacy beliefs can also contribute to develop more robust and better professional learning communities. In schools, this can have an impact on how the college as a whole can organize itself and interact in ways that cause positive effects on pupils. With this as a background, we will discuss how professional learning communities can be a contributor to strengthening internal systems in schools, with the overall purpose of developing inclusive practices for all pupils.

References
Bachmann, K.E., and P. Haug. 2006. Forskning om tilpasset opplæring [Research on adapted education]. Volda: Høgskulen i Volda https://www.udir.no/globalassets/upload/forskning/5/tilpasset_opplaring.pdf

Bandura, A. (1997) Self-efficacy: the exercise of control. Freeman.

Braun, V & Clarke, V (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology,
Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3:2, 77-101, DOI: 10.1191/1478088706qp063oa

De Neve, D., Devos, G., & Tuytens, M. (2015). The importance of job resources and self-efficacy for beginning teachers’ professional learning in differentiated instruction. Teaching and Teacher Education, 47, 30–41. doi:10.1016/j.tate.2014.12.003

Goddard, R. D., Hoy, W. K., & Woolfolk Hoy, A. (2004). Collective Efficacy Beliefs: Theoretical Developments, Empirical Evidence, and Future Directions. Educational researcher. Vol. 33 (3), 3-13.

Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2017). Overordnet del – verdier og prinsipper for grunnopplæringen. Fastsatt som forskrift ved kongelig resolusjon. Læreplanverket for Kunnskapsløftet 2020 [The Norwegian National Curriculum] https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/verdier-og-prinsipper-for-grunnopplaringen/id2570003/

Morgan D. L. (1997). Focus groups as qualitative research. 2. utg. Thousand Oaks, Calif: Sage Publications.

Norwegian Education Act. (1998). “Minstry of Education and Research.” https://lovdata.no/dokument/ NL/lov/1998-07-17-61

Schunk, D. H., & DiBenedetto, M. K. (2020). Motivation and social cognitive theory. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 60, Article 101832. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2019.101832

Voelkel, & Chrispeels, J. H. (2017). Understanding the link between professional learning communities and teacher collective efficacy. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 28(4), 505–526. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2017.1299015
 
9:00am - 10:30am04 SES 09 F: Agency in Inclusive Education Communities
Location: Gilbert Scott, 251 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Jonathan Rix
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Developing Educational Agency for Young People with Complex Needs

Maggie Macaskill

University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Macaskill, Maggie

Seminal global summaries of inclusive practice have highlighted the need for both improvement and consistency of approach towards educational equity for young people with disabilities (Antoninis et al., 2020). Students with Complex Additional Support Needs (CASN) are an exceptional group with multiple, overlapping and significant (dis)abilities. The heterogeneous nature of their presentation means that the question of labelling and definition is ambiguous (Anastasiou & Kauffman, 2012) and their educational experiences often contingent on the attitudes of education staff. Students with CASN have been historically marginalised in many ways including omission from policy, lack of participation in research and denial of access to certain educational subjects, as a result of such agentic restriction, both in the UK (Imray & Colley, 2018; Slee, 2018) and internationally (Male, 2015).

This research aimed to illuminate the experiences of pupils with complex needs, and the factors that impacted on their educational experiences, within a Scottish ASN school. Using subject choice as a lens, consideration was given to the relationship between staff attitudes and pupil agency in decision making. The research questions were as follows:

1. What are the experiences of students with CASN in relation to subject choices across the curriculum?

2. What are the views of teachers of students with CASN in relation to pupil choices across curricular subjects?

3. Do teachers’ views on educating students with CASN affect the agency of those students when making curriculum choices?

Attitudes of others are influential in restriction of agency because there has been a historical focus on remediating perceived deficits for this group (Adams, 1998), with adults often making decisions on behalf of pupils. Using pupil and staff interviews, my research aimed to uncover influences upon the educational experiences of pupils with CASN and illuminate ways forward to reduce marginalisation. Furthermore, wider attitudes were sought through an online teacher questionnaire. Data was analysed thematically.

I found that there were many additional factors that influenced pupils’ experiences and impacted on their agency to make choices across the curriculum. These will be presented in a multiple cause diagram but include school ethos, policy at local and national level, teacher training and teacher commitment to inclusive pedagogy.

In the school studied, both pupil and teacher interview data highlighted that pupils could make choices, and a sense of agency was evident. However, this was based on pupil experiences in that particular setting hence, this research comes from a relativist position. This research was undertaken in the Scottish context, however, the findings are applicable globally.

The fact remains that there can be variability across settings, staff, time, and country. A charter of 'educational rights' for young people with CASN, as well as standardised training for all staff, is proposed. This huge, unaddressed population of exceptional young people with CASN will go on to become exceptional adults whose lives could be improved through increased recognition of their capacity and ability to make decisions. This research gives students a voice and proposes how exclusion and restriction of agency can begin to be rectified.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used

Six pupils from a large ASN school in Scotland took part in a semi-structured interview on their experiences.  The exceptional nature of the young people meant that significant accommodations were made to the approaches and tools used. As an ASN teacher with 23 years of experience, I am well versed in communication supports.
Adapted tools included symbolised consent forms, symbols familiar to the young people to assist with answering using eye point, gesture or vocalisation. A 'stop' symbol for withdrawal was available throughout. Careful observation of body language, gesture and vocalisation was also used and annotated. This was vital to the study due to the diversity of communication used by the young people participating. Using inclusive communication approaches such as symbols, eye-gaze technology and sign, meant that exceptional young people were able to have a voice in educational research.
Significant consideration was given to ethical aspects of the study, as well as adapting the  communication supports which were used. For example, a relationship with pupils was built upon in order to further gauge any potential discomfort and young people were interviewed in a familiar setting.
Ten teachers from the CASN department of the same school also took part in a semi-structured interview to uncover their views on the education of pupils with CASN.
In addition to the interviews, 124 teachers with CASN experience from across the UK,  took part in an online questionnaire about their views and experiences. The questionnaire also generated narrative data.

Interview data was transcribed verbatim and analysed from a qualitative perspective, using thematic analysis. Thematic analysis allows data to be more manageable, with separate sections or ideas being examined in more detail to give richness and depth to the research. Thematic analysis is purely a way of organising data and does not make any theoretical assumptions, this makes it flexible in order to suit the needs of the study. This approach was chosen because I sought to understand the lived experiences of both the young people and the teachers involved in their education, from their perspectives.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings

The key findings from the study were that pupils’ experiences are influenced by a variety of factors, including the attitudes of others. The ways that teachers think about education for pupils with CASN is influential.  This research found that most teachers had views that tallied with Social and Capability models of education. In addition, teachers’ experience of and commitment to inclusive pedagogy (where the learning is tailored to each pupil as an individual), was clear.

Lack of experienced staff in the field of CASN was an issue that teachers felt very strongly about. Newer staff benefitted from the expertise of more experienced staff, and little was available in terms of more formal training to meet the needs of this diverse group. Teachers indicated that awareness raising around CASN and of the issues and challenges within the field must be carried out in order to improve pupils’ experiences.

Data from the online survey (open nationwide) indicated that teacher attitudes towards pupil curricular agency were variable. For example, some teachers indicated that they felt that life skills were more important than a broad curriculum, whilst others indicated that pupils with CASN should be provided with choice. This indicates that pupil experiences of curricular decision making are not consistent. In some settings, it is reasonable to assume, staff are the gatekeepers of pupils' experiences.

I suggest that awareness raising in the form of a professional learning package for all staff, specific inclusion in policy and a charter of ‘educational rights’ could serve to improve the picture of education in Scotland for pupils with CASN.

Additionally, the cohort of young people who communicate without the use of verbal methods of AAC has been ineffectively captured. I suggest that methods such as Intensive Interaction could be beneficial here and that further research is necessary.
 

References
-Mietola, R., Miettinen, S., & Vehmas, S. (2017). Voiceless subjects? Research ethics and persons with profound intellectual disabilities. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 20(3), 263–274. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645579.2017.1287872
-Runswick-Cole, K., & Hodge, N. (2009). Needs or rights? A challenge to the discourse of special education. British Journal of Special Education, 36(4), 198–203.
https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8578.2009.00438.x
-Shipton, C. and O'Nions, C. (2019). An exploration of the attitudes that surround and embody those working with children and young people with PMLD. Support for
Learning, 34(3), 277-289. https://doi.org/ 10.1111/1467-9604.12265
-Stewart, C., & Walker‐Gleaves, C. (2020). A narrative exploration of how curricula for children with profound and multiple learning difficulties shape and are shaped by the practices of their teachers. British Journal of Special Education, 47(3), 350-375.
https://doi.org/ 10.1111/1467-8578.12313


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

The Educational and Psychological Counselling Service as a central Inclusion Agent in the Municipality; how?

Marit Mjøs1, Vegard Moen2

1NLA University College, Norway; 2University of Stavanger

Presenting Author: Mjøs, Marit

The long-standing principle of inclusion in Norwegian education policy, dating back to the introduction of unified schooling more than one hundred years ago, was strengthened in legislation from 1975, which provided for adapted education within the framework of the local school for all children, and has been reinforced by the Salamanca Declaration (1994) (Faldet et al., 2022). Despite this, many students lack access to meaningful participation, belonging, and mastery in accordance with the criteria of inclusive practice (Barneombudet, 2017), the completion rate of upper secondary education is cause for concern (Reegård & Rogstad, 2016), and researchers have identified significant challenges related to the support system established to support those who are struggling in school (Nordahl, 2018). To address these issues, PPT (Eductional and psychological counselling service) has been granted a central role by law both as an expert body for decisions on special education and as a support service for competence and organizational development in kindergartens and schools. In response, several strategies have been developed since the turn of the millennium, primarily focusing on the enhancement of PPT and their collaboration with kindergartens and schools, research has focused on the development of ordinary pedagogical practices in order to prevent the need for special education, while also improving the connection between ordinary and special education (Andrews et al., 2018; Hustad & Fylling, 2012). To this end, there has been support provided to various municipal school development initiatives in collaboration with research environments, where PPT has participated to varying degrees. For instance, the SUKIP project (Cooperation on the Development of Competence for Inclusive Practice) is an innovation project funded, in part, by the Research Council of Norway, and is being carried out between 2019-2022 in collaboration with PPT, as well as a kindergarten and school in two different municipalities (Mjøs et al., 2023 - in press). The aim of the SUKIP project is to develop and investigate a new infrastructure for collaboration between the PPT and the kindergarten/school, which is suitable for the desired competence and organizational development.

This project was conducted using a case study approach (Yin, 2014), whereby researchers and practitioners collaborated (Ainscow et al., 2004) and the practice field itself prioritized and designed the innovations; a total of four cases. This process falls in line with the new national strategy for local competence development in the education sector, known as the Competence Boost for special pedagogy and inclusive practice (Utdanningsdirektoratet, 2021).

Based on the White paper titled “Early intervention and inclusive community in kindergarten, school and after-school care”, the strategy has been implemented with the primary focus on the general education offer in kindergarten and school as responsible for a more inclusive practice, requiring cooperation from the "team around the children and pupils". Drawing from the data of the SUKIP project and the educational policy guidelines, this study will explore the research question: how can PPT serve as a central agent to the further development of an inclusive practice in kindergarten and school, and what seems to promote or inhibit such a role?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Overall, the research methods used in this study are based on a combination of qualitative approaches using different sources. The data collection from the SUKIP project include audio recordings of collaborative meetings, interviews with key actors, documents from the two municipalities. The data analysis consists of inductive coding and organization of the data, followed by a deductive analysis in which the data is compared to theory in order to gain a deeper understanding of the innovation processes and dynamics. Finally, the results will be discussed and compared to existing research to draw conclusions.
A thematic analysis was conducted that focused on who participates, what is discussed, how the cooperation is conducted, and the connection between the meetings and cooperation outside the meetings. The theoretical framework for the observations was based on both organizational learning and collective competence development (Irgens, 2016; Roald, 2012) and on inclusion with an emphasis on participation (Florian & Black-Hawkins, 2011). The analysis of the data material began by examining each case individually, followed by abstraction to identify the common characteristics of the four cases in relation to the municipal and local context. The findings highlighted various factors that seemed to affect the extent to which the PPT had been provided and had assumed the role of an inclusion agent. This will then be discussed in the light of other research and statistics that provide additional insight into the topic (Fasting & Breilid, 2020; Kolnes & Midthassel, 2021; Moen & Szulevicz, 2022).
Questions related to the justification for the PPT to be a central agent in the work to develop inclusive practices in kindergarten and school primarily concern normative issues and cannot be answered by empirical evidence. This is discussed in light of national education policy guidelines, which are based on international conventions and obligations (UN, 1989, 1993, 2022). Additionally, these questions must be considered within the context of ongoing changes in the Norwegian special education support system, which PPT is part of (Fossestøl & Lyng, 2022; Mjøs & Moen, 2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings from this study suggest that the realization of an effective collaboration between PPT and kindergarten/school with a view to inclusion is complex and requires a multi-level approach. Various factors will influence the collaboration, such as the relationship between the partners, the continuity in the collaboration, the mutual expectations that are created, and the infrastructure that is established. Furthermore, there is a need for coordinated management at both unit and municipal level, as well as an increased focus on PPT when it comes to organizational knowledge and process competence. These findings provide important insights into the complexity of realizing a successful collaboration between PPT and kindergarten/school, and can inform future initiatives to promote the development of inclusive practice.
The data obtained from a case study cannot be used to draw clear conclusions regarding the collaboration between the PPT and kindergarten/school in Norwegian municipalities, as they are diverse. Nevertheless, we can assume that certain contextual qualities will help to foster the desired collaboration. This is linked to the Norwegian PPT's national political objectives and the associated educational policy implications. Therefore, this presentation will conclude by posing questions relating to the fundamental values of the Norwegian education system, and how research can be used to answer them. For instance: why should the Norwegian PPT be a key agent for developing inclusive practice in kindergarten and school, and how can educational policy facilitate this?

References
Ainscow, M., Booth, T. & Dyson, A. (2004). Understanding and developing inclusive practices in schools: a collaborative action research network. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 8(2), 125-139.
Andrews, T., Lødding, B., Fylling, I. & Hustad, B.-C. (2018). Kompetanseutvikling i et mangfoldig landskap. Om virkninger av Strategi for etter- og videreutdanning i PP-tjenesten. NF-rapport nr. 7. Nordlandsforskning, Nord Universitet, NIFU.
Barneombudet. (2017). Uten mål og mening. Elever med spesialundervisning i grunnskolen. Barneombudet.
Bennich, M., Svensson, L. & Brulin, G. (2018). Interactive Research. I E. Gunnarsson, H. P. Hansen, B. S. Nielsen & N. Sriskandarajah (Red.), Action Research for Democracy. New Ideas and Perspectives from Scandinavia (27-38). Routledge.
Faldet, A.-C., Knudsmoen, H. & Nes, K. (2022). Inkluderingsbegrepet under utvikling? En analyse av læreplanverkene L97, LK06 og LK20. Nordisk tidsskrift for pedagogikk og kritikk, (8), 171-188.
Fasting, R. & Breilid, N. (2020). PP-tjenesten som inkluderingsagent: retorikk eller handling? Psykologi i kommunen, (3).
Florian, L. & Black-Hawkins, K. (2011). Exploring inclusive pedagogy. British Educational Research Journal, 17(5), 813-828.
Fossestøl, K. & Lyng, S. T. (2022). Ny infrastruktur for lokal kompetanseutvikling - tre viktige utfordringer. Bedre skole, (1), 63-67.
Hustad, B.-C. & Fylling, I. (2012). Innovasjon gjennom samhandling. Sluttevaluering av Faglig løft for PPT. NF-rapport 16. Nordlandsforskning.
Irgens, E. (2016). Skolen. Organisasjon og ledelse, kunnskap og læring. Fagbokforlaget.
Kolnes, J. & Midthassel, U. V. (2021). Capturing students' needs through collaboration - exploring challenges expreienced by Norwegian educational-psychological advisers. European Journal of Special Needs Education., 1-13.
Mjøs, M., Hillesøy, S., Ohna, S.-E. & Moen, V. (Red.). (2023 - in press). Utvikling av inkluderende praksis. Et innovasjonsprosjekt om samarbeid mellom barnehage/skole og PPT (open access). Cappelen Damm Akademisk.
Mjøs, M. & Moen, V. (2018). Statped og PPT. Det gode didaktiske møtet i spennet mellom individ- og systemarbeid. Spesialpedagogikk, 83(3), 56-70.
Moen, T. & Szulevicz, T. (2022). Norske og danske PP-rådgiveres opplevelse av "utenfrastyring": En kvalitativ studie. Psykologi i kommunen, (4).
Nordahl, T. (2018). Inkluderende fellesskap for barn og unge. Ekspertgruppen for barn og unge med behov for særskilt tilrettelegging. Fagbokforlaget.
Reegård, K. & Rogstad, J. (Red.). (2016). De frafalne. Om frafall i videregående opplæring - hvem er de, hva vil de og hva kan gjøres? Gyldendal akademisk.
Roald, K. (2012). Kvalitetsvurdering som organisasjonslæring. Når skole og skoleeigar utviklar kunnskap. Fagbokforlaget.
Utdanningsdirektoratet. (2021). Kompetanseløftet for spesialpedagogikk og inkluderende praksis.
Yin, R. K. (2014). Case Study Research: design and methods. (5. utg.). SAGE.
 
9:00am - 10:30am04 SES 09 G: Inclusion in Young Peoples' Lives
Location: Gilbert Scott, Humanities [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Tina Stahel
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Understanding Supported Decision Making in Post-School Planning Among Irish Young People with Special Educational Needs

Eamonn Carroll1,2, Selina McCoy1,2, Keyu Ye1,2

1Economic & Social Research Institute, Ireland; 2Trinity College Dublin, IE

Presenting Author: Carroll, Eamonn; McCoy, Selina

Provide a clear description of the theme/s the panel discussion will address, referring research question, theoretical framework, methodological approach, and intended purpose of the discussion. Bear in mind that the European/international dimension is vital to the success of your submission.
Length: up to 600 words

National and international research has highlighted that outcomes for adults with disabilities are poor across a range of domains, including access to learning and employment (Kelly and Maître, 2021). Longitudinal data highlights that students with disabilities are less likely to be prepared to progress beyond school into further education, training and employment than their non-disabled peers, and are also less likely to actually progress to post-school options (Lipscomb et al., 2017). In the Irish context, SILC and Census data show that a much smaller percentage of people with disabilities have a third-level qualification compared to working age people without disabilities and this education gap between people with and without disabilities has remained over time (Kelly and Maître, 2021). Previous research has identified the lack of transition support from second level to further education and training or employment as a big issue (Scanlon et al., 2020). Research drawing on Growing Up in Ireland (GUI) data also shows how earlier educational experiences, including engagement, attendance, expectations and attainment, are important in shaping later educational transitions for disabled adults (Carroll et al., 2022).

While a number of studies describe the post-school educational options for students with special educational needs (Scanlon et al., 2020; McAdam et al., 2021), less is known about how many students progress to different settings when they leave school, their reasons for choosing particular paths and their experiences of these paths. Internationally, much of the published literature has focused on mainstream higher and further education (see for example McGuckin et al., 2013 in the Irish context), with less attention on vocational training and rehabilitative services (Duggan and Byrne, 2013).

This study addresses these gaps by capturing a more comprehensive range of pathways taken by young people and centring the student voice to understand how and why they chose these pathways and how they fare once they leave school. The study features two cohorts, one comprising students in their final year at mainstream and special schools and the other recruited from a range of post-school settings.

Across the settings, the key research question is how young people decided on their post-school pathway, or indeed whether it was decided for them. Using a self-determination theory approach, we explore the balance of autonomy, competence and relatedness in young people’s decision-making. The role of key factors like young people’s level of impairment/complexity of need, their school context and their socioeconomic background in this decision-making process is also considered.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research utilises a mixed methods approach across a number of settings to capture the breadth of student experiences. For the school-based cohort, students were recruited in both mainstream and special schools. Students in mainstream schools were surveyed in the March 2022, the Spring of their final year in school (n =372), with qualitative interviews with these students (n=20) and their parents (n=5) taking place after in the Autumn after they left school. A follow up survey of these students will be conducted in Spring 2023. A longitudinal case study approach was taken with students in special schools, with tailored interviews with students (n=16), their parents and school staff taking place the Spring of their final year in school and follow up interviews the Autumn they finished.
Separately, students in post-school settings of interest will be recruited as a second cohort in the Spring of 2023. These settings include Post-Leaving Certificate courses (an FE setting), the National Learning Network (an education provider specifically geared towards disabled young people) and day services (settings with a care rather than education orientation). Surveys and interviews will be conducted with the young people as appropriate to each setting based on the accessibility requirements of their students, complemented with interviews with staff and parents in each setting.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We expect to find differences in the level of choice young people are able to exercise across different settings, based on a number of factors. These include their impairment/disability, but are certainly not limited to it. Their school context, family circumstances and local area will also play an important role in determining the horizon of possibility for these young people. Particular attention will be paid to the way special educational needs interact with young people’s socioeconomic backgrounds, and the implications of this for the reproduction of social inequality.
The relative importance given to the three aspects of self-determination is also expected to vary across different participants, with some attaching more value to autonomous decision-making and others to decision-making through a relatedness lens.

References
Abery, B. H., and L. Karapetyan. 2018. “Supporting the Self-Determination of Students with Special Education Needs in the Inclusive Classroom.” Inclusive Education Strategies: A Textbook, 179–204.
Carroll, E., K. Ye & S. McCoy. 2022. ‘Educationally maintained inequality? The role of risk factors and resilience at 9, 13 and 17 in disabled young people’s postschool pathways at 20’, Irish Educational Studies, DOI: 10.1080/03323315.2022.2093257. https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/03323315.2022.2093257 .  
Carroll, E., S. McCoy and G. Mihut. 2022. Exploring cumulative disadvantage in early school leaving and planned post-school pathways among those identified with special educational needs in Irish primary schools, British Educational Research Journal. https://bera-journals.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1002/berj.3815.
Chatzitheochari, S., & Platt, L. 2019. Disability differentials in educational attainment in England: Primary and secondary effects. The British Journal of Sociology, 70(2), 502– 525.
Duggan, C. and M. Byrne (2013) What Works in the Provision of Higher, Further and Continuing Education, Training and Rehabilitation for Adults with Disabilities? A Review of the Literature, Trim: NCSE Research Report Number 15.
Kelly, E., and B. Maître 2021. Identification of skill gaps among persons with disabilities and their employment prospects, Dublin: ESRI. https://www.esri.ie/publications/identification-of-skills-gaps-among-persons-with-disabilities-and-their-employment  
McAdam T., J. Irwin, R. B. Young, L. Brownlee, S. Norris, J. Graham, D. Fleming, P. McCourt, M. McCracken and R. Ward, M. Shevlin, M. Twomey, C. McGuckin, J. Banks, N. Sweetman and M. O’Donovan (2021). Review of Education in Adult Day Services. Research report no. 29. Dublin: NCSE. https://ncse.ie/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/Review-of-Education-in-Adult-Day-Services-Main-Report-RESEARCH-REPORT-NO.-29.pdf
McGuckin, C., M. Shevlin, S. Bell and C. Devecchi (2013). Moving to Further and Higher Education: An Exploration of the Experiences of Students with Special Educational Needs, Trim: NCSE report.
Lindsay, S., Lamptey, D. L., Cagliostro, E., Srikanthan, D., Mortaji, N., & Karon, L. 2019. A systematic review of post-secondary transition interventions for youth with disabilities. Disability and Rehabilitation, 41(21), 2492-2505.
Lipscomb S., J. Haimson, A.Y. Liu, J. Burghard, D.R. Johnson and M.L. Thurlow 2017. Preparing for life after high school: The characteristics and experiences of youth in special education. Findings from the National Longitudinal Transition Study 2012. Volume 1: Comparisons with other youth. https://ies.ed.gov/ncee/pubs/20174016/pdf/20174016.pdf
Scanlon, G., Y. Barnes-Holmes, M. Shevlin and C. McGuckin (2020). Transition for pupils with special educational needs. Oxford: Peter Lang Ltd.
Shogren, K. A., M. L. Wehmeyer, H. Lassmann, and A. J. Forber-Pratt. 2017. Supported Decision Making: A Synthesis of the Literature across Intellectual Disability, Mental Health, and Aging. Education and Training in Autism and Developmental Disabilities 52 (2): 144–157


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Adolescent's Attitudes toward Special Educational Needs Students in the General Greek School Context

Konstantia Polyzopoulou1, Helen Tsakiridou2

1External Academic Fellow, Department of Public and One Health, University of Thessaly, Greece; 2Professor of Applied Statistics and Research Methodology, Department of Regional and Cross Border Development Studies, University of Western Macedonia, Greece

Presenting Author: Polyzopoulou, Konstantia

Assesing attitudes of students toward their peers with disability can emerge as an important step for the accomplishement of social participation of all indepedently to their difficulties and the implementation of inclusion policy of students with disablities in the general school system (Bossaert et al., 2011).

According to previous research, general school students expressed posistive attitude toward their co-students with disability (Rosenbaum et al, 1986). Especially, students show high score in the affective and behavioural subscales of attitudes and lower score in cognitive domain (Tirosh, Shanin & Reiter, 1997; Vignes et al. 2009). Research (Rosenbaum et al., 1988) showed that girls adopt more positive attitude in all of the three subscales (coginitive, affective, behavioural) in comparison with boys. Furthermore, friendship with a friend with disability exerts a positive role on students' attitudes toward their classmates with disability (Tirosh, Shanin & Reiter, 1997). A person with disability who belongs to the close family environment has a positive effect on the formation of attitudes (Vignes, et al., 2009), a finding that contradicts with other study (Gonçalves & Lemos 2014). Communication in frequent periods with a person with disability leads to positive attitudes (Thomson & Lilly, 1995). Additionally, students who present a severe disbality are more acceptable compared to students with mild disability (Cook & Semel, 1999). Also, place of residence showed to be a discriminated factor of attitudes, where students who stay in urban areas express a higher level of positive attitudes unlike to chlidren who are staying in rural areas (Gash & Coffey, 1995). The same study showed that children in the beggining of adolescence express a higher level of social interest for students with disabilities in contrast with other research (Rosenbaum, Armstrong and King, 1988). Furthermore, a pupil with disabilities who attend a general school positively affects the formation of attitudes (Alnahdi, 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the present study participated 1348 students, who attend attend general junior high and high schools. The instrument used was the "Chedoke-McMaster Attitudes Towards Children with Handicaps questionnaire", (CATCH) (Rosenbaum, et al., 1986).  The psychometric tool contains 36 items, where each attitude dimension is represented by 12 questions, which is an equal number of statements, positively and negatively formatted (Godeau et al., 2010), organized in random sequence. Answers are scored in a 5-point Likert scale and the negatively worded items are inversely coded (Thomson &Lilllie, 1995). The items are organized in three subscales: affective, behavioral, cognitive (Rosenbaum, Armstrong, & King, 1986). Level of reliability resulted as a = 0.90 and test-retest reliability scored equal to 0.74 (Rosenbaum, Armstrong, & King, 1988). The same research revealed the following psychometric qualities for the three subscales of the questionnaire, affective, behavioral and cognitive which are a = 0. 81, a = 0.82, a = 0.76 respectively.
The second part of the questionnaire contained demographics variables such as gender, school grade, age, place of residence, participants’ special need, special needs domain, having a friend with disability, place where the student met the special needs classmate, attending the same school, type of disability, grade of disability, contact or shared activity with the classmate with disability, family member with disability,  if the member belongs to the immediate family or the relatives environment (Beck & Dennis, 1996; Gonçalves&Lemos, 2014 ).
The questionnaire was by two bilingual translators, in an independent way, and then, it was given to 5 students for completion. Then, two teachers checked the items wording and meaning. A "reverse translation" followed and the authentic questionnaire was translated into English by two researchers specializing in the design of attitudes psychometric tools in order to verify validity of content with the process of structured content analysis (Weber, 1990).
The research was conducted following  the stratified sampling based on the population of departments in Greece, after he official license, which was offered by the Greek Ministry of Education and Religious Affairs.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results confirmed the three subscales (KMO = .801, Bartlett‟s Test of Sphericity, x2 = 9308.498, df = 210, p < 0.001), which explains the 57,457% of the total variance. Each of the three dimensions that have emerged include a different number of questions than those listed on the authentic scale.
Differences were found regarding to gender, age, school type (junior-high or high school), year of birth, students who live in urban cities, students who have a friend with special needs and students who have not any contact with a special need pupil, mild and severe disability, family member with disability. A school, where students with disabilities participate (Alnahdi, 2019) and age (Al-Kandari, 2015; Alnahdi, 2019) are emerged as more valuable predicted factors for attitudes development as well as gender and previous contact with a person with disability (Tirosh, Shanin & Reiter, 1997).

References
Alnahdi, G. H., Saloviita, T., &Elhadi, A. (2019). Inclusive education in Saudi Arabia and Finland: pre‐ service teachers‟ attitudes. Support for Learning, 34(1), 71-85.
Al-Kandari, H. Y. (2015). High school students' contact with and attitudes towards persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities in Kuwait. Australian Social Work, 68(1), 65-83.
Beck, A., & Dennis, M. (1996). Attitudes of children toward a similar-aged child who uses augmentative communication. Augmentative and Alternative Communication, 12(2), 78-87.
Bossaert, G., Colpin, H., Pijl, S. J., & Petry, K. (2011). The attitudes of Belgian adolescents towards peers with disabilities. Research in Developmental disabilities, 32(2), 504-509.
Cook, B. G., & Semmel, M. I. (1999). Peer acceptance of included students with disabilities as a function of severity of disability and classroom composition. The Journal of Special Education, 33(1), 50-61.
Gash, H., & Coffey, D. (1995). Influences on attitudes toward children with mental handicap. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 10 (1), 1-16.
Godeau, E., Vignes, C., Sentenac, M., Ehlinger, V., Navarro, F., Grandjean, H., & Arnaud, C. (2010). Improving attitudes towards children with disabilities in a school context: A cluster randomized intervention study. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology, 52(10), e236-e242.
Gonçalves, T., & Lemos, M. (2014). Personal and social factors influencing students’ attitudes towards peers with special needs. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 112, 949-955.
Rosenbaum, P. L., Armstrong, R. W., & King, S. M. (1986). Children's attitudes toward disabled peers: A self-report measure. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 11(4), 517-530.
Rosenbaum, P. L., Armstrong, R. W., & King, S. M. (1988). Determinants of children's attitudes toward disability: A review of evidence. Children's Health Care, 17(1), 32-39.
Thomson, D. J.,&Lilly, L. (1995). The effects of integration on the attitudes of non-disabled pupils to their disabled peers. Physiotherapy, 81(12), 746-752.
Tirosh, E., Schanin, M., & Reiter, S. (1997). Children's attitudes toward peers with disabilities: the Israeli perspective. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology, 39(12), 811-814.
Vignes, C., Godeau, E., Sentenac, M., Coley, N., Navarro, F., Grandjean, H., & Arnaud, C. (2009). Determinants of students‟ attitudes towards peers with disabilities. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology, 51(6), 473-479.
Weber, R. P. (1990). Basic content analysis (Vol. 49). Sage Publications, Incorporated.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Educational Function of Bullying Among Adolescents in Schools and Its Practical Implications for Inclusive Education

Tina Stahel, Zoe Moody

University of Teacher Education Valais and University of Geneva, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Stahel, Tina

Bullying is a widespread phenomenon, internationally defined as repeated violence against victims with difficulties in defending themselves (Olweus, 1993). Bullying is increasingly seen as the result of a group phenomenon, in which several students are involved (Salmivalli, 2010; Saarento & Salmivalli, 2015). This phenomenon operates according to a discriminatory and exclusionary logic, which hinders the possibility of the emergence of respect for diversity among students.

Respect for diversity is more difficult to work on during the period of adolescence, because of the need for students to be socially accepted and recognized by other peers as one of their own (Ragelienė, 2016; Hernandez & al., 2014). Therefore, bullying rates tend to increase during this period (Salmivalli, 2010), especially its verbal form (insults, mockery, etc., Moody & al., 2020). This need for social acceptance and recognition can be explained by the loss of bearings that students may feel, due to their identity development and the changes of school, teachers, and friends they must deal with during their transition from primary to secondary school. This loss of bearings among students accentuates their tendency of conform to each other to increase their chances of being socially accepted and recognized. Conforming means that students observe each other and gradually adapt their ways of thinking, doing and being to those of their peers (Harkins & al., 2017).

Bullying then becomes a means of compensating for the loss of bearings, by bringing students together around a common goal and making them conform. This gathering reinforces the social cohesion between some students, i.e., the strength that emerges from their interactions and keeps them together as a group (Schachter, 1951), making a social function of bullying emerge (Salmivalli, 2010). Bullying then becomes a driving force for social learning among students, highlighting that they learn through discriminatory logic which is opposed to the aims of an inclusive school.

In conjunction with the increase in primarily verbal bullying in adolescents (Moody & al., 2020), it is interesting to note the emergence of a language specific to adolescents, described as « youth talk » (Singy, 2014). This language is characterized notably by the frequent use of insults, particularly those that operate on the principle of social categorization (racist, homophobic insults, etc.). This specificity raises questions about the limits between normality and violence between students, but also invites further study of the function of bullying, particularly in its verbal form. As Delalande (2003) notes, students lose a lot of energy in subjecting each other to the social norms in place, i.e. to what can or cannot be done at each age (Verhoeven, 2012; Prairat, 2012). Bullying can therefore have an educational function, allowing students to show each other and even learn what is expected of them. This contribution aims to analyse and describe this educational function, with a particular focus on verbal bullying, and the challenges it poses to an inclusive school.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This contribution uses qualitative methods (individual interviews and focus groups) to interview adolescent students about their experiences of bullying. To get a global view of these experiences and a better understanding of the function of bullying, these experiences come from students with different roles in bullying situations: they may suffer from it (victims), carry it out (perpetrators) or be spectators (bystanders). Individual interviews are used to interview victims and perpetrators, to guarantee a high level of confidentiality. Focus groups are used to interview several bystanders’ students who share relatively similar experiences of bullying, thus encouraging the most introverted ones to speak out. Data were collected from forty-five adolescents (female= 22; male= 23; other= 0) aged between 10 and 17 (M= 14), from heterogenous backgrounds (class, home-language, etc.) in Switzerland. Conversations were transcribed and analysed using three methods frequently used in content analysis - Strauss and Corbin’s grounded theory, Miles and Huberman’s method of qualitative analysis and Paillé and Mucchielli's thematic analysis (Intissar & Rabeb, 2015).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings show that bullying can have an educational function, based on inclusion/exclusion processes. Bullying emerges when, after several failed attempts to learn from other peers (which can take various forms, including violence), students fail to acquire and master social norms. Bullying then becomes a sanction against students who end up being perceived by other peers as different. However, it is possible that differences in ways of doing, being or thinking are tolerated if they are not too important. It should be noted that findings do not show whether the educational function of bullying is conscious or not among students; few of them verbalized it spontaneously and consciously. In addition, the results confirm the frequent use of verbal violence between students. More precisely, this violence reflects a normality among students, which reflects « youth talk ». It thus emerges that verbal violence does not serve the same purpose as other forms of violence, suggesting that it may characterize a first attempt at learning between students, making it more complex to deal with bullying.  

The results obtained are presented in the first part of this contribution. A second part is devoted to reflections on the implications of these results for teaching practices and inclusive schooling. Indeed, the aim of these results is not to legitimize violence, but rather to reflect, in an inclusive focus, on the ways of accompanying social learning between students, which requires an anchoring in their interactions and their uses. More specifically, it raises the question of how to promote a learning logic that favours respect for diversity among students and a sense of inclusiveness in the school community.

References
Delalande, J. (2003). Culture enfantine et règles de vie. Jeux et enjeux de la cour de récréation. Association Terrain, 40, 1-15. https://doi.org/10.4000/terrain.1555

Harkins, S. G., Williams, K. D., et Burger, J. M. (Eds.). (2017). The Oxford handbook of social influence. Oxford University Press.

Hernandez, L., Oubrayrie-Roussel, N., et Preteur, Y. (2014). De l’affirmation de soi dans le groupe de pairs à la démobilisation scolaire. Enfance, (2), 135-157. https://doi.org/10.4074/S001375451400202x

Intissar, S., & Rabeb, C., (2015). Étapes à suivre dans une analyse qualitative de données selon trois méthodes d’analyse : la théorisation ancrée de Strauss et Corbin, la méthode d’analyse qualitative de Miles et Huberman et l’analyse thématique de Paillé et Mucchielli, une revue de la littérature, Revue francophone internationale de recherche infirmière, 1(3), 161-168. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.refiri.2015.07.002

Moody, Z., Stahel, T., & Di Giacomo, F. (2020). Le harcèlement entre pairs en milieu scolaire en Valais : vécus, manques et ressources (1-6H et 9-10 CO). Rapport à l’attention du Service de l’enseignement du canton du Valais.
 
Olweus, D. (1993). Bullying at School: What We Know and What We Can Do. Blackwell Publishing, Malden.

Prairat., E. (2012). Postface. Comprendre la question de la norme. Dans Galland, B. (Ed.), Prévenir les violences à l'école (p.217-228), Presses Universitaires de France., https://doi.org/10.3917/puf.verho.2012.01.0217

Ragelienė, T. (2016). Links of adolescents identity development and relationship with peers: A systematic literature review. Journal of the Canadian Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 25(2), 97-105. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4879949/

Saarento, S., & Salmivalli, C. (2015). The role of classroom peer ecology and bystanders’ responses in bullying. Child Development Perspectives, 9(4), 201-205. https://doi.org/10.1111/cdep.12140

Salmivalli, C. (2010). Bullying and the peer group: A review. Aggression and violent behavior, 15(2), 112-120. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.avb.2009.08.007

Schachter, S. (1951). Deviation, rejection, and communication. The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 46(2), 190-207. https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1037/h0062326

Singy, P., Poglia Mileti, F., Bourquin, C., & Ischer, P. (2014). Le parler « jeune » en Suisse romande : quelles perceptions, Bulletin de linguistique et des sciences du langage, 27, 11-98. https://serval.unil.ch/fr/notice/serval:BIB_95B12B273CCF

Verhoeven, M. (2012). Normes scolaires et production de différences, Les Sciences de l'éducation-Pour l'Ère nouvelle, 45(1), p. 95-121. https://doi.org/10.3917/lsdle.451.0095
 
9:00am - 10:30am05 SES 09 A: Marginalised Young People in Marginal Settings
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Erna Nairz
Paper Session
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Future Orientation among at-risk youth in Educational Boarding Schools

Avihu Shoshana1, Alin Frantsman-Spector2

1University of Haifa, Israel; 2University of Haifa, Israel

Presenting Author: Shoshana, Avihu; Frantsman-Spector, Alin

The rate of out-of-home placement in Israel for residential care settings (and not for foster families) is among the highest in the world (Kosher et al., 2018). Most of the children and youth who experience out-of-home placement, referred to as “at-risk youth,” are usually from low socioeconomic status (SES) families. These young people are referred to therapeutic or educational boarding schools. Therapeutic boarding schools (termed “residential care” in English-speaking countries) are offered to high-risk children (e.g., those suffering from neglect and abuse). The educational boarding schools (also known as “youth villages” in Israel) are offered to low SES youth who are characterized by living under “other risk,” that is, “problematic” living conditions (poverty, social marginalization, and geographical periphery) that may impair their life prospects. At-risk youth who are educated in therapeutic and educational boarding schools, therefore, experience a myriad of exclusions and structural vulnerabilities. Moreover, as a consequence of their out-of-home placement and removal from their biological families, these young people experience external intervention in their self-concept (Schutz & Luckmann, 1974). Removing a child from his or her home also means loss of attachment figures or “ambiguous loss” (Boss, 1999). Ambiguous loss describes situations and events in which the loss is unclear or unresolved. This loss, in turn, has been found in several studies to be related to stress and anxiety. This distress “can manifest in problematic behaviors, such as aggression, delinquency, and depression” (McWey et al., 2010, p. 1339). Studies also show that at-risk youth experiencing out-of-home placement are more likely to adopt risk behaviors as well as have psychological difficulties (Sulimani-Aidan, 2015). It is against this background that phenomenological examinations of the daily lives of at-risk youth are particularly important.

This article presents an interpretative examination of the future orientation of 28 boys and girls who attend educational boarding schools in Israel, and who had been removed from their families as a consequence of their families’ extreme poverty and not due to other possible risk factors (e.g., sexual abuse, drug-addicted parents, immigration). We propose to dissociate from the elasticity (Lubeck & Garrett, 1990) that characterizes the umbrella concept of risk, which comprises many risk factors without discerning among them. The empirical examination of future orientation of a specific population of at-risk youth––i.e., educational boarding school students––is important in light of the characteristics of this disadvantaged population living under multiple social exclusions.

Thus the primary research question of the current study is what characterizes future orientation among educational boarding school students in Israel who experience multiple social exclusions. An empirical response to this question may contribute to several fields of knowledge: the study of future orientation among youth living under social exclusion and experiencing structural vulnerability; the study of culture, inequality, and future orientation; the long-term effects of out-of-home placement; the study of the linkage between SES and self-concept, or what Reay (2005) called, “the psychic landscape of social class.”


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The current study included 28 youths who were enrolled at various educational boarding schools throughout Israel. Participants were of high school age (16-18) and had been removed from their home against the background of their family’s extreme poverty. All the youths' families are described by the educational and therapeutic staff at the boarding school as living below the poverty line in Israel. All the families also reside in localities that the Central Bureau of Statistics in Israel describes as localities of low socioeconomic class. Moreover, the interviewees reported a significant percentage (about 70%) of their parents do not work or receive income support contributions from the National Insurance Institute.
About 40% of the youths had been removed from their homes by court order after their parents were charged with parental neglect of the child as a consequence of extreme poverty. The remaining participants were enrolled at the educational boarding schools by parental consent following recommendations from social workers.
The participants were selected using purposeful sampling. The first inclusion criterion was high school-aged youths. The second criterion was gender. We chose to interview an equal gender representation. Data analysis revealed no gender distinctions. The third criterion was the “risk factor.” We chose to interview only those youths who were removed from their homes against the background of extreme poverty.
The semi-structured interviews, which lasted from one to three hours in one sitting, included seven sections. In the first part, the interviewees were asked to describe their life stories freely. The second section included several questions intended to follow up on specific narrative descriptions related in the first part. The third section dealt with the interviewee's self-concept and included a single open question about how the interviewees would define their current self. The fourth section included questions about the decision to remove the interviewees from their home to an educational boarding school. The fifth section included questions about life in the boarding school. Part six included questions about the concept of future orientation. The final section included direct questions about the concept of risk, the removal of a child from home, the relationship with the parents, and the effects of being an at-risk youth. All interviews were recorded and transcribed. Data analysis was done using the model developed by Lieblich et al. (1998) to identify the content and form of narrative interviews.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data analysis revealed four main themes: the desire to contribute to a better economic future for members of their nuclear and extended family; self-control over their future life; starting a family at an early age; and moral boundary work (contribution to the community and self-worth). The frequency with which these themes were presented reflects their prevalence among the students. Almost all the interviewees cited the first three themes. The fourth theme (moral boundary work), while heard less frequently and from fewer interviewees, was also reported by as many as half of the interviewees.
Unlike reports addressing at-risk youth in other studies, the current interviewees did not convey difficulty in formulating aspirations or projecting themselves into the future (Raffaelli & Koller, 2005). However, their future orientation did not express optimism (Frye, 2012), aspirations for higher education, or high-status jobs (Crivello, 2015). The interviewees also did not view higher education as a panacea to resolve their poverty and social exclusion (Frye, 2012). They did not subscribe to the neoliberal ethos of hard work as a means to achieve upward mobility (Franceschelli & Keating, 2018). Similar to other studies concerning disadvantaged youth, young people in this study expressed aspirations related to marriage, family, and employment (Bryant & Ellard, 2015). The distinctive aspect of this study is highlighting the close linkage––explicitly suggested by the interviewees––between their current and imagined future life circumstances.
This study’s interviewees linked their out-of-home placement experience with their aspirations and described a future that will “compensate” or serve as a “corrective experience” for a child who has been removed from his home and his biological-social environment. These future orientations, which are related to the interviewed youths’ current situation, may reflect the loss of attachment figures or ambiguous loss associated with removal from the home.

References
Boss, P. (1999). Ambiguous loss: Learning to live with unresolved grief. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Bryant, J., & Ellard, J. (2015). Hope as a form of agency in the future thinking of disenfranchised young people. Journal of Youth Studies, 18, 485–499.
Crivello, G. (2015). ‘There’s no future here’: The time and place of children’s migration aspirations in Peru. Geoforum, 62, 38–46.
Franceschelli, M., Keating, A. (2018). Imagining the future in the neoliberal era: Young people’s optimism and their faith in hard work. Young, 26, 1–17.
Frye, M. (2012). Bright futures in Malawi's new dawn: Educational aspirations as assertions of identity. American Journal of Sociology, 117, 1565–624.
Kosher, H., Montserrat, C., Attar-Schwartz, S., Casas, F., & Zeira, A. (2018). Out-of-home care for children at-risk in Israel and in Spain: Current lesson and future challenges. Psychological Intervention, 27, 12-21.
Lieblich, A., Tuval-Mashiach, R., & Zilber, T. (1998). Narrative research: Reading, analysis, and interpretation. London: Sage.
Lubeck, S., & Garrett, P. (1990). The social construction of the “at-risk” child. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 11(3), 327–340.
McWey, L. M., Acock, A., & Porter, B. E. (2010). The impact of continued contact with biological parents upon the mental health of children in foster care. Children and Youth Services Review, 32, 1338–1345.
Raffaelli, M., & Koller, S. H. (2005). Future expectations of Brasilian street youth. Journal of Adolescence, 28(2), 249–262.
Reay, D. (2005). Beyond consciousness? The psychic landscape of social class. Sociology, 39, 911-928.
Schutz, A., & Luckmann, T. (1974). The structure of the life-world. London: Heinemann.
Sulimani-Aidan, Y. (2015). Do they get what they expect? The connection between young adults’ future expectations before leaving care and outcomes after leaving care. Children and Youth Services Review, 55, 193–200.


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

A Language Intervention Program in Urban Kindergartens

Ravit Cohen-Mimran

University of Haifa, Israel

Presenting Author: Cohen-Mimran, Ravit

The current study presents an intervention program that was implemented in kindergartens to empower preschool children from low socioeconomic status (SES) neighborhoods. In each classroom, a speech-language therapist (SLT), occupational therapist, and psychologist collaborated with the kindergarten teacher to evaluate children's needs and plan activities to achieve the goals. The language program that was delivered by the SLT aimed to improve the children’s vocabulary, enable them to develop pragmatic skills, and develop age-appropriate morphological and syntax structures. The purpose of the present study was to examine the outcomes of the language intervention program.

The language program was developed for preschool children from low SES families, that as a group, tend to have delayed language abilities compared to children from higher SES in various language domains (Hart & Risley, 1995; Fish & Pinkerman, 2003). Many of these children begin their studies at school with language delay (Fish & Pinkerman, 2003; Ginsborg, 2006; Hoff & Tian, 2005) and the gaps between children from different SES increase over the years of school (Schiff & Lotem, 2011). In addition, studies indicate that the incidence of specific language impairment among children of parents with lower levels of education was 16%–29%, compared with only 8% among children of highly educated parents (Dollaghan et al., 1999).

A common assumption is that early educational interventions during the preschool years lay the foundation for future educational and social success (Kaiser & Roberts, 2011). Moreover, intervention programs that use natural activities in a social context optimize social and verbal interaction, helping those with language delay to improve their communication and language skills (Vilaseca & Del Rio, 2004). Thus, the current language program was developed as an activity-based intervention, founded upon the naturalistic approach, which enables the clinician to set up opportunities for children to learn through age-appropriate interactive processes in natural settings. The clinician uses activities that allow the children to incorporate modeling and reinforce therapy targets within contexts that are meaningful to the child (Fey, 1986). The intervention was conducted in small groups that allow the child a greater variety of natural opportunities with peers and caregivers than do “one-on-one” interactions. Studies have shown that young children with language delay or impoverished language benefit from language interventions in a small group (Hutchinson & Clegg, 2011; Justice et al, 2005; Nielsen & Friesen, 2012).

As part of the program, a short language assessment was conducted for all children at the beginning of the year. The goals of the screening test were: 1.) To identify children with poor language skills, and to refer them to further comprehensive developmental language assessment. 2.) To identify children who need to work in small groups, and to divide them into small groups according to their linguistic level.

In the current study, this screening test was used to test the language level at the end of the year, as well. In addition, the same screening test was delivered to kindergartens in low SES neighborhoods, that did not participate in the program. The goal of the current study was to examine whether children enrolled in the program had different gains in language development compared with children who did not enroll in the program.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A total of 161 children participated in this study. All were from Hebrew-speaking families that lived in neighborhoods classified as low SES populations (based on the Central Bureau of Statistics 2009 report).  The intervention group consisted of 114 children ages 33–57 months (average in months: 43.2, SD: 5.8, 47% girls) who attended the program in the district of Haifa. The city municipality gave its consent to use the data that was collected anonymously, to systematically evaluate the program. During 2017, for 7 months, an SLT came to the kindergarten once a week for 3 hours. The activities were based on children's books and the linguistic goals were integrated into the activities (see a full description of the intervention in Cohen-Mimran et al., 2014). All books contained colorful illustrations, vocabulary appropriate to 3-4 year old children, were not excessively long, and were narrative in genre. Six sessions were devoted to each book. In the first two sessions, the speech therapist read the  book accompanied by pictures and explained unfamiliar and rare words. The four additional sessions per book were devoted to experiential activities related to its content (e.g., making a fruit salad, germinating a bean, creating and acting a play, etc.).
 The control group consisted of 47 children ages 35-56 months (average in months: 45.2, SD: 6.3, 49% girls), from kindergarten classes that did not participate in the program (kindergartens outside of the Haifa district). The parents gave consent for their children's participation in the research, and it was approved by the Israeli Ministry of Education.
The screening test was developed based on two widely-used tests: the Preschool Language Scale (Zimmerman, Steiner, & Pond, 2002) and the Goralnik Screening Test (Goralnik, 1995). A total of 70 items from these two language tests were carefully selected and arranged in two subtests: an expressive language subtest that included 32 items and a receptive language subtest that included 38 items. These items represent the language development of Hebrew-speaking children ages 3-5 years (Berman, 2016). Moreover, the items represent diverse language abilities, including semantics (word meaning), morphology and syntax (grammatical structure), and integrative language skills (categorizing, completing analogies, and reasoning). The screening test took 15-20 minutes to administer.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results from two-factor RM-MANOVA of Groups (Intervention X control) and Time (pretest X posttest) showed a significant Group X Time interaction [F(1, 159) =4.94, p<0.05]. The control group scored significantly below the intervention group only in the post-test. For the expressive and receptive language subtests further Post Hoc t-tests were conducted.  T-tests demonstrated no preexisting differences between these groups at the pretest for both subtests (expressive: t =0.87, p>0.05, receptive: t =0.77, p>0.05). However, the t-tests showed that the intervention group scored significantly above the control group on both subtests in the post-tests (expressive: t =3.30, p<0.01, receptive: t =2.54, p<0.05).
The current study expands on previous findings (Hutchinson & Clegg, 2011; Justice et al., 2005). The results revealed that young children from low SES families ages 3–5 years old benefited from the intervention that was provided by SLTs in small group settings during their regular kindergarten days. It is suggested that SLTs have a major role in helping children from low SES families develop sufficient language skills, enabling them to engage with the curriculum, and enhance their participation in kindergarten. Although the real-life nature of the current study caused limitations on our ability to control certain methodological issues (e.g., the SES groups were defined according to neighborhoods and not through parent questionnaires), the program and the data collected were a unique opportunity to explore the outcomes of a naturalistic intervention that simultaneously treated multiple linguistic abilities in meaningful contexts, and to reveal the positive affect of that approach on young children.

References
Berman, R. (2016). Acquisition and Development of Hebrew: From Infancy to Adolescence (1st ed.). Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company.
Cohen-Mimran, R. & Reznik-Nevet, L. & Korona-Gaon, S. (2014). An Activity-Based Language Intervention Program for Kindergarten Children: A Retrospective Evaluation. Early Childhood Education Journal. 44.
Dollaghan, C. A., Campbell, T. F., Paradise, J. L., Feldman, H. M., Janosky, J. E., Pitcairn, D. N. & Kurs-Lasky, M. (1999). Maternal Education and measures of early speech and language. Journal of speech, language, and hearing research, 42 (6), 1432-1443.
 Fey, M.E. (1986). Language intervention with young children. Austin: TX, Pro-Ed.
Fish, M., and Pinkerman, B. (2003). Language skills in low-SES rural Appalachian children: normative development and individual differences, infancy to preschool. Applied Developmental Psychology, 23, 539–565.
Ginsborg, J. (2006). The effects of socio-economic status on children's language acquisition and use. Language and social disadvantage: theory into practice. John Wiley and Sons, LTD.
Goralnik, E. (1995). Language Screening Test for Hebrew-speaking Preschool Children. Netanya, Israel: Gai Agencies.
Hart B., & Risley, T. R. (1995). Meaningful differences in the everyday experience of young American children. Baltimore, MD: Brookes.
Hoff, E. & Tian, C. (2005). Socioeconomic status and cultural influences on language. Journal of communication disorders, 38, 271-278.
Hutchinson, J. & Clegg, J. (2011). Education practitioner-led intervention to facilitate language learning in young children: An effectiveness study. Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 27 151-164.
Justice, L., Meier, J., & Walpole, S. (2005). Learning new words from storybooks: An efficacy study with at-risk kindergartners. Language, Speech, and Hearing Services in Schools, 36, 17-32.
Kaiser, A.P. & Roberts, M.Y. (2011). Advances in Early Communication and Language Intervention, Journal of Early Intervention, 33, 298-309.
Nielsen, D. C., & Friesen, L. D. (2012). A Study of the Effectiveness of a Small-Group Intervention on the Vocabulary and Narrative Development of At-Risk Kindergarten Children, Reading Psychology, 33, 269-299.
Schiff, R. & Lotem, E. (2011). Effects of phonological and morphological awareness on children's word reading development from two socioeconomic backgrounds. First Language, Published online before print.
Vilaseca, R.M, & Del Rio, M.J. (2004). Language acquisition by children with Down syndrome: a naturalistic approach to assisting language acquisition, Child language teaching and therapy, 20, 163-180.
Zimmerman, I., Steiner, V., & Pond, R. (2002). Preschool language scale (1st ed.). San Antonio, TX: The Psychological Corporation.


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Probing into Chinese Left-behind Children’s Peer Interaction from a Perspective of the Hidden Curriculum

Shichong Li

University of Leeds, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Li, Shichong

Social structure in the classroom could be formed by the interactions among people and the social norms shaped by those interactions (Martin, 1976; Giroux, 1983). Thus, peers and peer relations can function as the hidden curriculum in school or classroom contexts, given that many studies are also carried out to support this assumption. Regarding social links of peers in school or the classroom, peer relations have been proven to be the primary impact factor of positive or negative classroom climates (Çengel and Türkoğlu, 2016). Peers of students who act as peer leaders also share the roles of teachers in the classroom, which has been proven to encourage teachers and students to work interdependently (Giroux and Penna, 1979). The context of learning and the social relations used by teachers and students are also addressed in another research focusing on the norms and values shared as the hidden curriculum in a Cambodian context (Bray et al., 2018). Hence, it is evident that peer relations in school could be understood as the hidden curriculum.

The left-behind children (hereinafter "LBC”) are viewed as children under 18 whose parents are migrant workers (primarily internal migrants) in China who usually spend less than three months a year with their parents (Ye et al., 2013) . Families with migrants have skip-generation childrearing arrangements to support the left-behind children, which requires grandparents to take care of the LBC (Ge et al., 2019). Most of the LBC in rural areas board at school, given that relevant policies have been launched to protect them from risks caused by insufficient childcare caused by the childrearing arrangements during after-school hours (Zhao, 2011) . According to my data analysis experience and the lifted one-child policy (Feng et al., 2016), many LBC have peer siblings who are also under the supervision of the surrogate parents. In those living conditions, peer interaction and its impact are believed to be active.

Meanwhile, research has linked the LBC’s living experience in school with the concept of the hidden curriculum by viewing Chinese socio-political ideological forces on daily pedagogical practices and what LBC experienced as the hidden curriculum (Ren et al., 2020). In the Chinese cultural context, it has been proven that the value of collectivism, called moral education (in pinyin: de yu), has been embedded in the dominant curriculum through educational policy-making (Zhu, 2021). In this study, the concept of moral education defers from what Durkheim argued (Prus, 2019). On the contrary, in this study, I view the value of moral education in the Chinese context as the dominant curriculum (McCarthy, 1994) rather than the hidden curriculum considering the cultural diversities in different research contexts. Overall, it remains a knowledge gap regarding whether LBC's peer relations and social norms among peers are considered the hidden curriculum in school.

Based on prior research regarding the relational forms of the hidden curriculum, the social-economic impact on schooling that is identified as the hidden curriculum for the LBC in China, and the shared collectivist cultural norms of peer relations in the Chinese school context, I argue that the social norms and practices among LBC and peers in school can also be viewed as the hidden curriculum. Based on the above assumption, I collected data regarding peer relations and interactions of LBC in the Chinese context while using the theory of the hidden curriculum to answer the research questions: 1) how LBC interact with peers in school, and 2) what peer interactions can be viewed as the hidden curriculum in school?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this research, I am using the debates of the hidden curriculum as the theoretical framework for initiating prompts for interviews and analysing data. The emphasis of the hidden curriculum is on viewing life in school as a whole in both the learning and teaching experience (Jackson, 1990). Also, debates regarding hidden curricula vary (Kentli, 2009). Kentli compared several different understandings of the concept of hidden curriculum (Kentli, 2009) as follows: 1) Dreeben emphasised that the hidden curriculum helps to form a social relationship in the classroom (Dreeben, 1968); 2) Bowles and Gintis also argued that the hidden curriculum could be understood as a reproduction of the existing social structure in a classroom that indicates pupils’ intellectual ability and personal traits (Bowles and Gintis, 2002); 3) Vallance also believed that the hidden curriculum is the non-academic outcome which also is regarded as the impact of schooling on people (Vallance, 1973);4) Martin emphasised that the social structure or the relationship between teachers and students can be understood as the hidden curriculum (Martin, 1976);5) Giroux regarded the hidden curriculum as the unstated social norms embedded in the social relationships in school and classrooms (Giroux, 1983).
Online interviews and instant messages on WeChat have been used to collect data. I also observed their WeChat moment as the content for starting a conversation. Data analysis is also structured based on the literature reviewed above.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Discrimination against ecdemic float children (or migrant children) unconsciously led by one school teacher in one migrant hosting city has been identified in the case of Weiai’s (pseudonym) schooling experience in the era of diffusive internal migration in China. Weiai’s experience in peer relations can reflect the discrimination that Weiai received from the school teacher and her peers. The discrimination viewed as the hidden curriculum regarding Martin’s argument (Martin, 1976) then impacts Weiai’s left-behind experience when she returns to her hometown and is left behind by her parents. Claiming non-family bond peers as brothers or sisters to pull in intimacy has been proven as one of the social norms among LBC and their peers in school, which is also considered as the hidden curriculum regarding Dreeben’s argument (Dreeben, 1968). The popular game “truth or dare” played by Pangolin (pseudonym) and his peers involving their romantic fantasy regarding the girls they like in school is another social norm, which could be understood as a hidden curriculum regarding Giroux’s and Vallance’s arguments (Vallance, 1973; Giroux, 1983), as they tend to hide this game and the outcomes of the game from teachers in school. These social norms practised by LBC and their peers are viewed as the different forms of interactions among them, which are regarded as the hidden curriculum that impacts the socialisation of LBC in school. The impact of that can be negative, neutral or positive, considering different contexts of LBC’s social interactions with peers.
References
Bowles, S. and Gintis, H. 2002. Schooling in capitalist America revisited. Sociology of Education. 75(1), pp.1–18.
Bray, M., Kobakhidze, M.N., Zhang, W. and Liu, J. 2018. The hidden curriculum in a hidden marketplace: relationships and values in Cambodia’s shadow education system. Journal of Curriculum Studies. 50(4), pp.435–455.
Çengel, M. and Türkoğlu, A. 2016. Analysis through hidden curriculum of peer relations in two different classes with positive and negative classroom climates. Kuram ve Uygulamada Egitim Bilimleri. 16(6), pp.1893–1919.
Dreeben, R. 1968. On What Is Learned In School. London: Addison-Wesley Educational Publishers Inc.
Feng, W., Gu, B. and Cai, Y. 2016. The End of China’s One-Child Policy. Studies in Family Planning. 47(1), pp.83–86.
Ge, Y., Song, L., Clancy, R.F. and Qin, Y. 2019. Studies on Left-Behind Children in China: Reviewing Paradigm Shifts. New Directions for Child and Adolescent Development. 2019(163), pp.115–135.
Giroux, H. 1983. Theories of Reproduction and Resistance in the New Sociology of Education: A Critical Analysis. Harvard Educational Review. 53(3), pp.259–293.
Giroux, H.A. and Penna, A.N. 1979. Social education in the classroom: The dynamics of the hidden curriculum. Theory and Research in Social Education. 7(1), pp.21–42.
Jackson, P. 1990. Life in classrooms. New York: Teachers College Press.
Kentli, F.D. 2009. Comparison of hidden curriculum theories. European Journal of Educational Studies. 1(1968), pp.83–88.
Martin, J.R. 1976. What Should We Do with a Hidden Curriculum When We Find One? Curriculum Inquiry. 6(2), pp.135–151.
McCarthy, C. 1994. Multicultural discourses and curriculum reform: a critical perspective. Educational Theory. 44(1), pp.81–98.
Prus, R. 2019. Redefining the sociological paradigm: Emile durkheim and the scientific study of morality. Qualitative Sociology Review. 15(1), pp.6–34.
Ren, Y., Kushner, S. and Hope, J. 2020. The China’s Hidden Curriculum: Hukou, Floating Labour, and Children Left Behind. Critical Education. 11(9), pp.1–21.
Vallance, E. 1973. Hiding the Hidden Curriculum: An Interpretation of the Language of Justification in Nineteenth-Century Educational Reform. Curriculum Theory Network. 4(1), pp.5–21.
Ye, J., Wang, C., Wu, H., He, C. and Liu, J. 2013. Internal migration and left-behind populations in China. Journal of Peasant Studies. 40(6), pp.1119–1146.
Zhao, Z. 2011. A matter of money? Policy analysis of rural boarding schools in China. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice. 6(3), pp.237–249.
Zhu, Y. 2021. ‘Self’ (ziji), ‘others’ (taren) and ‘collective’ (jiti): Friendships at school embedded with China’s Confucian–collectivist sociocultural values. Children and Society. 35(6), pp.916–929.
 
9:00am - 10:30am06 SES 09 A: Teaching Media Literacy and Competencies
Location: Gilbert Scott, G466 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Yvonne Fritze
Paper Session
 
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Exploring the Key Concept of Technologies in Media Literacy Education

Amanda Levido

Queensland University of Technology, Australia

Presenting Author: Levido, Amanda

In Australia, the key concepts of media literacy education are the subject specific organising framework of the Media Arts strand of the Australian Curriculum: The Arts. Media Arts is considered part of the The Arts, alongside Dance, Drama, Music and Visual Arts. Students from the first year of school up to Year 10 (approximately 5-16 years) should have access to Media Arts, although how this occurs varies greatly between schools. The curriculum documents offer a flexible way to teach Media Arts. Although there are achievement standards that indicate what students should be able to do at each year level band, teachers are able to select the types of media to study based on their students interests and access to technologies. The Media Arts curriculum is underpinned by the key concepts of media education. In Australia, these are technologies, representations, institutions, audiences, languages and the recent addition of relationships.

Key concepts

The key conceptual approach has a history in Australia that aligns with media literacy education in the UK and Canada (Buckingham, 2003; Jolls, Walkosz, & Morgenthaler, 2013). Instead of a set of processes, skills or competencies for students to achieve, the key concepts offer a lens through which forms of media past, present, and emerging media can be studied. Exploration of the media through the key concepts can occur through both media production and analysis (Partington & Buckingham, 2011). The concepts are non-hierarchical and although it can be helpful to understand them discreetly, the concepts often intertwine and overlap.

Technologies as a concept

Although the key concepts are connected, it can be useful to understand each one and examine how it is applied in situations where media literacy education is occurring. This research explicitly examines the concept of technologies. Technologies can be understood in multiple ways. We can consider how to use technologies, digital and non-digital, for media production. We might examine the types of technologies that are used in media production and learn how to use specific equipment and software. This is an important aspect of the concept of technologies. However, if this is the only aspect of technologies students explore, they miss out on developing nuanced understandings of how technology shapes, and is shaped by, our everyday social lives.

Through the concepts of technologies we can critically examine how technologies shape production practices through the social, political, economic and cultural contexts in which media productions are produced (Buckingham, 2019). The technologies used for media productions are not neutral and have biases (Stoddard, 2014), affordances and constraints built into them that shape users behaviours (Lüders, 2008; Williamson, 2017), whether these are purposeful or incidental.

This research aims to explore the research question ‘How is the Media Education key concept of ‘technologies’ enacted in classroom practice?’ I seek to discern how primary school teachers understand the concept of technologies and the kinds of learning experiences students undertake that advance their understanding of the concept. While this research occurred in the Australian context, the importance of the concept of technologies is relevant for media literacy educators internationally. This research offers insights into how to consider this concept in a deep and nuanced way.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The aim of this research was to investigate how the media literacy key concept of technologies was used by classroom teachers with different kinds of experiences in Media Arts education. A case study methodology was employed (Merriam, 2009; Stake, 1995) to allow the range of data collected at each site and to be examined individually and collectively. Three case study sites were purposefully selected (Merriam & Tisdell, 2015). Each site consisted of a primary school teacher and their class of students. At the commencement of the study, all classes were about to undertake some form of Media Arts work, whether this was explicitly recognised or not. Case study 1 consisted of Dave, a specialist Digital Media Arts teacher and two classes of Year 5 and 6 students. Case study 2 featured Josh, a generalist primary school teacher with a strong interest in design, and approximately 50 Year 6 students. The final site, case study 3, consisted of Angela, a generalist primary school teacher and her class of Year 1 students.

Data were collected over a unit of work from each case study site. This ranged from five to ten weeks depending on the unit teachers were implementing. Before any observations occurred, I conducted semi-structured interviews with each teacher to gain insight into the experiences of the teacher and their students. Additional semi-structured interviews occurred after most observation sessions and at the completion of the unit of work. Observations occurred four times at each site over the unit of work. Detailed field notes were taken. During this time, semi-structured interviews took place with some students in the class about the work they were doing.

I undertook a thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2013, 2021) of the data. Each case was coded separately in the first instance to search for codes that related to the key concept of media literacy education. After a review of these individual codes, I determined a top-level theme called An uneven implementation of the key concepts, which included the concept of technologies through two sub-themes: Technologies as a tool rather than a key concept and Non-digital tools. I acknowledge that as a researcher my existing understanding of the field played a role in the importance I placed on the determined themes and that other researchers would have generated different themes from the data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Two sub-themes were determined to help explore how the concept of technologies was enacted in classrooms undertaking Media Arts teaching and learning. The first sub-theme was Technologies as a tool rather than a key concept. The teachers in case studies 1 and 2 focused on how to use digital technologies to create media productions. The students receive different levels of instruction to help them with their production work. In case study 1, Dave expected the students to explore the technology largely on their own or with their peers. At times, this impacted on the productions of those students who were not as familiar with Scratch, the program they were using for their production. The students of case study 2 had more familiarity with the technology they were using, and their teacher provided scaffolding to help them explore new technologies such as drawing apps on their devices. Similar to case study 1 however, the focus remained on producing a production through technologies. This is one aspect of the concept of technologies, but the limited focus on the digital tools means students are not provided with opportunities to explore other aspects of the concept.

The second sub-theme was Non-digital tools. The students of case study 3 were required to create a soundscape using materials around them. This soundscape represented a drawn landscape image. Students used materials such as pens, water bottles, leaves and their bodies to create foley sounds that were recorded by the teacher. The students did not have the opportunity to use the digital technology, but were still able to learn about the concept of technologies through their use of non-digital technologies. However, similarly to cases 1 and 2, the emphasis was still on the use of technology for media production, not critical notions of the concept of technologies.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. London: SAGE Publications Ltd.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide to understanding and doing. Los Angeles: SAGE.

Buckingham, D. (2003). Media education: Literacy, learning and contemporary culture. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Buckingham, D. (2019). The media education manifesto. Cambridge, UK ; Polity Press.

Jolls, T., Walkosz, B. J., & Morgenthaler, D. (2013). Voices of media literacy. In Media Literacy Education in Action: Theoretical and Pedagogical Perspectives (pp. 11–19). doi:10.4324/9780203076125

Lüders, M. (2008). Conceptualizing personal media. New Media & Society, 10(5), 683–702. doi:10.1177/1461444808094352

Merriam, S. B. (2009). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation. San Fancisco: Jossey-Boss.

Merriam, S. B., & Tisdell, E. J. (2015). Designing your study and selecting a sample. In Qualitative Research: A Guide to Design and Implementation (pp. 73–104). John Wiley & Sons. Retrieved from https://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/qut/detail.action?docID=2089475.

Partington, A., & Buckingham, D. (2011). Challenging theories: Conceptual learning in the Media Studies classroom. International Journal of Learning and Media, 3(4), 7–22. doi:10.1162/ijlm_a_00079

Stake, R. (1995). The art of case study research. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications.

Stoddard, J. (2014). The Need for Media Education in Democratic Education. Democracy & Education, 22(1), 1–9.

Williamson, B. (2017). Learning in the ‘platform society’: Disassembling an educational data assemblage. Research in Education, 98(1), 59–82. doi:10.1177/0034523717723389


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

In the Web – All for Free? - Digital Education Workshops in the Field of Data Protection, Algorithms and Online Advertising

Katrin Wilde, Stefan Iske, Verena Kittelmann

Otto-von-Guericke-Universität Magdeburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Wilde, Katrin; Iske, Stefan

It is currently becoming clear that the social meta-process of digitization transforms the areas of culture and especially of education. For many young people, digitization, and algorithms represent an abstract and non-transparent black box whose properties as well as their personal and individual consequences can hardly be estimated (DIVSI 2014 & 2018). At the same time, their everyday life is strongly influenced by digitization and algorithms. Young people use the Internet and smartphones mainly in commercial online environments whose business models are based on online advertising, data collection, and data sale. The EU General Data Protection Regulation creates a legal framework for children and young people that can only partially enable a protected online space of use for young users (Livingstone 2107). In addition to large platform companies that are behind the most popular services for young people (which store, process, and evaluate data in non-EU countries), one of the major challenges is the high social relevance of these services and a general ambivalence of knowledge and action of young people.
From an educational perspective, there are high demands on the skills of young people in dealing with online advertising, personalization, and data protection (Livingstone & Helsper 2006); on the other hand, the current competencies of young people in this area have so far been marked by inequality (Hargittai 2010, Zillien 2006, Livingstone et al. 2017). Research shows that in the frist place one of the major challenges from a media education perspective is to make transparent that young users are affected by this structures. And to make this problematizable to enable a reflective discussion (Schulze 2013, Dreyer et al. 2014, Iske & Wilde 2017).
The current project „Im Netz – Alles umsonst?“ (In the Web – All for Free?) aims to work and reflect on the abstract and non-transparent black box of digitization and algorithmization with young people (13-17 years) in an action-oriented and lifeworld way. Furthermore, it promotes the target groups digital skills and online advertising skills.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Using the example of online advertising, and especially the personalization of advertising and web offers, the challenges and potential of digitization and algorithmization are discussed in relation to everyday life with young people against the background of data protection: Online services and everyday online phenomena such as YouTube, Google, Instagram, WhatsApp, TikTok, Twitch, Snapchat and gaming apps form the starting point for this discussion.
For this purpose, workshops are developed within the project in different formats, which in particular rely on innovative interactive materials. As part of the project, these workshop formats will be tested and evaluated in schools and extracurricular youth leisure facilities.
The parallel implementation of a web-based working environment should also enable comparative and networked working methods that go beyond individualized use. This is particularly necessary for the theming of personalized content and forms of advertising. It makes it possible, for example, to recognize that advertising spaces on websites are filled with different and often personalized/individualized advertising content. Based on this comparison it becomes clear how the personalized content differs from one another.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Once the project is finished all materials should be available as Open Educational Ressources. On the one hand for interested workshop leaders and teachers, but also independent work for young people on the platform.
First results of these workshops, the corresponding materials, and the evaluation as well as first implementations of the platform will be presented and discussed. Among other things, the question of how the content could be further developed and also be made internationally accessible will be discussed.


References
DIVSI (2014): DIVSI U25-Studie: Kinder, Jugendliche und junge Erwachsene in der digitalen Welt. Hamburg: Deutsches Institut für Vertrauen und Sicherheit im Internet. Online unter: https://www.divsi.de/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/DIVSI-U25-Studie.pdf

DIVSI (2018): DIVSI U25-Studie Euphorie war gestern. Die „Generation Internet“ zwischen Glück und Abhängigkeit. Hamburg: Deutsches Institut für Vertrauen und Sicherheit im Internet. Online unter: https://www.divsi.de/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/DIVSI-U25-Studie-euphorie.pdf

Dreyer, S., Lampert, C. & Schulze, A. (2014). Kinder und Onlinewerbung. Erscheinungsformen von Werbung im Internet, ihre Wahrnehmung durch Kinder und ihr regulatorischer Kontext. Leipzig: Vistas

Hargittai, Eszter (2010) Digital Na(t)Ives? Variation in Internet Skills and Uses among Members of the “Net Generation”*“. Sociological Inquiry 80(1): 92–113

Iske, Stefan, Wilde, Katrin (2018): Online-Werbung aus der Perspektive Jugendlicher. Subjektive Relevanzen, Bewertungen und Überzeugungen, https://doi.org/10.24352/UB.OVGU-2018-668  

Linvingstone, S. & Helsper, E. (2006). Does advertising literacy mediate the effects of advertising on children? A critical examination of two linked research literatures in relation to obesity and food choice. In: Journal of Communication, 56 (3), S. 560-584

Livingstone, Sonia (2017) What does the European General Data Protection Regulation mean for children in the UK?: Report on an LSE Media Policy Project roundtable. . London School of Economics and Political Science, London, UK

Livingstone, Sonia , Ólafsson, Kjartan and Maier, George (2017) A complex web of factors influence children's commercial media literacy. LSE Business Review (22 Jul 2017). Website

Schulze, A. (2013). Internetwerbung und Kinder. Eine Rezeptionsanalyse. Wiesbaden: Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften
Zillien, Nicole: Digitale Ungleichheit. Neue Technologien und alte Un-gleichheiten in der Informations- und Wissensgesellschaft. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften, 2006


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Learning to Swim in the Digital Ocean - Individualized Design of Basic Education Courses Integrating Digital Media

Sandra Langer

University of Education Weingarten, Germany

Presenting Author: Langer, Sandra

Doctor's appointments, hairdresser appointments, ticket purchases and banking transactions are increasingly being shifted to online platforms. Information concerning the children's school or even the workplace is announced by e-mail or on the corresponding homepage. The basic ability to use digital media is just as much a prerequisite as their permanent expansion.

There are 6.2 million people living in Germany who are classified as low-literate (Buddeberg & Grotlüschen, 2020). These people are at risk of being excluded from society because they do not have sufficient digital skills (Buddeberg & Grotlüschen 2020; Koppel & Langer, 2020).

A recent study on literacy in Germany highlights that low literacy skills predominantly affect the use of work-related technologies. Individuals with low literacy exhibit a lower frequency of computer usage and email composition in comparison to the general population. On the other hand, insignificant differences are observed in the utilization of smartphones, tablets, and short message sending. These individuals, however, demonstrate a higher frequency of voice message sending, video calling, and social network usage compared to the general population (Grotlüschen et al., 2019, p. 31).

Some of these low-literate people attend basic education courses in which they acquire digital skills in addition to reading and writing. In this way, course instructors in basic education courses support participants on the path to digital inclusion, helping them to learn to swim in the digital ocean. For this to succeed, course instructors should take the learners' individual preconditions into account. The limited digital equipment of the participants (Buddeberg & Grotlüschen, 2020; Boeren et al. 2020; Evers, 2020), as well as their heterogeneous learning abilities and limited digital skills (Koppel & Langer, 2020; Evers, 2020), should be taken into account when designing courses. If these individual prerequisites are taken into account, digital course content that is suitable for learners and can be mastered can be offered and supplemented by appropriate support measures. The teachers' own digital skills should also be taken into account (Rohs, Schmidt-Hertha, Rott & Bolten, 2019). Last but not least, the framework provided by the educational institution should also be taken into account in the teaching concept. Thus, teachers play a key role, as they are responsible for the conception and design of lessons (Strauch & Radtke, 2010).

The question for the presentation is:

How can successful instructional designs in basic education courses with the inclusion of digital media be developed by course instructors?

In order to answer this question, the presentation will first provide theoretical perspectives, including the aforementioned prerequisites on the part of the learners, the course instructors themselves, and the educational institutions. These will be combined with the research results from the GediG project, funded by the German Federal Ministry of Education and Research, and will converge in a model of "Swimming in the Digital Ocean". The symbol of the ocean is transferred out of the European Reference Framework for Digital Competences DigComp2.1, in which learning to swim in the digital ocean is used as a metaphor (Carretero, Vuorikari & Punie, 2017, p 14-15). Finally, recommendations for action are compiled for the design of individualized course concepts for basic education integrating digital media.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The aim of the presentation is to show how course instructors in basic education courses can profitably incorporate digital media into the course design by taking into account individual prerequisites on the part of the participants, the framework set by the educational institution, but also their own individual competencies.
Within the scope of the "GediG" project, data was collected using a mixed-method approach. The qualitative as well as quantitative surveys, which were carried out all over Germany, focused on participants, instructors, conceptual workers and managers of educational institutions in the field of basic education.
The complexity of the phenomena to be investigated was to be taken into account via the chosen approaches and it was to be made possible to analyze the different perspectives more comprehensively in order to elaborate multi-perspective results (Johnson & Christensen, 2019). For the consideration of the three actors (course participants, course instructors, and educational institutions), the presentation refers to quantitative data collection using an online questionnaire on experiences, attitudes, and frameworks regarding the use of digital media. The online questionnaires for course instructors (N=49), conceptually active staff and managers (for the perspective of the educational institutions) (N=58) were closely coordinated in terms of content, but they differed in the type of perspective on the phenomena studied. Since leaders of educational institutions and conceptually active staff for the focused survey areas partly hold cross-role functions, they were combined into one group of people. The latent constructs contained in the questionnaires were subjected to an exploratory factor analysis (Brandt, 2020) and a confirmatory factor analysis (Gäde, Schermelleh-Engel & Brandt, 2020). For quality assurance, the questionnaires were tested for reliability and validity (Moosbrugger & Kelava 2020). Quantitative data on participants in basic education courses were collected via a questionnaire (N=74), which was designed specifically for this target group via the use of easier-to-understand language, a font suitable for the target group, supplementary video material for better comprehensibility of data collection and privacy, as well as icons and voice output.
The data basis for the analysis of the quality criteria resulted from pretests with students of the Weingarten University of Education; the questionnaire for participants was also subjected to communicative feedback.
The data obtained from the online questionnaire survey were analyzed descriptively and inferentially with SPSS and AMOS, correspondingly. Data collection took place in 2021 and 2022.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From the empirical data collected in the GediG project, conclusions could be drawn for the first time as to which factors are essential in the design of courses in order to do the target group of low-literacy learners justice. The focus was on the successful use of digital media in basic education.  From the empirical references to individual components from the theory, an overview model was derived, which shows what course instructors must consider in order to design an appropriate course. In combination with the empirical data, conclusions for the practice of basic education were derived. The "Swimming in the Digital Ocean" model embeds what course instructors should consider when designing courses individually with the use of digital media. In particular, these are:
Prerequisites of the stakeholders:
- General institutional framework
- Access requirements of course participants to digital devices
- Individual prerequisites on the part of the participants with regard to digital
  competencies
- own media pedagogical competences

Preparation of the digital (supported) learning environment:
- Integration of a rich offer of digital media into the lessons
- Learner-friendly and manageable tasks
- Supporting course participants
Preparing for the leap into the digital ocean and learning to swim in it is the task of the course instructors, who should support the course participants under the above-mentioned conditions.
An individual approach to designing courses turns out to be beneficial in this regard, and good-practice examples will be shown in the presentation.

References
Boeren, E., Roumell, E. A., & Roessger, K. M. (2020). COVID-19 and the Future of Adult Education: An Editorial. Adult Education Quarterly, 70(3), 201–204.
Brandt, H. (2020). Exploratorische Faktorenanalyse (EFA). In H. Moosbrugger & A. Kelava (Eds.). Testtheorie und Fragebogenkonstruktion. Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer. 575-614.
Buddeberg, K. & Grotlüschen, A. (2020). Literalität, digitale Praktiken und Grundkompetenzen. In A. Grotlüschen & K. Buddeberg (Eds.). LEO 2018. Leben mit geringer Literalität (S. 197-226). Bielefeld: wbv Media.
Carretero, S., Vuorikari, R., & Punie, Y. (2017). DigComp 2.1: The digital competence framework for citizens with eight proficiency levels and examples of use. European Commission, Joint Research Centre: Publications Office.
Evers, J. (2020). Wenn die vhs als Lernraum ganz besonders fehlt…Basisbildungskurse und Pflichtschulabschlusslehrgänge in Zeiten der Krise. Ein Erfahrungsbericht. In Die Österreichische Volkshochschule. Magazin für Erwachsenenbildung. Sommer 2020, Heft 270/71. Jg. Wien: Verband Österreichischer Volkshochschulen.
Gäde, J. C., Schermelleh-Engel, K. & Brandt, H. (2020). Konfirmatorische Faktorenanalyse (CFA). In H. Moosbrugger & A. Kelava (Eds.). Testtheorie und Fragebogenkonstruktion, S. 615-660. Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer.
Grotlüschen, A., Buddeberg, K., Dutz, G., Heilmann, L., & Stammer, C. (2019). LEO 2018 - Leben mit geringer Literalität. Universität Hamburg.
Johnson, R. B. & Christensen, L. (2019). Educational research: Quantitative, qualitative, and mixed approaches. Sage publications.
Koppel, I. & Langer, S. (2020). Herausforderungen und Reaktionen in Zeiten des Social Distancing. Ein Blick in die Alphabetisierung und Grundbildung. weiter.bilden, 27 (4), 32-35.
Moosbrugger, H. & Kelava, A. (2020). Qualitätsanforderungen an Tests und Fragebogen („Gütekriterien“). In H. Moosbrugger & A. Kelava (Eds.). Testtheorie und Fragebogenkonstruktion. Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer.
Rohs, M., Schmidt-Hertha, B., Rott, K. J. & Bolten, R. (2019). Measurement of media pedagogical competences of adult educators. European Journal for Research on the Education and Learning of Adults, 10 (3), 307-324.
Strauch, A. & Radtke, M. (2010). Adult Education and Professionalisation – Why Flexi-Path? In A. Strauch, M. Radtke & R. Lupou (Eds.). Flexible Pathways Towards Professionalisation. Senior Adult Educators in Europe, S. 11-19. Bielefeld: W. Bertelsmann.
 
9:00am - 10:30am07 SES 09 A: Research in_on Diversity in Education - Biographical/Reconstructive Research and Participatory Approaches (PAR)
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Jacqueline Hackl
Panel Discussion
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Panel Discussion

Research in_on Diversity in Education - Biographical/Reconstructive Research and Participatory Approaches (PAR)

Jacqueline Hackl1, Diren Yeşil2, Teresa Silva Dias3, Michael Doblmair4, Grete Erckmann1, Marlene Märker1

1Department of Education, University of Vienna, Austria; 2Department of Education, University of Wuppertal, Germany; 3Centre for Research and Intervention in Education, Faculty of Psychology and Education Sciences – University of Porto, Portugal; 4Centre for Teacher Education, University of Vienna, Austria

Presenting Author: Hackl, Jacqueline; Yeşil, Diren; Dias, Teresa Silva; Doblmair, Michael; Erckmann, Grete; Märker, Marlene

Researching diversity and inequality relations within inequality relations brings with it various difficulties. Our projects are situated in different regions of Europe, thus what combines us and our projects is that we are facing very similar struggles while trying to find ways of navigating the multiple dilemmas when researching in hegemonic orders of knowledge. How can we try to widen or intervene in the boundaries set by eurocentric and powerful orders in academia and research? What forms of knowledge production can contribute to its democratisation or at least open up spaces for its critique? How can we deal with the issue that every speaking in academic settings reproduces colonial orders of knowledge which we aim to overcome? Taking up these questions we will use our projects to think about different ways of dealing and failing with/in these contradictions. Specifically we draw on two traditions: PAR (Participatory Action Research) and (biographical) reconstructive approaches. In both traditions, the claim of a bottom-up and power critical science (Fine & Torre, 2021; Dausien 2015 and 1994) which tries to intervene in hegemonic single stories, can be found. In the reconstructive tradition, however, this claim tends to be associated with the goal to a trained break-up of societal constructions and social conditions, which as a presuppositional working mode then remains reserved for a smaller circle of scholars. Does that leave only the role of informants for the marginalized, for those who do research ‘from below’? PAR on the other hand, relies more on the participation of non-professional researchers in as many phases and areas of research as possible - but with the danger of not going "deeper", of not being able to break one's own entanglements in social conditions due to limited time and financial resources in the fields?

How do our projects position themselves in relation to these questions and contradictions? What can we contribute to this debate with a methodological critique (from within) and possibilities for change?

Diren Yesil’s research on anti-Kurdish racism in Germany, in which she conducts narrative-biographical interviews with Kurds, is concerned with the question of how a decolonial research practice can not only shift the content of hegemonic knowledge orders, but also contribute to a recognition of different ways of articulation.Teresa Dias brings in contributions of participatory action research processes with young people between 12 and 16 years old in Portugal. She works on how young athletes develop projects in/with the community through sport. Based on the training actions, young people realised how they could get to know their community spaces better and identify the problems that exist there assuming a "problem-based solution” approach. Michael Doblmair asks as an activist researcher from the perspectives of the social movement research how to combine research and political activism in the field of educational protests in Austria. Particularly is he interested in the research processes understood as educational processes from teacher-activists. In her presentation, Grete Erckmann focuses first on the difference and relationship between the “co-researcher principle”, other participatory research approaches and reconstructive research methodology. To then discuss possible connections and potentials of these epistemological and methodological approaches based on her PhD research project “Living Youth in a Migration Society” in a German City. Marlene Märker and Jacqueline Hackl will discuss modes of combination of biographical-reconstructive and participatory approaches while reflecting on the restrictive conditions of PhD projects which set boundaries to their research in various ways. Focussing on the dilemmas which arise specifically with these approaches they will speak about their ways of navigating these issues when designing and working on their projects in Austria.


References
Bhambra, G. K. (2014): Postcolonial and decolonial dialogues. In: Postcolonial Studies, 17/2.

Breidenstein, G., Hirschauer, S., Kalthoff, H., & Nieswand, B. (2015): Ethnografie: Die Praxis der Feldforschung (Vol. 2.). Konstanz, München: UVK.

Cammarota, J., & Fine, M. (2008): Youth participatory action research: A pedagogy for transformational resistance. In: Cammarota, J., & Fine, M. (Eds.): Revolutionizing Education: Youth Participatory Action Research in Motion. London, New York: Routledge. 1-11.

Dausien, B. (1994). Biographieforschung als "Königinnenweg"? In: Diezinger et al. (Eds.): Erfahrung mit Methode. Freiburg im Breisgau: Kore. 129-153.
Dausien, B. (2015). "Biographieforschung“ – Reflexionen zu Anspruch und Wirkung eines sozialwissenschaftlichen Paradigmas. In: BIOS, 26.2 (2013). 3-4.

Dausien, B., & Kelle, H. (2009): Biographie und kulturelle Praxis. In: Völter, B. et.al. (Eds.): Biographieforschung im Diskurs. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. 189-212.

Fals-Borda, O., Rahman, M. Anisur (1991): Action and Knowledge. Breaking the Monopoly with Participatory Action Research, New York: The Apex Press.
Fine, M., Torre, M. (2021): Essentials of Critical Participatory Action Research. Washington DC: American Psychological Association.

Gillan, K., Pickerill, J. (2012): The Difficult and Hopeful Ethics of Research on, and with, Social Movements. In: Social Movement Studies, 11(2). 133-143.
Hellison, D., & Martinek, T. (2009): Youth leadership in sport and physical education. Berlin: Springer.

Holzkamp, K. (1985): Grundlegung der Psychologie (Studienausg. ed.). Frankfurt/ Main: Campus.

Jost, G., Haas, M. (2019): Handbuch zur soziologischen Biographieforschung. Opladen,Toronto: Barbara Budrich.

Markard, M. (2009): Einführung in die Kritische Psychologie. Hamburg: Argument.

Menezes, I. (2010): Intervenção Comunitária: Uma Perspectiva Psicológica. Porto: Livpsic.

O’Reilly, K. (2005): Ethnographic Methods. London, New York: Routledge.
Riegel, C. (2016): Subjektwissenschaftliche und intersektionale Perspektiven. In: Dausien, B., Rothe, D., Schwendowius, D. (Eds.): Bildungswege. Frankfurt/ Main: Campus. 97-122.

Siouti, I. (2022): Othering in der qualitativen Migrationsforschung. In: Siouti, I. et. al. (Eds.): Othering in der postmigrantischen Gesellschaft. Bielefeld: transcript Verlag. 107-128.

Thomas-Olalde, O., Velho, A. (2011): Othering and its Effects – Exploring the Concept. In: Niedrig, H., Ydesen, C. (Eds.): Writing postcolonial histories of intercultural education. Frankfurt am Main; New York: Peter Lang Verlag. 27-51.

Whyte, W. F. (Ed.) (1991): Participatory action research. Newbury Park: Sage.

Wöhrer, V., Arztmann, D., Wintersteller, T., Harrasser, D., & Schneider, K. (2017): Was ist Partizipative Aktionsforschung? Warum mit Kindern und Jugendlichen? In: Wöhrer, V. et al. (Eds.): Partizipative Aktionsforschung mit Kindern und Jugendlichen. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. 27- 48.
ju
Ziai, A. (2016): Postkoloniale Studien und Politikwissenschaft. In: Ziai, A. (Ed.): Postkoloniale Politikwissenschaft. Bielefeld: transcript. 25-46.

Chair
Veronika Wöhrer, veronika.woehrer@univie.ac.at, Professor for Education and Inequality, University of Vienna
and
Meral El, meralel@gmx.de, researcher and activist on racism, anti-discrimination, education and social movements. Currently writing her PhD in sociology on decoloinizing education at: Goethe University Frankfurt
 
9:00am - 10:30am07 SES 09 B: Wellbeing and Belonging in (Intercultural) Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Seyda Subasi Singh
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

“Am I Gonna Just Totally Self-Destruct?”: How Divisive Concepts Legislation in the United States Shapes Educators’ Wellbeing and Professional Practice

Elyse Hambacher1, Denise Desrosiers2, Katherine Ginn2, Kathryn Slater2, Macy Broderick2

1University of Florida, USA; 2University of New Hampshire, USA

Presenting Author: Hambacher, Elyse

In the fall of 2020, amidst widespread pandemic closures and ongoing international protests in response to racialized police violence, a public conversation emerged about whether and how teachers ought to teach students about race and racism. The conversation was propelled by a political messaging campaign, which involved the intentionally decontextualized repurposing of the term “critical race theory” (CRT) as a “shock phrase” (Bartolomé & Macedo, 1997, p. 237) with considerable political utility that suggested radical indoctrination by educators. By February of 2021, in a pattern reflecting national trends in political polarization, 36 U.S. states had undertaken legislative efforts or executive actions to “restrict education on racism, bias, the contributions of specific racial or ethnic groups to U.S. history, or related topics” while 17 states had seen efforts to expand the same; seven states witnessed efforts in both directions (Stout & Wilburn, 2021). In states where restrictive legislation or executive orders were enacted, the chief mechanism for enforcement was the threat of legal action against schools and districts as well as disciplinary action against individual teachers alleged to have taught “divisive concepts.”

The purpose of this qualitative study is to investigate the experiences of five white educators with self-identified commitments to social justice education as they navigate teaching in New Hampshire (NH), a state in the US that at the time of data collection, had recently enacted a law prohibiting the teaching of “divisive concepts.” The paper is guided by two research questions: 1.) How do teachers and administrators in one predominantly white school district describe their work in the context of the recent passage of divisive concepts legislation? 2.) How do these educators see legislation prohibiting the teaching of divisive concepts as shaping their practice and leadership?

Like many teachers, those we include in this analysis cited moral commitments to the well-being of young people and to improving the world for future generations as central reasons for their decision to enter the profession. The strong thread of moral concern that runs through the accounts of the teachers highlighted in this study bears many similarities to the concerns expressed in Santoro’s (2018) study of teachers’ demoralization. We draw on Santoro’s theoretical framework which defines teacher demoralization as a loss of access to the moral rewards of the work. Teachers experience demoralization when they are confronted with moral concerns they cannot resolve or avoid. These fall into two broad categories: concerns relating to harm to students and those relating to the degradation of their profession. First, demoralization may arise from demands that teachers engage in practices they suspect are “developmentally inappropriate, pedagogically ill-advised, or damaging to students’ social-emotional well-being" (Santoro, 2018, p. 62). Second, teachers may become demoralized when conditions in the school and the broader community make them accomplices in processes that degrade the profession of teaching.

While demoralization is primarily an effect of the conditions of teaching and not, as is often suggested about burnout, a consequence of insufficient or systematically depleted internal resources of the teacher, Santoro (2018) argues that teachers may find means with which to prevent or rebound from demoralization. Santoro presents five categories of strategies observed among teachers striving to re-moralize their teaching practice: professional community, voice/writing, activism, teacher leadership, and student-centered action. Together, demoralization and re-moralization situate our understanding of the experiences and actions of the educators in this study. While our study is situated within a US context, it has relevance abroad as schools throughout Europe consider how to teach topics related to race and colonial histories.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is part of a larger study that examines how 17 self-identified justice-oriented teachers and administrators in one predominantly white school district engage with concepts of race, anti-racism, and whiteness. In collecting our data, many of the participants discussed recent divisive concepts legislation as it relates to their work as teachers and education leaders. While our initial study did not center on such legislation, we were struck by the extent to which our participants spoke about this in our interviews. Given the timely nature of divisive concepts legislation, we explore how the educators think about their work in the current context and how it shapes their practice and leadership.

South Adams School District1 (SASD) is a suburban, progressive-leaning area in NH with a district population of approximately 2,000 students. Of the 2,000 students, 87% are white.

This district was selected as a unique case (Patton, 2022) because they have been responding to racist incidents in their schools with district-wide initiatives for the last several years. SASD proves fruitful opportunities to examine how teachers and administrators in a mostly white, affluent school district think about their obligations as justice-oriented educators in the context of divisive legislation.

 For the larger study, required criteria included teachers and administrators who have organized and/or elected to participate in anti-racist professional development (PD) in the past two years. Initial recruitment efforts began with administrators and key planners of school-based anti-racist PD initiatives. We used snowball sampling, which was useful because it drew on a small pool of initial informants to nominate others who fit our selection criteria. We asked participants about educators in SASD who spearheaded and/or participated in these efforts and often heard the same names mentioned as others we should talk with. We focus on five (four teachers and one administrator) of the 17 participants in particular because of the extent to which they discussed this legislation having an impact on their personal and professional lives.
Semi-structured interviews were our main source of data. Each participant engaged in
two interviews with a member of the research team. We also drew on district-related documents and observed community meetings to contextualize the study. The research team analyzed the data inductively using constructivist grounded theory guidelines (Charmaz, 2014) which includes a process of initial coding, focused coding, and discussing the data in multiple iterations to bring our themes into greater focus.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our data show that divisive concepts legislation 1) threatened educators’ personal lives and professional integrity, 2) inhibited their voice and pedagogy, and 3) was filtered through variability in school and district leadership support. However, 4) many educators expressed commitment to persisting in critical teaching despite the risks.
 
Threats to educators’ personal lives and fear of professional repercussions: We found persistent anecdotes that described confusion about the language and implementation of the legislation; worry that their teaching could be misinterpreted by students, community members, and fringe groups as “contentious” or “controversial”; and fear of backlash from families or community members and subsequent professional sanctions. The educators reported real and perceived threats to their livelihoods and concerns about their mental health.

Inhibited voice and pedagogy: This atmosphere has created a chilling effect and thwarts these teachers’ ability to enact the moral values that led them to become educators in the first place. Guided by their moral beliefs of educating students to think critically and become global citizens, they find their voices quelled, and they are hesitant to make instructional decisions they believe would be best for students.

Variability in school and district leadership support: For the most part, teachers felt strongly supported by their superintendent’s leadership, which assuaged some of their fears about the legislation and their ability to persist in anti-racist and justice-oriented teaching. However, a few teachers’ interviews pointed to worries, sadness, and in some cases frustration in instances when leadership support revealed its limits.

Persisting in critical teaching and leading: Despite the myriad emotions that the participants felt, we found that many of them were adamant about continuing to teach in critical ways because of their moral centers that call them to educate students to be reflective, democratic, and agentic human beings in society.

References
Bartolomé, L. & Macedo, D. (1997). Dancing with bigotry: The poisoning of racial and ethnic
identities. Harvard Educational Review, 67(2), 222-246.

Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory. Sage Publishing.

Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative research & evaluation methods. Sage Publishing.

Santoro, D. (2018). Demoralized: Why teachers leave the profession they love and how they can stay. Harvard Education Press.

Schwartz, S. (2022, October 4). Map: Where critical race theory is under attack. Education
Week. https://www.edweek.org/policy-politics/map-where-critical-race-theory-is-
underattack/2021/06

Stitzlein, S. M. (2022). Divisive concepts in classrooms: A call to inquiry. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 1-18.

Stout, C. & Wilburn, T. (2021, February 1). CRT map: Efforts to restrict teaching racism and
bias have multiplied across the U.S. Chalkbeat. https://www.chalkbeat.org/22525983/map-critical-race-theory-legislation-teachingracism

Walker, T. (2022, February 1). Survey: Alarming number of educators may soon leave the
profession. National Education Association News. https://www.nea.org/advocating-
forchange/new-from-nea/survey-alarming-number-educators-may-soon-leave-profession

Watkins, R. (2022, July 19). Young NH teachers leaving the profession. The ‘heartbreaking,
infuriating’ reasons why. Seacoast Online https://www.seacoastonline.com/story/news/education/2022/07/19/why-young-newhampshire-teachers-students-leaving-profession/10056587002/


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Understanding International Students’ Academic, Wellbeing and Sociocultural Adaptation

Angela Christidis, Emma Sweeney, Sue O'Hara

University Of Exeter, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Christidis, Angela

The UK currently hosts around 605,130 international higher education students in the 2020/21 academic year, hitting its 600,000 target a decade earlier than hoped (Higher Education Statistics Agency, 2022). Of the international students in the UK in 2020/21, almost 25% were recorded as EU students, while the rest of 75% were from non-EU countries.

How are we coping with the growth of international students? To respond to this growing demand and preparing our students as global citizens, what can be done to improve the student experience of both international and home students?

Recent studies indicate that academic and social integration of international students in the destination country often plays a major role in their academic performance, employability outcomes and integration into the wider community (Spencer-Oatey et al, 2017). Alongside the overall strategy to achieve a continual upward trajectory in international student numbers, it is important to build a diverse, culturally rich and engaged community where both international and home students benefit from the presence and integration of international students in the community.

Research has shown that there are cultural differences in teaching and learning of staff and students from a diverse range of ethnicities and nationalities (Montgomery, 2010; Trahar and Hyland, 2011). This paper intends to investigate these issues in depth, aiming to improve understanding of the international students’ academic, well-being and sociocultural adaptation. At the same time, it is also essential not to compromise the needs of home students.

Aims and Objectives:

  • Foster cohesion and enhance understanding between international and domestic students
  • Consider social, cultural and education impacts of international students on domestic students
  • Enhance interaction and integration between international students and host communities
  • Implement strategies and activities to promote intercultural integration and intercultural competence
  • Improve academic staff’s ability to interact with students from culturally diverse background

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper used a mixed method approach to explore the experiences of international students attending the degree programmes at any level and faculty. Research participants were encouraged to participate in a wide range of structured activities to develop their intercultural competence skills, such as weekly intercultural cafes and intercultural competence workshops, which enable them to become more culturally agile and aware of global issues.

Several approaches were adopted to cover the whole student lifecycle, ranging from pre-departure briefing in their home country until post study work experience. Interviews, focus groups, questionnaire and online digital platforms had been adopted to gather their views. For example, one-to-one interview and semi-structured interview containing open-ended questions were used to explore research participants’ experiences. The length of the interviews ranged from 30 to 90 minutes. Participants were asked to share their learning journey and student experience through pen portraits and emotional journey.

For content analysis, NVivo software was used to analyse data to identify common themes and provide recommendations to inform future institutional policies.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The increase in international student numbers on campuses would have a direct impact upon the student experience. Through our interviews and focus groups, we found that research participants were very much going through the cycle of cultural shock (UKCISA, 2018). In general, their confidence and resilience improved over time as they adjust and adapt to the academic and sociocultural environment. This finding is similar to the conceptual model of international student adjustment and adaptation proposed by Schartner and Young (2016; 2020).

The paper addresses differential experience of key student cohorts e.g. international, mature students and emphasise consistent, robust support and guidance for every student. It is anticipated that the research outcome will create and strengthen learning communities, so that a higher percentage of students will feel part of a community of staff and students and a sense of belonging to the university or college. Students will be able to develop supportive peer relations, meaningful interaction between staff and students, and develop knowledge, confidence identify as successful higher education learners, and a higher education experience that is relevant to their interests and future goals.

As Trahar and Hyland (2011) suggested, “academic staff are core players in the process of internationalisation”. Academic and professional services staff would also be invited to attend workshops and training to increase the cultural awareness and improve the ability to interact with students from culturally diverse background.

The ultimate goal is to encourage ALL students and staff to develop “intercultural competence” that would enable them to interact effectively across cultures (Cena et al, 2021) and prepare our educational institutions to embrace a truly integrated multicultural environment.

References
Cena, E., Burns, S., and Wilson, P. (2021). Sense of belonging, intercultural and academic experiences among international students at a University in Northern Ireland. Journal of International Students, 11(4), 812-831.

HESA (2022). Higher Education Student Statistics: UK, 2020/2. 25 January 2022. https://www.hesa.ac.uk/news/25-01-2022/sb262-higher-education-student-statistics

Montgomery, C. (201). Understanding the International Student Experience (Universities into the 21st century) Hampshire, UK: Palgrave Macmillan, 2010, pp.158.

Schartner, A. and Young, T.J. (2016). Towards an integrated conceptual model of international student adjustment and adaptation, European Journal of Higher Education 6(4): 372-386.

Schartner, A. and Young, T.J. (2020). Intercultural transitions in higher education: international student adjustment and adaptation. Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh, 2020, pp. 208.

Spencer-Oatey, H., D. Dauber, J.J., and Wang, L. (2017). Chinese students’ social integration into the university community: hearing the students’ voices. High Education 74: 739-756.

Trahar, S. and Hyland, F. (2011). Experiences and Perceptions of Internationalisation in Higher Education in the United Kingdom. Higher Education Research and Development 30(5):623-633

UKCISA (2018). Facing culture shock. UK  Council for International Student Affairs. Adapted from Orientated for Success, edited by M Barker, Australian International Development Assistance Bureau, 1990.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Does One Need To Identify To Belong? Engineering Identity and the Sense of Belonging According to Gender and Migration Background.

Mieke Cannaerts, Sofie Craps, Greet Langie

KU Leuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Cannaerts, Mieke

Western society values free will, equal chances, and self-expression, especially when there is economic prosperity [1]. Choice is essential to free will, but more choices make a decision more substantial, leading to more risk, and more responsibility. This makes choosing a study field a big step in someone’s identity development. It is part of who they will become and how other people will see them [2].

When people have the freedom to pursue their dreams, they conform more easily to gender stereotypes in their study choices. They search for a sense of belonging, by following their gender identity [1]. A society where academic fields come with stereotypes of who belongs and who does not, impacts someone’s choice according to their gender or background. Looking at engineering for example, white males dominate the field [3]. This can influence the feeling of belonging to engineering for someone that does not identify as white or male. It is likely that they will choose a different study field, or have more difficulties with persisting once entered [4].

The sense of belonging is defined as ‘one’s personal belief that one is an accepted member of an academic community whose presence and contributions are valued’ [5, p. 701]. Having a strong sense of belonging is related to higher motivation, more academic self-confidence, higher engagement, and higher achievement [5]. When someone does not see themselves represented in a study domain, or do not conform to the stereotypical image that society has of that domain, it decreases the chances of a positive identification with this domain [6]. In some cases, it entails modifying their identity or narrative to fit it. For example, some women described themselves becoming less feminine during their STEM education. Archer et al. [7, p. 23] theorize that this is partially out of a need to be taken seriously in their field of study that has a strong link with masculine traits. When the identity that is needed to belong in the study field diverges too far from the own identity, this can lead to drop out [8].

The purpose of this study is to investigate how the discipline-specific identity is related with the feeling of belonging with the related study programme. The focus is on the field of engineering that is typically dominated by (white) men [3]. For example, of all the new students enrolled in the Bachelor Engineering Technology at the KU Leuven (Belgium), 10% is female, and 8% have a migration background [9].

Looking at Belgium, we see that female students and students with a migration background face different barriers. While intake for students with a migration background is low, they are already underrepresented in secondary education tracks that prepare for engineering programmes in university [10]. After completing these secondary education tracks, they face less hurdles in choosing engineering. Conversely, female students are not underrepresented in secondary education tracks, but do not make their way to engineering [11]. However, once they enter the program, students with a migration background struggle more with persistence than students without a migration background. For female students, we see that they often do better than male students [12], something we do not see in several other university, for example in Germany [13] and the US [14].

Although they face different barriers, both female students and students with a migration background, seem to have difficulties to identify with engineering. This study asks how engineering identity is related with the feeling of belonging for first-year students of engineering programmes, and how this relationship is different according to their gender or migration background.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This contribution is part of a broader study that focusses on the recruitment and retention of engineering students, conducted at the KU Leuven, Belgium. In October 2022, an online survey was organized with first-year students in engineering science, engineering-architect, engineering technology, and bio-engineering sciences. Although students were encouraged in a course to participate, participation was voluntary. Informed consent was obtained after approval of the Privacy and Ethics Committee (G-2022-5665).

After data cleaning, 942 respondents remained (response rate of 75% ). Among these respondents, 249 students were registered as female, 95 with a migration background from outside the EU, and 39 from within the EU.

We investigate the link between two concepts, engineering identity and the sense of belonging. Following Godwin et al. (2020), the concept of engineering identity was measured by three subscales on a five-point likert scale (from ‘not at all important’ to ‘very important’):
(1) ‘Recognition’ measured the extent that people in their environment see the student as an engineer (3 questions);
(2) ‘Interest’ looked at the enjoyment and fulfilment of studying engineering (3 questions);
(3) ‘Competence’ focused more on students’ belief to perform well in engineering programmes  (4 questions originally, but one was omitted).  

The concept sense of belonging  is based on some subscales of the questionnaire of Good et al. (2012) and was also measured on a five point likert scale (from ‘not agreed at all’ to ‘completely agreed’):
(1) ‘Membership’ measured whether a student feels part of the engineering community (4 questions);
(2) ‘Acceptance’ looked at the extent to which a student feels accepted in one’s program (4 questions);
(3) ‘Trust’ focused on the trust that a student has in one’s teachers (4 questions).  

In this study, it was analysed how the relationship between engineering identity and the sense of belonging differs according to gender and migration background.
(1) Migration background was measured by the student’s birth country and by their parent(s) or grandparents' birth country. For the students with a migration background, we make a distinction between inside or outside the EU [12].
(2) Gender will be measured as the sex according to their passport. Unfortunately, we are not able to measure if people identify as non-binary or transgender, so we will not be able to distinguish these groups.  

Data was analysed in R. The different subscales were confirmed with affirmative factor analysis, followed up with t-tests, and linear regression analysis.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Both engineering identity [15] and sense of belonging [5] have been shown to impact retention rate and study results of students. Since the engineering field is dominated by white men, female students and students with a migration background often have a lower sense of belonging and a weaker engineering identity. In the engineering courses at the KU Leuven, there is a difference in retention rate when it comes to people with or without a migration background, while we do not see that same difference when it comes to someone’s gender. Female students also perform better than men [12]. That is why we are interested to see if the difference in the sense of belonging and engineering identity between students with and without a migration background is bigger than between female and male students.

As of the date of submission of this abstract, the analysis of the data has been ongoing. First results of the t-tests show that all subscales show a significant difference (p<0,01) between male and female students, as well as between students with and without a migration background. However, a first look at linear regression models, show that female students only score significantly lower on the ‘trust’ subscale, but not on the other subscales for sense of belonging. For students with a migration background, a slightly lower, but significant effect of the sense of belonging ‘membership’ subscale was observed. When it comes to engineering identity, female students score significantly lower score on the ‘competence’ subscale than male students. For students with a migration background, there is a significant increase on the subscale ‘interest’, and a decrease on the subscale ‘recognition’ in comparison with students without a migration background.
More in depth analysis is necessary before specific results can be made public.

References
[1]N. S. Yalcinkaya and G. Adams, “A Cultural Psychological Model of Cross-National Variation in Gender Gaps in STEM Participation,” Personal. Soc. Psychol. Rev., vol. 24, no. 4, pp. 345–370, 2020, doi: 10.1177/1088868320947005.
[2]H. Rose and M. B. Schwartz, “Does Choice Mean Freedom and Well-Being?,” J. Consum. Res. Inc., vol. 37, no. 1, pp. 344–355, 2010, doi: 10.1086/651242.
[3]M. Charles and K. Bradley, “Indulging our gendered selves? sex segregation by field of study in 44 countries,” Am. J. Sociol., vol. 114, no. 4, pp. 924–976, 2009, doi: 10.1086/595942.
[4]E. Blosser, “An examination of Black women’s experiences in undergraduate engineering on a primarily white campus: Considering institutional strategies for change,” J. Eng. Educ., vol. 109, no. 1, pp. 52–71, 2020, doi: 10.1002/jee.20304.
[5]C. Good, A. Rattan, and C. S. Dweck, “Why do women opt out? Sense of belonging and women’s representation in mathematics,” J. Pers. Soc. Psychol., vol. 102, no. 4, pp. 700–717, 2012, doi: 10.1037/a0026659.
[6]R. M. O’Hara, “STEM(ing) the Tide: A Critical Race Theory Analysis in STEM Education,” J. Constr. Psychol., vol. 35, no. 3, pp. 986–998, 2022, doi: 10.1080/10720537.2020.1842825.
[7]L. Archer, J. Moote, E. MacLeod, B. Francis, and J. DeWitt, “ASPIRES 2: Young people’s science and career aspirations, age 10-19,” London, 2020.
[8]H. T. Holmegaard, L. M. Madsen, and L. Ulriksen, “A journey of negotiation and belonging: understanding students’ transitions to science and engineering in higher education,” Cult. Stud. Sci. Educ., vol. 9, no. 3, pp. 755–786, 2014, doi: 10.1007/s11422-013-9542-3.
[9]KU Leuven, “Instroomsitueringen generatiestudenten 2021-2022,” Levuen, 2022.
[10]Unia Interfederaal Gelijkekansencentrum, “Diversiteitsbarometer Onderwijs,” Brussel, 2018.
[11]Vlaams ministerie van onderwijs en vorming, “Leerlingenaantallen,” 2022. https://onderwijs.vlaanderen.be/nl/onderwijsstatistieken/themas-onderwijsstatistieken/leerlingenaantallen-basis-en-secundair-onderwijs-en-hbo5 (accessed Jan. 23, 2023).
[12]KU Leuven, “Doorstroomsitueringen met cijfers over de studieprestaties tot en met de cohorte generatiestudenten van academiejaar 2020-2021,” Leuven, 2022.
[13]E. Höhne and L. Zander, “Belonging uncertainty as predictor of dropout intentions among first-semester students of the computer sciences,” Zeitschrift für Erziehungswiss., 2019, doi: 10.1007/s11618-019-00907-y.
[14]J. J. Park, Y. K. Kim, · Cinthya Salazar, and S. Hayes, “Student-Faculty Interaction and Discrimination from Faculty in STEM: The Link with Retention,” vol. 61, pp. 330–356, 2020, doi: 10.1007/s11162-019-09564-w.
[15]A. Godwin and A. Kirn, “Identity-based motivation: Connections between first-year students’ engineering role identities and future-time perspectives,” J. Eng. Educ., vol. 109, no. 3, pp. 362–383, 2020, doi: 10.1002/jee.20324.
 
9:00am - 10:30am07 SES 09 C JS: Researching Multiliteracies in Intercultural and Multilingual Education XI: Innovative Learning Tools: Challenges and Opportunities
Location: James McCune Smith, 429 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Irina Usanova
Joint Paper Session NW 07, NW 20, NW 31. Full information in 31 SES 09 A JS
9:00am - 10:30am07 SES 09 C: Overcoming Prejudice, Deficitism and the Pathologisation of the Poor in European Schools
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 707 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Louisa Dawes
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Breaking out the Box. Moving Beyond Deficit Thinking in Contemporary School Contexts.

Paola Dusi

University of Verona, Italy

Presenting Author: Dusi, Paola

Situations of poverty have been rising in Europe for some time, with the risk of widening inequalities (digital divide, school dropout, employment). With the COVID-19 pandemic, the situation has only deteriorated (European Commission, 2021). Among the families most at risk from increased living costs and social exclusion are those of people from a migrant background. As reports from several European countries indicate (Belgium, Croatia, Cyprus, Czechia, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain – Eurochild 2022), young people from a migrant background are among those at greatest risk of poverty/social exclusion (alongside young Roma people and children of single-parent households – StC, 2021). In these groups, we find many of the traits that characterise at-risk families: large families, (under)employment in low-paying work, minority. Intersectional theory (Cho et al., 2013) posits that the presence of multiple forms of diversity amplifies the experience of exclusion and subordination faced by certain categories.

Alongside childcare, healthcare and housing, education and school are key battlegrounds in the fight against the increasing risk of social exclusion and poverty among youth. Indeed, “education is one of the key deliverables expected under the NRRP, in 2022/2023. The plan calls for comprehensive reforms and substantial investments to strengthen education and improve primary and secondary education outcomes” (Eurochild, 2022, 70).

While the EU’s Pillar of Social Rights Action Plan recognises the value of education in promoting inclusion (“everyone has the right to quality and inclusive education” – European Commission, 2021, 44) young people’s school experiences remain a “mixed bag”. The school is an arena for mutual recognition, empowerment, and capacitation, but also one in which students can experience discrimination, isolation, and negative forms of selection. With the perpetuation of cultural stereotypes that underpin hierarchical relationships between social groups, the socioeconomic inequalities of the outside world are frequently reproduced within the school system. Children from a migrant background, in particular, are overrepresented among school dropouts and under-achievers (Eurochild 2022, 52).

Students from minorities encounter numerous difficulties in Western education that are often comprehended through the lens of deficit thinking (Yosso, 2005). Students whose strengths differ from those recognised by the curriculum and in society are considered in terms of what they do not know, relative to the education system’s established standards (Levinson, 2011).

Deficit thinking provided a theoretical-scholarly underpinning to a compensatory (and assimilationist) approach to practice involving students from “different” social or cultural situations. In earlier days, in Europe, it was this compensatory approach that characterised the relationship between the school institution and students from a migratory background.

Despite the fact that, at a legislative-policy level, the compensatory mindset was superseded decades ago by an intercultural approach, day-to-day experiences of school and real-life socio-cultural contexts present a more complex, multi-faceted reality. Lacking training in the hidden dimensions of culture (Hall, 1990), well-meaning teachers often regard such students – with their “different” competences, socioeconomic status, and family background – as somehow “lacking”, and end up contributing to the reproduction of existing inequalities.

Drawing on authors working from a decolonial standpoint (Quijano, 1992; Dussel, 2000; Mignolo & Walsh, 2018), the present contribution seeks to set out a theoretical explanation of the academic difficulties faced by these students (author, 2022), and to re-examine the theoretical underpinning of the deficit thinking that characterises the encounter with students from minority and low-socioeconomic-status backgrounds across the Global West (see Anzaldua, 2012; Dei et al., 2000; Zoric, 2014).

Inspired by the concept of the “coloniality of knowledge” developed by Anibal Quijano (1992), which is central to the decolonial literature, is our guiding research question: is there a connection between the deficit-thinking approach to education and the "coloniality of knowledge"?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The theoretical contribution we present here is based on a traditional literature review (Pope, Mays, Popay, 2007), which we understand as a survey of material published in a particular field of study or line of research that seeks to derive an understanding of that which emerges from the literature relative to a given topic, though without any claim of exhaustiveness. In this case, we have sought to examine the principal characteristics of decolonial writing through a critical, intercultural lens, beginning with the work of Catherine Walsh and working back to the writings of the “modernity/coloniality collective” (Ballestrin, 2013), which champion the autonomy of Latin-American thought relative to Europe- and America-centric traditions. Central to the decolonial literature is the concept of the “coloniality of power and knowledge” developed by Anibal Quijano (1992).

A traditional literature review has various limitations:
– no consideration is given to evaluating the quality and methodology of the material surveyed;
– the search for contributions with relevance to the subject under consideration is not systematic;
– the review is not guided by a specific review question, leading inevitably to a biased selection. For this reason, many authors describe this as a “narrative review” (Popay et al., 2006).
These limits notwithstanding, despite its non-systematic character, a traditional literature review can contribute to new understandings and conceptualisations. In our case, it enabled the development of an explanatory theory that may help us to understand the persistence of deficit thinking in Western school contexts, more specifically those in Europe. The principal search terms used to identify contributions were: decolonial approach, coloniality of power, deficit thinking in school. Further to this, the bibliography considered was expanded as we analysed the bibliographies of the contributions that, over the course of our research, emerged as being pertinent or significant relative to our research question.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The decolonial approach offers a key for re-examining deficit-thinking theory, enabling some understanding of why – despite the work of academics and teacher-education initiatives – deficit thinking remains so pervasive in contemporary imaginations, habits, and school systems.  We hypothesise that the “coloniality of knowledge” (Quijano, 1992) provided fertile ground for its development and spread. According to coloniality theory, the domination of culture, subjective experience, and knowledge was a key part of the European project of global domination. The “non-white” Other and his/her knowledge were studied, classified, and presented to the white world through “scholarly” research by which they were “judged to be less civilized”, such research being part of colonizing strategies (Denzin & Lincoln, 2008,).
This theory shines a light on the absolutism of Western rationalism, which casts positivist science as the sole, valid knowledge form for distinguishing “true” from “false”. We argue that scientific absolutism continues to provide the epistemological foundation of school, education, and teacher-training systems. The knowledge schools offer is therefore the expression of a privileged viewpoint that is ultimately contemptuous of other epistemological perspectives.
The influx of “modern abyssal thinking” (Santos, 2014, 190) has had significant repercussions in terms of both the “marginal” position assigned within the school institution to students presenting multiple forms of diversity, how they are perceived, and their chances of academic success.
Even now, the strengths possessed by these students and their families in areas that are not valued by the dominant culture and curricula are neither recognised nor encouraged in the school. Adhering to pre-established norms, the school views this linguistic, cultural, and epistemological difference in terms of deficit, without giving space and opportunities to students from non-traditional backgrounds (Dei, Doyle-Wood, 2006).
This theoretical work could bring additional insights useful for rethinking both school curricula and teacher education.

References
Anzaldúa, G. (2012). Bordelands. La Frontera, the New Mestiza. San Francisco: The Aunt Book.

Author (2021) (2022)

Ballestrin, L. (2013). América Latina e o giro decolonial. Revista Brasileira de Ciência Política, 11, 89-117.

Dei, G.J.S. (2010). Learning to succeed. The challenges and possibilities of educational achievement
for all. Youngstown: Teneo Press.

Dei, G.J.S., & Doyle Wood, S. (2006). Is we who Haffi ride Di Staam: critical knowledge /multiple knowings. Possibilities, challenges and resistance in curriculum/cultural context. In: Y. Kanu (ed.), Curriculum as cultural practice. Postcolonial imaginations (151-180). Toronto: University of Toronto.

Denzin, N.K., & Lincoln, Y.S., (2008). Introduction: The Discipline and Practice of Qualitative Research. In: N.K., Denzin, & Y.S., Lincoln, The Landscape of Qualitative Research (1-43), Thousand Oaks: Sage.

Dussel, E. (2000). Europa, modernidad y eurocentrismo. In E. Lander (Ed.) La colonialidad del saber, eurocentrismo y ciencias sociales, perspectivas latino-americanas. Buenos Aires: Clacso.

Eurochild (2022). (In)visible Children – Eurochild 2022 Report on children in need across Europe. Brussels: Eurochild.

European Commission (2021). The European Pillar of Social Rights Action Plan. Luxenbourg: European Commission.

Hall, E.T. (1990). The Hidden dimension. New York: Anchor Books.

Levinson, M. (2011). Democracy, Accountability, and Education. Theory and Research in Education, 9(2), 125-144. https://doi.org/10.1177/1477878511409622

Oakley, A. (2000). Experiments in knowing: gender and method in the Social Sciences. Cambridge: Polity Press.

Petticrew, M., & Roberts, H. (2006). Systematic reviews in the Social Science. Oxford: Blackwell.

Popay, J., Roberts, H., Sowden, A., Petticrew, M., Arai, L., Rodgers, M., Britten, N., Roen, K., & Duffy, S. (2006). Guidance on the Conduct of Narrative Synthesis in Systematic reviews. A product. Lancaster: Lancaster University

Pope, C., Mays, N., & Popay, J. (2007). Synthesizing Qualitative and Quantitative Health Evidence: A Guide to Methods. Maidenhead: Open University Press.

Mignolo, W.D., & Walsh, C.E. (2018), On decoloniality. Durham: Duke University Press.

Quijano, A. (1992). Colonialidad y modernidad/racionalidad.  Perú Indígena, XIII, 29, 11-20.

Santos, B. de Sousa, (2014). Epistemologies of the South. Justice against Epistemicide. London: Routledge.

Save the Children (2021). Guaranteeing children’s future. How to end child poverty and social
exclusion in Europe. Brussel: Save the Children Europe.

Walsh, C. (Ed.) (2017). Pedagogías decoloniales. Prácticas insurgentes de resistir, (re)existir y (re)
vivir. Quito: Abya Yala.

Yosso, T.J. (2005). Whose culture has capital? A critical race theory discussion of community cultural wealth.  Race, Ethnicity and Education, VIII, 1, 69-91. doi.org/10.1080/1361332052000341006


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Diversity of Opinions in the Classroom: Possibilities and Challenges Considering Student Positions and Social Context

Elise Margrethe Vike Johannessen1, Tonje Myrebøe2

1NLA University College, Norway; 2Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway

Presenting Author: Vike Johannessen, Elise Margrethe; Myrebøe, Tonje

In this paper we present parts of our book about diversity of opinion in the classroom. The book is based on empirical examples from two qualitative studies of teachers and students in junior high and high schools in Norway. One of the studies investigates students’ understandings of and associations to prejudice and stereotypes tied to minority groups and identities in school, while the other explores teachers’ practices in working with awareness raising and prevention of prejudice. Norwegian schools are responsible to facilitate for diversity of opinions and to equip students to manage it (KD, 2017), and teachers have a central role in managing the school’s educational mission related to awareness of attitudes and values among students. The empirical material from the two studies, however, suggests that discomfort and uncertainty in relation to diversity of opinions in the classroom can affect teaching situations for both teachers and students. The teachers’ narratives appear to be closely linked to contextual factors and the social dynamics in the classroom, and their practices seem to largely be shaped by their own choices and assessment in each situation. In the students’ stories, on the other hand, discomfort and uncertainty related diversity of opinions are emphasized. Their uncertainty and discomfort seem linked to both specific educational topics as well as contextual factors and the social dynamics, which in turn can affect the possibilities of diversity of opinions in the classroom.

In what is referred to as the «pedagogy of discomfort» (Boler & Zembylas, 2003; Zembylas & Papamichael, 2017), discomfort is understood as a prerequisite for the development of critical thinking and democratic formation (Røthing, 2019). Against this background, discomfort plays a central role in our discussion of the empirical material, and we take as our starting point the following questions: In what ways can relational aspects in the classroom influence the possibilities for diversity of opinions in teaching situations? To discuss this, we will draw on perspectives on discomfort in the teaching (Boler & Zembylas, 2003; Zembylas & Papamichael, 2017) and the idea of ​​the classroom as a «safe space» for students (Arao & Clemens, 2013; Barrett, 2010; Flensner & von der Lippe, 2019; Callan, 2016).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical foundation for the paper, is from Myrebøe and Johannessen doctoral projects. Myrebøe has conducted qualitative semi-structured interviews with 20 teachers working in Norwegian junior high school and high schools about their experiences with students' prejudiced expressions in school. Johannessen, on the other hand, has conducted participant observation over nine weeks, at three high schools in different parts of Norway, and interviewed 28 students from the three schools, about their experiences with and understandings of prejudice in school.

These empirical data go well together, and will, for the purpose of the book we are currently working on, be combined, in order to shed light on the topic of diversity of opinion in the classroom.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We expect to, based on approximately four empirical examples, highlight some didactical challenges tied to diversity of opinion in the classroom, based on the perspectives of both students and teachers.
References
Arao, B. & Clemens, K. (2013). From safe spaces to brave spaces: A new way to frame dialogue around diversity and social justice. I L. M. Landreman (Red.), The art of effective facilitation: Reflections from Social Justice Educators (s. 135–150). Sterling, VA: Stylus

Barrett, B. J. (2010). Is "safety" dangerous? A critical examination of the classroom as safe space. Canadian Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching & Learning, 1(1). https://doi.org/10.5206/cjsotl-rcacea.2010.1.9

Boler, M. & Zembylas, M. (2003). Discomforting truths: The emotional terrain of understanding difference. I P. P. Trifonas (Red.), Pedagogies of difference: Rethinking education for social change (s. 116–139). London, UK: Routledge.

Callan, E. (2016). Education in safe and unsafe spaces. Philosophical Inquiry in Education, 24, 64–78.

Flensner, K. K. & von der Lippe, M. (2019). Being safe from what and safe for whom? A critical discussion of the conceptual metphor or 'safe space'. Intercultural Education, 30(3), 275–288.

KD. (2017). Overordnet del – verdier og prinsipper for grunnopplæringen. Oslo: Kunnskapsdepartementet. Hentet fra https://www.udir.no/lk20/overordnet-del/?lang=nob

Røthing, Å. (2019). «Ubehagets pedagogikk» - en inngang til kritisk refleksjon og inkluderende undervisning. FLEKS: Scandinavian Journal of Intercultural Theory and Practice, 6(1). https://doi.org/10.7577/fleks.3309

Zembylas, M. & Papamichael, E. (2017). Pedagogies of discomfort and empathy in multicultural teacher education. Intercultural Education, 28(1), 1–19.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Social mobility and Attitudes to Child Poverty in Schools in England. Findings from the Local Matters Attitudinal Survey.

Carl Emery, Louisa Dawes, Sandra Clare, Elizabeth Gregory

University of Manchester, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Emery, Carl; Dawes, Louisa

This paper explores school attitudes to child poverty in England and interrogates these through a wider European frame. Often, research about education uses the term ‘schools’ but means ‘teachers’. However, whilst the attitudes of the teachers matter, so too do the attitudes of others within the school community. The attitudes to poverty of teaching assistants, senior leaders, lunchtime supervisors and governors have a profound effect on how children and families living in poverty experience school life.

Despite a body of scholarly research suggesting poverty is not a simple concept but is messy, complex and complicated, revealing itself as amorphous and highly contextualised (Gorski, 2017; Emery, et al, 2022), discourses associated with poverty in education have been historically packaged into neat and simplified solutions to overcome gaps in attainment in order to ‘fix the problem’ of poverty, see for example the work done by the OECD.(Salinas,2018). Addressing poverty and social inequalities has long been the responsibility of schools, as ‘engines of social mobility’ (Gibb, 2016), accountable for the success of students from socio-economically disadvantaged backgrounds as part of a contemporary, common-sense aim of education, based on meritocratic narratives of the last twenty-five years (Owens and St Croix, 2020).

For schools, extant education policy responses, linked to crude indicators of poverty, such as Free School Meals (FSM) in England, have been associated with individualised interventions and overcoming barriers to learning for a seemingly homogenised group of pupils. Concomitantly, levels of accountability and the ‘standards agenda’ have fixated schools work on attainment, progress and an ability ‘to deliver’ within an increasingly apparent performance culture (Ball et al, 2012). The contemporary education policy, therefore, with its onus on progress and commitment to attainment no matter the economic status of pupils, does not acknowledge the larger, societal barriers that might affect those living in poverty nor recognise potential deficit views and myths associated with a broad, decontextualised ‘culture of poverty’ (Gorski, 2017). For too long, reductive education policy responses to poverty have made invisible the deeper histories, stories, emotions and relationships the child resides in (Emery et al, 2022).

Research, mostly from America (Ullucci and Howard, 2015) but also emerging in England (Hayes et al, 2017) and Europe (Strbova, 2012), tells us that this ‘culture of poverty’ ideology has shaped schools and teachers’ attitudes towards pupils living in poverty. Yet in reality, outside of the USA, we have little to no knowledge of what these attitudes are beyond broad brushstrokes. Certainly, in England, beyond the work of Simpson et al (2017), there is a paucity of either tools or data regarding school attitudes. Commensurately, we need to gain a clear understanding of what attitudes are held by those working within schools in England towards children living in poverty.

Adopting a critical frame and building on the thinking of Gorski (2017), we consider three, interrelated questions: How are social mobility discourses reflected in schools' attitudes to poverty? What do these attitudes say about the contemporary, professional identity of staff? To what extent can social mobility, as the normative education poverty discourse, be considered ‘cruel optimism’ (Berlant, 2010)?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Building on the attitudes survey work of Yun and Weaver (2010) - but with a strong emphasis on the English and European context, we have over the past five years, employing a cross sectional survey design, coproduced, alongside teaching colleagues, a UK-based Schools Attitudes to Poverty survey. The survey  follows a 4-factor structure on attitudes to poverty - Factor 1 -Individualistic, Factor 2 – Stigma, Factor 3 – Societal, Factor 4 – Determinism
This survey has been piloted and delivered to over 700 teachers, support staff, governors, senior leaders, premises teams and teaching assistants working across three regions in England and its development has been supported by the English National Education Union and the United Kingdom Research and Innovation Body.



Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It is the findings of our School Attitudes to Poverty  survey that our paper interrogates, with a strong emphasis on how social mobility discourses shape teachers’ thinking and doing in England and more broadly across Europe. We reveal how, through language, soaked within the culture of poverty discourse, schools and wider education policies are both constituted and constituting ‘rescue’ identity notions. We also report on and explore the positioning of children living in poverty, and their families, as subjects to blame or feel pity for, thereby perpetuating mythical notions of social mobility and meritocracy.
References
Ball, S., Maguire, M., Braun, A., Perryman, J., & Hoskins, K. (2012). Assessment technologies in schools:‘Deliverology’ and the ‘play of dominations’. Research Papers in Education, 27(5), 513-533.
Berlant, L. (2010). Cruel optimism. The affect theory reader, 93-117.
Emery, C., Dawes, L., & Raffo, C. (2022). The local matters: Working with teachers to rethink the poverty and achievement gap discourse. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 30, 122-122.
Gibb, N. (2016) What is a Good Education in the 21st Century? Available at: https:// www.gov.uk/government/speeches/what-is-a-good-education-in-the-21st-century
Gorski, P. C. (2017). Reaching and teaching students in poverty: Strategies for erasing the opportunity gap. Teachers College Press.
Hayes, D., Hattam, R., Comber, B., Kerkham, L., Lupton, R., & Thomson, P. (2017). Literacy, leading and learning: Beyond pedagogies of poverty. Routledge.
Owens, J., & de St Croix, T. (2020). Engines of social mobility? Navigating meritocratic education discourse in an unequal society. British Journal of Educational Studies, 68(4), 403-424.
Salinas, D. (2018). Can equity in education foster social mobility? OECD..
Simpson, D., Loughran, S., Lumsden, E., Mazzocco, P., Clark, R. M., & Winterbottom, C. (2017). ‘Seen but not heard’. Practitioners work with poverty and the organising out of disadvantaged children’s voices and participation in the early years. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 25(2), 177-188.
Štrbová, M. (2012). The culture of poverty of the Roma in Slovakia. Górnośląskie Studia Socjologiczne. Seria Nowa, (3), 181-185.
Ullucci, K., & Howard, T. (2015). Pathologizing the poor: Implications for preparing teachers to work in high-poverty schools. Urban Education, 50(2), 170-193.
Yun, S. H., & Weaver, R. D. (2010). Development and validation of a short form of the attitude toward poverty scale. Advances in Social Work, 11(2), 174-187.
 
9:00am - 10:30am07 SES 09 D: Political and Science Education in Spaces and Times of Risk
Location: James McCune Smith, 629 [Floor 6]
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Attitudes towards Political Interventions in Times of Crisis - A Typology of the Youth

Lea Fobel1, Johannes Schuster1, Nina Kolleck2

1Leipzig University, Germany; 2University of Potsdam, Germany

Presenting Author: Schuster, Johannes; Kolleck, Nina

Democratic attitudes and behaviour are indispensable for the maintenance of democracies. Consequently, young citizens have a decisive influence on the success of the (re-)creation of democracies. Nevertheless, young people are excluded from many key forms of political participation that would encourage attention to young political views. Yet political attitudes develop primarily during the youth phase - shaped by the experiences of individuals in their social and political contexts (Eckstein 2019, S. 417). To ensure that democratic values are passed on to the next generation, it is important to integrate citizenship education into the daily lives of young people.

Young people participate less often in elections, have less interest in political issues (Eckstein 2019; Weiss 2020) and less trust in political institutions (Eckstein 2019, S. 405). Against this background, young people have repeatedly been accused of withdrawing from politics and lacking engagement. However, the relationship of young people to politics is much more ambivalent as a result of these developments. Studies also show that young people are interested and engaged in many political issues, but that this engagement does not take place in the traditional spaces of politics and is subject to different dynamics than the engagement of older generations. The consequences of this development can be seen in the numerous youth movements that have developed (Eckstein 2019, S. 405; Syvertsen et al. 2011).

The current young generation is particularly shaped by crises - with the Corona pandemic in 2020 and the war in Europe in spring 2022 as current climaxes. The crises not only have an impact on young people’s school education and career paths, but also have the potential to significantly shape the political attitudes of these people and thus strongly influence the future of democracy in Germany. However, it remains unclear how these consequences manifest themselves in the political attitudes of young people. At the same time, it has been scientifically confirmed that crises and conflicts can lead to serious changes in public opinion (Schoen 2006). Already for the Corona pandemic, it was found that interpersonal and institutional trust in the population decreased, economic uncertainty reduced support for welfare state services (Daniele et al. 2020) and certain narratives in social media promoted the generation of rumours and conspiracy theories (Freeman et al. 2022; Shahsavari et al. 2020).

With the war in Europe, the crisis situation increasingly intensified. Images and stories about the war were published via social media and news, the sources of which could not be verified for a long time, and the various political measures and reactions were widely and vociferously discussed among the population. This uncertainty and the lowered confidence due to the crisis-ridden period of the previous years paved the way for extreme political positions. Against this background, the article examines the following questions: Which types of young people can be found with regard to the evaluation of political reactions to the war in Ukraine? What influence do features of vertical and horizontal disparities have with regard to the formation of types?

The article uses the current example of crisis to highlight the direction in which young people's political opinion-forming is developing in Germany and which target groups can be addressed to promote or curb diplomatic or radical attitudes. With regard to political developments in many European countries, the results are not only relevant for Germany and can be translated into other national contexts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Within the scope of the study, 3240 people between the ages of 16 and 29 were quota-representatively surveyed by gender and federal state in Germany between 24 June and 26 July 2022. The online survey was conducted with the help of an online access panel from Bilendi GmbH. The questionnaire comprised of 36 questions that were answered by the participants within 15 minutes on average. In addition to basic socio-demographic questions and concepts in the area of social participation, political attitudes in the context of the war in Ukraine were also surveyed.
In order to answer the research question and to carry out a typology of young people's assessment of political reactions to the war in Ukraine, we carried our three cluster analyses. After cleaning the data, 3182 cases could be included in the cluster analyses. Using the single-link method, which has a high sensitivity to outliers, we first marked these extreme cases in the data before a suitable number of clusters was determined using the Ward method. In both methods, we choose the Euclidean distance as the dissimilarity measure due to the quasi-metric data. Unlike the single-link method, the Ward method is less prone to outliers and is a robust method to perform cluster determination. Both the resulting dendrogram and the formal Duda-Hart index suggest an optimisation of the cluster number on four clusters. Finally, based on these analyses, we performed a final analysis using the k-Means method. For this procedure, we adopted the cluster number of four clusters previously determined in the Ward procedure in order to achieve an optimisation of the cluster determination based on the given cluster number.
Following the calculation of the clusters, we analysed the types descriptively before finally carrying out a multinomial logistic regression analysis. We carried out this analysis once for each cluster as a base category in order to take a comprehensive look at the relationships between the groups. As more variables were included in the model, the number of observations in the model dropped to 2688 cases due to missing data. The result of the analysis is a detailed presentation of the factors that lead to a classification in one of the clusters.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show four clusters of young people in terms of their attitudes towards political measures in the war in Ukraine: (1) the diplomatic, who are particularly in favour of EU-wide sanctions as well as the admission of Ukraine into the EU and the termination of economic relations with Russia; (2) the all-rounders, who agree with all measures, but do not want to stay out of the conflict completely; (3) the militants, who are in favour of a reintroduction of military service and an active participation of Germany in the fighting in Ukraine, as well as radical measures such as a suspension of all telephone calls with the Russian president or entry bans for Russian citizens to Germany; (4) the nationalists, who would rather stay out of the conflict and place a greater emphasis on recalling a German identity and protecting its own borders.
From cluster 1 to cluster 4, satisfaction with the financial situation as well as satisfaction with democracy in Germany and trust in political institutions decrease constantly. While the diplomats are comparatively highly educated, younger and better off, the all-rounders tend to show the opposite characteristics. The militants tend to be disinterested in politics and the nationalists are characterised by low trust in political institutions and dissatisfaction with Germany's democratic structures.
The multinomial regression analysis shows that education, gender, political trust and satisfaction with democracy significantly predict membership in the respective clusters. Other variables, however, only play a role for certain groups. Overall, the results of our study illustrate that recording the attitudes of young people is important in order to reach the different target groups with measures in formal and non-formal education and to counter conspiracy ideologies.

References
Daniele, Gianmarco; Martinangeli, Andrea; Passarelli, Francesco; Sas, Willem; Windsteiger, Lisa (2020): Wind of Change? Experimental Survey Evidence on the Covid-19 Shock and Socio-Political Attitudes in Europe. In: SSRN Journal. DOI: 10.2139/ssrn.3671674.
Eckstein, Katharina (2019): Politische Entwicklung im Jugend- und jungen Erwachsenenalter. In: Bärbel Kracke und Peter Noack (Hg.): Handbuch Entwicklungs- und Erziehungspsychologie. Berlin: Springer (Springer Reference Psychologie), S. 405–423.
Freeman, Daniel; Waite, Felicity; Rosebrock, Laina; Petit, Ariane; Causier, Chiara; East, Anna et al. (2022): Coronavirus conspiracy beliefs, mistrust, and compliance with government guidelines in England. In: Psychological medicine 52 (2), S. 251–263. DOI: 10.1017/S0033291720001890.
Schoen, Harald (2006): Beeinflusst Angst politische Einstellungen? Eine Analyse der öffentlichen Meinung während des Golfkriegs 1991. In: PVS 47 (3), S. 441–464. DOI: 10.1007/s11615-006-0082-2.
Shahsavari, Shadi; Holur, Pavan; Wang, Tianyi; Tangherlini, Timothy R.; Roychowdhury, Vwani (2020): Conspiracy in the time of corona: automatic detection of emerging COVID-19 conspiracy theories in social media and the news. In: J Comput Soc Sc 3 (2), S. 279–317. DOI: 10.1007/s42001-020-00086-5.
Syvertsen, Amy K.; Wray-Lake, Laura; Flanagan, Constance A.; Osgood, D. Wayne; Briddell, Laine (2011): Thirty Year Trends in U.S. Adolescents' Civic Engagement: A Story of Changing Participation and Educational Differences. In: Journal of research on adolescence : the official journal of the Society for Research on Adolescence 21 (3), S. 586–594. DOI: 10.1111/j.1532-7795.2010.00706.x.
Weiss, Julia (2020): What Is Youth Political Participation? Literature Review on Youth Political Participation and Political Attitudes. In: Front. Polit. Sci. 2, Artikel 1, S. 1. DOI: 10.3389/fpos.2020.00001.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Transferring and Creating Science Education in Prisons through Dialogic Scientific Gatherings and Scientific Workshops

Silvia Molina Roldán1, Carme Garcia-Yeste1, Teresa Morlà-Folch2

1Universitat Rovira i Virgili, Tarragona, Spain; 2Universitat de Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Molina Roldán, Silvia

This paper presents two educational actions developed in a Catalan prison (Spain). Specifically, it analyses the impact of the Dialogic Scientific Gatherings and Scientific Workshops in a prison. Previous research highlighted the consequences of educational inequalities leading to social exclusion in different forms, nevertheless, more anecdotal research has focused on showing actions to overcome the exclusion of the most vulnerable groups. One of the most crucial tasks of social sciences is to study the different levels and types of inequality and, especially, to define strategies that reduce them (Flecha, 2022; Soler, 2017).

The education gap between the incarcerated population and the general population is enormous. For example, studies in the United States show that less than 5% have a college degree, and only 15% of incarcerated adults obtain a postsecondary degree or certificate before or during incarceration. In comparison, almost half (45%) of the general population have completed some postsecondary education (PIAAC, 2014). At the same time, scientific literature highlights the existing gap between the most vulnerable students and their access to science (Arnold & Doctoroff, 2003). Several studies show that young people who feel more attracted to and are more proficient in scientific activities are precisely those who have participated in scientific activities besides scheduled school classes (Thiry, Laursen, & Hunter, 2011; VanMeter-Adams et al., 2014).

Even though scientific literacy is essential for individuals to participate in democratic societies fully, inequalities in accessing scientific knowledge still exist worldwide (Diez-Palomar et al., 2022). Specifically, scientific literacy refers to “the ability to engage with science-related issues, and with the ideas of science, as a reflective citizen” (OECD, 2013, p. 7). Despite the growing interest in the democratization of science, little research has been done to involve specific groups in scientific advances. A particular case is the prison context (as example: (LeRoy et al., 2012, Nalini et al., 2013), where more research needs to be done in relation to successful actions that fosters awareness of and interest in science in these contexts.

This paper presents an educational action carried out in the context of a project funded by the Spanish Foundation for Science and Technology (FECYT). The project's main objective is to implement actions to promote scientific vocations among children, adolescents and adults in highly vulnerable situations. Specifically, in this paper, we focus on the results obtained in the training of adults in a penitentiary centre through Dialogic Scientific Gatherings (DSG) and Scientific Workshops. These are evidence-based actions, an optimal ground for developing educational theory, actual practice and policy-making (Flecha, 2015; 2022). It is a case study in Catalonia (Spain), and the action was carried out in the men's module between January and April 2022. During these four months, the DSGs were carried out, which consisted of reading a scientific article selected by the researchers and sharing the arguments with the group. This reading was complemented by a training session in a workshop format conducted by expert researchers on each topic.

This paper addresses one of the different ways of understanding diversity in educational research with a focus on a Catalan prison. Therefore, in line with the conference this paper aims to highlight the successes (impact) and challenges resulting from the commitment of educational researchers and educational research to address and include diversity in all aspects of what we do. The results show that the participants perceived the activities as a useful resource for social reintegration, as the increased motivation to participate in dialogical learning environments brought meaning to their learning and transformed their educational expectations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This work is framed within the Communicative Methodology (CM), which is based on the promotion of egalitarian dialogue between different social agents participating in the research (Gomez et al., 2011; Soler-Gallart and Flecha, 2022). The CM was validated and promoted by the international scientific community due to its social impact as a result of the egalitarian dialogue that researchers establish with research participants. One of the most relevant premises of this methodological framework is the construction of dialogic knowledge based on the contrast of scientific knowledge and the contributions of the research participants’ life experiences (Gomez, 2014).  People are social agents with the capacity for transformation (Freire, 1997), and it is thus important to involve participants in creating knowledge regarding their own social reality so they can change it.

The data reported here come from a case study in one Catalan prison (Spain) held for four months in 2022. Participants included men with an age range between 29 and 44 years old.  The data presented in this article comes from eight in-depth interviews and 15 observations and dialogues with teachers. In the in-depth interviews researchers interacted with the prisoners during their experience in the six Scientific Workshops and in eighteen Dialogic Scientific Gatherings. These interviews were recorded and transcribed verbatim by the same researcher in order to include all relevant details. They were informed that their participation in the research was voluntary.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Previous literature has extensively studied how learning within prisons facilitates the rehabilitation of prisoners, and contributes to increased prosocial behaviour (LeRoy et al., 2012, Nalini et al., 2013). Research also shows that inmates who participate in educational programmes do so when they perceive them to be successful programmes, with clear opportunities to improve their employability and skills upon release (Vacca, 2008; Álvarez et al., 2016). This paper adds new evidence to this topic; it provides evidence of how Successful Educational Actions, specifically the Dialogic Scientific Gatherings and the Scientific Workshops, produce this positive impact among the participating inmate population.

Our study shows the impact of Dialogic Scientific Gatherings and Science Workshops in creating opportunities for dialogue and communication among participants based on dialogic interactions. This interaction supports the idea that actions developed in a framework of high expectations are a potential intervention to be set inside the prison and can positively influence the social reintegration process. Ultimately, the results show that these prisoners are motivated to participate in these scientific activities, which fosters their awareness of and interest in science, gives meaning to their learning and transforms their educational expectations through participation in dialogical learning environments.

References
Álvarez, P., García-Carrión, R., Puigvert, L., Pulido, C., & Schubert, T. (2016). Beyond the Walls. The Social Reintegration of Prisoners Through the Dialogic Reading of Classic Universal Literature in Prison. International Journal of Offender Therapy and Comparative Criminology.

Arnold, D. H., & Doctoroff, G. L. (2003). The early education of socioeconomically disadvantaged children. Annual Review of Psychology, 54, 517–545.  

Boudin, K. (1993). Participatory Literacy Education behind Bars. Harvard Educational Review 63(2), 207-232.

Díez-Palomar, J., Font Palomar, M., Aubert, A., & Garcia-Yeste, C. (2022). Dialogic Scientific Gatherings: The Promotion of Scientific Literacy Among Children. SAGE Open, 12(4).  

Flecha, R (2022). The Dialogic Society. The sociology scientists and citizens like and use. HIpatia press. https://hipatiapress.com/index/en/2022/12/04/the-dialogic-society-2/

Flecha, R. (2015). Successful Educational Action for Inclusion and Social Cohesion in Europe. Springer Publishing Company.

Freire, P. (1997). Pedagogy of the heart. Continuum.

Gómez, A. (2014). New Developments in Mixed Methods With Vulnerable Groups. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 8(3), 317–320.  

Gómez, A., Puigvert, L., and Flecha, R. (2011). Critical communicative methodology: informing real social transformation through research. Qualitative Inquary, 17, 235–245.

Gómez, A.; Racionero, S.; Sordé, T. (2010). Ten Years of Critical Communicative Methodology. Int. Rev. Qual. Res.3, 17–43.

LeRoy C. J., Bush K., Trivett J., Gallagher B., (2012).  The Sustainability in Prisons Project: An Overview 2004–2012. Gorham Publishing.

Nalini, M., Nadkarni and Dan J. & Pacholke (2013). Bringing sustainability and science to the incarcerated: the Sustainable Prisons Project. Routledge.

OECD. (2013). PISA 2015. Science Framework. http://www.oecd.org/callsfortenders/Annex%20IA_%20PISA%202015%20Science%20Framework%20.pdf

Soler-Gallart, M. (2017). Achieving Social Impact. Sociology in the Public Sphere. Springer

Soler-Gallart, M., & Flecha, R. (2022). Researchers’ Perceptions About Methodological Innovations in Research Oriented to Social Impact: Citizen Evaluation of Social Impact. International Journal of Qualitative Methods.  

Stephens, R. (1992). To What Extent and Why Do Inmates Attend School in Prison. Journal of Correctional Education 43(1), 52-56.

 Thiry, H., Laursen, S.L. & Hunter,  A.-B.(2011) What Experiences Help Students Become Scientists? A Comparative Study of Research and other Sources of Personal and Professional Gains for STEM Undergraduates, The Journal of Higher Education, 82(4), 357-388.  

Vacca, J. (2008). Crime can be prevented if schools teach juvenile offenders to read. Children and Youth Services Review, 30, 1055-1062.

VanMeter-Adams A, Frankenfeld CL, Bases J, Espina V, Liotta LA. Students who demonstrate strong talent and interest in STEM are initially attracted to STEM through extracurricular experiences. CBE Life Sci Educ. 2014 Winter;13(4), 687-97.
 
9:00am - 10:30am08 SES 09 A: Relationships for Health and Wellbeing
Location: Joseph Black Building, C305 LT [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Teresa Vilaça
Paper Session
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

The Conscious Use of Relationship - How Teachers Promote Student Health in Their Everyday Teaching

Zofia Hammerin, Goran Basic

Linnaeus University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Hammerin, Zofia

Introduction

This study explores the role of the teacher in working with student health in high school. Teachers have been identified as crucial in promoting student health and wellbeing but it is traditionally not considered a teacher task. The article presents findings from an empirical study in which the views of the teachers are in focus.

School is considered a suitable and vital arena for working with the health of children and young people. This can be done by implementing various programmes and initiatives lead by teachers or other professionals, or in a more informal way in the everyday school practice.

Student health has been and still is a concern for the Student Health Services (SHS). It is however with the teacher that the students spend most of their time in school. A good relationship with the teacher, support from the teacher in meeting academic demands and classroom participation has proven beneficial to student health. There is also a well-documented reciprocal relationship between health and academic achievement. Overall, the same factors which promote learning, also promote health.

In Sweden, where the study is set, student health work “shall be primarily preventive and promoting” (Education Act, 2010:800). Teachers are not explicitly tasked with health promotion but stipulated to cooperate with the SHS regarding student health. While the teacher is not presented as a central actor in the Education Act, other guiding documents highlight the teacher as important for student health. Teachers thus have a role in working with student health but what this role entails is not clear in the governing documents.

The aim of the article is to contribute knowledge about how Swedish high school teachers describe their role(s) in working with student health.

Brief Previous Research

Student health work has been empirically explored before but the role of the teacher in this work is a field in need of further empirical investigation. Much of the research regarding teachers’ involvement in student health work examines various programmes and initiatives implemented at the respective schools. The focus of this article is how teachers describe their role in the informal, everyday student health work, not in a programme or an initiative.

Teacher involvement in health promotion has been criticized. Student mental health promotion can be regarded as an additional task to the existing abundance of teacher tasks. Expanding the role of the teacher is criticized as it can cause added stress and pressure. Lastly, teachers’ increased awareness of mental health problems among children and adolescents, can result in teachers starting to identify many behaviors and experiences previously deemed ordinary or understandable, as indicative of mental health problems

This study contributes knowledge about how teachers describe their roles in student health promotion. This knowledge can be used to improve student health promotion further and contribute added understanding of the complex professional role of the teacher.

Theoretical Points of Departure

The study is based on theories of social constructivism in which social phenomena are understood and become active deeds by means of human interaction; people interpret, reinterpret, negotiate, and use various strategies to influence which interpretation takes precedence, thereby influencing how a phenomenon is understood.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used

The empirical data used in this article was collected in connection with a larger qualitative study conducted in two Swedish high schools. Ten teachers participated in the study, with teaching experience from between four and 22 years.
The data was collected using semi-structured individual interviews where six open-ended questions guided the interviews. Follow-up questions were formulated in order to gain a deeper understanding of their answers. The interviews were recorded and transcribed verbatim.
The data was analysed using qualitative content analysis. After the interviews were read through several times, sections of the interviews pertaining to the aim of the article were selected. These sections were read again and meaning units, i.e. statements that uncovered something related to the aim, were extracted. The extracted meaning units were condensed and coded, resulting in 102 codes. These codes were then grouped into themes, in an iterative process involving, re-reading of the selected interview sections as well as the whole interviews. The groupings were based on the relationship and underlying meanings regarding differences and similarities.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The teachers clearly recognize and describe their work with student health in the everyday teaching.
Tentative results show one main theme and four themes describing the different internal roles of the teacher as health promotor. The main theme is Conscious use of relationship to facilitate health and learning. The themes are The role of a caring adult, The role of a coach, The role of a student centred pedagogical leader and The role of security creator. The purpose of all the internal roles mentioned above, is to create a professional relationship with the students which is health promoting.

There are no colclusions yet, but it is clear that the teachers consider health promotion a teacher task, not in conflict with their professional role but rather integrated with it.


References
Burr, V. (2015). Social constructionism. Routledge.
Graneheim, U. H., & Lundman, B. (2004). Qualitative content analysis in nursing research: concepts, procedures and measures to achieve trustworthiness. Nurse education today, 24(2), 105-112. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nedt.2003.10.001
Gustafsson, J.-E., Allodi Westling, M., Alin Åkerman, B., Eriksson, C., Eriksson, L., Fischbein, S., Granlund, M., Gustafsson, P., Ljungdahl, S., Ogden, T., & Persson, R. S. (2010). School, Learning and Mental Health: A systematic review.
Hammerin, Z., Andersson, E., & Maivorsdotter, N. (2018). Exploring student participation in teaching: An aspect of student health in school. International journal of educational research, 92, 63-74. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2018.09.007
Partanen, P. (2019). Health for learning - learning for health. The Swedish National Agency of Education.
Phillippo, K. L., & Kelly, M. S. (2014). On the Fault Line: A Qualitative Exploration of High School Teachers’ Involvement with Student Mental Health Issues. School Mental Health, 6(3), 184-200. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12310-013-9113-5
Pössel, P., Rudasill, K. M., Sawyer, M. G., Spence, S. H., & Bjerg, A. C. (2013). Associations between Teacher Emotional Support and Depressive Symptoms in Australian Adolescents: A 5-Year Longitudinal Study. Developmental Psychology, 49(11), 2135-2146. https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0031767


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Improvement in Relational Competencies and Relationship Quality Following Empathy Training for the School Staff: A Mixed-Method Approach

Hannah Garvert1, Lukas Herrmann1, Birgitte Lund Nielsen2, Corina Aguilar-Raab1

1Ruprecht-Karls-Universität Heidelberg, Germany; 2VIA University College English, Denmark

Presenting Author: Garvert, Hannah; Herrmann, Lukas

The teaching-learning process and academic achievements in schools are significantly shaped by the relationship quality between teachers and students and therefore by teachers’ relational competence (Juul & Jensen, 2017). Furthermore, relationships among teachers, other pedagogical staff and school leaders are important for the social environment at a school (Jennings & Greenberg, 2009). Research has shown that good relationships are positively associated with various health outcomes and promotes mental health and well-being (Chernyshenko et al., 2018; Durlak et al., 2011). Conducive elements for positive relationships are interpersonal competencies such as empathy and compassion as well as self-regulating skills helping to deal with challenging situations (Flook et al. 2015; Singer & Klimecki, 2014).

These competencies can be enhanced through professional development programs preferable whole school interventions (Jennings & Greenberg, 2009). It is assumed that teachers who increase their own social-emotional competencies as a result of participating in training will thus not only positively influence the interpersonal atmosphere and the way of relating to each other, but this will – directly and indirectly – also benefit the social-emotional development of the students (e.g. Jennings et al. 2017).

To date, social emotional interventions have mostly been investigated in quantitative experimental studies. However, due to the complexity of these interventions’ implementation, it has been argued that a mixed-methods approach is feasible and enables tracking more closely the multi-level changes (Nielsen et al. 2019). Hence, this study included interviews with school staff and leaders to investigate their lived experience of their relationships at school during the program implementation.

This study focuses on the “Empathie macht Schule“ project – a whole-school approach targeting all educators and other school staff, including leaders. The program bases on the work of Juul and Jensen (2017) aiming at the cultivation of educators’ empathy, mindfulness, compassion, and relational competence at three elementary schools in Berlin, Germany. Central features of this program have previously been carried out in various European countries, including a Danish teacher training (Jensen, E., Skibsted, & Christensen, 2015, Lund Nielsen, 2016) and an ERASMUS project (Nielsen at al., 2019). The training comprises six modules focusing on topics of wellbeing and mindfulness, relational competence and empathy, self-regulation and working with conflicts, challenging relationships, and children with special needs, bereavement and loss, collaboration with parents, and collegial reflection practices.

Although there are some important indications from the research to date, it remains rather unclear how qualitative and quantitative data sources analyzing the process and various outcomes are able to depict the overall picture of a social-emotional intervention effect and careful implementation practices in elementary schools.

Research question

In this presentation, we aim to relate the findings from the qualitative interviews to the individual quantitative data and finally embed them on a quantitative level in the dataset of sample of Cohort 1 collected to date, focusing on aspects relevant for relationship quality on the one hand and on self-regulating skills and distress on the other.

  • How do teachers experience their relationships in their professional context, especially important change moments following the training?
  • How does the perceived relationship quality change as a result of the training?
  • How is this related to various aspects influencing the interpersonal self-efficacy – such as mindfulness and self-compassion as well as perceived stress?
  • To what extent can the qualitative data be used to inform the understanding/interpretation for the quantitatively collected data and vice versa?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In our five-year longitudinal project, “Empathie macht Schule” (Empathy in Schools), elementary school staff, including leadership, are trained to increase social-emotional competencies –including mindfulness and self-compassion – and strengthen both self- and collective efficacy as part of an 18-day training offered over the course of 1.5 years. Completion of the training is followed by a one-year supervision phase and a transfer phase into self-organized continuation of the implementation process.

In a non-randomized control group design, the school staff, including the school administrators/leaders, of a total of six elementary schools are and will be studied (3 intervention IG and 3 control CG schools - this in each case in two cohorts that are offered the intervention with a time lag). Qualitatively, the school administrators and individual teachers of the intervention schools have been interviewed about their experiences with the training and about the process of implementation, and at the same time various constructs such as relationship quality, self-efficacy aspects, mindfulness, self-compassion, and stress, among others, have been collected via standardized questionnaires at different measurement points (before/after the training, after supervision, two one-year follow-ups each, in IG and CG schools).
Qualitative interview data was analyzed by multiple researchers adopting a reflexive thematic analysis approach (Terry & Hayfield, 2020).
On the quantitative level, we preformed ANOVAs focusing on group*time interactions effects.
The students of the 4th, 5th, and 6th grades have also been surveyed via standardized questionnaires at the beginning and end of each school year, and group interviews have been used to qualitatively collect their experiences, while the student data will not be presented.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this presentation, we focus on the first training cohort of school staff (N = 69) and on the measurement time points before and after the training. Results from the qualitative interviews of N = 14 indicate perceived improvements at the level of relationship quality, stress regulation, mindfulness, self-compassion, and self-efficacy. More specifically, educators reflect on the changes in their interactions with students and parents in terms of shifts in how they perceive situational affordances as opportunities to enact change, accompanied by an embodied awareness of their somatic and affective sensations evoked by the relational affordances, the capacity to regulate their own emotions and suspend habitual action tendencies, and a more intentional way of attuning to students and parents as well as communicating own needs and goals more productively.

 These results are not reflected in the preliminary results of the quantitative data of this subsample – we do not find significant group*time interaction effects in any of the aforementioned variables (all p > .05). When directly comparing the qualitative and quantitative data, the results suggest a stronger experience of change than would also be apparent at the descriptive level of the quantitative data points of the interviewed individuals.

We discuss the data in the light of the mixed-method approach and what conclusions can be drawn for these different sources of knowledge. Further, we weigh on the one hand the Corona pandemic as an important constraint for implementation and data collection, but also the statistically low power of the small sample against these preliminary findings and consider how further guided implementation can positively influence the change process we are aiming for.

References
Chernyshenko, O., Kankaras, M., & Drasgow, F. (2018). Social and emotional skills for student success and wellbeing: Conceptual framework for the OECD study on social and emotional skills. In OECD Education Working Papers. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1787/db1d8e59-en

Durlak, J. A., Weissberg, R. P., Dymnicki, A. B., Taylor, R. D., & Schellinger, K. B. (2011). The Impact of Enhancing Students’ Social and Emotional Learning: A Meta-Analysis of School-Based Universal Interventions. Child Development. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8624.2010.01564.x

Flook L., Goldberg S. B., Pinger L., Davidson R. J. (2015). Promoting prosocial behavior and self-regulatory skills in preschool children through a mindfulness-based kindness curriculum. Developmental Psychology, 51(1), 44–51. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0038256

Jennings, P. A., Brown, J. L., Frank, J. L., Doyle, S., Oh, Y., Davis, R., Rasheed, D., DeWeese, A., DeMauro, A. A., Cham, H., & Greenberg, M. T. (2017). Impacts of the CARE for Teachers program on teachers’ social and emotional competence and classroom interactions. Journal of Educational Psychology, 109(7), 1010–1028. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000187

Jennings, P.A. & Greenberg, M.T. (2009). The prosocial Classroom: Teacher Social and Emotional Competence in Relation to Student and Classroom Outcomes. Review of Educational Research, 79 (1), 491-525.

Jennings, P. A., Brown, J. L., Frank, J. L., Doyle, S., Oh, Y., Davis, R., Rasheed, D., DeWeese, A., DeMauro, A. A., Cham, H., & Greenberg, M. T. (2017). Impacts of the CARE for Teachers program on teachers’ social and emotional competence and classroom interactions. Journal of Educational Psychology, 109(7), 1010–1028. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000187

Jensen, E., Skibsted, E., & Christensen, M. (2015, 09/09). Educating teachers focusing on the development of reflective and relational competences. Educational Research for Policy and Practice, 14. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10671-015-9185-0

Juul, J., and Jensen, H. (2017). Relational Competence: Towards a New Culture of Education. Berlin: Edition Plus.

Nielsen, B.L. et al.  (2019). Social, emotional and intercultural competencies: A literature review with a particular focus on the school staff. European Journal of Teacher Education 42(1),1-19. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2019.1604670

Singer T., Klimecki O. M. (2014). Empathy and compassion. Current Biology, 24(18), R875–R878. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2014.06.054

Terry, G., & Hayfield, N. (2020). Reflexive thematic analysis. In Handbook of qualitative research in education (pp. 430-441). Edward Elgar Publishing.


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

The Relations Between First-Grade Students’ Temperament and Teacher-Student Interaction

Jaana Viljaranta1, Eija Räikkönen2, Sari Mullola3, Kaisa Aunola2

1University of Eastern Finland, Finland; 2University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 3University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Viljaranta, Jaana

Children’s individual characteristics, such as temperament, play an important role in a successful transition to school. Temperament’s role has been found to be important especially in skill development, but it has also been suggested that the association between children’s temperamental characteristics and their further success in school might, actually, be related to the interaction between teacher and student (Viljaranta et al., 2015). Previous research has shown that students’ temperament is associated with the quality of teacher-student interaction (Curby et al., 2011), and that it evokes certain kinds of instruction and other educational responses among teachers (Coplan & Prakash, 2003; Keogh, 1986). However, not much is known about the relations between temperament and teacher-student interaction in the very beginning of students’ schooling. Based on previous studies showing that certain temperamental characteristics are perceived as more acceptable than others by teachers (e.g. Martin, 1989), it is possible that students’ temperament plays a crucial role in the way how teacher-student interaction starts to form during the first grade. For example, when students are showing more acceptable characteristics, teacher-student interaction is more likely to be adaptive than when students are showing more difficult or demanding characteristics.

In this study we aimed to examine, first, whether students’ temperamental characteristics are related to the ways how teachers and students interact with each other and, second, whether students’ temperamental characteristics are related to the variation in daily interaction between teachers and students. The study is carried out in Finland.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Altogether 153 children starting their first school year, as well as their classroom teachers, participated a study where students’ temperament was measured in the beginning of the school year, and the interaction between teacher and student was measured with daily diaries during one school week in the Fall term and one school week during the Spring term.

Each child’s temperament was rated by his or her teacher by using four scales from the Temperament Assessment Battery for Children–Revised (TABC–R; Martin & Bridger, 1999) and two scales from the Revised Dimensions of Temperament Survey (DOTS–R; Windle & Lerner, 1986). Based on an exploratory factor analysis of the teacher’s report, four composite scores for children’s teacher-rated temperament were created: (a) low task orientation, (b) inhibition, (c) positive mood, and (d) negative emotionality.
Teacher-student interaction was assessed using structured daily diary questionnaires, filled in across 5 school days in Fall and 5 school days in Spring. The scales for teacher-student interaction included affection, behavioral control, and psychological control (developed based on the Finnish version of Blocks’ Child Rearing Practices Report CRPR; see Aunola & Nurmi, 2004).

A random-coefficient multilevel regression modelling was used to examine whether students’ temperamental characteristics were related to (1) the level of and (2) variation in teachers’ daily affection, psychological control, or behavioral control. Each temperamental characteristic was analysed in a separate model. In the analyses, child’s gender, his or her skills in reading and math in the beginning of school, and teacher’s work experience were controlled for.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results from the Fall term showed that students’ characteristics were mostly related to the level of different types of interaction. The more positive mood and inhibition the student showed, the more teacher reported using affection in their interaction with the student. In addition, the lower the task orientation level and the more negative emotionality the student showed, the more behavioral and psychological control the teacher reported using. The results showed, also, that students’ low task orientation was related not only to the level but also to the variation in teachers’ daily behavioral control.
The results concerning the Spring term were somewhat different. The more positive mood the student showed, the less teacher reported using psychological control in their interaction with the student, and the lower task orientation level and the more inhibition the student showed, the more behavioral control the teacher reported using. In addition, the more the student showed negative emotionality, the more teacher reported using affection, psychological control, and behavioral control in their interaction with the student. In the Spring term students’ temperamental characteristics were not related to the daily variation in teacher-student interaction.

The findings indicate, in general, that temperamental characteristics that could be seen as more challenging in the classroom environment were related to teachers’ reports of using psychological and behavioral control in their interaction with the students. Understanding derived from these findings could help teachers to modify their interaction styles to be more in line with children’s style of behavior and reactivity (Rothbart & Jones, 1998): if the teacher can adaptively acknowledge children’s individual needs in learning situations and change his or her behavior according to the children’s individual needs, this may help children to overcome the possible difficulties in school work caused by their temperamental characteristics (see, e.g., Landry et al., 2008).

References
Aunola, K., & Nurmi, J.-E. (2004). Maternal affection moderates the impact of psychological control on child’s mathematical performance. Developmental Psychology, 40, 965–978. doi:10.1037/0012-1649.40.6.965
Coplan, R. J., & Prakash, K. (2003). Spending time with teacher: Characteristics of preschoolers who frequently elicit versus initiate interactions with teachers. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 18, 143– 158. doi:10.1016/S0885-2006(03)00009-7
Curby, T. W., Rudasill, K. M., Edwards, T., & Pérez-Edgar, K. (2011). The role of classroom quality in ameliorating the academic and social risks associated with difficult temperament. School Psychology Quarterly, 26, 175–188. doi:10.1037/a0023042
Keogh, B. K. (1986). Temperament and schooling: Meaning of “Goodness of Fit”? In J.V. Lerner & R. M. Lerner (Eds.), Temperament and social interaction in infants and children (pp. 89−108). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Landry, S. H., Smith, K. E., Swank, P. R., & Guttentag, C. (2008). A responsive parenting intervention: The optimal timing across early childhood for impacting maternal behaviors and child outcomes. Developmental Psychology, 44, 1335–1353. doi: 10.1037/a0013030
Martin, R. P. (1989). Activity level, distractibility and persistence: Critical characteristics in early schooling. In G. A. Kohnstamm, J. E. Bates, & M. K. Rothbart (Eds.), Temperament in childhood (pp. 451–462). West Sussex, England: Wiley.
Martin, R. P., & Bridger, R. C. (1999). The temperament assessment battery for children -revised: A tool for the assessment of temperamental traits and types of young children. Unpublished manual.
Rothbart, M. K., & Jones, L. B. (1998). Temperament, self-regulation and education. School Psychology Review, 27, 479–491.
Viljaranta, J., Aunola, K., Mullola, S., Virkkala, J., Hirvonen, R., Pakarinen, E., & Nurmi, J.-E. (2015). The role of temperament on children’s skill development: Teachers’ Interaction Styles as Mediators. Child Development, 86, 1191-1209. doi: 10.1111/cdev.12379
Windle, M., & Lerner, R. M. (1986). Reassessing the dimensions of temperamental individuality across the life span: The Revised Dimensions of Temperament Survey (DOTS–R). Journal of Adolescent Research, 1, 213– 230. doi:10.1177/074355488612007


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Youth Health Parenting and Young People’s Health Practices Across Class Contexts: A Comparative and Longitudinal Analysis

Ingunn Marie Eriksen, Kari Stefansen, Kristin Walseth, Tonje Langnes

Oslo Metropolitan university, Norway

Presenting Author: Eriksen, Ingunn Marie

Health is closely intertwined with social class: people at the top of the social hierarchy have fewer diseases and live longer than those less privileged, even in a society with low levels of inequality and a well-developed welfare state like Norway (Dahl & Elstad, 2022), the empirical context of this paper. Although youth is one of the healthiest periods in life, and generally marked more by equality than inequality in health (Friestad & Klepp, 2006), it is a key period for lifestyle establishment and therefore particularly important to understand (Burdette, Needham, Taylor, & Hill, 2017). Habits formed during youth also accumulate over the years in ways that gradually and powerfully increase social inequalities in health (Power & Matthews, 1997).

What determines differences in health practices is a complex question. Structural conditions are clearly important, but so are health cultures, i.e. distinct moralities and sets of practices related to the body, particularly physical exercise and diet. In previous research, what is explored is primarily parents’ perspectives on and investments in their children’s health. This can be a fruitful inroad to the issue of intergenerational transmission of ‘healthstyles’ – embodied notions and practices of health – but it may give the impression that it is a straightforward process to mould children’s health dispositions, which may not be the case. In the present paper we take the perspective that children also exercise agency in matters of health, especially as they enter adolescence and often are allowed more freedom to make decisions on how to spend their time and when and what to eat, and move in between school, peers, leisure activities and the family. In this paper, we ask how young people assume, engage in and navigate classed health practices as they move through youth, and what their parents’ roles are in shaping the conditions for young people’s health practices.

This warrants a focus on how children negotiate, rather than passively receive, the health culture they are socialised into. We build on Bourdieu’s understanding of the socialised body (Bourdieu, 2007). In his thinking, the socialised body or ‘habitus’ is built up of the ‘active residue or sediment’ (Crossley, 2001, p. 93) of past experiences, and functions like a scheme that shapes people’s actions, perceptions and thoughts. As people who occupy similar positions in the social space will experience the world in similar ways, habitus is always classed. Mollborn et al.s’ (2021: 577) concept of ‘collective health habituses’ refers to ideas of health that are shared and incorporated among people in particular contexts. We take the view here that the transmission of health dispositions is located within broader – and classed – parenting ethoses, what Lareau (2003, 2015) calls child care logics. Lastly, we propose that relational resources (Eriksen, Stefansen, & Smette, 2022) in the family can add to our understanding of how health practices are nurtured.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper draws on qualitative longitudinal research data on young people and interviews with their parents. The longitudinal analysis complements the current, largely snapshot-based research on young people’s classed health practices. Most studies on class and health in youth are based on data from one point in time. While this literature has offered important insight into (middle-) classed notions and practices of health, data with a longer timespan can facilitate a more nuanced analysis of how health dispositions acquired early in life are negotiated over time as young people mature thus making it possible to grasp processes of both continuation and change (Lamont, Beljean, & Clair, 2014; Lareau, 2015).

This study is based on repeated interviews with young people and single time interviews with their parents from the Inequality in youth project, a multi-sited ongoing longitudinal qualitative project on youth and social inequality, set in Norway. For the present analysis, we have selected two of the five sites included in the study, one upper-class urban community, ‘Greenby’, and one working-class rural community, ‘Smallville’.

The participants were recruited via their school and the interviews were executed in school or via phone/video during covid. The young people are interviewed each of the three years of lower secondary school (age 12-13 to 15-16, 2018-2021). The parents from Smallville were interviewed in 2019 and the parents from Greenby in 2021.

Rather than asking parents and young people directly about their conceptions about health as has been done in previous research (Pace & Mollborn, 2022), we look at what they do: their practices and habits, as well as their reasoning around the meaning of physical activity and food. The interviews with the young people covered topics such as the participants’ childhood, ideas about the future, and their everyday life at the time of the interview. We employed the ‘life-mode’ interview template for the last part, which details practices and activities through one particular day (Haavind, 2001) – most often the day before the interview. The parents were asked about everyday life in the family, their child’s leisure activities, how they were involved in their child’s activities and why they engaged in various ways.

The concept of “health trajectories” is central to our analysis. Focusing on two aspects of health, exercise and diet, we analyse both continuity and change in how both parents and youths think about and “do” health during the early teenage years.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We found two distinct health cultures that most likely instigated long-lasting health practices in the young. In Greenby, the upper-class community, we see a culture with a strong ‘expert’ based and achievement-oriented health script. The parents led by example and supported their children’s sports participation and a healthy diet practically, emotionally, and cognitively. The youth health parenting in Greenby was defined by close parental supervision and modelling throughout youth, family togetherness in health(y) practices, and teaching the children health practices as investments for future payoff: for health itself, for achievement and for discipline. Relational resources - family love and community – were expressed through shared physical activities and nutritious meals. The youths led activity dense lives and conveyed a strong commitment to eating healthy food. Although many quit organised sports around the age of 15-16, they still dabbled in the sport or worked as trainers.

In Smallville, the rural working-class culture, the parents encouraged and supported participation in organised sports in early youth – and then withdrew. Their approach was characterised by some separation between children and parents. This gave space for the child to develop their own practices, which often became heavily influenced by peers. Relational resources in the family were more linked to social meals – not necessarily healthy. Parents were less active in sports themselves, thus communicating a looser relationship between the body, moral worth and future prospects. The youths played organised sports in early youth. They, too, quit around the age of 15-16, but almost all went on to join commercial gyms. Rather than being fit for fight for challenges ahead as their upper-class peers aimed for, their goal became the good-looking body – as a means to fit in with their peers here and now. Food was linked to comfort, but also to excessive dieting.

References
Bourdieu, P. (2007). Outline of a Theory of Practice. Durham: Duke University Press.
Burdette, A. M., Needham, B. L., Taylor, M. G., & Hill, T. D. (2017). Health Lifestyles in Adolescence and Self-rated Health into Adulthood. Journal of health and social behavior, 58(4), 520-536. doi:10.1177/0022146517735313
Crossley, N. (2001). The social body: Habit, identity and desire: Sage.
Dahl, E., & Elstad, J. I. (2022). Sosial ulikhet tar liv – faglige og folkehelsepolitiske vurderinger. Oslo: Nasjonalforeningen for folkehelsen.
Eriksen, I. M., Stefansen, K., & Smette, I. (2022). Inequalities in the making: The role of young people’s relational resources through the Covid-19 lockdown. Journal of Youth Studies. doi:10.1080/13676261.2022.2144716
Friestad, C., & Klepp, K.-I. (2006). Socioeconomic status and health behaviour patterns through adolescence: Results from a prospective cohort study in Norway. European Journal of Public Health, 16(1), 41-47. doi:10.1093/eurpub/cki051
Haavind, H. (Ed.) (2001). Kjønn og fortolkende metode. Oslo: Gyldendal norsk forlag.
Lamont, M., Beljean, S., & Clair, M. (2014). What is missing? Cultural processes and causal pathways to inequality. Socio-Economic Review, 12(3), 573-608.
Lareau, A. (2003). Unequal Childhoods: Class, Race, and Family Life. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Lareau, A. (2015). Cultural knowledge and social inequality. American Sociological Review, 80(1), 1-27. doi:10.1177/0003122414565814
Power, C., & Matthews, S. (1997). Origins of health inequalities in a national population sample. The Lancet, 350(9091), 1584-1589. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(97)07474-6
 
9:00am - 10:30am09 SES 09 A: Bridging Research and Practice in Reading Literacy Interventions: Insights and Applications
Location: Gilbert Scott, EQLT [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Lisa Palmqvist
Paper Session
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

The relevance of Rapid Automatized Naming (RAN) in research versus practice

Malena Avall

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Avall, Malena

Rapid Automatized Naming, (RAN, a measure of the ability to name aloud objects, colours, digits or letters) and phonological awareness are two reading-related measures that are shown to predict early reading ability strongly and reliably (e.g., Moll et al., 2014; Caravolas et al., 2019). However, the relevance and predictive power of each individual measure is still under debate. This study focuses the influence of RAN on early reading ability, problematizing to what extent RAN contributes to assessments aiming to predict reading ability. The main aim, however, is to problematize how this knowledge is best to put into practice. Thus, when is RAN relevant to use as an indicator of reading ability and when are other indicators more relevant?

Because of the efforts being made to identify children, at an early stage, who are at risk of reading difficulties children are in school screened for their reading ability. But screening children is both time-consuming and costly, and therefore it must be well thought out what is being screened for, how to interpret results, but also how are the results to be used and implemented in the school's operations? Thus, given that children's time in school is limited, any activity that focuses on reading achievement must in one way or another be based on knowledge established to improve reading. Hence, the time it takes to screen children needs to be balanced against the time it takes from teaching.

In previous research, RAN is claimed to be a measure of phonological processing time and reflects how fast representations can be retrieved from long-term memory (Bowey et al., 2005; Torgesen, et al., 1997). Further it has been debated whether RAN and phonological awareness each contribute unique information to early reading, or if the measures will be merely two ways of measuring one ability, phonological processing. For example, Chiappe et al. (2002) found that most of the variance contributed by RAN to reading ability is shared with phonological awareness. Further, and in line with the understanding of RAN and phonological awareness being two sides of the same coin, it is claimed by Ziegler et al. (2010) that RAN will only become the dominant predictor when phonological awareness tasks are not challenging enough.

However, another view is that RAN and phonological awareness are two distinct measures predicting early reading ability (Torppa et al., 2013). In a cross-sectional study de Groot et al., (2015) compared reading disabled children with more skilled readers and found that for the reading disabled children the combination of RAN and phonological awareness showed the highest predictive values. When comparing the effects of phonological awareness and RAN on reading ability phonological awareness appears to be the best predictor of reading disability whilst RAN is indicated to be the best predictor of above-average to excellent reading ability (de Groot et al., 2015).

Other longitudinal studies show that the predictive power of RAN and phonological awareness on reading appears to change by age (e.g. Kirby at al., 2003; Vaessen & Blomert, 2010) and hypothesized by some researchers to be connected to the reading strategy used (Vaessen & Blomert, 2010; Rodriguez et al., 2015). Reading development is assumed to shift from a slow sequential phonological decoding to an automatic orthographic processing (Ehri, 2005).

In order to investigate the relevance of RAN in reading assessment, the present study measured RAN repeatedly among a group of children who were followed from kindergarten through their time in elementary school.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Method
In this longitudinal study 364 children were recruited from 45 preschools in 8 different municipalities. The children were followed between ages 4 and 15. RAN was measured by three different stimuli, objects, digits and letters. RAN-objects was measured between ages 4 and 15. RAN-letters and RAN-digits were measured between ages 8 and 15.
Word reading and reading fluency was examined. Word reading was measured between ages 8 and 15 by two different tests. The word chain test, where three words are printed without inter-word spaces. The task is to mark the correct inter-word spacing with a vertical line. The test is performed on time. The second test was a Word reading list. The task is to read aloud as many printed real words as possible within 60 s. Words were presented in vertical lists and were not graded by difficulty. The test used was specially developed for this study. Number of correctly read words after 30 seconds was recorded.
Reading fluency was measured at two times, when children were 8 years old and when they were 10 years old. At both times the child reads a narrative text aloud consisting of words with varying complexity regarding for example clusters and phoneme/grapheme correspondence. Rate was recorded
The main analytic method used in this study are regression analyses. RAN performance will be regressed on reading ability at different ages and differentiated by level of performance. Both word reading and reading fluency will be taken into account.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results
In the current study the preliminary results suggest that when children still are learning to read RAN predicts both word reading and reading fluency. For children slow at RAN this appears to apply even when they get older. However, for children high performing on RAN it appears as if RAN becomes more relevant when children are older, even if it appears to be significant from the beginning.
Thus, in line with previous research, the preliminary results suggests that the predictive power of RAN on reading achievement change as children get older. Further, it can be assumed that children´s reading development is important when interpreting the results, which might also apply to the reading measure used. The relevance of RAN in reading assessments will be discussed.

References
Bowey, J. A., McGuigan, M., & Ruschena, A. (2005). On the Association between Serial Naming Speed for Letters and Digits and Word-Reading Skill: Towards a Developmental Account. Journal of Research in Reading, 28(4), 400-422.
Caravolas, M., Lervåg, A., Mikulajová, M., Defior, S., Seidlová-Málková, G., & Hulme, C. (2019). A Cross-Linguistic, Longitudinal Study of the Foundations of Decoding and Reading Comprehension Ability. Scientific Studies of Reading, 23(5), 386-402. doi:10.1080/10888438.2019.1580284
Chiappe, P., Stringer, R., Siegel, L. S., & Stanovich, K. E. (2002). Why the timimg deficti hypothesis does not explain reading disability in adults. Reading and Writing: An Interdisciplinary Journl, 15, 73-107
de Groot, B. J. A., van den Bos, K. P., Minnaert, A. E. M. G., & van der Meulen, B. F. (2015). Phonological Processing and Word Reading in Typically Developing and Reading Disabled Children: Severity Matters. Scientific Studies of Reading, 19(2), 166-181. doi:10.1080/10888438.2014.973028
Ehri, L. C. (2005). Learning to Read Words: Theory, Findings, and Issues. Scientific Studies of Reading, 9(2), 167-188. doi:10.1207/s1532799xssr0902_4Jacobsson, 2001
Kirby, J., Parrila, R., & Pfeiffer, S. (2003). Naming speed and phonological awareness as predictors of reading development. Journal of Educational Psychology, 95, 453–464.
Moll, K., Ramus, F., Bartling, J., Bruder, J., Kunze, S., Neuhoff, N., Streiftau, S., Lyytinen, H.,. Leppänen, P. H.T, Lohvansuu, K., Tóth, D., Honbolygó, F., Csépe, V., Bogliotti, C., Iannuzzi, S., Démonet, J. F., Longeras, E., Valdois, S., George, F., . . . Landerl, K. (2014). Cognitive mechanisms underlying reading and spelling development in five European orthographies. Learning and Instruction, 29, 65-77. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2013.09.003
Rodriguez, C., van den Boer, M., Jimenez, J. E., & de Jong, P. F. (2015). Developmental Changes in the Relations between RAN, Phonological Awareness, and Reading in Spanish Children. Scientific Studies of Reading, 19(4), 273-288.
Torgesen, J. K., Wagner, R. K., Rashotte, C. A., Burgess, S., & Hecht, S. (1997). Contributions of Phonological Awareness and Rapid Automatic Naming Ability to the Growth of Word-Reading Skills in Second-to Fifth-Grade Children. Scientific Studies of Reading, 1(2), 161.
Torppa, M., Parrila, R., Niemi, P., Poikkeus, A.-M., Lerkkanen, M.-K., & Nurmi, J.-E. (2013). The double deficit hypothesis in the transparent Finnish orthography: A longitudinal study from kindergarten to Grade 2. Reading and Writing, 26, 1353–1380. doi:10.1007/s11145-012-9423-2
Vaessen, A., & Blomert, L. (2010). Long-term cognitive dynamics of fluent reading development. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 105(3), 213-231. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jecp.2009.11.005
Ziegler, J. C., Bertrand, D., Tóth, D., Csépe, V., Reis, A., Faísca, L., Saine, N., Lyytinen, H., Vaessen, A.,& Blomert, L. (2010). Orthographic Depth and Its Impact on Universal Predictors of Reading:A Cross-Language Investigation. Psychological Science, 21(4), 551-559. doi:10.1177/0956797610363406


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Early Phonological Intervention: A Ten Year Follow-up

Ulrika Wolff, Jan-Eric Gustafsson

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Wolff, Ulrika

An abundance of research has established that phonological awareness skills are important prerequisites for early reading acquisition (for a review, see Melby-Lervåg et al., 2012). Early develop­ment of phonological awareness implies that a child moves from implicit to explicit control of the sound structure of language, and this explicit control is critical when a child learns to understand and handle the alphabetic principle (e.g., Caravolas et al., 2013; Lundberg et al., 2010). Accordingly, there has been a long tradition of research on phonological training to prevent failure to acquire reading skills. Early examples of such studies are Bradley and Bryant (1983) and Lundberg, Frost and Petersen (1988), and results from later training studies have been summarized in several meta-analyses (e.g., Bus & Van Ijzendoorn, 1999, National Early Literacy Panel, 2008). However, even though the results of the training studies show positive effects, Torgesen (2000) found that around two to six percent of the participants in phonological interventions could be defined as “treatment resisters”. Thus, some children do not grasp the idea of phonemes as discrete entities, and they do not seem to enhance their phonological skills to an acceptable level by the training.

Most phonological interventions have been carried out in combination with, or just before, formal reading instruction starts, and studies have typically investigated development over short periods (Kjeldsen et al., 2019). In the present study phonological awareness training was carried out when children were four and five years old (school starts at age 7 in Sweden). The intention was to begin the study at this early stage when children’s explicit awareness of the structure of speech starts to emerge (Wolff & Gustafsson, 2015; Dodd & Gillon, 2001). The training addressed different aspects of phonological awareness, gradually moving from games and exercises with morphemes and syllables to phonemes. Explicit training of phoneme/grapheme mapping (National Reading Panel, 2000) was later introduced when children were six years old, one year before formal reading instruction started. This training was given to all children regardless of whether they belonged to the experimental or control group. Thus, since everyone received the six-year-old training, the potential effects in this study are derived from the early training at ages 4 and 5.

General fluid intelligence (Gf) is a core concept in the field of intelligence. It is interpreted as the capacity to solve novel, complex problems. Gf is highly correlated with phonological awareness in 4-year-old children (Wolff & Gustafsson, 2015), and both phonology and Gf have been found to relate to early reading ability. de Jong & van der Leij (1999) found that when Gf was controlled for, the relation between phonology and reading decreased, and the direct effect of Gf on reading decreased over time. These findings support the hypothesis that the influence of Gf on early reading skills is mediated through the development of phonological awareness. Thus, we may expect that children with high Gf typically will have a more favorable development of phonological awareness skills. One important question here is if the phonological training will decrease or increase this putative influence.

The research questions are: 1) Does structured phonological awareness training starting at the age of 4 affect reading related skills ten years later in grade 8? and 2) Are there differential effects of phonological awareness training as a function of children’s cognitive abilities? The present study thus aims at extending on the rich knowledge of effects of preventive phonological interventions preceding reading instruction. As to our knowledge there are very few previous studies which investigate long-term effects of phonological awareness training during a ten-year period.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The participants (N=364) were recruited from 58 preschools in 8 municipalities. The participating preschools were situated in rural as well as urban regions, approximately representative of the Swedish population. Also, non-native Swedish speaking children (n=38) were included. The preschools were to have at least three children who could form a group, and who were between 3 and 10 months and 4 years 4 months old. The preschool groups were randomly assigned to an experimental group (n=138) or to a control group (n=226). The groups comprised three to six children. In case there were two groups at the same preschool, both groups were assigned to the same condition. The experimental group received phonological awareness training for six weeks at the age of 4, and for six weeks at the age of 5. Before the intervention at age 4, (t1) a pre-test was given assessing Gf and phonological awareness; four, five and ten years later in grade 2 (t2), grade 3 (t3) and grade 8 (t4) reading related skills were assessed. Informed consent was obtained from all parents before t1.
The method applied in the current study will be Structural Equation Modeling (SEM), and the models will be estimated with the Mplus 7.4 program (Muthén & Muthén, 1998–2012). The analyses will be carried out investigating direct and indirect effects of early phonological training. There are some obvious advantages of using SEM in the present study. It allows for estimation of relations between multiple dependent variables, and for reciprocal and indirect effects. SEM also allows for the use of manifest and latent variables in the same model. The models will be estimated with the Robust Maximum Likelihood (MLR) estimator in Mplus 7. In order to take the cluster-sampling design of the study into account, the so-called ‘complex option’ in Mplus will be used to obtain cluster-robust estimates of standard errors. Chi-square, Root Mean Square of Approximation (RMSEA) with confidence intervals, Comparative Fit Index (CFI), and Standardised Root Mean Square Residual (SRMR) will be reported.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Previous findings in the project (Wolff & Gustafsson, 2022) demonstrated that early phonological awareness training preceding the ordinary kindergarten training improves children’s further development of phonological skills. Further, the training affected all the reading related measures in grades 2 and 3 (effect sizes running from d =0.37−0.54) and showed to be particularly beneficial for at-risk children. Bearing in mind the phonological training for all children at age 6, these effects five and six years after training are impressive.
The data files for the recently collected grade 8 data are not yet completely cleaned and organized. Still, the effects of the early phonologicl skills on reading in grade 8 were preliminary investigated, using SEM (Muthén & Muthén, 1998–2012). The assumption in the present study is that Gf is mediated through phonological awareness to early reading. Thus, phonological awareness was regressed on Gf, and reading related skills in grade 8 were regressed on phonological awareness. A manifest variable representing group assignment was related to the reading measures. There was an effect of the early phonological training on a latent measure reflecting reading related tasks in grade 8 (es = .40). When scrutinizing the effects on the manifest reading related measures, there was an effect of training on word decoding (es =.25) and reading comprehension (es =.42), whereas there was no significant effect on spelling.
For the current presentation the model will be extended. Reading related measures in grades 2 and 3 will be included, and thus, most of the training effects on grade 8 reading is expected to be indirect through grades 2 and 3 reading. Direct and indirect effects of Gf and phonological awareness will be investigated. Further, interaction effects of group assignment on the one hand, and Gf and phonological awareness on the other hand respectively will be estimated.

References
Bradley, L. & Bryant, P. (1983). Categorizing sounds and learning to read- a causal connection. Nature, 301, 419-421.
Bus, A.G., & Van Ijzendoorn, M.H. (1999).| Phonological Awareness and Early Reading: A Meta-Analysis of Experimental Training Studies.  Journal of Educational Psychology, 91, 403-414.
Caravolas, M., Lervåg, A., Defior, S., Málková, G.S., & Hulme, C. (2013). Different patterns, but equivalent predictors, of growth in reading in consistent and inconsistent orthographies. Psychological Science, 24, 1398-1407. DOI: 1177/0956797612473122
De Jong, P.F., & Van der Leij, A. (1999). Specific contributions of phonological abilities to early reading acquisition: Results from a Dutch latent variable longitudinal study. Journal of Educational Psychology, 91, 450-476.
Dodd, B. & Gillon, G. (2001) Exploring the relationship between phonological awareness, speech impairment, and literacy. Advances in Speech and Language Pathology, 3, 139-147.
Kjeldsen, A. C., Saarento-Zaprudin, S., & Niemi, P. (2019). Kindergarten training in phonological aware¬ness: Fluency and comprehension gains are greatest for readers-at-risk through grades 1 to 9. Journal of learning disabilities, 5, 366–382. https://doi.org/doi/10.1177/0022219419847154
Lundberg, I., Frost, J. & Petersen, O. (1988). Effects on an extensive program for stimulating phonological awareness in pre-school children. Reading Research Quarterly, 23, 263-284.
Lundberg, I., Larsman, P. & Strid, A. (2010). Development of phonological awareness during the preschool year: the influence of gender and socio-economic status. Reading and Writing: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 25, 305-320.
Melby-Lervåg, M., Lyster, S-A. H. & Hulme, C. (2012). Phonological skills and their role in learning to read: A meta-analytic review. Psychological Bullentin, 138, 322-352.
Muthén, L. K. & Muthén, B. O. (2012). Mplus User’s Guide. Statistical Analysis with Latent Variables. Version 7. Los Angeles, CA: Muthén & Muthén.
National Early Literacy Panel. (2008). Developing early literacy: Report of the National Early Literacy Panel. Washington, DC: National Institute for Literacy.
National Reading Panel. (2000). Teaching children to read: An evidence-based assessment of the scientific research literature on reading and its implications for reading instruction. Washington DC: National Institutes of Child Health and Human Development.
Torgesen, J.K. (2000). Individual differences in response to early intervention in reading: The lingering problem of treatment resisters. Learning Disabilities Research & Practice, 15, 55-64.
Wolff, U. & Gustafsson, J.-E. (2015). Structure of phonological ability at age four. Intelligence, 53, 108-117. doi.org/10.1016/j.intell.2015.09.003
Wolff, U. & Gustafsson, J-E (2022) Early phonological training preceding kindergarten training: effects on reading and spelling. Reading and Writing, 35, 1865–1887.
https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-022-10261-x


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Digital Inclusive Reading Support Evolving Through Practice To Research Transfer

Ralf Junger1, Judith Hanke2, Kirsten Diehl2

1Leipzig University, Germany; 2University of Flensburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Junger, Ralf; Hanke, Judith

A high percentage of students have considerable reading deficits, not only in Germany, but also in other European countries (Betthäuser et al. 2023; Wallner-Paschon et al. 2017). Therefore, formative diagnostics are essential to record the current learning levels of students so that specific interventions can be shaped at an early stage. This discourse has been intensified in Germany as a result of the significant increase in heterogeneity at primary schools and the disconcerting learning deficits of a large number of primary school children after the COVID-19 pandemic (Stanat et al. 2022). As a result, the German Standing Scientific Commission of the Standing Conference of the Ministers of Education and Cultural Affairs of the Federal States recommends the early intensification of nationwide diagnostics and the "provision of scientifically based, quality-assured diagnostic instruments and related support instruments" as formative diagnostics to ensure basic competencies (Köller et al. 2022, p. 74). Additionally, the Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS), is not only conducted through a computer-based assessment since 2016, but also has a focus point in digital forms of reading (Mullis & Martin 2019).

In the collaborative BMBF-funded project DaF-L (digital everyday integrated supportive diagnostic - reading in inclusive education) an adaptive, digital and competence-oriented reading screening with adapted reading packages, consisting of reading texts and reading exercises, is being developed, tested, standardized, and subsequently made available as OER on the online learning application Levumi for the third grade of primary schools in Germany. For the project partners of four German universities an essential component in the development and improvement of digital applications is the cooperation between practice and research. Interviews with experts will be conducted in order to advance the reading packages as well as Levumi. The goal is to ensure a direct transfer of research to practice by examining the ecological validity and usability of the instrument as well as the professional development of the partners in the schools with regard to this unique form of the adaptive approach. Ensuing this, the objective is to enable low-threshold, data-based, and effective reading support, to identify conditions for the success of everyday support-based diagnostics and to improve the conditions for inclusive education in primary schools.

The reading packages for promoting reading comprehension in inclusive classes contain reading texts on three ability levels and reading tasks tailored to them. The reading packages are intended to promote the reading skill reading fluently and the reading abilities reading comprehension and strategies for reading comprehension. The ability to read fluently implies that the students can read “quietly, aloud, automatically, accurately, meaningfully, and quickly (KMK 2020, p. 16).” The students have to read texts and solve reading exercises; therefore, they read both repeatedly (Mayer 2018) and a lot (Kruse et al. 2015), thus promoting reading fluency. In the case of reading comprehension, the students read texts that correspond to their ability level and understand the meaning. Skills involve students identifying textual information at the local level, either explicit or gleaned through simple inferencing. In doing so, they also pay attention to linguistic means to ensure the context of the text as well as link text information, draw conclusions, and construct an overall understanding using their previous knowledge (KMK 2020). In the case of possessing strategies for reading comprehension or reading strategies, the students know to use basic cognitive and metacognitive reading strategies after reading. They work with after-reading strategies such as central text statements (KMK 2020).

The global question of how students can benefit from digital reading packages and how the usability of the application can be improved through collaboration between educators and researchers will be explored.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The collaborative project follows a multi-method design.
An ABA-design was selected for the intervention study. The study will start in April 2023 until July 2023 and will collect quantitative data of individuals, groups, and classes. It will consist of a survey group (N = 100) and a control group (N = 100).
A) It will start with the interviews and the initial testing. The testing consists of the self-developed digital and competence-oriented reading screening and the ELFE 2, which is an established diagnostic test.
B) Three weeks later, in the first lesson the students will take a self-developed digital a-version test aligned with the reading packages. This will be the start of the four-week intervention phase. The intervention (reading support) will be three times a week for 30 minutes in a classroom setting. The students will work on their digital reading exercises individually. Students will receive a reading package based on their ability level. During the intervention students’ answers will be saved digitally. At the end of the intervention, students will participate in the b-version of the aligned test as well as a second administration of the competence-oriented reading screening and the ELFE 2.
A) A follow-up will be conducted with the ELFE 2.

To ensure a direct practice-research transfer, the expert interviews are planned in a qualitative longitudinal design. Through the processual character of the design, the focus on the stakeholders' perspective is intended to improve usability and thus to increase ecological validity. Concurrently, the understanding of diagnosis and diagnostic practices will be examined. For this purpose, qualitative semi-structured expert interviews will be conducted at three different times to accompany the further development of Levumi in consultation with school practitioners. The following research questions will be pursued in the interviews:
1. How do educators rate the usability of Levumi before the redevelopment?
2. What changes would be beneficial from the educators' perspective to increase the usability of Levumi?
3. How do educators evaluate the ecological validity of the newly developed procedures?
4. What diagnostic practices characterize everyday teaching in schools?
In spring 2022, initial expert interviews (N = 7) were already conducted and evaluated as a needs analysis (M1). Based on this, expert interviews (N = 7) will be conducted in March and April 2023 to examine the reading texts and reading exercises (M2) in order to support the development of the reading packages as a practicable instrument.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results from the first expert interviews on the needs analysis (M1) show the necessity of the educators’ participation as users in the development of diagnostic procedures. That way, with the help of a practical research transfer, the usability in support-based diagnostics can be improved and the acceptance of the users can be increased. The results will contribute to the further development of the online learning application Levumi and will be verified through supplementary expert interviews (M2).
The outcomes of the study are expected to improve the student's reading abilities. The collaboration and cooperation of educators and researchers for the development and digitalisation of the reading packages enhanced the usability; therefore, the students' reading abilities were additionally supported. Additionally, in general and for the future, the alliance between educators and researchers could be a very beneficial factor for all involved, especially for the students as the collaboration could foster the improvement and implementation of digital tools in the classroom.
In the presentation, interviews (M1 and M2) as well as the development and implementation of the reading packages will be illustrated and discussed under the global question of how the students benefit from the digital reading packages and how the usability of the application can be improved through collaboration and cooperation between educators and researchers. These results provide significant value for the development of reading support and the usability of digital applications in the Pan-European context. Especially in context of the increased and perpetuated learning gaps in primary schools due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Subsequently, the possibility of transmitting the results to other countries will be discussed.

References
Betthäuser, B. A., Bach-Mortensen, A. M. & Engzell, P. (2023). A systematic review and meta-analysis of the evidence on learning during the COVID-19 pandemic. Nature human behaviour. Vorab-Onlinepublikation.
Köller, O., Thiel, F., van Ackeren, I., Anders, Y., Becker-Mrotzek, M., Cress, U., Diehl, C., Kleickmann, T., Lütje-Klose, B., Prediger, S., Seeber, S., Ziegler, B., Kuper, H., Stanat, P., Maaz, K. & Lewalter, D. (2022). Basale Kompetenzen vermitteln – Bildungschancen sichern. Perspektiven für die Grundschule. Gutachten der Ständigen Wissenschaftlichen Kommission der Kultusministerkonferenz (SWK). SWK: Bonn.
Kruse, G., Rickli, U., Riss, M., & Sommer, T. (2015). Lesen. Das Training Klasse 2./3. Klett.
Kultusministerkonferenz (KMK) (2022). Bildungsstandards für das Fach Deutsch Primarbereich. Oktober 12, 2022,
https://www.kmk.org/fileadmin/Dateien/veroeffentlichungen_beschluesse/2022/2022_06_23-Bista-Primarbereich-Deutsch.pdf
Mayer, A. (2018). Blitzschnelle Worterkennung (BliWo): Grundlagen und Praxis. Borgmann.
Mullis, I. V. S., & Martin, M. O. (Eds.). (2019). PIRLS 2021 Assessment Frameworks. Retrieved from Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center website: https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/pirls2021/frameworks/
Stanat, P., Schipolowski, S., Schneider, R., Sachse, K. A., Weirich, S. & Henschel, S. (2022). IQB-Bildungstrend 2021: Kompetenzen in den Fächern Deutsch und Mathematik am Ende der 4. Jahrgangsstufe im dritten Ländervergleich. Waxmann Verlag.
Wallner-Paschon, C., Itzlinger-Bruneforth, U. & Schreiner, C. (Hrsg.). (2017). PIRLS 2016. Die Lesekompetenz am Ende der Volksschule. Erste Ergebnisse. Graz: Leykam.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Teacher Ratings on the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire for Siblings of Children with Chronic Disorders

Caitlin Prentice, Stian Orm, Krister Fjermestad

University of Oslo, Norway

Presenting Author: Prentice, Caitlin

The educational inclusion of children with chronic disorders – such as developmental and physical disabilities – is a well-studied area, across Europe and globally. The siblings of these children, however, are less studied, particularly in relation to their educational experiences and outcomes. Siblings of children with chronic disorders have divergent, and often adverse, life experiences. Some siblings may experience positive outcomes, such as increases in prosocial functioning (Orm et al., 2022). Overall, however, siblings are at risk for negative psychological effects including emotional and behavioural problems (Havill et al., 2019; Vermaes et al., 2012). Reduced psychological well-being, in turn, can affect siblings’ educational experiences, functioning, and outcomes (Gan et al., 2017).

Studies of siblings of children with chronic disorders (herein “siblings”) tend to utilise mainly parent and self-ratings on measures of psychosocial well-being (Hayden et al., 2019). While these perspectives are important, they offer limited insight into the functioning of siblings within a school environment, particularly in the case of parent-rated measures. Given the centrality of school to children’s daily lives and the importance of education outcomes to later life outcomes, it is essential to consider the perspectives of teachers on sibling well-being. The present study aims to address this gap by examining:

1) Teacher ratings for siblings on the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ)

2) Agreement between teacher and parent ratings on the SDQ, and

3) Factors that may explain disagreement between raters.

Previous studies of child psychosocial functioning – generally, rather than specific to siblings of children with chronic disorders – have found low to moderate levels of agreement between teacher and parent ratings on the SDQ (Murray et al., 2021). This pattern is also found across different measures of child psychosocial functioning. Across these studies, teachers tend to report fewer problems than parents, particularly in the case of internalising problems. Rather than signalling poor reliability of measures, however, the discrepancy between teacher and parent ratings suggests that children’s behaviour is context and rater-specific. Teacher and parent ratings may be seen as complimentary pieces of a larger picture and understanding differences can facilitate better targeted interventions (De Los Reyes et al., 2015). A number of factors may explain a lack of interrater agreement on the SDQ and other measures of child psychosocial functioning. Factors of the home environment, for example, can influence the level of agreement between raters; family stress has been found to be associated with less agreement between teacher and parent ratings while positive parent-child relationship is associated with more agreement (Cheng et al., 2018).

Overall, little is known about the educational experiences of siblings of children with chronic disorders. Furthermore, the SDQ is widely used across European countries and globally. A better understanding of the conditions under which teacher – parent agreement tends to be higher and lower will help researchers and practitioners to interpret SDQ ratings and target solutions and support accordingly.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The present study is part of a larger RCT evaluating a therapeutic intervention programme, “SIBS”, for siblings and parents of children with chronic disorders (Fjermestad et al., 2020). SIBS aims to improve the emotional and behavioural well-being of siblings and to improve communication between parents and siblings. Participants were recruited from six sites that provide support to children with chronic disorders and their families across Norway. The SIBS intervention consists of five sessions, with separate and joint sibling and parent components. Data – including SDQ scores – were collected at baseline and at 3, 6, and 12 months following the intervention. The present study uses baseline SDQ scores from teachers (n=127) and parents (n=173).

The SDQ is a measure of children’s behavioural and emotional functioning. It is composed of 25 items organised into five subscales: emotional difficulties, conduct problems, hyperactivity and inattention, peer difficulties, and pro-social behaviour. The first of these four subscales comprise a total difficulties scale of 20 items. Each item includes a statement about the child’s behaviour and three options: not true (0), somewhat true (1), and certainly true (2). The SDQ has been validated across a range of populations and contexts. The psychometric properties of the teacher and parent versions of the SDQ are strong, with satisfactory internal consistency and test-retest reliability (Stone et al., 2010).

Means and standard deviations of teacher and parent scores will be calculated for total difficulties and each of the five subscales. Total scores will be compared with population norms using paired sample t-tests. Agreement between teacher and parent ratings will be calculated using Pearson’s correlation coefficient, for both the SDQ totals and the subscales. Finally, factors associated with agreement will be tested using logistic regressions, and will  include gender and age of the sibling, family stress, child-parent communication, and diagnosis of the child with the chronic disorder.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Data analysis is currently in progress and therefore results are forthcoming. Preliminary results suggest that siblings’ teacher total SDQ scores are similar to population norms (M = 6.50, SD = 4.89) and that teachers’ scores were significantly lower than parent reports (effect size difference: mother d = .37 and father d = .46).

Results of the study will provide a novel insight into the well-being of siblings of children with chronic disorders and how their strengths and difficulties may be enacted in a school environment. Additionally, the study contributes to discussions about agreement between teacher and parent ratings on the SDQ, providing data from a unique sample of children. Finally, results will contribute to the literature on factors associated with agreement / disagreement between raters, such as parent-child communication, family socio-economic situation, and family stress levels. In previous studies of siblings of children with chronic disorders, the diagnosis of the child with the disorder has affected sibling well-being; thus, it is possible that this factor may also be associated with differences in teacher and parent SDQ scores.    

School is an important part of young people’s lives and teachers play a key role in young people’s well-being and life outcomes. The results from this study can be used to build a foundation for understanding siblings’ experiences and behaviours at school, allowing practitioners to build on existing strengths and offer targeted support if required.

References
Cheng, S., Keyes, K. M., Bitfoi, A., Carta, M. G., Koç, C., Goelitz, D., Otten, R., Lesinskiene, S., Mihova, Z., Pez, O., & Kovess-Masfety, V. (2018). Understanding parent-teacher agreement of the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ): Comparison across seven European countries. International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 27(1), e1589. https://doi.org/10.1002/mpr.1589
De Los Reyes, A., Augenstein, T. M., Wang, M., Thomas, S. A., Drabick, D. A. G., Burgers, D. E., & Rabinowitz, J. (2015). The validity of the multi-informant approach to assessing child and adolescent mental health. Psychological Bulletin, 141(4), 858–900. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0038498
Fjermestad, K. W., Silverman, W. K., & Vatne, T. M. (2020). Group intervention for siblings and parents of children with chronic disorders (SIBS-RCT): study protocol for a randomized controlled trial. Trials, 21(1), 851. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13063-020-04781-6
Gan, L. L., Lum, A., Wakefield, C. E., Nandakumar, B., & Fardell, J. E. (2017). School Experiences of Siblings of Children with Chronic Illness: A Systematic Literature Review. Journal of Pediatric Nursing, 33, 23–32. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.PEDN.2016.11.007
Havill, N., Fleming, L. K., & Knafl, K. (2019). Well siblings of children with chronic illness: A synthesis research study. Research in Nursing & Health, 42(5), 334–348. https://doi.org/10.1002/nur.21978
Hayden, N. K., Hastings, R. P., Totsika, V., & Langley, E. (2019). A Population-Based Study of the Behavioral and Emotional Adjustment of Older Siblings of Children with and without Intellectual Disability. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 47(8), 1409–1419. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10802-018-00510-5
Murray, A. L., Speyer, L. G., Hall, H. A., Valdebenito, S., & Hughes, C. (2021). Teacher Versus Parent Informant Measurement Invariance of the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 46(10), 1249–1257. https://doi.org/10.1093/jpepsy/jsab062
Orm, S., Haukeland, Y., Vatne, T., Silverman, W. K., & Fjermestad, K. (2022). Prosocial Behavior Is a Relative Strength in Siblings of Children with Physical Disabilities or Autism Spectrum Disorder. Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities, 34(4), 591–608. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10882-021-09816-7
Stone, L. L., Otten, R., Engels, R. C. M. E., Vermulst, A. A., & Janssens, J. M. A. M. (2010). Psychometric Properties of the Parent and Teacher Versions of the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire for 4- to 12-Year-Olds: A Review. Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review, 13(3), 254–274. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10567-010-0071-2
Vermaes, I. P. R., van Susante, A. M. J., & van Bakel, H. J. A. (2012). Psychological Functioning of Siblings in Families of Children with Chronic Health Conditions: A Meta-Analysis. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 37(2), 166–184. https://doi.org/10.1093/jpepsy/jsr081
 
9:00am - 10:30am09 SES 09 B: Advancing Assessment Methods and Insights for Education Systems
Location: Gilbert Scott, 253 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Stefan Johansson
Paper Session
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Measuring and Misrepresenting the Missing Millions: the OECD’s Assessment of out-of-School Youth in PISA for Development

Xiaomin Li

Beijing Normal University, China, People's Republic of

Presenting Author: Li, Xiaomin

As the education agenda of global agencies changed after 2015 to emphasise minimum standards of quality for all countries to be delivered by 2030, the OECD has sought to expand its most successful comparative instrument, the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA), to include low- and middle-income countries (LMICs). In 2014, it introduced PISA for Development (PISA-D) as the means to establish PISA as a universal measure of learning, and in 2020, it declared PISA-D a success. The most innovative feature of PISA-D was that the assessment included out-of-school youth (OOSY); that task was sub-contracted to Educational Testing Service (ETS). The OOSY population is a geographically dispersed group which present considerable challenges to any researchers seeking to access them. Given this, we ask: who did the OECD assess? More specifically, how did the OECD define the target population of PISA-D out-of-school assessment, what was the sampling frame, and were they accurately represented in the PISA-D OOSY sample?

Much of the existing literature on the OECD influence is based on different theoretical positions. These differences in perspective have real consequences, however, often determining which legitimation dynamics researchers see and which they overlook. In this paper, we seek to adopt a holistic approach by drawing on Suchman’s (1995) framework for analysing the multiple sources of organisational legitimacy and the means by which it is promoted and repaired.

In applying Suchman’s framework, we argue that PISA-D was a macro level exercise designed to legitimate the OECD’s extension of PISA into LMICs and to establish its role in a new arena. The incorporation of OOSY in the assessment was a key micro level endeavour which would allow the OECD to achieve that end and, if not done properly, would challenge aspects of its legitimacy. For example, not assessing sufficient OOSY would debase the quality of the OECD’s products and services; this would also damage the OECD’s moral claims with regard to monitoring the attainment of the SDGs and promoting an inclusive approach. In parallel, at the cognitive level, this would challenge the whole logic of the novelty and value of PISA-D. Overall, the successful identification and assessment of OOSY was vital to ensuring its legitimacy. This would require the OECD to either address the considerable difficulties of accessing OOSY or find a tactical solution which obscured the many challenges to its legitimacy.

Suchman (1995) also analyses how organisations respond to challenges to their legitimacy and identifies three broad approaches: (a) offer normalising accounts; (b) restructure, and (c) don’t panic. He suggested that although legitimacy crises may coalesce around performance issues, most challenges ultimately rest on failures of meaning, where ‘audiences begin to suspect that putatively desirable outputs are hazards, that putatively efficacious procedures are tricks, or that putatively genuine structures are facades’ (1995, 597). Consequently, the initial task in mending a breach of legitimacy usually will be ‘to formulate a normalising account’ that separates the threatening revelation from larger assessments of the organisation as a whole. He identified ‘justifications’ and ‘explanations’ as the two main types of normalising accounts. Suchman also noted that organisations may also re-establish legitimacy through micro-level strategic restructuring, in the sense that ‘narrowly tailored changes that mesh with equally focused normalising accounts can serve as effective damage-containment techniques’ (ibid., 598).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To understand what challenges the OECD encountered and how it managed to address them, we firstly draw on two categories of documents: the first are the UNICEF and UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) publications on the Out-of-school Children Initiative (OOSCI) and Lewin’s (2011) work as part of the Consortium for Research on Educational Access, Transitions and Equity (CREATE) initiative which provide the standard approaches to identifying OOSY and describing their characteristics which PISA-D draws upon. The second are the OECD publications which explain the PISA-D out-of-school sample design and selection plans , and which present the final results . We also draw on three interviews with: a key member of the PISA-D team at the OECD, a technical expert who had undertaken OOSY surveys, and a lead analyst from one of the piloting nations.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We argue that, as an organisation with no experience with assessing OOSY and working in poorer nations, the OECD was faced by a ‘disruptive event’ (Suchman 1995) as it was unable to effectively sample youth based on their initial definition. This event, if not addressed immediately, would interrupt its ongoing PISA-D legitimation activities and may severely deplete its long-term legitimacy. In line with Suchman’s (1995) analysis of how organisations respond to challenges to their legitimacy, we demonstrate that the OECD pursued a normalising strategy by tailoring and justifying how OOSY were defined and by minimising coverage of its tactical changes. Consequently, it avoided addressing the many problems which face researchers on OOSY by quietly imposing a sampling frame which matched its available sources of data and established methodologies.
The analysis builds on our earlier work which identified the broader strategies that the OECD employed to create the legitimacy to monitor SDG 4 (Li and Morris 2022) and extends it by focusing on legitimacy maintenance and repair work. It also contributes to the important work of others who have critiqued the validity and impact of various assessments undertaken by global agencies.

References
Addey, Camilla. 2017. ‘Golden Relics & Historical Standards: How the OECD Is Expanding Global Education Governance through PISA for Development’. Critical Studies in Education 0 (0): 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2017.1352006.
Auld, Euan, and Paul Morris. 2021. ‘A NeverEnding Story: Tracing the OECD’s Evolving Narratives within a Global Development Complex’. Globalisation, Societies and Education 19 (2): 183–97. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2021.1882959.
Berten, John, and Matthias Kranke. 2019. ‘Studying Anticipatory Practices of International Organisations: A Framework for Analysis’. Framing Paper for Workshop on Anticipatory Governance at 6th European Workshops in International Studies. Kraków.
Carr-Hill, Roy. 2013. ‘Missing Millions and Measuring Development Progress’. World Development 46 (June): 30–44. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2012.12.017.
Grek, Sotiria. 2009. ‘Governing by Numbers: The PISA “Effect” in Europe’. Journal of Education Policy 24 (1): 23–37. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930802412669.
Grey, Sue, and Paul Morris. 2018. ‘PISA: Multiple “Truths” and Mediatised Global Governance’. Comparative Education 54 (2): 109–31. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2018.1425243.
Lewin, Keith. 2011. ‘Making Rights Realities: Researching Educational Access, Transitions and Equity’. Project Report. Brighton: University of Sussex. http://www.create-rpc.org/pdf_documents/Making-Rights-Realities-Keith-Lewin-September-2011.pdf.
Li, Xiaomin, and Euan Auld. 2020. ‘A Historical Perspective on the OECD’s “Humanitarian Turn”: PISA for Development and the Learning Framework 2030’. Comparative Education 56 (4): 503–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2020.1781397.
Hamilton, Mary. 2017. ‘How International Large-Scale Skills Assessments Engage with National Actors: Mobilising Networks through Policy, Media and Public Knowledge’. Critical Studies in Education 58 (3): 280–94. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2017.1330761.
Martens, Kerstin. 2007. ‘How to Become an Influential Actor - The “comparative Turn” in OECD Education Policy’. In New Arenas of Education Governance: The Impact of International Organisations and Markets on Educational Policy Making, edited by Kerstin Martens, Alessandra Rusconi, and Kathrin Leuze. Basingstoke: Macmillan.
Li, Xiaomin, and Paul Morris. 2022. ‘Generating and Managing Legitimacy: How the OECD Established Its Role in Monitoring Sustainable Development Goal 4’. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education 0 (0): 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2022.2142038.
Robertson, Susan L. 2020. ‘Guardians of the Future: International Organisations, Anticipatory Governance and Education’. Presented at the International Webinar on UNESCO’s and OECD’s Ambition to Govern the Future of Education, Copenhagen, April 23.
Suchman, Mark C. 1995. ‘Managing Legitimacy: Strategic and Institutional Approaches’. The Academy of Management Review 20 (3): 571–610. https://doi.org/10.2307/258788.
Zapp, Mike. 2020. ‘The Authority of Science and the Legitimacy of International Organisations: OECD, UNESCO and World Bank in Global Education Governance’. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2019.1702503.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Tinkering towards an assessment of Global Competence

Harsha Chandir, Radhika Gorur, Jill Blackmore

Deakin University, Australia

Presenting Author: Blackmore, Jill

PISA has become the “world’s premier yardstick” against which the “quality, equity and efficiency” of national education systems are evaluated (Gurría in OECD, 2018a, p. 2). PISA claims to be able to compare, on a single scale, the performance of education systems around the globe. These comparative measures have “contributed to the constituting of a global commensurate space of educational performance” (Rizvi & Lingard, 2010, p. 135), regardless of the varying political, economic, social, and cultural contexts of participating nations. Data from PISA are being used by countries to identify “gaps” in their education systems and to develop policies to “move up” on the league tables (Meyer & Benavot, 2013; Wiseman, 2013). A recent development in this space has been the OECD’s development of an internationally comparable measure of Global Competence.

The use of PISA measures as benchmarks for shaping global policies and governing education makes it important to examine the process of how “PISA knowledge” is arrived at. Developing a set of measures requires normative decisions about what the concept encompasses. The assessment of global competence provides a useful example of examining the development of this particular form of global knowledge. Given the multifaceted definitions and understandings of this term, this paper empirically examines the challenges such efforts at stabilising the definition faced, and the ways in which these were negotiated. Locating our study in the interdisciplinary field of Science and Technology Studies (STS), and deploying the concept of tinkering (Knorr Cetina, 1981), we attend to the practices that stabilised the assessment of Global Competence in PISA 2018.

To make globally acceptable knowledge, various epistemic, cultural and political perspectives are brought together in relations of mutual learning and construction, and through iterative processes of expert consultation, country feedback, committee endorsement, etc. These encounters, where diverse perspectives are brought together, have the potential to be hijacked by more outspoken or forceful participants. Moreover, these processes typically take several months during which a range of unexpected events may occur or challenges posed to the successful completion of the endeavour. Tinkering is the way in which actors and events are managed – through cajoling, placating, compromising, modifying, etc. to ensure that the project does not collapse.

Drawing on empirical data relating to the development of the assessment of global competencies, we provide examples tinkering in the development of PISA’s tests of global competency. We highlight three key tinkering moves by the OECD during the process of developing the assessment. In the first move, the OECD replaced the initial Global Competence Expert Group with another group of experts to placate the PISA Governing Board, which objected to the heave economic slant of the first expert presentation. In the second tinkering move, the OECD retrospectively aligned the PISA assessments of global competency with the global competence framework with the UN SDGs. This enabled the OECD to gather more (of the right) allies to support its efforts, and provided “a moral legitimacy the OECD has not enjoyed with the traditional PISA initiative and its narrow economic focus” (Auld & Morris 2019b. p.11). A third tinkering move was the push by the OECD to administer the assessment even when only a minority of the countries decided to participate, arguing that more nations might join subsequent rounds.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper offers data from publicly available documents as well as semi-structured interviews with key OECD officials and members of PISA 2018’s Global Competence Expert Group, to highlight three tinkering moves. By tracing the practices of the assessment development, this study aims to understand how a particular ontology of global competence was stabilised in PISA 2018.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
By enrolling experts and considering feedback from countries, PISA can be said to be a collaborative and democratic global process. However, a closer examination reveals that in spaces when there is uncertainty, and when stalemates develop between different groups, decision making lies with the OECD which tinkers to steer actors in ways that primarily benefit the organisation’s pre-determined agenda.
Tracing this process of making global knowledge of global competence allows for an exploration of “which kind of society and which idea of humanity is pursued and enacted” (d'Agnese, 2018, p. 16) in the OECD’s assessments of global competence – and more generally the PISA project. As the OECD attempts to develop other “global” measures of literacies (OECD, 2018b), it is important to open up the politics of their production. By putting centre-stage the controversies and negotiations, the processes that stabilise these assessments can be opened up to critical scrutiny.

References
Auld, E., & Morris, P. (2019a). Science by streetlight and the OECD’s measure of global competence: A new yardstick for internationalisation? Policy Futures in Education, 17(6), 677-698. https://doi.org/10.1177/1478210318819246
Auld, E., & Morris, P. (2019b). The OECD’s Assessment of Global Competence: Measuring and making global elites. In L. C. Engel, C. Maxwell, & M. Yemini (Eds.), The Machinery of School Internationalisation in Action (pp. 17-35). Routledge
d'Agnese, V. (2018). Reclaiming education in the age of PISA: Challenging OECD’s educational order. Routledge.
Knorr Cetina, K. (1981). The manufacture of knowledge: An essay on the constructivist and contextual nature of science. Pergamon.
Meyer, H. D., & Benavot, A. (Eds.). (2013). PISA, power, and policy: The emergence of global educational governance. Symposium books
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2018a). PISA 2015 results in focus. https://www.oecd.org/pisa/pisa-2015-results-in-focus.pdf
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2018b). The future of education and skills 2030: The future we want. https://www.oecd.org/education/2030/E2030%20Position%20Paper%20(05.04.2018).pdf
Rizvi, F., & Lingard, B. (2010). Globalizing education policy. Routledge
Wiseman, A. W. (2013). Policy responses to PISA in comparative perspective. In H. D. Meyer & A. Benavot (Eds.), PISA, power, and policy: The emergence of global educational governance (pp. 303-322). Symposium books.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Are Students Underachieving in PISA? The Issue of Test Motivation in Low-Stakes and High-Stakes Tests

Linda Borger1, Stefan Johansson1, Rolf Strietholt2

1University of Gothenburg, Sweden; 2Technische Universität Dortmund, Germany

Presenting Author: Borger, Linda

International large-scale assessments (ILSAs) are playing an increasingly important role in decision-making and reforms, both nationally and internationally (e.g. Grek, 2009; Lindblad et al., 2018). One of the most influential ILSAs is the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA). Given the impact PISA has on educational debate and policy, it is crucial that results are trustworthy. Yet, parallel to an increase in the number of ILSAs, there has been growing validity concerns regarding for example the content being tested, the influence on national educational systems and potential bias due to lack of sample representativeness (Grek, 2009; Jerrim, 2021; Meyer & Benavot, 2013). Relatively few studies, however, have focused on whether students are motivated to do their best in ILSAs as compared with high-stakes tests.

A motive for our research is international evidence suggesting that tests of low stakes impact student motivation and effort (Finn, 2015; Wise & DeMars, 2005). Whereas the relation between high- and low-stakes testing has been studied previously, findings are inconsistent, and we know little about this relationship in Sweden. Therefore, the following study examines whether there is evidence for the hypothesis that the lack of personal consequences may bias PISA test scores downwards. Indeed, self-reports from Swedish students indicate that they do not do their best in PISA (Eklöf & Hopfenbeck, 2019). However, PISA test scores have not yet been compared to external criteria such as national test scores. The theoretical framework used to interpret the results of the present study is the expectancy-value theory (Eccles & Wigfield, 2002; Wigfield & Eccles, 2000), postulating that test motivation depends on the student's expectations of succeeding at a particular task, the value the student places on the task, and the interaction between the two (Eccles & Wigfield, 2002). The expectancy-value theory has successfully been used in previous studies to explain the test-taking motivation construct (e.g., Eklöf & Knekta, 2017).

Previous research on the relationship between national tests and PISA/TIMSS revealed moderate to high but imperfect correlations (Skolverket, 2022; Wiberg, 2019; Wiberg & Rolfsman, 2019). One possible explanation is that ILSAs have low stakes for students while national tests have high stakes. In order to test the assumption that motivation influences student achievement, we will examine whether test motivation moderates the relationship between PISA scores and the national test scores. Skolverket (2022) found a correlation of .61 between the two measures but our hypothesis is that the relationship is different for different levels of motivation to take the PISA test. With reference to the expectancy-value theory we assume that the average level of test motivation is higher for national tests since this is a test with higher stakes. For students that were particularly unmotivated to do the PISA test, the correlation with their national test scores could therefore be lower. Consequently, the study examines the following research questions: (1) What is the correlation between test motivation in PISA and PISA achievement? and (2) Is the relationship between low-stakes PISA test scores and high-stakes national test scores moderated by students’ test motivation in PISA?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the 2018 Swedish PISA test, students’ personal identification numbers were collected, making it possible to link PISA tests scores with register data on students’ national test grades and student background characteristics, collected from Statistics Sweden (SCB). The analyses are based on this combined dataset, including a sample of 5,504 students. The main method used was latent moderated structural equations modelling. The outcome variable is students’ PISA achievement, measured through the ten plausible values by including the type = imputation option in Mplus, the software used. Since reading was the major domain in PISA 2018, the analyses focus on reading. However, robustness checks were conducted using PISA achievement in mathematics and science.

The predictors used are students’ motivation to take the PISA test, formulated as a latent variable and used as moderator in the interaction analysis, and students’ national test grade. The latent variable PISA_Motivation is measured by six statements about students’ motivation in PISA, answered on a four-point Likert scale ranging from “strongly agree” to “strongly disagree” (reverse-coded in the analyses). The scale is provided as a national option in the PISA student questionnaire and contains items intended to measure effort, e.g., “I felt motivated to do my best in the PISA test” and importance, e.g., “Doing well in the PISA test was important to me”. Cronbach's alpha for the PISA motivation scale was .90 for the six items, indicating a high internal consistency. As an indicator of a high-stakes assessment, the students’ national test grade in reading, ranging from A–F and coded numerically, was used as an observed independent variable. Student background characteristics will be used as control variables in further analyses.

In a first step, a measurement model of PISA_Motivation was estimated using confirmatory factor analysis (CFA), and model fit was ensured. Subsequently, structural models were estimated in consecutive steps (Muthén, 2012), starting with models without latent interaction, and then including both main effects and the latent interaction in the final model. The independent observed variable (national test grade) was centered prior to analysis. Model fit was evaluated using commonly used fit indices for structural equation modelling (Marsh et al, 2005). Models were estimated using MLR, and the complex option in Mplus was employed to account for the nested data structure. Analyses were weighted using the final student weight. Missing data was treated under the default method in Mplus (Full Information Maximum Likelihood).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results revealed a significant positive correlation between PISA_Motivation and PISA achievement (r = .15), indicating that test motivation predicts achievement. In line with Skolverket (2022), the correlation between PISA achievement in reading and the national test grade in reading was found to be around .6. When controlling for students’ reading ability, in the form of the grade on the high-stakes national test, PISA_Motivation still significantly and positively influenced PISA achievement. In the final model, a significant positive interaction was shown between PISA_Motivation and the national test grade (β = .05, p < .001), indicating that students’ motivation in PISA affects the strength of the relationship between the high-stakes national test grade and the low-stakes PISA achievement.

Graphical analyses of the interaction effects for students with different motivational levels showed that the simple slope differed particularly for students who indicated a low level of motivation in PISA and who received high grades on the high-stakes national test. The students with low motivation in PISA thus had a lower correlation between their PISA test score and their national test grade than the students who reported high motivation. This could be explained, in accordance with the expectancy-value theory, by the fact that these students put in less effort in PISA than on the national test because they do not see PISA as important to them personally. In sum, the study provides some evidence that the low-stakes nature of PISA may bias test scores for certain groups of students, in particular high achievers on the national test with low reported motivation in PISA. In the discussion, other reasons for the discrepancy between PISA test scores and national test grades will be addressed, such as differences in content, format and aims. Additionally, problematic aspects of measuring test effort with self-reported measures are considered.

References
Baumert, J., & Demmrich, A. (2001). Test motivation in the assessment of student skills: The effects of incentives on motivation and performance. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 16(3), 441–62. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF03173192

Eccles, J. S., & Wigfield, A. (2002). Motivational beliefs, values, and goals. Annual Review of Psychology, 53(1), 109-132, https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.psych.53.100901.135153

Eklöf, H. & Knekta, E. (2017). Using large-scale educational data to test motivation theories: A synthesis of findings from Swedish studies on test-taking motivation. International Journal of Quantitative Research in Education, 4(5), 52-71.

Eklöf, H. & Hopfenbeck, T. (2019). Self-reported effort and motivation in the PISA test. In B. Maddox (Red.), International large-scale assessments in education: insider research perspectives (s. 121–136). Bloomsbury Academic.

Finn, B. (2015). Measuring motivation in low-stakes assessments (Research Report No. RR-15-19). Princeton, NJ: Educational Testing Service. doi:10.1002/ets2.12067

Grek, S. (2009). Governing by numbers: the PISA ‘effect’ in Europe. Journal of Education Policy, 24(1), 23-37. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930802412669

Jerrim, J. (2021). PISA 2018 in England, Northern Ireland, Scotland and Wales: Is the data really representative of all four corners of the UK?. Review of Education, 9(3). https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3270

Lindblad, S., Pettersson D., & Popkewitz, T.S. (2018). Numbers, Education and the Making of Society: International Assessments and Its Expertise. Routledge

Marsh, H. W., Hau, K., & Grayson, D. (2005). Goodness of fit evaluation in structural equation modeling. In A. Maydeu-Olivares and J. McArdle (Eds.), Contemporary Psychometrics (pp. 275–340). Erlbaum.

Meyer, H. D., & Benavot, A. O. (Eds.). (2013). PISA, power, policy. The emergence of global educational governance. Oxford Studies in Comparative Education.

Muthén B. (2012). Latent variable interactions. http://www.statmodel.com/download/LV%20Inter action.pdf

Skolverket. (2022). PISA 2018 och betygen. Analys av sambanden mellan svenska betyg och resultat i PISA 2018 [PISA 2018 and school grades. Analyses of the relationship between Swedish school grades and results in PISA 2018]. Skolverket.

Wiberg, M. (2019). The relationship between TIMSS mathematics achievements, grades, and national test scores. Education Inquiry, 10(4), 328-343. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2019.1579626

Wiberg, M., & Rolfsman, E. (2019). The association between science achievement measures in schools and TIMSS science achievements in Sweden. International Journal of Science Education, 41(16), 2218-2232. doi:10.1080/09500693.2019.1666217

Wigfield, A., & Eccles, J. S. (2000). Expectancy-value theory of achievement motivation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 25, 68–81. https://10.1016/ceps.1999.1015

Wise, S. L., & DeMars, C. E. (2005). Low examinee effort in low-stakes assessment: Problems and potential solutions. Educational Assessment, 10(1), 1–17. https://10.1207/s15326977ea1001_1


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

A Framework to Estimate and Enhance Effectiveness of Large-scale Assessments in Next Generation Learning Systems

Priyanka Sharma, Amit Kaushik

Australian Council for Educational Research, India

Presenting Author: Sharma, Priyanka

The effectiveness of initiatives in an educational context is often interpreted in terms of their impact on learning outcomes for every unit of investment. Governments invest a significantly high amount of money and effort in large-scale assessments (LSAs) with the intent to provide data-driven evidence to policymakers and researchers. Such evidence indicates the quality parameters of the education system in terms of learning level, equity, sustainability, and other predefined dimensions. Validity of such information is paramount due to its crucial role in decision-making for inputs, functional strategies, and goal setting for intended outputs, which if implemented as intended are most likely to lead to improvement in learning outcomes. Therefore, it is not an exaggeration to say that the effectiveness of LSAs can also be interpreted in terms of gain in learning outcomes or other dimensions, like any other measure. However, measuring and demonstrating effectiveness of LSAs remains a challenge due to multiple reasons besides the complexities involved in efficacy and effectiveness research, like the notion that assessment data themselves offer solutions. Authors make a compelling argument that data including assessment data do not provide solutions, rather they assist the policy and research community by providing valid evidence and insights enabling informed policy formulation and implementation decisions. Rich data and information provided by large-scale assessments can further be used to analyze the impact of those policy decisions.

The paper consists of three major parts. The first part reviews existing initiatives and proposes a logic model based on reasoning to estimate the effectiveness through evidence and/or counterevidence. A logic model depicts how an initiative is expected to make a difference, using explicit statements of the activities that are likely to bring about the intermediate changes and the impact the initiative intends to make. The proposed model postulates that if evidence generated by LSAs at T1 point of time were utilized to make appropriate modifications in policy and interventions regarding inputs, processes, organizational functioning, governance, monitoring mechanism, and outputs can lead to lead to learning gains per unit of investment at T2 point of time.

The second part builds on policy research and secondary analyses of large-scale assessments conducted in India to generate insights into the policy and practice that emerged from large-scale assessments. While the study primarily uses the assessment data and information from the National Achievement Survey (NAS) and the Annual Status of Education Report (ASER), it makes an effort to corroborate the findings with International and national LSAs in a similar context.

The third part recommends a policy implementation framework consisting of a series of steps to design system-specific strategies and monitor efforts. These steps are organized into two main phases: i) a ‘diagnostic’ phase to identify priority areas or enabling outcomes; ii) an ‘action’ stage to devise, implement and evaluate concrete policy interventions. The diagnostic stage mainly consists of cost-effective action-oriented surveys with a tiered approach, while the action stage consists of evidence-driven developmental goals and action plans for various levels of the system, alignment between all actors involved, customized interventions at school level with continuous monitoring in the cycle of 'assess-act-assess'

Education systems around the world have emphasized the need to transform assessments to improve learning. Proposed framework and model may be vital in designing learning systems to improve learning outcomes through effective systemwide assessments. However, there cannot be a one-size-fits-all policy mix. Feasible policy choices depend on contexts, social preferences, and political constraints. A robust and independent institutional framework, stakeholder engagement, and credible communication strategies are vital to enhancing the effectiveness of LSAs and eliminating learning poverty to achieve sustainable development goals.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The aim of the study was to develop a framework to assess the effectiveness of large-scale assessments, gather evidence of effectiveness, and then recommend an implementation framework to enhance the effectiveness. Accordingly, a mixed research approach was adopted. The methodology of the study has three main components:
1. A literature review of relevant literature on the effectiveness of LSAs, policy initiatives as a result of LSAs, and implementation research in the context of system-level assessments
2. Secondary analysis of ASER and NAS data for the pre-COVID period
3. Drafting a logic model, followed by an implementation framework to utilize the meaningful findings of LSAs to improve quality dimensions of education, based on main findings of the review  
The scope of the literature review was not limited to large-scale assessments in India, but it also covered the role of international LSAs PISA, TIMSS, PIRLS, SACMEQ, PASEC and national LSAs like NAPLAN, and NAEP in educational policies and their impact. Investigators conducted the review along four key components:
• Model of intent and model of change behind LSAs  
• Use of findings of LSAs in the formulation of policy measures
• Framework of planning, implementation and monitoring of the policy initiatives emerged from LSAs  
• Effectiveness studies in LSAs or use of LSAs as a metric in education effectiveness studies
Investigators also undertook secondary analyses of ASER data since 2005 to analyze the cohort relationships associated with learning achievement in basic literacy and numeracy among the learners in the age group corresponding to grades three to eight. ASER is an annual survey report published by the education non-profit Pratham and aims to provide reliable estimates of enrolment and basic learning levels. Basic reading and basic arithmetic abilities are assessed for learners in the age group of 5-16 years. Secondary analyses of NAS data for grade 3, 5 and 8, and learning data of few other countries from UNESCO Institute of Statistics (UIS) were also undertaken. Then triangulation technique was adopted to consolidate the findings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The role of LSAs as a tool to improve the quality of education was recognized in 2000 with the launch of the Program for International Student Assessment (PISA) by OECD. This triggered LSAs as policy research in many parts of the world. However, in the past 20 years learning level of students in many countries has either declined or plateaued. Despite spending several years in school, millions of children are unable to achieve basic literacy and numeracy skills (ASER, 2018). More than 50% of primary school children in South Asian nations were in learning poverty even before the COVID-19 pandemic, and this number is projected to be around 80% due to COVID-19- related school closures (World Bank et al., 2022). The report of NAS 2021 has indicated a similar trend (NCERT, 2022).
The review showed that the majority of systems lack a concrete model regarding how LSAs are expected to impact the actions and learning outcomes. Measurement of learning achievement with no follow-up plan of action results in low efficacy of LSA initiatives. Experts have raised an alarm around the deepening learning crisis and recommended three complementary strategies: assess learning in order to measure and track learning better; act on the results or evidence to guide innovation and practice; and, align actors to remove barriers and make the whole system work for learning (World Bank, 2018).  These complementary strategies may be utilized to derive a logic model as a common wireframe for planning, implementation, and monitoring of outcomes.
The proposed tiered approach to assessments to identify priority areas followed by concrete evidence-driven policy interventions and monitoring mechanisms may enable LSAs-driven improvement in learning. The model can assist policymakers and researchers to estimate the impact of stage-specific decisions on outcomes, and disaggregate the impact of individual intermediary enablers on intended outcomes.

References
ASER Centre. (2018). Annual Status of Education Report (Rural) 2018. http://img.asercentre.org/docs/ASER%202018/Release%20Material/aserreport2018.pdf
NCERT (2019). National Achievement Survey 2017. National report to Inform Policy, Practices and Teaching Learning. National Council of Educational Research and Training. Ministry of Education. Government of India. https://nas.gov.in/report-card/2017
NCERT (2022). National Achievement Survey. National Report 2021. National Council of Educational Research and Training. Ministry of Education. Government of India. https://nas.gov.in/report-card/2021
World Bank 2018. World Development Report 2018: Learning to Realize Education’s Promise. Washington, DC: World Bank. doi:10.1596/978-1-4648-1096-1.
World Bank, UNESCO, UNICEF, USAID, FCDO, Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation. (2022). The State of Global Learning Poverty: 2022 Update. https://www.unicef.org/reports/state-global-learning-poverty-2022.
MHRD. (2020). National Education Policy 2020.   https://www.education.gov.in/sites/upload_files/mhrd/files/NEP_Final_English_0.pdf. Ministry of Education (erstwhile Ministry of Human Resource Development). Government of India.
 
9:00am - 10:30am10 SES 09 A: Diversity, Social Justice and Pedagogical Interventions
Location: Rankine Building, 106 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Giulia Filippi
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Teacher Students’ Sense of Preparedness to Teach in Diverse Lower and Upper Secondary Schools in Norway

Vander Tavares

Inland Norway University, Norway

Presenting Author: Tavares, Vander

Institutions of formal education in Europe are characterised by increased cultural and linguistic diversity when it comes to the student population. Considering that such a trend is only expected to grow due to transnationalism and globalisation, teacher education programs must be continuously re-evaluated and redesigned in order to remain relevant and responsive to sociodemographic changes. More specifically, teacher education programs must be able to prepare teacher candidates to work effectively with heterogenous groups of students in ways that support the learning of all students and affirm their identities within growing neoliberal and neoconservative discourses (Alford, 2014). In Norway, classroom composition has also become more diverse, primarily due to a higher number of students of a transnational background, whether through forced or voluntary immigration (Hilt, 2017). Indeed, this and other pressing trends have been identified by the Norwegian Ministry of Education and Research (2018) in a report titled Teacher Education 2015: National Strategy for Quality and Cooperation in Teacher Education that includes key areas for the improvement and development of teacher education in Norway.

This paper explores teacher candidates’ experiences of preparation for the changing nature of the teaching profession that is informed by increased student diversity. The guiding question for this paper is as follows: What are teacher candidates’ perceptions and experiences of the preparation they receive from their Norwegian teacher education programs in relation to teaching in diverse classrooms? To answer this question, this paper draws on a case study with four teacher candidates from a teacher education program at a Norwegian institution of higher education. A conceptual discussion of some of the fundamental tenets of a socially responsive teacher education program will be presented by considering Darling-Hammond’s (2006) conceptual work on teacher education. This includes two main areas: the “what” and the “how” of teacher education.

In the first area, the focus lies in knowledge on the part of (future) teachers that is tied to the improvement of the learning experiences of students. This includes knowledge about learners, how they learn in different contexts, what the curriculum constitutes of in terms of content and expectations, and what teaching skills should be prioritised to teach the content to students of diverse backgrounds, in diverse situations, and with different needs. The second area goes beyond simply the design of a teacher education program in terms of course selection and sequence. Opportunities for teacher candidates to integrate, reflect upon, and apply their knowledge continually and meaningfully in the classroom are of great consequence for how and why teacher candidates become teachers.

This paper will also present a review of the Norwegian context of (teacher) education. Subsequently, the methodological design of the study will be introduced. This paper is concluded with a discussion of the findings and their implications for teacher education programs in Norway and similar contexts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This case study is part of a larger project with teacher candidates enrolled specifically in language teacher education programs for the secondary and upper secondary grades (Norwegian: lektorutdanning i språkfag). Following ethics approval by the national research council, participants were recruited through an email invitation. The invitation was distributed to the main student organisation associated with the teacher education program at East School (pseudonym). Four students were invited to participate considering the research aim of understanding experience in-depth and the research design of describing personal experience richly (Frankel & Devers, 2000) in a manner that was also manageable in terms of the volume of data. The students were chosen on the basis of their year of study, thereby presenting an overall distribution of experience across the years constituting teacher education program: from years 1, 2, 4, and 5. All participants were studying to become teachers of English. The small sample and the case study design are not meant to generate generalisable findings.
For three months in 2022, two semi-structured interviews in English were conducted with each participant. Semi-structured interviews were employed to ensure that topics of concern were explored, while simultaneously allowing the conversation to lead to other topics (Richards, 2009). Each interview lasted approximately one hour and consisted of topics related to becoming a teacher (e.g., interests, educational background, representations of the teaching profession) and completing a teacher education program in Norway (e.g., course load and content, expectations, challenges). All interviews were transcribed and read multiple times by the researcher for familiarisation. A process of thematic coding (Braun & Clarke, 2012) was then employed to identify units of meaningful data, which were coded descriptively. The coded data were subsequently grouped thematically within each participant’s transcribed interview, thus helping to create a “profile” for each participant. Themes reflected key topics of previous research literature or emerged organically through the analysis. The analysis was concluded by reviewing themes common across participants’ interviews, or in other words, across all students’ experiences.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Generally speaking, but to differing degrees, all students reported being satisfied with many aspects of their teacher education program. However, the analysis of interview data pointed to three overarching categories whose findings directly answer the guiding question for this paper. These categories will be reviewed individually in this paper, but are interconnected in relevance. The first category illustrates the students’ overall experiences and perceptions of learning subject content in the teacher education program. The students reported encountering a superficial presentation of course content while not having enough opportunities to engage with it meaningfully and collaboratively. The second section focuses on topics related to the practicum: it demonstrates that students felt unprepared for the practicum by lacking guidance and training in how to connect and identify concepts and situations previously learned in their courses. The final section reveals the need for better intercultural training from a pedagogical perspective. The students reported not knowing how to work with cultural and linguistic diversity and expected more intercultural training from their program.

This paper contributes to the ongoing research and discussion revolving around teacher education programs in a time of increased diversity. It is of particular relevance to institutions facing challenges in how to better prepare and retain teacher candidates in programs of teacher education in Norway and abroad. This paper offers theoretically and empirically-informed insight into areas of improvement so that teacher education programs can remain relevant and responsive to society.

References
Alford, J. H. (2014). "Well, hang on, they're actually much better than that!": Disrupting dominant discourses of deficit about English language learners in senior high school English. English Teaching: Practice and Critique, 13(3), 71-88.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. In H. Cooper, P. M. Camic, D. L. Long, A. T. Panter, D. Rindskopf, & K. J. Sher (Eds.), APA handbook of research methods in psychology: Research designs: Quantitative, qualitative, neuropsychological, and biological (pp. 57-71). American Psychological Association.

Darling-Hammond, L. (2006). Constructing 21st-century teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 57(3), 300-314.

Frankel, R. M., & Devers, K. J. (2000). Study design in qualitative research—1: Developing questions and assessing resource needs. Education for Health, 13(2), 251-261. 1469–580X/online/00/020251– 11

Hilt, L. T. (2017). Education without a shared language: Dynamics of inclusion and exclusion in Norwegian introductory classes for newly arrived minority language students. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 21(6), 585-601.

Norwegian Ministry of Education and Research. (2018). Teacher Education 2015: National Strategy for Quality and Cooperation in Teacher Education. https://www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/d0c1da83bce94e2da21d5f631bbae817/kd_teacher-education-2025_uu.pdf

Richards, K. (2009). Interviews. In J. Heigham & R. Croker, R. (Eds.), Qualitative research in applied linguistics: A practical introduction (pp. 182-199). Palgrave MacMillan.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Analysing the Notion of 'Disadvantaged' Schools in a European Context: Consequences for Pedagogical Interventions

Eva Anderson-Park, Marcus Kindlinger, Myrte van Veldhuizen, Hermann Josef Abs

University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany

Presenting Author: Anderson-Park, Eva

Even though the notion of disadvantaged schools or schools in disadvantaged areas is widely used in educational research and administration, the ways in which disadvantaged schools are characterised as well as the indicators that are used to classify them as disadvantaged differ largely by theory and between education systems (McCoy, Quail & Smyth, 2014). Once a concrete notion of disadvantaged schools is established within an education system, it is possible to conceptualise remedial educational policies. In this regard, teacher education is a prominent policy area consisting of different fields of action (Hall, Lundin & Sibbmark, 2020). One of these fields is providing professional support for novice teachers through adaptive mentoring (van Ginkel et al., 2016). However, novice teachers only have inadequate access to mentor support in many education systems (OECD, 2018). The lack of structured mentoring for novice teachers seems to contribute to high attrition rates among teachers in the first five years of their careers. Supporting novice teachers who work at disadvantaged schools is especially relevant. Teachers are more often placed at disadvantaged schools at the beginning of their career (Allen, Burgess, Mayo, 2018; Long et al., 2012) and their academic teacher qualification often does not adequately prepare them for the teaching challenges at disadvantaged schools. Therefore, they can be expected to benefit even more than others from a mentoring approach that is tailored towards their needs.

In this paper, we aim to establish a basis for the design and further development of mentor training programmes aimed at supporting novice teachers to deal with challenges they face at disadvantaged schools and to facilitate their remedial efforts. To this end, we explore the multifaceted nature of disadvantage and how it is perceived by different stakeholders. To set up any pedagogical measure it is important to understand the terminology used in the specific context, especially if the context is possibly socially tabooed. In the development of a mentor training programme tailored to the specific needs of novice teachers at disadvantaged schools it makes sense to consider the perspective of different stakeholders. We hope to gain a deeper understanding of teacher professional development needs in these settings, ensuring that the specific needs of the school community are met and the various challenges faced by teachers are addressed.

Three main objectives guide our study:

First, we examine the perspective of policy makers in education by studying the terminology used to characterize disadvantaged schools and the indicators used to classify a school as "disadvantaged" in the respective education systems. Through a comparison of the indicators used in the various education systems, we show different vantage points of disadvantage and consequentially different potential approaches of how to set up pedagogical measures such as an adaptive mentoring programme.

Second, we investigate the perspectives of novice teachers who work in schools that are classified as disadvantaged and gather insight on their perception of these school contexts. This perspective allows for a better understanding of the challenges novice teachers face in disadvantaged school contexts.

Lastly, we discuss how these analyses can inform the development of pedagogical interventions such as mentoring programmes tailored to the disadvantaged school context


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For this paper, we used data from ex ante and interim evaluation studies of the ERASMUS+ policy experiment NEST (Novice Educator Support and Training). The project aims to establish an adaptive mentor training programme and is conducted simultaneously in Austria, Belgium (regions of Flanders and Wallonia), Bulgaria, Romania, and Spain (regions of Madrid and Catalonia).
To capture the perspective of the educational administration, we used document analyses and guided interviews with educational experts in the participating countries. All participating education systems were asked to provide documentation on an administrative level on how disadvantaged schools are classified or identified in the respective education system. To verify our understanding of the documents, we interviewed educational experts of the administrative level such as representatives from educational ministries or school inspectorates. The guided interviews focused on terminology and criteria for disadvantaged schools, support measures, and possible negative consequences for disadvantaged schools and working conditions at disadvantaged schools. All interviews were led online between October and November 2021.
To describe the novice teachers’ perspective of disadvantaged schools, we relied on questionnaire data. The NEST mentors work with two successive cohorts of novice teachers: one cohort for the school year 2021/2022, and one cohort for the school year 2022/2023. Currently we only have data available for the first teacher cohort (school year 2021/2022).
All novice teachers (N=911) had at maximum five years of teaching experience and were on average 32.4 years old with a median age of 30. The majority of novice teachers was female (73.7%).
The questionnaires we used to capture the novice teachers’ perspective included a prompt to estimate various aspects of the backgrounds of students at the novice teachers’ schools, which we adapted from TALIS (Principal Questionnaire, 2018, p. 8). Novice teachers were asked to estimate proportions regarding the composition of students at their schools. For example, novice teachers were asked to estimate the percentage of students with special needs or the percentage of students from ethnic minorities.
Additionally, the questionnaire included a set of Likert-type items on potentially missing resources hindering quality instruction (TALIS Principal Questionnaire, 2018 p. 20). Novice teachers were asked to rate to what extent their schools’ capacity to provide quality instruction is hindered by 14 different issues such as “insufficient internet access” or “shortage of support personnel” on a scale from 1 (not at all) to 4 (a lot).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The document analyses on terminology and designating indicators used for disadvantaged schools brought several interesting results to light. First, we found a distinction between stigmatising terminology and neutral terminology for disadvantaged schools in our data. The categorisation of terminology showed that it remains difficult to find a term for disadvantaged schools that encapsulates the challenging situation of the schools without creating a stigma. Second, we found that in research literature as well as in our data, the following typology could be applied as an ordering structure to the indicators used to designate disadvantaged schools. While in research literature we only found input and output indicators to describe disadvantaged schools (Hall et al., 2020; Kyriakides et al., 2019), in our document analyses and expert interviews we also found context indicators. However, the majority of education systems base their classification of disadvantaged schools on input indicators only.
The indicators used to classify schools as disadvantaged to some extent reflect the restraints or challenges that teachers perceive at these schools. Overall, novice teachers perceived moderate restraints or challenges. If they did perceive challenges, they were mostly focused on input (perceived lack of support personnel, lack of materials). According to the novice teachers in all education systems, they perceived overall higher restraints for quality instruction through lack of human resources.
Regarding novice teachers’ perceptions of student body compositions, we found high levels of variance within education systems. This could be grounded in novice teachers’ ignorance of these data. However, it could also indicate that the student body compositions vary strongly between schools in one education system. This in turn would indicate that it is not sufficient to base interventions for disadvantaged schools on the most prevalent average challenges within an education system, but instead develop adaptive interventions better targeted to the individual school.

References
Allen, R., Burgess, S., & Mayo, J. (2018). The teacher labour market teacher turnover and disadvantaged schools: new evidence for England. Education Economics, 26(1), 4-23. https://doi.org/10.1080/09645292.2017.1366425
Hall, C., Lundin, M., & Sibbmark, K. (2022). Strengthening teachers in disadvantaged schools: Evidence from an intervention in Sweden's poorest city districts. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(2), 208–224. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1788154
Kyriakides, L., Charalambous, E., Creemers, H. P. M., & Dimosthenous, A. (2019). Improving quality and equity in schools in socially disadvantaged areas. Educational Research, 61(3), 274–301. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2019.1642121
Long, J. S., McKenzie-Robblee, S., Schaefer, L., Steeves, P., Wnuk, S., Pinnegar, E., & Clandinin, D. J. (2012). Literature review on induction and mentoring related to early career teacher attrition and retention. Mentoring & Tutoring: Partnership in Learning, 20(1), 7–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/13611267.2012.645598
McCoy, S., Quail, A., & Smyth, E. (2014). The effects of school social mix: Unpacking the differences. Irish Educational Studies, 33(3), 307–330. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2014.955746
OECD (2018). Education at a Glance 2018: OECD Indicators. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/eag-2018-en
OECD (2018). Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) 2018, Principal Questionnaire. OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd.org/education/school/TALIS-2018-MS-Principal-Questionnaire-ENG.pdf
van Ginkel, G., Oolbekkink, H., Meijer, P. C., & Verloop, N. (2016). Adapting mentoring to individual differences in novice teacher learning: the mentor’s viewpoint. Teachers and Teaching, 22(2), 198–218. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1055438


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Promoting Social-emotional Learning in Diverse Settings

Niva Dolev, Bat Katzman

Kinneret College on the Sea of Galilee, Israel

Presenting Author: Dolev, Niva; Katzman, Bat

Social-emotional competencies are increasingly recognized as vital for children’s positive development, for their well-being, positive relationships, academic and future career success, and ability to cope with changes and related challenges (Lang et al., 2017). Consequently, Social Emotional Learning (SEL) efforts are increasingly entering classrooms (CASEL, 2013), with positive impacts increasingly noted (Jennings & Greenberg, 2009).

Similarly, social-emotional skills have been recognized to be highly important for teachers (Nias, 1996; Anastasiou, 2020), contributing to teachers’ overall professional effectiveness (Mérida-López & Extremera, 2017); wellbeing; their ability to cope with work-related stress (Fernández-Molina et al., 2019) and with classroom challenges (Poulou, Bassett & Dunham, 2018); positive teacher-student relationships (Brackett et al., 2011); and a positive and psychologically-safe classroom climate (Harvey et al., 2012). These, in turn, impact students’ emotions, behaviors, learning capabilities, academic outcomes (Lang et al., 2020) and social-emotional skill development.

Teachers can cultivate social-emotional skills in their students both informally, by establishing positive teacher-student relationships (Brackett et al., 2011), promoting a supportive classroom climate (Harvey et al., 2012), modeling emotionally intelligent behaviors, and using daily interactions and everyday classroom events as learning opportunities (Jennings & Greenberg, 2009; Morris et al., 2013), and formally, through SEL programs.

It follows that teachers, and in particular pre-service teachers, should be provided with suitable SEL training and with opportunities to practice newly-gained SEL knowledge, skills and tools in real educational settings, in order to improve learning and internalization processes.

In particular, most SEL programs to date do not take into consideration cultural diversity among students )Jagers et al., 2018). Yet the complex task of developing pedagogies and programs that support and sustain individual cultural competencies while offering access to dominant ones is fundamental to the social and emotional well-being of children and youth in the education system (Mahfouz & Anthony-Stevens, 2020). In order to implement and facilitate effective SEL programs within diverse and multicultural settings, policies and practices related to SEL school programs need to consider the backgrounds and needs of the children, families, and communities that are being served (Hayashi et al., 2022).
In the absence of culturally sensitive SEL programs in Israel and given the diversity and multi-cultural nature of Israeli society, guided SEL practice may allow students to better implement SEL in diverse cultural settings.

The current qualitative study followed education students of diverse backgrounds who participated in a semester-long SEL training program, as part of their third-year academic studies. The program was aimed at developing students’ social-emotional skills as well as their ability to integrate EI into their educational work. In line with this latter goal, the students were asked to practice their newly-acquired SEL knowledge, skills and tools as they engaged in a year-long internship program in their respective communities, in parallel with their academic studies.

Ways by which they applied their newly-acquired SEL knowledge to their work in diverse cultural backgrounds were examined.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants: The cohort included 35 third year education students, both Jewish and Arab, in one college in Israel. All were enrolled in a semester long (13 sessions) SEL training program, as well as in a year-long (96 hours) internship program, which was run in parallel to the academic courses. All but three of the participants were women, in line with the known gender ratio among education students in Israel. Ages of participants ranged from 21 to 50 years.
Procedures: The SEL training program took place during the first semester of the 2022 academic year. The program was  loosely structured, enabling participants  to be exposed to a wide variety of  SEL tools and pedagogic approaches.
Parallel to  the academic program, participants took part in a year-long internship   program in which they could put their newly-acquired SEL knowledge into practice. Internship placements included schools and/or afternoon programs  with children of different ages, and from a wide variety of socio-economic and cultural backgrounds, including many from communities where SEL education is rare.  Participants were free to decide how much SEL instruction to provide and/or incorporate into the classroom/group. They were also encouraged to adapt various SEL tools to their own specific needs, and were supported in this by  their academic instructors.
Finally, participants were asked to submit accounts of their reflections, regarding their SEL experiences, at two points in time: At the end of the SEL course (i.e. the end of the first academic semester, February, 2022),  and at the end of their internship program (July 2022).
In order to preserve participants’ anonymity, coded identification numbers were assigned to all reflection accounts prior to their thematic analysis.
Analysis: The two sets of   reflections (at the end of the SEL training program and at the end of the internship program, respectively), were organized into dyads, based on their assigned identification numbers, which were then analyzed in tandem. Thematic, deductive analysis (Weber, 1990) and the Narralizer qualitative analysis software (http://www.narralizer.com) were used. Categories and themes were identified separately for each of the two programs (academic course and internship). This enabled the authors to examine the impacts of participants’ training on their encounters with children and schools from diverse cultural backgrounds;  the degree by which academic knowledge was internalized;  and the level of retention of learned material and of newly-acquired SEL skills among participants.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analysis of participants’ reflections revealed that the SEL training program at the center of the present study was well-received, positively evaluated, and perceived by all participants to be interesting, engaging, relevant and important, for both  their professional and personal lives. Participants further felt that their awareness and knowledge of SEL and of its importance had been developed, that they improved their social-emotional skills and related behaviors, and had gained practical tools to further engage with SEL in the future.
A majority of participants noted subsequent and related impacts on their ability to work with children during the internship program. Furthermore, a majority of participants began implementing SEL in their classrooms/groups in the course of their internship, in parallel with their study of SEL, and continued to do so in the second semester (after completing the SEL academic program). Main SEL topics to be implemented were self-awareness, impulse control, growth mindset and well-being.
Participants noted the need to adapt tools and materials they had acquired during the SEL training program to the diverse settings of their internship programs. Main diversity dimensions that were noted to prompt such adaptations included age, system and group characteristics, general day-to-day challenges, and culture.  In particular, participants discussed the need for culturally-sensitive translations of materials; variations in levels of readiness to engage in social-emotional learning; gender stereotypes and their impacts on the ability to  engage in social-emotional learning; and conformity levels and their impacts on  group work,  authority patterns and role modeling.
An increased sensitivity to diversity among participants and progression in their ability to choose SEL topics and materials that are suitable for their students and adapt them to individual and diverse needs,  in the  time interval between the two sets of reflections,  were  both detected.  

References
Anastasiou, S. (2020). The moderating effect of age on preschool teachers' trait emotional intelligence in Greece and implications for preschool human resources management. International Journal of Education and Practice, 8(1), 26-36.
Brackett, M. A., Reyes, M. R., Rivers, S. E., Elbertson, N. A., & Salovey, P. (2011). Classroom emotional climate, teacher affiliation, and student conduct. The Journal of Classroom Interaction, 46(1), 27-36.‏
CASEL (2013). CASEL guide: Effective social and emotional learning programs – Preschool and elementary school edition.
Fernández-Molina, M., Castillo, A. B., & Fernandez-Berrocal, P. (2019). Profiles of perceived emotional intelligence in future preschool teachers: Implications for teacher education. Revista electrónica interuniversitaria de formación del profesorado, 22(1).‏
Harvey, S. T., Bimler, D., Evans, I. M., Kirkland, J., & Pechtel, P. (2012). Mapping the classroom emotional environment. Teaching and Teacher Education, 28(4), 628-640.‏
Hayashi, A., Liew, J., Aguilar, S. D., Nyanamba, J. M., & Zhao, Y. (2022). Embodied and social-emotional learning (SEL) in early childhood: Situating culturally relevant SEL in Asian, African, and North American contexts. Early Education and Development, 1-18.‏
Jagers, R. J., Rivas-Drake, D., & Borowski, T. (2018). Equity & social and emotional learning: A cultural analysis. Measuring SEL Framework Briefs. https://measuringsel.casel.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Frameworks-Equity.pdf
Jennings, P. A., & Greenberg, M. T. (2009). The pro-social classroom: Teacher social and emotional competence in relation to student and classroom outcomes. Review of Educational Research, 79(1), 491-525.
Lang, S. N., Mouzourou, C., Jeon, L., Buettner, C. K., & Hur, E. H. (2017). Preschool teachers’ professional training, observational feedback, child-centered beliefs and motivation: Direct and indirect associations with social and emotional responsiveness. Child & Youth Care Forum, 46(1). DOI 10.1007/s10566-016-9369-7
Mahfouz, J., & Anthony-Stevens, V. (2020). Why trouble SEL? The need for cultural relevance in SEL. Occasional Paper Series, 2020(43), 6.‏
Mérida-López, S., & Extremera, N. (2017). Emotional intelligence and teacher burnout: A systematic review. International Journal of Educational Research, 85, 121-130. ‏
Morris, C. A., Denham, S. A., Bassett, H. H., & Curby, T. W. (2013). Relations among teachers’ emotion socialization beliefs and practices and preschoolers’ emotional competence. Early Education and Development, 24(7), 979-999.‏
Nias, J. (1996). Thinking about feeling: The emotion in teaching. Cambridge Journal of Education, 26(3), 293-306.
Poulou, M. S., Bassett, H. H., & Denham, S. A. (2018). Teachers’ perceptions of emotional intelligence and social-emotional learning: Students’ emotional and behavioral difficulties in US and Greek preschool classrooms. Journal of Research in Childhood Education, 32(3), 363-377.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Formal Mentor Course in Pedagogical Practice: Methods and Strategies to Ensure High Quality Teacher Communication with Vulnerable Students in School.

Eva Haldammen, Eivind Aarli

University of Agder, Norway

Presenting Author: Haldammen, Eva; Aarli, Eivind

Several Norwegian studies show that the number of youths with suicidal thoughts is increasing, and that there has been an increase of 28 percent in referrals to treatment for psychological health problems (Helsedirektoratet, 2022). To meet these challenges, dialogue and relationship building are seen as vital (Spurkeland, 2011).

The approaches and techniques used in communication are important when it comes to dialogues with vulnerable students and their families. The quality of such dialogue is to a large extent dependent on the teachers’ ability to ask questions, listen actively and to use other communication methods to build and nourish crucial relationships (Spurkeland, 2011). Indeed, it is widely accepted that relational competency an important factor that contributing to learning in school, and that communication is one of the key competencies of social and relational competency.

Teacher education in Norway consists of both lectures on campus and student teaching in primary and secondary schools. All teacher education is carried out in 5-year programs resulting in a master’s degree. Mentor teachers at schools are considered an important part of teacher education, as they provide supervision during the student teaching, and the students must pass both practice periods at schools and the exams on campus to become teachers.

Some schools have applied to become teacher training schools, which means that all the teachers at these schools become mentor teachers and supervisors for student teachers during their final student teaching practice. Regulations Relating to the Framework Plan for Primary and Lower Secondary Teacher Education for grades 1-7 and grades 5-10 require that mentor teachers have at least 15 (ECTS) credits in the field of guidance and supervision (Bjerkholt, 2017). This is a quality assurance to ensure that students receive professional supervision. Supervision- competency is referred to as professional skills in teaching, observation, methods, and analytical competency while also including certain personal prerequisites (Mathisen & Høigaard, 2021).

The University of Agder offers courses in mentoring to all mentor teachers on teacher training schools that receive student teachers. The education comprises three semesters. The second semester focuses on methods, strategies, and structures in communication. More specific: question types, body language, listening, strategies that provide progression in supervision, reflection, paraphrasing, interruption, and feedback. All education takes place in the teacher training schools, not on the university campus.

A large part of teachers’ work is communication within the school, and with parents or guardians and external collaboration partners. Despite the importance of this topic, there is little focus on this during the lectures on campus. Rather this is knowledge the students acquire during school practice. Subsequently, the teachers are dependent on learning how to interact and communicate with both children, youths, parents/- guardians and other collaborators at different schools during their teacher education. The students are, so to speak, at the mercy of each mentor teacher’s skills.

The aim of this study is to gain insight into whether education for mentor teachers in guidance and supervision can affect crucial communication with vulnerable students, their families, and other collaborators. The diversity of pupils in school will be taken into consideration with respect to which students might be considered vulnerable at any given point in time.

Our research question is: How can education in supervision and guidance theory, methods and strategies strengthen the mentor teachers’ communication skills when interacting with vulnerable students and their parents/ legal guardians?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We have a dual role as both educators and researchers. Consequently, we will also observe as we instruct and follow the informants in the interventions and during ordinary lectures.
Our study is hermeneutic in the sense that we aim to understand thoughts and actions between people (Kovac, 2023). We will engage in two interventions at a secondary school during the spring 2023 semester in addition to reflection notes and questionnaires. We will observe as we teach the mentor course, and as we implement the interventions. There will be an explicit focus on the link between the different methodological approaches and emphasis on practical approaches to research problems (Denscombe, 2010). There are different views regarding what the perfect number of research participants should be. Postholm (2020) building on Polkinghorne (1989) suggests 5-25 participants, whereas Dukes (1984) suggests 3-10 participants. In our study, there are 6 teachers with different important functional positions who are participating.
In January, prior to the interventions, each teacher wrote a reflection note. It contained three different questions about: (1) communication with vulnerable children (2) teachers’ communication with parents/guardians of vulnerable children (3) teachers’ communication with professional collaborators in the school system regarding vulnerable children. Each of the informants also received a questionnaire with fourteen open questions to reflect on their communication skills.  The main emphasis of the questionnaire was how they use varied techniques related to communication skills.
After two interventions with focus on theory and practice, the teachers will be asked to write a reflection note and complete the same structured questionnaire as they did before the semester started. According to Engeström (2007), formative interventions need to be understood as formations of critical design agency among researchers, teachers, and students. What is
initially presented as a problem or a task is interpreted and turned into a meaningful
challenge during the intervention (Postholm, 2020).
Denscombe, (2010) refers to this process as triangulation (between-methods) to view things from more than one perspective. Analysis of the findings before and after the interventions, will provide varied information to investigate whether the teachers experienced improvement in communications skills.
The material will be analyzed in three steps. Firstly, we will gain an overview. Secondly, we will systematize the content using research questions while highlighting the most relevant and interesting information. Finally, we will analyze the findings in relation to communication and dialogue theories. We are currently in the process of collecting data.




Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This project considers the education of mentor teachers in teacher training schools and the meaning and relevance of the knowledge they gain from the interventions.
The teachers in this study will be trained in different communication skills and will help us to understand to what extent this knowledge is important when it comes to communicating with vulnerable youths, parents/ guardians, and collaborators. An additional goal of the study is to uncover the degree to which a “communication manual” might contribute to preparing school mentors, as the project is rooted in an explicit investment in the school’s municipality.  The insight from the study may further achieve, in a broader sense, an increased capacity for including teacher education to see the need for including these communication skills in the educational programs provided both at campus and in the teacher training schools.

References
Bjerkholt, E. (2017). Profesjonsveiledning. Fra praktisk virksomhet til teoretisk felt. Cappelen Damm Akademisk.
Brinkmann, S. & Tanggaard, L. (2020). Kvalitative metoder: en grundbog (3. udg.ed.). Hans Reitzel.
Denscombe M. (2007). The Good Research Guide for small-scale social research projects (3rd ed.). Open University Press.
Helsedirektoratet. (2022, March 11th ). De største utfordringene nå og i tiden fremover. https://www.helsedirektoratet.no/rapporter/folkehelse-i-et-livslopsperspektiv-helsedirektoratets-innspill-til-ny-folkehelsemelding/folkehelse-gjennom-livslopet-barn-og-unge/de-storste-utfordringene-na-og-i-tiden-fremover
Kovač V. B. (2023). Hvordan vet du det? Vitenskapelig tenkning og forskningsmetoder (1. utgave.). Fagbokforlaget.
Kvale, Brinkmann, S., Anderssen, T. M., & Rygge, J. (2021). Det kvalitative forskningsintervju (3. utg.). Gyldendal akademisk.
Mathisen, P. og Høigaard, R. (2021). Veiledningsmetodikk. Cappelen Damm Akademisk.
Postholm M. B. (2020). The complementarity of formative intervention research, action research and action learning. Educational Research (Windsor)
Spurkeland, J. (2011). Relasjonspedagogikk. Samhandling og resultater i skolen. Fagbokforlaget.
 
9:00am - 10:30am10 SES 09 B: Citizenship and Social Class
Location: Rankine Building, 108 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Erika Marie Pace
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Fear, Shame and Power. Pedagogical Challenges in Dealing with Class and Classism in Teacher Education

Iris Mendel

University of Graz, Austria

Presenting Author: Mendel, Iris

Social background still plays a major role for “educational success”, this is particular true for countries like Germany and Austria. Critical knowledge about and the reflection of social inequality is therefore a central challenge for teacher education and is increasingly demanded by students and experts as part of critical professionalization (Mecheril et al., Messerschmidt 2013, Czejkowska 2018). In the presentation I draw on results from the project “Habitus.Power.Education – Transformation through Reflection” that was conducted at the Department of Educational Research and Teacher Training of the University Graz from 2019 to 2021. Together with students in teacher training the project team researched experiences of privilege and discrimination in educational settings. One of the main objectives of the project was to develop Open Educational Resources for higher education, in particular teacher training, that support processes of critical professionalization. A central concept in the project is habitus reflexivity. Following Pierre Bourdieu’s theory of social inequality habitus reflexivity is not so much about an individual exploration of one’s habitus, but rather about the question of how one is involved in unequal power relations as an educator as well as the question of how institutions like the school or the university are involved in the reproduction of social inequality.

Often pedagogical perspectives on social inequality are reduced to conceptions of diversity in which all inequalities are treated almost interchangeably. But issues of race, class, gender or disability have specific, though interwoven, histories, operate differently, though in the context of each other, and ask for different pedagogical perspectives and positions (e.g. Prengel 1995). The focus of the presentation is on the rather neglected category of class, understood in its intersectionality with other categories of social inequality. In the project we draw on Pierre Bourdieu’s conception of class as economic, cultural, social and symbolic relational concept as well as to his theory of the subtle mechanisms of power in educational settings (Bourdieu 1985, 1993, 1997,2001). We also refer to bell hooks’ intersectional conception of class (hooks 2020) and the concepts of classism by Andreas Kemper and Heike Weinbach (2009). Invisibility seems central in relation to class and classism (e.g., Wellgraf 2014). Experiences of classism are often articulated indirectly through emotions like fear or shame. In particular the myth of meritocracy renders discrimination invisible because it suggests that inequality in a consequence of achievement and thus fair and rational. However, making classism visible is an ambivalent pedagogical endeavor. In the presentation I will discuss some of the challenges when dealing with class and classism in higher education and briefly present the Open Educational Resources (Froebus et al., 2021) developed in the project.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology of the project is informed by participatory practice research (e.g., Unger 2014) and action research (e.g., Altrichter/Posch & Spann 2018). The main idea is that teachers explore their own teaching practice with the aim of understanding and changing it. Since not only teachers, but also students are experts in learning, they have been actively involved in the research process. Drawing on different qualitative research methods like interviews, group discussions and in particular memory work (Haug 2021) students in teacher training together with the project team observed and analyzed their experiences of social inequality in educational settings. Most of this research took place in the course “Introduction to Pedagogical Research” and was provided by students for the development of the Open Educational Resources.
Another methodological approach we followed in the project is the analysis of fictional, autoethnographic and socioanalytic texts on questions of education and class/social background. In recent years, some of such texts have appeared (most famously Eribon 2016, but also Ernaux 2020, Louis 2018, Hudson 2014, Baron 2020, Ohde 2020). We particularly draw on a collection of portraits of “class passengers” that illustrate the intersectionality of class, gender and race (Aumair & Theißl 2020). These narratives show how class privilege or disadvantage are experienced by subjects and help to understand (in Bourdieu’s sense of the concept) oneself and others (Bourdieu et al., 1997), that is to link personal experiences with power relations (for the use of socioanalysis in dealing with social inequality see also Schmitt 2015).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The Open Educations Resources consisting of theoretical texts and practical exercises are now available at the project webpage. They can be used in higher education, in particular teacher training, or continuing education. Drawing on our empirical research I will present six pedagogical challenges in dealing with matters of class and classism in a critical way that we also cover in the Open Educations Resources: First, breaking the taboo of class; second, finding ways and creating spaces to speak about experiences of classism without repeating power dynamics and injuries; third, deconstructing differences and challenging the moral valuations that come along with classism; fourth, debunking the myth of meritocracy that supports the invisibility of classism; fifth, handling students’ resistance to deal with issues of class and classism; sixth developing possibilities of collective action and pointing to the limits of pedagogy.
References
Altrichter, Herbert/Posch, Peter/Spann, Harald (2018). Lehrer und Lehrerinnen erforschen ihren Unterricht. Unterrichtsentwicklung und Unterrichtsevaluation durch Aktionsforschung. Bad Heilbrunn: Julius Klinkhardt.
Aumair, Betina & Theißl, Brigitte (2020). Klassenreise. Wie die soziale Herkunft unser Leben prägt. Wien: ÖGB Verl.
Baron, Christian (2020). Ein Mann seiner Klasse. Berlin: Ullstein.
Bourdieu, Pierre (1985). Sozialer Raum und „Klassen“. Leçon sur la leçon. Zwei Vorlesungen. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp.
Bourdieu, Pierre (1993). Sozialer Sinn. Kritik der theoretischen Vernunft. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp.
Bourdieu, Pierre (1997). Die männliche Herrschaft. In Irene Dölling (ed.), Ein alltägliches Spiel (pp. 153–217). Frank-furt am Main: Suhrkamp
Bourdieu, Pierre (2001). Wie die Kultur zum Bauern kommt. Über Bildung Schule und Politik. Hamburg: VSA.
Bourdieu, Pierre et al. (1997). Das Elend der Welt. Zeugnisse und Diagnosen alltäglichen Leidens an der Gesellschaft. Konstanz: UVK.
Czejkowska, Agnieszka (2018). Bildungsphilosophie und Gesellschaft. Eine Einführung. Wien: Löcker.
Eribon, Didier (2016). Rückkehr nach Reims. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp.
Ernaux, Annie (2020). Der Platz. Berlin: Suhrkamp.
Froebus, Katarina/Kink-Hampersberger, Susanne/Mendel, Iris/Scheer, Lisa & Schubatzky, Julia (2021). Habitus.Macht.Bildung — Lehr-/Lernmaterialien. https://habitusmachtbildung.uni-graz.at/de/materialien/im-projekt-entwickeltes-material/ (31.01.2023)
Haug, Frigga (2021). Erinnerungsarbeit. Hamburg: Argument Verlag.
hooks, bell (2020). Die Bedeutung von Klasse. Münster: Unrast Verlag.
Hudson, Kerry (2014). Tony Hogan bought me an ice-cream float before he stole my Ma. New York: Penguin Books.
Kemper, Andreas & Weinbach, Heike (2009). Klassismus. Eine Einführung. Münster: Unrast.
Louis, Édouard (2018): Wer hat meinen Vater umgebracht. Frankfurt am Main: S. Fischer.
Mecheril, Paul, Castro Varela, Maria do Mar, Dirim, Inci, Kalpaka, Annita & Melter, Claus (2010). Migrationspädagogik. Weinheim: Beltz.
Messerschmidt, Astrid (2013). Vorwort. In Julia Seyss-Inquart (ed.), Schule vermitteln. Kritische Beiträge zur Pädagogischen Professionalisierung (pp. 9–12). Wien: Löcker
Ohde, Deniz (2020). Streulicht. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp.
Prengel, Annedore (1995). Pädagogik der Vielfalt. Opladen: Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Schmitt, Lars (2015). Studentische Sozioanalysen und Habitus-Struktur-Reflexivität als Methode der Bottom-Up-Sensibilisierung von Lehrenden und Studierenden. In Kathrin Rheinländer (ed.), Ungleichheitssensible Hochschullehre. Positionen, Voraussetzungen, Perspektiven (pp. 197–217). Wiesbaden: Springer.
Unger, Hella von (2014). Partizipative Forschung. Einführung in die Forschungspraxis: Wiesbaden.
Wellgraf, Stefan (2014). Die Hauptschule: Ein Ort der Verachtung. In migrazine 2. https://www.migrazine.at/artikel/die-hauptschule-ein-ort-der-verachtung (31.01.2023)


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Citizenship and Development: the Process of Building and Implementing a Teacher Training Plan

Maria Azevedo1, Ana Paula Monteiro1, Margarida Simões1, Inês Carvalho Relva1, Marcelo Porrua1, Teresa Silva Dias2

1University of Tras-os-Montes e Alto Douro, Portugal; 2University of Porto, Portugal

Presenting Author: Azevedo, Maria

Teacher training for moral education / education in values is a topic discussed in the scope of Philosophy and of Education Sciences, namely in studies on curriculum and didactics, varying its orientation according to the adopted foundations, both of ethical order and referring to psychological research on moral development.

Portuguese curriculum provides since 2017 the Citizenship and Development subject as a space for discussion of issues related to the development of personal, social, and civic competencies According to the National Strategy for Citizenship Education (2017), “Citizenship Education is a mission of the whole school; it is proposed that the implementation of the curricular component of Citizenship and Development follows a framework of Whole-school Approach based.” (p. 6).The change of curriculum requires the need for training to which teachers did not have access.

This communication intends to present the results of a project in the Portuguese context which aimed to explore the questions, difficulties and needs of training by teachers of Citizenship and Development of children aged between 10 and 12 years old. The training contemplates 25 hours, divided into six modules, where the themes of citizenship and moral development have been worked on, and 25 hours of implementation of the activities with their class.

The training project was based on Rest's integrative model of moral development (1979; 1984; 1986). While named neo-kohlberguian (Rest et al, 2000), Rest model of moral development is rather different from Kohlberg approach. Faced with the question "What processes or functions must have occurred in order for an individual to perform a moral act?" (Rest, 1986, p. 3), Rest identified four components of moral development (Rest, 1979; 1986), each of which corresponds to a different psychological process, being moral behavior the result of these different processes and not just the logical or affective consequence of a single process, as follows: moral sensitivity, moral judgment, moral motivation and moral action, each of which can be studied separately. By moral sensitivity, it is meant that the person is aware of the moral dimension of the situation and so s/he’s able to interpret the situation in terms of how his/her actions will affect the welfare of others. Moral judgment is the ability to formulate possible moral courses of action and a plan of action that applies a moral standard or ideal in that specific situation. Moral motivation is the capacity to decide for one course of action by evaluating if it serves moral values. Moral action is the ability to accomplish what one has decided to do, by identifying and validly overcoming obstacles and difficulties. (Rest, 1984; 1986) Several studies have been made on moral judgement of college students and professional groups by Rest and his research group, namely using the DIT (Defining Issues Test) (Rest, 1979; 1986). Also based on this model, between 1998 and 2002, the Department of Education of the University of Minnesota (Narvaez et al., 2004) developed the community voices and character education project (CVCE), a moral education project, addressed to children from 10 to 12 years old, in collaboration with middle school teachers.

Our collaborative project also involves researchers and teachers. It does not have in view the training and evaluation of predefined behaviors, but rather the flexible articulation with other components of the school curriculum and the development of transversal ethical competencies of the children (Narvaez et al., 2004).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is an exploratory investigation in order to meet the objectives outlined. The sample consisted of 10 teachers of citizenship and development who will participate in a focus group (Hennink, 2013) dependent on theoretical saturation. The study received a favorable decision from the Ethics Committee of the University of Porto. After authorization from the schools, the informed consent of the teachers was also requested.  It will be built a semi-structured interview script for this purpose.  Regarding the results of the focus group, they will be analyzed using the NVIVO program and subsequent content analysis.
The teachers had a training with 25 hours, divided into six modules, where the themes of citizenship and moral development have been be worked on, and 25 hours of implementation of the activities with the class.  The training explores citizenship and moral development, moral sensitivity, moral judgment, moral motivation, and moral action. In the last module, each teacher present a portfolio with the results of the activities done with his/her students. The evaluation of the training includes four components: presence in the training sessions under b-learning; participation in training sessions on a b-learning basis; portfolio with registration and documentation of the formative process and implementation of activities; and presentation and discussion of the portfolio.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The training program will allow for a balance between theory and practice; teacher empowerment, thereby promoting the increase of moral development skills by children and a better articulation between the school community and the wider community.
At the end of the Training, teachers were able to: 1) Organize and implement with its students of 5th and 6th year a Citizenship and Development program based on ethical competence; 2) Organize a set of activities aimed at the development of competencies by students of sensitivity, judgment, motivation and moral action; 3) Organize a portfolio that documents the formative process - in a concerted action between critical reflections on theoretical contents with records of activities,  implementation and evaluation with its students.

References
Buxarrais, R.M. (1997). La formación del profesorado en educación en valores. Bilbao (Espanya). ISBN: 8433012614.
Esteban, F. (ed.) (2016). La formación del carácter de los maestros. Ediciones de la Universidad de Barcelona.
Working Group on Citizenship Education (2017). National strategy for citizenship education. https://cidadania.dge.mec.pt/sites/default/files/pdfs/national-strategy-citizenship-education.pdf
Hennink, M. M. (2013). Focus group discussions. Oxford University Press.
Kohlberg, L. (1976). Moral stages and moralization: The cognitive developmental approach. In Lickona, T. (ed.), Moral Development and Behavior (pp. 31-53). Holt, Rienhart, and Winston.
Martínez, M. (2016) La función del profesorado universitario en la formación del caràcter y la construcción de la personalidad moral de los docentes. In Carrillo, I. (Coord). Democracia y educación en la formación docente. Servei de publicacions de la Universitat de Vic – UCC. 237-241.
Narvaez, D., Bock, T., Endicott, L., & Lies, J. (2004). Minnesota’s community voices and character education project. Journal of Research and Education, 2(2), 89-112.
Puig, J.M. (2016). Aprendizaje-servicio y educación en valores. Convives (16), 12-19. ISSN: 2254-7436
Puig, J.M. (2017). Aprender participando en prácticas morales. Propuestas, pautas y ejemplos para la enseñanza de valores en la escuela. Religion y Escuela (307). 22-25. ISSN: 0212-3509
Rest, J. (1979). Development in judging moral issues. Minneapolis. MN: University of Minnesota.
Rest. J. (1984). The major components of morality. In W. Kurtines, and J. Gewirtz (eds.), Morality, Moral Development and Moral Behavior (pp. 24–38). New York: Wiley.
Rest, J. (1986). Moral Development: Advances in Research and Theory. NY: Praeger Press.
Rest, J. et al (2000). A Neo-Kohlbergian Approach to Morality Research. Journal of Moral Education, 29 (4), 381-395.
Rest, J., Narvaez, D., Thoma, S. J., Bebeau, M. J. (1999b). DIT2: Devising and testing a new instrument of moral judgment. Journal of Educational Psychology, 91(4), 644-659.
 
9:00am - 10:30am10 SES 09 C: Democratic and Civic Education Experiences Dealing with Antisemitism and Populism
Location: Rankine Building, 107 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Susann Hofbauer
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Educational Practices of Teachers in Dealing with anti-Semitism at School.

Caroline Rau, Marcel Scholz

University of Bamberg, Germany

Presenting Author: Rau, Caroline; Scholz, Marcel

The presentation looks at anti-Semitism in schools. Specifically, the focus is on educational practices of teachers when they meet anti-Semitism in school.

Anti-Semitism is interpreted as a phenomenon of exclusion. It is thus diametrically opposed to the claim of recognising diversity. Anti-Semitism is a complex phenomenon, which is addressed in different forms and by different groups of actors (Koerrenz, 2021). Anti-Semitism can be explicated as a permanent and latent structure of hostility towards Jews. On the individual level, it can manifest itself as a form of emotional beliefs, on the cultural level in the form of myths, (conspiracy-) ideologies, stereotypes, and so on. On the practical level, these manifestations can lead to discrimination and political mobilisation against Jews, among other things (Benz, 2015). Contemporary anti-Semitic phenomena relate to the national state of Israel: these phenomena are constituted in certain political and religious collectivities (Taguief, 2004). Recent empirical research shows that there has been a Europe-wide increase in anti-Semitic incidents since 2001 (EUMC, 2004). These have their origins in developments in a globalised world (Holz, 2010): For example, the global financial crisis of 2008 is used to reactivate the image of so-called "Jewish financial elites" (Bergmann, 2016).

Anti-Semitism and its various manifestations also affect the learning venue school (Bevelander & Hjerm, 2015; Vogtländer & Voth, 2015; Greene & Kingsbury, 2017). Studies focus on Jewish young people affected by anti-Semitism. In addition, the extent to which anti-Semitism is represented among non-Jewish young people is taken into account (Mansel & Spaiser, 2013). In the context of "Holocaust education", adolescents are explicitly sensitised to anti-Semitism and its manifestations (Wetzel, 2019). In this context, analyses of textbooks and curricula (Kößler, 2006) also provide recommendations for schools that should lead to attitudes that promote democracy.

In addition, a discourse on the professionalism of educators in the context of anti-Semitism has been established (Gläser, Hentges & Meier, 2021). In particular, there are studies on how open youth work educators deal with anti-Semitism (Radvan, 2010 & 2011). In the context of schools, studies have been conducted that explore anti-Semitism among students and the relationship of teachers to anti-Semitism (Haynes, 2003; Fechler, 2006; Moulin, 2016; Thomas, 2016; Bernstein, 2020). Recently, Rüb was able to show that teachers at German schools attribute a high relevance to anti-Semitism. In this context, teachers show very different orientations of action by means of which they counter anti-Semitic statements by pupils: These orientations of actions range from trivialisation and externalisation to a historicising perspective of the anti-Semitic incident (2023, i.E.).

A desideratum exists with regard to the question of what educational practices teachers display when they encounter anti-Semitism at school. This study addresses this desideratum. It explores the educational practices of teachers in the context of anti-Semitism. Specifically, it focuses on the following questions: How do teachers exert educational influence on the development and behaviour of pupils in order to counteract anti-Semitism? How do teachers shape these educational processes? What concrete values do they try to instil in students to counter anti-Semitism? In which situations where anti-Semitism occurs do teachers take educational action?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research design of this study is based on a qualitative-reconstructive approach. To date, there are only a few research findings on teacher professionalism and teacher action in the context of anti-Semitism. Given this deficient research situation, this study is based on a hypothesis-generating, qualitative-reconstructive paradigm: Methodologically and methodologically, the study specifically connects to teachers' everyday educational practices when they come into contact with students' anti-Semitic remarks.
For this research approach, it is important that interviewees are treated with openness so that they can set their own themes that are relevant to them. This requirement was met by using the narrative interview as a data collection method (Nohl, 2010). During an open-ended narrative interview, teachers were able to tell about their educational experiences and practices in the context of anti-Semitism. The data were analyzed using the documentary method (Bohnsack 2014, 2017): This method succeeded in providing empirical access to teachers' educational practices. The combination of data collection method "Interview" and data analysis method "Documentary Method" is based on the basic methodological assumptions of Mannheim (1964, 1980). Within the framework of his sociology of knowledge, Mannheim distinguishes between communicative, explicit knowledge and conjunctive, implicit knowledge. Explicit knowledge is theoretical. It contains normative statements about educational self-concept. Teachers can make this knowledge explicit. For example, "What do teachers say about their educational approach in the context of anti-Semitism?". Tacit knowledge is experiential. It influences teachers' habitualized, educational actions; this knowledge is not reflexively accessible to teachers. For example, "How do teachers educate in the context of anti-Semitism?". Implicit knowledge is actualized during the interview via narratives on the part of teachers and can be reconstructed using the Documentary Method (Bohnsack, 2022; Bohnsack et al., 2010).
The sample of the study consists of 17 interviews with German teachers: According to different "theoretical sampling" strategies (Glaser & Strauß, 1998), the interviews were compiled (e.g., gender, age, teaching position in large city or small town, different school types, professional experience, Jewish and non-Jewish origin). The findings of the study were consensually validated in monthly meetings in the context of a research workshop. The findings were generalized into a typology. This typology maps teachers' educational practices in the context of anti-Semitism.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The yield of the study lies in the empirical exploration of teacher professionalism. Education - understood as the intentional influencing of psychological dispositions through social interactions (Brezinka, 1978) - is seen as a significant task and competence within the framework of teacher professionalism (Baumert & Kunter, 2006; Terhart, 2011). By exploring teachers' educational practices in the context of anti-Semitism, a contribution is made to diversity-sensitive teacher practices in schools.
Empirical analysis of the data reveals, among other things, the following: Teachers delegate the task of education to educands. Teachers ask students, for example, to leave the classroom and think about their own anti-Semitic statements. This shows that teachers do not make the intentional content of the educational activity explicit to the students. The goals of the educational activity are thus likely to remain largely undefined for the educand.
Furthermore, teachers' practices are oriented by different regulative principles. One of these is the construction of a causal relationship. Teachers assume that certain actions will inevitably lead to their intended educational goal. The subjectivity of students, which can perturb educational actions, is hardly taken into account. Moreover, teachers become educationally active particularly when students express anti-Semitic views. Thus, the educational potential of anti-Semitism for raising awareness about diversity remains largely untapped: Anti-Semitism is addressed on a situational basis and hardly finds its way into teachers'  educational activities as a cross-cutting issue.
At the same time, the findings show that teachers see themselves as part of a team of educators. They involve other school stakeholders (e.g., principals, school social workers, etc.). At the level of the individual school, concepts are developed to enable a consistent approach to dealing with anti-Semitism among students. Educational practices of teachers in dealing with anti-Semitism show up here as a facet of cooperation in multiprofessional, school-based teams.

References
Bernstein, J. (2020). Antisemitismus an Schulen in Deutschland, Befunde – Analysen Handlungsoptionen. Weinheim & Basel: Beltz.
Bevelander, P., & Hjerm, M. (2015). The religious affiliation and anti-Semitism of secondary school-age Swedish youths: an analysis of survey data from 2003 and 2009. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 38 (15), 2705-2721. https://doi.org/10.1080/01419870.2015.1042893
Bohnsack, R., Pfaff, N. & Weller, W. (2010). Qualitative analysis and documentary method in international educational research. In R. Bohnsack, N. Pfaff & W. Weller (Hrsg.), Qualitative analysis and documentary method in international educational research (p. 7–40). Opladen u. Farmington Hills: Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.3224/86649236
European Monitoring Center on Racism and Xenophobia (EUMC) (2004). Manifestations of Antisemitism in the EU 2002–2003. Based on information by the National Focal Points of the RAXEN Information Network. Wien.
Gläser, G., Hentges, G. & Meier, M. (2021). Implementing Antisemitism Studies in German Teacher Education. Journal of Social Science Education, 20(3), 75–101.
Greene, J. P. & Kingsbury, I. (2017). The Relationship Between Public and Private Schooling and Anti-Semitism. Journal of School Choice, 11(1), 111–130. https://doi.org/10.1080/15582159.2016.1270143
Haynes, M. (2003). „Vive la Differance“: Jewish Women Teachers' Constructions of Ethnicity and Identity and Their Experiences of Anti-Semitism in Secondary Schools. Race, Ethnicity and Education, 6(1), 51–70. https://doi.org/10.1080/1361332032000044585
Koerrenz, R. (2021). Semitismus und Antisemitismus. Über aktives und passives Othering. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik und Theologie, 73(2), 130–150. https://doi.org/10.1515/zpt-2021-0018
Moulin, D. (2016). Reported schooling experiences of adolescent Jews attending non-Jewish secondary schools in England. Race Ethnicity and Education, 19(4), 683–705. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2015.1013459
Nohl, A.‑M. (2010). The Documentary Interpretation of Narrative Interviews. In R. Bohnsack, N. Pfaff & W. Weller (Hrsg.), Qualitative analysis and documentary method in international educational research (p. 195–218). Opladen u. Farmington Hills: Barbara Budrich.
Radvan, H. (2010). Pädagogisches Handeln und Antisemitismus. Eine empirische Studie zu Beobachtungs- und Interventionsformen in der offenen Jugendarbeit. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt.
Rüb, P. (2023, i.E.). Der Umgang mit Antisemitismus im Unterricht. Eine qualitativ-rekonstruktive Studie zu Orientierungen von Lehrkräften. Bad Heilbrunn: Julius Klinkhardt.
Taguieff, P.-A. (2004). Rising from the Muck: The New Anti-Semitism in Europe. Chicago, IL: Ivan R. Dee.
Thomas, P. (2016). Exploring Anti-Semitism in the Classroom: A Case Study Among Norwegian Adolescents from Minority Backgrounds. Journal of Jewish Education, 82(3), 182–207. https://doi.org/10.1080/15244113.2016.1191255
Vogtländer, N., & Voth, H.–J. (2015). Nazi indoctrination and anti-Semitic beliefs in Germany. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences oft he United States of America, 112(26), 7931–7936. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1414822112


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Populism and Its Impact on Young People in Schools - A Comparative European Snapshot

Justin Rami1, John Lalor1, Chris Gifford2, Ognen Spasovski3, Nikolina Kenig3, Epameinondas Panagopoulos4

1Dublin City University, IE; 2University of Huddersfield, UK; 3Ss. Cyril and Methodius University of Skopje, MKD; 4University of Patras, GR

Presenting Author: Rami, Justin; Lalor, John

The concept of Populism has been identified as a challenge to democracy, tolerance, and European values (Bugaric, 2020). This joint paper explores the context, curriculum and teaching methodologies related to addressing issues associated with the rise of populism in Europe.

The paper describes the interim findings of a research initiative hosted by CitEdEv, a pan-European research network, which is supported by the European Commission’s Jean Monet Programme. The research project team consists of researchers from the UK, Ireland, Greece and the Republic of North Macedonia. The larger research network brings together experts from 28 institutions from across 19 European countries concerned with and committed to developing all children’s and young people’s active citizenship in line with fundamental European values. The project seeks to make EU citizenship education relevant to a context in which many children and young people are anxious and concerned about their futures in the face of populism, xenophobia, divisive nationalism, discrimination, fake news and misinformation, as well as the challenge of radicalisation.

Schools are considered to play an important role as institutions educating young people about democratic principles and serve as niches for the development of civic engagement (Hüning, 2022). The broad conceptualisation of civic education is often used to describe ‘the knowledge, skills, and attitudes that children are expected to learn to be virtuous and civically productive members of society’ (Levinson, 2014, p.1). Echoing this year’s ECER conference theme (The Value of Diversity in Education and Educational Research) this timely research outlines the views and perspectives of educationalists working with young people in the classroom. As Biesta (2020) states 'education for democracy raises awareness of ourselves and others, how we act in society, our freedom and the limits that our living together poses to our own freedom’ (p.96).

Contribution to the European dimension – As part of the Jean Monet network this research project aims to contribute to the will operationalising of the Paris Declaration of March 17 2015 (Eurydice, 2016) agreed upon by EU Education Ministers and Commissioner Navracsics promoting citizenship and common values through education, which identified the ‘urgent need to cooperate and coordinate, to exchange experiences, and to ensure that the best ideas and practices can be shared throughout the European Union. Using the Paris objectives as a framework, CitEdEv will compare and contrast the definitions, perceptions and implementation of European values in formal and informal education settings and in their different national and institutional contexts and identify ways to enhance best practices.

The aim of the research is to view the initial findings in the context of international and pan-European trends. The research aims to include a comparative element taking in parallel research by the CitEdEV partners in a number of EU member and accession countries. The research will recognise that best practices must reflect the experiences and voices of all.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Phase 1 of the research (2021-2022) developed the methodological and conceptual framework used by the research consortium. One of the objectives of the research is to make a practical contribution that supports those working in education and young people’s organisations as they face the populist challenge. It will do this by collating an evidential base from academic, government and civil society research that will inform best practice and identify gaps where policy and practice have and has not been successful. The broader Network’s activities and research will be shaped to address these lacunae. The data will be triangulated with secondary analysis of literature, expert interviews, and case studies. Purposive sampling was applied to the target population, ensuring a range of experiences, genders, school-type and governance. During the interviews, teachers were asked about their understanding of the term populism, if and how it featured in the formal and informal activities of the school, what resources teachers might need to teach about this idea and how education systems might respond to the threats and challenges posed by populism to EU values and to previously accepted notions of knowledge-formation, understanding and expertise.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Some of the initial findings outline that teachers need to be responsive and flexible in addressing real-world issues e.g. (the Ukraine crisis, climate change and refugee issues).
Respondents from some of the partner countries had a limited understanding of the concept of populism. Others stated that it is not relevant to education, but rather related to institutional politics. Some teachers who are aware of the rise and influence of populism are in a minority and can, at times, feel isolated. Interestingly, in relation to European values, some teachers blame the EU as a cause of populism (e.g: accession in North Macedonia, and austerity in Greece). Emerging from the data was the concept of the differences between education institutions, the formal curriculum, and the wider political/social culture, particularly in these fast-changing times where political national and European events can determine societal and individual responses. The data also revealed that there are significant differences in scope and opinion depending on the educational discipline of the teacher. The analysis of the findings may help to enable teachers to respond skilfully and quickly to a wider populist political culture in their home countries.

References
Biesta, G.J.J. 2020. ‘Risking Ourselves in Education: Qualification, Socialisation, and Subjectification Revisited’ in Educational Theory, Vol 70, Issue 1, pp 89-104

Bugarič, B. (2020). The Populist Backlash against Europe: Why Only Alternative Economic and Social Policies Can Stop the Rise of Populism in Europe. In F. Bignami (Ed.), EU Law in Populist Times: Crises and Prospects (pp. 477-504). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. doi:10.1017/9781108755641.017

European Education and Culture Executive Agency, Eurydice, Promoting citizenship and the common values of freedom, tolerance and non-discrimination through education : overview of education policy developments in Europe following the Paris Declaration of 17 March 2015, Publications Office, 2016, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/396908

Hüning, H. Schools’ We-mentality and Students’ Civic Engagement – A Text-based Approach. Child Ind Res 15, 2215–2241 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-022-09954-0 in Guillaume, C., Jagers, R. J., & Rivas-Drake, D. (2015). Middle school as a developmental niche for civic engagement American Journal of Community Psychology, 56: 321-331

Levinson, M., (2014). Citizenship and Civic Education. In Encyclopedia of Educational Theory and Philosophy, ed. Denis C. Phillips. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Vocational Teachers’ View on Civic Education at Vocational Schools

Robin Busse

University of Goettingen, Germany

Presenting Author: Busse, Robin

School-based civic education is given a crucial role in developing youths’ democratic competences (Galston 2001). A large body of research examined effects of civic education in general school education, whereas civic education at vocational schools is so far hardly investigated (Busse et al. 2022). In many European countries, vocational schools provide not only learning opportunities for trainees’ vocational education and training (VET) but also civic education. In Germany, the educational administration recently emphasized the need of a stronger civic education at vocational schools. In many German federal states, this emphasis resulted in educational tasks for vocational schools aimed at the promotion of students’ democratic competences by the whole school staff (e.g., Ministry of Education and Cultural Affairs of Lower Saxony 2021). Although all teachers at vocational schools are explicitly addressed by this task, those who specialized in civics or political science may have particular responsibilities.

So far, little is known about how civic education is conceptualized by the school staff at vocational schools. This is of particular importance as teachers’ education-related views influence how they teach (Reichert et al. 2021). Teachers’ views may affect the selected topics and classroom activities for students’ learning (e.g., Fives/Buehl 2012). Thus, this study assumes that what teachers think about the aims of civic education matters to their teaching (Martens/Gainous 2013). Given the missing empirical knowledge regarding vocational teachers’ views on civic education, this study investigates the following research question:

How does the school staff at vocational schools vary in their understanding of civic education?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Following a multi-method research design, the present study used individual semi-structured interviews and a standardized online questionnaire to explore participants’ views on civic education at vocational schools. The study was conducted in 2022 in the region of Lower-Saxony in Germany. 20 of the 130 official vocational schools in Lower-Saxony were invited to take part in the study. In total, 10 vocational schools participated. In each participating vocational school, the school principals, department head of the vocational school of the dual system (Berufsschule), team leaders of politics teachers, and politics teachers were invited to take part in the study. In total, so far n = 55 participants were interviewed and participated in the online questionnaire. Each interview was audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim.

A qualitative content analysis was conducted with MAXQDA to compare participants’ views on the concept of civic education at vocational schools. A combination of a deductive and inductive approach was used to analyze the content of the interviews. A set of categories describing main facets of democratic competences was first derived deductively from the literature to systematize participants’ views. For this purpose, the framework of the Europarat (2018) was used as it provides an internationally shared understanding of democratic competences. The deductively derived (sub )facets were than extended based on the interviews, which resulted in a final coding scheme with 5 main categories and 28 sub-categories. Each response regarding teachers’ concept of civic education was categorized with the (sub-)facets of democratic competences they applied to.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Most of the interviewed participants (65%) conceptualized civic education at vocational school as the transmission of knowledge about democratic institutions, processes and concepts. Fostering student’s democratic skills was also largely considered by the teachers to be an important aim of civic education (56%). Almost half of the interviewed participants (47%) conceptualized civic education at vocational school as promoting students’ participation in democratic processes to stand up for their interests and for the democracy itself. The transmission of democratic attitudes was also pointed out by half of the interviewed participants to be an important aim of civic education (47%). Only 37% of the participants stated that civic education should foster students’ democratic values.Taken together, the interviewed teachers placed a strong emphasis on promoting students’ democratic knowledge and skills. However, an emphasis on knowledge transmission was not aligned with a focus on the promotion of skills and vice versa. In contrast, the results indicate that teachers who emphasize knowledge transmission are systematically less likely to highlight the promotion of skills (AME = -0.25; p < 0.10). These results of the qualitative data are also confirmed by the quantitative data of the follow-up questionnaire.

Taken together, the interviewed school staff can be classified in relation to their views about the concepts of civic education. Following Reichert and Torney-Purta (2019), it may be expected that distinct understandings of the concepts will provide different types of instruction that then may lead to different learning opportunities for students. This study showed that there is a mixed understanding regarding the concept of civic education among the school staff of vocational schools. Enhancing teacher development requires to understand heterogeneity among vocational school teachers as different aims of civic education may be associated with different pedagogical approaches and learning outcomes (e.g., Torney-Purta/Amadeo 2011).

References
Busse, R., Krebs, P., Seeber, S., &Seifried, J. (2022). Zur Bedeutung der beruflichen Bildung für die politische Partizipation von Auszubildenden. berufsbildung. Zeitschrift für Theorie-Praxis-Dialog, 75(195), 3–8. https://doi.org/10.3278/BB2203W002

Council of Europe (2018). Reference framework of competences for democratic culture. Strasbourg: Council of Europe Publishing.

Fives, H., & Buehl, M. M. (2012). Spring cleaning for the “messy” construct of teachers’ beliefs: What are they? Which have been examined? What can they tell us? In K. R. Harris, S. Graham, T. Urdan, S. Graham, J. M. Royer, & M. Zeidner (Eds.), APA educational psychology handbook. Individual differences and cultural and contextual factors (pp. 471–499). American Psychological Association.

Galston, W. A. (2001). Political Knowledge, Political Engagement, and Civic Education. Annual Review of Political Science, 4(1), 217–234. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.polisci.4.1.217

Reichert, F., Lange, D., & Chow, L. (2021). Educational beliefs matter for classroom instruction: A comparative analysis of teachers’ beliefs about the aims of civic education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 98, 103248. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103248

Torney-Purta, J., & Amadeo, J. A. (2011). Participatory niches for emergent citizenship in early adolescence: An international perspective. The ANNALS of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 633(1), 180-200.

Martens, A. M., &Gainous, J. (2013). Civic Education and Democratic Capacity: How Do Teachers Teach and What Works? Social Science Quarterly, 94(4), 956–976. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-6237.2012.00864.x

Ministry of Education and Cultural Affairs of Lower Saxony (2021). Foster civic education at public general and vocational schools. https://www.mk.niedersachsen.de/download/169692
/Erlass_zur_Staerkung_der_Demokratiebildung_in_Niedersachsen.pdf


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Playful Learning, Primary Teaching and Education Reform in Ukraine

Oksana Zabolotna1, Rachel Parker2, Amy Berry2

1Pavlo Tychyna Uman State Pedagogical Uni, Ukraine; 2Australian Council for Educational Research

Presenting Author: Zabolotna, Oksana; Berry, Amy

Ukrainian education used to be part of the Soviet system and partly preserved its legacy with teacher-centered approaches and reproductive methods. Even after decades of independence, it was still knowledge-oriented and hardly connected with real-life experiences. It was evident that education did not prepare students for lifelong learning, critical thinking, communication, collaboration, and other 21st-century skills; therefore, radical long-term reform was on the agenda and it started in 2016. The New Ukrainian School (NUS) Reform was planned at all levels for decades ahead and was driven by the idea that teachers were the primary agents of change.

Primary school was the first to welcome the change and to encounter challenges. New Primary Education standards came into use, requiring dramatic changes in approaches to teaching and learning with inquiry-based learning, cooperative and collaborative learning, and problem and project-based learning as its main drivers. In the Standards, we do not find the terms “playful pedagogies” and "learning through play." Still, they are implicitly communicated through the attention to their characteristics and the skills to develop: “the ability to express one's own opinion orally and in writing, critical and systematic thinking, creativity, initiative, the ability to logically justify a position, the ability to constructively manage emotions, assess risks, make decisions, solve problems, and cooperate with others” (Cabinet of Ministers, 2018, p. 3).

Achieving all the ambitious plans is impossible without “motivated teachers who enjoy the freedom of creativity and professional development” (Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine, 2017, p. 7). The scope of work with primary school teachers included many offline and online courses, exchanging ideas, and learning from Ukrainian and international partners.

Learning Through Play at School is a partnership between the Australian Council for Educational Research (ACER) and the LEGO Foundation. The Ukraine Educational Research Association (UERA) implements the research study in-country. This study is part of the larger research project involving 30 Ukrainian teachers participating in a two-year professional learning program to support their understanding of playful learning and their implementation of playful pedagogies in the classroom.

To be successful, professional learning programs designed to promote teacher change need to consider not only what teachers do but also how teachers’ existing beliefs may influence the process of professional learning. The relationship between teacher beliefs and teacher practice is undeniably complex and has been the subject of considerable attention in the research literature for several decades. Broadly speaking, teacher beliefs act as filters for interpreting new information and experiences, frames for defining problems or situations, and guides when deciding on what actions to take (Fives & Buehl, 2011). In relation to pedagogical reform initiatives, teacher beliefs have the potential to influence what the teacher chooses to focus on and how they interpret it, what they perceive is required of them, and their decision-making when it comes to taking action. As part of a two-year professional development program focusing on playful learning at school, this study explored the initial beliefs held by participating teachers in relation to the reform agenda and the concept of playful learning at the start of the program and answered the research question: What are challenges and enablers in introducing Learning Through Play at Ukrainian School?

Understanding the contributing factors to (un)successful interventions is vital for designing/adapting a Teacher Professional Development Programme that develops teachers’ positive views, skills, and knowledge regarding playful pedagogies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Given the potential influence of teacher beliefs on the implementation of playful learning during the program and beyond, the teachers were invited to take part in individual interviews at the beginning of the project to explore their thoughts about playful learning, their experiences of implementing playful learning at school, and their perspectives on the barriers and enablers to integrating playful learning in their classroom.
Interviews. The aim was to capture the meanings that participants make of their experiences in their own words. A semi-structured format was chosen to ensure that major touch points were addressed within each interview (providing a degree of comparability across interviews), while remaining sufficiently open to allow the interviewer to personalise the interview by asking probing follow up questions based on the response given. Key questions from the interview protocol were:
Can you describe a typical lesson in your classroom with first year students? (to understand whether playful learning approaches feature in a typical lesson)
What do you think might be some of the challenges to implementing learning through play?
What supports you to implement learning through play?
If you had to describe what learning through play means to you at the moment, how would you describe it?
How do you feel about participating in the study and what do you hope to achieve?
The interviews were conducted in Ukrainian and, due to COVID-19 restrictions, they took place online.

Participants. The participants in this study were 29 primary school teachers teaching Grade 1 students in Ukrainian schools. They represented a range of experience levels, with most having over 10 years of experience; all teachers were female. The teachers were spread across five regions of Ukraine (Kyiv, Dnipro, Kharkiv, Poltava, and Zaporizhzhia). There were six teachers from each region, except for Poltava where one teacher chose not to be interviewed but remained a part of the larger study.
Interviews were audio recorded, transcribed in Ukrainian and then translated into English for analysis in NVivo. The analysis followed a general inductive approach as described by Thomas (2006), with research questions providing the focus for the initial analysis. Initial categories were formed based on responses to interview questions. From there, the search began for sub-categories, and new codes were formed to represent these sub-categories. Once a coding framework was established, reliability checking was undertaken to test the inter-coder reliability (ICR) of the framework.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings are concerned with answering the question |”What are challenges and enablers in introducing Learning Through Play at Ukrainian School?”  
Perceived challenges in implementing playful learning. When asked what challenges they faced in implementing LTP in their classroom, the teachers identified a number of potential barriers. In general, the challenges of Time, Children and Teacher knowledge, skill, confidence were identified across most/all of the schools and regions. The challenges of Accountability, Number of children, Physical environment and Parents were identified in only some regions/schools.
Perceived enablers in implementing playful learning.While some teachers (n=5) felt unable to identify what would support them to implement playful learning due to a lack of experience with this approach, most were able to provide an insight into the following perceived enablers: being motivated and supported to do it, knowing how to implement it, and knowing what playful learning is.
In the discussion part, we look into how these findings connect with the literature around implementing LTP at school and will see if the perceived barriers and enablers relate to system-level factors that are discussed in the opening sections.

References
Cabinet of Ministers. (2018). Derzhavnyj standart pochatkovoyi osvity [Primary Education State Standard]. https://zakon.rada.gov.ua/laws/show/87-2018-%D0%BF#Text
Creswell, J. W. (2002). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. Upper Research, Merrill.
Fives, H., & Buehl, M. M. (2011). Spring cleaning for the “messy” construct of teachers’ beliefs: What are they? Which have been examined? What can they tell us? APA Educational Psychology Handbook, Vol. 2: Individual Differences and Cultural and Contextual Factors, 2, 471-499.
Gorozidis, G., & Papaioannou, A. G. (2014). Teachers' motivation to participate in training and to implement innovations. Teaching and teacher education, 39, 1-11.
Hargreaves, A. (1997). Cultures of teaching and educational change. In M. Fullan (Ed.), The challenge of school change: A collection of articles (pp. 33-45). Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin.
Kennedy, M. (2016). How does professional development improve teaching? Review of Educational Research, 86(4), 945-980.
Labaree, D. F. (2021). The dynamic tension at the core of the grammar of the grammar of schooling. Phi Delta Kappan, 103(2), 28-32.
Liu et al. https://cms.learningthroughplay.com/media/zbcd21td/neuroscience-review_web.pdf
Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine. (2017). The New Ukrainian School. Conceptual Principles of Secondary School Reform. https://mon.gov.ua/storage/app/media/zagalna%20serednya/Book-ENG.pdf
O’Connor, C., & Joffe, H. (2020). Intercoder reliability in qualitative research: debates and practical guidelines. International journal of qualitative methods, 19,
Richardson, V. (1996). The Role of Attitudes and Beliefs in Learning To Teach. In J. Sikula (Ed.), Handbook of research on teacher education (pp. 102–119). New York: Macmillian.
Roskos, K. A., Christie, J. F., Widman, S., and Holding, A. (2010). Three decades in: priming for meta-analysis in play-literacy research. J. Early Child. Lit. 10, 55–96.
Shulman, L. S., & Shulman, J. H. (2004). How and what teachers learn: a shifting perspective. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 36, 257-271.
Thomas, D. R. (2006). A general inductive approach for analyzing qualitative evaluation data. American journal of evaluation, 27(2), 237-246.
Shchudlo, S., Zabolotna, O., & Lisova, T. (2018). Ukrainian Teachers and the Learning Environment. Results of All-Ukrainian Monitoring Survey of Secondary SchoolTeachers and Principals (by the TALIS methodology). Executive Summary. UERA Trek LTD.
Van Eekelen, I. M., Vermunt, J. D., & Boshuizen, H. P. A. (2006). Exploring teachers’ will to learn. Teaching and Teacher Education, 22, 408-423.
Zosh, J. M., Hirsh-Pasek, K., Hopkins, E. J., Jensen, H., Liu, C., Neale, D., et al. (2018). Accessing the Inaccessible: redefining Play as a Spectrum. Front. Psychol. 9:1124.
 
9:00am - 10:30am10 SES 09 D: Beginning Teachers
Location: Rankine Building, 408 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Maria Pacheco Figueiredo
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Study of the Conditions Supporting the Professional Development of Early Career Teachers

Geneviève Lameul

Université Rennes2, France

Presenting Author: Lameul, Geneviève

The investigation reported in this paper continues and deepens a study initiated several years ago (Lameul, 2008, 2016; Eneau, Lameul, & Bertrand, 2014) aimed at understanding the construction of a subject in his or her personal as well as professional posture - the two being intimately related. To date, our research has defined the notion of posture as "the physical or symbolic manifestation of a mental state, shaped by our beliefs and oriented by our intentions, which exerts a guiding and dynamic influence on our actions, giving them meaning and justification" (Lameul, 2006). This can be studied from the following structuring dimensions: biographical, psycho-sociological, sensitive socio-cognitive, pragmatic, and ethico-cultural. Within the framework of a phenomenological approach, posture is situated at the heart of the professional development process at the interface of two axes: one that goes from the subject to the social and another in which the personal and professional dimensions of the process meet. This is what leads us today to question the work and training environment of beginning teacher-researchers. We will take an eco-anthropological approach and focus on the conditions that are more or less favorable to their development.

Our paper will report on a study conducted with 15 teachers at the beginning of their careers who were involved in training within the framework of the project Développement d'un Enseignement Supérieur Innovant à Rennes (DESIR), in response to the call for projects Développement d'Universités Numériques Expérimentales (Development of Experimental Digital Universities) and financed by the French National Research Agency. The training of these new lecturers, known as "Training for the first position", combines pedagogical, political and scientific aspects in its structure in three elements :

  1. A compulsory training module of 32 hours in accordance with the national training framework (decree of February 8, 2018) aimed at deepening the pedagogical skills (general or specific to the disciplinary field) necessary for the exercise of the profession of teacher-researcher.
  2. A time of discovery of the different activities and services of the university: meetings and dialogues with the vice-presidents of the university concerned (18h).
  3. The design and implementation of an innovative teaching project, situated in the professional environment to which the student belongs (teaching team, disciplinary department) and accompanied by the educational engineers and researchers of the DESIR Living Lab.

Within the framework of this DESIR project, an empirical survey has been set up for the last three years at the end of the training course which accompanies the new teacher-researchers when they take up their duties. Its objective is twofold: to understand the informal learning that takes place when a new teacher takes up his or her post, accompanied by pedagogical training; to identify the dimensions that come into play in order to build and/or consolidate a professional posture. The aim is to continue exploring the process of constructing a posture by trying to understand, close to the teacher-researchers in training, what in their environment would "make an ecological niche" (Guérin, Simonian and Thiévenaz, 2023, forthcoming). In the course of our interviews with 15 teachers, we will therefore pay attention to everything that can have an amplifying or conversely annihilating effect on certain dimensions of posture considered to be a key element of professional development.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our survey is conducted with 15 teachers whose context we have just described above. Our questioning grid is based on the 8 conditions identified as potentially facilitating - or at least influential in the process studied - in our previous work.    These 8 items are as follows:
1. "Rupture": frequent realization through moments of rupture and transition in a journey (Kaddouri and Hinault, 2014)
2. "Tensions": Exploitation of the variety of tensions caused by its dynamics of successive and interrelated changes (Engeström, 1987, 2011)
3. "Intimate dialogue": Emanating from an ability to bring deep structure and provisional identity into dialogue (Linard, 2002)
4. "Reflexivity": Deployment in the dynamics of a reflexive approach that relates experience and inquiry (Thievenaz, 2017)
5. "Human mediation":The determining importance of the encounter with benevolent mediators in accompanying this process (Bandura, 1998; Albero, Linard and Robin, 2009)
6. "Resilience": Necessary anchoring in life experience (all personal and professional experiences) and mobilization of a capacity for resilience that allows one to overcome hardships and bounce back (Dewey, 1938; Cyrulnik, 1999)
7. "Commitment": supported by a personal readiness to move forward and a full commitment to action (intervention and transformation) (Jorro and De Ketele, 2013)
8. "Recognition": the effect of recognition (personal, from others, and institutional) as a support and regulator on professional development (Eneau, 2005).
Assuming that the 8 items of this analysis grid will shed light on what in the teacher's environment is likely to make a niche for a subject, the objective of the survey we are reporting on here is to identify their presence or not, to assess their importance in the eyes of the respondent, and to highlight possible interrelationships between these dimensions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our results confirm the explicit existence of several of these conditions from the phase of entry into the profession for the teachers. For example, a language teacher (A.M) expressed in a few words several types of tension that inhabited her training environment in her first year as a beginning teacher. The expressions of doubt about her ability to perform this academic profession, of her destabilization by the gap between what she thought she knew and what she was confronted with, echo items  "rupture",  "tensions" and "resilience". Item "human mediation" present in the interview with A.M is more particularly developed in that of Y.V who explains well how the collective (that of the colleagues-learners but also that of the colleagues of the daily professional life is important to support the effort to be made in a "1st job training" device and to concretize in his practice the knowledge acquired during the training.  This same analysis reveals that in the context studied, the other items are less frequently present : the reflexive dimension of the conditions for professional development expressed in items "intimate dialogue",  "reflexivity" and  "resilience", as well as the strength of personal commitment, are almost non-existent. Several hypotheses can be put forward: the methodological conditions of a single, short interview did not facilitate the expression of these results; entry into the profession tends to focus the teacher on the short, immediate time of the response to be given or the face to be saved, or even the survival to be ensured (Mukamurera, Uwamariya, 2005). This observation of a lesser presence of certain items in the description made by novice teachers of their training environment is nevertheless enlightening our project to identify the characteristics of an ecological niche. These are all avenues for further research and inspiration for teacher training.
References
Albero,B., Linard,M. et Robin,J-Y. (2009). Petite fabrique de l’innovation ordinaire à l’université. Quatre parcours de pionniers. Paris : L’Harmattan
Bandura,A. (1998). Personal and collective efficacy in human adaptation and change. In J. G. Adair, D. Bélanger, & K. L. Dion (Eds.), Advances in psychological science, Vol. 1. Social, personal, and cultural aspects (pp. 51–71). Psychology Press/Erlbaum (UK) Taylor & Francis
Cyrulnik,B. (1999). Un merveilleux malheur, Odile Jacob
Dewey,J. (1938). Experience and Education. New York : Macmillan Company
Eneau,J., Lameul,G., et Bertrand,E. (2014). Place du stage et rapport au stage en formation universitaire : ce que nous disent les documents réflexifs d’accompagnement à la professionnalisation. Phronesis, 3(1-2), 38-48
Engeström,Y. (2001). Expansive Learning at Work: Toward an activity theoretical reconceptualization. Journal of Education and Work, 14(1), 133-156.
Guérin, G., Simonian, S. et Thievenaz, J. (2023 à paraître) (coord.), Activité et environnements de formation. Une approche écologique Prémisses d’une théorie, Octarès
Jorro,A. et DeKetele,J-M. (2013). L’engagement professionnel en éducation et formation. Bruxelles : De Boeck.
Eneau,J. (2005). La part d’autrui dans la formation de soi – Autonomie, autoformation et réciprocité en contexte organisationnel, Paris : L’Harmattan
Kaddouri,M. et Hinault,A-C (2014). Dynamiques identitaires et singularisation des parcours dans les transitions socioprofessionnelles, Sociologies pratiques n°28, 15-18
Lameul,G. (2006). Former des enseignants à distance ? Etude des effets de la médiatisation de la relation pédagogique sur la construction des postures professionnelles. Thèse de doctorat inédite, Université Paris Ouest La Défense
Lameul,G. (2008). Les effets de l’usage des technologies d’information et de communication en formation d’enseignants sur la construction des postures professionnelles. Savoirs, 17, 71-94
Lameul,G (2016). « Le développement professionnel des enseignants-chercheurs : entre recherche et enseignement, l’élaboration d’une posture d’expertise ». Habilitation à diriger des recherches en sciences de l’éducation, 2016https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/tel-01496804
Lameul,G. (2019). Posture : une notion centrale pour la compréhension de l’activité des acteurs dans les dispositifs de formation, Éducation et Formation - e-313
Linard,M. (2002), Conception de dispositifs et changement de paradigme en formation. Éducation permanente, 152, 143-155.
Mukamurera,J. Uwamariya,A. (2005). Le concept de « développement professionnel» en enseignement : approches théoriques. Revue des sciences de l'éducation, 311, 133–155
Simonian, S. (2015). L’affordance socioculturelle une approche éco-anthropocentrée des objets techniques. Le cas des environnements numériques d’apprentissage, HDR Université Rennes2
Thievenaz,J. (2017). De l’étonnement à l’apprentissage. Enquêter pour mieux comprendre. Louvain-la-Neuve : De Boeck
Wittorski,R. (2008). La professionnalisation : note de synthèse, Savoirs, 17, 11-38


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Early-career Teachers’ Burnout: The Role of Personality and Self-efficacy

Iris Marušić, Dora Petrović, Mirta Mornar, Ivana Jugović, Josip Šabić, Jelena Matić

Institute for Social Research, Croatia

Presenting Author: Marušić, Iris; Mornar, Mirta

The initial years of teaching are a critical period in teachers’ careers characterized by stress and high rates of attrition (Borman & Dowling, 2008). The provision of adequate support to teachers during their early career is important for the development of their professional competence in a complex school environment and, subsequently, for their plans to remain in the profession (Schuck et al., 2018). This is a particularly important aspect of teacher policy in light of the widespread concern about teacher shortages in many European countries, where a number of qualified teachers plan to leave the profession within the first five years of teaching (EEPN, 2019). The research on individual and contextual determinants of teacher well-being and future career plans is therefore of growing importance for European teacher policy.

Recent studies underline the important role of personality (Kim, Jörg, & Klassen, 2019) in a number of relevant teacher outcomes. However, there is a lack of research exploring the contribution of personality dimensions to various aspects of early-career teachers’ well-being and teaching performance.

Meta-analytic findings demonstrated significant relations between five personality dimensions and evaluated teaching performance (Klassen & Tze, 2014). Specifically, teachers’ extraversion, conscientiousness and openness show moderately positive relations to teacher effectiveness as reflected in students’ evaluations of teaching. Accumulated evidence suggests that all five personality dimensions have important implications for various aspects of teaching quality, particularly interpersonal relations and support provided to students, and for aspects of teachers’ occupational well-being, such as enthusiasm and burnout. Existing findings indicate that personality dimensions are related to teacher self-efficacy (Djigić, Stojiljković, & Dosković, 2014) and to teacher outcomes such as teaching effectiveness and burnout. Meta-analytic data also indicate that teacher burnout seems to be most strongly associated with neuroticism (Kim, Jörg, & Klassen, 2019; Roloff, Kirstges, Grund & Klusmann, 2022). Also, a summary of research findings indicates that self-efficacy is related to teacher well-being (Bardach, Klassen & Perry, 2021).

However, evidence on the role of teacher personality in teaching and teacher well-being is still scarce and calls for research from various educational contexts. In recent years, Croatian educational system has been increasingly witnessing the problem of attracting and retaining qualified teachers in schools. Croatian teachers report a disproportionately lower self-efficacy regarding their ability to promote the value of learning among their students (OECD, 2014). They perceive their profession as demanding and important, and express high job satisfaction but predominantly feel that teaching is not valued in society. They also report a number of difficulties that burden the teaching profession, generated by inadequate educational policy (Burić, Slišković & Macuka, 2018). Our study aims to fill in the gap in the existing research, expanding studies on the role of personality and self-efficacy in burnout of early-career teachers to improve the understanding of the mechanisms that would efficiently support the retention and well-being of teachers in Croatian schools. Our focus on teachers at the beginning of their careers is of particular importance as they are at risk for burnout and, consequently, leaving the profession.

The aim of this research is to explore the nature of the contributions of early-career teachers’ personality and self-efficacy to the prediction of teacher burnout.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This survey is part of the research project “The role of personality, motivation and socio-emotional competencies in early-career teachers' occupational well-being” funded by Croatian Science Foundation. The research was conducted during the first academic term of school year 2022/2023, from October 2022 to January 2023. Research participants are 484 early-career teachers with up to 5 years of teaching experience employed in lower secondary schools in Croatia. Teachers participated in the survey by completing an online questionnaire. We sent participation invitations to school principals who forwarded an e-mail with a survey link to early-career teachers working in their schools. The research was conducted according to ethical standards and with the approval obtained by the Ethics Committee of the authors’ institution.
We used BFI-2 (Soto & John, 2017) to measure teachers’ personality. BFI-2 consists of 60 items and answers are given on a five-point Likert scale, providing results for both 5 broad personality traits and 15 personality facets. For the purpose of this study, we used results of the five personality traits (extraversion, agreeableness, conscientiousness, neuroticism and openness to experience) and all scales demonstrated high reliability with Cronbach’s alpha scores 0.84, 0.81, 0.89, 0.88, and 0.82, respectively.
To measure teachers’ self-efficacy, we used Teachers’ Sense of Efficacy Scale (TSES; Tschannen-Moran & Woolfolk Hoy, 2001) adapted for TALIS (OECD, 2019). Scale consists of 13 items and answers are given on a 4-point scale (Not at all - A lot). Results are provided for three dimensions of teacher self-efficacy (in student engagement, in instructional strategies and in classroom management) and all subscales had adequate reliability, with Cronbach’s alphas measuring 0.75, 0.74, and 0.84, respectively.
We measured teacher burnout with Burnout Assessment Tool (BAT; Schaufeli, De Witte & Desart, 2020). BAT consists of 23 items with a 5-point frequency scale (never – always) and measures four core burnout symptoms (exhaustion, emotional impairment, cognitive impairment and mental distance) as well as one total score. For the purpose of this study, we used total score as an indicator of teachers’ burnout level. The scale demonstrated high reliability, with Cronbach’s alpha score of 0.94.
We tested a hierarchical regression model with five personality dimensions as predictors in the first step, three self-efficacy dimensions in the second step, and burnout as a criterion variable.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Personality and self-efficacy explained 45% of variance in burnout. Personality traits alone explained 43.6% of burnout variance with significant independent contribution of all traits except extraversion. Early-career teachers who are more emotionally stable, agreeable, open to experience and conscientious, experience lower levels of burnout. Self-efficacy additionally explained significant 2.2% of burnout variance, but only self-efficacy in classroom management had significant independent contribution. Early-career teachers with higher levels of self-efficacy in classroom management experience lower levels of burnout.
Our results suggest that the personality of early-career teachers could play an important role in the prevention of burnout. Teachers with higher neuroticism, lower agreeableness, conscientiousness and openness to experience are at greater risk of experiencing burnout. Early-career teachers’ self-efficacy in classroom management also plays an important role in the prediction of burnout. Teachers who lack the skills to keep their students focused on their academic tasks and to prevent disruptive behaviors in their classrooms report higher levels of burnout. Hence, burnout interventions centered on early-career teachers should take into account their personality profiles. These interventions should focus on supporting the development of adequate coping mechanisms as well as self-regulating and relational skills that could help early-career teachers to cope with the demands of their everyday teaching.  

References
Bardach, L., Klassen, R. M., & Perry, N. E. (2022). Teachers’ psychological characteristics: Do they matter for teacher effectiveness, teachers’ well-being, retention, and interpersonal relations? An integrative review. Educational Psychology Review, 34(1), 259–300.  
Borman, G., & Dowling, N. (2008). Teacher Attrition and Retention: A Meta-Analytic and Narrative Review of the Research. Review of Educational Research, 78(3), 367-409.
Burić, I., Slišković, A., & Macuka, I. (2018). A mixed-method approach to the assessment of teachers’ emotions: development and validation of the Teacher Emotion Questionnaire. Educational Psychology, 38 (3), 325-349.
Djigić, G., Stojiljković, S., & Dosković, M. (2014). Basic personality dimensions and teachers’ self-efficacy. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 112, 593-602.
European Education Policy Network on Teachers and School Leaders (EEPN, 2019). Teacher recruitment, retention and motivation in Europe, Desk Research Report no. 3.
Kim, L. E., Jörg, V., & Klassen, R. M. (2019). A Meta-Analysis of the Effects of Teacher Personality on Teacher Effectiveness and Burnout. Educational Psychology Review, 31(1), 163–195.
OECD (2019). TALIS 2018 Technical Report. Retrieved on September 13, 2022 on https://www.oecd.org/education/talis/TALIS_2018_Technical_Report.pdf
OECD (2014). TALIS Country profile Croatia. Retrieved on April 24, 2022 on http://www.oecd.org/education/school/TALIS-Country-profile-Croatia.pdf.
Roloff, J., Kirstges, J., & Grund, S. et al. (2022). How Strongly Is Personality Associated With Burnout Among Teachers? A Meta-analysis. Educational Psychology Review, 34, 1613–1650.  https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-022-09672-7
Schaufeli, W.B., De Witte, H. & Desart, S. (2020). Manual Burnout Assessment Tool (BAT) – Version 2.0. KU Leuven, Belgium: Unpublished internal report.
Soto, C. J., & John, O. P. (2017). The next Big Five Inventory (BFI-2): Developing and assessing a hierarchical model with 15 facets to enhance bandwidth, fidelity, and predictive power. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 113, 117-143.
Tschannen-Moran, M., & Woolfolk Hoy, A. (2001). Teacher efficacy: Capturing and elusive construct. Teaching and Teacher Education, 17, 783-805.
 
9:00am - 10:30am11 SES 09 A: School Performance and Quality Models
Location: Sir Alexander Stone Building, 204 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Andra Fernate
Paper Session
 
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

The school improvement wheel: Shaping Transitional Processes in Dynamic Societies

Frank Brückel1, Heike Beuschlein1, Rachel Guerra2, Reto Kuster1, Susanna Larcher1, Regula Spirig1

1Pädagogische Hochschule Zürich, Switzerland; 2Schulamt Fürstentum Liechtenstein, Liechtenstein

Presenting Author: Brückel, Frank; Beuschlein, Heike

Remark: An earlier version of the project has been presented two years ago. We previously presented preliminary results of this study.

Our rapidly changing society influences the work of schools. Today, public schools in different countries are under enormous pressure to adapt and change as they need to to deal with technological improvements and cultural changes that leads to the increase heterogenization of societies (cf. e.g. OECD 2019, 2016; Imlig, Lehmann & Manz 2018; European Union 2016; Altrichter & Maag-Merki 2016).

In spite of the abundant literature about the conceptual and practical notions and processes of educational change, there is still a need to learn more about the ways to conceptualize and put into practice transitional change processes in individual schools and how to conceptualize and put into practice transitional change in individual schools and school district (Steffens, Heinrich, Dobbelstein, 2016; Reinbach 2016). Transitional change processes refer to the steps and strategies that a district takes to implement significant changes in its operations and policies such as curriculum reform, or the implementation of new technologies. Transitional change processes can be complex and multi-faceted, involving a range of different stakeholders, such as students, teachers, administrators, and community members.

For principals, teacher leaders and project managers in charge of implementation processes at different levels, these accelerated changes raise the question about how to bring successful and sustainable implementation that is accepted and carried through by all those involved?

Many leaders have assumed and taken on willingly the challenge of implementing numerous, simultaneous and, in part, highly complex transitional processes. They are often confronted with scepticism, reserve, doubt and even outright boycott, often by politicians, staff and parents (Rasmussen 2017; Landert 2014).

This is where the project Shaping Transitional Processes in Dynamic Societies comes in. This project was conducted by a research group of the Zurich University of Teacher Education and the education authority of the Principality of Liechtenstein. The project aims at developing relevant and helpful support services and practices for school principals and project leaders with which current and future reforms and improvements can be mastered alongside the demanding daily school routine.

In order to answer the questions and to advance the research process of the project as transparently and comprehensibly as possible, the approach of Design Based Research (DBR) was used (Euler and Sloane 2014; Euler 2017). Due to its methodological design, the chosen approach opens up the possibility to think and design practical school improvement processes in complementarity with school improvement research (Rau, Gerber u. Grell 2022, 353) and thus to consider both the relevance for practice and the further development of theoretical findings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project follows an approach by Euler and Sloane (2014), which provides five different phases and is guided by the following design principles: The research started with a literature review on school improvement followed by interviews with principals, teachers and members of school authorities. Af-terwards the results were then triangulated: Results compared, terminology reviewed, sharpened and condensed, redundancies cleaned up, individual factors combined and subcategories formulated. A challenge was to understand the statements beyond the cultural context, to assign them to the factors accordingly, to compare and superimpose English and German terminology in order to gain a deeper understanding of how changes can be mastered successfully. At the end of this work there were sev-en factors with their sub-factors.
After finishing the literature review, the evaluation of the interviews and triangulation of the results, a prototype was developed. For the design of this prototype it was important that the factors can be presented and described so that
- the entire spectrum of factors important to school improvement are represented.
- the description is comprehensible and accessible without diminishing complexities,
- it supports principals and project leaders in constructively coping with transitional processes in their own schools
- it supports principals and project leaders in competently initiating transitional processes in their schools, to recognise snags early on and handle them constructively.
At the end of this step, a first prototype of a model was available at the end of 2020 (Brückel, Kuster et al. 2022).
To test whether the model and the material are relevant to stakeholders, dialogue workshops (Brück-el, Larcher et al. 2019; Bohm 2008) with school and project leaders (20 to 25 participants) were held.
The aim of the workshops was to test
- how target groups receive the model and the material (f.eg. are they using the framework to manage their change projects?),
- whether they are considered helpful and goal-oriented,
- what could be missing, and
- how the material can be supplemented and improved.
Each workshop was divided into two phases: in phase 1, each individual examines the model and the material for him or herself; in phase 2, the model’s and material’s practical sustainability was dis-cussed in a group. A diversified group is critical to these workshops to ensure that all relevant perspectives are considered. Finally, the result is a science-based model that meets the demands of practice.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper presents the project and its objectives, shows how the design-based research process was conducted, and discusses the model and the school improvement factors that emerged from research as being salient. The results show that there are certain school improvement factors which are rele-vant and consistent in any change process. These factors can be determined beyond a national con-text and are not culturally driven: Learning of students, mindset, communication and cooperation, induvial and organisational competences, framework conditions, process design, multi-level school system,+ leadership and dynamics.
Some limitations became apparent during the research process for example, there is no consistent wording for school development, school improvement or educational change. In consequence a litera-ture review must address the question of which papers are considered. Due to a lack of resources, only a limited number of interviews were analyzed.
And finally the question of how to translate research results into a model which is relevant for princi-pals and project leaders has to be discussed critically.

References
Altrichter Herbert & Maag Merki Katharina (2016). Handbuch Neue Steuerung im Schulsystem. Wies-baden: Springer VS.
Bohm David (2008). Der Dialog. Das offene Gespräch am Ende der Diskussionen. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta.
Brückel, Frank, Larcher, Susanna, Kuster, Reto, Spirig Regula, Guerra, Rachel, Annen, Luzia (2022). Das Schulentwicklungsrad. Eine Reflexionshilfe für die Führung schulischer Veränderungsprozes-se. #schuleverantworten 2022_2, 46–56, https://doi.org/10.53349/sv.2022.i2.a199
Brückel Frank, Larcher Susanna, Annen Luzia, Kuster Reto (2019). Entwicklung von praxisnahen Arbeitsmaterialien im Kontext Tagesschule/ Tagesstrukturen. In Sabine Maschke, Gunhild Schulz-Gade, Ludig Stecher (Hrsg.), Jahrbuch Ganztagsschule, Frankfurt: Debus Verlag, S. 212-228
European Union (2016). Smarter, greener, more inclusive? Indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union.
Imlig, Flavian, Lehmann, Lukas & Manz, Karin (Hrsg.) (2018). Schule und Reform. Veränderungsab-sichten, Wandel und Folgeprobleme. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.
Landert, Charles (2014). Die Berufszufriedenheit der Deutschschweizer Lehrerinnen und Lehrer. Be-richt zur vierten Studie des Dachverbandes Lehrerinnen und Lehrer Schweiz (LCH). Zugriff unter http://www.lch.ch/fileadmin/files/documents/Medienmitteilungen/141209_MK_Berufszufriedenheitsstudie_Berufsauftrag/141209_05_Studie_Charles_Landert_zur_Berufszufriedenheit.pdf  [08.05.2015].
OECD (2016). Trends shaping education. Paris: OECD Publishing.
OECD (2019). OECD Future of Education and Skills 2030 Concept. http://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/teaching-and-learning/learning/learning-compass-2030/OECD_Learning_Compass_2030_concept_note.pdf [30.12.2020]  
Rasmussen, Jens (2017). When Constructions of the Future Meet Curriculum Development and Teaching Practice. Hauptvortrag am ECER Kongress Copenhagen, 23.08.2017.
Reinbacher Paul (2016). Ein theoretischer Bezugsrahmen für "Schulentwicklung". In Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Bildungswissenschaften 38 (2016) 2, S. 295-318.
Steffens Ulrich, Heinrich Martin & Dobbelstein Peter (2019). Praxistransfer Schul- und Unterrichtsfor-schung – eine Problemskizze. In Claudia Schreiner, Christian Wiesner, Simone Breit, Peter Dob-belstein, Martin Heinrich & Ulrich Steffens (Hrsg.), Praxistransfer Schul- und Unterrichtsentwick-lung, S. 11 – 26


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Making Sense of School Performance Feedback: Which Attributions Do Teachers and School Leaders Make?

Evelyn Goffin1,2, Rianne Janssen2, Jan Vanhoof1

1University of Antwerp, Belgium; 2KU Leuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Goffin, Evelyn; Vanhoof, Jan

School performance feedback (SPF) systems present educational professionals with student achievement data in order to support self-evaluation and data-based decision making (Schildkamp & Teddlie, 2008; Visscher & Coe, 2003). However, in order to arrive at (formative) conclusions based on SPF, recipients need to make sense of the (summative) data they are presented with (Schildkamp, 2019; van der Kleij et al., 2015). Attribution, or reflecting on the causes of (learning) outcomes, is an integral part of this sensemaking process (Coburn & Turner, 2011). In line with the basic propositions of attribution theory (Weiner, 1985, 2010), the nature of educators’ causal explanations for student outcomes has been found to affect their emotions and subsequent (instructional) behavior (Wang & Hall, 2018).

Research finds that educational professionals often struggle to pinpoint factors that (may) have led to certain outcomes, particularly when those outcomes are unfavorable (Verhaeghe et al., 2010). Moreover, in defiance of ideals relating to data-based decision making, student performance is often attributed to external causes such as student characteristics, rather than matters internal to educational professionals, such as instruction (Evans et al., 2019; Schildkamp et al., 2016). This is especially apparent in cases of student failure (Wang & Hall, 2018). Consequently, it can be difficult to formulate productive decisions and constructive actions based on SPF (Schildkamp et al., 2016).

In the present study, we examine educational professionals’ causal explanations for results presented in a SPF report from a low-stakes national assessment (NA) in Flanders, Belgium. Like typical external standardized assessments, the Flemish NA relate school performance to standards and to the performance of reference groups (AERA et al., 2014; Visscher & Coe, 2003). We investigate educational professionals’ attributions of these data, with a particular interest in the locus of causality of the attributions they make. To what extent is the SPF interpreted introspectively (i.e., with regard to aspects of school policy and instructional practice that can be improved or sustained) and to what extent is school performance ascribed to external factors (such as aspects of the test itself, or input from students)?

Our review of the literature suggests that perceptions of school leaders remain somewhat underexposed in studies on attribution in educational data use. However, SPF intends to inform both school policy and instructional practice. Consequently, we will not only focus on teachers’ attributions in the present study, but also on causal explanations made by school leaders. Furthermore, we will examine causal explanations for both outcomes perceived as favorable, and those perceived as unfavorable. Perhaps in line with the very term “diagnosis”, we find that the attributions and attributional processes discussed in empirical literature are predominantly focused on explanations for student failure (van Gasse & Mol, 2021; Verhaeghe et al., 2010) and not so much for student success. However, school improvement is not only a narrative of identifying problems, but also of fostering what works.

In summary, the three research questions we address, are:

RQ1 To which internal and external factors do teachers and school leaders attribute their school’s performance on a national assessment?

RQ2 Do attributions differ according to the attributor’s work role?

RQ3 Do attributions differ according to the perceived favorability of the result?

We adopt a qualitative approach and make use of authentic educational data, because our aim is to illuminate how individuals and groups make meaning of something they experience (here, their schools’ SPF) from their own perspectives (Savin-Baden & Major, 2013).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data were collected in Flanders, the Dutch-speaking region of Belgium. Periodically, national assessments (NA) are organized in order to monitor whether attainment targets are met on system-level and in order to explore whether school-, class- of student-level variables explain differences in achievement. These NA are conducted in representative samples of schools, who afterwards receive a personalized SPF report. School results are never publicized, nor do outcomes carry any formal consequences for participants.
Participants for the present study were recruited from the Flemish primary schools that had taken part in the May 2019 NA of People and Society (formerly a subdomain of the World Studies curriculum) in the sixth grade. In pursuit of maximum variation (Savin-Baden & Major, 2013), schools were categorized into four profiles based on aspects of their criterion-referenced and norm-referenced results on one focal test: Spatial use, traffic and mobility. Approximately one week after having received the SPF report, in the autumn of 2020, a random selection of schools within each profile was approached.
In total, semi-structured interviews were conducted with 22 participants (11 school leaders and 11 sixth grade teachers) from 13 schools. The interview protocol included open-ended questions about participants’ appraisal of the schools’ results and about how they causally explained these results. These questions followed a think-aloud section in which participants were asked to describe and interpret the tables and graphs in their schools’ SPF report. Due to societal restrictions relating to the COVID19-pandemic, the interviews were conducted online using video-conferencing software. Recordings were transcribed verbatim.
Data were coded with NVivo. Framework analysis served as an overall analytical method, as it is fit to both organize and interpret data, allows for a combination of inductive and deductive techniques, and facilitates the development of matrices to condense findings and explore patterns (Gale et al., 2013). In order to identify trends, the qualitative interview data were also ‘quantitized’ (Sandelowski et al., 2009).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Participants attribute their schools’ performance to a wide array of factors on the level of the school, the classroom, the student, and the assessment itself. School-level factors and class-level factors can be categorized as internal or external, based on the source of the attribution. We see, for instance, that school leaders reflect on factors such as teacher professionalism: a factor internal to teachers but external to themselves. Overall, school-level factors (such as the curricular line for the subject that was tested) and student-level factors (such as pupils’ cognitive capacity) are invoked most frequently, especially by school leaders and teachers, respectively.
Throughout the dataset, external attributions dominate. We might relate this to educational professionals' professional attitude: to where does my responsibility for student outcomes extend? Overall, we find few differences in attributional patterns between participants from schools that scored well and from those that scored poorer. However, reservations and concerns about (the design and the conditions of) the assessment – an external factor – are uttered primarily to explain negative results.
Most participants mention a whole range of factors when making causal ascriptions for their schools’ results in the SPF report. This suggests that educational professionals acknowledge that learning outcomes are the product of different building blocks. However, it also establishes why it is not easy or straightforward to formulate an unambiguous analysis and an actionable diagnosis based on SPF. Finally, the finding that teachers and school leaders (even within schools) emphasize different factors to interpret the (same) outcomes, illustrates the importance of collective sensemaking in order to piece together a complete story.
These insights are relevant not only for research on data-informed decision-making in schools, but also for educational professionals themselves, as well as for those who train them, and for those who design, offer and mandate assessments.

References
AERA, APA, & NCME. (2014). Standards for Educational and Psychological Testing. American Educational Research Association.
Coburn, C. E., & Turner, E. O. (2011). Research on Data Use: A Framework and Analysis. Measurement: Interdisciplinary Research & Perspective, 9(4), 173–206.
Evans, M., Teasdale, R. M., Gannon-Slater, N., Londe, P. G. la, Crenshaw, H. L., Greene, J. C., & Schwandt, T. A. (2019). How Did that Happen? Teachers’ Explanations for Low Test Scores. Teachers College Record: The Voice of Scholarship in Education, 121(2), 1–40.
Gale, N. K., Heath, G., Cameron, E., Rashid, S., & Redwood, S. (2013). Using the framework method for the analysis of qualitative data in multi-disciplinary health research. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 13(1), 117.
Sandelowski, M., Voils, C. I., & Knafl, G. (2009). On quantitizing. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 3(3), 208–222.
Savin-Baden, M., & Major, C. H. (2013). Qualitative research: The essential guide to theory and practice. Routledge.
Schildkamp, K. (2019). Data-based decision-making for school improvement: Research insights and gaps. Educational Research, 61(3), 257–273.
Schildkamp, K., Poortman, C. L., & Handelzalts, A. (2016). Data teams for school improvement. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 27(2), 228–254.
Schildkamp, K., & Teddlie, C. (2008). School performance feedback systems in the USA and in The Netherlands: a comparison. Educational Research and Evaluation, 14(3), 255–282.
van der Kleij, F. M., Vermeulen, J. A., Schildkamp, K., & Eggen, T. J. H. M. (2015). Integrating data-based decision making, Assessment for Learning and diagnostic testing in formative assessment. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 22(3), 324–343.
Van Gasse, R., & Mol, M. (2021). Student guidance decisions at team meetings: do teachers use data for rational decision making? Studia Paedagogica, 26(4), 99–117.
Verhaeghe, G., Vanhoof, J., Valcke, M., & van Petegem, P. (2010). Using school performance feedback: perceptions of primary school principals. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 21(2), 167–188.
Visscher, A. J., & Coe, R. (2003). School Performance Feedback Systems: Conceptualisation, Analysis, and Reflection. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 14(3), 321–349.
Wang, H., & Hall, N. C. (2018). A Systematic Review of Teachers’ Causal Attributions: Prevalence, Correlates, and Consequences. Frontiers in Psychology, 9(DEC), 1–22.
Weiner, B. (1985). An attributional theory of achievement motivation and emotion. Psychological Review, 92(4), 548–573.
Weiner, B. (2010). The Development of an Attribution-Based Theory of Motivation: A History of Ideas. Educational Psychologist, 45(1), 28–36.


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Validating the Kazakhstani Teacher Observational Protocol: A Pilot Study

Janet Helmer1, Matthew Courtney1, Bridget Goodman1, Kathy Malone2, Kulzhan Beysembayeva3, Filiz Polat1

1Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan; 2Univeristy of Hawaii, USA; 3Eurasian National Uniiiversity, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Helmer, Janet; Goodman, Bridget

This three-year study aims to design and validate the Kazakhstani Teacher Observational Protocol (KTOP) aimed at gauging the degree to which teachers/ instructors in Kazakhstan successfully implement reform-based practices in high school and undergraduate STEM lessons.

The 2011-2020 Educational Strategy for Kazakhstan outlined the goal of further development of the ‘training system and professional development’ with the primary objective being to improve teachers' learning and professional mastery in the Kazakhstani school system. Education reform has been considered necessary as the secondary curriculum was perceived as overly dense, with a focus on rote learning that resulted in only providing superficial knowledge rather than deep mastery of topics (Fimyar, Yakavets, & Bridges, 2014).

Education reform across contexts has focused on teachers' critical role in improving education quality (Schleicher, 2016). The question remains as to how initiated changes are validated or measured. Teacher observation instruments have been developed to measure effective teaching (Mantzicopoulos, et al., 2018). In addition to being used to provide standardized data to monitor education, these instruments can help to determine if professional development programs or the use of reformed curricula are producing changes in teaching practices (MacIsaac et al., 2001). Classroom observation instruments can be constructive tools for aiding in the evaluation of teachers and designing professional development (Evenhouse et al., 2018). Classroom observation allows observers to gather information on student and teacher behaviours and the classroom environment within an authentic setting, which is one way that links theory and practice in order to better understand the classroom environment (Snyder, 2012). Observations have been used to gather data on teachers’ integration of technology (Helmer et al., 2018); student-teacher interactions (Darling-Hammond, 2006); and explicit subject-area learning (Waxman et al., 2009). In Kazakhstan, the fast pace and wide range of reforms raises questions about teachers’ readiness to implement reforms in the classroom. Moreover, historically “open lessons” where teachers and administrators observe lessons may be rehearsed without systematic criteria for evaluation.

To address these issues, this paper reports on the pilot study where researchers collected data to determine how well the KTOP is suited to the reform-based practice in Kazakhstan. The reform-based practice was conceptualized by way of the following six subscales: lesson design and implementation, methods/teaching strategies, communicative interactions, student-teacher relations, assessment interactions, and integration of content and language in teaching.

. The specific questions addressed:

RQ1: What is the overall level of inter-rater reliability of the Kazakhstan Teaching Observational Protocol (KTOP) instrument?

RQ2: What is the level of inter-rater reliability of the KTOP instrument’s (a) lesson design and implementation (5 items), (b) methods/teaching strategies (5 items), (c) classroom culture (communicative interactions; 6 items), (d) classroom culture (student-teacher relationships; 5 items), (e) assessment interactions (3 items), and (f) integrating content and language in teaching (2 items) subscales?

RQ3: How well targeted is the KTOP instrument for identifying the higher- and lower-reform-based teaching practice in the Kazakhstani high school and higher educational contexts?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The Protocol was adapted from the Reformed Observation Teaching Protocol (RTOP) (Sawada et al., 2002). The same 21st-century reform practices on which the RTOP is based are included in many current international educational reform efforts, including those of Kazakhstan (e.g., Yakavets & Dzhadrina, 2014). In the development of this tool, the team considered the best attributes of other tools such as the COPUS (Smith et al., 2013) COPED (Wheeler et al., 2019), and CLIL (deGraaff et al., 2007) with additional sections added to consider the teaching of STEM in English and inclusive teaching practices as these are both current priorities in Kazakhstani educational reforms.

Instrumentation
A total of 26 items were used in the overall KTOP instrument. The 26 items were comprised of the six separate scales mentioned in RQ2. Each item was anchored by 0 = Never occurred and 4 = Very descriptive.

Sampling
This study employed convenience sampling with schools that volunteered to participate in trialling the observation instrument in their classes. A total of 25 unique lessons delivered by 13 unique teachers from five distinct schools were of focus for the current study. Lesson observations took place between February and May 2022.

On average, the 13 unique teachers who participated in the current study had acquired 10.78 (SD = 6.44) years of teaching experience. The teachers were all drawn from educational institutions in the Astana, Kazakhstan region (three high schools and two universities). The lessons observed included the following eight different subject areas: physics, calculus, math, chemistry, ICT, computer-aided engineering, algebra, biomechanical engineering, and general math. All classes were taught in English.

For each lesson, two trained observers were assigned to judge each of the 25 lessons. For this study, of the total 50 judgements, individual observers contributed to a different total number of lessons.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Overall Level of Inter-Rater Reliability (RQ1)
The intra-class correlation for the 26-item instrument was estimated at .72 (N = 650) which can be considered acceptable (0.50 < icc ≤ .749; lower 95% CI = .667, upper 95% CI = .755).

Level of Inter-Rater Reliability of the KTOP Instrument’s Six Subscales (RQ2)

Table 1
Inter-Rater Reliability of the Six KTOP Subscales
Abbr. Scale ICC L 95% CI U 95% CI
LDAI Lesson design and implementation .689 .558 .782
MTS Methods/teaching strategies .683 .549 .778
CC(CI) Classroom culture (communication interactions) .701 .588 .783
CC(STR) Classroom culture (student-teacher relationships) .577 .398 .703
AI Assessment interactions .730 .574 .829
ICLIT Integrating content and language in teaching .785 .622 .878
Note. Abbr. = scale abbreviation; L/U 95% CI = upper/lower 95% confidence interval for the ICC estimate; acceptable ICC underlined, good ICCs in bold.


All ICC subscales were considered moderate, with the exception of the ICLIT, which exhibited a slightly higher level of “good” inter-rater reliability (ICC = .785).

 KTOP Targeting (RQ3)
    
In terms of targeting, the items did not function optimally. As explained, each item had five levels (0-4). However, the lowest level (zero) was not ‘reached’ by students for 21 of the total 26 items. However, items did discriminate well, with only one item exhibiting negative item-rest point biserial correlation (MTS.8, r = -.040) and only one item, CC(CI).16 was only slightly underfitting to the Rasch model with an outfit value of 1.61 (p < .05).


 Given the positive results of the pilot study, the tool will be translated into Kazakh and used with a larger sample of teachers/instructors, as the psychometric analysis in the current study is very much underpowered.


References
Darling-Hammond, L. (2006). Constructing 21st-century teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 57(3), 300-314.

de Graaff, R., Koopman, G. J., Anikina, Y & Westhoff, G. (2007). An Observation Tool for Effective L2 Pedagogy in Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL), International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 10(5), 603-624, DOI: 10.2167/ beb462.0

Evenhouse, D., Zadoks, A., Silva de Freitas, C. C., Patel, N., Kandakatla, R., Stites, N. & DeBoer, J. (2018). Video coding of classroom observations for research and instructional support in an innovative learning environment. Australasian Journal of Engineering Education, 23(2), 95-105.

Fimyar, O., Yakavets, N. and Bridges, D. (2014). Educational Reform in Kazakhstan: the contemporary policy agenda. In D. Bridges (Ed.) (2014) Educational reform and internationalisation: the case of school reform in Kazakhstan. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
 
MacIsaac, D., Sawada, D., & Falconer, K. (2001, April). Using the Reformed Teaching Observation Protocol (RTOP) as a Catalyst for Self-Reflective Change in Secondary Science Teaching. Paper presented at the American Educational Research Association, Seattle, WA

Mantzicopoulos, P., Patrick, H., Strati, A., & Watson, J. S. (2018). Predicting kindergarteners' achievement and motivation from observational measures of teaching effectiveness. The Journal of Experimental Education, 86(2), 214-232.

Sawada, D., Piburn, M. D., Judson, E., Turley, J., Falconer, K., Benford, R., & Bloom, I. (2002). Measuring reform practices in science and mathematics classrooms: The reformed teaching observation protocol. School Science and Mathematics, 102(6), 245-253.

Schleicher, A. (2016). Teaching excellence through professional learning and policy reform: Lessons from around the world, International Summit on the Teaching Profession. Paris: OECD Publishing. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/978926452059-en

van der Lans, R. M., van de Grift, W. J., & Van Veen, K. (2018). Developing an instrument for teacher feedback: Using the Rasch model to explore teachers' development of effective teaching strategies and behaviors. The Journal of Experimental Education, 86(2), 247-264.

Waxman, H. C., Padrón, Y. N., Franco-Fuenmayor, S. E., & Huang, S. L. (2009). Observing classroom instruction for ELLs from student, teacher, and classroom perspectives. TABE Journal, 11(1), 63-95.

Wheeler, L. B., Navy, S. L., Maeng, J. L., Whitworth, B. A. (2019). Development and validation of the Classroom Observation Protocol for Engineering Design (COPED). Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 56, 1285-1305.


Yakavets, N., & Dzhadrina, M. (2014). Educational reform in Kazakhstan: Entering the world arena. In D. Bridges (ed.), Educational reform and internationalisation: The case of school reform in Kazakhstan (pp. 28-52). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
 
9:00am - 10:30am13 SES 09 A: Affect: feeling diversity, queering failure, and teaching excessively
Location: Gilbert Scott, 356 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Piotr Zamojski
Paper Session
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Queering Classed Failures In Higher Education: A Method Of Unknowing (And Un-Feeling) Class Deficits

Maree Martinussen

University of Melbourne, Australia

Presenting Author: Martinussen, Maree

Despite the prioritisation of widening participation agendas globally, and increased levels of working-class people entering higher education, inequalities along the lines of social class persist (Hoskins & Shah, 2017). As a result, social class dynamics produced in the higher education remain a critical site of research, particularly as practices of precarious employment rise (Walkerdine, 2021). While a growing body of higher education research emphasises the shifting and contradictory nature of class assemblages (Hey et al., 2021; Threadgold, 2020; Webb et al., 2017), there remains a need to counter an historical tendency to use binary conceptions of power, which typically point to the stability of classed relations. For the most part, working-class students and scholars remain framed around notions of constraint in social class research, which risks naturalising deficit framings. What tools do we have then, to refocus on working-class agency? What concepts can aid in capturing how ‘dominant class interests… [are] forever encountering and sometimes fraying in the face of dissent and difference’? (Hey et al., 2021, p.18).

In this paper, I use Jack Halberstam’s insights on the queer art of failure (Halberstam, 2011) to understand complex, classed student and early career academic identities, by exploring ambivalent rejections of middle-class norms. As Halberstam has it, the failure of queer lives to comply with dominant norms generates ‘negative’ affects, but these ‘bad’ feelings are, simultaneously, a productive force. Their mobilisation can ‘poke holes in the toxic positivity of contemporary life’ (Halberstam, 2011, p. 3) and expose capitalist logics as a sham, including the assumption that there must be winners and losers in life. Practices of queer failure blur the normative lines between ‘good’ and ‘bad’ affects, and undo the binarisation that often occurs in relation to working class actors, who are read as disempowered rather than as both mobilised and constrained. An impetus towards queered class relations could engender a working-class being-in-the-world as a mode in which attachments to loss, awkwardness, alienation and otherness continue, but in a way that offers relief. The impossibility of doing or being ‘elite academic’ may usher in ambivalence; knowing failures are ‘modes of unbeing and unbecoming [which enact] a different relation to knowledge’ (Halberstam, 2011, p. 23). That is, ambivalence towards middle-classed assumptions and modes of action in higher education represent a potential means of unknowing and un-feeling of class deficits—an un-becoming of class disadvantage.

In this empirical research, I apply Halberstam’s insights on reading non-normativity to the lives of working-class, women-identifying students and early career staff in Australian universities enrolled in postgraduate education. Through interview data, and in conjunction with Margaret Wetherell’s (2012) affective-discursive practices approach, I identify affective practices that enact ambivalence and productive failings. Everyday sense-making is treated as series of affective events where analytic attention is placed on the micropolitical, but in relation with ‘entanglements between the constituent social, cultural, biological and material parts of the broader field’ (Wetherell, 2015, p. 147). The art of failing to perform the elite and high performing student or early career researcher does not necessarily eradicate the negative impacts of deficit discourses. However, it has potential to displace them, by giving them other meanings. Overall, this paper contributes to a feminist and queer ethics for class research in higher education that is both intellectual and affective (Reay, 2015), and emphasises working-class capacities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Alongside queer theory, I adopt a framework for analysing affective practices developed in critical social psychology. This ‘plugging in’ strategy provides multiple ways of understanding class dynamics, beyond that which can be gained through established sociological frameworks (Mulcahy & Martinussen, 2022). The aim of ‘plugging’ data into multiple theories is to ‘open up and proliferate rather than foreclose and simplif[y]’ knowledges and readings (Jackson & Mazzei, 2013, p. 261). Halberstam’s cultural studies theory is grounded through Wetherell’s highly empirical and social psychologically sound methods of reading affect in the everyday, but these are overlaid upon feminist class theory developed in a sociology of education.
The data—generated through repeat, biographical interviews with a relatively small sample—follows a well-worn but generative path in feminist class research (e.g. Lawler, 1999; Walkerdine et al., 2001), and is apt for this research. In particular, the un-becomings that Halberstam’s queer art of failure points to, can be charted out through Wetherell’s readings of the relationship between the ‘personalisation’ of affect, as they become entangled with and often contradict and broader social patterns. Although the sample of 25 working-class women involved in the broader study are diverse in terms of ethnicity, sexuality and geographical positioning in Australia, the specific data featured in this paper represents a narrower subset of the group. Again, this is fitting, as I am more interested in how ambivalence is produced in relation to meaning-making and identities of social class, than whether those meanings are generalisable to other working-class postgraduate students and early career academics.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
I will show how participants produce mixed feelings about playing the ‘game’ of academia. For instance, I detail participants’ ambivalent acceptance of being ‘other’, and highlight how participant experiences of classism are often relayed in interviews using humour, denoting middle-class naiveté of working-class experience. While a sense of not-belonging often permeates these interactions, there is resistance to belonging to regimes of normative academic success, which resemble the toxic positivity that Halberstam problematises with conceptualising on the queer art of failure. While acknowledging the constraints arising from structural inequalities in higher education, I suggest that attending to productive failings might prove a useful tool for capturing working-class capacities when thinking about issues of participation, access and retention, globally.
References
Halberstam, J. (2011). The Queer Art of Failure. Durham: Duke University Press.
Hey, V., Leaney, S., & Leyton, D. (2021). The un/methodology of ‘theoretical intuitions’: Resources of generations gone before, thinking and feeling class. Discourse, 42(1), 17–29. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2020.1834953
Hoskins, K., & Shah, M. (2017). Policy and practice: Challenges and opportunities for developing widening participation in the Global South and North. In Bridges, Pathways, and Transitions: International Innovations in Widening Participation (pp. 1–15). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-08-101921-4.00001-4
Jackson, A. Y., & Mazzei, L. A. (2013). Plugging One Text Into Another: Thinking with theory in qualitative research. Qualitative Inquiry, 19(4), 261–271. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800412471510
Lawler, S. (1999). Getting out and getting away. Feminist Review, 63(63), pp.3-24.
Mulcahy, D., & Martinussen, M. (2022). Affective enactments of class: Attuning to events, practice, capacity. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education. Online advance publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2022.2072272
Reay, D. (2015). Habitus and the psychosocial: Bourdieu with feelings. Cambridge Journal of Education, 45(1), 9–23. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2014.990420
Threadgold, S. (2020). Bourdieu and Affect: Towards a Theory of Affective Affinities. Bristol University Press.
Walkerdine, V. (2021). What’s class got to do with it? Discourse, 42(1), 60–74. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2020.1767939
Walkerdine, V., Lucey, H., & Melody, J. (2001). Growing up girl: Psychosocial explorations of gender and class. Palgrave.
Webb, S., Burke, P. J., Nichols, S., Roberts, S., Stahl, G., Threadgold, S., & Wilkinson, J. (2017). Thinking with and beyond Bourdieu in widening higher education participation. Studies in Continuing Education, 39(2), 138–160. https://doi.org/10.1080/0158037X.2017.1302926
Wetherell, M. (2012). Affect and emotion: A new social science understanding. Sage Publications.
Wetherell, M. (2015). Trends in the turn to affect: A Social psychological critique. Body & Society, 21(2), 139–166. https://doi.org/10.1177/1357034X14539020
 
9:00am - 10:30am13 SES 09 C JS: STEAMing ahead: acting, educating the senses, and discovering new visible worlds
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre C [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Judit Onsès
Joint Paper and Ignite Talk Session NW 13 and NW 29. Full information under 29 SES 09 A JS
9:00am - 10:30am14 SES 09 A: Everyday School/ Outside the Classroom
Location: McIntyre Building, 208 [Floor 1]
Paper
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

What Motivates the Most Avid Readers? Norwegian Sixth Graders' Leisure Reading in the Span Between Control and Autonomy

Håvard Skaar, Gro Stavem

Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway

Presenting Author: Skaar, Håvard; Stavem, Gro

Leisure reading contributes to literacy, but Norwegian students read less than before. This paper present findings from interviews with students who are going against this trend. They read more than their classmates. Why do they do that? Research has pointed to a lack of reading motivation as the main reason why students choose not to read (Guthrie & Wigfield, 2000). If the school is to support students' leisure reading, strengthening their motivation should be central. Therefore, we investigate the type of motivation these most avid readers have, and what the motivation means for their reading habits. The purpose is to find out how the school can promote students' leisure reading in the best possible way. The theoretical starting point is Ryan & Deci’s (2017) distinction between autonomous and controlled motivation. Autonomous motivation is based on an experience of self-determination, while controlled motivation is induced by an internal or external pressure. Research has shown a positive connection between autonomous motivation and amount of reading (De Naeghel et al., 2012).When we conducted a survey among sixth graders at eight schools in the Oslo area, we were able to confirm this (Stavem & Skaar, accepted for publication). In this study, we continue to examine the motivation of the most avid readers. Teachers at the eight schools that had participated in the survey selected the girl and boy who read the most in their classes, and the students' parents gave their consent to individual, semi-structured interviews.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the analysis of the interviews, we first carried out an empirically close coding of the entire material (Tjora, 2021 p.218).We then arranged these codes into six groups: Selection and acquisition of books, The reading situation, Students’ own valuing and benefit from reading, Others' valuing and benefit from reading, Reading and other leisure activities, The books the students read. Within all these categories, parents, grandparents, and older siblings emerged as the most important role models, norm-givers and facilitators of students' leisure reading. We used Ryan and Deci's motivation theory (2017) as the basis for the further analysis. Their continuum from lack of motivation to inherently autonomous motivation gave us the basis for making a typology of the students' reading motivation. Ryan and Deci link autonomous motivation to the satisfaction of basic psychological needs, and thus greater well-being or quality of life than controlled motivation.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We found that parents, grandparents and older siblings as the role models, norm givers and facilitators primarily contributed to autonomous, but also to a certain extent to controlled, reading motivation. Input from teachers, librarians and other school-based measures played a much more modest role in the students' description of what actually made them read in their leisure time. For the least autonomously motivated students, it was important to experience reading as pleasant, and as a better option than the alternatives. For these students, reading was closely linked to their parents' active facilitation. More autonomously motivated students made their own choices to a greater extent. Some shared their reading with friends, and some found the choice of books meaningful and significant for themselves. The most autonomously motivated students considered reading as an interest they prioritized regardless of social circumstances. They had independent reading preferences and were also the ones who read the most. Overall, support from home appears to be the most important prerequisite for 6th graders choosing to read in their leisure time. At the same time, the interviews suggest that a deep and strong autonomous motivation for leisure reading will be linked to more personal, and thus perhaps less influenceable, needs and dispositions. Under any circumstances, the school should, to the greatest extent possible, try to make use of the strong emotional bonds that parents may have established for reading in early phases of the student's life. Parents should be made aware of this and receive written information from the school or be informed at parent meetings about the importance of their own involvement in the student's reading. They should also be made aware of the value of engaging with the student's reading in a way that promotes autonomous reading motivation.
References
De Naeghel, J., Van Keer, H., Vansteenkiste, M., & Rosseel, Y. (2012). The Relation Between Elementary Students' Recreational and Academic Reading Motivation, Reading Frequency, Engagement, and Comprehension: A Self-Determination Theory Perspective. Journal of Educational Psychology, 104(4), 1006-1021.
Guthrie, J. T., & Wigfield, A. (2000). Engagement and motivation in reading. In M. L. Kamil, P. B. Mosenthal, P. D. Pearson, & R. Barr (Eds.), Handbook of Reading Research, Vol. 3, pp. 403–422). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers.
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2017). Self-determination theory: basic psychological needs inmotivation, development, and wellness. Guilford Press.
Stavem & Skaar (accepted for publication). Hva får elever til å lese på fritiden? Om lesemotivasjon, sjangervalg og mediebruk på 6. trinn. (What makes students read for pleasure? 6.graders’ reading motivation, genre preferences and media use)  
Tjora, A.(2021). Kvalitative forskningsmetoder i praksis (4.edition). Gyldendal. (Qualitative Research in Practice)


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Collaborative Autonomy-Support - School-Home Collaboration in Upper Secondary School

Gørill Warvik Vedeler

Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway

Presenting Author: Vedeler, Gørill Warvik

In this paper, I present results from a research project (period 2016-2022) about school-home collaboration in upper secondary schools. In the Norwegian school context, collaboration with students' parents has long traditions. The principle that schools, through their social mission, have an auxiliary role in relation to parents, was already formulated in the Almueskolelova [the Common People School Act] of 1848 (Vestre, 2012). At the time, the purpose clause stated: "It shall be the Almueskolen's purpose to support domestic upbringing...". The changes to the law up to today have largely followed similar thinking. Today, the law imposes the responsibility on school owners (municipalities, county councils and private school owners) to ensure systematic collaboration with parents (Education Act, 1998, § 13-3d); collaborative practices that include all students and their parents. This research project contributes to a comprehensive understanding of wholeness and coherence in practicing school-home collaboration at this level of schooling. In brief I share the results from three sub-studies, about practices, students’ needs, and jurisdiction, before I introduce a theoretical framework that is developed to meet and discuss these in conjunction. These results account for the complexity in practicing systematic school-home-collaboration and challenges schools to develop collaborative practices that include a diverse group of students and their parents.

The overall purpose of the project has been to theorize school-home cooperation as a pedagogical phenomenon in upper secondary school. This has been done by identifying various issues and by raising the following questions:

- How is school-home collaboration practiced in upper secondary schools?

- What are the students' need for school-home collaboration and how is the students positioned in this collaboration?

- How does the current legislation affect school-home collaboration in light of the students' need for this to happen?

One contribution from this project is the introduction of collaborative autonomy-support as a theoretical framework for developing collaborative practices to support the students. School-home collaboration, as part of the school's complex practices, involve topics such as the students' needs and agency, the role of the parents, the teachers' responsibilities, and the legal framework that regulate this. This research project draws on two overarching theoretical perspectives. Practice theory (the theory of practice architectures by Kemmis et al., 2014) is used to explain and analyse the collaboration as an educational practice, while theory of Nordic bildung (Doseth, 2011; Straume, 2013) and autonomy-support (self-determination theory by Ryan & Deci, 2017) are used to analyse the students' needs and positions in these collaborative efforts. This research project engages in a discourse that is relevant across national contexts – to collaborate with students’ parents – but it is site sensitive toward a Nordic education context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research project had a qualitative, practice-oriented, and phenomenological approach; rooted in the understanding that phenomenology of practice (Van Manen, 2016) is based on the recognition that we live our lives in practices and that practices happens at particular sites. The research design included methods that reached out to participants practice experiences, created dialogues among participants, and analysed current legal documents. The three sub-studies covered three different data sets: 1) three dialogue café sessions with 77 participants (teachers, school leaders and students and 759 minutes audio recordings), 2) one dialogue café session with 113 previous students (603 minutes audio recordings), and 3) 26 legal documents (2666 pages).
Dialogue café was used as a research method in data set one and two, to involve larger groups of participants in exploratory conversations (Brown, 2010). The method proposes that the participants share, explore, and discover their own and each other's experiences, reflections and questions related to the topic being explored. The conversations at the café tables were led by the participants and not the researcher and it was important that the participants had an interest in the topic. The participants' interests also justified the selection; the participants are former students with their own experience and, teacher students (for two weeks) who in the future may be given responsibility for school-home collaboration in upper secondary school. The implementation followed seven principles: 1) inform about the topic and dialogue process, 2) create a hospitable and safe environment, 3) explore questions that matter to the participants, 4) encourage sharing and involvement, 5) connect different perspectives, 6) listen together to create insights and 7) share collective discoveries (Brown, 2010, p. 40). The purpose of the café method was to unfold and verify school-home collaboration as a phenomenon in upper secondary schooling.
A document analysis, as conducted for the third data set, intend to deconstructs texts to examine hidden hierarchies, dominance, oppositions, inconsistencies, and contradictions (Creswell & Poth, 2018). In this study, the documents were treated qualitatively. The purpose was to identify the documents' connections to the phenomenon being studied (Blaikie, 2010). Common to the legal documents that were analysed in this study was that, at the time the study was carried out, they were current and relevant public documents that supported and regulated the practice of school-home cooperation in upper secondary schools.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper illuminates some challenges in school-home collaboration and address the need to adjust collaborative practices to address the students' need for support. The first sub-study revealed three aspects that collaborative practices should cover (Vedeler, 2021): a) to clarify the legal obligations of the teaching profession; b) to engage and empower students’ participation in the collaborative efforts, and c) to avoid a problem-oriented approach that drives the schools' collaboration with the parents. The second sub-study showed how school-home collaboration is an emotional and personal practice for students and uncovered an ambivalence between the students' need for increased autonomy and the students' desire for present and supportive parents (Vedeler & Strandbu, in press). In addition, this study revealed the students' position as both the object of the collaboration and a subject in the collaborative relationships. The third sub-study revealed three tensions in current legislation (Vedeler, 2020): students' self-determination versus parental obligations, the parent group's lack of formal representation in upper secondary school, and partly contradictory linguistics about parents across the legal documents.
This paper elaborated these results further and compiles how collaborative autonomy-support as a theoretical concept is useful for understanding the students' need for school-home collaboration at this level of schooling; the students’ need for collaborative support in their personal bildung and education process, as well as their need to have a subject position in this collaboration. My claim is that collaborative autonomy-support is possibly an unspoken goal for school-home collaboration in upper secondary schools. This is interesting, as we know that a systematic school-home collaboration in upper secondary school can contribute to ensuring that students get the parental support they need in a school context (Epstein, 2008).

References
Blaikie, N. (2010). Designing social research. The logic of anticipation: Polity Press.
Brown, J. (2010). The world café: Shaping our futures through conversations that matter: ReadHowYouWant. com.
Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry and reserach design. Choosing among five approaches: SAGE Publications.
Doseth, M. (2011). Paideia–selve fundamentet for vår forståelse av dannelse. In K. Steinsholt & S. Dobson (Eds.), Dannelse: introduksjon til et ullent pedagogisk landskap (pp. 13-37). Trondheim: Tapir Akademisk Forlag.
Epstein, J. L. (2008). Improving family and community involvement in secondary schools. Principal Leadership, 8(2), 16-22. http://homeschoolconnect.pbworks.com/f/Improving+Family+and+Community+Involvement.pdf
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education: Springer Science & Business Media.
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2017). Self-determination theory: Basic psychological needs in motivation, development, and wellness: Guilford Publications.
Straume, I. S. (2013). Danningens filosofihistorie. In I. S. Straume (Ed.), Danningens filosofihistorie. Oslo: Gyldendal Norsk Forlag.
Van Manen, M. (2016). Phenomenology of practice: Meaning-giving methods in phenomenological research and writing: Routledge.
Vedeler, G. W. (2020). Collaborative Autonomy–Support–A Pivotal Approach in the Legislation Regulating School–Home Collaboration in Norwegian Upper Secondary Schools. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 65(7), 1187-1202. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1788155
Vedeler, G. W. (2021). Practising school-home collaboration in upper secondary schools: to solve problems or to promote adolescents’ autonomy? Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 1-19. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2021.1923057
Vedeler, G. W., & Strandbu, A. (in press). Skole-hjem samarbeidet i videregående skole. Autonomistøtte i elevenes danningsprosess. .
Vestre, S. E. (2012). Opplæringsplikt og foreldrerett [The duty to educate and parental rights]. In H. Jakhelln & T. Welstad (Eds.), Utdanningsrettslige emner [Educational law topics] (pp. 162-172): Cappelen Damm Akademisk.
 
9:00am - 10:30am14 SES 09 B: Place-Based Inequity for Schools: International Considerations for a More Inclusive Education System
Location: McIntyre Building, 201 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Tanya Ovenden-Hope
Session Chair: Unn-Doris K. Bæck
Symposium
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Symposium

Place-Based Inequity for Schools: International Considerations for a More Inclusive Education System.

Chair: Tanya Ovenden-Hope (Plymouth Marjon University)

Discussant: Unn-Doris K Bæck (UiT The Arctic University of Norway)

The research field of place-based education disadvantage is in need of more theoretical discussions (Corbett 2015). There is complexity in ‘place’ as a limiting factor in schools’ access to resources. Places can appear similar, for example coastal areas, but the experiences of the communities that live there, and the schools that serve them, can vary by country. For example, coastal towns in England have predominantly high levels of socioeconomic deprivation, with little large scale or permanent employment and declining transport networks (House of Lords 2019), which makes recruiting and retaining teachers in these areas even more challenging than in urban areas in England in their communities (Ovenden-Hope and Passy 2022). Yet coastal areas in Australia have been urbanized, with increases in large employers and community affluence, which has resulted in the schools there experiencing growth in student numbers and teachers (Anderson et al. 2007). Therefore understanding place in relation to social justice for a more inclusive education system requires a more granular approach, one that looks within a country and fully appreciates the nuance of the schools’ specific place.

This symposium explores the place-based inequities of schools in three countries - the United States, Norway and England - and offers possibilities for mitigating limitations identified for a more inclusive education system. Paper One offers a research-based approach used in Montana’s rural schools and communities that elevated local knowledge to contribute to cross-community connections (Azano et al. 2021). Paper Two explores why the core values of the Nordic education system of equality, inclusion and all-embracing social community (Lundahl 2016) are not extended to curriculum in Northern rural Norwegian schools, which is argued to be metorcentric by overlooking the cultural, spatial and contextual differences experienced in rural schools. Paper Three examines how the concept of ‘educational isolation’ (Ovenden-Hope and Passy 2019) was used by a large Multi Academy Trust in the South West of England to mitigate the challenges of place experienced by its 19 schools. Paper Four presents a new way of identifying’ educationally isolated schools’ through a multi-dimensional model designed to identify the key limitations for equity of a schools place and will support policy makers in targeting resources to schools in low-density populated areas (Ovenden-Hope, Passy and Iglehart 2022). These critical discussions will open the ‘Invisible Fences’ (Gullestad 2002) that impede social justice, creating recognition of place as a potential barrier for an inclusive education system internationally.


References
Anderson, M.,  Gronn P., Ingvarson, L., Jackson, A.,  Kleinhenz, E., McKenzie, P., Mulford, B. and Thornton, N. (2007) OECD improving school leadership activity Australia: country background report. Canberra: ACER. Retrieved from: https://www.oecd.org/education/school/39967643.pdf
Azano, A., Brenner, D., Downey, J., Eppley, K., & Schulte, A. (2021).  Teaching in rural places: Thriving in classrooms, schools, and communities. Routledge.
Corbett, M. (2015). Rural Education: Some Sociological Provocations for the Field. Australian and International Journal of Rural Education, 25(3), 9-25.
Gullestad, M (2002). Invisible Fences: Egalitarianism, Nationalism and Racism. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 8(1) 45-63.
House of Lords (HoL) (2019). The Future of Seaside Towns. Select Committee on Regenerating Seaside Towns and Communities, HL Paper 320, Report of Session 2017–19. London, HoL. Retrieved from: https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/ld201719/ldselect/ldseaside/320/320.pdf
Lundahl, L. (2016). Equality, Inclusion and Marketization of Nordic Education: Introductory Notes. Research in Comparative & International Education, 11(1), 3-12. https://doi:10.1177/1745499916631059
Ovenden-Hope, T. and Passy, R. (2019). Educational Isolation: a challenge for schools in England, Plymouth: Plymouth Marjon University and University of Plymouth.
Ovenden-Hope, T., Passy, R. and Iglehart, P. (2022) Educational Isolation and the challenge of ‘place’ for securing and sustaining a high-quality teacher supply. In Mentor, I (Ed) The Teacher Education Research Handbook. London, Palgrave.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Place-Based Solutions in Rural Montana: Elevating Local Knowledge in Curriculum, Conversation and Community

Jayne Downey (Montana State University), Sabre Moore (Montana State University), Angie Weikert (Crosscut Mountain Sports Centre)

In a time of fraying community and interpersonal relationships, rural school and community leaders are in search of research-based approaches to help build connections and sustain relationships among their students and community members. This paper describes the process of how, during the height of the pandemic, rural leaders from a community museum and local school came together to use local history and knowledge to design a museum exhibit and a K-12 curriculum about the pandemic and vaccines. We describe the process by which the museum exhibit titled, “Shots Felt Round the World: Dr. Maurice Hilleman and the Montana Origins of the Fight Against Pandemics” was developed to communicate the impact of pandemic diseases and vaccines on rural and indigenous communities across Montana. We explain the ways in which the exhibition utilized a place-conscious approach (Azano et al., 2021) to invite visitors to view the COVID-19 pandemic and vaccine development through local histories of infectious disease and healthcare. The paper also describes how the K-12 curriculum titled, “Hilleman: Connecting Culture to Scientific Curiosity” was created in tandem with the exhibition by the museum’s Teacher Advisory Council (consisting of local Science, Math and Elementary teachers), to introduce students to the life of Dr. Maurice Hilleman, a Montanan who grew up on a ranch outside Miles City and became one of the greatest vaccinologists of all time (Tulchinsky, 2018). The K-6 and 9-12 lessons were designed to connect students to local history and knowledge and promote student learning through the integration of math, science, history, and critical thinking. In every aspect of this project, the human experience was emphasized as the issues of pandemic disease, inequality, scientific discovery, and technological innovation were addressed. While the subject of vaccines is politically charged, the emphasis on local history and knowledge allowed both museum and K-12 audiences to find common ground and learn about the subject through a local lens. This paper brings together findings from two recent studies documenting the process and impact on students and community members and describes how these efforts are serving to strengthen rural school and community school connections. The paper concludes with recommendations for how other rural schools and communities can use local knowledge to contribute to cross-community connections and vitality.

References:

Azano, A., Brenner, D., Downey, J., Eppley, K., & Schulte, A. (2021). Teaching in rural places: Thriving in classrooms, schools, and communities. Routledge. Tulchinsky T. (2018). Maurice Hilleman: Creator of vaccines that changed the world. In T. Tulchinsky (Ed). Case studies in public health. Elsevier Press.
 

Diverse Diversity: Contradictions and Place-Based Educational Challenges in Northern Norway

Gry Paulgaard (UiT The Arctic University of Norway), Merete Saus (UiT The Arctic University of Norway)

The northern most region of Norway is rural and characterized by high out-migration, lower educational level, higher degrees of drop-outs from secondary education than other regions in Norway. Limited educational provision makes it necessary for many young people in rural areas to leave home to take on secondary education. Large geographical distances make it difficult to commute on daily basis (Paulgaard 2017). Historically, this area has been the most culturally diverse, domiciled of the Saami Indigenous people and the national minority Kven, and Norwegian ethnic group. This artic region is characterized by the encounter of the three ethnicities, traditional industries as fishing, farming, and herding, combined with modern industry and high knowledge enterprises. Even though this is a rural and low populated area, this artic region has, as the rest of Norway, a relatively strong economy and the people enjoy a well-developed welfare service. Despite this multiethnic and geographically diverse society and Nordic education values and policies of equality and inclusion community (Lundahl, 2016), the schools are still struggling with the old unit-oriented curriculum, ignoring the diversity among the pupils in an education system that appears foreign. In this paper we focus on how the metrocentric norms and goals of the curriculum leave out cultural, spatial and contextual differences disguised as ‘equity’ (Lødding & Paulgaard, 2019). When norms for rapid completion of education are applied as universal oriented career paths, the existence of diversity can be overlooked and devalued. In order to create social justice for a diverse variety of rural youth, knowledges and career paths, critical discussions of values in education models and curriculum is important to discover and open up “Invisible Fences” (Gullestad 2002). We reflect on our own experiences as educational scientists in this rural context to offer a global consideration of what we can learn from each other to make meaningful, practical improvements of rural education and communities.

References:

Gullestad, M (2002). Invisible Fences: Egalitarianism, Nationalism and Racism. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 8(1) 45-63. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9655.00098 Lundahl, L. (2016). Equality, Inclusion and Marketization of Nordic Education: Introductory Notes. Recearch in Comparative & International Education, 11(1), 3-12. https://doi:10.1177/1745499916631059 Lødding, B. & Paulgaard G. (2019). Spørsmål om tid og sted: Mulighetsrom og kvalifiseringsbaner blant ungdom utenfor videregående utdanning i Finnmark. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education (NJCIE), Vol. 3(3), 75-90 http://doi.org./10.7577/njcie/3273 Paulgaard, G. (2017). Geographies of inequalities in an area of opportunities: Ambiguous experiences among young men in the Norwegian High North. Geographical Research, 55(1), 38-46.
 

Mitigating Place-Based Disadvantages for Educationally Isolated Schools: A Case Study of a ‘Hub School’ Model in England.

Tanya Ovenden-Hope (Plymouth Marjon University), Rowena Passy (University of Plymouth)

Pupils in low density populated areas with high levels of disadvantage have lower attainment than similarly disadvantaged pupils in high density population areas in England. A schools ‘place’ can therefore disadvantage pupils and remove equity from the education system. The researchers conceptualised ‘Educational Isolation’ to demonstrate a ‘school experiencing limited access to resources for school improvement, resulting from challenges of school location’ (Ovenden-Hope and Passy 2019: 5). This concept was adopted by a newly formed Multi-Academy Trust (MAT) in the South West of England with 19 schools and used to create a school support structure – a ‘hub school’ model. MATs are independent charities that are funded by the government to run more than one state funded academy school (any school age range). This three year qualitative research project (2019 – 2022) explored how the MAT formed in 2019 and located in a rural and coastal part of the South-West of England met its aim for the hub school model to mitigate geographical remoteness between schools, the impact of socioeconomic deprivation in the schools’ communities on pupils and cultural isolation. The ‘hub school’ model created smaller, supportive, localised school improvement communities by allocating each to school to one of four ‘hubs’ (four or five schools in each hub) that were geographically closely located. The hub school model was intended to facilitate short travel times between schools for meeting attendance, support and CPD; develop personal relationships and provide immediate support to staff. The findings demonstrate benefit to the schools of the MAT from the hub school model. There was increased communication as a consequence of school leaders working in hubs (including sharing information to solve common problems), increased collaboration with sharing of resources across schools in the hubs (including teachers), and the development of supportive and trusted relationships between school leaders and hub lead in each hub. All of these benefits of the hub school model reduced the limiting effects of educational isolation by enabling school to school support, high quality teaching and applications for externally funded interventions (Ovenden-Hope and Passy 2022) and offer the possibility of a more equitable education system.

References:

Ovenden-Hope, T. and Passy, R. (2019). Educational Isolation: a challenge for schools in England, Plymouth: Plymouth Marjon University and University of Plymouth. Ovenden-Hope, T. and Passy, R. (2022). large but local: understanding the challenge for educationally isolated schools. A case study of a multi academy trust ‘hub school’ model in the South West of England. Year one and two interim report. Plymouth: Plymouth Marjon University and University of Plymouth.
 

WITDHRAWN Development of a Multi-Dimensional Model to Identify Educationally Isolated Schools to Support an Equitable School System

N N (NN)

.

References:

.
 
9:00am - 10:30am15 SES 09 A
Location: Hetherington, 131 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Nadia Lausselet
Paper Session
 
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

Documentary Theatre Partnership for Agro Ecological Transition Education to the risk of transformation

Corinne Covez

Institut Agro, France

Presenting Author: Covez, Corinne

The aim of this proposal is to consider the partnership experienced through an artistic practice on Agro-Ecological Transition (AET) from January 2022 to June 2023) in Southern France. The partners worked at the crossroads of National Support Disposal (NSD) for the French Agricultural Training System and the nationwide Institut Agro (IA) agronomy engineers Higher Education School (Montpellier-Rennes-Dijon). The documentary theatre (based on documents to create a dramatisation) was chosen to experience otherwise the AET teaching sessions and understand the developing skills. On one hand, the sensitive dimension of partnership through artistic activities has already been introduced (Covez, 2022). On the other hand, the capacity of embodying the agroecology concept through artistic practices has also been studied (Covez, 2017). Since 2019, the AET has become the priority of the agricultural education. Each secondary school therefore created an Educational AET Plan, to reinforce the trainings. The IA has created a one-year fund to make the three higher education schools meet up to experiment new ways of learning AET. This initiative consisted in creating a mixed teachers/agro-engineers students documentary theatre activity (December 2022) and, for the students to communicate upon it (April 2023). The AET education refers to: links to terrain and action, peers learning, multidisciplinary and hybridisation of learning forms (pragmatic…) and systems theories. All of this in a transition framework of uncertain, controversial and non-stabilized notions (FAO, 2020-Audet, 2015). Then, this theatre practice represents a real opportunity for mixing people in the aim of AET learning experience, creating and communicating. The partnership gathers up research and pedagogical engineers, a microbiology Professor, two teachers, five students, and Théo, artist from the Cortège de tête company.

The question is “Does a documentary theatre practice partnership contribute to an agroecological transition education ?”. Actually, as the partnership action-research goes on, it exposes itself to difficulties. Our aim is then to understand and deal with those difficulties for the greater good ! First, agroecology means training to a constant collective change within the framework of the urgent climate change, which means a lot to the participants in terms of cognitive, social, emotional and educational matters. Consequently, the partnership (Otrel-Cass & Ali, 2022) is now facing risks of Rennes students disengagement (Bordes, 2015) and misunderstanding that need the joint accompaniment on pedagogical and artistic approaches from Montpellier. The fact is that French engineers are well known now, in their wish of quitting “bifurquer” during or after their diploma. Their wish is to get out of higher schools partly dedicated to polluting agriculture and industries instead of addressing social injustice matters and ecology. On the contrary, documentary theatre can be seen as encouraging a renewal of professional, collective and personal AET postures where a shared vision for the future is involved (Hervé, 2022) where society building matters.

This theatre can create a shared understanding, as its practice encourages concept sharing and scene creating from shared ideas and emotions. All of this enhanced by the final work representation. The strength of this educational situation comes from embodiment of change boosted to enaction (Masciotra & ali 2008) in Anthropocene times. Finally, it helps creating an integrating and balancing situation with cognitive and bodily activities. The acceptance of the sensitive process inside us and all together enriches but also provokes some unbalance and change that we have to face to keep on acting, creating and partnering. The risks are real but may encourage a change for AET. As co-sharing while becoming aware of points of view and experience differences (Mérini, 2012), our common engagement is strengthening in the objective of creating a transformative change through partnership (Laing & Ali, 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodological approach in ethnography consists in pre and post interviews with the 5 student-engineers and 2 agricultural teachers as well as the artist Théo, actor, dramatist and director, who prepared the project one year long, having one meeting per month with the research engineer. The theatre practice duration was 4 days (December 2022). Within the various documentary theatres ((Magris & Ali, 2019), this one is defined by its designers (Théo & Louise) as a récit fictionnel type. This means that creation is made out of shared emotions, points of view, experiences. The semi-direct interviews have been decided so as to allow the freedom of speech (ex: in relationship with the developed skills).
Therefore, participative observations, diaries, and meeting minutes are also taken into account. The research engineer and artist, based near Montpellier, have been working with a pedagogical team in the Bretagne region, associating to create this remote theatre practice partnership. E-mails are also very relevant about inner debates, and decisions making to accompany each other, in the situation of support or risks. The action part will be finished when the 5 students present a communication analysing their experience during the national Days of Arts and Culture in Hihger Education at the beginning of april 2023. Now, the interviews, show that the question was less understanding AET, than transforming it as a matter of theatre, expression and communication before the public. The collected informations show a common practice made of debates, growing problematics, drawings... leading to the definition and creation of scenes about food injustice, social inequality, textile resale shops… or clowns alive ! The aim was not focused on the creation in itself but in the artistic process of living experience together. Even if the 30 minutes long representation was quite meaningful and applauded ! By the way, the students asserted that it started on sunday morning when they drove from Bretagne to the southern mountains qualifying it as a “real adventure”, curious  to know the territory. The teachers also declared the same curiosity and wished to share with young engineer students in common activity, and to repeat this pedagogical experience in their high school in a smaller form. Finally, evolving the form of the partnership consists now in very much inter-angencies collaborating in order to sharing the misunderstandings and propose solutions. Our common goal and vision for youth education are fundamental to our wish of transformation.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
First, as the theatre practice has been quite successful, the wish is to reproduce it in another higher school and belongs to an European University Project submitted in january 2023. On the middle term, the aim is to create a round-table about the skills development during the national days of arts in April in Rennes, after the January webinary in the IA Montpellier that shows the wish to understand and disseminate the pedagogical and educational approach to AET thanks to partnership. The risks underlined will also be better overcome. As taking into account the students non-engagement risk represents now, an opportunity to better understand their ethical, educational, political but also pragmatic points of view and co-share them within partners. Now, trusting the adults response seems to represent a real issue. So, this encourages us to inner changes in different postures. Reproaching adults not to act for AET lives beneath the surface.
Thus, the need to express oneself with the body and emotions has been considered as quite important. The students also criticized strongly the pedagogical and educational transmissions, too much theoretical without territory action. The intergenerational impact has been considered highly positive by everyone. The feeling of eco-anxiety or anger have decreased and the engagement in agro-studies has been reinforced so as to get out of studies and work at the AET. The need of institutional educational and pedagogical change to transform the attempt into acting in real life is strongly asserted. The theatre diversion pedagogy, demanding in terms of fluidity and plasticity, seems to be an embodied way to come back to reality and make values alive. Facing the embodied transition risk together through theatre would enable the core of the engineer profession : change agent. So the adults risks in partnership would be not to appreciate this enacting need.


References
R. Audet & C. Gendron (2012). « Agroécologie systémique, agroécologie politique, agroécologie humaine », in Agroécologie : entre pratiques et sciences sociales, Dijon : Educagri, p. 281-293.

R. Audet (2015). le champ des sustainability transitions : origines, analyses et pratiques de recherche. in Cahiers de recherche sociologique, (58), 73–93.
https://doi.org/10.7202/1036207ar

A. Boal (1996). Théâtre de l’opprimé. Paris : La découverte.

V. Bordes  (2015). Enjeux et conflits liés à la mise en place d'une politique territoriale de jeunesse : enseignements à partir d'une recherche-action qui n'a pas pu aboutir, in Vachée, C.n Dansac, C. (dir) Association et participation citoyenne, quels engagements pour les jeunes ?

C. Covez (2022),”Theatre Practice Partnership Contribution to Ancrochage”. congrès “Education in a Changing World : the impact of global realities on the prospects and experiences of educational research” ECER de l’EERA (European Conference on Educational Research), Université de Yérevan, 22-26 août.

C. Covez (2017), “Artistic Partnership Contribution to Agroecology Education”, congrès “Reforming Education and the Imperative of Constant Change: Ambivalent Roles of Policy and Educational Research” ECER de l’EERA (European Conference on Educational Research), Université de Copenhague (Danemark), 22-25 août.

M-A. Dujarier (2021). Troubles dans le travail. Sociologie d’une catégorie de pensée. Paris: PUF.

Organisation des Nations Unies pour l’agriculture et Alimentation (2020), Les 10 éléments de l’agroécologie. Consulté le 30 janvier 2023.
 https://www.fao.org/3/i9037fr/i9037fr.pdf

N. Hervé (2022). Penser le futur : un enjeu d’éducation pour faire face à l’anthropocène. Lormont : Le bord de l’eau.

E. Magris & B. Picon-Vallin (2019). Les théâtres documentaires. Montpellier : Deuxième époque.

Manifeste pour une formation citoyenne des agronomes (2020). Ingénieurs sans frontière. Paris. Synthèse : https://www.isf-france.org/sites/default/files/ISF%20Manifeste%20pour%20une%20formation%20citoyenne.pdf

D. Masciotra, R. M. Wolff& D. Morel (2008). Enaction: apprendre et enseigner en situation. Louvain la Neuve : De Boeck edt

C. Mérini (2012). Du partenariat en général dans la formation des élèves-maîtres et de sprofesseurs des écoles en particulier (115p.). Université Paris 8.

K. Otrel-Cass, K. J.C. Laing & J. Wolf (2022). On Promises and Perils : Thinking about the Risks and Rewards of Partnership in Education, in K. Otrel-Cass et al. (eds.) Partnerships in Education : Risks in Transdisciplinary Educational Research, p. 3-12. Zürich : Springer.

K. Laing, S. Robson, H. Thomson, and L. Todd (2022). Creating Transformal Change Through Partnership, in K. Otrel-Cass et al. (eds.) Partnerships in Education : Risks in Transdisciplinary Educational Research, p. 359-384. Zürich : Springer.


15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

Education Society Partnerships for Sustainable Futures. Unveiling the Collaborative Learning Narratives to make Space for Learning.

Saskia Weijzen1,3, Cassandra Onck2, Valentina Tassone3, Arjen Wals3, Wietske Kuijer-Siebelink1

1HAN University of Applied Science; 2ArtEZ University of the Arts; 3Wageningen University and Research

Presenting Author: Weijzen, Saskia

Contemporary social, economic and ecological challenges represent persistent problems in our society. The call for education to engage with these challenges, further referred to as ‘sustainability challenges’, is increasing (Duraiappah et al., 2021; Kuijer-Siebelink, 2022). Especially the higher, professional and vocational forms of education are searching for new pedagogies and for new structures to address these challenges, because common disciplinary and institutional ways of learning appear to fall short (Lotz-Sisitka et al., 2015; O’Brien et al., 2013). Increasingly, parts of the educational curriculum take place in transdisciplinary partnerships between education and society, so-called collaborative learning arrangements (Coenders, 2020; Zitter, 2021). This tendency in practice is accompanied by a growing body of literature that provides directions of how to make the collaborative arrangements for sustainability work (Tassone et al., 2018; Wals, 2007).

The collaborative learning design is ideally based on principles for responsible education (Tassone et al., 2018): education for society which means fully engaging with the interconnectedness and complexity of sustainability issues and staying with the complexity through an open ended learning process rather than an orientation on solving the issues; education with society which refers to reciprocal and empathic interaction about issues between educational actors and other actors in society whose matters of concern are at stake. The third one, whole person education, refers to embodied, critical and creative forms of learning by integrating cognitive knowing, being and doing.

The collaborative arrangements address the larger whole, the context, the relationships and interactions, and the many dimensions of system levels that emerge in the process. Their aim is to be critical, to identify structural causes of issues and to develop systemic rather than partial interventions (Montuori, 2013)

Such learning arrangements are typically guided by collaborative pedagogies. These pedagogies are associated with social learning as ‘learning that takes place when divergent interests, norms, values and constructions of reality meet in an environment that is conductive to learning’ (Wals, 2007, p. 18) and with transdisciplinary learning as learning that ‘takes into account all relevant disciplinary and societal perspectives of a challenge which may be different each time’ (Visscher-Voerman & Visscher, 2022, p. 2). Three key elements of the collaborative pedagogies are generally mentioned in literature and practice. The pedagogies are relational, as a reciprocal relation to other experiences, frames of references and knowledge, reflexive, as critical thinking regarding the (taken for granted) worldviews behind problem statements and solutions, and creative, as an ongoing process of experimenting with problem frames and scenario’s with regard to sustainable futures (Lenglet, 2022; Lindley, 2015). When the collaborative pedagogies lead to deep learning that affects the values and assumptions of the learners, they sometimes are identified as being transformative (Wals & Peters, 2017). Transformative forms of learning that affect a learners’ inner-self or ‘being’, appear to be necessary for dealing with sustainability challenges (Lotz-Sisitka et al., 2015; Woiwode et al., 2021).

While we theoretically know that collaborative learning works to contribute to sustainable futures and while the educational arrangements that address societal issues tend to be based on these principles, little is known about how these principles actually work in vocational education practices wherein these principles are espoused. There still seem to be differences between education’s stated desires for a more sustainable future and everyday’ s actions (McGrath et al., 2019; Wals et al., 2017). With this study we want to explore how the espoused collaborative sustainability oriented education manifests itself in practice. The aim of the study is to understand the next steps for education society partnerships to unfold a sustainable future.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is conducted with a participatory design (Robertson & Simonsen, 2012) of two collaborative learning arrangements, located at the interface of vocational education and society in the Netherlands. We participated at different moments in the course of nine month in the learning arrangements. First to explore the learning ecologies: who are the participants, when and how do they interact, what is their purpose, who learns, how they actually work on societal issues, with whom and what makes sense to them all? Techniques used were participant observations and open interviews with the lab participants supported with visual artefacts like representations of the learning ecology and a timeline along with the participants reconstructed their work on specific sustainability challenges.
In our analysis we used an interpretative methodology (Carver, 2020) which pays much attention to the lived experiences of stakeholders: educators, students, professional partners and - indirectly –societal actors, whose matter of concern is at stake in the two cases investigated. The data of the explorative first part was initially analysed with descriptive codes (Miles & Huberman, 1994) that reflected the topics (i.e. ‘who are the participants?) we just referred to. Within the topics we explored the alignment and the tensions between enacted and  espoused collaborative learning arrangements. Because tensions were manifest, we used versus codes (Altrichter & Gstettner, 1993) to point them.
The tensions in the first part made us decide to use a critical approach (Bergman et al., 2012) to evoke some change in the second part. We created a creative and experiential field to fully engage the participants in the tensions we found. And to enhance reflexivity on the tensions. This second part was analysed with emotion coding (Prus, 1996) in order to address the intrapersonal participant experiences and to show ways forward.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study found that deep seated educational routines like alienation from issues, students as learners, society as object, a bias for cognitive ways of knowing, ‘solving’ problems and short term thinking seems to limit the emergence of more genuine collaboration.
The study revealed that the educational routines may be manifestations of dominant socio cultural routines that underly the sustainability issues education tries to address. Adding ‘collaborative’ or ‘transformative’ to education, seems not enough to evoke more sustainable futures. The same applies to using terms like ‘co-production’ of knowledge.  The use of these, sometimes rosy concepts, may even hinder progression because they don’t show the ‘deeply personal’ and ‘inherently systematic’ changes which seem to be essential to create alternative futures through partnerships (Senge et al., 2004; Woiwode, et al., 2021). Instead the concepts make us think we are ‘there’.
The study invites educators – and all actors in the education society partnerships like researchers and professional partners - to enter a new space together which radically changes the position of education towards society: education as society.
Education as society holds space for subjectification (Biesta, 2020) as meeting each other as fellow humans and co-habitants of this world, together exploring our role in the world and associated rethinking of the dichotomy between education and society which we are used to problematize in literature and practices around transdisciplinary partnerships (Galan-Muros & Davey, 2019; McNall et al., 2009). The idea of education as society attempts to shift our attention from educational innovation to social innovation (Moulaert, 2013) and - thus - asks for paradigm change (Sterling, 2004) in our pursuit of sustainable development.

References
Duraiappah, A., Van Atteveldt, N., Asah, S., Borst, G., Bugden, S., Buil, J. M., Ergas, O., Fraser, S., Mercier, J., & Restrepo Mesa, J. F. (2021). The international science and evidence-based education assessment. npj Science of Learning, 6(1), 7.
Galan-Muros, V., & Davey, T. (2019). The UBC ecosystem: putting together a comprehensive framework for university-business cooperation. The Journal of Technology Transfer, 44, 1311-1346.
Kuijer-Siebelink, W. (2022). Leren voor verandering in werk en samenleving. HAN University of Applied Science. https://www.han.nl/artikelen/2022/09/goodiebag-lectoraat-responsief-beroepsonderwijs/Wietske_Kuijer_Samenspel_web.pdf
Lenglet, F. (2022). Transformative and Social Learning–In the Tradition of Freire. In Transformative Research and Higher Education. Emerald Publishing Limited.
Lindley, D. (2015). Elements of social learning supporting transformative change. Southern African Journal of Environmental Education, 31, 50-64.
Lotz-Sisitka, H., Wals, A. E., Kronlid, D., & McGarry, D. (2015). Transformative, transgressive social learning: Rethinking higher education pedagogy in times of systemic global dysfunction. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability, 16, 73-80.
McGrath, S., Mulder, M., Papier, J., & Suart, R. (2019). Handbook of vocational education and training: Developments in the changing world of work. Springer.
Moulaert, F. (2013). The international handbook on social innovation: collective action, social learning and transdisciplinary research. Edward Elgar Publishing.
O’Brien, K., Reams, J., Caspari, A., Dugmore, A., Faghihimani, M., Fazey, I., Hackmann, H., Manuel-Navarrete, D., Marks, J., & Miller, R. (2013). You say you want a revolution? Transforming education and capacity building in response to global change. Environmental Science & Policy, 28, 48-59.
Tassone, V. C., O’Mahony, C., McKenna, E., Eppink, H. J., & Wals, A. E. (2018). (Re-) designing higher education curricula in times of systemic dysfunction: a responsible research and innovation perspective. Higher Education, 76(2), 337-352.
Visscher-Voerman, I., & Visscher, I. K. (2022). Essay Theme 1 Higher Education for Societal Issues. NRO. https://www.nro.nl/sites/nro/files/media-files/essay_40.5.22945.214_visscher-voerman_visscher_def.pdf
Wals, A. E. (2007). Social learning towards a sustainable world: Principles, perspectives, and praxis. Wageningen Academic Publishers.
Wals, A. E., Mochizuki, Y., & Leicht, A. (2017). Critical case-studies of non-formal and community learning for sustainable development. In (Vol. 63, pp. 783-792): Springer.
Woiwode, C., Schäpke, N., Bina, O., Veciana, S., Kunze, I., Parodi, O., Schweizer-Ries, P., & Wamsler, C. (2021). Inner transformation to sustainability as a deep leverage point: fostering new avenues for change through dialogue and reflection. Sustainability Science, 16(3), 841-858.
Zitter, I. (2021). Leeromgevingen in het beroepsonderwijs als knooppunten in onze maatschappij (9089281452). Hogeschool Utrecht. file:///C:/Users/wzn/Downloads/file_4817c28b-6d56-42f2-83f1-69ea87310c2e_HU_openbare_les_Ilya_Zitter%20(1).pdf


15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

Partnerships to Improve ESD Implementation in Schools: Two Case Studies in French-Speaking Switzerland.

Nadia Lausselet, Anne-Sophie Gavin

University of teacher education of Lausanne, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Lausselet, Nadia

In the context of the Anthropocene, schools have an important role to play in fostering societal creativity to develop sustainable solutions. Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) takes up the challenge as it aims to empower young people to think and act for societal transformation towards sustainability (Sterling, 2011). Since the 2000s, the implementation of ESD, although its increasing presence in study plans, has faced various challenges related to productivist conceptions of education, school structure (curricula or disciplinary approaches for example), or the nature of the subjects worked on (Curnier, 2021). For example, in the curriculum of the French-speaking part of Switzerland, ESD is present in a transversal way and in a weak sustainability perspective. There are no constraints in its application and its teaching is not systematic. Nevertheless, many teachers have already taken up the subject, others would like to do so, but the proposed teacher training is not yet consolidated (Kyburz-Graber et al., 2013; Baumann & al, 2019). Moreover, research in the field still provides little support for the operationalisation of ESD, as it lacks empirical data (Shephard, 2022). Action research is a way of filling this gap between theory and practice, and a type of research with underlying paradigms coherent with those inherent to ESD.

In education, action research is defined as collaborative research that aims to share practices between researchers and practitioners to transform reality and reflect on this transformation (Sanchez & Monod-Ansaldi, 2015). The collaborative dimension of this type of research aims to make competencies explicit related to professional practices and to mediate between the research community and the community of practice (Morrissette, 2013). The process of such research ‘with’ is intended to be democratic in the definition, construction and analysis of the object of study among the participants. In addition to the scientific contribution, this type of research also seeks to strengthen the capacities of all participants, including teachers. Therefore, action research has a democratic and empowerment aim (Gayford, 2003), in adequation with the participatory nature of ESD. In theory, action research therefore aims to build a genuine partnership between the research and school communities, but in practice issues have been identified in the literature, such as asymmetrical power relations or complex facilitation roles for the researcher (Martin & Clerc-Georgy, 2017; Monceau & Soulière, 2017).

In this contribution, two case studies of action research illustrate different kinds of partnerships. One kind gathers partners within education, teachers of various school subjects and school levels working together with the researcher on didactic ‘thinking tools’ that empower teachers to plan and implement a transformative and action-oriented ESD. The other gathers pedagogical experts, field specialists and teachers to co-create, with the researcher, a lesson plan on rivers planning combining geography and ESD. The diversity in the first partnership lies in the various school subjects and levels, including an interdisciplinary aspect and the idea of a curricular progression, whereas the diversity in the second partnership lies in the very different nature of the involved partners, including a transdisciplinary knowledge construction. In this contribution, we will firstly identify the roles of the different partners in the action research process, with a special focus on the researchers. Secondly, we will analyse the opportunities and challenges that arise from these partnerships in order to improve possible synergies while implementing an ESD that enables societal transformation towards sustainability.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We have conducted respectively two qualitative researches. Nadia Lausselet has combined interviews, diaries and days of collective work with secondary school teachers on a set of didactic “thinking tools”. Anne-Sophie Gavin has conducted individual and collective interviews with field specialists (academics, a politician, people working in national, regional and municipal water services, a fisherman, a member of an association) and pedagogical experts (in the field of geography, ESD, outdoor education and creativity) to gather contextual and didactic knowledge on rivers planning. Then, she set up collective working sessions with six secondary geography teachers to create the lesson plan.

We both analysed our data through thematic analysis (Paillé & Mucchielli, 2012) and analysis of interactions between participants (Mondada, 2005) in order to point out the role of  participants, the dynamic between them and related issues for action research in ESD.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Within the two case studies, results showed that the expectations of the various participants towards the research-action process are not the same. Nevertheless, they all aimed at a similar goal what education was concerned. The various expectations that came up during the research-action process, were made explicit and were dealt with progressively. This process oriented approach and oriented to a shared overall aim, here a transformative ESD, helped to tend towards a genuine partnership. The latter is characterised by a common willingness to share and empower each other to improve ESD practices.
The diversity of the partners was considered as a richness, although some tensions arose while negotiating ways of structuring the lesson plan, for example. However, the tensions were not a matter of the diversity of types of partners, but of diverse personalities among teachers. The self-critical posture adopted by the participants helped overcome this.
In these situations, the role of the researcher was found to be central to the partnership, as she coordinates, facilitates working sessions, shares the power and provides feedback. In the transdisciplinary partnership, the researcher has taken on the role of mediator between contextualised expert knowledge and teachers, giving access to up-to-date knowledge on an ESD topic to teachers, knowledge that is evolving too fast to be present in an accurate way in textbooks .

Based on the analysis of two kinds of partnerships for ESD, this contribution will synthesise hindering and supportive features that can be worked on so as to take the most of actions research processes within a transformative ESD.

References
Baumann, S., Lausselet, N. & Pache, A. (2019). L'EDD dans la formation des enseignant.e.s. Etat des lieux-juillet 2019. Swissuniversities: Bern.

Curnier, D. (2021). Vers une école éco-logique. Lormont : Le Bord de l'eau.

Gayford, C. (2003). Participatory Methods and Reflective Practice Applied to Research in Education for Sustainability. Canadian Journal of Environmental Education, 8(1), 129-142.

Kyburz-Graber, R., Nagel, U., & Gingins, F. (2013). Demain en main : enseigner le développement durable : 9e - 11e HarmoS - Cycle 3 du PER. LEP.

Martin, D., & Clerc-Georgy, A. (2017). La lesson study, une démarche de recherche collaborative en formation des enseignants? Phronesis, 6(1-2), 35-47.

Monceau, G., & Soulière, M. (2017). Mener la recherche avec les sujets concernés: comment et pour quels résultats? Éducation et socialisation. Les Cahiers du CERFEE(45).

Mondada, L. (2005). Chercheurs en interaction: comment émergent les savoirs (Vol. 28). Collection le savoir suisse.

Morrissette, J. (2013). Recherche-action et recherche collaborative: quel rapport aux savoirs et à la production de savoirs? Nouvelles pratiques sociales, 25(2), 35-49.

Paillé, P., & Mucchielli, A. (2012). L'analyse qualitative en sciences humaines et sociales. Armand Colin. https://www.cairn.info/l-analyse-qualitative-en-sciences-humaines--9782200249045.htm

Sanchez, É., & Monod-Ansaldi, R. (2015, 2015/09/30/). Recherche collaborative orientée par la conception. Un paradigme méthodologique pour prendre en compte la complexité des situations d’enseignement-apprentissage. Éducation et didactique, 9(vol. 9, n°2), 73-94. https://doi.org/10.4000/educationdidactique.2288

Shephard, K. (2022). On the educational difference between being able and being willing. In Competences in education for sustainable development (pp. 45-52). Springer.

Sterling, S. (2011). Transformative learning and sustainability: Sketching the conceptual ground. Learning and teaching in higher education, 5(11), 17-33.
 
9:00am - 10:30am16 SES 09 A: Teacher Competences
Location: Gilmorehill Halls (G12), 217A [Lower Ground]
Session Chair: Xiaomei Wei
Paper Session
 
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Teachers Utilizing Diverse Aspects of Professional Digital Competence – Challenges and Possibilities in a Highly Digital Teaching Practice

Christina Löfving, Marie Utterberg Modén

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Löfving, Christina

In many countries all over the world, digitalization has, during the last decades, had an impact on teaching practices. This has led to opportunities for teachers, e.g. more accessible colleagues and material via the internet, and challenges, e.g. teachers’ decreased autonomy to self-regulate their work due to platformization, i.e. digital platforms designed in particular ways for communication, assessment, and schoolwork, finding their way into the teaching practice (Selwyn et al., 2017; Williamson, 2017). In this environment, European policies aim at supporting schools to take advantage of digitalization and to promote teachers’ professional digital competence (PDC), where one aspect is to facilitate students’ digital competence (European Commission, 2020; European Commission et al., 2022; Redecker & Punie, 2017). Previous research highlights teachers’ complexity in utilizing PDC, leading to dilemmas and negotiations in practice (Löfving et al., 2023). However, in the literature, there is a focus on teachers’ PDC concerning technological and pedagogical competences on an individual level rather than as a collective responsibility in the school organization, leaving other aspects sometimes unattended (Skantz-Åberg et al., 2022). Further, research on PDC often draws on teachers’ self-evaluation through surveys (Moltudal et al., 2019; Svoboda et al., 2020; Tomczyk, 2020; van de Oudeweetering & Voogt, 2018). Even if these findings are valuable, we here want to investigate teachers’ PDC through their everyday work as part of a larger organization.

The present study is part of the project Reconfigurations of Educational In/Equality in a Digital World (RED) (https://www.edu-digitalinequality.org). We contribute with an ethnographic approach to be able to explore teachers’ daily experiences and interactions connected to their PDC that take place in practice. We use the lens of disruptive fixation, where educational reforms addressing digitalization, and calling for disruptive solutions, often are framed by powerful outsiders in a first cycle, reworked in a second cycle by educational experts who present solutions, and then executed in a third cycle by, here, teachers. However, the problematization and the reforms seldom take all unmeasurable aspects into account. Instead, teachers must respond to unanticipated destabilizing forces. Thus, the objective is to unpack what in the teaching practice particularly enables and constrains teachers to utilize various aspects of PDC when teachers are understood to be part of a digital teaching practice that reaches beyond the individual teacher and the classroom.

The results show that new time-consuming teaching tasks, e.g., administrating digital technology and instructing students how to use a wide range of such technology, are identified to constrain teachers utilizing diverse aspects of PDC. Additionally, there are enabling factors, e.g., a wide range of resources and infrastructures for communication. We will elaborate further on these constraining and enabling factors.

The study takes place in a highly digitalized teaching practice. Thus the results are useful for researchers and school organizations in other emerging digital teaching practices in Europe and other parts of the world. We hope for interesting discussions on how our contribution can illuminate how organizations can further facilitate diverse aspects of teachers’ PDC.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study takes its departure in qualitative ethnography, where it seeks to understand teachers’ PDC through their work in a Swedish highly digitalized school (grades 6-9). Sweden is of particular interest as it is part of the Nordic countries in Europe, where there is a long tradition of a high degree of self-determination for teachers to interpret policies in their local teaching practices (Klette, 2002). The methodology is chosen to gain first-hand knowledge by observing what is happening in situ for an extended period (Hammersley and Atkinson, 2007).

The data was gathered for one year in 2022 and 2023 when two researchers observed five teachers’ work. The researchers wrote fieldnotes, collected documents, took pictures of artifacts, interviewed, and had shorter conversations with various staff members in, and in close connection to, the school. The interviews have been transcribed, then read and re-read, and together with the other data material, discussed by the participating researchers to gradually identify themes in the entire data set during the fieldwork.

Writing field notes and comparing and discussing them with others is often an essential part of ethnographic work (Emerson (2011). Using this methodology, we, the researchers, could reflect on what we had observed and decide how to conduct the fieldwork further. The involvement of several researchers provided a nuanced understanding of the teaching practices by observing with various concerns in mind (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2007), and multiple interpretations were discussed and reformulated during the year of observation. Findings were also discussed with researchers in the international RED project during online meetings throughout the year.

The findings presented here derive from analysis using a disruptive fixation lens previously used in ethnographic educational studies (Sims, 2020). Disruptive fixation means that educational reforms addressing digitalization often are “based in technologically centered formulations” and “move through cycles of ‘disruptive fixation’ that consolidate, rather than dismantle, inherited patterns and inequities” (Sims, 2020 p.183). That means powerful outsiders, e.g., politicians, formulate problems that call for disruptive solutions. These solutions are formulated in a second cycle by educational experts who try to meet the needs and gain support from those powerful outsiders. In a third cycle, the ones who are supposed to execute the reform initiatives, here the teachers, tend to look for well-known stabilizing resources to lean on. All the cycles are part of digital reforms in education, even if we focus on the teachers.  


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
While teachers in this study are tool-oriented, as Selwyn et al. (2017) previously have identified in other contexts, other aspects of PDC are more or less left out. Even if this teaching practice is highly digitalized and centered around various platforms, the teachers spend much time instructing students on how to use these artifacts. This finding adds to previous results on platformization by Williamson (2017) and can be regarded as a new teaching task constraining opportunities to focus on other areas of PDC. The different platforms thereby constitute teachers’ PDC in several ways. Even if there are enabling factors such as infrastructures for communication and moments of actively engaging students, e.g., when teachers instruct the students to film their speeches, extensive and diverse expressions of creativity in the teaching practice seem to be constrained by activities steered by the platforms. However, further research is needed on how school organizations can facilitate teachers’ PDC, not leaving it to single teachers to interpret and utilize all by themselves.
References
Emerson, R. M. (2011). Writing ethnographic fieldnotes (2. ed. ed.). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

European Commission. (2020). Digital education action plan (2021-2027). Resetting education and training for the digital age. https://ec.europa.eu/education/sites/default/files/document-library-docs/deap-communication-sept2020_en.pdf

European Commission, et al. (2022). Digcomp 2.2, the digital competence framework for citizens: With new examples of knowledge, skills and attitudes. https://doi.org/doi/10.2760/115376

Hammersley, M., et al. (2007). Ethnography : Principles in practice (3 ed.). London : Routledge.

Klette, K. (2002). Reform policy and teacher professionalism in four nordic countries. Journal of Educational Change, 3(3-4), 265-282. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1021234030580

Löfving, C., et al. (2023). Teachers' dilemmatic spaces connected to students' net-based out-of-school activities. The International Journal of Information and Learning Technology, 40(1), 62-72. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJILT-03-2022-0042

Moltudal, S., et al. (2019). The relationship between teachers’ perceived classroom management abilities and their professional digital competence. Designs for Learning, 11(1), 80-98. https://doi.org/10.16993/dfl.128

Redecker, C., et al. (2017). European framework for the digital competence of educators: Digcompedu. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/DOI:10.2760/159770

Selwyn, N., et al. (2017). High-tech, hard work: An investigation of teachers’ work in the digital age. Learning, media and technology, 42(4), 390-405. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2016.1252770

Sims, C. (2020). Pedagogic fixation. In M. Stocchetti (Ed.), The digital age and its discontents (pp. 183-210). Helsinki University Press.

Skantz-Åberg, E., et al. (2022). Teachers’ professional digital competence: An overview of conceptualisations in the literature. Cogent Education, 9(1), 2063224. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2022.2063224

Svoboda, P., et al. (2020). Research of teachers’ digital competences in an international context. The Impact of the 4th Industrial Revolution on Engineering Education, Cham.

Tomczyk, Ł. (2020). Skills in the area of digital safety as a key component of digital literacy among teachers. Education and Information Technologies, 25(1), 471-486. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-019-09980-6

van de Oudeweetering, K., et al. (2018). Teachers' conceptualization and enactment of twenty-first century competences: Exploring dimensions for new curricula. Curriculum journal (London, England), 29(1), 116-133. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2017.1369136

Williamson, B. (2017). Big data in education : The digital future of learning, policy and practice. Los Angeles : SAGE.


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

The Development of Assessment Scale for Computational Thinking Competence of In-service Primary School Teachers

Xinlei Li1, Johan van Braak1, Martin Valcke1, Guoyuan Sang2

1Ghent University, Belgium; 2Beijing Normal University, Beijing

Presenting Author: Li, Xinlei

In the context of modern information technology, computational thinking (CT) as a key competence is considered necessary to live an active life that is required to adapt to the discipline of teachers’ teaching and students' learning in the digital world in primary education. CT can be seen as a thinking process and skills that are essentially about using strategies and cognitive knowledge to solve problems and test solutions with supported attitudes. Some researchers have perceived and defined CT competence. Jocius et al. (2020) mentioned that the value of CT is a way to enhance and support more complex discipline-specific and interdisciplinary understandings, not just an isolated concept associated with computer science. Brennan & Resnick (2012) proposed the key dimensions of the CT framework: “computational concepts (the concepts designers engage with as they program, such as iteration, parallelism, etc.), computational practices (the practices designers develop as they engage with the concepts, such as debugging projects or remixing others’ work), and computational perspectives (the perspectives designers form about the world around them and about themselves)”. CT plays an important role in the teaching of the subject by teachers. Understanding teachers' CT competence and their ability to teach CT is particularly necessary for teachers to instruct effective subject education. There are researchers have begun to focus on teachers' cognitions of CT. Teachers' understanding of CT must build on the subject matter they teach (Yadav et al., 2014). In an experiment to assess the impact of CT modules on in-service teachers, a statewide survey of primary Maryland teachers is conducted to understand how to integrate CT into other content lessons. The survey asked teachers about their conceptualization of CT, the CT resources they rely on, CT integration and their comfort levels to provide effective CT instruction for their students (Garvin et al., 2019). However, most CT assessments are more reflective of Europe and North America and students’ CT (Cutumisu et al., 2019; Fang et al., 2021). Based on the findings of the existing CT assessment, the evaluation content includes CT knowledge and skills, but less attention is paid to CT attitudes. There are few CT assessment instruments in a non-programming environment, and there is a lack of CT assessment instruments combined with specific subject teaching knowledge. Therefore, more research attention needs to be directed to the rest of the world and teachers’ CT competence and their teaching competence assessment to fill the research gaps. Based on the above analysis, this research mainly solves the problem of in-service primary school teachers’ CT competence and CT teaching competence. Specifically, the following questions need to be solved: (1) What are the cognition aspects of CT competence and CT teaching competence considering primary teachers' characteristics in China? (2) How to construct an assessment scale of CT competence and CT teaching competence for Chinese in-service primary school teachers? In this research, a scale has been developed for the purpose of determining the aspects of CT competence and CT teaching competence of the teachers. The assessment scale for CT competence is a six-point likert type scale and consists of 31 items that could be collected under five factors in this research. The theory in this research is mainly based on the new taxonomy of educational objectives to assess teachers’ CT competence in life application and professional application context. We hope to promote reflection on the education and teaching of CT by enriching the CT assessment scales in different contexts. Meanwhile, we hope to use this scale to further our understanding of the current situation and characteristics of in-service primary school teachers' CT competence in European and other educational contexts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study uses the quantitative methodology to achieve research goals. The digital questionnaire is developed with the six-point likert type scale. The sample group of this study was selected from Chinese in-service primary school teachers who have the knowledge, teaching experience and basic competencies required for the assessment of CT competence and CT teaching competence. The main subjects taught by the respondents are Chinese, English, mathematics, science, information technology, music, arts, morality and the rule of law, sports and health, which shows that the subjects covered are in line with the current trend of the types of subjects taught to primary school students in China. The scale development process has started firstly by literature review and the formation of the item pool. The item development draws on several CT assessment scales that have been developed by researchers (Fang et al., 2021; Korkmaz et al., 2017; Doleck et al., 2017). The item pool also referred to the specific requirements of the Compulsory Education Curriculum Programme (2022 version) for CT education in primary schools in China and was designed from analytical, practical, attitudinal and professional perspectives. The study has established a team of experts consisting of teachers and researchers from universities, primary schools and educational institutions who are engaged in research related to CT to evaluate the items. In order to ensure the coverage and representativeness of the sample, the sampling method of the study was based on quota and stratified sampling. The main research process took place in three phases over a period of three months. The first stage was a pilot test, in which 27 primary school teachers were randomly selected to interview their feelings and revise the questionnaire based on interview results. The second stage was a pre-survey with exploratory factor analysis with 215 questionnaires were collected from primary school teachers and 189 valid questionnaires were filled in. The third stage was a formal survey with confirmatory factor analysis. 493 primary school teachers were surveyed in China and 442 valid questionnaires were filled in. This paper uses SPSS, Amos and other software to analyze the data and modify the model.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a result of the analysis, it has been concluded that the scale is a valid and reliable scale that could be used in the identification of CT competence aspects and CT teaching competence aspects of in-service primary school teachers. Since the reliable and valid assessment tool aiming at measuring CT competence from professional and teaching perspectives for in-service primary school teachers is seldom constructed in the literature, it could be thought that this measurement tool could make important contributions to the literature. The Cronbach 𝛼 for all five factors in this study are above 0.8 and the overall reliability is above 0.9, indicating good reliability of the scale. The factor loadings of items are higher than 0.7, indicating that the items corresponding to each latent variable are highly representative. The attained model reveals that the factors are confirmed by the data. When the values of the goodness of fit are examined, they have been found overall model fit is good (CMIN/DF=2.886, RMSEA=0.065, CFI=0.941, TLI=0.934). This study aims to promote the development of CT education by generating assessment scales to improve the awareness and competence of future teachers in CT education and to promote the deep integration of CT education with interdisciplinary teaching at European and international dimensions. This study considers the differences in policies, cultural backgrounds, and knowledge systems of the respondents. Moreover, it is also the application value of this study to formulate an assessment scale suitable for the respondents in combination with the national education policy, talent demand, and educational culture characteristics, and to improve the cultural applicability of the scale. However, this study is limited to investigating the CT competence of primary school teachers. Future research needs to focus on teachers' investigation in secondary schools or in higher levels.
References
Barr, V., & Stephenson, C. (2011). Bringing computational thinking to K-12: what is Involved and what is the role of the computer science education community? Acm Inroads, 2(1), 48-54.
Brennan, K., & Resnick, M. (2012). New frameworks for studying and assessing the development of computational thinking. In Proceedings of the 2012 annual meeting of the American educational research association, Vancouver, Canada (Vol. 1, p. 25).
Cutumisu, M., Adams, C., & Lu, C. (2019). A scoping review of empirical research on recent computational thinking assessments. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 28(6), 651-676.
Doleck, T., Bazelais, P., Lemay, D. J., Saxena, A., & Basnet, R. B. (2017). Algorithmic thinking, cooperativity, creativity, critical thinking, and problem solving: exploring the relationship between computational thinking skills and academic performance. Journal of Computers in Education, 4(4), 355-369.
Durak, H. Y., & Saritepeci, M. (2018). Analysis of the relation between computational thinking skills and various variables with the structural equation model. Computers & Education, 116, 191-202.
FANG Min, SUN Ying, LV Shenmin, ZENG Pengxuan, LIU Qian, FU Chen. (2021). Development of Assessment Scale for Computational Thinking of Pre-service Teachers Based on Teaching Competency: An Exploration on Sternberg's Theory of Successful Intelligence and Teaching Theory of Thinking. e-Education Research, (02),112-120.
Garvin, M., Killen, H., Plane, J., & Weintrop, D. (2019). Primary School Teachers' Conceptions of Computational Thinking. In Proceedings of the 50th ACM Technical Symposium on Computer Science Education (pp. 899-905).
Jocius, R., Joshi, D., Dong, Y., Robinson, R., Catete, V., Barnes, T., Albert, J., Andrews, A., & Lytl, N. (2020). Code, Connect, Create: The 3C Professional Development Model to Support Computational Thinking Infusion. In Proceedings of the 51st ACM Technical Symposium on Computer Science Education (pp. 971–977).
Korkmaz, Ö., Çakir, R., & Özden, M. Y. (2017). A validity and reliability study of the computational thinking scales (CTS). Computers in human behavior, 72, 558-569.
Marzano, R. J., & Kendall, J. S. (Eds.). (2006). The new taxonomy of educational objectives. Corwin Press.
Ministry of Education of the People’s Republic of China. (2022). Compulsory Education Curriculum Programme (2022 version). Beijing: Beijing Normal University Press.
Yadav, A., Mayfield, C., Zhou, N., Hambrusch, S., & Korb, J. T. (2014). Computational thinking in elementary and secondary teacher education. ACM Transactions on Computing Education (TOCE), 14(1), 1-16.
 
9:00am - 10:30am16 SES 09 B: Media Use And Online Identity
Location: Gilmorehill Halls (G12), 217B [Lower Ground]
Session Chair: Peter Feher
Paper Session
 
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Discourses of online identity: A qualitative study with Spanish and Moroccan adolescents in Spain

Pilar Bayona, Verónica C. Cala, Encarnación Soriano-Ayala, Rachida Dalouh

Universidad de Almeria, Spain

Presenting Author: Bayona, Pilar; C. Cala, Verónica

Identity in the digital age is being transformed through the configuration of new identities in the virtual world. Online identity is defined by Veale (2017) as the representation of a person online, composed of a variety of attributes, characteristics, information and content that can be used to identify a person online. What is characteristic of this identity, as opposed to offline identity, is that it is constructed according to the logics of interaction that govern virtual sociability (Murillejo et al., 2015; Torres, 2016).

Although there is a broad academic consensus that supports the existence of a relationship between online and offline identity, the type and degree of relationship between the two is controversial. For some authors there is a total hybridisation between the two (Martinez, et al., 2021; Espluga, 2021) while others emphasise the differences and the distance between both. There is also a gap in the cultural differences that exist in the constitution of online identities between different groups of diverse socio-cultural backgrounds. Thus, the aim of the research is to find out how young Moroccan immigrants and Spanish immigrants describe their online identities, to identify the main differences between online and offline identities and to understand the socio-cultural factors that are identified in the construction of their online identities.

Among the results obtained, the following stand out:

  1. Young people report that they spend most of their time online on social networks tik tok, instagram and whatsapp. Their motivations for using them include communicating with other people they know and do not know, keeping up to date with what friends and celebrities are doing and "gossiping". They recognise that they are constantly monitoring and controlling other people's lives.
  2. Among the positive aspects of their virtual socialisation, they express the ease of communication between distant people. However, they underline numerous negative effects: (1) exhibitionism of intimate life and female hypersexualisation in order to increase their virtual popularity, (2) frustration, decrease of self-esteem due to the underestimation of the perfect life and (3) the feeling of diminishing or wasting time.
  3. They find difficult to define their online identities because they are not very stable. They recognise they want to show the good side of things, the positive, the perfect, the idyllic. In this sense, they applaud having a greater ability to decide what to show and what to hide about themselves than in the offline world. This idealisation of the virtual self is justified by the need to generate good opinion in others, favouring their social acceptance and admiration- "showing their best version"-. The aspects they value most in the construction of virtual identity are physical beauty, creativity and popularity or sociability.
  4. When comparing online and offline identities, they most claim to appear natural, while they identify falsehood, deception and imposture in the profiles and avatars of their peers.
  5. Finally, it is recognised that socio-cultural factors affecting online identity vary according to young people's backgrounds. Although peers are fundamental in the construction of both young's identities (Davis,2014), different cultural patterns are recognised. Spaniards are more active in networks and give more importance to the number of followers. They also do not limit themselves as much when it comes to publishing certain content. On the other hand, Moroccans do not perceive that social networks waste their time; they give priority to enjoying time with family, friends and offline hobbies before being online. They also report giving less importance to appearance. They also reveal less personal and intimate information. In terms of the elaboration, they give more importance to religion and national identity (while spaniards give it to leisure).

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
1.Design: is a qualitative research using the semi-structured interview method.
2. Participants: The population selected for this research are boys and girls between the ages of 13 and 19, of Moroccan and Spanish origin, in southeastern Spain. Specifically, the persons investigated are: 6 Spaniards (two boys and four girls) and 6 adolescents of Moroccan origin (4 boys and two girls) currently residing in Spain. The Moroccans have mainly arrived in Spain through family reunification at a very early age, and therefore understand Spanish even better than their parents.
3.Procedure: These participants were chosen by purposive sampling according to the selection criteria: defined by age range and socio-demographic characteristics. For this purpose, an announcement was published on social networks in which the research being carried out and its subject matter were briefly explained. Once the informants had been selected, the individual interviews were carried out in person. All interviews were conducted with the prior consent of the families. The sessions were delivered over two months in 60-minute sessions. All interviews were transcribed and subsequently anonymised.
4. Data analysis: Content analysis of the open-ended interviews was carried out using Atlas.ti.9 software.
5. Ethical aspects: The project was submitted to the Bioethics Commission of the University of Almeria, with reference UALBIO2020/003. All ethical criteria contemplated in human social science studies were met.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a result of the analysis of the interviews conducted, it is confirmed that social networks are a means of communication and identification for adolescents, regardless of their nationality. As a consequence, an online identity is created, which in turn influences the offline identity, observing that the two go hand in hand (Bolander, 2016).
Virtual identity is described under different logics from offline identity, basically linked to the possibility of showing and hiding information, playing with anonymity or fictionalising and perfecting avatars. This aspect means that it is recognised as a place that can provide enormous quotas of pleasure, recognition and popularity, when virtual capital is maximised, while at the same time generating enormous frustrations, mental health problems and feelings of falseness in links.
The construction of virtual identities is not exactly the same across different background groups, implying that there is offline-online permeability and internal virtual subcultures related to ethno-racial, socio-cultural and religious profiles. This study reflects differences identified between Spanish and Moroccan immigrants.  

References
Bolander, B. (2017). Language and Identity on Facebook. En Thorne, S. y May, S. (ed.), Language, Education and Technology. Encyclopedia of Language and Education [pp. 143-154] Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-02237-6_11
Brittany, D y Adam, J. (2021). Shape Shifting Across Social Media. Social Medial + Society, 7(1). https://doi.org/10.1177/2056305121990632
Davis, K. (2014).Youth Identities in a Digital Age: The Anchoring Role of Friends in Young People’s Approaches to Online Identity Expression, 11-25.
Espluga, E. (2021). No seas tú mismo: Apuntes sobre una generación fatigada. Ediciones Paidós.
Martínez, M.C., Martínez, L.C y Ospina, J.T. (2021). Construcción de la identidad offline y online en la interacción entre los jóvenes y los videojuegos. Trabajo Fin de Grado. Universidad Santo Tomás de Bogotá. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137287021_2
Murillejo, N.C., Cárdenas, G y Rodríguez, H. (2015). Online tourism, virtual identity and sexual exploitation. Revista Latina de comunicación social, 70, 381-402. https://doi.org/10.4185/RLCS-2015-1051.
Torres, C. (2016). La representación virtual del yo en los jóvenes. Realidad: Revista de Ciencias Sociales y Humanidades, (147), 153-168.
Veale, M. (2017). Digital Identity: An Overview. Oxford Internet Institute, Oxford University.


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

WHITDRAWN Use of Mobile Phones in Classrooms and Digitalisation of Educational Centres in Barcelona

Pablo Rivera-Vargas, Judith Jacovkis, Diego Calderón, Cristina Alonso

Universidad de Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Rivera-Vargas, Pablo

The evolution of mobile phones in the world has been explosive since the first call was made from the first mobile phone in 1973 [Holguin, 2020]. Today, recent studies on mobile technology show that its use has been actively intensifying [Ally et al., 2014; INE, 2021] and that this phenomenon will continue to grow. The main uses of these mobile devices are far from just making phone calls. Today, this evolution has meant that mobile phones can perform a huge number of simultaneous functions, boosted by the momentum and reach of the Internet, as well as the development of countless applications and the use of social networks.

While this is not a new phenomenon, the truth is that with the Covid-19 pandemic the use of mobile devices has only grown, especially among the younger population. According to the recent report by Common Sense [ 2021], the use of mobile phones by children aged 12 to 18 has increased by 17% since the pandemic began, and much more among adolescents (13 to 18 years). In the case of Spain, the most recent data states that Internet use is practically universal (99.7%) among people aged 16 to 24 and that 68.7% [INE, 2021] of children aged 10 to 15 have a mobile phone.

Unlike other digital technologies, such as personal computers or laptops, which have been introduced and promoted as useful tools for learning and for the personal and professional development of students in the near future, mobile phones today pose a challenge when it comes to integrating them into the classroom [Calderón-Garrido et al., 2022]. While their ubiquity, their socialising function and their role in the development of digital skills are recognised, there is a clear fear that smartphones, due to their individualised and difficult to control usage, generate social inequalities and distractions that undermine the efforts of teachers [Selwyn et al., 2017).

In Spain, the lack of consensus on the issue at hand is also observed in the different political stances of the autonomous communities. Mellado-Moreno et al [2022] refers to the existence of three different discourses. While the communities of Madrid, Castilla-La Mancha and Galicia have opted for prohibition, other autonomous communities have softened their positions, such as the Valencian Community and Aragon. Catalonia, on the other hand, through the mòbils.edu plan is committed to promoting the use of mobile devices as a strategic educational tool for curriculum development, competence work, inclusive education, tutorial action and the management of coexistence and human relations to promote educational success [Mellado-Moreno et al., 2022].

In this context, the project "US'MOV: Young people and mobiles in the classroom. Discourses and dynamics of prohibition, promotion and indeterminacy" came about, and whose main objective was to identify and analyse the discourses, practices and positions of educational administrations, teachers, young people, families and companies in the sector on the use of mobile phones in compulsory secondary schools in Spain. Ten case studies were conducted in compulsory secondary schools in four autonomous communities in Spain (Catalonia, Valencia, Madrid and Castilla-La Mancha)

In the case of Catalonia, the fieldwork was carried out in three schools in the province of Barcelona and one in the province of Girona. This article presents the results of the three cases developed in secondary schools in the province of Barcelona (two public and one state-subsidised) that, in the first instance, were positioned as centres in favour of the use of mobile phones in the classroom and that had an explicit commitment to include mobile technology to promote learning processes and access to knowledge.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The main research questions addressed in this article are: (1) Is there any promotion of the pedagogical or educational use of mobile phones in the classrooms of the schools analysed in the province of Barcelona? (2) Is there congruence between the schools' policies and regulations on the use of mobile phones (Discourses) and the practices carried out by teachers (Practices)?
This communication is the result of a qualitative research based on the development of three case studies (descriptive-interpretative) carried out in secondary schools in Barcelona, in which, according to [Yin, 2018], a contemporary phenomenon (the “case”) is investigated in depth and within its real-world context, especially when the boundaries between the phenomenon and the context may not be clearly evident.
The process of designing the research instruments was based on collaborative work among the project participants. The starting point was the general research objectives and the specific
objectives of each phase of its development. From there, the initial dimensions of analysis were defined and agreed upon by all members of the team, integrating the various contexts of implementation of policies and regulations (meso/institutional and micro/classroom). Subsequently, indicators were designed for each dimension to account for all the aspects to be investigated in the case studies, and these were specified in a matrix of dimensions and base indicators to elaborate the relevant items for each research instrument.
The design of the instruments contemplated the integration of various sources of information, which allowed us to include the voices of the main educational agents in the case studies (Table 2) in order to subsequently carry out a triangulation of both sources of information and instruments and techniques for collecting information. In this sense, the items of each instrument were designed and adapted for each of the agents or sources of information: management team, teachers and students.
The data analysis was conducted by means of a content analysis understood as the set of techniques of analysis of the communications tending to obtain indicators (quantitative or not) by systematic and objective procedures of description of the content of the messages, allowing the inference of knowledge relative to the conditions of production/reception (social context) of these messages [Andreu, 2002].

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The conclusions have been organised in order to answer the two main questions posed in the introduction and which have guided the development of this article.
1)About the first question: We can affirm that even though the schools were initially selected based on their explicit stance in favour of the use of technology and mobile phones, which can be found in their regulations, we can conclude that there is no clear attitude to promote the use of these devices, largely due to the uncertainties generated by their management with the pupils, and because it is considered to be a distracting element in the classroom. In fact, their use is limited to certain sporadic pedagogical actions, which are not systematic and are not reflected in the curriculum or the teachers’ continuous educational planning.
It is also observed that the mobile phone has been losing prominence in the classroom. Schools tend to prohibit the use of mobile phones and prefer computers to work with digital platforms and media.
2) About the second question. In the development of this research, we have been able to appreciate that there is a gap between (1) what is established in the autonomous regulations of Catalonia and in the guidelines of the schools themselves, and (2) what happens concretely in teaching practice. From our initial hypothesis, which stated that there was a promotion of the use of mobile phones in schools supported by regional policies and their regulation, we see that, in reality, what generally exists is a ban on the use of mobile phones. On the other hand, their use is only promoted when a pedagogical objective is defined by the teaching staff, which is something unusual in the development of teaching practices.

References
Holguin, A. Breve historia: Del “Aló” al celular. Cuad. Unimetanos. 2020, 41, 69–76. Available online: https://link.gale.com/apps/doc/A686823816/IFME?u=anon~5127ebe1&sid=googleScholar&xid=af597979 (accessed on 23 November 2022).
Ally, M.; Grimus, M.; Ebner, M. Preparing teachers for a mobile world, to improve access to education. Prospects 2014, 44, 43–59.
INE. Encuesta Sobre Equipamiento y Uso de Tecnologías de Información y Comunicación en los Hogares Año 2021. Instituto Nacional de Estadística. 2021. Available online: https://www.ine.es/prensa/tich_2021.pdf (accessed on 23 November 2022).
Common Sense. The Common Sense Census: Media Use by Tweens and Teens. 2021. Available online: https://www.chconline.org/resourcelibrary/the-common-sense-census-media-use-by-tweens-and-teens-downloadable/#:~:text=Between%202019%20and%202021%2C%20the,to%208%3A39%20among%20teens (accessed on 23 November 2022).
Calderón-Garrido, D.; Ramos-Pardo, F.; Suárez-Guerrero, C. The use of mobile phones in classrooms: A systematic review. Int. J. Emerg. Technol. Learn. 2022, 17, 194–210.
Selwyn, N.; Nemorin, S.; Bulfin, S.; Johnson, N.F. Left to their own devices: The everyday realities of one-to-one classrooms. Oxf. Rev. Educ. 2017, 43, 289–310
Mellado-Moreno, P.C.; Patiño-Masó, J.; Ramos-Pardo, F.J.; Estebanell Minguell, M. El debate en redes sociales sobre el uso educativo del móvil. Discursos de promoción y prohibición. Reidocrea 2022, 11, 649–658.
Yin, R. Case Study: Research and Applications; SAGE Publications: Thousand Oaks, CA, USA, 2018.
Andréu, J. Las Técnicas de Análisis de Contenido, Una Revisión Actualizada; Fundación Centro de Estudios Andaluces: Sevilla, Spain, 2002.


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

How the Net Generation Changed in the Last Decade: Two Research in Hungary

Peter Feher, Dora Orsolya Aknai

ICT MasterMinds Research Group, Hungary

Presenting Author: Feher, Peter; Aknai, Dora Orsolya

The aim of this research was to re-investigate, explore and analyze the new characteristics of Hungarian Netgeneration. (In this case, we use this term to labeling students born after 2006.) This paper offers empirical data on several features and characteristics of Hungarian students (13-17 years old).
Overview
There are many debates among educational researchers about the phenomenon 'Digital natives' since Prensky's first article (Prensky, 2001). Many critical studies have been published in the literature, with more founded arguments (Helsper, E. J. & Eynon, R. (2010); Zur, O., & Walker, A. (2011); ).
We are agree with Kischner's statement: "As has been shown, there is quite a large body of evidence showing that the digital native does not exist nor that people, regardless of their age, can multitask. This corpus of research also shows that though learners in this generation have only experienced a digital connected world, they are not capable of dealing with modern technologies in the way which is often ascribed to them (i.e., that they can navigate that world for effective and efficient learning and knowledge construction)." Kirschner, P. A. & De Bruyckere, P. (2017). Several studies have analyzed the learning habits of Digital Natives or so-called Net generation students in recent years (Gallardo-Echenique1, E. E., Marqués-Molías, L., Bullen, M. and Strijbos, J-W. (2015); Cilliers, (2017); Shtepura, A. (2018); Zenios, M. & Ioannou, E. (2018); Dastane & Haba, (2023); Fleury, S. & Richir, S. (2023)), however, few large-scale studies analyze the change during and after the Covid-19 situation.
In our recent research project, we investigate the change in so-called 'Netgeneration' students in comparison to the Netgeneration-2010 study (has been conducted in Hungary, 2010).
The main research questions were the following:
How did ICT and Internet usage habits and skills change for these students (compared to preliminary research Netgeneration 2010)?
How do they relate to new social media applications (Facebook, Tiktok, Instagram etc.)?
How did they feel ourself during online learning (Covid-era)? What is their opinion regarding this type of learning?
Are they reading more digitally than traditional paper-based sources (books etc.?
What type of evidence can be found about the digital creativity of this generation (webpages, blogs, youtube channels etc.)?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Samples and methods of the study:
This study is based on data from two large-scale research projects at the end of 2022. The sample of the first one (called Netgeneration 2022A) composed of 1200 respondents (N=1200, 46% is female) was representative (by gender, age and school-type) of Hungarian students between 13-16 in 2022. An email invitation, with the link to the students' questionnaire, was sent to the school principals, whose emails were chosen from the Hungarian schools’ database. The online questionnaire was available from September 2022 to the beginning of November 2022. The second sample (called Netgeneration 2022B) consists of 3447 students (N=3447, 45% is female) between 13-17, with convenience sampling. This online questionnaire was available from the mid-November of 2022 to the end of 2022. (The respondents filled out questionnaires voluntarily and anonymously.) We assumed (one of our hypotheses), that this sample will not differ significantly from the first representative one.
We have used the online questionnaire (Google Form), mostly the same as 2010 research with updated questions about mobile learning and online learning during Covid19-era. The revised questionnaire was divided into seven sections (45 questions): 1. Demographics: age, gender, school place and type, family background etc. 2. ICT tools used (and owned) by participants. 3. Internet and computer usage habits of students (a five-point likert-scale format questions) 4. Learning habits, favorite subjects in school etc. 5. Using smart devices in learning/mobile learning. 6. Reading habits of participants. (with some open-ended questions) 7. Questions about the leisure time of students. (with some open-ended questions again).
The collected data is processed with the following software: R Statistics and R Programming Environment. Among several statistical methods applied, clustering is planned to classify the students based on their habits regarding the use of ICT, mobile devices, internet sources etc.
At the beginning of 2023, we plan to expand the collected data through personal interviews. The results will be presented in the conference presentation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of this study show that Netgeneration students have changed since 2010 in many ways. The most significant change is the decreased usage computer/notebooks, because students prefer smart mobile overall. It has advantages and disadvantages also, the pro is just always online feeling and fast access to the sources; the cons, for example, an inadequate solution for solving problems in many situations.
Here we mention just some results:
99% of respondents have internet access at home, mostly broadband or mobile.
Students' internet usage: 46% more than 5 hours per day, 36% more than 2 hours per day.
More than 60% use the internet by smartphone, in most cases.
About 65% prefer online learning in opposition to traditional face-to-face learning.
The most popular websites/applications for this generation are the following: Instagram, Tiktok, Facebook, Youtube, Netflix, Messenger, Wikipedia.
56% of students answered liked reading. (Girls' result is significantly better: 73%, p<0.05) One of the consequences is that they use primarily online sources in many situations, most uncritically.
We have found some significant differences between boys and girls in several questions.
To finish, our results show that serious re-evaluation of teaching and learning methods are necessary in schools to increase students' performance and well-being. This study provides teachers and researchers a better understanding of this generation and presents empirical evidence that students' requirements for learning have significantly changed.


References
Cilliers, E. J. (2017). The challenge of teaching Generation Z, International Journal of Social Sciences, 3(1), pp. 188-198.
Dastane, O., & Haba, H. F. (2023). The Landscape of Digital Natives Research: A Bibliometric and Science Mapping Analysis, FIIB Business Review
David, H. (2022). Digital immigrants, digital natives and digital learners: Where are we now? Journal for the Education of Gifted Young Scientists, 10(2), pp. 159-172.
Fehér, P. & Hornyák, J. (2011). 8 hours of work, 8 hours of relaxation, 8 hours of fun, or the Experiences of the Netgeneration 2010 Research (in Hungarian), Ollé, J. (ed.): III. Education and Information Technology Conference Proceedings. Budapest. pp. 101-109.
Fleury, S. & Richir, S. (2023). The End of The Digital Generation Gap. J Ergonomics Stud Res 2: 101
Gallardo-Echenique1, E. E., Marqués-Molías, L., Bullen, M. and Strijbos, J-W. (2015). Let’s Talk about Digital Learners in the Digital Era, International Review of Research in Open and Distributed Learning 16(3), pp. 156-187.
Helsper, E. J. & Eynon, R. (2010). Digital Natives: Where Is the Evidence? British Educational Research Journal 36(3), pp. 1-18.
Kirschner, P. A. &  De Bruyckere, P. (2017). The myths of the digital native and the multitasker, Teaching and Teacher Education 67, pp. 135-142.
Prensky, M. (2001). Digital Natives, Digital Immigrants, From On the Horizon, MCB University Press, 9(5) pp. 1-6.
Shtepura, A. (2018). The Impact of Digital Technology on Digital Natives’ Learning: American Outlook Comparative Professional Pedagogy 8(2), pp. 128-133.
Zenios, M. & Ioannou, E. (2018). Digital Natives and Digital Immigrants Revisited: A Case of CALL In book: Learning and Collaboration Technologies. Learning and Teaching, pp. 99–110.
Zur, O., & Walker, A. (2011). On Digital Immigrants and Digital Natives: How the Digital Divide Affects Families, Educational Institutions, and the Workplace, Zur Institute - Online Publication. http://www.zurinstitute.com/digital_divide.html
 
9:00am - 10:30am17 SES 09 A: Diversity Shaped Differently: Subjectivities, Ideologies and Philosophies
Location: Gilbert Scott, Kelvin Gallery [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Christian Ydesen
Paper Session
 
17. Histories of Education
Paper

Between Past and Future: the Case of Roma Education in Vilnius

Ingrida Ivanavičė, Irena Stonkuvienė

Vilnius University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Ivanavičė, Ingrida; Stonkuvienė, Irena

The Roma ethnic group has been living on the territory of Lithuania since about the 16th-17th centuries (Mróz, 2015), so they cannot be considered newcomers. On the contrary, they are historical neighbours of Lithuanians, with whom Lithuania shares common history. But in spite of this, we are still faced with mutual misunderstanding and sometimes complete ignorance. As an example, cureent presentation gives a brief history of Roma[1] education in Lithuanian capital - Vilnius.

Historically, Vilnius city (where the concentration of Roma students is largest in the country (Romų platforma, n. d.)) faced a paradoxical situation: for more than 30 years, the education of Roma children was very isolated, with only a few schools educating them. This situation was influenced by the geographical location when the former nomad Roma, after becoming a very sedentary, immobile, and isolated community, were educated in the schools closest to the Roma settlement. An interesting and unique field of education for Roma children in Vilnius emerged when by collecting oral history interviews from older and younger generations of the Roma people, teachers and other participants in the field of education, as well as by analysing archival data, strategic educational documents, and visual sources, an attempt was made to distinguish the historical cross-sections that have not only influenced the elements of change in the situation of Roma education, but have also determined the reproductive situation of Roma education today. The field of education in question has been confronted with both local educational challenges and global ones that are characteristic of other European countries educating Roma children: early dropout of school, ethnic marginalisation (Alexiadou, 2019; ERRC, 2017), school absenteeism, low academic achievement, early marriage and childbirth, gender inequality (FRA, 2014, 2016; REF, 2010), etc. These schools, which had educated Roma children for more than 30 years, accumulated a wealth of experience that perfectly illustrates the interesting, localised relationship between the Roma and the others (non-Roma) (Stonkuvienė, Žemaitėlytė-Ivanavičė, 2019). Currently, when referring to the education of this ethnic group in the educational field of Vilnius, examples of both segregation and excellent inclusion, local achievements can be provided, but they are revealed only by studying the historical context.

At present, the situation is drastically changing: the Roma settlement (Kirtimų gyvenvietė) have been liquidated by government decision, almost all the families who lived there have changed their living places, and Roma children are starting to attend new to them schools. Lithuania is also introducing drastic changes to inclusive education policies and practices, which will directly affect the education of Roma children. Non-governmental organisations and day care centres have also contributed to these changes. Therefore, considering how these and other factors will affect future processes of Roma education processes in Vilnius and all over the country remains a challenge.

[1]The term Roma is used here to refer to different groups (Roma, Litovska roma, Polska roma, Ruska roma, Kalderash). It is recognised that Roma are a heterogeneous group, and there is a need to be sensitive to framings that problematise the minority (Matras, 2011).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The oral history method was used to construct the research and the observations and recommendations of various authors in this field (Vinogradnaite et al., 2018; Ritchie 2011, 2015; Shopes 2012; Leavy, 2011; Yow, 2005) were followed. The presentation summarises and introduces data collected from the following groups of respondents working with Roma children: teachers and their assistants in Vilnius; education specialists (special pedagogues, speech therapists, social educators) working in schools and in the specialised education service in Vilnius; administrations of schools; volunteers of the day care centres; and the Roma representatives themselves. This may seem like an extremely broad range of respondents, but it covers the entire spectrum of professionals working with the same Roma families including class masters and administration to schoolteachers, specialists, and after-school educators. Thus, employing the method of oral history, interviews were conducted with educational specialists (26 in total), who are involved in Roma education from pre-school to around 16 years of age, when Roma people often start their professional or family life.  In order to clarify how Roma people, perceive relationship with school culture research was based on anthropological point of view (Okely, 2002; Bhopal & Myers, 2008; Durst, 2010). Ten Roma representatives were also interviewed, and this way not only people’s memories were recorded but also a new historical source was created.
It is common to assume that applying the method of oral history people’s memories are considered to be the primary source, but this study chooses to use transcribed oral history interviews as the primary source. Therefore, with the consent of the participants, all oral history interviews were recorded and later transcribed. In the transcription process, and in line with the ethical requirements of qualitative educational research, the informants' data were depersonalised. Considering the limitations of the oral history research method and the criticism that this type of interview transcript is affected by the researcher’s interpretation, all the participants had access to the transcribed versions of their interviews. Content analysis was conducted using MAXQDA Analytic Pro 2022.
In addition, such historical sources as archival and other documents (G. McCulloch, 2004) and photographs (Freund, Thomson, 2011) are also analysed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
1. The field of education is one of the few areas where the example (and in particular the example of education in Vilnius) can be used to define the similarities and differences between Roma and non-Roma, and to understand whether the Roma education in Lithuania today can be seen as a problem, or as a success achieved in the course of many years.
2. Using historical methods of educational research such as oral history, archival data analysis, document and photo analysis, it is clear that the process of integration of Roma in general education schools in Lithuania has not been smooth, as it has faced with specific and complex challenges: local-geographical, linguistic, social, gender, age, power, and segregationist issues.
3. From a historical perspective, Lithuania is currently undergoing a process that can be considered to be the beginning of a radical change in the education of Roma. First of all, this is linked to the changes in the field of Roma education in Vilnius, which are introduced in this presentation and include the recent disbanding of the Kirtimai settlement (tabor), and the accompanying increased mobility of Roma across the city, which has opened up the opportunity for Roma children to be educated in other parts of the city and its suburbs. Secondly, reference can be made to political and practical changes in inclusive education in Lithuania. Thirdly, visible strategic and significant concern of Vilnius municipality and the increased and accelerated activities of NGOs and day centres are also observed. It is true that the precise and constructive impact of these changes on the educational processes of children and adults in the Roma community in Vilnius, and perhaps even in Lithuania, still has to be observed and discussed in new educational research.

References
1.Alexiadou, N. (2019). Framing education policies and transitions of Roma students in Europe. Comparative Education, Vol. 55, No. 3.
2.Bhopal, K., Myers, M. (2008). Insiders, Outsiders and Others. Gypsies and identity, Hertfordshire: University of Herdfordshire press.
3.Durst, J. (2010). What makes us gypsies, who knows...?“. Ethnicity and reproduction. In. Multi-disciplinary approaches to romany studies. Budapest: CEU, p. 13-34.
4.ERRC. (2017). A Lesson in Discrimination: Segregation of Romani Children in Primary Education in Slovakia. Amnesty International and ERRC. 72/5640/2017.
5.FRA. (2014). Roma Survey–Data in Focus. Education: the Situation of Roma in 11 EU Member States. Vienna: EU FRA.
6.FRA. (2016). Second European Union Minorities and Discrimination Survey (EU-MIDIS II) Roma–Selected Findings. Vienna: EU FRA.
7.Freund, A., Thomson, A. (ed.) (2011). Oral History and Photography. Palgrave Macmillan: New York.
8.Yow, V, R. (2005). Recording Oral History: a Guide for the Humanities and Social Sciences. Altamira Press.
9.Leavy, P. (2011). Oral History. Understanding Qualitative Research. Oxford University Press.
10.Matras, Y. (2011). Scholarship and the politics of Romani identity: Strategic and conceptual issues. In European yearbook of minority issues, Flensburg: European Centre for minority Issues, p. 211-247.
11.McCulloch, G. (2004). Documentary research in Education, History and Social Sciences. RoutledgeFalmer: London.
12.Mróz L. 2015. Roma – Gypsy Presence in the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: 15th – 18th centuries. Budapest: Central European University Press.
13.Okely, J. (2002). The Traveller-Gypsies. Cambridge: Cambridge university press.
14.REF. (2010).  Roma Inclusion in Education. Position Paper of the Roma Education Fund for the High Level Meeting on Roma and Travellers Organized by the Council of Europe in Close Association with the European Union, Strasbourg.
15.Rehberger, D. (eds.) Oral History in the Digital Age. Institute of Library and Museum Services.
16.Ritchie, D. (2015). Doing Oral History. 3rd ed. Oxford University Press.
17.Romų platforma. Švietimas. (n.d.) Retrieved December 7, 2022, from http://www.romuplatforma.lt/svietimas/.
18.Shopes, L. (2012). Transcribing Oral History in the Digital Age. In Boyd, D., Cohen, S., Rakerd, B., Rehberger, D. (eds.) Oral History in the Digital Age. Institute of Library and Museum Services.
19.Stonkuvienė, I., Žemaitėlytė-Ivanavičė. (2019). Roma Children at Lithuanian School: In Search of Identity. Proceedings of ICERI2019 Conference. Spain: Seville, 8256-8264.
20.Vinogradnaitė, I., Kavaliauskaitė, J., Ramonaitė, A., Ulinskaitė, J., Kukulskytė, R. (2018). Sakytinė istorija kaip sovietmečio tyrimo metodas. Vilnius: VU leidykla.


17. Histories of Education
Paper

Communist School in the Memories of Emigrated Children: Cold War and Ideologies

Lajos Somogyvari

University of Pannonia, Hungary, Hungary

Presenting Author: Somogyvari, Lajos

My presentation attempts to represent a relatively unknown aspect of Cold War history, based on unique sources, which has not been analysed deeply in the history of education. The sources are interviews with children fled from Hungary to Austria between 1950 and 1954, stored in the Radio Free Europe Archive (OSA). The specific aspects of childhood memories gain highlight here, through considering possible official US goals. The result is a «(re)-ideologized childhood»: both Hungarian and US administration could only see the children through the lenses of their own political intentions. The research aims to exceed the simplifying dichotomy of resisting society vs. repressive power with these examples, showing a more complex and dynamic environment. In this situation, I am going to utilize a double, inside/outside perspective, as we can see childhood experiences from a retrospective and transformed view.

When researching everyday educational history in a totalitarian-authoritarian political system, it is difficult to find sources and narratives because of a definite state/party control over public opinion and discourses. If we see for instance the Soviet system in its «’totalizing’ environment (…) everything necessarily became political» (Johnson, 1996, 290) and even self-expression, identity making appeared in a ritualized, Party-like language using, clearly showing the overall influence of the ideology (Halfin, 2000). It is a great challenge to find sources free from the official political implications of the communist period, including personal dimension, with honest feelings and thoughts: private diaries or memories can be good options to do this (Hellbeck, 2006; Paperno, 2009). In this analysis, I am going to portray a kind of counter-ideology of Marxism-Leninism in Hungary in the 1950s, through interviews conducted with emigrant children in Austria and Germany. They fled with their families from the other side of the Iron Curtain. Their situation meant that US officials might have got insider information about the East Bloc. Usually older students were the ones delivering relevant reports on living in a communist country (Sheridan, 2016); children under 14 rarely come into a historian’s sight. I am going to focus on the memories of this age, based on the reports – two sources were over 14 at the time of interviewing, but they spoke about their previous experiences, which allowed featuring them in the study.

My main concept defined in the term of re-ideologized childhood, a typical feature of these interviews. This approach shaped by an English abstract of a Polish doctoral dissertation utilizing the Soviet idea about making a new Man (Kadikało, 2012; to the complex nature of this educating process: Kestere & González, 2021). In his summary Kadikało depicted an ideal development, which started from the early childhood, targeting children through different forms of popular culture: tales, intended values, propaganda campaigns, and content of learning, etc. An equivalent meaning to Kadikało’s ideologized childhood was the leading slogan of «struggle for hearts and minds» in the «Free World» in the bipolar 1950s (Borhi, 2016, 94-103). The reports went through different, usually unknown transformations during the interactions of the interviewer(s) and respondent(s). We cannot be sure, but we can presume that the anonymous western officials controlled these interviews. This a priori aspect and determination is a clear limitation of such analyses: after making, selecting and transcribing these narratives, an explicit counter-ideology (a re-ideologized childhood), and an anti-communist viewpoint developed by the US officials in the 1950s, on the other side of the Iron Curtain.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
«Any research that involves the participation of human subjects requires considerations of the potential impact of that research on those involved» (Elliott, 2005, 134). This statement is valid to this research for multiple reasons. The US officials interrogated the children to achieve their goals (collecting every useful information, detecting the vulnerable points of the political system), and this affected both the interviewing situation and children’s narratives. From one ideology they jumped into another one, a counter-ideology. The questioners talked with the children in Hungarian: all of the transcriptions were in the original language, and only the evaluation and head-line were translated into English. In one interview, it appeared that a Hungarian newsman refugee was the interviewee, perhaps in other cases the situation was similar: a Hungarian adult might seem reliable to the emigrated people.
This is a critical point, as it touches the nature of trust. Families and children had not got exact knowledge about what the consequences of the interviews would be, where the information would be utilized. Furthermore, for a historian, re-using such self-expressions raise important questions about the authenticity and origin of the documents. Many aspects have changed since the 1950s: the contexts and their interpretations, legal background, construction of the data and the accessibility. In the light of our contemporary ethical requirements, the openness of such databases does not eliminate the importance to point out these issues.
The RFE Information Items in the OSA meant a convenience sampling method in my research process, as I choose the nearest available sources to answer questions (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2017, 113). The analysis followed a three-step research design:
1. Using the keyword «education», and adding two criteria to refine the results (period from 1951 to 1954, and location «Hungary»), the first database was made from the OSA.
2. In the second phase, the screening process started, with the criteria of the topic: the reports about elementary and pre-school institutions remained, the others were excluded.
3. Thirdly, a final corpus made, consisting only of ego-documents, memories of the children about their life-period under the age of 14. The inclusion criteria were the composition of the text (first-person singular) and the genre (interview).
Through a chosen thematic focus point we can go deeper, contextualizing the corpus based on the research, and by showing repeatedly appearing, functional propositions and absences in the discourses, various meanings of the past emerge (Landwehr, 2008).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main foci for the interviewers were ideological elements in schooling, the degree of incorporating them into the personality. All other topics were subsidiary, and the one-sided view restricts the complex phenomena of an individual to a politically infiltrated or free person, even in childhood. This logic was close to the communist thinking, evaluating everything from the Cold War context. Education became the space of sovietization in every bloc country (Król & Wojcik, 2017), any other issue beyond this was not considered interesting at all – either to communist officials or anti-communist US broadcasters.
The different elements of narratives and interpretations were consistent and coherent in these reports and interviews, due to the mostly hidden interactions between questioners and respondents. Owing to the presuppositions on both sides, two opposite categorical systems were built, by which the world became easily understandable. From the US viewpoint, the captive nations, i.e., the communist world behind the Iron Curtain was one scheme to perceive, whilst western countries (the land of the Freedom) constituted the other side. In the Hungarian propaganda of the 1950s, the value directions naturally reversed: the Soviet Union and its allies were real friends of peace and sovereignty, and at the same time, Western Europe was imprisoned by the United States.
There were different goals to collect information from the satellite countries by the Radio Free Europe: first of all, it was a special kind of monitoring, a tool to get to know the target audience in special circumstances. Refugees were their listeners, who could give first-hand experiences from a communist land. That was a second type of benefit, which was recycled in broadcasting anti-communist propaganda (Kind-Kovács, 2019). Thirdly, the US government bodies utilized these data as well: words of children under 14 became sources in the political fight of adults.

References
Borhi, L. (2016). Dealing with Dictators: The United States, Hungary, and East Central Europe, 1942-1989. Indiana University Press.
Cohen, L., Manion, L. & Morrison, K. (2007). Research Methods in Education (6th ed.). Routledge.
Elliott, J. (2005). Using Narrative in Social Research: Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches. SAGE Publications.
Halfin, I. (2000). From Darkness to Light: Class, Consciousness, and Salvation in Revolutionary Russia. University of Pittsburgh Press.
Hellbeck, J. (2006). Revolution on My Mind: Writing a Diary under Stalin. Harvard University Press.
Johnson, M. S. (1996). From delinquency to counterrevolution. Subcultures of Soviet Youth and the emergence of Stalinist pedagogy in the 1930s. Paedagogica Historica, 32(sup. 1), 283-303.
Kadikało, A. (2012). Dzieciństwo jako rosyjski temat kulturowy w XX wieku [Doctorate thesis]. Uniwersytet Warszawski.
Kestere, I. & González, M. J. F. (2021). Educating the New Soviet Man: Propagated Image and Hidden Resistance in Soviet Latvia. Historia Scholastica, 7(1), 11-32.
Kind-Kovács, F. (2019). Talking to Listeners: Clandestine Audiences in the Early Cold War. Media History, 25(4), 462-478.
Król, J. & Wojcik, T. G. (2017). The “Ideological Offensive” in Education: the Portrayal of the United States in Secondary Curricula and Textbooks in Poland during the Stalinist Period (1948-1956). Cold War History, 17(3), 299-319.
Landwehr, A. (2008). Historische Diskursanalyse. Campus Verlag.
Paperno, I. (2009). Stories of the Soviet Experience: Memoirs, Diaries, Dreams. Cornell University Press.
Sheridan, V. (2016). Support and Surveillance: 1956 Hungarian Refugee Students in Transit to Joyce Kilmer Reception Centre and to higher education scholarships in the USA. History of Education, 45(6), 775-793.


17. Histories of Education
Paper

Can we educate a Papuan? Diversity, Education and Emancipation in Labriola's Thought and Gramsci's Critique

Luca Odini

University of Urbino "Carlo Bo", Italy

Presenting Author: Odini, Luca

Benedetto Croce recounts that during a lecture a student asked Labriola how he would educate a Papuan. Labriola replied that he would provisionally enslave him and then see if with his grandchildren and great-grandchildren he could teach him something.

Antonio Labriola (1843-1904) was an important Italian philosopher and educationalist. His studies marked the second Italian 19th century: he was the first recognised interpreter of Marx and Engels' thought and his works influenced thinkers such as Gentile, Gramsci and Croce.

Starting from this famous provocation on the education of the Papuan, we intend to analyse the theme of diversity by defining it within Labriola's thought.

We will not rely only on his most famous and significant writings, but we will provide examples of how this thought threaded through many of his communications and correspondences.

We will analyze the sources trying to understand in what terms the theme of 'different' is grasped in Labriola's theoretical framework and how it is linked to his ethical, political and pedagogical framework.

The problematic nature of this theme and these links was grasped by Gramsci himself when he commented on Labriola's statement on the Papuan in his quaderni dal carcere. In this case, it will be interesting to see how the theme of the 'different' is dissect in a sharper and more defined manner from the perspective of the 'spirit of the split' and the emancipative value of educational action.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The method with which we will approach the problem is historical-critical. We will analyze the issue of the possibility of educating the 'different' by trying to frame the theme within Labriola's thought and analyzing Gramsci's critique. To achieve this, we will try to illustrate the historical context in which the texts were written. The hermeneutic historical-critical approach will allow us to analyze the theme of diversity in the broader context of the two authors' thoughts.
We will make use of unpublished material and archival sources.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
First of all, we expect to frame the concept of 'diversity' within Labriola's work in order to underline all its aspects, both the more innovative and the more problematic ones. We will try to understand whether Labriola meant those words addressed to the Papuan for diversity in general or whether diversity should be understood from the point of view of a social group.

In this sense we will link the theme of diversity with that of emancipation by showing the role that education can play in these terms.

Secondly, we expect to show how this problem posed by Labriola is taken up by Gramsci, in particular we will try to read the theme of diversity in the key of what Gramsci himself calls the 'spirit of splitting'.

We therefore expect to show how in this strand of thought that links Labriola to Gramsci, the theme of diversity is linked to the theme of emancipation and education, and how this has led to interesting and unexpected connections, think of Spivak's postcolonial studies, which still question and challenge the world of education nowadays.


References
Berti G. (1961), Il governo pedagogico, in Riforma della scuola, dicembre 1961.
Bondì D. (2015), Antonio Labriola nella storia della cultura: a proposito di una recente edizione degli scritti, in Rivista di storia della filosofia, LXX, 4, 2015.
Burgio A. (2005), Antonio Labriola nella storia e nella cultura della nuova Italia, Macerata, Quodlibet.
Cafagna L. (1954), Profilo biografico e intellettuale di A. Labriola, in Rinascita 4, 1954.
Centi B. (1984), Antonio Labriola: dalla filosofia di Herbart al materialismo storico; il ragionevole determinismo tra etica e psicologia, Bari, Dedalo.
Corsi M. (1963), Antonio Labriola e l’interpretazione della storia, Napoli:Morano.
Dainotto R. (2008), Historical Materialism as New Humanism: Antonio Labriola’s “In Memoria del Manifesto dei comunisti”, in Annali d’italianistica, Vol.26, pp. 265-282.
Garin E. (1998), Antonio Labriola; ritratto di un filosofo, in Giornale critico della filosofia italiana, 2, 1998.
Gramsci A. (1975), Quaderni dal carcere, Torino, Einaudi.
Labriola A. (1953), La concezione materialistica della storia, Bari, Laterza.
Labriola A. (1959), Scritti e appunti su Zeller e Spinoza, Milano, Feltrinelli.
Labriola A. (1961), Scritti di pedagogia e politica scolastica, Roma, Editori Riuniti.
Labriola A. (1973), Della libertà morale, Napoli, Ferrante.
Maltese P. (2008), Il problema politico come problema pedagogico in Antonio Gramsci, Roma, Anicia.
Manacorda M. A. (1970), Il principio pedagogico in Gramsci. Americanismo e conformismo, Roma, Armando.
Marchi D. (1971), La pedagogia di Antonio Labriola, Firenze, la Nuova Italia.
Marino M. (1990), Antonio Labriola: il problema pedagogico come problema politico, Palermo, Fondazione Fazio-Allmayer.
Spivak G. C. (1999), A critique of Postcolonial reason, Cambridge-London, Harvard University Press.
 
9:00am - 10:30am17 SES 09 B: Diversifying Contemporary Approaches to the Past
Location: Gilbert Scott, 355 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Tamar Groves
Paper Session
 
17. Histories of Education
Paper

Teaching History Today: Introducing Post-qualitative and New Materialism for Diversification of the Contemporary Tertiary History Classroom

Adele Nye1, Jennifer Clark2

1University of New England, NSW Australia, Australia; 2University of Adelaide, Adelaide, SA Australia

Presenting Author: Nye, Adele; Clark, Jennifer

There can be a significant disconnect between how we teach History and what we understand as good historical practice as evident in the work of historians. We often teach History in the tertiary classroom as a collection of facts, or perhaps historical stories, or maybe even a series of arguments, issues and interconnected events. This approach suggests history is easily periodised, knowable, and singularly interpreted. Yet we know that History is what historians write. It is highly individualised, drawn from embodied experience and intuitive and imaginative interpretation. It is not the same as the past nor is it necessarily the same for any given two people. What we hope to emphasise more consciously is how to help history students to recognise and engage with their own ontological positioning.

Teaching positioning and knowledge-making processes in tertiary History classrooms promises to raise awareness not only of the role of diversity in the understanding and reading of History, but perhaps more importantly, in the construction and communication of innovative and ground-breaking History as well. As a dynamic discipline, History relies on different perspectives and new approaches to move it forward and to push its boundaries.

This paper examines how the teaching of good History as a challenging, constantly re-worked and revitalised exercise relies on teachers understanding the importance of recognising the impact of diversity in the History discipline. We ask: How might the introduction of post-qualitative approaches and new materialism to the teaching of History provide a diversification of the contemporary tertiary History classroom? Moreover, we explore a number of ways in which diversity can be accessed by students who may struggle with recognising their own ontological positioning and how that might influence, and should influence, how they write History. By considering how to employ a number of post-qualitative and new materialist strategies in the classroom, we argue that teachers can help students to identify themselves within the History-making process and understand what impact that self-knowledge has on the subjects they explore, the sources they access, the methods they employ, the questions they ask and the conclusions they draw.

Our work is theoretically informed by post-qualitative theories of affect (Taylor & Fullegar, 2022), and new materialism (Barad, 2012, Fox & Aldred, 2017). Post-qualitative theory offers us ways for thinking differently about data and the traditional conventions of research. It offers a new degree of flexibility and responsiveness to doing research (Adams St Pierre, 2014, p3). Infusing questions of affect and matter into history allows for new questions of historical imagination, locatedness and knowledge making.

Affect and affective entanglements offer an entry point into historical thinking, how historical knowledge can be constructed and can evolve. Affect can be thought of as a type of sensation, or relational and transpersonal becoming (Taylor & Fullegar, 2022, p.8-9). Affect might be spotted out of the corner of an eye, through a hunch, an uneasy feeling or realisation. It is intensely personal and embodied and may emanate between the corporeal and the material. Using a pedagogical focus on affective flows and entanglements between body and material, we argue there is a wealth of opportunity for new approaches to teaching History.

New materialism provides alternative theoretical insights for thinking about history and matter. It speaks to the liveliness of matter. Bennett reminds us that matter has intrinsic vitality, it can be disruptive, affective, effervescent (2010, p. 112). It can be encountered in assemblages or be boundered or isolated. New materialism supports a relational ontology; one that questions how students of history encounter matter, consider the human and nonhuman relations, think about locatedness and the ethics of knowledge making.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In a practice-based project we  explored how this approach to History might work by focusing on ontologically informed process methodologies (Mazzei, 2021). As Mazzei states  ‘It is not a method with a script, but is that which emerges as a process methodology’ (2021, p. 198). This approach brings together  place based research, walking methodologies, materiality and theoretical immersion. Walking methodologies  and immersion in place-based research allows for listening to the rhythm of our researcher bodies  (Springgay & Truman, 2019). This focus on embodied ontology allows us to think more deeply about knowledge making by ‘plugging in’ and  ‘thinking with’  post-qualitative theory  (Jackson & Mazzei, 2023).

We used  this onto-practice focused  inquiry as an entry point into a place based and new materialist study of European foundling homes as a test case.  In doing so we highlighted the  fluid positionality of the researcher/learner.  Using that subject matter we analysed how the theoretical applications allowed us to position ourselves to engage with  the historical content. This  generative transdisciplinary practice builds on traditional historical methods by bringing to light the intriguing affective entanglements, the vibrancy of matter and the importance of the embodied researcher/learner.

For the purpose of this presentation, the subject matter of the foundling homes serves as a focus of attention for exploring those theories and methods which, when employed,  deliver a different kind of History experience. During our study we concluded that the utilisation of post qualitative techniques opened ourselves fearlessly to the potential of History and it is this level of experience  that we wanted to bring to new History teaching. We hope that such a pedagogy would encourage students to develop a greater freedom to explore new ways of doing History, to look more generously on cross disciplinary  opportunities and to understand the fundamental, though often unrecognised, importance of positioning for an historian. We hope that the History classroom using this pedagogy will be challenging but also liberating and that such a pedagogy will nurture young historians willing to take risks with the discipline because therein lies the opportunities for innovation.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The intention of this paper is to promote a disciplinary conversation about how we can use post-qualitative methods  to move towards a more conscious teaching of positioning within History classrooms so that students are better able to read History in  more nuanced ways and to write their own histories in ways that better reflect their own unique contributions to historical practice. If we are successful in encouraging teachers to recognise student diversity and individuality as an asset then we suggest that this better reflects the History profession at its best.  

This presentation  is derived from our edited 2021 volume Teaching History for the Contemporary World and especially chapter 9 ‘Positioning: Making use of post-qualitative research practices’.  It is also the basis of a new article intended as a provocation to History teachers to consider a new pedagogy that recognises and includes the value of diversity in the experience of History education. History teachers in schools and universities have always placed value in place-based research and the ethical intersections of the body, imagination and feelings (Russell, 2004). Expanding that work by introducing a post-qualitative  and new materialist lens  allows for a new transdisciplinary diversification in the classroom.

References
Adams St Pierre, E.  (2014). A brief and personal history of Post Qualitative research toward “post inquiry”. Journal of Curriculum Theorizing 30(2) 2-19.

Barad, K. (2012). Matter feels, converses, suffers, desires, yearns and remembers. In R. Dolphijn & I. van der Tuin (Eds). New Materialism: Interviews  & cartographies . Open Humanities Press.

Bennet, J. (2010). Vibrant Matter: a political ecology of things, Durham: Duke University Press
Fox, N., & Aldred, P. (2017). Sociology and the new materialism: Theory, research Action, Sage.
 
Jackson, A. Y. & Mazzei, L. A. (2023). Thinking with theory in qualitative research, Routledge.

Mazzei, L. (2021). Postqualitative inquiry: Or the necessity of theory. Qualitative Inquiry, 27(2), 198-200.

Nye, A. & Clark, J. (Eds.), (2021). Teaching History for the Contemporary World: Tensions, Challenges and Classroom Experiences in Higher Education. Springer.

Russell, P.(2004).  Almost believing: The ethics of historical imagination.  In S. McIntyre (Ed).   The historian’s conscience: Australian  historians on the ethics of history,  Penguin.

Springgay, S. & Turman, S. (2019). Walking methodologies in a more-than-human world: Walking Lab. Routledge.

Taylor. C.  & Fullegar, S. (2022). “Emotion/Affect” in Murris, K. (Ed). A Glossary for doing postqualitative , new materialist  and critical posthumanist research across disciplines, Routledge.


17. Histories of Education
Paper

Red Sunday Schools: Reviving the Tradition in Glasgow (Scotland)

Luke Ray Di Marco Campbell

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Di Marco Campbell, Luke Ray

‘Why is Socialism necessary? Socialism is necessary because the present system enables a few to enrich themselves out of the labour of the People.’

  • Socialist Sunday School Federation (in Gallagher, 2021)

Looking to Glasgow's past, a small committee of organisers are working to revive a lost tradition of providing radical learning spaces in Scotland’s most densely populated city. Founded in the 1890’s, the Socialist Sunday School Federation once provided a radical alternative to traditional schooling, offering ‘a widespread feeling as to the inadequacy of the orthodox Sunday Schools as a training ground for the children of Socialists’ (W.C.N.L., 2016). As chronicled of the modern incarnation by Gallagher (2021), ‘one of the main objectives was to develop the next generation of socialist leaders’ - something that has arguably ceased within the contemporary Scottish party-political scene, yet, seemingly thrives within social activist and, arguably, the trade union movements (McAlevey, 2016, 2020). Indeed, several former students went on to hold prominent positions within Scottish politics, with anti-fascist Patrick Dollan elected for the Independent Labour Party and serving as Lord Provost (Gallagher, 2010; Carrigan, 2014), and Janet ‘Jennie’ Lee going on to found the Open University after serving as an M.P. for the Labour Party (Dorey, 2015). A revived version, however, was established in January 2020 (Bhadani, 2022) it’s the rationale and possibilities of this current incarnation that this submission explored.

Through the support of a public fundraiser, the organisers raised circa £2,000 to cover essential costs involved in running the initiative, as well as a reserve to ensure compliance with child protection, and for providing food for learners as a means of providing a comfortable learning environment (Callaghan, 2021). As summarised by Callaghan (2021), the Red Sunday School affords children opportunities to develop ‘the tools to explore nature, culture and society from a radical perspective and get involved with modern day struggles such as anti-racism, feminism and the climate crisis’ (see also Bhadani, 2022). The space operates only once-per-month, resulting in circa ten to eleven sessions per year given the break over the Christmas and New Year period. With the Kinning Park Complex selected as the venue (itself a site of a one-time occupation by community members [Akilade, 2022]), the facilities were already in-place to prepare meals (the centre already runs a weekly community meal, demonstrating the appropriateness of venue choice), whilst the informal learning environment of the community-owned building (Bhadani, 2022) helps distinguish it further from traditional schooling spaces. The programme itself is not constrained by state-produced programmes, rather it is generated by the learners and families (the focus of the Glasgow Red Sunday School being children and young people), and, as such, is able to include arts, physical activities, alongside more traditional input style learning (O'Neill, 2022). One of the co-founders Mackinnon advises that the programme was specifically 'tailor-made for engaging children'.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Through utilising a hyperlocalised literature review - that is, tapping into the historical materials produced by and about the Red Sunday Schools in Glasgow - this radical tradition will be examined to more fully communicate the premise, challenges, and legacies of these spaces in Scotland’s most populous city. The exploration will draw on the abundance of historical artefacts that chronicle the practices and impact of these radical educational spaces, as well as their prevalence. At one stage, it was suggested that there were as many as eighty-three social schools in Glasgow (Govanhill Baths, 2021) demonstrating the widespread ambitions for such spaces and the potential for any successful model to be replicable in other contexts.

Although past iterations utilised an explicitly Christian doctrine, the premise of ‘Sunday School’ seems to be the most non-secular component of this contemporary version. Historically, the Socialist Sunday School Federation operated to its own series of ten-commandments which were, largely, premised upon love, community, and striving towards liberation (see Figure #1: Socialist Sunday School Federation [1957], taken from the Glasgow City Archives), and an artefact-based analysis will afford interested parties a greater understanding of the distincts that have emerged to ensure greater relevance of the model for the contemporary context. In 2021, one of the group's founding members, Mitha (2021) spoke directly to this, stating that the group 'wanted to really reconnect with the history of the Socialist Sunday school movement in a meaningful way, while also rising to some of the challenges around education today', indicating the importance of works such as this.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Glasgow boasts a rich working class history and legacy of social movements (Bhadani, 2021; Benmakhlouf, 2021; Bell, 2021; Banbury, 2021) with a huge number of these movements premised upon cross-border international solidarities (Bhadani, 2022). Exploring this example during the educational research conference will afford uniquely situated insights into a radical practice. The potentials for this work, however, are not limited to the local context. Indeed, as the school builds towards creating dedicated youth committees as a means of establishing a more democratically-run space (Akilade, 2022), a more comprehensive understanding of the Red Sunday School history stands to be of benefit to educators interested in radical and alternative schooling spaces in Scotland and beyond. This paper, therefore, will also provide contemporary insights into best practices for including children in curriculum-formulation, collective organisation of alternative youth-centric spaces, and on the importance of legacy radical practice.

References
Akilade, E. (2022) Learning red with Glasgow's Red Sunday School. The Skinny. Available at: https://www.theskinny.co.uk/intersections/interviews/glasgow-red-sunday-school-interview [Accessed on 31st January 2023]  

Bell, H. (2021) In O'Neill, C. (2022) Red Sunday School - Glasgow's first socialist Sunday school in decades opens for children. GlasgowLive. Available at: https://www.glasgowlive.co.uk/news/glasgow-news/red-sunday-school-glasgows-first-23576847 [Accessed on 31st January 2023]

Benmakhlouf, A. (2021) Here’s what it was like to stop the Home Office deporting people in Glasgow. Gal-Dem. Available at: https://gal-dem.com/stop-the-home-office-deporting-people-glasgow-kenmure-street/

Bhadani, A. (2022) ‘We need a revolution in society’: inside Glasgow’s socialist Red Sunday School. Gal-Dem. Available at: https://gal-dem.com/glasgow-red-socialist-sunday-school/ [Accessed on 31st January 2023]

Callaghan, J. (2021) Bid To Launch Socialist Sunday School In Glasgow - With ‘radical’ Library For Kids. Glasgow World. Available at: https://www.glasgowworld.com/news/people/bid-to-launch-socialist-sunday-school-in-glasgow-with-radical-library-for-kids-3487243 [Accessed on 11th January 2023]

Carrigan, D. (2014) Patrick Dollan (1885-1963) and the Labour Movement in Glasgow. University of Glasgow Library

Dorey, P. (2015) ‘Well, Harold Insists on Having It!’- The Political Struggle to Establish The Open University, 1965–67. Contemporary British History. Vol.29(2), pp.241–272

Gallagher, M. (2021). The Glasgow Sunday Schools Which Taught Socialism To City Children. Glasgow Evening TImes. Available at: https://www.glasgowtimes.co.uk/news/19111140.glasgow-sunday-schools-taught-socialism-city-children/

Gallagher, T. (2010) Scottish Catholics and the British Left, 1918-1939. The Innes Review. Vol.34(1), pp.17–42

Govanhill Baths. (2021) Twitter. Available at: https://twitter.com/GovanhillBaths/status/1388810674244046850?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw%7Ctwcamp%5Etweetembed%7Ctwterm%5E1388810674244046850%7Ctwgr%5E730dea21d4ca65a13b12df265c1105c61cd8d25e%7Ctwcon%5Es1_&ref_url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.glasgowlive.co.uk%2Fnews%2Fglasgow-news%2Fred-sunday-school-glasgows-first-23576847

McAlevey, J. (2016) No Shortcuts: Organizing for Power in the New Gilded Age. Oxford, England: Oxford University Press

McAlevey, J. (2020) A Collective Bargain: Unions, Organizing, and the Fight for Democracy. New York City, New York (U.S.): Ecco Press

O'Neill, C. (2022) Red Sunday School - Glasgow's first socialist Sunday school in decades opens for children. GlasgowLive. Available at: https://www.glasgowlive.co.uk/news/glasgow-news/red-sunday-school-glasgows-first-23576847 [Accessed on 31st January 2023]

Working Class Movement Library. (2016) Socialist Sunday Schools. Available at: https://www.wcml.org.uk/our-collections/creativity-and-culture/leisure/socialist-sunday-schools/ [Accessed on 30th January 2023]


17. Histories of Education
Paper

Diversity and/or Homogeneity in Hungarian Textbooks on the History of Education in the Late 19th Century

Attila Nóbik

University of Szeged, Hungary

Presenting Author: Nóbik, Attila

One of the most important functions of the education system in the 19th century was to promote nation-building by developing and disseminating national culture and identity (Westberg et al., 2019). This tendency also applied to teacher education and the textbooks used in it.

The development of educational history writing gained momentum in the first half of the 19th century. Its development was closely linked to the development of teacher training, and textbooks for use at different levels of education played an important role in the formation of the discipline. Research (Tröhler, 2004, 2006) points out that the content and narrative of these textbooks are strongly linked to national (and imperial) frameworks.

Hungary was in a unique position in terms of both its educational system and nation-building. The development of its culture and educational system was strongly influenced by transnational trends (Mayer, 2019). In this regard, the role of German culture should be emphasized. One of the main goals of Hungarian textbooks on the history of education was to place the history of Hungarian education in a European framework.

At the end of the 19th century, Hungary was a multinational, multi-religious, socially fragmented, agrarian-industrial country (Romsics, 2010). When writing a national history of education, the authors should (have) taken into account not only the European framework, but also this diversity.

In my research, I investigated whether, and if so, to what extent, the above-mentioned diversity is reflected in Hungarian history of education textbooks published in the second half of the 19th century. I understood diversity from different perspectives (gender, religion, sex, special needs).

My research questions were:

How is the diversity of European culture represented and what is the role of Hungarian culture in it?

Does the textbook include nationalities other than the majority nationality?

Is the religious diversity of the country represented?

Does it reflect the ethnic and religious tensions that existed at the time?

How is women's education represented in the textbooks?

Are children with special educational needs represented in the textbooks?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For most of the period under study, the training of primary and secondary school teachers was clearly separated. In my research, I examined textbooks on the history of education published between the end of the 19th and the beginning of the 20th century, which were used at different levels of teacher training in Hungary, using the method of historical source analysis.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research has shown that the exclusiveness of the nation as an interpretive framework did not characterize Hungarian textbooks on the history of education in this period, but that they included events and classics of foreign educational history. Of course, this does not mean that the authors were characterized by any kind of inter- or transnational approach. It simply shows that the educational history of a small nation cannot be written as a "world history" and that there is always a balancing act between national and international frameworks.

The multi-ethnic and religious diversity of the country is hardly reflected in the textbooks. The differences between the various religions are mostly implied. Religious and ethnic tensions appear in one case. The textbook by Ágost Lubrich, a professor at the University of Budapest, contains several anti-Semitic passages.

The history of women's education is sketched in the textbooks, and in some cases the biographies of women teachers are included. However, this has not changed the male-dominated tone of the textbooks.

Several textbooks presented the modern history of special education in some detail as part of the history of the 'normal' education system.

Overall, it can be concluded that while the authors reflected the diversity of the world around them, the unifying tendencies were more prevalent in the desire to create a unified canon of educational history.

References
Mayer, C. (2019). The Transnational and Transcultural: Approaches to Studying the Circulation and Transfer of Educational Knowledge. In E. Fuchs & E. Roldán Vera (Eds.), The Transnational in the History of Education: Concepts and Perspectives (pp. 49–68). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-17168-1_2
Romsics, I. (2010). Hungary in the twentieth century. Corvina, Osiris; /z-wcorg/.
Tröhler, D. (2004). The Establishment Of The Standard History Of Philosophy of Education and Suppressed Traditions of Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 23(5–6), 367–391. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-004-4450-3
Tröhler, D. (2006). History and Historiography of Education: Some remarks on the utility of historical knowledge in the age of efficiency. Encounters/Encuentros/Rencontres on Education. https://doi.org/10.15572/ENCO2006.01
Westberg, J., Boser, L., & Brühwiler, I. (Eds.). (2019). School Acts and the Rise of Mass Schooling: Education Policy in the Long Nineteenth Century. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-13570-6
 
9:00am - 10:30am18 SES 09 A: The UK Physical Education Collaborative: Facilitating Cross-Border Learning, Dialogue and Innovation
Location: Gilbert Scott, Senate [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Shirley Gray
Session Chair: Fiona Chambers
Symposium
 
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Symposium

The UK Physical Education Collaborative: Facilitating Cross-Border Learning, Dialogue and Innovation

Chair: Shirley Gray (University of Edinburgh)

Discussant: Fiona Chambers (University of Cork College)

The main aims of this symposium are to introduce members of the UK Physical Education (UKPE) Collaborative and to share some of the findings from their UKPE cross-border learning project.

The UKPE Collaborative consists of a group of researchers from across the four nations of the UK (England, Northern Ireland, Scotland and Wales), all with a shared interested in curriculum, or more specifically, physical education (PE) curricula and the role that curriculum plays in shaping the practices of PE teachers. Relatedly, they are also interested in exploring the mechanisms through which teachers might be encouraged to engage critically with curriculum, and how they develop capacities to re-imagine PE curriculum – what purpose it serves, who it serves and the possibilities for enactment both now and in the future. One of the ideas currently being explored by the UK PE Collaborative in this regard is cross-border curriculum learning. That is, the professional learning potential of cross-curriculum analyses, discussion and debate. The premise is that, by exploring ‘other’ curricula, it is possible to see your own curriculum from a different perspective (Gray, MacIsaac & Harvey, 2018). This then encourages different questions to be asked about curriculum, challenging previously taken-for-granted assumptions about what PE is and who it is for.

The starting point in this endeavor was to carry out a series of cross-border curriculum analyses focusing on the four PE curricula of the UK, namely those in England, Northern Ireland, Scotland and Wales (Gray et al., 2021). Through these analyses, dominant discourses within each curriculum have been uncovered and the concept of health has been critically analysed (Gray et al., 2022), as have the pedagogical messages conveyed within each curriculum. Furthermore, the comparative approach adopted has enabled the identification of similarities and differences across curricula, which has stimulated ideas about what PE curricula could be in the future. Following these curriculum analyses, one-to-one interviews with PE teachers (n-11) from across the four nations of the UK were conducted to explore how they understand PE, with some focus on the role of health and well-being within the subject. In addition to this, and aligned with a future-orientated (or perhaps, change-orientated) perspective, the PE teachers were also asked to reflect on the changes they made to their curriculum and practice during the COVID-19 pandemic. Subsequently, a series of teacher workshops was organised, bringing together PE teachers from across the four nations of the UK to share and discuss the findings from the teacher interviews. The two main aims of the workshops were: first, to use these discussions as a form of cross-border learning; and, second, to use this learning to work together to begin to (re)imagine what PE could be.

The three papers presented within the symposium reflect each stage of this research process described above. In Paper 1, researchers will present the key findings from the critical discourse analysis of the health discourses evident within each UK PE curriculum. Paper 2 will then present the findings from the teacher interviews, highlighting teachers’ experiences during the COVID-19 pandemic and changes they made to their curriculum and practice as a result, including a renewed focus on the development of social and emotional competencies. Finally, Paper 3 will describe the teacher workshops and explore the ideas that were produced from the future-orientated co-creation activities that the teachers engaged in as part of these. The symposium will conclude by reflecting on the value of cross-border learning, considering the ways in which this approach might build the capacity of teachers to engage more critically with curriculum and have a greater say in future curriculum developments.


References
Gray, S., Hooper, O., Hardley, S., Sandford, R., Aldous, D., Stirrup, J., Carse, N., & Bryant, A. S. (2022). A health(y) subject? Examining discourses of health in physical education curricula across the UK. British Educational Research Journal. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3820
Gray, S., MacIsaac, S. & Harvey, W.J. (2018) A comparative study of Canadian and Scottish students’ perspectives on health, the body and the physical education curriculum: the challenge of ‘doing’ critical, Curriculum Studies in Health and Physical Education, 9:1, 22-42, DOI: 10.1080/18377122.2017.1418179
Gray, S., Sandford, R., Stirrup, J., Aldous, D., Hardley, S., Carse, N., Hooper, O., & Bryant, A. (2021). A comparative analysis of discourses shaping physical education provision within and across the UK. European Physical Education Review. DOI: 10.1177/1356336X211059440

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Examining Discourses of Health in Physical Education Curricula Across the UK

Shirley Gray (University of Edinburgh), Stephanie Hardley (University of Edinburgh), David Aldous (Cardiff Metropolitan University)

In this paper, we present the findings from our critical analysis of the health discourses evident within physical education (PE) curricula in each UK home nation – England, Northern Ireland, Scotland and Wales (Gray et al., 2022). We carried out a critical discourse analysis of those curriculum documents that talk directly to PE teachers about how to organise, enact and assess PE curricula in schools. The results from our analysis uncovered that, with the exception of the curriculum in England, all PE curricula conceptualise health and wellbeing holistically. However, our analysis also uncovered complex health landscapes within curricula, where discourses move from notions of supporting and enabling pupil health and wellbeing, towards a more concrete (and measurable) concept of health-related learning, often associated with public health goals of promoting physical activity. We conclude by suggesting that PE teachers need to develop a critical understanding of the health discourses evident within their PE curriculum. This will help them to navigate, interpret and enact curriculum in an informed way, enabling them to challenge discourses that are deficit in nature, where pupils are taught how to be healthy, rather than having the freedom to learn about themselves and their health.

References:

Gray, S., Hooper, O., Hardley, S., Sandford, R., Aldous, D., Stirrup, J., Carse, N., & Bryant, A. S. (2022). A health(y) subject? Examining discourses of health in physical education curricula across the UK. British Educational Research Journal. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3820
 

Getting Back to Business (As Usual)? Pandemic-Induced Changes to PE Curriculum and Practice Across the UK

Oliver Hooper (University of Loughborough), Rachel Sandford (University of Loughborough), Anna Bryant (Cardiff Metropolitan University)

This paper seeks to provide an overview of physical education (PE) teachers’ responses to the challenges posed by the COVID-19 pandemic and the changes that they made to their curricula and practice as a result, sharing findings from individual interviews conducted with PE teachers in the wake of this. It was found that – like much of the education system – significant disruption was encountered due to the pandemic. However, the effects of this were seemingly felt more strongly within PE, given the unique nature of the subject in relation to, for example, the subject matter, the learning environments and the nature of interactions within it. Teachers noted how they had to think creatively about how they taught PE in pandemic times, detailing a range of approaches and strategies that they employed when forced to take PE lessons online. Interestingly, it was found that, on returning to in-person lessons, teachers had reoriented their curricula and practice, with a renewed focus on social and emotional learning. Indeed, amongst teachers there was a perceived need to support the development of these capacities due to the detrimental impacts of the pandemic – and associated lockdown measures and restricted social interaction - on pupils. However, despite noting the benefits of a renewed focus on social and emotional learning – for example, enhanced engagement and student enjoyment – there was a desire from many teachers to ‘get back to normal’. Typically, this meant reverting to what might be considered more ‘traditional’ PE lessons focused on skill acquisition and sport performance. As such, this paper asks questions of how we bring about meaningful and sustainable change within PE and how we support PE teachers to think differently about their curriculum and practice to move beyond such ‘business as usual’ approaches.

References:

NA
 

Reimagining the Curriculum Through Cross-Border Learning: What Possible Future(s) for Physical Education?

Julie Stirrup (University of Loughborough), Oliver Hooper (University of Loughborough), Nicola Carse (University of Edinburgh)

In this paper, we present initial findings from our workshops with teachers, exploring the ideas that were produced from the future-orientated co-creation activities that teachers engaged in as part of these. The research to be presented here is in its early stages but will draw on data collected during the two series of workshops conducted with PE teachers from across the UK. These workshops focused on: i) engage in discussions about PE curriculum and practice as across the home nations as a form of cross-border learning and ii) to use this learning to work together to begin to (re)imagine what PE could be in the future. The first workshop provided stimulus for the teachers to think about their own and others’ curricula and practice as well as presenting them with opportunities to discuss their thoughts with other PE teachers from across the home nations of the UK. Following this, participants completed a ‘take home’ task to encouraging them to consider and co-create with their departments what they see as the ‘ideal learner’ in PE. These creations coupled with the initial ideas from the first workshop, were the starting point for the second workshop whereby teachers were asked to consider their conversations to date and how these might encourage more innovative thinking around PE curriculum and practice. Indeed, it was intended that by exploring different curricula and practice, PE teachers might be able to see their own curriculum from a different perspective, perhaps asking different questions about what PE is and who it is for. The focus of this paper, therefore, will be to share and explore how teachers began to think (and think differently) about their own curriculum and practice as a result of the workshops and professional dialogue with other teachers from different home nations of the UK.

References:

NA
 
9:00am - 10:30am19 SES 09 A: Paper Session
Location: Hetherington, 129 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Begoña Vigo-Arrazola
Paper Session
 
19. Ethnography
Paper

Negotiating Knowledge of Sexual and Gender Diversity: A Case Study with Migrant Students in a Swedish Language Course

Anna Winlund

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Winlund, Anna

In recent decades, Sweden has experienced a large increase in the number of migrant adolescents, many of whom arrive with little prior experience of school-based learning (Skolverket, 2016, p. 189). Learning to read and write for the first time, and in an additional language, represents a great challenge to recent migrant adolescents who have little previous experiences of formal schooling. While engaged in the process of developing literacy in a second language, migrant students must also navigate their ways into, or learn to read, a new society (Franker, 2017). Therefore, learning a new language and developing literacy in a new sociocultural environment not only involves learning the grammar, principles of decoding scripts and new vocabulary, but also the ability to engage in new discourses. For example, teenage students may have to learn to talk about the body’s anatomy and functions, as well as subjects related to relationships or sexuality, which might represent taboos to some students. As Alexander (2008) put it: “Learning how to talk fluently and critically about sex and sexuality composes a significant part of becoming literate in our society” (p. 2).

In this investigation, the analyzed interactions concern topics of sexuality and the constitution of families. Such topics might raise questions about heteronormativity, which, according to Cameron and Kulick (2003), can be defined as “those structures, institutions, relations and actions that promote and produce heterosexuality as natural, self-evident, desirable, privileged and necessary” (p. 55). Thus, this ethnographic study combines two fields of research that rarely meet, at least in a Nordic context (Milani et al., 2021); namely, the education of basic literacy in Swedish as a second language and discourses about sexuality.

The aim of this study is to investigate how learning about sexual and gender diversity may enhance recently arrived migrant students’ understanding of different cultural norms, including some that may be considered taboos, in the context of an introductory language course in Sweden. I will argue that this understanding can be enhanced not only through the teaching of tolerance towards others but also through examinations of different practices related to sexuality. Concurrently, this cross-cultural educational context presents challenges and pitfalls that places high demands on teachers when choosing their subject content and their ways to teach it. For instance, teachers need to navigate among discourses related to sexual identity, which are not evident within queer theory: “Rather than affirming sexual identity categories, queer theory questions the need for them. Rather than legitimizing minority sexual identities, queer theory problematizes all sexual identities” (Nelson, 2002, p. 48). Using the concept of sexual identity might actually contribute to the binary opposition that was to be avoided (Nelson, 2002, p. 47). Therefore, teachers’ eagerness to use a pedagogy of inclusion (Nelson, 1999, p. 376) to enhance tolerance towards others might contribute to the dichotomy between heterosexual or gay students. Instead, Nelson advocates a pedagogy of inquiry, which is not aiming to enhance tolerance towards the other, but about analyzing how discursive and cultural practices create heteronormativity: “Whether the intention is to critique these practices or to learn them (or a combination of the two), the task is to investigate the workings of language and culture in order to make them explicit” (Nelson, 1999, p. 389). Thereby, Nelson means that the admittance of differences, and the possibility to investigate them, are crucial for intercultural comprehension (2002, p. 48) and therefore for the possibilities to communicate in a certain society. This claim supports the use of this framework to analyze the education of this cross-cultural context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This investigation, which is part of a larger study, is designed as an ethnographic case study with empirical data collected in an introductory language class during the 2017 and 2018 school years. The students in this class were adolescents aged between 16 and 19, who had little previous experience of formal schooling. Their classes took place in an inner-city school in a large town in Sweden, which exclusively offers courses for migrant students wishing to attain their elementary school diplomas and develop their Swedish language abilities in order to qualify for admission to high school. I shadowed a group of students as a participant observer for two to three days each week for three to four hours per day, totaling 165 hours over the course of the school year. During observation, I would sit at the back of the classroom taking field notes and audio-recording interactions (totaling 40 hours). I would also move among the students to build researcher–participant rapport. In order to complete the ethnographic observations, I also conducted semi-structured interviews with eight of the students at the end of the school year, either in pairs or individually. These interviews focused on the students’ language and literacy experiences before coming to Sweden and their thoughts on the instruction that I had observed.

Data were analyzed in two cycles (Saldaña, 2009). My repeated writing of conceptual memos (Heath & Street, 2008) revealed that discussions about normativity was a recurrent theme in the course as the interactions unfolded during the school year. Consequently, I went through my data in search of examples of this kind of interaction, which I investigated more thoroughly and present in excerpts that seem representative for this education. I also had the opportunity to ask follow-up questions to the teacher about her choices.  

This study followed the ethical guidelines of The Swedish Research Council (Vetenskapsrådet, 2017). Prior to the students’ participation in the study, informed consent was received with help from the Somali tutor. However, it is a complicated task to collect written consent from students whose second language and print literacy is not yet developed, which means that they might depend on the interpreters to understand the implications of participating in the project. Therefore, the collection of consent was organized as an ongoing process (Rogers & Labadie, 2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the interactions in the classroom shows examples of a pedagogy which, with Nelson’s (2002) terminologies, can be defined as inclusive, advocating tolerance to differences, as well as critical, through analyses of practices linked to sexuality. Although this course raises questions about the students’ possibilities to have an impact on the content of instruction, or to avoid topics that they do not feel comfortable talking about (Alexander, 2009), seven out of eight students in the group reported that this pedagogy contributes to their acquisition of cultural knowledge and the possibility to participate in discourses of the mainstream society (Baynham, 2006; Gee, 2015). Examples from the data illustrate an education that does not seem to aim to change the students’ opinions, but to make them understand new practices that are different from those of their home communities.

The education was characterized by an effort to discuss different norms in several domains, without disqualifying the students’ experiences. The teacher does not seem to focus on what the students should think, or at least not explicitly, but on making them understand that we are all different and that we should respect those differences. However, some of the examples in this study also illustrate how the teacher supports some practices before others, such as when she explains how same-sex relations are forbidden by law in some countries, and that she believes that this is wrong. She also emphasizes that it is important for the students not to appear to be homophobic; even if they do not respect different relational practices, they should not express this openly.

References
Alexander, J. (2008). Literacy, Sexuality, Pedagogy: Theory and Practice for Composition Studies. University Press of Colorado. https://doi.org/doi:10.2307/j.ctt4cgqkw

Baynham, M. (2006). Agency and contingency in the language learning of refugees and asylum seekers. Linguistics and Education, 17(1), 24–39. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.linged.2006.08.008

Cameron, D., & Kulick, D. (2003). Language and sexuality. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Franker, Q. (2017). Agentskap och handlingsutrymme. In Nyanländas språkutveckling. Skolverket [the Swedish national agency for education]. https://larportalen.skolverket.se/#/modul/2c-nyanlanda/Grundskola/033_nyanlandas-sprakutveckling/del_08/

Gee, J. P. (2015). Social Linguistics and Literacies. Ideology in Discourses (Fifth ed.). Routledge.

Heath, S. B., & Street, B. V. (2008). On Ethnography. Approaches to Language and Literacy Research. Teachers College Press.

Milani, T. M., Mortensen, K. K., & Levon, E. (2021). At queere flersprogethed og migration [article]. Språk och stil, NF 31(1), 201–229. https://doi.org/10.33063/diva-434156

Nelson, C. D. (1999). Sexual identity in ESL: QueerTheory and Classroom Inquiry. TESOL Quarterly, 33(3), 371–391.

Nelson, C. D. (2002). Why Queer Theory is Useful in Teaching. Journal of Gay & Lesbian Social Services, 14(2), 43–53. https://doi.org/10.1300/J041v14n02_04

Rogers, R., & Labadie, M. (2018). Rereading assent in critical literacy research with young children. Journal of Early Childhood Literacy, 18(3), 396–427. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468798416675503

Saldaña, J. (2009). The Coding Manual for Qualitative Researchers. SAGE Publications Ltd.

Skolverket [the Swedish national agency for education]. (2016). Läroplan och kursplaner för grundskolan. Svenska som andraspråk. https://www.skolverket.se/undervisning/grundskolan/laroplan-och-kursplaner-for-grundskolan/tidigare-kursplaner-ar-2000-2011-for-grundskolan

Vetenskapsrådet [Swedish research council]. (2017). God Forskningssed. Vetenskapsrådet.


19. Ethnography
Paper

Boys at Risk - Diverse Learner Identities and Perception of Risk in the Present and the Future.

Oddmund Toft

Oslomet, Norway

Presenting Author: Toft, Oddmund

This contribution builds on a year-long ethnographic fieldwork in a 6th turned 7th grade class in inland Norway between January and December of 2020. The study was conducted for my PhD-project about Boys’ identity formation in at school and in the classroom which has a focus on gender, social class, and identity. The main research question for the project is “How does gender and class play a part in identity formation in the social life of boys between 11 and 13 in school, and how does it form their understanding of the world and the future?”. An inspiration for the project is the ongoing discussion regarding boys in school getting lower grades than the girls and dropping out of upper secondary and tertiary education more frequently (Eurostat, 2021), which makes it important to understand how ideas and practices of gender and masculinities are formed and take place among pupils at school. Furthermore, it is of importance to understand the interplay between the school and its pupils, and how they mutually influence each other, and produce more and less acceptable ways of being and behaving.

In this contribution I discuss how certain behaviors and ways of being are associated with perceptions of risk, and how they are manifested and communicated in the classroom. In school pupils are aware that bad behavior leads to bad results, which then can turn into bad grades in secondary school, and later to dropping out of school and/or not getting a good job/future. As a consequence, a failure to follow expectations set by the school is perceived with an inherent risk. In this contribution I will discuss this perception of risk (regardless of whether the risk is “real” or not) through the use of relevant ethnographic examples from my fieldwork. I will especially look at how ideas of the future and what it holds are used on one hand to keep pupils in line by the teachers, and on the other hand as a part of oppositional practices by some of the pupils.

The ethnographic context will be linked to the more general discussion regarding how boys are doing at school to highlight how risk perceptions in the classroom are affected by the discourse surrounding boys at school and vice versa. To explore these issues, I will make use of the concept of learner identities, which Kristinn Hegna describes as the way a learner see themselves in the world and how it makes them relate to their participation in learning (Hegna, 2019, p. 53). These learner identities, in turn, can be related to subject positions and pupil roles, and the expectations related to them in the classroom and at school (Lyng, 2004). To connect these oppositional and problematic pupil roles with the already existing societal worry about boys’ school performances I will use Ian Hacking’s concept of looping effect where categories and category mutually affect and constitute each other (1992). Furthermore, Anthony Giddens’ perspectives regarding self-identity on how modernity have made the self into a reflexive project where the future is always making itself known in the present (1991, p.3) is highly relevant. This ever-looming future in the present coupled with the reflexive project of the self has given the individual responsibility of a successful life, thus creating a possibility of leading a failed life. This makes inhabiting divergent learner identities and pupil roles deemed problematic a risky endeavor. The aim of this contribution is to show how these discourses and ideas makes themselves known and felt in everyday life at a school in Inland Norway.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research project is ethnographic and contained a year-long fieldwork at a school in inland Norway. The main research method used is participant observation, but I also conducted interviews. Throughout the year-long fieldwork I went to the school every day and sat in class with them, talked and played with them during recess, and ate with them during the lunch breaks. When Norway went into lockdown due to the pandemic, I participated in the home schooling through Teams, where I paid attention to the different chatrooms as well as some of the many online lessons that were held.
Participant observation is a preferable method for studying the topic at hand because “the social world must be interpreted from the perspective of the people being studied” (Bryman, 2012, 399). My research activities consisted of taking part in the everyday life at the schools, and through building close social relationships with the participants learned more about who they were and the taken for granted aspects of their identifications, classifications, and everyday norms. In that sense, the aim of using this method was not only to map out the explicit ways in which the boys socialize with each other, but rather the norms and values that underlies their actions. In that sense, qualitative methods are useful to “probe beneath surface appearances” (Bryman, 2012, 400), and find the taken for granted underneath. In addition to this, participant observation is also useful because “there are always things that people do not say publicly, or do not even know how to say” (Cohen, 1984, 220) which can then be picked up by the researcher through observation and description.
In addition to participant observation, I conducted interviews. I interviewed 25 of the 50 pupils in this class, 22 boys and 3 girls. They were loosely structured interviews where the focus was on letting the pupils talk about themselves, their class and their school while being led into relevant topics by my questions. The goal in my interviews was to get the participant to talk about their lives and thoughts freely while being led gently by my questions. In that sense, my interviews viewed knowledge as conversational, but also contextual and narrative based (Brinkman & Kvale, p. 64-65). To get the participant to speak as freely as possible I focused on asking open, descriptive questions encouraging the participant to ponder different sides of the topics raised.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
What I expect to find in this project is a more nuanced view of young lives at school. Through rich ethnographic descriptions I aim to show how the boys in my study operate within the school’s framework to make it as fitting as possible for themselves, while also challenging, bending, and breaking the rules and norms of this framework. In this contribution I expect to find grounds to argue that while there are valid reasons to worry about boys falling behind at school (Vogt, 2018), ideas about the future and about risk contributes to create and exacerbate this worry while also contributing to creating the problem it is worrying about. A further aim in and beyond this contribution is to make room for diverse ways of thinking about both life trajectories and identity project to help alleviate the pressure put on the individual by the ever-present self-reflexive identity project inherent in late modernity (Giddens, 1991).
References
-Brinkmann, S. & Kvale, S. (2015). Interviews: Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing. Los Angeles, Calif.: Sage.
-Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
-Cohen, A. (1984). Participant Observation. In R. Ellen (ed.) Ethnographic research: A guide to general conduct (pp.216-229). London: Academic Press.
-Eurostat. (2021, June). Educational attainment statistics. Ec.europa. Educational attainment statistics - Statistics Explained (europa.eu)
-Giddens, A. (1991). Medernity and Self-Identity: Self and Society in the Late Modern Age. Polity.
-Hacking, I. (1999). The social construction of what? Harvard University Press.
-Hegna, K. (2019). Learning identities in vocational education and training – from school to apprenticeship. Journal of Education and Work, 32(1), 52-65.
-Lyng, S. T. (2004). Være eller lære? Om Elevroller, Identitet og Læring i Ungdomsskolen. Universitetsforlaget.
-Willis, P. (1977). Learning to Labour: How working class kids get working class jobs. Routledge.


19. Ethnography
Paper

The Diversity of Pupils and the Need for Community. Contractualism in School

Jürgen Budde

Europa-Universität Flensburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Budde, Jürgen

Pedagogical activities in schools are necessarily always directed at the individual pupil on the one hand and the school class as a group on the other. This creates a tension that teachers need to manage. The growing diversity of the pupils exacerbates this tension, as diversity increases, but the demand for community and shared commitment cannot be completely suspended. For all the tendencies towards individualisation as the preferred response to growing diversity, schools cannot avoid creating community. This is not only the task of the school, but also necessary if the activities of the pupils as a group are not to be in permanent conflict with each other.

Diversity, individuality and community are thus in conflict with each other in the classroom. In recent years, with the 'opening up of teaching' for a different way of dealing with diversity, practices have increasingly been implemented which can be described as contratualism (Brown et al., 1996). This refers to the tendency for pupils and teachers to enter into contracts.

Contracts have many functions. Contracts can be used to coordinate the actions of the signatories They can create a binding obligation to perform expected behaviours. They establish and secure a ‘norm-oriented’ basic order of the social. Finally, contracts legitimise the actions of their signatories by providing a reliable basis for actions (Nagel 1991).

In school classrooms, learning contracts with pupils are on the one hand orientated towards measuring pupils performance in specific fields (Greenwood & McCabe, 2008; Coy, 2014). On the other hand, regulatory approaches to behaviour, such as the ‘time-out room’ – where pupils are sent when they ‘disturb the class’, and where they must complete a contract to return to class participation – are based on contractual assumptions (Adamson et al., 2019). Such pedagogical practices follow the principle of negotiating rather than commanding. Contracts should govern social interaction, create community and respect the individuality of the pupils. But they also provide an opportunity to address these rules, norms and values pedagogically. A common basis for behaviour is to be practised and established through contracts (Budde et al. 2021).

On the one hand, contractual pedagogy is welcomed in the context of democratising reforms that seek to consider the agency and self-control of individual children (Sant 2019). It is also seen as contributing to an inclusive approach to diversity. On the other hand, the power effects inherent in this instrument need to be questioned. It is assumed that contractualism is intertwined with power effects that can be understood as both self-governmental and external regulation (Apple 2011). Contractualism is criticised for establishing a pedagogical order based on homogenising notions of the school as an institution. Against this background, the article asks what power effects are produced by contractualism as a strategy for dealing with diversity in school character education?

To this end, a practice-theoretical perspective is used, which essentially focuses on the activities of the actors involved. The practice-theoretical based approach assumes that human activities are based on practices which are expressions of social orders. Practices are closely linked to material arrangements such as humans, artifacts, organisms and things (Schatzki, 2005, 476 f.). The paper follows the idea of a "flat ontology", as proposed by Schatzki (2016), for example, which locates social phenomena on a single level of reality. With regard to practice theory, the focus of analysis is on practice-arrangement-bundles. These practice-arrangement-bundles – based on an interweaving of practices, discourses, artefacts and subjectivation- form larger constellations (Schatzki 2002).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research question is addressed using the example of the formulation of class rules. The material comes from a larger ethnographic study that we have been conducting over the past few years on the topic of “Social Learning and Character Education in Schools” (Budde & Weuster 2017). The data (participant observation, interviews, artefacts) focus on pedagogical practices in schools in Germany (Budde & Eckermann 2022). The aim of the paper is to identify the actions that make up contractualism, which also means to identify the net of overlapping and interacting practice-arrangement bundles.
The research design is based on the concept of an ‘ethnographic collage’ (Richter & Friebertshäuser 2012), which focuses on collecting and evaluating data with a multimethod approach on different activities in the context of contractualism in schools. The main interest of ethnography are the implicit, unconscious activities and routines. Participatory observation was used in order to analyse the practices of contractual pedagogy. Participatory observation is based on the assumption that the researcher can learn about the discursive and physical practices that constitute social orders by observing and participating in the natural enviroment of the people under study (Troman et al. 2005). Observations are recorded in the form of field notes and protocols and can then be transformed into analysable data (Emmerson et al. 1995). Document analysis complements the analysis of pupils’ and teachers’ practices and views in order to analyse the material basis of pedagogical contracts.
The specific basis of the analysis is a participant observation of a workshop run with 8th grade pupils (around 14 years old) in a comprehensive school in northern Germany. The class takes part in an out-of-school workshop running over several days, which is facilitated by two pedagogues from an external organisation. The class teacher is also present. The analysis is based on grounded theory methodology (Strauss & Corbin 1996) to create core categories. This is done by coding of relevant passages and then systematising on the basis of maximum and minimum contrasts of the codes formed in the process.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In summary, this paper aims to show, that the effects of power are visible. Negotiations of rules are not ‘free’ or orientated towards the diversity of pupils, but they prefigure a behavioural contract that is  structured above all in the school. Community in pedagogical practices on the basis of contracts appeals to – and at the same time creates – individually responsible learners under a homogeneous norm. It shows neither ‘external regulation nor self-regulation’ or ‘governmental power ideology versus progressive education’, but both as elements of a subjectivising constellation (Youdell 2006), a way of practising the relationality between external and self-regulation.
In this sense, the empirical effects of contractualism reconstructed in the proposed paper are primarily aimed at restoring the institutional order. The data clearly demonstrate normalising, homogenising behavioural effects that maintain pre-existing power relations. Contractual pedagogy’s encouragement of participation is severely constrained by this implicitly normative orientation towards an order of established patterns of behaviour – which ultimately remains undisturbed. When we consider the diversity of pupils, contractualism cannot be said to represent a participatory democratic approach to educational that might be open for innovative and critical reflection. Rather than opening a field for learning, this process becomes an end in itself.
From a practice theory perspective, contractualism can be seen as a cohesive constellation within a flat ontology that works through the relationality between subjective and communal modes of address.

References
Apple, M. W. (2011). Democratic education in neoliberal and neoconservative times. International Studies in Sociology of Education 21(1) (21–31).
Adamson, R. M., McKenna, J. W., &Mitchell, B. (2019). Supporting All Students. Preventing School Failure, 63(1), 62–67.
Coy, P. (2014). Collective Learning Agreements as Democratic Practice and Joint Empowerment. Conflict Resolution Quarterly, 31(3) (229–256).
Greenwood, S. C., & McCabe, P. P. (2008). How Learning Contracts Motivate Students. Middle School Journal (J3) 39(5) (13–22).
Sant, E. (2019). Democratic Education: A Theoretical Review (2006–2017). Review of Educational Research 89(5) (655–696).
Schatzki, T. R. (2005). Peripheral Vision. Organization Studies 26 (3), (465–484). DOI: 10.1177/0170840605050876.
Schatzki, T. R. (2016). Practice Theory as Flat Ontology. In G. Spaargaren, D. Weenink, & M. Lamers (eds.), Practice Theory and Research. Florence: Taylor and Francis.
Schatzki, T. R. (2002). The site of the social. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press.
Budde, J., & Weuster, N. (2017). Class Council between Democracy Learning and Character Education. Journal of Social Science Education 16 (3), 52–61.
Budde, J.; Hellberg, L. & Weuster, N. (2021). Contractualism as an element of democratic pedagogy? Journal of Social Science Education 20 (4). DOI: 10.11576/jsse-4468.
Budde, J., & Eckermann, T. (2021). Grundrisse einer Theorie pädagogischer Praktiken [Outlines of a theory of pedagogical practices]. In J. Budde & T. Eckermann (eds.). Studienbuch Pädagogische Praktiken, (10–34). Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt Verlag.
Troman, G., Jeffrey, B., & Walford, G. (2005). Methodological issues and practices in ethnography. Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Emerson, R. M., Fretz, R. I., & Shaw, L. L. (1995). Writing Ethnographic Fieldnotes. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.
Richter, S., & Friebertshäuser, B. (2012). Der schulische Trainingsraum – Ethnographische Collage als empirische, theoretische und methodologische Herausforderung [The school time-out-room - ethnographic collage as an empirical, theoretical and methodological challenge]. In B. Friebertshäuser et al. (eds.). Feld und Theorie, (71–88). Opladen: Budrich.
Brown, L., Seddon, T., & Angus, L. (1996). Professional Practice in Education in an Era of Contractualism. Australian Journal of Education, 40(3), 311–327.
Nagel, T. (1991). Equality and Partiality. New York: Oxford University Press.
Youdell, D. (2006). Subjectivation and performative politics. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 27(4) (511–528).
 
9:00am - 10:30am20 SES 09 A: Internationalization and Teacher training
Location: James McCune Smith, 733 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Dolly Eliyahu-Levi
Paper Session
 
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Possibilities to Recognize Other Forms of Diversity in Learning Environments in Higher Education

Andrius Eidimtas1, Raimonda Bruneviciute2

1Lithuanian University of Health Science; 2Lithuanian Educational Research Association

Presenting Author: Eidimtas, Andrius

Students are more likely to cross borders to pursue their studies as they reach more advanced levels of education (OECD 2022). According to the latest researches (Mok, Xiong, Ke, Cheung, 2021; Bilecen, 2020) and statistics (OECD 2022, UNESCO 2020) international student mobility has been rising considerably faster over the last three decades and now exeeding 4.4 million international students worldwide. Students mobility and the internationalization of higher education creates a better understanding of the diversity of experiences (França, Padilla, 2022).

Researchers (Shields 2019; Chung et al. 2018) who have studied first year students in higher education have found that a certain percentage of students do not complete their studies and obtain a bachelor's or master's degree. On the one hand, it depends on the entrants' own motivation and environmental factors (Eidimtas, Juceviciene 2014). On the other hand, it is noticed that one of the possible reasons for failure is racial, ethnic, socioeconomic differences (Banks and Banks, 2019; Quaye, 2019).

Another aspect, which researches (Museus 2014, Hurtado et. al. 2012) emphasize, that students came from abroad face with negative campus climates, higher levels of discrimination from faculty or local society and greater insensicity in the classroom than their colleagues.

International students’ past educational experiences, worldviews, and cultural approaches can be quite different from those of domestic student, even despite sharing the same racial background. Research has shown how international students from non-European countries are less socially engaged with their college than their European peers (Quaye, Harper, Pendakur, 2019). Other studies also stress, that student encounter with specific challenges for example: English language and learning (pronunciation and accent, class discussions in silence and etc.), social isolation (loss of social network, differences in preferred style of learning in peer group and etc.), cultural norms (classroom interactions between teachers and students, academic norms and etc.).

Museus (2014) Culturaly Enganging Campus Environments (CECE) theoretical model is grounded by Tinto (1975, 1987, 1993) theory. The CECE model posits that a variety of external influences (i.e., finances, employment, family influences) shape individual influences (i.e., sense of belonging, academic dispositions, and academic performance) and success among racially diverse college student populations. The model also suggests that students enter higher education with precollege inputs (i.e., demographic characteristics, initial academic dispositions, academic preparation) that influence individual influences and success. The focal point of the model underscores the environmental (i.e. culturally engaging campus environments) and individual influences on college success. Specifically, the focal area of the model suggests that the degree to which culturally engaging campus environments exist at a particular postsecondary institution is positively associated with more positive individual factors and ultimately greater student success.

A number of studies have also been conducted on the adaptation of foreign students studying in Lithuania (Razgulin, Smigelskas, Argustaite-Zailskiene, 2021; Grebliauskiene, 2019, Gudaityte et al. 2014). Also, it was analyzed student attitudes towards learning space (classroom) environment created at specialized biomedical university by Eidimtas, Bruneviciute, Blazeviciene (2018). However, factors, circumstances, perhaps direct facts, that allow teachers to recognize other forms of diversity in Higher Education (HE) which was impacted by learner's earlier educational culture, were not examined.

The aim of this research is to reveal the possibilities to recognize other forms of diversity in learning environments in Higher Education

The objectives of the research were the following: 1) To analyze the expectations of first year students to the learning environment; 2) To reveal key elements of other forms of diversity in learning environments in HE.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research was performed on 2019-2022 at one of Lithuanian universities, hosting more than 23% full time incoming students from more than 80 countries in 19 study programmes.  This university presents itself as a strong international university that actively develops openness to different cultures and traditions. Developing, fostering international relations and cooperation with foreign partners and University alumni in the fields of studies, science and practice.
All first year students at  the university have „Introduction to profession“ one week course. During this course we offered the written interview for freshmen based on qualitative research methodology. The students’ answers are related with previous learning experience, their opinion about learning, and some expectations towards to the learning process.
During last 3 academic years (2019-2020, 20202-2021, 2021-2022) more than 100 incoming freshmen, submitted approximately 400 answers on interaction aspect in learning environment. All these suggestions were analyzed and grouped according Museus (2014) theoretical model in order to reveal key elements of other forms of diversity. These data will be analysed by content analysis method also using Museus (2014) model.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The content analysis of students expectations to learning environment have shown the main categories:
- Academic motivation;
- Adacemic self – efficacy;
- Culturally validating environments.
Further we expect to reveal the main aspects of students’ attitude and how this attitude was changed during these 3 years. It is known that Covid 19 made some influence on it. Based on the results of this research some recommendations could be prepared for teachers - how to change pedagogic strategies, curricula and etc. and for future students - how to understand local context from the wider world with specific educational background.

References
1.Banks, J. A., & Banks, C. A. M. (Eds.). (2019). Multicultural education: Issues and perspectives. John Wiley & Sons.
2.Bilecen, B. (2020). Commentary: COVID-19 pandemic and higher education: International mobility and students’ social protection. International migration, 58(4), 263-266.
3.Chung MP, Thang CK, Vermillion M, Fried JM, Uijtdehaage S. Exploring medical students’ barriers to reporting mistreatment during clerkships: a qualitative study. Medical Education Online. 2018;23(1):1. doi:10.1080/10872981.2018.1478170.
4.Eidimtas, A., & Juceviciene, P. (2014). Factors influencing school-leavers decision to enrol in higher education. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 116, 3983-3988.
5.Eidimtas, A.; Bruneviciute, R.; Blazeviciene, A. Creation of the innovative environment for the development of educational and practical possibilities of intercultural comunication of health care team members // ECER 2018, No. 1496.
6.França, T., & Padilla, B. (2022). South–South student mobility: International students from Portuguese-speaking Africa in Brazil. In The Palgrave handbook of youth mobility and educational migration (pp. 249-260). Cham: Springer International Publishing.
7.Grebliauskienė, B. (2019). Communication Challenges for Foreign Students Studying in English in a Non-English Academic Environment. Information & Media, 86, 56-67.
8.Gudaitytė, D. et al. (2014). Possibilities of creating an educational environment when working with students of different cultures: students' and teachers' point of view. Professional Studies: Theory and Practice, (14), 156-160.
9.Hurtado, S., Alvarez, C. L., Guillermo-Wann, C., Cuellar, M., & Arellano, L. (2012). A model for diverse learning environments: The scholarship on creating and assessing conditions for student success. Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research: Volume 27, 41-122.
10.Mok, K. H., Xiong, W., Ke, G., & Cheung, J. O. W. (2021). Impact of COVID-19 pandemic on international higher education and student mobility: Student perspectives from mainland China and Hong Kong. International Journal of Educational Research, 105, 101718.
11.Museus, S. D. (2014). The culturally engaging campus environments (CECE) model: A new theory of success among racially diverse college student populations. Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research: Volume 29, 189-227.
12.Quaye, S. J., Harper, S. R., & Pendakur, S. L. (Eds.). (2019). Student engagement in higher education: Theoretical perspectives and practical approaches for diverse populations. Routledge.
13.Razgulin, J., Šmigelskas, K., & Argustaitė-Zailskienė, G. (2021). Adjustment of First-year International Students in Lithuanian and their Mental Health. Lietuvos psichologų kongresas 2021. Kaunas: LSMU, 2021.
14.Shields, R. (2019). The sustainability of international higher education: Student mobility and global climate change. Journal of Cleaner Production, 217, 594-602.


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Formative Assessment in Teacher Education for Inclusion: Self-Study of Teacher Education Practice

Edda Óskarsdóttir, Hafdís Guðjónsdóttir

University of Iceland, Iceland

Presenting Author: Óskarsdóttir, Edda; Guðjónsdóttir, Hafdís

This self-study of our practice as teacher educators explores a graduate course focused on inclusive pedagogy and teacher professionalism involving an ethical and social commitment to all students. The purpose of this research is to find new ways to work with teacher students through reviewing their learning processes. The aim is to understand key learning moments witnessed in students’ self-assessment papers and how we can build on those to further support students in their learning. The research question is: What are the different ways of learning that students report in their self-assessment?

Inclusion can be realized when teachers see themselves as agents of change, with the values, knowledge and attitudes that allow every student to succeed (UNESCO, 2020). An essential element of inclusive education involves ensuring that all teachers are prepared to teach all students. Inclusion implies a shift from emphasizing the source of learning differences or difficulties in school as coming from within the pupil or from their social circumstances to viewing the problem as the influence of the system of education or the environment (Schuelka et al., 2019). School is then a place where difference is understood as fundamental to human development and the aim is to create rich learning environments for all students through differentiation, focusing on what is to be taught rather than who is to learn it (Óskarsdóttir et al., 2018). So, rather than expecting pupils to assimilate to existing school and subject structures, the curricula, teaching practices and learning situations must mirror the inherently diverse human nature.

Teaching for equity, where teaching practices that presume diversity from the beginning are employed and built on a recognition of pupil resources, can be considered simply as good teaching for all. These connotations of inclusion challenge all teachers to investigate their values and beliefs, to reflect on their understanding of teaching, learning and curriculum, and to reinvent their roles as participants in school change. Through the recognition of their identities, their unique qualities and their roles, teachers have more opportunities to empower their pupils. In working with diverse pupils, it is critical that teachers understand how their own identities influence the ways they work and how they respect the value of diverse identities (Freire, 2005).

Teaching people to become responsive teachers in inclusive settings is not straightforward because people do not necessarily refer to their own experience of diverse classrooms. It can be demanding to create a learning environment of trust, collaboration and problem solving, as reconstructing thinking, beliefs and learning takes time (Guðjónsdóttir & Óskarsdóttir, 2023). It can be challenging, both for participants and teacher educators, to move out of the comfort zone, risk uncertainty and explore new ways of planning, teaching, and learning. However, previous research in teacher education reports that most participants were comfortable with the various learning environments provided (Guðjónsdóttir & Óskarsdóttir, 2020).

Feedback to students is a key element in learning to become responsive teacher in inclusive settings. Formative assessment can influence future performance and provide information from feedback that improves learning (Black & Wiliam, 2009). It is a planned, ongoing process that can be used by students and teachers to elicit and use evidence of student learning to improve their progress in achieving intended learning outcomes (CCSSO, 2018). Thus, formative assessment is a method teachers can use to improve instruction and impact the teaching-learning process aiming to enhance students’ understanding of their own learning and to give them an opportunity to influence their learning (Brookhart, 2013).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research builds on the methodology of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices (S-STTEP), where we as the researchers and teacher educators focus through the critical and collaborative lens of self-study on formative and self-assessment in one course (Bodone et al., 2004). The S-STTEP methodology was a frame for us to examine the course; it was a way to think about and discuss our practice in collaboration (Tidwell and Staples, 2017).

There are six teachers teaching this course and two of them participate in this research. About 60 students attend the course each year. Some are in their initial teacher education, others coming back for their graduate studies, some are pre-school teachers and others compulsory or secondary level teachers.

Data was collected for three academic terms (2019–2022). The course is 10ECTS and taught every fall term for 15 weeks. Data sources:
• Our perspective research journals. They are our personal accounts that we analyze individually and share with each other.
• Students’ self-assessment of their learning, submitted online.

To ensure trustworthiness we analyzed the data individually and in partnership aiming for transparent and systematic data analysis (Wolcott, 2001). The methods for transforming the data into findings, and the linkages between data, findings, and collective interpretations provided explanatory and meaningful insights into our practice (LaBoskey, 2004).

We employed document analysis as we read through our data and made a list of these learning activities, looking for evidence of how students explain their learning. At second stage we analyzed the self-assessment papers through the lens of formative assessment, created groups and categories. The third stage involved analysis of our personal journals. The fourth and final stage of the process focused on interpreting our collective analysis to gain an in-depth understanding and transparent view of the different ways of learning that students report in their self-assessment.

We followed ethical standards for research, the Act on Personal Data Protection and the Processing of Personal Data (No. 90/2008) together with the University of Iceland Code of Ethics (2014). To ensure that our research was ethically sound, we discussed the research plan with all participants at the beginning of each term and asked the willing participants to sign an informed consent form regarding our data collection. The anonymity of participants was ensured by giving them pseudonyms and de-identifying the data. All data was kept in a secure place and only the authors have access to them.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings show us that the self-assessment helps the students to frame their learning processes. The diverse approaches employed in the course seems to support them to meet the learning goals of attending to the diversity of the student group.

One essential ingredient of the learning space created is the freedom students are allowed in their assignments. The freedom involves stipulating in the assignment descriptions that creativity is encouraged, such as using prose, video, artwork, or some other innovative ways in their assignments. According to the self-assessment many participants enjoyed the freedom and flexibility of the course. For some the freedom meant that they were outside their comfort zone, as Sigrún phrased it: “Creativity is not something I would consider my strong side at all,” but agreed that it helped their learning.

While students are encouraged to be creative, they must provide an argument for their work and link it to literature. The self-assessment is a critical reflection on and evaluation of their work during the course and what they take away with them from it. Rebekka wrote in her self-assessment: “For students to evaluate their own progress in the course and give themselves a grade is a good example of inclusive practice. I have never done this before and feel this is a great idea that challenges the student to look inward, at their moral values, independence, self-confidence and much more.” Students need to support their reflection with descriptive examples from their activities, such as excerpts from their study journal, examples from online discussions or critical moments. While we have found that the self- assessment is a practical tool for reflection that supports participants’ personal growth and professional development, many participants find it difficult to reflect on their own learning but are ready to evaluate our work instead.

References
Act on Personal Data Protection and the Processing of Personal Data no. 90/2008 [Lög um persónuvernd og vinnslu persónuupplýsinga nr. 90/2018.]
Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (2009). Developing the theory of formative assessment. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), 5–31. doi:10.1007/s11092-008-9068-5
Bodone, F., Guðjónsdóttir, H. & Dalmau, M.C. (2004). Revisioning and recreating practice: collaboration in self-study. In: J.J. Loughran, M.L. Hamilton, V.K. LaBoskey & T. Russell, (Eds.), International Handbook of Self-Study of Teaching and Teacher Education Practices, vol. 12, (pp. 743–784.), Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Brookhart, S. M. (2013). Develop a student-centered mind-set for formative assessment. Voices from the Middle, 21(2), 21–25.
CCSSO. (2018). Revising the definition of formative assessment. Council of Chief State School Officers.
Freire, P. (2005). Education for critical consciousness. Continuum.
Guðjónsdóttir, H. & Óskarsdóttir, E. (2020). “Dealing with diversity”: Debating the focus of teacher education for inclusion. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 95–109. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2019.1695774.
Guðjónsdóttir, H., Óskarsdóttir, E. (2023). Enacting inclusive pedagogy in teacher education: creating a learning space for teachers to develop their professional identity. In: R.J. Tierney, F. Rizvi & K. Erkican (Eds.), International Encyclopedia of Education, vol. 5. pp. 243–253, Elsevier. https://dx.doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-818630-5.04035-5.
LaBoskey, V. (2004). The methodology of self-study and its theoretical underpinnings. In: J.J. Loughran, M.L. Hamilton, V.K. LaBoskey & T. Russell, (Eds.), International Handbook of Self-Study of Teaching and Teacher Education Practices, vol. 12, (pp. 817–869), Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Óskarsdóttir, E., Guðjónsdóttir, H., Tidwell, D. (2018). Breaking free from the needs paradigm: a collaborative reflection. Studying Teacher Education, 15(1), 44–55. https://doi.org/10.1080/17425964.2018.1541290.
Schuelka, M., et al. (2019). Introduction: scholarship for diversity and inclusion in education in the 21st century. In: M.J. Schuelka, C.J. Johnstone, G. Thomas & A.J. Artiles (Eds.), The Sage Handbook of Inclusion and Diversity in Education, (pp. xxxi–xliii), Sage.
Tidwell, D. & Staples, A. (2017). The collaborative process in educators’ self-study of practice. In: M.C. Dalmau, H., Guðjónsdóttir & D. Tidwell (Eds.), Taking a Fresh Look at Education, (pp. 89–111), Brill Sense.
UNESCO. (2020). Global Education Monitoring Report 2020: Inclusion and Education: All Means all. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ ark: /48223/ pf0000373718.
University of Icelands Code of Ethics. (2014). [Vísindasiðareglur Háskóla Íslands]. https://www.hi.is/sites/default/files/atli/pdf/log_og_reglur/vshi_sidareglur_16_1_2014.pdf.
Wolcott, H. (2001). Writing up qualitative research. Sage Publications.


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Towards Meta-Framework of International Student Mobility Decision-making: Insights from Qualitative Research on Internationalisation at a Distance Effect on Study-abroad Aspirations

Mariia Tishenina

Edge Hill University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Tishenina, Mariia

As the field of international student mobility (ISM) research develops, it is becoming more and more obvious that there is a lack of a theoretical framework that would encompass different disciplinary contributions and bare a coherent explanatory power for often contradictory empirical findings. The great disparity emerges when the research is done into individual decision-making as opposed to general international student flows as more variables inevitably are drawn into consideration and human agency starts to manifest. Despite acknowledged and well-researched influences of macro-level push and pull factors shaping ISM, students make agentic decisions to take part in mobility on an individual micro level. To investigate these decisions the research needs to account for “students' visions of the past, their perceptions of the present and their ambitions about the future” which are fluid and subjective (Wells, 2014, p.22).

Despite the apparent contradictions in research on ISM participation and decision-making, it is, nevertheless, possible to create a Meta-Framework based on the complementary nature of various paradigmatic and disciplinary approaches and their convergence potential. The theorised Meta-Framework of ISM decision-making builds upon previous applications to ISM of Rational Choice model (Lörz, Netz, & Quast, 2016), Rubicon Model of Action Phases (Netz, 2015), Theory of Planned behaviour (Kim & Lawrence, 2021; Albien & Mashatola, 2021; Goel, de Jong, & Schusenberg, 2010, 2012; Presley et al., 2010; Petzold & Moog, 2018; ) and Self-determination theory (Chirkov et al, 2007; Yue & Lu, 2022) combined with studies on push-pull factors across various contexts, research on the effect of personality traits and the recently theorised overarching theory of migration – Aspiration-Capability Framework - proposed by de Hass (2021)

Until recently due to the plethora of factors affecting individual ISM decisions, testing the validity of such Meta-Framework would be very difficult, if not impossible. IaD allows us to assess the decision-making process of those involved in the absence of the most prominent barriers to participation, such as financial, academic, and familial. Most importantly it gives us an opportunity to explore the changes evoked by purely educational international experience (stripped of country immersion components) and how these changes alter aspirations for studying abroad as a transition into another educational culture before all.

It is generally believed that a physical study abroad period enhances future mobility aspirations (e.g. Findlay et al., 2006; Wiers-Jenssen, 2008). Lee et al. (2022) found that those students who have participated in international virtual exchange (a type of Internationalisation at a Distance (IaD)) are twice more likely to take part in immersive study abroad. However, the authors acknowledge that the correlation can take different forms, with either study abroad intentions leading to engagement with IaD opportunities, or vice versa, showing how the two are bound together on the motivational level.

The research questions are, thus, the following:

  1. How does motivation for IaD participation differ from motivation for physical student mobility, if any?
  2. How does IaD participation affect consequent aspirations for cross-border immersive study abroad?
  3. What is a possible mechanism behind such influence as an overarching model of ISM decision-making?

The outcomes of this research are likely to make a substantial contribution to both theory and practice. Apart from proposing a more universal theory of individual decision-making in ISM that has the potential to erase contradictions among existing empirical findings, it allows distinguishing between students whose disengagement with studies abroad is a well-weighted rational decision, a product of existing constraints, or an overseen opportunity due to limited vision.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As there is limited research into the topic, an exploratory qualitative research design is employed. The main method of data collection is semi-structured interviews whereby participants can convey their own stories and perceptions in their own words, not limiting their expressive abilities to theoretically predefined options.

It is planned to collect 40 in-depth interviews with participants of various IaD projects (20 with students from Russia and 20 with students from Kazakhstan). The recruitment is done via internationalisation departments at HEIs and, where possible, via IaD project coordinators within home universities and abroad. The data is analysed using thematic analysis.

As this is an ongoing study, the preliminary findings described below are based on 17 interviews with students from Russia.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings support the validity of the proposed Meta-Framework of ISM decision-making with separate aspiration formation and intention formation thresholds. They also show that relational social justice approach to creation of online learning environments (esp. through inclusive, equitable and socially just teaching practices) can foster distributive social justice in ISM by potentially empowering more diverse students to engage in the actual rational decision-making process to become physically mobile, as well as strengthening their motivation.

One, it is possible to draw a distinction among the notions of ‘desire’, ‘aspire’ and ‘intend’ in ISM, representing different phases of decision-making. Students’ motivations for IaD participation follows a similar pattern as with physical ISM: (1) a strategic approach (as a strategy to accumulate capitals and credentials conducive to study abroad and/or enhanced employability at home), and (2) curiosity driven learning and development pursuit. Those using IaD as a means to increase ISM chances has already formed an intention to participate in physical mobility (or at least make an attempt). Those wishing to enhance employment opportunities through IaD have crossed an aspiration threshold, but not the intention threshold to actually move physically to another country for educational purposes. Whereas those driven by curiosity alone might not even have considered ISM as an option and are at the exploration stage to understand what such experience may entail and whether it is a desirable pursuit.

Two, irrespective of where a person is in relation to decision phases, experiencing learning within another educational culture (in person, online or through on-campus internationalisation) can strengthen the desirability of such educational sojourns through their perception of being conducive to basic psychological needs (autonomy, competence and relatedness). It explains what intrinsic motivation in ISM (as opposed to internalised extrinsic motives based on self-esteem needs) entail, beyond general curiosity.

References
Albien, A.J., & Mashatola, N.J. (2021). A Systematic Review and Conceptual Model of  International Student Mobility Decision-Making. Social Inclusion. 2021, 9 (1), 288–298.

Chirkov, V. & Vansteenkiste, M., Tao, R. & Lynch, M. (2007). The role of self-determined motivation and goals for study abroad in the adaptation of international students. International Journal of Intercultural Relations. 31. 199-222.

de Haas, H. (2021). A theory of migration: the aspirations-capabilities framework. CMS 9, 8.

Findlay, A. M., King, R., Stam, A. & Ruiz-Gelices, E. (2006). Ever Reluctant Europeans: The Changing Geographies of UK Students Studying and Working Abroad. European Urban and Regional Studies, 13(4), 291-318.

Goel, L., de Jong, P. & Schnusenberg, O. (2010), “Toward a Comprehensive Framework of Study Abroad Intentions and Behaviors,” Journal of Teaching in International Business, 21, 248–265.

Kim, H.S., Lawrence, J.H. (2021) Who Studies Abroad? Understanding the Impact of Intent on Participation. Res High Educ 62, 1039–1085.

Lee, J., Leibowitz, J., & Rezek, J. (2022). The Impact of International Virtual Exchange on Participation in Education Abroad. Journal of Studies in International Education, 26(2), 202–221.

Lörz, M., Netz, N. & Quast, H. (2016) Why do students from underprivileged families less often intend to study abroad?. High Educ 72, 153–174.

Netz, N. (2015). What deters students from studying abroad? Evidence from four European countries and its implications for higher education policy. Higher Education Policy, 28, 151-174.

Petzold, K. & Moog, P.. (2018). What shapes the intention to study abroad? An experimental approach. Higher Education. 75.

Presley, A., Damron-Martinez, D., & Zhang, L. (2010) A study of business student choice to study abroad: A test of the theory of planned behaviour. Journal of Teaching in International Business. 21 (4), 227-247.

Schnusenberg, O., de Jong, P. & Goel, L. (2012), Predicting Study Abroad Intentions Based on the Theory of Planned Behavior. Decision Sciences Journal of Innovative Education, 10: 337-361.

Wells, A. (2014). International Student Mobility: Approaches, Challenges and Suggestions for Further Research. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences. 143.

Wiers-Jenssen, J. (2008). Does Higher Education Attained Abroad Lead to International Jobs? Journal of Studies in International Education, 12(2), 101–130.

Yue, Y. & Lu, J. (2022). International Students’ Motivation to Study Abroad: An Empirical Study Based on Expectancy-Value Theory and Self-Determination Theory. Front. Psychol.


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Aligning for Change: A Mixed-methods Exploration of Students’ and Teachers’ Beliefs, Perceptions, and Reform-aligned Pedagogical Practices in Sao Paulo

Adam Barton

University of Cambridge, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Barton, Adam

Educationalists across the globe face ever-increasing pressure to reform and improve schooling (Kalenze, 2014). But they regularly struggle to implement and sustain these changes as intended (Fullan, 2007; Hallinger & Heck, 2011). This is not particularly surprising: educational change, as with all behavioral change, is neither linear nor externally controllable. It is a process of differential enactment based on a myriad of individual and collective psychosocial processes, which theorists often term “sensemaking” (Brown et al., 2015).

Diverse literatures, from organizational psychology to learning science, adopt a cognitive lens to describe and explain this complexity. More specifically, scholars often highlight the power of individual beliefs (Ajzen, 2005) and perceptions (Smith, 2001) in shaping behavior change. That is, the ways in which actors conceptualize and assess external phenomena essentially direct their decisions to adopt or alter all manner of actions (George & Jones, 2001). Education researchers, in particular, have long demonstrated that teachers’ pedagogical beliefs shape not only their classroom behaviors (Raths, 2001), but also their approaches to novel reforms (Fives & Buehl, 2016). They have further shown that students’ educational conceptions inform all manner of pedagogical decisions, from engagement and motivation (Könings, 2007) to learning approach (Dart et al., 2000).

However, the nature of and interrelations between belief and perception are underexplored in the context of educational change. First, empirical studies have rarely aimed to link these cognitive constructs with actual changes at the heart of teaching and learning—classroom-level pedagogical practices (Fives & Gill, 2015). Second, researchers have rarely collected longitudinal data on these shifting concepts (Wiltsey Stirman et al., 2012). Third, studies on educational change tend to either assess only a handful of qualitative cases, or reduce data down to average beliefs across a diversity of actors (Zhang & Soergel, 2014). Finally, studies generally overlook the classroom-shaping power of students’ cognitive processes, particularly as they interact with teachers’ shifting beliefs and practices (Hilgendorf, 2012). Taken together, these traditionally static, non-agentic snapshots complicate a detailed understanding of the complex cognitive mechanisms underpinning educational change.

This study adopts a multi-case, mixed methods, longitudinal approach to bridge these gaps. It seeks to build a theoretical model of individual pedagogical belief, perception, and behavior change, answering three interrelated questions:

  • How do schooling beliefs, reform perceptions, and pedagogical practices change over time for individual teachers and students?
  • What types of teacher and student profiles emerge from analysis of their schooling beliefs, reform perceptions, and pedagogical change?
  • To what extent do schooling beliefs and reform perceptions relate to pedagogical change, for individual teachers and students?

Set in the context of public education reform in Sao Paulo, Brazil, this project analyzes the shifting beliefs, perceptions, and behaviors of students and teachers across five upper-primary schools implementing a government-led reform known as Ensino Integral. This “whole education” reform aims to not only double the school day from four to eight hours, but also shift pedagogy toward student-centered, hands-on, and contextualized learning (Diretrizes do Programa Ensino Integral, 2016).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data collection and analysis occur across two interrelated streams. Quantitative data come from 4,153 individual responses to a novel survey, administered through Qualtrics at the beginning and end of the 2022 academic year. All five schools implementing the target reform in the Sul 2 district of Sao Paulo city were invited to participate in two rounds of surveys. Each participant inputted a unique identifier to enable temporal comparison. The survey, piloted and revised in January 2022, adapts three existing questionnaires to probe dimensions of pedagogical preference, perceived pedagogical change, individual buy-in, and current teaching and learning behaviors.

Qualitative data emerge from semi-structured interviews with a cohort of 24 students and 17 teachers across three schools. Interviews ranged from 15 minutes to two hours in length and were conducted three times during the academic year. Two semi-structured diary entries from and classroom observations of this same cohort complement these conversations. Additional data result from semi-structured interviews with 5 school administrators and 6 district and state administrators. Qualitative tools and analysis adopt a cognitive sensemaking lens, aiming to explore the shifting scope and nuance of individuals’ pedagogical beliefs, perceptions, and behaviors.

This study takes a multiphase combination approach, with qualitative and quantitative data directly interacting and mixing during collection, analysis, and interpretation (Creswell & Clark, 2017). Here, source diversity across cases enables a level of iterative triangulation that can ultimately strengthen analytical credibility (Morgan et al., 2017). The three school sites, and their respective longitudinal interview participants, were selected purposively using the preliminary survey. Selection criteria focused on maximum variation along key demographic dimensions, aiming to increase richness of reform insights by exploring processes from multiple belief and perception angles (Wiersma & Jurs, 2005).

Ongoing qualitative analysis of interview transcripts, diaries, and observation protocols adopts a cognitive sensemaking lens to understand the ways in which individuals come understand their own practices, as well as the understandings and preferences driving these decisions. Quantitative data undergo exploratory cluster segmentation and correlational analysis. The former involves latent transition analysis to define discrete student and teacher profiles with respect to belief (Collins & Lanza, 2009). The latter entails fitting a longitudinal mixed model to characterize individual change pathways and uncover the relationships between pedagogical beliefs and perceptions, on one hand, and changing pedagogical behaviors, on the other (Hair Jr. & Fávero, 2019).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Ultimately, this work serves to highlight the under-explored agentic, cognitive, and longitudinal dimensions of educational change. Emergent findings point to an enormous variety of individual change perceptions. These perception sets are each associated with different enactment styles, in both teaching and learning. This work additionally suggests that aligning personal educational preference and perceived reform purpose is a central ingredient for securing buy-in and driving pedagogical change. By complementing individual sensemaking insights with quantitative patterns of association, these findings can speak to data exigencies of diverse audiences—from policymakers to parents. They help refocus educationalists on the interpersonal complexity of change, while pointing towards dialogic and participatory methods that can ensure all voices are involved in preparing young people to thrive in a fast-changing world.

Preliminary analysis highlights the enormous diversity of individual beliefs and perceptions. Quite simply: students, teachers, and administrators each convey a unique vision of educational purpose, reform meaning, and change implementation. Additional investigation points to the importance of aligning personal educational preference and perceived reform purpose to drive buy-in and behavior change. Analysis, however, is ongoing; detailed findings will be available in May 2023.

References
Ajzen, I. (2005). Attitudes, personality and behaviour. McGraw-Hill Education. https://books.google.co.uk/books?id=dmJ9EGEy0ZYC
Brown, A. D., Colville, I., & Pye, A. (2015). Making Sense of Sensemaking in Organization Studies. Organization Studies, 36(2), 265–277. https://doi.org/10.1177/0170840614559259
Dart, B. C., Burnett, P. C., Purdie, N., Boulton-Lewis, G., Campbell, J., & Smith, D. (2000). Students’ Conceptions of Learning, the Classroom Environment, and Approaches to Learning. The Journal of Educational Research, 93(4), 262–270. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220670009598715
Fives, H., & Buehl, M. M. (2016). Teachers’ Beliefs, in the Context of Policy Reform. Policy Insights from the Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 3(1), 114–121. https://doi.org/10.1177/2372732215623554
Fives, H., & Gill, M. G. (Eds.). (2015). International handbook of research on teachers’ beliefs. Routledge.
Fullan, M. (2007). The New Meaning of Educational Change. Routledge.
Hallinger, P., & Heck, R. H. (2011). Exploring the journey of school improvement: Classifying and analyzing patterns of change in school improvement processes and learning outcomes. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 22(1), 1–27. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2010.536322
Hilgendorf, A. E. (2012). Through a limiting lens: Comparing student, parent, and teacher perspectives of african american boys’ support for school. School Community Journal, 22(2), 111–130.
Könings, K. (2007). Student perspectives on education: Implications for instructional redesign. 256.
Morgan, S. J., Pullon, S. R. H., Macdonald, L. M., McKinlay, E. M., & Gray, B. V. (2017). Case Study Observational Research: A Framework for Conducting Case Study Research Where Observation Data Are the Focus. Qualitative Health Research, 27(7), 1060–1068. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732316649160
Raths, J. (2001). Teachers’ beliefs and teaching beliefs. Early Childhood Research & Practice, 3(1).
Smith, A. D. (2001). Perception and Belief. Philosophy and Phenomenological Research, 62(2), 283–309. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1933-1592.2001.tb00057.x
Wiersma, W., & Jurs, S. G. (2005). Research methods in education: An introduction (8th ed). Pearson/A and B.
Wiltsey Stirman, S., Kimberly, J., Cook, N., Calloway, A., Castro, F., & Charns, M. (2012). The sustainability of new programs and innovations: A review of the empirical literature and recommendations for future research. Implementation Science, 7(1), 17. https://doi.org/10.1186/1748-5908-7-17
Zhang, P., & Soergel, D. (2014). Towards a comprehensive model of the cognitive process and mechanisms of individual sensemaking. Journal of the Association for Information Science and Technology, 65. https://doi.org/10.1002/asi.23125
 
9:00am - 10:30am20 SES 09 B JS: Innovative Learning Tools: Challenges and Opportunities
Location: James McCune Smith, 429 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Carmen Carmona Rodriguez
Joint Paper Session NW 07, NW 20, NW 31. Full information in 31 SES 09 A JS
9:00am - 10:30am22 SES 09 A
Location: Adam Smith, 1115 [Floor 11]
Session Chair: Sarah Robinson
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Mapping Transversal Competencies in Higher Education

Elena Ungureanu, Anca Elena Popovici, Cosmina Mironov, Tania Maria Colniceanu, Camelia Radulescu, Laura Elena Ciolan

University of Bucharest, Romania

Presenting Author: Ungureanu, Elena; Colniceanu, Tania Maria

In the last fifty years, transitions from university to work have become more difficult for young people, as reflected by longer periods of unemployment, job mismatches, and diversified pathways (Allen & vanDer Velden, 2007). The content of the learning objectives connected to the education and training systems, is changing, thus reflecting specific global priorities. A conclusive example is indicator 4.7 of the Sustainable Development Goals – according to which, by 2030, all graduates will acquire the knowledge and skills necessary to promote sustainable development. These strongly suggest that education and training systems should equip learners with skills such as problem solving, collaboration, critical thinking and communication. The focus on these "21st century goals" is visible in education, in general, and curriculum reforms, in particular, and has been promoted by global discussions about the changing needs of work and society as a whole.

These tendencies imposed a consistent debate, with philosophical nuances, related to the identity, roles and missions of the contemporary university. In this context, the controversies generated between utilitarian approaches and those with a more critical orientation were numerous and sometimes intense, generating resistance or producing transformations of principles. The central point of the debates was, explicitly or implicitly, the influence that the labor market should have on the mission of higher education and, of course, on its development agenda for a certain social and economic context (Rego et al, 2022). Such a controversy, in a post-industrial era and a growing knowledge economy, imposes answers to the question regarding the association between higher education and graduate employability (OECD, World Economic Forum, etc.). It should come as no surprise that the European Union, through the Bologna process, has prioritized both the competence-centered approach and employability in its higher education policies, supporting a line of research whose basic premise is to provide the theoretical basis and, wherever possible, to empirically validate the employability skills of university graduates (Rego & al, 2022).

The main concept is the term "21st century skills", that denotes a combination of skills that are important in a modern society and workforce, (Ercikan & Oliveri, 2016). The terms "transferable" (UNESCO, 2012) or "transversal" skills encompass some of the same skills that can be applied in multiple situations, as opposed to technical professional skills that are specific to certain occupations. In a world facing rapid technological and social change, this transversality/transferability is seen as increasingly important, as facilitating transition towards work (Kearns, 2001).

In our research project, we aim at doing a mapping exercise and understand the way transversal competencies are conceptualized in the curricular documents of three bachelor study programs, in the University of Bucharest, a public, large university from Eastern Europe: educational sciences / pedagogy, teacher training education and physics. In this sense, we identify the transversal skills already present in the study programs, but also those that are omitted, by referring to a competence framework developed by the research team based on a rigorous analysis of the literature. Our main research questions were: what sets of transversal competencies are in use in the curricular documents analyzed; what transversal competencies are present in different study programs and disciplines; what issues can we identify by analyzing transversal competencies, that are relevant to higher education and could be explored in next phases of our research. The finality of our study is curricular and practice change through the integration of transversal skills in the programs in the field of education and sciences, but also contribution to the international debate regarding transversal skills, as Hart et al (2021) emphasized that the concept is still understood in different and contradictory ways.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We designed a study,  developed in multiple phases. First, we reviewed the scientific literature, but also the national and international policy documents in the domain (OCDE, 1997; EC, 2018; Sala et al, 2020; OECD, 2019; Hart et al, 2021; UNESCO, 2015). Second, we did a qualitative curricular analysis, with the aim of mapping transversal competencies. A third and maybe a fourth phase will be developed to further investigate the issue of transversal competencies including benchmarking, using surveys and interviews for students and university professors.
Both analyses had their specific results and were further used together. Based on the literature review of the policy documents we developed a transversal competencies framework - Mind the gap, that we further used in the qualitative content analyses of the university curriculum.  
At the same time, we have to take into consideration that doing this type of research has its critical points. Sumision & Goodfellow (2004) mentioned the theoretical characteristics of the concept of "transversal competence" - vague character, lack of methodological rigor in the development of the multitude of lists of competences or the lack of evidence showing the transferable nature of the respective skills - or to the relationship between the formation process of these skills and the context in which they are formed. Our research project addressed the first criticism, by rigorously reviewing existing competencies frameworks and integrating them with the results from our own analyses.
For the curricular analysis, we employed the syllabi documents from three bachelor study programs, in a large public university from Eastern Europe: Educational Sciences with the Pedagogy/ Educational sciences programme - 46 syllabi,  Pedagogy of primary and preschool education - 50 syllabi, and Physics with the Physics specialization - 34 syllabi. Each syllabi corresponds to a specific discipline  of study. The analysis covered disciplines from three years of study. The documents - syllabi -  allowed the analysis of transversal skills that are mentioned explicitly in the document. For the analyses, we used the MaxQDA program. We carried out an inductive-deductive coding of each competence, using general categories, which in turn we organized using the Mind the Gap taxonomy, previously developed. This stage was followed by a deductive approach, testing the proposed taxonomy, theoretically grounded in order to be able to validate or develop its structure based on concrete data. Thus we pursued an approach that would not be constrained by already existing taxonomies in order to capture specificities or new elements.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
By analyzing the syllabi, we conceptualized 31 transversal competencies that we further organized into five general domains: personal and self-management competencies; social and communication competencies; digital competencies; learning and innovation competencies; life and career competencies. All these were further analyzed in relation to each study programme, discipline, study year or number of credits.  
The analysis gives us an image of: the five domains of competence; the intersection of study programmes regarding transversal competencies, but also the specifics of each programme; the extent to which the transversal competencies appear in each programme and the number of disciplines that aim to form different transversal competences; analysis of the weight of domain of competencies by years of study.  

The analysis carried out allowed us to understand the diverse way transversal competencies are conceptualized and comparing this with other ways of describing and defining them, present at the international and European level. In this way, a number of competencies were enriched, in relation to what we had originally proposed in our framework. For example, in the field of skills for life and career, the analysis added what we called "involvement in institutional development, advocacy, lobbying" or "the practitioner involved in public policies" or ethics / responsibility and tolerance, interculturality. In the area of ​​digital skills, our analysis emphasized information and data literacy skills, with a focus on knowledge and information management.
In the next phase of the research we plan to refine the competence framework, undertake a benchmarking process that would allow a means to support their development and evaluation in different faculties from our university while  using surveys and interviews with students and academic staff from the programmes of study, to produce more detailed data about the way transversal skills are understood, but also indirect auto-evaluations regarding students' level of transversal skills.

References
Allen, J., & Van der Velden, R. (2007). Transitions from higher education to work (pp. 55-78). Springer Netherlands.
Ercikan, K., & Oliveri, M. E. (2016). In search of validity evidence in support of the interpretation and use of assessments of complex constructs: Discussion of research on assessing 21st century skills. Applied Measurement in Education, 29(4), 310-318.
European Commission. (2017). ESCO handbook. European Skills, Competences, Qualifications and Occupations.
European Council. (2018). Council recommendation of 22 May 2018 on key competences for lifelong learning. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32018H0604(01)&from=RO
Hart, J.,  Noack, M.,  Plaimauer, C., Bjornavold, J., (2021). Towards a structured and consistent terminology on transversal skills and competences. 3rd report to ESCO Member States Working Group on a terminology for transversal skills and competences (TSCs).
Kearns, P. (2001). Kearns, P. (2001). Generic skills for the new economy: A review of research relating to generic skills. National Center for Vocational Education Research, Adelaide. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/234652722_Generic_Skills_for_the_New_Economy_Review_of_Research
OECD. (2019). Conceptual Learning Framework. Transformative Competences for 2030. https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/teaching-and-learning/learning/transformative-competencies/Transformative_Competencies_for_2030_concept_note.pdf
Rego, M. A. S., Sáez-Gambín, D., González-Geraldo, J. L., & García-Romero, D. (2022). Transversal Competences and Employability of University Students: Converging towards Service-Learning. Education Sciences, 12(4), 265.
Rychen, D. S., & Salganik, L. H. (2002). Definition and Selection of Competencies (DESECO): theoretical and conceptual foundations. Strategy paper. Neuchatel, Switzerland: Swiss Federal Statistical Office.
Sala, A., Punie, Y., Garkov, V. and Cabrera Giraldez, M., LifeComp: The European Framework for Personal, Social and Learning to Learn Key Competence, EUR 30246 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2020, ISBN 978-92-76-19417-0, doi:10.2760/922681, JRC120911.
Sumsion, J., and J. Goodfellow. 2004. “Identifying Generic Skills through Curriculum Mapping: A Critical Evaluation.” Higher Education Research & Development 23 (3): 329–346.
UNESCO Office Bangkok and Regional Bureau for Education in Asia and the Pacific. (2015). 2013 Asia-Pacific Education Research Institutes Network (ERI-Net) regional study on: transversal competencies in education policy and practice (Phase I): regional synthesis report. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization.
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO). 2012. EFA Global Monitoring Report: Youth and skills: Putting education to work. Available: http://www.unesco.org/new/en/education/themes/leadingthe-international-agenda/efareport/reports/2012-skills/


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Transition into Higher Education in Japan: Inquiry-Based Learning in High School to Research in University

Kohei Tanaka

Kyoto University, Japan

Presenting Author: Tanaka, Kohei

The transition into higher education has been the focus of both government policy and practice with a goal of a smooth transition in the context of increasing the diversity and population of students in higher education. For example, Hulme & De Wide (2015), who organised the transition into higher education in the STEM education department, found that there is now existing practice that attempts to smooth the transition, and that sharing good existing educational practice is a top priority for education stakeholders.

However, in recent years, researchers in the UK and in other countries have begun to criticize the traditional focus on a smooth transition into higher education. For instance, according to Ecclestone, Biesta, & Hughes (2010), 'while certain transitions are unsettling and difficult for some people, risk, challenge and even difficulty might also be important factors in successful transitions for others' (p.2). Moreover, an alternative concept called 'becoming' has been proposed to replace the traditional transition concept (Gale & Parker, 2014 & Gravett, 2021). It has been suggested that transition as becoming should be seen as 'perpetual series of fragmented movements involving whole-of-life fluctuations in lived reality or subjective experience, from birth to death' (Gale & Parker, 2014, p. 737). Besides, Gravett (2021) described the chrematistic of 'becoming' as (1) troublesome transitions, (2) transition as rhizomatic, and (3) transition as becoming. Thus, Gravett (2021) suggested a shift from a traditional paradigm of transition into framing of transition as becoming.

Given both the concept of transition and becoming, then, how can the concept of transition into higher education in Japan be reconstructed? Considering the oppositional structure between the traditional concept of transition and its alternative becoming, the following research questions are set out in this study.

RQ: How do Japanese students experience “transition into higher education”?

The purpose of this paper is to reconstruct existing concepts of transition into higher education. In general, in recent years, Japanese high school curriculum has established an interdisciplinary curriculum called 'inquiry-based learning' in addition to the regular curriculum of academic subjects. And Japanese universities offer liberal arts courses in the first and second year of university, and specialized courses in the third and fourth year of university. In Japanese universities, which differ from the structure of the European education system, this paper will clarify how Japanese students experience the transition into higher education compared with the transition into higher education in European countries in previous literature.

In interpreting students' transition and becoming, Gravett's (2021) three components of becoming (transition as troublesome, rhizomatic transition, transition as becoming) are used as an analytical framework. Specifically, this analytical framework includes “threshold concepts” proposed by Meyer and Land (2005) and concepts of the ‘rhizome’ and ‘becoming’ in "A Thousand Plateaus written by Deleuze and Guattari (1987). Meyer & Land (2005) state that struggling with threshold states to overcome the discomfort and difficulty felt when passing through transitional spaces is important in transforming students' understanding. Deleuze & Guattari (1987) stated that rhizomes mean that there are no uniform pathways, that transition is divergent, fluid, and multiple, and that becoming refers to the permanence of ongoing change.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As a research method, this research conducted a series of semi-structured interviews with students who had experienced inquiry-based learning in high school, and who were considered to have made a smooth transition from high school to university. During the analysis, both concepts of transition and becoming were set as the analytical framework, and various aspects of these two concepts were interpreted based on the interview data. It would be most appropriate to use students who have experienced inquiry-based learning as a case study in reconstructing the concept of transition into higher education, which is the goal of this paper. In addition, students who have already experienced inquiry-based learning in high school, which has similarities to university learning, are more likely to be able to compare their learning experiences in high school with their experiences in university.

In selecting the research participants for this study, students were selected with the intention of drawing from both Humanities and Social Science faculties and Natural Science faculties. In many cases, two or more interviews were conducted across academic years. In Japanese university education, liberal arts education is mainly conducted in the first and second grade and specialised education in the third and fourth grade, so that as students move up through the years, they have a variety of learning experiences in the regular curriculum Therefore, it was thought that conducting multiple interviews would provide a more multi-layered and comprehensive view of students' transitions.

The first interview elicited aspects of the transition from high school to university by inquiring in-depth about the learners' experiences of inquiry-based learning in high school and how they believed such experiences applied to their studies in university. The second and third interviews were conducted more than a year after the previous interviews, so that the data from the previous interviews could be reviewed again to reiterate points that had not been clarified in the interviews and to follow up on how the perceptions of participants of the survey had changed. Interviews lasted approximately 50-60 minutes for each interview. After the interviews were completed, all the audio data was textualised and a transcript was prepared. In addition, the products of inquiry-based learning (e.g., reports and posters) provided by the research subjects were also referred to as appropriate in the analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Firstly, the results revealed that the students who participated in the study selected liberal arts courses in line with what they had explored in high school, secondly, that they were actively engaged in extracurricular activities that further developed the content they had explored in high school, and thirdly, that they were anticipating learning for their graduation thesis. Thus, many students were able to clarify the content and methods they wanted to pursue in university through their inquiry-based learning experiences in high school, and they were able to make sense of them through both in-class and out-of-class learning in university. In this respect, the transition into university can be summarized as a smooth one.
 
On the other hand, when attention was paid to the transition experiences of individual students, they were diverse. This study showed especially that even during a smooth transition, there were cases in which students transitioned with minor worries and anxieties. In other words, the study showed that in some cases, students experience both smooth transition and becoming at the same time, pointing out the problematic way in which the two concepts are dichotomously described as mutually exclusive in the previous literature.
 
In addition, the study also confirmed that students were seeking ways to solve problems on their own, , utilizing the human and material resources available within the university, without direct transition support from the university. Based on these findings, it is suggested that it is important to consider taking indirect measures to help students to deal with difficulties and challenges such as providing them with a wide range of interactive resources, expanding extra-curricular services, and designing an elective curriculum.

References
Ecclestone, K., Biesta, G., & Hughes, M. (2010). Transitions in the life course: The role of identity, agency and structure. In Ecclestone, K., Biesta, G., & Hughes, M. (Eds.), Transitions and learning through the life course (pp. 1-15). Routledge.
Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1987). A thousand plateaus: capitalism and schizophrenia. Continuum.
Gale, T., & Parker, S. (2014). Navigating change: A typology of student transition in higher education. Studies in higher education, 39(5), 734-753.
Gravett, K. (2021). Troubling transitions and celebrating becoming: From pathway to rhizome. Studies in Higher Education, 46(8), 1506–1517.
Hulme, J. A., & De Wilde, J. (2015). Tackling transition in STEM disciplines. (https://www.advance-he.ac.uk/knowledge-hub/tackling-transition-stem-disciplines) (2023.1.22.).
Meyer, J. H. F., & Land, R. (2005). Threshold concepts and troublesome knowledge (2): Epistemological considerations and a conceptual framework for learning and teaching. Higher Education, 49 (3), 373-388.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Youth Paths Through Postsecondary Education and Work in Russia: An Inquiry Using Sequence Analysis

Vera Maltseva

Higher School of Economics, Russian Federation

Presenting Author: Maltseva, Vera

Education and career pathways are extensively studied in the sociology of education and labor economics. Sociologists explore transitions between study and work within the framework of the life course perspective (Monaghan, 2020), paying special attention to the patterns of trajectories (Lorentzen et al, 2019) and transition regimes (Walther, 2006). Extensive literature in the sociology of education is devoted to the relationship between education and labor market outcomes and individual socioeconomic backgrounds. The latter is manifested by parental education, professional status, and income, as well as cultural capital. Also, socioeconomic status (SES) impacts educational and career aspirations–low SES students have lower aspirations than their counterparts from a more advantaged background (Kim, Klager, Schneider, 2019). In various countries, there is empirical evidence that low SES is a strong predictor for lower levels of educational attainment and labor market outcomes (Walpole, 2003). In due turn, labor economists focus on the labor market outcomes of the trajectory, returns on investments in human capital, and its determinants. Drawing from the human capital theory, the accumulation of more human capital–a higher level of educational attainment, stronger cognitive abilities, and noncognitive skills, combining studies and work– positively impact labor market outcomes (Nilsson, 2019) and could make school-to-work transition smoother.

Typically, event history and regression analysis methods are used to examine educational pathways. However, such methods commonly examine only unique transitions rather than full sequences of steps in education and employment. With the growing popularity of longitudinal data, sequence analysis accompanied by logistic regression analysis has become the option to overcome this limitation and explore trajectories in their complexity. A number of international, especially European, empirical studies have incorporated sequence analysis in the investigations of youth transitions (see e.g., Brzinsky-Fay, 2007; Quintini & Manfredi, 2009; Lorentzen et al. 2019). However, only a few studies employing sequence analysis on representative samples specifically examine the trajectories of university graduates (Duta, Wielgoszewska, Iannelli, 2021).

Using data from the Russian national cohort longitudinal study "Trajectories in Education and Career, this study aims to untangle the nine-year education-career pathways of 9th-grade students who have received higher education by the age of 25. In Russia, bachelor's and master's degrees were introduced in 2009, though master's programs have anchored and proliferated across universities only recently, in the mid-2010-s. Thus, the cohort participating in this longitudinal study is the one experiencing the newly established educational options. Our study aims to identify the different types of pathways followed by Russian graduates in their journey from school to higher education and to work and explore the factors contributing to different pathways. We investigate pathways following the sociological approach and methodology of sequence analysis but considering the key findings of labor economists, thus embracing the framework of the socioeconomic background and educational inequalities and the human capital theory. We investigate how socioeconomic status and aspirations, as well as academic abilities and personal characteristics, and an extended set of socio-demographic factors, shape students’ paths through postsecondary education and the world of work. By considering how different factors shape not just specific transitions but long-term sequences of educational-employment states, we broaden our understanding of who follows certain paths and why.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We use data from the nine waves (2012-2020) of the Russian national cohort longitudinal study "Trajectories in Education and Career" (TrEC). The study follows a nationally representative sample of 9th-grade students through high school and on to postsecondary attainment or work. We trace the nine-year trajectories of those who have received higher education by 2020. We used sequence analysis followed by cluster analysis (Brzinsky-Fay, 2014; Brzinsky-Faya, Solga, 2016; Monaghan, 2020) to derive the typology of HE graduates’ education & employment trajectories. A sequence consists of a series of states in which respondents are found at different points in their life course within an observation period, in our case between the ages of 15(16) and 24(25). The sequences were built based on the nine states: 1) studying at school; 2) studying at vocational school; 3) studying at the university; 4) combining university studies and work; 5) combining vocational school studies and work; 6) temporary employment; 7) permanent employment; 8) inactivity; 9) unemployment. The research sample of the graduates who have passed all the waves of the longitudinal study and hold a HE degree includes 1247 observations.
Generating typologies of trajectories based on sequence analysis involves several stages. The first step involves generating the sequences of the nine states across nine years. Second, we compute the optimal matching distances between sequences using the TraMineR package in R. Third, we build a Ward hierarchical clustering of the sequences from the optimal matching distances.
Then, we used a series of multinomial logistic regression models to estimate the probability of belonging to each cluster (pathway) for a given set of background characteristics. We built three models, starting with the baseline Model 1 which shows the statistical significance of the starting conditions (SES, aspirations, noncognitive characteristics). The next Model 2 includes the variables capturing academic abilities and measures of human capital while the final model (Model 3) includes all the variables together. Nagelkerke pseudo-R² value for the final model is quite high (0.52), meaning the logistic regression model fits the data. The obtained results are presented using relative risk ratios.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The turning point in the observed trajectories is continuing education after graduation. More than one-third of the graduates are pursuing or have already pursued a master's degree by the age of 25. Many of them combine study and work thus accumulating both the general and specific human capital and enhancing labor market outcomes in the long run. However, prolonged education pathways are very diverse and include linear transitions from bachelor to master's and reverse ones (from university to employment and back to education), as well as delayed entry to the labor market after graduation.
The conventional linear trajectory from university to permanent employment has become increasingly rare. Most graduates experience a combination of study & work and some experience episodes of part-time work and other precarious positions in the labor market. The special attention attracts a precarious or nonlinear trajectory, which includes graduates with the longest experience in a precarious position (part-time work, inactivity), while the significant predictor of following this path is a lower academic ability (the TIMSS eighth-grade mathematics test score).
Socioeconomic background, as well as academic abilities, are shaping the education pathways of graduates. High academic achievement is a strong predictor of prolonged education. The probability to follow the pathway with post-bachelor education is statistically significantly higher among high-achieving students. As for socioeconomic background, parental educational aspirations rather than parental education shape the educational choices of graduates.
In terms of career pathways, the factors that influenced specific patterns in the duration of work experience include parental educational aspirations and non-cognitive characteristics. The probability to have more work experience, including the time spent combining study&work, is statistically significantly higher among graduates whose parents have higher educational aspirations. Also, the probability to follow the delayed path is statistically significant among graduates who score lower in openness to experience.

References
Brzinsky-Fay, C. (2007) ‘Lost in transition? Labour market sequences of school-leavers in Europe’. European Sociological Review, vol.23, no.4, pp.409—22.
Brzinsky-Fay, C. (2014) The measurement of school-to-work transitions as processes: about events and sequences. European Societies, Vol. 16(2). P. 213-232.
Brzinsky-Fay, C., Solga, H. (2016) Compressed, postponed, or disadvantaged? School-to-work-transition patterns and early occupational attainment in West Germany. Research in Social Stratification and Mobility, Vol. 46. P. 21-36.
Duta, A., Wielgoszewska, B., & Iannelli, C.  (2021) Different degrees of career success: Social origin and graduates’ education and labour market trajectories. Advances in Life Course Research, Vol. 47. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.alcr.2020.100376
Furlong, A.  (2016) The changing landscape of youth and young adulthood. Routledge handbook of youth and young adulthood. P. 19—27.
Kim, S., Klager, C., Schneider, B.  (2019) The effects of alignment of educational expectations and occupational aspirations on labor market outcomes: Evidence from NLSY79. The Journal of Higher Education, Vol. 90. No.6. P. 992-1015.
Lorentzen, T., Bäckman, O., Ilmakunnas, I., Kauppinen, T. (2019) Pathways to adulthood: Sequences in the school-to-work transition in Finland, Norway and Sweden. Social Indicators Research, Vol. 141. No. 3. P. 1285-1305.
Monaghan, D. B. (2020) College-going trajectories across early adulthood: An inquiry using sequence analysis // The Journal of Higher Education, Vol. 91. No. 3. P. 402-432.
Quintini, G & Manfredi, T. (2009) Going separate ways? school-to-work transitions in the United States and Europe, OECD, Paris.
Nilsson, B. (2019) The school-to-work transition in developing countries. The Journal of Development Studies, 55(5), 745-764.
Walther, A. (2006) Regimes of youth transitions: Choice, flexibility and security in young people’s experiences across different European contexts. Young. Vol. 14, No. 2. P. 119-139.
Walpole M. (2003) Social mobility and college: Low SES students’ experiences and outcomes of college. The Review of Higher Education, vol. 27, no. 1. P. 45-73.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Investigation of Predictors of Post-Traumatic Growth in University Students with Traumatic Experiences

Hamide Merve Doğançay1, Türkan Doğan2

1METU, Turkiye; 2Hacettepe University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Doğançay, Hamide Merve

Traumatic experiences differ from highly stressful events due to their characteristics such as threatening bodily integrity and personal exposure to death. Therefore, these events can impact human psychology and well-being. For years, the adverse effects of trauma have been studied in the field of psychology and psychiatry (Tedeschi et al., 1998). However, a growing body of literature has shown that some people may be more resilient than the pre-traumatic period (Groleau et al., 2013; Lindstrom et al., 2013, Park et al., 2012).

Tedeschi and Calhoun (2004) constructed a holistic model that includes personal, social, and trauma-related factors to explain the phenomenon, termed “post-traumatic growth (PTG)”. According to this model people have core beliefs about themselves, others, and life that guide people and help them make sense of life. A traumatic event can shake the structure of these assumptions, thus creating the need for restructuring. PTG emerges from the restructuring process. According to the model, growth is a highly personal process rather than a direct outcome that can start with the disruption of core beliefs rather than the event itself (Calhoun et al., 2010). Lindstrom et al. (2013), found a strong significant positive relationship between PTG and disruption of core beliefs. Similar results have been found in cross-sectional studies (Calhoun et al., 2010; Eze et al., 2020; Taku et al., 2015), and longitudinal ones (Danhauer et al.,2013; Ramos et al., 2018).

The theoretical model emphasizes that personal variables such as coping mechanisms are also important factors affecting PTG (Tedeschi & Calhoun, 2004). Coping with stress can be defined as the process of managing emotional requisitions arising from events perceived as stressful in person-environment interaction (Lazarus & Folkman, 1984). Fisher et al. (2020) found that active and supportive strategies were positively associated with PTG, while avoidant strategies were negatively related to it. On the other hand, some research emphasizes that active, supportive, and avoidant strategies like denial were positively related to PTG (Lelorain et al., 2010; Park et al., 2012). These findings show that coping mechanisms are important predictors of PTG.

Contemporary PTG literature focuses on another important variable named “event centrality”. Event centrality refers to the extent to which the memory of an event becomes a central part of people's identity, a fulcrum for understanding everyday life, and a turning point in life (Berntsen & Rubin, 2006). Groleau et al. (2013) found that event centrality was a significant predictor of PTG even after controlling for rumination and disruption of core beliefs. Similarly, Bernard et al. (2015) indicated that event centrality was a significant predictor of PTG. All of these findings show that coping mechanisms, event centrality, and disruption of core beliefs have crucial roles in the creation of PTG and therefore were used as variables in this study.

This study aimed to determine the predictors of PTG levels of university students with trauma experience in light of the current literature. Traumatic experiences are quite common around the world (Kessler et al., 2017) and can influence the academic experience and even university graduation in the long run (Lecy & Osteen, 2022). Therefore, understanding the predictors of PTG can shape psychological help, facilitate growth and well-being, and thus ensure the success and continuation of the higher education process. Event centrality is a relatively contemporary variable that has not been sufficiently studied in Turkish culture, therefore another aim is to understand its relationship with PTG in Turkish culture. According to these aims, a research question has been created; Do the disruption of core beliefs, stress coping mechanisms, and event centrality predict PTG?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants
In total, 462 adult university students who had a traumatic experience and did not have a mental illness were reached with the convenience sampling method. According to the sociodemographic characteristics, participants were predominantly aged between 20 and 21 (39.8%), and most were female (75.8%). The most frequent traumatic event that participants experienced was the unexpected loss of a loved one (36.6%) and most of the participants have experienced multiple traumatic events (63%). The perceived socioeconomic status was middle (64.1%). Almost half of the participants perceived the traumatic event as rather impactful (49.1%) and most of the participants experienced the event more than five years ago (38.5%).  

Procedure
The data were collected online after receiving approval from the ethics committee. Participants who were volunteers were informed about the process and their rights. In cases where individuals were exposed to more than one traumatic event, the participants were asked to fill in the remaining data collection tools taking into account the event that most affected them.

Measures
A demographic information form including biological sex, age, perceived socioeconomic level, etc. was created by the researchers. Posttraumatic Growth Inventory was used to collect data about the criterion variable. The Centrality of the Event scale, the Core Beliefs Inventory, and the Stress Coping Scale were used for predictor variables. The reliability scores for the original scales ranged from .65 to .96, and for the current sample from .67 to .93 which went between acceptable or high reliability (Cortina, 1993). Moreover, confirmatory factor analysis was conducted for all data collection tools, and it was seen that the structure of the scales had a good fit in the current sample.

Analysis
A hierarchical regression analysis was conducted to determine the predictors of PTG via SPSS. All assumptions were checked before the main analysis such as multivariate outliers, and homoscedasticity of residuals, and no assumption was violated. The multicollinearity assumption is crucial for the analysis. No value was higher than .90 in the correlation matrix (Tabachnick & Fidell, 2007), and no VIF score was higher than 4 (Hair et al., 2010), which indicates no violation. Afterward, the core belief disruptions entered the model at the first stage, parallel with the literature. Following that, the coping mechanism was entered into the model in the second step. Lastly, the centrality of the event was entered.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The primary analysis was conducted after the preliminary examination. The findings revealed that the overall model was significant (F(6, 455)= 31.99, p<.05) and explained 30% of the variance of the PTG (R2=.30). The unique contribution of each model was also evaluated. The first model significantly predicted the PTG (∆F(2,459) = 6.60, p<.05) meaning that core belief disruption significantly predicted PTG, and 3% of the variance was uniquely explained by it (∆R2=.03). According to the inventory adaptation (Haselden, 2014), the core belief disruption has two subfactors; core belief about oneself and others. In this research, only the disruption of core beliefs about oneself was a significant and positive predictor of PTG (B=.13, t=3.16, p<.05). The second model including different coping strategies was also significant (∆F(3,456) = 57.45, p<.05) and uniquely explained 27% of the variance (∆R2=.27). Specifically, the problem-oriented (B=.32, t=6.15, p<.05), social support (B=.23, t=5.84, p<.05), and avoidant coping strategies (B=.32, t=5.95, p<.05) contributed significantly to the prediction of the criterion variable. Moreover, all of them were positive predictors of PTG. The third model which included the centrality of the event was not significant (∆F(1,455) = 1.35, p>.05).

Lastly, the unique contribution of the significant predictors was evaluated via squared semi-partial correlation. The values ranged from .02 to .06. The relatively strongest predictor of the criterion variable was problem-oriented and uniquely explained 6% of the variance. The other two coping strategies, social support, and avoidant uniquely explained 5% of the variance respectively. In conclusion, the different coping strategies and disruption of core beliefs about oneself significantly and positively predicted PTG levels of university students who experienced a traumatic event. On the other hand, disruption of core beliefs about others and the centrality of the event were not significant predictors in the Turkish sample.

References
Bernard, J. D., Whittles, R. L., Kertz, S. J., & Burke, P. A. (2015). Trauma and event centrality: Valence and incorporation into identity influence well-being more than exposure. Psychological Trauma: Theory, Research, Practice, and Policy, 7(1), 11-17. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0037331
Berntsen, D., & Rubin, D. C. (2006). The centrality of event scale: A measure of integrating a trauma into one's identity and its relation to post-traumatic stress disorder symptoms. Behavior Research and Therapy, 44(2), 219- 231. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brat.2005.01.009
Cortina, J. M. (1993). What is coefficient alpha? An examination of theory and applications. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78(1), 98-104. https://doi.org/10.1037/0021-9010.78.1.98
Eze, J. E., Ifeagwazi, C. M., & Chukwuorji, J. C. (2020). Core beliefs challenge and posttraumatic growth: Mediating role of rumination among internally displaced survivors of terror attacks. Journal of Happiness Studies, 21(2), 659-676. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10902-019-00105-x
Groleau, J. M., Calhoun, L. G., Cann, A., & Tedeschi, R. G. (2013). The role of centrality of events in posttraumatic distress and posttraumatic growth. Psychological Trauma: Theory, Research, Practice, and Policy, 5(5), 477- 483. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0028809
Hair, J. F., Black, W. C., Babin, B. J., Anderson, R. E., & Tatham, R. L. (2010). Multivariate Data Analysis. Pearson Education Limited.
Haselden, M. (2014). Üniversite öğrencilerinde travma sonrası büyümeyi yordayan çeşitli değişkenlerin Türk ve Amerikan kültürlerinde incelenmesi: Bir model önerisi (Publication No. 365042) [Doctoral dissertation, Hacettepe University]. Yök Tez.  
Kessler, R. C., Aguilar-Gaxiola, S., Alonso, J., Benjet, C., Bromet, E. J., Cardoso, G., . . .& Ferry, F. (2017). Trauma and PTSD in the WHO world mental health surveys. European Journal of Psychotraumatology, 8(sup5), 1-16.https://doi.org/10.1080/20008198.2017.1353383
Lazarus, R. S., & Folkman, S. (1984). Stress, appraisal, and coping. Springer.
Lecy, N., & Osteen, P. (2022). The effects of childhood trauma on college completion. Research in Higher Education, 63, 1058-1072. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11162-022-09677-9
Lindstrom, C. M., Cann, A., Calhoun, L. G., & Tedeschi, R. G. (2013). The relationship of core belief challenge, rumination, disclosure, and sociocultural elements to posttraumatic growth. Psychological Trauma: Theory, Research, Practice, and Policy, 5(1), 50-55. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0022030
Menard, S. (1995). Applied logistic regression analysis (2nd ed.). Sage.
Tabachnick, B. G., & Fidell, L. S. (2007). Using multivariate statistics (5th ed.). Pearson Education, Inc./Allyn & Bacon.
Tedeschi, R. G., & Calhoun, L. G. (2004). Posttraumatic Growth: Conceptual foundations and empirical evidence. Psychological Inquiry, 15(1), 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327965pli1501_01
Tedeschi, R. G., Park, C. L., & Calhoun, L. G. (1998). Posttraumatic Growth: Positive changes in the aftermath of crisis. Routledge.
 
9:00am - 10:30am22 SES 09 B
Location: Adam Smith, LT 915 [Floor 9]
Session Chair: Ana Remesal
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Redesigning for Meaningful Assessment in Higher Education: A Study of the Practices in Norway and Italy

Alexandra Lazareva1, Daniele Agostini2

1University of Agder, Norway; 2University of Trento, Italy

Presenting Author: Lazareva, Alexandra; Agostini, Daniele

In the recent years, there has been much focus on so-called “student-active learning and teaching methods” (“studentaktive lærings- og undervisningsformer”) in Norway, which require higher education (HE) institutions to break away from one-way communication by the teacher and employ more practical methods such as cases, discussions, and participation in research (Meld. St. 16 (2020-2021)). The same is true for Italy, where the creation of Teaching Learning Centres and Digital Education Hubs is at the core of the NRRP (the Next Generation EU funded National Recovery and Resilience Plan) effort. This should be the major impulse towards a transformation in Italian’s HE teaching practice after several laws and guidelines that served as precursors such as "Reform of university and research" (Legge 30 dicembre 2018, n. 145), "Guidelines for the quality of university teaching" (Ministero dell'Università e della Ricerca, 2019), "Guidelines for the evaluation of university teaching" (ANVUR, 2020) and "Report on the quality of university teaching" (ANVUR, 2021, periodically published).

Research has documented student-active learning methods not only leading to students’ improved learning outcomes (Komulainen et al., 2015), but also strengthening students’ soft skills such as collaboration, presentation, and assessment (Godager et al., 2022). The use of such learning methods is perceived by students as motivating and supporting in knowledge acquisition (Langsrud & Jørgensen, 2022). While many university educators employ or wish to employ various student-active methods in their teaching, the final grade students receive in the course is still often based on the result of the final high-stakes summative exam at the end of semester.

This format of examination often provides students with limited opportunities to holistically demonstrate the knowledge and skills they are supposed to have acquired by the end of the semester, which in its turn leads to students’ decreased motivation to engage in learning activities and increased focus on “what’s going to be in the exam”. Moreover, the concept of final exams is further problematized by emergent artificial intelligence (AI) technology which has been employed by higher education students worldwide for example for essay-writing. Currently, this led to some universities (e.g., in Australia) taking a “pause” and temporarily returning to traditional “pen and paper” exams while searching for a way to redesign student assessment.

To address this issue, we have chosen to employ the principle of constructive alignment (Biggs, 1996, 2014) which is based on the constructivist tradition and that serves as a framework for designing coherent teaching programs and curricula. The idea is to share with students in advance what will be required of them in terms of learning outcomes, learning activities, and assessment modalities. The stress is on student engagement in their own learning process to set up a meaningful and integrated learning experience. To attain this goal, the assessment is integrated into this process rather than being left apart as a final and disconnected task (Gibbs & Simpson, 2004).

In this paper, our goal is to examine the current situation in Norway and Italy, discuss possible ways forward and address some of the challenges. The paper is guided by the following research questions (RQ): (1) What are the different types of student assessment involved at universities in Norway and Italy? Which are the most commonly used and which are the least? (2) What challenges do reported assessment modalities can pose, and what can possible solutions be? (3) What are the differences and similarities between the Norwegian and Italian universities in this respect? What can we learn from each other to advance in disseminating meaningful assessment practices?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To address the RQs, we will first provide a comprehensive overview of the examination forms used in one middle-sized university in Norway and Italy in 2022. We have limited our data collection to the departments of Business, Law and Social Sciences at both universities in order to have comparable subject matters. The data are retrieved from course descriptions (syllabi) publicly available online.
For example, at the Faculty of Business and Law at the university in Norway, 132 courses were included in the analysis. The overview demonstrates that the written school examination format (47,8%) was prevalent in 2022. This was followed by portfolio assessment (20,5%), term paper/project examination format (14,4%), and take-home examination (9,1%). (The remaining 8,2% were subjects where the final deliverable was a Bachelor or Master’s thesis.) Oral examinations were not used, with the exception of two subjects that had oral examination as part of portfolio assessment, and Master’s thesis subjects which required students to present their final thesis to the assessment committee. In most of the courses (93,2%), assessment came in the form of a grade on the scale from A (“outstanding”) to F (“fail”), however, some of the courses (4,5%) had “pass/fail” assessment. (For the remaining 2,3% this information was not clearly stated.) Final assessment was based both on individual and group work, especially in the portfolio and term paper/project examination formats. For example, a portfolio assessment could include group and/or individual assignments during the semester adding up to 40% of the final grade and a final exam constituting 60% of the final grade. At the Department of Economy and Management at the university in Italy, 246 courses were included in the analysis. The most used examination format in 2022 was the written one (52,3%). The second one is oral assessment (23,5%) and the third is portfolio examination (14,7%). The last 9,5% includes paper production and project presentation exams. The scale of assessment is from 0 to 30 points (18 being the minimum for success and “30 e lode” being flawless). Only the English language exam has a “pass/fail” assessment. There is only one course where the portfolio assessment does not also include a final written exam.
Second, we will conduct semi-structured interviews with educators (six in total) at both universities who have employed alternative examination forms (e.g., portfolio assessment).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the interviews, we are aiming to explore educators' experiences with traditional and alternative assessment formats with the focus on such topics as: (1) their motivation behind alternative assessment practices, (2) organization required for alternative assessment, (3) students’ reception of alternative assessment, and (4) AI as a tool/resource to support student learning and assessment.
In Italy, as in Norway, the final written exam is still by far the most used assessment method. In Norway, this phenomenon has earlier been explained by such factors as institutional structures and culture, norms and traditions, as well as real and perceived barriers related to both time resources and university and national policy (Gray & Lazareva, 2022). Our findings from both the university in Norway and Italy demonstrate that the final examination format still plays the key role also in the courses employing the portfolio assessment method. The aim of our research is therefore to get a deeper understanding of this phenomenon. With this research we aim to contribute to better understanding of how assessment forms in HE can be redesigned to address the global societal changes and demands, such as the increased focus on student active engagement in learning and simultaneous involvement of emergent AI technologies.

References
ANVUR. (2020). Linee guida per la valutazione della didattica universitaria. Roma, IT.
ANVUR. (2021). Rapporto sulla qualità della didattica universitaria. Roma, IT.
Biggs, J. (1996). Enhancing teaching through constructive alignment. Higher Education, 32(3), 347-364.
Biggs, J. (2014). Constructive alignment in university teaching. HERDSA Review of Higher Education, 1, 5-22.
Gibbs, G., & Simpson, C. (2004). Conditions under which assessment supports students’ learning. Learning and Teaching in Higher Education, 1, 3-31.
Gray, R., & Lazareva, A. (2022). When the past and future collide: Digital technologies and assessment in Norwegian higher education. In Hillen et al. (Eds.), Assessment theory, policy, and practice in higher education: Integrating feedback into student learning, pp. 39-58.
Godager, L. H., Sandve, S. R., & Fjellheim, S. (2022). Studentaktive læringsformer i høyere utdanning i emner med stort antall studenter. Nordic Journal of STEM Education, 6(1), 28–40.
Komulainen, T. M., Lindstrøm, C., & Sandtrø, T. A. (2015). Erfaringer med studentaktive læringsformer i teknologirikt undervisningsrom. UNIPED, 38(4), 363–372.
Langsrud, E., & Jørgensen, K. (2022). Studentaktiv læring i juridiske emner. UNIPED, 45(3) 171–183.
Legge 30 dicembre 2018, n. 145. (2018). Riforma dell'Università e della Ricerca. Gazzetta Ufficiale della Repubblica Italiana.
Meld. St. 16 (2020-2021). Utdanning for omstilling – Økt arbeidslivsrelevans i høyere utdanning. Kunnskapsdepartementet. https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-16-20202021/id2838171/  
Ministero dell'Università e della Ricerca. (2019). Indirizzi per la qualità della didattica universitaria. Roma, IT.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Troubling Pedagogies through Research. Reading Research on Students’ Reflections as Reflective and Diffractive Processes

Antonia Beatrice Scholkmann1, Kathrin Otrel-Cass2

1Aalborg University, Denmark; 2Universität Graz, Austria

Presenting Author: Scholkmann, Antonia Beatrice; Otrel-Cass, Kathrin

Reflecting and reflections today are being understood as a vital part of learning processes. Critically reflecting on one’s own experience not only is assumed to holding advantage in terms of consolidation and retention of knowledge; but it bears the potential for transformative and expansive learning through changing conceptualization and worldviews (for an overview cf. Rogers, 2001). Integrating reflections into pedagogical arrangements has been highlighted with respect to the development of competences, as becoming competent involves personal transformational processes and self-awareness (e.g., Mezirow, 1991). However, developing students’ reflexivity proves a challenging undertaking, since the entanglements of professional identities with personal trajectories can easily lead to frictions in the pedagogical process (Fladkjær & Otrel-Cass, 2017). To add insult to injury, teachers all too often pretend on being able to take a neutral stance when “facilitating” reflective activities and neglect their own entanglements and frictions.

In the present paper, we share a journey of understanding the intricate interplay between students’ reflections in a pedagogical activity, and our own entanglements with them, both as teachers facilitating these reflections, and as researchers struggling to interpret them. The context of this study was a project at a university built on the pedagogical foundations of Problem-based Learning (PBL). Despite of the well-elaborated benefits of PBL for learning and competence development, students struggle to reflect on their own professional identity, and to communicate their competences on the labor market. Under this focus, we explored new pedagogical approaches to reflections by engaging a group of 12 students in a series of reflective activities, and collected data while simultaneously revising our own pedagogy in a series of micro action-research cycles (Mills, 2014).

In this paper we will analyze, juxtapose and questions the processes we encountered under a reflective perspective to highlight what new understandings we gained. Being reflective as part of research has been described as a useful tool to disentangle complex material and personally embedded narratives (Fook, 2011; Hickson, 2016). However, reflections and reflexivity has also been critiqued lately as providing an all too cognitivist and therefore disembodied view on the pedagogical process (Hill, 2018) and for not providing ample conceptualizations for the entanglements and materiality of learning (Bozalek & Zembylas, 2017). Some researchers argue therefore, that research perspectives need to move away from a self-affirming reflexivity towards an “uncomfortable reflexivity” (Pillow, 2003, p. 188).

Over the course of the project, we embraced the critique expressed towards reflexivity and reflections as part of our research methodology, as we felt that new perspectives were needed to deepen our understandings of the entanglements between our participants, ourselves and the technology involved in the process. Inspired by research in the field of primary teacher education (Moxnes & Osgood, 2019; Moxnes & Osgood, 2018) we embraced the concept of diffractions introduced by Donna Haraway (2018/1997) and Karen Barad (2014; 2007) to trouble rather than to streamline pedagogies through a research-based positioning. However, diffraction should not be seen as a counter-concept to reflection (Hill, 2018). Instead, by “cutting together appart” (Barad, 2014, p. 168) concepts, Bozalek and Zembylas (2017) argue for an acknowledgement that the “‘entanglement’ of reflexivity and diffraction is one that includes continuities and breaks rather than a ‘story’ of one vs. the other” (p. 9). In our analysis we are troubling this with yet another entanglement, the intra-actions between ourselves as teachers and researchers. By analyzing these two processes as simultaneous and entangled, we dive into an understanding of research on pedagogical processes that is by itself pedagogical.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We are basing our elaborations on empirical material collected during the project, in which students were engaged over three semesters in total. The body of material comprises the reflective prompts offered to the students and the documented materials of their activities (physical and digital artifacts such as drawings, animated photos, websites etc.), and the pedagogical reflections and choices on the side of the research team, documented in field notes, reflective audiotapes and email-communication; additionally, videotaped and transcribed material from three workshops, two of them with the participating students only, and one with the students and external participants, the stakeholders of their education (e.g., labor market representatives).

Methodologically, we are following the example provided by Moxnes and Osgood (2018), who applied Haraway’s (197) and Barad’s (2007) ideas that “diffractive methodology is a critical practice for making differences” (Moxnes & Osgood 2018, p. 300) to understand reflective practice in early childhood education. Through what is called “diffractive reading” we are interpreting the material at hand with theory and sensitivity to the intra-action of time, space, matter and ourselves. Diffractive analysis, rooted in the notion of Haraway (2000), should be considered as “a metaphor and a strategy for making a difference in the world that breaks with self-reflection and its epistemological grounding” (Bozalek & Zembylas, 2017, p. 1). Following Bozalek and Zembylas (2017), our analysis is guided by understanding diffraction as “(..) a process of being attentive to how differences get made and what the effects of these differences are.” (p. 2).

Concretely, the analysis is based on thick descriptions of situations that created frictions in the flow of the process of facilitating the students. We are exploring these by defining the core, boundaries and dynamics in and by itself; however, as a practice of “world-making” (Juelskjær & Schwennesen, 2012, p. 12)  , we are also and simultaneously questioning our own choices as researchers and pedagogues to define these situations based on beliefs about reflection and reflexivity. Preliminary, the following situations have emerged from the material:

(1) A situation in the first workshop in which an invitation to students to openly reflect on their own competences was understood as an instruction to follow;
(2) Struggles with maintaining momentum with student reflecting over their competence development in an online-tool;
(3) An uncomfortable situation in the workshop with labor marked representatives, who confronted a student about the relevance of their reflective activities.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Although our analysis is still on-going, we can preliminarily conclude that our diffractive reading of the pedagogical process of initiating and facilitating reflections allow for perspectives to emerge that were not visible to us before; specifically:

- Understanding and critiquing the concept of reflections and reflectivity as a pedagogical approach for students’ competence development;
- Disentangling (yet not dissolving) the situatedness of the pedagogical process and the research process.

Permeating both points, our analysis substantiates the critique of reflective pedagogy based on Hill (2018), who argues that this practice is creating the impression of an objective and representational world, where recurring themes and patterns can be expected to be produced by the students. The diffractive perspective sharpens points out differences and varieties in the reflective processes of the students here; moreover, by focusing on our own intra-actions, our role as facilitator-educators in enforcing specific notions of how reflections needed to be done became obvious.  As  “(r)esearch practices are entangled with ethics, accountability and responsibility” (Juelskjær et al., 2020, p. 2) the diffractive perspective allows also for a reading of everything deviant or sub-standard in the pedagogical process beyond classifying categories, by focusing on how these are intra-action as constituting differences and to what effect. By this, this analysis encourages higher education teachers to become a “diffractive practitioner” (Hill, 2018); by examining ourselves in relation to (all) practice we were engaged in (i.e., both the pedagogical and the research perspective); by understanding our own role in the world’s becoming in the sense that “the teacher is not viewed as a per-existing, distinct entity, but rather materially constituted through intra-action among bodies, both human and non-human” (Hill, 2018, p. 9); and by engaging in diffractive practices that are generative rather than descriptive.

References
Barad, K. (2014). Diffracting Diffraction: Cutting Together-Apart. Parallax, 20(3), 168–187. https://doi.org/10.1080/13534645.2014.927623
Barad, K. M. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press.
Bozalek, V., & Zembylas, M. (2017). Diffraction or reflection? Sketching the contours of two methodologies in educational research. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 30(2), 111–127. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2016.1201166
Fladkjær, H. F., & Otrel-Cass, K. (2017). A Cogenerative Dialogue. Reflecting on Education for Co-Creation. In T. Chemi & L. Krogh (Eds.), Co-Creation in Higher Education Students and Educators Preparing Creatively and Collaboratively to the Challenge of the Future (pp. 83–98). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6351-119-3
Fook, J. (2011). Developing Critical Reflection as a Research Method. In J. Higgs, A. Titchen, D. Horsfall, & D. Bridges (Eds.), Creative Spaces for Qualitative Researching (pp. 55–64). SensePublishers. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6091-761-5_6
Haraway, D. J. (2018). Modest_Witness@Second_Millennium. FemaleMan_Meets_OncoMouse: Feminism and technoscience (Second edition). Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group.
Hickson, H. (2016). Becoming a critical narrativist: Using critical reflection and narrative inquiry as research methodology. Qualitative Social Work, 15(3), 380–391. https://doi.org/10.1177/1473325015617344
Hill, C. M. (2018). More-than-reflective practice: Becoming a diffractive practitioner. Teacher Learning and Professional Development, 2(1), 1–17.
Juelskjær, M., Plauborg, H., & Adrian, S. W. (2020). An introduction to agential realism. In M. Juelskjær, H. Plauborg, & S. W. Adrian (Eds.), Dialogues on agential realism: Engaging in worldings through research practice (pp. 10–21). Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group.
Juelskjær, M., & Schwennesen, N. (2012). Intra-active Entanglements – An Interview with Karen Barad. Kvinder, Køn & Forskning, 1–2. https://doi.org/10.7146/kkf.v0i1-2.28068
Mezirow, J. (1991). Transformative dimensions of adult learning (1st ed). Jossey-Bass.
Mills, G. E. (2014). Understanding Action Research. In G. E. Mills (Ed.), Action research. A guide for the teacher researcher (5th ed., pp. 2–23). Pearson.
Moxnes, A. R., & Osgood, J. (2018). Sticky stories from the classroom: From reflection to diffraction in Early Childhood Teacher Education. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 19(3), 297–309. https://doi.org/10.1177/1463949118766662
Moxnes, A. R., & Osgood, J. (2019). Storying Diffractive Pedagogy: Reconfiguring Groupwork in Early Childhood Teacher Education. Reconceptualizing Educational Research Methodology, 10(1), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.7577/rerm.3240
Pillow, W. (2003). Confession, catharsis, or cure? Rethinking the uses of reflexivity as methodological power in qualitative research. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 16(2), 175–196. https://doi.org/10.1080/0951839032000060635
Rogers, R. R. (2001). Reflection in Higher Education: A Concept Analysis. Innovative Higher Education, 26(1), 37–57. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1010986404527


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Students’ Emotional Reactions to Certainty-based Marking for Diagnostic Self-assessment: First Challenge from a Multidisciplinary Glance

Ana Remesal1, Iria Sanmiguel1, Tomas Macsotay2, Judit Dominguez1, María José Corral1, Ernesto Suárez2

1Universidad de Barcelona, Spain; 2Universidad Pompeu Fabra, Spain

Presenting Author: Remesal, Ana

This paper presents preliminary results of a first exploratory study, with multidisciplinary (Psychology, Economics, Market Law, Art History and Teacher Training) and multilevel (various undergraduate and master courses) conditions. This multidisciplinary glance is of utmost importance in Higher Education (Alexander et al., 2011). Up to now, we have plenty of educational research on educational students. Research on psychology-students or teacher-students is insufficient to understand learning processes at all areas of HE, and certainly HE-instructors at other disciplines would benefit from inquiry on their own students’ behaviors and motivation. The time has arrived to move beyond our lecture room walls and inquiry how students at other faculties tackle their learning processes and cope with the challenges (Quinlan, 2015). In this study, two different Spanish universities participate.

We designed a concrete instructional plan which offers a systematic study support for students with the purpose of enhancing self-regulated learning. We applied a particular psychometric algorithm on a system of learning tests, specially designed for promoting metacognitive engagement (Bruttomesso et al., 2003; Leclercq, 1993). This algorithm does not only evaluate the correctness of students’ responses to multiple-choice items, but also the degree of certainty of their given response. Other authors call it certainty-based-marking (CBM) (Gardner-Medwin, 2008). CBM breaks the traditional marking scheme (in our country 0-10), since grades are adjusted to the degree of confidence or certainty declared by the student (low-middle-high). For example, a 10-item test –as we used in our study- generates a grading range from -60 to +30. That is: students need to learn how to reinterpret their own results and make sense of them. All sorts of emotional, motivational and metacognitive reactions happen (Remesal et al. 2022a) when using this strategy. In this paper we want to focus on the students’ very first reactions to that new evaluative algorithm, within an instructional plan where this testing system has an underlined formative purpose. We look at CBM-results in connection with emotional reactions (positive and negative / activating and de-activating emotions, following Pekrun (2006); calibration (relation between expectations and achievement (Dinsmore & Parkinson, 2013; Hadwin & Webster, 2013) and metacognitive thoughts. All three phenomena together interweave towards new possibilities of self-regulated learning behavior (or lack thereof!) (Barr & Burke, 2013, Remesal et al. 2022b).

The instructional system we designed and put to the test roots on a view of self-assessment as the basic tool for self-regulated learning (Panadero et al. 2016). In this study we want to evaluate the effectiveness of such instructional system to pedagogically support complex learning processes of students at different disciplinary areas and levels (bachelor – masters).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is based on a mixed method strategy. A large sample of students from the different participating centers and courses (n= 1,526) take part by responding to a series of learning tests specifically designed to accompany self-regulated study during a semester. The first three tests -related to ad hoc contents of each specific course- referred to progressive thematic units of the syllabus of each of the subjects. These three learning tests, are strategically placed along the academic term, to facilitate students’ metacognitive activation, as an opportunity for progressive diagnostic self-assessment. The last of the tests took up all the previous questions, as a self-assessment closure. That is, we generated a sequential database with four learning data points, allowing the contrast between the beginning and the end of the learning process, as well as its evolution. The learning tests used contain 10 multiple-choice questions with 4 answer options and were designed by the teacher responsible for each subject. The marking algorithm produces a range of scores from -60 to +30 points. Immediately after responding, the student receives automatic feedback with the grade and their given answers (whether right or wrong). Also, students received a special guide for interpreting their results within a quasi-quartile scheme: negative range (-60 to 0 points), first positive range (1-10), second positive range (11-20), third positive range (21-30). These grades had no certification effect in the courses, but a pure diagnostic and formative aim as a way to prevent negative reactions and emotional and/or cognitive blockages in students. After each of the answers to the learning test, students answer - voluntarily, without implications for the academic course - a questionnaire of reflection and evaluation of the experience, where emotions and calibration are gathered. Finally, a small selection of students participated in an individual interview.
In this paper we want to share results of the very first CBM-experience of all the participating students concerning differences at:
• Emotions: retrospective, in reaction to the experience, and prospective, in advancing the subsequent learning experiences in the course.
• Calibration: under-calibration, adequate calibration, and over-calibration;
In addition to the variables indicated for area and level of study, the following demographic variables are also considered: sex, age, family burden (having children or other relatives in care), formal workload (no work besides studies, half-day job, full-time job), with the understanding that the last two may affect the time available for personal study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
At this time, data collection is still in progress and only preliminary results can be shown for those courses already closed during the first semester of the current academic year, referring to the area of teacher training in primary education (undergraduate) and secondary education (master's degree). Data from the second semester are still pending and will complete the contrast of disciplines (Psychology, Economics, Market Law, History of Arts) and the rest of the variables. Up to this moment we can report about a sample of 356 students, with a mean age of 25 years (S=6 years) with a range between 17 and 52 years. 64% are female, 36% male. Previous studies before accessing the current studies are: vocational education (4%), baccalaureate (10%), undergraduate (61%), master's degree (23%) and doctorate (2%). Forty-four percent do not work, 35% work part-time and 21% combine their studies with full-time work. Finally, 88% do not have family-care responsibilities, compared to 12% who do.
The first results for this subsample concerning emotional reactions show significant differences in the emotional experience -but varying effect size-, both when reporting retroactive -positive and negative- emotions (How do I feel about my results?: joy, pride, relief / sadness, shame, anger) (Phi = 0.184) and proactive -positive and negative- emotions (How do I feel when thinking about tackling the rest of the semester?: expectation, hope / fear, uneasiness, boredom, indifference) (Phi = 0.556). Thus, positive emotions in reaction to this first encounter with CBM testing are less strong than instructors would desire. Nevertheless, facing the new learning challenges more positive than negative prospective emotions grow.
Currently, we are expecting for the data collection phase to be completed during the second semester of this course, so that full final results can be offered at the conference.

References
Alexander, P. A., Dinsmore, D. L., Parkinson, M. M., & Winters, F. I. (2011). Self-regulated learning in academic domains. In B. J. Zimmerman, & D. Schunk (Eds.), Handbook of self-regulation of learning and performance. New York: Routledge.
Barr, D. A., & Burke, J. R. (2013). Using confidence-based marking in a laboratory setting: A tool for student self-assessment and learning. Journal of Chiropractic Education, 27(1), 21-26.
Bruttomesso, D., Gagnayre, R., Leclercq, D., Crazzolara, D., Busata, E., d’Ivernois, J. F., Casigila, E., Tiengo, A., & Baritussio, A. (2003). The use of degrees of certainty to evaluate knowledge. Patient Education and Counseling, 51(1), 29-37.
Dinsmore, D.L. & Parkinson, M.M. (2013). What are confidence judgements made of? Students’ explanations for their confidence ratings and what that means for calibration. Learning and Instruction, 24, 4-14.
Gardner-Medwin, A. (2008). Certainty-Based Marking: rewarding good judgment of what is or is not reliable. In: (Proceedings) Innovation 2008: The Real and the Ideal. London.
Hadwin, A.F. & Webster, E.A. (2013). Calibration in goal setting: examination the nature of judgements of confidence. Learning and Instruction, 24, 37-47.
Leclercq, D. (1993). Validity, reliability, and acuity of self-assessment in educational testing. In Item banking: Interactive testing and self-assessment (pp. 114-131). Springer Berlin Heidelberg.
Panadero, E., Brown, G., & Strijbos, J-W. (2016). The future of Student self-assessment: a review of known unknowns and potential directions. Educational Psychology Review (28) 803-830.
Pekrun, R. (2006). The control-value theory of achievement emotions: Assumptions, corollaries, and implications for educational research and practice. Educational psychology review, 18, 315-341.
Quinlan, K. M. (2015) ‘Adding feeling to discourses of teaching and learning in higher education’, Asian Journal of the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning, pp. 5-8.
Remesal, A., Álvarez-Brinquis, M., Carbó, M., El-Khayat, M., Fierro, J.D., Garcia-Mila, M., Gri, T., Jarque, M.J., Pérez-Clemente, G., Pérez-Sedano, E., & Vega, F. (2022a). Challenging the traditional grading scheme for metacognitive engagement at teacher education. Poster presented at SIG1+4. Cádiz 27-30/6-2022.
Remesal, A.; Pérez-Sedano, E.; El-Khayat, M.; Fierro, J.D. (2022b). Fostering metacognitive engagement with CBM for competence-based programs. Online paper presented at SIG16-Metacognition-2022. Frankfurt.
 
9:00am - 10:30am22 SES 09 D
Location: Adam Smith, 711 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Erik Straume Bussesund
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Traditional Views on Equality and the Challenges of Diversity - the Finnish Case

Anne Laiho1, Minna Leinonen2

1University of Turku, Finland; 2University of Tampere, Finland

Presenting Author: Laiho, Anne

In Finland, structural, ideological and functional changes in universities have often been linked to the change in the University Act 2010. In line with the Modernisation Agenda, several New Public Management approaches have been applied to the activities of Finnish universities (de Boer & Enders 2017). Furthermore, international attractiveness has increasingly motivated university reforms, and the demand for internationalisation has challenged the national role of universities (Saarinen & Talas 2017).

This presentation is based on a research project Changing University and Equalities in Academic Work (Haapakorpi, Plamper, Tapanila, Jauhiainen, Laiho, Leinonen, Ylijoki & Jauhiainen 2023), which examined the tasks of university researchers and teachers in various positions, the conditions and possibilities of doing the work, and related changes. There is no established and shared definition of the concept of equality, it receives its content within a given time and context. Different actors – political and administrative actors or employees, for example – pay attention to the different meanings of equality and there is ongoing debate on the concept. (Kantola, Koskinen Sandberg & Ylöstalo, 2020) Equalities in academic work are intertwined not only with gender equality but also with age, social background, position, discipline, the possibility of attaching themselves to the university community and time resources.

The equality and non-discrimination work of universities is linked to national policies, legislation and international commitments. The promotion of equality at the university has traditionally meant actions aimed at individuals, especially women, but the individual perspective has shifted to structural and cultural factors. In international comparisons, progress on equality has been observed to slow down or halt (Tanhua 2020, 4). The Ministry of Education and Culture's report on the state of equality and diversity in Finnish higher education institutions noted, among other things, that women working in universities experience discrimination slightly more often than men, and ethnic minorities experience discrimination twice as often as ethnic Finns (Jousilahti, Tanhua, Paavola, Alanko, Kinnunen, Louvrier, Husu, Levola & Kilpi 2022).

In this presentation, we are interested in how representatives of the middle management of three case universities approach equality and non-discrimination in academic work and what challenges they talk about in terms of equality and non-discrimination. We also highlight the experience of international researchers and teachers in the field of equalities of academic work.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The interview material of the research project has been produced at three multidisciplinary universities in different stages of organisational change. Two faculties and two departments were selected from each university. In-depth interviews were conducted for researchers and teachers, and representatives of middle management. Furthermore, two focus-group discussions for international staff and two in-depth interviews for part-time teachers were carried out. (see Haapakorpi et al. 2022).

In this presentation, we use the interviews of middle management (n=10) and focus-group discussions of international academic staff (n=2). The interviews with middle management were conducted by video (Zoom) and they lasted from 30 minutes to 90 minutes. At first, the middle management interviews were aimed at getting acquainted with each university.  When the material began to become interesting and rich, interviews were collected in such a way that interviews met the criteria for qualitative material. Among other things, we asked the interviewees to share their own views and experiences, in addition to illustrating the situation of their own unit in relation to the university’s leadership in their role. The focus-group discussions of international staff were carried out in English. Group discussions focused on academic work and career development. At the beginning of each discussion theme, participants were given an argument that the group was asked to reflect on and share their own experiences with the theme.

In the first phase of analysis, the interviews were approached, using the principles of inductive thematic analysis. In the second phase of the analysis, interpretations of themes were elaborated with the help of the equality research literature and concepts.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The middle management approached equalities in academic work most often from the traditional perspective of equality and non-discrimination work. Interviewees saw equality as an equal representation of the genders in the disciplines as well as in the different positions of academic work. Equality issues were also related to the planning of equality and non-discrimination work. Finnish gender equality and non-discrimination legislation obligates educational institutions to prepare a gender equality and non-discrimination plan to develop their activities. Some interviewees had experience in equality and non-discrimination work, and they saw it as part of their field of operations, but for some, it was more HR-driven action. In addition, the status of international staff and the language issue were raised in most interviews with the middle management.

International personnel appear to the middle management as people with the foreign background, mainly as researchers, who are trying to recruit to universities. What is more, international staff represents a diversity, which brings value to the university in the name of internationalisation.  The language policy and practices of the case universities were varied and unestablished. The middle management saw the Finnish and English language relationship and the use of it as a key problem of equality that requires a solution.

Language policy is an issue of inclusion: how can democracy and participation in decision-making and participation in the academic community be achieved if the worker does not understand the language. The experience of international staff highlighted uncertainty and the experience of inequality in access to information and decision-making. In addition, the lack of Finnish language skills can become an obstacle to career development or the application of Finnish funding. The lack of language skills may also affect the focus of international staff and their future plans on staying in Finland or going elsewhere.

References
de Boer, H. & Enders, J. 2017. Working in the Shadow of Hierarchy: Organisational Autonomy and Venues of External Influence in European Universities. In I.  Bleiklie, J.  Enders & B. Lepori (Eds.) Managing Universities. Policy and Organizational Change from a Western European Comparative Perspective. Cham: Palgrave Macmillan, 57–84.

Haapakorpi, A., Plamper, R.,Tapanila, K., Jauhiainen, A., Laiho, A., Leinonen, M., Ylijoki, O.-H. & Jauhiainen, A. 2023. Yliopiston muutos ja akateemisen työn tasa-arvot [Changing University and Equalities in Academic Work]. Valtioneuvoston selvitys- ja tutkimustoiminnan julkaisusarja 2023:3. https://julkaisut.valtioneuvosto.fi/handle/10024/164568

Jousilahti, J., Tanhua, I., Paavola, J-H., Alanko, L., Kinnunen, A., Louvrier, J., Husu, L., Levola, M. & Kilpi, J. 2022. KOTAMO Selvitys korkeakoulujen tasa-arvon, yhdenvertaisuuden ja monimuotoisuuden tilasta Suomess. [Report on the state of equality and diversity in Finnish higher education institutions]. Opetus- ja kulttuuriministeriön julkaisuja 2022:36. Helsinki: OKM. https://julkaisut.valtioneuvosto.fi/handle/10024/164426

Kantola, J., Koskinen Sandberg, P. & Ylöstalo, H. 2020. Johdanto. Tasa-arvopolitiikka muutoksessa. In J. Kantola, P. Koskinen Sandberg & H. Ylöstalo (Eds.) Tasa-arvopolitiikan suunnanmuutoksia. Talouskriisistä tasa-arvon kriiseihin [Changes in the equality policy. From the economic crisis to the crisis of equality]. Helsinki: Gaudeamus.

Saarinen, T. & Taalas, P. 2017. Nordic language policies for higher education and their multi-layered motivations. Higher Education, 73(4), 597–612. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-015-9981-8

Tanhua, I. 2020. Selvitys korkeakoulujen tasa-arvon ja yhdenvertaisuuden edistämisestä [Report on the promotion of gender equality and non-discrimination in higher
education institution ]. Opetus- ja kulttuuriministeriön julkaisuja 2020:20 https://julkaisut.valtioneuvosto.fi/handle/10024/162303


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

How do Precariously Employed Academics Gain Permanent Employment?

Troy Heffernan1, Kathleen Smithers2

1University of Manchester, United Kingdom; 2Charles Sturt University, Australia

Presenting Author: Heffernan, Troy; Smithers, Kathleen

Current literature relating to academic employment suggests the academy is approaching a crossroads. There is evidence that the academy is reaching a period where a significant portion of staff intend to leave the profession within the next five years, which would seem to make way for new entrants into the workforce. However, casualisation of the academic workforce has steadily increased over the last two decades, resulting in fewer permanent academic staff positions. Sparked in part by long-term funding cuts occurring, despite student numbers increasing, and then the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic (Heffernan, 2022); a scenario has formed where a growth in casual labour practices is the norm (Crimmins, 2017). These academics are widely known as being precariously employed and may be known as ‘sessionals/teaching assistants’ (for teaching-related work) or ‘research assistants/fellows’ (for research-related work) and can be employed on contracts, sometimes ranging from hours through to fixed-term contracts that can extend from months to years. For the purposes of this paper, the term ‘precarious’ is used to include all academics employed on short-term and casual contracts (Mula et al., 2022). Similar to ‘tenured academics’ in the United States, some Australian academics have ‘continuing’ employment, while academics in Canada, Europe, and the United Kingdome have ‘permanent’ roles which denotes a degree of security and permanency to their positions. For the purposes of this paper, the term ‘permanent’ is used for academics in these roles.

Varying rates of casualisation exist with reports of between 16 to over 70 per cent of the academic workforce now engaged in casual employment or short-term contracts (Byers & Tani, 2014; Crimmins, 2017). While countries such as Canada and Finland have had a less pronounced oversupply of qualified candidates, the massification of doctoral programs means that the number of PhD holders seeking academic employment now outstrips available academic jobs in many countries (Heffernan, 2022). While figures differ between countries, institutional type (research vs teaching focused), and disciplinary areas, but in a majority of cases, the trend is that casual employment has increased at a time when the market continues to be flooded with graduates seeking academic employment (Heffernan, 2019).

One might have expected that academics leaving the profession due to retirement or other professional opportunities would have made way for sessional employees to gain permanent positions; but this has not proven to be the case. Instead, staff with permanent positions leaving the academy have been replaced by cheaper-to-employ workers on contract (Heffernan, 2020; Ryan et al., 2013). The COVID-19 pandemic has had further repercussions for the higher education sector. Although COVID’s impact differs between countries, institutions, and faculties, overall, the pandemic has driven universities into times of austerity. Blackmore (2020) highlights that though these levels of austerity are institution dependent, any form of financial downturn is often met with hiring practices that shift resources to cheaper forms of employment such as casual and contract staff. It has also been noted that COVID has not significantly altered the higher education employment landscape; but has exacerbated already existing trends for replacing continuing staff members with casual/contract workers; diminishing permanent positions, and increasing competition for permanent employment (Doidige & Doyle, 2020).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Institutional ethical approval was gained before the data generation process began via an online survey which was initially promoted through the researchers’ personal and professional networks, before snowball sampling and social media resulted in 109 participants from Australia, North America, and the United Kingdom. These locations were selected for analysis as they are often compared in higher education analysis due to their shared work environments for academics, and are areas of common academic migration (Teichler, 2015; Tremblay et al. 2014). Location data is provided as supplementary information as the key purpose of the paper is to examine the thought processes and understanding of individual academics, and to highlight the human element and personal consequences of academic networks. This is important because while factors such as publication track-records are often cited as key factors, networks are rarely discussed in the large-scale quantitative studies of academic employment.

The survey included 20 questions with 7 short-answer questions relating to the participants’ demographics, and the final 13 being mid-length answer questions (up to 300 words) about participants’ experiences with employment and the academic job market. It is acknowledged that there are limitations associated with open-ended survey questions, such as participants’ misunderstanding the question, or attempts to interpret the subtext of the researcher’s questions. The generation and analysis of the data was therefore guided by Punch’s (2013) argument that open-ended questions remain one of the most effective methods of sourcing data relating to lived experiences, and that issues relating to open-ended questions can be avoided if the questions relate to specific aspects of a topic as they did in this study.
 
The researchers were additionally aware of other known issues relating to data generated from online surveys such as low response rates and the potential of only attracting a particular participant demographic. However, this method was selected because recruitment via social media can achieve a number and diversity of participants that would not be achievable without substantial funds and research time (Kosinski et al., 2015); a scenario evident in this study as recruitment via social media gained participants from several countries and generated over 82,000 words of raw data.

Data were analysed using Braun and Clarke’s (2006) method of thematic analysis. This method was chosen as when working with qualitative data, thematic analysis provides a system by which to identify patterns in the responses relating to participants’ experiences and perspectives (Clarke & Braun, 2017).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Perhaps of most importance, the re-evaluation of university hiring practices needs to continue. Bourdieu (1977) knew decades ago that meritocracy in the university was a myth, but this belief persists despite the university taking on more business-like approaches (Heffernan, 2020). This area of investigation is more important now than ever before because the clearer the function and landscape of the university becomes, the better understanding of the institution those operating within it will possess which will allow them to make more informed decisions about their career intensions.

Second, selection committees must be more conscious of network activity and advantages. As was made clear in the literature and via participant statements, applicants in strictly merit-based employment rounds maybe judged solely on their achievements, but it is crucial to be aware that individual achievements can originate from network activity. These achievements may not always be clear, but when they are, they must be considered.

Finally, it must also be accepted that network connections are a strategy for career establishment and progression. The importance of networks and networking must be more clearly established for both existing and hopeful academics. Providing those operating within institutions with more transparent understandings about the rules of the academic employment game, and allow them to make more informed decisions. A majority of participants spoke of entrepreneurial academics, who already possessed significant capital, and who used this capital to successfully pursue networks and network opportunities, to acquire even more capital and career success.

References
Blackmore, J. (2020). The carelessness of entrepreneurial universities in a world risk society: a feminist reflection on the impact of Covid-19 in Australia. Higher Education Research & Development, 39(7), 1332-1336.
https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2020.1825348

Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J. C. (1977). Reproduction in society, education and culture (R. Nice, Trans.). Sage.

Byers, P., & Tani, M. (2014). Engaging or training sessional staff. Australian Universities’ Review, 56(1), 13-21.

Clarke, V., & Braun, V., (2017). Thematic analysis. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 12(3), 297-298. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439760.2016.1262613

Crimmins, G., Oprescu, F., & Nash, G. (2017). Three pathways to support the professional and career development of casual academics. International Journal for Academic Development, 22(2), 144-156.  https://doi.org/10.1080/1360144x.2016.1263962

Doidige, S. & Doyle, J. (2020). Australian universities in the age of Covid. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 1-7. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2020.1804343

Heffernan, T. (2020) There’s No Career in Academia Without Networks’: Academic Networks and Career Trajectory. Higher Education Research and Development. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2020.1799948  

Heffernan, T. (2022). Bourdieu and Higher Education: Life in the Modern University. Springer.

Heffernan, T. & Heffernan, A. (2019). The Academic Exodus: The Role of Institutional Support in Academics Leaving Universities and the Academy. Professional Development in Education, 45(1), 102-113. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2018.1474491    

Kosinski, M., Matz, S., Gosling, S., Popov, V., & Stillwell, D. (2015). Facebook as a research tool for the social sciences: Opportunities, challenges, ethical considerations, and practical guidelines. American Psychologist, 70(6), 543-556.
https://doi.org/10.1037/a0039210

Mula, J., Rodriquez, C., Segovia, J., & Cruz0Gonzalez, C. (2022). Early career researchers' identity: A qualitative review. Higher Education Quarterly, 76(4), 786-799.
https://doi.org/10.1111/hequ.12348

Punch, K. (2013). Introduction to Social Research: Quantitative and Qualitative Approaches. SAGE.

Ryan, S., Burgess, J., Connell, J., & Groen, E. (2013). Casual Academic Staff in an Australian University: Marginalised and excluded. Tertiary Education and Management, 19(2), 161-175. https://doi.org/10.1080/13583883.2013.783617

Teichler, U. (2015). Academic Mobility and Migration: What We Know and What We Do Not Know. European Review, 23(1), 6-37. https://doi.org/10.1017/s1062798714000787

Tremblay, R., Hardwick, S., & O’Neill, J. (2014). Academic Migration at the Canada–US Border, American Review of Canadian Studies, 44(1), 118-134. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02722011.2014.885541


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Selecting for Equity in Doctoral Admissions

Bukola Oyinloye, Paul Wakeling

University of York, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Oyinloye, Bukola; Wakeling, Paul

Although persons with graduate degrees increasingly occupy leadership positions, certain minoritised ethnicities remain underrepresented in these degrees, particularly at the doctoral level (Mateos‑González & Wakeling, 2021; Williams et al., 2019).

Evidence from a recent survey hints at possible challenges within candidate selection processes. In the 2021 UK Council of Graduate Education survey of doctoral research supervisors, only 38% of 3,435 of respondents had supervised a UK-domiciled ethnic minority candidate in recent years (UKCGE, 2021). Although 75% of respondents agreed that increasing candidate diversity would enhance their workplace research culture, only 11% included improving access to underrepresented candidates amongst their top three selection factors. On the one hand, this contention may highlight supervisors’ concerns around merit. On the other, it may indicate that supervisors lack knowledge about how to integrate equity and diversity considerations into selection practices or, as the survey itself suggests, institutional processes may not be conducive to doing so.

Potential modalities of integrating equity and diversity considerations are alluded to in the survey due to some supervisors’ identification of other, primarily non-cognitive, selection attributes, e.g., enthusiasm, motivation, etc. Evidence from the US which highlights equity issues with cognitive selection criteria such as the Graduate Record Examination imply the equity quotient of non-cognitive attributes (Michel et al., 2019; Miller et al., 2019). There is therefore greater scope to understand the range of attributes which contribute to doctoral success and how they do, particularly in the UK context and particularly from the perspectives of academics with substantive supervision experience. While much evidence around doctoral experiences focuses on the student-supervisor relationship or students’ perceptions of the factors contributing to their individual success (or lack thereof), relatively limited evidence exists specifically on the perspectives of academics who typically select and supervise students.

Among the few studies is that of Kyvik & Olsen (2014) from the Norwegian context (where doctoral candidates are considered staff) which suggests that doctoral success factors include the doctoral training system; programme and research environment; student characteristics; cultural and social context such as institutional prestige and norms and expectations; as well as the differences between diverse fields. From the Finnish context, supervisors’ views of factors contributing to the doctoral success included the social dimensions of the process and the student-supervisor relationship (Cornér et al. 2019). Offering a Europe-level view, Mantai & Marrone (2022) analyse over 13,000 cross-disciplinary PhD advertisements across different European countries to examine the desired skills, attributes and qualifications of doctoral students. The most desired criteria were degree and achievements (81% of adverts); communication (52%); research, i.e., research experience (45%); interpersonal (43%); and personal attributes (39%). In the UK, interpersonal and personal attributes ranked lowest (17% each).

As seen, the literature suggests two categories of influences: student characteristics and institutional factors. As such, our study adopts Lovitts’ (2005) ecosystem model which conceptualises three broad factors, i.e., macroenvironment, microenvironment and individual resources (or individual students characteristics, consisting of cognitive and non-cognitive attributes) that influence PhD degree completion and dissertation quality. Though individual resources appear most prominent in the model, they interact with and are influenced by the micro- and macroenvironments. In this paper, the model is used to explore the following research questions:

  • What [valued] attributes do supervisors believe contribute to doctoral success, defined as completion?
  • How do supervisors perceive that these contribute to doctoral success?

In addition to the importance of the perspectives of experienced academics in understanding doctoral success factors (Manathunga & Lant, 2006), the answers to these questions potentiate possibilities for equity in supervisors’ doctoral selection processes and practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our findings draw from a broader study which sought to understand the perspectives and practices of doctoral selection committee members. The study is embedded within a project funded by Office for Students and Research England, alongside twelve others seeking to address inequalities in minoritised ethnic students’ access and participation in postgraduate research studies. The project focuses on PhD access and participation across five universities in Northern England. The paper focuses on a subset of the broader study’s findings and offers insight into academics’ views of successful doctoral students’ attributes, where success is defined as completion, and their perceptions of the attributes of the ideal (or desired) student. The data is from interviews with key staff in pre-selected pilot departments and schools who are active in doctoral applicant review and selection processes.
Interviews were held with 10 academics and one professional services member substantively involved in the review and selection of doctoral applicants at their institutions. Five participants were from the Sciences, three were from Arts and Humanities, while another three were from the Social Sciences. Interviews, as part of the broader study, were extensive, lasting between an hour and two and a half hours, and covered the processes and practices of doctoral application, including the attributes perceived by selectors to characterise ideal and successful candidates, and the implications of current processes and practices for equity and diversity. To enable participants to reflect beforehand and, as requested by the study team, to retrieve specific information, interview guides were sent to all participants once interview dates and times were agreed. Interviews were recorded on Zoom and, as consented by participants, recorded with automatic transcripts generated. Transcripts were extensively reviewed and revised, and sent to participants for review (Shenton, 2004). A validation of preliminary findings, specifically those in relation to candidate attributes, was conducted during a workshop with consortium members which included some interviewees and other members of the project. Participants as well as other workshop attendees agreed that the preliminary findings represented their perspectives and experiences, thus assuring the research team of the direction of the analysis. Analytically, relevant segments of transcripts were coded to capture the essence of parts of the texts in relation to views of successful and desired student attributes; and codes were clustered into categories according to the pattern of meaning across codes (Saldaña, 2021).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Various attributes of the ideal and successful doctoral candidate were identified. After screening for synonymity, there were six intelligence and knowledge ideal attributes (e.g., makes original systematic contribution, produces defensible thesis, etc.) and 32 personality attributes (e.g., adaptability, commitment, enthusiasm, etc.) plus motivation. For successful, there were 16 intelligence and knowledge attributes (e.g., ability to do close reading, good background fit for Science, understands research topic/field, etc.), and 22 personality attributes (e.g., commitment, flexibility, hard work, etc.) plus motivation.
The total number of non-cognitive attributes (56) was significantly greater than cognitive (22). While the number of non-cognitive ideal attributes was greater than that of non-cognitive successful attributes, fewer cognitive ideal attributes than successful attributes were identified. Participants acknowledged the importance of cognitive ‘technical skills’ but overwhelmingly reiterated their valuing of students who are ‘not just technically competent’ but who hold diverse personal attributes and were motivated. Resilience was perceived by nearly all participants as the most critical success factor. Microenvironmental influence was identified through valuing of students’ participation in research communities within and outside the institution, and the acknowledgement of the influence of students’ personal life contexts. Importantly, ideal attributes were typically discussed in relation to students’ experiences, particularly in terms of relationality (with supervisors) or communality (with peers, research groups, etc.), while success attributes were related to the completion of the thesis. The difference between the two was often blurry.
The findings suggest that integrating equity into selection processes is consistent with supervisors’ most valued attributes, i.e., attributes which pose considerably less equity challenges, than those which they appear to presently explicitly select for. Institutional leadership is thus required to foster and support environments in which more holistic selection processes (Kent & McCarthy, 2016), which prominently feature non-cognitive attributes within candidate selections processes and practices, become commonplace.

References
Cornér, S., & Pyhältö, K., & Löfström. E. (2019). Supervisors’ perceptions of primary resources and challenges to the doctoral journey. International Journal of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education, 31(3), 365-377.

Kent, J. D., & Mccarthy, M. T. (2016). Holistic review in graduate admissions. Council of Graduate Schools. https://cgsnet.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/01/CGS_HolisticReview_final_web.pdf

Kyvik , S. & Olsen, S. T. (2014). Increasing completion rates in Norwegian doctoral training: Multiple causes for efficiency improvements. Studies in Higher Education, 39(9), 1668-1682. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2013.801427

Lovitts, B. E. (2005). Being a good course‐taker is not enough: A theoretical perspective on the transition to independent research. Studies in Higher Education, 30(2), 137-154. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075070500043093

Manathunga, C., & Lant, P. (2006). How do we ensure good PhD students? Education for Chemical Engineers, 1, 72-81.

Mantai, L., & Marrone, M. (2022). Identifying skills, qualifications, and attributes expected to do a PhD. Studies in Higher Education, 47(11), 2273-2286. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2022.2061444

Michel, R. S., Belur, V., Naemi, B., & Kell, H. J. (2019). Graduate admissions practices: A targeted review of the literature. ETS Research Report Series, 2019(1), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1002/ets2.12271

Miller, C. W., Zwickl, B. M., Posselt, J. R., Silvestrini, R. T., & Hodapp, T. (2019). Typical physics Ph.D. admissions criteria limit access to underrepresented groups but fail to predict doctoral completion. Sci. Adv. 2019, 5, 1-8.

Saldaña, J. (2021). The coding manual for qualitative researchers. SAGE Publications.
Shenton, A. K. (2004). Strategies for ensuring trustworthiness in qualitative research projects. Education for Information, 22, 63-75.

UK Council for Graduate Education [UKCGE] (2021). UK Research supervision survey 2021 report. UK Council for Graduate Education. https://ukcge.ac.uk/assets/resources/UK-Research-Supervision-Survey-2021-UK-Council-for-Graduate-Education.pdf

Wakeling, P., & Mateos-González, J. L. (2021). Inequality in the highest degree? Postgraduates, prices and participation. The Sutton Trust. https://dera.ioe.ac.uk/38128/1/Inequality-in-the-Highest-Degree-Final-Report.pdf

Williams, P., Bath, S., Arday, J., & Lewis, C. (2019). The broken pipeline: Barriers to Black PhD students accessing Research Council funding. Leading Routes.
 
9:00am - 10:30am22 SES 09 E
Location: Adam Smith, LT 718 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Katja Brøgger
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Interdisciplinary Collaboration as and for Public Good

Molly Sutphen, Tone Solbrekke, Anne Møystad

UiO, Norway

Presenting Author: Sutphen, Molly; Solbrekke, Tone

This paper analyses empirical data collected in the course of an interdisciplinary collaboration between an academic from the University of Oslo’s (UiO) Department of Education (author Tone Dyrdal Solbrekke, hereafter Tone) and an academic from the Faculty of Dentistry (author Anne Møystad, hereafter Anne). Although the two worked together on an academic development project often pursued in higher education – how to improve student supervision – rarer are the ways in which their collaboration grew to include research on how a profession (dentistry) contributes to a public good. Concerning public good, we draw on McLean and Walker (2012) who argue that professions and society have a contract, where in exchange for professional autonomy and prestige, a profession contributes to public good by sharing its expertise as a public service to the social system. We argue that what has led to Anne’s and Tone’s contribution to public good has been a collaboration marked by a high degree of academic hospitality. Their academic hospitality helped them overcome challenges as they arose in their ten-year (and counting) collaboration that has brought about a change in the dental faculty’s cultural values and approaches to teaching, learning, and assessment. The dental faculty now discusses, reflects on, and lives out ideals for teaching students how their work contributes to public good.

The work of Anne and Tone led a faculty to change fundamentally their supervision and assessment practices, to develop practices designed to ‘make’ students, rather than ‘break’ them, as they prepare for professional work. The case details how Tone and Anne, with painstaking attention to language and to hearing each voice at the Faculty of Dentistry, worked to align dental academics’ often widely varying views on their dentistry’s professional standards. They worked to make suitability assessment formative for dental students and academics alike, giving each ample information about whether students are suitable or not for professional work (Solbrekke & Møystad 2022). Because the assessment occurs over the course of each semester, students have opportunities to reflect on and then change their behaviors.

Our purpose is to dissect Anne’s and Tone’s collaboration to highlight its inner workings and then generalize about collaboration in interdisciplinary or transdisciplinary education. To analyze their collaboration, we draw heavily on the concept of a specific type of collaboration as enacted through academic hospitality (Phipps & Barnett, 2007). Academics engage in academic hospitality when colleagues: share ideas, methods, and concepts with each other, whether from the same or different disciplinary tribes (epistemological hospitality); provide resources to each other or students (material hospitality); welcome fellow academics who travel to new locations, whether across the globe or from across a campus (touristic hospitality); and use language to develop a shared repertoire to communicate across disciplines or educational environments, such as across clinical and non-clinical teachers. We also draw on Imperiale et al’s (2021) reconsideration of academic hospitality’s emphasis on conversations as the modes of engaging in academic hospitality, as well as their exploration of how academic hospitality is lived out in relationships.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Anne’s and Tone’s collaboration evolved within the frame of the research project: The Formation and Competence Building of University Academic Developers (FORMATION) (2015-2021)  and continues as part of another: Academic Hospitality in Interdisciplinary Education (AHIE) (2021-2026)  . Because the three authors are researchers on and actors in the case, we use an insider-outsider participative action research approach. Anne is an insider at the Faculty of Dentistry; and Tone and author Sutphen (hereafter referred to as Molly) are outsiders from the Department of Education at UiO. In their research, Tone and Anne carried out focus group interviews with eight cohorts (N=40) and surveys of six cohorts (N=137) of staff and students at the Faculty of Dentistry. We also draw on the authors’ individual reflection logs, e-mail correspondence, and archived meeting minutes. Molly worked closely as a ‘critical friend,’ asking naïve questions to ferret out stances taken for granted and why (Solbrekke & Sugrue, 2020).

Drawing on qualitative data collected, Molly used academic hospitality as an analytical frame to dissect, with the help of Tone and Anne, the collaboration that occurred in the Faculty of Dentistry. We use the concept of academic hospitality as an analytical frame because it provides descriptions of mindsets and actions, adding specificity to the too often vague term of collaboration.  Although we draw heavily on Phipps and Barnett (2007), we also use theories of hospitality from Derrida (2000) and anthropologists Candea and Da Col (2012).

The analysis of data is a close collaboration among the three authors. We use a retrospective analysis of the interviews and documents in an abductive and reflexive manner (Solbrekke and Møystad, 2022). Our collaboration is an iterative ‘dance’ among, the concepts of collaboration and hospitality, phases of collaboration, and how the collaboration has evolved and changed as a dynamic process over more than 10 years (Alvesson and Sköldberg, 2000). Simultaneously, the data help us to consider critically Phipps’ and Barnett’s (2007) four dimensions and other perspectives on hospitality.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We argue that during their collaboration, Tone and Anne unwittingly used academic hospitality, and by using it, they gradually shifted their focus, from meeting the needs of a vague call from the Dental Faculty for help to improve clinical supervision and the environments in which the supervision occurred, to bringing about a changed culture in and practices of the Dental Faculty. This paper provides concrete examples of how those who collaborated experienced touristic hospitality, where they tried to orient themselves to the new situations, asking questions and trying to map their surroundings. Hosts offered material hospitality in the form of taking the time needed to explain their respective epistemologies. Both hosts and guests also engaged in linguistic hospitality, explaining the words they used and why.
To make changes in cultures of education requires a high degree of work to shift or eliminate practices firmly embedded in the cultures of organizations (Stensaker 2018), as well as time, patience, and courage to motivate academic staff and leaders to see what is possible in already overloaded workdays typical at public universities. As we demonstrate interdisciplinary collaboration requires time to explain epistemologies of their respective fields, what each means by terms taken for granted by a discipline’s practitioners – in this case public good or preparation for practice – and to usher the tourist into one’s field, as Tone did for Anne and Anne for Tone. Nevertheless, as we argue, when educational leaders are willing to acknowledge the time it takes to change established practices and then invest resources to collaborate with other staff and students, changes are more likely.

References
Alvesson,M.&Sköldberg,K.(2009).Reflexive methodology; new vistas for qualitative research. London: Sage Publications.
Candea, M. & Da Col, G. (2012). The return to hospitality. The Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 18(s1), S1–S19. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9655.2012.01757.
Derrida, J. (2000). Hospitality. Angelaki : Journal of Theoretical Humanities, 5(3), 3–18.
Imperiale, Phipps, A., & Fassetta, G. (2021). On Online Practices of Hospitality in Higher Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 40(6), 629–648. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-021-09770-z
McLean, M. & Walker, M. (2012) The possibilities for university-based public-good professional education: a case-study from South Africa based on the ‘capability approach’, Studies in Higher Education, 37:5, 585-601, DOI: 10.1080/03075079.2010.531461
Phipps,A.&Barnett,R.(2007).Academic Hospitality. Arts Humanities in Higher. Education, 6, 237–254.
Solbrekke,T.D.&Møystad,A.(2022). Analysing a Change Process in Higher Education: From individual to more collective and formative practices of Suitability Assessment in a Norwegian Education Dental Programme. UNIPEDVol. 3. https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7229-040,
Solbrekke,T.&Sugrue,C.(2020).Leading Higher Education as and For Public Good: Rekindling Education as Praxis. London: Routledge.
Stensaker, B. 2018. Academic development as cultural work: responding to the organizational complexity of modern higher education. International Journal for Academic Development. 23 (4): 274-285.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Supporting Facilitator Teams in Higher Education to Develop into Communities of Practice to Support Students` Learning

Beathe Liebech-Lien, Nina Haugland Andersen

NTNU, Norway

Presenting Author: Liebech-Lien, Beathe; Haugland Andersen, Nina

Teamwork is now the basic work structure in most industries (Deepa & Seth, 2013), and teamwork skills are considered one of the most important soft skills needed (Burrus et al., 2013). Organisations need to actively and systematically support teams for their benefit as well as for the benefit of the members and the team (Wenger et al., 2002)

This paper presents findings from a practice-oriented research project which revolves around the collaboration in facilitator teams in the course Experts in Teamwork (EiT) at the Norwegian University of Technology and Sciences (NTNU). EiT is a compulsory master’s degree course at NTNU in which students develop interdisciplinary teamwork skills by collaborating to develop a project. EiT was developed to respond to the expressed need from business and industry for graduates with the enhanced ability and skills to work and collaborate in interdisciplinary teams (Sortland, 2015). Approximately 3,000 students take the course each year. Students are divided into classes of 30 students, called villages. In each village, a facilitator team, normally consisting of one teacher and two learning assistants, facilitates students’ learning. The teacher and the learning assistants have complementary roles in the village, with the teacher having the overall responsibility for the course and particularly the development of the project part. The learning assistant’s role is to facilitate the students` interdisciplinary teamwork processes and support the development of students’ collaboration skills

An educational unit at NTNU called the Experts in Teamwork Academic Section conducts training seminars for teachers and learning assistants – separately and together. One seminar, The Village, specifically focuses on the collaboration between the teachers and learning assistants in facilitator teams. This seminar is the facilitator team’s first meeting and ensures the facilitator team becomes acquainted, converses and plans how they want to work together in the course.

The notion that a proportion of the facilitator teams did not develop a collaborative practice that greatly supported the team in their tasks sparked the project and became the starting point of the practice-oriented research project. An important prerequisite supporting the development of students’ interdisciplinary collaboration skills is that the facilitator team has collaborative practice and uses each other’s complementary knowledge and roles.

The social learning theory of a community of practice (Wenger, 1998) was chosen as a theoretical framework to develop the training seminars in this project and was used as a lens to enquire into facilitator teams’ experiences collaborating during the course. A community of practice is formed by people who share a domain of human activity and who engage in the process of collective learning within that domain. Wenger et al. (2002) propose a structural model with three constituent elements that define a community of practice as a social structure: a shared domain, a community and the practice they develop. The combination provides a social knowledge structure for developing and sharing knowledge and supports collaboration and developing a practice. To actively and systematically cultivate a community of practices to develop and strengthen will benefit the members and their organization (Wenger et al., 2002).

This paper aims to explore the following research questions:

What supports and challenges collaboration between teachers and learning assistants in the facilitator team at EiT?

In which ways can we support teams’ collaborative practice by using communities of practice as a theory and structural model?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Initiators of practice-oriented research projects intend to intervene to promote change (Postholm & Smith, 2017). This practice-oriented research project aims to contribute on three levels: local practice, general practice and the scientific body of knowledge (Goldkuhl, 2012). The overall aims are to facilitate change in local practice and the research-based development of training provided for facilitator teams at EiT. We aim to contribute to knowledge on collaboration in teams for higher education and beyond, theory and the body of research on communities of practice. In the research design, we use action research as a method. Action research often has its starting point in a practical problem for those involved and proceeds to one or more cycles of action planning, taking action and evaluating action (Coghlan & Brannick, 2014). The authors were positioned as researchers in their own organization and worked in the EiT academic section with the responsibility for developing and facilitating training seminars for the facilitator teams.

This research project consists of three parts:

The first part of the action research project was to identify our concerns and gain insight into how teachers and learning assistants working at EiT in spring 2022 experienced collaboration in the facilitator team, particularly noting what they perceived worked well and what was challenging. Data were collected through discussion with colleagues in the EiT section, teachers in the course and reflection notes from a group of learning assistants. Our analysis was inspired by the critical reflection of Brookfield (2017).

The second part: Based on insight and reflection on the data collected, we implemented measures to develop a training seminar for facilitator teams in fall 2022 so it better facilitates the development of good collaborative practices in the facilitator teams. A new structure and content were developed in the training seminar, inspired by how organizations can cultivate communities of practice for their evolution (Wenger et al., 2002).

The third part is to evaluate and explore how teachers and learning assistants working at EiT in spring 2023 experience and perceive the collaboration in their teams, what they believe has supported them and what the barriers are to developing a collaborative practice. Separate focus group interviews are planned with three facilitator teams, to be conducted twice with each facilitator team (February and May 2023). Qualitative content analysis will be used to enquire into data (Hsieh & Shannon, 2005).


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper presents a practice-oriented study in which action research was used as a methodology to enquire into a challenge with supporting teams to develop a collaborative practice. Three main themes were found, as follows: 1) different expectations and understandings of each other’s roles, 2) lack of meeting points and communication channels in the teams and 3) challenges in developing a beneficial collaborative practice because many are new to the job.

These findings made us act to improve our practices at the training seminar to better support teams. Our presentations in the seminar accentuated the team as a community of practice with a shared domain; by collaborating as a community with complementary roles, we developed practices to support their learning and practice. Their roles were thoroughly explained, as well as the benefits of their being complementary. We provided them with scaffolding (Puntambekar, 2022) by giving them resources, structures and social support to strengthen their understanding of how they could develop their collaboration together. For example, we provided suggestions for a collaboration agreement and shared experiences on good collaborative practices from earlier teams. In addition, we provided time to collaboratively plan the first phase of the course and shared suggestions for daily schedules and timetables for the course to inspire them.

The third part of the research project will be finished in May 2023. Focus group interviews will provide in-depth insight into the action taken and what supports and challenges collaboration between teachers and learning assistants on the facilitator team. We will apply the communities of practice as a lens to enquire further into how we can support teams’ collaborative practices to further develop local practice, contributing to knowledge on teamwork for higher education and beyond as well as the theory of research on communities of practice.

References
Burrus, J., Jackson, T., Xi, N., & Steinberg, J. (2013). Identifying the most important 21st century workforce competencies: An analysis of the Occupational Information Network (O* NET) (2330-8516). Retrieved from https://www.ets.org/Media/Research/pdf/RR-13-21.pdf

Brookfield, S. (2017). What is critically reflective teaching? In Becoming a Critically Reflective Teacher (2nd ed.). Jossey-Bass.

Coghlan, D., & Brannick, T. (2014). Doing action research in your own organization (4th ed.). Sage.

Deepa, S., & Seth, M. (2013). Do soft skills matter? Implications for educators based on recruiters’ perspective. IUP Journal of Soft Skills, 7(1), 7–20. Retrieved from http://ssrn.com/abstract=2256273

Goldkuhl, G. (2012a). From action research to practice research. Australasian Journal of Information Systems, 17(2). https://doi:10.3127/ajis.v17i2.688

Hsieh, H. F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative Health Research, 15(9), 1277–1288. https://doi:10.1177/1049732305276687

Postholm, M. B., & Smith, K. (2017). Praksisrettet forskning og formativ intervensjonsforskning: Forskning for utvikling av praksisfeltet og vitenskapelig kunnskap [Practice-oriented research and formative intervention research: Research for the development of the field of practice and scientific knowledge]. In S. M. Gjøtterud, H. Hiim, D. Husebø, L. H. Jensen, T. Steen-Olsen, & E. Stjernstrøm (Eds.), Aksjonsforskning i Norge. Teoretisk og empirisk mangfold (pp. 71–94). Cappelen Damm Akademisk.

Puntambekar, S. (2022). Distributed scaffolding: Scaffolding students in classroom environments. Educational Psychology Review, 34(1), 451–472. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-021-09636-3
 
Sortland, B. (2015). Læringsarena for tverrfaglig samarbeid-Eksperter i team. [Learning arena for interdisciplinary collaboration- Experts in Teamwork]. Uniped, 38(4), 284–292.

Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press.

Wenger, E., McDermott, R. A., & Snyder, W. (2002). Cultivating communities of practice: A guide to managing knowledge. Harvard Business Press.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Professional Learning in Higher Education – Teacher Educators` Collaboration to Improve their Teaching

Ann-Therese Nomerstad

Inland Norway University of Applied Sci, Norway

Presenting Author: Nomerstad, Ann-Therese

Universities and colleges are expected to develop systems to value good teachers, promote their academic careers and raise the status of education (Ministry of Education, 2016). It is emphasized that the students become part of the collaboration, where it becomes a shared responsibility to seek ways to improve, by working together and thereby strengthening the quality work in the education sector (Ministry of Education, 2016). Quality in teacher education (TE) is characterized by a clear vision of good teaching, a clear connection between theory and practice and a practice that gives the opportunity to test and evaluate teaching (Hammernes & Klette, 2015). Several studies have been done on teacher collaboration in TE (Stoll & Louis, 2007), but so far there is little research examining the importance of teacher collaboration and professional learning among teacher educators. The purpose of this paper is to examine how collaboration between teacher educators takes place in TE in Norway, with the intention of studying teacher collaboration as an indicator of quality in TE programs. The paper is a part of a PhD-project, that seeks to develop knowledge about how different professional learning communities among teachers in TE contexts may contribute to increased quality of teacher educators` teaching work. The research question is: In what ways may professional learning communities among teachers potentially have an impact on quality work in teacher education, and in higher education more broadly?

The paper will explore the purpose and possibilities of strengthening professional learning in TE. Research in schools indicate that learning in professional communities gives individuals, groups, the whole organization, and the school system the opportunity to be involved in and influence learning over time (Aas, 2021), but professional learning can hardly be developed in a school without support from leaders at all levels. In today's debate about educational leadership and school development, the term professional learning is one of many concepts used to capture the distinctiveness of the school's collegial community (Aas, 2013). There seems to be broad international agreement that the term professional learning includes a group of people who work within a collective enterprise and who critically examine their own practice through systematic processes that deal with learning and development (Stoll, Bolam, McMahon, Wallace, & Thomas, 2006). Higher education institutions are characterized by self-governing departments, a strong subject orientation and identity among teachers, a strong degree of autonomy among teachers and a weak tradition of collaboration (Huffman et al., 2016; Stoll & Louis, 2007). Studies from upper secondary schools, show that it can be extra difficult to establish professional learning communities in these institutions, but that it can be possible to develop and organize collaborative arenas for teachers if school leaders support the work, and if the teachers, over time, have good conditions for knowledge development (Helstad, 2013).

The Norwegian strategy plan Teacher education 2025 – National strategy for quality and cooperation in teacher education (Ministry of Education, 2017), refers to research showing that more systematic collaboration between teachers in teacher education, and teachers with updated practical experience gives positive results. The students' experience of relevance and coherence in the education is important for them to be able to acquire knowledge and skills (Smeby and Heggen, 2012). The knowledge base we have about quality in higher education, and about teacher education more specifically, indicates that we need more knowledge about the importance of, and organization for collaboration between teacher educators. So far, development of professional learning communities has been highly described in schools, whereas professional learning among teacher educators needs to be further explored.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study underlying this paper has a qualitative exploratory design with an inductive methodological approach (Befring, 2015) where descriptions, interpretations of connections and exploration of empirical evidence, both from field studies and documents, form the basis for the research design. The study uses a field study as a method, where interviews and observation of practice in three selected teacher education institutions create the case studies. The aim is to describe and understand different practices related to teacher educators' collaboration within different teacher education programs. The qualitative and multidimensional research design will be a suitable starting point as I will study how teacher collaboration takes place internally in three teacher education contexts, in which both universities and colleges are spread geographically and in terms of size in Norway.
The study will include document analysis, interviews and observation of conversations and meetings between teacher educators. The purpose is to gather empirical evidence related to teacher collaboration and the development of professional learning communities in three selected institutions. In the study, I will observe several forms of collaboration between teachers, and I will conduct group interviews with teachers at each institution, as well as interviews with heads of department at these institutions. Through the interviews, I will gain knowledge about how teachers collaborate, and thus trace possible indicators of quality in teacher education. In addition to observations and interviews with teacher educators and their heads of department, I will carry out document analysis where I analyse various management documents, such as framework plans for teacher education and the institutions' own plans. Such documents set guidelines for how universities and colleges work when it comes to teaching and follow-up of students, which in turn will affect how teacher educators collaborate. Findings from data collection and analysis of the various methods will have the potential to say something about how teacher educators collaborate in professional learning communities to strengthen the quality in teacher education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
I expect to encounter differences and challenges related to professional learning communities in teacher higher education. With an organization that traditionally has been characterized by a high degree of autonomy and privatization (Huffman et al., 2016; Stoll & Louis, 2007), I assume to find that the professional learning communities are differently organized within the different subject departments in teacher education, and that it is somewhat random when and how collaboration between teacher educators is carried out. I also assume that there are big differences in how the leaders have facilitated professional learning communities in the organisation, and what influence the existing culture of the various institutions affects the possibilities for establish arenas for collaboration. Possible implications of the study will point to partnerships between TE and schools to strengthen learning conditions in TE, as well as learning from each other practices. Although this is not the main focus of this study, I imagine that collaboration between teacher education and teacher training (field of practice) will prove to be a good arena for established learning communities, which may have implications for further studies.
References
Aas, M. (2021). Management of professional learning communities in schools. Oslo: Fagbokforlaget
Aas, M. (2013). Management of school development. Oslo: University Press.
Befring, E. (2015). Research methods in educational science. Oslo: Cappelen Damm AS.
Christoffersen, L. & Johannessen, A. (2012). Research method for teacher education. Oslo: Abstrakt forlag AS
Hammerness, K., & Klette, K. (2015). Indicators of Quality in Teacher Education: Looking at Features of Teacher Education from an International Perspective. In G. K. LeTendre & A. W. Wiseman (Eds.), Promoting and Sustaining a Quality Teacher Workforce (International Perspectives on Education and Society) (Vol. 27) (pp. 239–277). London: Emerald Group Publishing Limited.
Hastrup, K. (2012). Field work. in Brinkmann, S. & Tanggard, L. (eds). Qualitative methods. Empirics and theory development. (1st ed., 1st ed.). Oslo: Gyldendal Norsk Forlag AS
Helstad, K. (2013). Knowledge development among upper secondary school teachers: a study of a school development project on writing within and across subjects (Vol. no. 180). Oslo: Unipub forl
Huffman, J.B., Oliver, D.F., Wang, T., Chen, P., Hairon, S., & Pang, N. (2016). Global conceptualization of the professional learning community process: transitioning from country perspectives to international commonalities. International Journal of Leadership in Education. Theory and practice, 19(3), 327-351.
Ministry of Education. (2016). Culture for quality in higher education. (Meld. St. no. 16). Retrieved from: https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-16-20162017/id2536007/?ch=1
Ministry of Education. (2017). Teacher education 2025. National strategy for quality and cooperation in teacher education. (Strategy 2020-2025). Retrieved from: https://www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/d0c1da83bce94e2da21d5f631bbae817/kd_teacher-education-2025_uu.pdf
Smeby, J-C. & Heggen, K. (2012). Coherence and the development and professional knowledge and skills, Journal of Education and Work, 27(1), 71-91.
Stoll, L., & Louis, K. S. (2007). Professional learning communities: divergence, depth and dilemmas. McGraw-Hill/Open University Press.
 
9:00am - 10:30am23 SES 09 A: Exploring School Policy Reforms in Europe: A Comparative View on Transnational Alignments and National Contestations (Part 1)
Location: James Watt South Building, J15 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: John Benedicto Krejsler
Session Chair: Lejf Moos
Symposium to be continued in 23 SES 11 A
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium

Exploring School Policy Reforms in Europe: A Comparative View on Transnational Alignments and National Contestations [SESSION 1]

Chair: John Benedicto Krejsler (Aarhus University)

Discussant: Lejf Moos (Aarhus University)

The core of investigation in this double symposium is how national school policy reforms in a number of key European countries and regions are framed in transnational collaborations that meet with national particularities and contestations. The symposium presents results from a collaborative book project (Krejsler & Moos, 2023 forthcoming).

The symposium explores school policy developments in a number of different countries and regions to represent the diversity of Europe within a comparative framework applied to all presentations. It takes point of departure in the fact that European countries in their school and education policies have been increasingly aligning with each other, mostly via transnational collaborations, the OECD and EU. Even the IEA has been instrumental to motivate alignments by means of influential surveys, knowledge production and methodological development (Hultqvist, Lindblad, & Popkewitz, 2018; Krejsler, 2020; Lawn & Grek, 2012; Meyer & Benavot, 2013; Moos, 2017).

This alignment in terms of common standards, social technologies, qualification frameworks and so forth have aimed at facilitating mobility of students, workers, business and so forth as well as fostering a European identity among citizens from Europe’s patchwork of small and medium-size countries, representing a patchwork of different languages, cultures and societal contexts (Nóvoa & Lawn, 2002; Popkewitz, 2012). This symposium explores and maps processes of de-contextualization, when policymakers broker consensus in transnational agencies, up against the ensuing processes of re-contextualization when this de-contextualized consensus has to be re-contextualized in widely differing national contexts; here standards, frameworks and social technologies have to be adapted and digested to forms that make sense in relation to what is politically and educationally possible in each and every of these different contexts.

Unsurprisingly, however, these processes of policy transfer, exchange and mutual inspiration are equally rife with national contestation as transnational norms meet with national traditions. The presentations in this symposium thus explore and map the diversity of contestations that transnational policy also produces when it meets particular national contexts, ranging from progressive reform pedagogy and Bildung resistance to positivist and economistic approaches to education over increasing focus upon ‘national values’ to recent outright nationalist resentment to transnational and multilateral encroachment upon national sovereignty (Blossing, Imsen, & Moos, 2016; Hörner, Döbert, Reuter, & von Kopp, 2015; Krejsler & Moos, 2021; Rizvi, Lingard, & Rinne, 2022).

Equally problematic – and possibly even more opaque - is the national uptake of transnational school and educational policy is the ‘intermediary’ of issues like digitalization and commercialization by means of which policy passes as it is transformed into organization and practice.

In our approach we thus see the interplays of transnational and national school policy reforms as the intended and unintended strategies and effects of widely differing contexts for making policy for schools, i.e. reflecting what is politically and educationally possible within the national contexts, framed by its particularities: This includes attention to increased focus upon ‘national values’, immigration, populism, and so forth (Bergmann, 2018; Judis, 2016) as well as the framing effects on transnational and national school policies by particular approaches to adopting global challenges like digitalization and increasing commercialization (e.g. big data, algorithmization and platformization) (Appadurai, 2006).

The papers in this double symposium draw on critical education policy theory, governance and governmentality theory. Empirically they draw on analyses of transnational and national education policy documents as well as national education debates and existing studies on policy reform.


References
Appadurai, A. (2006). Fear of Small Numbers. Durham: Duke University Press.
Blossing, U. et al.(Eds.). (2016). The Nordic Education Model. Dordrecht: Springer.
Hultqvist, E. et al. (Eds.). (2018). Critical Analyses of Educational Reforms in an Era of Transnational Governance. Cham: Springer.
Hörner, W. et al. (Eds.). (2015). The Education Systems of Europe. Cham: Springer.
Krejsler, J. B. (2020). Imagining School as Standards-Driven and Students as Career-Ready! In F. Guorui & T. S. Popkewitz (Eds.), Handbook of Education Policy Studies (Vol. 2, pp. 351-383). Singapore: Springer.
Krejsler, J. B., & Moos, L. (2021). Danish – and Nordic – school policy: its Anglo-American connections and influences. In J. B. Krejsler & L. Moos (Eds.), What Works in Nordic School Policies? Cham(CH): Springer.
Krejsler, J. B., & Moos, L. (Eds.). (2023 forthcoming). School Policy Reform in Europe: Exploring transnational alignments, national particularities and contestations. Cham: Springer.
Lawn, M., & Grek, S. (2012). Europeanizing Education. Oxford: Symposium Books.
Meyer, H.-D., & Benavot, A. E. (Eds.). (2013). PISA, Power, and Policy. Oxford: Symposium Books.
Nóvoa, A., & Lawn, M. (2002). Fabricating Europe. Dordrecht (NL): Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Popkewitz, T. S. (2012). Numbers in grids of intelligibility. In H. Lauder et al.(Eds.), Educating for the Knowledge Economy (pp. 169-191). London: Routledge.
Rizvi, F., Lingard, B., & Rinne,R.(Eds.). (2022). Reimagining Globalization and Education. New York: Routledge.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Danish School Policy: the Nordic Context and Transnational Impact

John Benedicto Krejsler (Aarhus University)

This paper highlights Denmark as a case among Nordic countries, where school policies have turned increasingly transnational. The paper finds that the OECD, EU and IEA have been important drivers for school reform in all five countries, Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden (Blossing, Imsen, & Moos, 2016; Krejsler & Moos, 2021b; Telhaug, Mediås, & Aasen, 2006). In addition, transnational collaboration has transformed Nordic collaboration as the new format by which inter-Nordic comparisons are made. In these processes neo-liberal discourse, in particular, has been instrumental in driving school to become an entity on a competitive market for students opening up for increasing commercialization, although welfare state ideals of equity still offer a strong counter-force to this development (Hultqvist, Lindblad, & Popkewitz, 2018). Danish school used to be admired internationally as an example of Scandinavian progressive and equity-oriented educational thinking. From around the millennium shift, however, Danish school turned around towards a strong NPM-inspired accountability model where standards-based education with an output focus to be controlled by testing was increasingly enforced (Imsen, Blossing, & Moos, 2017). This development drew strongly on Anglo-American NPM, school effectiveness and evidence models (most explicitly from England, New Zealand and Ontario) as opposed to previous more German-inspired didactics- and Bildung-models (Krejsler & Moos, 2021a). More recently, a turn towards more national(ist) solutions offer increasing resistance to transnational solutions: Accountability, testing, standards-based education are questioned by some. Simultaneously, increasing focus on ‘Danish values’ is required by others. Similar developments are observed in the neighboring Nordic countries, albeit with considerable differences according to different contextual backgrounds (Bergmann, 2017; Uljens & Ylimaki, 2017). Theoretically the paper employs a post-Foucauldian governmentality research approach in analyses that focus upon education policy research and Danish national as well as Nordic and transnational government reports, national media debate and other material that is relevant for the scrutiny of school reform policies (Dean, 2007; Pereyra & Franklin, 2014; Popkewitz, 2015).

References:

Bergmann, E. (2017). Nordic Nationalism and Right-Wing Populist Politics. Palgrave Macmillan. Blossing, U., Imsen, G., & Moos, L.(Eds.). (2016). The Nordic Education Model: 'A school for all' encounters neo-liberal policy. Dordrecht: Springer. Dean, M. (2007). Governing Societies. NY: Open University Press. Hultqvist, E., Lindblad, S., & Popkewitz, T. S.(Eds.). (2018). Critical Analyses of Educational Reforms in an Era of Transnational Governance. Cham: Springer. Imsen, G., Blossing, U., & Moos, L. (2017). Reshaping the Nordic education model in an era of efficiency. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 61(5), 568-583. Krejsler, J. B., & Moos, L. (2021a). Danish – and Nordic – school policy: its Anglo-American connections and influences. In J. B. Krejsler & L. Moos (Eds.), What Works in Nordic School Policies? Cham: Springer. Krejsler, J. B., & Moos, L.(Eds.). (2021b). What Works in Nordic School Policies? Cham: Springer. Pereyra, M. A., & Franklin, B. M. (Eds.). (2014). Systems of Reason and the Politics of Schooling. NY: Routledge. Popkewitz, T. S. (Ed.) (2015). The 'Reason' of Schooling. NY: Routledge. Telhaug, A. O. et al. (2006). The Nordic Model in Education. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 50(3), 245-283. Uljens, M., & Ylimaki, R.(Eds.).(2017). Bridging Educational Leadership, Curriculum Theory and Didaktik. Cham: Springer.
 

Disrupting Ssocial-Welfarist Schooling in the English Educational Reform Laboratory

David Hall (University of Exeter)

This paper seeks to make sense of a 35 year period of marked disruption and hyper-innovation in England seeking variously to displace and reform a social-welfarist model of schooling that had unevenly and frequently precariously emerged during the post-war era. It is a contribution that is centrally concerned with characterising and making sense of a bewildering range of reforms that seeks to develop an educationally focused theorisation of the interlacing of neo-liberalism with new modes of governing, governance and populism in this context. Stretching from the Conservative administrations of the 1980s and 1990s, through the New Labour administrations of the late 90s and 00s and on to the Conservative and Coalition administrations since 2010 the paper charts the displacement of lighter touch, self-regulating ‘club government’ (Moran 2003) characteristic of education during the post-war era prior to the election of the Thatcher-led governments from 1979. It then moves to examine their replacement by processes of marketisation, privatisation and corporatisation tightly bound to neo-liberalism and, simultaneously, by radically intensified forms of centralised regulation. Contrary to dominant accounts of contemporary shifts towards governance that emphasise the hollowing out of central government (Rhodes, 1997), it is argued that the marketised, neo-liberal turn in school reform in this context has been strongly allied to an ostensibly very different phenomenon; a dramatic increase in centralised regulation (Hall, 2023). Whilst the election of a New Labour government in 1997 did result in significant discontinuities from previous Conservative administrations, not least in terms of increased government expenditure on schools and teachers, the dominant model of tight regulation combined with neo-liberal approaches to school reform was largely reinforced during this time. It is argued that this ultimately acted to enable and legitimise further rounds of marketized, privatising and increasingly corporatized approaches to school reform that developed markedly from 2010. England’s early adoption of this approach in the 1980s and its wider role in the UK more generally, alongside a small group of other countries, as a front-runner in the New Public Management (Pollitt and Bouckaert, 2011) are associated with it emerging during the 1990s and 2000s as an international laboratory for educational reform. The paper ends by considering the pronounced emergence of populism in school reform in England, and the increasingly idiosyncratic and erratic governmental interventions that have developed strongly since 2010 and which seem likely to have significantly reduced wider interest in this national educational laboratory.

References:

*Hall, D. (2023) England: Neo-liberalism, regulation and populism in the educational reform laboratory in Krejsler, J. and Moos, L. (Eds) School Policy Reform in Europe. New York: Springer. *Moran, M. (2003). The British regulatory state: high modernism and hyper-innovation. Oxford: Oxford University Press. *Pollitt, C., and Bouckaert, G. (2011) Public management reform. 3rd edition. Oxford: Oxford University Press. *Rhodes, R. (1997) Understanding governance. Buckingham and Philadelphia: Open University Press.
 

French School Policies: the Strong Republican State Absorbing External Influences

Romuald Normand (Université de Strasbourg)

Since the early 2000s, the French education policy has taken a transnational turn in participating increasingly in the PISA consortium, OECD activities, and the European Open Method of Coordination with some effects in the development of national programs on basic skills, early school leaving, school climate and dropouts, but also national assessments of students' skills and school self-evaluation approach. However, due to republican heritage and civic nationalism, the influence of neo-liberalism is limited, and the development of school market and school choice have been resisted until now. The republican compromise still emphasizes standardized national curricula based on school subjects and student guidance regulations on behalf of equal opportunities and a specific conception of citizenship and secularism. This republican vision is combined with reform proposals and implementations in which national interest groups and the ministerial technostructure play an important role in buffering international influences. The French education policy is also subject to a strong (and sometimes authoritarian) statism that conveys imaginaries of education and entrenched ideologies hiding policy borrowing and leading. Based on Actor-Network-Theory and policy research, this communication explores the political assemblages and epistemic governance that have allowed this policy borrowing and lending. It shows that forms of epistemic authority transposing the PISA survey relay the expert knowledge circulating in the international space, but that these forms also maintain a political imaginary and a great republican narrative. First are presented spaces of interest and political associations between different national actors involved in the transfer and hybridization of knowledge built around PISA. The communication seeks to characterize some influential spokespersons in the production and translation of this knowledge into a French-style reformist political agenda. Based on an analysis of data on these various policy assemblages from official documents, scientific and professional journal articles, and website consultations, map of the interpersonal links between these reformist actors has been developed in order to better understand their connections and associations in promoting the PISA paradigm. To do this, the Gephi network software has been used to map the links between individuals belonging to different institutions.

References:

*Hultqvist, E., Lindblad, S., & Popkewitz, T. S. (Eds.). (2018). Critical analyses of educational reforms in an era of transnational governance. Cham, Springer. *Normand R. (2020) The French State and Its Typical “Agencies” in Education. Policy Transfer and Ownership in the Implementation of Reforms. In Ärlestig, H., & Johansson (eds) Educational Authorities and the Schools (pp. 151-168). Cham, Springer, 2020 *Normand, R. (2022). PISA as epistemic governance within the European political arithmetic of inequalities: A sociological perspective illustrating the French case. In Critical Perspectives on PISA as a Means of Global Governance (pp. 48-69). London, Routledge. *Sellar, S., & Lingard, B. (2014). The OECD and the expansion of PISA: New global modes of governance in education. British Educational Research Journal, 40(6), 917-936. *Steiner-Khamsi, G., & Waldow, F. (Eds.). (2012). World yearbook of education 2012: Policy borrowing and lending in education. Routledge.
 

Europe as the Exterior Interiorized in the Infrastructures of Policy

Thomas, S. Popkewitz (University of Wisconsin-Madison)

This paper explores relational issues of the nation, collective belonging and its interiorization of its external other, “Europe”, in the study of policy and school reform. Grek (2020) and her colleagues explored this relation as different institutional and political agents that connect as nodules and connections. My concern relates to this but differs by giving attention to the social epistemologies that travel and insect with the nation; that is, with the systems of reason that order and classify the phenomena of education at the interstices of European and international spaces. The trope of Europe is not meant as an originary site, but is about the episteme of uneven historical lines with no single origin. “Europe” is a symbolic marker of an exteriority of multiple practices that fold into the interiority of national policy and educational research in Eastern and Western Europe. Europe or the European Union, then, is not the origin of the calculative reasoning that folds into national policies. Rather Europe is a space in which patterns of recognition and expectations of experience are generated external to the nation but settles in policy and educational practices of difference in nations as a global homeless, location-less knowledge. The notion of “Europe” as the external Other is explored as indigenous foreigners or historical practices projected as global and universal (which they are not!) that settle in and appear as indigenous, affectively attached as principles of national salvation and redemption in national policies. These settlements are studied as: (1) the non-polemic language of management, (2) numbers and statistics are cultural artifacts, (3) the alchemy that reterritoralizes disciplinary knowledges into the pedagogical knowledge of children’s literacy and the school curriculum, and (4) the comparative reasoning of policy and research that excludes and abjects as equality. The significance of “Europe” in the infrastructures of policy and science is to generate new phenomena as objects of “the will to know” or desires; and as phantasmagrams that “act” as analogous to the magic lanterns of the 17th century to create illusions about the real. The strategy of the paper is to move from the formal categories of the state, its welfare institutions, and human actors as the sole originary sites of importance. My interest in knowledge is directed to the politics of schooling; the principles ordering and comparing who people are, should be, and who does “not fit” into the spaces of normalcy, excluded and abjected.

References:

*Grek, S. (2018). OECD as a site of co-production. The European education governance and the new politics of ‘policy mobilization. S. Lindblad, D. Pettersson, & T. Popkewitz, T. (Eds.). (2018) Education by the numbers and the making of society. The expertise of international assessments. (pp. 185-200). New York: Routledge. *Popkewitz, T. (in press) Infrastructures And Phantasmagrams Of Inclusions That Exclude: International Student Assessments. The International Journal of Inclusive Education).
 
9:00am - 10:30am23 SES 09 B: New Avenues and Challenges for Comparative Education Policy Studies (Part 1)
Location: James Watt South Building, J7 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Antoni Verger
Symposium to be continued in 23 SES 11 B
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium

New Avenues and Challenges for Comparative Education Policy Studies (Part I)

Chair: Antoni Verger (Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona)

Discussant: Sam Sellar (University of South Australia)

In Rethinking Comparison, Simmons and Smith (2021) argue that comparative methods are at the cross-roads of two main trends: a trend towards controlled comparative methods whose main focus consists in the improvement of causal inference - something that often involves taking the route of natural experiments; and an opposing trend towards deconstructing comparison, heavily indebted to postcolonial theory, which sees comparative methods as ‘old fashioned’ and intellectually impoverishing. To these trends, we add a third one consisting of hyper-globalist understandings of globalisation that are challenging cross-country analyses, arguing that the state has been hollowed-out as the main locus of policy-making.

The comparative analysis of education policies is not alien to these challenges and advances. Indeed, such dilemmas have given rise to passionate debates and inspired a number of research innovations and increasingly ambitious research designs. Comparative education policy studies have proven to be a dynamic research field that does not remain passive against the different external and internal challenges it faces. This symposium examines precisely how the field of comparative policy analysis has evolved in the last decade, and how education policy research can benefit from this evolution. The panel aims thus at stimulating reflection on the possibilities opened by the new comparative methods, tools and databases, and on the research questions posed by this changing environment and which merit further investigation. To do so, our panel revisits two recurring debates that have long centred efforts at (re)thinking comparative research, namely, what to compare and how to compare. In relation to the former - what to compare -, we witness how comparative analysis is increasingly open to a broader range of research units. Beyond conventional cross-country studies, comparative research can be conducted within countries, across regions, across time and even compare different kinds of units (Schaffer 2015).

In addition, the role of globalisation in policy formation has been conceptualised in a more sophisticated way. Increasingly, comparative analyses contemplate how different political scales are mutually constituted, how global policy models are being translated differently in different contexts and/or how the impact global forces fluctuates over the policy process. Such trends make the case for expanding the possibilities and perspectives for comparative inquiry. Overall, rather than taking them as a given, we are being encouraged to actively construct the objects of our comparative analyses (Barlett and Vavrus 2017). In a European context, where policy is no longer the exclusive parcel of nation states, and regions and cities play an increasingly prominent role as policy spaces, transcending the cross-country perspective is more necessary than ever.

In relation to how to compare, the old divides between quantitative and qualitative approaches are being left behind. Mixed-methods designs have indeed found their place within European research, and there is a growing appetite for methodological pluralism. Contrary to traditional conceptions, it is increasingly acknowledged that small-n studies can play a critical role in offering generalisable insights and that big-n studies can play an important role in theory building and identifying causal mechanisms. There is also growing recognition of the need for further disciplinary cross-fertilization and dialogue with other disciplines in the social sciences. The comparative analysis of education policy cannot remain insulated from the conceptual and theoretical innovations brought forward by political science, geography and policy sociology, among other.

This double-symposium will include papers that make an explicit effort to innovate in comparative analysis methods and forms of inquiry. It includes a selection of empirically rich studies of education policy covering different contexts and domains, including teacher policy, international large-scale assessments, the role of expertise, public-private partnerships, and accountability reforms.


References
Bartlett, L., & Vavrus, F. (2016). Rethinking case study research: A comparative approach. Routledge.

Schaffer, F. C. (2015). Elucidating social science concepts: An interpretivist guide. Routledge.

Simmons, E. S., & Smith, N. R. (Eds.). (2021). Rethinking Comparison. Cambridge University Press.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Coping with Incommensurability: Methodological Approaches in Comparative Policy Studies

Gita Steiner-Khamsi (University of Columbia)

The POLNET (Policy Knowledge and Lesson Drawing in Nordic School Reform in an Era of International Comparison) study started out as a Norwegian study that explored how policy knowledge was produced and used, respectively, in Norwegian school reform (Karseth, Sivesind, Steiner-Khamsi, 2022). In the political system of Norway (as well as in Sweden), the Norwegian Official Commissions have an advisory role vis-à-vis the line ministries. Given POLNET’s focus on evidence-based policy decisions, we compared the “evidence” referenced in Green Papers, which were produced by these advisory bodies, with the evidence referenced in the White Papers, issued the Norwegian Ministry of Education and Research. Similar to Norway, the Swedish political system also has policy advisory bodies in place that review past school reforms and make recommendations to their respective line ministry. As a corollary, we were able to apply identical sampling strategies to the Swedish POLNET study: we compared the production, as well as the use of evidence, between Green and White Papers. The other three political systems in the POLNET study (Denmark, Finland, Iceland), however, have different “expert-seeking arrangements” (Baek, 2020) or evidence-production/utilization mechanisms in place. Unsurprisingly, the incommensurability issue was at center stage at each stage of the five-country study, ranging from the initial stage of data collection (selecting the functionally equivalent entity of the Norwegian and Swedish Official Commissions) to the final stage of interpreting the findings of the country case studies. Different from the research question that accompanied the POLNET study from the onset—whose knowledge is used as an authoritative source to establish evidence and subsequently to justify evidence-based policy decisions—this investigation digs into the question of where policy evidence is produced and used, respectively, in vastly different political systems. To complicate the narrative, it is indispensable to take into account multi-centric governance (Cairney, 2020) or network governance (Ball and Junemann, 2012), respectively, and acknowledge that ultimately the political fabric of evidence production/utilization matters. Investigating functional equivalence is only a starting point. What is equally important, from a system’s perspective, is how the various entities within an expertise-seeking arrangement (advisory committees, hearings, stakeholder reviews, commissioned reviews, etc.) relate to each and how they, taken together, differentiate and distance themselves from non-expert arrangements. As a result, the comparison of different political systems always becomes a matter of translation: identifying what the structures, mechanisms, and entities for evidence production/utilization mean in a given political context.

References:

Baek, C. (2020). Knowledge utilization in education policymaking in the United States, South Korea, and Norway: A bibliometric network analysis. [Doctoral dissertation, Columbia University]. Ball, S. J., & Junemann, C. (2012). Networks, new governance and education. University of Bristol and Policy Press. Cairney, P. (2019) Understanding public policy. London: Bloomsbury, 2nd edition. Karseth, B., Sivesind, K. and Steiner-Khamsi, G., eds (2022). Evidence and expertise in Nordic education policy. A comparative network analysis. New York: Palgrave. Open access: https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-030-91959-7
 

Comparative Methods and the Context of Globalization: Developing a Multiscalar Study on Teachers’ Careers in Europe

Xavier Dumay (UC Louvain), Tore Bernt Sorensen (Hertie School of Governance, Berlin)

In this presentation, we reflect critically on the research design underpinning the TeachersCareers project (2017-2022) in order to contribute to the discussion on the potentialities and limitations of comparative methods in the contemporary era of globalization of educational policies. Funded by the European Research Council, the project grapples with the structural and cultural environments shaping the employment regimes of the teaching profession in the context of accelerated globalization. The project addresses two critical questions: how is the teaching profession (re)institutionalized in a globalizing world? And, how does globalization affect central mechanisms for the profession, such as its training and professional development models, modes of recruitment, and labor markets and careers? Based on a multiscalar study combining multiple sources of data and methods, the project innovatively analyzes the reconfiguration of teachers’ careers in Europe, with a focus on joint evolutions and intersections of the European Union (EU) governance, and in the two contrasting systems of England and France. Drawing on sociological and historical new-institutionalisms, the research design is developed to make sense of ongoing interactions between trajectories of institutional developments at different levels (European, national, local) with implications for teacher professionalism. For this purpose, the research design combines analyses of policy processes and structuration drawing on the concept of field and types of fields (Zietsma et al, 2017) to analyze the emergence and structuration of the EU teacher policy field, the dynamics and interactions between EU and national policy and professional fields, and longitudinal analyses of institutional development and change at the national level in France and England to capture evolutions in the employment regime of teachers (Thelen, 2014). The analyses are thus longitudinal at both the national and European levels. In the project, the policy analyses are mainly based on document analyses and interviews with key stakeholders, while employment and labor market studies cover a broad range of methods (comparative quantitative analysis of professional and employment regimes based on TALIS 2013 and 2018 data, longitudinal workforce analyses at the national level, labor market analyses in local spaces such as Lyon and London, and qualitative analyses of individual teacher career pathways). In discussing the challenges associated with such a complex research design we argue for the need of methodogical pluralism, well-defined research interests, and strong theorisation of the globalisation concept (Dumay & Mangez, forthcoming), in comparative education research.

References:

Thelen, K. (2014). Varieties of Liberalization and the New Politics of Social Solidarity (Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Zietsma, C., Groenewegen, P., Logue, D.M., and Hinings, C.R. (2017). Field or Fields? Building the Scaffolding for Cumulation of Research on Institutional Fields. ANNALS, 11, 391–450.
 

The Changing Dynamics of Public-Private Partnerships in Education: A Cross-country Analysis of Public Regulatory Trends from an Equity Perspective

Adrián Zancajo (Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona), Clara Fontdevila (University of Glasgow), Antoni Verger (Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona)

Since it entered the comparative education research agenda decades ago, the privatisation of education provision has become a more complex phenomenon (Bellei & Orellana, 2014). Policies that fall under the umbrella Public-Private Partnerships (PPPs) are increasingly diverse and adopted with different objectives and through various instruments. In addition, such arrangements are found in an increasingly heterogeneous number of countries. For instance, public subsidies for private schools, frequently associated with countries of the Global North, are increasingly being considered in different countries of the Global South. However, as a consequence of the extensive evidence demonstrating the negative impact of education PPPs on equity, a debate has emerged in the past few years regarding the need of public regulation to counterbalance the educational inequalities associated with privatisation policies (Boeskens, 2016). Based on a systematic literature review, this paper aims to identify the different regulatory configurations of education PPPs and make sense of their recent evolution. The findings show how the policy objectives pursued with the adoption of education PPPs, as well as institutional factors and related path-dependencies, are crucial to comprehending the evolving configuration of regulatory frameworks. The research also identifies a cross-cutting trend to recalibrate existing regulatory frameworks in response to problematisation processes that brought to the fore the impact of private education on school segregation and social stratification between schools. In most cases, equity-oriented reforms are moving towards a command and control governance approach to the detriment of a market governance approach. New regulations tend to increase the role of the State in terms of educational planning, establishing norms and monitoring schools’ behaviour. The paper also reflects on three main challenges experienced during the research process, feeding into the current debate in comparative education policy studies. First, despite the global nature of education policies, such as privatisation and PPPs, cross-country comparability remains challenging due to the specific forms these policies take at the local level. Second, the increasing need for an interdisciplinary theoretical and analytical approach to capture the complexity of education policies poses a challenge to integrate these different perspectives consistently. In the case of privatisation, integration efforts are further complicated by ideological divides that continue to permeate the debate. Finally, while there is growing recognition of the multi-scalar nature of the privatisation phenomena, emerging regulatory trends point towards the need for a more systematic effort towards the categorisation and operationalisation of domestic drivers mediating in recontextualisation processes.

References:

Bellei, C., & Orellana, V. (2014). What Does “Education Privatisation” Mean? Conceptual Discussion and Empirical Review of Latin American Cases. (ESP Working Paper Series, No. 62.) The Privatisation in Education Research Initiative (PERI). Boeskens, L. (2016). Regulating publicly funded private schools: A literature review on equity and effectiveness (OECD Education Working Papers, No. 147). Paris, France: OECD Publishing.
 

Performance-based Accountability in the Governance of Education: A Cross-country Analysis of Policy Instrumentation and Enactment Practice

Antoni Verger (Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona), Gerard Ferrer-Esteban (Universitat Oberta de Catalunya), Antonina Levatino (Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona), Lluís Parcerisa (Universitat de Barcelona)

Performance-based accountability (PBA) has become a central instrument of school assessment, monitoring and improvement in European countries. This instrument has a great potential of shaping school organizational decisions and educational practices. PBA has cognitive and normative influence by framing policy representations, problematization processes and power games (Maroy and Pons, 2019). Educational literature documents how PBA has occasionally generated the conditions for improving students’ learning outcomes, but also numerous undesired side-effects, including the intensification of test preparation, curriculum narrowing and the adoption of non-inclusive practices in the classroom (Cohen-Vogel, 2011). Research also brings to the fore that teachers and other school actors creatively interpret and respond to PBA, generating inconsistencies between regulatory expectations and the context of practice (Hardy 2014). Our study starts from the theoretical assumption that the way teachers respond to policy prerogatives such as PBA is contingent on how these actors make sense of performance pressures within their broader social and institutional environments (Jabbar & Creed, 2020). Educational systems vary importantly in the way they regulate the teaching profession and in the procedures they put in place to monitor and guarantee quality education. We argue that these institutional features inevitably mediate the way PBA is enacted. At a more local level, we argue that the position that schools occupy in their local education markets is also crucial to uncover how teachers negotiate and process external pressures, and with what outcomes in terms of organization and educational practices. Part of the REFORMED project (www.reformedproject.eu), this research is unique in its attempt to unravel, from a cross-national perspective, the social mechanisms and conditions favouring different school reactions to PBA. The research follows a sequential mixed-methods design approach which integrates two different empirical stages. The first stage relies on an international database that includes questionnaire data administered to teachers (n = 3403) and school leaders (n= 625) from randomly sampled urban schools in Norway, Chile and Spain - countries that enact different PBA policies which vary in their density (thicker and thinner), and direction (vertical and horizontal). In the second research stage, we conducted semi-structured interviews with teachers (n=76) and school leaders (n=73) in the three countries.

References:

Cohen-Vogel, L. (2011). “Staffing to the test” are today’s school personnel practices evidence based?. Educational evaluation and policy analysis, 33(4), 483-505. Hardy, I. (2014). A logic of appropriation: Enacting national testing (NAPLAN) in Australia. Journal of education policy, 29(1), 1-18. Maroy, C., & Pons, X. (2019). Accountability policies in education. A Comparative and Multilevel Analysis in France and Quebec. Cham: Springer.
 
9:00am - 10:30am23 SES 09 C: Professionalism
Location: James Watt South Building, J10 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Anna Beck
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Knowledge-Based Resistance: The Role of Professional Organisations in the Struggle Against Statutory Assessments in England

Diego Santori1, Jessica Holloway2

1King's College London, United Kingdom; 2Australian Catholic University

Presenting Author: Santori, Diego

Standardised testing has become a ubiquitous part of schooling across economically developed nations (Lingard, Martino, & Rezai-Rashti, 2013; Verger, Fontdevila & Parcerisa, 2019). At the same time, various stakeholders, including scholars, practitioners, parents, and politicians continue to debate the merits, purposes, and utility of testing. Some actors have grown increasingly sceptical of how tests are being used, leading various groups to mobilise around a desire to resist such trends in education. In the US, for example, a group of New York-based parents initiated the Opt-Out Movement, which has grown in number and force over the past several years (see Hursh et al., 2020; Pizmony-Levy, Lingard, & Hursh, 2021). In Chile, students and teachers have banded together to resist high-stakes testing and other forms of neoliberal control of the education sector (Stromquist & Sanyal, 2013). Whilst there is a growing body of research around traditional forms of contestation and transgression such as opting out of statutory assessments, there is virtually no evidence of concerted, multi-actor forms of resistance. Drawing on a year-long network ethnography, this paper focuses on the More than a Score (MTAS) campaign in England, with particular attention to the role of professional organisations. The MTAS organisation is made up of multiple actor groups, but the professional organisations occupy a particularly significant role in helping the network accomplish its primary goals through the deployment and strategic mobilisation of various forms of expert knowledge.

To this end, we use this paper to illustrate how the development and use of knowledge-based mechanisms and practices of resistance allowed MTAS to move beyond traditional forms of contestation and transgression, towards more complex and granular modes of refusal and struggle. Drawing upon Foucault’s conceptualisations of power/knowledge and resistance (Foucault, 1972) and Heclo’s (1978) notion of ‘issue networks’, we analyse the professional organisations affiliated to the MTAS campaign with a focus on their use of expert knowledge as a technology of resistance. In particular, by examining their transactions and exchanges we identify three main mechanisms of resistance: i) a diffused policy approach, ii) expert reports, and iii) a deep understanding of network boundaries. We conclude with a discussion about how this work can extend our understanding of resistance, and the tensions and compromise that multi-stakeholder resistance involve.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Powerful policy players in global education have been well researched, such as the OECD, the World Bank and UNESCO, and others, such as edu-businesses, EdTech companies, philanthropies and social enterprises, have only recently started to be explored. In our previous work (AUTHOR, 2017; AUTHORS, 2022), we gave primary attention to the new actors in the global education policy network (foundations, education corporations, think tanks, funding platforms and management service companies) while acknowledging the need to study voices of dissent. These dissident voices question and challenge shared beliefs of the mainstream global policy community members, and they are unwelcome and often unheard, or rarely attended to. Such voices are excluded from the mainstream global education epistemic community because they speak about education differently and constitute a network among themselves, which we continue to investigate in this paper. We suggest that ‘network ethnography’ (Ball and Junemann, 2012; AUTHOR, 2017) is best suited to our attempt to specify the exchanges and transactions between organisations involved in resisting standardised testing in England, and the roles, actions, motivations, discourses and resources of the different actors involved. The network we describe and research is primarily focused on the More Than a Score campaign, and includes teacher, parent, and head teacher-led organisations, as well as other related professional bodies.
There are different sorts of data involved in network ethnography, and a combination of techniques of data gathering and elicitation. Network ethnography requires deep and extensive Internet searches (focused on actors, organisations, events and their connections). Drawing on initial findings from actor and organisation-focused searches (including newsletters, press releases, videos, podcasts, interviews, speeches and web pages, as well as social media such as Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn and blogs), we developed topic lists and open-ended questions to inform each in-depth interview with nodal actors within the network. We have conducted a total of 20 semi-structured interviews with directors and spokespersons of member organisations of the MTAS coalition. In order to maximise the relational potential of interviews, we heavily rely on follow up questions, as a way to explore emergent associations. We also conduct post-interview searches, that in turn inform subsequent interviews. Network ethnography also involves participating in some of the key occasions where the network participants under consideration come together. Whilst COVID-19 restricted the possibility to attend face-to-face events, as part of our network ethnography we attended a series of online events including conferences, Q&A sessions, and webinars.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
While resistance in education (broadly) has been investigated in a variety of ways, resistance to high-stakes testing remains a space that is relatively under-explored and theorised (AUTHORS, 2022). Across the literature, some have focused on the more overt forms of resistance, like the Opt-out Movement in the U.S. (Hursh et al., 2020; Pizmony-Levy, Lingard, & Hursh, 2021), or the collective protests against neoliberal reforms in Chile (Stromquist & Sanyal, 2013). Others have focused more on the ‘everyday’ forms resistance that takes place in classrooms and schools (Anderson & Cohen, 2014; Blackmore 2004; Perryman et al., 2011). We argue that MTAS as a conglomerate of organisations have operationalised resistance in a way that sit outside of this obvious binary.
As we have shown in this paper (and elsewhere, see AUTHORS, forthcoming), some forms of resistance cannot be described as overt or covert. MTAS, for example, brings together a variety of strategies, and it is the careful coordination of these sometimes disparate interests and strategies that make MTAS successful in its efforts. On one hand, the campaign does not self identify as a resistance group, yet their tactics are indisputably aimed at disrupting a system they see as harmful to students. This raises important questions about how we, as researchers, define resistance and how we make sense of the varied ways stakeholders are pushing for change and creating new possibilities. In this particular case, knowledge mobilisation is a key strategy for appealing to different audiences, and helps acquire buy-in from groups who may not naturally align otherwise. While it might not look like resistance in a traditional sense, it arguably succeeds in achieving similar goals.  

References
Ball, S.J. and Junemann, C. (2012). Networks, new governance and education. Bristol, Policy
Press.
Bradbury, A., & Roberts-Holmes, G. (2017). The Datafication of primary and early years education: Playing with numbers. Abingdon: Routledge.
Börzel, T.A. (1998). “Organizing Babylon: On the Different Conceptions of Policy Networks”. Public Administration 76(2): 253-273.
Burt, R. (1978). ‘Applied network analysis: An overview’, Sociological Methods Research
7(2):123-130.
Cook, I. R. and K. Ward (2012). ‘Conferences, information infrastructures and mobile policies: the process of getting Sweden “BID Ready”.’ European Urban and Regional Studies 19(2): 137-152.
Foucault, M. (1972) "Truth and Power" in Colin Gordon (ed.) Power/Knowledge: Selected Interviews & Other Writings From 1972-1977. New York: Pantheon Books.
Heclo H (1978) Issue networks and the executive establishment. In: King A (ed) The new American political system. American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research,
Hogan, A. (2015) Boundary spanners, network capital and the rise of edu-businesses: the case of News Corporation and its emerging education agenda. Critical Studies in Education, 56(3), 301-314.
Hursh, D., Deutermann, J., Rudley, L., Chen, Z., & McGinnis, S. (2020). Opting Out: The Story of the Parents’ Grassroots Movement to Achieve Whole-Child Public Schools. Stylus Publishing, LLC.
Hutchings, M. (2015) Exam factories? The impact of accountability measures on children and young people. London: National Union of Teachers.
Lingard, B., Martino, W., & Rezai-Rashti, G. (2013). Testing regimes, accountabilities and education policy: Commensurate global and national developments. Journal of Education Policy, 28(5), 539–556.
Lundin, M., Öberg, P. (2014) Expert knowledge use and deliberation in local policy making. Policy Sciences 47, 25–49
Perryman, J., Ball, S., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2011). Life in the pressure cooker –school league tables and English and mathematics teachers’ responses to accountability in a results-driven era. British Journal of Educational Studies, 59(2), 179–195.
Pizmony-Levy, O., & Saraisky, N. G. (2016). Who opts out and why? Results from a national survey on opting out of standardized tests (pp. 1-64). New York, NY: Columbia University. Retrieved from http://academiccommonc.columbia.edu/
Pizmony-Levy, O., Lingard, B., & Hursh, D. (2021). The Opt-Out Movement and the Reform Agenda in U.S. Schools. Teachers College Record, 123(5).
Verger, A., Fontdevila, C., & Parcerisa, L. (2019). Reforming governance through policy instruments: How and to what extent standards, tests and accountability in education spread worldwide. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 40(2), 248–270.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Democratic legitimacy in policymaking: a critical analysis of the General Teaching Council for Scotland’s Professional Standards Review

Charlaine Simpson1, Anna Beck2, Louise Campbell3

1University of Aberdeen; 2University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 3General Teaching Council for Scotland

Presenting Author: Simpson, Charlaine; Beck, Anna

In the current international policy milieu, deliberative democracy, defined as ‘representative public deliberation to improve collective decision making and strengthen democracy’ (OECD, 2021, p.5), is valued for its equitable and inclusive dimensions. It is seen as a method by which public participation is harnessed to influence and shape decision-making and policy development ​(Bua & Escobar, 2018; Smith, 2009)​ and it is increasingly being offered across Europe as a counterbalance to a rising distrust in authoritarian and centralised governance ​(Butzlaff & Messinger-Zimmer, 2020)​.

Consulting with and gathering the perspectives of a range of stakeholders and community-wide voices en route to shaping policy for education, amongst other social institutions, has been utiised as a method for ensuring that centralised policymaking remains accountable to the people whose lives or work it touches ​(Fischer, 2016)​. It is also presented as a way to encourage policymakers to engage with ethical concerns related to meaningful democratic representation and human flourishing (Lees-Marshment, Huff & Bendle, 2020).

In Scotland, education policymaking is usually delegated to national working groups and developed in partnership through consultation with networks of stakeholders, often with government retaining a governing role. It has been acknowledged that the Scottish style of education policymaking is somewhat distinct from other jurisdictions in the UK. This 'partnership' approach is based on a national commitment to social justice, inclusion and democracy (Hulme & Kennedy, 2016) and great effort is made to involve a wide range of affected actors in a number of ways (Humes, 2020). Despite this, there is a tendency to rely on prominent ‘insider’ actors, who are often known to each other personally and/or professionally (Humes, 1997) and who subscribe to a set of values, traditions and social norms, which can make it difficult for new actors, and new ideas, to enter this space. While these features and concerns might be a result of the nature of policymaking in a small country, it is important to look beneath the surface in order to question the assumed relationship between partnership models and democratic legitimacy in policymaking.

The General Teaching Council (GTC) for Scotland aligns itself with the Scottish style of policymaking described above, in that it seeks to make its policy development work increasingly inclusive and representative of affected actors. This paper will explore the extent to which these underpinning principles for policymaking can be observed in the case of the recently refreshed GTC Scotland Professional Standards. To do so, we conceptualise the wider network of stakeholders engaged through consultation as a ‘governance network’ (Rhodes, 1997). Using Sørensen & Torfing’s (2018) anchorage points for democratic legitimacy as a framework for policy analysis, we interrogate the existing narrative around consensus policymaking in Scotland and consider the extent to which the process used by GTC Scotland reflects these principles. We then reflect on the contribution that this analysis makes to ongoing thinking about policy development in Scotland and internationally.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For a governance network to perform ‘democratically’, Sørensen and Torfing (2018) argue it must meet four ‘anchorage points’. Firstly, it is important that the governance network is metagoverned by democratically elected actors. As well as investigating who becomes a ‘metagoverner’, we must look at network-design, the formulation of goals and the nature of member participation. Network membership must provide fair and equal representation of affected groups: those upon which the intended policy change will directly impact, in this case, teachers and those who support them in education. Network accountability is concerned with the extent to which network activity is made publicly available so that it can be shared with and scrutinised by those upon whom it will directly impact. The final anchorage point relates to democratic rules and the extent to which all members of the network can participate. A shared understanding of rules and processes, as well as equal opportunities for participation and engagement, are essential.

The data collection was considered in four phases, beginning with a commissioned literature review, which gave evidence of current practice and thinking about Professional Standards and might be recognised as a first step towards an element of ‘democratic legitimacy’ (Sørensen & Torfing, 2018). The next phase involved the convening of working groups drawing once more on the use of experts to inform development and create a dataset for writing groups to develop a first draft of the suite of Professional Standards. This draft was subjected to a full public consultation, the analysis of which helped improve the suite of Professional Standards before finally focus groups offered refinements to create a refreshed suite of Professional Standard, which were approved by GTC Scotland Council and was launched in January 2021.

Using the criteria from Sørensen and Torfing’s (2018) framework and focusing on the moments described above, this paper analyses the extensive qualitative dataset generated through the policymaking activity described, namely: the literature review; reports and minutes from the strategic group, the operational groups, writing groups; the CIS commissioned report; the full public consultation and a number of focus groups. This dataset offers a unique overview and insight into the processes used by GTC Scotland to develop policy.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From this critical analysis of the policymaking process used in the refresh of the GTC Scotland Professional Standards for teachers, we hope to offer an informed perspective of policymaking. Drawing on the development of Professional Standards as a case study, we highlight the complexity involved in attempting to co-develop inclusive and representative policy.  


Using the democratic ‘anchors’ (Sørensen, & Torfing, 2018), we aim to demonstrate the different ways in which widespread representation through extensive stakeholder engagement of affected actors can substantively inform policymaking.  Our paper provides space for debate to inform the iterative process of data gathering, prior to policy intentions being committed to policy text and the creation of ‘policy technologies’ (Torrance & Forde, 2017), which are subsequently translated through the different levels of the education system, ultimately to be enacted by teachers in classroom. However, in this specific case, the process of ‘recontextualisation’ begins with initial consultation, and it is for this reason that we examine consultation processes in detail.  

This conceptualisation could offer an understanding of the support required by democratic education systems around the world to enhance the inclusion of stakeholder voice across the education community, to add to the policy community and ‘close the gap between policy intention and life in schools’ (Murphy, 2014, p.88). Through a better understanding of a democratic policymaking process, we can find a better balance between the intentions of policy makers, the needs of the professional education community and the views of the public and stakeholders, to create a policy landscape that is meaningful and manageable to achieve the system-wide objective of supporting all of our children and young people to flourish.

References
Bua, A. & Escobar, O., (2018) Participatory-deliberative processes and public policy agendas: lessons for policy and practice. Policy Design and Practice, 1(2), pp.126-140.

Butzlaff, F. & Messinger-Zimmer, S., (2020) Undermining or defending democracy? The consequences of distrust for democratic attitudes and participation. Critical Policy Studies, 14(3), pp.249-266.

Fischer, H. W., (2016) Beyond Participation and Accountability: Theorizing Representation in Local Democracy. World Development, Volume 86, pp.111-122.

Lees-Marshment, J., Huff, A.D. & Bendle, N. (2020) A Social Commons Ethos in Public Policy-Making. Journal of Business Ethics, 166, pp.761-778

Hulme, M. & Kennedy, A. (2016) 'Teacher education in Scotland: Consensus politics and ‘the Scottish policy style’. In G. Beauchamp, et al. (eds) Teacher Education in Times of Change: Responding to Challenges Across the UK and Ireland. Bristol: Policy Press. pp. 91-108.

Humes, W. (1997) Analysing the Policy Process. Scottish Educational Review. 29(1), pp.20-29.

Murphy, D. (2014). Schooling Scotland: Education, equity and community. Argyll Publishing.  

OECD, (2021) Eight ways to institutionalise deliberative democracy, OECD Public Governance Policy Papers, No. 12, Paris: OECD Publishing.

Rhodes, R.A.W. (1997) Understanding Governance: Policy Networks, Governance, Reflexivity and Accountability. Buckingham: Open University Press

RIZVI, F. & KEMMIS, S. (1987) Dilemmas of Reform (Geelong, Deakin University Press)

Sørensen, E. & Torfing, J. (2018) The democratizing impact of governance networks: From pluralization, via democratic anchorage, to interactive political leadership. Public Administration. 96(2), pp.302-317

 

Torrance, D., & Forde, C. (2017). Redefining what it means to be a teacher through professional standards: Implications for continuing teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(1), 110-126.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Rethinking Educational Policy: Ideological Implications of Educational Reforms

Cennet Engin, Elif Erberk Kabataş

Midde East Technical University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Erberk Kabataş, Elif

Ideologies have influenced the development of social, political, economic, and educational concepts since the 18th century. The modern national state, on the other hand, has kept ideology's effectiveness in areas like the economy, technology, science, and education (Green & Green, 1990). When the key topic of ideology is addressed, the idea that ideology typically reflects a group's belief system and is effective in determining policy comes to the fore (Gutek, 2019; Van-Dijk, 2006).

Ideologies represent a particular group's point of view. Ideologies also serve to legitimize calls for action (Anyon, 2011). The core element of the desire for ideological legitimacy is political power's conviction and willingness to acknowledge its own decisiveness in order to guarantee society's obedience and govern it (Khong, 1995). Legitimacy is considered the reason for the existence of political power and seen as the only guarantee of its survival. Legitimacy is the cornerstone of all political rules and orders that people accept and follow in society. Ideologies also have an impact on politics through the development of economic, political, social, and educational values and judgments (Çetin, 2001; Çetin, 2003).

Education in particular is one of the key methods the government employs to propagate its dominant ideology. Governments transfer the values ​​that reflect their own thoughts to society through education, so they perpetuate their dominance (İnal, 2008). It is obvious that ideologies in the field of education generally play an important role in the restructuring process of society (Chan, 1984) and are put forward as educational reform (Molk & Welch, 2003). Accordingly, it might be claimed that changes and reforms serve the education system under the control of the state. There is a parallelism between this thought and Althusser's perspective. According to Althusser (2014), education is an ideological state apparatus. Furthermore, Althusser argues that ideologies play crucial roles in the education process, such as maintaining the status quo, creating a rich and just society, ensuring a better future, and maintaining order in society.

Educational ideologies penetrate the global system, and bring examples of how schools ought to be administered (Fiala & Lanford, 1987). In this way, the state ensures that society stays in the order it determines and that social integrity is formed among individuals in line with its worldview (Poulantzas, 2014). The curriculum is an effective way to achieve this. Through the curriculum, the State indoctrinates pupils with its ideologies (Apple, 1992; Murillo, 2017). According to Apple (1992) there is no neutral knowledge in the school curriculum. Instead, there is knowledge that comes from complex politics, disputes, and agreements between different organizations. Additionally, Apple (1979) underlines that the school curriculum aims to create awareness of national identity in students and that the roles of individuals are arranged with the school curriculum to promote social cohesion. Thus, the State can produce individuals who have citizenship awareness and live together in harmony with society through education. In other words, the State conveys its ideology to individuals both subtly and overtly in schools through educational changes (Stevenson, 2007). In this context, this study aims to investigate the consequences of educational reforms on students from the viewpoint of teachers and to reveal how these reforms play a role in expressing the state's ideology. The following questions guided the data collection process and data analysis of the study:

1.What are the purposes of educational reforms in the school system of Turkey in the last decade from the perspectives of teachers?

2.What are the characteristics of ideologies propagated through educational reforms implemented in the school system in the last decade from the perspectives of teachers?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is a qualitative study examining teachers' perceptions of the consequences of government policies on educational reforms. Qualitative research is conducted through methods such as ethnographic research, phenomenological research, narrative and case studies (Bogdan & Biklen, 2007). This study was designed in a phenomenological approach. Phenomenology is the study of opinions about a phenomenon or concept (Creswell, 2013). Further, phenomenological studies are needed to present the experiences related to the concept being studied in great detail (Patton, 2014). In this context, the study was carried out in a phenomenological pattern in order to examine the views and experiences of teachers working in primary, secondary, and high schools about state policies and educational reforms.
The study group of the research consists of 18 teachers working in different provinces in the 2022-2023 academic year. The study group was determined by the purposive sampling method. The purposive sampling method gives the opportunity to examine situations and events rich in content in depth. Snowball sampling, one of the purposeful sampling methods, was used in the study. The snowball sampling approach is believed to be particularly successful in finding individuals with in-depth subject knowledge (Patton, 2014).
In this study, an information form containing the demographic characteristics of the participants and a semi-structured interview form were used as data collection tools. The interview form included questions revealing teachers' views and experiences on educational policies and educational reforms. First, review of the literature was carried out to prepare the questions. After creating the interview form, expert opinions were requested. Following that, the form was redesigned and applied to the teachers. The Ethical Review Committee approved the research. In addition, participants were asked to consent before the interviews began. During the data collection process, all interviews were audio-recorded and each interview lasted approximately 40 minutes.
The qualitative data were analyzed through content analysis in this study. While identifying themes from the data, the content analysis makes the researchers' workflow easier (Yildirim & Simsek, 2016). The data were analyzed according to Miles and Huberman’s (1994) procedure.  In the process of analyzing the data, firstly recordings were listened to before interview transcription. Second, all data were examined in light of the research questions. Third, data were grouped, transcriptions were coded, initial codes were created, and the themes were identified. Finally, these all were used to depict teachers’ experiences and perceptions of the role of government policies in educational reforms.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
According to the findings of the study, eight themes emerged regarding teachers' perceptions of the role of government policies on educational reforms. These include "education and the goals of education, the influence of education on society as a magic lamp, schools as the locus of ideological hegemony, the curriculum as an ideological scheme of education, educational reforms and synthesis of Islam, teachers as implementers of reforms, education as a puzzle board, and education as the ideological apparatus of the state.”.
Teachers first emphasized the significance of education, the general and specific goals of education, and the role of education in society while explaining the implications of state policies on educational reforms. A large number of teachers highlighted that the state created an ideological hegemony through schools, and asserted that the state conveyed its ideology to students through the hidden curriculum. Moreover, the majority of the teachers claimed that the most recent educational policies had been developed within an Islamic framework and that the reforms implemented for this reason had altered the rules by taking a different course from the policies that had been in existence before. The number of teachers who claim that the current government retaliated against the previous government under the name of compulsory education policy and presented their own truth as an education policy is too great to be underestimated. While most of the teachers explained that teachers could do nothing about the implementation of educational reforms and remained silent in a passive situation, a small number of teachers emphasized that the reforms had no effect unless they wanted to. Almost all of the teachers believe that the ideology of the state is transferred to the society through education, that the state utilizes education as a tool and accomplishes its ideological objectives through education.

References
Althusser, L. (2014). On the reproduction of Capitalism: Ideology and ideological state apparatuses. Verso Books.
Anyon, J. (2010). Ideology and United States history textbooks. In E. F. Provenzo, A. N. Shaver, and M. Bello, (Eds.), The Textbook as Discourse. Routledge, 119-149.
Apple, M. (1979). Curriculum and ideology. Routledge.
Apple, M. W. (1992). The text and cultural politics. Educational researcher, 21(7), 4-19.
Bogdan, R. & Biklen, S.K. (2007). Qualitative research for education: An introduction to theory and methods (5th ed.). Pearson Publication.
Chan, C. P. P. (1984). Ideology and education: A case study of the major debates and ideological conflicts in the development of contemporary Chinese education. Doctoral dissertation, University of London, London.
Creswell, J.W. (2013). Nitel araştırma yöntemleri. (Çev. M. Bütün, S. B. Demir). Siyasal Yayın Dağıtım.
Çetin, H. (2001). Devlet, ideoloji ve eğitim. Cumhuriyet Üniversitesi Sosyal Bilimler Dergisi, 25(2), 201-211.
Çetin, H. (2003). Siyasetin Evrensel Sorunu: İktidarın Meşrutiyeti-Meşrutiyetin İktidarı. Ankara Üniversitesi Siyasal Bilgiler Fakültesi Dergisi, 58(3), 61-88.
Fiala, R., & Lanford, A. G. (1987). Educational ideology and the world educational revolution, 1950-1970. Comparative Education Review, 31(3), 315-332.
Green, A., & Green, A. (1990). Education and state formation. Palgrave Macmillan.
Gutek, G. L. (2019). Eğitime felsefi ve ideolojik yaklaşımlar. [Philosophical, Ideological and Theoretical Perspectives on Education]. (N. Kale, Trans). (Original work published 2014). Ütopya Publications.
İnal, K. (2008). Eğitim ve ideoloji. Kalkedon Yayınları.
Khong, C. (1995). Political legitimacy through managing conformity. In M. Alagappa (Ed.), Political legitimacy in Southeast Asia: The quest for moral authority, Stanford University Press, 108-135.
Mok, K-H., & Welch, A. (2003). Globalization, structural adjustment and educational reform. In K-H Mok and A. Welch (Eds.), Globalization and Educational Restructuring in the Asia Pacific region, Palgrave Macmillian, 1-31.
Murillo, F. (2017). Ideology, Curriculum & The Self: The psychic rootedness of ideology and resistance in subjectivity. Journal for Critical Education Policy Studies, 15(3).
Özek, B. Y. (2019). Eleştirel kuram (Frankfurt okulu) bağlamında ideoloji ve eğitim ilişkisinin çözümlenmesi. Gazi Üniversitesi Gazi Eğitim Fakültesi Dergisi, 39(3), 1535-1557.
Patton, M. (2014). Qualitative research & evaluation methods: Integrating theory and practice (4th ed.). Sage Publications.
Poulantzas, N. (2014), Siyasal iktidar ve toplumsal sınıflar. [Political Power and Social Classes]. (Ş. Ünsaldı, Trans). (Original work published 1975). Epos Publications.
Stevenson, R. B. (2007). Schooling and environmental education: Contradictions in purpose and practice. Environmental Education Research, 13(2), 139-153.
Van Dijk, T. A. (2006). Ideology and discourse analysis. Journal of Political Ideologies, 11(2), 115-140.
 
9:00am - 10:30am23 SES 09 D: Teachers
Location: Thomson Building, Anatomy 236 LT [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Jaana Nehez
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Chinese University Teachers’ Perceptions Of Measures Promoting Applied Research

Jiaying Liu, Manhong Lai

The Chineses University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China)

Presenting Author: Liu, Jiaying

Policy-related discussions increasingly view universities as so-called “engines of economic growth” (Hayter, 2018). The unique process of academic capitalism, which integrates the search for truth and the pursuit of economic revenue, has turned public research universities into enterprises competing for external funding and knowledge producers looking for profitable patents (Münch, 2014). In China, ‘the 13th five-year plan of developing science and technology in higher education’ announced in 2016 has encouraged the partnership between universities and enterprises to develop applied research and obtain external funds (Lai&Li, 2020). Since then, Chinese universities have been adjusting their measures from different aspects to respond to new national policies and encourage university teachers to participate in entrepreneurial research activities. Adopting a university capability perspective, we seek to understand the challenges faced by Chinese academics when conducting applied research, and hence identify the drawbacks of current measures and figure out how Chinese universities can better promote applied research in the context of academic capitalism.

To facilitate a more fine-grained discussion about how different measures may contribute to encouraging teachers to participate in applied research, the ‘university capabilities’ framework will be adopted (Rasmussen, 2015). This framework was developed from studying the process of university spin-off venture formation and offers a theoretical basis to understand the strategic measures on promoting university teachers’ participation in applied research. Simply stated, Universities can develop measures to better promote applied research around the following three capabilities, namely, capabilities that open new paths of action, capabilities that integrate internal and external resources, and capabilities that balance academic and commercial interest. Using these three capabilities provides an analytical framework that identifies the drawbacks of current university measures and helps unpick how the university can improve current measures in order to better promote applied research. Existing research has mainly focused on the implementation process of the measures related to these capabilities, their effectiveness, and how they affect individual academics needs further illustration. Therefore, university teachers’ perceptions of these three aspects will be investigated in this research. Specifically, the research questions are as follows:

1. How do university teachers perceive and interpret current measures that are aimed at opening new paths of action?

2. How do university teachers perceive and react to the measures related to integrating internal and external resources?

3. How do university teachers perceive measures on balancing academic and commercial interests?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Semi-structured interviews will be the main form of data collection for this study. In-depth interviews will be conducted with 20 university teachers from four academic areas including Social Science, Education, Engineering, and Arts. Under the context of academic capitalism, the characteristics of different disciplines lead to differences in their access to external funds (Lai&Li, 2020). In this case, the four chosen areas are aligned with the market at different levels. The research will be conducted in a second-tier research university in China, who have been focusing on seeking external funded research and actively introducing new measures for this purpose.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings for this study are as follows.

Firstly, the capability of opening new paths of action focused on the university-level measures which trigger university teachers’ participation in applied research. According to the informants, currently there are no implicit or explicit backings from the university which help academics decouple from the traditional university tasks and spend time on entrepreneurial activities. Most informants pointed out that current university measures discouraged them from participating in applied research because funding obtained from the partnership with industry was not one of the indicators of an academic’s performance in annual appraisals. Only traditional university tasks and funding from the national foundation of social/natural science can save them from being punished in their annual assessment.

Secondly, a combination of resources is the driver for the research commercialization process (Greene et al., 1999). In terms of the capability of integrating resources, most informants responded that the university can provide connections to industry partners and access to inter-disciplinary expertise in the start-up phase. However, follow-up resources including academic sabbaticals, laboratory space, technician time and consumables are insufficient, and there are no organizations like TTO or patent offices to turn to for professional guidance.

Thirdly, capabilities that balance academic and commercial interest refers to how universities overcome the challenges brought about by the differences in cultures and work practices between the university and industry. Most informants indicated that due to copyright issues, the data of applied research can barely be employed to write academic papers; other problems including intellectual protection and poor quality of the applied projects also stopped the informants from translating outcomes of applied research into academic outputs. The selected university was in lack of policies to alleviate the tension between the need for external funding and the chase for academic freedom.

References
Greene, P.G., Brush, C.G., Hart, M.M., 1999. The corporate venture champion: a resource-
  based approach to role and process. Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 23 (Spring),
 103–122.


Hayter, C., Nelson, A., Zayed, S., & O’Connor, A. (2018). Conceptualizing academic
 entrepreneurship ecosystems: A review, analysis and extension of the literature. The J
 ournal of Technology Transfer, 43(4), 1039-1082.

Lai, M., & Li, L. (2020). Early career researchers' perceptions of collaborative research in the context of academic capitalism on the Chinese Mainland. Higher Education Research and Development, 39(7), 1474-1487.

Münch, R. (2014). Academic capitalism : Universities in the global struggle for excellence
 (Routledge advances in sociology ; 121). New York, NY: Routledge.

Rasmussen, & Borch, O. J. (2010). University capabilities in facilitating entrepreneurship: A
 longitudinal study of spin-off ventures at mid-range universities. Research Policy, 39(5),
 602–612. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.respol.2010.02.002

Rasmussen, & Wright, M. (2015). How can universities facilitate academic spin-offs? An  
 entrepreneurial competency perspective. The Journal of Technology Transfer, 40(5), 782–
 799. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10961-014-9386-3


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

First Teacher Assignments in the light of Responsibility and Accountability

Anders Urbas, Jaana Nehez, Petra Svensson

Halmstad University, Sweden, Sweden

Presenting Author: Nehez, Jaana

The aim of the study is to analyse the first teacher arrangement between principals and first teachers in Sweden. The theoretical perspective used is the distinction responsibility between accountability.

Public administration is a complex phenomenon characterized by a diverse interaction between different actors and institutions. This is the case within the educational system and schools, where, amongst others, politicians and public officials on different levels (international, national, and subnational), private companies, principals, teachers, and students act in order to gain and maintain influence. The political steering of the educational system and schools is best described as somewhere between traditional government (top-down or vertical) and regulatory governance (interactive); different actors and institutions exercise political power over the field. The complexity within the educational system and schools is only partly reduced when considering only official government regulations and the implementation of them by public officials such as teachers, our area of focus on in this study. Thompson (1980) formulates the complexity as ‘the problem with many hands’:

"Because many different officials contribute in many ways to decisions and policies of government, it is difficult even in principle to identify who is morally responsible for political outcomes. This is what we call the problem with many hands". (Thompson, 1980, p. 905)

Public officials like teachers, do, of course, always act within the intersection of being governed by formal and informal political regulations, such as laws and norms, and autonomy (Alvehus et. al., 2021; Bengtsson et. al. 2018; Högdin & Urbas, 2021). In the Swedish political framework, this is manifested by the idea of ‘trust-based steering’ (Bringselius, 2017) meaning a focus on, amongst others, trust, citizen-orientation, collaboration, delegation and openness within the political and legal framework (Swedish Association of Local Authorities and Regions, 2022).

The characteristics of the Swedish public administration raises, in accordance with Thompson’s description of the problem with many hands, and, what Bovens (2007) calls the problem with many eyes – i.e., to whom is account rendered to? the question of both responsibility and accountability. Responsibility is moral and future-oriented, meaning that an actor should act in order to achieve positive outcomes or at least avoid negative ones. Accountability is social and backward-looking, implying expectations that someone’s actions will be evaluated by somebody else, and that the evaluation will be followed by sanctions or rewards (Hall & Ferris, 2011). Accordingly, accountability requires that X is appointed a certain task by Y, that Y knows whether the performance of X is satisfactory, which means that some sort of evaluation, follow-up or scrutiny of the performance, and that Y can enforce positive or negative consequences on X (cf. Ahlbäck Öberg, 2018).

The aim of the study is to explore the first teacher arrangement between principals and first teachers in the light of responsibility and accountability. It is based on assignment descriptions for 172 first teachers all working in the same municipality in Sweden. Given that the first teachers individually and explicitly are appointed certain tasks and expected to achieve specific goals in the assignment descriptions, the question to be answered the study: How is evaluation of first teachers’ performance, and the possible consequences of that evaluation, handled in assignment descriptions?

The point of departure in this study is that a governance arrangement needs both some sort of evaluation, and the possibility for consequences based on that evaluation to qualify as an accountability (backward-looking) arrangement (cf. Bovens, 2007). An arrangement that consists of, amongst other things, tasks and goals but lacks the characteristics of accountability is an arrangement that fulfils the criteria of responsibility, i.e., moral, open and forward-looking (without evaluations and possible consequences).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data analysed in this study contains of 172 assignment descriptions for first teachers from one Swedish municipality with a population of approximately 150, 000 inhabitants located in south Sweden. Four questions structured the analysis:
1. To what extent do the assignment descriptions contain an explicit evaluation or follow-up of the first teacher’s performance?
2. What kind of evaluation or follow-up do the assignment descriptions contain?
3. To what extent do the assignment descriptions contain a the possibility for consequences or sanctions?  
4. What kind of possible consequences or sanctions do the assignment descriptions contain?  
Related to the questions, an assessment of expressed thoughts about evaluations and consequences in the assignment descriptions were made, i.e., if whether such thoughts existed, as well as if whether they were relevant in content and of reasonable quality. Moreover, the identified expressions were qualitatively categorized. In total, the analysis consisted of an in-depth qualitative and quantitative analyses of the assignment descriptions using the theoretical perspective of responsibility and accountability as a lens. We have translated the quotes that are used to illustrate the content of the assignment descriptions.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The result of the analyses of first teachers’ assignment descriptions is unambiguous. The arrangement as a contract is characterized by responsibility, rather than by accountability. Firstly, the assignment descriptions do, not include any discussion of positive or negative consequences related to the performance of first teachers. Secondly, the question of evaluation is touched upon in a majority of the assignment descriptions; however, the content is scarce and consists either of only a mention of the word evaluation in the template or of a couple of words and phrases that do not describe the evaluation at all or in a clear manner. Differently expressed, it does not seem as if evaluation and its possible consequences has been at the forefront when the assignment descriptions were discussed and finalized. It is rather the opposite; the question of evaluation and its possible consequences is quite carelessly treated in a majority of the assignment descriptions.
References
Ahlbäck Öberg, S. (2018). Att kontrollera förvaltningen: Framväxten av granskningssamhället [To control public administration: The emergence of the audit society]. I C. Dahlström, (Ed.), Politik som organisation: Förvaltningspolitikens grundproblem [Politics as organisation]. Studentlitteratur
Bengtsson, H., Svensson, K. & Urbas, A. (2018). Ansvar och sekretess i förskola, skola och fritidshem [Responsibility and secrecy in preschool and school] (8th ed.). Liber.
Bringselius, L. (2017). Tillitsbaserad styrning och ledning: Ett ramverk [Trust-Based Steering and Leading: A Framework] (2nd ed.). Tillitsdelegationen.
Bovens, M. (2007). Analysing and assessing accountability: A conceptual framework, European Law Journal, 13(4), 447-468.
Hall, A. T., & Ferris, G. R. (2011). Accountability and extra-role behavior. Employee Responsibilities and Rights Journal, 23(2), 131–144. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10672-010-9148-9
Högdin, S. & Urbas, A. (2021). Förhandlingar om befrielse från obligatoriska inslag i grundskolans utbildning [Negotiations of exemptions from mandatory moments in school education]. I P. Ouis, (Ed.), Sexualitet och migration i välfärdsarbete [Sexuality and migration in welfare-work]. Studentlitteratur.
Thompson, D. F. (1980). Moral responsibility of public officials: The problem of many hands. The American Political Science Review, 74(4), 905-916.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

The chaotic Icelandic education Action Plan for 2021–2024: Focus on everything and nothing at once.

Hermína Gunnþórsdóttir1, Ingólfur Ásgeir Jóhannesson2

1University of Akureyri, Iceland; 2University of Iceland, Iceland

Presenting Author: Gunnþórsdóttir, Hermína; Jóhannesson, Ingólfur Ásgeir

The Ministry of Education, Science and Culture in Iceland introduced a new education policy in 2021 (Parliament Resolution) and the First Action plan 2021–2024 (hereafter the Action Plan) for the new policy was published last year ( Ministry of Education, Science and Culture, 2021). We see this document as the most significant document on educational policy in Iceland since the publication of the national curriculum guide for pre-, compulsory-, and secondary schools in 2011 and 2013. In this presentation we will explore how this official paper came about and it‘s content.

The background and the preliminaries to the new policy and the Action Plan can be traced to 2016, when the Icelandic educational authorities asked the European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education to write a report on the state of inclusive education in Iceland. For several years there has been a growing debate among teachers and principals that the policy of inclusive education has never really been implemented and teachers claim not to have clear ideas of what the policy entails for them as teachers. At the same time Iceland had put itself at the forefront of having very few students at the compulsory school level (age 6–16) in special education schools. For instance, in autumn 2021, there were only three special schools at the compulsory level with 203 students (approximately 0.43%), according to Statistics Iceland (2022).

In 2017, the European Agency published the report: Education for all in Iceland. External audit of the Icelandic system for inclusive education (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2017). The report was followed up by meetings and discussions across the country with stakeholders and the school community resulted in the report: Education for the future. Actions and measures taken in the wake of a series of meetings on inclusive education and the formation of an education policy until 2030 (Ministry of Education, Science and Culture, 2020a).

In the later stages of the process (in spring 2020), the OECD was consulted regarding the formation and implementation of the new education policy and an OECD report on the implementation of an education policy was published (Ministry of Education, Science and Culture, 2020b).

OECD is one of the most influential organisations on national education policies (Iceland included) as they develop framework and indicators that nations are encouraged to follow. Through the years OECD has been criticised for focusing almost solely on systems, economic factors and competition between countries instead of looking at education as a common responsibility and cooperation. Bjarnadóttir (2022) explored the most recent educational policies by OECD and UNESCO; one of her findings “is that the OECD’s future policy does not represent a convincing turn towards a humanitarian emphasis” (p. 10).

Goals of the presentation are to:

  • trace international influences on the current Icelandic policy making outlined above.

  • analyze the discourse of the first Action Plan 2021–2024 of the new education policy.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We first familiarized ourselves with the events leading up to the Action Plan’s creation in 2021. We also familiarized ourselves with the document itself, which we decide would be the only text for scrutiny. For this purpose, we used a historical discourse analysis (Jóhannesson, 2006, 2010). The main characteristic of this method is to ask how rather than why it is well suited to describing one or more documents. Another point of emphasis is to note what is not revealed (silences) in the document concerned. Furthermore, the method requires each policy document to be regarded as an independent unit with the researcher attempting to read between the lines of the document what it fails to reveal.

We singled out several questions and read the documents with them in mind:
What does the document look like?
Who is the document intended for?
What is the story line in the document?
What are the main themes of the document?
Does the document contain contradictions?
Will the strategy prove effective – in what respects and relating to whom?  
What is not included?  
What is the document silent about?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There was considerable impact of the European Agency report in the Icelandic education discourse. This impact seems to be quite direct in the sense that its 2017 report instigated major policy making efforts that have been described above. Both the European Agency report and the OECD consultation in 2020 are also an important background to the efforts apparent in the Action Plan 2021–2024 of the ministry.  

The Action Plan is 22 pages and is somewhat unapproachable since it neither contains a table of contents nor does it offer a preface or a form of elucidation as to the context of its publication.

It includes a compilation of proposals: It specifies nine separate actions, each of which is divided into several sections, thus making up a total of 41 work components. The components include a professional knowledge centre, a new school development team, an annual contribution to school development projects, and the strengthening of three funds. Nine of those actions must involve considerable costs.

In a nutshell, the Action Plan 2021–2024 is a compilation of actions and work components with little or no prioritization sequence, nor is it placed in the context of other current policy documents. When plans for two new laws were published 17 October 2022 by the governmental consultative board a priority arrangement appeared, however, to the effect that the first two actions were of highest importance; on the one hand Planned legislation – school services and, on the other, Planned legislation – a new organization (Ministry of Education and Children, 2022a, 2022b).  

When this proposal was written in January 2023, the legislation proposals have not been put forward to Althingi, the Parliament. While the focus in the presentation, will be on the Action Plan, we will consider these legislation proposals or laws if they have been passed.

References
Bjarnadóttir, V. (2022). Tilgangur og framtíð menntunar í ljósi stefnumörkunar

OECD og UNESCO til 2030 [The purpose and future of education in OECD’s and UNESCO’s 2030 educational policies]. Netla. DOI: https://doi.org/10.24270/serritnetla.2022.83

European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (2017). Education for all in Iceland. External audit of the Icelandic system for inclusive education. Translated from English. Ministry of Education, Science and Culture. https://www.stjornarradid.is/lisalib/getfile.aspx?itemid=cca962f5-be4f-11e7-9420-005056bc530c

Jóhannesson, I. Á. (2006). Leitað að mótsögnum: Um verklag við orðræðugreiningu. [Looking for contradictions. On methods of discourse analysis. In Rannveig Traustadóttir (Ed.), Fötlun. Hugmyndir og aðferðir á nýju fræðasviði [Disability. Ideas and methods relating to a new academic field (pp. 178–195). University of Iceland Press

Jóhannesson, I. Á. (2010). The politics of historical discourse analysis: a qualitative research method? Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 31(2), 251–264, DOI: 10.1080/01596301003679768

Ministry of Education, Science and Culture. (2019). Menntun fyrir alla – horft fram á veginn. Skýrsla unnin fyrir mennta- og menningarmálaráðuneyti [Education for all – the road ahead]. https://www.stjornarradid.is/library/01--Frettatengt---myndir-og-skrar/MRN/MFA_horft%20fram%20a%20veginn_starfshops_vefur.pdf

 Ministry of Education, Science and Culture (2020a). Menntun til framtíðar. Aðgerðir og viðbrögð í kjölfar fundaraðar um menntun fyrir alla og mótun menntastefnu til 2030 [Education for the future. Actions and responses relating to a series of meetings on education for all and the formation of an education policy until 2030]  

https://www.stjornarradid.is/library/01--Frettatengt---myndir-og-skrar/MRN/Menntun%20til%20framtidar_skyrsla_17012020.pdf

 Ministry of Education, Science and Culture. (2020b). Menntastefna2030. Skýrsla OECD um innleiðingu menntastefnu [Education policy2030. OECD report on the implementation of an education policy (Icelandic translation)]  https://www.stjornarradid.is/library/01--Frettatengt---myndir-og-skrar/MRN/Iceland%20Policy%20Perspectives_%C3%9E%C3%BD%C3%B0ing_Loka%C3%BAtg%C3%A1fa%207.%20j%C3%BAl%C3%AD%202021.pdf

 Ministry of Education, Science and Culture. (2021) Menntastefna 2030. Fyrsta aðgerðaáætlun 2021–2024 [Education policy 2030. First action plan 2021-2024]. https://www.stjornarradid.is/library/01--Frettatengt---myndir-og-skrar/MRN/Menntastefna_2030_fyrsta%20adgerdar%c3%a1%c3%a6tlun.pdf

 Ministry of Education and Children (2022a). Áform um lagasetningu – skólaþjónusta [Planning for legislation – school services]. https://samradsgatt.island.is/oll-mal/$Cases/Details/?id=3308+

 Ministry of Education and Children (2022b). Áform um lagasetningu – ný stofnun [Planning for legislation – a new institution]. https://samradsgatt.island.is/oll-mal/$Cases/Details/?id=3308+

Statistics Iceland. (2022). Compulsory school students according to grade and school, 2001–2021.

https://px.hagstofa.is/pxis/pxweb/is/Samfelag/Samfelag__skolamal__2_grunnskolastig__0_gsNemendur/SKO02102.px/table/tableViewLayout1/?rxid=aca68d79-a619-4f5e-b346-b30faf0d2dfd

Þingsályktun um menntastefnu fyrir árin 2021–2030 nr 16/151 [Parliamentary resolution on education policy for the years 2021-2030]. https://www.althingi.is/altext/151/s/1111.html
 
9:00am - 10:30am24 SES 09 A: Exploring Perspectives and Approaches in Mathematics Education: From Students to Pre-service Teachers
Location: Hetherington, 216 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Esra Demiray
Paper Session
 
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper

Comparison of Algebraic Habits of Mind Used by Pre-service Teachers in Solving Well-Structured and Ill-Structured Algebra Problem

Begüm Özmusul, Ali Bozkurt

University of Gaziantep, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Özmusul, Begüm; Bozkurt, Ali

Algebra includes the relationships between quantities, the use of symbols, the modeling of phenomena, and the mathematical expression of change (Carraher, Martinez & Schliemann, 2008). In order to learn algebra by understanding its content, it is necessary to have algebraic thinking skills, which is one of the types of mathematical reasoning. Driscoll (1999, 2001) interpreted algebraic thinking as thinking about quantitative situations that support clarifying relationships between variables, based on Cuoco, Goldenberg, and Mark (1996)'s useful ways of thinking about mathematical content which they defined as habits of mind. Driscoll (1999) put forward a theoretical framework for the habits that students should acquire in order to develop algebraic thinking skills, by claiming that when the student learns symbols, they will take an important step in expressing generalizations, revealing algebraic structures, forming relationships, and formulating mathematical situations. Driscoll (1999) conceptualized habit of algebraic thought as Building Rules to Represent Functions and Abstracting from Computation as habits of mind, which are taken place the umbrella term of the Doing-Undoing.

Doing-Undoing: This algebraic habit of mind is an umbrella term for the other two habits. Students should be able to both conclude an operation related to algebra and reach the starting point by working backwards from the result of an operation which they found the result. Thanks to this mental habit, students not only focus on reaching the result, but also think about the process.

Building Rules to Represent Functions: This mental habit includes recognizing and analyzing patterns; investigating and representing relationships; making generalizations beyond specific examples; analyzing how processes or relationships have changed; and looking for evidence of how and why rules and procedures work (Magiera, van den Kieboom & Moyer, 2013). The sub-themes of this habit are; organizing information, predicting patterns, chucking the information, different representations, describing a rule, describing change, justifying a rule.

Abstracting from Computation: It is the capacity to think about calculations regardless of the numbers used. Abstraction is important for this habit of mind. Abstraction is the process of extracting mathematical objects and relations based on generalization (Lew, 2004). The sub-themes of this habit are; computational shortcuts, calculating without computing, generalizing beyond examples, equivalent expressions, symbolic expressions, justifying shortcuts.

Magiera et. al. (2013) investigated algebraic habits of mind 18 elementary school pre-service teacher with problems. Magiera et. al. (2017) examined pre-service teachers' habits of building rules to represent functions in the scope of the algebra problem. Strand & Mills (2017) stated that the studies in the literature examined pre-service teachers' algebraic thoughts within the scope of problem solving. Therefore, in the studies in the literature, it is seen that problems are used as a tool to examine the pre-service teachers' algebraic thoughts. Also, Kieran et al. (2016) mentioned the importance of problems in developing algebraic thinking. In this context, unlike other studies, this study will examine how pre-service teachers' algebraic habits of mind differ in well-structured and ill-structured problems. Simon (1973) stated that students' solutions to ill-structured problems differ from their solutions to well-structured problems. In addition, Webb & Mastergeorge (2003) examined the differences in the solution strategies of student groups solving ill-structured problems and well-structured problems. Kim & Cho (2016) examined how pre-service teachers' motivations affect their problem solving processes in ill-structured problems. In this study, it is aimed to compare the algebraic thinking styles used by pre-service elementary mathematics teachers in the process of solving a well-structured and ill-structured algebra problem. For this purpose, "What is the difference between the algebraic habits of mind that teacher candidates use in solving a well-structured and ill-structured algebra problem?" an answer to the research question was sought.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study aims to compare the algebraic thinking styles used by pre-service elementary mathematics teachers in solving a well-structured and ill-structured algebra problem. The descriptive survey model was used as a method in the study. The sample of the research consists of 62 pre-service teachers who took the "Algebra Teaching" course in the elementary mathematics education teaching program of a state university in Turkey. As a data collection tool in the research, the researcher used algebra problem named "Crossing the River" which Driscoll proposed to reveal the algebraic thinking habits of the mind of pre-service teachers. Half of the sample group was presented with well-structured version of the problem and the other half with ill-structured version.
In the study, the data were analyzed descriptively. In descriptive analysis, the data obtained are summarized and interpreted under predetermined themes, categories or codes (Robson, 2009). Such analyzes are made to describe profiles of people, events or situations. Descriptive studies require extensive prior knowledge of the situation or event described. In this context, well-structured problem and ill-structured problem were analyzed using the algebraic habits of mind framework in the study of Driscoll (1999). In this framework, “Doing-Undoing, Building Rules to Represent Functions and Abstracting from Computation” are categorized according to the characteristics of the algebraic habits of the mind.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It has been seen that the way that asking the question is effective in developing algebraic habits of mind for solving the question. Hence, in the well-structured algebra problem, predicting patterns, chucking the information, different representations, describing a rule, describing change, justifying a rule, equivalent expressions, symbolic expressions and calculating without computing habits have come to prominence. In the ill-structured algebra problem, organizing information, predicting patterns, chucking the information, different representations, describing a rule, describing change, justifying a rule, generalizing beyond examples, equivalent expressions and symbolic expressions have come to the fore. From this point of view, structuring the problem in line with the habit desired to be acquired by the student is effective in directing the student to use the expected habits or strategy at the end of the process. In this problem, starting from arithmetic, finding the desired result, that is, creating the rule, may be a suitable method for the initial stage. It is important to choose the appropriate problem for the transition to algebra. For example, in a classical arithmetic problem, the student asks, “How many times do 2 children and 8 adults cross the river?” can solve the problem by using only arithmetic without trying to generalize or create rules without going into a thinking process. You can find it here without seeing the rule or pattern. In the well-structured algebra problem, it has naturally become a necessity for the pre-service teacher to describing a rule while they try to calculate the number of trips of 8 adults and 2 children one by one. At this point, it is important to choose the problems that will enable the students, pre-service teachers or teachers evolve the algebraic thinking habits of the mind in the desired direction.
References
Carraher, D. W., Martinez, M. V., & Schliemann, A. D. (2008). Early algebra and mathematical generalization. ZDM, 40, 3-22. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-007-0067-7
Cuoco, A., Goldenberg, E. P., & Mark, J. (1996). Habits of mind: An organizing principle for mathematics curricula. The Journal of Mathematical Behavior, 15(4), 375-402.
Driscoll, M. (1999). Fostering algebraic thinking: a guide for teachers grades 6-10. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.
Driscoll, M. (2001). Fostering algebraic thinking toolkit: a guide for staff development. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.
Kieran, C., Pang, J., Schifter, D., & Ng, S. F. (2016). Early algebra: Research into its nature, its learning, its teaching. Springer Nature.
Kim, M. K., & Cho, M. K. (2016). Pre-service elementary teachers’ motivation and ill-structured problem solving in Korea. Eurasia Journal of Mathematics, Science and Technology Education, 12(6), 1569-1587. https://doi.org/10.12973/eurasia.2016.1246a
Lew, H. C. (2004). Developing algebraic thinking in early grades: case study of Korean elementary school mathematics. The Mathematics Educator, 8(1), 88-106.
Magiera, M. T., Van den Kieboom, L. A., & Moyer, J. C. (2013). An exploratory study of pre-service middle school teachers’ knowledge of algebraic thinking. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 84, 93-113. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-013-9472-8
Magiera, M. T., van den Kieboom, L., & Moyer, C. (2017). K-8 pre-service teachers’ algebraic thinking: exploring the habit of mind “building rules to represent functions”.Mathematics Teacher Education and Development, 19(2), 25–50.
Robson, C. (2009). Real world research: a resource for social scientists and practitioner researchers. Malden, MA: Blackwell.
Simon, H. A. (1973). The structure of ill-structured problems. Artificial Intelligence, 4, 181–201.
Strand, K., & Mills, B. (2014). Mathematical content knowledge for teaching elementary mathematics: A focus on algebra. The Mathematics Enthusiast, 11(2), 385-432. https://doi.org/10.54870/1551-3440.1307
Webb, N. M., & Mastergeorge, A. M. (2003). The development of students' helping behavior and learning in peer-directed small groups. Cognition and instruction, 21(4), 361-428. https://doi.org/10.1207/s1532690xci2104_2


24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper

Mathematics Teachers’ Self-efficacy toward Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge in Different Areas of Mathematics

Esra Demiray1, Nilüfer Zeybek2

1Hacettepe University, Turkey; 2Kahramanmaras Sutcu Imam Unviersity, Turkey

Presenting Author: Demiray, Esra

Given the ongoing advancement of technology across many areas, the use of technology has become not only a significant tool, but an inevitable component of education. National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM, 2000) underlines the importance of technology in mathematics education as follows: “technology is essential in teaching and learning mathematics; it influences the mathematics that is taught and enhances students’ learning” (p. 11). Although there is an increasing access to technology in classrooms, mathematics teachers have difficulty in integrating it into their teaching practices (Erduran & Ince, 2018). Teachers’ knowledge determines how effectively technology is used during instruction (Guerrero, 2010). Therefore, mathematics teachers should be equipped with the necessary knowledge and the positive stance to arrange an effective utilization of technology in supporting students’ learning.

What teachers’ knowledge should encompass has been the subject of many studies. Shulman (1987) proposed that approaching to content and pedagogy as separate entities in education is inadequate, and instead, integration and balance between the two must be achieved. Thus, Shulman (1987) offered pedagogical content knowledge (PCK). Subsequent studies, building upon Shulman’s conceptualization of PCK, have associated technology with the discussion of teacher knowledge. For example, Niess (2005) abbreviated technology-enhanced PCK as TPCK. Similarly, Koehler and Mishra (2005) used TPCK to refer to the term “technological pedagogical content knowledge” which presents how teachers’ understanding of technologies and pedagogical content knowledge interact with one another to produce effective teaching with technology. Then, in 2007, TPCK was changed to TPACK, to make it a more easily pronounced and remembered term (Angeli &Valanides, 2015).

If a teacher is competent in using technology but lacks the ability to transfer this knowledge effectively during teaching or to integrate technology with the content, there is an issue related to TPACK (Hew & Brush, 2007; Mishra & Koehler, 2006). From the perspective of mathematics, teachers should have necessary TPACK in all areas of mathematics, such as numbers and geometry. According to Mathematics Education in Europe report (2011), numbers, algebra, data and chance, and geometry are the areas of mathematics which are widely presented in the curricula of European countries. Compared to these areas, probability is stated as a less frequent one. Similarly, NCTM (2000) stated that number and operations, algebra, geometry, measurement, and data analysis and probability are the main contents of mathematics. In this respect, mathematics teachers should not see technology as “a way to keep kids busy” (Hew & Brush, 2007, p. 229), but have high self-efficacy related to their TPACK in different areas of mathematics. Since self-efficacy is a domain-specific construct (Pajares, 1996), the purpose of this study is to investigate whether mathematics teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs toward TPACK differ across the areas of mathematics.

According to Bandura (1997), self-efficacy, which is a central aspect of social cognitive theory, is a concept related to perceived capability. In more detail, self-efficacy is defined as “beliefs in one’s capabilities to organize and execute the courses of action required to produce given attainments” (Bandura, 1997, p.3). Self-efficacy covers some distinctive features. One of the features is that self-efficacy includes judgments of capabilities to perform activities rather than personal characteristics. Another feature is that self-efficacy measures are not only domain-specific but also context-specific. For example, a student may have lower self-efficacy about learning in a competitive classroom than in a cooperative classroom. In addition, self-efficacy beliefs are multidimensional so that they vary across specific tasks within a particular domain (Zimmerman & Cleary, 2006).

By considering these points, the research question is given below.

Do self-efficacy beliefs of mathematics teachers regarding their technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK) vary across the areas of mathematics?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Since the purpose of the study is to investigate whether mathematics teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs toward their TPACK differ in the areas of mathematics, it is needed to focus on each area of mathematics thoroughly. Thus, this study used multiple-case holistic design based on the classification of Yin (2014) and each mathematics teacher constitutes a case. The participants were selected based on the purposive sampling. The first criterion is to select mathematics teachers who graduated from the same university. Hence, they would have similar backgrounds in terms of the undergraduate courses. Another criterion is related to their years of teaching experience. Based on these criteria, two mathematics teachers who have one year-experience and two mathematics teachers who have five year-experience were determined as participants. To ensure teaching experience criterion, data will be collected at the end of the spring semester of 2022-2003 academic year. To collect data, items which are directly related to TPACK and self-efficacy from some highly used instruments in the literature (e.g., Canbazoğlu-Bilici, Yamak, Kavak, & Guzey, 2013; Schmidt et al., 2009) were adapted for the interviews. During the interview, three sections will be followed. In the first section of the interview, some questions related to personal information will be asked. Then, TPACK and self-efficacy focused questions for each area of mathematics (numbers, algebra, geometry, measurement, statistics and probability) will be asked. For example, mathematics teachers will be asked whether they can use technological tools to determine students’ misconceptions in geometry. Depending on the answer, they will be asked to give an example and explain their reason in detail. In the last section, students will be asked to compare their TPACK with respect to the areas of mathematics. In data analysis, six steps which are presented by Creswell (2013) will be used. In more detail, the data will be prepared for analysis and read to have a general idea. Based on data, codes and themes will be formed. Then, which themes will be represented will be selected and the results will be interpreted.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this section, the expected outcomes of the study are presented. According to Bandura (1997), individuals’ self-efficacy beliefs are shaped by various factors such as experience, observation, and the opinions of others. This study involves mathematics teachers from different years of teaching experience. It is expected that mathematics teachers with one year-experience will have lower self-efficacy compared to others since they may not have chance to try their ideas regarding technology integration in practice. In addition, there are many technological tools in geometry such GeoGebra, Cabri, and Geometer’s Sketchpad. Mathematics teacher might have more experience in using some open-source software such as GeoGebra. Thus, the participants might present high self-efficacy for geometry compared to other areas of mathematics. During the interviews, mathematics teachers in this study will be asked to give examples which are particular to the area of mathematics at stake after TPACK and self-efficacy related questions. This part is expected to present rich data for the purpose of the study. In this respect, the participants will be provided a computer during the interviews.
References
Angeli, C., & Valanides, N. (2015). Technological pedagogical content knowledge: Exploring, developing, and assessing TPCK. Springer.

Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. New York : W.H. Freeman.

Canbazoğlu-Bilici, S., Yamak, H., Kavak, N., & Guzey, S.S. (2013). Technological
pedagogical content knowledge self-efficacy scale (TPACK-SeS) for preservice science teachers: Construction, validation and reliability. Eurasian Journal of Educational Research, 52, 37-60.

Creswell, J. W. (2013). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches. New York, NY: SAGE Publications, Inc.

Erduran, A. & Ince, B. (2018). Identifying mathematics teachers’ difficulties in technology integration in terms of Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPCK). International Journal of Research in Education and Science, 4(2), 555-576.

Guerrero, S. (2010). Technological pedagogical content knowledge in the mathematics classroom. Journal of Computing in Teacher Education, 26(4), 132-139.

Hew, K. & Brush, T. (2007). Integrating technology into K-12 teaching and learning: Current knowledge gaps and recommendations for future research. Educational Technology Research and Development, 55(3), 223-252.

Koehler, M. J., & Mishra, P. (2005). What happens when teachers design educational technology? The development of technological pedagogical content knowledge. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 32(2), 131–152.
 
Mathematics Education in Europe Common Challenges and National Policies (2011). The Education Audiovisual and Culture Executive Agency: Brussell. Retrieved from https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/3532f22d-eea2-4bb2-941b-959ddec61810

Mishra, P., & Koehler, M. J. (2006). Technological pedagogical content knowledge: A framework for teacher knowledge. Teachers College Record, 108(6), 1017-1054.

National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (2000). Principles and standards for school mathematics. Reston, VA: NCTM.

Niess, M.L. (2005). Preparing teachers to teach science and mathematics with technology: Developing a technology pedagogical content knowledge. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21(5), 509–523.

Pajares, F. (1996). Self-Efficacy Beliefs in Academic Settings. Review of Educational Research, 66(4), 543-578.

Schmidt, D.A., Baran, E., Thompson, A.D., Mishra, P., Koehler, M.J., & Shin, T.S. (2009). Technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK): The development and validation of an assessment instrument for preservice teachers. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 42(2), 12-149.

Shulman, L. S. (1987). Knowledge and teaching: Foundations of the new reform. Harvard Educational Review, 57(1), 1-22.

Yin. R. K. (2014). Case study research: Design and methods (5th ed.). Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications.

Zimmerman, B. & Cleary, T. (2006). Adolescents’ development of personal agency: The role of self-efficacy beliefs and self-regulatory skill. In F. Pajares & T. Urdan (Eds.). Self-efficacy beliefs of adolescents (45-69). Greenwich, CT: Information Age Publishing.


24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper

The Relationship Between Problem-Posing and Reading Comprehension Abilities of 4th-Grade Students

Yasemin Kuşdemir, Elif Tuğçe Karaca

KIRIKKALE UNIVERSITY, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Karaca, Elif Tuğçe

Problem-solving has been a part of school mathematics for a long time (Stanic & Kilpatrick, 1988), but problem-posing research (Cai & Hwang, 2002; Kilpatrick, 1987; Silver, 1994; Silver & Cai, 2005) is fairly new. Since educational research is done to help students learn better, research on problem-posing is no different. Researchers and curricula have mentioned how important it is for elementary school students to be able to pose mathematical problems. Researchers have suggested that problem-posing activities are good for students' creativity (Silver, 1997) and help them get better at solving problems (Brown & Walter, 2005).

On the other hand, reading comprehension research has a longer history than problem-posing research. Reading comprehension research has shown that getting students to pose problems can help them understand their reading much better. Rosenshine, Meister, and Chapman (1996) found gains in students’ reading comprehension when the students were engaged in problem-posing, with a 0.36 effect size measured by standardized tests and 0.86 when using researcher-designed tests. Yu (2011) mentioned that posing problems could be a good way to get students to do higher-order thinking instead of just trying to memorize and understand the learning content. This could help students figure out what the key ideas are while they are learning. Other researchers have also mentioned that when teachers help students with problem-solving activities, it can strengthen their understanding of the course material, improve their learning outcomes, and improve their ability to understand what they are reading (Sung, Hwang, and Chang, 2013). Studies have shown that those who are very good at reading comprehension point out that they are the most effective readers in constant contact with the text (Duke and Pearson, 2002; Cartwright, 2009; Brassell and Rasinski, 2008). Despite this interest in integrating mathematical problem-posing into classroom practice, little is known about the cognitive processes involved when students generate their problems and how problem-posing relates to other cognitive processes in students, like their reading ability.

Even though the research is limited, these quantitative results show that problem-posing should be used in math classrooms because it helps students understand what they are reading and solve problems. Even though it makes sense, in theory, to give students problem-solving tasks to help them understand and improve their learning, more research is needed to show the link between these two ideas. The research in reading comprehension can be used as a model for a systematic study of how mathematical exploration and problem-posing activities affect how well students learn math. This study addresses some of these questions by investigating students' problem-solving abilities and reading comprehension skills. Therefore, this study aimed to examine the relationship between problem-posing and reading comprehension skills.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is part of a larger project funded by Kirikkale University's Scientific Research Projects Coordination Unit, where the researchers work as academics in the Elementary School Teacher Education Department.  The study aimed to investigate the relationship between 4th-grade students' problem-posing skills and their reading comprehension abilities; therefore, correlational research was used to understand the relationship between two different abilities. (Tabachnick & Fidell, 2013). The study was conducted in three fourth-grade classrooms at two public elementary schools in a city located in Central Anatolia, Turkey. There are 92 students whose teachers have over fifteen years of teaching experience. The current study's participants are the students in both classrooms. Three different tools were used to collect research data. (1) Personal Information Form; (2) Reading Comprehension Test; (3) Problem Posing Questionnaire Personal Information Form: This form includes information such as students' grade level, gender, and preschool education status. Also, they were requested to evaluate themselves as readers, like do they see themselves as good readers. The Reading Comprehension Test was developed by Karasu, Girgin, and Uzuner (2013). It included the "Non-Formal Reading Inventory," consisting of 10 open-ended questions with open, closed, and knowledge-experience textual questions about a narrative text. The total score that can be obtained from this test is 100. The evaluation criteria of the reading comprehension test are as follows: (i)90-100 points; Independent level, (ii) 75–89 points; Instructional Level, (iii) 74-51 points transitional instructional level, and (iv) difficulty (anxiety) level for 50 points or less. The problem-posing questionnaire consists of three types of problem-posing context mentioned by Kopparla, Mahati, et al. (2019): (1) informal context-based problem posing; (2) visual representation-based problem posing; and (3) symbolic representation-based problem posing. The students’ work was evaluated for aspects of understanding and mathematical fluency using a rubric with three bases: (i) problem structure or context, (ii) mathematical expression, and (iii) appropriateness of the problem-posing design. The data were collected in two separate phases. In the first session, the students read the story more than twice, aloud and silently, and then answered questions about this text on a reading comprehension test. The second phase of the problem-posing questionnaire consisted of three different problem-posing activities, each of which was applied on different days in each week, and the whole set of data was collected in four weeks.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study is conducted during the fall semester of the 2022–2023 academic year in Turkey. The participants utilized the reading comprehension test; however, two of three problem-posing activities could be applied. The last item will be utilized in the spring semester of the 2022-2023 academic year. Therefore, preliminary analyses were done with the collected data from the students’ written answers. Based on the early results, the current study's expected results could be changed; however, the preliminary findings indicated a significant positive moderate correlation between the students’ problem-posing abilities and reading comprehension skills. Also, it was seen that students got better scores in visual representation-based problem-posing than informal context-based problem-posing activities. Students at the “difficulty and anxiety level” for reading comprehension also got low scores in informal context-based problem-posing activities. After analyzing the data, findings will be updated and expanded, and conclusions and recommendations will be made according to the study's results.
References
Brassell, D., Rasinski T. (2008). Comprehension that's work. Huntington Beach: Shell Education
Brown, S. I., and M. I. Walter. 2005. The Art of Problem Posing. 3rd ed. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Cai, J., & Hwang, S. (2002). Generalized and generative thinking in U.S. and Chinese students' mathematical problem solving and problem posing. Journal of Mathematical Behavior, 21(4), 401–421.
Cartwright, K. (2009). The role of cognitive flexibility in reading comprehension. S.E. Israel ve G.G. Duffy (Edt.) Handbook Of Research on Reading Comprehension (1. Baskı) içinde (s.115-139) New York: Routledge.
Duke, N.K., Pearson, P.D. (2002) Effective Practices for Developing Reading Comprehension. International Reading Association.
Karasu, H.P., Girgin, Ü., Uzuner, Y.(2013). Formel olmayan okuma envanteri. (1. Baskı) Ankara: Nobel Akademik Yayıncılık.
Kilpatrick, J. (1987). Where do good problems come from? In A. H. Schoenfeld (Ed.), Cognitive science and mathematics education (pp. 123–148). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Kopparla, M., Bicer, A., Vela, K., Lee, Y., Bevan, D., Kwon, H., ... & Capraro, R. M. (2019). The effects of problem-posing intervention types on elementary students’ problem-solving. Educational Studies, 45(6), 708-725.
Rosenshine, B., C. Meister, and S. Chapman. 1996. “Teaching Students to Generate Questions: A Review of the Intervention Studies.” Review of Educational Research 66 (2): 181–221. doi:10.3102/ 00346543066002181.
Silver, E. A. (1994). On mathematical problem posing. For the Learning of Mathematics, 14(1), 19–28.
Silver, E. A., & Cai, J. (2005). Assessing students’ mathematical problem posing. Teaching Children Mathematics, 12(3), 129– 135.
Stanic, G., & Kilpatrick, J. (1988). Historical perspectives in problem-solving. Research Agenda for Mathematics Education: The Teaching and Assessing of Problem Solving. Reston: National Council for Teachers of Mathematics. Taylor, S. & Bogdan.
Sung, H. Y., Hwang, G. J., & Chang, Y. C. (2013). Development of a mobile learning system based on a collaborative problem-posing strategy. Interactive Learning Environments, 24(3), 1–16.
Tabachnick B.G. and Fidell, L.S. (2013). Using Multivariate Statistics (sixth ed.) Boston: Pearson.
Yu, F. Y. (2011). Multiple peer-assessment modes to augment online student question-generation processes. Computers & Education, 56(2), 484–494.
 
9:00am - 10:30am25 SES 09 A: Participatory Research Methods - Listening to Children
Location: Adam Smith, 706 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Jenna Gillett-Swan
Paper Session
 
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Methods for Constructing Composite Narratives That Fulfil Children’s Right to ‘Have a Say’ in Educational Research

Olivia Johnston

Edith Cowan University, Australia

Presenting Author: Johnston, Olivia

A composite narrative is a story constructed using multiple children’s voices to present research findings. These stories can resonate with readers, while also capturing research rigour by conveying the properties and categories that are used to develop qualitative research findings (Johnston et al., 2021). Composite narratives offer new and effective methods for giving children voice in educational research, fulfilling children’s rights as stated within the United Nations Conventions on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC, 1989). Article 12 of the UNCRC outlines children’s right ‘to have a say about what they think should happen when adults are making decisions that affect them and to have their opinions taken into account’ (UNCRC, 1989). This international law entitles students to be involved in decisions about their education.

Research methods like composite narratives provide ways of giving children ‘a say,’ or ‘voice’, in their education. Thus, educational research offers a way to fulfil the rights of children outlined in Article 12 of the UNCRC (Cook-Sather, 2020). Educational researchers can work with students to generate research findings that capture students’ experiences (Sargeant & Gillett-Swan, 2015). The findings can be communicated by constructing composite narratives that convey children’s voice in a way that resonates (Johnston et al., 2021).

This paper contributes to the development of methods for conveying children’s voice in educational research by outlining a process for constructing composite narratives. The process builds upon the work of other qualitative researchers who have developed methods for constructing composite narratives (Willis, 2019). The result is a set of methods that can be used to convey student voice in educational research. Other qualitative researchers from a range of backgrounds and disciplines might also use these methods to convey children’s voices, as more and more researchers in social sciences use composite narratives to present their findings (McElhinney & Kennedy, 2022).

Composite narratives can be constructed using a six-step method, which is useful for conveying children’s perspectives to the adults that make decisions about their education. An example of a composite narrative and how it was constructed will be presented, which is taken from a research project conducted in Western Australia. The research approach was based upon the theoretical framework of symbolic interactionism (Blumer, 1969), which informed the development of grounded theory methods. Straussian grounded theory methods were used to develop research findings together with participants, who were adolescent children. The study included 25 fifteen-year-old students, who contributed more than 175 classroom observations and 100 interviews. The children in the study worked with the researcher to generate findings that answer the research question: “How do students experience their perceived teachers’ expectations of them?”

During the full presentation at the European Conference for Educational Research (ECER), an example of a composite narrative called 'My socks don't matter today' will be given to the audience for them to read. The example narrative will be printed and an advance copy is available through email (o.johnston@ecu.edu.au). The narrative uses a singular first-person voice, but it is a ‘composite’ of quotes from interviews with children who contributed to its development (Johnston et al., 2021). The narrative conveys the finding that was generated together with the children: that students experience teachers as having high expectations when teachers seek to understand more than students as ‘students’, but as people with whole lives.

The composite narrative was constructed to convey this finding back to the children’s educators so their voices could be heard and acted upon, fulfilling the children’s rights in Article 12 (UNCRC, 1989). The methods section below begins to explain how the finding was generated with the children and how the narrative was constructed.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methods

Straussian grounded theory methods were used to develop the research findings together with the children (Corbin & Strauss, 2008). Each child was followed throughout a week of their secondary school classes, then interviewed at the end of each day about how they experienced their teachers’ expectations of them to explore their answers to the research question. The classroom observations created a shared context of understanding when students referenced specific classroom interactions with their teachers when expectations had been communicated (Lundy & McEvoy, 2012). Only one student was observed and interviewed at a time, so the findings were progressively developed with the students.

The main research finding was generated from the raw data through open, axial, and theoretical coding (Cooney, 2011). The final theoretical category of ‘knowledge of students’ was generated, from which the students and the researcher generated the main research finding. To represent the research finding back to the students’ teachers, the composite narrative ‘My socks don’t matter today’ was constructed. The following six-step process for constructing composite narratives was followed to communicate the finding using the children’s voice:

1) Develop a narrative thread (a storyline) for the first half of the narrative. In ‘My socks don’t matter today’ the first half of the narrative has the storyline from Rochelle’, who experienced low expectations when her teacher seemed to care more about whether she was complying with school rules (like what socks to wear) than about her.
2) Build the first half of the narrative using quotes from other children.
3) Develop a narrative thread for the second half of the narrative. This narrative uses a story from ‘Nadia,’ who experienced high teacher expectations when a teacher showed care and understanding towards her.
4) Build the second half of the narrative using quotes from other children.
5) Edit and structure the narrative. An introductory and concluding paragraph were added to emphasise the research finding that was generated with the children.
6) Assigning a meaningful title. Rochelle’s words about teachers who ‘care more about socks than students’ illustrate how the children perceived high expectations when teachers cared about them more than their compliance with school rules.

The presentation at ECER will explain the process used to construct and disseminate the finding in detail, so that international researchers can consider the use of these methods to represent children’s perspectives in educational research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Composite narratives compile children’s words that were uttered during interviews into stories that communicate the children’s meaning to readers. Story form has been used since the beginning of time to communicate complex meanings in ways that can be readily transferred to other contexts (Johnston et al., 2021). Composite narratives provide a means to fulfil children’s rights to have their opinions heard and considered in matters that affect them, such as their education (UNCRC, 1989).

Researchers from European and international contexts that seek to emphasise the perspectives of children when disseminating research findings may consider the unique capacity of composite narratives to capture and convey the perspectives of children in a way that resonates with readers (Wertz et al., 2011). Article 12 applies to all children internationally, with 196 countries having ratified the treaty (United Nations, 2023). New ways that educational research can fulfil these children’s rights, such as methods for constructing composite narratives, will be useful for educational researchers.

Further benefits of composite narratives make them appropriate for their use for increasing the representation of the experiences and perspectives of children in international educational research. For example, composite narratives offer methods that include representation of research rigor, protection of participants’ anonymity, and the ability to engage readers in narratives that they can readily transfer to their own contexts (Willis, 2019).

The above benefits of constructing composite narratives make them a useful new method for presenting research findings to a range of research end users, including critical academics, teachers, and school leaders. For research involving children, composite narratives offer a way for a broad audience to hear children’s perspectives, so that their voices are heard and acted upon in their education.

References
Blumer, H. (1969). Symbolic interactionism : Perspective and method. Prentice-Hall.
Cook-Sather, A. (2020). Student voice across contexts: Fostering student agency in today’s schools. Theory Into Practice, 59(2), 182-191.  
Cooney, A. (2011). Rigour and grounded theory. Nurse Researcher, 18(4), 17-22. https://doi.org/10.7748/nr2011.07.18.4.17.c8631  
Corbin, J. M., & Strauss, A. L. (2008). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (3rd ed.). SAGE Publications.
Johnston, O., Wildy, H., & Shand, J. (2021). Student Voices that Resonate – Constructing Composite Narratives that Represent Students’ Classroom Experiences. Qualitative Research (OnlineFirst). https://www.doi.org/10.1177/14687941211016158  
Lundy, L., & McEvoy, L. (2012). Children’s rights and research processes: Assisting children to (in) formed views. Childhood, 19(1), 129-144. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568211409078  
McElhinney, Z., & Kennedy, C. (2022). Enhancing the collective, protecting the personal: the valuable role of composite narratives in medical education research. Perspectives on Medical Education, 11(4), 220-227. https://www.doi.org/10.1007/s40037-022-00723-x  
Sargeant, J., & Gillett-Swan, J. K. (2015). Empowering the disempowered through voice-inclusive practice: Children’s views on adult-centric educational provision. European Educational Research Journal, 14(2), 177-191. 10.1177/1474904115571800  
UNCRC. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. United Nations, Treaty Series, 1577, 3.  
United Nations. (2023). Chapter IV: Human Rights. 11. Covention on the Rights of the Child. . https://treaties.un.org/pages/ViewDetails.aspx?src=IND&mtdsg_no=IV-11&chapter=4&clang=_en
Wertz, M. S., Nosek, M., McNiesh, S., & Marlow, E. (2011). The composite first person narrative: Texture, structure, and meaning in writing phenomenological descriptions. International Journal of Qualitative Studies on Health and Well-being, 6(2), 5882. https://doi.org/10.3402/qhw.v6i2.5882  
Willis, R. (2019). The use of composite narratives to present interview findings. Qualitative Research, 19(4), 471-480. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468794118787711


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Students as Researchers – Presentation of the Implementation Process in Four Schools

Enikö Zala-Mezö, Jaël Omlin, Frank Brückel, Julia Häbig, Daniela Müller-Kuhn, Alexandra Totter

Zurich University of Teacher Education, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Zala-Mezö, Enikö; Omlin, Jaël

Participatory research approaches – in general, not specifically targeted at students – are characterized by several central components: 1) participation of non-researching actors as co-researchers in the research process; 2) empowerment of these partners through learning processes, competence development, and individual and collective (self-)empowerment; and 3) the dual objective of researching and changing social reality and the associated intervention character and action/application orientation of research (von Unger, 2014, p. 10). Beside the development of participatory research, a new understanding of childhood emerged, according to which children and adolescents are subjects with their own rights and not simply objects or beings to be protected (James & Prout, 1997). This also applies to research (Hammersley, 2017). Participatory research with students means that they should not be studied, but they should be involved in the research process and should be also assisted in building their own view and meaning considering their situation (Lundy & McEvoy, 2012). Furthermore, participation in research is seen as an advanced form of participation and thus as an important source of participatory experiences (Hüpping & Büker, 2019). However, the approach – children as co-researchers – evokes many controversial discourses (Bradbury-Jones & Taylor, 2015; Hammersley, 2017).

In this paper we present an ongoing design-based-research project (Euler, 2014) taking place in Switzerland. The school improvement project has the aim to improve students’ learning within schools through student participation. School improvement processes should be shaped through the cooperation between teachers, students, and researchers. Various participatory settings were implemented (Author et al., 2022) to approach the central question of the study: How must learning processes be designed so that students feel supported in their learning?

Students were expected to come up with new, or even unconventional ideas to change school practices.

However, they sometimes only know their own school practice, wherefore they sometimes lack alternatives. This gave rise to the idea of reciprocal school visits, with the aim of observing concrete classroom activities in another school. A more abstract aim was to support reflection about learning and observing learning situation from a new perspective. The research team suggested the method of systematic classroom observation addressing students and teachers as co-researchers.

In this contribution the authors describe the process of how the observational study was prepared, conducted, and followed up. We will explore the question of what kind of effects the process triggers in the schools – but also among the participating teachers, students, and researchers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The classroom observations were embedded in a three-step process: (1) planning and designing; (2) im-plementation and on-site feedback; (3) reflection and further development. The steps were precisely docu-mented to allow for later analysis.
Since this was a small pilot project, the group of participants was kept small: ideally, one teacher, the prin-cipal, and four students were involved in each school. Additionally the research team consisting of six per-sons was engaged.
The first phase, (1) planning and designing, took place at the university with all participants (observing students, teachers, and school leaders). First, the method of systematic observation was introduced. Then summarized characteristics were presented, which the students of the four schools had previously named to describe good learning during lessons. Then three groups were formed, which developed observable categories based on the input and wrote them down. These were reviewed, sorted, discussed in plenary and then a final version was drafted. The school visit was then planned and the setting including the type of on-site feedback was defined.
The second phase, (2) implementation and on-site feedback, took place in the schools, involving the local participants and the observation team, and two researchers. Regularly two lessons were observed, and the break was used for informal exchanges. The observation team had 45 Minutes time to discuss their obser-vations and plan the on-site feedbacks in the observed classes. In the fourth lessen, the on-site feedback took place: Mostly the students and the observing teacher transferred their observation to the observed classes. The observed class received the option to ask questions.
The third phase, (3) reflection and further development, took place again at the university with all partici-pants. Experiences and the possibilities were discussed: How can the method be further developed? Which characteristics of the feedback should be redesigned? How to disseminate experiences in the schools? How to use the method within schools? How can further participants be involved?
In the ongoing analysis, we evaluate different data and triangulate the results with each other.
Discussions in small groups were recorded and their contents were structured and analyzed (Kuckartz, 2014). From this data, participants concepts of good learning were derived.
To evaluate the whole process, the organization of the school visits – smoothness, difficulties, barriers – and also the short questionnaires filled out by all observing participants were analyzed and compared be-tween the schools and the groups of actors (teachers, students, and researchers).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We will present different experiences and results and convinced that they are not Switzerland-specific but can be used in other countries as well: Research as an open process is unusual in pedagogical settings. Teachers expressed doubts about the expected results from such observations. E.g.: “What good does it do us if we know how often students asked questions during the lesson?” The question represents an ex-pectation, that activities should be goal- and use-oriented from the beginning. The irritation considering such open inquiry processes demonstrates that teachers lack of this kind of experiences. Teachers were also afraid of being judged within the observations, which was a worry that had to be taken into considera-tion.
Students as observers, although the observation method was explicitly defined as a non-evaluative (low inferent observational categories) method, change usual power relationships within schools, giving more power to the observing students and making observed teachers, who have to act spontaneously, more vul-nerable.
Researchers are required to reassess scientific and methodological standards. Observations must be manageable in given, short time frames. Also there is a shift from the results to the process of inquiry, where learnings emerge not only from the results but from the method and the process themselves.

References
Author et al. (2022).
Euler, D. (2014). Design-Research – a paradigm under development. In D. Euler & P. F. E. Sloane (Eds.), Design-Based Research (pp. 15–44). Franz Steiner.
James, A., & Prout, A. (Eds.). (1997). Constructing and reconstructing childhood: Contemporary issues in the sociological study of childhood. Falmer Press.
Kuckartz, U. (2014). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (2., durchges. Aufl.). Beltz Juventa.
von Unger, H. (2014). Partizipative Forschung: Einführung in die Forschungspraxis. Springer Fachmedien. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-01290-8


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Due weight, Listening and Philosophy with Children

Amy Hanna, Claire Cassidy

University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hanna, Amy; Cassidy, Claire

Children have a right to be heard, and for their views to be given due weight (UN, 1989). To be given due weight requires an adult decision-maker to listen to those views. We know from the vast student voice literature that issues of voice are located in structures and relations of power, and that who is speaking is just as important as what is said, and what is said changes according to who is speaking, and who is listening (see Cook-Sather, 2006; Rudduck and Fielding, 2006; Taylor and Robinson, 2009; Fielding, 2004;). What traditionally receives less attention in this literature is the administration of due weight: the listening. This is perhaps because due weight becomes drowned out by a fixation with children’s capacity, or alleged lack thereof (Tisdall, 2018; Daly, 2018). There is no accepted understanding of how to weigh children’s views, and it has become something of an obstacle to children’s rights, particularly in cases where children’s wishes are divergent from prevailing orthodoxy (Daly, 2018; Cairns et al, 2018). This paper opens up debate about listening, and what this means for attributing the ‘due’ in due weight. The questions we begin with is: what does it mean to listen?

A common assumption about listening is that it means the same for everyone, but children listening to adults is not understood in the same way as adults listening to children, or children listening to other children. Frequently interpreted as the decoding of verbalised language, children are viewed as either needing to learn to listen ‘better’, or as deserving to be listened to (Gallagher et al, 2017). However, conceiving of listening in this way assumes the verbalisation of children’s views, and overlooks the role of silence in participation. It therefore advances an impoverished understanding of ‘voice’ and children’s right to be heard. It also fails to take account of us living in-relation with one another, as ‘one among others’ (Splitter, 2022a, 2022b) and the role this has to play in ‘due weight’ and attributing credibility to children’s views.

Drawing upon Fricker’s (2007) epistemic injustice, we claim in this paper that acts of hearing are an exercise of power, but that the implications of this power for ‘due weight’ have not been thoroughly examined. The issue of the epistemic injustice that children encounter is problematic (Kennedy (2010); Murris, 2013; Mohr Lone & Burroughs, 2016; Cassidy & Mohr Lone, 2020), particularly when considering notions of the right to be heard. Indeed, Fricker (2007) argues that the sort of listening required is as much to what is not said as to what is said – a type of listening that requires a ‘responsible hearer’. So, how do we listen to silence? We suggest an ‘expanded listening’ can help us understand the role of silence in participation and shed some light on the concept of ‘non-participation’.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a conceptual paper in which we explore how philosophical inquiry with children and young people, drawing on Philosophy with Children as a rights-based research method, may inform a framework of ‘expanded listening’ for the purposes of giving ‘due weight’. Philosophy with Children (PwC) grew from the work of Matthew Lipman in the 1970s (Lipman, Sharp & Oscanyan, 1980; Lipman, 2003) and a range of approaches have evolved from this, with CoPI being one such approach. The philosophical dialogue is structured in such a way that it requires participants to listen in order to engage with others’ contributions. It also relies on the facilitator listening carefully to the dialogue. In effect, participants and facilitator attend to what is not said as much as what is said within CoPI. This type of listening is unusual, particularly when children are involved, not least because it recognises that children have something to say, but it also acknowledges that silences may be pregnant. Beyond this, carrying the maieutic metaphor further, where we may see the facilitator of dialogue as midwife, the need for adults to be silent is likely to ensure that fruit is borne from these silences.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In exploring the ways in which silence is manifest in CoPI, and the manner in which it is variously addressed, we will conclude by proposing a framework for ‘expanded listening’ that may be extended beyond philosophical inquiry in classrooms. In doing so, we will address issues of epistemic injustice experienced by children and young people to suggest ways in which those who listen, the audience, the interlocutors, might position themselves to engage with silence. This, we argue, will require a shift in how children are encountered. Notions of community, of being ‘one among others’ (Splitter, 2022a, 2022b), will be vital in this endeavour.  It is, as Hanna notes (2021), in failing to recognise silence that injustices may arise, thereby reinforcing traditional power dynamics, and it is this that acts as a barrier to children being heard. In recognising what is not said, seeing silence as laden with meaning, listening is expanded.
References
Cassidy, C. and Mohr Lone, J. (2020). Thinking about childhood: Being and becoming in the world. Analytic Teaching and Philosophical Praxis 40(1), 16-26.
Cairns, L., Byrne, S., Davis, J.M., Johnson, R., Konstantoni, K. and Kustatscher, M. (2018) Children’s rights to education – Where is the weight for children’s views?  International Journal of Children's Rights, 26(1), 38-60
Cook-Sather, A. (2006) Sound, Presence and Power: ‘Student voice’ in educational research and reform, Curriculum Inquiry, 36(4), 359-390
Daly, A. (2018) No weight or ‘due weight’? A children’s autonomy principle in best interest proceedings, International Journal of Children’s Rights, 26(1), 61-92
Fielding, M. (2004) Transformative approaches to student voice: Theoretical underpinnings, recalcitrant realities, British Educational Research Journal, 30, 295-311
Fricker, M. (2007) Epistemic Injustice: Power and the Ethics of Knowing. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Gallagher, M., Prior, J., Needham, M. and Holmes, R., 2017. Listening differently: A pedagogy for expanded listening. British Educational Research Journal, 43(6), pp.1246-1265.
Hanna, A. (2021). Silence at school: Uses and experiences of silence in pedagogy at a secondary school. British Educational Research Journal 47(5), 1158-1176.
Kennedy, D. (2010). Philosophical Dialogues with Children: Essays on Theory and Practice. Lewiston, NY: The Edwin Mellen Press.
Lipman, M. (2003). Thinking in Education (2nd edition). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Lipman, M., Sharp, A.M. and Oscanyan, F.S. (1980). Philosophy in the Classroom (2nd edition). Philadelphia: Temple University Press.
Mohr Lone, J. and Burroughs, M.D. (2016). Philosophy and Education: Questioning and Dialogue in Schools. Lanham, MD.: Rowman and Littlefield.
Murris, K. (2013). The epistemic challenge of hearing children’s voice. Studies in Philosophy and Education 32(3), 245-259.
Ruddock, J. and Fielding, M. (2006) Student voice and the perils of popularity, Educational Review, 58(2), 219-231
Splitter, L.J. (2022a). Enriching the narratives we tell about ourselves and our identities: An educational response to populism and extremism. Educational Philosophy and Theory 54(1), 21-36.
Splitter, L.J. (2022b). Identity, Reasonableness and Being One Among Others. Dialogue, Community, Education. Springer.
Taylor, C. and Robinson, C. (2009) Student voice: Theorizing power and participation, Pedagogy, Culture and Society, 17(2), 161-175
Tisdall, E.K.M. (2018) Challenging competency and capacity?: Due weight to children’s views in family law proceedings,  International Journal of Children's Rights, 26(1), 159-182
 
9:00am - 10:30am26 SES 09 A: Same Name, Different Meanings And Practices? Distributed Leadership Across Cultures And Methods
Location: Joseph Black Building, B408 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Pierre Tulowitzki
Session Chair: James Spillane
Symposium
 
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium

Same Name, Different Meanings And Practices? Distributed Leadership Across Cultures And Methods

Chair: Pierre Tulowitzki (FHNW University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland)

Discussant: James Spillane (Northwestern University)

Distributed leadership has – in a relatively short time – become a popular area of research but also an instrument of leadership development, with some scholars even attributing it a “taken-for-granted status” (Lumby, 2016, p. 161) and others calling it “one of the most influential and well-discussed ideas to emerge in the field of educational leadership” (Harris et al., 2022, p. 438). Since Spillane et al (2001) popularized a shift of perspective towards focusing on leadership as a practice and encouraged the study of interactions (taking into account leaders, followers and the situation) instead of singular leaders, hundreds of thousands if not over a million scholarly works have been published on this topic in the field of educational research (Mifsud, 2023, p. 5).

Yet, despite this enormous amount of publications, there are many theoretical and empirical challenges and “blank spaces”. For example, Tian et al. (2016) in their review found that a commonly accepted definition or conceptualization of distributed leadership could not be identified. More than a decade ago, Crawford (2012) criticized that scholars and practitioners had not sufficiently explored questions of identity and power in the context of distributed leadership; a critique that still seems to apply. The impact and pathways of impact of distributed leadership practices on various inner school factors such as teaching quality or student achievement have so far – at least compared to research on instructional leadership – not quite been mapped out. For Harris et al. (2022), “the black box of distributed leadership practice remains only partially open” (p. 452). Furthermore, the influence of various cultural contexts has not yet been fully explored. Some of the questions prevalent in this context are: what are commonalities and differences in the conceptualization of distributed leadership and in the cultural practices of it across several cultures? What do we know about the cultural and structural fit of distributed leadership in various contexts (for example in societies with a stronger emphasis on low hierarchies vs. a stronger emphasis on marked hierarchies)?

This symposium will try to explore the issues mentioned above. Contributions from Europe, the US and Australia will be used as focal lenses to study different conceptualizations of distributed leadership. Each contribution will present empirical insights into practices and effects of distributed leadership with some additionally presenting insights into methodological approaches and challenges of researching distributed leadership. The selection of countries will enable comparisons focusing on similarities as well as on contrasts. For example, Ireland and Switzerland are comparable in terms of rather strong school boards, while the US and Australia have rather pronounced accountability systems, a stark contrast to Switzerland’s low-accountability approach. Each country also brings unique cultural and school system features like the strong emphasis on direct democracy (for example articulated in lay authorities) or the commitment to standardized testing (US).

The symposium will feature four presentations. In each presentation, the underlying understanding of distributed leadership as a perspective and practice will first be laid out followed by a short overview of the cultural and systemic background before delving into the respective study and results. A discussant will offer a critique of the contributions, but more importantly connect them to the wider discourses, criticisms and “blank spaces” previously mentioned. The discussant has an Irish and US background and will offer commentary from a perspective that includes European as well as (broader) international elements.


References
Crawford, M. (2012). Solo and Distributed Leadership: Definitions and Dilemmas. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 40(5), 610–620. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143212451175
Harris, A., Jones, M., & Ismail, N. (2022). Distributed leadership: Taking a retrospective and contemporary view of the evidence base. School Leadership & Management, 42(5), 438–456. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2022.2109620
Lumby, J. (2016). Distributed leadership as fashion or fad. Management in Education, 30(4), 161–167. https://doi.org/10.1177/0892020616665065
Mifsud, D. (2023). A systematic review of school distributed leadership: Exploring research purposes, concepts and approaches in the field between 2010 and 2022. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 0(0), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2022.2158181
Spillane, J. P., Halverson, R., & Diamond, J. B. (2001). Investigating School Leadership Practice: A Distributed Perspective. Educational Researcher, 30(3), 23–28. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X030003023
Tian, M., Risku, M., & Collin, K. (2016). A meta-analysis of distributed leadership from 2002 to 2013: Theory development, empirical evidence and future research focus. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 44(1), 146–164. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143214558576

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Making Distributed Leadership Visible – A Futile Exercise? First Results From A Multimethod Study Into Educational Leadership In Switzerland

Ella Grigoleit (FHNW University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland), Laetitia Progin (University of Teacher Education, Lausanne), Pierre Tulowitzki (FHNW University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland), Aleksandra Vuichard (University of Teacher Education, Lausanne)

In the wake of changing steering mechanisms in education and public administration around the turn of the millennium, most cantons in Switzerland introduced formal school leaders (Hangartner & Svaton, 2013). Despite the empirically supported relevance of school leadership and its distribution in the context of the organization and development of schools (Ärlestig et al., 2016), there is only little empirical evidence in Switzerland on how leadership is exercised and distributed in practice. Research on school leadership in Switzerland tends to be regionally limited and predominantly focusing on the position of formal leaders, although findings imply the importance of school staff beside the formal leaders for shaping and developing schools (Harris & DeFlaminis, 2016; Hallinger & Heck, 2009; Spillane et al., 2004). These research gaps are what this contribution aims to address: In a cross-cantonal research project, investigating school leadership practice as a process of interaction in mutual influence across actors. Not only the leadership practices of formal school leaders but also teachers’ involvement and participation in the management and development of schools as well as the relationships between stakeholders are focal point of the study. In a first explorative phase, two schools each in the canton of Argovia and in the canton of Vaud were examined using shadowing-type observations over the period of several weeks, during which school leaders and meetings between teachers were observed. In addition, document analyses and interviews with principals and teachers were conducted. The analysis of the data is carried out in an iterative procedure according to the grounded theory principles (Corbin & Strauss, 2015), allowing a gradual construction of theories. In the present time, investigations are being carried out in additional schools in both cantons. Over the duration of the study, 12 schools are to be investigated. Preliminary findings suggest that factors such as school size, organizational structure, and the prevailing school culture may influence teachers' assumptions of responsibility for leadership-related tasks. Differences in the perception of leadership and its distribution also seem to exist due to previous professional experiences of school leaders and teachers, partly due to their experiences prior to the introduction of principals. Relationships and levels of trust between formal leaders and the teaching staff, as well as between individuals appear to play a significant role in shaping leadership processes and the involvement of stakeholders across the schools. Some markers of leadership distribution can be identified but appear to be contextually bound.

References:

Ärlestig, H., Day, C., & Johansson, O. (Eds.). (2016). A Decade of Research on School Principals. Springer International Publishing. Corbin, J. M., & Strauss, A. (2015). Basics of qualitative research. Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (4.). Sage. Hallinger, P., & Heck, R. H. (2009). Distributed Leadership in Schools: What Makes a Difference? In A. Harris (Ed.), Distributed Leadership: Different Perspectives (Vol. 7, pp. 47–80). Springer Netherlands. Hangartner, J., & Svaton, C. J. (2013). From autonomy to quality management: NPM impacts on school governance in Switzerland. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 45(4), 354–369. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2013.822352 Harris, A., & DeFlaminis, J. (2016). Distributed leadership in practice: Evidence, misconceptions and possibilities. Management in Education, 30(4), 141–146. https://doi.org/10.1177/0892020616656734 Spillane, J. P., Halverson, R., & Diamond, J. B. (2004). Towards a theory of leadership practice: A distributed perspective. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 36(1), 3. https://doi.org/10.1080/0022027032000106726
 

WITHDRAWN Distributed Leadership As An Organizing Framework for Cross-Sector Partnerships in the United States

Rebecca Lowenhaupt (Boston College), Betty Lai (Boston College), Gabrielle Oliveira (Harvard Graduate School of Education)

Over the last several decades, the educational system in the United States has undergone significant reforms leading to new forms of educational leadership that take a distributed approach to school improvement. In the context of shifting student demographics, the accountability movement, and the recent upheaval caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, educational leaders have been at the center of multiple initiatives to address the evolving needs of youth (Mehta, 2013; McLeod and Dulsky, 2020). These initiatives have distributed leadership across roles, institutions and levels of the school system in new, innovative ways. In this contribution, we focus on one such initiative, the Chelsea Children’s Cabinet, a cross-sector partnership among institutional and organizational leaders within one small city collaborating to support youth through coordinated actions (Ed Redesign, 2019). Formed in the Spring of 2021 to address issues related to the pandemic, the Cabinet includes local leaders from education, government, law enforcement, mental health and community-based organizations, along with our Boston College research team. We build on prior research about cross-sector partnerships. In recent years, an array of cross-sector initiatives have brought leaders together to address the community conditions that affect youth (Impellizeri and Lee, 2021; Miller et al., 2017). While designs vary, these initiatives share the aim to develop collective, context-specific solutions to community-level concerns (Boyer et al., 2020). We draw on distributed leadership theory as we consider the dynamic interactions among institutional and organizational leaders on the Cabinet. According to this framework, “leadership practice is constituted in the interaction of leaders and their social and material situations. (Spillane et al., 2001, p. 27). As such, leadership occurs across individuals, interactions and the artifacts that mediate those interactions. We use qualitative case study methods to examine distributed leadership within the Cabinet (Yin, 2009). Data sources include 25 semi-structured interviews conducted with cabinet members in the spring of 2021, fieldnotes taken during planning and cabinet meetings as well as community events led by the Children’s Cabinet throughout the 2021-2022 school year. Findings demonstrate how leadership is distributed across sectors based on privileged positioning by sector as well as existing relationships. Our analysis shows how leaders draw on distinct institutional logics to justify actions and rely on various tools and artifacts to structure their interactions. We end with theoretical implications for the distributed leadership framework as well as implications for leadership practice given the need for cross-sector coordination in an increasingly complex education landscape.

References:

Boyer, A.M. et al. (2020). Predicting Community Adoption of Collective Impact in the United States: A National Scan. Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector Quarterly, 0899764020964583. https://doi.org/10.1177/0899764020964583 Ed Redesign. (2019). Children’s Cabinet Toolkit. https://edredesign.org/files/childrens_cabinet_toolkit_a_roadmap_for_getting_started.pdf Horsford, S. D., & Sampson, C. (2014). Promise neighborhoods: The promise and politics of community capacity building as urban school reform. Urban Education, 49(8), 955-991. Impellizeri, W., & Lee, V. J. (2021). A Comparison of IHEs and Non-IHEs as Anchor Institutions and Lead Agents of Promise Neighborhoods Projects. Education and Urban Society, 00131245211049736. https://doi.org/10.1177/00131245211049736 McLeod, S., & Dulsky, S. (2021). Resilience, reorientation, and reinvention: School leadership during the early months of the COVID-19 pandemic. In Frontiers in Education (p. 70). Frontiers. Mehta, J. (2013), “How Paradigms Create Politics The Transformation of American Educational Policy, 1980–2001”. American Educational Research Journal. 50(2), 285-324. Miller, P. M., Scanlan, M. K., & Phillippo, K. (2017). Rural Cross-Sector Collaboration: A Social Frontier Analysis. American Educational Research Journal, 54(1_suppl), 193S-215S. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831216665188 Spillane, J. P., Halverson, R., & Diamond, J. B. (2001). Investigating school leadership practice: A distributed perspective. Educational researcher, 30(3), 23-28. Yin, R. K. (2009). Case study research: Design and methods (Vol. 5). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
 

Building Capacity Through Distributed Leadership.

Helen Goode (The University of Melbourne), Lawrence Drysdale (The University of Melbourne)

Like in most educational jurisdictions around the world, successful Australian principals have embraced the notion of distributed leadership. Yet its application in practice is highly variable mainly because practitioners have different understandings of the concept. The term ‘distributed leadership’ is associated with concepts such as shared, collaborative, participatory and collective leadership. What is being distributed is still uncertain. For example, is it delegated tasks, shared responsibilities, leadership activities or leadership practices? The purpose of distributed leadership also varied and include alleviating pressures on the school leadership (Harris, 2007), broadening the scope of responsibility and decision making, succession planning ((Gunter and Rayner 2007); building capacity for leadership (Day, 2009), and creating greater involvement and ownership (Hallinger and Heck 2009). While there is confusion among practitioners, researchers are clearer in their conceptualisation of distributed leadership: reciprocal interdependences (Harris, 2009; Spillane, 2006)); a way of thinking about leadership practice (Spillane, 2006); involving the teachers in leadership of the school (Hallinger and Heck, 2009). There also appears to be some consensus that the principals are pivotal in creating the conditions, culture and structure that promotes distributed leadership whether it is seen as a form of work redesign (Gunter, 2008, 2012; Harris, 2009) or different formations or patterns of leadership distribution that emerge that impact on outcomes (Leithwood et al., 2009; Spillane, 2006). This presentation summarises the research from Australia case studies of successful school (International Successful School Principals Project, ISSPP) that show that for successful school principals distributing leadership is multi-faceted, takes on different forms, is implemented for different purposes and different motivations. Context was important in shaping the distributed leadership model. For some principals it is a deliberate intervention to include informal and formal leaders. The main thrust of this proposal is to also share the findings from the case study of one secondary school principal that centres on his experience in three schools over 30 years in successfully developing a distributed leadership model focussed on building leadership capacity. The findings from the case study of the principal were based on extensive interviews with the principal and current and former staff members who have or have had leadership formal positions in the school. This principal deliberately sought to identify talent and build the leadership capacity and capabilities of leaders in order for them to move to higher levels of leadership not only in the school but in the system.

References:

Day, C. 2009. ‘‘Capacity Building Through Layered Leadership: Sustaining the Turnaround.’’ In Distributed School Leadership: Different Perspectives, edited by A. Harris, 121137. London: Springer. Gunter, H., and Rayner, S. 2007. ‘‘Modernizing the School Workforce in England: Challenging Transformation and Leadership?’’ Leadership 3 (1): 4764. doi:10.1177/1742715007073066. Gunter, H. M. 2012. Leadership and the Reform of Education. Bristol: Policy Press. Hallinger, P., and Heck. H.H. 2009. ‘‘Distributed Leadership in Schools: Does System Policy Make a Difference?’’ In Distributed School Leadership: Different Perspectives, edited by A. Harris, 101117. London: Springer. Harris, A. 2009. ‘‘Distributed Leadership: What We Know.’’ In Distributed School Leadership: Different Perspectives, edited by A. Harris, 1121. London: Springer. Harris, A. 2007. Distributed Leadership and School Transformation. Presentation at the 2007 Scottish International Summer School on Leadership. Edinburgh, UK: Scottish Government. Leithwood, K., Mascall, B., and Strauss. T. 2009. ‘‘What We Have Learned and Where We Go From Here.’’ In Distributed Leadership According to the Evidence, edited by K. Leithwood, B. Mascall, and T. Strauss, 269281. London: Routledge. Spillane, J. P. 2006. Distributed Leadership. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. Torrance, D.(1913) Distributed leadership: challenging five generally held assumptions, School Leadership and Management, 33(4), 354-372, http://dx.doi.org?10.1080/13632434.2013.813463
 

Distributed Leadership In Irish Post-Primary Schools Amidst A Pandemic: Interpretations And Implementation

Niamh Hickey (University of Limerick), Patricia Mannix - McNamara (University of Limerick), Aishling Flaherty (University of Limerick)

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused “undeniable chaos” (Hargreaves and Fullan 2020, 334) in schools. While distributed leadership (DL) was regarded as the most commonly implemented educational leadership model prior to the Covid-19 crisis, its importance has been re-established during the pandemic as it is said to have become the default leadership style through necessity (Harris and Jones 2020). There has been a slow movement towards shared leadership practices in Ireland since the early 2000’s. Similar to many other countries, DL is endorsed in Irish post-primary school policy (Barrett 2018). Due to its current endorsement and the reported necessity of DL during the Covid-19 pandemic, a distinct need to research post-primary school personnel’s interpretations and perceptions of DL implementation was identified. The aims of this study were therefore, to explore Irish post-primary school personnel’s interpretations of DL, and to investigate the perceived prevalence of DL in Irish post-primary schools. To achieve the study focus, a two-part online questionnaire was shared with school teachers, leaders, guidance counsellors and special needs assistants currently working in Irish post-primary schools. This survey comprised an adapted version of the Distributed Leadership Inventory (Hulpia, Devos, and Rosseel 2009) comprising 21 Likert-type statements, as well as a series of open ended questions. Descriptive statistics were used to analyse the Likert-type statements while thematic analysis was used for the open-ended questions. The results of this study suggest that while there are some similarities in participants’ interpretations of DL, there are also divergences relating to who participants believe is involved in distributed practices, what exactly is shared, and how it is shared. Data analysis suggests that participants’ roles in their school, their school type, and number of years experience could be influencing their interpretations of DL. Analysis of data pertaining to the perceived prevalence of DL in Irish post-primary schools resulted in varied degrees of perceived implementation. The importance of school culture, the division of labour, and working relationships were interpreted as core factors influencing DL’s perceived implementation. The Covid-19 pandemic was reported to exacerbate the distribution of leadership practices or lack-thereof depending on the context. This study adds to the emerging body of literature on DL with potential to inform future school policy and practice. Suggestions to further conceptualise the division of labour, and school culture required for a distributed practice are presented as well as the importance of building positive relationships and a need to avoid “tick-the-box” DL.

References:

Barrett, Alphie. 2018. "Leadership and Management in Post-pimary Schools." In, edited by Department of Education and Skills, 1-30. Hargreaves, Andy, and Michael Fullan. 2020. "Professional capital after the pandemic: Revisiting and revising classic understandings of teachers' work." Journal of Professional Capital and Community. Harris, Alma, and Michelle Jones. 2020. "COVID 19–school leadership in disruptive times." School Leadership & Management 40 (4):243-7. Hulpia, Hester, Geert Devos, and Yves Rosseel. 2009. "Development and validation of scores on the distributed leadership inventory." Educational and Psychological Measurement 69 (6):1013-34.
 
9:00am - 10:30am26 SES 09 B: Controversial Issues and Dilemmas in Educational Leadership (Part 2)
Location: Joseph Black Building, C407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Carl Bagley
Paper Session continued from 26 SES 02 A
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Controversial Issues for Principals in Sweden - an Exploratory Approach

Magnus Larsson, Pär Poromaa Isling, Anna Rantala, Ulf Leo, Björn Ahlström

Center for Principal Development, Umeå University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Larsson, Magnus

Controversial issues (CI) are a part of everyday life in schools’, inside and outside the classroom. How principals understand and manage these issues are therefore an interesting topic of inquiry. In this paper we set out to examine, from the theoretical standpoint of agency, principals understanding of what a CI is and how they can and cannot be managed. CIs has been a recurring topic in the educational literature for the last four decades (Hand & Levinson 2012; Anders & Shudak 2016) and in a globalised world characterized by polarisation and mediatisation the need for schools to handle CI has potentially become increasingly salient (Larsson & Lindström 2020). However, what is perceived as a controversial issue differs between contexts and can change rapidly.

The primary focus in the literature concerning CIs is teachers and teaching situations. This paper takes another point of departure focusing on principals and how they understand and manage CIs. Even though CIs are present outside formal teaching situations at the school, research on principals’ understandings and management of CIs are scarce and seldomly explicitly addressed. In addition, international educational policy discussions have underscored the importance that principals (not just teachers) manage and develop strategies in relation to CIs (Council of Europe, 2017). The aim of this paper is to explore how principals understand and manage CIs, more specifically the following research questions are applied:

  1. What do school leaders understand as controversial issues in the Swedish education system?
  2. How and why do school leaders manage controversial issues in the Swedish education system?

To categorize and analyse what principals understand as CIs (RQ1) the literature on what constitutes a CI is invoked. There is an ongoing debate on what criteria should be applied to deem something a CI (cf. Anders and Shudak, 2012). This debate differentiates between behavioural, political, epistemic, social, and theoretical criteria for defining an issue as controversial. However, this debate is primarily grounded in the question what teachers should (and should not) teach as a controversial issue which means that several of the criteria are unapplicable in principals professional practice. Based on the literature and the specific professional practice of principals’ we apply the following definition: a controversial issue is any issue that creates opposition or disputes at an organisational or societal level in schools and pre-schools.

In order to analyse how principals manage CIs (RQ2) we build on Emirbayer and Miche’s (1998) conceptualisation of agency as well as Eteläpelto et al (2013) conceptualisation of professional agency. Emirbayer and Miche’s (1998, p. 953) argue that agency should be seen as ‘temporally embedded process of social engagement’ informed by and directed towards the past, future, and present. This is complemented by Eteläpelto et al’s (2013) understanding of professional agency, which is dependent on professional knowledge and competencies as well as specific conditions of the workplace. Taken together, we understand professional agency as a dynamic concept rooted in temporal dimensions that emerges in relation to socio-cultural conditions of the workplace and professional identity, knowledge, and experience.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical part of the study is made up of 29 interviews with principals in Sweden. In the selection process we elected a heterogenous sample aiming for maximal variation among the principals (Ritchie & Lewis, 2013). This process started with identifying central categories of principals to make sure that the sample would include principals in different contexts and with different prerequisites. This, in turn, allows our mapping of principals’ understanding of controversial issues to include several different points of view. The categories used in the selection process was: including both men and women (gender); principals working in schools from different education stages (education stage): whether the school was placed in a central or rural setting (city-countryside) and whether the principal was experienced or novel (professional experience).
Since the research on principals understanding of CIs is limited, we elected an exploratory approach to make sure that we did not steer the principals’ understandings of what a CI is for a principal. However, to provide some sort of guidance we presented the respondents with the following generic definition of a CI in the beginning of all interviews: by controversial issues we mean issues that arouse strong feelings and/or divide opinion in schools, communities, and society. After the respondents was asked to give a brief professional background, the respondents were invited to bring up the most pressing controversial issue in their role as a principal. To each controversial issue a set of follow up questions were asked including: “why is this a controversial issue; who are involved; who are affected; how do you manage this issue?”. After the respondent had brought up their most pressing CIs questions intended to help to broaden the respondents’ perspective was applied. These questions entailed aspects such as: previously encountered controversial issues; controversial issues regarding teaching situations, norms and values, or connected to the larger society or the immediate community.
To answer the first research question the answers from the respondents were categorised thematically. First, any issues brought up by the respondents that fell outside our broad definition of CI were sifted out. After that the controversial issues were thematically organised into specific topics (religion, sustainability, racism, LGBTQI etc) and types of controversial issue (social, political, behavioural etc.). To answer the second research question the respondents answers to how they handle and manage controversial issues were analysed through the concept of professional agency as depicted above.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary results concerning the first research question show that themes concerning segregation, racism, LGBTQI and religion are recurring examples the principals give of CIs. Apparent difference can be found between the different categories of principals. For example, pre-school principals deal with CIs concerning the relation with parents claims to a larger extent than other principals. In addition, several issues brought up by the principals are not deemed controversial given the definition applied in this paper. The most salient of these issues are interpersonal issues between principals and teachers or other school staff. When these issues are not clearly connected to an organizational and/or a societal level they were not deemed a controversial issue.
Preliminary results concerning the second research questions show that how principals relate to and understand social-temporal aspects of their professional work influences how they perceive the CI at hand and have consequences for how they manage the CI. For example, how the principal understands racial tensions at his or her school influences whether s/he manages the issue proactively or simply deals with the issue as it flares up. Even though this paper is a first step in mapping and understanding CIs for principals more research is needed to provide a better understanding of how principals understand and manages controversial issues.

References
Anders, P. & Shudak. (2016) Criteria for Controversy: A Theoretic Approach. Thresholds in Education, 39(1), 20–30.
Council of Europe (2017) Managing controversy – Developing a strategy for handling controversy and teaching controversial issues in schools. A self-reflection toll for school leaders and senior managers.
Emirbayer, M. & Mische, A. (1998) What is agency? American journal of Sociology, 103, 962-1023.
Eteläpelto, A., Vähäsantanen, K., Hökkä, P. and Susanna Paloniemi, S. (2013) What is agency? Conceptualizing professional agency at work, Educational Research Review, 10, 45-65.
Hand, M. & Levinson, R. (2012) Discussing controversial issues in the classroom. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 44(6), 614-629.
Larsson, A. & Lindström, N. (2020) Controversial societal issues in education: Explorations of moral, critical and didactical implications. Acta Didactica Norden, 14(4), 1-6.
Ritchie, J., Lewis, J., McNaughton Nicholls, C. and Ormston, R. (2013) Qualitative Research Practice: A Guide for Social Science Students and Researchers. SAGE.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

The Case of La Verneda-Sant Martí School: Leading Change Through Dialogue

Gisela Redondo-Sama1, Shiza Khaqan1, Teresa Morlà2

1University Rovira i Virgili; 2University of Barcelona

Presenting Author: Redondo-Sama, Gisela; Khaqan, Shiza

Relevance and research question

La Verneda-Sant Martí school is an adult school located in a deprived area in Barcelona, and the first experience of adult education in Spain published in the Harvard Educational Review (Sánchez Aroca, 1999). Renowned scholars such as Catherine Compton-Lilly (University of Wisconsin), John Comings (Center for International Education, University of Massachusetts at Amherst), or Courtney Cazen (Harvard University) have expressed the impact of visiting the school, highlighting how it contributes to transforming people´s lives through education (Escola d’Adults de la Verneda, 2023). Since its foundation in 1978, the school has increased the participation of the educational community, multiplying the learning processes of vulnerable groups in challenging situations.

Although the analysis of the actions contributing to school improvement in La Verneda-Sant Martí has been widely developed, the investigations about what facilitates the creation of community leaders in the school are limited. In this vein, the following research question underlines this contribution:

- To what extent the forms of leadership development in the school are aligned with the dialogic leadership?

Thus, this paper aims to study how this school members create and develop leadership practices resonating with the conceptualization of dialogic leadership. To this aim, one of the pillars at the core of the study is to analyse how the participation of the whole community is generating leadership beyond the school walls. Concerning the ECER2023 theme “The Value of Diversity in Education and Educational Research”, this paper includes the diversity of agents exercising leadership in La Verneda-Sant Martí school, to provide evidence regarding the full potential of diverse students and members of the community to transform education through educational leadership.

Conceptual/Theoretical framework

The role of dialogue is at the core of theoretical and empirical works on educational leadership (Shields, 2019) and different leadership conceptualizations highlight the dialogical dimension of learning to build and consolidate effective leadership practices (Bennet, Wise, Woods & Harvey, 2003; Pont et al, 2008; Hallinger, 2009). These contributions resonate with dialogic dynamics of change in societies (Flecha, Gómez & Puigvert, 2003) that serve to understand the school systems as a vivid agent, with openness towards families and educational agents, including what occurs within the school community in a broad sense (students, families, teachers, volunteers…). In line with this approach, dialogic leadership is conceptualized as the process by which leadership practices of all the members of the educational community are created, developed, and consolidated (Padrós & Flecha, 2014). Under this conceptualization of dialogic leadership, the community can exercise their leadership capacity by sharing knowledge and building capacity together. This facilitates the creation of an environment in which the skills and expertise of grassroots actors can also capitalize in advancing towards ‘accepting responsibility for enabling others to achieve shared purpose under conditions of uncertainty’ (Ganz, 2009). Research on dialogic leadership has demonstrated that leaders in different positions can contribute to improving democracy in organizations and at diverse educational levels (Campos, Aubert, Guo & Joanpere, 2020; Redondo-Sama, 2020). Furthermore, there is evidence of the relevance of empowering the diversity of communities existing in schools to create, develop and sustain leadership practices within and beyond the school. The literature shows that it is necessary to advance knowledge about the synergies between all educational agents to identify dialogic leadership practices that improve education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology
This work is based on a case study conducted under the Communicative Methodology (Gómez, 2011; Flecha & Soler, 2014) and inspired by the “Art of Case Study Research” defined by Robert E. Stake (1995). The Communicative Methodology has been highlighted by the European Commission as the most useful to identify actions that contribute to overcoming situations of inequality (Ministerio de Ciencia e Innovación, 2010). It implies an egalitarian dialogue between researchers and end-users along the different phases of the research. In particular, this work uses the communicative approach to study how the educational agents in La Verneda-Sant Martí are leading change and enhance the participation of the community through dialogic leadership, enabling the improvement of learning processes.

The relevance of the communicative methodology in educational leadership research, as in other research areas as cultural studies or sociology, has two main methodological advantages. On the one hand, it focuses on two main analytical dimensions, the exclusionary and the transformative ones. The former seeks to identify and describe the obstacles and barriers in the particular situation that is being studied, in this case the barriers to develop and exercise dialogic leadership practices. The later focuses on the possibilities that are enabling improvements in the situation studied, in this case the actions and initiatives that are facilitating and encouraging dialogic leadership practices. The transformative dimension is crucial to allow us to go beyond the description of the situation and identify instead actions that contribute to address the problem that is being analysed. On the other hand, the communicative methodology implies a permanent dialogue between the researchers and the educational agents involved in the process. This dialogue strengthens the link between research and citizens’ needs, thus contributing to generate societal impact.

Research instruments
Data collection consists of communicative interviews and observations, including recording of interviews with teachers and other members of La Verneda-Sant Martí school developing dialogic leadership practices. The analysis includes communicative analysis and data coding according to transformative and exclusionary dimensions as explained before.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Dialogic leadership practices identified in the adult school La Verneda-Sant Martí have achieved impact within and beyond school walls. Since it raised motivation for change, it enables a better understanding of the school system and how education can contribute to generating forms of leadership for social justice. The results also indicate that the participation of the community members linked to dialogic leadership is opening spaces for interaction and transformation, seeking responses to achieve school improvement in adult education, and expanding dialogic leadership practices in the neighbourhood.

The educational community approaches their leading roles from a dialogic standpoint, gathering with other educational members (teachers, students…) to become informed leaders. Therefore, their decisions are based on the needs of the community, but also on the informed scientific knowledge gathered from shared meetings with other agents. By including educational decisions on the basis of successful actions proved from the international research to improve education, educational agents improve the students’ academic results and gain support and motivation of other community members. This powerful dynamic influences participants in the school and the community as everyone becomes much more aware of the school needs and possibilities. Besides, relationships are transformed between the community members.

This work provides insights on how to improve adult education in deprived areas by developing dialogic leadership that promotes community participation. This process of change allows the overcoming of stereotypes, facilitates the social inclusion of diverse populations in schools, and brings the opportunity to facilitate the creation of leaders for social justice. This paper provides details on the processes that enable educational agents to lead, share, and enhance spaces of reflection, solidarity, and dialogue to strengthen the positive influence of the school for the improvement and social transformation.

References
Bennett, N., Wise, C., Woods, P., & Harvey, J. (2003). Distributed Leadership: A Review of Literature. National College for School Leadership.

Campos, J.A., Aubert, A., Guo, M. & Joanpere, M. (2020). Improved Leadership Skills and Aptitudes in an Excellence EMBA Programme: Creating Synergies with Dialogic Leadership to Achieve Social Impact. Frontiers in Psychology.

Escola d’Adults de la Verneda. (2023). Social Impact. Available at: http://www.edaverneda.org/edaverneda8/en/node/17

Flecha, R., & Soler, M. (2014). Communicative methodology: Successful actions and dialogic democracy. Current Sociology, 62(2), 232-242.

Flecha, R., Gómez, J., & Puigvert, L. (2003). Contemporary sociological theory. New York: Peter Lang.

Ganz, M. (2009). What is public narrative: Self, us & now. (Public Narrative Worksheet). Working Paper

Gómez, A. (Guest Editor). (2011). Special Issue: Critical Communicative Methodology. Qualitative Inquiry, 17 (3), 235-312. doi: 10.1177/1077800410397802

Hallinger, P. (2009). Leadership for 21st Century Schools: From Instructional Leadership to Leadership for Learning. Hong Kong: The Hong Kong Institute of Education.

Ministerio de Ciencia e Innovación. (2010). Conclusiones “Science against Poverty” conference. La Granja, 8-9 April 2010.

Padrós, M. & Flecha, R. (2014). Towards a conceptualization of dialogic leadership. International Journal of Educational Leadership and Management. 2, 207–226.

Pont et al. (2008). Improving School Leadership. Brussels: OECD.

Redondo-Sama, G. (2020). Supporting Democracy Through Leadership in Organizations. Qualitative Inquiry, 26(8-9):1033-1040.

Sanchez Aroca, M. (1999). La Verneda-Sant Martí: a school where dare do dream. Harvard Educational Review, 69(3), 320-335.

Shields, C.M. (2010). Transformative Leadership: Working for Equity in Diverse Contexts. Educational Administration Quarterly, 46(4), 558 – 589. doi: 10.1177/0013161X10375609.

Stake, R. (1995). The Art of Case Study Research. Thousand Oaks: Sage.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

(Re)Contextualising the Field. A Bourdieuian Analysis of Small Rural School Principal Leadership in a Post-Conflict Society

Carl Bagley, Montserrat Fargas-Malet

Queen's University Belfast, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Bagley, Carl; Fargas-Malet, Montserrat

In relation to the conference theme, the research featured in the paper is situated within the religiously diverse and educationally divided schooling system in Northern Ireland. As such, it speaks directly to the conference theme and the need to understand the diversity, complexity and impact of context as it relates to small rural primary school leadership.

According to Eurostat (2020), in total, just over a quarter (28%) of the population across 28

European countries live in what can be designated a rural area. These areas, however, vary markedly in socio-economic, geographical and educational terms. For example, while rural areas close to urban centres are likely to be economically dynamic, remote and sparsely populated areas present weaker economic growth and experience population decline and reduction in services, including education. It is precisely these areas that are served by small rural primary schools, largely defined by the number of pupils enrolled, ranging from under 70 to under 140 for primary schools (Fargas-Malet and Bagley, 2022). Throughout Europe, the principals of these small rural schools appear to face similar challenges (Fargas-Malet and Bagley, 2022), most seriously living under constant threat of closure or amalgamation, due to a combination of factors. These include the rationalization of services; a decrease in student numbers; difficulties in attracting and retaining staff and lack of funding (Bagley and Hillyard, 2019; Beach and Vigo Arrazola, 2020). In contrast to this pan-European policy trajectory and its cultural, socio-economic educational impact, previous research findings have championed the cause of small rural schools and their leadership, highlighting the potential they have for adding educational value, and the building of community engagement and social cohesion for sustainable change (Gill, 2017).

In this context, the paper focuses on the complexities associated with contemporary small rural primary school leadership in the post-conflict setting of Northern Ireland. It draws on case study research undertaken in five small rural primary schools and their surrounding diverse and divided communities, with a particular focus on the experiences and perspectives of the five principals of these schools. A recent scoping review of research on small rural schools in Europe (Fargas-Malet and Bagley, 2022), while revealing the similarities in the challenges facing rural school principals, found a significant number of studies remained under theorised (Fargas-Malet and Bagley, 2022). In attempting to fill this gap, the research findings are theoretically and conceptually informed by Bourdieu (1984) and his work on field, habitus and capital as a means of understanding practice. As the neo-liberal economic and political fields contaminate the field of education, a contextual understanding of the complex and shifting social space small rural primary school principals occupy, along with their habitus and the capital they deploy, is of central importance to understanding practice (Addison, 2009; Clarke and Wildy, 2004; Eacott, 2010; Torrance and Angelle, 2019). This understanding is especially relevant to a post-conflict divided society such as Northern Ireland. Thus, while the research context is Northern Ireland, the findings and outcomes from this study are of wider academic relevance and significance for those interested in a deeper theoretical understanding of small rural primary school leadership especially in divided and diverse post-conflict settings, on which research is extremely limited.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The Small School Rural Community Study, from which the sub-set of data presented in this paper are derived, adopted a mixed method explanatory sequential approach (Aldridge et al. 1999) involving an initial on-line questionnaire survey of all small rural primary school principals in Northern Ireland followed by five case-studies. Principals were emailed an information sheet about the study, a link to the online survey, an anonymous identifier to enter into the survey and asked to tick a consent form. A process of informed consent (Byrne, 2001) was adopted with each individual and group prior to commencement of individual and focus group interviews.

The purpose of the wider study was to explore quantitatively and qualitatively the interrelationship between small rural schools and their communities. The online questionnaire covered a range of closed questions regarding general information, the challenges the school faced, and school-community relations. It also included an open-ended question where principals could leave any further comments they wished to make. The survey was emailed to the principals of 201 small rural schools (based on the definition of NISRA, 2016), and achieved a response rate of 43%. Out of the 91 respondents, fifty principals ticked a box agreeing to be contacted regards the possibility of participating in the case-study aspect of the research.

The data presented in this paper are subsequently derived from a purposive sample range (Robinson, 2014) of five case study schools and interviews with their principals. The schools (two Controlled, two Maintained and one Integrated) and their communities were selected based on the type of school, school size, geographical location and willingness of the principal to participate. The name of the schools and the townlands and villages have been given pseudonyms to maintain anonymity. For data collection, the case-study phase utilised secondary source data such as schools’ prospectuses, semi-structured individual interviews (Denscombe, 2007) and focus group interviews (Gill and Baillie, 2017) with participants including school principals, teachers, parents, pupils and key school-community stakeholders. The interviews were digitally recorded, transcribed and analysed using NVivo software. For data analysis, an inductive approach was adopted producing the generation of initial codes, identification of specific themes, thematic review and report production (Braun and Clarke 2006). In particular, for the purposes of this paper, data were scrutinised for any evidence pertaining to the impact of different ‘fields’ (Bourdieu, 1984) on the professional experiences and practice of the five respondent small rural school principals.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In presenting our work on small rural schools, we contend that there is ‘a complex socio-cultural politics to school principal leadership that is context specific and multi-layered’ (Eacott, 2010, 226). Thus, while small rural primary school principals in Northern Ireland face many similar pressures and challenges to principals in secondary schools, urban settings and other European countries (Fargas-Malet and Bagley, 2021), school leadership is always context-specific (Clarke and Wildy, 2004) and culturally situated (Torrance and Angelle, 2019) and it must be viewed and understood accordingly. The contemporary organisational space confronting school principals was dominated by a layered interaction of a number of competing fields. We contend, in Bourdieusian terms, that it is the ways in which principals have to deal with these multiple pressures from different fields, that is at the centre of present-day small rural primary school leadership. In relation to the economic field and the concomitant workload pressures, school principals continually needed to balance their time as teaching principals between the responsibilities of teaching and the management and administration of the school. A situation, likened by one school principal, to continually ‘spinning plates’.  In particular, as pupil numbers determined school survival, for these small rural schools, the threat of closure was an ever present and central concern. Moreover, it was found that as a post-conflicts society, the field of politics brought an added dimension in the form of peace and reconciliation to principal leadership in these small rural communities with two schools serving two religiously divided communities. In effect, the boundaries of the educational field have seemingly become increasingly permeated by the field of the economy and politics, informing the habitus and capital of small rural primary school principals and shaping their practice.
References
Addison (2009) A feel for the game – a Bourdieuian analysis of principal leadership: a study of Queensland secondary school principals Journal of Educational Administration and History Vol. 41, No. 4, November 2009, 327–341

Bagley C and Hillyard S (2019) In the field with two rural primary school head teachers in England. Journal of Educational Administration and History 51(3): 273–289.

Beach D and Vigo Arrazola MB (2020) Community and the education market: A cross-national comparative analysis of ethnographies of education inclusion and involvement in rural schools in Spain and Sweden. Journal of Rural Studies 77: 199–207.

Bourdieu, P (1984). Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgement of Taste. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul

Braun, V., and V. Clarke. (2006). “Using Thematic Analysis in Psychology.” Qualitative Research in Psychology 3 (2): 77–101.

Byrne M. The concept of informed consent in qualitative research. AORN Journal.  
74(3):401-3

Clarke, S and Wildy, H (2004) Context counts.Viewing small school leadership from the inside out Journal of Educational Administration Vol. 42 No. 5, pp. 555-572

Denscombe, M (2007) The Good Research Guide (3rd Edition), Milton Keynes: OUP

Eacott, S. 2010. “Studying School Leadership Practice: A Methodological Discussion.” Issues in
Educational Research 20 (3): 220–233.

Fargas-Malet M and Bagley, C (2022) Is small beautiful? A scoping review of 21st-century research on small rural schools in Europe. European Educational Research Journal, Vol. 21(5) 822–844

Gill PE (2017) A case study of how an Irish island school contributes to community sustainability, viability and vitality. Australian and International Journal of Rural Education 27(2): 31–45.

Gill, P and Baillie, J. (2018) Interviews and focus groups in qualitative research: an update for the digital age. British Dental Journal 225, 668–672


Robinson, R.S. (2014) Purposive Sampling. In Encyclopedia of Quality of Life and Well-Being Research; Springer: Dordrecht, The Netherlands, pp. 5243–5245

Torrance, D.  and Angelle, P. S. (2019) The influence of global contexts in the enactment of social justice. In: Angelle, P.S. and Torrance, D. (eds.) Cultures of Social Justice Leadership: An Intercultural Context of Schools. Series: Intercultural studies in education. Palgrave Macmillan: Cham, Switzerland, pp. 1-19
 
9:00am - 10:30am26 SES 09 C: Distributed School Leadership
Location: Joseph Black Building, A504 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Maree O'Rourke
Paper Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

"Follow the Leader" Capturing the Perspectives of Post- Primary Principals in the Irish Voluntary School Sector Implementing Distributed Leadership

Maree O'Rourke, Shivaun O'Brien

Dublin City University, Ireland

Presenting Author: O'Rourke, Maree; O'Brien, Shivaun

Distributed leadership in schools has become a dominant policy focus in Ireland and abroad, as evidenced by significant changes in the literature on distributed leadership and the recent policy changes that have led to the promotion of distributed leadership in the post-primary school sector. A seismic shift in the level of consciousness among the stakeholders regarding the nature and purpose of school leadership at the post-primary level introduced the concept of school leadership teams, commencing a distributed leadership model. The reimagining of school leadership ensures the roles and responsibilities of teachers and school-based stakeholders demand a significant change in how leadership is perceived and how the model functions within the post-primary school system.

This research study seeks to investigate school principals' perspectives at the post-primary level. This study investigates the perspective of voluntary secondary school principals implementing Department of Education (DE) CL003/2018 on Leadership and Management. It examines principals' perspectives to discover how the recent change in leadership policy plays out in Ireland's voluntary secondary school sector.

From an Irish perspective, there is a shortage of empirical evidence concerning post-primary school principals' perspectives on implementing the new model of distributed leadership outlined in the Department of Education (DE) CL003/2018. Yet, the transformation of the role of the principal within an emergent leadership model is essential to the sustainability and development of distributed leadership in schools. According to Redmond (2016), "capturing and synthesising principal perspective has thus become an important tool in uncovering the story of modern school leadership" (p.29). Murphy (2020) recognises that while "policy reforms have influenced the preparation and development of school leaders at all levels in the system, there is little available research on principals' perceptions of their preparation to lead schools in the contemporary policy context" (p.1).

The research question asks: What is the experience of school principals in implementing distributed leadership in voluntary secondary schools?

The sub-questions are:

  1. Does the implementation of the Department of Education (DE) CL 003/2018 change the principal's role within the school's leadership framework?
  2. Does the micropolitics of a school impact the implementation of the Department of Education (DE) CL003/2018?
  3. What strategies are used by principals to motivate staff when implementing the Department of Education (DE) CL003/2018?
  4. Is there a distribution of accountability and responsibility within the distributed leadership framework per Department of Education (DE)CL003/2018?

The first question seeks to discover if the role of the principal has changed because of the introduction of DE CL003/2018. Does a new model of leadership involve a new model of principalship?

The second research question focuses on the fundamentally political nature of school leadership.

The third question examines motivating teachers to engage in distributed leadership practice. Changing the model of school leadership requires a whole-school commitment to the process.

The fourth question explores the concept of accountability and responsibility within distributed leadership. Is distributed leadership possible without distributed responsibility and accountability? How do the legislative responsibilities of the principal correlate with a distributed model of school leadership?

The research study examines distributed leadership practice from the principal's perspective. The research study seeks to discover if the underlying concepts of power, motivation, and accountability fundamentally influence the principal's perspective on implementing distributed leadership. The research question and the sub-questions inform the focus of the literature review and provide the rationale for including selected literature.

The research study is significant as it investigates the experience of principals within their school context and captures their perspectives for the consideration of policymakers and practitioners for the future development of distributed leadership.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The researcher adopts a pragmatic approach, with a case study methodology in a mixed-method sequential quantitative > qualitative research design. The strength of this design is that the phases build on each other, although it is challenging to conduct as additional time is required to complete each step. All research questions are explored by analysing data strands separately and connecting them appropriately. The qualitative data gathering in Stage 2 of the research occurred to obtain more detailed information from principals after collecting data in Stage 1.
 Case study boundaries with a clear definition by the researcher are required and assist the researcher in defining the case. A bounded context can contain a person, an organisation, a policy, or any given unit of study. The case study boundary in this research is the voluntary secondary school sector. The case under investigation is the experience of school principals within the sector implementing the Department of Education (DE) CL003/2018 from its introduction in 2018 to the first biennial review. Therefore, the unit of analysis is the school principal in the voluntary secondary school implementing the Department of Education (DE) CL003/2018.
The two-stage research design involved gathering quantitative and qualitative data. The emphasis or balance within the mixed-method approach is more on qualitative than quantitative data collection. The study involved a board survey with in-depth interviews.
 Stage 1 of the study gathered data from a census survey. The quantitative data collected in Stage 1 is through an online survey questionnaire, including 'attitudinal' and 'open' questions, with a Likert scale design generating descriptive statistics. Through online surveys, a researcher can collect data quickly and efficiently.
The qualitative data collection involves using Zoom. Semi-structured interviews are conducted with ten voluntary secondary school principals to inform the qualitative research.
The results are examined and interpreted within the context of the literature review using Braun & Clarke's (2006) six-step framework for applying thematic analysis. A thematic analysis aims to identify themes, in the data, with patterns emerging used to address the research questions. The methodological approach is systematic and rigorous; the same quantitative and qualitative questions appear. The semi-structured interviews and online survey findings acknowledge the study's implications and limitations.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research findings confirm the importance of the micropolitical climate of the school when introducing change emanating at a macro-political systemic level. The implementation is contextual to each school sector and, within each sector, contextual to the culture and political dynamic of the school community. The research study findings corroborate the literature. Understanding the process's contextual and relational aspects, knowing and understanding people and the school culture, and managing the change process is a crucial role of the principal and is central to the successful implementation of distributed leadership. The research study uncovers the importance of the motivational strategies deployed by the principals when implementing distributed leadership. The principals seek to empower and encourage staff involvement through intrinsic and extrinsic motivational approaches on an individual and collective level. The extent of distributed responsibility and accountability within a distributed leadership framework is evolving. While opportunities for greater collaboration and an enhanced leadership structure within schools are acknowledged, other challenges hinder the development and sustainability of a genuine distributed leadership model. The research study shows that power, motivation, and accountability fundamentally impact the principal's perspective on implementing distributed leadership. Changes in education policy and practices also require attitudinal change. It is evident in this research that since the introduction of the Department of Education (DE) CL 003/2018, principals have fostered and developed a positive attitude among school staff towards a distributive leadership model. However, the study illustrates the development of distributed leadership requires continuous professional development for principals to develop sustainable leadership capacity within the voluntary secondary school sector. The essential time to hold strategic leadership team meetings and the consideration of a generic leadership title for posts of responsibility emerges with recommendations for further research and policy development.
References
De Nobile, J. (2018) Towards a theoretical model of middle leadership in schools, School Leadership & Management, 38:4, 395-416, DOI: 10.1080/13632434.2017.1411902 https://www-tandfonline-com.dcu.idm.oclc.org/action/showCitFormats?doi=10.1080%2F13632434.2017.1411902
Forde, C., Hamilton, G., Ní Bhróithe M., Nihill, M., & Rooney, A (2019) Evolving policy paradigms of middle leadership in Scottish and Irish education: implications for middle leadership professional development, School Leadership & Management, 39:3-4, 297-314, https://www-tandfonline-cGurr, D. (2018) School middle leaders in Australia, Chile and Singapore. School Leadership & Management. 39. 1-19. 10.1080/13632434.2018.1512485. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/327328446_School_middle_leaders_in_Australia_Chile_and_Singapore
King, F., Stevenson, H. (2017) Generating change from below: what role for leadership from above? Journal of Educational Administration 55, 657–670. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/316984798_Generating_change_from_below_what_role_for_leadership_from_above
Lahtero, T J., Ahtiainen, RS., Lång, N. (2019) Finnish principals: Leadership training and views on distributed leadership https://helda.helsinki.fi/bitstream/handle/10138/304896/2019_Lahtero_Ahtiainen_L_ng_Distributed_leadership.pdf?sequence=1
Lárusdóttir, S., O'Connor, E. (2017) 'Distributed leadership and middle leadership practice in schools: a disconnect?', Irish Educational Studies, 36(4), pp.423-438. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/317368004_Distributed_leadership_and_middle_leadership_practice_in_schools_a_disconnect
Liu, Y. (2020) 'Focusing on the Practice of Distributed Leadership: The International Evidence From the 2013 TALIS', Educational Administration Quarterly, 56(5), pp. 779–818. doi: 10.1177/0013161X20907128. https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/abs/10.1177/0013161X20907128
Lumby, J. (2013) Distributed leadership: the uses and abuses of power. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 41 (5)https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/10.1177/1741143213489288
Mifsud., D. (2017) Distributed leadership in a Maltese College: the voices of those among whom leadership is 'distributed' and who concurrently narrate themselves as leadership 'distributors', International Journal of Leadership in Education, 20:2, 149-175,  https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/13603124.2015.1018335
Murphy, G. (2019) 'A systematic review and thematic synthesis of research on school leadership in the Republic of Ireland: 2008–2018', Journal of Educational Administration. https://www-emerald-com.dcu.idm.oclc.org/insight/content/doi/10.1108/JEA-11-2018-0211/full/html
Murphy, G. (2020) 'Leadership preparation, career pathways and the policy context: Irish novice principals' perceptions of their experiences, Educational Management Administration & Leadership. DOI: 10.1177/1741143220968169. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/345672931_Leadership_preparation_career_pathways_and_the_policy_context_Irish_novice_principals'_perceptions_of_their_experiences
O'Donovan, M. (2015) The Challenges of Distributing Leadership in Irish Post-Primary Schools. International Electronic Journal of Elementary Education, 2015, 8(2), pp.243-266. Available at: https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1085879.pdf
Supovitz, J., D'Auria, J., Spillane, J P. (2019) Meaningful & Sustainable School Improvement with Distributed Leadership. CPRE Research Reports.
https://repository.upenn.edu/cpre_researchreports/112
Spillane, J, P., Anderson, L. (2019) Negotiating Policy Meanings in School Administrative Practice:  Professionalism, and High Stakes Accountability in a Shifting Policy Environment North western University Connecticut College - https://www.researchgate.net/publication/335018576_Negotiating_Policy_Meanings_in_School_Administrative_Practice_Practice_Professionalism_and_High
Redmond, M. (2016) Affective Attunement- Emotion & Collaboration – A Study of Irelands Voluntary Secondary School Principals https://www.jmb.ie/Site-Search/resource/246
file:///C:/Users/mor1/Downloads/Affective%20Attunement%20-%20A%20Study%20of%20Ireland's%20Voluntary%20Secondary%20Principals.pdf


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

The Prediction of Teacher Well-Being through Distributed Leadership: A Cross-Cultural Study

Busra Kulakoglu, Anıl Ersöz

Middle East Technical University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Kulakoglu, Busra; Ersöz, Anıl

Teacher professional well-being (TPW) is now a salient field of study as it has been found to be directly or indirectly related to school effectiveness by affecting various factors, such as teacher health (Gray et al., 2017), teacher effectiveness (Duckworth et al., 2009), student achievement (Branand & Nakamura, 2016), and teachers’ organizational commitment (Creemers & Reezigt, 1996). Despite the different definitions and operationalizations of TPW due to its multidimensional nature, the recent conceptual framework offered by OECD (Viac & Fraser, 2020) defined it around physical, mental, cognitive, subjective, and social dimensions. However, while considerable literature has grown around the theme of general well-being, the literature review revealed a paucity of research on TPW (Yildirim, 2015).

The challenging nature of tasks for schools to function properly requires principals to be in two places at once, which is an impossible task to accomplish, so there needs to be a distributed form of leadership allowing teachers and principals to share various leadership functions (Day et al., 2020). Distributed leadership (DL) points out the importance of “interactions among leaders, followers, and their situation” (Spillane, 2005, p. 145), meaning that the functioning of interrelational practices matters. Therefore, DL functions have been conceptualized in relation to developing people, instructional management, and organizational decision-making (Liu & Printy, 2017).

According to the literature, leadership is contextualized differently across the world due to the differences in people’s perceptions and practices of leadership (Hofstede, 1984; House et al., 2014). Therefore, this study investigates the relationship between TPW and DL functions, taking into account the cultural dimensions within clusters of countries. Country clusters were created in this study in a way that countries within clusters exhibit cultural resemblance, whereas cultural dissimilarity exists across clusters. Consequently, the following clusters were established: a Balkan cluster with Bulgaria, Croatia, Slovenia, Romania and Türkiye; an Anglo-Saxon cluster with the USA, United Kingdom and Australia; a Nordic cluster with Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden; and an East and South East Asia cluster with Japan, South Korea and Singapore. It is hypothesized that there are differences across country clusters in terms of predicting TPW through different DL dimensions. It seems plausible to explain the differences among country clusters in terms of their differences in DL and TPW due to some cultural characteristics (e.g., power distance, individualism/ collectivism) dominant within clusters.

In light of all this information, this study aims to investigate the relationship between TPW and DL practices within the school by looking at the issue from an intercultural lens. Liu et al. (2022) emphasized that there is inconsistent evidence on the direct relationship between TPW and DL practices in the literature, where they also find that there is no direct relationship between TPW and DL in China school setting. However, a study conducted in Türkiye found that DL has a positive and significant effect on teachers’ organizational happiness (Algan & Ummanel, 2019). Additionally, Thien and Lee (2023) pointed out the research gap in school-level dimensions and TPW and found that in order to cultivate TPW, involvement in the decision-making process, and healthy and positive communication among the principal and teachers is needed in the Malaysian context. As seen, there are differences among contexts about the possible relationship between TPW and DL (or its sub-dimensions) is apparent. From this point of view, there is a need to answer the research question, “Is there a significant difference among different country clusters regarding the relationship between DL and TPW?”


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study aims to understand whether TPW is predicted by different DL dimensions across four country clusters introduced in the previous section. The TPW construct was measured with 28 items that resemble the OECD’s TPW conceptualization (Viac & Fraser, 2020). Of these 28 items, 12 are related to “job satisfaction,” 10 to “self-efficacy,” two to “psychosomatic symptoms,” three to “teacher-student relationship,” and one to the “feeling of trust” dimensions. The DL construct was measured with 13 items corresponding to Printy and Liu’s (2021) operationalization of DL. Of these 13 items, six are related to “developing people,” five to “managing instruction,” and two to “organizational decision-making dimensions.”
Firstly, Little’s test was used to determine whether data were missing completely at random, and then multiple imputation was applied to handle the missing data (Baraldi & Enders, 2013). Secondly, measurement invariance in the clusters was checked for TPW and DL dimensions using multiple-group confirmatory factor analysis(CFA).
In this study, the Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) 2018 dataset is used, which is collected by Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) from a broad range of countries in order to help these countries to cope with the challenges they face (OECD, 2019). For four country clusters, the teacher-level data includes 90,534 teachers, while group-level data includes 5,362 principals as participants in total. Because the TALIS 2018 dataset has a nested data structure with teachers nested in schools, two-level hierarchical linear models were applied to the country clusters using the lme4 package (Bates et al., 2015) in R. Principals’ DL functions modeled as group-level variables, whereas TPW was modeled as the individual-level variable. These models regarded each cluster as unique and allowed us to compare clusters in terms of their cultural characteristics. A similar approach has been used by Liu and Benoliel (2022) to investigate multi-country data. Intra-class correlation (ICC) was derived to assess the lower-level outcome variance that can be attributed to higher-level variables. It showed that for each country cluster, it is reasonable to conduct a multi-level analysis. Furthermore, prior to analyses, we grand-mean centered the group-level independent variables as we hypothesized the effects of group-level variables on individual-level outcomes (Hofmann & Gavin, 1998).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary analysis results indicated that the multicollinearity assumption is verified by the correlation matrix and VIF, and the normality assumption is satisfied through QQ plots, as almost all points fall approximately along the reference line. Four CFA models showed measurement variance across country clusters, so that the results of the HLM should be interpreted carefully when the means across the clusters are compared.
Two-level linear models partitioned the variance in TPW that is associated with teacher-level and school-level variations. The results from unconditional models of TPW for each country cluster showed that variations between schools could explain variations in TPW ranging from 10.25% to 14.81%. Therefore, it seems that two-level models are appropriate. Building on the baseline model, adding principals’ DL functions as a random effect contributed to the explained variance of TPW ranging from  5% to 10%. The results from the random effect model indicated that each principal DL function is positively related to TPW, even though their significance varies across country clusters. For example, the organizational decision-making and developing people functions were found to be significant predictors of TPW in the Balkan countries cluster; only the managing instruction function of DL was found to be related to TPW in the Nordic countries cluster. This and many similar results of the present study can be explained by the cultural differences in terms of individualism/collectivism and power distance across country clusters.

References
Algan, E. K., & Ummanel, A. (2019). Toward sustainable schools: A mixed methods approach to investigating distributed leadership, organizational happiness, and quality of work life in preschools. Sustainability, 11(19), 5489.
Bates, D., Maechler, M., Bolker, B., Walker, S., Christensen, R. H., Singmann, H., & Dai, B. (2015). lme4: Linear mixed-effects models using Eigen and S4. R package version 1.1–7. 2014.
Baraldi, A.N. & Enders, C.K. (2013) Missing data methods, in T.D. Little (Ed) The Oxford handbook of quantitative methods in psychology (Vol. 2) 1–34.
Creemers, B. P., & Reezigt, G. J. (1996). School level conditions affecting the effectiveness of instruction. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 7(3), 197-228.
Day, C., Sammons, P., & Gorgen, K. (2020). Successful school leadership. Education Development Trust.
Duckworth, A. L., Quinn, P. D., & Seligman, M. E. (2009). Positive predictors of teacher effectiveness. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 4(6), 540-547.
Hofmann, D. A., & Gavin, M. B. 1998. Centering decisions in hierarchical linear models: Implications for research in organizations. Journal of Management, 24, 623-641.
Hofstede, G. (1984). Cultural dimensions in management and planning. Asia Pacific journal of management, 1, 81-99.
House, R. J., Dorfman, P. W., Javidan, M., Hanges, P. J., & De Luque, M. F. S. (2014). Strategic leadership across cultures: GLOBE study of CEO leadership behavior and effectiveness in 24 countries. Sage Publications.
Liu, Y. (2021). Distributed leadership practices and student science performance through the four-path model: examining failure in underprivileged schools. Journal of Educational Administration.
Liu, L., Liu, P., Yang, H., Yao, H., & Thien, L. M. (2022). The relationship between distributed leadership and teacher well-being: The mediating roles of organisational trust. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 17411432221113684. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432221113683
OECD. (2019). TALIS - The OECD teaching and learning international survey. https://www.oecd.org/education/talis/
Spillane, J. P. (2005). Distributed leadership. The Educational Forum, 69(2), 143–150. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131720508984678
Thien, L. M., & Lee, H. C. (2023). The effects of school culture dimensions on teacher well-being across under-enrolled and high-enrolment schools. Social Sciences & Humanities Open, 7(1), 100396.
Viac, C., & Fraser, P. (2020). Teachers’ well-being: A framework for data collection and analysis (OECD Education Working Papers No. 213; OECD Education Working Papers, Vol. 213). https://doi.org/10.1787/c36fc9d3-en
Yildirim, K. (2015). Testing the main determinants of teachers’ professional well-being by using a mixed method. Teacher Development, 19(1), 59-78.
 
9:00am - 10:30am27 SES 09 A: Philosophy and Ethics in Preschools and Elementary Schools
Location: James McCune Smith, 630 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Marita Cronqvist
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

"The Philosophy Bird Just Flies Differently, It's Made That Way." Mindplay- Conversation for Learning.

Jórunn Elídóttir1, Sólveig Zophoníasdóttir2

1University of Akureyri, Iceland; 2University of Akureyri, Iceland

Presenting Author: Elídóttir, Jórunn; Zophoníasdóttir, Sólveig

The paper is based on the research project "Mindplay- conversation for learning". The main research question was: how can teachers use dialogue methods with young children to enhance children’s interest and participation in dialogue? The main objective of the project was that teachers learned about different conversation methods to use with children, which could improve their ability and skills in using conversational practice in teaching. Secondly, to study the effect of these methods on daily practice and the children’s use of language in discussions as a tool for thinking collectively which might inspire them to use language effectively in everyday learning processes. The research project spanned two years and involved teachers, assistants, and children aged 2-5 years old. The project was a collaboration between one preschool and the University of Akureyri in Iceland.

The theoretical framework of the research is based on Philosophy for Children (P4C) and dialogue for learning. P4C is concerned with cognitive development in the context of shared inquiry through dialogue with philosophical topics. Research has shown that to develop language and conversation skills, young children need many different opportunities to talk and have conversations with peers and adults that enhance their skills in thinking, reasoning, communication, and collaboration. With the P4C approach, children explore and listen to stories which increases their curiosity and empowers them to participate in the dialogue. Furthermore, children’s literature is purposefully selected to contain “philosophical hooks” designed to inspire inquiry among children (Lipman, 1985; Mercer, 2000; Sapere, 2014; The Education Endowment Foundation, 2015).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Qualitative research design using focus group discussions  (Einarsdóttir, 2012; Lichtman, 2017)  was used, with groups of the children and teachers as well as written records made by the teachers about the children's participation in the lessons, their play, and dialogue. The results described in this paper report findings from the preschools at the end of the project. Dialogue workshops were held over a two-year period where teachers practiced dialogue with children, the researchers also visited the school to observe the activities in the classes. Children's books, for example, were used in the research project in various ways to enhance conversation and creative thinking among the children.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that the teachers and the children were, in general, happy with Mindplay. The teachers agreed that when they used dialogue teaching in the learning process, they noticed changes in the way the children interacted with others and how they used the language. They observed that the children showed more respect for one another’s opinions and used the spoken word to solve problems in the way they had learned in the lessons. The teachers argued that it was difficult to use conversation for learning with the youngest children, due to their lack of formal language skills, but they claimed that most of the children were able to take part in such lessons at the age of three. Conversation for learning is particularly important today in the global educational setting as the world faces many challenges, including digitalization in education, climate change, war, and increasing numbers of refugees. Conversation for learning encourages children to think critically, creatively, collaboratively, and caringly.
References
Einarsdóttir, J. (2012). Raddir barna í rannsóknum. RannUng & Háskólaútgáfan.
Lichtman, M. (2017). Qualitative research in education: A user´s guide.Sage.
Lipman, M. (1988). Philosophy goes to school. Philadelphia, Temple University Press.
Mercer, N. (2000). Words and minds: How we use language to think together. Routledge.
SAPERE. (2014). Society for the advancement of philosophical inquiry and reflection in education, https://www.sapere.org.uk/
The Education Endowment Foundation. (2015). Philosophy for children: Independent evaluation team, Durham university, https://educationendowmentfoundation.org.uk/uploads/pdf/Philosophy_for_Children.pdf


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Philosophising with Children: Using Images with Children Aged 5-6 Years to Foster Dialogues

Katrin Alt

University of Applied Science Hamburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Alt, Katrin

Philosophising with children in the form of implementing the Community of Inquiry (Matthews 1984) is a practice supporting democratic discourse (Weber 2013) and is increasingly used in schools such as preschools and daycare centers. Internationally this is often realised according to Lipman's concept. Content impulses for this are provided by short philosophical stories, such as "Harry Stottlemeier's discovery" (Lipman 2009).

In addition, picture books and picture cards are increasingly analysed for their potential for philosophising with children and are also used in practice. Still little use has been made of digital stimuli to initiate philosophical conversations. In October 2022, in a preliminary study with a group of 20 students, the first own digital picture impulses for philosophising with 5 to 6-year-olds were developed; these are small, animated films of 3-4 minutes. Due to current political developments, the content focused on the topics of friendship and enmity as well as peace and war. The aim of the development of these didactic miniatures was, on the one hand, that the students themselves could dive deeply into the content of the discussion of these topics and, on the other hand, that they could gain initial experience in philosophical discussion with children and reflect on this. In addition to the self-developed film, the students selected an analogue image stimulus, which they also integrated into the conversation, in order to also look at whether the type of medium (digital or analogue) has an influence on the quality of the conversation in the analysis of the conversations. In total, four films were developed and six interviews were conducted with the children.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The students were introduced to the possibilities of developing animated films and to the basics of philosophising with children by trained specialists in the form of two full-day workshops. In the following, the students developed their own animated films on a third day and selected an additional analogue image stimulus for each conversation. A conversation guide was developed in each case to implement films and picture stimulus with day-care children aged 5-6 years in the Picture Book and Learning Lab at HAW Hamburg in a total of six conversations with the children (November-December 2022). The conversations were video-recorded, transcribed, and qualitatively as well as quantitatively content-analysed (Kuckartz 2014) using the program MAXQDA.
Questions for the analysis of the conversations:
1) Which concepts of friendship and enmity as well as war and peace do the children name in the conversations?
2) What potential does the didactic linking of philosophising with children with digital media offer? (Comparison of the digital and the non-digital parts).
3. Can philosophising with children initiated by (animated) pictures contribute to the development of democratic skills?
Categories were formed deductively and inductively partly based on categories from Alt (2019).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the evaluation with MAXQDA will be available by February 2023 so that they can be presented at the conference. In a first review of the material, it became clear that children as young as 5-6 years old are able to enter into dialogue about the topic of friendship and enmity in a differentiated way. They named various aspects that are important to them, such as experiencing friendship as a community, mutual support, common interests, and even physical appearance was named as a criterion for choosing a friend. The topic of war and peace was still very abstract for the participating children, but initial results are available here as well. The use of digital or non-digital picture stimuli does not seem to have any effect on the quality of the children's contributions to the conversation, according to an initial review of the material in this small sample. The conversational guidance with the philosophical question impulses used by them represented a decisive influencing factor, as can be shown on the basis of the evaluation of the questions asked. The children showed democratic skills on different levels. On the one hand, it is clear from the dialog itself that the participating children have already learned basic rules of conversation and, on the other hand, that they are already able to argue. Here, too, it becomes clear that the leadership of the conversation has a great influence on whether a discursive space can unfold. Overall, philosophical conversation implemented in the form of the Community of Inquiry offers potential for the acquisition and practice of important competencies for the democratic community. The prerequisites for success will then be presented in more detail in this paper.
References
Alt, Katrin (2019): Sprachbildung im philosophischen Gespräch mit Kindern. Opladen: Budrich Verlag.
Lipman, Matthew (2009): Harry Stottlemeiers Entdeckung. Sankt Augustin: Academia Verlag
Kuckartz, Udo (2014): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung.
2. Auflage. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa.
Matthews, Gareth (1984): Dialogues with children. London: Harvard University Press.
Weber, Barbara (2013): Philosophieren mit Kindern zum Thema Menschenrechte. Vernunft und Mitgefühl als Grundvoraussetzungen einer demokratischen Dialogkultur. München/Freiburg: Verlag Karl Alber


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

A Professional Ethical Stance; to Guide the Children About Right and Wrong

Marita Cronqvist

University of Borås, Sweden

Presenting Author: Cronqvist, Marita

The moral dimension of teaching is ever-present and as part of teachers' professional ethical approach, it often remains unspoken and thus elusive. In addition, the ambiguity is increased by the fact that ethics in teaching practice is perceived in many ways (Cliffe & Solvason, 2022). Perceptions of right and wrong quickly become problematic and teachers rather need to deal with ethics as a matter with lots of shades of gray (Cliffe & Solvason, 2022). Apart from the fact that ethics has many nuances, it is also unclear what the teacher's ethical responsibilities include. Studies show how teachers experience a tension between taking responsibility for the children based on knowledge goals and taking care of them morally (Jepson Wigg, 2021; Walls, 2022). Another difficulty in teachers’ professional ethics is that various demands from students (Tielman et al., 2022) or parents might cause value-based tensions and external regulations might cause moral distress (Ribers, 2018). Actually, Dahl (2017) questions cooperation with parents because they sometimes undermine teachers' ability to take ethical responsibility for students.

A value-neutral teaching is challenged by the fact that teachers must guide the children to a democratic approach in practice (Castner et al., 2017) and speak for humanity (Chen et al., 2017). Teachers' embodiment of democratic approach is favoured over a neoliberal accountability (Castner et al., 2017). Thus, the teachers' moral endeavour in teaching is subject to many different interests that require taking a stand, but it is unclear how this happens. The complexity and the fact that ethics in teaching often remains a tacit knowledge and a hidden agenda (Baker-Doyle et al., 2018) for teachers’ actions in ethical dilemmas (Chen et al., 2017) justifies a study aiming to contribute with more knowledge about how teachers in preschool and Elementary school perceive ethics when they encounter children in teaching. The research questions are:

  1. What characterizes the teachers’ ethical responsibility?
  2. How is ethical responsibility expressed in teaching?

Within the research field, studies show that teachers' perceived responsibility for the children in teaching relates to expressed ethical codes in several ways. French-Lee and Dooley (2015) identified that teachers in preschool developed their moral reasoning in relation to a current ethical code through collegial discussion about ethical dilemmas. Another way of relating to codes is to depart from them when caring for the children requires it (Fenech & Lotz, 2018). Social justice is according to Fenech and Lotz (2018) the main guiding light for early childhood teachers' ethical responsibility and takes precedence over formulations in ethical codes. The attention to ethical codes in research has its origins in the importance of professional ethics as a basis for the teaching profession's status as a profession (Kuusisto & Tirri, 2021). In a Swedish context, the teachers’ unions have formulated an ethical code but it is quite unknown to most teachers. The code has been criticized in research for several reasons (Cronqvist, 2020), among other things for not being based on research and conflation of concrete and abstract levels. Ethics is often related to religious beliefs and this relationship could cause teachers in a distinctly secularized country like Sweden to differ in their view of the importance of religion, but at the same time, the research field clearly shows that more knowledge about how teachers understand their ethical responsibility in meeting children in teaching is an international affair. The lack of knowledge about teachers' professional identity and actions in relation to the ethical dimension of teaching is a common international problem.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is phenomenological and inspired by Reflective Lifeworld Research (RLR), an epistemological approach that strives to find the essential meanings of the specific phenomenon, despite variations in the empirical data (Dahlberg et al., 2008). The meaning of the phenomenon is sought through the lived experiences of the participants. The current phenomenon is ethics and morals in the meeting with children in teaching.
Participants and data collection:
Nine teachers in preschool and Elementary school have been interviewed and recorded via zoom about their experiences of the phenomenon. One participant was male, the rest females. They were all experienced, but the number of years, age, subjects and student groups varied. During the interview, the participants talked freely about their experiences and the researcher's task was to constantly direct the conversation towards the phenomenon. Follow-up questions were used to make sure that solid explanations and examples were obtained.
Analysis:
The analysis is carried out over a long period and in several steps, as reflection, openness and “bridling” one's own preconceptions characterize the process. This means that the process is carried out based on self-awareness on the part of the researcher to ensure that the analysis is elaborated and critically reviewed in all parts. The first step is to read data several times and to mark meaningful units. It could be words, sentences or whole sections. Then, different patterns are elaborated, trying to find out what is overarching, what is subordinate and how different boundaries can be made in the pattern. The third step means to formulate an abstract essence of the phenomenon that shows how different parts of the whole relate to each other. Through all steps of the analysis, there is a constant movement between the whole and the parts.  The essential meanings capture the phenomenon’s “style of being” (Dahlberg, 2006, p.18) in spite of all variations. In the presentation of the results, the abstract overall picture of the studied phenomenon is supplemented with variations and concrete examples.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The essential meaning of the phenomenon of ethics and morality in the meeting with children in education is constituted by the following elements of meaning: 1. Guidance of the children 2. Relationship building 3. Safe and respectful learning environment 4. Cooperation. A more detailed description is given through the abstract overview essence of what, despite all variations, is relatively stable: The teachers’ main ethical responsibility is to guide the children by offering them different perspectives, different understandings of what is right and wrong, and understandings of what responsibility means. They are guided in two ways. The first way is through discussions on various issues with them and by reprimanding them and handling conflicts between them. The second way to guide the children is through the teacher acting as a role model for them. For guidance to work, it must include relationship work and the shaping of a safe learning environment. The relationship work involves getting to know and understanding the individual child without preconceived notions and setting a limit for the private. The learning environment must be designed in a way that enable children to participate and must be characterized by clear communication and openness. Differences among the children must be acknowledged. The ethical and moral aspect of the teacher's meeting with the children is shaped in relation to the surrounding society, governing documents, guardians and colleagues. Values and attitudes expressed in the children’s environment influence how they express themselves in teaching. Cooperation with both guardians and colleagues is described and sought, but can be problematic and lead to dilemmas. The teachers must manage different viewpoints within these groups.
References
Baker-Doyle, K., Hunt, M., & Whitfield, L. C. (2018). Learning to fall forward: A study of teacher courage, equity, and freedom in the connected learning classroom. International Journal of Information and Learning Technology, 35(5), 310-328. doi:https://doi.org/10.1108/IJILT-05-2018-0053
Castner, D. J., Schneider, J. L., & Henderson, J. G. (2017). An ethic of democratic, curriculum-based teacher leadership. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 16(2), 328-356.
Chen, X., Wei, G., & Jiang, S. (2017). The ethical dimension of teacher practical knowledge: A narrative inquiry into chinese teachers' thinking and actions in dilemmatic spaces. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 49(4), 518-541. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2016.1263895
Cliffe, J., & Solvason, C. (2022). The messiness of ethics in education. Journal of Academic Ethics, 20(1), 101-117. doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/s10805-021-09402-8
Cronqvist, M. (2020). Yrkesetik i lärarutbildning – essensens betydelse. Educare - Vetenskapliga Skrifter, (2), 23-40. https://doi.org/10.24834/educare.2021.2.2
Dahl, K. K. B. (2017). Too much parental cooperation? parent-teacher cooperation and how it influences professional responsibility among danish schoolteachers. Power and Education, 9(3), 177-191. doi:https://doi.org/10.1177/1757743817737562
Dahlberg, K. (2006). The essence of essences – the search for meaning structures in phenomenological analysis of lifeworld phenomenon. International Journal of Qualitative Studies on Health and Well-being, (1), 11-19.
Dahlberg, K., Dahlberg, H. & Nyström, M. (2008). Reflective lifeworld research (2nd ed.) Lund: Studentlitteratur.
Fenech, M., & Lotz, M. (2018). Systems advocacy in the professional practice of early childhood teachers: From the antithetical to the ethical. Early Years: An International Journal of Research and Development, 38(1), 19-34. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/09575146.2016.1209739
French-Lee, S., & Dooley, C. M. (2015). An exploratory qualitative study of ethical beliefs among early childhood teachers. Early Childhood Education Journal, 43(5), 377-384. doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-014-0659-0
Jepson Wigg, U. (2021). 'I see it as a privilege to get to know them'. moral dimensions in teachers' work with unaccompanied refugee students in swedish upper secondary school. Ethics and Education, 16(3), 307-320. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/17449642.2021.1927345
Kuusisto, E., & Tirri, K. (2021). The challenge of educating purposeful teachers in finland. Education Sciences, 11  
Ribers, B. (2018). The plight to dissent: Professional integrity and ethical perception in the institutional care work of early childhood educators. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 26(6), 893-908. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2018.1533707
Tielman, K., Wesselink, R., & den Brok, P. (2022). Tensions experienced by teachers of dutch culturally diverse senior secondary vocational education and training: An exploratory study. International Journal of Training and Development, 26(1), 102-119. doi:https://doi.org/10.1111/ijtd.12238
Walls, J. (2022). Performativity and caring in education: Toward an ethic of reimagination. Journal of School Leadership, 32(3), 289-314. doi:https://doi.org/10.1177/1052684620972065
 
9:00am - 10:30am27 SES 09 B: Teachers' and Students' Competencies and Beliefs
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Marte Blikstad-Balas
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Teachers’ Responses to Students’ Initiatives in Between-Desk Encounters in EFL Project Work

Marwa Amri

Mälardalen University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Amri, Marwa

With the advancement of Communicative Language Teaching (CLT), many European countries quickly jumped onto the bandwagon of communicative language teaching approaches (Carlgren et al., 2006), thereby embracing a massive movement for reform of second language teaching from traditional, teacher-centered, and decontextualized teaching to the so-called student-centered approaches, notably task- and project-based language teaching. These approaches are motivated by the belief that, for second language acquisition to be possible, the target language should be used in ways reminiscent of the kinds of communication taking place in natural environments. The attempt to eschew traditional teaching approaches and methods was further enhanced by the rapid societal changes and the need to create an education that takes as its starting point students' needs and interests and is capable of equipping them with the knowledge and skills necessary for late-modern society (Säljö et al., 2011). To this end, learning a second language while doing projects has become a prominent staple in language education in recent years. Using project work, teachers aim to engage their students over an extended period of time in an active and interactive pursuit of knowledge while focusing on real-life issues, which enables them to use the language communicatively in authentic contexts to eventually accomplish a final product that may be in the form of presentation, debates, posters, written essays, etc.

Not only has project work transformed the topics and tasks into more authentic ones, but it has also modified the teacher's role in coordinating the project process. While the focus on teaching the language remains prime, much of the teacher talk in project work is devoted to helping students with the logistics of their work (Legutke & Thomas, 1991). Furthermore, since project work involves different constellations of students searching for knowledge and building up their project ideas, a great deal of classroom talk, including teacher instructions, happens at their desks. Therefore, constant visits to the students’ desks to supervise the students’ work, answer their questions and monitor their progress become a prerequisite for the accomplishment of the project tasks. This format of teaching constitutes a departure from traditional teaching and requires more demanding input from the teacher. Despite this rather substantial change in the teacher's role, there are barely any available studies that zero in on how teachers manage the project process that is mediated via a great deal of small group work and between-desk instructions (Amri & Sert, 2022). Surely, most teachers working with projects rely primarily on their common sense and experience repertoire to coordinate the process. Still, crucially, as researchers, we should contribute to an informed understanding of teaching strategies and practices that are consequential for accomplishing language projects. Based on this overarching aim, I intend to offer an understanding of – what is, in many ways, lacking from studies on second-language classrooms – teachers' responding strategies to students' initiatives. Therefore, I ask the following research question:

How do teachers respond to students' initiatives in the context of project-based instruction?

Given the lack of studies on teachers' strategies in answering students' questions in the context of project-based instruction, I attempt to use a qualitative approach that is based on the methodological tools of multimodal conversation analysis (henceforth MCA, Kääntä & Kasper, 2018; Mondada, 2018). MCA provides a fine-tuned interactional analysis of participants' turns-at-talk in order to shed light on the social co-construction of these interactions that is part and parcel of the entire social encounter. Such research is essential as more innovative teaching approaches that can cope with the rapidly changing societal and educational needs should be empirically investigated to help us pinpoint pedagogical practices that are consequential for language learning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data used for this study, a total of 32 hours, were collected in two upper-secondary-level English as a Foreign Language (EFL) classes in Sweden that were audio- and videotaped using three high-definition cameras and multiple audio recorders. The two classes were taught by two experienced English language teachers and were both made up of 25 students whose ages ranged from 17 to 18 years. Using two different datasets emanating from two classes involving two different teachers, students, and projects is strategic to avoid creating categories of interactional trajectories of some strategies that are largely idiosyncratic to a single teacher. In other words, the categorization of the teachers' response strategies should depict the emergent responding strategies that are most frequently used by language teachers while working within this approach. In the first classroom (collected Oct/Nov 2019), the students were engaged in project work about 'Sports'. The main objective of this project is to gather information from various audiovisual sources on three perspectives of sports (Sports as a Role Model for Society, Gender Pay Gap, and Kids Dropping out of Sports), which will be presented in the form of formal discussions at the end of the project. The second project (collected Sep/Oct 2022) concerns 'Democracy' and targets several topics related to citizens' rights and responsibilities, political propaganda, political elections, and dictatorships. Consents from the teachers and students had been gathered prior to data collection and GDPR rules, as well as ethical research guidelines of the Swedish Research Council (2017), had strictly been followed. Participation was voluntary and the participants were informed that they could withdraw from the study at any time.

Stressing the central role of talk in organizing teaching and learning in the classroom, I use the theoretical and methodological framework of MCA to investigate how "daily activities in classrooms are produced as such in the first place, rather than having these 'in place' and then theorizing them" (Hester & Francis, 2000, p. 1). MCA enables us to understand teachers' strategies in answering students' initiatives in between-desk encounters, based on turn-by-turn analysis of their talk-in-interaction, taking the participants' own perspective in organizing these interactional encounters while paying close attention to micro-level interactional details, including suprasegmentals and embodied conduct. Furthermore, the use of this qualitative approach is driven by the theoretical belief that, in order to understand how people organize their social experiences, researchers should investigate the kinds of practical activities that people achieve while engaging in social interaction.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As mentioned above, project work is characterized by a great deal of group work where students, either in dyads or in larger groups, engage in researching a topic for the purpose of accomplishing a final product of some sort. Therefore, much of classroom talk happens between desks, thereby breaking from the “traditional” teacher-fronted approach. While students are collaboratively working on several tasks, the teacher is constantly visiting their desks to perform multiple actions, one of which is to answer their initiatives. A preliminary analysis of the students’ initiatives in the present dataset yielded the following categories:

- requests for clarifications or explanations of instructions matters (e.g., task procedures or instructional issues)
- questions on problem words or phrases located in source readings or in the teacher's guiding materials
- requests for new information

Since these initiatives are different in terms of content and the types of information needed by students, the teachers’ responding strategies vary accordingly. For instance, both teachers predominantly used direct responses when the students asked about grammatical/lexical items. In some instances, they used a counter-question strategy (i.e., responding with a question to a question, see Markee, 2004) when they wanted to locate the items in the source readings or in the guiding materials. On the other hand, when the students requested their teachers’ opinions on their work or their perspectives on their ongoing discussions of some issues of direct relevance to them, both teachers mostly responded with a counter-question turn constructed to direct the students to a specific answer or to allow them to notice their own thinking. While these are still preliminary results, the growing collection of the teachers’ responses is promising and shows clear patterns in relation to the students’ initiatives but also in accordance with the overall goals of the application of the project approach.

References
Amri, M. & Sert, O. (2022). Establishing Understanding During Student-Initiated Between-Desk Instructions in Project Work. Cambridge Journal of Education. 52(6), 667-689 https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2022.2047890

Carlgren, I., Klette, K., Mýrdal, S., Schnack, K., & Simola, H. (2006). Changes in Nordic teaching practices: From individualized teaching to the teaching of individuals. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 50(3), 301- 326.

Hester, S., & Francis, D. (2000). Ethnomethodology and local educational order. In S. Hester & D. Francis (Eds.), Local educational order: ethnomethodological studies of knowledge in action (pp. 1-17). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Kääntä, L. & Kasper, G. (2018). Clarification requests as a method of pursuing understanding in CLIL physics lectures. Classroom Discourse, 9(3), 205–226. https://doi.org/10.1080/19463014.2018.1477608

Legutke, M., & Thomas, H. (1991). Process and experience in the language classroom. Longman.

Markee. (2004). Zones of Interactional Transition in ESL Classes. The Modern Language Journal (Boulder, Colo.), 88(4), 583–596. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.0026-7902.2004.t01-20-.x

Mondada, L. (2018). Practices for Showing, Looking, and Videorecord-ing: The Interactional Establishment of a Common Focus of Attention. In E. Reber & C. Gerhardt (Eds.), Embodied Activities in Face-to-face and Mediated Settings (pp. 63–104). Springer International Publishing.

Säljö, R., Jakobsson, A., Lilja, P., Mäkitalo, Å., & Åberg, M. (2011). Att förädla information till kunskap: lärande och klassrumsarbete i mediesamhället [Refining Information into Knowledge: Learning and Classroom Work in the Media Society]. Stockholm: Nordstedts.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Conscious Return to the Learning While Teaching Primary School Students the Native Language

Rasa Kulevičienė1, Liudmila Rupsienė2

1Klaipėdos valstybinė kolegija / Higher Education Institution, Lithuania; 2Klaipeda University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Kulevičienė, Rasa; Rupsienė, Liudmila

The presentation focuses on conscious return to the learning for primary school students during lessons of the native language. Conscious return to the learning is the essence of the ability to reflect on the learning. This is the process when a teacher encourages school students to consider what happened during the lesson, what they succeeded to learn, what was interesting or, on the contrary, what was boring, what were the feelings and emotions, what was successfully completed, what required more efforts, what was the value of the learnt matters, where will the acquired knowledge be applied and the like. Recent scientific research (Ebert, 2015; Zuckerman, 2018, Kazlauskienė, Gaučaitė, 2018; Papleontiou-Louca, 2019; Vrikki, Wheatley et al., 2019; Branigan, Donaldson, 2020; Jakavonytė-Staškuvienė, 2021 etc.) underlines conscious return of primary school students to the learning and reflective speaking and writing about it during lessons of the native language, which improves the understanding of the situation of learning (strengths and weaknesses), the ability to discover problems in the learning and to solve them, to consider autonomy, motivation, self-directedness, cognitive capacity etc. International European documents on education (recommendations of the European Council on general skills for lifelong learning, “Dėl bendrųjų mokymosi visą gyvenimą gebėjimų”, 2018 etc.) point out reflection on one’s behaviour, emotions while learning as one of general skills for lifelong learning because it provides opportunities for school students to effectively manage their time, information, to constructively learn individually and in group. On the ground of classical, fundamental scholarly theories (Dewey, 1933; Piaget, 1977; Flavell, 1979 etc.) as well as recent research (Klimovič, Liptakova, 2017; Perez, Herreo-Nivela, Losada, 2019; Jakavonytė-Staškuvienė, 2021), the best time for that is exactly the stage of primary forms.

Back in the twentieth century, L. S. Vygotsky (1978) and J. H. Flavell (1995) were discussing about significance of the language in processes of conscious return of children (at age from 5 to 10 years) to the learning. The language is underlined in this process because a poorly developed skill of reflection and still weak linguistic abilities are obstacles for children to express their thoughts of how they consider the learning. Still, thoughts that occur when reflecting should not remain in the children’s heads but rather be shared with a teacher and peers. Therefore, primary school students being enabled to reflect on the learning at the very beginning should expand their vocabulary by the concepts such as to know, to think, to believe, to guess, to remember (Larkin, 2009). While learning to read and write as well as how to reflect on it, children should start expressing their thoughts in a language that is characteristic to this process, but also to perceive the very reflexive thought, which is still complicated in such early age (Flavell, Green, Flavell, 1995).

The review of research works allows stating that enablement of primary school students to reflect on learning is needed and useful, guidelines for carrying this out are indicated. However, there is lack of systematic research based on empirical data that would clearly reveal what teachers specifically do while enabling students to reflect on learning, what instruments are used to support this process. There is lack of such systematic research in Lithuania, too. Thus, the research question is raised: how does primary school students’ conscious return to the learning during lessons of native language proceed?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology

The research employed the constructivist grounded theory by K. Charmaz (2006). A researcher is not treated as an independent and objective observer; on the contrary, one is viewed as a participant of the research process being constructed (ibid). The researcher is not tabula rasa, and while interpreting the data one grounds on obtained knowledge and experience, relationships with research participants and other sources of information (ibid).
The paper presents partial results of the research that was conducted in 2020–2022. The focus of the presentation is put on narratives of primary form teachers (n=15) talking about how they consciously turn primary school students back to the learning during lessons of the native language. According to the methodology of the constructivist GT, the sampling of the surveyed “reacts” to initial data, cannot be finally defined or set before starting the research (Charmaz, 2006). By applying a snowball method, first, interviews were conducted with 7 teaches, and later, by applying the method of theoretical sampling, interviews with additional 8 primary form teaches were conducted.  
The research data was analysed by applying the methods proposed by K. Charmaz. First, the initial data coding was performed. The analysis was carried out following the logic: when reading an interview, initial codes were written sentence by sentence. In such a way, comparing the initial codes, we came up to an understanding of what data needs to be “observed”. During the focused coding, singling out of the most significant and/ or the most frequently repeated initial codes took place when classifying them into sub-categories and later into categories (Charmaz, 2006). Finally, during theoretical coding, the focused codes were repeatedly re-considered seeking to achieve a higher conceptual level. Theoretical codes are the most abstract. This is a stage when features (i.e. characteristics) of the theoretical categories are being saturated, while the researcher is provided with an opportunity to specify final categories of the theory and relate them with each other (ibid). Thus, this was the stage when it became clear that planned and reactive processes happen during primary school students’ conscious return to the learning during lessons of the native language. It should be noted that during an entire process of collection and analysis of the data, textual and graphic memos were being made and used as tools providing additional analytical opportunities (ibid).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
When analysing the data, it was revealed that conscious return to the learning can proceed in a planned manner (according to a teacher’s plan) or reactively (when reacting here and now to what is happening during the lesson), when specific instruments are used, students are given time in terms of various aspects (cognitive activity, sensual and emotional, making decisions on a problem of learning etc.) when considering the learning through reflective talking about and/ or writing. When dealing with the planning of conscious return of primary school students to the learning during lessons of the Lithuanian language, it was found that this is done by teachers in different ways. They can plan this for almost every lesson of the native language because they suppose that by being episodically planned and implemented this process will not be as beneficial as expected. However, there are teachers who consciously return school students to the leaning during these lessons when a new topic starts, after a cycle of 2–3 lessons on the same topic, at the end of a unit on that topic because usually various individual assignments, group work are arranged at around that time, new topics start and the like. Conscious return to the learning can proceed reactively, when a teacher reacts to the learning taking place during a lesson of the native language, when students’ behaviour, emotions, mistakes become obstacles for students to seek the set goals of that lesson. Further, it is worth conducting the research on the factors influencing teachers’ decisions to consciously return school students to the learning, stimulating their motivation to proceed with it or not.  


References
Branigan, H. E., Donaldson, D. I. (2020). Teachers matter for metacogni-
tion: Facilitating metacognition in the primary school through teacher-pupil
interactions. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 38(2). Accessed at www.
sciencedirect.com.
Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing Grounded Theory. A Practical Guide
Through Qualitative Analysis. London: Sage Publications.
Dewey, J. (1933). How We Think A Restatement of the Relation of Reflective
Thinking to the Educative Process. Boston: D. C. Heath & Co Publishers.
Ebert, S. (2015). Longitudinal Relations Between Theory of Mind and Metacognition and the Impact of Language. Journal of cognition and development, 16(4), 559–586.
Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos rekomendacija dėl bendrųjų mokymosi visą
gyvenimą gebėjimų. (2018). Accessed at https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-
content/LT/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32018H0604(01)&from=GA. Accessed on 02.04.2022.
Flavell, J. H. (1979). Metacognition and Cognitive Monitoring: A New Area
of Cognitive Developmental Inquiry. American Psychologist Association,
34(10), 906–911.
Flavell, J. H., Green, F. L., Flavell, E. R. (1995). Young children‘s knowledge
about thinking. Accessed at https://doi.org/10.2307/1166124. Accessed on 19.06.2021.
Klimovič, M., Kresila, J., Liptáková, L. (2017). Factual text comprehension tasks as a tool for stimulating executive functions in 9-to 10-year-old children. Studies in Language and Literature, 17, 1–22.
Louca-Papaleontiou, E. (2019). Do children know what they know? Metacognitive awareness in preschool children. New Ideas in Psychology, 54, 56–62.
Perez, E. E., Herrero-Nivela, M. L., Losada, J. L. (2019). Association Between Preschoolers’ Specific Fine (But Not Gross) Motor Skills and Later Academic Competencies: Educational Implications. Accessed at https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.01044/full.
Piaget, J. (1977). Recherches sur l‘abstraction réfléchissante. Paris: PUF.
Sabnani, R.L., Renandya, W.A. (2019). A comprehensive approach to developing L2 speaking competence. ELTAR-J, 1(1), 16-25.
Vrikki, M., Wheatley, L., Howe, C., Hennessy, S., Mercer, N. (2019). Dialogic practices in primary school classrooms. Language and education, 33(1), 85–10.
Zuckerman, G. A. (2018). I Know What I Do Not Know: Toward the Reflective Elementary Classroom. Journal of Cognitive Education and Psychology, 17(3), 260–277.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society the development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Reading challenge in Professional Bachelor's degree programs

Unni Lind, Jakob Matthiesen, Rikke Stauning Klestrup, Ramanen Balasubramaniam, Anne-Marie Navntoft, Sanne Lehmann

University College Copenhagen, Denmark

Presenting Author: Lind, Unni; Matthiesen, Jakob

University Colleges in Denmark provide education to a wide range of professions from basic education to continuing education. The Professional Bachelor's degree program is a 31/2-4 years medium-length higher education. This study takes place at the Faculty of Education and Social Sciences and includes four professional bachelor's degree programs: Pedagogy; Social worker, Administration and Disaster & Risk.

Students at University Colleges in Denmark has different educational experiences. Almost half of the students is from families where the parents do not have a higher education, and one in five students have primary and secondary school or vocational school as their highest completed education (Danske Professionshøjskoler 2022). In addition, over the past twenty years, there has been a significant increase in the admission of students in higher education. In professional bachelor's degree programs, there has been an increased admission of 45%. This has lead to a change in student composition. In 2009, students with the 25% lowest grades from primary and secondary school was 10% but in 2019 it was 20%. Students with the 25% lowest grades from high school have risen to 31%, and students from low-income homes and educationally alien homes have risen to 27% in 2019 (Falkencrone et al. 2022:17). In addition to this young people and adults' desire to read is declining (Hansen et al. 2021) and "Respondents, where one or possibly both parents have a long higher education, have better reading skills than respondents where both parents have an education at primary and secondary school level" (Rosendahl et al. 2013:31). This has given rise to a study of newly started bachelor students reading skills at the Faculty of Education and Social Sciences at Copenhagen University College. The study includes reading screenings and qualitative interviews.

Screening of the students’ reading skills at the start of their study shows that 75% of the students are untrained and weak readers. Only 25% can be described as safe and experienced readers. Whereas 60% of the students can benefit from training: reading speed, reading comprehension, and written language elements. Some students in this group read so insecurely that it affects reading comprehension and speed. This means that they probably will experience problems and challenges with large reading volumes. Finally, 15% read, but with big challenges. This group has a limited vocabulary and a lack of basic knowledge of e.g. grammar, spelling rules.

The qualitative interviews identify the students' reading strategies and first experiences with the study. The untrained and weak reader seems to be particularly challenged at the beginning of the study. Furthermore the students are preoccupied with efficiency in their study. The students' reading strategy, use of reading questions and perception of what they read, is about minimizing time and quickly get the points in the texts. They explains it by referring to the amount of reading material and a time pressure in the study and to obligations in their everyday lives. The students emphasis reading approaches, teaching and texts that quickly present the professional points, and that are be easy to read. Text reading emerges primarily as a means of quickly acquiring, what they think, is relevant skills. Finally help to the study is sought from family, girlfriend or friends, while no one mentions the possibility of seeking help from fellow students or teachers. They emphasize that a good teacher is structured and clear in his messages, but at the same time they point out that the teachers fail to include their prerequisites in the organization and implementation of the teaching.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The purpose of the Study is to provide input to the Faculty of Education and Social Sciences, regarding development of education and training that can support the students' study skills and differentiated teaching.  In the Study, the following two survey questions were formulated: What are the reading skills of the students when they start studying? And what are the students first experience of the educational reading requirements and what are their reading coping strategies?   Methodologically, the study is organized as a Mixed Methods study (Creswell 2012). That included screenings and interviews.  All students in the first semester were offered to participate. Participation was voluntary and all participants was thoroughly informed about the study and were asked for a written consent. This allowed us to combine data from their admission to the study, with data from the screenings. Interviews were conducted on basis of dialog with interested students, who were in the screened classes. All data is treated confidentially and anonymized.
The Quantitative Research part consisted of reading screening of 1979 students out of a population of 4400.  These data were subsequently statically analyzed with admission data, such as admission basis, age and years since graduation. In the period 2021-2022, students in three admissions have been offered reading screening. The Reading Test for Adults 2 were used. This is an official reading test developed and approved by the Ministry of Children and Education  (Undervisningsministeriet 2018). It is based on the following reading model: Reading comprehension = decoding x Language comprehension.  The test consists of three subtests: Text reading (reading comprehension), Vocabulary and Word reading (decoding).  The intention of the test is to give insight to the adult's general reading level (text reading). It operates with five steps, in the study these are divided into three color categories: Red: Reading, but with very big challenges (reading course levels 1-2); Yellow: uncertain reader (reading course levels 3-4); Green: confident in reading and writing.  The Qualitative Research part consisted of 22 qualitative one hour individual interviews (Brinkmann 2013). The 22 students were from the four professional programs. The interviews were based on an interview guide, which included themes on previous study and reading experiences of the students, the students experience with text reading in preparation for lectures, their considerations regarding teaching, their reading strategies, reading motivation and how they are supported in their reading efforts by working in study groups and through personal networks.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The quantitative part of the study shows that the professional bachelor's degree programs: Pedagogy; Social worker, Administration and Disaster and Risk, are admitting a large group of students who can be described as untrained and weak readers.  75% are characterized by being uncertain and challenged readers. They have problems with reading comprehension, speed, limited vocabulary, etc. The interviews show that the students reading strategies and study experiences is not matched by their reading challenges when entering the program. Reading is regarded as a means of obtaining useful knowledge quickly. Efficiency is central in the students understanding of reading, and it can be understood as an instrumental response to both internal and external demands (Rosa 2014). The students are concerned with minimizing the use of time, quickly finding the academic points in the text, and that texts are clear and easily communicated. Reading is not seen as having other qualities than a means of quickly acquiring relevant skills. This interacts with other approaches, such as frequent testing, unclear test and requirement formulations, a large fragmentation of themes (Matthiesen, 2021).
University Colleges in Denmark admit a larger group of students with weak study prerequisites than earlier. This means that The Professional Bachelor's degree programs have a greater task in helping these students into in education, and supporting students with weak study prerequisites. However, the interviews point out that the programs is challenged. Involving the students' prerequisites in the teaching and organization of the teaching is a complex didactic challenge. It requires development and initiatives aimed at both the students and the teachers. The presentation sets the stage for a discussion on how to meet and teach this student group.  How do we deal whit a differentiated student group, which is characterized by being untrained and weak readers as a general problem.

References
Brinkmann, S. (2013): Qualitative interviewing, Understanding Qualitative research, Oxford university Press
Creswell , J. (2012). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4thed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Education.
Falkencrone, S.; Jørgensen, M. F.; Eilinberg, I. Ø.; Kristensen, K., B. B.; Jensen, N., K. (2022): Et uddannelseslandskab i forandring, Tænketanken Dea
Hansen, S. R., Hansen T. I. og Pettersson M. (2021): Børn og unges læsning, Akademisk forlag
Matthiesen, J. (2021): Undersøgelse af læsemængder for nystartede pædagogstuderende på to studiehold i efteråret 2021 over en periode på 5 uger.
Rosa, H. (2014). Fremmedgørelse og acceleration. København: Gyldendal.
Rosendahl, A., Friberg, T., Jakobsen, V. og Jørgensen M. (2013): Færdigheder i læsning, regning og problemløsning med IT i Danmark, SFI, 13:28; 31
Undervisningsministeriet (2018): Vejledning til vejledende Læsetest for Voksne 2 (VLV-2), file:///C:/Users/Unni/Downloads/190408-Vejledning-til-laesetest-ua%20(1).pdf


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

L1 and Translation Use in EFL Classrooms: A Quantitative Survey on Teachers’ Attitudes in Kazakhstani Secondary Schools

Aidana Smagul

Eötvös Loránd University (ELTE), Hungary

Presenting Author: Smagul, Aidana

The role of learners’ first language (L1) and translation have always been a hotly debated issue in the history of English Language Teaching (ELT). However, this ongoing debate mostly takes place in academic circles rather than in classrooms (Topolska-Pado, 2010). As contemporary language teaching is dominated by the communicative method, English as a foreign language (EFL) teachers still consider that English is best taught and learned without the use of learners’ L1, i.e., teachers are undoubtedly influenced by this monolingual view. As a result, many teachers are believed to disclaim the use of L1 and translation in their classes, in fear of receiving criticism or feeling guilty (Butzkamm & Caldwell, 2009; Macaro, 1997; Littlewood & Yu, 2011). In addition, there is an increasing recognition that theoretical statements of teachers do not necessarily reflect the actual teaching practices in the classroom (Artar, 2017). This conflict between theoretical statements and teaching practice shows the need to investigate the actual attitudes towards L1 and translation use in EFL classrooms.

A number of recent studies within ELT have investigated the use of L1 and translation in the classroom (Yavuz, 2012) and teachers’ attitudes towards it in different contexts, EU-wide and globally (Artar, 2017; Hall & G. Cook, 2013; Pym et al., 2013). The findings reveal widespread use of L1 and translation in EFL classrooms and a positive rather than negative attitude towards it. In the Kazakhstan context, there is an insufficient number of publications devoted to the use of learners’ L1 and translation in the EFL classroom (Sulkarnayeva, 2017). As preliminary literature review has so far shown, there are a few qualitative studies exploring teachers’ attitudes towards the modern practice of translanguaging which allows the use of several languages in a classroom (e.g., Akhmetova, 2021; Kuandykov, 2021; Tastanbek, 2019). The results of these qualitative studies, with a maximum of ten participants, have shown that EFL teachers mainly hold English-only beliefs in the context of Kazakhstan, meaning that they prefer using the target language more than their learners’ first language (Kuandykov, 2021). However, this is only true for higher education teachers. There is a substantial gap in understanding the overall attitudes of teachers in Kazakhstani secondary schools as well as factors influencing their attitudes.

In view of the above, this study aims to investigate Kazakhstani secondary school EFL teachers’ overall attitudes towards L1 and translation use in the EFL classroom, and examine the factors which influence their self-reported attitudes. The research questions are as follows:

RQ1. What attitudes do Kazakhstani secondary school EFL teachers hold towards some of the key arguments about the use of L1 and translation in language teaching?

RQ2. In which cases and for what purposes do Kazakhstani secondary school EFL teachers consider it appropriate to use L1 and translation in EFL classroom?

RQ3. What are the factors which influence Kazakhstani secondary school EFL teachers’ choice between using or avoiding L1 and translation in the classroom?

RQ4. How are Kazakhstani secondary school EFL teachers’ self-reported attitudes towards L1 and translation use affected by background variables such as experience, school type, qualification, the language proficiency of both teachers and their learners?

The quantitative survey research was chosen after having reviewed the research methods used in previous studies on similar topics. Since most research about attitudes towards L1 and translation use are qualitative in nature and limited to ten participants only, the large-scale quantitative study is seen to be particularly relevant in the context of Kazakhstan. The questionnaire was selected as the main data collection instrument due to its ability to collect information rapidly in a form that is readily processable (Dörnyei, 2007).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data was collected by teachers’ attitudes survey (TAS) which is partly adapted from Hall and Cook’s (2013) global survey on teachers’ views about the use of learners’ L1 in ELT. The TAS consists of 40 items and is divided into two sections: the first section contains 32 items and asks teachers to evaluate their agreement/disagreement with arguments on the 5-point Likert scale. The items of the first section made up four scales such as “advocacy of L1 and translation” (S1), “opposition to L1 and translation” (S2), “possible ways of L1 and translation use in EFL classroom” (S3), “influences on teaching approach” (S4). The first section ends by an optional open question which asks respondents to write a further comment regarding L1 and translation use in ELT if they think it is relevant. The rest of the items are factual questions. They are regarded as background variables, e.g., experience, school type, qualification, the language proficiency of both teachers and their learners.
The only criterion for participation was that respondents are practising EFL teachers in any Kazakhstani secondary school. The sampling method chosen for the study is a non-probability sampling type in L2 research, opportunity sampling (Dörnyei, 2010). To ensure a wide coverage of different participants, different types of secondary schools (state, private, trilingual, international, etc.) from different parts of Kazakhstan were contacted and asked to circulate the online survey among English language teachers at the institution. A total of 100 English language teachers participated in the study. The teachers’ voluntary participation was the result of informed consent.
The version 20 of the SPSS was used to analyse the survey data. First, the reliability analysis was conducted to determine the internal consistency of the main four scales of the questionnaire, and showed an acceptable Cronbach Alpha coefficient for each scale, i.e., α >.70. Next, the descriptive statistics served to describe the participants. Paired-samples t-test was performed to calculate and compare the means of two survey scales: S1 and S2. It aimed at answering the RQ1. One sample t-test was conducted on S3 and S4 scales to evaluate teachers’ attitudes to different arguments regarding L1 and translation use in ELT (RQ2 and RQ3 respectively). ANOVA was used to see the effects of background variables on the survey scales (RQ4). Thematic analysis was used to analyse the open question answers. Open question responses helped to understand some controversial results and support study findings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results are presented in line with the RQs.
RQ1: Both supportive and opposition arguments scored almost equal in the sample. However, teachers’ attitudes reveal some degree of inconsistency, e.g., teachers consider translation as a useful skill to be practiced by language learners, but they also believe that English should be the only language used in the classroom. As a result, it is difficult to interpret whether teachers generally support or oppose the presence of L1 and translation in EFL classrooms. This contradictory attitude suggests that the longstanding debate surrounding the topic might also have produced some conflicting ideas among teachers on whether to allow or forbid L1 and translation use in their teaching practices.
RQ2 and RQ3: According to teachers, it is appropriate to use L1 and translation for teaching vocabulary and culture-bound expressions, and this practice is very useful with lower-level learners. Also, they reported that they are discouraged by the school curriculum and their colleagues to use L1 and translation in EFL class they teach. Therefore, it seems reasonable to assume that the stand many teachers have for English-only teaching derives in part from the work environment in which they are daily involved.
RQ4: Analysis of variance revealed that the extent of L1 and translation use in EFL classrooms depends on learners’ English language skills. Moreover, the results also suggest that teachers’ English proficiency influences teaching attitudes significantly.
The findings show a rather diverse picture in attitudes towards the use of L1 and translation in EFL classrooms, which may be relevant not only for the Kazakhstan but also for the European and international context. Furthermore, with a better understanding of teachers’ attitudes, the findings of this study can contribute to the reassessment and recognition of diverse, often unpopular, ELT methods such as L1 and translation.

References
Akhmetova, I. (2021). Practitioners’ views on translanguaging in Kazakhstani EFL classrooms [Master’s thesis, Nazarbayev University]. Nazarbayev University Repository.
Artar, P. (2017). The role of translation in foreign-language teaching [Unpublished doctoral dissertation]. Universitat Rovira i Virgili.
Butzkamm, W., & Caldwell, J. (2009). The bilingual reform: A paradigm shift in foreign language teaching. Tubingen.
Dörnyei, Z. (2007). Research methods in applied linguistics. Oxford University Press.
Dörnyei, Z. (2010). Questionnaires in second language research: Construction, administration, and processing (2nd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/10780203864739
Hall, G., & Cook, G. (2013). Own-language use in ELT: Exploring global practices and attitudes. ELT Research Papers, 13(1), 1–48.
Kuandykov, A. (2021). EFL teachers’ translanguaging pedagogy and the development of beliefs about translanguaging [Master’s thesis, Nazarbayev University]. Nazarbayev University Repository.
Littlewood, W., & Yu, B.H. (2011). First language and target language in the foreign language classroom. Language Teaching, 44(1), 64–77. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0261444809990310
Macaro, E. (1997). Target language, collaborative learning and autonomy. Multilingual Matters.
Pym, A., Malmkjær, K., & Plana, M.G. (2013). Translation and language learning: The role of translation in the teaching of languages in the European Union. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2782/13232  
Sulkarnayeva, A. (2017). Foreign language education in Kazakhstan: Paradigms and trends. New Trends and Issues Proceedings on Humanities and Social Sciences, 3(3), 18–24. https://doi.org/10.18844/gjhss.v3i3.1507
Tastanbek, S. (2019). Kazakhstani pre-service teacher educators’ beliefs on translanguaging [Master's thesis, Nazarbayev University]. Nazarbayev University Repository. http://nur.nu.edu.kz/handle/123456789/4328
Topolska-Pado, J. (2010). Use of L1 and translation in the EFL classroom. Glottodidactic Notebooks, 2, 11–25.
Yavuz, F. (2012). The attitudes of English teachers about the use of L1 in the teaching of L2. Procedia Social and Behavioral Sciences, 46(1), 4339–4344. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2012.06.251
 
9:00am - 10:30am27 SES 09 C: Facets of Teacher Agency
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 607 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Peter Bergström
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Higher Education Teachers’ Identity and Agency in Disrupted Contexts of Teaching

Maria Hvid Stenalt1, Mette Krogh Christensen2

1Aalborg University, Denmark; 2Aarhus University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Stenalt, Maria Hvid; Christensen, Mette Krogh

Discussions of higher education teaching are often shrouded with narratives highlighting common and regular teaching obligations and situations rather than extreme and spectacular examples. However, as seen during the pandemic, teaching in times of crisis moves beyond what is needed in times of stability. Indeed, the pandemic reminds us that it is pivotal for teachers to be able to navigate different and sometimes unknown contexts (Christensen et al., 2022; Jung et al., 2021) while at the same time adding, what to some may come across as something extra to teaching in terms of caring about, and for, others (Tronto, 2010). This paper moves beyond the Covid-19 pandemic as a point in time to the pandemic as a case of disrupted education involving sudden changes to the educational framework (García-Morales et al., 2021). Our paper focuses on what we might learn from the pandemic in terms of ways to support teachers in times of disrupted teaching. This paper is written to directly respond to the NW27 call for studies of ’teaching and learning in diverse contexts’.

Studies of higher education teaching and learning during the Covid-19 pandemic have produced substantial accounts that address broad issues of digitisation of higher education teaching and learning. Transitioning to remote emergency teaching was, by large, seen as an organisational and technological accomplishment. However, as adapting to and appropriating new contexts cannot take place independently from human thought and actions, this paper seeks to rehumanise transitions by focusing on the role of teachers’ identity and agency. Whereas identity refers to teachers’ identification with a specific group or as a self-image we construct (Kreber, 2010) and involves an emotional attachment to particular roles intertwined with sociality, culture and power relations (Elliott, 2019), agency comprises humans’ capacity and willingness to act and cause actions or changes (Goller & Harteis, 2017). While teacher agency is expected, it is rarely explored or supported in ways that move beyond didactical decision-making. In that sense, then, narrow accounts of teachers’ agency and identity signal a trend of approaching teaching as an individual construct and teachers individually responsible for making teaching work “no matter what”.

From the outset, this paper discusses what is needed to navigate new and disrupted teaching contexts from a teacher's perspective and what higher education can do to support teachers. In particular, the present paper presents findings from a study of teachers’ identity and agency in higher education in times of disrupted education, which explores the following research question: What supports teachers’ agency and identity in complex interventions and times of disrupted education?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper addresses the question through an examination of Covid-19 and teachers’ transition to remote emergency teaching. Our method can be described as a review based on two review approaches: The systematic review and the realist review. First, the systematic review informed our review screening strategy, involving the identification of a broad search strategy and inclusion and exclusion criteria for subsequent screening of the retrieved studies. For our review, we targeted studies focused on teachers in higher education, identity or agency, and Covid-19. We included studies published between January 2020 and 2022 in various formats, such as journal articles, conference papers, and reports. Next, we used an analytical approach inspired by realist reviews  (Pawson, 2002) for data extraction, interpretation, and synthesis of included studies. Generally, realist reviews are explorative rather than judgemental in focus. Rather than seeking evidence that interventions works (Wong, 2011), they aim to identify significant mechanisms underpinning how interventions work and what works. Realist reviews are also characterised by seeking to uncover underlying theories that explain patterns of human behaviour identified in the studies included in the review (Pawson, 2002). The studies included in this paper pointed to a pattern of a strong relationship between external interaction processes and internal psychological processes. Based on this, Illeris’s (2018)  model of adult learning in working life was used to synthesise findings.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Using 27 included studies as the backbone, our review sheds light on some underpinning dynamics affecting higher education teachers’ identity and agency when transitioning to new and uncertain teaching contexts. By attending to these dynamics, we raise three broader concerns: (a) our study suggests that the way teaching in new contexts ’comes together’ is a nuanced process involving a complex interplay between teachers’ knowledge and skills, emotions and motivation, and the space for integration and cooperation. Not all these dimensions are successfully supported or cultivated in higher education. In particular, the interest of universities appears to be on learning new content and skills and less on emotions and the space for integration. (b) As we examine what needs to be learned to appropriate a new teaching context, we find the competences and knowledge needed are diverse and highly situated. This invites us to question the current role of mainstream competences frameworks in higher education, such as digital competences, comprising fixed dimensions unrelated to the specific situations in which they should be adopted. (c) There is a tendency for regular teaching and stable contexts in higher education to occupy a symbolic space where uncertainty has little bearing on the development of teaching. This study raises the challenge of how we can ’think and do otherwise’ concerning this issue. Based on the study conducted, it seems pivotal to keep in mind that preparing for disrupted teaching requires a different set of competences than the competences necessary for teaching in regular teaching contexts. In other words, practices based on stability may not be sufficient to support teachers’ practices in times of disruption. Moreso, it requires universities to adopt a more holistic approach to teachers. In conclusion, we raise the challenge of how higher education teaching and teaching as work may be organised differently.
References
Christensen, M. K., Nielsen, K. S., & O’Neill, L. D. (2022). Embodied teacher identity: a qualitative study on ‘practical sense’as a basic pedagogical condition in times of Covid-19. Advances in Health Sciences Education, , 1-27.
Elliott, A. (2019). The rise of identity studies: An outline of some theoretical accounts. Routledge.
García-Morales, V. J., Garrido-Moreno, A., & Martín-Rojas, R. (2021). The transformation of higher education after the COVID disruption: Emerging challenges in an online learning scenario. Frontiers in Psychology, 12.
Goller, M., & Harteis, C. (2017). Human agency at work: Towards a clarification and operationalisation of the concept. In M. P. Goller Susanna (Ed.), Agency at Work - An agentic perspective on professional learning and development (1st ed., pp. 85-103). Springer.
Illeris, K. (2018). A comprehensive understanding of human learning. Contemporary theories of learning (pp. 1-14). Routledge.
Jung, J., Horta, H., & Postiglione, G. A. (2021). Living in uncertainty: The COVID-19 pandemic and higher education in Hong Kong. Studies in Higher Education, 46(1), 107-120.
Kreber, C. (2010). Academics’ teacher identities, authenticity and pedagogy. Studies in Higher Education, 35(2), 171-194.
Pawson, R. (2002). Evidence-based policy: The promise ofrealist synthesis'. Evaluation, 8(3), 340-358.
Tronto, J. C. (2010). Creating caring institutions: Politics, plurality, and purpose. Ethics and Social Welfare, 4(2), 158-171.
Wong, G. (2011). The internet in medical education: a worked example of a realist review. Synthesizing Qualitative Research: Choosing the Right Approach, 83-112.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Phenomenological Research in Education - Considering Multimodal "Texts"

Annie O Breachain

Dublin City University, Ireland

Presenting Author: O Breachain, Annie

Phenomenological research approaches whilst well-established in the health sciences, have only recently begun to be applied in educational research. Farrell (2020) finds the underrepresentation of phenomenological research in education surprising, given that, as she says, 'education is founded on attending to and building upon the knowledge and experiences of others'. As phenomenological research gains momentum in the educational domain, researchers will seek to understand how it can be applied. Those undertaking phenomenological research are cautioned to familiarise themselves with its origins as a philosophy rather than a methodology (Farrell, 2020, p.1) wherein principles rather than methods are outlined. Despite the lack of prescription by way of methods, as research practice in the field has developed, it is apparent that studies that adopt phenomenological approaches depend, almost exclusively, on data generated through in-depth interviews. This is unsurprising given the focus on description in phenomenological inquiry but it opens up the question of what experiences might remain untold in the dissemination of findings from phenomenological studies.

In this paper, the richness of possibilities to illuminate lived experiences using multi-modal data generation tools is discussed. The paper draws on a hermeneutic phenomenological inquiry into the nature of the lived experiences of upper primary school teachers’ and pupils’ relationships with one another. Hermeneutic “texts” were generated using embodied methods, visual methods and artefacts. In this paper, I suggest that inviting participants to describe their experiences through a variety of modes constituted an inclusive research design and offered the potential to unearth experiences that might otherwise have been inaccessible. In this study, teacher participants were invited to bring three artefacts, which helped them to describe their relationship with the children in their classes, to an in-depth interview. The use of the artefacts created an inclusive interview dynamic giving a degree of control of the interview to the participants and allowed both myself as researcher and the interview participants to have an ‘effective joint referent’ (Westcott and Littleton, 2005, p. 148). Further, using the artefacts as part of the conversational interviews enhanced the depth of descriptions of the child-teacher relationship.

Finally, in the context of an increasing recognition of children’s participation in research from a rights perspective (UNCRC, Article 12), and mindful that oral language can present a barrier, I share my experiences of using embodied drama research methods in the exploration of children’s experiences of the child-teacher relationship. I argue for the generative potential of inviting children to ‘show’ as well as to ‘tell’ in phenomenological inquiry honouring the sometimes neglected idea of corporeal knowledge.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Hermeneutic phenomenology describes the methodology underpinning this enquiry into teachers’ and students’ ‘lived experiences’ of the student–teacher relationship in an Irish upper primary school context.
Following Van Manen (1990, 2014) this study focused on five fundamental life-world themes used in phenomenological inquiry namely lived space (spatiality); lived body (corporeality); lived time (temporality) , lived relation (relationality) and lived things (materiality). ‘Lived body’ relates to the ‘felt sense’ dimension of bodily experience (Finlay, 2011) which, in this study, related to how it feels to be part of the child-teacher relationship. ‘Lived time’ concerns not clock time (van Manen, 1990) but how we experience time such as how time might seem to pass slowly or quickly in school. Likewise, ‘lived space’ relates to the way in which place is experienced such as the way in which a classroom can feel inviting or hostile. ‘Lived things’, van Manen (2014, p. 307) explains, incorporates physical objects as well as ‘thoughts, deeds, experiences, events and discoveries’ and in this study was concerned with teaching and learning episodes and experiences.
The element of lived experience in focus in this study was teachers’ and children’s ‘lived relation’ with one another and whilst the five existentials, described above, unify in the form of the life-world ‘we can temporarily study the existentials in their differentiated aspects whilst realising that one existential always calls forth the other aspects’ (van Manen, p. 105). Therefore the five existentials were drawn upon during participant interviews to provide a starting point for discussing the child-teacher relationship where participants needed a concrete point of departure.
Research participants included three teachers and five students from each of those teachers’ classes. Data generation featured the use of protocol writing and conversational interviews following van Manen (2014).  Data were also generated, somewhat experimentally, through embodied drama methods and through  using  artefacts and visual methods drawing on the work of Mitchell (2011), Tinkler (2015) and Chappell and Craft (2011).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Phenomenological enquiry is gaining popularity in educational research particularly by those interested in first person experiences (Stolz, 2022) Data are almost exclusively generated using in-depth interviews. As phenomenological enquiry gains traction as a methodology in the field of educational research, where there is increasing necessity for inclusive practice, there may be a need to consider methods that move beyond dependence on oral language.
The findings of this study reveal that using multi modal methods, specifically visual and embodied methods:

1. contributed to creating a more inclusive research design through affording choice in the generation of hermeneutic texts
2. enabled  unexpected aspects of the life-worlds of participants to surface
3. afforded greater depth of description of the phenomenon under scrutiny (in this case the child-teacher relationship)

These findings will be shared and supported with examples that will serve as a guide to others who wish to conduct phenomenological enquiry in educational research and to address a gap in the methodological literature  with respect to conducting phenomenological research in education in general and with children, in particular.

References
Edwards R, I'Anson J. Using Artifacts and Qualitative Methodology to Explore Pharmacy Students' Learning Practices. Am J Pharm Educ. 2020 Jan;84(1):7082. doi: 10.5688/ajpe7082. PMID: 32292182; PMCID: PMC7055407.
Farrell, E. (2020). Researching Lived Experience in Education: Misunderstood or Missed Opportunity? International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 19. https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406920942066
Finlay, L. (2013). Unfolding the phenomenological research process. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 53(2), 172-201.
Gadamer, H-G. (1989). Truth and method. London, UK: Sheed and Ward.
Heidegger, M. (1962) Being and time (J. Macquarrie & E. Robinson, Trans). Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.
Mitchell, C. (2011). Doing visual research. London, UK: Sage.
O’Brien, M. (2014). Leaping ahead of Heidegger: Subjectivity and intersubjectivity in Being and Time. International Journal of Philosophical Studies, 22(4), 534-551, doi: 10.1080/09672559.2014.948719
Stolz, S. (2022) The practice of phenomenology in educational research. Educational Philosophy and Theory 0:0, pages 1-13.
Tinkler, P. (2015). Talking about photos: how does photo elicitation work and how can we use it productively in research. Paper presented at the Atlas TI Webinar, University of Alberta, Canada.
United Nations (1989). United Nations convention on the rights of the child. Geneva, Switzerland.
van Manen, M. (1990). Researching lived experience: Human science for an action sensitive pedagogy. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.
van Manen, M. (2007). Phenomenology of practice. Phenomenology & Practice, 1(1), 11-30.
van Manen, M. (2014). Phenomenology of practice: meaning-giving methods in phenomenological research and writing. Walnut Creek, CA: Left Coast Press
Westcott, H. L., & Littleton, K. S. (2005). Exploring meaning in interviews with children. In S. Greene & D. Hogan (Eds.), Researching children's experiences: Approaches and methods (pp. 141-157). London: Sage.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Language Arts Teachers adaptive agency in the USA, England and Australia, committed to equity.

Andy Goodwyn

University of Bedfordshire, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Goodwyn, Andy

English Language Arts [English/literacy] teachers in the main anglophone countries experience extreme pressures on their teacher agency, especially in England, Australia and the USA. The curriculum has narrowed, accountability is extreme, tests are high stakes and many teachers are leaving. Our research, involving four, projects, from USA, England and Australia analyses these issues and reveals a desperate situation. Certain teachers have developed ‘adaptive agency’, a powerful aspect of such which is their retention of loving literature and profound belief that all students can still love and enjoy literature, passionately believing that the curriculum/test combination is ruining this fundamental element of professional lives. They express hope, drawing on long experience, that reforms may bring about a time of more equitable opportunity.

Purpose and context

Around the world teachers have been experiencing strong external pressures on their work, reducing their autonomy, constraining creativity [Author 1., 2013, 2016, 2020], especially true of a subject area like Language Arts [English/literacy – see note below] where teachers have deep convictions about the vital importance of engaging students in local and immediate ways, untrammelled by nationalistic agendas. The identity of Language Arts teachers in the USA, Australia and England has marked similarities, characterised by a passionate attachment to teaching literature [Author 1. et al, 2015], a student centred ideology often constructed around a Personal Growth model of the subject and strongly inflected by a view of students as agents in meaning making who adopt a critical literacy perspective on texts and language [ Author 1., 2004, 2005].

Another common factor is what is happening to the subject of English/Language Arts in schools and universities, less students choose to study it at school and numbers on degree programmes are rapidly reducing. It is becoming more difficult to recruit LA teachers onto teacher preparation programmes coupled with the remarkable increase in LA teachers leaving either during their first 5 years of teaching or at a later stage taking early retirement or making a career change.

Conceptual framework

Teacher agency is important in all curriculum subjects but we argue it has an additional element in Language Arts [LA] because of the centrality of literature to teachers own lives and to their teaching. In former times of more ‘harmonious practice’ there was an alignment between the kind of literature teachers themselves wanted to teach and the curriculum and modes of assessment.

Adaptive agency can be first defined in a simple way as: The evolving agency of the individual teacher within the power matrix of external and internal regulation. When viewed in more detail its components are: [1] Agency this relates to the individual’s degree of control over classroom practice and curriculum design at the point of the present tense, that is when ‘English’ is happening in a classroom (Author 1., 2019). [2] The external matrix has many elements, some are subject documents [like a curriculum definition or an examination specification], teacher standards, inspection frameworks, these documents are pervaded by principally neoliberal discourses [3] the internal regulations are those elements where the teacher behaves in alignment with the documents and the ideology that pervades them. The adaptive quality relates to the Darwinian characteristic (Darwin, 1869) of surviving and coping in a difficult environment but also to adaptive expertise (Author 1., 2016) where the agent can still exert some power and control in a skilled and personal manner. Inevitably this set of factors creates a very tense and conflictual strain on the teacher’s personal and professional identity, too much strain for some teachers to bear, the emotional toll is too high and many leave the profession [certainly in England].


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The authors have engaged and continue to be engaged with several qualitative projects, four are drawn on here and the data synthesised to focus on teacher agency and the importance of literature.  The projects are [1] Teachers literary knowledge (2015-17)[2] Contested Territories (2017-18) [3] The literary knowledge of early career teachers (2017-2021)[4] The Professional Lives of English Language Arts Teachers (2019-202)  Projects [1] and [2] were conducted across England and Australia, [3] only in Australia [4] USA, Australia and England.  
In summary the projects are:-
[1] A study of experienced ELA teachers in England [ 8 from London and Reading] and Australia [8 from Sydney and Melbourne].  This year long project was partially a pilot for project [3].  The focus was on their own literary knowledge and how they were approaching teaching literature at that time.
[2] This was an investigation of teachers’ current experiences of teaching LA generally and literature in particular in schools around Sydney [16 teachers] and across England [16 teachers] – research was conducted over 12 months.
[3] This project is an ongoing investigation of early career LA teachers and what they consider to be ‘literary knowledge’ as it exists for them as individuals, as it is defined in society, and as it operates currently in schools as a teachable and assessable concept.
[4] This project is an ongoing study [affected by Covid] of the Professional lives of 50 English teachers in the USA, England and Australia.
 All the projects are qualitative inquiries using in-depth semi-structured interviews to create rich data, interviews typically lasting 45-60 minutes and being fully transcribed.  The total number of teachers participating so far is 120 over a period of 4 years.  All teachers are volunteers and provide a valuable  range of levels of experience offering a strong degree of professional representation.
It is a shared belief amongst the very experienced research team that LA is severely affected by neoliberal policies at governmental and state level [in Australia and the USA] having ‘reductive effects’ on teachers’ autonomy and agency, the place of literature is absolutely reduced and diminished.  All the projects have investigated the truth of this belief by asking teachers to explain how they see the current situation, where relevant [depending on their years of service] how it compares to former periods and how they see the future.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
One major finding is that the hypothetical characteristics outlined above - 1  to 8 – are all present in the views of current LA teachers to such an extent, with minor differences, that they can be considered the reality of current teachers’ lives.  Those teachers with considerable years of experience reflect on this as a steadily increasing state of affairs. The most experienced – minimum 20 years – recall periods that were so different that we have categorised them as a period of ‘harmonious practice’ when teachers’ beliefs and way LA was defined and assessed were in alignment.  This finding also influenced their view of a potentially better future.
A second key finding was that literature teaching remains central to the concerns of all the teachers, despite the issues discussed above.  In general they strive to maintain a student centred pedagogy that privileges personal response above what we term ‘easily assessable literary knowledge’.
A third finding is that ‘easily assessable literary knowledge’ [EALK] has mostly replaced ‘personal literary knowledge’ [PLK] in the later years of high school.  EALK is knowledge about texts, often factual and contextual and where there is an implied ‘right answer’ about the author’s meaning and literary importance.  PLK is what the teachers themselves believe they have and retain, they may well have ‘literary readers’ training, through university study and so understand literary criticism, but their relationship to literature is one of love and engagement.  Literature matters to them personally more than because any text belongs to the literary canon.
A fourth major finding is that texts have become ‘officialised’, diminished into artefacts of state sanctioned property.
A fifth finding is that the majority of the experienced teachers [our definition is simply 5 years of teaching or more] have developed adaptive agency, especially when it comes to literature teaching.

References
Author 1., (September 2018a) The Highly affective teaching of English: a case study in a global context. The Annual Conference of the British Educational Research Association. The University of Northumbria.
Author 1., A & Author 2,  (June 2018b) How English teachers in England and Australia are remaining resilient and creative in constraining times. The International Federation for the Teaching of English. Aston University, Birmingham, UK.
Author 1. & Author 2, (September 2018c) Contested territories: How English teachers in England and Australia are remaining resilient and creative in constraining times. The Annual Conference of the British Educational Research Association. The University of Northumbria.
Author 1., A., Durrant, C., Author 3, W., Zancanella, D. & Scherff, E. (2018d). (Eds.). The Future of English teaching worldwide and its histories: celebrating 50 years from the Dartmouth conference. London, Routledge. Author 1., A. (2017). From Personal Growth (1966) to Personal Growth and Social Agency  – proposing an invigorated model for the 21st Century, English in Australia, 52(1), 66-73.
Author 1., (2017). And now for something completely different … A Critique of the National Curriculum for English in England: a new rationale for teaching literature based on Darwinian Literary Theory. The Use of English, 68(2), 9-22.
Author 1.,  (2016). Still growing after all these years? The Resilience of the ‘Personal Growth model of English’ in England and also internationally. English Teaching, practice and critique. 15(2), 7-21.
Author 1., Durrant, C., Scherff, E. & Reid, L. (2016) (Eds.). International perspectives on the teaching of Literature in schools; global principles and practices, London, Routledge.
Author 1, Durrant, C. & Reid, L (Eds.). (2014) International perspectives on the teaching of English in a Globalised World. London, Routledge.
Author 1., & Fuller, C. (Eds.) (2011) The Great Literacy Debate,. London, Routledge.
Author 1., (2016). Expert Teachers: an International Perspective. London, Routledge.
Author 1., (2010). The Expert Teacher of English. London, Routledge
Harding, D. W. (1962) ‘Psychological processes in the reading of fiction’, British Journal of Aesthetics, 2 (2), April:133-147.
Holland, N. (1975) 5 Readers Reading, New Haven & London: Yale University Press.
Author 3. (2019) Literary sociability: a transnational perspective.  English in Education.  53.
Author 3. (2018) Blowing and Blundering in Space: English in the Australian Curriculum.  The Australian Curriculum Promises, Problems and Possibilities. Australian Curriculum Studies Association.
Author 3 (2018) Growing the nation: The influence of Dartmouth on the teaching of literature in subject English in Australia.  The Future of English Teaching Worldwide. Routledge. 2018


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Teacher Agency in Transforming Hands-On Chemistry Curriculum Units to Middle School Chemistry Teaching Practices

Charlotte Dunne, Maria Andrée

Mälardalen University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Dunne, Charlotte

Teachers' daily work with chemistry teaching involves a range of everyday decisions about the content and how to organize the teaching. This study is a pilot study of professional agency in teachers' work with teaching middle school chemistry using curriculum units and resources from Naturvetenskap och teknik för alla (NTA) [in English Science and Technology for All]. The NTA curriculum resources can be described as a Swedish equivalent to the US program “Science and Technology for Children” (STC). The NTA resource provides a basis for elementary school science teaching in many Swedish schools and is intended to support science teaching and continuous professional development of science teachers including those with a limited science education background. Previous research has pointed to that NTA has a positive effect on student achievements on national tests concerning the aspect of planning and conducting investigations compared to teachers who do not use NTA in their teaching (Mellander & Svärdh, 2015). Thus, the NTA resources appear to have an impact on chemistry education and the aims achieved (cf. Johansson, 2012).

Teachers interpret and enact policy from steering documents as well as curriculum resources such as NTA or resources produced by other actors seeking to influence how the school subjects are constituted in practice (cf. Andrée & Hansson, 2021). Thus, even when teachers work with relatively structured teaching units such as NTA their enactment of teaching can be seen as part of the transposition of Chemistry as a school subject.

Within the Swedish school system, teachers are considered to have a high degree of autonomy with opportunities for their own beliefs to shape their teaching (cf. Eteläpelto, Vähäsantanen, Hökkä & Paloniemi, 2013). How teachers approach the transformation of policy intentions in shaping middle school chemistry instruction becomes intertwined with the space for professional autonomy. As teachers approach different visions of the purpose of science education, they orient themselves in different ways as to what knowledge is considered to be important. This study zooms into how teachers make use of their professional space in the transformation and enactment of chemistry as a school subject, in spite of various forms of increasing standardization (Oolbekkink-Marchand et al., 2017) and other restricting factors.

In this study, we draw on an ecological model of teacher agency by Priestley, Biesta, and Robinson (2015) to shed light on the professional agency achieved by middle school teachers in the transformation and forming of chemistry education when they work with NTA curriculum resources. Here, agency is seen as an emergent phenomenon that is achieved with “continually shifting contexts over time and with orientations towards past, future, and present” (op cit p. 25). The model is based on a temporal-relational view of agency highlighting three dimensions of teacher agency; as informed by the past (iterational), as orientated to the future (projective), and as acted out in the ‘here and now’ (practical-evaluative).

The aim is to contribute to an understanding of the agency achieved by middle school teachers in the forming of chemistry teaching with NTA curriculum resources. Thus, the presentation zooms into teachers’ histories and beliefs concerning the teaching of Chemistry, their ability to visualize alternative ways of teaching Chemistry with NTA and their day-to-day navigation of practical conditions for chemistry teaching.

The research question is: How do middle school teachers achieve agency in chemistry teaching built on the use of NTA curriculum units?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is a pilot study conducted with three teachers working with NTA curriculum units. For the study, middle school teachers working with the NTA box Chemical Experiments were invited to participate.
The data collected include field notes from classroom observations and audio-recorded interviews. The observations were open-ended and conducted adjacent to the interviews. Three lessons were observed with the first teacher and two with the other two teachers. To guide the observations auxiliary questions were used. For example: How does the teacher introduce chemistry experiments? What are the students doing? The interviews were conducted as semi-structured follow-up conversations evolving around the teachers' reflections on situations or events during the observed lessons. Primarily, open-ended questions were asked focusing on the teachers’ planning and implementation of the NTA units. During the interviews, the teachers were also asked to complete a storyline concerning changes in their perceived professional spaces during the course of their professional careers. This part of the interview was inspired by the methodology proposed by Oolbekkink-Marchand et al. (2017).
The lesson field notes were transcribed on a computer. A summary of the observed lesson was then written in a narrative form and the teachers were given an opportunity to read through and comment on the summaries. This part of the analysis functioned as a form of respondent validation. It also provided an opportunity for the teachers to reflect upon the lessons to prepare for the follow-up conversations (where the observations were carried out in sufficient time before the interview to allow the observation to be transcribed).
The teachers' ways of talking about chemistry teaching with NTA were analyzed using the ecological model of agency (cf. Priestley, Biesta & Robinson 2015; 2015b, Biesta, Priestley & Robinson, 2017) in order to provide insight into teachers' transposition work in middle school chemistry.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The teachers in this study describe different conditions to shape Chemistry teaching with the use of NTA units. In one of the schools, the use of NTA units is decided by the teachers but in another school, the principal and the college decide which NTA boxes are to be used. In yet another school, the specific units to teach are decided at a municipal level. The use of NTA thus poses constraints along the practical-evaluative dimension of teacher agency (see for example Priestley, Biesta & Robinson, 2015b on how an ecological approach to teacher agency can be characterized). Thus, agency is achieved along the iterational dimension. This is done, for example, by relating Chemistry to their own previous experiences; bringing in personal stories and experiences into their classroom practice. The teachers also express agency within the projective dimension by linking their chemistry teaching to their own goal formulations. One example is the need to practice searching for and evaluating information.
In conclusion, it is clear that although the three teachers in this pilot study use the same curriculum resource, NTA, they design and enact their teaching in different ways. For example, one of the teachers describes how the instructions from the NTA training guide the teaching very precisely, while the other two teachers describe how they change the structure to a greater extent based on what they themselves want to bring into the teaching. All three teachers in the study describe that despite a fairly guided framework, they find that teaching the same NTA box results in very different lessons in different groups depending on the composition of the groups.

References
Andrée, M., & Hansson, L. (2021). Industry, science education, and teacher agency: A discourse analysis of teachers' evaluations of industry‐produced teaching resources. Science Education, 105(2), 353-383.
Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2017). Talking about education: Exploring the significance of teachers’ talk for teacher agency. Journal of curriculum studies, 49(1), 38-54.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods. Oxford university press.
Eteläpelto, A., Vähäsantanen, K., Hökkä, P., & Paloniemi, S. (2013). What is agency? Conceptualizing professional agency at work. Educational research review, 10, 45-65.
Mellander, E., & Svärdh, J. (2015). Tre lärdomar från en effektutvärdering av lärarstödsprogrammet NTA. Nordina, 13(2), 163-179.
Johansson, A. M. (2012). Undersökande arbetssätt i NO-undervisningen i grundskolans tidigare årskurser (Doctoral dissertation, Stockholm University).
Oolbekkink-Marchand, H. W., Hadar, L. L., Smith, K., Helleve, I., & Ulvik, M. (2017). Teachers' perceived professional space and their agency. Teaching and teacher education, 62, 37-46.h in mathematics education (pp. 1254-1263). Barcelona: Fundemi IQS–Universitat.
Priestley, M., Biesta, G.J.J. & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: what is it and why does it matter? In R. Kneyber & J. Evers (eds.), Flip the System: Changing Education from the Bottom Up. London: Routledge.
Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015b). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury Publishing
 
9:00am - 10:30am28 SES 09 A: Diversity and diversification (special call session): Reconfiguring Diversity, Nation and Nature
Location: Gilbert Scott, Randolph [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Zsuzsa Millei
Session Chair: Nelli Piattoeva
Symposium
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium

Reconfiguring Diversity, Nation and Nature

Chair: Zsuzsa Millei (University of Gothenburg, Tampere University)

Discussant: Nelli Piattoeva (Tampere University)

Education today is challenged to address the climate crisis, biodiversity loss and migration, intensifying shifting patterns of settlement and a growing diversity all over the globe. The words “sustainability” and “diversity,” in this context, had become standard public, organizational and policy injunctions and a normative call in academic research. The ubiquitous use of the terms “sustainability” and “diversity” signals also ways in which social heterogeneity and environmental changes are problematized and governed, especially in the Global North. In consequence, the terms of “sustainability” and “diversity” became increasingly flexible and plastic, besides becoming notions through which or in the name of which to govern, regulate and educate, “something that needs to be understood, managed, acted upon, celebrated, considered, rethought…” (Matejskova & Antonsich, 2015, p. 2.). This symposium seeks to highlight first, the flexibility and plasticity of these terms as they appear in various early childhood and continuing education curricula as well as in children’s understanding of the world, reproducing notions of the “other” and human exceptionalism. Second, we pay special attention to how these notions intersect with ideas of the nation, nature and childhood, highlighting the oddness, contradictoriness and de/politicization of these terms in policies, curricula and the prescribed practices they produce. In general, this symposium returns to the classical sociological question as to how current challenges, environmental and societal conditions, result in specific educational policies, ideas and processes (Weber, 1921; cf. Becker, 2019).

The three papers are tied together with their specific focus on the nation-state as the prime organizing political and social force (Gans 2003) and nationalism as an effort to create commonality in a group of people by promoting national subject formation and inculcating the aspirations of citizenship. A focus on the nation helps us to question current national education discourses in light of diversity and sustainability, levels of inclusiveness in society and how responses to these national discourses can and do occur, and how debates about diversity and exclusion take shape (first and second papers). It also helps us to highlight how intersections of nation and nature, on the one hand, contours national subject formation through nature, and how through the curricula attachments to the national land or ‘nature’ are being shaped. On the other hand, we show the contradictions between nature and nation discourses within the frames of sustainability and diversity (second and third papers).

Historically, the state’s interest in children and its citizens has always been about a nation’s future (Millei & Imre, 2016). Today, the multiple existential threats that we have brought upon ourselves question the very possibility of a future for humanity. This necessitates education to be reimagined and reconfigured beyond the nation and stewardship for nature (Common Worlds Research Collective, 2020). The heterogeneous relations included in diversity needs to be expanded to include “more-than-human socialities” (Tsing, 2013). Social justice expanded to ecological social justice that pertains to ‘how we live in the world’ and ‘how to create conditions for life’ in an interdependent manner with other-than-human companions. Education enlivened with these kinds of worldly relation making entails “the recommunalizing, reconnecting, relocalizing, de-individualizing, in short, re-realizing ourselves otherwise” with this new politics of relationality (Escobar, 2021, p. 8). Agency in this politics of education radically reconfigures the nation as a more-than-human sociality, expands solidarity, and replaces exceptionalism – human or national – with terms of a radically inclusive and interdependent world.


References
Becker, R. (2019). Key challenges for the sociology of education: theoretical, methodological, and empirical issues. In R. Becker (Ed.) Research Handbook on the Sociology of Education (pp. 2-16). https://doi.org/10.4337/9781788110426.00007.
Common Worlds Research Collective. (2020). Learning to become with the world: Education for future survival. Paper commissioned for the UNESCO Futures of Education report. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/permalink/PN-6e6617cf-0243-467b-8e25-f5dc30f8324a
Escobar, A. (2021). Reframing civilization(s): from critique to transitions, Globalizations, DOI: 10.1080/14747731.2021.2002673
Gans, C. (2003). The Limits of Nationalism. Cambridge University Press.
Matejskova, T. & Antonsich, M. (2015). Governing through diversity: Migration societies in post-multiculturalist times. Palgrave MacMillan.
Millei, Z., & Imre, R. (Eds.). (2016). Childhood and nation: Interdisciplinary engagements. Palgrave Macmillan.
Tsing, A. L. (2013). More-Than-Human Sociality: A Call for Critical Description. In K. Hastrup (Ed.), Anthropology and Nature (pp. 27–42). Routledge.
Weber, M. (1921) Wissenschaft als Beruf. Duncker & Humblot.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Civic Orientation Courses for Newly Arrived Adult Migrants: Becoming the Other in a (Neo)-nationalistic Sweden?

Kerstin von Brömssen (University West), Tommaso Milani (The Pennsylvania State University), Andrea Spehar (University of Gothenburg), Simon Bauer (University of Gothenburg)

International migration is, as argued by de Haas, Castles and Miller (2020) one of the most emotive issues of our times, raising intense feelings in relation to national identity and belonging, as well as security issues. Since long back, integration of newly arrived migrants has been a debated issue and courses for newly arrived adult migrants have been offered, most building on learning the language of the new country. However, since the beginning of the 21st century, courses with the aim of strengthening and transmitting the new countries’ norms and values have been increasingly introduced and has become one of the dominant migrant integration policies in Western Europe (Heinemann, 2017; Joppke, 2007). This paper aims to bring empirically based knowledge in this educational field, building on participant observations in civic orientation classes for newly arrived adult migrants in Sweden (see von Brömssen et al., 2022; Milani et al., 2021). This case study explores the overarching constructed discourse about the Other through language, pronoun patterns and the attribution of positive and negative judgements about society and ways of living and being (Statham, 2022). The overarching discourse constructs Sweden as a “success story” where most things are arranged and regulated (Hirdman, 2000) by the Swedish state and its welfare systems. We will present this overall structured nationalist discourse by drawing on examples from interactions about nature, religion and education in the civic orientation classes. This research is particularly relevant at this historical juncture because such educational initiatives have become tied to citizenship requirements (Borevi, Jensen & Mouritsen, 2017; Larin, 2020). This is also the case in Sweden where the neo-nationalist “Tidö-agreement” signed by the newly elected government states that civic orientation and knowledge of Swedish will become legal requirements for permanent residence and Swedish citizenship. We argue in this paper that civic orientation courses for newly arrived migrants reproduce an overarching discourse about the Other, which is embedded in nationalist and neo-nationalist sentiments and hardly can contribute to integration into the Swedish society.

References:

Borevi, K., Jensen, K. K. & Mouritsen, P. (2017). The civic turn of immigrant integration policies in the Scandinavian welfare states. Comparative Migration Studies, 5, 9. von Brömssen, K., Milani, T., Spehar, A. & Bauer, S. (2022). “Swedes’ relations to their government are based on trust.” Banal Nationalism in Civic Orientation Courses for Newly Arrived Adult Migrants in Sweden. Futures of Education, Culture and Nature - Learning to Become, 1(1), 71-88. de Haas, H., Castles, S. & Miller, M. J. (2020). The age of migration: International population movements in the modern world, 6th ed., Bloomsbury Academic. Heinemann, A. M. B. (2017) The making of ‘good citizens’: German courses for migrants and refugees, Studies in the Education of Adults, 49(2), 177-195. Hirdman, Y. (2000). Att lägga livet tillrätta: studier i svensk folkhemspolitik. Stockholm University, Sweden. Larin, S. J. (2020). Is it really about values? Civic nationalism and migrant integration, Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 46(1), 127-141. Milani, T., Bauer, S., Carlson, M., Spehar, A. & von Brömssen, K. (2021). Citizenship as status, habitus and acts: Language requirements and civic orientation in Sweden. Citizenship Studies, 25(6), 756-772. Statham, S. (2022). Critical Discourse Analysis. A Practical Introduction to Power in Language. Routledge.
 

Nature, Nation and Childhood in ECEC Curricula

Katarzyna Gawlicz (University of Lower Silesia), Camilla Eline Andersen (Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences), Danielle Ekman Ladru (Stockholm University), Lucy Hopkins (Edith Cowan University)

Drawing on a project carried out by an international group of scholars, this presentation aims to discuss the ways in which childhood, nature and nation are entangled in early childhood education curricula in Australia, the Nordic countries (Sweden and Norway) and post-socialist countries experiencing the revival of nationalistic tendencies (Hungary, Poland). While the links between both children/childhood and nature, and children and nation have been long explored in research (Gullestad, 1997; Millei & Imre, 2016), we situated our analysis in the context of the multiple crises, foremost the climate crisis, that the planet now faces. The aim was to reflect on the question whether the conceptualizations of childhood, nature and nation entanglements in the curricula enable the recreation of education for societies experiencing multiple crises (CWRC, 2020), and to develop alternative imaginaries of naturecultures for early childhood education curricula where politics focuses on terra that sustains life on Earth. Several conceptualizations of linkages between children, nation and nature can be reconstructed in the curricula. Most of them uphold human exceptionalism and a notion of nature as homeland tied to patriotism and empty of life. These include: - nature directly linked to the nation, with children learning about their countries' natural environment, developing admiration for its beauty and engaging in activities carried out in nature that deem to constitute the national identity, which can be interpreted as instrumentalizing nature in the ‘pedagogy of nation’ (Millei, 2018); - nature as an object for children to learn about rather than learning with, which works to retain the nature/culture and learning subject/learnt-about-object binaries (CWRC, 2020; Malone, 2016); - nature as something to be protected through actions based on human-invented technologies, including by children posited as nature's carers who safeguard it, a conceptualization that limits the children-nature relationship to stewardship (Taylor, 2017); - children as connected with and belonging to nature, in a wider network of interconnected living organisms and abiotic environment, a conceptualization that potentially opens up the possibility to move beyond the human- and nation-centric approach to nature and start learning to become with the world (CWRC, 2020). We argue that in the context of the planetary environmental crisis, the narrow conceptualizations on nature within the national boundaries and as an outside object of children's learning and care that dominate in the curricula are untenable. For education to respond to the current situation, new ways of thinking about children and nature are required.

References:

Common Worlds Research Collective (CWRC). (2020). Learning to become with the world: Education for future survival. Paper commissioned for the UNESCO Futures of Education report. Gullestad, M. (1997). A passion for boundaries. Reflections on connections between the everyday lives of children and discourses on the nation in contemporary Norway. Childhood, 4(1), 19–42. Malone, K. (2016). Posthumanist approaches to theorizing children’s human-nature relations. In K. Nairn & P. Kraftl (Eds.), Space, place, and environment (pp. 185–206). Springer. Millei, Z., & Imre, R. (Eds.). (2016). Childhood and nation: Interdisciplinary engagements. Palgrave Macmillan. Taylor, A. (2017). Beyond stewardship: Common world pedagogies for the anthropocene. Environmental Education Research, 23(10), 1448–1461. 10.1080/13504622.2017.1325452
 

Towards Earthly Politics in Education: Going beyond National, Global and Planetary Environmental Imaginaries

Zsuzsa Millei (University of Gothenburg, Tampere University), Sirpa Lappalainen (University of Eastern Finland)

Early childhood / educational environmental imaginations transmit national, global and planetary views of the world through texts, visual representations and material objects. These representations produce politics, including nationalism and globalism, and play a part in policy making as well as in how children learn to view and relate to the world. Education, however, needs a new political attractor during anthropogenic climate change that differently orient political engagement with the world for education. We think with the four political attractors Latour (2018) describes: the national, global, planetary and Earth, and Cobb’s (1977) notion of the child’s primary relatedness to the world. We explore children’s environmental imagination in their drawings and associated stories to highlight the kinds of politics present in their views promoted by current imaginations. Then, we spin these stories further with speculative experiences of our own relation with the world together with Latour’s ideas and point to a new political object the Earth and Earthly politics for education.

References:

Cobb, E. M. (1977). The ecology of imagination in childhood. Spring Publications Latour, B. (2018). Down to Earth: Politics in the New Climatic Regime. Oxford UK: Polity Press.
 
9:00am - 10:30am28 SES 09 B: Shaping a Better Future of EdTech? Potentials and Challenges of Participatory Approaches in Education Policy and Practice
Location: Gilbert Scott, Melville [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Sigrid Hartong
Symposium
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium

Shaping a Better Future of EdTech? Potentials and Challenges of Participatory Approaches in Education Policy and Practice

Chair: Kalervo Gulson (University of Sydney)

Discussant: Felicitas Macgilchrist (University of Oldenburg)

Over the past decades, digital technologies (EdTech) of various kinds – learning management systems, student information systems, business intelligence platforms or adaptive assessments, just to name a few – have become embedded in education governance and practice, many of them increasingly using forms of artificial intelligence (AI). In many countries around the world, these technologies hereby substantially inform government policy, funding decisions, classroom interactions and assessment structures, both in schools and higher education.

While there are indeed growing controversies about the impacts and risks of digital technologies (not only) in education, e.g., using gamified platforms for behavior control, facial recognition for attendance taking, algorithms for school choice allocation, or AI for essay generation and grading (e.g., Andrejevic & Selwyn, 2020; Swist & Gulson, 2022; Manolev et al., 2019), these technologies have remained opaque to both those that use and are impacted by them. Put differently, there are substantial concerns about the capacity of educators, administrators, policy makers, but also, to a growing extent, critical researchers themselves, to understand the presuppositions, the performative dimensions, and also limitations of using complex socio-technical digital technologies in decision-making (EC, 2021). As a consequence, over the past years, there have been growing efforts in the field which seek to specifically address this gap by more substantially integrating practitioners and policy-makers (or the public more generally) into critical technology investigation, empowering them to respond to the problematic impacts of these technologies, as well as motivating them to engage in their future shaping.

This symposium presents selected work from this field of ‘participatory approaches’, or ‘participatory experiments’(Chilvers & Kearnes, 2020), which can broadly be seen to draw on ideas from Science and Technology Studies (STS) that seek to democratise technology (Callon et al., 2009). Such approaches combine both expert and non-expert perspectives to create new ways of looking at and responding to digital technologies. In this symposium, we discuss three fields of application for such participatory approaches:

The first level refers to potentials and challenges when working with individual schools, that is, when seeking to include a whole school community (including the teaching body, leadership, students, and parents) instead of only a few (anyway) interested teachers. Anja Loft-Akhoondi, Sigrid Hartong, Toon Tierens and Mathias Decuypere present insights from a cross-country project on digital school empowerment, which draws on so-called ‘critical co-design approaches’ (Richter & Allert, 2019). The second level refers to the competence framework development, that is, frameworks that bring together the specific and complex knowledge from critical technology research on the one hand, and the practical needs of educators on the other hand. Ina Sander provides insights to a study which aimed at developing a theoretically and empirically grounded framework for critical datafication literacy, adopting a collaborative approach (see also Sander, 2020). The third level covered in this symposium is collective policy making, which is still less commonly discussed in education than in many other policy fields, and refers to the inclusion of both practitioners and researchers (e.g., Laessøe et al., 2013; Floridi et al., 2018). Kalervo Gulson, Marcia McKenzie and Sam Sellar examine the potentials and limitations of collective policy making related to AI in education, both about AI and with AI.

Taken together, the three presentations, which will be rounded up by a critical discussion (Felicitas Macgilchrist), offer a systematic, both conceptually and empirically grounded insight into the complex, challenging, but also highly promising field of participatory approaches to shape a better future of EdTech.


References
Andrejevic, M., & Selwyn, N. (2020). Facial recognition technology in schools: Critical questions and concerns. Learning, Media and Technology, 45(2), 115-128.
Callon, M., Lascoumes, P., & Barthe, Y. (2009). Acting in an uncertain world: An essay on technical democracy. MIT Press
Chilvers, J., & Kearnes, M. (2020). Remaking Participation in Science and Democracy. Science, Technology, & Human Values, 45(3), 347-380
European Commision (2021). Laying down harmonised rules on Artificial Intelligence (Artificial Intelligence Act) and amending certain union legislative acts. European Union
Floridi, L., Cowls, J., Beltrametti, M. et al. (2018). AI4People—An Ethical Framework for a Good AI Society: Opportunities, Risks, Principles, and Recommendations. Minds & Machines, 28, 689–707.
Læssøe, J., Feinstein, N. W., & Blum, N. (2013). Environmental education policy research–challenges and ways research might cope with them. Environmental Education Research, 19(2), 231-242.
Manolev, J., Sullivan, A., & Slee, R. (2019). The datafication of discipline: ClassDojo, surveillance and a performative classroom culture. Learning, Media and Technology, 44(1), 36-51.
Richter, C., & Allert, H. (2019). Towards a critical design agenda in support of collective learning ecologies. DELFI 2019.
Sander, I. (2020). Critical big data literacy tools—Engaging citizens and promoting empowered internet usage. Data & Policy, 2, e5.
Swist, T., & Gulson, K. N. (2022). School Choice Algorithms: Data Infrastructures, Automation, and Inequality. Postdigital Science and Education, 1-19.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

What is the ‘Co’ in (critical) Co-design? A Self-Reflexive Study on the Digital Empowerment of Low SES Schools

Anja Loft-Akhoondi (Helmut-Schmidt-University Hamburg), Sigrid Hartong (Helmut-Schmidt-University Hamburg), Toon Tierens (KU Leuven), Mathias Decuypere (KU Leuven)

Over the past years, there has been a rising popularity of ‘design-based approaches’ (e.g., Jesson et al., 2015) in the field of digital education research, that is, approaches which seek to develop knowledge together with (rather than for) education practitioners in dealing with data-based technologies. However, not seldomly, such research has been criticized for following a rather instrumentalist understanding in seeking to make learning more efficient through technology usage, resulting in a growing call for ‘more critical, participatory, pedagogically- and long-term-focused approaches in the design and research of educational technology’ (Brandau & Alirezabeigi, 2022, p.1). Such approaches have increasingly moved from digitization towards digitality, that is, a perspective beyond technical instrumentalism that acknowledges the complex and broader conditions of education affected by the far-reaching developments of digital technologies (Negroponte, 1995; see also Stalder, 2016). While (critical) co-design approaches are undoubtedly highly important in order to empower educational institutions in gaining knowledge, attitudes, values, as well as concrete ideas to engage in digitality, the theoretical assumptions and also inscribed normativities of such co-design processes need to be carefully discussed (Brandau & Alirezabeigi, 2022). Additionally, even though educational institutions might be eager to engage in participatory work and in ideas of digitality, they frequently face barriers resulting from institutional regulations and formalities (e.g., technology-focused funding schemes, assessment-orientation, temporal restrictions for teacher training, etc.) as well as highly limited resources, the latter being especially true for low SES (socio-economic status) schools (see also Kutscher et al., 2022). Against this background, this paper provides insights into a cross-national research project that seeks to foster digitality among schools (www.smasch.eu) through co-design oriented, participatory approaches. More specifically, we present our work with two low SES elementary schools between 2021 and 2023, which aimed at the careful development of migration- and barrier-sensitive (postdigital) environments. Hereby, the focus of the paper is less on outcomes of this participatory work, and more on the project evolvement itself, that is, how notions of participation, barriers and inclusion (both within the school and between the schools and the project team) have been emerging and transforming during the different stages of the project. Based on our findings, we argue that participatory, (critical) co-design approaches in education – that is, with strong pedagogical intentions – require a high level of both normative self-reflexivity and pragmatism, in order to avoid the risk of actually reproducing educational inequality.

References:

Brandau, N. & Alirezabeigi, S. (2022): Critical and participatory design in between the tensions of daily schooling: working towards sustainable and reflective digital school development, Learning, Media and Technology, DOI: 10.1080/17439884.2022.2156538 Jesson, R., McNaughton, S., & Wilson, A. (2015). Raising literacy levels using digital learning: A design-based approach in New Zealand. Curriculum Journal, 26(2), 198-223. Kutscher, N., Hüttmann, J., Fujii, M. S., Engfer, N. P., & Friedrichs-Liesenkötter, H. (2022). Educational participation of young refugees in the context of digitized settings. Information, Communication & Society, 25(4), 570-586. Negroponte, N. (1995). The digital revolution: Reasons for optimism. The Futurist, 29(6), 68. Spoden, Christian, and Josef Schrader. 2021. “Gestaltungsorientierte Forschung Zu Digitalen Lern- Und Bildungsmedien: Herausforderungen Und Handlungsempfehlungen.” DIE Resultate aus Forschung und Entwicklung. https://www.die-bonn.de/id/41432
 

Interconnecting Theory and Practice? A Collaborative Approach to Developing a Critical Datafication Literacy Framework

Ina Sander (Helmut-Schmidt-University Hamburg / Cardiff University)

Despite the growing influence of data-based technologies on our lives – often described as the ‘datafication’ of society (Hepp et al. 2022) – citizens’ knowledge of how digital and data technologies function and affect their lives has remained limited (Miller et al. 2020; Akman 2022). Yet, studies show that this “major understanding gap” (Doteveryone 2018, p.5) is neither due to a lack of interest, nor to notions of having ‘nothing to hide’. Instead, many people were found to be highly concerned about the use of their data and wish for more control (Kennedy et al. 2021; Ada Lovelace Institute 2022). It is also due to such findings that there have been rising calls for more or better education about data(fication). Scholars have argued that educational responses have emerged as the “most plausible and successful strategy to combat the challenges of datafication” and that critical data literacy can be seen as a prerequisite of legal and tactical responses to challenges of datafication (Pangrazio and Sefton-Green 2020, pp.212, 218). However, despite many new conceptual suggestions for data literacies, both a “more complete theorisation” of critical data literacy as well as practical models for educators have remained largely absent (ibid., p.208, 215). This study offers a fruitful contribution to the field by taking a holistic approach to developing a theoretically and empirically grounded framework for critical datafication literacy, and in doing so through a collaborative approach. More specifically, the study investigated – together with the NGO Privacy International – one of the earliest forms of critically educating about data(fication): online educational resources. The goal was to learn from the experiences of practitioners by analysing existing online critical data literacy resources, conducting expert interviews with creators of such resources and a qualitative survey with educators who apply such resources in their teaching. Knowledge exchange between the researcher and the NGO took place throughout the entire study and the NGO’s decade-long experience in educating about digital technologies informed all methodological decisions. Moreover, the study’s findings as well as the NGO’s practical experiences in educating about datafication were mobilised in a final, collaborative knowledge mobilisation project. The presentation will present the outcome of this collaborative knowledge mobilisation – an online learning resource for educators who are interested in teaching about data(fication) – and provide insights on the interconnection of critical data literacy theory and practice in the study.

References:

Ada Lovelace Institute 2022. Who cares what the public think? London: Ada Lovelace Institute. Available at: https://www.adalovelaceinstitute.org/evidence-review/public-attitudes-data-regulation/. Akman, P. 2022. A Web Of Paradoxes: Empirical Evidence On Online Platform Users And Implications For Competition And Regulation In Digital Markets. Virginia Law & Business Review 16(2), pp. 217-292. Doteveryone 2018. People, Power and Technology: The 2018 Digital Attitudes Report. London: Doteveryone. Available at: https://attitudes.doteveryone.org.uk. Hepp, A., Jarke, J. and Kramp, L. 2022. New Perspectives in Critical Data Studies: The Ambivalences of Data Power - An Introduction. In: Hepp, A., Jarke, J., and Kramp, L. eds. New Perspectives in Critical Data Studies: The Ambivalences of Data Power. Transforming Communications – Studies in Cross-Media Research. Cham: Palgrave MacMillan, pp. 1–23. Kennedy, H., Steedman, R. and Jones, R. 2021. Approaching public perceptions of datafication through the lens of inequality: a case study in public service media. Information, Communication & Society 24(12), pp. 1745–1761. doi: 10.1080/1369118X.2020.1736122. Miller, C., Kitcher, H., Perera, K. and Abiola, A. 2020. People, Power and Technology: The 2020 Digital Attitudes Report. London: Doteveryone. Available at: https://doteveryone.org.uk/report/peoplepowertech2020. Pangrazio, L. and Sefton-Green, J. 2020. The social utility of ‘data literacy’. Learning, Media and Technology 45(2), pp. 208–220. doi: 10.1080/17439884.2020.1707223.
 

Collective Policy Making and Artificial Intelligence in Education

Kalervo Gulson (University of Sydney), Marcia McKenzie (University of Melbourne), Sam Sellar (University of South Australia)

In late 2022, ChatGPT rocked the world of education. ChatGPT is a freely available large language model AI system, which can generate writing across genres from a range of user created prompts. In recent months, social and mainstream media has been filled with stories about the ease of using ChatGPT to write convincing essays and other assessment tasks, raising concerns about academic integrity, including plagiarism. Universities and school systems responded, with some accepting its use and others banning it. These responses highlight a policy problem created by all forms of AI that are being introduced into education. That is, the current education policy environment lags behind the roll out of these technologies. Responses to ChatGPT also highlight the wide range of views on the use of AI, yet we have few methods for incorporating broad-based expertise and stakeholder input to create policies that support the productive use of AI while ameliorating potential harms. This paper contributes to current debates about the use AI in education by showing how collective policy making can serve as a method for creating more inclusive and participatory policy making (Emerson et al, 2012; Rickson & McKenzie, 2021) for AI in education. That is, we explore the potential role of participatory processes in (1) decision-making about the uses of AI in education (e.g., guidelines relating to the use of AI technologies to provide an education service) and (2) the uses of AI in education policy making and implementation (i.e., as part of education governance processes). The latter includes using AI to implement education policy (i.e., using automated systems to deliver high stakes tests) and to provide evidence to support policy making (e.g., new insights regarding links between inequality and student outcomes) (Gulson, Sellar & Webb, 2022). The paper outlines current approaches that can be used to enable collective policy making about AI through principled engagement, shared motivation, and capacity for joint action (Emerson et al, 2012). These approaches can include participatory procurement processes for education technology, policy prototyping, and education-specific algorithmic impact assessments (Gulson et al, 2022). These collective policy making methods aim to create ‘meaningful relationships between researchers and the different actors involved in the policy process’ (Rickson & McKenzie, 2021). The paper also explores the dynamics of new forms of collective policy making, which are emerging with the automation of ‘governmental decision-making’ (Paul, 2022) and the collaboration of machine and human policy actors.

References:

Emerson, K., Nabatchi, T. & Balogh, S. (2011). An Integrative Framework for Collaborative Governance. Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory, 22(1), 1-29. Gulson, K. N., Sellar, S. & Webb, P.T. (2022). Algorithms of Education: How Datafication and Artificial Intelligence Shapes Policy. University of Minnesota Press. Paul, R. (2022), Can Critical Policy Studies Outsmart AI? Research Agenda on Artificial Intelligence Technologies and Public Policy. Critical Policy Studies, 16(4), 497-509 Rickinson, M., & McKenzie, M. (2021). The research-policy relationship in environmental and sustainability education. Environmental Education Research, 27(4), 465-479.
 
9:00am - 10:30am29 SES 09 A JS: STEAMing ahead: acting, educating the senses, and discovering new visible worlds
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre C [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Judit Onsès
Joint Paper and Ignite Talk Session NW 13 and NW 29
 
29. Research on Arts Education
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Testing an Art-making Model For Primary Education

Jo Trowsdale1, Richard Davies2

1University of Suffolk, United Kingdom; 2University of Central Lancashire

Presenting Author: Trowsdale, Jo; Davies, Richard

A five-year study of an arts and engineering project was judged to have had a significant impact on pupils’ learning and engagement (see Author 2020; Authors, 2019; 2021; Authors 2022). The project, however, was expensive unless funded by external grants. Schools wanted to see how a similar approach could be embedded in their schools. This presentation outlines how the developed T*** approach, theorised from the 5 year study, was tested with 14 primary schoolteachers in 7 schools.

Teacher interviews identified a lack of experience in curriculum design and a lack of confidence in using art-making practices to develop learning. Whilst teachers sought to give children freedom to express themselves, take some responsibility for and enjoy their learning, this was in tension with concerns to cover a packed curriculum, so often remained an unrealised ambition.

Through experiencing, deconstructing and trialling art-making practices throughout a curriculum development process, teachers designed schemes of work. The process was iterative and messy with the T *** model emerging from responding to teachers’ questions from discussions and observations of their challenges and successful use of the elements of the model. The approach was grounded in the real-world practices, structures and cultures the art-makers, but was also responsive to the needs of the mainstream classroom, and attuned to the theoretical insights gleaned from previous research. Through trialling different pedagogies, adopting practice from the previous project and becoming familiar with ‘community of practising art-makers’ (CoP) (Lave and Wenger, 1991) and ‘commission’, teachers planning changed, and they developed an understanding of and confidence in the approach. In addition to the foundational CoP and commission, the model embeds a range of characteristics identified from the professional culture and practices of the art-makers (Ingold, 20130; 2017). An emphasis was given to physical theatre and drawing as engaging and underused meaning-making processes in learning and these were particularly successful in expanding the repertoire of teachers.

Teachers designed their schemes of work over 18 months (albeit with interruptions due to the pandemic), trialling elements in their settings, with regular discussion and feedback from educationalists and artists. Their developing understanding of the model, its educational implications and how it could inform their classroom practice was not an easy process. In the end of project interviews, one teacher talked about coming to a session with what they thought was a really good idea only to for it to be ‘picked apart by you [the educationalists]’. Whilst initially, such moments were disheartening, they were later acknowledged as vital to teacher understanding of the model and having the confidence use it.

In one school, an environmentalist story-based drama enabled students to empathise with issues related to the physical world and how humans engage with it and to think of themselves as a community of environmental activists. Taking on a commission required multiple subject knowledges, but also to think and behave like a member of this community of environmental activists. The commission, situated in the real-world, generated a series of tasks that the community needs to address and through which the majority of the learning occurs; learning-by-doing and/or educative conversations whilst being supervised to address the task; or by direct teaching. In this example, the community’s commission was to improve the ecology of their school grounds by designing and making homes for wildlife. It required the development of scientific, design, geographical and communicative knowledge and understanding but also the ability to empathise, listen, think critically, imagine, negotiate ideas, be responsible for particular tasks, practice particular skills, persist with ideas – to see themselves as necessary and valued members of this community by practising and behaving like environmental activists.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project involved 14 teachers from 7 schools and 5 professional art-makers with specialisms in theatre and design. The project also drew on the experience and practice of 2 engineers. It lasted two-years during the covid-19 pandemic. Teachers engaged in 10 professional development days lead by the art-makers and researchers, and in 8 Design Technology skills sessions. Art-makers also met with teachers from each school for planning and support sessions at least 4 times. The sessions took place at a number of venues but predominantly at a purpose-built makerspace which provided a large range of resources which teachers could use. All sessions were designed to illustrate the T*** approach, that is they were active, investigative and utilised art-making as a mode of learning. Teachers designed and delivered a scheme of work in their schools and evaluated sing a modified form of ‘Lesson Study’.  
The study was participatory and collaborative by design. Both authors were involved in the development sessions with teachers and artists and at least one was involved in each skills development sessions. The researchers collected fieldnotes, lesson plans, talked informally with participants and led more structured discussions on the impact of the project on teachers’ planning and classroom practice, and outcomes for pupils. Semi-structured interviews (average time 40 mins) were conducted with the teachers just before the project, after one year and at the end of the project. We interviewed the artists twice (average time 60 mins) and kept notes on artist development meetings throughout the project. We also interviewed senior leaders from each of the 7 schools at the beginning and end of the project. Interviews were transcribed and thematically coded. All participants gave fully informed consent and ethical approval for the research was given by the UCLan’s research ethics committee. Here we report on the teachers’ interviews and structured discussion comments, supplemented by reflections from fieldnotes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The most immediate impact on teachers was a ‘reframing’ of the way they thought about designing learning experiences, and ‘seeing teaching from a different viewpoint’. The project gave them the confidence and skills to consider and implement a different approach to planning, which they recognised improves pupils’ learning, their motivation to learn, develops important transversal skills and children’s enjoyment of learning. They spoke of using drama and drawing, formerly peripheral to their practice, not just within the scheme of work they had developed through the project but across the curriculum.  Significantly for teachers, this motivated them to allow more freedom and co-learning with their pupils. For most teachers this was at times a difficult journey as they had to engage with arts-rich activities in which they were under confident and where they engaged in a series of critical dialogues with the researchers, a process that required an extended period of time.  
Teachers valued having a structured approach which had identifiable elements and clarity about the relationships between those elements. The visualisation of the T*** showing its two primary principles: the art-making community of practice and the commission, framed teachers thinking about the process and reminded them of the key characteristics (active and embodied learning, different spaces, situated knowledge, maker-educators). Whilst it framed planning, the visualisation did not dictate; different teachers found a different balance between the elements in response to their own values, interests and confidence, and the characteristics of their class.


References
Author (2020)
Authors (2019)
Authors (2021)
Authors (2022)Ingold, T. (2013) Making. London: Routledge.
Ingold, T. (2017), Anthropology in/as Education. Routledge, Abingdon.
Lave J. and Wenger, E. (1991), Situated Learning: legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.


29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

Polarize and Depolarise – Drawing to Learn Under the Microscope

Paulo Luís Almeida, Mário Bismarck

i2ADS, University of Porto

Presenting Author: Almeida, Paulo Luís

This presentation will discuss a "Drawing to Learn" experience based on a drawing workshop under the microscope. This workshop gathered Fine Arts and Biochemistry students from the University of Porto around biological samples prepared with the tano-ferric method by the Portuguese scientist Abel Salazar (1889-1946). We have reviewed the method of histological drawing that Abel Salazar developed as an observational tool to polarise attention and intertwined it with drawing activities to engage students in observing their own perception.

We aim to identify and explore observation and visualisation practices under the microscope in students with different backgrounds in art and STEM areas. By creating modes of interaction between student scientists and artists, we aimed to empower students to create their own visual representations instead of relying on their observation and study of pre-existing visual models.

Based on the histological drawing method described by Abel Salazar, Microscopic drawing is understood as a form of reasoning through the construction of a visual model that enables the translation of the visual-spatial content.

BACKGROUND

Although the practice of observation under the microscope is more common in scientific study and research routines, it reflects a shared commitment to artistic practice and research: the discovery of new visible worlds. With this expression – discovering a new visible world – the scientist Robert Hooke opened his essay Micrographia, initially published in 1665, where he presents microscopy as a new form of visual culture. Aware that two people observing the same sample can see different things, Hooke's notes still constitute an epistemological basis for microscopic representation today. Observing under a microscope involves making visual decisions that alter what is observed and open the way to knowledge of "true form".

After 1932, Abel Salazar developed a drawing process adjusted to the microscopic observation that is still a contemporary tool of learning through drawing, in tandem with biology learning skills (OCR, 2015): to draw is to engage ourselves in a continuous process of polarising and depolarising our attention.

More than an accurate record, drawing under the microscope is an epistemic stance on observation itself. To draw is to create an external visual model used to learn and make science (Quillin & Thomas, 2015, p.9). This visual model relates the object to the experience of observation. Like any representation, it is not neutral.

TOPICS OF DISCUSSION

Recent literature on drawing as a means of tacit communication between professors and students in learning microscopy has highlighted its benefits in overcoming resistance to absorbing new information quickly. The habit of drawing for colleagues and students is a natural and necessary consequence of joint observation under the microscope to learn to select and organise information. Drawing together becomes an alternative way of "talking to each other" (Lyon & Turland, 2020, p.7).

Microscopic observation suggests that there are different levels of cognitive engagement between the external visual models generated by students and the mental models that are formed in the student's mind (Ainsworth & Scheiter, 2021). Studies on the role of drawing in STEM areas highlight this interaction, as the brain naturally resorts to spatial information to encode other information, such as verbal or numeric, thus increasing memory and learning capacity (Quillin & Thomas, 2015; Tversky, 1999). Drawing a physical or visual model, such as a microscopic slide, can occur as a result of an already constituted mental model or as part of the cognitive tasks of selecting, organising and integrating information, which structures the learning process and the creation of mental models (Van Meter & Garner, 2005).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The workshops were developed within an action-research framework.
They were based on individual observation exercises and interactive approaches to drawing, applying the CAP framework proposed by Ainsworth and Scheiter regarding drawing in STEM. We explore ways to defamiliarizing the technical image, such as the perception of negative spaces in the observation of the microscopic sample; blind drawing as a polarizer of attention.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
While acknowledging its status as a scientific document, Abel Salazar's method of histological drawing mainly reflects an epistemic position: it works with the processes of selection, organisation and integration that occur in scientific observation when it is mediated by drawing. Recent literature on the generative impact of drawing on microscopy has confirmed the importance of creating external visual models to organise selected information into mental models, to develop cognitive engagement during learning and to demonstrate acquired knowledge, including misconceptions and doubts that students often do not expose directly.
Abel Salazar's histological drawing method is distinguished by the emphasis given to the inductive experience of observation under the microscope rather than the purely deductive knowledge of the sample. In this way, it enhances the construction of mental models on specimens not yet studied. The construction of knowledge seems to accompany the observation process itself by reflecting the technique and observation protocols under the microscope in its movements of polarisation and depolarisation.
However, if studies on the subject have demonstrated the advantages of integrating drawing activities in the study of microscopy and discussed the causes for its resistance in STEM learning, the construction and demonstration of drawing methods adapted to different scenarios of microscopic observation is still residual. In particular, when directed at contexts with a lack of formal drawing training or resistance caused by a lack of confidence and motivation.

References
Ainsworth, S. & Scheiter, K. (2021). Learning by Drawing Visual Representations: Potential, Purposes, and Practical Implications. Current Directions in Psychological Science. 30(1), pp. 61-67.
Anderson, G. (2017). Drawing as a Way of Knowing in Art and Science. Bristol: Intellect.
De Rijcke, Sarah (2008). "Drawing into abstraction. Practices of observation and visualisation in the work of Santiago Ramón y Cajal". Interdisciplinary Science Reviews, Vol. 33(4), pp.287-311
Doherty, Meghan C. (2012). "Discovering the 'True Form': Hooke's Micrographia and the visual vocabulary of engraved portraits". Notes & Records of the Royal Society. 66(3), pp.211-234.
Dünkel, Vera (2015). “Comparing Images”. In Bredekamp, H.; Dünkel, V.; Schneider, B. (2015). The Technical Image. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press, pp.14-17.
Jabr, Ferris (2013). "Why the Brain Prefers Paper." Scientific American. November 2013, Vol. 309(5), pp.48-53.
Lyon, Philippa M.; Turland, Martha (2020). Visualising the body: health professionals' perceptions of their clinical drawing practices. Medical Humanities. 46(4), pp.1-10.
Lyons, Lucy (2012). "Drawing your way into understanding". Tracey – Drawing and Visualisation Research: Drawing Knowledge. Loughborough: Loughborough University [Acessível em https://www.lboro.ac.uk/microsites/sota/tracey/journal/edu/2012/PDF/Lucy_Lyons-TRACEY-Journal-DK-2012.pdf]
OCR (2015). A Level Biology Drawing Skills - Biological Drawing. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press & Assessment [Acessível em https://www.ocr.org.uk/qualifications/as-a-level-gce-biology-a-h020-h420-from-2015/delivery-guide/Images/123-287412-drawing-skills-booklet-handbook.pdf].
Quillin, Kim; Thomas, Stephen (2015). "Drawing-to-Learn: A Framework for Using Drawings to Promote Model-Based Reasoning in Biology". CBE-Life Sciences Education. Vol. 14(1), pp.1-16.
Salazar, Abel (1943). "Desenho Histológico". In Costa, A Celestino da; Chaves, P. Roberto. Manual de Técnica Histológica - Guia de Trabalhos Práticos. 3ª edição. Lisboa: Livraria Portugália, pp. 49-67
Tversky, B. (1999) What does drawing reveal about thinking? In Gero, J.S. & Tversky, B. (Eds.). Visual and Spatial Reasoning in Design. Sydney: Key Centre for Design Computing and Cognition pp. 93-101.
Van Meter, Peggy; Garner, Joanna (2005). "The promise and practice of learn¬er-generated drawing: literature review and synthesis". Educational Psychology Review. Vol. 17 (4), pp. 285–325.


29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

Towards an Education of the Senses: An alternative pragmatic view on STEAM.

Joris Vlieghe1, Nancy Vansieleghem2,1, Lierin Buelens1,2

1KU Leuven, Belgium; 2LUCA School of Arts, Belgium

Presenting Author: Vlieghe, Joris; Vansieleghem, Nancy

Many educators see STEAM education, which combines the arts and sciences to establish more creative teaching practices, as an opportunity to integrate the arts within the school curriculum in order for students to acquire 21st century skills. STEAM proponents hold that the arts can be used as a way par excellence to teach students the innovation strategies needed for the omnipresent economic competitiveness. Critics of STEAM education, however, argue that such neoliberal focus on marketability in education neglect other, deeper educational goals (Graham, 2021). Moreover, as STEAM scholar Graham (2021) points out, in a world facing grave environmental and social problems it becomes increasingly important for students and teachers to contemplate exactly what constitutes ‘good education’ over and against this instrumentalisation. And yet, precisely the arts are often pleaded as possible solution bidders to these problems, under the rubric that they not only have an economic or social binding meaning, but also offer the possibility of self-transformation (Green 2012). They purportedly do so by virtue of their orientation to the (un)human, and to the difference between who we are, and who we can be. However, whereas the emphasis here is still very much on the personal self, in this research project, we want to emphasise a relation to the actual ‘thing’ in need, being the shared world and our relations in it, in order to adequately tackle todays challenges. According to Biesta (2017), to achieve this world-centeredness, we should again look to the arts for an answer. As artistic practices are a powerful way to enter into dialogue with one’s surroundings—with ‘the world’—, to dwell on the question "what is the subject under study trying to say to me?", i.e. "what is it (or the world) asking of me?" (Vansieleghem, 2021).

However, with all this emphasis on the arts, we would almost forget that also the more traditional STEM directions (Science, Technology, Engeneering, Mathematics), were they to transcend a purely instrumental nature, do similarly possess this potentiality (Mehta et al., 2019). In other words, the STEAM initiative does seem like a called for alternative. Yet, precisely because of its labour marketoriented focus on creativity, this initiative also suffers from the shortcomings of the educational system of its time. It is therefore our aim to go beyond these shortcomings by developing a well-founded alternative approach to education that responds to today’s challenges, an approach that we would like to coin as 'Education of the Senses' (EoS). From the assumption that we are facing these radically new challenges, and that we don't know what we don't know, and what thinking should do with it, we want to explore how particular artistic and scientific strategies and practices can be used to help us go beyond knowing: to put the senses (seeing, listening, feeling, tasting) at the core to build ‘a thinking’ on. In this way, framing a STEAM education where we don’t use the arts to merely give STEM a creative component, but to shape STEM through giving the sensory experience a central place. Hence, the goal of this research is to give life to an Education of the Senses, by outlining a foundational framework for the STEAM initiative through pedagogical practices and exercises that develop connectivity and attention to the world. This goes hand in hand with reconceptualising pedagogy beyond the limits of instrumental logic, on the basis of pragmatic ideas such as those of William James, Isabelle Stengers, Donna Haraway and Bruno Latour.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our central research question reads as follows: under what conditions can STEAM, as an Education of the Senses, be harnessed as a response against current social and ecological issues that require a new foundation for 'pedagogical-care'? Following from this question, we will also seek answers to the following enquiries: "Which core maximes can be formulated for an education of the senses?", and "How can protocols (conditions) be generated from analyses of existing practices surrounding STEAM (and more specifically this regards laboratory and studio practices), with which we can arrive at this specific way of thinking about EoS?". It is through this investigation that we want to provide an adequate pedagogical response to the challenges in our society.

Moreover, according to the design of this research, ‘domain experts’ are of vital importance. These experts need to be involved in this research to give EoS a grounded footing in the real world practice through an interdisciplinary research method. However, we would like to reconsider the idea of ‘domain’ and ‘discipline’ through a deliberation of their constitutive practices, techniques and gestures: not primarily considering art and science as disciplines or domains, but as material practices, strategies and techniques that work upon the world in a particular way. This view implies a different relationship between sciences, arts and education. A relationship that does not stem from the question of how an integration of different disciplines can lead to the acquisition of different skills and knowledge that are better adapted to the demands of a changing society. Interdisciplinarity for us is thus not a starting point, but a consequence of a ‘thing’- centered and world-centred approach (cf. Vlieghe & Zamojski, 2019). Instead of starting from disciplines, we want to enter upon concrete practices and materialities. With this, we aim at creating rich innovative practices that are therefore not so much linked to the sciences or the arts as disciplines, but to the studio and the laboratory as practices where the world becomes an object of study and that relates to a care for the new or unknown. We want to explore how these practices allow for ‘unlearning’ learning, and creating other forms of attention in the context of the development of a foundational framework for EoS.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Today’s tendency of looking at education from an instrumental viewpoint has been critised by Gert Biesta (2006) in terms of 'the learnification of education', in which the pedagogical emphasis is on the act of "learning" itself, such that crucial questions about content, why learning takes place, and the relationships that occur during learning are neglected or obscured. A process, thus, in which learning is chiefly aimed at a rapid functioning society. While this description of education may seem decent at first glance, it gives a very narrow representation of what it actually is about, let alone a proper one. Truly, such an instrumentalist logic, with its strong focus on immediate, labour market-oriented learning outcomes, is hardly what our troubled society needs today. Instead, what is called for is an educational practice in which slower, more ‘world-oriented’ education is granted at least equal prominence (this is in line with Arendt’s notion of Amor Mundi, i.e. Love for the world and the related idea of educational care elaborated on in the ‘manifesto for a post-critical pedagogy’ by Hodgson et al., 2018). With this innovative approach to education, we want to explore how artistic and scientific material practices and strategies allow for moving beyond education's singular focus on "wanting to know" from an effectiveness and efficiency logic, to the more holistic and intensive "wanting to understand" (Meirieu, 2018).
References
Biesta, G. (2006) Beyond Learning. Democratic Education for a Human Future (Boulder, Paradigm).

Biesta, G. (2017). Letting art teach.

Burnard, P., & Colucci-Gray, L. (2020). Why Science and Art Creativities Matter: (Re-)Configuring STEAM for Future-Making Education (P. Burnard & L. Colluci-Gray (eds.)). Brill Sense.

Demoss, K., & Morris, T. (2002). How Arts Integration Supports Student Learning: Students Shed
Light on the Connections. Chicago Arts Partnerships, 1–25.

Graham, M. A. (2021). The disciplinary borderlands of education: art and STEAM education (Los
límites disciplinares de la educación: arte y educación STEAM). Infancia y Aprendizaje, 44(4),
769–800. https://doi.org/10.1080/02103702.2021.1926163

Hodgson, N., Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2018). Manifesto for a Post-Critical Pedagogy. punctum
books. https://doi.org/10.21983/P3.0193.1.00

Latour, B. (2018). Down to Earth: Politics in the New Climatic Regime. In Anthropological Quarterly
(Vol. 93, Issue 2). Polity Press. https://doi.org/10.1353/ANQ.2020.0036

Mehta, R., Keenan, S., Henriksen, D., & Mishra, P. (2019). Developing a Rhetoric of Aesthetics: The
(Often) Forgotten Link Between Art and STEM. STEAM Education: Theory and Practice, 121–
145. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-04003-1_7

Meirieu, P. (2018). Le plaisir d’apprendre. Autrement.

Vansieleghem, Nancy; 2021. The Point of Study Practices Is to Discover the Kind of Questions That
We 'Also' Should Ask. Philosophy and Theory in Higher Education; 2021; pp. 107 - 118

Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2019). Towards an Ontology of Teaching. Thing-centred Pedagogy,
Affirmation and Love for the World. 11. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-16003-6
 
9:00am - 10:30am30 SES 09 A: Teaching ESE
Location: Hetherington, 130 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Jonas Lysgaard
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Exploring the Interrelatedness of Teaching Approach, Environmental Attitudes and Action Competence Among Secondary School Students in an International Context

Ferenc Mónus1, Jan Cincera2, Alexandra Hengerics-Szabó3, Gergely Rosta4, Dániel Sziva5, Attila Varga6

1University of Debrecen, Hungary; 2Masaryk University, Czech Republic; 3J. Selye University, Slovakia; 4Pázmány Péter Catholic University, Hungary; 5Alapértékek Nonprofit Ltd., Hungary; 6ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary

Presenting Author: Mónus, Ferenc

Education for sustainable development (ESD) gained significant momentum by adopting the Sustainable Development goals (SDGs) of the United Nations (2015). Global acceptance of ESD as an educational priority boosted ESD programs and related international collaborations worldwide. In Hungary the nationwide program of the Sustainability Thematic Week (STW) is announced by the Ministry of Human Capacities each year since 2016 with topics related to the different SDGs. A complex research program linked to the national STW was launched in 2020 to examine Hungarian primary and secondary school students’ environmental awareness. In 2022, PontVelem Ltd., the organizer of the STW and coordinator of the linked research program, initiated and supported a research resting on international cooperation in order to investigate environmental awareness and its shaping factors based on representative samples in three central European countries (Czech Republic, Hungary and Slovakia).

How pedagogical approach in ESD shapes environmental attitudes, pro-environmental behaviour and action competences is recently gaining more and more interest (Chen & Liu 2020, Sass et al. 2020). Action-oriented and transformative pedagogy promote students to become active participants by understanding and deliberating the causes and effects empower their capability of deliberating the causes and effects, and facilitate to construct visions for finding ellaborated strategies to overcome environmental issues. How specific pedagogical methods (Eames et al. 2006, Lozano et al. 2022) or different pedagogical approaches (Boeve-de Pauw et al. 2015) fit best to these requirements are subject of numerous studies, and still remains a potential fruitful field of environmental education research.

Our research investigates a) how teaching approach (holistic approach to content and pluralistic approach to teaching) in secondary school students is interconnected with their environmental attitudes, pro-environmental behaviour and action competences; b) does the pattern of this interconnectedness differ within the different countries represented in our study.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A representative survey using CAWI methodology (Cocco & Tuzzi 2013) was conducted in three Central European countries. The questionnaire was adapted from earlier questionnaires applied in the STW linked research program in Hungary (see Berze et al. 2022; Mónus et al. 2022) and in several environmental education related research in the Czech Republic (Cincera et al. 2022). 6500 respondents from the 11th class of secondary schools (age of 16-18 years) fulfilled the survey (N= 1666 in Czech Republic, N= 1392 in Slovakia, and N= 3442 in Hungary). In Hungary and the Czech Republic, a two-stage random sampling procedure was used to first select schools using PPS (Probability Proportional to Size) procedure and then to randomly select a class within the sampled schools to fill in the questionnaire. In Slovakia, all secondary schools received a link to the questionnaire, and the participating class within schools was also randomly selected. The deviation of the samples from the distribution of the population was corrected by multivariate weighting (criteria: region, school type, school owner).
The survey contained 124 questions on the students’ environmental attitudes, pro-environmental behaviour, action competences, teaching approach perceived in their classes, and on their demographic and socioeconomic background. The relevant scales in the presentewd study were the children’s NEP scale (Manoli et al. 2007), adapted versions of the preservation, the utilization and the nature appreciation scales (Cincera et al. 2022) of the 2-MEV scale (Bogner 2018), an adapted version of the self-perceived action competence scale (Olsson et al. 2020), and finally two scales to measure the teaching approach (holistic approach to content and pluralistic approach to teaching; Boeve-de Pauw et al. 2015).
The research was performed according to the APA Ethical Principles and considered the national laws in each country. All questionnaires were anonym, could be started by participants after agreeing an informed consent, and the subsequent identification of participants were not feasible based on the answers. The research was organized by Alapértékek Nonprofit Ltd. in partnership with PontVelem Nonprofit Ltd. (as the organizer of the Hungarian STW), and was supported by the Hungarian Ministry of Human Resources, the National Office for Vocational and Adult Education, the Blue Planet Foundation and the Alliance for Fundamental Rights (Hungary). The fieldwork was conducted by Hungarian polling company Forsense.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Cronbach’s alpha reliabilities of the scales used ranged from 0.59 to 0.86 in the different national samples. Based on the preliminary analyses teaching approach slightly correlated both to environmental attitude and self-perceived action competence (rSp=0.08 – 0.15), and action competence moderately correlated to preservation and appreciation of nature (rSp=0.31 – 0.39), while holistic and pluralistic teaching approaches correlated to a higher extent (rSp=0.51). Further more sophisticated analyses are in progress to assess the effect of demographic variables, school type and country effect on these correlations. Considering national differences in teaching approaches and their respected effects on attitudes and action competences may allow us to draw some relevant consequences on ESD policies.
References
Berze, I. Z., Varga, A., Mónus, F., Néder, K., & Dúll, A. (2022). Measuring Environmental Worldviews: Investigating the Dimensionality of the New Environmental Paradigm Scale for Children in a Large Central European Sample. Sustainability, 14(8), 4595.

Boeve-de Pauw, J., Gericke, N., Olsson, D., & Berglund, T. (2015). The effectiveness of education for sustainable development. Sustainability, 7(11), 15693-15717.

Bogner, F. X. (2018). Environmental values (2-MEV) and appreciation of nature. Sustainability, 10(2), 350.

Chen, S. Y., & Liu, S. Y. (2020). Developing students’ action competence for a sustainable future: A review of educational research. Sustainability, 12(4), 1374.

Cincera, J., Kroufek, R., & Bogner, F. X. (2022). The perceived effect of environmental and sustainability education on environmental literacy of Czech teenagers. Environmental Education Research, 1-18.

Cocco, M., & Tuzzi, A. (2013). New data collection modes for surveys: a comparative analysis of the influence of survey mode on question-wording effects. Quality & quantity, 47, 3135-3152.

Eames, C., Law, B., Barker, M., Iles, H., McKenzie, J., Patterson, R., ... & Wright, A. (2006). Investigating teachers' pedagogical approaches in environmental education that promote students' action competence. Teaching & Learning Research Initiative.

Lozano, R., Barreiro‐Gen, M., D'amato, D., Gago‐Cortes, C., Favi, C., Martins, R., ... & Gladysz, B. (2022). Improving sustainability teaching by grouping and interrelating pedagogical approaches and sustainability competences: Evidence from 15 Worldwide Higher Education Institutions. Sustainable Development.

Manoli, C. C., Johnson, B., & Dunlap, R. E. (2007). Assessing children's environmental worldviews: Modifying and validating the New Ecological Paradigm Scale for use with children. The Journal of Environmental Education, 38(4), 3-13.

Mónus, F., Bacskai, K., Varga, A., Berze, I. Z., Néder, K., & Dúll, A. (2022). Általános-és középiskolás diákok környezettudatosságát meghatározó tényezők a Fenntarthatósági Témahét 2021-es nagymintás vizsgálata alapján. Iskolakultúra, 32(7), 47-68.

Olsson, D., Gericke, N., Sass, W., & Boeve-de Pauw, J. (2020). Self-perceived action competence for sustainability: The theoretical grounding and empirical validation of a novel research instrument. Environmental Education Research, 26(5), 742-760.

UN (2015): Sustainable Development Goals https://sdgs.un.org/goals

Sass, W., Boeve-de Pauw, J., Olsson, D., Gericke, N., De Maeyer, S., & Van Petegem, P. (2020). Redefining action competence: The case of sustainable development. The Journal of Environmental Education, 51(4), 292-305.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Problematic Situations in Implementing Locally Relevant Teaching

Malena Lidar1, Katrien Van Poeck2, Eva Lundqvist1, Leif Östman1

1Uppsala University, Sweden; 2Ghent University, Belgium

Presenting Author: Lidar, Malena; Van Poeck, Katrien

The global sustainability crisis calls for citizens with improved awareness, understanding and ability to take action against threatening challenges in society and in everyday life. Policymakers worldwide take initiatives that call on schools and teachers to contribute to this by implementing environmental and sustainability education (ESE) (e.g. UNESCO, 2017, SDG4, target 4.7). One of the educational innovations that schools are invited to implement, is so-called "open schooling", i.e. educational practices in schools that have an explicit ambition to identify, explore and tackle sustainability problems in the local community. The goal in open schooling is for schools to work in collaboration with local stakeholders, authorities, associations, businesses, etc. to contribute to constructive solutions to sustainability issues. Earlier didactic research has shown how policy-driven innovations can be challenging for teachers because they require a departure from habitual ways of thinking and acting. Many studies in science education have shown that implementation of policy innovations is a very complicated process in relation to for example teachers’ beliefs (see for example Wallace & Priestley 2011). Regarding teachers’ common way of teaching Lidar et al. (2020), for instance, show how the introduction of external examinations in primary school meant that teachers had to re-evaluate their teaching habits and coordinate their teaching to fit the new requirements. In relation to sustainability education Leemans (2022) argues that implementing a ‘whole school approach’, as UNESCO (2021) and governments (e.g. Onderwijsinspectie 2017) call for, challenges everyday routines in a class, school, and local community before such an education innovation can become part of the normal course of events.

In this paper, we identify and discuss several kinds of difficulties that teachers may experience in implementing policy-driven educational innovation through an explorative case study of open schooling practices in Sweden and Belgium. In particular, we investigate how schools implement open schooling through LORET - Locally Relevant Teaching (Östman et al. 2013), a methodology to plan locally relevant sustainable development teaching that is adapted to local needs/conditions while also allowing to teach subject knowledge and realize curriculum objectives. Our object of study is the design processes of teaching in workshops where educational researchers and teachers collaborate to co-produce LORET-based open schooling practices.

The paper is theoretically inspired by transactional theory on sustainability learning (Östman et al. 2019) based on the pragmatist work of John Dewey (1916, 1938) who approaches learning ‘transactionally’ (Dewey & Bentley 1949), i.e. as a consequence of individuals' coordination processes with the physical, social and institutional environment. A transactional learning theory posits that learning occurs in response to a ‘problematic situation’ (Dewey 1929). A problematic situation occur when our habitual ways of thinking and acting is disturbed: when we can’t continue as usual with the activity we are involved in. When encountering a problematic situation, we engage in inquiry through experimentation in order to find a solution, which can result in the acquisition of new knowledge, skills, values, identities, and so on. This process may involve a transformation of habits or the development of new habits. As such, pragmatism’s processual approach to the phases of habit, crisis and creativity that mark human action (Shilling 2008) offers us a useful framework to investigate how didactic innovation involves the disturbance of teaching habits.

Our analysis of the disturbance of teaching habits incited by the introduction of a new open schooling methodology is guided by the following research questions:

  1. Which problematic situations occur?
  2. What creates these problematic situations, in other words, which are the habits that are disturbed?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We present an explorative qualitative case study of LORET workshops in 5 diverse schools: one Swedish primary school (pupils in year 5 and 6, 11-12 years old, working on the issue of waste and recycling), one Swedish secondary school (students in their first year at the Social Science program, 16-17 years old, working on diverse issues in different groups, e.g. recycling of clothes and inter-generational dialogue on SDGs), one Belgian primary school (pupils from preschool to year 6, 2,5-12 years old working on the issue of sustainable food), and two Belgian secondary schools (one with students in their fourth and fifth year at the STEAM program, 15-17 years old, working on the issues of water and electricity, and one with students in the fourth and sixth year of diverse programs, 15-18 years old, working on the issue of sustainable food). In each location a teacher team with different subject specialties and interests took part. Additionally, a team of facilitators with backgrounds as educational researchers participated in the workshops. One facilitator had the overarching responsibility for leading the workshops in the Swedish schools, another one in the Belgian schools. The meetings took place in person or online (zoom, Teams), were recorded and lasted for between 45-240 minutes. The empirical material was gathered through observations and (individual and group) interviews.

Our strategy of analysis was to first listen to the recordings of observations and interviews and take notes. We identified, on the one hand, problematic situations that became visible as a 'gap' (Wickman and Östman 2002) in the ongoing conversations through for example hesitations, questions, a sigh, disagreement on how to continue, etc. and, on the other hand, problematic situations that were voiced by respondents during the interviews. After each recording we discussed the identified “problematic situations” in teams of at least two researchers. All problematic situations we agreed on were transcribed and analyzed in order to determine how they occurred, i.e. through the disturbance of which teaching habits and customs. Subsequently, determining similarities and differences between the identified problematic situations and discussing these repeatedly with the entire research team resulted in a categorization of 9 types of problematic situations.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We identified different types of problematic situations:
1. Difficulties to plan lessons starting from a sustainability challenge
2. A lack of content expertise
3. Difficulties to take the students along in an authentic quest for solutions
4. Difficulties to define and coordinate the roles of teachers and non-school partners
5. Difficulties to create tailor-made lesson plans and teaching materials
6. Difficulties to cope with the workload
7. Organizational issues
8. Difficulties to document lesson plans
9. Difficulties to manage the students’ working process
Even though there were common problematic situations brought about by the introduction of LORET differed considerably across contexts , such as a shared struggle to organize lessons that take students along in an authentic quest for solving the sustainability problem at hand, there were also differences in terms of the occurrence of problematic situations as well as in the sort of habits that were disturbed. These differences were related to different national educational contexts, diverse school culture/organization/policies, variety in individual teachers’ habits, and differences in students’ characteristics (e.g. age).
Our explorative study draws attention to the impact of policy-driven innovations on everyday teaching practices and sheds light on some considerations to take into account when installing or facilitating education innovation initiatives. It shows the importance of flexibility and of facilitators being attentive to differences in the problematic situations that are experienced in order to come up with tailored strategies to overcome these. We also observed how paying attention to how teachers’ and schools’ routines are disturbed can result in making changes in habits and customs so that obstacles can be overcome in case this is considered worthwhile. We hope that this explorative study may inspire future research in this topic to validate the findings and gaining more in-depth insight in, for example, how problematic situations can be overcome.

References
Dewey, J. 1916. Democracy and Education. An Introduction into the Philosophy of Education. The Free Press.

Dewey, J. 1938. Experience and Education. Touchstone.

Dewey J., & Bentley, A.F. (1949/1991). Knowing and the known. Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University Press.

Leemans, G. (2022). Schoolvernieuwing voor ‘wicked problems’. Naar een aanpak voor de transformatie van ‘sociale praktijken’ vanuit een ‘whole school approach’. Report, Expertisecentrum Education & Development, UCLL.

Lidar, M., Lundqvist, E., Ryder, J., & Östman, L. (2020). The Transformation of Teaching Habits in Relation to the Introduction of Grading and National Testing in Science Education in Sweden. Research in Science Education. 50,151–173. Doi: 10.1007/s11165-017-9684-5

Onderwijsinspectie 2017. Referentiekader voor onderwijskwaliteit: bronnendocument. Brussel: Vlaams Ministerie van Onderwijs en Vorming, Onderwijsinspectie.

Östman, L., Svanberg S. and Aaro Östman, E. 2013. From Vision to lesson: Education for sustainable development in practice. Stockholm: WWF.

Östman, L., Van Poeck, K. and Öhman, J. 2019. A transactional theory on sustainability learning. In: Van Poeck, K., Östman, L. and Öhman, J. Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges. New York: Routledge, 127-139.

Shilling, C. 2008. Changing Bodies. Habit, Crisis and Creativity. Sage Publications Inc, London, Thousand Oaks, New Delhi.

UNESCO, United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization 2021. ESD for 2030 toolbox: priority action areas. https://en.unesco.org/themes/education-sustainable-development/toolbox/priorities#paa2

UNESCO, United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization 2017. Education for Sustainable Development Goals: Learning Objectives. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000247444

Wallace, C., & Priestley, M. 2011. Teacher beliefs and the mediation of curriculum innovation in Scotland: a socio-cultural perspective on professional development and change. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 43(3), 357–381.

Wickman, P.O., Östman, L., 2002. Learning as discourse change: A sociocultural mechanism. Science Education, 86, 601-623.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Mapping the Enablers and Constraints of Sustainability Education: Narratives of ‘Nightmare Schools’ and ‘Dream Schools’ of Sustainability Education

Anna Lehtonen, Niina Mykrä, Hannu Heikkinen, Terhi Nokkala

University of Jyväskylä, Finland

Presenting Author: Mykrä, Niina; Heikkinen, Hannu

This presentation is based on the ECF4CLIM project (A European Competence Framework for a Low Carbon Economy and Sustainability through Education), funded by the European Green Deal / Horizon 2020 Programme. ECF4CLIM aims at developing, testing and validating a European Competence Framework for transformational change through a multidisciplinary, transdisciplinary and participatory process. Applying participatory action research (PAR), practitioner research (Heikkinen, deJong & Vanderlinde 2016) and citizen science approaches (Senabre, Perelló, Becker, Bonhoure, Legris & Cigarini 2021), it seeks to empower the educational communities in Finland, Portugal, Romania and Spain to act against climate change and towards sustainable development. The purpose of this paper is to present the results of the narrative analysis of the material generated in the crowdsourcing workshops where teachers, students, education experts and different stakeholders reflect what prevents and/or enables schools to implement sustainability education properly.

The research question of this study is: ‘What constrains and/or enables the implementation of sustainability education in schools?’ To answer to this question, we apply the theory of practice architectures (Kemmis 2022) which seeks to find the preceding factors, or social arrangements which prefigure our practices; in other words, make our social practices possible in the way they happen. These practice architectures consist of (1.) cultural-discursive, (2.) material-economic, and (3.) social-political arrangements which in turn prefigure how practices are constituted through (1.) discourses (‘sayings’), (2.) physical activities and actions (‘doings’), as well as (3.) power relations such as solidarity and loyalty (Kemmis 2022). These different dimensions are intertwined in our everyday practices. This understanding of social practices forms a natural continuum with the methodologies of participatory action research (Kemmis et al. 2015).

Various crowdsourcing practices were applied to outline what tools educators and other stakeholders have for promoting sustainability competences, and what hinders and promotes using them. Several workshops were conducted for various groups of stakeholders, such as teachers, student, experts and for social groups in a vulnerable position which do not usually have a voice in society.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodologies in the ECF4CLIM project are rooted in the traditions of participatory action research (Kemmis et al. 2015), practitioner research (Heikkinen, deJong & Vanderlinde 2016), narrative research (Heikkinen 2002) and citizen science (Senabre, Perelló, Becker, Bonhoure, Legris & Cigarini 2021). To enable different educational stakeholders to have their voice heard, interactive crowdsourcing workshops were carried out, both online and face-to-face.
The Method of Empathy-Based Stories (MEBS; Wallin, Koro-Ljungberg & Eskola 2019) was applied in the workshops. The participants were asked to imagine, based on their real-life experiences, a day at a ‘nightmare school’ where sustainability education was implemented in the worst possible way. After that, they were asked to imagine one day at a ‘dream school’ where sustainable education was realized in the best possible way. Following questions guided the imagination: What did teachers and students, the principal, other school staff and parents do? Why did they act the way they do? How did the school owner disable or enable sustainability education? How did the surrounding society constrain or enable the work for sustainability in schools? What made all these parties work together – or not? In the workshops, the core elements of the stories were encapsulated in ‘sticky notes’ on an online platform.
The 'narrative analysis' was produced from the material (Heikkinen 2002; Polkinghorne 1998). ‘Narrative analysis’ sought to produce a single, coherent and progressive narrative with a clear plot by synthesizing different forms of data. Applying narrative analysis, the international research team compiled the stories into one narrative of a nightmare school and another narrative of a dream school. This analysis was based on the theory of practice architectures in order to find pre-existing practice arrangements that prefigured practices.
Altogether 31 workshops with 500 participants were organized in four of the partner countries. In this paper, the focus on the research data collected in Finland (14 workshops). Our purpose was to make an in-depth analysis instead of striving for a pan-European generalization. We found that in different countries the enablers and constraints were culturally and socially context-bound and they took shape differently in different countries.
The new stories resulting from this analysis are verified using member checking, through which all participants can comment on the finished report, by accepting, correcting, clarifying, or disagreeing with the interpretation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As our result, we present two narratives, one of the nightmare and dream school. The results are reflected both related to the theory of practice architectures and the draft for sustainability competences (Bianchi, Pisiotis & Cabrera 2022) which will be form the basis for the European Competence Framework for Sustainability which will be developed during the ECF4CLIM project. The findings are compared also with the other frameworks for sustainability competences (e.g., Bianchi 2020; Wiek et al. 2011; 2016; Redman, Wiek & Barth 2021).
The method of empathy-based stories seemed to cultivate imagination and reflections on the constraints and enablers of sustainability education among the workshop participants. The nightmare and dream narratives condense valuable knowledge of the challenges and best practices based on personal experiences and stories heard from others.
The results of narrative analysis enlighten how the success in sustainability education depends on an interconnected system of (1) available infrastructure and resources, (2) participatory culture within the school, (3) priorisation of sustainability and (4) collaboration with the network of relevant stakeholders including maintenance services, municipality and society. Therefore, the dimensions of the theory of practice architectures: material-economic, cultural-discursive and social-political arrangements seem to be relevant in developing sustainability education. Furthermore, the findings indicate that the competences defined in the European Sustainability Competence Framework, are essential in promoting sustainability in education. Additionally, the national context, the local system and lifeworld of the students and teachers need to be considered.
This research provides knowledge for developing guidelines how to succeed in promotion of sustainability competences needed for a sustainable post-carbon Europe.

References
Bianchi, G., Pisiotis, U., & Cabrera, M. (2022). JRC Science for policy report. GreenComp. The European sustainability competence framework. Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, doi:10.2760/13286, JRC128040 https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC128040
Heikkinen, H. (2002).   Whatever is Narrative Research? In: Huttunen, R., Heikkinen, H. & Syrjälä, L. (Eds.)  Narrative research. Voices of Teachers and Philosophers. Jyväskylä: SoPhi, 13 - 28.
Heikkinen, H. L., de Jong, F. P., & Vanderlinde, R. (2016). What is (good) practitioner research?. Vocations and learning, 9(1), 1-19.
Kemmis, S. (2022). Transforming Practices: Changing the world with the theory of practice architectures. Singapore: Springer. https://link.springer.com/book/9789811689727
Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon, R. (2015). Critical theory and critical participatory action research. The SAGE Handbook of action research, 453-464.
Redman, A., Wiek, A., & Barth, M. (2021). Current practice of assessing students’ sustainability competencies: a review of tools. Sustainability Science, 16(1), 117-135.
Senabre Hidalgo, E., Perelló, J., Becker, F., Bonhoure, I., Legris, M., & Cigarini, A. (2021). Participation and co-creation in citizen science. Chapter 11. In: Vohland K. et al.(Eds). 2021. The Science of Citizen Science. Springer. https://doi. org/10.1007/978-3-030-58278-4. pp: 199-218.
Wallin, A., Koro-Ljungberg, M., & Eskola, J. (2019). The method of empathy-based stories. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 42(5), 525-535.
Wiek. A., Bernstein, M., Foley, R., Cohen, M., Forrest, N., Kuzdas, C., Kay, B., & Withycombe Keeler, L. (2016). Operationalising  competencies in higher education for sustainable development. In: Barth M., Michelsen G., Rieckmann M., Thomas I. (eds) 2016 Handbook of higher education for sustainable development. Routledge, London, pp  241–260
Wiek, A., Withycombe L, Redman, C.L. (2011). Key competencies in sustainability: a reference framework for academic program development. Sustainability Science 6(2):203–218.
 
9:00am - 10:30am30 SES 09 B: University students and ESE
Location: Hetherington, 133 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: James Musana
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Building Competences for a Sustainable Future: are English Universities Delivering What is in Demand?

Catrin Darsley

University of Cambridge, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Darsley, Catrin

How are universities supporting the development of knowledge, understanding, skills and attitudes required for climate or sustainability action? Do students feel prepared and able to act for a sustainable future after graduation? What is a 'good education' in the context of a changing climate and societal expectations?

This research considers modules and courses from a range of English universities. Reflecting on an international review of literature and practice around competence development for sustainability, the research reports on the knowledge, attitudes, skills and values that participating students and lecturers hope to develop and build. Perceptions of learning gain were captured through both qualitative and quantitative means.

The theoretical framework to the doctoral research that informed this paper centres around action research, Gert Biesta's domains of education and Ulrich Beck's consideration of theories of modernity and democratisation in the context of education and sustainability. Lozano, Merrill, Sammalisto, Ceulemans and Lozano (2017)'s work to establish connections between competence development and pedagogical approaches informed the qualitative investigation as a theory to test against academic practice.

Student voices are typically silent in the academic literature in this area. This research challenged this through interviews, focus groups and a unique questionnaire measuring perceived competence gain. The perspectives of lecturers and university staff offer context for how individual institutions currently or could better support education for sustainability, with additional input from several sustainability leaders nationally.

Education in a post-pandemic university and world features an ever-increasing number of challenges, including a growing awareness of intersecting climate and sustainability crises that are driving many students to demand changes across their time at university. This paper will highlight opportunities and examples of good practice that are relevant to an international audience.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A mixed methods approach was used to bring student voices to the fore of this research whilst supporting a cross-analysis of questionnaire responses from the participant community. Twenty-one case studies were identified from five institutions.

Six key competences for sustainability were identified from the international literature and operationalised within a unique questionnaire instrument to capture perceptions of learning gain. Building on established protocols to measure how students learn through differing kinds of teaching and support (the ESRC's ETL Project), data from this questionnaire represents a first attempt to quantify student perceptions of learning gain around competence. 125 responses were received from the questionnaire.

A thematic comparison between pedagogical approaches and key competences highlighted by the international literature in the field of education for sustainability provided useful materials to encourage discussion amongst academic participants. Interviews were held with over 50 students, lecturers, key academic-related administrative staff, and leaders within wider society. Focus groups with students were used to iteratively review and test thematic concepts identified within interviews and key stakeholder discussions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Student and lecturer perspectives on key competences to act for sustainability can be seen to vary between academic disciplines, age of institution and pedagogical approaches used within the case module or course. Undergraduate and postgraduate students share some core values around the role of higher education in society, and can generally be seen to have overlapping perceptions of what competences are key to being an effective social actor after graduation.
References
Biesta, G. J. J. (2010). Good education in an age of measurement: Ethics, politics, democracy. Taylor & Francis.

de Haan, G. (2006). The BLK ‘21’ programme in Germany: A ‘Gestaltungskompetenz’‐based model for Education for Sustainable Development. Environmental Education Research, 12(1), 19–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620500526362

ETL Project. (n.d.). Experiences of Teaching & Learning Questionnaire. Retrieved 5 March 2019, from http://www.etl.tla.ed.ac.uk/questionnaires/ETLQ.pdf

Lozano, R., Barreiro-Gen, M., Lozano, F., & Sammalisto, K. (2019). Teaching Sustainability in European Higher Education Institutions: Assessing the Connections between Competences and Pedagogical Approaches. Sustainability, 11(6), 1602. https://doi.org/10.3390/su11061602

Lozano, R., Merrill, M. Y., Sammalisto, K., Ceulemans, K., & Lozano, F. J. (2017). Connecting Competences and Pedagogical Approaches for Sustainable Development in Higher Education: A Literature Review and Framework Proposal. Sustainability, 9(10), 1889. https://doi.org/10.3390/su9101889

Svanström, M., Lozano-Garcia, F. J., & Rowe, D. (2008). Learning Outcomes for Sustainable Development in Higher Education. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 9(3), 339–351.

Wiek, A., Bernstein, M. J., Foley, R. W., Cohen, M., Forrest, N., Kuzdas, C., Kay, B., & Keeler, L. W. (2015). Operationalising competencies in higher education for sustainable development. In M. Barth, G. Michelsen, M. Rieckmann, & I. Thomas (Eds.), Handbook of Higher Education for Sustainable Development (pp. 241–260). Routledge.

Wiek, A., Withycombe, L., & Redman, C. L. (2011). Key competencies in sustainability: A reference framework for academic program development. Sustainability Science, 6(2), 203–218. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-011-0132-6


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Qualifying Student Teachers for the Implementation of Education for Sustainable Development in Schools

Julia Lemke, Magdalena Buddeberg, Vanessa Henke

TU Dortmund, Germany

Presenting Author: Lemke, Julia; Buddeberg, Magdalena

In regard to the discussion on societal transformation towards sustainable development, great importance and expectations are attributed to education of sustainable development (ESD) (Fischer et al., 2022). Particular focus is placed on school education as “an institution play[ing] a leading role in the implementation of sustainable development” (Bertschy et al., 2013, S. 5068). In order to enable the implementation of ESD in schools, the importance of teachers is emphasized. Although ESD-related teacher education is a central prerequisite (Rieckmann, 2020), it is still a niche innovation, as Fischer et al. (2022) state. In designing teacher education on ESD, Bertschy et al. (2013) highlight that both sustainability-related knowledge and pedagogical content knowledge are crucial for building professional action competence. Bürgener and Barth (2018) express a need in practice-based learning opportunities for student teachers and therefore view collaboration with educational practice as essential. The implementation of ESD related to teacher education can be considered on two levels: On the one hand, student teachers should be enabled to implement ESD in schools. On the other hand, teacher education itself represents an implementation of ESD. In this context, the question arises what is to be achieved with ESD. International scientific discourse distinguishes between two approaches (Vare & Scott 2007). ESD 1 assumes that the task of education for sustainable development is to impart knowledge and behavior defined as sustainable (ibid.). In this context, Pauw et al. (2015) warn against instrumentalisation or even indoctrination through educational policy guidelines if a pluralistic and holistic view is not desired. Furthermore, Ideland (2019) considers the danger of subjectification of sustainability, as the responsibility for societal transformation rests on the shoulders of the individual and thus the possibilities for change may even disappear. The emancipatory approach (ESD 2) focuses on a critical examination of issues relevant to sustainability. The complexity and contradictoriness of the social sustainability problem and the uncertainty resulting from it, are particularly taken into account and addressed. Accordingly, sustainable development is not a closed expert discourse, but an open social (learning) process. Education for sustainable development, in the sense of emancipatory ESD, promotes the ability to self-reflect and take responsibility in the social negotiation process (Sterling 2010). In this sense, Vare and Scott (2007) understand sustainable development in itself as a learning process. Ojala (2013) highlights the need to include the emotional level, as dealing with global challenges can be associated with negative feelings and hopelessness. In the context of teacher education, student teachers are therefore initially required to engage with the concept and content of ESD themselves (Rieckmann, 2022). In this light, critical-emancipatory reflection processes play a special role in teacher education. Viewing education for sustainable education itself as a learning process requires the training of teachers as learning facilitators. "This avoids viewing teachers as technicians who deliver predetermined results and instead views them as facilitators of knowledge production and value identification" (Vare, 2022, p. 15).

Looking at the state of research on teacher education in ESD in this regard, Evans et al. (2017) find, based on an international literature review, that while ESD is embedded in schools and curricula in many cases, there are still no requirements for teacher education in most countries. Little progress can be seen here in recent years - this includes European countries (ibid.). A research desideratum is to explore to what extent the required competencies of prospective teachers in the field of ESD are supported by the teaching-learning concepts used (Brandt et al., 2019). According to Evans et al. (2017), there is a lack of critical reflection on the applied teaching-learning concepts and the evaluation of their effectiveness.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To address this research desideratum, the aim of our study is to empirically investigate the implementation of a teaching and learning concept to ESD in teacher education in University. A special focus is being placed on the practical part of the teacher training program. The 2022 curricular anchoring of ESD as a seminar profile of the preliminary and accompanying seminars in educational sciences for the practical semester offers student teachers the possibility of an in-depth examination of the educational mandate of ESD, independent of subject and interdisciplinary. The link between the practical school part and the cooperation between the university and the schools aims to reflect on implementation possibilities in school practice combined with scientific discourse. The study will examine the extent to which student teachers' knowledge, views, attitudes and self-efficacy with regard to ESD change as a result of participating in seminars during the practical period in educational science with a thematic focus on ESD. These changes will be investigated in relation to the engagement with ESD in context of the preparatory seminar on the one hand and in relation to the connection with school experiences during the practical semester on the other hand. In an online-questionnaire student teachers will be asked to answer questions about ESD at the beginning (M1) and at the end (M2) of the preparatory seminar. The third measurement point (M3) will take place at the end of the seminar accompanying the practical semester. The plan consits of surveying students from SoSe 2023 and WiSe 2023/24 (a total of eight seminars, up to 240 students). Students from preparatory seminars with other seminar profiles serve as the control group (a total of 16 seminars, up to 480 students). The survey contains scales on attitudes towards sustainable development, knowledge about sustainable development and education for sustainable development, perspectives on the ESD mandate, motivation and self-efficacy, each in relation to education for sustainable development, one's own value in relation to ESD and personal information, including subject choice and previous experience. The quantitative data will be analysed with the program R. In our paper, data from the first and second measurement time points (M1 and M2) are used to perform structural equation models and variance analysis.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
On the basis of the initial results at the first and second measurement points, insights will be gained into the extent to which the view of education for sustainable development as well as the self-efficacy and motivation related to teaching this content has changed due to the engagement with this topic in the preparatory seminar. For this purpose, comparisons will be conducted between before and after the preparatory seminar with the profile on ESD, as well as comparisons between the control group and other seminar profiles. Based on the data of the pretest, at measurement time M1, in regard to the perception of education for sustainable development, normative ideas of drawing attention to this topic as well as the provision of knowledge and action strategies within the framework of environmentally oriented teaching are expected. If the preparatory seminars succeed in promoting an emancipatory understanding of ESD among the student teachers, it is expected to be reflected in the results of the variance analysis. With regard to the development of self-efficacy, on the other hand, it must be taken into account that dealing with sustainable development can lead to a lower level of self-efficacy, since capturing the complexity of the topic makes the challenges related to teaching sustainability-related topics apparent to the prospective teachers. The results are discussed with the regard to the seminar concept. At this point, the question of the possibilities and challenges for professionalizing prospective teachers with regard to ESD will be brought into focus. As an outlook, the further course of the study is outlined, in which the participation during the practical semester and thus the cooperation of student teachers with schools with regard to ESD will be further investigated.
References
Bertschy, F., Künzli, D. & Lehmann, M. (2013). Teachers’ Competencies for the Implementation of Educational Offers in the Field of Education for Sustainable Development. In Sustainability 5 (12), 5067–5080.
Brandt, J., Bürgener, L., Barth, M. & Redman, A.  (2019). Becoming a competent teacher in education for sustainable development. In IJSHE 20 (4), 630–653.
Bürgener, L., & Barth, M. (2018). Sustainability competencies in teacher education: Making teacher education count in everyday school practice. Journal of cleaner production, 174, 821-826.
Evans, N., Stevenson, R., Lasen, M., Ferreira, J. & Davis, J. (2017). Approaches to embedding sustainability in teacher education: A synthesis of the literature. In Teaching and Teacher Education 63, 405–417.
Fischer, D., King, J., Rieckmann, M., Barth, M., Büssing, A. & Hemmer, I.  (2022). Teacher Education for Sustainable Development: A Review of an Emerging Research Field. In Journal of Teacher Education, 1-16.
Ideland, Malin (2019). The Eco-Certified Child. Cham: Springer International Publishing.
Ojala, M. (2013). Emotional Awareness: On the Importance of Including Emotional Aspects in Education for Sustainable Development (ESD). In Journal of Education for Sustainable Development 7 (2), 167–182.
Pauw, J., Gericke, N., Olsson, D. & Berglund, T. (2015): The Effectiveness of Education for Sustainable Development. In Sustainability 7 (11), 15693–15717.
Rieckmann, M. (2022). Developing and Assessing Sustainability Competences in the Context of Education for Sustainable Development. In Karaarslan-Semiz, G. (eds.) Education for Sustainable Development in Primary and Secondary Schools: Pedagogical and Practical Approaches for Teachers (pp. 191-203). Cham: Springer International Publishing.
Sterling, S. (2010). Learning for resilience, or the resilient learner? Towards a necessary reconciliation in a paradigm of sustainable education. In Environmental Education Research 16 (5-6) 511–528.
Vare, P. (2022). The Competence Turn. In Vare, P., Lausselet, N. & Rieckmann, M. (eds.). Competences in Education for Sustainable Development. Critical Perspectives. Cham: Springer International Publishing.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Learning about the Role of Educational Developers and Researchers for Sustainability at a Technical University

Anne-Kathrin Peters, Anders Rosén

KTH Royal Institute of Technology, Sweden

Presenting Author: Peters, Anne-Kathrin; Rosén, Anders

Education is widely perceived as having great potential for the transformation towards sustainability (eg. Unesco 2014). It is , however, also seen to be complicit in reproducing historic and systemic violence and our unsustainable status quo (Stein et al 2022). Education needs to be fundamentally rethought and reimagined. Contemporary dominant approaches to educational development that are based on standardisation and curricula have been challenged (Holfelder 2019, Osberg and Biesta 2020). Transformative and transgressive learning have been proposed as generative for higher education (Lotz-Sisitka et al 2015, Ojala 2016).

We, the authors of this paper, have recently been employed to lead educational development and research for sustainability at a technical university. The university is known for their engineering programmes but it also provides education in other fields including science (e.g. physics), architecture, and education. Our activities as educational developers include teaching in different courses on higher education pedagogy, facilitation of workshops, coordination of collegial networks, supporting course and programme development collaborating with teachers, programme directors and university leadership. We also coordinate a new research group on sustainability and education, in which we explore educational development and research for sustainability in a bigger group.

With the aim to inform and inspire other educational developers and researchers and invite a dialogue on how to promote and support transformation for sustainability at universities, we are in this paper exploring and shaping our new roles as educational developers and researchers, learning and becoming in affective relationship with each other, sharing and learning from the pains and pleasures of working with sustainability education at a technical university.

The pleasures and pain comes from working within an influential social context. Technology, the way it is applied today, is seen to be driving social and environmental exploitation (e.g. Barca 2020). At the same time, science and technology is being highly valued in society today and young people are being attracted to education in those fields, e.g. in recruitment programmes reaching out to students from under-represented groups (e.g. women). Decades of research suggest engineering and technology is socially produced in ways associated with masculinity (Ottemo et al. 2020). Engineering is positioned as technical and mathematical, objective, rational, and reductionist, which implies that aspects central to sustainability are neglected or have low status. The pain comes from working within disciplinary structures in which the ill-defined and complex concept of sustainability can be rejected as “fuzzy”. Both of us have a background in engineering, which may help in understanding teachers and students' situations. However, as has been described by Machado de Oliveira (2021), our expertise within social science such as our knowledge in education can be met with arrogance, silencing us and limiting our possibilities of working for change.

In this paper we explore our roles and work as educational developers and researchers supporting and promoting change of university education for sustainability in collaboration with various actors at university. We engage with the following research questions:

  1. What emerges in shared learning and affective relationships, among us educational developers and researchers and those we engage with for transformative change in education?

  2. What strategies for the work as educational developers for transformative change can be drawn from that which emerges (see 1.)?

  3. How can our research approach be used and further evolved for educational development?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The approach we are using in this study is inspired by bricolage (Rogers 2012), as well as diffraction and reflection (Bozalek and Zembylas 2017, Serra Undurraga 2021). Bricolage allows to engage with research as an emergent and creative process, drawing on a plurality of methodologies, and theoretical perspectives. Bricolage was developed as an alternative to dominant research aiming for universal, abstract or objective knowledge. Diffraction has been proposed as a complement to reflection, to recognise entanglements and relationships through which subjects and objects are continuously interacting and in the making. Further, diffraction provides a theoretical basis for learning from difference, bringing together our different experiences and positions. Bricolage and diffraction together enables engagement with affective relationship and differences as a source of learning and insight rather than as a threat to be eliminated in research and education.

We use the similarities in our current positions, mandates, activities, and shared devotion to work for sustainability transformations in and through education, and our differences in backgrounds and ideas as research subjects and objects. We set up a safe and open space for us to learn with and through each other. In three hours of weekly meetings starting in the beginning of February 2023, we share, reflect and diffract on our experiences, observations, and ideas. Those meetings will include sharing how the previous week’s conversations have shaped our thinking and feelings and artefacts we found useful or inspiring during the weeks (images, papers, etc.).

We capture our reflections and diffractions on a large paper roll, which will be the main source of data that will be analysed in this study. We also use a digital slack-channel to communicate and each of us takes notes individually between the meetings. The data analysis will be specified as the learning unfolds but we start with identifying themes and creating a web of meaning.

To start with, we focus on learning among the two of us. This will make it easier for us to explore our roles in a trustful relationship and build on a shared concern for the state of the world and the need for transformation of education and society. At a later stage we consider inviting further persons into this learning process.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We have already started a joint learning process, though less structured, and in this process we have seen that we have joint and also different views on how to promote change, which are provoking and fruitful for this work. We have identified tensions and synergies that we will explore further.

One such tension lies in different focuses on sustainability and equality. Previous work suggests that issues of climate justice, racial justice and gender equality have until recently too rarely been considered together, at times even been seen as competing (Stoddard et al 2021). Also at our university, these are two separate areas of work. There are attempts to integrate efforts and there are also forces to separate initiatives and learning for change.

Another tension we are exploring together is between instrumental vs emancipatory or emergentist approaches to change (Barrineau, Mendy, Peters 2022). We are asking whether or not, and if so how, instrumental approaches in education can be combined with emergentist approaches to changes. We have felt frustration in how educational development is being approached from university leadership and have been struggling to navigate more strategic and relational engagement as opposed to more confronting approaches to change. We have also been asking about the role of activism at universities. One question is what place emotional and affective ties have in academia, education, among professionals, i.e. educators, and those engaged with educational development.

We learn to recognise and work through tensions and hierarchies, and develop strategies to do so together. This might contribute to bringing peace in culture wars, mitigate polarisation and promote transformations at our university and beyond. Developing the research method to conceptually guide and support this process further, we hope to inspire future learning and collaboration for transformation in and through education among other teachers and researchers.

References
Barca, S. (2020). Forces of Reproduction: Notes for a Counter-Hegemonic Anthropocene (1st ed.). Cambridge University Press.

Barrineau, S., Mendy, L., & Peters, A.-K. (2022). Emergentist education and the opportunities of radical futurity. Futures, 144

Bozalek, V., & Zembylas, M. (2018). Practicing Reflection or Diffraction? Implications for Research Methodologies in Education. In R. Braidotti, V. Bozalek, T. Shefer, & M. Zembylas (Eds.), Socially Just Pedagogies: Posthumanist, Feminist and Materialist Perspectives in Higher Education. Bloomsbury Academic.

Holfelder, A. K. (2019). Towards a sustainable future with education? Sustainability Science, 14(4), Article 4. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-019-00682-z

Lotz-Sisitka, H., Wals, A. E., Kronlid, D., & McGarry, D. (2015). Transformative, transgressive social learning: Rethinking higher education pedagogy in times of systemic global dysfunction. Current Opinion in Environmental Sustainability, 16, 73–80.

Machado de Oliveira, V. (2021). Hospicing Modernity. Facing Humanity’s Wrongs and the Implications for Social Activism. North Atlantic Books.

Ojala, M. (2016). Facing Anxiety in Climate Change Education: From Therapeutic Practice to Hopeful Transgressive Learning. Canadian Journal of Environmental Education (CJEE), 21(0), Article 0.

Osberg, D., & Biesta, G. (2020). Beyond curriculum: Groundwork for a non-instrumental theory of education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 53(1), 57–70. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2020.1750362

Sharon Stein, Vanessa Andreotti, Rene Suša, Cash Ahenakew & Tereza Čajková (2022) From “education for sustainable development” to “education for the end of the world as we know it”, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 54:3, 274-287

Stoddard, I., Anderson, K., Capstick, S., Carton, W., Depledge, J., Facer, K., Gough, C., Hache, F., Hoolohan, C., Hultman, M., Hällström, N., Kartha, S., Klinsky, S., Kuchler, M., Lövbrand, E., Nasiritousi, N., Newell, P., Peters, G. P., Sokona, Y., … Williams, M. (2021). Three Decades of Climate Mitigation: Why Haven’t We Bent the Global Emissions Curve? 37.

Unesco (2014). UNESCO roadmap for implementing the Global Action Programme on Education for Sustainable Development, Paris: UNESCO Paris.
 
9:00am - 10:30am30 SES 09 C: Character and Values Education
Location: Hetherington, 317 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Leif Östman
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Factors facilitating and hindering the Global Citizenship Education approach. A research in Cantabria (Spain)

Carlos Rodríguez Hoyos, Ana Castro Zubizarreta

Universidad de Cantabria, Spain

Presenting Author: Rodríguez Hoyos, Carlos

Over recent decades, globalisation processes have accelerated the development of economic, social, cultural and political transformations, producing an enormous impact on a planetary scale. In addition to the concept of globalisation, others have appeared that are used synonymously (mundialisation, internationalisation, universalisation, etc.). They were originally used to refer mainly to the break-up of financial market borders, since other types of barriers are still in place to prevent, for example, the free movement of people from countries in the South to the North. One of the key characteristics of this term is its markedly polysemic nature. However, it has mostly been applied to three basic issues: the exponential growth of trade on a planetary scale, the prominence that transnational corporations have acquired, and the speculative speed of the movement of financial capital (Morton, 2018; Brand, Görg, & Wissen, 2020). As a consequence of these processes (which have varying repercussions in each context), in recent years it has become increasingly evident that we live in a historical moment of enormous interdependence and eco-dependence (Bourn, 2021).

In order to respond to the inequalities and impact of globalisation, educational processes with different approaches have been developed over recent decades. These initiatives have had a common objective: to train citizens to fight against the negative effects of these processes (economic and gender inequalities, environmental crises, migration, etc.). The focus of educational experiences has varied according to their context of reference.

More specifically, in Spain, the educational response to these processes was initially based on the concept of Development Education (DE), which has progressively evolved in several generations. Currently, there is reference to a sixth generation DE approach. These experiences are based on the concepts of Post-development Education, Critical Global Citizenship Education or Education for Social Transformation. With varying nuances these approaches seek to understand the impact of globalisation processes on citizenship (Mannion, Biesta, Priestley, & Ross, 2011; Rizvi, & Beech, 2017; Stein, Andreotti, & Suša, 2019). At present, debates on Global Citizenship Education (GCE) in Spain highlight the need to move towards more critical models that educate citizens to understand unequal power relations between the countries of the global North and South (Pérez-Pérez, 2016).

The analysis of the recent publication of the organic law regulating the Spanish education system (LOMLOE, 2020) shows that this law aims to promote educational experiences that support justice and sustainability, as well as the development of a more global concept of citizenship. To improve the effectiveness and sustainability of these proposals in the long term, it is necessary to begin with the analysis of experiences inspired by the GCE approach developed over the last few years. To this end, the authors of this work have carried out research focused on finding out how these actions were being developed in order to understand the objective of the pedagogical approach of these GCE experiences. Based on this analysis, they aim to promote new projects inspired by a more critical GCE model, in contrast to other softer models (Andreotti, 2006). This focus is the result of the diagnosis of previous work that identifies the need to analyse the multiple dimensions (goals pursued, methodologies, contents, etc.) of the curricular objectives of experiences that are already in progress (Blackmore, 2016; Calvo, 2017; Santamaría-Cárdaba, Franco, Lourenço, & Vieira, 2022).

This paper presents some process results from an investigation funded by the Spanish Ministry of Competitiveness entitled Researching new socio-educational scenarios for the construction of global citizenship in the 21st century (R+D+i project PID2020-114478RB-C21 financed by MCIN/AEI /10.13039/501100011033).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is inspired by an epistemological tradition rooted in the qualitative paradigm. The researchers not only sought to learn about a reality under study, but also (at a later stage) to further improve it. They aim to offer new curricular concepts for designing critical GCE experiences based on their work (O'Donoghue, 2018). More specifically, this paper analyses the perspective of various professionals who have promoted GCE experiences in schools in the region of Cantabria (located in the north of Spain) over the last few years. This perspective has already been suggested in previous research (McNaughton, 2012). The following two questions were used to guide this research:

• What factors act as levers that facilitate the development of GCE proposals?
• What variables hinder the development of these types of experiences?

The results of this paper come from the intensive phase of the research project (phase 2) aimed at the in-depth analysis of GCE experiences developed in Cantabria. In order to answer these questions, different data collection techniques were used: semi-structured interviews; document analysis; photo-elicitation processes. This paper presents some of the results of the interviews conducted with professionals involved in the development of GCE experiences. Specifically, 16 semi-structured interviews were conducted in which 18 professionals participated. In 2 interviews, 2 professionals participated having co-led the experience. The sample was purposive and informants who had participated in the development of GCE experiences were selected. The profile of the professionals interviewed was as follows: infant, primary and secondary school teachers belonging to the Solidarity Schools Network of Cantabria (7); infant, primary and secondary school teachers who had led an experience that had been awarded a prize in the national call for the Vicente Ferrer awards, granted by the Spanish Agency for International Development Cooperation (6); NGO professionals who carry out training activities in formal education centres in the region (5).
To analyse the data collected in the interviews, the researchers conducted a content analysis using a system of categories developed from an inductive-deductive logic. Each of the broad categories contained a set of thematic codes associated with them. The general categories used for the final analysis of the data were as follows: 1. Curricular dimension; 2. Organisational dimension; 3. Institutional dimension; 4. Political dimension; 5. Administrative dimension.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The content analysis of the interviews conducted shows that some dimensions act as levers which, according to the professionals involved, facilitate the development of critical GCE experiences. One of the dimensions that most favours the development of these processes is related to organisation. The majority of NGO teachers and technicians suggest that collegiate professional relationships in schools hugely favour the development of these types of experiences. At the same time, the development of a school culture that enhances the participation of families is an essential element identified by the professionals interviewed. Similarly interviewees suggest that the institutional dimension is essential for developing successful GCE experiences. This dimension includes factors that promote the development of links with other agents (such as NGOs) that can help pedagogical processes, propose improvements and support the development of new methodologies and curricular content.
The professionals interviewed also identified some essential dimensions that hinder the development of GCE experiences in schools. Within the organisational dimension, one of the factors most frequently identified by those interviewed was the rigidity of school structures. In other words, the analysis of the data suggests that the development of these experiences requires restructuring school days and rethinking work times, given the tendency to work on each subject in the curriculum as an isolated discipline.
From their responses we were also able to identify that the curricular dimension should be viewed as an essential element of analysis in order to facilitate the introduction of GCE, as there are aspects that would limit the impact of these experiences. The interventions of the professionals suggest that it is necessary to rethink the epistemological concept of the school curriculum. Thus the discipline-based organisation of knowledge is making it very difficult to design educational experiences that are able to respond to the complexity required to implement GCE processes.

References
Andreoti, V. (2006). Soft versus critical global citizenship education. Policy & Practice. A Development Education Review, 3, 40-51.
Blackmore, C. (2016). Towards a pedagogical framework for global citizenship education. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 8(1), 39–56.
Boni, A., Belda-Miguel, S., & Calabuig, C. (2020). Educación para la ciudadanía global crítica. Síntesis.  
Bourn, D. (2021). Pedagogy of hope: global learning and the future of education. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 13(2), 65-78.
Brand, U., Görg, C. & Wissen, M. (2020) Overcoming neoliberal globalization: social-ecological transformation from a Polanyian perspective and beyond.  Globalizations, 17(1), 161-176. DOI: 10.1080/14747731.2019.1644708
Calvo, A. (2017). The State of Development Education in Spain: Initiatives, Trends and Challenges. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 9(1), 18-32.
Gobierno de España (2020). Ley Orgánica de Modificación de la LOE (LOMLOE).
Mannion, G., Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Ross, H. (2011). The global dimension in education and education for global citizenship: Genealogy and critique. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 9(3-4), 443-456.
McNaughton, M. J. (2012). Implementing Education for Sustainable Development in schools: learning from teachers’ reflections. Environmental Education Research, 18(6), 765- 782.
Morton, A. D. (2018). The great trasformismo. Globalizations, 15(7), 956–976.
O’Donoghue, T. (2018). Planning your qualitative research thesis and project: An introduction to interpretivist research in education and the social sciences. Routledge.
Pérez-Pérez, I (2016). Education for development: The key to understanding. Revista Educación y Desarrollo Social, 2(10), 196- 215.
Rizvi, F., & Beech, J. (2017). Global mobilities and the possibilities of a cosmopolitan curriculum. Curriculum Inquiry, 47(1), 125-134.
Santamaría-Cárdaba, N., Franco, A., Lourenço, M. & Vieira, R. (2022). Educación para la Ciudadanía Global Crítica al acabar la educación obligatoria en España y Portugal: Una revisión integrativa de la literatura. REIDOCREA, 11(11), 120-134
Stein, S., Andreotti, V., & Suša, R. (2019): ‘Beyond 2015’, within the modern/colonial global imaginary? Global development and higher education. Critical Studies in Education, 60(3), 281-301. DOI: 10.1080/17508487.2016.1247737


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

The Ethical and Political Dimension of Environmental and Sustainability Education

Ole Andreas Kvamme

University of Oslo, Norway

Presenting Author: Kvamme, Ole Andreas

We live in times of sustainability crises, referring to climate crisis, ongoing degradation of biodiversity and ecological systems, persisting global inequity (United Nations, 2015), and the lack of sufficient mitigating measures. Reflecting on this situation within the context of education, this paper rests on a basic assumption. The call for an educative response to the sustainability crises (UNESCO, 2019) necessitates exploration and reimagination of the ethical dimension. This assumption is drawn from the observation that the ethical dimension distinguishes and provides meaning and significance to the sustainability agenda (United Nations, 2015). The overall aim of sustainability is ethical (Kemp, 2011), aiming at safeguarding and protecting life on earth, prompting the transformations from harmful to sustainable human practices and the adaptations to the crises that are already here.

In education policy documents this ethical dimension is increasingly expressed in discourses referring to shared responsibility, societal values and the common good, including both UNESCO documents (UNESCO, 2015, 2021) and OECD publications (see for example the OECD Learning Compass (OECD, 2021).

On the other hand, the field of ethics education (also referred to as moral education, values education, and character education), has traditionally aimed at fostering individual responsibility for other human beings within stable nation states. This characterizes all three traditions often referred to (Althof, 2014), that is the values clarification approach, moral reasoning and character education. This conclusion should not be made without nuances. In a review of research contributions in Journal of Moral Education over a period of 40 years, Lee & Taylor state: “Moral education, however individual in its research orientation, has pro-social ends and means” (Lee & Taylor, 2013: 423). Still, a predominant individual focus is persistent within this tradition.

The limited interest within ethics education to extend individual responsibility to the communal and political field, may more broadly be conceived of from the perspective of political philosophy and moral philosophy (Larmore, 2013). Historically moral philosophy (or practical philosophy), with Aristotle as the classic proponent, has been seen as the more general discipline, dealing with the good and the right in all its manifold aspects, including the realm of politics. Another approach departing from Hobbes, sees political philosophy as an autonomous discipline. People tend to disagree on what is the right and the good, and a society necessitates the establishment of authoritative rules that are binding. This is the task of political philosophy distanced from moral philosophy.

Considering both the shift within the education policy field pointed at above with reference to UNESCO and OECD, and the complexities and pervasiveness of the present sustainaibility crises, I suggest that ethics education should be re-imagined as ethical-political education. There is certainly individual responsibility involved, but the challenges that become visible in environmental and sustainability education are societal and political in character.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a theoretical paper, discussing the relationship between ethics education and the political aspect of education. Two examples from the research literature are brought in that elicit the challenges involved and are well-suited for the re-imagination that here takes place. The first example is taken from the debate of character education in England as it has been promoted by the Jubilee Centre for Character and Virtues. While character education in a neo-Aristotelean account definitely involves a societal dimension, it has still, by philosopher of education Judith Suissa, been criticized for glossing over the political aspect, adapting to the present order (Suissa, 2015). In a rejoinder, Kristján Kristjánsson (2021) defends the position of the Jubilee Centre, making a case for Aristotelean flourishing being a shared, communal activity and virtue a societal practice. Together the contributions of Suissa and Kristjánsson demonstrate some important challenges and contradictions that emerge in times when unsustainable societies call for environmental and sustainability education, and will be subject to further elaboration. The relevance within this paper is not reduced by considering Kristjánsson´s contribution to the field of environmental and sustainability education with Karen Jordan (Jordan & Kristjánsson, 2017).
The other example is drawn from Swedish research contributions addressing the ethical and political dimension of environmental and sustainability education. Here a main ambition has been to develop frameworks with regard to the ethical tendency (Öhman & Östman, 2008) and political tendency (Håkansson, Östman, & van Poeck, 2017). Several pertinent categories are established, enabling the identification of the ethical and political dimension. At the same time the distinction in itself is appalling. The difference between the ethical and political tendency is made particularly visible with regard to the key categories of moral reaction (positioned within the ethical tendency) and political moment (within the political tendency). The former is distinguished by being situated in the private sphere and the latter in the public sphere (Håkansson, Östman, & van Poeck, 2018). In the context of this paper this distinction is explored, looking for possible overlaps, interrelations and mediations between the ethical and political dimensions. On the other hand, a part of this exploration is also to discuss reasons for upholding the very same distinction between the ethical and the political.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As stated in the introduction to this paper, the ethical dimension is decisive for making sense of what is at stake in the current sustainability crises. However, the tradition of ethics education demonstrates how responsibility here may be unequivocally individualized, and even isolated from a political dimension. This is a risk and a problem with regard to environmental and sustainability education, precisely because the response cannot be reduced to individual behavior, but must be a shared responsibility and subject to political decision-making.
My ambition is here to bring some clarity into how the relationship between the ethical and the political may be understood. Finally, the issue that here is at stake is what kind of educational response environmental and sustainability education may hope for in times of sustainability crises.

References
Althof, W. (2014). Moral Education. In Philllips, D.C. (Ed.). Encyclopedia of Educational Theory and Philosophy. Sage Publications, Inc. https://dx.doi.org/10.4135/9781483346229
Håkansson, M., Östman, L., & van Poeck, K. (2018). The political tendency in environmental and sustainability education. European Educational Research Journal 17 (1), 91–111. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904117695278

Jordan, K. & Kristjánsson, K. (2017). Sustainability, virtue ethics, and the virtue of harmony with nature. Environmental Education Research 23 (9), 1205–1229, https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2016.1157681
Kemp, P. (2011). Citizen of the World: The Cosmopolitan Ideal for the Twenty-First Century. Humanity Books: Amherst, New York.
Kristjánsson, K. (2021) Recent attacks on character education in a UK context: a case of mistaken identities?, Journal of Beliefs & Values 42(3), 363-377, DOI: 10.1080/13617672.2020.1848151
Larmore, C. (2013). What is Political Philosophy? Journal of Moral Philosophy 18 (10), 276-306.
Lee, C. & Taylor, M. (2013). Moral education trends over 40 years: A content analysis of the Journal of Moral Education (1971-2011). Journal of Moral Education 42(3), 399-429. DOI: 10.1080/03057240.2013.832666
OECD (2021). Embedding Values and Attitudes in Curriculum: Shaping a Better Future. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/aee2adcd-en.
Öhman J, Östman L (2008) Clarifying the ethical tendency in education for sustainable development practice: A Wittgenstein-inspired approach. Canadian Journal of Environmental Education 13(1), 57–72.
Suissa, J. (2015). Character education and the disappearance of the political. Ethics and Education 10 (1), 105-117.
UNESCO (2019). Education for Sustainable Development: Towards Achieving the SDGs (ESD for 2030). A Draft Framework for the Implementation of Education for Sustainable Development Beyond 2019. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000370215.locale¼en.
UNESCO (2021). Reimagining our futures together. A new social contract for education. Report from the International Commission on the Futures of Education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379707
United Nations (2015). Resolution 70/1. Transforming our world: The 2030 agenda for sustainable development. Retrieved from https://www.un.org/en/development/desa/population/migration/generalassembly/docs/glo balcompact/A_RES_70_1_E.pdf


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Sustainability, Citizenship, and Character Education in a Pluralistic Democracy

Karen Jordan, Ólafur Páll Jónsson, Ragný Þóra Guðjohnsen, Sigrún Aðalbjarnardóttir, Unnur Edda Garðarsdóttir

University of Iceland, Iceland

Presenting Author: Jordan, Karen

In this paper, we report on a two-year project that sought to explore the opportunities for and experiences of engaging with sustainability education, citizenship education, and character education among Icelandic youth.

The project explores interdisciplinary issues that arise when addressing sustainability and questions of individual and societal well-being. The approach is grounded by the idea, voiced by UNESCO, that addressing issues of sustainability and well-being requires that considerations, principles and methods from both sciences and humanities be brought together.

An adequate response to sustainability challenges cannot be limited to single perspectives, disciplines or ways of knowing. (UNESCO, 2014, p. 177)

In 2015, the UN launched the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), 17 universal development challenges for humanity. Education is considered a key instrument to achieve the SDGs, as well as goal four being ‘Quality Education’, which includes the following target:

By 2030 ensure all learners acquire knowledge and skills needed to promote sustainable development, including among others through education for sustainable development and sustainable lifestyles, human rights, gender equality, promotion of a culture of peace and non-violence, global citizenship, and appreciation of cultural diversity and of culture’s contribution to sustainable development. (UNESCO, 2017, p. 8)

UNESCO (2017) emphasises developing learners’ empowerment to act and to participate in socio-political processes; and action-oriented, transformative, problem-oriented, collaborative and inter/transdisciplinary pedagogies. Here sustainability-, citizenship- and values- or character education are brought together.

The project was premised on the idea that the fields of sustainability education, citizenship education and character education must work together, not only to meet contemporary social and environmental challenges but also to further the core elements of each field, both as areas of research and practice. Sustainability-, civic-, and character education all examine questions of personal and societal well-being, and several scholars have argued these fields support each other (Althof & Berkowitz, 2006; Peterson, 2020; Tilbury, 1995), and there are certainly traditions within education where citizenship, character, and sustainability go hand in hand (Kristjánsson, 2013; Öhman, 2016).

However, despite the considerable overlap between the three educational fields, divides and tensions exist. In current education, these three areas are often seen as not only distinct, but as at odds with each other, even in conflict (Jerome & Kisby, 2020; Jordan, 2022; Vare & Scott, 2007; Wals, 2011). We have found, in our ongoing research, that educators tend to think of character education as primarily individual focused, rather than also society/social participation focused (Wals, 2011; Jordan, 2022). We have also seen that educators concerned with citizneship education, engagement, democracy and pluralism tend to avoid character education (Aðalbjarnardóttir, 2010), commonly on the grounds that they are too paternalistic or hostile to the values of a pluralistic, democratic society (Halstead & Taylor, 2000; Kristjánsson, 2013).

The challenge here is to educate individuals and, at the same time, influence societies and global systems so that people can live a flourishing life that is compatible with cultural diversity and the environmental fragility of the earth. As such the project aimed to explore the experiences of and opportunities for integration of practice in the fields of sustainability-, citizenship-, and character education in the context of Icelandic youth, though with potential implications internationally.

The project was comprised of three sub-projects – one each at the conceptual/theoretical, individual/student, and institutional/school level. This paper will report on the second (individual/student), which explored the viewpoints of Icelandic students aged 12–18, guided by the research question: How do young people experience their opportunities for engaging with sustainability-, citizenship- and character education within educational and recreational settings?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We gathered mixed method data on young people’s views regarding their experiences within various educational and recreational settings within Iceland: First, we sent a quantitative questionnaire to 14 and 18-year-olds (n = 839) in middle- and high-school asking about their attitudes towards, and actions related to, social responsibility, good citizenship and civic engagement, human rights, justice, sustainability and sustainable lifestyles. They were also asked about Student democratic participation and influence at school, openness of discussion, particularly on social and environmental issues, work with values/virtues and human rights at school and community/volunteer work.
Second, six focus group interviews (3–5 students each), two at the high-school level (aged 16-18) and four at lower-school level (aged 13-14) (n = 24), gathered qualitative data on youth views and participation experiences on the same issues as the student questionnaire. Third, individual, in-depth interviews (Braun, Clark, & Grey, 2017) were taken with members of the Icelandic youth council (n = 5), to purposely gather data from civically engaged youth, again exploring their views on the same issues as the student questionnaire and focus group interviews. Interviewees were recruited via school admin/teachers, with the lower-school students offered free cinema tickets for their participation. Interviews and focus groups were conducted online via Teams between March and June 2021, the questionnaire ran during 2021.

Open/Inductive coding and theme generaton (Braun and Clarke, 2006)  was used to analyse the interviews and focus group data. There were two independent coders, one using Icelandic transcripts, one using translated/English transcripts. The codes and themes generated were then categorized using Lundy’s model of child participation, based on article 12 of the United Nations CRC (Lundy, 2007), which addresses the right to express a view, and the right to have those view given due weight. The four elements of the participation model are; space (provide a safe and inclusive space for children to express their views), voice (provide appropriate information and facilitate the expression of children's views), audience and influence (ensure that children's views are communicated to someone with responsibility to listen, and that their views are taken seriously, and acted on where appropriate).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analysis is on-going, but some initial findings of the interview and focus group data, framed by the Lundy model of child participation (Lundy, 2007), reveal variable student participation, a lack of inclusive opportunities for students to express their views, and a need for teachers and schools to better facilitate students’ expression of their views (re. space and voice). Student democratic participation was often viewed as ‘tokenism’ (Lundy, 2018), with students having little influence on topics that mattered most to them (re. influence and audience).

The data suggests more emphasis needs to be placed on building students’ knowledge and understanding on issues such as citizenship, values, virtues and human rights.
Additionally, sustainability, human rights, and ethical issues were almost exclusively addressed within the ‘chatty subjects’ e.g. social studies, or specific courses such as environment studies. Therefore, students taking business or natural science subject tracks had little engagement with these topics.

Initial findings from the student questionnaire show a positive correlation (p = <0.001) between a sense of social justice and levels of both civic engagement and pro-environmental behaviour, including climate activism. Thereby indicating a fruitful opportunity for integration between sustainability-, citizenship-, and character education. Climate change was considered the most important issue to tackle for the world’s future.

We will further analyse the findings, allowing us to understand better the views, concerns, and opportunities of Icelandic young people, and both the opportunities and barriers created by educational and recreational institutional structures that influence young people’s views.

References
Aðalbjarnardóttir, S. (2010). Passion and purpose: Teacher professional development and student social and civic growth. In T. Lovat, R. Toomey, & N. Clement, (Eds.), International research handbook on values education and student wellbeing (pp. 737-764). Springer.

Althof, W., & Berkowitz, M. (2006). Moral education and character education: Their relationship and roles in citizenship education. Journal of Moral Education, 35(4), 495–518. https://doi.org/ 10.1080/03057240601012204

Braun, V., Clarke, V., & Gray, D. (eds.). (2017). Collecting Qualitative Data: A Practical Guide to Textual, Media and Virtual Techniques. Cambridge University Press. doi:10.1017/9781107295094

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa

Halstead, J. M., & Taylor, M. J. (2000). Learning and teaching about values: A review of recent research. Cambridge Journal of Education, 30(2), 169–202. https://doi.org/10.1080/713657146

Jerome, L., & Kisby, B. (2020). Lessons in character education: Incorporating neoliberal learning in classroom resources. Critical Studies in Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2020.1733037

Jordan, K. (2022). The feasibility of integrating insights from character education and sustainability education - A Delphi study. British Journal of Educational Studies, 70(1), 39–63. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2021.1897519

Kristjánsson, K. (2013). Ten myths about character, virtue and virtue education – Plus three well founded misgivings. British Journal of Educational Studies, 61(3), 269–287. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2013.778386

Lundy, L. (2007). ‘Voice’ is not enough: conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child,British Educational Research Journal, 33(6),927–942

Lundy, L. (2018). In defence of tokenism? Implementing children’s right to participate in collective decision-making. Childhood, 25(3), 340-354.

Öhman, J. (2016). New ethical challenges within environmental and sustainability education.
Environmental Education Research, 22(6), 765–770. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2016.1165800

Peterson, A. (2020). Character education, the individual and the political. Journal of Moral
Education, 49(2), 143–157. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057240.2019.1653270

Tilbury, D. (1995). Environmental education for sustainability: Defining the new focus of environmental education in the 1990s. Environmental Education Research, 1(2), 195–212. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350462950010206

Vare, P., & Scott, W. (2007). Learning for a change: Exploring the relationship between education and sustainable development. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 1(2), 191–198. https://doi.org/10.1177/097340820700100209

UNESCO. (2014). Shaping the future we want: UN decade of education for sustainable development (2005-2014): Final report.

UNESCO. (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives.

Wals, A. E. (2011). Learning our way to sustainability. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 5(2), 177–186. https://doi.org/10.1177/097340821100500208
 
9:00am - 10:30am31 SES 09 A JS: Researching Multiliteracies in Intercultural and Multilingual Education XI
Location: James McCune Smith, 429 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Irina Usanova
Session Chair: Irina Usanova
Joint Paper Session NW 07, NW 20, NW 31
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

School Radio: an Innovative Tool for the Development of Linguistic and Social Competence. A Case Study in Secondary School

Yaimara Batista Fernández, Yasna Patricia Pradena García, Rocío Anguita Martínez, Eduardo Fernández Rodríguez, María del Carmen Herguedas Esteban

University of Valladolid, Spain

Presenting Author: Batista Fernández, Yaimara; Fernández Rodríguez, Eduardo

This qualitative research presents two case studies in the field of secondary education focused on the use of school radio as an innovative educational tool for improving linguistic communication skills, both oral and written comprehension and production, taking into account the needs and interests of students and the sociolinguistic context in which their activities take place. The first case was developed during the recording of the radio adaptation of a play by students with specific educational support needs, and the second one took place during the school radio workshops, made up of voluntary students. In both cases, the different talents of the students are taken into account, promoting learning from critical literacy approaches since reading and writing are not only cognitive processes or acts of (dis)codification, but also social tasks, cultural practices historically rooted in a community of speakers (Cassany & Castellà, 2010). In critically literate environments, students are given opportunities to ask questions, deconstruct stereotypes, co-construct knowledge, and examine multiple perspectives (Cleovoulou, Y., & Beach, P. 2019).

The use of the radio as an educational tool makes it possible to create a link between education and this media, at the same time it allows working on linguistic communication competence from different perspectives. It has achieved high effectiveness in teaching and learning processes through specific didactics that have boosted its use as educational tool. (Araya-Rivera, 2017). It also, contributes to improve students' oral and written expression, promotes comprehension of oral and written texts, learn to listen, to express opinions, to work in groups and to socialise with their peers. The use of the school radio directly transforms the teaching and learning process, stimulating the construction of knowledge, the creativity, the expression of language, the collective participation and the student's participation in the citizenship education.

In addition, it facilitates the acquisition of vocabulary and the improvement of communication for students with poor reading skills and visual deficits, providing a very favourable channel of information and communication and contributing significantly to the integral formation of the student in relation to the four pillars of education: "learning to know, learning to do, learning to live together and learning to be" (Cobo, J., & Torres, P. 2016:320).

The use of radio is intended to make citizens more democratic and supportive, reflective and critical, autonomous and responsible, creative and imaginative, making it a medium that fascinates both students and teachers (López Ayuso, M.A. 2021).

Furthermore, school radio enables the development of critical thinking in students because not only promotes communication within their educational institution, but also transcends into their community. (Apaza Escobedo, Y., 2020).

The research questions of this study are as follows:

What are the opportunities, challenges and problems for the development of communication competence through pedagogical proposals of creative experimentation and collaborative learning based on the use of school radios as a teaching tool?

What limitations and possibilities do secondary education institutions encounter for the design and implementation of educational projects based on the production and dissemination of media content and its integration/articulation with the school curriculum?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research follows a qualitative methodology to explore the use of school radio as an innovative proposal for improving students' competence in linguistic communication. Two case studies (Stake, 2005) are used as a research approach to provide a more detailed description of the object of study.
In order to carry out the case study, triangulation by methods was used, comparing the information obtained through participant observation in the first semester of 2021/2022 academic year, interviews and documentary review. In more detail, the techniques used were as follows:
- Classroom observation: non-participant observation was carried out in 30 class sessions, 10 took place in the school classroom, 16 in the radio, 3 in the garden and 1 in the language laboratory. A journal was kept in order to systematise the experiences and then analyse the data.
- Interviews: an in-depth interview was conducted with the teacher who carried out the educational experience in order to find out about relevant aspects of her educational practice. In these interviews, attention was paid to the dimensions of her teaching practice, but also to her biographical and personal experience.
- Document analysis: Information was collected and analysed in different formats: Didactic programming of the subject (PDA), Educational project of the centre (PEC), General annual programming of the centre (PGAC), Project of Access to chairs formulated by the teacher (PAC).
- Student and teacher anecdotal records, in which the perceptions and opinions about the innovation project in which they are involved are recorded.
- Audio and video recordings of the educational practice analysed.
For the analysis of the teaching practice, a matrix of didactic dimensions is used with the following elements: (a) selection criteria regarding the teaching contents and the perspective from which they are approached; (b) procedures, strategies and techniques implemented in the educational projects and which make up the teaching methodology developed; (c) resources, means and materials; (d) assessment resources used, the objectives pursued through the assessment activities implemented and the main dimensions and aspects to be assessed; (e) types of groups used, learning spaces and infrastructure of the centre used for the educational project, as well as the timing of the work carried out.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Firstly, the document analysis revealed that in 2019-2020, the school radio was implemented within the School Linguistics Project as an interdisciplinary tool to improve students' linguistic competence. In both case studies, the radio became a didactic facilitator, enhancing the students' performance. Students transfer knowledge and strengthen their language, creativity, motivation and imagination. At the same time, students improve their written expression in terms of spelling and syntax and improve their diction. In addition, the radio allows them to deal with the comprehension of written texts, textual typology, structures and elements of cohesion of texts, and spelling rules.
Secondly, the use of the Project Based Learning methodology in the use of radio in the classroom, makes students face real-world problems, identify those that are significant in their learning, finding tools to address them and finally acting collaboratively to create solutions to these problems.
Thirdly, from the analysis of critical literacy, we can see how through the use of programmatic content and socially and culturally relevant topics, students are able to see the world through other lenses, make new interpretations and contrast it with other points of view. Through the different discursive genres used, radio-drama, poetry and workshops, a situated knowledge is fostered by bringing students closer to the world’s reality, such as injustices, war conflicts, divided cities, etc. Both, in the classroom and in the workshops, students' interests are considered and a horizontal dialogue is established, both teacher-student and student-student, non-hierarchical, egalitarian and supportive dialogue, creating an environment appropriate for learning. Likewise, through the radio workshops, students participate constructively in the decisions and tasks related to their immediate environment. They organise debates, interviews and other radio programmes related to the cultural and social diversity of their own neighbourhood, and create links with other school’s radio and the community.

References
Anwaruddin, S. M. (2019). Teaching language, promoting social justice: a dialogic approach to using social media. CALICO Journal, 36(1), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1558/CJ.35208
Apaza Escobedo, Y. D. (2020). El desarrollo de la competencia comunicativa y la radio escolar digital en estudiantes de secundaria de una Institución Educativa Pública de Lima. https://tesis.pucp.edu.pe/repositorio/handle/20.500.12404/17333
Araya-Rivera, C. (2017). La radio estudiantil como estrategia didáctica innovadora. Actualidades investigativas en educación. 17(3), 1-32. https://doi.org/10.15517/AIE.V17I3.30098
Bender, W. (2012). Project-Based Learning: Differentiating Instruction for the 21st Century. Corwin.
Cardoso Álvarez, P. G. (2020).  La radio educativa como herramienta didáctica. Reconocimientos Nacionales Aula Desigual, #yoincluyo https://reconocimientos.escuelasinclusivas.com/experiencia-la-radio-educativa-como-experiencia-didactica/
Cassany, D., & Casstellà, J. (2010). Aproximación a la literacidad crítica literacidad. Perspectiva, 28(2), 353–374. https://doi.org/10.5007/2175-795X.2010V28N2P353
Cassany, D. (2015). Literacidad crítica: leer y escribir la ideología. Universitat Pompeu. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/251839730_Literacidad_critica_leer_y_escribir_la_ideologia
Cleovoulou, Y., & Beach, P. (2019). Teaching critical literacy in inquiry-based classrooms: Teachers’ understanding of practice and pedagogy in elementary schools. Teaching and Teacher Education, 83, 188-198. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.04.012
Cobo, J. & Torres, P. (2016) La radio como recurso didáctico para la formación integral de los estudiantes de Educación Secundaria. Educ@ción en Contexto, Vol. II, N° Especial. I Jornadas de Investigación e Innovación Educativa. “Hacía una Educación de Calidad para el Desarrollo Integral del Ser Humano”. Diciembre, 2016. ISSN 2477-9296
Ellis, A. (2013). Critical literacy, common core, and “close reading”. Colorado Reading Journal (Winter). https://ecommons.luc.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1078&context=education_facpubs
Ellis, A. & Eberly, T. L. (2015). Critical literacy: Going beyond the demands of common core. Illinois Reading Council Journal, vol. 43, núm. 2, pp. 9-15. https://ecommons.luc.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1087&context=education_facpubs
Erickson, K. A.; Koppenhaver, D. A (2020) Comprehensive Literacy for All: Teaching Students with Significant Disabilities to Read and Write. Brookes Publishing Company. ISBN: 978-1-59857-657-3
Ferrer, I., Lorenzetti, L., & Shaw, J. (2020). Podcasting for social justice: exploring the potential of experiential and transformative teaching and learning through social work podcasts. Social Work Education, 39(7), 849–865. https://doi.org/10.1080/02615479.2019.1680619
Gabriel Santana, E. (2016). La radio escolar, una herramienta innovadora con multitud de posibilidades. Consejería de Educación del Gobierno de Canarias. https://www.ifema.es/simo-educacion/noticias/radio-escolar-herramienta-innovadora-multitud-pos#:~:text=La%20radio%20escolar%20como%20la,la%20utilizaci%C3%B3n%20de%20rutinas%20y
López Ayuso, M.A. (2021) Proyecto de innovación e investigación didáctica en el área de lengua castellana y literatura, centrado en la radio como herramienta metodológica innovadora.
Sandoval Alvarado, D. A. y Zanotto González, M. (2022). Desarrollo de la literacidad crítica, currículo y estrategias didácticas en secundaria. Sinéctica, Revista Electrónica de Educación, (58), e1312. https://doi.org/10.31391/S2007-7033(2022)0058-008
Stake, R. (2005). Multiple Case Study Analysis.The Guilford Press.


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Bridging TV shows and Online Videos Watching Practices to Language Awareness and Multiliteracies in a University Classroom

Liudmila Shafirova, Maria Helena Araújo e Sá

University of Aveiro, Portugal

Presenting Author: Shafirova, Liudmila

One of the pillars of the Council of Europe agenda is to form plurilingual and pluricultural social agents who can successfully use their semiotic and linguistic repertoires during communication (Council of Europe, 2018). Another pillar of language education is including new technologies in the classroom and developing student's multiliteracies, which increasingly becomes a global agenda (United Nations, 2015).

This study aims to use both plurilingual and multiliteracies approaches to develop and validate an innovative pedagogical tool to foster language, plurilingual and critical media awareness of university students. In addition, we aim to contribute to a more global discussion on the intersection of multiliteracies and plurilingual education. To reach this objective we propose an innovative bridging activity for the classroom on Linguistic and Cultural diversity, mostly aimed at future language teachers at a Portuguese University. Bridging activity aims to connect students’ out-of-school activities with the in-school ones developing awareness of students’ informal language use (Thorne & Reinhardt, 2008; Yeh & Mitric, 2021).

When developing the bridging activity, we follow Benson (2021) in the idea of focusing the research not only on human interaction, but also on the learning environments the students encounter. In our case, we will focus on online videos/video platforms and the relationship of the students as consumers with these platforms/videos. To do so the students have to document and reflect on their consumption of online videos including video-based platforms such as TikTok, Instagram, YouTube, Netflix or HBO. We consider these informal practices valuable for research and classroom implementation as previous research claims that online videos open opportunities for students to use their plurilingual repertoires through different and combined modalities (Shafirova & Cassany, 2019, Vazquez-Calvo et al, 2022).

The notion of bridging activity is based on the framework of multiliteracies (Cope & Kalantzis, 2015; Gee, 2004) which views literacy as a social practice and focuses on day-to-day language use. As online interaction is a day-to-day practice for most young people, this online language use also should be introduced to the classroom (Cope & Kalantzis, 2015). In our study, we aim for students to develop multiliteracy and autonomous learning skills when watching videos on different platforms including taking into account the affordances of the platforms, the work of algorithms and how it is connected to language varieties in the media. These multiliteracy skills are also connected to several types of language and media awareness including:

Learning awareness. Drawing on Garrett & James (1992) cognitive awareness, we refer to it as the student’s awareness of the language learning when watching, comprehending or reacting to videos in different languages or language varieties.

Plurilingual and pluricultural awareness. Here we are drawing on Byram’s (2012) cultural and language awareness, which goes beyond just paying attention to cultural and linguistic diversity, expanding it to analysis of the “language-culture nexus” in specific contexts. In our case, we refer to it as students’ noticing and reflecting on their daily use of language and cultural varieties when consuming different videos.

Critical language and media awareness. We adopt this term from Tagg & Seargeant (2021) following their idea of its being a fluid and interactional experience of the users. In this study, we aim to understand the students’ awareness of social media algorithms in terms of the appearance of different languages and linguistic variations when they interact with videos.

The main research questions of the study are (1) What design/implementation of a bridging activity can enhance multiliteracy skills and language awareness of university students? (2) How can this design/implementation contribute to the global discussion on the intersection of multiliteracies and plurilingual education?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study follows the research based on educational design methodology, which includes the development of theoretical knowledge based on the inquiry and a practical instrument (McKenney & Reeves, 2014). In our case, the practical contribution consists of an educational product (a multimodal scaffolding instrument for auto-ethnographic observations) and educational planning (the bridging activity). Following this methodology, we went through a circle of Analysis, Design and Evaluation including (1) the Exploratory stage, where we issued a questionnaire to university students on video consumption and language learning; (2) the Pilot stage, where we applied the educational product to three students, evaluated the process and applied changes, and (3) Implementation stage, in which we collaborated with a university professor and applied the bridging activity to the classroom of a master course (From November 2022 to January 2023). The current study features preliminary results of the Implementation stage; more classroom implementations in teacher education subjects are planned for February/March 2023.

This bridging activity included three main parts of implementation:

1.The introductory 2-hour classroom (19 students) on media consumption and language diversity aimed to sensibilize the students to the topic through examples and discussion of students' experiences with video consumption. Data collected from the classroom: 108 minutes of audio recording and 19 screenshots.
2.Three students (two language educators and one aspiring teacher) from the classroom participated in the next stage. They had to make auto-ethnographic observations by filling in a specific table for four days observing the language varieties in the voiceover, subtitles or comments of the videos they watch normally, and searching for new videos in new languages for them. Data collected from this stage: three tables with 14 pages of observation and 34 screenshots.
3.The final stage is reflection. The students had to write an essay of 700-1000 words including a summary of the auto-observation process, a reflection on linguistic and cultural knowledge in the media and on how they can use videos in a classroom. Also, the feedback interviews of the students were collected and transcribed (39 minutes and 3,733 words in total).

Qualitative content analysis with a mostly top-down approach was used to analyze different types of awareness (Schreier, 2012). The data were analyzed according to such categories as learning awareness, plurilingual awareness, media awareness and multiliteracy skills, however, we were also open to other categories appearing from the data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This bridging activity successfully connected informal and formal learning in the university classroom (Thorne & Reinhardt, 2008). The students reflected on their learning experiences in an informal environment and their knowledge was valued in the classroom (Metz, 2018). We suggest that the design of the bridging activity was advantageous in developing multiliteracy skills as the participants could reflect on their online environments and language learning opportunities with video practices. One student even found online tools for language learning and included them into his viewing routine developing his autonomous learning skills (Cope & Kalantzis, 2015).

Interestingly, the students advanced differently in the different types of awareness. For some, language learning awareness was more meaningful, so the students became more open to learning new languages and including them in their routine. For other students, plurilingual awareness was the pillar of the exercise so they could reflect on the meaning of language diversity in the media. The awareness type the students struggled with the most was critical media awareness with only one student who could deeply reflect on it. We suggest, similarly to Yeh & Mitric (2021), that even more pronounced scaffolding guidelines are needed in the design of this bridging activity to overcome the level of “noticing” in awareness theory to the level of analysis and reflection (Byram, 2012).

This study shows that bridging activities can create new spaces for developing both multiliteracies and language awareness of university students. Even though it was conducted in one specific context of a Portuguese university, the results contribute to a global dialogue about the intersection of computer-assisted learning, multiliteracies and plurilingual pedagogies. The innovative design of this bridging activity enriches this dialogue with the ideas on how we can connect digital learning environments of the students to the classroom from a plurilingual perspective.

References
Benson, P. (2021). Language learning environments: Spatial perspectives on SLA (Vol. 147). Multilingual Matters.

Byram, M. (2012). Language awareness and (critical) cultural awareness–relationships, comparisons and contrasts. Language awareness, 21(1-2), 5-13.

Cope, B., & Kalantzis, M. (2015). The things you do to know: An introduction to the pedagogy of multiliteracies. A pedagogy of multiliteracies: Learning by design, 1-36.

Council of Europe. (2018). Common European framework of reference for languages: Learning, teaching, assessment. Companion volume with new descriptors. https://rm. Coe. int/cefr-companion-volume-with-new-descriptors-2018/1680787989

Garrett, P. & James, C. (1992). Language awareness in the classroom, Applied Linguistics and Language Study. Longman.

Gee, J. P. (2004). Situated language and learning: A critique of traditional schooling. Routledge.

McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2014). Educational design research. In Handbook of research on educational communications and technology (pp. 131-140). Springer.

Metz, M. (2018). Pedagogical content knowledge for teaching critical language awareness: The importance of valuing student knowledge. Urban Education, http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0042085918756714

Tagg, C., & Seargeant, P. (2021). Context design and critical language/media awareness: Implications for a social digital literacies education. Linguistics and Education, 62, 100776.

Schreier, M. (2012). Qualitative content analysis in practice. Sage publications.

Shafirova, L., & Cassany, D. (2019). Bronies learning English in the digital wild. Language Learning & Technology, 23(1), 127–144. https://doi.org/10125/44676

Thorne, S. L., & Reinhardt, J. (2008). “Bridging activities,” new media literacies, and advanced foreign language proficiency. CALICO Journal, 25, 558–572. https://doi.org/10.1558/cj.v25i3.558-572

United Nations (UN) (2015) Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. Sustainable development knowledge platform. Accessed at https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/partnership/?p=8936.

Vazquez-Calvo, B., Shafirova, L., Zhang, L. T., & Cassany, D. (2019). An overview of multimodal fan translation: Fansubbing, fandubbing, fan translation of games and scanlation. In M. Ogea Pozo & F. Rodríguez Rodriguez (Eds.), Insights into audiovisual and comic translation. Changing perspectives on films, comics and videogames (pp. 191–213). UCOPress

Yeh, E., & Mitric, S. (2021). Social media and learners-as-ethnographers approach: increasing target-language participation through community engagement. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 1-29.
 
9:00am - 10:30am32 SES 09 A: Diversity as a Tenet: Organizing towards the Alternative Episteme of the Common Good?
Location: Hetherington, 118 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber
Session Chair: Jordi Collet
Symposium
 
32. Organizational Education
Symposium

Diversity as a Tenet: Organizing towards the Alternative Episteme of the Common Good?

Chair: Susanne Maria Weber (Philipps-Universität Marburg)

Discussant: Stephen John Ball (University College London)

Over nearly two decades, the field of organizational education has emerged (Göhlich et al 2018) and international debates on organizational learning have been widened and discussed from an educational perspective. Organizational education perspectives are interested in learning in, of, and between organizations (Weber 2020). Within these debates, critical research perspectives have established (Weber & Wieners 2018). Following a poststructuralist Foucauldian perspective, organizations are not neutral or simply functional. Instead, they act according to sets of knowledge, which are related to power. From a discourse-analytic organizational-education perspective, organizations (and their representatives) are seen as epistemic terrains through which discursive bodies of knowledge ‘flow’. Understood as discursive practices, business, social science, and organizational education rationalizations of change are practices “that systematically form the objects of which they speak” (Foucault 1981, p. 74). Organizations in this sense are constantly actualizing discourses in their discursive practice (Marshak & Grant 2008). Institutional knowledge orders are to be understood as orders of collective seeing, sensing, and thinking. Historical and spatially situated epistemic practices imply specific “visibilities and speakabilities” of and within organizing.

The present multiple crisis like Covid, the climate crisis, the Ukraine War and the global inequality crisis lead to question the ‘normal’ ways of organizing. Taking a closer look, present critiques of modern institutions like the school address not only its main goal of individualization (Collet-Sabé & Ball 2022:12). They challenge its´ existing inherent epistemes of education, still belonging to an ‘industrial age’ and claim to move ‘beyond’ such dysfunctional rationalities. Against an individualistic onto-epistemology, against enclosed education in an institutionalized setting and against disciplinary and hierarchical points of depart schools are criticized as non-place education, as decontextualized education which is oriented towards normalization and follows market-bureaucracy logics.

In an alternative episteme for education, Diversity becomes a tenet and commoning education not only a different type of education, but a potential for organizational education, too. The symposium discusses the dimensions of an onto-epistemological shift, which is needed to transform our given institutions (like schools) towards the Common Good. Commoning then connects to self-formation and to the tenet of diversity in alternative patterns of organizing.

The symposium addresses the challenge and the potential of “co-producing and commoning a different episteme” (Collet-Sabé & Ball 2022) not only for education in general, but for organizational education. It discusses the framework of three alternative horizons (Sharpe & Hodgson 2019) and its´ institutional realization within a university and a program on transformation and inclusion (Koenig 2022). It refers to heterotopic organizing in discursive counter-imaginaries against given normative orders. As an alternative imaginary that encompasses societal, democratic, and economic notions, Commoning and Commoning Education can be seen as a “heterotopia” (Foucault 2005), which suspends, neutralizes, and inverts the given onto-epistemology. Through heterotopic imaginaries, strategies, and practices, organizing can contribute to transforming collective images and practices.


References
Collet-Sabé, J. & Ball, S. J. (2022): Beyond School. The challenge of co-producing and commoning a different episteme for education. In: Journal of Education Policy.
Foucault, M. (2005): Die Heterotopien: Zwei Radiovorträge. Frankfurt/M.: Suhrkamp.
Foucault, M. (1981): Archäologie des Wissens. Frankfurt: Suhrkamp.
Göhlich, M.; Novotný, P.: Revsbæk, L.; Schröer, A.; Weber, S. M.; Yi, B. J. (2018): Research Memorandum Organizational Education. In: Studia Paedagogica. 23 (2), pp. 205–215.
Koenig, O. (2022) (Hrsg.). Inklusion und Transformation in Organisationen. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt.
Laloux, F. (2015): Reinventing Organizations. München: Vahlen Verlag.
Marshak, Robert J.; Grant, David (2008): Organizational Discourse and New Organization Development Practices. In: British Journal of Management 19, 7–19.
Sharpe, B. & Hodgson, A. (2019). Anticipation in Three Horizons. In R. Poli (Ed.). Handbook of anticipation: Theoretical and applied aspects of the use of future in decision making (pp. 1071-1088). Springer.
Weber, S. M. (2020): Genese, Institutionalisierung und Proprium organisationspädagogischen Wissens. In: C. Fahrenwald, N. Engel & A. Schröer (Eds.): Organisation und Verantwortung. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, 355–370.
Weber, S. M. & Wieners, S. (2018): Diskurstheoretische Grundlagen der Organisationspädagogik. In: M. Göhlich, A. Schröer & S. M. Weber (Eds.): Handbuch Organisationspädagogik 17. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, 211–223.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Against Schools and for a different Episteme in (Organizational) Education:

Stephen John Ball (University College London), Jordi Collet (University of Vic UCC (Barcelona))

In the communication we both argue against the current episteme of modern mass schools and its organization, and for a new episteme oriented from and for the common good and diversity. In the first part, from a Foucauldian perspective, we reject the modern episteme for education and education organization (Ball and Collet, 2021), and we propose to open up to alternative education organization using his concepts of positive and productive power and heterotopia. In the second part, we propose to join the Foucauldian proposal of an ethical and political education (organization) based on the care of the self, others and environment with an approach to education as a commoning activity (Collet and Ball, 2022). Both the critical and the proposal parts could help education organizations to question its current truth, forms of government and what kind of subjectivities and relationship they produce and to be engaged with alternative proposals based on diversity and oriented from and for the common good.

References:

Ball, S. (2017): Foucault as educator. Cham. Springer. Ball, S.; Collet- Sabé, J. (2021): Against school: an epistemological critique. Discourse. 10.1080/01596306.2021.1947780 Collet-Sabé, J. & Ball, S. J. (2022): Beyond School. The challenge of co-producing and commoning a different episteme for education. In: Journal of Education Policy.
 

Three Horizons: Future consciousness to anticipate organizing for diverse Futures

Oliver Koenig (Bertha von Suttner University St. Pölten Austria)

For individuals and collectives alike, the task to fully embrace an alternative episteme in which Diversity becomes truly a tenet and communing education a vehicle for the how and where of organizational education has to be seen as demanding in various ways. Currently, still, both the mainstream (university-based) education and (educational) practices in organizations are happening within dominant neoliberal, individualistic, ableist, extractivist, and meritocratic frames, which are deeply interwoven not only in the fabric and make up of our societal institutions but also embodied by its social actors whose legitimate peripheral participation (Giddens, 1984; Wenger, 1998;) serve to reify the conditions and structures under which this participation occurs. How people learn and behave in the present moment is likely to be a projection of how people will learn and behave in the Future. This paper argues that both organizational as well as higher education can profit from a framework and process that is theoretically grounded and practically applicable and which has the potential to support the development of Future Consciousness among (groups of) people from diverse backgrounds, experiences, and worldviews – Future Consciousness understood here as a heightened awareness of the future potential of the present moment (Sharpe, 2013). The practice of Three Horizons (Sharpe et al., 2016) and its accompanying theoretical concept of the Anticipatory Present Moment (Sharpe & Hodgson, 2019) can be used to both guide people into such a new onto-epistemological terrain and understand how people make sense and act towards maintaining or transforming the Future in the present moment. The presentation will introduce the aforementioned practice and theoretical concept and portray how it has been used in the design of a new Master Program on Inclusion and Transformation in Organizations and how it is being used as a cohering didactical principle to support educational practitioners from diverse fields and organizational contexts to anticipate and co-create new ways of organizing for more diverse and inclusive futures (Koenig, 2022).

References:

Giddens, A. (1984). The Constitution of Society: Outline of the Theory of Structuration. Wiley. Koenig, O. (2022). Inklusion und Transformation in Organisationen. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. Sharpe, B. (2013). Three horizons: patterning of hope. Triarchy Press. Sharpe, B., Hodgson, A., Leicester, G., Lyon, A. & Fazey, I. (2016). Three horizons: a pathways practice for transformation. Ecology and Society 21(2), 47. http://dx.doi.org/10.5751/ES-08388-210247 Sharpe, B. & Hodgson, A. (2019). Anticipation in Three Horizons. In R. Poli (Ed.). Handbook of anticipation: Theoretical and applied aspects of the use of future in decision making (pp. 1071-1088). Springer.
 

The Pattern Language of Commoning (PLC) as Epistemic Boundary Object

Susanne Maria Weber (Philipps-Universität Marburg)

Helfrich and Bollier (2020) argued that autonomy and democracy are learned in relationships because they can be experienced and lived. According to the architect Christopher Alexander, patterns can be understood as tools that promote life. They can be used in many ways and are needed to shape a free, fair, and sustainable world. Since patterns contain proven experiential knowledge, they describe the essence of successful solutions to problems that may occur in comparable contexts. The complex interplay between context, problem, and solution is critical; thus, these three elements are never isolated from each other and are found in all 33 patterns that comprise PLC. The PLC card deck condensed the experiences of more than 400 interviewees from SMOs into 33 patterns, which aim to support sociality, cooperation, and co-production. PLC aims to transform collective imaginaries and support a prosocial, cooperative and democratic praxis in and of organizing. The card deck aims to re-imagine and support individual and collective reflexivity. It addresses the social, political, and economic life from an ontological perspective and based on an integral understanding of sustainability and inclusion. This deck of 33 reflection and orientation cards (Helfrich & Bollier 2020) encompasses illustrations, problem questions, short descriptions, examples, and connection patterns based on visual-linguistic illustrations of success-critical “process patterns” in the fields of Social togetherness, Self-organization through peers and Caring and self-determined management. As an aesthetic artifact, PLC promotes a new frame of reference “among people and between people and the world” (Helfrich & Bollier, 2020, 78). It targets sustainability innovation, collective understanding, and developing an ethical attitude of the common good (cf. Helfrich & Petzold 2021). It aims to facilitate patterns of problem solving (cf. Leitner 2015, 33) to promote ethical and process- and relationship-oriented attitudes and stances. As the patterns suggest a “best practice” to use, the patterns have a hypothetical character (cf. Alexander & Ishikawa 1995). This hypothetical character supports their empirical and (research) methodical application. As a new praxis of organizing, PLC may support transformational strategies toward the integral inclusion of the social, political, and economic spheres. As an organizing pattern, it may transform the quality of conversations and self-organization. It may not only ‘re-invent’ existing organizations (Laloux 2015). From a Foucauldian perspective, it may be understood as an ‘epistemic boundary object’ towards not only the tenet of diversity, but towards the onto-epistemological shift toward commoning education – and toward a commoning organizational education (Weber 2022).

References:

Alexander, C.; Ishikawa, S., Silverstein, M., Jacobson, M., Fiksfahl-King, I.; Angel, S. (1995): Eine Muster-Sprache. A Pattern Language. Städte, Gebäude, Konstruktion. Wien: Löcker Verlag. Helfrich, S. &. Bollier, D. (2020): Frei, Fair & Lebendig. Bielefeld: transcript. Helfrich, S. &. Petzold, J. (2021): Commoning oder wie Transformation gelingt. Auftakt einer Mustersprache. Neudenau/Eberswalde. Koenig, O. (2022) (Hrsg.). Inklusion und Transformation in Organisationen. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Laloux, F. (2015): Reinventing Organizations. München: Vahlen Verlag. Marshak, Robert J.; Grant, David (2008): Organizational Discourse and New Organization Development Practices. In: British Journal of Management 19, 7–19. Leitner, H. (2015): Mit Mustern arbeiten. In: S. Helfrich, D. Bollier & Heinrich-Böll-Stiftung (Eds.): Die Welt der Commons. Bielefeld: transcript, 27-35. Sharpe, B., Hodgson, A., Leicester, G., Lyon, A. & Fazey, I. (2016). Three horizons: a pathways practice for transformation. Ecology and Society 21(2), 47. http://dx.doi.org/10.5751/ES-08388-210247 Weber, Susanne Maria (2022): A new Audacity of Imagination. Envisioning Sustainable Inclusion - Transforming toward new Patterns - Practicing Heterotopic Organizing. In: König, Oliver (Hrsg.): Inklusion und Transformation in Organisationen. Klinkhardt, Bad Heilbrunn, S. 199 - 217
 
9:00am - 10:30am32 SES 09 B: Paper Session
Location: Adam Smith, 717 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Andreas Schröer
Symposium
 
32. Organizational Education
Paper

Problem-based Learning as a Driver for Organizational Change

Nikolaj Stegeager, Line Bune, Jacob Gorm Davidsen, Ole Ravn

Aalborg University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Stegeager, Nikolaj; Bune, Line

This paper describes an organizational change project undertaken by a group of researchers affiliated with the Institute for Advanced Studies in Problem-based Learning at Aalborg University, Denmark (AAU). The current change project centers around Aalborg University Library (AUL).

AUL is a service organization within the university with approximately 60 employees working with a range of administrative and practical tasks for the university. Over the last five years, the AUL management had become increasingly aware that the character of the tasks that AUL undertakes has changed from primarily being individual, linear, and instrumental to being more and more collective, complex, and reflexive. Their conclusion was that the organization needed to change itself into a project-oriented organization (Gemünden et al., 2018; Huemann et al., 2007) to be able to respond to the demands they were facing. Thus, they invited the authors of this paper as scholars within project-oriented learning and organizational change to help them pave the way for this organizational transition.

Organizational change projects are often described as being either based on a top-down (Ryan et al., 2008) or a bottom-up approach (Yi et al. 2017). Both approaches have pros and cons. However, neither of these approaches have proven especially successful in fostering lasting organizational change (Fullan, 1994, Huber, 1991) and thus researchers have begun to explore other strategies. In this regard, Hargreaves and Ainscow (2015) discusses the possibility of combining top-down and bottom-up approaches to organizational change in a new approach which they call Leading From the Middle (LFM). This approach is defined by Fullan (2015:24) as “a deliberate strategy that increases the capacity and internal coherence of the middle as it becomes a more effective partner upward and downward, in pursuit of greater system performance”. LFM is a strategy that does not consider leadership as a position but as an activity (Robinson et al., 2007). Thus, leadership resides not in the position but in the task and therefore leadership in the project organization can and must be distributed amongst organizational members (Hamel & Zanini, 2020).

The LFM approach seemingly corresponds well with some of the core principles of problem-based learning (PBL) that requires collaboration and a high level of active participation and self-directedness within project groups. Therefore, the management team at AUL and the research group agreed upon a design for organizational development based upon a combination of the theory of LFM and the principles behind PBL and Dewey’s notion of experiential learning (Dewey, 1938, Kolb, 2014). Thus, AUL employees were to learn about working with complex problems in project groups by actually working with complex problems in project groups with the university researchers acting as supervisors and group facilitators.

PBL is an internationally recognized pedagogical approach in many areas and levels of education (Barrows 1996; de Graaff & Kolmos 2007; Savin-Baden & Major 2004). However, not much research has been done regarding PBL as an approach for promoting organizational learning and change (Thomassen & Jørgensen, 2020). Thus, we formulated the following research question to further investigate this matter:

How can the principles behind theories of Learning From the Middle and Problem-based Learning be combined and applied to effectively foster organizational learning and change?

To answer the research question, we designed a course for all staff at AUL and a plan for collecting data about the experience of the staff after completion of the course. In the section below, we shall briefly describe the design of the organizational change project and the data collection process.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The theoretical inspiration for the organizational development project was, as mentioned above, theories of LFM, PBL, and experiential learning. Thus, all staff were divided into project groups by the AUL management and assigned a supervisor (a member from the research team). After an introduction seminar in which everybody was familiarized with the project and the project design, each project group was presented with an initial problem area (chosen by the management team) relevant to their specific professional responsibilities. Each group was given the task to formulate a problem statement and afterwards address this specific problem under guidance from their supervisor and their respective line manager. The project was finalized with a joint full day session in which each group presented a product they had developed as part of their project work.

The overall project was evaluated through a questionnaire after the final session asking the participants about their experiences during the project period. Questions related to their understanding of PBL, the value of using PBL principles as a foundation for their professional work, their own learning, the project method inspired by LFM theory, and their perception of the organizational changes induced by the project.

Subsequently, four focus-group interviews with project groups of diverting profiles in terms of educational background and working tasks in the AUL organization were conducted to further inquire into the experiences of the participants. The AUL leadership was also considered a valuable source of insight as cooperators on and initiators of the project but also because they had immediate everyday access to and communication with the project groups. Therefore, a fifth focus group interview was conducted with the group of AUL managers. The interviews were then transcribed and coded. All authors used an inductive approach to search for themes and provide preliminary codes (Coffey & Atkinson, 1996) of both the questionnaire data and the interview transcriptions. The authors compared and discussed the themes and the coding until consensus was obtained regarding themes and codes.

Additional empirical material was constructed during the final full day session. Each group presented a product that was the result of their project-work, and these presentations and results were included in the empirical material. Furthermore, the material included reflections upon the project as a whole from a workshop activity on the final day of the project. Finally the group of researchers produced observation notes from this day.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings show that the principles behind theories of Learning From the Middle and Problem-Based Learning can be combined and applied to successfully foster organizational learning and change. For most groups, the project was seen as a positive development in their work life. These groups responded well to the increased amount of self-determination, higher level of agency and the problem-oriented type of work. Some of these groups even reported being initially very sceptic about the project but being surprised at how well their project-work went.

A few groups did not find the new approach suitable or relevant for their work. They found that the project-oriented work disturbed their daily routines. However, this also helped the management and the researchers to gain additional knowledge. For instance, they were able to identify weaknesses in the approach and to better identify which types of projects and which types of group constellations are more likely to benefit in the future.

Overall, the project showed that combining the principles behind theories of Learning From the Middle and Problem-Based Learning might be a fruitful way of facilitating organizational change. There are of course things that could have worked out better, but the future for PBL as a driver for organizational change is promising.

References
Barrows, H. S. (1996). Problem‐based learning in medicine and beyond: A brief overview. New directions for teaching and learning, (68), 3-12.
Coffey, A., & Atkinson, P. (1996). Making sense of qualitative data: Complementary research strategies. Sage Publications, Inc.
De Graaff, E., & Kolmos, A. (2007). Management of Change: Implementation of Problem-Based and Project-Based Learning in engineering. Sense Publishers.
Dewey, J. (1938). Experience and education. New York: MacMillan
Fullan, M. (1994). Coordinating top-down and bottom-up strategies for educational reform. Systemic reform: Perspectives on personalizing education, 7-24.
Fullan, M. (2015). Leadership from the Middle. Education Canada, 55(4), 22-26.
Gemünden, H. G., Lehner, P., & Kock, A. (2018). The project-oriented organization and its contribution to innovation. International Journal of Project Management, 36(1), 147-160.
Hamel, G., & Zanini, M. (2020). Humanocracy: Creating organizations as amazing as the people inside them. Harvard Business Press.
Hargreaves, A., & Ainscow, M. (2015). The top and bottom of leadership and change. Phi Delta Kappan, 97(3), 42-48.
Huber, G. P. (1991). Organizational learning: The contributing processes and the literatures. Organization science, 2(1), 88-115.
Huemann, M., Turner, R., & Keegan, A. (2007). Managing human resources in the project-oriented company. The Wiley guide to project organization and project management competencies, 117-142.
Kolb, D. A. (2014). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. FT press.
Robinson, V. M., Hohepa, M. & Lloyd, C. (2007). School leadership and student outcomes: Identifying what works and why. Winmalee: Australian Council for Educational Leaders.
Ryan, N., Williams, T., Charles, M. & Waterhouse, J. (2008). Top‐down organizational change in an Australian Government agency. International Journal of Public Sector Management. Vol. 21 No. 1, pp. 26-44
Savin-Baden, M.  & Major, C. H. (2004). Foundations of Problem-based Learning. McGraw-hill Education.
Thomassen, A. O., & Jørgensen, K. M. (2020). John Dewey and continuing management education: problem-based learning for organizational sustainability. Journal of workplace learning, Vol. 33(3), 229-242
Yi, Y., Gu, M. & Wei, Z. (2017). Bottom-up learning, strategic flexibility and strategic change. Journal of Organizational Change Management. Vol. 30 No. 2, pp. 161-183.


32. Organizational Education
Paper

Systemic Assessment of Safety culture in Schools – Implementing Hudson´s Ladder through Focus Group Interview Data

Brita Somerkoski, Eila Lindfors, Julia Kokki, Jussi-Pekka Peltola, Emilia Luukka

University of Turku, Finland

Presenting Author: Somerkoski, Brita

Violence and bullying amongst youth have aroused political concern in Finland and in Europe (Cornell et al., 2020; Smith, 2016; Williams et al., 2018) to the extent that in Finland Prime Minister Sanna Marin´s government (Valtioneuvosto, 2019) has stipulated measures to prevent violence and bullying to develop a better safety culture in schools. (Bradshaw et al., 2014; Vallinkoski & Koirikivi, 2020). According to the Finnish Basic Education Act, responsibility within the schoolday falls unequivocally on the teachers and principals (Basic Education Act, 628/1998).

Researchers see safety culture as a part of an organization´s culture that relates to knowledge, skills and attitudes concerning safety (Biggs et al., 2013;Teperi et al.; 2018;Waitinen, 2011). Earlier studies have shown that the safety guidelines laid down at macro level are better implemented at micro level if the management of meso level actors - are active and visible (Bellibas & Liu, 2018; Zohar, 2002). A positive safety culture can result in improved workplace wellbeing and safety. A precondition for effective safety culture is that the organization shares the actions and documents with each other (Teperi et al., 2018, 2021.)

Although organizational safety culture has been widely researched within industrial organizations, there are very few studies regarding the safety culture of schools. The role of schools is multidimensional as schools need to provide a curriculum-based safety education for pupils. Secondly, in schools, the age distribution is heterogeneous including adults who are responsible for a group of young children (Somerkoski & Lindfors, 2018). Moreover, an analysis of the organization’s safety culture is not unambiguous; safety is often non-visible until it is lost (Hollnagel, 2017).

The study aims to establish an applicable method to assess an organization´s safety culture by making safety culture topics visible and reachable for every school. As part of the ONNI – Success in School Safety -project 2022–2023 on comprehensive school safety, the project researchers have created a pilot model, Systemic assessment model for safety and security culture in schools (SAMS). In order to answer the research question How to evaluate safety culture in Finnish comprehensive schools by applying the SAMS model? we analysed the semi-structured focus group interview data using theory-driven content analysis.

Further on, we implemented the model by grouping the topics to describe the most common features of a school's security culture (e.g. Vallinkoski & Koirikivi, 2020; Smith, 2016) These topics were safety management, documents, responsibilities, the detection of safety deviations, the processing of safety deviations, practical training, safety competence, resources, the prevention of bullying and harassment, the prevention of violence and crimes, cooperation with stakeholders, and participation. We assessed each of these topics by implementing and applying the Hudson (2007) safety ladder model by grouping each of the topics into five levels: vulnerable, reactive, normative, proactive and resilient.

At the vulnerable level of safety culture, deviations cannot be anticipated, but if they occur, they will be managed on a case-by-case basis. The security culture is dominated by randomness and situationality. At the reactive safety culture level, hazard situations are addressed after they occur. The requirements of normative safety culture level are based on the contents on the normative documents such as the curriculum or legislation. In the hazard situation, the regulations described in these documents are implemented. At the proactive safety culture level, school staff has identified human-induced near-miss and risky situations and there is a clear concept of how to handle the deviations. Finally, at the resilient safety culture level, the safety aspect is linked to all decision-making as a whole. By systematic action, deviations can be managed together. students, staff, and stakeholders are involved in the promotion of safety.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data (n=10) for this research were collected from the staff of ten Finnish comprehensive education schools. We invited the participants for a voluntary focus group interview during the autumn term of 2022. The focus groups comprised the safety group members of each school, usually 4 – 6 employees, a few pupils, and a representative of parents. The themes for these separate interviews arose from the above-mentioned 12 topics that describe the safe and secure learning environment. During the interview, while one of the researchers was interviewing the group with a set of carefully written questions, the other researcher took care of the technical issues, such as recording.
In the preliminary analysis of the transcribed interviews, we found 497 (n=497) text passages that contained safety or security contents. We call these text passages meaning units. Further on, we used NVivo-programme for qualitative data analysis to develop a list of initial codes and to organize these into a coding tree. Each meaning unit was analysed separately and connected into one or more of five main categories. In this process, two additional codes were added: wishful thinking (describing safety culture in some other place) or the future) and safety planning (describing safety actions in the future) These two groups were left out from the analysis.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on the preliminary data, it seems that the reactive level is dominating the safety culture talk in the schools as 43% (n=214) of the meaning units analysed were placed on a vulnerable or a reactive level. Our second finding is that the school staff considers safety culture as an invisible phenomenon, hidden among all manner of other work accomplished at school. We found this normative level in 41 % (n=205) of the cases. Schools comply with the safety aspects of the curriculum and legislation but the approach is still more reactive than proactive.
In particular, it seems that the manner in which the school staff handles and monitors safety deviations, reflects the safety culture.  To reach the proactive level, schools must systematically identify the risks and utilize the information on the near-miss cases for preventive actions. This happened very seldom in the schools that participated in this study, as only 13% (n=64) of the safety talk was at a proactive level. Furthermore, participation and communality represent the resilient level of safety culture where security is a priority in all school activities proactively. However, only 3 % of the meaning units were consistent with the resilient level of safety culture.
Most of school´s safety lies on headmaster´s shoulders. Their professional work is two-fold – they have to work with the safety-related resources provided by the higher management and on the other hand, they lead an everyday safety culture for all the actors. Finally, here the group participating in the focus group interviews was not homogenous and individual differences may be significant. These differences could have been examined in an individual or a micro level study. Regardless, a meso level safety culture represents quite well the general safety culture that comprises a group of individuals wo work and interact together in schools.

References
Basic Education Act (1998). Finlex 628/1998.

Bellibas, M. S., & Liu, Y. (2018). The effects of principals’ perceived instructional and distributed leadership practices on their perceptions of school climate. International journal of leadership in education, 21(2), 226-244.

Biggs, S. E., Banks, T. D., Davey, J. D., & Freeman, J. E. (2013). Safety leaders’ perceptions of safety culture in a large Australasian construction organisation. Safety science, 52, 3-12.

Bradshaw, C. P., Waasdorp, T. E., Debnam, K. J., & Johnson, S. L. (2014). Measuring school climate in high schools: A focus on safety, engagement, and the environment. Journal of School Health, 84(9), 593-604.

Cornell, D. G., Mayer, M. J., & Sulkowski, M. L. (2020). History and future of school safety research. School psychology review, 50(2-3), 143-157.

Finnish Government (2019). Programme of Prime Minister Sanna Marin’s Government 2019.
Inclusive and competent Finland – a socially, economically and ecologically sustainable society. https://valtioneuvosto.fi/en/marin/government-programme

Hollnagel, E. (2017). Safety-I and Safety-II The Past and Future of Safety Management. Taylor & Francis.

Hudson, P. (2007). Implementing a safety culture in a major multi-national. Safety science, 45(6), 697-722.

Smith, P. K. (2016). Research on bullying in schools in European countries. School bullying in different cultures: Eastern and western perspectives, 1-27.

Somerkoski, B. & Lindfors, E.  Koulun ulkopuoliset turvallisuusasiantuntijat opetustyön tukena. Ainedidaktisia tutkimuksia, 265. [External experts supporting safety education in schools Subject didactics]

Teperi, A.-M., Lindfors, E., Kurki, A.-L., Somerkoski, B., Ratilainen, H., Tiikkaja, M., Uusitalo, H., Lantto, E., & Pajala, R. (2018). Turvallisuuden edistäminen opetusalalla: Edusafe-projektin loppuraportti (9522618195).

Teperi, A.-M., Ruotsala, R., Ala-Laurinaho, A., Asikainen, I., Lantto, E., & Paajanen, T. (2021). Inhimilliset tekijät turvallisuudessa: interventioiden vaikutukset ja toimivuus. Työterveyslaitos.2021.https://www.julkari.fi/handle/10024/141064

Waitinen, M. (2011). Turvallinen koulu?: Helsinkiläisten peruskoulujen turvallisuuskulttuurista ja siihen vaikuttavista tekijöistä. Helsingin yliopiston Opettajankoulutuslaitoksen tutkimuksia 334.

Vallinkoski, K. & Koirikivi, P.-M. (2020). Enhancing Finnish basic education schools’ safety culture through comprehensive safety and security management. Nordic journal of studies in educational policy, 6(2), 103-115.

Williams, S., Schneider, M., Wornell, C., & Langhinrichsen-Rohling, J. (2018). Student’s perceptions of school safety: It is not just about being bullied. The Journal of School Nursing, 34(4), 319-330.

Zohar, D. (2002). The effects of leadership dimensions, safety climate, and assigned priorities on minor injuries in work groups. Journal of organizational behavior, 23(1), 75-92.
 
9:00am - 10:30am33 SES 09 A: Schools and Online Communities as Spaces for Addressing Gender and Sexuality Diversity
Location: James McCune Smith, 743 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Victoria Showunmi
Paper Session
 
33. Gender and Education
Paper

School, Online Communities, and Creative Workshops as Spaces for Non-normative Pre-teen Gendered and Sexual Cultures

Eveliina Puutio1, Suvi Pihkala1, Jukka Lehtonen1,2, Tuija Huuki1

1University of Oulu, Finland; 2University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Puutio, Eveliina

Pre-teens explore and express other than cis- and heteronormative forms of gender and sexuality in their peer relations. Despite this, these ‘non-normative’ ways of being and doing often threaten to drown under mainstream assumptions that follow the common idea of gender-dichotomy and the mutual attraction of boys and girls (Hawkes & Dune, 2013). Although the national curriculum outlines that schools should support the development of students’ gender and sexual identities (Finnish National Board of Education, 2014), particularly non-binary and non-heterosexual youth tend to find the school's practices cramped and are often left to ponder these issues by themselves in their other life spheres (Kennedy, 2020). The aim of this study is to focus on youth everyday spaces, and to look at how they come together in shaping pre-teen non-normative gendered and sexual cultures.

To do this, the research draws on case study, which was implemented in Northern Finland and consists of an arts-based case study of a group of three 12- to 13-year-old students. As we worked with the group of friends and their nine classmates, what stood out was the trio’s powerful, iterative reflections of non-normative gender and sexuality that emerged during our engagement with them. As they were sharing their thoughts with us, they especially discussed two life spheres as vital for expressing gender and sexuality: school and online communities. We became interested in exploring how these spaces operate; although they might seem distinct or even separate from each other, they act together in co-constituting pre-teen gender and sexuality.

Earlier research on young people’s gender and sexuality has focused on their romantic and/or sexual relationships as well as on the experiences of lesbian, gay, bisexual, trans, intersex and queer (LGBTIQ+) youth (Kennedy, 2020; Lehtonen, 2021). Despite this, there is a lack of research examining young people’s relationalities which transgress hetero- and cisnormativity in the transition to adolescence (see however Neary, 2021). In addition, these themes have been primarily approached through human-centred, talk-based methodologies, which can make it challenging for young people to explore these topics. In recent years, a growing body of feminist new materialist and posthuman work (see e.g., Allen, 2018; Renold, 2019; Taylor, 2013) has begun to explore new methodological, ethical, and ontological possibilities of mapping youth sexualities in expansive ways. We join this scholarship by employing creative, arts-based approaches in exploring young people’s views on gender, sexuality, and power in the less-studied elementary school context.

Firstly, we turn to ask, how school and online communities are constantly coming together with other entities and co-constituting possibilities for pre-teen non-normative gendered and sexual relationalities. Our intention is to focus particularly on the flux and flow school and social media entanglements create for navigations and ruptures of gendered and sexual norms and the alternative visions and ways of being they enable. Secondly, to consider and encourage the transgressive gendered and sexual practices in young people’s everyday lives and draw insights for the development of more supportive youth spaces, we focus on our creative workshop space and ask how it acts as a space for expressing pre-teen gender and sexual diversity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data was produced in two stretches together with three Northern-Finnish students. First, the students participated in our creative Friendship workshops together with their nine classmates. The workshops were organised during two consecutive five-hour school days in a separate space outside the school premises. The activities included movement, talking, writing, and crafting, and were designed to invite the children to ponder themes related to gender, sexuality, and power in their relationships and then to express their ideas on what needs to change in their peer relations to make them more ethically sustainable.
As the constellation of the workshops generated powerful reflections on non-normative gender and sexuality in a group of three friends, us and the trio were keen on continuing the work after the two-day long workshops ended. In the second part of the data generation, one of the authors visited the students in their school which was located in a white middle-class semi-rural neighbourhood in Northern Finland. In two separate six-hour school visits, one of the authors first spent time with the students for two school days, engaged in school practices, and organised the trio of two-hour-long arts activities and group interviews in a separate school space. The data consists of processes of making a series of crafted artworks addressing the students’ peer experiences and different life spheres from the perspectives of gender and sexuality, screenshots the students took to present their social media accounts and fieldwork notes and audio-recorded discussions from the workshops and school visits.
As the group of friends emphasised how the possibilities to express gender and sexuality differed particularly in two of their essential life spheres – school and online communities – we began to ‘think with’ previous research that explored spatiality as critical to the material-discursive landscapes of young lives (Allen, 2018), and reconsidered the idea that only human actors are responsible for producing social identities and relationships. We combined Doreen Massey’s (2005) conceptualisation of spaces as intertwined relational networks with Karen Barad’s (2007) new materialist insights to view spaces as performative and emergent material-discursive entanglements, which produce material meanings of gender and sexuality in pre-teen lives. Thus, the pre-teen everyday experiences, new materialist ontology and previous research conceptualising the spaces of young people led us to analyse how school, social media communities and our Friendship workshops acted in producing non-normative gendered and sexual cultures.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on our findings and previous scholarship on the school experiences of LGBTIQ+ youth (see, e.g., Lehtonen, 2021; Neary, 2021) we propose that as schools mostly act on constituting and strengthening normative flows of gender and sexuality, the students’ transgressive expressions of those can emerge only in the ruptures of mainstream gendered structures and power hierarchies and as entangled with heteronormative assumptions of friendship and romance. Compared to school, online communities seem to offer a more fruitful ground for non-normative explorations of youth gender and sexuality. Entangled with human and non-human elements, online communities have the capacity to enable transgressive expressions of gender and sexuality through creative visions and connections to wider terrains of LGBTIQ+ cultures. Intriguingly, our Friendship workshops seemed to operate as sort of an intermediate-space, as they enabled expressions of transgressive gender and sexuality through artmaking, iterative activities, and multichannel reinforcement. In the material-discursive workshop composition, it became possible for diverse gender and sexual expressions to be openly articulated and extend to school and its cis-/heteronormative practices.
The results underline the meaning of space in forming and shaping pre-teen diverse gender and sexual expressions and relationalities. Furthermore, they offer insights in those material-discursive entanglements that already promote non-normative expressions of gender and sexuality in young people’s lives. By drawing from these, we can enable educational spaces for pre-teens to express their gender and sexuality and to discuss with their peers, educators, researchers, and decision makers, about how to address these themes in ethical, encouraging ways.

References
Allen, L. (2018). Reconceptualizing qualitative research involving young people and sexuality at school. Cultural studies, Critical Methodologies, 19(4), 284–293. https://doi.org/10.1177/1532708618784325

Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe Halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press.

Finnish National Board of Education. (2014). National Core Curriculum for Basic Education. Next Print Oy.

Hawkes, G. & Dune, T. (2013). Narratives of the sexual child: Shared themes and shared challenges. Sexualities, 16(5/6), 622–634. https://doi.org/10.1177/1363460713497459

Kennedy, N. (2020). Deferral: The sociology of young trans people’s epiphanies and coming out. Journal of LGBT Youth, 19(1), 53–75. https://doi.org/10.1080/19361653.2020.1816244

Lehtonen, J. (2021). Heteronormative violence in schools: Focus on homophobia, transphobia and the experiences of trans and non-heterosexual youth in Finland. In: Y. Odenbring & T. Johansson (Eds.), Violence, Victimisation and Young People. Education and Safe Learning Environments. (pp. 155–172) Springer.

Massey, D. (2005). For space. SAGE Publications.

Neary, A. (2021). Trans children and the necessity to complicate gender in primary schools. Gender and Education, 33(8), 1073–1089. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2021.1884200

Renold, E. (2019). Ruler-skirt risings. Being crafty with how gender and sexuality education research-activisms can come to matter. In: T. Jones, L. Coll, L. van Leent & Y. Taylor (Eds.), Uplifting gender and sexuality research (pp. 115-140). Palgrave McMillan.

Taylor, C.A. (2013). Objects, bodies, and space: gender and embodied practices of mattering in the classroom. Gender and Education, 25(6), 688–703. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2013.834864


33. Gender and Education
Paper

Online and Offline Intimate Partner Violence in Adolescents with Diverse Sexual Orientations

Rachida Dalouh Ounia, Encarnación Soriano-Ayala, Verónica C. Cala, Carmen Ujaque Ruiz

Universidad de Almeria, Spain

Presenting Author: Dalouh Ounia, Rachida

Teen dating violence is a complex and multifaceted problem. This violence has been defined as that in which acts that hurt the other person occur, in the context of a relationship in which there is attraction and in which the two members of the couple date to go out together (Close, 2005). Although for some authors this type of violence has a structure similar to partner violence in adults, it presents certain peculiarities related both to the relationship (there is no cohabitation, absence of children, economic independence) and to the dynamics of violence (bidirectionality and reciprocity) (Borges & Dell'Aglio, 2017 ; López-Cepero et al., 2015; Rubio-Garay et al., 2017).
The studies on partner violence have focused mainly on couples made up of both binary sexes and where their sexual orientation was defined as heterosexual (Díaz & Nuñez, 2015). Intragender violence occurs between people of the LGTBI collective and can be defined as the violent behavior or attitude of one of the members towards their partner of the same gender (Tomás Cánovas, 2019). For their part, Rodríguez et al., (2015) point out that in couples in which a member belongs to the transsexual, transgender or intersex group, violent behaviors are an exercise of power by the "normative" member in order to dominate, control, coerce and/or isolate the victim, as happens in heteronormative couples. That is, the difference with intragender violence lies in the absence of sexist or patriarchal reasons, although the purpose is the same, to exercise domination and control over a member of the couple.

Another important point to note is that the difficulty of identifying an unhealthy relationship by the partner is attributed to the invisibility of intra-gender violence itself in society and the lack of information to be able to recognize this type of violence (Janice Ristock, 2005). Along the same lines, the Yogyakarta Principles identified the key role that educational methods and resources play in increasing understanding and respect for the diversity of gender identities and expressions, including the particular needs of those who receive it and their families (Commission Inter-American Court of Human Rights, 2020).
The prevalence of violence among adolescents, both in the case of the violence committed and in the scale of violence suffered, several types are distinguished: verbal-emotional (insults, humiliation, threats, depreciation, false accusations, ridicule, etc.), violence physical (acts of physical force and other restrictions aimed at causing pain), sexual violence (forced sexual relations, abuse, the use of sex as a form of pressure and manipulation), cyber violence (control of the partner's mobile phone, harassment with continuous messages , knowing where that person is, what they are doing and who they are with, spying on their activity on social networks or with their phone, etc.). Since new technologies have been used to exercise violence (Borrajo & Gamez-Guadix, 2018). Violence through NICTs includes violent behavior through electronic media, mainly mobile phones and the Internet (Ocampo Botello et al., 2015).
The objective of this study is to determine if gender identity influences the violence suffered or exercised in adolescent dating relationships. Also, know the types of violence are more prevalent based on the gender identity of the person who suffers and exercises it and on sexual orientation.
For this reason, the approach of the null hypothesis was: the three groups with different gender identities (non-binary) are equal depending on the types of violence that are analyzed. The alternative hypothesis being: At least one of the groups is not identical depending on the types of violence that are analyzed. With a significance level of 5% (0.05).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
1. DesignThis research work is quantitative, descriptive and exploratory in nature. Research with a quantitative approach offers the possibility of collecting data that can later be evaluated to know the psychometric aspects that are intended to be measured by means of data collection instruments, and with this to be able to establish some generalizations of the population from which they were extracted (Ocampo BotellO et al., 2015).
2. Sample
The selection of the sample was intentional and not probabilistic. The sample was filtered based on the gender identity of the respondents.
From the sample n= 2120, a sample was obtained that was made up of 28 subjects of non-binary gender identity and self-identified as Fluid or non-conforming gender (N= 14), male transsexuals (N=10) and female transsexuals (N=4). The minimum age of the respondents is 13 and the maximum is 21, with an average of 15.61 years.
The nationality of the parents of the adolescents, 50% (n=14) is of Spanish origin, 25% (n=7) from Morocco, 7.1% (n=2) is from Romania, 3.6% (n=1) from Bolivia, Peru 3.6% (n=1), England 3.6% (n=1), Uruguay 7.1% (n=2).
Relating the nationality of the parents with the gender identity of the participants, the 64.3% declared as fluid gender is from Spain, Morocco and Uruguay share the same percentage, 14.3% and in last place is Bolivia with 7,1%. For male transsexuals, the highest percentage is of Moroccan origin (40%), 30% is from Spain, with Romania, Peru and England sharing third place with 10% each. Finally, the female transsexuals, the origin of 50% is from Spain, and with the same percentage (25%) are Morocco and Romania.
3. Instrument
For the data collection, a questionnaire divided into sections that included indicators related to age, nationality of the parents, gender identity, sexual orientation, the experience of violence in a sentimental relationship, as a victim and as a perpetrator, was used.
4. Procedure
In this research, the data was collected through printed surveys, which were administered to the participants in the classrooms of the Secondary Education centers. A trained member of the research team provided instructions for completing the questionnaires and was available to answer any questions. Subsequently, they were captured in the statistical package IBM SPSS Statistics 27, to later proceed to the data analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The 48% have declared themselves to be bisexual, 20% are heterosexual, 16% do not know it, 12% are homosexual and 4% consider themselves something different from the above. On the other hand, 50% self-identify as gender fluid or non-conforming, 35.7% as male transsexuals and 14.3% consider themselves to be female transsexuals.
To respond to the approaches of this study, the statistical test that was used was the Kruskal Wallis H, which is a test applicable to situations in which there are free distributions, this test is used when you want to analyze the degree of association or independence between a quantitative variable and a categorical variable that integrates more than two groups. In order to verify the established hypothesis and thereby analyze the relationship between the types of violence and the gender identity of the respondents, which was the objective of this research; the data analysis of the values obtained in the factors: victim of social cyberviolence (1), victim of social cyberviolence (2), victim of emotional violence 1(3), victim of physical violence (4), victim of sexual violence (5), victim of emotional violence 2(6), perpetration of cyberviolence-total(7) and victim of cyberviolence-total (8), it is observed that these are higher than the established level of significance (5%), which indicates that the null hypothesis is accepted. In this sense, it can be confirmed that no significant differences have been found that relate the types of violence suffered or exercised and gender identity.
In this study, there are no  significant differences to cyber-violence against a partner between the different gender identities.However, the commission or suffering of acts of cyberviolence is greater for the group of male transsexuals.
For  effectiveness of violence prevention programs in adolescent couples in educational centers has to take into account gender differences and ethnic-racial and cultural patterns.

References
Borges, J.L. &  Dell'Aglio, D.D. (2017). Aspectos teórico-metodológicos de la investigación sobre la violencia en las relaciones de pareja adolescentes. En D.D. Dell'Aglio & S.H. Koller (Eds.), Niños y jóvenes vulnerables en Brasil: Enfoques innovadores desde la psicología del desarrollo social (pp. 41-54). Springer International Publishing
Borrajo, E., & Gamez-Guadix, M. (2016). Cyber dating abuse: Its link to depression, anxiety and dyadic adjustment. Psicología Conductual, 24(2), 221-235.
Close, S.M. (2005). Dating violence prevention in middle school and highschool youth. Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Nursing,18 (1), 2-9 https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1744-6171.2005.00003.x
ComisiónInteramericanalde DerechosHumanos, [CIDH], 2020). InformesobrePersonasTransy deGénero Diversoysusderechos económicos,sociales, culturalesyambientales. https://www.oas.org/es/cidh/informes/pdfs/PersonasTransDESCA-es.pdf
Díaz, J. & Núñez, J. (2015). Violencia al interior de parejas de la diversidad sexual (LGBTI). Liminales. Escritos sobre psicología y sociedad, 1(7), 43-63.
López-Cepero, J., Rodríguez, L., Rodríguez, F. J., Bringas, C. &, Paíno, S. G. (2015). Percepción de la victimización en el noviazgo de adolescentes y jóvenes españoles. Revista iberoamericana de psicología y salud, 6(2), 64-71.
Ocampo Botello, F., De Luna Caballero, R. & , Pérez Vera, M.G. (2015).  Relación entre violencia y semestre en estudiantes de ISC. RIDE Revista Iberoamericana para la Investigación y el Desarrollo Educativo, 6 (11).
Ristock, J., & Timbang, N. (2005). Relationship violence in lesbian/gay/ bisexual/transgender/ queer   [LGBTQ] communities: Moving beyond a gender-based framework. Violence Against Women Online Resources. https://vawnet.org/material/relationship-violence-lesbiangaybisex ualtransgenderqueer-lgbtq-communities-moving-beyond  
Rodríguez, LM., Carrera, M., Lameiras, M. &, Rodríguez, Y. (2015). Violencia en parejas transexuales, transgénero e intersexuales: una revisión bibliográfica. Saúde Soc. São Paulo, 24(3,) 914-935.
Rubio-Garay, F. , López-González, M.Á., Carrasco, M.Á., & Amor, PJ (2017). Prevalencia de la violencia en el noviazgo: una revisión sistemática. Papeles del Psicólogo, 38, 135-147. https://doi.org/10.23923/pap.psicol2017.2831
Tomás Cánovas, L., Moral de Calatrava, P. &,  Canteras Jordana, M. (2018). Violencia de género dentro de las diferentes orientaciones sexuales en España. Enfermería Global,18, 1 (, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.6018/eglobal.18.1.310471.


33. Gender and Education
Paper

Digital Skills and Gender Equity: Perceptions and Practices of Portuguese Primary Education Teachers

Ana Mouraz1, Marina Duarte2, Ana Nobre1

1Universidade Aberta, Portugal; 2Instituto Politécnico do Porto

Presenting Author: Mouraz, Ana

Although gender equity is a fundamental right, the 2020 gender equality index (GEI) places Portugal at 16th in the European Union, below average, despite recent progress. According to the Portuguese Government, education and communication are the two areas that can transform more the rigid conceptions of gender social roles, pointing to technological and digital developments that integrate artificial intelligence as one of the biggest challenges for the future of gender equality, with education being a priority area of intervention. The 2020 GEI also accounts for the enormous segregation in education and the labor market in Portugal for ICT graduates (18.6% women), specialists (15.7% women), and scientists and engineers in highly technological sectors (20.2% women). Considering the impact of these fields to present and future societies, it is urgent to revert such figures.

According to UNESCO, efforts to promote gender equality should start early, as children begin to understand the concept of gender in the 3-7 age group. On STEM Education, UNESCO considers that children can be exposed to learning opportunities in science and mathematics from an early age, that initial educational experiences have a positive effect on the subsequent choice for science and mathematics courses, as well as on career aspirations and that in primary education,… gender role stereotypes are reinforced in this age group. On the other hand, UNESCO also highlights how teachers' pedagogical practices are partially shaped by their prejudices, which in turn affect students' values and learning.

Considering that in Portugal, and compulsory schooling, it is in the 1st level of basic education that the percentage of women teachers is higher (87.0% in 2020), this can sharpen the difficulty of STEM education at this level.

We consider that the use of emergency remote education motivated by the COVID-19 pandemic forced teachers to use digital media in a way that would hardly have happened outside this context, constituting an opportunity to build knowledge about digital literacy, pedagogical practices and gender equality and how they intersect. Therefore, we seek to answer the following research questions: how current 1st level teachers perceive or integrate their existing digital knowledge into their teaching? how current 1st level teachers perceive differences between boys’ and girls’ digital skills? how current 1st level teachers support differently boys and girls, to achieve equity regarding digital skills? How teachers’ characteristics, both personal and from context, explain their perceptions and practices concerning digital skills promotion among pupils?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the research questions, the research focused on 1st level teachers, as they are those who can make a difference concerning digital skills among students from an early age, thus contributing to diminish the gender gap. Considering the Portuguese population of 1st level teachers, 22 182 in 2020 (Instituto Nacional de Estatística – National Statistical Institute), we aimed to reach at least 15%, following a cluster sample process. To do so, schools and their directors were the path to reach the teachers. An online questionnaire survey was carried out with teachers from April to June of 2022, having obtained 3871 valid responses, representing 17.5% of the population.
The questionnaire was organized in three sections. The first section (S1-questionnaire) was a Lickert scale to measure “gender equality in digital skills awareness” (GEDSA), which comprises three subscales: 1) teachers’ digital knowledge; 2) their actions by using digital tools in the classroom; ans 3) perceptions regarding gender differences concerning students’ digital skills. The second section (S2-questionnaire) regarded the support teachers give to gender equality promotion and had a descriptive approach with closed questions aiming to organize teachers’ answers in trends that frame teachers’ practices regarding GEDSA. The third section (S3-questionnaire), designed to collect data concerning personal and professional information of teachers, allowed the characterization of the sample in terms of clusters and have been used as independent variables. It combined closed questions with others with predefined answers. We used Statistical Package for the Social Sciences for the statistical analysis of data. Which was mainly descriptive.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It was found that teachers perceive themselves as digitally competent to develop the essentials of their teaching tasks. Most have already carried out a diverse set of pedagogical practices and activities using digital resources. However, as the overwhelming majority did not find differences between the uses that boys and girls make of digital, they also do not act in a way to promote digital skills differently among girls. The small group of teachers that recognizes differences between boys and girls (n=173), use activities most frequently perceived as favoring boys. Therefore, even these teachers do not contribute to gender equality in terms of digital skills.
References
Bian,L.; Leslie, S.J. & Cimpian, A. (2017). Gender Stereotypes about intellectual ability emerge early and influence Childrens'interests Science, 355, nº 6323, pp.389- 391 DOI-10.1126/science.aah6524
Ferreira, E. (2017)  The co-production of gender and ICT: gender stereotypes in schools. First Monday, 22. DOI -10.5210/fm.v22i10.7062
Finnish Education Evaluation Center (2020) Comprehensive Schools in the Digital Age II: Key results of the final report for 2020 and an overall picture of digital transformation in comprehensive school education, retrieved from https://julkaisut.valtioneuvosto.fi/bitstream/handle/10024/162284/Comprehensive_Schools_II.pdf?sequ ence=1&isAllowed=y
Harris, C., Straker, L. & Pollock, C. (2017) A socioeconomic related 'digital divide' exists in how, not if, young people use computers. PLoS ONE 12(3), e0175011, retrieved from: https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0175011
Rodrigues, M. & Biagi, F. (2017) Digital technologies and learning outcomes of students from low socio-economic background: An Analysis of PISA 2015, Joint Research Centre Science for Policy. Report, European Commission, EUR 28688 EN.
Schleicher, A. (2020) The impact of COVID-19 on education, OECD
Schouten, M.(2019) . Undoing gender inequalities: insights from the Portuguese perspective. Insights into Regional Development, 1, 2, pp.85-98. DOI - 10.9770/ird.2019.1.2(1)
Starkey, L. (2020) A review of research exploring teacher preparation for the digital age, Cambridge Journal of Education, 50(1), 37-56.
Vargo, D. Zhu, L., Benwell, B.& Yan, Z. (2020). Digital technology use during COVID19 pandemic: A rapid review. Human Behavior & Emerging Technology, 3,pp.13-24. DOI -10.1002/hbe2.242
 
9:00am - 10:30am33 SES 09 B: Structural Gender Inequalities in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 734 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Sigolène Couchot-Schiex
Paper Session
 
33. Gender and Education
Paper

Gender and Diversity in ECEC in Germany: Between Cross-sectional Dimensions and De-thematization

Melanie Kubandt

University of Osnabrueck, Germany

Presenting Author: Kubandt, Melanie

Prengel (2019) and Kuhn (2021) note that a broad current of "diversity education" has emerged internationally, bundling pedagogical approaches that address differences on a general-universalist level. "Diversity education," "diversity pedagogy," and "inclusive pedagogy" are used interchangeably, and diversity is often used as a basic term. Accordingly, educational debates usually no longer focus on singular categories of social difference; rather, there is an agreement that education is characterized by a variety of diversity dimensions that can become pedagogically significant. In this context, debates about social differences such as gender in early childhood education and care (ECEC) in Germany have experienced numerous impulses and further developments that affect the scientific field of childhood research, curriculums, and pedagogical practice in ECEC. Walgenbach (2014, 2021) therefore states a change of perspective from difference to difference. Looking at diversity in terms of the political aspects of ECEC, one finds a variety of references but no uniform definitions of what is subsumed under this term (cf. Budde 2015; Kubandt 2016; Meyer 2018). In this context, results from two sub-studies on the relevance of gender and diversity in the field of early childhood are presented. First, results from a qualitative interview study with early childhood educators are presented, and second, results from a document analysis of early childhood curricula in the context of educator training from the 16 German states.
In both studies, the central research question was how gender and diversity are constructed and with which meanings this is linked. The theoretical framework of the studies is formed by social constructivist approaches, which do not understand social differences as a given fact in an essentialist sense, but rather focus on the process of attribution and relevance setting. The de-ontologizing aspect is characteristic for social constructivist approaches as well as the fact that they primarily or exclusively ask how social reality is constructed (cf. Kahlert 2000). Related processes of doing gender and doing difference are often linked to the concept of practices. Schatzki (1996) defines practices as the place where social things are produced and speaks of "doings and sayings" (p. 89). While the interviews focused on social practices, the document analysis focused on discursive practices (Reckwitz 2008, Fegter/Sabla 2020).
The aim of both sub-studies was to gain an insight into educational policy perspectives and specific pedagogical requirements for dealing with gender and diversity in day-care facilities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the interview study, twelve guided interviews with early childhood educators were conducted and analyzed using grounded theory (Strauss/Corbin 1996) and following principles of sequential analysis according to Kruse (2014). Central to the survey was initially the question of the general handling of cross-sectional dimensions in the participants' own everyday pedagogical work. In the further course of the interviews, the focus was placed on the experiences with diversity in everyday pedagogical life in day care centers and which offers are linked to this. In the third and last part of the interviews, the focus was again more specifically on the topic gender. The document analysis, following the empirical approach of Meyer (2018) and Fegter/Sabla (2020), included as data material the education and training plans for the elementary sector of the 16 German federal states as well as superordinate framework plans for the vocational training of early childhood educators. The focus of the analyses was on those passages in which gender and diversity are directly and indirectly ("boys and girls") addressed. The analyses of the interviews as well as the curricula were conducted with the help of MAXQDA. In the sense of grounded theory, categories were formed in both studies, which were then triangulated in a further step.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings point out, among other things, that subsuming diverse categories under diversity always entails the danger of de-thematising singular categories. For even if the changed focus on the interplay and overlap of various social differences is to be welcomed, the findings show a tendency and danger that individual categories are only and exclusively subsumed under generic terms such as diversity and no longer seen in their specificities or even completely out of sight. Further, despite an increasing attention to topics such as diversity in ECEC, a clear rejection and turning away from the topic of gender can be observed in both study contexts. In addition, numerous authors (f.e. Meyer 2018; Kubandt 2016; Holtermann 2022) repeatedly point out that the pedagogical consideration of gender in early childhood institutions is very challenging and complex and requires a specific examination of the gender category, which cannot only be done in passing and under a general focus of social differences. Thus, under a sole focus on social differences in their entirety, specifics and special requirements for dealing with diverse categories of difference are lost, which may not only apply to gender. Here, the example of gender points to the complexity of single categories of social difference, which runs the risk of being underrepresented if several categories are subsumed exclusively under generic terms like diversity, and are only focussed in a holistic perspective. Furthermore, the findings from the interviews with the early childhood educators indicate that gender and diversity tend not to be taken into account in everyday pedagogical life if they are defined curricularly as cross-cutting dimensions that should be taken into account throughout.

References
Budde, J (2015) Zum Verhältnis von Inklusion und Heterogenität. In: Häcker T, Walm, M (ed) Inklusion als Entwicklung. Konsequenzen für Schule und Lehrerbildung. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt, Bad Heilbrunn, p 117-133
Holtermann D (2022) Fürsorgliche Männlichkeiten in der Kindheits- und der Grundschulpädagogik in Deutschland. Dissens - Institut für Bildung und Forschung e.V., Berlin
Kahlert, Heike (2000): Konstruktion und Dekonstruktion von Geschlecht. In: Lemmermöhle-Thüsing, Doris; Fischer, Dietlind; Klika, Dorle; Schlüter, Anne (Hg.): Lesarten des Geschlechts. Zur De-Konstruktionsdebatte in der erziehungswissenschaftlichen Geschlechterforschung. Leverkusen, S. 20-44.
Kruse, J. (2014): Qualitative Interviewforschung. Ein integrativer Ansatz. Wein-heim: Beltz/Juventa.
Kubandt, M. (2016): Geschlechterdifferenzierung in der Kindertageseinrichtung – eine qualitativ-rekonstruktive Studie. Opladen: Barbara Budrich.
Kuhn M (2021) Differenz als grundlegender Bezugspunkt Forschenden Lernens. In: Lochner B, Kaul I, Gramelt K (ed) Didaktische Potenziale qualitativer Forschung in der kindheitspädagogischen Lehre. Beltz Juventa, Weinheim, p 56-70
Meyer, S. (2018): Soziale Differenz in Bildungsplänen für die Kindertagesbetreuung. Eine diskursiv gerahmte Dokumentenanalyse. Wiesbaden: Springer VS
Prengel A (2019) Pädagogik der Vielfalt. Verschiedenheit und Gleichberechtigung in Interkultureller, Feministischer und Integrativer Pädagogik. Springer, Wiesbaden
Reckwitz, A. (2008): Praktiken und Diskurse. Eine sozialtheoretische und methodologische Relation. In: Kalthoff, H./Hirschauer, S./Lindemann, G. (Hrsg.) (2008): Theoretische Empirie. Die Relevanz qualitativer Forschung. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp Verlag, S. 188-209.
Fegter, S./Sabla, K.-P. (2020): Professionalität und Geschlecht als diskursive Konstruktionen und Äußerungen (sozial)pädagogischer Fachkräfte - theoretische und methodologische Überlegungen im Kontext rekonstruktiver Professionsforschung. In: Rose, L./Schimpf, E. (Hrsg.): Sozialarbeitswissenschaftliche Geschlechterforschung. Opladen: Barbara Budrich, S. 151- 164
Schatzki, T. (1996): Social Practices. A Wittgensteinian Approach to Human Activity and the Social. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Strauss, Anselm/Corbin, Juliet (1996): Grounded Theory. Grundlagen qualitativer Sozialforschung. Weinheim. Beltz.
Walgenbach K (2014) Heterogenität – Intersektionalität – Diversity in der Erziehungswissenschaft. Budrich, Opladen
Walgenbach K (2021) Erziehungswissenschaftliche Perspektiven auf Vielfalt, Heterogenität, Diversity/Diversität, Intersektionalität. In: Hedderich I, Reppin J, Butschi C (ed) Perspektiven auf Vielfalt in der frühen Kindheit. Mit Kindern Diversität erforschen. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt, Bad Heilbrunn, p 41-59


33. Gender and Education
Paper

What Do We Expect From Women? Gender Stereotypes in Everyday Assessments of Early Childhood Education

Viviane Fernandes Faria Pinto

University of Brasilia, Brazil

Presenting Author: Fernandes Faria Pinto, Viviane

Evaluation experiences, both internal and external to the school setting, have played a central role in the implementation of pedagogical practices and formulation of public policies. In Brazil, the discussion about evaluation in the context of Early Childhood Education has been at the center of political and academic debates for at least the last three decades. More recently, however, the debate over this issue has intensified. Thus, while evaluation now figures prominently in the field of macro-policies, it still seems to receive little attention in daily pedagogical practice. Given the challenge of thinking about evaluation in the context of Early Childhood Education and the gaps in studies on the subject, this article seeks to understand evaluation in daily pedagogical practice. It is important to note that evaluation processes in the field of education are not exclusively constrained to pedagogical documentation or the use of formal tools such as tests. One of the most common strategies has to do with the instructions, comments, and narratives verbalized by teachers on a daily basis. Such communication is usually guided by a moral dimension reflecting social constructions and representations around various issues. This study analyzes gender-stereotyped constructions involving idealized concepts of child, woman, and family that are shared on a daily basis within the social relations and interactions between teachers and children. It is observed that such stereotypes are verbalized and expressed in multiple ways to the children who, from a very early age, seek to emphasize valued traits and behaviors in their actions, as well as hide what may be considered deviant behavior. In this sense, although it is more evident in some instances and under certain perspectives, the moral dimension of the evaluation seems to be part of the whole process. There is judgment about supposedly inadequate treatment received by children in their families, with criticism mainly directed at the mothers. Thus, projections about the future of children who grow up in families that are considered inadequate include criminal behavior, failure, etc. When teachers themselves face difficulties in dealing with a child who fails to learn and does not present a learning disability or other learning problem, justifications usually invoke family problems or the absence of mothers. In general, the common understanding is that mothers are primarily responsible for children's education and fathers only play a secondary role. Based on Goffman (1967; 1986), from the point of view of institutions, it can be said that a moral dimension is developed in daily life and in the context of institutional interactions. As a result, moral codes more in line with the formal perspective of the institution are constructed, reconstructed and shared. These codes imply models of woman- and motherhood that are daily confronted with socially constructed and shared standards, expressing the conditions that need to be met in order to match prevailing models as closely as possible.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For the design of the qualitative study, multidisciplinary references were used to establish a dialogue between the fields of Education and the Social Sciences, more specifically, the sociology of everyday life based on Goffman's microsociological approach. The study of everyday life demands a look at the microstructural aspects arising in social relations. For Goffman (1967; 1986), everyday life is defined as the stage where interactions and representations of different social roles are established. Accordingly, based mainly on interactions observed in the daily routine of pedagogical work carried out in two classes (one at daycare and the other at preschool), formal and informal elements that could contribute to children's evaluative processes were mapped. By establishing as its focus the micro-evaluations arising in relational dynamics–that is, in the interactions between teachers and children–not only the interactions themselves, but also teachers’ narratives derived from these relationships, gained prominent place in this work. For this purpose, an immersion period was carried out based on research that seeks to understand relationships intrinsic to the most different social or cultural groups in varied contexts, such as the studies of Corsaro, 2011; Hardman, 2001; Mead, 2014; Levine, 2007; Rogoff, 2003. In addition to the observations and informal talks with teachers that were recorded in a field diary, film footage of interaction episodes was conducted along with interviews. The use of different research tools enables screening of the data (FLICK, 2020) and is an indispensable condition for conducting a qualitative study given the complex nature of the field and diversity of its participants, which may warrant the use of interviews and observations as well as the inspection of documents and other artifacts (YIN, 2014). Therefore, both film footage and audio reports played a crucial role in this research, allowing to aggregate information more accurately and to generate invaluable data that would have been impossible to capture from the handwritten record alone.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research suggests that the evaluation of children in Early Childhood Education is essentially informal, marked by constructions and representations involving concepts of the ideal children and family. These notions are verbalized and expressed in different ways to the children, who, from a very early age, seek to emphasize valued traits and behaviors in their actions, as well as hide what may be considered deviant behavior. In the children's evaluation, ideas of stigma, failure, and a moral dimension are implied, which are revealed in the practices and narratives of teachers and expressed in daily pedagogical settings. Within the moral category, gender-related concepts are prominent. In different situations, a kind of moral judgment (Goffman, 1967; 1986) by teachers about children and their families was observed. This moral dimension emerges in elaborations about teachers' understanding of the fragile affective bonds between children who spend a lot of time at the institution and their families; in notions of deviation of moral conduct by the families or in judgments about inadequate treatment received by children in the family. In these situations, criticism is mainly directed at the mothers and informs socially constructed models of woman- and motherhood (Ärlemalm‐Hagsér, 2010; Chick, Heilman‐Houser & Hunter, 2002; Banse, Gawronski, Rebetez, Gutt, & Bruce Morton, 2010) . Teacher Verbalizations made by teachers endorse some models and invalidate others, contributing to the formation of children's identities. Through teachers' comments, on a daily basis, conditions that need to be met in order to match prevailing models as closely as possible are communicated to the children. Based on an ideal model of family and parental role, gender divisions are shared, which in general overburden mothers and perpetuate inequities arising in the complex relationships between workers and families of the Early Childhood Education.
References
Ärlemalm‐Hagsér, E. (2010). Gender choreography and micro‐structures – early childhood professionals’ understanding of gender roles and gender patterns in outdoor play and learning. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 18(4), 515–525. doi:10.1080/1350293x.2010.525951
10.1080/1350293x.2010.525951
Banse, R., Gawronski, B., Rebetez, C., Gutt, H., & Bruce Morton, J. (2010). The development of spontaneous gender stereotyping in childhood: relations to stereotype knowledge and stereotype flexibility. Developmental Science, 13(2), 298–306. doi:10.1111/j.1467-7687.2009.00880.x
Chick, K. A., Heilman-Houser, R. A., & Hunter, M. W. (2002) Theimpact of Child Care on Gender Role Development and Gender Stereotypes. Early Childhood Education Journal, 29, 149-154.
Corsaro, W. The Sociology of Childhood. Sage Books, 2015.
https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1014528424032
Flick, U. Introducing Research Methodology: A Beginner's Guide to Doing a Research Project, Sage Books, 2020.
Goffman, E. 1974/1986. Frame analysis: An essay on the organization of experience, Boston, MA: Northeastern University Press.  
Goffman, E. 1967. Interaction ritual: Essays on face-to-face behavior, New York: Pantheon Books.  
HARDMAN, C. Can there be an anthropology of children? Childhood, SAGE Publications.
London, Thousand Oaks and New Delhi, Vol.8(4), 2001. p.501–517
LEVINE, R. A. Ethnographic Studies of Childhood: a historical overview. American
Anthropologist, 209(2): 247-26, 2007.
Mead, M. Coming of Age in Samoa. William Morrow Paperbacks, 2014.
Rogoff, B. The Cultural Nature of Human Development. OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS, 2003.
Yin, R, K. Case Study Research Design and Methods (5th ed.), Thousands Oaks, Sage, 2014.


33. Gender and Education
Paper

‘I Don’t Feel Like I Belong’: How Class and Gender Impact Girls’ Constructions of Belonging During the Transition into University

Sarah McDonald

University of South Australia, Australia

Presenting Author: McDonald, Sarah

For over two decades, girls and young women in Western contexts have been depicted as a success story within education. School achievement, overrepresentation in higher education, and an increased role in the workforce have been held up as examples of a post-feminist society where gender inequalities no longer exist (McLeod & Yates 2006). Certainly, the notion of the ‘successful girl’ is a seductive image, though, equally problematic. Such a discourse suggests that girls are without the gendered barriers of previous generations and can achieve anything if they set their minds to it. Furthermore, it ignores powerful intersectional identity vectors as well as significant structural issues. This discourse, which is neoliberal at its core, upholds the false notion of an uncomplicated trajectory and obscures how the realisation of success is not so readily available to all girls from all backgrounds (see McDonald 2021; McLeod & Yates 2006; Pomerantz & Raby 2017; Walkerdine et al. 2001).

The research presented in this presentation is positioned in reference to this phenomenon and its critiques. I am interested in the tensions between social class and discourses of feminine success, and how these tensions impact how First-in-Family (FIF) girls negotiate belonging in higher education. Although belonging is an important area of focus within youth studies research (Harris et al. 2021), within education research there has been a less explicit focus on how working-class girls experience and negotiate feelings of belonging within higher education spaces. As an important aspect of how working-class girls experience the transition from secondary school into higher education, considering experiences of belonging offers “productive ways of thinking about the relational dimensions of youth experience in complex times, and young people’s connections to place, people, material spaces and objects” (Harris et al. 2021, p. 6). How belonging is conceptualised is often undertheorised in studies of young people (Noble 2020; Wright 2015); belonging is conceptualised in this research as a form of membership which is experienced as embodied and, often, as labour-intensive (Noble 2020). As such, belonging also functions as social capital.

Drawing from a larger study examining the experiences of first-in-family (FIF) girls in one Australian city as they transition from secondary school into their first year of university, the aim of this presentation is to consider how gender and social class impact on how FIF girls navigate belonging during the transition to university. First-in-family students are commonly defined as students who are the first in their immediate family to enrol in higher education (O’Shea 2014; Patfield et al. 2022). I draw on critiques of the feminine success discourse (for example, see Archer et al., 2007; Harris, 2004; McLeod & Yates, 2006; Pomerantz & Raby, 2017; Renold & Allan 2006; Ringrose, 2007), particularly in relation to neoliberal aspects such as responsibilisation and individualism, to consider how girls may position a sense of belonging in terms of success and failure. University spaces can be experienced as unfamiliar and anxiety-inducing by working-class students and difficulties adjusting to university can lead to attrition. Furthermore, girls and young women can struggle to assert their rights to territory where such struggles – as a ‘contentious reality that shapes girls’ lives’ (Rentschler and Mitchell 2016, p. 2) – inform not only how girls navigate social spaces but how they experience girlhood.

The thematic analysis of this presentation is based on the narratives of two FIF girls, Kate and Christina. Central to this analysis is an exploration of how Kate and Christina navigate feelings of belonging through discursive understandings of university spaces that are regulated through regimes of gender and social class.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research project examined the experiences of 22 FIF girls from diverse schooling sectors in Adelaide, Australia, as they moved from secondary school into their first year of university (McDonald 2021; Stahl & McDonald 2022). Participants were recruited through social media, in-school presentations and school leaders during their final year of secondary school. Data collection took place through multiple one-on-one semi-structured interviews in the first in the weeks after participants graduated from high school, and then three more times during the first two years of university. During the interviews, participants were invited to discuss their relationships with both their schools and universities, with a focus on how they negotiated gender relations and learner identities in the context of these sites. The interviews were digitally recorded, transcribed and then coded using the NVivo computer-aided qualitative data analysis package. Thematic analysis took place through coding of the data as a way to ‘cluster’ data so that sections of answers to specific questions could be read and understood within the larger cohort. At the same time, reading the interviews as narratives became important in building an overall picture of participant experiences where, often, a specific comment or experience shared by a participant was better understood when read within the context of their previous interviews rather than analysed within the theme under which it had been coded.

During the interviews and thematic analysis, the way that some participants positioned university and social mobility as meaningful classed and gendered experiences became evident. The experiences reported to me during interviews with Christina and Kate are illustrative of narratives which highlight a nuance within the successful but at times precarious natures of their university transition experiences. In deciding to focus specifically on two young women for this presentation, I draw on Reay’s (2018, p. 18) suggestion that case studies allow for work which brings ‘working-class young people’s narratives to life’ through devoting ‘time and reflexivity in order to develop in-depth case studies’. Christina and Kate’s narratives are especially highlighted because they both discussed how they struggled to experience belonging, which they attached to very specific physical university spaces.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Christina and Kate experienced the transition into university as a series of negotiations of belonging in and across spaces and places within higher education. It becomes evident that the navigation of belonging can be contingent on understandings of both familiar and unfamiliar physical and discursive spaces. Furthermore, gendered and classed meaning making through subjective positioning is evident in the way that Christina and Kate locate themselves within, or outside of, university spaces. For Kate, a lack of familiarity with the discursive markers of different spaces constitutes feelings of awkwardness as she positions herself as out of place or inauthentic. Furthermore, this positioning is experienced through the social interaction of watching and being watched, as both Kate and Christina variously perceive the (middle-class) gaze of other students or as they gaze at others. It is through these social interactions that embodied performances in certain spaces constitute the ‘shaping of subjectivity’ (McLeod and Yates 2006) in terms of class and gender. Disjuncture between bodily performances and internalised subjectivity highlights how a sense of belonging, or of not belonging, is impacted by wider discourses of feminine success but is experienced at the level of the individual. Additionally, Christina and Kate’s narratives are a reminder that some girls are not only navigating the transition into a new space – the unknown of the university field from the known of compulsory schooling – but also experiencing their subjectivity in transition.
References
Archer, L., Halsall, A. & Hollingworth, S. (2007). Class, gender, (hetero)sexuality and schooling: Paradoxes within working‐class girls’ engagement with education and post‐16 aspirations. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 28(2), 165–180.
Harris, A. (2004). Future girl: Young women in the twenty-first century. Routledge.
Harris, A., Cuervo, H. & Wyn, J. (2021). Thinking about belonging in youth studies. Springer Nature.
McDonald, S. (2021). ‘She’s like,“you’re a uni student now”’: The influence of mother–daughter relationships on the constructions of learner identities of first-in-family girls. In R. Brooks & S. O’Shea (Eds.), Reimagining the higher education student (pp. 27–44). Routledge.
McLeod, J. & Yates, L. (2006). Making modern lives: Subjectivity, schooling, and social change. State University of New York Press.
Noble, G. (2020). Foreword. Putting belonging to work. In S. Habib & M.R.M. Ward (Eds.), Youth, place and theories of belonging (pp. xvii-xviii). Routledge.

O’Shea, S. (2014). Transitions and turning points: Exploring how first-in-family female students story their transition to university and student identity formation. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 27(2), 135–158.

Patfield, S., Gore, J. & Fray, L. (2022). Degrees of ‘Being First’: Toward a Nuanced Understanding of First-Generation Entrants to Higher Education. Educational Review, 74(6), 1137–1156.

Pomerantz, S. & Raby, R. (2017). Smart girls: Success, school, and the myth of post-feminism. University of California Press.
Reay, D. (2018). Working-class educational failure: Theoretical perspectives, discursive concerns, and methodological approaches. In A. Tarabini & N. Ingram (Eds.), Educational Choices, Transitions and Aspirations in Europe (pp. 15–31). Routledge.

Renold, E. & Allan, A. (2006). Bright and beautiful: High achieving girls, ambivalent femininities, and the feminization of success in the primary school. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 27(4), 457–473.
Rentschler, C., & Mitchell, C. (2016). The Significance of Place in Girlhood Studies. In C. Mitchell & C. Rentschler (Eds.), Girlhood and the Politics of Place (pp. 1–18). Berghahn Books.

Ringrose, J. (2007). Successful girls? Complicating post‐feminist, neoliberal discourses of educational achievement and gender equality. Gender and Education, 19(4), 471–489.
Stahl, G. & McDonald, S. (2022). Gendering the First-in-Family Experience: Transitions, Liminality, Performativity. Routledge.
Walkerdine, V., Lucey, H. & Melody, J. (2001). Growing up girl: Psychosocial explorations of gender and class. Palgrave Macmillan.
Wright, S. (2015). More-than-human, emergent belongings: A weak theory approach. Progress in Human Geography, 39(4), 391–411.
 
11:00am - 12:00pm00 SES 10 A: Keynote Priestley: Curriculum Making Across Education Systems: the Value of Diverse Voices
Location: James McCune Smith, 438AB [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Ineke Pit-ten Cate
Keynote Presentation
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper

Keynote Priestley: Curriculum Making Across Education Systems: the Value of Diverse Voices

Mark Priestley

University of Stirling, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Priestley, Mark

Modern education systems globally tend to be characterised by homogeneity. Transnational educational discourses, propagated by supranational organisations such as the OECD and the World Bank, exhibit a sameness – in respect of language, fundamental ideas and methodologies (Priestley & Biesta, 2012; Lingard & Priestley, 2023). Manifest trends include a focus on so-called 21st Century Skills, instrumental approaches to utilising knowledge (as something to be mobilised), personalisation and choice in learning, use of performance data, and school/teacher autonomy. These discourses further translate into homogeneity in terms of national curricular policy frameworks, with notable outliers such as England (with its recent ‘knowledge turn’) – research suggests that many such policies are reflective of supranational language and discourses (e.g., see Sinnema & Aitken, 2013; Priestley et al., 2023). Within national systems, the situation seems more complex, as homogeneity in national policies can mask considerable differences in enactment between different countries, as policy is heavily mediated by traditions of national provision and pedagogy (e.g., see Alvunger et al., 2021). Nevertheless, some research suggests that there can be considerable homogeneity within national systems (e.g., Shapira et al., 2023), as schools and other institutions enact practices shaped by particular structural and cultural conditions (e.g., national accountability systems).

In this keynote, I argue for the importance of local curricula – for example in schools and classrooms – that are both culturally diverse and responsive to the needs of communities. I will explore how more heterogeneous curriculum making that better meets the educational needs of young people and local communities might be engendered through a systemic approach to engaging with diverse voices. I utilise a framework (Priestley et al., 2021) developed to understand the multifarious social practices of curriculum making that occur across different sites of activity in education systems. For instance, I will consider the roles that young people, their families and community groups might play in culturally responsive micro (e.g., the development of programmes in schools) and nano curriculum making (the transactional curriculum events that occur minute by minute in classrooms and other educational settings through pedagogy). I will also examine how educational professionals such as teachers might engage more constructively with macro curriculum making – including the formation of policy frameworks – and meso curriculum making, for example to support colleagues in developing the curriculum across clusters of schools. This systemic understanding is necessary if we are to develop educational systems that are both responsive to the diverse needs of young people and their communities and provide appropriate levels of regulation and support for curriculum making in local sites.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
11:00am - 12:00pm00 SES 10 B: Keynote Sutherland: Buses, Traffic Lights and Green Lights: The past, present and future of meaningful inclusion
Location: Gilbert Scott, Bute [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Mhairi Beaton
Keynote Presentation
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper

Keynote Sutherland: Buses, Traffic Lights and Green Lights: The past, present and future of meaningful inclusion

Margaret Sutherland

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Sutherland, Margaret

It is essential that we acknowledge and understand our educational past, the successes we need to build on and the mistakes we must learn from. It is equally important that we do not get paralysed by fear of our previous errors or by the immense and ever-changing challenges of the future. If we are to truly value diversity, we must appreciate its dynamism and intersectionality and we must be agile and progressive in response. In the not too distant past in Scotland, children who were “different” attended special schools and were separated out to be taken by bus to these segregated schools each morning, often while the children in mainstream school looked on. In line with the many international policies calling for inclusive practice, Scotland’s education system has moved beyond this structural system of segregation by ability. We have moved towards a system rooted in children's rights and entitlements and supported by an inclusive legislative framework and key policy drivers. But this journey has not been an easy one and has hit some significant traffic jams along the way. For example, key to the success of such policies are teachers, and yet many countries in Europe and beyond are facing a recruitment and retention problem which could grind progress towards meaningful inclusion to a halt. With seven years left for the world to meet the global Education 2030 agenda time is running short to reach our destination. This presentation will examine the role of teacher education in the drive for getting a green light for inclusive and equitable quality education for all.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
11:00am - 12:00pm00 SES 10 C: Keynote Rose: Researching Inclusively – Respecting both researchers and the subjects of research
Location: Glasgow University Union, Debates Chamber [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Stephen Day
Keynote Presentation
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper

Keynote Rose: Researching Inclusively – Respecting both researchers and the subjects of research

Richard Rose

University of Northampton, Prof Emeritus, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Rose, Richard

In the field of education, many researchers have been motivated by a desire to understand those factors that have led to the marginalisation and educational exclusion of certain groups. The use of terms such as emancipatory research and the promotion of critical theory has made a direct link between the use of research data and the desire to effect change. The intentions of researchers working in this manner are most certainly honourable and well-intentioned. However, the competitive nature of the current research environment may well militate against the best intentions of those who are committed to research as a more equitable process.

In this session I suggest a need to review the ways in which relationships between researchers and those who are the subjects of research are currently perceived. If research is intended to have social benefits and to support processes of change, it may be advantageous to consider opportunities to enhance partnerships that strengthen the relationship between inquiry and practice. The involvement of those individuals who own the data that we as researchers seek to gather, interpret and understand, may in some instances be desirable if we are to be sincere in our commitment to achieve greater inclusion.

I will argue that our understanding of the causes of marginalisation and discrimination based upon a long period of research, is greater now than it was in the past. The research conducted in this area has been extensive, well-focused and often important in shaping educational policy and practice. For research to maintain its currency in the immediate future, we may consider the ways in which those who have been excluded in the past are assisted to shape their own more inclusive future by a more direct involvement in the research process.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:00pm - 1:30pm90 SES 10.5: EERA Associatons Meet & Greets
Location: Gilbert Scott, Hunter Halls [Floor 2]
 
90. Additional events
Meetings/ Events

EERA Associatons Meet & Greets - The Ukrainian Educational Research Association

Oksana Zabolotna

Pavlo Tychyna Uman State Pedagogical Uni, Ukraine

The Ukrainian Educational Research Association (UERA), established in 2015, stands as a non-governmental organisation with approximately 500 members. Through annual conferences and dynamic online discussions, UERA serves as a vibrant hub for scholarly exchange. Committed to advancing knowledge, UERA provides financial support to both individual and group research projects. In 2023, ten impactful projects have been supported by the European Educational Research Association.

UERA's influence extends through its transformative seasonal schools that unite members from diverse regions, fostering interdisciplinary collaboration and idea sharing. In challenging times marked by the full-scale war, UERA serves as a source of firsthand information and offers guidance to members facing vulnerabilities.

 
12:15pm - 1:15pm01 SES 10.5 A: NW 01 Network Meeting
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 3 (Gannochy) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ken Jones
NW 01 Network Meeting
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

NW 01 Network Meeting

Ken Jones

Professional Development in Education, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Jones, Ken

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm02 SES 10.5 A: NW 02 Network Meeting
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre A [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Barbara E. Stalder
NW 02 Network Meeting
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

NW 02 Network Meeting

Christof Nägele

University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Nägele, Christof

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm03 SES 10.5 A: NW 03 Network Meeting
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Majella Dempsey
NW 03 Network Meeting
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

NW 03 Network Meeting

Nienke Nieveen

University of Twente, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Nieveen, Nienke

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm04 SES 10.5 A: NW 04 Network Meeting
Location: Gilbert Scott, Humanities [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Michelle Proyer
NW 04 Network Meeting
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

NW 04 Network Meeting

Michelle Proyer

University of Vienna, Austria

Presenting Author: Proyer, Michelle

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm05 SES 10.5 A: NW 05 Network Meeting
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Michael Jopling
NW 05 Network Meeting
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

NW 05 Network Meeting

Michael Jopling

University of Brighton, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Jopling, Michael

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm06 SES 10.5 A: NW 06 Network Meeting
Location: Gilbert Scott, G466 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Klaus Rummler
NW 06 Network Meeting
 
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

NW 06 Network Meeting

Klaus Rummler

Zurich University of Teacher Education (PH Zürich), Switzerland

Presenting Author: Rummler, Klaus

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm07 SES 10.5 A: NW 07 Network Meeting
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Carola Mantel
NW 07 Network Meeting
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

NW 07 Network Meeting

Lisa Rosen

University of Koblenz-Landau, Germany

Presenting Author: Rosen, Lisa

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm08 SES 10.5 A: NW 08 Network Meeting
Location: Joseph Black Building, C305 LT [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Venka Simovska
NW 08 Network Meeting
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

NW 08 Network Meeting

Catriona O'Toole

Maynooth University, Ireland

Presenting Author: O'Toole, Catriona

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm09 SES 10.5 A: NW 09 Network Meeting
Location: Gilbert Scott, EQLT [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Monica Rosén
NW 09 Network Meeting
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

NW 09 Network Meeting

Monica Rosén

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Rosén, Monica

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm10 SES 10.5 A: NW 10 Network Meeting
Location: Rankine Building, 106 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Susann Hofbauer
Session Chair: ML White
NW 10 Network Meeting
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

NW 10 Network Meeting

ML White, Susann Hofbauer

University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: White, ML; Hofbauer, Susann

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm11 SES 10.5 A: NW 11 Network Meeting
Location: Sir Alexander Stone Building, 204 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Ineta Luka
NW 11 Network Meeting
 
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

NW 11 Network Meeting

Ineta Luka

Turiba University, Latvia

Presenting Author: Luka, Ineta

.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm12 SES 10.5 A: NW 12 Network Meeting - Open Research in Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, Forehall [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Christoph Schindler
NW 12 Network Meeting
 
12. Open Research in Education
Paper

NW 12 Network Meeting

Christoph Schindler

DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education, Germany

Presenting Author: Schindler, Christoph

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm13 SES 10.5 A: NW 13 Network Meeting
Location: Gilbert Scott, 356 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Ian Munday
NW 13 Network Meeting
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

NW 13 Network Meeting

Ian Munday

University of Stirling, Ireland

Presenting Author: Munday, Ian

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm14 SES 10.5 A: NW 14 Network Meeting
Location: McIntyre Building, 208 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Laurence Lasselle
NW 14 Network Meeting
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

NW 14 Network Meeting

Laurence Lasselle

University of St Andrews, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Lasselle, Laurence

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm15 SES 10.5 A: NW 15 Network Meeting
Location: Hetherington, 131 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Kathrin Otrel-Cass
NW 15 Network Meeting
 
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

NW 15 Network Meeting

Kathrin Otrel-Cass

University of Graz, Austria

Presenting Author: Otrel-Cass, Kathrin

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm16 SES 10.5 A: NW 16 Network Meeting
Location: Gilmorehill Halls (G12), 217A [Lower Ground]
Session Chair: Ed Smeets
NW 16 Network Meeting
 
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

NW 16 Network Meeting

Ed Smeets

KBA Nijmegen, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Smeets, Ed

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm17 SES 10.5 A: NW 17 Network Meeting
Location: Gilbert Scott, Kelvin Gallery [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Geert Thyssen
NW 17 Network Meeting
 
17. Histories of Education
Paper

NW 17 Network Meeting

Geert Thyssen

Western Norway University of Applied Sciences, Norway

Presenting Author: Thyssen, Geert

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm18 SES 10.5 A: NW 18 Network Meeting
Location: Gilbert Scott, Senate [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Rachel Sandford
NW 18 Network Meeting
 
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

NW 18 Network Meeting

Rachel Sandford

Loughborough University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Sandford, Rachel

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm19 SES 10.5 A: NW 19 Network Meeting
Location: Hetherington, 129 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Clemens Wieser
Session Chair: Gisela Unterweger
NW 19 Network Meeting
 
19. Ethnography
Paper

NW 19 Network Meeting

Clemens Wieser

Aarhus University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Wieser, Clemens

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm20 SES 10.5 A: NW 20 Network Meeting
Location: James McCune Smith, 733 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Carmen Carmona Rodriguez
NW 20 Network Meeting
 
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

NW 20 Network Meeting

Carmen Carmona Rodriguez

University of Valencia, Spain

Presenting Author: Carmona Rodriguez, Carmen

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm21 SES 10.5 A: NW 21 Network Meeting
Location: Hetherington, 216 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Arnaud Dubois
Session Chair: Patrick Geffard
NW 21 Network Meeting
 
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper

NW 21 Network Meeting

Arnaud Dubois

Rouen University, France

Presenting Author: Dubois, Arnaud

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm22 SES 10.5 A: NW 22 Network Meeting
Location: Adam Smith, 1115 [Floor 11]
Session Chair: Mariana Gaio Alves
NW 22 Network Meeting
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

NW 22 Network Meeting

Mariana Gaio Alves

Instituto de Educação, Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal

Presenting Author: Gaio Alves, Mariana

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm23 SES 10.5 A: NW 23 Network Meeting
Location: James Watt South Building, J15 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Peter Kelly
NW 23 Network Meeting
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

NW 23 Network Meeting

Peter Kelly

Plymouth University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Kelly, Peter

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm24 SES 10.5 A: NW 24 Network Meeting
Location: Hetherington, 133 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Vuslat Seker
NW 24 Network Meeting
 
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper

NW 24 Network Meeting

Vuslat Seker

Bogazici University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Seker, Vuslat

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm26 SES 10.5 A: NW 26 Network Meeting
Location: Joseph Black Building, B408 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Antonios Kafa
NW 26 Network Meeting
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

NW 26 Network Meeting

Pierre Tulowitzki

FHNW University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Tulowitzki, Pierre

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm27 SES 10.5 A: NW 27 Network Meeting
Location: James McCune Smith, 630 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Marte Blikstad-Balas
NW 27 Network Meeting
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

NW 27 Network Meeting

Marte Blikstad-Balas

University of Oslo, Norway

Presenting Author: Blikstad-Balas, Marte

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm28 SES 10.5 A: NW 28 Network Meeting
Location: Gilbert Scott, Randolph [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Paolo Landri
NW 28 Network Meeting
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

NW 28 Network Meeting

Paolo Landri

CNR-IRPPS

Presenting Author: Landri, Paolo

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm29 SES 10.5 A: NW 29 Network Meeting
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre C [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Judit Onsès
NW 29 Network Meeting
 
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

NW 29 Network Meeting

Judit Onsès

University o Girona, Spain

Presenting Author: Onsès, Judit

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm30 SES 10.5 A: NW 30 Network Meeting
Location: Adam Smith, LT 718 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Elsa Lee
NW 30 Network Meeting
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

NW 30 Network Meeting

Elsa Lee

University of Cambridge, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Lee, Elsa

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm31 SES 10.5 A: NW 31 Network Meeting
Location: James McCune Smith, 429 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Irina Usanova
NW 31 Network Meeting
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

NW 31 Network Meeting

Irina Usanova

The University of Hamburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Usanova, Irina

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm32 SES 10.5 A: NW 32 Network Meeting
Location: Hetherington, 118 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber
NW 32 Network Meeting
 
32. Organizational Education
Paper

NW 32 Network Meeting

Susanne Maria Weber

Philipps-Universität Marburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Weber, Susanne Maria

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm33 SES 10.5 A: NW 33 Network Meeting
Location: James McCune Smith, 743 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Branislava Baranović
NW 33 Network Meeting
 
33. Gender and Education
Paper

NW 33 Network Meeting

Branislava Baranović

Institute for social research in Zagreb, Croatia

Presenting Author: Baranović, Branislava

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm00 SES 11 A: How Does Diversity Matter for Teacher Education? From competencies to artistry and social justice; exploring alternative approaches to Teacher Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 438AB [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Ramsey Affifi
Session Chair: Laura Colucci-Gray
Symposium
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Symposium

How Does Diversity Matter for Teacher Education? From competencies to artistry and social justice; exploring alternative approaches to Teacher Education

Chair: Ramsey Affifi (University of Edinburgh)

Discussant: Laura Colucci-Gray (University of Edinburgh)

The worldwide pandemic prompted unprecedented school closures and disruption for children and their teachers. However, this also meant that student teachers (preservice teachers) found themselves confronted by the need for the development of diverse forms of distance learning rather than teaching face to face in classrooms during practicums (Hamilton et. al., under review). This dramatic disruption to standard TE practices across the world created a space for potential innovation or even radical shifts with regard to the nature of school experience and should perhaps encourage us to rethink the nature and form of TE and its practicum components (Darling-Hammond and Hyler, 2020).

Within Scotland, substantial thought had gone into a review of TE in 2011 which reflected both a holistic notion of the teacher and her/his principles and values as well as structured competencies; the latter a common theme in 21st century TE across the world (Pantic & Wubbels, 2010). Since the 90s, governments and other agencies involved in the education of new teachers have striven to identify measurable markers of quality. A common means of doing this has been with use of specific standards/benchmarks that new teachers could be measured against in order to establish a level of quality which would be acceptable to policy and other stakeholders. These competencies provide drivers which shape student teachers to show the specific behaviours and, to some extent, common values that society believes are important in developing the ‘good’ teacher (Pantic & Wubbels, 2010). However,the moment of opportunity created by the pandemic and lock downs, for a possible rethinking of aspects of TE, has prioritised practical responses and the development and use of technology (Carillo & Flores, 2020). Those involved in Teacher education, preservice teachers, school mentors and university tutors, were struggling to survive heavy workloads and the need for intensive pastoral support. Research carried out within the four countries of the UK and across Europe (Hamilton et. al., under review; Ellis et. al. 2020) highlighted the need for adaptation and flexibility on the part of student teachers during this traumatic period but there does not seem to be evidence yet of transformational thinking about Teacher Education experiences in a more fundamental way.

Along with the technical elements that so many Education systems rely on to help grasp teacher quality through functional competencies, we are in danger of accepting the absence of the more nebulous aspects of teaching; the emotional, relational, epistemological and transformative qualities which help to shape a teacher, and which are unique to each. Having survived the uncertainty and ambiguity of a pandemic, should we return to prioritisation of competency-led approaches to the education of new teachers, or should we embrace a more holistic and humanist engagement with them?

In this symposium, we propose to establish a picture of key challenges caused by numerous lock downs in the four countries of the UK and elsewhere during the recent pandemic and our responses to what we believe is a need for transformative conceptualisations of TE that engage with teaching not as a competency-controlled profession but as an exciting endeavour or as a transformational process steeped in values connected with the artistry of teaching and social justice.


References
Carrillo, C. & Flores, M. A. (2020) COVID-19 and teacher education: a literature review of online teaching and learning practices, European Journal of Teacher Education, 43:4, 466-487, DOI: 10.1080/02619768.2020.1821184

Darling-Hammond, L. & Hyler, M. (2020) Preparing educators for the time of COVID … and beyond, European Journal of Teacher Education, 43:4, 457-465, DOI: 10.1080/02619768.2020.1816961


Ellis, V.,  Steadman, S., & Mao, Q. (2020) ‘Come to a screeching halt’: Can change in teacher education during the COVID-19 pandemic be seen as innovation?, European Journal of Teacher Education 43:4, 559-572, DOI: 10.1080/02619768.2020.1821186

Hamilton,L., Hulme, M., McFlynn, P. Beachamp, G., Campbell, A., Wood, J. ( under Review) The practicum during and after the pandemic: exploring the perceptions of Teacher Educators on post-graduate initial teacher education programmes in the UK.
 
Pantic, N. & Wubbels, T. (2010) Teacher competencies as a basis for teacher education – Views of Serbian teachers and teacher educators, Teaching and Teacher Education, Volume 26, Issue 3, 694-703

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Teacher Education, School Experience and the Pandemic – Four Countries’ Challenges and Opportunities

Lorna Hamilton (University of Edinburgh)

Researchers from many countries have looked at Teacher Education, especially the practicum during the pandemic (Ellis et. al., 2020; Winter et. al., 2021) charting the emotional turmoil experienced by preservice teachers and the strategies to confound lockdowns across the world. Here, I will draw on ideas emerging from a study of four countries (Scotland, England, N. Ireland and Wales) which explored the reflections of Teacher Educators involved with student teacher practicums before during and after the pandemic (Hamilton et.al. under review 2023). Underpinning this work, was our hope that, the pandemic and its impact on schools and student teachers might have encouraged some to revisit and perhaps even reconceptualise approaches to the education of Preservice Teachers (Darling-Hammond & Hyler, 2020). My aim is to initiate discussion around the key narratives driving these Teacher Educators and the questions which are raised when TE is built upon strong technicist views of teaching rather than more holistic conceptions of the ‘good’ teacher. Questions raised by this research cover a wide range of topics: the nature of partnership, the emotional and relational aspects of Preservice Teacher development, the need for adaptable and flexible professionalism, lack of enculturation into the school community and possible communities of practice and, importantly, the limited relationship-building feasible with children during this time. Only one Teacher Educator spoke of the need to revitalise or innovate to ensure that Preservice Teachers in the future were prepared with the necessary skills and resilience in order to meet possible future disruptions such as another pandemic. The digital divide in terms of families and children lacking the hardware necessary to benefit from the technology being embraced by schools or the means to pay for access to the web was not raised explicitly here but this remains a concern for any future developments in the form of hybrid or technology-based forms of teaching and learning. Ethical dilemmas did not appear to be acknowledged by most participants, but lack of fundamental resources is a powerful marker of inequity during this unprecedented period. At this juncture, Teacher Educators internationally may find themselves being recaptured by existing structures and competencies. However, this also presents us with moments and spaces for some radical rethinking if we are prepared to discuss alternative ways forward.

References:

Darling-Hammond, L., & Hyler, M. E. (2020) Preparing educators for the time of COVID ... and beyond, European Journal of Teacher Education, 43:4, 457-465, DOI: 10.1080/02619768.2020.1816961 Ellis, V., Steadman, S., & Mao, Q. (2020) ‘Come to a screeching halt’: Can change in teacher education during the COVID-19 pandemic be seen as innovation? European Journal of Teacher Education, 43:4, 559-572, DOI: 10.1080/02619768.2020.1821186 Gandolfi, H. & Martin Mills (2022): Teachers for social justice: exploring the lives and work of teachers committed to social justice in education, Oxford Review of Education, DOI: 10.1080/03054985.2022.2105314 Hamilton, L., McFlynn, P., Beauchamp, G., Hulme, Moira, Campbell, A. (under review 2023) The practicum during and after the pandemic: exploring the perceptions of Teacher Educators on post-graduate initial teacher education programmes in the UK. Winter, E., Costello, A., O’Brien, M., & Hickey, G. (2021) Teachers’ use of technology and the impact of Covid-19, Irish Educational Studies, 40:2, 235-246, DOI: 10.1080/03323315.2021.1916559
 

Reclaiming the Artistry of Teaching in an Age of Technicism: On Craft, Aesthetics, and Situated Judgement SITUATED JUDGEMENT

Gert Biesta (University of Edinburgh and Maynooth University, Ireland)

In 2021 the Dutch government launched a national covid recovery plan for education (www.nponderwijs.nl). The plan offered schools and colleges significant amounts of money, but only if they were to select one or more ‘interventions’ from a prescribed ‘menu.’ This menu, so the government claimed, only contained interventions that had scientifically be proven to be effective. While the pandemic may have had an impact on the educational careers of children and young people and while, from this angle, it is laudable that the government provided extra resources, the key problem with the chosen approach is that it framed education entirely in terms of interventions that are supposed to produce measurable effects. Such a technical or, as I prefer, technicist depiction of education and the work of teachers has become near-hegemonic in many countries and settings (for a recent analysis of this in England see Hordern & Brooks 2023; see also Thomas 2021). This is not just amongst policy makers and politicians, but also amongst researchers who are keen to provide education with ‘useful knowledge,’ and even amongst teachers who believe that with more research, including their own, they can make their teaching more effective. While this may sound attractive, there is a growing consensus that such a quasi-causal depiction of education actually amounts to a misrepresentation of education and the work of teachers. Perhaps this ongoing misrepresentation is partly due to the lack of a robust alternative; an alternative that at the very least is able to expose the assumptions entailed in educational technicism and open them up for critical scrutiny. In my presentation I will argue that the idea of the artistry of teaching provides such an alternative understanding of the dynamics of education and the work of the teacher. This is not a new idea (see particularly Stenhouse 19988; Eisner 2022), but it is worth reconsidering in light of the ongoing (re)turn to technicist conceptions of education. To talk about artistry in the context of teaching is not to suggest that teaching is an artistic endeavour, but rather to highlight the importance of seeing teaching as a craft and understanding that the efficacy of teaching is aesthetic, not mechanical. In my presentation I will outline how the idea of the artistry of teaching can be helpful in overcoming the mistaken attractiveness of educational technicism.

References:

Eisner, E. (2002). From episteme to phronesis to artistry in the study and improvement of teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education 18, 375—385. Hordern, J. & Brooks, C. (2023): The core content framework and the ‘new science’ of educational research, Oxford Review of Education, DOI: 10.1080/03054985.2023.2182768 Stenhouse, L. (1988). Artistry and teaching: The teacher as a focus of research and development. Journal of Curriculum and Supervision 4, 43—51. Thomas, G. (2021). Experiment’s persistent failure in education inquiry, and why it keeps failing. British Educational Research Journal 47, 501—519.
 

Returning to Transformative Learning and Teaching

ML White (University of Edinburgh)

At the end of 2019, I returned to Scotland and to an academic role leading one of the new and ‘innovative’ teacher education programmes (Scottish Government, 2016). The MSc Transformative Learning and Teaching, is a two-year, initial teacher education programme designed from a social justice perspective and working to produce graduates who position themselves as activist teachers (Sachs, 2003). Activist teachers are those for whom teaching is a critical and political endeavour (Apple, 2014; hooks, 1994), who seek to make education transparent and accessible and who engage productively and respectfully with the communities in which their learners live, acting as educators and advocates for their pupils (Kennedy, 2018). The programme is unique in Scotland, being the first programme to enable beginning teachers to qualify with a Masters award and the only programme to prepare teacher for the primary/secondary transition qualifying graduates to teach as either generalist teachers in Nursery to Secondary 3, or as subject specialists in Primary 5 – Secondary 6. Since its inception there has been some resistance to a teacher education programme that qualifies graduates to teach across the transition, a boundary of disadvantage and a site of injustice where children from more affluent background fair better (Scottish Children’s Reporter: Statistical Analysis, 2021) and the programme was first described as an alternative route into teaching (Scottish Government, 2020). In Scotland all ITE programmes are required to undergo re-accreditation by the General Teaching Council for Scotland (GTCS) and as we prepare for this, reflecting on five cohorts of graduates and the experience of teacher education during the Covid pandemic I share our experience of transformative teaching and learning and consider my practices as a teacher educator. Drawing on Barad’s (2003) concept of ‘re-turning’ a construct grounded in feminism, I take a temporal view of shifts in perspective to allow for new ways of looking at familiar questions: What should we as teacher educators know and how should we teach in order to prepare teachers for a world characterized by increasing diversity, economic disparity and inequality, and as is commonplace throughout the world increasing intolerance? Like hooks (1994, 12) I believe that ‘the classroom remains the most radical space of possibility in the academy’ and in this paper I will consider how such practices are enacted and finally share how the pedagogy is experienced – by everyone involved - beginner teachers, teacher educators and our school partners.

References:

Apple, M. (2014). Official Knowledge: Democratic Education in a Conservative Age (3rd edition). Abingdon, Routledge. Barad, Karen. (2003). “Posthumanist Performativity. Toward an Understanding of How Matter Comes to Matter.” Signs 28, 3: 801-831. Hooks, b. (1994). Teaching to transgress: Education as the practice of freedom. New York, NY: Routledge. Kennedy, A. (2018) Developing a new ITE programme: a story of compliant and disruptive narratives across different cultural spaces, European Journal of Teacher Education, 41:5, 638-653. Sachs, J. (2003). The activist teaching profession. Buckingham: Open University Press. Scottish Government (2016) Delivering Excellence and Equity in Scottish Education: A Delivery Plan for Scotland. Edinburgh: Scottish Government. Scottish Children's Reporter. Statistical analysis 2020/21: ensuring positive futures for children & young people in Scotland; 2021. Available at: www.scra.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/SCRA-Full-Statistical- Analysis-2020-21.pdf (accessed 17 November 2022) Scottish Government Press Release. (2020, February). Advice and guidance: Alternative routes into teaching. Edinburgh: Scottish Government.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm01 SES 11 A: Teacher Professional Learning and Development in Europe (Part 2)
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 3 (Gannochy) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Giorgio Ostinelli
Session Chair: Stefan Zehetmeier
Symposium continued from 01 SES 09 A, to be continued in 01 SES 12 A
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Symposium

Teacher professional learning and development in Europe - 2

Chair: Giorgio Ostinelli (DECS Bellinzona (Switzerland) and UniTreEdu Milan)

Discussant: Stefan Zehetmeier (University of Klagenfurt)

Innovation in Teacher Professional Learning in Europe Research, Policy and Practice is a book due to be published by Routledge in 2023, providing an overview of teacher professional learning and development in 14 European countries. The authors participating in this symposium will provide an insight into current policy and practice relating to PLD in their countries. Taken together, the three symposia in this series will enable an up-to-date commentary on the state of PLD in Europe.

During recent decades we can track a path going from teacher education as In-service training (INSET) to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) to Professional Learning and Development (Ostinelli and Crescentini, 2021). The first is usually conceived as an occasional complement to initial teacher education; the second is a continuing process typified by transmissive approaches (Timperley, 2011); the third, finally, includes learning under the form of evolutionary processes capable of generating professional expertise and mastery (Dreyfus and Dreyfuss, 2008), focusing on the teacher as an individual professional but forming part of a network of professional learners capable of providing adequate answers to the rapid and sudden changes affecting contemporary schooling.

Teacher professional learning in every country analysed here has been classified as pertaining to one or other of these categories. However, each school system also has its particularities, both in defining its approach to teacher professional learning and from a cultural/structural point of view. Moreover, the countries participating in this study are also different in terms of population, going from small nations like Wales to larger ones such as France or Italy.

The information here proposed can give a good background for future deepening and more precise studies on various issues concerning teacher professional learning. Questions of relevance for all the countries include the increasing prominence of informal professional learning, the incentives for participating in teacher professional development (including leadership development, Jones 2022) and how these may be aligned with needs, conditions and resources, and the issue of compulsoriness, in particular, the balance between prescription and option. Coaching (Kise, 2017), mentoring (Geeraerts et al., 2015) and professional learning networks (Handscomb and Brown, 2022) are associated practices that also deserve attention. Another important issue is how to balance and integrate in a lifewide-oriented organized approach what is performed autonomously and informally by teachers as professionals who take responsibility for their own learning.


References
Dreyfus, H. and Dreyfus, S., 2008. Beyond expertise: some preliminary thoughts on mastery. In: K. Nielsen, ed. A qualitative stance: essays in honor of Steinar Kvale. Aarhus: Aarhus University Press, 113–124.
Kise, J. A. (2017). Differentiated coaching: A framework for helping educators change. Corwin Press.
Geeraerts, K., Tynjälä, P., Heikkinen, H. L., Markkanen, I., Pennanen, M., & Gijbels, D. (2015). Peer-group mentoring as a tool for teacher development. European Journal of Teacher Education, 38(3), 358-377.
Handscomb, G. and Brown, C. (2022) The Power of Professional Learning Networks: Traversing the present; transforming the future John Catt Educational Ltd
Jones, K. (2022) Leading Professional Learning  Insight Paper National Academy for Educational Leadership Wales  https://nael.cymru/insight/leading-professional-learning/
Ostinelli, G., & Crescentini, A. (2021). Policy, culture and practice in teacher professional development in five European countries. A comparative analysis. Professional Development in Education, 1-17.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Co-constructing a new Approach to Professional Learning in Wales

Ken Jones (Professional Development in Education)

Wales is part of the UK but, following devolution in 1999, has built and developed an education system separate from that of the other three UK nations. Although Wales has a population of just over 3 million and may be seen as a small education system, its cultural diversity, geography, economy and social composition has produced a complex mix of policy and practice. Since 2017 education in Wales has undergone significant change, including its curriculum, professional standards for teaching and leadership, and initial teacher education. Although key policy decisions are made centrally, policy implementation is largely devolved. Responsibility is subdivided into three tiers: the Welsh Government; 22 local authorities, arranged into four regional consortia; and schools. Different attempts to transform the system in Wales have been implemented in recent decades, and in relation to professional learning, policy drivers have swung repeatedly in response to ‘political’ or ‘professional’ influences (Jones, 2011), referred to as a “white knuckle ride for education in Wales” (Evans, 2015). Professional Learning is central to this change. There is a National Mission with a common purpose to build “a high-quality education profession”, emphasising co-constructing change through networking. However, a key challenge is ensuring that professional learning is supported in an equitable way, taking into consideration geographical location, areas of deprivation and language (Wales is a bilingual nation). Professional learning is most effective in collaborative cultures, but the learning process is individual (requiring active rather than passive engagement), often informal, and always complex (Strom and Viesca, 2021). A key challenge in making policy change work is to Identify and overcome potential obstacles to implementation. Supporting effective leadership of professional learning in post-pandemic complex environments is a high priority in achieving this (Jones, 2022).

References:

Evans, G. (2015) A Class Apart. Learning the lessons of education in post-devolution Wales. Cardiff: Ashley Drake Publishing Ltd. Jones, K. (2011) Central, local and individual continuing professional development (CPD) priorities: changing policies of CPD in Wales Professional Development in Education Vol. 37, No. 5, 759–776 Jones, K. (2015) ‘Professional Development’ or ‘Professional Learning’ ... and does it matter? https://www.ewc.wales/site/index.php/en/about/staff-room/son-archive/43-english/about/blog-archive/93-ken-jones-professional-development-or-professional-learning-and-does-it-matter Jones, K. (2022) Leading Professional Learning Insight Paper National Academy for Educational Leadership Wales https://nael.cymru/insight/leading-professional-learning/ Strom, K.J. and Viesca, K.M. (2021) Towards a complex framework of teacher learning-practice, Professional Development in Education, 47:2-3, 209-224, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2020.1827449
 

Teachers’ Learning and Development in England: Complexity and Challenges

Sara Bubb (University College London), Amanda Ince (University College London)

This paper explores the complexity of the professional development landscape in England (Woods et al., 2021). There are different types of school, routes into teaching, providers of professional development and interpretations of professional development and learning with a confusing variety of terms in use. The subtle differences between how people use these terms are significant because they influence teachers’ attitude, agency and understanding purpose. Some see professional development and learning as activities that teachers do or which are ‘delivered’ to them in a transmissive model; others see it as learning on the part of teachers with varying degrees of agency and others focus on the impact on pupils (Sims et al, 2021). At a time of challenges in recruitment and retention, the English government policy purports to create a ‘golden thread’ of development from initial training and education through to middle leadership, headship and executive leadership (DfE, 2022, p5) with nationally designed programmes set out as a framework of content organised into ‘learn that’ and ‘learn how to’ statements. The Early Career Framework for new teachers aims to enhance retention but its approach is controversial (Ovenden-Hope, 2022). Alongside these are more grassroots opportunities and initiatives such as professional learning networks and communities leading their own research and activities for sustained improvement. Research into the impact on professional learning and wellbeing will be explored.

References:

Department for Education (2022). Delivering world-class teacher development – policy paper. London: DfE. Ovenden-Hope, T. (Ed.) (2022). The Early Career Framework: origins, outcomes and opportunities. John Catt. Sims, S., Fletcher-Wood, H., O’Mara-Eves, A., Cottingham, S., Stansfield, C., Van Herwegen, J., & Anders, J. (2021). What are the Characteristics of Teacher Professional Development that Increase Pupil Achievement? A systematic review and meta-analysis. Education Endowment Fund. Woods, P.A., Torrance, D., Donnelly, C., Hamilton, T., Jones, K., & Potter, I. (2021).Diverging systems of educational leadership in the four nations of the United Kingdom? School Leadership and Management, 41(1-2),1-5.
 

Career-long Professional Learning in Scotland: Questions for the Future

Julie Harvie (University of Glasgow), Alison Mitchell (University of Glasgow), Christine Forde (University of Glasgow), Deirdre Torrance (University of Glasgow)

Teacher professional learning has been a major element in Scottish education policy as part of efforts to bring about system-wide improvement in learner outcomes. Initially, professional development was a tool for the implementation of wide ranging top-down reforms to the curriculum and school management. However, in the ‘Empowerment Agenda’ policy reform programme to create a school and teacher-led system, schools are to develop approaches to the curriculum and learning to address the needs of all learners in their school. Career-long professional learning (CLPL) is a means of mobilising the profession to address an enduring poverty-related attainment gap. This paper will discuss briefly key milestones in the development of CLPL, the use of practice-based learning, modelling professional learning, professional standards and re-accreditation. Significant investment has been made to engage teachers in CLPL, where CLPL sits at the centre of teacher professionalism. However, as Scottish education faces unrest and funding issues, there are questions about the sustaining the profession-wide engagement in CLPL. The paper raises issues regarding collaborative learning, teacher agency and the impact of professional learning on school improvement.

References:

Forde, C. (2011b). Approaches to professional learning. In C. Forde and J. O’Brien (eds.) Coaching and mentoring: Developing teachers and leaders (17-31). Edinburgh: Dunedin Press. Forde, C., & McMahon, M. (2019). Teacher Quality, Professional Learning and Policy. London: Palgrave Macmillan. Forde, C., McMahon, M. A., Hamilton, G., & Murray, R. (2017). Rethinking professional standards to promote professional learning. Professional Development in Education, 42(1), 19-35. GTCS (2019). The National Model of Professional Learning. Edinburgh: GCTS. GTCS (n.d.). Professional Standards for Teachers. Edinburgh: GTCS, from https://www.gtcs.org.uk/professional-standards/professional-standards-for-teachers/ (accessed 1st May 2022). Scottish Government (2017) Education Governance Next Steps. Edinburgh: SG. Scottish Government (2018) Education Reform – Joint Agreement. Edinburgh: SG. Scottish Government (2019) Empowering Schools Education Reform: Progress Report. Edinburgh: SG.
 

Learning Leaders: Teacher Learning in Northern Ireland

Margery McMahon (University of Glasgow), Claire Woods (University of Ulster)

Teacher learning in Northern Ireland occurs in the unique context of an education system where the historical and political legacies of the past continue to be manifest in a denominationally divided school system (Gallagher, 2021: p.13) though with a growing ‘integrated’ school system. With a population of 1.9 million, Northern Ireland is a small state within the United Kindgom (UK). Sharing a land border with the Republic of Ireland (RoI), it has been described as having ‘the smallest school population in the UK but with a structural design that is amongst the most complex’ (Gallagher, 2021: p.147). As one of the three devolved administrations of the United Kingdom (Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland) its Department of Education (DE) has responsibility for education and for teachers in Northern Ireland. However, the development of the teaching profession, and teachers’ professional learning, has been impacted by many factors relating to its unique political context and the legacy of the circumstances in which the Northern Ireland state was established. In fact, devolution in Northern Ireland has followed a ‘stop-start’ approach that impacted on the ways in which innovation in teacher professional learning has evolved. There have been a series of reviews of education in Northern Ireland and the inability to progress the outcomes of these is perhaps indicative of complexities associated with introducing change in education in the Northern Ireland context. It is against this backdrop, that our presentation will explore teacher learning in Northern Ireland. Conceptual models of the teacher and teaching, which are key pillars in the teacher learning strategy as it has evolved since the early 2000s, are considered, looking closely at Teaching: the Reflective Profession (GTCNI, 2007) and Learning Leaders (DE, 2016), as well as arrangements for early professional development (EPD). We will consider the ways in which teacher learning has evolved and some of the challenges facing the wider implementation of policy and teachers’ engagement with it.

References:

Department of Education for Northern Ireland - DE (2016) Learning Leaders: A Strategy for Teacher Professional Learning. Bangor: DENI. Gallagher, T., (2021) ‘Governance and leadership in education policy making and school development in a divided society’, School Leadership & Management, 41:1-2, 132-151, DOI: 10.1080/13632434.2021.1887116 General Teaching Council Northern Ireland - GTCN (2007) Teaching: The Reflective Profession Belfast: GTCNI https://gtcni.org.uk/professional-space/professional-competence/teaching-the-reflective-profession
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm01 SES 11 B: Using Digital Tools during the Pandemic and in Inclusive Classrooms
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 2 (Fraser) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Jessica Berger
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

The Working Environment of Upper Secondary School Teachers During the First Year of the COVID-19 Pandemic

Súsanna Margrét Gestsdóttir, Guðrún Ragnarsdóttir

University of Iceland, Iceland

Presenting Author: Ragnarsdóttir, Guðrún

The COVID-19 pandemic presented many challenges to schoolwork all over the world. In Icelandic upper secondary schools all teaching was converted to emergency remote teaching (ERT, Bozkurt & Sharma, 2020) in March 2020. Teachers had one weekend to prepare for this enormous shift in their work and ERT was the norm till the end of the semester. In the autumn semester, schoolwork was optimistically organized as classroom-based or a mixture of classroom and remote teaching, only to revert to remote teaching as school buildings were closed to students again after a few weeks. The uncertainty and constant changes tested teacher’s adaptability and resourcefulness especially because few teachers had prior experience of remote teaching, let alone the ERT when previously planned teaching was suddenly moved online.

A sudden crisis such as the COVID-19 pandemic disrupts the norms and traditions that characterize teacher’s work (Ragnarsdóttir, 2018; 2021) and it is known that changes may be challenging and stressful (Fullan, 2016; Ragnarsdóttir & Jóhannesson, 2014). It is not surprising that there was considerable insecurity among teachers globally regarding their duties and how to go about them during the pandemic (UNESCO, n.d.). The shift from classroom teaching to remote teaching could be a chaotic and stressful (see e.g. Hargreaves & Fullan, 2020; Harris & Jones, 2020), even under the best of circumstances (Huber & Helm, 2020). Closing of school buildings altered the interaction between teachers resulting in isolation that presumably increased the stress they were under.

The aim of this study is to investigate how teachers at the upper secondary level performed their duties under the new circumstances in 2020, especially during the first COVID lockdown in spring but also as the pandemic continued. Special emphasis is laid on how they experienced their working conditions, e.g., in terms of their definition of duties, stress, collaboration and administrative obligations, as well as their interaction with students and their parents. The support provided to teachers during the first stages of the pandemic, both technological, pedagogical and social is analysed. We investigate if these factors were affected by gender or school size. This may provide indications for the organisation of both teacher education and teacher’s professional development.

The study is a part of a larger long-term research: Upper secondary education and COVID-19: crisis, challenges, and adaptability. The research project received a grant from the Icelandic Research Fund 2021-2023 (No 217900-051).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
From the onset it was evident that it was vital to document and investigate what happened during those extraordinary circumstances. The data used in the current paper derive from the nationwide questionnaires as well as the in-depth interviews with teachers who were transcribed and analysed. Group of researchers from the University of Iceland, School of Education, gathered information from upper secondary schools by two electronic surveys; one in the spring of 2020, the other by the end of the year (Ragnarsdóttir et al., 2022). Our results are based on teachers’ answers to questions regarding the changes made to their work during these first waves of the pandemic, as well as how they experienced their work, the level of stress, which support was on offer to them and how collaboration was affected by the ERT.

Then we use interviews from the study Upper secondary education and COVID-19: crisis, challenges, and adaptability. There three different upper secondary schools were selected for further investigation and interviews were made with different stakeholders in all schools. Among them were twelve teachers who represented various genders, school subjects and levels of successful teaching during the first waves of the pandemic. We used thematic analysis when analysing the interviews with teachers (Braun & Clarke, 2021).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The first results show that the teaching profession underwent radical changes during the first period of the pandemic (Gestsdóttir et al., 2020). Upper secondary teachers felt an increased pressure and stress at work and perceived their work as more complicated than before. The data show a significant gender difference, as female teachers seem to have been primary caregivers in the homes and consequently found it more strenuous to attend to their teaching duties as well. More collaboration with colleagues during the pandemic was reported and administrative meetings were more frequent. The collaboration with colleagues proved a crucial factor when coping with the recurring changes of working conditions. This was generally viewed as beneficial to their work by a large majority of teachers. Communication with students and parents increased overall and over time, especially according to female teachers, which may have added to the increased pressure at work.

The results evoke important questions concerning teachers’ working conditions. The rapid professional development undertaken by teachers led to the majority of them adopting more varied teaching approaches than before the pandemic. Nevertheless, this was accompanied by a higher level of stress and insecurity. This may carry several implications. Teacher education needs to take these changed circumstances into account and prepare future teachers for the possibilities of hybrid teaching and increased flexibility and differentiation. Both experienced and newly qualified teachers need to have access to professional development that supports them. The time and opportunities that teachers need for collaboration and peer support must be included in their work. Reflecting on the situation in Iceland during the first stages of the pandemic can serve as a basis for comparison with teachers’ working conditions in other countries. It also contributes to the discourse on how handle future crisis may be reacted to and reveals institutionalized weaknesses.

References
Bozkurt, A.  & Sharma, R.C. (2020). Emergency remote teaching in  a time of global crisis due to CoronaVirus pandemic.  Asian Journal of Distance Education  15(1), 1–6. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.3778083
 Braun, V. og Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328–352. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238
Fullan, M. (2016). The new meaning of educational change (5th edition). Teachers College Press.
Gestsdóttir, S.M.,  Ragnarsdóttir, G., Björnsdóttir, A. & Eiríksdóttir, E. (2020). Fjarkennsla í faraldri: Nám og kennsla í framhaldsskólum á tímum samkomubanns vegna COVID-19. [Remote teaching during a pandemic: learning and teaching in upper secondary schools during a ban on social gatherings due to COVID-19].  Sérrit Netlu 2020 – Menntakerfi og heimili á tímum COVID-19. https://netla.hi.is/serrit/2020/menntakerfi_heimili_covid19/09.pdf
Hargreaves, A. & M. Fullan. (2020). Professional capital after the pandemic: Revisiting and revising classic understandings of teachers’ work. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 5(3-4), 327–336. https://doi.org/10.1108/JPCC-06-2020-0039
Harris, A. and Jones, M. (2020). COVID-19 – school leadership in disruptive times. School Leadership & Management, 40(4), 243–247. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2020.1811479
Huber, S. G. & Helm, C. (2020). COVID-19 and schooling: Evaluation, assessment and accountability in times of crises—reacting quickly to explore key issues for policy, practice and research with the school barometer. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 32, 237–270. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-020-09322-y
Ragnarsdóttir, G. (2018). Kvika menntabreytinga: Viðbrögð framhaldsskólans við kröfum menntayfirvalda um breytingar. [Dynamics of change: The upper secondary schools’ responses to ministerial demands for change]. Sérrit Netlu 2018 – Framhaldsskólinn í brennidepli. https://netla.hi.is/serrit/2018/framhaldskolinn_brennidepli/05.pdf
Ragnarsdóttir, G. (2021). School leaders’ actions and hybridity when carrying out reform and confronting teachers’ responses: Institutional and organisational perspectives. Education Inquiry. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2021.1950272
Ragnarsdóttir, G., Gestsdóttir, S.M., Björnsdóttir, A. & Eiríksdóttir, E. (2022). Starfsumhverfi framhaldsskólakennara á fyrsta ári COVID-19 heimsfaraldurs. [The working environment of upper secondary school teachers during the first year of the COVID-19 pandemic]. Netla – veftímarit um uppeldi og menntun. https://doi.org/10.24270/netla.2022.12
Ragnarsdóttir, G. & Jóhannesson, I.Á. (2014). Curriculum, crisis and the work and well-being of Icelandic upper secondary school teachers. Education Inquiry, 5(1), 43–67. https://doi.org/10.3402/edui.v5.24045  
UNESCO. (n.d.). Education: From school closure to recovery. https://en.unesco.org/covid19/educationresponse


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

English Language Instructors' Views on Online Teacher Professional Development at Tertiary Level

Ayşegül Çetin1, Nur Cakır2

1TED University; 2Middle East Technical University

Presenting Author: Çetin, Ayşegül; Cakır, Nur

Objectives

The aim of this study is to gain a deeper understanding about the online teacher professional development experiences of EFL instructors working at foundational universities during the emergency remote teaching (ERT) period.

Theoretical Framework

This study is grounded on the studies conducted in the field of teacher professional development (PD) and online teacher professional development (OTPD). Effective professional development is expected to include some specific features such as being content focused, active, collaborative, exemplary for effective teaching, continuous, and supportive for including external experts and mentoring (Darling-Hammond et al., 2017). Similarly, effective OTPD is required to provide compatible learning experiences and materials; an inquisitive, engaging, and reflective learning environment theoretically and pedagogically; accessible and flexible learning opportunities, profitable and continual online professional learning (Duffy et al., 2006).

Apart from effective OTPD features, advantages and challenges of OTPD were benefited to construct this study as well. Access to flexible, cost-effective, high-quality PD without the constraints of time and place is the most significant asset of OTPD (Dede, 2006; Elliot, 2017; Magidin de Kramer et al., 2012; Powell & Bodur, 2019). Thanks to OTPD, teachers have access to PD activities that they may not have the chance of attending in face-to-face PD settings (Treacy et al., 2002) since OTPD can eliminate various financial and geographical restraints (Duffy et al., 2006; Wynants & Dennis, 2018).

The drawbacks of the OTPD, on the other hand, are listed as lack of social presence (Juárez-Díaz & Perales, 2021; Powell & Bodur, 2019; Wynants & Dennis, 2018) and late replies to questions on online platforms, limited interaction, inadequate feedback (Johar et al., 2021). In addition, technology-related problems such as disconnection, poor internet infrastructure, power cuts, slow technical support, and damaged hardware devices are some challenges of OTPD (Atmojo, 2021, Baran & Cagıltay, 2006; Johar et al., 2021; Sezer et al., 2017).

Even if there might have been a tendency to consider OTPD as a simple transition of teaching materials on digital environments in the past (Stevens-Long & Crowell, 2002), with the outburst of the pandemic OTPD immediately became a solution in order to support the instructors during the emergency remote teaching period. Until the pandemic, OTPD was an option as a mode of PD delivery, yet during the ERT, OTPD turned into an urgent solution monopoly to support the teachers (Atmojo, 2021). Teacher educators had to take immediate actions on pre-service and in-service levels (Bragg et al., 2021; Hartshorne et al., 2020).

This sudden transition to ERT came up with some difficulties (Bond, 2020; Hodges et al., 2020; Mishra et al., 2020) such as content developing, brand-new instructional tools, integrating parents into ERT process, students’ psychological well-being (Hartshorne et al., 2020). Outcomes of the OTPD and perception towards OTPD became the second highly asked instructor-related questions (Leary et al., 2020) and it was indicated whether OTPD practices support instructors for ERT and future use of what is learnt during the ERT in professional development should be an object of interest for researchers (Hodges et al., 2020).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used


Phenomenology was determined as the research design of this study. Purposive sampling is essential for phenomenological studies as only these purposively selected participants can guide the researcher to reach an understanding about a particular experience (Smith et al., 2009). Six EFL instructors from six different foundation universities participated the study voluntarily.

Data was collected with semi-structured interviews allow to get a deeper understanding of the experiences of participants (Smith et al., 2009; Van Manen, 2016). To this end, all the participants were asked about the pre-pandemic PD activities at their institutions, OTPD activities during the ERT period, comparison of face-to-face and online PD activities, advantages and disadvantages of OTPD participants experienced, and possible future of OTPD. The study is approved by the Human Subject Ethics Committee of Middle East Technical University.

Data analysis of this study was grounded on the flexible steps created by Smith et al. (2009). In the analysis process, MAXQDA 22 program was used. Trustworthiness of this study was provided depending on the four criteria as of confirmability, dependability, credibility and transferability as described by Lincoln and Guba (1985). Intervention of researchers’ biases is unavoidable (Patton, 2014) but confirmability ensures that the experiences of the participants are conveyed in the study, not the biases of the researcher about participants’ experiences (Shenton, 2004). In order to promote confirmability, Shenton (2004) suggests three different strategies. All these three strategies suggested by Shenton (2004) were adopted in this study. Firstly, researcher’s possible biases and assumptions were acknowledged at the beginning of the study. These assumptions were listed in researcher’s role part. Secondly, possible limitations and weaknesses of the study design were presented in limitations part. Lastly, methodology of the study was provided in detail to provide audit trail for the readers. Audit trail permits the reader to observe the methodological stages of a study step by step (Shenton, 2004).


This phenomenological study was conducted in order to seek answers for the question below:

1. How did EFL instructors working at preparatory schools experience online teacher professional development during emergency remote teaching period?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings

The results of the semi-structured interviews conducted with the instructors revealed that emergency OTPD was a) agile, b) needs-driven, c) unsuccessful to promote teachers’ and students’ overall well-being and motivation, d) lack of differentiation in terms of considering the experience and educational background of the instructors, e) lack of hands-on practice, and f) flexible.
The interviews conducted with the instructors revealed that institutions had to be agile in order to support the instructors in such crisis.
‘‘What was very fast, frankly, was that we grouped ourselves into that system. Here we were divided into units, a teacher was appointed to the head of the units, and a system was established in which small groups and coordinators came together…’’
It was also expressed that the nature of OTPD during the ERT was needs-driven. OTPD activities were designed depending on the needs of the instructors.
‘‘We can say that these videos followed the online classes later. In other words, these asynchronous videos for OTPD accompanied the process. We can say that the needs in the process developed in parallel with the needs of the instructors or the problems they experienced.’’
Despite the advantages of OTPD, it was also indicated that OTPD activities failed to provide support for teachers’ and students’ well-being.
‘‘…everything in face-to-face was transferred to online, and teachers and students were worn out in this process. I wish PD had supported our motivation and mental health in such overloaded workload.’’

Significance

Even if there are numerous OTPD program evaluations, OTPD activities during the pandemic is a current gap in the literature. There is still a need for structured and robust research in the literature (Lay et al., 2020). For a similar future scenario, the study has a great value to contribute to the practices in the field of education.

References
Atmojo, A. E. P. (2021). EFL teachers’ online teacher professional development experiences amidst the COVID-19 pandemic: Practices and perceptions.  

Baran, B., & Cagiltay, K. (2006). Teachers' experiences in online professional development environment.

Bond, M. (2020). Schools and emergency remote education during the COVID-19 pandemic: A living rapid systematic review.

Bragg, L., Walsh, C., & Heyeres, M. (2021). Successful design and delivery of online professional development for teachers: A systematic review of the literature.

Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from international practice?.

Dede, C. (2006). Online professional development for teachers: Emerging models and methods.

Duffy, T. M., Kirkley, J. R., del Valle, R., Malopinsky, L. V., Scholten, C. M., Neely, G. R., et al. (2006). Online teacher professional development: A learning architecture.

Elliott, J. C. (2017). The evolution from traditional to online professional development: A review.

Hartshorne, R., Baumgartner, E., Kaplan-Rakowski, R., Mouza, C., & Ferdig, R. E. (2020). Special issue editorial: Preservice and in-service professional development during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Hodges, C. B., Moore, S., Lockee, B. B., Trust, T., & Bond, M. A. (2020). The difference between emergency remote teaching and online learning.

Johar, et al., (2021). The challenges experienced by teachers in online workshop during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Juárez-Díaz, C., & Perales, M. (2021). Language Teachers’ Emergency Remote Teaching Experiences During the COVID-19 Confinement.

Lay, et al., (2020). Examining a Decade of Research in Online Teacher Professional Development.
 
Leary, et. Al, (2020).  Professional Development for Online Teaching: A Literature Review.

Lincoln, Y. S., & Guba, E. G. (1985). Naturalistic inquiry.

Magidin de Kramer et al., (2012). Relationship of online teacher professional development to seventh-gradete teachers’ and students’ knowledge and practices in English language arts.

Mishra, L., Gupta, T., & Shree, A. (2020). Online teaching-learning in higher education during lockdown period of COVID-19 pandemic.

Powell, C. G., & Bodur, Y. (2019). Teachers’ perceptions of an online Professional development experience: Implications for a design and implementation framework

Sezer, B., Yilmaz, F. G. K., & Yilmaz, R. (2017). Comparison of online and traditional face-to-face in-service training practices: an experimental study.

Smith, J. A., Flowers P., & Larkin M., (2009). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: theory, method and research.

Stevens-Long, J., & Crowell, C. (2002). The design and delivery of interactive online graduate education.  

Treacy, B., Kleiman, G., & Peterson, K. (2002). Successful online professional development


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Open Educational Resources in Inclusive Classrooms: An Interview Study on Practices and Training Needs of Teachers in Austria

Jessica Berger1, Katharina Maitz1,2, Barbara Gasteiger-Klicpera1

1Research Center for Inclusive Education, University of Graz, Graz, Austria; 2Private University College of Teacher Education Augustinum, Graz, Austria

Presenting Author: Berger, Jessica

Digital media are increasingly used in classrooms and in different instructional settings finding their way into the lives of teachers and students (Brandhofer & Wiesner, 2018; Brüggemann, 2019). In the context of increasingly heterogeneous classrooms, digital media and technology can open up new, exciting opportunities for teaching and learning. However, taking advantage of these opportunities is not an easy task since teachers see themselves confronted with the need to overcome rigid classroom structures in order to meet the students' different learning needs. Especially in inclusive schooling, teachers are required to create an environment that provides possibilities for individualized learning with differentiated and cooperative learning approaches (Thiele & Bosse, 2019).

Open Educational Resources (OER) have a great potential for usage in inclusive teaching. The aim of OER is to encourage the creation and exchange of free, openly licensed, digitally available, and adaptable teaching materials. The possibility of using and adapting the materials for individual needs and sharing them with other teachers has the potential to create a diverse offer that can be used internationally. Since OER can be any educational material, there are no restrictions in terms of form or medium, the materials can range from course materials and textbooks to audio and video materials (Butcher, 2015). However, the pedagogical competences, the knowledge and skills of teachers, as well as the teachers' attitude towards technologies and digital media (Schmidt-Hertha, 2020) play a significant role in the successful use of (digital) OER in the classroom (Brüggemann, 2019, Schmidt-Hertha, 2020).

The numerous possibilities of OER for teaching and learning and the concrete application have so far been studied mainly in the field of higher education (e.g. Baas, Admiraal & van den Berg, 2019; Zagdragchaa & Trotter, 2017). There have been far fewer studies up to now regarding the school sector (Buchner & Höfler, 2020), and even less studies concerning the area of inclusive education. In particular, the perspective of teachers has been rarely explored on a qualitative scientific level (Otto, Schröder, Dieckmann & Sander, 2021), e.g. by involving them as experts in the pedagogical-practical implementation. In terms of teachers' knowledge on the topic of OER in general, as well as regarding the legal issues, the possibilities of use and the development of OER, only very few publications can be found in the current German- and English-language research literature. Nevertheless, those existing international studies point out that there is a clear lack of knowledge about the concept of OER among teachers (e.g. Hildah & Kinuya, 2021; Orwenjo & Erastus, 2018; Tang, Lin & Qian, 2021), although particularly for teachers in inclusive settings, OER can be an important design element of individualised teaching. To date, research on teachers’ needs and concerns with regard to OER and, in particular, on how teachers can be supported in implementing OER in the classroom is scarce. The present study aims to take a first step to fill this gap and lay the foundation for further research projects in this area.

To do so, the following research questions are addressed:

  1. What do primary and secondary school teachers know about OER?
  2. How do primary and secondary school teachers find, develop, implement, and share OER?
  3. What knowledge gaps to be filled and training needs do primary and secondary school teachers report to effectively use OER in their teaching, create OER, and share them?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the present study, we conducted semi-structured guided interviews with teachers that were actively teaching in a primary or secondary school in Austria. The interviews took place in spring/summer of 2022 (April to June) via the online tool Cisco Webex. Prior to the interview, an online questionnaire (LimeSurvey) for gathering information on their demographic data as well as teaching experience, type of school and teaching subjects was filled in by the interview partners.
The interview guideline was developed based on an exhaustive literature review, went through feedback loops within the research team, and was pre-tested with a teacher. The final version of the guideline consists of the following ten core areas: (1) inclusion in the classroom, (2) inclusive teaching and software used, (3) defining OER, (4) experiences with OER, (5) usage of OER in the lessons, (6) seeking behavior and quality assessment of OER, (7) demands on the materials and evaluation of quality, (8) good examples of OER in the lessons, (9) producing and sharing OER, and (10) wishes and demands.
A total of eleven teachers (10 female, 1 m) were interviewed. At the time of the interview, the teachers were on average 48 years old (SD=10.27) and worked at schools in the four Austrian provinces of Vorarlberg (45.5%), Styria (36.4%), Vienna (9.1%) and Burgenland (9.1%). Eight of them (72.7%) stated that they were working in an inclusive context. Two teachers stated that they teach in both primary and secondary schools, while two other teachers worked at a university college for teacher education in addition to a primary or secondary school. One teacher taught in a primary school with an integrated special needs school. On average, the teachers had 21 years of teaching experience (M=21.45; SD=13.19), with an average of 8 years (M=7.91; SD=7.73) of teaching in an inclusive context.
The interviews lasted on average 99.73 minutes (SD=23.51, Min=70, Max=152). The transcription and analysis of the interviews was carried out using MAXQDA 2020 software. The analysis process followed the methodology of qualitative content analysis, based on Rädiker and Kuckartz (2019).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on the interviews, a clear lack of knowledge regarding the concept of OER is apparent among the teachers. Thus, the majority of the interviewees (n=9) indicated that they had never heard of this topic or at least had not dealt with it yet. Even the teachers (n=2), who reported to have some experience with OER, showed uncertainties about clearly defining and identifying OER. Since we expected this pattern, we provided a comprehensive definition of OER (UNESCO, 2012) during the interview (as part of the interview guide) to have a common understanding for further discussion of the topic.
In general, all interviewed teachers expressed a positive attitude regarding the use of OER. Regarding the availability of materials, they expressed a strong desire to expand the range and quantity of the materials. Additionally, they reported difficulties in distinguishing OER from other (conditionally) free teaching materials, as many German language repositories provide a mixed offer.
Individualisation of lessons and differentiation of materials are crucial parts of high-quality (inclusive) teaching and all teachers expressed a strong preference for file formats that allow easy adaptation of the materials. Furthermore, all eleven teachers stated that they create their own materials for teaching and would be basically willing to share them as OER. However, they actually refrained from doing so because of uncertainties regarding the process of publication and licensing. This fits well with the teachers' desire to address the concept OER in teacher education and further training, linking theory and practice.
In summary, three major areas of demand were identified in our study: (1) an expansion and consolidation of available, quality-assured OER in a well-structured repository, (2) guidelines and support for sharing their own OER and (3) an expansion of teacher training and further education regarding OER.

References
Baas, M., Admiraal, W. & van den Berg, E. (2019). Teachers’ Adoption of Open Educational Resources in Higher Education. Journal of Interactive Media in Education, 2019(1), 1–11. https://doi.org/10.5334/jime.510
Brandhofer, G. & Wiesner, C. (2018). Medienbildung im Kontext der Digitalisierung: Ein integratives Modell für digitale Kompetenzen. Online Journal for Research and Education, (10), 1–15. https://journal.ph-noe.ac.at/index.php/resource/article/view/574/600
Brüggemann, M. (2019). Berufsfeld Grundschule. In I. Bosse, J.-R. Schluchter & I. Zorn (Eds.), Handbuch Inklusion und Medienbildung (1st edition, pp. 111–117). Beltz Juventa.
Buchner, J. & Höfler, E. (2019). Der Flipped Classroom als Motor für Open Educational Resources? MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, 34, 67–88. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/34/2020.01.24.X
Butcher, N. (2015). A Basic Guide to Open Educational Resources (OER). UNESCO and Commonwealth of Learning. http://dspace.col.org/
Hildah, A. & Kinuya, G. (2021). When the Trainer is Untrained: Stakeholder Incapacitation in Implementation and Utilisation of Open Educational Resources in Kenya. Journal of Learning for Development, 8(1), 171–181. https://jl4d.org/index.php/ejl4d/article/view/396/591
Orwenjo, D. O. & Erastus, F. K. (2018). Challenges of Adopting Open Educational Resources (OER) in Kenyan Secondary Schools: The Case of Open Resources for English Language Teaching (ORELT). Journal of Learning for Development, 5(2), 148–162. https://jl4d.org/index.php/ejl4d/article/view/282/317
Otto, D., Schröder, N., Diekmann, D. & Sander, P. (2021). Offen gemacht: Der Stand der internationalen evidenzbasierten Forschung zu Open Educational Resources (OER). Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 24(5), 1061–1085.
Rädiker, S. & Kuckartz, U. (2019). Analyse qualitativer Daten mit MAXQDA. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden.
Schmidt-Hertha, B. (2020). Vermittlung medienpädagogischer Kompetenz in der Fort- und Weiterbildung von Lehrkräften. Zeitschrift Für Pädagogik, 66(2), 191–207.
Tang, H., Lin, Y.-J. & Qian, Y. (2021). Improving K-12 Teachers' Acceptance of Open Educational Resources by Open Educational Practices: A Mixed Methods Inquiry. Educational Technology Research and Development, 69(6), 3209–3232. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-021-10046-z
Thiele, A. & Bosse, I. (2019). Inklusionsorientierter Literaturunterricht mit (digitalen) Medien: Ein Beispiel für die Auseinandersetzung der Fachdidaktiken mit Inklusion in einer mediatisierten Gesellschaft. In I. Bosse, J.-R. Schluchter & I. Zorn (Eds.), Handbuch Inklusion und Medienbildung (1st edition, pp. 77–91). Beltz Juventa.
UNESCO. (2012). World Open Educational Resources (OER) Congress: 2012 Paris OER Declaration. Paris: UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000246687
Zagdragchaa, B. & Trotter, H. (2017). Cultural-historical factors influencing OER adoption in Mongolia´s higher education sector. In C. Hodgkinson-Williams & P. Arinto (Eds.), Adoption and impact of OER in the Global South (pp. 389–424). Cape Town & Ottawa: African Minds, International Development Research Centre & Research on Open Educational Resources.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm01 SES 11 C: Research on Collaborative Practices
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Marita Kerin
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Teacher Video Co-coaching to Support the Development of Dialogic Teaching in the Primary Classroom

Carole Bignell, Chris Holligan

University of the West of Scotland, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Bignell, Carole; Holligan, Chris

Dialogic teaching has been seen as a method of supporting social and moral learning processes (English 2016). It has been framed as improving student learning by teachers improving classroom dialogue and interaction patterns (Alexander, 2020). This presentation reports on a two-year qualitative study of peer co-coaching triads introduced to develop English primary school teachers’ skills in dialogic teaching. Whilst much is known about teacher development by means of more formal learning activities, research on more everyday situated teacher learning is limited (Kyndt et al 2016). Supporting teacher development includes collaborative teaching practices, and increasingly, coaching is acknowledged as a facilitator of teacher professional development. In an educational context, coaching can take many forms, with emphasis often placed on the role of the instructional coach working in a dyadic relationship alongside a teacher with the intention of developing instructional practice (Haneda, Teemant, and Sherman 2017; Lofthouse, 2018). In the field of educational leadership, the potential of group coaching has been recognised for enhancing learning about leadership practices (Fluckiger et. al., 2016). However, research into group coaching in the wider school context (and specifically group coaching between teachers) remains minimal (Fluckiger et al, 2016). Furthermore, Roberston (2009) acknowledges that educational leaders do not necessarily have the skills, theoretical frameworks, time or experience to effectively coach their staff in the development of instructional practices.

This presentation responds to the lacunae in our professional knowledge through consideration of a research project undertaken with seven teachers in a primary school in the South of England. The research focused on developing teachers’ skills in using group (peer) video coaching to further dialogic teaching approaches in their classrooms. In doing so, it sought to address previous recommendations (Bignell, 2018) that academics should seek out models of professional development which empower teachers to lead professional dialogue in order to develop the depth of understanding required to effectively implement dialogic teaching in daily classroom practices.

To that end, a model of group (triadic) video coaching was adopted that sought to develop teacher skills in dialogic teaching and explore the potentialities of a group coaching methodology. In seeking to give voice to the participant experiences, the research drew upon pre and post-project questionnaires and post-project interviews. Throughout interviews, the teachers, Deputy Headteacher and Headteacher reflected extensively upon their experiences of group coaching and how they understood the impact on professional learning in situ. Two research questions were addressed:

  • To what extent can teacher video co-coaching enhance the development of dialogic teaching skills?

  • What are the advantages and limitations of a using group video co- coaching approach for professional development?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research adhered to the interpretive paradigm. Teachers’ experiences of seeking to develop dialogic teaching in their classrooms were conceptualised as socially constructed.  Each participant’s experience of working in a reflective co-coaching triad to develop dialogic teaching in their classroom reflected local cultural realities, including patterns of experience within the participant group reflecting their collective experience.

A qualitative case study was conducted over a period of 2 years. The case was a large inner-city primary school in the South of England; the majority of pupils were from low socio-economic backgrounds.  At the start of the research period, 55% of pupils were identified as being eligible for Pupil Premium funding (Department for Education, 2017).  

A convenience and opportunistic sampling strategy was adopted to recruit.  The school was known to the researcher (having affiliated links to the University at which she was working).  Teachers from the school who were keen to develop their skills in dialogic teaching and co-coaching volunteered as participants. The Headteacher selected six teachers who had a range of teaching experience and taught pupils across the breadth of the primary age range.  With one teacher moving on to a new school at the end of the first year and another taking up his place at this point, seven teachers took part in this research-led intervention.

The intervention consisted of six termly researcher-facilitated co-coaching sessions over a period of two years.  During these sessions, teachers worked in co-coaching triads to watch, discuss and reflect upon videoed extracts of teaching.  Sessions lasted three hours, and so there was time for each teacher in the triad to share their chosen video extract and take part in an associated coaching discussion.  The teachers were encouraged to focus discussion of videoed teaching on teacher and pupil use of dialogic talk moves and the interactional behaviours. The GROW co-coaching model (Whitmore, 2009) was used to direct triad reflection and identification of each teacher’s next steps at the end of each session.  Interviews were audio-recorded, transcribed and thematically analysed.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Thematic analysis of interview data revealed that teachers reported using dialogic teaching approaches more frequently, attributing this to participation in the teacher triad co-coaching intervention.  The advantages of using group video co-coaching approach in this context were afforded by several dynamics:  

- the ability to replay teaching episodes for analysis of dialogic bids in order to be able to focus on the interactional detail of the lesson(s) - specifically dialogic teaching.

- the dialogic nature of the professional development intervention which mirrored the dialogic ‘drive’ in the classrooms.

- the opportunity for shared, focused reflection on dialogic teaching practices, underpinned by a willingness to be vulnerable to colleagues.

- for most teachers, the professional trust and respect was encoded in the professional model.  

The challenges of a using group video co-coaching approach in this context were that some participants felt that video co-coaching exposes potential vulnerabilities about classroom interactional practices that some teachers may prefer to avoid. Participants also reflected that senior leadership ‘drive’ for an intensive professional development intervention was key to its positive impact.

The findings of this research point to the crucial role that peer video coaching plays in supporting teachers to develop dialogic teaching skills in their classrooms. This development was supported by shared teacher analysis of interactional behaviours (specifically the use of dialogic talk moves) within the context of a co-coaching triad. Findings suggest that the participant teachers understood their development of dialogic teaching to be evidenced through the principles of dialogic teaching (Sedova, 2017) and underpinned by a professional commitment to seek out a dialogic stance in their classroom interactional practices (Boyd and Markarian, 2011).

References
Alexander, R.J. (2020). A Dialogic Teaching Companion. London: Routledge.  

Bignell, C. (2018) ‘Promoting NQT linguistic awareness of dialogic teaching practices: a dialogic model of professional development’.  Literacy, 53(3), 150-159.  

Davies, M., Kiemer, K. and Meissel, K. (2017) ‘Quality Talk and dialogic teaching - an examination of a professional development programme on secondary teachers’ facilitation of student talk’, British Educational Research Journal, 43(5), pp. 968–987.  

English, A.R. (2016) ‘Dialogic Teaching and Moral Learning: Self-critique, Narrativity, Community and “Blind Spots”’, Journal of Philosophy of Education, 50(2), pp. 160–176.

Fluckiger, B., Aas, M., Nocolaidou, M., Johnson, G., & Lovett, S. (2016). ‘The potential of group coaching for leadership learning’. Professional Development in Education, 43(4), 612-629.  

Whitmore, J. (2009) Coaching for performance: GROWing human potential and purpose - the principles and practise of coaching and leadership. London: Nicholas Brealey Publishing.

Haneda, M., Teemant, A., & Sherman, B. (2017). ‘Instructional coaching through dialogic interaction: Helping a teacher to become agentive in her practice’. Language and Education, 31(1), 46-64.  

Kyndt, E. et al. (2016) ‘Teachers’ Everyday Professional Development: Mapping Informal Learning Activities, Antecedents, and Learning Outcomes’, Review of Educational Research, 86(4), pp. 1111–1150.  

Lofthouse, R. (2018). ‘Coaching in education: A professional development process in formation’. Journal of Professional Development in Education, 45(1), 33–45.  

Robertson, J. (2009) Coaching leadership learning through partnership. School Leadership and Management, 29(1), 39-49.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Quavers to Quadratics, Interdisciplinary Co-teaching in Music, and Physics. Teacher Perspectives

Marita Kerin

Trinity College Dublin, Ireland

Presenting Author: Kerin, Marita

Abstract

Building on earlier research that focused on the undergraduate experience, this paper presents the primary teacher perspective on an interdisciplinary music and physics educational outreach program called Quavers to Quadratics.

This popular program, now in its eighth year, involves pairs of undergraduate music and physics students, (interdisciplinary co-facilitators) creating and presenting a pioneering initiative for 4th – 6th class primary school children and their teachers. The program aims to playfully explore via co-teaching, concepts common to music and physics including pitch and frequency; dynamics and amplitude; tempo and velocity.

Co-teaching is an approach to teaching and learning encompassing the knowledge and skills of two or more ‘experts’ committed to teaching together and at the same time learning from each other. In this program, undergraduate students from the two faculties of music and physics [Music Education at Trinity College Dublin and Physics at University College Dublin] form interdisciplinary pairs of co-facilitators. Primary teachers participating in the program are invited to co-teach with the co-facilitators. Fidelity to the co-teaching model dictates that teachers and co-facilitators meet on three occasions. Co-facilitators visit the school classroom to meet the children and to co-plan with the teacher in advance of the children’s visit to the National Concert Hall, the location of four interdisciplinary workshops, seeing sound, hearing sound, feeling sound, and creating sound. On the day of the visit to the National Concert Hall, the teacher, and co-facilitators lead the children in their exploration of the concepts common to the two disciplines in an informal playful co-teaching pedagogical style. Later the children create their own instruments with recyclable materials. Co-reflection, the final part of the program involves co-facilitators visiting the classroom once again and co-reflecting on the experience with children and teacher. The Quavers to Quadratics program which is funded by Science Foundation Ireland has been rolled out across Ireland, including in Gaeltacht [Irish speaking] areas.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology: Following ethical approval from Trinity College Dublin, thirty online semi-structured interviews were conducted with participant teachers after the most current iteration of the program was completed. Following a preliminary analytical cycle, two participant-teacher focus groups were convened to further explore the initial themes identified. A subsequent analytical cycle produced the current findings.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings: Although many participant-teachers revealed an interest in both music and physics as a consequence of the program, most admitted to formerly feeling challenged teaching these subjects to senior students in primary school. Findings reveal that teachers hold the program in high esteem with all participants indicating that they would seek to participate in further iterations in the future. Many teacher participants recommended that the program run at the start of each of the three school semesters so that teachers in the classroom could continue to build on the learning experienced via the program.  An additional recommendation involved resource packs to help teachers extend the learning.

All teachers commented positively on the expertise and communication style of the undergraduate facilitator dyads.

Almost all teacher participants referred to the benefits of interdisciplinary co-teaching as professional development for teachers, claiming that the initiative served as a strong impetus for continuing music and physics in the classroom.   All spoke positively about the informal pedagogical style citing consistently high levels of pupil engagement throughout the program.  Some teachers reported that seeing their students participate in the program gave them a fresh perspective on pupil interests and capabilities.

However, many participant-teachers were unhappy with the preparation allocated for co-teaching. While this was conducted via an online introductory workshop, teachers found it hard to find the time to participate. Lack of familiarity with the model impeded their levels of participation initially.

Conclusion: This paper challenges the conventional primary teacher professional development model which takes place for the most part outside of school during the summer holidays. Emergent findings are interesting in the context of situated learning as an alternative, viable, and valued professional development model for teachers.

 

References
References

Kerin, M., & Murphy, C. (2015). Exploring the impact of coteaching on pre-service music teachers. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 43(4), 309-323.

Kerin, M., & Murphy, C. (2018). Equal Temperament: Coteaching as a Mechanism for Musician–Teacher Collaboration. In Musician–Teacher Collaborations (pp. 217-230). Routledge.

Nilsson, M. H. Z., & Kerin, M. (2022). Interdisciplinary co-teaching in higher education: Comparing results from music-drama and music-physics partnerships in Sweden and Ireland. Nordic Research in Music Education, 3, 75-91.

Scantlebury, K. (2010). Coteaching in international contexts. K. S. C. Murphy (Ed.). Springer Netherlands.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Teacher Collaboration in Indonesia: Conceptualisation and Practices

Wendi Wijarwadi, Dennis Alonzo, Hoa Nguyen

UNSW, Australia

Presenting Author: Wijarwadi, Wendi

Participation in professional development (PD) activities is a pivotal approach to stimulating school improvement and promoting continuous teacher learning. It is to ensure that teachers have the required competencies to deliver quality teaching and learning activities to support students in achieving better outcomes (Darling-Hammond, 2013; Dogan & Adams, 2020; OECD, 2020). However, the quality of PD programs has a long-standing critique because in-service training, workshop and seminar are perceived to be ineffective because they are not situated within the school context and not embedded in the daily teaching practices (Darling-Hammond, 2013; Forte & Flores, 2014). A school-based PD in the form of teacher collaboration is found to be more effective in improving teaching practices (Weddle, 2022; De Jong et al., 2022).

Studies have demonstrated that teacher collaboration is the key to creating an effective teacher PD program. For example, a report by OECD (2019) recognises teacher collaboration as one of the most impactful models of PD to improve teacher practices since it fosters continuous teacher learning within the school context and enables more flexibility and efficiency in teacher learning experiences. This evidence is consistent with Darling-Hammond's (2013) study that effective professional development requires strong collaboration among teachers. This research evidence supports teacher collaboration adoption in many schools worldwide (Shavard, 2022; Weddle, 2022)

Given its widely recognised importance, the discourse on teacher collaboration has attracted scholars in the last decades to study it further (e.g., de Jong et al., 2019; Hargreaves, 2019). Although teacher collaboration is a frequently used concept in the literature on professional development (Hargreaves, 2019), this concept is also not well understood. There are apparent issues related to understanding practices of teacher collaboration. First, teacher collaboration has been used in different ways, pointing to different types of interactions among teachers. For example, some scholars view teacher collaboration as an informal, spontaneous, and flexible activity built upon teachers' circumstances (e.g., Brodie, 2021; Hargreaves, 2019) while some view it as a formal and mandatory activity built on teachers' commitment (e.g., Schuster et al., 2021; Webs & Holtappels, 2018). Second, the term is poorly delineated because people conflate teacher collaboration with other professional development terminologies such as Community of Practices (e.g. Hjerto et al., 2014), and Professional Learning Community (e.g.Chua et al., 2020). Third, The existing literature paid little attention to examining the contextual differences in other educational contexts, most of which were conducted in non-western contexts. If teacher collaboration is a product of a particular educational setting, the practices of teacher collaboration in a system as diverse as Indonesia would be a distinctive practice. Hence, it is important to examine how this construct is perceived and practised in Indonesia because cultural dimension elements such as the power distance, the culture of individualism, and the culture of collectivism may influence it.

This issue, as mentioned previously, shows a greater need to grasp the clarity of the teacher collaboration concept so that it will stimulate teachers' engagement in collaboration and guide the principals to promote teachers' engagement in teacher collaboration in the school context. The theoretical perspective of Activity Theory was used since it provides an analytical tool for providing greater clarity for tackling theoretical questions underpinning teacher collaboration practices. In this study, Activity theory was used to examine teachers' experience in collaboration by examining the teachers' activity system and its development, the setting, and the issues that cut across multiple activities within the setting. Thus, we aim to provide greater clarity to these three issues in this paper by answering the following research questions:

How do teachers in Indonesia conceptualise teacher collaboration? What factors influence teachers’ engagement in collaboration?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study employed a multiple case study design to address the research inquiry.
The participants of this study included 12 teachers and three principals from three schools in Indonesia recruited using a criterion sampling strategy to ensure the selected participants meet the identified criteria.

Data collection
The data collection phase integrated case study research and activity theory as its research framework. Data collection consisted of semi-structured interviews, field observation and document analysis. At the same time, the activity theory framework was integrated into data collection instruments comprising six components: subject, object, tools, rule, community and division of labour.
The interview questions were adopted from previous studies on teacher collaboration (e.g., Datnow, 2018; Vangrieken et al., 2015), and developed using the Activity Theory framework (Engeström, 1999; Vygotsky, 1978; Yamagata-Lynch, 2010). The interviews included open-ended questions integrating the six components of activity theory and the purpose of the research around these aspects: the understanding of teacher collaboration, the engagement of teachers in collaborative practices, and the factors that influence teacher collaboration practices. After interviewing the participants, the observation of teachers' interactions and collaborative practices was employed. The observation protocol was developed by integrating the activity theory component to record information consisting of participants' profiles, activities, and reflective notes, such as the observer's thoughts, ideas, and challenges.

Data Analysis
Case study research as the study design and activity theory as the theoretical framework were incorporated into the data analysis. This study undertook a theoretical thematic analysis by Braun and Clarke (2006) comprising of familiarisation with the data, generating initial codes, searching for themes, reviewing themes, defining and naming themes, and connecting thematic analysis to theoretical analysis. The activity theory was used to generate initial codes for a data set to determine coding relevance concerning the subject, object, tools, community, rule, and division of labour. It also includes classifying themes into relevant activity system components to determine which themes belong to specific components. The data analysis from each activity system and the joint activity system also explored contradictions within and across activity systems to produce a valuable theoretical lens for this study. It strives to examine the inconsistency between and within the activity systems of teachers and principals.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analysis of the data showed the following initial findings:
First, formal and mandatory collaboration emerged as Indonesia's main feature of collaboration practices. All participants referred to a school-based teacher collaboration called MGMP, a government program that clustered teachers based on their school subject. While some teachers value the MGMP program since it facilitates their professional development, some teachers voice their concerns for the MGMP as it is merely an obligatory program with a default structure to follow. This kind of collaboration has been mentioned as 'Contrived Collegiality' by Hargreaves (2019), potentially hindering teachers' progress in collaborative practices.
Second, teachers value collaboration more as a beneficial practice to enhance personal relations with other teachers. This perception may be influenced by the collective culture of Indonesian people, where they emphasise interrelation as the core value of how a society should operate. It also reflects how cultural contexts influence collaborative practices among teachers.
Third, some contradictions are identified within and between the activity system. For example, teachers' participation in collaboration was halted by their teaching workload during school hours. They value collaboration as a beneficial practice personally and professionally, yet, they rarely participate in it. Meanwhile, the principal praised the implementation of the new curriculum as more supportive of collaborative culture among teachers. However, teachers do not share the same perspective due to a lack of support to learn the new curriculum.
Conclusion
This finding provided empirical support for how teachers in Indonesia conceptualised and practised collaboration. While collaboration is mostly implemented in a formal and a top-down approach, teachers view the practice of collaboration as an instrument to connect with other teachers and build social relations. This study also made a theoretical contribution to the conceptualisation of practice where the social settings of a collaboration influence the practice of teacher collaboration.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Brodie, K. (2021). Teacher agency in professional learning communities. Professional Development in Education, 47(4), 560-573. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2019.1689523
Darling-Hammond, L. (2013). Getting teacher evaluation right: What really matters for effectiveness and improvement. Teacher College Press.
Datnow, A. (2018). Time for change? The emotions of teacher collaboration and reform. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 3(3), 157-172. https://doi.org/10.1108/jpcc-12-2017-0028
de Jong, L., Meirink, J., & Admiraal, W. (2019). School-based teacher collaboration: Different learning opportunities across various contexts. Teaching and Teacher Education, 86, 12. https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.102925
Dogan, S., & Adams, A. (2020). Augmenting the effect of professional development on effective instruction through professional communities. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and practice, 26(3-4), 326-349. https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2020.1832064
Engeström, Y. (1999). Activity theory and individual and social transformation. In Perspectives on activity theory (Vol. 19, pp. 19-30). Cambridge University Press.
Forte, A. M., & Flores, M. A. (2014). Teacher collaboration and professional development in the workplace: a study of Portuguese teachers. European Journal of Teacher Education, 37(1), 91-105. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2013.763791
Hargreaves, A. (2019). Teacher collaboration: 30 years of research on its nature, forms, limitations and effects. Teachers and Teaching, 25(5), 603-621. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2019.1639499
OECD. (2019). TALIS 2018 results (volume II): Teachers and school leaders as lifelong learners. O. Publishing.
OECD. (2020). Education at a glance 2020: OECD indicators. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1787/69096873-en.
Schuster, J., Hartmann, U., & Kolleck, N. (2021). Teacher collaboration networks as a function of type of collaboration and schools’ structural environment. Teaching and Teacher Education, 103. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103372
Shavard, G. (2022). From school improvement to student cases: Teacher collaborative work as a context for professional development. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2021.1879216
Vangrieken, K., Dochy, F., Raes, E., & Kyndt, E. (2015). Teacher collaboration: A systematic review. Educational Research Review, 15, 17-40. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.04.002
Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: Development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press.
Webs, T., & Holtappels, H. G. (2018). School conditions of different forms of teacher collaboration and their effects on instructional development in schools facing challenging circumstances [Article]. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 3(1), 39-58. https://doi.org/10.1108/JPCC-03-2017-0006
Weddle, H. (2022). Approaches to studying teacher collaboration for instructional improvement: A review of literature. Educational Research Review, 35, 100415.
Yamagata-Lynch, L. C. (2010). Activity systems analysis methods: Understanding complex learning environments. Springer Science & Business Media.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm02 SES 11 A: Lifelong Learning & Higher Education
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre A [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Cristyn Davies
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Are We All Exceptional? Structures of Lifelong Learning in Comparative Perspective

Lorenz Lassnigg

IHS Institute for Advanced Studies, Austria

Presenting Author: Lassnigg, Lorenz

Question: Exceptionalism vs. structural typologies

If we look at comparative statistics, Luxembourg very often has an exceptional position (and might be treated as a spike, not to distort estimations), so the question of exceptionalism is very plausible. In the literature we find the discourse about American Exceptionalism, indicating a specific history and structure of education. The author was also tempted to coin the term ‘Austrian Exceptionalism’, because the Austrian educational structure shows very outstanding traits. The (temporary) Finnish PISA-Miracle has also plausibly tempted some authors to speak about exceptionalism in the Nordic region. Another line of reasoning and analysis has emphasized the differences and variability of at first sight similar ‘types’ of countries or systems, e.g., the comparison of collective skills systems, or the debates about the Nordic model, or comparisons of nations within the U.K.

The alternative to exceptionalism can be seen in types of structures. The creation of structures of course always needs a kind of balance between conceptual reduction and empirical representation; however, the impression is that this balance is often distorted by a strong focus on the conceptual reduction to the disadvantage of the empirical representations. This issue, of how to give more emphasis on the side of the empirical representations, is a main question behind this proposal.

Conceptual considerations: types of systems vs. idiosyncratic patchwork-assemblage

More systematic attempts to find comprehensive structures of lifelong learning, however, have failed to find some. Structures of lifelong learning are defined as structural combinations of the different parts and stages of education institutions from early to adult learning, including general and vocational education. Education research has mostly focused on certain stages, so we can speak of mirroring institutional segmentations in research. Thus we are familiar with structural categories at the different stages (e.g., institutional vs. family early education; comprehensive or tracked secondary education; more vocational or more general post-compulsory education; different structures of higher education; institutional structures of adult education are less analysed so far), however, not much attempts have been made so far to combine these structural categories at the different stages to comprehensive patterns (despite some ideas about that are quite common, and can to some extent be misleading, e.g., the combination of tracked secondary education and broad vocational education).

Skills formation as a comprehensive process of lifelong learning is carried by individual trajectories through the overall education structure, with the different parts of the structure concurring in certain patterns as a result of complex incremental historical processes, generated by various practices of the various actors – thus the overall education structures cannot be understood as designed systems, but rather as idiosyncratic conglomerates of various elements, linked by various kinds of interfaces driven by distributed practices. Main elements are the different kinds of institutions at the different stages of the overall structure, from the elementary (pre-primary) stage to the third cycle of higher education. Each stage can take different shapes (more uniform, or more diverse) and the interrelations between these elements can also be shaped differently, with different trajectories between similar institutions as well as similar trajectories between differing institutions.

The most variety exists in VET, and the main point of our perspective is that VET must not be understood as a separate alternative, but as a de facto integral element of the overall structure of skills formation which, however, can play its role in quite different ways.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Conceptually, thought experiments can show the possible structural variety. Main kinds of elements in overall structures of lifelong learning, in fact combined differently, are
- institutionalization of elementary education and relationship to family/welfare structures
- begin/length of primary education
- linkage of primary to secondary education
- shape of lower secondary education (e.g., comprehensive, tracked, differentiated)
- linkage of compulsory (lower secondary) to post-compulsory (upper-secondary) education
- shape of post-compulsory education (begin, differentiation, general-vocational orientation)
- shape of VET within post-compulsory and tertiary education (VET typology)
- progression/participation in post-compulsory education, early leavers
- linkage of secondary to tertiary education
- shape of tertiary education (institutional differentiation, participation, exit-reentry)
- VET structures in tertiary education
- opportunities of adult/further education (formal structures, second chance, participation)
The combination of (at least) these elements and their interaction with the societal context constitute the formal part of skills formation of adults; opportunities for informal learning that substantially interact with the formal structures can also take certain patterns, which are more or less neglected and unknown in such structural analyses.
If we categorize the above listed dimensions and assume only three categories by dimension, we get a space of 3x3x3x3x3x3x3x3x3x3x3=177.147 cells for variability, and we have about 150 potential realisations globally, and maximum 50-100 empirically (PISA), in PIAAC 31 realisations are available.
In space we to some degree test the systemic vs. assemblage assumptions by looking at the variability among (expected) similar groups of countries (systems), e.g., economic structure, common history/politics/culture, varieties of capitalism, welfare models, stylized educational structures. An explorative study of selected countries trying to find structures in education-politics to explain PIAAC results, has given indications of Finland and USA as extreme (maybe exceptional) cases.
Further attempts to find structural factors explaining PIAAC results need to identify comprehensive structural patterns. Explorative studies of structural traits don’t find a concentrated structures but rather the opposite, diverse idiosyncratic combinations of different patterns, that point towards exceptionalism.
An empirical analysis of more comprehensive structural patterns the used the (limited) PIAAC data combined with some more general structural traits. Conceptually the following dimensions are considered:
-systemic structure or idiosyncratic assemblage-patchwork
-partial (e.g., specific levels, certain traits, considering participation) or comprehensive observation of structures
-enactment of structure in time: distinction of ‘flow’ and ‘stock’ structures, approximated by the cross-sectional education structure at a point in time or only formal structures given by organisational-institutional patterns alone

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
# the combination of parts to a comprehensive structure gives many degrees of freedom for realisations in a wide potential array of patterns, unless certain successive patterns would exist from one stage to another (the discourse about structures often assumes such patterns for simplification, e.g., early selection/tracking, vocational participation, tertiary participation), distributed governance structures for different parts and rising inclusion/participation increases the potential array for diverse structures; thus, how the overall structure of lifelong learning evolves is an empirical question, including structural elements and their distribution enacted through participation patterns;
# the observation of structures depends on their change/stability over time; the stock-of-population structure can be easily observed, if there is no/small change over time, otherwise the current stock-population-structure will be a patchwork of different successive time dependent observations by generations (cohorts) that have moved through the structure at certain points in time; thus the overall formation of competences in a population stock at a certain point in time might be the product of different (past) structures, which are difficult/impossible to entangle ex-post; in comparative education elaborate empirical information across a wider array of countries is rather recent, thus different (past) structures that have produced the current stock are difficult (or impossible) to identify empirically
# the systematic comparative analysis of effects of structures/elements is related to the systemic vs. patchwork duality, as description/modeling by quantitative data involves the comparison of the country-observations to an artificial “average structure” implicit in the calculating model – if many real patterns (implicitly) included in the calculation differ from this artificial average structure, the results are artificial (concerns parametric and non-parametric approaches); if in reality distinct idiosyncratic patterns exist, which methods of comparison would apply? How can an assemblage-patchwork structure vs. a systemic (‘parametric’) structure be identified?

References
Brunello, Giorgio; Checchi, Daniele (2007) Does school tracking affect equality of opportunity? New international evidence. Economic Policy October 2007 pp. 781–861.
Busemeyer, Marius R.; Trampusch, Christine, eds. (2011) The Political Economy of Collective Skill Formation, Oxford University Press.
Heikkinen, Anja; Lassnigg, Lorenz, eds. (2015) Myths and Brands in Vocational Education , Cambridge Scholars Publishing.
Helms Jørgensen, Christian; Olsen, Ole Johnny; Persson Thunqvist, Daniel, eds. (2018) Vocational Education in the Nordic Countries. Learning from Diversity. Routledge.
Lassnigg, Lorenz; Vogtenhuber, Stefan (2014), Das österreichische Modell der Formation von Kompetenzen im Vergleich, in: Statistik Austria (Hrsg.), Schlüsselkompetenzen von Erwachsenen – Vertiefende Analysen der PIAAC-Erhebung 2011/12, Statistik Austria, Wien, S. 49-79.
Lassnigg, Lorenz; Vogtenhuber, Stefan (2016) Tracking, vocational education (VET) and the quality-inequality nexus – results about policy choices in structures of skills formation. Contribution to “Third PIAAC International Conference” 6-8 November 2016, Madrid. Paper: http://www.equi.at/dateien/piaac-madrid-draft.pdf; Presentation: http://www.equi.at/dateien/piaac-madrid-pdf.pdf
Lassnigg, Lorenz; Vogtenhuber, Stefan (2017), VET producing second class citizens? Comparative analyses of the VET and tertiary education nexus, in: Marhuenda-Fluixá, Fernando (ed.), Vocational education beyond skills formation. VET between civic, industrial and market tensions, peter lang, Bern, pp. 411-434.
Pilz, Matthias (2016) Typologies in Comparative Vocational Education: Existing Models and a New Approach. Vocations and Learning 9:295–314.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Rationales behind Vocational Education Students' Decision-Making Regarding Continuing on to Higher Education

Alexandra Doroftei

University of Porto, Portugal

Presenting Author: Doroftei, Alexandra

Initial Vocational Education and Training (IVET) in Portugal is constituted by several training modalities (apprenticeship courses, professional courses, education and training courses), all school-based vocational education. IVET courses are directed to young people and, except for the education and training courses (CEF) that have wide-ranging pathways, give access to an upper secondary education diploma (grade 12) and to a level 4 EQF vocational certificate.

In Portugal, as well as in other countries, IVET is considered to be a second-class education (Martins et al., 2008). The low participation of IVET graduates in Portuguese higher education (HE) contributes to the stigma of IVET and is linked to the social image that IVET curricula are very easy and that trainees are 'dummies' (Doroftei, 2020).

The main form of access to HE in Portugal is through the National Access Contest, which is open to people who have completed upper secondary education (12th grade). The application is based on national access exams, which means that the content of each access exam is the same throughout the country. The national access exams are based on the content of the general education curriculum.

There are other forms of access to HE, all of them with several constraints, like, for example, the “Access Contest for older than 23 years old”. In 2020, the Portuguese government ratified a new procedure for accessing to HE, specifically aimed at IVET graduates (PCM, 2020). However, this special contest depends on whether or not higher education institutions (HEI) are willing to open up places for it. What has happened is that the universities are refusing to take part in this special access contest, and the polytechnics are, as usual, more available to receive IVET graduates (Amorim, 2022a, 2022b; Silva, 2021). The law defines the fields of education and training of IVET courses corresponding to the fields of education and training of HE degrees for which IVET graduates can apply (CNAES, 2021). This means that an IVET graduate from another field of education and training cannot gain access to the desired degree through this special access contest. He/she will have to take the national entrance exams required for that degree (programme and IES). This situation may discourage IVET graduates from pursuing HE.

Having an HE diploma may enable upward social mobility. Access to HE is key as IVET students come mainly from families with low socioeconomic status (SES) (Alves et al., 2001; Doroftei, 2020). Furthermore, the Portuguese government aims to have at least 50% of upper secondary students attending IVET, and 60% of young people aged 20 attending HE (RP, 2019). Therefore, in order to make IVET attractive and to meet the Government’s goals, it must enable young people to pursue HE.

Access to HE is also crucial for changing the social image of IVET, for as Te Riele and Crump (2002, p. 258) state, “to bring VET in from the margins, and achieve parity of esteem with general courses, it must offer at least similar rewards, in terms of access to tertiary education (…)”.

The aim of this paper is to present the reasons that young people attending the final year of IVET evoke regarding their motivations to continue their studies, or not, in HE, and to discuss the results in the light of IVET’s social representations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study focuses on the transitions of IVET students to higher education. The aim of the study was to find out the reasons why students in their final year of IVET decide to continue their studies in higher education.
A questionnaire was sent nationwide to students who were in the final year of upper secondary IVET (grade 12) in the school year 2021/22. A link to an online questionnaire was sent by e-mail to 475 VET providers (184 public upper secondary schools, 200 professional schools and 91 training centres) with a request to forward it to the target students. A total of 186 responses were included in the analysis. Descriptive data analysis was made using SPSS 28®
The participants (N = 186; 53.2% female) were attending professional courses (92.6%); apprenticeship courses (6.1%) and artistic courses (0.6%). The average age is 19 years old. The majority are native Portuguese (71.4%), while the remainder have some migrant status. The level of formal education of the participants' parents is mainly positioned at upper secondary level or below for both mothers and fathers (84.6% equally).
The research followed the relevant ethical guidelines of the research institution.  An informed consent form was placed at the top of the questionnaire, and the question of consent to participate was included and mandatory. Only after a positive response was the questionnaire presented.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Data indicates that most of the participants intend to go on to higher education (54.1%), but of these, 68.8% are considering doing so one year after completing IVET. This condition may be due to the awareness that in order to pass the university entrance exams, they will have to study subjects that they did not study before, relying mainly on private tuition (Doroftei, 2020). This argument becomes relevant when considering that 68.8% of the participants plan to access HE through the National Access Contest, which implies national entrance exams, while only 23.8% plan to use the Special Access Contest for VET graduates and 13.8% the Special Contest for Older than 23 years.
Among the motives for going to HE, we highlight the first three with the higher expression: 1) to study a field of interest (N = 54); 2) to deepen knowledge and skills in the professional field (N = 50); and 3) to acquire knowledge and skills in a scientific field (N = 45). It should be noted that all three of the first motives mentioned are related to the acquisition of knowledge and skills.
The three main reasons for not continuing to HE were 1) the desire to enter the labour market as soon as possible (N = 19); 2) being tired of being a student (N = 16); and 3) lack of economic resources (N = 10). The first and third reasons may be closely related, as the literature indicates that IVET students tend to come from families with a low SES. Notwithstanding, the motives evoked may have an underlying internalisation of the “legitimacy of their exclusion”,  that is, a perception of incapacity to participate in the HE system (Clavel, 2004).
The analysis shall be deepened in the paper.

References
Alves, N., Almeida, A. J., Fontoura, M., & Alves, P. (2001). Educação e formação: Análise comparativa dos sub-sistemas de qualificação profissional de nível III. Observatório do Emprego e Formação Profissional.
Amorim, J. (2022a, June 23). Politécnicos com 75% da oferta nos concursos para alunos do profissional. Jornal de Notícias.
Amorim, J. (2022b, June 23). Universidades fecham portas a estudantes do ensino profissional. Jornal de Notícias.
Clavel, G. (2004). A Sociedade da Exclusão. Compreendê-la para dela sair. Porto Editora.
CNAES. (2021). Deliberação n.o 860/2021. Estabelece condições relativas à candidatura dos titulares dos cursos de dupla certificação de nível secundário e cursos artísticos especializados aos ciclos de estudo de licenciatura e de mestrado integrado. Diário Da República, 2.a Série - N.o 158, de 16 de Agosto, 158, 44–47.
Doroftei, A. (2020). Cursos de Aprendizagem e equidade no campo educativo: Um estudo sobre representações, reconhecimento e imagem social do ensino profissionalizante de jovens em Portugal [Tese de Doutoramento]. Universidade do Porto.
Martins, A., Pardal, L., & Dias, C. (2008). Representações sociais e estratégias escolares. A voz dos alunos do ensino técnico-profissional de Portugal e de Moçambique. Universidade de Aveiro.
PCM. (2020). Decreto-Lei n.o 11/2020 - Cria os concursos especiais de ingresso no ensino superior para titulares dos cursos de dupla certificação do ensino secundário e cursos artísticos especializados. In Diário da República n.o 66/2020, Série I de 2020-04-02 (Issue 66). Presidência do Conselho de Ministros.
RP. (2019, July 23). «Democratização do acesso ao Ensino Superior é crucial para sustentar crescimento económico». XXI Governo Da República Portuguesa. https://www.portugal.gov.pt/pt/gc21/comunicacao/noticia?i=democratizacao-do-acesso-ao-ensino-superior-e-crucial-para-sustentar-crescimento-economico
Silva, S. (2021, June 5). Quase três quartos das vagas da “via verde” para alunos do profissional ficaram vazias. Público, 4–7.
te Riele, K., & Crump, S. (2002). Young people, education and hope: bringing VET in from the margins. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 6(3), 251–266. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110210124366


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Further Education and the UK’s Levelling Up Agenda

Joanne Davies, Michael Donnelly

University of Bath, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Davies, Joanne; Donnelly, Michael

As part of the UK government’s ‘levelling up’ agenda, there is currently huge appetite amongst policy makers to give Further Education (FE) a central role in addressing the regional divides that characterise the UK. UK FE colleges tend to recruit very locally and are often best equipped to deal with local skills shortages within particular regions, whereas higher education graduates are often more geographically mobile (resulting in a ‘brain drain’ from certain regions).

Our presentation will outline research conducted in collaboration with the UK’s Social Mobility Commission focussed on exploring the outcomes of the different educational paths followed by young people aged 16, and how these further vary according to social background and geography. It sought to answer questions such as, do those from more advantaged backgrounds see high returns regardless of their post-16 educational choices? How are the higher gains of some educational pathways (like attending an elite HEI) distributed according to class, gender and ethnicity? How does geography play into monetary returns, especially given the more localised employment trajectories of FE colleges? Are high returns from certain FE courses dependent on geography (and so on the strength of local and regional economies)?

Unlike graduate returns of which there has been considerable study (e.g. Hussain et al., 2009; Tomlinson, 2012; Naylor et al., 2016) there are few studies that have considered the returns of FE study. Moreover, the limited research to date (e.g. Buscha and Urwin, 2013; Bibby et al., 2014; Urwin and Cerqua, 2017) has tended to focus on comparing outcomes for individuals that complete FE programmes with those that drop out. This research sought to take a more comprehensive, real-world approach by exploring how the choice of different educational pathways (e.g. FE vs HE) by otherwise similar individuals (in terms of attainment and individual characteristics) impacts their later earnings. Moreover, the project’s foregrounding of geography enabled important consideration of how location further influences the typical returns gained from certain pathways.

This research makes an important contribution to knowledge of the outcomes of FE study in the UK, highlighting ways in which FE could better help address the UK’s regional divides, as well as offering potentially important insights into the increased role FE could play within other countries with large regional disparities in employment opportunities like Italy and Belgium (OECD, 2016). The research further challenges the sometimes-negative preconceptions about career prospects following FE study in the UK. Indeed, unlike countries like Germany where vocational pathways often command respect (Greinert and Fraser, 2007), the UK’s highly stratified post-16 education system often privileges HE and especially elite HE study over FE. As the theme of ECER 2023 suggests however, diversity in education is key. Whilst our findings support previous research (e.g. Wakeling and Savage, 2015) that study at an elite HEI typically leads to the highest returns, we also show how a diverse range of educational pathways can bring success and highlight less commonly privileged routes to social mobility.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study used quantitative analysis of Longitudinal Education Outcomes (LEO data) – a dataset which links individuals’ education data to data on their later employment and earnings. The data used came from three cohorts of individuals (those aged 16 in academic years 2005/06, 2008/09 and 2011/12) to ensure that the conclusions drawn were not unique to one cohort or period of time. Controlling for attainment at age 16, the average financial returns of following different educational trajectories (e.g. FE vs non-elite HE) were explored as well as how these varied according to gender, social class and ethnicity.

Initially, descriptive statistics were produced. These included frequency counts such as the number of individuals completing FE and non-elite HE and cross tabulations examining FE and non-elite HE study by gender, social class, ethnicity, and location. We then proceeded to a series of regression models examining the relationships between different educational trajectories and earnings, controlling for individuals’ attainment at age 16 and their background characteristics. Finally, multilevel modelling - a technique for accounting for clustering within data which enables the nature of between group variability to be identified – was employed to examine differences between local authorities and regions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research demonstrated the important impact of educational pathway followed for individuals’ later financial returns. In line with previous research (e.g. Wakeling and Savage, 2015), it confirmed that elite HEI attendance leads on average to the highest earnings, with less selective HE and FE study having much more variable returns. Like previous research (e.g. Savage, 2015; Friedman and Laurison, 2019),  it further showed the important impact of social background for individuals’ future earnings, with those from more advantaged backgrounds tending to have high returns regardless of their post-16 educational choices. Notwithstanding the advantages brought by higher social class background and elite HE study, the research nevertheless identified certain pathways that may offer better chances of social mobility than others for working-class individuals without the desire or necessary attainment to attend an elite HEI, bringing important implications for policy and practice. Finally, it highlighted the importance of geography, with location shown to affect – in some cases substantially - the returns of following certain pathways. Given the typically more localised employment trajectories of FE students, this finding has important implications for the UK’s Levelling Up agenda.

References
Bibby D, Buscha F, Cerqua A, Thomson D and Urwin P (2014) Estimating earnings returns to vocational qualifications using administrative data. Report for the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills. Available at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/383646/Estimation_of_the_labour_market_returns_to_qualifications_gained_in_English_Further_Education_-_Final_-_November_2014.pdf
 
Buscha F and Urwin P (2013) Estimating the labour market returns to qualifications gained in English further education using the Individualised Learner Record (ILR). Report for the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills. Available at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/192861/bis-13-849-estimating-labour-market-returns-to-qualifications-gained-in-english-fe-using-individualised-learner-record-ilr.pdf

Friedman S and Laurison D (2019) The Class Ceiling: Why it Pays to be Privileged. Bristol: Policy Press.

Greinert W D (2007) The German philosophy of vocational education. In: Clarke L & Winch C (eds) Vocational education: international approaches, developments and systems, Oxfordshire: Routledge, pp.49–61.

Hussain I, McNally S and Telhaj S (2009) University quality and graduate wages in the UK. CEE Discussion Papers no. 99. Centre for the Economics of Education, London School of Economics and Political Science, UK. Available at: https://eprints.lse.ac.uk/25486/1/University_quality_and_graduate_wages_in_the_UK.pdf
 
Naylor R, Smith J and Telhaj S (2016) Graduate returns, degree class premia and higher education expansion in the UK. Oxford Economic Papers. 68 (2): 525-545. https://doi.org/10.1093/oep/gpv070

OECD (2016) Regional inequalities worsening in many countries. Available at: https://www.oecd.org/newsroom/regional-inequalities-worsening-in-many-countries.htm (accessed 30 January 2023)

Savage M (2015) Social Class in the 21st Century. London: Pelican Books

Tomlinson M (2012) Graduate employability: A review of conceptual and empirical themes. Higher Education Policy. 25 (4): 407-431. https://doi.org/10.1057/hep.2011.26
 
Urwin P and Cerqua A (2017) Identifying Variation in Learner Outcomes by Further Education Provider. Report for the Department for Education. Available at: https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/161511186.pdf

Wakeling P and Savage M (2015) Entry to elite positions and the stratification of higher education in Britain. The sociological review. 63 (2): 290-320. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-954X.12284
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm02 SES 11 B: Migration and Inclusion
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre B [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Marianne Teräs
Session Chair: Natasha Kersh
Symposium
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Symposium

Migration, Work, Education, and Successful Inclusion

Chair: Marianne Teräs (Stockholm University)

Discussant: Natasha Kersh (UCL Institute of Education)

Integration and inclusion of migrants have been declared as a priority in many European countries. A recent study focusing on migrants’ integration in the Nordic countries concluded that they all face serious challenges in integrating immigrants into their labour markets (Calmfors & Sánchez Gassen, 2019). This symposium brings together research that examines integration and inclusion of migrants in education and work. Researchers from three European countries, Norway, Sweden and Switzerland, explore challenges and possibilities of successful inclusion of migrants in their studies.

The European Commission published an action plan 2021-2027 on integration and inclusion. Main actions include, for example, inclusive education and training from early childhood to higher education, focus on recognition of qualifications and continuing language learning. The action plan also promotes employment opportunities and skills recognition, especially in relation to women’s opportunities as well as promotes labour market integration (European Commission, 2020).

Various kinds of educational programs are available for migrants. However, their position at different levels in the labour market has become a subject of heated academic and political debate. The debate generally revolves around factors that affect the macro level structure such as employment of migrants and their descendants, economic costs and the benefits of migration and integration. The position of underrepresented groups in the labour market is typically explained as a consequence of either discrimination or lack of relevant social capital, language skills, job search strategies and job skills, just to name a few. Generally, studies in this area tend to focus on obstacles that migrants face in the labour market. However, we also need to focus on ‘successful migrants’, who have succeeded in entering education and their vocations and thus integrated in the labour market of their new host countries. In other words, what they have done differently in accessing their vocation, where many with similar backgrounds have failed. What kinds of educational pathways have been open to them? We need to get more knowledge about mechanisms that can contribute to a sustainable integration of skilled migrants via education and work.

The aim of this symposium is to examine these questions by focusing on social, linguistic, cultural, educational and labour market challenges and possibilities across these three different contexts. We start by examining historical changes in VET and migration in Sweden. Then we go on with focusing on how to get a professional driver’s license in Norway. The Swiss study explores a specific program, a pre-apprenticeship for integration, for migrants, and the last presentation examines facilitating factors to access one’s vocational career in Sweden.


References
Calmfors, L., & Sánchez Gassen, N. (2019).  Integrating Immigrants into the Nordic Labour Markets (eds.). Nordic Council of Ministries.
European Comission. (2020). Communication from the commission to the European parliament, the council, the European economic and social committee and the committee of the regions: Action plan on Integration and Inclusion 2021-2027

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Work place, Workplace Education and Education - Perceptions of Knowledge Requirement and Skills for Integration into Swedish Labour Market and Society

Åsa Broberg (Stockholm University), Lázaro Moreno Herrera (Stockholm University)

Work place, workplace education and education - perceptions of knowledge requirement and skills for integration into Swedish labour market and society. A historical comparison of the mid 1900s and early 2000s Previous research supports an argument that in Sweden language education, language support and (vocational) education is central to successful integration. From a historical point of view, a natural question is: has it always been the case and if not what were the perceptions on work, education and integration and why was it different. Answering these types of questions extends our knowledge of relations between migration and societal change. In this investigation the relation work-vocation-education is of particular interest and how the changing character of this relation can be understood as part of integration politics. Even though the study focuses on the Swedish context, the analysis might be of relevance to other national contexts since the time period selected for comparison have seen similar development in the labour market from big industry to service sector and a pervasive digitalisation of practically all sectors. A common aspect of establishing discourses on migration is an assumption that learning language and knowledge of societal organisation along with a strong conviction that work leads to integration in society. Even though it is common it may vary in emphasis. We aim to investigates change in perceptions of (vocational) education, language and work as part of establishing discourses in the late 1900s and the early 2000s. Two clear features of change in the Swedish case are identified: 1) education has become more important and related to the general education system and 2) education in the 20th century promoted local social integration and served a purpose of promoting workers solidarity while 21th century education serves to promote the individual's future prospects and mobility.

References:

no references
 

Inclusion of Immigrant Professional Drivers in Educational Training in Norway – Perspective on Second Language and Cultural Challenges

Tatjana Bru Blixen (Oslo Metropolitan University), Ellen Beate Hellne-Halvorsen (Oslo Metropolitan University)

This study aims to examine how immigrants achieve professional driver license. Many of the professional drivers of taxi, public transportation and vehicles are second language users. We want to investigate the training experiences of teacher educators of professional drivers and driver instructors on how immigrant professional driving student attend training and gain professional license. Our perspective is on language/linguistic and cultural challenges within vocational drivers´ profession. The theoretical framework is based on vocational pedagogy and didactic strategies with special emphasis on connection between theory and practice. Furthermore, focus is on students’ learning process in connection to their ability to reflect on learning outcome and instructors’ and teacher educators’ mentoring in both classrooms and practical driving sessions. Due to the multicultural perspective, we employ theories on second language acquisition and learning as well as theories on intercultural competence and vocational pedagogy. The study will use individual interviews of teacher educators and instructors of driving schools, Additionally, we intend to analyze subject books, curriculum documents of educational institution at one university, and official documents of Road Traffic Department in Norway. The intention is to compare the intention of the professional driver education with realization in practice. This is an ongoing project, which infers that the results are preliminary at this point. However, we hypothesize that there are discrepancies between educational intends and practical strategies for dealing with multicultural students. We reckon that this can be explained by teacher educators and instructors lacking knowledge in intercultural competence and dealing with integrated second language integration of immigrant professional driver students.

References:

no references
 

Successful Integration of Refugees in Vocational Education and Training: Outcomes of the PAI Programme

Barbara E Stalder (Bern University of Teacher Education PHBern), Marlise Kammermann (Swiss Federal University for Vocational Education and Training SFUVET), Iris Michel (Bern University of Teacher Education PHBern), Marie-Theres Schönbächler (Bern University of Teacher Education PHBern)

The Swiss labour market is highly structured and relies on standardised VET qualifications. Asylum migrants, particularly refugees and temporarily admitted persons without a recognised VET diploma or certificate, have thus struggled to find sustainable employment (Aerne & Bonoli, 2021). To support them in their endeavour to access vocational education and training, the Swiss federal government and the cantons have launched the pre-apprenticeship for integration PAI (Bundesrat, 2015; Scharnhorst & Kammermann, 2019). The PAI is a one-year pre-vocational programme that targets refugees, temporarily admitted persons, and late migrants from EU, EFTA and third countries aged 16 to 35. PAI programmes have been established in the service sector, industry, manufacturing, and agriculture (Kammermann et al., 2022). The introduction of the PAI programme is accompanied by a research project, which assesses and evaluates the implementation and impact of the PAI programme. In this contribution, we discuss the programme's outcome by investigating key factors contributing to participants' successful transition to regular apprenticeships. Drawing from findings from resource theory (e.g., Hobfoll et al., 2018) and training quality and career success in VET (Stalder & Carigiet Reinhard, 2014; Stalder & Schmid, 2016), we assume that the success of PAI participants depends on the quality of the learning environment (e.g., learning opportunities in the workplace and school, support from trainers and teachers) and on their individual and social resources (e.g., language skills, self-efficacy, support by significant others). We use data from the fourth PAI cohort, including a written survey with N = 432 PAI participants and 6 case studies that were run in 2022. Results show that participants highly appreciated the learning in the workplace and at school and felt well-supported by teachers and trainers. Two-thirds had secured an apprenticeship two months before the PAI's end. The others still searched for an apprenticeship place or said they didn't know what to do after the PAI. The pathways of the latter ones were thus very uncertain. Those who had secured an apprenticeship found their work more interesting, engaged more in learning and had better learning outcomes than those with an uncertain pathway. We conclude that the PAI programme is an essential and valid means to foster refugees' integration in vocational education and training, discuss particular challenges of the programme, and outline possibilities for further improvements.

References:

Aerne, A., & Bonoli, G. (2021). Integration through vocational training. Promoting refugees' access to apprenticeships in a collective skill formation system. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2021.1894219 Bundesrat. (2015). Begleitmassnahmen Artikel 121a BV: Verstärkung der Integrationsmassnahmen für Flüchtlinge und vorläufig Aufgenommene (Bericht des Bundesrates vom 18.12.2015). Schweizerische Eidgenossenschaft. Hobfoll, S. E., Halbesleben, J., Neveu, J.-P., & Westman, M. (2018). Conservation of resources in the organisational context: The reality of resources and their consequences. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 5(1), 103-128. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-orgpsych-032117-104640 Kammermann, M., Stalder, B. E., & Schönbächler, M.-T. (2022). Fachkräftesicherung durch die Integrationsvorlehre. Ergebnisse zum Schweizer Pilotprogramm INVOL. BWP, 1/2022, 51–55. Scharnhorst, U., & Kammermann, M. (2019). Integrationsvorlehren – eine Flexibilisierung des Zugangs zur Berufsbildung für Geflüchtete in der Schweiz. BWP, 5/2019, 16-20. Stalder, B. E., & Carigiet Reinhard, T. (2014). Ausbildungsqualität aus Sicht von Lernenden und Betrieben in der Schweiz. In M. Fischer (Ed.), Qualität in der Berufsausbildung – Anspruch und Wirklichkeit (pp. 97-118). Bertelsmann. Stalder, B. E., & Schmid, E. (2016). Lehrvertragsauflösung und Ausbildungserfolg - kein Widerspruch. Wege und Umwege zum Berufsabschluss. hep.
 

‘Back to Work’—Factors Facilitating Migrants’ Re- Entry into Their Previous Vocations

Eva Eliasson (Stockholm University), Marianne Teräs (Stockholm University), Ali Osman (Stockholm University)

This study focuses on ‘successful migrants’, who have succeeded in gaining employment in Sweden in their previous vocational area. The aim is to describe factors on various levels – individual, organisational and national – that have facilitated migrants’ way back to work as well as their inclusion at workplaces. Although Sweden is the context, the findings are relevant for all countries that receive migrants. In policies and research, finding relevant employment is emphasised as key to integration for many reasons, including financial, well-being, and health (Ager & Strang, 2008), cultural competence (Ganassin and Johnstone Young 2020), and acceptance as a full-fledged citizen (Wehrle et al. 2018). Like other migrants, the participants in this study encountered difficulties on their journeys, but by focusing on the success factors that define them, we evade the one-sided story of marginalised and incapable refugees. Twenty migrants and five employers/mentors were interviewed. Thematic analysis was used to analyze the interviews (Braun & Clarke, 2006). The overarching theme of facilitating factors concerns language proficiency, individual factors, enabling frameworks, and supporting persons and networks. The migrants’ own ambitions and motivations, and the support they got in interpersonal encounters were especially emphasised as important. In the migrants’ narratives, a central theme in relation to the theoretical perspective was how to deal with threats to their social and professional identity in the new country. For them, maintaining a positive self-image was key to the strength needed to fight for a return to working life. People in the environment were important in this struggle – for positioning them as competent persons and for offering support. (Eliasson et al., 2022)

References:

This presentation is based on an article: Eva Eliasson, Marianne Teräs & Ali Osman (2022): ‘Back to work’—factors facilitating migrants’ re-entry into their previous vocations, Journal of Education and Work, DOI: 10.1080/13639080.2022.2144168 Ager, A., & Strang, A. (2008). Understanding integration: A conceptual framework. Journal of Refugee Studies 21(2), 166–191. Braun, V.,& Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology 3(2), 77–101. Ganassin, S., & Johnstone Young, T. (2020). From surviving to thriving: ‘Success stories’ of highly skilled refugees in the UK. Language and Intercultural Communication 20(2),125–140. Wehrle, K., Klehe, U.-C. , Kira, M., & Zikic, J. (2018). Can I come as I am? Refugees’ vocational identity threats, coping, and growth. Journal of Vocational Behavior 105, 83–101.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm02 SES 11 C: Theorising VET
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre 2 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Franz Kaiser
Session Chair: James Avis
Symposium
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Symposium

Theorising VET: European Differences, Commonalities and Contestation

Chair: Franz Kaiser (Institut für Berufspädagogik, Universität Rostock)

Discussant: James Avis (University of Derby, UK; University of Huddersfield, UK)

The path-dependent differences among European VET systems are widely noted, attracting attention well beyond the sphere of VET and educational studies (Greinert 2005; Crouch, Finegold and Sako 1999). Less attention has been devoted until recently to the different ways in which VET has been theorised in different national contexts, and how such theory draws on foundations and paradigms developed within and outside the spaces of knowledge production that provide the intellectual foundations of VET research. Following a recent upsurge in questioning about the aims and purposes of VET, European interest in Bildung has been supplemented by contemporary attention to classical theories of VET (Sanderse 2021; Kuhlee et al. 2022; Zuurmond et al. 2023; bwp@ forthcoming). This symposium builds on the last-named Special Issue, which will explore the distinctive role of foundational VET theory in Germany and other DACH countries, sometimes described as Berufbildungstheorie. This body includes the ‘classical’ work of Kerschensteiner (1966/1904), Fischer (1967/1932) and Spranger (1923) as well as critical accounts that helped to shape modern VET systems (e.g., Siemsen 1948; Lempert 1971; Blankertz 1974) and have implications for other European countries.

Our aim in this meta-theoretical symposium is to extend this discussion, examining the continued relevance of these foundations and whether a wider range of theory can be helpful to examine the internal tensions and external forces that affect VET systems in Europe. VET has been theorised distinctively in different countries, reflecting the range of intellectual traditions, institutional formations and fields of practice across Europe. Some aspects of theorisation relate to the distinctive patterns of knowledge production, with education departments that also provide VET teacher education programmes contributing to the research base and drawing on various forms of theorisation; other university departments, research institutions and national agencies also contribute to research and, whilst in some cases this may be under-theorised, these may also use and contribute to theory. These institutional aspects together represent the social basis on which educational research has been constructed and these foundations contribute to national differences in the way education is theorised. The symposium will not only shed more light on the ways that internal contradictions of VET and VET research can be understood through theory but will also present different national perspectives on how to deal with them.

The theoretical foundations on which much research into VET builds have an international provenance. For example, VET research in English-speaking countries draws heavily on philosophers, sociologists and economists from France, who are located outside education departments, and from the USA which lacks any coherent system of VET. This field is also subject to powerful external forces in the shape of policy discourses supported by powerful international institutions with universalising prescriptions. Thus, international bodies as the European Union, UNESCO, ILO World Bank and OECD have generated a significant volume of well-resourced empirical research, although this tends to be under-theorised and sometimes explicitly seeks to reframe VET around a universalising neoliberal model.

The symposium will examine how far a reinvigorated theorisation of VET, addressing contemporary challenges, needs to draw on new theoretical approaches that can enable researchers to answer questions posed by contemporary crises of health, inequality, globalisation and technological change; or whether older concepts can also play a valuable role in reaffirming educational aims and practices within VET, and across its boundaries.


References
Blankertz, H. (1974). Bildung – Bildungstheorie. In Ch. Wulf (Ed.), Wörterbuch der Erziehung, pp.65–69. München: Piper.

bwp@ (forthcoming) Spezial 19: Retrieving and recontextualising VET theory.

Fischer, A. (1967/1932) Beruf und Berufserziehung. In: K. Kreitmair (Ed.) Aloys Fischer. Leben und Werk. Gesammelte Abhandlungen zur Berufspädagogik, 7th Edn. München: Bayerischer Schulbuch-Verlag, pp. 441– 458.  

Greinert, W.-D. (2005). Mass Vocational Education and Training in Europe: Classical Models of the 19th Century and Training in England, France and Germany during the First Half of the 20th. Luxembourg: Cedefop.  

Kerschensteiner, G. (1966/1904). Berufs- oder Allgemeinbildung. In G. Wehle (Ed.), Georg Ker-schensteiner. Ausgewählte Pädagogische Schriften. Band 1. Berufsbildung und Berufsschule (pp. 89–104). Paderborn: Schöningh.

Kuhlee, D., Steib, C. and Winch, C. (2022). Founding German vocational education: Kerschensteiner, Spranger and Fischer as key figures in the classical German VET theory. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 56 (3), 383-398. Doi: https://doi-org.ezproxy.derby.ac.uk/10.1111/1467-9752.12669

Lempert, W. (1971). Leistungsprinzip und Emanzipation. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp.

Siemsen, A. (1948). Die gesellschaftlichen Grundlagen der Erziehung. Hamburg: Opladet.  

Spranger, E. (1923). Grundlegende Bildung, Berufsbildung, Allgemeinbildung. In: Spranger, E. (Ed.) Kultur und Erziehung, pp.159–177. Leipzig: Quelle & Mayer.    

Zuurmond, A. Guérin, L., van der Ploeg, P. and van Riet, D. (2023). Learning to question the status quo. Critical thinking, citizenship education and Bildung in vocational education, Journal of Vocational Education & Training, DOI: 10.1080/13636820.2023.2166573

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

VET Research in the Anglosphere: A European Perspective

Bill Esmond (University of Derby, UK), Volker Wedekind (University of Nottingham, UK)

By contrast with the German ‘in-house’ foundations of VET theory described as Berufbildungstheorie, VET research elsewhere in Europe positions itself to varying degrees outside such boundaries, drawing on a wider range of disciplines and theoretical resources, especially in countries where VET itself and VET research enjoy less state support. This distinction is especially salient in the English-speaking world: here research in the field of VET emerged later than in continental Europe and has a more diversified institutional base, is liminal to the broader field of education research and competes with alternative institutional and external claims to expertise. Whilst the distinctive features of VET in these countries are widely associated with its liberal market philosophy (see e.g., Winch 2000), we ascribe these Anglophone approaches to theorising VET in an immediate sense to their more diversified institutional base (c.f. Bates 1999), which competes with alternative institutional and external claims to expertise and is liminal to a broader (but also marginalised) field of educational research (Furlong and Whitty 2017). In these countries, VET research has drawn on educational perspectives to critique VET as a marginalised and marginalising educational pathway and on theories developed in external disciplines to theorise the understandings generated by its research. In this paper we illustrate the interplay since the 1980s among the neoliberal ascendancy and its diminution of VET to the acquisition of narrowly defined occupational competences (Brockmann et al. 2008; Wolf 1995), processes of economic and educational tertiarisation, and the changing theorisation of VET in these countries. As the economic structures and forms of organisation that sustained VET in the early post-war years have given way to more service-based economies, and to academicisation and tertiarisation, its theoretical interests have also experienced diversification if not fragmentation. This work has been less influential on policies that have largely responded to an international ‘policy-making assemblage’ (Thompson et al. 2022) in which well-resourced research contributes to an international reframing of VET on neoliberal lines (e.g., OECD 2010, 2014). We conclude that this approach to theorising VET has nevertheless made important contributions to the study of VET and has continued to develop during ongoing crises of health, economy and environment. It may also usefully draw on the renewal of earlier bodies of European theory to understand of VET’s challenges and possibilities.

References:

Bates, I., Hodkinson, P. &Unwin, L. (1999). Editorial, British Educational Research Journal, 25 (4), 419-425. Brockmann, M., Clarke, L., Méhaut, P., & Winch, C. (2008). Competence-based vocational education and training (VET): The cases of England and France in a European perspective. Vocations and Learning, 1(3), 227–244. Furlong, J. & Whitty, G. (2017). Knowledge traditions in the study of education. In: G. Whitty & J. Furlong (Eds.) Knowledge and the Study of Education: An international exploration. Oxford. OECD. (2010). Learning for jobs: Synthesis report of the OECD reviews of vocational education and training. Paris: OECD. OECD. (2014). Skills beyond school: Synthesis report: OECD Reviews of secondary vocational education and training. Paris: OECD. Thompson, G., Sellar, S. &Buchanan, I. (2022). 1996: the OECD policy-making assemblage, Journal of Education Policy, 37, (5), 685-704, Doi: 10.1080/02680939.2021.1912397 Winch, C. (2000). Education, work and social capital: Towards a new conception of vocational education. London: Routledge. Wolf, A. (1995). Competence-based assessment. Buckingham: Open University Press.
 

Neo-Institutionalism as a Complementary Theory for Internationalisation in VET

Johannes Karl Schmees (Department of Teacher Education, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Trondheim, Norway), Eli Smeplass (Department of Teacher Education, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Trondheim, Norway)

Vocational education and training (VET) systems and practices, unlike higher or general education, are considerably national in scope, which is why the field is highly fragmented (Gessler et al., 2021). Despite the fragmented architecture, international blueprints like the dual apprenticeship system à la Germany, Switzerland, or Austria (OECD, 2010, pp. 12, 27, 34–36) become increasingly important: on the one hand because they create pull factors for countries eager to reform their VET systems (e.g. Láscarez & Schmees, 2021) and on the other hand as they create push factors through international organisations (IOs) like the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) as they marketise these blueprints globally. Both observations can be associated with the same mechanism: As successful perceived VET policies in a particular nation are decontextualised by IOs (and sometimes national (non-)governmental organisations) in order to create international blueprints. Through an international discourse around these blueprints, a shared belief in their legitimacy and rationality unfolds. From this perspective, countries tend to implement policies more on the basis of shared beliefs than because of rational arguments (beyond the discourse). Accordingly, the discourse entails a narrative causal relationship of these blueprints (described by sociological institutionalists as a “myth”, see Koch 2009, p. 113), e.g. that implementing the dual apprenticeship system will lead to a low youth unemployment rate (see OECD 2010). Chabbott and Ramirez (2006, p. 174) conceptualised links between discourses from the global through the national, and further to the local level. National actors adopt these ideas to create reform pressure on the VET system. In doing so, these actors prove their willingness to acknowledge current problems concerning VET, as well as their willingness to implement solutions perceived to be rational (see Láscarez & Schmees, 2021). The theory of sociological institutionalism, as well as the mechanisms explained by it regarding the internationalisation of VET systems, complement existing VET theories that are functionalist in nature by explaining e.g. how “Bildung” unfolds, how skills gaps can be closed, or how literacy spreads. While these attempts are important, they need to be accompanied by theories (further developed in VET research and by VET researchers) that set these functionalist approaches and practises in a meta-theoretical perspective to explain and reflect upon the success of one over the other. In our view, sociological neo-institutionalism is able to function as a meta-theory for VET research.

References:

Chabbott, Colette & Ramirez, Francisco O. (2006): Development and Education. In: Maureen T. Hallinan (Ed.): Handbook of the Sociology of Education, pp. 163–187. New York: Springer (Handbooks of sociology and social research). Gessler, M., Nägele, C., & Stalder, B. (2021). Scoping review on research at the boundary between learning and working: A bibliometric mapping analysis of the last decade. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training (IJRVET), 8(4), 170-206. Koch, S. (2009). Die Bausteine neo-institutionalistischer Organisationstheorie – Begriffe und Konzepte im Laufe der Zeit. In S. Koch (Hrsg.), Neo-Institutionalismus in der Erziehungswissenschaft. Grundlegende Texte und empirische Studien (Organisation und Pädagogik,Vol. 6, pp. 110–131). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Láscarez Smith, D. & Schmees, J. K. (2021): The Costa Rican business sector’s concepts of the transfer of German dual training. Revista Actualidades Investigativas En Educación, 21 (2), pp. 1–30. URL: https://doi.org/10.15517/AIE.V21I2.46792 Meyer, John W.; Rowan, Brian (1977): Institutionalized Organizations: Formal Structure as Myth and Ceremony. In: American Journal of Sociology 83 (2), 340–363. DOI: 10.2307/2778293. OECD (2010). Learning for Jobs (OECD Reviews of Vocational Education and Training). Paris: OECD. Retrieved from: https://www.oecd.org/education/skills-beyond-school/Learning%20for%20Jobs%20book.pdf
 

Theorising the Transition and Welfare state functions of the German VET System

Christian Steib (Institut für Betriebswirtschaftslehre und Wirtschaftspädagogik, Carl von Ossietzky Universität Oldenburg), Thilo J. Ketschau (Institut für Pädagogik, Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel)

For a comprehensive theoretical review of vocational training, not only the subject has to be considered, but also its environment. Such a sociological approach has already been suggested by respected representatives of vocational training science such as Kell (2010, 1995), Kutscha (1990) and Zabeck (1980). Instruments such as Luhmann’s theory of social systems (2012, 1998a, 1998b, 1986) can be used for vocational training theory. The case examined here is such a project. At its core, it deals with the systemic design of the transition system, which has been criticized again and again (see e.g., Steib 2022; Euler 2010; Münk 2010; Krekel & Ulrich 2009; Baethge, Solga & Wieck 2007). If one understands this as an apparatus with which to deal with the large number of young school leavers who could not find an apprenticeship (see e.g., Friese 2011; Kutscha 2010; Beicht 2009; Euler & Severing 2006), then its function needs to be understood in terms of social justice and the welfare state (see e.g., Luhmann 2011). The planned contribution will examine in the light of Luhmann's system theory how the transitional system is constituted in relation(s) to the educational, economic and political system of society. To do this, not only the respective network of relationships, but also the function and logic (code and medium) inherent in the transitional system must be determined. Finally, based on these findings, it will be presented what possibilities there are to solve and "educate" the transitional system from its current one, primarily to the functional context of the welfare state. Although German vocational education and training is assumed to be relatively well-founded, the transition system has historically developed into a structure that was never intended, either in itself or in terms of its quantitative and qualitative design (Steib 2020).

References:

Baethge, M.; Solga, H. & Wieck, M. (2007). Berufsbildung im Umbruch. Signale eines überfälligen Aufbruchs. In M. Baethge, H. Solga & M. Wieck (Eds.), Berufsbildung im Umbruch. Signale eines überfälligen Aufbruchs pp. 7–111. Berlin: Friedrich-Ebert-Stiftung. Retrieved from: http://library.fes.de/pdf-files/stabsabteilung/04258/studie.pdf [09.03.2014]. Beicht, U. (2009). Verbesserung der Ausbildungschancen oder sinnlose Warteschleife? Zur Bedeutung und Wirksamkeit von Bildungsgängen am Übergang Schule – Berufsausbildung. BIBB-Report, 11, 1–12. Retrieved from: http://www.bibb.de/dokumente/pdf/a12_bibbreport_2009_11.pdf [02.10.2012]. Euler, D. (2010). Einfluss der demographischen Entwicklung auf das Übergangssystem und den Berufsausbildungsmarkt. Expertise im Auftrag der Bertelsmann Stiftung. St. Gallen: Bertelsmann Stiftung. Retrieved from: http://www.jugendsozialarbeit.de/media/raw/xcms_bst_dms_32525_32526_2.pdf [20.03.2014]. Euler, D. & Severing, E. (2006). Flexible Ausbildungswege in der Berufsausbildung. Nürnberg & St. Gallen. Retrieved from: http://www.bmbf.de/pub/Studie_Flexible_Ausbildungswege_in_der_Berufsbildung.pdf [02.10.2012]. Friese, M. (2011). Das Schulberufssystem: Restkategorie oder Innovationsfaktor der beruflichen Bildung? Berufsbildung, 65(131), 2–6. Kell, A. (1995). Das Berechtigungswesen zwischen Bildungs- und Beschäftigungssystem. In H. Blankertz, J. Derbolav, A. Kell & G. Kutscha (Eds.), Sekundarstufe II – Jugendbildung zwischen Schule und Beruf. Teil 1: Handbuch pp. 289–320. Stuttgart & Dresden: Klett. [Full list available on request]
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm03 SES 11 A: Teachers' Curriculum Agency
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Natalie O'Neill
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Effects of International Mobility on Teachers' Curriculum Agency

Ana Mouraz1, Audrey Doyle2, Isabel Serra3

1Universidade Aberta, Portugal; 2Dublin City University; 3EDuFOR - Centro de Formação da Associação de Escolas

Presenting Author: Mouraz, Ana; Doyle, Audrey

The trend followed by several European education systems opens to the possibility of making the curriculum offered to students in each school more flexible, more tailor made. However, such trend has been unequally appropriated by systems, teachers and schools (Priestley et. al. 2021).

Explanations of this difference could rely on curriculum traditions that have been framing such educational systems ( Kuiper et. al. 2008). Also, part of this inequality can be explained by the difficulty felt by many teachers and schools in assuming their agency in terms of curriculum decisions.

However, due to increasing traveling policies and international pressure made by OECD and other transnational institutions , acknowledgement regarding such differences have been appropriated by educational advisors and have been the support to Erasmus+ teacher mobility at the school level.

“… the continuous impulse given by European institutions to the mobility of non-university teaching staff supports the idea of the benefits of its completion towards improving the quality of education in European Union member states.” Salcedo-López &Cuevas-López, ,2021, 6).

Has the contact with other education systems and with other teachers from other countries, stimulated by the networks established within the scope of the ERASMUS+ programme, contributed to raising the awareness of teachers who might act otherwise?

Following the perspective of Biesta et al, (2015), we understand teachers' curriculum agency as the teacher's ability to recontextualize policies and translate them into their field of action.

It is a question of exerting a double effort of interpreting the purposes that the policies have defined and of taking local action, which reconfigures and encourages student learning.

That frames the purpose of this proposal - to contribute to the discussion about the effects that these mobilities have had on the power of curricular agency of teachers from two European countries.

Its objectives are:

To relate international mobility experience with curricular agency of teachers from two European countries

To research in two countries the impact of how international experience has encouraged curriculum making in both the school and the classroom.

To identify the impact of mobility on Schools curricular options.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This work is based on an empirical investigation of a qualitative nature, carried out in the previous academic year, which collected and analyzed the testimonies of professionals from Ireland and Portugal about the topic. Interviews were carried out with two school headmasters and two teachers representing different disciplinary groups from Portugal.  In Ireland, two school principals were interviewed as well as three individual teachers and two focci groups with teachers.
The interviews followed a script that aimed to characterize the mobility experiences lived by the interviewees according to the operational objectives, and the effects of teachers’ mobilities both in their careers and in their daily work at schools.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Contact with other education systems and with other teachers from other countries has contributed to raising the awareness of teachers who may act otherwise.
Such broad conclusion came from the teachers’ and headmasters’ awareness concerning  the changes that have operated in the way of working the curriculum, namely in the classroom; the experiences they reply and apply methodologies, in the classroom, that they saw carried out in their mobility.
The impact of how the international experience of these teachers has encouraged curriculum making in both the school and the classroom is also visible at school work, namely at students’ level. The impact of international collaborative projects involving students, the increased student satisfaction with pedagogical work, the Increased feeling of belonging to an European citizenship are signs of such impact.

References
Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 624–640
Byrne, C., & Prendergast, M., 2020, Investigating the concerns of secondary school teachers towards curriculum reform, Journal of Curriculum Studies, Vol. 52: 2, 286-306. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2019.1643924
Coolahan, J., Drudy, S., Hogan, P., Hyland, A., McGuinness, S., 2017, Towards a Better Future: a review of the Irish school system, NAPD & IPPN, Dublin.
Department of Education & Skills, 2022, A new vision for senior cycle, Dublin, https://www.gov.ie/en/publication/f53c6-senior-cycle-reform/#a-vision-for-senior-cycle-reform
Engel, Constanze  (2010)The impact of Erasmus mobility on the professional career: Empirical results of international studies on temporary student and teaching staff mobility”, Belgeo [Online], 4 | 2010. DOI: https://doi.org/10.4000/belgeo.6399
Jim Gleeson, Valentina Klenowski & Anne Looney (2020): Curriculum change in Australia and Ireland: a comparative study of recent reforms, Journal of Curriculum Studies, DOI: 10.1080/00220272.2019.1704064
Kärkkäinen, K. (2012), “Bringing About Curriculum Innovations: Implicit Approaches in the OECD Area”, OECD Education Working Papers, No. 82, OECD.
Kuiper, W., Van den Akker, J., Letschert, J. & Hooghoff, H. (2008) Curriculum Policy and Practices in a European Comparative Perspective: finding a balance between prescription and professionalism. Enschede: SLO.
Janson, K., Schomburg, H. & Teichler , U. (2009) The Professional Value of ERASMUS Mobility –The Impact of International Experience on Former Students’ and on Teachers’ Careers/,– Bonn: Lemmens Medien GmbH.(ACA Papers on International Cooperation in Education)
Priestley, M. Alvunger, D. Philippou, S. Soini, T. (org), (2021). Curriculum Making In Europe - Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts. Bingley, UK: Emerald Publishing Limited.
Salcedo-López, D.; Cuevas-López, M. (2021) Analysis and Assessment of New Permanent Teacher Training Activities under the Erasmus+ Program from the Perspective of the Participants of Spain in Times of COVID-19. Sustainability 2021, 13, 11222. https:// doi.org/10.3390/su132011222


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Curriculum Policy and Practice of Oral Skills at Secondary English Education in Bangladesh: Challenges and Way Forward

S M Akramul Kabir1, Mahammad Abul Hasnat2

1Otago University, New Zealand; 2Education Consultant, RTI International, USA

Presenting Author: Kabir, S M Akramul; Hasnat, Mahammad Abul

The English language dominates almost all aspects of our daily life, not only in third-world countries like Bangladesh but throughout the world to meet the various needs of communication. Bangladesh uses English for other purposes as well, but in general, to enrol in universities, to migrate overseas for jobs, to study abroad and to work and continue business internationally. Moreover, the ability to communicate effectively in English is also considered an important quality in many job sectors, especially in corporate settings. The ability to communicate in English provides individuals with more opportunities to achieve a suitable position in the job market with an acceptable salary, contributing to economic growth and poverty reduction and achieving sustainable goals in a broader sense (Roshid, 2018).
Different strategies have been taken by the government of Bangladesh to implement standardized English language education in the country, including the revision of the curriculum several times. Communicative Language Teaching (CLT) was introduced for the first time in 1995 with the hope to improve communicative competence of learners. During the implementation process, a significant gap is observed between the policy aspiration and the resources due to a shortage of teachers with competency in English and teaching skills. To address the situation, government took different strategies and arranged training programs for the in-service teachers to implement CLT successfully in classroom practice and achieve its goal with the support from different Non-Government Organisations (NGOs) and foreign donor agencies.
Despite different initiatives, teachers failed to demonstrate significant improvements in classroom practice after completing the training (Huda, 2015). Thus, students who complete their secondary education are likely to enter higher education, outside and inside the country, with a smattering of English language skills. Therefore, students in Bangladeshi universities are still facing difficulties in both speaking and listening to regular class activities despite studying English as a compulsory subject from Grade 1 to Grade 12. It is because of the lack of speaking and listening practices at school and college levels (Shurovi, 2014). The competence in both listening and speaking skills is challenging for students studying at overseas universities, seeking a better job, and networking for social survival (Roshid & Chowdhury, 2013).
In this study, the challenges and gaps in effective training for oral skills from the perspectives of policymakers and teachers were identified to address implementation barriers to help learners proficient in oral skills of English. Finally, it concludes by proposing a conceptual framework for minimizing gaps between the policy and practice to enable more effective implementation of curriculum for oral skills in the future. The present study addresses the following research question:
RQ: How do curriculum policy and practice on oral skills affect English language education at the secondary level in Bangladesh?
The theoretical framework of this study is a “grounded” one as the contextual phenomenon was "grounded" in data, which can provide a better explanation than a theory borrowed "off the shelf" (Creswell, 2012). It does not limit the role of the research in the process-making but gives choices to make categories of interpretation, connect questions to the data, and interweave personal values and experiences (Creswell & Poth, 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is a qualitative one aiming to provide a detailed understanding of issues that underlie current practices (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2018). The analysed data investigates the curriculum policy and classroom practice of oral skills and reports critically. Therefore, policymakers and practicing teachers were interviewed to understand the perception of the curriculum of oral skills in policy and practice. The interview data were analysed using the Thematic Analysis (TA) method based on one of the approaches called – the semantic approach – coding and theme development reflect the explicit content of the data. After transcribing the data, the patterns of the data were identified through a rigorous process of data familiarisation, data coding, and theme development and revision.
This study used Thematic Analysis (TA) method to interpret the data because it is a popular method for analysing qualitative data in many disciplines including ‘Education’. In the field of education, procedures for using TA as a qualitative technique only began to be published in the 1990s (Cohen et al., 2018). The purpose of TA is to identify patterns of meaning across a dataset that provide an answer to the research question being addressed. This method also gives flexibility according to the practical need of analysis of what was required to answer the specific research questions (Denzin, & Lincoln, 2011). This means it can be used within different frameworks, to answer quite different types of research questions. Therefore, in this research, TA suits to answer the relevant research question related to curriculum policy and practice of oral skills at the secondary level in Bangladesh.
As the policymakers are major players in the planning and head teachers and secondary teachers are the practitioners of English language education, they are the interview participants in this study. The ‘purposive’ selection procedure has been applied to conduct the interviews. Eight participants were interviewed in total. The participants were selected based on mainly three criteria: (1) relevant expertise; (2) experience; and (3) willingness to participate. Pseudonyms are used for each of them. The participants were provided with the information necessary about the study through emails and their written consent was obtained back through emails before data collection. Due to the participants’ preferences, interviews were conducted in Bangla and were recorded using an audio recorder. Later on, the recorded interviews were transliterated into Roman Bangla and then translated into English.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Researchers often conclude their discussion after conducting a study with the hope that policymakers will benefit from their findings. It is also common to hear the voice of the stakeholders involved in the practice, but policymakers' voices are rarely heard. This study allows us to bring together perspectives from both policymakers and practitioners in order to identify the challenges that are preventing English oral skills implementation in rural and urban classroom settings. This will allow us to achieve two kinds of results. First, it will examine the existing practice to identify the gap between policy and practice, which requires a revision of the English curriculum and training strategies to ensure contextual diversity. In Bangladesh, the national English curriculum and the process of implementing it are centralised, and it does not address rural-urban differences, classroom settings, teacher quality, or the training needs of teachers. As a result, it has been always challenging to implement oral skills in classroom settings. Finally, the paper will propose a conceptual framework for curriculum revision according to diversified contextual needs and preparation of its best possible ways of implementation. In the European context, Alexander & Weekes-Bernard (2017) also found the challenges of implementing diverse curricula effectively in classroom teaching after conducting two studies in England and Wales.  Moreover, this paper has a connection with the conference theme of this year "The Value of Diversity in Education and Educational Research".
References
Alexander, C. & Weekes-Bernard, D. (2017). History lessons: inequality, diversity and the national curriculum, Race Ethnicity and Education, 20 (4), 478-494.
Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in education (8th ed.). New York: Routledge.
Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research; Planning, conducting and evaluating  quantitative and qualitative research (4th ed.). Boston: Pearson.
Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (4th ed.). Los Angeles, CA: Sage Publications.
Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2011). Handbook of qualitative research (2nd ed.).Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Huda, M. S. (2015). Impact of English language teacher training in Bangladesh. NAEM Journal, 20, 56-63.
Roshid, M. M. (2018). English, Empowerment and Economic Development: A Study in an International Business. In R. Chowdhury, M. Sarkar, F. Mojumder, M. M. Roshid (eds.). Engaging in Educational Research: Revisiting Policy and Practice in Bangladesh. Singapore: Springer. 315–331.
Roshid, M. M. & Chowdhury, R. (2013). English language proficiency and employment: A case study of Bangladeshi graduates in Australian employment market. Mevlana International Journal of Education (MIJE), 3(1), 68-81.
Shurovi, M. (2014). CLT and ELT in Bangladesh: Practice and prospect of speaking and listening. Journal of Language Teaching and Research, 5(6), 1263-1268.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Steps to the Future for 'Curriculum for Wales': Developing Coherence, Co-construction, and Praxis

Kara Makara1, David Morrison-Love1, Sonny Singh2

1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2University of Wales Trinity Saint David, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Makara, Kara

Wales is in the process of major educational reform. The new curriculum (Curriculum for Wales, CfW) commenced in schools in September 2022. CfW differs from the previous curriculum through its focus on four purposes representing a “shared vision and aspiration” for every learner and by articulating learners' progression through six areas of learning and experience. In contrast to the previous performative culture in Wales (Evans, 2022), CfW suggests a more developmental view of learning. Also central to CfW is the principle of subsidiarity. Similar to ‘new curriculum’ in Finland, Scotland, and the Netherlands, CfW shifts away from top-down policy and gives schools and teachers greater autonomy (Sinnema et al., 2020). Professional understandings of progression in learning, and a recognition that learners start at different points and progress in different ways, are meant to form the basis for schools’ curriculum, assessment, and pedagogy arrangements (Welsh Government, 2021).

In support of this, Camau i’r Dyfodol (Steps to the Future) is a three-year project designed to support the realisation of CfW by working with teachers and educational partners across the system to advance practical understandings of learning progression. This presentation shares some findings from phase one of our project, which aimed to understand where educational partners are in the change process at the start of CfW and supports needed to move forward. We engaged in conversations with professionals from across the system to address the following research questions:

  1. What influences are there on current and future curriculum realisation?

  1. How are educational partners moving their identified priorities forward for curriculum realisation?

  1. How can new knowledge from co-construction activity be fed back into the system in ways that are meaningful?

As a theoretical frame for this work, we bring together the concepts of curriculum coherence, co-construction, and praxis into an adapted Integrity Model of Educational Change for Wales. This model incorporates systemic integrity, personal and professional integrity, and educational integrity, three dimensions essential throughout the change process (Hayward & Spencer, 2010).

Systemic integrity reflects shared commitment and coherence between constituent parts of the education system. Within curriculum reform, coherence is sometimes conceptualised between the intended and enacted curriculum; or between curriculum, assessment, and pedagogy (Jin et al., 2019). Soini et al. (2022) explicate curriculum coherence in Finland along dimensions of the intended direction and goals of the curriculum, an integrative approach to teaching and learning, and alignment between objectives, content, and assessment. Next, personal and professional integrity reflects a belief that what one is doing matters, enabling teachers to develop their own understandings (Hayward & Spencer, 2010). Co-construction has been integral to achieve this in the context of CfW, and was empowering but also challenging for teachers engaged in curriculum design (Hayward et al., 2020). We define co-construction as a process of constructing new knowledge through collaborative practice (Parsons, 2021) and as a disposition towards learning that involves participants actively ‘knotworking’ together to negotiate solutions (Engeström, 2004, p.17). Finally, educational integrity reflects how change can enhance learning. We draw from the concept of praxis here, whereby teachers enact practice to build theory and reflect upon theory when making practical decisions. Pedagogical praxis can be a challenge in the new curriculum reform as a clear theory of progression in learning is needed to inform practice.

In this presentation, we share findings to the research questions and discuss how these inform phase two of our project. Wales has adopted a number of the OECD’s (2018) principles for the future of education systems, and thus insights gained through this research will be of interest to other countries taking similar approaches.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Two data-gathering activities were designed to involve participants from across the system in order to address the research questions. Ethics approval was granted by the researchers’ Universities. The first activity involved the National Network Conversations (NNCs), system-wide conversations to support education professionals’ reflections on implementing CfW. Fourteen online conversations were held during the May 2022 NNC, with a total of 167 participants. Each had a designated practitioner facilitator, with six groups attended by researchers who acted as participant-observers. Participants were given a pre-session activity to reflect on curriculum documentation around assessment and progression. The conversations lasted for approximately two-and-a-half hours. Practitioner facilitators and project researchers took notes using a template to capture key points and these notes comprised the data set for this activity strand. Discussion focused on:  
- How the CfW principles of progression and CfW assessment principles are being used to support curriculum design and the planning of learning and assessment to support learner progression
- What approaches to co-construction have been effective in developing practice in these areas
- What support would be helpful to further develop professional understanding and build capacity in these areas

In the second data-gathering activity during summer 2022, we invited participants from across the system to join focus groups, a method for generating people’s collective perceptions and experiences (Nyumba et al., 2018). Participants were purposively selected to obtain views representing local and national contexts across Wales. The resulting nine groups included 22 participants. Three groups involved school staff and six involved education advisers from geographical regions across Wales and the education inspectorate. A researcher facilitated each discussion, which lasted up to 90 minutes, and these were recorded and transcribed. Discussions were semi-structured, with questions and prompts designed to understand:
- Where partners are in their current thinking about progression in learning and their CfW priorities
- Current understandings and approaches to co-construction
- Influences from participants’ contexts on their thinking and development work
- What approaches or understandings need to be developed further through co-construction

The data from each activity was analysed using an inductive approach to thematic analysis, which allows researchers to identify, organise and interpret patterns in data (Braun & Clarke 2006, p.79).  Three researchers thematically analysed the NNC notes and two analysed the discussion transcripts. Comparisons showed a close match in the coding across researchers which provides evidence of a robust analytic process. The themes and sub-themes will be elaborated in the presentation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Curriculum reform involves the complex endeavor of translating policy to practice. Our findings suggest that schools in Wales are working tirelessly in planning curriculum and assessment arrangements to support progression in learning. Participants are drawing from a wide variety of approaches, models, and entry points into the curriculum to shape their practice. Multiple and sometimes disparate educational frameworks and discourses at supra/transnational levels impact national curriculum development (e.g., Hizli-Alkan, 2022; Nordin & Sundberg, 2021), which subsequently may cause some incongruity in praxis. While striving to move away from the performativity culture of the past (Evans, 2022), some are not yet confident in what alternatives may look like.

The data gave a strong sense of teachers engaging in different forms of collaborations and placing learners at the heart of their new ways of working, but this work has challenges. These include progression during the transition from primary to secondary, concerns about potential washback effects of secondary exams, and uncertainty about what evidence on progression may be required. While responsibility for curriculum-making is becoming more bottom-up across Europe, some systems are still top-down in accountability (Alvunger et al., 2021). Reflecting this tension, some participants are engaging in substantial efforts to construct new understandings of progression but simultaneously wondering if their approach is ‘right’ according to external sources.  

These findings suggest three elements needed for changing with integrity: 1) coherence across the system, and 2) space for educational partners’ co-construction, to 3) develop praxis around progression in learning. This research informs our next project phase, where we bring together teachers, educational partners, researchers, and Welsh Government as a ‘Co-Construction Group’ to advance practical understandings of progression in learning. Essential to this is critical exploration of discourses across the system to support a more coherent understanding of progression in learning within CfW.

References
Alvunger, D., Soini, T., Philippou, S., & Priestley, M. (2021). Conclusions: Patterns and trends in curriculum making in Europe. In Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts. Emerald Publishing Limited.  

Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3, 77-101.  

Engeström, Y. (2004) New forms of learning in co-configuration work. Journal of Workplace Learning, 16, 11-21.  

Evans, G. (2022). Back to the future? Reflections on three phases of education policy reform in Wales and their implications for teachers. Journal of Educational Change, 23(3), 371-396.

Hayward, L., & Spencer, E. (2010). The complexities of change: Formative assessment in Scotland. Curriculum Journal, 21(2), 161-177.

Hizli-Alkan, S. (2022). Traversing between Supra, Macro, and Meso Sites: Looking Closely at Curriculum Making Discourses and Practices in Scotland and Wales. Scottish Educational Review, 54(1), 70-92.  

Jin, H., Mikeska, J. N., Hokayem, H., & Mavronikolas, E. (2019). Toward coherence in curriculum, instruction, and assessment: A review of learning progression literature. Science Education, 103(5), 1206-1234.    

Nordin, A., & Sundberg, D. (2021). Transnational competence frameworks and national curriculum-making: The case of Sweden. Comparative Education, 57(1), 19-34.  

Nyumba, T., Wilson, K., Derrick, C.J. & Mucherjee, N. (2018). The use of focus group discussion methodology: Insights from two decades of application in conservation. Methods in Ecology and Evolution, 9, 20-32.  

Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). (2018). The future of education and skills: Education 2030. OECD Publishing.  

Parsons, S. (2021) The importance of collaboration for knowledge co-construction in ‘close-to-practice’ research. British Educational Research Journal, 47(6), 1490-1499.  

Sinnema, C., Nieveen, N., & Priestley, M. (2020). Successful futures, successful curriculum: What can Wales learn from international curriculum reforms?. The Curriculum Journal, 31(2), 181-201.  

Soini, T., Pyhältö, K., Haverinen, K., Sullanmaa, J., Leskinen, E., & Pietarinen, J. (2022). Building coherence and impact: differences in Finnish school level curriculum making. Curriculum Perspectives, 42(2), 121-133.

Welsh Government. (2021). Curriculum for Wales: Implementation Plan.  https://hwb.gov.wales/curriculum-for-wales/curriculum-for-wales-implementation-plan#how-do-we-get-there?
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm04 SES 11 A: Exploring Inclusion: Research Approaches
Location: Gilbert Scott, One A Ferguson Room [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Imene Zoulikha Kassous
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Behind the Scenes of Difference: a Phenomenological Study of the Impact of Theater Plays with Actors with Disabilities

Diogo Pinho, Manuela Sanches-Ferreira, Sílvia Alves

inED - Center for Research and Innovation in Education, Portugal

Presenting Author: Pinho, Diogo; Sanches-Ferreira, Manuela

William Shakespeare wrote, in one of his most popular monologues “All the world's a stage, and all the men and women merely players: they have their exits and their entrances; and one man in his time plays many parts, his acts being seven ages. "

Inclusion is imperative for the quality of life of people – nevertheless, they have or do have not a disability condition – and it is strongly related to their opportunities to participate in society (Nijkamp & Cardol, 2020). The UN Convention of the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UN CRPD; United Nations, 2006) can be seen as a cornerstone for implementing the indisputable principle of inclusion in all areas of society. In particular, Article 30.º committed the States Parties to adopt appropriate measures to enable persons with disabilities to have the opportunity to develop and utilize their creative, artistic and intellectual potential, not only for their own benefit but also for the enrichment of society. However, it is known that this right is not universally guaranteed (Hall, 2010), although inclusive cultural policies try to counteract this reality through formal statements on the right to artistic creation as a way to correct the asymmetries in access to enjoyment and cultural participation (Hall, 2005; Vlachou, 2020).

Thus, as a result of inclusive cultural policies, implemented by cultural institutions, significant activities in the community promoted by social service institutions, others by pure self-determination of individuals with disabilities/incapacity, or even in various forms of partnership, this problem has become more evident (Vlachou, 2020). This places the artistic milieu and culture professionals in general in a position where they need to respond to a population with functional diversity, often not being prepared to do so (Baltà & Floch, 2021). Based on international research in 42 countries, the Time to Act report demonstrates that cultural professionals in the performing arts lack the knowledge and experience to support equal access to the cultural sector for disabled artists, practitioners and audiences (Baltà & Floch, 2021). Perhaps this explains, in part, why art that has people with disabilities as protagonists, still does not have the due recognition, with the expectation about the artistic potential of this population being far below reality (Gjaerum & Rasmussen, 2010).

Art is a powerful tool for social transformation, as the sharing provided by the presentation of any form of art has the potential to trigger a change in each individual who absorbs the content of the work and also to intervene in the collective mentality, essential to the creation of an inclusive society predisposed to listen to functional diversity through its representatives in the world of art (Allan, 2014).

This study is part of an inclusive theatre project, which organizes several public events, integrating the cultural program of the city. In particular, this study aimed at understanding the multiple dimensions of the impact of this specific artistic project by describing the experience of the audience, the main actors – people with intellectual disability and the professionals who are involved in this event.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We will present the results of an exploratory study, based on the analysis of an event in which a group of 15 adult artists with moderate and severe intellectual disability and 4 actors without disabilities presented an interpretation of the Essay About Blindness and Essay on Lucidity by José Saramago, in a municipal auditorium, publicized in the local cultural agenda.
Data was collected after the event through interviews developed to understand – from the perspective of the audience, actors and professionals – their expectations about the event; motivation to attend/participate/organize the event; the value of the event; willingness to repeat the experience. Participants included 42 members of the audience; 10 actors with intellectual disability and 4 actors without disabilities. Interviews occurred a few days after the event, after the first contact during the event. Interviews took an average of 15 minutes, and the discourse was transcribed for subsequent thematic analysis. In the case of actors with intellectual disabilities, interviews were carried out using photos of the event to elicit the expression of their emotions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results revealed that most people who attended the event were family members or friends of actors. This indicates that their closest community witnesses public evidence of their artistic value and human potential, which can promote an increase in the expectations placed on them by people close to their daily lives, who praise them, which contributes to their self-esteem and self-image. In turn, it indicates that knowledge of the artistic value of people with disabilities works could be better disseminated in society, the inclusive message cannot be limited to his closest community, it implies an integrated approach in all sectors of society. Through the responses given by the public, it can be seen that these moments promote reflection on human rights and that they bring to mind slogans such as “All different, all equal”
The artists unanimously expressed the same desire to continue the inclusive theatre project. When viewing the video of the audience standing up to applaud the work they had just presented, they all related the moment to feelings of happiness, personal fulfilment and public recognition. Some, even acknowledging its importance, confessed that they did not like certain parts of the process, certain exercises of a more formative nature did not trigger much interest, memorizing the texts was difficult, there was a constant latent nervousness, it was tiring, etc.
All the professionals consider this a propitious moment to disseminate an inclusive message, recognizing here as a privileged place to reach the community. They also consider the various therapeutic effects that the activity provides fruitful, the fact that they have to overcome a series of challenges, it works as a source of motivation to work on some aspects related to mobility, communication, socialization, execution of tasks, among other learning that can have an impact on your quality of life

References
Allan, J. (2014). Inclusive education and the arts. Cambridge Journal of Education, 44(4), 511-523. DOI: 10.1080/0305764X.2014.921282

Gjaerum, R.G. & Rasmussen, B. (2010). The achievements of disability art: Study of inclusive theatre, inclusive research, and extraordinary actors. Youth Theatre Journal, 24(2), 99–110.

Hall E. (2005). The entangled geographies of social exclusion/inclusion for people with learning disabilities. Health & place, 11(2), 107–115. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.healthplace.2004.10.007

Hall, E. (2010). Spaces of social inclusion and belonging for people with intellectual disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research, 54(1), 48–57.

Nijkamp, J. & Cardol, M., (2020). Diversity, opportunities, and challenges of inclusive theatre. Journal of Social Inclusion, 11(2).

On the Move (Baltà, J. & Floch, Y.) (2021). Time to Act: How Lack of Knowledge in the Cultural Sector Creates Barriers for Disabled Artists and Audiences. On the Move. Available at: https:// www.disabilityartsinternational.org/wp-content/ uploads/2022/01/TIMETO2.pdf (Accessed: 10 January 2022)


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

The Place of Cultural Responsivity in Teacher Education Programmes on the Island of Ireland

Martin Brown1, Patricia Eaton2, Manuella Heinz4, Joanna Hughes3, Joe O'Hara1, Anna Rowan2

1DCU Institute of Education, Ireland; 2stranmillis university college, Northern Ireland; 3Queens University, Belfast, Northern Ireland; 4University of Galway

Presenting Author: Brown, Martin

There is limited research relating to the extent to which student teachers are prepared to teach in culturally diverse learning environments. To fill the lacuna of research in this area, the Irish Government’s Shared Island Standing Conference on Teacher Education, North and South (SCoTENS) initiative funded the project being reported on here is to highlight the extent to which Cultural Responsivity (CR) is embedded in the curricula of primary and secondary Initial Teacher Education(ITE) programmes on the island of Ireland. The project saw

  • the production of a review of the literature on Cultural Responsivity in Initial Teacher Education programmes;
  • an overview of the policy instruments and regulations that are used to enhance Cultural Responsivity in educational settings on the island of Ireland;
  • a synopsis of eligibility criteria and regulatory requirements to become a teacher in Ireland and Northern Ireland;
  • an analysis of the place of Cultural Responsivity in Initial Teacher Education programmes concluded with a discussion of the findings and recommendations to align existing programmes with the professional development needs of newly qualified teachers in order to help them acquire the skills and dispositions to teach in culturally diverse learning environments.

It is proposed to provide briefly mention each of these sections in the presentation, focusing on the findings relating to the alignment and professional development of NQT’s on the island of Ireland.

European Dimension

The project is designed to examine different ITE policies in the two jurisdictions on the island of Ireland – Northern Ireland and Ireland. Despite close historic links in the 19th century education systems in general and ITE systems in particular have diverged since the division of the island in 1922. This creates a rich comparative policy space to explore how different European ITE systems address issues relating to culture and cultural responsivity.

The place of CR in ITE

Gay (2002) defines culturally responsive teaching ‘as using the cultural characteristics, experiences, and perspectives of ethnically diverse students as conduits for teaching them more effectively’ (p.106). Heineke and Ryan (2019) also present a teacher education model grounded in sociocultural theory to develop an enduring understanding for prospective teachers about the diverse population of students through building their knowledge base, skill set and dispositions.

The policy and practice imperative for CR education in IE and NI

Though migration is a relatively new phenomenon in IE, the diversity of cultures, languages and faiths is recognised in several regulations. The Education Act 1998 (Government of Ireland1998a) legally obliges the education system ‘to make provision in the interests of the common good for the education of every person in the state..’ At the ITE level, initiatives such The Development and Intercultural Education (DICE) programme also attempt to integrate elements of CR In programmes.

With growing diversity in NI schools, the government presented the Integrated Education Bill 2021 as an amendment to the Shared Education Act 2016. The 2016 Act describes diversity and integrated education in terms of mainly Protestant and Catholic learners, whereas the new bill provides a more comprehensive definition of integrated education as a form of education that embraces learners of all religions and no religion and respects cultural, ability and socioeconomic differences. The focus on increasing diversity in curriculum structures and practices is one of the routes that ITE students in NI engage with these issues. For example, the Education and Training Inspectorate (2022), as part of their Safeguarding Proforma requires schools to demonstrate an ethos and culture of inclusion for students. Finally, cultural awareness is also one of the key elements of the curriculum aiming to develop children and young people as contributors to society.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study used a qualitative research design and using Scott’s (2006) selection criteria for document analysis, data was collected via ITE courses and programmes available on the websites of the HEIs in IE and NI. Regulatory and statutory instruments together with various policy documents and initiatives relating to CR were also collected through for example, the websites of the respective Departments of Education. Official websites are regarded as some of the most reliable and accurate sources of information, of which up-to-date information can be accessed freely and quickly, thereby satisfying Scott’s (2006) selection criteria (currency, accuracy and reliability, relevance and authority) for document analysis.

As a first step, we reviewed the literature on CR, public policy documents concerning interculturalism in education, and the regulations, statutory instruments, policy documents and initiatives relating to CR in education in IE and NI. Following on from this, between August 2022 and January 2023, the websites of all ITE programmes for teachers (and school leaders) in IE (15) and NI (4) were analysed using deductive coding, of which, 85 programmes (69 in IE and 16 in NI) and 176 modules (151 in IE and 25 in NI) were reviewed in the first phase . The deductive codes comprised of: the structure of the programme; the title of the course or module; the manner of teaching and assessment (e.g. seminar, lecture, independent study); whether the module is compulsory or optional; the number of ECTS and UCAS points for the module, participation requirements; a description of the course.

In the second phase, each module were categorised according to Schrammel-Leber’s (2019) embedment criteria in order to provide an overall interpretation of the place of CR in ITE on the island of Ireland.

Level Description
6 The module has diversity or inclusion used in the title and has high weightage in the overall programme (e.g. 60 ECTS)
5 Diversity/inclusion is used explicitly in the title of the module
4 The overarching aim of the module relates to diversity or inclusion
3 The dominant theme in the description of the module relates to diversity or
inclusion
2 Diversity is mentioned in the general description of the module
1 Diversity appears together with other diversity topics (such as gender, disability, social class, race and ethnicity) in a general description of a course
Schrammel-Leber’s (2019) levels of embedment

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It is reassuring to discover some obvious CR aspects of in NI and IE ITE programmes preparing teachers to teach diverse classrooms. Themes such as interculturalism, second language pedagogy, social justice and equality appear frequently in the titles, aims and descriptions of the modules. Additionally, student teachers are encouraged to gain classroom experience in multiple settings while supported by experienced teachers. However, the extent to which student teachers are exposed to a range of culturally diverse learning environments as described by Ladson-Billing (2006), Yuan (2018) is questionable.
The use of the Schrammel – Leber model indicated that features of CR are thinly spread over 69 programmes in IE, which raises a question about the adequacy of these elements to equip teachers to meet the learning needs of students from diverse backgrounds. The analysis also revealed that in NI there are few examples of such features in the ITE programmes investigated. Arguably, being a historically divided society (Magennis and Richardson 2020), ITE programmes in NI have more reason to allocate exclusive learning time to migration-related themes and the teaching of fundamental values to prepare teachers to be the agents of change and help schools be more tolerant and equitable.

In conclusion, the analytical framework for effective implementation of CR-ITE emphasises the availability of supporting policies that encourage the incorporation of migration-related themes. IE and NI both have CR supportive policies, but these are not fully implemented to any significant degree in ITE. This presentation, therefore, proposes a review of ITE curricula in IE and NI and the integration of migration-related diversity as a core theme of a compulsory module. Finally, there is also a need to ascertain the extent to which ITE students experience culturally diverse learning environments during their teaching practice.

References
Brown, M., McNamara, G., O’Hara, J., Hood, S., Burns, D. and Kurum, G., 2019. “Evaluating the impact of distributed culturally responsive leadership in a disadvantaged rural primary school in Ireland. Educational Management” Administration & Leadership, 47(3), pp.457-474.
Brown, M., Altrichter, H., Shiyan, I., Rodríguez Conde, M. J., McNamara, G., Herzog-Punzenberger, B., Vorobyeva, I., et al. 2022. “Challenges and Opportunities for Culturally Responsive Leadership in Schools: Evidence from Four European Countries.” Policy Futures in Education 20 (5): 580–607.
Cadenas, G. A., Cisneros, J., Spanierman, L. B., Yi, J., and Todd, N. R. 2021. “Detrimental Effects of Color-Blind Racial Attitudes in Preparing a Culturally Responsive Teaching Workforce for Immigrants.” Journal of Career Development 48 (6): 926–41.
Council for the Curriculum, Examinations and Assessments. 2019. “The Northern Ireland Curriculum Primary.” https://ccea.org.uk/learning-resources/northern-ireland-curriculum-primary.

Department of Education NI. 2012. “Languages for the Future.” https://www.education-ni.gov.uk/publications/languages-future-northern-ireland-languages-strategy-final-report.
———. 2022a. “Teacher Qualifications and Registration.” https://www.education-ni.gov.uk/topics/teaching-staff/teacher-qualifications-and-registration.
———. 2022b. “Policy - Every School a Good School - Supporting Newcomer Pupils.” https://www.education-ni.gov.uk/articles/policy-every-school-good-school-supporting-newcomer-pupils
Government of Ireland. 2018. Equal Status Act 2000 Revised: Updated to 3 October 2018. https://adsdatabase.ohchr.org/IssueLibrary/IRELAND_Equal%20Status%20Act.pdf.

Ladson‐Billings, G. 2006. “It’s Not the Culture of Poverty, It’s the Poverty of Culture: The Problem with Teacher Education.” Anthropology & Education Quarterly 37 (2): 104–109.
Magennis, J., and Richardson, N. 2020. “A ‘Peace’ of the Jigsaw: The Perspectives of Early Years Professionals on Inclusion and Diversity within the Context of Northern Ireland.” Education 3-13 48 (4): 365–78.
Schrammel-Leber, B., Boeckmann, K. B., Gilly, D., Gučanin-Nairz, V., Carré-Karlinger, C., Lanzmaier-Ugri, K., and Theurl, P. 2019. “Language Education in the Context of Migration and Multilingualism in Pedagogical Education.” ÖDaF-Mitteilungen 35 (1–2): 176–90. https://doi.org/10.14220/odaf.2019.35.1.176.
Scott, J., ed. 2006. Documentary Research. SAGE Publications.

Trasberg, K., and Kond, J. 2017. “Teaching New Immigrants in Estonian Schools – Challenges for a Support Network.” Acta Pedagogica Vilnensia 38: 90–100.
Yuan, H. 2018. “Preparing Teachers for Diversity: A Literature Review and Implications from Community-Based Teacher Education.” Higher Education Studies 8 (1): 9–17.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Doing Research WITH People with Profound Intellectual and Multiple Disabilities

Joanna Grace

University of Southampton, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Grace, Joanna

People with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities are a marginalised and excluded population, their exclusion from the research arena is one of many underlying causes to their vulnerability within society (Mietola et al., 2017). Within educational research, and indeed research at large, there has been a drive to hear directly from those effected by the research and a recognition of the value of inclusive research strategies. Heralding the cry of ‘Nothing about us without us’ (Charlton, 1998) the inclusive research community has moved from research done on people with learning disabilities to research done for, done with, and even done by people with learning disabilities (Bigby et al., 2014). However as the field of inclusive research advances people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities have been left behind (de Haas et al., 2022; Mietola et al., 2017), and as moves are made to better define what counts as inclusive research there is a risk that a door will be closed upon them as definitions are given which specify criteria people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities are unable to meet (Bigby et al., 2014).

This conference paper will provide an introduction to research into identity conducted with people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. Within education, as with elsewhere in their lives, people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities battle against the presence of what Goffman (1970), termed a ‘spoiled master identity’. Depending on how one conceptualises identity the presence of a master identity can mean a person’s core essential identity is not seen, or that a person does not have the opportunity to present, construct or perform their true identity or their other possible identities.

People with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities have been considered too complex to include in research (Kellett & Nind, 2001; Maes et al., 2021), and have been ‘necessarily excluded’ from it (Hill et al., 2016, p. 28), contributing to their marginalised and vulnerable status. By considering identity as embodied, and through the use of creative research methodologies, this work seeks to locate people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities in the philosophical landscape of identity and state their belonging within research as a whole.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The work considered in this paper takes a creative approach to participant observation informed by sensory ethnography (Pink, 2015), phenomenology (Merleau-Ponty, 1945), and facet methodology (Mason, 2011). Developed in conjunction with research partners with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities, in attendance at two special schools in Cornwall, the work aims at creating research encounters in which people with and without profound intellectual and multiple disabilities explore embodied identity as equals, facilitated through the sharing of novel objects. The equality aspired to is not one of sameness, but rather one of a shifting balance of power, visualised as scales tipping sometimes one way and sometimes the other, but overall with the power shared equally between the two. The work is similarly ambitious with regards to the ‘with’ it aspires to achieve. Taking on the challenge for there to be a ‘radically different approach’ (Klotz, 2004, p. 99), to including people with intellectual disabilities it aims for a ‘with’ that is more than the active participation of people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities in an aspect of the research process, (e.g. McCormack, 2017; Rushton & Kossyvaki, 2020), and more than a close up observation of another’s life experience (e.g. Leaning & Watson, 2006; Simmons, 2014), reaching instead for a ‘with’ of shared meaning apprehended together through a process of ‘being-with’ one another (Goodwin, 2019; Macpherson et al., 2016; Simmons, 2021).
In order to envisage working collaboratively with people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities it is necessary to conceptualise research as discovery of meaning, rather than acquisition of knowledge. This involves recognising research partners will hold meaning in different ways, e.g. embodied, in thoughts, and acknowledge that the approach will necessarily yield an incomplete form of knowing in light of our inability to perceive another’s mental landscape or live another’s life experiences. In its valuing of insight over totality this approach is aligned with contemporary work within the field of identity (Mendieta, 2003), and moves towards a post-modern understanding of what it means to do research inclusively with people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities.  

(The work is currently in development, by the time of the conference it will be underway, consequently the reporting at the conference should be expected to exceed what is stated here as it will be updated in accordance with our understanding at that time.)

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This work honours the need for researchers attempting to do research inclusively with people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities to start from ‘a deep understanding’ (de Haas et al., 2022, p. 159), of those people rather than from a fixed idea of research methodology. In creatively answering the challenge that people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities are too complex to be included in research, through its deployment of collaboratively developed research methods, this work is an attempt at a post-modern approach to inclusive research design which challenges the hegemony of intellectual ways of knowing. The methods used support the creation of ‘‘meeting points’ which enable a non-verbal conversation to take place’ (Macpherson et al., 2016, p. 371) allowing meaning to be apprehended and shared in non-traditional ways.
Through demonstrating the belonging of people with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities within the philosophical landscape of identity, justified not through fairness or fruitfulness (though both of these claims would be warranted) but through the ontological fact of their existence, this work serves as an example of their rightful belonging within research as a whole.

References
Bigby, C., Frawley, P., & Ramcharan, P. (2014). Conceptualizing inclusive research with people with intellectual disability. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities, 27(1),3–12.
Charlton, J. (1998). Nothing About Us Without Us. University of California.
de Haas, C., Grace, J., Hope, J., & Nind, M. (2022). Doing Research Inclusively. Social Sciences, 11(4),159.
Goffman, E. (1970). Stigma. Penguin.
Goodwin, J. (2019). Sharing an Aesthetic Space of Refuge Within a School for Pupils with Profound and Multiple Learning Disabilities. PhD thesis. https://winchester.elsevierpure.com/en/studentTheses/sharing-an-aesthetic-space-of-refuge-within-a-school-for-pupils-w
Hill, V., Croydon, A., Greathead, S., Kenny, L., Yates, R., & Pellicano, E. (2016). Research methods for children with multiple needs. Educational and Child Psychology, 33(3),26–43.
Kellett, M., & Nind, M. (2001). Ethics in quasi-experimental research on people with severe learning disabilities. British Journal of Learning Disabilities, 29(2),51–55.
Klotz, J. (2004). Sociocultural study of intellectual disability. British Journal of Learning Disabilities, 32(2),93–104.
Leaning, B., & Watson, T. (2006). From the inside looking out. British Journal of Learning Disabilities, 34(2),103–109.
Macpherson, H., Fox, A., Street, S., Cull, J., Jenner, T., Lake, D., Lake, M., & Hart, S. (2016). Lessons from artists with and without learning disabilities. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space, 34(2),371–389.
Maes, B., Nijs, S., Vandesande, S., van keer, I., Arthur‐Kelly, M., Dind, J., Goldbart, J., Petitpierre, G., & van der Putten, A. (2021). Methodological challenges and future directions in research on persons with profound intellectual and multiple disabilities. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities, 34(1),250–262.
Mason, J. (2011). Facet Methodology. Methodological Innovations Online, 6(3),75–92.
McCormack, N. (2017). Making Memory SitesPhD thesis. https://doi.org/10.15123/PUB.6363
Mendieta, E. (2003). Afterword. Identities. In L. Alcoff & E. Mendieta (Eds.), Identities. Race, class, Gender and Nationality. Blackwell.
Merleau-Ponty, M. (1945). Phenomenology of Perception. Routledge.
Mietola, R., Miettinen, S., & Vehmas, S. (2017). Voiceless Subjects? Research Ethics and Persons with Profound Intellectual Disabilities. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 20(3),
Pink, S. (2015). Doing Sensory Ethnography (2nd ed.). Sage.
Rushton, R., & Kossyvaki, L. (2020). Using Musical Play with children with profound and multiple learning disabilities at school. British Journal of Special Education, 47(4),489–509.
Simmons, B. (2014). The “PMLD ambiguity”: articulating the lifeworlds of children with profound and multiple learning difficulties. Karnac
Simmons, B. (2021). The Production of Social Spaces for Children with Profound and Multiple Learning Difficulties. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 42(5–6),828–844.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Social and Personal Determinants of Student Attitudes toward Multicultural Relations in Society and Education

Milosh Raykov1, Victor Martinelli1, Christine Fenech2

1University of Malta, Malta; 2Institute for Education

Presenting Author: Raykov, Milosh; Fenech, Christine

Since global migrations are on the rise, this social phenomenon requires evidence-based solutions to respond to the changing situation in education and broader society. According to Eurostat (2022), of the 447 million people living in the European Union, 8.4% (37.5 million) people were born in another Member State, and the number of immigrants is continuously increasing. For example, in 2020, despite the decreased number of immigrants due to the global coronavirus pandemic, almost two million immigrants entered the EU from non-EU countries. A recent study by the International Monetary Fund (Engler et al., 2020) found that almost 300 million people worldwide are immigrants and that the number of immigrants has rapidly increased during the past decade. The same study also found that countries with advanced economies receive a disproportionally larger proportion of immigrants than developing countries and that immigrants, regardless of their education and skills, provide valuable contributions to the host countries. Most economically developed countries require immigrants' participation in their labour force for their economies to grow (OECD, 2014; Engler, et al., 2020; Hunt, 2010; Liebig & Mo, 2013). Notwithstanding, research often uncovers regular ethnic and cultural prejudice, intolerance and discrimination towards immigrants. For example, the Eurobarometer surveys consistently find that the most frequent forms of discrimination are based on ethnic origin and cultural and religious beliefs (Eurobarometer, 2015, 2019). A recent study confirmed sustained levels of discrimination overall, and in some work domains, it found even higher levels of discrimination (AGE Platform Europe, 2022). Similarly, a recent large-scale study conducted in Germany found that an overwhelming number of citizens believe that there is widespread individual and institutional discrimination towards members of ethnic minority groups (Center for Integration and Migration Research, 2021).

The large and continuously increasing number of immigrants in the European Union is likely to continue due to the global economic crisis (Pugliese & Ray, 2023). This phenomenon requires host countries to develop different levels of social intervention and adaptation of their educational systems to integrate immigrants into the host society and provide receptive environments in educational institutions and workplaces (Bucher, 2015; Gollnick & Chinn, 2013). There is also evidence of an existing knowledge gap about multicultural attitudes in society and education (Bista, 2022; Molgat & Larose-Hébert, 2010), and one of the objectives of this study is to contribute to this insufficiently explored domain of intergroup relations. Our ongoing study aims to explore university students' attitudes towards life in a multicultural society. The study is expected to provide evidence relevant to educational practice and evidence-based educational and cultural policies and interventions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study uses a cross-sectional methodological approach with the application of an online survey - the revised Multicultural Ideology (MCI-r) scale (Lefringhausen et al., 2022; Stogianni et al., 2023) to collect data from university students. The theoretical framework of this survey is based on the conceptualization of multicultural ideology and life in multicultural societies (Berry, 1990, 1997, 2005). The revised MCI-r scale collects data about participants' opinions and attitudes toward cultural maintenance, equity-inclusion, social interaction, and consequences of diversity. The study also collects some basic demographics and individual characteristics of students.

Following the data collection, the researchers will apply a comprehensive exploratory and multivariate analysis of the collected data to determine the pattern of students' multicultural ideology and the relationships between student attitudes toward multicultural relations and their demographic and individual characteristics.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study contributes to the existing empirical and theoretical studies of intergroup social relations and factors that influence students' attitudes towards a multicultural approach to social life in modern society (Miller Dyce & Owusu-Ansah, 2016). The study offers evidence applicable to teaching practice and evidence-based policymaking about the possibilities for influencing students' attitudes and beliefs about life in multicultural societies (Grant & Bolin, 2016; Jokikokko, 2005). In this way, the proposed study contributes to closing the existing knowledge gaps related to the viability and effects of multicultural education.
References
Berry, J. W. (1990). Psychology of acculturation: Understanding individuals moving between cultures. In R. W. Brislin (Ed.), Applied cross-cultural psychology (pp. 232–253). Sage.
Berry, J. W. (1997). Immigration, acculturation, and adaptation. Applied psychology, 46(1), 5-34.
Berry, J. W. (2005). Acculturation: Living successfully in two cultures. International journal of intercultural relations, 29(6), 697-712.
Bista, K. (2022). Examining College Students' Multicultural Education Perspectives. Journal of Education, 00220574221076451.
Bucher, R. D. (2015). Diversity consciousness. Opening Our Minds to People, Cultures, and Opportunities. Pearson.
Center for Integration and Migration Research. (2021). Rassistische Realitäten. Center for Integration and Migration Research (DeZIM).
Engler, P., Honjo, K., MacDonald, M., Piazza, R., & Sher, G. (2020). The Macroeconomic Effects of Global Migration. World Economic Outlook 2020: The Great Lockdown (77-101). International Monetary Fund.
Eurobarometer. (2015). Discrimination in the EU in 2015. Special Eurobarometer, 437. Directorate-General for Communication.
Eurobarometer. (2019). Discrimination in the EU in 2019. The Special Eurobarometer 493. Directorate-General for Communication.
Eurostat. (March 2022). Migration and migrant population statistics. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title= Migration_and_migrant_population_statistics
Gollnick, D. M., & Chinn, P. C. (2013). Multicultural education in a pluralistic society. Pearson.
Grant, N. S., & Bolin, B. L. (2016). Digital storytelling: A method for engaging students and increasing cultural competency. Journal of Effective Teaching, 16(3), 44-61.
Hunt, J. (2010). Skilled immigrants' contribution to innovation and entrepreneurship in the US. Open for business: Migrant entrepreneurship in OECD countries. OECD Publishing.
Jokikokko, K. (2005). Interculturally trained Finnish teachers' conceptions of diversity and intercultural competence. Intercultural Education, 16(1), 69-83.
Karataş, K., & Oral, B. (2015). Teachers' perceptions on culturally responsiveness in education. Journal of Ethnic and Cultural Studies, 2(2), 47-57.
Lefringhausen, K., Berry, J. W., Grigoryev, D., & Stogianni, M. (2022). Validation of the Revised Multicultural Ideology Scale (MCI-r) in the UK. Psychological Reports, 00332941221142002.
Liebig, T. & J. Mo (2013). The fiscal impact of immigration in OECD countries. International Migration Outlook 2013. OECD Publishing.
Molgat, M., & Larose-Hébert, K. (2010). The values of youth in Canada. Policy Research Initiative.
OECD. (2014). Is migration good for the economy? Migration Policy Debates, May 2014.
Pugliese, A. & Ray, J. (January 24, 2023). Nearly 900 Million Worldwide Wanted to Migrate in 2021. https://news.gallup.com.
Stogianni, M., Berry, J. W., Grigoryev, D., Murdock, E., Schmidt, L. M., & Back, C. (2023). Development and validation of the revised multicultural ideology scale in Germany and Luxembourg. Psychological Reports, 126(1), 477-501.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm04 SES 11 B: Inclusive Education in the Digital Era: A Comparison of International Perspectives
Location: Gilbert Scott, Forehall [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Heidrun Demo
Session Chair: Heidrun Demo
Symposium
 
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium

Inclusive Education in the Digital Era: A Comparison of International Perspectives

Chair: Heidrun Demo (Free University of Bolzano)

Discussant: Heidrun Demo (Free University of Bolzano)

Digital technologies have become an indispensable part of the inclusive discourse, in terms of their unexploited potential for improving education for all students (Panesi et al., 2020). The use of digital technologies in formal educational processes can indeed contribute toward increasing learning and participation possibilities for all students and especially for the ones at-risk of exclusion and underachievement (UN, 2020).

The recent experience of the COVID-19 pandemic shed light on several barriers related to distance learning and digital technology use, which resulted in a lowering of education quality and in the exacerbation of pre-existing inequalities for some learners, specifically the ones with disabilities and the ones coming from sociocultural disadvantaged backgrounds (Bešić & Holzinger, 2020; UN, 2020). A reason for this is also that this period of forced distance learning was characterized by the mere transposition of traditional teaching into digital environments, which constituted a substantial obstacle to the learning and participation in class activities for students with disabilities (Ianes & Bellacicco, 2020).

A research project emerged out of the described situation, aiming to strengthen teachers’ profiles in four different European countries (Austria, Italy, North Macedonia, Bosnia and Herzegovina) by professionalizing them in the field of inclusive digital education. Its main objective is to enable teachers to create inclusive settings able to enhance, through digital technologies use, learning and participation opportunities for all students (with and without disabilities/SEN).

The symposium will discuss the outcomes of the project focusing specifically on the national perspectives of the four countries involved according to three main research questions:

  1. How is digital and inclusive education addressed and systematized in the four different national education systems?
  2. What are school principals, teachers, and students’ views on digital technologies use for teaching, learning, and assessment practices in inclusive schools?
  3. What digital practices do teachers perceive as effective for inclusive purposes (i.e., to foster learning and participation for students with and without SEN) in their classrooms?

For the first research question we refer to a literature review conducted as a preliminary stage of the project for each project country about current definitions and level of implementation of digital and inclusive education within the different school systems at a normative level. Questions (2) and (3) refer to two different phases of the project, respectively the data collected within an online survey and the collection of lesson examples.

The quantitative data was collected by using an online survey tool developed by the European Commission (Castaño Muñoz et al., 2021). This tool enables schools – specifically school leaders, teachers, and students – to self-evaluate their strengths and weaknesses in digital technologies use and inclusive practices. Overall, 19 inclusive schools (primary and lower secondary school level) from the four countries took part in the study, for a total of 68 school principals, 588 teachers, and 3907 students (including students with disabilities/SEN).

The collection of good practice examples, instead, involved 23 teachers, who were asked to describe successful practices on the use of digital technologies to foster inclusive processes in their classrooms. In total 20 examples were created (five per each country), obtained either by means of face-to-face interviews or written descriptions based on specific guidelines developed by the research team.

The project results allow comparisons between the outcomes of the research carried out in the different national contexts to stimulate a scientifically-supported reflection on how inclusive digital education needs to be designed and implemented both at the policy and practice level.


References
Bešić, E. & Holzinger, A. (2020). Fernunterricht für Schüler*innen mit Behinderungen: Perspektiven von Lehrpersonen. Zeitschrift für Inklusion, (3).
https://www.inklusion-online.net/index.php/inklusion-online/article/view/580

Castaño Muñoz, J., Weikert Garcia, L. & Herrero Rámila, C. (2021). Analysing the digital capacity of Spanish schools using SELFIE. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. doi:10.2760/947402

Ianes, D., & Bellacicco, R. (2020). Distance teaching under lockdown: Teachers’ perceived impact on the inclusion of students with disabilities. L’integrazione Scolastica e Sociale, 19(3), 25-47.

Panesi. S., Bocconi, S., & Ferlino, L. (2020). Promoting Students’ Well-Being and Inclusion in Schools Through Digital Technologies: Perceptions of Students, Teachers, and School Leaders in Italy Expressed Through SELFIE Piloting Activities. Frontiers in Psychology, 11(1563). doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2020.01563

United Nations (2020). UN Research Roadmap for the COVID-19 Recovery. Geneva: UN.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Towards a Systematization of Digital Inclusive Education: Insights from National Strategies and Policies in Four European Countries

Rozita Petrinska Labudovikj (Association for promotion of education, culture and sport Education for All), Milica Timchevska (OOU Hristijan Karposh)

The contribution of digital technologies to inclusive teaching and learning relies on one hand on the user (different actors) at different education system levels (i.e., individual, institutional, regional/national) and on the other on their context (i.e., the conditions under which they are employed). A key factor for shaping digital transformation in inclusive education is the regional/national governance of the education system, which can be considered responsible for guaranteeing the necessary technological and cultural infrastructure to implement inclusive digital education (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2022). For this reason, the current paper refers to the first stages of an international project where a literature review was conducted to explore to what extent inclusive digital education is systematically included in the different strategies and policy documents of the project countries. Considering that both – the policy and practice level – differ with respect to school digitalization and inclusive education, it was crucial to first explore similarities and differences among the four education systems and, therefore, among the respective contexts for digital technologies use in inclusive teaching and learning. Two main areas were thus addressed in the literature review: (1) how digital education and digital competence are conceptualized and regulated in the school policies in the four countries, and (2) if and how inclusive education is considered within national strategies and policy documents tackling digital education (in schools, but not exclusively), that is whether students with disabilities/SEN are specifically mentioned in these documents, what kind of measures are specifically foreseen for this student group, etc. To perform the literature review and draw comparable findings among the four countries, a template with guided open questions was prepared and agreed to by the project team, which allowed the partners to explore more in-depth the most relevant aspects identified. Based on this template, each project team in our partner organizations produced a descriptive report summarizing the policy documents and relevant literature in their country in relation to the two main areas. Through thematic analysis (Flick, 2014) of the reports, it was highlighted that, although the first stages towards digitalization of education across the four countries were made (such as providing the necessary infrastructure), specific indications about measures and strategies to foster inclusive processes through the use of digital technologies are still missing at the normative level.

References:

European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (2022). Inclusive Digital Education. (H. Weber, A. Elsner, D. Wolf, M. Rohs and M. Turner-Cmuchal, eds.). Odense, Denmark. Flick, U. (2014). An introduction to qualitative research. Oaks: Sage.
 

School Practices Towards the Digitalization of Teaching, Learning, and Assessment from the Perspectives of School Leaders, Teachers and Students

Katerina Todorova (University College of Teacher Education Styria), Edvina Bešić (University College of Teacher Education Styria)

In this paper the results from a quantitative study will be presented. Inclusive schools in four European countries (Austria, Italy, North Macedonia, Bosnia and Herzegovina) were asked to self-reflect on their practices contributing toward digitalization of teaching, learning, and assessment to identify strengths and weaknesses with the goal to improve the wide integration of digital technologies in their schools. The quantitative data was collected with a tool developed by the European Commission as open resource tool, based on the European Framework for Digitally-Competent Educational Organisations – DigCompOrg (Castaño-Muñoz et al., 2018). The tool gathers anonymously the views of school leaders, teachers, and students about the extent to which and the way how digital technologies are implemented in schools. The tool contains core and optional questions structured into eight areas, that are evaluated on a 5-point Likert scale from “1=Strongly disagree” to “5=Strongly agree” (Costa et al., 2021). Three out of the eight areas are referring to teaching, learning, and assessment: “Pedagogy: Supports and Resources”; “Pedagogy: Implementation in the classroom”; and “Assessment practices”. The findings presented within this paper will focus only on these areas. In total 19 inclusive schools (68 school leaders, 588 teachers, and 3907 students) from the four countries, participated in the survey between September 2021 and March 2022. After finishing the survey detailed descriptive analysis was conducted with SPSS. Insights were gained into the practices that were reported as most commonly used as well as about the ones in need of improvement. Furthermore, a non-parametric U-Test on item level was counted with the goal to compare the agreement level of school leaders, teachers, and students to explore if there are statistically significant differences in their perceptions. The results show that in all four countries (independently of the different level of digitalization of the education system) digital technologies are mostly used by teachers for preparation of the teaching and learning activities, and at the least for performing digitally based assessment. Statistically significant differences were mainly found between teachers’ and students’ perceptions.

References:

Castano Munoz, J., Costa, P., Hippe, R., & Kampylis, P. (2018). Within-school differences in the views on the use of digital technologies in Europe: evidence from the SELFIE tool. In EDULEARN18 proceedings (pp. 10417–10426). IATED Academy. Costa, P., Castaño-Muñoz, J. and Kampylis, P. (2021). Capturing schools’ digital capacity: Psychometric analyses of the SELFIE self-reflection tool. Computers & Education, Vol. 162, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2020.104080
 

Teachers’ Perceptions about Promising Uses of Digital Technologies for Inclusive Teaching and Learning

Anna Frizzarin (Free University of Bolzano), Rosa Bellacicco (University of Torino)

International studies have shown that an increase in the equipment and application of digital technologies in schools does not automatically translate into an improvement of students’ learning processes – when not accompanied by a clear vision of their contribution for achieving the defined learning objectives and corresponding mediation by teachers (Hattie, 2009; Higgins et al., 2016). The same is true for the inclusive potential of digital technologies, that is the extent to which they can create opportunities for enhanced learning and participation for all students. As highlighted by Vivanet (2020), it is a matter of identifying the conditions – e.g., students’ needs, purposes, teaching strategies, etc. – under which digital resources can foster inclusive processes (in this sense the author talks about “effectiveness of the uses of technologies”). On these premises, this paper presents the analysis of 20 lesson examples (directly provided by the teachers who implemented them) on the use of digital tools in class from an inclusive education perspective. These were collected in four European countries (Austria, Italy, Bosnia and Herzegovina, North Macedonia) to outline promising strategies and identify improvement areas to enhance inclusive teaching and learning through digital technologies. Participant selection was done via personal contacts of the research team and following a snowball procedure. The examples were obtained either by means of face-to-face interviews or written descriptions according to a shared protocol developed by the research team, which also guided the analysis. All interviews were audio recorded and transcribed. Written reports were collected per email (all necessary information for teachers were included in the template sent), followed up by individual feedback asking for integrations and/or revisions (when needed) to ensure quality. All examples were analyzed through directed qualitative content analysis (Flick, 2014). For the analysis, deductive coding was used and a coding list with explanations of the categories was created before the analysis began. The category system was based on literature addressing different aspects of inclusive and digital education (such as Puentedura, 2013) and on the dimensions included in the collection template. Firstly, each research team coded the examples for their country; the respective results were then summarized in a common matrix for cross-analysis. During the symposium, identified common patterns and divergences emerged from the collected examples for the different countries will be presented and discussed to draw useful indications and outline effective strategies for the creation of inclusive digital learning environments for students with and without disabilities/SEN.

References:

Flick, U. (2014). An introduction to qualitative research. Oaks: Sage. Hattie, J. (2009). Visible Learning. A synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. NewYork, NY: Routledge. Higgins, S. et al. (2016). The Sutton Trust-Education Endowment Foundation Teaching and Learning Toolkit. London: Education Endowment Foundation. Puentedura, R. R. (2013). SAMR: Moving from enhancement to transformation [Web log post]. Available at: http://www.hippasus.com/rrpweblog/archives/000095.html (last accessed 28th December 2022) Vivanet, G. (2020). Tecnologie per l’inclusione: ovvietà, evidenze e orizzonti da esplorare. In A. Calvani (Ed.), Tecnologie per l’inclusione: quando e come avvalersene (pp. 39-69). Roma: Carocci Editore.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm04 SES 11 C: The Role of Peers in Inclusive Education and Research
Location: Gilbert Scott, 132 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Corinna Hank
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Getting Students to Speak. On Methodological and Analytical Points in Peer Tutoring

Maria Christina Secher Schmidt, Stine Thygesen

Copenhagen University College, Denmark

Presenting Author: Schmidt, Maria Christina Secher; Thygesen, Stine

Children’s voices are important, and they have the right to be heard (Petersen & Kornerup, 2021). For example, the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (1989) states that children have the right to express themselves and be heard in matters that affect their lives (Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights, 1990, Article 12). At the same time, research shows that students would like to have the opportunity to talk about teaching and learning, and that they have important insights to contribute to the development of the learning environment in school (Rudduck, 2007). This applies, for example, to how students can be involved and participate more/better (Ulvseth, 2019).

This presentation analyzes how students experience working together in pairs. Furthermore, it discusses methodological considerations in relation to getting students to talk in interviews about learning in pairs. Thus, a 3-year research project named “SYKL” (which is an acronym for Systematized Reciprocal Peer Tutoring) is presented, in which 25 teachers and supervisors have been trained to teach mathematics and science in 4. grade in a new way, after which they had to test the intervention for 13 weeks.

The way of organizing the reciprocal peer tutoring based on subject didactics is new. To fulfill the role as a tutor the student is given prompt cards and hints for the specific task prepared by the teacher. In science and mathematics didactics, there has been a focus on inquiry-based teaching for years, while the dialogic interaction in relation to the inquiry-based teaching has been more neglected (Lehesvuori et al., 2018). Teachers use groupwork on a regular basis. While doing so teachers rarely employ explicit systematic peer tutoring strategies aligned with the academic topics. Even though teachers put an effort into matching students that will work together productively, they often neglect to provide systematic guidance as to how the students should cooperate (EVA, 2021).

Only few studies examine the benefits of peer tutoring from both an academic and social perspective. A systematic review (Tiftikci, 2021) confirms that most studies are carried out with either the aim of measuring the academic benefit or the significance for the students' social relations. In the SYKL project, the ambition was to support social relations through the academic work, and therefore we have investigated both the academic and social benefits and possible connections.

The presentation addresses two research questions:

  1. How do students experience to participate in reciprocal peer tutoring (SYKL)?
  2. What methodological barriers and potentials can be identified when students are to talk about their experience of participating in reciprocal peer tutoring (SYKL)?

The starting point is based on theory of communities of practice (Lave and Wenger, 2003) and inclusive forms of practice (Booth, 2011; Harris, Carrington, and Ainscow 2017) as well as research on peer tutoring (Thurston et. al, 2020). SYKL builds on a sociocultural and dialogic foundation (Bakhtin, 1981) and focuses on the inquiry-based aspects of mathematics and science. According to Alexander (2020), dialogic teaching must be practiced in a way that is adapted to the specific subject, as there may be variations in the way of asking questions, arguing, and applying subject concepts in, for example, mathematics and science.

With a term inspired from mathematics didactics, it can be said that SYKL tries to clarify the socio-academic norms (Schmidt, 2015), which means the expectations that exist in the academic community. These can be norms such as explaining and justifying proposed solutions for tasks as well as listening actively (Makar & Fielding-Wells, 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research project reported investigated a 13-week intervention with SYKL (reciprocal peer tutoring). It involved 25 Danish primary school teachers, 15 intervention classes and 10 control classes, a total of approx. 570 students from grade 4. The total empirical data consists of pre- and post-tests, pre- and post-questionnaires, teacher, and student interviews as well as video observations of 90 lessons. This paper will especially highlight results from observations and video elicited interviews with 29 students.
The interviews focused on the following themes: The students' perspectives on
1. what engages them and increases their participation in SYKL
2. the significance of social interaction in SYKL
3. what is needed for SYKL to be successful
Interviewing children is a completely different linguistic act than interviewing adults. Children can, for example, answer contradictory to deepening questions based on the assumption that when the adult asks one more time, the previous answer must be unsatisfactory, which is why an answer with a different content is produced (Porter, 2014). Gibson (2012) describes that children often give short answers that they think are the right answers, as this is the dominant form of communication that the school invites between children and adults. It is particularly urgent to make ethical considerations when using children as informants due to the unequal power relation between adult and child. To support the students' opportunity to talk, we used what is called "creative interviewing" (Patton, 2002). This means that we included various aids such as materials from the lessons and video of the SYKL lessons. We chose to use video as the starting point for the conversation to awaken their memory, but also to have something concrete to talk about and reflect on (Epstein, et al., 2006; Braak, et al. 2018). Also, having a common object (i.e., a visual item) as the subject of the conversation, can help to maintain interest and concentration, while at the same time reducing the possibility of misunderstanding the informant (Harper, 2002).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Inclusive education is about empowering the students’ ability to realise their right to participate. Reciprocal peer tutoring is one way of helping students to learn in a safe and supportive environment. But in general, there is limited knowledge about reciprocal peer tutoring in the European educational research field. In particular, the student perspective is not well researched. If we want to support inclusive education and thus to get students to participate more, our results seem to point to the conclusion that it is important to teach students how to help each other. Only few studies investigate a combination of academic and social outcomes in relation to structured reciprocal peer tutoring. From this view, this study contributes to the research field of dialogical classrooms.
In connection to research question 1 we present analyzes of student dialogues, in which the following questions are discussed: What is important in a student perspective, when acting as a tutor? What contributes to create a safe and engaging learning environment? How do social and academic aspects play together in the student conversations?
A contribution of knowledge is given in terms of how to interview students based on video elicitation. The study indicates that it is constructive to use video elicitation when doing interviews with children, as it helps children to remember, leads to new perspectives, helps to build trust, and helps researcher and child to get on the same wavelength.
Related to research question 2 we present some examples of the relation between researcher and child in the interview situation and examines the questions: What seems to be important in creating a trusting relationship between researcher and child? What role does video elicitation play in this regard? How can the video-elicited interview provide access to the students' world of experience and what barriers might arise?

References
Booth, T. (2011). The name of the rose: Inclusive values into action in teacher education. Prospects, 41(3), 303-318. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s11125-011-9200-z
Braak, V. M. Groot, D. E., Veen, M., Welink, L., & Giroldi, E. (2018). Eliciting tacit knowledge: The potential of a reflective approach to video-stimulated interviewing. Perspectives on Medical Education, 7(6), 386–393. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40037-018-0487-9
Epstein, I., Stevens, B., McKeever, P., & Baruchel, S. (2006). Photo Elicitation Interview (PEI): Using Photos to Elicit Children’s Perspectives. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 1–11.
Gibson, J. E., (2012). Interviews and Focus Groups With Children: Methods That Match Children’s Developing Competencies. Journal of Family Theory & Review 4, 148-159.
Harris, J., S. Carrington, and M. Ainscow. 2017. Promoting Equity in Schools. London: Routledge.
Lave, J. & Wenger, E. (2003). Situeret læring (13-103). I J. Lave & E. Wenger, Situeret læring - og andre tekster. København: Hans Reitzel.
Lehesvuori, S., Ramnarain, U., & Viiri, J. (2018). Challenging Transmission Modes of Teaching in Science Classrooms: Enhancing Learner-Centredness through Dialogicity. Research in Science Education, 48(5), 1049-1069. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-016-9598-7
Tiftikci, N. (2021). SYstematiseret KLassekammerathjælp (SYKL).: En brief systematisk forskningskortlægning over studier, der undersøger socialt og fagligt udbytte af SYKL.
Thurston, A., Roseth, C., Chiang, T.-H., Burns, V., & Topping, K. J. (2020). The influence of social relationships on outcomes in mathematics when using peer tutoring in elementary school. International Journal of Educational Research Open, 100004.
Schmidt, M. C. S. (2015). Sociofaglig inklusion og elevfællesskaber. Til didaktiseringen af kammerathjælp i matematikundervisning på folkeskolens begyndertrin. Nordisk Matematikkdidaktikk, 20(2), 27–52.
Petersen, M., & Kornerup, I. (Eds.). (2021). Børn som deltagere i professionel praksis: Åbninger, muligheder og rettigheder. Hans Reitzels Forlag.
Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative research and evaluation methods. Thousand Oaks, California: SAGE.
Porter, J., (2014). Research and Pupil Voice. I Florian, L. (red.), The SAGE Handbook of Special Education. Volume 1. SAGE Publications Ltd.
Rudduck, J., (2007). Student voice, student engagement, and school reform. I Thiessen, D. and Cook-Sather, (red.), International handbook of student experience in elementary and secondary school, 587-610. Dordrecht: Springer.
Ulvseth, H. (2019). Engagerende undervisning - set i et elevperspektiv. Ph.d.-afhandling. Aarhus Universitet


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Inclusion Processes in Peer Tutoring and the Importance of Students’ Assisting Strategies

Stine Thygesen, Maria Christina Secher Schmidt

University College Copenhagen, Denmark

Presenting Author: Thygesen, Stine; Schmidt, Maria Christina Secher

International studies in inclusive education in mathematics point out that students have unequal access to learn and participate (Cin & Cifti 2017; Reinholz & Shah 2018; Rubel 2016; Lambert 2015). In the most dominant form of math education, teachers explain the task and give a few examples, after which the students work individually. Lambert (2015) and Schmidt (2016) argue that the academic norms in mathematics – like remembering rules and working individually without hesitating – favours certain students, while students with a more creative and problem-solving approach are excluded. Lim et al. (2015) state that learning and the sense of belonging is promoted, when the teacher develops classroom norms and establishes a learning environment in which students recognize divergent thinking.

As a contribution to the international studies this paper presents some of the results from a three-year research project in a Danish context. The project investigates how an intervention (SYKL) with reciprocal peer tutoring in mathematics and science in 4th grade affects the students' engagement, participation and learning outcomes. In contrast to most international peer tutoring projects, SYKL focus on both social relations and academic inclusion at the same time.

SYKL is based on a sociocultural perspective in learning (Vygotsky, 2019) and emphasize the importance of inquiry-based learning (Blomhøj, 2021). In SYKL students are specifically taught how to help each other and engage in academic conversations when working in pairs. SYKL is inspired by interventions with peer tutoring, where students take on different roles (Thurston et al., 2007; Thurston et al., 2020). The students are assigned one of two positions, either as tutor or tutee. To fulfill the role of ‘coach’ or ‘helper’, the tutor receives prompt cards with generic questions and academic hints for solving the specific task. During a lesson students switch roles so that both can participate in meaning making and commit to the relation.

The purpose of this paper is to investigate students’ assisting strategies in SYKL and explore how these strategies promote or inhibit inclusion. In the paper inclusion is understood as “maximizing the participation of all children” (Allan, 2008:33), and participation is understood as learning in collaboration with others, while students are involved in the academic field and accepted for who they are (Booth, 2011). To create knowledge about students’ participation we use Wenger’s (2004) terms and ask: To what extent do we see "legitimate peripheral participation" that can potentially lead to full participation, and to what extent do we see "marginalized non-participation" that potentially leads to full exclusion from the student community?

Whether students are included in the student community is related to the different strategies they bring into play. This phenomenon can be explained with the concept of social capital (Bourdieu & Wacquant, 1996), which is the aggregate of the resources linked to being part of a group. Bourdieu emphasizes that people tend to acknowledge one another and affirm group membership through rituals, and he refers to these activities as investment strategies. Inspired by Bourdieu, we ask: Which "cards" do the students play to become legitimate participants in SYKL. What counts as trump?

Schmidt (2015) shows that students use different strategies to be included, and that these strategies are both academically and socially grounded at the same time. Thus, there is a close connection between acceptance, participation, and performance. In the presentation this is understood as a socio-academic inclusion, which is a lens we use when analyzing the students’ socio-academic investment strategies.

Thus, the driving research questions are:

  • What kind of conversational actions characterize the students’ different assisting strategies in SYKL?
  • How does different assisting strategies affect the socio-academic inclusion?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research project reported investigated a 13-week intervention with SYKL. It involved 25 Danish primary school teachers and approximately 570 students from 4th grade. The total empirical data consists of pre- and post-tests, pre- and post-questionnaires, teacher- and student interviews, and video observations. This paper will focus on 15 video recorded dialogues and investigate the socio-academic patterns of participation. We have closely studied each video several times and we have transcribed each dialogue (Anderson & Tvingstedt, 2009).
As the ambition was to create knowledge about the students' assisting strategies, we have analyzed how the students used social and academic conversational actions (verbal as well as non-verbal) when they were in the role of tutor. In that regard we draw on Rasmussen and Schmidt (2022), who have categorized a number of social conversational actions (e.g., ‘expressing confidence in other’) and academic conversational actions (e.g., ‘suggesting possible solutions’), that constitute the socio-academic norms of a subject (in this case mathematics).
At the same time, we have investigated how these conversational actions are related to processes of inclusion and exclusion; to the students' opportunities to become legitimate participants in SYKL.
Based on the performed conversational actions, we have drawn up a typology that shows the students' assisting strategies. In this way, we have selected typical features of the assistance with the aim of creating a meaningful unit, so that a coherent figure or "archetype" emerges. Naming the figures is a fictionalization of analytical points that serve a communicative purpose (Kofoed & Søndergaard, 2008). By naming the assisting strategies, it is our hope that it will be easier to talk about what happens in the relation between the tutor and the one who gets help (tutee). Not with the intention of pointing out right and wrong ways of being a student, but with the intention of creating a language for the dynamics that can otherwise go unnoticed in peer tutoring.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a result of the analysis, we have constructed four ideal typical assisting strategies which relate to patterns in the students' different ways of using social and academic conversational actions when they act in the role of tutor.
First, the ‘Let’s bond’ strategy, that is about
- Keeping track of process and time
- Having many off-topic dialogues with the peer and others
- Suggesting relatively few possible solutions
Secondly, the ‘I’ll wait for you’ strategy, that is about
- Being patiently waiting
- Expressing confidence in other
- Suggesting relatively few possible solutions
Thirdly, the ‘Think carefully’ strategy, that is about
- Being patiently waiting
- Expressing confidence in other and keeping track of process and time
- Suggesting many possible solutions and asking many reflective questions
And finally, the ‘Let’s go’ strategy, that is about
- Working at high pace
- Ensuring progress
- Suggesting many possible solutions
The four figures are analytically produced archetypes that do not exist in their "pure form" in the classroom. These are typical strategies that students draw on in different ways and combinations. It is important to emphasize that all four assisting strategies can be legitimate, and that they can all – depending on the situation – be both productive and challenging for socio-academic inclusion.
In the presentation, we use examples from the video observations to illustrate what characterizes the four strategies. We will show how the social and academic actions intertwine, and how the assisting strategies and the didactic framework that SYKL provides have an impact on the students' opportunities to participate.
The paper concludes by suggesting that insight into students' strategies can help the teacher support inclusive learning environments.

References
Allan, J. (2008). Rethinking inclusion: The philosophers of difference in practice. Dordrecht: Springer.
Anderson, L. & Tvingstedt, A. (2009). Med fokus på samspel: Att använda video i specialpedagogisk forskning (81-104). EDUCARE 2009: 4 Att infånga praxis − kvalitativa metoder i (special)pedagogisk forskning i Norden. Malmö högskola: Malmô.
Blomhøj, M. (2021). Samspil mellem fagdidaktisk forskning og udvikling af matematikundervisning – belyst gennem erfaringer fra et udviklingsprojekt i undersøgende matematikundervisning. Sammenlignende fagdidaktik, 6, 29-50.
Booth, T. (2011). The name of the rose: Inclusive values into action in teacher education. Prospects, 41(3), 303-318.
Bourdieu, P., & Wacquant, L. J. D. (1996). Refleksiv sociologi − mål og midler. Hans Reitzels Forlag.
Cin, F.M. & Ciftci, S.K. (2017). Exploring Classroom Inequalities in a Mathematics Class through a Capabilities-Based Social Justice Framework. H.U. Journal of Education 32(1).
Kofoed, J., &. Søndergaard, D. M. (2008). Blandt kønsvogtere og -udfordrere. Camouflagekaptajner og diversitetsdetektiver på spil i børnehaven. Dansk Pædagogisk Tidsskrift 2008(2), 46-55.
Lambert, R. (2015). Constructing and Resisting Disability in Mathematics Classroom: A Case Study Exploring the Impact of Different Pedagogies. Educational Studies in Mathematics 89(1).
Lim, W. et al. (2015): Celebrating Diversity by Sharing Multiple Sharing Methods. Mathematics Teacher 109(3).
Rasmussen, K., & Schmidt, M.C.S. (2022). Together in adidactic situations – Student dialogue during reciprocal peer tutoring in mathematics. International Journal of Educational Research Open, 2022(3), 1-8.
Reinholz, D.L. & Shah, N. (2018). Equity Analytics: A Methodological Approach for Quantifying Participation Patterns in Mathematics Classroom Discourse. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education 49(2).
Rubel, L.H. (2016). Equity-Directed Instructional Practices: Beyond the Dominant Perspective. Journal of Urban Mathematics Education 10(2).
Schmidt, M.C.S, (2016). ’Mathematics Difficulties and Classroom Leadership – A Case Study of Teaching Strategies and Student Participation in Inclusive Classrooms’. In: Lindenskov (ed.) Special Needs in Mathematics Education. Danish School of Education. Aarhus University.
Schmidt, M.C.S. (2015). Sociofaglig inklusion og elevfællesskaber. Til didaktiseringen af kammerathjælp i matematikundervisning på folkeskolens begyndertrin. Nordisk matematikkdidaktikk, 20(2), 27-52.
Thurston, A. et al. (2007). Peer learning in primary school science: Theoretical perspectives and implications for classroom practice. Electronic Journal of Research in Educational Psychology, 5(13), 477-496.
Thurston, A. et al. (2020). The influence of social relationships on outcomes in mathematics when using peer tutoring in elementary school. International Journal of Educational Research Open, 1, 100004.
Vygotsky, L.S. (2019). Tænkning og sprog. Akademisk Forlag.
Wenger, E. (2004). Praksisfællesskaber. Læring, mening og identitet. Hans Reitzels Forlag.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Peers’ Influence on Social Skills: The Role of Cooperative Learning in Primary School

Corinna Hank, Christian Huber

Bergische Universität Wuppertal, Germany

Presenting Author: Hank, Corinna

The importance of social skills for mental health and social participation has been investigated sufficiently. As teachers are required to foster social skills in daily class but are also confronted with limited time resources, an economical way of fostering social skills implicitly by using specific teaching methods seems to be expedient.

Investigating a form of implicit learning that doesn’t involve the teacher directly in the mechanisms of peer influence seems to be promising. Peer influence has been confirmed repeatedly for antisocial behavior while studies on this effect for social skills or similar constructs is scarce but promising (Busching & Krahé, 2020). Consequently, the question arises if small effects of peer influence concerning social skills might be enhanced by providing students with opportunities to learn from their peers and therefore be influenced by them. Bandura (1971) postulated, that only behavior that it shown explicitly can be adapted and later repeated by learners. A teaching method that requires social skills in terms of communication and cooperation is cooperative learning (Johnson & Johnson, 2002). Cooperative learning evidently fosters academic achievement (Slavin, 1983) and requires social skills (Johnson & Johnson, 2002). Furthermore, it seems to foster prosocial behavior (van Ryzin, 2020). Accordingly, it supports teachers on both teaching goals. Within the SOZIUS project (www.sozius-projekt.de) a specific form of cooperative learning was established that allows to focus on social interactions (Hank, Weber & Huber, 2022). In this way, especially children who are lacking social skills are supposed to get the chance to observe socially successful behavior and ultimately adapt it.

The aim of this study is to investigate whether cooperative learning might enhance social learning opportunities concerning social skills. Therefore, it is hypothesized that social skills increase in classes conducting cooperative learning (Hypothesis 1). Furthermore, especially students with lower social skills are expected to benefit from highly skilled peer contexts in cooperative learning settings (Hypothesis 2).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This intervention study was conducted with the help of N = 585 (49.3 % female; Mage = 8.66; SDage = 0.77) pupils from 26 classes. 13 classes were part of the intervention group and received one unit of cooperative learning per day over the course of four weeks. Each unit was implemented by the teacher. Teachers received two days of training enabling them to conduct the daily units. To determine individual social skills, the German translation (Hank & Huber, submitted) of the Social Skill Improvement System Rating Scales (SSIS RS; Gresham & Elliott, 2008) was used and assessed for pretest, posttest, and follow-up measurement (three months later). An individual score as well as a context score derived from the social skills of the whole class were calculated and considered in multilevel analysis.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There were neither significant effects confirming increasing social skills for the intervention group in general, nor significant indicators for children with lower social skills to especially benefit from cooperative learning. However, when taking social subskills as measured by the SSIS RS into account, we found that children with higher initial levels of self-perceived communication (tfollow-Up; β = 5.06; p < .01), cooperation (tpost; β = 3.24; p < .01), and responsibility (tfollow-Up; β = 4.28; p < .01) were able to benefit from this teaching method and reported higher respective skills in the intervention group over time. While these results do not accompany the hypotheses, they might be relevant for using cooperative learning effectively for fostering social skills.
Implications
The results do not support that cooperative learning works as a sufficient mean to use the mechanisms of peer influence in class. However, the intervention time of four weeks might have been insufficient to illustrate social skills as beneficial. Due to that, the peer influence’s underlying mechanism of social learning could not take effect as postulated. Concluding, this study discusses how cooperative learning could be augmented to foster social skills in class using social learning and students’ existing social skills. Thus, for example, a feedback training for teachers focusing on desirable social behavior could be a way to emphasize peers’ behavior that should complement children’s own skillset.

References
Bandura, A. (1971). Social learning theory. General Learning Press.
Busching, R., & Krahé, B. (2020). With a Little Help from Their Peers: The Impact of Classmates on Adolescents' Development of Prosocial Behavior. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 49(9), 1849–1863. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-020-01260-8
Gresham, F. M., & Elliott, S. N. (2008). Social Skills Improvement System (SSIS): Rating Scales Manual. NCS Pearson.
Hank, C., & Huber, C (submitted). Soziale Kompetenzen im Selbstbericht bei Kindern der Primarstufe: Übersetzung und Validierung des Teilbereichs der sozialen Kompetenz der Social Skill Improvement System Rating Scales für den Primarbereich. Diagnostica.
Hank, C., Weber, S., & Huber, C. (2022). Potenziale des Kooperativen Lernens. Die Unterrichtsmethode des Integrationsförderlichen. Vierteljahresschrift Für Heilpädagogik Und Ihre Nachbargebiete(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.2378/vhn2022.art05d
Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (2002). Learning together and alone: Overview and meta‐analysis. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 22(1), 95–105. https://doi.org/10.1080/0218879020220110
Slavin, R. E. (1983). When does cooperative learning increase student achievement? Psychological Bulletin, 94(3), 429–445. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.94.3.429
van Ryzin, M. J., Roseth, C. J., & Biglan, A. (2020). Mediators of effects of cooperative learning on prosocial behavior in middle School. International Journal of Applied Positive Psychology, 5(1-2), 37–52. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41042-020-00026-8
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm04 SES 11 D: Conducting Home-international and Cross-national Comparisons in School Exclusion Research.
Location: Gilbert Scott, 250 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Lisa-Katharina Moehlen
Panel Discussion
 
04. Inclusive Education
Panel Discussion

Conducting Home-international and Cross-national Comparisons in School Exclusion Research.

Ian Thompson1, Anna Sullivan2, Neil Tippett2, Joseph Bishop3, Gillean McCluskey4

1University of Oxford, United Kingdom; 2University of South Australia; 3University of California Los Angeles; 4University of Edinburgh

Presenting Author: Thompson, Ian; Sullivan, Anna; Tippett, Neil; Bishop, Joseph; McCluskey, Gillean

The aim of this panel discussion is to discuss the possibilities and contradictions involved in conducting both ‘home-international’ and cross-national comparisons of school exclusion from the perspectives of Australia, the United Kingdom (UK) and the United States of America (USA). We will open up a discussion about the research question: how may we address the methodological challenges involved in home and cross-national studies of school exclusion?

Despite the wide recognition in international human rights law of the right of all pupils to education, increasing numbers of young people in each country are being removed from school through legal (permanent/expulsion and fixed period/suspension) and illegal forms of exclusion such as ‘off-rolling’. This is alarming given the well documented negative short- and long-term consequences of being excluded from school, including various forms of social exclusion, few school qualifications, sexual exploitation and exposure to violent crime and grooming by drug gangs, disengagement from the labour market, long-term psychiatric illness, and being more likely to go to prison (Graham et al. 2019). Each country has also seen a rise in internal forms of school exclusion. The effects of the pandemic have also dramatically increased the number of self excluders, including young people who are experiencing difficulties with school work, relationships with others, who are bored, bullied, or have mental health difficulties (Thompson et al., 2022). School exclusion, in all its forms, is a consequence of disadvantage and it gives rise to inequalities both social and economic. This is an urgent global phenomenon that requires the collaboration of multiple stakeholders across numerous contexts

Researchers from the three continents of Australasia, Europe and North America will highlight the opportunities and challenges from their current mixed methods studies on school exclusion that home-international studies offer for exploring ways in which policy and practice relating to school exclusion varies in local political, cultural and historical contexts. Detailed scrutiny reveals that the political and policy frameworks in a nation state shape the forms which exclusion takes (McCluskey et al. 2019). The three countries share contexts where the education systems have significant national and regional policy influences. The three countries also share high levels of school exclusion that both disproportionately affect young people specific groups e.g. low-income families, from some ethnic backgrounds, or with special needs. Conducting home-international studies, while raising particular challenges, has helped us to understand the distribution of inequalities, explain how different regional educational models and practices contribute to school exclusion or inclusion, and identify targets and priority actions to improve inclusion and inform policy-making. Yet considerable differences in socio-political, cultural, and educational context in different parts of each country substantially changes practices and levels of inequality, exclusion, and inclusion in education. In this context little is known about how professionals, institutional agents, local authorities interpret, design, practice, and discuss educational inclusion policies and practices in their own contexts. Although international comparisons have had some influence on policy making, contextual differences between nations means that there remain challenges in identifying common data sources and language for use across (and between) different nations and regions. We will also argue that while home- international comparisons may provide fruitful sources of practical policy lessons (Raffe 1998, Taylor et al. 2013) there is a need to reconsider what counts as evidence in the understanding of school exclusions (Daniels et al., 2022).


References
Daniels, H., Porter, J. and Thompson, I. (2022) What counts as evidence in the understanding of school exclusions? Frontiers in Education. Published online 16.6.2022 https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.929912

Graham, B., White, C., Edwards, A., Potter, S., and Street, C. (2019). School Exclusion: A Literature Review on the Continued Disproportionate Exclusion of Certain Children. London: DfE.

McCluskey, G., Cole, T., Daniels, H., Thompson, I. and Tawell, A. (2019). Exclusion from school in Scotland and across the UK: Contrasts and questions. British Educational Research Journal, 45(6), 1140-1159.
Raffe, D. (1998). Does learning begin at home? The use of ‘home international’ comparisons in UK policy making. Journal of Education Policy, 13(5), 591-602.
Taylor, C. 2009. Towards a Geography of Education. Oxford Review of Education, 35(5), 651–669.
Taylor, C., Rees, G., & Davies, R. (2013). Devolution and geographies of education: the use of the Millennium Cohort Study for ‘home international’ comparisons across the UK. Comparative Education, 49(3), 290-316.
Thompson, I., Tawell, A. and Daniels, D. (2022). School influences on attendance and Special Educational Needs. In T. Ford, K. Finning and D. A. Moore (Eds.) Mental Health and Attendance at School. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp.130-144.

Chair
Ian Thompson ian.thompson@education.ox.ac.uk University of Oxford
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm04 SES 11 E: Diversity and Inclusion
Location: Gilbert Scott, 134 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Hyab Yohannes
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Diversity and the Educational Experiences of Blind and Vision Impaired Students

Patricia McCarthy

Trinity College Dublin, Ireland

Presenting Author: McCarthy, Patricia

Until comparatively recently in Ireland as in many European countries the education of students with disabilities including those identified as blind/vision impaired occurred predominantly within the special education setting. This form of provision led to unfounded assumptions about the learning capabilities of this section of the population implying that their impairment inevitably meant they had more apparent learning needs than their peers (Griffin & Shevlin, 2007). These segregationist and institutional education policies were the norm in Ireland and special education was perceived as being the sole responsibility of dedicated professionals who catered for the needs of children and young people with disabilities (Griffin & Shevlin, 2007). Ireland has witnessed significant changes in how we think about and acknowledge disability as a public issue. Since the 1990s European and international policy including the Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action on Special Needs Education (United Nations Educational Scientific Cultural Organisation, 1994) has increasingly influenced the Irish education system. Consequently, the numbers of young people with disabilities including those identified as blind/vision impaired in mainstream education setting at all levels of education are growing and “have become the responsibility of everyone in the education system” (Griffin & Shevlin, 2007, p. 3). Consequently, blind/vision impaired young people are now predominantly educated within mainstream settings in their own locality. This has meant that there is now greater evidence of diversity within mainstream education. While blind/vision impaired students have the same curriculum needs as all students, due to vision impairment they can experience difficulties when traditional methods of teaching and learning are used (Spungin, & Ferrell 2007). The research upon which this presentation is based identifies that inclusivity is not always a guiding ethos within educational institutions but is something affixed to a “disablist curriculum” (Hopkins, 2011) as a response to an excluded student. The lack of diversity within our education has reinforced this. This paper will demonstrate the importance of emphasising that equality of access should not stop once the blind/vision impaired student has gained entry to the mainstream setting; these students also require equality of condition and equality of outcome to achieve equal opportunities and experiences.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
It is recognised that there has been a dearth of participation amongst disabled people in all aspects of research (Ali, Fazil, Bywaters, Wallace & Singh, 2001, Educable, 2000) and until comparatively recently most of the research undertaken in the field of disability was undertaken either by those within the medical profession or by those caring for disabled people. This resulted in research that did not generally accurately reflect the authentic experiences of those with a disability. The research upon which this presentation is based used a qualitative approach, namely life history which provides a means through which to explore “the impact of public policies on private lives in the context of change over time” (Shah & Priestley, 2011, p. 93). This approach acknowledges that participants are the experts regarding their own lives. A life history approach was utilised to ensure that the voices of participants “were captured by the research process in ways that reflect their views and recognize them as active social agents who are able to make decisions about their own futures” (Shah, 2006, p. 207). Furthermore, Clarke (1998, p. 67) asserts that this approach offers “those who have been silenced...the platform...to speak in their own words about their experiences”. In-depth, unstructured and semi-structured interviews were conducted with blind/vision impaired individuals and were all located within the Republic of Ireland. My ontological position as a disabled researcher was central to the development of this research.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This presentation will demonstrate how a lack of diversity has been experienced by this cohort of the population and provide insights into a range of educational experiences for those who participated in this research to provide an understanding of how existing policy, practice and provision impacts on the educational experiences of blind/vision impaired young people and to inform future developments including in UDL and areas of digital literacy. While it is not always possible to legislate for all the issues that arose from this research it is imperative to recognise the importance of involving disabled people and in this instance particularly blind/vision impaired people at all stages of the research process to ensure that future policy and practice is informed by the lived experiences and that they are central to the research process rather than being confined to the margins or excluded from the process.
References
Ali, Z., Fazil, Q., Bywaters, P., Wallace, L., & Singh, G. (2001). Disability, ethnicity and childhood: a critical review of research. Disability & Society, 16(7), 949-967.
Baker, J., Lynch, K., Cantillon, S., Walsh, J., & University College Dublin. Equality Studies Centre. (2004). Equality : from theory to action. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.
Fichten, C. S., Asuncion, J. V., Barile, M., Ferraro, V., & Wolforth, J. (2009). Accessibility of e-learning and computer and information technologies for students with visual impairments in postsecondary education. Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness, 103(9), 543-557.
Griffin, S., & Shevlin, M. (2007). Responding to special educational needs : an Irish perspective. Dublin: Gill & Macmillan.
Hopkins, L. (2011). The path of least resistance: a voice relational analysis of disabled students’ experiences of discrimination in English universities. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 15(7), 711-727.
Shah, S., & Priestley, M. (2011). Disability and social change : private lives and public policies. Bristol: Policy Press.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Diversity, Time and Inclusion

Eleni Damianidou1, Andri Georgiadou2

1European University Cyprus, Cyprus; 2Nottingham University

Presenting Author: Damianidou, Eleni

A growing body of literature critically examines disabled people’s experiences of work, emphasizing the importance of the social relational aspects of embodiment, disability, and ableism within organizational contexts (Damianidou & Georgiadou, 2021; Jammers & Zanoni, 2020). Despite evidence of disabling organizational approaches to time (Seymour, 2002), disability’s relationship with employment and time remains under-researched in the disability studies literature, with relatively scarce accounts of the disabled employees’ experiences of time embodiment.

Time is inherent to the experience of work, the way it is organized and how meaningful is perceived to be, while ableism and disability seem to be a defining factor for the way time is experienced in this context (Seymour, 2002). In fact, evidence reveals that disabled employees frequently spend their time differently due to a prevalent ableist division in family and work life, with Bryson (2007) highlighting the significance of discussing the structuring of time and time consciousness when considering equality. Literature points out that the time squeeze imposed by organizational cultures centered around embedded masculine values and assumptions may result to lower autonomy among individuals, significantly impact their health and wellbeing (Jammaers & Williams, 2020), and hinder any attempts to promote and safeguard inclusion as a sense of belonging to the organization (Georgiadou & Antonacopoulou, 2021).

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and the subsequent ‘turbulent’ socio-economic environment have left a deep scar on the work experiences of employees around the globe. It has brought to the surface the need for new organizational and management approaches that are characterized by empathy, determination, flexibility, and a more humane face that understands and acknowledges the needs of employees (Georgiadou, Magrizos & Roumpi, 2021). The ways in which time is perceived, acknowledged, valued, used, and assessed are central to the effectiveness of inclusive organizational approaches and equality in private and public life. The notion of time introduces a problem that has plagued scholars over time. What is the nature of time? How does time relate to change or movement? What is the relation of time with each instantaneous 'now'? Is time objective and is it about the objective characteristics of the world or the change that is taking place in it? Or is time dependent on the subjective perception, so that if there was no meaningful subjectivity there would be no time? Most importantly, does time pass at the same pace for everybody?

Even though non-disabled people may have the option to manipulate time and act like sprinters that compete to arrive first, in a race based on who is the fastest, some disabled people may struggle with time because of being different from the norm and thereby not fitting in. Thus, in order to feel and be independent, some disabled people actually depend on how well bodies, current technologies and prevalent institutions relate, not because they have decided how their environment should be arranged, but because other people have taken decisions for them and without them (Schillmeier, 2008). Hence, in order to be able to move spatially and be on time, some disabled people have to consider not only how they will move and how long it will take them, but also whether the social infrastructure allows them to arrive at their final destination at the same time as the ‘sprinters’.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Since this research was based on the voice of disabled people, we decided to employ a qualitative methodology. Our aim was to gain in-depth insights from key informants in order to develop grounded theory. We interpreted our findings within the framework of the social model of disability, which postulates that disability is socially constructed. Thus, the restrictions that disabled people have to confront are not a consequence of disability but barriers constructed by the powerful society that values and promotes ‘normality’ on the one hand and condemns deviance on the other (Oliver, 1996). Hence disability is not a real situation that stems from inside the person but an externally imposed plasmatic category that serves the reproduction of existing power relationships and the survival of ‘the fastest’.
Our main research tool was the semi-structured interview. Our questions focused on how disabled people understand and embody time and what are the time implications of being disabled. Each interview lasted between one to two hours and was based on the informed consent of the participants. A grounded theory method was employed; thus, the interviews were driven by the participants’ perceptions. We started by asking the participants to tell us their stories of disability. Then we used prompts and probes to steer the conversation through the following topics: the meaning of time, time constraints and barriers for disabled people, experiences related to time, feelings of being ‘late’, experiences of ‘timed-out’ and time-off, role of time in their social, personal and work life. The interviews were tape-recorded and transcribed verbatim.
In total, our sample comprised of eight Greek-Cypriot disabled people. The sample size is consistent with norms and suggestions for adequate sampling in management studies. Brinkmann and Kvale (2015) suggest that five to 25 people represent an adequate sample for qualitative studies. Even though we cannot postulate that we selected a representative sample that reflects the enormous range of disabled people’s experiences and perspectives, we tried to recruit a diverse group of participants with different backgrounds and socioeconomic status. To this end, we employed a combination of purposive and snowball sampling methods.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Career and performance management in organizations are believed to depend on speed of decision making and execution, as well as on capturing windows of opportunity by pursuing tasks and roles at the “right” time. In addition, scholars have devoted considerable attention in showing the importance of temporal fit or “entrainment” between socio-environmental and organizational rhythms (Shi & Prescott, 2012); a paradigm which fundamentally maintains disability inequalities at the organizational and social level. However, several calls to pay more attention to time, and its interplay with organizational constructs remain unanswered. The lack of explicit consideration of time hinders theory and practice to move forward by restraining the understanding of how constructs relate between each other in the processes and mechanisms by which decisions unfold (Aguinis & Bakker, 2021). For example, subjective conceptualizations of time are likely to have implications for decision-making processes, as individuals are likely to adapt their strategies to their time perceptions, but also embodiment.
In conclusion, conflicting normativities may mediate between intention to move and potential to arrive on time and thereby have equal opportunities in employment and social life. According to Schillmeier (2008), if associations between disability, time and space are badly put together, disconnected or displaced, the temporalities and spatialities involved are disrupted and altered. As a result, people with impairments become disabled and dependent on nondisabled people’s willingness to include them by removing unfair time constraints. By using the clock not as time but as a means to offer time, it would be more likely to leave room for competition in a fair and non-timed race that values people because of their potential contribution in social life, regardless of order and perceived speed.

References
Aguinis, H., & Bakker, R. M. (2020). Time is of the essence: Improving the conceptualization and measurement of time. Human Resource Management Review, 100763.
Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2015). InterViews: Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing (Vol. 3). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Damianidou, E., & Georgiadou, A. (2021). ‘Look at you!’: Disembodiment between ugly bodies and able minds. Gender, Work & Organization, 28(5), 1823–1839.
Georgiadou, A.& Antonacopoulou, E. (2021). Leading Through Social Distancing: The Future of Work, Corporations and Leadership from Home. Gender, Work & Organization, 28, 749-767.
Jammaers, E. & Williams, J. (2020). Care for the self, overcompensation and bodily crafting: The work-life balance of disabled people. Gender, Work & Organization, doi.org/10.1111/gwao.12531
Jammaers, E., & Zanoni, P. (2020). The identity regulation of disabled employees: Unveiling the ‘varieties of ableism’ in employers’ socio-ideological control. Organization Studies, https://doi.org/10.1177%2F0170840619900292
Oliver, M. (1996). Understanding disability: From theory to practice. New York, NY, US: St Martin's Press.
Schillmeier, M. (2008). Time-Spaces of In/dependence and Dis/ability. Time & Society, 17(2-3), 215-231.
Seymour, W. (2002). Time and the body: Re‐embodying time in disability. Journal of Occupational Science, 9(3), 135-142.
Shi, W., & Prescott, J. E. (2012). Rhythm and entrainment of acquisition and alliance initiatives and firm performance: A temporal perspective. Organization Studies, 33(10), 1281-1310.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Positioning Disability in Diversity: Problems of Diversity Approach in Educational Inclusion

Aarno Kauppila, Reetta Mietola

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Kauppila, Aarno; Mietola, Reetta

Disability studies scholar Lennard J. Davis argues in his book ‘The End of Normal: Identity in a Biocultural Era’ that diversity has become the new normality. This means ‘on the surface we are better off abandoning some universal standard for bodies and cultures and acknowledging that there isn’t one regnant or ideal body or culture’ (Davis 2013, p. 2). However, Davis underlines that diversity has ideological side as well. The ideological side of diversity is - in turn - well suited to the realm of neoliberalism. As a political ideology, neoliberalism bases on premise of the ‘laissez-faire’ i.e. the greatest good to all is achieved via deregulated global economy. In neoliberal reasoning, deregulated markets replace the governments and reconfigures the citizen into a consumer. Within citizen–consumer-transformation, identity correlates with markets, and culture becomes lifestyle. This means that ‘one’s lifestyle is activated by consumer choice—and this kind of choice becomes the essence of one’s identity’ (Davis 2013, p. 3).

The core of Davis’ argument is that diversity as the new normalizing concept is open to all human beings as long as free choice and consumerism are concerned in a sense of a citizen-consumer. In other words, diversity changes the way of social organisation, and it includes elements of control and categorization. That is, the logic of constitutive othering and marginalization from Eurocentric white-male middle class normality to consumer-citizen alters in the ‘diversity discourse’. People or groups who are unable to choose their identity are still marginalized in the ‘diversity discourse’. Disability remains marginalized in the diversity discourse because subjectivity given to disability is not a matter of choice. Being disabled (or student labelled SEND) is not a lifestyle or an identity matter; instead, disability is an administrative category imposed by society. Drawing from Giorgio Agamben’s idea, Davis argues that disability is located in the ’state of exception’. In that state, neoliberal reasoning of diversity does not apply, but normality does. According to Davis, diversity works as an organising principle as far as hypermarginalized groups such as disabled people are excluded.

Davis’ argument resonates with our experiences related to discussion around educational inclusion. While educational inclusion is recognised as a political commitment and even somewhat celebrated as such, at the level of practice inclusion often generates more critical debates around ‘inclusive-bility’ and ‘educability’ of certain students, thus making underlying differences and norms again visible. The ‘school of all’ is actually for those students that can be included in the diverse but normative ‘all’ (Goodley 2014).

Our paper focuses on analyzing the relationship of disability and diversity in the context of schooling using Davis’ argument concerning normativity of diversity. We ask what kind of boundaries of diversity can be found in the educational inclusion discourse. Our paper explores whether Davis’ theorization of diversity can be applied to deconstruct persistent jams/blockages related to transition to/development of inclusive education. It seems to be a shared experience in countries situated in Global North that the implementation of education inclusion is not a straight-forward process. In our paper we engage in thinking about theoretical tools needed for deconstructing the implicit barriers hampering implementation of inclusion.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our methodological stance relies on Alecia Jackson’s and Lisa Mazzei’s (2012; 2013) idea of ‘thinking with theory’.  Basic idea of this methodology is that ‘plugging one text into another’ opens a viewpoint or frame to analyze and re-analyze data. It is a part of the methodological debate, which highlights the ‘constitutive force of theory within the analysis of qualitative materials’ (Honan, Knobel, Baker & Davies 2000 p. 9; see also Goodley & Runswick-Cole 2012).

In our paper, we are ‘plugging in’ Davis’ argument of diversity as new normativity to scrutinize discourses around inclusive education. From this perspective, our analysis focuses on questions concerning who are defined as educable and includable students and why, and which students are defined as in need of segregated educational settings. Through these detailed questions we are framing the boundaries of diversity.  We do this by analyzing empirical examples drawn from two ethnographic fieldnotes and interviews from lower and upper secondary education for students studying in special needs education, interviews with professionals working in special needs education and ongoing inclusion debate in Finnish media.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings of our paper will focus on discussing the relationship of diversity and disability in educational inclusion from two perspectives. Firstly, by drawing from our data we will demonstrate where the boundaries of diversity are situated: which students are considered as ‘includable’ and ‘educable’, e.g. suitable for studying in an inclusive classroom. We show how in the Finnish inclusion discourse this boundary becomes visible through accounts concerning ‘realism’ related to inclusion. We will argue that disability, in particular students with specific, often intellectual, impairments are positioned as the constitutive other against which boundaries of diversity become drawn. Secondly, by deploying Davis’ theorization we will further analyze this boundary, asking why particular students are excluded from the includable ‘all’. We will argue that inclusion clashes with essential functions of education: of production of capable and productive citizens into the existing social hierarchies. While it has been acknowledged that ‘exclusion resides deep in the bones of education’ (Slee 2018, p. 11), our examination highlights, following Davis’ argument, that disability posits a specific case of constitutive other in the form of the non-educable student.
References
Davis, Lennard J. 2013. The End of Normal: Identity in a Biocultural Era. Ann Arbor: The University of Michigan Press.

Goodley, Dan 2014. Dis/ability Studies: Theorising disablism and ableism. London: Routledge.

Goodley, Dan & Katherine Runswick-Cole 2012. “Reading Rosie: The postmodern disabled child”. Education & Child Psychology, Vol. 29 No. 2, 53–66.

Honan, Eileen, Michele Knobel, Carolyn Baker & Bronwyn Davies 2000. "Producing Possible Hannahs: Theory and the Subject of Research". Qualitative Inquiry, Vol. 6 No. 1, 9–32.

Jackson, Alecia Y. & Lisa A. Mazzei 2012. Thinking with Theory in Qualitative Research: Viewing data across multiple perspectives. London: Routledge.

Jackson, Alecia Y. & Lisa A. Mazzei 2013. "Plugging One Text Into Another: Thinking With Theory in Qualitative Research". Qualitative Inquiry, Vol. 19 No. 4, 261–271.

Slee, Roger 2018. Inclusive Education isn’t Dead, it Just Smells Funny. London: Routledge.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm04 SES 11 F: Teacher Training and Competence for Inclusive Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, 251 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Gregor Maxwell
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Identifying Protective and Risk Factors of Children with Learning Difficulties - An Instrument for Training Teachers of Special and Inclusive Education

Stephanie Lutz, Markus Gebhardt

University of Regensburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Lutz, Stephanie

Teachers in inclusive schools need a specific attitude or belief, knowledge or understanding, and also competencies to apply their knowledge in a practical setting (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2022). To provide optimal support for children with learning difficulties, it is necessary that teachers are familiar with different concepts of disability (Gebhardt et al., 2022). The social concept of disability shows that, in addition to individual factors, risk factors and protective factors of the social setting play a role in support at school. Only when teachers know the individual-child-related factors, support in school can use the potential in the environment of the person. Following the model of resilience research, inhibiting factors and difficulties are referred to as risk factors and supporting aspects, while strengths and resources are assigned to the protective, supportive factors (Werner, 2020).

Problem-based learning (PBL) has positive effect on knowledge retention and application, changes in attitudes and enhancing future teachers' diagnostic competence (Wedel et al., 2022; Yew & Goh, 2016). Realistic portrayals of learners based on the experiences of experts in special and inclusive education were created and summarized in a casebook (Lutz & Gebhardt, 2021). When working with these cases, students were asked to take a comprehensive look at protective and risk factors in the learner as well as in the influencing environment, since interactions and interconnections occur between the child, the school, and the broader environment (Doblinger & Becker-Stoll, 2020; Lauth et al., 2014).

As an instrument, a text-based case was developed that included individual-child-related factors such as a child's academic performance, social, motivational, emotional, motor, cognitive and language skills. To integrate a social-systemic concept of disability, family and environmental factors were added to the case. By having students work on the case, the following research questions should be answered in the study at the first (A) and second (B) measurement point:

A1. How well do student teachers succeed in identifying protective factors and risk factors of a child with learning difficulties?

(Note: Identify means naming the factors mentioned in the case. This does not imply categorization or assignment.)

A2. What protective factors and risk factors are identified in the child's environment?

A3. What additional individual-child or social-systemic information not mentioned in the case is considered important by the students?

B1. Can more individual-child-related factors be assigned to categories after students have been instructed with PBL?

B2. Do students identify more social-systemic factors after PBL instruction?

B3. Do students ask for additional individual-child or social-systemic information after PBL instruction?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The present study has a pre-post design. At the first measurement point (A) in December 2022, a total of N = 33 special education teacher students in their first semester worked on a digitally presented realistic portrayal of a child with learning difficulties. To assess special education teacher students’ attitudes, we used a gender-unspecific abbreviation in the case (“S.”).
The students identified an average of 6.7 of 11 individual-child-related protective factors (M = 6.7; SD = 2.10) and 6.6 of 11 individual-child-related risk factors mentioned in the case (M = 6.6; SD = 1.73), which equals a solution probability of 60.8 % of the individual-child-related protective factors and 59.8 % of the individual-child-related risk factors.
In regard to social-systemic factors, students identified an average of 4.1 of 8 protective factors (M = 4.1; SD = 1.45) and 4.4 of 8 risk factors (M = 4.4; SD = 0.90). The solution probability for social-systemic factors was 51.5 % of the protective factors and 53.3 % of the risk factors.
On average, the students asked for 3.3 additional information.
After students will have worked with the PBL approach for one semester in the seminar, learning gains will be assessed at a second measurement point (B) in June 2023.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study aims to examine the effects of problem-based learning with realistic cases on special education students' diagnostic competence. The results at the first measurement point (A) indicate that students identify more individual-child-related factors than social-systemic factors. The results are consistent with findings from other studies (e.g., Gebhardt et al., 2022) that have demonstrated that first-year students are likely to have an individual-medical concept of disability.
The intervention with the PBL approach aims at increasing the special education students' focus on social-systemic aspects, but also on enabling them to assign individual-child-related factors to categories. This teaching method was chosen because the step-by-step learning activities in which students participate are quite similar to the diagnostic process (Wedel et al., 2019).
Potential enhancements to both the instrument and the intervention are subject to discussion (subsequent to measurement point B).

References
Doblinger, S., & Becker-Stoll, F. (2020). Resilienz im Übergang vom Kindergarten in die Schule. In G. Opp, M. Fingerle, & G. J. Suess (Eds.), Was Kinder stärkt: Erziehung zwischen Risiko und Resilienz (4th ed., pp. 108–127). Ernst Reinhardt.
European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2022). Profile for inclusive teacher professional learning: Including all education professionals in teacher professional learning for inclusion. https://www.european-agency.org/sites/default/files/Profile_for_Inclusive_Teacher_ProfessionalLearning.pdf  
Gebhardt, M., Schurig, M., Suggate, S., Scheer, D., & Capovilla, D. (2022). Social, Systemic, Individual-Medical or Cultural? Questionnaire on the Concepts of Disability Among Teacher Education Students. Frontiers in Education, 6, Article 701987. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.701987
Lauth, G. W., Brunstein, J. C., & Grünke, M. (2014). Lernstörungen im Überblick: Arten, Klassifikation, Verbreitung und Erklärungsperspektiven. In G. W. Lauth, M. Grünke, & J. C. Brunstein (Eds.), Interventionen bei Lernstörungen: Förderung, Training und Therapie in der Praxis (2nd ed., pp. 17–31). Hogrefe.
Lutz, S., & Gebhardt, M. (2021). Fallbuch zum sonderpädagogischen Schwerpunkt Lernen: Praxisbeispiele in Inklusion und Förderschule in Bayern. Universität Regensburg. https://doi.org/10.5283/epub.46131
Wedel, A., Müller, C. R., & Greiner, F. (2022). Diagnostic cases in pre-service teacher education: effects of text characteristics and empathy on text-based cognitive models. Educational Psychology, 42(6), 694–713. https://doi.org/10.1080/01443410.2022.2047615
Wedel, A., Müller, C. R., Pfetsch, J., & Ittel, A. (2019). Training teachers' diagnostic competence with problem-based learning: A pilot and replication study. Teaching and Teacher Education, 86, 102909. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.102909
Werner, E. E. (2020). Entwicklung zwischen Risiko und Resilienz. In G. Opp, M. Fingerle, & G. J. Suess (Eds.), Was Kinder stärkt: Erziehung zwischen Risiko und Resilienz (4th ed., pp. 10–21). Ernst Reinhardt.
Yew, E. H., & Goh, K. (2016). Problem-Based Learning: An Overview of its Process and Impact on Learning. Health Professions Education, 2(2), 75–79. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.hpe.2016.01.004


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Training Needs for Social Inclusion: Teacher Perspectives

Francisco Núñez-Román, Carmen Gallego Vega, Alfonso J. García-González

University of Seville, Spain

Presenting Author: Núñez-Román, Francisco; Gallego Vega, Carmen

Inequality indexes in Spain have increased in recent years, and it is possible to observe how the inequality gap has grown more rapidly due to the effects of the pandemic caused by COVID-19 (FOESSA, 2021). Similarly, the rate of population at risk of poverty in Spain is one of the highest among EU countries (EAPN, 2020). This situation is mirrored in Spanish schools: according to the 2018 Pisa Report, 36.4% of students from disadvantaged backgrounds have low academic performance, compared to only 9.5% of students located in the first quartile of the socioeconomic index (OECD, 2021).

Educational institutions, therefore, have an important role to play in the fight against inequality and in promoting inclusion; firstly, as places where students from different socio-cultural and economic contexts can live together and, secondly, as a privileged place for the acquisition of tools that allow the most vulnerable students to escape from this situation of exclusion (UNESCO, 1994).

The educational challenge of social inclusion demands a teacher training process that provides future teachers with the skills required for educational inclusion. At any stage of education, it is necessary to have teachers well trained in inclusive education to meet the diversity of students (Medina García et al., 2020).

The aim of the research presented in this paper is to understand how inclusive education policies and practices are answered and represented by different social and educational agents in different social contexts from a multidisciplinary perspective. In particular, this research focuses on the policies of inclusion and exclusion that underpin the initial and in-service teacher training in the Autonomous Community of Andalusia, (situated in the South of Spain), in the framework of a research project that analyzes the needs of inclusive education in three different regions of Spain. This research is also committed with increasing teachers' participation in both identifying and searching for solutions aimed towards a process of social transfer of knowledge, to increase the levels of social inclusion and the priorities to advance towards inclusion and equity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We start from a participatory and collaborative research methodology, with references from different agents, social contexts and from a multidisciplinary perspective (Armstrong & More, 2005). The research project is developed in four phases. In the first phase, a report on educational inclusion/exclusion policies was prepared with the participation of specialized agents and professionals. For the elaboration of this report, a collaborative and multi-argumentative research and writing procedure has been followed, with descriptive approach and based on evidences (statistics, regional regulations, published reports, etc.) and other data gathered from primary sources (Kemmis et al., 2013). These reports have been used to focalize the research topics and to develop semi-structured interview guidelines for the different groups participating in the research. In this paper we will report on the work undertaken in this phase with a sample of teachers who were invited to reflect and narrate their experiences, beliefs and perspectives on how the current educational policy of the Andalusian community affected the initial training and in-service professional development on inclusive education.
From the data obtained in the descriptive phase of the report, maps of priorities against educational exclusion are being elaborated through a participatory research process. The final result of the research will be a set of social transference actions, which will achieve a scientific and social impact in favor of educational inclusion through training programs and transformation of educational contexts.
This paper presents the results of 6 interviews with primary and secondary school teachers about their training on inclusion/exclusion. A snowball sampling method has been followed.  In all cases, they participated in an in-depth interview based on the aforementioned report, discussing and contributing new perspectives to it. Data analysis of the recorded interviews and narratives is being developed following a discourse content analysis (Mayring, 2000) which is, once developed, negotiated with the reporting agents.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings show that the teachers who were interviewed share a perception that reveals a series of political-administrative and training barriers that hinder the overcoming of situations of educational exclusion. In particular, one of the greatest concerns of the participating teachers was the limited training on educational inclusion/exclusion both in initial training and in-service professional development stage, which makes it difficult in many cases to recognize the students' circumstances of exclusion and to adopt the appropriate strategies and actions to promote their inclusion. On the other hand, it is also highlighted that the scarce training on educational inclusion/exclusion is usually focused on theoretical aspects but very far from the reality in schools, often being of low usefulness in daily teaching practice.
The information provided by teachers is reframing and making richer the regulations and questioning how they are applied in practice. Also their analysis, when cross-referenced with that of other participants, is showing how it is possible for professionals and agents with different educational backgrounds and working in different settings to collaborate in order to design a multi-perspective map capable of increasing our understanding and priorities of how to move forward in promoting educational inclusion.

References
Armstrong, F. & Moore, M. (Eds.) (2005). Action research for inclusive education: Changing places, changing practices, changing minds. London: Routledge Falmer.
EAPN (2020). El estado de la pobreza. Seguimiento del indicador de Pobreza y Exclusión Social en España 2008-2020. Madrid: EAPN-ES https://www.eapn.es/estadodepobreza/ARCHIVO/documentos/informe-AROPE-2021-contexto-nacional.pdf
FOESSA (2021). Evolución de la cohesión social y consecuencias de la Covid-19 en España. Fundación Foessa – Cáritas Española Editores.
Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon, R. (2013). The action research planner: Doing critical participatory action research. Singapore: Springer.
Medina-García, M., Doña-Toledo, L., & Higueras-Rodríguez, L. (2020). Equal Opportunities in an Inclusive and Sustainable Education System: An Explanatory Model. Sustainability, 12(11), 4626. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12114626
OECD (2021). Developments in individual OECD and selected non-members economies.  Economic Outlook, Volume 2021 Issue 2
UNESCO (1994). Declaración de Salamanca y marco de acción sobre Necesidades Educativas Especiales. UNESCO.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Teachers’ Competencies in the Inclusive School of Norway.

Marianne Sandvik Tveitnes1, Silje Ims Lied2, Mirjam H. Olsen3

1University of Stavanger, Norway; 2Volda University College, Norway; 3UiT The Artic University of Norway

Presenting Author: Sandvik Tveitnes, Marianne; Lied, Silje Ims

The purpose of this study is to examine the following research question: What characterizes teachers’ formal competencies related to inclusive education and special needs education in the Norwegian primary school?

In Norway, inclusive education has been a guiding principle for almost 20 years (Johnsen, 2020; Nilsen, 2010), and all pupils, irrespective of their background or individual abilities, has a legal right to education in the regular local school (Nes et al., 2018). When talking about “inclusive education” and “inclusive schools” in Norway, we therefore refer to local schools, which must provide for all pupils, regardless of social, cultural, and academic differences or disability. Furthermore, pupils who are unable to benefit satisfactorily from ordinary teaching have an individual right to special education. However, 15-25% of the pupils need additional help to achieve satisfactory learning outcomes (Nordahl et al., 2018). Haug (2020) has shown that “the average pupil receiving special education, as well as pupils with educational needs not receiving special education, express a far less favourable experience of school, compared to those who do not strive or receive special education” (Haug, 2020, p.312). Hence, there is reason to believe that many pupils could benefit from schools having teachers with special educational competencies in terms of preventive work, early identification, and implementation of adequate help (Olsen, 2021).

Teachers’ competencies have significant impact on educational quality (Baumert et al. 2010), but several studies has shown that regular teachers find it difficult to meet the needs of all their pupils (Persson and Persson, 2012; Allan, 2012). Thygesen et al. (2011) claim that in inclusive schools the diversity among pupils might lead to a need for specialist expertise beyond what general education teachers can provide. Olsen (2021) has suggested that formal competence special needs education makes teachers more positively disposed towards diversity. Good teacher competencies are crucial if all pupils are to benefit from both the academic, social, and cultural activities in an inclusive school (Dyssegaard et al., 2013), and specific expert knowledge is key to meeting the educational needs of all children (Florian, 2019). Furthermore, teachers who have studied special needs education for one year, experience a greater sense of security related to adapting the regular education than teachers without such training (Buli-Holmberg et al. 2015). Knowledge about teachers’ competencies related to inclusive education and special needs education are consequently of importance.

The theoretical framework is inspired by the three-tier model as explained in Sundqvist et al. (2019), a framework developed for structuring and systematizing educational support into 1) general support, 2) intensified support, and 3) special support, depending on pupils' identified needs. Keles et al (2022) shows that although this framework directs the pupils into different intervention tracks, it has been recommended as an approach to inclusive education since pupils might be “treated unequally in order to achieve equity” (Nes & Strømstad, 2006, p. 366). In this project we use this model to refer to different dimensions of special educational competencies, whereas level 1) refers to special educational knowledge on how to be proactive and prevent negative learning outcome (e.g. inclusive learning environment, universal design and early intervention), level 2) refers to special educational knowledge on how to address the needs of pupils who require additional support to benefit from primary intervention (e.g. pupils with reading difficulties), and level 3) to knowledge needed to provide education for those who have complex and/or permanent special educational needs (e.g. severe or rare disabilities).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is based on data gathered through two digital surveys forwarded to schools in more than 40 Norwegian municipalities across the country. The first survey was carried out in 2022, and a total of 3224 regular teachers in Norwegian primary school (age 6 – 15) responded.  The second survey are to be carried out in another set of municipalities during the spring of 2023. We expect a similar number of respondents on the second survey, meaning that altogether this study draws on data from a solid sample of Norwegian teachers.  The schools who are invited to participate are located in municipalities which participate in the national initiative Competence enhancement for special pedagogy and inclusive practice (Stokke et al., 2022). All municipalities have requested an analysis of their competence status, and all individual respondents participate based on informed consent. The project is approved by SIKT (https://sikt.no/en/data-protection-services).
In the surveys, the respondents are first presented with various questions and claims within three different areas: 1) inclusion, 2) interdisciplinary interaction and 3) organization and management and organizational development.  Second, they are asked what kind of formal education they have, and whether they have formal training in special needs education. They are furthermore asked what kind of specific competencies they themselves possess when it comes to special needs education and inclusion. During the analytical process the specific special needs competencies that the teachers report will be organised in accordance with the three-tier model.  We use SurveyXact (https://www.surveyxact.com/ ), as platform for dispatch and analysis, and further analyses have also been carried out in IBM SPSS. The analysis methods are primarily aimed at understanding the competencies across different groups, based on descriptive statistics (de Vaus, 2014), mainly frequency analysis and cross tables. We have also split some answers to get a more nuanced picture and crossed some variables to assess co-variation. These cross-tabulation analysis are tested for significance using the chi-square test. The analyses are ongoing.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The Norwegian teacher education has recently been altered from 4 to 5 years, now with an integrated master’s degree. However, few universities have a master program which includes special needs educational subjects.  Consequently, relatively few new regular teachers possess knowledge regarding adaptation of education for pupils who need extra support (Olsen, 2021). It is therefore, expected to see a low or none degree of formal competencies related to special needs education amongst those who have recently graduated.  
The preliminary findings indicate, that although many teachers have practical experience with teaching on all three levels in the three-tier model, relatively few have formal special educational competence. Whether this is an accurate picture remains to be seen.  
We assume that teachers will report that the schools have competencies within general education, but less so for special needs education. We are interested to see whether the degree to which an individual has special needs competencies, affect the assessment of the collective competencies at their institution. Through the analyses, we will be able to shed light on what kind of competencies employees in the school believe that their institutions possess, and which are lacking. Furthermore, we will see how employees perceive this, based on own educational background, position at the school, as well as any regional differences.
It is important to establish knowledge about the characteristics of teachers’ competencies related to inclusive education and special needs education in order to evaluate whether or not the current model of teacher education in Norway sufficiently prepares teachers to work in a school where everyone is to be included, regardless of special education needs.

References
Allan, J. (2012). Difference in policy and politics: Dialogues in confidence. Review of Disability Studies, 14-24.
Baumert, J., et al.  (2010) Teachers’ Mathematical Knowledge, Cognitive Activation in the Classroom, and Student Progress. American Educational Research Journal, 47(1), 133-180.
Buli-Holmberg, J., Nilsen, S. & Skogen, K. (2015). Kultur for tilpasset  opplæring. Cappelen Damm Akademisk.
de Vaus, D.A. (2014). Surveys in Social Research. Routledge.
Dyssegaard, C.B., Larsen, M.S. & Tiftikçi, N. (2013). Effekt og pædagogisk indsats ved inklusion af børn med særlige behov i grundskolen.  Aarhus Universitet.  

Florian, L. (2019). On the necessary co-existence of special and inclusive education, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23:7-8, 691-704,

Haug, P. (2020) Inclusion in Norwegian schools: pupils’ experiences of their learning environment, Education 3-13, 48:3, 303-315,
Johnsen, B. H. (2020). From Historical Roots to Future Perspectives towards Inclusive Education. In B. H. Johnsen (Ed.), Theory and Methodology in International Comparative Classroom Studies (pp. 18-35). Cappelen Damm Akademisk.
Keles, S.,  ten Braak, D. & Munthe, E. (2022): Inclusion of students with special education needs in Nordic countries: a systematic scoping review, Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research,
Nes, K., Demo, H. & Ianes, D. (2018). Inclusion at risk? Push- and pullout phenomena in inclusive school systems: the Italian and Norwegian experiences, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 22:2, 111-129. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2017.1362045
Nilsen, S. (2010). Moving towards an educational policy for inclusion? Main reform stages in the development of the Norwegian unitary school system, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 14:5, 479-497.
Nordahl, T., et al. 2018. Inkluderende fellesskap for barn og unge. Fagbokforlaget.
Nes, K., & Strømstad, M. (2006). Strengthened adapted education for all—No more special education? International Journal of Inclusive Education, 10(4–5), 363–378.
Olsen, M.H. (2021). A practical-theoretical perspective on the inclusive  school in Norway. I N.B.
Hanssen, S.E., Hansen & K. Ström (Red.),  Dialogues between Northern and Eastern Europe on the Development of  Inclusion: Theoretical and Practical Perspectives (s. 99–114). Routledge.
Persson, B. & Persson, E. (2012). Inkludering och måluppfyllelse. Liber.
Stokke, H.S., Tveitnes, M. S., Lied, S. I. & Olsen, M. H. (2022) KOSIP.  Spesialpedagogikk 4/2022.
Sundqvist, C., Björk-Åman, C., & Ström, K. (2019). The three-tiered support system and the special education teachers’ role in Swedish-speaking schools in Finland. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 34(5), 601–616.
Thygesen, R. et al. (2011). Er generell pedagogisk kompetanse tilstrekkelig for å sikre en  inkluderende skole? Norsk pedagogisk tidsskrift 95(2), 103–114.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm04 SES 11 G: Legislation, Governance and Inclusion
Location: Gilbert Scott, Humanities [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Silvia Kopp-Sixt
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Governance (in)clusive Education

Katja Beck2, Silvia Kopp-Sixt1, Vanessa Macchia4, Kerstin Merz-Atalik2, Stefanie Spiegler3, Heike Tiemann3

1University College of Teacher Education, Austria; 2University of Education Ludwigsburg; 3University of Leipzig; 4University of Bolzano

Presenting Author: Beck, Katja; Kopp-Sixt, Silvia

All European countries have signed the UNCRPD and, as a result, they are challenged to “develop an inclusive education system at all levels” (Art. 24). Inclusive education reforms and change processes have to be understood as complex phenomena that pertain different levels of historically grown education systems worldwide. Confronted with the same global demands, actors of education systems in European states and regions follow different strategies for this transformation process. The Erasmus+ Project Governance In(clusive) Education aims to foster the dialogue between European countries on educational reforms towards inclusion, change-management strategies, the structure and constellations of actors in the governance systems and their role for an inclusive education reform. Furthermore, it seeks to increase the quality and coherence of governance in inclusive education reforms in European countries. As the Global Education Monitoring Report 2020 shows, delivering inclusive education requires multiple actors to work together. Indeed “Weak collaboration, cooperation and coordination of stakeholders can impede implementation of ambitious laws and policies” (UNESCO, 2020, 90). While many countries have developed legislative frameworks to establish more inclusive education systems, “neither laws nor policies are sufficient, as the implementation record remains weak” (UNESCO, 2020, 57). This leads to the question of which other aspects actors perceive as relevant for the successful implementation of attempts to steer inclusive education reforms. The educational governance perspective as an analytical approach understands steering processes not as linear top-down or bottom-up procedures. Instead, it perceives them as a multidimensional product of actors’ coordination. It allows a comprehensive description and analysis of steering processes and related issues in education systems. Educational Governance therefore “aims to understand these changes by concentrating on the question of how regulation and performance of school systems is achieved, sustained and transformed under the perspective of coordination of action between various social actors in complex multi-level systems” (Altrichter, 2015, 10). As “Achieving inclusion requires a whole-system approach” (UNESCO, 2020, 57), to ensure true innovation and sustainability, all players, agents and stakeholders need to be actively committed and involved, moreover updated on the entirety of ongoing change-processes. The agents and stakeholders in inclusive education reforms are institutions and individuals in education policy and practice - with and without special needs all together - such as school administration, school leaders, teachers, parents, students, as well as tertiary institutions, like training institutions, colleges and universities. The universities are responsible for the qualification and professionalization of many professionals within the future inclusive education system. From a governance perspective, rights and aims, obstacles and challenges, guidance and different control functions of every subsystem and institution involved need to be considered in change processes. The substantial differences between the 4 participating countries (Austria, Germany, Italy, Spain) in terms of the development-stage of inclusive education, the actor constellations in governance and the strategies for the reform-processes are essential. Yet, these differences represent a significant resource due to the possibility of comparing, discussing, exchanging and reflecting upon examples and experiences in the field of inclusive education governance. The research goals are to explore how and why coordination or implementation does or does not work in all levels of the governance system (multi-level-analyses of governance) and to gain knowledge and expertise that can be shared through professionalization of stakeholders on governance of inclusive education. The consortium consists of higher education institutions, representatives from regional school-authorities, communities of practice established in all of the 4 participating countries, comprising all systemically relevant actors e.g. parents, teachers, diversity managers, school supervisors, ministry representatives etc. All are invited to contribute originally and to validate the project outcomes consensually within the countries first and foremost targeting the international comparison.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Within the framework of a pilot study (Merz-Atalik & Beck, 2020, 2022) in 2018, the Participatory Multi-level Network Analyses (PMNA) was developed referring to the structure-laying techniques as a dialogue-consensus procedure (according to Scheele & Groeben, 1988; see also Merz-Atalik, 2001) on the basis of Scheele's Dialogical Hermeneutics (1992). The new method makes it possible to generate a common picture of the current actions in the network through dialogue between the actors. The approach does not aim to collect subjective theories, but rather to collect the (implicit) knowledge of action in the network (e.g. impulses and motives for action, interactions, coordination) and to map it in order to make it accessible through dialogue and to enable critical reflexion (Merz-Atalik & Beck, 2023).

The methodological approach comprises multilevel network analyses and the participatory involvement of relevant actors in the context of inclusive education transformation processes and ongoing reform efforts of the partner regions (Styria, Tübingen, Bolzano, Barcelona - as representatives of the participating countries). In so called “round table meetings” in each country the moderating research team uses the PMNA to gain insight about governance constellations, processes, coordination and the individual experiences of the actors involved. While the moderated group discussion was recorded, a visual cartography in the centre of the happening evolved.

When the COVID-19 pandemic disrupted the original project plans the PMNA was further developed into a digital format. By connecting all actors online via a conference tool (live-online fact-finding-mission part 1), the group discussion could be recorded while one person of the research team created the cartography via Conceptboard on a shared screen.

The cooperative format of the round table meetings enables gaining access to the impulses and motives for action of the respective other actors is made possible and thus the dialogue is strengthened (Merz-Atalik & Beck, 2023). To ensure that the power of interpretation over the actions and processes of steering inclusive education reform in the complex multi-level system generally remains with the actors, the findings obtained on the basis of the data collected as well as their interpretations are confirmed by the actors (Merz-Atalik & Beck, 2023). Misjudgements or misinterpretations from the external perspective of the researchers are avoided by presenting the results at a later meeting and putting them up for discussion (in person fact-finding-mission part 2), in order to reach a consensual agreement with the participants (Merz-Atalik & Beck, 2023).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main objective of the international project is to gain insight into the governance of inclusive education in four European countries through Participatory Multi-level Network Analyses (PMNA). This allows to compare, reflect and discuss the substantial differences between the four participating countries (Austria, Germany, Italy, Spain) in a dialogue with the actors of each region in terms of the development-stage of inclusive education, the actor constellations in governance, dependencies and influences and the underlying as well as constitutive strategies for  reform-processes.
The data sets comprise mappings of the four regions in the first place. Second, it includes transcripts based on the respective speech and transferred sensitively and with an adequate level of field expertise to English as the main project language from a research perspective. From this point of view and interest, the unique project constellation of professional authorities and universities becomes an indispensable element.
The presentation invites to discuss first findings of a content deductive analysis (Kuckartz, 2018). Onwards these results are contrasted with partial aspects of effective governance.
Beyond that, based on the Participatory Multi-level Network Analyses (PMNA), the gained knowledge and expertise, an OER for training and professionalization of main actors of inclusive education reforms will be developed. The development objective contains a barrier-free web-based e-Learning and information platform providing AI-supported access to materials and resources on governance of inclusive education.
Through the project, a transfer of experience and competencies focused on the successful implementation of inclusion at multiple levels, taking into account the specific needs of all individuals and stakeholders involved at each stage or level of the project activities, is expected which might then lead to target-oriented and effective measures in the 4 project countries.

References
Altrichter, H. (2015). Governance in Education: Conceptualisation, Methodology, and Research Strategies for Analysing Contemporary Transformations of Teacher Education (9-30). In: Dina Kuhlee, Jürgen van Buer, Christopher Winch (Hrsg.): Governance in der Lehrerausbildung: Analysen aus England und Deutschland Governance in Initial Teacher Education: Perspectives on England and Germany. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.

Kuckartz, Udo (2018): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung, 4. Auflage, Weinheim, Basel: Beltz Juventa.

Merz-Atalik, K. (2001). Interkulturelle Pädagogik in Integrationsklassen. Subjektive Theorien von Lehrern im gemeinsamen Unterricht von Kindern mit und ohne Behinderungen. Opladen: Leske und Budrich.

Merz-Atalik, K. & Beck, K. (2020): Governance inklusiver Bildung: Modelle, Strukturen und Netzwerke der inklusiven Bildungsreform im internationalen Vergleich (Südtirol/ Italien und Baden-Württemberg/ Deutschland). In: Dietze, T./ Gloystein, D./ Moser, V./ Piezunka, A./ Röbenack, L./ Schäfer, L./ Wachtel, G./ Walm, M. (Hrsg.): Inklusion - Partizipation - Menschenrechte: Transformationen in der Teilhabegesellschaft? 10 Jahre UN-Behindertenrechtskonvention - Eine interdisziplinäre Zwischenbilanz. Bad Heilbrunn: Julius Klinkhardt, 210-218.

Merz-Atalik, K. & Beck, K. (2022): (Dis-)Kontinuitäten in der inklusiven Schulreformentwicklung – Entwicklungslinien in Baden-Württemberg und Südtirol. In: Koenig, O. (Hrsg.): Transformatives Inklusionsmanagement: Theoretische Markierungen und gelebte Beispiele eines neuen Forschungs- und Handlungsfeldes. Bad Heilbrunn: Julius Klinkhardt.

Merz-Atalik, K., & Beck, K. (2023). Partizipative Mehrebenen-Netzwerk-Analysen von Governancestrukturen und Akteurskonstellationen der inklusiven Bildungsreform. Vergleichende Betrachtungen zu Südtirol (Italien) und Baden-Württemberg (Deutschland). In: Kruschel, R. & Merz-Atalik, K. (Hrsg.): Steuerung von Inklusion!? Governance Prozesse auf den Ebenen des Schulsystems. Wiesbaden: Springer. (in print)

Scheele, B. (1992). Struktur-Lege-Techniken als Dialog-Konsens-Methodik: Ein Zwischenfazit zur Forschungsentwicklung bei der rekonstruktiven Erhebung Subjektiver Theorien. Münster: Aschendorff.

Scheele, B., & Groeben, N. (1988). Dialog-Konsens-Methoden zur Rekonstruktion Subjektiver Theorien: die Heidelberger Struktur-Lege-Technik (SLT). Tübingen.

UNESCO (2020): Global education monitoring report. Inclusion and education: All means all. Paris, UNESCO.
UN (2006): Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Implementing Council of Europe Strategic Action Plan for Roma and Traveller Inclusion (2020-2025) in Albania: Building Security Attachment Capital

Alison Taysum1, Ferit Hysa2, Arto Kallioniemi3, Hauwa Imam4

1University of Ireland, Maynooth; 2Dardania College, Prishtina, Kosova; 3University of Helsinki, Finland; 4University of Abuja, Nigeria

Presenting Author: Taysum, Alison; Hysa, Ferit

This Ground Work Case in Albania aims to reveal how adults talking with children can build relationships and support children’s appropriate development through the four phases of Bowlby’s attachment theory (1980).

Phase 1 0–3 months - babies seek proximity from caregiver.

Phase 2 3–6 months - babies demonstrate preference for a caregiver over another

Phase 3 6 months–3 years - babies without trauma are likely to develop fully functional attachments of trust with others, if trauma is experienced beyond their control and beyond the control of the caregiver the child will require healing by taking them back to the time of the trauma through reflection and carefully and slowly exploring the damage and re-layering healthy relationships of trust.

Phase 4 3 years-childhood ends - dependency on the primary caregiver is exchanged for self-determining/managing in making good decisions with good faculty of judgement about personal regulation moving from fear to problem solving in solidarity with others.

If trauma is experienced, which is not the fault of the child or the preferred caregiver, the child can become stuck and unable to develop the mental models required to reach phase 4. This has implications for adults who may have experienced trauma, through no fault of their own, who have not passed through the 4 phases of attachment theory. These adults are expected to support children through the phases of attachment theory, with no working personal mental model or social theories, frameworks or guidelines of what that looks like. A survey of 863 kindergarten-staff with a response rate of 78% revealed i) the curriculum of kindergarten-staff’s qualification did not include Bowlby’s attachment theory in four phases, ii) kindergarten-staff were unaware of attachment theory or how to apply it in practice. Findings reveal the Covid 19 pandemic has caused trauma and there is a history of trauma in Albania caused by war after moving to a market economy and this conflict causing trauma continues between Albania and Kosovo coupled to loss/damage caused by climate change.

Our new contribution to knowledge is A Blueprint for Character Development for Evolution (ABCDE) (Taysum et al, 2020) is recommended to be implemented in further funded research. ABCDE is an incremental model to enable adults and children to evaluate progress through the phases of attachment theory and move from ‘fear’ of the self, the other and the environment to ‘good faculty of judgement required for self-determining homeostasis’ and building security attachment capital. ABCDE builds ‘security attachment capital’ by developing kindergarten-staff culturally responsive self-review of their knowledge of attachment theory and how to apply it through talk. This needs to be coupled to an informed responsible historical and cultural consciousness of the impacts of trauma and the impacts of trauma on the children’s previous generations (ancestors). There are circa 120,000 Roma in Albania and Kostka (2022, p.2) identifies across Europe ‘many Roma families have little or no access to social support and high numbers of children are removed from their parents due to poverty rather than as a last recourse where up to 60% of Roma children are represented in care homes from populations of 10%’. This prevents Albanian diverse communities working together to become self managing of food, energy, fair labour markets and value chains where diverse groups with an identity of ‘Albanian’ and ‘European’ can combat all discrimination including anti-Gypsyism, experienced over generations, and support real and effective equality (European Commission, 2023). Thus security attachment capital needs to be built, starting in Kindergartens and continuing through to lifelong learning as a foundation to implementingThe Council of Europe Strategic Action Plan for Roma and Traveller Inclusion (2020-2025) in Albania.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The Albanian Groundwork-case addresses three questions:

1. Do education and qualifications required for kindergarten-staff working with young children (0-3 years) include Bowlby's attachment theory?
2. How and in what ways do kindergarten-staff working with young children (0-3 years) describe, understand and apply attachment theory to build relationships through talk to develop children’s working mental models for healthy psycho-motor development?
3. How can the findings be theorised to implement CoE Strategic Action Plan for Roma and Traveller Inclusion by developing attachment security capital?

Our position in this research is that social reality is constructed by internal factors that members form and habitualize by interpreting thoughts and activities (Bourdieu, 2000). Further, this process occurs with those with what we call ‘attachment security capital’ for those who have passed through Bowlby’s phases of attachment theory, or attachment insecurity capital for those who have not. The research took a mixed methods approach administering both qualitative and quantitative methods to generate grassroot data.

To address Research question 1, secondary data was gathered from educational settings policies and national policies to establish if Bowlby's attachment theory was part of kindergarten-staff required qualifications for working with children (0-3 years).

To address research question 2 online questionnaires were administered to 863 kindergarten-staff from a population of 46,000 Kindergarten-staff from across Albania with a response rate of 78%. The quantitative data yielded descriptive statistics (Gorard, 2001) focused on participants’: identifying characteristics of knowledge of attachment theory and how it was applied in practice that could be further explored in the next phase of the research through focus groups; providing a statement of understanding of the research to inform the schedule for the focus groups; present a baseline position in time to measure impact of intervention strategies should our International Consortium's planned future research be funded.

To address research question 3, qualitative data was collected by focus groups from three purposively sampled (Denscombe, 2010) kindergartens from a total of thirty kindergartens in the City of Tirana, Albania. Each focus group was conducted in each kindergarten separately. The focus groups were transcribed verbatim and analysed using a constant comparative method. The data was subject to pattern matching, connecting and categorization (Dey, 1993) multiple times to interpret them and generate theories and conclusions (Mertens, 1988).

All participants gave informed written consent, had the right to withdraw from the research to the point of publication and were assured anonymity and confidentiality (BERA, 2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Bowlby’s attachment theory is not part of Kindergarten-staff qualifications and not known or applied by Kindergarten-staff. Kindergarten-staff build relationships with children spontaneously without referring to theories, frameworks or guidelines.
The framework of the Council of Europe (2020) CoE Strategic Action Plan for Roma and Traveller Inclusion (2020-2025) identifies member states and CoE delivering action plans for systematic, regular and structural co-operation with Roma civil-society organisations can facilitate working towards jointly implementing projects. Transformation for democracy can start by building security attachment capital with equal concern for all drawing on European Roma Institute for Arts and Culture (ERIAC) expertise.

Implications are significant because i) people experiencing trauma for example from terrorist acts by Hezbollah, al-Shabaab and ISIS in Europe, African Union, MENA, and Asia have low/no security attachment capital increasing their vulnerability to radicalisation, particularly in contexts of extreme poverty and loss and damage caused by climate change (Taysum, 2022).

Recommendations for future funded research: ABCDE in five stages is implemented with Kindergarten-staff:

A Encourage questions about security attachment capital;
B Deepen Kindergarten-Staff culturally responsive self-review of their knowledge of attachment theory and how to apply it to develop children’s security attachment capital.
C Collect data to develop informed historical and cultural consciousness of the impacts of current traumas and historical traumas experienced by previous generations (ancestors) on i) passing through the phases of Bowlby’s attachment theory for attachment security capital, or ii) getting stuck at a phase resulting in low/no security attachment capital
D Talk as an intervention strategy mobilised by ABCDE builds ‘rich vocabulary-emotional-life capital’ (Imam and Taysum, 2022)  linked to cultural, and textual literacy, critical and analytic historical learning of causes of Trauma (De Gruy, 2008), and responsible historical consciousness to develop security attachment capital to support education for democracy.
E Principles transferred to other classroom learning experiences.

References
British Educational Research Association (2018) Ethical Guidelines for Educational Research fourth edition, bit.ly/3Hlt7IW
Bourdieu, P. (2000). Pascalian Meditations. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Bowlby, J. (1980). Attachment and Loss. Vol 3. Loss. New York: Basic.
Council of Europe (2020). CoE Strategic Action Plan for Roma and Traveller Inclusion (2020-2025), bit.ly/3Jwr2wj
De Gruy, J. (2005). Post traumatic slave Syndrome: America’s legacy of enduring injury and healing. Portland: Joy Degruy-Publications.
Denscombe, M. (2010). The good research guide for small scale social research projects. Berkshire: Open University Press.
Dey, I. (1993). Qualitative Data Analysis: a user-friendly guide for social scientists. London:Routledge.
European Commission. (2023). Horizon Europe Work Programme 2023-2024 Cluster 2. Culture, creativity and inclusive society, bit.ly/3wlXgCJ
European Roma Institute for Arts and Culture (2023) https://eriac.org
Gorard, S. (2001). Quantitative Methods In Educational Research the role of numbers made easy. London: Continuum.
Harlow, H., Dodsworth, R., & Harlow, M. (1965). Total social isolation in monkeys. National Academy of Sciences 54(1), 90.
Imam, H., and Taysum, A. (2022). Adults and Children Using ABCDE to Facilitate Self-Reflection Through Talk to Manage Emotions and Self-Regulate for Continued Good Life in Post Covid-19 recovery., Journal of Groundwork Cases and Faculty of Judgement 1, (2) 214-230.
Kant, I. (1785). Groundwork of the metaphysics of morals. London: HarperCollins.
Kostka, J. (2022). Social care: how Gypsy, Roma and Traveller children face discrimination across Europe and UK, bit.ly/3HJeCQh
Marcinko D, Jakovljevic M, Jaksic N, Bjedov S, Drakulic A. (2020) The importance of psychodynamic approach during COVID-19 pandemic, Psychiatr Danub, 32 15-21.
Mertens, D. (1988). Research Methods in Educational Psychology. ThousandOaks: Sage.
Pipp, S. and Harmon, R. (1987) Attachment as Regulation: A Commentary, Child Development 58 (3) 648-652.
Pring, R. (2021) Education, Social Reform and Philosophical Development: Evidence from the Past, Principles for the Future. London: Routledge.
Taysum, A. (2022). Scoping How To Optimise Education Outcomes in Nigeria Journal of Groundwork Cases and Faculty of Judgment 2 (1.1) pp. 46-68.
Taysum, A., Beutner, M., Kallioniemi, A., Canfarotta, D., Casado Muñoz, R., Ruşitoru, M., Hysa, F., Pathak, R.,  Mynbayeva, A., Yelbayeva, Z.,  Timchenko, V. Trapitsin, S., Pogosian, V., Tropinova, E., Ueda, M., Newton, P., Saboor, A., McGuinness, S. (2020) ‘EYSIER Charter Mark with ABCDE and Assessment for Personal and Social Learning; a bottom-up approach to building faculty of judgement with Open Access knowledge bases of Science with and for Society (SwafS)’, European Journal of Social Sciences Education and Research 3 (2) 129-150 available at: http://journals.euser.org/index.php/ejed/article/view/4704


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Learning and Schooling Support in Finnish Basic Education – Diversity at Municipal Level Challenges Legislative Guidance of Pupils’ Support

Meri Lintuvuori1,2, Irene Rämä1

1University of Helsinki, Finland; 2Tampere University, Finland

Presenting Author: Lintuvuori, Meri; Rämä, Irene

The special education system in Finnish basic education is currently referred to as Learning and schooling support (Basic Education Act 628/1998 Amendment 642/2010). Since 2011, the three levels of support have been general (Tier 1), intensified (Tier 2) and special (Tier 3) support. The support methods and tools are almost the same at all tier levels; however, the intensity of the provided support increases from one level to the next (Thuneberg et al., 2013). The Finnish 'Education for All' reform was completed in the late 1990s when the responsibility for the education of children with the most severe intellectual disabilities and children in reformatory school was moved from social services to the education system. From a legislative perspective, all comprehensive school pupils are in the same education system. The idea of a ‘least restrictive environment’ has been one of the guiding principles of basic education since 1970; nevertheless, totally inclusive schools are rare in Finland (Jahnukainen, 2015). The Finnish support system is somewhat comprehensive; alongside other support, pupils are entitled to remedial teaching and part-time special education at all tier levels.

Governance of Finnish basic education is decentralised. However, legislation and one national-level core curriculum describe the overall objectives and guidelines of basic education (BEA 628/1998; FNBE, 2016). In line with the core curriculum, municipalities (N = 309) have their own municipal-level curriculums to meet their own local needs and circumstances. Finnish municipalities are very diverse; e.g., the number of inhabitants, the population with immigrant background, age composition and geographic features vary considerably. Regarding school-aged children, the number of pupils in basic education range from under 50 to over 50 000 per municipality. Moreover, the Finnish population is concentrated in Southern Finland.

The fundamental idea of the Finnish education system is that everyone has the right to basic education. According to the BEA (628/1998), pupils are entitled to sufficient support for learning and schooling whenever the need arises. The UN Convention article 3.1. on the Rights of the Child obligates the best interests of the child shall be a primary consideration in all actions concerning children. Finland ratified the Convention in a law in 1991 (60/1991). In 2022 a new section was added to the BEA (163/2022), thus strengthening national regulation of the best interests of the child in education. One of the aims of basic education is also (BEA 628/1998) “to secure adequate equity in education throughout the country”.

Based on official statistics the provision of learning and schooling support varies between the municipalities. For example, at the national level 8.5 percent of pupils in basic education received Tier 3 support in the year 2019 and the municipal level variation was 0 to 16.4 percent (OSF, 2020). In addition, the place of provision of support also varied. For example, the national average of pupils receiving Tier 3 support fully in special classes was 2.3 percent of pupils in basic education and at the municipal level, the range was 0-10 percent (OSF, 2020).

There is an ongoing public debate on the need for legislation to define the learning and schooling support more precisely, in particular the support provided at Tier 2 and Tier 3. One of the objectives is to reduce the variation of the support between municipalities.

In this study, we are aiming to use different types of municipal level data to examine how the principles of learning support and practices used in municipalities reflect the diversity of municipalities in Finland. We also intend to find out if it is possible to describe the criteria for different support levels more precisely based on the results.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The main data sets used in the present study were collected with the municipal level survey of learning and schooling support (responses from 62 % of the municipalities in mainland Finland): semi-structured survey data, qualitative data collected with open-ended questions and vignette data. The municipalities were represented by experts working in municipal level administration related to learning and schooling support. Respondents were allowed to answer the survey in Finnish or Swedish. In addition, the time series data compiled by Statistics Finland on learning and schooling support was used as the basis for analyses and descriptions.

Municipal level survey data included several multiple-choice questions and were analysed mainly with descriptive analysis (e.g., frequencies, percentages). The open-ended questions were also used to examine participants’ opinions of themes relevant to the study, but in this case we did not want to guide their answers as strictly as in the multiple-choice questions. The analysis of this part of the study was based on deductive content analysis because of the characteristics of the data (Elo et al., 2014; Elo & Kyngäs, 2008). We selected the analysis method to get a more condensed description of the phenomenon. First, we read the answers several times to familiarize ourselves with the data. After that we grouped similar topics (mentions) in each question to thematic categories that were further compiled under main categories. Finally, we counted the percentages of respondents (  ̴ municipalities) for mentions in each category.

Municipal support arrangements were also examined using a vignette data set, consisting of three case examples of a typical pupil receiving support. The descriptions were based on statistical information and were made in collaboration with a learning and schooling support specialist from a large municipality. The vignette data has been used in Finland earlier to compare learning and schooling support within municipalities (National Audit Office, 2013), but it was also used to compare, for example, social policy systems in different countries (e.g. Kuivalainen, 2007).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
According to our results, the principles of learning support and municipal level practices varied in many ways. With these datasets, there were no noticeable clear criteria and interfaces in the provision of Tier 2 and Tier 3 support in Finnish municipalities. This is in line with current legislation and national-level core curriculum guidelines (BEA 628/1998; FNBE 2016).

In relation to the public debate, the results of our study indicate that it might be very challenging to try to regulate support very precisely at different Tier levels (Tier 1, 2, 3) at the legislative level because of the diversity of Finnish municipalities. In addition, the pupils’ support needs are very individual and therefore flexibility in legislation is important.

In this study, we tried to get a deeper understanding of the practices and principles of learning and schooling support in Finnish municipalities. However, our study is limited to the municipal level principles, so it is not possible to conclude how the support is organized in schools and whether the support is effective or in the best interests of the child. Thus, further research is needed into what kind of learning and schooling support is provided in schools and if the support meets the needs of different pupils in different municipalities.

References
Basic Education Act 628/1998 Amendments up to 163/2022. Retrieved January 2023. https://www.finlex.fi/fi/laki/ajantasa/1998/19980628

Basic Education Act 628/1998 Amendment 642/2010. Retrieved January 2023. https://www.finlex.fi/fi/laki/alkup/2010/20100642

Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing 62(1), 107–115.  https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007.04569.x

Elo, S., Kääriäinen, M., Kanste, O., Pölkki, T., Utriainen K., & Kyngäs H. (2014). Qualitative Content Analysis. A Focus on Trustworthiness. SAGE Open, 4(1). https://doi-org/10.1177/2158244014522633

FNBE. (2016). National Core Curriculum for Basic Education. Publications 2016:5. Helsinki: Finnish National Board of Education.

Jahnukainen, M. (2015). Inclusion, integration, or what? A comparative study of the school principals' perceptions of inclusive and special education in Finland and in Alberta, Canada. Disability & Society, 30(1), 59–72. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2014.982788

Kuivalainen, S. (2007). Malliperhemetodin käyttö ja anti kansainvälisissä vertailuissa [The use and performance of the model family method in international comparisons]. Sosiaalipolitiikan laitoksen julkaisuja C:18/2007. Turun yliopisto.

Kyngäs, H., Elo, S., Pölkki, T., Kääriäinen, M., & Kanste, O. (2011). Sisällönanalyysi suomalaisessa hoitotieteellisessä tutkimuksessa [Content analysis in Finnish nursing research]. Hoitotiede 23(2), 138–148.

National State Audit Office (2013). Erityisopetus perusopetuksessa [Special education in Basic education] Valtiontalouden tarkastusviraston tarkastuskertomukset 8/2013. National State Audit Office.

OSF. (2020). Special education 2019. Statistics Finland.  http://www.stat.fi/til/erop/2019/erop_2019_2020-06-05_tie_001_fi.html Accessed 2.2.2021.

Thuneberg, H., Vainikainen, M.-P., Ahtiainen, R., Lintuvuori, M., Salo, K., & Hautamäki, J. (2013). Education is special for all: The Finnish support model. Gemeinsam leben, 2, 67–78.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm06 SES 11 A: Cultures, Practices and Environments of Science Communication
Location: Gilbert Scott, G466 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Klaus Rummler
Paper Session and Ignite Talk
 
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

We Talk About Science – How Do Students Communicate Science to Peers?

Philipp Spitzer1, Thomas Plotz2

1Center for Chemistry Education, University of Graz, Austria; 2University College for Teacher Education of Christian Churches, Austria

Presenting Author: Spitzer, Philipp; Plotz, Thomas

In recent years adequate communication of scientific results to the population has become more and more important. Understanding science contributes to participation in society (Davies & Horst, 2016) and is a prerequisite for making informed decisions and actively participating in society. According to the latest Eurobarometer, the situation in Austria is problematic. It has shown that science still tends to be seen as elitist and is usually not well understood. Furthermore, respondents even suggested that it is unnecessary to understand science (European Commission. Directorate General for Communication., 2021). However, the social discourses associated with science communication have also shown that such communication requires solid professional training as well as knowledge of scientific traditions and the "nature of science" to establish "informed trust" among public (Bromme, 2020). Participation in scientific communication and scientific processes goes beyond mere consumption, as shown by the many references to current research and research results.

But how do students perceive science communication and how can it be made more relevant to the target group? The citizen-science-project "We talk about science" investigates the question of relevant content for schoolchildren and encourages them to leave the consuming role, to prepare and communicate scientific topics by themselves. One target group of the project are pupils from secondary schools who have already had contact with science subjects like biology, chemistry and physics in class. Based on the reflection of their own consumption of science communication products (videos, homepages, newspaper reports, etc.), they are instructed and supported to communicate scientific aspects from the two selected current and socially relevant subject areas of electromagnetic radiation and carbon dioxide. Together with science communication and subject experts, additionally supported by student teachers, they design their own science communication products (videos, posts,…) and share those with their community (online and in person).

The second target group of the project are elementary school students in the fourth grade. The first small projects on science communication are investigating which aspects will be perceived at this age and what target group-adequate science communication in elementary school looks like.

The first project phase started in October 2022. The focus was on collecting ideas about scientists, science communicators and the perception of science communication products. Both the image and the resulting trust in representatives of science are addressed. This data is collected using a mixed methods design at participating project schools in classes of different age groups.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For the overall project we define three research area: (1) Credibility of science experts for students; (2) Students' own consumption, communication, and discussion of scientific content; (3) Implementation of science communication in primary schools. In the first phase of the project, we focus on aspects of our research area 1 and 2 as shown in the following. For the first area, we aim to answer the following questions:
(1) Which characteristics influence the credibility of persons in the context of science communication for the target group of students?
(2) Are there characteristics that make people appear more credible in the context of science communication?
As a basis for a questionnaire, we researched the perception of scientists by students of different ages and school types. In a first step we used the well-known and very common Draw-A-Scientist test (Chambers, 1983; Finson, 2002). In addition to this, key question-based interviews will be carried out with schoolchildren of different ages (6-14 years old). The aim is to extract characteristics from scientists that make them appear competent, credible, and trustworthy. These initial drawings will be used to create various prototypical scientists and science communicators for a conjoint analysis. In this statistical experiment (Green & Srinivasan, 1978; Gustafsson et al., 2007), the influence of these characteristics on the credibility of products and actors in science communication will be examined.

In the first phase of our project, we aim on the following questions of research area two:
(1) What form of science communication is recognized by students in their daily life on the various social platforms (Instagram, TikTok, YouTube,…)
(2) In which way do students rank those science communication products they found.
The students record their findings on researching science communication products on protocol sheets (online). One sheet is filled out per product they found. The protocol sheets from all schools are collected and analyzed with content analyses (Mayring, 2019; Mayring & Fenzl, 2019) in the context of qualification theses (Bachelor's and Master's theses), in order to answer the research questions listed above. For further work and discussion of the results in the participating school class, we provide material with ideas for work in planning.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The aim of the project is to communicate more with pupils about science and research and to gain insights into their view of science communication. In addition to providing insight into research and acquiring scientific literacy, Citizen Science projects also aim to create awareness for social problems. Citizen Science projects can contribute to strengthening this awareness by not only raising it among Citizen Scientists, but also by making them more broadly aware. This is exactly what science communication is needed for.
Our project aims to contribute to this by identifying criteria for relevant and target group-oriented science communication for students, based on the work with students and the analysis and production of their own communication products.
The project just started and in the first months we already had a kick-off event in every participating school. Although the work takes place in the project classes, one of the intentions of the project would also be to bring science topics and science communication in this area more into focus and into the awareness of the pupils in the entire cooperation school.
We will give first insights into these events and our research on the image and trustworthiness of scientists as well as a peek into the first analysis of consumption of science communication.

References
Bromme, R. (2020). Informiertes Vertrauen: Eine psychologische Perspektive auf Vertrauen in Wissenschaft. In M. Jungert, A. Frewer, & E. Mayr (Hrsg.), Wissenschaftsreflexion. Interdisziplinäre Perspektiven zwischen Philosophie und Praxis (S. 105–134). Mentis.

Chambers, D. W. (1983). Stereotypic images of the scientist: The draw-a-scientist test. Science Education, 67(2), 255–265. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.3730670213

Davies, S. R., & Horst, M. (2016). Science communication: Culture, identity and citizenship. Palgrave Macmillan.

European Commission. Directorate General for Communication. (2021). Kenntnisse und Einstellungen der europäischen Bürgerinnen und Bürger zu Wissenschaft und Technologie: Bericht. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2775/844093

Finson, K. D. (2002). Drawing a Scientist: What We Do and Do Not Know After Fifty Years of Drawings. School Science and Mathematics, 102(7), 335–345. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1949-8594.2002.tb18217.x

Green, P. E., & Srinivasan, V. (1978). Conjoint Analysis in Consumer Research: Issues and Outlook. Journal of Consumer Research, 5(2), 103. https://doi.org/10.1086/208721

Gustafsson, A., Herrmann, A., & Huber, F. (2007). Conjoint measurement: Methods and applications (4th ed). Springer.

Mayring, P. (2019). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse – Abgrenzungen, Spielarten, Weiterentwicklungen. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, Vol 20, No 3 (2019): Qualitative Content Analysis I. https://doi.org/10.17169/FQS-20.3.3343

Mayring, P., & Fenzl, T. (2019). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. In N. Baur & J. Blasius (Hrsg.), Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung (S. 633–648). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-21308-4_42


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

The Public Sphere of Media Education. The Case of Austria.

Christian Swertz

University of Vienna, Austria

Presenting Author: Swertz, Christian

The public has been analysed many times (Lippmann 1921; Habermas 2022; Herman/Chomsky 2008). These analyses are often made the basis of media education theories and concepts. The opposite path has not been taken so far. Therefore, the lecture raises the question of how the public sphere should be shaped from a media education perspective. Based on suggestion for a public sphere that suits media education, it is discussed to what extent the public sphere in Austria has a structure that is suitable for the developpment of media literacy by a person.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the first step, the possibilities of monistic and dualistic epistmologies for the development of proposals for the design of proposals for the design of the public sphere are discussed (Swertz 2021b). It is shown that monistic theories are not suitable for making the value of diversity the basis of realistic utopias and that dualistic theories are therefore preferable.
In the second step, the theory of movement between spheres of value as an educational occasion, which has been developed in realdialectical media pedagogy (Meder 2004), is shown to be a possible framework for the development of a realist utopia (Swertz 2012).
In the third step, the example of Austria is used to examine how the public sphere needs to be further developed in order to communicate the value of diversity in the context of creating occasions for the development of media education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results show that the public sphere should be shaped as citizen media, public media, state media and commercial media and that independent professionalised media pedagogical practice should primarily refer to free media. The current public sphere in Austria does not meet these requirements, since public media must earn advertising revenue, commercial media are subsidised with taxpayers' money, citizen media are tax funded and state media hardly exist. The public sphere therefore consists of only a nebulous structure that can be describe as a state-industrial media complex (Hug/Madritsch 2020). This complex prohibits media literacy. It is therefore necessary to further develop the existing apparent diversity into a real diverstity with clearly distinct structures.
References
Habermas, Jürgen (2022): Ein neuer Strukturwandel der Öffentlichkeit und die deliberative Politik, Berlin: Suhrkamp.
Hardt, Michael/Negri, Antonio (2013): Demokratie! wofür wir kämpfen, Frankfurt am Main: Campus-Verlag.
Herman, Edward S./Chomsky, Noam (2008): Manufacturing Consent: The Political Economy of the Mass Media, London: The Bodley Head.
Lippmann, Walter (1921): Public Opinion, Salt Lake City, UT: Project Gutenberg.
Meder, Norbert (2004): Der Sprachspieler. Der postmoderne Mensch oder das Bildungsideal im Zeitalter der neuen Technologien., Würzburg: Königshausen und Neumann.
Swertz, Christian (2012): Utopologische Medienpädagogik. Ein Plädoyer für das methodische Bedenken der Zukunft., in: Blaschitz, Edith/Brandhofer, Gerhard/Nosko, Christian/Schwed, Gerhard (Hg.): Zukunft des Lernens. Wie digitale Medien Schule, Aus- und Weiterbildung verändern, Glückstadt: Verlag Werner Hülsbusch, 39–55.
Swertz, Christian (2021): Korrelationale und retorsive Grundlagen der Realdialektik. Eine Erörterung des Ansatzes der relationalen Medienpädagogik., in: Aufklärung und Kritik 28, 3, 57–72.


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

The Evolution of Open Learning in a Norwegian Academic Journal for Higher Education

Yngve Nordkvelle, Randi Elisabeth Hagen

Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences

Presenting Author: Nordkvelle, Yngve; Hagen, Randi Elisabeth

Open learning as a concept has its origins in distance education and ICT and the use of media in education. This paper aims at tracking the evolving concept of “open learning” in an academic journal for teaching and learning in higher education in one national state: Norway. It was established by the Norwegian University Council and distributed to all teachers at the then four universities and four scientific colleges (4500 copies) with four issues pr year. A host of journals for higher education was established during the same time in Europe and elsewhere – around 1977 – as a response to the beginning massification of higher education globally. The focus on using computers and media in education was evident from the beginning. During its first decade about 15 % of all contributions dealt with this topic. The paper will address what type of information they (N=150) conveyed, in what genre they communicated their messages, and what scientific base they had in theories and generalised experience. In general, the evolution of journals in a particular field is described as a development from a bulletin for a community of practice to a hard-core testbed for acceptable knowledge within a scientific community. This paper will analyse one aspect of a broad journal and follow the discourses within this aspect regarding, what technologies are spoken of, what purposes for its use has been described, which methods have been employed, which political trends are taken into consideration regarding openness, democratic access to education etc.. One assumption presented by Tight (2004) is that journals in the area are relatively a-theoretical. In the paper we will in particular track the use of references of international sources and influences, either by contributions from foreign authors, or in references for papers. The paper will highlight theories that are dominant and influential. One question is whether one might discern international or national trends in the evolution of the field, and which contributions might be provided from the national arena to the international.

One interesting track is to see the technological development from the early implementations of media technologies, computers and language labs, laser discs, and other obscure objects of the 1970/80-ies, to the development of information networks and internet, broadband and social media, and how Learning management systems, blogging, Wikis, digital storytelling and tools for collaboration like Adobe Connect up until ZOOM and Teams, Slack and similar tools make their way into the main ground. One assumption is that these technologies are often referred to as promising and filled with potential use in various contexts. Many will fall into a category of singular case studies, driven by engaged practitioners who enthusiastically endorse positive outcomes and minimize problems or shortcomings. The other dimension described is the double intention of a) improving ordinary teaching in higher education and b) the efforts to increase access to higher education for students of all ages, geographical and social origin. The third dimension analyzed will be the discourses about the future of education and the role of media and ICT in higher education in the years to come. The pandemic/Covid-19-experience becomes visible in its most recent years and sets an agenda for new ideas and problems to be addressed. The issues of GDPR, digital disturbances, adaptive learning, and learning analytics are new terms that spark a continuing and critical discourse about open learning and higher education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A sample of 150 contributions to the journal of a total of 1000 from 45 volumes deal with open learning and ICT/Media in higher education. They are selected from the title and the possible allusions evoked from the title. Since 2003, the formal criteria of peer-reviews, abstracts and keywords were introduced and was also read to identify contributions worth considering. We organised contributions in a spreadsheet and developed criteria according to issue/Volume, author, institutional and geographical origin, formal signifiers of genre (practical reports, experiments, experience and reflective essays, policy statements, empirical or theoretical orientation), length and disciplinary or professional context. We classified topics along different timelines, such as technological (from Overhead-projectors to MOOCs) and theoretical development (from Piaget/Papert to Säljö), political intent (improving teaching in institutions – providing access for the public to higher education), gender, technology enthusiasts vs sceptics, national vs international orientation. After creating a set of tables of content, style/genres, length, etc. we separated a subset of contributions with a more ambitious intent of addressing research questions, with an empirical section as well as a theoretically embedded approach. These were read more closely and mapped according to concepts and intentions. In particular, we looked for the dynamics between previous research, identification of research gaps, and declarations of findings and consequences, relating to international and national contexts of open learning.  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main conclusion is that the knowledge about the use of ICT and media in higher education from 1977 evolves gradually and is mirrored in a rapidly growing number of contributions. The difference between interest for improving general quality of teaching and learning and open access to higher education is more explicit in the first decade. The two discourses merge in the 1990-ies and is seen as two sides of the coin. The contributions are predominantly rather enthusiastic about the potential of ICT in higher education and the advent of new technologies is seen as undoubtful and convincing examples of a brave new world. The number of critical contributions is very low and quite recent, addressing issues of privacy, GDPR, surveillance and digital disturbances. The reliance on theories from the English-speaking academic arena is overwhelming, with a few references to academics from other Nordic countries, and very few from elsewhere in Europe. The Norwegian context for teaching and learning is almost unquestioned as possibly different from other international contexts. Learning theory is dominant as source of theoretical foundation for the empirical efforts, and to a lesser degree didactical consideration. Learning precedes teaching in a profound sense, particularly in more recent years. Thereby the hypotheses of “learnification” of education, as suggested by Biesta (2004) is supported by the findings in this paper. Further, the presumption that the use of ICT and media in teaching contribute to speed up the change of focus from “teaching” to “learning”, as suggested by Haugsbakk & Nordkvelle (2007), is supported by the findings. Still, the contributions in this journal are rarely addressing questions raised in the journal itself, and thereby evade from the opportunity to declare a national discourse about open learning.
References
Biesta, G. (2004). Against learning. Reclaiming a language for education in an age of learning. Nordic Studies in Education, 24(1), 70-82.
Foss Hansen, H. & Rieper, O. (2009) The evidence movement: The development and consequences of Methodologies in Review Practices. Evaluation 2009 15(131), 141-163.
Fritze, Y., Haugsbakk, G. & Nordkvelle, Y. (2016). Visual Bildung between Iconoclasm and Idolatry. Nordicom Review, 37 (2), pp. 1-15.
Fritze, Y., Haugsbakk, G. & Nordkvelle, Y. (2016). Visual Bildung between Iconoclasm and Idolatry. Nordicom Review, 37 (2), pp. 1-15.
Grepperud, G. & Rønning, W. M. (2006). The Everyday Use of ICT in Norwegian Flexible Education. Seminar.net - International journal of media, technology and lifelong learning. Vol. 2 – Issue 1 – 2006.
Haugsbakk, G. & Nordkvelle, Y. T. (2020). On the expression of hegemony in the field of educational technology - a case study of editorials in a Norwegian academic journal. Seminar.net, 16(2), 19. https://doi.org/10.7577/seminar.4044
Haugsbakk, G. & Nordkvelle, Y. (2007) The Rhetoric of ICT and the New Language of Learning: a critical analysis of the use of ICT in the curricular field European Educational Research Journal, Volume 6 Number 1 2007, (1 12)
Huisman, J. (2008) Higher education policy: The evolution of a journal. Higher education policy, 21(265-274). Doi:10.1057/hep.2008.6
Koschmann, T. (1996). CSCL : Theory and practice of an emerging paradigm (Computers, cognition, and work). Mahwah, N.J: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Løvlie, L. (2002). The Promise of Bildung. Journal of philosophy of education, 36(2), 467–487.
Nordkvelle, Y. & Tosterud, R. (2008). Computers and the Management of Learning in Distance Education. T. Di Petta (Ed.), The Emperor's new Computer. ICT, Teachers and Teaching. Sense Publishers, Rotterdam, pp 45–56.
Nordkvelle, Y. (2003): Fjernundervisningens didaktikk – en egen art eller bare egenart? J. Sjøberg, H. Andersson & O. Björkqvist (red.), Läraren och pedagogiken. Festskrift tilegnet Sven-Erik Hansén. Pedagogiska Fakulteten vid Åbo Akademi, s. 213-228
Nordkvelle, Y. (2004). Technology and didactics. Historical mediations of a relationship. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 36(4), 427–444.
Reeves, T.C. (2000) Enhancing the Worth of Instructional Technology research through “Design Experiments” and Outer Development Research Strategies. Paper presented April 27. 2000 AERA, New Orleans.
Tight, M. (2011) Eleven years of Studies in Higher Education, Studies in
Higher Education, 36:1, 1-6, DOI: 10.1080/03075079.2011.553395
Tight, M.  (2004) Research into higher education: an a‐theoretical
community of practice? Higher Education Research & Development, 23:4, 395-411, DOI:
10.1080/0729436042000276431


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

A Comparative Analysis of the Selection of Ideologically Controversial Knowledge in Wikipedia and the Norwegian Universities' Encyclopedia

Esben Kamstrup

NTNU, Norway

Presenting Author: Kamstrup, Esben

Internationally, digital teaching aids are increasingly being used in schools, and in Norwegian schools schoolbooks are increasingly being replaced by digital knowledge platforms. Store Norske Leksikon (SNL) is, together with Wikipedia, the most used encyclopaedia in Norway. SNL itself refers to 3.4 million users a month, and 600,000 read articles every day (Store norske leksikon, 2023). Wikipedia's own statistics pages show 5 million users (Wikimedia, Unique devices), and respectively 50 million page views per month on the Norwegian version (Wikimedia, Unique devices) and around 28 million monthly page views from Norway on the English-language Wikipedia (Wikimedia, Total page views). Converted, there will then be 2.6 million page views per day. SNL has the Norwegian universities on the ownership side (among others), and has school pupils and students as a stated primary target group (Store norske leksikon, Store norske skole). Wikipedia is often the preferred encyclopaedia for students (Blikstad-Balas & Høgenes, 2014). The encyclopaedia’s presence as a knowledge supplier to the Norwegian school makes it an important arena for ideological and political battle. However, little is known about how ideological battles take place in the construction of knowledge in different encyclopaedias, and they are also differently regulated.

Henriksen (1994) points out that encyclopaedias can have different social roles and shows what the role can mean for the content. When Henriksen systematizes these roles, both SNL and Wikipedia fit into the role of conversation encyclopaedia with a basic idea of ​​informing the public.

The guidelines for what is considered valid knowledge, and therefore what knowledge can be presented, are different for the two encyclopedias. SNL is editorially driven (Store norske leksikon, Om Store norske leksikon), and "... runs a digital knowledge base for the publication of lexical content that is signed and edited by professionals. What we publish must be quality-assured with regard to professional accuracy, source criticism, pedagogy and ease of dissemination" (Store norske leksikon, Foreningen Store norske leksikon). The editors determine the editorial principles and priorities according to which SNL is run (Store norske leksikon, Om Store norske leksikon),). The knowledge in the encyclopedia is created by the editors choosing subject managers, and the subject managers update, manage and write new articles. It is also open for other registered users to submit contributions in the form of comments, articles, proposals for changes, pictures and more (Store norske leksikon, Regler for registrering og publisering), but new content must be approved by the editors. One can therefore say that SNL also fits what Henriksen (1994) calls "the role of professional milieu's mouthpiece". It is typical for this type of encyclopedia that experts are invited in as representatives of their professional traditions and disciplines, and describe what they themselves see as the most important aspects of the subject.

Wikipedia sees itself as a democratic project, where everyone can contribute, and where everyone should have free access to knowledge (Wikipedia, Wikipedia:Purpose). To achieve this objective, Wikipedia is managed according to a set of guidelines and recommendations based on the five pillars (Wikipedia, Wikipedia:Fem søyler). Examples of these are the guideline for neutral point of view, the guideline for verifiable accuracy and the guideline for citing reliable, authoritative sources, all of which help to regulate what is valid knowledge on Wikipedia.

On one hand, we have an encyclopedia where everyone can be heard and contribute their knowledge. On the other hand, we have an encyclopedia where an employed editor selects those who will be allowed to speak, typically these are representatives from professional environments at universities and colleges. Comparative studies have previously been carried out on which of these models is "best" based on a set of normative quality criteria for what an article should contain, the results have in part been divided.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is based on comparative analyzis of two different topics. The first topic is the Annexation of Crimea by the Russian Federation in 2014, and the second topic is gender and identity. The study uses critical discourse analysis as a method and analytic tool. Central elements in the critical discourse analysis are how language affects how the social and materialistic world is shaped. My starting point is that the power struggle is shaped on a linguistic level. Critical discourse analysis lies within a social constructivist paradigm, and a premise is that knowledge is not just a reflection of reality. Knowledge is a discursive construction, and different scientific regimes define what is valid and invalid. This study therefore does not look at the "quality of knowledge" as an encyclopedic quality that is worth investigating, but rather what knowledge is selected in the articles on Wikipedia and SNL when the topic is controversial politically and ideologically.

The analyzes will follow Norman Fairclough's three dimensional model (2008). At the innermost level, the articles are analyzed at word and sentence level. On the second level, the discursive practice, the process surrounding text production is analyzed as it appears in the articles' history logs. The results of these analyzes show how Wikipedia's guidelines for neutral point of view, the guideline for verifiable accuracy and the guideline for citing reliable, authoritative sources are recontextualized (Bernstein, 2000), and can show whether there is potential for actors to take control of this room for action. The third level in the model – social practice – looks at the relationship between discourse, power and ideology.

Research question
Given that these two platforms are central knowledge providers in schools and for students, and that they are differently regulated with regard to which voices have access to promote knowledge, this study aims to look more closely at how knowledge is constructed on the two platforms. Also, with particular attention to what happens to the knowledge when it is controversial, and several people want to promote their view: How is perspective diversity promoted and/or inhibited in Wikipedia and SNL in topics that are ideologically controversial, and how is the content of the knowledge regulated?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings suggest that the recontextualization of Wikipedia's guidelines, rather than giving different actors a voice, silences their voices by emptying the knowledge of ideological content and perspectives. By emptying knowledge of ideological content and perspectives, agency, meaning and diversity of perspectives disappear. This makes the knowledge unsuitable for the school's goals of critical thinking and democratic citizenship.

At SNL, the selected representatives of a professional environment can have a great influence on the knowledge that is selected in the article. If a representative is ideologically motivated, the consequence can be poorly nuanced articles that can promote a politically motivated selection of knowledge.

References
Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity. Maryland. Rowman &
Littlefield publishers, Inc.

Blikstad-Balas, M., & Høgenes, T. (2014). Wikipedias inntog på kildelista – holdninger blant lærere og
elever til Wikipedia i en skolekontekst. Acta Didactica Norge, Vol. 8 Nr. 1 Art. 2.

Fairclough, N. (2008). Kritisk diskursanalyse. København. Hans Reitzels Forlag.

Henriksen, P. (1994). Encyklopediens rolle i samfunnet, og rollens betydning for encyklopediens
utforming. LexicoNordica, 1, 63-75.
http://ojs.statsbiblioteket.dk/index.php/lexn/issue/archive

Store norske leksikon. (2023). Foreningen Store norske leksikon.
https://meta.snl.no/Foreningen_Store_norske_leksikon

Store norske leksikon. (2023). Om Store norske leksikon.
https://meta.snl.no/Om_Store_norske_leksikon

Store norske leksikon. (2023). Regler for registrering og publisering. https://meta.snl.no/Regler_for_registrering_og_publisering_p%C3%A5_snl.no

Store norske leksikon. (2023). Store norske skole. https://meta.snl.no/Store_norske_skole.

Store norske leksikon. (2023). Welcome page. https://snl.no/

Wikimedia. (2023). Total page views.
https://stats.wikimedia.org/#/no.wikipedia.org/reading/total-page-views/normal|bar|2022-02-01~2023-02-01|~total|monthly

Wikimedia. (2023) Unique devices. https://stats.wikimedia.org/#/no.wikipedia.org/reading/unique-
devices/normal|line|2022-01-10~2023-02-01|(access-site)~mobile-site*desktop-site|monthly

Wikipedia. (2020, 03.04). Wikipedia:Purpose.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:Purpose

Wikipedia. (2016, 01.11). Wikipedia:Fem søyler.
https://no.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:Fem_søyler
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm07 SES 11 A: Diversity and its Discontents
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Sophie Rudolph
Panel Discussion
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Panel Discussion

Diversity and its Discontents

Stephen Chatelier1, Bonita Cabiles1, Jessica Gannaway1, Elke Van dermijnsbrugge2

1The University of Melbourne, Australia; 2NHL-Stenden University of Applied Sciences, The Netherlends

Presenting Author: Cabiles, Bonita; Gannaway, Jessica; Van dermijnsbrugge, Elke

This Panel proposes a set of papers which engage the question: what are the challenges that arise when seeking to value diversity in education? In (neo)liberal democracies, inclusion and cultural diversity is often framed in policy in celebratory ways (European Agency, 2022). However, diversity produces challenges. For example in 2010, then German Chancellor, Angela Merkel, announced that multiculturalism had failed (Weaver, 2010) and ensuing years have seen growing prevalence of ethno-nationalist discourses and political representation in Europe and across the world.

This panel takes seriously the desire for diversity in education by examining the discontents that emerge with such desire. Policy language such as 'managing diversity' (Little et al., 2013) implicitly acknowledges that diversity is difficult. While ‘diversity’ may signify a positive aim for liberal society, the actual existence of diversity brings to the surface a cultural politics in which often unacknowledged assumptions about identity, race, and culture are brought into conflict.

Through analyses of diversity dilemmas in schools, the Panel will discuss the 'discontents' of diversity by considering the relationality of pedagogies of discomfort, difficult knowledge, school subject choices, and educative leadership. By examining these issues in relation to settler colonial contexts and international schooling, the Panel aims to unsettle the too-easy celebration of diversity within liberalism, and scrutinise the problems and potential of centring that which is difficult and uncomfortable about education within the context of diversity. All papers within the Panel are guided by a commitment to justice that looks beyond the liberal frame.

The first paper contends with how to address historical injustices in diverse classrooms in British settler colonial contexts. By examining the possibilities of ‘pedagogies of discomfort’ the paper explores the potential for ethical violence raised by approaches that intentionally invoke discomfort (Zembylas, 2015). In response, building on Grande (2018), the paper proposes a range of key tenets for a care-ful and uncoercive reconfiguring of desire, suggesting a path through discomfort to transformative possibility.

The next two papers focus on curriculum in different ways and question the unintended consequences of diversifying curriculum and subject choice. The first of these papers focuses on the concept of ‘difficult knowledge’ (Britzman, 1998) in culturally diverse educational spaces. The paper proposes the concept of ‘difficult funds of knowledge’, as a possibility for engaging with the range of knowledge culturally diverse young people might bring into white dominant classrooms and the dynamics that arise for teachers in relation to this.

The second curriculum paper focuses on diversity in senior secondary education in Australia. Despite decades of reform and reviews that have sought to make senior secondary schooling in Australia more equitable and increase the subject opportunities to a growing and diverse student body, these reforms have consistently failed to destabilise the curriculum hierarchy and its privileging of academic knowledges. The paper demonstrates the distinctive curriculum hierarchy in operation in one Australian state and its durability across time, highlighting continued inequalities in subject access in relation to class, gender and location.

The final paper will examine the problem of international schools leading change in relation to attitudes and practices related to racism and cultural diversity. In response to attempts within the international school sector to lead change in the area of diversity and inclusion, the paper argues for educative leadership (Fay, 1975/2015) as a non-instrumentalist approach to social change. It draws on anarcho-syndicalist structures of organisation to account for diversity within schools and a collective, participatory approach to a more just leadership for change.

Overall, the Panel opens a conversation about educator and researcher responsibility to grapple with diversity’s discontents in our quests for more equitable and just education systems.


References
Britzman, D.P. (1998). Lost subjects, contested objects: Toward a psychoanalytic inquiry of learning. University of New York Press.

European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2022). Celebrating 25 years on the path to inclusive education. https://www.european-agency.org/sites/default/files/Celebrating%2025%20years%20on%20the%20path%20to%20inclusive%20education.pdf

Fay, B. (1975/2015). Social Theory and Political Practice. Routledge.

González, N., Moll, L. C., & Amanti, C. (2005). Funds of knowledge: theorizing practice in households, communities, and classrooms. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Grande, S. (2018) Refusing the university, in E. Tuck and K.W. Yang (eds) Toward What Justice? Describing Diverse Dreams of Justice in Education. Routledge, pp 47–66.
Little, D., Leung, C., & Avermaet, P. van. (2013). Managing diversity in education: Languages, policies, pedagogies. Multilingual matters.
Weaver, M. (2010, October 17). Angela Merkel: German multiculturalism has 'utterly failed'. The Guardian. Retrieved January 23, 2023, from https://www.theguardian.com/world/2010/oct/17/angela-merkel-german-multiculturalism-failed
Zembylas, M. (2015). ‘Pedagogy of discomfort’ and its ethical implications: the tensions of ethical violence in social justice education. Ethics and Education, 10(2), 163-174. DOI: 10.1080/17449642.2015.1039274
Zipin, L. (2009). Dark funds of knowledge, deep funds of pedagogy: Exploring boundaries between lifeworlds and schools. Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 30(3), 317-331. doi:10.1080/01596300903037044

Chair
Sophie Rudolph, sophie.rudolph@unimelb.edu.au, The University of Melbourne
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm07 SES 11 B: Revisiting Research Practices towards Social Justice
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Henrike Terhart
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

The Many Ways Teachers and Researchers Use the Term ‘Cultural Capital’

Sally Riordan

University College London, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Riordan, Sally

The topic of this research is the dissemination of cultural capital theory and research from academic communities to school staff. It explores what it means to be a research-informed teacher, most especially with respect to educational inequalities regarding class and cultural background. This is both an empirical study (drawing from interviews with members of school staff), as well as a theoretical one (considering issues in the philosophy of language and the philosophy of science). It explores the following:

(1) what teachers (especially school leaders) mean by ‘cultural capital’ (in particular, how this is revealed in their justifications of school practices);

(2) how the current meaning and use of ‘cultural capital’ in schools relates to Bourdieu and Passeron’s theory of social reproduction; and

(3) how the current meaning and use of ‘cultural capital’ in schools relates to the research evidence regarding cultural capital that has accumulated in the last 50 years.

The study has European significance because it raises questions regarding the transfer of theoretical concepts from one national context to another. Academics’ use of the term capital culturel is charted through studies across Northern Europe (Breinholt & Jaeger, 2020; Bourdieu and Passeron, 1990; Jaeger & Breen, 2016; Lareau & Weininger, 2003; Sieben & Lechner, 2019). Some political conditions that are exacerbating the challenges of research dissemination in this case are highlighted, but the challenges are not specific to the UK.

In order to compare the viewpoints of practitioners with those of academics, I draw on theoretical frameworks of cultural capital associated with the work of Pierre Bourdieu and Jean-Claude Passeron (1990), including the interpretations of John Goldthorpe (2007) and Lareau and Weininger (2003). I also turn to the work of Saul Kripke (1981) and Mark Wilson (2008) to reflect on how the meaning of terms is transmitted between people and to examine the appropriateness of our everyday conceptual frameworks regarding evidence and research dissemination in the field of education.

I will share some of the uses and meaning of ‘cultural capital’ in schools in England and reflect on how these compare with Bourdieu and Passeron’s use of the term capital culturel (1990). The purpose will be to make some suggestions regarding the challenges to using research evidence in practice: the different meaning of terms, the lack of detail in research messaging, the vagueness of research summaries, the requirement (in England) to demonstrate that money spent to reduce educational inequalities is supported by evidence (DfE, 2019). The study raises concerns about the feasibility of usefully transmitting research messages to teachers. I do not propose that teachers are at fault in their use of ‘cultural capital’, but that we need to accommodate the natural ways in which language transfers ideas in our conceptualisations of evidence and research dissemination. I present the findings and hypotheses that resulted from the study in order to ignite further discussion with the audience.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper reports on the findings of a study into educational inequalities funded by the Social Mobility Commission. 150+ interviews were conducted with school leaders, classroom teachers and support staff at 32 secondary schools in England between October 2019 and March 2020. The objective of the wider project was to explore what schools are doing to support children from lower income homes. The topic of cultural capital was raised by participants in 38 (25%) interviews at 14 schools (47%) when describing what their school was doing to reduce educational inequalities. These 38 interview scripts form the basis of this study.  

Thematic analysis was used to investigate what teachers and support workers meant by ‘cultural capital’ when they introduced this term of their own accord during interviews to describe school practices. The analysis was first completed using themes that arose in the interviews (broadening horizons, community, confidence, cultural diversity, curriculum, deficit model, enrichment, literacy, non-academic purposes, and relationship building). The analysis was also conducted using codes drawn up from a literature review and an analysis of the work of Bourdieu and Passeron (arbitrariness, economic resources, highbrow, parental cultural capital, inculcation, and tastes/preferences). This enabled a more systematic comparison between practitioners’ and academics’ use of the term ‘cultural capital’.

I further analysed the interview scripts to identify and categorise all cultural capital practices described by practitioners as taking place in their schools during the 2019-20 school year. A ‘cultural capital practice’ was defined generally as any intervention or approach taken by the school in order to give students access to cultural capital. (‘Giving access’ was the most commonly used description of cultural capital transmission by practitioners, who also used the phrases ‘giving’, ‘improving’, ‘skilling up’, ‘gaining’, ‘filling in’ and ‘compensating for’). A total of 30 cultural capital practices were contrasted and compared regarding their approach, objectives and reasoning to draw out their underlying assumptions. An ‘interventionist account of cultural capital’ was then drawn up to summarise the assumptions and understandings of school staff regarding cultural capital.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study found that teachers in English schools use the term ‘cultural capital’ in multiple (and contradictory) ways. The term has retained many hallmarks of Bourdieu and Passeron’s theory of social reproduction, but has rejected others, and has assimilated ideas regarding cultural diversity and inclusion, most especially Tara Yosso’s concept of ‘community cultural wealth’ (Tichavakunda 2019; Yosso, 2005). Cultural capital practices make different assumptions about the causes of educational inequalities and how to tackle them. Some seek to make changes in children’s homes. Others attempt to mimic the homelife of more affluent children in school time. Some try to compensate for a perceived lack of cultural capital. Others attempt to change the school curriculum to weaken the correlation between cultural capital and academic achievement.

The study also found that 'cultural capital’ is acknowledged by practitioners to be a technical term that generally ‘carries’ with it the weight of research evidence. Practitioners understood that there is evidence that supports cultural capital practices in general, and therefore that any cultural capital practices are backed by evidence. This confidence in research evidence came from colleagues, school leadership, and the fact that the organisation for school standards in England had recently introduced cultural capital into its inspection framework (Ofsted, 2019). However, the practices implemented did not closely reflect the large international body of cultural capital literature. I conclude that disseminating research has not worked in this case. However, considering the details of this case, I suggest that the challenge lies in the nature of ordinary language, and not in the skills of teachers or researchers. It is not that we should change how others use the term ‘cultural capital’, but that we need to pay attention to how they do so. I propose this has significant consequences for how we think about research dissemination.

References
Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C. (1979 [1964]). The Inheritors: French students and their relation to culture. Trans. by Richard Nice. University of Chicago Press.

Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-Claude. (1990 [1977]). Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture. Sage.

Breinholt, A & Jaeger, M.M. (2020). How does cultural capital affect educational performance: Signals or skills? British Journal of Sociology, 71(1), https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-4446.12711

DfE. (2021). Pupil premium: Conditions of grant 2021 to 2022 for free schools and academies. Guidance. Published 30 March 2021. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/pupil-premium-allocations-and-conditions-of-grant-2021-to-2022/pupil-premium-conditions-of-grant-2021-to-2022-for-academies-and-free-schools

Feyerabend, P. (1993). Against Method (3rd ed.). Verso.

Goldthorpe, J. H. (2007). “Cultural Capital”: Some Critical Observations. Sociologia. 2/2007 https://doi.org/10.2383/24755

Jaeger, M. M., & Breen, R. (2016). A Dynamic Model of Cultural Reproduction. American Journal of Sociology, 121(4), 1079–1115. https://doi.org/10.2307/26545706

Kripke, S. A. (1981). Naming and necessity. Blackwell Publishing Ltd.

Kuhn, T. S. (2012). The Structure of Scientific Revolutions (4th ed.). University of Chicago Press.

Lamont, M., & Lareau, A. (1988). Cultural Capital: Allusions, Gaps and Glissandos in Recent Theoretical Developments. Sociological Theory, 6(2)

Lareau, A., & Weininger, E. B. (2003). Cultural Capital in Educational Research: A Critical Assessment. Theory and Society, 32(5/6). Special Issue on The Sociology of Symbolic Power: A Special Issue in Memory of Pierre Bourdieu), 567–606.

Ofsted. (2019). Education inspection framework (EIF), last updated 11 July 2022. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/education-inspection-framework

Prieur, A., & Savage, M. (2013). Emerging Forms of Cultural Capital. European Societies, 15(2), 246–267. https://doi.org/10.1080/14616696.2012.748930

Davies, S., & Rizk, J. (2018). The Three Generations of Cultural Capital Research: A Narrative Review. Review of Educational Research, 88(3), 331–365. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654317748423

Sieben, S., & Lechner, C.M. (2019). Measuring cultural capital through the number of books in the household. Measurement Instruments for the Social Sciences, 1(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s42409-018-0006-0

Tan, C. Y. (2017). Conceptual diversity, moderators, and theoretical issues in quantitative studies of cultural capital theory. Educational Review, 69(5), 600–619. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2017.1288085

Tichavakunda, A. A. (2019). An Overdue Theoretical Discourse: Pierre Bourdieu’s Theory of Practice and Critical Race Theory in Education, Educational Studies, 55(6), 651–666. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131946.2019.1666395

Wilson, M. (2008). Wandering Significance: An Essay on Conceptual Behavior. Oxford University Press.

Yosso, T. J. (2005). Whose culture has capital? A critical race theory discussion of community cultural wealth. Race Ethnicity and Education, 8(1), 69–91. https://doi.org/10.1080/1361332052000341006


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Transcending Racialized Hierarchies in Health and Physical Education Research and Practice: Racial literacy and Indigenous Knowledges  

Troy Meston, Debbie Bargallie, Sue Whatman

Griffith University, Australia

Presenting Author: Meston, Troy; Bargallie, Debbie

In Australia, Indigenous peoples continue to fight against coloniality, and education remains a crucial theatre in the war for sovereignty and self-determination.  For well over a decade, despite reinvigorated educational and Indigenous social welfare policies, the creation of federal agencies, a national curriculum and a standardised literacy and numeracy assessment program, Indigenous learners remain behind Australian learners (Fahey, 2021). After iterations of exclusionary legislations were repealed at the state levels enabling Indigenous learners to attend white classrooms (Kerwin and Van Issum, 2013), education, and to a greater extent literacy, continued, as Rogers and Mosley (2006, p. 462) notes, “to function as a replacement of property as a means of preserving the rights of citizenship for whites”.  Politically determined intimacies between property rights, rights to become literate and social inclusion, have functioned, as “a set of socio-economic assets available only to those who have been certified as white by major economic, legal, and cultural institutions” (Harris, 1993, p. 1707). The intersection between education, whiteness and property has been discussed for some time by Gloria Ladson-Billings (2003, p. xi), observing, “literacy represents a form of property. It is property that was traditionally owned and used by whites in the society”.   Whiteness then is endowed the privilege to possess education as institutional and psychological entitlement, which from micro-cultural practices within classrooms, excites, so to maintain, racial hierarchies necessary to reify multi-level coloniality projects. Aboriginal scholar, Aileen Moreton-Robinson (2016, p. 112), ascribes within the context of Australia, “Racialization is the process by which whiteness operates possessively to define and construct difference in bodily attributes and to designate them as markers of hierarchical social categorisations within discourse”. 

Health and physical education (HPE) is a discursively white, Western learning space (Flintoff, 2018). Classrooms are managed by practitioners who are mostly white, despite an increasingly multi-cultural and multi-lingual student body (Flintoff and Dowling, 2019). Within HPE, orthodoxy is derived from scientism, heteronormativity and gender disparity (Azzarito and Solomon, 2005), body image, classism, racism, and competitive and elite sports, surreptitiously silences student diversity, and seeds quotidian racism and microaggression in learning encounters (Blackshear and Culp, 2021; Clark, 2019). Despite minor disruptions to orthodoxy through radical scholarship, such as critical whiteness (Matias and Boucher, 2021), queer and anti-racism scholarship (Clark, 2020), and the implementation of curricular devices promoting inclusion and diversity, such as the cross-curriculum priorities in the Australian Curriculum and Yulunga: Indigenous Games (Edwards and Meston, 2007), much work within the discipline remains.   

As curricular encounters occur upon stolen Aboriginal lands and the congealed blood of ongoing racially constructed conflict; unreconciled histories, Indigenous languages, and Indigenous Knowledges (IK) have a fundamental role to play in the continued disruption.  However, IK remains largely invalidated by Western science, as such, distinct languages, protocols, ethics, ontologies, and epistemologies, conflict how non-Indigenous practitioners can approach these complex systems as tools of curriculum and pedagogy.  Given Australian educational institutions are yet to move beyond defensive, racist, assimilationist and authoritarian postures relative to Indigenous sovereignty and self-determination (Bodkin-Andrews and Carlson, 2016), as the early work of Nakata (2002) reminds, one cannot essentialise the relocation of living, community-familial centric IK, by simply dropping IK into the contested mires of Western institutions.  For advocates to lean into Indigenous cultural tropes as tools of healing and disruption, it is necessary to properly grapple with the terse reality of the historically contingent, socio-political Indigenous present (Moreton-Robinson, 2020).  In this paper, we engage the complexity of invoking IK within the discursive landscapes of Australian educational institutions, and guide educators toward the need for building, progressive, non-linear racial literacy, so to better unlock the disruptive qualities of IK in HPE.  


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this paper we employ trans-systemic theorisation, drawn from legal scholars in Canada seeking to bridge Roman and British legal traditions (see Emerich, 2017), contending this offers a useful theoretical foundation to engage the liminal spaces between contested and divergent knowledge traditions.  Bargallie and Lentin (2022) argued in their work engaging the epistemological distance between critical race theory and critical Indigenous theories and methodologies, of which, Indigenous Knowledge and community context are central, the nuances of Australian settler-coloniality calls for a specificity of approach, premised upon interweaving local theorisation with theorisation from abroad, so to better embolden the fight against race.   However, underpinning Indigenous-centric trans-systemia, Battiste and Henderson (2021, p. vii) outline, are imperfect, stymied ‘tightropes’ premised upon Eurocentric knowledge which is,  

filled with absences and gaps, such that learners are both what they know and what they don’t know. Moreover, if what we know is deformed by absences, denial, or incompleteness, our knowledge is partial and limited. This view of knowledge suggests that ignorance is an essential part of learning [and] the belief that knowledge systems need to learn from each other. 

So, to better wield Indigenous Knowledges within HPE for disruptive purposes, strategic shifts in practice is desperately required.  Therefore, an inter-weaving of theory is necessary, so to construct an apt and pointed, applied logics of the present, which clarifies and accentuates the effects of settler-colonialism upon the institution of the Indigenous body, its places of space, mind, materialist forms and metaphysics of spirit. As there is a necessity to accurately engage the relationship which exists historically between Indigenous places and bodies, in parallel to Western institutions, research, and educational practices, and the recently acquired proximity of Indigeneity to participate in, act as stakeholder, arbiter, and producer of neo-Indigenous/Westernised educational practice. By utilising trans-systemic coalitions drawn from Critical Race Theory, Critical Indigenous Studies, and Indigenous Knowledges, we advance, HPE curricular encounters, driven via a racial literacy framework to preface engagements with Indigenous Knowledges, offer a much richer, pointed learning encounter.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Inside the domain of global Health and Physical Education, racialised ways of knowing, being, and doing (Martin, 2008) are associated with the normative functioning of whiteness and Western knowledge systems. In the Australian context, via curriculum models and pedagogical practice, limited but growing opportunities are being taken to broaden, challenge, and disrupt these racialised enactments of Health and Physical Education. We have illustrated how Indigenous Knowledges in the Australian Curriculum can function as disruptive opportunities, where and when, educators have the will to intellectually invest in building racial literacy and enactments geared toward epistemic justice. We have critiqued examples from scholars who have employed Indigenous knowledges as a pedagogic and/or curricular devices, or as a device for integration, and have discussed some of the challenges emergent from this practice. We reasoned that Indigenous knowledges within Health and Physical Education are necessary for disrupting settler-colonial interpretations of Indigeneity across the Australian social collective, laying seeds for broader societal change. However, this is only possible by employing trans-systemic frameworks drawn from Critical Race Theory and Critical Indigenous Studies and critical whiteness studies, which prevents the inclusion of Indigenous Knowledges as another settler-colonial act of cultural appropriation and possessionism. Indigenous knowledges in built into Health and Physical Education offer available opportunities to open critical conversations, moving both educators and students forward via dialectical synergy. It is within this synergism that the utility of racial literacy and epistemic justice becomes apparent. Bringing Indigenous knowledges and Western knowledges into tension with each other, to interrogate what is known and to seize agency where possible, will create messy, non-linear disruption sites necessary inside Health and Physical Education.
References
Andersen, C. (2009). Critical Indigenous studies: From difference to density. Cultural Studies Review, 15(2), 80-100. 

Azzarito, L., & Solomon, M. A. (2005). A reconceptualization of physical education: The intersection of gender/race/social class. Sport, Education and Society, 10(1), 25-47. 

Baldwin, A., & Erickson, B. (2020). Introduction: Whiteness, coloniality, and the Anthropocene. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space, 38(1), 3-11. 

Bargallie, D., & Lentin, A. (2022). Beyond convergence and divergence: Towards a ‘both and’ approach to critical race and critical Indigenous studies in Australia. Current Sociology, 70(5), 665-681. 

Battiste, M., and Henderson, S. (2021). Indigenous and Trans-Systemic Knowledge Systems (ᐃᐣdᐃgᐁᓅᐢ ᐠᓄᐤᐪᐁdgᐁ ᐊᐣd ᐟᕒᐊᐣᐢᐢᐩᐢᑌᒥᐨ ᐠᓄᐤᐪᐁdgᐁ ᐢᐩᐢᑌᒼᐢ). Engaged Scholar Journal: Community-Engaged Research, Teaching and Learning, 7(1), i-xix. 

Blackshear, T., & Culp, B. (2021). Transforming PETE’s initial standards: Ensuring social justice for Black students in physical education. Quest, 73(1), 22-44. 

Bodkin-Andrews, G., & Carlson, B. (2016). The legacy of racism and Indigenous Australian identity within education. Race Ethnicity and Education, 19(4), 784-807. 

Bonilla-Silva, E., & Embrick, D. G. (2006). Softly" with Color Blindness. Reinventing critical pedagogy, 21. 

Clark, L. (2020). Toward a critical race pedagogy of physical education. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 25(4), 439-450. 

Clark, L. (2019). The way they care: An ethnography of social justice physical education teacher education. The Teacher Educator, 54(2), 145-170. 

Edwards, K., & Meston, T. (2007). Yulunga: Traditional Indigenous Games. Canberra: Ausport.  

Flintoff, A. (2018). Diversity, inclusion and (anti) racism in health and physical education: What can a critical whiteness perspective offer? Fritz Duras Lecture, Melbourne University, 22 November 2017. Curriculum Studies in Health and Physical Education, 9(3), 207-219. 

Flintoff, A., & Dowling, F. (2019). ‘I just treat them all the same, really’: Teachers, whiteness and (anti) racism in physical education. Sport, Education and Society, 24(2), 121-133. 

Foucault, M. (2019). The history of sexuality: 1: the will to knowledge. Penguin UK. 

Foucault, M. (2005). The order of things. Routledge. 

Frankenburg, R. (1993). White women, race matters: The social construction of whiteness. Routledge. 

Moreton-Robinson, A. (2020). I still call Australia home: Indigenous belonging and place in a white postcolonizing society. In Uprootings/Regroundings Questions of Home and Migration (pp. 23-40). Routledge. 

Moreton-Robinson, A. (2016). Race and cultural entrapment. Critical Indigenous studies: Engagements in first world locations, 102. 

Moreton-Robinson, A. (2015). The white possessive: Property, power, and indigenous sovereignty. U of Minnesota Press. 

Nakata, M. N. (2007). Disciplining the savages, savaging the disciplines. Aboriginal Studies Press. 


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Problematizing Critical and Quantitative Research in Education: A Review of the Literature

Laura Vernikoff1, Emilie Mitescu Reagan2

1Touro University, United States of America; 2Claremont Graduate University

Presenting Author: Vernikoff, Laura

Quantitative research continues to receive outsized attention in educational research, policy, and practice arenas (Garcia, et al., 2018). This is due, in part, to calls for rigorous large-scale research that has the capacity to make causal claims, and reduce large amounts of numerical data to trends and averages for large samples and subgroups. Further, quantitative research is commonly perceived as “objective,” based on seemingly neutral data that can lead to increased accountability and successful educational reform (Gillborn, et al. 2018).

However, scholars from around the globe have long-critiqued how numbers, categories, codes, and statistical approaches have been used as tools of oppression that perpetuate inequities (e.g., Arrellano, 2022). The decisions that policy makers and researchers make about what data to collect, how to analyze data, and how to interpret and report results are never neutral, as when researchers try to attribute the effects of racism to inherent qualities of particular racial and ethnic groups (Gillborn et al., 2018). Scholars argue that quantitative research has failed to adequately address questions related to diversity, including individuals’ complex and intersectional identities, leading to damaging outcomes for minoritized groups (e.g., Keenan, 2022; Sablan, 2019; Viano & Baker, 2020).

To address these concerns, over the past fifteen years, researchers have developed frameworks for conducting critical and quantitative research in education that explicitly aim to offer nuance on labels and categories, shed light on inequitable opportunities, advance social justice, and disrupt oppressive educational practices (e.g., Gillborn et al., 2018; Viano & Baker, 2020). These frameworks include critical quantitative methods (Stage, 2007); critical race quantitative intersectionality (Covarrubias et al., 2017); and QuantCrit [Quantitative Critical Race Theory] (Gillborn et al., 2018). Along these lines, quantitative researchers have also adapted frameworks traditionally used in qualitative research to better understand the experiences of specific groups or the effects of particular types of categorization, including TribalCrit (Sabzalian et al., 2021), LatCrit (Covarrubias & Lara, 2014), DisCrit (Cruz et al., 2021), and Queer Theory (Curley, 2019). As a result, there is a growing body of research that applies principles and frameworks in critical and quantitative research in education.

In this review of the literature, we synthesize 62 empirical peer-reviewed publications, published between 2008 - 2022, that are framed by critical and quantitative perspectives. Specifically, we apply Banks’s (2006) “characteristics of multicultural (transformative” research,” to analyze the ways in which critical and quantitative frameworks have been operationalized, the methodological decisions that aim to shed light on educational inequities when conducting research on diversity, and the tensions that arise when conducting critical and quantitative research in education. The following questions guide this review:

  • How does critical and quantitative research address questions that are of concern to historically marginalized and minoritized groups?

  • What methodological decisions do critical and quantitative researchers make as they attempt to describe the experiences, values, and perspectives of marginalized groups in accurate, valid, and sensitive ways?

  • What are the intended and unintended consequences of critical and quantitative research in education?

Drawing on Banks’s (2006) questions for multicultural and transformative research, in the full paper, we address tensions that arise at every stage of the research process, from collecting and accessing data, to analyzing and reporting data. Due to space limitations, we describe tensions related to collecting and accessing quantitative data in this proposal, and ways in which researchers used critical and quantitative frameworks to try to address those tensions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To identify literature for this review, we searched electronic databases including the Educational Resource Information Center (ERIC), Google Scholar, and ProQuest, using the terms “critical quantitative” “quantitative critical,” or “quantcrit” and “education,” filtered by “peer-reviewed.” We looked for empirical articles published between 2008 - 2022, marking the time since significant conceptual articles on critical and quantitative perspectives were published (e.g., Stage, 2007, Gillborn, et al., 2018).  We also conducted electronic searches of journals that published special issues on quantitative and critical perspectives (e.g. Race Ethnicity and Education) and traced research that cited major conceptual publications on quantitative and critical perspectives. This search process initially yielded 108 publications.
As we identified literature, we read the abstracts of articles to select those that were empirical, peer-reviewed, and applied critical and quantitative frameworks, and were published in English. We included studies that clearly documented the purpose of the study, participants, data sources, analyses, and findings. We excluded studies that employed qualitative or mixed methods because those methods have a longer tradition of using critical frameworks; we wanted to understand how researchers are attempting to conduct critical and quantitative research, specifically. From there, we identified 62 studies that met our criteria, noting the increase in the number of publications over the past five years. We found that the majority of the empirical research took place in the United States, United Kingdom, Canada, and Australia.
We created a spreadsheet with detailed information for each study, including the focus (e.g., racism, sexism, science, higher education) and purpose, as well as notes on the study’s methodological decisions related to collecting, accessing, analyzing, and reporting on quantitative data from critical perspectives. We also charted how each study defined and operationalized critical and quantitative research. Each author charted a subset of studies, and we met regularly to discuss tensions we found at each stage of conducting critical and quantitative research.
At each phase of the research process, we analyzed how the the quantitative and critical research addressed Banks’s (2006) key questions related to multicultural and transformative research, including: “Who has power to define groups and institutionalize [quantitative] concepts?; What is the relationship between [quantitative] knowledge and power?; Who benefits from the ways in which key concepts are defined? [And] How does the positionality of the researchers influence the research” (p. 775 - 776).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Across the literature, researchers identified distinct, but related, tensions when conducting critical and quantitative research on diversity in education and proposed solutions for addressing those concerns. Due to space limitations, we briefly discuss tensions related to collecting quantitative data as an example in our findings. We will expand upon that discussion and also address tensions related to operationalizing frameworks, and to analyzing and reporting on quantitative data in the final paper.
Statistical analyses often require researchers to essentialize diverse groups in order to create categories for analysis. To address this problem, researchers have turned the lens of inquiry onto the creation of categories (Gillborn et al., 2018) and recommend conducting research into how individuals’ self-identification with different categories changes over time rather than assuming it is fixed and static (Viano & Baker, 2020). For example, quantitative research requires creating categories for analysis, yet, as Gillborn et al (2018) point out “categories are neither ‘natural’ nor given” ( p. 169). Rather than taking commonly-used categories for granted, the research we reviewed attempted to better understand participants’ complex, multifaceted identities through: 1) increasing the number of categories used for analysis (e.g., Wronowski et al., 2022 allowed participants to write-in how they identified rather than select from pre-determined categories); 2) using two categories for comparative purposes but changing who the “reference” group was to avoid centering the experiences of dominant groups (e.g., Fong et al., 2019 compared the experiences of Indigenous and non-Indigenous students); or 3) focusing on the heterogeneous experiences of one group in order to avoid comparisons across groups (e.g., Young et al., 2018) described the math achievement trajectory of Black girls over time). This perspective raises questions for how researchers describe and value the cultures and perspectives of individuals and groups (Banks, 2006).

References
Arellano, L. (2022) Questioning the science: How quantitative methodologies perpetuate inequity in higher education. Education Sciences, 12(2), 116.

Covarrubias, A. & Lara, A. (2014). The undocumented (Im)migrant educational pipeline: The influence of citizenship status on educational attainment for people of Mexican origin, Urban Education, 49(1) 75–110.

Covarrubias, A., Nava, P.E., Lara, A., Burciagac, R. Vélez,V.N., Solorzano, D.G. (2017). Critical race quantitative intersections: a testimonio analysis, Race, Ethnicity & Education, 2017, 1-21

Fong, C.J., Alejandro, A.J., Krou, M.R., Segovia, J., & Johnston-Ashton, K. (2019). Ya'at'eeh: Race-reimaged belongingness factors, academic outcomes, and goal pursuits among Indigenous community college students. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 59.

Garcia, N.M., Ibarra, J. M., Mireles-Rios, R. Rios, V.M., & Maldonado, K. (2022). Advancing QuantCrit to rethink the school-to-prison for Latinx and Black Youth. Journal of Criminal Justice Education, 33(2), 269-288.

Gillborn, D., Warmington, P., & Demack, S. (2018). Quantcrit: Education, policy, 'big data' and principles for a critical race theory of statistics. Race Ethnicity and Education, 21(2), 158-179.

Keenan, H. B. (2022). Methodology as pedagogy: Trans lives, social science, and the possibilities of education research. Educational Researcher, 51(5), 307-314.

Stage F.K. (2007). Answering critical questions using quantitative data. New Directions for Institutional Research, 133, 5–16.

Stage, F.K., & Wells, R.S. (2014). Critical quantitative inquiry in context. New Directions for Institutional Research, 158.

Stewart, D. (2013). Racially minoritized students at U.S. four-year institutions. The Journal of Negro Education, 82(2), 184-197

Viano, S., & Baker, D. J. (2020). How administrative data collection and analysis can better reflect racial and ethnic identities. Review of Research in Education, 44(1), 301–331.

Wronowski, M.L., Aronson, B., Reyes, G. Radina, R., Batchelor, K.E., Banda, R. & Rind, G. (2022). Moving toward a comprehensive program of critical social justice teacher education: A QuantCrit analysis of preservice teachers’ perceptions of social justice education, The Teacher Educator, DOI: 10.1080/08878730.2022.2122094

Young, J. L., Young, J. R., & Capraro, R. M. (2018). Gazing Past the Gaps: A Growth-Based Assessment of the Mathematics Achievement of Black Girls. The Urban Review, 50(1), 156-176. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11256-017-0434-9
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm07 SES 11 C JS: Researching Multiliteracies in Intercultural and Multilingual Education XII: Promoting Multilingualism in Families and Schools: What Needs to be Done?
Location: James McCune Smith, 429 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Irina Usanova
Joint Paper Session NW 07, NW 20, NW 31. Full information under 31 SES 11 A JS
1:30pm - 3:00pm07 SES 11 C: Educating for Diversity and Global Citizenship
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 707 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Carola Mantel
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Social and Ecological Justice from a Diversity-Sensitive Perspective at a Public School in Germany

Barbara Gross

Chemnitz University of Technology, Germany

Presenting Author: Gross, Barbara

One of the main goals in education is to provide just educational opportunities for all learners with inclusion and equity as leading principles (UNESCO, 2017). This complex agenda is not yet sufficiently considered in education policy documents (e.g., Gross, Francesconi & Agostini, 2021; Kelly, Hofbauer & Gross, 2021) and in educational practice. Besides this, one of the challenges - also of Education for Sustainable Development - is to link ecological with social justice. A diversity-sensitive pedagogy aims at developing a culture of acceptance of heterogeneity and of democratic equity of people with different life experiences. Thus, diversity-sensitive educational institutions strive for inclusion, equity (Ainscow, 2020) and reflexivity, and recognise and work against disadvantages that derive from intersections of categories (Holzbrecher, 2017). Within the goal number 4 of the 17 SDGs (Ensure inclusive, equitable and quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all; UN, 2015) the current efforts to jointly consider and implement Education for Sustainable Development and inclusive education emerge and focus on participatory processes (Rieckmann & Stoltenberg, 2011, p. 117). Learners are thus asked to actively engage in issues of social and ecological justice and to develop corresponding problem-solving strategies, social and personal competences to sensitise, shape and further develop social spaces.

This paper presents first results of a study in a public school in Chemnitz, Saxony (Germany) that highlights its diversity-sensitive and inclusive approach. The school offers forms of open and across age group teaching, in which students learn from grade 1 to 10 in all-day classes.

The aims of the project, on that this paper is based on, are to:

a) study official national, regional, local and institutional policies and documents on social and ecological justice.

a) observe everyday pedagogical practice and explore inclusive and sustainable practices of educational actors.

c) to recognise not only adults (teachers, school leaders and educational administrators) but also learners as actors in the production of knowledge.

In this regard, the questions to be addressed are:

a) To what extent do learners have the opportunity to shape and transform their reality and future in an inclusive and sustainable way?

b) What theoretical and practical knowledge, problem-solving strategies and competences for social and ecological justice do students acquire?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodological approach of the study is based on an ethnographic research. Participatory observations and interviews are combined to shed light on the studied phenomenon and to provide an in-depth description of the social and pedagogical reality. Detailed field notes are used to present distinctive observations and their reflected practice. The methodological procedure is not strictly predetermined, as the research process is subordinated to the exploratory world of the people to discover, describe and understand the characteristics and peculiarities. To investigate to what extent the school has already implemented instruments and procedures in its everyday pedagogical life to promote social and ecological justice and whether and how learners are addressed as actors in shaping a sustainable future, a method triangulation of participatory observations of pedagogical practice and ethnographic interviews is used. Participant observations are complemented by an analysis of visual data – i.e., the inclusion of images, photos, video and audio recordings and digital documents of the school (Gobo & Molle, 2017; Pink et al., 2016). The ethnographic observation involves participation in field activities, listening and asking questions (Knoblauch & Vollmer, 2019) and is designed in a participatory way to create a practitioner-researcher partnership (Ainscow, 2022). To answer the research question regarding the students' participation in transforming their reality, participant observation within the research project is not sufficient as the meaning of the actions of the participants remains hidden to observation. For this reason, interviews were conducted with the coordinator in the educational administration, the school leader, teachers, and learners. The interviews are open and do not follow predefined questions, but rather use questions that arise during the research process (Knoblauch & Vollmer, 2019). The data analysis is carried out using the software MAXQDA.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected results give insights in the learners' participation in shaping educational institutions towards inclusivity, sustainability, and social and ecological justice, and their contribution to transform the own environment and social reality. The results will stimulate quality development in schools through research-based inputs and raise awareness of diversity-sensitivity and social and ecological justice.
References
Ainscow, M. (2020). Inclusion and equity in education: Making sense of global challenges. Prospects 49(3), 123-134.
Ainscow, M. (2022). Promoting inclusion and equity in schools through practitioner-researcher partnerships. In K. Black- Hawkins and A. Grinham-Smith (Eds), Unlocking Research. Routledge.
Gobo, G., & Molle, A. (2017). Doing Ethnography. SAGE.
Gross, B., Francesconi, D., & Agostini, E., (2021). Ensuring equitable opportunities for socioeconomically disadvantaged students in Italy and Austria during the first wave of the COVID-19 pandemic: A qualitative analysis of educational policy documents. Italian Journal of Educational Research, 27, 27-39.
Gross, B., Kelly, P., & Hofbauer, S. (2022). ‘Making up for lost time’: neoliberal governance and educational catch-up for disadvantaged students during the COVID-19 pandemic in Italy, Germany and England. Zeitschrift für Diversitätsforschung und -management 2, 161-174.
Holzbrecher, A. (2017). Pädagogische Professionalität in der diversitätsbewussten Schule entwickeln. In S. Barsch, N. Glutsch & M. Massumi (Hrsg.), Diversity in der LehrerInnenbildung (S. 17–33). Waxmann.
Knoblauch, H. & Vollmer, T. (2019). Ethnographie. In. N. Baur & J. Blasius (Hrsg.), Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung (S. 599–617). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Pink, S., Horst, H., Postill, J., Hjorth, L., Lewis, T., & Tacchi, J. (2016). Digital Ethnography. Principles and Practice. SAGE.
Rieckmann, M. & Stoltenberg, U. (2011). Partizipation als zentrales Element von Bildung für eine nachhaltige Entwicklung. In K. Kuhn, J. Newig & H. Heinrichs (Hrsg.), Nachhaltige Gesellschaft? Welche Rolle für Partizipation und Kooperation? (S. 119–131). Springer VS.
UNESCO (2017). A guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education. UNESCO.
UN/United Nations (2015). Transforming Our World. The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. UN Press.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

How to Foster Cultural Diversity? The Potential of the Similarity Approach in Intercultural Education.

Francesca Berti

Free University Bolzano/Bozen, Italy

Presenting Author: Berti, Francesca

One of the general objectives of intercultural education is to contribute to the valorisation of both the universal aspect of human nature – as is expressed in the Declaration of Human Rights - and the particularity of cultures, in order to overcome prejudice and promote cultural diversity (UNESCO 2006). This balance between universal and particular, however, is implicitly precarious: as was pointed out by the anthropologist Gerd Baumann in "The multicultural riddle", multiple drives are at play in the multicultural society, at times claiming universal rights and, at others, those of a specific group. In the school context, the greatest constraint of intercultural education practice is the risk of falling into a culturalist representation of cultures, where, by trying to valorise both the universality of human beings and the diversity of cultures, the latter is often predominant. The result is often excessive emphasis on the differences between cultures, while the cultures themselves are unintentionally represented as separate from each other. Such risks can indeed be explained in terms of diversity belonging to the paradigm of difference.

The aim of the paper is to point out that the exploration of similarities among cultures, instead, reveals that cultures are not rigidly separate entities, but include overlapping areas, spaces in-between that make boundaries blurred (Bhatti and Kimmich, 2018). There are many concrete elements of cultures showing similarities between each another, such as handcrafts, bread baking, folk tales, or play practices. The latter, for example, enable us to emphasise the universality of the experience of play, while also highlighting the huge variety of games, expression of cultural diversities. In other words, they attain a representation of cultures that attest to unity through diversity. To recall a metaphor by Wittgenstein – who referred to games as examples for his concept of family resemblances - games represent “the fibres” that “run through the whole thread” holding together the experience of play of children and adults in the world (Wittgenstein, 1968).

In the effort to answer the research question of how to foster cultural diversity, the study resulted in the emergence of a model for the intercultural encounter suggesting that the emergence of similarities should occur in an initial moment, prior to and indispensable for the appreciation of diversities (Berti 2023). This claim is substantiated by the fact that the search for similarity involves a necessary attitude towards exploring relationships among two or more objects. In turn, it is in the discovery of these relationships that nearness emerges (Bhatti and Kimmich, 2018). Still, to look at relationships and not so much at objects themselves is a method of inquiry that requires change at an epistemological level (Bateson, 1979). In this context, a turn in intercultural education towards the exploration of cultural education practices based on similarity is seen here as a necessary shift to enhance the appreciation of cultural diversity and support intercultural dialogue.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to understand the field of intercultural education on an European perspective, the study has analysed Italian, German and English research of the last 15 years (Grant and Portera, 2011; Nigris, 2015, Aguado Odina and Del Olmo, 2009; Gundara, 2015; Banks, 2009; Prengel, 2006; Krüger-Potratz, 2018; Gogolin et al., 2018; Mecheril et al., 2010;  among others). The qualitative study has included the review of national, EU and UNESCO guidelines, sheding light on numerous references relating to the difficulty of translating theory and policies into the daily practice of multicultural schools and on the dearth of research into best practice (Gorski, 2008). Particularly, the persistence of the dominance of the paradigm of difference and the risk of the discourse on cultural diversity slipping into it, has emerged from the analysis of contemporary research on development of the field in Germany over the past fifty years - from the early sixties, the time of guest works (Gastarbeites), until present (Gogolin et al., 2018).
By exploring the concept of culture and the processes of Othering from an anthropological point of view, I then came across several cultural turns (Bachmann-Medick, 2016) and the contribution of postcolonial studies towards the similarity approach (Bhabba, 1994). By stressing the potential of similarity, therefore, I align myself to the interpretation given by cultural studies scholars, as underlined by Anil Bhatti and Dorothee Kimmich’s Similarity – A paradigm for culture theory (2018). The approach represents more than a change of perspective, as it implies a shift of paradigm, from difference to similarity. This shift is anything but simple, as to think in terms of difference - identifying categories and elements of distinctions - is a functional method of modern science, and it has therefore structured the way not only science but also how the whole of western thought is constructed: this is how knowledge has been produced and transferred from the 17th Century onwards when, first the English philosopher, Francis Bacon, and later the French philosopher and mathematician, René Descartes, began to criticise similarity as a fundamental experience and a form of knowledge: they denounced it as a confusing tangle that needed instead to be analysed in terms of measure and order (Foucault, 1971). Similarity was not totally abandoned, but it was no longer analysed in terms of unity and relationship of equality or inequality, but in terms of identity and differences.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper identifies the primary constraints of intercultural education as being the tension generated by the attempt to accommodate both universalism and cultural pluralism giving value to the aspect of the universality of human beings alongside the valorisation of their cultural diversity (UNESCO, 2006). This tension is unresolvable, as, in intercultural education practice, the weight given to the aspect of cultural diversity is often more pervasive (Gorski, 2008). Such an imbalance leads to the paradox that differences - primarily defined in terms of nationality, ethnicity and religion (Baumann, 1999) - tend to be emphasised even more, stressing, for example, the origin of pupils with a migrant background, or making them a target group (Gogolin et al., 2018).
In intercultural education, a focus on similarity would allow for a shift of attention away from cultural elements of nation, ethnicity and religion to resemblances and intersections amongst cultures. This shift helps us to overcome boundaries because the objects previously considered as separate can now be discovered as no longer so different from one another, or even almost the same (Fastgleichheit) (Bhatti, 2014). This approach does not reject the acknowledgment of cultural diversity rather, it suggests considering it alongside another category. The result is that, by questioning the rigid separation of cultures, the search for overlapping fields of similarity temporarily diverts attention away from stressing dichotomies or boundaries. As was explained by Bhatti, this perspective would now emphasise the principle of “this...as well as that, instead of either–or”, opening up diverse and new ways to deal with the problems of complex societies as opposed to using methodologies focusing on differences (Ibid.). The exploration of similarities among cultures, thus, would help us to overcome cultural boundaries, reduce processes of othering, and facilitate dialogue.

References
Aguado Odina, T. and Del Olmo, M. (Eds.) (2009). Intercultural education: perspectives and proposals. Madrid: Del Olmo Pintado.
Bachmann-Medick, D. (2016). Cultural Turns: New Orientation in the Study of Culture, Berlin/Boston: De Gruyter.
Banks, J. A. (2009). The Routledge International Companion to Multicultural Education. New York: Routledge.
Bateson, G. (1979). Mind and nature. A necessary unity, New York: E.P. Dutton.
Baumann, G. (1999). The Multicultural Riddle. Rethinking National, Ethnic and Religious Identities. New York and London: Routledge.
Berti, F. (2023). The Shared Space of Play. Traditional Games as a Tool of Intercultural Education. Zürich: Lit Verlag (In print).
Berti, F. (2023). Il filo che lega il gioco nel mondo. Didattica ludica, narrazione e incontro interculturale. Zeitschrift für Interkulturellen Fremdsprachenunterricht. (In print).
Bhabha, H. (1994). The location of culture. New York and London: Routledge.
Bhatti A. and Kimmich D. (Eds.). (2018). Similarity. A Paradigm for Cultural Theory, New Delhi: Tulika Books.
Bhatti, A. (2014). ‘Cultural Similarity Does Not Mean that We Wear the Same Shirts’: Similarity and Difference in Culture and Cultural Theory. Interview with Anil Bhatti. Word and Text. A Journal of Literary Studies and Linguistics, Vol. IV, Issue 2, pp. 13-23.
Foucault, M. (1971) [1966]. The Order of Things: An Archaeology of the Human Sciences. New York: Pantheon Books.
Gogolin, I., Georgi, V. B., Krüger-Potratz, M., Lengyel, D. and Sandfuchs, U. (Eds.) (2018). Handbuch Interkulturelle Pädagogik. Bad Heilbrunn: Verlag Julius Klinkhardt.
Gorski, P. C. (2008). Good Intentions are not enough: A Decolonizing Intercultural Education. Intercultural Education, Vol. 19, N. 6, pp. 515-525.
Gundara, J. (2015). The Case for Intercultural Education in a Multicultural World. Oakville: Mosaic press.
Mecheril, P., Castro Varela, M. d. M., Dirim, I., Kalpaka, A., & Melter, C. (2010). Migrationspädagogik. Weinheim, Basel: Beltz.
Nigris, E. (Ed.) (2015). Pedagogia e didattica interculturale. Culture, contesti, linguaggi. Milano: Pearson Mondadori.
Portera, A. and Grant, C. A. (Eds.) (2011). Intercultural and Multicultural Education. Enhancing Global Interconnectedness. New York: Routledge.
Prengel, A. (2006). Pädagogik der Vielfalt. Verschiedenheit und Gleichberechtigung in Interkultureller, Feministischer und Integrativer Pädagogik. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Portera A. (2013). Manuale di pedagogia interculturale. Risposte educative nella società globale. Roma: Laterza.
UNESCO (2006). UNESCO guidelines for intercultural education. Available at: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000147878
Wittgenstein, L. (1968) [1953]. Philosophical Investigations. Translated by G. E. M. Anscombe. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Global Competence as an Important Asset of Students’ Academic Achievement

Klaudija Šterman Ivančič, Urška Štremfel

Educational Research Institute, Slovenia

Presenting Author: Šterman Ivančič, Klaudija

In the last few decades, globalization has affected almost all public policies, including education. Its implications are evident in the increasing endeavours of national education systems to raise global citizens who will be able to deal with the challenges of the modern globalized world (Majewska, 2022). Sälzer and Roczen (2018) explain that while, as a concept, global competence has been used in common language for several decades (e.g. Lambert, 1994), it is a relatively young scientific construct and is mostly studied in the Western context (e.g. Boix Mansilla & Jackson, 2013). Skinner (2012) adds that very little academic research has yet been carried out in the field of global education in Slovenia nor in the wider Central Eastern European region. Šterman Ivančič and Štremfel (2022) reveal that PISA 2018 presents the first assessment of students’ global competencies in Slovenia. The student questionnaire items covered students’ attitudes and dispositions regarding their: awareness of global issues; self-efficacy regarding global issues; interest in learning about other cultures; respect for people from other cultures; ability to understand the perspectives of others; cognitive adaptability; attitudes towards immigrants; awareness of intercultural communication; global-mindedness; and teachers’ discriminatory behaviour (OECD, 2020). The first results of the PISA 2018 data showed that, compared to their peers in OECD countries, Slovenian students reported somewhat lower levels of global competencies and as such indicate the need for further research in this area. This is especially important since the research also shows that student participation in global education programmes is positively associated with a range of learning outcomes, including academic achievement. There has been found positive associations with students' academic achievement, regardless of their individual background (gender, ethnicity, SES) (Ahmed and Mohammed, 2022) and positive associations of participation in global learning programmes with students' personal development, autonomy and sensitivity towards people from other cultures (Klump and Nelson, 2005).

Considering these findings, this study aims to investigate the associations between the global competence of Slovenian students and their achievement on PISA literacy scales. This is important since the results from past PISA cycles in Slovenia show that there are significant differences in the achievement of students according to different groups, especially between students that attend different educational programmes. For example, the difference in average reading achievement between students in secondary general and vocational education programmes of medium duration is 159 points (Šterman Ivančič, 2022), which is equivalent to 2 PISA levels of reading literacy, and as such represents a great concern. For this reason, the research questions we aim to address in this study, are i) are there significant differences in the global competences of Slovenian students according to the educational programme; ii) are global competences a significant predictor of PISA achievement on reading, mathematics and science literacy scales; and iii) which dimensions of global competences that are the most significant predictors of PISA reading, mathematics and science literacy.

Taking into consideration the OECD PISA 2018 results and their contextualisation in Slovenia, the article with its original empirical scientific contribution fills the research gap in the field and provides an understanding of the role of students’ global competence in fostering students’ academic achievement and the possibility of reducing the achievement gap between students from different educational tracks.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For the purpose of the data analysis, we used the data from the PISA 2018 survey, which in Slovenia includes students aged between 15 years and 3 months and 16 years and 2 months. Sampling in the PISA survey is multi-level and stratified. In Slovenia, the sample includes all secondary education programmes and a few randomly selected primary schools and adult education institutions. 6401 male and female students participated in PISA 2018. For the analysis, we excluded from the sample 15-year-olds who attended vocational education programmes of short duration, as these students did not fill in the questionnaire on global competence attitudes and dispositions. The final sample in the analysis includes a representative sample of 6241 15-year-old male and female students, of which 2054 (34%) students attended secondary general education, 2578 (42%) technical education programmes and 1442 (24%) students attended vocational education programmes of short duration.
In PISA 2018, the student questionnaire was used to identify the effects of different background factors on student achievement. From the 2018 questionnaire, we used separate scales addressing students’ awareness of global issues; self-efficacy regarding global issues; interest in learning about other cultures; respect for people from other cultures; ability to understand the perspectives of others; cognitive adaptability; attitudes towards immigrants; awareness of intercultural communication; global-mindedness; and teachers’ discriminatory behaviour. All scales showed good internal consistency in the PISA 2018 sample of Slovenian students, with coefficients ranging from α = .83 to α = .93 (OCED, 2021).
For the analysis, we used the standardized values of indices for Slovenia from the PISA 2018 database for all the above-mentioned scales. First, we used descriptive statistics to compare the average values of indices between different education programmes and to the OECD average within the programmes. Since we were interested in the effects of students’ global competencies on students' academic achievement in reading, math and science, we used the linear regression procedure to further analyse the size effects. To avoid multicollinearity between the variables, we also checked for Pearson correlation coefficients prior to undertaking regression. Data were analysed using the statistical programme IEA IDB Analyzer (Version 4.0.39), which, in processing data due to two-stage sampling in the study in addition to the use of weights for individual students (W_FSTUWT), also allows us to use sample weights to properly assess the standard parameter errors in the population using the Bootstrap method.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the study show that there are significant differences in global competences between students from different educational programmes in Slovenia. The largest differences were observed between the secondary general and vocational education programmes of short duration, where students from secondary general education programmes reported significantly higher attitudes and dispositions on all global competence scales, also compared to the OECD average. Furthermore, the results show that global competences significantly predict reading, mathematics and science achievement on PISA test in Slovenia. Across all three types of achievement, students' perceived discriminatory behaviour by teachers had the largest negative effect, and perceived self-efficacy regarding global issues, students' awareness of intercultural communication and respect for people from other cultures proved to have the largest positive effects.
These results are in line with the research (e.g. Demaine, 2002) which points out that global competence could be a significant indicator of differences in knowledge between different groups of students, where some disadvantaged groups have reduced access to global information. Such differences bring to the fore the issue of the compensatory role of schools in equalizing these differences, by providing all students, especially deprived students who do not have the opportunity to develop them in the home and out-of-school environment, with equal opportunities to develop global competences (Dijkstra et al., 2021; Hoskins et al., 2017).
The research provides so far missing empirical and internationally comparative data on the attitudes and dispositions of Slovenian pupils in the field of global competences, with the main focus on the relevance of strengthening the global competences of all pupils, especially of the disadvantaged groups. The findings of the paper are critically examined in terms of providing implications for the European Union Citizenship Education as well.

References
Ahmed, E., in Mohammed, A. (2022). Evaluating the impact of global citizenship education programmes: A synthesis of the research. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 17(2), 122–140. https://doi.org/10.1177/1746197921100003
Boix Mansilla, V., & Jackson, A. (2013). Educating for global competence: Learning redefined for an interconnected world. In H. H. Jacobs (Ed.), Mastering Global Literacy (pp. 5–27). Bloomington: Solution Tree Press.
Demaine, J. (2002). Globalisation and Citizenship Education. International Journal Studies in Sociology of Education, 12(2), 117–128.
Dijkstra, A. B., Dam ten G., & Munniksma, A. (2021). Inequality in Citizenship Competences. Citizenship Education and Policy in the Netherlands. In B. Malak-Minkiewicz in J. Torney-Purta (Eds.), Influences of the IEA Civic and Citizenship Education Studies (pp. 135–146). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-71102-3_12
Hoskins, B., Janmaat, J. G., in Melis, G. (2017). Tackling inequalities in political socialization: A systematic analysis of access to and mitigation effects of learning citizenship at school. Social Science Research, 68, 88–101. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssresearch.2017.09.001
Klump, J., in Nelson, S. (ur.) (2005). Research-based resources: Cultural competency of schools. Retrieved from http://www.mwrel.org/request/2005journal/
Lambert, R. D. (Ed.). (1994). Educational Exchange and Global Competence. New York: Council on International Educational Exchange.
Majewska, A. (2022). Teaching Global Competence: Challenges and Opportunities. College Teaching.  https://doi.org/10.1080/87567555.2022.2027858
OECD (2020). PISA 2018 results (Volume VI): Are students ready to thrive in an interconnected world? Paris: OECD Publishing.
OECD (2021). PISA 2018 Technical report. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/pisa/data/pisa2018technicalreport/.
Sälzer, C., & Roczen, N. (2018). Assessing global competence in PISA 2018: Challenges and approaches to capturing a complex construct. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 10(1), 5–20. I https://doi.org/10.18546/IJDEGL.10.1.02
Skinner, A. (2012). How is global education perceived and implemented within two secondary schools in Slovenia? Dissertation. Institute of Education, University of London. Retrieved from http://www.pef.uni-lj.si/ceps/dejavnosti/sp/2013-04-10/06%202%20Skiner_Global%20education%20in%20Slovenia.pdf.
Šterman Ivančič, K. (2022). Učiteljevo poučevanje in motivacija za branje: razlike po spolu in izobraževalnem programu [Teachers' teaching and motivation to read: differences by gender and educational programme]. In A. Mlekuž, & I. Žagar Žnidaršič (Eds.), Raziskovanje v vzgoji in izobraževanju: učenje in poučevanje na daljavo - izkušnje, problemi, perspektive (pp. 17–36). Ljubljana: Pedagoški inštitut.
Šterman Ivančič, K., & Štremfel, U. (2022). Globalne kompetence in trajnostni razvoj: slovenski učenci in učenke v raziskavi PISA [Global competencies and sustainable development: Slovenian students in the PISA 2018]. Sodobna pedagogika, 73(1). 41–57.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm07 SES 11 D: Promoting Social Justice in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 629 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Seyda Subasi Singh
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

The Pursuit of Social Justice: Schools’ Self-evaluation and Resilience Approaches of TEIP Schools Located in Portuguese Border Regions

Marta Sampaio

Faculty of Psychology and Education Sciences, Portugal

Presenting Author: Sampaio, Marta

Since the 74 Portuguese Revolution, policies associated with the promotion of school success and education improvement were implemented and justified based on social justice principles. One of these policy measures was the TEIP program - Educational Territories of Priority Intervention (like French ZEP). This policy implies the promotion of innovation through the identification of local problems, namely, for schools in territories/regions characterized by poverty and social exclusion where dropout and school failure are more evident; and mandatory schools' self-evaluation processes (Law 147-B/ME/96). Some of these TEIP schools are located in Portugal's border regions which already suffer from structural inequalities as well as unequal access to local services, education prospects, and job opportunities. These regions have high levels of school underachievement and high rates of illiteracy when compared with coastal territories. Moreover, due to regional inequalities and depopulation, the National Program for Territorial Cohesion (2018) was created based on the need to provide equitable services and access justified as an important issue in terms of social justice between different territories.

In fact, border regions have additional challenges that may print specificities to local policy developments in addition to the heterogeneity of border regions themselves. In 2023, 146 school clusters are included in the TEIP program and, in addition, 10 of them are in border regions (Mogadouro, Freixo de Espada à Cinta, Idanha-a-Nova, Castelo Branco, Portalegre, Serpa, Elvas, Mourão, Moura and Vila Real de Santo António). The social and demographic scenario regarding Portuguese border regions illustrates striking opportunity inequalities for young people living in these regions (Silva, 2014) and this is why addressing these issues is a matter of social and educational justice (Sampaio, Faria & Silva, 2023). Fraser (2001, 2008) states that social justice results from a dualistic dynamic between recognition and redistribution that, idealistically, should be balanced. Whilst redistribution seeks a more equal distribution of material resources, recognition calls for institutionalized cultural values that express equal respect for all actors, thus ensuring equal opportunities for social recognition (Fraser, 2008). Taken the portrait of the Portuguese border regions, this dynamic is undermined as the struggle for recognition occurs in a context characterized by countless inequalities that may be material, also demanding redistribution, considering the lower incomes and limited access to employment; but also, the symbolic demand for recognition of identity differences linked to geographical, historical and cultural context (Sampaio, Faria e Silva, 2023).

Indeed, as youth transitions are generally accepted to have become more protracted, heterogeneous, complex, and non-linear over time (Furlong et al., 2019; Sanderson, 2020), young people face new opportunities and risks, where social structures continue to shape life experiences opportunities (Furlong et al., 2019). There is also growing evidence that young people from these regions value the role of school in their pathways (Silva, 2014). Some authors even consider that the resilience of schools as organizations may positively influence the students’ education path quality (Ungar, 2012; Whitney, Maras & Schisler, 2012) despite being in unequal conditions compared with others. Additionally, previous works (Sampaio & Leite, 2015; Sampaio, 2018) showed that social justice inside the TEIP program is related to schools' self-evaluation processes. So, if schools play a fundamental role in building a social justice ideal, it is then essential to pay attention to how schools are mediated by politics, power, and ideology, as well as the contradictions among them. Given this, can schools’ self-evaluation promote social justice inside these TEIP schools and, at the same time, make schools more resilient? This is the guiding question of this paper.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data analysed in this paper is grounded on a large-scale study on resilience, engagement, and sense of belonging of young people growing up in border regions of Portugal, (GROW.UP - Grow up in border regions in Portugal: young people, educational pathways and agendas – PTDC/CED-EDG/29943/2017). Following a qualitative orientation (Braun & Clarke, 2013) this research aims to answer one main question: can schools’ self-evaluation promote social justice inside these TEIP schools and, at the same time, make schools more resilient? More specifically, this research aims to: (1) identify specificities of TEIP schools from border regions, and (2) map locally grounded approaches and practices that foster resilience and self-evaluation practices with a focus on social justice.
The data consists of 38 face-to-face semi-structured interviews with school leaders from the 38 schools located in border regions, 10 of which are part of the TEIP program. The goal is to gather school leaders' perceptions on TEIP school specificities in border regions and the impact of the TEIP policy on social justice, including criteria related to self-evaluation processes, as well as identify conditions that favor schools' resilience. These participants were interviewed through semi-structured interviews (Hopf, 2004) focusing on the main aims of this research as previously pointed out. The data will be analyzed through content analysis (Bardin, 2011), using the NVivo software.  
The nature of this research raises ethical issues since the data collection involves contact with a variety of people and the gathering of their perceptions and opinions. To ensure compliance with ethical requirements the research protocol was submitted to the scrutiny of an ethical committee for validation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Some preliminary results point out that border region schools are perceived as a mechanism to promote the dynamics of inclusion and participation of young people, as well as a mechanism for the dynamization and vitality of their communities (Yndigegn, 2003; Amiguinho, 2008). There seems to be an understanding of school as a resourceful social space to promote the well-being of young people and to support and engage them in positive educational pathways and future prospects. Also, compared with the non-TEIP schools, there seems to be an additional experience in the TEIP schools' working background that drives the development of actions and practices towards achieving social justice, in particular through educational activity follow-up and evaluation and concerns linked to curricular contextualization. Based on the interviews collected, the locally grounded approaches and practices associated with schools with resilience features are based on self-evaluation processes as a way for schools to be aware of their current situation and available to reorganise when necessary since their actions are assessed and monitored to mobilise and maximise their strengths. There are different features in these schools that the literature considers to be associated with schools with resilience approaches, namely, practices (e.g. mobilisation of data to inform decisions), cultures (e.g. a school that understands itself as embedded and in interpellation with the environment) and policies (e.g. capacity to respond and local adaptation).
References
•Amiguinho, A. (2008). A escola e o futuro do mundo rural [School and the future of the rural world]. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian.
•Braun, V. & Clarke, V. 2013. Successful qualitative research: a practical guide for beginners. Los Angeles: Sage Publications.
•Fraser, N. 2001. Da redistribuição ao reconhecimento? Dilemas da justiça na era pós-socialista. In J. Souza (Ed.), Democracia hoje: Novos desafios para a teoria democrática contemporânea (pp. 245-282). UnB.
•Fraser, N. 2008. Escalas de justicia. Herder.
•Furlong, A., Goodwin, J., O’Connor, H., Hadfield, S. Hall, S., Lowden, K., & Plugor, R. 2019. Young people in the labour market: Past, present, future. Routledge.
•Hopf, C. 2004. Qualitative Interviews: An overview. In Uwe Flick, Ernst von Kardoff & Ines Steinke (Eds.), A companion to qualitative research (203-208). London: Sage Publications.
•Law 147-B/ME/96
•National Program for Territorial Cohesion. 2018.
•Sampaio, M. & Leite, C. 2015. A Territorialização das Políticas Educativas e a Justiça Curricular: o caso TEIP em Portugal [The Territorialization of Educational Policies and Curricular Justice: the case of TEIP programme in Portugal]. Currículo sem Fronteiras, 15, 3, 715-740.
•Sampaio, M. 2018. Avaliação Externa de Escolas e programa TEIP: que lugar(es) para a justiça social? [School External Evaluation and TEIP programme: questioning for social justice] Porto: FPCEUP.
•Sampaio, M., Faria, S., & Silva, S. M. da. 2023. Aspirations and transitions to higher education: Portraits of young people living in Portuguese border regions. Revista de Investigación Educativa, 41(1), 223-242. DOI: https://doi.org/10.6018/rie.520181
•Sanderson, E. 2020. Youth transitions to employment: Longitudinal evidence from marginalised young people in England. Journal of Youth Studies, 23(10), 1310-1329. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2019.1671581
•Silva, Sofia M. 2014. Growing up in a Portuguese Borderland. In Children and Borders Spyros Spyrou & Miranda Christou, 62-77. London: Palgrave Macmillan.
•Ungar, M. 2012. Social Ecologies and Their Contribution to Resilience. In M. Ungar (Ed.), The Social Ecology of Resilience: A Handbook of Theory and Practice (13-31). New York: Springer
•Whitney, S., Maras, A., & Schisler, L. 2012. Resilient schools: connections between districts and schools. Middle Grades Research Journal, 7(3), 35-50.
•Yndigegn, C. (2003). Life planning in the periphery: Life chances and life perspectives for young people in the Danish-German border region. Young, Nordic Journal of Youth Research, 11(3), 235-251. https://doi.org/10.1177/11033088030113003


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Co-production as a Catalyst for Social Justice: Empowering Student Voices in Finnish Secondary School Education

Keith O'Neill1,2, Jenni Alisaari2,3, Anna Kuusela2, Anuleena Kimanen2, Aleksi Seger2, Samaneh Khalili2

1Åbo Akademi University; 2University of Turku; 3University of Stockholm

Presenting Author: O'Neill, Keith

The benefits of student participation in educational design has long been established. Furthermore, in both education and civic particiaption the importance of critical agency has been shown to be highly beneficial for participation and attainment. Minorities and marginalized youth seem to benefit from developing critical consciousness (Diemer et al., 2015). This research aims to highlight the opportunities and challenges of co-production in the Finnish secondary educational system and sets out to illustrate how, when utilized effectively, co-production can be effective in improving both the design and delivery of educational programs which invariably shape educational climate. This research seeks to further expand the analysis of co-production by going deeper, by framing the argument in terms of what traditionally marginalized groups in educational organisations (students) can contribute in designing and delivering educational experiences and achieving social justice as localized, grassroots constituents of educational organisations.

As a normative concept social justice is fairly recent, stemming back to the middle of the 19th century, however as a sociological practice, its roots are ancient, with evidence of what we now call social justice stemming back millennia. In recent years the term has become weaponised, taking on new political meanings and contestations. This research refers to social justice in a normative sense, that being the Rawlsian conception of rights and opportunities for individuals, regardless of their race, gender, religion, class of origin, natural talents and reasonable conception of a good life.

Previous studies have shown that Finnish lower-secondary school students are not very active in civic participation nor school democracy (Schulz et al., 2018.)” Thus, more effective social justice education would be needed, entailing analysis of systems of power and oppression and aiming to promote social change and student agency. Four tools for this are: factual information, critical analysis, personal reflection and action, and awareness of group dynamics of culturally diverse groups (Hackman 2005). Democratic and inclusive practices are often seen as fundamental. This requires reciprocal relationship between teachers and students fostering their identities and advocating for their active participation (Hackman, 2016; Klaasen, 2020).

The theory of co-production goes beyond participation. While participation allows for some input, when realised to its full capacity, co-production enables people with lived experience to play an equal role in both designing and delivering services (Ostrom 1996; Pestoff 2014; Turnhout et al. 2020; McMullin 2022). The topic of this research surrounds the potential for co-production in lower-secondary education to act as a catalyst to increase social justice in the Finnish educational sector, and furthermore seeks to understand more about student engagement in regulating and negotiating organisational capacity, to which they themselves are deeply contingent upon. The topic of this research thus directly relates to the expansion of democracy to groups in society historically understood as having low productive value in sustaining democracy and democratic principles, namely young people. This is investigated with the following research questions:

RQ1: How do students act as representatives of their own interests to seek empowerment?

RQ2: To what extent do students themselves see their role in shaping and formulating educational climate to achieve social justice?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For this study the research team collected data using semi-structured group-interviews. The participants (N= 55) were diverse students from two different schools in Finland.

The age group of the students who participated were between 15-17 years old, from diverse ethnic and linguistic backgrounds.

Participants were recruited with an open call for both students and teaching staff. The research team visited the schools’ lower-secondary 8th grade and upper-secondary 2nd grade classes and presented the study and its purpose to investigate students’ perceptions on their sense of belonging and engagement at school. Especially students who speak other languages than the language of schooling were invited to participate in the study. One of the teachers offered her English classes to be the sites of the research interviews. All the students and their guardians were informed about the study by sending them a letter including the purpose of the study, information on the interviews, the ethical procedures and the possibility either to participate or not in the study.

The group-interviews were organised in autumn 2022. In the interviews there were 4 – 6 students and 2 interviewers in each group. The discussions were recorded and then transcribed by one of the researchers. Up to this point, the transcribed data were used for a content-driven thematic analysis, however the subsequent phase will implement a discourse analysis.

To code the data, author 2 read the responses to gain an initial understanding of the data and identify sub-categories for coding the data. Author 1 used NVivo software to make initial codes. The suggested categories were then discussed among authors 1 and 2; categories were decided upon. Categories relevant to this research paper that arose from the data were (1) belonging, (2) school climate, (3) social justice; (4) engagement


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our preliminary findings indicate that students offer localised solutions for gender equality, anti-racism and inclusivity. As grassroots inhabitants of educational organisations, students themselves are well positioned to offer sound practical and pedagogical solutions to foster a more holistic and responsive educational environment, tailored towards meeting their needs, as defined by themselves; “bottom-up”. While acknowledging that full co-production is unlikely in educational design and delivery owing to the structural nature of educational context, two important findings from the research are identifiable at this preliminary stage:

1. Some students have a lot to offer in designing and delivering improved educational experiences.

2. Some students do not consider themselves viable agents in discerning solutions for educational improvement, suggesting a wider issue surrounding a democratic deficit in Finnish secondary level education.

While this research is grounded in the Finnish context, it may also be relevant to educational systems outside of the Finnish specific context. The data suggests that the students themselves, representative of varied economic positions, identity backgrounds and life experiences, can offer tangible solutions to improving school experience by identifying key areas which could be improved in the school environment, particularly for students experiencing discrimination and inequality - important areas that need to be challenged according to conventional proclamations towards expanding civil and political rights, and achieving social justice.


References
Diemer, M. A., McWhirter, E. H., Ozer, E. J., & Rapa, L. J. (2015). Advances in the conceptualization and measurement of critical consciousness. The Urban Review, 47(5), 809–823. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11256-015-0336-7

Hackman, Heather. (2005). Five Essential Components for Social Justice Education. Equity & Excellence in Education, 38. 103-109. https://doi.org/10.1080/10665680590935034.

Klaasen, J.S., (2020). Socially just pedagogies and social justice: The intersection of teaching ethics at higher education level and social justice. HTS Teologiese Studies/Theological Studies, 76(1), a5818. https://doi. org/10.4102/hts.v76i1.5818

Ostrom, E. (1996). Crossing the Great Divide: Co-production, Synergy, and Development. World development 24(6), 1073-1087. https://doi.org/10.1016/0305-750X(96)00023-X

McMullin, C. (2023). Individual, Group, and Collective Co-production: The Role of Public Value Conceptions in Shaping Co-production Practices. Journal of Administration and Society 55(2), 239–263. https://doi.org/10.1177/00953997221131790

Pestoff, V. (2014). Collective Action and the Sustainability of Co-production. Public Management Review, 16(2), 383-401. https://doi.org/10.1080/14719037.2013.841460

Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G. & Friedman, T. (2018). Becoming Citizens in a Changing World. IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2016 International Report. Springer.

Turnhout, E., Metze, T., Wyborn, C., Klenk, N., & Louder, E. (2020). The Politics of Co-production: Participation, Power, and Transformation. Environmental Sustainability, 43(1), 15-21. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cosust.2019.11.009


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Teaching Arabic to Scottish Primary Educators. A Reflection on Decolonial Possibilities

Giovanna Fassetta

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Fassetta, Giovanna

This paper discusses the Welcoming Languages (WLs) project, with a specific, critical focus on the elements of decoloniality as de-linking embedded in project’s aims, objectives and processes. The WLs is a 12-month proof-of-concept project funded by the UKRI (AHRC, funding Ref n. AH/W006030/1) between Jan 2022 and Jan 2023. The project was collaboratively designed and carried out by an international team based at the University of Glasgow (Scotland) and at the Islamic University of Gaza (Palestine).

The project explored the potential for inclusion of a ‘refugee language’ in Scottish education as a way to enact the idea of integration as a two-way process that is at the heart of the "New Scots Refugee Integration Strategy" (Scottish Government, 2018). It did this by offering a tailored beginner Arabic language course to education staff in Scottish primary

Schools. Arabic is a language spoken by many children and families who make Scotland their home (who we call here, in line with the Strategy, the ‘New Scots’). Arabic was also chosen as it is the language in which the international team has a long history of collaboration, having previously designed an Arabic course for beginners.

The WLs project started from the premise that, by learning language useful in a school setting, education staff can make Arabic speaking children and parents/carers feel welcome, to see that their language is valued and that staff in their school are willing to make the effort to move ‘towards’ them. Throughout, the project sought to ‘delink’, that is to “[…] change the terms in addition to the content of the conversation” (Mignolo, 2007: 459) in order to “[…] reorient our human communal praxis of living” (Mignolo, 2018: 106). The project pursued a delinking in several ways. Firstly, it challenged the expectation that it is the (sole) duty and it is the sole responsibility of New Scots to make themselves understood. This meant ‘delinking’ the role of language in Scottish education from the unquestioned teaching of the national/majority language(s) and of a smattering of standardised named European languages. Secondly, by grounding the course content on the linguistic needs identified by Scottish staff and by Arabic speaking children and families, the project delinked language learning from the accumulation of an object/system to be ‘had’, instead grounding learning in the “analyses of local language practices and assemblages” (Pennycook, 2019). Thirdly, the project made a deliberate (and deliberated) choice of teaching the Levantine Arabic dialect spoken by most New Scots, rather than opting for the standard variety of the language. This meant delinking the target language from the colonial assumption that official, standardised varieties of a language have higher status, and thus are more worthy of being taught/learnt (Macedo, 2019). Fourthly, through the crucial expertise of the Palestinian members of the team, who took leadership in developing and delivering a tailored course, the WLs project delinked international research with LMIC countries from widespread assumptions around who has needs and who provides solutions (Fassetta and Imperiale, 2021).

The WLs project shows that it is possible to build a culture of hospitality that includes language as a crucial component, to make space in Scottish education for the many languages that New Scots bring with them. It argues schools can accommodate a greater number of languages, including those of the people and the communities who have more recently settled in Scotland (Phipps and Fassetta, 2015), and that learning the languages spoken by New Scots can be a way to act in favour “[…] of conviviality, harmony, creativity and plenitude [which] are some of the ideals and interests that decoloniality promotes” (Mignolo, 2018: 109).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The WLs project consisted of an intervention, which was carried out in four primary schools of the Glasgow City Council area. After having contacted the schools and identified 25 Scottish educators (class teachers, headteachers, EAL teachers, nurture teachers, etc) interested in being part of the project, the intervention was articulated into four different phases.

Phase 1. Needs analysis. At this stage, the UofG team run focus groups with staff in participating schools to gather their language needs. Moreover, Arabic speaking children and their parents/carers were asked what language they thought it would be crucial to include in the Arabic course for staff in their school. For parents/carers this was done through multilingual (Arabic and English) focus groups. With children, the focus groups were both multilingual and multimodal, as they included group conversations and posters.

Phase 2. The Palestinian team, with the support of the project's Research Associate, developed an online Arabic language course that took on board the needs that emerged from the language needs analysis identified in Phase 1.

Phase 3. Staff in the participating primary schools took a 10-lesson beginners Arabic language course (20 hrs in total) designed by the Palestinian team. The course was divided into two blocks of 5 lessons each, one before and one after the summer holidays and was taught online by the Palestinian team.

Phase 4. After Phase 3 was completed, the UofG team carried out individual interviews and focus groups with participating primary school staff who had been learning Arabic and a focus group with Arabic speaking children, to gather feedback and evaluate the extent to which the project achieved its aims. It also gathered feedback from the Arabic language experts at IUG through individual interviews.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The final evaluation shows that the WLs project managed to unsettle the terms and the content of the conversation in several ways. (i) Challenging the responsibility for communication. Scottish education staff were eager to find ways to communicate with ‘New Scots’ children/families in Arabic and expressed the need and willingness to move towards children/families to offer them ‘linguistic hospitality’ (Phipps, 2012). This meant learning Arabic to address immediate practical needs/concerns and to ensure engagement, but also as a symbolic gesture which was seen as having huge value in ensuring welcoming and inclusion. (ii) Reversing the teacher/learner dynamic. Being in the position of a language learner helped education staff to decentre their understanding, to see the challenges experienced by language learners, both children and parents/carers, and to critically reflect on their own teaching approaches. (iii)  Questioning the dominance of European languages. Scottish staff noted that their language learning resulted in an increased interest towards all languages in all pupils. Some Scottish educators, moreover, openly challenged the need to learn exclusively European languages in schools where they are not spoken nor likely to be of relevance. (iii) Re-locating expertise. Arabic speaking children reported feelings of wellbeing knowing that staff are learning their language, and gratification at being in a position of expertise. Scottish staff agree on the importance of a language course that was built on needs they had identified and believed that this was crucial in maintaining motivation. Moreover, the project drew on the huge amount of knowledge, skills and expertise of the Palestinian team, which was invaluable to redress the needs of the Global North partner. (iv) Challenging stereotypes. An unexpected outcome of the project was the way in which for some participants, the Arabic lessons challenged portrayals of the Gaza Strip as a place of devastation, grief, and desolation.
References
Fassetta, G. and Imperiale, M.G. (2021). Revisiting indigenous engagement, research partnerships, and knowledge mobilisation: Think piece. In: Heritage, P. (ed.) Indigenous Research Methods: Partnerships, Engagement and Knowledge Mobilisation. People's Palace Projects.

Macedo, D. (2019) Rupturing the Yoke of Colonialism in Foreign Language Education. An Introduction. In Macedo, D. (ed.). Decolonising Foreign Language Education. The Misteaching of English and Other Colonial Languages. Abingdon: Routledge.  

Mignolo, W.D. (2018). What does it mean to decolonize? Ch 5 In: Mignolo, W.D. and Walsh, C.E. On Decoloniality: Concepts, Analytics, Praxis. Durham (NC): Duke University Press.

Mignolo, W.D. (2007). DELINKING, Cultural Studies, 21(2-3): 449-514.

Pennycook (2019). From Translanguaging to Translingual Activism. Ch 6 in: Macedo, D. (ed.) Decolonising Foreign Language Education. The Misteaching of English and Other Colonial Languages. Abingdon: Routledge.  

Phipps, A. (2012). Voicing Solidarity: Linguistic Hospitality and Poststructuralism in the RealWorld. Applied Linguistics, 33(5): 582–602

Scottish Government (2018). New Scots Refugee Integration Strategy 2018-2022. Available from: https://www.gov.scot/publications/new-scots-refugee-integration-strategy-2018-2022/documents/. Last accessed 27/01/2023


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Socio-educational Variables Influencing the Integration Process of Refugee Families in Spain: Proposal of a Model.

Jesica Núñez García, Alexandra Miroslava Rodríguez Gil, Kateline de Jesus Brito Tavares

University of Santiago de Compostela, Spain

Presenting Author: Núñez García, Jesica

The increase in migratory movements and, in particular, forced displacements since 2015 has led to a significant increase in the number of third-country nationals seeking protection in different European countries, which, together with the uncertainty that characterises the reception and asylum process in the receiving communities, requires studies that, from the educational and social field, show potential courses of action in the face of such genuine circumstances (ACNUR, 2020; Cernadas et al., 2019; Donato & Ferris, 2020; Iglesias-Martínez & Estrada, 2018; Iglesias et al., 2016; Pace & Severance, 2016).

This is why understanding the various factors that condition the integration of third-country nationals is key to the effectiveness of policy interventions. Policy-makers need to know which categories of participants are involved in the integration process and what their specific characteristics are. Furthermore, they must examine the role of the different social fields, institutions and entities involved in integration. On this basis, we must highlight the indicators and determining factors for achieving integration, as well as the problems or difficulties in this process (Hynie, 2018; Wolffhardt et al., 2019).

Therefore, we start from the ‘two-way process’ approach to the concept of integration, applied mainly in the field of forced migration and refugee status. (Ager & Strang, 2008; Castles et al. 2002; Iglesias-Martínez & Estrada, 2018; Klarenbeek, 2021; Strang & Ager, 2010). Specifically, we refer to the connection between "belonging" and rights and values, the role of social capital in integration processes, and the dynamic interconnectedness of the dimensions that constitute integration as a ‘two-way process’.

In this sense, in our study, we follow the ten core domains identified by Ager and Strang (2008), which reflect normative arrangements, while providing a potential structure for the analysis of integration processes. Specifically, they consider the successful attainment of and access to education, employment, health and housing; processes of social connectedness within and between community groups; barriers arising from lack of cultural and linguistic competencies, and from fear and instability; and assumptions and practices about citizenship and rights. Beyond identifying possible 'indicators', we based the paper on a conceptual framework that encompasses the key components of integration.

This model incorporates common elements found in other research attempting to define and measure integration (Berger-Schmitt, 2002; Cantle, 2005; Sigona, 2005), as it bring together perceptions of the key challenges that determine the integration of refugees in disparate contexts. Furthermore, these indicators form the basis of subsequent studies (Bakker et al., 2016; Correa-Velez et al., 2015; Fozdar & Hartley, 2013; Grzymala-Kazlowska & Phillimore, 2018; Hynie, 2018), as they explore social capital as an explanatory concept for integration processes.

In a context in which the growing social and educational interest in attending to intercultural coexistence is more than evident, the aim of this paper focuses on the importance of examining integration and the factors that condition it. Specifically, the main objective of this research is to analyse the process of integration of refugees, asylum seekers, applicants for asylum, subsidiary or international protection in the educational, social and labour fields in Spain. More specifically, we study which variables influence the integration of refugee families and which can enhance this process fully in a society characterised by uncertainty.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We have opted for a non-experimental research of an exploratory and descriptive character, under a quantitative methodological approach, while the data were obtained through the Integration Questionnaire for Refugee Families (CIFRE)*, from which we have been able to identify socio-educational variables that influence the integration process. Specifically, the CIFRE is made up of 28 questions grouped into 6 central blocks. In addition, it includes 5 scales designed to measure the opinion of families in relation to: family involvement in the education of their children; satisfaction with the host country; the importance given to and fulfilment of expectations for the future in the host community; the procedures followed for the resolution of problems encountered in the integration process; and the assessment of the situation experienced so far in the host country.
With regard to the selection of participants, we opted for a non-probabilistic purposive sample, locating participants through organisations that work with forcibly displaced persons in Spain. More specifically, ten (10) organisations provided us with access to their users. In addition, we used the snowballing procedure, progressively expanding the participants through contacts facilitated by other subjects who are in the same or a nearby social network, thus increasing the sample with families located in different areas of the national geography.
The sample is made up of 157 refugees, asylum seekers, subsidiary protection or international protection residing in Spain. Specifically, they are mothers (40.7%) or fathers (32%), although we also have a considerable number who are included in a category that we call others (27.3%), which includes legal guardians, members of the extended family or adults who indicate that they do not have children. These are young people, aged between 25 and 37 (M=36.30; SD = 10.01), and mostly asylum seekers (74.7%).

* The design of the CIFRE Questionnaire is carried out in the context of the research carried out in the UNINTEGRA Project (2017-2019) funded by the European Commission's Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund (AMIF) (https://unintegra.usc.es/).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Following the theoretical-conceptual framework proposed by Ager and Strang (2008), which provides structure to the analysis of integration processes by identifying its determinant dimensions, such as education, employment, housing, health, social connections, language skills, security, and rights and citizenship, we have carried out bivariate correlations between all variables, as a preliminary step to proposing an explanatory model of the integration of people benefiting from protection. The data from this first analysis allow us to affirm that the variables employment (r=.177, p=.000), education (r=.188, p=.000), health (r=.160, p=.001), security (r=.437, p=.000) and rights (r=.781, p=. 000) correlate significantly with the integration variable (dependent variable), but in addition many independent variables correlate with each other (accommodation, language, stability and support), indicating the existence of a probable mediation between what are theoretically considered independent variables and the dependent variable.
Therefore, the model we propose shows that the variables access to employment, having a support network, satisfaction with one's own and family members' health, feeling of security and having rights as a citizen directly influence the integration process, but also many independent variables correlate with each other. In addition, we report a good fit of the model (χ2 =1.7; GFI=.98; RMSEA=.040 [.019-.059]; and SRMR=.050).
In short, the bidirectional and multidimensional character of the integration of third-country nationals in host communities is therefore evident, with a multitude of dimensions mediating and directly influencing the integration process. We therefore highlight the need to promote mechanisms and actions that involve the refugee and indigenous population in the integration processes through intercultural education, drawing up lines of educational exploration that address the challenges involved among the host communities.

References
ACNUR. (2020). Tendencias Globales. Desplazamiento forzado en 2020. https://www.acnur.org/60cbddfd4
Ager, A. & Strang, A. (2008). Understanding Integration: A Conceptual Framework. Journal of Refugee Studies, 21(2), 166–191.
Bakker, L., Cheung, S. Y. & Phillimore, J. (2016). The Asylum-Integration Paradox: Comparing Asylum Support Systems and Refugee Integration in The Netherlands and the UK. International Migration, 54(4), 118-132.
Cantle, T. (2005). Community Cohesion: A New Framework for Race Diversity. Palgrave Macmillan.
Castles, S., Korac, M., Vasta, E., & Steven Vertovec, S. (2002). Integration: Mapping the Field. Home Office, Immigration Research and Statistics Service (IRSS).
Cernadas, F. X., Lorenzo Moledo, M. M., & Santos Rego, M. A. (2019). Diversidad cultural y escenarios migratorios. Un estudio sobre formación de profesores. Educar, 55(1), 19-37.
Correa-Velez, I., Giffordb, S. M., & McMichaelc, C. (2015). The persistence of predictors of wellbeing among refugee youth eight years after resettlement in Melbourne, Australia. Social Science & Medicine, 142, 163-168
Ferris, E. G. & Donato, K. M. (2020). Refugees, Migration and Global Governance. Negotiating the Global Compacts. Routledge.
Fozdar, F. & Hartley, L. (2013). Refugee Resettlement in Australia: What We Know and Need to Know Get access Arrow. Refugee Survey Quarterly, 32(3), 23–51.
Hynie, M. (2018). Refugee integration: Research and policy. Peace and Conflict: Journal of Peace Psychology, 24(3), 265–276.
Grzymala-Kazlowska, A. & Phillimore, J. (2018). Introduction: rethinking integration. New perspectives on adaptation and settlement in the era of super-diversity. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 44(2), 179-196.
Iglesias-Martínez, J. & Estrada, C. (2018). ¿Birds of passage? La integración social de la población refugiada en España. Revista Iberoamericana de Estudios de Desarrollo, 7(1), 144-167.
Iglesias, J., Fanjul G., & Manzanedo, C. (2016). La crisis de los refugiados en Europa. En A. Blanco y A. Chueca (Coords.), Informe España 2016 (pp. 137-182). Universidad Pontificia Comillas.
Klarenbeek, L. M. (2021). Reconceptualising ‘integration as a two-way process’. Migration Studies, 9(3), 902–921.
Pace, P. & Severance, K. (2016). Migration terminology matters. Revista Migraciones Forzadas, 51, 69-70.
Sigona, N. (2005). Refugee Integration(s): Policy and Practice in the European Union. Refugee Survey Quarterly, 24, 115-122.
Strang, A. & Ager, A. (2010). Refugee Integration: Emerging Trends and Remaining Agendas. Journal of Refugee Studies, 23(4), 589-607.
Wolffhardt, A., Conte, C., & Huddleston, T. (2019). The European benchmark for refugee integration: A comparative analysis of the national integration evaluation mechanism in 14 EU countries. Institute of Public Affairs y Migration Policy Group.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm08 SES 11 A: Problematising school wellbeing, mental health and sexual health policy and practice
Location: Joseph Black Building, C305 LT [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Venka Simovska
Paper Session
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Mental Health Education Curriculum: Policy Articulations and Postcolonial Problems

Katie Fitzpatrick

University of Auckland, New Zealand

Presenting Author: Fitzpatrick, Katie

The mental health of children and young people is increasingly highlighted in educational policy agendas. The Covid 19 pandemic has added a tone of urgency to the expression of concerns about mental health, and schools are increasingly positioned as possible sites of impact, support and intervention. As a result, school-based mental health interventions are increasingly common. Many of these are focused at the level of the individual and draw on western knowledge frameworks. Such programmes tend to ignore the social, political and historical contexts of mental health and wellbeing, including the role of colonisation and how forms of exclusion at the intersection of gender, sexuality, ethnicity, racism, and disability coalesce to frame schooling experiences over time. This paper draws on postcolonial theory to consider the tensions between individualistic and social/ political approaches to mental health and wellbeing and reflects on recent curriculum policy moves. It engages an inquiry into mental health education curriculum policy in Aotearoa New Zealand, exploring the basis of new curriculum articulations and what these might offer, reflect, promise, and obscure.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper engages a critical and post-colonial policy analysis, drawing on Mundy et al's (2016) notion of policyscapes and post-colonial thinking to interrogate the construction of mental health in relation to schools, and understand the resulting policy expressions.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Mental health-related policyscapes and meta-discourses set up particular possibilities for thinking about mental health and wellbeing at the intersection of schools, mental health and youth. Schools are positioned in these in particular ways, and teachers and students are ascribed certain kinds of subject positions. The proliferation of individualised and Western notions of health and wellbeing flow through and are disrupted in policy in a range of ways. Mental health education policy at once reinscribes pathological western frameworks and also disrupts these in complex ways.
References
Fleming, T., Tiatia-Seath, J., Peiris-John, R., Sutcliffe, K., Archer, D., Bavin, L., Crengle, S., & Clark, T. (2020). Youth19 Rangatahi Smart Survey, Initial Findings: Hauora Hinengaro / Emotional and Mental Health. The Youth19 Research Group, The University of Auckland and Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand.
Hokowhitu, B. (2014). If you are not healthy, then what are you?: Healthism, colonial disease and body-logic. In Health Education (pp. 31-47). Routledge.
Mills, C. (2014). Decolonizing Global Mental Health: the psychiatrization of the majority world. Routledge
Mills, C., & Fernando, S. (2014). Globalising mental health or pathologising the Global South? Mapping the ethics, theory and practice of global mental health. Disability and the Global South, 1(2), 188-202.
Mundy, K., Green, A., Lingard, B., & Verger, A. (Eds.). (2016). Handbook of global education policy. John Wiley & Sons.


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Breaking with the Epistemological and Ontological Assumptions of the School as the Key Setting to Nurture Children's Wellbeing

Daniel López-Cevallos1, Irene Torres2, Abdou Khaly Mbodj3, Carole Faucher4

1University of Massachussetts Amherst; 2Fondacion Octaedro; 3University of Bambey; 4Unesco Chair Global Health and Education

Presenting Author: López-Cevallos, Daniel; Torres, Irene

Educational approaches to wellbeing in contexts where children’s everyday lives face the adverse impacts of global changes, including climate change, deserve more in-depth consideration. As it stands, despite the high diversity of contextualized implementations of wellbeing education programs, these are conditioned by the existence of well-functioning school facilities (buildings and grounds). There is no doubt that the school represents a unique setting for the promotion of social and emotional wellbeing (Barry et al, 2017). Nevertheless, we must question any homogenous school-based wellbeing intervention that is not context-sensitive (McLellan et al, 2022). With that in mind, how can we continue to nurture children’ wellbeing when the school is no longer considered a viable or safe space? While scholars, policy makers and practitioners have been debating whether it is the school duty of the school to promote wellbeing (Primdahl et al, 2018), the dependance of prevailing student wellbeing model(s) on strong and stable school infrastructures has so far never been genuinely questioned, not even during the Covid-19 pandemic.

Climate-induced changes tend to impact children from the poorest communities more deeply (Zmirou-Navier, 2021). In its 2022 report, the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) noted that the adverse impacts of climate change “disproportionately affect marginalized groups, amplifying inequalities and undermining sustainable development across all regions.” For example, it is expected that by 2030 almost 125 million children in Africa will be subjected to water scarcity, malnutrition, and displacement because of climate change (Fambasayi & Addaney, 2021). Extreme weather events are themselves traumatic experiences, and losing a school magnifies the negative psychosocial consequences generated by the loss of other resources and sentimental possessions (Shultz, 2016). The number of affected schools is striking. As example, Kenya has recorded that in 2018 alone, 700 schools were impacted by disastrous climate-changed events and had to close as a consequence (Fambasayi & Addaney, 2021). In 2016, Hurricane Matthew damaged 300 schools and affected a total of 700 in Haiti, while 86 were used as shelters and thus disrupted their educational purpose (Shultz, 2016).

The intertwining of climate and social justice is clear beyond argument. Since the 1960s, social justice has been at the core of the climate change discourse, bringing into our awareness key themes such as global environmental inequality (Bourg, 2020). The current popularity in the Global North of school-based ecoliteracy programs, which aim at enhancing human-environment relationships, is a major outcome of this trend (McBride et al, 2013). However, the connection between knowledge on the impacts of environmental hazards on populations and knowledge pertaining to children’s wellbeing in the most affected regions has remained, up to now, underdeveloped. This paper draws from a social justice perspective to propose an alternative framework that sustainably supports the wellbeing of children in locations where school buildings are no longer available/accessible, appropriate for learning, or even considered safe spaces due to extreme weather events (e.g., heat waves, wildfires, etc.).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used


In this paper, we challenge current epistemological and ontological underpinnings of the school as the key setting for the implementation for wellbeing education. More specifically, this contribution breaks with the prevailing school-based wellbeing model(s), by engaging with perspectives from regions that are highly impacted by climate changes such as Latin America and Africa, as a form of resistance to Eurocentric theoretical assumptions, and for educational settings to be better prepared to face the onslaught of environmental changes. Anchored in social justice, our paper presents a set of reflections based on the review of interdisciplinary writings regarding the impact of climate change on education, schooling, and mental health and wellbeing of students and teachers, in countries in Africa and Latin America. It then moves to a critical discussion of prevailing school-based wellbeing approaches before proposing ways to make space for a more accurate representation of current global realities and paths for change.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings


The impacts of climate change on mental health, on the one hand, and on school infrastructure, on the other, are addressed in separate silos. The nexus of climate change and wellbeing education requires bridging contrasting research foci and practice traditions, in a context of limited interdisciplinary exchange. One way to address the pressing needs of wellbeing education in the face of climate change is to focus on disaster preparedness or adaptation to climate change. We argue that such an approach focuses narrowly on the infrastructure, leaving out of the picture broader/deeper impacts on children's wellbeing and mental health. What we argue for is the need to rethink the school in the context of climate change beyond its physical facilities and put much of our efforts to engage with mental  health and wellbeing inequities as an educational objective.

References
Barry, M.M., Clarke, A.M., Dowling, K. (2017) Promoting social and emotional well-being in schools. Health Education Vol 117(5): 434-451
Bourg, D. (2020) Inégalités sociales et écologiques : Une perspective historique, philosophique et politique. Revue OFCE Vol 165: 21-34
Fambasayi R. and Addaney, M. ‘Cascading impacts of climate change and the rights of children in Africa: A reflection on the principle of intergenerational equity’ (2021) 21 African Human Rights Law Journal 29-51 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/1996-2096/2021/v21n1a3

IPCC (2022) Climate Change 2022: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability. IPCC Sixth Assessment Report: p. 1174

Primdahl, N. L., Reid, A. and Simovska, V. (2018) Shades of criticality in health and wellbeing education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, DOI: 10.1080/00220272.2018.1513568

McLellan, R., Faucher, C., Simovska, V. Wellbeing and Schooling: Why are cross-cultural and cross-disciplinary perspectives needed? In McLellan, R., Faucher, C., Simovska, V. (eds) Wellbeing and Schooling: Cross Cultural and Cross Disciplinary Perspective. Springer:  1-17

McBride, B.b., Brewer, C.A., Berkowitz, A.r., Borie, W.T. (2013) Environmental literacy, ecological literacy, ecoliteracy: What do we mean and how did we get here? Ecosphere, Vol 4(5)  https://doi.org/10.1890/ES13-00075.1

Shultz, J. M., Cela, T., Marcelin, L.H., Espinola, M., Heitmann, I., Sanchez, C., et. al. (2016) The trauma signature of 2016 Hurricane Matthew and the psychosocial impact on Haiti, Disaster Health, 3:4, 121-138.

Zmirou-Navier, D. (2021) Health and the Environment: Understanding the Linkages and Synergies in Laurent, É. (ed) The Well-being Transition: Analysis and Policy. Palgrave Macmillan: 57-73.


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Promoting Sexual Health in Schools: A Systematic Review of the European Evidence

Ronja Abrams, Johanna Nordmyr, Anna Forsman

Åbo Akademi University, Finland

Presenting Author: Abrams, Ronja

Sexuality is a central part of human identity, integrity, well-being, and satisfaction with life in general, in addition to being vital for human reproduction (Kågesten & van Reewijk, 2021; OECD 2020). Therefore, sexual health promotion across age groups and settings is crucial from an individual as well as a societal perspective. The most widespread and established definition of sexual health is developed by the World Health Organization (WHO 2006a), which defines it as a concept of physical, emotional, mental, and social well-being in relation to sexuality. Thus, according to this definition a holistic perspective on sexuality and sexual health promotion is crucial. Furthermore, an important element of sexual health promotion is sexual health literacy – a component of the broader concept of health literacy (Vongxay et al., 2019), which in practice means to take responsibility for one's own and one's family/ community health (Sørensen et al., 2012). More precisely it is a combination of skills in various dimensions of sexual health, which enables an understanding and application of sexual health information and communication (Dehghankar et al., 2022; Kågesten & van Reeuwijk, 2021). Focusing on health literacy as a health promotion action is a holistic, sustainable, and cost-effective strategy (Okan et al., 2020). Therefore, alongside the concept of sexual health defined by WHO (2006), sexual health literacy will be a central concept for the sexual health promotion perspective in this review study.

Sexual health programs and interventions in schools constitute a multidisciplinary and primary health promoting method. School is a crucial platform for students to learn about sexual health and develop a capacity to make informed decisions regarding their sexual health (WHO, 2015). It is furthermore one of the few arenas that reaches nearly all adolescents, regardless of socio-economical background. When healthy adolescent sexuality development and a positive understanding of the self in relation to others is promoted, it will not only be beneficial in this specific period in life but also regarding the future of the adolescents (Kågesten, et al., 2021). Numerous previous review studies have however measured the effects of sexual health interventions in schools from a risk-perspective, although it is not considered to be an optimal nor an effective health promotion approach (McCracken et al., 2016; Lameiras-Fernández et al., 2021). A risk-approach does not either cover the positive sexuality content that adolescents themselves wish to learn more about (Fowler, Schoen, Smith & Morain, 2022; OECD 2020). Furthermore, most of the existing reviews on sexual health interventions includes all international studies or studies exclusively conducted in North America or Australia (e.g., Wang, Lurie, Govindasamy, and Mathews 2018), although school systems, culture as well as political context differs a lot depending on continent as well as country. Previous studies have argued that for sexual health promotion in schools to be effective, various contextual socio-economical as well as political dimensions need to be taken into consideration (McCracken et al., 2016; Vongxay et al., 2019). To the authors’ knowledge, there are no previous systematic review studies evaluating sexual health-promotion interventions, with a focus on the positive sexuality, conducted in Europe. Therefore, this review aims to systematically gather and synthesize the current evidence on sexual health-promoting interventions in order to assess the effectiveness of sexual health-promoting programs conducted in schools in Europe.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Systematic database searches were performed in the PubMed, CINAHL, ERIC, Web of Science, Scopus, PsycINFO databases in the spring of 2022. The terms used in the search strategy can be categorized into population terms (e.g., adolescents, students), geographic terms (e.g., Europe), context terms (e.g., school), program terms (e.g., intervention, action study), and finally outcome terms (e.g., sexual health, sexual well-being, sexual health promotion). Boolean operators and MeSH terms were used as appropriate in the different databases. Studies that met the following inclusion criteria were considered eligible: (a) published between 2012–2022; (b) conducted in a European country/countries; (c) targeting adolescents (age 12–19); (d) interventions carried out in high school and upper secondary school/ vocational school by teachers, health professionals or non-governmental organizations (e) reported on at least one outcome connected to sexual health-promotion and/or positive aspects regarding sexual health. Exclusion criteria covered e.g., study design (cross-sectional studies, case studies and review studies were excluded) and focus (studies with a risk-perspective throughout and/or only measuring the risk aspects of sexual health such as knowledge about STIs or that were focusing on a specific group of adolescents such as special education classes, were excluded). After initial identification of records (10 897), duplicate removal and initial screening and subsequent full-text assessment a sample of 17 records were included in the review, reporting on 16 individual studies. The risk of bias of the included studies in relation to study design, conduct and analysis was assessed and rated according to principles for critical appraisal. Data coding was performed according to a protocol and included study characteristics, content as well as methodological components and outcomes relevant for the current review. Furthermore, a thematic narrative analysis was performed, based on identified commonalties and patterns among the included studies
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This systematic review study will offer a rare, if not the first overview, of research on school-based sexual health promotion interventions conducted in Europe. Most studies found through the systematic searches had a risk-approach and the number of records included is therefore, despite solid systematic searches in several databases, limited. Nevertheless, the synthesized evidence provides an overview of holistic and positive focused sexual health promotion interventions, reflecting an emerging sexual health promotion approach that moves beyond prevention of STI and unplanned pregnancies, and instead highlights the importance of pleasure, equality, respect, communication skills and other positive aspects of sexuality and sexual health.

Previous review studies have primarily focused on North America or a fully global perspective as context for the interventions. Europe differs in many ways from North America, for instance, politically and socio-economically which affects education as well as sexual health approaches in schools (Federal Centre for Health Education BZgA, 2010). In North America there has, for example, a long time been an abstinence-only focus on sexual health interventions although abstinence-only programs are proven not to be an effective sexual health prevention method (Santelli, et.al., 2017). By focusing on Europe as context the expected outcomes for this review study is to gather culturally relevant as well as context customized evidence of effective sexual health interventions for the European countries.

References
Dehghankar L, Panahi R, Khatooni M, Fallah S, Moafi F, Anbari M, et al. (2022). The association between sexual health literacy and sexual function of women in Iran. Journal of Education and Health Promotion.11:11. https://doi.org/10.4103/jehp.jehp_414_21

Federal Centre for Health Education, (2010). Standards for Sexuality Education in Europe. A framework for policy makers, educational and health authorities and specialists.  https://www.icmec.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/WHOStandards-for-Sexuality-Ed-in-Europe.pdf

Kågesten, A.E., Pinandari, A.W., Page, A., Wilopo, S.A., & van Reeuwijk, M. (2021). Sexual wellbeing in early adolescence: a cross-sectional assessment among girls and boys in urban Indonesia. Reproductive Health 18, 153. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12978-021-01199-4

Kågesten, A.E., and van Reeuwijk, M. (2021). Healthy sexuality development in adolescence: proposing a competency-based framework to inform programmes and research. Sexual and Reproductive Health Matters, 29:1, 104-120, doi:10.1080/26410397.2021.1996116  

Lameiras-Fernández, M., Martínez-Román, R., Carrera-Fernández MV., Rodríguez-Castro, Y. (2021). Sex Education in the Spotlight: What Is Working? Systematic Review. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18(5), 2555. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18052555  

McCracken, K. et al. (2016). Sexual and reproductive health and rights: study. Brussels: European Parliament. https://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/STUD/2016/571392/IPOL_STU(2016)571392_EN.pdf  

OECD (2020). Love & let live. Education and sexuality. https://www.oecdilibrary.org/education/love-let-live_862636ab-en

Okan, O., Messer, M., Levin-Zamir, D., Paakkari, L., & Sørensen, K. (2022). Health literacy as a social vaccine in the COVID-19 pandemic. Health promotion international, daab197. https://doi.org/10.1093/heapro/daab19

Santelli, J. S., Kantor, L. M., Grilo, S. A., Speizer, I. S., Lindberg, L. D., Heitel, J., Schalet, A. T., Lyon, M. E., Mason-Jones, A. J., McGovern, T., Heck, C. J., Rogers, J.& Ott, M.A. (2017). Abstinence-Only-Until-Marriage: An Updated Review of U.S. Policies and Programs and Their Impact. The Journal of adolescent health: official publication of the Society for Adolescent Medicine, 61(3), 273–280. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jadohealth.2017.05.031

 Sørensen, K., Van den Broucke, S., Fullam, J. Doyle, G., Pelikan, J., Slonska Z., & Brand. H. (2012). Health literacy and public health: A systematic review and integration of definitions and models. BMC Public Health 12, 80. https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-2458-12-80

Vongxay, V., Albers, F., Thongmixay, S., Thongsombath, M., Broerse, J. E. W., Sychareun, V., & Essink, D. R. (2019). Sexual and reproductive health literacy of school adolescents in Lao PDR. PloS one, 14(1), e0209675. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0209675

Wang T, Lurie M, Govindasamy D, Mathews C. (2018). The Effects of School-Based Condom Availability Programs (CAPs) on Condom Acquisition, Use and Sexual Behavior: A Systematic Review. AIDS Behaviour; 22(1), 308-320. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10461-017-1787-5

World Health Organization WHO (2006a). Sexual and Reproductive Health and Research (SRH). https://www.who.int/teams/sexual-and-reproductive-health-and-research/key-areas-of-work/sexual-health/defining-sexual-health

World Health Organization WHO. (2015). Sexual health, human rights, and the law. https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/175556
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm09 SES 11 A: Addressing Educational Equity and Inequality: Insights from Research and Policy
Location: Gilbert Scott, EQLT [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Gasper Cankar
Paper Session
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

The Lagom Effect: School Composition and Inequality of Opportunities in Sweden

Victoria Rolfe

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Rolfe, Victoria

Sweden’s self-image as a leader in education was rocked in the early 2010s by the so-called PISA-shock, in which this formerly high-flying education system saw its performance in international assessments dramatically decline. This period of decline dominated the public and political discourse around education and reform in Sweden (e.g. Lundahl & Serder, 2020) for the rest of the decade. Over time, Sweden’s performance in Mathematics has recovered, as evidenced in numerous international assessments, including most recently TIMSS 2019 and PISA 2018 (e.g. Mullis et al., 2020; OECD, 2019a). Nevertheless, the improvement in the overall achievement of Swedish youth somewhat masks a persistent achievement gap which has been observed within the Swedish school system since the early 2000s, with growing variation in performance between schools in student grades (Skolverket, 2005, 2020). The achievement gap noted in domestic data has also been recorded in international data, with the achievement gap widening (Chmielewski, 2019) and Sweden’s decline in socioeconomic equality of outcomes the most severe among peer nations (Hanushek et al., 2014).

Socioeconomic status is a well-established predictor of educational outcomes (e.g. Sirin, 2005), and previous research using TIMSS data has confirmed this relationship in relation to mathematics outcomes for Swedish youth over multiple cycles of TIMSS between 2003 and 2015 (Authors, 2021). A longstanding strand of scholarship suggests that in addition to predicting achievement, socioeconomic background indicates varied opportunity to learn (OTL) course material, which in turn predicts test performance (e.g. Eggen et al., 1987). While this pattern of relationships has been consistently evidenced in the English-speaking world (e.g. Authors, 2021; Schmidt et al.,2013), in the Swedish context inequalities of opportunities have been inconsistently observed, appearing only among the 2003 and 2015 TIMSS cohorts (Authors, 2021).

A possible explanation for the lack of observable social reproduction through the delivery of the curriculum lies in the nature of the Swedish school system. A distinctive feature of the Swedish education system is its retention of the comprehensive model in which students are offered equal learning opportunities in integrated school settings (Arnesen & Lundahl, 2006) with limited within-school streaming when compared with other highly developed economies (Chmielewski, 2014). Of much interest to policy makers and researchers, reforms to the Swedish education system enacted in the 1990s introduced school choice and created a market for education (see Björklund et al., 2005). While admissions guidance prohibits cream-skimming (Põder et al., 2017), the exercise of school choice is socially segregated (Teske & Schneider, 2001) and the subsequent composition of schools can be interpreted as reflecting segregation beyond an expected neighbourhood effect (Böhlmark et al., 2016). Despite the observed social segregation between schools, analysis of international data suggests that the comprehensive school system in Sweden is still intact, with students of varying abilities attending the same schools, and that variation in performance between school is low when compared to other economies (OECD, 2019b).

Against this background, the following research questions are considered:

  1. Are between school socioeconomic inequalities in mathematics outcomes and opportunity to learn mathematics observable among eighth graders in Sweden?
  2. Do the relationships between socioeconomic status, opportunity to learn, and achievement very between high-, neutral-, and low-SES schools?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study uses Swedish data from the grade 8 sample of the Trends in Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS) 2019. The focus of the study is between school variation in the relation between inequalities in opportunity to learn (expressed as content coverage) and mathematics outcomes, and thus data from the student, teacher, and school questionnaire is used. Socioeconomic status and opportunity to learn are both conceived as unobserved phenomena and are thus modelled as latent factors. Socioeconomic status is indicated by the number of books in the home, the highest reported parental education level, and the sum of five home possession items. OTL is indicated by manifest variables in which teacher responses to items regarding when content is introduced is summed to create indicators of content coverage in each of the four sub-domains of mathematics (number, algebra, geometry, and data).

Structural equation modelling is used in the study to model the relations between SES, OTL, and achievement in mathematics. Complex survey data such as the TIMSS 2019 dataset favours a multilevel approach to modelling, as it allows the variance in the dependent variable, in this case achievement, to be split across individual and school levels and provides model estimates at both levels. A two-level model is specified with individual achievement regressed on SES at the student level, and a trio of relations – achievement is regressed on SES and OTL, and OTL is regressed on SES – are specified at the school level. As the focus of the study is between school differences, data from the student and teacher questionnaires is aggregated to school level to build the between level of the model. The modelling process features two stages to reflect the research questions. In the first stage, model one – the basic model – is run to identify whether socioeconomic inequalities in outcomes and opportunities can be identified for the sample as a whole. In the second stage, model two separates schools into three groups with each school classified as high-, neutral-, or low-SES, with the goal of establishing whether patterns of inequalities differ between different school profiles.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary results suggest that for the Swedish TIMSS 2019 grade eight cohort as a whole, SES remains a strong predictor of achievement at the individual and school levels, in line with earlier research. However, evidence of socioeconomic inequalities in OTL were not observed. When the cohort was categorised as high-, neutral-, and low-SES schools, patterns of inequalities differed between groups, with the most notable results seen in the neutral-SES group. For this group, SES at the school level was a very strong predictor of achievement, and OTL was a significant predictor of achievement, which was not replicated in the other two groups.

In Swedish, the neutral-SES schools could be described as lagom, a concept which roughly translates to ‘not too much, not too little’ or ‘just the right amount’. It is therefore highly relevant to stakeholders in the educational project that it is in these schools with a balanced socioeconomic intake that the Swedish system goes beyond its’ comprehensive character and appears to act in a compensatory manner in terms of mathematics provision.  


References
Arnesen, A. L., & Lundahl, L. (2006). Still social and democratic? Inclusive education policies in the Nordic welfare states. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 50(3), 285-300.
Authors. (2021).
Björklund, A., Clark, M. A., Edin, P. A., Fredriksson, P., & Krueger, A. B. (2005). The market comes to education in Sweden: An evaluation of Sweden's surprising school reforms. Russell Sage Foundation.
Böhlmark, A., Holmlund, H., & Lindahl, M. (2016). Parental choice, neighbourhood segregation or cream skimming? An analysis of school segregation after a generalized choice reform. Journal of Population Economics, 29(4), 1155-1190.
Chmielewski, A. K. (2014). An international comparison of achievement inequality in within- and between-school tracking systems. American Journal of Education, 120(3), 293–324.
Chmielewski, A. K. (2019). The global increase in the socioeconomic achievement gap, 1964 to 2015. American Sociological Review, 84(3), 517-544.
Eggen, T. J. H. M., Pelgrum, W. J., & Plomp, T. (1987). The implemented and attained mathematics curriculum: Some results of the second international mathematics study in The Netherlands. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 13(1), 119-135
Hanushek, E. A., Piopiunik, M., & Wiederhold, S. (2014). The value of smarter teachers: International evidence on teacher cognitive skills and student performance. National Bureau of Economic Research.
Lundahl, C., & Serder, M. (2020). Is PISA more important to school reforms than educational research? The selective use of authoritative references in media and in parliamentary debates. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(3), 193-206.
Mullis, I. V. S., Martin, M. O., Foy, P., Kelly, D. L., & Fishbein, B. (2020). TIMSS 2019 International Results in Mathematics and Science. https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/timss2019/international-results/
OECD. (2019a). PISA 2018 Results (Volume I): What students know and can do.
OECD. (2019b). PISA 2018 Results (Volume II): Where All Students Can Succeed.
Põder, K., Lauri, T., & Veski, A. (2017). Does school admission by zoning affect educational inequality? A study of family background effect in Estonia, Finland, and Sweden. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 61(6), 668-688.
Schmidt, W. H., Zoido, P., & Cogan, L. (2013). Schooling Matters: Opportunity to Learn in PISA 2012. OECD Education Working Papers(95).
Sirin, S. R. (2005). Socioeconomic status and academic achievement: A meta-analytic review of research. Review of Educational Research, 75(3), 417-453.
Skolverket. (2005). Skolverkets lägesbedömning 2005. https://www.skolverket.se/download/18.6bfaca41169863e6a655903/1553958898329/pdf1516.pdf
Skolverket. (2020). Skolverkets lägesbedömning 2020. https://www.skolverket.se/publikationer?id=6436
Teske, P., & Schneider, M. (2001). What research can tell policymakers about school choice. Journal of Policy Analysis and Management, 20, 609-631.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Does Tracking Increase School Segregation of Immigrants? A Difference-in-Differences Approach.

Janna Teltemann1, Max Brinkmann1, Nora Huth-Stöckle2

1Universität Hildesheim, Germany; 2Bergische Universität Wuppertal

Presenting Author: Teltemann, Janna

Social integration in the context of increasing immigration is a challenge faced by many industrialized countries. The institutional set-up of an education system is a natural candidate for scrutiny from a policy perspective, since education is at the forefront of social integration and institutional structures are malleable in nature. In this study, we examine immigrant social integration through school segregation and how it relates to the institutional structure of an educational system, in particular the existence of (early between-school) tracking. As a premise for integration, school segregation is crucial since it determines how much interaction between immigrants and non-immigrants occurs. Tracking on the other hand is as controversial as it is momentous since students are placed into different types of schools from an age as young as ten (e.g. Terrin & Triventi 2022, van de Werfhorst & Mijs 2010). This is in stark contrast to the practice of integrated education systems, in which students may be grouped by ability for certain topics or classes, but are only separated as they approach maturity.

We therefore examine whether tracked education systems show higher levels of school segregation of immigrants as education systems that delay between-school grouping. While sociologists have long documented the negative effects of tracking with regards to equality of opportunity (e.g. Terrin & Triventi 2022, van de Werfhorst & Mijs 2010), we argue that there may be counteracting mechanisms at work in tracked systems when it comes to ethnic segregation between schools.

We follow theories on educational inequality to understand school segregation and tracking. These theories relate differences in family resources to differences in educational attainment or achievement (i.e. Boudon 1974, Bourdieu 1987, Lareau 2011). Resources in this context can comprise economic capital, strategic knowledge, social contacts and familiarity with modes of behavior in the education system. In this context, we expect that immigrant students are disadvantaged, as many of these resources cannot easily be translated from the home country to the receiving country. We can therefore expect that they will show, on average, lower achievement at the end of primary school (i.e. primary effects; Boudon 1974). These finding has been shown by numerous studies (e.g. Heath et al. 2008).

Since observed achievement is a major indicator of track placement, primary effects of ethnic and social origin increase the likelihood for immigrant students to be sorted into lower secondary school tracks. However, parental decision making (i.e. secondary effects; Boudon 1974) is another determinant of track placement and it is well-known that immigrant parents tend to choose more ambitious educational pathways (Esser 2016; Gresch et al. 2012) which could compensate for low track placement based on ability. Lastly, school segregation likely exists in non-tracked systems as well. First, because home-to-school-distances are a main factor in selecting a school, residential segregation, which is a common phenomenon in many countries, is reflected in school segregation. Further, school choice behavior of non-immigrant families may contribute to ethnic school segregation, as particularly high status families tend to avoid schools with larger numbers of immigrants (“white flight”; Amor 1980). They do so, because they use immigrant concentration as a proxy for (lower) school quality. This tendency might be lower in tracked-systems, as track level is an accessible indicator of school quality. Non-immigrant families therefore do not need to avoid schools with larger numbers of immigrants (c.p. Meier & Schütz 2007).

In sum, there may be counteracting mechanisms with regard to school segregation and the age of first tracking. We therefore argue that it remains an empirical question to determine which mechanism outweighs the other.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Previous research on the effects of tracking on ethnic segregation point towards mixed effects of tracking (e.g. Kruse 2019). However, most previous findings look at data from single countries or cities. Moreover, they face the challenge of cross-sectional analyses that might be biased by unobserved heterogeneity.
We therefore aim at generating more generalizable findings on the impact of tracking on segregation by combining all data from PISA, TIMSS and PIRLS cycles between 1995 and 2018 for a total of 45 countries. In order to combine the data, we  harmonized the relevant information, most importantly information on immigrant background. We define immigrant background by the place of birth of the student (abroad). Based on this information, we calculated measures of segregation (index of dissimilarity D, Duncan & Duncan 1955) for each study-year and each country.
Crucial for our analytical approach is the fact that some of the studies are implemented in primary school - when no education system is tracked - and others are administered in secondary school (in grade 8 or at age 15), i.e. after tracking has been exercised. According to our definition (tracking takes place before grade 8) this is the case for nine countries in our sample.
Our analysis is based on a difference-in-differences approach that compares the difference in ethnic segregation between primary and secondary school and between tracked and untracked countries. This approach enables us to account for all other time-stable differences between countries. We still included control variables that can change over time: the gross domestic product and the population density and the privatization of the education system. Such decisions (e.g. including control variables or excluding probable outliers) however might have substantial impact on the obtained estimates. We therefore do not conduct a single analysis, instead we follow the approach of multiverse analyses (Simonsohn et al. 2020).
The term "multiverse analysis" refers to a type of analysis that accounts for the problem of multiple “forking paths” (Gelman & Loken 2013), because a research design has to be operationalized with variables, samples and estimation techniques. By systematically varying these decisions across all possible paths, we will “expand” a multiverse that incorporates all possible paths. In other words, it is a systematic way of doing robustness checks.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our preliminary results suggest that the presence of early between-school grouping (as compared to late between school grouping) has no discernible impact on immigrant school segregation. While segregation increases in both types of education systems there are heterogenous effects across model specifications with respect to the effect of tracking. By varying the choice of fixed effects, control variables (GDP, private school density and population density) and sample restrictions (different GDP cut-offs and different cut-offs for minimum or maximum share of immigrant students in a country) we obtain about 4000 model specifications of which 60% show a small negative (but overwhelmingly insignificant) effect and 40% show a small positive (but overwhelmingly insignificant) effect on school segregation. In our next steps, we will examine the effects of selectivity on segregation. We expect that higher selectivity will limit the ambitious school choices of immigrant families and therefore lead to higher levels of school segregation.

References
Armor, D. J. (1980). White flight and the future of school desegregation. School desegregation: Past, present, and future, 187-226.    

Bourdieu, P. (1987). Die feinen Unterschiede. Suhrkamp.

Duncan, O. D., & Duncan, B. (1955). A Methodological Analysis of Segregation Indexes. American Sociological Review, 20(2), 210–217. Retrieved from http://www.jstor.org/stable/2088328

Esser, H. (2016). Bildungssysteme und ethnische Bildungsungleichheiten. Ethnische Ungleichheiten im Bildungsverlauf: Mechanismen, Befunde, Debatten, 331-396.
[English: “Education systems and ethnic educational inequalities” in “Ethnic inequality along the educational pathway: Mechanisms, Results, Debates”]

Gelman, A., & Loken, E. (2013). The garden of forking paths: Why multiple comparisons can be a problem, even when there is no “fishing expedition” or “p-hacking” and the research hypothesis was posited ahead of time. Department of Statistics, Columbia University, 348, 1-17.

Gresch, C., Maaz, K., Becker, M., & McElvany, N. (2012). Zur hohen Bildungsaspiration von Migranten beim Übergang von der Grundschule in die Sekundarstufe: Fakt oder Artefakt. Soziale Ungleichheit in der Einwanderungsgesellschaft. Kategorien, Konzepte, Einflussfaktoren, 56-67.
[English: “The case of high educational aspirations among migrants when transitioning from primary school to secondary school: fact or artifact?”]

Heath, A. F., Rothon, C., & Kilpi, E. (2008). The Second Generation in Western Europe: Education, Unemployment, and Occupational Attainment. Annual Review of Sociology, 34(1), 211–235. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.soc.34.040507.134728

Kruse, H. (2019). Between-school ability tracking and ethnic segregation in secondary schooling. Social Forces, 98(1), 119-146.

Lareau, A. (2011). Unequal Childhoods: Class, Race, and Family Life. Univ of California Press.

Meier, V., & Schütz, G. (2007). The economics of tracking and non-tracking (No. 50). Ifo working paper.

Simonsohn, U., Simmons, J. P., & Nelson, L. D. (2020). Specification curve analysis. Nature Human Behaviour, 4(11), 1208-1214.

Terrin, E., & Triventi, M. (2022). The effect of school tracking on student achievement and inequality: A meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 00346543221100850.

Van de Werfhorst, H. G., & Mijs, J. J. (2010). Achievement inequality and the institutional structure of educational systems: A comparative perspective. Annual review of sociology, 36, 407-428.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

The Importance of Relative Age for Academic Achievement and Socioemotional Competencies

Alli Klapp

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Klapp, Alli

This study examines the impact of the Relative Age Effect (RAE), measured by students´ birth month, the cognitive ability, school achievement and socioemotional competencies. A longitudinal approach is applied by using data from a Swedish cohort of students born in 1972, from 3rd Grade (age 10) until the end of upper secondary school (age 19).

When Swedish students begin their first school year in August every year (age 7) some children are almost one year older than some of their peers in the same year level. This is due to that the school entry cut-off date is 1st January.

Being among the oldest or youngest in a group of students has been shown to have effects on many outcomes throughout school trajectory. Being relatively young has been identified as a negative impact on cognitive and maturity issues (Rod Larsen & Solli, 2017). While being relatively older when starting school seems to affect achievement, working life and later outcomes positively. Outcomes such as higher achievements and reaching higher educational attainment (Crawford et al. 2014). You are also more likely to participate in high school leadership activities (Dhuey & Lipscombe, 2008) and being more successful in sports (Gibbs et al., 2012). Further, the literature shows the existence of physical advantages of being relatively old which gives advantages in individuals identification processes during their upbringing (McCarthy et al., 2016). While mixed results exist on the impact of relative age on earnings (Black et al., 2008; Fredriksson & Öckert, 2014).

However, the economic literature has found a reverse age effect (RAE), suggesting that being older when starting school is beneficial for earnings earlier in the working career while being younger is beneficial for earnings later in the working career (McCarthy et al. 2016).

The effect of relative age on noncognitive outcomes such as self-concept, self-confidence self-esteem, coping and resilience strategies is also evident (Duckworth et al. 2007; Dweck, 2006). Findings from several studies show that children and adolescents being relatively old in the school cohort become influenced in their self-confidence, self-beliefs, and social interactions in school positively (Crawford et al., 2014). Further, it has been shown that relatively old children have higher self-esteem (Thompson et al., 1999, 2004) and suffer less from psychological and behaviour problems (Muhlenweg et al., 2010) compared to relatively younger students.

Even though research has shown that many socioemotional competencies seem to be affected by RAE some may be more crucial for success in learning such as coping and resilience strategies (Duckworth et al., 2007; Dweck, 2006).

This study contributes to the research field by providing empirical support for long-term consequences of relative age in school on cognitive ability, school achievements and noncognitive competencies in terms of students´ academic self-concept, coping and resilience strategies.

Purposes

The main aim of this study is to examine the importance of the relative age effect, measured by birth month, for students´ cognitive and socioemotional outcomes by using a longitudinal approach. Following research questions will be investigated with longitudinal data from several time points:

How does relative age affect cognitive outcomes in terms of cognitive ability, GPA, and educational attainment?

How does relative age affect socioemotional outcomes in terms of perceived academic self-concept, coping and resilience strategies?

What are the long-term effects of relative age for cognitive and socioemotional outcomes and for subgroups of students related to gender and family socioeconomic status?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data from the Evaluation Through Follow-up (UGU) longitudinal infrastructure is used. The UGU database contain 10% national representative samples of students in 11 birth cohorts, born between 1948 to 2010. The cohort relevant to the present study were born in 1972 (N=9037). The participants were in grade 3 in the academic years 1987/88. The participants received a survey and a cognitive test in Grade 3 (age 10) and 6 (age 13) and a follow-up survey in Grade 10 (age 16 and without a cognitive test). The cognitive tests in Grades 3 and 6 were identical within the cohort and consisted of verbal, inductive and spatial battery of tasks.
The survey in Grade 10 (age 17) was sent to the participants home address by mail. Administrative and register data such as birth month, grades and educational attainment is available for all the participants through upper secondary education (age 19). The 1972 cohort is unique in the sense that the participants received cognitive ability tests at two time points in compulsory school. Another reason is that the participants finished upper secondary school in 1991.  
Descriptive statistics and regression analyses were conducted, and outcomes were measured by cognitive ability in Grade 3 and 6, Grade Point Average in 9th Grade (age 16) and educational attainment in upper secondary school (age 19). All through the analyses gender and socio-economic status (SES) were included. Several multivariate multiple regression models have been estimated and logistic regressions are underway.
Confirmatory factor analyses (CFA) and structural equation models (SEM) will be estimated to investigate the importance of socioemotional competencies (about 20 items reflecting coping and resilient strategy factors) for the relative age effect. Analyses with a longitudinal growth modelling approach is ongoing.
Data management and preparation was conducted in the SPSS program, version 28. The analyses were conducted in the Mplus program, version 8.5 (Muthén & Muthén, 1998-2019).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary results show that there is a significant negative age effect on cognitive ability in Grade 3 and 6 and on GPA in Grade 9. The negative age effect decreases over time, being strongest for the measure of cognitive ability in Grade 3 (age 10). The result show that there are no effects for the covariates on the main relations between birth month and the three outcome measures of cognitive ability in Grade 3 and 6, and GPA in Grade 9. Factors reflecting coping and resilient strategies are constructed by CFA and will be analysed in SEM. Growth model analyses including data from upper secondary school is ongoing.
References
Black, S., Devereux, P., Salvanes, K.G., 2011. Too young to leave the nest? The effects of school starting age. Rev. Econ. Stat. 93, 455–467.
Crawford, C., Dearden, L., Greaves, E., 2014. The drivers of month-of-birth differences in children's cognitive and non-cognitive skills. J. R. Stat. Soc. Ser. A (Stat. Soc.), 177, 829–860.
Dhuey, E., Lipscomb, S., 2008. What makes a leader? Relative age and high school leadership. Econ. Educ. Rev. 27, 173–183.
Duckworth, A. L., Peterson, C., Matthews, M. D., & Kelly, D. R. (2007). Grit: Perseverance and passion for long-term goals. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 92(6), 1087–1101.
Dweck, C. S. (2006). Mindset: The new psychology of success. New York, NY: random house.
Fredriksson, P., Öckert, B., 2014. Life-cycle effects of age at school start. Econ. J. 124, 977–1004.
Gibbs, B., Jarvis, J., Dufur, M., 2012. The rise of the underdog? The relative age effect reversal among Canadian-born NHL hockey players. Int. Rev. Sociol. Sport, 47, 644– 649.
McCarthy, N., Collins, D., & Court, D. (2016). Start hard, finish better: further evidence for the reversal of the RAE advantage. Journal of Sports Science, 34(15), 1461–1465.
Mühlenweg, A.M., Puhani, P.A., 2010. The evolution of the school-entry age effect in a school tracking system. J. Hum. Resour. 45, 407–438.
Rod Larsen, E., & Solli, I.F. (2017). Born to run? Persisting birth month effects on earnings. Labour Economics, 46, 200-2010.
Solli, I.F., 2017. Left Behind by Birth Month. Educ. Econ. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080// 09645292.2017.1287881.
Thompson, A.H., Barnsley, R.H., Battle, J., 2004. The relative age effect and the development of self-esteem. Educ. Res. 46, 313–320.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm10 SES 11 A: Creativity and Arts Based Teaching and Learning
Location: Rankine Building, 106 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: A.Lin Goodwin
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Education Toward Listening In Music Class As a Generic Skill In Teaching

Sigal Chen, Libby Azaryahu, Beatrice Bar

Levinsky-Wingate academic college, Israel

Presenting Author: Chen, Sigal

Research questions

  1. What were pupils' preferences regarding the various class session components in the classes taught by the student teachers: literacy, listening to music, singing, playing instruments, and movement?
  2. How did the pupils describe their classroom behavior during sessions taught by the student teachers: paid attention, participated, talked to classmates, disrupted, enjoyed themselves and others?

Music is a cornerstone of a broad education that each child should receive: It touches hearts and minds, gladdens and thrills, challenges us, and connects us (HM government, 2022). The 2030 OECD Learning Compass (2019) states that until now, researchers have not succeeded in identifying another activity that develops children's cognitive abilities in the same ways or to the same extent as arts education in general, among which is music. Engagement in the arts develops pupils' empathic intelligence, enhancing emotional involvement, a sense of responsibility, and empathy for others (Davis, 2008). Via art classes, including music, pupils learn to think about what they cannot see. These skills are transferable to other skills, such as hypothesizing, re-enacting events, and future thinking (OECD, 2019).

Listening is an integral part of music education. Rojko (2012) claimed that the essence of music education is discovering the world of music, enabled by listening to music and appreciating its beauty. Listening to music is one of the most complex music skills to transmit to elementary school pupils (Hopper, 2007; Beach & Bolden, 2018). The teaching of listening demands that the teacher be very knowledgeable of the content being learned and lead active listening on the part of the pupils, who do not see the music but instead imagine it.

From an educational perspective, listening lays a foundation for other skills. It is considered an essential first skill in language acquisition, reading, writing, and speech (Hopper, 2007; Prananti, Ratminingsih, & Marjohan, 2019). Therefore, there is broad significance to the skill of listening that is learned in music class, whose environment provides the optimal conditions for listening so that the pupils can follow a line of thought that perhaps differs from their own, sharpen their understanding, and actively link new components to their previous knowledge (Wolvin & Coakley, 2000; Imhof, 2008). Moreover, pupils need listening skills to comprehend the teacher's oral instructions, such as for homework assignments (Owca, Pawlak, & Pronobis, 2003), as well as to develop social skills for school, such as group discussions in the classroom (Wolvin & Coakley, 2000; Adelmann, 2012).

From a constructivist standpoint, Liebman (2013) claimed that it would be a mistake to relate to listening as having no benefit. The main thrust of the constructivist view is how to stimulate the learner to be active and involved in consolidating her knowledge after listening. The methodological implication is to look at various ways of teaching, as these act as links to the process of creating and building among learners, among other things using listening, which is an important activity in all educational approaches.

Listening to music contributes to developing personal and social identity, creating interpersonal connections, and to pupils' mood and emotional regulation. Pupils of various ages created social ties during shared processes of creating, rehearsing, executing, and listening to, music. Specifically, pupils' listening to music develops their focusing ability. Listening activities in music class prepare the pupils for life, i.e., enable them to employ listening skills throughout their schooling and after that. Listening to music is an objective and a means of educational power (Svalina & Sukop, 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology
The data collection was carried out between 2020 and 2022.
Study participants
366 first through fifth graders from four elementary schools in central Israel (24.1% first graders; 15.4% second graders; 13.4% third graders; 22.8% fourth graders; 24.3% fifth graders).
Research tools
A questionnaire was designed for the study, based on that developed by Vicente-Nicolás and Mac Ruairc (2014). The questionnaire examined pupils’ viewpoints on content learned in music class. It surveyed five content areas in music curricula: music literacy (teaching notes and rhythms), singing, playing instruments, listening to music, and movement. The questionnaire was examined by experts in music education who approved its validity.
The questionnaire had two parts: 1. Ranking enjoyment of five typical components of a music class session from 1 to 5 (5 – most enjoyed - 1 – least enjoyed); 2 ranking five common behaviors during music class.
Ethics
We received the approval of the Education Ministry Chief Scientist for our anonymous questionnaires distributed to the pupils, who had the option to fill them out or not.
To test whether there were differences in the extent of enjoyment of the various components by class, a one-way ANOVA was performed with repeated measures in the dependent variable, where the independent variable was the class.
We used a Bonferroni analysis to test the hierarchy of the various components.
Moreover, variance analyses with repeated measures were performed for each class separately, and a repeated measures effect.
Furthermore, to test the differences vis-a-vis the classes regarding each of the components of the class session, an ANOVA analysis was performed alongside a post-hoc DUNCAN analysis.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results
The first question; What components of a typical music class session did the pupils enjoy most/least?
The pupils were asked to rank each component from 1 (least enjoyed) to 5 (most enjoyed).
. A main effect of repeating indices (F(4,374 = 42.81; p < 0.001; ƞ2 = 0.314) was found.
In a Bonferroni analysis to test what the hierarchy of the various components is, it was found that playing an instrument > listening to music > learning rhythms, movement/dance, and singing.
The average of “playing instruments” was very high (over four on a scale of 1 to 5), and the standard of “listening” was high (close to 4); the averages of the other components were pretty high.
A repeated measures effect was found in every class (p < 0.001). In all of the classes, the “playing instruments” component was the highest ranked, with “listening” the second highest.
To test the differences vis-a-vis the classes regarding each of the components of the class session, an ANOVA analysis was performed alongside a post-hoc DUNCAN analysis, yielding the following findings: The parts “playing instruments” and “listening” – no differences were found between classes; “listening” – differences were found (F(4,377) = 3.43, p < 0.01) stemming from the average for 3rd grade > the average for 5th grade.

The second question is: What do the pupils enjoy doing in music class?
A similar pattern in all of the types, where “listening” was the most-chosen behavior (between 49% and 57%), with “participating” in second place (between 15% and 32%), and “disrupting” least chosen (between 1.1% and 2.5), i.e., the behaviors that promote learning were the most preferred.

References
Adelmann, K. (2012) The art of listening in an educational perspective: Listening reception in the mother tongue. Education Inquiry, 3(4), 513-534.
Beach, P. & Bolden, B. (2018) Music education meets critical literacy: A framework for guiding music listening. Music Educators Journal, 105(2),
43-50. https://doi.org/10.1177/0027432118808580
Davis, J. (2008) Why our schools need the arts. New York: Teachers College Press.
Hopper, J. (2007) An exploratory essay on listening instruction in the K-12 curriculum. International Journal of Listening, 12, 81-105.
HM government, Policy paper (2022) The power of music to change lives – A National Plan for Music Education.
Imhof, M. (2008) What have you listened to in school today? International Journal of Listening, 22, 1-12.
Leibman, T. (2013) “Constructivism in education” in T. Leibman (ed.) To learn, to understand, to know: Journey on the paths of constructivist teaching. Mofet Institute and haKibbutz haMeuchad Publishing, pp. 13-52. [Hebrew]
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) (2019) OECD future of education and skills 2030: OECD Learning Compass 2030.‏
Owca, S., Pawlak, E., & Pronobis, M. (2003) Improving student academic success through the promotion of listening skills. Chicago: Saint Xavier University. ED 478 233.
Prananti, A., Ratminingsih, M., & Marjohan, A. (2019) The Study of TPR Implementation in Teaching, Listening, and Speaking for Elementary School at SD Laboratorium UNDIKSHA Singaraja in the Academic Year 2013/2014. Jurnal Pendidikan Bahasa Inggris undiksha, 7(2), 1-10.‏
Svalina, V. & Sukop, I. (2021) Listening to music as a teaching area in Croatian primary schools: The teacher’s perspective. Music Education Research, 23(3), 321-334.‏
Teachers’ Portal (2022) Evaluation tools and planning elementary school music studies. https://pop.education.gov.il/tchumey_daat/music/elementary/pedagogy-of-music/assessment-planning-tools/ [Hebrew]
Wolvin, A. & Coakley, C. G. (2000) Listening education in the 21st century. International Journal of Listening 14, 143-152.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Teacher Students’ Development Of Creativity Through Learning Theories

Frans Hagerman

Stockholms universitet, Sweden

Presenting Author: Hagerman, Frans

The present paper deals with teacher education and more specifically courses in learning theories. The aim of the paper is to shed light on how to organize learning theory courses so that they contribute to teacher students’ creative abilities, for example to contribute with new and valuable solutions to problems (Runco & Jaeger, 2012) related to students’ learning, for example to how to optimize the learning environment for a diverse group of learners.

In our courses of learning theories at the university the students are acquainted with a diverse range of learning theories, spanning from “classical” theories such as behaviorism, cognitivism and socio cultural theory (Säljö, 2015) to more specific theories dealing with delimited phenomena such as motivation (Wery & Thomson, 2013). as well as empirical studies of learning in various contexts (Hattie & Yates, 2014). Thus, there are a diversity of theoretical constructs how to understand the phenomena of learning, that the students become acquainted with.

Some researchers propose that creativity is related to the ability to change perspective when looking at a situation (Yang and Hung, 2021). This is of interest in our learning theory courses because the students are trained to analyze learning situations with help of different learning theories, working as theoretical glasses, each with a certain perspective in focus. Therefor it is possible to argue that being acquainted with several learning theories could help develop teacher students’ creativity.

On the other hand, it is possible to argue that the diversity of learning theories could be confusing to the student, which could counteract their development of creativity. According to Säljö (2009), the knowledge base on learning has gradually become more and more diverse and complex over time, providing different perspectives how to understand learning. However, Alexander, Schallert and Reynolds (2009) argue that the multitude of vantage points are incommensurate in some cases which could present barriers for progress of our understanding of learning. It is here of interest if such inconsistencies also may hamper the ability for students to use the theories to shift perspective to generate creative solutions to learning problems. In a previous study of musical creativity, Hagerman (2016) found that imposing limitations on a problem could actually open doors for creativity rather than close them, for example deciding to explore several possibilities within one particular style, rather than mixing several styles and exploring fewer possibilities in each style. An analogue to this when working with learning theories could be to decide to explore one learning theory in depth rather than working with several theories with a more shallow understanding.

Here lies an interesting question of how to balance diverse and specialized knowledge in a university course of learning theories. On one hand, there exist many different learning theories, and if the students learn all of these theories one could argue that they will be well equipped to change perspective and generate creative solutions to learning problems in their teaching. On the other hand, since it takes time to learn each theory, it might be necessary to delimit a course to some of the theories. In a handbook of university pedagogy Elmgren and Henriksson (2016), discuss the difference between deep and shallow learning strategies and in particular address the problems associated with shallow learning strategies. Confronted with a diversity of learning theory, some students could possible resort to shallow strategies. By that reason, it is of interest how to organize a course resting on a large knowledge base so that the students benefit from the diverse content of learning theories.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research method used for this paper is self-study, which “focuses on one’s own practice as teacher educator” (Vanassche & Kelchtermans, 2015, p. 522). In such a method the research interest departs from experiences in teacher education practice. In this case, the research focuses on how student’s learning of multiple learning theories may help develop their creativity. According to Vanassche and Kelchtermans (2015) there is a possibility to use wide range of empirical methods from the qualitative paradigm in a self-study, such as observations, autobiographical reflections, results from student assignments, course evaluations as well as interviews with colleagues and students.

The present paper rests on critical reflection on experiences from a Swedish university while teaching in undergraduate courses on learning theories in teacher’s programs during a two-year period (2020-2022). The data in the present self-study comes from personal documentation of teaching practice, collegial discussions and student evaluations.

An advantage of working with self-study is the possibility to shed light on tacit teacher practice to contribute to new questions for the research community (Holmberg, 2019). However, it is also important to point out the need to work with a relevant theoretic approach during analytical work so that the result is trustworthy and accessible for an audience in a research community (Vanassche & Kelchtermans, 2015). In my case, the theoretic approach is to focus the question around concepts of creativity (Runco & Jaeger, 2012; Yang and Hung, 2021).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The point of the departure for this paper was that knowledge of learning theories (in plural) could strengthen students’ ability to change perspective, which is an important aspect of creativity. If teacher students are equipped with theoretical tools to change perspective when analyzing learning processes, it is possible for them to think around a problem in order to contribute to new and valuable solutions in learning situations, for example how to adept teaching to specific learning needs in a particular context. To put it metaphorically, knowledge of several learning theories allows the students to think outside the box of a particular learning theory.

However, a possible problem that could occur when students are dealing with a diversity of learning theories during a course with a limited time frame is that they resort to shallow learning strategies instead of deeper processing of the course content (Elmgren and Henriksson, 2016). By this reason, I have experimented with different ways how to encourage deep learning strategies during our seminars so that the students learn how to handle the wide diversity of learning theories. One way I have worked with this in my courses is to present an authentic learning situation that the students analyze with the learning theories, but I have encouraged different student groups to specialize in different learning theories. Then I give them the task to make presentations for each other so that they can compare how the same learning situation can be analyzed from different perspectives. That way, each students get an overview of the diversity of learning theories but at the same time develop deeper knowledge of some theories. In this way, they can also experience that it is possible to change perspective by switching between theories, which is something that helps develop the creativity of the students.

References
Alexander, P. A., Schallert, D. L., & Reynolds, R. E. (2009). What is learning anyway? A topographical perspective considered. Educational Psychologist, 44(3), 176–192.

Elmgren, M. & Henriksson, A. (2016). Universitetspedagogik. (3., [uppdaterade och omarb.] uppl.) Lund: Studentlitteratur.

Hagerman, F. (2016). ”Det är ur görandet tankarna föds” – från idé till komposition : En studie av kompositionsprocesser i högre musikutbildning [Electronic resource]. Diss., 2016. Stockholm.

Hattie, J., & Yates, G. (2014). Visible learning and the science of how to learn. New York: Routledge.

Holmberg, J. (2019). Designing for added pedagogical value: a design-based research study of teachers’ educational design with ICT. Diss. (summary) Stockholm : Stockholms universitet, 2019. Stockholm.

Runco, M. A., & Jaeger, G. J. (2012). The standard definition of creativity. Creativity Research Journal, 24(1), 92–96. https://doi.org/10.1080/10400419.2012.650092

Säljö, R. (2009). Learning, theories of learning, and units of analysis in research. Educational Psychologist, 44(3), 202–208. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520903029030

Säljö, R. (2015). Lärande. En introduktion till perspektiv och metaforer. Malmö: Gleerups.

Vanassche, E., & Kelchtermans, G. (2015). The state of the art in Self-Study of Teacher Education Practices: a systematic literature review. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 47(4), 508–528.

Wery, J. & Thomson, M. M. (2013). Motivational strategies to enhance effective learning in teaching struggling students. Support for Learning, 28(3), 103-108.

Yang, Z., & Hung, I. W. (2021). Creative Thinking Facilitates Perspective Taking. JOURNAL OF PERSONALITY AND SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY, 120(2), 278–299. https://doi-org.ezp.sub.su.se/10.1037/pspa0000259
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm10 SES 11 B: Diversity and Inclusivity
Location: Rankine Building, 108 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Stefan Müller-Mathis
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Research on Diversity Competence in Teacher Education

Sigrun Soensthagen1, Ann-Cathrin Faldet2

1Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences; 2Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences

Presenting Author: Soensthagen, Sigrun; Faldet, Ann-Cathrin

Inclusive education is considered a human right for all children, not just students with disabilities or other ‘special needs’ (Davis et al., 2020; UN Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities [CRPD], 2016). Based on the idea of ‘a school for all’, schools have acquired an increasingly heterogeneous student group. In order to accommodate students’ right to develop their learning potential, regardless of the conditions, broad teacher competence is needed in schools, including pedagogical and special pedagogical competence (Faldet, Knudsmoen & Nes, 2017).

Ainscow, Booth and Dyson (2006) point to two different approaches to inclusion that are common in schools. One takes a broad educational perspective on policy and practice and regards diversity as a basis for inclusion processes. The purpose of this is to develop a broader understanding of the need for diversity competence in teacher training, with the intention to safeguard student diversity in a school for all. The second approach has a narrow special needs education perspective. This approach takes children with special needs or impaired functioning as its starting point, where attitudes, ideas and practice are often linked to individual or categorical perspectives, and the focus is on the individual difficulties or injuries (Ainscow, Booth & Dyson, 2006). From this individual or categorical perspective, students are given the responsibility for the school’s challenges related to inclusive education (Bachmann and Haug, 2006).

Booth and Ainscow (2001) state that the central qualities of inclusive education are the recognition of diversity, perceived belonging and the feeling of being a natural part of the community (see also CRPD, 2016; Slee, 2019). According to UNESCO (2017), inclusion is the at the core of an education system that sees student diversity as an opportunity to democratise education. A key point in UNESCO’s (2017) guide is that the school’s practice should support all students’ participation and learning, and adaptation of teaching content and working methods is a necessity in inclusive schools to ensure that students achieve the best possible learning outcomes (UNESCO, 1994). To achieve the goal of inclusive education, the European Agency (2012) believes that teachers must work in a professional community.

Norwegian teacher education has recently gone through a reform from a four-year bachelor’s degree to a five-year master’s programme (Norwegian Ministry of Education and Research [NMER], 2017), placing greater emphasis on research by including the requirement of an independent research-based master’s thesis to qualify as a teacher. Currently, many European teacher education programmes require or offer training in research in teacher education (Organization of Economic Co-operation and Development [OECD], 2019). Both Norwegian and international educational researchers emphasise that there is a need for more research on teacher education, especially on student teachers (Grossman & McDonald, 2008; Strand & Kvernbekk, 2009).

The purpose of this study is to discuss the importance of diversity competence in teacher education, as teachers must follow the principle of inclusion both in their basic professional education and in their continuing professional practice (UNESCO, 2017). The research question is as follows: How do student teachers experience that professionally oriented pedagogy is relevant for meeting a diverse group of pupils?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Although it is common to distinguish between quantitative and qualitative methodological approaches, new digital methods offer increased opportunities to combine quantitative logic and qualitative methods in digital research (Blaikie & Priest, 2019; Whiting & Pritchard, 2020). This has led to the ability to obtain both qualitative and quantitative empirical data through a digital web form from students in teacher education. The web form has been developed in connection with the national evaluation system and consists of a standardised form with questions that can be adapted for various subjects. We also made some adjustments to the web form to illuminate this study’s research questions.
In Norway, pedagogy is a compulsory subject in teacher education, but it is optional to choose a specialisation in professionally oriented pedagogy. The informants in this study have chosen this specialisation in professionally oriented pedagogy in their third academic year. The data were collected from four student cohorts in the period 2019–2022. In total, 134 students completed the web form.
The challenge with this type of anonymous data collection it that it does not provide the opportunity to go back to the informants for additional information. Thus, to obtain a richer database, we elected to conduct focus group interviews with selected students on this subject. A focus group interview consists of a group of individuals who have been chosen because they have something to offer to the research topic. It is a collective, relational and dynamic method where the researcher looks at statements, dialogue and interaction between the participants. It is a qualitative method where several people discuss a topic with a researcher, who leads and moderates the discussion (Barbour & Flick, 2007). Data are created and negotiated through interaction between the participants, which stimulates ideas, thoughts and opinions.
The data were analysed using an inductive analytical approach, which is common in thematic analysis. Thematic analysis is a method for identifying, analysing and finding patterns that are significant in the collected data, guided by the research question (Braun & Clarke, 2019).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings indicate that all 134 students who responded to the evaluation expressed that professionally oriented pedagogy is relevant to the ability to work with a diverse group of students. Many students states that the subject should be compulsory for all students in teacher education: ‘It’s very strange that this subject isn’t compulsory for teacher training’; ‘I feel that everyone should have this subject’. Others referred to its relevance: ‘This subject is hugely relevant because it is about the diversity of pupils we will meet as teachers’; ‘I feel that everything we have learned in this subject is very relevant’.
When we asked the students the extent to which they are able to use knowledge from the subject in their practical training, they all answered that they could link it together: ‘I have connected much of the theory with experiences and situations that have occurred in practice, and that I can experience later’; ‘I think much of this can be used and continued in practice. Especially when it comes to the teaching plan and how to adapt for an inclusive learning environment’. Another confirms this further: ‘This is a very relevant subject, with a practical angle’.
Regarding the question of the extent to which students can link their experiences from practice to the teaching and learning outcomes, there was some disagreement among the students. Some expressed that they should be linked even more closely: ‘I think we have too little insight into practical teaching’; ‘We get little experience with special education and adapted training in practice’. However, some students expressed the opposite: ‘I can relate much of what I have seen in practice to things we have learned about in this subject’. These findings indicate that professionally oriented pedagogy is relevant for meeting a diverse group of pupils.

References
Ainscow, M., Booth, T. & Dyson, A. (2006). Improving schools, developing inclusion. Routledge.
Bachmann, K. & Haug, P. (2006). Forskning om tilpasset opplæring. Høgskulen i Volda.
Barbour, R. & Flick, U. (2007). Doing focus groups. SAGE.
Blaikie, & Priest, J. (2019). Designing Social Research. Polity Press.
Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2002). Index for inclusion: developing learning and participation in schools. Centre for Studies on Inclusive Education (CSIE), England.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597.
Davis, J., Gillet-Swan, J., Graham, L. & Malaquias, C. (2020). Inclusive education as a human right. I L. Graham (Red.) Inclusive education for the 21st century. Theory, Policy and Practice (s. 79–99). Routledge.
European Agency. (2012). Teacher education for inclusion across Europe: Challenges and opportunities. The European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education.
Faldet, A. C., Knudsmoen, H. & Nes, K. (2017). Spesialpedagogikkens plass i lærerutdanningen–med Hamar som eksempel. Oplandske Bokforlag
Grossman, P., & McDonald, M. (2008). Back to the future: Directions for research in teaching and teacher education. American Educational Research Journal, Vol. 45, No. 1, pp. 184 –205
Norwegian Ministry of Education and Research [NMER]. 2017. Teacher Education 2025: National Strategy for Quality and Cooperation in Teacher Education. https://www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/d0c1da83bce94e2da21d5f631bbae817/kd_teacher-education-2025_uu.pdf
Shulman. L. S. (1987). Knowledge and teaching: Foundations of the new reform.  Harvard Educational Review, 57(1), 1–22.
Slee, R. (2019). Belonging in an age of exclusion. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(9), 909–922.
Strand, T. & Kvernbekk, T. (2009). Assessing the quality of educational research: The case of Norway. In Assessing the quality of educational research in higher education (261-277). Brill.
Tomlinson. S. (2012). The irresistible rise of the SEN industry. Oxford Review of Education, 38(3), 267–286.
UN Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. (2016). Convention on the rights of persons with disabilities. General comment No. 4, Article 24: Right to inclusive education.
UNESCO. (1994). The Salamanca statement and framework for action on special needs education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000098427.locale=en
UNESCO. (2017). A guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education. https://www.european-agency.org/news/guide-ensuring-inclusion-and-equity-education
Whiting, R. & Pritchard, K. (2020). Collecting Qualitative Data Using Digital Methods. SAGE


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Neurocognitive Understanding of Learning: A Role of Educational Neuroscience in Teacher Training.

Yasin Arslan, Rebecca Gordon, Andy Tolmie

Department of Psychology and Human Development, UCL IOE - Faculty of Education and Society, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Arslan, Yasin

Teachers in the UK must complete a degree and an Initial Teacher Training (ITT) programme to gain Qualified Teacher Status (QTS). Broadly, these programmes train teachers to understand the curriculum, plan, structure and teach lessons, use assessment, and manage behaviour. In addition to teachers' existing knowledge and teaching skills, there is increasing evidence that an understanding of the brain systems and processes involved in learning can assist and influence teachers in developing optimal teaching practices (Brick et al., 2021; Howard-Jones et al., 2020). This is particularly pertinent for those who work with children with Special Educational Needs to better understand their special needs (Thomas et al., 2019). However, there is no formal requirement for teachers to train in this area, and ITT programmes provide very little content related to this (Privitera, 2021; Tokuhama-Espinosa, 2017).

Educational neuroscience is the formal field of research investigating the interplay between neurocognitive systems and processes that underpin learning and educational practice (Feiler & Stabio, 2018). There is evidence that a better understanding of this interplay can help teachers improve teaching practice (Schwartz et al., 2019). If included as part of the curriculum for ITT programmes, it could provide teachers with the knowledge they require to understand the neurocognitive systems and processes involved in learning. This in turn could inform their teaching practice for typically developing children, but also for SEN groups (Papadatou-Pastou et al., 2017). This is important because there is evidence that this current knowledge gap might be leaving teachers less aware of ways they can engage with and understand the research evidence to optimise their teaching. This can result in the application of unscientific teaching methods to their classrooms (Tardif et al., 2015).

Additionally, this lack of understanding might leave them susceptible to belief in ‘neuromyths’ (Arslan et al., 2022; Privitera, 2021). Neuromyths are misconceptions and misunderstandings about the brain and are found to be prevalent and persistent in various educational settings (Torrijos-Muelas et al., 2021), including SEN contexts (Gini et al., 2021; Macdonald et al., 2017). In order to mitigate this, teachers require specific skills to evaluate and digest research evidence to be able to critically evaluate it. Factors influencing teachers’ understanding of educational neuroscience have been examined, but the results are mixed for these factors. This is because studies in the literature generally examine neuromyth and neuro-fact scores separately.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The current research used a novel approach to systematically examine to what degree teachers do and do not understand evidence from educational neuroscience. To achieve this, eighteen neuromyths and eighteen neuro-facts were used, and teachers were asked to rate the likelihood that they were true using a 5-point Likert scale. For each participant, the neuro-fact scores were subtracted from the neuromyths scores, with more positive scores indicating greater differentiation, thus, a greater level of understanding of educational neuroscience. Years of teaching experience and exposure to training in educational neuroscience were measured as the predictors of performance on the questionnaire. There were two main hypotheses: 1) that years of teaching experience would be negatively correlated with teachers’ understanding of educational neuroscience; 2) that exposure to formal educational neuroscience training would be linked to better understating of educational neuroscience.
Understanding of educational neuroscience did not correlate with years of teaching experience (r = 0.04, N = 368, p = 0.41). In terms of exposure to educational neuroscience training, teachers who had received formal educational neuroscience training (e.g., university degree), showed better understanding of educational neuroscience compared to those who had received CPD training, read blogs and magazines or received no exposure at all. This finding highlights the benefit of formal educational neuroscience training for teachers in better enabling them to judge the veracity of statements related to the learning sciences. This finding also indicates that informal exposure to educational neuroscience training (e.g., via CPD or from blogs) fails to increase teachers’ ability to discriminate neuromyths from neuro-facts. One likely explanation is that such materials do not require evaluation and review by experts in specific fields (i.e., ‘peer-review’ Lee et al., 2013).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings from this study highlight the potential contribution of educational neuroscience training to teachers’ level of understanding evidence, especially SEN-related evidence from educational neuroscience. However, such training should be structured and delivered in a formal fashion, for instance, through ITT programmes.
References
Arslan, Y., Gordon, R., & Tolmie, A. (2022). Teachers’ understanding of neuromyths: A role for educational neuroscience in teacher training. Impact, 16. https://my.chartered.college/impact_article/teachers-understanding-of-neuromyths-a-role-for-educational-neuroscience-in-teacher-training/
Brick, K., Cooper, J. L., Mason, L., Faeflen, S., Monmia, J., & Dubinsky, J. M. (2021). Tiered Neuroscience and Mental Health Professional Development in Liberia Improves Teacher Self-Efficacy, Self-Responsibility, and Motivation. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 15, 664730. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnhum.2021.664730
Feiler, J. B., & Stabio, M. E. (2018). Three pillars of educational neuroscience from three decades of literature. Trends in Neuroscience and Education, 13, 17–25. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tine.2018.11.001
Gini, S., Knowland, V., Thomas, M. S. C., & Van Herwegen, J. (2021). Neuromyths About Neurodevelopmental Disorders: Misconceptions by Educators and the General Public. Mind, Brain, and Education, 15(4). https://doi.org/10.1111/mbe.12303
Howard-Jones, P., Jay, T., & Galeano, L. (2020). Professional Development on the Science of Learning and teachers’ Performative Thinking—A Pilot Study. Mind, Brain, and Education, 14(3), 267–278. https://doi.org/10.1111/mbe.12254
Lee, C. J., Sugimoto, C. R., Zhang, G., & Cronin, B. (2013). Bias in peer review. Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology, 64(1), 2–17. https://doi.org/10.1002/asi.22784
Macdonald, K., Germine, L., Anderson, A., Christodoulou, J., & McGrath, L. M. (2017). Dispelling the Myth: Training in Education or Neuroscience Decreases but Does Not Eliminate Beliefs in Neuromyths. Frontiers in Psychology, 8. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.01314
Papadatou-Pastou, M., Haliou, E., & Vlachos, F. (2017). Brain Knowledge and the Prevalence of Neuromyths among Prospective Teachers in Greece. Frontiers in Psychology, 8. https://www.frontiersin.org/article/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00804
Privitera, A. J. (2021). A scoping review of research on neuroscience training for teachers. Trends in Neuroscience and Education, 24, 100157. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tine.2021.100157
Schwartz, M. S., Hinesley, V., Chang, Z., & Dubinsky, J. M. (2019). Neuroscience knowledge enriches pedagogical choices. Teaching and Teacher Education, 83, 87–98. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.04.002
Tardif, E., Doudin, P.-A., & Meylan, N. (2015). Neuromyths Among Teachers and Student Teachers. Mind, Brain, and Education, 9(1), 50–59. https://doi.org/10.1111/mbe.12070
Thomas, M. S. C., Ansari, D., & Knowland, V. C. P. (2019). Annual Research Review: Educational neuroscience: progress and prospects. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 60(4), 477–492. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcpp.12973
Tokuhama-Espinosa, T. (2017). Delphi Panel on Mind, Brain, and Education 2016 RESULTS. https://doi.org/10.13140/RG.2.2.14259.22560
Torrijos-Muelas, M., González-Víllora, S., & Bodoque-Osma, A. R. (2021). The Persistence of Neuromyths in the Educational Settings: A Systematic Review. Frontiers in Psychology, 11, 591923. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.591923


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

The Impact of Cooperative Learning on Social Cohesion

Maria Teresa Segués Morral, Gemma Riera Romero, Carles Rodrigo Gabernet

University of Vic, Spain

Presenting Author: Segués Morral, Maria Teresa; Riera Romero, Gemma

The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, adopted by the United Nations General Assembly, is a global action plan to end poverty, fight inequality and injustice, and tackle climate change. When it was adopted in September 2015, the international community recognised that the development of education around the world would be key to the success of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Education is an indispensable tool for realising the aspirations contained in the 2030 Agenda not only because it is a goal in itself (SDG 4: Ensure inclusive and quality education for all and promote lifelong learning) but also because it contributes to other SDGs. Developing strategies to promote inclusive education thus becomes one of the challenges of pedagogical innovation today. In this research we ask whether cooperative learning is a valid pedagogical approach for the development of attitudes and skills aligned with inclusion.

The Research Group on Attention to Diversity (UVic-UCC) investigates the impact of cooperative learning on the processes of cohesion, equity, and inclusion. The group has developed the Cooperate to Learn, Learn to Cooperate (CLLC) programme to implement cooperative learning in schools (Pujolàs, 2008; Pujolàs et al. 2013; Riera, 2010; Soldevila, 2015; Riera et al. 2022). Its formulation was influenced by the contributions of Johnson and Johnson (2016) on the instructional use of cooperative teams, the cooperative instructional strategies proposed by Kagan and Kagan (2009) and the teaching methods devised by Slavin (2012, 2015). Based on these, Pujolàs describes cooperative learning as the didactic use of small heterogeneous teams of students within a classroom, through activities structured in such a way as to ensure the equal participation of all team members and simultaneous interactions between them, in order to learn -each to the extent of their possibilities- the curricular content and to learn as a team (Pujolàs, 2008). A similar line of integration of the different components of cooperative learning has been proposed by Jacobs and Renaldya (2019).

The Programme proposes three areas of intervention:

Area A. Actions linked to the cohesion of the class group in general and of the teams in particular.

Area B. Actions characterised by using teams as a resource for pupils to learn by cooperating.

Area C. Actions aimed at helping pupils learn to cooperate in teams.

This paper focuses only on Area A. Five dimensions are identified:

D1. Consensus in joint decision-making (Gilles, 2006; Le, Janssen and Wubbels, 2018).

D2. Mutual knowledge and positive friendship between students (Buljubašić Kuzmanović, 2009; Dzemic and Kristiansen 2019).

D3. Inclusion of students who face more barriers to participation and learning (Pujolàs, et al., 2013; Torrego and Monge, 2019; Muntaner and Forteza, 2021).

D4. Awareness of teamwork (Angus and Hughes, 2017; Martinelli and Raykov, 2021).

D5. Promotion of the values underpinning cooperation (Coll et al., 1999; Lafont et al, 2017).

The resources for developing these are the dynamics of cohesion that make it possible to promote a vision of teamwork as an opportunity for the cognitive, social, and affective development of all students. These aims are in line with Slavin's (1995) model where cohesion feeds back into the team's objectives and with Ashman and Gillies' (2013) proposal on the need to teach social skills to students so that they can take advantage of cooperative learning situations.

To answer our research question, we set out 3 objectives:

1. To find out how schools evaluate the impact of cooperative learning on group cohesion.

2. To identify how members of the educational community define group cohesion.

3. To analyse teachers' perceptions of the development of cohesion dynamics and their impact on cohesion.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study opts for a methodological approach of a qualitative nature situated in the interpretive paradigm (Erickson, 1982). This paradigm encompasses a set of approaches to observational research that focuses on the construction of meanings and the social life of human beings, recognising the need for a detailed understanding of the specific practices under investigation.

For the research presented here, we have selected through a convenience sampling, 6 schools out of a sample of 55. The selected schools teach pre-school, primary and/or secondary education in different regions of Spain (Catalonia, Balearic Islands, Galicia, and Basque Country). All of them have gone through the three-year training process offered by the Programme and have consolidated it in their schools. The 6 schools are part of the Kelidon Cooperative Learning Network.

In accordance with the research objectives, four data collection instruments were used:

1. Semi-structured interview with the school's Cooperative Learning Committee. 1 committee per school (composed of 4-5 teachers of different grades).
2. Focus group of teachers. A group of 4-5 teachers from different educational stages who apply CL in their classes per school.
3. Focus group of pupils with at least 2 years of experience in CL. 3-4 focus groups per school consisting of 4-5 pupils from different grades are recorded.
4. Semi-structured interviews with 5 families of different class groups per school.

Each school, through the management team, proposes the participants according to the objectives of the research. They were asked to be as heterogeneous and representative of the school's diversity as possible. Informed consent is obtained from all participants.

Data are audio-recorded, and data are collected during interviews and focus groups for later transcription and analysis. In accordance with the purposes of the study, a thematic analysis of the transcribed data is conducted. Categories are identified based on the relative meaning of each transcribed text fragment (Braun and Clarke, 2006; Willig, 2013). Coding is collaborative between researchers on 100% of the data, with doubtful cases resolved by agreement based on the reliability of the analysis (Yin, 2009). Final protocols are consulted whenever necessary to guide the data analysis work. The triangulation of techniques and informants, increases the validity and quality of the analyses.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Concerning Objective 1 To find out how schools evaluate the impact of cooperative learning on group cohesion, the results indicate that it is high or very high in all five dimensions. The lowest score corresponds to D3: Inclusion of pupils who encounter more barriers to participation and learning.

Concerning Objective 2 To identify how members of the educational community define group cohesion, the analyses aim to identify the indicators that members of the educational community use to define cohesion. The results can be related to each dimension:
D1
- Interpersonal communication for decision-making
- Valuing and respecting the contributions of others
- Understanding that knowledge is enriched by the input of others
- Perception that organising as a team is important for success
D2
- Development of empathy
- Improvement of coexistence
- Development of self-concept, self-esteem and feeling of self-efficacy and competence
D3
- Acceptance of individual differences
- Preparing pupils to work together
D4
- Positive expectations towards learning
- Increasing intrinsic motivation
D5
- Team awareness
- Development of self judgement based on others
- Positive appraisal of help
- Conflict resolution and emotional regulation
- Listening skills

Concerning Objective 3 To analyse teachers' perceptions of the development of cohesive dynamics and their impact on cohesion The results indicate that:
- They require sharing goals with students
- They help teachers to get to know pupils.
- Improve mutual relationships
- They require coordination of teachers in their planning.
- They lead to reflection on teaching performance before, during and after implementation.

The results show that CL is an effective pedagogical approach to promote cohesion, inclusion and equity in schools. Informants point to key elements of the programme, as well as some challenges. The research reinforces the need for evidence of inclusion-focused programmes that contribute to the development of inclusive and quality education. Rethinking educational innovation in this direction is essential to contribute to the SDGs.

References
Angus, R.L., & Hughes, T. (2017). School Climate, Connectedness and Academic Achievement: Examining Positive Impacts from High School Mentoring Services.
Education Leadership Review of Doctoral Research, 4, 69-84
Ashman, A. F., & Gillies, R. M. (2013). Collaborative learning for diverse learners. In C. E. HmeloSilver, C. A. Chinn, C. K. K. Chan, & A. Donnell (Eds.), Educational psychology handbook series. The international handbook of collaborative learning (pp. 297–313). Routledge Taylor and Francis Group
Buljubašić Kuzmanović, V. (2009). “Kooperativno Učenje kao Indikator Kvalitete Odgoja i Obrazovanja [Cooperative Learning as an Indicator of Educational Quality].” Life and School: Journal for the Theory and Practice of Education 55 (21). 50–57.
Dzemidzic Kristiansen, S., Burner, S., & Johnsen, B. H. (2019). Face-to-face Promotive Interaction Leading to Successful Cooperative Learning: A Review Study. Cogent Education, 6(1)
Gillies, R. M. (2006). Teachers’ and students’ verbal behaviours during cooperative and small-group learning. The British Journal of Educational Psychology, 76(2), 271–287.
Jacobs, G. M., & Renaldya, W. A. (2019). Student centered cooperative learning: Linking concepts in education to promote student learning. Springer Nature.
Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (2016). Cooperative learning and teaching citizenship in democracies. International Journal of Educational Research, 76(1), 162–177.
Kagan, S., & Kagan, M. (2009). Kagan cooperative learning. Kagan Publishing
Lafont, L., Rivière, C., Darnis, F., & Legrain, P. (2017). How to structure group work? Conditions of efficacy and methodological considerations in physical education. European Physical Education Review, 23(3), 327–338.
Le, H., Janssen, J. & Wubbels, T. (2018) Collaborative learning practices: teacher and student perceived obstacles to effective student collaboration. Cambridge Journal Education, 48 (1), 103-122.
Martinelli, V., & Raykov, M. (2021). Evaluation of the Georgia Elementary School Climate Survey for elementary school children. International Journal of Emotional Education, 13(2), 59-79.
Pujolàs, P. (2008). 9 ideas clave. Aprendizaje cooperativo. Graó.
Riera, G., Segués, M.T., & Lago, J. R. (2022). Cooperative Learning as an Instrument for Inclusion: Theoretical References and Context. In J. Collet, M. Naranjo, & J. Soldevila-Pérez (Eds.) Global Inclusive Education. Lessons from Spain. (pp. 33-46). Springer.
Slavin, R. E. (2012). Classroom applications of cooperative learning. In S. Graham (Ed.), APA handbook of educational psychology (pp. 1–30). American Psychological Association.
Slavin, R. E. (2015). Cooperative learning in elementary schools, education 3–13. International Journal of Primary, Elementary and Early Years Education, 43(1), 5–14.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Deliberative Communication in Negotiations of doing Education – A study of Educators in Teacher Education for Early Childhood Education

Emelie Nilsson

Malmö University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Nilsson, Emelie

This paper concerns a doctoral project focusing on educators’ cultural conceptions of the student within teacher education for early childhood education (TEECE) at a Swedish University. As a part of the project this specific paper explores how educators do education through negotiations in the processes of planning, discussing and constructing the different parts of the TEECE, focusing on the role of deliberative communication in these processes. As an educator in higher education (HE) in general and professional (teacher) education in particular, one can speak of limitations for the possibilities of educating autonomous future professionals, when instrumental rationality is highly valued (Ball & Olmedo, 2013; Bornemark, 2018; Biesta, 2011). HE and teacher education are commonly considered to be limited by a neoliberal governance which limits educators’ possibilities for educating future professional teachers (Lenz Taguchi, 2005; Levinsson, Norlund & Beach, 2020). The neoliberal governance is criticized and problematized, not least in relation to give the students space to be and act (Ibid.). Based on this, educators have a complex role to navigate this landscape of different interests of what HE is and could be.

Habermas theory of democracy (Habermas, 1996a; 1996b) is an important departure point for the project. Based on this theory, the necessity of communicative action, deliberative democracy and the concepts of private and public good (Dyrdal Solbrekke & Sugrue, 2020) is put in the foreground. Communicative action is expressed as a necessity to underline the subjects’ part in a democratic society (Carlheden, 2002) and one can say that this is a theory in which the private and public sphere is linked together. It means that the private autonomy and the public are each other's prerequisite (Ibid.). Based on this theoretical perspective, the paper focuses on the educators in the process of planning, discussing and constructing the TEECE, and discusses what good education is and could be in HE and TEECE. Englund (2008) and Dyrdal Solbrekke & Surgue (2020) argue for the need of HE to be that public spere where deliberation is an aim and where public debate is desirable.

In this paper, autonomy is an important concept when understanding educators’ role as subjects at universities. One fundamental aspect for understanding how education is done and discussed among the informants/educators is that “[f]reedom is rather something that needs to be realized in a social community” [my translation] (Carlheden, 2002:50). Deliberative communication (Englund, 2006) is recognizable for its focus on for pluralistic communication including “[…] listening, deliberating, seeking arguments and valuing, coupled to a collective and cooperative endeavor to find values and norms which everyone can accept, at the same time as pluralism is acknowledged.” (Englund, 2008:103). This concept makes it possible to explore how educators handle their autonomy when doing education and if there is room for deliberative communication. The concept also underlines educators’ autonomy in the organization of TEECE.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A five-month long critical ethnography (CE) was completed at one university hosting TEECE. The ethnographic fieldwork was carried out in various collegial contexts among a group of educators and their everyday, formal and informal work. The fieldwork includes observations of collegial settings, for example, teacher team meetings related to courses or the program as a whole; conversations with educators, both formal and informal; group discussions; documents and policy documents such as education plans, course plans and study guides; websites, where the TEECE programs are presented at different universities. Which situations and settings to focus on in the observations was quite quickly identified due to the researcher’s experience from the field. In parallel with observations and informal conversations, conversations of a more formal nature were carried out. Primarily, field notes were used to collect empirical material, but it also includes recordings from the formal conversations and written reflections submitted to me based on group discussions among the informants.
In the field of CE there are different traditions and ideas on what CE entails (se for example Tomas, 1993;Carspecken,1996;Willis & Tondman, 2000; Beach & Vigo-Arrazola, 2021;Madison, 2011). However, one common idea is that CE enables the researcher to study power as an obvious part of all social relations. The ambition is to undress this power and power imbalance in order to question the power relations, contribute to change and adopt an emancipatory interest of knowledge (Habermas, 1996a; Alvesson & Sköldberg, 2008). The aim for me as a researcher in this project was to take part in the environment and the language at the field of study.  The informants and their interactions were of interest as well as the rhythm of the field itself. Observation of the field can be seen as a prerequisite in ethnographically oriented studies (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2019;Coffey, 2018; Crang & Cook, 2007) where the culture is in focus and CE enables the researcher to take an active part in the field and to question what can be perceived as culturally accepted norms. In parallel to this active role, the informants were continuously invited to contribute to the creation of the empirical material. The material was not collected but rather created together with and in interaction with the field (Ibid.). The researcher's role as well as the informants, has thus been important in the construction of the collected material (Beach & Vigo-Arrazola, 2021; Tomas, 1993; Willis & Trondman, 2000).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
At the time of writing this abstract the analysis is not fully completed but is intended to be, by the time for the presentation. However, preliminary results shows that educators are balancing their right for good working conditions with their pedagogical intentions, in favor of their own needs and working conditions. The educators negotiate what kind of requirements and perspective they can, should and wish to have in relation to for example policy documents and different kinds of IT-systems. This is probably the most common context when deliberative communication appears. Other aspects that are discussed, but not at all in that extent, are pedagogical visions, intentions and or strategies. The results also shows that different circumstances condition what kind of communication becomes possible. Deliberative communication is not always possible due to time where for example, deadlines and bureaucratic praxis are in the foreground. For example, the need to be careful with one's own time and one's own energy is very prominent and frequently used. And it is something that they argue from when they express limitations in relation to time. On a general level, the results show how educators’ room for action and their possibilities for deliberative communication, are two main factors that condition how educators do education and how they negotiate the education they are working with. The results will contribute a perspective on how and in what way educators’ autonomy and room for action appears in their doing of education and when navigating what HE is and could be.
References
Alvesson, Mats & Sköldberg, Kaj (2008). Tolkning och reflektion: vetenskapsfilosofi och kvalitativ metod (2:a uppl.). Lund: Studentlitteratur.

Ball, Stephen J & Olmedo, Antonio (2013) Care of the self, resistance and subjectivity under neoliberal governmentalities, Critical Studies in Education, 54(1), 85-96.

Beach, Dennis, & Vigo-Arrazola, Maria Begoña (2021). Critical Ethnographies of Education and for Social and Educational Transformation: A Meta-Ethnography. Qualitative Inquiry, 27(6), 677–688.

Biesta, Gert (2011). God utbildning i mätningens tidevarv. (1. uppl.) Stockholm: Liber.

Bornemark, Jonna (2018). Det omätbaras renässans: en uppgörelse med pedanternas världsherravälde. Första upplagan Stockholm: Volante.

Carlheden, Mikael (2002) Fostran till frihet - Skolans demokratiska värdegrund ur ett habermasianskt perspektiv. Utbildning & Demokrati 2002, 11(3), 43-72.

Carspecken, Francis Phil (1996) Critical Ethnography in Educational Research, A Theoretical and Practical Guide, London: Routledge.

Dyrdal Solbrekke, Tone & Sugrue, Ciaran (2020) Leading higher education as and for public good: Rekindling education as praxis. London: Routledge.

Englund, Tomas (2006) Deliberative communication: a pragmatist proposal, Journal of Curriculum Studies, 38(5), 503-520.

Englund, Thomas (2008) The university as an encounter for deliberative communication, Creating cultural citizenship and professional responsibility. Utbildning & Demokrati 2008, 17(2), 97–114

Habermas, Jürgen (1996a). Kommunikativt handlande: texter om språk, rationalitet och samhälle. (2. uppl.) Göteborg: Daidalos.

Habermas, Jürgen (1996b). Between facts and norms: contributions to a discourse theory of law and democracy. London: Polity

Levinsson Magnus, Norlund Anita & Beach Dennis (2020) Teacher Educators in Neoliberal Times: A Phenomenological Self-Study. Phenomenology & Practice, 14(1), 7-23.

Madison, D. Soyini (2011). Critical ethnography, method, ethics, and performance. SAGE

Taguchi, Hillevi Lenz (2005). Getting personal: how early childhood teacher education troubles students' and teacher educators' identities regarding subjectivity and feminism. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 6(3), 244-255.

Thomas, Jim (1993). Doing critical ethnography. Newbury Park: Sage.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm10 SES 11 D: Student Teachers' Learning
Location: Rankine Building, 408 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Rinat Arviv Elyashiv
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

'I See Myself In Them' : Community of Practice for Pre-service Teachers to Enhance Technological, Pedagogical and Content Knowledge

Sin-Manw Sophia Lam, Jessie Sin Ying Wong

The Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China)

Presenting Author: Lam, Sin-Manw Sophia

The impact of COVID-19 has temporarily reshaped the delivery of lessons and possibly influenced the necessity for a teacher to equip technological knowledge. This emphasised the importance for teachers to possess not only content knowledge and pedagogical knowledge, but also technological knowledge in a post-COVID era. Adding to existing literature that investigates Technological, Pedagogical, and Content Knowledge (TPACK) of pre-service teachers, the study aims to explore the process of pre-service teachers learning technological pedagogical content knowledge. Additionally, based in a 5-year Bachelor of Education programme (Chinese major), it intends to investigate the impact of Community of Practice (CoP) between senior years and lower years for TPACK.

Tondeur, Scherrer, Siddq, and Baran (2017) suggest teachers work with peers when they learn technology, and resonates Cohen (2003) that application of technology does not have a human component may result in students feeling isolated. Thus, our study aims to create a community with a collaborative environment (i.e. Community of Practice) where students can learn and share ideas virtually.

TPACK is defined as the knowledge of facilitating students’ learning of a specific subject content through using pedagogies and technologies (Koehler & MIshra 2009). It is one of the widely used frameworks that captures how teachers can effectively integrate technology into teaching. Having expanded from Shulman’s (1986) notion of Pedagogical Content Knowledge (PCK), TPACK is proposed to demonstrate how teachers understand the connections among technology, pedagogy, and content when designing and implementing digital instructions (Mishra & Koehler 2009).This framework acknowledges the importance of technological knowledge and describes teachers conducting classroom practices in an intricate and dynamic educational environment in this digital era.

Additionally, TPACK in language education is being paid attention to in these few years, where researchers like Tseng et al. 2020 reviewed TPACK specifically for language teaching and acknowledged its scarcity in the research field. Yatun et al. (2021) examines teachers’ TPACK in a blended-learning course adopting a qualitative descriptive research design. Results showed that TPACK helped teachers conduct effective teaching with technology during the blended learning activities. Most studies focused on in-service teachers, this study intends to fill the research gap in TPACK of pre-service teachers and provide insights for teacher education programmes.

Moorhouse & Harfitt (2019) explored the professional learning of pre-service teachers teaching abroad with collaborations with in-service teachers at the host school. It was found that both groups of teachers were benefited through pedagogical exchange of ideas. Instead of in-service teachers, this study created a mentoring programme which offered an opportunity for the Year 5 pre-service teachers to transfer their identity as novice teachers to be a mentor of Year 3 pre-service teachers. They are qualified to be the mentors and are considered as ‘veterans’ in their university course community as they have completed the teaching practicum and acquired technological knowledge to complement with teaching during the outbreak of the pandemic in 2020. For Year 4 pre-service teachers who have just finished their field experiences in 2021, they shared similar learning experiences and are positioned as supervisors to monitor the whole mentoring process in this project. A Community of Practice (CoP) of TPACK is created for the Year 3 to Year 5 students in the programme.

The research questions of the study are as follows:

1) How are the pre-service teachers at different levels benefited from the Community of Practice (CoP)?

2) What is the impact of a Community of Practice (CoP) in learning TPACK for teaching applications?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The Participants
Purposive sampling was adopted to select the research participants in this study. The participants are Year 3 to Year 5 students from an institute of teacher education (ITE) in Hong Kong. They studied or currently studying a core course Teaching Methods at the time of data collection. The number of participants and their roles and responsibilities in the study as follows:

Year 3 students: 81 pre-service teachers who are studying Teaching Methods
Year 4 students: four pre-service teachers who developed a website to introduce nine online learning platforms, e.g. Kahoot!, Nearpod, Padlet, etc.
Year 5 students: Seven pre-service teachers who were the mentor of Year 3 students to supervise their micro-teaching task in the course Teaching Methods.  
 

The Year 3 to Year 5 students who are at different stages of professional development formed a learning community. The Year 5 students who had practicum experience in both online and authentic classroom settings can share their first-hand teaching experience with Year 3 students. The Year 4 students who completed basic teaching methods training are about to have their first practicum experience.  

The Intervention
The Year 3 students embarked on 12 weeks of lectures, with a micro-teaching in the last two weeks of the course. 81 students were divided into 16 group with five to six students in each group. The Year 5 student offered five mentoring sessions to the two groups of Year 3 students, including teaching the use of e-learning platforms (the website created by Year 4) and their applications.

Data Collection
The study adopted a qualitative study design using focus-group interview for the Year 3 and Year 4 students and semi-structured interviews for the Year 5 students. Four focus group interviews were conducted with around 26 Year 3 students, while one focus group for the Year 4 students. The former were asked about opinions on the mentoring program and e-learning and the latter was on creating the e-learning website and their experience chairing the mentoring sessions. And individual semi-structured interview that lasted around one hour was conducted with seven Year 5 students. They were asked about their role as a mentor and their opinion on the e-learning website and their experience with the mentees. All interviews were held on a video conferencing platform, Zoom. In total, more than 5 hours of recordings were collected and transcribed.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Due to limited space of the presentation, only the findings of Year 3 and Year 5 students are presented. The study found that, at the very beginning, the senior year students present worries to become a mentor where they doubted their position and TPACK can teach university students. However, the feeling of inadequacy empowered them to further enhanced their knowledge. They also constantly reflected on and recall their previous teaching experiences, such opportunities enabled them to learn how to improve themselves. Furthermore, providing feedback to the mentees' lesson plans on the use of technology, the mentors stated that ‘I see myself in them’ and advised them not to make the same mistake as they were inexperienced. All the mentors expressed that they situated themselves as a peer who is ‘one step further’ than the mentees, instead of a ‘teacher’. This relationship facilitates the exchange of ideas and largely benefits from the interactions in the process as mentioned by the mentees. Most importantly, not only the mentors were offering their experience and knowledge to the mentees, but the mentors have been inspired by the mentee’ work reciprocally. Unexpectedly, the mentors expressed that mentees’ creative ideas applying technological content knowledge widened their eyes on the project. The study concluded that both the mentors and mentee enhanced their knowledge in terms of TPACK. They are intrinsically and extrinsically motivated to deepen their TPACK and they highly recognised the mentoring programme. The study provides valuable insights into teacher education programmes for the development of professional competence and building a community of practice among different years of students.  
References
Cohen, V. L. (2003). Distance learning instruction: A new model of assessment. Journal of Computing in Higher Education, 14(2), 98–120.

Koehler, M., & Mishra, P. (2009). What is technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK)?. Contemporary issues in technology and teacher education, 9(1), 60-70.

Moorhouse, B. L., & Harfitt, G. J. (2021). Pre-service and in-service teachers’ professional learning through the pedagogical exchange of ideas during a teaching abroad experience. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 49(2), 230-244.

Shulman, L. S. (1986). Those who understand: Knowledge growth in teaching. Educational researcher, 15(2), 4-14.

Tondeur, J., Scherer, R., Siddiq, F., & Baran, E. (2017). A comprehensive investigation of TPACK within pre-service teachers’ ICT profiles: Mind the gap!. Australasian Journal of educational technology, 33(3), 46-60.

Tseng, J., Chai, C. S., Tan, L., & Park, M. (2020). A critical review of research on technological pedagogical and content knowledge (TPACK) in language teaching. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 1–24.

Yatun, Y., Munir, A., & Retnaningdyah, P. (2021). Teachers’ TPACK Practice of English Blended Learning Course in the Midst of COVID-19 Pandemic. Linguistic, English Education and Art (LEEA) Journal, 5(1), 19-38.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Bildung Encountering Core Refection in Physical Education Teacher Education (PETE): Potentials and Limitations of Core Reflection to Promote Professional Development.

Marc Esser-Noethlichs1, Lars Bjørke2, Siv Lund1

1Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway; 2Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences

Presenting Author: Esser-Noethlichs, Marc; Bjørke, Lars

Reflection is crucial to professional development. Although stimulating reflection is considered a key concept in most educational programs, including PETE, research have repeatedly shown how students reflections rarely move beyond what is considered lower levels of reflections (Standal et al., 2014). In other words, when students reflect, they mainly reflect on the technical aspects of their teaching such as how different strategies or methods used in a lesson led to different outcomes. While it is important to acknowledge the need for these reflections for future teachers to learn as they accumulate experiences, there is also a need for PETE students to reflect on a deeper level. Deeper reflections, for example referred to as political-ethical reflections (Van Manen, 1977), second order reflections (Wackerhausen, 2008) or sensitizing reflections (McCollum, 2002) in the literature, emphasize more of the social, moral, ethical, or political aspects of teaching.

Deeper or core reflection is also a key concept to deal with the perceived gap between theory and practice in teacher education (Korthagen, 2010). A possible solution to this problem is using personal teaching experiences as starting point for reflection. The idea is to promote a bottom‐up process starting from experiences and thorough reflection leading to fruitful knowledge about teaching (ibid.).

Core reflection is an approach developed by Fred Korthagen (Korthagen, 2004; Korthagen et al., 2013; Korthagen, 2017; Browning & Korthagen, 2021). Korthagen and colleagues extensive research point out the importance personality development can have on teachers’ professional development. The core reflection approach is inspired by positive psychology and aims at overcoming inner obstacles and learning to use one’s inner potential (core qualities) more actively. As a result, Korthagen`s research supports that core reflection helps student teachers finding their personal and authentic way of teaching (Browning & Korthagen, 2021).

In our approach, we explore how PETE students experience core reflection. We are interested to find out how core reflection can promote PETE students’ professional development.

The purpose of our paper is to present the results of our teaching approach in the context of PETE aiming at improving student teachers’ professional development by including core reflection in teaching practice. The research question for the paper is consequently:

How do PETE students experience core reflection, and what impact does core reflection have on their professional development?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In our study, the PETE students (N=38) had both theoretical and practical teaching on campus. In classroom teaching, they learned about the concept of professional development and core reflection. Every lesson included tasks to practice core reflection individually and/or with peers in smaller groups. These reflection tasks entailed a progression from identifying relevant teaching situations to reflecting increasingly systematic according to the principles of core reflection. Parallel to classroom teaching, the students had to participate in a compulsory swimming course aiming at practicing how to teach swimming and lifesaving in physical education (PE). Teaching swimming in PE is usually perceived as challenging. Therefore, we used a one-to-one teaching approach to reduce complexity. Each students’ personal teaching experiences build the foundation of practicing core reflection.
Data was collected through questionnaires, field observations and core reflection tasks with 38 third year PETE students over one year.  In our paper, we present the results of a thematic analysis of the students’ core reflection tasks. We followed the six steps of a thematic analysis (Clarke & Braun, 2013; Braun & Clarke, 2006). After getting familiar with the data, we analyzed the written reflection tasks of each student separately and coded these answers with labels representing relevant features addressing our research question. Then, we generated more general themes from the codes of the previous step. In the final stage, the resulting themes are contextualized in relation to existing literature.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results show that core reflection was perceived as positive and useful by most of the students. They indicated to feel more confident while using their core qualities actively, even though they perceive a lack of teaching experience and competence while teaching swimming and lifesaving. A few students preferred a more instruction-based teaching approach with clear frameworks and instructions of what to do.
In addition, the students compared the core reflection approach to another concept they were introduced to in a parallel course, the concept of Bildung. Bildung is normative concept and is supposed to give learning and development in school a direction. This direction refers to the lifelong process of becoming increasingly self-determined, morally reasonable, and actively contributing citizen (Klafki, 2007). In our study, some of the students realized a connection between core reflection and Bildung. Most of the students realized that Bildung is an important dimension of teaching. It seems that such a normative perspective helped the students to gain confidence as well as they gain a foundation for reflecting critically. In comparison to core reflection, they criticized core reflection for lacking such a direction and some of the students perceived core reflection as circular with lack of progression.
In our paper, we will present and discuss the results of our teaching approach and indicate directions for future research.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.

Browning, T. D., & Korthagen, F. A. (2021). The winding road of student teaching: addressing uncertainty with core reflection. European Journal of Teacher Education, 1-18.

Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2013). Teaching thematic analysis: Overcoming challenges and developing strategies for effective learning. The psychologist, 26(2).

Klafki, W. (2007). Neue studien zur bildungstheorie und didaktik. Beltz.

Korthagen, F. (2010). The relationship between theory and practice in teacher education. International encyclopedia of education, 7(669-675).

Korthagen, F. (2017). Inconvenient truths about teacher learning: Towards professional development 3.0. Teachers and teaching, 23(4), 387-405.

Korthagen, F. A. (2004). In search of the essence of a good teacher: Towards a more holistic approach in teacher education. Teaching and teacher education, 20(1), 77-97.

Korthagen, F. A., Korthagen, F. A., Kim, Y. M., & Greene, W. L. (2013). Teaching and learning from within: A core reflection approach to quality and inspiration in education. Routledge.

McCollum, S. (2002). The reflective framework for teaching in physical education: A pedagogical tool. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation & Dance, 73(6), 39-42.

Standal, Ø. F., Moen, K. M., & Moe, V. F. (2014). Theory and practice in the context of practicum: The perspectives of Norwegian physical education student teachers. European Physical Education Review, 20(2), 165-178.

Van Manen, M. (1977). Linking ways of knowing with ways of being practical. Curriculum inquiry, 6(3), 205-228.

Wackerhausen, S. (2008). Videnssamfundet og dets fordringer-nogle essayistiske kommentarer. Slagmark-Tidsskrift for idéhistorie(52), 51-66.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Sending Physical Education Preservice Teachers into School Practicum – What Have We Learned and Where Do We Go From Here?

Tonje Langnes, Jolanta Kilanowska, Kristin Walseth

Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway

Presenting Author: Langnes, Tonje; Kilanowska, Jolanta

School practicum is an essential component of teacher training and is important for developing preservice teacher’s professional teacher identity (Alves et al., 2019; Fuentes-Abeledo et al., 2020; Standal & Moen, 2017). Internationally school practicum has been a subject for research in a number of countries over several decades. Overall, research has documented that practicum is not beneficial in and of itself – the pedagogical value of school practicum is not only depended on the content, structure and how it is carried out in relation to the overall program, but also depending on how the preservice teachers have been prepared for learning (Fuentes-Abeledo et al., 2020). Furthermore, research has documented that they experience a ‘gap’ between the University-based portion of their teacher education and school practicum (e.g., Ottesen, 2007), and that preservice teachers often have unrealistic expectations about school practicum (Alves et al., 2019). While González-Calvo et al. (2020) highlights that preservice teachers are in a vulnerable position given that they are uncertain of their professional subjectivities and future careers.

In Norway there is little research on the school practicum part of physical education teacher education (PETE). However, Moen and Standal (2014); and Standal and Moen (2017) draw their attention to preservice teachers practicum in PETE in Norway. Their focus has been on the preservice teachers learning in and through practicum, and similar to previous studies, they highlight that the preservice teachers’ experiences that the PETE educators occupied a relatively distant role during their school practicum (Moen & Standal, 2014; Mordal-Moen & Green, 2012; Standal & Moen, 2017).

The importance of professional identity for teachers has been widely acknowledged, and Alves et al. (2019) highlight that challenging emotions during school practicum have a deep impact on the preservice teachers construction of a professional teacher identity. Developing a professional PE teacher identity is complex, consisting of what others think or say, as well as how we see ourselves and our capacity to reflect upon our experiences (Luguettia & Oliver, 2018). Oliver and Oesterreich (2013) highlights the importance of providing preservice teachers space to debrief. Debriefing involves the preservice teachers reflect and discuss their lived experiences with teaching with respect to the curriculum and pedagogy. Furthermore, it involves reflection upon what facilitates/hinders their interests, motivation and learning during school practicum. This is in line with student-centered approaches to teaching in PE and PETE, which is our main focus throughout this project.

In this project we have followed the preservice teachers closely during their three-week school practicum. This has not only given us valuable knowledge about how they perceive this mandatory part of their education, but also facilitated a deeper understanding of how we – as PETE educators, facilitates for the preservice teacher’s motivation, learning and interest as they enter school practicum. Drawing on the preservice teachers experiences from school practicum; the purpose of this study has been to examine how they use school practicum as an opportunity to develop their professional teacher identity. Our goal has been to prompt further debate and discussion about how the PETE program support the preservice teachers experiences of school practicum and by drawing on Oliver and Oesterreich (2013) how a student-centered approach in PETE can contribute to developing the preservice teachers professional identity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper presents findings from a larger study that investigates preservice teachers’ teachings during school practicum at a university in Norway. In this article we draw on the preservice teachers’ perceptions and experiences.  

The preservice teachers school practicum is organized into three-weeks periods with the preservice teachers being full time at the university studying pedagogic, didactics, and other subjects before they go into schools to practice their teaching full time. During school practicum, preservice teachers are supervised by a mentor teacher, who also oversee their lesson plans.

The practicum we planned to study took place early in the fall semester. The preservice teachers were in their fifth semester of a five-year general teacher education program for the secondary level (age group 10-15). Hence, they had already finished four school practicum periods (5 days observation practicum and 30 days teaching practicum). Ten preservice teachers – 6 male and 4 female – volunteered to participate in the study. These students chose PE as one of three specialization subjects, which was a part of their practicum teaching both in spring and autumn that year.  

The preservice teachers were organized in groups of three to four and had their school practicum at three different secondary schools. We assigned one to two researchers to observe the preservice teachers teaching at each school.

Data material consists of researchers’ observational notes, preservice teachers’ written self-assessment tasks, and their daily lesson plans. A thematic analysis was used in a process of constant comparison. The first step was for the researchers to independently read and re-read all the material while jotting down what caught their attention. The next step was to meet and discuss the analysis. In this process, some categories were omitted, and others became more refined. Our discussions facilitated a deeper understanding of preservice teachers experiences in school practicum as well as our own pedagogy and educational program.

Voluntary participation is complicated in studies where the researchers intervene in education. The school practicum was a compulsory part of the education program, but the preservice teachers could choose not to be a part of the research study without any consequences.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Following preservice teachers during their school practicum gave us valuable insight into how they engage with this mandatory part of their education. The study indicates that preservice teachers were not sufficiently prepared for their school practicum. Furthermore, in line with earlier research, the PETE program leaves the responsibility of what the preservice teachers experience during practicum to the mentor teachers. This makes preservice teachers mainly dependent on the mentor teacher to reflect upon their experiences and maintains the gap between the university-based portion of their teacher education and school practicum.

In many ways we see the school practicum as an untapped potential to develop the preservice teachers’ professional identities as PE teachers and challenging the status quo of PE and PETE. Even though the preservice teachers in this project had limited pedagogical experiences with PE, we agree with earlier research (Moen & Standal, 2014; Standal & Moen, 2017) that more can be done to assist the preservice teachers on their course to becoming PE teachers. Analyzing the data has contributed to discussions and reflections regarding our own PETE program and teachings, making us realize that a more student-centered approach to PETE would facilitates for bringing together the university-based teaching with school practicum.

We argue for the value of involving the preservice teachers in planning the goals for their school practicum by identifying what facilitates their interests, motivation and learning in order to construct their professional identity. Essential would be to work together with the preservice teachers as they prepare themselves to school practicum, followed up by debriefing sessions with PETE tutors, as well as written reflections about their own development as future teachers. We believe that there is a need to adopt a student-centered approach to PETE and school practicum to support the preservice teacher’s construction of a professional identity.

References
Alves, M., Macphail, A., Queirós, P., & Batista, P. (2019). Becoming a physical education teacher during formalised school placement: A rollercoaster of emotions. European Physical Education Review, 25(3), 893-909. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336x18785333

Fuentes-Abeledo, E.-J., González-Sanmamed, M., Muñoz-Carril, P.-C., & Veiga-Rio, E.-J. (2020). Teacher training and learning to teach: an analysis of tasks in the practicum. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(3), 333-351. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1748595

González-Calvo, G., Varea, V., & Martínez-Álvarez, L. (2020). ‘I feel, therefore I am’: unpacking preservice physical education teachers’ emotions. Sport, Education and Society, 25(5), 543-555. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2019.1620202

Luguettia, C., & Oliver, K. L. (2018). 'Getting more comfortable in an uncomfortable space’: Learning to become an activist researcher in a socially vulnerable sport context. Sport, Education and Society, 23(9), 879-891. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2017.1290598

Moen, K. M., & Standal, Ø. F. (2014). Student teachers’ perceptions of the practicum in physical education teacher education in Norway. Nordic Studies in Education, 34(2), 111-126. https://doi.org/doi:10.18261/ISSN1891-5949-2014-02-04

Mordal-Moen, K., & Green, K. (2012). Physical education teacher education in Norway: the perceptions of student teachers. Sport, Education and Society, 19(6), 806-823. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2012.719867

Oliver, K. L., & Oesterreich, H. A. (2013). Student-centred inquiry as curriculum as a model for field-based teacher education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 45(3), 394-417. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2012.719550

Standal, Ø. F., & Moen, K. M. (2017). Praksisopplæring i kroppsøvingslærar- og idrettsutdanningar: 3 utfordringar for framtidig fagutvikling. Journal for Research in Arts and Sports Education, 1(0). https://doi.org/10.23865/jased.v1.562


10. Teacher Education Research
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Developing Skills and Responsibilities through a Cooperative Pedagogical Model in Higher Education: examining an experience in Teacher Education

Teresa Valverde-Esteve1, Celina Salvador-Garcia2, Maria Maravé-Vivas2, Carlos Capella-Peris2

1University of Valencia, Spain; 2University Jaume I de Castellón, Spain

Presenting Author: Valverde-Esteve, Teresa; Salvador-Garcia, Celina

One of the Horizon 2023 objectives, established by the European Union, aims at promoting inclusive skills, cultural awareness, and creativity. In this context, teacher educators are to adopt pedagogical models that pursue the development of these skills to promote students’ development and ability to coexist in the 21st century. In addition to this, there has been an increase in the demand of carrying out content subjects through and additional language during the last decades. This is due to the fact that language is a fundamental tool for future teachers to face the social challenges and changes of the current society (Duff, 2019). Consequently, approaches such as Content Language Integrated Learning (CLIL) are being increasingly applied to foster foreign language learning and practice. This pedagogical model, which has been traditionally built upon the 4c’s framework (content, culture, cognition and communication) (Coyle et al., 2010), emerges as an opportunity to move pedagogic thinking forward (Coyle, 2018).

However, language is not the only aspect to bear in mind to promote pre-service teachers development. For example, pedagogical models such as cooperative learning are said come with the promotion of fundamental skills related to cooperation, among which we may find positive interdependence, individual responsibility, face to face interaction, social skills or group processing (Johnson & Johnson, 1999). In this pedagogical model, students play different roles, acquiring diverse responsibilities (Roger & Johnson, 2009), and their contributions are fundamental to success. Moreover, authors such as Casey and Goodyear (2015) assert that cooperative approaches are essential to promote intellectual development and social relationships.

Against this background, previous literature has started to propose the hybridization of different pedagogical models to make the most of both of them. In fact, when CLIL and cooperative learning are applied together, there is an improvement on social skills and personal efficacy (Valverde-Esteve et al., 2022). Nevertheless, literature on this topic is still scarce, and there is a need to keep on delving into the implications of combining these two approaches.

When pre-service teachers are expected to use a language they do not master and cooperate with other peers, that is to say, when their lessons are carried out through cooperative learning and CLIL; they may be prompted to use their creative skills to success. As we have mentioned before, creativity is one of those skills to be fostered according to Horizon 2023. Creativity may be triggered when one is to face some type of constraint (Torrents et al., 2021) such as a task, individual limitations or the environment (Newell, 1986), which is the case of the students who are performing a task in a foreign language and under personal constraint. In this context, pre-service teachers are to generate diverse responses, which are degrees of freedom (Torrents et al., 2021).

A relevant concept to better understand how the different degrees of freedom may occur is that of the ecological approach (Keay et al., 2019). In the context of a lesson held in a teacher education course, the pre-service teachers’ cultural background, the level of English displayed, or the social relationships will act as entangled constraints. Bearing these ideas in mind, the pedagogical approach use is one of those factors they may have an impact on pre-service teachers experiences and learning, even more if this approach entails relevant constraints such as language use and peer cooperation in a hybridized CLIL-Cooperative Learning course.

This communication aims at examining the experiences and knowledge acquired by the pre-service teachers attending to the Didactics of Physical Education course, which was carried out by hybridizing CLIL and Cooperative Learning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research questions guiding this study were:
1-‘What are, according to participant pre-service teachers, the skills, tasks and responsibilities they have carried out depending on the roles played in the hybridized CLIL-Cooperative Learning course?'
2-‘What are, according to participant pre-service teachers, the 4cs (Content, cognition, culture and communication) they have developed in the hybridized CLIL-Cooperative Learning course?
Participants and settings
58 pre-service teachers were enrolled in the Didactics of Physical Education course. It was carried out by hybridizing CLIL and Cooperative Learning. Thus, the lessons had English as the vehicular language and the teaching plan was based on the 4C’s framework, meaning that the teacher educator focused on promoting content, cognition, communication and cultural development among pre-service teachers. In addition, pre-service teachers were divided in 12 Cooperative Learning groups. Within each group, every student was to play a different role (i.e. moderator, manager, secretary, carrying up, critic and creative). The language to be used and the roles to be played, thus, emerged as constraints that students had to face during the lessons prompting them to be creative.
In the end of the semester, once the course had finished, 42 pre-service teachers (29 female, 13 male) agreed to participate and answer the questionnaire provided by the teacher educator.
Data collection
Participants of this research answered an individual online survey that included three open-ended questions. Specifically, pre-service students were asked the following questions:
‘What are the cooperative roles that you developed?’
‘List the responsibilities that you may have developed during this project’
‘What contents, cognition, culture and communication could you work during this project’?
Data analysis
We adopted an interpretative approach to data analysis, a double procedure was applied, from inductive to deductive and back again (Patton, 2002). A multiphase analysis was carried out based on an initial open-coding phase and a second axial coding phase. In the first phase, we identified the relevant information related to the skills, tasks, responsibilities and with the 4cs (content, cognition, culture and communication). In the second phase, we searched for additional data that could be relevant to answer the research questions and could help us understand the information gathered in the previous phase. We moved between inductive and deductive reasoning, and two iterations were carried out before engaging in a member checking process, which consisted of providing the participants with the opportunity to confirm their statements and make new contributions if they so desired.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Regarding, the information shared by the participant pre-service teachers, Table 1 shows the results concerning research question 1 and Table 2 focuses on the findings revolving around research question 2.
Table 1. Name of the role and the tasks that the students reported to do.
Name of the role Tasks
Moderator
- To explain and verify the roles of each member.
- To encourage the team to move forward, verifying the completion of each task.
- To control of the time, noise, keep the materials.
Manager
- To suggest changes, distribute work.
- To organize time and materials.
- To make sure to follow the timetable and use the right equipment.
- To make sure that all the members did they work.
Secretary
- To interact with the teacher and deliver the tasks.
- To make summaries and remember what the pending tasks were.
Carrying up
- To support the ideas of the members of the group.
- To make sure that all members participated equally.
- To support contributions and good interventions.
Critic
- To consider critically issues of different activities.
- To show different positions.
- To analyse interpersonal relationships within the group.
Creative - To design the presentations.
- To share ideas for the activities.
Table 2. Skills that were developed according to the 4c’s framework.
Content
Body condition: strength, flexibility, breathing
Collaboration, cooperation, teamwork, leadership skills
Well-being
Creativity
Inclusion
Games and sports of different countries
Body Expression
Cognition
Problem solving
Creating strategies to win the games
Thinking with an open mind
Attention, perception and reflection
Communication
Explanation of the activities, motivating and congratulating students
Use of specific vocabulary of the tasks
Body gestures, body language, eye contact
Positive and supportive comments

References
Acknowledgments
This work was carried out under the project CIGE/2021/019, UV-SFPIE_PID-2076400 and BEST (Generalitat Valenciana).
References (400 words)
Casey, A., & Goodyear, V.A. (2015). Can cooperative learning achieve the four learning outcomes of physical education? A review of literature. Quest, 67(1), 56-72.Coyle, D., Hood, P., & Marsh, D. (2010). CLIL. CUP.
Coyle, D. (2018). The place of CLIL in (bilingual) education. Theory Into Practice, 57(3), 166-176.
Duff, P. A. (2019). Social dimensions and processes in second language acquisition: Multilingual socialization in transnational contexts. The Modern Language Journal, 103, 6-22.
Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1999). Making cooperative learning work. Theory into practice, 38(2), 67-73.
Keay, J. K., Carse, N., & Jess, M. (2019). Understanding teachers as complex professional learners. Professional development in education, 45(1), 125-137.
Patton, M.Q. (2002) Qualitative Research and Evaluation Methods.Sage: Thousand Oaks, CA, USA.
Newell, K. M. (1986). Constraints on the development of coordination. In M. G. Wade & H. T. A. Whiting (Eds.), Motor skill acquisition in children: Aspects of coordination and control (pp. 341–360). Martinies NIJHOS.
Roger, T., & Johnson, D. W. (1994). An overview of cooperative learning. Creativity and collaborative learning, 1-21.
Torrents, C., Balagué, N., Ric, Á., & Hristovski, R. (2021). The motor creativity paradox: Constraining to release degrees of freedom. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, and the Arts, 15(2), 340.
Valverde-Esteve, T., Salvador-Garcia, C., & Ruiz-Madrid, N. (2023). Teaching Physical Education through English: promoting pre-service teachers' effective personality through a learning-practice approach. In: Estrada, J.L. & Zayas, F. (ed). Handbook of research on Training Teachers for Bilingual Education in Primary Schools. Xx-xx. IGI-Global.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm11 SES 11 A: Quality of Teacher Education
Location: Sir Alexander Stone Building, 204 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Buratin Khampirat
Paper Session
 
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Investigating the Factors Influencing Teaching Choice: an Exploratory Study with Student Teachers in a Distance Education Context

Oihana Llovet-Díaz, Patricia Gómez-Hernández, María-Mar Román-García, Raúl González-Fernández, María-Luz Cacheiro-González, Ernesto López-Gómez

UNED, Spain

Presenting Author: Llovet-Díaz, Oihana; Cacheiro-González, María-Luz

In a challenging context for the teaching profession and also for teacher education (Carrillo & Flores, 2022), it seems pertinent to highlight the relevance of teachers' motivations for choosing to teach. The factors that are sources of motivation for choosing to teach cover a wide range of nuances that are worth systematically exploring. In this regard, over the last decades, much research has been conducted on the factors that influence teaching choice in the international context (Fray and Gore, 2018; Heinz, 2015; Watt et al., 2017; Navarro et al., 2021). That is why identifying and analyzing the motivations for choosing to teach is a prolific line of research (Shang et al., 2022). Although, a scoping review of the literature shows that the investigations are contextualized in face-to-face teacher education.

From this perspective, the objective of this research is to identify the factors influencing teaching choice through an exploratory study with student teachers in a distance education context. The hypothesis that we posed is that the factors that influence the teaching choice of students in a distance university are different than those motivational profiles that traditional students have (face-to-face education) because the profile of the distance student is very heterogeneous.

Acknowledgments: Teaching Innovation Project supported by the Vicerrectorado de Digitalización e Innovación de la UNED (Spain): "Factors that influence teacher choice: an exploratory study with university students of the Degree in Early Childhood Education" (FIED-EI).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To address the research objective we present a quantitative, exploratory, and descriptive study. This study collected data from student teachers (teacher candidates) who completed the FIT-Choice scale (Watt & Richardson, 2007).

The research team selected the FIT-Choice scale because it is an international reference to identify the determinants of motivation for career choice, as well as the perception of the teaching profession. This is an internationally validated scale (Navarro et al. 2021) and in its Spanish version (Gratacós and López, 2016), which measures the following factors: perceived teaching abilities, intrinsic value, job security, time for family, job transferability, shape future of children, enhance social equity, make a social contribution, work with children, prior teaching and learning experiences and social influences. All these factors consisted of 50 items, and scoring was performed on a 7-point rating scale where “1” means “not important” and “7” means “very important” (Watt and Richardson, 2007; Gratacós and López, 2016).

Data collection is currently taking place (approximately 200 students will participate), through the FIT Choice scale in an online form. Research participants are previously informed about the objective of the study. Participation will be voluntary and anonymity and confidentiality will be ensured.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data obtained has been analyzed using SPSS 24.0, through descriptive techniques (mean and standard deviation) and the study of significant differences (inferential statistics) between the variables and factors. Due to it is ongoing research, recently supported by the Office of the Vice President for Innovation of our university, we cannot provide a preview of the results (the project is in the data collection phase). However, our research plan is to have the report by the end of June 2023.

The main expected result will be the identification of the most relevant motivations of teacher candidates in a distance education context, these results will be widely discussed considering previous research. The implications for the practice of a better understanding of different motivational profiles are focused on providing support and mentoring, promoting belief changes, and establishing initiatives to improve the attractiveness of the teaching profession, among others.

References
Carrillo, C., & Flores, Mª. A. (2022). Online teaching and learning practices in teacher education after COVID-19: lessons learnt from the literature. Journal of Education for Teaching, 1-13. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2022.2153018

Gratacós, G. y López-Jurado, M. (2016). Validación de la versión en español de la escala de los factores que influyen en la elección de los estudios de educación (FIT-choice). Revista de Educación, 372, 87-105. https://dx.doi.org/10.4438/1988-592X-RE-2015-372-316

Fray, L., & Gore, J. (2018). Why people choose teaching: A scoping review of empirical studies, 2007–2016. Teaching and Teacher Education, 75, 153-163. https://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.06.009

Heinz, M. (2015). Why choose teaching? An international review of empirical studies exploring student teachers’ career motivations and levels of commitment to teaching. Educational Research and Evaluation, 21(3), 258-297. https://dx.doi.org/10.1080/13803611.2015.1018278

Navarro, E., López, E., Asensio, I. I., Expósito, E., Carpintero, M. E., y Ruiz, C. (2021). Metaanálisis de generalización de la fiabilidad del cuestionario FIT-Choice (Factores que influyen en la elección de la enseñanza como carrera). Revista de educación, 393, 231-260. https://hdl.handle.net/11162/210363

Nocito, G., Sastre, S., Gratacós, G., & López-Gómez, E. (2022). “Conoce el atractivo de la profesión docente”: Impacto de un programa de orientación profesional dirigido a estudiantes de Bachillerato. Revista de Investigación Educativa, 40(2), 385-402.

Shang, W., Yu, T., Wang, J., Sun, D., & Su, J. (2022). Why choose to become a teacher in China? A large-sample study using the Factors Influencing Teaching Choice scale. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 50(4), 406-423.

Watt, H. M. G.; Richardson, P. W.; & Smith, K. (2017) Global perspectives on teacher motivation. Cambridge University Press. https://dx.doi.org/ 10.1017/9781316225202

Watt, H. M. & Richardson, P. W. (2007). Motivational factors influencing teaching as a career choice: Development and validation of the FIT-Choice scale. The Journal of experimental education, 75(3), 167-202. https://dx.doi.org/10.3200/JEXE.75.3.167-202


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Choosing a STEM Subjects Teacher Profession: Views of Science Faculties Students

Rita Birzina, Dagnija Cedere, Jazeps Logins

University of Latvia, Latvia

Presenting Author: Birzina, Rita

The role of teachers is becoming increasingly important as Europe addresses its educational, social and economic challenges (Eurydice, 2018). At the same time, the most widespread problems in Europe and the world are teacher shortage, which is no longer a myth (Martin, & Mulvihill, 2016), but is real, large and growing, and worse than we thought (García, & Weiss, 2019). The European Commision (2015) pointed out problems of teacher shortages: shortage in some subjects, in some geographical areas, ageing teachers, high drop-out rates from the teaching profession, insufficient numbers of students in teacher studies programmes and high student attrition. The pandemic has also had an impact on the number of existing teachers, through increased anxiety and changes in workload (Darling-Hammond & Hyler 2020). The shortage of teachers, especially those for STEM (science, technology, engineering and mathematics), is a well-known global problem recognized by many (Diekman, & Benson-Greenwald, 2018).

What are the main factors influencing the teacher shortage? In this research the factors are divided into three groups: work environment/circumstances, personal and academic/professional.

Factors related to the working environment/circumstances determine a teacher's job satisfaction in school. They are: lack of recognition, poor remuneration/advancement opportunities, and loss of autonomy (Aragon 2016). Few researchers noted the characteristics of schools: type of school, class size (Cowan, et al., 2016), a perceived lack of respect for teachers (Barth,et al., 2016), and teacher workload, teacher cooperation (Toropova, Myrberg, & Johansson, 2021). In Latvia, teachers' job satisfaction is most influenced by a positive and democratic school culture - teacher relationships, teacher-student relationships and teacher-principal relationships (Geske & Ozola, 2015:206). In the LIZDAs study (2016): the biggest difficulties that teachers face in their work are the lack of respect from education policy makers, children's permissiveness, increased media interest in negative events in school life, stress and professional burnout

Personal factors are mainly related to teachers' perceptions of the teaching profession and their motivation to work in schools. Kyriacou and Coulthard’s (2000) study on undergraduates’ views of teaching as a career choice indicated three categories of the most motivating factors: altruistic reasons (desire to benefit society), intrinsic reasons (interest in subject matter and expertise), and extrinsic reasons (extended work breaks, level of pay, etc.). As the current shortage of teachers in STEM subjects calls for stimulating students' interest and motivation to learn, the teacher is given the role of inspirer. To teach, motivation can be seen as a multidimensional construct that includes (social influence, positive prior teaching and learning experiences, perceptions of teaching ability, intrinsic value, personal and social utility values), perceptions of the teaching profession (perceptions of task demands and returns), and evaluations of social withdrawal experiences and satisfaction with the teaching profession choice (Kuijpers, Dam, & Janssen, 2022).

Academic/professional factors have been attributed to the teacher's performance in the classroom: Do my knowledge, skills, and attributes fit with those demanded by the profession? (Klassen, Granger, & Bardach, 2022). It means that all teachers need the skills (explain a subject in a way that students understand, use a variety of teaching methods) and knowledge (subject content, pedagogy and psychology) to accomplish their immediate goals as a teacher.

The teacher shortage is becoming more acute today, with fewer and fewer students choosing not to become teachers. This situation is particularly problematic in STEM education, so the aim of the study was to find out the views of STEM faculties students on the choice of science teaching as a profession. In order to achieve this goal, the research question was posed: what factors determine the choice of STEM students to become/not to become a STEM subjects teacher?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Using the QuestionPro e-platform, 289 students (female (N = 200; male (N = 89) of Bachelor's and Master's degree programmes at the Faculties of Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics and Optometry and Geography and Earth Sciences of the University of Latvia were surveyed in 2022.  
The questionnaire was structured in two parts: general and conceptual. In the general part, closed-ended questions were used to establish the student's identity: demographic data, faculty, level of study, course of study, his/her choice of a teaching profession and expected salary. In the conceptual part, open/closed questions were used to identify students' views on the advantages, disadvantages and problems of the teaching profession. Finally, an open-ended question was asked to find out the conditions that should be fulfilled in order to study and work as a teacher.
The data obtained were processed using SPSS and AQUAD statistical data processing software. A coding system was created according to the questions of the conceptual part, which was later expanded based on the context of the open questions. Descriptive statistics, Spearman rank correlation non-parametric test, Mann-Whitney U test for two-group comparison and Chi-Square test for multiple-group comparison were used for data interpretation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study concluded that the main factors determining the choice of a teaching profession were characterised by predominantly common socio-economic beliefs about the prestige of the teaching profession and low salaries. The main disadvantages in choosing a teacher profession are inadequate salaries (M=3.74; 94%), workload (M=3.39; 85%), limited personal growth opportunities (M=3.18; 80%) and low prestige (M=2.95; 74%).
Students consider the ability to public speak in front of an audience to be the greatest benefit of choosing teaching as a career (M=3.55; 89%). Opportunity to inspire young people (M=3.38; 85%) and ability to teach complex things simply (M=3.18; 79%) indicates students' desire to develop young people's interest in STEM subjects. It means that students were positive about the role of teachers in generating interest among young people in studying science. This is evidenced by the moderately strong correlation between the variables that are important in science (inspiring students/ability to teach complex subjects, r=0.44; ability to teach in a way that students can understand/sufficient depth and depth of subject knowledge, r=0.54). This suggests that students, few of whom have had the opportunity to be a teacher, have a reasonably good understanding of the job of a science teacher. Of the 289 students, 104 (36%) have seriously considered becoming a teacher, 14 have worked in a school, 19 are already working in a school and 89 (31%) could also teach young people in a school. Only 50 (17%) would categorically not want to work in a school.
There are no significant differences in the perceptions of students from different STEM faculties about the teaching profession. Students are able to assess the strengths and weaknesses of the teaching profession by assessing the school as a working environment, the teacher's personal perceptions and motivation to work in a school, and the teacher's professional/academic work.

References
Aragon, S. (2016). Teacher Shortages: What We Know. Teacher Shortage Series. Education Commission of the States. Denver, CO 8020
Barth, P., Dillon, N., Hull, J., & Higgins, B. H. (2016). Fixing the Holes in the Teacher Pipeline: An Overview of Teacher Shortages. Center for Public Education.
Cowan, J., Goldhaber, D., Hayes, K., & Theobald, R. (2016). Missing elements in the discussion of teacher shortages. Educational Researcher, 45(8), 460-462.
Darling-Hammond, L., & Hyler, M. E. (2020). Preparing educators for the time of COVID… and beyond. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(4), 457-465.
Diekman, A. B., & Benson-Greenwald, T. M. (2018). Fixing STEM workforce and teacher shortages: How goal congruity can inform individuals and institutions. Policy Insights from the Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 5(1), 11-18
Eurydice. (2018). The teaching profession in Europe: Practices, perceptions, and policies. Eurydice Report. European Commission/EACEA/
European Commission. (2015). 2015 Joint Report of the Council and the Commission on the implementation of the Strategic Framework for European cooperation in education and training (ET 2020) - New priorities for European cooperation in education and training. https://eurlex.europa.eu/legalcontent/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52015XG1215(02)
Geske, A., & Ozola, A. (2015). Teachers’ Job Satisfaction: Findings from TALIS 2013 Study. In Society. Integration. Education. Proceedings of the International Scientific Conference (Vol. 2, pp. 56-62).
Ingersoll, R. M. (2002). The teacher shortage: A case of wrong diagnosis and wrong prescription. NASSP bulletin, 86(631), 16-31
Kyriacou, C., & Coulthard, M. (2000). Undergraduates' views of teaching as a career choice. Journal of education for Teaching, 26(2), 117-126.
Klassen, R. M., Granger, H., & Bardach, L. (2022). Attracting prospective STEM teachers using realistic job previews: A mixed methods study. European Journal of Teacher Education, 1-23.
Kuijpers, A. J., Dam, M., & Janssen, F. J. (2022). STEM students’ career choice for teaching: studying career choice processes using personal projects. Teacher Development, 1-20.
Kunz, J., Hubbard, K., Beverly, L., Cloyd, M., & Bancroft, A. (2020). What Motivates Stem Students to Try Teacher Recruiting Programs?. Kappa Delta Pi Record, 56(4), 154-159.
LIZDA (2016). Skolotāja profesijas prestižs Latvijā. Latvijas Izglītības un zinātnes darbinieku arodbiedrība. / The prestige of the teaching profession in Latvia. Latvian Education and Science Employees' Trade Union/. https://www.lizda.lv/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Skolotaju-prestizs.pdf
Martin, L. E., & Mulvihill, T. M. (2016). Voices in Education: Teacher Shortage: Myth or Reality?. The Teacher Educator, 51(3), 175-184.
Toropova, A., Myrberg, E., & Johansson, S. (2021). Teacher job satisfaction: the importance of school working conditions and teacher characteristics. Educational review, 73(1), 71-97.


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Teachers' Readiness to Use Formal Performance Data to Improve Student Learning and the Impact of School Culture

Glen Molenberghs, Roos Van Gasse, Sven De Maeyer, Jan Vanhoof

Universiteit Antwerpen, Belgium

Presenting Author: Vanhoof, Jan

Background, rationale and research questions:

Although the empirical evidence on the educational impact of the systematic use of formal performance data from central tests is quite strong (Datnow & Park, 2018), the Flemish(1) education system is one of the few European education systems in which no form of central testing is widely implemented (OECD, 2013). As of school year 2023-2024, all Flemish pupils will also take central tests during their school career, which (in contrast to numerous other education systems) aim to take a strong development-oriented perspective.

While policymakers and governments expect teachers to use data to improve student learning, teachers still appear reluctant to integrate this data into their teaching practices (Schelling & Rubenstein, 2021). In this regard, a numerous number of descriptive studies provide in-depth insight into influencing factors of data use (Schildkamp, Poortman, Luyten, & Ebbeler, 2017). However, most of these studies only consider (a small number of) psychological factors to a limited extent. Since data use is essentially a human endeavour, it is important, in order to fully benefit from the rich potential of data use, to also study psychological aspects (Schildkamp, Poortman, Ebbeler, & Pieters, 2019).

Because the use of formal performance data from central tests for educational improvement can be considered a (relative) educational change, certainly in Flanders, but also to some extent in an international context, and to select psychological factors driving teachers’ data use for educational improvement, we drew inspiration from the literature related to ‘change readiness’. Armenakis, Harris and Mossholder (1993) consider teachers’ readiness as ‘one's beliefs, attitudes and goals regarding the extent to which change is needed and their perceptions of individual and organisational ability to successfully implement those changes’. The readiness to use formal performance data concerns, in other words, both ‘willing’ and 'being able' to change. Each of these dimensions explains an aspect of readiness (Rafferty, Jimmieson, & Armenakis, 2013) and is highlighted in the literature because of their role in successful educational change processes (Armenakis & Bedeian, 1999). Because readiness can be considered a predictor of behavior (Armenakis, Harris, & Mossholder, 1993), we expect that a positive teachers’ readiness (i.e. a positive appraisal of willing and being able to use formal performance data to improve student learning) may contribute to effective (future) data use. Consequently, this study firstly examines the extent to which teachers are ready to use formal performance data (from central tests) to improve student learning (RQ1).

Moreover, data use does not occur in isolation (Schildkamp et al., 2019). By including school-level factors we account for the fact that teachers’ readiness does not occur in isolation en can be impacted by a data use stimulating school culture (Prenger & Schildkamp, 2018). As a consequence we secondly study to what extent characteristics of a data use stimulating school culture have an impact on teachers’ readiness (RQ2).

In sum, the present study aims to address the aforementioned knowledge gap by quantitatively studying Flemish teachers' readiness to engage with formal achievement data (from central tests) to improve student learning and school culture’s impact.

(1) Flanders is the Dutch-speaking part of Belgium.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Operationalisation of concepts:

In the operationalisation of the dependent variable ‘readiness’, we have focused on the ‘will’ and ‘able’ part of this concept. The ‘will part’ of readiness was operationalised in terms of emotions or affective appraisal towards data use (Jimerson, 2014) and in terms of the usefulness of the data to improve students’ learning (Vanhoof, Vanlommel, Thijs, & Vanderlocht, 2014). The ‘able part’ of readiness was operationalised by self-efficacy (Bandura, 1997) and by teachers’ perceptions about having the necessary time for data use (Jimerson, 2016).

These central predictors of teachers’ readiness can be impacted by teachers’ perception of a data use stimulating school culture (Prenger & Schildkamp, 2018). In this study, a data use stimulating school culture was operationalised by shared goals towards data use (Vanhoof, Verhaeghe, Van Petegem, & Valcke, 2012), by internal support and collaboration in data use (Schildkamp et al., 2019), by expectations regarding data use (Vanhoof et al., 2014), by experience in the use of standardised tests, by transformational leadership (Yu, Leithwood, & Jantzi, 2002) and by level of education.

Instrument and sample:

To answer the research questions, we administered an online survey. The content in this survey was  both compiled from existing, validated scales and adopted items from previous research on data use and central tests. All items were statements to be scored on a 5-point Likert scale with a possibility to opt out. Finally, 611 Flemish teachers from 45 schools participated in the survey.

Data analysis:

To measure teachers’ individual perceptions of their readiness to engage with formal performance data to improve student learning and of a data use stimulating school culture, we constructed scales. By applying CFA, we examined the construct validity of each scale. In addition, a Cronbach's alpha was calculated for each multi-item scale as a measure of internal consistency.

Based on these scales, we applied descriptive statistics for RQ1.

In order to answer RQ2, we built and tested a path model. We started out with a model in wich shared goals, support and collaboration, expectations and use of standardised tests mediate the effect on teachers’ readiness to engage with formal performance data to improve student learning of transformational leaderschip and education level. Based on the modification indices we gradually added covariances and eliminated non-significant parameters in pursuit of a parsiminous final model with optimal fit. The path analysis was conducted in R with the lavaan-package (Rosseel, 2012).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Conclusion:

Teachers’ readiness to use formal performance data to improve students’ learning can be considered an important bridge to effective data use (Armenakis et al., 1993). Yet, we found that teachers perceive only limited readiness: they have limited positive attitudes towards the use of formal performance data from central tests, they rather feel self-efficace for data use but at the same they do not perceive sufficient time to do so.

However, the path model shows that the perception of a higher level of a data use stimulating school culture has a positive impact on teachers’ readiness. In this, positive attitudes towards data use can be promoted if teachers perceive expectations regarding the use of formal performance data from central tests as clear. In addition, the can part of readiness can be promoted by perceiving supportive relationships and collaboration. This finding suggest that teachers in particular engage with data use if they perceive data use as a team event.

The many positive indirect effects of transformational leadership on teachers’ readiness we found, point to the important role of the school leader in cultivating a data use stimulating culture within school teams. Moreover, teachers' readiness to engage with formal performance data is no one-size-fits-all story. Primary school teachers appear to perceive a more stimulating data use culture, and consequently a higher degree of readiness than secondary school teachers.

By studying teachers’ readiness and promoting school-level factors, this study (further) strengthen the bridge to the use of formal performance data to improve student learning. The Flemish context with the prospect of implementing central tests charachterised by a development-oriented perspective, provided a particularly appropriate case.

References
Armenakis, A. A., & Bedeian, A. G. (1999). Organizational change: A review of theory and research in the 1990s. Journal of management, 25(3), 293-315.
Armenakis, A. A., Harris, S. G., & Mossholder, K. W. (1993). Creating readiness for organizational change. Human relations, 46(6), 681-703.
Bandura, A. (1997). Self Eflicacy. The Exercise of Control. New York: Freeman.
Datnow, A., & Park, V. (2018). Opening or closing doors for students? Equity and data use in schools. Journal of Educational Change, 19(2), 131-152.
Jimerson, J. B. (2014). Thinking about data: Exploring the development of mental models for “data use” among teachers and school leaders. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 42, 5-14.
Jimerson, J. B. (2016). How are we approaching data-informed practice? Development of the Survey of Data Use and Professional Learning. Educational Assessment Evaluation and Accountability, 28(1), 61-87. doi:10.1007/s11092-015-9222-9
OECD. (2013). Synergies for better learning. An international perspective on evaluation and assessment. Paris: OECD.
Prenger, R., & Schildkamp, K. (2018). Data-based decision making for teacher and student learning: a psychological perspective on the role of the teacher. Educational Psychology, 38(6), 734-752. doi:10.1080/01443410.2018.1426834
Rafferty, A. E., Jimmieson, N. L., & Armenakis, A. A. (2013). Change readiness: A multilevel review. Journal of management, 39(1), 110-135.
Rosseel, Y. (2012). lavaan: An R package for structural equation modeling. Journal of statistical software, 48, 1-36.
Schelling, N., & Rubenstein, L. D. (2021). Elementary teachers’ perceptions of data-driven decision-making. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 33(2), 317-344.
Schildkamp, K., Poortman, C., Luyten, H., & Ebbeler, J. (2017). Factors promoting and hindering data-based decision making in schools. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 28(2), 242-258. doi:10.1080/09243453.2016.1256901
Schildkamp, K., Poortman, C. L., Ebbeler, J., & Pieters, J. M. (2019). How school leaders can build effective data teams: Five building blocks for a new wave of data-informed decision making. Journal of Educational Change, 20(3), 283-325. doi:10.1007/s10833-019-09345-3
Vanhoof, J., Vanlommel, K., Thijs, S., & Vanderlocht, H. (2014). Data use by Flemish school principals: impact of attitude, self-efficacy and external expectations. Educational Studies, 40(1), 48-62. doi:10.1080/03055698.2013.830245
Vanhoof, J., Verhaeghe, G., Van Petegem, P., & Valcke, M. (2012). Flemish primary teachers' use of school performance feedback and the relationship with school characteristics. Educational Research, 54(4), 431-449. doi:10.1080/00131881.2012.734726
Yu, H., Leithwood, K., & Jantzi, D. (2002). The effects of transformational leadership on teachers’ commitment to change in Hong Kong. Journal of Educational Administration, 40(4), 368-389.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm12 SES 11 A JS: How to STS? Research on Educational Research, its Organisation, Technologies & Practices
Location: Hetherington, 118 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Susann Hofbauer
Joint Workshop NW 12 and NW 32; full information under 32 SES 11 A JS
1:30pm - 3:00pm13 SES 11 A JS: Photography, film and and education: kids, grizzlies and lessons from the dead
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre C [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Bianca Thoilliez
Joint Paper Session NW 13 and NW 29
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Photography's Lessons from the Dead

Ian Munday

University of Galway, Ireland

Presenting Author: Munday, Ian

In this paper I consider the possibility that photography might provide an education from, for and in death. This will involve a necessary dance with clichés – clichés immediately ghoulishly crowd round talk of death: “live every minute” etc. It is perhaps worth noting that to talk about photography is always, in some sense, to talk about clichés – etymologically speaking the word “cliché” dates back to the 19th century and means: to produce or print in stereotype.

As a prelude to exploring the relationship between education, photography, and death, I consider a famous scene from a film which “appears” to take such connections seriously. The scene in question is from ‘Dead Poet’s Society’ and contains a number of “clichés” (in both senses of the word). ‘Dead Poet’s Society’, is set in 1959 in a fictional boarding school for boys. In the scene in question, a new English teacher, Mr Keating, takes the boys out of the classroom down to the school lobby and begins to teach Robert Herrick’s poem ‘To the Virgins, to Make Much of Time’. He notes that the Latin translation of poem’s main sentiment is “Carpe Diem” (or seize the day). Keating informs the boys that soon they will be “food for worms” and encourages them to lean in and look at photographs of long dead alumni in backlit trophy cabinets. Whilst they gaze he whispers carpe diem in a mock-ghostly voice.

I focus in on this scene because it provides one (clichéd?) perspective on the relationship between photography death and education, one I wish to resist. Keating’s ventriloquizing of the photographs, a cliché violently superimposed onto clichés of another sort, is the very thing that blocks the pedgagogical potential present in the experience of being addressed by photographs. For Keating the photographs become vehicles for illustrating the meaning of a poem and, indeed, a wider philosophy that he wishes to convey. In a sense he has seized, where seizing comes close to scrunching, the photographs and encourages the boys to the same.

During the course of the paper I draw upon Roland Barthes and Jacques Derrida’s writings on photography to present an alternative view of the relationship between the photograph, death and education. In Camera Lucida (2000), Barthes presents a way of relating to photographs quite at odds with the grasping approach discussed above. He famously employs two terms - studium and punctum. [MI1] The former accounts for our active relationship to what we see and is associated with learning (). The “punctum”, on the other hand, pierces through the studium to wound: “the second element will break (or scan) the stadium. This time it is not I who seek it out (as I invest the stadium with my sovereign consciousness), it is this element which rises from the scene, shoots out of it like an arrow, and pierces me” (Barthes, p. 26). The punctum refers to a specific detail in the photograph. There is a subjective dimension to this experience – not everyone experiences the same punctum in the same way or, indeed, in the same photograph. For Derrida, the punctum is equivalent to the spectre, for: “Having to keep what it loses, namely the departed, does not every photograph act in effect through the bereaved experience of such a proper name, through the irresistible singularity of its referent” (Derrida, 2010, p.2-3). For Derrida and Barthes, showing hospitality to what is singular and pierces through, prompts an expressive form of writing. In the paper, I argue that this sort of expressiveness represents a form of subjectification (in Biesta’s sense) overseen by a spectral teacher.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a piece of philosophical research.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Ultimately, I argue that photography provides a spectral form of education through the prompting experience of the punctum, Hospitality to the experience of wounding contributes to the emergence of a voice. In Athens Still Remains (2010), Derrida is haunted by a phrase "Nous nous devons a la mort" or “We owe ourselves to death”. Whilst Derrida refuses to take ownership of this phrase (p. 1) I take it to mean that we owe our "selves" to the dead - that what is singular is somehow in debt to the piercing of the spectre that emerges from the photograph's singularity. This is not to say that submission to the punctum is the only way this can happen, but it is “one” way.
Towards the end of the piece I introduce a sceptical note to proceedings. Ranciere sees the discussion of the punctum as some sort of act of atonement where Barthes revisits the sins of the semiologist – one who had tried to “strip the visible world of its glories” and had “transformed its spectacles and pleasures into a great web of symptoms and a seedy exchange of signs” (Ranciere, 2007, p. 5). I defend Barthes against these charges on the grounds that Ranciere misses the enchanted aspects of phenomenological experience.
Finally, the lesson/wound of photography is not seize the day every day. Perhaps it is something more like “as you look, and study, something may pierce you. It won’t pierce everyone in the same way. Be hospitable towards it when it seizes you. Rejecting it a la Ranciere may mean that a fright, or a fraid a knight, or a press of ghosts (for there are at least four collective nouns for ghosts) will cluster round you and be harder to stave off than clichés.  

References
Barthes, J. (2000) Camera Lucida Reflections on Photography. New York: Hill and Wang
Derrida, J. (2010) Athens, Still Remains. New York: Fordham University Press.
Derrida, J. (2007) Psyche Inventions of the Other Volume 1. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
Ranciere, J. The Future of the Image (2007) London: Verso


13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Pedagogic powers in Grizzly Man: The sublime on screen or just tragic?

James MacAllister

Edinburgh University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: MacAllister, James

In this paper I consider some possible pedagogic powers in Werner Herzog's documentary film Grizzly Man. This paper will dwell on three key questions. First, what is the sublime and can it be screened in film? Second, what are some core features of tragic art and how might such art ethically educate (if at all)? Third, does Werner Herzog's documentary film Grizzly Man screen the sublime or is the predominant mood tragic?

The discussion of the first research question will focus on Brady who argues that paradigm examples of the sublime are found in nature and involve vast phenomena that cause a mixture of pleasure and anxiety in a human subject. Sublime natural phenomena can include the night sky, huge waterfalls or mountains and thunderous lightning storms (Brady, 2013). Sublime experiences thus usually require interaction between two components. A sublime phenomena or object and a human subject who experiences that phenomena or object with a deeply felt mixture of anxiety and pleasure. There are however different understandings of the sublime and more than one type of experience can be sublime. While a joy filled terror on a beautiful mountain ridge is one paradigm case of the sublime, other sublime experiences may entail little in the way of overwhelming fear of imminent threat to one’s life or wellbeing. Awe or wonder of a more humbling and contemplative sort may be largely felt in place of outright fear. A stargazer may for example look upon the vastness of the night sky and space beyond and feel overwhelmingly small and insignificant in comparison (Brady, 2013). Here the sublime is more contemplatively wonder-filled than life-threatening fearsome.

Brady argues that while the sublime is primarily encountered in nature, artworks can also convey a ‘secondary’ sublime (2013, p 6). She emphasises that second hand access to the sublime through art is not without significance as it can encourage people to feel a sense of humility towards nature’s power. However, she is also clear that artworks cannot provide a full sublime experience. Brady acknowledges that a carefully crafted tornado scene on an IMAX screen could be thrilling. However, she suggests the artistic reproduction will only ever be an impoverished experience when contrasted with the real thing. The natural sublime has a ‘multi-sensory’ dimension (tactile, auditory and visual) that is absent from artistic recreations (Brady, 2013, p 128). The cinematic representation will lack the ‘in-your-face fury’ of a live whirling tornado (Brady, 2013, p 128).

In response to Brady I claim that while cinematic depictions of the sublime are qualitatively different from the sublime as it is directly encountered in nature, the screened sublime is not inevitably inferior just because it qualitatively different from the natural sublime. Instead of relegating the screened sublime to secondary, reduced status because it cannot mirror the sublime in nature (as Brady does) I argue it is worth thinking about how film might offer distinctive perspectives on the sublime, ones that invite viewers to critically reflect on whether the search for the sublime in nature is always ethically defensible and good for people and planet.

I also note that artworks can have aesthetic properties that have educational power drawing on Simoniti (2017) who offers a persuasive account of aesthetic properties in realist terms. He suggests aesthetic properties are real powers that objects have in them to dispose an audience to an experience or response. I claim some films have aesthetic properties that have the power to invoke a sublime response in their audiences and cite Jennifer Peedom's Mountain and Denis Villneuve's Dune as examples of films that screen the sublime.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
My method involves: first a philosophical analysis of the concepts of the tragic and sublime; secondly a film analysis of Herzog's documentary Grizzly Man focusing on how it depicts the tragic and sublime in a way that has potential for ethics and education. In this submission I do not take an empirical approach but a philosophical one and so in this submission I am instead showing readers how I will address the three questions I will focus on in the space in all of the text boxes available.

The discussion of the second question will focus on what Lear (1998) and Ridley (2005) say about tragic art. Lear (1998) and Critchley (2019) both claim that tragic art cannot ethically educate the audience in the way that some Aristotle inspired scholars like Carroll (1996) suppose, as the process of catharsis central to his account of tragedy does not involve moral and emotional education. Contrary to Lear and Critchley, I argue that Aristotle allows for the possibility that tragic art may confer ethics educational benefit. Although Aristotle probably did not equate catharsis with moral and emotion education there is other textual evidence in Aristotle to support the idea that the audience can be ethically educated by tragic art. Here the emotions of pity and fear induced through catharsis matter not because they are morally educative in themselves but because they prompt reflection on what matters in life - the prosperity of loved ones.

I argue that three features central to the structure of tragic art forms (1. the inducement of pity and fear in the audience 2. towards a central character in tragedy who is in some way or other worried about a loved one who causes or undergoes suffering in the tragic plot and where 3. after the moment of cathartic release the audience have space to reflect on what matters in life - the prosperity of loved ones and family) can contribute to ethics education by opening up questions about what matters in life.

This reading of tragedy has something in common with Ridley's. Ridley (2005) argues that tragic art matters to aesthetics and philosophy because tragedy shows lives profoundly damaged by accidental chance and the contingencies of character.
Ridley suggests that by awakening audiences to the power of luck and character on fate, tragic art opens up possibilities for reflection on a central ethical question - how we should live.  



Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The discussion of the third research question will focus on Castello Branco and Brady. Castello Branco (2022) claims that Herzog films including Grizzly Man screen the sublime - albeit a very terrrible Burkean variety. I agree with this reading to a point as the film screens the sublime vastness of the mountains as well as the sublime threat that nature can pose to humans - in the shape of the bear threat to Treadwell in the film. However I also claim the film is full of tragic themes and may more than anything be tragic rather than sublime. Tragic art is meant to provide a safe space for terrible fates and feelings but the fate of Treadwell in real life was terrible, as the film shows.
I note how the sublime and the tragic both involve a mix of positive and negative emotion and both types of experiences have potential to educate (Brady, 2013). Brady however stresses one crucial difference between sublime experiences and tragic experiences – with ‘the sublime there is shared excitement, with tragedy, shared trauma’ (2013, p 164). There are then some similarities and important differences between experiences of the sublime and the tragic. The sublime response classically involves nature posing an overwhelming threat to a human subject where excitement in the end prevails. In cases of tragedy by contrast the subject feels overwhelmed by the threat from nature to the point of trauma. Many of the surviving participants in the documentary are traumatised by Treadwell's fate and perhaps the audience will be too.  I conclude that Grizzly Man has the pedagogic power to deepen understanding of the concepts of the tragic and sublime by invoking experiences of the same. The film also explores a pressing ethical issue - how to live with threats to and from non-human nature.


References
Aristotle. (2004). Nicomachean Ethics. (London: Penguin, 2004).
Brady, E. (2013). The Sublime in Modern Philosophy: Aesthetics, Ethics and Nature, Cambridge University Press.
Carroll, N. (1996). Moderate Moralism, British Journal of Aesthetics, 36, 223-238.
Castello Branco, P (2022) Kant and Burke’s Sublime in Werner Herzog’s Films: The Quest for an Ecstatic Truth, Film-Philosophy, 26 (2), 149-170.
Clewis, R. R. (2015) What’s the Big Idea: On Emily Brady’s Sublime, Journal of Aesthetic Education, 50 (2), 104-118.
Critchley, S. (2019). Tragedy, The Greeks and Us, Profile Books.
Decoster, P-J & Vansieleghem, N. (2014). Cinema Education as an Exercise in ‘Thinking Through Not-Thinking’, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 46:7, 792-804,
Lear, J. (1998). Katharsis, Phronesis, 33. 297-326.
Ridley, A (2005) Tragedy, Oxford Handbook of Aesthetics, 408-421.
Simoniti, V. (2017). Aesthetic Properties as Powers, European Journal of Philosophy, 25 (4), 1434 -1453.


13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Film-Philosophy for Children? 

Alexis Gibbs

University of Winchester, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Gibbs, Alexis

Research questions

  • What place does film currently occupy in Philosophy 4 Children?

  • How does film-philosophy differ from philosophizing in the ordinary sense?

  • How might a re-appraisal of the philosophical qualities of film change how we think of its (potential) role in the classroom?

Objectives

The main objective of the paper is to show that there might be a more significant role for narrative films to play in the philosophical education of young people if we look beyond its conventional use as an illustrative prompt for reflecting on moral issues.

Theoretical framework

Philosophy 4 Children (P4C) has a long and well-established history in classroom-based teaching, and often includes the use of film as a prompt for young people’s discussion of philosophical issues. These approaches often take for granted a specific understanding or theory of what constitutes philosophical method. Increasingly, both philosophers and pedagogues have begun to take an interest in film as a medium for ‘doing’ philosophy also, although opinions vary as to both the mode by which such philosophising is carried out and the ends to which it is oriented. The convergence of interests here has led to confusion about the philosophical character of film’s place in the classroom: This paper will provide a survey of film’s pedagogical modes and ends, before exploring the idea that the educational character of film may lie more with its cinematic qualities than its reducibility to any preconception of what philosophy does or ought to consist in. 

I take part of my theoretical cue here from a recent re-appraisal of the P4C programme by Tyson Lewis and Igor Jasinski (2022). Lewis & Jasinski argue that Philosophy 4 Children remains too directed in its ‘philosophicality’. Perhaps as a consequence of the increasing need for educational activities in institutions to demonstrate evidence of learning outcomes, they have argued that P4C too has come to desire ends of reasonableness and democracy too much for the exercise to be truly about the individual learner’s voice. Their view is that we should abandon some of the thinking around ends, and emphasise merely the joy of the means: “there is something about letting students speak, about abandoning them to their capacities for speech, about enabling them to adventure with saying what can be thought and think what can be said” (Lewis & Jasinski, 2022: vii).  

Inspired by this idea of an “end-less” education, the final part of my paper explores the potentiality of a Film-philosophy for Children (Fp4C). Film-philosophy for schools could introduce film into the curriculum as a mode of showing young people worlds other than their own, and allowing them the opportunity to give voice to their own experience of film-viewing in response. As a result, the question of what philosophy is/might be remains open, including to the possibility that film both does something different to – and can change the nature of – philosophical thought itself.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodological approach is broadly conceptual, questioning whether the notion of philosophy that underpins Philosophy 4 Children can be understood as consistent with notions of film-philosophy that try to respect the integrity of the cinematic medium as being irreducible to (terms of) moral or aesthetic debate (cf. Sinnerbrink, 2022). This conceptual analysis firstly relies on some assessment of the educational and philosophical claims made for film.  

The most convincing arguments for inclusion of film in the curriculum are largely predicated either on their potential to offer cognitive gain (Reid, 2019), moral education (Wonderly, 2009; Laugier, 2021), or an aesthetic education in cinephilia (Bergala, 2016; Henzler, 2018), often with some overlap between the three. The idea that films have something to teach young people in a substantive sense has had the strongest allure, as it appeals to the scientistic possibilities of measuring the benefits to be accrued from film-viewing. Cognitive approaches to film such as that of David Bordwell and Noël Carroll draw upon developments in psychology and neuroscience to explain aspects to audience response and understanding in relation to film (Bordwell, 1989; Carroll, 2008).

There have been further arguments made for the potential of films to ‘do’ philosophy independently of the ideas they are meant to illustrate (e.g. Mulhall, 2001; Wartenberg, 2007). The problem with these views is that they inevitably depend on a strong notion of what philosophy truly consists in, and therefore that film is somehow in service to that notion. Whilst it might be the case that “some filmmakers have philosophized by means of their films” (Wartenberg, 2007), it must be less clear that all filmmakers are carrying out such an exercise, particularly if their cultural background is less informed by the same criteria for “philosophy” as the aforementioned.  

My own departure from the positions outlined above will be not to deny the value of any of them as activities in and of themselves, but to suggest that the educational place of film operates in relation to a slightly different set of coordinates than they assume. Which is to say that if we are not to elide the meaning of education with cognition, with cinephilia, or with morality, then film must withstand the attempts to be reduced to any of these agendas in particular. 

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research has no intended results as such, so I offer the following by way of an open-ended conclusion: What would it look like to introduce film into the classroom on its own terms? And to what end might this introduction be of benefit? Films will always occupy an uncomfortable and problematic relationship to the curriculum, as they do not operate according to the same notion of content. There may be more cache associated with philosophy and its engendering of specific modes of thought, but film is unique in its capacity to show – rather than effect – aporia, dichotomy, ambiguity, etc. Film is a means all of its own, and may be most educational/philosophical when screened to an indeterminate end.
References
Bergala, A. (2016) The Cinema Hypothesis: Teaching Cinema in the Classroom and Beyond. Vienna: FilmmuseumSynemaPublationen. 
Bordwell, D. (1989) “A Case for Cognitivism.” Iris 9 : 11–40. 
Carroll, N. (2008) The Philosophy of Motion Pictures. Malden, MA and Oxford: Blackwell.. 
Henzler, B. (2018) ‘Education à l’image and Medienkompetenz: On the discourses and practices of film education in France and Germany’. Film Education Journal. 1-1, pp.16–34. 
Lewis, T. & Jasinski, I. (2022) Rethinking Philosophy for Children: Agamben and Education as Pure Means. London: Bloomsbury Academic. 
Mulhall, S. (2001) On Film. London: Routledge.  
Reid M. (2019) ‘Film, Arts Education, and Cognition: The Case of Le Cinéma, cent ans de jeunesse’. In: Hermansson C., Zepernick J. (eds) The Palgrave Handbook of Children's Film and Television. Springer International Publishing.  
Sinnerbrink, R. (2022) New Philosophies of Film: An Introduction to Cinema as a Way of Thinking. London: Bloomsbury Academic.  
Wartenberg, T. (2007) Thinking on Screen: Film as Philosophy.  London: Routledge.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm13 SES 11 B: Educating with Newcomers in Mind. Session 1
Location: Gilbert Scott, 356 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Tomasz Szkudlarek
Symposium
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Symposium

Educating with Newcomers in Mind. Session 1

Chair: Tomasz Szkudlarek (University of Gdańsk)

Discussant: Tomasz Szkudlarek (University of Gdańsk)

The idea of education focuses on passing what is good in our world to the generations that arrive as newcomers. With the newcomers, the world is renewed (Arendt 1961): changed while preserving what is valuable in it. This view has recently been re-invigorated in the debate on instrumentality in education. In one instance, Hodgson, Vlieghe and Zamojski (2017) evoke the notion of "love to the world" (as opposed to "hate," which they ascribe to critical pedagogy) as the foundation of post-critical education, focused on things of concern around which passionate teaching can unite students and teachers.

In this symposium, we juxtapose this way of seeing education with the global situation in which more and more children are displaced. In most cases, education for newcomers who are refugees and asylum seekers is planned with repatriation in mind (Dryden-Peterson & Reddick, 2017; Ferede, 2018). However, in the face of climatic catastrophe and prolific wars, repatriation frequently becomes impossible. If those children stay in receiving countries, "things of concern" of their new teachers may differ radically from those of their parents or themselves. How do we conceive of education for next generations in this context?

Next, as typically construed in trans-generational pedagogical narratives, is one who arrives later. In this symposium, we are exploring "nextness" in a broader sense, both in temporal and spatial terms. We want to stress that ”next” also arrives spatially, as "next to us", neighbour or alien. This perspective opens to broader ethical and political issues. What is education when its next generation – one to inherit the world -- is both temporal and spatial? When its newcomer children are not only arriving after us but are, at the same time, neighbors or aliens to us? What is it, then, that needs passing on, what can be passed on, and what is worth passing for the sake of "us”, or for "them," and for the world itself?

The symposium proposed to the Philosophy of Education Network will be organized in two sessions.

In Session 1, we explore what next generation means, in times of existential threats when having children is becoming an ethical issue, by interrogating the concept of "nextness" in spatial and temporal terms (Kalisha). Children who arrive, arrive “thrown”, while the challenge for educators is creating conditions for their dwelling (Parker). We ask whether education can provide space for educators taking ethical responsibility which requires that what we know as pedagogical tact in Herbart becomes multicultural tact (Hilt & Rompianesi). Finally, we discuss empirical data on teachers' ethical dilemmas and possibilities while teaching newcomers in an introductory class in Norway (Gudmundset & Brøvig Østby).


References
Arendt, H. (1961). The Crisis in Education. In Between Past and Future: Eight Exercises in Political Thought. The Viking Press.

Bauman, Z. (2003). Wasted lives: Modernity and its outcasts. Wiley.

Biesta, G. (2021) World-centered education: A view for the present. Routledge.

Derrida, J. (2000) Of Hospitality. Stanford: Stanford University Press.

Edelman, L. (2004). No Future: Queer theory and the death drive. Duke University Press.

Heidegger, M. (1996) Being and time: A translation of Sein und Zeit. SUNY Press. (Original

Hodgson, N., Vlieghe, J., Zamojski, P. (2017). Manifesto for a Post-Critical Pedagogy.

Latour, B. (2018). Down to earth: Politics in the new climatic regime. (C. Porter, Trans.). Polity Press.
Levinas, E. (1998). Entre Nous. Thinking of the Other. Colombia University Press.

Lippitz, W. (2007). Foreignness and otherness in pedagogical contexts. Phenomenology and Practice, 1 (1), 76-96.
Mollenhauer, K. (2013). Forgotten Connections: On Culture and Upbringing (N. Friesen, Trans.). London: Routledge.
Nail, Th. (2015) The Figure of the Migrant. Stanford: Stanford University Press

Ranciere, J. (1999). Disagreement. University of Minnesota Press.
Steinbock, A.J. (1995). Home and beyond: Generative phenomenology after Hüsserl. Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press.

Van Manen, M. (1991). The tact of teaching: The meaning of pedagogical thoughtfulness.  Althouse Press.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

What Shall We Do with Next-Gen Children?

Wills Kalisha (NLA Bergen)

In our understanding, the critical issue for this symposium is that the notion of "next generation," which legitimises pedagogical efforts of passing the world on to newcomers, needs at least a doubling gesture of complication. We should read "nextness" in temporal and spatial terms when considering who the next generation is. "Next" as typically construed in trans-generational pedagogical narratives, arrives later, but it also means "next to us", it arrives as neighbour or alien. At the same time, Edelman (2004) describes western countries as sometimes driven by a "death drive" rather than by a "reproductive futurism". With this description, the "spatial nextness" gains unprecedented weight in the dream of renewal by education. We believe that the categories of reproductive futurism and death drive proposed by Edelman in the context of queer theory can be re-contextualized fruitfully to map the terrain of refusal or procrastination of parenthood in most Western countries where young adults decide not (or not yet) having children; not only because they pursue their individual achievement, but also for ethical reasons. Having children may seem irresponsible in the world that is falling apart. We claim that "spatial nextness," concerning the newcomers from elsewhere, needs to be installed as permanent within the idea of education as renewal, as means to pass what is good in our world to those who arrive. If that renewal is to be viable, it should be conceived responsibly in response to the world driven by climatic catastrophe, wars and massive migration.

References:

Arendt, H. (2006). Between past and future : eight exercises in political thought. Penguin. Edelman, L. (2004). No Future: Queer Theory and the Death Drive. Duke University Press. Eide, K. (2020). Barn p? flukt : psykososialt arbeid med enslige mindre?rige flyktninger (2. utgave. ed.). Gyldendal. Hilt, L. T. (2015). Included as excluded and excluded as included: minority language pupils in Norwegian inclusion policy. International journal of inclusive education, 19(2), 165-182. Hirvonen, K. (2013). Sweden: when hate becomes the norm. Race and Class, 55(1), 78-86. Hodgson, N., Vlieghe, J., Zamojski, P., Lewis, T., & Ramaekers, S. (2017). Manifesto for a Post-Critical Pedagogy. Kalisha, W. (2020). While We Wait: Unaccompanied Minors in Norway – Or the Hospita(bi)lity for the Other. In T. Strand (Ed.), Rethinking Ethical-Political Education (pp. 67-84). Springer International Publishing. Labaree, D. F., Tröhler, D., & Popkewitz, T. S. (2011). Schooling and the making of citizens in the long nineteenth century : comparative visions (Vol. 57). Routledge. Mollenhauer, K. (2014). Forgotten connections : on culture and upbringing (N. Friesen, Trans.). Routledge. Seeberg, M. L., & Goździak, E. M. (2016). Contested Childhoods: Growing up in Migrancy : Migration, Governance, Identities (1st 2016. ed.). Springer International Publishing : Imprint: Springer.
 

Multicultural Tact. Representing the World in a Culturally Diverse Society

Tommaso Rompianesi (University of Bergen), Line Hilt (University of Bergen)

Presenting and representing the world to the students is a foundational issue in educational research (Mollenhauer, 2006). Recently, Gert Biesta (2021) has called for a world-centered education, encouraging teachers to turn the pupils' gaze toward the world, to be educated by the world itself. However, introducing the student to the world within increasingly diverse societies and educational settings constitutes a challenge to national educational systems. From the perspective of intercultural education and post-colonialism, the domination of Eurocentric orientations might result in unfair and exclusion conditions for minority pupils in schools (Banks, 1993; Bennett, 2001). With the words of Willbergh and Aasebø (2022), representing the world in multicultural classrooms might generate "the multicultural paradox": should teaching represent the perspectives of particular minority groups to provide recognition, inclusion, and empowerment, or should teaching rather aim at representing universal aspects in teaching, where culture, race, privilege, etc. are irrelevant? This essay will investigate the foundational question of how we are to represent the world in multicultural schools and societies, thus facilitating Bildung processes for all children. Although we acknowledge the difficulty in defining the social and cultural world in an inclusive manner in multicultural schools, we will argue that this is an essential feature of good education and that conscious selection of content and teaching materials should be at the forefront of educational practice today. The essay concludes that we need to focus on the teacher as an agent of inclusion and Bildung, exercising judgment in the encounter between the curriculum and the multicultural pupils. As a further development of the concept of educational tact from educational philosopher J. F. Herbart (2012), the essay calls attention to the necessity of teachers developing what we conceptualise as multicultural tact. Regarding our theoretical framework, we position ourselves within the discipline of general pedagogy (Allgemeine Peädagogik) and the European Bildung tradition. Although theories of Bildung are manifold, we acknowledge that Bildung concerns the result and the very process by which subjects encounter the world through education. In this frame, we understand inter/multicultural education as an epistemologically and theoretically complex field (Holm & Zilliacus, 2009). Started as an ethical-political project in the context of International Organizations, it aims at developing peaceful coexistence in contemporary pluralistic societies and mutual exchange between different cultures.

References:

Banks, J. A. (1993). The canon debate, knowledge construction, and multicultural education. Educational Researcher, 22(5), 4–14. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X022005004 Bennett, C. (2001). Genres of research in multicultural education. Review of Educational Reserach, 71(2), 171–217. https:// doi.org/10.3102/00346543071002171 Biesta, G. (2021) World-centered education: A view for the present. Routledge. Aasebø, T. S. & Willbergh, I. (2022). Empowering minority students: a study of cultural references in the teaching content. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 54 (5), 618-631. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2022.2095877 Herbart, J. F. (2012) ABC of sense-perception and minor pedagogical works. Ulan Press Holm, G., & Zilliacus, H. (2009). Multicultural Education and Intercultural Education: Is There a Difference? In M.-T. Talib, J. Loima, H. Paavola, & S. Patrikainen (Eds.), Dialogues on Diversity and Global Education (pp. 11-28). Peter Lang. Mollenhauer, K. (2006) Glemte sammenhenger [Forgotten Connections]. Ad Notam Gyldendal
 

Dilemmas and Possibilities when Teaching Newly Arrived Pupils

Heidi Gudmundset (NLA University College), Sara Broevig Oestby (NLA University College)

Norway is becoming a more multicultural/ multilingual society and with this comes an added challenge for all teachers who adapt the curriculum and provide an inclusive education for all pupils, within the confines of the existing system. An increasing group of pupils within the education system are those who have newly arrived in Norway (Dewilde & Kulbrandstad, 2016). They come from various cultures and backgrounds and speak many different languages, but politically they are treated as a single entity when offered provisions within the education system (Hilt, 2016). The introductory classroom is one type of educational provision available to these newly arrived pupils. Here they are offered one to two years, by law, in which to acquire the rudiments of the Norwegian language. They are then deemed to have a 'sufficient proficiency' in the language to continue their education within the mainstream (Opplæringslova, 1998, §2-8). There are high expectations placed upon these teachers working in introductory classrooms to teach these pupils Norwegian, as quickly and effectively as possible "for the sake of integration" (Utdanningsdirektoratet, 2016). In this presentation we wish to highlight some of the challenges and ethical dilemmas these teachers face, based upon empirical data from interviews. The teachers were from several different introductory classes ('innføringsklasser'), 3rd to 10th grade. Some of the fundamental questions we ask are: 'In what ways do these teachers reflect upon their pedagogical and personal interactions when engaging with these pupils, who are in their care for such a short time?', 'What kinds of dilemmas are they faced with?'. In the continental tradition of pedagogikk Biesta approaches the art of teaching as finding the right balance between the three educational functions of qualification, socialization, and subjectification (Biesta, 2012; Biesta, 2014). Our informants have experience in adapting their methods of teaching to 'fit the pupil', they regard the 'uniqueness' of their pupils and how education impacts upon them. This has implications in the way they meet these pupils and the need to establish a relationship with them quickly. The teacher's unique insight, experience, and reflections in this field may also provide valuable professional insight into teacher judgment in inclusive education.

References:

Biesta, G.J.J. (2014). The Beautiful Risk of Education. Paradigm Publishers Biesta, G.J.J. (2012). Receiving the Gift of teaching: From 'Learning from' to 'Being taught by'. Stud Philos Educ 32: 449-461 Dewilde, J. & Kulbrandstad, L.A (2016). Nyankomne barn og unge i den norske utdanningskonteksten. Nordisk tidsskrift for andrespråksutvikling. 11(2): 3-13. Fagbokforlaget. Hilt, L. (2016). Kategorisering som hinder for sosial inkludering? En kritisk diskusjon av kategorien «nyankomne minoritetsspråklige elever» i lys av målet om inkludering. In: F.B. Børhaug & I. Helleve (red.) Interkulturell Pedagogikk som Motkraft. I en monokulturell praksis. Fagbokforlaget. Opplæringslova. (1998). Lov om grunnskolen og den videregåande opplæringa (LOV-1998-07-17-61). Lovdata. Lov om grunnskolen og den vidaregåande opplæringa (opplæringslova) - Lovdata Utdanningsdirektoratet (Department of Education) (2016). Veileder. Innføringstilbud til nyankomne minoritetsspråklige elever. Innføringstilbud til nyankomne minoritetsspråklige elever (udir.no)
 

Arriving Thrown: The Facticity and Challenges of Dwelling as a Migrant Child

Lana Parker (University of Windsor)

Migrant and refugee children live through a rupture that non-migrants will never know: they experience a reset of the circumstances of their lives (Haas, 2017). These children carry with them gifts of language, experience, family, and memory, but are often forced into conditions that fail to recognize their worth as such. The growing numbers of these children, a function of the destruction of homelands due to war and pervasive climate change, present education with urgent questions, including: What kinds of ethical dilemmas arise in caring for and educating these children? What constitutes the generational "passing on" of learning amidst such exponential heterogeneity? In this chapter, I draw upon two concepts to highlight the uniqueness of the migrant or refugee child's experiences. First, I discuss Heidegger's rendering of "thrownness" and facticity to better understand the ontological condition of migration. In his writing on Dasein in Being and Time, Heidegger (1996) delineates the qualities that characterize a human's unique being in the world. One dimension of Dasein highlights the facticity of our birth at this time and in this place, our thrownness into the circumstances of our unique lives. I argue that this aspect of thrownness is significant to understanding the fundamental disruption of migration as an ontological (and epistemological) upheaval. I contextualize this analysis by drawing on literature on thrownness in the multicultural condition (Lai, 2003), as well as facticity and colonialism (Marino, 2021; Price, 2021). Second, with a view to responding to the questions posed above, I turn to Levinas's (1979, 1989, 1998) thinking about "dwelling" to present education's responsibilities to these children and the possibilities of wisdom they entail, and to recast the horizon of presence and futurity. I suggest that Levinas's premise of ethics as first philosophy engenders responsibility expressed as vulnerability—not of the child, but of the countries, educators, and classrooms receiving them as the Levinasian Other. I further describe how Levinas's critique of Western philosophy opens the door for an intersubjective epistemology that holds us open to listening as the only pathway to wisdom. This has implications for learning, but also for how, through the potentials of education, migrant children might find the "freedom to move" (Ansems de Vries et al., 2017) as participants in, contributors to, and inheritors of their new societies. Finally, I assert that the ethical relation changes how we experience presence in the classroom and enlivens possibilities for a yet-to-be-imagined future.

References:

Ansems de Vries, L., Coleman, L. M., Rosenow, D., Tazzioli, M., & Vázquez, R. (2017). Collective discussion: Fracturing politics (or, how to avoid the tacit reproduction of modern/colonial ontologies in critical thought). International Political Sociology, 11(1), 90-108. Haas, B. M. (2017). Citizens‐in‐waiting, deportees‐in‐waiting: Power, temporality, and suffering in the US asylum system. Ethos, 45(1), 75-97. Heidegger, M. (1996) Being and time: A translation of Sein und Zeit. SUNY Press. (Original work published in 1927) Lai, C. H. (2003). Re-writing the subject: The thrownness of being in the multicultural condition. Canadian Review of Comparative Literature/Revue Canadienne de Littérature Comparée, 30(3-4). Levinas, E. (1979). Totality and infinity: An essay on exteriority (A. Lingis, Trans.). Duquesne UP. (Original work published in 1961) Levinas, E. (1989). The Levinas reader. Blackwell. Levinas, E. (1998). Otherwise than being or beyond essence (A. Lingis, Trans.). Dusquesne UP. (Original work published in 1974) Marino, S. (2021). Thrown into the world: The shift between pavlova and pasta in the ethnic identity of Australians originating from Italy. Journal of Sociology, 57(2), 231-248. Price, R. B. E. (2021). Nietzsche, Heidegger and colonialism: Occupying South East Asia. Routledge.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm14 SES 11 A: Communities and Education
Location: McIntyre Building, 208 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Jodie Pennacchia
Paper Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

The Empowerment of the ‘Other Women' and their Communities' Development through Education.

Laura Ruiz-Eugenio1, Itxaso Tellado2, Elena Duque1

1University of Barcelona, Spain; 2University of Vic-Central University of Catalonia, Spain

Presenting Author: Ruiz-Eugenio, Laura; Tellado, Itxaso

This paper is part of the research project “The Empowerment of All Women through Adult Education for a Sustainable Development” (2021-2024) funded by the State Research Agency of the Spanish Ministry of Science and Innovation in the framework of the research plan targeted at the challenges of society. The aim is to identify educational actions which are contributing to the empowerment of women in a situation of more vulnerability, providing evidence of the social impact on their life and their communities' development, and identifying those characteristics that make them replicable and transferable to other contexts. Specifically, this contribution responds to two of the project research questions:

1) What educational actions are empowering disadvantaged women and promoting their community development in rural and urban areas?

2) What characteristics make these actions replicable and transferable to other contexts?

Offering educational opportunities to all women -focusing on those who are most vulnerable because they do not have basic academic qualifications, belong to immigrant, or refugee groups, ethnic minorities, women living with disabilities, survivors of gender-based violence, women living in remote and rural areas, and women over 65 years old, is one of the requirements of SDG5. Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls for the UN Agenda 2030. Furthermore, it is also a driver for the successful development of their communities, influencing their empowerment, economic development, health improvement and civic participation, as stated by the 4th Global Report on Adult Learning and Education elaborated by UNESCO (2019). Although women's participation in community education is increasing worldwide, according to GRALE, they tend to participate less in professional development programs and the most vulnerable ones do not participate yet.

Spain was a pioneer in promoting community education for women from the end of the 19th century until the end of the Civil War in 1939. Some experiences were the Institución Libre de Enseñanza [Institution for educational freedom] in 1870 within the framework of what would be the first organization for that purpose, the Asociación para la Enseñanza de la Mujer [Association for Women's Education]. Another example is the education for worker women promoted by movements such as Free Women (Ackelsberg, 2005; Kaplan, 1971, 1982; Ruiz-Eugenio, 2011)

This tradition was taken up by the community education movement, which reorganized underground at the end of the 1960s during the last stage of Franco's dictatorship and with more strength from 1975 and the beginning of the democratic transition (Flecha, 2000; Giner, 2018; Oliver et al., 2016; Sanchez-Aroca, 1999), inspired by Paulo Freire's Theory of Dialogical Action (Freire, 1970a, 1970b). Within the framework of these educational initiatives, the "Other Women" movement was created by women participating in community education who did not have higher education degrees and were often left out of the feminist public debate led by academic white women (Beck-Gernsheim et al., 2003; de Botton et al., 2006)

The “other women's” movement has international connections in the network of more than 5,000 schools as learning communities that exist in 18 countries in Latin America and Europe, in which the authors are part of the research team that trains the educators who implement the educational actions that are carried out (ENLARGE Consortium, 2018; Natura Institute., 2019; SEAs4all Consortium, 2016; Step4Seas Consortium, 2017).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To address these two research questions, the project relies on an international systematic literature review on women's education and empowerment. Moreover, it involves empirical research engaging dialogically with communities in the knowledge co-creation through 10 case studies in community education involving "other women" in a diversity of settings in six cities and one rural town in Spain.
Systematic literature Review. The systematic literature review focused on articles published between 2010 and 2022 in peer-reviewed journals indexed in the Web of Science core collection and Scopus databases. The inclusion criteria of the literature were that the women who participated in the educational actions did not have higher academic qualifications, following the concept of "other women" elaborated by Lidia Puigvert. (Puigvert, 2001b, 2001a). The literature review was conducted in two phases. In the first phase, the combination of keywords used was “Empowerment” in the title, abstract, and keywords (AND) “Women Education” in the title, to obtain an international snapshot. In this first phase, 103 articles were selected for review. In the second phase, the words for search has been “Dialogic feminism”, “Other women”, and “Women” combined (AND/OR) in title, abstract, and keywords with the educational actions that the “other women” have promoted in Spain and in other countries in the framework of the Schools as Learning Communities network. These keywords are “Dialogic gatherings”, “Dialogic model of violence/conflict prevention and resolution”, “Interactive Groups”, “Family education/family involvement in learning activities” and principles of dialogic learning on which these actions are based such as “Egalitarian dialogue”, “Equality of differences”, and “Solidarity”. In this second one, 38 articles have been selected for review.
Fieldwork and case study development. The selection criteria for the cases are the following: projects, programs or educational actions involving women in a situation of greater discrimination due to their low literacy levels, minority cultural groups, migrants, refugees, older, with disabilities, living in remote and rural areas, low SES, unemployed, survivors of gender-based violence and all forms of violence including trafficking.
For this paper, only the results of the systematic literature review are presented. The findings of the fieldwork will be presented in future editions of ECER.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Of the 141 articles reviewed, 83 (61 qualitative, 16 quantitative and 6 mixed methods) have identified 24 types of educational actions aimed at empowering the most vulnerable women that demonstrate 36 kinds of social impact in empowering women, their families, and their communities in urban and rural contexts in 46 countries around the world.
The 24 types of education actions identified have been classified into four categories: 1) educational actions in the formal setting from literacy to training for access to higher education; 2) education and vocational training for employment; 3) education for access to knowledge in various fields such as science, health, and culture; 4) education for social and political participation. Among these educational actions, eight characteristics have been identified that can be transferred to educational actions that could be recreated in other contexts through dialogue with communities.  These characteristics are the following: 1) Based on scientific evidence of social impact in diverse contexts; 2) Shared theoretical frameworks, among the most cited authors are Paulo Freire and Amartya Sen; 3) They create solidarity networks in their communities; 4) Dialogic and democratic organisation; 5) High expectations towards women participants; 6) Recognition of the equal right to live differently and express identity; 7) Educators committed to human rights and social justice; 8) Cooperation between governments, universities, NGOs and local communities.
The 36 kinds of the social impact of these educational actions have been classified into four groups: 1) improvements in the women themselves; 2) improvements in their families and intimate relationships; 3) improvements in their communities; 4) contributions to feminism.  To highlight just two related to the improvement of their families and on development of their communities: their children improve their academic performance and the women empowering their local communities by using their resources to benefit a wide-reaching network of individuals.

References
Ackelsberg, M. A. (2005). Free Women of Spain: Anarchism and the Struggle for the Emancipation of Women. AK Press.

Beck-Gernsheim, E., Butler, J., & Puigvert, L. (2003). Women and Social Transformation. P. Lang.

de Botton, L., Puigvert, L., & Sánchez-Aroca, M. (2006). The Inclusion of Other Women: Breaking the Silence through Dialogic Learning.

ENLARGE Consortium. (2018). Enlarge Successful Educational Actions in Europe (No. 2018-1-ES01-KA201-050491). European Commission. http://enlargeseas.eu/index/

Flecha, R. (2000). Sharing Words: Theory and Practice of Dialogic Learning. Rowman & Littlefield.

Freire, P. (1970a). Cultural Action for Freedom. Harvard educational review.

Freire, P. (1970b). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. Herder and Herder.

Giner, E. (2018). Creative Friendships. Hipatia Press.

Kaplan, T. (1971). Spanish Anarchism and Women’s Liberation. Journal of Contemporary History, 6(2), 101–110.

Kaplan, T. (1982). Female Consciousness and Collective Action: The Case of Barcelona, 1910-1918. Signs, 7(3), 545–566.

Natura Institute. (2019). School as Learning Communities in Latin America. Comunidades de Aprendizaje. https://www.comunidaddeaprendizaje.com.es/

Oliver, E., Tellado, I., Yuste, M., & Fernández, R. L. (2016). The history of the democratic adult education movement in Spain. Teachers College Record, 118(4), 1–31.

Puigvert, L. (2001a). CHAPTER 2: Dialogic Feminism: “Other Women’s” Contributions to the Social Transformation of Gender Relations. Counterpoints, 242, 29–60.

Puigvert, L. (2001b). Las otras mujeres. El Roure.

Ruiz-Eugenio, L. (2011). Free Women (Mujeres Libres): Voices and Memories for a
Libertarian Future. Sense Publishers.

Sanchez-Aroca, M. (1999). La Verneda-Sant Marti: A school where people dare to dream. Harvard Educational Review, 69(3), 320–335.

SEAs4all Consortium. (2016). SEAs4all – Schools as Learning Communities in Europe (No. 2015-1-ES01-KA201-016327). European Commission.

Step4Seas Consortium. (2017). Step4Seas. Social Transformation through Educational Policies based on Successful Educational Actions (11.580432-EPP-1-2016-1-ES-EPPKA3-IPI-SOC-IN). European Commission. Erasmus+ Programme. https://www.step4seas.org/


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Key Success Factors of Life-Skill and Community-based Education: Case Study from Sai Yoi Community

Atchara Sriphan

Naresuan University, Thailand

Presenting Author: Sriphan, Atchara

Introduction

Thailand has moved from a low-income society to an upper middle income country in a few decades and has become a key contributor to the economic growth of the Southeast Asian region. At the same time, Thailand has enacted major education reforms and invested a significant proportion of its national wealth into educating its youngest citizens. However, not all sections of society have benefited equally from this expansion. Half of Thai students in school are not acquiring the basic skills required for their own success and the country’s continued development. (OECD/UNESCO, 2016)

Thailand has embarked on an ambitious series of reforms towards addressing these challenges. However schools and teachers have not been given the support and skills they need to implement this new approach. The country lacks the capacity to ensure that its national tests reinforce the aims of the curriculum and support reform efforts rather than undermine them (OECD/UNESCO, 2016).

In the present Thai educational system is composed of two distinct strands which derive from the other countries. The first, pure abstract knowledge in various fields of thought which is derived from the Western tradition of liberal education, and the second, practical knowledge and technical skills relating to sciences and technology which emerged as a result of the recent industrial and technological revolutions. This system divides knowledge into various separate subjects and disciplines, thereby making it partial and fragmentary and it separates knowledge from real life, thereby making it abstract and irrelevant to living. Therefore Thai learners are not interested in education. This is the main cause that Thai educational standard fall down.

The country needs to develop Thai concept and strategy for education reform. that goes beyond the formal educational system, focusing on life centered, area based learning, and global knowledge applying. Hence community based education is an appropriate education concept in Thailand. In pursuit of the above definition of the issue, this paper will examine community based education efforts in Thailand to discern how they are best understood.

The main development policy of Sai Yoi Community is environmental development policy. Sai Yoi community focuses on reducing global warming. Community connects community development policies with global agendas such as the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). For this reason, the researcher choose this area to study. Because life skills and community based education is necessary to link the concept of individual education to a global level.

Research Question

The objectives of this research is to analyze key success factors of life-Skill and community-based education in Sai Yoi community, Phitsanulok Province.

Literature Review

1) Life-skill based learning (UNICEF, 2003; Learning Liftoff, 2018; Thoughtful Learning, 2018)

2) Community based learning (Melaville, Berg, and Blank, 2006; Howard, 2001)

Research design and methods

This research was divided into 9 steps:

1) select a location and gain approval from local education administrative officials and community’ leaders in Phitsanulok province, select a location 1 community include 440 representatives from school administrative staffs, teachers, students from 7 schools, community leaders, and the other stakeholders from 93 communities via questionnaires,

2) collect both secondary and field data by community survey, participatory and non-participatory observation, individual and group interviews of community’ leaders, etc. and share information with selected community,

3) synthesize and analyze that both of quantitative and qualitative data,

4) identify educational problems and opportunities to resolve them,

5) rank opportunities and develop life-skill and community based education plans,

6) adopt and implement the life-skill and community based education concept in selected community,

7) follow-up, evaluate and disseminate concept,

8) move the concept to broader society,

9) push the concept into national policy formulation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The conceptual framework demonstrates life-skill and community based education concept. The concept is relationship between practice learning, participatory action research (PAR), and national policy formulation in Sai Yoi community. Integrating these three together, the education concept is argued to be appropriate, especially for the community today as shown in figure 1
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of analyze key success factors of develop life-skill and community based education in Sai Yoi community, it found that life-skill and community-based education concept that is useful for practice, research, and national policy discovered by this research is can be summarized in terms of a PPP concept. Practical learning at community level; Participatory action research at academic level; and Policy formulation at national level.
However life-skill and community based education is an appropriate education paradigm in Sai Yoi community, but the present status of the education model in Thailand is an alternative educational paradigm, and has a limited role informal education system. This model has been used only in some communities by NGOs. and minority educators, such as alternative school. Because the weak point of the model in the present is linking between community knowledge and global forms of knowledge.This model in Thailand does not fit smoothly with capitalism and national productivity improvement efforts. Therefore life-skill and community based education is still minority paradigm for educational development and needs to be articulated in educational policy. From this research result, the key attributes of the paradigm is “participation”;1) participatory curriculum design; 2) participatory learning process and resources; 3) participatory measurement and evaluation; and 4) participatory educational tangible benefits and utilization
This study confirms the viability of life-skill and community-based education model for the development of community educational system. However, the adoption of life-skill and community education model should consider many elements such as the roles of education, learning styles, community etc. So this model will be the light of wisdom and the  enlightenment of Thai education with participation.

References
Learning Liftoff. (2017). The Importance of Life Skills-Based Education. [Online]. Retrieved November, 22, 2021, from https://www.learningliftoff.com/the-importance-of-life-skills-based-education/.
Melaville, Atelia, Berg, Amy C. and Blank, Martin J. (2006). Community-Based Learning: Engaging Students for Success and Citizenship. Washington D.C.: Coalition for Community Schools.
Thoughtful Learning. (2018). What are life skills? . [Online]. Retrieved November, 22, 2021, from https://k12.thoughtfullearning.com/FAQ/what-are-life-skills.
OECD/UNESCO. (2016).Education in Thailand: An OECD-UNESCO Perspective, Reviews of National Policies for Education. Paris: OECD Publishing.
UNICEF. (2003). Life skills: Implementation models. [Online]. Retrieved April 22, 2017, fromhttps://www.unicef.org/lifeskills/index_10485.html.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Caring to make a Difference: Articulating the Value of Small-scale, Civil Society Alternative Education Provisions in England

Jodie Pennacchia, Laura Day Ashely

The University of Birmingham, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Pennacchia, Jodie; Day Ashely, Laura

Absence from school is a pressing issue in England at the present time, with almost 1 in 4 children persistently absent from school in Autumn 2021 (de Souza, 2022). Concerns related to school absence predate the Covid-19 pandemic and this phenomenon is linked to low attainment, antisocial behaviour and poor employment outcomes (de Souza, 2022). School absence has tended to be treated as a legal issue, e.g. school truancy (Reid 1999, 2002), or a psychological one, e.g. school refusal/phobia (DfE, 2018a); these discourses position the child and/or their family as the ‘problem’ (Grandison, 2011). However, multiple factors, including the school/education system, may contribute to school non-attendance (Cunningham et al. 2022). Some children report feeling let down by an education system that is not designed to meet their needs (Souza, 2022), and there is evidence that the de-regulated and marketized nature of the mainstream school system encourages schools to exclude students who may have a negative impact on exam results (Parsons, 2018; Partridge, 2020). Mainstream schools, therefore, may not be able or willing to educate and retain children with diverse needs.

Against this backdrop, this paper focuses on research into alternative provisions (APs): state or independently-run education settings catering for children and young people (CYP) outside of mainstream school (IFF et al, 2018). The AP sector caters for CYP more likely than their mainstream school peers to have special educational needs, mental health difficulties, anxiety, experience of bullying, experience of the care system and free school meal eligibility (DfE, 2018b). The latest annual AP census shows that the sector caters for approximately 35,600 pupils (GOV.UK, 2022), but this data does not include the estimated thousands more CYP attending providers which are not registered with the national school’s inspectorate (Thomson, 2022).

AP is an umbrella term that captures a diversity of provision. The focus of this research are small civil society APs being run by community, voluntary or third sector organisations. As peripheral organisations in an already marginal education sector, they have remained mostly outside central government’s drive to quality assure AP (Pennacchia & Thomson, 2018). Their positioning has brought a degree of institutional freedom enabling them to respond flexibly to the needs of students outside of mainstream school and thereby develop their own understandings of their value and quality. However, this positioning has shifted in recent years, with the government raising concerns about the safeguarding risks and low quality of such provisions (House of Commons, 2018). Whilst not seeking to diminishing these important concerns, the present research takes a different, and neglected focus by analysing what such provisions offer that supports some of the most vulnerable CYP to reengage in education.

This study draws on the Wenger-Trayners’ (2020) theorisation of ‘learning to make a difference’. We conceptualise small civil society APs as social learning spaces where staff members (i) try to ‘make the difference they care to make’; (ii) work in conditions of uncertainty; and (iii) pay close attention to how their work plays-out in practice. Through the social learning that occurs in APs, we argue that value is created which makes a difference to the learning and lives of vulnerable CYPs

The project asks the following research questions:

  1. How are staff in small civil society APs learning to make a difference to the learning and lives of vulnerable CYP outside of mainstream school?
  2. What value is being created in these APs?
  3. Does/can the social learning and value creation in these APs help to inform policy and practice to support vulnerable CYP, prevent persistent school absence, and inform the development of an appropriate quality framework for these organisations?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Given the dearth of research into small civil society APs a case study approach was used to explore the phenomenon in depth (Day Ashley, 2021). To transcend the idiosyncrasy of an single case study and understand whether findings may be applied beyond a specific case (Miles et al., 2020), a multiple case study approach was adopted. Selection criteria included civil society APs that (i) were located in the Midlands; (ii) catered for less than 50 students, (iii) were less formalised provisions that do not resemble mainstream schools in England; and (iv) were not part of a wider network or organisation. Two APs were selected for the final study, one located in suburban Nottinghamshire and the other in rural Warwickshire. Once ethical clearance was given by the University of Birmingham Ethics Committee, data collection began.  

To generate rich data, multiple methods and sources of data generation were used. First, documentary analysis was undertaken of AP websites, Ofsted reports and media reports relating to the provisions. This enabled the researchers to build up an initial picture of the AP and helped inform the formulation of questions for interviews, which constituted the main method of data collection. Sixty-minute interviews were conducted with seven AP owner/founders, leaders and practitioners (both teaching staff and pastoral staff) to understand how these participants articulate the difference they care to make, the uncertainties and challenges they encounter in their work, and how they articulate the value being created through their work in the AP. Guided by the research questions, semi-structured interview schedules for each type of participant were devised to allow for a consistent approach to questioning across a range of participants in both cases to enable cross-case comparison, whilst also allowing some space for questioning to be tailored to specific cases. Data collection was conducted mostly during the covid-19 pandemic and therefore the majority of interviews were conducted online. However, brief visits were made to the APs once post-pandemic rules allowed, enabling researchers to observe some of the main spaces, classrooms and outdoor facilities of the schools, which helped inform initial case study reports and build a visual picture of the APs.

Data analysis is being conducted through triangulation processes across data methods and sources, first within each case to generate in-depth understandings and then across the two cases to identify patterns and variation. This paper will report on the study’s findings following data analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial analysis has revealed that staff members founded and/or came together to work at APs both to respond to local need and for deeply personal reasons. Staff were often disillusioned with the ability of mainstream schools to effectively support vulnerable children. This disillusionment was reported as being shared by children, contributing to their initial resistance to learning when they first join APs. Staff describe paying close attention to children’s individual needs e.g. by allowing a slow integration, flexibility with start times and dress codes, and reducing learning pressures. They tailor curricular to each young person, offering a balance of academic and non-academic subjects. They are taught in small classrooms in very small groups (2-4) or even one-to-one and have daily individualised pastoral support. AP staff members work at the edge of their knowledge, often without specialist training. They are aware when they make a difference to CYPs’ learning and lives, but recognise a need to better articulate and communicate the impact of their work to the wider educational community.

The challenges of the landscape for civil society APs include funding insecurity, being poorly understood and supported by/through policy, and not being seen as a high-quality offer by the government and national schools’ inspectorate. We argue that Wenger-Trayner’s notion of ‘value creation’, is a useful tool for eliciting and enabling APs to articulate the difference they make in attempting to support some of the most vulnerable CYP  to re-engage with learning, particularly in areas which are not typically valorised through mainstream school effectiveness and quality measures and debates. This is needed now, more than ever, as current government proposals to bring AP into a national special education needs system (DfE, 2022) may lead to the imposition of a quality framework (IntegratED, 2022) on small civil society APs without even consulting them.

References
de Souza, R. (2022) Foreword by Dame Rachel de Souza DBE. Voices of England’s Missing Children: The Findings of the Children’s Commissioner’s Attendance Audit. June 2022. London: Children’s Commissioner. Accessed online [26.01.2023]: https://www.childrenscommissioner.gov.uk/report/voices-of-englands-missing-children/

Cunningham, A., Harvey, K., Waite, P. (2022) ‘School staffs' experiences of supporting children with school attendance difficulties in primary school: a qualitative study’. Emotional and Behavioural difficulties. 27(1): 72-87. DOI: 10.1080/13632752.2022.2067704

Day Ashley (2021). ‘Case study research’. In M. Coe, Waring, L.V. Hedges, L. Day Ashley (Ed.s)  Research Methods and Methodologies in Education. 3rd Ed. London: Sage.

DfE. (2018a). Mental health and behaviour in schools. Accessed online [21.01.23]: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/1069687/Mental_health_and_behaviour_in_schools.pdf

DfE. (2018b). Creating opportunity for all: our vision for AP. Accessed online [26.01.2023]: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/713665/Creating_opportunity_for_all_-_AP_roadmap.pdf

DfE. (2022a). Opportunity for all: Strong schools with great teachers for your child. Department for Education White Paper. Accessed online [12.01.23]: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/1063602/Opportunity_for_all_strong_schools_with_great_teachers_for_your_child__print_version_.pdf  

GOV.UK.(2022), Schools, pupils and their characteristics, Accessed online [11.01.2023]: https://explore-education-statistics.service.gov.uk/find-statistics/school-pupils-and-their-characteristics

Grandison, K. J. (2011) School refusal and reintegration. From short stay school to mainstream. Unpublished Thesis. University of Birmingham.

House of Commons. (2018). Forgotten children: alternative provision and the scandal of ever increasing exclusions. Fifth Report of Session 2017–19 by The House of Commons Education Committee. Access online [26.01.23]: Forgotten children: alternative provision and the scandal of ever increasing exclusions (parliament.uk)

IFF Research; Mills, M; Thomson, P. (2018). Investigative research into alternative provision. Department for Education. Accessed online [26.01.2023]: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/748910/Investigative_research_into_alternative_provision.pdf

IntegratED. (2022). Alternative Provision Quality Toolkit. Accessed online [26.01.2023]:: https://www.integrated.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/AP-Quality-Toolkit-2022-compressed.pdf

Miles, M.B., Huberman, A.M. and Saldana, J. (2020) Qualitative Data Analysis; A Methods Sourcebook. 4th Ed. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Parsons, C (2018) ‘The continuing school exclusion scandal in England’. FORUM, 60(2), 245-54. https://doi.org/10.15730/forum.2018.60.2.245

Partridge, L; Strong, F; Lobley, E; and Mason, D. (2020). Pinball Kids: preventing school exclusions. London: Royal Society for the encouragement of Arts, Manufactures and Commerce.  Accessed online [16.06.22]: https://www.thersa.org/globalassets/reports/2020/the-rsa-pinball-kids-preventing-school-exclusions.pdf  

Pennacchia, J & Thomson, P. (2018). Alternative Provision Policy in England in Mills, M & McCluskey, G ed. International perspectives on alternative education: Policy and practice, London: Institute for Education press.

Reid, K (1999) Truancy and School. London, Routledge

Reid, K (2002) Truancy: short and Long-term Solutions. London, Routledge

Wenger-Trayner, E; and Wenger-Trayner, B. (2020). Learning to make a difference: Value creation in social Learning Spaces. Cambridge: Camrbidge University Press
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm14 SES 11 B: Policy and Practice
Location: McIntyre Building, 201 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Laurence Lasselle
Paper Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

The Presence and Role of Parents in Education Policy 2030 in Iceland

Kristin Jonsdottir

University of Iceland, Iceland

Presenting Author: Jonsdottir, Kristin

Parent rights and duties in Iceland are defined in laws from 2008 on preschool, compulsory school, and secondary school, and in respective national curriculums. In these documents parents are recognised as main stakeholders in schools and given possibilities to have influence on school policy and practices in compulsory education of children and youth.

The aim of this paper is to explore parent visibility in new official documents on education policy in Iceland; Education Policy 2030 approved by the parliament in March 2021, and its First action plan 2021-2024 published by Ministry of Education and Children in September the same year. The new documents reflect changes in society and school development since 2008 as well as political emphasis and strategies the government wants to move forward.

The research questions posed here is: Are parents present in the new educational policy documents? How is parents’ role defined, as an important one or are parents marginalised?

Theoretical framework includes writings on home-school relations, parent empowerment and parent engagement. There is a confusion in use of the concepts and research has shown that different stakeholder groups understand them in different ways (Goodall and Montgomery, 2014). This confusion can also affect stakeholders’ opinions or interfere with the interpretation of their views. For example, there is a discrepancy in what parents, teachers and school leaders feel about parental engagement, according to Education for All in Iceland: External Audit of the Icelandic System for Inclusive Education (2017).

On the other hand, the paper refers to policy analysis. The OECD has evaluated these policy documents and describes it with positive terms, “Iceland’s Education Policy 2030 is an education strategy document that outlines aims to achieve a dynamic and flexible education system to drive economic and social change. Its vision is ‘to accomplish high-quality education through life’, underpinned by the values of resilience, courage, knowledge and happiness”. The report brings forth comments on how to strengthen the implementation with a clearer strategy and concludes that if that will be done “Iceland will be better positioned to transition from strategy to action, over the course of the next ten years, and accomplish its objectives” (OECD, 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper builds on an analysis of official documents and the related discourse tangible in for example newspaper articles and announcements regarding educational policy during the last years. Participants in a discourse, professionals, researchers as well as the public, produce and reproduce it with their conscious and unconscious practices and exclamations (Sverrisdóttir and Jóhannesson, 2020).
 
In the analysis of the documents special attention is drawn to contradictions, and the argumentation for parents’ role and presence.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
First findings indicate that parent role is not much elaborated in the new policy documents, and parent visibility or presence is less than expected with reference to common statements about the importance of parents´ engagement in children’s education. Even so, parents’ role is an interesting one and worth discussing.

The paper contributes to discussion about parent engagement and home-school relations in the Nordic countries, and on parents’ position within the Nordic educational systems.

References
Anna Björk Sverrisdóttir & Ingólfur Ásgeir Jóhannesson. (2020). Medical approach and ableism versus a human rights vision: discourse analysis of upper secondary education policy documents in Iceland, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 24:1, 33-49, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2018.1449905

Education for All in Iceland: External Audit of the Icelandic System for Inclusive Education. (2017). Mennta- og menningarmálaráðuneyti. Retrieved 14.11.2022 at https://www.stjornarradid.is/media/menntamalaraduneyti-media/media/frettatengt2016/Final-report_External-Audit-of-the-Icelandic-System-for-Inclusive-Education.pdf

Janet Goodall & Caroline Montgomery. (2014). Parental involvement to parental engagement: a continuum, Educational Review, 66:4, 399-410, DOI: 10.1080/00131911.2013.781576

Ný menntastefna 2030. (2021). (Education Policy 2030). Retrieved 14.11.2022 at https://www.althingi.is/altext/151/s/1111.html

Ný menntastefna 2030: Fyrsta aðgerðaáætlun 2021-2024. (Education Policy 2030: First action plan 2021-2024). (2021). Retrieved 14.11.2022 at https://www.stjornarradid.is/library/01--Frettatengt---myndir-og-skrar/MRN/Menntastefna_2030_fyrsta%20adgerdar%c3%a1%c3%a6tlun.pdf

OECD (2021), "Iceland Education Policy 2030 and its implementation", OECD Education Policy Perspectives, No. 32, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/6e9d2811-en


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Leadership of National Education in Scotland in the Rural Place - Policy in Practice and Practice in Policy

Anne Paterson

University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Paterson, Anne

Within many OECD countries the delivery of rural education there are common aspects. Policy is often formulated at a national level without much consideration of local communities or the impact on particular rural areas.

As an EdD researcher I am currently interrogating the relationship between national education policy and how it is enacted in a rural place in Scotland.

The research question that is being explored is:

How is national education policy enacted in rural education and how does the rural place/context influence the policy being created?

During the Ignite Talk I will present the work taking place in the investigation on how national policy is developed in context and involves a study of a small rural school within a shared headship. The investigation is also exploring the views of rural education through the lens of semi structured interviews with national and local policy makers. During the investigation the relationships between the rural school, it’s immediate locality (place), wider locality and national will be explored.

The interaction between a rural school and place in the community is a complex one and Corbett (2015) states that rural schools are embedded in communities and potentially integrated within the community and often the heart of rural communities. Each rural school develops a unique place in the community and the “thisness” of a school (Thompson 2000) and the dimension of rural pedagogy displays the interaction between the journey, the place and impact on practices.

In my research the definition for the small rural schools is schools of under thirty pupils. Through analysis of semi structured interviews with policy makers, one of the emerging themes is context and place. The theme of context and place will be presented and invite discussion of the relevant qualatative data gathered from national poloicy makers, headteachers and the school community of a very small rural school in the west coast of Scotland. Pupils, staff, parents, and community members views on what is a rural school, why the school is important to the place and how the view of how the school provides equity and excellence have been collated. The thesis is auto ethnographic involving my own memories and practice as a rural education policy maker and the importance of place.

The relationship between human beings and their environment (place) is important in trying to understand education policy in the rural place. Working with participants it has been necessary for me as a researcher to understand their interpretation of the world (interpretive). Ethnography is concerned with how people make sense of their everyday world (Cohen et al 2007) and about exploring the shared culture of a group of people. It “is a method of inquiry that works from the actualities of people’s everyday lives and experiences to discover the social as it extends beyond experience” (Smith 2005:10) and takes a cultural lens to the study of people’s lives within their communities (Hammersley and Atkinson, 2007; Fetterman 2010). The roots of ethnography are situated in studies of social and cultural events within small communities. Van Maanene (2011) refers to the getting to know people as “part spy, part voyeur, part fan, part member”.

As a researcher I am personally, emotionally, and politically involved in rural education and have personal entanglements which can be a strength for ethnographic methodology (Mills and Morton 2013) however it is important to reflect on this during my analysis of policy. Policy cannot be simply said to be understood and applied. It is important to understand the effect of how professional conversation and professional activity in context (place) themselves form policy (Adams 2011).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
My interest in rural education comes from a rich practical background within the field and built on an understanding of relationships at the heart of small rural schools. I have been involved in rural education for all my career. Hannerz (2010) refers to working within the “field” as an opportunity to observe people in place through a variety of situations of down, up, sideways, through, backward, forward, early or later, away and at home,’ which very much captures my own ethnographic research base.

My research personae is in the field and the place and context is very much part of my being, seeing, thinking, and writing. The intersections of the place, my personal views and career are relevant in the field (Gupta and Ferguson 1997). The principles of ethnography as a qualitative research methodology which involves working with participants and inhabiting their world through a cultural lens (Hammersley and Atkinson, 2007; Fetterman 2010) provides me as a rural education researcher with a “culture of craftsmanship” (Marcus 2009,3). The engagement in the lives of those being studied, working with people in their own environment and collecting data from their lives within a field provides the framework for my research. My own knowledge, experience and relationship with the participants as allowed me to gain important insight and unique lens to interpret the data collected. My understanding of rural schools has allowed me to be entrusted within rural communities  and gain  an unique position as an ethnographic researcher providing a method for ensuring the importance of people, place, and culture and “fuels the sense of possibility” (Bruner 1997,42). Corbett (2015) states that rural schools are embedded in communities and potentially integrated within the community and often the heart of rural communities. Each rural school develops a unique place in the community and the “thisness” of a school (Thompson 2000) and the dimension of rural pedagogy displays the interaction between the journey, the place and impact on practices.

 

        

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The question of how the national policy in relation to excellence and equity is developed and the influence of the rural context is one which is relevant to educations systems not only in Scotland where this research is being carried out.There has been little recognition of policy implementation in the rural context in Scotland. The research focus on place and context also give much needed spotlight on rural schools which can contribute to further work in EERA network 14.. The investigation will look to making sense of how national policy is developed in context by providing a study of a small rural school within a shared headship. The investigation will also explore the views of rural education through the lens of a variety of national and local policy makers. During the investigation the relationships between the rural school, it’s immediate locality, wider locality and national will be explored.

The findings within the thesis will contribute to national policy and has potential to contribute to international work.





References
Adams, P. (2011) 'From 'ritual' to 'mindfulness': policy and pedagogic positioning', Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32: 1, 57 — 69    
                                      
Bartholomaeus,P.A., (2006) Some Rural examples of place –based education. International Education Journal 2006,7(4) 480-489

Bruner, J. (1997) The Culture of Education, Cambridge MA, Harvard University Press.

Cohen, L., Manion,L. and Morrison,K.(2007) Research Methods in Fetterman DM (2010) Ethnography Step by Step. Third edition. Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks CA.

Corbett, M. (2015) Rural Education: Some Sociological Provocations for the Field. Australian & International Journal of Rural Education; 25 (3), 9-25


Fontana, A, and Frey, J. 2003 From Structured Questions to Negotiated Text. In Handbook of Qualitative Research N. Denzin and Y. Lincoln, eds. Pp. 61-106. Thousand Oaks: Sage
Gupta, Akhil. and James. Ferguson (1997) ‘Discipline and practice: “The field” as site, method, and location in anthropology’ in A. Gupta and J. Ferguson (eds.) Anthropological Locations: Boundaries and Grounds of a Field Science. Berkeley: University of California Press, pp.1-46.
Hammersley M, Atkinson P (2007) Ethnography: Principles in Practice. Third edition. Routledge, London.

•Hannerz, Ulf. (2010) Anthropology’s World: Life in a Twenty-First Century Discipline. London: Pluto Press. Chapter 4: ‘Field worries: Studying down, up, sideways, through, backward, forward, early or later, away and at home.’


Marcus, G (2009).”Notes Towards and Ethnographic Memoir of Supervising Graduate Research through Anthropology’s Decades of Transformation.” Fieldwork is Not What It Used to Be

Mills, D. and Morton, M, (2013) Ethnography in Education, Sage Publications, London           Smith, Dorothy E. 2005. Institutional Ethnography: A Sociology for People. Toronto: Rowman and Littlefield
        
Mills, D. and Morton,M, (2013) Ethnography in Education,Sage Publications, London
Mintz, Sidney. 2000. ‘Sow’s ears and silver linings: A backward look at ethnography’ Current Anthropology 41(2): 169-189.

Thomson, P. (2000) “Like Schools”, Educational “Disadvanatage” and Thisness”, Australian Educational Research Volume 27

Van Maanen,J.(2011 ) Ethnography as Work: Some Rules of Engagement, Journal of Management Studies 48:1 January 2011


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

The School/Community Relationship in Rural Contexts in the Times of New Public Management

Loreto Abarzúa Silva, Patricia Guerrero Morales

Pontifical Catholic University of Chile, Chile

Presenting Author: Abarzúa Silva, Loreto; Guerrero Morales, Patricia

This study aims to discuss the implications that the New Public Management agenda in education have had in the construction of the school/community relationship in rural areas. Studies about education in rural contexts have pointed to the centrality of the school/community relationship to understanding the role of education in this contexts (Boix, 2014; Corbett, 2020; Hargreaves et al. 2009), especially in the light of a characterization of these contexts as deficient in the dominant discourse (Hargreaves, 2017; Morales-Romo, 2017). By rethinking the school-community relationship from a territorial perspective it is possible to question the rhetoric of deficiency of rural schools, in particular through research of practices that strengthen the bond of schools with their territories from the perspective of the participants’ agency. From a perspective of potential, the school-community can be fundamental factor for the strengthening of education inclusion, understood as a means to access a more equitable education oriented towards social justice (Ainscow, 2020; Burns and Flynn, 2020).

The New Public Management (NPM) paradigm in education has been attractive for educational systems all over the world because of its promise to face bureaucracy by taking management ideas from the private sector into the public sector, seeking to improve efficiency (Verger & Curran, 2014). Among the consequences of this, it is possible to see changes in financing and management of schools, from centralized to local governments, which leaves these local governments to fend for themselves in the face of changing cultures and economies; however, curriculum remains being under centralized control under the premise of efficiency (Santarrone & Vittor, 2004). In the context of NPM, rural education becomes a special type of challenge for local governments: the small size of these schools means greater associated costs, rural areas may not have access to all necessary resources, and standardized testing may yield lower scores for these students because of their school size. Because of these factors, from the NPM perspective rural schools tend to be thought as deficient (Abarzua Silva, Guerrero Morales & Ramos Roa, unpublished manuscript).

Community participation in schools is generally considered to be fundamental for the improvement of educational processes in students, especially where families are concerned (Garcia et al., 2016; Garreta Bochaca & Llevot Calvet, 2007). This is also the case in rural contexts (Sanahuja Ribes et al., 2019; Nunez et al., 2021). However, the study of community participation in schools remains largely unexplored, becoming an emergent research opportunity. It is recognized that rural schools have a strong relationship with their communities (Boix, 2014), fulfilling a role of local development (Hargreaves et al., 2019), and local cohesion of the community (Nunez et al., 2014). Given this tight relationship, rural schools have different inclusion/exclusion processes than those reported in urban areas (Ortiz, 2016), which have been affected by the changes brought by globalization to rurality. These are the changes that the NPM fails to take into consideration in the management of rural schools.

The research question that motivated this study is: what are the social representations regarding the relationship between rural schools, their educational community and their territory held by relevant stakeholders in rural schools? The research design, conceived as an ethnography, intends to understand these representations from the perspective of the rural communities. We intend to contribute to the literature on rural schools, rethinking the notion of rurality from the perspectives of local actors and building theory from their subjectivities. This evidence that might help inform adequate policies oriented specifically for the realities of rural schools o strengthen community participation and educational inclusion in these contexts, attempting to avoid the deficient view established by NPM.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study has been conceived as a school ethnography in two rural schools in central Chile. For this ethnographic exercise, participant observation and in-depth interviews were carried out in the schools during a six-month period. We engaged in participant observation every week during this period in each school, where information was produced from participating in lessons, students’ breaks, staff meetings, holiday celebrations, parents’ meetings and overall everyday activities. In-depth interviews were carried out with some participants from each school in order to have a deeper understanding of the communities’ experiences. For this, a photolanguage interview was designed to encourage the discussion with the participants. In this interview, we showed them pictures related to work and leisure activities to help us find the core concepts about their schools and the way they relate to their territories according to the participants’ views. People who participated in these interviews included the school principals, teachers, administrative staff, janitors, students, parents, and other members of the community, such as local leaders, and police officers and firefighters.
School policies in relation to rural schools in Chile have been characterized as an “absent policy” (Oyarzun, 2020), particularly because of the lack of official information about the existence and management of rural schools. Due to this, we decided to also carry out photolanguage interviews with two officers in the Rural Education Program of the Chilean Ministry of Education, as a way of understanding the official position and discourse from authorities in relation to he experiences of rural schools. These interviews were carried out at the same time of the ethnographic exercise in the schools. They provided additional information in relation to the way in which the Ministry of Education engages with rural schools, especially in the context of the New Public Management approach to education that has been staple of the educational policies in Chile.
The final stage of the ethnographic process was characterized by a meeting with participants from each school community, according to the schools’ own design, in order to present preliminary information from the participant observations and interviews. In these meetings, participants were able to contribute with additional information to complete a cultural profile of each school, as well as endorsing the information produced by the research team as faithful to their local cultures.
Ethical approvals for this study were obtained from the IRB from the Pontifical Catholic University of Chile.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The installation of NPM policies in rural schools have impacted the way in which these schools relate to their communities. The centralized control over what is considered to be efficient in school management has led to rural schools being disconnected from the local processes of the communities. For example, in the touristic rural community that participated in this study, it is customary to go on holidays after the peak tourist season, which coincides with the start of the school year. The local school cannot delay the start of the school year, which means that during the first two weeks of the year student attendance is low.
At the same time, necessary connectivity improvements in both local communities, such as internet access and road pavement, has led to the questioning of their condition of rurality. Higher authorities tend to consider rurality from a stereotyped perspective, associating it to poverty, difficult access, and low connectivity, among other ideas. These considerations have been difficult to navigate for people living in these spaces, who struggle to understand their rural identity outside of the rural stereotype. As a consequence, schools are held to standards they cannot meet in terms of resources, and workers struggle with the recognition of their work.
Finally, one of the most important consequences of NPM in rural schools is the gap created between the school and the community. The implementation of standardized tests and other quality-related measures has created in parents the feeling that their local schools do not provide quality education, preferring to take their children to schools further away in larger urban centers. The distrust has evolved into a two-way conflict, where parents blame the school for lower achievement of their children, and schools blame parents for their lack of involvement.

References
Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7–16.

Boix, R. (2014). La escuela rural en la dimensión territorial. Innovación Educativa, 24, 89–97.

Burns, L. D., & Flynn, J. (2020). Social justice education and the pitfalls of community and inclusion. Journal of Curriculum and Pedagogy, 18(1), 4–20.

Corbett, M. (2020). Place-Based Education: A Critical Appraisal from a Rural Perspective. In M. Corbett & D. Gereluk (Eds.), Rural Teacher Education: Connecting Land and People (pp. 279–230). Springer.

García, O. M., Martí, J. A. T., Bernardo, M. P. R., & Arnau, T. S. (2016). Estrategias que inciden en los procesos de democratización de la escuela. Una aproximación teórica. Revista Electronica de Investigacion Educativa, 18(2), 116–129.

Garreta Bochaca, J., & Llevot Calvet, N. (2007). La relación familia-escuela: ¿una cuestión pendiente? In J. Garreta Bochaca (Ed.), La relación familia-escuela (p. 138). Edicions de la Universitat de Lleida.

Hargreaves, L., Kvalsund, R., & Galton, M. (2009). Reviews of research on rural schools and their communities in British and Nordic countries: Analytical perspectives and cultural meaning. International Journal of Educational Research, 48(2), 80–88.

Hargreaves, L. (2017). Primary Education in Small Rural Schools: Past, Present and Future. In R. Maclean (Ed.), Life in Schools and Classrooms. Past, Present and Future (pp. 223–243). Springer.

Morales-Romo, N. (2017). The Spanish rural school from the New Rural paradigm. Evolution and challenges for the future. Revista Colombiana de Ciencias Sociales, 8(2), 412–438.

Núñez, C. G., Solís, C., & Soto, R. (2014). ¿Que sucede en las comunidades cuando se cierra la escuela rural? Un análisis psicosocial de la política de cierre de las escuelas rurales en Chile. Universitas Psychologica, 13(2), 615–625

Nuñez, C. G., Peña, M., González, B., Ascorra, P., & Hain, A. (2021). Rural schools have always been inclusive: the meanings rural teachers construct about inclusion in Chile. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1–15.

Ortiz, C. (2016). A Contingent Embrace: Divergent Realities of Inclusion at a Rural School. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 47(3), 264–278.

Santarrone, F., & Vittor, A. (2004). La neo educación liberal: Una visión general acerca de las ideas neoliberales sobre la educación. Aula Abierta.

Verger, A., & Curran, M. (2014). New public management as a global education policy: Its adoption and re-contextualization in a Southern European setting. Critical Studies in Education, 55(3), 253–271.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Preventing School Closure in Rural Areas: A Scottish Case Study

Laurence Lasselle1, Morag Redford2

1University of St Andrews, United Kingdom; 2University of the Highlands and Islands, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Lasselle, Laurence; Redford, Morag

This paper explores the impact of the Schools (Consultation) (Scotland) Act (2010) on the number of schools closures and the geographic location of small schools in Scotland over the past decade. Using Scottish state schools datasets, we compare and contrast the number of schools and their location in 2013 and 2022. This allows us to highlight that (1) closure has affected both primary and secondary schools and (2) ‘small’ has become a rural feature by 2022.

School closures have always been controversial and the closure process has been widely documented in the world, in particularly in Europe. In a rurality context, small schools are often closed because of their cost due to their low number of pupils or their difficulty to attract and retain staff (Fargas-Malet & Bagley, 2021; Gristy et al., 2020; Kvalsund & Hargreaves, 2009). Some of the consequences of these closures on pupils and communities are well known. For instance, the longer journey to schools they imply impacts pupils’ wellbeing, the sustainability of a community can be jeopardised (Cannella, 2020; Beach et al., 2018; Kvalsund, 2009). In more recent years, this deficit perspective has been challenged and small schools have their own successful features, often associated to their size. Among other things, the literature has highlighted that they can facilitate effective learning opportunities for pupils, the development of innovative delivery by teachers and the inclusion of original curriculum contents (Raggl, 2020; Schafft, 2016; Gristy et al., 2020).

In Scotland, the increasing number of school closures at the turn of 2010s and how these closures were decided raised deep concerns among the public and rural communities (Redford, 2013). Safeguarding rural schools and communities became a key education policy in Scotland by the end of 2000s.

Thus, between 1995 and 2013, 467 schools closed or merged in Scotland with the largest number of closures taking place in 2007, 2010 and 2011. The Act (2010) which details the consultation process which must be followed when a local authority proposes to close a school came into force and was amended in 2012 after consultations (Kidner, 2013). According to latest data, more than 200 schools were closed between 2013 and 2022.

This paper aims to provide a better understanding (1) of the regulatory system implemented to safeguard schools and (2) on the effect of the Act on the closure on rural schools in Scotland over a ten-year period. We will discuss the lessons that can be learnt by Scottish communities and communities elsewhere in Europe from this system.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our exploration rests on two concepts: ‘small’ and ‘rurality’.
As ‘small schools’ are not defined in the current Scottish Government policy documents, our maximum size threshold for primary or secondary schools are those set by Dowling (2009) and Kidner (2013) in their examination of the challenges faced by small schools in Scotland before the introduction of the Act. Our rurality perspective builds on the methodology developed by Lasselle and Johnson (2021) and Lasselle (2021), based on government statistics and definitions. This allows us to compare and contrast two different approaches to measure rurality. The first approach considers the traditional urban/rural divide. The school is then considered either in an urban area, or a rural area. In the second approach a more disaggregated divide is introduced by considering remoteness alongside rural and urban.
Our results are derived from the intersection of the ‘rurality’ indicator and the ‘school size’ threshold indicator. This intersection allows us to determine how many schools are within each category enabling us to compare and contrast the distributions of primary schools and secondary schools according to their size and their location in 2013 and in 2022.

Our work is data-driven and Scottish-based. However, it can be replicated in many countries with standard rural/urban classification and schools statistics collection including their location and size. The choice of Scotland as a case study is motivated by two reasons. First, the location spectrum of school location is large. It includes remote island, large remote rural areas in the mainland, town in a remote areas allowing us to distinguish various types of communities. Second, school attainment in rural and remote areas is unusual compared to those observed in the rest of the UK and Europe. Indeed, in Scotland, attainment in remote areas can be lower than that observed in more urban areas, following the pattern pointed out by Echazarra and Radinger (2019). However, attainment in rural areas is unusually higher (Lasselle & Johnson, 2021; Scottish government, 2021). Closure in rural areas in terms of educational benefits may become debatable.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our examination of closures over the period 2013 – 2022 led to two results.
First, closures have proportionally more affected secondary schools than primary schools, in particular those located in urban areas.
Second, ‘small’ has become a rural feature for both primary and secondary schools.
Our paper highlights how the Act (2010) seems to have prevented more rural schools from closure. However, it raises the issue of the role of the communities and their responses to possible closures and their involvement in the consultation process.

References
Beach, D., Johansson, M., Öhrn, E. et al. (2019) Rurality and education relations; Metro-centricity and local values in rural communities and rural schools. European Educational Research Journal, 18(1), 19-33.
Cannella, G. (2020) Globalizing the local and localizing the global: The role of the ICT in isolated mountain and island schools in Italy. In Gristy et al.
Dowling, J. (2009) Changes and challenges: Key issues for Scottish rural schools and communities. International Journal of Educational Research, 48, 129-139.
Echazarra, A.,& Radinger, T. (2019) Learning in rural schools: insights from Pisa, Talis and the literature. OECD Education Working Paper No. 196. OECD Publishing.
Fargas-Malet, M., & Bagley, C. (2021) Is small beautiful? A scoping review of 21st-century research on small rural schools in Europe. European Educational Research Journal, 21(5), 1-23.
Gristy, C., Hargreaves, L. & Kučerová, S.R. (2020) Educational Research and Schooling in Rural Europe: An Engagement with Changing Patterns of Education, Space and Place. Information Age Publishing.
Kvalsund, R. (2009) Centralized decentralization or decentralized centralization? A review of newer Norwegian research on schools and their communities. International Journal of Educational Research 48(2), 89–99.
Kvalsund, R. & Hargreaves, L. (2009) Reviews of research in rural schools and their communities: Analytical perspectives and a new agenda. International Journal of Educational Research, 48(2), 140–149.
Kinder, C. (2013) Children and young people (Scotland) Bill: School Closures. SPICe Briefing 13/77. Edinburgh: Scottish Parliament.
Echazarra, A.,& Radinger, T. (2019) Learning in rural schools: insights from Pisa, Talis and the literature. OECD Education Working Paper No. 196. OECD Publishing.
Lasselle, L. (2021) Depicting Rural Deprivation in a Higher Education Context: A Scottish Case Study. Australian and International Journal of Rural Education, 31(3), 29–42.
Lasselle, L. & Johnson, M. (2021) Levelling the playing field between rural schools and urban schools in a HE context: A Scottish case study. British Educational Research Journal, 47(2), 450-468.
Raggl, A. (2020) Small rural primary schools in Austria. Places of Innovation? In Gristy et al.
Redford, M. (2013) The Political Administration of Scottish Education 2007 – 2012. In Bryce T, Humes W, Gillies D. & Kennedy A. (eds) Scottish Education 4th ed., Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press
Schafft, K.A. (2016) Rural education as rural development: Understanding the rural school–community well-being linkage in a 21st-century policy context. Peabody Journal of Education, 91:2, 137-154.
Scottish Government (2021) Rural Scotland: Key facts 2021. Scottish Government. https://www.gov.scot/publications/rural-scotland-key-facts-2021/
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm15 SES 11 A: Moving Beyond Transactional To Transformational - Exploring Diverse Approaches In The Design, Delivery And Sustainability Of School-University Partnerships
Location: Hetherington, 131 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Daniela Acquaro
Session Chair: Larissa Mclean Davies
Symposium
 
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Symposium

Moving Beyond Transactional To Transformational - Exploring Diverse Approaches In The Design, Delivery And Sustainability Of School-University Partnerships

Chair: Daniela Acquaro (Melbourne Graduate School Of Education, The University Of Melbourne, Australia)

Discussant: Larissa McLean Davies (Melbourne Graduate School Of Education, The University Of Melbourne, Australia)

With teacher education reform currently a key priority in government agendas, there is a need to better understand the scope, structure and sustainability of partnerships on a global scale (Jackson & Burch, 2019; National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education [NCATE], 2010; OECD, 2006; Teacher Education Ministerial Advisory Group [TEMAG], 2014). By bringing together twenty writing teams across 6 continents through a global project which commenced in 2021, we found striking models of school-university partnerships with innovative applications of policy, research and practice showcasing the breadth, depth and often complex nature of partnerships in action. These examples offer insight into how to implement successful partnerships where there is a common understanding, genuine reciprocity, and a desire to think outside the corporate benefits to consider a higher moral and cultural imperative with a focus on outreach and the development of citizenship.

The importance of school-university partnerships between universities and schools is becoming widely recognised with the purpose and function of such partnerships rapidly evolving (Burton & Greher, 2007). Moving beyond transactional relationships between universities and schools focused solely on the provision of professional experience, progressive models of school university partnerships are driven by innovation and transformation and in many cases able to make a marked impact on society. But this approach is not widespread. Shifting from a one-dimensional transactional relationship to a transformational partnership which values each perspective, takes concerted effort over a sustained period of time.

What we have learned by drawing these papers together from a diverse range of school-university partnerships is that success requires investment from all partners. Partnerships that are driven solely by universities set the tone of the partnership and limit the opportunity for a mutually enriching alliance arising from a shared vision and approach. If we look back over time, partnerships between schools and universities more broadly have served to bridge the practice theory divide which is fundamental in the provision of quality initial teacher education, however this limited view of partnerships may in fact be causing us to miss a fundamental driver that could be the key to successful sustainable partnerships. Moving beyond traditional notions limited to providing placements for pre-service teachers, contemporary understandings of the potential of school-university partnerships opens a myriad of benefits for both schools and universities and society more broadly.

The objectives and approaches that are captured in this symposium challenge us to think about the purpose and sustainability of school-university partnerships and the opportunities to shift from a transactional partnership to one on collaboration, reciprocity, the opportunity for co-design and the ability to impact on multiple levels. Within this symposium, we draw together international scholarship on policy-informed school-university partnerships from across the globe, each paper presenting an in-depth understanding of the policy context and initial teacher education reform agenda which defines their partnership model.


References
Bradbury, O.J., & Acquaro, D. (eds) (2022). School-University Partnerships—Innovation in Initial Teacher Education. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-5057-5_7
Butcher, J., Bezzina, M., & Moran, W. (2010). Transformational Partnerships: A New Agenda for Higher Education. Innovative Higher Education, 36(1), 29–40. https://doi.org/10.1007/S10755-010-9155-7
El-Jardali, F., Ataya, N. & Fadlallah, R. (2018). Changing Roles of Universities in the era of SDGs: rising up to the global challenge through institutionalising partnerships with governments and communities. Health Res Policy Sys 16(38). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12961-018-0318-9
Farrell, R. (2021). The School–University Nexus and Degrees of Partnership in Initial Teacher Education, Irish Educational Studies, Routledge. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2021.1899031  
Green, C., Tindall-Ford, S., & Eady, M. (2020). School-university partnerships in Australia: A systematic literature review. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 48(4), 403–435. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2019.1651822
Goriss-Hunter, A., Burke, J., Sellings, P. (2022). “We’re in It for the Long Haul”: Connection, Generation and Transformation Through a School-University Partnership. In: O.J., Bradbury, Hargreaves, A., & O'Connor, M.T. (2018). Solidarity with solidity. Phi Delta Kappan, 100(1), 20–24. https://doi.org/10.1177/0031721718797116
Ladson-Billings, G., & Gomez, M. L. (2001). Just Showing Up: Supporting Early Literacy through Teachers’ Professional Communities. Phi Delta Kappan, (82), 675–680.
United Nations. (2017). The Sustainable Development Goals Report.. https://unstats.un.org/sdgs/files/report/2017/TheSustainableDevelopmentGoalsReport2017.pdf.
Walker, W. (1999). Collaboration: “The faint of heart need not apply.”. Peabody Journal of Education, 74: 300–305.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Responding To Regional And Cultural Diversity Within A Novel School-University-Industry Partnership

Linda Pfeiffer (CQ University, Australia), Ondine Bradbury (Deakin University, Australia), Kathryn Tabone (CQ University, Australia), Mirrin Rashleigh (CQ University, Australia)

This paper speaks to a novel partnership that was facilitated by Central Queensland University (CQUniversity) through the STEM Central facility, funded through an industry and working alongside schools in the aim to support the learning and teaching of STEM with Indigenous children and their families in the Gladstone region. STEM Central is a purpose-built space for collaboration and research-based learning located at CQUniversity Gladstone Marina campus. Gladstone has Queensland’s largest multi-commodity shipping port, and is home to industries including the world’s largest alumina refineries and a unique combination of large resources industries and the World Heritage-listed Great Barrier Reef provide a niche context for local and contextual science learning experiences to be developed and partnerships to be fostered. There is substantial international and national research that has reinforced the requirement for investment in Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics (STEM) education and research. STEM education must be relevant, engaging, and innovative to ensure that future generations are well equipped to face an increasingly competitive global economy as new technologies and industries emerge. The core focus of the Buraligim Weiber (place of learning in Gooreng Gooreng) program is to improve linkages to local resources, and to improve engagement, interest and attendance of Indigenous students in Year 3 and Year 4 (7 – 9-year-old) through an innovative Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) education program. The program was co-designed, developed and delivered with educators, First Nations people, university, industry and community and has a focus on connection to country through the land and the sea. Within the design and development of this school-university-industry partnership, multiple stakeholder groups provided insight and advice relevant to each of their organisation. Working across a diverse range of stakeholders brought individual expertise that encouraged the inclusion of diverse perspectives in the program’s design. To understand the impact of this partnership, semi-structured interviews of those involved in the development and implementation of the program were conducted. This included the facilitators, school leadership and members of the Gladstone Indigenous community. This paper presents an overview of the development and initial implementation of the Buraligim Weiber program in Gladstone, regional Queensland, and discusses the associated successes, challenges and insights that arose throughout the process of implementation.

References:

Cameron, R., Lewis, J., & Pfeiffer, L. (2014). The FIFO Experience: A Gladstone Case Study. Australian Bulletin of Labour. 40(2), 221-241. Fitzgerald, A., Pfeiffer, L., & Hauesler, C. Eds. (2020). STEM Education in Primary Classrooms: Unravelling Contemporary Approaches in Australia and New Zealand. Routledge Miller, P. M., & Hafner, M. M. (2008). Moving toward dialogical collaboration: A critical examination of a university—school—community partnership. Educational Administration Quarterly, 44(1), 66-110. Timms, M., Moyle, K., Weldon, P., & Mitchell, P. (2018). Challenges in STEM learning in Australian schools. Australian Council for Educational Research. Tytler R., Symington D., Williams G., White P. (2018) Enlivening STEM education through school-community partnerships. In: R., Jorgensen, K., Larkin (Eds) STEM Education in the Junior Secondary. Springer. Queensland Government. (2020). New centre an investment in Rockhampton’s future. Department of Tourism, Innovation and Sport. https://www.dtis.qld.gov.au/news/latest-news/articles/2020/september/new-centre-an-investment-in-rockhamptons-future Zetlin, A. G., & Macleod, E. (1995). A school-university partnership working toward the restructure of an urban school and community. Education and Urban Society, 27(4), 411-420.
 

Co-Existing Sites Of Teacher Education: A University And School Partnership In Glasgow

Beth Dickson (Glasgow University, Scotland), Moyra Boland (Glasgow University, Scotland)

Scotland has a population of around 5.46 million.The country has a mature educational infrastructure which includes: university provision of all initial teacher education as well as Master-level provision for continuing teacher education; local authorities which employ teachers and also provide continuing professional development for teachers; a school inspectorate; an independent regulator – known as the General Teaching Council for Scotland (GTCS); teacher trades unions as well as other professional bodies serving the needs of teachers and head teachers. Education is one of the most important issues over which Scotland, one of the constituent nations of the UK has complete control in its devolved Parliament in Holyrood, Edinburgh (inter alia Redford 2013). The partnership model of teacher education at the University of Glasgow became an enabling structure for two key Scottish Government policy objectives: professionalizing initial teacher education as recommended in Teaching Scotland’s Future (Donaldson, 2011) and closing the poverty-related attainment gap through the Scottish Attainment Challenge (2015). The partnership model anticipated the need for sites of teacher education to co-exist in a mutually beneficial relationship for staff in both universities and schools. The model, ever-changing, has evolved to respond to the need for teachers within the Scottish context who are able to create pedagogical approaches which will support the narrowing of the poverty-related attainment gap. The school-university partnership is funded by the Scottish Government and operated by the University of Glasgow and Glasgow City Council (the local authority which employs teachers). The project developed into a mature relationship between the university and 10 local authorities. The curriculum for the practicum partnership comprised both classroom experience, intellectual engagement with appropriate literature, peer and staff observations, learning conversations and a holistic assessment of student performance over the full 18 weeks school practicum. The School Experience curriculum honoured the expertise of school teachers and university lecturers as academic knowledge was considered one appropriate knowledge alongside professional knowledge which was also necessary and appropriate (Zeichner, 2010). School teachers were viewed as experts in classroom pedagogy while university lecturers were seen as having access to contemporary research on issues relating to classroom practice. The ambition of both partners was to create a robust and sustainable model of teacher education This paper will outline how the partnership came about; its structure and roles; its funding; its evaluation; and its evolution.

References:

Bain, Y., Bruce, J. & Weir, D. (2016) ‘Changing the landscape of school/university partnership in Northern Scotland’, Professional Development in Education. Available at: https://www-tandfonline-com.ezproxy.lib.gla.ac.uk/doi/abs/10.1080/19415257.2016.1231132 (Accessed: 30 June 2021). Boland, M. & Doherty, C. (2020) ‘Learning from practitioner enquiries.’ Scottish Council for Deans of Education. http://www.scde.ac.uk/wp- content/uploads/2020/01/UofGReport.pdf (Accessed 1 July 2021). Dickson, B. (2020) ITE Reform at the University of Glasgow: Principles, Research-basis and Implications. Wales Journal of Education, 22 (1), pp.247-270. Donaldson, G. (2011) Teaching Scotland’s future. Edinburgh, Scottish Government. General Teaching Council Scotland. (2012) Standard for career-long professional learning. Available at: http://www.gtcs.org.uk/web/FILES/the-standards/standard-for-career-long-professional-learning-1212.pdf (Accessed: 1 July 2021). Menter, I. & Hulme, M. (2008) ‘Is small beautiful? Policy‐making in teacher education in Scotland’, Teachers and Teaching, 14(4), 319–330. doi: 10.1080/13540600802037744. Redford, M. (2013) The Political Administration of Scottish Education. In: T.G.K. Bryce, W.M. Humes, D. Gillies and A. Kennedy. (Eds.), Scottish Education 4th ed. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. (pp.153-163). Scottish Government (2020). Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation 2020 - gov.scot. Available at: https://www.gov.scot/collections/scottish-index-of-multiple-deprivation-2020/ (Accessed: 29 June 2021). Zeichner, K. (2010) Rethinking the connections between campus courses and field experiences in college- and university-based teacher education, Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1–2), 89–99. doi: 10.1177/0022487109347671.
 

Partnership Between University And School For The Sustainability Of Entrepreneurship Education In Rio De Janeiro

Sandra Mariano (Universidade Federal Fluminense, Brazil), Joysi Moraes (Universidade Federal Fluminense, Brazil), Robson Moreira Cunha (Universidade Federal Fluminense, Brazil)

The educational reform of high school in Brazil, implemented in 2017, aimed to offer more flexibility of content and better connection to the job market in line with the needs and desires of students. To accomplish this, a common core curriculum was established in order to contemplate a flexible part, in which young people can deepen their knowledge according to their interests through formative itineraries, and the essential knowledge foreseen in the common part of the curriculum. The formative itineraries are articulated with four structuring axes: scientific research, mediation and sociocultural intervention, creative processes, and entrepreneurship (Brasil, 2017; Brasil, 2018). One of the central challenges for the success of the reform is to ensure that teachers are able to teach the new content included in the curriculum, especially those that are not part of their initial training. Brazil is a federation of 27 states that have the autonomy to implement the reform. This paper focuses on the partnership established between a public university, represented by one of its departments, and the basic education secretariat of the state of Rio de Janeiro to prepare teachers to teach entrepreneurship education. The state of Rio has 1,189 public high schools, serving 441,169 students and 43,631 teachers, of whom 97.1% have completed higher education, but have no previous training on entrepreneurship (INEP, 2022). In Brazil, it is common for partnerships between universities and schools (represented by their education secretariats) to be discontinued with changes in government, which occur every four years, or in priorities, challenging the sustainability of teacher training initiatives carried out through partnerships. Thus, this paper discusses the strategies used to ensure the sustainability of the partnership over time to complete the teacher training cycle. As well as to structure a community of practice of entrepreneurship teachers within the state of Rio de Janeiro with the capability to support the training of new teachers as well as to develop new educational materials and disseminate entrepreneurship related content throughout the network.

References:

Brasil. (2017). Ministério da Educação – MEC. Portaria Nº 727, de 13 de Junho de 2017. Estabelece novas diretrizes, novos parâmetros e critérios para o Programa de Fomento às Escolas de Ensino Médio em Tempo Integral - EMTI. Brasil. (2018). Lei nº 13.415, de 16 de Fevereiro de 2017. Institui a Política de Fomento à Implementação de Escolas de Ensino Médio em Tempo Integral. Caetano, M. R. (2017). Relações entre o público e o privado: Influências do setor privado na gestão da educação pública. E agora?, O público e o privado, 30(1), 209–226. https://revistas.uece.br/index.php/opublicoeoprivado/article/view/2153/2262 Lackéus, M. (2015). Entrepreneurship in education: What, why, when, how. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). https://www.oecd.org/cfe/leed/BGP_Entrepreneurship-in-Education.pdf Raizer, L., & Caregnato, C. E. (2019). Secondary education in Brazil: A system that persists in social reproduction. Journal of the Brazilian Sociological Society, 5(2), 92–106. https://www.sbsociologia.com.br/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/8-Secondary-Education-in-Brazil-a-system-that-persists-in-social-reproduction.pdf Silvestre, H., Marques, R., & Gomes, R. (2018). Joined-up government of utilities: A meta-review on a public-public partnership and inter-municipal cooperation in the water and wastewater industries. Public Management Review, 20(4), 607–631. Vergara, D., Paredes-Velasco, M., Chivite, C., & Fernández-Arias, P. (2020). The challenge of increasing the effectiveness of learning by using active methodologies. Sustainability, 12(20), 2–16. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12208702
 

Developing Sustainable Partnerships For Integrating Initial Teacher Education And Induction

Lauren Boath (University of Glasgow, Scotland), Jill Shimi (University of Dundee, Scotland), Louise Campbell (University of Dundee, Scotland)

Within the Scottish education system, initial teacher education (ITE) is based within universities, who work closely in partnership with schools and teachers across Scotland to offer the practicum element of the first stage of teacher education, normally a Professional Graduate or Postgraduate Diploma in Education comprising 18 weeks of on campus study and 18 weeks of practicum. In the last decade, there was a diversification of approaches to the partnership aspect of university initial teacher education (ITE) in Scotland from this standard 36-week model. Beginning in academic session 2017/18, the Scottish Government supported a range of new or ‘alternative’ university-based routes into teaching in Scotland (Scottish Government, 2020). Emerging through the ‘Teaching Scotland’s Future’ report in 2011, concerns over shortages in particular geographical locations and subjects motivated this support for more diverse approaches. A University of Dundee model, funded for a three-year pilot beginning in January 2018, offered a route into teaching in secondary schools in Chemistry, Computing, Home Economics, Mathematics or Physics. This Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) (secondary) with supported induction route (the ‘SIR’) was founded on multi-layered partnership across the development and implementation: with Scottish Government and the General Teaching Council for Scotland (GTCS), local authorities and the schools and teachers within them, and with former students whose voices shaped the SIR and its implementation. This integral partnership work was intended to create a sustainable partnership model, to build on the knowledge and expertise of school-based teacher educators alongside that of university-based teacher educators and wider system partners. In this paper, we will reflect upon this innovative partnership approach and some of the data that was derived from the research which accompanied the pilot. Challenges of creating sustained partnership in the Scottish context will be explored as we consider the learning and experiences of students, school-based and university-based teacher educators and wider partners involved in the three-year pilot.

References:

Beck, A., & Adams, P. (2020). The Donaldson Report, Partnership and Teacher Education. In R. Shanks (Ed.), Teacher Preparation in Scotland (pp. 63-78). Emerald Publishing Limited. Boath, L. (2019). Children's aspirations and perceptions of science learning beyond the teacher-led. Dublin: Trinity College Dublin. http://www.tara.tcd.ie/handle/2262/86036 Campbell, L. (2019). Pedagogical bricolage and teacher agency: towards a culture of creative professionalism. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 51(1), 31-40. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2018.1425992 Cochran-Smith, M., Villegas, A. M., Abrams, L., Chavez-Moreno, L., Mills, T., & Stern, R. (2015). Critiquing teacher preparation research: an overview of the field, Part II. Journal of Teacher Education, 66(2). doi:http://dx.doi.org.ezproxy.lib.gla.ac.uk/10.1177/0022487114558268 Jasman, A. (2009). A critical analysis of initial teacher education policy in Australia and England: past, present and possible futures. Teacher Development, 13(4), 321-333. https://doi.org/10.1080/13664530903578264 Lundy, L., & McEvoy, L. (2011, 09). Children’s rights and research processes: Assisting children to (in)formed views. Childhood, 19(1), 129-144. doi: 10.1177/0907568211409078 Murphy, C. (2016). Coteaching in Teacher Education: Innovative Pedagogy for Excellence. Northwich: Critical Publishing. Scottish Government. (2020). Alternative Routes into Teaching. Retrieved 17 May 2021, from https://www.gov.scot/binaries/content/documents/govscot/publications/advice-and-guidance/2020/02/alternative-routes-into-teaching-february-2020/documents/alternatives-routes-into-teaching-february-2020/alternatives-routes-into-teaching-february-2020/govsc Smith, I. (2010). Reviewing Scottish Teacher Education for the 21st Century: Let Collaborative Partnership Flourish. Scottish Educational Review, 42(2), 33-56. Retrieved 05 21, 2021, from https://www.scotedreview.org.uk/media/microsites/scottish-educational-review/documents/312.pdf
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm16 SES 11 A: Teaching for Digital Citizenship: Beginning a Conversation on Data Ethics in the Lived Experience of Schooling
Location: Gilmorehill Halls (G12), 217A [Lower Ground]
Session Chair: David Lundie
Panel Discussion
 
16. ICT in Education and Training
Panel Discussion

Teaching for Digital Citizenship: Beginning a Conversation on Data Ethics in the Lived Experience of Schooling

David Lundie1, Robert Davis1, James Conroy1, Jeremy Knox2, Sigrid Hartong3, John Gordon4

1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom; 3Helmut Schmidt University, Germany; 4University of East Anglia, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Lundie, David; Davis, Robert; Conroy, James; Knox, Jeremy; Hartong, Sigrid; Gordon, John

This symposium brings together theoretical and empirical contributions from the launch of two large projects funded by the UK ESRC, and one German BMBF research project to critically enhance understandings of ICT as of political, ethical and sociological import not only in the UK and Germany but internationally. Treating of these issues at the level of information theory and data justice, implications and examples are drawn upon from Scotland, England and Germany, but the conceptual and digital aspects relate to patterns common to educational technologies globally.

We would particularly welcome a joint event between the ICT and Philosophy of Education SIGs.

Research questions:

How do the ways digital technology in schools is thought about, promoted and designed reinforce and reconfigure existing educational and social inequities?

How can data justice help to frame the challenges of polarization, datafication and autonomy which arise in relation to young people’s digital lives?

How can teachers exercise ethical agency in relation to civic and moral education for digital citizenship?

Theoretical & methodological framework:

Treating of the conference values of inclusion and diversity as methodological issues, we are interested in initiating a conversation that brings together voices that are commonly not heard in dialogue and exchange in order to furnish a workable moral education for the digital age. We are also seeking to create a conversation between experts and interests that do not routinely communicate on these questions (Tse et al. 2015).

Research papers proceed from a number of intersecting philosophical perspectives. Data justice articulates crucial issues of bias, discrimination, amplifying marginalisation and misrecognition which place some young people at liability in their access to the digital purely as a result of the digital representation of their identities (Eubanks 2018; Dencik et al. 2018) – as such, data justice foregrounds political engagement rather than the engineering of technical solutions. Relational pedagogy highlights the risks which accrue from applying metrics and models derived from an information-theoretic conception of learning as call-and-response to measure learning in diverse human subjects (Lundie 2016). It is in the intersection of the political with corporate data systems that data collection, processing and aggregation harms (Van den Hoven 1999) can manifest in reinscribing educational projects (Hartong 2016).

An opening between James Conroy and Robert Davis frames the purposes and challenges which motivated the identification of digital citizenship as a field for normative research, the responses of international educational paradigms to ‘Industrial Revolution 4.0’, and the extent to which traditional epistemic and moral capacities are sufficient to these challenges.

Three presentations from Jeremy Knox, Sigrid Hartong and John Gordon follow, addressing respectively, the insights of data justice on the interaction of education policy with technology, the role of technological mediators in reinscribing policy priorities across Europe, and spaces for ethical agency in teaching for digital citizenship.

Summarizing these normative considerations, David Lundie will open the discussion, inviting convergence and application from practitioners and researchers in the ICT education field.

Intended purpose:

This event brings normative resources to bear to refurbish a workable,coherent moral education for the challenges of digital citizenship. The discussion aims to introduce major funded projects of European relevance, make participants aware of the normative resources associated with these projects and highlight empirical dimensions to follow in 2024-25. These issues have an urgency and relevance that has not been widely addressed in the ICT education field. The aim of our discussion is to enrich the dialogue between ICT educators, the philosophy of education and leading research in digital and data ethics. A key aim of the discussion is to furnish a vocabulary for interrogating the ethical challenges of teaching for digital citizenship.


References
Dencik, L., Hintz, A. and Carey, Z., 2018. Prediction, pre-emption and limits to dissent: Social media and big data uses for policing protests in the United Kingdom. New media & society, 20(4), pp.1433-1450.
Eubanks, V., 2018. Automating inequality: How high-tech tools profile, police, and punish the poor. St. Martin's Press.
Hartong, S., 2016. Between assessments, digital technologies and big data: The growing influence of ‘hidden’data mediators in education. European Educational Research Journal, 15(5), pp.523-536.
Lundie, D., 2017. The givenness of the human learning experience and its incompatibility with information analytics. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 49(4), pp.391-404.
Tse, J., Schrader, D.E., Ghosh, D., Liao, T. and Lundie, D., 2015. A bibliometric analysis of privacy and ethics in IEEE Security and Privacy. Ethics and Information Technology, 17, pp.153-163.
Van den Hoven, J., 2017. Privacy and the varieties of informational wrongdoing. In Computer ethics (pp. 317-330). Routledge.

Chair
David Lundie, david.lundie@glasgow.ac.uk University of Glasgow
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm17 SES 11 A: Diversity in between Nationalism and Internationalism
Location: Gilbert Scott, Kelvin Gallery [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Iveta Kestere
Paper Session
 
17. Histories of Education
Paper

International Organisations and National Educational Policy: The case of Spain under Franco Regime 1953-1970

Tamar Groves1, Mariano González-Delgdao2

1Extremadura University, Spain; 2La Laguna University, Spain

Presenting Author: Groves, Tamar

In recent years we have witnessed the growing impact of international organisations on education research, policy and public opinion. Education researchers have argued that the role played by international organisations is part of a ‘global architecture of education’ (Jones, 2006, p. 48), also referred to as global governance of education (Sellar and Lingard 2013). Historians of education have argued about the importance of historical research to understand the dynamics behind the consolidation of this world wide educational discourse and practice. We can thus find important contributions to understanding the historical trajectories of international organisations (inter alia, Sluga, 2011; Christensen & Ydesen, 2015; Sorensen, Ydesen & Robertson, 2021), and the influence of, and wider implications arising from, international organisations in national educational contexts (Flury, Geiss & Guerrero-Cantarel, 2020; Elfert, 2021). Different studies within the history of education have also focused on understanding how educational expertise handed down from international organisations has influenced local networks of educators and experts in local contexts (Duedahl, 2016; Droux & Hofstetter, 2015; Prytz, 2020). Another series of investigations looked at local actors demonstrating the need to pay attention to the phenomena of interconnections (within, beyond, and across borders) through what has been called entanglement history or histoire croisée (Sobe, 2013; Chisholm, 2020).Although recently there are more case studies on this topic, in general, we find a tendency to overlook the reception and impact of the policies advanced by international organisations at the national, regional, and/or local levels (Christensen & Ydesen, 2015). As Fuchs writes, ‘Unquestionably, there is a need to examine how the complexity of interrelations between global developmental processes and national or specific cultural configurations can be analysed and explained from a historical perspective’ (2014, p. 21). This is needed to avoid far reaching generalisations or abstract analysis that overlook the spaces used by international organisation to advance their policies (Matasci & Droux, 2019).

In this paper we focus on a single case study regarding UNESCO’s role in the development and implementation of educational policy in Spain under the Franco regime. We trace the organisation’s attempts to establish collaboration with the Spanish government even before Spain became an official member in 1952 and follow its strategies in order to expand its influence on Spanish educational circles until its direct involvement in drafting the most important educational reform in Spanish history: The General Law of Education of 1970. With our analysis, we use the Spanish case in order to identify key aspects of an emerging global educational governance as manifested through UNESCO’s work, highlighting their complexities, which, taken together, illustrate many local-global dynamics still present today.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We carried out an historical research, collecting data from a long series of archives and official publications related both to the Spanish educational administration and the activity of the UNESCO in Spain. In our interpretation, following the disciplinary characteristics of history we took into account longitudinal developments and cultural contextualization. For our archival work we visited the following archives: Archivo Central del Ministerio de Educación y Formación Profesional (ACMEFP, Ministry of Education). Archivo de la Comisión Nacional Española de Cooperación con la UNESCO (ACNEC-UNESCO, Spanish Commission for collaboration with the UNESCO). Archivo del Instituto San José de Calasanz de Pedagogía, Residencia de Estudiantes (ISJC, Institute of Pedagogy); Archivo General de la Administración (AGA, General Administartion Archive); Archivo General de la Universidad Complutense de Madrid (AGUCM, Complutense University, Madrid). The main educational journals published by the educational administration and used for this study were: Revista de Educación, Bordón or Revista Española de Pedagogía.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Using archives and educational journals to study the activities of international organisations in Spain under the Franco regime enabled us to demonstrate how the UNESCO, in collaboration with the OECD and the WB cast their net of influence into the country’s educational system. This historical perspective reveals the long-term planned effort of these organisations to slowly widen their contacts, collaborations and capacity to influence national educational policy. With Spain’s official integration in UNESCO in 1952, the educational institutions of the country began echoing the main ideas spread by the organisation such as the importance of literacy, developing international understanding, and the importance of education for economic development.  In the 1960s, these ideas were implemented based on UNESCO’s belief in the importance of educational planning. By the end of that decade, UNESCO had assumed responsibility for revising and controlling the level of cooperation with its plans. Appointments of UNESCO specialists accompanied by funding schemes strengthened the close relationship between Spanish educational authorities and UNESCO, as a new committee arrived to accompany the planning and implementation of educational reforms. Many of the activities designed to facilitate these reforms were UNESCO-dependent, such as financing of educational projects, grants for training abroad, seminars, publications, and expert visits. In this sense, we can see how Spain organised its education system following normative ideas from international organizations like UNESCO. For the Franco regime, this collaboration with UNESCO and others offered a unique opportunity for international rehabilitation and an access to technical know-how that the country lacked at that time.  This clarifies the synergies between dictatorial Spain and international organisations and explains the capacity of the latter to have strong and steady influence on the development of Spain’s educational policies.
References
Chisholm, L. (2020). Transnational colonial entanglements: South African teacher education college curricula. In G. McCulloch, I. Goodson & M. González-Delgado (Eds.), Transnational Perspectives on Curriculum History (pp. 163-181). Routledge.
Christensen, I. L. & Ydesen, C. (2015). Routes of Knowledge: Toward a Methodological Framework for Tracing the Historical Impact of International Organizations. European Education, 47(3), 274-288. https://doi.org/10.1080/10564934.2015.1065392
Droux, J. & Hofstetter, R. (2015). Constructing worlds of education: A historical perspective. Prospects, 45(5), 5-14. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-015-9337-2
Duedahl, P. (2016). Out of the House: On the Global History of UNESCO, 1945-2015. In P. Duedahl (Ed.), A History of UNESCO: Global Actions and Impacts (pp. 3-25). PalgraveMacmillan.
Elfert, M. (2021). The power struggle over education in developing countries: The case of the UNESCO-World Bank Co-operative program, 1964-1989. International Journal of Educational Development, 81, 1-19. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2020.102336

Flury, C., Geiss, M., & Guerrero-Cantarel, R. (2020). Building the technological European Community through education: European mobility and training programmes in the 1980s. European Educational Research Journal, 20(3), 348-364. https://doi.org/10.1177%2F1474904120980973
Fuchs, E. (2014). History of Education beyond the Nation? Trends in Historical and Educational Scholarship. In. B. Bagchi, E. Fuchs & K. Rousmaniere (Eds.), Connecting Histories of Education: Transnational and Cross-Cultural Exchanges on (Post-) Colonial Education (pp. 11-26). Berghahn Books.

Jones, P. W. (2006). Education, Poverty and the Wolrd Bank. Sense Publishers.
Matasci, D. & Droux, J. (2019). (De)Constructing the Global Community: Education, Childhood and the Transnational History of International Organizations. In E. Fuchs & E. Roldán Vera (Eds.), The transnational in the history of education: Concepts and perspectives (pp. 231-260). Palgrave Macmillan.
Prytz, J. (2020). The OECD as a Booster of National School Governance. The case of New Math in Sweden, 1950-1975. Foro de Educación, 18(2), 109-126. http://dx.doi.org/10.14516/

Sellar, S., & Lingard, B. (2014). The OECD and the expansion of PISA: New global modes of governance in education. British Educational Research Journal, 40(6), 917-936. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3120
Sluga, G. (2011). Editorial –the transnational history of international institutions. Journal of Global History, 6(2), 219-222. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1740022811000234
Sobe, N. W. (2013). Entanglement and transnationalism in the history of American education. In T. S. Popkewitz (Ed.), Rethinking the history of education: Transnational Perspectives on Its Questions, Methods, and Knowledge (pp. 93-107). PalgraveMacmillan.
Sorensen, T. B., Ydesen, C., & Robertson, S. L. (2021). Re-reading the OECD and education: the emergence of a global governing complex–an introduction. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 19(2), 99-107. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2021.1897946


17. Histories of Education
Paper

"As long as the universities are still closed to us ..." Professionalization Strategies of Female Educators in Exclusive Pedagogical Milieus

Katja Grundig de Vazquez

Friedrich-Schiller-University Jena, Germany

Presenting Author: Grundig de Vazquez, Katja

This article draws on data and research results from an ongoing research and indexing project conducted by the author in close cooperation with the Bibliothek für Bildungsgeschichtliche Forschung in Berlin (BBF). Funded by the DFG - German Research Foundation - (04/2022-03/2025), the project "Thinking Education Across Borders"aims at the indexing, digitization, analysis, and open access provision of a unique and educationally valuable international correspondence estate. As a source corpus, this legacy offers extensive research potential on the developmental dynamics of educational theory and practice worldwide and international educational networks. It also reveals boundaries and synergies in the professional pedagogical milieu, especially between actors in a highly visible academic pedagogical milieu and pedagogical actors who were primarily active in pedagogical fields that were more distant from universities, such as elementary school teachers, or who had a harder time gaining recognition or attention in academic milieus for various reasons (e.g., gender, social or geographic origin). By exploring these contexts, a contribution can be made to generating exemplary insights into dynamics in professional milieus more generally.
This paper examines the development of professional identities and the opportunities for female pedagogical actors to participate and contribute in exclusive professional pedagogical milieus in an international context in Europe, the United States, and South Africa between 1869-1929. Emphasis will be placed on what norms and conventions female actors had to comply with, or what detours they had to take or concessions they had to make in order to achieve professionalism in exclusive pedagogical milieus, to be able to be professionally effective, and to give visibility to their effectiveness. Which factors could contribute to the fact that female actors, firstly, saw themselves as pedagogical experts, secondly, that they were perceived as such, and - which is not the same thing - thirdly, that they were accepted as such? Which conflicts between different (own and foreign) professional identity attributions can be identified and described? What significance did professionalism in the sense of professional aptitude and a high professional quality of work have in this context, and what other factors (e.g., social or cultural norms and conventions) were relevant to the attribution and acceptance of professional identities. In particular, the importance and influence of connections of progressive pedagogical milieus to social reformist circles, such as the women's rights movement, will be addressed, and the role played by networks between influential, represented, and typical pedagogical actors on the one hand, and pedagogical fringe groups, or underrepresented or atypical pedagogical actors on the other, will be examined.
In this context, three aspects of diversity are addressed, which are assumed to be relevant for the development, dissemination and reception of (not only) pedagogical theory and practice and which are therefore also of importance for the attribution of pedagogical professionalism.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is conducted from a comparative and transcending educational history perspective. The comparative perspective approach was developed as a new research approach in the research project, taking into account the particular source material. This approach is presented in the paper. It combines hermeneutic and qualitative-quantitative methods with DH-methods.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Factors of inequality and institutional structures, that made it difficult for female pedagogues to professionalize or participate in their profession are highlighted. Three aspects of diversity are explored and it will be shown how they condition different boundaries that professional actors can be confronted with in their professional work and that can favor or impede the attribution and recognition of professional identities for different groups of actors. Examples will be used to examine the extent to which efforts to establish or recognize professional identities were possible in harmony or conflict with, for example, social or cultural (attributions of) identities, whether and to what extent such efforts may have led to the emphasis, compensation, concealment, or denial of certain aspects of social or cultural identities that were understood as significant or obstructive for the establishment or recognition of professional identities. Finally, in relation to current contexts, it will also be put up for discussion whether or to what extent the attribution and recognition of professional identity(ies) depends primarily or significantly on professional factors such as expertise and professional commitment.
References
The MAIN SOURCES for this contribution are historical correspondence documents, which are currently being edited, analyzed and prepared for digital publication in the course of the project that the research is part of.

GRUNDIG DE VAZQUEZ, Katja (2020): Thinking Education beyond Borders – The Pedagogic Correspondence Legacy of Wilhelm Rein as an Access to Historical Transnational Contacts and Networks of Educational Reform. In: Historia Scholastica 1/2020, pp. 109-123. DOI:10.15240/tul/006/2020-1-008
KOERRENZ, R.: Reformpädagogik. Eine Einführung. Paderborn 2014.
MAYER, Christine (2019): The Transnational and Transcultural: Approaches to Studying the Circulation and Transfer of Educational Knowledge. In: Fuchs, E., Roldán Vera, E. (Hrsg.): The Transnational in the History of Education. Concepts and Perspectives. Cham. eBook: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-17168-1, S. 49-68.
MAYRING, P.: Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. 12., überarbeitete Auflage. Weinheim und Basel 2015.
MÜLLER, Lars (2019): Kooperatives Management geisteswissenschaftlicher Forschungsdaten. In: ABI Technik 2019, 39(3), pp.194-201.
POPKEWITZ, Thomas S. (2019): Transnational as Comparative History: (Un)Thinking Difference in the Self and Others. In: Fuchs, E., Roldán Vera, E. (Hrsg.): The Transnational in the History of Education. Concepts and Perspectives. Cham. eBook: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-17168-1, S. 261-291.
ROLDÁN VERA, Eugenia, FUCHS, Eckhardt (2019): Introduction: The Transnational in the History of Education. In: Fuchs, E., Roldán Vera, E. (Hrsg.): The Transnational in the History of Education. Concepts and Perspectives. Cham. eBook: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-17168-1, S. 1-47.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm17 SES 11 B: Schools, School Buildings, and School Students' Campaigns
Location: Gilbert Scott, 355 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Ana Luísa Paz
Paper Session
 
17. Histories of Education
Paper

The “Power” of School Buildings: Revisiting the Building Performance Research Unit and Thomas Markus’s Early Work

Carolina Coelho1, Bruno Gil2

1University of Coimbra, Centre for Interdisciplinary Studies, Department of Architecture, Portugal; 2University of Coimbra, Centre for Social Studies, Department of Architecture, Portugal

Presenting Author: Coelho, Carolina; Gil, Bruno

This paper draws on the seminal research by the Building Performance Research Unit (BPRU), implemented on 48 comprehensive schools in central Scotland, opened between 1958 and 1966. Headed by Thomas Markus, this unit from the University of Strathclyde, brought an innovative modus operandi to school building appraisal. This research project provided the framework to pre post-occupancy studies in schools, later widely taken as mandatory.

The work of Thomas Markus is well-known for the book Buildings & Power from 1993. Its contents reveal a critical synthesis of several methods of interpretation, but it also underlies a blend of references, of which some are strictly analytical (e.g.: graph methods), while others are almost philosophical and Foucaultian. Hence, the theoretical stance of Markus will be traced, concerning an early approach on the research programme on ‘building performance’, launched at the University of Strathclyde and early sponsored by the MPBW and RIBA.

The Building Performance Research Unit was founded in 1967 and led by Markus, along with his team of researchers: P. Whyman (architect), D. Canter (psychologist), T. Maver (operational research scientist), J. Morgan (physicist), D. Whitton (quantity surveyor) and J. Flemming (systems analyst). The theoretical models and outputs of this research team, applied to the comprehensive schools Scotland, were then published profusely – at the same time encouraged and criticised –, as the title of an article on the Architects’ Journal in 1970 unravels: ‘Tom Markus is alive and well…’ (p.538).

Additionally, this paper also brings previous and parallel research efforts on this environmental paradigm, as Peter Manning’s studies at the Pilkington Research Unit. Hence, the research path and interests of Markus, right from the second half of the 1960s reveal how different ontologies of architectural research were evolving, in-between the two cultures announced by C. P. Snow (1961). On the one hand, Markus was close to the Glasgow arts centres, where music and drama for children was produced, and where he played the cello. On the other hand, he was a critic of building research, which still missed evidence and logic in its methods and outputs. The environmental research was, in fact, an output of those interrelating experiments, attempting “bridges with other faculties” (March, 1976), while architecture became a recognised discipline within University.

Finally, this paper argues that the contemporary interest on environmental issues, as proven by the subject matter of many interdisciplinary research projects at the present – known to be highly fundable –, is actually a restating of some pioneer proposals around catch words as ‘environment’ that triggered some funded research programmes, like the one from Markus and his Building Performance Research Unit.

It is expected that today’s knowledge, might help to critical (re)situate the values of BPRU’s research agenda, but also its irresolvable shortcomings for the time. This seminal background, we claim, might bring added value for the current plethora of educational studies on learning environments and the relationship between pedagogy and space, increasingly ubiquitous and diverse.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper resorts to different sources to ponder on the revisiting of the “research performance” of the Building Performance Research Unit, namely related to the appraisal of school buildings – “the why and the how of research in ‘real’ buildings” (Markus, 1974) – here related to five main milestones:

1. The implementation of theoretical models in architecture, discussed by Marcial Echenique, in 1968. This gives us the adequate methodological starting point to analyse what, how, and why BPRU’s framework models were specifically adapted to the programme of learning spaces;

2. The BPRU’s research agenda. On the one hand, this paper draws from primary sources of available outputs produced by the BPRU as experimental research, working papers, within diverse research projects, which provides sufficient information to devise its broader modus operandi. On the other hand, institutional entanglements, as well as researcher’s subjectivities (e.g. Thomas Markus), provides complementary sources, bringing light to the architectural science ethnography and particularities of that time;

3. The analysis of the BPRU’s research endeavour on the comprehensive schools. This is done twofold, from the inside perspective and the outside outlook. First, by delving into the methods, the field studies, and the overall synthesis achieved. Then, by reporting the peers’ reactions, who reviewed thoroughly the unexpected study for the time in journals, such as the RIBA Journal and the Architects’ Journal;


4. The focus on St Michael’s Academy, in Kilwinning, as the main case study between the 48. Here its appraisal resulted from listening to the stakeholders: the architects, Reiach and Hall; their clients, Ayshire County Council, the building users, St Michael’s Academy, but also the responsible for the education policies, as the Depute Director of Education.  The latter brought crucial information on the policies’ constraints, as the religious segregation still underway in schools - a fact here considered highly relevant for the 2023 ECER’s main theme;

5. The critical review of the research methodology then implemented at St Michael: ethnographical analysis of pupils’ routines, according to weekdays, complemented by a scientific measurement of environmental data, envisaging the average daily gains or energy losses in each month.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The following criteria of the BPRU for choosing the 48 schools gives us sufficient arguments to list expected outcomes from our paper:
“In the present case the Unit’s interest in developing an understanding of, and techniques for, building performance appraisal led to the need to select a building type in which a large number of similar examples could easily be reached, in which background information on the buildings could be readily obtained and in which there was some hope of assessing the actual product of the organisation which the building housed. From a social viewpoint we felt that a building type of which many examples were likely to be built in future years would provide the possibility of research findings actually being incorporated in future designs. All these considerations pointed to schools […]” (Markus and Building Performance Research Unit, 1972, p.52)
Hence, from the above citation, it is argued that the outcomes from Markus’ research can feedforward school building design, which could potential be incorporated in a “research type”, from which many current post-occupancy studies in schools seem to pick up. If considered as open-ended in definition, this research type can also be fuelled when revisiting this experience, taking in mind both potentialities and shortcomings of BPRU’s seminal studies.

References
Building Performance Research Unit (1970). Building Appraisal: Students
London: Applied Science Publishers.

Echenique, M. (1968) Models: a discussion. Working Paper 6. Cambridge. Cambridge University, Centre for Land Use and Built Form Studies.

March, L. (1976). The Architecture of Form. Cambridge Urban and Architectural Studies Series. 4. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Markus, T. (1967). Measurement and appraisal of building performance: the first documents. The Architects’ Journal, 146, 1565-1573.

Markus, T. (1968). The Comprehensive School. Report from the Building Performance Research Unit - Activities, spaces and sacred cows. RIBA Journal, Volume 75 (9), 425-426.

Markus, T. (1974). The why and the how of research in 'real' buildings. Journal of Architectural Research. Journal of Architectural Research, Vol. 3, No. 2 (May 1974), pp. 19-23

Markus, T. (1993). Buildings and Power: freedom and control in the origin of modern building types. London and New York: Routledge.

Markus, T.; Building Performance Research Unit. (1972). Building Performance.
St Michael’s Academy Kilwinning, The Architects’ Journal, 151, 9-50.

RIBA Journal (1966). NEWS: Measuring building performance. RIBA Journal, 73(3), 103.

Snow, C. P. (1961). The two cultures and the scientific revolution, The Rede Lecture Series. London, New York: Cambridge University Press. Original edition from 1959.

The Architects’ Journal (1970). Tom Markus is alive and well…, 151(9), 538-543.


17. Histories of Education
Paper

Protests for a Grade-Free Education: Visions, Strategy and Organization in School Students’ Political Campaign Against Swedish School Grades 1969-1994

Victor Johansson

Stockholm University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Johansson, Victor

Recent years have seen a surge in research on student mobilization and protest (Pickard 2019). To a large extent this is a response to the renewed engagement by youth in climate politics – sparked by Greta Thunberg and Fridays for Future – but also due to the prominent role of students in movements such as Black Lives Matter and the Hong Kong protests. Analyzing how and why students protest, as well as conditions for doing so, is central for understanding and responding to recent student activism. As noted by Bessant, Messinas and Pickard (2021, p. 5) especially political action by secondary and high school student has tended to be neglected both in current and historical studies. The paper addresses this lacunae. Apart from the general lack of systematically studied historical cases of school student protests in different national contexts there is a specific shortage of studies on students engaging in issues of school politics (but see Cunningham & Lavalette 2016). Also, scholars have not considered the role of organizations in student politics to a satisfactory degree. The paper can thus contribute with knowledge about students protesting against more concrete issues, not only regarding social and climate justice, as well as how student politics comes in different forms depending on context, not only sporadic and temporary but also highly organized.

The paper studies the massive student-led protest campaign to abolish school-grades in Sweden during the 1970s and 80s. At one point, in 1978, this campaign mobilized tens of thousands students in demonstrations all over Sweden (Landahl, forthcoming). The purpose of the paper is to learn more about how and why this issue emerged and became so important for Swedish students, how student addressed this issue through different forms of collective action, and the role of student organizations in facilitating the campaign. Sweden, with its institutional heritage of popular mass movements centered around large, hierarchical yet democratic, formal organizations (Henriksen, Stromsnes & Svedberg 2019), constitutes a critical example for studying organizational aspects of student mobilization. In accordance with this heritage Swedish students in secondary and high school education have been organized in national mass associations since the late 1930s (Johansson, forthcoming). In the post-war period, especially in regards to the grading-issue, there is reason to talk about a Swedish school student movement.

Theoretically the paper will utilize two concepts from research on social movements: political opportunity structures and contentious performances (McAdam, McCarthy & Zald 1996; Tilly 2008) in order to analyze how the campaign emerged, it’s relation to the broader political environment, and the forms of collective action used throughout the campaign. Furthermore the paper will draw on insights from organization theories, especially theories on interest and movement organizations, to analyze the interactions of the associations within, between and in relation to the state (Micheletti 1994; Zald & Ash 1966; Ahrne 1994). Finally the concept of framing, familiar to scholars of protest, will be employed to analyze what ideas of schooling sparked the campaign and how the associations framed the issue (Benford & Snow 2000).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodologically the paper takes the viewpoint of the students– studying the campaign through sources produced by the organizations themselves. More specificly it uses documents and print media from the two national school student associations SECO (Swedish pupil’s central organization) and Elevförbundet (The national union of pupils). Previous research on student activism and protest have relied more on oral accounts (Graham 2006; Jouhki 2021). Hence, the paper also provides a methodological contribution in exploring student protests from mainly their own perspective – a contribution made possible by a rich source material produced and preserved by the student associations. The method is inspired by a history from below-perspective (Sharp 2001).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial studies suggest that the issue of “relative” school grades, implemented after the comprehensive school reforms in during the 1960s, which became a major source of grievance for students in the 1970s, provided a perfect new claim for the student associations in need of a renewal after a turbulent couple of years in the late 1960s/early 1970s with major internal conflicts and crises of identity. The critique of the relative grading system evolved into a critique of school-grades altogether. Inspired by other movements as well as their own history the association initiated a range of contentious performances to address the issue both locally and nationally such as demonstration, strikes, petitions and other strategies. However, while Elevförbundet quite fast made the claim for a grade-free school SECO was more hesitant – which resulted in tensions both within SECO and between the two associations. The case is expected to highlight how the associations, while important in facilitating the protests, also constrained collective action by insisting on mixing protests with insider strategies utilized by the national leadership.
References
Ahrne, G. (1994) Social Organizations. Sage Publications

Benford, R. D. & Snow, D. A. (2000) Framing Processes and Social Movements: An Overview and Assessment. Annual Review of Sociology, vol 26, p. 611-636

Bessant, J., Mesinas, A. M., Pickard, S. (red.) (2021). When Students Protest. Secondary and High Schools. Rowman & Littlefield

Cunningham, S. & Lavalette, M. (2016). Schools out! The hidden history of Britain’s school student strikes. Bookmark Publications

Graham, G. (2006). Young Activists: American High School Students in the Age of Protest. Northern Illinois University Press

Henriksen, L. S., Strømsnes, K., Svedberg, L. (red.) (2019). Civic Engagement in Scandinavia. Volunteering, Informal Help and Giving in Denmark, Norway and Sweden. Springer

Jouhki, E. (2021) “‘Then we were ready to be radicals!’ school student activism in Finnish upper secondary schools in 1960–1967”. Scandinavian Journal of History, 46:3

Landahl, J. (forthcoming). Between obedience and resistance: transforming the role of pupil councils and pupil organizations in Sweden (1928–1989). History of Education Review

McAdam, D., McCarthy, J. D.,  Zald, M. N. (red.) (1996). Comparative Perspectives on Social Movements: Political Opportunity Structures, Mobilizing Structures, and Cultural Framings. Cambridge University Press

Micheletti, M. (1995) Civil Society and State Relations in Sweden. Avebury

Pickard, S. (2019). Politics Protest & Young People. Political Participation and Dissent in 21st Century Britain. Palgrave McMillan

Sharp, J. (2001). History from below, I Peter Burke (red.) New Perspectives on Historical Writing. Polity Press

Tilly, C. (2008). Contentious Performances. Camebridge University Press

Zald, M. N. & Ash, R. (1966) Social Movement Organizations. Growth, Decay and Change. Social Forces, vol 44(3), p. 327-341


17. Histories of Education
Paper

The Establishment of Secondary School in Sweden and Denmark: Local Perspectives on the Planning and Construction of Schoolhouses 1950-1970

Johan Samuelsson

Karlstad university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Samuelsson, Johan

In Sweden and the other European countries, intensive reforms began after 1945, where the goal was to democratize the school, which in many countries led to a compulsory secondary school (högstadiet). A central idea was multiple access to education for everyone no matter where you lived and what social class you belonged to. Another important idea was related to teaching and pedagogy, more specifically that the already established student-centered perspectives became increasingly important. These aspects are well investigated (Tisdall, 2020; Depaepe, 2000; Ward, 2015; Oftedal Telhaug et al, 2006; Englund, 2006) But, a central aspect was access to school buildings. The construction of schoolhouse that could accommodate new groups of pupils and were adapted to new modern teaching principles was therefore important. When the implementation of secondary school intensified in the 1960s, it was emphasized that access to modern school buildings was central to the implementation of the reforms (Cf. Rasmussen, 2021; Clark, 2010; SOU: 1948:27). Previous research on, for example, the period 1840-1900 points out that schoolhouse construction often was a local complex process with many actors involved. The advent of schoolhouses should be understood in relation to economic, social and cultural processes claimed by some scholars (Westberg, 2017).

When it comes to postwar school reforms, the premise has often been that it was a national project run by leading national politicians and bureaucrats. (Cf. Sass, 2022; Krupinska, 2022). There is also previous research that emphasizes national pedagogical associations, teacher-training programs and national teacher pressure when explaining the emergence of compulsory secondary school (Cunningham, 1988). However, in line with the research that emphasized local, social and economic processes for understanding school development during the 1800s, I would also like to look at the local aspects of the introduction of compolsury secondary school (Westberg, 2017). By focusing on the processes that led to new schoolhouses at the local level, our knowledge of postwar school reforms can be broadened.

The purpose of the paper is to discuss the school building process of secondary school buildings 1950-1970 in Denmark and Sweden. This is done through two case studies of the planning and construction of schools in two medium-sized cities.

Theoretical inspiration has been taken from institutionalism and the idea of path dependence regarding the municipality's actions (cf. March & Olsen, 1989). I assume that the school buildings process was influenced by local history, such as how the municipality planned, built and financed schools in the past. However, I also see that formal rules, national institution and national guidelines influence construction. Examples of such institutions are the authorities' model schools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In my contribution, two  municipality and school buildings, Rudskolan in Karlstad (Sweden) and Almind-Viuf Fællesskole (Denmark) will be the starting point. So it is a form of case study that is being conducted. Looking at two cases also provides opportunities to go in depth and look at political, economic and cultural conditions. In this paper, however, only preliminary results will be presented. The study is part of a project that will run for another three years.
When the schools were planned and built, it was done in a complex process where the municipality, local politicians, regional authorities and the state contributed in different ways. Municipal planning material such as board minutes, architectural material and municipal council material from the period have been analyzed.
But I've also looked at materials like quotes, tenders, orders for materials, and contracts with the local contractors who built the school. Through this, the understanding of the role of the school in the local community is also deepened.
Most of the source material is thus of a local nature and is archived at municipal archival institutions. But I will relate the local material to national and international perspectives on school and teaching. I have used an interpretative hermeneutic interpretative approach (Alvesson and Sköldberg 2009). The  interpretative process was characterised by encountering the empirical material with an open mind supported by theory and previous research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings

I (and a colleague) have gone through all the archive material from Denmark and Sweden and made an initial analysis. Some results from this analysis should be highlighted. Note that in both municipalities the main planning and construction process was carried out during the 1960s. The schools were completed in the early 1970s.

Firstly, in both municipalities there was considerable dialogue and discussion between different local actors. Where the schools should be located came to be discussed intensively in both municipalities, for example. The process leading up to the construction of new schoolhouses was thus well rooted in the local community, but it was not a conflict-free process.

Secondly, in both municipalities there was considerable dialogue with regional and national authorities. In Karlstad, for example, local analyses had to be carried out of what needs there were at the local level regarding new school buildings. These analyses were sent to the regional and national authorities. The municipality also produced drawings of the schoolhouse. In order for the municipality to receive financial support, state authorities needed to approve these drawings. But it was not a one-way control from the state on how the school should be planned, rather it is clear in both Sweden and Denmark that the construction process had been preceded by a long local discussion and anchoring.

The architect drawing of the schools that are preserved show that the school was designed for a modern student-centered pedagogy. In Karlstad, for example, the drawings included group rooms and places for own work. There were also resources set aside for work materials that could be used for their own individual work.

In the construction processes, one can also see how previous traditions regarding school construction were reflected in the construction of modern schoolhouses.


References
Alvesson, M., and K. Sköldberg.( 2009). Reflexive Methodology. London: Sage.

Clark, A. ‘In-between’ spaces in postwar primary schools: a micro-study of a
‘welfare room’ (1977–1993) History of Education Vol. 39, No. 6, November 2010, 767–778

Cunningham, P. (1988). Curriculum change in the primary school since 1945: dissemination of the progressive ideal. London: Falmer Press.
Depaepe, M. (2000).  Order in Progress: Everyday Education in Primary Schools – Belgium 1880–1970. Leuven: Leuven University Press.
Englund, T. (1986). Samhällsorientering och medborgarfostran i svensk skola under 1900-talet. Uppsala: Uppsala universitet.

Krupinska, J. (2022). Skolarkitektur – Formar den oss?. Stockholm: Appell förlag.

March, J. G & Olsen, J. P. (1989). Rediscovering institutions: The organizational basis of politics. New York, NY: The Free Press.

Oftedal Telhaug, A;   Asbjørn Mediås, O;  & Petter Aasen (2006).   The Nordic Model in Education: Education as part of the political system in the last 50 years. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research  Volume 50, - Issue 3.
Rasmussen, L. R. (2021). Building Pedagogies. A historical study of teachers’ spatial work in new school architecture. Education Inquiry, 12(3), 225-248.
Sass, K. (2022=. The Politics of Comprehensive School Reform  (Cambridge:  Cambridge University Press.

SOU 1948:27, 1946 år skolkommissions betänkande med förslag till riktlinjer för det svenska skolväsendets utveckling (Stockholm: Ivar Häggströms Boktryckeri, 1948).
Tisdall, L. (2020). A progressive education?: How childhood changed in mid-twentieth-cen¬tury English and Welsh schools. Manchester: Manchester University Press.

Ward, H. (2015) Architecture of Academic Innovation: Progressive Pedagogy, Modernist Design & Perkins & Will´s Heathcote Elementary in Post-War AmericaNew York: Columbia University.
Westberg, J. (2017). Funding the Rise of Mass Schooling: The Social, Economic and Cultural History of School Finance in Sweden, 1840–1900. Cham: Palgrave Macmillan.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm18 SES 11 A: Young People's Rights and Voice in Youth Sport
Location: Gilbert Scott, Senate [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Göran Gerdin
Paper Session
 
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Exploring Young Athletes (Social and Political) Participation Rights

Karin Redelius

Swedish School of Sport and Health Sciences, Sweden

Presenting Author: Redelius, Karin

During the last decades there has been a growing interest in issues concerning children’s rights in sport, and problems that concern the welfare and well-being of youth in sport have been addressed. Research acknowledges for example the role of overtraining, sexual and emotional abuse, burnout and dropout (David, 2005; Donnelly, 2008; UNICEF, 2010). One aspect that is less studied but nevertheless has been pointed out as an important factor that may prevent many violations, is to secure that youth always have a voice i.e., to guarantee that they can exercise their participation right This endeavor is tantamount to the intentions in the Convention on the Rights of the Child (CRC). It concerns the child's right to express his or her views in all matters that concern them. A child is regarded a person up to 18 years of age which means that the convention also covers those we usually call youth.

In this study, we are inspired by Elvstrand (2009) who acknowledges that participation is part of the concept of democracy and thereby has a broad meaning that includes both the right to influence and the right to be included. In that sense, we assume that it is possible to distinguish between different forms of participation – a political form and a social form. Political participation is about the right to influence, to have "a voice", and to be part of decision-makings. For this to be possible, young people need information, be asked, and encouraged to comment and be listened to. In other words, young people should be included in such a way that the practice can be designed to suit their needs and desires). Social participation is about the right to be included and part of a community, for example to be part of sporting activities carried out in a club. We are thus seeing the concept of participation both as a social right (to be a part of a group, such as a gymnastic or ice hockey club) and as a political right (to have an impact and the power to influence decisions).

One premise for this study is that having something to say about one’s participation is closely related to whether the participants are primarily constructed as subjects of experience and willingness, or as objects of external forces and demands, and this is in turn affected by norms and values that dominate different sporting practices. We are thus interested in illuminating young peoples’ chances to be subjects in their own thinking and acting when participating in movement cultures of various kinds. Consequently, both young participants and adult coaches are regarded as socio-culturally situated.

The aim of this study is to examine young athletes' perspectives on different forms of participation and to analyse the conditions for competitive sports participation in club sport. Central questions are: What experiences do young athletes have of social and political participation in club sport? What are the possibilities in general for young athletes to have something to say about central matters, such as goal settings, training frequency, training content, selections, tactics, and team rules?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data was gathered through an on-line questionnaire answered by 426 young athletes aged 15–17. They answered anonymously. The young atletes were active in four different sports: gymnastics (57), football (116), floorball (120) and ice hockey (133) in sport clubs in from the regions of Stockholm and northern Sweden. The average age was 15.5 years, and the gender distribution of the sample is 221 boys and 205 girls. About one of four were active in an academy team or a selected competition group.

The sports were selected to include both a team sport and an individual sport that are well established among children and youth in Sweden. While athlete voice should be of key importance across all sports, we argue that the sports they represent are particularly interesting contexts from which to explore degrees of participation. Football and gymnastics are among the most popular sports for children yet concerns over athlete voice within these contexts have been reported. In football, recent research has highlighted that several regulations and policies from Fédération Internationale de Football Association (FIFA) contradict the UNCRC . For example, a blanket ban in international transfers for players under 18 years became a policy without any input from children (Yilmaz et al., 2020). In gymnastics, there is a long-standing tradition for early selection and reaching elite level at an early age Recently, former gymnasts have also stepped forward and voiced stories of abuse happening when they were younger (Barker-Ruchti, 2009). Therefore, we view football and gymnastics as important sports to explore in relation to participation and children’s rights. There is even less scientific knowledge about how the conditions for young ice hockey players are regarding their particpation rights, although a wealth of research points at strong hegemonic masculine norms that prevail the hockey culture and calls have been made for investigations about the potentially problematic consequences a community based on undemocratic attitudes and values may have for young individuals. This study is responding to these calls.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
An important result is that young athletes’ participation is ambiguous; it is both high and low at the same time. Their experience of social participation is quite large, to a lesser extent they experience political participation (some more than others), and they can to a small or no extent at all affect the conditions for their competitive sport participation. The question is what the consequences may be of young people's participation being large and highly limited at the same time.

One conclusion is that this ambiguity is part of the explanation why the voice of young athletes is not stronger. The social participation that many feel in the form of a sense of community and belonging seems to "infect" their experience of political participation; that is our interpretation because the majority of young athletes can hardly be said to have any real influence over how their sport is being organized. The fact that they experience a certain kind of participation thus risks hiding shortcomings regarding other forms of participation, which can also be a reason why the problem is downplayed and reduced. Research in this area shows that young people's participation is not a prioritized issue to work with for sports clubs. Whether it is due to lack of interest or lack of knowledge is difficult to know, but perhaps the weak commitment can be attributed to the ambiguous participation - the shortcomings are simply not visible and then the incentives to work to strengthen young people's participation in sports clubs limited.  

References
Barker-Ruchti, N. (red.) (2019). Athlete Learning in Elite Sport. New York: Routledge.
Cervin, G., Kerr, R., Barker-Ruchti, N., Schubring, A. & Nunomura, M. (2017). Growing up and speaking out: Female gymnasts’ rights in aging sport. Annals of Leisure Research, 20(3): 317–330.
David, P. (2005). Human Rights in Youth Sport: a critical review of children’s rights in competitive sports. Routledge: London and New York.
Donnelly, P. (2008). Sport and human rights. Sport in Society, 11(4): 381–394.
Elvstrand, H. (2009). Delaktighet i skolans vardagsarbete. Institutionen för beteendevetenskap och lärande. Avdelningen för pedagogik i utbildning och skola. Linköping: Linköpings universitet.
Hartill, M. & Lang, M (2018). Official reports of child protection and safeguarding concerns in sport and leisure settings. Leisure Studies, 37(5): 479–499.
Hong, F. (2006). Innocence lost: Child Athletes in China. I: D. MacArdle & R. Giulianotti (red.), Sport, Civil Liberties and Human Rights. London: Routledge.
Lang, M. & Hartill, M. (red.) (2015). Safeguarding, Child Protection and Abuse in Sport: International perspectives in research, policy and practice. New York: Routledge.  
Lang, M. (2022). Advancing children’s rights in sport: coaching childhood agency and the participatory agenda. Sport Coaching Review, e-print: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/21640629.2021.1990655


18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Perspectives Of Participation Rights In Youth Sport – Voices From Young Equestrians

Therese Waerner1, Karin Redelius1, Britta Thedin Jakobsson1, Karin Morgan2

1GIH, Sweden; 2Swedish university of agricultural sciences

Presenting Author: Waerner, Therese

The Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) is fundamental to the well-being and development of children and youth. One of the essential parts of the UNCRC is article 12 that stipulates: "All children shall have the opportunity to make their voices heard on matters relating to them, taking into account age and maturity" (UN, 1989). Article 12 requires that the child should have the possibility to take an active part in the exercise of the rights and participation is therefore a fundamental issue even if the word itself is not explicitly used. In sport, which is an important part of life for many young people, almost no attention has been given to youth voices and participation rights. Although the implementation of human rights issues in general is a growing field within sport (David, 2005; Donnelly, 2008; Sinohara, 2020), Lang (2022) points out that hardly anything is known about the views of young athletes or whether their voices are genuinely incorporated into sporting practice. In fact, the voices of young athletes are still largely unheard (Lang, 2022; UNICEF, 2011).

Equestrian sport is one of the largest youth sports in Sweden and according to the Swedish Equestrian Federation is more than half of the members of the country's equestrian clubs under the age of 26 years. As many as 150,000 young people ride at some point every year (Swedish Equestrian Federation, 2020). The context within equestrian sport provides opportunities to interact with others and take care of horses which have proved to cultivate several leadership-skills (Forsberg & Tebelius, 2011). In connection with #metoo, however, negative experiences from young equestrian girls have become public. This has included stories of exploitation by adults who had the power to decide who would gain advantages in the stable, such as riding the best horse, take part in competitions or receiving other sought-after benefits (#visparkarbakut, 2017). Today, five years later, such stories are still being told and spread (Aftonbladet, 2022; Dagens Nyheter, 2022). Both emotional and sexual abuse are voiced. The situation is thus paradoxical: equestrianism seems to provide a sporting environment that is empowering and fosters young girls to become leaders, but it is also a place where hierarchies and a culture of silence seem to prevail. More knowledge is needed about the conditions that enable young equestrians to exercise their participation rights and have a voice within the sport.

The objectives in this presentation are to describe how young equestrians perceive their possibilities to have a voice. The theoretical frame to analyze this is from a sociocultural perspective and the notion that participation is not either or but exists on a continuum (Hart, 1992; 2008). We see human actions as situated in social practices and consider that young equestrians as well as riding instructors and coaches act on the basis of their own knowledge and experience and according to what they consciously or unconsciously perceive is required, permitted or possible (Säljö, 2014). The participation can be seen both from a social (the right to take part and be included) and a political (the right to influence and have ‘a voice’) perspective (Thomas, 2007; Elvstrand, 2009; Redelius & Eliasson, 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
An online survey for equestrians aged 15-17 years old was carried out, and 566 youths responded. The youths answered 66 questions about how, when and in what matters they could influence their sport and have a voice.

The questionnaire was distributed online. In order to reach as many young equestrians as possible, the link to the survey was shared via organizations within the Swedish equine sector, social media (Facebook, Instagram), and upper secondary schools with subjects related to equestrianism in the curriculum. The survey was also noticed on various well-known websites within equestrian sport in Sweden. The link to the survey was thus shared on social media by both organizations and youths themselves. The intention behind using social media for distribution was to reach young equestrians from different types and sizes of stables.
The use of an online survey was appropriate as the study was conducted during the COVID-19 pandemic, and youth sport was restricted in many ways. In equestrian sport, riding was allowed to proceed, but there were restrictions on other activities. For example, no space for interaction or ‘hanging out’ in the stable was allowed. The survey was introduced with a letter of information about the aim of the research project and contact details in case of any questions. Participants were also requested to answer the survey according to their ‘normal’ sporting context, without pandemic-restrictions. The letter of information clearly stated that participation was voluntary, and that names or riding clubs should not be stated. This ensured that answers could not be traced to respondents, and individuals could not be identified. The data collection was carried out in accordance with the Swedish Research Council (2017) guidelines for research ethics. Since the age group was 15-17, parental consent was not needed and youths could decide for themselves if they wanted to participate in the survey. Also, this category of young equestrians is considered old enough to reflect on their participation rights (Swedish Research Council, 2017). No answers were possible to trace to a specific person or stable.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
When the young equestrians themselves describe how they want to make their voice heard different perspectives emerge. The ways in which they can make their voices heard seem to differ depending on which type of stable they are in (riding schools or private stables) where access to the horse(s) is an aspect to consider.

However, there seem to be many ways of working with participation rights for young equestrians and participation can take several forms. Social participation and being a part of the community is an important aspect stated by the young equestrians. This community contains both friends and horses. To be seen as a person with knowledge and be asked to help in different matters is another aspect of how the young equestrians want to participate/have a voice. The stable also seems to be a free zone where the young equestrians can relax and forget “the rest” in life. Overall, it is clear that the young equestrians want to be taken seriously and have a voice.

Thus, we claim the importance of hearing the voices of young equestrians not only in the context of the horse-riding activity itself but also in the stable. The interaction within the stable and the caretaking of horses are also important for young riders if they are to exercise their participation rights. In sum, facilitating young equestrians’ participation rights can be done from several perspectives in order to hear their voices.

References
Aftonbladet (2022). Stallslavarna, retrieved 26 september 2022, from: https://www.aftonbladet.se/sportbladet/a/0G5nx2/ridsport-unga-tjejer-utnyttjas-pa-stora-hastgardar-stallslavarna

Dagens Nyheter. (2022). Ung landslagsryttare trakasserade med sexmeddelanden – får behålla ryttarlicensen. Retrieved 7 september 2022, from https://www.dn.se/sport/ung-landslagsryttare-trakasserade-med-sex-meddelanden-far-behalla-ryttarlicensen/

David, P. (2005). Human rights in youth sport. A critical review of children's rights in
competetive sports. New York: Routledge.

Donnelly, P. (2008) Sport and human rights. Sports in Society, 11(4), 381-394.

Elvstrand, H. (2009). Delaktighet i skolans vardagsarbete. Doktorsavhandling Linköpings universitet: Institutionen för beteendevetenskap och lärande. Linköping: LiU-Tryck.

Forsberg, L. & Tebelius, U. (2011). The riding school as a site for gender identity construction among Swedish teenage girls. World Leisure Journal, 53(1), 42-56.

Hart, R. A. (1992). Children’s Participation: From Tokenism to Citizenship. UNICEF Innocenti Essays, No. 4, Florence, Italy: International Child Development Centre of UNICEF.

Hart, R. A. (2008). Stepping back from “The ladder”: Reflections on a Model of Participatory Work with Children. In Reid et al. (Eds.), Participation and Learning (pp 19-31). Springer

Lang, M. (2022). Advancing children’s rights in sport: coaching, childhood agency and the participatory agenda. Sports Coaching Review, https://doi.org/10.1080/21640629.2021.1990655

Redelius, K & Eliasson, I (2022) Vår idrott – eller deras? Unga idrottares perspektiv på delaktighet. Riksidrottsförbundet 2022:2.

Sinohara, T. (2020). Child rights and sports law: how can we protect young athlethe’s human rights under the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child? International Sports Law Review Pandektis, 13(1-2), 136-154.

Swedish Equestrian Federation (2020). Ridsporten i siffror, årsredovisning Svenska Ridsportförbundet 2020. Strömsholm: Svenska ridsportförbundet.

Säljö, Roger (2014). Lärande: perspektiv och metaforer, Lund: Studentlitteratur.
United Nations (1989). Convention on the Right of the Child. United Nations Office of the High Commissioner.

UNICEF (2011). Every child’s right to be heard. A resource guide on the un committee on the rights of the child general comment no. 12. UK: The Save the Children Fund. Typeset: Grasshopper Design Company.

Swedish Research Council (2017). God forskningssed. Vetenskapsrådets rapportserie; 1:2017. Stockholm: Vetenskapsrådet.

Thomas, N. P. (2007). Towards a theory of childrens participation. International Journal of Children’s Rights, 15, 199–218.

#visparkarbakut (2017) i.e: https://www.tidningenridsport.se/tag/visparkarbakut/ (march 2022)


18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Play4life: Young Athletes as Sport Activists

Teresa Silva Dias, Carla Malafaia, Daniel Vieira, Cosmin Nada, Norberto Ribeiro, Sofia Castanheira Pais

Centre for Research and Intervention in Education, Faculty of Psychology and Education Sciences, University of Porto, Portugal

Presenting Author: Dias, Teresa Silva

Research has been showing the importance of sport in society, stressing its role in promoting citizenship (ActiveVoice, 2008), volunteering, and social values (Health Promotion & Improvement Department of the HSE, 2012; Sport and Citizenship, 2018). In this vein, the integration of children and young people in sports contexts has been increasing, not only due to its potential of enhancing health and well-being, but also of fostering personal and social development connected to civic participation. Concretely, sports practice has been widely associated with the development of psychosocial and educational competences that often translate into civic behaviors attitudes: cooperation, leadership, critical awareness, responsibility, decision-making (Hellison & Martinek, 2009; Torralba, 2017). Existing studies report changes at (i) the individual level (eg, collaborative work and interpersonal skills); (ii) the pedagogy practices (teaching/training programs designed to instigate e.g., self-efficacy, leadership, and teamwork); and (iii) the social dimensions (interventions with groups at risk of socio-educational exclusion, related to e.g., absenteeism, school dropout, and addictive behaviors) (Lerner et al., 2006). Despite the range of evidence relating sports with psychological, social and educational competences, research remains rather opaque concerning the collective and political effects of youth involvement in sports. In other words, a community-level perspective and a link between individual competences and democratic citizenship practices are lacking. These are shortcomings that this presentation aims at address. Even though the development of programs based on sport reinforce the idea that integration in sports teams and contexts promotes individual and collective empowerment (García-Arjona, 2017; Lerner et al., 2006), these benefits have not been yet recognized, neither in research, not in public policies (Fernández Marrón, 2017; Hellison & Martinek, 2009). Therefore, drawing on studies emphasizing the importance of educational and community synergies in fostering political involvement and democratic citizenship (Lawy & Biesta, 2006), it is crucial a close-up investigation exploring how the dynamics of sports contexts promote democratic and participatory experiences for each young athlete (Schaillée et al., 2019), and how the development of these skills can be related to civic and political participation in the community, namely when referring to the sense of belonging and inclusion of all citizens (García-Arjona, 2017). This is even more relevant if we consider, on the one hand, the political pleas for promoting youth democratic engagement as remedy to avoid the expansion of populist and radicalist agendas, and, on the other hand, the adultist trends that still pervade many international projects that are neither led by youth nor anchored in true partnership between children and young athletes.

The fundamental role of youth civic and political participation for healthy democracies has been repeatedly stressed and vastly explored, reporting the emergence of unconventional forms of participation, more fluid and less institutional (Malafaia et al., 2021). Sport has been included in these new forms of participation, as evidenced by the growing number of youth development interventions based on sport and grinded on principles of inclusion and participation (Petitpas et al., 2005).

The central purpose of our study is to understand how sports can be a catalyst context of activism by contributing to the development of young athletes as citizens committed to build inclusive societies. In particular, the study seeks to: a) explore the potential of sport to promote socio-educational outcomes linked to the development of civic/political skills and democratic citizenship; b) instigate the participation of athletes in the development of actions in/with the community by increasing their sense of belonging and levels of participation; c) equip youth with activist tools to promote social and political change in their communities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is inspired by youth participatory action research (YPAR) approaches. Assuming a focus on the involvement of young people in the research process, this approach aims at providing opportunities for young people to identify, research and act upon the social problems that affect their lives (Cammarota & Fine, 2008).

Thirty-three young athletes, aged between 12 and 16, from a sports club and a school in the metropolitan area of Porto participated in this study. In the sports club they formed a Play4life work team of nine elements, in the school they formed four Play4life teams of six elements each.

The operationalization of the “Young Athletes as Sport Activists” program was carried out in three articulated stages: 1) follow-up and capacity building workshops with youth; 2) intervention of the athletes in the community and project development; 3) data analysis, outputs’ organization, assessment, and result dissemination.

At the outset of the program’s implementation, individual interviews were conducted with each participant to understand their expectations, motivations, and interests for joining the project, but also to identify the characteristics that sport and sports practice may have as a facilitator of social inclusion. The program implementation encompassed a 3-workshops design: the first workshop aimed at equipping the athletes with community intervention tools, based on "problem-based solution" approaches (Hmelo-Silver et al., 2007; Silva et al., 2015) ; the second workshop focused on sharing activist tools and tactics that can be mobilized or adapted to the community intervention; and the third workshop aimed at mentoring the program and collectively build strategies to replicate it.

During the intervention, the teams had an hour a week to develop and implement their community project.  They started by identifying a community problem to work on, collected data on the same problem, analyzed the data, and, through a sports-based approach, intervened in the community. The monitoring of the process was carried out through participant observation and field notes, individual interviews with young people at the beginning and end of the project, and one focus group in the middle of the project.

The project developed, implemented, and analyzed by the young athletes was presented in a multiplier event designed to disseminate the results and products of the research to the community.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected results are diverse and are fed by different methodological inputs: the interviews with the young participants reveal their perceptions about personal and social value of sports, in terms of  1) enhancing health and well-being; 2) the development of psychosocial and educational competences, such as: cooperation, leadership, self-efficacy, teamwork, critical awareness, etc.; the workshops’ development led to preliminary identifications of bullying, sedentary lifestyle, gender equality and alimentation as significant problems experienced by young people in their communities (in-and-out of school); the observation fieldnotes of the projects’ development by young people show the permanent strategies of negotiating among each other regarding how would be the most appropriate ways to address the community problems raised, but also the power dynamics between supportive adults and the young participants; focus groups showed the sensibility gains for community intervention, a result of the follow-up done throughout the project, mainly through the capacity building workshops. This environment clearly enhances the personal, social, and civic development of each athlete, helping them to be better boys and girls, friends and citizens, attentive and engaged in their community.

Their intentional engagement in sports activities as pathways to improve their communities are expected to impact youths’ individual and collective sense of efficacy as active agents of social change and will learn how to organize themselves to learn how to organize themselves and how to develop a sports-based project that can be implemented in their communities. Knowing also themselves a new dimension as agents of change and activists for sports.

The general results highlight the socio-educational significance of sports contexts as contexts for promoting the citizenship of young athletes, as well as to determine how the dynamics of sports contexts promote democratic and participatory experiences in young athletes.

References
ActiveVoice. (2008). ActiveVoice project. Retrieved 16 January 2023 from https://www.activevoice.eu/about/

Cammarota, J., & Fine, M. (2008). Youth participatory action research: A pedagogy for transformational resistance. In Revolutionizing Education: Youth Participatory Action Research in Motion (pp. 1-11). Routledge. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203932100

Fernández Marrón, I. (2017). Las políticas de la Unión Europea en el ámbito del deporte. Educación social: revista de intervención socioeducativa, 65, 57-74.

García-Arjona, N. (2017). researchIng local sports InItIatIves for young mIgrants from a polItIcal perspectIve: methodologIcal and practIcal challenges el estuDio De iniciativas Deportivas locales para jóvenes Migrantes DesDe una perspectiva política: retos MetoDológicos y prácticos. Migraciones.

Health Promotion & Improvement Department of the HSE. (2012). Be Active ASAP Retrieved 16 January 2023 from http://www.beactiveasap.ie/the-programme

Hellison, D., & Martinek, T. (2009). Youth leadership in sport and physical education. Springer.

Hmelo-Silver, C. E., Duncan, R. G., & Chinn, C. A. (2007). Scaffolding and achievement in problem-based and inquiry learning: A response to Kirschner, Sweller, and Clark (2006). Educational psychologist, 42(2), 99-107.

Lawy, R., & Biesta, G. (2006). Citizenship-as-practice: The educational implications of an inclusive and relational understanding of citizenship. British journal of educational studies, 54(1), 34-50.

Lerner, R. M., Alberts, A. E., Jelicic, H., & Smith, L. M. (2006). Young people are resources to be developed: Promoting positive youth development through adult-youth relations and community assets. In E. G. R. J. E. Clary (Ed.), Mobilizing adults for positive youth development - strategies for closing the gap between beliefs and behaviors. Springer.

Malafaia, C., Ferreira, P. D., & Menezes, I. (2021). Democratic Citizenship-in-the-Making: Dis/Engagement Profiles of Portuguese Youth. Frontiers in Political Science, 127.

Petitpas, A. J., Cornelius, A. E., Van Raalte, J. L., & Jones, T. (2005). A framework for planning youth sport programs that foster psychosocial development. Sport psychologist, 19(1).

Schaillée, H., Haudenhuyse, R., & Bradt, L. (2019). Community sport and social inclusion: international perspectives. Sport in Society. https://doi.org/10.1080/17430437.2019.1565380

Silva, M. J., Nascimento, S. M., & Teixeira-Machado, L. (2015). Problem-based learning as a method for teaching basketball skills to young athletes. Journal of Physical Education and Sport, 15(1), 85-92.

Sport and Citizenship. (2018). PACTE Project : Promoting Active Cities Throughout Europe. PACTE Project. Retrieved 16 January 2023 from https://www.sportetcitoyennete.com/en/europe/pacte-project

Torralba, F. (2017). El deporte, agente configurador del ethos. Educación social: revista de intervención socioeducativa, 65, 13-29.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm19 SES 11 A: Paper Session
Location: Hetherington, 129 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Jürgen Budde
Paper Session
 
19. Ethnography
Paper

Critical and Comparative Case Study: Methodologies of comparing freedom of choice policies in education

Marianne Dovemark1, Annette Rasmussen2

1University of Gothenburg, Sweden; 2University of Aalborg, Denmark

Presenting Author: Dovemark, Marianne; Rasmussen, Annette

Global education policies emphasising individualism and freedom of choice are seen to dominate education policies everywhere (Forsey et al., 2008), including in the Nordic countries. The Nordic countries share remarkable commonalities as being archetypal representatives of the social democratic welfare state (Arnesen et al., 2014; Blossing et al., Telhaug et al., 2006), and even so they have experienced radical versions of the liberal market economic models of education policy. Despite their common anchoring in a universal type of welfare state or maybe even due to this, we find that this could premise more radical approaches to neoliberal reforms and could cause new amalgams between welfare and competition state policies.

Thus, there are also important differences between the policies of the Nordic countries – degrees of privatisation, comprehensiveness (Dovemark et al., 2018), and/or distinctions between systems of general and vocational education (Nylund et al., 2018) – emanating from the local social, political, economic, and historical contexts. These differences are particularly pronounced in the way the systems of upper secondary education are structured and governed and therefore provide an argument for comparison. The differences add to the uneven consequences that apparently similar reforms have when enacted in different contexts (Ball, Maguire, & Braun, 2012; Rizvi & Lingard, 2010).

Especially since the 1990s, the societal and political preoccupation with freedom of choice has evolved immensely, with an increasing demand for knowledge about the ways school choices are made, where and for whom the freedom of choice applies, how students experience choice, and what freedom of school choice does to the structures of education. This has happened parallel to other moves linked with globalization of the economy that have profoundly changed the governance structures of education (Clarke, 2019; Lawn and Grek, 2012; Rizvi, 2022). In a Nordic context, this has involved transnational moves from focusing on values and benefits of the welfare state to market forces and individualism (Beach, 2010, 2018; Dahlstedt & Fejes, 2019; Krejsler, 2021; Rasmussen & Lingard, 2018). Such moves are seen to challenge the Nordic welfare states’ vision of ensuring access to education and provision of free education for all (Rasmussen & Dovemark, 2022).

On this background, we – like many other scholars before – consider the Nordic countries relevant cases for a critical study of market-oriented education political reforms. However, comparing is not a straightforward process but one that necessitates much consideration on parameters and levels to compare.

The paper proposal aims to follow up on existing comparisons on the phenomenon of school choice as understood, practiced, and experienced in the Nordic countries, where the free provision of education for all constitutes a welfare state pillar. It focuses specifically on exploring and comparing freedom of choice as central policy issue in the education systems of the Nordic region and addresses how education policies of freedom of choice appear and can be compared in the Nordic countries, how the policies influence and structure the ways students and parents ‘choose’ schools, and – in the light of freedom of choice policies – what happens to the welfare state visions of providing general and free access to education?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the proposal the methodological challenge concerns the critical case study approach as a comparative tool. How can comparison be meaningfully done, when the studies that are to be compared are loosely structured and not easily comparable? According to Barlett and Vavrus (2017) there is a necessity to a conceptual shift in the social sciences, specifically in relation to culture, context, space, place, and comparison. They pose the questions; What is a case? and, What is a case study? where they, among other things, direct strong criticism to the idea of how to delimit the object of study, the case as a bounded system. Barlett and Vavrus critically review literature on case studies and argue for an approach called the Comparative Case Study approach (CCS). The CCS attends ‘simultaneously to macro, meso, and micro dimensions of case-based research. The approach engages two logics of comparison: first, the more common compare and contrast logic; and second, a “tracing across” sites or scales’ (p. 2) as individuals, groups, sites or states. They argue that comparative case studies need to consider two different logics of comparison. The first may identify specific units of analysis and then compare and contrast them. The second, processual logic seeks to trace across individuals, groups, sites, and time periods. With reference to Barlett and Vavrus we contend that boundaries are not found; they are made by social actors, including by researchers.
In our paper, we focus on the policies in Denmark and Sweden as critical case countries, where our focus is the methodology of comparing the policies – how can this be meaningfully done? We will use several examples from the two countries, including the comparison of different administrative units (municipalities, institutions, etc.) and will in this respect include ethnographic approaches as a central dimension.
Our aim can be summed up as comparing educational governance in Denmark and Sweden with a special focus on the phenomena of school choice, and with special regard to the very process of comparison. Our intention is to compare and contrast for which reason we must depart in the critical case study (Stake, 2008). It is the comparison itself (the method) that is in focus - i.e. the method comparing policies and its outfall across countries.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
School reforms in the Nordic countries widely adhere to the mentioned global education policies that prioritise accountability, standards, and individual choice. Freedom of choice has become a mantra that is largely unquestioned, although it involves massive complexities for both those having to choose and those governing education. Much is at stake for the students, institutions, and both regions and communities trying to ensure that education possibilities are as widely available as possible. When opening school choice for students, the schools must compete for applicants and in response to the challenge the schools do what they can to targeted students (Dovemark & Holm, 2017; Dovemark & Nylund, 2022). The reforms have decentralised the schools’ governance, as decisions regarding distributions of students and provision of education programmes have been widely delegated to local levels of government, the schools themselves, or private investors. However, schools are also subject to general objectives and legislation obliging them to strive to meet efficiency criteria including high quality and high completion rates, while ensuring the provision of varied and geographically available educational opportunities.

To understand the workings of transnational education policies intended to introduce market-oriented education (Krejsler, 2021), Nordic countries provide exemplary and critical cases. They retain some features of traditional universal welfare states and are often highlighted – including in their self-understanding – as model societies with high levels of happiness, social equality, and democratic commitment, together with low levels of corruption and free education and health care for all (e.g., OECD Better Life Index).

References
Ahonen, S. (2014). A school for all in Finland. In U. Blossing, G. Imsen, & L. Moos (Eds.), The Nordic education model. ‘A school for all’ encounters neo-liberal policy (pp. 77–93). Springer, Dordrecht.
Arnesen, A. L., Lahelma, E., Lundahl, L., & Öhrn, E. (2014). Unfolding the context and the contents: Critical perspectives on contemporary Nordic schooling. In A. L. Arnesen, E. Lahelma, L. Lundahl, & E. Öhrn (Eds.), Fair and competitive? Critical perspectives on contemporary Nordic schooling (pp. 1–19). Tufnell Press
Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy. Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge.
Barlett, L. & Vavrus, F. (2017) Comparative Case Studies; An Innovative Approach, Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, Vol. 1(1), 5-17
Beach, D. (2010). Socialisation and commercialisation in the restructuring of education and health professions in Europe: Questions of global class and gender. Current Sociology, 58(4), 551–569. https://doi.org/10.1177/0011392110367998
Beach, D. (2018). Structural Injustices in Swedish Education: Academic Selection and Educational Inequalities. Palgrave Macmillan.
Blossing, U., Imsen, G. & Moos, L. (2014). Nordic Schools in a Time of Change. In Blossing, U., Imsen, G. & Moos, L. (eds. 2014). The Nordic education model: ‘A school for all’ Encounters Neo-liberal Policy. Springer, 1-14.
Brady, D., & Broski, A. (2015). Paradoxes of social policy: Welfare transfers, relative poverty, and redistribution preferences. American Sociological Review, 80(2), 268–298.
Dovemark, M. & Holm, A.-S. (2017a) Pedagogic identities for sale! Segregation and homogenization in Swedish upper secondary School. British Journal of Sociology of Education. Vol 38(4), 518-532,  DOI. 10.1080/01425692.2015.1093405.
Esping-Andersen, G. (1990). The Three Worlds of Welfare Capitalism. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press
Green, L. N. (2004) Forms of Comparision. In Deborah Cohen & Maura O’Conner (ed.) Comparision and History. Europe in cross-national perspective, 41-56, NY: Routledge.
Nylund, M., Rosvall, P.-Å., Eiríksdóttir, E., Holm, A.-S., Isopahkala-Bouret, U., Niemi A.-M. & Ragnarsdóttir, G (2018). The academic–vocational divide in three Nordic countries: implications for social class and gender, Education Inquiry, 9:1, 97-121, DOI: 10.1080/20004508.2018.1424490Rasmussen, A. & Dovemark, M. (2022, eds.). Governance and Choice of Upper Secondary Educationin the Nordic Countries. Springer.
Rizvi, F. & Lingard, B. (2010). Globalizing Education Policy. London and New York: Routledge.Telhaug, A.O., Mediås, O.A. & Aasen, P. (2006). The Nordic Model in Education: Education as part of the political system in the last 50 years. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, vol. 50, no. 3, 245-283.


19. Ethnography
Paper

A Tale of Two Worlds: Local and Finnish Teachers experiences of working in a Finnish International School in Asia

Sinead Matson, Maija Salokangas

Maynooth University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Matson, Sinead; Salokangas, Maija

Finland’s PISA standings in the last decade have resulted much interest in its pedagogies and curriculum across the globe – not just amongst the education community, but also among economists, INGO’s, and corporate business. This interest has led to a rise in ‘borrowing’ what Finland does, i.e., ‘Finnish Education’ by other countries, in the hope to replicate their PISA success. Some of the countries importing the Finnish curriculum, are worlds away from day-to-day life in Finland, culturally, societally, and politically. Which leads one to question, what is it exactly that is being imported and expected to produce the same results; how is it being implemented; and to what cost?

For decades, the research community has consistently critiqued the borrowing of international policy as questionable policy tool (Rizvi & Lingard, 2009; Cheng, 1998) particularly in relation to borrowing from Finland (Simola, 2005; Salokangas & Kauko, 2015). The ‘businessification’ of education has been highlighted and critiqued (Viruru; 2005) and it is evident that the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (OECD) standardised test (PISA) has created the conditions for what Viruru calls an ‘imperialist project’ which may lend itself to a corporate driven agenda (2009). This critique is even more stark in a post-covid world where discourses of ‘catching up’ and ‘knowledge economies’ are dominating not only the educational policy space but also the political and economic arenas. This leads to the posing of important questions, such as the purpose(s) of education and its ability to (re)produce social inequalities and neoliberal values (Giroux, 1983; 2020). It also poses questions about ‘what works’ in the educational space, and for whom (Biesta, 2010)?

One example of ‘borrowing’ is the growth of Finnish international schools in the Majority world. The schools are privately own businesses who purchase the Finnish curriculum, import and localise it, employ a mix of Finnish and local teachers, and establish a fee-paying school. These schools have been established in various locations across the globe (e.g., Oman, Maldives, Qatar, Morocco, Vietnam, India, and Kazakhstan) and cater for middle class and elite children from early childhood to second level education. The study sets out to explore and compare stakeholder perceptions of how Finnish education travels to different national, cultural, social, and political contexts. The wider research study asks:

  1. What is the “Finnish education” that is being exported?
  2. How does “Finnish Education” as stakeholders understand it, travel to these varied national and local contexts?
  3. How are democracy and participation understood and practiced in these schools and how possible “collisions” of different approaches to the same are handled in the school community?
  4. Who is the clientele of these schools what implication their involvement has on the local community?

The wider project employs the use of case study approach, and this paper examines a phenomenon that was observed in a case site between local teachers and Finnish teachers. The study employs a postcolonial framework and draws on a multidisciplinary lens to examine the intended and unintended consequences of exporting a model of education from the Minority World to fee paying, private schools in the Majority World.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study draws from an ethnographic research tradition through carrying out participant observation and use of multiple sources of data including reflective research diaries and photographic and visual methods. This paper discusses one of the initial findings. The study involved a ten-day fieldwork visit to the school and local communities, during which data was gathered through participant observation, ethnographic methods, and through formal interviews with teacher and school leaders. Both researchers were involved in data collection, analysis, and sense making, in order to capture the social and cultural complexities embedded in these schools. One of the research team spent time in each classroom during the visit and the other researcher spent the school week observing and taking part in the youngest class in the school. Formal interviews were audio recorded and transcribed. Research notes and transcripts were thematically analysed using an interpretive lens and MAXQDA software.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Despite disparities in salary and training,  local teachers seem to thrive in the working conditions of the school. They spoke of the autonomy they experience in their practice, and how their own private time is valued and protected by school leadership. They gave examples of how they can plan their lessons and prepare for class within their working day and were not expected to do unpaid extracurricular activities in the evenings or weekends and holidays. The local teachers were also observed to do a lot of invisible work, helping the Finnish teachers navigate the local customs, values, and ways of life. They spoke about this in more depth in interviews and seemed surprised that it had been noticed. They also discussed how they would help orientate new local teachers to navigate the Finnish teachers’ values, customs, and ways of being.
The same conditions were observed to be very different for the Finnish teachers, who reported feeling constrained in their teaching and not particularly true to their authentic teaching or selves. The docking of salaries, clocking in and out, and the requirement to stay in the school to plan led to the Finnish teachers feeling under surveillance, and not trusted as much as they were in Finland. They were observed by the researchers as being in a ‘hypervisible’ state (Settles, Buchanan & Dotson, (2019), both in the school and local community. The teachers reported feeling watched and listened to, ensuring they were paying close attention to strict local values and customs, particularly those religious in nature. They also mentioned their trips outside of the city as opportunities to be more relaxed and having to gear themselves up when going back to “reality”. ‘Reality’ seems to be a very different world to the Finnish teachers than the world the local teachers inhabit.

References
Biesta, G. (2010). Why 'What Works' Still Won't Work: From Evidence-Based Education to Value-Based Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 29, 491-503.
Cheng, K.M., 1998. Can education values be borrowed? Looking into cultural differences. Peabody journal of education, 73(2), pp.11-30.
Giroux, Henry A.  (1983).  Theory and resistance in education: a pedagogy for the opposition.  South Hadley, Mass :  Bergin & Garvey.
Giroux, Henry A. (2020) On Critical Pedagogy. 2nd Edition. London: Bloomsbury.
Rizvi, F., & Lingard, B. (2009). Globalizing education policy. Routledge.
Settles, I. H., Buchanan, N. T., & Dotson, K. (2019). Scrutinized but not recognized: (in)visibility and hypervisibility experiences of faculty of color. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 113, 62-74.
Simola, H. (2005). The Finnish miracle of PISA: Historical and sociological remarks on teaching and teacher education. Comparative education, 41(4), 455-470.
Salokangas, M. and Kauko, J. (2015). Borrowing Finnish PISA success? Critical reflections from the perspective of the lender. Educacao e Pesquisa, 41. pp. 1353-1364.
Viruru, R. (2005). The impact of postcolonial theory on early childhood education. Journal of Education 35 (1), 7-30
Viruru, R. (2009). CHAPTER 7: Postcolonial technologies of power: Standardized testing and representing diverse young children. Counterpoints (New York, N.Y.), 369, 100-118.


19. Ethnography
Paper

An Ethnographic Perspective of the Hidden Time Dimensions of the Curriculum. A Case Study of International Schools.

Joanna Leek1, Gabriela Dobinska2, Malgorzata Kosiorek3, Agata Marciniak4, Marcin Rojek5

1University of Lodz; 2University of Lodz; 3University of Lodz; 4University of Lodz; 5University of Lodz

Presenting Author: Leek, Joanna

Three-quarters of an hour can be one lesson hour. Five days define the week and constitute a weekly lesson schedule. Two semesters in combination with holidays define a school year. Time divisions are commonly known, are obvious, visible, and apparent in schools. They have a linear character with a clear beginning or end point, like a school year or a lesson hour. However, not everything is linear when it comes to school time. Challenges in relation to time arise when it is squeezed into other dimensions when time is hidden and non-apparent, and when we cannot define its beginning or its end. When we talk about a school lacking time for something, it is a self-contradictory expression as time is not a phenomenon that can be saved or multiplied. There is no point in focusing on searching for lost time, but it would be interesting to look closer at where time is hidden within the curriculum, how time affects its educational efficiency, and to determine precisely what the educational functions of time within the curriculum are. Drawing on the theory of school practices of Kemmis et al. (2014) and functionalists’ theories of school (Merton, 1969), the presentation will offer a conceptually rich analysis of the temporal organization of educational practices within the classroom.

In classical physics, there is a notion of time as an arrow of infinitesimal moments which flow in a constant stream. This means that time is conceived of as a uniform and linear series of ‘now-points’, a concept in which the past is ‘no-longer-now’, the future is the ‘not-yet-now’, and the present always flows from the past to the future. In this understanding, anything that happens begins and ends at some point in time. In some sense this corresponds to our understanding of ‘clock time’, which constantly moves in one direction – from the past to the future, always escaping the present. The linear perception of time is understood in the classic Aristotelian-cum-Kantian sense where time is the infinite a-priori ‘ruler’ that solidly grounds everything from physics to metaphysics (progression in education is linear). Rappleye and Komatsu (2016) contend that such an understanding of time posits perpetual progression and forward movement. Such an understanding of time within the school activities assumes the forward-moving concept of time. Under this assumption, progress in education is linear (Rappleye &amp; Komatsu, 2016), and education is about gaining knowledge, skills or competencies that are predefined and fixed in time (i.e. school year) (Biesta, 2013). In this understanding, progress is often assessed through high-stakes tests, which restricts teaching and learning (Holt, 2002). This time regime where schools are “fast” derives from the Holt (2002) appeal of ‘slow schools’ which offer temporal space for discussions, analysis, scrutiny and resolution.

A curriculum in Tyler’s (1957) understanding is all the learning experiences planned and directed by the school to attain its educational goals. In our study, the curriculum as set of courses (subjects) that learning institutions offer in the form of subjects and lessons explicitly taught in the classroom (McLean & Dixit, 2018). The hidden curriculum is considered to be part of an unintended learning process created by a school culture and school environment that influences their growth and development i.e., the acquisition of experiences, knowledge, and skills (Berg et al., 2017; Giroux, Penna, 1979). Unintended learning processes may involve practices that happen in schools for which certain times are dedicated such as notetaking, sitting still or asking a question, which for this study are time-related practices. Bloom (1972), considers activities like school teaching about time, order, neatness, promptness, and docility to be unintentional lessons.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To identify educational functions related to time within the curriculum, 21 non-participant observations in 11 international schools in Poland were used. The classroom observations covered subjects including biology, maths, geography, economics and physics lessons. Each observation lasted between 45 and 90 minutes depending on the lesson duration in selected schools. Non-participant observation is when the observer observes the group passively from a distance without participating in the group’s activities. Neither does the observer try to influence them or take part in group activities (Mack et al., 2005).
In addition, semi-structured conversations sometimes also called post-observation interviews with teachers and students were conducted after each classroom observation, with an aim to provide “room for negotiation, discussion, and to give interviewees an opportunity to expand on their responses” (Mann, 2016, p. 91). Another aim of these semi-structured interviews was to understand the rationale for the lesson design and the selection of teaching activities and materials. With specific regard to the lesson, teachers were asked one general question: “How do you think the lesson went?” This encouraged them to reflect on their lessons.
For the study, we posted the following research questions:
1. What are the educational functions of time within the curriculum?
2. What are the hidden time dimensions of the curriculum?
3. How does time affect the educational efficiency of the curriculum?

Instrument: there was 2 instruments developed – one for observations and second for post-observation interviews. Both instruments were developed with an aim to search relations to time in classroom activities. To identify these activities we used Kemmis, et.al. (2014) theory of school practices that distinguished such practices as student learning, teaching, professional learning, leading and researching. Another useful theory adapted for our study and particular for instrument development, is the theory of the temporal organization of daily life of Southerton (2020). Temporal dimensions of school activities were searched under categories like periodicity, sequence, tempo, duration and synchronicity.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Following study revealed that despite commonly held opinions about the slow pace of school life, time within classroom practices makes lessons a dynamic process. Our observations showed that multitasking is a form of temporal binding or chrononormativity (Freeman, 2010) where time is used to push forward individual decisions and actions toward maximum productivity that delimits flexibility and freedom against particular social norms of “maximum productivity”.
A distinctive feature of classroom practices implemented in the curriculum are rhythmic class-room practices, power of fixed schedules, time negotiations of teachers and students concerning how much time really matters to complete a task. Strategies that teachers and students undertook contained all the elements of school temporality, i.e. periodicity (work planning, lesson preparation, meeting the imposed schedule/work plan deadlines); sequence (linearity allowing the manoeuvring of one’s own resources to achieve the assumed goal within a given time-frame thanks to which students and teachers remain stable); the pace (which varies and depends on the waves of work); duration (the physicality of time, its instrumental character enables the maintenance of order and time management, e.g. bell, clock); synchronization (the latter learn time management, independence in learning and responsibility for a completed task).
Time provides orientation for learning and emotional well-being where repeated activities provide a certain emotional safety and stabilisation. The temporal organization of school practices determines the educational functions of the curriculum and their time inflexibility and non-linearity constitute a functional part of a hidden curriculum. Teachers and students reproduce a particular time hegemony, however, the power of time is not as strong as the norms of time being negotiated within curriculum practices. Teachers’ agency is perceived as an individual’s action that is conditioned by a variable mix of creativity, autonomy and reflexivity which opens up the potential for innovation and the unexpected.

References
Berg, L. A., Jirikowic, T., Haerling, K., & MacDonald, G. (2017). Navigating the hidden curriculum of higher education for postsecondary students with intellectual disabilities. The American Journal of  Occupational Therapy, 71(3), 1-9. https://doi.org/10.5014/ajot.2017.024703.
Giroux, H. A., & Penna, A. N. (1979). Social education in the classroom: The dynamics of the hidden  curriculum. Theory & Research in Social Education, 7(1), 21-42. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.1979.10506048.
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P. & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing education, changing practices. Singapore: Springer.
Mack, N., Woodsong, C., Macqueen, K. M., Guest, G. & Namey, E. (2005). Qualitative Research Methods: A Data Collector’s Field Guide. North Carolina, US: Family Health International.
Rappleye, J., & Komatsu, H. (2016). Living on borrowed time: Rethinking temporality, self, nihilism, and schooling. Comparative Education, 52(2), 177–201. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2016.1142736
Southerton, D. (2020). Time, consumption and the coordination of everyday life. Palgrave MacMillan.
Tyler, R. W. (1957). The curriculum-then and now. The Elementary School Journal, 57(7), 364–374. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1086/459567.
Vandenbroeck, M., & Peeters, J. (2008). Gender and professionalism: A critical analysis of overt and covert curricula. Early Child Development and Care, 178 (7-8), 703-715.
Wren, D. J. (1999). School culture: Exploring the hidden curriculum. Adolescence, 34(135), 593-596.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm20 SES 11 A: Memories from the past to recognise the present
Location: James McCune Smith, 733 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Carmen Carmona Rodriguez
Paper Session
 
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Panel Discussion

The Challenges and Opportunities of Shoah teaching and learning in aEuropean resilient societies

Tamar Shuali Trachtenberg1, Marouan Lahmidani2, Zehavit Gross3, Marta Simo4

1European Institute of Education for Democratic Culture Catholic University Valencia Spain; 2School of Arts and Humanities Moulay Ismail University Morocco; 3Faculty of Education Bar Ilan Univeristy Israel; 4Faculty of Education University of Barcelona

Presenting Author: Shuali Trachtenberg, Tamar; Lahmidani, Marouan; Gross, Zehavit; Simo, Marta

In spite of EU endeavor to promote peace and intercultural dialogue unfortunately, a number of anti-European movements, nationalist and populist – both at the far right and at the far left of the political spectrum – have recently emerged in Europe. These voices which despise the values and rights that characterize the EU, and this contempt and violation of EU values and rights tends to affect more those individuals belonging to minorities. On the contrary, Cultural diversity is conceived as a value of the Union, worthy of all respect. Furthermore, the prohibition of all forms of discrimination is enshrined in the first paragraph of Article 21 of the CFR: “Any discrimination based on any ground such as sex, race, color, ethnic or social origin, genetic features, language, religion or belief, political or any other opinion, membership of a national minority, property, birth, disability, age or sexual orientation shall be prohibited.” That is why both academic and civil society should strive to foster Cultural Diversity as an asset and promote dialogue understating and democratic principles in EU societies. Both scholars and politicians insist on the need to prepare society to deal with the challenges that cultural diversity, and globalization present to the development of a sense of a cohesive community (Castles & Miller, 993). Education has a pivotal role to play in meeting the 2030 agenda In a European society which is increasingly multi-cultural and pluralistic, social cohesion and inclusion is a fundamental pre-requisite for growth, and sustainability.

Since the memory of Holocaust covers the educational challenges in a multi-cultural setting in Europe, the Arabic and Muslim reception of it impacts the process of teaching. The learners’ reception engages hostile and resistant representations and attitudes, educators in Europe and the Mediterranean contexts are more and more faced by the claim for an ethical unworthiness based on the religious and cultural background, therefore, new tools of pedagogic intervening are requested to insure the correspondence between the European agreement upon human rights teaching and the practices of humanitarian remembrance

The suggested symposium brings together scholars from three countries which will critically discuss thorugh their contributions different epistemological and pedagogical approaches towards the engagement of students in the process of identity and culture negotiations in educational settings in the context of Shoah Teaching and learning. This panel will bring together scholars form Israel, Morocco and Spain who will examine comparatively in what way Shoah education contributes to the development of a critical understainig of social justice related issues . They will also reflect on the ethical dimenstion of this approach to teacher education and will explore teh new concept developed by Prof Gross "Reflective Culture of Holocaust Remembrance". The concept was developed as a grounded theory concept and as an integral part of class observations during the research and the researcher active and reflective interventions iProf Gross attended.


References
Shuali Trachtenberg et al  Addressing educational needs of teachers in the EU for inclusive education in a context of diversity, Volume 1 – Teachers´ Intercultural Competence: Working definition and implications for teacher education, EUR 30323 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2020, ISBN 978-92-76-21017-7, doi:10.2760/533558, JRC121348

European Council  (2018), ‘Recommendation of 22 May 2018 on promoting common values, inclusive education, and the European dimension of teaching (2018/C 195/01)’, Official Journal of the European Union C 195, pp. 1-5

Gutmann, A. (1995) Civic Education and Social diversity. Ethics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 105:557-9.
------------   (1996)Challenges of multiculturalism in political ethics. Philosophy and Public Affairs, 22:171-206.

Freidman, M. (1955) The role of government in education. In Solo(ed), Economics and the Public Interest, New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press.
Hostetler, K. (1997) Ethical judgment in teaching, Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Douglas, J & Stack, S. (2010) Essays by John Dewey, Southern Illinois University Press, Carbondale and Edwardsville.
Norcross, A. (2003) Killing and Letting Die in A companion to applied ethics, Blackwell Publishing Ltd.

Chair
Dr. Carmen Carmona Rodriguez


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Writing a 'Journey Diary' while Reading Holocaust Literature: Tightening the Affinities between the Personal, the National and the Global

Michal Ganz-Meishar

The academic college Levinsky-Wingate, Israel

Presenting Author: Ganz-Meishar, Michal

The collective memory of the Holocaust is shaped through direct and indirect actions in Israel and abroad. The Israeli government decided that national Holocaust Remembrance Day would also be considered a day to combat racism and anti-Semitism. The United Nations determined that January 27, the day the Auschwitz camp was liberated from the Nazis in 1945, is World Holocaust Remembrance Day. The remembrance of the Holocaust will always be a call against anti-Semitism, racism, neo-Nazism, prejudice, and intolerance.

The Holocaust is a central issue in Israeli education systems. Every educational framework is required to adapt the learning methods, the teaching contents, and the nature of the insights and meanings to the age of the children. Learning about the Holocaust usually takes place near Holocaust Remembrance Day and Heroism. The lessons are planned and are suitable for this topic and often include participating in a traditional ceremony, watching a film, listening to survivors' testimonies, and more (Cohen, 2010; Fieldman, 2009). The education system is faced with tensions arising from the dilemma between the importance of acquiring Holocaust knowledge and preserving cultural memory and dealing with complex content of death and survival that are unbearably difficult.

In Holocaust literature, the reader is exposed to multiple voices and complex content and examines moral issues and still has the power to help process content following trauma, fear, and pain (Harshav, 2000; Erll, 2011, 2020; Graff, & Shimek, 2020).

Literature lessons are based on close reading to consolidate readers' responses which adapt the meanings of the plot to their personal experiences (Dias & Hayhoe, 1988). Usually, the teachers address the children with questions that require a deliberate and known answer in advance, and the interpretive discourse is structured and focused. The writing tasks accompanying the reading are also identical in purpose to the questions given in the classroom discussion. Mostly, they are close to the plot and aimed at understanding and revisiting the story's meanings (Elkad-Lehman, & Bar-on, 2022; Fisher; & Nancy, 2012; Newkirk, 2011).

This study examines an innovative method of teaching and learning about the Holocaust. The diversity in teaching and learning is via a different unusual lesson plan of writing a 'Journal Diary' while reading Holocaust literature. A diary is a genre that allows one to write without considering readers or attracting their attention. This writing requires an open communication channel between the addressee (the child/student) and the recipient (the teacher/instructor/parent/peer) in an atmosphere of trust, confidence, and inclusion. The diary can involve the children's lives and motivate them in the future. Writing an emotional 'Journey Diary' in Holocaust literature lessons is a diversity in the conservative teaching method. That encourages examining fundamental questions of human behavior and taking a stand and decision. Both partners, the writer, and the reader are invited into emotional and moral involvement. Open discussion strengthens the children's ability, and personal writing makes the study topics relevant to their lives. Studies indicate that writing a diary contributes to the ability to write a text and examine methods of teaching and learning (Yüce, 2020; Supiani, 2016; Yuliani, & Fitriana, 2017).

The purpose of the study is to examine the contribution of an innovative teaching method: writing a personal 'Journey Diary' continuously while reading Holocaust literature as part of the program 'What read there?' in elementary school.

The study questions are: (1) What are the challenges and actions in teaching-learning the program 'What read there?' in elementary school? (2) How does continuously writing a 'Journey Diary' help process interpretation and create personal insights, values, and identity?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The program's name 'What read there?' reflects its purpose to provide a method to deal with educational challenges that arise from diverse perspectives on violence, fear, and trauma. The word 'read' in Hebrew has two meanings: happened and read, which connect perspectives on the past to the present. The term "there" indicates a response in a local and global context. It provides diverse interpretations.
The case study is a qualitative-interpretive method that allows an in-depth observation of the phenomenon within the context of writing a 'Journey Diary' while reading Holocaust literature. It lets to understand the phenomenon and generalize it from the local to the global (Creswell et al., 2018; Yin, 2009). This empirical study allows description, analysis, and explanation of challenges and actions in the teaching-learning process and listens to insights from personal experiences through writing a 'Journey diary' as the first source. The participants were 7- literature teachers and 80 children.
The triangulation of several research tools allowed an intensive description as a key to understanding the phenomenon (Zur & Eisikovits, 2015): (1) 12 open observations in 'Journey Diary' lessons to examine the teaching-learning methods of holocaust literature.  The lessons were recorded and transcribed; (2) personal interviews with the teachers who took place at the school. The purpose was to discuss the unique characteristics of the program 'What read there?', perceptions, challenges, and experiences in teaching Holocaust literature; (3) interviews with a focus group of up to fifteen children took place in Zoom or at school. Pictures were displayed on the table, and the children were asked general questions to stimulate collaborative discourse; (4) 'Journey Diaries' were written by the children and documented.
The interpretive phenomenological approach was chosen to analyze the data to deeply understand the personal experiences of the teachers and children (Englander, 2020). The qualitative data were analyzed using a general categorical thematic analysis with cross-referencing that helped to consolidate and clarify the meanings. No categories were defined in advance. Integrative research was conducted with a colleague researcher to examine the relationship between the lessons concerning the rest of the data and the context without the researcher's involvement. Central themes emerged from the generalizations and explanations, enabling a holistic understanding of broader phenomena (Rabinowitz & Kasan, 2010). The ethical rules were observed. The parents signed a consent form for their children's participation. The Ministry of Education approved the study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study offers a unique and innovative method to bring Holocaust literature closer to the world of children from different cultures. The program 'What read there?' commemorates the Holocaust and is therefore uncomfortable with reading only for understanding and interpretation. The teachers create an open dialogue 'at eye level' for personal expression and to strengthen listening to others. The children choose to participate in the unique Holocaust lesson, and through personal writing in the 'Journey Diary', they are invited to respond, exercise emotion, and think critically. These resources encourage deep personal reflection in the present and help form a future commitment to social change.
The main finding is that the children, the generation of digital readers, want to learn Holocaust literature in a discourse relevant to their world. Personal writing gives them time to listen to their thoughts and reflections as a meaningful resource for what they do and whom they want to be.
This creative format releases barriers and children's objections and promotes equality in education so that each child can cope with complex and cruel knowledge. The encouraging results are that the children's understanding increases and develops according to their judgment during the discourse in the lessons and while writing the 'Journey Diary'.
The study emphasizes the importance of personal writing as a pedagogical tool to help process memories from difficult experiences. For example, social lockdown and distance learning following the global epidemic - of Covid 19 and social problems of exclusion, violence, and impatience with others. Writing skills can also help unpack challenging messages from all media channels. Moreover, this program that combines personal writing in a 'Journey Diary' while reading Holocaust literature opens a window for diverse populations to learn about the Holocaust and read Holocaust literature in Israel and worldwide.

References
Cohen, A. (2010). Teaching the Holocaust in public schools in Israel, educational research 2007 - 2009. Bar-Ilan University. (Hebrew).
Creswell, J. W., Poth, C. N., & Hall, M.  (2018). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches (Fourth edition). Thousand Oaks, California: SAGE
Dias, P., &. Hayhoe, M. (1988). Developing response to poetry. Philadelphia: Open University Press.
Elkad-Lehman, A. Bar-on, A. (2022). Voices and silences in literature class. In Alked-Lehman Y. Poyas (Eds.). Literature beyond the Classroom Walls: Teaching and Learning of literature in Israeli schools, (pp. 129–151). Moft Institute (Hebrew).
Englander, M. (2020). Phenomenological Psychological Interviewing. The Humanistic psychologist, 48(1), 54–73.
Erll, A. (2020). Afterword: Memory worlds in times of Corona. Memory Studies, 13(5), 861–874.
Erll, A. (2011). Traumatic pasts, literary afterlives, and transcultural memory: new directions of literary and media memory studies. Journal of Aesthetics & Culture, 3(1). DOI: 10.3402/jac.v3i0.7186
Fieldman, A. (2009). The teaching of the Holocaust in the Jewish sector and the Arab sector. The Knesset, Research, and Information Center. Jerusalem. (Hebrew).
Fisher, D., & Nancy, F. (2012). Close reading in elementary schools. The Reading teacher, 66(3), 179–188.
Graff, J. M., & Shimek, C. (2020). Revisiting reader response: Contemporary nonfiction children's literature as remixes. Language Arts, 97(4), 223–234.
Harshav, B. (2000). Field and Frame. Essays in the theory of literature and meaning. Carmel.
Newkirk, T. (2011). The Art of Slow Reading: Six Time-honored Practices for Engagement. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann.
Rabinowitz, R. Kasan, L. (2010). A model for qualitative interpretive analysis of interpersonal patterns. In L. Kasan and M. Cromer-Nevo (Eds.), Analysis of Data in Qualitative Research (pp. 413-436). Ben Gurion University. (Hebrew).
Supiani, S. (2016). The use of diary in teaching of writing recount Texts at SMPN 03 Banjarbaru, South Kalimantan Province. Ethical lingua, 3(1), 33–48.
Yin, R.K. (2009). Case Study Research: Design and Methods. Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks.
Yüce, E. (2020). Keeping Online Diary as an Integrated Activity for Developing Writing Skill in EFL Classes through Penzu. Bartın Üniversitesi Egitim Fakültesi Dergisi, 9(1),132–140.
Yuliani, S., & Fitriana, M. (2017). The effectiveness of using diary in teaching writing recount text.  Smart Journal, 3(1), 57–61.
Zur, A., & Eisikovits, R. (2015). Between the Actual and the Desirable a Methodology for the Examination of Students’ Lifeworld as It Relates to Their School Environment. Journal of Thought, 49(1-2), 27–51.


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

May the Past be Different in Future. Inclusive and Multi-perspective Pedagocical Approaches to the History of Alps-Adriatic Region

Daniel Wutti1, Nadja Danglmaier2

1University of Teacher Education, Klagenfurt/Celovec, Austria; 2Alps-Adriatic-University, Klagenfurt/Celovec, Austria

Presenting Author: Wutti, Daniel; Danglmaier, Nadja

The perception of »our« history is of great importance for our self-images and relations with »others«. Too long, common European history has been told under nationalistic aspects and respective »others« have been perceived as a threat due to unresolved historical conflicts and the transmission of unquestioned stereotypes. In times of increasing social plurality in European societies, it is appropriate to work on a transnational understanding of mutual history in order to dissolve the inhibiting past. This presentation introduces a scientific project of "Dialogical Remembering", which brings together teachers, history didacticians, historians and representatives of civil society organisations to review curricula and history textbooks in Austria, Slovenia and Italy with regard to the teaching of common history. Nationalist and exclusive views as well as "good practice" have ben examined. In international working groups and school tandems, new and inclusive ways of teaching about the common history of „Alps-Adriatic-border region” between Austria, Italy and Slovenia have been developed. It has also been examined whether and how the history shared by the "autochthonous" population groups can be connected to newly arrived members of the societies, where there are possibilities for connecting to supra-regionally relevant topics and possibilities for conveying belonging. Common, multi-perspective materials for school lessons in Austria, Slovenia and Italy, which make people aware of the opportunities of a common heritage in the Alps-Adriatic region, rounded off this pilot project. Conflicts were notleft out, but different perspectives and narratives have been juxtaposed and have been made visible: different narratives can coexist without having to relativise each other. In this way, empathy for the point of view of the "others" can develop, trust and insight can grow and thus an important step towards an inclusive society can be taken. In this lecture, the methodology of the project will be presented and the underlying considerations regarding a dialogical remembering will be explained. Examples will be given of how multi-perspectivity can be achieved in dealing with the common past.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The approach of "dialogical remembering" (Assmann 2020; Brousek/Grafenauer/Wintersteiner/Wutti 2020) has been chosen for adressing different historical narratives of the actually mutual history of different ethnic groups in the Alps-Adriatic region. In the context of transnational workshops of both scientists and practicians (such as teachers) this approach is expected to thus lead to a prosperous transnational development in sense of established dialogical cross-border memory and the thematization of inclusive “new” narratives in educational practice (cf. Wutti/Danglmaier/Hartmann 2020; Wintersteiner/Beretta/Miladinović- Zalaznik 2020). In a two-year process, teachers, students, history didacticians, historians and representatives of civil society organizations collected and reviewed existing material, especially curricula and school history books to determine a status quo of what is currently thought in schools about the mutual history. In a series international working groups and school tandems in Austria, Italy and Slovenia, the material has been examined and compared. Results were conducted in transdisciplinary working groups.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings

Transnational teams of scientists and practicians detected several topics to examine concerning their potential for dialogical remembering in the Alps-Adriatic border region: Literature, School book analysis, “The southern train” – a historical train connection combining all three involved countries as well as transnational biographies. On all these topics, transnational working groups started scientifical-practical projects with several outputs in regard to school content, such as didactic material, handouts for teachers, background information for pedagogues about the mutual history and also concrete teaching lessons plans. The material was scientifically evaluated. Findings concern potentials for dialogical remembering in other European regions.

References
Assmann, Aleida (2020): Der europäische Traum. Vier Lehren aus der Geschichte. München: C. H. Beck, 5. Aufl.

Brousek, Jan (2018): The Concept of Peace Region as Alternative to (Traditional) Political Autonomy – Experiences from the Project “Building the Peace-Region Alps-Adriatic” In: Treatises and Documents - Journal for Ethnic Studies, No. 81, December 2018., 87-104.

Brousek, Jan / Grafenauer, Danijel / Wutti, Daniel / Wintersteiner, Werner (Hg.) (2020): Slovenija – Österreich. Befreiendes Erinnern – Osvobajajoče spominjanje. Dialoško obravnavanje zgodovine – Dialogische Aufarbeitung der Vergangenheit. (Zweisprachiges, deutsch- slowenisches Buchprojekt) Klagenfurt/Celovec: Drava.

Danglmaier Nadja/Holfelder Ute/Klatzer Elisabeth/Entner Brigitte (Hrsg.): Kärnten. Wege zu einer befreienden Erinnerungskultur. Wien: Mandelbaum 2022.

Lowe, Keith (2014): Der wilde Kontinent. Europa in den Jahren der Anarchie 1943-1950. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta.

Messerschmidt, Astrid (2015): Selbstkritisches Erinnern – Vergegenwärtigung der NS-Verbrechen in der Migrationsgesellschaft. In: Leiprecht, R./ Steinbach, A.: Schule in der Migrationsgesellschaft. Ein Handbuch. Band 2. Schwalbach/Ts.: Debus Pädagogik, 269-286.

Wintersteiner, Werner / Beretta, Christina / Miladinović-Zalaznik, Mira (2020): Manifesto Alpe-Adria. Stimmen für eine Europa-Region des Friedens und Wohlstands. Wien: Löcker.

Wutti, Daniel / Danglmaier, Nadja, / Hartmann, Eva (2020): Erinnerungskulturen im Grenzraum – Spominske kulture na obmejnem območju. Klagenfurt/Celovec: Hermagoras/Mohorjeva.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm20 SES 11 B JS: Promoting Multilingualism in Families and Schools: What Needs to be Done?
Location: James McCune Smith, 429 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Irina Usanova
Joint Paper Session NW 07, NW 20, NW 31. Full information under 31 SES 11 A JS
1:30pm - 3:00pm22 SES 11 A
Location: Adam Smith, 1115 [Floor 11]
Session Chair: Verner Larsen
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Knowledge Gained About Teaching Methodologies With the Use of Digital Technologies.

Anna Sánchez-Caballé, Francesc M. Esteve-Mon, M. Ángeles Llopis-Nebot, Gracia Valdeolivas, Sara Buils-Morales, Virginia Viñoles-Cosentino

Universitat Jaume I, Spain

Presenting Author: Sánchez-Caballé, Anna; Esteve-Mon, Francesc M.

In recent years, universities throughout Europe have undergone a major transformation process. This is mainly due to two elements. On the one hand, the beginning of the so-called European Higher Education Area (Michavila et al., 2011); and on the other hand, accelerated digitisation in education, which has been enhanced as a consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic (Gallagher et al., 2021).

These changes have also implied or evidenced the need for modifications in the didactic methodologies used and the conceptions of the Teaching-Learning (T-L) processes. In a way, the more traditional models of education (those centred on the transmission of knowledge in which the student had a passive role) have become obsolete. Nowadays, it is possible to move towards more active T-L options in which the learner becomes the centre of the process. This conception of the T-L process is also in line with the much-needed approach to lifelong learning and competence-based learning (Baartman et al., 2007).

It is important to take into consideration the role that the digital competence of university professors acquires today in their reconciliation with their research career, since it can be assumed that there are more and more "increased-researchers". In other words, someone who knows how to find the professional opportunities offered by their own personal learning environment (PLE) to learn in all aspects, individually and collectively, sharing knowledge with others, without detaching themselves from their mission and social commitment to their professional work (Castañeda and Adell, 2013).

The active role of the teacher can be considered as an essential engine to start adapting their educational proposals to the demands of today's liquid society (Bauman, 2003), emphasizing that the provision of technological resources is not enough to guarantee success and educational innovation (Sánchez-López et al., 2021).

However, although this need for change is gradually becoming more evident and clearer, the COVID-19 pandemic was also a reality check. During the period of online lessons, it was reflected that there is still a long way to go to reach a good use of digital tools in E-A processes (Esteve-Mon et al., 2022). This is mainly due to aspects related to: (1) the digital skills of teachers and their motivation; (2) the organisation of the educational centre; (3) the pedagogical culture that exists; and (4) the resources to which they have access.

It is essential to shed some light on the development of pedagogical digital competence (PDC), which we defined by From (2017: 48) as: “Pedagogical Digital Competence refers to the ability to consistently apply the attitudes, knowledge and skills required to plan and conduct, and to evaluate and revise on an ongoing basis, ICT-supported teaching, based on theory, current research and proven experience with a view to supporting students’ learning in the best possible way”.According to this context, this research focuses on exploring methodological trends in university classrooms when digital technologies are integrated into them. And, according to this, we want to answer the following research questions:

RQ1. Which countries publish on the topic?

RQ2. In which period there are more publications related to the topic?

RQ3. What didactic methodologies are used when TD are integrated in university classrooms?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For this purpose, as will be detailed in the following section, a systematic review of the literature has been carried out in the four most relevant international databases in the educational field -Web of Science (WoS), Scopus, Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC) and Dialnet (for Spanish speaking users)     .
A systematic literature review (SLR), as its name suggests, consists of an exhaustive analysis of the documentation published on a topic in several scientific databases. In this case, the present SLR was performed on the basis of the PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses) criteria set out by Yepes-Nuñez et al. (2010).
The review process began with a search, as previously indicated, in the following databases: Web of Science (WoS), Scopus, Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC) and Dialnet-. Specifically, the search was initiated using the following formula: "teaching methodologies" AND (digital OR technology OR tech OR ICT) AND Integration AND (University OR "higher education"). The search was performed without any type of time restriction.
According to these parameters, the initial search yielded a total of 107 documents. These 107 documents were filtered for duplication (i.e., if they appeared more than once in the database); for the appropriateness of the title and abstract to the research; and for the appropriateness of the full text to the research. Prior to filtering, several inclusion or exclusion criteria were agreed among the researchers. These were mainly focused on: (1) the relationship of the topic with learning methodologies and digital technologies; (2) that the context was higher education; and (3) that the language was understandable by the participating researchers (English, Spanish, Catalan, Portuguese or Italian).
After all this peer review process, 23 documents were obtained. These 23 were analyzed qualitatively using the MAXQDA program (2018 version).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
An in-depth analysis of the 23 scientific papers mentioned above shows that most of the papers published on this subject were written by Spanish authors (10 of the 23). The rest of the documents were written by authors of diverse origins from institutions in Latin America, the United States and Portugal, among others.
As regards the frequency of publication, most of the papers were published in the last 15 years (taking as a reference the year 2022 when the selection process of the articles was carried out).
Finally, in reference to the methodologies used when digital technologies are applied, the most common are teamwork (n=4); problem-based learning (n=3) and exams (n=3) when students are to be evaluated. Methodologies such as simulation (n=2), debate, round table or colloquium (n=2) as well as exercises and problems (n=2) are also used less frequently.      
Thus, the results obtained show that active and collaborative strategies are some of the most reiterated on occasions, e.g. group work, problem-based learning, debate, or simulation. Nevertheless / Despite that, we also found different studies that use more classical strategies, such as exams, exercises, individual study, or lectures, among those used with digital technologies.
On a global note, the bottom line is that there has been building up an assortment of teaching strategies enhanced by digital technologies. On the one hand, individualist practices on the basis of knowledge transmission. On the other hand, student-centered methodologies and based on active learning. We cannot get away from the fact that DT allows teachers to develop transformative didactic methodologies in order to achieve significant learning by students (Cela et al., 2017).

References
Baartman, L. K., Bastiaens, T. J., Kirschner, P.  A.,  and      van  der  Vleuten,  C.  P.  (2007).  Evaluating      assessment      quality      in      competence-based      education:      A qualitative comparison of two frameworks. Educational    Research    Review,    2(2), 114-129.
Bauman, Z. (2003). Liquid Modernity. Polity Press.      
Castañeda, L. and Adell, J. (2013). Entornos personales de aprendizaje: Claves para el ecosistema educativo en red.      
Cela,   J.   M.,   Esteve,   V.,   Esteve-Mon,   F.,   González,   J.,   and   Gisbert,   M.   (2017).   Teachers  in  the  digital  society:  a  proposal  based  on  transformative pedagogy and advanced technology. Profesorado. Revista    de    Currículum    y    Formación    del    Profesorado,    21(1), 403-422.
Esteve-Mon,  F.,  Llopis,  M.  A., and       Adell,  J.  (2022).  Nueva  visión  de  la  competencia  digital  docente  en  tiempos  de  pandemia.  Utopía     y     Praxis     Latinoamericana,     27(96), 1-11. http://bitly.ws/zrHR
From, J. (2017). Pedagogical Digital Competence--Between Values, Knowledge and Skills. Higher Education Studies, 7(2), 43-50. http://doi.org/10.5539/hes.v7n2p43  
Gallagher, T., Bergan, S., Harkavy, I., Munck, R., and van't Land, H. (2021). Higher education's response to the Covid-19 pandemic - Building a more sustainable and democratic future. Council of Europe/ Conseil de l’Europe.
Michavila, F., Ripollés, M., and Esteve-Mon, F. (2011). El día después de Bolonia. Tecnos.
Sánchez-López, I., Bonilla del Río, M., and Oliveira Soares, I. D. (2021). Creatividad digital para transformar el aprendizaje: Empoderamiento desde un enfoque com-educativo. Comunicar: revista científica iberoamericana de comunicación y educación, 69 (24), 113-123. https://doi.org/10.3916/C69-2021-09  
Yepes-Nuñez,  J.  J.,  Urrutia,  G.,  Romero-Garcia, M., and  Alonso-Fernandez, S. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline      for      reporting      systematic reviews. Revista Española de Cardiología (English ed.), 74(9), 790-799.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Exploring the Effects of Metacognitive Prompts on Learning Outcomes in Multimedia Learning

Libor Juhaňák1, Zuzana Juříková2, Nicol Dostálová1, Vojtěch Juřík3

1Masaryk University, Faculty of Arts, Department of Educational Sciences, Czech Republic; 2Masaryk University, Faculty of Arts, HUME Lab – Experimental Humanities Laboratory, Czech Republic; 3Masaryk University, Faculty of Arts, Department of Psychology, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Juhaňák, Libor

For more than two decades, the concept of self-regulation and self-regulated learning has received a great deal of attention in the scientific discourse of educational science, due to its proposed positive relationship with students' learning outcomes (Boekaerts, Pintrich & Zeidner, 2000; Zimmerman, 2000; Zimmerman & Schunk, 2011). To date, several different definitions and models of self-regulation and self-regulated learning have been proposed (Panadero, 2017), leading to some theoretical fragmentation and confusion. Nevertheless, most definitions and models consider self-regulated learning as a cyclical process consisting of three phases: 1) the preparatory phase, 2) the performance phase (i.e., the phase of actual task performance), and 3) the reflective or the appraisal phase. Within each of these three general phases, students then engage in a range of cognitive, affective and metacognitive processes (Panadero, 2017; Wong et al., 2019; Zimmerman & Schunk, 2011).

Since the existing research suggests that students engaging in self-regulated learning are able to efficiently manage their own learning and perform better on learning tasks, leading to their academic success (Boekaerts, Pintrich & Zeidner, 2000; McInerney et al., 2012), researchers have focused on different support mechanisms or scaffolds in order to help students engage in effective self-regulation during learning. The need for external support for students' ability to regulate their own learning seems to be particularly important in the context of online learning and learning from digital media, due to the higher demands on the students' autonomy and their competence to navigate themselves in complex multimedia learning materials (Wong et al., 2019).

One of the proposed mechanisms to support self-regulated learning that has received increased research attention, especially in recent years, is metacognitive prompting. Prompts in general can be seen as a temporary support mechanism or scaffold for students in order to assist them in the use of an appropriate learning strategy (Bannert, 2009). Metacognitive prompts, in contrast to cognitive prompts, focus on engaging students in higher-level learning strategies such as goal setting, monitoring, reflection, etc. A considerable amount of available studies provide evidence for the effectiveness of metacognitive prompts in improving students' learning outcomes (Azevedo et al., 2011; Devolder, van Braak, & Tondeur, 2012; Guo, 2022; Manlove, Lazonder, & de Jong, 2009).

Although current research suggests that metacognitive prompts can stimulate the use of higher-order learning strategies and thereby improve learning outcomes, it still remains unclear whether and to what extent metacognitive prompts improve students' learning outcomes, and how this relationship changes in the context of learning from multimedia learning materials. The aim of this paper is therefore to present the results of an experiment focusing on the use of metacognitive prompts in the context of multimedia learning. The aim of the experiment was to investigate the effects of metacognitive prompts on students' learning outcomes and whether these effects varied according to the type of learning material (i.e., text vs. multimedia).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper presents the results of an experiment conducted in the form of a laboratory-controlled experiment with experimental and control conditions and task randomisation. The experiment used a 2x2 within-between subjects factorial design to assess the performance of more than 100 participants. Two balanced groups of participants represent between-subjects cases, where the presence of metacognitive prompts was manipulated as the main independent variable (i.e., the first factor). At the same time, all subjects were exposed to two different types of learning materials represented by plain text and multimedia learning content respectively, which corresponds to the second independent variable (i.e., the second factor). The individual tasks were randomised to prevent serial position effects in within-subjects cases. Participants were assigned randomly into each group (between-subjects cases) in order to avoid the possible transfer of the effect of metacognitive prompts to non-prompted tasks.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper will provide a description of the experiment focusing on the use of metacognitive prompts in the context of multimedia learning and it will describe and explain its main findings. In particular, the attention will be given to 1) a thorough description of the methodology of the experiment conducted, including a description of the stimuli, setting, and procedure of the experiment, 2) answers to the main research questions dealing with the effects of metacognitive prompts on students' learning outcomes and the possible effects of the type of learning material, and 3) implications of the results for further research and the use of metacognitive prompts in practice.
References
Azevedo, R., Cromley, J. G., Moos, D. C., Greene, J. A., & Winters, F. I. (2011). Adaptive content and process scaffolding: A key to facilitating students' self-regulated learning with hypermedia. Psychology Science, 53(1), 106.
Bannert, M. (2009). Promoting self-regulated learning through prompts. Journal of Pedagogical Psychology, 23(2), 139–145.
Boekaerts, M., Pintrich, P. R., and Zeidner, M. (2000). Handbook of Self-Regulation. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Devolder, A., van Braak, J., & Tondeur, J. (2012). Supporting self-regulated learning in computer-based learning environments: Systematic review of effects of scaffolding in the domain of science education. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 28(6), 557–573.
Guo, J. (2022). Using metacognitive prompts to enhance self-regulated learning and learning outcomes: A meta-analysis of experimental studies in computer-based learning environments. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 38(3), 11–832.
Manlove, S., Lazonder, A. W., & de Jong, T. (2009). Trends and issues of regulative support use during inquiry learning: Patterns from three studies. Computers in Human Behavior, 25(4), 795–803.
McInerney, D. M., Cheng, R. W., Mok, M. M. C., & Lam, A. K. H. (2012). Academic self-concept and learning strategies: Direction of effect on student academic achievement. Journal of Advanced Academics, 23(3), 249–269.
Panadero, E. (2017). A Review of Self-regulated Learning: Six Models and Four Directions for Research. Frontiers in Psychology, 8(422), 1–28.
Wong, J., Baars, M., Davis, D., Van Der Zee, T., Houben, G.-J., & Paas, F. (2019). Supporting Self-Regulated Learning in Online Learning Environments and MOOCs: A Systematic Review. International Journal of Human–Computer Interaction, 35(4–5), 356–373.
Zimmerman, B. J. (2000). Attaining self-regulation: a social cognitive perspective. In M. Boekaerts, P. R. Pintrich, & M. Zeidner (Eds.), Handbook of Self-Regulation (pp. 13–40). Academic Press.
Zimmerman, B. J., & Schunk, D. H. (2011). Handbook of Self-Regulation of Learning and Performance. New York, NY: Routledge.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Learning Designs and Pedagogical Space – Escaping the Straitjacket?

Verner Larsen, Lisbeth Frederiksen

VIA University College, Denmark

Presenting Author: Larsen, Verner; Frederiksen, Lisbeth

Due to neoliberal ideologies, NPM, accountability systems, and market-oriented management of the public sector, there has been a political effort over the past decades to rationalise and streamline education; for example by making standards and formats for education and teaching courses in higher education. This has happened as part of a global competition for the best possible educational output for the least money possible (Biesta et al., 2015, 2011; Green, 2010; Mausethagen & Smeby, 2016). This international development has also taken place in the Danish education system, including University Colleges. Wanting to reduce costs is by no means new, nor that teachers share each other’s teaching plans in less formalised forms, but it might prove problematic when and if instructional/learning designs are formalised to a high degree and become standards rather than being created on a more voluntary basis and made flexible in relation to reusing.

Within a Nordic didactic tradition, teacher autonomy is given a very high value, and therefore there is reason to warn against the idea that teaching can be produced in packages that others can open and use directly in new contexts. On the other hand, there is also reason to address potential bias within learning designs. For example, that reusing learning designs is always a straitjacket, which requires that the design must be performed as it, is without the possibility of modification and context adaptation.

This paper draws on two completed research projects and one ongoing project in which we have taken a critical, but constructive view of learning designs. Our research interest has been to uncover the possibilities of utilising a design’s resources in the form of qualified pedagogical ideas and reflections on the part of the designers, but at the same time preserve a pedagogical space with the teachers who stand as those who have to use the design. This is a fundamental dilemma. On the one hand, a design must appear pedagogically well-crafted and with well-communicated pedagogical instructions so that the designers’ competence can benefit the reusers. On the other hand, the design must not be too restrictive and dictating as this leaves no room for the reusing teachers’ pedagogical adaptation of the design to their own teaching context. Therefore, it is all about finding a balance. The question that we investigate in this paper is therefore: Which factors determine the extent to which a pedagogical space for the reuse of learning designs is achieved?

We have constructed the theoretical framework with a background in literature studies. This has shown that in the research field of learning designs there has been limited attention to the problems that arise when teachers other than the designers have to take over the design, make sense of it and bring it to life. Our theoretical framework combines different traditions. The concept of ‘context sensitivity’ has been an important premise for our approach to learning design as our starting point is that no two contexts are ever exactly the same. Teaching is first and foremost an interpersonal and situated practice that cannot be anticipated as such but unfolds in the meeting between the teacher and the student about a content (Oettingen, 2010). This requires a degree of autonomy and that the teacher can act as a reflective practitioner who makes professional judgements (Wackerhausen, 2008; Hedegaard & Krogh-Jespersen 2011). It is therefore always necessary to some extent to translate a design before it can be used in another context. Therefore, our analyses also include concepts of knowledge transfer and translation with inspiration, partly from actor network theory (ANT) (Callon, 1984; Latour, 1996) and partly Scandinavian institutionalism (Røvik, 2016).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Based on our presumptions on existing literature in the field and on the theoretical considerations, we selected a number of empirical cases and examined these. The core of the empirical research design is therefore a multiple case study comprising five very different cases from the same UC institution. Each case is represented by a learning design. In the selection, we focused on as many variations as possible in relation to a number of different parameters.
The case study has primarily been based on hermeneutic epistemology. It has been a strategy for empirical exploration of a selected contemporary phenomenon in its natural context using various data sources (Robertson, Neves de Azevedo & Dale, 2016; Robson & Yin in Ramian, 2012).
 The specific empirical methods used were:
• Document analyses of important texts that formed the basis of the learning designs, both analogue and digital.
• Individual and group interviews with key informants involved in format development, sharing and reuse.
• Observations from meetings, teaching, etc., where formats were discussed or tested.
When studying the cases, our focus was on the three processes: Developing, sharing and reusing. Initially, the analyses were data-driven, but later they were supplemented by more concept-driven interpretations of the cases, which have further qualified the analytical gaze that eventually was enacted to answer the research questions.
We first analysed the individual design cases in their own context where the use of different data sources enabled data triangulation. From the individual case analyses, we expanded the analysis with theoretical generalisation, which contributed to challenging and developing the preconceptions and theories that preceded the research. This led us to develop two key concepts to understand what is essential to a learning design’s pedagogical space. These key concepts, which we elaborate on below, were later tested in another project named ‘Students’ Academic Digital Competences’ (STAK) as analytic tools to identify and uncover pedagogical spaces in a number of learning designs (Frederiksen et al., 2021). On the basis of these experiences, we have further developed and refined the concepts.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The two key concepts developed for the analysis of pedagogical space in learning designs we called ‘explanation’ and ‘regulation’. The former addresses how thoroughly and detailed the design is described, elaborated and argued for, while the latter deals with how strongly bound/inflexible the design is. This aspect has two sides in that inflexibility can be due to the internal cohesiveness of teaching/learning elements, or that the granularity of the elements is coarse (Wiley, 2000). The inflexibility can also depend on the extent to which the design is granted authority, for example by ‘external’ power from a management body. We argue that both explanation and regulation represent continua, where explanation can range between simple and comprehensive, and regulation can range between weak and strong. The empirical cases have shown that the two concepts can vary independently of each other, whereby four modalities for educational space emerge. Simple explanation combined with weak regulation initiates a large educational space, but on the other hand, it requires the reuser to add further elements to the design. On the contrary, comprehensive explanation and strong regulation initiate a very small pedagogical space as even the smallest elements are required to be carried out.
We believe that the combination of ‘explanation’ and ‘regulation’ as a pair of concepts adds new and important aspects to design research.  It is innovative that we have combined a number of dimensions, the discursive and content dimension represented by ‘explanation’ and the power dimension represented by ‘regulation’ as what frames pedagogical spaces in learning designs. As a theoretical model with its four modalities, it is a powerful tool to analyse learning design processes. It can show potentials as well as constraints in achieving an appropriate pedagogical space.

References
Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and teaching: Theory and practice, 21(6), 624–640.
Biesta, G. J. J. (2011). Learning democracy in school and society: Education, lifelong learning, and the politics of citizenship. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.
Callon, M. (1984). Some elements of a sociology of translation: Domestication of the scallops and the fishermen of St Brieuc Bay. The sociological review, 32(1_suppl), 196–233.
Frederiksen, L. L., & Larsen, V. (2021). STAK-læringsmønstre: Studerendes akademiske digitale kompetencer. Evalueringsrapport.
Green, J. (2010). Education, professionalism and the quest for accountability – Hitting the target, but missing the point. Routledge, Taylor & Francis, 2010.
Hedegaard, K. M., & Krogh-Jespersen, K. (2011). Didaktiske kategorier og udfordringer i professionsuddannelserne. In K. M. Hedegaard, & K. Krogh-Jespersen (Eds.), Professionsdidaktik – grundlag for undervisning i professionsrettet uddannelse (pp. 87-111). Klim.  
Latour, B. (1996). On interobjectivity. Mind, culture, and activity, 3(4), 228–245.
Mausethagen, S. & Smeby, J. C. (2016). Contemporary education policy and teacher professionalism. In Bourgeault, I., Denis J., & Kuhlmann, (Eds.), The Routledge companion to the professions and professionalism. Routledge.
Oettingen, A. V. (2010). Almen pædagogik. Gyldendals lærerbibliotek.
Robertson, S., Neves de Azevedo, M., and Dale, R., (2016) Higher education, the EU, and the cultural political economy of regionalism, in S. Robertson, K. Olds, R. Dale and Q-A Dang (eds) Global Regionalisms and Higher Globalisation Education & Social Futures Education, Cheltenham: Edward Elgar
Røvik, K. A. (2016). Knowledge Transfer as Translation: Review and Elements of an Instrumental Theory. International Journal of Management Reviews, 18(3), 290–310. Wackerhausen, S. (2008). Refleksion. Praksis og refleksion, 1, 1–21.
Wiley, D. (2000). Connecting learning objects to instructional design theory: A definition, a metaphor, and a taxonomy. Learning technology, 2830, 1–35.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm22 SES 11 B
Location: Adam Smith, LT 915 [Floor 9]
Session Chair: Felipe Balotin Pinto
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Reflective Journal Writing and Lifelong Learning Skills

Dorit Alt1, Lior Naamati-Schneider2, Nirit Raichel3

1Tel Hai College; 2Hadassah Academic College; 3Kinneret College on the Sea of Galilee

Presenting Author: Alt, Dorit

Reflective journals (RJs) are a type of written document in which students record their thoughts, experiences, and beliefs over a period of time for the purpose of gaining self-awareness and improving their learning abilities. This tool allows students to self-observe their learning process and demonstrate reflection (Wallin & Adawi, 2018).

One of the main benefits of using RJs as an assessment tool is that it creates a supportive and safe environment for students to express their concerns and ideas, reflect on their values, experiences, and assumptions that impact their learning, and track their development over time (Minott, 2008). Additionally, research has shown that the act of reflection can influence behavior, as students evaluate their work and adjust their learning processes based on their reflections (Fabriz et al., 2014). Thus, the ability to reflect on one's own learning is a crucial skill for lifelong learning (Ryan, 2015). Consequently, promoting reflective practices among students is considered a crucial goal in higher education to effectively prepare them for future professional experiences (Adie & Tangen, 2015). While the potential of reflective practices to bring about lasting and effective changes in students' lives is widely acknowledged (Waggoner-Denton, 2018), there is still a lack of clarity regarding the dimensionality of reflection and the potential link between using reflective writing and the adoption of reflective practices in students' personal and professional lives (Griggs et al., 2018).

Furthermore, despite some previous research on the measurement and assessment of reflection and RJ writing (e.g., Kember et al., 2008), there is currently no widely accepted method for identifying and assessing reflection (Waggoner-Denton, 2018). The lack of consensus on the optimal ways of assessing reflective practices is also reflected in the limited empirical research on the dimensionality of reflective writing, particularly in higher education. In light of this, the present research aims to analyze students' RJ writing, design a reflection scheme, and create and validate a questionnaire based on the scheme to measure higher education students' perceptions of their reflective writing experiences. Moreover, this study aims to quantitatively assess the connection between perceived reflective writing skills and students' tendency to transfer these skills to their future professional and personal lives, based on their own reports. To achieve this, an exploratory sequential research design was employed, starting with qualitative data and then collecting quantitative data. This design is commonly used to identify themes, design an instrument, and subsequently test it (Creswell, 2012). In line with previous research suggesting that activities that foster deep learning, such as reflective writing, may lead to greater transferability (e.g., Griggs et al., 2018), two hypotheses were evaluated. It was expected that students' perceived reflective writing skills gained during the learning process would be positively correlated with their perceived tendency to transfer these skills to their professional lives (H1) and personal lives (H2).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants
Data were gathered from 141 students, of whom 75 undergraduate second-year Education students (pre-service teachers) from one major college located in northern Israel, and 66 undergraduate 3rd-year students of Management of Health Service Organizations program from a central academic college in Israel.
Procedure
The procedure included the design of a new measurement to assess students’ perceptions of reflective writing experiences. RJ was used in two courses. Experts' review and analysis of the RJ entries were attained. This step led to the design of a theoretical scheme of reflective writing. Next, the RJ scale’s item formulation was based on the newly developed scheme. To formulate items related to transfer of learning, two statements were phrased. Next, to ascertain the structural validity and reliability of the newly developed questionnaire data were collected from pre-service teachers and Health Management students.
Measurement design and evaluation
The journal entries (1312 in total) were reviewed, and their content was analyzed. The content analysis of the RJ entries revealed a reflection scheme comprising two dimensions: The first refers to students’ current experiences, or “short-term related reflections.” This dimension deals with students’ in-process experiences during the course. The reflection included the following levels:
1. Cognitive – relates to the content of the course, learning skills, and learning purposes.
2. Behavioral – refers to the student’s behavior during the learning process.
3. Affective (emotional) – pertains to emotions that arose during the learning experience.
The second dimension concerns long-term related reflections and includes students’ learning experience in relation to their future from the aspects of:
1. Academic development.
2. Professional development.
3. Personal development.
4. Multicultural development.
In addition, three essential metacognitive abilities were foregrounded within the scheme:
1. Awareness of one’s learning experience.
2. Evaluation of the learning experience.
3. Regulation in attitude and behavior to perform better in the future.
Based on this analysis, the Reflective Journal Scale (RJs) was constructed and validated including 31 items along two sub-scales: short-term (16 items) and long-term (15 items). All items were scored on a Likert-type score ranging from 1 = not true at all to 6 = completely true.  PLS-SEM was used to establish confirmatory validity for the RJs.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
To assess H1 and H2, using the health management data, a PLS-SEM model was constructed for the total sample. This parsimonious path model includes two independent constructs, represented in the model as cycles: The Short-term scale accompanied by its three indicators: Cognitive level, Behavioral level, and Affective level; and the Long-term scale with its four indicators: Personal Development, Academic Development, Professional Development, and Multicultural Development. The dependent constructs are RJ usage in professional life, and RJ usage in personal life. The bootstrapping routine results of the direct effects showed that both dependent variables (RJ usage in professional life and RJ usage in personal life) were positively explained by the independent variables. The highest coefficient result was shown between the Long-term scale and RJ usage in professional life, the lowest was detected between the Short-term Scale and RJ usage in professional life. H1and H2 were confirmed.
To assess H1 and H2 for the pre-service teachers’ data another model was constructed. This model was identical to the above model, however, included data gathered from pre-service teachers. Both dependent variables (RJ usage in professional life and RJ usage in personal life) were positively and significantly explained by the independent variables. The highest coefficient result was shown between the Long-term scale and RJ usage in professional life.
The current study’s suggested validated generic scheme can be adapted and integrated into different curricula, thereby possibly increasing the potential of infusing RJ instructional strategies into higher education curricula, improving the quality of reflection in student journals, and promoting lifelong learning skills.


References
Adie, L., & Tangen, D. (2015). The use of multimodal technologies to enhance reflective writing in teacher education. In Teaching reflective learning in higher education (pp. 127-138). Springer, Cham.
Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4th ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Merrill.
Fabriz, S., Ewijk, C. D. Van, Poarch, G., & Büttner, G. (2014). Fostering self-monitoring of university students by means of a standardized learning journal – A longitudinal study with process analyses. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 29(2), 239–255.
Griggs, V., Holden, R., Lawless, A., & Rae, J. (2018.) From reflective learning to reflective practice: assessing transfer. Studies in Higher Education, 43, 1172-1183.
Hair Jr, J. F., Hult, G. T. M., Ringle, C. M., & Sarstedt, M. (2017). A Primer on Partial Least Squares Structural Equation Modeling (PLS-SEM) (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks: Sage.
Kember, D., McKay, J., Sinclair, K., & Wong, F. K. Y. (2008). A four-category scheme for coding and assessing the level of reflection in written work. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 33, 369–379.
Minott, M. A. (2008). Valli’s typology of reflection and the analysis of pre-service teachers’ reflective journals. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 33(5), 55–65.
Waggoner-Denton, A. (2018). The use of a reflective learning journal in an introductory statistics course. Psychology Learning & Teaching, 17(1), 84–93.
Wallin, P., & Adawi, T. (2018). The reflective diary as a method for the formative assessment of self-regulated learning. European Journal of Engineering Education, 43, 507-521.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Oracy in Higher Education: Discourses and Experiences in an Australian Institution

Felipe Balotin Pinto

University of New South Wales, Australia

Presenting Author: Balotin Pinto, Felipe

Academic oracy has gained increased attention in recent years as fields such as developmental psychology, linguistics, and education, “have emphasised the importance of talk (…) and its use as both a cognitive and social tool for learning and social engagement” (Mercer et al., 2017: 51). An outcome of this growing interest is a shift towards more active learning approaches, which place demands on students in terms of speaking (Doherty et al., 2011). Studies have identified different aspects of those changes, such as lectures becoming more interactive (Roberts, 2017), seminars requiring higher levels of verbal participation (Engin, 2017), and the fact that there is often some type of assessment of oral skills (Huxham et al., 2012), which may come in the form of assessment to oral presentations (Bhati, 2012).

Research on oracy has been conducted in compulsory education (primary and secondary), notably in the UK (Mercer & Littleton, 2007; Mercer & Mannion, 2018; Michaels, et al., 2008; Alexander, 2008; Jay et al., 2017), but also in Australia (Stinson, 2015) and in other countries (Howe, 2017), which establishes a strong relationship between teaching of oracy and improved academic achievement (Heron et al., 2022). While there has been some documented transfer to higher education settings (Doherty et al. 2011; Kettle & May, 2012; Dippold et al., 2019; Heron, 2019), not enough is known about the role and function of oracy in higher education contexts, whether in Australia or internationally.

As part of my PhD research, I have been examining the ways in which curricula in three disciplinary areas at an Australian university construct and implement oracy development in and through learning and teaching and its relationship to broader issues of employability and skills. That has been done through critical analysis of relevant documentation, interviews with students and lecturers, and classroom observation.

When the conference takes place in August 2023, I will have conducted two of the three case studies of my research, so will be able to share the initial findings with the community. Having been a researcher and an undergraduate, Master’s and now PhD student in institutions across the Americas, Europe and now Australia, I understand that the concern around students’ academic oracy as a tool for learning is key to students’ experiences of higher education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
My study takes an ethnographically-oriented (Geertz, 1973), case study approach (Stake, 1995), which includes class observations and interviews. This methodology is appropriate because it will provide rich contextualised understandings of national guidelines and university documents and practices related to oracy in undergraduate courses at UNSW. To analyse the class observation and semi-structured interview data, I will use reflexive thematic analysis and follow its six-phase approach (Braun et al., 2019; Braun & Clark, 2022).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As little is known about universities and educators’ understandings as well as students’ experiences related to oracy, my research aims to make an original contribution to knowledge in the field of academic oracy, which remains underexplored in higher education in Australia and globally.
References
Alexander, R. (2008). Towards Dialogic Teaching: Rethinking Classroom Talk (4th ed.). Dialogos UK.

Bhati, S. (2012). The effectiveness of oral presentation assessment in a Finance subject: An empirical examination. Journal of University Teaching and Learning Practice, 9(2), 1-23.

Braun V., Clarke V., Hayfield N., & Terry G. (2019). Thematic Analysis. In Liamputtong P. (Ed.), Handbook of Research Methods in Health Social Sciences. Springer.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis. A practical guide. SAGE.

Doherty, C.; Kettle, M.; May, L., & Caukill, E. (2011). Talking the talk: oracy demands in first year university assessment tasks. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 18(1), 27–39.

Engin, M. (2017). Contributions and silence in academic talk: Exploring learner experiences of dialogic interaction. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 12, 78-86.

Heron, M. (2019). Making the case for oracy skills in higher education: practices and opportunities. Journal of University Teaching and Learning Practice, 16(2), 1-16.

Heron, M., Baker, S., Gravett, K., & Irwin, E. (2022). Scoping academic oracy in higher education: knotting together forgotten connections to equity and academic literacies. Higher Education Research & Development. DOI: 10.1080/07294360.2022.2048635.

Howe, C. (2017). Advances in research on classroom dialogue: Commentary on the articles. Learning and Instruction 48, 61-65.

Huxham, M., Campbell, F., & Westwood, J. (2012). Oral versus written assessments: a test of student performance and attitudes. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 37(1), 125-136.

Jay, T., Taylor, R., Moore, N., Burnett, C., Merchant, G., Thomas, P., Willis, B., & Stevens, A. (2017). Dialogic Teaching: Evaluation report and executive summary. Education Endowment Foundation.

Kettle, M., & May, L. (2012). The ascendancy of oracy in university courses: Implications for teachers and second language users. In Gitsaki, C., & Baldauf Jr, R. (Eds.) Future Directions in Applied Linguistics: Local and Global Perspectives (pp. 49-66). Cambridge Scholars Publishing.

Mercer, N., & Littleton, K. (2007). Dialogue and the development of children’s thinking. Routledge.

Mercer, N., & Mannion, J. (2018). Oracy across the Welsh Curriculum. Oracy Cambridge.

Mercer, N., Warwick, P., & Ahmed, A. (2017). An oracy assessment toolkit: Linking research and development in the assessment of students’ spoken language skills at age 11-12. Learning and Instruction, 48, 51-60.

Stake, R. (1995). The art of case study research. Sage.

Stinson, M. (2015). Speaking up about oracy: the contribution of drama pedagogy to enhanced oral communication. In English Teaching-practice and Critique, 14, 303-313.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Precarious careers: Postdoctoral Researchers and Wellbeing at work

Christine Teelken1, Inge Van der Weijden2

1VU Universiteit Amsterdam, Netherlands, The; 2Universiteit Leiden, The Netherlands

Presenting Author: Teelken, Christine

The purpose of our research is to understand how postdoctoral researchers at Dutch research universities experience their working conditions and their prospects and opportunities, in relation to their mental health and wellbeing.

When looking at the employment conditions of postdoctoral researchers (postdocs), their direct working environment (e.g. their supervisors) as well as more indirect factors such as institutional and HRM-policies, our recent studies (Van der Weijden & Teelken, 2019, 2020) revealed these have not kept up with these alternations and the demands placed on them. Consequently, postdocs are caught within a dual controversy. The first involves the lack of clarity concerning their career prospects and developments despite their highly valued work, the second regards the fact that they are specialized staff, contributing to the primary process of their employing organisation but comparatively invisible and weakly connected with the organisation they are working for. Although the postdocs’ formal position seems weak, our previous study revealed that their situation in terms of academic socialising is much stronger and active than appears at first sight, particularly due to their personal agency. (Teelken & Van der Weijden, 2019).

Given this dual controversy, we think that the postdocs’ mental health deserves further investigation. Whereas studies on the mental health of PhD-candidates and lecturers are now increasingly available, the outcomes are quite unfavourable as they demonstrate substantial stress amongst these groups, see for example the recent work by Pitt et al (2020), Ysseldyk (2019) and Van Benthem (2019). Studies concerning the mental wellbeing of postdocs are comparatively rare, the first study on the mental health of Canadian postdocs demonstrated that they face serious problems and experience severe stress, which play a role in their job satisfaction (Van Benthem et al., 2019). Therefore, purpose of our research is to understand how, in the context of labour market instability, postdoctoral researchers experience their working conditions and their prospects and opportunities, in relation to their wellbeing.

Research question: How do the postdoctoral researchers at Dutch universities consider their employment conditions and how does this affect their mental wellbeing?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used

Data collection
In 2019, a sample of 676 postdoctoral researchers in the Netherlands completed the online questionnaire. We distributed the questionnaire with help of the staff at the department of Human Resources at 9 out of 14 Dutch research-oriented universities, amongst all disciplines. Participation was voluntary and anonymous. Participants were free to withdraw at any time

Data analysis methods
Survey data were analyzed using IBM SPSS Statistics 25. As a first step, we examined the descriptive statistics. Table 1 shows the mean, minimum, maximum and standard deviation of the variables included in this study. Secondly, we used logistic regression analysis to evaluate the association of several independent variables on the outcomes of mental health.

Furthermore, we asked the respondents whether they could explain their response to our questions about job satisfaction. We received many replies, some quite elaborate, to our open question in this survey (377 out of the 676 respondents from all 9 universities). We coded all these responses manually, and given the extensive number, used a structured design of thematic codes. Most important categories involved the nature of their response being positive, ambivalent, or negative. Within these categories several subcodes will be distinguished. We used quotes to illustrate our findings.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminairy findings:
The quantitative part of our research demonstrates the level and prevalence of the lack of mental wellbeing of postdocs. The results showed that about 70% of respondents indicated experiencing serious thoughts, feelings or conditions related to their mental health during their postdoctoral appointment. The most commonly reported experiences were feeling under constant strain (47%), concentration problems (35%), and sleeping problems (33%). (More than) one-quarter reporting feeling losing confidence in self and feeling not playing a useful role. Of imminent concern are the 15% of postdocs who report feeling worthless. 39% of the postdocs surveyed experienced four or more symptoms and were therefore at risk of developing serious mental health problem, which can lead to anxiety and depression. 56% of the postdocs experienced at least two symptoms (GHQ2+), 47% reported at least three symptoms (GHQ3+), while 39% reported at last four symptoms (GHQ4+).

The qualitative analyses reveals a more nuanced picture of positive experiences (n=74), mixed or balanced experiences (n=137) and negative experiences (n=161).

References
•Arnold, Carrie (2014) The stressed-out postdoc, Science, 1 Aug, vol 345, 6196, p. 594. DOI: 10.1126/science.345.6196.594
•Burgio KR, MacKenzie CM, Borrelle SB, Ernest SKM, Gill JL, Ingeman KE, et al. (2020) Ten Simple Rules for a successful remote postdoc. PLoS Comput Biol 16(5): e1007809. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1007809
•Fork, M.L., E.C. Anderson, A.A. Castellanos, I.R. Fischhoff, A. Marissa Matsler, C.L. Nieman, I. A. Oleksy, M.Y. Wong (2021), Creating community: a peer-led, adaptable postdoc program to build transferable career skills and overcome isolation. https://doi.org/10.1002/ecs2.3767
•Joudan, S. Postdoc progression. Nat. Chem. 14, 1089–1090 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41557-022-01053-5
•Pitt, Richard N., Yasemin Taskin Alp, Imani A. Shell (2021) The Mental Health Consequences of Work-Life and Life-Work Conflicts for STEM Postdoctoral Trainees Front Psychol. 2021; 12: 750490. Published online 2021 Nov 16. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2021.750490
•Rathenau Instituut (2021b). Postdocs. Factsheet. Science in figures. 29 April 2021
•Van der Weijden, I., Teelken, C., de Boer, M. & Drost, M. (2016). Career satisfaction of postdoctoral researchers in relation to their expectation for the future. Higher Education, 72, p. 25-40.
•Yadav, Aman, Christopher D. Seals, Cristina M. Soto Sullivan, Michael Lachney, Quintana Clark, Kathy G. Dixon & Mark J. T. Smith (2020) The Forgotten Scholar: Underrepresented Minority Postdoc Experiences in STEM Fields, Educational Studies, 56:2, 160-185, DOI: 10.1080/00131946.2019.1702552
•Ysseldyk, Renate, Greenaway, Katharine H., Hassinger Elena, Zutrauen Sarah, Lintz Jana, Bhatia Maya P., Frye Margaret, Starkenburg Else, Tai Vera (2019) A Leak in the Academic Pipeline: Identity and Health Among Postdoctoral Women, Frontiers in Psychology, 10, DOI=10.3389/fpsyg.2019.01297
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm22 SES 11 C
Location: Adam Smith, 717 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Jani Ursin
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Evaluation Systems from the Perspective of Academics

Katia Caballero1, Javier Mula-Falcón1, Elena Girela-Trujillo1, Estefanía Martínez-Valdivia2

1University of Granada, Spain; 2University of Jaen, Spain

Presenting Author: Caballero, Katia

This paper is part of a broader line of research, addressed through two research projects, titled "The influence of neoliberalism on academic identities and the level of professional satisfaction" (PID2019-105631GA-I00/AEI/10.13039/501100011033), and "New teaching staff in Andalusian universities: quantified and digitized academic identities" (B-SEJ-534-UGR20), granted by the State Research Agency of the Ministry of Science and Innovation and the Andalusian Agency for Knowledge and Universities of the Andalusian Ministry.

The aim of this paper is to find out the perception and level of satisfaction of academics with evaluation systems. From the end of the last century to the present day, Higher Education has undergone great changes in a continuous process of neoliberalization. In Europe, the transformation of universities has been driven by the creation of the European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process identified as key issues the promotion of quality, mobility, diversity and competitiveness, in order to contribute to the growth of employability in the European Union and, as a consequence, of the economy.

The values that supported universities in their origin have also changed compared to those that have been installed in recent decades. At this regard, traditional ideals based on autonomy and academic freedom are being significantly threatened (Clarke, Hyde and Drennan, 2013; Harland, 2009).

The set of policies implemented to achieve common standards in the achievement of competitive Higher Education has given hegemonic power to academic capitalism. In this context, knowledge and education become a commodity, and the type of knowledge that is being generated under these premises begins to be a topic of debate.

Therefore, we find the university ceases to be a place of generation of knowledge and service to society, to focus and assume as a basic principle of subsistence: production. This need is naturalized and transmitted to academics through evaluation systems based on control, accountability and managerialism; thus creating a new professional culture. Many relevant studies analyze the impact of neoliberalism on Higher Education and how we have become neoliberal academic subjects (Archer, 2008; Ball, 2012; Harland, 2009; McCowan, 2017; Tight, 2019; Saura and Bolívar, 2019).

In Spain, the Bologna Process was implemented through LOU in 2001. This Law incorporated extensive modifications in the academic evaluation system. Among them, ANECA is created as an entity to evaluate, certify and accredit academics according to their teaching, research and management activities (LOU, 2001, art. 31.2.c.) as a previous step to obtain a position or promote through different contractual typologies in the university. Later, the LOMLOU in 2007 included some changes in academic evaluation and accreditation. Access to different categories was still linked to prior and external accreditation by ANECA, although the evaluation criteria increased progressively, especially with regard to research production. Some studies have been critical in this regard (Caballero, 2013; Delgado, 2018; Díez-Gutiérrez, 2018). Now with LOSU (2022) the evaluation and accreditation model is consolidated, based fundamentally on the development of research, but especially focused on scientific production in journals that, in the end, are controlled by private companies. Therefore, to access and promote in the Spanish university, the merits of research are a priority compared to those related to teaching.

Likewise, the need to control and measure productivity has led to the use of metrics that have been accepted and naturalized as the appropriate process to measure quality, generating what we can call Digital Academic Capitalism (Saura and Caballero, 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our research is based on a sequential mixed design of quantitative and qualitative methodologies as parallel processes to understand the same social reality. While the quantitative research tries to determine the association or correlation among variables and the generalisation of outcomes through a representative sample, the qualitative research is aimed to identify the deep nature of realities and the system of relations through narrative discourses. A complementary use of both methods, as triangulation procedure, will allow a closer approach to the object of study, compensating the deficiencies of one with the riches of the other. The analysis will culminate with the integration of quantitative and qualitative perspectives (Creswell, 2017).

The population of this research is formed by academics from the nine public Spanish universities located at the south of the country (Andalusia). A quant-qual sequential sampling phase was carried out.  The size of the population was requested to the General Secretariat of Universities, Research and Technology of the Andalusian Ministry.   According to the data that were provided, the population was composed by 17.673 academics.

In order to achieve the objectives designed, the qualitative and quantitative research techniques that guided our process of research were the following:

-Survey. A questionnaire was designed, validated and administered to all the population to gather information on academics’ perception and satisfaction with the evaluation system. From the accepting sample, an information-producing sample of 2183 subjects was obtained. This final sample represents 12.4% of the population, with a sampling error of 1.96 for a 95% confidence interval. Non statistically significant differences were found in the distributions of the sample and the population according to universities (p = 0.72), when applying the Mann-Whitney U.

-Narrative inquiry. To study how academics build their identities, eighteen biographical-narrative interviews were carried out (Bolívar & Domingo, 2019). Through narratives, subjects interpret their experiences making it personally meaningful; it is the way of thinking about experience that gives a profound and subjective view of the phenomena (Clandinin, 2013). Subjects gave voice to create meaning from their own professional and personal experience. An approach to academic perceptions, opinions, feelings and interpretations of a specific social reality allows a deeper comprehension of the object of study and the results obtained through the questionnaire. The participants were chosen taking into consideration the balanced combination of criteria as gender, age, family situation, academic rank and scientific branch.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on the results obtained, we conclude that academics’ identity and the type of work they perform are influenced by the evaluation systems and, in particular, by the criteria established as evidence of quality at work. Academics consider these evaluation criteria do not adequately reflect the quality of their professional work, both teaching and research, which leads them to feel a low level of satisfaction with the evaluation systems.

On the other hand, the evaluation processes linked to accountability promote the constant performativity of academics. They consider this situation causing a negative impact on their health and in the time dedicated to their family and personal life, which also produces them a low level of satisfaction.

At this regard, evaluation systems in Higher Education must guarantee a real quality at the same time that give freedom to academics to develop their own professional paths. Academics cannot substitute by numbers their will and the contribution to its discipline, students and society. We need to find the neoliberalism cracks in order to develop progressive transformative actions (Harland, 2009; Sutton, 2015). Different authors have focused their works in exploring ways of resistance to the neoliberal Higher Education (Giroux, 2011; Ross, Savage & Watson, 2020; Shahjahan, 2019; Sutton, 2015). All of them claim the resistance to the neoliberalism and a shift towards a system that promotes critical democracy and equity in society.

References
Archer, L. (2008). Younger academics’ construction of ‘authenticity’, ‘success’ and professional identity. Studies in Higher Education, 33(4), 385-403. DOI: 10.1080/03075070802211729.
Ball, S. J. (2012). Performativity, Commodification and Commitment: An I-Spy Guide to the Neoliberal University. British Journal of Educational Studies, 60(1), 17-28. DOI: 10.1080/00071005.2011.650940.
Bolívar, A. & Domingo, J. (2019). La investigación (auto)biográfica en educación. Octaedro.
Caballero, K. (2013). Nivel de satisfacción del profesorado universitario hacia los sistemas de evaluación. Revista de Educación, 360, 483-508. DOI: 10.4438/1988-592X-RE-2011-360-124
Clandinin, D. J. (2013). Engaging in Narrative Inquiry. London and New York: Routledge.
Clarke, M., Hyde, A. & Drennan, J. (2013). Professional identity in Higher Education. In B. M. Kehm & U. Teichler (Eds.), The academic profession in Europe: New tasks and new challenges (pp. 7-21). Springer.
Creswell, J. W. (2017). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (2nd Ed). SAGE.
Delgado, E. (2018). Sexenios 2018, cambios relevantes: Reformando la evaluación de la transferencia del conocimiento y con novedades del Tribunal Supremo. Aula Magna 2.0. [Blog]. Retrieved from: https://cuedespyd.hypotheses.org/5753
Díez-Gutiérrez, E. J. (2018). Universidad e investigación para el bien común: la función social de la universidad. Aula Abierta, 47(4), 395-402. DOI: 10.17811/rifie.47.4.2018.395-402.
Giroux, H.  (2011).  Beyond  the  limits  of  neoliberal  higher  education:  Global youth  resistance  and  the  American/British  divide.  Retrieved from:
http://publicuniversity.org.uk/2011/11/07/beyond-the-limits-of-neoliberal-higher-education-global-youth-resistance-and-the-americanbritish-divide/
Harland, T. (2009). The university, neoliberal reform and the liberal educational ideal. In M. Tight, J. Huisman, K. H. Mok and C. C. Morphew, The Routledge International Handbook of Education (pp. 511-521). Routledge.
McCowan, T. (2017). Higher education, unbundling and the end of the university as we know it. Oxford Review of Education, 43(6), 733-748. DOI: 10.1080/03054985.2017.1343712.
Saura, G. & Bolívar, A. (2019). Sujeto académico neoliberal: Cuantificado, digitalizado y bibliometrificado. REICE. Revista Iberoamericana sobre Calidad, Eficacia y Cambio en Educación, 17(4), 9-26. DOI: 10.15366/reice2019.17.4.001.
Saura, G. & Caballero, K. (2021). Capitalismo académico digital. Revista Española de Educación Comparada, 37, 192-210. DOI: 10.5944/reec.37.2021.27797.
Shahjahan, R. A. (2019). On ‘being for others’: time and shame in the neoliberal academy. Journal of Education Policy, 1-27. DOI: 10.1080/02680939.2019.1629027.
Sutton, P. (2015). A paradoxical academic identity: fate, utopia and critical hope. Teaching in Higher Education, 20(1), 37-47. DOI: 10.1080/13562517.2014.957265.
Tight, M. (2019). The neoliberal turn in higher education. Higher Education Quarterly, 73(3), 273-284. DOI: 10.1111/hequ.12197.
Ylijoki, O. H. & Ursin, J. (2013). The construction of academic identity in the changes of Finnish higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 38(8), 1135-1149. DOI: 10.1080/0307.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Investigating The Ongoing Challenges and Ambiguities of Programme Leadership: Reflections and Recommendations

Patrick Baughan

The University of Law, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Baughan, Patrick

This paper is based on a book chapter which forms part of the forthcoming publication entitled Leadership in Learning and Teaching in Higher Education: Narratives of Academics’ Personal Journeys (full reference below). Taken as a whole, the book examines how staff navigate to leadership positions in learning and teaching whilst also managing various ‘contested identities’ and ‘marginalised spaces’, such as physical and social marginalised spaces, meso-level leadership positions, and gender. The book comprises personal narratives of emerging and established leaders in learning and teaching. My paper draws on my chapter contribution for the book, and examines these themes in the context of how staff can ‘sense-make’ programme leadership roles at higher education institutions.

In the paper, therefore, I will provide a reflective analysis of my work as a Programme Leader (PL), at three different universities, examining the challenges and ‘role uncertainties’ that often characterise this type of professional position.Normally, a Programme Leader (sometimes referred to by other terms such as ‘programme director’ or ‘course leader’) is a member of staff responsible for the day-to-day management of a given course or programme of study (Cahill et al, 2015). However, in spite of my breadth of experience in higher education, no other leadership position I have occupied has been so complex as the role of PL. I argue that, for a series of reasons, programme leadership may represent a ‘difficult’ example of higher education leadership, but that steps can be taken to clarify some of the ambiguousness (or ‘fuzziness’) by which it is characterized and experienced by so many. Indeed, published literature on programme leadership is consistent in illustrating this can often be a role fraught with ambiguity and complexity (Mitchell, 2015; Moore, 2018; Murphy and Curtis, 2013). Current and former PLs report mixed experiences, sometimes having been unclear about their roles and responsibilities.

Drawing primarily on my leadership experience, but also on conversations with colleagues and on relevant literature, I argue that the PL role is often problematic and that more could be done to improve the experiences of those undertaking it. My paper provides an opportunity to reflect on my experiences, offer some possible causes for the often challenging nature of the role, and make some recommendations.

Key questions that are addressed are:

  1. How and why is the PL role so often problematic, ambiguous and ‘fuzzy’, and what evidence is there to demonstrate this?
  2. What actions can individuals and higher education institutions take to negate these difficulties, and clarify and improve the role of the PL, for the benefit of students, staff and PLs themselves, as well as learning and teaching processes?

A note on terminology: Different terms are used to denote the PL role, such as Programme Leader, Programme Director and Course Leader. I use the term ‘Programme Leader’ (PL) for the sake of consistency. The word ‘fuzzy’ (in this context meaning ambiguous or unclear) was first used to describe programme leadership in the work of Mitchell (2015).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper is based on a reflective and theoretically informed (Moon, 2005; Senior, 2018) analysis of my work as a PL, at three different universities. Whilst primarily reflective and experiential in focus, it is also informed by the use of other secondary sources including conversations with colleagues, and notes and records used in the role, as well as extensive literature (examples of this literature are cited in the reference section below). In total, I was a PL for nine years three institutions, for which I have used pseudonyms in the analysis, referring to them as University A, University B and University C. University A is a well-established, medium-sized, campus-based institution; University B is a city-centre institution with close links to business; University C is a large, research-focused and prestigious organization. Each of these universities is UK-based but the themes, issues and recommendations which are discussed will be of relevance to an international audience, bearing in mind that PLs are international in composition and the role itself is also international.

As explained above, to inform the work, I drew on a conceptual framework by Senior (2018). Senior explains that there is little bespoke theory focused on programme leadership: ‘The small pool of literature that does exist acts as a critical launch pad, and has the potential to further raise the profile of programme leadership. The findings of these exploratory studies… demonstrate that a firm theoretical basis for programme leadership is yet to be established’ (p. 11). Senior has tproposed a model comprising nine categories as core components for the role, which include: programme delivery and quality; student liaison, support and guidance; staff liaison; committees; external stakeholder engagement; managing internal and external student feedback processes; programme design, approval and modification - and several others. Whilst Senior’s framework has its origins in the British ‘system’, its themes, as well as challenges experienced by staff in PL roles, are also familiar and important in European and international higher education contexts.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Whilst much of my work in PL settings has been enriching, I have also encountered challenges and ambiguities, suggesting a role of ‘blurred boundaries’, attracting different perceptions and assumptions. By means of sustained reflection and conversations with others in comparable roles, my outcomes offer a series of vignette examples to illustrate the nuances, complexities and ‘fuzziness’ of the role – and the potentially negative implications of these. Further, though I worked as PL at three distinct universities, some of the role complications were similar and indeed broadly cohere with previous accounts of programme leadership (Murphy and Curtis, 2013) I identify examples of this variation, the impact it had, and what ‘lessons may be learned’. Drawing on Senior’s (2018) framework, I will offer recommendations which include: the PL role needs a written role description which fits the institutional and programmatic context; in the rapidly changing HE environment, PL duties need to be reviewed periodically; and, a PL must be able to have clear ownership of the programme that run – and a ‘vision’ for its development. In addition, I will present recommendations for senior colleagues who design PL roles within institutions, such as the need to introduce PL inductions, training and mentoring systems, and promote the use of networks or communities for PLs (Moore, 2018).

In sum, drawing on excerpts from my professional experience and other sources, I opine that although the PL role can be rewarding, it is also characterized by ‘fuzziness’ – ambiguity and uncertainty – in multiple aspects. Work needs to be undertaken to better define and support the role, because PL staff represent a vital interface between university management, students, and teaching and learning. PLs need clear aims and boundaries or else they risk not developing their own leadership skills, but merely enacting the decisions of others.

References
Cahill, J., Bowyer, J., Rendell, C., Hammond, A., and Korek, S. (2015), ‘An exploration of how programme leaders in higher education can be prepared and supported to discharge their responsibilities effectively’, Educational Research 57 (3): 272–86.

Ellis, S., and Nimmo, A. (2018), ‘Opening eyes and changing mind-sets: Professional development for programme leaders’, in J. Lawrence and S. Ellis (eds), Supporting Programme Leaders and Programme Leadership (SEDA Special No. 39), 35–9.

Fotheringham, H. (2019), ‘Engaging staff and students with data’, Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education. https://www.enhancementthemes.ac.uk/docs/ethe mes/evidence-for-enhancement/engaging-staff-and-students-with-data.pdf ?sfv rsn=e392c781_8  

Hosein, A., Kinchin, I. and Rao, N. (2023, forthcoming) Leadership in Learning and Teaching in Higher Education: Narratives of Academics’ Personal Journeys, London, Bloomsbury.

Johnston, V., and Westwood, J. (2009), ‘Academic leadership: Developing a framework for the professional development of programme leaders’, York: Advance HE. https://www.advance-he.ac.uk/knowledge-hub/academic-leadership-develop ing-framework-professional-development-programme-leaders  

Lawrence, J., and Ellis, S. (2018), Supporting Programme Leaders and Programme Leadership (SEDA Special No. 39), London: Staff and Educational Development Association.

Milburn, P. (2010), ‘The role of programme directors as academic leaders’, Active Learning in Higher Education 11 (2): 87–95.

Mitchell, R. (2015), ‘ “If there is a job description I don’t think I’ve read one”: A case study of programme leadership in a UK pre-1992 university’, Journal of Further and Higher Education 39 (5): 713–32.

Moon, J. (2005), ‘Reflection in Learning and Professional Development: Theory and Practice’, London, Routledge.

Moore, S. (2018), ‘Beyond isolation: Exploring the relationality and collegiality of the programme’, in J. Lawrence and S. Ellis (eds), Supporting Programme Leaders and Programme Leadership (SEDA Special No. 39), 29–33, London: Staff and Educational Development Association.

Murphy, M., and Curtis, W. (2013), ‘The micro-politics of microleadership: Exploring the role of programme leader in English universities’, Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management 35 (1): 34–44.

Robinson-Self, P. (2020), ‘The practice and politics of programme leadership: Between strategy and teaching’, in J. Potter and C. Devecchi (eds), Delivering Educational Change in Higher Education: A Transformative Approach for Leaders and Practitioners, 116–25, Abingdon: Routledge.

Senior, R. (2018), ‘The shape of programme leadership in the contemporary university’, in J. Lawrence and S. Ellis (eds), Supporting Programme Leaders and Programme Leadership (SEDA Special No. 39), 11–14, London: Staff and Educational Development Association.

Vilkinas, T., and Ladyshewsky, R. (2012), ‘Leadership behaviour and effectiveness of academic program directors in Australian universities’, Educational Management Administration and Leadership 40 (1): 109–26.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Experiences of Disabled Staff Navigating the Higher Education Sector: An Underutilised Resource for Promoting Inclusive Organisational Change within Academia

Stuart Read, Anne Parfitt

Bath Spa University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Read, Stuart

There is a growing body of European/international academic literature documenting the experiences of disabled staff within higher education (for key texts, see Brown, 2021; Burke & Byrne, 2020; Dolmage, 2017). This evidence presents a consistent picture of exclusion, with disabled staff routinely experiencing structural inequalities (e.g., inaccessible infrastructure, job precarity etc.), as well as negative attitudes from students and staff (Brewer, 2022; Merchant et al., 2020). This literature also reveals that exclusion reported by disabled staff in higher education is not a new phenomenon. However, when considering the pace of change within the higher education sector as a result of the Coronavirus pandemic, such as in terms of students and staff having to modify their teaching and learning practices from in person to online, research is beginning to shine a light on how Coronavirus-related challenges encountered by disabled staff might be adding to, and exacerbating, the exclusion they already encounter (Hannam-Swain & Bailey, 2021; Parfitt et al., 2021).

The bulk of research exploring exclusionary practices within higher education focuses on disabled students, and as such, there are concerns that the valuable insights of disabled staff are being disregarded (Merchant et al., 2020). This paper, presented by disabled academics in the fields of Disability Studies and Education, argues that disregarding the insights of disabled staff is one such example of the systemic and long-term nature of exclusion they face within higher education. Moreover, we argue in this paper that the experiences and insights of disabled staff in pandemic higher education have been underutilised when implementing strategies designed to promote inclusivity within the higher education sector in a ‘post-pandemic’ world. To make our arguments, we share our empirical work exploring disabled staff experiences of the higher education sector during the Coronavirus pandemic. Our research questions for this research were: what are disabled people’s experiences of navigating pandemic higher education? (RQ1), and what are participants’ recommendations for promoting inclusive change in a pandemic and post-pandemic higher education sector? (RQ2).

Our findings reveal a mixed picture in terms of how disabled staff are navigating the pandemic academy. Many staff appreciated the freedom and autonomy to work from home, which in turn, promoted health benefits (e.g., reduced fatigue due to not having to commute to work). However, participants also reported considerable difficulties in navigating the isolation of home working, and the lack of awareness from non-disabled colleagues regarding the need for accessibility. Moreover, participants were concerned at what they perceived to be limited communication between the academy and disabled staff regarding what an inclusive ‘post-pandemic’ higher education sector could be. As such, participants were worried that the inclusive practices that had been enacted during the pandemic era would be erased in favour of reverting back to traditional ways of pre-pandemic working.

We apply theoretical ideas of ableism to our findings to draw attention to disabled people’s experiences of higher education, as well as their strategies for change. Ableism within the context of academia describes the systemic higher education processes and procedures that place value on the ‘able body’ and ‘able mind’, and as such, devalue disabled people’s bodies and those from other marginalised communities (Dolmage, 2017). This ableism permeates the entirety of academic culture (e.g., education and infrastructure) to such an extent that barriers become ‘invisible’: hidden in plain sight. Individuals who can ‘overcome’ these ableist barriers are perceived as valuable because of their gifts and qualities for academia, rather than the sector recognising that these individuals are merely prototypical of what an ‘expected’ person within higher education is supposed to be (i.e., ‘able-bodied’ and ‘able-minded’) (Taylor & Shallish, 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper will share empirical data from three different phases of our research: an online survey; semi-structured interviews; and an ‘expert panel’. For the online survey, which was open to disabled staff from around the World, participants were asked to share their experiences of navigating pandemic-era higher education, as well as their recommendations for building a more inclusive ‘post-pandemic’ academy.

The semi-structured interviews with disabled staff expanded upon the online survey findings in greater depth. For instance, participants were asked to describe their thoughts on how the higher education sector could better work with disabled people to become more inclusive in a post-pandemic landscape. Each interview lasted approximately one hour.

The ‘expert panel’ consisted of a group of disabled staff and non-disabled allies who were all interested in disability inclusion within higher education. Expert panel members met collaboratively for focus group-style sessions, each lasting approximately two hours. For these sessions, panel members were invited to create a subjective piece using a variety of creative/malleable materials, such as drawing, plasticine and blocks, which demonstrated their accounts of pandemic, and imagined post-pandemic experiences of disabled people within the academy. Panel members were also encouraged to share the meaning and inspiration behind their created piece, such as what issues they were encountering in pandemic-era higher education, and how these translated into the creation of their piece. The purpose of using creative/malleable materials was to allow individual panel members to create their own piece, but potentially modify or redesign them after hearing the experiences of others in each session, for instance, if another member offered additional insights or different perspectives. Through panel members sharing their creative pieces, and listening to others’ experiences and feedback, the expert panels collectively discussed what an inclusive post-pandemic academy might look like, and what recommendations the higher education sector could take forward.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The Coronavirus pandemic presents a unique opportunity for the higher education sector to learn from the ableist mistakes of its past, which have placed disabled staff at a significant disadvantage when compared to their non-disabled colleagues (Read et al., 2020). Our findings reveal that while disabled staff have reported progress in terms of disability inclusion through the pandemic (e.g., in terms of the flexibility afforded to disabled staff who want to work from home), traditional ableist rhetoric and practices remain. In particular, disabled staff were concerned that the voices and experiences of disabled people had been underutilised or even disregarded in pandemic-recovery decision making. In turn, participants felt that institutions were ignorant to the numerous learned strategies that disabled people have developed for navigating ableist barriers in higher education, both pre-pandemic and during the pandemic era. This fear was evidenced in the felt belief that the stance taken towards pandemic recovery by the higher education sector appeared to reflect a desire to go back to the ‘normality’ of pre-pandemic working: working in which disabled staff were routinely excluded. This return to pre-pandemic ways of working risks undermining or erasing the positive gains that have been achieved during this period. To build a truly inclusive higher education sector, disabled staff recommended that institutions fully listen to, and engage with, their experiences, and apply their learned knowledge of navigating exclusion to all pandemic recovery decisions. Moreover, participants recommended that higher education institutions recognise that the pandemic period has promoted many positive and inclusive ways of working for all university staff and students, such as the ability to work flexibly from home, and that these changes should be fully embedded in the ‘post-pandemic’ academic world.
References
Brewer, G. (2022). Disability in higher education: Investigating identity, stigma and disclosure amongst academics. Open University Press.

Brown, N. (Ed.) (2021). Lived experiences of ableism in academia: Strategies for inclusion in higher education. Policy Press.

Burke, C., & Byrne, B. (Eds.) (2020). Social research and disability: Developing inclusive research spaces for disabled researchers. Routledge.

Dolmage, J. T. (2017). Academic ableism: Disability and higher education. University of Michigan Press.

Hannam-Swain, S., & Bailey, C. (2021). Considering Covid-19: Autoethnographic reflections on working practices in a time of crisis by two disabled UK academics. Social Sciences and Humanities Open 4 (100145).

Merchant, W., Read, S., D’Evelyn, S., Miles, C., & Williams, V. (2020). The insider view: Tackling disabling practices in higher education institutions. Higher Education, 80(2), 273-287.

Parfitt, A., Read, S., & Bush, T. (2021). Can compassion provide a lifeline for navigating Coronavirus (COVID-19) in higher education? Pastoral Care in Education, 39(3), 178-191.

Read, S., Parfitt, A., & Bush, T. (2020). The COVID-safe university is an opportunity to end the default ableism of academia. LSE Impact Blog. https://blogs.lse.ac.uk/impactofsocialsciences/2020/12/10/the-covid-safe-university-is-an-opportunity-to-end-the-default-ableism-of-academia/

Taylor, A., & Shallish, L. (2019). The logic of bio-meritocracy in the promotion of higher education equity. Disability & Society, 34(7-8), 1200-1223.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Examining Labour Market Success in the Career Path of Recent Graduates

Marianna Szemerszki, Júlia Seli, Tamás Iharosi

Hungarian Educational Authority, Hungary

Presenting Author: Szemerszki, Marianna

The link between higher education and labour market success is difficult to examine not only because the boundaries between higher education and the world of work are blurred, with many students already working while studying or starting new higher education studies at an older age with work experience, but also because employability and a good labour market position are influenced by a number of other factors beyond the existence of a higher education degree. The concept of labour market success itself is not straightforward, as there are many dimensions, some of which can only be captured by subjective indicators. (Teichler, 2002; Veroszta, 2011).

In recent decades, there has been a growing demand in some European countries for closer links between higher education and the employment system. However, in most countries, the focus is on the development of so-called "key competences", i.e. competences that are not closely linked to specialized professional training. (Teichler, 2018). Analysing graduate skills can lead to a better understanding regarding labour market demand and supply, as well as competencies that need to be taught in higher education institutions. While exploring these skills and competencies, it is important to bear in mind other important factors involved in the process - age, social background, type of university, field of study, etc. (Mason et al., 2009). However, it is also worth mentioning that many relevant employability skills can be best acquired in the workplace rather than in universities given the specific nature of the tasks performed in the workplace. (James et al., 2013).

Previous international research (REFLEX, HEGESCO) have shown that graduates, assessing their own competencies and those they believe the labour market expects of them, often report shortages in some areas and surpluses in others, but both can occur simultaneously for some competencies, if graduates are not well distributed between different jobs. (Allen‒van der Velden 2009). Hungarian results from the Graduate Career Tracking System 2020 survey data show that recent graduates considered practical skills that are most important for their work. Meanwhile the less important skills they needed tend to be more general. A stronger deficit between needs and preparedness can be observed for the more pragmatic competencies (practical expertise, application of skills, problem-solving skills), followed by time- and work-management competencies. (Iharosi, 2022).

In our analysis, we use survey data to examine the professional progress of graduates, and the extent to which some dimensions of labour market success are related to the competencies and skills of recent graduates, in addition to the different characteristics of higher education studies, the events of the period since graduation and individual background characteristics. An important factor regarding labour market success is social background. International and Hungarian studies suggest that graduates from socially advantaged backgrounds are more likely to experience more smooth and advantaged career trajectories than graduates from lower classes, plus they are more likely to attain top managerial and professional occupations. (Duta, 2020; Veroszta, 2011). Previous analyses of administrative data on graduates have shown that around a tenth of graduates who finished their studies in 2011/12 move into a managerial position within 7 years of graduation, but there is significant variation in this respect by level of study, type of enrolment (full-time, part-time) and field of study. (Harkányi, 2022).

The aim of our research is to explore the labour market success of recent graduates and the factors that play a part in the process. In addition to objective indicators of success, we investigate the characteristics that influence subjective labour market success and the matching of the two.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our analysis is based mainly on the EUROGRADUATE survey, which was conducted in the autumn of 2022. We analyse the Hungarian data from this international survey, taking into account previous national surveys and analyses of administrative data as well. In Hungary, since 2010, every year graduates from 1 or 5 years earlier are asked about their further studies and labour market characteristics, and every two years there is also the possibility to obtain information from linking the administrative data of graduates. The Integration of Administrative Databases (IAD) is part of the Graduate Career Tracking System (GCTS), in which factual data stored in other administration data systems (e.g., National Tax Authority, National Health Insurance Fund) are anonymously linked to individual-level data stored in the Higher Education Information System (HEIS). This gives us the opportunity to examine the labour market situation (e.g., labour market status, income) of graduates in the longer term.

The EUROGRADUATE survey includes several sets of questions that provide a picture not only of the facts but also of the subjective dimensions of labour market success. The sample consists of 7024 respondents and provides information on the labour market situation of students who graduated 1 or 5 years earlier, including information about the level of competencies required in their current job and their own skills level as well. This allows us not only to identify competencies which are required in their current jobs, but also to calculate discrepancies between their own and required competence levels.

First, we construct two separate labour market success indicators based on the measuring of the objective and subjective success variables. Then, using regression analysis, we examine how these can be described by different background characteristics and what differences emerge in the two combined success indicators.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In terms of objective indicators of labour market success, the results of the Graduate Carrier Tracking Survey 2020 (N=7614) so far show that the more time has passed since graduation, the more likely it is to have a more successful labour market career, as measured by objective indicators. In addition, higher level of tertiary education (master's degree as opposed to bachelor's degree) is also more likely to lead to a more successful labour market position when measured by indicators such as income and higher managerial position. The data also show that, among the skills and competencies, theoretical and practical expertise, cooperation and work organisation skills are the most important contributors to objectively successful labour market careers.

The EUROGRADUATE 2022 survey data provide an opportunity to consider subjective indicators of success as well, such as satisfaction with certain aspects of the job and the respondent's perception of the adequacy of the labour market position, in addition to objective indicators of success. In relation to the subjective labour market success (e.g., job satisfaction, job matching), it is expected that the inclusion of this dimension will broaden the range of those who can be considered successful in work. We expect that some of those who are not considered successful by objective indicators may also have a successful career path in some other respect due to their personal experience of success. By including partly different individuals in this group, it can be assumed that we will find new or different background factors influencing subjective perception of success compared to background factors influencing objective success.

References
Allen, J.– van der Velden, R. (eds.) (2009). Report on the Large-Scale Graduate Survey: Competencies and Early Labour Market Careers of Higher Education Graduates. University of Ljubljana, Faculty of Social Sciences, Slovenia
Duta, A.–Wielgoszewska, B.–Iannelli, C. (2020). Different degrees of career success: social origin and graduates’ education and labour market trajectories. Advances in Life Course Research, 100376.
Harkányi, Á. M. (2022). Vezetővé válás a végzettek körében pályakövetési adatok alapján. [Becoming a leader among graduates based on tracking data.] Felsőoktatási Elemzési Jelentések. V/1: 25-28.
Iharosi, T. (2022). A frissdiplomások megszerzett kompetenciái a munkaerőpaci igények tükrében. [Competences acquired by recent graduates in the light of labour market needs.] Felsőoktatási Elemzési Jelentések. V/1. 22-25.
James, S.–Warhurst, C.–Tholen, G.–Commander, J. (2013). What we know and what we need to know about graduate skills. Work, Employment and Society, 27(6), 952–963.
Mason, G.–Williams, G.–Cranmer, S. (2009). Employability skills initiatives in higher education: what effects do they have on graduate labour market outcomes?, Education Economics, 17:1, 1-30.
Teichler, U. (2002). Graduate Employment and Work in Europe: Diverse Situations and Common Perceptions. Tertiary Education and Management 8:3, 199-216
Teichler, U. (2018). Higher Education and Graduate Employment: Changing Conditions and Challenges. INCHER Working Paper Nr. 10. Kassel
Veroszta, Zs. (2011). A munkaerő-piaci sikeresség dimenziói frissdiplomások körében. [Dimensions of labour market success among recent graduates.] In: Garai O. et al. (ed.) Frissdiplomások 2010. Educatio Társadalmi Szolgáltató Nonprofit Kft., Budapest, 11-36.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm22 SES 11 D
Location: Adam Smith, 711 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Liudvika Leisyte
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Diversifying Institutional Teaching and Learning Cultures in Transnational Higher Education

Vesna Holubek, Vesa Korhonen, Johanna Annala

Tampere University, Finland

Presenting Author: Holubek, Vesna; Korhonen, Vesa

This research project explores teaching and learning cultures in transnational higher education by examining three pedagogical development programmes organised by a Finnish university in universities in Palestine, Brazil, and Thailand. As a part of transnational cooperation of these institutions between 2016 and 2019, three programmes were organised as pedagogical development training for university teachers. The research datasets were compiled from texts produced by the participants during the three case-study programmes and analysed using poststructuralist discourse analysis.

Aiming to understand the cultural change processes engendered by the transnational cooperation, the research is led by two main research questions: (1) What are the features of teaching and learning cultures in higher education institutions (HEIs) located in three national contexts (Palestine, Brazil, and Thailand)? (2) What kinds of change processes are introduced by the transnational pedagogical development programmes and how are those manifested in the (institutional) teaching and learning cultures?

Theoretical and methodological framework of this qualitative inquiry draws on conceptualisations outlined in the previous research into international/transnational education, institutional cultures, and poststructuralist discourse analysis.

Transnational education (TNE) – also called cross-border education or internationalisation abroad – refers to movement of people, programmes, policies, or other educational activities across national or regional borders (Knight, 2012). Finnish HEIs have recently increased their TNE activities mostly by offering commissioned programmes and training packages to partners globally. Generally seen as beneficial for HEIs, TNE may widen the opportunities for intercultural exchange, economic development, and modernisation of higher education systems (Korhonen & Alenius, 2018). However, TNE programs have been criticised as profit-seeking endeavours of HEIs in developed countries providing education in developing countries (Djerasimovic, 2014). The economic rationale of TNE raises concerns about equal opportunities and access to education resulting with unequal power distribution between the “producers” and “consumers” of TNE (Pyvis, 2011). Previous studies question transferability of pedagogical ideas in different national contexts and call for greater cultural contextualisation to make learning relevant for the learners (Allen, 2014; Bovill et al., 2015; Jordan et al., 2014; Leask, 2008). More research is needed to better understand the dynamics behind this process of cultural contextualisation in TNE.

Our three case studies have been implemented as inter-institutional transnational cooperation; therefore, we focus on teaching and learning as one analytical aspect of institutional cultures in higher education. Our approach draws on the fragmentation perspective (Martin, 1992) and anthropological approaches (Alvesson, 2002; Trowler, 2008) to institutional culture. Characterised by ambiguity, pluralism, and contradictions, culture is constructed and enacted through community’s meaning-making processes. Following the poststructuralist perspective, we see institutional cultures as discursively constructed (Berti, 2017; Foucault, 2002). Thus, we define teaching and learning cultures as discursive meaning-making processes that guide the ways in which educational processes are understood and organised at an institution.

The presentation will give an overview of this ongoing research project and discuss the findings of two case studies: Finnish–Palestinian & Finnish–Brazilian cooperation. The role of diversity (in sense of increasing variety) is particularly visible in discursive construction of institutional teaching and learning cultures during a transnational collaboration. The findings of the two case-studies show that teaching and learning cultures are fragmented and constructed by diverse and often contrasting discourses in and around HEIs. As it introduces additional alternative discourses into the institutional meaning-making, transnational collaboration diversifies the ways in which educational processes are understood and practiced at a HEI. In other words, diversification of (pedagogical) perspectives in TNE enables discursive transformation and pedagogical development not only on the level of individual university teachers but also on the level of community and institution.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Poststructuralist discourse analysis gives the onto-methodological framing of this study. By constraining or enabling the possible ways of understanding and acting in a specific context, discourses not only represent but actively construct social reality at different levels, including institutional cultures (Ball, 2012; Berti, 2017; Foucault, 2002). Poststructuralist discourse analysis, also called Foucauldian discourse analysis, investigates what realities (ways of thinking, being, doing, etc.) are made possible within discourses (Baxter, 2002; Carabine, 2001; Willig, 2013). This analysis approach allows the researcher to explore the text in relation to discourses constituted through a variety of discursive constructions and subject positions (Baxter, 2002). In other words, we analysed the variety of ways in which teaching and learning is constructed, and the available subject positions within the discourses. We focus on different discourses present within the Palestinian and Brazilian institutions internally, and in relation to their wider societal environments. Additionally, we analyse the discourses in relation to the alternative perspectives introduced by the transnational pedagogical development programme.

The investigated transnational pedagogical programmes were comparable in terms of the programme curriculum that included topics such as student learning and engagement, designing learning environments, and developing pedagogical expertise. The programmes aimed at enhancing the participants’ pedagogical competence (as individuals and a community) by engaging them in reflection and re-negotiation of their pedagogical conceptions and approaches in academic teaching. Organised in 2017—2018, the programmes lasted about 7 months and were offered as professional development opportunities to Palestinian and Brazilian university teachers (teaching staff in different disciplines and at different career stages at the investigated HEIs). The Finnish–Palestinian programme involved four Finnish university teachers who acted as educators (including the first and second authors). Other four Finnish university teachers were educators in the Finnish–Brazilian programme (including the third author).

For the first case study on Finnish–Palestinian cooperation (Holubek et al., 2022) we collected and analysed two datasets: (a) four focus group interviews with 18 Palestinian university teachers conducted before the transnational pedagogical programme, and (b) texts produced during the programme with 16 Palestinian university teachers.

The second case study on Finnish–Brazilian cooperation includes a dataset composed of texts produced during the transnational pedagogical programme with 38 Brazilian university teachers.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the first case study on Finnish–Palestinian programme (Holubek et al., 2022) we identified five discourses that Palestinian university teachers drew upon when speaking or writing about teaching and learning: (a) discourse of disciplinary differences, (b) discourse of traditional and modern education, (c) discourse of improving education, (d) discourse of the sociocultural and religious context, and (e) discourse of the political and economic circumstances. The five discourses give us rich descriptions of the discursive meaning-making processes that construct institutional teaching and learning cultures at this Palestinian university. The study showed that the TNE programme prompted a discursive transformation entailing a process of hybridisation of (foreign and local) perspectives. Diversifying the perspectives on (good) teaching and learning, TNE introduced new possible ways of understanding and practicing higher education at this HEI.

The second study on Finnish–Brazilian programme is currently ongoing, but the preliminary findings show similar processes of diversification and hybridisation of perspectives. Applying poststructuralist discourse analysis, we have (so far) identified four features of teaching and learning cultures at this Brazilian university: (a) students as protagonists in education, (b) emotional/empathy perspectives, (c) relevance of institutional forces/structures, and (d) role of higher education in developing citizenship. For example, the idea behind (a) seeing students as protagonists in education is similar to the student-centredness perspective that was explicitly discussed in the programme (suggesting hybridisation). However, it is noticeable in the dataset that the characteristics of being a “protagonist” entail some aspects (such as storytelling, and exposition) of seeing education as a narrative or a story (pointing towards diversification).

Exploring further this diversification dynamics in TNE may open new directions in overcoming the polarised “provider-receiver” relation in TNE and improve our understanding of the ‘receiving’ institution’s agency to transform foreign discourses towards spaces of empowerment (Djerasimovic 2014).

References
Allen, D. J. F. (2014). Investigating transnational collaboration of faculty development and learning: An argument for making learning culturally relevant. International Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning, 8(2).
Alvesson, M. (2002). Understanding organizational culture. Sage.
Ball, S. J. (2012). Foucault, power, and education. Taylor & Francis Group.
Baxter, J. (2002). Competing discourses in the classroom: A post-structuralist discourse analysis of girls’ and boys’ speech in public contexts. Discourse & Society, 13(6), 827–842.
Berti, M. (2017). Elgar introduction to organizational discourse analysis. Edward Elgar Publishing.
Bovill, C., Jordan, L., & Watters, N. (2015). Transnational approaches to teaching and learning in higher education: Challenges and possible guiding principles. Teaching in Higher Education, 20(1), 12–23.
Carabine, J. (2001). Unmarried motherhood 1830–1990: A discursive genealogical analysis. In M. Wetherell, S. Taylor, & S. J. Yates (Eds.), Discourse as data: A guide to analysis (pp. 267–310). Sage.
Djerasimovic, S. (2014). Examining the discourses of cross-cultural communication in transnational higher education: from imposition to transformation. Journal of Education for Teaching, 40(3), 204–216.
Foucault, M. (2002). Archaeology of knowledge (2nd ed.). Routledge.
Holubek, V., Alenius, P., Korhonen, V., & Al-Masri, N. (2022). Construction of Teaching and Learning Cultures in Transnational Pedagogical Development: Discourses Among Palestinian University Instructors. International Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning, 16(2).
Jordan, L., Bovill, C., Othman, S.M., Saleh, A.M., Shabila, N.P., & Watters, N. (2014). Is student-centred learning a Western concept? Lessons from an academic development programme to support student-centred learning in Iraq. Teaching in Higher Education, 19(1), 13–25.
Knight, J. (2012). Internationalization: Three Generations of Crossborder Higher Education. New Delhi: India International Centre.
Korhonen, V., & Alenius, P. (2018). Introduction: International and transnational dimensions in higher education. In V. Korhonen & P. Alenius (Eds.) Internationalisation and Transnationalisation in Higher Education. Bern: Peter Lang, 15–39.
Leask, B. (2008). Teaching for learning in the transnational classroom. In L. Dunn & M. Wallace (Eds.), Teaching in transnational higher education: Enhancing learning for offshore international students (pp. 120–131). Routledge.
Martin, J. (1992). Cultures in organizations: Three perspectives. Oxford University Press.
Pyvis, D. (2011). The need for context-sensitive measures of educational quality in transnational higher education. Teaching in Higher Education, 16(6), 733–744.
Trowler, P. (2008). Cultures and change in higher education: Theories and Practices. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
Willig, C. (2013). Introducing qualitative research in psychology (3rd ed.). Open University Press.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Becoming Active Agents: Doctoral Researchers Navigating Communities

Gill Adams1, Helen Donaghue2

1Sheffield Hallam University, United Kingdom; 2Queen Margaret University

Presenting Author: Adams, Gill; Donaghue, Helen

The increased demand for independent researchers, coupled with high attrition rates on doctoral programmes, have focused attention on the support provided to aid doctoral researchers become ‘active relational agents’ in research communities (Pyhältö and Keskinen 2012). In this paper we explore how an analysis of doctoral researchers’ experiences as they negotiate community participation and engagement can further our understanding of the support needed to facilitate a move towards more participative culture for those at the early stages of their doctorates. The university research environment is often seen as key to supporting the development of creative, collaborative and autonomous researchers, with its significance noted in high-stakes assessments. Despite the attention on this, doctoral researchers in the UK consistently report lower levels of satisfaction with research culture than with other aspects of their experience (Neves 2022). The focus on improving the support provided to doctoral researchers has frequently been focussed on supervisors. These issues are also of concern elsewhere in Europe, for example through recent calls to develop research cultures where doctoral researchers have opportunities to engage with research communities from the start of their programmes (Corcelles-Seuba, Suñe-Soler, Sala-Bubaré & Castelló 2022).

Drawing on a communities of practice theorisation, we map the communities that doctoral researchers participate in, situating these in relation to the wider research environment, and the access to resources this affords. Then, using agency theories, we frame doctoral researchers’ relationships within and across communities and networks. We explore how these relationships vary, considering spatiotemporal dimensions (Aarnikoivu 2021), and ‘embodied, material or imaginary mediators of experience’ (Hopwood 2010, p109). The concept of professional agency, utilised in studies of teacher professional learning (Eteläpelto et al., 2013 p.61) frames an understanding of how experienced professionals engage in the early stages of researcher development. Previous studies of doctoral researchers’ engagement and participation in research communities have identified relational agency (Edwards 2005) and the development of relational expertise (Douglas 2020) as offering productive ways of thinking about support for doctoral researchers. In this paper we consider how relational pedagogical practices may be made more explicit, developing a research culture that offers both support and challenge to doctoral candidates in their journeying to become researchers.

We focus on the following research question:

  • How do doctoral researchers in the first year of a professional doctorate navigate research communities?

The challenge of engagement with and participation in research communities for those at the start of their doctoral programmes has increasingly been the focus of research. Candidates on professional doctorates, typically experienced professionals with successful careers, may bring networking skills from practice that can be utilised to aid research networking. At the same time, they are aware of being ‘novices’ in research, facing the challenge of making sense of identity shifts as they begin the process of socialisation into research communities. In this paper, we consider the opportunities that professional doctorates provide and how the pedagogical affordances such programmes offer might be exploited for other forms of doctorate.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper explores doctoral student experiences through data generated in the context of a professional doctorate. Candidates in the first year of the Doctorate in Education (EdD), at one university in England, participated in tutorials designed to create spaces for sense-making as part of the initial phase of the doctorate. Each tutorial was scaffolded by a reading activity and/or suggested prompts for discussion. The research study involved their participation (subject to agreement) in tutorials that were audio recorded. These were followed by an invitation to take part in a one-to-one interview focussed on the tutorial experience with a member of the research team. At the time, we were also tutors on the EdD. Given the power dynamics involved, the study was informed by relational ethics practices (Clandinin, Caine & Lessard 2018): we maintained a focus on ethics throughout, attentive to shifting relationships and practices as we developed the study. This included conversations with the doctoral researchers, student representatives and peers, together with a successful application for institutional ethical approval. We were clear that there was no obligation to take part in the research, whilst also mindful of the privilege of our positions as course tutors.

The somewhat novel (in education research) practice of studying tutorial talk in the context of learning, rather than data generated specifically for research purposes, provides access to alternative perspectives of how doctoral researchers make sense of their experiences of the research environment. The data from individual interviews provided an opportunity for doctoral researchers to elaborate on selected extracts from the discussion. Data was analyzed thematically using an approach adapted from Braun and Clarke's (2022) reflexive thematic analysis. This approach views knowledge as situated, shaped by our practices as researchers. We explore what researcher subjectivity does to analysis, recognising subjectivity as a resource and considering the ways in which this enriches analysis through reflections on our analytical memos. Themes generated were shared with participants, now further on in their doctoral programmes, as part of our commitment to transparency in the research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Doctoral researchers began to participate as active agents in research communities through talk/interaction with others (both in the tutorial and in other interactional events), scaffolded pedagogical tasks and other resources the research environment provides e.g. writing retreat, academic writing workshops, opportunities to meet others, EdD seminars. Analysis revealed the influence of a complex network of diverse communities, with doctoral researchers variously positioned in relation to these. Participants demonstrated burgeoning confidence, situating themselves in the community with respect to other researchers and  taking a stance in relation to their research. This participation provided evidence of their developing knowledge and understanding. Across the data, networking featured strongly as doctoral researchers discussed ways of meeting and engaging with others. The challenges identified in the data may be particularly keenly experienced by those on professional doctorates and include: the tension between professional and researcher roles; difficulties in uncovering aspects of their professional environment which are challenging, including questioning assumptions, looking with new eyes and moving from insider to outsider.
Doctoral researchers derive support from their engagement with a complex network of communities, resources and tasks, using the tutorial spaces to reify practices of ‘being a researcher’. The tutorial space acted as a [kind of] ‘brave space’ where doctoral researchers (and tutors) were able to reveal vulnerabilities, work out questions and challenges, co-construct understanding, express emotions, make plans, debate, and formulate strategies. They provided a space for them to recount stories of sometimes small steps in active participation in research communities and for recognition of agentic actions by peers.
We suggest that pedagogies of participation developed through professional doctorate programmes offer models that may inform the development of support programmes for all doctoral researchers.

References
Aarnikoivu, M. (2021). The spatiotemporal dimension of doctoral education: a way forward, Studies in Higher Education, 46:11, 2431-2443, DOI: 10.1080/03075079.2020.1723530

Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. London: Sage.

Clandinin, D. J., Lessard, S., & Caine, V. (2018). The relational ethics of narrative inquiry (pp. 230-230). New York: Routledge.

Corcelles-Seuba, M., Suñe-Soler, N., Sala-Bubaré, A. & Castelló, M. (2022). Doctoral student perceptions of supervisory and research community support: their relationships with doctoral conditions and experiences, Journal of Further and Higher Education, https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2022.2142102

Douglas, A. S.. (2020). "Engaging Doctoral Students in Networking Opportunities: A Relational Approach to Doctoral Study." Teaching in Higher Education: 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2020.1808611.

Edwards, A. (2005). Relational agency: Learning to be a resourceful practitioner. International Journal of Educational Research, 43(3), 168-182.

Eteläpelto, A., Vähäsantanen, K., Hökkä, P., & Paloniemi, S. (2013). What is agency? Conceptualizing professional agency at work. Educational Research Review, 10, 45-65.

Hopwood, N. (2010). "A Sociocultural View of Doctoral Students' Relationships and Agency." Studies in Continuing Education 32 (2): 103-117. doi:10.1080/0158037X.2010.487482.

Neves, J. (2022). Postgraduate Research Experience Survey 2022: sector results report. Advance HE. https://www.advance-he.ac.uk/reports-publications-and-resources/postgraduate-research-experience-survey-pres

Pyhältö, K. & Keskinen, J. (2012). “Doctoral Students’ Sense of Relational Agency in Their Scholarly Communities.” International Journal of Higher Education 1(2): 136–149.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Transformative Learning in higher education from a critical perspective: a case Study and Literature Review

Francesca Aloi1, Carla Inguaggiato1, Marianne Grace Araneta2, Diego Posada2

1University of Bologna, Italy; 2University of Padova, Italy

Presenting Author: Aloi, Francesca; Inguaggiato, Carla

The aim of this paper is to analyze transformative learning in Higher Education spaces. Thousands of students from universities in the “Global North” engage with communities in the “Global South” while conducting fieldwork and mobility programs. However, there are not many courses offered to provide students with a transformative learning approach. “Transformative learning can be described as a process of changing deeply held assumptions (i.e., frames of reference or meaning perspectives) about the world and oneself, thereby strengthening one’s capacity to contribute to social change processes” (Singer-Brodowski, 2023 p.2).

One of the objectives of this paper is to study how courses at universities deal with how different power structures - based on colonial, racial, gender, wealth and knowledge inequalities - benefit the Global North, and what this implies from a personal and academic perspective. Taking an anti-oppressive approach (Stein, 2015) entails identifying power structures and transformations regarding social and cognitive justice, which requires taking into consideration different epistemologies (Escobar, 2006). These diverse epistemologies refer to processes of producing and valuing different forms of knowledge based on the practices of social groups that have been historically discriminated against, especially in the Global South.

Developing competences on transformative learning to overcome disciplinary boundaries, encompassing elements that are essential for researchers such as grant writing and participation in cooperative and international teams. These competences are essential for educators and researchers who aspire to be “transformative intellectuals” who combine mutually interdependent roles as critical educators and active citizens (Giroux, 2013). At the same time, it is possible for academic institutions to alienate potential 'organic intellectuals' from communities (Mayo, 2015). This can occur through the use of a type of language or behaviour that creates a gap between the researcher and the community. Consequently, this hinders the development of organic intellectuals with respect to the struggles that communities are engaged in (Mayo, 2019).

Although there is a growing interest in more critical and decolonial methods in the field of higher education, the number of publications analysing empirical cases of learning environments at universities using such methods are still very limited (Hayes et al 2021). There is still a lack of opportunities to engage with these critical competences inside university curricula and practice (Sklad et al., 2016).

In order to fill this gap, this paper proposes Theatre of the Oppressed as a methodology that fosters critical thinking, teamwork, dialoguing among different epistemologies and proposing ideas of critical sustainability based on more equitable participation in decision-making and, more importantly, the ability to identify power dynamics, co-production of knowledge and transdisciplinary work. Such competencies are crucial for developing international research projects that take into account power inequalities and aim to contribute to the scientific debate.

Developed by Boal (1985), Theatre of the Oppressed (TO) is a method, inspired by Freire’s Pedagogy of the Oppressed (1971), which is particularly interesting as it approaches reality in a more complex way. In order to take into account, during fieldwork, the intersections of different variables with the object of study, TO can help embracing how we relate with reality through our emotions (Méndez de la Brena, 2021). In this regard, it is fair to claim that disembodied academic research can lead to unconscious auto-ethnographic processes (García-Santesmases Fernández, 2019). In this regard, TO proves to be a useful participatory methodology to challenge the "common sense" of the student body.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper will be based on the participatory observation of one transversal course on competences on global citizenship aimed at graduate students of a European university where Theatre of the Oppressed is adopted as a methodology.

The observation work will be complemented with a systematic literature review on transformative education in higher education. For the literature review, we will select a set of transversal courses in European Universities that focus on dimensions of transformative learning such as Global Citizenship Education and Education for Sustainable Development.

This paper discusses how higher education programs are able to foster critical thinking, teamwork, dialoguing among different epistemologies and proposing ideas of critical sustainability based on more equitable participation in decision-making and, more importantly, the ability to identify power dynamics, co-production of knowledge and transdisciplinary work. Such competencies are crucial for developing international research projects that take into account power inequalities and aim to contribute to the scientific debate.

One of the sharpest critics to GCE and ESD is the lack of critical analysis of power relations and global inequalities (Trechsel et al., 2021). These educational practices could unintentionally reproduce power relations (Tarozzi & Torres, 2016). Experiencing and not only studying different contexts can be a key element to enhance the development of GCED competence.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of transformative education in the Higher Education context will invite academics to reflect on how the choices that are made not only at an academic level but also in the workplace and as citizens are based on ideologies and social structures that require analysis and critical reflection in order to act consciously and respectfully towards the rest of society.

Based on the participatory observation of one European university and the systematic literature review, the findings will show possible instruments and methodologies (such as Theatre of the Oppressed) that discards an ethnocentric approach by promoting a transformative and collaborative approach. This analysis represents a contribution to scholarship on transformative education as it identifies useful elements in order to develop reflexivity and self-analysis in the university curricula as a basis for bringing organizational transformation of higher education institutions.

References
Boal, A. (1985). Theatre of the Oppressed, New York: Theatre Communications Group
Freire, P. (2000) Pedagogy of the oppressed, New York: Continuum.
García-Santesmases Fernández, Andrea. (2019). “Evocando deseos y revolviendo malestares: la impertinencia de las emociones en mi trabajo etnográfico”. Antípoda. Revista de Antropología y Arqueología 35: 69-89.
Giroux, H.A. (2013). Critical Pedagogy in Dark Times. Praxis Educativa, 17, 27-38.
Houghton, J. (2015). Global warming: The complete briefing (5th ed.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Hayes Aneta, Luckett Kathy, Misiaszek Greg (2021) Possibilities and complexities of decolonising higher education: critical perspectives on praxis, Teaching in Higher Education, 26:7-8, 887-901, DOI: 10.1080/13562517.2021.1971384
Jackson, T. (2009). Prosperity without growth: Economics for a finite planet. New York, NY: Earthscan.
Komatsu, H., Rappleye, J. and Silova, I. (2020) ‘Will Education Post-2015 Move Us toward Environmental Sustainability?’, in Grading Goal Four, pp. 297–321. Doi: 10.1163/9789004430365_014.
Kopnina, H. (2020) ‘Education for the future? Critical evaluation of education for sustainable development goals’, Journal of Environmental Education, 51(4), pp. 280–291. doi: 10.1080/00958964.2019.1710444.
McLaren, P. (2002). Critical pedagogy: A look at the major concepts. In Antonia Darder et al. (Eds.), The critical pedagogy reader (pp. 69-96). New York and London: Routlege/Falmer
Raupach, M., Marland, G., Ciais, P., Le Quéré, C., Canadell, J., Klepper, G., & Field, C. B. (2007). Global and regional drivers of accelerating CO2 emissions. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 104(24), 10288–10293.
Stein S. (2015) Mapping Global Citizenship, Journal of College and Character, 16:4, 242-252, DOI: 10.1080/2194587X.2015.1091361.
Santos, B. de S. (2014) Epistemologies of the South. Justice Against Epistemicide. 1st edition. London: Routledge. doi: 10.1111/j.1468-5906.2008.00423.x.
Sklad, M., Friedman, J., Park, E., & Oomen, B. (2016). ‘Going Glocal’: A qualitative and quantitative analysis of global citizenship education at a Dutch liberal arts and sciences college.
Higher Education,72 (3), 323–340. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-015-9959-6
Singer-Brodowski, M. (2023). The potential of transformative learning for sustainability transitions:Moving beyond formal learning environments. Environment, Development and Sustainability. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10668-022-02444-x
Tarozzi, M., & Torres, C. A. (2016).Global Citizenship Education and the Crises of Multiculturalism: Comparative Perspectives . Bloomsbury Publishing.
Trechsel, L. J., Zimmermann, A. B., Steinböck, C., Breu, T., Herweg, K., & Thieme, S. (2021). SafeSpaces for Disruptive Learning in a North–South Research Partnership Context: International Mobility ofDoctoral Students.Sustainability, 13, (4), Article 4. https://doi.org/10.3390/su13042413
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm22 SES 11 E
Location: Adam Smith, LT 718 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Marita Cronqvist
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Higher Education For People With Disabilities: The Voices Of Portuguese Students

Rosa Oliveira1, Isabel Martins2, Oksana Tymoshchuk3

1Instituto Politécnico de Viana do Castelo; Instituto Politécnico de Bragança, Portugal; 2Instituto Politécnico do Porto - ESE, Portugal; 3Universidade de Aveiro - DeCA, Portugal

Presenting Author: Martins, Isabel

In Portugal, in recent years, there has been a growing attendance of students with disabilities in higher education (HE), which makes a deepening reflection on inclusive education (Antunes et al., 2020; DGES, 2023). This is a challenge, both for students with disabilities and teachers, non-teaching staff, colleagues and the institutions themselves. According to the data collected by the DGES (2023), in the academic year 2022/23, the overall number of students with disabilities enrolled in HE increased 35% compared to the previous academic year. The completion rates of HE courses for students with disabilities, however, do not follow this trend due to various challenges they face including contextual barriers, lack of resources and support materials, content inaccessibility issues, and attitude barriers (Pires, 2018). University support is typically delayed and palliative (Björnsdóttir, 2017; Mara, 2014). Thus, research and work in the area are urgent not only for students, but also for teachers, non-teaching staff and institutions. Some isolated initiatives seek to support teachers' actions and encourage students with disabilities in HE. This data evidence suggests that, for HE institutions to deliver the most inclusive solutions, it is vital to discuss the changes that must occur regarding students with disabilities.

The development of inclusive practices raises concrete questions in institutions and demands immediate answers. The arrival of students with disabilities has created challenging situations in the classroom, that sometimes don’t even reach the level of institutional discussions. On this path towards inclusive HE, developing and implementing effective policies that empower the academic community and society is crucial. As defined by the international convention on the Rights of People with Disabilities (UN, 2018), it is essential that everyone actively participate in this inclusive process, so that education and participation may become a reality for everyone. In this context, it is essential to give voice to students with disabilities to better understand the challenges they face in HE and to collect good inclusion practices in their institutions (Martins et al., 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The main objective was to find out the perceptions of students with disabilities on the challenges of the HE experiences in Portugal. In addition, the researchers defined four secondary objectives: i) to understand their perceptions of the support services for their inclusion in ES; ii) their opinion on the relationship and attitude of their teachers; iii) the perception of the attitudes of their colleagues; and iv) the viability of technologies and the adequacy of the infrastructures.
This study adopted the case study methodology, which allows an in-depth investigation of a current reality problem (Yin, 2005). This online questionnaire was administered for two months. The research involved 24 students with disabilities from two Portuguese HE institutions (16 female, 8 male; aged 18-43), who voluntarily agreed to participate in the study. Participants responded to a survey with 39 questions, concerning their perception about their inclusion in HE, divided into the following groups: i) student characterization;  ii) the support services; iii) relationships with teachers; iv) relationships with peers, and v) the role of technologies and infrastructures.
Most of the surveyed students were graduating (11/ 45.8%), seven (29.2%) were attending Higher Technical Professional Courses and six (25%) Master's Degree courses. Nine of the students (37.5%) attended computer science courses, eight (33.3%) engineering courses, four (16.7%) marketing courses and three (12.5%) management courses.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Regarding the perception of inclusion support services in HE, most respondents were happy with individual support. However, 16.7% of students were dissatisfied with the support provided regarding requests associated with their special needs. A large majority of the respondents mentioned that specialized professionals are available to help them in educational institutions. Concerning ensuring the rights of students with disabilities, 66.7% of participants agreed that the inclusion support offices ensure these rights. Participants bring out the fact that the faculty is still not used to welcoming and including students with disabilities.
Regarding the relationship with teachers, 45.8% of students considered that there was prejudice towards people with "disability", and 50.0% even said teachers are not flexible regarding their needs. One of the students said that a teacher  advised him to leave the course because of his condition. No student considers that teachers have the needed training to help them understand their characteristics and adapt their methodology accordingly.
The majority of students mentioned prejudice towards people with disabilities or stated that their colleagues are not flexible. Respondents believe that digital technologies can positively impact their academic paths, offering them individualized help according to their needs. Students suggest implementing initiatives that support eradicating stereotypes and deepening an inclusive culture, including efforts to increase technical, human, and technological resources for the entire academic community, as well as activities to provide knowledge and training to everyone. According to participants in this study, relationship-related issues are essential to the inclusion process.
HE for all, requires measures, policies, and practices in line with truly inclusive education. According to the study findings, inclusion in HE depends on several factors: curriculum adaptation, effective pedagogical methodologies and strategies. Cooperation between teachers/families/students, the viability of technologies and the adequacy of the infrastructures are also some of the factors that influence inclusion in HE.

References
Antunes, A. P., Rodrigues, D., Almeida, l. S., & Rodrigues, S. E. (2020). Inclusão no ensino superior português: análise do enquadramento regulamentar dos estudantes com necessidades educativas especiais. Revista Fronteiras: Journal of social, technological and environmental science, 397-422.
Björnsdóttir, K. (2017). Belonging to higher education: inclusive education for students with intellectual disabilities. European journal of special needs education, 32(1), 125-136.
DGES (2020). Contingente especial para candidatos com deficiência. Retrieved january, 2023 from:
https://www.dges.gov.pt/pt/pagina/contingente-especial-para-candidatos-com-deficiencia
Machado, M. M., Santos, P.. C., & Espe-Sherwindt, M. (2020). Inclusão de pessoas com dificuldades intelectuais e desenvolvimentais no ensino superior: contributos da literatura no contexto europeu. Revista portuguesa de investigação educacional, (20), 143-165.
Mara, D. (2014). Higher education for people with disabilities - Romanian education experience. Procedia - Social and behavioral sciences, 142, 78-82.
Martins, I. C, Tymoshchuk, O., Albuquerque, E., Santos, P., & Van Hove, G. (2022). Parents’ voices: Inclusion of students with intellectual and developmental disabilities in higher education. In Polyphonic construction of smart learning ecosystems: Proceedings of the 7th conference on smart learning ecosystems and regional development (pp. 157-175). Springer Nature. Singapore.
Pires, l. A. (2018). O processo de inclusão no ensino superior nos últimos 30 anos. In "Inclusão no ensino superior”. Assembleia da República, Lisboa, Portugal.
UN (2018). Convention on the rights of persons with disabilities. Retrieved january, 2023 from: https://www.un.org/disabilities/documents/convention/convoptprot-e.pdf


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Does Poverty Chill Expectations? The Shrinking Educational Expectations for Higher Education of Low Socioeconomic Status Students in China

Qiuxiang Wu, Sheng Cui

Renmin University of China, China, People's Republic of

Presenting Author: Wu, Qiuxiang

The formation of educational expectations is crucial for students’ future academic achievement and social mobility, but it depends on students’ capacity to sustain their subjective expectations, so that their expectation will truly motivate individual agency and self-efficacy. Social class is an important predictor factor influencing educational expectations in sociological and educational fields. The traditional literature has largely found a negative relationship between family social background and educational aspirations. This is mainly because Rational Action Theory suggests that individuals’ expectations are based on their family background and academic performance. Children from disadvantaged family tend to lower their educational expectations due to the pressure of college fees and their own academic level. However, a different voice is beginning to emerge in the current literature on educational expectations. It claims that disadvantaged classes do not have low expectations. This is mainly due to the specificity of cultural contexts and family climate. For example, a deprived home environment can sometimes also inspire greater resilience and educational aspirations for students.

Some articles that focus on academic behavior and performance of Confucian Heritage Culture (CHC), they find that disadvantaged families in most CHC countries or regions, including China, Japan, Korea, Singapore, tend to have higher educational expectations because of the perceived importance of education and schooling. Even when these students migrate to developed Western countries, these immigrant families have far higher educational expectations and academic standards than other immigrants from other countries or regions (e.g. Africa/Latin America/East Europe). More recently, some of the emerging literature has begun to explain this high expectation from a moralizing perspective, arguing that disadvantaged students treat high expectations as a mechanism or label for their own signaling actions. They believe that higher educational expectation is a good indicator for good students, son (or daughter), person.

The inner Confucian Heritage Culture also differs considerably in its examination systems, unique climate and educational system contexts compared to Western cultural contexts. Within the Confucian Heritage Culture, some researchers have used the concept of education fever to describe the popular pursuit of education success. In the Chinese context, extremely selection based on the national college entrance examination (Gaokao) is an important feature of higher education admissions, but the system has attracted both praise and disparagement. For example, people who fail in their studies or fail to get into university are perceived as losers. Although the reform of Chinese national college entrance examination is still underway, the basic feature of one-chance examination but for whole life are essentially unchanged.

Thus, based on data from 4781 senior high school graduates in a city in Guizhou, China, this study analysed the impact of SES on students’ educational expectations in the context of Chinese Gaokao system. In particular, it revealed the phenomenon of shrinking educational expectations of students with low socioeconomic status. These students were more likely to suffer from the failure of examination, which negatively affected their personal short-term and long-term educational expectations. In contrast, high socioeconomic status students hold stable educational expectations, because their families can serve as a strong support for future success, whether they failed in the examination.

Finally, this study addresses the relationship between the examination system, individual educational expectations, and socioeconomic status. It also dialectically discusses how the examination system became a socially revered culture in the Confucian Heritage Culture. The findings provide a reference for countries with similar examination systems and for researchers concerned with educational expectations and educational opportunities for low socioeconomic status groups.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our study used self-collected student survey data and administrative data from the education department. The sample consisted of graduating high school students in a county-level city of Guizhou Province, China, covering all seven public and private high schools in the city. The project and questionnaire were ethically reviewed by the academic committee of School of Education, Renmin University of China, and the permission was also obtained from the city's education bureau. The survey was conducted in two rounds. After data matching, the first round of surveys involved a sample of 4,781 students, accounting for 69.93% of the number of students who registered for the college entrance examination in the city that year. The second round of surveys successfully tracked and matched 2,166 students.

The main variable involved in the study was student’s socio-economic status, which is a composite of four variables including household registration, subjective family economic conditions, parental education level, parental occupational hierarchy. In addition, we classified educational expectations into two categories, one is access expectation, which reflects the quality level of the HEI that students expect to enter. The other category is sequential expectation, which is represented using the level of the educational qualification the student expects to receive.

We used Stata 14 to process the data in this study. The two types of educational expectations were the dependent variables, SES was the core independent variable, and the control variables included sex, ethnicity, sibling, retaking Gaokao, course track in high school, A-test score or Gaokao score, and high school variables. When the educational expectation was a continuous variable, the ordinary least squares regression model was used to analyse the impact of SES; when the educational expectation was a dummy variable, the probit model was used for analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study found some differences in access expectation and sequential expectation among students of different SES before Gaokao, with higher educational expectations among high-SES students. However, this statistically significant difference does not have economic explanatory utility. The largest difference in expectations across SES students is that for sequential expectation, low-SES students have a higher probability of expecting an undergraduate education, while high-SES students have a higher probability of expecting master education.

The effect of SES on educational expectation was significantly enhanced after experiencing Gaokao. SES had a significant negative effect on both of educational expectations. The effect of SES on sequential expectation was more significant. For students with low socioeconomic status, there was a higher probability of expecting to enter a vocational HEI or to achieve higher vocational education and undergraduate education. At the same time, they were significantly less likely to expect to enter first-tier HEIs and significantly less likely to expect to receive master education and doctoral education. We call this change the phenomenon of shrinking educational expectations.

Finally, this study analysed the effect of SES on the change of educational expectation before and after Gaokao. There is a significant interaction between SES scores and Gaokao scores, with the negative impact of SES diminishing as Gaokao scores improve. But this also means that low-SES students with low test scores are disadvantaged, experiencing a double whammy from SES and the college entrance examination, and significantly lowering their long-term future educational expectations, e.g., from to receive undergraduate education to higher vocational education. The fragile “educational dreams” they had hoped to achieve are dashed with Gaokao. However, those peers with high SES were able to maintain a stable, high level of educational expectations to achieve their future educational goals.

References
Alexander, K., Bozick, R., & Entwisle, D. (2008). Warming Up, Cooling Out, or Holding Steady? Persistence and Change in Educational Expectations After High School. Sociology of Education, 81(4), 371-396.
Anders, J. (2017). The Influence of Socioeconomic Status on Changes in Young People’s Expectations of Applying to University. Oxford Review of Education, 43(4), 381-401.
Asha Cooper, M. (2008). Dreams Deferred?: The Relationship Between Early and Later Postsecondary Educational Aspirations Among Racial/Ethnic Groups. Educational Policy, 23(4), 615-650.
Byun, S. Y., Meece, J. L., Irvin, M. J., & Hutchins, B. C. (2012). The Role of Social Capital in Educational Aspirations of Rural Youth. Rural Sociol, 77(3), 355-379.
Clycq, N., Ward Nouwen, M. A., & Vandenbroucke, A. (2014). Meritocracy, Deficit Thinking and the Invisibility of The System: Discourses on Educational Success and Failure. British Educational Research Journal, 40(5), 796-819.
Gu, X., & Yeung, W.-J. J. (2020). Hopes and Hurdles: Rural Migrant Children’s Education in Urban China. Chinese Sociological Review, 52(2), 199-237.
Khattab, N. (2015). Students’ Aspirations, Expectations and School Achievement: What Really Matters? British Educational Research Journal, 41(5), 731-748.
Kim, J.-S., & Bang, H. (2017). Education fever: Korean Parents’ Aspirations for Their Children’s Schooling and Future Career. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 25(2), 207-224.
Li, W., & Xie, Y. (2020). The Influence of Family Background on Educational Expectations: A Comparative Study. Chinese Sociological Review, 52(3), 269-294.
Liu, A., & Xie, Y. (2016). Why do Asian Americans academically outperform Whites?–The cultural explanation revisited. Social Science Research, 58, 210-226.
Marginson, S. (2010). Higher education in East Asia and Singapore: Rise of the Confucian Model. Higher Education, 61(5), 587-611.
Reynolds, J. R., & Pemberton, J. (2001). Rising College Expectations among Youth in the United States: A Comparison of the 1979 and 1997 NLSY. The Journal of Human Resources, 36(4), 703-726.
Thapar-Bjorkert, S., & Sanghera, G. (2010). Social Capital, Educational Aspirations and Young Pakistani Muslim Men and Women in Bradford, West Yorkshire. The Sociological Review, 58(2), 244-264.
Winterton, M. T., & Irwin, S. (2012). Teenage Expectations of Going Tto University: The Ebb and Flow of Influences from 14 to 18. Journal of Youth Studies, 15(7), 858-874.
Wu, X., & Treiman, D. J. (2004). The Household Registration System and Social Stratification in China: 1955-1996. Demography, 41(2), 363-384.
XIANG, X. (2018). My Future, My Family, My Freedom: Meanings of Schooling for Poor, Rural Chinese Youth. Harvard Educational Review, 88(1), 81-102.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Student Engagement Practices from a Student Equity Perspective – Case Studies from Austria

Franziska Lessky1, Sabine Freudhofmayer2, Magdalena Fellner3, Katharina Resch2

1University of Innsbruck, Austria; 2University of Vienna, Austria; 3University for Continuing Education Krems, Austria

Presenting Author: Lessky, Franziska

This study provides insights into student engagement practices in Austrian higher education. By presenting three case studies, we, first, illustrate how student engagement practices vary across Austrian universities, and second, critically reflect upon how those practices can be enhanced to broaden access and inclusion for all.

Within the European context, student engagement is mainly conceptualised as part of the community engagement and civic involvement of universities. This understanding has emerged from several developments – such as the Bologna Process, the European Union’s funding and mobility programmes, widening participation of under-represented and vulnerable student groups – that have contributed to a shifting of the (self-)image of universities and facilitated an ongoing debate about universities’ role and responsibilities in society (Resch & Fellner, 2022). It is argued that universities should deliberately contribute to society by addressing specific needs through civic involvement of students and staff. Therefore, strengthening the civic engagement of students (e.g., via student engagement practices) is seen as an integral part of universities’ societal contribution (Fellner et al., 2022).

While there are multiple efforts to strengthen student engagement at the European level (e.g., via Erasmus+ projects dedicated to this topic, European networks and initiatives such as GUNI network (Global University Network for Innovation) or the European Association of Service-Learning in Higher Education), and at the national as well as institutional level (e.g., through Third Mission strategies), little research focuses on whether all student groups have access to student engagement practices and whether they are able to equally participate in and benefit from such practices. From a student equity perspective, asking such questions is highly relevant, since not all students stand to benefit equally from engagement, especially regarding extra-curricular activities (Winstone et al., 2022). Furthermore, student engagement is seen as crucial in terms of student retention and success (Tight, 2020).

Already a decade ago, scholars such as Butin (2010) argued that “[t]he overarching presumption is that the students doing the service-learning are white, sheltered, middle-class, single, without children, unindebted, and between the ages 18 and 24“ (p. 31). However, these characteristics do not apply (anymore) to the majority of the Austrian student population (Lessky & Unger, 2022). In addition, participating in student engagement activities often requires financial and time resources that might be limited to students from equity groups due to their responsibilities outside of university (e.g., term-time employment. caring obligations, etc.).

Our research tackles this concern by investigating the following research questions: (1) How are student engagement practices designed across the Austrian higher education sector?, and (2) How do these practices enable or hinder the participation of students from equity groups?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To address these questions, we analyse case studies of student engagement practices at three Austrian universities. Our data is based upon two Erasmus+ projects that have been financed by the European Commission (The ‘Students as Digital Civic Engagers’ project and the ‘Service-learning in Higher Education’ project). The cases include the ‘Intercultural Mentoring for Schools Project’ at the University of Vienna, the ‘Student Projects for Caritas’ at the University of Klagenfurt and the module ‘Renovation and Revitalisation’ at the University for Continuing Education Krems. Based on semi-structured interviews with students, programme coordinators and lecturers as well as official documents (e.g., course descriptions and universities’ mission statements), we apply a case study methodology to analyse the student engagement practices (Flyvbjerg, 2006; Yin, 2003). The selected cases provide a maximum of variation according to (1) the size of the universities and the socio-economic characteristics of their student population, and (2) the level of institutionalisation and the amount of students’ power in co-designing the practices.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis shows that one major factor for students to participate in engagement practices is their personal connection to the content of the respective practice. For example, most of the students in the ‘Intercultural Mentoring for Schools Project’ felt a personal connection with the migrant children they support. This perceived connection is based on their own biographical experiences with migration, which is why they were keen to dedicate extra time in addition to their regular study programme. Moreover, the findings reveal that elective courses on civic engagement, as demonstrated by the ‘Student Projects for Caritas’, are especially appreciated by students who are not yet very familiar with civic engagement and are interested in applied coursework. Furthermore, results indicate that the students’ say in co-designing engagement practices varies along the degree of institutionalisation, showing that those practices with a higher level of institutionalisation (e.g., the mandatory module ‘Renovation and Revitalisation’ at the University for Continuing Education Krems) provide less opportunities for students to co-create the respective practices. However, from an equity perspective, highly institutionalised practices provide broader access for diverse student groups, since they are scaffolded within the curriculum.
The paper closes by reflecting how engagement practices can be designed to provide access and to be beneficial for all students, especially in a changing university environment vastly accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic. This requires innovative ways of strengthening student engagement, for example via digital civic engagement (Freudhofmayer & Resch, forthcoming).

References
Butin, D. W. (2010). Service-Learning in Theory and Practice. The Future of Community Engagement in Higher Education. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan.
Fellner, M., Rusu, A. S., & Pausits, A. (2022). Facets of Service Learning in Higher Education: A Cross-Case Analysis of Diverging Conceptualizations. In Role of Education and Pedagogical Approach in Service Learning. Emerald Publishing Limited, pp. 95-111.
Flyvbjerg, B. (2006). Five Misunderstandings About Case-Study Research. Qualitative Inquiry, 12(2), 219-245.
Freudhofmayer, S., & Resch, K. (forthcoming). Digital Civic Engagement. Case studies in the Interplay Between Civic Engagement, Student Voice and Digitalization of Higher Education. In Conner, J.; Gauthier, L.; Guzmán Valenzuela, C. & Raaper, R. (eds.) Bloomsbury Handbook of Student Voice in Higher Education. London: Bloomsbury Publishing.
Resch, K.; Fellner, M. (2022). European and Austrian perspectives on service-learning. In Rodríguez-Izquierdo, R.M. (ed.). Service Learning at a glance. New York: Nova Science Publishers, pp.63-80.
Lessky, F., & Unger, M. (2022). Working long hours while studying: a higher risk for First-in-Family students and students of particular fields of study? European Journal of Higher Education, 1-20.
Tight, M. (2020). Student retention and engagement in higher education. Journal of further and Higher Education, 44(5), 689-704.
Winstone, N., Balloo, K., Gravett, K., Jacobs, D., & Keen, H. (2022). Who stands to benefit? Wellbeing, belonging and challenges to equity in engagement in extra-curricular activities at university. Active Learning in Higher Education, 23(2), 81-96.
Yin, R. K. (2003). Case study research: Design and methods. 3rd Edition. California: Sage Publications.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Changes in Perceived Mental Health: Student Characteristic Differences Within the Higher Education Environment

Katherine Aquino, Kyle Cook

St. John's University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Aquino, Katherine

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, mental health affects how individuals feel, think, and respond to the world around them and includes "our emotional, psychological, and social well-being". An environment may also affect an individual's mental health, with environmental stressors potentially changing how an individual feels or responds to the world around them. This can also apply to the educational environment; students face several stressors entering into and progressing within the higher education environment - all of which can influence their mental health.
Almost half (41%) of postsecondary students identify as having diagnoses related to mental health and nearly one-third (29%) of postsecondary students were in mental health therapy/ counseling in the past year. Eisenberg et al. found that, as of fall 2021, of the more than 33,000 participants surveyed for the American College Health Association's National College Health Assessment, 27.4% were diagnosed with anxiety and 21.7% were diagnosed with depression. While there is an overall increase in students' poor mental health, Lipson et al. found that students from different ethnic and racial identities may be at a greater likelihood for mental health complications.
When navigating the higher education environment, Ennals et al. found that "knowing oneself and negotiating social spaces of educational settings are key processes" for students to improve their mental health -- factors that support their ability to thrive within the postsecondary environment. However, research indicates a negative relationship between poor mental health and postsecondary success. Poor mental health can impact a student's ability to persist within and graduate from higher education. Other postsecondary student characteristics may further complicate their mental health which may have subsequent challenges to their success within the higher education environment. A student's first-generation status11, military status, and other "non-traditional" (e.g., age, dependency status, etc.) characteristics may impact their perceived sense of belonging within the higher education community and subsequently impact their mental health. Additionally, the specific institutional environment and their academic performance within that postsecondary setting can also impact student mental health.
With the increase in student requests for mental health services and resources, there is a greater need to provide more comprehensive support services that better address student mental health needs. More recently, the COVID-19 pandemic disrupted the lives of many college students, negatively impacting their mental health and creating the need to seek support services. Though more students are seeking mental health services, institutions may not allocate appropriate funding to support the increased need for student mental health initiatives. Limited mental health support services may impact the overall experience and success of the student with mental health needs. As such, it is necessary to further explore student mental health and different student mental health patterns. The investigation of student mental health patterns in a nationally representative sample of students will provide insight into key student and institutional characteristics that can be associated with poor mental health and help postsecondary institutions with student advocacy efforts in the future.
The following research questions guided this project:
1. What are the descriptive differences in student and institutional characteristics based on variation in students’ perceived mental health over time?
2. To what extent do student and institutional characteristics account for varying students’ perceived mental health statuses?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data included in this paper were drawn from the restricted use Beginning Postsecondary Students Longitudinal Study 2012/2017 dataset (BPS:12/17), a nationally representative sample of first-time beginning undergraduate students in the United States. Variables included within this paper were taken from the base year and the first follow-up of the survey. The majority of the predictor variables included were student-specific, including demographic characteristics (e.g., age, race, gender) and institutional-going characteristics (e.g., full-time enrollment, first-year GPA, Pell eligibility). The inclusion of the predictor variables was based on extant literature.

This paper explored the different disclosure statuses related to students’ perceived mental health. For this paper, perceived negative mental health was defined as a student self-identifying their mental health as either “fair” or “poor” and perceived positive mental health was defined as “good,” “very good,” or “excellent.” Three mental health self-disclosure categories were established based on the first and second survey time points: (1) consistent negative mental health (student identified negative mental health at both first and second data collection); (2) shifting mental health (student identified negative mental health at either the first or second data collection); and (3) consistent positive mental health (student identified positive mental health at both first and second data collection).

This analytic sample consisted of 18,990 cases. This study focused on the first and second waves of data collection (2012 and 2014 data collections). Student subgroups organized by mental health identification status included the following: consistent negative mental health (N=480), shifting mental health (N=1,980), and positive mental health (N= 16,530). All reported sample sizes were rounded to the nearest ten, complying with our NCES restricted data use agreement. All analyses were conducted in Stata 16 and were weighted using the longitudinal weight and bootstrap replicate weights to account for attrition and to be nationally representative of the population. To address the first research question, weighted descriptive statistics were conducted to examine students’ perceived mental health statuses for the full sample and by specific student characteristics. Significance tests were conducted to assess whether there were statistically significant differences in identification based on student characteristics. To address the second research question, a weighted multinomial logistic regression analysis was conducted and the results were presented as relative risk ratios. All but one variable included in the research model had complete data. For the one variable with missing data, GPA, listwise deletion was used.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The aim of this study was two-fold: (a) to investigate the differences in student and institutional characteristics based on students' perceived mental health over time and (b) to examine the influence of these characteristics on perceived mental health. The findings of this study revealed students had greater perceived mental health when they perceived greater support (e.g., perceived belonging and dependent status) and were academically successful (e.g., higher first-year GPA). Students with shifting or poor mental health were more likely to have low socio-economic status and with a low perceived sense of belonging within their campus community. Moreover, students' age, gender, and race all influenced their perceived mental health status. Lastly, students' institutional environment also contributed to their perceived mental health.  Findings highlight the many factors associated with differences in perceived mental health over time.

There are several implications for researchers and practitioners from the data presented in this paper. While there is an active research presence around student mental health, there will also be a need to further explore this area in new and unique ways. A person’s mental health can be influenced by their surroundings and daily activities; conversely, how a person feels and responds to the world around them can also be related to their perceived mental health. As such, it is important for researchers to explore the various internal and external elements of developing and maintaining one’s mental health. Similarly, practitioners (namely postsecondary administrators, including counselors, advisors, and disability resource professionals) must advocate for and support the increased requests for mental health services. Moreso, with the increased cases of student mental health challenges, it is vital that higher education leadership maintain, if not increase, resources and appropriate funding to allow for suitable services to support the wide range of students' mental health needs.

References
1. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.  About mental health. https://www.cdc.gov/mentalhealth/learn/index.htm Updated 2021. Accessed October 22, 2022.

2. Bratman GN, Hamilton JP, & Daily GC. The impacts of nature experience on human cognitive function and mental health. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences. 2012; 1249, 118-136. doi: 10.1111/j.1749-6632.2011.06400.x

3. Fernandez A, Howse E, Rubio-Valera M, Thorncraft K, Noone J, Luu X, & Salvador-Carulla L. Setting-based interventions to promote mental health at the university: a systematic review. International Journal of Public Health. 2016; 61:797-807. doi: 10.1007/s00038-016-0846-4

4. Pascoe MC, Hetrick SE, & Parker AG. The impact of stress on students in secondary school and higher education. International Journal of Adolescence and Youth. 2020;25: 104-112. doi: 10.1080/02673843.2019.1596823

5. Eisenberg D, Lipson SK, & Heinze J. The health minds study: Fall 2020 data report. https://healthymindsnetwork.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/HMS-Fall-2020-National-Data-Report.pdf Updated 2020. Accessed October 22, 2022.

6. Lipson SK, Zhou S, Abelson S, Heinze J, Jirsa M, Morigney J, & Eisenberg D. Trends in college student mental health and help-seeking by race/ethnicity: Findings from the national healthy minds study, 2013–2021. Journal of Affective Disorders. 2022;306: 138-147. doi: 10.1016/j.jad.2022.03.038

7. Ennals P, Fossey E, & Howie L.  Postsecondary study and mental ill-health: a meta-synthesis of qualitative research exploring students’ lived experiences. Journal of Mental Health. 2015; 24(2): 111-119. doi: 10.3109/09638237.2015.1019052

8. Eisenberg D, Lipson SK, & Posselt J. Promoting resilience, retention, and mental health. New Directions for Student Services. 2016;156: 87-95.

9. Hartley MT. Examining the relationships between resilience, mental health, and academic persistence in undergraduate college students. Journal of American College Health. 2011;59(7): 596-604. doi: 10.1080/07448481.2010.515632

10. Koch LC, Mamiseishvili K, & Higgins K. Persistence to degree completion: A profile of students with psychiatric disabilities in higher education. Journal of Vocational Rehabilitation. 2014;40(1): 73-82. doi: 10.3233/JVR-130663

11. Stebleton MJ, Soria KM, & Huesman RL. First‐generation students' sense of belonging, mental health, and use of counseling services at public research universities. Journal of College Counseling. 2014;17(1): 6-20. doi: 10.1002/j.2161-1882.2014.00044.x

12. Bonar TC. Mental health and military‐connected students on campus: Culture, challenges, and success. New Directions for Student Services. 2016;156): 41-51. doi: 10.1002/ss.20190

13. Trenz RC, Ecklund-Flores L, & Rapoza K. A comparison of mental health and alcohol use between traditional and nontraditional students. Journal of American College Health. 2016;63(8): 584-588. doi: 10.1080/07448481.2015.1040409
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm23 SES 11 A: Exploring School Policy Reforms in Europe: A Comparative View on Transnational Alignments and National Contestations (Part 2)
Location: James Watt South Building, J15 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: John Benedicto Krejsler
Session Chair: Lejf Moos
Symposium continued from 23 SES 09 A
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium

Exploring School Policy Reforms in Europe: A Comparative View on Transnational Alignments and National Contestations[SESSION 2]

Chair: John Benedicto Krejsler (Aarhus University)

Discussant: Lejf Moos (Aarhus University)

[SESSION 2]The core of investigation in this double symposium is how national school policy reforms in a number of key European countries and regions are framed in transnational collaborations that meet with national particularities and contestations. The symposium presents results from a collaborative book project (Krejsler & Moos, 2023 forthcoming).

The symposium explores school policy developments in a number of different countries and regions to represent the diversity of Europe within a comparative framework applied to all presentations. It takes point of departure in the fact that European countries in their school and education policies have been increasingly aligning with each other, mostly via transnational collaborations, the OECD and EU. Even the IEA has been instrumental to motivate alignments by means of influential surveys, knowledge production and methodological development (Hultqvist, Lindblad, & Popkewitz, 2018; Krejsler, 2020; Lawn & Grek, 2012; Meyer & Benavot, 2013).

This alignment in terms of common standards, social technologies, qualification frameworks and so forth have aimed at facilitating mobility of students, workers, business and so forth as well as fostering a European identity among citizens from Europe’s patchwork of small and medium-size countries, representing a patchwork of different languages, cultures and societal contexts (Nóvoa & Lawn, 2002; Popkewitz, 2012). This symposium explores and maps processes of de-contextualization, when policymakers broker consensus in transnational agencies, up against the ensuing processes of re-contextualization when this de-contextualized consensus has to be re-contextualized in widely differing national contexts; here standards, frameworks and social technologies have to be adapted and digested to forms that make sense in relation to what is politically and educationally possible in each and every of these different contexts.

Unsurprisingly, however, these processes of policy transfer, exchange and mutual inspiration are equally rife with national contestation as transnational norms meet with national traditions. The presentations in this symposium thus explore and map the diversity of contestations that transnational policy also produces when it meets particular national contexts, ranging from progressive reform pedagogy and Bildung resistance to positivist and economistic approaches to education over increasing focus upon ‘national values’ to recent outright nationalist resentment to transnational and multilateral encroachment upon national sovereignty (Blossing, Imsen, & Moos, 2016; Hörner, Döbert, Reuter, & von Kopp, 2015; Krejsler & Moos, 2021; Rizvi, Lingard, & Rinne, 2022).

Equally problematic – and possibly even more opaque - is the national uptake of transnational school and educational policy is the ‘intermediary’ of issues like digitalization and commercialization by means of which policy passes as it is transformed into organization and practice.

In our approach we thus see the interplays of transnational and national school policy reforms as the intended and unintended strategies and effects of widely differing contexts for making policy for schools, i.e. reflecting what is politically and educationally possible within the national contexts, framed by its particularities: This includes attention to increased focus upon ‘national values’, immigration, populism, and so forth (Rizvi et al, 2022) as well as the framing effects on transnational and national school policies by particular approaches to adopting global challenges like digitalization and increasing commercialization (e.g. big data, algorithmization and platformization) (Appadurai, 2006).

The papers in this double symposium draw on critical education policy theory, governance and governmentality theory. Empirically they draw on analyses of transnational and national education policy documents as well as national education debates and existing studies on policy reform.


References
Appadurai, A. (2006). Fear of Small Numbers. Durham: Duke University Press.
Blossing, U. et al.(Eds.).(2016). The Nordic Education Model. Dordrecht: Springer.
Hultqvist, E. et al. (Eds.).(2018). Critical Analyses of Educational Reforms in an Era of Transnational Governance. Cham: Springer.
Hörner, W. et al. (Eds.). (2015). The Education Systems of Europe. Cham: Springer.
Krejsler, J. B. (2020). Imagining School as Standards-Driven and Students as Career-Ready! In F. Guorui & T. S. Popkewitz (Eds.), Handbook of Education Policy Studies (Vol. 2, pp. 351-383). Singapore: Springer.
Krejsler, J. B., & Moos, L. (2021). Danish – and Nordic – school policy: its Anglo-American connections and influences. In J. B. Krejsler & L. Moos (Eds.), What Works in Nordic School Policies? Cham(CH): Springer.
Krejsler, J. B., & Moos, L. (Eds.). (2023 forthcoming). School Policy Reform in Europe: Exploring transnational alignments, national particularities and contestations. Cham: Springer.
Lawn, M., & Grek, S. (2012). Europeanizing Education. Oxford: Symposium Books.
Meyer, H.-D., & Benavot, A. E. (Eds.). (2013). PISA, Power, and Policy. Oxford: Symposium Books.
Nóvoa, A., & Lawn, M. (2002). Fabricating Europe. Dordrecht (NL): Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Popkewitz, T. S. (2012). Numbers in grids of intelligibility. In H. Lauder et al. (Eds.), Educating for the Knowledge Economy (pp. 169-191). London: Routledge.
Rizvi, F., Lingard, B., & Rinne, R. (Eds.). (2022). Reimagining Globalization and Education. New York: Routledge.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Discussion: The Importance of Context in European School Policy Reforms

Lejf Moos (Aarhus University), John Benedicto Krejsler (Aarhus University)

Cases stories with analyses of school policy reform from Denmark, England, Germany, Netherlands, France, Italy, Spain, Poland, Chech Rep., Croatia are the material this is built on. We find similarities and differences in how national government produce policies and reforms. Our setup is being very much in line with Bartlett & Vavrus (Bartlett & Vavrus, 2017), who argue that cases used in comparisons should attend simultaneously to macro, meso, and micro dimensions. We do not see these dimensions as bounded, and thus setting fixed borders between levels, often preferring to see things slide from one level to other fields in ultracomplex contexts. In taking this perspective, we recognize that influences often slide unnoticed into the minds and practices of agents, remaining hidden and the strategically important question here is whether this creates more homogenized school systems across Europe over time, or whether national recontextualization and contestation make a difference which is sufficient to maintain different trajectories in school policies across Europe (Ball & Junemann, 2012). One sign of sliding occurs when authorities shift their form of governance from the regulations and frameworks of hard governance towards the use of soft governance, which often means adapting to suit national particularities, as shown in the ten country case chapters (Moos, 2019). The analyses show a two-sided sliding of agency in Europe: one is the transformation of decisions from state-level towards regional, municipal, and institutional levels – in the contemporary transnational discourse named ‘the move to autonomy’ (Lingard, 2000). The other involves a transformation of influence from classroom and school levels towards meta-state level, transnational level – named competence and performance and outcomes technologies (Krejsler & Moos, 2021). In short, we have also registered similarities within regions, most clearly in Eastern Europe and the Western Balkans, where economy is in the forefront in all nation case-analyses. To some degree there are similarities in centralist state-construction in Eastern Europe and the Western Balkans, founded in the communist eras, and in the relatively – and different - close relation to transnational, government-relations, new public management (NPM), in the Northwestern Europe, founded in the very close relations between the nations here (Normand, Moos, Min, & Tulowitzki, 2021).

References:

*Ball, S. J., & Junemann, C. (2012). Networks, new governance and education. Bristol: Policypress. *Bartlett, L., & Vavrus, F. (2017). Comparative Case Studies: An Innovative Approach. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education (NJCIE), 1(1), 5-7. doi:doi.org/10.7577/njcie.1929 *Krejsler, J. B., & Moos, L. (Eds.). (2021). What Works in Nordic School Policies? mapping Approches to Evidence, Social Technologies and Transnational Influences. Dordrecht: Springer. *Lingard, B. (2000). It is and It isn't: Vernacular Globalization, Educationa. Policy, and Restructuring. In N. C. Burbules & C. A. Torres (Eds.), Globalization and education. Critical perspetives. New York: Routledge. *Moos, L. (Ed.) (2019). Glidninger - ‘Usynlige forandringer inden for pædagogik og uddannelser [Slidings - ‘Invisible’ transformations in education]. http://edu.au.dk/fileadmin/edu/Udgivelser/E-boeger/Ebog_-_Glidninger.pdf. *Normand, R., Moos, L., Min, L., & Tulowitzki, P. (Eds.). (2021). The Culture and Social Foundation of Educational Leadership. Dordrecht: Springer.
 

Multi-Scalar Interactions and School Policy: The Trajectory of Educational Reform in Catalonia within the Spanish Quasi-Federal State

Edgar Quilabert (Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona), Antoni Verger (Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona), Mauro C. Moschetti (Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona)

Drawing on a combination of insights on the singular nature of policymaking in the context of federal states (Savage 2016) and a policy trajectories approach (Maroy, Pons and Dupuy 2017), we examine the evolution of educational reform in a setting characterized by complex multi-scalar interactions, namely the Catalan region within decentralized Spain. Based on interview data and a thorough document analysis, we focus primarily on understanding how and to what extent Catalonia has been able to use its margin of political and administrative autonomy within the Spanish (quasi)federal state to promote a unique approach to educational policy. Results are presented according to four different reform stages: (1) Structural reforms after the democracy restoration (1980s and 1990s); (2) Experimenting with New Public Management (NPM) ideas in education (2000s); (3) The conservative modernization agenda (2010-2015); and (4) Governing schools through educational innovation (2016-ongoing). The policy trajectory we describe shows how educational reform has been shaped by the constant interaction between the Catalan and Spanish governments in a context where the division of competences and responsibilities is ambiguous and in constant renegotiation. Nonetheless, scalar tensions do not necessarily result in diverging policy approaches on school governance. Policies on school autonomy, evaluation, leadership, and competence-based education have been encouraged by the Spanish legislative framework since the 1990s. The singularity of the Catalan education policy lies more on the fact that it has pioneered the instrumentation of such policy ideas embedded in a broader NPM approach to education, rather than in offering an alternative policy orientation within the Spanish education context.

References:

Maroy, C., Pons, X., & Dupuy, C. (2017). Vernacular globalisations: neo-statist accountability policies in France and Quebec education. Journal of Education Policy, 32(1), 100–122. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2016.1239841 Savage, G. C. (2016). Who’s steering the ship? National curriculum reform and the re-shaping of Australian federalism. Journal of Education Policy, 31(6), 833–850. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2016.1202452
 

School Policy and Reforms in Poland and Complexity of the Governance System

Joanna Madalinska-Michalak (University of Warsaw)

The presentation takes point of departure in the fact that Poland in its school and education policies has been increasingly aligning with the other European countries, mostly via transnational collaborations, the OECD and EU. The paper focuses on the analyses of transnational and national education policy documents as well as national education debates and existing studies on policy reform in Poland in the light of the decentralisation of education. The historical complexities and diversity of Polish school policy and reforms are central to the analyses presented. After a series of radical reforms made in the 1990s, a decade of more evolutionary changes followed – a decade in which more emphasis was placed on developing practical solutions within the existing frameworks of the system rather than root and branch revision. But the deeper reform tendencies have not gone away. Consequently, within current school policy and reforms we find tensions relating to changing normative imperatives of political power as these reflect in the process of education in schools. The core of investigation is how national school policy reforms in Poland are framed in transnational collaborations that meet with national particularities and contestations in the context of improving education policy in terms of governance of the education system. Regarding the fact that more decisions are made at school level in Poland than in other OECD countries (OECD 2015), the attention is paid to the complexity of the governance system, and the ways the national system, the regional systems and the local governance structure influence the work of school leaders in the school improvement.

References:

*Hultqvist, E., Lindblad, S., & Popkewitz, T. S. (Eds.). (2018). Critical Analyses of Educational Reforms in an Era of Transnational Governance. Chan (CH): Springer. *Madalinska-Michalak, J. (2022). School Policy and Reforms in Poland: between democratisation and centralization. Paper presented at the Symposium “School Policy Reform in Europe: Exploring transnational alignments, national particularities and contestations” during ECER 2022, Yerevan, Armenia, 23 August 2022. *OECD. (2015). Education policy outlook. Poland. Paris: OECD. *OECD. (2018). Key Data on Local and Regional Governments in the European Union, *OECD and EU, http://www.oecd.org/regional/regional-policy. *OECD. (2019). OECD Skills Strategy Poland: Assessment and recommendations. Paris: OECD. *Prawo oświatowe z dnia 14 grudnia 2016 z późniejszymi zmianami [Law on School Education of 14 December 2016, with further amendments), Journal of Law 2021, item 1082. *Rizvi, F., Lingard, B., & Rinne, R. (Eds.). (2022). Reimagining Globalization and Education. New York & London: Routledge. *Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2012). Understanding Policy Borrowing and Lending. Building Comparative Policy Studies. In G. Steiner-Khamsi & F. Waldow (Eds.), World Yearbook of Education 2012. Policy Borrowing and Lending in Education. New York: Routledge.
 

School Policy Reforms in Slovenia and Croatia: In Between Post-Socialist Transformation and Europeanization

Urška Štremfel (Educational Research Institute. Ljubljana, Slovenia), Eva Klemenčič Mirazchiyski (Pedagogical Institute of Slovenia, Ljubljana), Nikša Alfirević (University of Split), Ljiljana Najev Čačija (University of Split)

The paper addresses the school policy reforms in Slovenia and Croatia as an interplay of post-socialist transformation and Europeanization from a comparative perspective. More specifically, it focuses on the school policy and reform patterns in Slovenia and Croatia, by exploring their common roots, during the socialist era and the diverging development paths, since the 1990s. General development trends are identified and analysed, by exploring the influences of neoliberal and transnational approaches, with a particular focus on international large-scale student assessments (ILSAs) and their role in shaping national policies. Particular national issues are further explored, including the policy-borrowing and policy-lending patterns, their underlying political/ideological drivers and other issues where the two countries diverge from the transnational patterns. The paper is guided by the following research question: ‘How are the specific features of the development of the Slovenian and Croatian (post-socialist) systems reflected in the Europeanisation/internationalization of the Slovenian and Croatian educational space?’. The conceptual/theoretical framework is based on post-socialist transformation theories (e.g. Chankseliani & Silova, 2018; Halász, 2015), EU and transnational educational governance (Alexiadou, 2014; Hultqvist et al., 2018) and policy learning in education (e.g. Steiner-Khamsi & Waldow, 2012). A comparative analysis is based on a thorough review of the relevant literature and secondary sources, an analysis of formal documents and legal sources at the EU and national level (e.g. qualitative evaluation of the European Education & Training framework and national strategic policy documents) and a review of the ILSAs data. In the paper, we develop a critical perspective on the motives and timing of Slovenian and Croatian education policy-making by referring to the reform initiatives and their impact; joining/withdrawing from some cycles of ILSA and comparative studies; bilateral/regional cooperation efforts. Therefore, we show that policy-making in education is not only about modernization and reform processes, but that it is tightly coupled with the ideological presumptions and preferences, adopted by the political actors. Especially in the case of Croatia, Europeanisation is often used as a general argument for the formal adoption of ambitious education reform agenda(s), which are rarely fully implemented.

References:

*Alexiadou, N. (2014). Policy learning and Europeanisation in education: the governance of a field and the transfer of knowledge. In A. Nordin & D. Sundberg (Eds.), Transnational policy flows in European education: the making and governing of knowledge in the education policy field (pp. 123–140). Oxford: Symposium Books. *Chankseliani, M., & Silova, I. (Eds.). (2018). Comparing Post-Socialist Transformations purposes, policies, and practices in education. Oxford: Symposium Books. *Halász, G. (2015). Education and Social Transformation in Central and Eastern Europe. European Journal of Education, 50(3), 350–371. *Hultqvist, E., Lindblad, S., & Popkewitz, T. S. (Eds.) (2018). Critical Analyses of Educational Reforms in an Era of Transnational Governance. Cham: Springer. *Steiner-Khamsi, G., & F. Waldow (Eds.) (2012). Policy borrowing and lending in education. London: Routledge.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm23 SES 11 B: New Avenues and Challenges for Comparative Education Policy Studies (Part 2)
Location: James Watt South Building, J7 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Clara Fontdevila
Symposium continued from 23 SES 09 B
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium

New Avenues and Challenges for Comparative Education Policy Studies (Part II)

Chair: Clara Fontdevila (University of Glasgow)

Discussant: Oscar Valiente (University of Glasgow)

In Rethinking Comparison, Simmons and Smith (2021) argue that comparative methods are at the cross-roads of two main trends: a trend towards controlled comparative methods whose main focus consists in the improvement of causal inference - something that often involves taking the route of natural experiments; and an opposing trend towards deconstructing comparison, heavily indebted to postcolonial theory, which sees comparative methods as ‘old fashioned’ and intellectually impoverishing. To these trends, we add a third one consisting of hyper-globalist understandings of globalisation that are challenging cross-country analyses, arguing that the state has been hollowed-out as the main locus of policy-making.

The comparative analysis of education policies is not alien to these challenges and advances. Indeed, such dilemmas have given rise to passionate debates and inspired a number of research innovations and increasingly ambitious research designs. Comparative education policy studies have proven to be a dynamic research field that does not remain passive against the different external and internal challenges it faces. This symposium examines precisely how the field of comparative policy analysis has evolved in the last decade, and how education policy research can benefit from this evolution. The panel aims thus at stimulating reflection on the possibilities opened by the new comparative methods, tools and databases, and on the research questions posed by this changing environment and which merit further investigation. To do so, our panel revisits two recurring debates that have long centred efforts at (re)thinking comparative research, namely, what to compare and how to compare. In relation to the former - what to compare -, we witness how comparative analysis is increasingly open to a broader range of research units. Beyond conventional cross-country studies, comparative research can be conducted within countries, across regions, across time and even compare different kinds of units (Schaffer 2015).

In addition, the role of globalisation in policy formation has been conceptualised in a more sophisticated way. Increasingly, comparative analyses contemplate how different political scales are mutually constituted, how global policy models are being translated differently in different contexts and/or how the impact global forces fluctuates over the policy process. Such trends make the case for expanding the possibilities and perspectives for comparative inquiry. Overall, rather than taking them as a given, we are being encouraged to actively construct the objects of our comparative analyses (Barlett and Vavrus 2017). In a European context, where policy is no longer the exclusive parcel of nation states, and regions and cities play an increasingly prominent role as policy spaces, transcending the cross-country perspective is more necessary than ever.

In relation to how to compare, the old divides between quantitative and qualitative approaches are being left behind. Mixed-methods designs have indeed found their place within European research, and there is a growing appetite for methodological pluralism.. Contrary to traditional conceptions, it is increasingly acknowledged that small-n studies can play a critical role in offering generalisable insights and that big-n studies can play an important role in theory building and identifying causal mechanisms. There is also growing recognition of the need for further disciplinary cross-fertilization and dialogue with other disciplines in the social sciences. The comparative analysis of education policy cannot remain insulated from the conceptual and theoretical innovations brought forward by political science, geography and policy sociology, among other.

This double-symposium will include papers that make an explicit effort to innovate in comparative analysis methods and forms of inquiry. It includes a selection of empirically rich studies of education policy covering different contexts and domains, including teacher policy, international large-scale assessments, the role of expertise, public-private partnerships, and accountability reforms.


References
Bartlett, L., & Vavrus, F. (2016). Rethinking case study research: A comparative approach. Routledge.

Schaffer, F. C. (2015). Elucidating social science concepts: An interpretivist guide. Routledge.

Simmons, E. S., & Smith, N. R. (Eds.). (2021). Rethinking Comparison. Cambridge University Press.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Effecting Change from Within, Beyond, and Between: Comparative Perspectives of Advancing Alternative Teacher Education Policies

Matthew A.M. Thomas (University of Glasgow), Elisabeth Lefebvre (Bethel University)

New forms of teacher recruitment and training have emerged that seek to radically reform educational systems in Europe and beyond (Dumay & Burn, 2022; Nesje, 2021; Tatto & Menter, 2022; Schneider & Abs, 2021). Programmes associated with the Teach For All network serve as one example, and now exist in more than 60 countries, from Slovakia to Spain to Sweden (see Thomas et al., 2021). Despite discursive depictions of accelerating and uncomplicated expansion (Lefebvre et al., 2022), their global proliferation has only been possible because of considerable policy changes in various jurisdictions, due in part to TFAll’s consistent role in advancing and benefiting from heterarchical forms of governance (Olmedo et al., 2013, Thomas & Xu, 2022). With this as a backdrop, this paper examines the varied ways in which Teach For All affiliates have engaged in effecting policy change, both to facilitate their entrée into new policy environments and, later, to further alter them. It analyses cases from across the Teach For All literature and draws on empirical data in the form of interviews, policy documents, and digital ethnography to first provide a comparative analysis of the forms of policy change that may be necessary for alternative programmes to enter new jurisdictions, such as reforming teacher certification and licensure policies. Second, the paper explores the means through which Teach For All organisations have sought to effect change prior to and after their emergence, drawing on examples from specific (sub)national contexts. The paper then offers a typology of policy movements and strategies utilised by Teach For All, including working within, beyond, and between existing structures. The paper concludes by raising critical questions about the future of global teacher education policy as well as the methodological challenges involved in studying its shifts, particularly as advanced by closed networks working across amorphous and dynamic policy spaces.

References:

Dumay, X., & Burn, K. (Eds.). (2022). The status of the teaching profession: Interactions between historical and new forms of segmentation. Taylor & Francis. Lefebvre, E.E., Pradhan, S., & Thomas, M.A.M. (2022). The discursive utility of the global, local, and national: Teach For All in Africa. Comparative Education Review, 66(4), 620-642. Nesje, K. (2021). The origin and adaptation of Teach First Norway. In Examining Teach For All (pp. 63-78). Routledge. Olmedo, A., Bailey, P.L., & Ball, S.J. (2013). To infinity and beyond…: Heterarchical governance, the Teach for All network in Europe and the making of profits and minds. European Educational Research Journal, 12(4), 492-512. Schneider, S., & Abs, H.J. (2021). Professional duties and support for Teach For All fellows as reported by school principals: A case study of two European countries. In Examining Teach For All (pp. 221-242). Routledge. Tatto, M.T., & Menter, I. (2022). Institutional and pedagogical consequences of neoliberal globalization in teacher education. In Emergent Trends in Comparative Education (pp. 195-216). Rowman & Littlefield. Thomas, M.A.M., Rauschenberger, E., & Crawford-Garrett, K. (Eds.). (2021). Examining Teach For All. Routledge. Thomas, M.A.M., & Xu, R.-H. (2022). The emergence and policy (mis)alignment of Teach For Taiwan. Journal of Education Policy, 1-24.
 

​​ Situating Oneself in Relation to Others: Transnational Reference Clusters in Germany and Mainland China

Haiqin Ning (Freie Universität Berlin), Florian Waldow (Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin)

How references to other education systems are constructed and employed in education policy-making has long been an important topic of educational research (see Waldow & Steiner-Khamsi, 2019). Among other things, they serve to situate education in one’s own country in relation to its environment. However, references to “elsewhere” are not only made to individual “reference societies”, i.e. individual nation states, but also to whole geographic regions (e.g. “Asia”) or clusters of countries that are perceived to be united by a characteristic trait (e.g. “the developing countries”). Also, individual reference societies often are perceived as being embedded in and representative of wider contexts. In this paper, we will take a closer look at points of reference functioning in a similar way to individual reference societies, but comprising larger units than individual countries. We term these “transnational reference clusters”. The paper combines a “borrowing and lending”-perspective with a comparative approach. It studies how transnational reference clusters were being constructed and used in the media discourse on education policy-making in Germany and mainland China in the wake of PISA between 2000 – 2020 (see also Ning, 2023). We will focus specifically on two transnational reference regions which play an important role both in the Chinese and the German media discourse and of which Germany and Mainland China are parts of, respectively: “Western industrialised countries” and “Asia”. The rise of large-scale assessments has had consequences for how education systems situate themselves in relation to others and particularly in relation to a non-egalitarian world order. Both Germany and China were challenged by PISA in how they made sense of their position in this order, since both experienced “PISA-shocks”, although in diametrically different ways: German observers were shocked by the fact that the results of their country were much lower than anticipated, while many Chinese observers were surprised by the positive results obtained by participating Chinese regions and cities (especially Shanghai). The comparison enables us to see more clearly the specific ways in which these shocks were processed in the two cases and how this processing was connected to long-standing perceptions of the world order shaped by colonialism: the German discourse reflects a process of othering “Asia” aimed at reinforcing the discursive superiority of “Western” education. Chinese media adopt parts of the ‘Western-centred’ stereotyping of ‘Asian’ education while at the same time attempting to legitimise the superiority of China’s own education system over others.

References:

Ning, H. (2023). Der Mediendiskurs zu Referenzgesellschaften und PISA: Ein Vergleich zwischen Deutschland und Festlandchina im Rahmen des Projektionsansatzes unter Berücksichtigung der postkolonialen Perspektive. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. Waldow, F., & Steiner-Khamsi, G. (Eds.). (2019). Understanding PISA's attractiveness: Critical analyses in comparative policy studies. London: Bloomsbury.
 

Tracing Reform Trajectories: A Computed Text Mining Study of Topologies and Discursive Shifts in Norwegian Education Policy (1990 – 2020)

Kirsten Sivesind (University of Oslo), Dijana Tiplic (University of Oslo), Lars G. Johnsen (Norwegian National Library)

In order to make policy planning and global monitoring of national developments “evidence-based” (Karseth et al., 2022), state authorities voluntarily apply international standards for the sake of improving their own practices (Pollitt & Bouckaert, 2017). By tracing how regulative, normative and cognitive orientations of reform trajectories evolve, the present study aims at better understanding of how education policy-making unfolds under the influence of major international policy brokers. In particular, we have compared topologies and examined semantical shifts by the creation and recreation of discourses. IN the Norwegian part of the POLNET-study (Policy Knowledge and Lesson Drawing in Nordic School Reform in an Era of International Comparison), we applied computed text-mining procedures to a large corpus of official documents. This corpus consists of 503 full-text white and green papers published or referenced by the Ministry of Education Norway between 1990 and 2020. In our analysis, we mapped bibliometric reference networks, detected word associations that form topologies and clarified discursive shifts by examining time-space relations (Sivesind et al., 2022). The results show that a new topology on constitutional norms, democracy, the freedom of expression, and human dignity appeared in the 2000s. Moreover, compared to the 1990s, semantic shifts in reform policy during the 2000s reflected a more departmentalized discourse on school reform. Political discourses and conceptualizations of reform during the 2000s reflect an increased differentiation that reflects how state authorities regulate their education system by law. At the same time, word associations and associated discourses for different realms of school reform policy and higher education policy, reflect externalization processes and an increased interest toward cognitive-scientific rationalities of international large-scale studies and evaluations with normative undertones. It is somewhat surprising that that there is an increased attention towards national and international regulations and standards simultaneously. Nonetheless, we consider these trajectories as an outcome of the ways national policy makers and international experts receive and translate ideas and standards, and the ways narratives and discourses resonate within particular contexts.

References:

Karseth, B., Sivesind, K., & Steiner-Khamsi, G. (Eds.). (2022). Evidence and Expertise in Nordic Education Policy. A Comparative Network Analysis. Palgrave McMillan. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-030-91959-7 Pollitt, C., & Bouckaert, G. (2017). Public management reform: A comparative analysis-into the age of austerity. Oxford university press. Sivesind, K., Tiplic, D., & Johnsen, L. (2022). Surveying Policy Discourses across Time and Space: Internationalization of Knowledge Providers and Nordic Narrative. I D. Tröhler, B. Hörmann, S. Tveit & I. Bostad (Red.), The Nordic Education Model in Context: Historical Developments and Current Renegotiations. London: Routledge. DOI: 10.4324/9781003218180-21
 

International Organizations, International Contractors and ILSAs: How can we Analyse the Making of Global Comparisons with CE?

Camilla Addey (Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona)

Drawing on a network ethnography, this paper presents a mapping and an analysis of the actors which develop International Large-Scale Assessments (i.e. PISA, TIMSS) for the OECD and IEA. ILSA contractors emerged from a small, informal IEA network where capitals were accumulated and then used to stabilize the current network of contractors. In seeking to understand the rationales of ILSA contractors to carry out ILSA contracts, the paper drew on a key CE theory, policy borrowing and lending theory. Despite it traditionally making sense of state actors, the theory did prove useful in understanding non-state actors but suffered from ‘educationalism’. To visualise this network, ILSA contractor differences (i.e. size and tasks of each contractor) had to be done away with and commensurability had to be imposed. Imposing categories on the actors (i.e. public/private) was problematic. Comparing differences between IEA and OECD ILSA contracting put the emphasis on IOs rather than the contractors. Mapping and analysing this global network through comparison appeared to create more problems than it provided analytical insights. Questions arose such as: When is network ethnography a comparative education methodology? How can the study of a global network be comparative? Comparative Education (CE) assumes some kind of comparison. Historically, comparisons were made between and amongst educational systems (Bereday 1964; Bray et al. 2007). The main CE theories seek to understand how global theories travel and are adopted; how contexts shape the way policies are translated; how educational systems converge and diverge (Philips & Schweisfurth 2014). But what does CE offer when what is being studied does away with context (i.e. ILSAs treat context as noise) and the unit of analysis is a single global network? How can we understand market logics in education without the contribution of theories that explain business behaviour? Ultimately, this paper is an invitation to discuss the opportunities and limitations of CE methods and theories when studying a global network and business dynamics in education.

References:

Bereday, George (1964) Sir Michael Sadler's "Study of Foreign Systems of Education." Comparative Education Review 7(3): 307-314. Bray, Mark, Adamson, Brian & Mason, Mark (eds) (2007) Comparative education research: Approaches and methods (Vol. 19). New York: Springer. Philips, David & Schweisfurth, M. (2014). Comparative and international education: an introduction to theory, method, and practice (2nd ed). London: Bloomsbury Academic.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm23 SES 11 C: Teachers and Teaching
Location: James Watt South Building, J10 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Anna Hogan
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Contingencies of Collective Bargaining: Comparing Teacher Union Engagement in Social Dialogue on Teacher Supply in Europe

Alison Milner1, Howard Stevenson2

1Aalborg University, Denmark; 2University of Nottingham, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Milner, Alison; Stevenson, Howard

Teacher shortages in schools across Europe have received considerable policy and media attention in recent months (e.g., European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2022; Jack & Cocco, 2022). Despite strong political consensus over the need to attract quality candidates to the teaching profession, many national education systems face significant problems with teacher supply which, with ageing workforces and increasing teacher retirements in the next two decades, are only likely to worsen (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2022). Though by no means a recent phenomenon, the European Commission has attributed this current teacher crisis to the low attractiveness of the profession and argued that longer-term systematic efforts need to be made to improve recruitment and retention if progress is to be made on targets towards the achievement of a European Education Area (European Commission, 2022).

Comparative research suggests that issues of teacher supply and demand – and the national education policies designed to address them – are highly contextualised (IBF Consulting, 2013a, 2013b). Moreover, despite the critical role that employer and employee organisations might play as social partners in teacher policy development, governance structures – and the division of policy labour between national, local and school-level actors – can inhibit social dialogue and teacher union engagement in industrial and professional issues (Stevenson, et al., 2018). Ultimately though, the relative ‘attractiveness’ of the teaching profession should be considered from a sociological and historical perspective (Cochran Smith, 2006) and in the context of a wider labour market which, in the post-pandemic era, has undergone significant transformation (Stevenson & Milner, 2023). All these interrelated factors suggest a need for empirical research to expand our understanding of this complex problem in order to promote a bargaining agenda based on a systemic and strategic response to the teacher crisis in Europe.

To address the gaps in knowledge and industrial relations in education, this paper explores teacher unions' strategic actions to improve the attractiveness of the teaching profession in three European contexts: Ireland, Poland and Sweden. The principal research questions are:

1. What is the situation in relation to teacher supply in Ireland, Poland and Sweden?

2. What factors explain problems of teacher recruitment and retention in these contexts?

3. How have teacher unions been able to intervene to improve the attractiveness of the teaching profession through effective social dialogue?

Drawing on Archer (2008), we approach this paper through a critical realist lens which understands teacher union involvement in social dialogue processes as both spatially and temporally contingent. For Archer, society is defined by its morphogenic nature; namely, its capacity to change its shape or form. Significant to morphogenesis is the notion of temporality; current social structures – discourses, practices, relations, conventions – are the products of past social actions. Thus, teacher union agents can only transform future social structures through strategic actions conditioned by their present social context and their differential capacities to act on professional and industrial issues. To understand the potential for transformation, it is therefore important to analyse both the structural constraints and agential freedom of organised teachers within their diverse social and cultural contexts. Two significant social conditions for union action in our research were: i) social dialogue processes at the national level and ii) established industrial relations systems and frameworks in the context of wider socio-economic, health and humanitarian crises.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Funded by the European Commission, this qualitative case study is part of a much larger policy project developed by the European Sectoral Social Dialogue Committee for Education. The country cases were selected to cover a range of different industrial relations models and geographical locations within the European Union. While limited to three national cases, the findings for this research will have relevance to other European nations in which there are difficulties in recruiting and retaining sufficient numbers of qualified teachers to the profession.

Data collection was conducted between September 2022 and January 2023. The principal data collection methods were documentary research and elite interviews. Documentary research consisted of the content analysis of national policy documents (e.g., government directives, inquiry commission reports, press releases) produced by ministries of education, national education authorities, statistics agencies and the social partners. In the first stage of analysis, this method was used to establish the principal issues of teacher supply, policy initiatives related to recruitment and retention, and the extent of commonality and variation between case contexts. It therefore addressed the first two research questions.

Semi-structured interviews were conducted online with officials from the national teacher unions and employer organisations to explore their experiences and perspectives of social dialogue on efforts towards improving the attractiveness of the profession and teacher supply. While the focus of this paper is principally the teacher trade unions, the interview data from the employer organisations will be used to triangulate the union data. The trade union research participants were: the Irish National Teachers’ Organisation (INTO), the Teachers’ Union of Ireland (TUI) and the Association of Secondary Teachers’ in Ireland (ASTI) (Ireland), Lärarförbundet and Lärarnas Riksförbund (Sweden), and NSZZ “Solidarność”, ZNP and Wolny Związek Zawodowy "Forum-Oświata" (Poland). The interview questions were based on all three research questions.

The second stage of data analysis will begin in March. The interview data will be coded to identify the principal themes in the individual national cases and then comparatively. Adopting an abductive approach to analysis, codes will be developed both from the theoretical framework and through a process of opening coding. These codes will then be condensed into themes within and across the cases.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Research analysis is ongoing and the thematic coding is yet to be completed. However, early findings reveal that there are similarities and differences in issues of teacher supply across the three contexts. There are no global shortages of qualified teachers in Ireland, Poland or Sweden; however, the education system of each national case is currently experiencing problems in recruiting teachers of specific subjects, sectors and specialisms, most notably in science, maths and technology, early years and vocational education.

While teachers are paid relatively well in Ireland, and there have been significant pay rises through legislative reforms and career progression initiatives in Poland and Sweden, salary remains a contentious issue in all contexts. Challenges were noted in relation to the cost-of-living in large cities, the comparability of starting salaries to graduate earnings in other sectors, a lack of transparency in the implementation of new pay models and government policy aims to increase teachers' contact hours without the appropriate remuneration. Educational reforms have been introduced to enhance teachers' professional development and career progression, although the former was not always contractually regulated or implemented fully.

Migration - whether inward, outward or internal - is an issue in all the cases. Due to the Russian invasion of Ukraine, there has been a significant influx of Ukrainian children and young people to Ireland and Poland. Teacher supply issues have been exacerbated by increased class sizes and the psycho-social, linguistic, and pedagogical needs of these refugees. This war has also redirected social partner priorities and expenditure.

There are established quality processes of social dialogue in Ireland and Sweden and the trade unions are consulted on professional issues related to educational reforms. However, educational decentralisation has fragmented approaches in Poland and Sweden and there are is a lack of clarity and/or conflict over professional and industrial policy responsibilities.

References
Archer, M. (2008). Realist Social Theory: The Morphogenetic Approach. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Cochran-Smith, M. (2006). Stayers, Leavers, Lovers and Dreamers: Why people teach and why they stay. 2004 Barbara Biber Lecture. Bank Street College of Education. 16 Occasional Paper Series. April 2006.
European Commission. (2022). Progress towards the achievement of the European Education Area. Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and Committee of the Regions. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/a5ef3055-66f5-11ed-b14f-01aa75ed71a1/language-en
European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2022). Teachers' and School Heads' Salaries and Allowances in Europe – 2020/21. Eurydice Facts and Figures. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. https://eurydice.eacea.ec.europa.eu/publications/teachers-and-school-heads-salaries- and-allowances-europe-20202021
IBF Consulting. (2013a). Study on Policy Measures to improve the Attractiveness of the Teaching Profession in Europe. Volume 1. Final Report. Publications Office of the European Union. https://op.europa.eu/da/publication-detail/-/publication/eb4f3b89- 5f9b-4d8e-997b-426a9e3a41cd/language-en/format-PDF/source-118075411
IBF Consulting. (2013b). Study on Policy Measures to improve the Attractiveness of the Teaching Profession in Europe. Volume 2. Final Report. Publications Office of the European Union. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/625d2e56- 7085-4cb9-a97d-5e1c94eab261/language-en/format-PDF/source-199810379
Jack, A., and Cocco, F. (2022, 2 September). Wanted: tens of thousands of teachers to staff Europe’s schools. Financial Times. https://www.ft.com/content/116d8c88-aa3f-426f-aeb8-c0a0325c43bb
Stevenson, H., & Milner, A.L. (2023). Towards a Framework of Action on the Attractiveness of the Teaching Profession through Effective Social Dialogue. Brussels: European Trade Union Committee for Education.
Stevenson, H. Milner, A., & Winchip, E. (2018) Education trade unions for the teaching profession: strengthening the capacity of education trade unions to represent teachers’ professional needs in social dialogue. Brussels: ETUCE.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Teachers and Time Poverty.

Anna Hogan, Greg Thompson

Queensland University of Technology, Australia

Presenting Author: Hogan, Anna; Thompson, Greg

Systems, unions, and school communities are confronting significant issues with teachers and their work. Concerns around teachers’ workload and work intensification appear to be impacting the attractiveness of teaching as a career for current teachers and for young people considering teaching as a career. Importantly, this seems to be a global concern as many jurisdictions report that it is increasingly difficult to recruit principals, experienced teachers are leaving the profession and teaching is perceived by young people as having low appeal as a career (te Braak et al., 2022; Wang et al., 2018; Spicksley, 2022; Skaalvik, 2020). Stress, burnout, and job dissatisfaction appear to be on the increase, at the same time as there is a perceived decline in the status of teaching. Understanding the direct factors at work in this phenomenon remains a methodological challenge. Social acceleration, manifest in perceptions that that there is no longer ‘enough time’, appear to be increasing in many societies across a range of occupations (Rosa, 2010, 2013). However, as Wacjman (2008) has argued, while many people perceive that the pace of their life has increased, there is little empirical evidence that we now have less time than in the past, and a challenge remains for researchers to engage with this as an empirical problem.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our approach in this paper is first, to explore existing empirical research on teacher workload and work intensification with a particular emphasis on how these ideas are being operationalised. Second, through a systematic review of that literature we look at how, if at all, workload and work intensification are being theorised as related aspects of teachers’ work. Third, we introduce the concept of ‘time poverty’ to posit the relationship between workload and work intensification, and our resultant strategy for empirically investigating the time poverty of teachers and school leaders. Finally, we report on our findings from our pilot study of 136 participants that evaluated the feasibility and preliminary outcomes of a novel, purpose-built app that uses a ‘patchwork’ data set to characterise teacher time use in real time.  

The Teacher Time Use app was designed with a commercial app developer through an iterative development process. Participants were recruited to a nonrandomized, single-arm trial of the Teacher Time Use app. All participants were asked to track their time use across three 30-minute time periods (randomly assigned by the app) on three different days. All participants were also asked to complete a ‘start of day’ survey and an ‘end of day’ survey on each of these three days. Data used in this pilot study include data directly entered by participants into the app and app data analytics.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research has implications for how we understand teachers’ experiences of disillusionment and demoralisation within their jobs and what might be done to address this. To intervene in the problems of teachers’ work there is a need to intervene in the problem of time poverty. Too often, proposed recommendations to ‘solve’ the problems of teachers’ work focus on either workload (e.g., regulating the number of hours teachers work and get paid for) or work intensification (e.g., removing some of the types of work teachers do, for example lesson planning) without accounting for the subjective experiences of teachers. While our pilot study used only a small sample of teachers, broad analysis of this data evidence a dissonance between a teacher being the kind of teacher they want to be, and the type of teacher they have time to be. This is not simply a matter of the time teachers work, or the type of work they do, but how they experience these together.
References
Rosa, H. (2013). Social acceleration: A new theory of modernity. New York: Columbia University Press.

Rosa, H. (2010). Social Acceleration: Ethical and Political Consequences of a Desynchronised High-Speed Society. In Rosa H. & Scheuerman (Eds.), High-Speed Society: Social Acceleration, Power and Modernity. (pp. 77-112). The Pennsylvania State University Press.

Skaalvik, C. (2020). Emotional exhaustion and job satisfaction among Norwegian school principals: relations with perceived job demands and job resources. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 1-25. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2020.1791964

Spicksley, K. (2022). Hard work/ workload: discursive constructions of teacher work in policy and practice. Teachers and Teaching. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2022.2062741

te Braak, P., Van Droogenbroeck, F., Minnen, J., van Tienoven, T. P., & Glorieux, I. (2022). Teachers' working time from time-use data: Consequences of the invalidity of survey questions for teachers, researchers, and policy. Teaching and Teacher Education, 109. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103536

Wang, F., Pollock, K., & Hauseman, C. (2018). School Principals' Job Satisfaction: The Effects of Work Intensification. Canadian Journal of Educational Administration and Policy(185), 73-90.

Wajcman, J. (2008). Life in the fast lane? Towards a sociology of technology and time. The British Journal of Sociology. 59(1), 59-77


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Teachers in the Spotlight of the Global Education Industry: How Corporate Philanthropies Collaborate with the State to Shape Teacher Development

Benedict Kurz1, Marcelo Parreira do Amaral2

1Bielefeld University, Germany; 2University of Muenster, Germany

Presenting Author: Kurz, Benedict

In the last years, we have seen the rise of a new and globalised industry sector focusing on education (Parreira do Amaral et al. 2019; Verger et al. 2016; Verger et al. 2023). One crucial feature of this Global Education Industry (GEI) is its new mix of players. Within the GEI, philanthropic foundations have emerged as influential actors that are shaping national education systems around the world (Au & Lubienski 2016; Avelar 2021; Tarlau & Moeller 2020). In line with the logics of the economy of scale, the collaboration with the state, e.g. by forging public-private partnerships (Robertson et al. 2012; Steiner-Khamsi & Draxler 2018), has emerged as one of their preferred modes of operation. This allowed corporate philanthropies to be active in education services beyond, for instance, private provision (Verger 2016).

In recent years, teachers, teacher quality and teacher education have become a focus point for the GEI (Robertson 2016; Saltman 2010; Schweisfurth 2022). Since teacher CPD, the continuous professional development of teachers, is not only a potential new market niche for products and services of the GEI, but also a fast-pace policy tool to disseminate own ideas and beliefs, it has become increasingly popular among corporate philanthropies that consider themselves to be changemakers in education (Kurz & Parreira do Amaral 2023).

In this presentation, we will shed light on this new phenomenon. We apply a comparative perspective using the Global Education Industry (GEI) as an analytical tool to explore the collaboration between corporate philanthropy and the state as well as the implications of such partnerships. Therefore, we will first will explore the activities of two corporate philanthropies in teacher CPD, Bosch Foundation and Varkey Foundation, by explicating their purposes, approaches and roles. Second, we will point out several implications from such public-philanthropic partnerships for public education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
By analysing documents, such as websites, social media posts and brochures, we examine two public-philanthropic partnerships for teacher development, in Germany with the involvement of Bosch Foundation and in Argentina with the involvement of Varkey Foundation. Drawing on Anheier’s (2018) comparative approach, we explicate their purposes, approaches and roles while highlighting how both strive for change and, thus, engage in teacher CPD.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Drawing on Anheier’s (2018) comparative approach, we show that corporate philanthropies striving to become changemakers in education, including Bosch Foundation and Varkey Foundation, increasingly engage in teacher CPD. To this end, they chose to collaborate with state entities. Their focus on teacher development, however, goes beyond mere economic interests such as, for instance, opening-up a new market niche for their parent company. Rather, teacher CPD serves as a fast-pace policy tool, which is why corporate philanthropies consider it a promising approach for promoting their 'innovative' ideas.

These developments are not only accompanied by questions of democratic accountability, but also have implications for the teaching profession. Ultimately, this raises the question of whether philanthropic interest in teacher development could potentially transform the role of teachers, for instance, by turning them into agents for corporate-envisioned change.

References
Au, W., & Lubienski, C. (2016). The role of the Gates Foundation and the philanthropic sector in shaping the emerging education market. Lessons from the US on privatization of schools and education governance. In A. Verger, C. Lubienski, & G. Steiner-Khamsi (Eds.), World Yearbook of Education 2016: The Global Education Industry (pp. 28–43). Routledge.

Avelar, M. (2021). Disrupting Education Policy: How New Philanthropy Works to Change Education. Peter Lang.

Kurz, B., & Parreira do Amaral, M. (2023). Philanthropising Teacher Education? The Emerging Activities of Corporate Philanthropy in Teacher Development. Revista Española De Educación Comparada, (42), 109–132. https://doi.org/10.5944/reec.42.2023.34241

Parreira do Amaral, M., Steiner-Khamsi, G., & Thompson, C. (Eds.). (2019). Researching the Global Education Industry – Commodification, the Market and Business Involvement. Springer International.

Robertson, S. L. (2016). The global governance of teachers’ work. In K. Mundy, A. Green, B. Lingard, & A. Verger (Eds.), The handbook of global education policy (pp. 275–290). Wiley.

Saltman, K. J. (2010). The Gift of Education: Public Education and Venture Philanthropy. Palgrave Macmillan.

Schweisfurth, M. (2022). The Development Discourse of “Quality Teachers”: Implications for Teacher Professional Development. In: Menter, I. (Ed.), The Palgrave Handbook of Teacher Education Research (pp.1-15). Palgrave Macmillan.

Steiner-Khamsi, G., & Draxler, A. (Eds.). (2018). The state, business and education. Edward Elgar.

Tarlau, R., & Moeller, K. (2020). Philanthropizing’ consent: how a private foundation pushed through national learning standards in Brazil. Journal of Education Policy, 35(3), 337–366. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2018.1560504

Verger, A. (2016, March 14). The rise of the global education industry: Some concepts, facts and figures. Education International. Retrieved January 22, 2023, from https://www.ei-ie.org/en/item/21340:the-rise-of-the-global-education-industry-some-concepts-facts-and-figures

Verger, A., Fontdevila, C., & Moschetti, M. (Eds). (2023): The Global Education Industry: Comparative Education Analyses [Special Issue]. Revista Española de Educación Comparada, (42).

Verger, A., Lubienski, C., & Steiner-Khamsi, G. (Eds.). (2016a). World Yearbook of Education 2016: The Global Education Industry. Routledge.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm23 SES 11 D: School Development
Location: Thomson Building, Anatomy 236 LT [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Florian Monstadt
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

The Effect of School Tracking on the Development of Political Interest among Adolescents and Young Adults in Germany

Florian Monstadt, Claudia Schuchart, Benjamin Schimke

Bergische Universität Wuppertal, Germany

Presenting Author: Monstadt, Florian

Democratic systems depend on active and engaged citizens (Himmelmann, 2016). An important requirement for all types of political participation is the political interest of individuals (Prior, 2010). In contrast to the analysis of voting decisions, there is still too little research regarding political interest. Various studies have shown that adolescence can be seen as a crucial phase for the development of political interest (Russo/Stattin, 2017), in which educational institutions become increasingly relevant, which, is not yet adequately addressed by research.

It has repeatedly been shown that the more one remains in education, the more one’s interest in politics increases (Bömmel/Heineck, 2020). However, less is known about the influence different types of education have on the development of political interest. In many school systems, students are sorted into academic and non-academic/ vocational tracks at the secondary education level (Bol/van de Werfhorst, 2013). The development of political interest under the influence of different types of education with comparable length is the focus of this paper.

Theoretically, different mechanisms of influence of institutional education on political interest can be assumed. First, the curriculum may differ between different types of schools. Second, the division into different tracks is linked to social segregation, e.g. with students from privileged backgrounds and (shaped by family socialization) higher political interest are more likely to be in the academic track. As a result, the development of political interest in the academic track should be more favorable than in the non-academic track. While this assumption is confirmed by some empirical studies (Witschge/van de Werfhorst, 2019), they mostly have the following weaknesses: First, there is a lack of longitudinal studies that allow to separate the influence of selection into different tracks from the influence of the track itself. Second, the effect of changing tracks on political interest have not yet been sufficiently investigated. Third, it has been found that results regarding the relationship between education and political interest are difficult to generalize across countries, because of the complexity of national education systems (Hoskins et al., 2016). Accordingly, it is worthwhile to conduct country studies in order to better address the specifics of national education systems.

In this contribution we use the example of Germany. The German school system is strongly stratified at secondary level I (years 5 – 10, SL1). After primary school, students are sorted into an academic track that lead to the eligibility to study (e.g. Gymnasium) and non-academic tracks (e.g. Realschule) that prepare for vocational education. At secondary level II (years 11-13, SL2), the school system opens up: In addition to the general academic track (a, Gymnasium), there are vocationally oriented tracks that lead to the eligibility to study (b, e.g. Fachgymnasium) and vocational tracks that lead to vocational training qualifications (c, e.g. Berufsschule). Whereas option (c) is non-academic, option (b) can be identified as academic, since nationwide recognition of the eligibility to study obtained via general education (=a) as well as vocationally oriented schools (=b) is ensured by various political agreements on the curricular requirements. Student composition, especially in terms of socioeconomic status, is less favourable in non-academic compared to academic school types (Schuchart/Schimke, 2019). High-performing students who graduate from a non-academic school type at SL1 can move to an academic track, but also to a non-academic (=vocational track) at SL2.

We assume that the type of continuation of the educational biography in upper secondary school has an effect on the development of political interest. In particular, we are interested in the extent to which continuing academic education (a), moving into non-academic education (c), or vice versa (b) has an impact on the development of political interest.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To test the mentioned hypotheses, we analyse the data of the National Educational Panel Study (NEPS). The NEPS is a longitudinal survey about the educational processes and competence development. We use the third starting cohort, which begins in fifth grade (SL1) and covers the entire secondary school period as well as entry into the labor market. In order to be able to identify the socialization effect of the different educational trajectories at SL2 on political interest, we have to control for selection effects into these pathways. The NEPS data provide a rich set of variables, that allow us to control for relevant student achievement in SL1. In addition, we control for social and economic background as well as family practices (e.g., political discussions), which could have an impact on selection as well as a direct influence on political interest.
The first observation of the outcome variable political interest is in grade 8, which is close to the end of SL1. It is measured using a single item. Due to the focus on SL2 we can use the first measurement in grade 8 as a base line to analyse the development from grade 11 through 12/13. The item has been used in several international surveys, e.g. in the European Social Survey (Bömmel et al., 2020).  For our analysis, we use multilevel mixed effects linear regression models. The five observation points are nested in individuals, so that processes can be examined with regard to various influencing factors at the individual level. The independent variable on educational trajectory is based on the combination of the type of school attended by the students in SL1 and SL2. In SL1, academic education occurs exclusively at the Gymnasium, while all other types of schools (e.g., Realschule) are defined as non-academic. In SL2, all tracks that award the eligibility to study (a, b) are defined as academic (e.g. Fachgymnasium, Fachoberschule). All tracks that provide vocational training (Berufsschule) and/or award non-academic school certificates (c) are considered non-academic.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
According to other studies we find, that students who came from the academic track have a greater political interest at the beginning of SL2, than students who remain in the non-academic track. Overall, political interest seems to be stabilized during SL2, (see also Prior (2010)). Looking at specific trajectories, a convergence effect in the course of SL2 can be observed. Contrary to initial assumptions, the academic and non-academic educational trajectories converge, with a slightly decrease of students in the academic track and a slightly increase of students in the non-academic track. This could indicate that it is not so much the type of education that has an effect on political interest, but rather remaining in institutionalized education itself. Therefore, the sorting into tracks in highly stratified systems such as in Germany seems not to be associated with stable track-specific effects over the educational biography as suggested by other studies (Janmaat, 2022; Witschge et al., 2019). To deepen these results, the next step is to compare them to other countries by taking greater account of characteristics of national educational systems. First, countries that also have a strong vocational training system with a fixed share of general education including political education, such as Austria, Switzerland, and Denmark (Poulsen/Eberhardt 2016), come into question for this purpose. Second, the comparison with countries that have a similarly stratified education system, for example, the Czech Republic and Hungary (Bol/van de Werfhorst, 2013), seems very useful to further investigate the effect of educational trajectory on political interest. The lessons that can be learned are relevant for all democracies, even beyond Europe, as they all depend on interested and engaged citizens.
References
Bol T. & van de Werfhorst H-G. (2013). Educational systems and the trade-off between labor market allocation and equality of educational opportunity. Comparative Education Review, 57(2), 285–308.

Bömmel, N., & Heineck, G. (2020). Revisiting the Causal Effect of Education on Political Participation. 13954, 1–27.

Bömmel, N., Gebel, M., & Heineck, G. (2020). Political Participation and Political Attitudes as Returns to Education in the National Educational Panel Study (NEPS): Conceptual Framework and Measurement. NEPS Survey Papers.

Himmelmann, G. (2016). Demokratie Lernen: Als Lebens-, Gesellschafts- und Herrschaftsform ; ein Lehr- und Studienbuch (4. Auflage). Wochenschau Verlag.

Hoskins, B., Janmaat, J. G., Han, C., & Muijs, D. (2016). Inequalities in the education system and the reproduction of socioeconomic disparities in voting in England, Denmark and Germany: The influence of country context, tracking and self-efficacy on voting intentions of students age 16–18. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 46(1), 69–92.

Janmaat, J. G. (2022). School social segregation and social inequalities in political engagement among 16 to 20 year olds in fourteen countries. Research Papers in Education, 37(1), 52–73.

Prior, M. (2010). You’ve Either Got It or You Don’t? The Stability of Political Interest over the Life Cycle. The Journal of Politics, 72(3), 747–766.

Russo, S., & Stattin, H. (2017). Stability and Change in Youths’ Political Interest. Social Indicators Research, 132(2), 643–658.

Schuchart, C. / Schimke, B. (2019): Lohnt sich das Nachholen eines Schulabschlusses? Alternative Wege zur Hochschulreife und ihre Arbeitsmarkterträge. Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie 71, 237–273.

Witschge, J., & van de Werfhorst, H. G. (2016). Standardization of lower secondary civic education and inequality of the civic and political engagement of students. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 27(3), 367–384.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

The Hidden Curriculum of Well-being Initiatives in Higher Education

Laura Louise Sarauw, Eva Bendix Petersen

Roskilde University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Sarauw, Laura Louise; Petersen, Eva Bendix

The paper engages with the growing number of discourses and initiatives revolving around higher education (HE) students’ well-being, which we situate in conjunction with a changed conception of the role, purpose, and governance of the university.

We start from the position that ‘problems’ with students’ well-being are not given but social and discursive constructions that carry particular ways of defining problems and solutions, and that we must pay particular attention to problematisation, that is, what the problem is constructed to be (Bacchi, 2009). Based on empirical examples from recent policy and practice developments in Denmark and the United Kingdom, our analysis shows how the well-being agenda entrenches and furthers a psychological language in higher education. So, at a general level student ‘well-being’ is constructed as a psychological rather than, say, sociological or pedagogical problem. In one way, this language appears well-aligned with dominant student-centered learning tropes. However, it can also be seen as a further individualisation of structural challenges because it shifts the educational point of gravity from being about students’ knowledge and learning to a focus on the mindsets, attitudes and emotions with which students approach themselves and their learning.

The analysis builds on a post-structuralist policy analytical framework that invites us to consider how the ‘psy-disciplines’ play out in higher educational institutions and contexts (Foucault, 1977, 2001; Petersen and Millei, 2015; Zembylas, 2021). The psy-disciplines were and are not only about inserting and stabilising a new language, but it was also always and continues to be a form of governmentality, a conduct of conduct (Rose, 1998). When recent responses to the student well-being crisis, at policy level and through recent response initiatives, project student mental health as a significant new responsibility for higher education, it shifts how the role and purpose of higher education is conceived, from engagement in matter and competencies (Biesta, 2021) to developing, quite explicitly, politically desired psychological dispositions, emotions, and attitudes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the first part of the paper, we depict how the well-being of higher education students over the last 5-10 years has been constructed as a problem in higher education. We take recent Danish policies (Danish Ministry of Higher Education and Research, 2017, 2019, 2019b; 2020) as an empirical starting point for unraveling a wider international tendency and draw parallels to international policies, e.g., from the World Economic Forum. In the second part of the paper, we draw attention to three specific examples of responses or ‘solutions’ to the well-being ‘problem’ which, in different ways, project new ways of thinking about the role and purpose of the university hand in hand with a new figure of the desired student, who is increasingly depicted in terms of psychological dispositions.

The three examples are:
1)    THE LEARNING QUESTIONNAIRE, which is a new nationwide student survey, introduced by the Danish Ministry of Higher Education and Research in 2019 (https://ufm.dk/en/education/OLDfocus-areas/laeringsbarometer/information-about-the-survey). The questionnaire is modeled after similar student surveys in other countries, such as the National Survey of Student Engagement (USA), National Student Survey (UK) and HowULearn (Finland), but the Danish version stands out in that students’ responses about their well-being may determine up to 5 percent of the institutional basic grants for education.

2)    STUDENT MINDS, which is a UK-based student mental health charity that seeks to “empower students and members of the university community to look after their own mental health, support others and create change” (https://www.studentminds.org.uk/).

3)    HOWDY.CARE, which is a digital tool that monitors students’ mental and physical wellbeing and provides both students and their institutions with feedback about the students’ scores (https://howdy.care/product/).
 
The examples of initiatives are selected for their power to enable a critical assessment of currently available responses and tools. They are not necessarily representative of all initiatives currently being developed in higher education contexts around the globe. Yet while the examples we bring forth here are different on the face of it, they carry similar constructions of the ‘problem’ and similar forms of ‘solution’, particularly through recourse to positive psychology.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper contributes to the research on HE students’ well-being (e.g., Dinter et al., 2011; Parpala et al., 2013; Pekrun et al., 2011; Wulf-Andersen & Larsen, 2021) by challenging the idea that policies and practices react to pre-existing problems, and instead it argues that these policies and practices are also active in producing those ‘problemsʼ as well as legitimising politically desirable ‘solutions’ (Shore & Wright, 2011). By drawing attention to the co-constitutive effects of diverse responses to the so-called well-being crisis in HE our analysis sheds light on the ways in which it can also be seen as a mode of governance that invisibly propels important normative shifts in how we think and talk about the good student, teacher, and institution. First, our analysis shows a new responsibilisation of teachers and institutions for how students ‘feel’ rather than what they learn is currently taking place. Second, regardless of their different forms and origin, the three well-being initiatives presented in the analysis are colonised by the language of positive psychology, that is, a particular school of psychology that focuses on the individual’s’ ‘self-efficacy’ or ‘resilience’ towards outer challenges, and which goes hand in hand with a new depiction of ‘the good student’ as one who is willing to and capable of developing the desired positive ‘growth mindset’. This mindset, we argue, can be seen as a new hidden curriculum that transforms the university and its population in remarkable and perhaps unforeseen ways.  
References
Bacchi, C. (2009). Analysing policy: what’s the problem represented to be? Pearson: Australia.

Biesta, G. (2021). World-Centred Education: A View for the Present. Taylor and Francis
Bekerman, Z., & Zembylas, M. (2018). Psychologized language in education: Denaturalizing a regime of truth. Springer.
 
Danish Ministry of Education and Research (2019). Uddannelses- og forskningspolitisk redegørelse 2019, https://ufm.dk/publikationer/2019/uddannelses-og-forskningspolitisk-redegorelse-2019
 
Danish Ministry of Education and Research (2019b). Bekendtgørelse af lov om universiteter (universitetsloven) LBK nr 778 af 07/08/2019 [The Danish University Law].https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2019/778
 
Danish Ministry of Higher Education and Research (2017). Aftale mellem Regeringen […] om en reform af bevillingssystemet for de videregående uddannelser, 24. november 2017, ohttps://ufm.dk/lovstof/politiske-aftaler/endelig-aftale-nyt-bevillingssystem-for-de-videregaende-uddannelser.pdf (August 2020)
 
Dinther, M.V., Dochy, F., & Segers, M.S. (2011). Factors affecting students' self-efficacy in higher education. Educational Research Review, 6, 95-108.
 
EVA/Danmarks Evalueringsinstitut (2019). Et nyt perspektiv på trivsel: Studierelaterede følelser uddannelser, https://www.eva.dk/videregaaende-uddannelse/studierelaterede-foelelser-paa-videregaaende-uddannelser
 
Foucault, M. (2001). Madness and Cilivilization, 2nd edition. Routledge: London
Foucault, M. (1977). Discipline and Punish. The birth of the prison. Penguin: London
 
Parpala, A., Lindblom-Ylänne, S., Komulainen, E., & Entwistle, N. (2013). Assessing students’ experiences of teaching–learning environments and approaches to learning: Validation of a questionnaire in different countries and varying contexts. Learning Environments Research 16:2, 16(2), 201–215. https://doi.org/10.1007/S10984-013-9128-8
 
Pekrun, R., Goetz, T., Frenzel, A. C., Barchfeld, P., & Perry, R. P. (2011). Measuring emotions in students’ learning and performance: The Achievement Emotions Questionnaire (AEQ). Contemporary Educational Psychology, 36(1), 36–48. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.CEDPSYCH.2010.10.002
 
Petersen, E., & Millei, Z. (2015). Interrupting the Psy-Disciplines in Education. Palgrave Macmillan UK. http://link.springer.com/10.1057/978-1-137-51305-2
 
Rose, N., & Lentzos, F. (2017). Making Us Resilient: Responsible Citizens for Uncertain Times. In S. Trnka & C. Trundle (Eds.), Competing responsibilities: the politics and ethics of contemporary life (pp. 27–48). Duke University Press.
 
Rose, N. (1998). Inventing Our Selves: Psychology, Power and Personhood. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
 
Shore, C., Wright, S. and Per., D. (eds.) (2011). Policy worlds: Anthropology and the anatomy of contemporary power. EASA Series. Oxford: Berghahn, pp. 1–25.
 
Sarauw, LL., Bengtsen, S.& Felippakou O. (in press, 2023). The psychological turn in higher education, Policy Futures in Education, 2022.  
 
Wulf-Andersen, T. Ø., & Larsen, L. (2020). Students, psychosocial problems and shame in neoliberal higher education. Journal of Psycho-Social Studies, 13(3), 303-317.
 
Zembylas, M. (2021). Against the psychologization of resilience: towards an onto-political theorization of the concept and its implications for higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 1-12.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm24 SES 11 A: Rethinking Mathematics Classrooms - Engagement, Well-being, and Global Citizenship
Location: Hetherington, 216 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Vuslat Seker
Paper Session
 
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper

Rewilding the Mathematics Classroom: Embedding Global Citizenship as a Challenge to Business as Usual Mathematics Education.

Corinne Angier

University of Stirling, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Angier, Corinne

This paper tells an overarching story emerging from an inquiry into the affordances and constraints of using global citizenship (GC) themes in secondary mathematics classrooms in Scotland. I argue that not only does mathematics, as a human tool for measuring modelling and making sense of the world, have something distinctive to offer GC education but also that GC opens spaces to rethink and potentially rewild mathematics education. The project has roots in ‘global citizenship education otherwise’ (Andreotti 2021) and critical mathematics education for social justice (Skovsmose 2014, Weist et al 2007, Stinson et al 2012). It is pragmatically connected to the current requirements of the Scottish ‘Curriculum for Excellence’ (Scottish executive 2004) where Global citizenship education is an entitlement for all learners and the responsibility of all teachers.

The secondary mathematics teachers in this project have chosen to attend subject specific professional learning courses offered by a development education centre. They engaged with GC themes and classroom materials that contextualise mathematics tasks in complex and sometimes controversial topics. Some of the teachers were able to then use these materials in their classrooms.

Two sub plots identified in the research project are drawn on here. The first describes the power and tenacity of what I have called ‘business as usual mathematics education’ where the overriding purpose is to meet performance targets in the achievement of tradeable qualifications. The second describes teachers finding and giving space, both of which require professional and pedagogic courage, in which they teach about, through and for GC.

I privilege possibility over probability to suggest that global citizenship education can help to rewild the damaged and denuded site that is the typical mathematics classroom (Ernest 2020) where mathematics is the “handmaiden of capital” (Darder 2018 pviii). GC materials (see e.g. Scotdec 2021) which echo the “spiritual turn” (Gutierrez) and the “socio-ecological ecological” turn (Coles 2022) that have been called for in mathematics education, require dispositions and pedagogies that may be unfamiliar to, but also welcomed by mathematics teachers.

Following their meta review of typologies of GCE Pashby et al (2020 p.158) “identify three different layers of analysis and intervention … methodological (the level of doing), epistemological (the level of thinking) and ontological the level of being.” Each of these maps to this story and I add a fourth axiological the level of valuing. When the teachers adapt their pedagogy to give choice or enable collaboration they are engaging methodologically. When the teachers reimagine the curriculum to embrace wider purposes that better match the use and beauty of mathematics they are engaging epistemologically. When the teachers carve out spaces within which pedagogy and curriculum can be enacted differently, they are engaging ontologically. When the teachers respect young people as more than Homus O Economicus (Valero 2018) in the making, care about their foregrounds (Skovsmose 2012) and mind about our shared world (Griffiths & Murray 2017) they are engaging axiologically.

A recovered ecosystem is not a virgin one and it is important to manage our expectations of the mathematics classroom. The social environment of individual competitive capitalism, austerity policies and powerful social media places pressure to adapt on teachers and young people. The education policy environment in Scotland seems to be very encouraging for the teacher who is committed to social justice and yet in practice the requirement to raise attainment always dominates the requirement to embed learning for Sustainability (Scottish Government 1012). This project has given some glimpses that suggest that GC in mathematics can have the strength of a plant growing up through concrete and making a crack in what seemed to be impenetrable.  


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Since autumn 2018 I have engaged with secondary mathematics teachers in GC workshops, webinars and online modules. The material collated includes online postings, which helped to craft themes for recorded conversations with teachers, and my own journal notes. Through an iterative process of writing back into the conversation transcripts using my journal notes I have gone visiting (Arendt 1992) to explore the ways in which these teachers make sense of the affordances and constraints of their contexts.    

I have been guided by feminist methodology which warns against treating people as “data objects” (Stanley & Wise 2002) and has often called me “down from the attic” (Smith 1992) for some reflexive exercises to connect the lengthening string of methodological qualifiers; critical, feminist, decolonial, post critical with the activities I am undertaking. Mignolo (2011) argues that decolonisation entails the reversal of the colonial logic which translates differences into values. I have been determined not to repeat the sorting and labelling that happens in mathematics classrooms and make no attempt to categorise the teachers but rather to “form an opinion by considering a given issue from different viewpoints” (Arendt 1961 p.237). I have set out to understand something of where these Scottish mathematics teachers stand. This includes their school settings, the policy landscape, their relationship to mathematics and their conceptions of themselves as teachers of global citizenship within mathematics.

My understanding of thinking with theory is a composting of ideas which was suggested by Andreotti et al (2018 p.10-11) in the context of dealing with the “waste” from a “modern/colonial imaginary”. The breaking down processes might describe unlearning as well as releasing key ideas from their previous constructs so they may recombine in new ways. It is an organic metaphor with a certain relinquishing of human power and control (Haraway 2015) unlike the image of dismantling a building (Stein et al 2017) in order to rebuild from the constituent parts.

Compost is made to be used and the characterisation of research as providing “input to social dialogue and praxis in society” (Flyvbjerg 2001 p. 139) echoes both Dewey’s pragmatism and Arendt’s emphasis on politics as discursive action. I have worked with the development education centre throughout this project, incorporating emerging themes back into professional learning and encouraging the teachers to share their stories and establish an online supportive community.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The teachers in this study know that ‘business as usual mathematics education’ has damaging consequences during what is called the senior phase [age 15-17] when young people write public examinations. They described this as “a two year parenthesis” where meaningful mathematics is “in a box” and “you have to close windows.” They also acknowledge there is a ‘backwash’ of ‘teaching to the test’ that floods the first three years of secondary school (see also Teese 2007). This focus on a narrowly conceived progress (Povey and Angier 2021) is encouraged by the inspectorate in the guise of tackling inequality.  

These teachers were able to articulate the tensions they have to reconcile: “If we do not embrace these topics with our young people, we are doing them a disservice, we will not equip them with the essential skills and tools to become the critical citizens they will require to be in their futures.” [teacher B] and three of the teachers attributed talking about GC in job interviews as contributing to their success. They wanted to engage in professional learning but were often frustrated by other demands: “I need to do more. I am so frustrated I have not picked up so many of the things I learned from you in my previous training I’ve just not been doing it. It just makes me very upset I think today ... how I could have used that time for planning all the things I could do instead of planning assessments.” [Teacher B]  

When GC tasks were used, they opened up the classroom to different voices, challenged the hierarchy of prior attainment and enabled young people to make authentic connections with their experiences.

References
Andreotti, V., Stein, S., Sutherland, A., Pashby, K. L., Susa, R., & Amsler, S. (2018). Mobilising different conversations about global justice in education: toward alternative futures in uncertain times. Policy & practice: A development education review, 26, 9-41.

Andreotti, V. D. O. (2021). Depth education and the possibility of GCE otherwise. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 19(4), 496-509.

Arendt, H., & Kohn, J. (1961). Between past and future. Penguin.

Arendt, H. (1989). Lectures on Kant's political philosophy. University of Chicago Press.

Darder (2018) in Avci, B. Critical mathematics education: Can democratic mathematics education survive under neoliberal regime?. Brill.

Coles, A. (2022). A socio-ecological turn in mathematics education: Reflecting on curriculum innovation. Revista Paradigma, 43(Edición temática 1), 207-228.

Flyvbjerg, B. (2001). Making social science matter: Why social inquiry fails and how it can succeed again. Cambridge university press

Griffiths, M., & Murray, R. (2017). Love and social justice in learning for sustainability. Ethics and Education, 12(1), 39-50.

Gutiérrez, R. (2022). A spiritual turn: Toward desire-based research and Indigenous futurity in mathematics education. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 53(5), 379-388.

Haraway, D. (2015). Anthropocene, capitalocene, plantationocene, chthulucene: Making kin. Environmental humanities, 6(1), 159-165.

Mignolo, W. (2011). The darker side of western modernity: Global futures, decolonial options. Duke University Press.

Pashby, K., da Costa, M., Stein, S., & Andreotti, V. (2020). A meta-review of typologies of global citizenship education. Comparative Education, 56(2), 144-164.

Povey, H., & Angier, C. (2021, July). Against 'progress'. In Forum (Vol. 63, No. 2, pp. 20-31). Lawrence and Wishart.

Scottish Executive. (2004). A curriculum for excellence. Edinburgh Scottish executive.  

Scottish Government. (2012). Learning for Sustainability the report of the One Planet Schools Working Group.

Skovsmose, O. (2012). Students' foregrounds: Hope, despair, uncertainty. Pythagoras, 33(2), 1-8.

Smith, D. E. (1992). Sociology from women's experience: A reaffirmation. Sociological theory, 10(1), 88-98.

Stanley, L., & Wise, S. (2002). Breaking out again: Feminist ontology and epistemology. Routledge.

Stinson, D. W., Bidwell, C. R., & Powell, G. C. (2012). Critical pedagogy and teaching mathematics for social justice. The International Journal of Critical Pedagogy, 4(1).

Teese, R. (2007). Time and space in the reproduction of educational inequality (pp. 1-21). Springer Netherlands.

Valero, P. (2018). 2018--Human Capitals: School Mathematics and the Making of the Homus O Economicus. Journal of Urban Mathematics Education, 11(1-2).

Wiest, L. R., Higgins, H. J., & Frost, J. H. (2007). Quantitative literacy for social justice. Equity & Excellence in Education, 40(1), 47-55.


24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper

Towards Equitable Mathematics Classrooms: Enhancing Learners’ Engagement

Alprata Ahuja

Dr B R Ambedkar University, Delhi, India, India

Presenting Author: Ahuja, Alprata

India’s National Curriculum Framework 2005 (NCERT, 2006a) posited an epistemic change towards learning. Learning was seen through a constructivist lens with the learner being focused on in the policy discourse (Sarangapani, 2007; Saxena, 2006). The Position Paper in Teaching of Mathematics proposed the guideline of ‘Math for all’ (NCERT, 2006b, p. 12). Curriculum was proposed to be coherent, ambitious and having depth rather than being tall and spindly (NCERT, 2006b, p. 7). It was recommended that mathematics learning should cater to the minority of learners who have the potential to do well in mathematics as well as include the majority of learners who usually find mathematics challenging (NCERT, 2006b, p. 12). The proposed shift raised an expectation on teachers’ role in classrooms. They were expected to make the classroom space more inclusive in order to make mathematics learning equitable. The teachers were assumed to have a role of implementing these envisioned changes in their practice by implementing reform-based curriculum and textbooks (Chowdhuri, 2020). NCF 2005 and earlier policies as well as curricular frameworks have been criticised to follow the route of top-down approach in bringing any change (Anand & Lall, 2022; Ball & Cohen, 1996; Batra, 2005; Choppin, 2009; Remillard, 2005).

It has been well researched that teachers negotiate with reform-based textbooks and curriculum in varying ways (Remillard, 2005). Teachers’ negotiations with any proposed reform are a product of their identity and beliefs (Heyd-Metzuyanim, 2019, Thompson, 1984). The proposed research explores the relation between teachers’ identities, their beliefs and choices they make in their practice. For the given research, case study of seven teachers teaching mathematics in primary grades were done. These teachers were employed in a non-governmental organisation (NGO) but were teaching in state-run government primary level schools. The site of research presents a unique case of partnership of an NGO with the government. Open-ended interviews were carried ahead with each of them. Classrooms of five of these teachers were observed for a period of a week to see how their choices translate into practice.

The conclusions derived from the study discusses how teachers viewed themselves as an agent of change. Working within the protocols followed in the school and the expectations set by the NGO, they kept the learner in focus while making any decisions related to their practice. These practices encouraged both individual and collective participation of learners. Collaboration through group work was encouraged to make learners interdependent. These collaborative practices shared the onus of learning within the learners. Teachers also talked about challenges and limitations they usually faced.

This proposed research will add to the discourse of teachers’ engagement with mathematics education reforms in India. At global level, teachers’ engagement with the reforms has been researched upon from teachers’ identity, teachers’ beliefs, teachers’ agency perspectives and this research will enrich the existent discourse from the India context (Anand & Lall, 2022). It is imperative that theorization of teachers’ engagement with reforms is evolved from ground and this research will help take steps in that direction.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Qualitative research is undertaken to understand the meaning the actors make of the “events, situations and actions they are involved with” (Maxwell, 1996, p. 17). The role of context in which the actors participate and the influence of this context on their meaning making is also focussed in qualitative research. Qualitative research is undertaken to understand “the process by which events and actions take place” (Maxwell, 1996, p. 19). Methods of data collection in the qualitative research “in natural setting is sensitive to the people and places under study” (Creswell, 2007, p. 37). Analysis of data in qualitative research is inductive in nature. Patterns and themes are generated from rounds of data analysis in qualitative research. Here the conclusions emanating from this qualitative research will make contribution towards the theorisation of teachers’ engagement with reforms.
For the given research, case study of seven teachers teaching mathematics in primary grades were done. These teachers were employed in a non-governmental organisation (NGO) but were teaching in state-run government primary level schools. The site of research presents a unique case of partnership of an NGO with the government.
The following parameters were kept in mind while making sample selection:
• All the teachers should be teaching any of the primary grades.
• Across the sample of teachers, varied grades were covered.
• Each teacher had at least three years of experience any of the grades so that they have some experience at hand before participating in the research.
• The teacher should be comfortable participating in the interviews, getting her classes observed. The schools should also provide necessary support for the same.
• Requisite permissions and purpose of the proposed research were explained to the all the concerned personnel. This contributed towards trust building with schools and the teachers. Trust and rapport building are crucial element of a qualitative research (Maxwell, 1996).
Further, purposeful sampling (Maxwell, 1996, p. 70) was deemed suitable technique for this research. The reason for choosing this sampling technique was that the teachers were be identified as per the criteria listed above.
Methods of data collection were open ended interviews and classroom observations. Open-ended interviews were carried ahead with all the seven teachers. Classrooms of five of these teachers were observed for a period of a week to see how their choices translate into practice.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The conclusions derived from the study discusses how teachers viewed themselves as an agent of change. Working within the protocols followed in the school and the expectations set by the NGO, they kept the learner in focus while making any decisions related to their practice. These practices encouraged both individual and collective participation of learners. Collaboration through group work was encouraged to make learners interdependent. These collaborative practices shared the onus of learning within the learners. Teachers also talked about challenges and limitations they usually faced.
This proposed research will add to the discourse of teachers’ engagement with mathematics education reforms in India. At global level, teachers’ engagement with the reforms has been researched upon from teachers’ identity, teachers’ beliefs, teachers’ agency perspectives and this research will enrich the existent discourse from the India context (Anand & Lall, 2022). It is imperative that theorization of teachers’ engagement with reforms is evolved from ground and this research will help take steps in that direction.

References
Anand, K., & Lall, M. (2022). Delhi’s Education Revolution: Teachers, agency and inclusion. UCL Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv2f4v5nz.
Ball, D. L., & Cohen, D. K. (1996). Reform by the book: What is – or might be – the role of curriculum materials in teacher learning and instructional reform? Educational Researcher, 25(9), 6–14.
Batra, P. (2005). Voice and Agency of Teachers: Missing Link in National Curriculum Framework 2005. Economic and Political Weekly, 40(40), 4347–4356. http://www.jstor.org/stable/4417232.
Choppin, J. M. (2009). Curriculum-context knowledge: Teacher learning from successive enactments of a standards-based mathematics curriculum. Curriculum Inquiry, 39(2), 287–320.
Chowdhuri, M. N. (2020). Teachers’ use of reform-oriented mathematics textbooks: A multiple-case study of Delhi government primary school teachers (Doctoral thesis). https://doi.org/10.17863/CAM.52111.
Creswell, J. W. (2007). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage.
Heyd-Metzuyanim, E. (2019). Dialogue between discourses: Beliefs And identity in mathematics education. For the Learning of Mathematics, 39(3), 2–8. https://www.jstor.org/stable/26854425.
Maxwell, J.A. (1996). Qualitative research design: An interactive approach. Sage.
NCERT. (2006a). National curriculum framework 2005. NCERT.
NCERT. (2006b). NCF 2005 position paper on teaching of mathematics. NCERT.
Remillard, J. T. (2005). Examining key concepts in research on teachers’ use of mathematics curricula. Review of Educational Research, 75(2), 211–246.
Sarangapani, P. M. (2007). Re-evaluating constructivism and the NCF: An examination of the arguments. Contemporary Education Dialogue, 4(2), 238–242. https://doi.org/10.1177/0973184913411144.
Saxena, S. (2006). Questions of epistemology: Re-evaluating constructivism and the NCF 2005. Contemporary Education Dialogue, 4(1), 52–71. https://doi.org/10.1177/0973184913411131.
Thompson, A. G. (1984). The Relationship of Teachers’ Conceptions of Mathematics and Mathematics Teaching to Instructional Practice. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 15(2), 105–127. http://www.jstor.org/stable/3482244.


24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper

Using Mathematical Concepts in the Schoolyard for the Well-being and Development of ALL Children

Catarina Cravo Martins, Carlos Gonçalves

MEC, Portugal, Portugal, Portugal

Presenting Author: Cravo Martins, Catarina; Gonçalves, Carlos

The following paper comes from one of the dimensions that make up the Yard4All project, built under the Erasmus+ program. To reform conventional education, escape the traditional four walls and get in touch with reality, this document exposes the importance of working mathematical concepts in concrete, bringing this curricular area closer to children's daily lives. According to Feille (2021, 2013), the schoolyard is an essential pedagogical tool in the holistic development of any child, that helps them achieve several skills.

When students are able to touch their learning, experience it in real life, their understanding seems to emerge like snap peas peeking out of the fresh dirt. Their green tips poking above the nourished and moist earth. Nurtured with care and attention, they stretch and reach for fresh air and sun. (Feill, 2013, p.1)

The theoretical component presented here is linked to a research question: What practical activities, using mathematical concepts, are necessary to promote the global development of children, while exploiting the schoolyard?

Consequently, this project essentially defines three main objectives: (i) Develop and improve, in every child, cognitive, social and emotional skills, throughout non-formal learning and teaching environments, using outdoor activities in the schoolyard, that follow the principles of permaculture, while using mathematical concepts; (ii) Develop practical and useful activities that motivate all children to have a positive attitude towards Mathematics, where the entire school community is included and can actively participate; and (iii) Create a guide for teachers and other educational actors, specifying some activities, within the scope of Mathematics, for children with special educational needs and children without impairments, between six and twelve years old.

Firstly, it is important to define permaculture, since all the activities created are based on it. Permaculture is a form of agroecology and an alternative paradigm of production, based on ecological principles such as recycling waste, minimizing energy and water use, maximizing genetic diversity, regenerating soil, and promoting other beneficial biological synergies (Hathaway, 2016). Permaculture school gardens offer particularly valuable opportunities for a sustainable education, crucial for the XXI century learner. This practice is innovative in the school context and can provide children with practical experience of sustainable production means (Yard4All, 2022). But to work in a learning environment with these principles, children need to go outdoors and get to know nature, sense the biosphere, and explore their motor, cognitive, emotional, and social abilities. In fact, while discovering the schoolyard, children find opportunities to make decisions that encourage problem solving and creative thinking (Sá, 2016). Mathematics is often seen by children as a “bogeyman”, being considered not very humane and useful for everyday life. But Mathematics is in any day-to-day circumstances, and it is possible to relate it to various topics, formally and informally. The Yard4All (2022) project focuses on one of the most appropriate ways to work with Mathematics nowadays, using it with context. Mathematics in Context aims to use mathematical concepts in significant real contexts, moving from concrete and informal situations to the formal understanding of abstract concepts (Martins, Fernandes, & Guedes, 2020). This allows children to gain confidence and feel predisposed to learn Mathematics, in a place where they are curious, safe and, at the same time, have unpredictability (Feille, 2013) – the schoolyard. As a pedagogical tool, the schoolyard allows children to participate in the development of “their social and cognitive abilities, their sense of connection with other people, with nature and their natural environment” (Tsevreni & Bentenidi, 2013, p.39), including children with special needs. The schoolyard is a place where everyone can have their sense of belonging and participate in decision-making, characteristics of an inclusive education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Within the European area, activities involving the use of mathematical concepts in the schoolyard were developed by four different countries: Portugal, Spain, Romania, and Hungary. In each school, the methodology was adapted according to the educational context, in specific, according to the characteristics of the space, the children (individually), and the work group (child-child and child-teacher relationship).
The activities used in this project contained: concept development periods, that focused on revealing student’s prior knowledge of mathematics; moments for developing students' understanding of import mathematical ideas, linking concepts to their previous mathematical knowledge; episodes of problem solving, assessing, and developing students’ ability to apply the mathematical knowledge in real and significant learning contexts; and stages of reasoning development, in a flexible way for non-routine and unstructured problems, in the field of mathematics, using  situations linked to the school’s garden. The activities were also designed for an average time of 90 minutes, but the teacher can evaluate and adapt these activities to the desired duration, with a minimum time of 45 /50 minutes.
The methods used while applying the created math activities were various. One of them is called peer learning. Peer learning refers to “the use of teaching and learning strategies in which students learn with and from each other without the immediate intervention of a teacher” (Boud, Cohen & Sampson, 1999, pp. 413-414). The teacher was responsible for forming the groups, according to each activity purpose, so each group had between two and four children. The learning contexts incorporated children with special educational needs and children without impairments, from six to twelve years old and, because of that, teachers were able to do a pedagogical differentiation, based on observation in class and through reports prepared by Special Education teachers.
In conclusion, the instruments for collecting information included direct observation, photographic records, written records by the children and the analysis of questionnaires given to the children, their caregivers/family, and their teachers.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In Yard4All (2022), a math guide was prepared, with enriching outdoor activities, namely in the school garden/ schoolyard. The pilots were carried out in the schools of the four countries stated and, the collected data provided final reports that reveal several findings: 1. The Mathematic guide from the project should be recommended to other schools and Mathematic teachers; 2. The guide will be improved so it can provide a greater variety of activities, including different approaches, innovative changes and new ways to work in and with the schoolyard; 3. Children showed enthusiasm and were motivated during the activities carried out within the framework of the project; 4. The existence of a permaculture garden in the schools was important, due to the different situations it provided for the school's service and because it was an inclusive environment. It also proved the following: “(…) schools and local communities have a symbiotic relationship. Permaculture offers an ethical system to reintegrate the care and edification of the next generation” (Raynolds, 2022, p.2); 5. Children said they learned and felt good when they were performing the tasks at the schoolyard; 6. Collaborative work and social skills were developed, which also demonstrates the benefit of a peer learning approach; 7. Children also liked to be in contact with vegetable gardens, comparing them with their owns at home, and they loved to take care of them and to be in contact with the plants and the soil; 8. It is a simple and unique way and opportunity to develop skills such as observation, planning, cooperation, communication, decision-making and the possibility of exploring their own interests; 9. The families, who took the pilot and responded to the survey, rated the project very highly. The comments that children made to their parents about the project were also very positive.
References
Boud, D., Cohen, R., & Sampson, J. (1999). Peer learning and assessment. Assessment & evaluation in higher education, 24(4), 413-426.
Feille, K. (2021). A framework for the development of schoolyard pedagogy. Research in Science Education, 51(6), 1687-1704.
Feille, K. (2013). Getting outside: Three teachers' stories of using the schoolyard as an integrated tool for elementary teaching. The Electronic Journal for Research in Science & Mathematics Education, 17(3).
Hathaway, M. D. (2016). Agroecology and permaculture: addressing key ecological problems by rethinking and redesigning agricultural systems. Journal of Environmental Studies and Sciences, 6, 239-250.
Martins, C. B., Fernandes, D., & Guedes, T. M. (2020). Observar, manipular e comunicar sequências e regularidades da Ribeira do Porto. Indagatio Didactica, 12(5), 369-392. https://doi.org/10.34624/id.v12i5.23490
Raynolds, M. (2022). Permaculture and Sustainable Educational Systems. Holistic Education Review, 2(2).
Sá, Â. F. G. D. (2016). Espaço exterior como promotor de aprendizagens: Brincar e Aprender (Doctoral dissertation).
Tsevreni, I., & Bentenidi, K. (2013). Space as a pedagogical tool for children with additional educational needs participation and empowerment. Education in the North.
Yard4All (2022). Yard4All - Using School’s yard for ALL child’s wellbeing and development. Link: https://www.yard4all-project.org.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm25 SES 11 A: Children's Experiences at School
Location: Adam Smith, 706 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Katarzyna Gawlicz
Paper Session
 
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Pupils´ Experience of School and of their Learning Experience During the Pandemic and Beyond

Eva Lopes Fernandes, Maria A. Flores, Fernando Ilídio Ferreira, Cristina Parente

Universidade do Minho - CIEC

Presenting Author: Lopes Fernandes, Eva; Flores, Maria A.

Drawing on the work by Leithwood et al., (2006) and Day, Gu & Sammons (2016), this paper reports on findings from a 3-year research project aimed at investigating the impact of school leadership on teachers’ work and pupils’ outcomes. This study is based on existing literature that points to the direct and indirect influence of school leaders on pupil learning and outcomes. Such an influence is often moderated by other factors such as the sociocultural context of schools, teachers' work, classroom dynamics, the school-family relationship, school culture, as well as, leaders' personal characteristics (Day, Gu & Sammons, 2016).

During the COVID-19 pandemic, the pressure on school leaders has increased. They had to deal with a wide array of unpredictable and changing scenarios with limited options and resources leading to a 'perfect storm with imperfect leadership answers' (Harris & Jones, 2020, p. 244). Also, the COVID-19 pandemic had consequences for pupil learning and achievement (Engzell et al.,2020; Flores et al.,2021; NFER,2020). Among the abrupt changes triggered by the pandemic, the sudden and compulsory shift from face-to-face to online teaching and learning, and the constraints and changes in the experience and perception of the physical and relational space of the school, particularly on the part of the pupils are highlighted. It is, therefore, important to look at leadership practices and school functioning, particularly in such challenging circumstances (Harris & Jones, 2020), taking into account pupil voice.

Educational research recognises pupils as key informants in understanding school dynamics (Day, 2004, Horgan, 2016, Ansell et al., 2012) and teaching and learning improvement (Mitra, 2004, Flutter & Rudduck, 2004, Roberts & Nash, 2009). Moreover, pupils are very proficient at understanding the attitudes, intentions and behaviour of teachers and other educational actors (Day, 2004). Listening to pupils is key to improving teaching and learning (Flutter & Ruduck, 2004). This paper explores pupils’ views and their experience of schooling during and beyond the pandemic as well as their perception in relation to the work of the school leaders during such period.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper draws on a three-year research project, funded by the Portuguese Foundation for Science and Technology entitled ‘IMPACT - Investigating the Impact of School leadership on Pupil Outcomes’ (PTDC/CED-EDG/28570/2017). It is based on work by Leithwood et al., (2006) and Day, Gu and Sammons (2016) and it aimed to examine leadership practices and their impact on pupils' outcomes.
Data were collected according to three phases: i) exploratory interviews with 25 headteachers: ii) a national survey of headteachers (n=379) and key staff (n=875); iii) case studies N=20 (20 schools). This paper reports on findings arising from the case studies (Phase III), through 13 focus groups (n=74) in different school contexts with pupils (year 4 to year 12). Participants’ age ranged from 9 to 17 years old, 43 were female and 31 were male.  Data were collected between September 2021 and May 2022 in 13 Portuguese public schools.
Content analysis was performed to analyse qualitative data and to look at emerging categories based on the semantic criterion (Esteves, 2006).  Verification strategies (Creswell, 1998) were used to ensure accuracy: the research team members engaged in a process of systematic analysis of the categories and sub-categories in order to reduce and make sense of the data (Miles & Huberman, 1994).
Best practice in the field of social research was taken into account regarding research with children in educational settings (Alderson, 1995; Alderson & Morrow, 2011).  Informed consent was appropriate to both the research topic and purpose and to the participants' characteristics, prioritising succinct and relevant information to promote participants' autonomy and involvement in the research process (O'Farrelly & Tatlow-Golden, 2022).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Data are explored in light of pupils’ perceptions of their schooling experience regarding school climate, organisational matters and school as a learning place.
As for their views on learning and academic achievement, the participants spoke of both intrinsic and extrinsic factors and highlighted issues of support and pedagogical interaction with their teachers but also the role of the headteacher.  As for pupils’ views on their school experience, the participants highlighted the school climate, organisational matters (i.e. curriculum management, school organisation, timetable, school conditions or pupil participation at school), but also the role of the school as a socialisation place (i.e. the relationship with their peers and friendship) and as learning place (i.e. projects and activities and improving learning efforts). As for their views on Covid-19 Pandemic, the pupils spoke of both personal and contextual factors and also factors linked to learning and achievement. Pupils highlighted issues of motivation, isolation, autonomy and self-regulation, organisational and family support, socioeconomic conditions, access to resources and equipment, and contingency and sanitary measures. Factors linked to learning and achievement were also highlighted.  The role of the principal is seen as crucial in terms of the relational and organisational dimensions of pupils’ experience during the pandemic.
Issues of control over teaching and learning, 'what?' and 'how?' but also 'who?' and 'for what purpose?' arise from this study (Carrillo & Flores, 2020). This paper also reinforces the paramount importance of pupils' voices and participation at school as a key aspect for (re)designing present and future teaching scenarios and articulating a more coherent and systemic response to the challenges in post-COVID-19 times.
These and other issues will be discussed further in the paper.

References
Alderson, P. & Morrow, V. (2011). The ethics of Research with Children and Young People.  Sage.
Alderson, P. (1995).  Listening to children: children, ethics and social research.  Barnardos.
Ansell, N., Robson, E., Hajdu, F., et al. (2012). Learning from young people about their lives: Using participatory methods to research the impacts of AIDS in southern Africa. Children’s Geographies, 10(2), 169–186.
Carrillo, C. & Flores, M.A. (2020). COVID-19 and teacher education: a literature review of online teaching and learning practices. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(4), 466-487.
Creswell et al. (2007). Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Day, C. (2004). A Paixão pelo Ensino. Porto Editora.
Day, C., Gu, Q. & Sammons, P. (2016). The Impact of Leadership on Student Outcomes: How Successful School Leaders Use Transformational and Instructional Strategies to Make a Difference. Educational Administration Quarterly, 52, 221-258.
Engzell et al. (2020). Learning Inequality during the COVID-19 Pandemic. Mimeo, University of Oxford.
Esteves, M. (2006). Análise de conteúdo. In J. Lima, J. Pacheco (Eds.), Fazer investigação. Contributos para a elaboração de dissertações e teses (pp. 105-126). Porto: Porto Editora.
Flores et al. (2021). Ensinar em tempos de COVID-19: um estudo com professores dos ensinos básico e secundário em Portugal. Revista Portuguesa de Educação, 34(1), 5-27.
Flutter, J. & Rudduck, J. (2004). Consulting Pupils. What´s in it for schools?. Routledge Falmer.
Harris, A. & Jones, M. (2020). COVID 19 – school leadership in disruptive times. School Leadership & Management, 40(4), 243-247.

Horgan, D. (2017). Child participatory research methods: Attempts to go ‘deeper.’ Childhood, 24(2), 245–259.  
Leithwood, K., Day, C., Sammons, P., Harris, A. & Hopkins, D. (2006). Seven Strong Claims about Successful School Leadership. London: DfES.
Miles, M. B., & Huberman, A. M. (1994). Qualitative data analysis: An expanded sourcebook (2nd ed.). Sage Publications.
Mitra, D. (2004). The Significance of Students: Can Increasing ‘‘Student Voice’’ in Schools Lead to Gains in Youth Development? Teachers College Record, 106 (4), 651-688.
NFER (2020). Schools’ Responses to Covid-19. Pupil engagement in remote learning.
O’Farrelly, C. & Tatlow-Golden, M. (2022). It’s up to you if you want to take part. Supporting young children’s informed choice about research participation with simple visual booklets. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 30(1), 63-80.
Roberts, A., & Nash, J. (2009). Enabling students to participate in school improvement through a Students as Researchers programme. Improving Schools, 12(2), 174–187.


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Engaging With The Voices Of Children And Young People’s To Develop The Design Of Inclusive EducationT

Clare Woolhouse, Virginia Kay

Edge Hill University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Woolhouse, Clare; Kay, Virginia

The presentation will detail an ongoing project, the ‘Visualising Opportunities: Inclusion for Children, Education and Society’ (VOICES) project. VOICES has been designed to involve children, young people and the adults that work with them to explore issues and concerns relating to children and young people’s experiences of inclusion in education. The intention of the research is to provide spaces for exploring how children’s rights can be invigorating by revisiting how inclusive educational practice is, or can be, implemented.

The objective of the VOICES project is to explore how children and young people might be included within the design and delivery of education in a more inclusive way. This intention aligns to the requirement to “recognise the right of the child to education, and with a view to achieving this right progressively and on the basis of equal opportunity” as stated by the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (Article 28.1, 1989) and the need for children to be consulted on practices that affect them (Section 2B of UK Children and Families Act, 2004). However, despite drastic changes in the experience of education between 2020 and 2022 due to the Covid 19 pandemic, the UK Government has offered minimal guidance on how teachers can listen and respond to the personal experiences of children which might be affecting their engagement with education. In order to start to address this gap in guidance, we seek to share and discuss examples of pedagogies that can be used to help practitioners, parents and researchers to understand how the experiences and priorities of children and young people can impact on their health and wellbeing and therefore ability to engage in education. We feel the sharing of our work is timely because of the rise of concerns over mental health. In the UK over 25% of 11 to 16 year olds with a mental health problem reporting self-harm or attempts to take their own life (NHS Digital, 2021). This same group are almost twice as likely to have been bullied or bullied others and are more likely to have been excluded from school (ibid, 2021). The ongoing challenges presented by our post-pandemic society have created an urgent need to explore innovative and creative ways to engage children who are at risk of exclusion and mental health difficulties and to foster new and enterprising inclusive practice which makes best use of the financial resources available, especially in light of the radical reforms planned for education in the latest SEN Green Paper (DfE/DoH, 2022).

In addressing this need, a key tenet of the VOICES project has been to reject the idea that there is a clear, fixed or incontestable understanding about what constitutes educational inclusion (Dunne et al. 2018) or good practice. Rather, we use a qualitative, creative arts-based approach to find out about the realities, feelings and beliefs of children and young people in relation to their experiences of education. We adopt this approach because we feel that education can be an important site for altering discriminatory practices and changing attitudes about the slippery concept of inclusion (Hodkinson, 2020). This is necessary, as it has been argued that for changes to be implemented that challenge the status quo we need to be willing to interrogate norms and expectations (hooks, 2003). To do so, in the VOICES project children and young people’s voices and opinions are foregrounded and brought into dialogue with education professionals, relevant UK legislation and UN guidance relating to inclusion and expectations, to determine how their diverse voices and experiences can inform curricula, teaching and learning (Allan, 2015; Nyachae, 2016; Rix, 2020).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The VOICES project adopts an innovative qualitative, visual approach to research and data collection that aims to strengthen the presence of children and young people’s diverse perspectives in understanding inclusive educational practice (see Woolhouse, 2019). Multisensory photo-elicitation and arts-based methods were developed drawing upon established academic research around the participatory creation and sharing of photographic and other artistic materials (Barley, & Russell, 2019; Bertling, 2020; Shaw, 2021). We designed a pedagogy whereby children and young people were invited to produce and/or annotate anonymised photographs which could instigate discussion. They were also invited to be involved in artistic, creative engagements in response to these discussions to enhance the potential for their voices and experiences to be heard.
In the initial phase of the study children and young people from four schools in North West England were invited to take photographs during their everyday school activities that they felt represented inclusion or exclusion. Each photographer was asked to comment on why they had taken the photograph and what it meant to them. These annotated photographs then became the basis for school-based workshops within which children and young people created ‘artified’, annotated photographs, scenarios and other materials including self portraits and origami sculptures to facilitate the sharing of their views and experiences regarding inclusion and / or marginalisation. In doing so they were able to discuss issues of relevance to them and create further materials to facilitate the exploring of issues that affected them.
The use of multisensory and creative pedagogies within education is rooted with the Montessori (2013) approach to learning, which has been adapted to harness children's sense of wonder, use of art based free play and exploratory learning within a holistic approach by educational researchers such as Bernardi (2020).
The various visual and tactile materials that were created within the workshops have been collated to form a resource toolkit, which can be utilised to explore how individuals feel about key issues relating to inclusion, diversity and identity within their education. The aim of the research is to consider and reframe how professionals can elicit, really listen to and respond appropriately to the views and experiences of the children and young people they work to support.
We will describe the range of multisensory strategies which have been developed and provide examples of the materials created by children and young people. We do so because sharing and engaging with multiple, diverse viewpoints can enable fruitful discussion and change understandings (Stockall, 2013).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We will discuss what we have learnt from the project in relation to two aspects. Firstly, how photo elicitation and artistic creation can facilitate discussion and the understanding of diverse opinions. Secondly, we will consider how the activities designed were adapted for different school settings to offer suggestions on revisiting how children and young people can be central to developing more inclusive approaches and environments.
We will address how throughout the project we have sought to acknowledge that the children and young people we work with are knowledgeable insiders who can teach us about their experiences of being included (or not) within education. We do so because we feel this approach provides us with a greater understanding of differing experiences and can be the groundwork for creating stronger and more trusting relationships. To build on this idea, we will also review the pedagogies employed to consider alternative ways to facilitate listening to children and young people’s voices and so enhance reflections on experiences of inclusion and marginalisation within education and society.  
Sharing our project via this presentation offers a space for us to share practical examples that we feel can help transform how children and young people are involved in discussions about inclusion as an educational right. Finally, we will consider how the approaches we use within our empirical research can be adapted to better engage children and young people in collaboratively working with professionals to redesign inclusive learning, policy or environments that really attend to their needs.

References
Allan, J. 2015. Waiting for inclusive education? An exploration of conceptual confusions and political struggles. In F. a. Kiuppis. Inclusive education twenty years after Salamanca. pp.181-190. Peter Lang.
Barley, R., & Russell, L. 2019. Participatory visual methods: Exploring young people’s identities, hopes and feelings. Ethnography and Education, 14(2), p. 223–241.
Bernardi, F., 2020. Autonomy, spontaneity and creativity in research with children. A study of experience and participation, in central Italy and North West England. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 23(1), pp.55-74.
Bertling, J. 2020. Expanding and sustaining arts-based educational research as practitioner enquiry. Educational Action Research, 28(4), p.626- 645.
Children and Families Act, 2004, available at: https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2014/6/contents/enacted [Accessed 14th October 2022]
DfE/DoH, 2022, SEND Review: right support, right place, right time Available from: https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/send-review-right-support-right-place-right-time [Accessed 14th October 2022]
Dunne, L., Hallett, F., Kay, V. and Woolhouse, C. 2018. Spaces of inclusion: Investigating place, positioning and perspective within educational settings through photo-elicitation.  International Journal of Inclusive Education. 22 (1), pp. 21-37.
Hodkinson, A. 2020. Special educational needs and inclusion, moving forward but standing still? A critical reframing of some key concepts. British Journal of Special Education. 47 (3), pp. 308-328.
hooks, b. 2003. Teaching Community: A Pedagogy of Hope. New York, London: Routledge.
Montessori, M., 2013. The montessori method. Transaction publishers.
NHS Digital, 2021, Mental Health of Children and Young People in England 2021 – wave 2 follow up to the 2017 survey, Available from: https://digital.nhs.uk/data-and-information/publications/statistical/mental-health-of-children-and-young-people-in-england/2021-follow-up-to-the-2017-survey [Accessed 14th October 2022] Health of
Nyachae, T.M., 2016. Complicated contradictions amid Black feminism and millennial Black women teachers creating curriculum for Black girls. Gender and Education, 28 (6), p. 786-806.
Rix, J. 2020. Our need for certainty in an uncertain world: the difference between special education and inclusion? British Journal of Special Education. 47(3), p. 283-307.
Shaw, P. A. 2021. Photo-elicitation and photo-voice: using visual methodological tools to engage with younger children’s voices about inclusion in education. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 44(4), p.337-351.
Stockall, N., 2013. Photo-elicitation and visual semiotics: A unique methodology for studying inclusion for children with disabilities. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 17(3), pp.310-328.
United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (1989). Available at: http://www.ohchr.org/EN/ProfessionalInterest/Pages/CRC.aspx [Accessed 18th October 2022] Health of
Woolhouse, C. 2019. Conducting photo methodologies: framing ethical concerns relating to representation, voice and data analysis when exploring educational inclusion with children. International Journal of Research and Method in Education. 42 (1), p.3-18.


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Children's Rights and Crises: A Child-centered Perspective

Alex Bidmead, Ioanna Palaiologou

University of Bristol, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Bidmead, Alex; Palaiologou, Ioanna

‘Crisis’ is a broadly used term referring to an exceedingly dangerous or difficult situation where something of value is under threat and requires urgent addressing (Boin et al., 2020; MacNeil Vroomen et al., 2013). Early conceptualisations of crisis theory explained intense psychological distress as emerging when individuals face a problem which is both meaningfully threatening to their life goals and cannot be resolved through the application of normal problem-solving mechanisms (Caplan, 1964; Parad & Caplan, 1960; Rapoport, 1962).

What remains unclear is how crisis theory applies to children, a social group who are frequently labelled as being ‘in crisis’ within literature. This includes issues such as increasingly poor mental health amongst youths (Mind, 2020), child homelessness (Rhoades et al., 2018) or cyberbullying (Zaborskis et al., 2019). Additionally, children are among the most vulnerable social group affected by disasters, due to their need for a safe and stable environment to promote healthy development (Agrawal & Kelley, 2020). They are often disproportionately impacted during times of economic depravity (Lawrence et al., 2019), political conflict (Jones, 2008) and natural disasters (Curtis et al., 2000) due to infringements placed on their rights to access education and to participate in decisions which affect their lives (Harper et al., 2010). Despite this, therapeutic interventions specifically designed to support children in the aftermath of a crisis situation have been shown to fail at improving their mental health symptoms (Thabet et al., 2005) or suffer from a high drop-off rate (Hendricks-Ferguson, 2000; Rhoades et al., 2018), suggesting they may be limited in their accessibility for children and young people. A possible explanation for the ineffectiveness of these services is that they are often targeted at the family system and may overlook the specific needs of the child (O'Connor et al., 2014). As a result, judgements about children’s needs may primarily represent what adults perceive them to be and fail to capture the child’s unique experience (Oakley, 2002). Therefore, improving the effectiveness of these intervention programmes may require a reconceptualization of crisis from the perspective of children.

Children are often limited or even discouraged from taking action in managing crisis, presumably due to their socialization within power-imbalanced institutions such as school (Hohti & Karlsson, 2014). Despite this, research has found that children often have a unique interpretation of policy which affects them and can feel that their voices are disregarded within decision-making (Perry-Hazan & Lambrozo, 2018).

The relevant research is adult oriented and very little research intends to make links between conceptualisations of crisis and children’s rights. The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) (United Nations, 1989), and its near universal ratifcation by state parties of the United Nations (UN), has promoted developmental, survival, protection and participation rights as fundamental for children. Subsequently, the UNCRC, and children’s right to participation has gained recognition in education systems and curricula. Educational contexts work within a wide range of legislative requirements, adhering to regulatory standards and curriculum documents. These may be designed with reference to the requirements of the UNCRC to promote the best interests of children and uphold their rights to provision and protection. However, when it comes to crisis, the obligation of adults to protect children “overwrites” children’s participatory rights.

Thus this study aimed to investigate how children attribute meaning to the term, ‘crisis’ through their narrative discourse. Two secondary aims were, firstly, to encourage children to evaluate the support systems which may provide aid to them during a crisis and, secondly, to delineate what children perceive to be their role within crisis management.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As the most reliable accounts of children’s experiences and views were likely to be gained directly through interaction with this social group (Bryman et al., 2008), this study aimed to collect qualitative data with an exploratory research design. Focus groups were used as children’s ideas may emerge and be constructed most effectively through reciprocal interaction with peers (Hohti & Karlsson, 2014). A bipartite aim of this study was to advocate for child voices in social research, by placing the discursive power in the children’s hands. Consequently, participants were encouraged to explore different themes as they arose in discussion, giving children a high level of autonomy over which topics they valued as most important to discuss and in what depth (Bryman, 2012).
Primary school children were recruited through a mixture of purposive and convenience sampling through a mainstream UK primary school. As it was reasoned that children at a similar age were likely to share experiences and thus have a more homogenous understanding on certain topics (Ryan et al., 2014), children were sampled only from year 5 and 6 (typically aged 9-11 years old) due to their presumed higher maturity in discussing sensitive topics like crisis.
All students who return valid consent forms from parents/guardians were deemed eligible for inclusion to promote children’s right to participation and no specialist criterion for sampling was included. As such, the final sample was seven groups of 37 children [aged 9 years 10 months – 11 years 9 months old, Mean (M) = 10 years 10 months, standard deviation (SD) = 7.32 months] of which N = 25 were female.
A series of 6-10 open-ended questions, initially developed from outstanding questions in youth crisis research highlighted by Grimm et al. (2020), were put to children in a semi-structured format. During the pilot session, these questions were reorganised into 20 questions covering the four research questions which each other at times, depending on what the children chose to discuss. They were asked to imagine if they were the school crisis management team, what crisis they could tackle and how they would go about this. Children were encouraged to draw mind-maps and charts throughout their discussion to act as visual foci to aid conversation. These techniques help children to generate and sort ideas and consolidate their understanding of these whilst promoting the ownership of the information they relay (Peterson & Barron, 2007).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Data was analysed through a mixture of thematic analysis and narrative inquiry, with particular focus on how meaning about crisis is co-constructed in children through discussing individual narratives (Savin-Baden & Niekerk, 2007).
Findings showed that children built a collectivist understanding of crisis as a scalable and deeply personally affecting event. Specifically, children emphasised that the phenomenon of a crisis can be distinguishable based on several distinct markers. These included the number of deaths caused, the publicity an event received, its personal significance and the length of time the crisis lasted. These factors were described to have variable and intermingling effects upon how easy a crisis was to overcome, with the most severe examples, such as war, terrorist attacks and health epidemics being characterised as resistant to recovery and something which is learned to be lived with.
Children also showed disillusionment with the authorities who they viewed as disregarding the needs of children in times of crisis. However, these feelings did not translate into a desire for more involvement within organising crisis management. Instead, children primarily sought greater inclusion within discussions about difficult events as they played out.
These findings paint the picture of children as active social beings, desperately seeking out reasons to attribute meaning to the difficult events they have experienced. Rather than protecting the ‘best interests of the child’ by perpetuating their ignorance, adults may in fact be eliciting unnecessary stress in children by avoiding these troubling, yet important conversations about topical crises.
To conclude, children are disempowered to become active participants in resolving crises which may reflect propagated narratives that children are unknowledgeable, vulnerable and incompetent. Subsequently, policy which campaigns for children’s  rights, especially participatory ones,  is being compromised and requires reform to better actualise children’s ability to contribute their perspective on decisions which impact their lives.


References
Agrawal, N., & Kelley, M. (2020). Child Abuse in Times of Crises: Lessons Learned. Clinical Pediatric Emergency Medicine, 21(3), 100801.
Boin, A., Ekengren, M., & Rhinard, M. (2020). Hiding in plain sight: Conceptualizing the creeping crisis. Risk, Hazards & Crisis in Public Policy, 11(2), 116-138.
Brady, L.-M., & Davey, C. (2011). NCB Guidelines for Research With Children and Young People.
Curtis, T., Miller, B. C., & Berry, E. H. (2000). Changes in reports and incidence of child abuse following natural disasters. Child Abuse & Neglect, 24(9), 1151-1162.
Harmey, S., & Moss, G. (2021). Learning disruption or learning loss: using evidence from unplanned closures to inform returning to school after COVID-19. Educational Review, 1-20.
Harper, C., Jones, N., & McKay, A. (2010). Including children in Policy responses to economic crises.
Hendricks-Ferguson, V. L. (2000). Crisis intervention strategies when caring for families of children with cancer. J Pediatr Oncol Nurs, 17(1), 3-11.
Hohti, R., & Karlsson, L. (2014). Lollipop stories: Listening to children’s voices in the classroom and narrative ethnographical research. Childhood, 21(4), 548-562.
Jones, L. (2008). Responding to the needs of children in crisis. Int Rev Psychiatry, 20(3), 291-303.
Lawrence, J. A., Dodds, A. E., Kaplan, I., & Tucci, M. M. (2019). The Rights of Refugee Children and the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child. Laws, 8(3), Article 20.
MacNeil Vroomen, J., Bosmans, J. E., van Hout, H. P., & de Rooij, S. E. (2013). Reviewing the definition of crisis in dementia care. BMC Geriatr, 13, 10.
Merriman, B., & Guerin, S. (2006). Using children’s drawings as data in child-centred research. The Irish journal of psychology, 27(1-2), 48-57.
Mutch, C. (2011). Crisis, curriculum and citizenship. Curriculum Matters, 7, 1-7.
Oakley, A. (2002). Women and children first and last: Parallels and differences between children’s and women’s studies. In Children's Childhoods (pp. 19-38). Routledge.
Perry-Hazan, L., & Lambrozo, N. (2018). Young children's perceptions of due process in schools' disciplinary procedures. British Educational Research Journal, 44(5), 827-846.
Rhoades, H., Rusow, J. A., Bond, D., Lanteigne, A., Fulginiti, A., & Goldbach, J. T. (2018). Homelessness, Mental Health and Suicidality Among LGBTQ Youth Accessing Crisis Services. Child Psychiatry Hum Dev, 49(4), 643-651.
Roberts, A. R., & Ottens, A. J. (2005). The seven-stage crisis intervention model: A road map to goal attainment, problem solving, and crisis resolution. Brief Treatment and Crisis Intervention, 5(4), 329.
Savin-Baden, M., & Niekerk, L. V. (2007). Narrative inquiry: Theory and practice. Journal of geography in higher education, 31(3), 459-472.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm26 SES 11 A: School Leadership in the New Era of Digital Educational Development: Emerging Perspectives and Challenges
Location: Joseph Black Building, B408 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Petros Pashiardis
Session Chair: Antonios Kafa
Symposium
 
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium

School Leadership in the New Era of Digital Educational Development: Emerging Perspectives and Challenges

Chair: Petros Pashiardis (Open University of Cyprus)

Discussant: Antonios Kafa (Open University of Cyprus)

Nowadays, both society and school organizations have become extensively digitized (Håkansson Lindqvist & Pettersson, 2019). Even if the use of technology in education has been prevalent since 1989 (U.S. Department of Education, 1996), the unexpected health crisis of COVID-19 led to a further significant surge in the usage of technology and digitalization in all school organizations across the globe. Particularly, the COVID-19 health crisis affected school organizations worldwide and changed the overall educational landscape, with nearly 1.6 billion students in more than 200 countries (Pokhler & Chhetri, 2021; UNESCO, 2020), and disrupted the way in which these students are educated. More precisely, school organizations were requested to adjust their educational materials and teaching methodologies, by transforming their teaching practice into a distance or online environment, in order to address the demands of this unknown situation and period of uncertainty. In this particular frame of digital educational development, school leaders must maintain their leadership dynamic, lead, coordinate, and facilitate their school organizations. Yet, up until now, literature has demonstrated the lack of school leaders’ preparation and leadership on digital education (e.g. Afshari et al., 2012). Since this health crisis brought to the surface the important aspect of digital education, the European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice (2019) in the report "Digital Education at School in Europe" mentioned that countries need to continually review and develop new strategic policies and measures to meet the new demands for high quality digital education. In fact, based on the report, half of the European education systems are currently reforming the curriculum related to digital competence, and only one third of the education systems have current measures for promoting school leaders’ roles in this digital transformation. Furthermore, according to a study conducted by Hkansson Lindqvist and Pettersson (2019), school leaders perceive digitalization as a broad and complex concept that encompasses many aspects of organizational management, including technical, pedagogical, administrative, and organizational challenges. Based on the aforementioned, this symposium will report on school leaders’ utilization of digital technologies both in autonomous and less autonomous educational systems (centralized and decentralized education systems) and present the technological challenges arising from this crisis, as well as the obstacles derived from the lack of digital capacity of school leaders. Following the health crisis, Tulowitzki, Gerick, and Eickelmann (2022) emphasized the significant role of school leaders as important drivers of innovation on ICT-related topics, whereas Hkansson, Lindqvist, and Pettersson (2019) argued for the need for school leaders to have a broad and comprehensive digital competency. This conference will thus offer a novel viewpoint on the subjects of school leadership and technology/digitalization by presenting data from Greece, Australia, Cyprus, and the United States.


References
Afshari, M., Bakar, K.A., Luan, W.S. & Siraj, S. (2012). Factors affecting the transformational leadership role of principals in implementing ICT in schools. Turkish Online Journal of Educational Technology, 11(4), 164-176.

Håkansson Lindqvist, M. & Pettersson, F. (2019). Digitalization and school leadership: on the complexity of leading for digitalization in school. International Journal of Information and Learning Technology, 36(3), 218-230.

Pokhler, S.  & Chhetri,R.  (2021). A Literature Review on Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Teaching and Learning. Higher Education for the Future, 8(1), 133-141.

Tulowitzki, P., Gerick, J. and Eickelmann, B. (2022). The role of ICT for school leadership and management activities: an international comparison. International Journal of Educational Management, Vol. ahead-of-print No. ahead-of-print. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEM-06-2021-0251


UNESCO (2020, April 15). COVID-19 Impact on education. Retrieved June 20, 2020 from https://en.unesco. org/covid19/educationresponse.

U.S. Department of Education. (1996),  “Getting America’s students ready for the 21st century: meeting the technology literacy challenge. A report to the nation on technology and education”, available at: https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED398899.pdf. (accessed 15 December 2021).

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

From the Center to the Sidelines? The Post-Pandemic Role of Technology in Education

Betty Merchant (University of Texas at San Antonio), Lucy Wakiaga (Tangaza University College), Birgul Yilmaz (University of Reading, Lecturer in Sociolinguistics), Martha Zurita (High School Math Teacher, Chicago)

The global pandemic associated with COVID-19 necessitated a sudden and unprecedented shift from in-person learning environments to online teaching and learning at all levels of education, in countries throughout the world. Public schools in particular, were caught off guard, and educators were faced with hastily assembling a diverse collection of computers and online lessons, many of which were difficult to navigate, or incompatible with the computers they had. The sudden shift to online learning meant that teachers had to acquire or update their skills “on the job” as they were working in these virtual environments. Many students and families, particularly those from low-income and marginalized communities, struggled to access the technology and internet access required to work in their new on-line learning environments. In the years following the onset of the pandemic, much has been learned about how to effectively integrate technology into teaching and learning. Research regarding the availability and use of the technological resources during these years has also highlighted the inequalities that have long existed in schools and society in general. These findings confirm that students, particularly those from low-income and non-English speaking households, had difficulty accessing the technology, navigating instructional programs and obtaining reliable internet connectivity. Now that most schools have resumed face-to-face instruction, educators are reporting a dramatic increase in student discipline problems, including aggressive, anti-social behavior. Many teachers and administrators are leaving the profession, citing these and other problems, such as a lack of support for public education, low pay, and increased concerns about their physical safety and socioemotional well-being. In the years following the onset of COVID, there has been very little exploration of the role of technology with respect to the continuation (or lack thereof) of practices and policies that were found useful during the pandemic. For example, little is known about whether and how technology is still being used to close the learning gaps that persist among different groups of children or to help respond to the growing teacher shortage. Our paper provides preliminary insights into these issues from one of the sites in our study—the state of Texas, in the U.S. The data were collected from personal interviews with 30 teachers and 5 administrators in urban and rural schools districts in the southwest portion of the state. (This is part of an on-going study, and as such, our conference presentation may include data obtained from additional interviews.)

References:

No references
 

School leadership in Times of Uncertainty: Reflections from a School Principal from Cyprus

Georgia Pashiardis (Ministry of Education, Sports and Youth, Nicosia – Cyprus), Petros Pashiardis (Open University of Cyprus), Stefan Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz (Alpen-Adria-Universität Klagenfurt)

One can assume that what worked well pre-pandemic, at least from an effective leadership perspective, might have also worked during the pandemic. However, during the pandemic crisis the focus of the political discourse on schools and their respective leaders has shifted several times. Having said that, this presentation will offer insights into educational leadership in relation to school principals who play an important role as leaders in this new digital environment, during the global pandemic COVID-19. Based on the five leadership styles of the Pashiardis-Brauckmann Holistic Leadership Framework (Pashiardis, 2014; Brauckmann & Pashiardis, 2011), as the theoretical background of this research study, a successful primary school principal’s actions and practices in leading the school community during times of uncertainty is presented, thus, providing an opportunity to consider lessons to be learnt. In order to reveal how school leadership in Cyprus was enacted during the COVID-19 crisis, the qualitative research paradigm was selected. As mentioned, through the five leadership styles of the Pashiardis – Brauckmann Holistic Leadership Framework which was utilized as the theoretical foundation of this study, a case study of a primary school principal in Cyprus was selected. In particular, a convenience sampling of a successful school principal was selected. The school principal successfully addressed the urgency of the pandemic crisis, referring to the digitalization of the teaching and learning process, together with the obstacles and challenges that occurred during the timeframe of the pandemic crisis. The data collection included: (1) an interview that was conducted with the school principal, (2) an in-depth shadowing was performed and finally (3) an archival research study was conducted. According to the evidence provided, the successful school principal in this particular case study widely utilized three leadership styles from the Pashiardis-Brauckmann Holistic Leadership Framework. Particularly the structuring leadership style, the personnel development style and finally the pedagogical leadership style. More precisely, through her own technological expertise and knowledge this successful school principal promoted this particular leadership styles and further support her school organization.

References:

Pashiardis, P. (2014) (Eds.). Modeling School Leadership Across Europe: In Search of New Frontiers. Dordrecht, Heidelberg, New York, London: Springer. Brauckmann, S. & Pashiardis, P. (2011). A Validation Study of the Leadership Styles of a Holistic Leadership Theoretical Framework. International Journal of Educational Management, 25(1), 11-32.
 

Findings on Fostering and Supporting School Leaders' Technology and Digital Capacities: Challenges and Obstacles that School Leaders Face

Lawrence Drysdale (The Melbourne Graduate School of Education, University of Melbourne), David Gurr (The Melbourne Graduate School of Education, The University of Melbourne), Helen Goode (The Melbourne Graduate School of Education, The University of Melbourne)

In Australia, the introduction of digital technology, like most countries in the world over the past decade, has been a significant disruptor to school education. The pandemic accelerated the adoption of technology that few could have predicted. The consequences have been positive and negative. On the positive side technologies such as zoom have provided students with opportunities for personalised learning where learning can take place at any time or place outside the classroom. On the other hand, uneven access to technology and gaps in resourcing have led to greater inequalities. In this presentation the authors of two of the chapters combine to outline the challenges and obstacles faced by some primary and secondary school principals in adopting current and new technologies. The context for this presentation is important because of its influence on principals’ leadership on planning the future of learning. Melbourne, Australia experienced one of the most severe and prolonged lockdowns in the world due the COVID 19. While the focus for the presentation is to explore the more general challenges and obstacle for school leaders, the experience of the pandemic had such a profound impact on schools that this cannot be ignored in setting direction for the ‘new normal’. We draw in the emerging research and on interviews with principals from primary and secondary schools in the government and non-government sectors. We explore the insights and perspectives on how six principals have responded and adopted new digital technology and how they see the challenges ahead. The findings will provide an insight into how they understand what technology can include: the challenge of keeping abreast with the changes; resourcing and the cost of new technology; the use of technology in the classroom and home; teacher knowledge, competency and professional development; keeping students safe online, and issues of equity. We also will comment on the role of technology on the ‘future gap’ – what students are learning now and what and how they will be expected to learn.

References:

No references.
 

On the Road to Digital Leadership in Greek Schools: Early Impressions

Angeliki Lazaridou (University of Thessaly, Greece)

The forced implementation worldwide of online education due to the Covid pandemic has resulted in an unprecedented increase in the use of information technologies in schools and a surfacing of a new form of leadership, digital leadership. Being a digital educational leader requires the ability to use information technology, to understand the dynamics of organizational change, to promote a vision about the role of technology integration and its functions in schools, and to create opportunities for relevant professional growth (e.g. Blau & Presser, 2013). Today’s leaders must be socially and digitally connected through technology and must facilitate a similar engagement by all stakeholders. Although the term “e-leadership” has been around since the early 2000s, the term “digital leadership” has emerged only recently, propelled by emerging opportunities to apply technology while working and leading from remote sites. Although online schooling existed before Covid, it was limited in scope and far from being a mainstream approach (Saultz & Fusarelli, 2017). This condition changed drastically during the pandemic, when most, if not all, schools around the world engaged to varying degrees in virtual and online learning – prompting the emergence of digital forms of leadership. These developments led to questions about optimizing the delivery and assessing the effectiveness of digital leadership in schools. These concerns, in turn, have spawned related studies in many school systems around the globe (Pollock, 2020), especially in jurisdictions that have yet to widely utilize technological means for teaching and learning. One such jurisdiction is Greece. Although the Greek school system has made huge strides in the last decade towards incorporating various echnologies in teaching and learning, school leadership is still being exercised in traditional ways. However, this changed drastically during the Covid lockdown, when whole schools were forced to shift their operations to online, distance and with no previous experience or time for adequate training, Greek school principals suddenly had to become digital leaders. With this phenomenological/hermeneutic study, I look into the lived experiences of a selected number of Greek school principals as they traversed the unfamiliar pathed road to digital leadership. Specifically: a) How do principals make sense of their role as digital leaders? b) How did they experience digital leadership? c) How effective do they believe this form of leadership is for Greek schools? d) What are the facilitators, obstacles, and limitations of digital leadership?

References:

Blau, I. & Presser, O. (2013). e-Leadership of school principals: Increasing school effectiveness by a school data management system. British Journal of Educational Technology, 44 (6): 1000–1011. Pollock K. (2020). School leaders’ work during the COVID-19 pandemic: A two-pronged approach. International Studies in Educational Administration 48(3): 38–44. Saultz. A. and Fusarelli, L.D. (2017). Online schooling: A cautionary tale. Journal of School Choice 11(1): 29–41.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm26 SES 11 B: Policy Context and Governance in Educational Leadership
Location: Joseph Black Building, C407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Olof CA Johansson
Paper Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

The Voice of Students in School Governance: A case study of a Professional Learning Community

Lucia Fernández Terol1, Marta Olmo-Extremera1, Miguel Ángel Diaz Delgado2

1University of Granada, Spain; 2Researcher in the National Research System of Mexico

Presenting Author: Fernández Terol, Lucia

The work presented here is a proposal that focuses on schools that serve through Professional Learning Communities (PLC) that show trajectories of successful innovation and are recognised as ‘schools that transform’ their reality, culture and practice in order to respond to current challenges and improve their educational results. From this, an interest arises in expanding knowledge about the dynamics that can be carried out in schools to involve students in school governance from a child-friendly perspective. With this emphasis, two questions were formulated:

1. What kind of leadership creates spaces for real student participation in school governance?

2. What strategies can be implemented in the school to give students a voice in decision-making and change?

This study is part of the project ‘Extended professional learning communities and collaborative networks for sustainable development and inclusion: new governance and social capital’ (Ref: B-SEJ-234-UGR20). Funded by the European Regional Development Fund.

Theoretical framework

Student participation is increasingly a global phenomenon as stated in Article 12 of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child. Locating student voice in schools and classrooms - governed by entrenched traditional student-teacher roles - means that student influence in decision-making remains a problematic issue.

Previous studies have shown that giving students a voice is a way of valuing their interests and motivations, encouraging their active participation in school decision-making, and moving towards educational change and improvement by (Barker, 2018; Hardie, 2015; Lucena et al., 2021; Sargeant & Gillett-Swan, 2019) sharing school responsibilities.

However, it is common to find studies that approach the teaching profession and leadership in education in terms of student learning from a colonising and despotic perspective, i.e. for children, but without them. Several authors have already denounced the fact that the impact on learning and the improvement of education is sought, but the voice of students is not taken into account (Rudduck & McIntyre, 2007; Tonucci, 2015).

When we talk about learner voice, we are referring to any initiative that favours and encourages student participation in schools, as well as school experiences with highly variable pedagogical scope and meaning (John-Akinola et al., 2014; Susinos & Ceballos, 2012).

Faced with this reality and in order to guarantee the exercise of children's rights in schools and to transform the traditional style of governance, a horizontal, distributed and successful leadership is needed (Rincón-Gallardo et al., 2019). A leadership that is capable of responding appropriately to the demands of specific situations and that will depend on the ability to take advantage of the elements that are given to it to build a joint school vision (Bush, 2018).

For this vision to be extended to the whole community, the leader must bring trust and encourage good communication practices among members (Robinson, 2019). The driver for change must be collaboration, mutual support and trust in staff, in what Hargreaves & O'Connor (2020) have called ‘collaborative professionalism (when teaching together means learning from everyone)’.

Schools that take the Professional Learning Communities model, students, school leaders and teachers work together as partners to make change decisions and co-produce the pedagogy and curriculum of the school, as well as the relationship dynamics in the school (Prenger et al., 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A case study was intentionally selected for its value and relevance to the research, according to the following criteria:
• Convenience: participation in educational innovation projects.

• Contextual: belonging to schools located in vulnerable contexts at risk of educational and social exclusion (cataloguing of the Delegation of Education and the Andalusian Agency for Educational Evaluation).

• Content perspective: immersion in a process of school transformation focused on the involvement of students as protagonists of their learning and change.
This is the Juan Pablo I educational school (Valderrubio, Spain) which provides infant education (3-6 years), primary education (7-11 years) and lower secondary education (12-14 years). The main value of the school model, proposed by the management, is to recover the ideas and thoughts of the pedagogue Paulo Freire by considering education as a practice of freedom. The management wants to encourage the participation of children in the daily life of the school in order to give them the opportunity to become agents of change in the school and its community. Among its recognitions are the national award of RED learning and servicies as a school promoting health and healthy habits in the locality (2019) and the European Health Promotion Award 2020. Since 2014 it has been a centre promoting positive coexistence by the Ministry of Education of the Andalusian Regional Government, promoting a model of coexistence based on emotional intelligence and interpersonal relationships.  
The fieldwork was carried out during two consecutive school years. Three members of the management team and eight teachers were interviewed. Three pupils also participated in a focus group. The interviews were accompanied by field observations and diary entries throughout the research.
The analysis of the information was developed through a recurrent process of reflexive deepening (Kelchtermans & Piot, 2013) and dialectical validation until information saturation and collective consensus on meanings, interpretations and conclusions were reached. Thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) was used to analyse the data obtained. Themes and categories were constructed with previous categories from the literature and emerging categories from the data (discourse from interviews, participant observation and subsequent discussions about these materials between interviewers and researchers). N-Vivo 11 software was used to support data management and analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In order to transform the governance of the school, a set of educational strategies and practices were developed that were made possible through distributed and transformative pedagogical leadership and teacher collaboration. It was observed that changes and improvements were made by the management team that allowed the development of a series of actions to give students a voice in their learning and education.
Creating a space for children's participation was a key aspect for the management team; both in the process of transforming the school and in order to involve students in the life of the school, in their learning and to improve their achievements. Three levels of student participation in school decision-making were identified: organisational level, curricular level and social transformation level (Figure 1)
 
‘Children's Council’ has been a key participatory body for transforming school governance.
We conclude that the results provide empirical evidence on four areas that have been key to fostering student participation in school decision-making: 1) an expanded perspective of school leadership, towards models of distributed and transformative leadership; 2) the class assembly, delegates and the Children's Council; 3) a greater presence of students in the school space and coexistence relations; and 4) a pedagogical model that focuses on project work and Service-Learning that includes community service actions.

These results have various implications for the educational community, as they invite us to reflect on the great challenges facing the school of the 21st century, in which the voice of the teacher and the management team is not the only one, nor the strongest one. The organisational and pedagogical strategies and dynamics adopted by the school studied are presented as proposals which, in line with the contributions of Schultz (2009), make it possible to move towards schools in which the multiplicity of voices is encouraged, whose pupils can learn and practice the dialogue needed for democratic citizenship.

References
Barker, S. K. (2018). Student Voice to Improve Instruction: Leading Transformation of a School System. Electronic Theses and Dissertations.  ACU.
Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101.  https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Bush, T. (2018.) Research on educational leadership and management: Broadening the base. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(3), 359–361.
Hardie, E. (2015). When students drive improvement. Educational Leadership, 72(9), 92-96.
Hargreaves, A. & O’Connor, M. T. (2020). Profesionalismo colaborativo. Cuando enseñar juntos supone el aprendizaje de todos. Ediciones Morata.
John-Akinola, Y. O., Gavin, A., O’Higgins, S. E. & Gabhainn, S. N. (2014). Taking part in school life: views of children. Health Education, 114(1), 20-42. https://doi.org/10.1108/HE-02-2013-0007
Kelchtermans, G. & Piot, L. (2013). Living the janus head: Conceptualizing leaders and leadership in schools in the 21st century. M.A. Flores et al. (Eds.), Back to the Future: Legacies, Continuities and Changes in Educational Policy, Practice and Research (pp. 93–114). Sense Publishers.
Lucena, C., López, A., Domingo, J. & Cruz, C. (2021). Alberto’s life story: transforming a disadvantaged school by appreciating the child’s voice. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 3(2), 12- 24.  https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2021.1893286
Prenger, R., Poortman, C. L. & Handelzalts, A. (2021). Professional learning networks: From teacher learning to school improvement?. Journal of Educational Change, 22, 13–52. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-020-09383-2
Rincón-Gallardo, S., Villagra, C., Mellado, M. & Aravena, O. (2019). Construir culturas de colaboración eficaz en redes de escuelas chilenas: Una teoría de acción. Revista Latinoamericana de Estudios Educativos, 49(1), 241–272.
Robinson, V. (2019). Hacia un fuerte liderazgo centrado en el estudiante: afrontar el reto del cambio. Revista Eletrônica de Educação, 13(1), 123-145. https://doi.org/ 10.14244/198271993068
Rudduck, J. & McIntyre, D. (2007). Improving learning through consulting pupils. Routledge.
Sargeant, J. & Gillett-Swan, J. K. (2019). Voice-inclusive practice (VIP): A charter for authentic student engagement. International Journal of Children’s Rights, 27(1), 122-139. https://doi.org/10.1163/15718182-02701002
Schultz, K. (2009). Rethinking classroom participation. Listening to silent voices. Teachers College Press.
Susinos Rada, T. & Ceballos López, N. (2012). Voz del alumnado y presencia participativa en la vida escolar: apuntes para una cartografía de la voz del alumnado en la mejora educativa. Revista de educación, 359, 24-44. http://hdl.handle.net/11162/95224
Tonucci, F. (2015). La ciudad de los niños. Grao.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

The Principal and the Superintendent in the Governing Chain in Sweden: putting leadership practices in context.

Katarina Roos, Olof CA Johansson

Umea University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Roos, Katarina; Johansson, Olof CA

In this paper, leadership and governing in the Swedish, public school sector at the municipal level is examined. The concept of ‘governing chain’ is used to picture an ideal model of governing. Political intentions manifested in decisions made by central and local government, are expected to come to life as public officials, principals and teachers enact those decisions. Though reality is more complex and chaotic than this over-simplified picture suggests, the governing chain serves as an analytical model for our analysis. The links in this chain are actors upholding key functions at different levels. Both within and between these, there are intervening spaces in which policy intentions are being interpreted, transmitted, and translated.

The Swedish Education Act (SFS 2010:800) identifies the organizer of education, the superintendent, the principal, and the teacher as core links, responsible for enactment in the governing chain. Both public sector and private sector organizers are present in the Swedish educational system, and although they share the same mission, their capacity to enact varies. Principals are expected both to act as managers and administrators responsible for day-to-day operations, and as pedagogical leaders with a particular responsibility for improving teaching and learning activities. The Swedish Education Act was thoroughly reviewed in 2010, and this revision sought – among other things – to emphasise the principal as a core actor with great responsibility in the governing chain. A more recent change in law in 2018 forced organizers of education to appoint a function as superintendent if they had not already done so. The intention was to safeguard that national laws and regulations are met by the organizer, and the primary objective for the superintendent is to see to this.

In the eyes of the national legislature, principals and superintendents are identified as vital links in the governing chain. They are employed by the organizer, who may set out additional objectives that they are expected to meet. In this paper we focus solely on Swedish municipalities as organizers of education. Sweden is usually described as a decentralised welfare state and local government are self-governing bodies with strong financial and political autonomy. Both principals and superintendents are expected to meet the expectations and interests of both the state and the municipality as organizer, which in practice may turn out to be an act of balancing on slack line. Is this balancing somehow reflected in the leadership practices of the two types of functions?

The aim is to describe and analyse how superintendents and principals perceive their mandate and roles in the local, municipal governing chain and how they balance and negotiate between those, in the intervening spaces of the governing chain. Our ambition is to contribute to greater knowledge on how principals and superintendents perceive their leadership in the context in which it is situated, and how the leadership of these functions is (dis-)connected in the local governing chain. Although the results are valid in a Swedish context, the theoretical implications are of general interest for the broader research society, both in the European, and in an international context.

Studies of leadership should take context into consideration. By context we mean both the municipal context, and the structure of the local governing chain. The guiding principles behind the system of governing can also be perceived as part of a wider context. The system of governing has the potential to both facilitate and constrain different types of leadership practices. Previous research has shown that there is a potential conflict between leadership ideals that favour democratic and participatory practices, and systems of governing that favour accountability and control.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper relies both on qualitative and quantitative data. A survey was conducted in December 2019, one year and a half after the change in law that requested organizers to introduce the superintendent position. The survey data is used to describe and analyse their perceptions of both their formal mandate and role in the light of the change in law. The second part of the study is an in-depth analysis of qualitative data from interviews. Two rounds of interviews, covering a multitude of leaders in local governing chains, were conducted in two different municipalities during the spring and autumn of 2019. The total number of interviews were 87, but the total number of informants exceeds that number as some were group interviews. One of the purposes was to get a broad and multifaceted picture of governing and leadership practices of- and in schools, and thus both political and administrative functions exercising leadership were interviewed. For this paper the interviews conducted with the four principals and the two superintendents have been analysed. The ambition is not to compare governing or leadership practices between the two municipalities nor to generalise the results, but to use the qualitative data to get a more in depth understanding of how these actors balance their mandates and roles, than the survey data allows.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results from the analysis of the survey suggests that superintendents in Swedish municipalities generally think that they have a strong mandate in seeing to that national laws and regulations are met. Moreover, the majority express willingness to act accordingly. They acknowledge the difficulties in acting both as representatives of the state, while at the same time handling the sometimes, conflicting interests and objectives of the municipal organizer of education. At the same time the majority sympathise with the change of law and greet the stronger national mandate, despite the potential for role conflicts.
The superintendents who were interviewed, think that they have a strong mandate to uphold the national mission, if they manage to comply within the budgetary frames set up by the municipal board. The four principals also describe a mandate which is defined by their capacity to stay within budget. The two municipalities in the qualitative study are both organized in a similar way. Both municipalities practice a New Public Management oriented system of governing, a management by objectives and performance measurements model, commonly practiced in the Swedish public sector. Accountability seems to be a core value as actors describe clearly defined, separated responsibilities for specific executive functions. Actors generally and the superintendent and principals particularly, seem to be aware of the formal chain-of-delegation, who to (not) turn to and when. The superintendent for example describes the balance between building relations and trust with principals and other actors in schools, without sidestepping subordinate functions that according to the chain of governing, should settle relations with the latter. Principals a like, show great awareness of who to turn to and not in a governing chain in which accountability is valued. The mode of governing thus define the repertoire of leadership practices that principals and superintendents can practice.

References
Ek Österberg, E. & Johansson, V. 2019. “Ledarskapsideal i förändring – det finns inga ledare utan styrsystem, in Bergström, T. & Eklund, N. (Ed.) Ett annorlunda ledarskap. Chef i politiskt styrd verksamhet. Lund: Studentlitteratur.
Forsberg, E., Nihlfors, E., Pettersson, D. & Skott, P. 2017. Codification of Present Swedish Curriculum Processes: Linking Educational Activities over Time and Space. Educational Governance Research, EGTU Vol. 5. Springer.
Grimm, F., Norqvist, L., & Roos, K. 2021. Exploring visual method in the field of educational leadership: Co-creating understandings of educational leadership and authority in school organisations. Educational Management Administration & Leadership. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432211030747.
Johansson, O., Nihlfors, E., Paulsen, J. & Risku, M. 2011. “The Nordic superintendents’ leadership roles: cross national comparisons”, in MacBeath, J. & Townsend, T. International Handbook on Leadership for Learning. Springer Netherlands.
Johansson, O., & Ärlestig, H. 2022. ”Policy implementations in schools: the chain of command and its intervening spaces.” In, Nir, A.E. (Ed.) School leadership in the 21st century: challenges and coping strategies. New York: Nova Sciences Publishers, Inc. 247-246.
Johansson, O., & Ärlestig, H. 2022. ”Democratic governing ideals and the power of intervening spaces as prerequisites for student learning”. Journal of Educational Administration. Vol. 60(3): 340-353.
Johansson, V., Lundgren. L. & Montin, S. 2018. Den kommunala statliga ämbetsmannen. Lund: Studentlitteratur.
Karseth, B. & Möller, J. 2020. ”Legal Regulation and Professional Discretion in Schools”. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research. 64:2. 195-210.
Moos, L., Nihlfors, E. & Merok Paulsen, J. 2016. Nordic Superintedents: Agents in a Broken Chain. Educational Governance Research, EGTU. Vol. 2. Springer.
Roos, K., Johansson, O., & Svedberg, L. 2022. ”Skolchefen – en gammal roll i förändrad skepnad” [The school superintendent – an old role in altered shape]. Statsvetenskaplig tidskrift. Vol. 124(3): 679-711.
Shaked, H., & Schechter, C. (2017). Systems thinking for school leaders: Holistic leadership for excellence in education. Cham, Switzerland: Springer.
Ärlestig, H. & Johansson, O. Ed. 2020. Educational Authorities and the Schools – organization and impact. Examples from 20 states. Dordrecht: Springer.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Assessment Leadership Among School Leaders – Navigating Across Leadership Ideals and Policy Context

Elin Stark

Umeå University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Stark, Elin

Traditionally, the Swedish principal has been regarded “the first among equals” (Ullman, 1997), as part of the teaching profession rather than a profession in its own right. The emergence of New Public Management (NPM) in Sweden and numerous other countries brought changes in the organizational structure of welfare production and introduced new roles for principals, emphasizing “keeping budgets, improving results and increasing competitiveness” (Jarl et al., 2012: 429). This has been described as a discursive shift, with “transformations both in the practices of school headship and in the ways that school heads think and talk about their role” (Gewirtz and Ball, 2000: 253). One way of framing this development is in terms of an increased emphasis on educational accountability (Leithwood, 2001), more specifically external accountability (Elmore, 2005). Wermke et al. (2022) argue that Finnish and Norwegian principals have less decision-making capacity and are subjected to less control than their Swedish counterparts (particularly in the case of Finland, with an autonomous teaching profession and fewer controlling stakeholders). For Swedish school leaders, the combination of extended decision-making requirements and extended external control poses “risks of failures for which the principals will be made accountable" (Wermke et al., 2022: 745).

This paper explores how Swedish school leaders perceive their role in relation to teachers’ assessment, grading and accountability. In doing so, the paper seeks to interrogate how school leaders navigate in a landscape characterized by leadership ideals promoting distributed orientations to leadership; and a policy context permeated by notions of external accountability. The following research questions are posed:

- Which leadership practices do school leaders account for in relation to assessment and grading?

- Which leadership ideals are manifested in school leaders’ account of their leadership practices?

- How do these leadership ideals align with an accountability-driven policy context?

In Sweden, the issue of grade inflation has been a matter of public and political debate for some time (Riksrevisionen, 2022), not least in relation to the marketized school system (Lundahl et al., 2013). According to the Swedish School Act, the principal is to ensure that teachers’ grading is carried out in line with legislation. At the same time, the principal’s mandate in relation to the actual grading procedure is very limited and is almost exclusively the teacher’s domain. Nonetheless, the Swedish National Agency for Education states that “the principal has a key role in teacher’s efforts towards fair and equivalent grades” (Skolverket, 2022: 23). Recently, new regulation regarding grading was introduced, which increases the scope for the professional judgment of teachers in relation to the syllabus. In the government bill (Prop. 2021/22:36) preceding the new legislation, the notion that the reform will have consequences for principals is mentioned only briefly and without specifying what these consequences are, thus reinforcing the sense of ambiguity and unclarity regarding the role of the school leader with regards to assessment and grading.

With their dominant position in the public policy debate, leadership theories are here described in terms of leadership ideals (Ek Österberg and Johansson, 2019), with different normative statements about the role of the leader. The leadership ideals which resonate with principals may align more or less with the policy context at hand, specifically a policy context where external accountability is a prominent feature. The study presented in this paper sheds light on the potential conflict between the principal’s task to act as a both a manager and a pedagogical leader – a task which the principal is to be held accountable for – and the mandate and objectives to fulfil that task in practice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical material used in the study includes two focus group discussions with principals and assistant principals. Some of the participants are responsible solely for secondary school and some for both primary and secondary school. Out of these units, one is an independent school (private school with public funding) and the others are schools run by the municipality. Whilst operating in the same national policy context, the school leaders operate in varying geographical context, including both rural and urban municipalities.

The discussions were semi structured and addressed matters such as how the school leaders gather information about the assessment and grading practices of teachers at their school/s, structures regarding assessment and grading, and dilemmas arising with regards to the issue at hand.  

The empirical material will be categorized according to which leadership practices can be discerned in the school leaders’ accounts of their role in relation to assessment and grading. Thereafter, the leadership practices described will be analysed with regards to which leadership ideals they can be associated with. Finally, the leadership ideals prevalent in the material will be related to policy context and the question of the extent of alignment between the leadership ideals and the policy context will be discussed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary results point at a varying degree of direct involvement with teachers’ assessment and grading on behalf of the school leaders. In some cases, the responsibility is delegated to the so called first teacher and in others, the school leader participates in discussions with teacher teams on assessment and grading. Throughout the focus group discussions, protecting and ensuring teacher autonomy is accentuated. Furthermore, the school leaders raise the importance of creating beneficial conditions and structures for collegial discussion and co-assessment among teachers, more so than pointing at measures for following up and evaluating assessment and grading.

Leadership ideals manifested in the school leaders’ account are directed towards distributed forms of leadership, characterized by trust and distribution of power and responsibility. Whilst not raised by the school leaders themselves, this may pose challenges in terms of external accountability.

References
Elmore RF (2005) Accountable Leadership. The Educational Forum, 69: 134-142.

Ek Österberg E and Johansson V (2019) Ledarskapsideal i förändring – det finns inga ledare utan styrsystem [Leadership ideals in transition – there are no leaders without governing systems]. In: Bergström T and Eklund N (eds) Ett annorlunda ledarskap : Chef i politiskt styrd verksamhet [A different kind of leadership : Managing politically governed agencies]. Lund: Studentlitteratur, pp. 55-77.

Gewirtz S and Ball S (2000) ‘From ‘‘Welfarism’’ to ‘‘New Managerialism’’: Shifting Discourses of School Leadership in the Education Marketplace’. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 21(3), 253–268.

Jarl M, Fredriksson A and Persson S (2012) New Public Management in Public Education: A Catalyst for the Professionalization of Swedish School Principals. Public Administration 90(2): 429–444.

Leithwood K (2001) School leadership in the context of accountability policies. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 4(3): 217-235.

Lundahl L, Erixon Arreman I, Holm A-S and Lundström U (2013) Educational marketization the Swedish way. Education Inquiry, 4(3): 497-517.

Prop. 2021/22:36. Ämnesbetyg – betygen ska bättre spegla elevers kunskaper [Government bill : Subject grades – grades are to better reflect student knowledge].

Riksrevisionen (2022) Statens insatser för likvärdig betygssättning– skillnaden mellan betyg och resultat på nationella prov [State Measures for Equivalent Grading – the difference between grades and results on National Tests]. Report, The Swedish National Audit Office.

Skolverket (2022) Betyg och prövning : Kommentarer till Skolverkets allmänna råd om betyg och prövning [Grades and Examinations : Comments to General Advice on Grades and Examinations by The Swedish National Agency for Education]. Report, The Swedish National Agency for Education.  

Ullman A (1997) Rektorn : En studie av titeln och dess bärare [The Rector—A Study of a Title and its Holders]. PhD Thesis, Stockholm Institute of Education, Sweden.

Wermke W, Jarl M, Prøitz TS and Nordholm D (2022) Comparing principal autonomy in time and space: modelling school leaders’ decision making and control. Journal of Curriculum Studies 54(6): 733-750.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm26 SES 11 C: Educational Leadership for Diversity and Equity
Location: Joseph Black Building, A504 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Carolyn Shields
Paper Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Leading for Diversity: An Exploration of Useful Theoretical Frameworks

Carolyn Shields

Wayne State University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Shields, Carolyn

Diversity is sometimes seen as one of the major challenges facing educators today. In this century, educational organizations, including throughout Europe, face numerous changes and challenges including the recent covid-19 pandemic, global unrest, rapid migration, and so on. Amid these changes, attempting to educate students from a range of socio,-cultural and economic backgrounds, as well as of different genders, religions, and sexual orientations, is often seen as problematic.

Moreover, in 2015, 160 nations, including all entities in Europe, signed on to the Sustainable Development goals of the United Nations. The fourth of these calls for education to “ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all.” Here, these concepts imply that attention must be paid to diversity and inequity within all nations.

The 2023 EERA conference theme, “the value of diversity in educational research” implies the positive nature of diversity within the larger frame of educational research. This would therefore suggest that the theoretical frameworks which could best support educational research in the 21st century would pay explicit attention to diversity. Nevertheless, this does not necessarily seem to be the case.

The question, therefore, to be examined here is “what kind of leadership might foster the inclusion of diversity “into the core of educational values, educational practices, … , and educational research” to promote the sustainable development goal of inclusion and equity, for as the 2023 call for proposals states, this “is a complex, contested and at times contentious concept.”

Purpose: The purpose of this largely conceptual paper is to explore, drawing both on research related to leadership theories and on data from interviews conducted over 30 years with school and district leaders, the ways in which theory guides and inspires practice. The objectives are:

a) to distinguish among the abilities of various theories of educational leadership (positivist, neutral, and critical) to lead and serve multiple and diverse school communities, and

b) to identify the pros and cons of various kinds of theories as a foundation for inclusivity, equity, and excellence in the 21st century.

Background. Culbertson (1995) explains that one of the dominant beliefs that emerged from a seminal educational leadership conference held in Chicago in 1956 was that “ought” questions had no place in science, and hence, lie outside the study and practice of educational administration. From this conference, he argued, emerged the common wisdom that a theory of educational leadership should not be normative, but should instead be scientific and objective—a concept that continues to dominate the field both in North America and in Europe. This debate has been heightened in recent years, as scholars like Uljens and Ylimaki (2017) have powerfully asserted that educational leadership must be what they call non-affirmative – arguing that “non-affirmative education theory allows us to understand and promote recognition based democratic citizenship (political, economical and cultural) that respects cultural, ethical and epistemological variations in a globopolitan era” (p. 3).

Nevertheless, it is apparent from the work of scholars like Follett (1918) or Greenfield (1978) that values have never been far from the surface of educational leadership. Moreover by the 1980s, scholars were arguing, not only for a normative approach, but for a critical theory of leadership (Foster, 1986; Quantz, Rogers, & Dantley, 1991) that addressed the “needs of the billions of the world’s people in the direct want (Burns, 1978).

In an era of heightened awareness of diversity, a theory of leadership that attends explicitly to the concept of diversity may be necessary to overcome the hegemony of traditional dominant groups and to be inclusive and equitable towards diverse perspectives, cultures, and values.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Primarily conceptual, this paper draws on numerous studies describing approaches to leadership, both empirical and conceptual, and argues the need for a balance between positivist, technical approaches to school leadership and more critical, values-oriented approaches if we are to reform education to address the diversity of the 21st century. The paper also draws on 30+years of research related to leadership in schools often with heterogeneous and low-income populations in which the purpose was to understand whether (and if so how) theories of leadership have helped them to address the complex challenges of todays’ educational leaders.
Here, I use abductive reasoning (Evers & Wu, 2006) to examine various approaches to leadership. They cite a number of authors (including Josephson & Josephson, 1994; Lycan, 1988; and Walton, 2004) as they develop their argument that in abductive reasoning, “the justification of a generalisation relies on the fact that it explains the observed empirical data and no other alternative hypothesis offers a better explanation of what has been observed” (Evers & Wu, 2006, p. 513). In other words, it uses “inference to the best explanation” (p. 528). As will be seen, it is my belief that this approach may be used to examine the relevance of various leadership theories.

Oakes and Rogers (2006) argue that “technical knowledge is insufficient to bring about equitable education, even when attention is paid to changing the school’s professional culture … [and that] equity reforms must engage issues of power by extending beyond the school” (p. 31). I started from this critique of technical approaches and then also analysed more critical theories (Quantz et al. , 1991) in order to assess their applicability to issues of diversity. These theories included some approaches such as transactional, bureaucratic, transformational, servant, culturally relevant, and transformative leadership.
Hence, here I demonstrate, using abductive reasoning, that critical leadership theories best offer ways of attending to the diverse perspectives and values of today’s schools as well as to offer underlying frameworks to guide both dialogue and decision-making on the ground. In sum, I posit that the data from numerous school leaders support the argument that to effect significant educational transformation requires a critical, normative, equity-oriented approach.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Understanding the distinctions among theoretical approaches is not simply an interesting academic exercise, but essential to move beyond decades of educational reform movements that have resulted in little significant change to address the educational challenges of the 21st century (Oakes & Rogers, 2006). The results of this investigation demonstrate how adopting a more critical and emancipatory theory that begins with an understanding of students lived experiences and of societal factors outside the school, can help leaders to avoid the trap of depoliticizing education (Weiner, 2003) and move the field forward towards both equity and excellence.

For example, a theory that focuses on improving people and developing followers may create an effective organizational culture, but superintendents have told me that focusing specifically on equity and justice provides a different kind of framework, one that might result in a partnership with local IT providers to ensure that low income students have access to the internet. Thus, an important consideration for scholars and researchers of educational leadership is whether the proposed theory is useful in practice to guide the equity work of educational leaders.
There is general agreement in the scholarly literature that positivist and technical theories which tend to focus on first-order change are effective in times of stability that call for straightforward tasks, and when the parts are compliant and consistent (Morgan, 2006). Yet this is no longer (if it ever did) describes 21st century educational organizations. A theory is needed that responds to the diversity and complexity of today’s schools, one which involves “questions of justice, democracy, and the dialectic between individual accountability and social responsibility (Weiner, 2003, p. 89). The abductive approach followed in this paper demonstrates the utility of more critical, social justice oriented and transformative leadership theories (Shields, 2016) for addressing the diverse challenges of todays’ schools.

References
Burns, J. M. (1978). Leadership. New York: Harper & Row.
Culbertson, J. A. (1995), Building bridges: UCEA’s first two decades. University Park, PA: UCEA.
Evers, C. W., & Wu, E. H. (2006). On generalising from single case studies: Epistemological reflections. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 40(4), 511–526.
Follett, M. P. (1918/1941). Dynamic administration. In H. C. Metcalf & L. F. Urwick (Eds.), Pitman, 1941.
Foster, W. (1986), Paradigms and promises, Buffalo, NY: Prometheus.
Greenfield, T. B., (1978), Reflections on organization theory and the truths of irreconcilable realities, Educational Administration Quarterly, 14(2).
Morgan, G. (2006), Images of organization, Thousand Oakes, CA: SAGE.
Oakes, J., & Rogers, J. (2006). Learning power: Organizing for education and justice, New York: Teachers College Press.
Quantz, R. A., Rogers, J., & Dantley, M. (1991), Rethinking transformative leadership, Journal of Education, 96-118.
Shields, C. M. (2004). Creating a community of difference. Educational Leadership, 61(7), 38.
Shields, C. M. (2016) Transformative leadership in education, (2nd edition), New York: Routledge.
Uljens, M., & Ylimaki, R. (Eds.), (2017). Bridging Educational Leadership, Curriculum Theory and Didaktik - Non-Affirmative Theory of Education. Springer, Dordrecht:
Weiner, E. J. (2003). Secretary Paulo Freire and the democratization of power: Toward a theory of transformative leadership. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 35(1), 89–106.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Big Conversation for Better Schools, Developing Discourses for Equity and Diversity in Schools: A Case Study

Gerry Mac Ruairc1, Manuela Heinz1, Maria Jesus Rodriguez Entrena2, Sara Gartland3

1University of Galway, Ireland; 2Universidad De Murcia; 3Univeristy of Delaware

Presenting Author: Mac Ruairc, Gerry; Heinz, Manuela

The main theme of this project, funded by Leargas (Ireland) 2019-1-IE01-KA201-051528, was to support schools to engage with the bigger questions that frame the context of education and specifically to exlpore a more explicit and nuanced consideration of diversity, equity and democracy in leaders and teachers professional learning (Lumby, Crow & Pashiardis,(2008), Netolicky, D (2019) This part of the project had two objectives (i) enhance leaders and teacher knowledge base with respect to the three themes (two of which are considered in this paper ie.e diveristy and equity) by co-constructing a suite of action learning sets that would frame seminars designed to facilitate interprofessional dialogue on these issues and (ii) to work in a ways that would break down any barriers, either real or imagined, between the knowledge that exists in research and scholarship and the pedagogy of practice in schools. In working towards this objective we started from where schools were and in particular, where students were at in their thinking (Ruffin and Simon 2022). This baseline research work in the schools provided a real-time, picture of what was happening in each school. The student views, in particular, resonated with the teacher groups in the action learning set development sessions. When teachers and leaders witnessed quotes from students as to how they saw/ experienced these themes they recognised their roles in the development of these topics among themselves as professionals and in their own classroom practice. The team recognised the need to target the minds and hearts of the participants. In some cases, this involved a change of mindset, in others the need was more in the development or awakening of nascent mindsets. We knew we had ambitious expectations for transformative outcomes but we were not naive enough to think that working through an action learning set on diversity, for example, was going to change the world. We had hoped however that it might begin to change the questions asked and the assumptions that gave rise to these questions. Formative evaluations of an action learning sets therefore focused on picking up these changes and shifts in ideas and thinking. This paper will present finding from the school based case study on how leaders, teachers and students viewed diversity and equity, it will then outline the methodology used to scaffold the seminars with leaders and teachers and finally will present evidence of shifting ideas and thinking among leaders and teachers. It was important to recognise that issues related to these complex themes are not resolvable in a short timeframe however, once the initial commitment was made by the participating teachers the turn towards a more deliberative approach to an exploration of these themes started and consequently a more developed understanding was achieved by everyone who participated in the work. The next step was to recognise that the themes are difficult with inconclusive and evolving perspectives that will always be in flux - it was, therefore, essential to review ideas, change minds and revisit thinking this was achieved by the methodology and approach taken to the project activities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This was a phenomenological study of how best to work with school leaders on teacher on explicating difficult and contest topics that emerge in inter-professional dialogue as well as in classroom practice. Evidence was gather and collated using a qualitative and interpretivist approach with a high level of participant check in because the interventions (such as they were) were co-
constructed with the participants. The study took place over a three year period which facilitated the development of bespoke interventions and ways of working  that directly and positively impacted the outcomes.  A series of formative and summative surveys containing open ended questions were used throughout out the project to capture key professional leaning outcomes. One of the key methods that informed the tone and trajectory of the action leaning set intervention  was the focus that was placed on a development of a  'rights of the learner' approach originally developed in the field of mathematics education Kalinec-Criag (2017). This  component of the methodology provides a compelling methodology for framing the exploration of the difficult, sensitive topics. Essentially, in the original research on mathematics, there were four rights (1) the right to be confused; (2) the right to claim a mistake;
(3) the right to speak, listen and be heard; and (4) the right to write, do, and represent only what makes sense. The framework was originally intended to promote equity in the mathematics classroom and helps children and teachers to embrace productive struggle and mistakes as valuable steps in the process
of learning mathematics (and learning to teach mathematics). We took these four steps as the core framework and added a fifth right i.e. the right to change one's mind and offer new revised ideas and opinions. This approach took the emphasis off particular content knowledge and ways of knowing and expressing this knowledge and instead placed a very explicit emphasis on developing knowledge, of not knowing everything, of a move aware from the binary right and wrong towards a more emergent type of knowledge and understanding (hooks, 2014) which is exactly where mindes set need to be in order to progress thinking and teaching when working with and on these themes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Qualitative data from the participants Key finding of the research on this professional learning initiative include:
1. The importance of trust building to develop a sense of shared mission with respect to the purpose of the initiative and the participation in the research dimensions of the study
2. The need to acknowledge the variety of individual response to ideas and discourses and to accurate this in the professional learning context
3. The efficacy of the methodology on the right of the learner in supporting the tone and timbre of the professional learning interactions

References
Lumby, J., Crow, G., & Pashiardis, P. (Eds.).
(2008). International handbook on the preparation and development of school leaders. Routledge
Netolicky, D. M.Transformational professional learning: Making
a difference in schools. Routledge.
Ruffin, Jean F. and Simon, Marsha E. (2022) "Developing Culturally Proficient Leaders Through Graduate Coursework: Examining Student Perspectives," School Leadership Review: Vol. 16: Iss. 2, Article 2. Available at: https://scholarworks.sfasu.edu/slr/vol16/iss2/2
Kalinec-Craig, C. A. (2017). The Rights of the Learner: A Framework for Promoting Equity through Formative Assessment in Mathematics Education. Democracy and Education, 25 (2), Article 5.
hooks, b. (2014). Teaching to transgress: Education as the practice of freedom. New York, NY: Routledge.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Mission (im)possible - Bridging the Achievement Gap Between Boys’ and Girls’ in a Swedish Municipality

Britt-Inger Keisu1, Björn Ahlström2, Ida Johansson1, Magnus Larsson2

1Department of Sociology, Umeå University, Sweden; 2Center for Principal Development, Umeå University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Keisu, Britt-Inger; Ahlström, Björn

The Swedish school law and curriculum calls for a leadership that promotes equal opportunities for all children and students. International research on educational leadership, school leadership, and its relation to students’ educational outcome is extensive (e.g., Leithwood, Harris & Hopkins, 2020; Heck & Hallinger, 2014; Schrik & Wasonga, 2019). There is also an interest in international research about the relevance of school leaders for equity (Leithwood, 2021) and how different ways of perceiving and operationalising concepts like inclusion have an impact on equality (Alexiadou et al., 2016).

One of the biggest challenges in relation to schools’ work for equal opportunities for students is gender based differences in outcomes. Grade levels among boys are lower than among girls when they leave compulsory schools in Sweden (Skolverket, 2022). These gender based differences have consequences for boys' chances to attend upper secondary school, and ultimately higher education. In the long run this also affects boys' ability to find work that demands a certain level of education which in turn affects their well-being. Other factors beyond gender, such as educational level of the parents and the students’ migration background, also affect the overall grade. However, boys receive lower grades than girls even when considering these background factors (Skolverket, 2022).

From an international perspective there has been an interest in the phenomena of gender differences in educational outcomes for a long time (Salisbury, Rees & Gorard, 1999; Collins, Kenway & McLeod, 2000). However, there has been little consensus about what causes the differences. Previous research has shown that different norms of masculinity constitute limitations for boys. One example is the discussion on how anti-study culture or anti-effort culture affect how boys relate to their studies, which also affects their outcomes (Zimmerman, 2018).

In a Swedish context, equity in education can be described in three strategies: equal access to education, equal quality of education and that education is organized in such manner that all students can succeed in school (SOU 2020:28). The third strategy can be described as the school's assignment to counteract inequalities that arise on the bases of the students' different prerequisites based on socioeconomic, gender and migration background. In Sweden it is the principal's responsibility to ensure that the education is aligned with the goals formulated in the steering documents for Swedish schools (Lgr22; SFS 2010:800; SFS 2008:567). In addition, principals in Sweden are responsible to organize strategically and use resources effectively, while the municipality (school organizer) has an overriding responsibility to organize and allocate resources to different schools based on their different prerequisites. One obligation in this work is to counteract gender differences and tighten the gap between boys' and girls' outcomes. Given this governing structure principals and representatives for the school organizer are key agents in counteracting these gender differences.

The purpose of the study is to explore how principals and representatives for the school organizer in one municipality in Sweden understands and describes the problem of gender differences in educational outcomes. Further, how they work to promote equity. We are guided by the following research questions:

  • How is the problem formulated by the interviewees? What are the underlying assumptions in their reasoning?
  • What measures and strategies do the informants find necessary to address the problem?
  • What potential consequences do the informants' way of thinking and acting have for gender equity?

Our analysis builds on Bacchis WPR-approach (Bacchi, 2012). Since this approach is both a theoretical framework and a methodology it is presented under the section. Methods/Methodology.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The analysis presented here is part of a collaborative project between researchers and a Swedish municipality with the focus on gender based grade differences. Data consists of three focus group interviews with principals (both preschool and compulsory school), one focus group interview with gender- social- and ethnic equality workers at a strategic level, one individual interview with the superintendent and one with the operation manager. The questions focused on the informants´ perception and on how the work with gender based grade differences was conducted in practice, by whom and for what reasons, in order to get accounts of different actors’ experiences and perspectives. The interviews were transcribed ad verbatim and MAXQDA2020 software was used to facilitate the qualitative analysis.

A basic assumption of the study is that perceptions of what causes the inequalities in student outcomes influence what measures the principals, or other actors included in the study, take to tighten the gap. The analysis of data was therefore inspired by policy analysis as presented by Carol Bacchi’s (2012, se also 2018) approach that focuses on “the unexamined assumptions and deep-seated conceptual logics within implicit problem representations” (2012 s.22) in relation to the gender based differences, to identify different problem representations of the informants, and to enable an analysis of what possible effects and consequences these might have. In the qualitative analysis, the data were read and reread exploratory. The following analytical questions form the WPR approach were related to the data:

Question 1: How are the problems of gender based grade differences represented?

Question 2: What are the assumptions and presumptions underlying these representations?

Question 3 How has this representation of the ‘problem’ come about?

Question 4: What is left unproblematic in this problem representation? Where is the silence? Can the ‘problem’ be thought about differently?

Question 5: What are the effects produced by the problem representations described?

Question 6: How and where has this representation of the “problem” been produced, disseminated, and defended? How has it been and/or how can it be disrupted and replaced?

Step 7: Apply this list of questions to your own problem representations

In the data several representations were found. However, in this article the three main representations were chosen in order to illustrate the dominant pattern. Besides being the three largest representations, these were also present among all the informants included in the study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The municipality formulates a willingness to work towards change. There are three types of representations. Firstly, one problem articulated is that companies find it difficult to recruit staff to male dominated occupations. This representation derives from a socioeconomic viewpoint that highlights the labor market’s need for an educated workforce.  

Secondly, the interviewees articulate a problem that became visual through their quality assessment work. When comparing student outcomes in relation to other similar municipalities their analysis shows that their scores were lower. One way of improving their scores is to promote the lowest performing group, the boys. This is a rational that can be linked to ideas derived from New Public Management (NPM).

Thirdly, articulations also visualize an ethical perspective. They challenge the assumption of an individual perspective on students, and knowledge development in relation to educational goals. Rather, they attribute the gender based differences to societal norms which also affect the students stay in school. Therefore, the society as well as the school have a responsibility to challenge these norms.

The measures the municipality imposes are directed toward several areas. One was to contact a university and start a collaborative project focusing on equity. Another example is that the municipality is directing money into several development programs initiated by educators and principals. One of these programs has gender theory and learning in focus. Further, this project engages pre-schools and compulsory schools.

Finally, what potential consequences does this way of thinking and acting have for gender equity? Key actors are important for the problem to be raised. However, some of the representatives of the school organizer primarily argue for the sake of lifting the grades from a socioeconomic- or NPM-standpoint. This may hinder efforts to deal with the structural aspects and might hinder the efforts to promote development.

References
Alexiadou, N. et al. (2016) ‘Managing inclusion in competitive school systems: The cases of Sweden and England’, Research in Comparative and International Education, 11(1), pp. 13–33. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1177/1745499916631065.

Bacchi, C. (2012). Introducing the ‘What’s the Problem Represented to be?’ approach. In Bletsas A. & Beasley C. (Eds.), Engaging with Carol Bacchi: Strategic Interventions and Exchanges (pp. 21-24). South Australia: University of Adelaide Press.

Bacchi, C. (2018) ‘Drug Problematizations and Politics: Deploying a Poststructural Analytic Strategy’, Contemporary Drug Problems, 45(1), pp. 3–14. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1177/0091450917748760.

Collins, C., Kenway, J. and McLeod, J. (2000) ‘Factors Influencing the Educational Performance of Males and Females in School and their Initial Destinations after Leaving School’.

Heck, H.R. and Hallinger, P. (2014) ‘Modeling the longitudinal effects of school leadership on teaching and learning’, Journal of Educational Administration. Edited by P.F.R. and D.E.K. Professor Tobias Feldhoff, 52(5), pp. 653–681. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-08-2013-0097.

Leithwood, K. (2021) ‘A Review of Evidence about Equitable School Leadership’, Education Sciences, 11(8), p. 377. Available at: https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11080377.

Leithwood, K., Harris, A. and Hopkins, D. (2020) ‘Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited’, School Leadership & Management, 40(1), pp. 5–22. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1596077.

Lgr22 (2022) Läroplan för grundskolan, förskoleklassen och fritidshemmet. https://www.skolverket.se/publikationer?id=9718 [Hämtad: 6 september 2022].

Schrik, P. and Wasonga, T.A. (2019) ‘The Role of a School Leader in Academic Outcomes: Between Self-efficacy and Outcome Expectations’, ATHENS JOURNAL OF EDUCATION, 6(4), pp. 291–306. Available at: https://doi.org/10.30958/aje.6-4-3.

Salisbury, J., Rees, G. and Gorard, S. (1999) ‘Accounting for the Differential Attainment of Boys and Girls at School’, School Leadership & Management, 19(4), pp. 403–426. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/13632439968943.

Skolverket (2022) ‘Statistik’. Skolverket. https://www.skolverket.se/skolutveckling/statistik [Hämtad: 4 oktober 2022].

SFS. 2008. Svensk författningssamling, [Swedish Codes of Statutes], Diskrimineringslag [The Discrimination Act], 2008:567. Stockholm: Fritzes.

SFS. 2010. Svensk författningssamling [Swedish Codes of Statutes], Skollagen [The School Law], 2010:800. Stockholm: Fritzes

SOU 2020:28 En mer likvärdig skola – minskad skolsegregation och förbättrad resurstilldelning [A more equitable school – reduced school segregation and improved resources], Stockholm: Fritzes.

Zimmerman, F. (2018). Det tillåtande och det begränsande: en studie om pojkars syn på studier och ungdomars normer kring maskulinitet [The allowing and the limiting – A study about boy’s view on studying and youth’s norms of masculinity]. Göteborg: Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm27 SES 11 A: Teaching Practices in Science
Location: James McCune Smith, 630 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Florence Ligozat
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Literacy and Scientific Literacy in Primary Education: A two-way road

Elena Ramírez, Inma Martín-Sánchez, Jorge Martín-Domínguez, Inés Rodríguez

Universidad de Salamanca, Spain

Presenting Author: Martín-Sánchez, Inma; Rodríguez, Inés

The work presented is part of a research that studies the classroom practices in Primary Education. The paper studies the tasks involved in these classroom practices when teaching different learning subjects. One of the curricular aspects studied involves scientific literacy; that is, an analysis is made of those teaching methods used to teach the scientific literacy to pupils from 6 to 12. The research has adopted an intensive case-study model that has provided access to a systematic analysis of the classroom practices of the teachers involved (16 teachers, from five different schools). Each case, involved the video and audio recording of complete sessions (from 9 am to 2 pm), which means a total of 159.5 hours of class. Later, for this paper, the time corresponding to the subjects Mathematics and Natural Sciences was studied.

The last two regulations on the curriculum of Primary Education in Spain established as one of the aims the development of scientific culture in pupils. This scientific culture is reflected in the objectives and competences of subjects such as Mathematics and Natural Sciences. And it refers to the two senses that Norris & Phillips (2003) distinguished as components of scientific literacy: the fundamental sense and the derived one. Examples of the first would be in Mathematics: Interpreting simple mathematical language present in everyday life in different formats, acquiring appropriate vocabulary and showing understanding of the message; and the second in Natural Sciences: providing students with a solid and well-structured scientific background will help them to understand the world and encourage them to care for, respect and value it.

Thus, scientific literacy includes the specific scientific knowledge necessary for understanding reality in general (derived sense) and for reading and writing in particular (fundamental sense). The educational challenge that this idea poses is realised in the case of primary education because fundamental sense links science subjects with the rest of the curriculum subjects that are also related to fundamental sense. Particularly with Language and Literature. Therefore, working to promote a scientific culture in primary can be interpreted as part of a broader and more relevant project that has to do with the development of literacy throughout the primary stage. Starting from the fundamental sense of scientific literacy, science would not be possible without texts, without the capacities of comprehension, interpretation, analysis and critique inherent to scientific thought and communication.

Unfortunately this challenge has not been included in the basic core of Primary Education agendas so far in Spain (García Carmona, 2021) and raises important questions for teachers about what it means in terms of classroom practice to educate their pupils in a scientific culture (Smith et al. 2012). It is vital to know what literacy processes teachers undertake when they teach science and how they do so, as we can understand what learning opportunities pupils are offered (Rodríguez et al., 2018).

Knowing how teachers address scientific literacy is essential for understanding how pupils are helped to develop a scientific culture. The following research goals have therefore been formulated:

- Describe and understand how the scientific literacy process (fundamental sense) is undertaken in different classrooms across several levels in Primary Education where Mathematics and Natural Sciences are being taught.

- Analyse the teaching strategies teachers use to address scientific literacy in the classroom and compare them to our knowledge on the issue of Literacy in general.

- Develop a procedure that may help teachers to improve their teaching processes, to contribute to the development of the scientific culture regulated in the official curriculum.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research has adopted an intensive study model of classroom practices that has permitted a systematic analysis to be made of the teaching activities of our cohort of teachers (sixteen teachers in total from five different schools). This method enables us to discover with some considerable depth and intensity the teachers’ practices in teaching scientific literacy, at the same time as it furnishes us with an understanding of the practices within their own specific context, whereby we can understand how the decision-making processes involved in the management of teaching are tackled. This study considers several teachers’ classroom practices over a number of years in Primary Education in five schools, which among other things will enable us to understand how this teaching evolves and whether the school itself is a variable that informs this process. The following procedure was applied: a video and audio recording were made of three full sessions of classroom work (complete session, 159.5 hours of class) for each one of the cases. The recordings of the sessions were then transcribed with a view to analysing the practices by identifying specific teaching tasks in order to subsequently classify each one of the tasks into a system of categories. The first step for obtaining a general snapshot of what happens in the classroom, detecting the groupings and the time spent teaching literacy, involves breaking the classroom session down into Typical Classroom Activities (TCA); each one of these TCA in the teaching of literacy is, in turn, broken down into tasks that are finally analysed through our system of categories. Our system of analysis is structured around seven main categories: 1) functions of the language; 2) representational aspects of the written language; 3) oral language; 4) reading (teaching the code and phonological awareness); 5) reading comprehension; 6) writing; and 7) literary knowledge. These dimensions are, in turn, subdivided into a detailed set of categories and subcategories for analysing the complexity of practices that teachers may undertake in this educational process.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Although this is still a work in progress, certain conclusions may be reached on the trends in the data:
- During the moments when teachers work on scientific or Mathematical content, the work is mainly concerned with the written language, specifically with work on the comprehension of the texts that the pupils read, and to a lesser extent on oral comprehension and the consolidation of the writing system.
- In the subject of Natural Sciences, teachers' work on oral language is greater than in Mathematics. There is a greater preference for oral language tasks because, for example, the explanation of some abstract and complex phenomena, such as a volcanic eruption, are oral texts which, mediated by the teacher, help the children to access meanings.
- Throughout all years of Primary Education, content related to written language is dealt with in a generalised way, and there do not seem to be any differences linked to the different teachers studied. Written text composition tasks hardly appear in all grades of the stage, although in the sixth grade they obtain higher values than in the rest. In general, the teaching of scientific literacy is more receptive than expressive. Tasks focus on children accessing meanings, but there is little opportunity for children to express ideas, record learning graphically or do tasks that involve recording data.
- Teachers try to ensure that children understand the meanings of scientific texts: that they access the main ideas and connect them together. Caution needs to be exercised with these strategies, because when opportunities are not provided to check pupils' prior ideas, knowledge of other subjects or other texts with what they read, children may access the meanings, but these do not become part of their knowledge. Access to scientific texts is promoted, but not to scientific knowledge.

References
García Carmona, A. (2021). The nature of science in the Spanish literature on science education: a systematic review covering the last decade. Revista de Educación, 394, 241-270. https://doi.org/10.4438/1988-592X-RE-2021-394-507
Norris, S. P. & Phillips, L. M. (2003). How literacy in its fundamental sense is central to scientific literacy. Science Education, 87, 224-240. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.10066
Rodríguez, I., Clemente, M., Ramírez, E. & Martín-Domínguez, J. (2018). How and for how long is literacy taught in early childhood education? A multiple-case study of the classroom practices of seven teachers. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 26(5), 738-759. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2018.1522759
Smith, K.V., Loughran, J., Berry, A. & Dimtrakopoulos, C. (2012). Developing scientific literacy in a Primary School. International Journal of Science Education, 34(1), 127-152. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2011.565088


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Teaching and Learning the Chemical Reaction and the Global Warming Through the Carbon Cycle by a Co-Disciplinary Approach

Marie Sudriès1,2, Florence Ligozat1, David Cross2

1University of Geneva, Switzerland; 2University of Montpellier, France

Presenting Author: Sudriès, Marie

Theorical framework and research questions

This contribution explores the potential of the carbon cycle for teaching an environmental issue through chemistry lessons at the lower secondary school.
Environmental issues are complex by essence. Morin (1990) uses the Latin etymology of the word “complex”: complexus, “weaving together”, as a metaphor to illustrate the very close relationship between academic subjects in a complex approach: as each coloured thread is important to build the pattern of a fabric, we need to cross different subjects’ approaches to understand environmental issues challenges and to be able to solve them (Morin, 1990, p. 21). As an example, the carbon dioxide produced by human activities – modelized as a chemical reaction in chemistry - must be connected to the greenhouse effect model to deal with the complexity of the Anthropocene. According to Mohan et al. (2009) and Zangori et al. (2017), the carbon cycle seems to be a good entry into the Anthropocene’s complexity. Mohan et al. (2009) shows how the principle of conservation of matter is important for analyzing the carbon cycle, especially to understand natural and human carbon dioxide productions. In their study, Zangori et al. (2017) try to connect the carbon cycle, the chemical reaction, and an environmental issue: the global warming. Results from their experiment show an improvement of the learning of the principle of conservation.
In French-speaking countries, the curriculum is organised into school disciplines, taught during distinctive time slots by specialised teachers at secondary level. Such an organisation questions the teachability of topics such as environmental issues and sustainable development. Martinand (2016) suggests that it requires many adjustments between school disciplines with specifics traditions, epistemologies, methodologies, and sometimes different purposes. However, the implementation of these adjustments in teaching and learning practices brings out new questions for didactic research.
In France and Western Switzerland, curricula texts at lower secondary level show some tensions between two purposes of sciences curricula: educate citizens on the one hand and teach specific scientific concepts on the other hand (Auteure1 et al., accepted). Moreover, these tensions are also reflected in the different purposes assigned to the school disciplines at lower secondary school. Whereas chemistry education seems oriented towards the teaching of specifics concepts and models (e.g., atoms, molecules, chemical equations), environmental issues tend to be taught in biology and geology only. However, chemistry is involved in environmental issues. Firstly, because it is historically connected with the industry (Bensaude-Vincent and Stengers, 2001), chemical products can potentially impact the environment. Secondly, because chemistry develops a range of models useful to analyse and understand environmental issues. Hence, chemistry as a school discipline has a role to play in understanding environmental issues (Martinand, 2016), but this role remains to be defined.
According to Chevallard (2004), the “co-disciplinary approach to a problem” (p. 8, our translation) consists in the balanced collaboration of the academic disciplines involved, oriented towards a shared goal: finding an answer. The carbon cycle is a common model in biology and geology: its structure in circle allows to connect human activities and their environmental consequences. From a chemical point of view, each arrow on the cycle could be modelized as a chemical reaction (photosynthesis, respiration, combustion, etc.) From our perspective, integration of the carbon cycle in a chemistry teaching could create the conditions for a co-disciplinarity approach. Thus, the following research questions are pursued: is the implementation of a co-disciplinarity approach possible in order to connect the chemical transformation and the global warming by using the carbon cycle? Which indications of this co-disciplinarity could be found in the teaching practices?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology

Four chemistry teachers participated to the study (two in each French-speaking context: Montpellier area in France, Geneva district in Western-Switzerland). The data were collected for two consecutive years. The first year, we video-recorded the “ordinary” teaching practices (Author2, 2023). The second year we suggested to the teachers to integrate the carbon cycle into their teaching of the chemical reaction. The resulting teaching was also video-recorded. Semi-directive interviews with the teachers and a few numbers of their students were conducted before (teachers) and after (teachers and students) each recording period. All these video data were transcribed.
In order to construct indications of co-disciplinarity in classroom interactions we draw on an epistemological analysis of knowledge involved: the chemical reaction (Kermen, 2018), the carbon cycle model (Orange et Orange, 1995; Labbe Espéret, 2002) and the global warming (Mohan et al., 2009; Zangori et al., 2017).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected Outcomes

From our perspective, a co-disciplinary approach seems to be the condition to study a complex question in science classroom such as the Anthropocene. Therefore, we aim to create this condition by implementing an environmental issue – the global warming, based on the carbon cycle - in chemistry lessons.
We expect to observe how chemistry’s specifics concepts – chemical reaction and the principle of conservation of the matter – deepen the understanding of global warming. This connection should involve an explicit relation between the models from different school subjects.
Furthermore, some specificities of the educational systems of the different countries could facilitate or imped the take-off of a co-disciplinarity approach in chemistry teaching. For example, Western-Swiss teachers use the same official textbooks in their daily practices, which makes it a very strong guiding tool for teachers’ practice. In France, teachers are free to choose any teaching aid. Therefore, they might feel freer to implement new ways of teaching chemistry.

References
References

Auteure1, Auteure2 et Auteur3. (accepté). Les enjeux de l’enseignement-apprentissage de la transformation chimique au secondaire I : regards croisés sur les textes curriculaires en Suisse romande et en France. Revue suisse des sciences de l’éducation.
Author2. (2023). Comparative Didactics. A Reconstructive Move from Subject Didactics in French-Speaking Educational Research. In Author2, K. Klette and J. Almqvist (dirs.), Didactics in Changing World, (pp.35-54). Springer.
Bensaude-Vincent, B., et Stengers, I. (2001). Histoire de la chimie. La découverte. https://doi.org/10.3917/dec.bensa.2001.01
Chevallard, Y. (2004). Vers une didactique de la codisciplinarité. Notes sur une nouvelle épistémologie scolaire. Communication présentée aux Journées de didactique comparée, 3-4 mai 2004, Lyon.
Kermen, I. (2018). Enseigner l’évolution des systèmes chimiques au lycée. Presses Universitaires de Rennes.
Labbe Espéret, C. (2002). Modélisation et conceptualisation : l'exemple du cycle du carbone [thèse de doctorat, Université de La Réunion].
Martinand, J. L. (2016). Défis et problèmes de l’éducation populaire au développement durable. Cahiers de l’action, (1), 25-33.
Mohan, L., Chen, J. and Anderson, C. W. (2009). Developing a multi-year learning progression for carbon cycling in socio-ecological systems. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 26(6), 675 698.
Morin, E. (1990). Introduction à la pensée complexe. Paris : ESF éditeur.
Orange, C. et Orange, D. (1995). Géologie et biologie : Analyse de quelques liens épistémologiques et didactiques. Aster, (21), 2749.
Schubauer-Leoni, M.-L., et Leutenegger, F. (2002). Expliquer et comprendre dans une approche clinique/expérimentale du didactique ordinaire. In M. Saada-Robert et F. Leutenegger (dirs.), Expliquer et comprendre en sciences de l’éducation, (pp.227-251). DeBoeck Université.
Zangori, L., Peel, A., Kinslow, A., Friedrichsen, P. and Sadler, T. (2017). Student Development of Model-Based Reasoning About Carbon Cycling and Climate Change in Socio-Scientific Issues Unit. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 54(10), 1249 1273.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Teachers’ Development of School Science Practices through the Incorporation of Socioscientific Issues

Ulrika Bossér

Linnaeus University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Bossér, Ulrika

In contemporary societies citizens are increasingly confronted with pressing societal issues with connections to science, termed socioscientific issues, SSI (Ratcliffe & Grace, 2003). It is therefore argued that an important aim of science education is that all students acquire knowledge, skills and intellectual attitudes useful for dealing with SSI that they may encounter in daily life and for engaging in civic reasoning and discourse about such issues (OECD, 2018; Lee, White & Dong, 2021). This broad objective for science education is often referred to as scientific literacy (Roberts & Bybee, 2014). To foster students’ scientific literacy, it has been suggested that SSI be incorporated into science curricula, providing opportunities for students to explore both knowledge and values at stake in the context of current issues, by means of student-centred classroom practices involving discourse-based activities (Zeidler, 2014). However, the incorporation of SSI as contexts for teaching studying and learning may require a transformation of prevailing approaches to science teaching, typically characterized by transmissive pedagogy and a focus on students’ learning of content knowledge and training of practical skills (Lundqvist & Sund, 2018; Lyons, 2006), placing new demands on teachers and students. Teachers may have to expand their traditional role as conveyors of scientific knowledge, while students will have to learn to deal with the insecurity associated with value-laden issues that lack a single clear-cut answer. Despite calls for fostering students’ scientific literacy to deal with SSI, the products and methods of science is also still foregrounded in contemporary science curricula in many countries as well as in international standardized assessments (Marty et al., 2018; Roberts & Bybee, 2014). For teachers who aspire to incorporate SSI into their teaching, the process will thus be conditioned by their professional skills, traditions, national curricula, and diverse expectations.

Although there is an increasing interest in teachers’ professional development associated with incorporating SSI into science teaching, research in the field is still scarce. There is thus a need for more research that focuses on teachers’ considerations, decisions, and actions in relation to the incorporation of SSI to provide in-depth understanding of how teaching can be developed to foster students’ scientific literacy and how teachers can be supported in this process (Chen & Xiao, 2021; Friedrichsen et al., 2020).

This study explores the process by which two science teachers incorporate SSI into their teaching for the promotion of students’ scientific literacy, to identify how the teachers negotiate, reconsider, and develop teaching practices within the prevailing conditions. Through the framework of didactics, that enables reflection on educational questions concerning purpose, objective, content, and methods (Hudson, 2002), the study aims at providing knowledge about how teaching can be developed to incorporate SSI and the conditions for this development. Didactics understands teaching as framed by societal goals, the curriculum, teaching traditions, and teachers’ and students’ knowledge and intentions. In this respect, it contains a critical element which implies “reflection on relations between school and instruction on the one hand (their goals, contents, forms of organization and methods) and social conditions and processes on the other” (Klafki, 1995, p. 14).

In the analysis of teaching, the relations between teacher, student(s) and subject matter are essential to consider, as is also the context of the school and the wider society within which the situation is situated (Hudson & Meyer, 2011). Using these relations as a starting point, the study seeks to answer the following research questions:
What dimensions of teaching-studying-learning situations do the teachers strive to develop?
What conditions facilitate or impede this development?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The setting of this study was the subject “Science Studies” in the Swedish upper secondary school. Science Studies is compulsory for students who do not specialize in science or technology. The subject covers aspects of sustainable development, human sexuality and relationships, individual health and lifestyle, and biotechnology and its implications. Some of its aims are that the students “develop an understanding of how scientific knowledge can be used in both professional life and everyday situations”, and that students are enabled “to make personal choices and form their views”. By taking part in discussions on societal issues, students should get opportunities to develop their science knowledge “to be able to meet, understand and influence their own contemporary conditions” (Skolverket, 2011, p. 1).

The study involved two science teachers that were interested in incorporating SSI into teaching for the promotion of students’ scientific literacy. They participated in an action research project in collaboration with an educational researcher, who acted as a critical friend throughout the project. The research process involved cycles of planning, acting, observing and reflecting to evaluate the effects of action (Cohen et al., 2018). The teachers made an initial overall plan for four teaching units that were to be implemented and evaluated over the course of a school year. Each unit corresponded to a cycle in the action research process. Throughout the project, the teachers regularly observed each other’s lessons. They made field-notes during observations and wrote records of lessons they taught themselves, comprising notes about actions, observations, interpretations, feelings, and evaluations, as recommended by Kemmis et al. (2014). This documentation formed the basis for collaborative inquiry and reflection during regular meetings between the teachers and the researcher. During these meetings, the teachers reconsidered decisions and teaching strategies and readjusted their planning. The teachers were invited to participate in accordance with Swedish ethical guidelines for social science research (Swedish Research Council, 2017).  

The teachers’ written records of lessons, their field-notes of observations, and transcripts of recorded meetings between the teachers and the researcher were analysed. Based on the framework of didactics, initial codes were generated by identifying segments of data that concerned relations between teacher, student(s), and subject matter, as well as conditions for teaching studying and learning that were addressed by the teachers. Subsequently, commonalities or distinguishing features between initial codes were explored inductively to construct final themes (Robson, 2016).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From the teachers’ reflections, it could be concluded that subject matter relevant to the negotiation of SSI should be introduced on a need-to-know basis in relation to students’ interest and questions, rather than completely determined beforehand. Scientific products in terms of core scientific facts and principles, as well as knowledge and skills regarding scientific processes were introduced and dealt with in teaching, alongside generic skills such as critical thinking and evidence-based argumentation. They strived to facilitate and make arrangements for students’ studying and engagement with SSI by developing strategies to support students’ ability to ask questions and explore diverse perspectives on issues. At the same time, the teachers developed strategies to support students’ understanding of core scientific facts and principles and their ability to apply scientific knowledge in the exploration of SSI. Throughout this process, their collaborative inquiry and reflection facilitated transformation of practices.

As regard teacher-student relationships, the teachers struggled throughout the project to support students’ independence and confidence in their own abilities, to facilitate their adaption to new demands and expectations. Students’ previous school science experiences, that promoted students’ reproduction of knowledge, seemed to impede the development of new teaching-studying-learning practices. Another impediment was a perceived lack of consensus among the teachers of the school regarding the value of supporting students' exploration of issues and not just their products and achievements.

In the presentation, the results will be discussed in relation to teachers' professional skills, teaching traditions and national curricula.

References
Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in education. Abingdon: Routledge.
Friedrichsen, P. J., Ke, L., Sadler, T. D., & Zangori, L. (2021). Enacting co-designed socio-scientific issues-based curriculum units: a case of secondary science teacher learning. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 32(1), 85-106.
Hudson, B. (2002). Holding complexity and searching for meaning: teaching as reflective practice. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 34(1), 43-57.
Hudson, B., & Meyer, M. A. (2011). Introduction: Finding common ground beyond fragmentation. In B. Hudson & M. A. Meyer (Eds.), Beyond Fragmentation: Didactics, Learning and Teaching in Europe, 9-28. Barbara Budrich Publishers.
Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon, R. (2014). The action research planner. Doing critical participatory action research. Springer.
Klafki, W. (1995). Didactic analysis as the core of preparation of instruction (Didaktische Analyse as Kern der Unterrichtsvorbereitung). Journal of Curriculum Studies, 27(1), 13-30.
Lee, C. D., White, G., & Dong, D. (Eds.). (2021). Educating for Civic Reasoning and Discourse. National Academy of Education.
Lundqvist, E., & Sund, P. (2018). Selective traditions in group discussions: teachers’ views about good science and the possible obstacles when encountering a new topic. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 13(2), 353-370.
Lyons, T. (2006). Different countries, same science classes: students' experiences of school science in their own words. International Journal of Science Education, 28(6), 591-613.
Marty, L., Venturini, P., & Almqvist, J. (2018). Teaching traditions in science education in Switzerland, Sweden and France: A comparative analysis of three curricula. European Educational Research Journal, 17(1), 51-70.
OECD. (2018). The future of education and skills: Education 2030. OECD.
Ratcliffe, M., & Grace, M. (2003). Science education for citizenship: Teaching socio-scientific issues. Open University Press.
Roberts, D. A., & Bybee, R. W. (2014). Scientific literacy, science literacy, and science education. In N. G. Lederman & S. K. Abell (Eds.), Handbook of research on science education (Vol. 2, pp. 545-558). Routledge.
Robson, C. (2016). Real world research: A resource for users of social research methods in applied settings (4th ed.). Wiley.
Skolverket. (2011). Subject syllabus for the subject Science Studies.Skolverket [Swedish National Agency for Education].
Swedish Research Council. (2017). Good research practice. Swedish Research Council.
Zeidler, D. L. (2014). Socioscientific issues as a curriculum emphasis: Theory, research, and practice. In N. G. Lederman & S. K. Abell (Eds.), Handbook of research on science education (Vol. 2, pp. 697-726). Routledge.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Developing a Taste for Science in Primary School

Per Anderhag1, Cecilia Caiman1, Anna Jeppsson2, Pia Larsson3, Magnus Nilsson2, Per-Olof Wickman1

1Stockholm university, Sweden; 2Education and Administration, City of Stockholm, Sweden; 3Education and Administration, Nacka Municipality, Sweden

Presenting Author: Anderhag, Per

In this study we report findings on how the development of taste for science among primary school students (Year 2, ages 7-8) can be supported by fine-tuned adjustments in teaching. The concept of taste for science was originally developed as a proxy for student interest, treating the aesthetic and normative aspects of science learning as intertwined and as constituted in action (author et al., 2015a). Distinctions of taste not only concern what the individual knows and feels about science, for example, what constitutes a beautiful observation chart in biology class or whether students consider themselves to be science persons or not, they are also open for others to evaluate and judge (author, 2006).

Taste in general (Bourdieu, 1984; Dewey, 1934/1980) and taste for science thus is socially constituted and learnt and strongly associated with home background (author et al., 2013). Students with an academic background have been shown to be more likely to enter school with a taste for science that will be recognized and therefore more likely to be further cultivated (ibid). It is also well established that some students feel alienated to science and claim that it is not for them, even if they perform well in science (e.g. Archer et al., 2010). Thus teaching has an important compensatory role in supporting students developing a taste for science as taught in school and ultimately making more students feel that they are included in, rather than excluded from, the practices of their science classes.

Regardless of home background, students' interest in and identification with science show a clear decline at the transition between primary and lower secondary school (Potvin & Hasni, 2014) and there is a call for studies exploring how continuity between different school stages can come about through teaching and so potentially establish a more enduring interest in science (Potvin & Hasni, 2014). This is also the aim of this study, namely, to explore the role of teaching for student learning and taste development in science. In previous studies at the lower secondary school level we have shown how teaching can support students in developing a taste, as evident by how they make and aesthetically evaluate distinctions regarding language use, procedures, and ways-to-be in the science classroom (author el al., 2015b). Here we are interested in the younger students, and we ask: How can teaching support primary school students’ taste for science?

The study is part of a larger project in which we, teachers and researchers, collaborate in developing teaching for supporting communicative processes in the science classroom. The aim of the project is to develop didactic models for classroom communication, making them useful for teaching primary science particularly for second-language learners with non-academic backgrounds. Author 3 and Author 5 are the teachers of the students participating in the project. The two schools are located in suburbs of Stockholm, Sweden, where the students mainly have non-academic backgrounds and are second-language learners.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data was collected through an iterative process following the first two phases of didactic modelling (author, et al., 2018). In the first phase, extraction, we used didactic theory combined with the professional knowledge of the participating teachers to identify aspects of existing teaching that could be adjusted to increase student communication. In the next step, didactic models were used to plan teaching activities that could address the aspects identified. In the second phase, mangling, the adjustments were tested in a new lesson so providing an opportunity to evaluate the utility of the model used. In the third and final phase, exemplification, concrete examples that are conceptualized according to the model will be produced, thus providing teachers with examples on how the model can be used. The project is conducted in the context of the Swedish school development programme Naturvetenskap och Teknik för Alla (NTA)/Science and Technology for All. NTA provides teachers with a curriculum for conducting a series of inquiry lessons as parts of various science units. These NTA lessons with accompanying materials have been the context of the interventions.

The data for the present study come from one of the schools where the participating students (year 2, ages 7-8) made a practical on categorization and one on fair testing. The students worked in groups of two or three, video-and audio data were collected and transcribed verbatim. The categorization lesson was the first lesson within the project and the teacher taught according to the teacher instructions of the NTA-material. The students were supposed to plan together how the characteristics of two different materials (a brass button and a blue colored sponge) could be examined and described (e.g., what form and color it had, whether it floated or not). The whole team analyzed the transcripts to combine teachers’ professional knowledge and didactic models to see how the development of students’ taste was supported. The whole team also planned lesson two, where the students were supposed to adopt a fair test to investigate which of four liquids that flowed the fastest (had the lowest viscosity). We followed the teacher instruction of the NTA material and made changes grounded in the didactic models of taste (author et al., 2015a), dialogic conversations (Lemke, 1990), and group and whole class conversations (Gonzáles-Howard & McNeill, 2016), that we thought could support the development of student taste and communication in planning and carrying out the fair test.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the first lesson showed that the students did not talk much and showed little engagement in their investigations suggesting that they had relatively little experiences of joint discussions, which were also lifted by the teachers. A taste analysis also demonstrated that the purpose of the task actually did not encourage student talk. We therefore decided to adjust how the purpose of the next lesson on fair testing could be designed. The adjustments had the ambition of making the purpose of “Plan and conduct a fair test to investigate which of the liquids that flows fastest” potentially understandable and meaningful and so possible for the students to act upon. The adjustments were (1) using an analogy of fair competition in sports, a well-known activity rooted in the young learners experiences, when introducing fair testing, (2) making students suggestions of variables of a fair competition in sports continuous with the critical variables in the investigation, and (3) having the student groups investigate two liquids each, rather than all four, in order to create a need for sharing and discussing their results. Important aspects of developing taste were observed in lesson two: aesthetic moments of joy and humor, the use of introduced science concepts, everyday experiences addressing the purpose of the activity, and distinctions on ways to proceed for conducting a fair test. Analogies thus had the potential of helping young learners to make every-day experiences continuous with the science content and thus supporting the transformation of an everyday taste to a more science oriented one. To avoid the risk of “just” becoming a fun activity in general, the didactic model on signs of taste (author et al., 2015a) made it possible to continuously check that learning processes and taste development were directed towards the scientific purpose of the activity.
References
Archer, L., DeWitt, J., Osborne, J., Dillon, J., Willis, B., & Wong, B. (2010). “Doing” science versus “being” a scientist: Examining 10/11‐year‐old schoolchildren's constructions of science through the lens of identity. Science Education, 94(4), 617-639.
author, 2006
author et al., 2015a
author el al., 2015b
author, et al., 2018
Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: a social critique of the judgement of taste. London: Routledge.
Dewey, J. (1934/1980). Art as experience. New York: Perigee Books.
Gonzales-Howard, M. & McNeill, K. L. (2016). Learning in a community of practice: Factors impacting English-learning students’ engagement in scientific argumentation. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 53(4), 527–553.
Lemke, J. L. (1990). Talking science: language, learning and values. Norwood, New Jersey: Ablex Publishing Corporation.
Potvin, P., & Hasni, A. (2014). Interest, motivation and attitude towards science and technology at K-12 levels: a systematic review of 12 years of educational research. Studies in science education, 50(1), 85-129.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm27 SES 11 B: Diversity and the Science and Mathematics Classroom
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Anke Wegner
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Exploring Teachers’ Perceptions towards Inclusive Values for Implementing Differentiated Instruction in Science Lessons

Banu Kurkutova

Nazarbayev Intellectual school, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Kurkutova, Banu

Secondary teachers in Kazakhstan have pursued the realization of the Updated Curriculum since 2016 reform. The updated programme requires teachers to teach innovative content and differentiate it to meet the needs of every learner. The most widely-accepted definition of differentiated instruction (DI) belongs to Tomlinson (2017). DI is a way of teaching to reach diverse learners who have diverse needs and employ a variety of ways to engage them sin learning. Being aware of the students’ learning needs will prompt teacher’s instructional practices (Heacox, 2012). There is a variety of differentiated instruction models which mainly focus on differentiating the learning content, process and products (Tomlinson, 2000). Interestingly, Kazakhstani teachers tend to associate DI with the levels of task complexity, however, the discussed approach may provide a great variety of tools (Makoelle, 2020). An explanation for that may lie in the methodological recommendations from the National Academy of Education which monitored the implementation of the new curriculum and as a result issued recommendations. They recommend using levelled assignments from simple to advanced. The methodological recommendation state that Via DI teachers aim to include every learner in the process which makes the education process inclusive and is built on inclusive values. The spread of inclusive education philosophy has become a pushing factor to devise the principles of differentiated instruction and strategies of differentiated learning. Inclusive values are also among universal human values (UN General Assembly, 1948) that guarantee non-discrimination towards human nature. Further on, Booth and Ainscow (2016) underpin the significance of values in achieving school improvement as its driving force and name them “deep-seated beliefs” indicating their profound connection with human actions to create inclusive culture (p.11). They also conceptualized crucial inclusive values for education such as equity and equality, respect, community and collaboration, sustainability, participation and support. As teachers are more involved in the professional development paths and communities in their schools, they tend to welcome inclusive values and practices in such countries as the USA, Canada, Finland, Australia, India etc

The research explored how Kazakhstani teachers translated inclusive values in science classes to meet learners’ individual needs and constructed the link between values and pedagogy to respond to student diversity. Equity and equality are considered to be change-making values in the development of the inclusive school environment. The principles of equity in inclusive education regard the access to education, provision of quality conditions, such as space and pedagogies to enhance students’ growth and achieve more social justice in the society (UNESCO, 2017). Inclusive schools relate diversity to a wider range of human characteristics than merely ability, which means gender, age, culture, ethnicity, socio-economic background and religion. (Ainscow, 2007). Booth and Ainscow (2016) consider all kinds of support to be well-planned when peers learn from each other. And school support policy should embrace not only interaction among children, but also among teacher community to make sure they plan, teach and reflect collaboratively.

The main research question is: what are teachers’ perceptions towards inclusive values for implementing differentiated instruction in science lessons? Sub-questions:

What are science teachers’ perceptions towards inclusive vales in education?

What are science teachers’ perceptions towards DI?

What DI strategies are used for translating inclusive values in science classes?

What challenges do teachers face in DI implementation?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this mixed-method study, quantitative data was collected from online survey of science teachers modified from the Differentiated Instruction Survey (Whipple, 2012). The survey aimed at collecting teachers’ perceptions towards inclusive values that enable teachers differentiate instruction in science lessons. The survey was conducted via Qualtrics. This ensured the immediate collection of participants’ responses to a site protected by a firewall.  Qualitative data was gained from lesson observations based on the observation protocol “Inclusive Classroom Observation Tool” (Morningstar & Shogren, 2013). The purpose of it was to get more of explanation of the teacher’s perceptions and experiences, reasons and interpretations towards differentiating learning. The Inclusive Classroom Observation Tool (Morningstar & Shogren, 2013) was adapted and utilised for the evidence of classroom practices, including strategies and approaches to ensure participation and support of every student. Pre and post observation, semi-structured interviews provided context-specific data. Interviews enabled for the collection of in-depth rich data to align with the results of the survey and observations and might identify new issues related to the subject of the study. The researcher interviewed the participants after the lesson observations.  Semi-structured interviews with three science teachers were manually transcribed, coded and analyzed for major themes.Field notes from lesson observations were manually analyzed. Qualtrics data management  was applied to the responses in teacher survey. Data analysis began with the analysis of quantitative data, i.e. questionnaire’s results. Qualtrics data management and statistical analysis were employed for approaching survey responses. They allowed for identifying significant patterns in teachers’ perceptions. The observations of classrooms in a new site yielded valuable data if conducted systematically. Observational schedule was be created.
The interviews were manually transcribed followed by the translation into English and further manually coded and analyzed for major themes. Then categories were closely analyzed to answer the main research question.
Linear Regression analysis was used to correlate teachers’ perceptions towards inclusive values and teachers’ implementation of DI. The linear regression analysis was carried out to identify the correlation between independent variable X and dependent variable Y. Teachers’ perceptions towards inclusive values was considered the independent variable X while teachers’ implementation of differentiated instruction was considered the dependent variable Y.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Science teachers are aware of the importance of such values as respect for diversity, participation, collaboration, uniqueness, support, encouragement and trust that appear to underlie differentiated instruction to meet the needs of every learner in mixed-ability classes. Two most used strategies for differentiating content were utilizing a variety of assessment tasks and learning materials. Most preferred strategies to differentiate process science teachers said they provide children with choice for learning strategies and grouping students in view of their readiness, interest and preferences. For differentiating by product science teachers opted for connecting the outcome with child interest and providing multiple modes of expression. Another key finding, teachers who place greater importance on inclusive values, tend to implement differentiated instruction more frequently.
The results of the interviews with three science teachers partly supported the survey findings that teachers attempt to differentiate their instruction.  Observational data exposed certain mismatch between what teachers told and what they experienced when teaching.  
The research revealed that teachers find value in inclusion and feel it is important to meet the needs of diverse students and they see that differentiated instruction is a suitable approach to translate these values. However, teachers need to increase their competence in differentiated instruction strategies since they maintain traditional teacher-centred instruction formats in the classroom instead of using differentiated instruction to meet all their students’ needs.
Challenges from the findings might deter realization of equity and equality, participation and collaboration, respect for diversity and trust in school education. The study implications provided insights into the necessity of PD training and workshops on differentiated instruction for teachers that might be crucial for the  local bodies of education and school administrations.This research is relevant for other scholars whose inquiries lie in the field of inclusive education and differentiated instruction to identify their future research topics.

References
Ainscow, M. (2007). Taking an inclusive turn. Journal of research in special educational needs, 7(1), 3-7.
Assembly, U. G. (1948). Universal declaration of human rights. UN General Assembly, 302(2), 14-25.  Retrieved November 18, 2021, from     Universal Declaration of Human Rights | United Nations
Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2016). The index for inclusion: A guide to school development led  by inclusive values. Index for Inclusion Network.
Heacox, D. (2012). Differentiating instruction in the regular classroom: How to reach and teach  all learners (Updated anniversary edition). Free Spirit Publishing.
Makoelle, T. M. (2020). Schools’ transition toward inclusive education in post-Soviet countries:     Selected cases in Kazakhstan. Sage Open.
Morningstar, M. E., Shogren, K. A., Lee, H., & Born, K. (2015). Preliminary lessons about    supporting participation and learning in inclusive classrooms. Research and Practice for  Persons with Severe Disabilities, 40(3), 192-210.
Tomlinson, C. A. (2000). The differentiated classroom: Responding to the needs of all learners.    ASCD.
Tomlinson, C. A. (2017). How to differentiate instruction in academically diverse classrooms.   ASCD.
UNESCO. (2017).  A Guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education; 2017 (inclusiveeducation.ca)
Whipple, K. A. (2012). Differentiated instruction: A survey study of teacher understanding and      implementation in a southeast Massachusetts school district (Doctoral dissertation,   Northeastern University).


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Examining L2 Textbook Content for Newly Arrived Middle School Students in Sweden: an Analysis of Content and Beliefs

Katerina Kuksa

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Kuksa, Katerina

This research is a subset of a broader doctoral study examining conditions for education in second language education in Sweden. The first study examines teachers’ beliefs about teaching newly arrived students Swedish in middle school (Kuksa et. al, 2021) and the second study analyzes the content of L2 textbooks for newly arrived middle school students, as textbooks play a crucial role in shaping learning conditions, language development, and integration into Swedish society. This presentation is about the second study and the aim is to examine how the language development and needs of newly arrived middle school students are addressed in L2 textbooks by answering the following questions: a) What are the characteristics of the textbook content and tasks? b) Are certain reader constructs present in the textbooks, and if so, how can these be described? c) Do the textbooks reflect different beliefs about the Swedish as a Second language as a schoolsubject and if so, in what ways?

Previous studies have highlighted that the primary challenge in teaching newly arrived students is to develop a functional language through ability to speak and understand in daily life, while also building their proficiency in academic language (Cummins, 2000). Textbooks can be a useful resource in language education for, but the lack of resources and skills among teachers to provide explicit language instruction can result in an over-reliance on textbooks. However, L2 textbooks do not always align with the findings of successful second language development as identified by L2 research (Tomlinson, 2017) due to a lack of communication between theorists and practitioners and the use of specialized terminology in publications not accessible to teachers and textbook authors. This results in L2 textbooks providing plenty of activities like filling in blank spaces, transforming sentences, and practicing language under strict guidance. Often they do not provide opportunities to use the language in interactive, communicative activities that would encourage students to express their opinions and intentions (ref?).

The study draws on UNESCO's Agenda 2030, which places a strong emphasis on high-quality education for all as a key aspect in achieving a sustainable society. The theoretical point of departure for this study is Vygotsky's theory of the Zone of Proximal Development (ZDP) combined with the idea of the model reader as proposed by Eco (1979), which posits that the meaning of a text is not only determined by the author, but also by the reader and the context in which the text is read. The model reader is a hypothetical reader who is able to understand the text fully without any misinterpretations or ambiguities and is assumed to have all the necessary background knowledge, cultural references, and linguistic skills. According to Eco, every written text requires the author to create a mental image of the intended reader, which the author subsequently addresses through various linguistic strategies. This means that a textbook has certain expectations of its reader and assumes certain experiences, abilities, and prior knowledge of the intended reader. Relating this to Vygotsky's thoughts on ZPD, it could be argued that the ZPD of the intended model reader should be addressed in teaching materials in order to achieve successful L2 development.

A point of departure is also that all teaching materials convey a certain understanding of knowledge, students, and subject, and through the selection of content and the design of tasks, the Swedish language instruction for newly arrived students is conditioned. The concept of school subject perception, (p. x) or paradigm (as described by Malmgren, 1996), is used to explore how the content, intended readers, and task characteristics are represented in these materials.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study has both qualitative and quantitative elements and focuses on printed textbooks in Swedish or Swedish as a second language that are specifically intended for newly arrived students in grades 4 to 6. The publication years range from 2011 to 2022. Five textbooks mached the criteria mentioned above: Fördel Sva för nyanlända 4-6 textbok/övningsbok (Sahlin & Stensson, 2016a, 2016b), Fördel start 4-6 (Fahlgren et.al. 2022), Entré elevbok A (Svensson 2016), Språkkraft svenska för nyanlända 4-6 (Ojala 2017), Språksart svenska som andraspråk: Svenska som andraspråk för nyanlända (Sandberg 2018).

 To answer the first research question, the number of texts, words, pages, and tasks in the textbooks was calculated, as well as the distribution of different topics and types of tasks. The number of words was calculated for running text and the number of gaps or lines that students are expected to fill in the tasks. Gaps refer to tasks that only require students to write one word or phrase in a pre-printed sentence or text, while lines refer to tasks that require students to formulate complete sentences or write a short text. The study does not include any analysis of the images in the textbooks.

The second research question is answered through a qualitative thematic analysis, using the concept of the model reader as proposed by Eco (1979). The analysis focuses on determining the prior knowledge and abilities required to understand the text or complete the task.
The third research question is answered by applying Malmgren's (1996) concept of subject perception. Qualitative thematic analysis is conducted by considering the interpretation of content (texts), the nature of the tasks, the intended students (model readers), and teaching within the students' Zone of Proximal Development (ZPD). This approach allows for an examination of how the texts and tasks provided in L2 textbooks condition the instruction of Swedish as a second language for newly arrived students in middle school.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results revealed a large variation in the content offered to students and in how the authors of the textbooks chose to structure it. The main focus was on the development of vocabulary and/or reading and writing of non-fiction texts. The textbooks placed a greater emphasis on reading and writing tasks and less on oral communicative skills or the reading of fiction, although it is a crucial aspect of the Swedish curriculum and helps students to develop critical thinking skills and an understanding of self-identity and existential questions in a wider sense.

The selection of topics and extent of grammatical exercises in the textbooks varied and seemed to be arbitrary. The texts and exercises often assumed varying levels of prior language skills in L2, ranging from everyday language skills to more advanced academic skills, as well as advanced reading and writing abilities in a language other than Swedish. This may make the material challenging for newly arrived students to access and understand, and challenge the students in the Zone of Proximal Development (ZPD).

The main categories of model readers identified were competent native speakers with proficient reading and writing skills in L1 who require genre-specific knowledge and basic vocabulary in Swedish, competent native speakers with developed proficient reading and writing skills in both L1 and Swedish who need genre-specific knowledge, competent native speakers with proficient reading and writing skills in L1 who require basic vocabulary in Swedish. These categories will be discussed further in the presentation together with the
foundings that Swedish as a second language is often perceived as a supportive subject for other school subjects, with limited content, which aligns with previous research that has identified the subject as being primarily used to support Swedish language teaching rather than as an independent subject with its own distinct curriculum.


References
References

Cummins, J. (2000). Language, power and pedagogy bilingual children in the crossfire. Clevedon [England]: Multilingual Matters.

Eco, U. (1979). The role of the reader: explorations in the semiotics of texts. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Kuksa, K., Lyngfelt, A. & Ljung Egeland, B. (2021). Svenskundervisning i språkligt heterogena klasser - lärares uppfattningar om språk och social hållbarhet. Forskning om undervisning och lärande, 9(3), 69–88.

Malmgren, L. (1996). Svenskundervisning i grundskolan. (2., [aktualiserade] uppl.) Lund: Studentlitteratur.

Tomlinson, B. (2017). SLA research and materials development for language learning

Выготский Л.С. (1984).  Проблемы детской (возрастной) психологии // Выготский Л.С. Собр. соч.: В 6 т. Т. 4. М. Москва: Педагогика.

Texbooks

Fahlgren, S., Fahlgren, P. & Lundgren, A. (2022). Fördel Start Sva för nyanlända åk 4-6 : ord och enkla fraser. (Första upplagans första tryckning). Stockholm: Natur & Kultur.

Ojala, T. (2017). Språkkraft: svenska för nyanlända. Åk 4-6. (Första upplagan). Malmö: Gleerups.


Sandberg, E. (2018). Språkstart svenska som andraspråk: svenska som andraspråk för nyanlända. (Första upplagan). Stockholm: Liber.

Stensson, H. & Sahlin, P. (2016a). Fördel: Sva för nyanlända. Åk 4-6 Textbok. (Första upplagans första tryckning). Stockholm: Natur & Kultur.
Stensson, H. & Sahlin, P. (2016b). Fördel: SVA för nyanlända. Åk 4-6 Övningsbok. (Första upplagans första tryckning). Stockholm: Natur & Kultur.

Svensson, Y. (2016). Entré Elevbok. A. (Första upplagan). Malmö: Gleerups.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Motivational Profiles of High-Achieving Students in the Science Classroom

Marie McGregor

The University of New South Wales, Australia

Presenting Author: McGregor, Marie

Motivation is a critical determinant in student outcomes, including achievements (Vansteenkiste et al., 2009), well-being (Gagne et al., 2015; Ryan & Deci, 2017), creativity, and learning (Vansteenkiste et al., 2009). It influences whether an individual embraces the opportunity to learn or resists (Siegle et al., 2017, 2018), sustains oneself through failures or abandons the task (Subotnik et al., 2011) and reaches their potential or falls short (Siegle et al., 2017). It is a universal construct, meaning that it is essential for all students within the increasingly diverse classrooms that comprise schools today. Recent studies (e.g., Martin et al., 2017) suggest that no single motivation leads to substantial change and that different motivations relate in various ways to outcomes (e.g., well-being vs. ill-being [Ryan & Deci, 2017], creativity vs. uninspired thinking [Csikszentmihalyi et al., 2018], and vitality vs. fragmentation [Orsini et al., 2018]). This variation in student outcomes implies that educators must be familiar with various motivational constructs (Worrell, 2018) to develop adaptive motivational patterns in students. In other words, more motivation is not necessarily better if the motivation is poor quality and associated with detrimental outcomes (e.g., cheating, stress).

Additionally, it is essential to understand the combined effects of different types of motivation at the individual level (Litalien et al., 2019). For instance, self-determination theory posits that motivation comprises specific beliefs (interests, values, pressures, rewards) and a global self-determined motivation which may configure in ways to form patterns within individuals. Studies have examined motivational patterns (or profiles) across a range of contexts, including employment (Graves et al., 2015; Howard et al., 2021), university (Litalien et al., 2019), exercise (Lindwall et al., 2017) and school (Vansteenkiste et al., 2009). Findings suggest patterns of autonomous motivations (e.g., interests, values) are associated with better outcomes than controlled (e.g., ego, rewards, punishments) motivations. However, there is yet to be a clear answer on the benefits of a combined profile typified by autonomous and controlled motivations.

Additionally, most studies still need to integrate global and specific dimensions in research instead of focussing on specific motivations (i.e., interests, values, ego, rewards) at the expense of the global motivation (e.g., Corpus & Wormington, 2014) or vice versa (e.g., Ommundsen & Kvalø, 2007). An exception, Howard et al., (2021) simultaneously considered global and specific motivations and reported profiles that differed across each of these dimensions, with the global dimension representing the most influential factor in employee motivation. Thus, there remains a need to understand further the relative importance of global and specific motivations in characterising profiles and predicting student outcomes.

To the researcher’s knowledge, no studies have explored motivational profiles in a high-achieving population. Instead, there is an ipso facto assumption that high-achieving students are all highly motivated – a myth this study intends to address. Moreover, this study accounts for the dual nature of motivation proposed by self-determination theory to understand how high-achieving students differ quantitatively (global self-determination) and qualitatively (interest, value, ego, rewards). An area that remains unexplored. Surprisingly, few studies have explored motivational profiles at a domain-specific level (i.e., within a single subject), with most considering general motivations towards studying (e.g., Vansteenkiste et al., 2009) college (e.g., Litalien et al., 2019), or employment (e.g., Graves et al., 2015; Howard et al., 2021). Considering how motivational patterns are situated within a specific context is essential. One’s motivations towards science may differ from one’s motivations towards history, and this study intends to address this by investigating profiles within the context of science.

The following research questions emerged:

  • Which motivational profiles emerge in high-achieving students?
  • How do perceptions of the climate of the classroom predict motivational profiles?
  • How do motivational profiles predict student engagement?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study used a cross-sectional, non-experimental design to collect survey data from 414 high-achieving students in Years 9 and 10. Relevant ethical approval was obtained from the New South Wales Department of Education and the University of New South Wales, Australia (HREC210175). All survey responses were anonymous to protect student confidentiality. Based on their relevance to the research aims and psychometric rigour, three existing scales were collectively used to develop the survey. These included the Comprehensive Relative Autonomy Index (CRAI; Sheldon et al., 2017), the Teacher as Social Context (classroom climate; Belmont et al., 1992), and the Math and Science Engagement Scale (engagement, Wang et al., 2016).
First, preliminary analyses were conducted to ensure the data were in a suitable numerical format, cleaned, described, and met distributional assumptions for subsequent analyses (e.g., assumptions of normality). Next, bifactor-ESEM was conducted to evaluate the dimensionality of student responses to the C-RAI. This involved estimating and comparing several measurement models to explore possible sources of multidimensionality in data (e.g., confirmatory factor model vs. exploratory structural equation model vs. bifactor confirmatory model vs. bifactor exploratory model). Selection of the final measurement model involved an examination of fit indices, a detailed inspection of the parameter estimates (i.e., factor correlations, cross-loadings, the definition of factors) and a reflection of the theoretical conformity of each model (e.g., Guay et al., 2015; Howard et al., 2018; Litalien et al., 2017; Marsh et al., 2009; Morin et al., 2016).
Finally, latent variable modelling was used to model heterogeneity in the population. Motivation factor scores from the bifactor-ESEM model were used as latent profile indicators to provide partial control for measurement error (Diallo et al., 2016; Peugh & Fan, 2013) to define profiles by global self-determination, intrinsic motivation, identified regulation, introjection approach, introjection avoidance, and external regulation. To select the best fitting model, statistical criteria (e.g., AIC, BIC, CAIC, LMR, BLRT, entropy, posterior probabilities; Nylund-Gibson et al., 2007; Nylund-Gibson & Choi, 2018) were evaluated alongside the substantive meaning and theoretical interpretability of the profiles (Bauer & Curran, 2004; Marsh et al., 2009; Muthén, 2003; Nylund-Gibson et al., 2019). The manual three-step procedure was used to explore how perceptions of the climate of the classroom predicted membership into profiles and how profiles subsequently predicted student engagement in class.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Four motivational profiles emerged, characterised by unique patterns of specific motivations and global self-determination. This suggested that important motivational information would be lost if one were to consider student motivation only in quantitative (i.e., how much motivation) or qualitative (i.e., which type of motivation) terms or view students as motivationally homogenous. Global self-determination (b = .67, p <.05) and intrinsic motivation (b = .11, p <.05) were powerful predictors of engagement. However, contrary to SDT expectations, introjection approach partnered with autonomous motivations and was a positive predictor of engagement (b = .16, p <.05). Thus, for high-achieving students, the desire to boost one’s ego, feel proud, and experience a sense of accomplishment was a positive motivational driver. This implies that motivational dynamics may be more important than considering motivations in isolation, as it is possible that introjection approach was adaptive only when coupled with high self-determination.
Results supported the benefits of autonomy-supportive teaching (structure, autonomy, involvement) in predicting adaptive motivations and engagement in science. Thus, autonomy-supportive teaching holds much promise. Research has supported the global relevance of teacher professional learning in autonomy-supportive practices to incorporate culturally-informed, responsive, sensitive, and relevant education for all learners (Reeve & Cheon, 2021).
Findings challenged theory by illustrating the distinction between approach and avoidance forms of introjected regulation in the analyses (e.g., motivation to boost vs. motivation to protect one’s ego). Thus, there may be a need to re-evaluate the SDT continuum and the motivations that comprise it and examine under which circumstances students endorse the more maladaptive avoidance form of introjection as opposed to introjection approach.
This investigation's methodological contribution relates to a thorough evaluation of the dimensionality of motivation before estimating profiles in person-centred analyses. This is important to achieve greater clarity and accuracy in understanding the structure of motivation (variable-centred) and within-person dynamics of motivation (person-centred; Morin et al., 2016). The findings make visible the motivational diversity within classrooms to challenge assumptions of homogeneity and understand the complex dynamics at the person-centred level –relevant to all educators who wish to use motivational diversity as a starting point for effective curriculum design for all learners.

References
Belmont, M., Skinner, E., Wellborn, J., & Connell, J. (1992). Teacher as Social Context: A measure of student perceptions of teacher provision of involvement, structure, and autonomy support.
Diallo, T. M. O., Morin, A. J. S., & Lu, H. Z. (2016). Impact of misspecifications of the latent variance–covariance and residual matrices on the class enumeration accuracy of growth mixture models. Structural Equation Modeling, 23(4), 507–531. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705511.2016.1169188
Lindwall, M., Ivarsson, A., Weman-Josefsson, K., Jonsson, L., Ntoumanis, N., Patrick, H., Thøgersen-Ntoumani, C., Markland, D., & Teixeira, P. (2017). Stirring the motivational soup: within-person latent profiles of motivation in exercise. International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 14(1), 4. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12966-017-0464-4
Litalien, D., Gillet, N., Gagné, M., Ratelle, C. F., & Morin, A. J. S. (2019). Self-determined motivation profiles among undergraduate students: A robust test of profile similarity as a function of gender and age. Learning and Individual Differences, 70(January), 39–52. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2019.01.005
Marsh, H., Lüdtke, O., Trautwein, U., & Morin, A. J. S. (2009). Classical latent profile analysis of academic self-concept dimensions: Synergy of person- and variable-centered approaches to theoretical models of self-concept. In Structural Equation Modeling (Vol. 16, Issue 2). https://doi.org/10.1080/10705510902751010
Martin, A. J., Ginns, P., & Papworth, B. (2017). Motivation and engagement: Same or different? Does it matter? Learning and Individual Differences, 55, 150–162. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2017.03.013
Morin, A. J. S., Boudrias, J. S., Marsh, H., Madore, I., & Desrumaux, P. (2016). Further reflections on disentangling shape and level effects in person-centered analyses: An illustration exploring the dimensionality of psychological health. Structural Equation Modeling, 23(3), 438–454. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705511.2015.1116077
Muthén, B. (2003). Statistical and substantive checking in growth mixture modeling: Comment on Bauer and Curran (2003). Psychological Methods, 8(3), 369–377. https://doi.org/10.1037/1082-989X.8.3.369
Nylund-Gibson, K., Grimm, R. P., & Masyn, K. E. (2019). Prediction from latent classes: A demonstration of different approaches to include distal outcomes in mixture models. Structural Equation Modeling, 26(6), 967–985. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705511.2019.1590146
Peugh, J., & Fan, X. (2013). Modeling Unobserved Heterogeneity Using Latent Profile Analysis: A Monte Carlo Simulation. Structural Equation Modeling, 20(4), 616–639. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705511.2013.824780
Reeve, J., & Cheon, S. H. (2021). Autonomy-supportive teaching: Its malleability, benefits, and potential to improve educational practice. Educational Psychologist, 56(1), 54–77. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2020.1862657
Worrell, F. (2018). Motivation: A Critical Lever for Talent Development. In Talent Development as a Framework for Gifted Education. Implications for Best Practices and Applications in Schools. (pp. 253–281). Prufrock Press Inc.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Finding Patterns of Instructional Features Through A Latent Class Analysis

Jimmy Karlsson, Yvonne Liljekvist, Jorryt van Bommel

Karlstad University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Karlsson, Jimmy; van Bommel, Jorryt

This paper reports on an exploratory secondary analysis of classroom observations to inquire patterns of instructional features. These features are explored within and between lesson segments to reveal patterns of instruction, which could provide further knowledge on didactical aspects of teaching and on internal structures of lessons. Insights into these patterns can serve as grounds for further exploration, both between different specific subject contexts and also across different school subjects. The paper aims to answer the following research question: What is the relationship between instructional features within and between different lesson segments.

Observation systems focus on specific dimensions of teaching to deepen understanding and improve teaching (Bell et al., 2019). Although wording, conceptualisation and instrumentalization differ between frameworks, common dimensions include aspects such as instructional clarity, cognitive activation, discourse features and supportive climate (Klette et al., 2017),. Cognitive activation, a concept used in several frameworks (Bell et al., 2019; Klette et al., 2017; Praetorius & Charalambous, 2018), includes practices that “encourage students to engage in higher-level thinking” (Lipowsky et al., 2009, p. 529) by utilizing appropriately challenging tasks, activating previous knowledge and students are expected to explain and challenge their reasoning (Praetorius et al., 2014). Instructional clarity is related to explanation of subject matter and includes aspects of modelling strategies and ways of working (Bell et al., 2019; Klette et al., 2017; Praetorius & Charalambous, 2018). This can be included in the way that Cohen (2018, p. 324) conceptualise explicit instruction as practices that “makes learning processes overt and clear with detailed models, strategies, and examples of the skills students are expected to demonstrate”.

The dimension of cognitive activation and instructional clarity (or degree of explicit instruction) are of special interest for this paper as they are identified to be important aspects of teaching quality, and part of core processes within and across school subjects, and salient in several frameworks. Comparative as well as specific subject didactic research has identified commonalities and differences within and between subjects (Cohen, 2018; Praetorius et al., 2014; Tengberg et al., 2021) regarding these dimensions. For cognitive activation, Praetorius et al. (2014) identified challenges in measuring. They underline the importance of further understanding since cognitive activation might be different depending on the stage of the instructional sequence, or whether it is as the start or end of a lesson. Thus, it is of importance to further explore how instructional features are related within lessons.

The Linking Instruction and Student Achievement (LISA) project is based on the four dimensions previously mentioned as a perspective on instructional quality (Klette et al., 2017). In the LISA-project, instructional features in classrooms was observed and rated following the Protocol for Language Arts Teaching Observation (PLATO) protocol. PLATO revolves around four central domains which are divided into elements (see Grossman et al., 2014, 2015) of which the following are of interest for this paper: modelling (MOD), Strategy Use and Instruction (SUI), Feedback (FB), Intellectual Challenge (IC), Classroom Discourse (CD), Representations of Content (ROC), Connections to Prior Knowledge (CPK), Purpose (PUR). Additionally, the main instructional format was observed, distinguishing between whole class, group work, pair work and individual seat work. Cognitive Activation is mainly related to IC and CD whereas instructional clarity is related to MOD, SUI and ROC.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Latent class analysis (LCA) provides a probabilistic statistical approach to identify different subgroups, most often called classes, in observed data. The classes represent typologies that can help to understand similarities and differences across observations and variables (Weller et al., 2020). The latent classes stem from patterns in the observed data and class membership is estimated and given a probability (Sinha et al., 2021). This provides a novel approach to observation data which could identify groups of teaching segments and their corresponding characteristic instructional features. Thus, different types of segments can be characterised and aspects of cognitive activation and instructional clarity can be explored, together with other instructional features.

The data stems from the LISA project and a subsample from the Swedish cohort is selected for this analysis. In this sample, 127 mathematics lessons from 16 schools and 31 grade 7 classrooms were videotaped. Each lesson was divided into 15-minute segments giving a total of 403 segments. The average was 13 segments per classroom. Each segment was coded from 1 – 4 for each of the PLATO elements (see Tengberg et al., 2021).

For this study all analysis are performed with R (R Core Team, 2022) and the PoLCA package (Linzer & Lewis, 2011) following the method outlined by Oberski (2016) and Sinha et al. (2021).  

Codes with less than 10% observations are collapsed and grouped to the corresponding side of low (1-2) or high (3-4) end on the scale for that specific PLATO-element. The analysis is run for 1 class solution up to, and including, a 5-class solution. LCA analysis is performed 500 times to find global maximum log-likelihood and avoid local maximum.

Using Bayesian Information Criteria (BIC) and Akaike Information Criteria (AIC) two solutions possible for further inspection are identified, corresponding to 2 and 3 classes as solutions. The 3-class solution is further pursued as it offers a separation of characteristic PLATO-elements within and between the classes and is presented in the results section.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In conclusion, three different classes of lesson segments and their corresponding instructional features were identified.

The first identified class of segments (proportion = 0.363) was found to exhibit a high probability of incorporating instructional elements that received high ratings, including ROC, MOD, SUI. Additionally, this class was found to possess a higher probability of cognitive activation features mainly related to CD being rated on the higher end, with whole-class instruction as a dominant characteristic, compared to the other classes.

The second class (proportion = 0.325), was characterized by a high probability of individual seat work, with no clear distinction between low or high ratings in IC. However, this class exhibited a high probability of receiving high ratings in ROC and SUI, although lower compared to the first class. This class also had the highest probability of CD being rated as 1, as well as a high probability of MOD being rated as 2, which could indicate a situation where the teacher only addresses a few students.

Finally, the third class (proportion = 0.312) was found to possess a high probability of low-end ratings in MOD and SUI, as well as a high probability of low ratings in ROC. Characteristic for this class of segments was that the teacher was not actively employing instructional features, as identified by PLATO.

The elements of CPK, Feedback and Purpose did not exhibit distinctive patterns in terms of probabilities for low/high-end ratings across the classes. This result suggests that these elements may not be related to the instructional patterns of the three identified classes, but may warrant further exploration in future studies.

The results of the study provide valuable insights into the instructional patterns within  lessons which can be extended to other contexts and subjects.

References
Bell, C. A., Dobbelaer, M. J., Klette, K., & Visscher, A. (2019). Qualities of classroom observation systems. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 30(1), 3–29. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2018.1539014
Cohen, J. (2018). Practices that cross disciplines?: Revisiting explicit instruction in elementary mathematics and English language arts. Teaching and Teacher Education, 69, 324–335. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.10.021
Grossman, P., Cohen, J., Ronfeldt, M., & Brown, L. (2014). The Test Matters: The Relationship Between Classroom Observation Scores and Teacher Value Added on Multiple Types of Assessment. Educational Researcher, 43(6), 293–303. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X14544542
Grossman, P., Loeb, S., Cohen, J., & Wyckoff, J. (2015). Measure for Measure: The Relationship between Measures of Instructional Practice in Middle School English Language Arts and Teachers’ Value-Added Scores. American Journal of Education. https://doi.org/10.1086/669901
Klette, K., Blikstad-Balas, M., & Roe, A. (2017). Linking Instruction and Student Achievement. A research design for a new generation of classroom studies. Acta Didactica Norge, 11(3), Article 3. https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.4729
Linzer, D. A., & Lewis, J. B. (2011). poLCA: An R Package for Polytomous Variable Latent Class Analysis. Journal of Statistical Software, 42(10). https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v042.i10
Lipowsky, F., Rakoczy, K., Pauli, C., Drollinger-Vetter, B., Klieme, E., & Reusser, K. (2009). Quality of geometry instruction and its short-term impact on students’ understanding of the Pythagorean Theorem. Learning and Instruction, 19(6), 527–537. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2008.11.001
Oberski, D. (2016). Mixture Models: Latent Profile and Latent Class Analysis. In J. Robertson & M. Kaptein (Eds.), Modern Statistical Methods for HCI (pp. 275–287). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-26633-6_12
Praetorius, A.-K., & Charalambous, C. Y. (2018). Classroom observation frameworks for studying instructional quality: Looking back and looking forward. ZDM, 50(3), 535–553. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-018-0946-0
Praetorius, A.-K., Pauli, C., Reusser, K., Rakoczy, K., & Klieme, E. (2014). One lesson is all you need? Stability of instructional quality across lessons. Learning and Instruction, 31, 2–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2013.12.002
R Core Team. (2022). R: A language and environment for statistical computing [Manual]. https://www.R-project.org/
Sinha, P., Calfee, C. S., & Delucchi, K. L. (2021). Practitioner’s Guide to Latent Class Analysis: Methodological Considerations and Common Pitfalls. Critical Care Medicine, 49(1), e63–e79. https://doi.org/10.1097/CCM.0000000000004710
Tengberg, M., Bommel, J. van, Nilsberth, M., Walkert, M., & Nissen, A. (2021). The Quality of Instruction in Swedish Lower Secondary Language Arts and Mathematics. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 0(0), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2021.1910564
Weller, B. E., Bowen, N. K., & Faubert, S. J. (2020). Latent Class Analysis: A Guide to Best Practice. Journal of Black Psychology, 46(4), 287–311. https://doi.org/10.1177/0095798420930932
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm27 SES 11 C: Bildung, Powerful Knowledge and Didactic Transposition
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 607 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Matthias Martens
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

A Posthuman Theoretical Model for Bildung: A Key Step Towards Improving Teaching for Bildung (as Powerful Knowings).

Paul Clucas, Jesper Sjöström

Malmö University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Clucas, Paul

Situated in relation to the recent use of the construct Powerful Knowings in Scandinavian and German didaktik, this paper develops a posthuman theoretical model for Bildung based on a diffractive reading through of two contemporary works: Iain McGilchrist’s “The master and his emissary - The divided brain and the making of the Western world” (2007) and Karen Barad’s “Meeting the universe halfway - Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning” (2009). The model’s development is seen as a key step in a larger project oriented towards improving teaching for Bildung (as Knowings) in science and technology education, but also, in relation to this, in opening for empirical investigations of both Bildung-oriented teacher praxis and student outcomes. In this way the model’s development may be of valuable importance with regard to with fundamental questions of Scandinavian and German didaktik (What is important to learn? How should it be taught, and Why?), as well the question of what Bildung and didaktik might mean for us in today’s increasingly complex societies.

As part of a response to the loss of a content discourse within educational research (see for example Biesta, 2009), as well as a need of a reorientation in school towards navigating today’s complexity and challenges stemming from the issues of socio-ecojustice and human impacts on the systems of the Earth, there is interest in science education research in the use of the construct Powerful Knowings (e.g. Carlgren, 2020; Yavuzkaya, Clucas and Sjöström, 2022). A question requiring further exploration in this regard is how science and technology educators (at all school levels) can more purposefully teach for Knowings in their science and technology teaching.

Powerful Knowings are linked to a situating of Young and colleagues’ (Young, 2013; Young and Muller, 2013) idea of powerful knowledge in relation to the Scandinavian and German didaktik educational tradition and Bildung (Carlgren, 2020). As a central element of the Scandinavian and German didaktik educational tradition (e.g., Sjöström and Eilks, 2018), Bildung emphasizes learning and change that takes place based in a perspective of humans as relating with and indivisible from ‘the whole of their context’ (e.g. von Humboldt, 2000; Kvamme, 2021). A central idea in this respect is of the Bildung person as someone who intentionally opens themselves to learning and change through their relating, and of becoming capable of responding responsibly and ethically to key issues associated with ‘the whole of their context’ (Kvamme, 2021). Crucially then, by situating powerful knowledge in relation to Bildung, Subject-Knowings are seen as powerful content knowledges that include embodied and relational dimensions (Yavuzkaya, Clucas and Sjöström, 2022).

Recently there has been an interest in developing a posthuman understanding of Bildung which more purposely seeks to broaden what is understood by ‘the whole of the person’s context’ to include all entities making up our world (Taylor, 2017). In this paper we seek to further develop Bildung as understood through posthumanism by drawing largely from a diffractive reading through of Karen Barad’s agential realist ontology (2007) and McGilchrist’s divided brain hypothesis (2009). The purpose of the larger project is to develop a framework that can be drawn from in guiding science and technology educators (at all school levels) in more purposefully teaching for Bildung (as Knowings) in their science and technology teaching.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research design to develop model
As two ontological theoretical perspectives, both McGilchrist’s and Barad’s works draw from a view in which a substance ontology is seen as a dominant position in Western society and the cause of exclusions affecting both humans and non-humans. Further, both works build arguments that support a shift to a relational ontological position in order to address these exclusions. Importantly, we believe this idea connects both works to (posthuman) Bildung. Despite their commonalities, both works diverge however in terms of their disciplinary and epistemological anchoring. We believe this provides a fruitful space for performing a ‘diffractive reading through’ (Barad, 2007). As a post-qualitative methodology, ‘diffractive reading through’ seeks to generate something completely new by bringing two works into a conversation with one another (ibid).

McGilchrist’s divided brain hypothesis. McGilchrist (2009) describes the two hemispheres of the brain as giving rise to two divergent ‘personalities’. The first, that of the left hemisphere, is mastery focused. The second, that of the right hemisphere, is relationship focused. McGilchrist suggests that the right hemisphere should have primacy, but that since the Enlightenment the left has taken the role of primacy (ibid). Hence, rather than living primarily in a relating with the world, as in right brain primacy, Western culture today is characterised by a brain activation primarily oriented to living in the world as it is represented (ibid).

Barad’s agential realism. Barad’s (2007) agential realism marks a stepping away from a substance ontology towards a relational ontology (Murris, 2018). As such, objects and subjects are no longer seen as distinct entities with specific properties/characteristics, but as a part of ‘phenomena’, which are entities in entanglement whereby entanglements are viewed as preceding entities’ coming into existence (Lenz Taguchi, 2012). At the center of Barad’s theory is their ethico-onto-epistemology which points to entities coming to be and know simultaneously in entanglement, and to an innate ethics amongst phenomena (2007).

Diffractive analysis
The materials for analysis are active performative agents in continual (re-)becoming (Magnusson, 2021). I – as a subject – am a part of the world, continually (re-)becoming as a part of a multitude of entanglements that are (re-)worlding me in the Anthropocene, with one entanglement being Bildung. This entanglement underlies the marks left on my body as it (re-)becomes through diffraction (Barad, 2007). I am attentive to differences being made, to how one text adds something new to the other (ibid).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results reveal a multi-step framework (to be illustrated in figures that will be presented at the conference). Note that although the results draw primarily from the diffractive reading through, additional perspectives have also been valuable. In our conference presentation we will provide a full description of all literature contributing to the model as well as literature supporting ideas postulated by the model.

Regarding guiding science and technology educators (at all school levels) in more purposefully teaching for Knowings, we think two ideas postulated by the framework, that of ‘powerful artefacts’ (as material entities in entanglement (Barad, 2007) embodying Subject-Knowings) and ‘interdependence resonating’ (describing an embodied awareness (Fogel, 2009) for being ontologically bound to other entities (Barad, 2007)), might be valuable. As phenomena embodying a relational ontology, ‘powerful artefacts’ are material-discursive practices that describe a crafting of humans and non-humans in mutuality. ‘Powerful artefacts’, in their generation, exist within a relational ontological space. That is, they open to humans re-becoming in entanglement with non-humans in a manner that opens to an ethico-onto-epistemological awareness in humans as ‘interdependence resonating’. In a posthuman Bildung perspective (Taylor, 2017) this means that ‘powerful artefacts’ are the material-discursive outcomes of a posthuman Bildung that also embody the capacity to guide other humans towards relationships for posthuman Bildung.

As practices in science and technology education, ‘powerful artefacts’ might be viewed therefore as relational ontological spaces that involve a crafting in mutuality (between human and non-humans) that open to students coming to know science and technology knowledges as ethical and relational knowledges, that is, as Knowings. We think therefore that ‘powerful artefacts’ and ‘interdependence resonating’ are ideas that can guide science and technology educators (at all school levels), among many others, in more purposefully teaching for Knowings in their teaching.

References
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Biesta, G. (2009). Good education in an age of measurement: on the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educational. Assessment Evaluation and Accountability. 21, 33–46.

Carlgren, I. (2020). Powerful knowns and powerful knowings. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 52, 323–336.

Fogel, A. (2009). The psychophysiology of self-awareness. W. W. Norton.

Kvamme, O. A. (2021). Rethinking bildung in the anthropocene: the case of wolfgang klafki. HTS Teologiese Studies. 77(3), a6807.

Lenz Taguchi, H. (2012). A diffractive and Deleuzian approach to analysing interview data. Feminist Theory, 13, 265–281.

Magnusson, l. O. (2021). Visual research material and diffractive readings – a relational research story. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 34,(3), 183–196.

McGilchrist, Iain (2009). The Master and his Emissary: The divided brain and the making of the western world. Yale University Press.

Murris, K. (2018). Posthuman Child and the Diffractive Teacher: Decolonizing the Nature/Culture Binary. In A. Cutter-Mackenzie et al. (Eds.), Research Handbook on Childhoodnature, (pp 1-25). Springer.

Sjöström, J., and Eilks, I. (2018). Reconsidering different visions of scientific literacy and science education based on the concept of Bildung. In Y. Dori, Z. Mevarech, and D. Baker (Eds.) Cognition, Metacognition, and Culture in STEM Education: Learning, Teaching and Assessment, (pp 65–88). Springer.

Taylor, C. A. (2017). Is a posthumanist Bildung possible? Reclaiming the promise of Bildung for contemporary higher education. Higher Education, 74, 419–435.

von Humboldt, W. (2000). Theory of Bildung. In I. Westbury, S. Hopmann, and K. Riquarts (Eds.) Teaching As A Reflective Practice: The German Didaktik Tradition, (pp 57–61). Routledge.

Yavuzkaya, M., Clucas, P. & Sjöström, J. (2022). ChemoKnowings as Part of 21st Century Bildung and Subject Didaktik, Frontiers in Education, 7, 869156.

Young, M. (2013). Overcoming the crisis in curriculum theory: a knowledge- based approach. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 45,101–118.

Young, M., and Muller, J. (2013). On the powers of powerful knowledge. Review of Educational Research, 1, 229–250.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Participation of Industrial Actors in the Didactic Transposition of Educational Content

Maria Andrée1, Lena Hansson2

1Stockholm University, Sweden; 2University of Kristianstad, Sweden

Presenting Author: Andrée, Maria; Hansson, Lena

In this study, we target the role and the work of science teachers when encountering teaching resources produced by industry and offered to schools to support science and technology teaching. The project is set in the intersection of curriculum studies, educational policy and didactics and focuses on industry-produced teaching resources offered to schools by companies and business organizations in various areas of science and technology.

There are many examples of such teaching resources across Europe. In Sweden, examples include textbooks produced by the forest industry on forests and forestry or on plastics by the petrochemical industry, as well as lesson plans with films and student worksheets by the meat industry on antibiotics. Similarly, Parvin and Stephenson (2004) conclude that there is a long tradition of industrial engagement in the UK involving the manufacturing industry and the chemical and pharmaceutical industries. To date, previous research on science and technology education has pointed to that teaching might benefit from industry collaboration e.g., in terms of increased student motivation and challenging stereotypic images of science, technology, and industry (e.g. Henriksen et al., 2015; Loukomies, 2013).

However, when industrial actors engage in education, they also act to influence the transposition of the educational content (cf. Chevellard, 2007). According to Chevellard (2007, p. 32) a core to the theory of didactic transposition is that “it considers knowledge as a changing reality, which adapts to its institutional habitat where it occupies a more or less narrow niche”. In other words, the content of education is not merely defined and set in curricula and syllabuses but set in praxis, in a dialectic of persons and institutions. Rather, what constitutes knowledge or content of a school subject is what has “gained epistemic recognition from some culturally dominant institutions” (op cit, p.133).

In the Swedish context, there is a range of industrial education initiatives including school programmes, competitions, festivals and other event-based initiatives (cf. Teknikdelegationen, 2010). It has been estimated that about 40% of the STEM initiatives in Sweden are in some way financed by industry and the private sector (op cit). In the production of teaching resources industry actors seek to influence what is considered knowledge; what is considered true and valuable. In doing so, the industrial actors become part of the local governing of education (Robertson et al., 2012; Giroux, 2019). In Canada, Eaton & Day (2020) show how the oil industry influences the messages communicated in science teaching on climate and climate change. Thus, when teachers incorporate and make use of such resources this will impact the students’ encounters with the school subjects. In decentralized school systems, such as the ones in the Nordic countries, classroom practices become particularly vulnerable to such external influences (Carlgren, 2009).

The aim of this presentation is to discuss the interests of industry actors in education and how teachers can navigate such interests in the didactic transposition of knowledge in education. This presentation synthesizes a three-year project on the participation of industry actors in science and technology education where the following research questions have been investigated:

  • What are the rationales used by industry actors to account for why they engage in science and technology education?

  • To which extent are these rationales mirrored as interests in the teaching resources offered by the industry to schools?

  • And, how do teachers approach the evaluation of teaching resources offered by the industry?

In the presentation we will present the main points of three sub-studies and engage in a meta-reflection regarding how the combined results may contribute to the understanding of the processes of didactic transposition and the role of different actors.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project is based on three sets of data: (I) Web pages where industrial actors (companies as well as business organizations) describe their engagement in school activities in Sweden. (II) A case study of webinars where industry actors meet with students in webinars. The topic of webinars was career in the petrochemical industry and the target-group was students in secondary school. The webinar series was organized by Scientix - an organization aiming to promote and support a Europe-wide collaboration among STEM teachers - in collaboration with STEM Alliance and the European Petrochemical Association (EPCA). The analyzed data included screen recordings of the webinars (including video, voice and text messages) published on the Scientix webpage, and documentation associated with the webinars on the Scientix web page., (III) Focus groups with 20 science and technology teachers who teach science and technology in Swedish compulsory schools.

The analyses of data varied across the three substudies: (I) In the analysis of web pages, we looked for patterns in the descriptions of and rationales for the industrial STEM initiatives using a theoretical framework of interpretative repertoires (Potter, 1998). We focussed on the variations in the ways in which the industrial actors accounted for their engagement in single STEM initiatives as well as across accounts of different initiatives by different actors. (II) In the analysis of the Scientix case-study, we conducted a qualitative thematic analysis (Braun & Clark, 2006) concerning companion meanings (Östman, 1998) about the relations between the petrochemical industry, society and the environment that were communicated to students in the webinars. (III) In the analysis of the focus groups we have used an ecological model of teacher agency  (Priestley, Biesta, & Robinson, 2015) to scrutinize how the teachers negotiate the usability of the industry resources.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
When industry actors describe why they engage in science and technology education, they draw on discursive repertoires which allow them to speak to an audience of both shareholders and teachers, e.g., increasing students’ interest and knowledge, but also economically oriented discourses, e.g., securing competent labor and improving the public image of the industry (Andrée & Hansson, 2020). In the industry-student webinars the main message to students is that the petrochemical industry is pivotal for handling environmental problems and maintaining modern life. Thus, the meetings clearly serve the industry interests. In addition, the results from the focus groups show that there is no consensus among teachers regarding the relevance and legitimacy of taking biases into account in their evaluations of teaching resources (Andrée & Hansson, 2022). Thus, the risks in relation to objectivity are not always evident to the teachers, even though teachers, on a collective level, engage in complex didactic analysis taking steering documents, teaching traditions, correctness, and potential biases into account (Andrée & Hansson, 2021).
The results contribute to highlighting the complexity of didactic transposition when it involves different actors, networks and interactions in the transpositive work (cf. Chevellard & Bosch, 2020). The results show the role of industrial actors in these processes with consequences for which perspectives become integrated parts of the school subjects taught. In conclusion, the results point to the necessity of strengthening teacher agency including their ability for didactic analysis.

Since the process of didactic transposition involves decisions on inclusion and exclusion of content and values that are to be taught, issues concerned with external actors and their influences on the didactic transposition should be raised in policy discussions as well as in teacher education.

References
Andrée, M. & Hansson, L. (2020). Industrial actors and their rationales for engaging in STEM education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 52(4), 551-576.

Andrée, M. & Hansson, L. (2021). Industry, science education and teacher agency: a discourse analysis of teachers’ evaluations of industry-produced teaching resources. Science Education, 105(2), 353-383.

Andrée, M., & Hansson, L. (2022). Teachers’ negotiations of bias in relation to teaching resources offered to schools by industrial actors. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 8(1), 52-64.

Andrée, M., & Hansson, L. (2023). Inviting the petrochemical industry to the STEM classroom: messages about industry–society–environment in webinars, Environmental Education Research, DOI: 10.1080/13504622.2023.2168623.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). “Using Thematic Analysis in Psychology.” Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3 (2),  77–101.

Carlgren, I. (2009). The Swedish comprehensive school—Lost in transition? Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 12(4), 633–649.

Chevellard (2007). Readjusting Didactics to a Changing Epistemology. European Educational Research Journal, 6(2), 131-134.

Chevallard, Y., & Bosch, M. (2020). Didactic transposition in mathematics education. Encyclopedia of mathematics education, 214-218.

Eaton, E., & Day, N. (2020). “Petro-Pedagogy: Fossil Fuel Interests and the Obstruction of Climate Justice in Public Education.” Environmental Education Research, 26(4),  457–473.

Giroux, H. (2019). Toward a pedagogy of educated hope under Casino capitalism. Pedagogía Y Saberes, 50, 147–151.

Potter, J. (1998). Discursive social psychology: From attitudes to evaluative practices. European Review of Social Psychology, 9(1), 233–266.

Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency. An ecological approach. Bloomsbury.

Robertson, S., Mundy, K., Verger, A., & Menashy, F. (Eds.). (2012). Public private partnerships in education: New actors and modes of governance in a globalizing world. Edward Elgar Publishing.

Östman, L. (1998). “How companion Meanings are Expressed by Science Education Discourse.” In D. Roberts and L. Östman (Eds.), Problems of Meaning in Science Curriculum, (pp. 5–12). New York: Teachers College Press.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Using the Typology of Teacher Power and Control (TTPC) to Explore Emergent Practice in a New Innovative Learning Environment

Peter Bergström, Annika Wiklund-Engblom, Maria Lindfors

Umeå University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Bergström, Peter; Wiklund-Engblom, Annika

This paper reports on a school development project of an innovative learning environment (ILE). Staff and pupils from two traditionally build corridor schools have merged into a new build school, whose architecture is described as new, innovative, modern, and flexible (OECD, 2017). Instead of having one classroom with a standardised size of 60m2, the ILE consists of different rooms both regarding size and furniture. Another change was that teachers had to be prepared to go from the traditional practice of individually teaching a class with approx. 25 students to the practice of team teaching with 2-5 teachers teaching a whole grade with approx. 60-100 students. The narrative of the project focused on the shift from teacher-centred teaching to student-centred learning, which in previous research have been a challenge due to well established teacher-centred methods (Cardellino & Woolner, 2019; Sigurdadottir & Hjartson, 2016; Gislason, 2010).

The present research project started two years before the teachers moved into the new ILE. During these two years, school leaders prepared teachers for the new practice. Among these preparatory activities, one core activity consisted of prototype ILE classrooms where teachers could practice student-centred learning methods. In our research, the materiality of the new classroom and teachers’ played-out practice are operationalised as two dimensions (Bergström & Wiklund-Engblom, 2022; Bergström, 2019). The first, a vertical dimension, concerns preconditions of the physical learning environment embodied through the arrangement of desks, use of teachers’ and students’ areas, relations between learning resources, and selection of software applications. The second, a horizontal dimension, includes teachers’ communication in practice pertaining to their selection of content, sequence, pace, and speech space (cf. Bernstein, 2000). The combination of the two dimensions creates a theoretical framework for an ecology of teacher practice as an “emergent phenomenon” (Carvalho & Yeoman, 2018, p. 5). This is an illustrative metaphor for the practice that emerge in teacher preparation for teaching in an ILE.

The aim of this study is to examine and unpack emergent and varying practices in the prototype classrooms with regard to the two dimensions. The following research questions were asked: 1) What variations in teachers played-out practice emerge from teachers’ organisation of the classroom space and communication in practice? 2) How can the teachers’ reasoning further explain the variation of these emergent ILE practices?

Theory

One outcome of our prior studies is the development of a new theory-driven analysing tool, the Typology of Teacher Power and Control (TTPC) (e.g., Bergström & Wiklund-Engblom, 2022, Bergström, 2019), constructed from Bernstein’s (2000) theory of power and control. In the vertical dimension of the TTPC-typology, Bernstein’s relative concept of classification is used to analyse how power emerge from the relationship between objects in the classroom. In short, strong classification keeps things apart, which indicates a strong symbolic power relationship. The opposite is true for weak classification. For example, desks in rows keep students apart and indicates a strong classification and teachers’ power. In the horizontal dimension of the TTPC-typology, Bernstein’s relative concept of framing is used to analyse how control emerge from teachers’ communication in practice. Framing is also a relative concept on a scale from strong to weak. Stronger framing indicates that the teacher has more control in the communication, while weaker framing indicates increased student control. Framing is operationalised as the variation of selection, sequence, pacing, evaluation, and teacher-student and student-student communication. Hence, the concepts of framing and classification represent the two dimensions, which construct a two-dimensional matrix illustrating the emerging teaching practices in the prototype classrooms.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We adhere to a convergent mixed methods design where two types of data (classroom observations and retrospective teacher interviews) were integrated through several steps of analysis, data transformation, and integration (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018; Johnson & Onwuegbuzie, 2004; Bazeley and Kemp, 2012). The rationale for the approach is that observational data, representing objective, formative data, shows the reality of the classroom activities, while the teacher interview data, representing subjective, formative data, provides insights into how teachers’ beliefs and attitudes relate to the choices made in their teaching practice (Bergström & Wiklund-Engblom, 2022). Thus, the use of both observational data and interview data aims for an integration analysis in which conclusions are drawn based on a broader explanation of the variations found in the emergent teacher practice.
The classroom observations were conducted from three prototype learning environments in School A, B, and C. School A is a grade 6-9 school where teachers (N=4) were observed during five lessons. School B is a grade 1-6 school where teachers (N=3) were observed during five lessons. School C is a grade 1-6 school where teachers (N=2) were observed during four lessons. During the observations, the teachers’ communication was recorded and field notes and photographs were taken. The recorded material ranges between 20 and 60 minutes. The retrospective interviews (N=10) comprise nine individual teacher interviews and one group interview with the two teachers at School C. These semi-structured interviews included two themes:  the physical learning space and teachers’ communication in practice.
The audio recordings from both the classroom observations and teacher interviews were transcribed verbatim.
In the first main step, the transcripts and the fieldnotes from the classroom observations were analysed using the TTPC typology as it specifically targets variations in teacher-centred teaching and student-centred learning, i.e., to what extent teachers maintain or distribute power and control in played-out practice. Furthermore, in addition to exploring how typologies vary, we also explore why this could be based on the interview data. Accordingly, an integrative analysis was conducted with the TTPC clusters and teacher interviews by using crosstab queries in the QSR NVivo software.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings will be presented in two phases pertaining to the two research questions. Firstly, the results regarding variations in teachers played-out practice, are based on a quantification of the observational data and teacher audio recordings. Thereafter, a quantitative analysis using the TTPC framework identified clusters of teacher practice. The preliminary analysis indicate three clusters: i) teacher power and control, ii) mixed distribution of power and control, and iii) student power and control. These clusters are plotted in the TTPC-matrix as a visual summary where each teachers’ emergent practice can be identified. In these preliminary findings, we can see that only one teacher is found in the first cluster pertaining to teacher power and control. This cluster is defined by a strong distinction between a majority of the seven subcategories of the classroom organisation. Hence, this teacher had refurnished the classroom space back to a traditional classroom setting. Furthermore, the teachers’ communication was based on strong control in all six control categories. Moreover, the preliminary analysis indicates that the majority of the teachers are located in the second cluster pertaining to mixed distribution of power and control. Such practice is defined by a blurred distinction between the categories of classroom organisation, as well as the categories of teacher control in their communication.
Secondly, in our aim to answer the second research question, the interview data will be analysed using thematic analysis. We expect to find themes related to the physical learning space of the prototype classrooms and other themes on influencing factors regarding teachers’ communication. We expect to find connections between teacher beliefs and choices made in their played-out practice by using both types of data in an integrative analysis.

References
Bazeley, P., & Kemp, L. (2012). Mosaics, triangles, and DNA: Metaphors for integrated analysis in mixed methods research. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 6(1), 55-72. Doi: 10.1177/1558689811419514

Bergström, P., & Engblom-Wiklund, A. (2022). Who’s got the power? Unpacking three typologies of teacher practice in one-to-one computing classrooms in Finland. 178 (March). Doi:10:1016/j.compedu.2021.104396

Bergström, P. (2019). Illustrating and analysing power and control relations in Finnish one-to-one computing classrooms: teacher practices in Grades 7–9. Nordic Journal of Digital Literacy. 14 (3–4)

Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.
Cardellino, P. & Woolner, P. (2019). Designing for transformation: A case study of open learning spaces and educational change. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, DOI: 10.1080/14681366.2019.1649297
Carvalho, L., & Yeoman, P. (2018). Framing learning entanglement in innovative learning spaces: Connecting theory, design and practice. Brittish Educational Research Journal. doi:10.1002/berj.3483
Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA SAGE.

Gislason N. (2010). Architectural design and the learning environment: A framework for school design research. Learning Environment Research. 13 127–145.
Johnson, R. B., & Onwuegbuzie, A. J. (2004). Mixed methods research: A research paradigm whose time has come. Educational Research, 33, 14-26. Doi: 10.3102/0013189X033007014

OECD. (2017). The OECD Handbook for Innovative Learning Environments. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264277274-en
Sigurðardóttir, A. K., & Hjartarson, T. (2016). The idea and reality of an innovative school: From inventive design to established practice in a new school building. Improving schools, 19, 62 – 79.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm28 SES 11 A: Diversity and diversification (special call session): Education for social change
Location: Gilbert Scott, Randolph [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Nelli Piattoeva
Paper Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

How do Education and Europe exist? The multiplicity of European Recoveries through and of education and the Consequences for Action

Jitka Wirthová

Charles University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Wirthová, Jitka

This proposal focuses on forms of education that exist in contemporary initiatives to recover Europe and consequences that these forms have for action in our common decision over education. The research case is various recovery plans of Europe after Covid. Interestingly, education appears in two forms: a means and an end of recovery. Through the social topology of agency, I scrutinise the patterns that enabled or prevented some action looking at a whole range of elements involved in it – positions for action, actors, audiences, rationalities, logics of work, and justifications.

During the Covid pandemic, various European-scale initiatives for recovery appeared, notably the European Commission’s program NextGenerationEU (NGEU), which is explicitly aimed at the “recovery of Europe which works for everyone”. This recovery is strongly pedagogised (of and through education) and connected to technology as a solution and as an end (digitalisation). This recovery project models the educational future significantly since it is connected to generous funding and, formally, to the national governments.

However, the case of taking up the NGEU by local governments involves many new relations among actors, labour, technics, and reason. These new relations unsettled the taken-for-granted geographies and jurisdictions and revealed that the problem of agency and the problem of existence of Europe(s) are entangled and relational precisely in connection to education. The new relations of distancing and reaching (Allen, 2020) among actors, positions, rationalities, and audiences have consequences for a specific division of education. Not only various Europes may exist but also various worlds of education – and this division is not necessarily balanced and equal (Mitescu-Manea et al., 2021). Through field research in the public debates and desk research of media entries and documents, I will demonstrate how education as means and as an end brings two worlds while excluding the latter from public action. Specifically in the Czech context, if education is the solution to something else, it is less of education (Wirthová & Barták, 2023). However, this argument needs more comparative research. Modern topographies of education and especially positions of educational actors are changed within these recoveries – the possibility of agency is inscribed in different coordinates (and this also troubles how to imagine human agency in it because modern imaginaries are based on subject). Therefore, I am focused on the new ecology of agency which distances and diversifies education as a means and an end.

My theoretical approach is driven by recent social topology (Allen, 2016; Decuypere et al., 2022; Massey, 2005), but I connect it with two scholars’ accounts on subjectivity for the purpose of accessing to the relation between forms of action and forms of education which is enacted/materialised through production and placing of subjectivity. Engaging in the late thinking of Jan Patočka, a Czech philosopher dealing with the existence of Europe (Francesco Tava & Meacham, 2016; Patočka, 1999, 2018) and space (Patočka, 2016), we can see that modern objectivity and rationality is impossible without subjectivity; and who has the subject can seize the object, which was generalised to the degree of “falling Europe”. Engaging in the thinking of relational sociologist Jean-Sébastien Guy, we can see, however, that subjectivity and identity are produced in so-called non-metric forms (Guy, 2019), which generates groups, not in metric forms generating flows. In that, only those may “have the object” who are in non-metric forms, while flows do not produce identities. I will demonstrate how these topological practices of subject/action is entangled in the division of education into worlds of the flow of toilers of the education and the group of men of change which do not overlap with traditional jurisdictions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
How education exists in contemporary initiatives to recover Europe, in which forms, and what consequences do these forms have for action are the research questions. Methodology grasping this complex problem is three-fold. Research already begun with a Czech case of enacting Europe with a prospect of broader comparative research, which I am proposing through this contribution.

1) Ethnography of public debates (Mosse, 2011; Ohm, 2013) – observation of Czech debates organised by EU, governmental, as well as private and NGO actors devoted to recovery plans and education, e.g Annual Conference on the National Recovery Plan organised by European Commission and the Ministry of Industry and Trade. This ethnographic work focuses on the knowledge and legitimation practices of communities of advisors, consultants, policy makers, etc. - those involved in the construction and transmission of ideas and knowledge about recovery of Europe.

2) Qualitative content analysis of media entries (Newton Media Archive) from May 2020 to end of the year 2022 (lemma: “education”, “recovery plan”, “europe”) and strategic documents from governmental and civil society sphere. Sociological discourse analysis (Herzog, 2016) focused on different normative claims and their respective type of transcendence (universality) they claim that set the positions for possible actors and audiences.

3) Comparative research, in progress: Not only various Europes but also various worlds of education are very likely by taking up the NGEU by local governments. Comparatively, I expect variants of these enactments and precisely the variations in relations among these elements: positions for action, possible actors, possible audiences, rationalities, logics of work, and justifications. However, the methodology cannot proceed through methodological statism, because it acknowledges the shifted modern boundaries (Robertson & Dale, 2008), nor displace the nation-states from the analysis since still these are the nation-states, who as “members” of the EU gain the funding. The same applies to methodological statism since it is the state government that has formally the responsibility for accounting to the EU about the implementation of the funds. But it is obvious that these formal structures are not solely structures arising during the planning and enacting of the recovery plans, imaginaries and reasons. We know from recent research how the forms are entangled (Hartong & Piattoeva, 2019), and therefore it is worth maintaining both perspectives on elements to incorporate in the analysis. In the next steps I would like to invite other scholars from forms different European contexts to collaborate on this topic.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Although metric and non-metric forms are analytical categories, in the case of recovery, they become politicised (Guy, 2019, pp. 253–258) – they have consequences for the possibility of presence and agency of many actors who were placed in a space which has not an access to the general debate about the recovery of “our society”. In Czechia, Europe and the recovery of society was publicly translated as economic recovery; economic rationality prevailed as well as economic actors. Directors of prominent banks have a stronger voice and visible name than “toilers of education” in debates about education for “something” and approximate European recovery as universally economical. They connected easily with other actors thinking similarly, for example, quantitative researchers from private firms. Rationality and expertise met in this and provided space for normative articulations “about” education.

This relationally produced a world “of” education entangled in residual space of flow, which has no direct access to imagining, planning and decision about recovery “of our societies”. The action of actors as teachers, school directors, officials from the Ministry of education, was displaced by placing their subjectivity in flows - toilers of the education who do education as an end. They were no-name people “of” education for several reasons, some of which bear heritage from previous educational reforms (Wirthová, 2021).

Although topologically bypassing formal jurisdictions, modern identity was transferred. The groups of “men of change” were produced through topologized proximities based on non-metric identities. This produced space “about” education, education as a means, and enabled the position to take education as an object to talk/decide/plan about – to be external to education. The internals (toilers of education) in the residual space “of” education does not have access to such an externality, hence grasping education as an object.

References
Allen, J. (2016). Topologies of Power. Routledge.
Allen, J. (2020). Power’s quiet reach and why it should exercise us. Space and Polity, 24(3), 408–413.
Decuypere, M., Hartong, S., & van de Oudeweetering, K. (2022). Special issue: Space- and time-making in education: Towards a topological lens. European Educational Research Journal, 21(6).
Francesco Tava, & Meacham, D. (2016). Thinking After Europe: Jan Patočka and Politics. Rowman and Littlefield.
Guy, J.-S. (2019). Theory beyond structure and agency: introducing the metric/nonmetric distinction. In Palgrave studies in relational sociology. Palgrave Macmillan.
Hartong, S., & Piattoeva, N. (2019). Contextualizing the datafication of schooling–a comparative discussion of Germany and Russia. Critical Studies in Education, First published online: 20 May 2019, 1–16.
Herzog, B. (2016). Discourse analysis as immanent critique: Possibilities and limits of normative critique in empirical discourse studies. Discourse & Society, 27(3), 278–292.
Massey, D. (2005). For Space. SAGE.
Mitescu-Manea, M., Safta-Zecheria, L., Neumann, E., Bodrug-Lungu, V., Milenkova, V., & Lendzhova, V. (2021). Inequities in first education policy responses to the COVID-19 crisis: A comparative analysis in four Central and East European countries. European Educational Research Journal, 20(5), 543–563.
Mosse, D. (2011). Introduction: The Anthropology of Expertise and Professionals in International Development. In Adventures in Aidland: the anthropology of professionals in international development (pp. 1–32). Berghahn.
Ohm, B. (2013). The Ethnographic Moment: Event and Debate in Mediatized Fieldwork. Westminster Papers in Communication and Culture, 9(3), 71.
Patočka, J. (1999). Doba poevropská a její duchovní problémy. In I. Chvatík & P. Kouba (Eds.), Sebrané spisy Jana Patočky: Péče o duši II (pp. 29–44). Oikoymenh.
Patočka, J. (2016). Prostor a jeho problematika: Rukopis z roku 1960. In Fenomenologické spisy III/2 (pp. 11–71). Oikoymenh.
Patočka, J. (2018). Europa e post-Europa; Nuovo Mill. Gangemi editore.
Robertson, S. L., & Dale, R. (2008). Researching Education in a Globalising Era: Beyond Methodological Nationalism, Methodological Statism, Methodological Educationism and Spatial Fetishism. In J. Resnik (Ed.), The Production of Educational Knowledge in the Global Era (pp. 19–32). Sense Publishers.
Wirthová, J. (2021). Patterns of actorship in legitimation of educational changes: The role of transnational and local knowledge. European Educational Research Journal, first published online, 1–22.
Wirthová, J., & Barták, T. (2023). Absence of education in civil defence education: Nationalising education and its actors and knowledge. European Educational Research Journal, first published online, 1–20.


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Educational Research: a driver for social change? The Case of and for Citizenship Education.

Margot Joris

University for Humanistic Studies, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Joris, Margot

In this contribution, I argue that building on the diversity and combined strengths of different approaches and perspectives to citizenship education (CE) is essential to creating a sense of shared, public responsibility for both the new generations and our common world, which appears to be lacking in the current, crisis-driven approaches to CE. I will argue that looking for a common ground between sociological and pedagogical accounts of the reality of schooling in citizenship education, might provide a fertile starting point.

In democratic societies, questions about democracy have always been closely intertwined with questions about education: asking what kind of education would best prepare the people (demos) for their participation in the ruling (kratos) of their society (Biesta, 2006). Today, however, a myriad of ‘crises’ and issues is raising questions about how we can continue to (co)exist and govern our (co)existence democratically, and young people or new generations find themselves confronted most directly by the extraordinary challenges and questions these crises present (Riddle & Apple, 2019). One such crisis, the Covid pandemic, has reinvigorated calls on both the European and global level to rethink or renew citizenship education (CE), as a crucial contribution to a better world and global recovery after the pandemic (Unesco Institute for Lifelong learning, 2021). In this regard, Matjaž Gruden, Director of Democratic Participation for the Council of Europe (n.d) stated for instance that developing democratic competences through CE can “help learners adapt to the current crisis in a positive and constructive manner, avoiding the pitfalls of social fragmentation and extremism.” I will argue that such a common focus of CE as adapting young people while leaving out the responsibilities of other actors and contexts in CE, rather deepens than avoids such pitfalls. My argumentation will be based on three main theoretical underpinnings. First, a reflection on the notion of crisis and its educational implications. A crisis does not necessarily refer to a negative event, but rather to a decisive moment or a point that provides the opportunity “to explore and inquire into whatever has been laid bare of the essence of the matter” (Arendt, 2006/1961, p.171, emphasis added). In the specific case of responding to the Covid crisis through citizenship education in schools, this essence can be said to be equally political and pedagogical of nature. Whereas sociological and political approaches to CE stress its political character, pedagogical perspectives can contribute to the recognition that it is also, and foremost, a pedagogical undertaking.

Second, I explore this dual nature of CE through the lens of both critical and post-critical theoretical perspectives on education, citizenship education and their role in a ‘better future’ and pursuing social justice (Hodgson,Vlieghe & Zamojski, 2018). In short, I will explore how (citizenship) education can find its starting point, not in deploring what not-yet is or what we fear and condemn about the present state of the world and education, but rather in the good that is already there, and the things that we cherish and value (Hodgson et al., 2018). However, we also need to acknowledge that schools do have a responsibility and a role to play in striving for a more equal and just democratic society, by educating young people to take part in that society, for instance through CE. Thirdly, I separate political ends from pedagogical processes of CE, and political from pedagogical responsibilities, based on Simons and Masschelein’s (2010) distinction between political and pedagogical subjectivation and Biesta’s (2010, 2020) triad of the aims and functions of education as qualification, socialization and subjectification.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This presentation follows the methodology of my dissertation research. It will first lay out findings from a critical policy study of European policy texts and statements on citizenship education, both from before and after the Covid pandemic (Council of Europe, 2018; Council of Europe, n.d; European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2017). This analysis presents a re-reading and de-familiarisation of the current ways in which key policy texts set CE agendas for schools, the problems they aim to tackle, and the solutions they present (Simons, 2009). It illustrates how the goals accorded to CE today tend to take the form of core competences for democratic citizenship that young people throughout Europe are expected to acquire, in order to function as good, active citizens.
These findings are then confronted with and further elaborated on by introducing an empirical, ethnographic exploration of actual classroom practices of citizenship education in two secondary schools in Flanders, Belgium. This empirical section discusses how actual pedagogical practices and interactions in the classroom relate to the official targets set out by the European Reference Framework of Competences for a Democratic Culture (Council of Europe, 2018) and its translation into the Flemish attainment targets for citizenship education. I draw on and further operationalize the theoretical distinction between pedagogical and political aims and processes (Simons & Masschelein, 2010; Biesta, 2010 and 2020) and discuss how these can be seen as always and essentially developing and unfolding in the relations between pupils, school material and the teacher in classroom practices. I will therefore build on the analysis of classroom fragments to discuss the Flemish attainment target of citizenship education: ‘dealing with diversity’. Finally, I conclude with a theoretical reflection on how these pedagogical reflections relate to sociological accounts of schooling, the nature and effects of citizenship education (Merry, 2020a and 2020b)

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Citizenship education in schools should be treated for what it is: a subject area that introduces pupils to the world of citizenship and democracy and opens this up to be studied, discussed and related to; but that does, can and should not aim to deliver ‘ready and able’ citizens, just like other school subjects do not aim to deliver athletes, mathematicians, linguists, historians, and so on.
Both in- and outside of the classroom, all political and pedagogical contexts and actors involved in CE should provide in opportunities for all pupils and young people to experience that they can participate and give form to their own lives and future as citizens. “Ensuring that young people acquire the knowledge, values and capacity to be responsible citizens in modern, diverse, democratic societies” (Council of Europe, 2018, p.5) should therefore be paired with a reflection on the conditions that are (or should be) present in these contexts. Future research and policymaking on CE should pay more attention (and reflection) to how they themselves are part of the relational arrangements in which young people develop and/or enact their citizenship (competences), and how they contribute to the conditions and opportunities young people are offered for doing so. Seeing CE like this can contribute to it being considered a democratically shared concern, responsibility and a conscious effort of all educational and political ‘players’ or actors involved. Bundling the strengths of pedagogical versus political or sociological approaches to the topic of CE in educational research, can provide a good example, and identify possibilities for positive change and improvement through CE.

References
Arendt, H. (2006). Between past and future. Eight exercises in political thought. Sabon: Penguin books.
(Original work published 1961)
Biesta. (2006). Beyond learning: democratic education for a human future. Paradigm.
Biesta, G. (2010). Good education in an age of measurement. Ethics, Politics, Democracy. Boulder: Paradigm.
Biesta, G. (2020). Risking Ourselves in Education: Qualification, Socialization, and Subjectification Revisited. Educational theory, 70(1), 89-104. https://doi.org/ 10.1111/edth.12411
Council of Europe (2018) Reference framework of competences for democratic culture. Volume 1: Context, concepts and models. Strasbourg: Council of Europe Publishing
Council of Europe (n.d.). Making the right to education right in times of crisis. https://www.coe.int/en/web/education/making-the-right-to-education-real-in-times-of-crisis
European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice (2017) Citizenship education at school in Europe – 2017. Eurydice Report. October. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union.
Hodgson, N., Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2018). Education and the love for the world: Articulating a post-critical educational philosophy. Foro de educación, 16(24), 7-20. doi:10.14516/fde.576
Merry M (2020a) Can schools teach citizenship? Discourse (Abingdon, England), 41(1): 124–138. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2018.1488242
Merry, M. (2020b). Educational Justice: Liberal Ideals, Persistent Inequality, and the Constructive Uses of Critique (1st ed. 2020.). Springer International Publishing : Imprint: Palgrave Macmillan.
Riddle, S. & Apple, M.W. (2019). Education and democracy in dangerous times. In Riddle, S. & Apple, M.W. (eds.). Re-imagining education for democracy. Routledge.
Simons. (2009). Re-Reading Education Policies: A Handbook Studying the Policy Agenda of the 21st Century. Brill | Sense
Simons, M. & Masschelein, J. (2010). Governmental, political and pedagogic subjectivation: Foucault with Rancière. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 42, 588-605. doi :10.1111/j.1469-5812.2010.00687
Unesco Institute for lifelong learning (2021, June 30). Citizenship education key to building sustainable and healthy communities, finds workshop. https://uil.unesco.org/lifelong-learning/learningcities/citizenship-education-key-building-sustainable-and-health


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Bachilleratos Populares as Educational Commons and the Problematic Relationship with the State

Noelia Fernandez Gonzalez

Universidad Nacional de San Martín (Argentina) - Universidad Autónoma de Madrid (Spain)

Presenting Author: Fernandez Gonzalez, Noelia

This paper offers a work of a theoretical nature aimed to problematize the notion of “commons” in the field of education in the light of a specific experience of commoning in education: the Bachilleratos Populares (henceforth BPs) in Argentina. For this purpose, it deploys the neo-Marxist approach to the commons as a theoretical-analytical grid in light of the movement of BPs. The BPs are free and self-managed high schools created by grassroots social organizations after the Argentine crisis of 2001 to provide an option for youth and adults to finish their secondary education as a response to the gap the neoliberal reform left in this educational modality during the 1990s. After some BPs received state recognition to issue degrees in 2007, their number increased rapidly to almost a hundred BPs in 2015. Drawing upon this empirical experience, this paper discusses the limits and possibilities of commoning experiences in education to enhance social justice and promote social transformation.

The “common” has been explored in the last decade —with several formulations, such as “the commons”, “commoning”, “the common good” or “the communal”— as a loose category to explore alternatives to the neoliberal reform in education (Collet & Grinberg, 2022; Revista de Educación, 2022/395). This project draws upon a specific conception of the commons developed within the neo-Marxist approach (for an overall review of this approach, see Pérez & Zamora, 2022). This perspective gained prominence in the European context after the 2008 crisis. However, commons experiences took shape beforehand in Latin America, within the cycle of social struggle in the 1990s, through a big number of community-popular initiatives —commoning— that were autonomous from the state and the market, self-managed, and horizontal to respond to the (re)production needs of life that the capitalist order systematically threatens (Gutiérrez, 2017). These initiatives include soup kitchens, popular economy cooperatives, recovered companies, and Popular Education initiatives, such as the BPs in Argentina. In this way, these community-popular initiatives are a hopeful reservoir of knowledge in movement built and accumulated in the South.

From the neo-Marxist approach, the commons are defined in opposition to the processes of enclosure (commercialization and privatization), as “the bonds that we build to continue being, to make life be life; links that cannot be limited to institutions or things (water, land, nature)” (Zibechi, 2019, p. 59). Without aiming to establish a replicable model, Federici and Caffentzis (in Federici, 2019) list several features of commoning practices: utopian character, horizontality, equitable access to satisfying social needs, and direct democracy formulas. Based on these principles, the commons claim their autonomy from the market and from the state. Thus, the commons distance themselves from “the public”, understood as ‘which is owned, managed, controlled, and regulated by and for the state’ (Federici, 2019, p. 96).

From the neo-Marxist perspective of the commons, the neoliberal educational reform of the last four decades constitutes an enclosure movement on education and schooling (Saltman, 2018). As a constructive response to this neoliberal enclosure, this approach has explored the guiding principles that should inspire educational commons (democratic, feminist, decolonial, or eco-socialist). However, far little research has connected this theoretical perspective with empirical observation, and none have systematically addressed the intersections between the educational commons and the state. This is a significant gap given the crucial role of the state in the construction, control, and high regulation of the formal education space (Green, 2013).

This paper is framed in the research project EduCommon. This project has received funding from the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and innovation programme under the Marie Skłodowska-Curie grant agreement No 101027465.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This work is based on desk research on the movement of BPs in Argentina. This research has included academic literature and documents elaborated by the BPs and their coordination bodies (spaces where BPs come together to share concerns, aims, and political strategies for their demands). We have reviewed more than a hundred documents. Much of this academic production is marked by a militant research style that links theoretical reflection with the researchers’ own participation in BPs; as such, this corpus holds a testimonial value of the BPs movement itself to an extent. Following a spirit similar to the “systematization” methodology proposed by the important researcher and popular educator Jara (2018), this scholarship has inestimable value in making BPs visible. Some other works, conducted through the lens of ethnography of education (Caisso, 2021; López Fittipaldi, 2019), move away from this objective of visibilization by focusing on understanding the educational meanings that are put into play in these experiences. Among this prolific academic production on BPs in Argentina, we have paid particular attention to scholarship that offers a global vision of the history of BPs and their shared traits (Blaustein et al., 2018; Moñino, 2022; GEMSEP, 2016; Wahren, 2020). This desk research has been enriched by numerous informal conversations with teachers and students of BPs, and several on-site visits to three BPs in the city of Buenos Aires.

This analysis did not aim to measure how far the BPs are from an ideal of the commons, but with the objective of empirically understanding the challenges of commoning practices in the field of education. In the analysis of the documents, we have traced and identified those features that allow labeling BPs as commoning experiences, such as their utopian character, which is reflected in the aims of their curricula, targeted to the “political subjectivation" of their students (Said, 2018); their organization around horizontality and assembly formulas in which students and pupils participate (Blaustein et al., 2018); and their configuration as spaces alternative to the market and to the state. We have paid particular attention to the relationship with the state, as it has emerged as a crucial thematic axis in the documents.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The BPs were created in the aftermath of the Argentinean crisis in 2001, when the neoliberal state model developed in the 1990s collapsed. In this context, BPs emerged as a response to the withdrawal of the state in the area of youth and adult education. The specificity of this response is that it was elaborated by grassroots social movements as an experience of commoning in education. In the European context, the 2008 crisis triggered interest in commoning practices. In this regard, we pose that a critical sociological gaze should pay attention to the knowledge already accumulated in the South, which is consistent with Santos' proposal of the epistemologies of the South (Santos, 2016). In this research, we do so through the experience of BPs.

The BPs movement provides a large experience about the challenges of commoning in education. In particular, we highlight the challenge posed by the state in the field of education, which has emerged as a key issue in the analyzed documents; and is also a key discussion within the neo-Marxist approach to the commons. Defined as grassroots experiences that are not part of the market, but also not part of the state, BPs will soon perceive the need to enter into a relationship of interpellation with the state: first, to obtain official recognition to issue diplomas, which was a need expressed by their students; and subsequently, to obtain resources from the state. In this sense, the experience of the BPs calls into question the simplistic understanding of the commons as an autonomous and pristine oasis isolated from the state; to such an extent that state recognition and state resources have functioned as a boost for the expansion of BPs.

References
Blaustein, A. L., Rubinsztain, P., & Said, S. (2018). Las dispuestas por los sentidos de lo público en educación. Los bachilleratos populares en el ciclo kirchnerista en la Argentina. In M. Thwaites Rey, D. Chávez, & P. Vommaro, Las disputas por lo público en América Latina y el Caribe (125-158). CLACSO.
Caisso, L. (2021). Una escuela como ésta. Etnografía de experiencias educativas en un movimiento social. Miño y Dávila.
Collet, J. & Grinberg, S. (Eds.) (2022). Hacia una escuela para lo común. Morata.
Federici, S. (2019). Re-enchanging the world. Feminism and the Politics of the Commons. PM Press.
GEMSEP. (2016). Relevamiento Nacional de Bachilleratos Populares de Jóvenes y Adultos. Informe 2015. Obtained in: https://www.academia.edu/40720491/Relevamiento_Nacional_de_Bachilleratos_Populares_de_J%C3%B3venes_y_Adultos
Gluz, N. (2013). Las luchas populares por el derecho a la educación: experiencias educativas de movimientos sociales. CLACSO.
Gutiérrez, R. (2017). Horizontes comunitario-populares. Producción de lo común más allá de las políticas estado-céntricas. Traficantes de Sueños.
Jara, Ó. H. (2018). La sistematización de experiencias: práctica y teoría para otros mundos. CINDE.
Korsgaard, M. T. (2019). Education and the concept of commons: a pedagogical reinterpretation. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 51(4), 445-455. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2018.1485564
López Fittipaldi, M. (2019). Movimientos sociales y educación. Experiencias de jóvenes en una escuela secundaria para adultos de "gestión social". Revista Pilquen, 16(2), 29-42.
Moñino, I. (2022). El movimiento de los bachilleratos populares y su interpelación en la EDJA: logros, actualidad y perspectivas. Encuentro de saberes, 10, 36-53.
Pechtelidis, Y. (2021). Educational Commons. In S. Themelis, Critical Reflections on the Language of Neoliberalism in Education. Dangerous Words and Discourses of Possibility (203-211). Routledge.
Pérez, D., & Zamora, J. (2022). Autoras de los comunes: La contribución del colectivo Midnight Notes al discurso contemporáneo de los comunes. [Manuscript in preparation].
Saltman, K. (2018). The Politics of Education. A Critical Introduction. Routledge.
Said, S. (2018). Jóvenes en Bachilleratos Populares: entre la individuación y la subjetivación política. Universitas. Revista de Ciencias Sociales, 28, 141-157. http://doi.org/10.17163/uni.n28.2018.07
Santos, B. d. (2016). Epistemologies of the Southe and the future. From the European South, 1, 18-29.
Zibechi, R. (2019). Los trabajos colectivos como bienes comunes material-simbólicos. En Producir lo común (59-78). Traficantes de sueños.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm28 SES 11 B: Selectivity in School- and University-Level Education: Sociological Explorations
Location: Gilbert Scott, Melville [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Rachel Brooks
Session Chair: Paul Wakeling
Symposium
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium

Selectivity in School- and University-Level Education: Sociological Explorations

Chair: Rachel Brooks (University of Surrey)

Discussant: Paul Wakeling (University of York)

The extent to which education systems should select students for particular types of education and/or institutions is a recurrent theme in political debate across many European countries. It has also been an important focus of the sociological literature. Scholars have sought, for example, to assess the impact of selection – at different points in the education system – on social mobility and processes of social reproduction. In this symposium, we showcase four contemporary studies of selection in different parts of Europe (England, Spain, France and Denmark) and across both the school and higher education sectors.

Sociological studies of school-level education have typically indicated that early selection into different ‘tracks’ or types of school can have a negative impact on social mobility, with those from lower income families typically over-represented in lower status forms of schooling, from which progression to higher education and well-paid employment is often more difficult (e.g. Berends, 2015; Wells et al., 1999; West, 2014). Moreover, they have shown that ‘school choice’ policies, often popular with politicians in some European nations, typically advantage the middle classes, who have more cultural, social and economic capital to draw upon when making their decisions (e.g. Bunar, 2010; Butler and Hamnett, 2012). The first two papers in this symposium extend further debates about selection within the school sector. Drawing on evidence from England, the first paper explores whether a school system can ever promote excellence without also promoting elitism. The second examines tracking in the upper secondary sector in Spain, considering the extent to which being selected into either an academic or vocational track impacts on both social inequality and the subjectivities of individual students.

With respect to higher education, extant research has demonstrated that, across Europe, higher education has, historically, excluded many social groups – particularly those from low-income families, without parental experience of higher education, from particular ethnic backgrounds, and who are older than average (e.g. Thomsen, 2023). Moreover, even when such students secure access to higher education, they can often feel ‘out-of-place’ and excluded from practices both within and outside of the classroom (e.g. Gregersen and Nielsen, 2022). Over recent decades, the higher education sectors in many European countries have massified, student populations have become increasingly diverse, and attempts have been made – in some nations at least – to better support applicants from under-represented groups (Harrison, 2019). Nevertheless, there is evidence that entry to highly selective universities has not diversified to the same degree (e.g. Boliver, 2013). Building on this body of work, the third and fourth papers in this symposium consider contemporary evidence about higher education selectivity. The third examines contextualised admission policies that have been put in place to widen participation to a selective French institution. It assesses the efficacy of such initiatives by drawing on the narratives of applicants, as well as those of higher education staff involved in assessing their applications. The final paper draws on data from a selective degree programme in Denmark to examine the ways in which gender interacts with both social class and academic attainment in the formation of social and symbolic boundaries.

This symposium has been organised by the executive editors of the British Journal of Sociology of Education. The chair of the executive editors will chair this symposium, and another executive editor will act as discussant. In addition, two of the four presenters are members of the journal’s editorial board.


References
Berends, M. (2015) Sociology and school choice: what we know after two decades of charter schools, Annual Review of Sociology, 41, 159-80.

Boliver, V. (2013). How fair is access to more prestigious UK Universities? British Journal of Sociology 64, 2, 344-364.

Bunar, N. (2010) Choosing for quality or inequality: current perspectives on the implementation of school choice policy in Sweden, Journal of Education Policy, 25, 1, 1-18.

Butler, T. and Hamnett, C. (2012) Praying for success? Faith schools and school choice in east London, Geoforum, 43, 1242-1253.

Harrison, N. (2019) ‘Students-as-insurers: rethinking ‘risk’ for disadvantaged young people considering higher education in England’, Journal of Youth Studies, 22, 6, 752-771.

Gregersen, A.  and Nielsen, K. (2022) Not quite the ideal student: mature students’ experiences of higher education, International Studies in the Sociology of Education (advance online access).

Thomsen, J.P. (2012) Exploring the heterogeneity of class in higher education: social and cultural differentiation in Danish university programmes, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 33, 4, 565-585.

Wells, A.S., Lopez, A., Scott, J. and Holme, J. (1999) Charter schools as postmodern paradox: rethinking social stratification in an age of deregulated school choice, Harvard Educational Review, 69, 2, 172-204.

West, A. (2014) Academies in England and independent schools (fristående skolor) in Sweden: policy, privatisation, access and segregation, Research Papers in Education, 29, 3, 330-350.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Can a School System Really Promote Excellence without Elitism?

Stephen Anthony Clifford Gorard (Durham University)

School systems must provide enough convenient school places for the population. There is no need for the system to provide different kinds of schools and school places for different parts of the population. Yet this is what most developed school systems do. The claim is regularly made by policy-makers that different types of school are more or less effective, or more effective for certain types of pupils – selective grammar schools for the most able, or technical schools for the less able, for example. There is little evidence for these claims (Gorard and Siddiqui 2018, 2019). Diversity of schooling make no clear difference to differential attainment. Selective systems are not more successful with equivalent students. But they do tend to segregate students by background – academic selection also segregates by poverty, faith-based schools segregate by ethnicity, and so on. Such diversity in the type of schools provided in one system is strongly associated with the increased clustering of poorer children within schools, and between economic areas. This kind of clustering, of students with indicators of potential disadvantage, is then linked to further undesirable school outcomes. Exposure to a less varied set of possible friends at school leads to reduced role models for lower attaining pupils, less tolerant wider pupil attitudes, and higher degrees of social reproduction (Gorard et al. 2022). Equivalent student behaviours, interactions and achievements are interpreted differently in different settings as defined by the peer group. Going to school in segregated settings is therefore potentially damaging in a variety of ways – such as lowering aspiration, expectations, and participation for individuals. It reduces national and regional social and ethnic cohesion, and decreases trust in public institutions. Similarly to widening participation to prestigious universities, access to selective schools could be increased for poorer students by reducing the test threshold for entry, or using some form of contextualised admissions (Boliver et al. 2002). But given that there is no overall gain and considerable harm done, it would be simpler and fairer simply to abolish selection at a young age. Of course, schools could still offer bespoke programmes and activities, including gifted and talented, for some sessions in the week. In all-ability schools, the provision does not have to be uniform for all sessions. But these programmes must be robustly evaluated for benefit, and take place in a wider setting wherein students of all types can interact for most of the week.

References:

Boliver, V., Gorard, S. and Siddiqui. N. (2022) Who counts as disadvantaged for the purposes of widening access to higher education?, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 43, 3, 349-374, https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2021.2017852 Gorard, S. and Siddiqui, N. (2018) Grammar schools in England: a new analysis of social segregation and academic outcomes, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 39, 7, 909-924 Gorard, S. and Siddiqui, N. (2019) How trajectories of disadvantage help explain school attainment, SAGE Open, https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/10.1177/2158244018825171 Gorard, S., See BH, and Siddiqui, N. (2022) Making schools better for disadvantaged students, Abingdon: Routledge
 

Selectivity in the Spanish Educational System: Student’s Representations on Educational Tracking and Social Inequalities

Aina Tarabini (Autonomous University of Barcelona), Sara Gil Morales (Autonomous University of Barcelona)

The expansion of the neoliberal paradigm has brought with it the proliferation of individualistic and meritocratic discourses. In education, this has meant placing on students the full responsibility of their academic trajectories and results, which, in the long term, will explain their social locations (Vieira et al., 2013). As a consequence, the distribution of social positions appears as the natural distribution of abilities, skills, and talents (Furlong, 2009). In this context, educational choices and transitions play a key role in the distribution of social opportunities (Tarabini & Ingram, 2018; Tarabini, 2022). Students are supposed to make free and well-informed choices aligned with their tastes, abilities, and aspirations. Despite this rhetoric, sociological research has demonstrated how students’ choices are deeply embedded in social dynamics and particularly influenced by the structure of capitals and the working of the habitus (Ball et al., 2002). In Spain, transitions to upper secondary education are the first moment when students are separated into different tracks -academic and vocational-, with substantive differences in the supply, the curriculum, the pedagogy, and the future opportunities and prospects. Based on 68 in-depth interviews with first-year students in the academic and vocational upper secondary tracks we will explore their representation on the way tracking contributes to (re)reproduce social inequality. This will allow us to study the embeddedness of educational selectivity and inequality in individuals’ subjectivities (Nylund et al., 2017).

References:

Ball, S., Maguire, M., Macrae, S. (2000). Choice, pathways and transitions post-16: new youth, new economies in the global city. Falmer Press. Furlong, A. (2009). Revisiting transitional metaphors: reproducing social inequalities under the conditions of late modernity. Journal of Education and Work, 22 (5), 343-353. Nylund, M., Rosvall, P., & Ledman, K (2017). The vocational-academic divide in neoliberal upper-secondary curricula: the Swedish case. Journal of Education Policy. 32 (6), 788-808. Tarabini, A. (2022) (Ed). Educational Transitions and Social Justice: Understanding Upper Secondary School Choices in Urban Contexts. Policy Press. Tarabini, A., Ingram, N. (2018). Educational choices, transitions and aspirations in Europe. Systemic, institutional and subjective challenges. Routledge Vieira, M. M., Pappámikail, L. &; Resende, J. (2013). Forced to deal with the future. Uncertainty and risk in vocational choices among Portuguese secondary school students. The Sociological Review, 61 (4), 745-768.
 

Contextual Admissions and Distinctive Personal Narratives among Non-Traditional Applicants to an Elite French HEI

Agnes van Zanten (Sciences Po)

HEIs around the world are introducing contextualised admissions that is selection procedures not only based on grades, exams or general aptitude tests but including the examination of personal data, ‘personal statements’ and, less often, interviews to evaluate non-academic factors (Bastedo 2021). This trend has notably been driven by policy pressures to reduce social and ethnoracial inequalities in access to HE. As a result, much of the research on this topic has explored whether consideration of these data makes admissions fairer (Boliver et al. 2015) and under which conditions (Bastedo et al. 2018; Boliver and Gorard 2020; Mountford-Zimdars and Moore. 2020). The focus of this presentation is different. Considering the increasing level of competition among disadvantaged and diverse applicants to gain access to selective institutions, it focuses on how they use the requested personal writings to ‘stand out from the crowd’ (Jones 2013) of similar students. In addition to exploring differences on the number of interests and activities mentioned and on students’ level of aspiration and HE plans, we consider two types of qualitative differences. We draw on Phil Brown’s (2000) distinction between three idealtypical principles of social organisation (‘membership’, ‘merit’ and ‘market’) to show the degree to which these students tend to present themselves as similar in their cultural interests, activities and aspirations to traditional elite students or to emphasize their scholastic or non-scholastic merit or to put forwards qualities and ‘talents’ rewarded in job markets (Brown and Hesketh 2004; Author 2023). We also focus on the degree of elaboration of these students’ ‘storytelling’ (Polletta et al. 2011) and the extent to which it highlights their disadvantage or diversity to justify benefiting from a compensatory institutional sponsorship (Grodsky 2007). We examine applications to Sciences Po, a selective French HEI that in 2021 introduced contextualized admissions for all candidates including those from disadvantaged ‘partner’ secondary schools who, since 2001, had been admitted through a special procedure called ‘convention education prioritaire’ (CEP). The latter are nevertheless still evaluated by a different jury, compared among themselves only and ranked in separate admission and waiting lists. Our interpretations are based on the analysis of the personal narratives of 100 candidates (20 ‘traditional’ and 80 CEP with equal proportions in each group of admitted and rejected applicants) out of a total number of more than 10 000 applications to Sciences Po’s Bachelor’s program in 2021, as well as of interviews with evaluators and admission officers.

References:

Bastedo M. 2021. Holistic admissions as a global phenomenon. In H. Eggins et al (Eds.), The Next Decade: Challenges for Global Higher Education. Leiden: Brill. Bastedo M. et al. 2018. What are we talking about when we talk about holistic review. Journal of Higher Education 89: 782-805. Boliver V. and Gorard S. 2020. The use of evidence from research on contextualised admissions to widen access to Scottish universities. In Getting evidence into education: evaluating the routes to policy and practice. London: Routledge, pp. 166-177. Boliver V., Gorard S., Siddiqui N. 2015. Will the use of contextual indicators make UK higher education admissions fairer? Education Sciences 5: 306-322. Brown P. 2000, Globalisation of positional competition, Sociology 34 (4): 633-654. Brown P. and Hesketh A. 2004. The Mismanagement of Talent. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Grodsky E., 2007. Compensatory sponsorship in higher education. American Journal of Sociology, 112 (6): 1662-1712. Jones S. 2014. ‘Ensure that you stand out from the crowd': A corpus-based analysis of personal statements according to applicants' school type. In A. Mountford-Zimdars, D. Sabbagh (eds). Fair Access to Higher Education. Chicago: Chicago UP. Polletta F. et al. 2011. The sociology of storytelling. Annual Review of Sociology 37: 109-130.
 

The Multilevel Workings of Gender Boundaries in Danish ‘Elite’ Higher Education; The Case of Cognitive Science at Aarhus University

Simone Mejding Poulsen (University of Copenhagen)

International research into stratification in and through higher education (HE) emphasises the interconnections between high selectivity within admission processes and stratification of universities, and how these in turn (re)produce societal elites (e.g. Bourdieu and Passeron 1979; Stevens 2009; Karabel 2005). Studies in Scandinavian contexts, emphasised processes of horizontal stratification, (i.e. differential access to study programmes) despite strong discourses around meritocracy and egalitarian structures (e.g. Börjesson et al. 2016; Munk and Thomsen 2018). This research tends to focus on social class reproduction, demonstrating how academic attainment and parents’ socioeconomic status strongly shape access into programmes. Meanwhile, other studies concentrate on how gender shapes HE, in relation to choice of study (e.g Kriesi 2019), as well as the formation of gendered student identities (e.g. Archer and DeWitt 2015). However, such research often focuses on a particular institution or programme, without situating it within the national field. This paper sets out to examine the relationship between gendered horizontal stratification in a national field of HE and the processes of gendering at the intersubjective level of a programme’s study culture. Firstly, the stratified nature of the Danish field of HE is established, considering gender, academic attainment and socioeconomic background. This is done via Multiple Correspondence Analysis (MCA) using register data from Statistics Denmark from 2021 on HE applications. Secondly, the processes of gendering at the highly selective Cognitive Science programme at Aarhus University are examined. The programme is interdisciplinary, ranging across philosophy, linguistics, anthropology, neuroscience, artificial intelligence and psychology and there is an overrepresentation of women. Drawing on the MCA and, Bourdieu’s (1998) and Lamont and Molnár’s (2002) work on social and symbolic boundaries, I examine how hierarchies between the disciplines are mirrored and maintained, and how this shapes understandings of the ‘ideal (gendered) student’. To do so, I analyse interviews with 10 cognitive science students, and observations from the first day of induction week. The study sets out to more fully integrate gender into research on stratification and elite HE. Gender, academic merits and socioeconomic class are shown to intersect in the formation of social and symbolic boundaries both at the structural macro level of the field of HE, but also at the cultural micro level of study programmes. This challenges the perception that the academic achievement of women, their growing participation in HE and their presence in elite study programmes (i.e. the feminization thesis), have eliminated gendered barriers in HE.

References:

Archer, L., and J. DeWitt. 2015. “Science Aspirations and Gender Identity; Lessons from the ASPIRES Project.” In Understanding Student Participation and Choice in Science and Technology Education, ed. Dillon, Henriksen, and Ryder, Springer. Börjesson, M., Donald B., T. Dalberg, and I. Lidegran. 2016. “Elite Education in Sweden: A Contradiction in Terms?” In Elite Education: International Perspectives on the Education of Elites and the Shaping of Education Systems, ed. Maxwell and Aggleton. Routledge Bourdieu, P. 1998. State Nobility: Elite Schools in the Field of Power. Standford: Univ. Press. Bourdieu, P., and J.C. Passeron. 1979. The Inheritors: French Students and Their Relation to Culture. University of Chicago Press. Karabel, J. 2005. The Chosen: The Hidden History of Admission and Exclusion at Harvard, Yale, and Princeton. Houghton Mifflin. Kriesi, I. 2019. “Gender Segregation in Education.” In Research Handbook on the Sociology of Education, ed. Becker, Elgar Publishing. Lamont, M., and V. Molnár. 2002. “The Study of Boundaries in the Social Sciences.” Annual Review of Sociology 28 Munk, M.D., and J.P. Thomsen. 2018. “Horizontal Stratification in Access to Danish University Programmes.” Acta Sociologica 61(1) Stevens, M.L. 2009. Creating a Class: College Admissions and the Education of Elites. Harvard University Press.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm28 SES 11 C: Educational inequalities and post-pandemic education
Location: Gilbert Scott, 253 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Ofir Sheffer
Paper Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Where are the High Schoolers? Dwindling Participation in after-school programs

Ofir Sheffer

Kaye College, Israel

Presenting Author: Sheffer, Ofir

High schoolers are less inclined to attend and persist as members of non-formal education (NFE) organizations, despite the increase options at their disposal (Afterschool Alliance, 2020). This development stands in contradistinction to the growing public and academic interest in such frameworks throughout the world, owing to their potential contribution to the lives of young people. More specifically, youth organizations, grassroots associations, and youth councils, inter alia, provide opportunities for teens to connect to positive role models, form social ties, and broaden their repertoire of personal skills (Polson et al., 2013). Voluntary attendance in NFE programs indeed have a positive bearing on teenagers in an array of fields, especially when they take part on a regular and ongoing basis (Fulton, 2019).

However, despite the well-documented benefits of NFE participation for older youth, their participation wanes with age. A drop in attendance raises questions as to the relevance of NFE for older youth and their compatibility for adolescents' developmental needs (Deutsch & Jones, 2013). Correspondingly, data from Israel indicate that there are disparities in the regularity and persistence of participation between adolescent boys and girls. Surveys conducted by the Israel Ministry of Education (National Authority for Measurement and Evaluation, 2015) show that boys tend to dropout at earlier ages than girls in long-term civic-community programs.

Given the declining number of youth, particularly boys, the study's broader objective is to examine how widespread is the phenomenon among NFE frameworks, and how different organizations identify and respond to this demographic change. As such, the study's objectives are: (a) to collect up-to-date data on older youth (16-18) participation and persistence in the past 5 years; (b) to Inquire as to management-level's awareness to the demographic changes; (c) To locate possible explanations for the phenomenon; (d) acquaint ourselves with the institutional attitude towards working with older youth, from a gender-oriented perspective.

Out of all the various NFE frameworks and attendant goals, the present study concentrates on organizations that center around a vision of fostering leadership and active citizenship. These outlets provide youth an opportunity to experiment with decision-making processes, formulate policy, and embrace communal values within a democratic environment (Akiva et al., 2014; Checkoway, 2011). In light of the above, this project falls under the field of civic participation and social activism. Like other scholars, I am interested in the burning social questions that pertain to the downward trend of late-teens’ participation in civic enterprise. My point of departure is that NFE frameworks that allow for experimentation with decision-making, problem-solving, and policy-making on the communal level are bound to ratchet up participation in society down the road.

current proposal for presentation is written in respond to Q (a) collect up-to-date data on older youth (16-18) participation and persistence in the past 5 years; Q (b) Inquiring as to management-level's awareness to the demographic changes. Finishing interviews, I realize that almost all the Interviewees were not aware to the phenomenon of a decrease in the participation of boys and that the number of girls exceeds boys in an appreciable margin. From that, I chose to present in this article preliminary findings revolving around the field of organizational blindness.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data was collected from seven civic-communal organization in Israel, working national wide, reflecting the current diversity of the educational field from gender, ethnicity, and socio-economic background of the high school participants. All organizations gave my access to current data on registration, participation, and graduation of older youth (15-18) in the past five years. Considering that during COVID-19 most of the organizations were struggling to maintaining a regular and consistent activity. Since data on enrollment only reflects a basic level of commitment and does not illuminate engagement (Akiva & Honor, 2016(, I also collected data on participation in special activities like leadership courses and summer camps, looking to see not only who took part but who invested themselves in the organization, took more responsibility, formal leadership roles and even joined the alumni organization. Segmentation process shows boys are 41% among the 16-year-olds, 36% among the 17-18-year-olds and are more likely to drop out of the frameworks before the end of the year. They are also present in fewer numbers in training courses for leadership positions (42%) and even less take part in an extra service-volunteer year before the army (31%).
Additionally, I interviewed one or two representors from every organization, holding a high-management position. Choosing to focus on management-level due to their knowledge on strategic planning, organizational challenges and having a comprehensive picture of the national differences from region to region. As is common in Israel, many of the interviewees were graduates of the organizations themselves, growing up in the organization from junior positions to management. Thus, adding value of time perspective and in dept knowledge of organizational culture, changes in goals and culture, and inner understanding of young people's views and patterns of participation. A total of 12 interviews were conducted so far.
My interview manual encompassed a set of questions concerning trends of change in youth participation; strategically targeted audience; challenges of attracting and maintaining older youth and gender differences in commitment, persistence, and motivation. By means of an inductive analysis of the data, codes from the interviews were formulated with the ATLAS.ti program. Quit early I realized that almost all the Interviewees were not aware to the phenomenon of a decrease in the participation of boys. Thereafter, the central issue of organizational blindness was axially coded. Preliminary findings are presented in this document.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
One answer to organizational blindness is that many organizations in the educational field are experiencing an increase in the number of participants in younger ages. This increase is due to strategic planning of addressing new target audiences, who have not yet taken part in the activities. This creates a false representation of growth in organizational members because, among the strong and traditional populations, the number of registered members has weakened, reflecting a decrease in the commitment of some target audiences. Many of the interviewees were aware of the change in the target audience and even testified that it was a strategic decision of the organization.
The existing literature defines organizational inertia as the inability to enact internal change in the face of significant external change (Gilbert, 2005). My preliminary analysis shows dropout is seen as an inherent situation in voluntary education systems. But these educational organizations hold a very strong narrative as social change agents, their funding also involves working in the socio-economic periphery, which reinforces the organizational narrative of the social change mission. This ideology creates an idealization of the mission to expand, which may be necessary for maintaining a sense of organizational identity. It also sets goals, such as expanding the target audience, because expansion means influence. Although, this is how a blind spot is created towards the weakening of the existing members and their needs.
Social processes in which men leave frameworks and there is a proliferation of women, eventually lead to a decrease in the value and status of the framework. The question arises - what process of devaluation non-formal education frameworks are experiencing that leads boys to choose not to take part in them in late adolescent.

References
Afterschool Alliance (2020). America after 3pm: Afterschool programs in demand,
policy report.
Akiva, T., Cortina, K. S., & Smith, C. (2014). Involving youth in program decision-
making: How common and what might it do for youth? Journal of Youth and
Adolescence, 43, 1844–1860.  DOI:10.1007/s10964-014-0183-y
Akiva, T. & Horner, C. G. (2016). Adolescent motivation to attend youth programs:
A mixed-methods investigation. Applied Developmental Science, 20(4),
278–293.‏ doi.org/10.1080/10888691.2015.1127162
Gilbert, C. G. (2005). Unbundling the structure of inertia: Resource versus routine
rigidity. Academy of Management Journal, 48(5), 741-763.
https://doi.org/10.5465/amj.2005.18803920
Checkoway, B. (2011), “What is Youth Participation?” Children and Youth Services
Review 33/2: 340-345. 10.1016/j.childyouth.2010.09.017
Deutsch, N. L. & Jones, J. N. (2008). “Show me an ounce of respect”: Respect and
authority in adult-youth relationships in after-school programs. Journal of
Adolescent Research, 23(6), 667–688.
https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1177/0743558408322250
Fulton, C. (2019), Exploring the Roles of Youth in Community Programming and
Their Connections to Positive Youth Development and Involvement in
Community, PhD diss., Columbus: Ohio State University.
Israel Ministry of Education (2015), Youth movements in Israel: An assessment of the
relative size, policy paper [Hebrew].
Polson, E. C., Kim, Y. I., Jang, S. J., Johnson, B. R., & Smith, B. (2013). Being prepared
and staying connected: Scouting’s influence on social capital and community
involvement. Social Science Quarterly, 94(3), 758–776.‏
https://doi- /10.1177/0044118X06295051


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Post-pandemic Continuities and Changes in Basic Education (ISCED 1) in Portugal

Teresa Teixeira Lopo1, Inês Vieira1, Paulo Sargento2, Ana António3, José Viegas Brás3, Maria Neves Gonçalves4

1Lusófona University, CeiED-OP.Edu: Observatory for Education and Training Policies, Portugal; 2ERISA-IPLUSO, Lusófona University, CEAD Francisco Suárez, Portugal; 3ESEL-IPLUSO, Lusófona University, CeiED - Interdisciplinary Research Centre for Education and Development; 4ESEL-IPLUSO, CeiED - Interdisciplinary Research Centre for Education and Development

Presenting Author: Lopo, Teresa Teixeira

In this paper, we propose to discuss the first results of an ongoing research project focused on the analysis of the post-pandemic changes introduced in the Portuguese schools of first cycle (the first four years of schooling – grades one to four) and the second cycle (the next two years – grades five and six) of basic education (ISCED 1).

At the national level, the several research works conducted on the shutdown of schools, with the imposition of confinement and of an emergency remote teaching (e.g., Alves & Cabral, 2020; Benavente et al., 2020; CNE, 2021; Fernandes et al, 2021; IAVE, 2021; Martins, 2020) highlighted as main effects on the education system: 1) the worsening of school inequalities translated, namely, in the differentiated access to working conditions in the family space, to technological equipment, to knowledge and to digital literacy; 2) the loss of learning; 3) the increased risk of dropping out; 4) limitations at the level of the development of emotional and social skills of the students.

Similarly, other international studies (e.g., Bannink & Dam, 2021; Cohen-Fraade & Donahu 2022; König et al., 2020; Mari et al., 2021; MacIntyre et al., 2020; OECD, 2021; Pirone, 2021; Zacanjo et al, 2022), highlighted: 1) the relationship of the pandemic to the unravelling of social and economic inequalities and the worsening of school inequalities, particularly in Southern and Eastern Europe; 2) the effects of "fractured ecologies" (Bannink & Van, 2021, p.2 ) resulting from the dissociation of sharing the same physical space between teachers and students, amplified by computer-mediated communication, in the organization of teaching, curriculum compliance and motivation for learning; 3) the gaps in the digital skills of the teaching staff; and 4) the working conditions of teachers generated by the pandemic, in a perspective of psychological well-being, especially among those with children and with greater difficulties in balancing professional duties and personal and family life.

In the review of the scientific literature published between 2020 and 2022, we found, however, that the research conducted focused either on the analysis of the effects of the pandemic on education, as we have explained, particularly in secondary and higher education, or on the type of changes generated by crisis management plans implemented in schools.

The proposal of this project arises, precisely, from the identification of this gap and intends to answer the following research questions, considering the three central axes of analysis highlighted by this literature review:
Q1. What post-pandemic changes were implemented to mitigate school inequalities?
Q2. What post-pandemic changes can we identify in the working conditions provided to teachers and in the promotion of their well-being and mental health?
Q3. What post-pandemic changes can we identify in supporting the recovery of students' learning, in monitoring and assessing their learning?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer these questions, the research plan follows an integrative mixed-methods methodological approach (Åkerblad et al., 2020) that includes questionnaires and focus groups.

The questionnaires are being applied up to a maximum number of 300 directors and 700 teachers, based on a purposive sample of 1st cycle (N= 3 589) and 2nd cycle (N=916) public schools, considering that: 1) survey instruments do not aim at inference of attributes for a population; 2) an intentional sample often preserves relationships between variables. Data will be processed using SPSS (closed-ended questions; descriptive and multivariate statistics) and MAXQDA (open-ended questions; content analysis) software.

Three focus groups will be conducted considering the axes of analysis of this work: 1) socioeducational inequalities; 2) working conditions, well-being and mental health of teachers; and 3) recovery of learning, monitoring and assessment of students. The recruitment of participants will seek to ensure that stakeholders are representative. A maximum of 12 participants will be invited. Each discussion session will have a maximum duration of 3 hours, divided into two parts of 1.5 hours each. The contributions will be audio-recorded, transcribed and analyzed using MAXQDA software.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The first results of this work suggest that there was: 1) an extension of some of the equity measures previously implemented by the government, such as the increase of students with social and economic aid and the implementation at a national level of an Integrated Plan for the Recovery of Learning; 2) a reinforcement of technological equipment in schools and of the supply of continuous teacher training in this area; 3) by contrast, the changes introduced in their pedagogical practices, as well as, the actions implemented to promote their well-being and mental health, and addressed to the provision of training in socio-emotional skills that may support their pedagogical work in the current post-pandemic context, are less expressive; 4)
It is also at the level of socio-emotional skills, relationships, autonomy and communication with peers and teachers that students have shown the greatest difficulties in making up ground.

References
Åkerblad, L., Seppänen-Järvelä, R., &; Haapakoski, K. (2020). Integrative strategies in mixed methods research. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 15(2),152-170.
Alves, J. M., & Cabral, I. (Eds.). (2020). Ensinar e aprender em tempo de COVID 19: Entre o caos e a redenção. Faculdade de Educação e Psicologia da Universidade Católica Portuguesa.
Bannink, A., & Dam, J. V. (2021). Teaching via Zoom: Emergent discourse practices and complex footings in the online/offline classroom interface. Languages, 6(3).
Benavente, A., Peixoto, P., & Gomes, R. M. (2020). Impacto da Covid-19 no sistema de ensino português. Resultados globais. OP. Edu – Observatório das Políticas de Educação e Formação.
Cohen-Fraade, S., & Donahu, M. (2022). The impact of COVID-19 on teachers’ mental health. Journal for Multicultural Education, 16(1), 18-29.
CNE. (2021). Efeitos da pandemia COVID-19 na educação: Desigualdades e medidas de equidade. CNE.
Fernandes, M. A. F., Machado, E. A., Alves, M. P., & Vieira, D. A. (2021). Ensinar em tempos de Covid-19: Um estudo com professores dos ensinos básico e secundário em Portugal. Revista Portuguesa de Educação, 34(1), 5-27.
IAVE. (2021). Estudo diagnóstico das aprendizagens Apresentação de resultados. IAVE.
König, J., Jäger-Biela, D. J., & Glutsch, N. (2020). Adapting to online teaching during COVID-19 school closure: Teacher education and teacher competence effects among early career teachers in Germany. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(4), 608-622.
Mari, E., Lausi, G., Fraschetti, A., Pizzo, A., Baldi, M., Quaglieri, A., … Giannini, A. M. (2021). Teaching during the pandemic: A comparison in psychological wellbeing among smart working professions. Sustainability,13(9), 4850.
MacIntyre, P. D., Gregersen, T., & Mercer, S. (2020). Language teachers’ coping strategies during the Covid-19 conversion to online teaching: Correlations with stress, wellbeing and negative emotions. System, 94, 102352.
Martins, S. C. (2020). A educação e a Covid-19: Desigualdades, experiências e impactos de uma pandemia não anunciada. In R. M. Carmo, I. Tavares, & A. F. Cândido (Eds.), Um olhar sociológico sobre a crise Covid-19 em livro (pp.37-54). Observatório das Desigualdades, CIES-ISCTE.
OECD (2021). The state of global education. 18 months into the pandemic. OECD.
Pirone, F. (2021). School closures in France in 2020: Inequalities and consequences for perceptions, practices and relationships towards and within schools. European Journal of Education, 56(4), 536-549.
Zancajo, A., Verger, A., & Bolea, P. (2022).  Digitalization and beyond: The effects of Covid-19 on post-pandemic educational policy and delivery in Europe. Policy and Society, 41(1), 111-128.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm29 SES 11 C JS: Photography, film and and education: kids, grizzlies and lessons from the dead
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre C [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Bianca Thoilliez
Joint Paper Session NW 13 and NW 29

Full information in the programme under 13 SES 11 A JS (set the filter to Network 13) (In conftool follow the below)
1:30pm - 3:00pm30 SES 11 A: Whole school approaches to ESE
Location: Hetherington, 130 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Stefan Bengtsson
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

A Whole School Approach in Practice: Co-developing Reflexive Professional Development Methods to support Sustainability-oriented Educational Innovation in Norwegian Upper-secondary Schools

Rosalie Mathie1, Arjen Wals2, Astrid Sinnes1

1Norwegian University of Life Sciences; 2Wageningen University & Research

Presenting Author: Mathie, Rosalie; Wals, Arjen

The Norwegian 2020 curriculum renewal opens for schools to meaningfully integrate Education for Sustainable Development (ESD). For example, all schools are now required to facilitate learning in three sustainability-oriented interdisciplinary topics; 1. health and life skills; 2. democracy and citizenship; and 3. sustainable development (UDIR, 2020). However, it is arguable that for Norway the challenge still is, as Sandås (2018) discusses has been for some time, to figure out how to; “[…] go beyond successful pilot projects and create the necessary culture of legitimacy, the organisational framework, the competences, and the financial mechanisms to ensure that pupils experienced effective ESD” (Sandås, 2018, p. 89).

A Whole School Approach (WSA) is one model that takes a broad understanding of ESD interconnecting all three of the Norwegian curriculum-renewals interdisciplinary topics. A WSA to ESD also highlights the importance of engaging all school-related stakeholders to stimulate collective learning and meaningful participation (Wals & Mathie, 2022). Despite an increase in interest in WSAs to support educational innovations, such as ESD and Global Citizenship Education, a gap in research concerning how schools can utilise a WSA in practice still exists (Hunt & King, 2015). Moreover, Continuous Professional Development (CPD) of all staff that supports creating a culture of reflexivity, as opposed to a culture of accountability, is central to integrating a WSA (Wals & Mathie, 2022). Thus, understanding better the role of reflexivity in CPD, and exploring how a WSA can support Norway’s curriculum development within a professional development setting is a relevant research focus.

This paper is part of a PhD research study situated within a School-University partnership based in the southeast of Norway. The partnership involves the teacher education department, school district, and four upper-secondary schools. The partnership was established in 2017 to develop a common focus on ESD in practice. An overarching aim for the PhD was established: To create insight into how a Whole School Approach can facilitate the enactment of Norway’s educational innovation in the interdisciplinary topics; ‘health and life skills’; ‘democracy and citizenship’; and ‘sustainable development’. Participatory methods were employed throughout the research and involved collaboration with multi-stakeholders; university lecturers; researchers; school leaders, and the study’s main participants - 11 teachers from the four upper-secondary schools. Through a series of collaborative professional development workshops, meetings, and interviews, taking place between 2021-2022, reflexive CPD methods that utilise a WSA as a thinking tool were co-developed. The research focus and question addressed in this paper are: How can a WSA be utilised as a thinking tool for co-developing reflexive CPD methods to support sustainability-oriented educational innovation? This paper focuses on analysing four of the reflexive activities and methods (based on existing WSA-related models - Sinnes, 2021; Sterling, 2004; and Wals & Mathie, 2022) utilised in the CPD workshops, alongside critically examining the act itself of approaching CPD as a reflexive meeting place for multi-stakeholders to co-develop collaborative professional development methods.

Collated WSA literature and theory (Mathie, 2019; Mathie in press; Wals & Mathie, 2022) form the conceptual framework utilised throughout the design, facilitation and preliminary analysis of the research. Preliminary analysis identified the concepts such as Reflexivity (Hizli Alkan & Priestley, 2019; Archer 2013) and an ecological understanding of Agency (Priestley & Drew, 2019) as central themes. Therefore, what role reflexivity and agency play in the context of developing WSA-related CPD methods is critiqued. This type of collaborative CPD, involving multi-stakeholders, shows promise for fostering supportive partnerships necessary for ESD, while simultaneously developing practical methods to support the integration of sustainability-oriented educational innovation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Education Design Research (EDR) is the main method of enquiry. EDR is a participatory research method that combines scientific enquiry with systematic development in order to co-develop with stakeholders’ practical solutions to issues educators face in real-world learning contexts (McKenney & Reeves, 2018). In other words, the research scope is to go beyond the two main university deep-rooted missions of teaching and research, by also contributing to the more recent equivocal but evolving third university mission; to strengthen the impact and relevance within society and local communities (Brundenius & Göransson, 2011). Ambitious in its nature EDR provides practical design processes whereby multiple stakeholders have a shared aim to co-design innovative solutions to a specific challenge, whilst also contributing to theory building in a specific field.  EDR, also has similarities to Design Based Research (DBR), which is framed as a viable method for learning scientists whose research is commonly seen as having transformative agendas (Barab & Kurt, 2004). EDR enables solution-orientated research to be operationalised through its core iterative process, whilst also allowing for key theoretical and analytical frameworks to guide the design process. Moreover, collaborating with key stakeholders, so the school is part of co-designing and contributing to all the stages of the research, seeks to ensure the development of collective usable knowledge that remains relevant and valuable to the stakeholders themselves is achieved (Barab & Kurt, 2004; Lagemann, 2002; McKenney & Reeves, 2018).

Akin to EDR, participatory creative methods, such as utilising and creating World Café, Open Space, sustainability walks, visual time-lines, and Photo-voice related workshop activities, were employed throughout the design and data-collection phases.

Multiple data sources, video and audio recordings of the workshops, meetings, and interviews, as well as visual content, for example, photographs, logbooks, and mind-mapping, were first analysed and utilised to create reflexive timelines in Miro of the 11 teacher participants' CPD development process, the collective CPD process and a joint timeline representing each of the four schools journeys throughout the school-university partnership. These timelines were then employed as a reflexive guide and visual prompts in a second round of qualitative interviews with each of the 11 teacher participants. Video recordings of these reflexive timeline-based interviews form the data source analysed for this article. NVivo software, and Thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006, 2020) is adopted as the data analysis methodology.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings suggest that reflexive CPD methods co-developed, such as mapping, visioning and lesson development activities, can contribute to fostering a proactive ‘culture of change and collaboration’ within schools. The act itself of approaching CPD as a meeting place to co-develop collaborative professional development also shows promise for supporting meaningful integration of the curriculum-renewals interdisciplinary topics. This type of CPD involving multi-stakeholders also provides a structure for establishing supportive partnerships necessary for ESD while also developing practical methods to support sustainability-oriented educational innovation. Like Hizli Alkan & Priestley’s (2019) findings concerning the role of reflexivity in teacher mediation of curriculum making, preliminary findings indicate the importance of cultivating constructive modes of reflexivity, and that collective sense-making activities, such as the methods co-developed in this partnership, can support this. The role of participatory research and creative methods are also indicated as central to developing a culture of reflexivity.

The findings also show that it is both plausible and of significance to develop dual ‘CPD’ roles; where all participants, including the CPD facilitators, school leaders, and other involved stakeholders, are learning from and with each other. The importance of identifying dual roles in oneself is also of significance: For example, the dual role of one’s own personal professional development concerning self and subject, while simultaneously identifying one’s own role in contributing to collective sustainability-related institutional development. Therefore, the methods and activities co-developed have the flexibility to support both individualised professional development and sustainability-oriented transitions.

In terms of future considerations, the findings identify one of the strongest WSA entry points is for staff to learn from and with each other and to develop and build upon competencies already present within the school community. Therefore, participatory research that can support the development of supportive peer-peer CPD structures and methods should be considered.

References
Archer, M. S. (2013). Collective reflexivity: A relational case for it. Conceptualizing relational sociology: Ontological and theoretical issues, 145-161. Barab, S. and K. Squire (2004). "Design-based research: Putting a stake in the ground." The journal of the learning sciences 13 (1): 1-14.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3 (2), 77-101.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2020). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 1–25. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238

Brundenius, C., & Göransson, B. (2011). The three missions of universities: A synthesis of UniDev project findings. In Universities in transition (pp. 329-352): Springer.

Sinem Hizli Alkan & Mark Priestley (2019) Teacher mediation of
curriculum making: the role of reflexivity, Journal of Curriculum Studies, 51:5, 737-754, DOI:10.1080/00220272.2019.1637943

Hunt, F., King, R. P. (2015). Supporting whole school approaches to global learning: focusing learning and mapping impact.

Lagemann, E. C. (2002). An elusive science: The troubling history of education research: University of Chicago Press.

Mathie, R. G. (2019). Education for sustainable development in Norway: calling for a whole institution approach. Norwegian University of Life Sciences (NMBU), Norway Retrieved from https://nmbu.brage.unit.no/nmbu-xmlui/handle/11250/2638496

McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2018). Conducting educational design research: Routledge.

Priestley, M. & Drew, V. (2019). Professional Enquiry: an ecological approach to developing teacher agency. In D. Godfrey, & C. Brown (Eds.), An eco-system for research-engaged schools. Reforming education through research. London: Routledge.

Sandås, A. (2018). The story of ENSI in Norway and its impact on the Norwegian strategy for ESD. In C. Affolter & A. Varga (Eds.)Environment and School Initiatives: Lessons from the ENSI Network-Past, Present and Future (pp. 88-97). Budapest Environment and School Initatives ENSI.

Sinnes, A. T. (2020). Action, takk! : hva kan skolen lære av unge menneskers handlinger for bærekraftig utvikling? (1. utgave. ed.). Oslo: Gyldendal.

Sterling, S. (2004). Higher education, sustainability, and the role of systemic learning. In P. B. Corcoran & a. E. J. Wals (Eds.), Higher Education and the Challenge of Sustainability: Problematics, Promise, and Practice (pp. 49–70). Dordrecht: Springer.

UDIR. (2020). Core curriculum: Interdisciplinary topics Retrieved from https://www.udir.no/lk20/overordnet-del/prinsipper-for-laring-utviklingogdanning/tverrfagligetemaer/?lang=eng

Wals, A.E.J & Mathie, R.G. (2022). Whole school responses to climate urgency and related sustainability challenges: A perspective from northern Europe. In: M. Peters & R. Heraud (Eds.), Encyclopedia of educational innovation (pp. ). Springer.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Exploring Two Green Schools’ ESD Implementations through Whole School Approach Lens –Case Study Test

Güliz Karaarslan Semiz1, Per Sund2

1Ağrı İbrahim Çeçen University, Department of Science Education,Turkey; 2Stockholm University, Department of Teaching and Learning, Sweden

Presenting Author: Karaarslan Semiz, Güliz

Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) is not only about teaching and learning for sustainable development but also it is about practicing sustainability principles at schools (UNESCO, 2020). It is important to put sustainability at the heart of the school education through organization, teaching and learning activities, school facilities and community engagement (Tilbury & Galvin, 2022). A whole school approach (WSA) to ESD is related to embedding sustainability in all aspects of school life from curriculum, pedagogical approaches, school management to school operations (Henderson & Tilbury, 2004). It also advocates learning outside the school and partnership with the local community (Tilbury & Galvin, 2022). Whole school approach was conceptualized in the academic literature and its core dimensions were determined. Several WSA models from the literature (Shallcross, 2005; Shallcross & Robinson, 2008; Wals & Mathie, 2022) guided to designing this study’s questions and analytical framework. For instance, in a recent WSA model Wals and Mathie (2022) described 6 core dimensions which are 1) instituonal practices, 2) capacity building, 3) pedagogy & learning, 4) community connections and 5) vision & ethos. The authors put vision, ethos and leadership in the center of the model. All dimensions of WSA model have numerous characteristics and interconnections and each dimension is essential for creating a sustainable school model. In this study, we have examined six aspects of WSA framework in order to explore schools’ ESD practices. These aspects are: school vision, teaching and learning, student engagement, community partnership, school leadership and institutional practices. While exploring teaching and learning aspect of WSA to ESD, we focused on three didactical questions (what, how and why) coming from the previous literature (Sund & Gericke, 2020).

Today, green school programs share a desire to transform education through WSA framework for being a model of sustainability (Gough, 2020). Green schools such as eco-schools can play an important role for increasing students’ willingness to take positive actions for sustainability (Scholz, 2011; Dzerefos, 2020). In this study, we examined one green school from Sweden and one green school from Turkey through WSA lens. Schools in Sweden actively participate in different green school programs like green flag eco-school and National Sustainable school award for a long time (Gericke, Manni & Stagell, 2020). In Turkish context, schools have engaged in eco-schools program since 1995 and recently, National Ministry of Education declared that they will make some regulations for integrating sustainable development goals in the whole school programs (MoNE, 2022). In the literature, there are several studies about the student-level impacts of these schools (eg., Olsson et al., 2016; Özsoy, Ertepınar & Sağlam, 2012). However, there is a need to examine how these schools embrace all aspects of WSA framework. In the policy level, after Green Deal was adopted by EU, the role of education towards a green transition was emphasized (Tilbury & Galvin, 2022). European Commission (2022) recommended to adopt WSA framework in education institutions and this new policy brought more opportunities for international cooperation in terms of advocating WSA (Tilbury & Galvin, 2022). Through an international collaboration, this study provides a comprehensive perspective by examining different dimensions of WSA and identifying key drivers and barriers in implementing WSA to ESD in two green schools. Regardless of the previous literature, we aimed to explore two green schools’ ESD approach and implementations in two country contexts. Research questions of this study are:

  • How key aspects of whole school approach to ESD appear at two green schools in Sweden and Turkey?
  • What are the key drivers and barriers of influencing the use of whole school approach to ESD at two green schools in Sweden and Turkey?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a multiple qualitative case study as case studies provide an intensive and holistic description of a bounded phenomena such as a program, an institution or an individual (Merriam, 1998). In this initial test of data within a international post doc collaboration project we have selected two schools which are currently implementing sustainability oriented programs. We identified these schools through contacting with green school organizations which are Keep Sweden Tidy and Turkish Environmental Education Foundation. Case school in Sweden is an ESD awarded secondary school (from 7th grade to 9th grade) and case school in Turkey is a green flag secondary eco-school (from 5th grade to 8th grade). We have collected data from three teachers and one principal in each country. In order to get a variety of perspectives related to ESD, teachers from different branches which were science, social science, art & design, language and home economics were interviewed. One green school coordinator from each school were also interviewed. Totally we have interviewed six teachers and two principals and interviews lasted about one hour.
In order to collect data semi-structured interviews were used. We have prepared 16 interview questions for participating teachers and 11 interview questions for the principals. The interview questions focused on 6 dimensions of WSA to ESD. That is to say, we asked both teachers and principals about school vision, student engagement, community partnership and institutional practices. Separately, we asked teachers some questions about teaching and learning of ESD and we asked principals several questions about school leadership. Moreover, we examined schools’ websites and several school reports to validate interview responses.

In order to analyze qualitative data, a thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) was conducted.
Firstly a coding list were created based on the WSA framework derived from the relevant literature (eg., Shallcross & Robinson, 2008; Sterling, 2010; Wals & Mathie, 2022) and then, codes evolved from the data were added to this list. Six themes and 12 categories were identified during the data analysis. For instance, for the school vision theme, two categories were emerged  1) general awareness about sustainability 2) embedding sustainability into school subjects. Data from two schools were examined by the first author and then the second author. Both coders coded this data separately and coding process was compared. The themes and categories were discussed and after negotiations, inter-rater aggreement among the coders was found as %92.




Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This case study, a introductory test of data in a a larger international study, provided us some initial evidences how WSA to ESD is implemented in two green schools in two country contexts. We have presented results based on the six aspects of WSA. For instance, regarding teaching and learning of ESD, all subject teachers in both case schools teach sustainability subjects and develop extra-curricular activities. Cross-curricula collaboration is a common approach while teaching ESD in Swedish school as the national curriculum supports cross-curricula collaboration (Sund, Gericke & Bladh, 2020). However, in Turkish school, cross-curricula collaboration is limited because of intense curriculum content. In terms of community connection, in Swedish school, collaboration was developed with several organizations and students sometimes engaged in solving local problems in their community. In Turkish school, collaboration with the community mostly appeared with several activities such as tree planting, inviting organizatons for giving seminars. Principals and teachers in both schools highlighted environmentally focused practices such as reducing energy and water consumption, and recycling. In Turkish school, each year teachers and students work on a sustainability theme and eco-school coordinator voluntarily facilitate the process to ensure that sustainability is put into practice. In Swedish school, principal provided coordinator teacher to use 20% of her working hours to facilitate ESD activities at school. There are several committed teachers at local schools to push sustainability activities however, for a continious ESD implementation,  all teachers and school staff should be encouraged and supported (Seiser, Mogren, Gericke, Berglund & Olsson, 2022). We will present detailed results to show how all aspects of WSA appear at two schools. Morever, we will discuss possible main drivers and barriers in realizing WSA to ESD based on the school contexts and country policies in the more extended international collaboration between Sweden and Turkey.

References
European Commission (2022). Learning for the green transition and sustainable development. Accompanying for a council recommendation on learning for environmental sustainability  Brussels: EC. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/db585fc7-ed6e-11ec-a534-01aa75ed71a1/language-en/format-PDF/

Gericke, N., Manni, A., & Stagell, U. (2020). The green school movement in Sweden – past, present and future. In A. Gough, J. C. Lee & E. P. K. Tsang (Eds.), Green schools movements around the world: Stories of impact on education for sustainable development, (pp. 309–332). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-46820-0_17

Gough, A., Lee, J.C., & Tsang, E. P. (2020). Green schools globally. Stories of
impact on education for sustainable development. Springer

Henderson, K., & Tilbury, D. (2004). Whole-school approaches to sustainability: An
international review of sustainable school programs. Report Prepared by the Australian Research Institute in Education for Sustainability. (ARIES) for The Department of the Environment and Heritage, Australian Government. ISBN, 1(86408), 979.

Ministry of National Education [MoNE] (2022). İklim değişikliği eylem planı [Climate action plan].https://merkezisgb.meb.gov.tr/meb_iys_dosyalar/2022_09/29171316_Milli_EYitim_BakanlYYY_Yklim_DeYiYikliYi_Eylem_PlanY.pdf

Olsson,  D., Gericke, N. & Chang Rundgren, S. N.  (2016). The effect of implementation of education for sustainable development in Swedish compulsory schools-assessing pupils’ sustainability consciousness, Environmental Education Research, 22:2, 176-202, DOI: 10.1080/13504622.2015.1005057

Özsoy, S., Ertepinar, H., & Saglam, N. (2012). Can eco-schools improve elementary school students’ environmental literacy levels? Asia-Pacific Forum on Science Learning and Teaching, 13(2, Article 3), 1–25. https://www.eduhk.hk.

Seiser, A.F., Mogren, A.,  Gericke, N., Berglund, T., & Olsson, D. (2022). Developing school leading guidelines facilitating a whole school approach to education for sustainable development, Environmental Education Research, DOI:10.1080/13504622.2022.2151980

Shallcross, T., Robinson, J., Pace, P., & Wals, A. E. J. (Eds.). (2006). Creating
sustainable environments in our schools (p. 205). Trentham Publishers: Stoke On Trent.

Shallcross, T., & Robinson, J. (2008). Sustainability education, whole school
approaches, and communities of action. In B. J. J. N. Alan ReidBjarne, Venka Simovska (Ed.),Participation and Learning - Perspectives on Education and the Environment, Health and Sustainability (pp. 299-320): Springer.

Sund, P. & Gericke, N. (2020). Teaching contributions from secondary school subject
areas to education for sustainable development-a comparative study of science, social science and language teachers. Environmental Education Research,26(6),772-794.Doi: 10.1080/13504622.2020.1754341

Tilbury, D. & Galvin, C. (2022). Input paper: A whole school approach to learning for
environmental sustainability. European Commission.

Türkiye Çevre Eğitimi Vakfı  [Turkey Environmental Education Foundation] (2020). Eko- okullar [Eco-schools]. http://www.ekookullar.org.tr/.

Wals, A.E.J., Mathie, R.G. (2022). Whole school responses to climate urgency and
related sustainability challenges. In Peters, M.A., Heraud, R. (Eds.)  Encyclopedia of Educational Innovation (pp.1-8). Springer Nature.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Two Stories of Transforming Teaching Practice into Education for Sustainable Development Through a Whole School Approach

Daniel Olsson, Teresa Berglund, Niklas Gericke

The Research Centre of Science, Mathematics and Engineering Education Research (SMEER), Institution of Environmental and Life Sciences, The Faculty of Health, Science and Technology, Karlstad University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Olsson, Daniel

This paper will contribute to the knowledge gap in research concerning the transformation of teaching towards education for sustainable development (ESD), by investigating the process of developing a whole school approach to ESD in two Swedish schools. The practices of ESD have been extensively described in theory. However, the transformation into concrete teaching and learning is an undeniable challenge (Kang, 2019; Sund, 2015), in particular when the aim is to develop students’ competences for taking sustainability action (Olsson, et al., 2022).

A whole school approach to ESD is described as a way to integrate sustainability among all actors at different levels of the school organization, from leaders to teachers and students (Gericke, 2022; Wals & Mathies, 2022). Teacher professional development programs designed to support the development of a whole school approach to ESD has been shown to influence the teachers’ self-efficacy towards sustainability teaching and to support teachers to integrate ESD into their educational practice. However, we also know from research that it may take a long time before a whole school approach to ESD can be seen as fully introduced (Forssten Seiser et al., 2022) and hence, for students to experience all the components of ESD in the teaching at their school (Olsson et al., 2022). The school culture and external factors outside the schools’ mandate may also give different preconditions to successfully integrate ESD into the teaching practice (Gericke & Torbjörnsson, 2022). These different external preconditions might have great implications on how to implement ESD, which is the focus of this study to investigate what success factors and obstacles that can be identified when teachers introduce ESD into their teaching practice.

A way to explain schools’ ESD teaching culture can be to explore the selective teaching traditions in terms of fact-based, normative and pluralistic sustainability teaching (Sund, 2016). While the fact-based and normative tradition has been described as problematic for developing young people’s competences to deal with sustainability issues, the pluralistic tradition has on the other hand been described as an approach with the capacity to empower students with competences to deal with sustainability issues (Olsson et al., 2022). Pluralistic teaching could be seen as the democratic collective and participatory approach where students are involved in discussions and where different views and values are acknowledged in relation to the sustainability issue at hand (Öhman & Östman, 2019). In addition to pluralism, there are two additional and important components that compose ESD teaching and learning (Sinakou et al., 2019). The first additional component is holism, which emphasizes the importance of including environmental, economic, and social perspectives and to include both time (from past to future) and space (local to global) perspectives to the sustainability issues (Berglund & Gericke, 2022). Finally, the action orientation component includes the possibility for students to to train and develop action taking through inclusion of authentic sustainability issues in teaching and learning (Sinakou et al., 2029).

Given the difficulties for teachers to transform teaching practice towards ESD, and that ESD initiatives may not be fully tailored to the diversity of school contexts, this study focuses on how ESD practice and the teachers’ view of ESD develops in two schools with different preconditions for implementing a whole school approach to ESD. The investigation is guided by the following objective:

How do teachers’ views of ESD teaching evolve over time as they participate in a professional development program on a whole school approach to ESD and what success factors and obstacles could be identified as the teachers introduce ESD to their teaching practice?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the current study we report on both qualitative and quantitative data results of teachers in two schools in a Swedish municipality. The teachers in both schools participated in a teacher professional development program (TPD) aiming to introduce a whole school approach to ESD in schools in the municipality. The TPD ran for three years between December 2016 and December 2019. One joint seminar day was held each semester for all the teachers and school leaders in the participating schools. The first seminar focused on the question of the goals and importance of ESD. The second seminar focused on the holism component of ESD and the approach to the sustainability content in the teaching. From the third seminar and onwards, the focus of the seminars were on how to transform the teaching practice towards ESD and how to promote students’ competences to take action for sustainability. In between the seminars the teachers worked in teams in their respective school on the transformation process towards ESD teaching and learning.
 
There was one or two teachers in each school who worked between 10-20 percent as ESD facilitators in each school. These facilitators met with researchers on monthly basis to get support in the ESD process at their school. The facilitators were intended to support the school leaders who lead the ESD process at their respective school, see Gericke and Torbjörnsson (2022) for a detailed description.

School 1 is a primary school (grades 1-3) with about 45 teachers. One teacher was allocated time to function as ESD facilitator. The school is located in an urban multi-cultural area of the municipality. School 2 is a primary/secondary school (grades 1-9) with about 35 teachers. Two teachers were ESD facilitators. One for the primary level and one for the secondary level. School 2 is located in a rural area of the municipality.

Quantitative data related to the teachers views of ESD (11 items) and their ESD teaching practice (11 items) were collected from all teachers in the schools at five occasions between December 2016 and June 2019. They responded on a five point Likert-scale from totally disagree to totally agree. In addition, we also collected qualitative data from the ESD facilitators through i) their logbooks, in which they wrote on monthly basis for the first half of the project, and towards the end of the project ii) through interviews with the facilitators after the project ended.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings of this study reveal differences in the level of success when introducing ESD in the two schools participating in the same TPD programme.

Our quantitative findings show that teachers in School 1 strengthened their view of what ESD is through the TPD, the teachers in School 2 did not. The findings on ESD teaching practice go in the same direction. School 1 reports a higher level of ESD teaching at the end of the project while School 2 reports no improved ESD teaching practice. Furthermore, School 1 has made a transformation from normative towards a more pluralistic view of the teaching, while School 2 retained the normative view of teaching also at the end of the TPD.

The qualitative results go in the same direction. The facilitator logbooks reveal that School 1 adopts new approaches and updates their view of ESD. They also make changes towards more interdisciplinary teaching. Moreover, the School 1 facilitator describes in the interview that ESD has become a natural part of all the work in the school. Contrary, the facilitator logbooks of School 2 do not reveal any progress related to the teachers’ ESD teaching practice. Instead, the facilitator logbooks and interviews indicate that the teachers struggle with the process of integrating ESD inteaching and learning at their school.

To summarize, this study shows that one joint TPD programme aiming to support schools in the transformation process towards ESD results in very different levels of success. Like Gericke and Torbjörnsson (2022 discuss), this could be related to factors inside and outside the school influencing the possibilities of transforming the teaching practice towards ESD. By the time of the ECER conference we will be able to further present possible success factors and obstacles when teachers introduce ESD to their teaching practice.

References
Berglund, T. & Gericke, N. (2022). Diversity in views as a resource for learning? Student perspectives on the interconnectedness of sustainable development dimensions. Environmental Education Research, 28(3), 354-381.

Boeve-de Pauw, J., Olsson, D., Berglund, T., & Gericke, N. (2022). Teachers’ ESD self-efficacy and practices: a longitudinal study on the impact of teacher professional development. Environmental Education Research, 28(6), 867-885.

Forssten Seiser, A., Mogren, A., Gericke, N., Berglund, T., & Olsson, D. (2022). Developing school leading guidelines facilitating a whole school approach to education for sustainable development. Environmental Education Research, 1-23.

Gericke, N. (2022). Implementation of Education for Sustainable Development Through a Whole School Approach. In: Karaarslan-Semiz, G. (Eds.) Education for Sustainable Development in Primary and Secondary Schools. Sustainable Development Goals Series, 153–166. Springer, Cham.

Gericke, N., and T. Torbjörnsson. (2022). Identifying Capital for School Improvement: recommendations for a Whole School Approach to ESD Implementation. Environmental Education Research, 28 (6): 803–825.

Kang, W. (2019). Perceived Barriers to Implementing Education for Sustainable Development among Korean Teachers. Sustainability, 11 (9): 2532.

Öhman, J., and L. Östman. (2019). Different Teaching Traditions in Environmental and Sustainability Education. In Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges, edited by K. Van Poeck, L. Östman, and J. Öhman, 70–82. London, United Kingdom: Routledge

Olsson, D., Gericke, N., & Boeve-de Pauw, J. (2022). The effectiveness of education for sustainable development revisited–a longitudinal study on secondary students’ action competence for sustainability. Environmental Education Research, 28(3), 405-429.

Sinakou, E., V. Donche, J. Boeve-de Pauw, and P. Van Petegem. (2019). Designing Powerful Learning Environments in Education for Sustainable Development: A Conceptual Framework. Sustainability, 11 (21): 5994.

Sund, P. (2016). Discerning selective traditions in science education – A qualitative study of teachers’ responses to what is important in science teaching. Cultural Studies in Science Education, 11(2), 387-409.

Sund, P. (2015). Experienced ESD-school teachers’ teaching – an issue of complexity. Environmental Education Research, 21(1), 22-44.  

Wals, A., & Mathie, R. G. (2022). Whole School Responses to Climate Urgency and Related Sustainability Challenges. In M. A. Peters & R. Heraud (Eds.), Encyclopedia of Educational Innovation (pp. 1-8). Singapore: Springer Singapore
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm30 SES 11 B: Teachers' views and attitudes in ESE
Location: Hetherington, 133 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Paul Vare
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Global Education and Sustainable Development in Initial and In-service Teacher Education: the Polish Case

Magdalena Kuleta-Hulboj1, Elżbieta Olczak2

1University of Warsaw, Poland; 2Grupa Zagranica, Poland

Presenting Author: Kuleta-Hulboj, Magdalena

The study was a part of a bigger research project carried out in Poland, the Czech Republic, Slovakia and Hungary with the financial support of the International Visegrad Fund. The main aim of the study was to identify opportunities and threats, obstacles and possibilities regarding the integration or strengthening of EG/ESD in teacher education. The project also aimed at developing recommendations to strengthen these initiatives.

In the research project, systemic perspective was adopted as the theoretical framework (Fereira et al. 2019). This approach is founded on several assumptions: (1) The primary research problem is recognised as a system, i.e. a set of identifiable elements connected by mutual relationships; (2) These elements form subsystems within the higher system; (3) The boundaries between the system and its environment are partially permeable; however, they make the identification of the system possible; (4) Each system acts purposefully, while the guiding principle is to maintain the status quo.

The research problem was defined as follows: What factors favour/contribute to or prevent the inclusion of GE in teacher education and training?

In the presentation we will focus on the results from the Polish case study, however we will place them in the Central European / the Visegrad Group context to highilight some commonalities and differences.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research is situated in a participatory/activist research paradigm. Research is understood not as the creation of scientific knowledge by a researcher-expert, but as a process of co-creation of knowledge by the researchers and the researched and as a way of emancipating/empowering the researched. The researcher-researched relationship is active, dynamic and participatory. The aim of this type of research is both the aforementioned co-creation of knowledge and the development of practical solutions to social problems, developing the potential of groups involved in the research, strengthening commitment to problems relevant to the community. Hence, this research is often conducted in the field of social work, local environment organisation or community management, as well as in education, as exemplified by our project.

To answer the research question we used an innovative qualitative research method known as Participatory Systems Mapping (Barbrook-Johnson, Penn 2021). A group of respondents was invited to attend a series of online workshops. During the first session, the participants were asked to prepare a mind map with their answers to the research question using Miro (www.miro.com). In the second workshop, participants worked collectively on a causal diagram showing the main links and cause-and-effect relationships between the factors they had identified in the first workshop.
The workshops were conducted with two study groups that altogether comprised 11 people: four academics (who are both lecturers and researchers) representing four different universities (from four different cities); three practitioners representing three different NGOs (from two cities); two pedagogy students from the University of Warsaw (different programmes, part-time and full-time students); and two officials from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. A representative of the Ministry of Education and Science was also invited but could not attend.

The research team included Magdalena Kuleta-Hulboj, PhD, and Elżbieta Kielak (Olczak), a psychologist, an experienced educator and trainer in global and intercultural education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on the study, the most important conclusions regarding the barriers and possibilities of developing GE in teacher education and training were formulated.

The following primary obstacles were defined:
- The current socio-political climate in Poland, where GE is considered to be a suspicious, controversial and highly politicised topic;
- Reluctance of Ministry of Education to support GE
- Lack of systemic solutions regarding the presence of GE in the teacher training standards and in the Polish Qualifications Framework;
- Lack of structured and meaningful cooperation among the main stakeholders;
- Lack of cooperation and an interdisciplinary approach among university faculties;
- Overloaded core curriculum that largely ignores GE and offers no space for extra-curricular or cross-curricular topics;
- Approaching GE at universities in terms of fun rather than ‘real’ education due to the applied methods (frequently perceived as ‘frivolous’ and ‘non-academic’).

The respondents emphasised the following supporting factors:
- Extremely rich offer of educational materials, methods and tools already in place;
- Significant number of teachers trained to date;
- Committed individuals who ‘smuggle’ GE into their own lessons, fight for its inclusion in the curricula, encourage others to get involved and create informal support networks;
- More frequent presence of topics related to GE in pop culture and social media, which creates opportunities for the dissemination of this topic in Polish society (informal education) and changing the socio-political climate to a more favourable one;
- GE’s potential as education towards values, whereby GE may be seen as a valuable contribution to school programmes of education and prevention of abuse.

Some of the supporting and hindering factors proved to be common to all project countries, others -specific to Poland. However, in the project we were able to draw some common conclusions and recommendations which we intend to present at the conference.

References
- ANGEL (2021). Global Education Digest 2021. London: Development Education Research Centre, UCL Institute of Education.
- Barbrook-Johnson P., Penn A. (2021). Participatory systems mapping for complex energy policy evaluation. ‘Evaluation’ 27(1): 57–79. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1356389020976153
- Fereira J.-A., Ryan L., Davis J., Cavanagh M., Thomaset J. (2019). Mainstreaming sustainability into pre-service teacher education in Australia. Canberra: Prepared by the Australian Research Institute in Education for Sustainability for the Australian Government Department of the Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts.
- Gierczyk M., D. Dobosz. (2016). Możliwości metodologiczne w badaniach problemów społecznych – perspektywa partycypacyjna. „Pedagogika Społeczna” 2(60): 151–165.
- Grupa Zagranica. (2011). Raport z procesu międzysektorowego na temat edukacji globalnej [Report on the cross-sectoral process dedicated to Global Education]. Warsaw: Grupa Zagranica.
- Piekarski J. (2017). Perspektywa uczestnicząca w badaniach empirycznych – zarys tematyczny. „Przegląd
Badań Edukacyjnych (Educational Studies Review)” (2)25: 267–298. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.12775/PBE.2014.030
- Singleton J. (2015). Head, heart and hands model for transformative learning: Place as context for changing sustainability values. „The Journal of Sustainability Education” 9.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Teacher Intention to Implement ESD – Testing the Interaction Effect of Teacher Self-efficacy and Ascription of Personal Responsibility

Nena Vukelić

University of Rijeka, Croatia

Presenting Author: Vukelić, Nena

In education for sustainable development (ESD), student teachers are considered crucial agents facilitating changes in—and promoting—sustainable development (SD; UNESCO, 2017). Their willingness to implement ESD is essential for the sustainable reconfiguration of institutions and educational processes. The role of (student) teachers in ESD and their preparation for the implementation of ESD is the topic of international concern that attracts more and more attention from educational researchers, practitioners and creators of policy guidelines and recommendations. However, studies focused on examining either student teachers’ intention to implement ESD or identification of factors that shape the same intention are scarce. Therefore, this study focused on student teachers and aimed to examine the factors contributing to their intention to implement ESD in their future professional life.

One of the relevant theories for studying teacher intention to implement ESD is the Norm Activation Model (NAM, Schwartz, 1977; Schwartz & Howard, 1981). NAM’s main assumptions is that individuals will be ready to behave in a certain way only after their personal norm has been activated. To activate personal norm, an individual has to take the responsibility for their actions (a construct named ascription of personal responsibility), and they have to assess whether they are capable to behave in a particular way, which in the education research field represents (teacher) self-efficacy construct.

Therefore, two theoretically supported predictors of intention to implement ESD can be identified: teacher self-efficacy and ascription of personal responsibility for ESD implementation. Furthermore, it seems that there are both theoretical and empirical evidence that these two predictors are interconnected. For example, Lauermann & Karabenick (2011) argue that teachers who accept or take responsibility for certain action (e.g., they believe it is their responsibility to solve certain educational problem), to a larger degree believe in their own abilities to conduct certain activity or action. Responsibility is conceptualized as motivational factor that drives teacher’s decision to behave in the way they find efficient (Lauermann & Karabenick, 2011). Furthermore, the significant relationship between teacher self-efficacy and teacher’s ascription of responsibility was confirmed in empirical studies. For example, while studying the factors that form student teacher’s decisions to implement aspects of multicultural education in their future professional work, Kozel (2007) found that teacher self-efficacy represents one of the key factors, followed by the evaluation of whether certain action or strategy will result in desired learning outcome and the sense of responsibility to solve certain problem or achieve certain outcome. In ESD research field, Vukelić & Rončević (2019) found that ascription of personal responsibility represents a significant predictor of teacher self-efficacy for ESD. Student teachers who ascribe responsibility to solve sustainability and environmental protection issues to themselves to a higher extent, show higher levels of belief that they are competent to implement ESD.

So according to the NAM and aforementioned studies results, even putting them separately, teacher self-efficacy and ascription of responsibility in isolation are both good predictors of teachers' intentions (Kozel, 2007; Schwartz, 1977; Schwartz & Howard, 1981). Therefore, it can be expected that individuals who are both high in self-efficacy and ascription of personal responsibility are inclined to implement ESD. Furthermore, it can be argued the joint effect of teacher self-efficacy and ascription of personal responsibility is instrumental to enhancing teachers' intention to implement ESD.

As teacher self-efficacy and ascription of personal responsibility are both relevant to teachers’ professional activities, it is especially essential to examine how both variables interact with each other to affect teachers’ intention to implement ESD. Thus, this study aimed to investigate how teacher self-efficacy and ascription of personal responsibility (for ESD implementation) interact to affect teachers’ intention to implement ESD.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Interaction describes a situation in which combined effects of two interacting variables (predictors) act on an outcome variable. To test the interaction effects of teacher self-efficacy and ascription of personal responsibility the polynomial regression with response surface analysis was employed. Compared to a regular moderation analysis, this approach allows for a more nuanced examination of the different levels at which (mis)match between two predictors (in this case teacher self-efficacy for ESD and the teacher ESD responsibility) can be achieved as well as the functional forms of the (mis)match.
A total of 698 student teachers (of which 528 female and 170 male) participated in the study. Student teachers’ average age was 22.54 (SD=2.42). The research was conducted by using the combination of printed and online questionnaires, completed during regular teacher education lessons in Croatia. This study is part of a larger, mixed-method project “Formal Education in Service of Sustainable Development”, 5 years long research project funded by Croatian Science Foundation (2018-2023).
Research instrument consisted of three scales: (I) Intention to implement ESD scale (Vukelić, 2021) that measures four different types of teacher intention in ESD (general intention to implement ESD, intention to implement ESD content, intention to implement ESD teaching approaches and methods and intention to focus on achieving ESD learning goals), (II) Teacher self-efficacy for ESD scale (Vukelić & Rončević, 2019; based on Effeney & Davis, 2013), and (III) Teacher ascription of responsibility for ESD scale (Vukelić, 2021).
The combination of polynomial regression analysis and response surface analysis was used. In the polynomial model the outcome variables (four different aspects of intention to implement ESD) are regressed on the teacher self-efficacy for ESD (X) and the teacher ESD responsibility  (Y), the squared terms of the teacher self-efficacy for ESD (X2) and the teacher ESD responsibility (Y2), and the cross-product of the teacher self-efficacy for ESD and teacher ESD responsibility (XY). This model can be examined since both predictor variables are commensurable, i.e., both variables (teacher self-efficacy for ESD and teacher ESD responsibility) are measured on the same measurement scale and represent the same content domain (Edwards & Parry, 1993).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study expands current work on teachers’ intention to implement ESD by exploring its predictors and their joint effects. Apart from that, this study provides a basic framework on how to examine interaction effect by using polynomial regression with response surface analysis (Shanock et al., 2010). It allows us to test the joint effect of two predictors on one outcome variable, permitting a three-dimensional description, a method that is rarely used in educational research.
Teacher self-efficacy and ascription of responsibility positively contribute to student teachers’ intention to implement ESD. Furthermore, when teacher self-efficacy and ascription of responsibility for ESD implementation are in agreement, intention to implement ESD increases as teacher self-efficacy and ascription of responsibility for ESD implementation both increases. When both teacher self-efficacy and ascription of responsibility for ESD implementation are low, the intention to implement ESD is also low. Furthermore, it was obtained that student teachers’ intentions increase when the difference between teacher self-efficacy and ascription of responsibility for ESD implementation becomes larger. These results suggest that higher levels of either one of the predictors lead to higher teachers’ intention to implement ESD. Although teachers’ intention to implement ESD is the highest when teacher self-efficacy and ascription of responsibility are both high, it seems that higher levels of at least one of the two predictors are enough for student teachers to intend to implement ESD. This accentuates the need to empower future teachers for the implementation of ESD through initial and lifelong learning programs, by encouraging the development of their teacher self-efficacy, but also a sense of responsibility for moving towards a sustainable future.

References
Edwards, J. R., & Parry, M. E. (1993). On the use of polynomial regression equations as an alternative to difference scores in organizational research. Academy of Management journal, 36(6), 1577-1613. https://doi.org/10.5465/256822
Effeney, G. & Davis, J. (2013). Education for sustainability: A case study of pre-service primary teachers' knowledge and efficacy. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 38(5), 32-46.
Kozel, S. (2007). Exploring pre-service teachers' sense of responsibility for multiculturalism and diversity: Scale construction and construct validation. [Doctoral dissertation]. The Ohio State University.
Lauermann, F. & Karabenick, S. A. (2011). Taking teacher responsibility into account (ability): Explicating its multiple components and theoretical status. Educational Psychologist, 46(2), 122-140. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2011.558818
Shanock, L. R., Baran, B. E., Gentry, W. A., Pattison, S. C., & Heggestad, E. D. (2010). Polynomial regression with response surface analysis: A powerful approach for examining moderation and overcoming limitations of difference scores. Journal of Business and Psychology, 25(4), 543-554. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10869-010-9183-4
Schwartz, S. H. (1977). Normative influences on altruism. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (pp. 221-279). Academic Press.
Schwartz, S.H. & Howard, J.A. (1981). A normative decision-making model of altruism. In J.P. Rushton & R.M. Sorrentino (Eds.), Altruism and helping behavior (pp. 89-211). Lawrence Erlbaum, Hillside, NJ.
UNESCO (2017). Education for Sustainable Development: Learning Objectives. UNESCO. http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0024/002474/247444e.pdf
Vukelić, N. (2021). Prediktori razine namjere budućih nastavnika za implementaciju obrazovanja za održivi razvoj [Predictors of student teachers' intentions to implement education for sustainable development]. [Doctoral dissertation]. University of Rijeka, Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences.
Vukelić, N. & Rončević, N. (2019). Can (future) teachers initiate social change? Educational Systems and Societal Changes: Challenges and Opportunities ESSCCO, Rijeka: 6.-7. June.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm30 SES 11 C: Didactics of ESE
Location: Hetherington, 317 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Katrien Van Poeck
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Exploring a Goethean Approach to a Transformative, Phenomenological Sustainability Science Education

Donald Gray

University of Aberdeen, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Gray, Donald

Current socio-environmental problems are in part, it can be argued, a result of reductive thinking in modern science, the essence of which has remained largely unchanged for three centuries. Such a reductive and quantitative approach to science, linked to a mechanical model of nature (Robbins, 2005), separates humanity from nature whereby the scientist becomes an onlooker onto something of which they are not a part. This has been contributary to the problems of the Anthropocene, posing a threat to humanity and all living things on the planet (Rockström et al., 2009). Yet, even acknowledging this, science is still seen as an important contributor to the resolution of these problems (Tortell, 2020). Nevertheless, in recent years there has been critique of the way in which some methodological aspects of scientific research are conducted (Ahn et al., 2006), particularly in relation to complex socio-environmental issues. Such thinking, it is suggested, has to be changed to develop approaches more suited to the current era (Raven, 2002). However, the current model of science is not the only possibility and there is a growing interest in more holistic approaches that result in an integrated sustainability science (Kates et al., 2001). This is similarly probed at the level of science education, with many authors suggesting that schools need to approach science in a different way to enable young people to have a much greater understanding of the complex interconnectedness of living and material processes and the way in which social and environmental issues are inextricably intertwined (Bencze, 2017; Gray & Colucci-Gray, 2014). It has been suggested that there is a need to complement the prevalent quantitative, reductive science education with a more qualitative, phenomenologically-based science process (Østergaard et al., 2008). One such approach was developed by J W von Goethe (Richards, 2002), which, it is said, can result in the metamorphosis of the scientist (Amrine, 1998) and foster a deeper sense of responsibility and care for the natural world (Seamon, 2005). Goethean science forms the foundation to much of Steiner/Waldorf educational principles (Rawson & Kiel, 2018) but is largely unrecognised in mainstream schools. The idea of imagination and insight is one key aspect of Goethean science which is developed in particular ways and involves heightened sensory awareness and artistic sensitivities (Hoffmann, 2020), but Goethean science is also a very rigorous, methodological, phenomenologically based approach that aligns very well with existing scientific methodology and has promise for a renewed approach to school and university science and our relationship with the natural world. This paper explores the possibilities for a sustainability science education incorporating aspects of the Goethean science methodology and which aligns well with current thinking in STEAM and embodied, enactive education (Colucci-Gray et al., 2017).

Using a Delphi style approach, the research undertaken for this paper explored the characteristics and method of Goethean science, considering whether this more qualitative, holistic, methodology provides any promise in complementing the dominant quantitative and reductionist approach used in the sciences and what it offers for environmental and sustainability education in schools. Consideration is given to how these can be translated into science education at primary and secondary levels and inform the perceptions of educators as to their potential efficacy and implementation.

Research Questions

1. What is the key element of Goethe’s science that stands it apart from modern mainstream science?

2. What is the role of the arts in Goethean science?

3. Is Goethean science a transformative process? If so, in what way?

4. What are the main challenges to integrating a Goethean method into mainstream school science education?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Following institutional ethical approval, the methodology employed a three stage process:
Stage 1. Engaging with the literature.
The literature reviewed covered the promises and critiques of both the current scientific paradigm as well as the methodology described by Goethe and his successors. While Goethean approaches are recognised by some educational establishments e.g. Waldorf schools, they are not widely adopted in mainstream schools. Examination of any reservations displayed around Waldorf science education, as well as the perceived benefits of Goethean science, were examined to determine which aspects of Goethean science can potentially be integrated with existing pedagogies supporting sustainability science education.

Stage 2. Expert Witness Statements. Following the collation and analysis of literature, a Delphi style approach was adopted in which conversations with scholars in the area of Goethean science were held to affirm any key ideas extrapolated from the literature. These focussed on key practices embedded within the methodology of Goethean science and how these might be construed as pedagogical approaches at different levels in science education.  Thirteen authors and figures in the area of Goethean science and education were approached to further the investigation of ideas and nine interviews conducted. The interviews and further email conversations enabled full exploration of ideas drawing from many different perspectives, but each with a background in Goethean scholarship.

All interviews were recorded, with permission of the participants, transcribed and in depth analysis conducted. Key ideas were drawn from the analysis of both literature and scholarly dialogue to produce a potential framework of Goethean science which can be applied to complement the current dominant quantitative and reductive scientific paradigm.  The key concepts have been refined through close literature reading and expert witness statements to provide a framework for enacting the integration of reductionist, quantitative science education, with a more holistic, qualitative approach.

Stage 3.  Adaptation to School Science Curricula. From the framework developed in stage two a key elements that may be feasible to adapt as complementary approaches in science education to address the given curriculum and sustainability are being developed.  Given the often entrenched curricular and policy directives, particularly in secondary schools, it is important that complementary approaches must be compatible with current curricular requirements. The intention is that, if shown to have promise, such complementary approaches may be recognised and adopted into mainstream practice. A preliminary framework will be presented and discussed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research results suggest that Goethean science methodology, or what others have termed holistic or integrative science methodology, has the potential to cultivate the senses and generate much greater awareness of our position within the natural world and our relationships within it in a potentially transformative educational process.
While there are constraints that need to be considered and addressed in trying to integrate Goethean, phenomenological, methods into mainstream science education, some possible ways forward appear to be:
1) The need to begin in the early stages of pre- and primary school to inculcate the habits and build children’s conditions through cultivating curiosity of mind, skills of the will and sensitivity of the senses. Sensorial, embodied and enactive approaches are key, linking this with practice of drawing or detailed description of what one sees, perhaps linked with other arts-based activities e.g. poetry, drama.
a. Where possible such science should be grounded in experiential activities that take place out of doors, in natural environments making full use of sensory experiences. Such activities can then be built on in the classroom environment.
b. Much can be learned from the Waldorf approach, but there may need to be some adaptation required for mainstream at particular ages and stages.

References
Ahn, A. C., Tewari, M., Poon, C. S., & Phillips, R. S. (2006). The limits of reductionism in medicine: Could systems biology offer an alternative? PLoS Medicine, 3(6), 0709–0713. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.0030208
Amrine, F. (1998). The Metamorphosis of the Scientist. In D. Seamon & A. Zajonc (Eds.), Goethe’s Way of Science (pp. 33–54). The State University of New York.
Colucci-Gray, L., Burnard, P., Cooke, C., Davies, R., Gray, D., & Trowsdale, J. (2017). Reviewing the potential and challenges of developing STEAM education through creative pedagogies for 21st learning: how can school curricula be broadened towards a more responsive, dynamic, and inclusive form of education? BERA Research Commission, August, 1–105. https://doi.org/10.13140/RG.2.2.22452.76161
Hoffmann, N. (2020). The University at the Threshold. Orientation through Goethean Science. Rudolf Steiner Press.
Kates, R. W., Clark, W. C., Corell, R., Hall, J. M., Jaeger, C. C., Lowe, I., Mccarthy, J. J., Schellnhuber, H. J., Bolin, B., Dickson, N. M., Faucheux, S., Gallopin, G. C., Grubler, A., Huntley, B., Jager, J., Jodha, N. S., Kasperson, R. E., Mabogunje, A., Matson, P., … Svedin, U. (2001). Sustainability Science. Science, 292(5517), 641–641.
Østergaard, E., Dahlin, B., & Hugo, A. (2008). Studies in Science Education Doing phenomenology in science education: a research review. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057260802264081
Raven, P. H. (2002). Science , Sustainability , and the Human Prospect. Science, 297, 954–958.
Rawson, M., & Kiel, W. (2018). A complementary theory of learning in Waldorf pedagogical practice. Research on Steiner Education, 9(2), 1–23.
Richards, R. J. (2002). The Romantic Conception of Life. Science and Philosophy in the Age of Goethe. The University of Chicago Press.
Robbins, B. D. (2005). New Organs of Perception: Goethean Science as a Cultural Therapeutics. Janus Head, 8(1), 113–126. https://doi.org/10.5840/jh20058139
Rockström, J., Steffen, W., Noone, K., Persson, Å., Chapin, F. S., Lambin, E. F., Lenton, T. M., Scheffer, M., Folke, C., Schellnhuber, H. J., Nykvist, B., de Wit, C. A., Hughes, T., van der Leeuw, S., Rodhe, H., Sörlin, S., Snyder, P. K., Costanza, R., Svedin, U., … Foley, J. A. (2009). A safe operating space for humanity. Nature, 461(7263), 472–475. https://doi.org/10.1038/461472a
Seamon, D. (2005). Goethe’s Way of Science as a Phenomenology of Nature. Janus Head, 8(1), 86–101.
Tortell, P. D. (2020). Earth 2020: Science, society, and sustainability in the Anthropocene. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 117(16), 8683–8691. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2001919117


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Epochal Key Problems as a Quality Criterion for All-Day Schools Education

James Loparics

Johannes Kepler University Linz, Austria, Austria

Presenting Author: Loparics, James

In the course of various UN programs (UN Decade for Sustainable Development, Sustainable Development Goals), education is addressed as a central factor for the sustainable transformation of economy and society (Venkataraman, 2009). Extended education and all-day schools seems to be particularly relevant for this area, since on the one hand there are extended time and opportunity spaces as a supplement to classical teaching and on the other hand there are synergies in terms of content, since the usual goals and methods of extended education seem to be predestined for topics and forms of action of education for sustainable development (e.g. Stoltenberg & Burandt, 2014).

If the context-input-process-outcome model of school quality (e.g., Ditton, 2000) is used, the question of the quality of extended education arises in addition to contextual factors (endowment of resources and structural factors), pedagogical process quality, and impact: What should be the topics of Extended Education? Klafki (e.g. 1985/2007) sees epoch-typical key problems (such as the climate crisis or global social inequality) as the central content and the contribution to solving these problems as the central category of general education. Supplemented by the concept of leisure needs, this results in a model for the content quality for extended education. If Klafki's model is supplemented accordingly, six dimensions of general education in all-day schools emerge: In addition to pragmatic educational goals (literacy, etc.) and subject instruction, aesthetic goals and play, epoch-typical key problems (e.g., Sustainable Development Goals of the UN) and leisure needs (e.g., recreational needs or participation needs) would have to be added. This has numerous implications for the context-input-process-output-outcome model of Ditton (2000), since in view of the complexity and magnitude of these educational goals, teaching and extended education would have to be increasingly thought of together. Also - following this way of thinking - school processes are connected to global processes of sustainable development, which brings numerous implications about the task of school and general education (which Klafki subsumes under the concerns of self-determination, co-determination and solidarity).

Subsequently, it appears relevant whether the factor of content quality in the sense of global-social problems is, first, conscious or important to educators and, second, whether indications of this educational dimension are already reflected in pedagogical processes - based on the state of research that much is known about the equipment and professional impact of all-day schools, but little about the processes. The following research question was pursued: How does the integration of epoch-typical key problems in all-day schools relate to other educational dimensions on the level of intentions and processes?

Therefore, a for the federal state of Vienna (Austria) representative study (Loparics, 2022) was conducted. The study is supplemented by qualitative data (interview and observation) to target the process level.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the survey teachers and recreational educators (N=405)  were asked about their basic and action-guiding intentions. In addition to some information about the profession (teacher, leisure educator, principal), participants were asked to first assess how important various content dimensions (basal educational goals such as writing and arithmetic, leisure needs such as contemplation and recreation, play and movement, creativity, subject content, and epoch-typical key problems) were considered to be in order to obtain values for goal intention (as distinct from action intention, Gollwitzer, 1993). Subsequently, the intention to act was queried by asking the participants to allocate 100 % of their work time to the six educational dimensions, which allows an implicit ranking. In addition, measures of correlation were calculated, and it was found that there do not seem to be any systematic correlations with regard to epoch-typical key problems, i.e., all persons involved give little importance to epoch-typical key problems compared to other educational dimensions in terms of basic or action guiding intention. The study is supplemented by qualitative data (interviews and observation) to target the process level. For this purpose, expert interviews with seven of the leading persons participating in the survey were asked about measures and contexts at the institution level and analyzed using content analysis by extraction (Gläser & Laudel, 2010). In addition, one day of instruction was observed in three all-day schools (additional observations had to be cancelled due to Corona restrictions). The qualitative data indicate that schools that set structural measures on the level of the institution in relation to the implementation of epoch-typical key issues (e.g., specific committees or in-school training) also set more educational opportunities on the process level (in the sense of extended education, Stecher et al., 2018).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that, in comparison, teachers and leisure time educators consider topics of sustainable development far less important than other dimensions of general education (subject content, leisure time needs, etc.). This indicates that - if schools and education are indeed to play a central role in the sustainable transformation of society - teachers and leisure educators would not only need methodological support in implementation, but there would first of all need to be a discourse on the weighting of different educational goals and their synergies. How could everyday processes in the classroom and extended education offerings be linked to sustainable development content? What do corresponding offers look like and what is their additional value? It is also necessary to consider what development processes at the level of the whole school and its management look like in the sense of the whole institution approach (e.g. Forssten Seiser et al., 2022), if sustainable development goals are to be pursued.
However, the qualitative results indicate potentials to further establish the topics, especially when working with specific school development tools. It is evident that in order to establish sustainable development issues in schools in general and especially in all-day schools, further efforts in teacher training and school development as well as innovative didactic models are necessary to achieve the required competencies and attitudes among students.

References
Ditton, H. (2000). Qualitätskontrolle und Qualitätssicherung in Schule und Unterricht. Ein Überblick zum Stand der empirischen Forschung. In A. Helmke, W. Hornstein, & E. Terhart (Eds.), Qualität und Qualitätssicherung im Bildungsbereich: Schule, Sozialpädagogik, Hochschule (pp. 73–92). Beltz.
Forssten Seiser, A., Mogren, A., Gericke, N., Berglund, T., & Olsson, D. (2022). Developing school leading guidelines facilitating a whole school approach to education for sustainable development. Environmental Education Research, 1–23. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2151980
Gläser, J., & Laudel, G. (2010). Experteninterviews und qualitative Inhaltsanalyse als Instrumente rekonstruierender Untersuchungen (4. Auflage). VS Verlag.
Gollwitzer, P.M. (1993). The volitional benefits of planning. In Gollwitzer, P.M. & Bargh, J.A. (Eds.), The psychology of action. Linking cognition and motivation to behavior (pp. 287–312). Guilford. https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=web&cd=2&ved=2ahUKEwiYqM7Fu57mAhVipIsKHcJZDRIQFjABegQIBRAB&url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.researchgate.net%2Fpublication%2F37367746_The_Volitional_Benefits_of_Planning&usg=AOvVaw2x5cl345NNgLpBWoU66Ka_
Gollwitzer, P.M., & Bargh, J.A. (Eds.). (1993). The psychology of action. Linking cognition and motivation to behavior. Guilford.
Klafki, W. (1985). Neue Studien zur Bildungstheorie und Didaktik: Zeitgemäße Allgemeinbildung und kritisch-konstruktive Didaktik (6. Auflage). Beltz Verlag.
Loparics, J. (2022). Epochaltypische Schlüsselprobleme als Qualitätskriterium für Ganztagsschulen (1. Auflage). Waxmann.
Opaschowski, H. W. (1996). Pädagogik der freien Lebenszeit (3., völlig neubearb. Aufl). Leske + Budrich.
Stecher, L., Maschke, S., & Preis, N. (2018). Extended Education in a Learning Society. In N. Kahnwald & V. Täubig (Eds.), Informelles Lernen (pp. 73–90). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-15793-7_5
Venkataraman, B. (2009). Education for Sustainable Development. Environment: Science and Policy for Sustainable Development, 51(2), 8–10. https://doi.org/10.3200/ENVT.51.2.08-10
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm31 SES 11 A JS: Researching Multiliteracies in Intercultural and Multilingual Education XII
Location: James McCune Smith, 429 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Irina Usanova
Joint Paper Session NW 07, NW 20, NW 31
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Multilingual Children’s Resources and Agency in Families and Schools in Iceland

Hanna Ragnarsdóttir

University of Iceland, Iceland

Presenting Author: Ragnarsdóttir, Hanna

This paper aims to explore children’s agency in language policies and practices of immigrant families as well as their agency in their preschools and compulsory schools. This paper addresses the following research questions:

  • How is children’s agency represented in multilingual contexts in families and schools in Iceland?
  • How do these schools build on children’s multilingual resources?

The theoretical framework of the study includes family language policy and bi- and multilingual education theories (Cummins, 2021). According to King et al. (2008), the research field of family language policy (FLP) focuses on on how languages are learned, managed and negotiated within families. It brings together research on multilingualism, language acquisition, language policy and cultural studies.

While early approaches to FLP emphasized parental discourse strategy, linguistic environmental conditions and language input according to Curdt-Christiansen (2013), there has been a shift of focus towards issues such as why different values are ascribed to different languages, how parents view bilingualism from different perspectives such as sociocultural, emotional and cognitive, and what kinds of parental capital and family literacy environment are likely to promote bilingualism.

Schwartz (2018) has further discussed agency in interactions between children, teachers and parents. Wilson (2020), emphasizes the unique character of every child’s bilingual experience and her research indicates that children’s perspectives may differ greatly from their parents’, potentially leading to disharmony within the family. However, Fogle and King (2013) have explained that to understand children’s agency, interactions between parents and children should be studied.

According to Lanza (2007), children should be viewed as active social agents who contribute to adult society, while at the same time producing their own culture.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project is a qualitative research study where the focus is on dialogue and observations with six multilingual children in their family and school settings for four years, 2020-2023. The age of the children is 3-7 years old. Data was also collected in semi-structured interviews with the children‘s parents, as well as teachers and principals in the children‘s schools. Semi-structured interviews were chosen to elicit the views of the participants as clearly and accurately as possible (Kvale, 2007). Finally, parents were asked to write diaries and recordings with examples of their children’s multiple language use at home and share it with the researcher.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings indicate that the children in the study are active agents in developing language policies and practices in their families. They make decisions on where and when to use their language resources. The findings reveal some changes in their language choices and preferences during the four years of the study. In the school settings they appear to have fewer opportunities and appear to lack agency in developing their multilingualism. The findings also reveal that the participating families value their children’s language repertoire and use diverse methods and resources to support language development. The schools in the study were all interested in supporting the children’s multilingualism, while some teachers claimed that they lacked knowledge, training, and support in implementing multilingual and culturally responsive practices in their preschools and facilitating children’s language-based agency (Ragnarsdóttir, 2021a, 2021b).
References
Chumak-Horbatsch, R. (2012). Linguistically appropriate practice: A guide for working with young immigrant children. University of Toronto Press.
Cummins, J. (2004).Language, power and pedagogy. Bilingual children in the crossfire (3rd ed.). Multilingual Matters.
Curdt-Christiansen, X. L. (2013). Family language policy: sociopolitical reality versuslinguistic continuity. Language policy, 12, 1-6. DOI 10.1007/s10993-012-9269-0
García, O. & Wei, L. (2014).Translanguaging: Language, bilingualism and education. Palgrave MacMillan.
King, K. A., Fogle, L. & Logan-Terry, A. (2008). Family language policy. Language and Linguistics Compass, 2(5), 907-922.
Lanza, E. (2007). Multilingualism and the family. In L. Wei & P. Auer (Eds.), The handbook of multilingualism and multilingual communication (pp.45-67). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Schwartz, M. & Verschik, A. (2013). Achieving success in family language policy: Parents, children and educators in interaction. In M. Schwartz & A. Verschik (Eds.) Successful family language policy: Parents, children and educators in interaction (pp. 1-20). Multilingual Education 7. Springer. doi:10.1007/978-94-007-7753-8_1.
Spolsky, B. (2004). Language policy. Cambridge University Press.
Wilson, S. (2020).Family language policy: Children’s perspectives. Palgrave


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Interdisciplinary Collaboration Promoting Multilingualism and Diversity in Swedish Compulsory Schools – from a Multilingual Study Guidance Tutors’ Perspectives

Christa Roux Sparreskog

Mälardalen University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Roux Sparreskog, Christa

Previous research on second language acquisition agrees on the importance of first language knowledge and skills when developing literacy in a second language (e.g., Antoniou, 2019; Ganuza & Hedman, 2019). In Swedish compulsory school, the linguistic and cultural background of all students are supposed to be promoted. However, one measure in particular supports multilingual students’ simultaneous language and knowledge development, namely multilingual study guidance in the students’ first language (SOU 2019:18). The concept of multilingual study guidance used in this presentation is derived from the Swedish word studiehandledning (see Reath Warren, 2016) and is a short-term, state-financed support, helping multilingual students to reach the learning objectives of all subjects according to the different subjects’ curricula within the frame of the mainstream classroom (SNAE, 2020).

For multilingual students, multilingual study guidance tutors (hereafter tutors) are important key persons, bearing a big responsibility for their educational success (Rosén et al., 2019). However, and due to lack of official institutional identity issues, the tutors are constantly at risk of marginalization. According to Rosén et al. tutors’ opinions are seldom paid attention to. The variation between the individual tutors’ professional positioning and their individual professional prerequisites were found to differ to a great extent. Further challenges to functional multilingual study guidance, such as the shortage of available tutors, qualitative deficiencies, or inaccurate perception of the importance of this support measure have been identified by the Ministry of Education and Research (SOU 2019:18). Many tutors lack a university degree in teaching and learning (SOU 2019:18). Because of the general shortage of availability of tutors, such qualifications are not required for permanent employment (SNAE, 2020).

Whilst tutors are an important link between school and home culture, especially for newly arrived students (Rosén et al., 2020), mainstream teachers meet the students daily in a classroom situation. It has been argued that the tutors’ and mainstream teachers’ combined knowledge, experience, and backgrounds are needed to be able to support multilingual literacy development holistically (Sheikhi, 2019). Many Swedish schools are thus struggling with the implementation of this multilingual support measure (Author, 2018).

In order to shed light on the challenges in interdisciplinary collaboration between tutors and mainstream teachers, this paper turns to the tutors’ perspectives and focuses on how they describe their professional role, work responsibilities and the interdisciplinary collaboration with mainstream teachers for multilingual support and diverse education.

The aim of this study was to gain a deeper understanding of the interdisciplinary collaboration between tutors and mainstream teachers for multilingual support.

The research questions were:

- How do tutors describe their professional role and their work responsibilities?

- How do tutors describe their collaboration with mainstream teachers?

- Does the tutors’ perception of their professional role and work responsibilities influence the interdisciplinary collaboration with mainstream teachers? If yes, in what way?

The study forms part of a wider research project which aims to get a more in-depth view of multilingual support in Swedish compulsory schools. In this paper, however, only results concerning multilingual study guidance tutors and their perspectives on their interdisciplinary collaboration with mainstream teachers as well as their professional role and work responsibilities are presented. By doing so this presentation tries to encourage dialogues about diversity in education and intercultural education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data of this qualitative study include twelve in-depth interviews with tutors supporting multilingual students in 14 different languages, employed by the Center of Multilingualism in one middle-sized Swedish municipality. The tutors had between 2 and 11 years of work experience as tutors and their educational background varied to a great extent. Some completed several university degrees in teaching and learning others solely finished college.

A “purposeful sampling” for “maximum variation” (Perry, 2011:59) to gather in-depth information was chosen. By gathering information from “a cross section of cases representing a wide spectrum” (ibid.) the highest possible representativeness was obtained. Thereafter, a thematical interview guide with possible questions was designed. After conducting a pilot interview, twelve tutors were interviewed. Thanks to this, first-hand information about the tutors’ experience was collected (Hammersley, 2006). Furthermore, the qualitative approach enabled the exploration of lived experiences of the interviewees work life situation (Obondo et al., 2016). Open-structured interviews were chosen to let the interviewees develop their story about their work life at their own pace (Perry, 2011).

This qualitative study was inspired by other qualitative analysis models (e.g., Kvale & Brinkman, 2014). The analysis consisted of four different stages, namely organization, perusal, classification, and synthesis, and proceeded by moving in analytical circles between them. To discuss the categories arising from the abductive analysis, as well as to formulate the aim of the study and the research questions, Bronstein’s (2003) thematical review of the influences of interdisciplinary collaboration, focusing on the professional role, was used. Bronstein’s review is based on multidisciplinary theory of collaboration, theoretical conceptual research from social work and health care, role theory, and ecological systems theory and resulted in a model over factors influencing interdisciplinary collaboration. This model, based on these generic depictions of the components of optimum interdisciplinary collaboration, can, according to Bronstein, as well be used in scholar environments to maximize the expertise of different collaborating professions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The interviewed tutors describe themselves as cultural and linguistic interpreters and guides, facilitating the newly arrived students’ access to the Swedish classroom and society. However, when asked about their responsibilities and work-related tasks, the interviewees’ descriptions differ to a great extent, depending on the tutors’ personal attitudes, educational levels, and individual backgrounds. Multilingual study guidance was described as ad hoc translation, as mediation of learning strategies or as a bridge between home culture and Swedish society. Some tutors describe the goal of multilingual study guidance as assimilating the student into the Swedish school system, others aim at academic development and integration and yet others strive towards societal inclusion. The tutors’ descriptions of the collaboration with different mainstream teachers vary between different school settings and between different mainstream teachers. Nevertheless, an ecological holistic view of practices and a clear understanding of the professional role and are crucial to successful co-operation (Bornstein. 2003). Further, the analysis shows how tutors seem to lack professional autonomy, which according to Bronstein is desirable for professionalism. This lacking autonomy seems to affect the tutors’ perception of themselves as subordinate to mainstream teachers. This seems to apply especially for tutors without a degree in teaching and learning. Further, Bronstein (2003) promotes democratically oriented relationships. The described interdisciplinary collaboration for professionality, however, was described as either hierarchical or reciprocal. The tutors without an education in learning and teaching are more likely to describe their relationships to mainstream teachers as hierarchical. The described interdisciplinary collaboration seems to depend strongly on individual factors, such as the tutors’ attitudes and backgrounds as well as the mainstream teachers’ perquisites and willingness to collaborate. Consequently, this implicates a variety of multilingual study guidance practices, diffuse implementations of this multilingual aid. The tutors’ broader education in all the subjects could balance these disparities.
References
Antoniou, M. (2019). The advantages of bilingualism debate. Annual Review of Linguistics, 5, 395–415.
Author, FN. (2018).
Bronstein, L. R. (2003). A model for interdisciplinary collaboration. Social Work, 48(3), 297–306.
Ganuza, N., & Hedman, C. (2019). The Impact of Mother Tongue Instruction on the Development of Biliteracy: Evidence from Somali–Swedish Bilinguals. Applied Linguistics, 40(1), 108–131.
Hammersley. M. (2006). Ethnography: problems and prospects. Ethnography and Education, 1(1), 3–14.
Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2014). Den kvalitativa forskningsintervjun. Studentlitteratur.
Obondo, M. A., Lahdenperä, P., & Sandevärn, P. (2016). Educating the old and newcomers: Perspectives of teachers on teaching in multicultural schools in Sweden. Multicultural Education Review, 8(3), 176–194.
Reath Warren, A. (2016). Multilingual study guidance in the Swedish compulsory school and the development of multilingual literacies. Nordand, vol. 11, nr. 2,115-142.
Perry, F.L. (2011). Research in Applied Linguistics. Becoming a Discerning Consumer. Routledge.
Rosén, J., Straszer, B., & Wedin, Å. (2019). Studiehandledning på modersmål: Studiehandledares positionering och yrkesroll. Educare-Vetenskapliga skrifter, 3, 1–13.
Rosén, J., Straszner, B., & Wedin, Å. (2020). Användning av språkliga resurser i studiehandledning på modersmålet. Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige, 25(2–3), 26–48.
Sheikhi, K. (2019). Samarbete för framgångsrik studiehandledning på modersmål. Skolverket.
SOU 2019:18. För flerspråkighet, kunskapsutveckling och inkludering. Modersmålsundervisning och studiehandledning på modersmål. Betänkande av utredningen om modersmål och studiehandledning på modersmål i grundskolan och motsvarande skolformer. Utbildningsdepartementet.  
Swedish National Agency for Education [SNAE]. (2020). Krav för att få anställning. Skolverket.


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

A Study on Children's Perceptions of Social Exclusion and the Structural Drivers of Discrimination in Norwegian Elementary Schools.

Anabel Corral-Granados, Eli Smeplass, Anna Cecilia Rapp

NTNU, Norway

Presenting Author: Corral-Granados, Anabel

Following the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, children have the right to be heard in matters concerning them (United Nations, 1989). Students' perspectives on their lives, are often overlooked (Fylkesnes et al, 2018). There is a contingency among the relational processes of children's socio-cultural environment and the different powers involved around children. Therefore, there is a great need to contextualise their voices within their social, economic and cultural context (Horgan, 2017). Therefore, this article focusses on identifying the structural drivers of discrimination in two contexts that differ significantly along different dimensions. The main goal is listening to the children voices by examining their own experiences (Aldgate, 2010).

In a nation like Norway where inclusive education is an important aspect of ensuring children’s welfare and future possibilities, it is an educational problem when there is not enough knowledge of how exclusion can be generated in an everyday school context. We employ a research design that includes schools from contrasting areas, in order to make visible hidden factors that help create new inequalities for children. Based on prior research and the lack of awareness of how exclusion can generate unequal childhoods in the Norwegian society, we ask: How do children perceive discrimination within their school culture, and which structural drivers for discrimination can be identified in two Norwegian schools?

Critical race theory in the Norwegian context

With the goal of providing a qualitative account of how children perceive discrimination within the school culture, our analysis is informed by intersectionality as an aspect of critical race theories (Gillborn, 2015). Critical race theory (CRT) is a theoretical framework and organizing tool for social justice that base its premises on a notion of white supremacy as the white-ness considered the norm, while all others are anchored in stereotyped racially stigmatised communities (Dixson and Rousseau Anderson, 2018; Yasso, 2005). The aim of this approach is to highlight intersections between race and ability, in order to discuss equity and analyse the context in which social systems reproduce inequality through policies, culturally sustained pedagogy, organisational culture and structured oppression (Alim and Paris, 2017; Cabrera, 2019). Critical race theory contributes to the visibility of racism and white dominance, which is evident in several educational systems (Bonilla-Silva, 1997; 2015; Christian, 2019; Öhrn and Weiner, 2017). An issue in the Norwegian context is also how strong normative cohesion can lead to new forms of exclusion, even though the ideal is to create universal learning opportunities through ignoring cultural differences (Viruru, 2001). Critical race scholars in the Nordic context have responded to egalitarian principles with a contribution of students' participation in the research (Chinga-Ramirez, 2017; Pihl, 2018). This research is scarce and only few scholars have focused on children’s perceptions and experiences of social exclusion or discrimination in primary schools in Norway. Current research mainly focuses on immigrant's self- identity (Chinga-Ramirez, 2017), power relations embedded across students' ethnic, gender, and class identities (Thorjussen and Sisjord, 2018) and racial discrimination (Hagatun, 2020; Hansen et al, 2016). This article investigates the children's perception of diversity and multiculturalism (Leonardo and Grubb, 2018) and Whiteness (Sleeter, 2001, 2016).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is an exploratory qualitative design (Creswell and Creswell, 2017). The focus group interviews with children in two different schools was the research tool implemented (Brodsky and Given, 2008). The semi-structured interviews (Lewis, 1992) guide is included in Appendix 1. No questions were directly addressing ethnic, ability or cultural discrimination, with the goal of participants not othering perceptions (Moffitt, et al, 2019).
This study is a part of the larger research project "Nordic Unequal Childhood" from The Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU). The project leaders were in touch with the school leaders, who contacted the children's families, and researchers submitted a summary of the project together with a parent's ethics authorisation in line with national research ethics.
We selected a strategic sample (Robinson, 2014) of children from the suburban school in term of resources in the suburban area and children from the upper-status school in the city centre. The inclusion criteria were that children should be ether in grade 4 or 7 (from 9 until 12 years of age) and it was the parents who decided to accept the invitation of taking part of the research. The focus group interviews were conducted with an aim to elicit the children's experiences, beliefs and opinions, and the two interviewers tried to stimulate discussion among the participants (Gibson, 2012; Guest et al, 2017; Lewis, 1992). The children knew each other and created meaningful social interactions during the sessions (Bagnoli and Clark, 2010). Interviews took place at school during children's break time.
This interview study included students (n=46) in years 4 and 7, in a total of 15 focus groups in the city area (50% girls and 50% boys), with a mean age of 11.2 years. All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim (Greenwood et al., 2017) and analysed with heading constant comparative analysis (Cohen, Manion, and Morrison, 2017).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Urban school and Reproduction of Racial Inequality
We will present five themes explaining our main findings from the urban school, we find that the school rules are quite rigid and goal-oriented – while descriptions of a strongly integrated community illustrate how segregation occurs. The last theme shows that a competitive environment between children promoted by families to a large extend influences the childhood of our respondents at this school.  Further, including how children are assimilated in a homogenous school culture, making the individual child's identity undistinguishable.
 
A Suburban School Affected by Racial Segregation
In the following section, we will present four separate identified themes from the suburban school. In their narratives, the children disclose challenges experienced at different organisational levels. The home culture and values, the school's formal and informal rules, the teacher's pedagogy and peer-to-peer relationships were viewed by the children as essential in influencing their social recognition, creating barriers and preventing equality at school.
It is therefore important to investigate intersectional issues to understand margins of oppression within the educational system (Annamma et al, 2018).  A culturally sustaining pedagogy should be relevant, practical and inclusive, based on children’s backgrounds, experiences and children’s lives (Alim and Paris, 2017). Like Cabrera (2017), we therefore see the need for bridging different research fields to engage in a deeper understanding withing education. Also, in combination with perspectives on race, the Norwegian educational system needs to include critical perspectives on diversity and disabilities within the existing framework of Nordic universalism. The conclusion to be drawn from this study is that children seek to play freely and wish to have opportunities to develop a positive self-identity (Schofield, 2006). Schools should offer opportunities for children to grow individually, value their potential and help them succeed in a diverse society to prevent social exclusion. We find that the children in both school contexts need additional recognition.


References
Aldgate, Jane. "Child well-being, child development and family life." Child Well-Being: Understanding Children’s Lives. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers (2010).
Alim, H. Samy, and Django Paris. "What is culturally sustaining pedagogy and why does it matter." Culturally sustaining pedagogies: Teaching and learning for justice in a changing world 1 (2017): 24.
Annamma, S. A., Ferri, B. A., & Connor, D. J. (2018). Disability critical race theory: Exploring the intersectional lineage, emergence, and potential futures of DisCrit in education. Review of Research in Education, 42(1), 46-71.
Assembly, UN General. "Convention on the Rights of the Child." United Nations, Treaty Series 1577, no. 3 (1989): 1-23.
Bagnoli, Anna, and Andrew Clark. "Focus groups with young people: a participatory approach to research planning." Journal of youth studies 13, no. 1 (2010): 101-119.
Bonilla-Silva, Eduardo. "Rethinking racism: Toward a structural interpretation." American sociological review (1997): 465-480.
Cohen, Louis, Lawrence Manion, and Keith Morrison. Research methods in education. routledge, 2002.
Creswell, J.W. and Creswell, J.D., 2017. Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Sage publications.
Dixson, A.D. and Rousseau Anderson, C., 2018. Where are we? Critical race theory in education 20 years later. Peabody Journal of Education, 93(1), pp.121-131.
Fylkesnes, S., 2018. Whiteness in teacher education research discourses: A review of the use and meaning making of the term cultural diversity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 71, pp.24-33.
Gibson, J.E., 2012. Interviews and focus groups with children: Methods that match children's developing competencies. Journal of Family Theory and Review, 4(2), pp.148-159.
Gillborn, D., 2015. Intersectionality, critical race theory, and the primacy of racism: Race, class, gender, and disability in education. Qualitative Inquiry, 21(3), pp.277-287.
Greenwood, M., Kendrick, T., Davies, H. and Gill, F.J., 2017. Hearing voices: Comparing two methods for analysis of focus group data. Applied Nursing Research, 35, pp.90-93.
Guest, G., Namey, E., Taylor, J., Eley, N. and McKenna, K., 2017. Comparing focus groups and individual interviews: findings from a randomized study. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 20(6), pp.693-708.
Hagatun, K. 2020. Silenced Narratives on Schooling and Future: The Educational Situation for Roma Children in Norway. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education (NJCIE), 4(1), 118-137
Hansen, K.L., Minton, J.M., Friborg, O. and Sørlie, T., 2016. Discrimination amongst Arctic indigenous Sami and non-Sami populations in Norway: The SAMINOR 2 questionnaire study. Journal of Northern Studies, 10(2), pp.45-84.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm32 SES 11 A JS: How to STS? Research on Educational Research, its Organisation, Technologies & Practices
Location: Hetherington, 118 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Susann Hofbauer
Joint Research Workshop NW 12 and NW 32
 
32. Organizational Education
Research Workshop

How to STS? Research on Educational Research, its Organisation, Technologies & Practices

Julia Elven1, Susann Hofbauer2

1Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg; 2Helmut-Schmidt-University Hamburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Elven, Julia; Hofbauer, Susann

Educational research as well es its (institutional) organisation, methods, technologies, approaches and practices are highly diverse. The workshop invites reflection on the academic treatment of central education-related thematic fields, objects and concepts from a perspective informed by Science and Technology Studies (STS; Bammé 2009; Felt et al 2014). Research on educational research is part of academic as well as disciplinary self-observation. Overall, there is a lot of (tacit) knowledge about epistemic traditions, histories, representatives, communication platforms (journals, congresses, associations, universities), methods, approaches, responsibilities, topics and issues at national and European level and also knowledge about national evaluation systems that have an impact on knowledge production on education (Whitty & Furlong 2017; Keiner & Hofbauer 2014; Oancea 2013, Wyrne 2020; Elven 2022). The workshop will aim in two directions: On the one hand, we are striving to strengthen research networks. It is striking that most of the studies come from the northern and western regions and that, despite a large amount of research on the status of the respective “sciences of education”, this research is not yet well connected.

On the other hand, we want to address the reciprocal relationship between educational research, its topics and STS. The aim is to explore the theoretical means of STS with regard to the educational research 'inside' and 'outside' relationship to social, political, pedagogical or even technological developments and hence, social responsibility of educational research. This includes, for example, research methods and organisation, practices of reception and citation, but also translations and the resulting shifts in meaning in international communication and circulation of ideas (Bourdieu, 2002). Equally interesting is the use of actor-network theory within educational research (e.g. Fenwick & Edwars 2011) and the consideration of technologies as equal actors in knowledge production. The reception of feminist philosophy of science (Haraway 1988) or postcolonial STS (Verran 2002) in educational research can be just as interesting as the feminist-inspired as well as postcolonial, power-critical view of one's own history or practices of science (e.g. Chilisa 2005, Lather 1992). Last but not least, sociomaterial and -cultural practices and technologies of educational knowledge production can be illuminated, which themselves were used as aisles of translation (Latour 1999; Collins, Evans & Gorman 2007). The STS emphasises the practical fabrication, ambiguity and contingency of 'education', 'upbringing', 'learning' etc. when comparing different conceptualisations and science-based organisation as well as when considering their circulation and historical development, which is particularly challenging in international communication.

Since STS have shown that scientific methods, as well as the circulation and transmission of knowledge, “make social realities and social worlds” (Law & Urry 2004, p. 390), light must also be shed on the loci of production. In addition to the laboratory as the classic subject of STS (Latour & Woolgar 1979; Knorr-Cetina 1981), educational research and STS are also be particularly interested in organisations where research and education are intertwined: Universities in particular are contexts where practices of knowledge production, mediation and education, transmission and implementation, and recently also public communication, overlap and interpenetrate. Educational research needs to take on the reflection and analysis of the organisation of this interplay from a science-cultural perspective, because it is not only ideas of the future or technological and predictive knowledge that is generated here, but also schemes of interpretation, orders of justification and practical responsibilities (Wagner 1999; Elven 2021). Beyond the university, however, the focus must be broadened to the interconnections of the entire diverse educational system – not only because it is a central infrastructure for the dissemination and "everydayisation" of knowledge, but also because thinking about and doing research is co-produced here (from school experiments to the mode of using scientifically based arguments.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To offer a low-threshold, inclusive, and participatory forum towards the further development and networking of STS in educational sciences, the session is organised in substantial parts as a barcamp. The basic structure includes the following steps:
1. The first 10 minutes will serve as an introduction. We will introduce the general format and highlight that the unconference style is highly useful to generate questions and tasks and tackle them given a very limited time. Participants should focus on working on the most central issues instead of trying to solve all issues in detail.
2. In the next 20 minutes, topics for the session will be discussed and selected. All participants can suggest topics that they find interesting. Thus, interactions and discussions may already begin in this stage of sketching out the interests of the discussion. Possible topics include: Technologies, actors/actants and ensembles of practices in the production of scientific knowledge on education and upbringing; hegemonies, competitions and interferences in the (discursive) production and circulation of educational objects and topics within and between academic organisations; logics of social transformation and technologies of research, teaching or knowledge transfer etc.
3. A major part of 50 minutes will be used to work on the chosen topics. In an barcamp session, topics are discussed among groups of participants. Depending on the participants, multiple parallel groups are formed. The discussion should result in a consensus or conclusion, or even already next-steps-formulations (a concrete plan of action, checklists, handouts, bibliographies, etc.) The outcome does not need to be complete but should include the most relevant features.
4. The final 10 minutes will be used for summarizing the several outcomes and closing the session. Organizers will moderate the session, provide tools and enable the possibility of further networking.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the context of diversity, we want to engage transnational research perspectives on the comparison of educational research cultures and research-society relations trough (higher) Education in bringing together the state of knowledge and approaches in science and technology studies and research questions that may arise from them at European level.
Participants will be able to engage in scientific exchange with each other, learn about other research focuses and perspectives, and network with each other. Furthermore, a particular attention will be paid to the involvement of early career researchers. Tangible intended outcomes: clustering already existing research projects and idea, networking via a contacts list; Initiate publication projects at European level (EERA); Preparation of a network at global level (for example WERA 2024).

References
Bammé, A. (2009), Science and Technology Studies. Ein Überblick; Metropolis: Marburg.
Bourdieu, P. (2002). Les conditions sociales de la circulation internationale des idées. Actes de la recherche en sciences sociales, 145(5), 3-8. doi:10.3917/arss.145.0003.
Chilisa, B. (2005). Educational research within postcolonial Africa: A critique of HIV/AIDS research in Botswana. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 18(6), 659–684. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518390500298170
Collins, E. & Gorman (2007): Trading zones and interactional expertise. Studies in History and Philosophy of Science, 38, S. 657-666.
Elven, J. (2022). The Negotiation of Social Responsibility in Academia. An Analysis of Ethical Discourses on the March for Science at German Universities. Zeitschrift Für Diskursforschung, 10(1).
Elven, J. (2021). Varieties of ethics in academia. Rationalities of scientific responsibility in the (german) march for science. Knowledge Cultures, 9(1), 21–34. https://doi.org/10.22381/kc9120212
Felt, U.; Fouché, R.; Miller, C. A.; Smith-Doerr, L., eds. (2017). The Handbook of Science and Technology Studies (4th ed.). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press
Fenwick, T. & Edwars, R. (2011). Introduction: Reclaiming and Renewing Actor Network Theory for Educational Research, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 43:sup1, 1-14, DOI: 10.1111/j.1469-5812.2010.00667.x
Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective. Feminist Studies, 14, 3, 575-599
Keiner, E. & Hofbauer, S. (2014). EERA and its European Conferences on Educational Research: a patchwork of research on European educational research. In Honerod H., M.; Keiner, E. & Figueiredo, M. P.(Eds.), The European Educational Research Association: people, practices and policy over the last 20 years, Special issue, Vol. 13 (4), 504-518.
Knorr-Cetina, K. (1981). The Manufacture of Knowledge: An Essay on the Constructivist and Contextual Nature of Science. Elsevier Science Limited.
Lather, P. (1992). Critical Frames in Educational Research: Feminist and Post-Structural Perspectives. Theory Into Practice. Qualitative Issues in Educational Research, 31(2), 87-99
Latour, B., & Woolgar, S. (1979). Laboratory life: The construction of scientific facts. Sage.
Latour, B. (1999). Pandora's Hope. Essays on the Reality of Science Studies. Cambridge
Law, J., & Urry, J. (2004). Enacting the social. Economy and Society, 33(3), 390–410. https://doi.org/10.1080/0308514042000225716
Oancea, A (2013) “Research Impact and Educational Research”, European Educational Research Journal, 12(2), 242-250. DOI: http://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2013.12.2.242
Verran, H. (2002). A Postcolonial Moment in Science Studies: Alternative Firing Regimes of Environmental Scientists and Aboriginal Landowners. Social Studies of Science, 32(5–6), 729–762. https://doi.org/10.1177/030631270203200506
Wagner, P. (1999). After Justification: Repertoires of Evaluation and the Sociology of Modernity. European Journal of Social Theory, 2(3), 341–357. https://doi.org/10.1177/13684319922224572
Whitty, G & Furlong, J (2017). Knowledge and the Study of Education. An international Exploration. Oxford. Symposium Books
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm33 SES 11 A: Examples From an Anthology: Gender and Education in Politics, Policy and Practice - Transdisciplinary Perspectives Through Diversity
Location: James McCune Smith, 743 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Branislava Baranović
Book Presentation
 
33. Gender and Education
Paper

Examples from an anthology: Gender and Education in Politics, Policy and Practice - Transdisciplinary Perspectives through diversity

Brynja Halldórsdóttir1, Marie Carlson2

1University of Iceland, Iceland; 2University of Gotenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Halldórsdóttir, Brynja

Recent global developments have shown how important issues regarding gender are as we focus of the effects of various social justice movement related to gender, gender identity and diversity and are indeed evidenced in the precarity of the modern times. In this presentation we disucss the importance of gender as a transdiciplinary tool in education, both as a pedagogical tool and as well as within our research. Crossing disciplinary and methodological boundaries, and thus creating a transdisciplinary framework, the paper springs from our recent publication of Gender and Education Politics, Policy and Practice: Transdisciplinary Perspectives (2021, Carlson et al.). This book uses intersectional and transnational lenses to explore education in diverse contexts using empirical examples taken from Croatia, Indonesia, Mozambique, Tanzania, Turkey, the UK and the Nordic countries (Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden). For our talk we will frame the various conceptions of gender in educational contexts to explore the use of gender and intersectionality in educational research at various educational levels and contexts, from formal and informal contexts, and ranging from early childhood to adult education. While transdisciplinary research is not a new concept in academia, such discussion is less common in educational research, perhaps because both educational research and gender theory are by nature transdiciplinary. While these two fields are interdisciplary, our paper and the book work to combine the two fields and cross disciplinary boundaries in order to bring awareness to the importance of understanding education as a multilayed and multifaceted field where intersectional discussions of education can be constituted as transdiciplinary and as important in addressing pressing issues of a percarious nature in education. Gender studies in education require an interrogation of power relations, politics and policy in institutions and educational contexts, both formal and informal.

They also deconstruct the social, economic and cultural processes implicit and explicit in local, regional, national and global structures. These processes include the racialization, ethnicization, and class-based divisions included in gender studies and allow research to highlight how and why it is necessary to understand them as intersecting forces, rather than separate and discrete. Using the over­arching themes include in this book we focus on a critical discussion of policy, practice, cooperation by looking at such issuses as action/agency; increased emphasis on theorization and neoliberalism and exploring issues of dualisms and the Anglophone and Western bias (Mohanty, 2003; Phoenix, 2009). In line with Woodard and Woodard (2015), we want really to emphasize that through an interdisciplinary approach, critiques and analysis of the connections between the political and personal can be interrogated, understood and engaged with and what the implictions for education in a broad sense can be.

Our understanding of gender is multifaceted and often contested. It is through a deeper exploration of what gender is as a concept that we develop and engage in new ways of thinking about the relationship between “sex, gender and sexuality”. This relationship is then seen in conjunction with concepts of social class, immigrant rights, belonging and citizenship, education, educational aspirations and attainment, and the historical developments of gender research. In research, gender has been used as both an empirical category and a theoretical conceptualization. Its goal has been to develop greater understandings of social, cultural and educational relations and divisions. We find that engagement in dialogue across different subjects in the field of education as Chiapello and Fairclough (2002) noted: “A transdisciplinary approach asks how a dialogue between two [or more] disciplines or frameworks may lead to a development of both through a progress of each internally appropriating the logic of the other as a resource for its own development” (p. 4).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
When researchers and educators develop a focus on gender they often find “different and innovative methodologies as well as a plurality of theoretical approaches, which are directed at making sense of inequalities and at celebrating the experiences and contributions of hitherto marginalized groups” (Woodward & Woodward, 2015, p. 4). Policies and practices are impacted by time and contexts (whether they are local, regional, national, or international). While there are similarities in the lived experience of gender relations around the world, there are also significant differences (hooks, 2000; Mohanty, 2003; Yuval-Davis, 2011). All the differing and intersecting views, theories and research methods make gender research both inter- and transdisciplinary.

Gender studies developed out of feminist and women’s studies through the intention of researchers, activists and educators to address issues concerning the intersectional aspects of international politics. Here cultural, economic, political, and social inequalities are played out in everyday life and at the global level (cf. Öhrn & Weiner, 2017). They have also been influenced by diverse academic traditions such as Marxism, socialism, radical strands of the women’s movement, black feminism, ethnicization, racialization, issues of bodies and corporeality, disability, sexuality, class and geographically located inequalities, and critical studies of masculinity. Gender studies and their development have important political and educational implications (Bacchi, 2010). It is precisely this blurring of boundaries that transdisciplinary research is about. They also deconstruct the social, economic and cultural processes implicit and explicit in local, regional, national and global structures. These processes include the racialization, ethnicization, and class-based divisions included in gender studies and allow research to highlight how and why it is necessary to understand them as intersecting forces, rather than separate and discrete.

Exploring the diversity of educational settings in an international context, from the formal to the informal, and ranging from early childhood to adult education, the chapters in this book illustrates how gender and education are relevant and needed concepts in the field of transdisciplinary research. These include e.g. paying attention to neoliberalism in education, the inclusion of newcomers and refugees in education systems related to culture and values, and barriers to the global academy (e.g. Gollifer & Halldórsdóttir, 2020). Most centrally, gender studies in education require an interrogation of power relations, politics and policy in institutions and educational contexts, both formal and informal. We have sought to integrate education, gender, and intersectionality through a transdisciplinary framework and by crossing disciplinary and methodological borders.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through the discussion of diverse theoretical frameworks and populations, the anthology explores barriers and gaps and our forthcoming article, neoliberalism and social justice concerns as ways to broaden the scope of gender and education research. The use of such critical lenses which inform this collection we believe will help facilitate a discussion with the aim of developing powerful gendered educational knowledge and strong attempts towards societal transformation. Through the various studies we will present in this anthology and our forthcoming article; we seek to open a dialogue in the session on ways to develop transdisciplinary research on gender and education. As we understand it, “trans-disciplinary work moves beyond the bridging of divides in academia to engaging directly with the production and use of knowledge outside of the academy” (Toomey, Markusson, Adams, & Brockett, 2015, p. 1).

Through the discussion of theoretical frameworks and populations explores barriers and gaps, neoliberalism and social justice concerns as ways to broaden the scope of gender and education research. The use of such critical lenses which inform this collection we believe will help facilitate a discussion with the aim of developing powerful gendered educational knowledge and strong attempts towards societal transformation.

Gender and education have long been understood as being concerned with issues of equality and justice. We are asking ourselves and our colleagues in this discussion to pay special attention to “troubled” zones in the field with attention to teacher education, policy and practice and social activism. In Western societies, two key understandings of gender have dominated research and discourse: socialization and ‘gender role’ models. However, criticism has been put forward against the universalist ideas that “white feminists” speak for all women and that an undefined and silent norm (white, male, heterosexual) (Ahmed, 2012; Hill Collins & Bilge, 2016; Stromqvist & Monkman, 2014).

References
Ahmed, S. (2012). On Being Included: Racism and Diversity in Institutional Life. Duke University Press.

Bacchi, C. (2010). Gender mainstreaming, affirmative action and diversity: Politics and meaning in gender equality policies. GSPR 2010 Vol.3. https://www.kdevelopedia.org/Resources/all/gender-mainstreaming-affirmative-action-diversity-politics-meaning-gender-equality-policies--04201203140098189.do?fldIds=TP_SOC%7CTP_SOC_GD

Carlson, M. et al. (eds.) (2021) Gender and Education in Politics, Policy and Practice,
Transdisciplinary Perspectives. Springer Nature: Switzerland.

Chiapello, E., & Fairclough, N. (2002). Understanding the new management ideology: A transdisciplinary contribution from critical discourse analysis and new sociology of capitalism. Discourse & Society, 13(2).

Gollifer, S. E., & Halldórsdóttir, B. E. (2020). Conservative Conceptualisations and Neglected Cross-cultural Experiences—Internationalisation at the University of Iceland. Internationalisation of Higher Education, 1. https://www.handbook-internationalisation.com/en/handbuch/gliederung/#/Beitragsdetailansicht/191/2868/Conservative-Conceptualisations-and-Neglected-Cross-cultural-Experiences---Internationalisation-at-the-University-of-Iceland

Hill Collins, P., & Bilge, S. (2016). Intersectionality. Polity Press. https://books.google.is/books/about/Intersectionality.html?id=M2a-CgAAQBAJ

hooks, b. (2000). Feminist Theory: From Margin to Center. Pluto Press.

Mohanty, C. T. (2003). Feminism Without Borders. Decolonizing Theory, Practising Solidarity. Duke University Press.

Phoenix, A. (2009). De-colonising practises: negotiating narratives from racialised and gendered experiences of education. Race, Ethnicity and Education, 12(1), 101-114.
 
Stromqvist, N. & Monkman, K. (eds). (2014). Globalization and Education: Integration and Contestation across Cultures. 2nd ed. Rowman & Littlefield Education.

Toomey, A. H., Markusson, N., Adams, E., & Brockett, B. (2015). Inter- and Trans-disciplinary Research: A Critical Perspective. Global Sustainable Development Report, 3.

Woodward, K., & Woodward, S. (2015). Gender studies and interdisciplinarity. Palgrave Communications, 1(1), 1–5. https://doi.org/10.1057/palcomms.2015.18

Yuval-Davis, N. (2011). The Politics of Belonging: Intersectional Contestations. Sage.

Öhrn, E. & Weiner, G. (2017). Gender, Justice, and Equity in Education. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. In G Noblit (Ed.) Oxford research encyclopedia of education. New York: Oxford University Press. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.131
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm33 SES 11 B: How To Teach Gender Diversity and Counteracting Sexual Harassment
Location: James McCune Smith, 734 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Oriol Rios-Gonzalez
Paper Session
 
33. Gender and Education
Paper

Do Teachers Act as Diversity Role Models for Young People?

Johanna Pangritz

Hagen University, Germany

Presenting Author: Pangritz, Johanna

In the German-speaking area, different debates can be observed in the past 15-20 years, which can be interpreted as a sign or indicator of the relevance of diversity in the field of school. The different debates are ambivalent and partly contrary to each other. For example, there is a systematic attempt to prohibit female teachers from wearing a hijab in school and thereby counteract diversity, while on the other hand, a demand for more male teachers has been heard for decades, which is apparently intended to contribute to the diversity of masculinities (May & Rose 2014). This demand for 'more men' was also supported by education policy, so that model projects were launched with the aim of attracting male professionals to the field of education.

The origin of the call for 'more men' for the field of education was the observation that boys showed poorer school achievments compared to girls. They had to repeat a class more often or left school more often without a diploma. In this context, it is therefore also mostly spoken of as ' boys crises' (Hurrelmann & Schulz 2012). The idea behind the education policies to increase the male quota was to create male role models for boys and thus to counteract the supposedly negative 'feminisation' of the education system (Fegter 2013). The representation of different embodiments of masculinities was supposed to lead the boys to also identify more with education. In addition, it was hoped that the boys would form alternative ideas of masculinity along the role models, which would contribute to a diversity of masculinity (Cremers & Krabel 2016) and thus show a reflective approach towards gender (Budde 2014).

Even though boys and their achievements symbolise the starting point for the demands for more men, little research has subsequently dealt with boys or young people in general and their ideas of masculinity. Rather, in the German-speaking area, the focus has been on professionals and their constructions of masculinity as well as ideas (Buschmeyer 2013, Breitenbach et al. 2015, Diewald 2018). It also remains unclear whether young people choose teachers as role models. There are contradictory findings and theoretical assumptions on this (Rose 2014). In addition, it is apparent that female, non-binary and non-heteronormative young people have so far been completely left out of this discussion. Therefore, there are no findings for the German-speaking countries that provide information on how masculinity is thought of or lived outside of the male understood body.

In an ongoing research project on 'Transformed masculinities in the mirror of education', I am trying to approach these gaps. I am focusing on young people's ideas and beliefs around masculinity and the extent to which these influence their everyday lives. In addition, the focus is on whether teachers serve as role models for the young people. So far, 11 adolescents have been interviewed using episodic interviews (Flick 2022). Gender diversity was taken into account in the sample of the young people. The interviews were analysed using the documentary method (Nohl 2017).

The analyse so far shows that the young people mostly do not choose role models from the educational context. Rather, the interviews indicate that the young people feel a kind of foreignness towards their teachers. Gender role models for masculinity or other gender concepts are mostly sought outside of school or other educational institutions. With regard to ideas of masculinity, the young people have a partly confused understanding - between modernisation and tradition. Within the lecture, 2 case studies will be presented, in which different approaches of young people to masculinity and role models will be presented.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research project to be reported on follows a qualitative approach. So far, episodic interviews have been conducted with 11 young people aged 14-16 of different genders. The perspective of the young people was deliberately chosen in order to avoid 'talking about' and to finally let those who are affected have their say. Past discussions in German-speaking countries were mostly characterised by adults talking about and deciding what was the best thing for young people. The project therefore leans on perspectives of critical youth research and tries to avoid adultism.
A semi-strutured episodic interview (Flick 2022) served as the data collection instrument. The episodic interview is characterised by the systematic integration of narratives into an interview guideline. Two forms of knowledge are distinguished: Semantic knowledge, 'based on concepts, assumptions and relations, which are abstracted and generalized from concrete events and situations' (Flick 2022: 221) and episodic knowledge which 'is organised closer to experiences and linked to concrete situations' (Flick 2022: 221). The episodic interview thus made it possible to switch between the different forms of knowledge and to ask about concrete definitions and assumptions, but also about the young people's experiences. This was important because it formed the core of the project and was intended to ask about the abstract ideas of masculinity as well as their experiences and ways of dealing with masculinity in everyday life and in the field of school.
The interviews are analysed using the documentary method. This method was originally developed by Bohnsack (2010) to analyse group discussions. A change of perspective is achieved through the method:
„It is the change from the question what social reality is in the perspective of the actors, to the question how this reality is produced or accomplished in these actors’ everyday practice. By practice, I mean the practice of action as well as of talk, of presentation and of argumentation.“ (Bohnsack 2010: 102).
The documentary method thus makes it possible to analyse the different forms of knowledge in the episodic interview. It makes it possible to look at how the young people produce their social reality and how this is shown in their everyday activities. Nohl (2010/2017) further developed the documentary method for interviews. The episodic interview is particularly suitable for analysis with the documentary method because of its alternation between narrative and non-narrative parts.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the interviews so far shows that young people are increasingly looking for role models outside of school and teachers are not used in this regard. It turns out that teachers in particular do not serve as role models, as they rather prevent diversity than promote it. In this context, the young people report that they experience discrimination and exclusion because of their embodiment of diversity, due to gender, social origin or migration history. In addition, school is often perceived as a space for 'measuring' or 'asserting' regarding masculinity. School thus reflects an arena in which hegemonic images of masculinity find space instead of promoting the diversity of masculinities.
This dilemma is also partly reflected in the young people's ideas of masculinity. In many cases, a heteronormative binary understanding is invoked. It can be observed that there is often a confused understanding between modernisation and tradition among the young people. Thus, an adherence to traditional norms of masculinity with simultaneous differentiation can be identified. The young people point out that school, as a place where knowledge is conveyed, teaches a certain understanding of masculinity that is more oriented towards biological characteristics. They also point out that school does not offer any space to discuss alternative views of masculinity or gender in general.
Accordingly, school shows itself to be a hegemonic space of masculinity in the transmission of knowledge about masculinity as well as in its production in social practices. Diversity and the promotion of diversity are accordingly neglected, if not prevented by discrimination and exclusion.

References
Bohnsack, Ralf (2010): Documentary Method and Group Discussions. In: Bohnsack, Ralf, Pfaff, Nicole, & Weller, Wivian (Eds.): Qualitative analysis and documentary method in international educational research. Opladen: Barbara Budrich, pp 99-124.
Breitenbach, Eva et al. (2015): Männer in Kindertageseinrichtungen. Eine rekonstruktive Studie über Geschlecht und Professionalität. Opladen, Berlin, Toronto: Verlag Barbara Budrich.
Budde, Jürgen (2014): Jungenpädagogik zwischen Tradierung und Veränderung. Empirische Analyse geschlechterpädagogischer Praxis. Opladen, Berlin, Tronto: Verlag Barbara Burdich.
Buschmeyer, Anna (2013): Zwischen Vorbild und Verdacht. Wie Männer im Erziehungsberuf Männlichkeit konstruieren. Wiesbaden. Springer Fachmedien.
Cremers, Michael & Krabel, Jens (2016): Mehr Männer in Kitas. Von der Wissenschaft entdeckt. In: Sozial Extra, 40 (2), S. 46-49.
Diewald, Irmgard (2018): Männlichkeiten im Wandel. Zur Regierung von Geschlecht in der deutschen und schwedischen Debatte um ‚Männer in Kitas’. Bielefeld: Transcript Verlag.
Fegter, Susann (2013): Mehr Männer in die Soziale Arbeit? Neuordnungen von Profession und Geschlecht im aktuellen (fach-)öffentlichen Diskurs. In: Sabla, Kim-Patrick & Plößer, Melanie (Hrsg.): Gendertheorien und Theorien Sozialer Arbeit. Bezüge, Lücken und Herausforderungen. Opladen, Berlin, Toronto: Verlag Barbara Budrich, S. 145-162.
Flick, Uwe (2022): Doing Interview Research. SAGE Publications: London, Thousand Oaks, New Dehli, Singapore.
Hurrelmann, Klaus & Schultz, Tanjev (2012): Jungen als Bildungsverlierer. Brauchen wir eine Männerquote in Kitas und Schulen? Weinheim & Basel: Beltz Juventa.
Lotte, Rose & May, Michael (2014): Mehr Männer in die Soziale Arbeit!? Kontroversen, Konflikte und Konkurrenzen. Opladen, Berlin & Toronto: Barbara Budrich.
Nohl, Michael (2010): Narrative Interview and Documentary Interpretation. In: Bohnsack, Ralf, Pfaff, Nicole, & Weller, Wivian (Eds.): Qualitative analysis and documentary method in international educational research. Opladen: Barbara Budrich, pp 99-124.
Nohl, Michael (2017): Interview und Dokumentarische Methode. Anleitung für die Forschungspraxis. 5.Aufl. Springer VS: Wiesbaden.
Rose, Lotte (2014): Kinder brauchen Männer! Zur Vergeschlechtlichung von Qualitätsentwicklungsfragen in der Elementarpädagogik. In: Rose, Lotte & May, Michael (Hrsg.): Mehr Männer in die Soziale Arbeit!? Kontroversen, Konflikte und Konkurrenzen. Opladen, Berlin & Toronto: Barbara Budrich, S. 29-46.


33. Gender and Education
Paper

Mission Possible – Teachers Work of Counteracting Sexual Harassment as a part of Fostering Democratic Citizens

Liselotte Eek-Karlsson, Ragnar Olsson

Linnéuniversitetet, Sweden

Presenting Author: Eek-Karlsson, Liselotte; Olsson, Ragnar

In the beginning of the #Metoo-movement in 2017, a large number of girls and women from many countries, not least from Sweden (Swedish Gender Equality Agency, 2022) gave their experiences of being sexually harassed. These experiences of sexual harassment in an allegedly gender-equal country, underscores the importance of further studies. Within the Nordic education system, there is an overarching democratic assignment, which means that all students must be treated equally and where no one must be subjected to offensive discrimination, for example sexual harassment (Måwe, 2018). The Swedish Discrimination Act prescribes that all children have the right to be in school without risk of being exposed to violence or harassment (SFS, 2008:567). But, research shows that sexual harassment is part of everyday life for many young people and occurs at all levels in the educational system. The perpetrator is often a boy and the victims are frequently girls. Most often the harassment takes place outside the class time, for example in corridors, in school yards and in locker rooms (Gillander Gådin, 2012; 2019; Plan International, 2020; Eek-Karlsson, Berggren & Torpsten, 2022). In this study the focus is to problematize Swedish schools assignment to work for counteracting sexual harassment. The aim is to contribute with knowledge about students’ views upon teachers’ teaching regarding the work of counteracting sexual harassment. The research question guiding the study is:

  • How can students descriptions regarding teachers assignment to counteract sexual harassment be understood from a didactical perspective?’

From a didactic perspective, the prevention and promotion work can include both the teaching that formally takes place during the lessons as well as informal meetings between lessons. In this study it also includes the quality of the relationships between teacher and student, as well as how activities are organized in order to create safe learning environments. Depending on underlying values that permeate the school organization and the teacher’s teaching, different affordances will fall out (Wahlström, 2019).

The theoretical framework is based on an educational perspective and directed towards teachers’ work against oppression and towards social justice. Basically, we use Kumashiro’s theory of anti-oppressive education. He has developed four different strategies, which all have both strengths and weaknesses. The strategies are called ‘Education for the Other’, Education about the Other, Education that is critical of privileging and othering, and ‘Education that changes’ (Kumashiro, 2002). More specifically it deals with the relationships between teacher and student, teacher and the knowledge content as well as the teaching process. The concept ‘teaching’ is understood in this study as ‘teaching acts’ that are carried out both in formal teaching situations within specific lessons as well as in informal teaching situations in between the lessons (Gardesten, 2021).

Teaching in school always takes place in a social context and it is in this context conditions for learning are created. Teachers’ basic educational/pedagogical view is the starting point for how the teachers plan and stages the education. All education has a content dimension, i.e. what is to be in focus, for example knowledge, skills and understanding. In teaching there is also a process dimension, which includes how the education is staged. Linked to Kumashiro’s four approaches, they all have relational, content-oriented and process-oriented didactic perspectives. Preventing and managing the occurrence of sexual harassment in school (and in its extension the work for social jusice) can be understood in different ways. In this study the focus is on students’ views on teachers’ education, i.e. the focus is not on what really happens in practice. Nor can anything be said about teachers' own intentions behind their teaching.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is part of a larger project with an overall aim to contribute knowledge about how boys and girls at different ages talk about and understand sexual harassment. The research project has been approved by the Swedish Ethical Review Authority. The empirical data was collected through semi-structured pair interviews in school year 5, 6, 8, in compulsory school and in school year 1 and 3 in upper secondary school. Overall, 28 girls and 22 boys were interviewed.  Mostly, the students were interviewed in pairs.  The interviews lasted between 40 and 80 min, in total 18 hours and 10 minutes. All the interviews were recorded and transcribed. The youth were given fictitious names to safe- guard their anonymity. The data in the present study, consists of the students opinions concerning how teachers work to counteract sexual harassment. It is important to emphasize that the empirical basis of the present study consists of the students' opinions of the teacher's approach and teaching and not of what really happens in practice. Nor can anything be said about teachers' own intentions behind their teaching.

The analysis of the transcribed data was conducted in two steps, based on the purpose of the study and the interview question. Initially a content analysis was con- ducted, in which quotes concerning how the girls manage sexual harassment online and offline and conditions for preventing sexual harassment were put together in a separate document. Central meaning bearing units were formulated and eventually patterns appeared, concerning both research questions (Mayring, 2000). To get a deeper understanding, the next step was to analyse the data using didactical theories. In this process, three categories appeared; a ‘relationship oriented’, a ‘content oriented’ and a ‘process oriented’ perspective. Through an in-depth analysis sub categories were formulated.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that the students have many opinions on teachers’ teaching to counteract sexual harassment. Three major didactical perspectives can be found. Teaching to counteract sexual harassment in a relational didactical perspective is the first, focusing the didactical relation between teacher and student. In this context it means that the relation has a special intention - to promote learning. The student means that teachers need several competences to be able to counteract sexual harassment. The relational competence is crucial both concerning the students' feeling of trust and the credibility of the teaching. It’s important to step forward as a safe and reliable close adult. When it comes to urgent measures the students expect teachers to act responsibly and professionally. It’s an adult responsibility to show genuine interest and ability to act.

The second perspective expressed by the students is a content oriented perspective. When the students describe their experiences of their teachers dealing with counteracting sexual harassment the importance of knowledgeable and conscious teachers applying relevant content comes into sight. The teacher has to be familiar with the students’ world as well as having good knowledge. As a good teacher it’s important to focus on equity – to work for equal rights for men and women, boys and girls.

The third didactical perspective in the present study forms a processed oriented perspective taking interest in the choices av teaching acts that teachers do when they try to counteract sexual harassments in school. A process of learning and development is established, using varying methods and many different sources of knowledge. In the eyes of the students it seems important to establish this process in a safe environment - to work with activities that create community. It’s a long-term work as it’s important to do it in a promotional and preventive way.


References
Eek-Karlsson L., Berggren, J. & Torpsten, A-C. (2022). Beating around the bush - a study of Swedish upper secondary school girls’ coping strategies and impact processes of sexual harassment. Sexuality & Culture.  
 
Gardesten, J. (2021). Ett handlingsteoretiskt perspektiv på undervisning – en essä med fritidshemmet som exempel. [An action-theoretical perspective on teaching - an essay with the leisure center as an example] Pedagogisk forskning, 6(2–3),139–148.

Gillander Gådin, K. (2012). Sexual Harassment of Girls in Elementary School: A Concealed Phenomenon Within a Heterosexual Romantic Discourse. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 27(9), 1762–1779.

Gillander Gådin, K., & Stein, N. (2019). Do schools normalise sexual harassment? An analysis of a legal case regarding sexual harassment in a Swedish high school. Gender and Education, 31(7), 920–937

Kumashiro, K. (2002). Troubling Education. Queer Activism and Anti–Oppressive Pedagogy. New York: RoutledgeFalmer

Mayring, P. (2000). Qualitative content analysis. Forum: Qualitative Social Research 1(2), 1–10.

Måwe, I. (2018). Vad säger lagen om #metoo? [What does the law says about #metoo?] Köpenhamn: NIKK, Nordisk information för kunskap om kön.

Plan International. (2020). Free to be online? Girls’ and young women’s experiences of online harassment. Working: Plan International

SFS 2008:567. (2008). Diskrimineringslagen. [The Discrimination Act]. Stockholm: Regeringskansliet [Government Offices]

Swedish Gender Equality Agency (2022). Berättelser från #Metoo-uppropen [Stories from calls for #Metoo]
https://jamstalldhetsmyndigheten.se/mans-vald-mot-kvinnor/sexuella-trakasserier/berattel- ser-fran-metoo-uppropen/ [22-06-16]

Wahlström, N. (2019). Didaktik – ett professionsbegrepp.  [Didactic - a profession concept] Malmö: Gleerups Utbildning AB.


33. Gender and Education
Paper

“You Must be Fair to Yourself”. Novice Icelandic Female Teachers Interviewed About Their Work.

Ingólfur Ásgeir Jóhannesson1, Maríanna Jónsdóttir Maríudóttir1,2, Aðalheiður Anna Erlingsdóttir1,3, Valgerður S. Bjarnadóttir1

1University of Iceland; 2Urriðaholtsskóli; 3University of Akureyri

Presenting Author: Jóhannesson, Ingólfur Ásgeir; Maríudóttir, Maríanna Jónsdóttir

In various countries, including Iceland, there is a discussion about a shortage of teachers. In many cases, this discussion centeres around the specific shortage of male teachers in preschool and the younger grades of compulsory education (e.g. Hjalmarsson & Löfdahl, 2014; Jóhannesson et al., 2002b). Another kind of discussion is about the quality and the importance of the induction of novice teachers (e.g., Estola et al., 2012; Jóhannesson et al., 2002a; Steingrímsdóttir & Engilbertsson, 2018).

Since the research group had already studied this among novice male teachers (see below), we decided to address the situation of young female teachers in Icelandic compulsory schools.

There are two main types of literature that the research is based on: theories of gender, including research about female and male teachers and the femininization of teaching; and theories and research about novice teachers.

Masculinity and feminity are key concepts about gender. Connell (2006) suggests that these concepts refer to characteristics which society believes belong to men and women. Connell (1987) has also suggested that hegemonic masculinity is possible because of emphasized feminity which subordinates women to men. Schippers (2007) has suggested that women who take control can perform pariah femininity that troubles the power relationship involved in the pair of hegemonic masculinity and emphasized feminity. Women tend to be expected to show care and male teachers to perform disciplinary actions (e.g., Hjalmarsson & Löfdahl, 2014). This is enforced with the feminization in the number of teachers worldwide (e.g., Warin & Gannerud, 2014).

In the second type of literature, research findings suggest that novice teachers need a few years – three to five – to gain competence and more time to acquire expertise (Berliner, 1992; Hammerness et al., 2005). There are indications that if the novices are not much supervised during an induction time, then they may continue to teach without necessary competence – or quit the job after a short time (e.g., Hammerness o.fl., 2005; Steingrímsdóttir, 2007). Estola et al. (2012) found that most novices meet similar challenges, importantly those that relate to the balance between work load and job satisfaction. They also find it challenging to organize the time to talk with colleagues, staff, students, and parents. Desirable forms of supervision include that each novice is at least for the first year assigned to an experienced teacher for guidance. This has only been followed to a limited extent in Iceland (Jóhannesson et al., 2022a; Steingrímsdóttir & Engilbertsson, 2018).

The study follows up on a two-year study of novice Icelandic male teachers conducted by the principal investigator and one of the cooperating researchers in this study. The findings of the study, in short, indicate that support with novice teachers is not well organized (Jóhannesson et al., 2022a) and that there are gendered expectations to the male teachers, such as being capable of “keeping discipline” in the classroom on grounds of their gender (Jóhannesson et al., 2022b).

Our focus is twofold: First, on how our interviewees had experienced their induction and, second, on the ways which issues of gender mattered in the expectations that they experienced and how these expectations interacted with the professional demands of being a teacher.

Three main questions guided the research design:

  • What is the experience of newly graduated female teachers in Icelandic compulsory schools?
  • In what ways is the experience of newly graduated female teachers gendered?
  • Are there expectations that the newly graduated female teachers perform emphasized femininity?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study began in early autumn 2021 when 11 newly graduated young (all but one between the age of 26 and 33 at the time) female teachers in Icelandic compulsory schools were interviewed. They had taught for none to three years; some of them had been teaching unlicensed for a short time. They were selected via a variety of methods: Via one of the teacher education faculties, via personal connections, via phone calls to principals in schools selected in the vicinity of where the interviewees reside. The interviewees taught in different parts of the country, such as in the urban capital city area, smaller towns, and the countryside. They all taught in schools run by municipalities, and they all followed the national curriculum of Iceland. The teachers taught at all levels of the compulsory school (grades 1¬–4, 5–7, 8–10). They were interviewed again in spring 2022 and autumn 2022 and will be interviewed for the fourth and last time in spring 2023. As three interviewees had to quit after the third interview, we expect to have altogether 41 interview.
Murrey et al. (2009) describe this method as serial interviews. The interview frames were halfopen and developed as the study progressed. This approach gives the study a longitudinal element, by allowing us to explore change and process over time (Calman et al., 2013) and to follow up on certain issues in previous interviews.
The analysis of the data follows common recommendations from Calman et al. (2013). This involves conducting both cross-sectional thematic analysis, in which all interviews are read several times to capture common themes in relation to the teachers’ gendered experience over time, as well as bringing forward narratives and experiences of individual interviewees. The analysis is to be data-driven (Braun & Clarke, 2013), focusing on capturing how gendered expectations and the professional induction of becoming a teacher evolved.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the first three rounds of interviews, a few preliminary themes appeared.
The first theme is that in lieu of and in addition to formal supervision, most of our interviewees were parts of formal or informal teams of teachers. This was certainly a supporting factor as in our previous study with male novices (Jóhannesson et al., 2022a).
The second theme, which is related to the first theme, covers extensive cooperation in the classrooms and outside them with other teachers, including special educators; social educators; support staff; and others. Our preliminary results focus on the challenges of working with non-professional support staff of different ages and the gendered practices and behaviors of these staff members.
The last preliminary theme is about the importance of developing a sense of easiness about letting go in order to be able to find balance between the job and private life — “be fair to yourself” in situations when it is felt that things are not “perfect”. This could include to do all preparation work in the school, although it might mean a longer workday at times.
The preliminary results support the thesis that teaching is gendered and that there may be differences in the expectations to female and male teachers, as well as to support staff. We will continue investigate the relationship between different femininities in the accounts of our interviewees, not least whether they must perform emphasized femininity within the cultures of the schools. The implications will be discussed, as well as ways to support young teachers of all genders.

References
Berliner, D. C. (1992). The nature of expertise in teaching. In F. K. Oser, A. Dick, & J.–L. Patry (ritstjórar), Effective and responsible teaching: The new synthesis (pp. 227–248). Jossey-Bass.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research. A practical guide for beginners. Sage
Calman, L., Brunton, L., & Molassiotis, A. (2013). Developing longitudinal qualitative designs: Lessons learned and recommendations for health services research. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 13(14), 2–10
Connell, R. W. (1987). Gender and power: Society, the person and sexual politics. Stanford University Press.
Connell, R.W. (2006). Understanding men: Gender sociology and the new international research on masculinities. In C. Skelton, B. Francis & L. Smulyan (Eds.), The SAGE handbook on gender and education (pp. 18–31). Sage.
Estola, E., Syrjälä, L. & Maunu, T. (2012). The first years as a teacher. In H. Heikkinen, H. Jokinen, & P. Tynjälä (Eds.), Peer-group mentoring for teacher development (pp. 43–51). London & New York: Routledge.
Hammerness, K., Darling-Hammond, L. & Brandsford, J. (2005). How teachers learn and develop. In L. Darling-Hammond & J. Brandsford (Eds.), Preparing teachers for a changing world: What teachers should learn and be able to do (pp. 358–389). Jossey-Bass.
Hjalmarsson, M. & Löfdahl, A. (2014). Being caring and disciplinary – male primary school teachers on expectations from others. Gender and Education, 26(3), 280–292. doi:10.1080/09540253.2014.901731
Jóhannesson, I. Á., Ottesen, A. R,. & Bjarnadóttir, V. S. (2022a). Factors in the compulsory school environment that support male novice teachers. Icelandic Journal of Education, 31(1), 91–109. https://doi.org/10.24270/tuuom.2022.31.5
Jóhannesson, I. Á., Ottesen, A. R., & Bjarnadóttir, V. S. (2022b). Natural disciplinarians or learning from the job? The first two years of seven male teachers in Icelandic compulsory schools. Education Inquiry, DOI: 10.1080/20004508.2022.2080343
Murray, S. A; Kendall, M.; Carduff, E.; Worth, A.; Harris, A.; Lloyd, A.; Cavers, D.; Grant, L., & Sheikh, A. (2009). Use of serial qualitative interviews to understand patients‘ evolving experiences and needs. BJM, 339(7727). Sótt af https://www.bmj.com/content/339/bmj.b3702
Schippers, M. (2007). Recovering the feminine other: Masculinity, femininity, and gender hegemony. Theory, Culture & Society, 36(1), 85–102.
Steingrímsdóttir, M. & Engilbertsson, G. (2018). Mat nýliða á gagnsemi leiðsagnar í starfi kennara. Netla. Retrieved from http://netla.hi.is/greinar/2018/ryn/03
Warin, J. & Gannerud, E. (2014). Gender, teaching and care: a comparative global conversation. Gender and Education, 26(3), 193–199. doi: org/10.1080/09540253.2014.928023
Wolcott, H. F. (1994). Transforming qualitative data: Description, analysis, and interpretation. Sage
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm90 SES 11: EERJ: Editors Meet and Greet
Location: Gilbert Scott, Turnbull [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Sotiria Grek
Session Chair: Paolo Landri
Meet and Greet
 
90. Additional events
Meetings/ Events

EERJ: Editors Meet and Greet

Sotiria Grek, Paolo Landri

University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom

Meet and greet the editors of the European Educational Research Journal.

 
3:30pm - 5:00pm00 SES 12 A: The Evolution of the Scottish Attainment Challenge, 2015 to Present Day
Location: James McCune Smith, 438AB [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Callum MacFarlane
Session Chair: Jacqui Ward
Panel Discussion
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Panel Discussion

The Evolution of the Scottish Attainment Challenge, 2015 to Present Day

Callum MacFarlane1, Jacqui Ward1, N 'N2

1Education Scotland, United Kingdom; 2Government

Presenting Author: MacFarlane, Callum; Ward, Jacqui; 'N, N

Education remains one of the most effective means we have to improve the life chances of all of children and young people, and the right to and goals of education are enshrined in the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). In Scotland, almost one in four children are officially recognised as living in poverty (Scottish Government, 2023a). A significant proportion of these children, 69% (170,00), are living in working households (Scottish Government, 2023a). There are specific households with children who are known to be at a higher risk of poverty. These include households with single parents, 3+ children, disabled household members, of a minority ethnic background, with children under one or a mother uner 25 (Scottish Government, 2023a). The Scottish Attainment Challenge was launched in 2015 with the mission of closing the poverty-related attainment gap with funding of £750 million over the parliamentary term. In 2021 the programme was refreshed with the support of a further £1billion over the next parliamentary term until 2026. This session will consider the evolution of the programme from its inception in 2015 through a global pandemic and to the current day, including the rationale for its new amended mission:

“to use education to improve outcomes for children and young people impacted by poverty, with a focus on tackling the poverty-related attainment gap.“

Much has been learned in the implementation of the Scottish Attainment Challenge and so the session will consider the impact of some of these, such as:

  • governance
  • funding structures which have responded proactively to research and feedback from education senior leaders and practitioners
  • role of Attainment Advisors in leading, supporting and challenging progress in the programme at various levels of the system including class, school, local authority and national
  • research strategy and the associated monitoring and reporting mechanisms around impact
  • involving others and ensuring children’s voices are a central tenet of the programme, including those identified with additional support needs

The impact of the Scottish Attainment Challenge and its approaches has been the subject of many news articles, research and blogs. However what is obvious from all is that there is no one solution to tackling poverty-related attainment gaps (Poverty Alliance, 2021). As there are multiple causes and consequences of poverty-related attainment gaps, so there needs to be multiple and various supports to address and mitigate against these gaps. The Scottish Attainment Challenge Logic Model released in 2021, supports this notion (Scottish Government, 2021a) with its theory of change exemplifying the various approaches to making a difference depending on the context. The session will consider the impact evidence through the lens of the Scottish Attainment Challenge 5 year progress report (Scottish Government, 2021b), the impact of COVID (Scottish Government, 2021c) and how this dovetails with research from other sources such as The Poverty Alliance (2021), EEF research such as that on Pupil Premium (2022) and lessons learned (2018), Audit Scotland (2021), etc. It will also look at the new approach being taken to evidence impact using a more real-time approach to collating data (Scottish Government 2022). The session will conclude with details of next steps being implemented across the system to improve outcomes for children and young people affected by poverty and tackling poverty-related attainment gaps in Scotland.


References
Audit Scotland (2021).  Improving outcomes for young people through school education.  Available at: Improving outcomes for young people through school education (audit-scotland.gov.uk)  (Accessed:  11 April 2023)

Education Endowment Fund  (2018)  Closing the attainment gap.  Available at:  Closing the attainment gap | EEF (educationendowmentfoundation.org.uk)  (Accessed:  11 April 2023)

Education Endowment Fund (2022)  Using your pupil premium effectively.  Available at: Using pupil premium | EEF (educationendowmentfoundation.org.uk)  (Accessed:  11 April 2023)

The Poverty Alliance (2021)  The Poverty-Related Attainment Gap:  A review of the evidence. Available at  The-Poverty-related-Attainment-Gap-A-Review-of-the-Evidence-2.pdf  (Accessed:  11 April 2023)

Scottish Government (2021a)  The Scottish Attainment Challenge Logic Model.  Available at:  tackling-poverty-related-attainment-gap-theory-change-scottish-attainment-challenge-logic-model.pdf (www.gov.scot)  (Accessed:  11 April 2023)

Scottish Government (2021b)  Closing the poverty related attainment gap:  progress report 2016-2021.  Available at: Supporting documents - Closing the poverty-related attainment gap: progress report 2016 to 2021 - gov.scot (www.gov.scot)  (Accessed:  11 April 2023)

Scottish Government (2021c)  Equity Audit.  Available at: Equity Audit (www.gov.scot)  (Accessed:  11 April 2023)
Scottish Government (2022).  Evaluation Strategy for Attainment Scotland Fund 2022-2026.  Available at:  Evaluation Strategy for the Attainment Scotland Fund 2022-2026 (www.gov.scot)  (Accessed:  11 Apri 2023)

Scottish Government (2023a) Poverty and Income Inequality in Scotland 2019-22. Available at: Poverty and Income Inequality in Scotland 2019-22 (data.gov.scot) (Accessed: 11 April 2023)

Chair
Lead from Education Scotland or Scottish Government
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm01 SES 12 A: Teacher Professional Learning and Development (PLD) in Europe (Part 3)
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 3 (Gannochy) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ken Jones
Session Chair: Mihaela Mitescu Manea
Symposium continued from 01 SES 11 A
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Symposium

Teacher professional learning and development in Europe - 1

Chair: Ken Jones (Professional Development in Education)

Discussant: Mihaela Mitescu-Manea (Universitatea de Vest din Timișoara)

Innovation in Teacher Professional Learning in Europe Research, Policy and Practice is a book due to be published by Routledge in 2023, providing an overview of teacher professional learning and development in 14 European countries. The authors participating in this symposium will provide an insight into current policy and practice relating to PLD in their countries. Taken together, the three symposia in this series will enable an up-to-date commentary on the state of PLD in Europe.

During recent decades we can track a path going from teacher education as In-service training (INSET) to Continuing Professional Development (CPD) to Professional Learning and Development (Ostinelli and Crescentini, 2021). The first is usually conceived as an occasional complement to initial teacher education; the second is a continuing process typified by transmissive approaches (Timperley, 2011); the third, finally, includes learning under the form of evolutionary processes capable of generating professional expertise and mastery (Dreyfus and Dreyfuss, 2008), focusing on the teacher as an individual professional but forming part of a network of professional learners capable of providing adequate answers to the rapid and sudden changes affecting contemporary schooling.

Teacher professional learning in every country analysed here has been classified as pertaining to one or other of these categories. However, each school system also has its particularities, both in defining its approach to teacher professional learning and from a cultural/structural point of view. Moreover, the countries participating in this study are also different in terms of population, going from small nations like Wales to larger ones such as France or Italy.

The information here proposed can give a good background for future deepening and more precise studies on various issues concerning teacher professional learning. Questions of relevance for all the countries include the increasing prominence of informal professional learning, the incentives for participating in teacher professional development (including leadership development, Jones, 2022) and how these may be aligned with needs, conditions and resources, and the issue of compulsoriness, in particular, the balance between prescription and option. Coaching (Kise, 2017), mentoring (Geeraerts et al., 2015) and professional learning networks (Handscomb and Brown, 2022) are associated practices that also deserve attention. Another important issue is how to balance and integrate in a lifewide-oriented organized approach what is performed autonomously and informally by teachers as professionals who take responsibility for their own learning.


References
Dreyfus, H. and Dreyfus, S., 2008. Beyond expertise: some preliminary thoughts on mastery. In: K. Nielsen, ed. A qualitative stance: essays in honor of Steinar Kvale. Aarhus: Aarhus University Press, 113–124.
Kise, J. A. (2017). Differentiated coaching: A framework for helping educators change. Corwin Press.
Geeraerts, K., Tynjälä, P., Heikkinen, H. L., Markkanen, I., Pennanen, M., & Gijbels, D. (2015). Peer-group mentoring as a tool for teacher development. European Journal of Teacher Education, 38(3), 358-377.
Handscomb, G. and Brown, C. (2022) The Power of Professional Learning Networks: Traversing the present; transforming the future John Catt Educational Ltd
Jones, K. (2022) Leading Professional Learning  Insight Paper National Academy for Educational Leadership Wales  https://nael.cymru/insight/leading-professional-learning/
Ostinelli, G., & Crescentini, A. (2021). Policy, culture and practice in teacher professional development in five European countries. A comparative analysis. Professional Development in Education, 1-17.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

A Framework for Analysing Teacher Professional Learning and Development

Giorgio Ostinelli (DECS - Bellinzona (Switzerland) and UniTreEdu - Milan), Alberto Crescentini (University of Applied Sciences and Arts of Southern Switzerland)

Comparing different educational systems is a task that can sometimes appear artificial. In fact, every one of them grew up from different histories and systemic conditions (Ostinelli, 2009). For performing this duty, we renounced to the use of “sharp” descriptive models, preferring a broader and flexible constructivist/complexivist teacher professional learning (PL) framework (Ostinelli and Crescentini, 2021). Based on these criteria, we defined a set of indicators: needs, validity, organic structure, sustainability, support, professional learning, frame, form and effectiveness. Starting from these indicators we created an online 30 item survey, and we submitted it from February to September 2022 to the presenting authors of this tri-symposium. This choice was done mainly for reasons of opportunity (in particular the high number of participant countries and of different languages spoken). However, it relied also on the argument that every author, even if from a subjective standpoint, is an expert of her/his national educational system, and in particular of teacher PL. We used frequency and Likert scales and we asked the respondents to provide further details, where appropriate, through open-ended questions. Therefore, our study has to be considered of explorative character. The resulting information can be an outline for further qualitative and quantitative investigations.

References:

Ostinelli, G. (2009). Teacher Education in Italy, Germany, England, Sweden and Finland. European Journal of Education, 44(2), 291-308. Ostinelli, G., & Crescentini, A. (2021). Policy, culture and practice in teacher professional development in five European countries. A comparative analysis. Professional Development in Education, 1-17.
 

Formal Competence Development and Professional Learning Communities to an Emergence Approach

Mathias Thorborg (Aarhus University), Lars Qvortrup (Aarhus University)

In this chapter, we focus on approaches to professional learning and development (PLD) in Denmark since the 2014 national school reform. We describe how a formal competence development approach dominated in the initial phase, and how this was gradually supplemented by a top-down-oriented teacher collaboration approach within the framework of professional learning communities (PLCs) (Qvortrup, 2016). As this type of teacher collaboration is often characterised by teachers sharing experiences, discussing student learning, and/or exchanging instructional strategies (de Jong et al., 2022), a central assumption behind this emphasis on collaboration was that collaboration would lead to increased on-the-job learning through feedback and reflection. Neither of the recent PLD approaches, however, seems to have had a significant positive impact on students’ performance. In order to contribute to new ways of thinking about teacher PLD, we zoom in on teacher collaboration as part of the recent PLD effort in Denmark and analyse an empirical example of teacher collaboration in a Danish school. In the example, we follow a series of collaborative events that revolve around two teachers meeting to plan a lesson, the unfolding of the lesson, and the talks and encounters that follow the lesson. The analysis is informed by a complexity-oriented process theoretical perspective (Hernes, 2008, 2014) and it highlights how potential learning opportunities that arise as part of the teachers’ collaborative events do not actualize because the events mainly revolve around the production of consensus, legitimisation of and adaptation to current practices and mutual support. From our analysis the chapter advocates an approach according to which teacher collaboration and PLD should be observed as a result of emerging processes of organisation and complexity management, rather than being the result of top-down management decisions. An implication is that PLD programmes that take this observation into account should be structured around an understanding of the importance of supporting and sustaining PLD processes that emerge as part of the school organisation.

References:

de Jong, L., Meirink, J., & Admiraal, W. (2022). School-Based Collaboration as a Learning Context for Teachers: A Systematic Review. International Journal of Educational Research, 112, 101927. Hernes, T. (2008). Understanding Organization as Proces—Theory for a Tangled World. Routledge. Hernes, T. (2014). A Process Theory of Organization. University Press. Qvortrup, L. (2016). Det ved vi om professionelle læringsfællesskaber. (1. ed.). Frederikshavn: Dafolo. [English Title: What We Know about Professional Learning Communities].
 

Teachers’ Professional Learning in Finland: Providers of Education in Key Role

Jari Lavonen (University of Helsinki), Seija Mahlamäki-Kultanen (HAMK School of Professional Teacher Education, Finland)

REssential to Finnish education context is decentralisation and autonomy of municipalities, schools and teachers (Niemi, 2015). Therefore, teachers are active participants in the design of local curricula and courses. Teachers in Finland are required to have a master’s degree. An essential characteristic of teacher education in Finland has been its emphasis on research (Tirri, 2014). This orientation supports teachers in the local planning and assessment processes. Moreover, the research orientation supports student teachers in developing professional teacher identity and agency in their work (Niemi, 2015). The in-service education or support for the professional learning of teachers is the responsibility of the municipalities and cities in Finland. Teachers must participate three days per year to professional learning. Therefore, municipalities have organised short in-service courses for teachers. In addition to three in-service days, there is 120 hours for co-design time during the academic year for co-design, consultations, and for home-school co-operation. According to Kumpulainen (2017) and National Agency of Education (2019) the Finnish teachers and principals have participated actively in voluntary professional learning, typically yearly 80% - 91% of various teacher groups. Teachers’ professional learning is supported in various school, district and national level projects or activities. At school level, teachers in Finland, are seen as developers of the school community and school culture (Finnish National Board for Education [NBE], 2014). This idea of teachers as developers could be interpreted as an activity of a professional learning community (PLC) of teachers (Webb et al., 2009). In addition to development projects there are several teacher networks, which support teachers’ professional learning. One important current teachers’ professional learning innovation is s a tutor-teacher model . A tutor teacher is a teacher, who has fewer lesson hours than other teachers but supports other teachers in their own classrooms to use digital tools in education. National Agency for Education has been responsible for the development of tutor-teacher’s competencies and network of tutor-teachers As a summary, it is possible to recognise, how the outcomes of research on teachers’ professional development and learning are aimed to implement to Finnish teachers’ professional learning activities. The development project or professional learning communities activities are often long-term by nature (Oliveira, 2010). Teacher led development projects and PLCs support teachers to take an active role in their professional learning (Garet et al., 2001) and connect their professional learning to the classrooms and practice context (Van den Bergh et al., 2015).

References:

Webb, R. et al.. (2009) Professional learning communities and teacher well‐being? A comparative analysis of primary schools in England and Finland. Oxford Review of Education, 35(3), 405-422 Van den Bergh, L. et al. (2015). Teacher learning in the context of a continuing professional development programme: A case study. Teaching and Teacher Education, 47(1), 142–150. Tirri, K. (2014). The last 40 years in Finnish teacher education. Journal of Education for Teaching, 40(5), 600–609. Oliveira, A. W. (2010). Improving teacher questioning in science inquiry discussions through professional development. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 47(4), 422–453. Niemi, H. (2015). Teacher Professional Development in Finland: Towards a More Holistic Approach. Psychology, Society, & Education, 7(3), 279-294. National Board of Education (NBE) (2014). The National Core Curriculum for Basic Education. Helsinki: NBE. Lavonen J., et al. (2020). A Collaborative Design for a Finnish Teacher Education Development Programme. Journal of Teacher Education and Educators, 9(2), 241-262. Kumpulainen, K. (2017). Opettajat ja rehtorit Suomessa 2016 [Teachers and principals in finland 2016]. Raportit ja selvitykset 2017:2. Helsinki: Opetushallitus Garet. M et al.. (2001). What makes professional development effective? Results from a national sample of teachers. American Education Research Journal, 38(4), 915–945.
 

Teacher Professionalism in Estonia: the Lost Paradise of Lifelong Learning

Ene-Silvia Sarv (Estonian Forum of Education)

In Estonia, the current success in education (i.e. PISA) is a result of long-term systemic work on curriculum development, teacher initial education, continuing professional learning. and the preparation of futures scenarios of national and educational development. The concepts of “teacher education” and Lifelong learning (LLL) underline curriculum development, engagement of teacher-students into research, reflective practice and cultural aspects. Estonia enjoyed a well-developed and nationwide regulated and funded CPD model for teacher LLL during the Soviet epoch. After regaining independence, the locus of governance of the system started to move itself towards schools and teachers. Expected Teacher competencies depend on the teacher qualification (beginner, teacher, Master Teacher, etc.) and include PLD mastery and e-learning/teaching. Teacher professionalism includes also self-development, ethics and social skills. The main changes in Estonian teacher lifelong professional learning (LLPL) model are: a transition from the original Soviet teaching/pedagogical organization to a needs- and demands-lead model, and a total change of the learning-teaching environment as result of technological developments. The pandemic period appears to be a good accelerator of processes and models, leading to develop pervasive practices, whose impact is already visible in Estonian schools.

References:

Sarv, E.-S. (2014). A Status Paper on School Teacher Training in Estonia. Journal of International Forum of Educational Research, http://ejournal.ifore.in Vol.1 No.2 July-December 2014 ISSN: 2349-2708 Sarv, E.-S.; Krabi, K. (2015). INNOVE Report on the Results of the Visit to Georgia July 27–August 7, 2015 and Recommendations on Teacher Training: Report to UNICEF-GEORGIA. 81 pp. Sarv, E-S., Krabi, K. (2015). Perspectives on Teacher Education: core issues through virtual learning experience. (Virtual learning site.) Tallinn: Foundation INNOVE. http://kristiinakrabi.wix.com/teachereducation Sarv, E-S., Rõuk, V. (2020). Estonian Curriculum: Becoming Independent, in Kesture, I., Sarv, E-S., Stonkuviene, I. (Eds.) Pedagogy And Educational Sciences In The Post-Soviet Baltic States, 1990–2004: Changes And Challenges, Riga, University of Latvia, pp. 84-101. https://doi.org/10.22364/bahp-pes.1990-2004.05
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm01 SES 12 B: Connecting and Using Research Results
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 2 (Fraser) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Cathy Burnett
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Is a Diversification in Sources of Expertise Accompanied by Lack of Diversity in the Research that Gains Influence?

Cathy Burnett1, Parinita Shetty1, David Shannon1, Gill Adams1, Terrie Lynn Thompson2, Julia Gillen3

1Sheffield Hallam University, United Kingdom; 2University of Stirling; 3Lancaster University

Presenting Author: Burnett, Cathy; Shetty, Parinita

This paper adds to a growing body of European work on research mobilisation which explores how research moves around educational systems with a view to understanding how research influences educational practice at local, national, regional and levels and to enhancing relationships between research and educational practice (e.g. see EIPSI, n.d.; Maxwell et al., 2022). Recent years have seen a shift away from universities as the primary source of research-based knowledge and expertise in education. New organisations dedicated to the accrual and dissemination of research evidence have emerged across Europe. Moreover social media enables a vast array of individuals and associations to address teachers and schools directly within and across national boundaries. Against this background, one area that has received little attention is the relative mobility of different kinds of research. The field of literacy education illustrates why this is an important focus. Literacy research is a dynamic and expansive field with potential to speak to literacy education in diverse ways. However, in recent years, certain strands of literacy research, for example associated with ‘The Science of Reading’ (Goodwin and Jiménez, 2020). have gained considerable international influence while research exploring a broad range of literacy topics using diverse methodologies has been marginalised. This paper contributes to debates about evidence-based education across Europe by examining how and why – given the diversity of educational research produced – some kinds of research gain considerable influence while others do not.

We draw on findings from a 2-year ESRC funded project which is exploring how and why some kinds of literacy research gain greater traction than others in educational contexts regardless of research quality or the efforts of researchers. While the focus for data collection is literacy education in England, the project has identified themes relevant to research mobilisation more generally and across Europe. In this paper we focus on one of these themes: the accrual and conferral of credibility.

There are various well-established markers and processes through which credibility is conferred in academia, such as promotion, journal editorships and invitations to give keynotes or join advisory groups. Our interest however is in processes through which individuals, groups and institutions come to be recognised as credible experts beyond academia – in schools and by teachers – given a complex educational landscape and the rapid expansion of communicative possibilities. This paper considers:

How is credibility accrued and conferred?

What is the relationship between credibility and research mobilisation?

(How) are processes of research mobilisation relevant to the diversity of research evidence gaining traction in schools and for teachers?

Our theoretical framework is rooted in the interdisciplinary field of knowledge mobilities which has explored how some types of knowledge travel more easily than others (Heike et al., 2017) and how ideas morph as they move across time and space (Barnes & Abrahamsson, 2017). It reflects a sociomaterial sensitivity to understanding the complex actors and the relations between them that propel (or block) movements of research evidence. This focus draws in more-than-human theorising to foreground the contribution of assemblages of human and nonhuman actors, allowing us to account for the work of algorithms, digital platforms and so on in mobilising research – and hence, in tracing appearances of expertise. Specifically, we draw on Law’s (2004) take on the Deleuzo-Guattarian notion of assemblage (Deleuze and Guattari, 1987), which highlights how ‘social, semiotic and material flows’ combine to produce relational effects in ‘an uncertain and unfolding process’ (Law, 2004, p.41). As we will explore in this paper, this stance provides ways of understanding credibility– whether conferred or enacted – as fluid and as produced through diverse and sometimes unpredictable relational effects.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This project has used an innovative multi-stranded, interdisciplinary methodology to enable the examination of mobilisations of research from different vantage points generating insights that are rich, dynamic and textured, if necessarily incomplete. In this paper we draw on two datasets:  
1.A qualitative dataset drawn from interviews, focus groups and lifelogging with 32 primary teachers in England. Teachers were asked to log their encounters with research, discuss their experience of these encounters, and identify any opportunities and barriers to engaging with research. These could be encounters with research that derived from primary sources such as journals and books, were mediated by individuals or organisations or were embedded in policies and practices. Thematic analysis of teachers’ accounts highlighted not just the nature of these encounters and the diverse range of multimodal print and digital sources on which they drew, but also their reasons for believing some sources to be more credible than others and their motivations for seeking out certain sources of expertise, including and beyond traditional academic ones.  This dataset also allowed us to identify the range of research topics that this sample of teachers encountered and the nature of the sources on which they drew (including research institutions and organisations but also independent consultants, charities, colleagues and so on).
2.Ten case studies that drew on adaptations of controversy mapping (Venturini and Munk 2022) and networked ethnography (Ball et al., 2016) to trace the movements of specific literacy research studies and research-informed literacy initiatives across social media, national policy directives, and local, national and international developments. These were selected from those identified by the teachers we worked with. Using sociomaterial heuristics developed by Adams and Thompson (2016) and adapting Ball et al.’s (2017) Networked Policy Ethnography, each case study traced materialisations of research across the educational landscape, including for example social media outputs, academic journals, media coverage, policy frameworks, websites, and blog posts. These tracings highlighted: key human and digital actors mobilising this research; associations between these actors and the assemblages created; the work that goes into this movement; and the sort of power and capacities the research output accrues.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We draw on exemplar material from across these two datasets to identify research which has gained influence with teachers and offer a series of insights into how credibility builds. Firstly we note patterns in the kinds of research, topics, people and organisations that were gaining influence with the teachers who participated in our study. We note that teachers made few references to universities as the originators of research and that: a) most references to research were to research produced or mediated by commercial or charitable organisations not universities; b) there is a reliance on independent  consultants as research brokers; c) a narrow range of literacy research topics were explored.  Secondly we explore some reasons for these emergent findings by sharing what we have learned about how credibility is established, both from teachers and from our tracings of specific studies. We suggest that relationships between expertise and perceived credibility may be tenuous, and that patterns in the circulation of research mean that a minority of research topics and studies can gain disproportionate influence. We argue that, if replicated more widely, these findings have considerable implications for relationships between research evidence and teaching as a diversification in sources of expertise may be undermining the diversity of educational research that gains influence in schools. In the light of this, we call for further research into what we call ‘research mobilities in education’ – i.e. the ways in which research moves to and between teachers, schools, policy makers and other actors. In doing so we argue for moving beyond analysis of planned dissemination activities to an examination of research movements ‘in the wild’ that take account of how research moves through complex and intersecting networks generated by communications, digital technologies, and a shifting educational landscape.
References
Adams, C., Thompson, T. L. (2016). Researching a posthuman world: Interviews with digital objects. London: Palgrave Macmillan.
Ball, S.J., Junemann, C., Santori, D. (2017). Edu.net: Globalization and education policy mobility. London: Routledge.
Barnes, T., Abrahamsson, C.C. (2017). The imprecise wanderings of a precise idea: The travels of spatial analysis. In J. Heike, P. Meusberger, M. Heffernan (Eds.), Mobilities of Knowledge. Singapore: Springer.
Coldwell, M., Greaney, T., Higgins, S., Brown, C., Maxwell, B., Stiell, B., Stoll, L., Willis, B., Burns, H. (2017). Evidence-informed teaching: An evaluation of progress in England. Research Report.
Deleuze, G., Guattari, F. (1987) A Thousand Plateaus. (Trans., Massumi, B.) Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.
Evidence Informed Practice for School Inclusion (EIPSI). (n.d.) EIPSI – Evidence Informed Practice for School Inclusion (eipsi-project.eu) Last accessed 29th January 2022.
Goodwin, A.P., Jiménez, R.T. (2020). The Science of Reading: Supports, Critiques, and Questions. Reading Research Quarterly. 55(S1), S7– S16.
Heike, J., Meusberger, P, Heffernan, M. (Eds.) (2017). Mobilities of knowledge. Singapore: Springer.
Law, J. (2004) After Method: Mess in Social Science Research. Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge.
Maxwell, B., Sharples, J., & Coldwell, M. (2022). Developing a systems-based approach to research use in education. Review of Education, 10, e3368. https://doi-org.hallam.idm.oclc.org/10.1002/rev3.3368
Venturini , T. Munk, A.(2021).  Controversy Mapping: A Field Guide. Oxford: Wiley.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Experience is Everything? - Differences in Changing Attitudes Towards Knowledge Between Teachers with Different Experience Spans

Hanna Holmeide1, Joakim Caspersen2

1OsloMet, Norway; 2Norwegian University of Science and Technology

Presenting Author: Holmeide, Hanna

Teachers are expected to draw on different forms of knowledge; including both theoretical and practical knowledge. A teacher’s knowledge base is heterogenous (Grimen, 2008) and consists of knowledge in pedagogy, didactics, subjects they teach, practical knowledge about classroom management and social relations and knowledge in tacit and experience-based knowledge that needs to be accumulated over time (Hermansen and Mausethagen, 2023; Schulman, 1987). Additionally, over the past two decades educational policy reforms, both in Norway and internationally, have aimed at strengthening teachers’ theoretical knowledge base. The policies have stressed the importance of research-based knowledge in teachers and in teacher education (Ministry of Education and Research, 2014; Dahl et al, 2016).

Concurrently, teachers’ mandate has changed with societal changes and teachers are expected to be “mentors, master and mothers” (Hansen and Simonsen, 2001). Teachers’ mandate is generally tied to promoting the pupils’ personal, social and academic development. And teachers’ work is centred around 1) the teacher and the pupils, 2) teachers as part of a professional learning community and 3) teachers and parents and other partners (Thorsen and Christensen, 2018). The changes to teachers’ work and roles with changing educational policy is therefore interesting aspects when investigating teachers’ views on knowledge. We argue that these contextual factors are imperative to understanding teachers’ changing views on knowledge. What knowledge is of importance reflect the challenges teachers’ face in their professional lives, but also reflect school development and organisational structures.

“Schools are complex, multifaceted sites of learning” (Handscomb,2019), not only for the pupils but also for teachers and other staff. In such, schools become a premium space for learning communities to develop professional practice. It is therefore interesting to investigate whether changes in views on knowledge are different among teachers with different years of experience. Teachers’ professional identity is created and developed through their education and occupation, with their social and cultural backgrounds, as a personalisation of knowledge and skills that the occupation requires (Heggen, 2008). The purpose of this paper is to examine changes in attitudes towards social and subject specific knowledge between teachers with different experience spans; novice teachers with zero to three years of experience, experienced teachers with four to ten years of experience and very experienced teachers with more than ten years of experience.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical data that forms the basis of this paper consists of two surveys; one conducted in 2008 and another one conducted in 2021/2022, almost 15 years apart. The surveys were online questionnaires and were sent to teachers working in primary- and lower secondary schools in Norway (N= 2150 in 2008 and N=615 in 2022). The data is cross-sectional; meaning data of each observation belong to a different individual at a given point in time. By using question batteries from the 2008 survey in the 2022 survey, it was possible to make comparisons of trends over time and discover changes in attitudes, with the caveat that some questions might be understood differently or weighed differently in 2022 than in 2008. We apply linear regression models to investigate changes in attitudes of social and disciplinary knowledge among teachers with different length of experience. Do these changes vary with experience? And are these changes explained by different factors? In other words, are these changes different from novice and experienced teachers and how can these differences and changes be explained?
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings suggest a relational change in what competencies teachers value as important to succeed in the teaching profession. The social-relational part of teachers’ role and competencies have become more important to teachers in 2022 than they were in 2008. Moreover, competencies such as having subject specific knowledge was more important in 2008. These changing views on knowledge do not only vary over time but vary for teachers with different spans of experience. Early regression models suggest that theoretical knowledge vary with experience in 2008 but is mostly explained by gender. However, in 2022 there are no statistically significant differences between theoretical knowledge and teachers’ experience. However, holding the grades/years teachers have the most teaching hours at constant makes the coefficient statistically significant. In both years, the more experience teachers have, the more positive they are towards theoretical knowledge. The 2022 results could imply that teachers’ mandate and changing role is a stronger factor today than it was in 2008. This will be interesting to investigate further.

For social-relational knowledge, preliminary findings suggest that views on this type of knowledge also vary with experience. The more experience teachers possess, the more they value social-relational knowledge. In 2008, views on social-relational knowledge vary with experience for all experience categories and is mostly explained by gender, education and grades/years teachers have the most teaching hours at. In 2022, only very experienced teachers are statistically significantly different from novice teachers. The regression models are still in the early stages, and it will be interesting to investigate the relationship between teachers’ attitudes towards theoretical and social knowledge and the length of their experience with different explanatory variables further. What is the relationship between changing views on knowledge and experience in the teaching profession? How can this be understood in a changing educational policy context?

References
Grimen, H. (2008). Profesjon og kunnskap. In A. Molander & Lars Inge Terum (Eds.), Profesjonsstudier. (pp. 71-86). Oslo: Universitetsforlaget.

Handscomb, G. (2019). Professional learning and research. In Godfrey, D. & C. Brown (Eds.), An ecosystem for research-engaged schools. Reforming Education Through Research (pp. 138-153). Routledge.

Hansen, A., & Simonsen, B. (2001). Mentor, master, and mother: The professional development of teachers in Norway. European Journal of Teacher Education, 24(2), 171-182. doi:10.1080/02619760120095561

Heggen, K. (2008). Tilbakeblikk på tre profesjonsutdanningar. Norsk pedagogisk tidsskrift, 92(6), pp. 457-470.

Hermansen, H & Mausethagen, S. (2023). Kunnskapsintegrasjon i lærerutdanning og profesjonsutøvelse [Knowledge integration in teacher education and professional practice]. [Manuscript submitted for publication]. In Mausehagen, S, S. Bøyum, J. Caspersen, T.S. Prøitz & F.W. Thue (Eds.) En forskningsbasert skole? Forskningens plass i lærerutdanning og skole [A research-based school? Research’s place in teacher education and in schools.

Ministry of Education and Research [Kunnskapsdepartementet]. (2014). Lærerløftet, På lag for kunnskapsskolen. Strategi. Retrieved from: https://www.regjeringen.no/globalassets/upload/kd/vedlegg/planer/kd_strategi skole_web.pdfDahl

Shulman, L. S. (1987). Knowledge and teaching: Foundations of the new reform. Harvard educational review, 57(1), 1-23.

Thorsen, K. E & Christensen, H. (2018). Grunnlaget for lærerarbeidet [The foundation for teachers’ work]. In Thorsen, K. E & H. Christensen (Eds.) Jeg er lærer! Reflektert, analytisk, kompetent [I am a teacher! Reflective, analytical, competent]. Fagbokforlaget.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm01 SES 12 C: Researching Teacher Humility, Motivation, Self-Regulation, and Identity
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ausra Rutkiene
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

What Motivates Teachers in Norway to Participate in Continuing Professional Development in Special Needs Education?

Cheng-Yu Peter Pan, Heidi Gudmundset, Sara Broevig Oestby

NLA Høgskolen, Norway

Presenting Author: Pan, Cheng-Yu Peter; Oestby, Sara Broevig

Continuing professional development (CPD) has been a major research area of interest in the field of the teaching profession. Within this context, teacher motivation plays a key role in teachers’ engaging in CPD. Research into the reasons why teachers are motivated to participate in CPD is valuable to help us better understand teacher professionalism (Guskey, 2000; McMillan, McConnell & O’Sullivan, 2016; Ng, 2010).

“Competence for Quality” (Kompetanse for kvalitet) is a 10-year (2016-2025) national strategy for in-service teacher training (videreutdanning) which has been in practice since 2016. The goal of this training is to enhance pupils’ learning outcomes through further developing teachers’ and school leaders’ professional and pedagogical competence (Kunnskapsdepartementet, 2015). The Special Education 1 programme (Spesialpedagogikk 1) has become one important official offer in Norway providing in-service teachers with the competence package in the field of special needs education (SNE).

Although extensive research has been carried out on CPD of teachers in Norway, no single study exists which explores what motivates teachers to enrol in this Special Education 1 programme. In addition, the work in the field of SNE is usually viewed as one of the most challenging and most complicated compared to other fields of the teaching profession (Kiel, Heimlich, Markowetz, Braun & Weiβ, 2016; Payne, 2005). Hence, this research aims to examine what motivates teachers in Norway to engage themselves in this CPD programme in order to work in the field of SNE.

The theoretical framework applied in this research is Teacher CPD Motivation Model (McMillan, McConnell & O’Sullivan, 2016). This model attributes teacher CPD motivation to three major factors: intrinsic factors (advancement, growth, achievement), contingent factors (interpersonal relations, school policy), and tangential factor (compulsory system).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative approach was chosen. Data from this study were collected through the reflection notes. This reflection note was a pretask for all the teachers around Norway enrolling in the Special Education 1 programme. Each teacher submitted his/her own reflection note before the first seminar in autumn, in which s/he explained why s/he wanted to take this in-service teacher training programme. In total, 54 reflection notes were gathered from the teacher cohort in 2022-2023. Thematic analysis (Guest, MacQueen & Namey, 2011) was conducted to decipher the motivations behind the teachers’ engagement in CPD.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings of the current study reveal that the teachers in Norway are to a great extent motivated to engage in CPD out of the intrinsic factors. “To become a better teacher” for pupils with special educational needs (SEN) were frequently mentioned in the reflection notes explicitly and implicitly. The majority of teachers participating in the Special Education 1 programme (2022-2023) expressed their strong desire to acquire and advance their SNE competence so that they can better know how to help their pupils with SEN.
Contingent factor, such as school policy, is also highlighted in some teachers’ reflection notes. On the one hand, more specifically, some teachers were assigned by their school principals to this programme to obtain formal SNE qualification. On the other hand, despite the fact that they were not directly sent by the school principals, other teachers registered for the Special Education 1 programme because working with pupils with SEN has already been a part of their assigned teaching task.
Although it seems that tangential factor contributes less to teacher CPD motivation in this study, it can still be to some extent considered as an influential cause. It is not a mandatory practice in Norway for teachers to engage in CPD, but undoubtedly the implementation of Competence for Quality creates the atmosphere in which the teachers were encouraged and incentivised for CPD.

References
Guest, G., MacQueen, K. M., & Namey, E. E. (2011). Applied Thematic Analysis. SAGE Publications.
Guskey, T. (2000). Evaluating Professional Development. Corwin Press.
Kiel, E., Heimlich, U., Markowetz, R., Braun, A., & Weiβ, S. (2016). How to cope with stress in special needs education? Stress-inducing dysfunctional cognitions of teacher students: The perspective of professionalism. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 31(2), 202-219.
Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2015). Kompetanse for kvalitet: Strategi for videreutdanning for lærere og skoleledere frem mot 2025. https://www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/731323c71aa34a51a6febdeb8d41f2e0/kd_kompetanse-for-kvalitet_web.pdf
McMillan, D. J., McConnell, B., & O'Sullivan, H. (2016). Continuing professional development - why bother? Perceptions and motivations of teachers in Ireland. Professional Development in Education, 42(1), 150-167.
Ng, C.-H. (2010). Do career goals promote continuous learning among practicing teachers? Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 16(4), 397-422.
Payne, R. (2005). Special education teacher shortage: Barriers or lack of preparation? International Journal of Special Education, 20(1), 88-91.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Relationships Between Teacher Intellectual Humility and Learning

Ausra Rutkiene, Gintarė Gudeliauskė, Ilona Tandzegolskiene-Bielaglove

Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Gudeliauskė, Gintarė

The study (N=267) examined how intellectual humility (IH) relates to learning, how it expressed in the following dimensions: independence of intellect and ego; openness to revising one's viewpoint; respect for others' viewpoints; lack of intellectual overconfidence. Philosophers discuss IH (Roberts, Cleveland 2016, Bąk et al. 2021, Barrett 2017) and/or explain the concept in religion (Hopkin et al., 2014, Hodge 2019). The psychological significance of humility has been examined by Wright, Nadelhoffer et al. (2017), intellectual humility in interpersonal theory was discussed by Priest (2017); However, although there are epistemologists interested in intellectual humility (Whitcomb et al., 2017; Kidd, 2016; Tanesini 2018; Spiegel 2012, etc.), attention to this phenomenon is not great. Cowley (2017) emphasizes that education should not only provide confidence valuing commonly available sources of meaning, but should also teach IH. Baeher (2016) argues that IH is closely related to good thinking and learning and is therefore a meaningful educational goal. IH can be seen as a humility that characterizes thoughts, beliefs, ideas and opinion area (Krumrei - Mancuso et al. (2020). IH involves openness to new information that can improve people's existing knowledge. In such a conceptualization, IH includes the independence of intellect and ego, which presupposes the conditions that people do not feel the threat of intellectual disagreements, are not overly confident in their knowledge, respect others' points of view and are ready to reconsider their own when the need arises (Krumrei-Mancuso, Rouse, 2016). In learning situations, the relationship between the advised and the consultant is common. Stephen, Truscot (2017) identify IH as important in the counseling relationship. An important aspect of IH is that respect for the beliefs of others encourages an honest exchange of ideas. Some opinions are incompatible with openness. Admitting that there is room for error and that someone else is wrong is an admission of imperfection. It involves an attitude that is potentially wrong, but that attitude is not weaker (Taylor, 2016). A teacher is a person who creates various learning situations involving students, colleagues, parents. In order to improve, the IH teacher should have an activity component.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The operationalization of the research object was carried out based on the IH 4 scales identified by Krumrei-Mancuso, E. J., & Rouse, S. V. (2016): independence of intellect and ego; openness to revising one's viewpoint; respect for others' viewpoints; lack of intellectual overconfidence. According to the extracted dimensions, a questionnaire was created. A questionnaire survey was organized. Non-probability targeted sampling was used, since the subjects (teachers) were selected for the survey based on the purpose of the research. The research questionnaire explained the purpose of the research to the respondents. During the survey, the following ethical aspects of the study were ensured: voluntary consent to participate in the study, as the subjects filled in the questionnaires without forcing anything; absence of harm to study participants; anonymity, because the researcher does not know who the subjects are; confidentiality - no personal information is made public. Descriptive statistics, ANOVA, non-parametric criteria were used for analysis.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results revealed that the respondents rated intellectual and ego independence the lowest (average 2.33 on a five-point scale), and respect the highest (average 3.99). The averages of the evaluations of all dimensions differ statistically significantly (ANOVA p=0.000). It is planned to analyze how intellectual humility (INH) and its separate dimensions are related to learning, professional experience, and taught subjects. It is also planned to check the scales of the instrument and their compatibility by applying factor analysis.
References
Baehr, J. (2016). Is intellectual character growth a realistic educational aim? Journal of Moral Education. Vol. 45, No. 2, 117-131.
 Bąk, W., Wójtowicz, B., Kutnik, J. (2021). Intellectual humility: an old problem in a new psychological perspective. Current Issues in Personality Psychology.
Barrett, J. L. (2017). Intellectual humility. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 12, 1–2.
Cowley, C. (2017). Education, Despair and Morality. Journal of Philosophy of Education. Vol. 51, No. 1, 298-309.
Hodge, A. S., Melian, K., Gazaway, S., Hook, J.  N., Zhang, H., Farrell, J. E., Mosher, D. K., Captari, L. E., & Coomes, S. P. (2019). Exploring religious intellectual humility and spiritual humility. Journal of Psychology and Christianity, 38, 22–34.
Hopkin, C. R., Hoyle, R. H., & Toner, K. (2014). Intellectual humility and reactions to opinions about religious beliefs. Journal of Psychology & Theology, 42, 50–61.
Kidd, I. J. (2016). Intellectual humility, confidence, and argumentation. Topoi, 35(2), 395–402.
Krumrei-Mancuso, E. J. (2018). Intellectual humility’s links to religion and spirituality and the role Intellectual humility 12 current issues in personality  psychology of authoritarianism. Personality and Individual Differences, 130, 65–75.
Krumrei-Mancuso, E. J., & Rouse, S. V. (2016). The development and validation of the comprehensive intellectual humility scale. Journal of Personality Assessment, 98, 209–221.
Krumrei-Mancuso, E. J., Haggardb, M. C., LaBouffc, J. P., Rowattd W. C. (2020). Links between intellectual humility and acquiring knowledge. The Journal of Positive Psychology. Vol. 15, No. 2, 155–170.
Priest, M. (2017). Intellectual Humility: an interpersonal theory. Ergo. Vol. 4, no. 16, p. 463-480.
Roberts, R. C., Cleveland, W. S. (2019). Humility from Philosophical Point of View. Routledge, 33-46.
Spiegel, J. S. (2012). Open-mindedness and intellectual humility. Theory and Research in Education, 10(1), 27–38.
Tanesini, A. (2018). Intellectual humility as attitude. Philosophy and Phenomenological Research, 96(2), 399–420.
Taylor, R. M. (2016). Open-mindedness: an Intellectual Virtue in Pursuit of Knowledge and Understanding. Educational theory. Vol. 66, No. 5, 599-618.
Truscot, S. D., Kearney, M., A., Davis, D., E., Roach, A., T. (2017). Intellectual Humility And Morality as Consultee-Centeed Consultation Epistemologies. Journal of Educational and psychological consultation. Vol. 27, No. 1, 26-142.
Whitcomb, D., Battaly, H., Baehr, J., & Howard-Snyder, D. (2017). Intellectual humility: Owning our limitations. Philosophy and Phenomenological Research, 94(3), 509–539.
Wright, J. C., Nadelhoffer, T., Perini, T., Langville, A., Echols, M., VeneziA, K. (2016). The psychological significance of humility. The journal of  Positive Psychology, 12(1), 3-12.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Can an Intervention Based on Motivational Interviewing Increase Teacher Efficacy and Students’ Motivation?

Martina Jordan, Stefan Wagnsson, Henrik Gustafsson

Karlstad University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Jordan, Martina

Motivation is a central concept in education and the teacher-student relationship is significant in promoting students’ academic motivation and engagement in school (Hattie, 2009; Roorda et al., 2017). However, previous research has suggested that teacher education may not sufficiently prepare teachers how to build positive teacher-student relationships (Korpershoek et al., 2016; Rucinski et al., 2018). Teachers need a diversity of pedagogical strategies and professional tools to be able to adapt their instructional behaviour and motivational style to the diversity of students they meet in school. Motivational interviewing (MI) has gained attention as a method to promote students’ motivation (Rollnick et al., 2016; Strait et al., 2014), and previous studies have shown that MI can be an effective tool for teachers (Svensson et al., 2021). MI is a collaborative communication style used to enhance individuals’ motivation for change and is related to both positive academic outcomes as well as mental health outcomes (Rollnick et al., 2016; Snape & Atkinson, 2016; Strait et al., 2014). However, there is a lack of school-based interventions where teachers have specifically been trained in MI in order to increase students’ motivation, and to promote teachers’ instructional behaviours and teacher efficacy (i.e. teachers’ own belief in their capability to organize and implement specific teaching tasks required to achieve desired outcomes of student engagement and learning; Tschannen-Moran & Hoy, 2001). Hence, this study aims to explore whether an MI-based intervention can increase teacher efficacy and teachers’ perceived autonomy-supportive teaching, and increase students’ academic motivation.

Theoretical background
Motivational interviewing (MI) is based on four central components: partnership, compassion, acceptance, and evocation of change talk (Miller & Rollnick, 2012). In MI, the core is to get the student to state their own arguments for change, in order to strengthen motivation and confidence in their own abilities. Although MI is a collection of communication techniques, MI is in many ways similar to Self-Determination Theory (SDT), which is used as a relevant theoretical framework to understand school motivation (Deci & Ryan, 2000; Ryan & Deci, 2017). Autonomy is central in both MI and SDT, and SDT distinguishes between autonomous motivation and controlled motivation. SDT emphasizes the importance of not controlling the students and suggests that students who are autonomously motivated are more engaged, effective and persistent compared to students who feel controlled. In this study, the concept autonomy support is central, which is defined as the teacher being respectful to the students’ perspective, and supports their intrinsic sources of motivation and sense of freedom of choice (Ryan & Deci, 2017). Previous research has shown that students who receive autonomy support from their teacher have reported increased intrinsic motivation and greater engagement in school (Reeve & Cheon, 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methods
We conducted an intervention study with a short-term longitudinal design (8 months), with an intervention group in which teachers were trained in MI, along with a control group where the students’ teachers did not receive this specific training. 14 upper primary teachers participated in the intervention group, and a sample of 478 students (10-12 years) participated in the study. The intervention was conducted at 16 Swedish elementary schools. The teachers received MI training with a focus on school settings, delivered in five workshops during one semester. The workshops provided the basic knowledge and skills in MI, and an understanding of the practical application of school-based MI. As part of the skills training, the teachers were given exercises between each workshop in order to apply MI in their classes. Previously validated measures were used to collect survey data. Teachers’ perceptions of their autonomy-supportive teaching style was assessed using Learning Climate Questionnaire (Black & Deci, 2000), rated on a four-point Likert-type scale. To assess self-reported teacher efficacy we used Teachers’ Sense of Efficacy Scale (Tschannen-Moran & Hoy, 2001), rated on a nine-point Likert scale. To assess students’ academic motivation, students completed the Academic Self-Regulation Questionnaire (Ryan & Connell, 1989), which concerns the self-regulations of why students perform school activities, rated on a four-point Likert-type scale. Teacher data were collected at two times, before and after the intervention, using a web-based survey. Student data were collected in three waves; before, during and after the intervention. The data collection took place in students’ regular classrooms, and they answered the survey on their iPads. To analyse teacher data we used paired sample t-tests. To analyse student data we used repeated-measures ANCOVA’s, controlling for gender and grade level.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results and Conclusions
Findings show a significant increase in teachers’ perceived autonomy-supportive teaching from Time 1 (M = 3.05, SD = .35) to Time 2 (M = 3.27, SD = .35, p < .05), which indicates that an MI-based intervention can help teachers become more autonomy-supportive towards their students. The results show a significant increase in teachers’ perceived efficacy in several teaching situations: in student engagement from Time 1 (M = 6.13, SD = .63) to Time 2 (M = 7.07, SD = .65, p < .001), instructional strategies from Time 1 (M = 6.54, SD = .66) to Time 2 (M = 7.37, SD = 0.63, p < .001), and in classroom management from Time 1 (M = 6.53, SD = .75) to Time 2 (M = 7.46, SD = .58, p < .001). However, this intervention did not increase students’ academic motivation over time. Students’ rated their motivation relatively high at Time 1, in both the intervention group (M = 2.65, SD = .60) and the control group (M = 2.70, SD = .60). At Time 3, the results show a significant decrease of students’ motivation over time in both the intervention group (M = 2.43, SD = .62) and the control group (M = 2.46, SD = .64, p < .05), but no significant differences were detected between the groups.
       These findings suggest that school-based MI may be more effective for teachers’ professional development than for younger students’ academic motivation. Teachers need to have a diversity of pedagogical strategies to handle various and challenging teaching situations, where MI seems to be an appropriate tool to cope with these challenges. This study can be a valuable contribution to the field of European educational research, as MI-training can influence teachers’ instructional behaviours and increase teacher efficacy, which in turn affects teaching quality.

References
Black, A. E., & Deci, E. L. (2000). The effects of instructors' autonomy support and students' autonomous motivation on learning organic chemistry: A self‐determination theory perspective. Science Education, 84(6), 740-756.
Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The "what" and "why" of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227-268.
Hattie, J. (2009). Visible Learning. A synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. Routledge.
Korpershoek, H., Harms, T., de Boer, H., van Kuijk, M., & Doolaard, S. (2016). A meta-analysis of the effects of classroom management strategies and classroom management programs on students’ academic, behavioral, emotional, and motivational outcomes. Review of Educational Research, 86(3), 643-680.
Miller, W. R., & Rollnick, S. (2012). Motivational interviewing: Helping people change. Guilford press.
Reeve, J., & Cheon, S. H. (2021). Autonomy-supportive teaching: Its malleability, benefits, and potential to improve educational practice. Educational Psychologist, 56(1), 54-77.
Rollnick, S., Kaplan, S., & Rutschman, R. (2016). Motivational interviewing in schools: Conversations to improve behavior and learning. The Guilford Press.
Roorda, D. L., Jak, S., Zee, M., Oort, F. J., & Koomen, H. M. (2017). Affective teacher–student relationships and students' engagement and achievement: A meta-analytic update and test of the mediating role of engagement. School Psychology Review, 46(3), 239-261.
Rucinski, C. L., Brown, J. L., & Downer, J. T. (2018). Teacher–child relationships, classroom climate, and children’s social-emotional and academic development. Journal of Educational Psychology, 110(7), 992-1004.
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2017). Self-determination theory: Basic psychological needs in motivation, development, and wellness. Guilford Publications.
Ryan, R. M., & Connell, J. P. (1989). Perceived locus of causality and internalization: examining reasons for acting in two domains. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57(5), 749-761.
Snape, L., & Atkinson, C. (2016). The evidence for student-focused motivational interviewing in educational settings: A review of the literature. Advances in School Mental Health Promotion, 9(2), 119-139.
Strait, G. G., McQuillin, S., Terry, J., & Smith, B. H. (2014). School-based motivational interviewing with students, teachers, and parents: New developments and future direction. Advances in School Mental Health Promotion, 7(4), 205–207.
Svensson, M., Wagnsson, S., & Gustafsson, H. (2021). Can motivational interviewing be a helpful professional tool? Investigating teachers' experiences. Educational Research, 63(4), 440-455.
Tschannen-Moran, M., & Hoy, A. W. (2001). Teacher efficacy: Capturing an elusive construct. Teaching and Teacher Education, 17(7), 783-805.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Direct and Indirect Model of (Inter)professional Collaboration: Case Studies from Primary and Lower Secondary Schools in the Czech Republic

Jan Egerle, Lenka Dulikova, Teresa Vicianová, Alžběta Jurasová, Petra Dvořáčková, Alena Paroubková

Masarykova univerzita, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Egerle, Jan; Dulikova, Lenka

The phenomenon of (inter)professional collaboration might not be globally considered a new research field; this area continues to evolve and develop as the challenges faced by many professionals are increasingly complex. The concept of (inter)professional collaboration has been widely studied in a variety of disciplines. Significant part of research in this field has been focusing on professionals whose main objective is to provide an effective, high-quality care to patients or clients (i.e. doctors, nurses, social workers).

In education, (inter)professional collaboration can be defined as a mutual, reciprocal effort among professionals, families, and other caregivers to deliver effective interventions to children for their increased physical, emotional, and academic well-being (Mostert, 1996). Its importance has been rising especially since many educational systems have established inclusion and inclusive education as one of their key priorities. However, this priority is not (yet) reflected by educational practices in a sufficient manner (Slee, 2018).

Attending different needs of heterogeneous student populations (in inclusive classrooms) can cause the teachers to reach the boundaries of their professional competence (Švec et al., in press). From the standpoint of cultural-historical activity theory and the concept of expansive learning (Engeström, 2001), collaboration in school settings provides the professionals with greater room to maneuver, i.e. more ways of acting and reacting to the needs of students (Roth & Lee, 2007). At the beginning of the collaboration, involved professionals (subjects) form a shared goal or purpose of the collaboration (object) by expanding their original goals (objects) and thus find a common ground. The process of achieving mutually defined goal is determined by sharing the cultural and material resources used in the collaboration (tools) and effective division of work, which combined lead to new ways of acting (innovative practice). If expansive learning is successful, this process eventually leads to internalization of shared cultural tools and practices, resulting in qualitative transformation of all components of the activity system (Engeström & Sannio, 2009).

Despite many benefits of (inter)professional collaboration and its potential in education, schools worldwide lack directions and clear guidelines regarding how to ensure its most effective implementation (Gable et al., 2004). Research has shown a wide variety of ways in which professionals collaborate. It is possible to identify two broader models of collaboration - the direct and the indirect model. In the case of the direct model the support person works with students, whereas the indirect model is characterized by joint work of professionals who aim to develop the teaching and learning community (Hedegaard-Soerensen et al., 2017). Possible forms of indirect collaboration include exchange of materials, methods and knowledge, division of work, joint planning and structuring, (inter)professional discourse and sharing responsibility (Wiedebusch et al., 2020).

Bearing in mind the importance of collaborative practice and variability in its realization in education, the current study aims to describe how the (inter)professional collaborative practices take place at selected primary and lower secondary schools. The presented study is an introductory part of a larger project which intends to establish the research field on (inter)professional collaboration in education in the Czech context. Despite being a discussed topic among teachers and related professionals as well as among scholars, systematic research in our country is lacking. Research on various forms of collaboration in a different cultural setting will broaden the knowledge on the subject and thus contribute to establishing potentially functional inclusive practice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Considering the global variance of collaborative practices, we strive for exploration of its possible forms in the Czech cultural context. We aim to describe how the (inter)professional collaborative practices take place at selected primary and lower secondary schools. Hence, the case studies provide an answer to the main research question of how (inter)professional collaboration between professionals is implemented among teachers and related staff.

As a methodological approach, an exploratory multi-case study was conducted (Yin, 2014) for the purpose of analyzing the diversity of (inter)professional collaboration in Czech schools. Regarding the research design, the study follows a holistic multi-case approach (Yin, 2014).

Each particular case study aims to contribute to the exploration of (inter)professional collaboration among the teaching staff. In order to reflect the assumed variation of (inter)professional collaboration, the participants were purposefully selected. In our research we focus on the analysis of interprofessional collaboration, which was implemented predominantly in the form of an indirect model, i.e. we concentrate on the collaboration among teachers and related professionals. The research sample consists of professionals, who collaborate most frequently in the Czech context. Therefore, following forms of interprofessional collaboration were studied: novice teacher and teaching assistant, class teacher in cooperation with special education teacher and school psychologist, class teacher and special education teacher, and learning community (represented by an experienced teacher and a group of novice teachers).The access into each examined area has been mediated through gatekeepers, which enabled the researchers to explore the specific field.
  
For the purpose of more profound exploration of the research topic, various sources of evidence were required. Research methods included interviews, observations, document analysis, reflective notes and video recordings. The obtained data were subsequently analyzed by means of thematic analysis (Maguire & Delahunt, 2017).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The case studies provided a detailed insight into some of the possible forms of collaborative practices among professionals at selected primary and secondary schools in the Czech Republic. Our evidence suggests that (inter)professional collaboration is not used continuously as an effective tool for inclusion but it is rather time-limited and often arises as a reaction to a certain situation or problem. At this “critical point”, class teachers reach the limit of their professional competence and thus reach out to professionals with a different expertise or more advanced level of experience. Although the research was initially focused on the indirect model of collaboration, the evidence indicates a necessity of a more complex approach. In most cases, collaboration can be described as a combination of the direct and the indirect model. Hence, both models appear to be interconnected and mutually influenced. Based on consultations among collaborating professionals, many direct forms of action took place, i.e. preventive or therapeutic sessions with individuals as well as with the whole class or diagnostics. Results of these direct actions were then again discussed among professionals with subsequent alterations of the original plan. Apart from (inter)professional discourse, other forms of indirect collaboration took place, such as joint planning, sharing materials and distribution of responsibility for teaching. New perspective on their students provided by the collaborating professional was also much appreciated by the class teachers. The evidence emphasizes the crucial role of positive professional relationships between involved staff. Further examination of (inter)professional relationships could provide a more profound understanding of this phenomenon.

To conclude, the results of the project offer recommendations for teacher education. The pre-service and in-service teachers ought to become familiar with the diversity and possibilities of (inter)professional collaboration as it has great potential.

References
Alborno, N. (2017). The “Yes … But” Dilemma: Implementing Inclusive Education in Emirati Primary Schools. British Journal of Special Education, 44(1), 26 – 45.  https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8578.12157

Engeström, Y. (2001). Expansive learning at work: Toward an activity theoretical reconceptualization. Journal of Education and Work, 14(1), 133 – 156. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080020028747

Engeström, Y., Sannino, A. (2010). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges, Educational Research Review, 5(1), 1 – 24.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2009.12.002

Gable, R.A., Mostert, M.P., & Tonelson, S.W. (2004). Assessing Professional Collaboration in Schools: Knowing What Works. Preventing School Failure: Alternative Education for Children and Youth, 48(3), 4 – 8. https://doi.org/10.3200/PSFL.48.3.4-8


Hedegaard-Soerensen, L., Jensen, C.R., & Tofteng, D.M. (2018). Interdisciplinary collaboration as a prerequisite for inclusive education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 33(3), 382 – 395. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2017.1314113


Maguire, M., & Delahunt, B. (2017). Doing a Thematic Analysis: A Practical, Step-by-Step Guide for Learning and Teaching Scholars. AISHE-J, 3, 3351-33514.

Mostert, M.P. (1996). Interprofessional Collaboration in Schools: Benefits and Barriers in Practice. Preventing School Failure, 40(3), 135 – 138. https://doi.org/10.1080/1045988X.1996.9944667


Roth, W.M., Lee, Y.J. (2007). “Vygotsky’s Neglected Legacy”: Cultural-Historical Activity Theory. Review of Educational Research, 77(2), 186 – 232. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654306298273

Slee, R. (2018). Inclusive Education isn't Dead, it Just Smells Funny (1st ed.). London: Routledge.


Švec, V., Baranová, P., Dvořáková, T., Ďulíková, L., Egerle, J., Janík, T., Márová, I., Paroubková, A., Veselá, V. [Manuscript submitted for publication]. Podoby profesní spolupráce ve škole: Případové studie. 1. vyd. Brno: Masarykova univerzita.

Wiedebusch, S., Maykus, S., Gausmann, N., & Franek, M. (2020). Interprofessional collaboration and school support in inclusive primary schools in Germany. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 37(1), 118–130. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2020.1853971

Yin, R. K. (2014). Case study research: Design and methods. Los Angeles: Sage.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm02 SES 12 A: Diversity (Part 1)
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre A [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Gavin Moodie
Symposium to be continued in 02 SES 13 A
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Symposium

Double Symposium on Diversity in the Social Role of Colleges - Part 1

Chair: Martin Henry (Education International)

Discussant: Gavin Moodie (University of Toronto)

This double symposium explores the important role that vocational colleges and similar types of institutions play in supporting social, educational, and cultural development in their local communities and regions. We argue that the role colleges play is not as well understood or theorised as is the role of universities and schools, and that this matters because colleges are vital for the well-being of their local communities. They support their regions and communities in many ways that are not prominent beyond immediate participants. However, the ways in which they do so differs in different countries and this symposium includes diverse contributions from very different systems.

The domain of this symposium is the second vocationally oriented tier of post school education. This tier may offer other programs, but its key mission includes offering short-cycle tertiary education of about two years’ duration with a vocational / professional orientation, classified in the International Standard Classification of Education ISCED 2011 as category 55 short-cycle tertiary vocational education (UNESCO Institute for Statistics, 2012, pp. 48-50).

The roles of schools and universities are generally understood and institutionalized as broadly intellectual and cultural that are well established historically and globally. In contrast, vocational colleges are ‘mainly local organizations justified by specific economic and political functions or shaped by particular historical legacies or power struggles’ (Meyer, Ramirez, Frank, and Schofer, 2007, pp. 187, 210).

Colleges are under theorized, which leaves them vulnerable to vicissitudes of marketisation and privatization (Meier, 2013), and undermines the institutional conditions that support them. They are justified mostly by their preparation for work, and gaps in the correspondence between vocational education and work are almost always considered only a supply-side issue for colleges, rather than being co-constituted by education and work (Livingstone, 2009, p. 150). Colleges are therefore thought not to respond sufficiently to the labour market, and to need disciplining by competing with for-profit providers.

This thinking is particularly prevalent in the liberal market economies of Australia, Canada, England, the USA, and others. But it is also projected onto low and middle income countries by intergovernmental and non government organisations.

This double symposium seeks to investigate, compare and analyse colleges’ diverse social roles in different countries, explore commonalities in colleges’ social roles, and invite perspectives from participants in the symposium. Part 1 will comprise 3 presentations, and part 2 will comprise 3 presentations and a discussant.


References
Livingstone, D. W. (Ed.). (2009).Education & jobs: Exploring the gaps. University of Toronto Press.

Meier, K. (2013). Community college mission in historical perspective. In J. S. Levin & S. T. Kater (Eds.), Understanding community colleges. Routledge.

Meyer, J. W., Ramirez, F. O., Frank, D. J., & Schofer, E. (2007). Higher education as an institution. In P. J. Gumport (Ed.), Sociology of higher education: Contexts and their contributions (pp. 187-221). Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.

UNESCO Institute for Statistics. (2012). International Standard Classification of Education ISCED 2011. UNESCO Institute for Statistics, http://www.uis.unesco.org/Education/Pages/international-standard-classification-of-education.aspx

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

What Do Colleges Do and Why Do They Matter? The Role of Colleges as Local Actors; Comparing Australia and Canada

Leesa Wheelahan (OISE, University of Toronto), Gavin Moodie (OISE, University of Toronto)

This paper is situated within two broad theoretical traditions: new institutionalism, and the human development and capability approach. It adopts from sociological institutionalism and historical institutionalism the insight that institutions are the basic building blocks of society. It argues that institutions are modes of social organisation and resources that are shaped by rules, norms and discourses that are generally adopted by society. These social institutions both enable and constrain agency by providing parameters for action which may also build path dependencies by defining choices. The paper adopts Sen’s (1999, p. 123) position that ‘Individuals live and operate in a world of institutions, many of which operate across borders. Our opportunities and prospects depend crucially on what institutions exist and how they function. Not only do institutions contribute to our freedoms, their roles can be sensibly evaluated in the light of their contributions to our freedoms.’ Colleges have not been institutionalised in this way. The ‘mission’ of colleges is ambiguous. In Aotearoa New Zealand, Australia, Canada, South Africa and elsewhere it has been shaped by a colonial legacy. Colleges’ role is cast as residual, doing what universities and schools don’t do. Colleges’ roles are less well understood. They have less autonomy and less power. The sector is ‘acted upon’, rather than considered an actor in its own right. The paper argues for a re-imagination of college education from narrow preparation for specific jobs, tasks and roles to preparation for broad occupations. It proposes an expansive view of the purposes of college education from human capital to human capabilities (Sen, 2007, p. 99). The paper argues for colleges to develop students’ capability for education, capability for work, and capability for voice (Schröer, 2015). The paper elaborates these purposes of vocational education (Reay, 2012; McGrath & Deneulin, 2021) which it argues are shared with different emphases with universities (Moodie, Wheelahan & Lavigne, 2019). It considers the nature of colleges and of college teachers needed to fulfil an expansive mission. This leaves us with 5 key research questions: 1. What should college qualifications look like? 2. What can colleges do that universities and schools can’t do? 3. What roles do colleges play in supporting local & regional economic, social and cultural development? 4. How will the work of occupations served by colleges change in 5, 10 and 15 years time? How should qualifications change? 5. How can we support college teachers as ‘dual-professionals’ – industry experts and expert teachers?

References:

McGrath, S., & Deneulin, S. (2021). Education for just transitions: Lifelong learning and the 30th anniversary Human Development Report. International Review of Education, 67(5), 637-658. Moodie, G., Wheelahan, L., & Lavigne, E. (2019). Technical and Vocational Education and Training as a framework for social justice: Analysis and evidence from world case studies. Retrieved from Brussels: https://issuu.com/educationinternational/docs/2019_eiresearch_tvet Reay, D. (2012). What would a socially just education system look like? Saving the minnows from the pike. Journal of Education Policy, 27(5), 587-599. doi:10.1080/02680939.2012.710015 Schröer, R. (2015). Employability versus capability: European strategies for young people. In H.-U. Otto, R. Atzmüller, T. Berthet, L. Bifulco, J.-M. Bonvin, E. Chiappero-Martinetti, V. Egdell, B. Halleröd, C. Christrup Kjeldsen, M. Kwiek, R. Schröer, J. Vero, & M. Zieleńska (Eds.), Facing trajectories from school to work: Towards a capability-friendly youth policy in Europe (pp. 361-385). Springer. Sen, A. (1999). Development as freedom. Anchor Books. Sen, A. (2007). Education and standards of living. In R. Curren (Ed.), Philosophy of education: An anthology (pp. 95-101). Blackwell Publishing. Wheelahan, L., & Moodie, G. (2016). Global trends in TVET: A framework for social justice. Education International. Retrieved from Brussels: http://download.ei-ie.org/Docs/WebDepot/GlobalTrendsinTVET.pdf
 

On the Roles and Relations of Further Education Colleges in England

Gareth Parry (University of Sheffield)

As publicly funded multipurpose post-school institutions serving local and regional populations, further education colleges in England have important, if under-recognised, educational, social and economic roles. Colleges sit between secondary schools, universities and training providers. They provide academic, vocational, general and higher education as well as workforce training. Qualifications span the basic, intermediate and higher levels. Students are diverse in age and background. They include a disproportionate share of disadvantaged and second chance students. Further education colleges do not enjoy the status generally accorded to schools and universities. In part, this is a legacy of their history as technical colleges predominantly concerned with vocational education for industrial workers and employers. A shift to more diverse missions, together with their independence from local government, brought colleges into competition with better known institutions and more prestigious establishments, but also with other colleges. Issues of organisational identity, funding and status are acute, as highlighted by a wave of mergers and closures. Monitoring of colleges is against a narrow range of performance measures. Studies of the character and wider benefits of college learning are few. In this paper, concepts of boundary marking and boundary management are used to analyse the transition of colleges in England from technical and vocational institutions to general further education establishments. A relationship between boundary conditions and organisational identities is posited. Although further education was loosely defined in legislation, the division of labour between colleges, schools and universities in the 1950s and 1960s was uncomplicated. Where technical colleges were locations for part-time education and training geared to employment, grammar schools were places of general education leading to academic qualifications, and (for the few) universities were providers of undergraduate and postgraduate education. By contrast, the open and overlapping boundaries of modern-day general further education colleges are zones of competition with schools, universities and training organisations. The features and changes making for this transition are reviewed. Their implications for the social and community roles of colleges are examined. Issues in researching and evidencing the impacts of colleges are highlighted. Recent attempts by governments to recover a vocational mission or technical route for colleges are appraised, including their potential for inclusion and diversion.

References:

Aldrich, R. (Ed.). (2002). A Century of Education. RoutledgeFalmer. Cantor, L. M. & Roberts, I. F. (1972) Further Education in England and Wales. Routledge and Kegan Paul. Cantor, L. M. & Roberts, I. E. (1983). Further Education Today. A Critical Review. Routledge and Kegan Paul. Cotgrove, S. F. (1958). Technical Education and Social Change. George Allen & Unwin. Dent, H. C. (1961). The Educational System of England and Wales. University of London Press. Gallacher, J. & Reeve, F. (Eds.). (2019). New Frontiers for College Education. Routledge. Garrod, N. & Macfarlane, B. (2009). Challenging Boundaries. Managing the Integration of Post-Secondary Education. Routledge. Green, A. & Lucas, N. (Eds.). (1999). FE and Lifelong Learning: Realigning the Sector for the Twenty-first Century. Institute of Education University of London. Hodgson, A. (Ed.). (2015). The Coming of Age for FE? Reflections on the past and future role of further education colleges in England. Institute of Education Press. Scott, P. (1995). The Meanings of Mass Higher Education. Society for Research into Higher Education & Open University Press. Smithers, A. & Robinson, P. (Eds.). (2000). Further Education Re-formed. Falmer Press. Venables, P. F. R. (1955). Technical Education. Its Aims, Organisation and Future Development. G. Bell & Sons.
 

The Finnish UAS: Towards Enhancing Regional and National Collaboration

Maarit Virolainen (Finnish Institute for Educational Research, University of Jyväskylä)

This presentation pictures how the Finnish Universities of Applied Sciences (UAS) have been institutionalized since they were established in the 1990s. The exploration is based on secondary analysis of existing data and studies concerning Finnish UAS. It aims to provide an overview of how the trends concerning student pathways via UAS to work have developed, and enhance understanding of the role of UAS in the education system. The Finnish UAS were founded when former vocational colleges were developed to form the other pillar of the higher education system beside the traditional science universities (Ahola, 1997). The UAS have developed through several phases towards enhancing regional and national collaboration between their own network and other providers of education (Rauhala et al., 2022, Rantanen & Toikko, 2012). These phases can be characterized as follows. First, the UAS were experimented in 1991-1996. The UAS study programmes were developed through piloting, and programme standards raised to the level of Bachelors´ degrees. The successful piloting of the UAS was followed by a period of their systemic induction and developing regulation for them in 1997-2003. Between 2004-2013, the UAS studies matured to become a full member of the higher education system. In 2005, they also started to provide Master's studies for those with former UAS Bachelors, or equivalent, and work experience (Rantanen & Toikko, 2012). In the next developmental phase, between 2014-2016, there has been a shift toward a more unified higher education sector, legitimized by diminishing age cohorts and demand for economic efficiency. Whereas in the 1990s much emphasis in the Finnish UAS was put on upgrading and developing curriculum and pedagogy, in the 2000s there has been an increased shift toward emphasizing research and development as well as education for adults who are at work. Since 2017 the efforts to provide studies through the national network of UAS for students all over the country by digital means have been enhanced (Koskinen et al., 2020). The common provision has been targeted to enable flexible and more efficient provision of studies for UAS students. The ways to organize work-based learning as part of UAS studies have also been developed from the original model of internships towards more varied forms of placements and work-integrated learning (Virolainen, 2007; Tynjälä et al., 2022). During their lifetime the Finnish UAS have become an important route to higher education especially for those with initial vocational qualifications.

References:

Ahola, S. (1997). 'Different but equal': Student expectations and the Finnish dual higher education policy. European Journal of Education, 32(3), 291-302. Koskinen, M., Nakamura, R., Yli-Knuuttila, H., & Tyrväinen, P. (2020). Kohti oppimisen uutta ekosysteemiä. Jyväskylän ammattikorkeakoulu. Rantanen, T., & Toikko, T. (2012). The three phases of the research and development activities in the Finnish universities of applied sciences. In S. Ahola and D. Hoffman (Eds.), Higher education research in Finland: Emerging structures and contemporary issues (pp. 383–405). Institute for Educational Research. Rauhala, P., Kantola, M., Friman, M., Mäki, K., & Kotila, H. (2022). Ammattikorkeakoulupedagogiikan lyhyt historia. In K. Mäki & L. Vanhanen-Nuutinen (Eds.), Korkeakoulupedagogiikka – Ajat, paikat ja tulkinnat. Haaga-Helia. Tynjälä, P., Virtanen, A., Virolainen, M. H., & Heikkinen, H. L. (2022). Learning at the interface of higher education and work: Experiences of students, teachers and workplace partners. In E. Kyndt, S. Beausaert, & I. Zitter (Eds.), Developing connectivity between education and work (pp. 76–96). Routledge. Virolainen, M. (2007). Workplace learning and higher education in Finland: Reflections on current practice. Education + Training, 49(4), 290-309.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm02 SES 12 B: Recognition & VET audiovisuals
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre B [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Sonja Engelage
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

The Birth of the “Work Grammar” Educational Documentary Film Format, in the Italian VET Context (1955-1965)

Anselmo Roberto Paolone

University of Udine, Italy

Presenting Author: Paolone, Anselmo Roberto

One of the consequences of postwar industrial reconstruction in Italy, (at a time when new tools were needed to carry out vocational training mass campaigns), was the development of the Italian modern “industrial” educational audiovisuals.

In this paper we will study in particular the circumstances of the birth of a specific format of documentaries for vocational training: the so-called “work grammars” (grammatiche del lavoro), which were first developed in the mid-1950s, and are still used today, although they are referred to by other names, and have undergone the formal and structural transformations recently brought about by the digital revolution. Work grammars are, in their basic version, documentary films for vocational training, organised in a serial format in which each instalment covers a different aspect of the profession/technique being taught.

In the days of their birth, these new educational tools were “torn” between conflicting stylistic and didactic possibilities: on the one hand, the model of the previous Italian documentary film production, which was, however, deeply marked and compromised by the propaganda rhetoric of fascism (e.g. the documentaries by the State film corporation: the Istituto Luce), within which it had developed. On the other hand, various new influences from the international context, ranging from the British 'documentary film movement' to the American 'Coronet' films and the educational films by the USIS.

In this paper, we would like to attempt a clarification of how these circumstances have contributed to shaping a new educational discourse in the Italian audiovisuals for vocational training.

The research work will proceed on four levels:

1) The study of VET audiovisual policies and production in Italy, in the days when the “work grammars” were first issued.

2) The refinement of a system of formal (aesthetical, didactical, etc.) categories useful to develop a map, a reasoned inventory of the most relevant Italian VET audiovisuals in the 1950s/1960s, which is also useful for understanding the context in which the “work grammars” were launched, and to better define them.

3) The attempt to analyse the cinematic discourse of these films, through the study of the theories on educational and didactic cinema available in Italy at the time when the phenomenon of the “work grammars” was beginning.

4) The study of biografical elements of the main pioneering authors of this film genre.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Historical research on VET film policy and production; formal analysis of documentary films and of theoretical literature on documentary film and teir use in VET; biographical research on the pioneering authors of "work grammars".
Sources: relevant literature, historical/biographical interviews, vision of documentary films from film archives (such as the "Archivio Nazionale del Cinema d'Impresa").

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
To reconstruct the main lines of the historical framework in which the "work grammars" were first produced. To propose a formal categorization of the most important early  "work grammars" in Italy. To understand where the pioneering authors took their inspiration to create this new film format. To contextualize such findings in the framework of VET in Italy in a significant period of the industrial reconstruction (1955-1965).
References
aa.vv. (1961), La Culture cinématographique et l’enseignement, n. spécial de
“Cahiers pédagogiques”, 26, 15 mars.
Angé, l. (1930), La psicologia e la pedagogia del cinema di insegnamento, in
“Rivista internazionale del cinema educatore”, 11.
Bernagozzi, G. (1979) Il cinema corto, Firenze, La casa Usher.
Berthomieu, A. (1946) Essai de grammaire cinématographique, Paris, La nouvelle
édition.
Bonaiuti, G. et al. (2007), Principi di comunicazione visiva e multimediale,
Roma, Carocci.
Bruzzi, S.(2006) The New Documentary, London, Routledge.
Cassani, D. (2013) Manuale del montaggio. Tecnica dell'editing nella comunicazio-
ne cinematografica e audiovisiva, Torino, UTET.
Della Fornace, L. (1984), Manuale di didattica audiovisiva, Roma, Bulzoni.
Ghergo, F. (2009) Storia della formazione professionale in Italia 1947-1977, Roma, CNOSFAP.
Hediger, V., Vonderau, P. (2009) Films that Work: Industrial Film and the Productivity of Media, Amsterdam, Amsterdam University Press.
Lussana, F. (2019), Cinema educatore- L'Istituto Luce dal fascismo alla Liberazione (1924-1945), Roma, Carocci.
Malitsky, J. (2021) A Companion to Documentary Film History, Hoboken, Wiley.
Mechi, L. (2000) Il Comitato Consultativo della CECA. In Varsori, A. (ed.) Il Comitato Economico e Sociale nella costruzione europea. Venezia, Marsilio.
Paolone, F. (1983) Situazione e problemi del cinema specializzato in Italia, Roma,
ANICA.
Poppi, R. (2002) Dizionario del cinema italiano. I registi, Roma, Gremese.
Rondolino, G., Tomasi, D. (1995) Manuale del film. Linguaggio, racconto, analisi,
Torino, UTET.
Rotha, P. (1939), Documentary Film, New York, Norton.
Swann, P, (1989) The British Documentary Film Movement, 1926-1946, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.
Verdone, M. (1953) Il documentario, in “Bianco e Nero”, XIV n. 2.
Verdone, M. (1993) Il cinema della produttività ieri, oggi e domani, in “Realtà”, n. 6.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Recognition of Prior Learning in Industrial Shoe Production

Andreas Saniter, Vivian Harberts

Uni Bremen, Germany

Presenting Author: Saniter, Andreas; Harberts, Vivian

Recognition of prior learning (RPL) is since years high on the agenda of European policies (cp. for example CEDEFOP 2019a, b, c) as well as of research in vocational training and education (VET) (cp. for example Velten, Herdin 2016). It is seen not only as a measure to reduce skills mismatch (cp. for example Eichhorst et al. 2019), but also, even more important, to offer career opportunities to people who, for what reasons ever, had no access to a fully recognized qualification (cp. Birke, Hanft 2016). Accordingly, the main target groups of RPL are unskilled or semi-skilled workers (cp. for example Matthes, Severing 2017; Flake et al. 2017) and most studies on RPL focus on European qualification framework (EQF) levels 2-4. In Portugal, RPL has been even restricted by law to these levels; only since 2022, RPL on higher levels is allowed due to an update of the respective law (cp. Portaria 2022). Thus, few experiences with RPL in continuous vocational education and training (CVET) are published (cp. CEDEFOP 2019a, b, c).

Against this background, one of the challenges tackled in the recent research and development project “Developing Innovative and Attractive CVET programmes in industrial shoe production” (DIA-CVET) is the question, whether an opportunity to apply RPL on higher levels in this sector exists. In a transnational comparative design, researchers from Romania, Portugal and Germany are working on the following three research questions:

* What are the measures of RPL that could be or are applied in CVET?

* How can these measures be classified?

* Which of these measures could support RPL in CVET in industrial shoe production in Germany, Romania and Portugal?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methods applied were a mixture of literature (including regulations) reviews and empirical studies (semi-structured interviews with delegates from competent bodies being responsible for RPL in the three countries mentioned above). Measures of RPL identified have been classified and presented to stakeholders from industrial shoe production. Where appropriate, the developing, testing and improving of RPL measures in CVET have been foreseen (design-based research, DBR).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The identified measures of RPL can be classified into structural (each holder of a certain qualification receives an exemption of parts of a higher qualification) and individual (referring to individual prior learning, for example via work-based learning (WBL)) RPL.
Structural RPL can be illustrated by an example from Germany: The 2-year, level 3 qualification, in the shoe sector the “leather processing worker” (Fachkraft Lederverarbeitung), is fully accredited against the corresponding 3-year (level 4) qualification “industrial shoemaker” (Industrieller Schuhfertiger). Holders of the level 3 qualification have to participate only in the third (last) year of the level 4 programme and are exempted from the first part of the final examination.
Individual RPL in all three countries is applied by using portfolio approaches. Depending on the country, this includes often additionally a competence assessment.
Regarding the applicability of RPL to CVET, the situation in the three countries differs largely:
* In Romania, further education above level 4 in the sector is mostly part of higher education (HE), VET qualifications and work experience are rather considered as an advantage of applicants for a HE programme.
* In Germany, a corresponding IVET qualification and some years of work experience are even a precondition when applying for CVET (technician or industrial foreman, both level 6).
* In Portugal, the situation regarding applicability of RPL in CVET in shoe sector is very promising: Due to the update of the law mentioned above, a first beneficiary with a level 4 qualification in shoe production with vast experience in the design department is currently in the individual RPL-process (portfolio) for a level 5 qualification (footwear designer). He would be the first beneficiary of RPL on level 5 in the whole country of Portugal.

References
Birke, Hanft 2016: Anerkennung und Anrechnung non-formal und informell erworbener Kompetenzen. Empfehlungen zur Gestaltung von Anerkennungs- und Anrechnungsverfahren. Dezember 2016. Wien: Facultas 2016. https://www.pedocs.de/volltexte/2016/12648/pdf/BirkeHanft_2016_Anerkennung_und_Anrechnungsverfahren.pdf
CEDEFOP 2019a: Balica, M. (2019). European inventory on validation of non-formal and informal learning 2018, update: Romania. http://libserver.cedefop.europa.eu/vetelib/2019/european_inventory_validation_2018_Romania.pdf
CEDEFOP 2019b: Ball, C. (2019). European inventory on validation of non-formal and informal learning 2018 update: Germany. http://libserver.cedefop.europa.eu/vetelib/2019/european_inventory_validation_2018_Germany.pdf
CEDEFOP 2019c: Guimarães, P. (2019). European inventory on validation of non-formal and informal learning 2018 update: Portugal. http://libserver.cedefop.europa.eu/vetelib/2019/european_inventory_validation_2018_portugal.pdf
Eichhorst et al. 2019: Geringqualifizierte in Deutschland - Beschäftigung, Entlohnung und Erwerbsverläufe im Wandel. Gütersloh: Bertelsmann Stiftung 2019. https://www.bertelsmann-stiftung.de/fileadmin/files/BSt/Publikationen/GrauePublikationen/Geringqualifizierte_in_Deutschland_final.pdf
Flake et al. 2017: Lebenssituation und Potenziale An- und Ungelernter. In: Matthes, Britta; Severing, Eckart (Hrsg.): Berufsbildung für Geringqualifizierte – Barrieren und Erträge. Bonn: Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung 2017. S. 13-19. https://www.agbfn.de/dokumente/pdf/AGBFN-21_Flake_Malin_Middendorf_Seyda.pdf
Matthes, Severing 2017: Berufliche Kompetenzen von Geringqualifizierten erkennen und fördern. In: Matthes, Britta; Severing, Eckart (Hrsg.): Berufsbildung für Geringqualifizierte – Barrieren und Erträge. Bonn: Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung 2017. S. 5-9. https://www.agbfn.de/dokumente/pdf/AGBFN-21_Matthes_Severing.pdf
Portaria 2022: Portaria n.º 61/2022, de 31 de janeiro. Regula o reconhecimento, a validação e a certificação de competências no âmbito do Programa Qualifica. https://dre.pt/dre/detalhe/portaria/61-2022-178394355
Velten, Herdin 2016: Anerkennung informellen und non-formalen Lernens in Deutschland. Ergebnisse aus dem BIBB-Expertenmonitor Berufliche Bildung 2015. Bonn: Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung 2016. https://www.bibb.de/dokumente/pdf/a24_Expertenmonitor_Anerkennung_informellen_Lernens_April_2016.pdf
All internet resources consulted on the 31.01.2023.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

The Recognition of Prior Learning at Professional Education Institutions in Switzerland

Sonja Engelage, Carmen Baumeler, Christine Hämmerli, Patrizia Salzmann

Swiss Federal University for VET, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Engelage, Sonja

Given the rapid pace of technological and economic change, lifelong learning has become increasingly important. Recognition of prior learning (RPL) refers to the fact that a person develops knowledge and competences over the course of his or her life that can be recognised, accredited, and assessed (Bohlinger, 2017). RPL is desired by education policy (Schmid 2019); through it, social and economic integration should be facilitated and opportunities for further educational careers and mobility should be made possible (European Commission, 2001, 2009). The education system has the task of facilitating access to study programmes or shortening them, especially in vocational education and training and tertiary education (Andersson et al., 2013).

Both formally and non-formally as well as informally acquired competences are to be considered. Although the legal basis for RPL is in place in Switzerland, the crediting of non-formal and informal learning in particular is not yet implemented throughout the education system. At the level of professional education institutions (PEI), individual education providers have a great deal of room for manoeuvre, with RPL practices varying from study programme to study programme. Since these have not yet been systematically surveyed, the actual possibilities for RPL at PEIs are not very transparent (Authors, 2022).

This study examines how the state guidelines and regulations on RPL at PEIs are interpreted and implemented in Switzerland. Particular attention is paid to the question of the role played by non-formal (e.g., continuing education) and informal learning (e.g., work experience, family work and volunteer work), as these are more difficult to validate than formal learning. In addition, it will be shown which framework conditions in the educational environment and on the labour market have a beneficial or impeding effect on the crediting of educational achievements to PEIs.

Based on the current state of research (Cooper & Harris, 2013; Cooper et al., 2017; Harris & Wihak, 2017; Maurer, 2019; Pitman & Vidovich, 2013), we assume that RPL at PEIs takes place in different organisational structures shaped by national guidelines, professional associations and the labour market. Within this environment, educational institutions have room to create their own organisational policies and cultures, which can either promote or hinder RPL, depending on whether an organisation tends to stick to maintaining existing cultures or is open to new developments (Damm 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Since there has been little research on RPL practices in professional education, we explored our research questions with a mixed-methods design. As a first step, we used qualitative comparative case studies following a maximum variation sampling and conducted several semi-structured interviews with 14 responsibles at PEI. The results of the interviews were basis for the second step, a nationwide questionnaire survey (n=255 study programmes), which provides an overview of the current recognition practice of PEIs. In addition, motives and lines of reasoning are identified that are put forward for or against the recognition of prior learning.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial results show that in about 50% of the study programmes, learning outcomes are not recognised at the time of admission, while 40% refrain from crediting them to the study programme. The most important motive for the recognition of prior learning outcomes from the perspective of the PEIs is the service orientation towards the students. Students who already have the required competences and qualifications should find it easier to study and have an efficient training time. This should reduce the shortage of skilled workers and promote permeability in the education system. However, the respondents express concerns that RPL creates gaps in the students' acquisition of competences and that the quality of training decreases. If RPL is to be promoted at PEIs in Switzerland, these arguments must be discussed further.
References
Andersson, P., Fejes, A., & Sandberg, F. (2013). Introducing research on recognition of prior learning. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 32(4), 405-411. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2013.778069
Bohlinger, S. (2017). Comparing recognition of prior learning (RPL) across countries. In M. Mulder (Ed.), Competence-based Vocational and Professional Education: Bridging the Worlds of Work and Education (pp. 589-606). Springer International Publishing AG.  
Cooper, L., & Harris, J. (2013). Recognition of prior learning: exploring the ‘knowledge question’. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 32(4), 447-463. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2013.778072
Cooper, L., Ralphs, A., & Harris, J. (2017). Recognition of prior learning: the tensions between its inclusive intentions and constraints on its implementation. Studies in Continuing Education, 39(2), 197-213. https://doi.org/10.1080/0158037X.2016.1273893
European Commission. (2001). Communication from the Commission: Making a European area of lifelong learning a reality. European Commission, Directorate-general for Education and Culture and Directorate-general for Employment and Social Affairs.
European Commission. (2009). Strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training. Notices from European Union Institutions and Bodies: Official Journal of the European Union. European Commission.
Damm, C. (2000). Anrechnung als Anforderung. Relevanz und Praktiken der Anerkennung und Anrechnung in der wissenschaftlichen Weiterbildung. In N. Sturm (Ed.), Umkämpfte Anerkennung. Ausserhochschulisch erworbene Kompetenzen im akademischen Raum (pp. 79-106). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-26536-6

Harris, J., & Wihak, C. (2017). To what extent do discipline, knowledge domain and curriculum affect the feasibility of the Recognition of Prior learning (RPL) in higher education? International Journal of Lifelong Education, 36(6), 696-712.  
Maurer, M. (2019). The challenges of expanding recognition of prior learning (RPL) in a collectively organized skill formation system: the case of Switzerland. Journal of Education and Work, 32(8), 665-677.  
Pitman, T., & Vidovich, L. (2013). Converting RPL into academic capital: lessons from Australian universities. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 32(4), 501-517. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2013.778075
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm02 SES 12 C: Success in VET
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre 2 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Avihu Shoshana
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Supporting and Hindering Factors in Vocational Education and Training - A Cross-National Analysis of Young People’s Perspectives

Marieke Bruin1, Vidmantas Tutlys2, Meril Ûmarik3, Biruta Sloka4

1University of Stavanger, Norway; 2Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania; 3Tallin University, Estonia; 4University of Latvia, Latvia

Presenting Author: Bruin, Marieke

The paper explores young people’s accounts on their experiences from Vocational Education and Training (VET) concerning factors supporting and hindering successful completion. The study is part of a cross-national research project, Vocational education and workplace training enhancing social inclusion of at-risk young people (EmpowerVET) involving four countries: Lithuania, Norway, Estonia, and Latvia. The purpose of the project is to investigate how vocational education and training (VET) may enhance social inclusion of young people who are at risk of becoming economically and socially marginalised. Counteracting social exclusion of young people at risk for early school leaving and unemployment has been a high priority in EU policies during the last decades. Across Europe, young people face labour market exclusion; they may experience long unemployment periods, or they may be non-participating in either employment, education, or training (NEET). Many young people leave upper-secondary school with no worthwhile qualifications (Ainscow, 2020), whilst non-completion of upper-secondary education and failing to achieve an upper-secondary qualification reduces young people’s labour market prospects, leading to economic and social marginalisation (Albæk et al., 2015). Recent comparative studies have found that especially young people with lower educational levels are most vulnerable in labour market situations (Rokicka, Unt, Täht & Nizalova, 2018), whilst the economic and educational inequalities that reduce the life chances of young people already affected by adverse life circumstances, seem hard to overcome (Sammons, Toth, & Sylva, 2015). In this climate, Nilsson (2010, p. 251) reports an international increase of academic and political interest in VET as a “potentially powerful tool for fostering social inclusion”, largely due to its ability to bridge the school-to-work transition through apprenticeship, making young people ‘insiders’ in the labour market and counteracting unemployment. In the context of deepening socio-economic challenges and polarization of socio-economic possibilities, VET has a potential to support youth at risk for social exclusion (Piketty, 2013, 2019; Tirole, 2016; Banerjee, Duflo 2019). At the same time, VET may itself become a source of social exclusion due to mismatches between provided skills and competencies and changing labour marked needs, as well as problems concerning the quality of VET provision (European Anti-Poverty Network (EAPN), 2020). To gain insight in strengths and weaknesses of VET-trajectories across four different countries, 80 young people aged 16-29 were interviewed about their experiences, providing authentic accounts of how the young people understand and negotiate their opportunities, prospects and limitations, and the contextual factors influencing these issues. With reference to Allan (2009), from an inclusive perspective, the young people’s accounts embody an expertise that requires to be acknowledged as such. The article explores the following research questions: In their accounts on their experiences in VET, what do the young people convey about factors that may support and hinder successful completion, and how may this be understood? Through analysing first-hand experiences spanning four countries, the purpose is to develop knowledge that may contribute to strengthening vocational educational trajectories, increasing opportunities for successful completion for young people at risk of social exclusion.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is a qualitative interview study and draws on a sociocultural approach (Florian, Black-Hawkins, & Rouse, 2017b; Säljö, 2016), focussing on the connections between the students’ participation, learning and qualification.  The sociocultural approach is at the basis for the data analysis, enabling the understanding of the role of various social environments that young people participate in, and how this influences their learning trajectories.
Young people were recruited through contacting school administrations in all four countries. Teachers sent out the invitations to participate in the study to students in challenging situations, who were at risk of drop-out and subsequent social exclusion. The schools also sent out invitations to former students who had dropped out. The sample consists of 80 young people (age 16-29), who are at risk of social exclusion, divided equally over the four participating countries. The research participants were all current students in VET, either in school or in an apprenticeship, or had previously been enrolled in VET and dropped out. Semi-structured interviews were carried out in the spring of 2022. The interview guide was similar in all participating countries, providing joint guidelines for data construction. Questions were built on a chronology of past, present, and future, and touched upon biographical background, positive and negative experiences in VET, social participation, coping, and thoughts about the future.
Thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) was carried out individually in each country. During this period, the countries conducted the analyses in close collaboration and continuous dialogue. The analyses were carried out in the language used in the interviews, following a protocol common for all countries, characterised by deductive and inductive approaches. The first phase of the analysis consisted of familiarising with the data, both individually in each country, as well as across the four countries, followed by coding the material based on the categories in the interview guide. The second phase generated themes that emerged in each country, classified into supporting and hindering factors for completion. In the third and final phase of the analysis, supporting and hindering factors are further explored, indicating that the young people indicate relationships as the main factor influencing their opportunities for successful completion in VET.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A central issue concerning factors supporting and hindering successful completion in VET is connected to relationships. Across the four nations, the analyses of the young people’s accounts convey that relationships with family, with teachers and peers at school, and with supervisors and co-workers in the workplace, influence the experience of belonging, motivation, and self-esteem, indicating a direct impact on a student’s chance of completing VET. The analysis shows that the young people’s accounts may be understood as narratives on participation and non-participation. Following Florian, Black-Hawkins, and Rouse (2017), participation concerns all members of a school’s community. Furthermore, participation and barriers to participation are viewed as interconnected and ongoing processes, supporting or hindering educational achievement (Florian, Black-Hawkins, & Rouse, 2017a). Raising academic achievement for all students is concerned with responses to diversity, creating equitable opportunities to participate in the learning community, regardless of student background and characteristics (Florian, 2015). The analysis shows that experiencing barriers to participation in a school’s community – albeit primary, lower-secondary, or upper-secondary and VET – is detrimental to the young people’s sense of belonging, motivation and self-esteem, and a hindering factor for successful completion in VET. The analysis will be discussed within a social capital framework (Field, 2017) from the following perspectives: 1) Narratives on trust and confidence - A social capital framework, 2) Promoting participation – Building inclusive social infrastructures. The discussion will pursuit the argument that VET’s development of students’ social capital may provide a factor stimulating resilience in students, so that they «get on and get ahead through the connections they have with other people» (Allan & Persson, 2020, p. 153).
References
Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7-16. doi:10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587
Albæk, K., Asplund, R., Barth, E., Lindahl, L., von Simson, K., & Vanhala, P. (2015). Youth unemployment and inactivity. A comparison of school-to-work transistions and labour market outcomes in four Nordic countries. In TemaNord 548: Copenhagen: Nordic Council of Ministers.
Allan, J. (2009). Provocations. Putting Philosophy to Work on Inclusion. In K. Quinlivian, R. Boyask, & B. Kaur (Eds.), Educational Enactments in a Globalised World. Intercultural Conversations. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. doi:10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
European Anti-Poverty Network (EAPN). (2020). Leaving Nobody Behind. Prevention andf Reduction of Poverty and Social Exclusion through Education, Vocational Training and Lifelong Learning.
Field, J. (2017). Social Capital (Vol. 3rd edn.). London: Routledge.
Florian, L. (2015). Inclusive Pedagogy: A transformative approach to individual differences but can it help reduce educational inequalities? Scottish Educational Review, 47(1), 5-14.
Florian, L., Black-Hawkins, K., & Rouse, M. (2017a). Achievement and Inclusion in Schools (2nd ed.). London: Routledge.
Florian, L., Black-Hawkins, K., & Rouse, M. (2017b). Examining the relationship between achievement and inclusion: the Framework for Participation. In L. Florian, K. Black-Hawkins, & M. Rouse (Eds.), Achievement and Inclusion in Schools (pp. 48-55). London, UK & New York, NY: Routledge.
Nilsson, A. (2010). Vocational education and training – an engine for economic growth and a vehicle for social inclusion? International Journal of Training and Development, 14(4), 251-272.
Sammons, P., Toth, K., & Sylva, K. (2015). Subject to Background: What Promotes Better Achievement for Bright but Disadvantaged Students? London: The Sutton Trust.
Säljö, R. (2016). Læring - En introduksjon til perspektiver og metaforer [Learning - An introduction to perspectives and metaphors]. Oslo: Cappelen Damm.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Analysis of Student Engagement in VET in the region of Valencia (Spain)

Almudena A. Navas Saurin, Míriam Abiétar, Joan Carles Bernad, Ana Córdoba, Elena Gimenez, Esperanza Meri

University of Valencia, Spain

Presenting Author: Navas Saurin, Almudena A.

One of the most critical indicators of the Spanish educational system is the Early School Leaving (ESL) rate, which refers to the percentage of the population aged 18 to 24 who have not completed any post-compulsory secondary education and are not following any type of training. In fact, while the European rate is 9,7%, the Spanish one is 13.3% (Spanish Ministry of Education and Vocational Training, 2022). In view of this situation, the fight against ESL is one of the strategic objectives of the European framework for Education and Training ET2020.

In this context, in recent years significant attention is being paid to the study of student engagement, i.e. the commitment with the educational process from various levels and structures (Reschly and Christenson, 2012; Fredricks, Reschly and Christenson, 2019), due to its relevance for understanding the diversity of students’ pathways. Specifically, research on engagement allows us to deepen the study of the phenomena of absenteeism, failure and ESL. Although school disengagement is developing n primary school, it is in secondary school when it becomes more visible and also when it begins to generate difficulties in classroom management (González González & Cutanda López, 2015; Salvà-Mut, Oliver-Trobat & Comas-Forgas, 2014). It is a gradual process of disengagement to learning and school life that progressively distances students from a positive educational experience, and in which factors of different nature come into play (Rumberger, 2011).

In this context students do not constitute a homogeneous group, although they share socioeconomic, family, cultural and academic factors considered as 'risk factors'. In a review on the state of the matter, González González (2017), points out that the students’ heterogeneity is evident and that this entails different types of measures and supports. On the other hand, the research of Ramos-Díaz, Rodríguez-Fernández, Fernández-Zabala and Zuazagoitia (2016) concludes that family and peer support activate the general self-concept as a mediating variable, which in turn directly influences on school involvement, along with the influence of teacher and family support (p.349). The results of this study reveal the important mediating role of general self-concept in the indirect influence of social support on school involvement.

Thirdly, it is also interesting to emphasize that the analysis of school engagement is sometimes reduced to measuring good school behavior, while less observable variables such as cognitive or emotional ones are ignored. The research of Aina Tarabini and her team (Curran, 2017; Tarabini, Curran, Montes, & Parcerisa, 2019) suggests focusing on these three dimensions and studying them jointly in order to have a global look that can provide relevant information. Their work points out that the 'center effect' acts on (dis)engagement and it concludes that both the social composition and the mechanisms of attention to diversity influence this process. Therefore, we should take into account that the type of dynamics of work established in the centers can be decisive in terms of engagement.

Under this theoretical framework, this communication proposal is framed in a study that has been developed in the region of Valencia (Spain) in the framework of a state research, with continuity at the regional level, whose main objective is the analysis of VET students’ pathways.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This presentation is based on the main results obtained in the research "Itinerarios de éxito y abandono en la Formación Profesional del sistema educativo de nivel 1 y 2" (EDU2013-42854- R), led by the research group Educació i Ciutadania, of the Universitat de les Illes Balears (Spain), whose objectives were to obtain new knowledge on the phenomenon of school dropout in VET; as well as the development of action proposals  aimed at the prevention, intervention and remediation of this dropout. In Valencia, the research had continuity through the autonomous project "Itinerarios de éxito y abandono en Formación Profesional de nivel 1y 2 del sistema educacitivo de la provincia de Valencia” (Itineraries of success and dropout in Vocational Training level 1 and 2 of the educational system of the region of Valencia), funded by the Conselleria d'Educació, Investigació, Cultura i Esport de la Generalitat Valenciana (GV/2018/038).

The research we present, developed in the region of Valencia, consisted of two main methods developed for three years:

-Statistical data analysis and representation in maps of enrollment in VET level 1 and 2. The data with which we started the project correspond to the academic year 2016-17.
- Longitudinal study with questionnaires over three years starting in 2016-17 and in 2018-19.


In Basic VET, according to official data, the population of our study was 5,288 students enrolled in the first year for the 2016-2017 academic year. The optimal sample design, with a confidence level of 95% and a sampling error of 3%, indicated that a total of 894 questionnaires had to be obtained. In total, 737 questionnaires were collected, which means an actual sample error of 3.35%.

In Intermediate VET, according to official data, the population of our study was 21,246 students enrolled in the first year for the 2016-2017 academic year. The optimal sample design, with a confidence level of 95% and a sampling error of 3%, indicated that a total of 1,028 questionnaires had to be obtained. In total, 1,240 questionnaires were collected, which means a real sample error of 2.27%.

Under this theoretical framework, the communication proposal is framed in a study that has been developed in the region of Valencia (Spain) in the framework of a state research with continuity at the regional level whose main objective is the analysis of the itineraries of VET students.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
For clarity of exposition, the results of each of the three dimensions of engagement are presented separately.

- Behavioral and academic dimension:

At the behavioral and academic level, some significant differences to be highlighted appear: on the one hand, the Intermediate VET students manifest greater school effort. On the other hand, Basic VET students are perceived as significantly more undisciplined and participate more actively in extracurricular activities at school. With regard to their participation in leisure and free time activities outside the educational center, there are no significant differences between both groups.

- Emotional dimension

At the emotional level, significant differences appear: Intermediate VET students perceive themselves to have a higher level of relationship with both teachers and classmates. However, in relation to perceived parental commitment, Basic VET students have significantly higher scores. Finally, neither group shows significant differences in terms of perceived family support.

- Cognitive dimension

Intermediate VET students present significantly higher scores in all the subdimensions, as well as in the overall score of this dimension. Thus, this group perceive themselves as having greater control and relevance in school work, as well as greater future aspirations, achievements and expectations of professional results. They also perceive themselves as more motivated towards their studies and more identified with the profession they are learning.

Finally, it is important to emphasize that there is a lack of empirical research on VET students’ engagement. This field should be developed further with meta-analysis, which would allow us to transcend local contexts. In addition, future research should include teachers' perceptions and reflections on their pedagogical practice to deepen the knowledge of these contexts.

References
Curran, M. (2017).  ¿Qué lleva a los jóvenes a dejar los estudios?: explorando los procesos de (des)vinculación escolar desde una perspectiva de clase y  género. (Tesis de doctorado). Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Barcelona.   Recuperado   de: https://ddd.uab.cat/pub/tesis/2017/hdl_10803_405662/mcf1de1.pdf

Fredricks, J. A., Reschly, A. L. y Christenson, S. L. (Eds.). (2019). Handbook of   student   engagement   interventions:   working   with   disengaged   students. Academic Press.

González González, Mª T. y Cutanda López, Mª T. (2015). La formación del  profesorado  y  la  implicación  (engagement)  de  los  alumnos  en  su aprendizaje. Teacher  training  and  engagement  of  the  students  in  their learning. Revista Iberoamericana de Educación / Revista Ibero-americana de Educação,69(2), 9-24.

González González, Mª T. (2017). Desenganche y abandono escolar, y medidas   de   re-enganche:   algunas   consideraciones.   Profesorado, revista de currículum y formación del profesorado,21(4).

Ministerio de Educación y Formación Profesional (2022). Sistema estatal de indicadores de la educación. Edición 2022. Recuperado de: https://www.educacionyfp.gob.es/dam/jcr:afaf513f-0cec-4e99-a05a-e2b222d0493f/seie-2022.pdf

Ramos-Díaz, E., Rodríguez-Fernández, A., Fernández-Zabala, A., Revuelta, L.  y  Zuazagoitia,  A.  (2016).  Apoyo  social  percibido,  autoconcepto e   implicación   escolar   de   estudiantes   adolescentes.   Revista   de   psicodidáctica, 21(2), 339-356. doi: 10.1387/RevPsicodidact.14848

Reschly, A. L. y Christenson, S. L. (2012). Jingle, Jangle, and Conceptual Haziness:  Evolution  and  Future  Directions  of  the EngagementConstruct.  En  S.  L.  Christenson,  A.  L.  Reschly  y  C.  Wylie  (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Student Engagement (pp. 3-20). New York: Springer.

Rumberger, R.W. (2011). Dropping  out.  Why  students  drop  out  of  high  school and what can be done about it.Harvard University press. doi: 10.4159/harvard.9780674063167

Tarabini, A.; Curran, M.; Montes, A. y Parcerisa, Ll. (2019). Can educational engagement  prevent  Early  School  Leaving?  Unpacking  the  school’s effect  on  educational  success.  Educational  Studies,  45(2),  226-241. doi: 10.1080/03055698.2018.1446327


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Lived Experience of Youth in VET: "I Stopped Focusing The Past and Started Living the Present to Reach the Future"

Nofar Eini, Avihu Shoshana

University of Haifa, Israel

Presenting Author: Eini, Nofar; Shoshana, Avihu

This study examines the lived experiences of vocational education students through 30 semi-structured in-depth interviews with students from vocational schools in Israel. Vocational schools in Israel tend to be populated by students of lower socioeconomic status (SES) and stigmatized ethnic groups who have failed academically in academic education frameworks (Eini, et al., 2022).

Despite the pedagogical diversity in vocational education, many countries share common characteristics. Firstly, most students come from a low-SES background, their parents are not highly educated, and they are members of minority groups (Chong, 2014; Ling, 2015; on the link between ethnicity and vocational school education, see Avis et al., 2017.) Second, vocational education graduates are characterized by low social status and low pay, which, in turn, produces an inferior public image of them (Down et al., 2019). A comprehensive European survey showed that the public views vocational education as mostly offering non-prestigious professions (Spruyt et al., 2015). Another comprehensive study conducted in Europe and Israel found that the learning environment in vocational education is typified by outdated learning methods, both in content and in teaching methods (Bartlett et al., 2014).

Some studies described that the social image of vocational education students is of academically failing students and "at-risk youth" (Ling, 2015). The existing stigma views vocational education as failure spaces, last chance, schools designated for disadvantaged groups in society. Similar findings have been described in various countries such as China (Ling, 2015), Denmark (Juul & Byskov, 2020), England (Avis et al., 2017), Cambodia (Miller, 2020), Singapore (Chong, 2014), and Israel (Eini et al., 2022). Congruently, the OECD published a report in 2018 called Apprenticeship and Vocational Education and Training in Israel. It found vocational training in Israel to be at an inferior level. The offered vocational fields are characterized by low salaries and status, and vocational education graduates do not see their vocational certificates benefiting them in the job market. This report also revealed no advantage to vocational education graduates over those with similar characteristics who did not possess a vocational certificate.

In light of the noted characterizations and perceptions regarding vocational education students, it becomes crucial to ascertain their life experiences in their own words. However, only few studies have examined this among student samples. These studies have focused mostly on life experiences relating to the school-to-work transition (Pantea, 2020). Among these findings are those that have shown that students relate to their life experiences in terms of a "jungle" where they are required to navigate independently and seek vocational training through personal relationships (Tanggaard, 2013).

Youths in Swedish vocational education schools reported a sense of exclusion in training, manifested in a lack of interaction with the employees at the training facility and a lack of space for their opinions to be heard. At the same time, the students felt that the training helped them feel confident in their ability to perform tasks (Rönnlund & Rosvall, 2021). Similarly, in a Chinese study, the interviewed youths reported feeling exploited when placed in jobs that addressed the needs of the workplace rather than in tasks related to their studies (Pun & Koo 2019).

A Cambodian study found that youth who think and view the world independently are inclined to consider vocational education studies as an empowering force that enables freedom and facilitates their realizing individualistic values ​​like achieving economic independence (Miller, 2020). The ability to work is a key motivating force to persevere in fulfilling these two values––financial independence and providing for the family––despite the tension between them (Pantea, 2020).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative study is based on in-depth interviews with 30 adolescents (16 boys and 14 girls) studying in vocational schools located in low-SES cities in Israel (referred to as development towns) located in Israel's geographical-social periphery (Eini et al., 2022). We selected these cities as the bulk of vocational schools is located in these towns.
The interviewees ranged in age from 15–18, with a median age of 17. Most (25) of the interviewees were the third generation of Jewish families who had emigrated from Arab countries (Mizrahim in Hebrew). Among the participants were two girls whose parents emigrated from Ethiopia, two youths whose parents emigrated from the Former Soviet Union, and one boy whose parents emigrated from Romania. Twelve of the interviewees were enrolled in hairstyling and cosmetics tracks. Five of the students studied the following subjects: warehouse management, kitchen occupations, and auto mechanics. Two students studied graphic design, and one studied CNC (technical drawing). 25 interviewees were in the 11th and 12th grades, and five were in the 10th.
All the participants' parents were employed in blue-collar occupations as salaried employees or self-employed. Among the self-employed parents, renovation contracting was the most common profession; among the salaried employees, most fathers worked in local factories, and most mothers worked in cleaning.
The interviewees were recruited through school principals and counselors, personal contacts, and a snowball technique (where we requested each interviewee to refer us to additional students). The interviews lasted between 1.5–2 hours, with all interviews recorded and transcribed. The semi-structured interview comprised several sections: general introductory questions; describing the schools they attended and their school experiences; the decision to transfer to a vocational school; training; and work.
All youths signed informed consent forms, and minors were given informed consent forms for their parents' signature. The study was approved by the ethics committee of the University and the Ministry of Labor and Welfare.
This study used an Interpretive Phenomenological Analysis (IPA; Larkin, Shaw, & Flowers, 2019) to help understand the meaning of being in the world by studying everyday experiences and understanding their meaning. Following IPA, several free transcript readings were conducted to understand the lived experiences of vocational education students. As part of the process, several themes were identified; these were scaled down until key themes were determined. MAXQDA software was used to organize and analyze the data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The key findings indicate that the youths' lives are characterized by multiple experiences of exclusion, both before their enrollment in vocational education schools and during their time there. First, in their previous academic schools, they felt ignored, humiliated, labeled as pathological, failures, and “bad kids,” and heard from faculty that nothing would come of them. They further reported an attitude characterized by accusation, punishment, and a lack of opportunities to make their voices heard.
An additional finding relates to the passivity, despair, and suspicion felt by the youths who were left to cope on their own with various systems in which adults who were meant to protect them did not do so, even violating their rights. The absence of significant adults to believe in them has caused them to feel frustration, despair, and voicelessness, which have been described as key characteristics of life under exclusion (Michael et al., 2015)
Another term of exclusion, insufficiently discussed in the research literature, is "working students." Of the 30 interviewees, 25 were engaged in an intensive work schedule (more than 20 weekly hours) to support themselves or help their family financially. The findings reveal that students are exploited and their rights violated due to their being minors and lacking the protection of adults.
Another key research finding identified the coping strategies of youth under exclusion, including framing these experiences as opportunities to learn about the real world and focus on the present to establish a sense of success and competence. Though the transition to vocational education was characterized as a space of exclusion, the youths reported disengaging from the negative images that were part of their experience in academic education and working to build a positive, successful self.

References
Avis, J., Orr, K., & Warmington, P. (2017). Race and vocational education and training in England. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 69(3), 292-310. ‏
Bartlett, W., Gordon, C., Cino-Pagliarello, M. and Milio, S. (2014). South Eastern Europe, Israel and Turkey: Trends, Perspectives and Challenges in Strengthening Vocational Education for Social Inclusion and Social Cohesion. Torino: European Training Foundation.
Chong, T. (2014). Vocational education in Singapore: Meritocracy and hidden narratives. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 35(5), 637-648.
Down, B., Smyth, J., & Robinson, J. (2019). Problematising vocational education and training in schools: using student narratives to interrupt neoliberal ideology. Critical Studies Education, 60(4), 443-461.
Eini, N., Strier R., & Shoshana A. (2022): "Design my everyday life, my tomorrow, my future, on my own, without anyone helping me”: Future Orientation Among Vocational Education Students in Israel, Journal of Vocational Education & Training.
DOI:10.1080/13636820.2022.2156914

Juul, I., & Byskov, L. H. (2020). To be or not to be a hairdresser type? Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 72(3), 315-332.‏
Larkin, M., Shaw, R., & Flowers, P. (2019). Multiperspectival designs and processes in interpretative phenomenological analysis research. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 16(2), 182-198.‏
Ling, M. (2015). "Bad students go to vocational schools!": Education, social reproduction and migrant youth in urban China. The China Journal, 73, 108-131.
Michael, K., Solenko, L., and Karnieli-Miller, A. (2015). The perspective of at-risk youth on significant events in their lives. Society and Welfare, LH (4), 562-537. [Hebrew]
Miller, A. (2020). Development through vocational education. The lived experiences of young people at a vocational education training restaurant in Siem Reap, Cambodia. Heliyon, 6(12).
Pantea, M. C. (2020) Perceived reasons for pursuing vocational education and training among young people in Romania. Journal of Vocational Education &Training, 72(1), 136-156.
      
Pun, N., & Koo, A. (2019). Double contradiction of schooling: Class reproduction and working-class agency at vocational schools in China. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 40(1), 50-64.
Rönnlund, M., & Rosvall, P. Å. (2021). Vocational students' experiences of power relations during periods of workplace learning–a means for citizenship learning. Journal of Education and Work, 34(4), 558-571.‏
Spruyt, B., Van Droogenbroeck, F., & Kavadias, D. (2015). Educational tracking and sense of futility: A matter of stigma consciousness? Oxford Review of Education, 41(6), 747-765.‏
Tanggaard, L. (2013). An exploration of students' own explanations about dropout in vocational education in a Danish context. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 65(3), 422-439.‏
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm02 SES 12 D: Inclusive VET
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre 1 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Jay Plasman
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

A Review of Design Principles for Developing Vocational Skills of low-qualified Adults

Bernd Gössling

University of Innsbruck, Austria

Presenting Author: Gössling, Bernd

Adults with low or no formal qualifications are at risk of losing their jobs or slipping into precarious employment. Upskilling can improve their situation and is becoming even more important due to increasing reskilling needs in response to the transformation of the world of work. However, prior research shows that low-qualified adults tend to participate less in in continuing VET than better educated individuals (Nieuwenhove/De Wever 2022, Kruppe/Baumann 2019, Müller/Wenzelmann 2019). If they do participate in vocational training their dropout rate is comparatively high (Baas/Philipps 2019). And although already disadvantaged in terms of their education, the learning intentions of low-qualified workers can be below average (Kyndt et al. 2011).

Nevertheless, there are efforts in many countries to set up more workplace preparation programs to address urgent shortages of skilled workers. This is also the case in Austria, where the AMS - the Austrian labor office - finances competency-based VET programs for the unemployed as part of its active labor market policy. These programs are meant to ease the transition in employment.

Often, these vocational education and training measures can not achieve the purposes for which they were established. This leads to the question of how competency-based approaches to vocational education and training for low-qualified people need to be designed. Therefore, the presented study aims to formulate a set of design principles to develop vocational competencies for the transition to the labor market.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The didactic research project starts with an initial set of design principles based on a review of the literature (including Gillen 2013, Euler/Hahn 2014, Weber/Hojnik 2016). This is followed by a cross-case analysis that included four vocational education and training suppliers that the labor office considered to be good practices. Focus groups with VET trainers of these providers were conducted first to validate and refine design principles and second to gather implementation examples for the application of design principles in educational practice. Case comparisons then reveal what it takes in different contexts to make competency-based education and training work.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study creates knowledge about the practice of competency-based training for the difficult-to-reach group of low-qualified adults from the perspective of the trainers involved. In this way, the gap between the theory of competency-based training and its implementation in practice is addressed. The cross-case analysis leadsto a list of refined design principles and their implementation conditions (Gössling et al. 2022). The comparison of very different training designs shows the transferability of these basic principles. The results can be used for the development of VET programs targeted at the needs of low-qualified adults.
References
Baas, Meike / Philipps, Veronika (2019): Über Ausbildung in Arbeit? Verläufe gering gebildeter Jugendlicher. In: Forschungsverbund Sozioökonomische Berichterstattung (Hrsg.): Berichterstattung zur sozioökonomischen Entwicklung in Deutschland: Exklusive Teilhabe - ungenutzte Chancen. Bielefeld: wbv. 1-36. https://doi.org/10.3278/6004498w012

Euler, Dieter / Hahn, Angela (2014): Wirtschaftsdidaktik. Bern: Haupt.

Gillen, Julia (2013): Kompetenzorientierung als didaktische Leitkategorie in der berufli- chen Bildung. Ansatzpunkte für eine Systematik zur Verknüpfung curricularer und metho- discher Aspekte. In: bwp@ Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik – online. Ausgabe 24. http://www.bwpat.de/ausgabe24/gillen_bwpat24.pdf

Gössling, Bernd / Borbe, Victoria / Hauser, Lena / Thurow, Nina (2022): Präzisierung und Entwicklung von Schlüsselkompetenzen in der beruflichen Aus- und Weiterbildung. Abschlussbericht des Kooperationsprojekts ‚Key Competencies‘ (KEYS) in Kooperation mit dem AMS Tirol. Innsbruck: Universität Innsbruck. https://ams-forschungsnetzwerk.at/pub/13665

Kruppe, Thomas / Baumann, Martina (2019): Weiterbildungsbeteiligung, formale Qualifikation, Kompetenzausstattung und Persönlichkeitsmerkmale. In: IAB- Forschungsbericht. No. 1/2019. Nürnberg. http://hdl.handle.net/10419/204767

Kyndt, Eva / Govaerts, Natalie / Dochy, Filip / Baert, Herman (2011): The Learning Intention of Low-Qualified Employees. A Key for Participation in Lifelong Learning and Continuous Training. Vocations and Learning 4, 211-229. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-011-9058-5  

Müller, Normann / Wenzelmann, Felix (2019): Berufliche Weiterbildung – Teilnahme und Abstinenz. In: Zeitschrift für Weiterbildungsforschung (ZfW) / Journal for Research on Adult Education. 47–73 https://doi.org/10.1007/s40955-019-0141-0

Nieuwenhove, Lisse van / De Wever, Bram (2022): Why are low-educated adults underrepresented in adult education? Studying the role of educational background in expressing learning needs and barriers. In: Studies in Continuing Education, 44:1, 189-206. https://doi.org/10.1080/0158037X.2020.1865299

Weber, Friederike / Hojnik, Sylvia (2016): Praxishandbuch Kompetenzorientierung. Theoretische Grundlagen und praktische Methoden eines kompetenzorientierten beruflichen Trainings. Unter Mitarbeit von: Dorothea Pausch-Heidarian und Andrea Reiter. Wien: Communicatio. https://www.ams-forschungsnetzwerk.at/downloadpub/AMS_PH_Kompetenzorientierung.pdf


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Inclusive Vocational Education and Situation Definition

Patrick Schaar, Matthias Vonken

University of Erfurt, Germany

Presenting Author: Schaar, Patrick; Vonken, Matthias

Since the international Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities came into force in Germany in 2009, inclusion has become increasingly relevant in vocational education and training. What is missing so far is a foundation of inclusive VET, namely concerning the micro level of the teaching-learning situations in classrooms.

Joint (inclusive) teaching-learning processes represent action situations that depend on comparable interpretations of the situation by the actors involved. A starting point for enabling joint teaching-learning processes are the lifeworlds (Lebenswelt) of all those who are involved in this process. An important prerequisite for teachers at VET schools to deal with the heterogeneity prevailing in VET, especially from the perspective of inclusion, is therefore to recognise and understand the life worlds of the students. It needs to be clarified how teachers can access these lifeworlds and how learners can (learn to) understand them among themselves. While in relatively homogeneous groups it is comparably easy to understand and often accept another one’s lifeworld, this process becomes more difficult with the increase of the distance of one’s lifeworld from others. Therefore, one important question that needs to be explored in order to foster inclusive teaching and learning is how teachers (and pupils) can gain access to the understanding (in the sense of comprehension) of disparate lifeworlds.

Teachers usually attempt to classify their pupils on the basis of reports, diagnostic instruments etc., which is necessarily subjective. Often this leads to labelling and stigmatisation, which impedes the process of inclusion. Another way that could facilitate the pedagogue’s access to the process of understanding are critical situations in the sense of situations in which teachers and learners perceive a lack of comprehension towards others and their intention. In these moments, consciously or unconsciously - according to the assumption - a process of reflection on each other's access to the world begins

The presentation shows the results of an empirical study within the framework of the BMBF project InklusiBuS "Inclusive vocational education and training and situation definition", in which the possibilities and limits of inclusive teaching and learning in vocational school teaching situations were investigated. To this end, inclusion is first explained on the basis of system-theoretical and action-theoretical approaches as well as with the help of a phenomenological concept of lifeworld and situation. The first survey phase followed a Grounded Theory oriented approach. Codes were developed which include on the one hand basics of recognizing and interpreting other lifeworlds, the externalization of one's own lifeworld and the perception of its limitations as well as recognizing and creating common situation definitions. Those codes were operationalized and investigated in a nationwide questionnaire survey with vocational school teachers. The presentation will show results on how teachers and pupils understand and externalise their lifeworlds to support inclusive teaching and learning, and what can be done to facilitate the understanding of others lifeworlds to support inclusive teaching and learning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical study is devised in two parts. In the first part a grounded theory approach was used to collect qualitative data on self-perception and perception by others, on defining the situation and exploring subjective theories of the actors in inclusive learning and teaching settings in vocational education in the German federal state of Thuringia. Following the principle of theoretical saturation, the sample includes 53 interviews: 24 teachers from vocational institutions, 6 members of in-company training staff and 23 trainees with and without disadvantages / disabilities. Codes were developed which show different approaches of recognizing and interpreting other lifeworlds, the externalization of one's own lifeworld and the perception of its limitations as well as recognising and creating common situation definitions.
The second survey phase focussed on the question, how these approaches can be combined to strategies by the teachers. Therefore the codes were operationalised and investigated in a nationwide (Germany) online questionnaire survey with 866 vocational school teachers. According to the topics and the scales of the questions, the data was structured in separate principal component analyses (PCA). After the dimensional reduction of the data, the components that were extracted show the combinations of different approaches to different strategies. The data was simultaneously checked by T-tests to investigate how often the different aspects are used in the respective strategy of each component.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The procedure of how teachers in vocational schools arrange inclusive learning settings can be described in three phases. Before teachers can act as a mediator between the life worlds of their pupils, they must first decipher the lifeworlds themselves.
Therefore, the teacher first needs access to the life worlds. Direct communicative access takes place in classroom situations through direct questioning, like in familiarisation rounds, but also in the form of short conversations before or after the lesson. The observational approach is less obtrusive. This focuses primarily on the body language of the students and pays attention to mood swings. Communication with third parties is a characteristic of the indirect-communicative approach. Teachers have, depending on the educational institution, various documents related to their students at their disposal, which they can use to obtain information. This is described as access via documents. Sometimes, however, teachers do not want to spend energy on understanding the students' lifeworld, which is described as procrastination.
The results of the different variants of access to lifeworlds must be processed in the second step, i.e. reconstructed, in order to then create situations that are conducive to inclusive teaching-learning processes. In the process of understanding, it often becomes clear that one's own limitations can hinder access to the lifeworld of the other and must be overcome.
After the teacher has identified and interpreted the students' lifeworlds, the next step is to transfer this to the level of action. The teacher supports the pupils in going through a similar process of identifying and interpreting. Either the framing of the learning situation takes place through the teacher, the group or a set of rules. This is followed by lifeworld exchange through the support of communication at the individual or group level and the exchange of lifeworlds through communicative or experiential approaches.

References
Baraldi, Claudio, Giancarlo Corsi, and Elena Espositio. 1999. GLU - Glossar zu Niklas Luhmanns Theorie sozialer Systeme. 3rd ed. Frankfurt a.M. Suhrkamp.
Bürli, Alois. 1997. Sonderpädagogik international: Vergleiche, Tendenzen, Perspektiven. Luzern: Ed. SZH/SPC.
Chang, Sandra R. d. S., Marcia M. N. B. Duarte, and José R. P. Veloso. 2019. ‘Paths, misplacements and challenges in Brazilian VET for people with disability.’ Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 1–17. doi:10.1080/13636820.2019.1623296.
Glaser, Barney G., and Anselm L. Strauss. 1998. Grounded theory: Strategien qualitativer Forschung. Bern: Huber.
Glasersfeld, Ernst. 1998. ‘Konstruktion der Wirklichkeit und des Begriffs der Objektivität.’ In Einführung in den Konstruktivismus, edited by Heinz Gumin and Heinrich Meier. 4th ed., 9-36. München: Oldenbourg Verlag.
Habermas, Jürgen. 1987. Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns. Band 1: Handlungsrationalität und gesellschaftliche Rationalisierung. 4th ed. Frankfurt a.M. Suhrkamp.
Heidegger, Martin. 1996. Being and Time. SUNY series in contemporary continental philosophy. Albany, N.Y. State University of New York Press.
Heinrichs, Karin, Hannes Reinke, and Gerhard Minnameier. 2019. Heterogenität in der beruflichen Bildung: Im Spannungsfeld von Erziehung, Förderung und Fachausbildung. 1. Auflage. Wirtschaft - Beruf - Ethik.
Luhmann, Niklas. 1999. Die Gesellschaft der Gesellschaft. 2nd ed. Frankfurt a.M. Suhrkamp.
Pullman, Ashley. 2019. ‘A bridge or a ledge? The bidirectional relationship between vocational education and training and disability.’ Journal of Vocational Education & Training 34 (3): 1–22. doi:10.1080/13636820.2019.1631378.
Schweder, Marcel. 2016. ‘Inklusion/Exklusion par excellence – Der Freiheitsentzug als Vorbild für die Programme des Erziehungssystems.’ bwp@ (30): 1-10.
Thomas, William I., and Dorothy S. Thomas. 1928. The child in America. New York: Knopf.
United Nations. 2006. United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities.
Vonken, Matthias. 2017. ‘Competence, Qualification and Action Theory.’ In Competence-based Vocational and Professional Education: Bridging the Worlds of Work and Education. Vol. 23, edited by Martin Mulder, 67-82. Technical and {Vocational} {Education} and {Training} 23. Cham: Springer International Publishing.
Winkler, Michael. 2014. ‘Inklusion - Nachdenkliches zum Verhältnis pädagogischer Professionalität und politischer Utopie.’ Neue Praxis: np: Zeitschrift für Sozialarbeit, Sozialpädagogik und Sozialpolitik 44 (2): 108-123.
Ziemann, Andreas, ed. 2013. Offene Ordnung? Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Improving College Preparation for Students with Learning Disabilities through Engineering-focused Vocational Education

Jay Plasman1, Michael Gottfried2, Filiz Oskay1

1The Ohio State University, United States of America; 2University of Pennsylvania, United States of America

Presenting Author: Plasman, Jay

Over the next ten years, there is expected to be a significant increase in the demand for high-skilled and STEM jobs around the world, with some specific fields in engineering projecting increases of up to 14 percent while there has been a decrease in the number of students enrolling in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) subjects and majors (National Science Board, 2010; Ognenova, 2019; U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, 2022a). Additionally, in recent years there has been a specific call to address the lack of diversity in STEM fields, including individuals with disabilities (Ladner & Burgstahler, 2015). This group has received attention given that individuals with disabilities have lower overall educational attainment in engineering than their peers without disabilities and are significantly less likely to have a STEM-related career (Campaign for Science and Engineering, 2014; U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, 2021). Though current data availability makes disaggregation by specific type of disability difficult, students with learning disabilities (SWLDs) make up a substantial proportion of all students and are therefore an important population on which to focus educational and career progression.

As one potential means of promoting persistence along one STEM pipeline—engineering specifically—we explore how participation in engineering career-related coursework (E-CTE) may relate to a set of key college preparatory measures. To this end, we asked the following research questions:

  1. For SWLDs, how does E-CTE coursetaking in high school link to key college preparatory achievement and coursetaking outcomes?
  2. For SWLDs, how does E-CTE coursetaking in high school link to secondary-to-postsecondary transition outcomes?

E-CTE represents one strand of STEM-focused CTE coursework. Examples of such courses include surveying, structural engineering, and computer assisted design. Through participation in these courses, students gain the necessary skills and education to excel and persist in STEM-related areas by completing rigorous projects related to engineering design, manufacturing process implementations, and quality improvements (Gottfried et al., 2014). These courses are meant to complement the material and reinforce the conceptual and academic knowledge from these traditional STEM courses (Bozick & Dalton, 2013; Shifrer & Callahan, 2010).

Participation in this type of coursework links to improved student outcomes such as higher math scores, better chances of participating in advanced math/science coursework, higher postsecondary earnings, and better chances of graduating from high school (Bozick & Dalton, 2013; Dougherty, 2016; Gottfried, 2015). Additionally, there is reason to believe these courses are particularly beneficial to certain subgroups of students. For example, female students who complete engineering technology coursework in high school receive a boost in probability of earning an engineering credential in college greater than the boost for male students (Gottfried & Plasman, 2018a), and students with learning disabilities who participate in AS-CTE receive a boost in their probability of graduating from high school above and beyond the boost for the general population (Plasman & Gottfried, 2016).

There are three potential mechanisms by which E-CTE participation may link to improved college preparatory outcomes. First, students reinforce academic skills through opportunities to build on learning from traditional STEM coursework through more applied and hands-on experiences (Bozick & Dalton, 2013; Shifrer & Callahan, 2010). Second, students develop new skills through use of multiple learning techniques to teach these skills is an important pedagogical method to help students understand their own abilities and encourage interest in future pursuits along the engineering pathway (Stone & Lewis, 2012; Stone et al., 2008). Finally, the applied nature of CTE coursework in high school is designed to help students make the connection between high school coursework and later opportunities in college and career (Gottfried et al., 2016).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To explore whether E-CTE links to improved college preparatory outcomes for SWLDs, we relied on a recent longitudinal student dataset. This dataset includes multiple observations beginning with baseline data during the first year of secondary school. Follow-up data was collected during the third year. Transcript data was added upon completion of secondary school. We limit our analyses to the subset of students for whom a specific learning disability is indicated as present in the dataset.
Outcomes
Our outcomes of interest include the following four variables related to steps students can take to ease the transition to postsecondary education: math SAT scores, dual credit course participation, application to college, and completion of the FAFSA (a federal application for financial aid).
Main Predictor
The key independent variable is E-CTE coursetaking, which we operationalize here as the number of credits completed. A credit is equivalent to a single course taken for an hour per day across an entire academic year.
Control Variables
We identify key covariates related to AS-CTE and student attendance falling into the following categories: student/family demographics, academic history and attitudes, and school characteristics. Demographic variables include gender, race/ethnicity, family arrangement, and parent education. Academic history and attitude variables include 9th grade GPA, academic untis, CTE units in other clusters, English learner status, advanced math coursetaking, math self-efficacy, school engagement, math homework, extracurricular participation, employment outside the home, and postsecondary expectations. Finally, school characteristics include percent of students eligible for free or reduced-price lunch, percent English language learners, and percent minority students.
Analytic Plan
We begin our analyses using an OLS regression for SAT score and a linear probability regression for the binary outcomes of dual credit course enrollment, college application, and FAFSA completion. We include all of the above-mentioned covariates to obtain a more accurate estimation. We also employ school-fixed effects estimates to account for potential omitted variable biases at the school level that may have influenced the relationship between E-CTE coursetaking and our outcomes of interest.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our findings related to college preparatory achievement showed that SWLDs who took more E-CTE scored higher on their math SAT tests than students who took fewer E-CTE courses. Under our more rigorous fixed effects models, SWLDs see an increase in math SAT scores of about 74 points per each additional E-CTE credit earned. Second, with respect to college preparatory coursetaking, we observed a parallel relationship between dual credit participation and E-CTE enrollment, indicating that SWLDs had approximately 15 percent higher probability of participating in dual credit coursework for each E-CTE credit earned. Turning to secondary-to-postsecondary transition activities, E-CTE participation was linked to a 13 percent higher probability of college application and 17 percent higher probability of FAFSA completion.
Given the positive findings presented in this study, our study presents several important implications for both policy and practice. First, E-CTE courses benefit SWLDs with respect to a range of college preparatory outcomes. This provides evidence that these courses aim for more than just improving occupation-based skills; they provide students an opportunity to develop quantitative reasoning, logic, and problem-solving skills that are useful both in college and career pursuits (Bradby & Hudson, 2007) and their individual development. Second, policymakers should consider the relationship between E-CTE and college application and FAFSA completion as they seek ways to encourage the persistence along the E-CTE pipeline. E-CTE courses offer a potential means of increasing participation in STEM majors. Finally, our findings highlight how E-CTE participation may help SWLDs make decisions related to postsecondary opportunities. Through providing access to such courses for SWLDs, schools may ultimately help smooth the transition from high school to postsecondary education to career in STEM fields for this population of traditionally underrepresented students.

References
Bozick, R., & Dalton, B. (2013). Career and technical education and academic progress at the end of high school: Evidence from the Education Longitudinal Study of 2002. RTI International.

Campaign for Science and Engineering (2014). Improving diversity in STEM. King’s College London.

Gottfried, M. A., Bozick, R., & Srinivasan, S. V. (2014). Beyond academic math: The role of applied STEM coursetaking in high school. Teachers College Record, 116(7), 1–35.

Gottfried, M. A., & Bozick, R. (2016). Supporting the STEM Pipeline: Linking Applied STEM
Course-Taking in High School to Declaring a STEM Major in College. Education Finance and Policy, 11(2), 177–202. https://www.jstor.org/stable/educfinapoli.11.2.177

Gottfried, M. A., & Plasman, J. S. (2018). From secondary to postsecondary: Charting an engineering career and technical education pathway. Journal of Engineering Education, 107(4), 531-555

Ladner, R. E., & Burgstahler, S. (2015). Broadening participation: Increasing the participation of
individuals with disabilities in computing. Communications of the ACM, 58(12), 33-36.

Ognenova, B. (2019). STEM fields are lacking diversity in Europe. Marker Pro.

Plasman, J.S., & Gottfried, M. A. (2018). Applied STEM Coursework, High School Dropout Rates, and Students With Learning Disabilities. Educational Policy, 32(5), 664-696.

Shifrer, D., & Callahan, R. (2010). Technology and communications coursework: Facilitating the progression of students with learning disabilities though high school science and math coursework. Journal of Special Education Technology, 25(3), 65–76

Stone, J. R., Alfeld, C., & Pearson, D. (2008). Rigor and relevance: Enhancing high school students’ math skills through career and technical education. American Educational Research Journal, 45(3), 767–795.

Stone, J. R., & Lewis, M. V. (2012). College and career ready in the 21st century: Making high school matter. Teachers College Press.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm03 SES 12 A: Curriculum Development at National Level
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Nienke Nieveen
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Teachers’ Role in National Curriculum Development

Tiril Smerud Finnanger

University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway

Presenting Author: Finnanger, Tiril Smerud

Recent curriculum policy, both in Europe and elsewhere, emphasizes the importance of teacher involvement in curriculum development (Priestley & Biesta, 2013), and research has showed that teachers are increasingly defined as key actors in education reform and are expected to participate in curriculum work to act as agents of change (Mølstad & Prøitz, 2018; Priestley et al., 2012). Traditionally, subject experts from higher education as well as government administrators have been the most important actors in curriculum development processes, as they are highly knowledgeable of the field and can often pull great political legitimacy (Levin, 2008), so this new development can be considered a shift in views where teacher agency and involvement have become more important (Priestley et al., 2016). Further, it is emphasized in reform implementation studies that teachers need ownership of a reform in order to implement the new curriculum into their practices (Aasen & Sandberg, 2010). Consequently, a logic advocating the importance of teacher involvement in curriculum development processes has spread (Kirk & MacDonald, 2001; Westbury, 2008). This shift underscores the importance of research into how these processes work and the influence and role teachers have in curriculum development.

This study focuses on a central part of curriculum development, namely government-appointed curriculum committees mandated to make recommendations for national curricula, which is a common way of organizing curriculum development in Europe. Research has shown that these committees have much influence on the final official curriculum (Westbury et al., 2016). As an example for study, this paper zooms in on a recent curriculum development process in Norway. In 2020, Norway introduced a new national curriculum, called the Knowledge Promotion Reform 2020 (LK20), where co-creation and partnerships with the education sector were important policy elements of the development process. Teachers, in particular, were encouraged to take part in the development to a larger extent than in previous reforms (Report to Parliament 28 (2015-2016)). The study aims to investigate teachers’ role in curriculum committees and their contribution to the development process and the final curriculum. The research question is What is teachers’ role in curriculum committees and how do they contribute to curriculum development through this involvement?

Theoretically the study is guided by the concepts compartmentalization, segmentation and licensing (Hopmann, 1991). Compartmentalization refers to the process of dividing large-scale curriculum processes into smaller, more manageable parts so that no one will be held accountable for the whole. Segmentation involves separating different discourse communities (e.g. political, public and professional) into smaller groups who share a common frame of reference when solving complex curriculum development tasks. This enables different stakeholders to give input but also keeping potential for conflict low. Licensing involves delegating parts of the decision making to teachers and school leaders (Mikser et al., 2016). This manner of organizing curriculum development enables central authorities to have control of the process, while at the same time satisfying stakeholders.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study draws on qualitative data material and analysis. The main data are semi-structured interviews (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2015). A selection of key policy documents and strategy documents were used as background material to better understand the curriculum development process and in developing the interview guide. Interviews were conducted with four informants, who held important roles in the development of the LK20 curriculum. Three of the informants are teachers who participated in a government-appointed curriculum committee that created recommendations for the LK20 curriculum. One interview was done with a representative for the Directorate for Education and Training who participated in and oversaw the process of creating the curriculum. Two pilot interviews were conducted before the research interviews, and small changes were done to the interview guides. All interviews were done digitally via the platform Zoom and lasted for about 45 minutes each. The interviews were audio-recorded, transcribed verbatim and the transcriptions were coded inductively using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clark, 2006). Larger themes emerged and formed the foundation for further analysis and discussion.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analysis is not finalized, but some expected findings can be outlined. Regarding the teachers’ contribution to the process and the curriculum, it is likely that teachers can bring forth content and methods that are appropriate for students at the different levels of the school system, as well as being possible for other teachers to operationalize in their classrooms. When it comes to the role of teachers in curriculum development, it seems like the teachers had an advisory role as members of the curriculum committee, but they were not part of any final decision-making processes. It seems that changes that were done after the curriculum committee submitted their final proposal to the Directorate for Education and Training were done by administrators in the Directorate as well as subject experts from higher education, and teachers were not part of this process. The study contributes to the field of curriculum research by informing on the role of an important stakeholder group in curriculum development processes, and can have implications for the involvement of teachers in future school reforms.
References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Hopmann, S. (1999). The Curriculum as a Standard of Public Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 18(1), 89-105. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1005139405296
Kirk, D., & MacDonald, D. (2001). Teacher voice and ownership of curriculum change. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 33(5), 551-567. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220270010016874
Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2015). Det kvalitative forskningsintervju (3. utg. ed.). Gyldendal akademisk.
Levin, B. (2008). Curriculum Policy and the Politics of What Should be Learned in Schools. In F. M. Connelly, M. F. He, & J. Phillon (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of curriculum and instruction (pp. 7-24). SAGE.
Mikser, R., Kärner, A., & Krull, E. (2016). Enhancing teachers’ curriculum ownership via teacher engagement in state-based curriculum-making: the Estonian case. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 48(6). https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2016.1186742
Mølstad, C. E., & Prøitz, T. S. (2018). Teacher-chameleons: the glue in the alignment of teacher practices and learning in policy. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 51(3), 403-419. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2018.1504120
Priestley, M., & Biesta, G. (2013). Reinventing the Curriculum: New Trends in Curriculum Policy and Practice. Bloomsbury Academic.
Priestley, M., Edwards, R., Priestley, A., & Miller, K. (2012). Teacher Agency in Curriculum Making: Agents of Change and Spaces for Maneouvre. Curriculum Inquiry, 42(2), 191-214. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-873X.2012.00588.x
Report to Parliament 28 (2015-2016). Fag - Fordypning - Forståelse: En fornyelse av Kunnskapsløftet [Subject - Deeper learning - Understanding: A renewal of the Knowledge Promotion Reform]. Ministry of Education. https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-28-20152016/id2483955/
Westbury, I. (2008). Making curricula: Why do states make curricula, and how? In (pp. 45-65). https://doi.org/10.4135/9781412976572.n3
Westbury, I., Aspfors, J., Fries, A.-V., Hansén, S.-E., Ohlhaver, F., Rosenmund, M., & Sivesind, K. (2016). Organizing curriculum change: an introduction. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 48(6), 729-743. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2016.1186736
Aasen, P., & Sandberg, N. (2010). Hvem vet best? Om styringen av grunnopplæringen under Kunnskapsløftet. Acda Didactica Norge, 4. https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.1058


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Coherence Between Written and Enacted Curricula in 50 Years of Upper Secondary Physics Education Renewals in The Netherlands

Maarten Pieters1, Nienke Nieveen2, Wilmad Kuiper3, Martin Goedhart4

1independent, Netherlands, The; 2Eindhoven University of Technology; 3Utrecht University; 4University of Groningen

Presenting Author: Pieters, Maarten

The realisation of large scale curriculum renewals' key ideas in teachers' practices has a name of being problematic (e.g., Cuban, 1988; Doyle & Ponder, 1997; Coburn, 2003; Van den Akker, 1998; Fullan, 2007). A common way for curriculum evaluators to investigate the occurrence of this implementation problem is to examine, for a given curriculum renewal project or reform, how closely teachers’ practices subsequent to the renewal activities correspond to the practices that the developers had in mind. This study focuses on the coherence between what curriculum innovations aim at, and what teachers want and do, respectively between written and enacted curricula (Stein et al., 2007; Thijs & Van den Akker, 2009), over a period of several decades of renewals. We use a perspective inspired by metaphors from evolution theory and ecology. We call key ideas in those curricula curriculum intentions, and view them as memes, the cultural equivalent of genes (Dawkins, 1976/2016), expressed over decades in different curricula, as in ecosystems. This perspective is also inspired by Fullan’s Interactive factors affecting implementation (Fullan, 2007, p.87) and a practicality ethic as described by Doyle and Ponder (1973).

The study also explores what factors may have facilitated or hindered such curriculum intentions to be expressed in today's enacted curricula. Categories used to analyse influences on teachers' practices were inspired by the teacher agency model of Priestley et al. (2013).

Central in this study is the case of upper secondary physics education in the Netherlands since 1970. Teachers in upper secondary education in the Netherlands have a great deal of freedom to shape their own curriculum, for example through the choice of textbooks and through the assessment of some of the national attainment targets in school-based exams. However, they are constrained by detailed national syllabi and exams, which cover 60% of the attainment targets.

Dutch physics education has been strongly influenced by science curriculum development projects in other countries, most prominently the American PSSC (Physical Science Study Committee) and Harvard Project Physics, the British Nuffield Science Teaching Project, and the German IPN’s Physik im Kontext. For these projects, as for Dutch projects, international literature on theories of knowledge and learning has also been influential.

The two research questions are the following:

  1. To what extent do enacted curricula in upper general secondary physics education in the Netherlands reflect the intentions of renewals expressed in written curricula initiated since the 1970s?
  2. What factors may have influenced the expression of the renewals’ intentions in teachers’ enacted curricula?

These questions reflect the aim of this study: to provide developers of large-scale curriculum renewals with insights that will help them organise the renewals so that their intentions are reflected in the enacted curricula. The study may also provide teachers with suggestions on how to influence large-scale innovations.

The curriculum intentions focused on had been identified in an analysis of six renewals since 1970. They are the following: Using contexts, Widening the scope of science education, Coordinating with other STEM subjects, Advancing concept development, and Advancing skills development.

The results of the analyses show that most of the renewals’ curriculum intentions have taken root in the teaching practices of most of the interviewed teachers. As prominent influencing factors appear: teacher education, continued professional development, previous classroom experiences, a diverse offer of resources, and, not surprisingly, the high-stake national exam system. Teachers' influence on renewals comes mainly from teachers participating as developers in renewal teams and from how developers process feedback from practising teachers.

The data show that the influences from unintended factors, including international projects and scientific literature, are not less significant than those from intended factors.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Some renewals studied for this case were projects, developing innovative practices and materials for teaching and assessment; others were formal reforms of the curriculum, laid down in legal standards.

To answer the research questions, four qualitative substudies were conducted. The first two, addressing the first question, included analyses of written curricula and of interviews with 13 current teachers. Written curricula of renewals since the 1970s were analysed to identify curriculum intentions. Results were discussed by leading persons of those renewals since the 1970s in a participants’ conference. The report of that conference was used to validate the choice of curriculum intentions. To investigate current teachers’ practices, 13 teachers were interviewed: differing in experience with contributions to physics education other than that of teacher, in age groups, and in years of teaching experience. The teachers, in semi-structured interviews of about an hour, described their main activities during a characteristic lesson and the motivations underpinning those activities. The curriculum intentions validated in the participants’ conference were then traced in the teachers' responses about their enacted curricula, with the help of ATLAS.ti, using indicators for the curriculum intentions as codes.

The third and fourth substudies went into the second question, about possible influences on the coherence between written and enacted curricula. Semi-structured interviews of about 45 minutes were conducted with the same 13 teachers, about direct influences they perceived, and with 17 participants and witnesses of the renewals, from the 1980s to the present, about influences they had perceived, exerted or observed. Also, curriculum documents and evaluations since 1970 were analysed. The data from the teacher interviews, indicating direct influences, were analysed, with coding categories from life history, professional history, values, beliefs, and structural and material incentives and constraints at various system levels. Within incentives and constraints, a distinction was made between the system of high-stakes national exams and syllabi, which are not adaptable for teachers, and adaptable elements such as school exams, projects, or professional development. For the analysis of the interviews with participants and witnesses of the renewals, and of documents from those years, the same categories as for the teacher interviews were applied for coding direct influences. Open coding was used to find categories of indirectly influencing factors: influences that do not affect teachers' practices in a way that teachers perceive directly.

Each type of analysis was checked by supervisors and by a second coder.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Regarding coherence between written and enacted curricula, it appeared from the interview data that most of the investigated renewals’ curriculum intentions were expressed in the curricula enacted by current teachers. Only 'Coordinating with other STEM subjects' appeared in a very limited way.

Regarding factors directly influencing the expression of the investigated intentions in enacted curricula: most interviewed teachers explained how their beliefs about effective teaching and values about the goal of physics education were predominantly influenced or reinforced by teacher education, continued professional development, or previous classroom experiences. Practices also appeared to be influenced by the variety of written and digital sources, and by national exams.

Among indirectly influencing factors, theories about knowledge and learning, international curriculum examples, and social needs (e.g., equity or more STEM-professionals) were found. Unintended influences appeared to come from written texts, project teacher practices, networks and personal contacts. Intended approaches appeared to have influenced all elements of the teacher environment. Also, for all teachers, their possibilities of enacting curriculum intentions appeared to be affected by the national examination system: they prioritized preparation for those exams. A combination of safety (provided by school leaders, examination system, and sufficient time) and the availability of material and immaterial resources, emerges as a strong facilitator for offering teachers room for innovation.

As indirect factor, also the influence of teachers on written curricula was found: from teachers participating as developers in renewal teams, and from the way developers processed feedback from practising teachers from earlier periods.

The history of the Dutch physics curriculum has parallels with that of other science curricula, in and outside the Netherlands, but also contrasts, which would make it worthwhile to compare this study’s results with studies into those other curricula. However, studies with a similar scope have not been found yet.

References
Coburn, C. E. (2003) Rethinking scale. Educational Researcher, 32 (6), 3–12.

Cuban, L. (1988). Constancy and change in schools (1880s to the present). In P. Jackson (Ed.), Contributing to educational change (pp. 85–105). McCutchan.

Dawkins, R. (1976/2016). The selfish gene. Oxford University Press.

Doyle, W., & Ponder, G. A. (1977). The practicality ethic in teacher decision-making. Interchange, 8(3), 1–12.

Fullan, M. (2007). The new meaning of educational change. Fourth edition. Teachers College Press.

Ogborn, Jon (2002). Ownership and transformation: teachers using curriculum innovations. Physics Education 37 (2), 143-146.

Otero, V. K. & Meltzer, D. E. (2017). A discipline-specific approach to the history of U.S. science education. Journal of College Science Teaching, 46(3), 34-39.

Priestley, M., Biesta G. & Robinson, S. (2013). Teachers as agents of change: Teacher agency and emerging models of curriculum. In Priestley, M., & Biesta, G. (eds.) Reinventing the curriculum. New trends in curriculum policy and practice. 187-206. Bloomsbury.

Roberts, D. A. (1982) Developing the concept of ‘curriculum emphases’ in science education. Science Education, 66(2), 243–260.

Snyder, J., Bolin, F., & Zumwalt, K. (1992). Curriculum implementation. In P. W. Jackson (Ed.), Handbook of research on curriculum (pp. 402–435). Macmillan.

Stein, M.K., Remillard, J., & Smith, M.S. (2007). How curriculum influences student learning. Second Handbook of Research on Mathematics Teaching and Learning, 1(1), 319–370.

Van den Akker, J. (1998). The science curriculum: Between ideals and outcomes. In B.J. Fraser, & K.G. Tobin (Eds.), International handbook of science education (pp. 421-447). Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Van Driel, J.H, Bulte, M.W., Verloop N. (2008). Using the curriculum emphasis concept to investigate teachers’ curricular beliefs in the context of educational reform. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 40(1), 107–122.

Westbroek, H., Janssen, F. & Doyle, W. (2017). Perfectly reasonable in a practical world: understanding chemistry teacher responses to a change proposal. Research in Science Education, 47 (6), 1403–1423.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

A Case of System Level Approach to Curriculum-co-creation in India

Priyanka Sharma, Ashtamurthy Killimangalam, Garima Bansal

ACER, India

Presenting Author: Sharma, Priyanka; Killimangalam, Ashtamurthy

European Commission promotes equity, social cohesion, and active citizenship for improving the overall quality and efficiency of education systems (European Union). While appreciating this vision, education systems like Finland have used co-creation for developing its national education policy (Lähdemäki, 2019).

Curriculum co-creation is an innovative and inclusive process of curriculum design in which different stakeholders, such as students, staff members, school leaders, or parents become partners in the process of curriculum development. Bovil et al. (2020) defines it as a collaborative, reciprocal process of curriculum development in which all participants can contribute equally, although not necessarily in the same ways, to curricular or pedagogical conceptualization, decision making, implementation, investigation, or analysis. Key benefits of this process include enhanced engagement and motivation; bolstered meta-cognitive awareness, a strong sense of identity; influx of fresh perspectives, and development of higher order thinking skills which eventually leads to improvement of student learning (Cook-Sather et al. 2014). Based on social-constructivist view of knowledge construction, this process provides voice and agency to stakeholders thereby leveraging their expertise and experiences in the process of curriculum design (Lubicz‑Nawrocka & Owen, 2022).

Curriculum co-creation has often been used in the sector of higher education for development of few courses predominantly in developed countries like the USA, Canada, the UK, Australia, and Scandinavia (Cook-Sather et al. 2014; Mercer-Mapstone et al., 2017). Research indicates that co-creation is often undertaken within the partnership projects that select small groups of privileged students. In contrast, co-creation involving a whole set of school teachers, academic leaders, curriculum researchers, university professors has been largely overlooked.

To democratise the process of curriculum design, following the guidelines advocated by India’s National Education Policy (GOI, 2020), one of the Indian states for the very first time undertook a comprehensive program of curriculum co-creation at systems level. This seemed essential in the country since innovations introduced in a top-down manner were rejected by the teachers as they considered it to be an imposition on to them by educational researchers and policy makers who are unaware of the classroom realities where reform is to be executed (Berry,et al., 2020). In such cases, high-quality innovations were implemented in ad-hoc manner (Cuban, 1998).

This research presents the case of curriculum co-creation in school education sector while Delhi (National Capital Territory of India) is working towards establishing a new board of school education called as Delhi Board of School Education (DBSE) using the technical expertise of Australian Council for Educational Research. DBSE curriculum designers co-created K-8 curriculum with school teachers which entailed three phases: designed curriculum, process curriculum, and reflected curriculum. Phase 1 (designed curriculum) involved identification of curricular goals at each stage, identification of curriculum designers, and developing requisite learning materials. Phase 2 (process curriculum) was the democratic process of knowledge construction in which epistemic collaborations were developed among curriculum researchers, pedagogic experts, assessment expert, school teachers, and domain leads. This phase involved collective review of curriculum designed in phase 1. The co-created curriculum emerging from this phase was implemented by school teachers in their respective classrooms. In phase 3 (reflected curriculum) feedback was collected from school teachers, students, and academic leaders to ascertain the effectiveness of the curriculum in the field.

This study attempts to understand the perspectives of participants associated with the process of curriculum co-creation. Situated in qualitative research traditions, using semi-structured interviews and focussed group discussions, this paper highlights the perspectives faced by different segments of individuals, ways in which they overcame various challenges to embed partnership and achieve shared ownership of the emergent curriculum. Also, it illustrates the increased satisfaction and professional development resulting from working in partnership.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is situated in qualitative research traditions (Yin, 1984). In order to develop a nuanced understanding of the stakeholder views, different representative groups were identified which included: school leaders, school teachers, domain-leaders, and education researchers. Using criterion sampling techniques, five school leaders, five education researchers, ten domain-leaders, and 30 school teachers who participated in curriculum co-creation activities for a period of one year were chosen as the primary participants for study.

Data collection tools included five focussed group discussions (FGD). One FGD took place with each group of participants, namely, school leaders, school teachers, domain leaders, and education researchers; and, the one FGD was organised with all the groups collectively. Semi-structured interview sessions were organised with representative participants from each group. In addition, one co-creation session in each of the subject domain was observed by the authors to develop an in-depth understanding of co-creation process. Reflection notes prepared by the teachers after co-creation sessions were used to corroborate views emerging from the above-mentioned data sources.

This study utilised ‘grounded theory’ methods (Corbin & Strauss, 2008) to reduce and centralise the qualitative data to obtain categories. To begin with, all the data was transcribed and read iteratively to locate concepts being represented by the data sources. Open coding procedures were utilised which involved continually asking data the following questions: Which category does this incident/ word/ phrase allude to? What are the similarities or differences between the two emerging concepts? and so on. Code notes and theoretical memos were prepared throughout the analytic procedure to keep a track of the evolving concepts emerging from the data sources.

This process was followed by axial coding where similar concepts were clubbed under one overarching concept, now called as a category which was elaborated in terms of possible conditions that give rise to it, the context in which it usually occurred, the interactional strategies among its’ various sub-concepts, and the consequences of these interactions. Processes of bundling, grouping similar units, deletion of synonymous units were utilised to arrive at final categories as delineated in the research findings.

To ensure the reliability of the coding procedure, independently generated codes were shared with a senior education researcher in the country. It revealed a high degree of agreement with the codes generated by the authors. The data piece was revisited collaboratively to discuss the disagreements and to develop consensus on the codes being used for the study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Data findings reveal that stakeholders showed deep conviction towards the advantages of co-creation despite finding it to be a challenging and time-intensive process. Stakeholders perspectives are discussed under following sub-themes: Professional development network of teachers, Sense of ownership with the co-created curriculum, Blending educational innovation with classroom realities, Overcoming resistance, and Navigating institutional challenges.
All the stakeholders believed that this democratic practice provides an enriched professional development opportunity to teachers, they felt valued and developed a sense of identity and ownership with the newly developed curricular materials. School leaders reported that they found it easy to execute reform as teachers participating in co-creation advocated its benefits for school improvement. Researchers observed that co-creation workshops helped them in gaining field insights which enabled them to co-create curriculum in a teacher and student-friendly manner. Developing awareness about classroom realities supported them in making curriculum which is easy to implement in schools. Domain leaders reported that co-creation enabled domain leaders to design an innovative yet feasible curriculum for the system.
Despite all these advantages, it was apparent that it was difficult to overcome resistance and inertia of teachers and school leaders. They found it an addition to their already heavy workload and condemned it in the beginning. However, in due course of time when they became a part of co-creation professional learning network, they started owing the new curriculum. It was difficult for domain leaders as well as they tended to reject the classroom realities and were enthusiastic to put all the research-oriented innovations in the curriculum. In addition, navigating institutional challenges, norms, and practices was a challenge that needed continuous negotiation.

References
•Berry, J., Kannan, H., Mukherji, S., & Shotland, M. (2020). Failure of frequent assessment: An evaluation of India’s continuous and comprehensive evaluation program, Journal of Development Economics, 143, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jdeveco.2019.102406

•Bovill, C., Cook-Sather, A., Felten, P., Millard, L., & Moore-Cherry, N. (2015). Addressing potential challenges in co-creating learning and teaching: overcoming resistance, navigating institutional norms and ensuring inclusivity in student-staff partnerships, Higher Education, http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10734-015-9896-4

•Bovill, C. (2020). Co-creation in learning and teaching: the case for a whole-class approach in higher education, Higher Education, 79:1023–1037, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-019-00453-w


•Corbin, J., & Strauss, A.  (2008). Basics of Qualitative Research 3e: Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory. Los Angeles, CA: Sage.

•Cuban, L. (1998). How schools change reforms: Redefining reform success and failure. Teachers College Record, 99(3), 453–477.

•European Union (n.d.),  Education, Training, and Youth, https://european-union.europa.eu/priorities-and-actions/actions-topic/education-training-and-youth_en#:~:text=The%20EU%20sets%20out%20the,social%20cohesion%20and%20active%20citizenship,  European Commission.

•Lubicz-Nawrocka, T. & Owen, J. (2022). Curriculum Co‑creation in a Postdigital World: Advancing Networked Learning and Engagement, Postdigital Science and Education, 4, 793–813. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-022-00304-5

•Lähdemäki, J. (2019). Case Study: The Finnish National Curriculum 2016—A Co-created National Education Policy. In: Cook, J.W. (eds) Sustainability, Human Well-Being, and the Future of Education. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-78580-6_13

•Mercer-Mapstone, L., Dvorakova, S. L., Matthews, K. E., Abbot, S., Cheng, B., Felten, P., Knorr, C., Marquis, E., Shammas, R., & Swaim, K. (2017). A systematic literature review of students as partners in higher education. International Journal for Students as Partners, 1(1), 1–23 https://www.researchgate

•Government of India (2020). National Education Policy, India: Ministry of Human Resource Development.

•Yin, R. K. (1994). Case Study Research: Design and Methods. 2nd ed. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm04 SES 12 A: Inclusive Practices in Various School Types
Location: Gilbert Scott, One A Ferguson Room [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Eva Kleinlein
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Analysis of Deaf Bilingual Education in Reference Schools in Brazil and Portugal: Challenges and Opportunities

Bianca Antonio Gomes1, Oksana Tymoshchuk2, Isabel Martins3

1Universidade Federal de Santa Catarina, Brazil; 2University of Aveiro, Portugal; 3Polytechnic Institute of Porto, Portugal

Presenting Author: Martins, Isabel

The World Health Organization - WHO (2021) considers deafness as a disabling hearing loss and estimates that approximately 466 million people have this disability. However, for the deaf themselves, the idea of deafness cannot remain just a hearing loss and authors like Tabery (2014) also reinforce this and combat the abnormalizing characteristics of deafness as ‘hearing loss’. By 2050, the estimated number of deaf will be higher than 900 million. The deaf understand the world mainly through visual experiences (Quadros, 2004) and have a particular language and culture. Sign Language is the natural language of the deaf community, their native language (Freitas, 2018). If they can use their own language, their cognitive development will equal that of listeners (Gomes, 2010). In Portugal, deaf people use Portuguese Sign Language (LGP) and in Brazil, Brazilian Sign Language (LIBRAS).

In this regard, bilingualism arises, which means considering Sign Language as the deaf's mother language and Portuguese, in the written form, as a second language also called L2 in Brazil. Bilingualism allows deaf people to access their native language from childhood, providing better cognitive, social, academic and linguistic development (Freitas, 2018, 2019). As the deaf are integrated into two different cultures - the deaf and the hearing - bilingualism must also include the notion of biculturalism, thus providing the deaf children with the same psycholinguistic possibilities offered to the hearing children, facilitating a bicultural identity (Freitas, 2018). Skliar (1998) states that bilingualism reflects an increase in the metacognitive and metalinguistic abilities of deaf people, facilitating learning and leading to better school performance. However, the principles of bilingualism in daily practice must not become just the inclusion of LGP/LIBRAS in the classroom where an interpreter translates Portuguese for the deaf, nor an ordinary translation of the pedagogical content into sign language, without this content even being designed to fulfill the deaf student specificities (Fernandes, 2003). The exchange of experiences is an elementary step in the teaching and learning process; consequently, the lack of interaction compromises this process, thus socialization (Vygotsky, 1991).

Through their respective legislation, Portugal and Brazil instituted Bilingual Education for Deaf Students. In Portugal, the Decree Law nº 3/2008 of January 7th presented guidelines for bilingual education and established Reference Schools for the Bilingual Education of Deaf Students (EREBAS). In Brazil, the guarantee of deaf people's access to bilingual education is made by Decree nº 5.626 of December 22nd, 2005 (BRASIL, 2005), which also refers to LIBRAS and makes federal educational institutions responsible for bilingual education in Brazil. Two Brazilian federal institutions currently offer this education model, one in the north and the other in the south of Brazil.

This research reflects on the model of bilingual education implemented in Brazil and Portugal at bilingual schools. Hence, this work sought to contribute to the discussion regarding the education of the deaf, addressing how it happens, the differences between legislation and daily school practices, and which of these are better for putting forward the teaching and learning process of deaf students. Understanding the differences between sign languages, such as Brazilian and Portuguese sign language, is crucial to bridge the communication gap between deaf and hearing individuals, promoting greater understanding and inclusion, thus promoting effective communication and inclusivity (Woll et al., 2001). The comparison between Brazilian and Portuguese bilingual schools allows an overview of their differences and similarities, thus making it possible to identify practices that can be implemented or improved regarding bilingual education in both countries. By recognizing and valuing the importance of sign language, we can work towards creating a more inclusive and accessible society for all.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data were collected through semi-structured and face-to-face interviews with four teachers of deaf students and four specialists in special education. The interviews took place between October 2022 and January 2023 in two bilingual schools in Portugal and one in Brazil. The interviews followed a script composed of 11 questions, divided into the following topics: a) General profile of the interviewee (relationship with deaf people, whether he is deaf, whether he is bilingual, levels of education in which he works with deaf people, among others); b) Deaf student learning (difficulties, challenges, characteristics, effectiveness, among others) and c) Sign language and sign writing. All interviews were recorded and transcribed for data analysis.
The data analysis was carried out through content analysis by thematic categories. The researchers performed the base analysis following the three stages proposed by Bardin (2009): a) Pre-analysis - the material to be analyzed (the transcripts) was read and reread; b) Exploration of the material: consisting of coding operations. Researchers selected text units according to their frequency and themes that emerged from the transcripts; c) Treatment of results and interpretation – the categorization itself, categories were defined from the themes that appeared most in the transcripts, dividing them according to their similarities and differences and regrouping those with common characteristics. This study´s categories emerged: families, bilingual teachers, sign language, didactic material, oralism and signwriting.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There is a focus on supporting families at the EREBAS, in Portugal. In Brazil, instead, there is a lack of family involvement. In both countries, many deaf students' teachers of subjects such as history, mathematics, etc., do not have additional training. Therefore, it is imperative to invest in training and creating spaces where deaf and hearing professionals can exchange experiences, ideas and pedagogical practices. This could facilitate the practice of the bilingual model and ensure educational opportunities and possibilities for deaf students
The Brazilian school focuses on LIBRAS to the detriment of Portuguese L2 (written form); they understand deaf people are included in deaf culture and use LIBRAS, so hearing people around them should learn this language and culture. At the EREBAS, it is understood that the two languages must go together - the deaf must learn in LGP and have a lot of contact with Portuguese L2, using strategies such as oralism and lip reading for bicultural insertion. One of the interviewees mentioned that it is fictional to think of a world where everyone will know Sign Language.The more tools deaf people have access to, the better their development and inclusion will be.
In bilingual schools, the Brazilian and Portuguese view of signwriting is different. At Brazilian schools, it is a way of optimizing the education process of deaf people.In Portuguese EREBAS schools, this written language is not valued because it is a third language to be learned, which can bring more confusion than benefits. All respondents believe teaching with more visual material is better for deaf people, however, it was noticed in Portugal a lack of didactic and support material in LGP; some EREBAS educators even use Brazilian materials in LIBRAS, so it is crucial to invest in the creation of didactic material in LGP.

References
Bardin, L. (2009). Análise de conteúdo. Edições 70. 2009.
Brasil. (2005). Decreto n° 5.626 de 22 de dezembro de 2005. Regulamenta a Lei nº 10.436, de 24 de abril de 2002, que dispõe sobre a Língua Brasileira de Sinais - Libras, e o art. 18 da Lei nº 10.098, de 19 de dezembro de 2000. http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/_ato2004-2006/2005/decreto/d5626.htm
Decreto-Lei nº 3/2008, de 7 de Janeiro (DR nº 4, I Série – A).
Fernandes, E. (2003). Linguagem e Surdez. Artmed.
Freitas, L. (2018). O Ensino da Língua Gestual Portuguesa como L2 no contexto bilingue das EREBAS. Investigar em Educação, 2(7), 107-120.
Freitas, L. M. (2019). O Ensino de Segunda Língua com Foco no Professor – História oral de professores Surdos de Língua de Sinais Brasileira. Revista Portuguesa de Investigação Educacional, 19 (1), 121-140.
Gomes, M. C. (2010). O panorama actual da educação de Surdos: Na senda de uma educação bilingue. Exera, 10(3), 59-74.
WHO (2021). World report on hearing. World Health Organization.
Pedroso, K. & Coelho, O. (2018). A Educação Bilingue numa EREBAS: Diversidade Cultural e acesso ao Currículo dos alunos Surdos - Estudo de caso. Porto: Faculdade de Psicologia e de Ciências da Educação. https://repositorioaberto.up.pt/bitstream/10216/125865/2/381710.pdf
Quadros, R. M. de. (2004). Educação de surdos: efeitos de modalidade e práticas pedagógicas. Mendes, E. G.; Almeida, M. A. & Williams, L. C. A. (Eds.), Temas em educação especial: avanços recentes (pp. 55-60). Editora da UFSCar.
Skliar, C. (1998). Os estudos surdos em educação: Problematizando a normalidade. In C. Skliar (Ed.), A surdez: Um olhar sobre as diferenças (pp. 7-32). Editora Mediação.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1991). A formação social da mente. Martins Fontes.
Woll, B., Sutton-Spence, R., & Elton, F. (2001). Multilingualism: The global approach to sign languages. The sociolinguistics of sign languages, 8, 32.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Exemplary Practices of Inclusive Education, Pedagogy and Practice in Icelandic Compulsory Schools

Edda Óskarsdóttir1, Hermína Gunnþórsdóttir2, Hanna Ragnarsdóttir1, Anna Björk Sverrisdóttir1, Bergljót Þrastardóttir2

1University of Iceland, Iceland; 2University of Akureyri, Iceland

Presenting Author: Óskarsdóttir, Edda; Gunnþórsdóttir, Hermína

Icelandic education policy has a strong focus on inclusive education (Ministry of Education, Science and Culture, 2012) and the Icelandic education system is regarded as highly inclusive with few segregated resources for students. In the project presented here, inclusive education is understood as a democratic approach to equity in education for all children where active participation of diverse students is at the forefront (Allan, 2012). In inclusive schools, each student should feel as if they belong, take part in learning and social interaction and develop their knowledge, skills and competence (Skoglund, 2019).

Inclusive education builds on the vision of, and the hope for, better schooling for all. The goal is to reduce segregation that excludes minorities or that groups people by gender, sexuality, social class, disability, nationality, family background or learning abilities (Ainscow, 2021). Participation, community, equity and equality are important and serve as a guiding light for teaching and learning (Artiles et al., 2011).

Embedded in this understanding of inclusion is a shift from emphasising the source of learning difficulties or difficulties pupils encounter in school as coming from within the pupil or stemming from his/her social circumstances, to viewing the influence of the system of education or the environment as influential (UNESCO, 2017). According to this perspective, schools must be active in identifying hindrances to participation and use available resources to remove them (Loreman, 2017). The practice of teaching diverse groups of pupils integrates professional knowledge about teaching, learning and child development, and involves an ethical and social commitment to children (Guðjónsdóttir & Óskarsdóttir, 2016).

Transforming practice for inclusive pedagogy and practice is therefore a continuous task of school leaders and teachers to meet the diversity present in every school. Teachers are the key in this task as they are the ones who, based on their beliefs and knowledge, decide and develop the learning environment where pupils are meant to learn and work within the structures of the school system (Ainscow, 2021; Fullan & Hargreaves, 2016).

Peder Haug (2017) maintains that all countries seem to have a gap between formulations and realizations of inclusive education. Referring to Julie Allan (2008), Haug states: “There appears […] to be deep uncertainty about how to create inclusive environments within schools and about how to teach inclusively” (Haug, 2017 p. 10).

An Audit of the system of inclusive education in Iceland and several recent in-depth studies have shown that there is a gap between policy and practice; a lack of consensus on what inclusion means in practice; an overreliance on clinical diagnosis of students’ impairments as a precondition for the allocation of school resources, and (d) teachers are insecure about how to develop their practices towards inclusion. However, the Audit highlighted number of innovative and successful school-based examples of inclusive practices (European Agency, 2017).

As teachers are insecure in how to implement the policy of inclusion and call for support (Gunnþórsdóttir, 2021) it is important to identify the practices that are inclusive and serve to accommodate for diverse groups of pupils for others to learn from. An important question is how these schools and teachers work, how they are supported and what is needed to transform the knowledge, beliefs and practices for inclusion. Gary Thomas (2013) emphasizes that there is a need to move outside the modes of thinking that still construct and define failure at school and in line with this Kristine Black-Hawkins (2017) has stated that there is a reason to stress the value of a shared vison and the creation of a learning community at school for the development of inclusive teaching practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project is qualitative in nature as our aim is to understand a multiple and complicated reality (Schwandt, 2007), that is, schools and their work towards inclusive education practices. Our approach is based on the assumption that social reality is not singular or objective but is rather shaped by human experiences and social contexts, and therefore best studied within its socio-historical context by reconciling the subjective interpretations of its various participants (Creswell, 2009).  

The project is organized as action research in three stages (Mills, 2018). The first year, reconnaissance, is dedicated to data collection in two compulsory schools in Iceland and their support services. Our aim for the first part of the project and what we present in this presentation is to generate knowledge about what characterizes successful practices in Icelandic schools (regarding teaching, learning and infrastructure) that have contributed to establishing inclusive education, and build a theory of successful development of such practices. We seek to answer following research question: How do exemplary schools, as regards inclusive education, organize their practice to meet the diversity of students’ needs and take account of their voices, and to what extent do their arrangements accord with the policy of inclusive education?    

This first year will give us a set of examples of effective inclusive practices which will lay the groundwork for the next set of data collection in the second year, the enactment stage, where we will work with teachers in three different schools based on the results from year one. The focus at this stage will be on the development of inclusive practices. The third year, dissemination, is dedicated to disseminating findings from year one and two.  

For the current presentation we will use focus and individual interview data from two schools gathered between May 2022 and January 2023. Altogether, we conducted 20 interviews, 10 in each school with directors, teachers, other professionals and support staff.

We plan to finish the last three interviews in January (when this abstract is written) and data analysis will start. We will use thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) searching for common themes and contradictions across the interviews to create answers to the research question.

Ethical issues. We will adhere to the general rules on research ethics involving humans (Christians, 2000) and comply with principles in the Data Protection Act (Act on Data Protection and the Processing of Personal Data No. 90/2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings show that the two schools are in different places regarding how actively the term inclusion is used in the teachers’ and staff dialogue. Common descriptor between the schools is the emphasis on collaboration, team teaching and creating a learning community in the school. Teachers’ and other staff’s beliefs about inclusion, their openness towards pupil diversity and willingness to collaborate to find ways to accommodate to their needs is evident in both schools. Furthermore, the findings reveal the importance of the role of school leaders in creating and sustaining inclusive practices and cultures in the schools. The inclusive pedagogy generated in the schools is exemplified by the notion that teaching and learning is planned for all pupils, by the use of innovative strategies in teaching and by emphasising learner centred education and group work.  
References
Act on Data Protection and the Processing of Personal Data no. 90/2018.

Ainscow, M. (2021). Inclusion and equity in education: responding to a global challenge. In: Köpfer, A., Powell, J. J.W. and Zahnd, R. (eds.) Handbuch Inklusion international/ International Handbook of Inclusive Education. Verlag Barbara Budrich, pp. 75-87. ISBN 9783847424468

Allan, J. (2012). The sociology of disability and the struggle for inclusive education. In M. Arnot (Ed), The Sociology of disability and inclusive education. A tribute to Len Barton (pp.75–91). Routledge.

Artiles, A., Kozleski, E. & Waitoller, F. (eds). (2011). Inclusive education. Harvard Education Press

Black-Hawkins, K. (2017). Understanding inclusive pedagogy. Learning with and from Teachers. In. V. Plows & B. Whitburn (Eds.), Inclusive Education (pp.13-28). Sense Publishers.

Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101.  

Christians, C. G. (2000). Ethics politics in qualitative research. In N.K. Denzin & Y.S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of Qualitative Research (2nd ed.) (133–155). SAGE.  

Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches (3rd ed). SAGE.

European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2017). Education for all in Iceland. External Audit of the Icelandic System for Inclusive Education. Final Report. European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. https://www.stjornarradid.is/media/menntamalaraduneyti-media/media/frettatengt2016/Final-report_External-Audit-of-the-Icelandic-System-for-Inclusive-Education.pdf

Fullan & Hargreaves. (2016). Bringing the profession back in: Call to action. Learning Forward.

Guðjónsdóttir H. & Óskarsdóttir, E. (2016). Inclusive education, pedagogy and practice. In S. Markic & Abels, S. (Eds). Inclusion in Science Education. Nova publishers.

Gunnþórsdóttir, H., & Aradóttir, L.R. (2021). Þegar enginn er á móti er erfitt að vega salt: reynsla nemenda af erlendum uppruna af íslenskum grunnskóla. Tímarit um uppeldi og menntun, 30(1), 51–70  https://doi.org/10.24270/tuuom.2021.30.3

Haug, P. (2017). Understanding inclusive education: Ideals and reality. Scandinavian Journal of Disability Research, 19(3), 206–217 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/15017419.2016.1224778

Loreman, T. (2017). Pedagogy for inclusive education. Oxford Research Encyclopaedia of Education.

Mills, G. E. (2018). Action research: A guide for the teacher researcher (6th ed.). Pearson.  

Schwandt, T.A. (2007). The Sage dictionary of qualitative inquiry (3rd ed). SAGE.

Skoglund, P. (2019). Don’t talk about special needs – talk about inclusive capabilities. https://www.schooleducationgateway.eu/en/pub/viewpoints/experts/special-needs-inclusive.htm

Thomas, G. (2013). A review of thinking and research about inclusive policy, with suggestions for a new kind of inclusive thinking. British Educational Research Journal, 39(3), 473-490.

UNESCO. (2017). A guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education. UNESCO


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Vocational Aspirations of Mainstream Students with Different Integrative School Measures at the Lower Secondary Level

Kathrin Brandenberg1, Janine Hauser1, Sara Lustenberger1, Matthias Wicki1,2, Caroline Sahli Lozano1, Sergej Wüthrich1

1Bern University of Teacher Education, Switzerland; 2Lausanne University Hospital and University of Lausanne, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Brandenberg, Kathrin; Hauser, Janine

An inclusive educational system provides equal opportunities for education to all students. While inclusion has in general positive effects for students with special education needs, it remains unclear whether they benefit from the specific integrative school measures (ISM) they are provided. This study focuses on two mutually exclusive measures: reduced individual learning objectives (RILO, comparable to the US term curriculum modifications; Harrison et al., 2013) and accommodations (ACC). RILO and ACC are used in Swiss mainstream schools for students with mild learning or behavioral disabilities. While the target group of RILO are students with generally low cognitive abilities who are not able to achieve the regular learning objectives, the target group of ACC are students with an at least average cognitive ability but with a specific disadvantage (e.g., Dyslexia or ADHD) which is compensated by special aids (e.g., spell checker program, extra time at exams) to enable them to achieve the regular learning objectives.

While ISM aims to support SEN-students, they carry the risk of reproducing or exacerbating educational inequalities (Sahli Lozano & Wüthrich, 2019). RILO, in particular, may have negative side-effects due to a less stimulating learning environment (Neumann et al., 2007) and a negative labeling bias (Fox and Stinnett, 1996). It has been shown that students with RILO felt less socially integrated in their school class and had a lower academic self-concept than comparable classmates, and that RILO negatively affected their academic performance (Sahli Lozano et al., 2017; Wicki et al., 2022). Meanwhile, no negative side effect of ACC is expected, as this ISM supports students to demonstrate their full cognitive potential (Sahli Lozano et al., 2020) and ACC has been shown to have a positive effect on academic performance (Wicki et al., 2022).

Vocational aspirations at the end of compulsory school (i.e., 8th/9th grade or lower secondary school) play a decisive role in determining which educational pathways a person chooses and pursues. They significantly influence the professional position in adulthood as they hardly change after the transition to upper secondary education/VET (Blossfeld, 1988). In Switzerland, by the age of about 15, young people generally have adjusted their vocational aspirations to the opportunities open to them based on their school track attended (Hirschi, 2010). Previous research showed that vocational aspirations are generally influenced by background variables (e.g. parents’ education, socioeconomic status, migration background), individual capacities (e.g. intelligence, academic performance) and gender (e.g. Hirschi, 2010; Kriesi & Basler, 2020).

To date, there has been little research on vocational aspirations of students with special educational needs (SEN). Rojewski et al. (2012) showed that the vocational aspirations of SEN-students with ISM were, on average, significantly lower than the average of learners without SEN. However, for their analyses, they didn’t differentiate between various types of integrative school measures, even though they have been shown to have different effects on academic performance (Wicki et al., 2022).

This study aims to examine the following questions: 1) Do RILO and ACC influence whether students can state a vocational aspiration immediately before entering upper secondary education/VET? 2) Do RILO and ACC influence the socioeconomic status of their vocational aspirations? In line with previous findings we expect that compared to similar students without RILO, those with RILO are less likely to have decided on their vocational aspiration and if they mention a vocational aspiration, it corresponds to an aspiration with lower socioeconomic status. Meanwhile, no negative effects for ACC are expected.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Sample
Our cross-sectional analyses are based on a dataset collected as part of a prospective Swiss longitudinal study which has been running since 2015 and aims to describe the short- and long-term opportunities and challenges of RILO and ACC. In 2018, 2194 students (average age: 15.1 years) in 116 school classes from 53 schools and their teachers were surveyed at lower secondary level in the canton of Bern.

Measures
The following variables will be included in our statistical analyses:
Integrative school measures. The teachers indicated for each student in the class whether they received ISM (RILO, ACC).
Criterion variables. The vocational aspiration was assessed among students by asking them about their dream job (following the theoretical approach of idealistic vocational aspirations during the diffuse career orientation phase, Heinz et al., 1985). Their answers were recoded into two variables: A dichotomous variable indicating whether they knew or indicated their vocational aspiration and a continuous variable consisting of codes from the International Socioeconomic Index of Occupational Status (ISEI) indicating the socioeconomic level of their vocational aspiration (Ganzeboom, 2010). The continuous variable was z-standardized to facilitate the interpretation.
Potential confounders. Our analyses include students’ grade (8th vs. 9th), school track (lower vs. upper), gender, age, migration background, socioeconomic status (Highest International Socioeconomic Index of Occupational Status, HISEI), parents’ educational background, intelligence (Culture Fair Intelligence Test 20-R; Weiss, 2006) and academic performance level in math and German language based on responses by the teachers and students.

Statistical Analysis
Descriptive analyses (frequencies, mean value comparisons) were carried out to gain a first insight into the data to be included in the multivariate analyses. Multivariate analyses are still pending.
As ISM have specific target groups (e.g. RILO is used for students with low basic cognitive abilities) and are more often used in low school tracks, the bivariate association between ISM and vocational aspiration are not very informative, as ISM are confounded with factors known to influence the vocational aspiration. Therefore, a propensity score matching approach will be used for the analysis. Similar to a case-control study, this will allow us to examine the vocational aspiration of students with vs. without RILO or ACC, given that both groups are similar in terms of intelligence, academic performance, and other potential confounders.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In our sample, 3.8% (n=71) of the students had RILO and 3.4% (n=64) had ACC. As expected, the probability of receiving an ISM was linked to the school track: 95.8% of students with RILO and 57.8% of students with ACC were in the lower school track.

Preliminary analyses indicate that students with RILO were less likely to indicate a vocational aspiration than students without an ISM (p<.001) or with ACC (p<.001): While 72.8% of students without an ISM indicated their vocational aspiration, this was 81.8% of those with RILO and only 53.5% of those with ACC. Additionally, in terms of the ISEI of the vocational aspiration there are no significant differences between students receiving an ISM vs. not, even though the effect sizes were of practical relevance: no ISM (M = 0.04, SD = 1.00), RILO (M = -0.22, SD = 1.12), ACC (M = -0.26, SD = 0.95).

A propensity score matching approach will be used for more detailed analyses. This has the advantage of controlling for confounding variables and comparing the vocational aspiration of students with an ISM  with similar students without such a measure.

In view of the long-term consequences of vocational aspirations at the end of compulsory schooling the results of the present study will be of great importance. A negative effect of ISM on vocational aspirations could highlight the importance of coaching and career guidance to motivate students with an ISM to optimally use their individual strengths and not to underestimate their own abilities.

References
Blossfeld, H.-P. (1988). Sensible Phasen im Bildungsverlauf. Eine Längsschnittanalyse über die Prägung von Bildungskarrieren durch den gesellschaftlichen Wandel. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 34(1), 45–63.

Fox, J. D., & Stinnett, T. A. (1996). The effects of labeling bias on prognostic outlook for children as a function of diagnostic label and profession. Psychology in the Schools, 33(2), 143–152. https://doi.org/10.1002/(SICI)1520-6807(199604)33:2<143::AID-PITS7>3.0.CO;2-S

Ganzeboom, H. B. G. (2010). A new international socio-economic index (ISEI) of occupational status for the international standard classification of occupation 2008 (ISCO-08) constructed with data from the ISSP 2002-2007. Annual Conference of International Social Survey Programme, Lisbon.

Harrison, J. R., Bunford, N., Evans, S. W., & Owens, J. S. (2013). Educational accommodations for students with behavioral challenges: A systematic review of the literature. Review of Educational Research, 83(4), 551–597. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654313497517

Heinz, W. R., Krüger, H., Rettke, U., Wachtveitl, E., & Witzel, A. (1985). Hauptsache eine Lehrstelle. Jugendliche vor den Hürden des Arbeitsmarkts. Beltz.

Hirschi, A. (2010). Swiss adolescents' career aspirations: Influence of context, age, and career adaptability. Journal of Career Development, 36(3), 228-245.

Kriesi, I., & Basler, A. (2020). Die Entwicklung der Berufswünsche von jungen Frauen und Männern in der Schweiz. Social Change in Switzerland, 23. https://doi.org/10.22019/SC-2020-00006

Neumann, M., Schnyder, I., Trautwein, U., Niggli, A., Lüdtke, O., & Cathomas, R. (2007). Schulformen als differenzielle Lernmilieus. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 10(3), 399–420. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-007-0043-6

Rojewski, J. W., Lee, I. H., Gregg, N., & Gemici, S. (2012). Development patterns of occupational aspirations in adolescents with high-incidence disabilities. Exceptional Children, 78(2), 157–179.

Sahli Lozano, C., Schnell, J., & Brandenberg, K. (2020). Chancen und Risiken integrativer schulischer Massnahmen aus der Perspektive von Schweizer Schulleitenden der Oberstufe. Ergebnisse einer Befragung zu den Massnahmen Nachteilsausgleich und reduzierte individuelle Lernziele. Zeitschrift für Inklusion, (4), 10–22.

Sahli Lozano, C., & Wüthrich, S. (2019, 04.09). Social inequalities in the allocation of integrative school measures [Paper presentation]. ECER Conference, Hamburg. https://eera-ecer.de/ecer-programmes/conference/24/contribution/48148/

Sahli Lozano, C, Greber, L., & Wüthrich, S. (2017). Subjektiv wahrgenommenes Integriertsein von Kindern in Schulsystemen mit integrativen Massnahmen. Empirische Pädagogik, 31(3), 284–302.

Weiss, R. H. (2006). Grundintelligenztest Skala 2-Revision (CFT 20-R) mit Wortschatztest und Zahlenfolgentest-Revision (WS/ZF-R). Hogrefe.

Wicki, M., Troesch, L. M., Brandenberg, K., Wüthrich, S., & Sahli Lozano, C. (2022, 24.08). The effects of different integrative school measures on academic performance and perceived inclusion: A prospective longitudinal study among Swiss pupils [Paper presentation]. ECER Conference, Yerevan. https://eera-ecer.de/ecer-programmes/conference/27/contribution/53532/
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm04 SES 12 B: Practices in Inclusive Learning Contexts
Location: Gilbert Scott, Forehall [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Raphael Zahnd
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

(De)Institutionalisation: Turning a Lens Back on to Practice in the UK

Graham Hallett1, Fiona Hallett2

1University of Cumbria, United Kingdom; 2Edge Hill University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hallett, Graham; Hallett, Fiona

This proposal draws upon thinking that has grown out of a research project in Ukraine that examines the views of the parents of disabled children in a time of conflict. Over 400 parents, from all 25 oblasts (regions) of Ukraine, responded to a request from Disability Rights International to share their lived experiences of caring for a disabled child.

For context, in recent years, the Ukrainian government has committed to transforming the national care system for children, as outlined in The National Strategy of Reforming the System of Institutional Care and Upbringing of Children (2017-2026), in line with the requirements associated with the EU Aquis Communautaire This requires practices in accordance with, amongst others, the guiding legal framework of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC), the United Nations Guidelines for the Alternative Care of Children, and, for children with disabilities, the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UNCRPD).

In 2022, the Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities published guidelines on Deinstitutionalization, including in Emergencies, which noted that:

“Institutionalization is a discriminatory practice against persons with disabilities, contrary to article 5 of the Convention. It involves de facto denial of the legal capacity of persons with disabilities, in breach of article 12. It constitutes detention and deprivation of liberty based on impairment, contrary to article 14. States parties should recognize institutionalization as a form of violence against persons with disabilities. It exposes persons with disabilities to forced medical intervention with psychotropic medications, such as sedatives, mood stabilizers, electro-convulsive treatment, and conversion therapy, infringing articles 15, 16 and 17. It exposes persons with disabilities to the administration of drugs and other interventions without their free, prior and informed consent, in violation of articles 15 and 25” (2022, p.5).

These guidelines, taken alongside the research undertaken in Ukraine, raised a number of points for discussion about practices in the UK, and possibly other national contexts in the EU.

In the first, an analysis is needed about the adoption and use of terms such as “discriminatory practice”, “detention and deprivation of liberty based on impairment”, “forced medical intervention” and “the administration of drugs and other interventions without their free, prior and informed consent”.

Secondly, consideration is needed about the use of the term ’institutionalisation’. Eurochild describe an institution for children being “any residential setting where ‘institutional culture’ prevails” (2021, p.5), and goes on to identify three aspects of institutional cultures:

a) Children are isolated from the wider community and obliged to live together.

b) Children and their parents do not have sufficient control over their lives and over decisions that affect them.

c) Children are separated from their families and familiar surroundings, which leads to a loss of their sense of identity. Long distances between children’s placements and their immediate families, as well as unaffordable transport costs compound the issue of segregation (2021, p. 6).

Thirdly, consideration is needed surrounding differences between the use of ‘institution’, ‘institutional cultures’, and ‘institutionalisation/institutionalised’, and the value judgements that are entrenched within those usages, by asking whether practices within a setting define the usage, or whether the term defines the practices.

In response, the objective of this paper is to turn a light on practices in the UK that, by these definitions, might be seen to violate a number of articles in the UNCRPD. These include practices such as prolonged periods of isolation for young people with autism, placement in children’s homes located at considerable distances from the family environment, and legally acknowledged practices that do not meet any definition of a basic duty of care.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Given the aforementioned concerns about divergence between policy and practice (shrouded in a lack of understanding of terms in common use) and by normative assumptions about practices that pass unchallenged, the approach taken in this paper sits within cultural analysis. Specifically, we intend to explore how Lévi-Strauss’s notions of ‘myths’ and ‘mythemes’ can be used to elucidate how policy myths play out in the real world.  
In terms of policy myths, Lévi-Strauss argued that the sociological purpose of a myth is to function as “a kind of logical tool that helps a society to handle problems where experience and theory contradict each other” (1963, p. 216). It seems, therefore, logical to argue that an exploration of myths could achieve the same purpose if they were to be positioned as a means by which contradictions between policy and practice could be explored.  A real-world example of this is the use of isolation practices with autistic people in settings regulated by the National Health Service in the UK. Despite a plethora of policies that conform with UN and EU regulations, examples of degrading treatment of disabled individuals in the UK are regularly reported in the media.
In addition, Lévi-Strauss noted that mythemes “rear throughout the myth” (1963, p. 211), and, as such, conceived the unfolding of a myth as conceptual repetition rather than as the detail of a narrative. In terms of the example cited above, the mythemes of detention, discrimination and degradation are seen time and time again in the enactment of policies designed to care for disabled and vulnerable children and young adults.
As such, Lévi-Strauss’s work demands an acknowledgement that structural meaning is positional in nature and can only be available to us by reference to what we know about the way of life and social organisation of the societies whose myths we want to analyse. We cannot discern policy myths from a distance, to attempt to do so would be to disregard the lived experiences of the members of society for whom the policy was formulated. Nor can the policy makers divine the effectiveness of what they have formulated by occasional regulatory oversight.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The purpose of this paper is to reconsider what is meant by institutionalisation and, by corollary, deinstitutionalisation, in societies that have ratified the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) and the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UNCRPD). Such terms are conceived, and enacted, in different ways across national contexts which offers broad scope for discussion.

The backdrop to this paper is that of the lived experiences of disabled children in Ukraine, moving towards deinstitutionalisation at the time of writing this proposal. For those countries who do not have deinstitutionalisation as a policy target, it can be easy to condemn the types of institutional practice that are currently taking place in some parts of Ukraine.

However, although it is important that practices of this nature are properly critiqued, it is crucial that they do not encourage a blinkered view of what we mean by a loss of liberty or isolation from the wider community.
Policies are made in the context of multiple human activities, experiences, purposes and needs (Avramadis, 2013) and are enacted in a similarly complex web of intentions, understanding and experience. By drawing upon practices in the Global West, we hope to provoke debate around the language that we use to describe practices that include or exclude.
In this sense, we will be considering three differing cultural perspectives: that which operates at the UN/EU policy level; that which represents national policy; and that which characterises a community attempting to negotiate their place in society.

References
Avramidis, E. (2013). Self-concept, social position and social participation of pupils with SEN in mainstream primary schools. Research Papers in Education. 28 (4) 421-442

Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (2022) Guidelines on Deinstitutionalization, including in emergencies. Available at: https://www.ohchr.org/en/documents/legal-standards-and-guidelines/crpdc5-guidelines-deinstitutionalization-including

Eurochild (2021) Deinstitutionalization of Europe’s Children. Available at: https://www.eurochild.org/uploads/2021/02/Opening-Doors-QA.pdf  

Lévi-Strauss, C. (1963) Structural Anthropology (trans. Claire Jacobson & Brooke Grundfest Schoepf.) New York: Doubleday Anchor Books

UNCRC (1989) United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. Available at: https://www.ohchr.org/en/instruments-mechanisms/instruments/convention-rights-child
United Nations Guidelines for the Alternative Care of Children (2010) Available at: https://digitallibrary.un.org/record/673583?ln=en

 UNCRPD (2006) United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. Available at: https://www.un.org/development/desa/disabilities/convention-on-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities.html#Fulltext


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Investigating alternative pedagogical practices to include Chinese International Students in the Western learning environment

Jinqi Xu

The University of Sydney, Australia

Presenting Author: Xu, Jinqi

Western institutions constantly seek to internationalize favour enrolling Chinese International students for the economic, diplomatic, and intercultural benefits they bring to host institutions and communities (Volet & Ang 2012) and are increasingly faced with the challenges of dealing with the diversity in tertiary classrooms. Scholars claim that Western Higher Education institutions are not doing enough in understanding the international student experience and the nuances of Chinese learning practices, consequently, not innovating their services sufficiently to respond to their needs and concerns (Summers & Volet, 2008). Chinese international students reported the lowest levels of satisfaction and experienced a higher level of discrimination by teachers, university staff, and classmates compared with European peers (Glass, Kociolek, Wongtrirat, Lynch, & Cong, 2015); experience academic stress (Heng, 2019) and struggle to adjust to the Western learning environment and to make a successful transition from the Chinese education system and pedagogical practices to Western tertiary classrooms. Western teachers may encounter difficulties when addressing Chinese international students’ learning needs and concerns.

Most research on Chinese international students’ experience tends to hold a view of homogeneity, overgeneralization and otherization of this group (Hanassab, 2006). As a result, Chinese students are categorised as rote learners (Watkins & Biggs, 1996), passive learners with “lacks” or “deficits” and a “problematic” group (Tan, 2011). Not surprisingly, how to include Chinese International students in teaching by focusing on specifics of pedagogy or curriculum and embracing the diversity in Western tertiary classrooms become urgent for institutions, such are the challenges to face but also opportunities to create for both academics and international students (Claiborne & Balakrishnan 2020).

The Confucian tradition has been embedded in Chinese culture for around 2,500 years and influences most aspects of Chinese culture, including the education system (Watkins & Biggs, 1996). Traditional Chinese education is described as “teacher-centred,” “classroom-centred,” and “textbook-centred” and the acquisition and transmission models are often adopted in teaching. In contrast, Western culture often promotes collaborative-based constructivism and fosters critical thinking skills in educational approaches and teaching practices (Kang & Chang, 2016). Asking questions and challenging teachers and peers are seen as signs of deep learning, which leads to group construction of knowledge. In western classrooms, transmission-based, participative, and constructivist models of learning coexist (Prosser & Trigwell, 2014); tensions and contradictions exist between the process of massification and its effects, and the pedagogical requirements for quality control.

There is no simple answer to the complexity of teaching Chinese students in a Western tertiary classroom. Thus, exploring different pedagogical practices and activities and moving beyond a fixed view of pedagogical concepts becomes meaningful in HE (Löytönen, 2017). Yet, a review of the literature shows that a practice-based approach has not been used in this area of study. Through a practice lens, this project aims to investigate what pedagogical practices and institutional arrangements can promote Chinese international students’ engagement to improve their learning experience in the West. By adopting a practice-based approach, this paper disputes the oversimplification and extends existing knowledge of Chinese international students learning to investigate what doings, sayings and relatings (Schatzki, 2019) are in their learning and how western teachers could have a better understanding of their learning practices and what practices they have learned in China continue using in the Western learning environment.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper draws on the notions of practice-based theory and studies that focus on a relational perspective (Haraway, 2008), emphasizing the relationships between people and the material world which is continuously changing. With Nicolini’s (2013) practice methodology, this study entails a practical package of theories and methods that are used to study students’ learning practices. This theoretical framework also removes the distinction between theory and method by developing a flexible approach that uses different but relevant theories and methods to address the complexity of students learning (Nicolini, 2012). Such an approach highlights the connectedness and entanglement of students’ past, present and future, “everything that has no existence apart from its relation to other things” (Langley & Tsoukas, 2010, p3). Practice-based studies comprise a diverse body of work that has developed explanations of social, cultural and material phenomena based on the notion of practices (Schatzki, 2019), which offers a good fit to study Chinese international learning in Western, as it stresses the importance of context and culture.  

Ethnographic methods were used to collect data over 18 months to identify the practices used by students and investigate how they relate to their learning experience. Ethics approval (HE14/079) was granted prior to the data collection. The five participating students in Chinese Commerce Academic Development (CCAD) programs were aged between 20 and 23 years of age, on student visas. None had experience studying outside of China prior to their enrolment in the commerce undergraduate degree. They were shadowed by the researcher weekly. The data collection included participative observation, reflective group discussions, and formal semi-structured and informal interviews with the students and their teachers and faculty members. The interviews were undertaken in Mandarin to enable the students to think deeply and discuss freely in constructing their social worlds. The research project also entailed observations of the students in lectures, tutorials, Peer Assisted Study Sessions (PASS), CCAD workshops, and library studies. The researcher took field notes during the observation and wrote reflective notes after collecting the data (Schwartz-Shea, 2006). The process enabled the researcher to “zoom in” on the entwined practices and generate the sensitising research questions to identify the practices that students employed in their learning journey (Nicolini, 2012). The data was organised and analysed through consecutive stages: transcribing, translating the data, extracting and categorising key points, generating provisional themes, mapping clusters of practices and selecting data evidence.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study shows how the informal peer-led, hybrid pedagogical teaching model offers an alternative bilingual and culturally sensitive approach entailing educational, sociocultural, and institutional practices to assist Chinese students to face challenges in learning in Western tertiary classrooms. The findings have profound implications for institutions to improve Chinese international students' learning experience and also for academics to adopt new pedagogical practices to engage Chinese students in classrooms.

The findings suggest that a bilingual peer teaching methodology adopted by CCAD leaders could be introduced to the first-year core subjects, in supporting international students to have a transitional pathway into the Western learning environment. The bilingual peer teaching method enabled students to express themselves freely in groups and to interpret subject materials for Chinese students in their first language, and this is perceived to offer great comfort to students who feel unsure and/or anxious about subject materials, assessment tasks, and exams.

The findings indicate that the CCAD leaders capably employ the hybrid approach that not only includes Confucius's pedagogy, but also includes the fundamental elements of acquisition, transmission, and constructivist approaches. The Confucius pedagogy inspires students with dialectic questions that help them understand the concepts and disciplinary knowledge. The acquisition, transmission and constructivist approaches are evident in how the students are explicitly taught how to answer exam questions and push students to relate the concepts to everyday accounting and finance practices by using Chinese examples.

Lastly, within the CCAD social group, students’ educational and sociocultural practices become entangled with their peers and teachers and are socially, and collectively constructed and co-constructed in their learning (Xu, 2019). The environment not only enables students to connect with other students and support each other through familiar sociocultural practices but also softens culture shock and smooth intercultural adjustments.

References
Claiborne, L., & Balakrishnan, V. (Eds.) (2020). Moving towards Inclusive Education: Diverse National Engagements with Paradoxes of Policy and Practice. Brill.
Glass, C. R., Kociolek, E., Wongtrirat, R., Lynch, R. J., & Cong, S. (2015). Uneven experiences: The impact of student-faculty interactions on international students’ sense of belonging. Journal of International Students, 5, 353-367.
Hanassab, S. (2006). Diversity, international students, and perceived discrimination: Implications for educators and counsellors. Journal of Studies in International Education, 10, 157-172.
Haraway, D. (2008). When species meet. The University of Minnesota Press.
Hornsby, D., & Osman, R. (2014). Massification in Higher Education: Large Classes and Student Learning. Higer Education, 67, 711–719.
Kang, H., & Chang, B. (2016). Examining culture’s impact on the learning behaviours of international students from Confucius culture studying in a western online learning context. Journal of International Students, 6(3), 779–797. https://doi.org/10.32674/jis.v6i3.356
Langley, A., & Tsoukas, H. (2010). Introducing “Perspectives on Process Organization Studies”. In T. Hernes & S. Maitlis (Eds.), Process, Sensemaking, and Organization (pp. 1-26). Oxford University Press.
Löytönen, T. (2017). Educational development within higher arts education: An experimental move beyond fixed pedagogies. International Journal for Academi Development, 22(3), 231–244. https://doi.org/10.1080/ 1360144X.2017.1291428
Nicolini, D. (2012). Practice theory, work & organization. Oxford University.
Prosser, M., & Trigwell, K. (2014). Qualitative variation in approaches to university teaching and learning in large first-year classes. Higher Education, 67, 783–795. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-013-9690-0
Reindal, S. M. (2016). Discussing inclusive education: An inquiry into different interpretations and a search for ethical aspects of inclusion using the capabilities approach. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 31(1), 1–12. doi:10.1080/ 08856257.2015.1087123.
Schatzki, T. (2019). Social Change in a Material World. Routledge.
Summers, M., & Volet, S. (2008). Students’ attitudes towards culturally mixed groups on international campuses: Impact of participation in diverse and non-diverse groups. Studies in Higher Education, 33(4), 357–370.
Tan, P. L. (2011). Towards a Culturally Sensitive and Deeper Understanding of “Rote Learning” and Memorisation of Adult Learners. Journal of Studies in International Education, 15(2), 124-145. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315309357940.
Volet, S. E., & Ang, G. (2012). Culturally mixed groups on international campuses: an opportunity for inter-cultural learning. Higher Education Research & Development, 31(1), 21-37. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2012.642838
Watkins, D., & Biggs, J. (1996). The Chinese Learners: cultural, psychological and contextual Influences. Australian Council for Educational Research.
Xu, J. (2019) A Practice-based Study of Chinese Students’ Learning – Putting Things Together, Journal of University Teaching & Learning Practice, Volume 16, Issue 2.  https://ro.uow.edu.au/jutlp/vol16/iss2/12


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Teachers’ Deracialization Practices – How Teachers Can Utilize Their Anti-Racist Ambitions in Their Work

Sara Nilsson Mohammadi

Malmö University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Nilsson Mohammadi, Sara

Although a vast majority of teachers in Sweden strive for equal conditions for their students and want to counteract racism (Nilsson Mohammadi, 2021), there are many studies showing that racism occurs among teachers in Swedish schools, both in the form of racist acts towards individual students and as institutional and structural racism (Behtoui et al., 2019). The presence of racism in schools is a problem that is highly relevant in other countries as well (Araújo, 2016; Crutchfield et al., 2020; Kennelly & Mouroutsou, 2020).

Superficial understandings of diversity risk confirming differences due power hierarchies of recognition that tend to split and categorize human characteristics and behaviors, attributing class, race, gender, and sexuality to them (Layton, 2008). Confirming these differences, or normative splits and categorizations, would reinforce social injustices and hinder inclusive education and equal opportunities for students from marginalized groups. Hence, there is a need for active investigations of categorizations linked to social power hierarchies and heightened awareness of normative processes that shape our understandings of ourselves and others.

The aim om this paper is to discuss, with a wider research network with similar research focus, the methodological nature of and the analytic procedures for investigations of teachers’ categorizations linked to social power hierarchies. I would like to discuss action research stance in the planned partnership between me, a former school psychologist and doctoral student, and secondary school teachers for exploring ways of bridging the gap between teachers ambitions to counter racism and the parts of their practice that facilitates the reproduction of racial power hierarchies. By combining postcolonial and psychoanalytic perspectives on subjectivity we will collaborate and actively investigate categorizations and explore deracialization practices. With deracialization practices I mean actions that counteract effects of racism (not to be confused with processes where someone starts to pass as “white”).

Teachers to a high degree avoid touching on controversial topics and often act with silence on racist comments in the classroom. Their intention is neutrality but their actions have a normalizing effect on racism (Rosvall & Öhrn, 2014). The avoidance could also be described as a cases of strategic color blindness (Apfelbaum et al., 2008) or “white” teachers’ inability to recognize and deconstruct racist acts (Sue, 2013).

Racism as a phenomenon is often reduced to only the open racist expressions of certain individuals and many students' experiences of racism therefore fall outside the scope (León Rosales & Jonsson, 2019). Simultaneously with this narrow definition, expressions of racism have since the 1960s, increasingly shifted from open forms to more subtle and hidden, in Sweden (Akrami et al., 2000) as well as elsewhere (McConahay et al., 1981; Pettigrew & Meertens, 1995). If left without further investigations these more subtle and hidden forms of racism will continue to create inequality and hinder diversity to thrive (Bell, 2002; Benson & Fiarman, 2019).

Issues regarding inclusion, diversity and racialization are complex and multifaceted. Teachers often must balance between different competing principles in their practice. Lee Shulman (1986) suggests the term strategic knowledge, which arises solving situations when two principles are in contradiction to each other. The solutions involve showing judgement and require both theoretical and practical knowledge (Shulman, 1986). An actions research stance regarding schoolteachers’ understandings of, their attempts at changing their practice against racism and following reflections on these attempts will target both their theoretical and practical knowledge. This should therefor contribute to the advancement of teachers’ strategic knowledge and their deracialization practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Secondary school teachers who want to try to understand and change their practice against racism will be included in the study. Together with me and a couple of teacher collogues at the same school, the teachers will work with texts and concepts such as racism, racialization, othering, normative Swedishness and subjectivity. Based on the work with these texts, the teachers get the opportunity to reflect on and plan for how they want to test and put their understandings of the theoretical concepts into practice. When the plans have been carried out, the teachers can bring their experiences of the practice and the attempts at change back to our meetings, where I act as a supervisor. Teachers thus get to make an oscillation between experiences and reflections on these individual and collective experiences.
   The teachers involved may have different familiarity with theories about and work against racism. A criterion for teachers to be included in the study is that they themselves want to deepen their understanding and change their practice against racism. Regardless of teachers’ prior familiarity whit anti-racism, the collaboration between us and the oscillation between theory and practice will be in focus.
   I will work with the teachers' self-reports in dialogue. The aim is to provide space and opportunity for teachers to reflect on their own practice, the categorizations and splits they make (that previously may have been unconscious) and how they would like to change their practice. This would shed light on teachers’ reflections regarding different aspects of their work against racism.
   The research collaboration, where I meet with the teacher as described above, will take place during one school year starting in autumn 2023. A final part will be the teachers’ active reflections on the methods used and the conditions of our collaboration. A follow-up interview will take place after one semester to examine teachers experiences after some time. In order to capture teachers’ reflections transcriptions of the audio recorded meetings will be thematically analyzed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Issues regarding inclusion, diversity and racialization are complex, depending on teachers’ judgment in everyday life in school. Superficial understandings of diversity risk confirming differences due to societal power hierarchies and thereby perpetuate and reinforce social injustices. Teachers who want to advance their understanding and their practice linked to work against racism will be given the opportunity to work with texts and concepts, concerning racism and subjectivity, and to make an oscillation between experiences and reflections on these experiences. The suggested research approach could influence researchers internationally.
   Teachers involved are expected to advance their knowledge of postcolonial perspectives linked to racism, racialization, othering, normative Swedishness and in relation to the Swedish school system. They are expected to advance their knowledge of subjectivity and become more aware of normative processes within their understandings. Combining this new knowledge with the opportunity for testing the new understanding in practice, and then reflect on their experiences, will likely contribute to articulation of teachers’ strategic knowledge.
   Teachers’ strategic knowledge regarding racialization will presumedly be visible in teachers’ gaining new vocabulary to describe and understand their practice. Teachers will detect and handle more cases of racist acts in school. They will have explicit deliberations on how to deal with racist incidents and they will probably perceive themselves more capable to handle such incidents. The articulation of strategic knowledge most likely also contains teachers actively planning preventive work against racism, not awaiting incidents.
   The actions teachers take to counteract racism, based on the strategic knowledge described above, can be conceptualized as deracializing practice. A practice that aims at liberation from the splits and categorizations of human characteristics that are based on power hierarchies that establish norms of recognition. The results are expected to be relevant for researchers and teachers in Sweden as well as in other countries.  

References
Akrami, N., Ekehammar, B., & Araya, T. (2000). Classical and modern racial prejudice: a study of attitudes toward immigrants in Sweden. European Journal of Social Psychology, 30(4), 521-532. https://doi.org/10.1002/1099-0992(200007/08)30:4<521::Aid-ejsp5>3.0.Co;2-n

Apfelbaum, E. P., Sommers, S. R., & Norton, M. I. (2008). Seeing Race and Seeming Racist? Evaluating Strategic Colorblindness in Social Interaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 95(4), 918-932. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0011990

Araújo, M. (2016). A Very "Prudent Integration": White Flight, School Segregation and the Depoliticization of (Anti-)Racism. Race, Ethnicity and Education, 19(2), 300-323.

Behtoui, A., Hertzberg, F., Jonsson, R., León Rosales, R., & Neergaard, A. (2019). Sweden: The Otherization of the Descendants of Immigrants. In The Palgrave Handbook of Race and Ethnic Inequalities in Education (pp. 999-1034). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-94724-2_23

Bell, L. A. (2002). Sincere Fictions: The Pedagogical Challenges of Preparing White Teachers for Multicultural Classrooms. Equity & Excellence in Education, 35(3), 236-244. https://doi.org/10.1080/713845317

Benson, T. A., & Fiarman, S. E. (2019). Unconscious Bias in Schools: A Developmental Approach to Exploring Race and Racism (978-1-68253-370-3).
Crutchfield, J., Phillippo, K. L., & Frey, A. (2020). Structural Racism in Schools: A View through the Lens of the National School Social Work Practice Model. Children & Schools, 42(3), 187-193.

Kennelly, J.-M., & Mouroutsou, S. (2020). The Normalcy of Racism in the School Experience of Students of Colour: "The Times When It Hurts". Scottish Educational Review, 52(2), 26-47.

Layton, L. (2008). What Divides the Subject? Psychoanalytic Reflections on Subjectivity, Subjection and Resistance. Subjectivity, 22(1), 60-72. https://doi.org/10.1057/sub.2008.3

León Rosales, R., & Jonsson, R. (2019). Skolan som antirasistiskt rum? In (Vol. 4, pp. 1-15). Malmö.

McConahay, J. B., Hardee, B. B., & Batts, V. (1981). Has Racism Declined in America? It Depends on Who Is Asking and What Is Asked [research-article]. The Journal of Conflict Resolution, 25(4), 563-579.

Nilsson Mohammadi, S. (2021). Rasifierande praktiker och förståelser i grundskolan: enkätundersökning med fokus på lärares attityder och upplevelser kopplade till rasistiska praktiker och attityder i grundskolan [Specialistarbete, Specialistutbildningen, Sveriges Psykologförbund].

Pettigrew, T. F., & Meertens, R. W. (1995). Subtle and blatant prejudice in western Europe [https://doi.org/10.1002/ejsp.2420250106]. European Journal of Social Psychology, 25(1), 57-75. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1002/ejsp.2420250106

Rosvall, P.-Å., & Öhrn, E. (2014). Teachers’ silences about racist attitudes and students’ desires to address these attitudes. Intercultural Education, 25(5), 337-348. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2014.967972

Shulman, L. S. (1986). Those Who Understand: Knowledge Growth in Teaching. Educational Researcher, 15(2), 4-14. https://proxy.mau.se/login?url=https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&AuthType=ip,cookie,url,shib&db=eric&AN=EJ330821&lang=sv&site=eds-live&scope=site

Sue, D. W. (2013). Race Talk: The Psychology of Racial Dialogues. American Psychologist, 68(8), 663-672. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0033681
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm04 SES 12 C: Intervention and Prevention in Inclusive Settings
Location: Gilbert Scott, 132 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Elias Avramidis
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Evaluation of a School-based Intervention Program Aimed at Enhancing the Socio-emotional Skills of Students with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities

Elias Avramidis, Anastasia Toulia

University of Thessaly, Greece

Presenting Author: Avramidis, Elias; Toulia, Anastasia

The development of social relationships has been offered as an important justification for the inclusion of students with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND) in regular schools. However, recent sociometric research has consistently reported that integrated students with SEND run a greater risk of being socially marginalized within their class (Bossaert, De Boer et al., 2015; Pijl & Frostad, 2010; Schwab, 2015) and have fewer stable friendships than their typically developing (TD) peers (Frostad, Mjaavatn, & Pijl, 2011; Schwab, 2019). The overwhelming evidence on the poor social standing of students with SEND in mainstream settings is often attributed to the insufficient sets of age-group appropriate social skills possessed by these students (Garrote, 2017; Schwab Gebhardt, Krammer & Gasteiger-Klicpera, 2015), which prevent them from interacting and forming relationships with classmates. Unsurprisingly then, a number of school-based intervention programs have been developed with a view to enhancing the socio-emotional development of students with SEND and, ultimately, foster their social participation (Garrote, Dessemontet & Opitz, 2017).

The increased utilisation of school-based programmes aiming at improving students’ social emotional wellbeing could be attributed to research showing social emotional learning (SEL) competencies influence all students’ academic engagement and achievement (e.g., DiPerna, Lei, Cheng, Hart, & Bellinger, 2017) and decrease some concurrent problem behaviors (e.g., DiPerna, Lei, Bellinger, & Cheng, 2015). Moreover, having well-developed social skills and engaging in prosocial behavior can assist traditionally marginalized groups of students, such as students with SEND, to become members of peer groups within their class and ultimately develop friendships.

The present study reports the outcomes of a recently developed such intervention, the XX program. This programme was developed within the scope of an ERASMUS+ funded project, which aimed at improving the social participation and inclusion of all students aged between 8 and 11 years. It consists of 12 sessions, each with an approximate duration of 45 to 60 minutes, conducted two times a week, over a period of 6 weeks. The program does not have a narrow focus on individual students with SEND or those who stand out as marginalized but, instead, it is implemented at the class level thus addressing the entirety of the student population. The programme was designed to strengthen students’ social-emotional skills (empathy, collaboration, self-control, assertiveness) with an emphasis on their prosocial behavior. Students learn to recognize their own feelings and those of their peers and develop the ability to deal with them. Furthermore, it is aimed to enhance students’ self-awareness (self-concept) and increase their understanding of inclusion and acceptance of diversity. Ultimately, peer inclusiveness and the development of new friendships while strengthening existing relationships are important outcomes.

To sum up, the XX intervention activities have been developed in a way that can be easily implemented into the school lessons to establish social routines in the class and sustainably foster all students’ social-emotional skills as a crucial requirement for social participation. More importantly, the programme’s experiential activities (e.g., artistic and reflective tasks, role-play activities etc) can be implemented by regular teachers in their classes without the supervision of a specialist (i.e. a psychologists). The present study represents the first systematic evaluation of the effectiveness of this newly developed programme.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology
The study adopted a one-group pretest-posttest experimental design (Christensen, 2007), in which the social skills of the participating students and their perceptions of well-being were measured once before the treatment was implemented and once after it was implemented. The XX program was implemented by general teachers in 5 regular primary schools located in a central region in Greece. These schools were  chosen because they included a large number of students with SEND in their registers.
All teachers received relevant training prior to commencing implementation. Participants were 207 students (98 boys and 109 girls) aged 9-12 years and drawn from 12 classes representing grades 4-6. One quarter of the participating students (N=50, 24%) had been identified as experiencing SEND at the time of the study. All such students in the present study had been diagnosed by educational psychologists in public diagnostic centres as experiencing mainly moderate learning difficulties and received additional learning support by special education teachers.
The program’s impact was determined through the administration of a psychometric instrument prior and after implementation measuring the participating students’ perceptions of social skills possessed; and the students’ perceptions of their psychological well-being. Specifically, the SSIS SEL Brief Scales (SSIS SEL) - Student Form (Elliott, et al., 2020a) was utilized; this instrument consists of 20 items measuring five competency domains, namely the intra-personal competencies of ‘self-awareness’ and ‘self-management’, the inter-personal competencies of ‘social awareness’ and ‘relationship skills’, and a fifth domain, ‘responsible decision making’, that is considered both an inter- and intra-personal competency. This instrument can be completed in 5 minutes, and there is substantial evidence for the reliability and validity of the scores generated when used in universal screening of SEL skills. Additionally, the students’ well-being was screened for emotional behaviour concerns (EBC) through the administration of the EBC-Internalizing and the EBC-Externalizing scales which were recently developed by the same authors to augment the SSIS SSIS SEL Brief Scale (SSIS SEL) - Student Form (Elliot et al., 2020b)
Finally, semi-structured interviews with the teachers delivering the XX programme were carried out shortly after completing implementation with a view to eliciting their perceptions about the effectiveness of the programme in strengthening their students’ social functioning and, by extension, their social participation well as to identify the programme’s strengths and shortcomings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analyses revealed significant gains on all measurements. Particular social benefits were noted for students with SEND, whose social skills were substantially improved. Specifically, the analyses showed a statistically significant increase in all five competency domains assessed through the SSIS SEL – student form for both students with SEND and their typically developing peers. At the same time, the analyses detected a statistically significant decrease in the scores of all participating students in the EBC scales indicating a reduction in their emotional concerns. The evidence suggests that the XX program represents a powerful intervention, which can improve the socio-emotional skills of the participating students while at the same time enhances their emotional well-being. Additionally, the analysis of the qualitative data revealed very positive perceptions about the XX intervention programme. All teachers expressed positive feedback regarding the improvement of their class community, the students’ social competences as well as their own professional skills following the realization of the intervention program. They unanimously felt that the programme was highly enjoyable and very promising in creating a truly inclusive class climate. Directions for improving some aspects of the programme (i.e. duration and intensity of some of the scheduled sessions) were also provided; these are discussed in the present paper along with directions for further rigorous evaluation of the programme.
References
Bossaert, G., de Boer, A. A., Frostad, P., Pijl, S. J., & Petry, K. (2015). Social participation of students with special educational needs in different educational systems. Irish Educational Studies, 34(1), 43-54.
Christensen, L. B. (2007). Experimental methodology. Allyn & Bacon.
DiPerna, J. C., Lei, P., Bellinger, J., & Cheng, W. (2015). Efficacy of the Social Skills Improvement System Classwide Intervention Program (SSIS-CIP) primary version. School Psychology Quarterly, 30(1), 123–141.
DiPerna, J. C., Lei, P., Cheng, W., Hart, S. C., & Bellinger, J. (2017). A cluster randomized trial of the Social Skills Improvement System-Classwide Intervention Program (SSIS-CIP) in first grade. Journal of Educational Psychology, 110(1), 1–16.
Elliott, S. N., Lei, P. W., Anthony, C. J., & DiPerna, J. C. (2020b). Screening the whole social-emotional child: Expanding a brief SEL assessment to include emotional behavior concerns. School Psychology Review, 1-15.
Elliott, S.N., DiPerna, J.C., Anthony, C.J., Lei, P., & Gresham, F.M. (2020a). SSIS SEL Brief Scales-Student Form. Scottsdale, AZ: SAIL CoLab.
Frostad, P., Mjaavatn, P. E., & Pijl, S. J. (2011). The stability of social relations among adolescents with special educational needs (SEN) in regular schools in Norway. London Review of Education, 9(1), 83-94.
Garrote, A., Dessemontet, R. S., & Opitz, E. M. (2017). Facilitating the social participation of pupils with special educational needs in mainstream schools: A review of school-based interventions. Educational Research Review, 20, 12-23.
Pijl, S. J. & Frostad, P. (2010). Peer acceptance and self‐concept of students with disabilities in regular education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 25(1), 93-105.
Schwab, S. (2015). Social dimensions of inclusion in education of 4th and 7th grade pupils in inclusive and regular classes: Outcomes from Austria. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 43, 72-79.
Schwab, S. (2019). Friendship stability among students with and without special educational needs. Educational Studies 45(3): 390-401.
Schwab, S., Gebhardt, M., Krammer, M. & Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (2015). Linking self-rated social inclusion to social behaviour. An empirical study of students with and without special education needs in secondary schools.” European Journal of Special Needs Education 30(1), 1-14.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Inclusive Interventions to Improve Academic and Behaviour Outcomes for Students with Behaviour Difficulties

Gavin Watts1, Garrett Roberts2

1Texas A&M University - San Antonio, Texas, United States of America; 2Denver University, Denver, Colorado, United States of America

Presenting Author: Watts, Gavin; Roberts, Garrett

For this session, researchers will discuss findings from two studies investigating academic and behavioral interventions for students with/at-risk for emotional-behavioural disorders (EBD) in inclusive settings. First, findings will be presented from an intervention study focusing on training elementary students with EBD to be cross-age tutors for younger students with mathematics difficulties. Outcomes related to mathematics performance, positive behaviour improvement, and change in risk-status for EBD will be reported. Components of effective peer tutoring models will also be discussed, as well as how students with EBD function as tutors and recieve possible positive benefits from the role. Second, researchers will present findings on the effects of an intervention package, called Engaged Leaners, on elementary students' engagement, inattention, and reading skills. Components of the intervention package include providing visual schedules, high levels of behavior specific praise, a token economy system, and self-regulation strategies. Both studies/intervention models were designed and evaluated within inclusive educational settings.

Study 1: Inclusive classrooms continue to demonstrate a need for effective instructional techniques and arrangements that meet the needs of students with varying disabilities, simultaneously within inclusive settings. Barriers to certain instructional models and interventions become compounded when cost(s) and/or feasibility become issues (e.g., personnel, materials, training; Bettini et al., 2015). Cross-age tutoring has shown promise of effectiveness and feasibility for practitioner implementation, and may be suitable for addressing intensive academic needs as well as providing tutors with EBD opportunities to practice and develop social and behavioural skills in an academic context (Watts et al., 2019).

Study 2: Identifying effective mechanisms to support student engagement during reading instruction for students with co-occurring reading difficulties and inattention (RD+Inattention) is a critical issue in education. Therefore, Engaged Learners was developed over a series of studies be an intervention that can be easily integrated into an evidence-based reading curriculums to support student engagement to instruction, and delivered by novice interventionists. The purpose of the study was to test the impact of Engaged Leaners on student engagement as well as its social validity, usability, and feasibility when integrated into an evidence-based reading intervention for Grade 3-5 students with RD+inattention. Engaged Learners includes the following components: (a) visual schedule, (b) high levels of behavior specific praise, (c) token economy, and (d) self-regulation. Through integrating Engaged Learners into an evidence-based reading curriculum, we aimed to address the following research questions: (1) What are the effects of integrating Engaged Learners into an evidence-based reading intervention on student engagement for students with RD+Inattention?, (2) To what extent do students find Engaged Learners to be a socially valid and effective program, and (3) To what extend do interventionists find Engaged Learners to be socially valid, feasible, usable, and effective program?

Relevance to Learners, Families, and/or Educators of Diverse Groups:
Students with challenging behaviors are frequently found to have both behavioural and academic deficits (Kern, 2015). Additionally, teachers, both general and special education, have been found to be ill equipped to meet the intensive needs of this population (Allday et al., 2012). These needs, if left unaddressed, frequently lead to detrimental outcomes during adult years (Wynne et al., 2013). Focusing on these deficit areas, this presentation will provide researchers, practitioners, and policy-makers with findings related to effective academic and behavioural interventions for students with challenging and/or off-task behaviours in inclusive education settings. By providing evidence and strategies for effective practices, we aim to improve both academic and behavioral outcomes for this population of students and their families.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Study 1:
A single-subject design consisting of two sets of concurrent multiple baselines (Kennedy, 2005) were implemented to evaluate the effects of the tutoring program on (a) tutees’ mathematics performance on weekly progress monitoring measures and (b) tutors’ weekly mean scores on their Check-in/Check-out (CICO) behavioural point sheets. The independent variable for tutees was attending cross-age tutoring sessions in which they played number line board games with their tutor (1-on-1) for 25 min per day, 3 days per week, over 10 weeks. The tutors’ intervention consisted of two components: (a) tutor training sessions in which the tutor received instruction on tutoring skills, number line board game procedures, and positive behavioural reinforcement strategies; and (b) attendance and implementation of the cross-age tutoring sessions with their tutee (one-on-one). Measures for tutee outcomes: The Texas Early Mathematics Inventory–Aim Checks (TEMI- AC; University of Texas System/Texas Education Agency, 2009) were administered weekly, as a proximal/progress monitoring tool, to assess tutees’ mathematical performance. The validated early numeracy measure contains four subtests: magnitude comparisons, number identification, number sequences, and quantity recognition. Measures for tutor outcomes included Check-in/check-out (CICO) behavioural point sheets, which served as proximal measure of tutors’ classroom behaviour. Fidelity and interobserver/rater agreement were assessed throughout all phases of the intervention (i.e., baseline, intervention, maintenance). After the intervention, all participants completed a researcher-developed questionnaire as well as a brief interview to evaluate the social validity of the program.

Study 2:
We employed a concurrent multiple-baseline across groups design to test the effects of Engaged Learners integrated into an evidence-based reading curriculum on engagement outcomes. The design included a reading-only baseline phase, two training phase sessions, and a reading with Engaged Learners intervention phase. Participants included eight Grade 3-5 students with co-occurring reading difficulties and inattention across three reading groups. Reading groups utilized an evidence-based reading intervention, three days a week, for 30-45 minutes per session. Pre-service teachers delivered the intervention. The impact of Engaged Learners was measured with visual analysis and Tau-U. Visual analysis procedures used the What Works Clearinghouse Standards Handbook criteria to identify within- and across-phase characteristics. The within-phase characteristics include level (i.e., mean), trend line (i.e., slope), and variability of data around the trend line. Across-phase characteristics include immediacy of effect after a phase change and the extent to which data overlap across phases. Tau-U and baseline-correct Tau-U effect sizes supplemented the visual analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Study 1: Results suggest cross-age tutoring to be an effective and feasible model for improving mathematics performance of at-risk kindergarteners as well as the behavioural performance of students/tutors with EBD (i.e., on daily behavoural point charts and, to a lesser extent, risk status improvement for EBD). Visual analysis and effect sizes (PEM) ranged from moderate to high across individual participants and student dyads (tutoring groups). Social validity measures showed high perceptions of effectiveness, feasibility, and a desire to continue the program.
Study 2: Visual analysis indicated an improvement in engagement for seven students. The study-wise weighted Tau-U engagement averages equaled 0.82 (p < .001) with all students having a positive Tau-U effect size (range: 0.11 - 1.00). Overall, fidelity was high, the interventionists found Engaged Learners to be highly usable, feasible, and effective, and students found Engaged Learners to be socially valid and effective. Study limitations include high rates of absenteeism due to the COVID-19 pandemic and higher than expected levels of procedural fidelity variability. Study implications include Engaged Learners being a feasible and effective program to implement during small group reading instruction to support student engagement, although more research is needed to reduce the variability in procedural fidelity and identify the extent to which Engaged Learners can support reading outcomes.
The concluding discussion will include: what we know about how these interventions can improve reading/mathematics and behavior outcomes for students with behavioral difficulties, as well as the perceived feasibility of these instructional models by implementing teachers in inclusive classrooms. Finally (time permitting), we will engage the audience in a discussion on how to effectively implement behavioral supports within inclusive settings and how to intensify interventions if students are not adequately responding to the reading and/or behavioral intervention.

References
Allday, R. A., Hinkson-Lee, K., Hudson, T., Neilsen-Gatti, S., Kleinke, A., & Russel, C. S. (2012). Training General Educators to Increase Behavior-Specific Praise: Effects on Students with EBD. Behavioral Disorders, 37(2), 87–98. http://www.jstor.org/stable/23890733
Bettini, E., Kimerling, J., Park, Y., & Murphy, K. M. (2015). Responsibilities and instructional time: Relationships identified by teachers in self-contained classes for students with emotional and behavioral disabilities. Preventing School Failure: Alternative Education for Children and Youth, 59, 121–128. doi:10.1080/1045988X.2013.859561
Ginsburg, H. P., & Baroody, A. J. (2003). Test of Early Mathematics Ability–Third Edition (TEMA-3). Austin, TX: PRO-ED.
Institute of Education Sciences. (2022). What works clearinghouse standards handbook (Version 5.0). https://ies.ed.gov/ncee/wwc/Docs/referenceresources/Final_WWC-HandbookVer5_0-0-508.pdf
Kennedy, C. H. (2005). Single-case designs for educational research. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon.
Kern, M. L., Waters, L. E., Adler, A., & White, M. A. (2015). A multidimensional approach to measuring well-being in students: Application of the PERMA framework. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 10(3), 262–271. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439760.2014.936962
Roberts, G. J., Lindstrom, E. R., Watts, G., Cote, B., & Ghosh, E. (in review). The Engaged Learner program: The impact on student engagement during small group reading instruction . [Manuscript submitted for publication]. Department of Teaching and Learning Sciences, University of Denver.
Roberts, G. J., Mehmedovic, S., Cote, B., Wexler, J., & Strain, P. (in press). The Impact of Embedding Behavioral Supports into Reading Instruction for Upper Elementary Students with Reading Difficulties and Inattention. The Elementary School Journal.
Roberts, G. J., Cote, B., Mehmedovic, S., Lerner, J., McCreadie, K., & Strain, P. (2021). Integrating behavior support into a reading intervention for fourth-grade students with reading difficulties and inattention. Journal of Behavioral Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10864-021-09457-y
Tarlow, K. R. (2017). An improved rank correlation effect size statistic for single-case designs: Baseline corrected Tau. Behavior Modification, 41(4), 427-467. https://doi.org/10.1177/014544516676750
University of Texas System/Texas Education Agency. (2009). Texas Early Mathematics Inventory–Aim Checks. Austin: Author.
Watts, G. W., Bryant, D. P., & Carroll, M. L. (2019). Students with emotional-behavioral disorders as cross-age tutors: A synthesis of the literature. Behavioral Disorders, 44, 131– 147. doi:10.1177/0198742918771914


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Enabling Bystanders to Become Upstanders – the Way to Prevent Bullying at School

Dita Nimante, Baiba Molnika

University of Latvia, Latvia

Presenting Author: Nimante, Dita

Bullying is a model of social behaviour that develops and escalates if not limited in time. Bullying can be verbal, physical, or cyberbullying. The causes of bullying and violence in schools are peers' physical deficiencies, gender, social inequality, ethnic, linguistic and cultural diversity, gender identity (UNESCO, 2019). When analysing bullying situations in schools, the social context must be taken into account. Attention should be shifted from perceiving bullying as a relationship between two persons (perpetrator and victim) to perceiving bullying as a process involving and affecting bystanders - students who are present in bullying situations (Monks et al., 2009; Salimi et al., 2020; Padgett&Notar, 2013). The actions, behaviour and attitudes of bystanders can both increase and decrease the level of bullying. Research suggests that empowering bystanders, developing the necessary tools and encouraging them to step in and become upstanders - students who engage in bullying situations in order to reduce or prevent them – should become an integral part of bullying prevention programs (Cornu et al., 2022).

The current study aims to analyse how to enable and encourage bystanders to become upstanders. The research question would be: How upstanders' behavior is promoted to prevent bullying at school? In the literature we can find several theorethical approaches or models that explain what actions should be taken for bystanders to become upstanders. The bystanders’ intervention model (BIM) created by Latané and Darley (1970), which has been applied mostly to situations of safety and health issues, generally focuses on the bystanders' capability to interpret the situation, select a strategy, and take action accordingly (Nickerson et al., 2014). The model proposed by Dunn (2010) stresses more pedagogical aspects of intervention and highlights an essential component of intervention—empathy, which should be raised along with the necessary skills for intervention and assistance to victims (Barnett et al., 2019). Several programs focusing on the promotion of positive group dynamics and students' wellbeing have been successfully implemented in Latvia, for example "Promotion of Positive Behaviour in Children with Institutional Care Experience" and "Social Emotional Development," both created by the University of Latvia (Daniela, Nimante, Martinsone, 2018). However, there is still a need to emphasize more individual responsibility of each student for creating an inclusive environment and acting as an upstander in cases where there are signals of aggressive peer behaviors that could easily transform into bullying, and research analyzing the transformation from bystanders to upstanders could be very helpful in filling gaps in awareness toward bullying and the roles that students take in bullying situations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study uses a quantitative approach. The questionnaire, consisting of 21 items, was developed by the research authors, based on the theoretical model developed by Dunn (2010), what steps should be taken for an upstander to intervene. As suggested by Dunn (2010), they must: (a) notice the incident; (b) define it as an emergency; (c) assume personal responsibility to help; (d) feel competent enough to help; and (e) help (Dunn, 2010). The questionnaire consisted of three main question blocks: demographic questions, questions that represented the Dunn (2010) model and the open-ended questions. Participants (school administration, school teachers) will be asked to rate each question on a 5-point Likert scale, where 1 = Completely disagree, 2 = Mostly disagree, 3 = Can't say / Not applicable, 4 = Mostly agree, and 5 = Completely agree. All ethical research standards under the General Data Protection Regulation were implemented in the survey. The questionnaire received approval from the Ministry of Health of the Republic of Latvia. The same institution is going to disseminate the questionnaires to schools in Latvia. This study uses the principles of probability sampling, which is the easiest method for collecting data quickly and efficiently, to provide an insight into the school experience.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The questionnaire will be disseminated to Latvia’s school during the February 2023. The results of the data will be analysed in March, 2023.
References
Barnett,J., Fisher, K., O’Connell, N., Franco, K. (2019) Promoting upstander behavior to address bullying in schools, Middle School Journal, 50:1
Daniela, L., Nimante, D. & Martinsone, B. (2018). Promotion of Positive Behaviour and Social Emotional Development in Institutional Care: The Case of One Home-Shelter in Latvia. International Journal of Smart Education and Urban Society, 9(4), 63-76. IGI Global.
Dunn, S. T. M. (2010). Upstanders: Student experiences of intervening to stop bullying. Dissertation Abstracts International Section A: Humanities and Social Sciences, 71(1–A), 81.
Cornu, C., Abduvahobov, P., Laoufi, R., Liu, Y., & Séguy, S. (2022). An introduction to a whole-education approach to school bullying: Recommendations from UNESCO scientific committee on school violence and bullying including Cyberbullying. International Journal of Bullying Prevention, 1-2
Monks, C.P., Smith, P.K., Naylor, P., Barter, C., Ireland, J.L., Coyne, L. (2009). Bullying in different contexts: Commonalities, differences and the role of theory. Aggression and violent behavior, 5.  
Nickerson AB, Aloe AM, Livingston JA, Feeley TH. Measurement of the bystander intervention model for bullying and sexual harassment. J Adolesc. 2014 Jun;37(4):391-400.
Salimi, N., Karimi-Shahanjarin, A., Rezapur-Shahkolai, F., Hamzeh, B., Roshanaei, G., Babamiri, M. (2020). Use of a Mixed-Methods Approach to Evaluate the Implementation of Violence and Bullying Prevention Programs in Schools. Education and Urban Society.
Padgett ,S., Notar, E. (2013). Bystanders are the Key to Stopping Bullying. Universal Journal of Educational Research, 1(2), 33 - 41.
UNESCO (2019). Behind the numbers: ending school violence and bullying. Retrieved from: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000366483
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm04 SES 12 D: Exploring Outcomes in Inclusive Contexts
Location: Gilbert Scott, 250 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Denise Beutel
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Growing up with a Disability in Norway: Towards Equality in Educational Outcomes?

Jon Erik Finnvold1, Therese Dokken1, Jan Grue2, Alexi Gugushvili2

1Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway; 2University of Oslo

Presenting Author: Finnvold, Jon Erik

Being born with or acquiring a disability or chronic condition in early childhood influence the chances of completing an education in adulthood. We analyse changes in educational outcomes over two decades for six diagnostic groups, comparing them with a nationally representative sample. Our overarching questions are: to what extent do gaps in participation rates exist, and can we observe a narrowing in the gap in education participation for cohorts born between 1977 and 1995?

A child’s gender as well as parental education are influential predictors of educational outcomes. We address the intersection between diagnostic condition, gender and parental educational background on educational outcomes. Does parental background contribute more to the educational success of children with disabilities and chronic conditions? And to what extent can gaps in educational outcomes be accounted for by gender?

A characteristic of Norway as well as other western societies during the last decades is a general expansion in education, including tertiary education (Thompson 2019). In addition, since the late 1970s, inclusive education had been legally and politically mandated. The expansion involves resources, as well as time spent in school. From 1990 to 2008, the total teaching time in Norwegian schools increased drastically. A focus on “early effort” and reading, writing and arithmetic skills imply longer days in school. Norway also experienced a major growth in special education from the early 2000s. The share of children receiving special education increased from 2 percent in 2002 to 8 percent in 2008. The growth in special education in part reflect an overall heightened awareness of the situation of disabled children. Legislative efforts and acts, such as universal access to school-buildings and other measures, reveal intentions from central authorities to “level the playing field”.

In the period of investigation, medical and technical advances may enable individuals with specific diagnostic conditions to be in a better position to benefit from education. In the Curriculum from 1997, the deaf were for the first time given the right to education in sign language as their first language, and an increasing number of cochlear implants are in use in Norway. Better and more effective medication to control diabetes and asthma are now available, and new information technologies can assist children with sensory limitations. Use of social media and other digital platforms for educational purposes can counter the limitations of not being physically present.

However, other changes in the period may increase the risk of further marginalization within the educational system for children with disabilities and chronic conditions. In a meritocratic society, success in the educational system may have an increasing influence on the chances of success in adult life in terms of employment status, occupational attainment, and earnings. In a situation with heightened competition within the educational system, children with disabilities and chronic conditions may be increasingly at risk. A number of studies suggest that a process of social exclusion is going on, following placement in segregated school settings within ordinary schools as well as special schools (De Bruin 2020). Contrary to officially stated policy objectives in Norway, local municipalities and schools continue a practice of segregating children with outside of ordinary classroom education. In higher education, financial assistance intended to compensate for the constraints faced by students with disabilities have been also cut back.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The population under investigation was identified through an official register that included recipients of compensatory cash benefits (N=9844). In Norway, families with a child with a disability or a chronic disease may apply for public income support to compensate for expenses related to the severity of the disease. Such benefits are granted by the Norwegian Labor and Welfare Service [NAV]. To be entitled to a benefit, the child must suffer from a chronic condition, even after an adequate treatment-program is established.  
Six diagnostic conditions were identified in the register as of 1995. Diabetes and Asthma represent the category ´Somatic conditions´, and ´Disabilities´ include sensory losses related to sight and hearing, in addition to physical disabilities (Cerebral palsy the most frequent) and Downs syndrome.
The data were merged with registers from Statistics Norway. The population of investigation also include a random population sample for comparative purposes (N=30 000), born in the same period. We defined four different birth cohorts (born 1977-81, 1982-1986, 1987-91, 1992-95), measuring differences in educational outcomes using multivariate regression analysis. We define two different educational outcomes;
- The completion of lower tertiary education for 25-year-olds.
- The completion of upper secondary education for 21-year-olds.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
What can we expect from the Norwegian educational system with respect to its capacity to equalize the life-chances of different groups in society? The ratio of students to teaching staff in primary to tertiary public institutions in Norway is the lowest of all countries in the OECD-area (OECD 2016). Previous research suggest that the social gap in higher education participation has narrowed substantially in Norway (Thomsen et al. 2017). With free secondary schooling, generous financing opportunities for tertiary education available for everyone, and a general commitment to egalitarian values, a development toward greater equality that also include groups with disabilities and chronic conditions can be expected. As commented, several contextual developments during the last decades support this expectation.
To date, there is little evidence on the longitudinal effects of having a disability or chronic disease on educational success, although some exceptions exist (Cox and Marshall 2020; Koivusilta et al. 2022). A number of cross-sectional studies have documented the relationship between disability, chronic disease and educational achievement (Maslow et al. 2011; Shandra and Hogan 2009; Yoder and Cantrell 2019). Provisional results suggest that consistent gaps in education outcomes prevail throughout the period of investigation. If anything, a widening could be observed toward the end of the period. The gaps are evident for children with chronic conditions, but more striking for children with disabilities. Robust associations between gender, parental education and educational outcomes could be observed in all the analyses. Nonetheless, neither gender nor parental background could account for the observed gaps in educational outcomes.

References
Cox, Fiona M, and Alan D Marshall. 2020. "Educational engagement, expectation and attainment of children with disabilities: Evidence from the Scottish Longitudinal Study."  British Educational Research Journal 46 (1):222-246.
De Bruin, Kate. 2020. "Does inclusion work?" In Inclusive education for the 21st century, 55-76. Routledge.
Koivusilta, Leena, Riittakerttu Kaltiala, Anna Myöhänen, Risto Hotulainen, and Arja Rimpelä. 2022. "A Chronic Disease in Adolescence and Selection to an Educational Path—A Longitudinal Study."  International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 19 (21):14407.
Maslow, Gary R, Abigail Haydon, Annie-Laurie McRee, Carol A Ford, and Carolyn T Halpern. 2011. "Growing up with a chronic illness: social success, educational/vocational distress."  Journal of Adolescent Health 49 (2):206-212.
OECD. 2016. Norway.
Shandra, Carrie L, and Dennis P Hogan. 2009. "The educational attainment process among adolescents with disabilities and children of parents with disabilities."  International Journal of Disability, Development and Education 56 (4):363-379.
Thompson, Ron. 2019. Education, inequality and social class: Expansion and stratification in educational opportunity: Routledge.
Thomsen, Jens-Peter, Emil Bertilsson, Tobias Dalberg, Juha Hedman, and Håvard Helland. 2017. "Higher education participation in the Nordic countries 1985–2010—a comparative perspective."  European Sociological Review 33 (1):98-111.
Yoder, Claire L McKinley, and Mary Ann Cantrell. 2019. "Childhood disability and educational outcomes: a systematic review."  Journal of pediatric nursing 45:37-50.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Measuring the Outcomes of Inclusive Versus Special Education Placement in Finland

Markku Jahnukainen1, Ninja Hienonen1, Meri Lintuvuori1, Nestori Kilpi2, Faruk Nazeri2, Mari-Pauliina Vainikainen2

1University of Helsinki, Finland; 2University of Tampere, Finland

Presenting Author: Jahnukainen, Markku; Lintuvuori, Meri

History of serving students with special educational needs has started from segregated placements like special schools and facilities outside of mainstream education. During decades, along with disability right movements and more developed pedagogical solutions based on differentiation and individualization, the inclusive placement in mainstream education has been set as a priority for every student. However, smaller teaching groups called as special classes/self-contained classroom are still a valid option in Finland like in elsewhere.

The questions of the effectiveness of special vs. inclusive setting is one of the most actual issues both in the field of inclusive and special education as well as in global education policy (Kauffman et al. 2017). Interestingly, the question of the best placement option has not been scientifically fully solved anywhere; the decisions at the school level are based mainly on pragmatic and ideological grounds. One reason is, that the effects and outcomes (for both students with and without disabilities) are not easy to investigate; there are several challenges related to the research group formation (like sample attrition, baseline equivalence), measures and also to ethical questions (see Gersten et al. 2017; Hienonen et al. 2018).

One of the major challenges is, that for practical and ethical reasons, it is not possible to follow the ‘gold standard’ of randomized controlled trial, where study participants are randomly assigned to inclusive or special education group (Gersten et al. 2017). Instead, many former studies in special education have used natural setting, meaning that the selection to groups has made by administrative grounds and therefore the groups are not necessarily comparable. The typical findings is, that students placed in separate settings, are found to have more severe difficulties, in particular related to the social-emotional behaviour (Lane et al. 2005).

However, in some previous studies, a quasi-experimental design has been used. This means that the similarity of the study groups has been tested afterwards (Zweers et al. 2019) or an artificial experimental/control group matching has been created using available background factors and propensity score matching technique (Hienonen et al. 2021; Kojac et al. 2014).

In our study, we are empirically exploring the outcomes of placement and the actual support offered to students with special educational needs in both inclusive and special educational settings. Our main research question is: What kind of cognitive and non-cognitive outcomes is produced by inclusive vs. special education group placement?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our ambitious goal is to create a rigorous research design (Gersten et al 2017), which will overcome the challenges presented in the research literature (e.g. Lindsay, 2003). We are focusing in particular to obtain detailed baseline data of the students and their teachers and the learning environments to be able to create matched experimental and control groups using propensity score matching technique. A special attention is paid to study attrition, which is a typical problem in any longitudinal study, but in particular related to at-risk population. Typically the students most at-risk are dropping out of the study. It is also important to notice that the positive bias may affect also to the participation of teaching staff: those who are willing to do some extra work will continue and the others will drop-out of the study (Gersten et al. 2017). Therefore special attention is paid to study fidelity in different schools and classrooms (Bonahon & Wu 2019).

The data is drawn from the longitudinal study assessing different aspects of learning in selected schools in different kind of municipalities in Finland. We have utilized official statistics on special education and register of educational institutions (Statistics Finland) for creating relevant national sample. Our research instrument is based on the Finnish learning to learn (LTL) framework. LTL can be defined as cognitive competence and willingness to adopt to novel tasks. The tasks measure general thinking skills (Vainikainen et al. 2015). The data has gathered using online test portal created for the purposes of this research.

In the first phase of our 3-year longitudinal study, during the Spring 2022, we received data from 1815 4th graders of which 160 students had a special education needs (SEN) decision (Tier 3). 26 municipalities and 32 schools and 94 classes were participating in the study nationwide. Of students with SEN, 28% studied full-time in regular class, 50 % part-time and 22 % full-time in special class.






Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This presentation will describe the study design and cover the preliminary results from the first data cycle related to learning outcomes of the students in different placement options. According to the preliminary results there were only few notable differences between the placement options. The general trend related to mathematical reasoning and reading comprehension showed that the SEN students studying full time in general education classes (inclusive option) performed better than the students with SEN students studying partly or fully in special education classes. However, in some sub-scales of reading comprehension also students placed in special school did perform better than students who were studying partly in general education classroom and partly in special education classroom. At this point, we weren’t able to control for the initial differences between students. However, the second data collection takes place in spring 2023. By the time of the presentation, we will take the nested structure of the data into account and control for the initial student-level differences by the means of two-level regression model.




References
Bonahon, H. & Wu, M-J. (2019). A comparison of sampling approaches for monitoring schoolwide inclusion program fidelity. International Journal of Developmental Disabilities 65.
Gersten, R., Jayanthi, M., Santoro, L. & Newman-Conchar, R. (2017). Designing rigorous group studies in special education. In Kauffman, J.M., Hallahan, D.P. & Pullen, P.C. (eds.) Handbook of special education. New York, NY:: Routledge, 107-115.
Hienonen, N., Lintuvuori, M., Jahnukainen, M., Hotulainen, R. & Vainikainen, M.-P. (2018). The effect of class composition on cross-curricular competences – Students with special educational needs in regular classes in lower secondary education. Learning and Instruction, 58, 80-87.
Hienonen, N., Hotulainen, R., & Jahnukainen, M. (2021). Outcomes of Regular and Special Class Placement for Students with Special Educational Needs - A Quasi-experimental Study. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 65(4), 646-660.
Kauffman, J. M., Nelson, C. M., Simpson, R. L., & Ward, D. M. (2017). Contemporary issues. In J. M. Kauffman, D. P. Hallahan, & P. Cullen Pullen. Handbook of Special Education. New York, NY: Education Routledge.
Kojac, A., Poldi, K., Kroth, A.J., Pant, H.A. & Stanat, P. (2014). Wo lernen Kinder mit sonderpäda-gogischem Förderbedarf besser? Ein Vergleich schulischer Kompetenzen zwischen Regel- und Förderschulen in der Primarstufe. Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie 66, 165-191.
Lane, K.L., Wehby, J.H., Little, M.A. & Cooley, C. (2005). Academic, social, and behavioral profiles of students with emotional and behavioral disorders educated in self-contained classrooms and self-contained schools: Part I – Are they more alike than different. Behavioral Disorders 30 (4), 349–361.
Lindsay, G. (2003). Inclusive education: a critical perspective. British Journal of Special education 30 (1), 3–12.
Vainikainen, M-P., Hautamaki, J., Hotulainen, R., & Kupiainen, S. (2015). General and specific thinking skills and schooling: Preparing the mind to new learning. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 18, 53-64.
Zweers, I., Nouchka, T.T., Bijstra, J.O. & Van de Schoot, R (2019). How do included and excluded students with SEBD function socially and academically after 1,5 year of special education ser-vices? European Journal of Developmental Psychology.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Supporting inclusive educators from Nepal: Outcomes, reflections, and challenges

Denise Beutel, Donna Tangen

Queensland University of Technology, Australia

Presenting Author: Beutel, Denise

Inclusive education has historically referred to teaching and learning for students with disabilities (UNESCO, 1994). Over time, though, the term has broadened, responding to the diverse needs of all children in relation to gender, language, religion, culture, geographic location, economic status, caste, migration and afflictions from conflict (Shaeffer, 2019). In this paper, we identify the outcomes, and explore how program elements contributed to the outcomes, of an international inclusive education short course program designed to build on the capacities of a group of educators from Nepal to lead inclusive education reforms in their local schooling contexts. Further, we discuss the ongoing challenges in delivering reforms. Developing countries, such as Nepal, have attempted to develop inclusive education policies and practices in schools as per the global trend towards inclusion evident over the past decade (Pradhan, et al., 2021). To date, however, the implementation of inclusive education in the region has been variable. For example, while inclusive education is part of Government policy in Nepal (Government of Nepal, 2017), there has been limited enactment of the policy in practice (Regmi, 2017; Thapaliya, 2018). Contextual features, such as the geography of the country, together with limited infrastructure, few teaching resources, negative, societal attitudes towards disability, and a lack of teacher training in inclusive education (Thapaliya, 2018; Sharma, 2021) continue to contribute to the challenges in implementing inclusive education in Nepal.

The program that provided the focus of this paper is an Australia Awards South and West Asia (AASWA) short course, an international aid initiative of the Australian Government through which short-term training and professional development opportunities are delivered by an Australian Higher Education Provider to a range of countries in South and West Asia (Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade (DFAT), 2020). Through this initiative, staff in public, private, and non-government organisations in developing countries can undertake short-term study and professional development in Australia with the aim of building human capacity to contribute to development in their home countries (DFAT 2018). In this case, the program centred on developing inclusive education understanding and practices that could be applied in local settings in Nepal.

The program comprised a two-week component of inclusive education policy and practice, delivered in Australia with ongoing online support from university academics in Australia for participants on their return to Nepal. The program structure included workshop activities, visits to exemplary schools that provide embedded inclusive practices and principles, reflective conversations, and professional planning for participants’ return home. Structured networking events introduced participants to a range of educators with expertise in inclusive education, alongside thematic discussions and experience sharing among the program participants. A follow-up workshop was conducted in Kathmandu approximately three months following the Australian component.

Data were collected before, during and after the program. The multiple sources of data collected at different points throughout the program allowed us to identify the impact of specific program elements on outcomes. For example, observing inclusive education in practice across a range of educational contexts in Australia and opportunities for reflection prompted participants to examine their own assumptions, values, and beliefs about inclusion and to consider how to assimilate these changes into their workplaces in Nepal. Some program participants had a disability and it appeared that having a disability provided a unique perspective as they attempted to reconcile their prior understandings of inclusive education with the new. On reflection, findings also indicate that a deep understanding of context is needed by program planners to better understand how and why particular program elements lead to change of practices for the participants. Our paper concludes with recommendations for developers of similar programs in the future.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A range of qualitative data was collected before, during and after the program.  Prior to the program, participants completed a questionnaire in which they provided demographic data and information about their workplace settings. Participants also shared their understandings of inclusive education and its application in Nepal. Each participant also completed a learning needs analysis (LNA) questionnaire in which they identified their learning needs and the key skills and knowledge they hoped to gain from the program. The program developers analysed this information to inform the program delivery.

While completing the Australian program component, Return-to-Work Plans (RWPs) were the key source of data collected. These were individual actions plans in which participants identified a specific area in which they could apply their learning from the program to effect change in their workplace. While in Australia, participants continued to revise and refine their RWPs based on their learnings and reflections, with reflection time built into the daily program.

Final data collection occurred approximately three months after the participants returned to Nepal when the Australian university program leader conducted a follow-up visit in Kathmandu. During this visit, participants shared poster presentations of the outcomes of their action plans. At this point, participants also identified the successes and the challenges they faced in actioning their plans. Participants were then given the opportunity to elaborate further through focus group discussions.  A final questionnaire was used to reveal participants’ post-program understandings of inclusive education concepts and their application to the Nepali context.

The data were analysed using the six-stage process, proposed by Braun and Clarke (2006). The researchers familiarised themselves with the data then generated tentative codes.  Similar codes were merged, and main themes and sub-themes were identified using an iterative process.  With any qualitative research it is important to consider meeting validity through a process of authenticity ‘(which includes fairness, and respecting participants’ perspectives)’ (Simons, 2013).  We adhered to this through triangulation of the data to overcome any potential bias from any one method of data collection and with careful integration of the different methods of data collection and analysis used.



Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings indicated that, although the participants from Nepal had prior experience as inclusive educators, they employed innovative ways to apply the inclusive principles and practices they had learned in the AASWA program. When they returned to Nepal, they became strong advocates for inclusion, promoting its importance in many ways such as becoming involved in local government, posting information on Facebook, holding community meetings, and making substantive changes to curriculum and teaching resources to support student learning and engagement. Some described that they would not have considered this their role before completing the program.
Participants did, however, face challenges such as (for many) a lack of support from local government, a lack of infrastructure to train teachers to implement full inclusion for all students, and a lack of understanding of inclusion held by key stakeholders (those in government and in the community, e.g., parents). These elements were not fully explored during the delivery of the AASWA program. Therefore, a recommendation from the findings suggests that program developers need to have greater insight into the social, cultural, and physical contextual aspects of the participants that impact on their approaches to inclusive education in Nepal and incorporate these aspects into the delivery of the program. A further recommendation identifies the need for program developers to critically reflect on their own beliefs and biases towards inclusive education.  The program outcomes together with the contextual elements impacting the outcomes and the implications for policy development and implementation in Nepal will be discussed in the presentation.

References
Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade (DFAT) (2018). Australia Awards Short Courses. Available at https://australiaawardssouthwestasia.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/HANDBOOK-AASWA-Short-Course-Awards-InAustralia-v010518.pdf
Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade (DFAT) (2020) Australia Awards Short Courses.
https://australiaawardssouthwestasia.org/short-courses/  
Government of Nepal. (2017). Constitution of Nepal. Author.
Pradhan, U., Thapa, D., Baniya, J., Gurung, Y., Mahato, S., & Roy, I. (2021). The politics of social protection in Nepal: State infrastructure power and implementation of the Scholarship Programme. ESID Working Paper No. 167. Manchester, UK: The University of Manchester. Available at www.effective-states.org
Regmi, N. P. (2017). Inclusive education in Nepal from theory to practice. PhD thesis.  Ludwig-Maximilians-University.
Regmi, K. D. (2021). Educational governance in Nepal: weak government, donor partnership and standardised assessment. Compare, 51(1), 42-42, https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2019.1587704
Shaeffer, S. (2019). Inclusive education: a prerequisite for equity and social justice. Asia Pacific Education Review, 20, 181-192, https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-019-09598-w
Sharma, R. R. (2021). Sustainable political leadership based on system thinking in rural development practices of Nepal. Research Nepal Journal of Developmental Studies, 4(2), 93-105, https://doi.org/10.3126/rnjds.v4i2.42689
Simons, H. (2013). Case Study Research in Practice. SAGE Publications.
Thapaliya, M. P. (2018). Moving towards inclusive education: How inclusive education is understood, experienced and enacted in Nepali higher secondary schools.  PhD thesis, University of Canterbury, New Zealand.
UNESCO. 1994. The Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action on Special Needs Education: Adopted by the World Conference on Special Needs Education: Access and Quality. Salamanca: UNESCO.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm04 SES 12 E: Contextualizing Skills and Achievements in Inclusive Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, 134 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Denisa Denglerova
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Mixed Ability Groups: Pros, Cons and Pupils

Christy Tenback1,2, Anke de Boer1,2

1University of Groningen, Netherlands, The; 2RENN4

Presenting Author: Tenback, Christy

In the global development towards inclusive education, more and more diversity within classrooms is expected. Teachers and school leaders choose to group pupils according to different variables, homogeneous on abilities of heterogeneous, so-called mixed-ability groups. In research ‘mixed-ability grouping’ means grouping by academic ability (For example Askew, 1995; Barker, 2003; Zakelj, 2013). In this study, we focus on grouping by educational needs among other variables such as age and academic level. We define a mixed-ability group as Grouping pupils mainly by assessing their educational needs. In the mixed-ability groups, the educational needs of the pupils vary, especially on the level of learning and development, social-emotional functioning, and communication (de Boer & Tenback, 2021). One can imagine that teaching such a mixed-ability group is a challenge for the teaching staff. In order to maintain a positive class climate and to ensure pupils feel included, teaching staff needs positive attitudes and a positively developed self-efficacy.

This study is conducted in the Netherlands, where we see these kinds of mixed-ability groups within schools for so-called specialized education. Different kinds of special education work together to integrate pupils and teaching staff in order to become an integrated school. We recognize this development as a step towards more inclusive education for all. Studying this development helps us to gain more insight into attitudes and self-efficacy of teaching staff within integrated schools and gives us a better understanding of the diversity within these classrooms, the benefits, and pitfalls according to the teaching staff, and the experienced class climate and perception of inclusion by the pupils. We try to answer the following research questions:

  • What is the attitude and self-efficacy of the teaching staff of the mixed ability groups?
  • What are the benefits and pitfalls of the mixed ability groups according to the teaching staff?
  • How do the teaching staff estimate the educational needs of the mixed-ability group?
  • Is there a relationship between the teaching staff's estimated educational needs of the mixed-ability group and the attitude and self-efficacy of the teaching staff?
  • Which intensity of educational needs does the pupil of the mixed ability groups have, how do they experience the class climate, and what is their perception of inclusion?
  • Is there a relation between the educational needs of the pupils of the mixed-ability group and their experienced class climate and perception of inclusion?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is part of a broader longitudinal study on integrated schools and is financed by The Netherlands Initiative for Education Research (NRO) (project number: 405-18-750).
Six schools participated from all over The Netherlands. Sixty-six teaching staff members were included, including 48 teachers and 18 teaching assistants. They were asked to fill in a survey to measure attitude, self-efficacy, and the estimated educational needs of their group. The teaching staff was also interviewed to learn about the benefits and pitfalls of working with mixed-ability groups. Pupils in the age group 5-11 years were asked to fill in a survey in a one-on-one situation (N=169). We used adapted versions of the Perception of Inclusion Questionnaire (Zurbriggen, Venetz, Schwab, & Hessels, 2017) to measure the perception of inclusion of the pupils, and the Classroom Peer Context Questionnaire (Boor-Klip, Segers, Hendrickx, & Cillessen, 2016) to measure class climate. Files of the pupils were used to gain insight into their educational needs. Data from the second measurement were used.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
These are preliminary results. At the ECER conference, we will present the final results.
The teaching staff has neutral to positive attitudes towards inclusion and integration (M=3.36, SD=.30). The self-efficacy of the teaching staff is also positive (M=4.04, SD=.27).
Teaching staff considers the abilities of pupils to learn from each other as a benefit of the mixed-ability group. They talk about the opportunity to gain access to more expertise from different types of (special) education as an important benefit of working with mixed-ability groups for themselves. For parents is the benefit of mixed-ability groups that they do not have to choose a specific type of education. The pitfalls are considered the well-being of vulnerable pupils, and the pressure on teaching staff to cope with a wide diversity of pupils. The teachers estimate the educational needs of the group as “on a regular basis” to “intensive”. This means, that the pupils overall need a lot of near attention from the teaching staff. Overall, we see a negative relation between the estimated intensity of special educational needs and the attitudes of the teaching staff.
The pupils need the most support in the domains of learning and development (M= 4.4, SD= 1.0) and social-emotional functioning (M= 4.3, SD= 1.0). Pupils experience the class climate as positive (M = 2.43, SD =.32), and their perception of inclusion is also positive (M = 2.67, SD =.43). We do not find any relation between special educational needs, experienced class climate, and perception of inclusion.

References
Askew, M. (1995). Recent research in mathematics education. In D. William (Ed.), Ofsted Reviews of Research (pp. 5–16). London: HMSO.
Barker, A. (2003). Bottom: A Case Study Comparing Teaching Low Ability and Mixed Ability Year 9 English Classes. English in Education, 37(1), 4–14.
Boor-Klip, H. J., Segers, E., Hendrickx, M. M. H. G., & Cillessen, A. H. N. (2016). Development and Psychometric Properties of the Classroom Peer Context Questionnaire. Social Development, 25(2), 370–389. https://doi.org/10.1111/sode.12137
de Boer, A., & Tenback, C. (2021). Op naar geïntegreerde onderwijsvoorzieningen: beleids- en praktijkonderzoek. Groningen.
Zakelj, A. (2013). The impact of level Education (Ability Grouping) on Pupils’ Learning Results. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 84, 383–389.
Zurbriggen, C. L. A., Venetz, M., Schwab, S., & Hessels, M. G. . (2017). Validity of the Perceptions of Inclusion Questionnaire (PIQ). European Journal of Psychological Assessment.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Inclusive Education and Students without Special Educational Needs: Individual Differences in Academic Achievement, Social-Emotional Skills

Haoyan Huang1, Yunxuan Sun2, Yixin Zhang2, Yawen Huang3, Vesa Reponen3

1University of Helsinki; 2Beijing Normal University; 3Tampere University

Presenting Author: Huang, Yawen; Reponen, Vesa

Background: Inclusive education plays a critical role in meeting the learning needs of all students, and preventing social exclusion. However, in many developing regions, its implementation is still insufficient in both width and depth. One of the critical barriers to the implementation is the parental and public worry that including students with special educational needs (SEN) would infringe upon the development of students without SEN. Although studies in developed regions observed neutral or even beneficial inclusion effects on students without SEN, these findings were less persuasive to raise social support in the developing regions, where poor materials and insufficient trained teachers are provided for inclusion. A further worry is that the neutral results can be attributed to the positive effects for some students and negative effects for others. However, few studies explore the distinctive inclusion effects due to individual features.

Objective: This study aimed to examine the association of inclusive education with academic performance (math, reading, arts) and social-emotional skills (15 skills from OECD 2021) of students without SEN. It further aimed to use person-oriented approaches to explore the distinctive inclusion effects due to types of SEN students in class, as well as gender, socioeconomic status and development level of students without SEN.

Method: 1155 10-year-old Chinese students without SEN from the OECD “Survey on Social-Emotional Skills” were selected using the Propensity Score Matching method (579 from non-inclusive class, 576 from inclusive class). 2-level Hierarchical Linear Modeling (student nested in school) was employed to accommodate the structure of the SSES database. The model was estimated by Bayes estimator, default priors, and probit link. Quantile regression was used to analyze the inclusion effects in students’ different development levels.

Result: The analysis controlled students’ gender and socioeconomic status at the individual level, and average class size, rate of disadvantaged students and students with special needs at the school level. Results illustrated that (1) inclusive education had insignificant relations with academic performance, and had relatively slight but significant positive associations with students’ optimism, tolerance and sociability (β=0.07-0.08); (2) socioeconomic status positively moderated the associations of inclusive education with trust, tolerance and assertiveness, in which inclusion might have greater social-emotional benefits to those from higher socioeconomic status families; (3) inclusive education had a tighter linkage with optimism for students having a lower level of optimism (last 25-50%).

Conclusion: In line with studies in developed regions, this study indicated that in developing regions, inclusive education might not hinder academic achievement, and slightly benefit some social-emotional skills of students without SEN, regardless of inadequate experience, trained teachers and support. This result is stimulating for implementing inclusive education, despite the small effect size. Interacting with SEN students helps students without SEN better comprehend and accept the differences while reduce their prejudices. As a consequence, their tolerance and sociability are enhanced. Furthermore, they tend to feel better about themselves and develop stronger optimism through the comparison with SEN students in class.

However, some benefits of inclusive education are more targeted at the students from higher socioeconomic status. Their parents are more knowledgeable about inclusive education and show greater acceptance and support, deeply influencing their attitudes and behaviors toward SEN students. Additionally, the inclusion effect on social-emotional skills may differ due to the development level of specific skills, which needs further investigation.

Findings help holistically comprehend the role of inclusive education in 15 specific social-emotional skills, and its individual differences, and imply the potentially crucial individual factors for further studies. Findings also contribute to relieving parental and public worries, while raising more support for implementing inclusive education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Sample
The sample came from the Survey on Social-Emotional Skills (SSES) database from OECD (2021). 10-year-old students from Chinese Suzhou were chosen and the 1:1 nearest neighbor and 0.01 caliper of Propensity Score Matching (PSM) without replacement was employed to reduce the selection bias and difference in sample size (Rosenbaum & Rubin, 1985). After controlling all 5 covariates, 579 students (49% boys and 51% girls) from non-inclusive classes and 576 students (43% boys and 57% girls) from inclusive classes were selected (see Appendix-A).
Measurement
Academic Outcomes compromised math, reading/language, and arts grades from the school registry exams.
Social-Emotional Skills were assessed as 15 facets of the Big Five and reported by students (see details in Appendix-B). All facets were measured by 3 items with 5-point Likert scales, and showed good reliability (OECD, 2021).
Inclusive Education was based on whether there were one or more students with special needs in class (0=non-inclusive class, 1=inclusive class). Special needs, reported by parents, were divided into 3 types of difficulties: (1) Physical and Sensory (i.e., hearing, vision, mobility), (2) Learning, (3) Behavior, (4) Social-Emotional.
Socioeconomic Status (SES) was composed of home possessions, parents’ occupational status and educational level, similar to PISA (OECD, 2019).
Gender was reported by students (0=boy, 1=girl).
Average Class Size was reported by school principals, ranging from “1 = 15 or fewer” to “9 = more than 50”.
The Rates of Disadvantaged Students and Students with Special Needs were reported by school principals (from 1 = less than 5% to 5 = more than 50%).
Analysis
Two-level hierarchical linear modeling (i.e., student-school) with Bayes estimator was conducted by Mplus 8.3 after the PSM sample selection. Three models were estimated: null model, covariates-only model, and random intercept model. The first two models were to estimate the variances of academic and social-emotional outcomes at the individual level, and the variances explained by covariates (R2). The last model estimated the effect and △R2 of inclusive education on academic and social-emotional outcomes, and explored the interaction of “inclusive×SES” and “inclusive×gender”. Continuous variables were grand mean centered, and binary variables were centered by effect coding (e.g., -0.5=boy, 0.5=girl). All models were converged and showed good model fits (PPP=0.42-0.52, the symmetry axis of Δχ2 95% PPI was close to 0; Gelman, 2014). In addition, quantile regression was finally employed to examine the inclusion effect in students’ different development levels.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through the results (see Appendix-C), we found slight but significant positive effects of inclusive education on optimism, tolerance and sociability (i.e., β=0.07-0.08, △R²≤0.01; Cohen, 1992). We also observed insignificant academic differences between inclusive and non-inclusive classes. Despite the limitation of the small effect, this discovery is stimulating for implementing inclusive education. It was consistent with studies in developed countries (e.g., Ruijs et al., 2010; Szumski et al., 2017), and further confirmed the benefits of inclusion to students without SEN from the regions lacking inclusion experience, supports and trained teachers.
Two mechanisms can explain the social-emotional benefits of inclusion. Interacting with SEN students, students without SEN can better comprehend and accept interpersonal differences, and develop fewer prejudices while more friendliness (Keith et al., 2015). Thus, their tolerance and sociability are enhanced. Furthermore, comparing themselves with SEN students, those without SEN tend to feel better about themselves (Ruijs et al., 2010; Marsh et al., 2019), fueling their optimism, and some students’ assertiveness.
Apart from general neutral or positive associations, some social-emotional benefits were more targeted at higher SES students (i.e., trust, tolerance and assertiveness). With better understanding of inclusion and its potential benefits, higher SES parents show greater acceptance, and encourage their students to actively interact with SEN students (de Boer et al., 2010; Leyse & Kirk, 2004). Additionally, a stronger linkage between inclusion and optimism was observed for those having a lower level of optimism (last 25-50%), which requires further investigation.
In conclusion, this study holistically examined the role of inclusive education in 15 social-emotional skills of students without SEN and explored critical individual differences, which helps further understand the inclusion impacts and implies future research direction. Additionally, findings could relieve parental and public worries, and raise more supports for inclusive education in China and other developing regions.

References
Cohen, J. (1992). Quantitative methods in psychology: A power primer. Psychological Bulletin, 112, 115-159.
de Boer, A., Pijl, S. J., & Minnaert, A. (2012). Students’ attitudes towards peers with disabilities: A review of the literature. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 59(4), 379-392. https://doi.org/10.1080/1034912X.2012.723944
Gelman, A., Carlin, J. B., Stern, H. S., & Rubin, D. B. (2014). Bayesian data analysis (3rd edition). Chapman and Hall/CRC.
Keith, J. M., Bennetto, L., & Rogge, R. D. (2015). The relationship between contact and attitudes: Reducing prejudice toward individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 47, 14-26. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ridd.2015.07.032
Leyser, Y., & Kirk, R. (2004). Evaluating inclusion: An examination of parent views and factors influencing their perspectives. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 51(3), 271-285. https://doi.org/10.1080/1034912042000259233
Marsh, H. W., Parker, P. D., & Pekrun, R. (2019). Three paradoxical effects on academic self-concept across countries, schools, and students. European Psychologist, 24(3), 231-242. https://doi.org/10.1027/1016-9040/a000332
OECD (2019). PISA 2018 Assessment and Analytical Framework. Paris: PISA,OECD Publishing.
OECD. (2021). OECD Survey on Social and Emotional Skills Technical Report. https://www.oecd.org/education/ceri/social-emotional-skills-study/sses-technical-report.pdf
Rosenbaum, P. R., & Rubin, D. B. (1985). Constructing a control group using multivariate matched sampling methods that “incorporate the propensity score”. The American Statistician, 39, 33-38. https://doi.org/10.1080/00031305.1985.10479383
Ruijs, N. M., Van der Veen, I., & Peetsma, T. T. (2010). Inclusive education and students without special educational needs. Educational Research, 52(4), 351-390. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2010.524749
Szumski, G., Smogorzewska, J., & Karwowski, M. (2017). Academic achievement of students without special educational needs in inclusive classrooms: A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 21, 33-54. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2017.02.004


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Skills and Abilities of Pupils Taught in the Pro-inclusive Programme "Start Together" in the Czech Republic

Denisa Denglerová, Radim Šíp

Tomas Bata University in Zlin, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Denglerová, Denisa; Šíp, Radim

The “Step by Step” educational program is an open didactic system that offers quality and comprehensive education for preschool and younger school-age children based on constructivist pedagogy and a respectful approach to the child. The programme is part of an international educational network and its ideas are applied in more than 30 countries around the world. One of the basic principles is common education for all. “Step by Step“ promotes diversity in schools and sees it as an integral and valuable part of society. It respects the needs of all children, regardless of their social or ethnic background and current ability level. It tries to build mutual trust, respect and cooperation.

The philosophy of “Step by Step” is based on the premise that each child is a unique individual with a rich inner developmental potential that must be supported by learning approaches that best suit the child, that develop the child as a whole person, and that motivate the child to continue learning naturally. The emphasis is on integrated learning (learning in thematic units) and cooperative learning (working in activity centres, project-based learning). The emotional aspect of the learning process is also taken into account, where it is assumed that the child learns new things better if the learning is also linked to an emotional experience. Thus, one of the priorities in the learning process is to create a supportive and stimulating environment where the child can move in a fearless and natural way, learn through his/her own practical activities, try new things, discover and test their validity and functionality without fear of making mistakes.

In the Czech Republic, the Step by Step programme is implemented under the name “Start Together”. Currently, 70 primary schools are teaching under it. The aim of our two-year research project was to evaluate the impact of “Start Together” on pupils.

The research question was set as follows:

What abilities, skills, knowledge or mental processes (necessary, applicable in life) in children are strengthened and developed by the constructivist approach to teaching in the Start Together programme?

On the basis of research of foreign and Czech texts, interviews with "Start Together" programme methodologists and our own observations of teaching in Czech schools focused on inclusion (Šíp et al., 2022), we came to several important areas of research. We have proposed a research design consisting of three distinct parts, which, however, intersect in the final interpretation and help to answer the research question in a more plastic way. These are an analysis of the National Survey of Pupil Achievement, quantitative research conducted in Start Together classrooms, and qualitative research conducted in these classrooms. These three parts are described in more detail in the Methodology section.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
ANALYSIS OF THE NATIONAL PUPIL ACHIEVEMENT SURVEY
In May 2022, the Czech School Inspectorate organised a national comparative testing of 5th grade pupils in all schools in the Czech Republic. The project presented here involved a comparative statistical analysis of the academic achievement in mathematics and Czech language of 5th grade pupils educated in the "Start Together" programme and outside it. Learning achievement is traditionally conceived as the solution of typical tasks in the subject under study (mathematics, Czech language) or the level of skill (e.g. reading comprehension). However, the nature of these tasks is such that they do not, by design, take into account any group aspects, which are key in the “Start Together” programme.

QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH CONDUCTED IN START TOGETHER CLASSROOMS
In this part, the so-called softskills, which contribute mainly to the way knowledge and skills are formed and the way they are used in the long term, in which pupils are developed and supported in the Start Together programme, were investigated. Data collection was carried out in 24 classes (500 pupils) of 4th and 5th grades.
Children's self-concept was measured with the Piers-Harris 2 questionnaire. In addition, pupils' creative abilities were measured.
The My Class Inventory questionnaire in its Czech version created by J. Lašek was chosen to measure the social climate of the classroom. Due to time constraints, we asked only about the current situation.
We chose 2 instruments to measure emotional competences. The first one is the Emotion Recognition subtest of the IDS tool (Grob & Hagmann-von Arx, 2018). The second instrument selected for the emotional competence survey is the Trait Emotional Intelligence Questionnaire, TEIQue-SF (Mavroveli, Petrides, Shove, & Whitehead, 2008). It is a trait emotional intelligence questionnaire, for which there is a Slovak version, and in the pilot phase we created a Czech version of the questionnaire and tested its comprehensibility for students.
The next concept to be investigated was motivation. Since there is no standardized questionnaire for this age group in the Czech Republic, we created and validated our own instrument based on Self-determination theory (Ryan & Deci, 2000).

QUALITATIVE PART - ETHNOGRAPHIC RESEARCH
The aim of this part of the research was to understand the structure of the "Start Together" programme teaching, identifying recurrent patterns of behaviour, rules of operation, modes of communication, typical didactic resources and ways of working with the environment, based on an analysis of real classroom events.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A comparative statistical analysis of academic performance in mathematics and Czech language showed that pupils in “Start Together” classes did not have lower academic performance. This is important because there is still a prejudice in the general public in the Czech Republic that children from alternative schools have lower knowledge.

In our quantitative research we detected significant positive values related to children's intrinsic motivation, their creative abilities and the classroom climate in the “Start Together” programme. The results regarding emotional abilities appeared problematic. This is generally explained by the methodological complexity of measuring emotional skills.

It is generally assumed that there is a core set of so-called primary emotions that are mentally, behaviorally, or neuronally encoded. Therefore, most research designs attempt to detect emotions using presumed mental, behavioral, or neural coding. Nonetheless, research presented by Barrett (2006; 2017) shows that the recognition of these emotions is socially conditioned much more than scientists have assumed. Therefore, it is necessary to perceive the emotional setting of education as closely related to its social dimension. For this, however, the proper research method miss. Our combination of research methods focused on the broader field of "soft skills" seeks to fill this methodological gap.

In the qualitative part of the research, we combined two basic analytical methods - framework analysis and the construction of themes that emerged from the analyzed data. The framework analysis served to inform us about the expected themes; the construction of emerging themes allowed us to grasp those themes that were not anticipated. Comparing the results of the two analyses led to the final identification of the most important themes. These themes are: the community nature of teaching, the emphasis on reflection and self-reflection, modes of communication, differentiation of teaching, thinking in context, building a community of “Start Together” teachers.

References
Barret, L. F. (2017). How Emotions Are Made? The Secret Life of the Brain. New York: Macmillan.

Barret, L. F. (2006). Are Emotions Natural Kinds?, Perspective on Psychological Science 1(1), 28–58.  

Grob, A., & Hagmann-von Arx, P. (2018). Intelligence and Developmental Scales-2 (IDS-2). Bern, Switzerland: Hogrefe.

Mavroveli, S., Petrides, K. V., Rieffe, C., & Bakker, F. (2007). Trait emotional intelligence, psychological well-being and peer-rated social competence in adolescence. British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 25, 263–275.

Ryan, R. M. & Deci, E. L. (2000). Self-Determination Theory and the Facilitation of Intrinsic Motivation, Social Development, and Well-Being. American Psychologist, vol. 55, no. 1, pp 68-78.

Šíp, R. et al. (2022). Na cestě k inkluzivní škole. Interakce a norma [Towards Inclusive Schools. Interaction and Norm]. Brno: MUNIPress.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm04 SES 12 F: Legal and Organisational Developments Towards Inclusion
Location: Gilbert Scott, 251 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Rolf Fasting
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Inclusive education in Portugal: Contributions of the Modern School Movement to the implementation of Decree-Law nº 54/2018

Rita Pinho

Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal

Presenting Author: Pinho, Rita

Inclusion is a central theme in current socio-political and scientific discourses, both nationally and internationally. In Portugal, since 2018, Decree-Law nº 54 puts into effect the commitment to inclusive education, in accordance with the definition of UNESCO (2009), as a process that aims to respond to the diversity of needs and potential of each student, through increasing everyone's participation in the learning processes and in the life of the school community. It also argues that at the center of pedagogical activity are the curriculum and student learning. In this sense, the present decree-law has as its central axis of orientation the need for each school/teacher to recognize the added value of the diversity of its students, finding ways to deal with this difference, adapting the teaching processes to the individual characteristics and conditions of each student, in order to ensure that they have access to the curriculum and learning, taking them to the limits of their potential.

Reynolds (2009, cit. by AEDEE, 2010) states that teachers' knowledge, beliefs and values are crucial for creating an effective learning environment for children, with teachers playing a central role in inclusion practices. Therefore, it is important to clarify that the paradigms of inclusive education and, consequently, of the inclusive school, advocate inclusive educational practices that, starting from human diversity as an added value and using methodologies of inclusive differentiation and cooperative learning, can generate success for all through the success of each one, thus moving towards the emergence of a new school paradigm (Sanches & Teodoro, 2007).

It is current evidence that pedagogical or curricular models in education constitute an important support for teachers to intentionalize their practices, contextualize their action and even reflect on it and in it. And, in this way, they are essential for defining the great educational purposes, their objectives and the means to achieve them (Formosinho, 2013).

In short, the adoption of a pedagogical model by teachers translates into a framework of values that guides pedagogical action and which, contemplating an inclusive matrix, can contribute to the promotion of inclusion.

In this communication we intend to reflect on the contributions of the implementation of the Pedagogical Model of the Modern School Movement (MEM) in pre-school education, for the promotion of skills that reinforce inclusion and for the creation of a school culture where everyone finds opportunities to learn and the conditions to fully realize themselves, responding to the needs of each student, valuing diversity and promoting equity and non-discrimination in access to the curriculum.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We will present the results of an investigation carried out within the scope of a master's course, intending to reconstruct the pedagogical practices and cultures of this Movement through its daily, weekly and monthly materialities that contribute decisively to the process of pedagogical differentiation.
Methodologically, this study has a qualitative nature and a descriptive and exploratory nature. The sample was carefully chosen in order to ensure that teachers implemented the MEM with the greatest fidelity to its assumptions. For data collection, the survey technique was used and a questionnaire was used as an instrument, based on the book by Booth & Ainscow (2002) entitled Index for Inclusion. This work is one of the most relevant works carried out in the area of inclusive education, with a view to promoting quality inclusive educational contexts. The collected data were subject to statistical treatment, using the non-parametric Chi-square test.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through this study, we concluded that kindergarten teachers who implement the MEM defend a school typology, which values diversity, which intrinsically promotes participation, as a guide for the educational path, where each one, children and adults, has a role to play, responsibilities to be assumed and decisions to be taken, with the ultimate goal of achieving educational success for all students.
Likewise, their daily pedagogical practice is governed by the assumption of democratic citizenship actively participating in structures of educational cooperation, where the centrality of each child and the diversity of the group are reflected in the organization of time, space, materials and activities learnings.
It was found that in the pedagogical daily life of the MEM classrooms, the driving aspect of activities, projects and learning lies in the particularities of each student. We value the heterogeneity and diversity of what each person brings with them and what makes them unique – experiences, experiences, knowledge, skills and culture. There are several practices that confirm this: learning through projects, piloting instruments, educational cooperation advice, “plan of the day”, “I want to show, tell or write”, among others.
In summary, the use of MEM in educational work is an added value for the implementation of Decree-Law nº 54/2018, as it contributes to an inclusive school where each and every student, regardless of their personal and social situation, finds answers that enable them to acquire a level of education and training that facilitate their full social inclusion.

References
European Agency for the Development of Special Education (2009). Key principles for promoting quality in inclusive education – Recommendations for policy makers. Denmark: European Agency for Development in Special Needs Education.
European Agency for the Development of Special Education (2010). Teacher education for inclusion – International literature review, Odense: Author. https://www.european-agency.org/agency-projects/Teacher-Education-for-Inclusion/teacher-education-web-files/TE4I-Literature-Review.pdf
Folque, A. (2012). Learning to learn in preschool: The pedagogical model of the Modern School Movement. Lisbon: Calouste Gulbenkian Foundation.
Formosinho, J. (2013). Preface. In J. Oliveira Formosinho (Org.) Curricular Models for Early Childhood Education (4th edition) (pp. 9-24). Harbor. Porto Publisher.
González, P. (2002). The Modern School Movement – A cooperative journey in the construction of the teaching profession and in the development of school pedagogy. Porto: Porto Editora.
Nice, S. (1996). Special educational needs: From exclusion to inclusion in regular schools. Innovation, 9 (1 and 2),139-149.
Nice, S. (1998). Special educational needs: from exclusion to inclusion in regular schools. Innovation, vol.9, (1 and 2), pp. 139-149.
Nice, S. (2000). Educational cooperation in the differentiation of learning work. In A. Estrela & I. Ferreira (Eds.). Proceedings of the IX Colloquium Portuguese Section of AFIRSE/AIPELF. Lisbon: University of Lisbon.
Nice, S. (2004). The action of pedagogical differentiation in curriculum management. Modern School, 21 (5th series), 64-69.
Nice, S. (2007). Pedagogical practices against school exclusion in the Modern School Movement. Modern School, 30 (5th grade), 38-44.
Nice, S. (2008). Pedagogical practices against school exclusion in the Modern School Movement. Modern School, 31 (5th grade) 38-44.
Sanches, I. & Teodoro, A. (2007). Searching for indicators of inclusive education: Teachers' practices of educational support. Portuguese Journal of Education, 20 (2),105-149.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

: Inclusive Education for Newly Arrived Students of (16-19) Age: Adapted education- Organizational Responses

Olena Iamroz

Inland Norway University of Applied Scie, Norway

Presenting Author: Iamroz, Olena

Migration patterns have affected educational system in many countries around the world. Nowadays cultural and linguistic diversity is not a new phenomenon in European classrooms and it is one of the goals for United Nations that all learners are provided with inclusive and equitable quality education (SDG4 United Nations, 2015). A body of international studies were conducted taking into account organization of reception for migrant students, second language learning acquisition (Baker, 2011; Cummins, 2009, Garcia 2009) and traumatic experiences of refuge youth (Rutter, 2006; Lynnebakke, Pastoor & Eide, 2020). However, it is still a challenge for many European countries to ensure education equality for newly arrived students providing inclusive practices through different models of adapted education (Garcia and Kleyn, 2016; Bunar, 2018; Bunar and Päivi, 2021).

When it comes to Norway, the main challenge in integration policy in Norway is that immigrants, especially refugees and women are without work (Kunnskapsdepartement, Regjeringens integreringsstrategi 2019–2022). Reserch show that newly arrived students of upper secondary school age is the most vulnerable group of learners when it comes to risk of underachievement and failure to complete upper secondary education (Kirkeberg, Dzamarija, Bratholmen & Strøm, 2019; IMDI, 2020). The issue concerning educational inclusion of newly arrived students has received considerable critical discourse targeting such issues as educational policies in Norway (Hilt, 2015) and organizational models of adapted education (Hilt & Bøyum 2015). Decentralized organization of educational system in Norway gives significant autonomy to municipalities and local schools to organize educational provisions differently for newly arrived students. Rambøll Management reports that varied standards of introductory programmes have good potentials but still lack guidelines, resources and organizational structures (Rambøll, 2016). At the same time, introductory classes have been criticized for intern organizational exclusion of newly arrived students that lead to segregation of the learners (Hilt & Bøyum 2015). When it comes to national policy regarding education of newly arrived students of 16- 24 age, it is still unclear who is responsible for the educational program on a local level, which leads to a lack of responsibility when it comes to organization of educational programs (Kunnskapsdepartement,  Regjeringens integreringsstrategi 2019–2022).

Thus, the purpose of this study is to contribute to an understanding of the education offered to immigrant and refugee youth of upper secondary school age in Norway considering the overall goal of equity through education. The study focuses on an educational provision for newly arrived learners of (16-19) age with little school background with the goal of qualifying them for entry into upper secondary education or vocational training. The paper presents a study of organizational responses to educating newly arrived learners of (16-19) age in Norway. This study describes how the set of national policy regarding education for newly arrived students with little school background is implemented on a local level and how the aspect of such organization influence students’ social and educational inclusion. The study describes and analyses how policy regarding the aim and goals of the educational program is interpreted and enacted by the key actors of policy enactment -principals, school leaders and teachers. It analyzes how these key-actors in policy enactment understand and act in relation to educational program that provides extended basis education for newly arrived students.

The theoretical and conceptual framework of this study focuses on the work by Stephen J. Ball (Ball 1993, 1997, 2005, 2013, Ball et al. 2011a, 2011b) and his critical analyses of policy as a text and its enactment in practice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Qualitative research design is applied in this study. First, to get a detailed picture of the educational program and how it is organized, semi- structured interviews were conducted with the two representatives from Oslo Municipal Educational Agency (Utdanningsetaten) who are responsible for organising and placing students into the training programme. Then, semi–structured interviews were conducted with three principals, three school leaders and five teachers in three different upper secondary schools that provide the educational programme in Oslo municipality. Analyses of policy documents regarding educational rights for newly arrived students are included in the study. Semantic analysis was used as analytical tool in this study.  
 

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings of this study will report on organizational responses to educating newly arrived students of (16-19) age.  It will discuss how local interpretations of the national policy work in practice, how the key actors of policy enactment interpret legal norms and regulations and how they apply these regulations and legitimize them when organizing educational program for newly arrived students. How they justify their choices, what are the challenges and opportunities of such organization and how it influences students’ social and educational inclusion. The paper will also discuss to what degree educational practices and polices meet educational needs of newly arrived students and provide inclusive education for all.  
References
Baker, C. 2011. Foundations of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism. North York, Ontario:
                Multilingual Matters.
Ball, S. J. 1993. “What Is Policy? Texts, Trajectories and Toolboxes.” Discourse: Studies in the
              Cultural Politics of Education 13 (2): 10–17.
Ball, S. J. 1997. “Policy Sociology and Critical Social Research: A Personal Review of Recent
             Education Policy and Policy Research.” British Educational Research Journal 23 (3): 257–274.
             doi:10.1080/0141192970230302.
Ball, S. J. 2005. Education Policy and Social Class: The Selected Works of Stephen J. Ball. London:
              Routledge.
Ball, S. J. 2013. Foucault, Power and Education. New York, NY: Routledge.
Ball, S. J. 2015. “What Is Policy? 21 Years Later: Reflections on the Possibilities of Policy Research.”
            Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education 36 (3): 306–313.
Boote, D. N. (2006). Teachers’ professional discretion and the curricula. Teachers and Teaching, 12(4), 461-478. doi:10.1080/13450600600644319
Bunar, N. (2018). Education: Hope for Newcomers in Europe: Education International.
Cummins, J. 2009. “Transformative Multiliteracies Pedagogy: School-based Strategies for Closing
             the Achievement Gap.” Multiple Voices for Ethnically Diverse Exceptional Learners 11: 38–56.
Garcia, O., and T. Kleyn, eds. 2016. Translanguaging with Multilingual Students: Learning from
            Classroom Moments. New York: Routledge.
Hilt, L. T., & Bøyum, S. (2015). Kulturelt mangfold og intern eksklusjon. Norsk Pedagogisk Tidsskrift, 99, 181-193. doi:https://www-idunn-no.ezproxy.inn.no//npt/2015/03-04
Hilt, L. T. (2016). ‘They don’t know what it means to be a student’: Inclusion and exclusion in the nexus between ‘global’ and ‘local’. Policy Futures in Education, 14(6), 666-686. doi:10.1177/1478210316645015
Hilt, L. T. (2017). Education without a shared language: dynamics of inclusion and exclusion in Norwegian introductory classes for newly arrived minority language students. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 21(6), 585-601. doi:10.1080/13603116.2016.1223179
Nilsson, J., & Bunar, N. (2016). Educational Responses to Newly Arrived Students in Sweden: Understanding the Structure and Influence of Post-Migration Ecology. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 60(4), 399-416. doi:10.1080/00313831.2015.1024160

Ministry of Children Equality  and Social Inclusion. (2012). A comprehensive integration policy: Diversity and community. (White Paper 6, 2012-2013). (2012). Oslo, Norway Retrieved from https://www.regjeringen.no/globalassets/upload/bld/ima/integreringsmelding_mangfold_eng.pdf
Rambøll. (2016). Evaluering av særskilt språkopplæring og innføringstilbud. Retrieved from https://www.udir.no/globalassets/filer/tall-og-forskning/forskningsrapporter/evaluering-av-sarskilt-sprakopplaring-2016.pdf
Thorshaug, K., & Svendsen, S. (2014). Helhetlig oppfølging.Nyankomne elever med lite skolebakgrunn fra opprinnelseslandet og deres opplæringssituasjon. Retrieved from https://samforsk.no/Sider/Publikasjoner/Helhetlig-oppf%C3%B8lging.aspx
Thorud, E., Ministry of Justice and Public Security, Ministry of Education and Research, Ministry of Labour and Social Affairs, Ministry of Children and Equality, & Ministry of Foreign Affairs. ([2019]). Immigration and Integration 2017-2018: Report for Norway to the OECD. Retrieved from regjeringen.no


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Organizational Change for Inclusive Education.

Rolf Fasting

Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway

Presenting Author: Fasting, Rolf

In Norway, The Educational Psychological Service (EPS) is a significant partner to guide and support the development of learning environments for inclusive education (IE) in kindergartens and schools.

The EPS offices are localized at the municipal and county level. The Services' duties are twofold: to assist the kindergartens' and schools' work on competence enhancement and organizational development in order to improve the adaptation of education for children with special needs and ensure that expert assessments are prepared when required. The Norwegian Education Act (1998) and the Curriculum Framework (2018) emphasise adapted and inclusive education (IE) as the gateway to high-quality education for all, striving for fellowship, participation, democratization and benefit, promoting learning and well-being for all children (Booth, 2011; Haug, 2003, 2010; Fasting & Breilid in press). These values provide a direction for the EPS counsellors to be dialogic partners in helping kindergartens and schools convert inclusive values into everyday practices.

However, research on the EPS' practice shows that limited emphasis has been placed on developing inclusive practices in kindergartens and schools (Moen, Risberg, Samuelsen & Sølvberg, 2018), largely due to the extensive requests for individual expert assessments (Hustad, Strøm & Strømsvik, 2013; Andrews, Lødding, Fylling & Hustad, 2018). Based on the reports and the criticism of Norwegian special education practice and the criticism of the EPS' role regarding the education of pupils with special needs (Haug, 2014; The children's Ombudsman, 2017), it is of interest to explore how inclusion as a concept, strategy, and practice are emphasized in collaborative efforts between kindergartens, schools and the EPS.

Given the challenges of implementing inclusive education, it may be of international interest to gain insight into how Norwegian EPS counsellors try to realize inclusive values when organizational development is on the agenda. Such knowledge may give information on how external parties may be proactive in promoting inclusive practices.

Research question
The aim of the study is to explore how IE, as a concept, strategy and practice, is used as the basis for organizational learning, aiming to improve the quality of education for pupils at risk and with special needs. To our knowledge, there are no such Norwegian studies (Moen, Risberg, Samuelsen & Sølvberg, 2018), and the issue is sparsely focused internationally.

Hence, the research question we want to investigate is: How is IE facilitated, and which properties of IE are emphasized when EPS counsellors collaborate with kindergartens and schools to improve the education for pupils at risk and with special needs?

Accordingly, the aim of this study is to explore how and in what ways the EPS counsellors facilitate organizational learning to strengthen the idea of IE in classrooms and schools for pupils at risk and pupils with special needs.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Project reports from sixty-five EPS-counsellor participating in an in-service program on Organisational Change in Kindergartens and Schools, SEVU-PPT 2013 – 2018, is the empirical basis for the study. The research design uses content analysis (Hsieh & Shannon, 2005; Krippendorff, 2004) to extract the initiatives described in the EPS-counsellor reports and to identify to what extent and how the signature characteristics of inclusive education, i.e. fellowship, participation, democratization and benefit of education, were called attention to.
The design is based on two intertwining approaches, a) summative content analysis (SC-analysis), and b) directed content analysis (DC-analysis), exploring the reports' use of concepts that promote inclusive values and extract illustrate samples on the initiatives and measures taken. The analysis intends to outline how the project reports describe the strategies and initiatives taken to develop more inclusive school cultures and practices.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We expect that the project reports explicitly will use strategies promoting fellowship, participation, democratization and benefit of education as the basis for competence enhancement and organizational development to enhance early intervention and education for pupils with special educational needs. Furthermore, we expect to find a coherent set of indicators describing the actions taken to promote and safeguard the pupils in question's participation, involvement and benefit of education at different organisational levels (municipality and school).
In addition, we expect that the findings will reveal and describe the role of a collaborative change agent aiming to develop more inclusive cultures and practices. The strategies and initiatives involved may serve as a frame of reference, nationally and internationally, on some of the challenges to face when developing kindergartens and schools into inclusive learning communities.
The study accentuates the need for a thorough understanding of the ideals of IE to improve the quality of education for children at risk and children with special educational needs.

References
Andrews, T.; Lødding, B.; Fylling, I.; Hustad, B.-C. (2018). Final report: Competence development in a diverse landscape: On the effects of the Strategy for the EPS’ in-service education [Sluttrapport: Kompetanseutvikling i et mangfoldig landskap: Om virkninger av Strategi for etter og videreutdanning i PP-tjenesten]. Oslo og Bodø: NIFU og Nordlandsforskning.

Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2011). Index for Inclusion: Developing Learning and Participation in Schools. Cambridge: Index for Inclusion Network.

Fasting, R. B., & Breilid, N. (2023). Cross-Professional Collaboration to Improve Inclusive Education. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research. (In press).

Haug, P. (2003). Qualifying Teachers for the School for All. In: K. Nes, M. Strømstad, & T.
Booth IEds.), The Challenge of Inclusion: Reforming Teacher Education (pp. 97-115). London: Routledge.

Haug, P. (2010). Approaches to empirical research on inclusive education. Scandinavian Journal of Disability Research, 12(3), 199-209.

Haug, P. (2014). The practices of dealing with children with special needs in school: a Norwegian perspective. Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, 19(3), 1-15. doi:10.1080/13632752.2014.883788

Hsieh, H.-F., & Shannon, S. (2005). Three Approaches to Qualitative Content Analysis. Qualitative Health Research, 15(9), 1277-1288.

Hustad, B.-C., Strøm, T., & Strømsvik, C. L. (2013). Kompetanse i PP-tjenesten - til de nye forventningene?: kartlegging av kompetansen i PP-tjenesten [Competence in the EPS to the new expectations?: Surveying the competence in EPS] (Vol. nr. 2/2013). Bodø: Nordlandsforskning.

Krippendorff, K. (2004). Content analysis: an introduction to its methodology (2nd ed. ed.). Thousand Oaks, Calif: Sage.

Ministry of Education and Research. (1998). The Education Act [Lov om grunnskolen og den vidaregåande opplæringa]. Oslo: Ministry of Education and Research Retrieved from https://lovdata.no/dokument/NLE/lov/1998-07-17-61

Ministry of Education. (2018). National Curriculum for primary, lower secondary and upper secondary education [Læreplanverket for Kunnskapsløftet LK20]. Oslo Retrieved from https://www.udir.no/in-english/curricula-in-english/  

Moen, T., Rismark, M., Samuelsen, A.S., & Sølvberg, A.M. (2018). The Norwegian
Educational Psychological Service; a systematic review of research from the period 2000-2015. Nordic studies in education, 38(2), 101-117. doi:10.18261/issn.1891-5949-2018-02-02

Nordahl, T. IEd.) (2018). Inclusive community for children and adolescents (Inkluderende fellesskap for barn og unge). Bergen: Fagbokforl.

The chidren's Ombudsman. (2017). Without goals and meaning? Pupils with special education in primary school (Uten mål og mening? Elever med spesialundervisning i grunnskolen). Retrieved from: http://barneombudet.no/for-voksne/vare-publikasjoner/uten-mal-og-mening/
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm04 SES 12 G: Stereotypes and Imagery of the Other
Location: Gilbert Scott, Humanities [Floor 2]
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

How Can Art be Used as a Tool to Deconstruct Disability Stereotypes and Facilitate the Move to Inclusive Education?

Rafaella Miltiadous, Simoni Symeonidou

University of Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Miltiadous, Rafaella; Symeonidou, Simoni

This paper reports on a study that examines the knowledge, attitudes and skills of art education teachers and students studying fine arts in relation to disability issues and the extent to which they employ disability art in teaching. The study was conducted in the Republic of Cyprus (hereafter Cyprus) and falls within the theoretical framework of Inclusive Education, and draws ideas from Disability Studies, Disability Studies in Visual Art, and the Disability Arts Movement.

Scholars in Inclusive Education have long argued that for inclusive education to be achieved, it needs to be understood as the provision of quality education, participation and collaboration between students, teachers and the staff involved (Florian & Black-Hawkins, 2011). Although inclusive education respects all children’s right in education, this paper focuses on the idea that disability art can be a means to promote the inclusion of children with disabilities, since it can contribute to the removal of attitudinal barriers and stereotypes about disability. For this to be achieved, the national curriculum needs to consider disability art and require that it is part of teaching throughout compulsory schooling. However, according to the literature, national curricula across countries rarely include the work of people with disability in the curriculum (Erevelles, 2005; Symeonidou, 2018). Thus, art education teachers may not be aware of such work. They may also be ignorant of the literature developed in Disability Studies, pointing out that people with disabilities are traditionally seen as having a problem (medical model of disability), but in reality, it’s the society that marginalizes and excludes them with the attitudinal and other barriers it poses to their participation (social model of disability) (Barnes, Oliver & Barton, 2014; Goodley, 2017, 2019).

Cypriot society often operates based on stereotypes in disability issues and ignores the personal identities and experiences of people with disabilities, which are also expressed through arts. Disability Studies and Art are now two scientific disciplines that can be combined and develop positive approaches of disability in the Greek-Cypriot society that still poses stereotypical barriers. Disability Studies, as well as Disability Studies and Art Education, promote social and cultural attitudes of positive disability identity, and question the existing disability stereotypes.

Art Education has longstanding ties to disability research and pedagogy, and recent advancements in Art Education as well as Disability Studies closely align the two fields (Roultstone, Thomas & Watson, 2012). Disability Studies and Art Education, focus on understanding disability in different domains such as society, politics, culture, history and especially personal experience (Connor, Gabel, Gallagher & Morton, 2008). They emphasize the priorities and views of people with disabilities and promote social justice and equality. In addition, Disability Studies and Art Education reject the medical model of disability by understanding disability as a social construction and focus on inclusion in every aspect and especially in education (Connor, Gabel, Gallagher & Morton, 2008). However, Art Education provides a safe environment in which students with and without disabilities can discuss and think about social issues and think of how they can promote inclusive culture and positive identity (Vasey, 1992).

Within this theoretical framework, the issue of including the history and work of people with disabilities in the curriculum becomes central (Erevelles, 2005; Symeonidou, 2018). Research in different countries, including Cyprus, indicates that the national curriculum ignores people with disabilities (Symeonidou and Mavrou, 2020), and the subject of Art Education is no exception. Within this context, the research question of the study was: To what extent can art education teachers and students studying fine arts can understand disability as a complex state of being and as a social construct through disability art?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is a case study of art education teachers and students studying fine arts, living in Cyprus. The sample consisted of participants with and without disabilities. The participants’ consent was obtained prior to the study, and information about the storage and handling of the data was shared with them. The researchers recognized the intersectionality between human identities and considered the different identities the participants combined. The main source of data collection were audio taped discussions held in focus groups, in which the participants discussed vignettes around different artists (e.g., artwork, biographies of artists with disabilities, interviews, or videos presenting the personal experiences/opinions of artists with disabilities). The topics raised encouraged a discussion about personal experiences of disability and teaching, identity, social barriers, and existing stereotypes/stigmatization experienced in the Cypriot society. Data collection also entailed audio-taped semi-structured interviews before and after the focus groups, the researcher’s diary, and artefacts developed by the participants during the focus groups.

Content analysis was undertaken with preliminary open coding procedure. Initially, an overall view of the content of the data was obtained, and significant points were listed (Αdu, 2019). Correspondingly, the data was read and re-read to contribute to finalising the coding scheme, which included a number of issues related to the Didactics of Art, initial teacher education, teaching approaches, understandings of disability, opinions about the approaches proposed by the national curriculum in relation to disability, etc. The data was coded, ensuring that 10% of the data was read by two researchers. Analysis was conducted with ATLAS.ti software.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings verify the argument that inclusive education can be understood and implemented through the understanding of personal experiences of disability recorded in disability arts (Wexler, 2009). Contemporary art practices can be employed in education and contribute in the shaping of positive identities which reject social stereotypical barriers. In our study, the participants approached disability from a social model perspective and understood the importance of the personal experience of disability. For example, Kusama’s artwork ‘Infinity Mirrored Room – Filled with the Brilliance of Life’ (2011/2017) encouraged the participants to explore mental disability art (Kusama, 2011). Kusama’s artwork was presented in a form of ‘stepping into her mind’ and encouraged a discussion that led art teachers and fine art students to better understand the experience of disability through art.
The findings of the study are important for teacher education and curriculum development across countries. In relation to teacher education, it is important to enrich the Didactics of Art Education with disability art. This kind of work can be discussed not only from the lens of Art, but also from the lens of the personal experience of disability (Allan, 2014; Ware, 2008). This approach will contribute in understanding people with disabilities as human beings with rich experiences, multiple voices and different life trajectories, and not merely as people with an impairment. In relation to the national curriculum, it is important to include disability art alongside other pieces of art. More importantly, it is important that disability related content is not fragmented in the curriculum, but is presented in the Didactics of different subjects (including Art Education), with the purpose to engage children in disability related issues and experiences, and not to invite them to admire people with disabilities for achieving something, which is often the case (Beckett, 2015; Symeonidou, 2018).

References
Adu, P. (2019). A step-by-step guide to qualitative data coding. Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge.

Allan, J. (2014) Inclusive education and the arts, Cambridge Journal of Education, 44(4), 511-523, DOI: 10.1080/0305764X.2014.921282

Barnes, C., Oliver, M. & Barton, L. (2014). Disability Studies Today. Cambridge, United Kingdom: Polity Publisher.

Beckett (2015) Anti-oppressive pedagogy and disability: possibilities and challenges, Scandinavian Journal of Disability Research, 17(1), 76-94, DOI: 10.1080/15017419.2013.835278

Connor, D., Gabel, S., Gallagher, D., & Morton, M. (2008). Disability studies and inclusive education — implications for theory, research, and practice. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 12(5-6), 441-457. doi: 10.1080/13603110802377482

Erevelles, N. (2005). Understanding curriculum as normalizing text: disability studies meet curriculum theory, Journal of Curriculum Studies, 37(4), 421-439, DOI: 10.1080/0022027032000276970

Florian, L. & Black-Hawkins, K. (2011). Exploring inclusive pedagogy, British Educational Research Journal, 37(5), 813-828, DOI: 10.1080/01411926.2010.501096

Goodley, D. (2017). "Dis/entangling Critical Disability Studies". In: Culture - Theory - Disability: Encounters between Disability Studies and Cultural Studies, edited by Anne Waldschmidt, Hanjo Berressem and Moritz Ingwersen, Bielefeld: transcript Verlag, 2017, pp. 81-110. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783839425336-008

Goodley, D., Lawthom, R., Liddiard, K., & Runswick-Cole, K. (2019). Provocations for Critical Disability Studies. Disability & Society, 34(6), 972-997. doi: 10.1080/09687599.2019.1566889

Kusama, Y. (2011)Infinity Net. Tate Publishing.

Roulstone, A., Thomas, C., & Watson, N. (2012). The changing terrain of disability studies. In N. Watson, A. Roulstone, & C. Thomas (Eds.), Routledge handbook of disability studies (pp. 3-11). (Routledge handbooks). Routledge.

Symeonidou, S. (2018) Disability, the Arts and the Curriculum: Is There Common Ground?European Journal of Special Needs Education, 34(1): 50–65.Doi:10.1080/08856257.2018.1435012.

Symeonidou, S. & Mavrou, K. (2020) Problematising disabling discourses on the assessment and placement of learners with disabilities: can interdependence inform an alternative narrative for inclusion?, European Journal of Special Needs Education, 35(1): 70-84, DOI: 10.1080/08856257.2019.1607661

Vasey, S. (1992) Disability arts and culture: an introduction to key issues and questions, in: Lees, S. (ed) Disability Arts and Culture Papers, London: Shape.  

Ware, L. (2008). Worlds remade: inclusion through engagement with disability art, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 12 (5-6), 563-583, DOI: 10.1080/13603110802377615

Wexler, A. J. (2009). Art and disability: The social and political struggles facing education. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Structure, Structure And… Structure - The Stereotypical Nature of Recommendations in Psychoeducational Reports

Thomas Szulevicz

Aalborg University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Szulevicz, Thomas

It is widely recognized that multiple factors are involved in the production of student disadvantage, and that the difficulties which many children face at school are complex, multilayered and intersectional (Thomas & Loxley, 2022). Nonetheless, the current development with more children deemed eligible for special education and psychiatric services also raise questions about the way students with special needs are understood and described. In this presentation, I will focus on educational psychologists (EPs), who play an important role in assessing student eligibility for special education. Currently, EPs spend a considerable amount of time writing psychoeducational reports or what is also often referred to as statutory educational psychology reports (Buck, 2015).
In most countries, EPs have tried to shift from an individualized focus on children with problems to a focus on how systemic and relational understandings of children are expected to improve educational psychological services for children, professionals, and parents (Szulevicz & Tanggaard, 2017; Moen et al., 2018; Kolnes et al., 2021). The main reason behind this shift is that EPs are supposed to help facilitate inclusive learning environments as special education needs expenditures represent an ever-increasing part of school budgeting. It currently seems, however, that the need for educational psychological services has grown substantially over the last years. The consequence of the enhanced need for educational psychological services is that EPs end up spending more time making individual student assessments and writing psychoeducational reports in place of engaging in preventative work and pedagogical counselling (Burns et al., 2020)
Interestingly, the time spent, and the efforts made by EPs in writing the psychoeducational reports do not seem to measure up with the expectations of teachers and parents. Teachers often report low satisfaction with psychoeducational reports, as they are difficult to translate into everyday practice for teachers, and because the readability of the reports often is relatively bad (Burns et al., 2020).
Different studies have investigated teachers’ understandings, preferences and comprehension of psychoeducational reports (Umaña et al., 2019), and although Brenner (2003) and Dobrowski (2020) argue that the recommendation section in a psychoeducational report is the most important section of the whole report, as it offers parents, teachers and others advice and a way forward in relation to the child/student, surprisingly little research has been devoted to the specific recommendations made by EPs in psychoeducational reports (Burns et al., 2020).
This presentation is based on an empirical study in which 111 psychoeducational reports from two different Danish authorities were analyzed. The following questions guided the study: (a) what kinds of recommendations are made in the reports? and (b) what do the recommendations in the psychoeducational reports tell us about EPs’ work, assessment methods and understandings of children. The results are used to discuss what the recommendations in the psychoeducational reports tell us about (a) the status of educational psychology practice and (b) the schools and learning environments that children are part of.
Across the 111 reports and regardless of the length of the recommendation sections, a consistent pattern was identified: the need for clear structure in the learning environment was part of the recommendation section in 107 (98, 2%) of the 109 reports with a recommendation section. Whilst there were slight variations in the specific formulations of the recommendation across the reports, the need for providing structure on a consistent basis was, in other words, a standard recommendation in the reports.
In the presentation, I will analyze what this standardized and maybe even stereotypical recommendation can tell us about 1) EP’s counselling routines, 2) the understanding of children with special needs and 3) the school system.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this presentation, an empirical study in which 111 psychoeducational reports from two different authorities – 94 reports completed by 31 different EPs from one authority, and 17 reports completed by nine different EPs from the other authority – are analyzed. The first authority is a relatively big Danish authority, while the second is a relatively small one. After receiving permission from the local authorities and a university faculty review board, 111 statutory psychoeducational reports were randomly selected from the population of reports in the two authorities from 2019-2021. All the collected reports were completed by trained psychologists.  
13 EPs from the two authorities were also interviewed for the study.
Braun and Clarkes’ (2006) thematic analysis was used as an approach to analyzing both the psychoeducational reports and the interviews.  
The thematic analysis was accomplished in four steps:
Step 1: Familiarization with the data. The first step consisted of reading through the reports to identify initial themes and patterns.
Step 2: Qualitative interviews. On basis of the identification of the different themes, an interview guide was formulated and the 13 qualitative interviews with the EPs were conducted. The interviews were conducted by the author of the paper, and they were transcribed verbatim.  
Step 3: Categorization of the reports: The psychoeducational reports were coded and categorized. Categorizations for example consisted of patterns in referral reasons for the students in the reports or of different kinds of recommendations in the reports.
Step 4: Searching for themes. All reports and transcribed interviews were compared to identify cross-cutting themes and patterns. The two datasets were grouped in themes and re-examined.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The practice field of educational psychology counselling is of an extremely multifaceted nature with different types of users and parties (parents, teachers, stakeholders et), a diversity of methods, a broad range of needs and services at different levels (Rosenfield, 2022; Müller et al., 2021). The range of work that EP-counsellors do is ever widening. It is nowadays a vibrant and expanding profession field which is becoming more influential, in both the lives of children and in its influence on government policy (Swinson & Stringer, 2019).  
Nevertheless, the role of educational psychologists and counsellors has been heavily discussed for the last 30 years. Despite the difficulties to define the effects of educational psychological services (Müller et al., 2021), the growing special education expenditures and increased time spent on statutory psychoeducational reports have sparked a renewed interest in the professional backgrounds and competencies of EP-counsellors. By analysing the recommendations in psychoeducational reports and interviewing EPs about their perspectives on psychoeducational reports, the expected outcome of this presentation is threefold. Firstly, it will focus on the working practices of EPs in supporting inclusive learning environments and assessing student eligibility for special education services. The presentation will also ask critical questions about the normativity of educational psychology practice (Szulevicz, 2021). Secondly, the presentation will discuss what the standardized recommendations in the reports tell us about the understanding of students with special needs. Thirdly, I will discuss what the EPs’ repeated recommendation on the need for further structure in relation to the students tells us about the school system. Do schools in general have difficulties in meeting the needs of all learners and how can the EPs’ recommendations be interpreted from an educational/school perspective?

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Brenner, E. (2003). Consumer-focused psychological assessment. Professional Psychology:
Research and Practice, 34, 240–247
Buck, D. (2015). Reconstructing educational psychology reports: an historic opportunity to change educational psychologists’ advice? Educational Psychology in Practice, 31:3, 221-234, DOI: 10.1080/02667363.2015.1030724
Burns, M.K., Barrett, C.A., Maki, K.E. et al. (2020). Recommendations in School Psychological Evaluation Reports for Academic Deficits: Frequency, Types, and Consistency with Student Data. Contemp School Psychol 24, 478–487 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40688-020-00313-w
Dombrowski, S. C. (Ed.). (2020). Psychoeducational assessment and report writing (2nd ed.). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-44641-3Kolnes, J., Øverland, K.  & Midthassel, U.V. (2021) A System-Based Approach to Expert Assessment Work-Exploring Experiences among Professionals in the Norwegian Educational Psychological Service and Schools, Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 65:5, 783-801, DOI: 10.1080/00313831.2020.1754904Moen, T., Rismark, M., Samuelsen, A. S., & Sølvberg, A. M. (2018). The Norwegian educational psychological service. Nordic Studies in Education, 38(2), 101–117.
Müller B, von Hagen A, Vannini N and Büttner G (2021) Measurement of the Effects of School Psychological Services: A Scoping Review. Front. Psychol. 12:606228. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2021.606228
Rosenfield, S. (2022) Strengthening the School in School Psychology Training and Practice, School Psychology Review, 51:6, 785-794, DOI: 10.1080/2372966X.2021.1993032
Swinson, J. & Stringer, P. (2019). How to become an educational psychologist. London: Routledge.
Szulevicz, T. (2021). The normativity of educational psychology practice. Nordic Psychology, 73(3), 253-267. https://doi.org/10.1080/19012276.2021.1929420
Szulevicz, T., & Tanggaard, L. (2017). Educational Psychology Practice – A Divided Field. I Educational Psychology Practice: Educational Psychology Practice (p. 87-101). Springer Nature. Cultural Psychology of Education Bind 4 https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-44266-2_6
Thomas, G. & Loxley,  A. (2022). Deconstructing Special Education and Constructing Inclusion. London: Open University Press
Umaña, I, Khosraviyani, A, Castro-Villarreal, F. (2020). Teachers’ preferences and perceptions of the psychological report: A systematic review. Psychology in the Schools, 57: 502– 521. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.22332
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm05 SES 12 A: Symposium: Doing Participatory Research In Education With At-Risk Participants: Paradoxes And Provocations
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Michael Jopling
Session Chair: Josef Hofman
Symposium
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Symposium

Doing Participatory Research In Education: Paradoxes And Provocations

Chair: Michael Jopling (University of Brighton)

Discussant: Josef Hofmann (Humboldt Univerisity, Berlin)

Participatory research has a strong reputation in education research, particularly when it explores the experiences of marginalised children, young people, and/or adults (Mohindra et al 2011; Conrad & Campbell 2013). Its use is often justified because it reduces, even removes, the distance between researcher and participant (Rafferty 2094), allowing the research to reflect their voices and describe their experiences in their own words. It also potentially enables such research partners to be involved in all aspects of the research, allowing it to fulfil an emancipatory purpose (Hall 1975; Barton & Hayhoe 2022) and aligning it with action research (Sharp & Balogh 2021). However, strong reputations often obscure problems and discourage debate and this symposium was prompted by a number of issues associated with using participatory approaches in education research, which it is designed to highlight and explore, drawing on relevant research undertaken in 3 different European contexts. These issues are presented here as provocations.

The first provocation is methodological. While participatory data collection is often as open and wide as possible, analysis can often remain at the level of content analysis or summarising what research partners have said. This captures an interesting ethical shift, which has led in some cases to under-theorised research analysis creating research findings which are both superficial and paradoxically too distant from what research partners actually said. This may mean that participatory approaches deny important insights.

The second provocation relates to the researcher’s positionality. Researchers are funded both to undertake research and to use this research to improve the institutions or services they are examining. This can prevent them thinking objectively and result in them being influenced by the objectives of the institution or the funder, especially if there is pressure to share research partners’ perspectives (Lewin & Shaw 2021) or conversely suppress their views to ‘protect’ partners from their consequences.

The final provocation relates to communication and dissemination. Research findings which remain at the level of quotation or summary are easier to communicate. Producing findings which use more theoretical analytical approaches may be controversial because they foreground the importance of interpretation and oppose participatory purism, as well as risking bringing taboos and “unthinkables” into participatory dialogue.

The symposium’s presentations bring together critical theory and empirical research to explore these provocations, guided by the following research questions:

  • How did the research reported here draw on participatory approaches?
  • To what extent did issues around methodology, positionality and dissemination affect how the research was conducted and analysed?
  • How were these issues addressed?

References
Barton, J, and Hayhoe, S. (2022) Emancipatory and participatory research. London: Routledge.
Conrad, D. and Campbell, G. (2013) Participatory Research: An Empowering Methodology with Marginalized Populations, in Liamputtong, P. and Rumbold, J. (eds.) Knowing Differently: Arts-Based and Collaborative Research. New York: Nova Science, 247-263.
Hall, B. (1975). Participatory research: An approach for change. Convergence: An International Journal of Adult Education, 8(2), 24–32.
Lewin, T. and Shaw, J. (2021) Collective Becoming: Visual and Performative Methodologies for Participatory Research, in Burns, D. Howard, J. and Ospina, S.M., The Sage Handbook of Participatory Research and Inquiry. London: Sage, 711-722.
Mohindra, K. S., et al. (2011) owards Ethically Sound Participatory Research with Marginalised Populations: Experiences from India. Development in Practice, 21( 8), 1168–75.
Sharp, C. and Balogh, R. (2021) Becoming Participatory: Some Contributions to Action Research in the UK, in Burns et al The Sage Handbook of Participatory Research and Inquiry. London: Sage, 154-168.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

The Limits Of Using Participatory Research In Education

David Zimmermann (Humboldt Univerisity, Berlin)

This paper primarily addresses aspects which have been little discussed so far in qualitative participatory research. The contribution is primarily theoretically-focused, contextualised using the findings from three research studies. The first used observations as well as interviews with four detainees and three staff members in a penal institution, analysed using depth-hermeneutics (Langer et al., 2021). In the second, a five-day photovoice workshop was conducted with 15 refugee language learners and analysed using content analysis (Obens 2023). In the meta-analysis, six qualitative studies on Pupil Referral Units in England were re-analysed in relation their implications for related policy changes introduced in Germany (Zimmermann, 2023). In the qualitative research community, it is almost "state of the art" to refer to the individuals and groups being researched as "partners". This often blurs the boundaries between research perspectives and activism. While studies may include a large number of participants, the methodological approach is often limited to content analysis and similar approaches. Therefore, the paper uses data from the research projects indicated to address three central questions, which reflect the provocations of the symposium abstract: 1. Does this powerful paradigm of participation, which seems to be ethically valuable, possibly also conceal researchers' fear of results that are uncomfortable and difficult to communicate (Devereux 1967)? 2. Is the apparent distinction from the scientific mainstream (understood as quantitative-empirical), which is often emphasised in educational research projects, really just another form of neoliberal research? Terms such as "relevance", "impact" or "value" typically signify this supposed research responsibility (Henwood & Lang 2005). The inclusion of (often “marginalised”) participants in research projects may actually legitimise educational measures that are individual-centred and conceal social distortions. Shouldn't research be much more resolute in opening up spaces in which more radical criticism is possible? 3. In view of this, what place is there for critical theory which uncovers taboos in the individual and social unconscious? Relevant, more psychoanalytic research methods, such as depth hermeneutics, offer ways of illuminating this "dark side of the moon" and identifying changes to the education system. However, it is precisely those perspectives that are highly anxiety-provoking, as they bring into focus those parts of individual and group experience that have been repressed from professional and institutional self-images (Lorenzer 2000). There are neither clear nor simple answers to those questions. However, they suggest that critical and open discussion of participatory research is urgently needed.

References:

Devereux, G. (1967) From Anxiety to Method in the Behavioral Sciences. The Hague: Mouton. Henwood, Karen; Lang, Iain (2005): Qualitative Social Science in the UK: A Reflexive Commentary on the “State of the Art”. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 6(3): The State of the Art of Qualitative Research in Europe. DOI: 10.17169/fqs-6.3.16. Langer, J., Link, P.-C., Fickler-Stang, U., Zimmermann, D. (2021): Perspektiven von Bediensteten des Jugendstrafvollzugs auf pädagogische Beziehung - tiefenhermeneutische Einsichten aus einer qualitativ-empirischen Studie. ESE. Emotionale und Soziale Entwicklung in der Pädagogik der Erziehungshilfe und bei Verhaltensstörungen 3, 14–28. Lorenzer, Alfred (2000) Sprachzerstörung und Rekonstruktion. Vorarbeiten zu einer Metatheorie der Psychoanalyse. 5. Aufl. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp (Suhrkamp-Taschenbuch Wissenschaft, 31). Obens, K. (2023). Vom (Adels-)titel und der dreifachen Sprachlosigkeit – Eine tiefen-hermeneutische Interpretation eines Deutsch-als-Zweitsprache-Unterrichts für Menschen mit Behinderungs-, Flucht- und Traumaerfahrungen. Psychosozial 45(2) (issue 168), in print. Zimmermann, D. (2023). Die Beschulung psychosozial erheblich beeinträchtigter Kinder und Jugendlicher in Kleinklassen. Praxeologische Desiderata und empirische Antworten aus dem englischen Diskurs. Vierteljahreszeitschrift für Heilpädagogik und ihre Nachbargebiete, submitted.
 

The Challenges Of Undertaking Participatory Research With Vulnerable Young People And Families

Michael Jopling (University of Brighton)

Recent EU analysis (EU 2022) found that in 2021 over one-fifth of the EU population living in households with dependent children was at risk of poverty or social exclusion. Estimates suggest at least 15 million children and young people in Europe have special educational needs. Increasingly in recent years, children and young people affected by these issues have been categorised under the crude description “vulnerable”. This paper discusses some of the findings from research which explored the experiences of vulnerable young people and their families using participatory approaches. It was undertaken in 2021 in a large city in England with high levels of poverty and deprivation. The paper explores how schools, teachers and other professionals can best work with young people to help them overcome the disadvantages they face and examines the methodological challenges of undertaking funded research using participatory approaches, especially during the pandemic. The theoretical framework for the research drew on strengths-based and co-constructed research approaches (Boyle et al, 2010; O’Neill, 2003), alongside critical examinations of social mobility (Todd, 2021) and the discourse around aspirations (Appadurai 2004). Its guiding research questions were: • What are the hopes and expectations of vulnerable young people and families facing disadvantage? • What support have they had both to achieve their hopes and overcome the barriers they face? • What implications do their experiences have for education and social policy and practice? Funded by local government, the research used a participatory approach and was conducted online in 2021 due to pandemic restrictions. It involved 13 young people and their families who had been supported by, or had sought the support of, social services. The approach developed in-depth narratives of their experiences, drawing on interviews, photographs and retrospective reconstructions of key events in their lives, determined by the participants themselves and their families. Data were analysed using the theoretical framework already outlined and the paper will discuss the difficulties of conducting, and analysing, this kind of participatory research. The paper concludes that shifting the discourse away from aspirations and mobilities, which draw too readily on negative, deficit models, towards exploring young people’s capacities, capabilities and experiences would help them better realise their goals. It also suggests that to do this, we should be prepared to acknowledge the “messiness” of social research (Law 2004); listen to young people more effectively; and find better ways to negotiate representing their views with funders.

References:

Appadurai, A. (2004) The capacity to aspire: Culture and the terms of recognition, in Rao, V. and Walton, M. (eds.) Culture and Public Action. Stamford: Stamford University Press, 59-84. Boyle, D., Slay, J., and Stephens, L. (2010) Public services inside out: Putting co-production into practice. London: NESTA. Eurostat (2022) Children at risk of poverty or social exclusion. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Living_conditions_in_Europe. Law, J. (2004). After Method: Mess in Social Science Research. Abingdon: Routledge. O'Neil, D. (2003) Clients as researchers: The benefits of strengths-based research, in Munford, R. and Sanders, J. (eds.) Making a Difference in Families: Research that Creates Change. Sydney, Australia: Allen & Unwin, 113-129. Todd, S. (2021) Snakes and Ladders: The Great British Social Mobility Myth. London: Vintage.
 

Participatory Research Methods In The Development Of A Digital Mental Health Promotion Programme For Youth

Franziska Reitegger (University of Graz), Michaela Wright (Research Center for Inclusive Education Graz, Austria), Barbara Gasteiger-Klicpera (University of Graz), Lea Hochgatterer (University of Graz)

significantly during the pandemic (Raccanello et al., 2022) and that these problems are likely to worsen in the long term (Kauhanen et al., 2022). These findings highlight the need for evidence-based prevention programs to promote mental health in this age group. Since adolescents often have an affinity and preference for digital technologies, prevention programs increasingly are offered as digital tools. Well-tailored digital interventions are likely to increase engagement and to promote the transfer of specific skills or strategies into the daily lives of young people (Lucas-Thompson et al., 2019). Adolescents can use these programs independent of time and place, and they can be designed to be adaptive and self-directed. Their efficacy has also been noted for addressing mental health problems such as anxiety and depressive symptoms (Sevilla-Llewellyn-Jones et al. (2018). However, young people often criticize these programs for being insufficiently tailored to their needs/interests (Wright et al., in press), which may be due to a disparity between the data collected and reported, identified in symposium provocation 1. This paper presents a project developing a programme to promote mental health literacy and well-being among students aged 12-15. In an iterative, participatory process, an innovative, adaptive, and accessible digital prevention programme is being developed with 240 students from three European countries, addressing topics such as anxiety, depression, resilience, and mindfulness. It takes into account the diversity of the students in terms of their social and cultural background, support needs, gender identity and sexual orientation. The aim is to expand the range of previous/existing prevention programs and to develop a program that addresses students’ needs and diversity and motivates them to take action regarding their own wellbeing. To ensure that the design and content is relevant, attractive and engaging for the students, two participatory workshops in 2023 will be conducted with students from secondary schools in Austria, Poland and Slovenia, followed by a pilot study in 2024. The conceptualization, implementation, and initial findings of the participatory workshops with representatives of the target group will be presented, focusing on the accuracy of the concept and design of the programme’s initial phase. This will include feedback results from the students on their needs, preferences and requirements regarding program design program design, as well as teacher feedback on strategies to improve the viability of the program in the school setting.

References:

Kauhanen, L., Wan Mohd Yunus, W. M. A., Lempinen, L., Peltonen, K., Gyllenberg, D., Mishina, K., Gilbert, S., Bastola, K., Brown, J. S. L., & Sourander, A. (2022). A systematic review of the mental health changes of children and young people before and during the COVID-19 pandemic. European Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 0123456789. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00787-022-02060-0. Lucas-Thompson, R. G., Broderick, P. C., Coatsworth, J. D., & Smyth, J. M. (2019). New Avenues for Promoting Mindfulness in Adolescence using mHealth. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 28(1), 131–139. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10826-018-1256-4 Raccanello, D., Rocca, E., Vicentini, G., & Brondino, M. (2022). Eighteen Months of COVID-19 Pandemic Through the Lenses of Self or Others: A Meta-Analysis on Children and Adolescents' Mental Health. Child and Youth Care Forum, 0123456789. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10566-022-09706-9 Sevilla-Llewellyn-Jones, J., Santesteban-Echarri, O., Pryor, I., McGorry, P., & Alvarez-Jimenez, M. (2018). Web-Based Mindfulness Interventions for Mental Health Treatment: Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. JMIR Mental Health, 5(3), e10278. https://doi.org/10.2196/10278 Wright, M., Reitegger, F., Cela, H., Papst, A., & Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (in press). Interventions With Digital Tools for Mental Health Promotion Among 11-18 Year Olds: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Journal of Youth and Adolescence.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm06 SES 12 A: Aspects of Open Learning and Media in Higher Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, G466 LT [Floor 4]
Paper Session
 
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Real or Imagined? A Speculative Future of Kindness in Education

Eamon Costello, Ruby Isabella Cooney, Nargis Mohammadi, Enda Donlon

Dublin City University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Costello, Eamon

This paper reports on an investigation of acts of kindness in education. Social science researchers have in recent years been calling attention to the ‘rise of affectivism’ (Dukes et al 2022). They argue that by building upon and integrating previous phases of behavioural and cognitive research, we are entering into a new area of understanding of human behaviour that is concentrated on emotions, motivations, feelings, moods and other affective constructs. Not only are such processes linked to our well-being, but also they shape our behaviour and drive key cognitive mechanisms. This is nothing new to those concerned with educational research and scholarship who have long emphasised the role of care in education (Held 2006; Noddings 2003; Tronto 1998; Diller 2018). Our concern here is with something specific within care - kindness. Kindness is not an orientation like care but is known and recognised in specific acts. Kindness according to Brownlie and Anderson (2017) can be conceptualized as being composed of four constituents: its infrastructural quality in a societal sense (low profile acts without which nothing would happen); that is is unobligated; that is has a micro or inter-personal focus; and that it has an “atmospheric” potential to subtly alter what we feel and do. The unobligated aspect of kindness has prompted commentators to believe that ‘what is subversive in thinking about higher education practice through the lens of kindness is that it cannot be regulated or prescribed’ (Clegg & Rowland 2010, p 721).

Teacher pedagogical beliefs are known to be informed by a range of factors, including the stories we tell ourselves about our own historical experiences of teaching and teachers (Kagan, 1992). Teachers may be motivated to teach by their beliefs about teaching, either to pay forward acts of kindness they have been shown or by vowing to do better themselves. Unfortunately we have no shortage of negative stories. Negative framing of teaching can become a dominating narrative of public discourse, leading to teachers being excoriated in the media for example (Mockler, 2020). If the image of what it means to be a teacher is being corrupted it is high time to reclaim this space. In order to offer a counter narrative of what teaching can be we embarked on this project to unearth and shine a light on positive pedagogical practices. The research project described in this talk attempts to address a deficit in focus on pedagogical positivity by asking student teachers what kindness means to them and what examples they can recall, of practices of kindness, from their educational history. We touch and acknowledge issues of diversity and lack thereof in our practice landscape as we seek diverse accounts of universal acts. From these accounts we are developing a mutimodal narrative representation of kindness in teacher education. Our results will be presented in a surprising way, for kindness is just that, something that arises unexpectedly, perhaps just when we need it, and then disappears, leaving nothing but a faint smile.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to help weave the stories of its participants this research adopted a form of narrative enquiry. Specifically it aimed to use an approach known as speculative design. Speculative methods have seen increased attention by educators of late (Houlden & Veletsianos 2022; Ross 2022) for their focus on imaging possibilities for education via less traditional representational methods. We aimed to elicit narrative accounts of acts of kindness in teaching from student teachers and then weave these into a speculative fiction that is set in an imagined future - see (Costello et al 2022; Richard & Caines 2021) for examples of how participant testimonies are used to generate fictional artefacts and worlds. We employed a visual artist to help us illustrate our imagined future.

Following an application for ethical approval from our institution’s ethical review committee, permission was granted to conduct this research. Following this approval 13 student teachers were recruited and interviewed. We conducted vox pop style short interviews with student teachers approaching them on the campus and recording a series of audio interviews of short questions which took approximately 10-15 minutes each.

Most of our research population (student teachers in Ireland) are a relatively non-diverse population being primarily white Irish middle class students who accessed university through the traditional competitive entry routes. We also recruited students from a university access programme who are classmates of author two, an undergraduate student herself pursuing a non-traditional route to higher education. Lastly, author three interviewed author two. Author three is a female who was a recent arrival to Ireland seeking asylum from Afghanistan (where higher education for women has now been banned by a recent Taliban decree). (Author two 2021; Author three, 2022).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results of this research project are ongoing and we present initial findings here.We have uncovered uplifting acts of kindness from teachers and students in the testimonies of our participants. In this session we will present anonymised excerpts in a creative way. We have engaged a visual artist as a member of the research team to help tell a story based on the participant’s contributions using a multimodal approach. We hope our talk will have an interactive element to allow delegates to be part of this storytelling conversation and help us celebrate and storify kindness in education.  

References
References:

Brownlie, J., & Anderson, S. (2017). Thinking Sociologically About Kindness: Puncturing the Blasé in the Ordinary City. Sociology, 51(6), 1222–1238. https://doi.org/10.1177/0038038516661266.

Clegg, S., & Rowland, S. (2010). Kindness in pedagogical practice and academic life. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 31(6), 719–735. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2010.515102.

Costello, E., Soverino, T., & Girme, P. (2022). Books (are not like people): A postdigital fable. Postdigital Science and Education, 4(2), 519-539.

Diller, Ann. 2018. ‘The Ethics of Care and Education: A New Paradigm, Its Critics, and Its Educational Significance’. In The Gender Question in Education, 89–104. Routledge.

Dukes, D., Abrams, K., Adolphs, R., Ahmed, M. E., Beatty, A., Berridge, K. C., Broomhall, S., Brosch, T., Campos, J. J., Clay, Z., Clément, F., Cunningham, W. A., Damasio, A., Damasio, H., D’Arms, J., Davidson, J. W., de Gelder, B., Deonna, J., de Sousa, R., … Sander, D. (2021). The rise of affectivism. Nature Human Behaviour, 5(7), 816–820. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41562-021-01130-8.

Held, Virginia. 2006. The Ethics of Care: Personal, Political, and Global. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press

Houlden, S., & Veletsianos, G. (2022) Impossible Dreaming: On Speculative Education Fiction and Hopeful Learning Futures. Postdigital Science and Education, https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-022-00348-7

Kagan, D. M. (1992). Implication of research on teacher belief. Educational psychologist, 27(1), 65-90.

Mockler, N. (2020). Discourses of teacher quality in the Australian print media 2014–2017: A corpus-assisted analysis. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 41(6), 854-870.

Noddings, Nel. 2003. Happiness and Education. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Richard, S., & Caines, A. (2021). The use and misuse of care, OERx. OERx conference. [Youtube Video]. https://youtu.be/tnt4TP_nJKg. Accessed 18 May 2022.

Ross, J. (2022). Digital Futures for Learning: Speculative Methods and Pedagogies. Taylor & Francis.

Tronto, Joan C. 1998. ‘An Ethic of Care’. Generations: Journal of the American Society on Aging 22 (3): 15–20.


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Comparative Analysis of the Effects from the Media on the Higher Education Students During and After Covid Lockdown

Olga Gould1, Malika Sultonova2, Regan Perez1

1Eastern New Mexico University, United States of America; 2State University of New York at Buffalo, United States of America

Presenting Author: Gould, Olga

We designed and conducted two IRB-approved qualitative case studies at two public university in two different states of the United States of America with the interval of 3 years. Our first study was conducted online via the Zoom and Skype affordances during the COVID-19 lockdown. The second follow-up project by our researchers' team which took place during the post-COVID times was concerned with the same field of study. We grounded our research studies in Vygotsky’s (1978; 1987) socio-cultural constructivism. The purpose of the both qualitative case studies was to understand the nature of the effects from the social media and mass media on the college students specifically during the pandemic lockdown and at the post-covid times. The participants in our project were the American and International college-age students enrolled at the university programs. The major research questions were: “What possible effects may social media have on college students' health, well-being, academic, and social behaviors?” and “In what ways, if at all, did the social and mass media affect or change the students thinking, emotional and psychological state, and decision-making?” We recruited our research subjects through the word of mouth. In accordance with Seidman's (2014) postulates, we interviewed our subjects individually and in small groups. Our research team sought our participants' revelations on the levels of their involvement with the social media and mass media and the changes in their perceptions, beliefs, knowledge, trust, and self-perceptions resulting from the information they obtained from the diverse media sources. We audio-recorded and transcribed all the interviews. We utilized Saldana's (2015) thematic coding in order to analyze the ideas revealed by our research participants and identify the recurring themes. We looked for the recurring themes in the speeches by our participants. Upon completion of the data collection for both projects, we analyzed and compared the findings. This research found multiple positive and negative effects from usage of the available to the modern days' American college students mass media and social media. Our studies found that the negative effects prevailed and outweighed the benefits of using the social media by the young International and American college student populations. The significance and the great value of our study for the vast college student populations is in our raising awareness of the predominantly unknown to this population negative effects on the youth's mental health, well-being, and academic achievement, etc. Our research participants shared that they had no prior educational experiences with media literacy. This knowledge and awareness have a strong potential to help the American and International college students to avoid or reduce the negative effects from the usage of diverse media. Another implication of our study is in the acute necessity of the Media Literacy Education embedded in the school curricula on all grade levels or offered as college courses world-wide. One of the limitations of our study is that it was conducted only in two states of the United States of America with a relatively small number of participants. More research projects are needed in the field of Media Literacy and the Effects from Media on the Diverse Higher Education Student Populations, while the research studies need to be conducted not only nation-wide in the United States but, most importantly, globally.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The presented research used the qualitative case study method. We designed our project in accordance with the Ely et al. (1994) qualitative research principals. Though the number of participants was relatively small, our team of researchers went deep into the topics addressed by our subjects during our semi-structured interviews (Seidman, 2013), which we selected as the major instrument for our study. Additionally, we conducted the site and participant observations (Spradley, 1980). Most importantly, in order to deeper understand the current chronotope (Bakhtin, 1981), we engaged in the social media observations at the periods of time when our project was conducted during the COVID-19 lockdown and during the post-COVID times. We randomly collected social media posts and announcements related to the COVID and pandemics thematic. We also regularly took the numeric data suing the nationally accredited and the reliable International media sources. We triangulated all our data (Saldana, 2105) collected from the participant interviews and observations, social media, and the National and international media sources. We used thematic coding (Saldana, 2013) to code and analyze our data. We looked for the recurring themes in all the data collected. Upon completion of the second, follow-up project, we engaged in the comparative analysis of the data obtained through both parts of our extended project. We assembled all the research findings in a report, drew conclusions, outlined the limitations, and suggested the implications for the further research.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our research found that our participants, the American and International college students massively lack education the field of Medial Literacy. All our subjects confessed they had never been offered any course work nor public or private school classes concerning mass media or social media literacy. Our subjects trusted the printed word of the available to them publications. They have never thought of verifying any information presented to the mass audiences on TV in the United States or Internationally. Our team of researchers interrogated the participants specifically on the topics frequently viewed, read, and tracked by ourselves in the mass media and social media posts during the COVID-19 lockdown and afterwards. We found that our participants not only trusted that information but allowed themselves to be manipulated and followed the directions provided by the unknown manipulators and guidelines of actions, such as purchasing certain goods not at all related to the COVID-19 necessities nor recommended by the health-care professionals. Our research also found the tendency to depressive thoughts and behaviors in young people, which stemmed from the social distancing, isolation, and masking policies. Another significant finding was the negative influence from the social media on the young college students where the latter chose to decline healthy lifestyles promoted by the official medical professionals and selected to engage in unhealthy contradictory practices manifested by some irresponsible users of social nets. The great significance of our project is in our disclosing the types of negative influence on the young college students from the "fake prophets" and gamers who publish fraudulent postings in the social media. We also suggest the ways to resist the negative effects from the unverified media. We advocate for the media literacy education for the great benefit of our young college student populations in the USA and globally.
References
Ely, M., Anzul, M., Friedman, T., Garner, D., & Steinmetz, A. M. (1994). Doing qualitative research: Circles within circles. Bristol, PA: The Palmer Press.
Frederick, C., & Zhang, T. (2019). Narcissism and social media usage: Is there no longer a relationship? Journal of Articles in Support of the Null Hypothesis, 16(1), 23-35. Retrieved from https://ezproxy.ecc.edu:3555/apps/doc/A596061592/ITOF?u=erieccn_main&sid=ITOF&xid=a81ccc2a
Glesne, C. (2010). Becoming qualitative researchers (4th ed.). New York: Longman.
Househ, M., & Househ, M. (2013). The use of social media in healthcare: organizational, clinical, and patient perspectives. Studies in Health Technology and Informatics, 183, 244–248. Retrieved from http://search.proquest.com/docview/1285462654/
Indina, T. (2014). Social media communication effects on user’s behavior change. Personality and Individual Differences, 60, S42–S42. Retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2013.07.117
Kumar, S., Natrajan, K., Bhadoria, A., Das, A., & Kumar, S. (2019). Social media smartphone app and psychopathology - A case report. Journal of Family Medicine and Primary Care, 8(8), 2738–2740. Retrieved from https://doi.org/10.4103/jfmpc.jfmpc_421_19
Miles, M. B., & Huberman, A. M. (1984). Qualitative data analysis: A sourcebook of new methods. Sage publications.
Saldaña, J. (2015). Thinking qualitatively: Methods of mind. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Seidman, I. E. (2013). Interviewing as qualitative research (4th ed.). New York: Teachers College Press.
Spradley, J. P. (1980). Participant observation. Holt, Rinehart, and Winston.
Stoian, A. (2019). Education, Social and Media Communication. Revista de Stiinte Politice, (62), 125–135. Retrieved from http://search.proquest.com/docview/2247528332/
Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1987). The collected works of L. S. Vygotsky: Vol. 1. Problems of general psychology, including the volume thinking and speech (R. W. Rieber & A. S. Carton, Eds., Trans. N. Minick). New York: Plenum.
Vygotsky, L. S. (2000). Psychology. Moscow: EKSMO-Press.
Wertsch, J. V. (1991). Voices of the mind. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Wickersham, K. (2019, October 21). Using social media is not connecting. Retrieved from https://norfolkdailynews.com/select/using-social-media-is-not-connecting/article_67a70e78-f43a-11e9-9df7-0b3f6bdad678.html.


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Learner Perceptions of the Use of Danmaku in Open Publicly Shared MOOC Videos

Yujie Xue, Chang Zhu

Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium

Presenting Author: Xue, Yujie; Zhu, Chang

In today's digital age, Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs) break the time and space constraints of face-to-face teaching and are being widely used in higher education (Daradoumis et al., 2013). Many top universities participate in and offer high-quality online courses on MOOC learning platforms such as Coursera and edX. It is worth noting that as more and more learners prefer this video-based learning experience, video sharing platforms have also become an online learning approach that cannot be ignored in addition to traditional MOOC platforms. Many high-quality open course videos have been uploaded to video sharing platforms such as YouTube so that more people can learn more easily (Burke & Snyder, 2008). Video sharing platforms with danmaku features are very popular with the younger generation. The term "danmaku" comes from Japanese and is essentially a system of video commentary that slides from one side of the screen to the other like a bullet (Howard, 2012). In China, most mainstream video platforms have danmaku functions, and the most popular platform is Bilibili, which has 54 million daily active users. In Europe, the TikTok platform which is popular among young people, some European streaming platforms and TV stations' web pages have also started to open the danmaku function in some shows.

However, with the popularity of online learning, some challenges have come to the fore, such as an increase in course dropout rates and a decrease in satisfaction with online courses, which may be related to learner interactions with others (Asoodar et al., 2016). The quality of interaction as a feature of online learning is also considered to be an important factor in improving the efficiency and effectiveness of online learning (Bernard et al., 2009). For learners, interaction through forums, discussion boards and danmaku in the online learning environment can promote cooperation and mutual support among different learners. Unlike traditional mainstream video platforms and MOOC platforms, video sharing platforms with Danmaku functionality offer a better user experience in terms of interactivity. In addition to interacting in the comments section, users can also comment instantly by sending a danmaku, which remains at the point in time of the current comment on the video being watched, and when other viewers play to that point in time, they will see other users' comments here. This sense of real-time commenting is difficult to experience on YouTube. As a result, many Chinese students choose to study online on video sharing platforms like Bilibili. Therefore, understanding learners' perceptions of danmaku in this particular context and exploring the application and value of danmaku can provide more options for MOOC improvement and in-class interaction for teachers, as well as provide some reference and help for the development of online learning platforms.

Based on this, the research questions for this study are as follows:

RQ1: How do users perceive the use of danmaku as a tool in open publicly shared MOOC videos?

RQ2: What are the specific roles of danmaku in open publicly shared MOOC videos?

On the basis of the Technology Acceptance Model (TAM), the authors combined the studies of other scholars to construct an analytical framework suitable for this study, which is to code and analyse the data with perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use and perceived enjoyment as the core structures (Davis 1989; Van der Heijden 2004; Rauniar et al. 2014; Zhang et al. 2014). Details will be presented in the next section.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study, content analysis was chosen as the research method. Content analysis is a systematic and objective quantitative research method to study information characteristics (Harwood & Garry, 2003). The content analysis method can perform quantitative coding analysis on objective barrage text data and perform in-depth qualitative analysis of the coding results. This study took the textual content of the danmaku as the research object, aiming to explore the acceptance and perception of danmaku by the users of video sharing platforms. These users mainly refer to students who study open publicly shared MOOC videos on video sharing platforms and learners who are interested in such videos.
The data for this study were all collected from the official Bilibili platform using Python. The authors selected a total of 128 open publicly shared MOOC videos from 4 series of MOOC courses on the video sharing platform Bilibili, that is, Game Theory at Yale University, Positive Psychology at Harvard University, Macroeconomics at Peking University, and Mechanics of Materials at Tsinghua University. Two series of courses are taught in English with Chinese and English subtitles, and two are taught in Chinese with Chinese subtitles.
Since the Bilibili platform assigns different weights to the danmaku content according to the user's level and behavior records, the higher the weight of the danmaku, the less likely it will be covered by the subsequent danmaku, which also means that the publisher of this part of the danmaku is more core user groups. Therefore, this study selected the first 100 danmaku of each MOOC video as the research sample, and used each individual danmaku text as an analysis unit, with 128 videos totaling 12174 analysis units. In this study, the qualitative analysis software MAXQDA 2022 was used as an analysis tool to analyze the content of danmaku.
By combining the analysis framework mentioned in the previous section, the authors selected perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use and perceived enjoyment as the three primary indicators, and summarised the secondary indicators from the raw data through open coding. The coding process was carried out by two coders. To ensure objectivity, the author and another coder performed pre-coding after learning the key indicators and specific coding rules to test the consistency of their coding.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study found that learners preferred using danmaku for instant messaging and interaction than traditional comment section discussions. Learners' perceptions of the use of danmaku as a learning tool in open publicly shared MOOC videos are mainly reflected in the areas of socialisation, information exchange, participation and interaction. The perceived usefulness of danmaku is mainly reflected in the fact that the use of danmaku is helpful for learners to obtain information and achieve effective communication. Perceived ease of use in this study refers to how easy and convenient it is for users to use the danmaku. The perceived enjoyment of using danmaku is reflected in the enjoyment and ease that users feel when using them, as the anonymous and open atmosphere created by danmaku video platform makes it easier for users to express their ideas.
The main application scenarios of danmaku in open publicly shared MOOC videos are explanations, recommendations for videos and other related materials, explanations or corrections of subtitles, content discussions, communication conversations, simplified interaction, video interaction, comments, social interaction and emotional expression. These application scenarios also reflect the roles currently assumed by danmaku in the field of online learning. Danmaku adds a sense of ritual to MOOC learning, breaks the time and space limitations of teacher-student interaction and interaction between students, and transforms traditional MOOC learning into a decentralised online learning mode. Based on these unique and attractive features, more and more learners are choosing to use video sharing platforms with danmaku for their MOOC learning. The findings are useful for understanding the popularity of MOOC videos in video sharing platforms with danmaku features, the design of the danmaku function and the development of MOOC-based educational technology.

References
Asoodar M, Vaezi S, Izanloo B (2016) Framework to improve e-learner satisfaction and further strengthen e-learning implementation. Computers in Human Behavior 63:704–716. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2016.05.060
Bernard, R. M., Abrami, P. C., Borokhovski, E., Wade, C. A., Tamim, R. M., Surkes, M. A., & Bethel, E. C. (2009). A meta-analysis of three types of interaction treatments in distance education. Review of Educational Research, 79(3), 1243–1289.
Burke, S. C., & Snyder, S. L. (2008). YouTube : An Innovative Learning Resource for College Health Education Courses An Overview of YouTube Using YouTube in Higher Education. International Electronic Journal of Health Education, 11, 39–46.
Daradoumis, T., Bassi, R., Xhafa, F., & Caballé, S. (2013). A review on massive e-learning (MOOC) design, delivery and assessment. Proceedings - 2013 8th International Conference on P2P, Parallel, Grid, Cloud and Internet Computing, 3PGCIC 2013, 208–213. https://doi.org/10.1109/3PGCIC.2013.37
Davis, F. D. (1989). Perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and user acceptance of information technology. MIS Quarterly, 319–340.
Harwood, T. G., & Garry, T. (2003). An overview of content analysis. The Marketing Review, 3(4), 479–498.
Howard, C. D. (2012). Higher order thinking in collaborative video annotations: Investigating discourse modeling and the staggering of learner participation. Indiana University.
Rauniar, R., Rawski, G., Yang, J., & Johnson, B. (2014). Technology acceptance model (TAM) and social media usage: an empirical study on Facebook. Journal of Enterprise Information Management.
Van der Heijden, H. (2004). User acceptance of hedonic information systems. MIS Quarterly, 695–704.
Zhang, K. Z. K., Cheung, C. M. K., & Lee, M. K. O. (2014). Examining the moderating effect of inconsistent reviews and its gender differences on consumers’ online shopping decision. International Journal of Information Management, 34(2), 89–98.


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Neither with You nor Without You. Higher Education Students and Digital Technology

Laura Malinverni, Juana M Sancho-Gil

UB, Spain

Presenting Author: Sancho-Gil, Juana M

Neither with you nor without you my sorrows have no remedy, with you because you kill me and without you because I die. Antonio Machado. Spanish poet (1875-1939)

Today's societies are heavily permeated and configured by digital technologies, and education is no exception. Higher Education students are now "post-20th century" (McCrindle & Wolfinger, 2011). They have grown up connected to virtual environments and have access to more information than any other generation (Sancho-Gil, 2021; Seemiller and Grace, 2017). This fact has brought McCrindle & Wolfinger (2011, p. 102) to argue that our era "It's not the era of experts but the era of user-generated opinion". In a world where "data is cheap but making sense of it is not'' (Boyd, 2010; Sancho and Hernández, 2018).

The multiplication of communication tools and codes, more and more available for young people, means an increasing tendency to use multimodal forms of communication and information search (McCrlinde & Wolfinger, 2011). Young people seem to prefer non-textual content platforms (Geraci et al., 2017), show a predilection for the role of observers, seek real practical examples before applying their learning, and need to understand such applicability to be involved in the process (Seemiller and Grace, 2017). At the same time, the old trend of copying and plagiarism has considerably grown (Abbas et al., 2021; Diaz et al., 2021). The recent emergence of chatbots such as ChatGPT -to which development the tycoon Bill Gates seems ready to invest 10 billion dollars (Fabino, 2023), is representing new challenges for meaningful student learning and universities (Cochrane, 2022; 2023 Huang, 2023; Illingworth, 2023; Kramer, 2022).

There is a long-time predominant discourse of celebration and applause of any technological development, mainly digital. However, as discussed for decades, technological development impacts nature, social systems and individuals. And the consequences are not always positive and desirable (Morozov, 2013; Shallis, 1984; Mumford, 1938).

In our world of apparently unlimited digital technology and information, everyone seeks people's attention, which is essential to think and making informed decisions. Everybody knows that without attention (which implies time and concentration), friendship, love, family, followers, business, work, and learning are impossible. Human relations, publicity, media, educational institutions, and churches are all trying to obtain this limited human attribute. For Lankshear & Knobel (2001) and Lanham (2006), the scarcest product is attention in the new economy. As human beings' capacity to produce consumer goods, information, etc., widely surpasses peoples' capacity to consume them, the need to attract attention is becoming the focus of productive activity.

This growing and seemingly unstoppable phenomenon is giving rise to an exploration of the collateral and detrimental effects of the impact of digital technologies on young people (Twenge (2017; Desmurguet, 2020; Alter, 2018; Sampedro, 2018). Due to the excessive and unwise use promoted by persuasive technologies (Fogg, 2003).

One of today's paramount issues is educating over-stimulated people who often feel bored. In this context, contemporary universities are confronting the colossal challenge of capturing students' attention and interest and, even more, guaranteeing meaningful learning processes for all students beyond passing the exams. For their part, students are confronting the need to evade the persuasive "siren calls" of digital technology. We need to understand how they deal with the technological world; they can see it as an ally or a monster. What strategies are they using to make the most of their situation, and how do they value what digital technology gives and takes out of them? This controversial and entangled situation has been one of the main issues of the [anonymised] research project.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This communication builds on the project [anonymised], whose aim is to explore the learning trajectories of young university students to situate their conceptions, strategies, contexts and relationships with technologies, adopts a participatory and inclusive research perspective (Bergold & Thomas, 2012; Nind, 2014; Wilmsen, 2008).  It involves the academic community (students, academics, managerial bodies) to contribute to a better way to meet contemporary students' learning needs.
In the first stage have participated 50 university students, 28 from Catalonia and 22 from the Basque Country. Thirty were women, 20 were men (55.6% and 44.4%, close to the distribution observed in Spanish universities in the academic year 2019-2020), and seven had special needs (14%). Throughout four meetings, we explored and built with them their learning lives (Erstad & Sefton-Green, 2012), placing special attention on their university experience.
In the first meeting, we made sure we had conveniently explained the research scope and aims and the compromise it entailed for them and us. We signed the ethical protocols. Then, we shared a set of contradictory views about contemporary youth. In the second meeting, they shared a reconstruction of their learning lives from childhood to the present through textual, multimodal and rhizomatic narratives; they highlighted moments, places, people, activities, objects, technologies, timeframes, turning points, etc., which they considered crucial to their learning paths. The third meeting focused on learning moments, methods, tools, and strategies they identify as relevant for their daily learning, including academic and non-academic activities undertaken inside or outside the institutional walls. In the final session, researchers, after dialoguing and conceptualising the information generated with the participants, shared a draft of their learning trajectories to contribute to the final version of the text. All meetings were audio-recorded and transcribed.
This paper focuses on the role of digital technologies in higher education students' learning and everyday life.  In particular: (1) their ways of describing their use of digital technologies; (2) their perceptions about how these technologies influence their learning; (3) their beliefs and conceptions about digital technologies and their social impact.
To review these reflections, the researchers' team conducted a first thematic analysis of the transcription of the interviews with the 50 students. They highlighted statements and observations about their experiences and considerations regarding digital technologies for each student. This first database underwent a second thematic analysis to evidence common discourses and patterns.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Participants' reflections and experiences showed that the interviewed students live in a constant ambivalent feelings regarding the role of DT in their lives. This ambivalence is reflected in all areas of their lives: personal, interpersonal relationships, and learning.
Regarding their personal lives, DT has allowed them to gain comfort and optimise their productivity. However, they also expressed their concerns related to the dependency generated by DT and the feeling of wasting time absorbed by them.
Many students feared that DT could make us lose fundamental cognitive abilities, such as the capacity to focus, pay attention and concentrate. However, some of them remarked how by freeing us from specific mental loads (e.g. memorising), DT could offer us spaces to develop other forms of thought. Some of them also considered the relationship between DT and mental health. According to some students, DT had a detrimental effect on their mental health, e.g. lowering self-esteem or depriving them of a moment of absolute rest. According to other students, digital technologies offer benefits in raising self-esteem and allowing resources for rest and escape. Their comments about the impact of DT on interpersonal relationships also reflect these mixed feelings
Regarding the impact of DT on learning, students also showed puzzling opinions. They referred to DT at the same time as learning triggers and distractors. For some, how digital technologies have reshaped learning ecologies has provided them with much information and diversified learning resources. This new landscape offers them opportunities to access information "just in time", deepening into themes of interest, widening their knowledge and entering into contact with new ideas and worldviews. However,  the overabundance of information makes it challenging to go deep into something and build profound knowledge; they often "just read diagonally" and are used to rapidly switching their themes of interest.

References
Abbas, A., Fatima, A., Arrona-Palacios, A., Haruna, H., & Hosseini, S. (2021). Research ethics dilemma in higher education: impact of internet access, ethical controls, and teaching factors on student plagiarism. Education and Information Technologies, 26(5), 6109-6121.
Alter, A. (2018). Irresistible. ¿Quién nos ha convertido en yonquis tecnológicos? Paidós.
Carr, N. (2010). The Shallows: What the Internet Is Doing to Our Brains. W. W. Norton & Company.
Carr, N. (2020). The shallows: What the Internet is doing to our brains. WW Norton & Company.
Cochrane L. (2023, January 11). How Should Universities Respond to the Challenges of ChatGPT? AL-FANAR-MEDIA. https://cutt.ly/j9cy8SR
Desmurget, M. (2020). La fábrica de cretinos digitales. Península.
Diaz, J. C. T., Duart, J. M., Carrión, P. V. T., & Gutierrez, I. M. (2021). Plagiarism and use of technology by high school students. Campus Virtuales, 10(2), 175-184.
Fabino, A. J. (2023, January 11). Wait, Is Bill Gates Working On ChatGPT With Microsoft? Benzinga. https://cutt.ly/l9cr5pG
Fogg, B. J. (2003). Persuasive Technology: Using Computers to Change What We Think and Do. Morgan Kaufmann.
Huang, K, (2023, January 23). Alarmed by A.I. Chatbots, Universities Start Revamping How They Teach. The New York Times. https://cutt.ly/K9x54CG
Illingworth, S. (2023, January 19). ChatGPT: students could use AI to cheat, but it's a chance to rethink assessment altogether. The Conversation. https://cutt.ly/69b0Bi4
Kramer, Z. (2022, December 12). What Could Chat GPT Mean For Students And Universities? https://cutt.ly/a9b2yQx
Lanham, R. A. (2006). The Economics of Attention: Style and Substance in the Age of Information. The University of Chicago Press.
Morozov, E. (2013). To save everything, click here: The folly of technological solutionism. New York: PublicAffairs.
Mumford, L. (1938). Technics and civilisation. New York, Harcourt, Brace and Company.
Nind, M. (2014). What is Inclusive Research? Bloomsbury.
Sancho, J. M. y Hernández, F. (2018). La profesión docente en la era del exceso de información y la falta de sentido. RED. Revista de Educación a Distancia, 56, Artíc. 4, 31-01-2018. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.6018/red/56/4
Sancho-Gil, J.M. (2021) Quo vadis university? (¿Quo vadis universidad?), Culture and Education, 33(2), 397-411, DOI: 10.1080/11356405.2021.1904659
Shallis, M. (1984). The silicon idol: The micro revolution and its social implications. Schocken Books.
Twenge, J. M. (2017). IGen: Why today's super-connected kids are growing up less rebellious, more tolerant, less happy -and completely unprepared for adulthood- and what that means for the rest of us. Simon and Schuster.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm07 SES 12 A: Global Citizenship as a Pedagogy of Hope
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Namrata Sharma
Panel Discussion
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Panel Discussion

Global Citizenship as a Pedagogy of Hope

Namrata Sharma1, Douglas Bourn2, Ana Belén García-Varela3, Massimiliano Tarozzi4

1State University of New York, United States of America; 2UCL Institute of Education, London, United Kingdom; 3Universidad de Alcalá, Spain; 4University of Bologna, Italy

Presenting Author: Sharma, Namrata; Bourn, Douglas; García-Varela, Ana Belén; Tarozzi, Massimiliano

In this session scholars explore the theory and practice of global citizenship education, with a special focus on the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and the 2030 Agenda for sustainability. The objective of the session is to introduce new theoretical developments and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on scholarly discourses in global citizenship education. The presentations debate the extent to which global citizenship should be seen as a pedagogical approach for social change, and within this promote a sense of hope, whilst being mindful of the existing global challenges to building a more just, diverse and sustainable world. In this session scholars explore several converging themes within their respective presentations:

  1. An exploration of ethical and values-based perspectives that is lacking in the present discourse on education for global citizenship.
  2. The idea of global citizenship as an organizing principle for rethinking the curriculum across diverse education settings.
  3. An examination of existing and alternative pedagogical models and practices, including from non-western perspectives that can contribute to the intercultural dimension of education for global citizenship.

Structure of the session: Three presentations will be followed by a discussion led by an expert in the field (listed as fourth presenter).

Paper 1

Title: Education for Sustainable Development and Global Citizenship: An Intercultural Approach

The contributions of this paper are centred around these key questions: how can education be reframed in light of the environmental crisis? How do we address teaching about sustainability and global citizenship based on alternative paradigms? This paper reflects on the double planetary crises of climate impacts and COVID-19 through a study of selected less widely known perspectives and eco-visions. Value-creating global citizenship education is developed as a pedagogical approach from a study of selected indigenous perspectives aimed to enhance the United Nations’ 2030 Agenda for sustainable development, and beyond. The key focus of this approach is to build resilience and hope through engaged relationships between learners and their natural, social, and educational environments.

Paper 2

Title: Pedagogy of Hope for Global Social Justice

COVID-19 and the climate change crisis have re-enforced the need for education around the world to incorporate diverse perspectives that suggest social change is possible, but this means bringing in themes of global citizenship and a sense of hope. This paper will build on the author’s recently published book on education for social change and how crisis such as the global pandemic and debates around sustainability have suggested that social justice needs to have a much more central place within all educational provision. The paper will make reference to the continued importance of Paulo Freire in addressing these questions. The paper will give examples from research and practice as to how educators are starting to address these challenges.

Paper 3

Title: Creating Value at University for Social Transformation Based on Hope and Respect for Diversity

In this paper we will use as an example our work carried out at the University of Alcalá in the formation of future Early Childhood and Primary Education teachers and their ability to adapt to the diversity in their classrooms. It is essential that teachers reflect on how to create value (Makiguchi, 1989) in a classroom based on their own experience, giving meaning to their learning in an inclusive context. In our classes we use the transformative (Kegan, 2000; Hoggan, 2016) and dialogic (Wegerif et al, 2023) learning approaches to build reflective learning based on experience and reflection on experience. Through taking responsibility for their own learning, teachers are able to see themselves as potential agents for transforming reality to construct a fairer world (Hall, et al., 2021).


References
•Bourn, D. (Ed.). (2020). The Bloomsbury handbook of global education and learning. London: Bloomsbury.
•Bourn, D. (2021). Pedagogy of hope: Global learning and the future of education. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 13(2), 65–78. DOI: https://doi.org/10.14324/IJDEGL.13.2.01
•Bourn, D. (2022). Education for social change. London: Bloomsbury.
•Hall, C., Krueger-Henney, P., Kunimoto, N.M., Zakharia, Z. (2021). Hope is a decision: Pedagogical acts toward the collective commitment to remake the world. In I. Nuñez & Jason Goulah (Ed.) Hope and Joy in Education. Teachers College Press.
•Hoggan, C. (2016). Transformative learning as a metatheory: Definition, criteria, and typology. Adult Education Quarterly, 66(1), 57–75. https://doi.org/10.1177/0741713615611216
•Ikeda, D. (2020). El nuevo humanismo. Civilización Global.
•Ikeda, D. (2021). The light of learning: Selected writings on education. Santa Monica: Middleway Press.
•Kegan, R. (2000). What ‘form’ transforms? In J. Mezirow (Ed.), Learnings transformation (pp. 35-70). Jossey-Bass.
•Makiguchi, T. (1989). Education for Creative Living: Ideas and proposals of Tsunesaburo Makiguchi. Iowa State.
•Moraes, S. and Freire L. (2016). The University Curriculum and the Ecology of Knowledges towards building a Planetary Citizenship. Transnational Curriculum Inquiry, 13, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.18546/IJDEGL.8.3.03 (Also published in Portuguese)
•Sharma, N. (2020). Value-creating global citizenship education for sustainable development: Strategies and approaches. Cham: Palgrave Macmillan.
•Sharma, N. (2021). Gandhi, value creation, and global education: Intercultural perspectives on education for citizenship. In Kumar, M. and Welikala, T. (Ed.), Teaching and learning in higher education: The context of being, interculturality and new knowledge systems (pp. 237–247).  Bingley: Emerald Publishing. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1108/978-1-80043-006-820211018
•Tarozzi, M. (2021). Educating for global citizenship in diverse and unequal societies. In Conversations of Global Citizenship education. Perspectives on research, teaching, and learning in higher education (pp. 89 – 102). New York: Routledge.
•UNESCO. (2019). Global citizenship education. Paris: UNESCO.
•Wegerif, R., Shi, S., Rubio-Jimenez, A., Long, Y. Liu, Q. & Chang, C C. (2023) Dialogic education: tensions and dilemmas. In International Encyclopedia of Education 4th Edition. Elsevier.

Chair
Namrata Sharma, DrNamrataSharma@gmail.com, State University of New York
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm07 SES 12 B: Languaging and Literacy in Researching Inequalities
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Hanna Ragnarsdóttir
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

The Problem with Summative Literacy Assessments and How They Imagine Children: An International Comparison

Catherine Compton-Lilly1, Annette Woods2, Kerryn Dixon3

1University of South Carolina, United States of America; 2Queensland University of Technology; 3University of Nottingham

Presenting Author: Compton-Lilly, Catherine; Woods, Annette

As a group of international scholars with experience in diverse international contexts across both the global south and north, we have become concerned about the increasingly rapid flow and (re)circulation of problematic, summative literacy assessments and international efficiency narratives. Our concerns, in part, are about how these assessments imagine children and their learning. In this presentation, we will examine the implementation of summative literacy assessments and accompanying data–driven instruction in elementary/primary classrooms around the globe. Specifically, we ask epistemological questions about the nature of summative assessment, by analysing examples of summative literacy assessments from across diverse international contexts, to see how those assessments imagine and represent children and childhood. We then turn our attention to formative assessments and explore how formative literacy assessment practices might be utilised to re-envision children and childhood while revealing promising instructional practices that have the potential to support student learning as well.

The circulation of summative literacy assessments across international contexts not only promotes problematic views of children, childhood and learning; but it also privileges Eurocentric, English dominant, colonialising, and narrow notions of literacy education and becoming literate, denying diversity and multiplicity which are two important principles of understanding literacy as a social practice. This we argue, is counter to equitable literacy teaching and learning. Commercial interests, the testing industry, and the commodification of testing, have contributed to the circulation of these assessments, and neoliberal ideologies have contributed to the proliferation of assessment practices across diverse international contexts without any heed paid to local social and cultural literacy understandings.

As scholars who have worked in the United Kingdom, Australia, South Africa, Taiwan, and the United States, we have individually and collectively encountered both summative and formative literacy assessment practices. These assessment practices often have global talons originating in other parts of the world and promote policy practices that entail global policy borrowing. Significantly, we are all employed by universities, teach in mid-sized or large urban areas, and engage with communities and schools where the dominant language is English. While each context brings its own set of challenges, policies and resources, we share a commitment to children who have been historically underserved in schools. We are particularly interested in how assessment practices have evolved in our respective systems and countries and how summative literacy assessments position children that schooling has historically failed to serve.

In this presentation, we open with two compelling views of childhood. Both situate children as capable of learning and knowing; however, one places the onus on leading, directing, and controlling children’s learning. The goal from this way of thinking is to measure and evaluate learning in relation to narrow, linear, and pre-determined learning progressions (Apple, 2011; Ball, 2021; Carnoy, 2015; Ravitch, 2013). The other (Gandini, 1993; Montessori, 2013) views learning as idiosyncratic, unpredictable, and stunningly contingent on each child’s vision of the world, particular interests and experiences, and their communities. We briefly review each perspective and reveal critical epistemological differences that operate below the surface of these perspectives as we conceptualise literacy learning for young children.

Our understandings of these theoretical differences led us to consider the international flow of literacy assessments –both summative and formative. Specifically, we ask what circulates, for what purposes, and what do these global flows mean for children and their becoming literate. We then introduce readers to a range of summative literacy assessments and the policies and purposes surrounding their use.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodologically, we identified a summative literacy assessment used in three contexts, and focused on the international roots of these assessments and their relevance to assessment policy in diverse international contexts, including systems within the European Union. Criteria were used to select the assessments. These summative assessments were:
• used in schools and influence in how educators teach literacy,
• focused on young children and literacy, and
• circulated internationally, either in their current form or as sets of assessment principles taken up and applied in new international spaces.
We used discourse analysis to analyse documents surrounding each assessment. We explored the official, stated purpose for each assessment; revealed epistemological claims; discussed their international roots; and explore their flow and (re)circulation. Finally, we look across international system’s contexts, to identify other assessment practices shared by these example summative assessments, and identify assumptions about children and literacy learning operating through these assessment practices. The following assessments were analysed utilising discourse analysis, before the cross comparative analysis to investigate the global (re)circulation of policy talons in global south and north contexts :
Australia: A centerpiece of assessment in Australia - the National Assessment Program in Literacy and Numeracy (NAPLAN) - was introduced in 2008 to test children in years three, five, seven, and nine using a suite of tests across four domains: reading, writing, language conventions, and numeracy. Children take these tests each May and in the weeks prior to testing, significant learning time is allocated to test-taking practice.
South Africa: While NAPLAN is supposedly a locally produced, tailored assessment for the Australian context, the Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS) is an international systemic evaluation of literacy in children’s home language or the language of instruction administered in grade 4. It has been administered every five years since 2001 by the International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA). It aims to provide internationally comparative data on children’s reading achievement.
United States: The Early Grade Reading Assessment (EGRA) was developed in 2006 by the Research International Triangle for US-AID. EGRA is a version of DIBELS,  formerly a popular assessment in US schools. It has been adapted for use in African nations where international NGOs use it to track children’s reading progress. EGRA entails a series of one-minute assessments that measure the acquisition of supposedly discrete literacy skills, including phonemic awareness, alphabetic principle, accuracy and fluency, vocabulary, and comprehension.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analytical methods have helped us to ascertain how summative assessments have often operated and (re)circulated in conjunction with instructional standards and educational practices in international spaces. Specifically, literacy assessments have been used to control what is taught and to mandate sets of literacy skills that all children are expected to learn. These standards have had a constraining force on local curricular decision-making as standards and benchmarks have become synonymous with achievement. However, these assessment systems appear to ignore what educators know about equitable, high quality, child-centered assessment systems and their role in literacy pedagogy and curriculum.
Large-scale literacy assessments that are used summatively are grounded in neoliberal and mechanical views of childhood and literacy that invite data–driven scripted and programmatic instruction, invoke and respond to supposedly universal conceptions of childhood, ignore the linguistic and literacy repertoires of multilingual children, often undermine and negate teachers’ professional judgement, and are driven by the investment of capital rather than the interests of children.  We connect international flows of assessment practices and policies to international missions to measure learning in order to compare learners and their teachers, and alert readers to the operation of largescale summative assessments as colonising forces.  Our goal is to raise awareness of the childhood-literacy-theory nexus that operates through the uses of assessments.  Finally, we argue for the affordances of formative assessment including opportunities to discover what children know, individualise and inform instruction, honor cultural and linguistic diversity, and contribute to the development of teacher expertise.

References
Ball, S. J. (2021). The Education Debate. Policy Press.

Carnoy, M. (2015). International Test Score Comparisons and Educational Policy: A Review of the Critiques. National Education Policy Center.

Gandini, L. (1993). Fundamentals of the Reggio Emilia approach to early childhood education. Young children, 49(1), 4-8.

Montessori, M. (2013). The Montessori Method. Transaction publishers.

Ravitch, Diane. "Hoaxes in educational policy." The Teacher Educator 49.3 (2014): 153-165.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Ethical Dilemmas in Special Education - The Challenge of Speech and Language Therapists.

Rachel Yifat, Debi Kastel

University of Haifa, Israel

Presenting Author: Yifat, Rachel

Professional ethics applies to a particular profession and focuses on protecting the interests of the individuals served. A professional code of ethics defines shared fundamental principles (based on values) specific to a particular group for practice, research, and education (Chabon & Ulrich, 2006). The code guides professionals' behavior concerning their interactions with clients, colleagues, and employers (Wesley & Buyesse, 2006). It supports self-reflection and public accountability and recognizes individuals as a community of professionals with distinct privileges and obligations. Furthermore, a professional code of ethics involves principles that a specific profession has established to judge the best action to take when facing ethical dilemmas that call for decision-making.

The relevance of ethics to the daily experience of healthcare professionals is highly acknowledged, and each healthcare association has formulated its code of ethics that is taught as part of professional training. Healthcare professionals (e.g., psychologists, occupational therapists, speech and language therapists) providing direct therapy to children in special education act in a unique situation where ethical dilemmas are examined according to the principles that reflect their values as professionals and establish expectations for their clinical practice. Given that special education is abundant with ethical problems and dilemmas, well-intentioned professionals must learn and apply the relevant ethical standards appropriate to this specific setting. Thus, the question is, how does a multidisciplinary team in special education school resolve cases when a conflict arises between definitions of an ethical dilemma?

Speech and language therapists (SLTs) are employed in various settings, including medical and educational. This study focuses on the unique circumstances associated with providing school-based services in special education and the challenge of applying SLTs' professional code of ethics in special education-based practice.

During training and development as healthcare professionals throughout their careers, SLTs devote much of their time and effort to assimilating theoretical and technical knowledge with professional and clinical skills. Nevertheless, only a small amount of time is dedicated to considering the substantial ethical implications of what they are learning to do.

Given that SLTs often significantly influence the special education programs and services provided for children with disabilities, the role of SLTs in special education has been insufficiently examined regarding the complex ethical dilemmas they are likely to face.

The aims of the present study were as follows:

(1) to explore how SLTs in special education identify ethical dilemmas and examine the ethical perspectives that influence their decision-making.

(2) to examine whether SLTs’ professional code of ethics provides comprehensive guidance to address ethical dilemmas in special education.

(3) to examine what SLTs claim are the significant sources of ethical dilemmas in special education schools.

(4) to explore whether and how often SLTs in special education are involved in ethical deliberations with multidisciplinary staff, and whether they recall cases when these lead to competing interests and controversies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Using a purposeful sampling method, we invited SLTs employed in Special Education schools to participate in the study. Seventy-three clinicians responded to our request. Of these, 35 clinicians who met the following criteria were chosen to be included in the study:
At least three years of experience as SLTs employed in a special education school.
Attended a course on professional ethics as part of their academic training.
Familiar with the SLTs’ professional code of ethics.
A focus group interview was chosen to gather direct thoughts and observations from the SLTs regarding their involvement in ethical dilemmas. Based on a semistructured interview protocol (Morgan, 2002), we conducted five focus group interviews, each lasting approximately 3 hours. All focus group conversations were recorded and transcribed.
Using specific questions to guide but not limit their discussions within each focus group, we asked the SLTs to share their views and other information regarding their experiences with ethical dilemmas in special education. In addition, we presented several cases and then used this discussion to begin a dialogue about general ethical issues in special education and strategies for making principled ethical decisions.
The data analysis process included reviewing transcripts of the focus group discussions, notating concepts that emerged from the data and related to the study’s aims, identifying categories, and determining relationships among categories to reveal emerging themes (Bogdan & Biklen, 2003).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Most participants needed clarification on the differences between professional ethics and laws, rules, and regulations since they referred to them as interchangeable.
Many of the SLTs need help explaining how to identify an ethical dilemma.
SLTs are faced with the dilemma of choosing between potentially contradictory obligations. For example, confidentiality, a term in widespread use and familiar to healthcare professionals, is challenging with another familiar concept, teamwork. To respect the issue of confidentiality, not releasing information outside the therapy room may risk undermining the teacher's contribution.
Although SLTs are often uncertain about how to proceed when faced with ethical dilemmas, deliberations about ethics in special education are infrequent.
The participants raised the issue that some dilemmas are conceptualized as clinical in nature, involving clinical decision-making, but still have ethical implications. For example, when (or how much information) an SLT needs to bring to the notice of parents a suspicion that their child might have some severe additional difficulty that requires assessment and intervention.
Using the 'four principles approach' (Beauchamp & Childress, 1994) as a directive guideline to resolve ethical dilemmas poses interpretation challenges in particular cases. For example, failing to provide any service while searching for an SLT expert in a specific area (e.g., autism, cerebral palsy) may not be in the child's best interest and may even result in harm.
The participants agreed that SLTs are not prepared enough to cope with ethical dilemmas in special education.

References
Beauchamp, T. & Childress, J. (1994). Principles of biomedical ethics, 4th ed. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Bogdan, R. C., & Biklen, S. K. (2003). Qualitative research for education: An introduction to theories and methods (4th ed.). New York: Pearson Education.
Chabon, S., & Ulrich, S. (2006). Uses and abuses of the ASHA Code of Ethics. The ASHA Leader, 11(2), 22–23.
Morgan, D. L. (2002). Focus group interviewing. In J. Gubrium & J. Holstein (Eds.), Handbook of interview research (pp. 141–160). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Wesley, P. W., & Buysse, V. (2006). Ethics and evidence in consultation. Topics in Early Childhood Special Education, 26(3), 131–141.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm07 SES 12 C: Cultural Pluriformity, Moral Development and Citizenship in (Intercultural) Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 707 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Henrike Terhart
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Self-efficacy of Tertiary Vocational Students in Relation to Study, Work and Citizenship. The Impact of a Citizenship Education Program/

Isolde De Groot1, Marie-Christine Opdenakker2

1University of Humanistic Studies, Netherlands, The; 2University of Groningen, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: De Groot, Isolde

Self-efficacy is considered a predictor for success in later life, as it is related to academic success and political participation (Hoskins et al., 2016; Solhaug, 2006; Vansteenkiste et al., 2006). It is also known that students from lower socio-economic backgrounds, who are overrepresented in (pre)vocational tracks, have lower self-efficacy compared to their peers from higher socio-economic backgrounds (e.g., Schulz et al., 2018; Sohl and Arensmeier, 2015). Differences in self-efficacy can thus play an important role in the reproduction of educational and civic inequalities (Hoskins et al., 2016; Badou et al., 2021).

Research has established that education programs can help strengthen students’ self-efficacy beliefs. Citizenship education (CE hereafter) scholars, for example, have shown how CE-programs have impacted citizenship efficacy beliefs (Beaumont, 2010; Levy, 2018; Kahne & Westheimer 2006). In her study into the political efficacy of high school students in the US, Beaumont (2010) identified four pathways of political learning that can spur hopeful and realistic political efficacy beliefs: (1) skill-building political mastery experiences (2); models of political efficacy and involvement; (3) social encouragement, supportive relationships and networks, and inclusion in political community; and (4) empowering and resilient political outlooks.

While scholars in the Netherlands, where this research is situated, have shed light on the self-efficacy of students in secondary and higher education, little is known about the self-efficacy of students in tertiary vocational education (VET hereafter) in the Netherlands. Moreover, at the start of our practice-oriented research project in 2019, there were no research-informed experiential CE-programs that specifically supported the development of vocational students’ political self-efficacy. Also, little is known about the interrelatedness of students’ self-efficacy in different domains.

To address these voids, this study examines the self-efficacy of VET-students from one large VET-institute (16.000 students) related to study, work, and politics, and the impact of a 10-week CE-program ‘Making a Difference’ (MADE hereafter) on students’ political efficacy, as well as on their self-efficacy related to study and work. Inspired by Beaumont’s (2010) four pathways to teaching political efficacy, students participating in MADE work together in small groups selecting, examining a societal issue that they are concerned about, organize a first action and present their project in class and for a larger audience. While a 10-weeks program is a rather short period of time to generate a substantial impact, this study does give an indication of what a single program can(not) do. In addition, the study also addresses differential effects of the program in relation to students’ background characteristics.

As half of the students in EU countries attend VET, and students with a migration background are overrepresented in VET (Elffers, 2011), insight into students’ self-efficacy and the impact of a CE-program targeting political efficacy are of interest to a broad range of scholars and practitioners involved in furthering educational and political equality in European countries.

The following questions are addressed:

1) What is the self-efficacy of tertiary vocational students related to study, work and politics and does it vary across student groups related to background characteristics?

2) How does the MADE-program impact vocational students’ self-efficacy related to study, work and politics and does its impact vary across students’ background characteristics and students’ appreciation of MADE?

3) What are the experiences of students with MADE, what strengths and weaknesses of the prototype MAD- program do they identify, and how do they appreciate having a political efficacy-oriented CE-program in the curriculum?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Design, procedure, participants
The research involved a mixed-methods pre-post intervention study with a CE-program (MADE) in The Netherlands. The study also included a control group which received CE as usual.
Participants in the study were first year Economy students (N=192) attending a large vocational education school in the Netherlands. 5 classes belonged to the intervention group and 6 classes to the control group.
Survey data (pre- and post) were collected in the spring semester (Feb-July) of 2022.
192 students completed the pre-survey, and 117 completed the post-survey. 99 students completed both surveys, 49 of which were from the intervention group.
In addition, five focus group interviews with Economy students (N=16) were held two weeks after MADE. For these interviews, we selected student project groups (2-4 students each) with a good attendance rate. Nine male students and six female students participated.

Measures and Research Instruments
The online questionnaire instrument includes four scales related to self-efficacy in study namely, academic self-efficacy, self-efficacy for learning, self-efficacy related to self-regulated learning and self-efficacy for learning and performance related to CE, which are based on existing surveys (Midgley et al., 2000; Zimmerman & Kitsantas, 2007; Bandura, 2006; Usher and Pajares, 2008; Pintrich & De Groot, 1990; Chen, Gully & Eden, 2001). The scale (eight items) on Self-efficacy related to future work was adapted from the New General Self-Efficacy Scale (Chen, Gully & Eden, 2001). Political efficacy was measured with five scales (with three items each), adapted from existing surveys (Syvertsen, Wray-Lake and Metzger, 2015; Thijs et al., 2019).
All scales were scored on a five-point Likert scale ranging from 1-strongly disagree to 5-strongly agree. The self-efficacy for self-regulated learning scale ranged from 1-not at all certain to 5-totally certain. Reliabilities and the number of items in each scale related to the pre- and post-measurement will be provided in two Tables.  
Intervention group students’ experiences with MADE, were examined via a selection of items from the Carnegie Foundation Political Engagement Survey, tailored to the MADE context. The focus group interview guide contained similar questions on strengths and weaknesses of MADE as well as a question on students’ appreciation of a program at their institute that attends to their political self.

Analysis
Analysis of variance (GLM) with posthoc testing was conducted, and complemented with content analysis of the qualitative data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Examination of the VET-students’ self-efficacy related to study, work and politics (RQ1) revealed that students scored highest on academic self-efficacy and self-efficacy related to work and CE, and lowest on individual and collective political efficacy, and perceptions of system responsiveness. In addition, some significant differences related to students’ background were found indicating lower individual civic and collective political efficacy of students with low-educated mothers compared to students with high-educated mothers, and lower individual political and collective civic efficacy and self-efficacy related to civics education and academics in general of students speaking mostly only another language than Dutch at home, compared to students speaking Dutch or a combination of languages (including Dutch) at home.
Minor, yet no significant changes were found in students’ citizenship efficacy between the intervention and the control group (RQ2). That said, the impact score (0.16) is quite neat when taking into account the impact of Covid, the small sample, and the fact that we measured the impact of a pilot program. In addition, the first preliminary results on the potential differential impact of the intervention related to student background reveal significant differences related to the mother's education indicating that the intervention seems to have impact on students’ political efficacy, in particular, when the mother is very low educated, which resides with earlier findings (Sohl, 2014).
Three directions for  further development of MADE are identified: attention to political skepticism (Beaumont’s 4th pathway); guidance in student-collaboration and initiating an action; and teacher professionalization. Providing professionalization support is a known issue in Dutch VET-institutes where one in four CE-teachers has no teaching degree on the subject (Oberon, 2022). We also discuss how insights gained contribute to existing knowledge on effective ways to mitigate the civic engagement gap between low and high SES students across Europe via political learning.

References
Badou M. Day M. Verwey-Jonker Instituut (Utrecht) & Gelijke Kansen Alliantie. (2021). Kansengelijkheid in het onderwijs: verkennend onderzoek naar factoren die samenhangen met onderwijs(on)gelijkheid [Factors influencing educational  inequality]. Verwey-Jonker Instituut. Retrieved January 13 2023 from INSERT-MISSING-URL.
Bandura, A. (2006). Guide for constructing self-efficacy scales. In F. Pajares & T. Urdan (Eds.), Self-efficacy beliefs of adolescents (Vol. 5, pp. 307-337). Greenwich, CT: Information Age Publishing.
Beaumont, E. (2010). Political agency and empowerment: Pathways for developing a sense of political efficacy in young adults. Handbook of research on civic engagement in youth, 525-558.
Elffers, L. (2011). The transition to post-secondary vocational education: students’ entrance, experiences, and attainment. Ipskamp drukkers.
Hoskins, B., Janmaat, J. G., Han, C., & Muijs, D. (2016). Inequalities in the education system and the reproduction of socioeconomic disparities in voting in England, Denmark and Germany: the influence of country context, tracking and self-efficacy on voting intentions of students age 16–18. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 46(1), 69-92.
Kahne, J. & Westheimer, J. (2006). The limits of political efficacy: Educating citizens for a democratic society, Political Science & Politics, 39(2): 289-296.
Levy, B. (2018). Youth Developing Political Efficacy Through Social Learning Experiences: Becoming Active Participants in a Supportive Model United Nations Club, Theory & Research in Social Education, 46(3), 410-448, DOI: 10.1080/00933104.2017.1377654
Oberon. (2022). Stappen in LOB en burgerschap Professionalisering en kwaliteitsverbetering LOB en burgerschapsonderwijs mbo [CE and professionalisation in VET]. Oberon.
Sohl, S. (2011). Pathways to Political Efficacy – Theoretical Considerations and Empirical Illustrations on Youths’ Acquisition of Political Efficacy: Politics, Culture and Socialization, 2(4), 389-414.
Sohl, S. (2014). Youths' political efficacy: sources, effects and potentials for political equality. Dissertation. Sweden: Örebro university.
Sohl S & Arensmeier C (2015) The school’s role in youths’ political efficacy: Can school provide a compensatory boost to students’ political efficacy? Research Papers in Education 30(2): 133–163.
Solhaug, T. (2006). Knowledge and Self-Efficacy as Predictors of Political Participation and Civic Attitudes: With Relevance for Educational Practice. Policy Future Education, 4, 265–278.
Syvertsen, A. K., Wray-Lake, L., & Metzger, A. (2015). Youth civic and character measures toolkit. Minneapolis, MN: Search Institute.
Thijs, P., Kranendonk, M., Mulder, L., Wander, F., ten Dam, G., van der Meer, T. & van de Werfhorst, H. (2019). Democratische kernwaarden in het voorgezet onderwijs. Adolescentpanel Democratische Kernwaarden en Schoolloopbanen [Exploring SE students’ democratic values]. Jaar 1 – 2018-2019. Universiteit van Amsterdam.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

How is Moral Development in Middle School? Adaptation and Validation of “Community Voices and Character Education” to Portuguese Context

Maria Azevedo1, Marcelo Porrua1, Ana Paula Monteiro1, Margarida Simês1, Teresa Silva Dias2, Inês Carvalho Relva1

1University of Tráz os Montes e Alto Douro, Portugal; 2University of Porto, Portugal

Presenting Author: Azevedo, Maria

Moral education/education in values is a topic discussed in the scope of Philosophy and of Education Sciences, namely in studies on curriculum and didactics, varying its orientation according to the adopted foundations, both of ethical order and referring to psychological research on moral development.

In the Portuguese case, a general orientation has been defined through the National Strategy for Education for Citizenship in 2017, and a set of mandatory and transversal themes has been established that clearly fall within the sphere of values, but without explicit reference to moral education or development. The proposed framework is the Whole-school Approach, although there are different curricular situations depending on the level of schooling, namely the curricular subject “Citizenship and Development".

Given this reality, the research question is: "What components of morality do children (10-12) develop through the subject of Citizenship and Development?"

The research is based on Rest's integrative model of moral development. While named neo-kohlberguian (Rest et al, 2000), Rest model of moral development is rather different from Kohlberg approach. Faced with the question "What processes or functions must have occurred in order for an individual to perform a moral act?" (Rest, 1986, p. 3), Rest identified four components (Rest, 1979; 1986), each of which corresponds to a different psychological process, being moral behavior the result of these different processes and not just the logical or affective consequence of a single process, as follows: moral sensitivity, moral judgment, moral motivation and moral action, each of which can be studied separately. By moral sensitivity, is meant that the person is aware of the moral dimension of the situation and so s/he’s able to interpret the situation in terms of how his/her actions will affect the welfare of others. Moral judgment is the ability to formulate possible moral courses of action and to formulate a plan of action that applies a moral standard or ideal in that specific situation. Moral motivation is the capacity to decide for one course of action by evaluating if it serves moral values. Moral action is the ability to accomplish what one has decided to do, by identifying and validly overcoming obstacles and difficulties. (Rest, 1984; 1986) Several studies have been made on moral judgement of college students and professional groups by Rest and his research group, namely using the DIT (Defining Issues Test) (Rest, 1979; 1987). Based on this integrative model, between 1998 and 2002, the Department of Education of the University of Minnesota (Narvaez et al., 2004) developed the community voices and character education project (CVCE), a moral education project addressed to children from 10 to 12 years old, in collaboration with middle school teachers. The project addresses some important questions that are present in the Portuguese context. In fact, as said above, “citizenship education aims to contribute to the education of responsible, autonomous, supportive people, who know and exercise their rights and duties in dialogue and respect for others, with a democratic, pluralistic, critical and creative spirit, with reference to the values of human rights” (Working Group on Citizenship Education, 2017; p. 3). In view of the above, this communication intends to present the results of a project in the Portuguese context, which aimed to adapt and apply the community voices and character education project (CVCE).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is an exploratory investigation to meet the objectives outlined. The sample consisted of approximately 12 classes, with 300 students, of the 2nd cycle of middle school, collected in schools in the North region of Portugal, through self-report scales distributed to students on paper. It used a sociodemographic questionnaire to collect data that allows us to characterize the sample. Also, scales developed by Narvaez et al. (2004), that have been translated, adapted and validated for the educational Portuguese context: Concern for Others (Ethical Sensitivity); Citizenship Scale (Ethical Focus/Motivation); Community Bonding Scale (Ethical Focus/Motivation); Ethical Identity Scale (Ethical Focus/Motivation); Ethical Assertiveness (Ethical Action) and the Basic Empathy Scale – BES, developed by Jolliffe and Farrington (2006). Taking into count the adaptation, the model was translated and verified the language according to three specialists: one in moral development, on in methodology and one in English. The protocol was initially previously applied to a group of 5students for language measurement. The study received a favourable decision from the Ethics Committee of the University of Porto. After authorization from the schools, the informed consent of the parents or legal guardians of the students involved was also requested. The students were free to participate or leave the study in any moment. In the data collection, a project researcher was always present to clarify possible doubts to the students and present the objectives of the project. It will be carried psychometric and correlational analyses.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It is expected that the scales, translated and adapted to the Portuguese context, have good psychometric properties.  It is also expected to identify the levels of Ethical Sensitivity, Citizenship, Community Bonding, Ethical Identity, Ethical Assertiveness (Narvaez et al., 2004) and Basic Empathy Scale (Jolliffe & Farrington, 2006; Portuguese version of Pechorro et al., 2018). It is expected that there is a positive correlation between all scales and that high scores on the different ethical scales correspond to high levels of empathy. Finally, there are expected no sex differences. Taking into account the results from the Narvaez et al. (2004) study it is expected that, that students with high commitment in schools will have a higher gain in feelings toward and perceptions of teachers and school, and also an increased sensitivity to perceiving peers intolerance and an increase in concern for others.  
References
Working Group on Citizenship Education (2017). National strategy for citizenship education. https://cidadania.dge.mec.pt/sites/default/files/pdfs/national-strategy-citizenship-education.pdf
Jolliffe, D., & Farrington, D. (2006). Development and validation of the Basic Empathy Scale. Journal of Adolescence, 29, 589-611. http://doi.org/10.1016/j.adolescence.2005.08.010
Kohlberg, L. (1976). Moral stages and moralization: The cognitive developmental approach. In Lickona, T. (ed.), Moral Development and Behavior (pp. 31-53). Holt, Rienhart, and Winston.
Narvaez, D., Bock, T., Endicott, L., & Lies, J. (2004). Minnesota’s community voices and character education project. Journal of Research and Education, 2(2), 89-112.
Pechorro, P., Jesus, S. N., Kahn, R., Gonçalves, R. A., & Barroso, R. (2018). A versão breve da Escala de Empatia Básica numa amostra escolar de jovens Portugueses: Validade, fiabilidade e invariância. Revista Iberoamericana de Diagnóstico y Evaluación – e Avaliação Psicológica, 49(4), 157-169. https://doi.org/10.21865/RIDEP49.4.13
Rest, J. (1979). Development in judging moral issues. Minneapolis. MN: University of Minnesota.
Rest. J. (1984). The major components of morality. In W. Kurtines, and J. Gewirtz (eds.), Morality, Moral Development and Moral Behavior (pp. 24–38). New York: Wiley
Rest, J. (1986). Moral Development: Advances in Research and Theory. NY: Praeger Press.
Rest, J. et al (2000). A Neo-Kohlbergian Approach to Morality Research. Journal of Moral Education, 29 (4), 381-395.
Rest, J., Narvaez, D., Thoma, S. J., Bebeau, M. J. (1999b). DIT2: Devising and testing a new instrument of moral judgment. Journal of Educational Psychology, 91(4), 644-659.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm07 SES 12 D JS: Researching Multiliteracies in Intercultural and Multilingual Education XIV
Location: James McCune Smith, 629 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Carmen Carmona Rodriguez
Joint Paper Session NW 07, NW 20, NW 31
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

The Challenges of Educating Roma Children: the Case of Lithuanian Education

Dalia Survutaitė

Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Survutaitė, Dalia

The Roma people were recognised as a distinct ethnic group by the United Nations in 1979, followed by the emergence of international Roma organisations. A growing awareness of discrimination against the Roma has been observed and Roma-related issues have increasingly been raised in international organisations such as the Conference on Security and Cooperation in Europe, UNESCO, UNICEF, and the Council of Europe. The Roma ethnic group deliberately chooses isolation to preserve its identity, as a way of distancing itself from the outside world. The closed lifestyle of Roma results in their social exclusion, which causes social (unemployment, housing, poverty, health) and educational (adult illiteracy, low education of Roma, children’s learning and education) problems and is an obstacle to the successful socialisation of Roma children.

The goal of the research is to disclose the factors that determine the problems related to Roma children education.

The following question is formulated: What factors predetermine educational problems for Roma pupils and can the challenges of educating Roma pupils be attributed to gaps in the national education system, a lack of interdepartmental coordination, or a lack of teacher competency?

Roma education faces the same problems almost everywhere in Europe (EU Roma strategic framework for equality, inclusion, and participation, 2020). In Lithuania (Baršauskienė, Leliūgienė, Pauliukonis 2003, Štuopytė, 2008), as well as in other countries (Kozma, Pusztai, Torkos, 2003), the most serious socio-educational problems of Roma people have been highlighted so far, which include illiteracy in adulthood, unemployment, poverty, bad living conditions, poor health, and the lack of cross-cultural education of children, which is manifested in low motivation for schooling, absenteeism, and low academic performance, and in early school dropout.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology of the present research is based on constructivism. A qualitative methodology is used that combines focus group discussions and the case study of Roma students in Lithuania.
Focus groups discussions implemented using the method of in-depth interview (Hennink et al., 1999, p.10) were used to elicit the views of teachers and educational support professionals on community-level information, such as Roma students' social behaviour, cultural values, and academic performance. The focus group discussion involved 8-12 interacting informants discussing issues related to the education of Roma pupils. Four focus groups were formed for the research.
Insights collected from case studies can directly influence policy, practice, and future research (Merriam, 1998, p. 9). The case study illustrates the situation of education in Lithuania. According to the Lithuanian Statistics Department, in 2021 the Roma population accounted for 0.1% of the total Lithuanian population. In Lithuania, 0.1% of the total number of children enrolled in early childhood, pre-primary, and general education programmes are of Roma origin. The experience of Roma children’s education is analysed in schools where Roma children have been enrolled for more than 30 years and several generations of Roma children have graduated from those schools. There were schools where Roma pupils represented 11% of all pupils. In total, the experiences and challenges of communities from seven general education schools are summarised. In accordance with the ethical principle of confidentiality, the names of schools are not published in the context of educational diversity profiles.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Currently, the Lithuanian education system offers three alternatives for Roma children: integrated education in general education schools, bilingual general education, or national minority schools. The multicultural environment that emerged in the analysed general education and ethnic minority schools  is one in which Roma are seen as neighbours who have lived side by side for many years. They have become an integral part of school culture. In general education schools, everyone is accepted on equal terms. There is no discrimination on the basis of nationality in multi-ethnic school communities.
Educational management of Roma children manifests itself at different levels: the Ministry of Education, Science and Sport plans measures to ensure social justice, the municipality develops programmes to support schools, their pupils and families, and school authorities mobilise staff for prevention programmes and smooth implementation of multicultural education, team leadership of teachers aims at the child’s well-being, with subject teachers working in cooperation  with class masters and support specialists to find the most appropriate educational solutions to disclose the child’s abilities and inclinations.
Overcoming the educational problems of Roma children can be achieved through socially just education measures and the power of school culture. The smart choice of strategies and tactics targets the problem-causing factor and contributes to the elimination of its negative effects. The factors that cause educational problems are isolated through the intelligent use of the effects of socially just education and school culture. In this way, it is possible to break the vicious repetition of the algorithm created by the effects of an unfavourable social, economic, and cultural environment, and to prevent or break the isolation of Roma people.

References
Baršauskienė, V., Leliūgienė, I. ir Pauliukonis, R. (2003). Social-educational problems of the Lithuanian Gypsies as a marginal community. Kaunas: Kauno technologinis universitetas.
EU Roma strategic framework for equality, inclusion, and participation. (2020). Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament and the Council A Union of Equality
Gummesson, E. (2000). Qualitative Methods in Management Research. London: SAGE Publications.
Hennink M. M. (1999). Diamond I. Using Focus Groups In Social Research. Handbook of the psychology of interviewing.
Kozma, T.; Pusztai, G.; Torkos, K. (2003). Roma Childhood in Eastern Europe. Acta Paedagogica Vilnensia. Nr. 11.
Merriam, S. B. (1998). Qualitative Research and Case Study Applications in Education. São Fran-cisco, CA: Jossey-Bass/Wiley.
Štuopytė E. (2008). Romų vaikų socializacijos ypatumai. Socialinis darbas. Nr. 7(3), p. 140-147.
Tellis, W. (1997). Application of a Case Study Methodology. The Qualitative Report, 3 (3).
Yin, R., K. (2014). Case Study Research: Desing and Methods (5nd ed.). London: SAGE Publications Tellis, 1997


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

A Methodological Approach to (Re)reading and (Re)writing a Narrative Interview with a Foreign Language and Its Translation

Hiromi Masek

TU Dortmund University

Presenting Author: Masek, Hiromi

The comparison of something pedagogical in multilingual contexts to reflect and understand literary teaching and learning is still fraught with difficulties because the meaning of teaching and learning to write and read and its scope for setting object have also changed (cf. New London Group 2000). The similarity can also be observed in the field of qualitative research with narrative interviews in a foreign language and their translation process to understand what we can make possible for (re)reading and (re)writing. The focus of this paper is therefore on whether and how it is possible to approach the (re)reading and (re)writing of textual content from narrative interviews in a foreign language methodologically in order to reflect something pedagogical in multilingual contexts.

Scholars in German-speaking countries have been concerned with changes in pedagogical vocabulary. Nowadays, they tend to do so by analysing, and interpreting the process by which something pedagogical emerges from the actions, interactions, and cultural conditions of individuals. In doing so, they distinguish two German concepts of education (e.g. Koller: 2022, Nohl: 2022), from other concepts and practises in order to (re)read and (re)write the pedagogical by comparing it with social conditions and interactions. And on this basis, it seeks to (re)read and (re)write the uniqueness of pedagogy as distinct from other disciplines (cf. Liesner and Lohmann: 2010). Both in intercultural pedagogy and in qualitative educational research, the above-mentioned perspectives are combined with language and migration as the objects of analysis. This is done not only to examine how pedagogy is (re)readable and (re)writable, but also to provide new pedagogical perspectives on multilingualism (cf. Gogolin and Duarte: 2018, Krüger-Potratz: 2018).

Meanwhile, scholars of intercultural education outside the German-speaking world have pointed to the difficulty of developing different ways of doing intercultural research. One of the main reasons for this difficulty stems from the different interests by researcher's backgrounds for choosing a research topic, concept and method (Bhatti and Leeman: 2011). Moreover, this problem is clarified through methodological reflection on the relevance of narrative interviews as an approach for analysing and interpreting their structures in the context of migration and languages. Despite the great interest in qualitative research with foreign or multilingual narrative interviews (Hangertner: 2012, Temple and Edwards: 2002, Tempel:2008), research process of a narrative interview in a foreign language viewed from its translating in transcription is still unclear.

For this purpose, a narrative interview with a Japanese person was chosen as the source of data. In 2020, when I conducted my interviews, my interviewee was a regular international student at a German university. A transcription of the interview with her is presented in the original (Japanese) and translated into English. In order to consider the methodological reflection on the relevance of narrative interviews for the analysis and interpretation of their structures in the context of migration in multilingualism, I translated the original into English using the formulating interpretation according to the documentary and narrative structure analysis by Nohl (2006/2012). I then attempted to reflect on the translated sentences using Fritz Schütze's 'narrator's interest constellations'. While formulating interpretation and narrator's interest constellations are methodologically compared to narrative structures (cf. Franz and Griese: 2010), the discussion of foreign languages and their translation by researchers is not yet sufficiently developed (cf. Bittner and Günther: 2012). This kind of interpretation can show that the translation process should also be reflected in the analysis and interpretation of the narrative structure in interlingual storytelling.

Combined with a discussion of the methodological relevance of narrative interviews in foreign languages in intercultural education, this study provides important insights into the potential for developing a multi-literacy pedagogy.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The selected Japanese interview was conducted in 2020 via Zoom video. My interviewee, whose interview excerpt will be presented at the conference, was studying in Germany. The content of the selected interview passage in Japanese is a story about her challenging experience as a international students and her conflict with her ‘integration’ in Germany. In view of the linguistic aspects of Japanese, which can express various social aspects (cf. Löbner: 2002/2013), this passage can also show the possibilities and risks of translation as well as of formulating and reflecting interpretation to analyse and interpret the narrative structure in English.
In order to consider the methodological reflection on the relevance of narrative interviews in the context of migration in multilingualism, I translated the original into English using the formulating interpretation according to the documentary and narrative structure analysis by Arndt-Michael Nohl (2006/2012) combined with ‘narrator's interest constellations’ according to Fritz Schütze (1976). The ‘formulating interpretation’ is generally understood to be a reference to what is being said (e.g., finding main and sub-topics from the selected passage). This interpretation allows us to write down as many translation variants as possible, compare them with each other, and then to decide on a translation variant. The 'narrator's interest constellations' make it possible to reflect on the translating process of storytelling from the point of view of the narrator (interviewee) on the one hand, and from the point of view of another "new" narrator (researcher and translator) on the other, and to produce a translated transcription that reflects the narrative. This combination can provide a basis for discussing the question not only of translating as research action, but also of how translated elements can be mediated to methodologically compare narrative structure analysis between languages. Although both interpretations are only one part of the analysis and evaluation process, they have great potential to point out the importance of methodological reflection on the relevance of narrative interviews and the important role of language, both of which have already been indicated by Franz and Griese (2010).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
My research should provide thee benefits for developing the concept of a pedagogy of multiliteracies. The first is that researchers who have multilingual access to the object of their research will be able to be more sensitive in their procedures of interpretation and analysis. My research project will support the proposition that the approach presented should not be limited to the school context and language education there. Secondly, my research will be able to demonstrate a possibility for a pedagogy of multiliteracies in which ‘designs of meaning’(cf. New London Group 2000) can also be applied to qualitative educational research in order to reflect on the methodological relevance of narrative interviews with foreign languages. Finally, this paper aims to contribute to a proposed solution to the problem of the dilemma in the network for social justice and intercultural pedagogy (cf. Bhatti and Leeman 2011) by exemplifying two aspects of the dilemma, namely the different interests by researchers and the use of different languages. This allows to reflect on previous selected research objects, aims and language(s) for developing the contents in the network.
References
Bhatti, G., Leeman, Y. (2011). Convening a Network within the European Conference on Educational Research: a history of the Social Justice and Intercultural Education Network. European Educational Research Journal Volume 10 Nr. 1, 129–142.
Bittner, M., Günther, M. (2013). Verstehensprozesse in interkulturellen Forschungsgruppen. Übersetzung als eine Herausforderung qualitativer Forschung. In M. Roslon and R. Bettmann (eds.). Going the Distance. Impulse für die interkulturelle Qualitative Sozialforschung. Wiesbaden, Springer, 185–202.
Franz, J., Griese, B. (2010). Dokumentarische Methode und Narrationsstrukturanalyse - ein Vergleich. In B. Griese (eds.). Subjekt - Identität - Person? Reflexionen zur Biographieforschung. Wiesbaden, Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften, 271–310.
Gogolin, I., Duarte, J. (2018). Migration und sprachliche Bildung. In I. Gogolin et al. (eds.). Handbuch Interkulturelle Pädagogik. Bad Heilbrunn, Julius Klinkhardt, 67–72.
Hangartner, J. (2012). Verstehen und 'kulturelles Übersetzen' in einer anthropologischen Feldforschung. In J. Kruse et al. (eds.). Qualitative Interviewforschung in und mit fremden Sprachen. Eine Einführung in Theorie und Praxis. Weinheim, Beltz Juventa, 136–150.
Koller, H-C. (2022). Bildung. In M. Rieger-Ladich et al. (eds.). Schlüsselbegriffe der Allgemeinen Erziehungswissenschaft. Pädagogisches Vokabular in Bewegung. Weinheim, Beltz Juventa, 55–62.
Krüger-Potratz, M. (2018). Interkulturelle Pädagogik. In I. Gogolin et al. (eds.). Handbuch Interkulturelle Pädagogik. Bad Heilbrunn, Julius Klinkhardt, 183–190.
Löbner, S. (2013). Understanding Semantics. 2. Edition. UK, Routledge.
New London Group (2000). A Pedagogy of Multiliteracies: Designing Social Futures. In B. Cope and M. Kalantzis (eds.). Multiliteracies: Literacy Learning and the Design of Social Futures. UK, Routledge, 9–37.
Nohl, A-M. (2006/2012). Interview und dokumentarische Methode. Anleitungen für die Forschungspraxis. 4. Edition. Wiesbaden, Springer.
Nohl, A-M. (2022). Erziehung. In M. Rieger-Ladich et al. (eds.). Schlüsselbegriffe der Allgemeinen Erziehungswissenschaft. Pädagogisches Vokabular in Bewegung. Weinheim, Beltz Juventa, 151–158.
Rieger-Ladich, M. et al. (2022). In Begriff, sich zu verändern. Zur Einleitung in das pädagogische Vokabular. In M. Rieger-Ladich et al. (eds.). Schlüsselbegriffe der Allgemeinen Erziehungswissenschaft. Pädagogisches Vokabular in Bewegung. Weinheim, Beltz Juventa, 7–14.
Schittenhelm, K. (2017). Mehrsprachigkeit als methodische Herausforderung in transnationalen Forschungskontexten. Zeitschrift für Qualitative Forschung 18 (1), 101–115.
Schütze, F. (1976). Zur soziologischen und linguistischen Analyse von Erzählungen. In Dux, G. and Luckmann, T. (eds.), Beiträge zur Wissenssoziologie - Beiträge zur Religionssoziologie, Opladen, Westdt. Verlag, 7–41.
Temple, B., Edwards, R. (2002). Interpreters/Translators and Cross-Language Research: Reflexivity and Border Crossings. International Journal of Qualitative Methods 1 (2), 1–12.
Temple, B. (2008). Narrative Analysis of Written Texts: Reflexivity in Cross Language Research. Qualitative Research 8 (3), 355–365.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm07 SES 12 E JS: Researching Multiliteracies in Intercultural and Multilingual Education XIII: Linguistic Diversity in Science Classrooms
Location: James McCune Smith, 429 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Irina Usanova
Joint Paper Session NW 07, NW 20, NW 31. Full information under 31 SES 12 A JS
3:30pm - 5:00pm08 SES 12 A: Teacher's perspectives and experiences on wellbeing and emotional literacy
Location: Joseph Black Building, C305 LT [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Venka Simovska
Paper Session
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Developing School Teachers’ Experiences of Wellbeing: An Actor Network Analysis

David Cashman, Wesley O'Brien, Fiona Chambers

University College Cork, Ireland

Presenting Author: Cashman, David

This research paper is stage 2 of a PhD study concerned with the design, implementation and evaluation of a systems informed model of positive education for developing Irish primary schools. The conceptual framework will be informed by data collected from multiple stakeholders involved in developing schools and includes the perspectives of principals, teachers, students and parents.

Wellbeing in school starts with the staff. They are in the front line of the work and it is hard for them to be genuinely motivated to promote emotional and social wellbeing of others if they feel uncared for and burnt out themselves (Weare 2015 as cited by NCCA 2017, p. 29). Despite this, Sharrocks (2014), noted that is a dearth of research which focuses upon teacher wellbeing.

Research by the Morgan and Nic Chraith (2015), noted that the vast majority of teachers took the view that teaching has become more stressful in the previous five years and over 93% of respondents thought that the work had become more demanding. Factors that contributed to this increase in stress included the greater need for documentation and school improvement plans, the demand on schools to solve problems of concern in society. This was considered an important influence in making teaching more challenging and stressful. As a result, catering for individual differences was also significant as was the number of children with behaviour difficulties in classrooms. Teacher wellbeing has subsequently suffered following the gloab pandemic with Burke and Dempsey (2021) noting that seven out of 10 of teachers reported feeling more stress and six out of 10 reported a decline in wellbeing during the first six months of the pandemic.

As a result, the purpose of this study is to unravel the experience of wellbeing of teachers in developing schools (*a developing school in this study is a school that has been set up since 2013), using Actor Network Theory (ANT). ANT posits that ideas, practices and ‘facts’ are effects of heterogeneous webs of relations between actors, or ‘assemblages’, a notion similar to Deleuze’s ‘agencement’ (Law, 2008). ANT is used in this research to identify how practices, assemblages, and webs of relationships human and non-human things impact on the wellbeing of new school principals. Furthermore, ANT is used to identify ‘problematisations’ or challenges to teacher wellbeing in developing schools.

Consequently, the key research questions of this research are:

  • What does wellbeing mean to developing school teachers from the perspective of both school wellbeing and personal wellbeing?
  • How do professional and personal relationships impact on teacher wellbeing in developing schools?
  • What wellbeing structures or supports are available to teachers in developing schools.
  • What wellbeing practices are in operation in developing schools?
  • What links exist between wellbeing and the ingrained structures within the education system?
  • What are the challenges or concerns that teachers experience and the ‘things’ or actors that enable or hinder wellbeing?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A series of 4 focus group interviews, lasting approximately 45 minutes, were conducted in February 2022, with developing (new) school teachers (n=22) online via Microsoft Teams. Participating school teachers worked across a diverse range of communities in Ireland, and included Newly Qualified Teachers, (NQTs) and experienced teachers. Qualitative data from focus groups were transcribed and emergent themes were identified using ANT. In order to understand how social actions shape wellbeing, this research adopted a number of phases as a roadmap. The phases listed below (adapted from McBride, 2000) outline the precise research methodology applied in this study.
• Identify the actors: Comprise of human or non-human actors which influence or become influenced by other actor’s policies and practices.
• Investigate the actors: Understanding the character of the stakeholders through interviews with network representatives, accessing documentation, understanding their attitudes, interactions, interests, etc.
• Identify actor interactions (‘Follow the Actors): Tracing interactions between stakeholders to explore the level of influence between stakeholders (e.g. trust and control).
• Construct an actor network model: Construct an actor-network model to determine for example, the networks complexity, cohesion, strength, and influence. Examine irreversibility: Determine to what degree it is difficult to make a change, e.g. through understanding the culture and the nature of acceptance in the network.
• Source of inhibitors and enablers: Determine who enables and inhibits actions to shape wellbeing and the network under investigation, e.g. wellbeing attitudes, resistance, or network infrastructure.
• Tracing actions: Identify what activities led to the alignment of the actor network, for example, training.
• Reporting on the actor-network: Report on the overall nature of the network and explain how social actions shapes wellbeing within the network.
This process allowed for themes, or as Latour (2005) would refer to as problematisations to initially emerge from the data and in turn, for the theoretical concepts to shape the themes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our study highlighted a number of enablers and inhibitors to wellbeing for teachers in developing schools.
Relationships were the largest enabler of wellbeing of those interviewed. Schools with formal mentoring for new teachers noted higher wellbeing outcomes. All respondents acknowledged how leadership in developing schools played a positive role in the development of a culture of wellbeing. Concern was noted by teachers interviewed for school leaders in developing schools for the lack of support afforded to them. The culture of developing schools was critical in the development of wellbeing. Respondents maintained that school culture had a higher impact on wellbeing than any individual or commercial wellbeing programmes. In terms of inhibitors, the physical environment was a key concern for teachers. Many developing schools are in temporary accommodation in substandard buildings which diminishes both a teachers sense of worth and sense of belonging in a school. Special Education Resources had a profound effect on the wellbeing of developing school teachers. There was also huge stress and occupational guilt associated with trying to meet the needs of children with complex educational needs that are not receiving specialist services like occupational therapy and speech and language therapy through the community system.
In terms of tangible supports a number of recommendations have emerged. Formal mentoring/coaching as well as an introductory guidance document to support new teachers in developing schools was noted to be beneficial to wellbeing. Some teachers spoke of how clinical supervision was in place which also benefited staff wellbeing. All teachers interviewed agreed the role of teaching principal hindered wellbeing and needs to be overhauled. Likewise, developing schools should not be opened without the provision of adequate accommodation and adequate teaching allocations.

References
Burke, J. and Dempsey, M. (2020), Covid-19 Practice in Primary Schools in Ireland Report, Maynooth University Department of Education, available at: https://www.into.ie/app/uploads/2020/04/ Covid-19-Practice-in-Primary-Schools-Report-1.pdf.

Deleuze, G. and Guattari, F. (1988). A Thousand Plateaus. London: Athlone.

Dempsey, M. and Burke, J. (2020), Covid-19 Practice in Primary Schools in Ireland Report: A Two Month Follow-Up, Maynooth University Department of Education, available at: http://mural. maynoothuniversity.ie/13001/.
Department of Education and Skills (2019), “Wellbeing policy statement and framework for practice”, available at: https://www.education.ie/en/Publications/Policy-Reports/wellbeing- policy- statement-and-framework-for-practice-2018%E2%80%932023.pdf.

Devenney, R. and O’Toole, C. (2021), “What kind of education system are we offering’: the views of education professionals on school refusal”, International Journal of Educational Psychology, Vol. 10 No. 1, pp. 27-47, ISSN 2014-3591.

Ereaut, G., & Whiting, R. (2008). What do we mean by 'wellbeing' and why might it matter? London: Department for Children, Schools and Families.

Hargreaves, A. and Fullan, M. (2020), “Professional capital after the pandemic: revisiting and revising classic understandings of teachers’ work”, Journal of Professional Capital and Community, Vol. 5 Nos 3/4, pp. 327-336.

Harris, A. and Jones, M. (2020), “Covid 19 – school leadership in disruptive times”, School Leadership and Management, Vol. 40 No. 4, pp. 243-247.

Latour, B. (1987). Science in action: How to follow scientists and engineers through society. Harvard: Harvard University Press.

Latour, B. (2005) Reassembling the Social. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Law, John. (2009). Actor-network theory and material semiotics. In: Turner, Bryan (ed.) The new Blackwell companion to social theory. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 141–58.

Lawrence, N. (2020), Supervision in Education – Healthier Schools for All Barnardo’s Scotland Report on the Use of Professional or Reflective Supervision in Education, Barnardo’s Scotland, available at: https://www.barnardos.org.uk/sites/default/files/uploads/Supervision%20in%20Education %20-%20Healthier%20Schools%20For%20All%20-%20Main%20report_0.pdf.

McBride, N. (2000). Using actor-network theory to predict the organizational success of a communications network. Leicester, UK: De Montfort University.
 
Morgan, M. & Nic Craith, D. (2015). Workload, Stress and Resilience of Primary Teachers: Report of a Survey of INTO members. Dublin: INTO.

O’Toole, C., and V. Simovska. (2021). “Same Storm, Different Boats! The Impact of COVID-19 on School Wellbeing.” Health Education. Special Issue
OECD (2020), Education at a Glance, OECD, Paris.

Sharrocks, L. (2014). School staff perceptions of well-being and experience of an intervention to promote well-being. Educational Psychology in Practice, 30(1), 19–36. https://doi.org/10.1080/02667363.2013.868787

Weare, K. (2015). What works in promoting social and emotional well-being and responding to mental health problems in schools?: Advice for schools and framework document.


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Creating a Healthy Workplace Together – Understanding Participative Processes of Organizational Health Interventions in Schools

Laura Koch, Anita Sandmeier

Schwyz University of Teacher Education, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Koch, Laura

Teachers are among the occupations most affected by work-related stress (Aloe et al., 2014). About a third of teachers in Switzerland report feeling stressed at work on a daily basis (Kunz Heim et al., 2014). Chronic stress can in turn result in employees being unable to work due to physical or mental health issues (Bödeker, 2000), leaving the profession in search of other career options, or retiring early (Carver-Thomas & Darling-Hammond, 2017). Worldwide, schools are struggling with staff shortages as increasing numbers of teachers are leaving the classroom due to challenging working conditions (Goldhaber & Theobald, 2022). Hence, there is an urgent need for effective organizational health interventions (OHI) in the education sector. The proposed project explores how OHIs are designed in schools with a focus on participation.

The study is based on the Job Demands-Resources Model (JD-R) (Bakker & Demerouti, 2014), which assumes that job demands, such as time pressure or heavy workload, can trigger a health-impairment process that can result in negative strain (e.g., exhaustion). In contrast, personal and professional resources, like social support or appreciative leadership, have a positive impact on employees´ motivation, work engagement, and consequently mental well-being (Bakker & Demerouti, 2014). A balance between job demands and resources can be achieved by actively redesigning work, which includes strengthening personal and professional resources, fostering motivating work requirements as well as reducing demanding working conditions (Tims et al., 2012). Within the theoretical framework of the JD-R, this process is described as “job crafting”(Wrzesniewski & Dutton, 2001). OHIs make use of this concept by encouraging employees to actively shape their workplace through participatory approaches. Thus, participation in health promotion is understood as "a process which allows employees to exert some influence over their work and the conditions under which they work" (Heller et al., 2004, p. 15).

Past research has shown that a high level of participation can positively influence the effectiveness of health interventions (Schelvis et al., 2016). It has been argued that participation makes employees feel more empowered and in control of the changes affecting their workplace (Nielsen & Christensen, 2021). At the same time, there is evidence showing that participation can sometimes backfire, as the participation process requires considerable resources and consequently lead to an increase in workload and higher stress levels (Schelvis et al., 2016). While there is a broad consensus on the importance of participation in OHIs, it is often not well understood why some participatory interventions fail, while others succeed (Nielsen & Christensen, 2021). Especially in the school context, there is a lack of long-term studies that evaluate the entire process of participatory OHIs (Dadaczynski et al., 2015). Recently, several authors have therefore called for more in-depth investigations that provide a better understanding of “what works for whom in which circumstances”? (Nielsen & Christensen, 2021; Nielsen & Miraglia, 2017; Roodbari et al., 2022). This study, therefore, aims to provide a detailed insight into the quality of participatory processes as well as identify relevant contextual factors which influence the participatory process in OHIs in schools.

The following research questions are guiding the analysis: How does the implementation of the intervention proceed in the different schools (process)? How does the initial situation (context) influence the quality of the process?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Intervention
The intervention is a well-established program for OHI in Switzerland, which follows a configurable approach that allows to adapt necessary measures to the needs of the individual schools. With the support of school counselors, schools derive and implement measures based on the results of a staff survey. The study examines the first phase of the project. In this phase staff is actively taking part in workshops, where the results of the survey are interpreted, fields of action are identified, and initial measures are deduced.

Study Design and Sample
The present study is part of an extensive project that evaluates the abovementioned health intervention during a period of two years (2022-2024). The study population consists of teaching and non-teaching staff of six schools in Switzerland (N = 450). The evaluation combines the quantitative data of the staff survey with several qualitative methods (document analysis, semi-structured interviews, observation, field notes) to obtain a comprehensive understanding of the intervention and implementation setting as well as the quality of the participation process.

Document analysis
The document analysis provides data on the organizations´ resources, culture, and leadership as well as existing structures that encourage or hinder participation, experience with implementing health promotion programs, and the integration of the intervention in existing school evaluation or health promotion programs.

Qualitative interviews
The semi-structured qualitative interviews were held with leadership personnel. The interviews were recorded after verbal consent was obtained from participants and reflected on several contextual factors concerning the organization itself, the intervention and implementation setting, as well as leadership mental models.  

Observation
The observation of workshops was conducted by three researchers, who used a semi-structured observation protocol. The researchers documented the proceedings during the workshop along defined categories.

Field notes & Logbook
Complementary to the observations, additional information about meetings and communication between school counselors and school leadership in the implementation phase was tracked.

Data analysis
The research questions are answered based on an analytical framework and evaluated in a case-comparative design (Yanchar & Williams, 2006). The data will be analyzed using MAXQDA software.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data are currently being analyzed. First preliminary results of the study will be presented at the conference. The presentation will also offer the opportunity to jointly reflect on the methodological procedure.
References
Aloe, A. M., Amo, L. C., & Shanahan, M. E. (2014). Classroom management self-efficacy and burnout: A multivariate meta-analysis. Educational Psychology Review, 26(1), 101–126. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-013-9244-0
Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2014). Job demands-resources theory. In P.Y. Chen & C.L. Cooper (Hrsg.), Work and wellbeing: Wellbeing, a complete reference guide, Vol. III (S. 37–64). Wiley Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118539415.wbwell019
Bödeker, W. (2000). Effect of occupationally related stress on diagnosis-specific work incapacity. Sozial- und Präventivmedizin, 45(1), 25–34. https://doi.org/10.1007/bf01358996
Carver-Thomas, D., & Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher Turnover: Why it matters and what we can do about it. Learning Policy Institute. https://doi.org/10.54300/454.278
Dadaczynski, K., Paulus, P., Nieskens, B., & Hundeloh, H. (2015). Gesundheit im Kontext von Bildung und Erziehung – Entwicklung, Umsetzung und Herausforderungen der schulischen Gesundheitsförderung in Deutschland. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 5(2), 197–218. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-015-0122-3
Goldhaber, D., & Theobald, R. (2022). Teacher attrition and mobility in the pandemic. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 01623737221139285. https://doi.org/10.3102/01623737221139285
Heller, F., Pusic, E., Strauss, G., & Wilpert, B. (2004). Organizational participation: Myth and reality. Oxford University Press.
Kunz Heim, D., Sandmeier, A., & Krause, A. (2014). Negative Beanspruchungsfolgen bei Schweizer Lehrpersonen, 32(2), 280-295. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:13872
Nielsen, K., & Christensen, M. (2021). Positive participatory organizational interventions: A multilevel approach for creating healthy workplaces. Frontiers in Psychology, 12. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.696245
Nielsen, K., & Miraglia, M. (2017). What works for whom in which circumstances? On the need to move yond the ‘what works?’ question in organizational intervention search. Human Relations, 70(1), 40–62. https://doi.org/10.1177/0018726716670226
Roodbari, H., Axtell, C., Nielsen, K., & Sorensen, G. (2022). Organisational interventions to improve employees’ health and wellbeing: A realist synthesis. Applied Psychology: An International Review, 71(3), 1058–1081. https://doi.org/10.1111/apps.12346
Schelvis, R. M. C., Wiezer, N. M., Blatter, B. M., van Genabeek, J. A. G. M., Oude Hengel, K. M., Bohlmeijer, E. T., & van der Beek, A. J. (2016). Evaluating the implementation process of a participatory organizational level occupational health intervention in schools. BMC Public Health, 16(1), 1212. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-016-3869-0
Tims, M., Bakker, A. B., & Derks, D. (2012). Development and validation of the job crafting scale. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 80(1), 173–186. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2011.05.009
Wrzesniewski, A., & Dutton, J. E. (2001). Crafting a job: Revisioning employees as active crafters of their work. The Academy of Management Review, 26(2), 179. https://doi.org/10.2307/259118
Yanchar, S.C., & Williams, D.D. (2006). Reconsidering the compatibility thesis and eclecticism: Five proposed guidelines for method use. Educational researcher, 35(9), 3–12.


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Teachers’ Views on the Development of Emotional Literacy in School Context: Implications for School Counselling and Wellbeing

Eleni Nikolaou, Panagiotis Stamatis, Afrodite V. Ntouka

University of the Aegean, Greece

Presenting Author: Nikolaou, Eleni; Stamatis, Panagiotis

Education systems emphasize academic achievements and neglect the development of emotional skills which constitute fundamental life skills. Emotional literacy is intertwined with the socio-emotional development of children. It is associated with emotional wellbeing and positive interpersonal relationships (Alemdar & Anilan, 2021). Steiner & Perry (1997) coined the term emotional literacy. The concept of emotional literacy puts emphasis on emotion perception, emotional understanding and emotion management. Emotion literate children can tolerate frustration and have greater academic achievements. Emotion literacy is linked to wellbeing, school adjustment and prevention of emotional and behavioral difficulties (Joseph, Strain & Ostrosky, 2005). It is a component of wellbeing with multiple benefits for children’s development as it fosters academic achievement and promotes mental health (Francis, Chin-Vella, & Brodrick, 2020). Socio-emotional skills are associated with improved coping with school stressors, increased understanding of consequences of behavior and lower rates of interpersonal violence (Zins & Elias, 2007). In addition, emotional wellbeing can nurture educational equity and social justice. According to Weare (2004), emotional literacy includes the following competencies: self-understanding, understanding the causes of emotions, managing emotions effectively, using information about emotions for problem-solving, understanding social situations and making relationships, as well as effectively communicating and managing relationships appropriately.

Literacy and intelligence have overlapping features and include similar components. Scholars assert that there is no distinction between intelligence and literacy and are used interchangeably (Kliueva & Tsagari, 2018). According to Alemdar & Anilan (2021) the term intelligence implies that it is a capability that it is innate, whereas literacy suggests that it is teachable and can be improved.

Emotional literacy and socio-emotional competence is crucial to be cultivated within school context (Carnwell & Baker, 2007. Nikolaou & Stamatis, 2020). Preschool curriculum should include activities that aim to develop a vocabulary of emotions, expand emotional understanding and teach social skills. Teachers should observe the signs of children’s distress and take into account their emotions. This will lead to children’s wellbeing (Figueroa-Sanchez, 2008. Nikolaou, Stamatis, & Papavasileiou, 2022).

Education should re-envision its goals (Nikolaou & Stamatis, 2022). Education programming should include the development of multiple forms of intelligence and design an educational curriculum for the whole child (Burroughs & Barkauskas, 2017). Socio-emotional learning interventions have been demonstrated that lead to positive outcomes. They ought to be curriculum embedded and to include family and community partnerships. They also nurture a wider school ethos and a healthy school climate. Whole-school approaches, staff training, daily practice of skills and school policy contribute to the effectiveness of socio-emotional learning interventions programming (Wigelsworth, Veritoy, Mason, Qualfer, & Humphrey, 2022). Teachers’ emotional intelligence can contribute to the enhancement of students’ emotional self-awareness and the establishment of meaningful relationships with students (Dolev & Leshem, 2016). It also fosters better class management and improved climate. According to Haddon et al., (2005) emotional literate schools cultivate a sense of emotional safety which is related to relationships that nurture trust, empathy and respect. The quality of the relationships within school community is linked to the sense of connectedness. Therefore, the development of positive relationships is essential to be an important educational goal.

The present research study aims to explore teachers’ views on the characteristics of emotionally literate teachers, their views on the ways that teachers can nurture emotional literacy in schools as well as their views on the obstacles to cultivating emotional literacy among other research questions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The sample of the research was consisted of twenty (20) preschool teachers (all women) who worked in public Nursery schools and Kindergartens in the island of Rhodes, in Greece. The range of age of the participants were 28-60 and their professional experience ranged between 3 and 35 years. A semi-structured interview was used as a data collection tool. The design of the interview was based on the theoretical framework and previous research related to the subject. Content analysis was selected as the main method of the data analysis which is the scientific study of the content of communication. In particular, deductive content analysis was chosen for analyzing interview data. The unit of the analysis was the theme. The research team had initially received all necessary permitions and declarations from the participants about their voluntary participation in the research project. The qualitative method was selected as the aim of the research was to explore in-depth the sample's views and to give prominence to their voices and perspectives. The data were coded according to a pre-defined set of concepts and categories drawn from the relevant literature and previous research. Drawing inferences are founded on the content. The purpose was to describe trents in communication content. Content analysis aims to systematically identifying patterns of units. Two independent researchers read the transcripts of the interviews and coded the data. Then they compared their analysis and reconciled any differences. The two independent researchers have developed the coding scheme. The categories were selected prior to the analysis based upon the theoretical background of emotional literacy. Categories were sought to have mutual exclusivity and exhaustiveness. Despite any methodological limitations the research is condered to have reached into interesting outcomes in regards to the research questions that had been set related to emotional literacy within preschool context.      
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The majority of the teachers of the sample assert that emotional literate teachers are characterized by emotional understanding. They can observe and detect students’ emotions. They recognize them and can emotionally approach students. They also display empathy, seek the causes of students’ emotions and understand their emotional needs.  In addition, they can manage their own emotions as well as their students’ emotions. The most effective ways for developing emotional literacy in their students are modeling, discussions with students about feelings in the classroom and the observation of nonverbal communication. Observing students’ reactions and problem solving are also included in teachers’ answers. They contend that teachers should model the appropriate emotional skills and utilize various incidents within and outside classroom for teaching emotional competencies. They can also design activities for teaching emotional skills and employ role-playing, literature and videos as educational material. The obstacles to nurturing emotional literacy are the absence of empathy and limited emotional intelligence, lack of knowledge and skills alongside with lack of cooperation with parents and mental health professionals. Moreover, the goals of curriculum, overload and pressure constitute obstacles to nurturing emotional literacy.
The results of this research study could be utilized in cultivating teachers’ emotional literacy, designing emotional curricula that foster the development of these skills and integrating socio-emotional learning interventions into the curriculum. Schools are considered the ideal places for developing these skills. School counselling can contribute to implementing these interventions within school environment and support all members of school community in consolidating these competencies. Thus, school counselling promotes the mental health and well-being of students. Simultaneously, it can enhance social justice and educational equity by empowering students.

References
Alemdar, M., & Anilan, H. (2022). Reflection of social capital in educational processes: Emotional literacy and emotional labor context. Asia Pacific Education Review, 23(1), 27-43.
Burroughs, M. D., & Barkauskas, N. J. (2017). Educating the whole child: Social-emotional learning and ethics education. Ethics and Education, 12(2), 218-232.
Carnwell, R., & Baker, S. A. (2007). A qualitative evaluation of a project to enhance pupils' emotional literacy through a student assistance programme. Pastoral Care in Education, 25(1), 33-41.
Dolev, N., & Leshem, S. (2016). Teachers’ emotional intelligence: The impact of training. The International Journal of Emotional Education, 8(1), 75-94.
Figueroa-Sánchez, M. (2008). Building emotional literacy: Groundwork to early learning. Childhood Education, 84(5), 301-304.
Francis, J., Chin, T. C., & Vella-Brodrick, D. (2020). Examining Emotional Literacy Development Using a Brief On-Line Positive Psychology Intervention with Primary School Children. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 17(20), 7612.
Haddon, A., Goodman, H., Park, J., & Crick, R. D. (2005). Evaluating emotional literacy in schools: The development of the school emotional environment for learning survey. Pastoral Care in Education, 23(4), 5-16.
Joseph, G. E., Strain, P. S., & Ostrosky, M. M. (2005). Fostering emotional literacy in young children: labeling emotions. Center on the Social and Emotional Foundations of Early Learning. What Works Brief, 21.
Kliueva, E., & Tsagari, D. (2018). Emotional literacy in EFL classes: The relationship between teachers' trait emotional intelligence level and the use of emotional literacy strategies. System, 78, 38-53.
Nikolaou, E. N., Stamatis, P. J., & Papavasileiou, V. F. (2022a). Students’ views on the psychological well-being of preschool children. Paper presented at International Perspectives in Education (IPiE), Leuven
Nikolaou, E. N., & Stamatis, P. J. (2022b). Preservice preschool teachers’ perspectives on the psychological well-being of preschoolers. Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Research in Behavioral and Social Sciences, https://www.dpublication.com/proceeding/10th-icrbs#Table-of-Contents
Stamatis, P. J., & Nikolaou, E. N. (2020). Communication and mental health promotion in early childhood education. New York: Nova Publishers
Steiner, C., & Perry, P. (1997). Achieving emotional literacy. Simon & Schuster Audio.
Wigelsworth, M., Humphrey, N., & Lendrum, A. (2012). A national evaluation of the impact of the secondary social and emotional aspects of learning (SEAL) programme. Educational Psychology, 32(2), 213-238.
Zins, J. & Elias, M. (2007). Social and Emotional Learning: Promoting the development of students. Journal of Educational and Psychological Consultation, 17 (2&3), 233-255.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm09 SES 12 A: Exploring Teacher Factors and Educational Contexts: Implications for Practice and Policy
Location: Gilbert Scott, EQLT [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Kajsa Yang Hansen
Paper and Ignite Talk Session
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Teacher Turnover and School Composition in Sweden: a Panel Data Approach Using Register Data

Leah Glassow

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Glassow, Leah

It is widely accepted that teachers are one of the most important school-level inputs for student academic success. Most educational research focuses on teacher effectiveness in terms of their contribution to student test scores, but there is a growing need to examine the teaching profession as an outcome in itself. A teacher workforce characterized by high turnover rates will not only negatively impact schools via administrative burdens as well as students and their educational futures, but also the teachers themselves via their working conditions and professional satisfaction.

There is a longstanding link between low-SES schools and teacher turnover, but this literature mostly comes out of the USA, with some exceptions. Disproportionate teacher turnover rates often affect lower-SES schools and classrooms in particular (Bacolod, 2007; Bonesrønning, Falch & Strøm, 2005; Hanushek et al., 2004; Feng, 2009; Glassow, 2023), impeding organizational and administrative school functioning, and potentially contributing to longer-term student behaviours such as college attendance and high school completion (Jackson, 2018). Moreover, high turnover rates may be symptomatic of worsening working conditions and professional satisfaction which have been documented in a number of education systems (Ball, 2016; Craig, 2017).

There is therefore a need to document the extent to which teachers mirror socioeconomic demographics of schools and concrete ways in which to democratize access to teacher competence in Sweden. This is a pertinent issue due to the demographic changes occurring in Sweden over the past several decades, the rising school inequality in the country (Karbownik, 2020; Yang Hansen & Gustafsson, 2016). The present study seeks to contribute to this gap in knowledge and examine whether changes in school composition (by family education level or language spoken by the students) results in changes in teacher turnover rates. Using teacher and student register data, the study first examines in a descriptive fashion whether there are growing differences between schools in terms of teacher turnover rates. Next, using a panel data model, the link between changes in student school composition and teacher turnover are explored. Whether or not causal conclusions can be made from such an approach will also be explored in the paper.

Allensworth, Ponisciak and Mazzea (2009) outline several main reasons teachers cite their dissatisfaction with certain schools: principal effectiveness, dysfunctional administration, challenging students, low salary, and limited autonomy which may be due to additional accountability practices. Vagi and Pivarova (2017) consolidate the literature employing theoretical frameworks for teacher mobility and offer person-environment fit theory (Dawis, 1992) as a theory which may encapsulate the myriad of environmental and personal factors which may be relevant for teacher mobility. While the focus of the study is on the role of socioeconomic composition of schools and classrooms in teacher mobility behaviours, person-environment fit theory allows for an accurate estimation of factors which may bias results unless they are under control, or unless proper methodologies are used which account for unobserved heterogeneity. Dawis (2004) highlights that job satisfaction or work stress are the result of successful or mismatched employees, respectively.

Against this background, the main research questions of the study are:

1) Are between school turnover rates growing in Sweden over the past several decades?

2) Do changes in socioeconomic and migration demographics of schools result in higher turnover rates? Specifically, do schools with a higher proportion of students with main languages other than Swedish exhibit a significantly higher proportion of teachers who leave?

3) Does this change depending on teacher qualifications? For example, are more experienced teachers more or less likely to leave as a result of these changes?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used

The data come from the teacher and student registry from the Swedish National Agency for Education between the years 2000 and 2013. The information is collected yearly. This registry includes all teachers employed in Swedish schools and not just a sub-sample.  It contains information on teachers’ qualifications (education, specialization, experience, certification) as well as their working conditions (workplace, permanent vs. fixed-term status, and workload). The data are matched to the pupil registry for lower and upper secondary schools. Since the teachers cannot be linked to students but only to schools, the analysis concerning the socioeconomic composition is conducted at the school-level.
OLS regressions may be biased due to unobserved differences between schools and their association with the model residuals. Educational researchers are increasingly becoming aware of the advantageous of approaches using fixed effects. The analysis is conducted in posit (formerly known as RStudio) using the plm package (Croissant & Milo, 2008). Panel data techniques are employed, which account for time-invariant unobserved heterogeneity associated within the teachers (the subjects). The restriction of variation to within individuals over time account for all factors at the individual level which are constant. The remaining variation is the change in school characteristics over time. The odds of changing schools will be regressed on school characteristics related to parental education and migration composition. The analysis controls for time-varying characteristics at the school-level, such material resources or other factors, such as geographic location. The analysis also considers effect heterogeneity, in terms of whether or not the link between school composition and teacher turnover changes as a function of teacher characteristics. In a final step, the reduction in variation imposed by the fixed effects is investigated by transforming the estimate by the within-unit standard deviation, and within-unit standard deviations are presented for each school.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study expects to find a link between student socioeconomic composition and teacher mobility, whereby schools with higher proportions of students with the right to Swedish language education and lower parental education levels experiencing higher turnover rates. A general positive trend of increasing inequality in teacher turnover between schools is also expected. It is more difficult to speculate about the effects across teacher characteristics, as research is mixed, highlighting the need for this study to shed more light on the issue (Glassow, 2023). The study will provide valuable empirical evidence regarding dimensions of inequality which are often overlooked. First, the fact that the working conditions of teacher may be becoming more unequal across job settings, and second, how this affects school functioning and cohesion from an organizational perspective.
References
Allensworth, E., Ponisciak, S., and Mazzeo, C. (2009). The schools teachers leave: teacher mobility in Chicago public schools. Consortium on Chicago School Research, 1-52.  
Bacolod, M. (2007). Who teaches and where they choose to teach: college graduates of the 1990s. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 29, 155-168.
Ball, S. (2016). Neoliberal education? Confronting the slouching beast. Policy Futures in Education, 14, 1046–1059.
Bonesrønning, H., Falch, T., & Strøm, B. (2005). Teacher sorting, teacher quality, and student composition. European Economic Review, 49, 457-483.
Craig, C. (2017). International teacher attrition: multiperspective views. Teachers and Teaching, 23, 859-862.
Croissant, Y., & Millo, G. (2008). Panel data econometrics in R: The plm package. Journal of Statistical Software, 27, 1–43
Dawis, R. V. (2004). Job satisfaction. In J. C. Thomas (Ed.), Comprehensive handbook of psychological assessment, Vol. 4. Industrial and organizational assessment (pp. 470–481). John Wiley & Sons, Inc..
Feng, L. (2009). Opportunity wages, classroom characteristics, and teacher mobility.
Southern Economic Journal, 75, 1165-1190.
Glassow, L. (2023). Teacher turnover and performance-based school accountability: a global issue? Journal of Education Policy, forthcoming.
Hanushek, E. A., Kain, J. F., & Rivkin, S. G. (2004). Why Public Schools Lose Teachers. The Journal of Human Resources, 39, 326-354.
Jackson, C.K. (2009). Student demographics, teacher sorting, and teacher quality: Evidence from the end of school desegregation. Journal of Labour Economics, 27, 213-256.
Jackson, C.K. (2018). What do test scores miss? The importance of teacher effects on non test score outcomes. Journal of Political Economy, 126, 2072-2107.
Karbownik, K. (2020). The effects of student composition on teacher turnover: evidence from ad admission reform. Economics of Education Review, 75.
Vagi, R., & Pivovarova, M. (2017). "Theorizing teacher mobility": a critical review of
literature. Teachers and Teaching, 23, 781-793.
Yang Hansen, K., and Gustafsson, J.E. (2016). Causes of educational segregation in Sweden –school choice or residential segregation. Educational Research and Evaluation, 22, 23-44.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Teachers' Job Satisfaction: Understanding the Links Between Teacher Characteristics, Sense of Workload and Job Satisfaction

Mari Lindström, Stefan Johansson, Linda Borger

Gothenburg University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Lindström, Mari

Whether or not teacher training equips teachers with the professional knowledge and competence they need to deliver high-quality teaching has been an important area of debate in recent decades (Darling-Hammond, 2016). Research has shown that teachers develop their knowledge, competence, and skills through teacher education and subject-specific specializations during teacher training (Coenen et al., 2018; Hill et al., 2019) as well as through years of teaching experience (Coenen et al., 2018) and professional development (Hill et al., 2019). There is evidence too that teachers play a key role in influencing student learning and achievement (e.g., Coenen et al.). However, despite the best of formal qualifications the conditions for the working environment and teachers’ job satisfaction can affect how teachers exercise their competence in classrooms (Collie et al., 2012). Indeed, teachers’ professional competence is recognized as a multi-dimensional construct consisting of a broad range of cognitive and affective aspects of teacher characteristics that interact with teacher work (Blömeke, 2017). For this reason, the importance of the working environment and working conditions cannot be overlooked as it has been shown in previous research that teachers’ workload affects teacher job satisfaction (Toropova et al., 2021). Teachers’ job satisfaction, in turn, is suggested to influence teacher instruction and the learning support offered to students (Klusmann et al., 2008). In addition, teachers’ working environment, in terms of greater classroom autonomy and fewer disciplinary problems (Nguyen et al., 2020) as well as the attractiveness of the teaching profession are suggested to be factors influencing whether teachers remain in the profession or not (Viac & Fraser, 2020). Furthermore, research also shows that school socio-economic status (SES) is associated with teachers’ working conditions and well-being. Teachers working in schools with a lower socio-economic status report not only higher mental workload but also poorer well-being (Virtanen et al., 2007). Considering that working conditions and job satisfaction are associated with important teacher and student outcomes more studies that examine relationships within this area are needed.

Many European countries struggle with changes in recruitment to the teaching profession, declining status of the teaching profession, and increasing teacher turnover (eg., Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2011). In Sweden, these issues are perhaps particularly pertinent (Alatalo et al., 2021; Holmlund et al., 2020) since Sweden also faces increasing school segregation and increasing achievement gaps (Yang Hansen & Gustafsson, 2016). Against this background, the present study aims to investigate factors related to teachers’ workload and job satisfaction in Swedish compulsory schools. Our theoretical point of departure is based on Blömeke’s (2017) modelling of teachers’ professional competence. Teacher competence is modelled as a multi-dimensional construct where all teacher resources play together to deal with the demands and challenges of the classroom. We investigate the relationships between different teacher characteristics and working conditions and teachers’ sense of job satisfaction. We hypothesize that teachers with more experience and a subject-specific specialization in mathematics have higher job satisfaction. More time in the profession may have helped teachers to find coping strategies but not only that, more specialized teachers are likely to work with the subject and grade they are trained for. This in turn could reduce the workload and increase the sense of job satisfaction. Moreover, we hypothesize that schools’ socio-economic composition is associated with teachers’ sense of workload and job satisfaction. More specifically, our research questions are:

1.) To what extent are teachers’ characteristics related to their working conditions and job satisfaction?

2.) Do teachers’ sense of workload and job satisfaction vary depending on students’ socio-economic background?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The current study is based on data from Sweden’s participation in the most recent Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS 2019). TIMSS is organized by the International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA) and assesses fourth-grade and eighth-grade students’ mathematics and science achievement on a 4-year cycle. The data was retrieved from the official website of TIMSS (http://timssandpirls.bc.edu) and we took advantage of the data from the background questionnaires to the fourth-grade teachers.

To answer our research questions, we selected information about teachers’ sense of current workload, and information about teachers’ sense of job satisfaction indicated by items concerning their sense of being a teacher. Further, we selected information of teachers’ teaching experience and subject orientation during teacher training. TIMSS provides a detailed specification of the differences in subject specializations, and we used this information to categorize a variable that indicated higher and lower degrees of specialization for teaching mathematics in grade four. From students, we retrieved information about their socio-economic background measured by the number of books at home. However, further elaboration on the socio-economic background will be carried out with variables from both student and caregivers’ questionnaire answers.

TIMSS has a hierarchical design with students nested in classrooms/teachers and for this reason, the study relied on multilevel regression to account for potential cluster effects that are due to the nature of the data (e.g., Hox, 2002). Sampling weights were used to account for the stratification. Through means of confirmatory factor analysis (CFA), we modelled latent variables for teachers’ workload and job satisfaction. The latter was used as an outcome variable in a multilevel structural equation model to investigate the relationships to workload, teaching experience, and subject specialization/s. By means of student background information, we constructed a variable that aimed to capture school segregation and was used in the analysis to measure differences in teacher workload and job satisfaction between classrooms/schools. The next step is to include a similar analysis for grade 8 to compare how the results differ between grades. These analyses are to be carried out during spring. The main programs for data analysis were SPSS 29 and Mplus version 8 software.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The initial results demonstrate that teachers’ sense of less workload has a significant relationship to teachers’ sense of better job satisfaction in grade 4 (b= .33 (.10), p= .001). The workload indicators (e.g., too much material to cover, too many hours, too many administrative tasks, and the need for more time to prepare and more time to assist students), indicated large variability among teachers, and the results suggest that more experienced teachers experience a higher level of workload (b= -.27 (.08), p= .001). However, no significant relationship between experience and job satisfaction was found. Having a specialization aimed at mathematics and science teaching, in turn, has a significant positive relationship with teachers’ sense of less workload (b= .26 (.08), p= .01), but no significant relationship with job satisfaction. When adding school SES as a control variable into the model, the relationships between experience and specialization and workload change only slightly, suggesting that the socio-economic status of the school does not decrease/increase the relationships to any greater extent. The results indicate that the relationship between workload and job satisfaction is the same for teachers regardless of the school’s SES. In a next step, we aim to shed light on differences across grades by means of data from 8th grade. We expect to see some differences due to the different working conditions for teachers in grade 4 and 8 teachers. For example, in Sweden, teachers in grade 8 assign grades as opposed to teachers in grade 4 and this might be one factor that increases teacher workload.

There are several limitations to this study. First, causal relationships examined in the study cannot be supported due to the cross-sectional study design. Another limitation is that the study is threatened by single-source bias by the self-reported questionnaire answers of teachers.

References
Alatalo, T., Hansson, Å., & Johansson, S. (2021). Teachers' academic achievement: evidence from Swedish longitudinal register data. European journal of teacher education, ahead-of-print(ahead-of-print), 1-21. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2021.1962281
Blömeke, S. (2017). Modelling teachers' professional competence as a multi-dimensional construct. In Pedagogical Knowledge and the Changing Nature of the Teaching Profession (p. 119-135). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264270695-7-en
Coenen, J., Cornelisz, I., Groot, W., Maassen van den Brink, H., & Van Klaveren, C. (2018). Teacher characteristics and their effects on student test scores: a systematic review. Journal of economic surveys, 32(3), 848-877. https://doi.org/10.1111/joes.12210
Collie, R. J., Shapka, J. D., & Perry, N. E. (2012). School Climate and Social-Emotional Learning: Predicting Teacher Stress, Job Satisfaction, and Teaching Efficacy. Journal of Educational Psychology, 104(4), 1189-1204. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0029356
Darling-Hammond, L. (2016). Research on Teaching and Teacher Education and Its Influences on Policy and Practice. Educational researcher, 45(2), 83-91. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X16639597
Hill, H. C., Charalambous, C. Y., & Chin, M. J. (2019). Teacher Characteristics and Student Learning in Mathematics: A Comprehensive Assessment. Educational policy (Los Altos, Calif.), 33(7), 1103-1134. https://doi.org/10.1177/0895904818755468
Holmlund, H., Sjögren, A., & Öckert, B. (2020). Jämlikhet i möjligheter och utfall i den svenska skolan (Rapport 2020:7), [Equality in opportunities and outcomes in the Swedish school]. Institutet för Arbetsmarknads- och Utbildningspolitisk Utvärdering.
Hox, J. (2002). Multilevel Analysis: Techniques and Applications. Taylor and Francis. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781410604118
Klusmann, U., Kunter, M., Trautwein, U., Lüdtke, O., & Baumert, J. (2008). Teachers' Occupational Well-Being and Quality of Instruction: The Important Role of Self-Regulatory Patterns. Journal of Educational Psychology, 100(3), 702-715. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.100.3.702
Nguyen, T. D., Pham, L. D., Crouch, M., & Springer, M. G. (2020). The correlates of teacher turnover: An updated and expanded Meta-analysis of the literature. Educational research review, 31, 100355. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2020.100355
Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2011). Teacher job satisfaction and motivation to leave the teaching profession: Relations with school context, feeling of belonging, and emotional exhaustion. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(6), 1029-1038. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2011.04.001
Toropova, A., Myrberg, E., & Johansson, S. (2021). Teacher job satisfaction: the importance of school working conditions and teacher characteristics. Educational review, 73(1), 71-97. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2019.1705247
Virtanen, M., Kivimäki, M., Elovainio, M., Linna, A., Pentti, J., & Vahtera, J. (2007). Neighbourhood socioeconomic status, health and working conditions of school teachers. Journal of epidemiology and community health (1979), 61(4), 326-330. https://doi.org/10.1136/jech.2006.052878
Yang Hansen, K., & Gustafsson, J.-E. (2016). Causes of educational segregation in Sweden - school choice or residential segregation. Educational research and evaluation, 22(1-2), 23-44. https://doi.org/10.1080/13803611.2016.1178589


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Teacher Beliefs on the Nature of Mathematics: Do These Affect Students’ Motivation and Enjoyment of Mathematics Across Different European Countries

Xin Liu1, Jelena Radišić1, Kajsa Yang Hansen2,3, Nils Buchholtz4, Hege Kaarstein1

1University of Oslo; 2University West; 3University of Gothenburg; 4University of Hamburg

Presenting Author: Liu, Xin

Mathematics competence plays a crucial role in solving problems, developing analytical skills, and providing the essential foundation to build knowledge in understanding the content of other school subjects. However, international large-scale assessment (ILSA) studies have pointed to significant cross-country variation in students’ mathematics competency levels and their motivation to learn mathematics (Mullis et al., 2020).

Students’ motivation is seen as the driving force behind their learning of mathematics over time (Wigfield et al., 2016). This is coupled with more recent ideas on the need to support strong mathematics self-efficacy (Parker et al., 2014) and positive academic emotions. Expectancy-value theory points out that achievement-related choices are motivated by a combination of students’ expectations for success and task value in particular domains (Eccles & Wigfield, 2020). Control-value theory focuses on the emotions experienced while students are involved in an achievement activity, such as the succeeding or failing emotions that arise as an outcome of an achievement activity (Pekrun et al., 2017). Indeed, empirical evidence speaks in favour of a significant relationship between teachers holding beliefs about their students’ learning, teaching a particular subject or its nature, and student motivation and their academic achievement (Muis & Foy, 2010). Given the influence of teachers’ beliefs, research has found that students report gender-stereotyped teacher ability expectations, particularly in domains of mathematics (e.g., Dickhauser & Meyer, 2006; Lazarides & Watt, 2015). Meanwhile, motivation differs in specific-domain and genders, such as mathematics learning motivation (Eccles & Wigfield, 2020).

Notwithstanding, the positive relationship between motivation and achievement in mathematics has been confirmed (e.g. Garon-Carrier et al., 2016), yet different theoretical perspectives have led to diverse ways of capturing motivation, and thus different strengths and directions of the relationship (Pipa et al., 2017). Our review of the literature found that, while many studies have measured and incorporated motivation, the nature of the relationship between teacher beliefs and motivation, for example, whether gender mediates this relationship, remains unclear. This is particularly important in the context of motivation and its development, given motivation is also seen as an essential outcome of learning. The present study is designed to investigate the relationship between teachers’ beliefs of the nature of mathematics and different aspects of students’ motivation following the Expectancy-value (Eccles & Wigfield, 2020) and enjoyment of mathematics (Pekrun et al., 2017), focusing on gender differences in motivational patterns. Building upon the conceptual framework and research objective, we focus on the following research questions (a) Do teachers’ beliefs about the nature and learning of math affect students’ motivation and enjoyment, taking into account students’ math achievement and classroom composition? (b) Are these mechanisms different between boys and girls?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data were collected from 3rd and 4th-grade mathematics teachers and their students across six European countries (i.e., Norway, Finland, Sweden, Portugal, Estonia, and Serbia). The scale used to capture teachers’ beliefs on the nature of mathematics was adapted from the Teacher Education and Development Study in Mathematics (TEDS-M; Laschke & Blömeke, 2014). Students’ answers were collected with the Expectancy-Value Scale (Peixoto et al., 2022), subscales of intrinsic value, utility, and perceived competence, while enjoyment was captured with a subscale from the Achievement Emotions Questionnaire-Elementary School (AEQ-ES; Lichtenfeld et al., 2012). Math achievement was measured by a test covering major curricular topics developed using established TIMSS items (Approval IEA-22-022). A joint math competence scale was established across grades due to overlapping items in the grade-specific tests. Mplus was used for statistical analyses (Muthén & Muthén,1998-2017). Missing data were handled using FIML. In all analyses, we used the robust maximum likelihood estimator (MLR). Confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) was applied to examine the measurement properties of latent constructs and test measurement invariance across six countries. We specified two-level random slope structural equation models, using the classroom as the between-level. The model assumed the within-classrooms estimate of the slope and intercept for the regression of students’ motivation and enjoyment on gender (0=girl, 1=boy) as random coefficients. Therefore, the model estimated the mean and the variance of the slopes and the intercepts. A separate analysis was conducted for all six educational systems. We refer to the estimated coefficients of the moderators as Slope_ Enjoy, Slope_ Intrinsic, Slope_ PC, and Slope_Utility. If the mean of the slope is significant, it will imply that the effect of gender did not vary between classrooms but differs within the classroom. The significant variance of slope shows that the effect of gender varies between classrooms.

In the next step, we examined whether the student motivation and enjoyment – gender slope can be explained by classroom teacher beliefs about the nature of mathematics (i.e.., mathematics as a set of rules or as a process of inquiry), taking into account student mathematics achievement and classroom composition. This is, therefore, an investigation of cross-level interaction, i.e., if classroom teacher beliefs about the nature of mathematics moderate the within-classroom relationship between gender and student motivation and enjoyment of mathematics learning. The models also included the regression of classroom mathematics achievement on the classroom composition (i.e., % low SES students and % students with behavioural problems).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Metric invariance across countries and grades was confirmed for motivation dimensions (i.e., intrinsic value, utility, and perceived competence), enjoyment and teacher beliefs about the nature of mathematics (mathematics as a set of rules or as a process of inquiry). The estimate of the variance and mean of the Slope tended to be small, and, in most cases, they were non-significant. The variance of Slope_Intrinsic is significant in five countries (excl. Finland), and Slope_ Enjoy is significant in four countries (excl. Estonia and Serbia). The variance Slope_PC is significant in Portugal. Norway and Sweden have a significant variance of Slope_Utility. Correlations between estimates from the negative significant slope regressions were only found in Portugal for Slope_PC on Inquiry and Slope_PC on Rules. The results showed that the effect of inquiry and rules on students’ perceived competence was gender-specific and higher for girls in Portugal. If teachers' beliefs on the nature of mathematics were stronger, girls reported higher perceived competence related to mathematics. The mean of Slope_PC was significant in all six countries. This pattern may reflect gender differences within the classroom, and girls perceiving themselves to be less competent in mastering mathematics.

Observations from the student-level models indicate that students’ intrinsic value and perceived competence positively relate to their enjoyment of math in all six countries. The positive relations between utility and enjoyment were confirmed in Finland, Norway, Serbia, and Sweden. At the classroom level, boys were more externally motivated (i.e. higher utility value) to learn mathematics in classrooms composed of students from socioeconomically disadvantaged families in Norway. Girls’ intrinsic value was higher in Norwegian and Swedish classrooms saturated by more students with behavioural problems.

References
Dickhauser, O., & Meyer, W. (2006). Gender differences in young children’s math ability attributions. Psychology Science, 48(1), 3–16.
Eccles, J. S., & Wigfield, A. (2020). From expectancy-value theory to situated expectancy-value theory: A developmental, social cognitive, and sociocultural perspective on motivation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 61.
Garon-Carrier, G., Boivin, M., Guay, F., Kovas, Y., Dionne, G., et al. (2016)., Intrinsic Motivation and Achievement in Mathematics in Elementary School: A Longitudinal Investigation of Their Association. Child Development, 87, 165–175.
Laschke, C., & Blömeke, S. (2014). Teacher Education and Development Study: Learning to Teach Mathematics (TEDS-M 2008). Dokumentation der Erhebungsinstrumente. Waxmann Verlag.
Lazarides, R., Rubach, C., & Ittel, A. (2017). Adolescents’ Perceptions of Socializers’ Beliefs, Career-Related Conversations, and Motivation in Mathematics. Developmental Psychology, 53(3), 525-539.
Lichtenfeld, S., Pekrun, R., Stupnisky, R.H., Reiss, K., & Murayama, K. (2012). Measuring students’ emotions in the early years: The Achievement Emotions Questionnaire-Elementary School (AEQ-ES). Learning and Individual Differences 22, 190-201.
Muis, K. R., & Foy, M. J. (2010). The effects of teachers’ beliefs on elementary students’ beliefs, motivation, and achievement in mathematics. In L. D. Bendixen & F. C. Feucht (Eds.), Personal epistemology in the classroom: Theory, research, and implications for practice (pp. 435–469). Cambridge University Press.  
Mullis, I. V. S., Martin, M. O., Foy, P., Kelly, D. L., & Fishbein, B. (2020). TIMSS 2019 International Results in Mathematics and Science.Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center.
Muthén, L. K., & Muthén, B. (2017). Mplus user’s guide: Statistical analysis with latent variables. Wiley.
Parker, P. D., Marsh, H. W., Ciarrochi, J., Marshall, S., & Abduljabbar, A. S. (2014). Juxtaposing math self-efficacy and self-concept as predictors of long-term achievement outcomes. Educational Psychology, 34(1), 29-48.
Peixoto, F., Radišić, J., Krstić, K., Hansen, K. Y., Laine, A., Baucal, A., Sõrmus, M., &amp; Mata, L.(2022). Contribution to the Validation of the Expectancy-Value Scale for Primary School Students. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment, https://doi.org/10.1177/07342829221144868
Pekrun, R., Lichtenfeld, S., Marsh, H. W., Murayama, K., & Goetz, T. (2017). Achievement emotions and academic performance: Longitudinal models of reciprocal effects. Child Development, 88(5), 1653-1670.
Pipa, J., Peixoto, F., Mata, L., Monteiro, V., & Sanches, C. (2017). The Goal Orientations Scale (GOS): Validation for Portuguese students. European Journal of Developmental Psychology, 14(4), 477-488.
Wigfield, A., Tonks, S., & Klauda, S. L. (2016). Expectancy-value theory. In K. R. Wentzel & A. Wigfield (Eds.), Handbook on motivation in school (2nd ed., pp. 55–76). Routledge.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm10 SES 12 A: Reflections of Teaching
Location: Rankine Building, 106 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Minna Körkkö
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Fostering Final Year Initial Teacher Education Students’ Data Literacy to Inform Their Reflections on Teaching

Stephen Day

University of West of Scotland, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Day, Stephen

Internationally there has been a shift in educational policy towards evidence-based decision-making within schools (Mandinach, 2012; Schildkamp, Karbautzki, & Vanhoof, 2014; Scottish Government, 2017) to the extent that many Western democracies have implemented laws and policy reforms focused on education and schooling. These reforms are designed to put the child at the centre of the education system and places demands on teachers to use multiple sources of evidence that they have available to them to guide their professional judgments and decisions. Notable examples of these law and policy reforms range from the No Child Left Behind Act (2002) - now superseded by the Every Student Succeeds Act (2015) - in the United States, the European Union's Strategic Framework for European Cooperation in Education and Training (ET 2020), the National Education Plan in France and the Education (Scotland) Act (2016) in Scotland. In recent years, however, there has been an intensification in this trend towards datafication in education. Teachers and school leaders around the world are now encouraged (to varying degrees) to base their decisions on data (Merk, Poindl, Wurster, & Bohl, 2020). Indeed, many European governments have followed suit by enacting educational policies that mandate the increased use of educationally relevant data by teachers and school leaders to drive improvement in educational outcomes for children and young people (Mandinach & Jimerson, 2016). These policies imply that teachers and school leaders ought to be cognisant of, and conversant with the multiple lines of evidence available to them whilst placing the onus on them to be able to make effective professional judgements about students learning and be able to act on those judgements in a manner that facilitates improvements in performance outcomes.

Research suggests that many teachers feel threatened by the concept of data-informed decision making and ill-prepared to engage in a sustained way with educationally relevant data (Dunn, Airola, Lo, and Garrison, 2013a). Research evidence also suggests that many teachers do not systematically use data-informed judgements within their daily practice or if they do, they only trust the data that confirms their intuition rather than using all of the available evidence available to them to shape their professional judgements (Dunn, Airold & Garrison, 2013b; Schildkamp & Ehren, 2013). These findings indicate that many in-service teachers may lack the skills, motivation, or positive attitude towards the use of educational data to support their professional judgements. What is less well understood is how Initial Teacher Education (ITE) student teachers (also referred to as pre-service teachers) are prepared to use the wide range of educationally relevant data available to them and what factors might affect their use of data within their professional judgement.

This study aims to explore how final year ITE students handle, analyse and make meaning from educational data as part of their professional judgment and decision-making processes. This aim is operationalised by the following research questions (1) To what extent can final year ITE students analyse and interpret educationally relevant data as part of their reflective practice? (2) Does final year ITE students’ ability to analyse educationally relevant data differ compared to their programme of study.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research reports findings from the quantitative phase of an exploratory, sequential, mixed methods investigation into how final year ITE students use multiple forms of evidence to make meaning and formulate professional judgements about teaching. The final year ITE students from three teacher education programmes – Professional Graduate Diploma in Education (Secondary) [PGDE (S) n=136], Professional Graduate Diploma in Education (Primary) [PGDE (P) n=95] and the Bachelor of Arts (Honours) in Primary Education [BA4 n=104] - within one university division of education were asked to complete a paper-and-pencil data analysis and interpretation activity designed to explore how final year ITE students analyse and make meaning from tracking and monitoring data as well as how they make professional judgments about practice from that data.

The data analysis and interpretation task contained three sections where section one focused on classroom level tracking and monitor data. Sections two focused on school level data and section three focused on school to national level data. The data analysis and interpretation activity scripts were sorted into the three educational programmes, then graded independently by two researchers and cross checked for concordance. All grades were then entered into an Excel spreadsheet and then transferred to SPSS for downstream descriptive and inferential statistical analysis to compare the findings for each programme of study against each other using a Friedman ANOVA, Mann-Whitney test, or a t-Test dependent on the variance of the sample.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In terms of the final year ITE students’ ability to analyse, interpret and make meaning from educationally relevant data, our finding suggest that BA4 students mean ability score is significantly lower than that for PGDE (S) [mean ± SD - BA4 39.3% ± 10.1% v PGDE (S) 47.9% ± 10.3%]. There is a strong statistical difference (Mann-Whitney U-Test p<0.0001) between the PGDE (S) and BA4 mean scores and the PGDE (P) and BA4 mean score. However, there was no significant difference between the PGDE (S) and PGDE (P) mean scores. Looking at the data relating to item Q1d Reflecting upon the data in Table 2 [table on the activity worksheet], if this were your class, what does this data suggest about (i) pupils’ attainment? (ii) Your teaching? Only 2.9% of PGDE (S), 4.2% of PGDE (P), and 1.9% of BA4 students could give four points about pupil attainment from the data. However, 19.9% of PGDE (S) students, 20.0% of PGDE (P) and 9.6% of BA4 students could give 3 points and 22.8% of PGDE (S), 32.6% of PGDE (P), and 37.5% of BA4 students could give one point. Worryingly, 8.1% of PGDE (S), 1.1 % of PGDE (P) and 35.6% of BA4 students could not give any points. These findings suggest that final year ITE students struggled to reflect on what the assessment data might indicate with regards to teaching practice. This research indicates that more support is required to help final year ITE students make meaningfully interpretations from assessment data to support better pedagogical decision-making
References
Dunn, K. E., Airola, D. T., Lo, W. J., & Garrison, M. (2013a). Becoming data driven: The influence of teachers’ sense of efficacy on concerns related to data-driven decision making. The Journal of Experimental Education, 81 (2), 222-241.
Dunn, K. E., Airola, D. T., & Garrison, M. (2013b). Concerns, knowledge, and efficacy: An application of the teacher change model to data driven decision-making professional development. Creative Education, 4 (10), 673.
Mandinach, E. B (2012). A Perfect Time for Data Use: Using Data-Driven Decision Making to Inform Practice, Educational Psychologist, 47 (2), 71-85.
Mandinach, E. B., & Jimerson, J. B. (2016). Teachers learning how to use data: A synthesis of the issues and what is known. Teaching and Teacher Education, 60, 452-457.
Merk, S., Poindl, S., Wurster, S., & Bohl, T. (2020). Fostering aspects of pre-service teachers’ data literacy: Results of a randomized controlled trial. Teaching and Teacher Education, 91, 103043.
Schildkamp, K., & Ehren, M. (2013). From “Intuition”-to “Data”-based Decision Making in Dutch Secondary Schools? In Data-based decision making in Education (pp. 49-67). Springer, Dordrecht.
Schildkamp, K., Karbautzki, L., & Vanhoof, J. (2014). Exploring data use practices around Europe: Identifying enablers and barriers. Studies in educational evaluation, 42, 15-24.
Scottish Government (2017) National Improvement Framework and improvement plan for Scottish education. (Available online) https://www.gov.scot/publications/2017-national-improvement-framework-improvement-plan/ [Last Accessed 26th Jan 2023]


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Strengths-based Reflective Approaches in Teacher Education Course Programmes to Promote Inclusive Values and Attitudes: What do the Student-teachers Think?

Erika Marie Pace

University of Salerno, Italy

Presenting Author: Pace, Erika Marie

Recent worldwide policies and agendas in the field of education and beyond (UN, 2015; World Bank Group, 2015) have made it clear that inclusive education is not a mission that solely regards students with special needs. It also encapsulates issues related to socio-economic backgrounds, ethnicity, gender and sexuality, religion, language, culture and any other factor that may lead to exclusion. Valuing diversity, guaranteeing equal opportunities and quality education for all have, thus, become priorities for action of the community at large, including the school, to guarantee wellbeing, prosperity, and sustainable development (UN, 2022). Against this backdrop, teachers have a fundamental role to play. Besides ensuring student academic achievement, they need to devise ways to facilitate the acquisition of transformative (OECD, 2019) and global (OECD, 2018) competencies. They are requested to be the catalysts of change by challenging the status quo in school communities; they are to embark on a development process that involves all stakeholders in a system-wide, whole-school reform and restructuring of the vision, mission, curricula, pedagogy, classroom practice, assessment and reporting, and extra-curricular opportunities.

The plethora of literature on teacher competency profiling (Caena, 2011) and on the proximal and distal variables influencing the implementation of inclusive practices (Biesta, Priestley & Robinson, 2015; Sharma & Mannan, 2015; De Boer, Pijl & Minnaert, 2011), substantiates the fact that meeting these goals is a complex task which requires careful planning, competent action, and constant reflection. Indeed, Shulman (2005) claims that the three fundamental dimensions for teacher professional development are the head (what teachers know), hands (what teachers do) and heart (what teachers care about). Within a constructivist perspective of the teaching-learning process, planning teacher education course programmes is not a straightforward undertaking, especially when targeting the development of values and attitudes. In fact, it is claimed that the latter often receives far less attention in teacher education (Shulman, 2005; Sharma, 2018). One of the key strategies to educate the heart is engaging in individual and reflective practice as it offers a myriad of opportunities to reflect on beliefs, concerns, opinions, and attitudes related, but not limited, to teacher identity, the profession, diversity and inclusion (Larrivee & Cooper, 2006; Ghaye, 2011).

This paper presents a qualitative study carried out to investigate the course participants’ opinions regarding a study-unit that proposed guided reflective practice using a strengths-based approach. The overarching aim of the proposed study programme was not only to engage in reflective practices but also to shift the focus from deficit-based to strengths-based approaches in order to be able to develop their skills in identifying resources, assets, and solutions even when faced with particularly challenging scenarios. The premise is that wellbeing depends on the individuals’ ability to take cognisance of their inner cognitive, affective, and motivational resources, identify the community’s assets, and capitalise these strengths in a harmonious manner to act proactively and bring about positive change. It is posited that endorsing such a viewpoint not only helps to promote an inclusive school culture, but also facilitates the acquisition of fundamental values and attitudes necessary to bring about change. To this end, the 30-hour programme drew on various theories, models and tools. These included: Antonovsky’s concept of salutogenesis (Mittlemark et al., 2022), Sen’s (1993) capability approach, the domains and indicators in quality-of-life models (Brown & Shearer, 1999; Schalock & Verdugo, 2002), asset-based community development (Russell & McKnight, 2022) and the Index for Inclusion (Booth & Ainscow, 2011). The course participants had the opportunity to reflect on their beliefs, values and attitudes regarding concepts and issues inherent to diversity, inclusive education, teacher identity, and their role as change agents in the school community.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study-unit was part of a 750-hour teacher education course programme, offered at the University of Salerno (Italy), for prospective learning support teachers. The unit was delivered between November 2022 and January 2023 in three classes whose number of students ranged between 125 and 176 course participants (N=419). Between April and May 2023, 15 semi-structured interviews will be carried out to collect data regarding the participants’ opinions on the approach used throughout the study unit and the different reflective activities proposed. The participants will be asked to participate on a voluntary basis. Six interviewees will be chosen from group 1 (n=176), five from group 2 (n=125) and four from group 3 (n=118). On the basis of these results, a questionnaire will be developed and administered to all the course participants at the end of the course, in June 2023. The conference presentation will focus on the outcomes of the interviews. These will be transcribed, and the data will be coded and organised using MAXQDA2020. A thematic analysis approach will be used following Braun & Clarke’s (2006) protocol.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The material produced during the various moments of guided reflective practice on key concepts such as diversity, the relationship between quality of life and inclusion, their narratives on their student encounters during their teaching practice, and their participation during group reflection was evidence of engagement and interest on the course participants’ behalf. Unsolicited oral and written feedback was also very encouraging. The aim of the interviews and the questionnaire at the end of the course is to shed light on the course participants’ opinions regarding the benefits of such approaches. On acknowledging that teachers are the primary agents that make the much-needed difference in schools and future generations, developing effective teacher education course programmes is fundamental. This research provides insight from the receivers’ perspective regarding the use of strengths-based reflective practices in teacher education.
References
Biesta G.J.J., Priestley M., & Robinson S. (2015). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and Teaching. Theory and Practice, 21(6), 624­640. doi:10.1080/13540602.2015.1044325.
Booth, T. & Ainscow, M. (2011). Index for inclusion - Developing learning and participation in schools. CSIE: Bristol, UK.
Braun V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. doi: https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Brown R., & Shearer J. (1999). Challenges for inclusion within a quality of life model for the 21st Century. Australasian Journal of Special Education, 22 (3), 180­194.
Caena, F. (2011). Literature review teachers’ core competences: requirements and development. Education and Training Hematic Working Group ‘Professional Development of Teachers, pp. 1-28.
Ghaye, T. (2011). Teaching and learning through reflective practice. A practical guide for positive action (2nd ed.). London: Routledge.  
Larrivee, B. & Cooper, J. M. 2006. An educator’s guide to teacher reflection. Cengage Learning. http://cengagesites.com/academic/assets/sites/4004/Education%20Modules/gd%20to%20teach%20refl.pdf.  
Mittelmark M. B., Bauer G. F., Vaandrager L., Pelikan J. M., Sagy S., Eriksson M., Lindström B., Meier Magistretti C. (Eds.) (2022). The Handbook of Salutogenesis (2nd Ed.). Geneva: Springer. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-319-04600-6.
OECD (2018). Preparing our Youth for an Inclusive and Sustainable World. The OECD PISA Global Competence Framework. https://www.oecd.org/education/Global­competency­for­an­inclusive­world.pdf
OECD (2019). OECD Future of Education and Skills 2030. Conceptual Learning framework. OECD Learning Compass 2030. OECD. https://www.oecd.org/education/2030­project/teaching­and­learning/learning/
Russell C., & McKnight J. L. (2022). The Connected Community. Discovering the Health, Wealth, and Power of Neighbourhoods. Berrett­Koehler Publishers. Kindle Edition.
Schalock R. L., & Verdugo M. A. (2002). Handbook on Quality of Life for Human Service Practitioners. Washington: American Association on Mental Retardation.  
Sharma, U., & Mannan, H. (2015). Do Attitudes Predict Behaviour – An (un)Solved Mystery? Foundations of Inclusive Education Research (International Perspectives on Inclusive Education, Vol. 6), Emerald Group Publishing Limited, Bingley, pp. 115-131. https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-363620150000006005.
Sharma, U. (2018). Preparing to teach in inclusive classrooms. In Oxford research encyclopaedia of education.
https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.113.
Shulman, L. S. (2005). Signature pedagogies in the professions. Daedalus, 134(3), 52–59. https://www.jstor.org/stable/20027998
Sen, A. (1993). Capability & Wellbeing. In M. Nussbaum & A. Sen (eds.), The Quality of Life (pp. 30­53). Oxford: Oxford University Press. https://academic.oup.com/book/9949.
UN (2022). The Sustainable Development Goals Report 2022. https://unstats.un.org/sdgs/report/2022/
UN General Assembly (2015). Transforming our World: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda.
World Bank Group (2015). Incheon declaration: Education 2030 – towards inclusive and equitable quality education and lifelong learning for all (English). Washington, DC: World Bank Group. http://documents.worldbank.org/curated/en/167341467987876458/Incheon-declaration-education-2030towards-inclusive-and-equitable-quality-educationand-lifelong-learning-for-all


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Unpacking the Diversity in Teachers' Work: Pre- and in-service Teachers' Conceptions

Sonja Lutovac, Minna Körkkö

University of Oulu, Finland

Presenting Author: Lutovac, Sonja; Körkkö, Minna

A multitude of changes have been observed in teachers’ work, making the profession more complicated and demanding (Räsänen et al., 2020). Alongside of these changes, researchers concerned with initial teacher education have been trying to identify the professional learning needs of pre-service teachers (Livingstone & Flores, 2017) to prepare them for the rapidly changing, complex and demanding future work of a teacher. Research on in-service teachers has focused, for instance, on the new realities of teachers’ work, teacher competence needed (Metsäpelto et al., 2021) and the impact of various working conditions on teacher retention and attrition (Kelly et al., 2019).

Teacher education research has long been concerned with pre-service teachers’ conceptions of teaching and learning due to their impact on teachers’ instructional practices. Various conceptions have been addressed in the research literature, such as pre-service teachers’ conceptions of specific subjects (Lau, 2022), conceptions of assessment (Lutovac & Flores, 2022), conceptions of online learning and digital literacy (Tarchi et al., 2022) and conceptions of self-as-a-teacher (Lee & Schallert, 2016) to name a few. Pre-service teachers’ conceptions have been investigated in relation to personal practical theories and reflection (Körkkö et al., 2016). Concerning in-service teachers, previous research has targeted, for instance, teachers’ conceptions of assessment (Brown et al., 2019) and conception of inclusive education (Sanagi, 2016). Pre-service and in-service teachers’ conceptions of teachers’ work, however, have received lesser attention but may be crucial at the point in time of uncertainty in teachers’ professional lives and work and when the changes in the society and teaching profession have brought forth the need to “(re)think ways of (re)educating teachers for scenarios that are unpredictable and unknown” (Flores, 2020, p. 453). Gaining a deeper understanding of pre-service and in-service teachers’ conceptions of teachers’ (changing) work can contribute to the discussion about professional development of future teachers and other important constructs regarding teachers’ work, such as teacher identity, resilience, attrition and retention. Better understanding pre-service teachers’ conceptions of teachers’ work is also important for elucidating what pre-service teachers learn during teacher education, how prepared they feel when entering the profession, how they respond to change and how these responses impact teacher attrition.

This study aims to examine Finnish pre-service and in-service teachers’ perspectives of teachers’ work today to shed light on diversity in teachers’ work. Moreover, this study aims to better prepare pre-service and in-service teachers to tolerate change, anticipate and respond to it and, more importantly, act as agents of change. In addition to social skills, this level of flexibility and adaptability is emphasized as an important professional skill of the twenty-first century. The research question guiding this work is: How do pre-service and in-service teachers conceive the new realities of teachers’ work?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study forms a part of two larger projects - Unpacking and Redefining Changing Relationships in Teachers’ Work’ (RELA) and ‘Pre-service Teachers Navigate Teachers’ Changing Work and Its Relationality (NAVI).

The participants in the study are 22 pre-service subject teachers and 21 primary and lower secondary school in-service teachers. Twenty-two pre-service teachers study various master’s programmes, such as Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Music, and Languages (e.g. Finnish, English, Swedish, German) and were invited to participate in the study as part of one course in their teacher education programme. The participants were in their third year of studies, did not have any teaching practicum prior to the course and had during the course received their first formal training in educational studies. As part of one lecture, open question “What it teachers’ work today like?” was posed to prompt the written narratives which pre-service teachers submitted via Webropol survey and reporting tool. Pre-service teachers were informed about the study in detail and the and all provided a written consent for the use of their writings as research material.

Twenty-one in-service teachers’ ages, previous working experiences as well as geographical areas varied. The teachers were recruited via a call to participate in the research advertised on different social media platforms, using the researchers’ personal contacts and the snowball method. The teachers answered to a Webropol survey with an open question “Please tell, what is teachers’ work today like?”. The Webropol survey included all information of the study and its objectives. The participants gave their consent for the study by answering the survey.

Pre-service and in-service teachers’ writings were first analysed separately. Inductive thematic analysis was performed, identifying the common themes that cut across 22 written narratives of pre-service teachers and 21 written narratives of in-service teachers. First, all the writings were read carefully. Notes were made about all the key issues highlighted in each writing. Second, the notes were read carefully and key issues arising from them were clustered into wider themes – pre-service and in-service teachers’ conceptions of teachers’ work today. In the final stage of analysis, the themes emerging from pre-service and in-service teachers’ writings were compared.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Three central conceptions were identified both in pre-service teachers’ and in-service teachers’ writings: a) the changed role of a teacher, b) increased responsibilities of a teacher and the multifaceted nature of teachers’ work, and c) the challenges and complexities faced by a teacher.

The conception “The changed role of the teacher” displays how pre-service teachers see that a teacher has an important socialization role in the lives of pupils and this role brings forth the increasing need for social and interpersonal skills. In-service teachers refer to their role in socializing pupils through pondering the transfer of educational responsibility from homes to schools and teachers. They highlight the change in parenthood and family life which impacts on schooling.

The conception “Increased responsibilities of a teacher and the multifaceted nature of teachers’ work” brings forth pre-service teachers’ awareness of accountability for the pupils' learning, growth and development into functioning members of society and with these responsibilities evolving fears regarding their future work and a growing sense of insecurity and inadequacy. Similarly, in-service teachers talk about increased work tasks and responsibilities as well as lack of resources which together cause inadequacy and aggravate the possibilities of carrying out inclusive education in the best way possible.

The conception “The challenges and complexities faced by a teacher” highlights pre-service teachers’ pressure to change, the need to meet the needs of individual pupils, and the challenges of communicating with parents and colleagues. Similarly, in-service teachers highlight that meeting the various needs of pupils can overwhelm teachers. Collaboration with colleagues and guardians are also seen as burdening sometimes. In-service teachers highlight the need to set boundaries in their work.

Despite challenges, both pre- and in-service teachers find teacher work rewarding.

References
Brown, G. T. L., Gebril, A., Michaelides, M. P. (2019). Teachers' conceptions of assessment: A global phenomenon or a global localism. Frontiers in Education, 4(16). https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2019.00016

Flores, M. A. (2020). Feeling like a student but thinking like a teacher: A study of the development of professional identity in initial teacher education. Journal of Education for Teaching, 46(2), 145–158. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2020.1724659

Kelly, N., Cespedes, M., Clarà, M., & Danaher, P. A. (2019). Early career teachers’ intentions to leave the profession: The complex relationships among preservice education, early career support, and job satisfaction. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 44(3). http://dx.doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2018v44n3.6

Körkkö, M., Kyrö-Ämmälä, O. & Turunen, T. (2016). Professional development through reflection in teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 55, 198–206. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.01.014

Lau, W.W.F. Predicting pre-service mathematics teachers’ teaching and learning conceptions: The role of mathematical beliefs, mathematics self-efficacy, and mathematics teaching efficacy. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 20, 1141–1160. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-021-10204-y  

Lee, S. & Schallert, D. L. (2016). Becoming a teacher: Coordinating past, present, and future selves with perspectival understandings about. Teaching and Teacher Education, 56, 72–83. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.02.004

Livingston, K., & Flores, M. A. (2017). Trends in teacher education: a review of papers published in the European journal of teacher education over 40 years. European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(5), 551–560. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2017.1387970

Lutovac, S., & Flores, M.A. (2022). Conceptions of assessment in pre-service teachers’ narratives of students’ failure. Cambridge Journal of Education, 52(1), 55–71. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2021.1935736  

Metsäpelto, R-L., Poikkeus, A-M., Heikkilä, M., Husu, J., Laine, A., Lappalainen, K., Lähteenmäki, M., Mikkilä-Erdmann, M., & Warinowski, A., Iiskala, T., Hangelin, S., Harmoinen, S., Holmström, A., Kyrö-Ämmälä, O., Lehesvuori, S. Mankki, V., & Suvilehto, P. (2021). A multidimensional adapted process model of teaching. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 34, 143–172. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-021-09373-9

Räsänen, K., Pietarinen, J., Pyhältö, K., Soini, T., & Väisänen, P. (2020). Why leave the teaching profession? A longitudinal approach to the prevalence and persistence of teacher turnover intentions. Social Psychology of Education, 23, 837–859. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-020-09567-x

Sanagi, T. (2016). Teachers’ misunderstanding the concept of inclusive education. Contemporary Issues in Education Research, 9(3), 103–114.

Tarchi, C., Wennås Brante, E., Jokar, M., & Manzari, E. (2022). Pre-service teachers’ conceptions of online learning in emergency distance education: How is it defined and what self-regulated learning skills are associated with it? Teaching and Teacher Education, 113. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103669
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm10 SES 12 B: Teacher Professionalism and Identity Development
Location: Rankine Building, 108 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Mari-Ana Jones
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Teacher Diversity and Teacher Development Programs in Gülen Inspired Schools

Mehmet Evrim Altin

International University of Applied Sciences, Germany

Presenting Author: Altin, Mehmet Evrim

In the early nineteenth century, several scholars and intellectuals like Maria Montessori, Rudolf Steiner, John Dewey etc ... created innovative educational school concepts which were later called progressive education movement, and today Barz shows Fethullah Gülen (b. 1938), a Turkish Islamic scholar, as a new player in Progressive Education(1). This is mainly because, education is the core activity of the Gülen Movement and primarily Gülen, and all other followers, place a great importance on the schools and educational activities. According to Barz, in addition to religious and scientific components, the emphasis on the teacher as a role model plays a decisive role(2). As an example, Gülen presented teaching as a holy duty (kutsi vazife) and highlighted that only people with a strong moral can adequately perform it(3).

Gülen’s educational movement, the so-called Gülen movement or Hizmet (Service) movement, founded private education institutions, like tutorial centers, universities and schools, which are named as Gülen Inspired Schools later(4) and they have achieved remarkable success in the private education sector of Turkey(5). Throughout the disintegration of Soviet Union in 1990-91 and the independence of Central Asian Republics, the movement founded its first schools outside of Turkey in these newborn Central Asian Republics. Later roughly 2000 different Gülen inspired educational institutions were expanded to the whole world. However, after the failed coup attempt in Turkey in 2016, Fethullah Gülen and his movement were labelled as a Terror organization by the Erdogan regime and, only in Turkey, 2,213 private schools and private (tutorial) courses, 1,005 dormitories and boarding houses and 22 universities and affiliated hospitals were appropriated because of their affiliation with the movement(6). Despite this situation, according to unofficial statistics today, there are more than a thousand GISs running in different parts of the world(7).

In this study, we will examine the diversity of teachers in Gülen Inspired Schools and how, despite this diversity, Gülen's understanding of education is realized in Gülen Inspired schools. Therefore, initially in this study, we will first examine the criteria that Gülen schools pay attention when recruiting new teachers and questioned what kind of teachers these schools recruit to their schools. Besides, how different Gülen inspired schools in Europe, Africa and the USA realized Gülen’s educational concept with local teachers and the relationship between teachers who are inspired by Gülen and other local teachers are also analyzed in this paper.

This topic is a crucial and much-debated issue, since Gülen is a retired charismatic imam. One of the main criticisms of Gülen Inspired Schools is that they are missionary schools(8) and the main motivation of the teachers is to invite students to Islam and spread Islam in their local environment(9). On the other hand, It was observed in different studies that none of these schools teaches Gülen’s philosophy or any subject related to the movement and according to the same studies there is no direct official connection between Gülen İnspired Schools and Fethullah Gülen(10). Similarly, religion classes, in this case “Islam”, are taught depending on the local conditions and vary from one country to another(11). Therefore several other scholars debated against these critiques and they are reluctant to consider the Gülen inspired schools educational engagement as being solely missionary in intent and impact(12).

Of course, in this context the profile of the teachers and the role they play in the schools is very important. Therefore, Gülen’s approach to education, how he influenced these teachers, how diverse the profile of the teachers, how the teachers are recruited and how do they realize Gülen’s philosophy are questioned under the shadow of the mentioned critiques in this study.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study, in addition to content analysis, a qualitative research method was selected in the field study to understand this controversial subject(13). One of the main reasons in this choice is the research questions which are based on a "how" question. Besides, the unique structure of the Gülen Movement and the lack of research about the Gülen inspired schools also plays an important role in this choice.
In the data collection part, only the "expert interview" method is available because of the several reasons depending on the controversial structure of the subject. However, expert interview fits very well to this research. Participants of this study could be categorized into four groups. In the first group, nine school managers (3 in the U.S., 3 in Europe and 3 in Africa) in six different countries of the world were visited and interviewed. The reason behind the selection of these regions are the sustainable conditions of the GISs which helps the researcher to get reliable data. The second group (3 Experts) is members of the Gülen Movement as an insider who participated in different projects of the movement for many years. The third group (3 Experts) is the scholars or journalists outside of the movement who have a neutral-positive approach to the movement. The last group (3 Experts) consists of the experts who have a skeptical approach and criticize the movement from different aspects. In total, there were 18 structured expert interviews, which enables the comparison of different thoughts and understandings. Besides, the researcher conducted a countless number of talks and discussions with teachers, parents and students of these schools.
All data was collected by face-to-face semi-structured interviews which are recorded and transcribed so that the detailed analyses can be easily carried out(14). Mainly because of the actual situation of the movement, the researcher of the study decided to anonymize all the participants’ names. In the data analysis part, Maxqda program was used because of its special features and availability and Gläser and Laudel’s procedures was followed(15). Besides, the researcher of the study practiced five general criteria for qualitative researchers which Mayring explained in his book, such as procedural documentation, rule structured construction, argumentative interpretation assurance, proximity to the object and communicative validity(16). Conducting the field study in the mentioned three continents and only having one data collection method available for the research are several important limitations of the study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that unlike the other progressive education models, the education model of the Gülen Movement depends on reforming the management of a traditional education system, instead of reforming teaching or pedagogy. Therefore, unlike Montessori, teachers working in Gülen Inspired Schools do not need any special certification, nor do they need to know Gülen or accept the educational philosophy of the Gülen Movement. In this context, it was also observed that the recruitment criteria did not differ much from other schools. Likewise, it was seen in the field study that 75% of the teachers in the nine schools studied were selected from the local community and most of these teachers were not familiar with Gülen's educational philosophy.
At this point, with all teachers working in the same environment, more and more varied extracurricular activities than in other schools, and the extreme importance that Gülen Inspired Schools place on teacher development programs, it has been observed that there is a cohesion between Gülen-influenced teachers and other local teachers and a common school culture has emerged. In addition, the fact that only two of the nine schools examined had religion classes, whereas all of them had ethics-based programs, suggests that moral values, rather than religion, take precedence in Gülen schools. In the same context, it can be said that Gülen schools have an education and science-centered concept that emphasizes the academic success of students rather than a religious or ideological axis. It can be easily said that this understanding is also behind the importance given to teacher development programs in these schools. In the same manner, this understanding of academic success is the reason why these schools, which have opened to the world, have been able to hold on in the countries they have been in for so many years.

References
1Barz, H. (2018). Einleitung zum Handbuch Reformpädagogik und Bildungsreform.
Handbuch Bildungsreform und Reformpädagogik, Wiesbaden, Deutschland: Springer, p.3.
2Vicini, F. (2007). Gülen’s Rethinking of Islamic Pattern and its Socio-Political Effects. Muslim  
World in Transition, London: Leeds Metropolitan University Press, p. 436.
3 Gülen, M. F. (1979b). Maarifimizde Muallim. Çağ ve Nesil 1: Cag ve Nesil,    
Istanbul: Nil Yayinlari, 121-126.
4 Dohrn, K. (2014). Translocal Ethics: Hizmet Teachers and the Formation of Gülen-inspired Schools in Urban Tanzania. Sociology of Islam, p. 233.
5 Hendrick, J. D. (2013). Gülen: the Ambiguous Politics of Market Islam in Turkey and the World, New York: New York University Press, p. 142.
6 Gümüş, I. (2019). The rise of the Palace State, Turkey under the State of Emergency, Frankfurt: Main Donau Verlag, p. 50.
7 Pahl, J. (2019). Fethullah Gülen, a Life of Hizmet, New Jersey: Blue Dome Press, p. 17.
8 Tittensor, D. (2014). The House of Services: The Gülen Movement and Islam’s Third Way, Oxford: Oxford University Press, p. 154.
9 Volm, F. (2018). Die Gülen-Bewegung im Spiegel von Selbstdarstellung und Fremdrezeption, Baden-Baden: Ergon Verlag, p. 321.
 
10 Turam, B. (2007). Between Islam and the State, The Politics of Engagement, Standford California: Standford University Press, p. 69.
11 Solberg, A. (2005, April). The Gülen schools: A perfect compromise or compromising
perfectly? Retrieved from 06.06.2017-
www.Kotor-network.info: http://www.kotor-network.info/papers/2005/Gülen.Solberg.pdf.

12 Dohrn, K. (2014). Translocal Ethics: Hizmet Teachers and the Formation of Gülen-
inspired Schools in Urban Tanzania. Sociology of Islam, p. 233.13

13 Babbie, E. (2004). The Practice of Social Research. Belmont, CA, USA: Wadsworth/Thomson Learning, p. 370.
14 Merriam, S. (2009). Qualitative Research, a guide to design and implementation, San Francisco: Josey Bass, p 105.
15 Gläser, J., & Laudel, G. (2009). Experteninterviews und qualitative Inhaltanalyse, Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften, p. 203.
16 Mayring, P. (2002). Gütekriterien Qualitativer Forschung. Einführung in die Qualitative Sozialforschung, Weinheim und Basel: Beltz Verlag, p. 140-149.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Unpacking Urban Teaching Residents’ Perezhivanie: Implications for Supporting Minority Teachers’ Professional Identity Development

Sharon Chang1, Sibel Akin-Sabuncu2,1, Laura Vernikoff3, Colleen Horn4, A. Lin Goodwin5

1Teachers College, Columbia University, United States of America; 2TED University, Turkey; 3Touro University Graduate School of Education, United States of America; 4Marino Institute of Education, Ireland; 5Boston College, United States of America

Presenting Author: Vernikoff, Laura; Horn, Colleen

Supporting teachers’ professional identity development empowers teachers and helps them stay in the field longer. Although teachers’ professional identity has been studied in subject areas in the OECD countries (Suarez & McGrath, 2022), less is known regarding professional identity development of student teachers of color (Rodrigues & Mogarro, 2019). Student teachers of color’s professional identity development especially needs researchers’ attention, because both in the EU and US contexts, policymakers have been focusing on diversifying the teaching profession by recruiting teachers of migrant and/or minority background, through integrating university coursework with extended practice (Klein et al., 2016) as in the urban teacher residency program in this study, offering a “third space” in teacher education (Zeichner, 2010).

The model of teacher residencies is based on the postgraduate training in medical schools (Authors, 2017a). While the naming of the student teachers as teaching residents proclaims their teacher identity as a professional (Author, 2012); other aspects pertinent to urban teaching residents’ professional identity development are less studied. Therefore, to better support minority teachers’ professional identity development (Cong-Lem, 2022; Lantolf & Swain, 2019), this study aims to investigate how participants, who are teachers of color, construct themselves as residents of urban teaching through the lens of perezhivanie.

Grounded in the cultural-historical understanding of emotion and identity, the study draws on the Vygotskyian concept of perezhivanie to illustrate how residents’ personal histories and experiences in and expectations of the urban teacher residency program influence their reflective practices, since these are pertinent to urban teaching residents’ professional identity development. For Vygotsky (1993), perezhivanie is used to describe a subject’s development, “because between the world and a human being stands his(sic) social environment, which refracts and guides everything proceeding from man(sic) to the world and from the world to man(sic)” (p. 77). The residents develop their emotions and identities through the interplay of social relations. Thus, the awareness of knowing, being, and becoming a resident of urban teaching who are also teachers of color is articulated through residents’ reflections and refraction of their teacher residencies, because they have worked out their own conflicts of motives from resolving the (social)environmental-individual dialectical tensions (Dang, 2013).

This study addresses the ECER 2023 conference theme and Network 10’s call to study the diversity of evidence-relations in teacher education. Although tensions and conflicts coexist with diversity, “the richness of who we are and who we are becoming becomes a source and resource for what we do and why we do it across the educational continuum”. European researchers have been using perezhivanie to examine the ways in which experiences such as discrimination, marginalization, and cultural identity shape individuals’ understanding and engagement with education (Christodoulakis et al., 2021; Léopoldoff-Martin & Gabathuler, 2021; Pompert & Dobber, 2018). Accordingly, the personal accounts from residents of color serve as evidence mobilized from marginalized communities to address the research-practice gap of teachers’ professional identity development.

We want to understand how residents in this study refract their (social)environmental-individual dialectical conflicts from working in the community through their perezhivanie. In the context of urban teaching residencies, we are looking at how residents of color refract themselves from their own resident identity development in their narratives. Moreover, this psychological refraction of the human mind is not to be projected in the same way as the refraction of the light. Rather, perezhivanie is a mental schema established through one’s consciousness of experience and experience of consciousness of the past, present, and future (Vygotsky, 1993). Drawing upon these, our research question is: How do preservice teachers who self-identify as teachers of color construct themselves as residents during the urban teaching residency program?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study used phenomenography as a qualitative research method to investigate and describe the meaning of the collective experiences of the participants in the particular urban teacher residency program. Phenomenography aims to describe the different ways a group of people experience and understand a phenomenon (Marton, 1981). Specifically, we were interested in how participants constructed their own developing professional identities as residents and teachers, and the experiences that participants identified as relevant to that process. Recognizing that, “‘teacher identities’...often are crafted as unitary…universal, complete and non-contradictory” (Miller, 2005, p. 51), phenomenography and perezhivanie provide a lens for understanding the particularities and variations of the residents’ reflections and refractions of their identities throughout the teacher residency.

The study took place within the context of a graduate-level urban teaching residency in the northeastern United States. Unlike traditional semester-long student teaching models, residents in this program spend a full year working with mentor teachers in secondary classrooms, beginning on the first day of in-service professional development at the start of the school year and ending on the last day of classes in June. They participate in “integrating seminars” each semester with their cohort to help them mobilize knowledge (Authors, 2017b) across their university classes and 7-12 teaching placements. Residents are expected to work for an additional three years in the residency district, so the program also encourages residents to make connections and develop ties to the local community through, e.g., community resource walks.

We invited all 29 residents from across two cohorts of the residency to participate in the study; 21 consented and using criterion sampling (Patton, 1990), 6 met our criteria of having a complete data set (in program archives) and identifying as residents of color. Participants graduated from the program in 2017 and 2018, and obtained certification in Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages, Science, or Special Education. Data included autobiographical analyses submitted early in the program; interactive journals submitted biweekly throughout the residency year; and transcripts from individual interviews conducted near the end of the residency program. We selected these data sources because they provided opportunities for residents to reflect on their personal and professional identities at various stages of the program through narratives. We coded these data inductively and deductively (Bogdan & Biklen, 2007) according to our framework of perezhivanie, looking for examples of residents describing their personal and/or professional identities.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We found two themes regarding residents’ perezhivanie. First, participants are proactively enacting their professional identity. As Lana claimed, “When people are like, you’re a student teacher? I’m like, I’m a teaching resident. Dude, respect me.” Lana saw the distinction between being a student-teacher and a teaching resident; the word resident, for Lana, carries more weight in terms of perceived qualifications and professionalism. Second, participants are constantly refracting their (social)environmental-individual dialectical tensions from the urban teacher residency program. In the case of Lana, she was proactively cultivating her teacher-of-color self, because she understands her own very teacher presence makes a difference for her students. Lana disclosed, “When I was growing up, I didn’t have a teacher like me, and I want to be that teacher for others [...] Especially in [urban contexts], there’s such a huge population of [minoritized] students.”

Unpacking the residents of color’s perezhivanie helps teacher educators better understand how to support teachers-of-color. This way, the voices of residents of color and their lived experiences in urban contexts become sources of supporting and developing teacher professional identity. The residents of color and their own agentic stories also fill in the research-practice gap as they refracted their dialectical tensions. The findings of the study will contribute to an understanding of how preservice teachers of color develop their professional identities and how programs like teaching residencies are uniquely placed and structured to support this development. Understanding the experiences and perspectives of teaching residents of color can also shed light on the challenges and opportunities inherent in initial teacher preparation, thereby informing efforts to improve the quality of education. Learning how teachers of color construct themselves as residents can help us understand how they participate in and contribute to their teaching communities and help guide future research of teacher professional identity development.

References
Bogdan, R. C., & Biklen, S. K. (2007). Qualitative research for education: An introduction to theory and methods. Pearson Education.
Chase, S. E. (2005). Handbook of qualitative research. Sage Publications.
Christodoulakis, N., Vidal Carulla, C., & Adbo, K. (2021). Perezhivanie and its application within early childhood science education research. Education Sciences, 11(12), 813.
Cong-Lem, N. (2022). The relation between environment and psychological development: Unpacking Vygotsky’s influential concept of Perezhivanie. Human Arenas (online first), https://doi.org/10.1007/s42087-022-00314-6
Dang, T. (2013). Identity in activity: Examining teacher professional identity formation in the paired-placement of student teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education 30, 47–59. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2012.10.006
Klein, E. J., Taylor, M., Onore, C., Strom, K., & Abrams, L. (2016). Exploring inquiry in the third space: Case studies of a year in an urban teacher-residency program. The New Educator, 12(3), 243-268.
Lantolf, J., & Swain, M. (2019). Perezhivanie: The cognitive–emotional dialectic within the social situation of development. In A. Al-Hoorie & P. MacIntyre (Eds.), Contemporary language motivation theory: 60 years since Gardner and Lambert (1959) (pp. 80–106). Multilingual Matters. https://doi.org/10.21832/9781788925204-009
Léopoldoff-Martin, I., & Gabathuler, C. (2021). Vygotsky and the notion of perezhivanie: what does it contribute to the reading of literary texts?. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 28(4), 345–355.
Marton, F. (1981). Phenomenography - Describing conceptions of the world around us. Instructional Science, 10, 177-200.
Miller, J. L. (2005). Autobiography and the necessary incompleteness of teachers’ stories. In J. L. Miller (Ed.), Sounds of silence breaking: Women, autobiography, curriculum (pp. 45–56). Peter Lang Publishing.
Patton, M. Q. 1990. Qualitative evaluation and research methods. Sage Publications, Inc.
Pompert, B., & Dobber, M. (2018). Developmental education for young children in the Netherlands: Basic development. In the International handbook of early childhood education (pp. 1113–1137). Springer, Dordrecht.
Rodrigues, F., & Mogarro, M. J. (2019). Student teachers’ professional identity: A review of research contributions. Educational Research Review, 28, 100286. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2019.100286
Suarez, V. & J. McGrath (2022). Teacher professional identity: How to develop and support it in times of change. OECD Education Working Papers, No. 267, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/b19f5af7-en.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1993). The collected works of L. S. Vygotsky, Vol. 2. The fundamentals of defectology (abnormal psychology and learning disabilities). (R. W. Rieber & A. S. Carton, Eds.; J. E. Knox & C. B. Stevens, Trans.). Plenum Press.
Zeichner, K. (2010). Rethinking the connections between campus courses and field experiences in college- and university-based teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(2), 89–99.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Building a Teacher: The Role of Narrative in Teacher Professionalism

Elsa Estrela

COFAC/ Lusofona University, Portugal

Presenting Author: Estrela, Elsa

The social changes we have witnessed in recent years have introduced changes in the education system that were not expected by teachers who suddenly found themselves alone, teaching at a distance, from their private space and before their students who, more than ever, were unequal. Considering that the professional identity of the teacher is constructed by the feeling of belonging to a community, by the social practices of the subjects and by the articulation of the spheres of knowledge, of professional norms and values and of pedagogical knowledge, one can easily glimpse an enormous restlessness and anxiety, as well as the progressive awareness that their profession was going to be different and teaching as they knew it would not return.

In modern society, teachers and educators are the largest group of intellectual workers. In Portugal, PORDATA (2019 data) records 146,992 teachers and educators in pre-school, primary and secondary education, public and private, who then represented 5.66% of the Portuguese active population. Still, beyond their numerical weight, the importance of teachers' action derives from the fact that they constitute, within the influential middle class, what Bernstein calls "reproducers" (Bernstein, 1996). By posing the challenge of rethinking education and knowledge as global common goods, UNESCO (2015) assigns teachers and educators an active role as political subjects (Freire, 1985), who carry their beliefs, experiences, life stories into daily action (Goodson, Loveless & Stephens 2012), despite strong trends in training and public policies towards limiting teachers' action to managerial rationality and a technical and didactic dimension (Lima, 2016). In this context, the European educational sphere requires a redefinition of the teacher's capacity for agency, and this must be achieved by rethinking the role of the teacher as public intellectual in action in a world of tremendous tensions, characterised by the dialectics of the global and the local.

According to Ball (2003), the new middle-class resorts to three class strategies which aim to perpetuate its social distinction, reproducing its advantages, mobility, and social progress, namely: the market, individualism and choice and competitiveness. It is indeed through its practices that the interests of this class are manifested, although the author points out that there are also divergences within it. Ball (2002) assumes performativity, a political technology of educational reform, to which the market and management capacity are added, as "a culture and a mode of regulation which uses criticism, comparisons and exhibitions as means of control, attrition and change" (p. 4).

This work relies, therefore, on conceptions that assume identity not as attributed but as constructed, insofar as the division of the I as a subjective expression of social duality (Dubar, 1997) or of tensions (Santos, 1999) appears through the mechanisms of identification, which use the socially available categories, such as the professional class of teachers, because "it is, in fact, through and in the activity with others, implying a meaning, an objective and/or a justification, a need (... ), that the individual is identified and is led to accept or refuse the identifications he receives from others and institutions" (Dubar, 1997: 106).

In this regard and following the work that has been developed (Estrela, Ricardo & Duarte, 2021; Estrela & Duarte,2022), it is relevant to look to teachers’ life and work to understand their trajectory and to analyze their professional processes regarding three dimensions of their professionalism: identity, professional knowledge, and professional learning. The aim of the research is to identify processes of change in teacher professionalism and to identify the trends in teachers’ professionalism at different stages of the career in Portugal.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This context of fluid times (Bauman, 2007) and successive crises – pandemic, economic, social, political, and educational regarding the lack of teachers in several European countries - led to changes in the understanding of what it is to be a teacher, as an educational actor with a specific knowledge and historically assigned functions, which gives him/her a certain identity.
Based on the initial questions what are the processes of change in teachers’ professionalism and what trends can be identified?, an exploratory study was developed within the scope of a qualitative research, using narratives as a data collection technique and focus group.
Assuming that educational change must be understood considering patterns and forces of change that provide different paths according to the historical and cultural reality of each region, country or even professional, educational policies are refracted whenever there is a change in level or actors, accepting that this refraction occurs even at the level of the classroom with each of the professionals who work in it.
Teachers’ narratives are relevant in this context of individualized society, and a fundamental tool for understanding educational change, as they are assumed as a refraction of the educational history, as well as social, political and economic changes. This option seems consistent with the objectives indicated since it allows for the reconstruction of reality and a discursive practice that provides meaning to the experiences, facilitating the explicitness of what was lived, allowing the researcher to theorise what was lived and, also, the re-signification of the knowledge produced through what was experienced (Reis, 2008).
The narratives were collected at three different moments - one at the beginning of the pandemic period, another one after the second confinement and the third last December, now without any restrictions in Portuguese schools due to the pandemic. Thus, between April and May 2020, 16 teachers participated, between November and December 2021, 21 teachers participated, and between December 2022 and January 2023, 31 teachers participated.
The categories worked were emergent from the materials collected from the participants, having found regularities and singularities, whose dialogue around the theme allowed strengthening the interpretation and the meaning found in data collection (Rodrigues, N.C.& Prado, G.V.T., 2015).
Based on the emerged categories, the narratives were completed with a focus group with nine teachers in initial training. This focus group lasted more than one hour and half and was video recorded.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings show there are two patterns of change in teachers’ professionalism: digitalization and parentocracy. These two forces influence the three professional dimensions considered in the study as they allow to see the teachers seem to become more technical and less political, with no space and time for reflexivity. Professional knowledge and learning are taken by the digital as technologies have assumed the centre of the classes. Nevertheless, trends also show teachers integrating social knowledge and enriching professional one as they have more than one professional occupation. Many come from other professions and would like to keep both.
Although their lived trajectories point to a contradiction between the assumed professional objectives and the growing affirmation of the technical dimension, there is less ambivalence as teachers seem to be more convicted. Virtual identities reinforce the political technologies of educational reform such as performativity driven by technologies.

References
Ball, S. (2002). Reformar Escolas/reformar Professores e os terrores da Performatividade. Revista Portuguesa de Educação, 15(2), 3-23.
Ball, S. (2003). Class Strategies and the Education Market. The Middle Classes and the Social Advantage. RoutledgeFalmer.
Bauman, Z. (2007). Liquid Times. Living in an Age of Uncertainty. Polity Cambridge Press.
Bernstein, B. (1996). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity.Taylor and Francis.
Dubar. C. (1997). A Socialização: Construção das Identidades Sociais e Profissionais. Porto Editora.
Estrela, E. & Duarte, R. S. (2022, 15-17 setembro). Desconstrução e reconstrução da(s) identidade(s) docente(s). [Apresentação Painel Temático]. XVI Congresso da Sociedade Portuguesa de Ciências da Educação (SPCE). Lisboa.
Estrela, E., Ricardo, M. M. e Duarte, R. S. (2021, julho 7-9). A docência em Tempo de confinamento – o incerto desconhecido [Apresentação comunicação]. I Congresso Internacional sobre Metodologia (Qualis2021). Santiago de Compostela.
Freire, P. (1985). The Politics of Education: Culture, Power, and Liberation. Bergin & Garvey.
Goodson, Loveless, A. M. & Stephens, D. (2012). (Eds.). Explorations in Narrative Research. Springer.
Lima, L. C. (2016). Sobre a educação cultural e ético-política dos professores. Educar em Revista, (61), 143-156.
PORDATA (2019). Base Dados Portugal Contemporâneo. Fundação Francisco Manuel dos Santos. https://www.pordata.pt/Portugal/Docentes+em+exerc%C3%ADcio+nos+ensinos+pré+escolar++básico+e+secundário+total+e+por+n%C3%AD 240
Reis, P. (2008). As narrativas na formação de professores e na investigação em educação. Nuances: estudos sobre educação, 15(16), 17-34.
Rodrigues, N.C.& Prado, G.V.T. (2015). Investigação Narrativa: construindo novos sentidos na pesquisa qualitativa em Educação. Revista Lusófona de Educação, 29,89-103.
Santos, B. S. (1999). Reinventar a democracia: entre o pré-contratualismo e o pós-contratualismo. In  F. de Oliveira & M. C. Paoli (Org.), Os sentidos da democracia — Políticas do dissenso e hegemonia global (83-129). Editora Vozes, FAPESP e NEDIC.
UNESCO (2015). Rethinking Education: Towards a global common good?. UNESCO.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Engaging with Collaborative Research to Transform Teacher Education: Teachers’ Professional Agency in a School-University Partnership

Romina Madrid Miranda1, Katharina Glas2, Christopher Chapman3

1University of Stirling, United Kingdom; 2Pontificia Universidad Catolica de Valparaiso; 3University of Glasgow

Presenting Author: Madrid Miranda, Romina; Chapman, Christopher

The disconnection between university-based preservice teacher education and field experiences has been highlighted internationally in the literature as a main barrier to better preparing prospective teachers for the complexities of teaching (Adoniou, 2013; Zeinchner, 2010). Alternatives approaches emphasize less hierarchical relationships; integration of school and university expertise; and the importance and need to develop research capacity at the university and school levels (Tanner & Davies, 2009). The integration of the university and practicum contexts is particularly important as some educational systems are moving toward school-based approaches to teacher preparation.

Collaborative research models seem to propose new ways to connect both school and university knowledge and expertise and build a new set of relationships. They are particularly useful to explore ways of bringing a diverse set of “voices” and “expertise” disrupting more hierarchical structures and homogeneous systems, and therefore, can be used to enhance diversity in education practice and research in teacher education. When collaborative research models are used to design partnerships, they have the potential to foster reciprocity, a coalition of interests, innovation, and synergy and be ‘emancipatory in the formation of new relationships and systems of working’ (Baumfield & Butterworth 2007).

In the context of Teacher Education, collaborative engagement with research had impacted positively teacher-educators professional practice, improving the knowledge, skills, and critical awareness, benefiting the learning of students (Tanner and Davies, 2009). Likewise, the exploration of new roles in research partnerships (i.e., research champions) has demonstrated that these alliances can enhance the link and use of research findings that can inform local practices and create networks beyond schools and universities to become open to new ideas and to judge research that is relevant for local systems (Burn et al., 2021).

Despite its attractiveness, developing equitable and genuine collaboration between teachers and researchers is not exempt from difficulties. Authors have questioned whether this relationship can be called collaborative (Feldman, 1993), while others have identified resistance of school-based staff’ to take full ownership of the process (Oates and Bignell, 2019), and differences in the assumption of responsibility and power in the process (Hamsa et al., 2018).

In the enactment of school-university collaborations that promote engagement with research, the notion of agency is central. Teacher agency is understood from the framework of ecological agency (Priestley et al., 2015) due to its focus on the temporal frame and the idea that the achievement of people's agency is only within given structures and cultures. Furthermore, this study draws onto the notion of relational agency (Edwards, 2011, 2015; Edwards et al., 2009) as it centres on the agentic relationships that professionals involved in education establish and the professional learning that emerges from those relationships.

Unlike the most common understanding of partnerships between school and university as the arrangement to facilitate, support and assess student teachers in practical teaching experience, ‘The Research Teams’ is a programme of work developed in an international collaboration between a Chilean and Scottish university to engage initial university staff, pre-service teachers, and school teachers in collaborative research to address issues of practice identified by practitioners. The ‘The Research Teams’ were composed of teams of university tutors, schoolteachers, and pre-service teachers; the university coordinator and external advisor overseeing the programme. Each team identified a problem of practice and developed a 12-months research project. The expected outcomes were the implementation of the project and an academic article for submission. The initiative was designed before the pandemic, and it was implemented online during 2020-2021.

The research questions how the engagement with the Research Teams supports/influences professional learning; brings to the fore new professional identities; and offers new insights into teacher preparation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative research design guides the study. Qualitative data was gathered during and after the implementation of the Research Teams programme. The data analysis framework is grounded on Priestley’s and Edwards’s and colleagues' work on ecological and relational agency, expertise and common knowledge.
 
Data Sources and Analysis
Qualitative data was collected from the following sources: (a) field diaries of the participants (n=15), (b) semi-structured individual interviews with all participating teachers (2021 cohort) (n=10), (c) focus groups with different participant groups (university staff, pre-service teachers, and school teachers), and (d) documentary analysis of data from the seminars sessions.

The material was analysed using qualitative content analysis (Elo & Kyngäs, 2008). Researchers used an iterative and reflective open coding process that yielded categories and emergent themes. The codes became sub-categories and then generic categories. The research questions were used to organise the most abstract categories. Triangulation between researchers was implemented. Investigators coded a subsample of interviews and focus group transcriptions individually and then shared codes to identify similarities and discrepancies.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper explored the emergence of teachers’ professional agency in a collaborative research model with a specific focus on professional learning and identities as a result of engaging with collaborative research.

The analysis of the data illustrates themes in connection with professional learning and identities, participants highlighted learning about principles of collaborative research, distinction and similarities with traditional educational research, and pedagogic and disciplinary learning about the topic of the research projects. This learning seems to be less visible for those experienced researchers. The initiative impacted dimensions of identity showing complex interactions between possibilities and constraints for teachers’ professional agency. For example, university staff’s authority may be questioned with the change in notions of expertise and more horizontal relationships with student teachers and school teachers.    
 
Findings show how the pandemic has accelerated new ways of working and facilitating but at the same time limiting interactions and more informal learning. The experience of the Research Teams also highlights the apparent dilemma of rhetoric versus reality experienced by pre-teacher students in their professional preparation offering an opportunity to move beyond foregrounding only the university’s values and discourse. The initiative highlights the reality of life in the classroom as messy, complex, and often contested social interactions with a range of potential outcomes. This moves beyond the university’s preparation for an “ideal situation/setting.”

Finally, the artificial dichotomy theory and practice in teacher preparation are in some ways addressed. The experience blends different types of knowledge, expertise, and experiences from the university’s world of theory building to the classroom’s world of enacting practice. This shifts the dynamic and the hierarchies as all involved are both learning from each other and teaching each other by offering insights into the complexity and nuance of each other’s professional worlds (university and school).

References
Baumfield, V., & Butterworth, M. (2007). Creating and translating knowledge about teaching and learning in collaborative school–university research partnerships: An analysis of what is exchanged across the partnerships, by whom and how. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 13(4), 411-427.

Burn, K., Conway, R., Edwards, A., & Harries, E. (2021). The role of school‐based research champions in a school–university partnership. British Educational Research Journal, 47(3), 616-633.

Edwards, A. (2011). Building common knowledge at the boundaries between professional practices: Relational agency and relational expertise in systems of distributed expertise. International journal of educational research, 50(1), 33-39.

Edwards, A. (2015). Recognising and realising teachers’ professional agency. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 779-784.

Edwards, A., Daniels, H., Gallagher, T., Leadbetter, J., & Warmington, P. (2009). Improving inter-professional collaborations: Multi-agency working for children's wellbeing. Routledge.

Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of advanced nursing, 62(1), 107-115.

Feldman, A. (1993). Promoting equitable collaboration between university researchers and school teachers. Qualitative Studies in Education, 6(4), 341-357.

Hamza, K., Piqueras, J., Wickman, P. O., & Angelin, M. (2018). Who owns the content and who runs the risk? Dynamics of teacher change in teacher–researcher collaboration. Research in science education, 48, 963-987.

Oates, C., & Bignell, C. (2022). School and university in partnership: a shared enquiry into teachers’ collaborative practices. Professional Development in Education, 48(1), 105-119.

Priestley, M., Priestley, M. R., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury Publishing.

Tanner, H., & Davies, S. M. (2009). How engagement with research changes the professional practice of teacher‐educators: a case study from the Welsh Education Research Network. Journal of Education for Teaching, 35(4), 373-389.

Zeichner, K. (2010). Rethinking the connections between campus courses and field experiences in college-and university-based teacher education. Journal of teacher education, 61(1-2), 89-99.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm10 SES 12 C: Teacher Thinking, Self-efficacy, Professionalism and Experience
Location: Rankine Building, 107 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Susann Hofbauer
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Professionalization Of Teachers To Support Digitally Supported Inquiry Learning In Heterogeneous Classes

Patrizia Weidenhiller, Susanne Miesera, Claudia Nerdel

Technical University of Munich, Associate Professorship of Life Sciences Education

Presenting Author: Weidenhiller, Patrizia

Inclusion and digitization are key issues in the professionalization of teachers. The heterogeneity of students in inclusive classes brings different needs of learners. Consequently, instruction needs concepts that enable all students to participate, especially in science classes and its specific processes and procedures such as inquiry learning. Inquiry learning is an active method of learning that involves posing questions, problems, or scenarios and scientific methods such as conducting experiments. Many barriers can arise in this complex process (Baur, 2018; Stinken-Rösner & Abels, 2021). The use of digital media can enable access and avoid barriers through multimedia design (Kerres, 2018). In order to effectively use digital media to promote inquiry learning and reduce barriers, teachers need professional knowledge and competencies. The TPACK model describes teachers' professional knowledge as the interplay of content knowledge, pedagogical knowledge, and technological knowledge (Mishra & Koehler, 2006). Besides professional knowledge, there are other factors that influence teaching actions. These include attitudes, motivation, and self-regulation (Baumert & Kunter, 2006). Looking more closely at attitudes, it appears that positive attitudes, along with high self-efficacy expectations, are an important predictor of planned behaviour (Fishbein & Ajzen, 2010). For example, teachers with positive attitudes toward inclusion teach more effectively for all students (Jordan et al., 2009). Positive attitudes and high self-efficacy are also shown to be predictors of inclusive teaching (Sharma & Jacobs, 2016). Furthermore, participation in courses on inclusion is shown to have a positive impact on attitudes toward inclusion (Sharma, 2012; Miesera & Gebhardt, 2018; Miesera & Will, 2017). In the topic area of digitalization, teachers' attitudes are also shown to be crucial for its use in the classroom (Eickelmann & Vennemann, 2017). All these findings indicate that attitudes and self-efficacy expectations are important factors for the implementation of both inclusive teaching and the use of digital media. However, in order to apply these general statements about inclusive teaching and media use to subject-specific issues such as inquiry learning, the topics must be considered in conjunction with each other. The aim of the study is to train teachers specifically for the use of digital media in heterogeneous classes in biology education. On the one hand, the question arises whether the targeted transfer of knowledge about the areas of inclusion and digitization in an intervention has an effect on the professional knowledge of the teachers in the TPACK domains. On the other hand, the attitudes of the teachers towards the topics of inclusion and digitization are to be investigated. This leads to the question which correlations exist between the self-assessment in the TPACK domains and the attitudes towards inclusion and digitization.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study design consists of a teacher training with pre and post survey. Biology teachers of German secondary schools take part in a one-day digital teacher training dealing with "digital supported inquiry learning for all students". The training aims at increasing teachers' professional knowledge according to the TPACK model (Mishra & Köhler, 2006). Therefore, teachers plan and perform an experiment on the enzymatic browning of apples, which is digitally supported in all phases (planning, implementation, evaluation). In addition, they take into account the needs of students and elaborate possible barriers. The outcome of the training is a planned experiment supported by digital media to differentiate the phases of the inquiry process. Participants are randomly assigned to three experimental groups. The experimental groups differ in the instruction phases in advance of the work phase. The first group focusses on the design of digital media, media didactics and the use of digital media in science teaching. The second group focuses on approaches to inclusive didactics, concepts for differentiation and their implementation in science lessons. The last group has an integrated format for the instructions. This includes the mentioned aspects of digital media from the first experimental group as well as the aspects of differentiation of the control group. The pre-post survey contains scales about teachers’ attitudes towards digitalisation and inclusion. The scale attitudes towards digitalization addresses different aspects of learning with digital media like anchoring in the curriculum, influence on the teaching level and on the student`s activity (Vogelsang, Finger, Laumann, & Thyssen, 2019). The scale attitudes towards inclusion contains two main constructs “schooling and support” and “social inclusion” (Kunz, Luder, & Moretti, 2010). Furthermore, the survey covers self-efficacy assumptions regarding inclusion and digitalisation in accordance with the TPACK model (modified according to Graham et al., 2009). For this purpose, the TPACK scales of Graham et al. (2009) were modified and adapted to the content of the intervention. The pilot study with 60 participants shows very good reliabilities of the scales (α > .812). The intervention took place from June 2021 to January 2022 as one day teacher trainings. A total of 141 Bavarian secondary school biology teachers (70% female) were trained in small groups of up to ten people.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A Rasch analysis was performed to determine the quality of the scales, carried out with Winsteps software. The reliabilities (> 0.8) and separation indices (> 2) for all scales are quite satisfactory, except for the item separation reliability of the TCK scale, which is slightly below the desired values. To compare pretest and posttest results, the item difficulty of the pretest was anchored and then the person ability was calculated on the posttest. The person abilities were compared between the measurements using a t-test with connected samples. The t-tests were performed with IBM SPSS. With the exception of the TK scale, there are significant improvement in teacher ratings in attitudes towards inclusion (t = 2.840; p = 0.006; n = 52), attitudes towards digitalization (t = 2.795; p = 0.007; n = 52) and the TPACK scales (TPACK: t = 5.294; p < 0.001; n = 52; TCK: t = 2.772; p = 0.008, n = 52; TPK: t = 2.274, p = 0.027, n = 52) after the intervention. We conclude the effectiveness of the intervention to support teachers’ professional knowledge to use digital media in teaching in general and especially for inquiry learning in heterogeneous classes. However, there are no significant differences between the three experimental groups. This shows that the influence of theoretical discussion is too small compared to other factors such as practical work and discussion about implementation using real subject examples. A follow-up survey will provide more information about the actual use of digital media for differentiation in the classroom and show whether there is a difference due to the knowledge input after the application of the learned contents. In summary, the study shows how teachers can be effectively prepared for experimenting with digital media in heterogeneous groups through practical training.
References
Baumert, J. & Kunter, M., (2006) Stichwort: Professionelle Kompetenz von Lehrkräften. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft 9(4). 469-520. DOI: 10.1007/s11618-006-0165-2.
Baur, A. (2018). Fehler, Fehlkonzepte und spezifische Vorgehensweisen von Schülerinnen und Schülern beim Experimentieren: Ergebnisse einer videogestützten Beobachtung. Zeitschrift für Didaktik der Naturwissenschaften, 24(1), 115–129.
Eickelmann, B. & Vennemann, M. (2017). Teachers’ attitudes and beliefs regarding ICT in teaching and learning in European countries. European Educational Research Journal, 16(6), 733–761.
Fishbein, M. & Ajzen, I. (2010). Predicting and Changing Behavior. The Reasoned Action Approach. New York, Hove: Psychology Press.
Graham et al. (2009) TPACK Development in Science Teaching: Measuring the TPACK Confidence of Inservice Science Teachers. TechTrends. 53 (5). 70-79.
Jordan, A., Schwartz, E., & McGhie-Richmond, D. (2009). Preparing teachers for inclusive classrooms. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25(4), 535–542. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2009.02.010
Kerres, Michael (2018): Mediendidaktik. Konzeption und Entwicklung digitaler Lernangebote. 5. Aufl. Berlin/Boston: Walter de Gruyter GmbH.
Kunz, A., Luder, R., & Moretti, M. (2010). Die Messung von Einstellungen zur Integration (E-ZI). Empirische Sonderpädagogik, 2, 83–94.
Miesera, S., & Gebhardt, M. (2018). Inklusive Didaktik in beruflichen Schulen - InkDibeS - ein Konzept für die Lehrerbildung: Videobasierte Fallkonstruktio-nen inklusiver Unterrichtssettings. In D. Buschfeld & M. Cleef (Eds.), Vielfalt des Lernens im Rahmen berufsbezogener Standards. QUA-LIS Schriftenreihe Beiträge zur Schulentwicklung. Münster, New York: Waxmann.
Miesera, S., & Will, S. (2017). Inklusive Didaktik in der Lehrerbildung – Erstellung und Einsatz von Unterrichtsvideos. Haushalt in Bildung und Forschung, 6(3), 61–76. https://doi.org/10.3224/hibifo.v6i3.05
Mishra, P. & Koehler, M. J. (2006). Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge. A new framework for teacher knowledge. In: Teachers College Record 108 (6), S. 1017–1054.
Sharma, U. (2012). Changing Pre-Service Teachers’ Beliefs to Teach in Inclusive Classrooms in Victoria, Australia. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 37(10). https://doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2012v37n10.6
Sharma, U., & Jacobs, D. K. (2016). Predicting in-service educators' intentions to teach in inclusive classrooms in India and Australia. Teaching and Teacher Education, 55, 13–23. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.12.004
Stinken-Rösner, L., & Abels, S. (2021). Digitale Medien als Mittler im Spannungsfeld zwischen naturwissenschaftlichem Unterricht und inklusiver Pädagogik. In S. Hundertmark, X. Sun, S. Abels, A. Nehring, R. Schildknecht, V. Seremet, und C. Lindmeier (Eds.), Naturwissenschaften und Inklusion, 4. Beiheft Sonderpädagogische Förderung heute (S. 161–175). Weinheim Basel: Beltz Juventa.
Vogelsang, C., Finger, A., Laumann, D., & Thyssen, C. (2019). Onlinematerial zum Beitrag: Vorerfahrungen, Einstellungen und motivationale Orientierungen als mögliche Einflussfaktoren auf den Einsatz digitaler Werkzeuge im naturwissenschaftlichen Unterricht. Retrieved from https://static-content.springer.com/esm/art%3A10.1007%2Fs40573-019-00095-6/MediaObjects/40573_2019_95_MOESM1_ESM.docx


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Results Matter: A Reconstruction and Verification of the Theory on the Growth of Teacher Self-efficacy

Yangyong Ye1, Yue Yin2, Wei Wu3, Sheng Cui1

1Renmin University of China, China, People's Republic of; 2Jiangnan University; 3Educational Science Research Institute of Shenzhen

Presenting Author: Ye, Yangyong; Cui, Sheng

This study proposes a new framework and verifies its propositions on how teacher self-efficacy (TSE) grows. Bandura (1977) proposed four sources of self-efficacy, including performance accomplishment, vicarious experience, verbal persuasion, and physiological states. Most of the studies on the sources of TSE proceeded from the four-sources theory (Morris, Usher, & Chen, 2017; Usher & Pajares, 2008). However, the results of these studies remain empirically and theoretically unsatisfactory. We argue that the four-sources theory needs to be refined since there are overlaps and internal relations among the four sources. This is because Bandura did not differentiate the concepts of actions, outcomes, and the interpretation of outcomes in the selection of words describing the four sources.

The new framework clearly differentiate and definde actions, outcomes, and the interpretation of outcomes, specifically considering the characteristics of teaching activities. The framework is derived from social cognitive theory (Bandura, 1997), attribution theory (Weiner, 1985), and locus of control theory (Rotter, 1966). We define actions as goal-directed behaviors. Regarding TSE, it refers to any behavior with goals of improving teaching capability. Teaching-related actions include teaching, observing others teaching, reading materials on teaching, and listening to lectures on teaching. Outcomes are the consequences of actions (Bandura, 1997, p. 22; 2001, p. 6). We argue that outcomes are objective information that teachers derive from their actions. As a consequence of teaching-related actions, resultant, evaluative, knowledge, physical, and physiological outcomes are produced. Physical and knowledge information play an intermediary role, evaluative and physiological information play a supplementary role, and resultant information plays the final role in the growth of TSE. The interpretation of outcome information is the process that teachers attach meaning to this information.

The formation of TSE is a cognitive processing of information. Teachers combine various outcome information and make a judgment on their teaching capability. We argue that it takes three steps to reach a judgment of self-efficacy. These are goal comparison, attribution of discrepancy, and self-efficacy appraisal. The formation of TSE goes as this: Teachers take teaching-related actions, and “action will produce certain outcomes” (Bandura, 1977, p. 193), teachers process outcome information to form self-efficacy, which motivates them to take actions again (Bandura, 1988, 1997). The process above repeats until TSE is stabilized.

The first implication of the framework is that we should focus on outcome information, especially resultant information. Existing studies show that TSE is associated with students’ orderly behavior (Lee, Dedrick, & Smith, 1991; Newmann, Rutter, & Smith, 1989), student engagement (Depaepe & König, 2018; Guo, Justice, Sawyer, & Tompkins, 2011), student achievement (Guskey, 1987; Klassen & Tze, 2014). Second, we argue that the level of correspondence between TSE and resultant information in terms of teaching tasks is related to the strength of the relationship between the two. Third, many external factors influence educational goal attainment and TSE, including student abilities (Guskey, 1987; Raudenbush, Rowan, & Cheong, 1992), teaching resources (Tschannen-Moran & Hoy, 2007), distributed and instructional leadership (Fackler & Malmberg, 2016; Liu, Bellibaş, & Gümüş, 2021).

We test the propositions using the Teaching and Learning International Survey 2018 (TALIS2018) data, which include most of the European countries (OECD, 2019). First, we choose the resultant information on students’ cognitive activation, teacher-student relation, and disciplinary climate. Second, we choose class autonomy as an external factor to demonstrate its impact on TSE. Third, TALIS provides information on TSE in classroom management, instruction, and student engagement, we test whether the level of correspondence between TSE and resultant information in terms of teaching tasks is related to the strength of the relationship between the two. Forth, we test the generality of relationships mentioned above across countries.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We use the OECD TALIS 2018 dataset to test the hypotheses elaborated above because it includes survey questions on TSE and other relevant variables (OECD, 2019). The TALIS 2018 data include teachers from 48 countries or economies, most of which are in Europe. At least a minimum sample of 200 schools were randomly drawn from each participating country or economy. At least a minimum of 20 teachers were randomly sampled from each participating school. The final dataset used in the study includes 46 countries or economies, with sample sizes ranging from 827 to 6439 teachers.

The method invented by Tschannen-Moran and Woolfolk Hoy (2001) was used to measure TSE in the TALIS 2018 (Ainley & Carstens, 2018). Teaching tasks were categorized into three specific areas: classroom management, instruction, and student engagement. The variables on disciplinary climate, teacher-student relation, cognitive activation, classroom autonomy are latent variables, which were measured through expressed opinions on a set of items. These items were chosen based on theoretical underpinnings (Ainley & Carstens, 2018). The calculation of scores of the constructs went through internal consistent analysis, confirmatory factor analysis (CFA), measurement invariance testing, final scale modeling, and scale score computation.

A multilevel model was used for each country or economy because teachers were sampled via the two-strata strategy in the TALIS and teachers were clustered in schools (Snijders & Bosker, 2012). Specifically, this study uses the multilevel model to test the relationships between students’ cognitive activation, teacher-student relation, disciplinary climate, class autonomy and TSE. The dependent variable is TSE, including TSE in the three task areas. The independent variables of interest are teacher-student relation, cognitive activation, disciplinary climate, and class autonomy. Gender, teaching experience and its square are included as controlling variables. We only use a random intercept multilevel model without a random slope.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The empirical part of this study has made several contributions to the literature on TSE. First, the results of data analysis show that educational results, such as cognitive activation, supportive teacher-student relation, and disciplinary climate are significantly associated with the growth of TSE. Second, class autonomy is significantly associated with the growth of TSE.
Third, this study shows that specific resultant information has more predictive power on TSE in similar task areas. For example, resultant information on students’ cognitive activation has a stronger relationship with TSE in student engagement than TSE in classroom management, disciplinary climate shows a stronger negative association with TSE in classroom management than TSE in student engagement and instruction, and class autonomy has a stronger association with TSE in instruction than in classroom management and student engagement.
Forth, this study shows that TSE theory is cross-cultural. The theory of self-efficacy was created in the context of western culture. Much research was done in western countries (Fackler, Malmberg, & Sammons, 2021). It was debated whether or to what extent the theory is applicable to eastern culture (Yada et al., 2019). The findings of this study reveal that the development of TSE shares similar conclusions across different countries regardless of cultural orientations, with a few exceptions.
Finally, many studies on TSE were limited by small samples or non-random sampling (Morris, Usher, & Chen, 2017; Usher & Pajares, 2008). This study’s sample was randomly drawn from the population of lower secondary teachers in each of 46 countries or economies. Thus, its findings are more robust than those of small-sample studies.

References
Ainley, J., & Carstens, R. (2018). Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) 2018 Conceptual Framework (No. 187; pp. 1–108). Paris: OECD Publishing.
Bandura, A. (1977). Self-efficacy: toward a unifying theory of behavioral change. Psychological Review, 84(2), 191–215.
Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. New York: W.H. Freeman and Company.
Bandura, A. (2001). Social cognitive theory: An agentic perspective. Annual Review of Psychology, 52, 1–26.
Depaepe, F., & König, J. (2018). General pedagogical knowledge, self-efficacy and instructional practice: Disentangling their relationship in pre-service teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 69, 177–190.
Fackler, S., & Malmberg, L. E. (2016). Teachers’ self-efficacy in 14 OECD countries: Teacher, student group, school and leadership effects. Teaching and Teacher Education, 56, 185–195.
Fackler, S., Malmberg, L. E., & Sammons, P. (2021). An international perspective on teacher self-efficacy: Personal, structural and environmental factors. Teaching and Teacher Education, 99, 103255.
Guskey, T. R. (1987). Context variables that affect measures of teacher efficacy. Journal of Educational Research, 81(1), 41–47.
Klassen, R. M., & Tze, V. M. C. (2014). Teachers’ self-efficacy, personality, and teaching effectiveness: A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 12, 59–76.
Morris, D. B., Usher, E. L., & Chen, J. A. (2017). Reconceptualizing the sources of teaching self-efficacy: A critical review of emerging literature. Educational Psychology Review, 29(4), 795–833.
Newmann, F. M., Rutter, R. A., & Smith, M. S. (1989). Organizational factors that affect school sense of efficacy, community, and expectations. Sociology of Education, 62(4), 221.
OECD. (2019). TALIS 2018 and TALIS Starting Strong 2018 User Guide. Paris: OECD.
Rotter, J. B. (1966). Generalized expectancies for internal versus external control of reinforcement. Psychological Monographs, 80(1), 1–28.
Snijders, T. A. B., & Bosker, R. J. (2012). Multilevel analysis: An introduction to basic and advanced multilevel modeling (2nd ed.). London: SAGE Publications Ltd.
Tschannen-Moran, M., & Hoy, A. W. (2001). Teacher efficacy: Capturing an elusive construct. Teaching and Teacher Education, 17(7), 783–805.
Tschannen-Moran, M., & Hoy, A. W. (2007). The differential antecedents of self-efficacy beliefs of novice and experienced teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 23(6), 944–956.
Usher, E. L., & Pajares, F. (2008). Sources of Self-Efficacy in school: Critical review of the literature and future directions. Review of Educational Research, 78(4), 751–796.
Weiner, B. (1985). An attributional theory of achievement motivation and emotion. Psychological Review, 92(4), 548–573.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Exploring Teacher Thinking on the Effective Ways of Assessment and Teaching

Mária Hercz1, Ferenc Pozsonyi1, Peter Okiri Ochieng2

1Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary; 2University of Szeged, Hungary

Presenting Author: Hercz, Mária

Strategies and methods for effective learning are a rarely disputed topic in tertiary education. One of the core questions of contemporary teacher training is how to transform teacher candidates’ traditional and non-professional views which are highly influenced by their preceding educational experiences (Bruner, 1996, Falus, 2004). It is essential to map their current views in order to be able to increase the effectiveness of the teaching-learning process (Gibbs and Simpson, 2004-5). Scientific observations suggest that examples set during teacher candidates’ traineeship and the experiences of their first year in service leads them back to traditional assessment views (Falus, 2004). This phenomenon can cause a troublesome situation since the teacher candidates in present-day tertiary education should soon become the educators of the generation alpha. That generation prefers active and experience-based learning, demands to be participant and controller of the teaching-learning process instead of playing the role of a passive agent in the assessment committed with traditional methods (Oblinger, 2005). The change in learners’ personality was monitored by the top researchers who induced a rapid paradigm-shift with their works. It was established that traditional evaluation methods are not able to motivate students (Black and Wiliam, 1998), and at the same time positive effects of formative assessment was revealed (Wiggins and McTighe, 1998). Besides the necessity of emotional and personal involvement (Nicol and MacFarlane-Dick, 2006), the importance of clear goals and continuous supervision were also exposed (Hattie and Timperley, 2007). This evolution has been in parallel with the Hungarian tendency which put an emphasis on the modernization of the pedagogical practice and evaluation after the Millennium leading to the introduction of competency-based educational projects, text-based assessment, and a postgraduate course to train experts of pedagogical assessment (Csapó, 2015). Despite the positive results, initiatives were being cancelled; however, the inevitable nature of the issue thematized it again after some year. Based on teacher-thinking researches it is reasonable to assume that outside innovation is not viable without inner support and change in teachers’ views. In order to be able to support this transformation, teacher training institutions and services should be aware of their clients’ views.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The authors of the present paper hypothesized the following: (1) For teacher candidates tertiary education serves as a primary source of knowledge of pedagogical assessment, then their views are reconsidered and overridden as they aggregate on-field experience. (2) Teacher candidates suppose that they are able to give an objective and trustworthy assessment. (3) The belief in the role of the modern assessment methods for the effective teaching-learning process is more peculiar to teacher candidates than more experienced teachers.

To test the abovementioned ones, a quantitative empirical study was constructed applying positivist research paradigm. An online-and-paper-filled questionnaire was used (84 items; Cronbach's alpha = 0.847), its items had been designed not to ask for sensitive information or hurt respondents’ well-being. Completing the phase of process development, questions were structured in four thematic subscales into six-question blocks: (1) sources of knowledge of assessment, (2) views on evaluation and assessment, (3) factors of effective assessment and school performance, (4) views on effective assessment methods, and learners’ assumed views on them, (5) effectiveness and the frequency of application of non-traditional assessment tools, (6) self-evaluation related to the accuracy and difficulty of assessing learners.

The reliability of the questionnaire is acceptable, and the values of KMO (0.701; sig=0.000) and Bartlett criteria make it appropriate for factor analysis. Although the researchers did not have the possibility to use a representative sample, they were eager to retrieve data from different Hungarian regions having diverse level of economic development. Data collection covered half of the country (nine counties and the capital), and the distribution of the respondents according to their living place was the following: villages 12%, small towns 26%, towns 44%, and cities 18%. Nine percent of the respondents were male. The average of time-span spent in service was 22.7 years with a deviation of 9.11. The sample (N=695) consisted four subsamples: 127 lower primary school teachers, 260 upper primary teachers, 116 primary school teachers having postgraduate diploma as pedagogical assessment specialist, and 192 teacher candidates from three different teacher training institutions were willing to give anonymized answers after stating their consent. Statistical analysis was performed with the help of SPSS Statistics.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The first surprising result suggests that tertiary education is the last possible source of knowledge of assessment, even for teacher candidates. Comparing the groups there is a significant difference (mean=2.9) and it appeared among youngsters’ answers (3.5). It is thoughtful that individual experience is the first source in every age-group. Respondents were asked to evaluate their abilities related to objective and trustworthy assessment in order to deduce its efficiency. There is a significant difference between teacher candidates and experts of assessment in adjudging the successfulness of qualitative and quantitative assessment. Candidates believe that they are better at qualitative assessment, e.g. behaviour, interrogation, essays. Since these fields are hard to be examined properly, lack of knowledge could be the cause of their sense of safety. Factor analysis of the influencing classroom-related factors separated cognitive and affective (emotions towards subjects, cursors of well-being) ones. The importance of the traditional features is overemphasized, mainly for experts. Teacher candidates’ answers are significantly positive (difference=1.1; significance=0.001, scale of five). A similar tendency was revealed in the question of effective assessment methods and the frequency of usage. As it was presumed, teachers consider modern assessment methods and tools (e.g. peer-assessment, portfolio) useful but they cannot apply them in practice (mean=0.4...0.9, scale of five).

The more a teacher spends in service, the less the modern pedagogical views are present in their thinking. Socialization in an educational institution overwrites modern views established in tertiary education: experienced teachers prefer traditional evaluation. In summation, teacher candidates do not consider university as the source of knowledge, and they do not trust in their familiarization in assessment. Although their views imply the basics of assessment for learning, a stable and institutional-pressure-proof structure has not been articulated yet. The reconsideration of these is inevitable in favour of practice-centred teacher training.

References
Black P., Wiliam D. 1998. Inside the Black Box. Raising standards through classroom assessment. Department of Education and Professional Studies, Kings College, London.

Bruner, J. 1996. The Culture of Education. Harvard University Press

Csapó, B. 2015. A kutatásalapú tanárképzés: nemzetközi tendenciák és magyarországi lehetőségek. In: Iskolakultúra, 25. 3–16.

Falus, I. 2004. A pedagógussá válás folyamata. In: EDUCATIO, 3. 359–374.

Gibbs, G., Simpson, C. (2004-5): Conditions under which assessment supports student learning. In: Learning and Teaching in Higher Education, 1 (1). 3–31.

Hattie, J., Timperley, H. 2007. The Power of Feedback. In: Review of Educational Research, 77:1, 81–112.

Nicol, D., Macfarlane-Dick, D. 2006. Rethinking Formative Assessment in Higher Education: a theoretical model and seven principles of good feedback practice. University of Glasgow.

Oblinger, D. G. , Oblinger, J. L. 2005. Educating the Net Generation. University of Colorado Boulder.

Wiggins, G., McTighe, J. 2000. Understanding by design. Prentice Hall, New York.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Teacher practicum experiences: Identified needs in different Socio-educational Contextos

Karin Roa, Catalina Jesús Zenteno Silva

Universidad de los Andes, Chile

Presenting Author: Roa, Karin; Zenteno Silva, Catalina Jesús

In the context of increasingly diverse classrooms, a current challenge in school education is to avoid intra-system exclusions stemming from differing expectations and opportunities that are presented to different groups of students (UNESCO, 2020; Valdés-Morales et al., 2019). This is particularly critical in relation to girls and boys in situations of socio-educational vulnerability, understood as a situation of psychosocial and economic risk that makes the relationship between student and school precarious. This reality constitutes a priority educational challenge in Latin America and in Europe after the various waves of migration over the last ten years, not only because of its quantitative scope but also because there is a strong correlation between the socio-educational vulnerability of students and their academic results (González et al., 2015; UNESCO, 2016).

Faced with this situation, an inclusive approach is required, which, although understood as a systemic and multifactorial process, places teachers in a privileged position to support each child; that is, to believe that everyone can learn, and to individualize and calibrate methodologies, of educational curriculum and propose relevant, responsive, and transformative pedagogies for their students (Macura et al., 2019; Paris & Alim, 2017). Despite this, the literature is consistent in pointing out that teacher training in Chile and in european countries such as Spain and Portugal is still far from what is required to practice in schools with that diversity, including vulnerable or also called "challenging" schools (Apablaza, 2014; Chapman, 2008; Gairín-Sallán et al., 2019; González et al., 2015). That means that teaching for social justice, inclusion, and diversity of students is scarcely included in the training of teachers, and if it is, it is heterogeneous and insufficient in relation to groups called "vulnerable" (Liebner & Schmaltz, 2021; Ruffinelli, 2014; Venegas, 2013).

An additional complexity facing the challenge of teachers' professionalization for educational justice is that it is based on beliefs, judgments, and knowledge from various sources of socialization. For example, Levi and He (2008) quantified that 48% of these beliefs of the role came from the school and family experience; 15% would originate in the courses, readings, and theories exposed in university classes; and 37% of that beliefs came from experience in practicum. Also, in relation to these sources of influence, Debreli (2016) highlights the predominance of beliefs from "common sense" knowledge about groups that make up society, their roles, and the factors that allow a good education. Therefore, without a reflexive approach, it would tend to reproduce in the professional role the stereotypes that exist in the culture on groups, for example, according to the socioeconomic categories individuals are associated with.

To better guide these formative processes, this research sought to investigate future teachers' beliefs and perceptions about school contexts at the extremes of the socioeconomic continuum. To do this, pedagogical students' perceptions, and training needs after participating in a practicum in schools of high and low socioeconomic levels were compared.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To achieve the objectives, set, qualitative and analytical research was developed. The study universe was composed of all prospective teachers enrolled in the career (155). Of this group, 86 students voluntarily answered the questionnaire. Finally, of these 86 were selected for the study only those who according to the variable "educational vulnerability of the establishment in which they carried out the practical training" carried out practices in schools of high and very high concentration of vulnerable students (82% or more of vulnerable students), and the other pole consists of those who attended schools that serve a population with socioeconomic advantage or very low concentration of vulnerable students (between 0% of vulnerability and up to 12%).
Thus, 41 participants were included in the final sample. To characterize the level of vulnerability of the schools, the School Vulnerability Index of the National Equity Allocation System (IVE-SINAE Index) of the year 2020 was used, prepared by the National School Relief and Scholarships Board [JUNAEB] of the Chilean Ministry of Education [Mineduc]. This is an index used to target school subsidies, indicating the percentage of students considered to be in a situation of socio-economic vulnerability in each school.
The data collection tool was an online questionnaire sent to the prospective teachers after the end of the internship period of the school year (December). To access it, each student received invitations via email that included a link to a form that was answered anonymously.
We used a strategy of analysis of qualitative content coding by two independent analysts with software assistance Atlas.Ti (version 8), from the book of 32 predefined codes, and from emerging codes that were added (2 codes). The codes, oriented in the empirical literature, mainly refer to the behaviors or dispositions of students, their parents and families, or communities, grouping them around positive and negative behavioral poles. Subsequently, inter-encoder reliability was analyzed for the main semantic fields, a procedure that eliminated a semantic field and its codes from the final analysis because it did not have sufficient minimum reliability. The final analysis of the semantic fields included yielded an average reliability index considered adequate. The codes thus selected were the subject of a third analysis, differentiating them according to the degree of discursive force with which they appear within each semantic field, that is, according to their strong presence (PF) or weak presence (PD).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that prospective teachers who performed practicum in vulnerable school contexts highlighted the need to learn to regulate the student’s negative behaviour in the classroom, the reinforce boundaries, and the respect within student-teacher relationships. In contrast, those who practiced in schools of low vulnerability demand more preparation in generating motivation for students to learn. In both groups, students' need for support and content in the classroom was highlighted. However, for different purposes: those from vulnerable contexts need it to alleviate affective deficits and to cope with psychosocial risks, while those from the opposite socio-economic pole focus on managing diversification and meeting special educational needs to improve learning expectations.
Concerning the parents and families, all the prospective teachers of the study agree on a need for greater experiences and direct contact with the parents, and thus communication and participation strategies. Finally, regarding the perceived characteristics of the neighbourhood or community in which the schools are located, prospective teachers who attended high-vulnerability schools mentioned that neighbourhoods are unsafe due to crime and proximity to places where citizen demonstrations occur, which requires them to learn safety strategies.
In conclusion, coincidences and differences were found regarding the perceived needs and training areas to be strengthened in both contexts. It is worrying that the need to promote learning appears only among those who attend low-vulnerability schools, whereas behavioural emphases displace this focus among those in more vulnerable schools. However, the demand for better training to address the relationship with parents is transversal. These discussions problematize an aspect of teacher training that has been highlighted by European and Latin American studies: how to promote professionals prepared to identify differences and diversity among their students while equipping them with the ability to challenge stereotypes and set teaching expectations equally for all?

References
Apablaza, M. (2014). Representaciones sociales de profesores respecto de la diversidad escolar en relación a los contextos de desempeño profesional, prácticas y formación inicial. Estudios Pedagógicos, 40(1), 7-24. http://dx.doi.org/10.4067/S0718-07052014000100001
Chapman, C. (2008). Towards a framework for school-to-school networking in challenging circumstances. Educational Research, 50(4), 403-420, 10.1080/00131880802499894
Debreli, E. (2016). Pre-Service Teachers’ Belief Sources about Learning and Teaching: An Exploration with the Consideration of the Educational Programme Nature. Higher Education Studies, 6(1). https://doi.org/10.5539/hes.v6n1p116
Gairín-Sallán, J. Díaz-Vicario, A. del Arco, I., & Flores, Ó. (2019). Efecto e impacto de las prácticas curriculares de los grados de educación infantil y primaria: la perspectiva de estudiantes, tutores y coordinadores. Educación XX1, 22(2).
González, G., Barba, J., & Rodríguez, H. (2015). La importancia del aprendizaje reflexivo en el Prácticum de Magisterio: una revisión de la literatura. REDU, 13(3), 147-170.
Levi, B., & He, Y. (2008). Investigating the Content and Sources of PPTs. Journal of Teacher Education 59(1), 55–68.
Liebner, S., & Schmaltz, C. (2021). Teacher Training for Inclusive Education in Germany: Status Quo and Curricular Implementation. In J. Goldan, J. Lambrecht, & T. Loreman, (Ed.) Resourcing Inclusive Education- International Perspectives on Inclusive Education (pp. 133-145). Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-363620210000015011
Macura, S., Čuk, I., & Peček, M. (2019). Beliefs of student teachers in Serbia and Slovenia about supporting vulnerable pupils in learning and social participation. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 35(1), 55–69. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2019.1607660
Paris, D., & Alim, S. (2017). Culturally sustaining pedagogies: Teaching and learning for justice in a changing world. Teachers College Press.
Ruffinelli, A. (2014). ¿Qué aprenden los docentes en su primer año de ejercicio profesional?: representaciones de los propios docentes principiantes. Revista Pensamiento Educativo, 51(2), 56-74.
UNESCO. (2020). Inclusion and education: All means all. In Inclusive Education Across Cultures: Crossing Boundaries, Sharing Ideas (pp. 220-233).
UNESCO. (2016). Informe de resultados, tercer estudio regional comparativo y explicativo: reporte técnico.
Valdés-Morales, R., López, V., & Jiménez, F. (2019). Inclusión educativa en relación con la cultura y la convivencia escolar. Educación Y Educadores, 22(2). https://doi.org/10.5294/edu.2019.22.2.2
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm10 SES 12 D: The Effects of Teacher Shortage: Student and Out-of-field Teachers
Location: Rankine Building, 408 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Pia M Nordgren
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Combatting The Teacher Shortage: Permission to Teach contracts from periphery to agency

Sharon Louth, Linda Mahony

University of the Sunshine Coast, Australia

Presenting Author: Mahony, Linda

Currently education providers are facing unprecedented staffing shortage where schools are struggling to employ qualified teachers to teach across early childhood, primary and secondary school sectors. A teacher shortage is being felt worldwide because of increasing population, declining initial teacher education (ITE) enrolments, an ageing teacher workforce, the competitive global teaching market, and the ongoing impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic (Australian Government Department of Education, 2022).

This shortage has reached crisis point for Regional, Rural and Remote (RRR) schools. In one jurisdiction in Australia 83.7% of teaching vacancies (https://smartjobs.qld.gov.au) are in locations outside of the capital city. It is well known that teaching in a RRR context can be fraught with complications and challenges unique to the RRR context, for example isolation, access to goods and services and professional development. For some time, RRR schools across all Australian states and territories have struggled to attract and retain qualified teachers (Hudson & Hudson, 2019; Kline & Walker-Gibbs, 2015). The staffing crisis in schools that is exacerbated in our RRR communities is an area of need that should be addressed by ethical and inclusive ITE providers working in partnership with RRR schools to ensure qualified teachers are employed in schools, with particular attention to those schools and communities in RRR locations.

One of the initiatives adopted across Australia to address the teacher employment problem is providing teacher registration prior to preservice teachers (PSTs) graduating from their ITE program. These positions are often filled by PSTs who undertake a teaching position while studying. While some schools address the teacher shortage in this way, this has implications for the quality of education being provided. Ensuring not only an adequate supply of teachers, but skilled teachers is essential to continue improving teaching and learning outcomes.

Anecdotally, PSTs have varying experiences whilst on an early teaching contract. Some preservice teachers have their school timetable reduced to allow additional time to complete their university coursework. Other PSTs have reported that they cannot be released for online classes. It can be assumed that this is due to the dire teacher shortage and these PSTs are needed to cover classes. Other PSTs have experienced mental health issues as the pressures of studying and teaching before being fully qualified became too much. This resulted in them withdrawing from either or both their studies and the early teaching contract.

Australia has engaged in a National School Reform to promote equity and excellence with the aim for all young Australians to become “successful learners, confident and creative individuals and active and informed citizens” (Australian Government Department of Education, 2018, p. 3). Australia’s stability and economic prosperity is reliant on quality education of young Australians who will become Australia’s future. It is acknowledged that teachers have the greatest impact on improving student learning (Australian Government Department of Education, 2022). Ensuring not only an adequate supply of teachers, but skilled teachers is essential to continue improving teaching and learning outcomes.

With an absence of research, it is unclear how well-prepared PSTs are to begin their teaching career prior to graduation, or what supports there are to ensure quality education is maintained for school students, and that PSTs are nurtured and inducted into the profession. This is this study’s aims.

The research questions are:

What are the experiences of preservice teachers undertaking an early teaching contract?

What enablers and constraints have preservice teachers on an early teaching contract experienced in relation to practice architectures surrounding the early teaching contract?

What opportunities can be explored or currently exist that might enhance work/study practices for the diverse needs of preservice teachers on an early teaching contract?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This project is an Ethnographic study of the experiences (Mills & Morton, 2013) of PSTs undertaking early teaching contracts in Australia. Ethnography is useful for understanding ways of working and living as it studies social behaviours, dispositions and interactions between people and their environments in particular fields and generates rich descriptions of the everyday complexities of living and learning (Mills & Morton, 2013).  This research will describe and interpret the stories of PSTs who are undertaking early teaching contracts.
This research will specifically adopt the stance of critical ethnography as the researchers will take an advocacy perspective where they will support PSTs undertaking early teaching contracts as a marginalised group by sharing their stories, and empowering them by giving them voice (Ary, Jacobs & Sorensen, 2010).
Participants will be recruited through purposive sampling. Current PSTs on an early teaching contract (n=30) will be invited to participate. Data will be gathered through a survey and semi-structured interview.
Survey:
Participants will be invited to complete a short (approx. 15 minute) survey to rate and share their experiences of undertaking a PTT contract whilst simultaneously completing their ITE degree. The survey will solicit quantitative responses to establish the demographics of the cohort, and qualitative items so that individual experiences pertaining to early teaching contract issues can be shared and reflected on.
Semi-structured Interview:
Participants may opt in to participate in follow-up interviews to share their experiences while on an early teaching contract. Ethnographic interviews will investigate participants’ contextual professional experiences relating to undertaking an early teaching contract whilst completing their ITE degree. In this way, participants can share their experiences and discuss the needs of PSTs who choose to undertake an early teaching contract. Semi-structured interviews allow ethnographic researchers to follow lines of inquiry that may arise within conversations and accommodate “thick description.”  The interviews will be audio/video recorded so that they can be accurately transcribed and shared within the research team for analysis post interview.

Data analysis
Quantitative and demographic items on the survey will be analysed using descriptive statistics to gain an overall picture of the participant sample. Phenomenological analysis of the qualitative data collected in the survey and semi-structured interviews will be conducted using emergent coding and theming (Mills & Morton, 2013) to develop greater understanding of the challenges, benefits and needs of those preservice teachers undertaking an early teaching contract.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Elements of the theory of practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014) are used to explore the candid responses from PSTs about:
• how they balance classroom teaching with studying and home life or if there were any impacts;
• how well-prepared PSTs felt embarking on their teaching career before graduating;
• what factors enabled or constrained their success during their early teaching contract.
The aim is to explore the broader conditions that may facilitate, interrupt, or prevent PSTs from experiencing optimum success in teaching on an early teaching contract while completing study in their ITE program. We aim to better understand those practices of teachers and schools that PSTs considered enabled or constrained their studying and teaching while on an early teaching contract.
It is considered that when we understand the intricacies of practices, we can focus on transforming practices that enable success, and work towards adjusting those practices that constrain or pose as a barrier to PSTs successfully completing studying while on an early teaching contract.
Preliminary findings will be discussed in terms of policy, research, and practice. With a virtual absence of research, findings from this research project will add to the knowledge base regarding how prepared preservice teachers are upon entering an early teaching contract prior to completing their university studies. Findings may inform policy and procedures of teacher registration boards and employers to successfully fulfil and negotiate positive ways to address the teacher shortage. ITE providers may be able to provide PSTs with evidence-based data to assist them to make informed decisions about a work/study balance whilst undertaking an early teaching contract. Findings may inform initial teacher education providers about potential ways to work with preservice teachers on an early teaching contract while maintaining high quality ITE and high-quality education for school students.

References
References
Ary, D., Jacobs, L. & Sorensen, K. (2010). Introduction to research in education. Cengage.
Australian Government Department of Education. (2022). Issues Paper: Teacher Workforce Shortages. https://ministers.education.gov.au/clare/teacher-workforce-shortages-issues-paper
Australian Government Department of Education. (2018). National School Reform Agreement. https://www.education.gov.au/quality-schools-package/resources/national-school-reform-agreement
Hudson, S. & Hudson, P. (2019). “Please help me find teachers for my rural and remote school”: A model for teaching readiness. Australian and International Journal of Rural Education, 39(3), 1-15. https://doi.org/10.47381/aijre.v29i3.233
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014).
 Changing practices, Changing Education. Singapore: Springer.
Kline, J. & Walker-Gibbs, B. (2015). Graduate teacher preparation for rural schools in Victoria and Queensland. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 68-88. https://doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2014v40n3.5  
Mills, D. & Morton, M. (2013). Ethnography in education. SAGE


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

The diversity of teaching within a work-integrated teacher education programme - University Teachers´ Perceptions of Students Learning

Sandra Jederud

Mälardalen University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Jederud, Sandra

Addressing the gap between theory and practice has been the foundation of many research projects regarding teacher education over the years (e.g. Korthagen, 2007; McGarr, O’Grady & Guilfoyle, 2017), and subsumed under the concept of work-integrated learning (WIL) is an international repositioning focusing on an integration between theory and practice and thereby bridging the gap (e.g. McRae & Johnston, 2016; Zegwaard et al., 2019). During later decades, student teachers are spending more time on practice within Teacher Education (TE) in general and an increased numbers of TE programmes are promoting WIL (Reid, 2011). In this ‘practice turn’ of higher education (Raelin, 2007), the value of experience as a basis for knowledge, increasing work-readiness for the students, has been elevated (McManus & Rook, 2021). This recognition of workplace experiences has drawn attention to the relation between off-campus and on-campus learning and how these can be integrated, Caspersen & Smeby, 2021). Basically, students have difficulties in transforming subject-academic knowledge into subject-didactic knowledge (Nilsson, 2008). Thus an ongoing discussion in higher education concerns how students can be assisted in constructing successful transitions between university and work. This discussion has its foundation in the awareness of differences between the two contexts, especially in view of the gap between university studies and work requirements (Biemans et al., 2004; Finch et al., 2007).

In previous studies, it is indicated from two players within teacher education - students and mentors - that a reorganization of teacher education entails implications for student teachers´ opportunities for learning (Jederud, 2021; Jederud, 2022; Jederud, Rytzler & Lindqvist, 2022). Thus, it was of interest to target this study towards another manifestation of the ‘practice turn’, a WIL-teacher programme, and shed light on how a third player within teacher education - teacher educators - perceive students´ opportunities for learning when they move between the two contexts of work and university. Student teachers within this specific WIL-teacher programme are employed and work three days a week and conduct campus studies two days a week.

Inspired by Akkerman and Bakker (2011), I make use of the theoretical perspective of boundary crossing and the four identified learning potentials identification, coordination, reflection and transformation to conceptualize what WIL students´ boundary crossing entails regarding their learning at university. A boundary crossing perspective opens up for a precise understanding of what new contextual relationships are required, as it is targeted at evaluating opportunities for learning where it is essential that different institutions cooperate (Akkerman & Bruining, 2016). This is especially essential within professional education where apprenticeships are acknowledged as valued paths for inaugurating successful transitions between university and workplaces. This as it is perceived that it is the differences between the two educational contexts that is seen as a source for development (Tuomi-Gröhn & Engeström, 2003). Therefore, instead of dismissing boundaries between contexts, they can be made use of in exercises to assist students to contextualise their knowledge in relation to the requirements of collaborative work (Andersson, 2016). Wenger (1998) makes use of the concept of ‘broker’ when describing how individuals (brokers) are capable of making new correlations between communities of practices to enable coordination. From this point of view, brokers hold an important position, as they can bring together contemporary elements from one community of practice to another. Students are in a distinctive position to undertake the role of broker, taking along new tools and understandings from their work experiences into their universities and from their universities into their workplaces. However, students face challenges here: boundaries are significant in working and learning processes (Engeström, Engeström, & Kärkkäinen, 1995), and students may have to deal with contradictory perspectives (Christiansen & Rump, 2008).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Qualitative data was gathered through semi-structured individual interviews with six university teachers. The reason why these university teachers were chosen for the study was firstly, that focus was on the illumination of boundary processes on the campus site. Secondly, that these boundary processes were better illustrated by comparisons with students in ordinary TE programmes, and thirdly, that what could be said regarding boundary processes was better nuanced if informants would host a deep experience of the phenomena. Therefore, the informants needed to have experience in teaching within work-integrated education as well as in ordinary TE programmes. The six university teachers who volunteered were women and between the ages of 41 and 74. They had been teaching at the university for 5 - 25 years, in subject courses or courses in educational science and they had experience working as teachers in schools for 5 -28 years. The respondents were asked questions regarding their perception of WI-students’ opportunities for learning within courses at the university. The questions concerned issues on an intrapersonal level, such as perceived differences between WI-students and ordinary programme students´ opportunities for learning, or perceptions of how WI-students approach their studies at university. On an interpersonal level the questions concerned issues such as what possibilities or barriers that are perceived to occur when teaching WI student teachers.
The interviews were recorded on an iPhone and were transferred to a computer and listened to several times. They were then transcribed word for word. The researcher read the transcripts several times in order to ascertain patterns in the data. These patterns were compared and coded in themes according to the overall purpose (Fejes & Thornberg, 2019). The procedure made of use to code and arrange the data was abductive, by way of explanation a to and fro procedure between research data and consideration of theory (Rinehart, 2021). Data was sorted by looking for common inclinations as well as particular findings with reference to the overall objective. This process, in accordance to Brinkmann and Kvale (2015), brings about an analysis that is further transparent and that is based on more secure foundation. The themes are not in a sorted order of importance. Quotes from respondents are representative quotes due to recurrence in the data. The analysis process was conducted with the aim, questions, theoretical framework and analytical tools of the study in mind (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2015).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Work integrated education seems to encompass a double-edged sword when it comes to the possibilities for developing professional knowledge. University teachers perceive that students’ boundary crossing does seem to provide potentials for developing constructive arenas for studying and reflecting. However, teacher educators also perceive that WIL-students have a different approach to their learning at university than ordinary teacher education programme students. Teacher educators perceive that some WIL-students are able to coordinate and participate in both contexts which enhances their understanding of how theories can be put into practice. However, WIL-student teachers that are employed at schools three days a week the same time as they are expected to be ordinary students, also generates a problematic situation. When these students become central participants in one community - their workplaces, it involves implications in the other community- the university. Some WIL students tend to remain in their roles as teachers even when at university and thereby they take on a different hierarchical position from that of ordinary TE programme students. According to the teacher educators, they tend to identify themselves as teachers and de-identify themselves as students. When WI-students shift positions, not only from students to teachers, but also to actually identifying themselves as teachers, teacher educators
perceive that some of them demand something else from university studies. In this context, they are moving as ‘brokers’ across two contexts on a regular basis and are trying to coordinate in order to benefit from both. This leads to teacher educators also shifting positions, as they, in a transformation process, where they identify the mutual problem and outline new ideas, are redoing and reevaluating how far they can move towards meeting WI-student teachers’ acute needs.

References
Akkerman, S. F. & Bakker, A. (2011). Boundary crossing and boundary objects.
Review of Educational Research, 81(2), 132–169.

Akkerman, S., & Bruining, T. (2016) Multilevel Boundary Crossing in a Professional
Development School Partnership. Journal of the Learning Sciences,
25(2), 240-284.

Andersson, A. (2016). Boundaries as mechanisms for learning in emergency exercises
with students from emergency service organizations. Journal of Vocational
Education & Training, 68(2), 245-262.


Brinkmann, S. & Kvale, S. (2015) Interviews: Learning the Craft of Qualitative Research
Interviewing. 3rd Edition, Sage Publications.


Engeström, Y., Engeström, R., & Kärkkäinen, M. (1995). Polycontextuality and boundary crossing in expert cognition: Learning and problem solving in complex work
activities. Learning and Instruction, 5, 319–336.

Fejes, A., & Thornberg, R. (2019). Handbok i kvalitativ analys [Handbook of qualitative
analysis]. Liber.

Finch, C., Mulder, M., Attwell, G., Rauner, F., & Streumer, J. (2007). International
comparisons of school-to-work transitions. European Education Research Association
Journal, 3(2), 3–15.

Jederud, S. (2021) Learning as Peers in Practice – an Obstacle or Support for Student Teachers Vocational Learning? Educational Practice and Theory, 43(1)


Jederud, S.; Rytzler, J. & Lindqvist, P. (2021) Learning to teach as a two-sided endeavor: mentors´ perceptions of paired practicum in initial teacher education. Teaching Education. Published online 210928.

Korthagen, F. A. J. (2007). The Gap between Research and Practice Revisited. Educational Research and Evaluation 13(3), 303–310.

McGarr, O., O’Grady, E., & Guilfoyle, L. (2017). Exploring the theory-practice gap
in initial teacher education: moving beyond questions of relevance to issues
of power and authority. Journal of Education for Teaching, 43(1), p. 48–60.

McManus, L. & Rook, L. (2021). Mixed views in the academy: academic and student
perspectives about the utility of developing work-ready skills through WIL. Studies in
Higher Education, 46(2), 270–284.



Nilsson, P. (2008). Learning to teach and teaching to learn. Primary science student
teachers’ complex journey from learners to teachers. [Doctoral dissertation,
Link.pings university].

Raelin, J. A. (2007). Toward an epistemology of practice. Academy of Management
Learning & Education, 6(4), 495–519.

Reid, J-A. (2011). A practice turn for teacher education? Asia-Pacific Journal of
Teacher Education, 39(4), 293–310.

Tuomi-Gröhn, T. & Engestr.m, Y. (2003). Conceptualizing transfer: From Standard
Notions to Developmental Perspectives. I T. Tuomi-Gr.hn & Y.Engeström.
Between School and Work: New Perspectives on Transfer and Boundary
Crossing. (p. 19-39).

Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning and identity. Cambridge University
Press.

Zegwaard, K. E., Johansson, K., Kay, J., McRae, N., Ferns, S., & Hoskyn, K.
(2019). Professional development needs of the international work-integrated
learning community. International Journal of Work-Integrated Learning,
20(2), 201–217.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Entering the Professional Life Without Induction. How Austrian Teacher Education Students Step in for Teacher Shortage.

Susanne Oyrer, Bernadette Hörmann, Beatrix Hauer

Private University of Education Linz, Austria

Presenting Author: Oyrer, Susanne

Within the last two years, a shortage of teachers has become increasingly apparent in European countries (Rudnika, 2022; Scheidig & Holmeier, 2021) and beyond (U.S. Department of Education, 2023). Various measures have been proposed as solutions to this problem, including making all teachers full-time, encouraging career changers, or even employing students before the end of their studies (see, for example, the recent statement of The Standing Conference of the Ministers of Education and Cultural Affairs of the Länder in the Federal Republic of Germany, 2023). In case of Austria, schools increasingly count on undergraduate students who are willing to enter the professional life as fully responsible teachers before completing their bachelor's degree. Being thrown into practice without sufficient education and preparation, this way of dealing with teacher shortage raises concerns about teaching quality, the novice’s professional development and retention, the students' wellbeing, and not least the reputation of the teaching profession.

This empirical research paper examines the experience of students who enter the teaching profession in secondary schools in the Austrian region of Salzburg-Upper Austria before completing their bachelor's degree. Of particular interest were the framework conditions and relevant support options that the early entrants to the profession found and how they found their way in their new everyday working life.

In Austria, the regular teacher education curriculum comprises a state-supported induction phase in which the recently graduated novices work in schools with a limited teaching load and are provided with a mentor, who supports them in practice. Students who start working as teachers before completing their bachelor’s degree do not have the opportunity to participate in the state-supported induction program. This means that they have to find their way into the profession entirely on their own and without any structurally planned professional support, which exposes them to the risks of overload, failure, and early drop out from their jobs (Ingersoll & Smith, 2004). In addition, they lack the practice of instructed and accompanied reflection with professional mentors, in which they develop their scientific-reflective habitus in terms of Helsper’s concept of double professionalisation (Helsper 2001). Professional support during the pivotal phase of induction helps the novices to go beyond mere copying and learning from others by finding their voice and way of being a teacher and, in so doing, contribute to the advancement and further development of the profession (see e.g. DeBolt, 1992; Dammerer, 2019; Keller-Schneider, 2020).

From this perspective, structure-related problems at their career entry seemed predictable for the undergraduate students and ultimately led to the research interest of the study: the experience of career entry between (lack of) support and experience of stress. In addition, we intend to compare our results with the experience of those students who did not decide to start teaching at an early stage, but rather follow the regular curriculum with the induction phase. Their experience has been investigated by a nationwide, large-scale study in 2021 (Prenzel et al., 2021; Huber et al., 2022). The purpose of our qualitative-empirical study is to find factors for the experience of early career entry for undergraduates which can be used for a large-scale survey at a later point of time.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our study is based on six semi-structured interviews with students who are already working as teachers without having finished their bachelor's degree. We investigate their current situation and the conditions under which they work and study, and what kind of support they receive. The interviews lasted between 20 and 45 minutes and were conducted in July and November 2022. We developed an interview guide with some open questions where we ask the students to talk about their current situation and how they are dealing with the challenges of working and studying at the same time. The second part of the interview guide contains specific questions from the study conducted by Prenzel et al. (2021). These questions deal with aspects in class preparation, well-being, challenges in different professional areas at school, the student teachers’ development, and their motives. Finally, we asked the students what kind of support they wished for in their current situation. For the analysis, we draw on the framework of qualitative content analysis as provided by Mayring (2007). More specifically, we used a summarising approach (ibid., p. 59) in arranging and condensing the data material, which allowed us to analyse how students with different backgrounds talk about their early entrance into work life and how they describe their current situation. The challenges, motives and attitudes becoming visible in the students’ descriptions were of further interest in our analysis.  

 

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary analysis of our interviews reveals that the students seem very satisfied with their decision to start their career as an undergraduate. No matter how challenging the conditions are – some of them work in schools in disadvantaged areas and others have already taken responsibility for demanding and challenging additional assignments – the students appreciate the possibility of working and becoming part of a professional community. They experience comprehensive support and appreciation from their colleagues at work but deplore the rather inflexible structures at their academic institutions. Although struggling hard with time and performance pressure in combining work life with their studies, the students obviously do not feel disadvantaged compared to regular students who undergo the official period of induction. One of the reasons might be that they consider their jobs as a way to finance their studies with the privilege of doing precisely what they initially aimed for: to work as a teacher.  

The students describe the quality of their teaching as high and are quite satisfied with their level of professionality. However, this quality is rather defined by experiencing “control” over the situation and that the impression that pupils and colleagues seem satisfied. Since they have had little exposure to learning theory concepts and instructional development in their studies, an effect could occur that Kruger and Dunning (1999) describe as a phase of learning in which learners can only reflect on their actions to a limited extent because theoretical knowledge is not yet strong enough. Although the student teachers obviously experience their work as fulfilling and satisfying, our data show that the students bear a heavy burden, which they have chosen for personal reasons. As pioneers, their idealistic commitment has become the basis for dealing with the problem of teacher shortage, at the cost of withheld professional development and extremely demanding conditions.

References
Bernholt, A., Hagenauer, G., Lohbeck, A., Gläser-Zikuda, M., Wolf, N., Moschner, B. Lüschen, I., Klaß, S., and Dunkler, N. (2018). Bedingungsfaktoren der Studienzufriedenheit von Lehramtsstudierenden. Journal for education research online 1071, pp. 24-51.  

Dammerer, J. (2019). Mentoring in der Induktionsphase der PädagogInnenbildung Neu in Österreich.   R&E-SOURCE Open Online Journal for Research and Education Special Issue #15, July 2019, ISSN: 2313-1640. https://journal.ph-noe.ac.at/index.php/resource/article/view/686

DeBolt, G. P. (1992). Teacher induction and mentoring: School-based collaborative programs. State University of New York Press.

Helsper, W. (2001). Praxis und Reflexion. Die Notwendigkeit einer „doppelten Professionalisierung“ des Lehrers. Journal für Lehrerinnenbildung, 1 (3), 7–15.

Huber, M., Prenzel, M., & Lüftenegger, M. (2022). Der Einstieg in den Lehrberuf in Österreich – Ergebnisse einer Evaluation der neuen Induktionsphase. In: G. Schauer, L. Jesacher-Rösßler, D. Kemethofer, J. Reitinger, C. Weber (eds). Einstiege, Umstiege, Aufstiege. Professionalisierungsforschung in der Lehrer*innenbildung. Münster u.a.: Waxmann.

Ingersoll, R. M., & Smith, T. M. (2004). Do Teacher Induction and Mentoring Matter? NASSP Bulletin, 88(638), 28–40.

Keller-Schneider, M. (2020). Entwicklungsaufgaben im Berufseinstieg von Lehrpersonen: Bearbeitung beruflicher Herausforderungen im Zusammenhang mit Kontext- und Persönlichkeitsmerkmalen sowie in berufsphasendifferenten Vergleichen. Zweite überarbeitete Auflage. Münster: Waxmann.

Kruger, J. & Dunning, D. (1999). Unskilled and unaware of it: How difficulties in recognizing one’s own incompetence lead to inflated self-assessments. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology. 77, 6, S. 1121–1134, doi:10.1037/0022-3514.77.6.1121

Mayring, P. (2007). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Grundlagen und Techniken. Beltz.

Prenzel, M., Huber, M., Muller, C., Höger, B., Reitinger, J., Becker M., Hoyer, S., Hofer, M., & Lüftenegger, M. (2021). Der Berufseinstieg in das Lehramt. Eine formative Evaluation der neuen Induktionsphase in Österreich. Waxmann.

Rudnika, R. (2022). Prognose zum Lehrermangel und -überschuss bis zum Jahr 2030. https://de.statista.com/statistik/daten/studie/288923/umfrage/lehrermangel-und-lehrerueberschuss-in-deutschland

Scheidig, F., & Holmeier, M. (2021). Unterrichten neben dem Studium – Implikationen für das Studium und Einfluss auf das Verlangen nach hochschulischen Praxisbezügen. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung,  12, pp. 479–496. doi.org/10.1007/s35834-022-00349-3

U.S. Department of Education (2023). FACT SHEET: The U.S. Department of Education Announces Partnerships Across States, School Districts, and Colleges of Education to Meet Secretary Cardona's Call to Action to Address the Teacher Shortage. https://www.ed.gov/coronavirus/factsheets/teacher-shortage


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Confronting the Issue of Teaching Out-of-Field: Inequities in Secondary English

Minda Lopez, Jim Van Overschelde, Jane Saunders

Texas State University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Lopez, Minda; Van Overschelde, Jim

When teachers teach classes for which they are not licensed, they are teaching out of field (TOOF) (du Plessis, 2015; Ingersoll, 1998; 2019). Out of field teaching is not a characteristic of the teacher but a description of the misalignment of a teacher’s qualifications and the subject they teach. Thus, it should be noted that out-of-field teaching is not due to a lack of basic education (ie bachelor’s degree) or training on the part of teachers but instead represents a mismatch between teachers’ fields of training and their teaching assignments.

When students take classes from teachers TOOF, they show less academic growth and are less successful (Clotfelter, Ladd & Vigdor, 2010; Lankford, Loeb, & Wyckoff, 2002). The likelihood of being taught by a teacher teaching out of field is higher for students of color and Emergent Bilinguals as well as students in urban and rural schools (Beswick, Fraser, & Crowley, 2016; Nixon et al, 2017). In the USA, TOOF has been a concern for decades, but rates have increased dramatically since the federal Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) became law in 2015 (Author, 2020). While one goal of ESSA was to provide schools with greater local control by providing more flexibility on teacher qualifications, the result has been more teachers teaching outside of their areas of expertise. TOOF matters because when students take classes from teachers who are not licensed and trained to teach that subject matter, there is a growing body of evidence that students are less successful and show less academic growth (Author, 2022; Chaney, 1995; Goldhaber & Brewer, 2000; Ingersoll, 1998).

This phenomena of teaching out of field is not new and impacts a wide range of students and subjects. In a report from 1998, Ingersoll (1998) found that one-fifth of all students in English, grades 7-12 were taught by a teacher who did not have at least a minor in English or English related field and one-quarter of all students had teachers out of field in Mathematics. In addition, while many think Math and Science are the fields primarily impacted by teachers who teach out of field, more English classes in Texas are taught by teachers TOOF than other subjects (Author, 2020), indicating the issue is more widespread than sometimes recognized.

Most prior studies of the impact of TOOF on student academic growth have been limited because they used either national assessment data that are not linked directly to the curriculum teachers were teaching, or state assessment data with small samples. Author (2022) overcame this limitation by using statewide Math assessment data that were linked directly to the curricula that teachers were required to teach. They found significantly lower academic growth in all Math grades/subjects examined for students taught out-of-field compared to students taught by teachers who were fully-trained and licensed to teach Math. This study builds on this prior work in Math by analyzing English Language Arts assessment data and teaching out of field to determine the effect on student learning. We asked the research question, do students who are taught in Grade 9 English I in field versus out of field experience similar levels of growth accounting for differences among students, teachers and schools?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study takes place in Texas, USA, an ideal location for conducting research on TOOF because of several factors. The state education agency has collected rich data on a large number of student, teacher, and school variables in education since 1991 and these data are contained in the Texas Longitudinal Data System (TLDS) . Not only does the TLDS house millions of data points regarding education, the state also has the second largest student enrollment in public education in the USA and is demographically diverse, making this context a rich and unique site for this kind of research. Teaching out of field is also clearly defined in Texas with over 90 pages of rules for what teaching license is required to teach each class.

For this study, we expand on prior work, and examine the impacts of TOOF on secondary students’ academic growth in English Language Arts by using scores for the state’s end-of-course assessment, English I. Using three-level hierarchical linear modeling (HLM) with students at level one, teachers at level two, and schools at level three, we estimated the impacts of TOOF on student academic growth compared to teaching in-field using data for 1.7 million unique secondary students in English I. The dependent variable is the normalized scaled score for the English I state assessment. The student-level predictor variables include the prior year’s normalized scaled score on the state assessment in English/Reading, gender, race/ethnicity, economic status, English learner status, and special education status. Teacher-level variables include a binary flag for whether the class was taught out of field, a grand-mean deviated variable for years of teaching experience, and academic degree held at the time the class was taught. Teaching out of field was determined for each student enrolled in the Grade 9 English class, and the license held by each teacher was examined. If the license was listed as valid for this class in Texas Administrative Code, Chapter 231, then the teacher was classified as teaching in-field, otherwise they were classified as teaching out of field. School-level binary variables were included for school locale (e.g., urban, suburban, rural).  The intraclass correlation shows that 35% of variation in student scores is at the teacher level and 8% is at the campus level, indicating that HLM is warranted (Snijders & Bosker, 2012).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that secondary students taught by teachers teaching out of field learned significantly less in English Language Arts I compared to similar students taught in-field (17.4% of a standard deviation, SD, lower). Being taught out of field has negative consequences for students. There are also substantial differences across school- and student-level characteristics that will be reported, including that students in suburban schools score highest in the state exam after accounting for wealth, gender, and ethnicity. Female students scored 20% of a SD higher than similar male students.  

The academic growth experienced by emergent bilinguals is 18.3% SD lower than native English speakers, indicating that the impact of being taught by a teacher TOOF is almost equivalent to English being your second language. The magnitude of the relationship between TOOF and student academic growth is twice the magnitude between student poverty and student growth. In other words, eliminating poverty in Texas would improve student learning by only half the rate of making sure all teachers were teaching within their fields of expertise.

With increased teacher shortages, pressures on educator preparation programs to churn out more teachers, and for schools to hire anyone who is willing to teach, the TOOF rates are likely to increase. The results of our study strongly indicate that TOOF is not a healthy or viable option for providing a high quality, equitable education to students. Given that Author (2020) showed Black students, male students, students in special education, from low-income families, and emergent bilinguals are significantly more likely to be taught by a teacher TOOF than their peers, all else being equal, the current findings are not consistent with the stated goals of ESSA and may result in less equitable educational opportunities for students across the USA.

References
Author, 2020
Author, 2022

Beswick, K., Fraser, S., & Crowley, S. (2016). '“No wonder out-of-field teachers struggle!”: Unpacking the thinking of expert teachers, Australian Mathematics Teacher, vol. 72, p. 16 – 20.

Chaney, B. (1995). Student outcomes and the professional preparation of eighth-grade teachers in science and mathematics. National Science Foundation.

Clotfelter, C. T., Ladd, H. F., & Vigdor, J. L. (2010). Teacher credentials and student achievement in high school: A cross subject analysis with student fixed effects. Journal of Human Resources, 45(3), 655–681.

Du Plessis, A. (2015). Effective education: Conceptualising the meaning of out-of-field teaching practices for teachers, teacher quality and school leaders. International Journal of Educational Research. 72, 89-102. doi: 10.1016/j.ijer.2015.05.005

Goldhaber, D. D., & Brewer, D. J. (2000). Does teacher certification matter? High school teacher certification status and student achievement. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 22(2), 129–145.

Ingersoll, R. M. (1998). The problem of out-of-field teaching. The Phi Delta Kappan, 79(10), 773–776.

Ingersoll, R. M. (2019). Measuring out-of-field teaching. In L. Hobbs & G. Törner (Eds.), Examining the phenomenon of ‘teaching out-of-field’: International perspectives on teaching as a non-specialist (pp. 21–52). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-3366-8_2

Lankford, H., Loeb, S., & Wyckoff, J. (2002). Teacher sorting and the plight of urban schools: A descriptive analysis. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 24(1), 37–62.

Nixon, R. S., Luft, J. A., & Ross, R. J. (2017). Prevalence and predictors of out-of-field teaching in the first five years. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 54(9), 1197–1218. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21402

Snijders, T. A. B., & Bosker, R. J. (2012). Multilevel analysis: An introduction to basic and advanced multilevel modeling (2nd ed.). Sage.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm100 SES 12: TBC Working Meeting - ECER 2026
Location: Gilbert Scott, Robing Room [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Angelika Wegscheider
Session Chair: Marit Hoveid
Working Meeting - ECER 2026
3:30pm - 5:00pm11 SES 12 A: Application of Digital Technologies in Education
Location: Sir Alexander Stone Building, 204 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Ieva Rudzinska
Paper Session
 
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Evaluation of Learning Management System of Culture-Based Multilingual Blended-Learning Course for Adult Learners Implemented during Covid-19 Pandemic

Ineta Luka

Turiba University, Latvia

Presenting Author: Luka, Ineta

Due to the Covid-19 pandemic, the world experienced a technological boom in education, especially in formal education. The popularity of e-learning, online learning, blended-learnig (BL) has increased with applying them to non-formal adult education (Wiliamson et al., 2020). Various BL courses and tools have been created for adult non-formal learning, for example, applying BL for adult learners’ literacy classrooms (Rosen, 2019), specific professional development (Macumber, 2021), organizational learning (Sutherland, Porter, 2019), mindfulness and well-being courses (McGarvie, 2020), adults’ social inclusion and social capital (Cocquyt et al., 2019), developing language skills (Erickson, 2019), adult engagement in learning communities (Abedini, Abedi, Zowgi, 2021) and others.

The current research was conducted in the Erasmus+ project “Cultural knowledge and language competences as means to develop 21st century skills” involving six EU countries: Croatia, Latvia, Slovenia, Romania, Poland, Czechia (Project No.2018-1-HR-01-KA204-047430; 2018-2021).

The project aims to develop adult learners’ 21st century skills and foster learners’ knowledge of the rich European cultural heritage and its values by applying innovative learning approaches and materials consequently improving people’s education level and bringing them closer to cultural heritage, history and the common values of Europe, enhancing their overall development and employability.

3 comprehensive outputs have been created: two BL courses and LLL guidelines for adult educators. In ECER2019 the course construct was presented (Luka, 2019), in ECER2021 the results of the English language course implementation (O1 Output) were presented (Luka, 2021a, b), in ECER2022 implementation of the “Culture-based multilingual blended-learning course for adult learners” in 10 languages (EN, HR, LV, Sl, PL, CZ, HU, RO, DE, FR) in the 6 countries was introduced (Output 2) (Luka, 2023). The contribution of ECER2023 deals with the evaluation of the learning management system (LMS) (Output 1 & 2), since learning environment is a crucial part of BL. The course employs generic model by Wang (2008) comprising three components: pedagogy (makes learning meaningful, authentic and relevant to learners), social interaction (ensures interaction with peers, teachers, experts), technology (interaction with content and with people is implemented through the interaction with the interface). This model enables securing learner engagement (Shi et al., 2021).

Technology-supported learning environments in education have been in the focus of researchers for more than twenty years (Müller & Wulf, 2021).Recent research on LMS implies that LMS must be user-friendly (Hofmeister & Pilz, 2020), interactive (Gao et al., 2020) and innovative (Patra et al., 2021). It has to offer synchronous and asynchronous interaction opportunities (Ruscanda et al., 2021), consider learners’ learning styles (Carrillo, Flores, 2020) and provide a feedback to learners (Ionescu, 2020). Hence, it is crucial to create such a LMS that would support the use of various teaching/learning methods (pedagogical content), involve learners in interaction (social component), and secure the learning process technologically (technological component).

The topicality of this research is underlined by the target groups of learners – alongside with regular adult learners, adults with certain barriers to learning (cultural, social, econonomic, geographic, and having learning difficulties) and the course implementation during the pandemic period predominantly in an online-only BL format. Thus, the BL course and the LMS required the incorporation of specific features. Hence, the evaluation of the LMS after the course acquisition is very important.

The aim of this paper is to evaluate the suitability of the LMS for the implementation of a BL adult learning course for various target groups in the six partner countries during the COVID-19 pandemic, when novel ways of teaching/learning had to be found.

The research question: How do the learners evaluate the LMS and is it suitable for implementation of a BL adult learning course for adults with barriers to learning?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research period: March 2020 – January 2021.
Comparative research design (Boeren, 2019) was appied to evaluate the results overall and compare them among the six partner countries. The course participants chose modules according to their interests. Each module required 20-30 hours of work. After the course, participants filled in a paper-based questionnaire comprising 3 parts: 1) socio-demographic data (11 questions), 2) evaluation of the LMS (6 questions), content of the modules (9 questions) and 9 questions evaluating their skills’ development (all 5-point Likert scale), 3) evaluation of learning styles of learners (12 ranking questions – from 1 to 4). This contribution analyses the evaluation of the LMS. The tool measured the usefulness and visuality of the LMS, how interesting it was, the ease of understanding how to operate it, if learners will suggest the LMS to other learners and if they had used a similar LMS before.
Data were analysed by IBM SPSS Statistics 23 software employing descriptive statistics (frequencies, percentages, means and modes), Cronbach’s Alpha reliability test (α=0.924), inferential statistics tests (to elicit significant differences among the six countries and among different groups of learners).
Research sample: 638 adult learners – 83 (13%) from Croatia, 111 (17.4%) from Latvia, 122 (19.1%) from Poland, 111 (17.4%) from Romania, 104 (16.3%) from Slovenia, 107 (16.8%) from Czechia. 410 (64.3%) female, 228 (35.7%) male, aged 18-65 and older. 1/3 of the course participants (209 learners out of 638 or 32.8%) were learners with barriers to learning: in total 67 learners (10.5%) had cultural and social barriers to learning, 73 learners (11.4%) had geographic barriers, 41 learners (6.4%) had economic obstacles to learning and 28 learners (4.4%) were with learning difficulties requiring special educational treatment. 429 (67.2%) were regular adult learners.
In accordance to Brancati (2018), research ethics was observed guaranteeing participants’ anonymity, voluntary participation and causing not physical nor psychological harm to them.
Research limitations: The LMS and the course were designed in 2019 but held during  the pandemic period. The strict restrictions introduced into the countries because of the pandemic, influenced the course implementation and the results. In Latvia, Czechia and Croatia the face-to-face stage was implemented partly in the classroom, partly using video conferencing apps, in Poland and Romania the course was implemented as complete online-only BL course, Slovenia was the only country wherein the course was implemented in a traditional BL format.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Learners found the LMS useful (Mean=4.1113, Mode=4.00), visually appealing (Mean=3.7868, Mode=4.00), interesting (Mean=4.0235, mode=4.00). Although they had not used a similar LMS before (Mean=2.5956, Mode=2.00), it didn’t take them too long to understand how to use the LMS. Consequently, they were ready to suggest the LMS to other learners (Mean=3.5956, Mode=4.00). Thus, overall findings indicate the fulfilment of the requirements of a user-friendly LMS.
Significant differences were discovered among the countries concerning all questions (p=0.000). Romanian learners found the LMS significantly more useful (Mean Rank=372.59) and visually appealing (Mean Rank=360.15) than Polish learners (Mean Rank=283.28 and 245.26). Czech learners found it significantly more interesting (Mean Rank=398.84) than Polish (Mean Rank=238.84) and Croatian (Mean Rank=251.64) learners. Slovenian learners found it easier to understand the LMS use. Romanian and Czech learners were more ready to suggest the LMS to other learners.
Differences among the countries may be explained by their specific target groups of learners. Learners with barriers to learning (Mean=4.0622) found the LMS significantly more interesting than regular learners (Mean=4.0047). At the same time fewer of them had used a similar LMS before (Mean Rank=2.2584) compared with regular learners (Mean Rank=2.7599) and it was more difficult for them (Mean Rank=3.0766) than for regular learners (Mean Rank=2.5221).
Learners with cultural, social, economic obstacles found the LMS significantly more useful and visually appealing than other groups of learners. Learners with economic barriers found the LMS significantly more interesting than others. Seniors with learning difficulties gave the lowest evaluation in all the criteria. Learners with geographic obstacles understood the LMS use much faster than other groups of learners. Learners with cultural, social, geographic obstacles were more willing to recommend the LMS to other learners.
To conclude, this LMS is suitable to all groups of learners but some groups need more pedagogical and technological assistance.

References
*Abedini, A., et.al. (2021). Adult learning in online communities of practice: A systematic review. BJET, 52(4),pp.1663-1694.
*Boeren, E. (2019). International and Comparative Research Design. L.Hamilton, J.Ravenscroft (Eds.) Building Research Design in Education (131-150). London:Bloomsbury Academic.
*Brancati, D. (2018). Social Scientific Research. LA:SAGE.
*Carrillo, C., Flores, M.A. (2020). COVID-19 and teacher education: a literature review of online teaching and learning practices. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(4),pp.466–487.
*Cocquyt, C., et.al. (2019). Examining the role of learning support in blended learning for adults’ social inclusion and social capital. Computers and Education, 142,pp.1-19.
*Erickson, B. (2019). Blended Learning among Adult English as a Second Language Programs. Culminating Projects in Education Administration and Leadership.
*Gao, B.W., et.al. (2020). The effect of blended learning platform and engagement on students’ satisfaction – the case from the tourism management teaching. Journal of Hospitality, Leisure, Sport & Tourism Education, 27, 100272.
*Ionescu, C.A., et.al. (2020). Sustainability Analysis of the E-Learning Education System during Pandemic Period COVID-19 in Romania. Sustainability, 12, 9030.
*Luka, I. (2019). Creating a Culture-Based Language Learning Course for Developing Adult Learners’ 21st Century Skills. Journal of Education Culture and Society, 10(2), pp.151-169. https://doi.org/10.15503/jecs20192.151.169
*Luka, I. (2021a). Developing Adult Learners’ Language Competence in Culture-Based Blended-Learning Course. Acta Universitatis Sapientiae, Philologica, 13, 2, pp.71-92, DOI:10.2478/ausp-2021-0014
*Luka, I. (2021b). European cultural heritage and skills development course for adult learners’ self-development. Journal of Education Culture and Society, 12(2), pp.505-526, https://doi.org/10.15503/jecs2021.2.505.526
*Luka, I. (2023). Implementation of a blended learning course for adult learners during the COVID-19 pandemic. Quality Assurance in Education, 31(1), pp.91-106. https://doi.org/10.1108/QAE-03-2022-0061
*Macumber, C. (2021). Effective Implementation of Blended Learning. Iowa:Northwestern Cpllege.
*McGarvie, S. (2020). Attentive amelioration: developing and evaluating an applied mindfulness programme for psychologists.
*Rosen, D.J. (2019). Blended Learning Program Development. Adult Literacy Educaation, 1(2),pp.84-86.
*Rucsanda, M.D., et.al. (2021). Students' Attitudes Toward Online Music Education During the COVID 19 Lockdown. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, 753785.
*Shi, Y., et.al. (2021). Investigating relationships among blended synchronous learning environments, students’ motivation, and cognitive engagement: A mixed methods study, Computers & Education, 168, 104193.
*Sutherland, R., Colin, P. (2019). Reporting from the Test Kitchen: Blended Leaarning at New Leaders. NY: Nw Leaders.
*Wang, Q. (2008). A generic model for guiding the integration of ICT into teaching and learning. Innovation in Education and Teaching International, 45(4),pp.411-419.
*Williamson, B., et.al. (2020). Pandemic politics, pedagogies and practices: digital technologies and distance education during the coronavirus emergency. Learning, Media and Technology, 45(2),pp.107-114.


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Using Technology Pedagogy Content Knowledge Framework for Pedagogical Efficiency in Digital Learning

Mudassir Arafat

International College of Cosmetology, Latvia

Presenting Author: Arafat, Mudassir

Modern-day twenty-first-century education is now being constructed around the pillars of a framework that supports and dwells on Information and Communication Technology in the learning process. Nowadays, teachers are supposed to develop a pedagogical approach that integrates and blends with technology in learning. Often seen many digital learning tools are complex demanding special training, thus forcing teachers not to practice it in their pedagogical approach.

TPACK is a framework that highlights the labyrinth involved with the adoption of a particular digital learning tool and its use between the three basic components of knowledge (technology, pedagogy, and content). This particular article takes a deeper dive into the TPACK framework and how essential it is to integrate technology into education with ease.

Hernawati & Jailani (2019) argue that the birth of the internet has changed the way we perceive learning. According to Schoenl & Fusarelli (2008), it is stated that the exercise of ICT as a medium for instructional tools and the pedagogical capabilities of teachers are the reasons to support the learning organization as well as teachers to face the problems that might arise whilst developing the students’ learning skills.

This study aims at helping HEIs understand and validate the practice of their digital learning tools by teachers and learners. The aim of the research: evaluate the digital efficiency of teachers and learners with digital tools and identify the steps to be taken in order to make the learners and teachers digitally capable to practice the digital learning tools with ease.

As described by Harris & Matt Koehler (2009), Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK) framework aims to identify the concept of digital learning needed by teachers for novelties in their pedagogical approach. TPACK simultaneously aims to answer the likeliness of confusion, as well as the complex stacked type of the teacher's information.

Chai. et.al (2013) have reviewed 74 journal papers that investigated ICT integration with the TPACK framework. The understanding of the TPACKs must be learned by the teachers to efficiently enforce ICT in the classroom. TPACK is a framework for teachers, educators, and students that addresses the issue of incorporating technology into learning which has been exercised apart from content learning and pedagogical education.

Further discussions: As stated by Steinle & Lynda Ball (2013), every teacher has their own TPACK capabilities to harness when it comes to digital tools for learning, such as a mathematics teacher needs to have the skills of a well-connected CK and PCK, that a teacher can have the freedom to enter tweak or modify pre-lecture and post-lecture for interactive, monitored and effective learning.

Case studies & arguments: study conducted in Tanzania by Patrick et.al (2016), Africa showed that more than 50% of teachers in terms of preparedness for classroom technology integration were not prepared with the content or the knowledge of the ICT for education at their research institution. With such a percentage index and the lack of technological knowledge in modern-day society, a teacher would make knowledge transferred to other learners completely obsolete.

Final statements: There is still a fair share of critics for TPACK, but the framework is still relevant. Various communities implement different aspects of TPACK globally. Mary C. Herring (2016) indicates that TPACK’s official website has over 6,000 registered users who have common shared interests that together have compiled a detailed bibliography of TPACK-related literature involving over 600 articles


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study uses the SLR method (systematic literature review) for its analysis and expert interviews, and the conclusion is based on the literature arguments and analysis supported by expert evaluation.

Literature review is a method that helps to compose, clarify and focus the subject of a study. Literature reviews are useful when the aim is to provide an overview of the body of current literature in a certain area or to examine the validity or accuracy of a theory or competing theories (Snyder, 2019). In addition, Tranfield, Denyer, & Smart (2003) claim that SLR is useful when establishing research questions and need answers regarding specific points or issues in the field.

The SLR aims in the direction to give an overview of how the exercise of digital learning tools for education can be exploited to its optimum potential by incorporating the TPACK framework capability of the teachers and how it can influence on the students’ performance. Additionally, semi-structured expert interviews were conducted to validate the results of the SLR.

Sampling: For this article, the data sampling is done as per the academic needs. The cited articles and journals that have been analyzed and studied are the ones that describe the benefits of the TPACK framework and talked about its limitations. Articles that discussed case studies were given higher priority, as they give an anchored validation to the systematic literature review. The emphasis was given to articles with keywords (TPACK) technological pedagogical content knowledge and more stress was given to cite literature from recent years and not older than 2010, however, in some cases where and when the model was created by Davis, the article does require citations and references from previous years.

Two experts were selected for the interview according to a purposeful sampling procedure. The criteria for selection: doctoral/Ph.D. degree in education, practical teaching experience at various education levels for more than 15 years, highly developed digital skills, give courses to other teachers.

Research Question: How can teachers’ learners & educational organizations use their digital learning tools to the best capabilities using the TPACK Framework to help?

The expert interviews were analyzed by the medium of thematic analysis. Meaningful patterns from the semi-structured expert interviews were collected. The collected patterns helped in analyzing the pedagogical transitions and adaptations, teachers have to undergo with the changing digital, pedagogical and content trends in learning.
Research period: June 2021 to January 2023.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on the SLR and the semi-structured expert interview results, it may be concluded that ICTs with the help of the TPACK framework can be used as validating tools, self-knowledge evaluation tools, and knowledge-enhancing tools to foster pivotal and creative philosophy, and genuine and creative issues resolving. Teachers will need regular training with changing ICT trends to master their skills to formulate lessons that are integrated with technology even with the TPACK framework. In order to exploit the ICT to its optimum teachers must incorporate the TPACK framework, which involves selecting the right content in accordance with the digital platforms, ascertaining the most suitable pedagogical approach and method, and judging the learners as per their individual learning patterns.

Learning that allows student participation by teachers, creates learning/teaching possibilities that are in accordance with developing trends. It's only through a simultaneous change in the technological, human service, and management domain that the full potential of digital learning can be realized.

TPACK framework is a blend of three fundamental forms of learning: There is, Technology (TK), Pedagogy (PK), and Content (CK). The TPACK approach goes way ahead in penetrating these three learning forms in the division.

According to Chai. et.al. (2013), the exercise of a particular technology incorporated for the purpose of learning can put an impression of a new form or an approach in other words different pedagogical style. Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK) is the foundation of productive and efficient teaching practices with the support of technology, which usually needs the knowledge of portraying the concepts by using technology; Pedagogical styles, approaches, and patterns apply technology to highlight the content; the knowledge about things that are complicated or simple to learn or understand making it simpler for the learners to overcome problems with the help of technology and innovations.  

References
Hernawati, & Jailani, &. (2019). Mathematics mobile learning with TPACK framework. Journal of Physics: Conference Series 5th ICMSE2018, 1-8. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/1321/2/022126
Schoenl, & Fusarelli, &. (2008, Jan 1). Innovation, NCLB, and the Fear Factor: The Challenge of Leading 21st-Century Schools in an Era of Accountability. SAGE Journals, 22(1). doi:10.1177/0895904807311291
Harris, J., & Matt Koehler, &. (2009). What Is Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge? Contemporary Issues in Technology and Teacher Education, 9(1), 60-70. Retrieved March 20, 2022, from https://www.researchgate.net/publication/241616400_What_Is_Technological_Pedagogical_Content_Knowledge
Chai.et.al, C. S. (2013). A Review of Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge. Journal of Educational Technology & Society, 16(1), 31-51. Retrieved March 28, 2022, from https://www.researchgate.net/publication/290044779_A_Review_of_Technological_Pedagogical_Content_Knowledge
Steinle, V., & Lynda Ball, C. B. (2013). mathematics education: yesterday, today and tomorrow. proceedings of the 36th annual conference of the Mathematics Education Research Group of Australasia, 2, 816. doi:9780734048448
Patrick.et.al. (2016). Classroom ICT integration in Tanzania: Opportunities and challenges from the perspectives of TPACK and SAMR models. International Journal of Education and Development using Information and Communication Technology, 12(1), 107-128. doi:1814-0556
Mary C. Herring, M. J. (2016). Handbook of Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK) for Educators. New York, USA: Routledge. doi:ISBN 9781315771328
Snyder, H. (2019, November). Literature review as a research methodology: An overview and guidelines. Journal of Business Research, 104, 333-339. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2019.07.039
Tranfield, D., Denyer, D., & Smart , P. (2003, Sep 16). Towards a methodology for developing evidence-informed management knowledge by means of systematic review. British Journal of Management,, 14, 207-222. doi:10.1111/1467-8551.00375


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Quality Assurance of Digital Education

Amy Quintelier1, Kurt Maenhout2

1Flemish Inspectorate of Education, Belgium; 2Flemish Inspectorate of Education, Belgium

Presenting Author: Quintelier, Amy

Research suggests that, in line with social developments, schools are using more intensively digital technologies (OECD, 2021). However, an improvement in infrastructure does not automatically lead to a well-considered use of that technology in education (Albion & Tondeur, 2018). We must therefore be aware that the use of ICT does not automatically have added value. The ultimate goal of ICT use in teaching-learning processes is to ensure that more and can be learned more deeply.

From a theoretical perspective, the extent to which schools develop a policy on the technical and didactical use of ICT and the extent to which schools strengthen educational practice by means of digital education, formed the basis of this study. Research also showed that different preconditions on pedagogical, organisational and technological aspects can influence the quality of the offered digital education. A suitable, reliable and secure digital infrastructure as well as a digitally competent school team are just two of these important preconditions.

In addition to subject-specific knowledge, the literature points to teachers’ technological and didactic ICT knowledge and skills to provide quality digital education, although time and space to professionalise is important too. Lawrence and Tar (2018) emphasize the importance of a positive attitude towards digital education among teachers in relation to the quality of the lessons offered.

From a parental perspective, a positive involvement in learning is a beneficial effect on the child's learning gains. This involvement can be strengthened by the use of digital technologies. Parents who are sufficiently digitally competent support their children often better with digital homework and make more use of digital communication channels in the school (del Carmen Ramírez-Rueda et al., 2021).

We embarked on this topic with the aim of providing a broad overview of how Flemish primary and secondary schools organize digital education in their school. Three questions were identified during the literature study as being in need of attention: (1) To what extent do the Flemish schools of compulsory education pursue a high-quality ICT policy? (2) To what extent do the Flemish schools of compulsory education strengthen the teaching learning practice through digital education? (3) To what extent are the preconditions for high-quality digital education fulfilled in the Flemish schools of compulsory education?

To evaluate the implementation of Digisprong, a government initiative to strengthen digitalisation in the Flemish schools of compulsory education, the Inspectorate of education collected data on how schools shape digital education. A mobile survey via the VOI.CE app was used to gather the perspectives of different education stakeholders school leaders, teachers, ICT coordinators, pupils and parents).

The survey (N=7481) provides an interesting picture of the state of the digital education offered in Flemish schools. Halfway through the rollout of the Digisprong, a large majority of schools state they have a vision on ICT, although they do not always have an effective strategy to realize that vision. The results indicate also differences between schools. To close the gap between the needs and needs regarding school members’ digital competences, a good professionalisation policy is needed that takes into account the needs and requirements of the whole school team.

With a view to a sustainable strengthening of quality development in schools, we look at both the strengths as well as areas for improvement. At the same time, we want to educate with the help of this research raising awareness to develop a sustainable ICT policy aimed at strengthening the digital teaching learning practice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The Flemish Inspectorate of Education was instructed to participate annually in the evaluation of the implementation of Digisprong, a government initiative to strengthen digitization in the Flemish schools of compulsory education. Three questions were identified during the literature study as being in need of attention: (1) To what extent do the Flemish schools of compulsory education pursue a high-quality ICT policy? (2) To what extent do the Flemish schools of compulsory education strengthen the teaching learning practice through digital education? (3) To what extent are the preconditions for high-quality digital education fulfilled in the Flemish schools of compulsory education?
For the first time, the Flemish Inspectorate made an explicit choice for a mobile-first approach in which respondents are encouraged to participate in the survey via the VOI.CE app, a mobile communication channel (app) between the education inspectorate and various education partners (school board, teachers, ICT-coordinators, pupils and parents), that can be downloaded on a smartphone. The reason why the Inspectorate used a mobile application to send the survey is of two kinds. On the one hand, the organization supports the Flemish policy memorandum that opts for an extensive digitization of all services in Flanders. On the other hand, the organisation thinks it is important to enabling digital inclusion.
The mobile survey ran from 30 May to 17 June 2022 and contained items that measured (1) the ICT policy in schools, (2) the ICT use in educational practice, (3) digital competences, (4) attitudes towards the use of ICT and (5) infrastructure, time and support regarding the use of ICT in the schools. The respondents were asked to express their degree of agreement/disagreement with each statement by choosing one of the four answers provided by the Likert scale: strongly agree, agree, disagree, and strongly disagree. The survey involved 7481 respondents (2237 educational professionals, 2443 pupils, 2801 parents).  We have provided means, standard deviations and t-test p-values for each of the questions, using R Studio.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In general, the strategic policy to implement ICT in a well-thought-out way appear to be well in most schools, so does the necessary professionalization in the schools. Yet, we detected several speeds in schools. For example, not every school has a vision on ICT that takes into account the local context and public of the school. In addition, we also observed differences in terms of the school teams’ digital competencies. A good professionalisation policy that takes into account the needs and requirements of the individual school team members can strengthen these competences. In addition, the results emphasized a positive relationship between the digital competences and attitudes of teachers towards ICT. The majority of parents and pupils feel less involved on the content of the ICT policy plans of their schools. There is room for improvement regarding the schools’ communication with pupils and parents about these policy plans too. The results point also to differences between pupils and parents in terms of digital competences and attitudes towards ICT.
Regarding the second research question, both principals and teachers indicated that agreements about the didactical use of ICT in schools are often non-existing. The lack of agreements on evaluation practice in almost three quarters of the schools is a good example of this. We found a similar result for pupils’ reflection practices. Nevertheless, research point to the importance of actively involving pupils in their evaluation and reflection on the use of digital learning resources to gain an insight into their own learning process.
Finally, considering the preconditions for high-quality digital education, principals and teachers are not so much concerned about their competences and attitudes, but highlighted the need for more time and space in order to strengthen their digital competencies because their current time for learning is limited by other professional duties.

References
Albion, P. R., & Tondeur, J. (2018). Section introduction: Professional learning and development of teachers. Second handbook of information technology in primary and secondary education, 377-379.
Barometer Digitale Inclusie. (2020). Koning Boudewijnstichting. Geraadpleegd op 19 oktober 2022, van https://kbs-frb.be/nl/barometer-digitale-inclusie-2022 Belet, Margot. "The importance of relevance to student lives: The impact of content and media in introduction to sociology." Teaching Sociology 46, no. 3 (2018): 208-224.
Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2017). Research Methods in Education (8th ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315456539
Cussó-Calabuig, R., Farran, X.C. & Bosch-Capblanch, X. Effects of intensive use of computers in secondary school on gender differences in attitudes towards ICT: A systematic review. Educ Inf Technol 23, 2111–2139 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-018-9706-6
del Carmen Ramírez-Rueda, M., Cózar-Gutiérrez, R., Colmenero, M. J. R., & González-Calero, J. A. (2021). Towards a coordinated vision of ICT in education: A comparative analysis of Preschool and Primary Education teachers’ and parents’ perceptions. Teaching and Teacher Education, 100, 103300.
Digitale transformatie in het Vlaamse onderwijssysteem: hervorming van ICT-teams op school. (z.d.). www.vlaanderen.be. Geraadpleegd op 19 oktober 2022, van https://www.vlaanderen.be/kenniscentrum-digisprong/themas/ict-coordinatie/digitale transformatie-in-het-vlaamse-onderwijssysteem-hervorming-van-ict-teams-op-school
Kreijns, K., Xu, K., & Weidlich, J. (2021). Social presence: Conceptualization and measurement. Educational Psychology Review, 1-32.
Maderick, J. A., Zhang, S., Hartley, K., & Marchand, G. (2016). Preservice teachers and self-assessing digital competence. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 54(3), 326-351. Marler, W. (2018). Mobile phones and inequality: Findings, trends, and future directions. New Media & Society, 20(9), 3498-3520.
Otterborn, A., Schönborn, K., & Hultén, M. (2019). Surveying preschool teachers’ use of digital tablets: general and technology education related findings. International journal of technology and design education, 29(4), 717-737.
Salikhova, Nailya R., Martin F. Lynch, and Albina B. Salikhova. "Psychological Aspects of Digital Learning: A Self-Determination Theory Perspective." Contemporary Educational Technology 12, no. 2 (2020).
Tsetsi, E., & Rains, S. A. (2017). Smartphone Internet access and use: Extending the digital divide and usage gap. Mobile Media & Communication, 5(3), 239-255. Vlaamse onderwijsraad (Vlor) (2022).
Advies over de relatie tussen onderwijs, de overheid en de Ed Tech-markt. Beschikbaar op www.vlor.be
Voogt, J., Fisser, P., Pareja Roblin, N., Tondeur, J., & van Braak, J. (2013). Technological pedagogical content knowledge–a review of the literature. Journal of computer assisted learning, 29(2), 109-121.
Zijlstra, T., Hoogendoorn-Lanser, S., & Wijgergangs, K. (2017, October). The impact of survey completion with a mobile device in a longitudinal transport study. In European Transport Conference (pp. 4-6).
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm12 SES 12 A JS: Systematic Reviews in Educational Research – Methodological Challenges of Synthesizing Heterogeneous Research Landscapes
Location: Gilbert Scott, Turnbull [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Anna Bachsleitner
Session Chair: Karin Zimmer
Joint Symposium NW 12 and NW 28
 
12. Open Research in Education
Symposium

Systematic Reviews in Educational Research – Methodological Challenges of Synthesizing Heterogeneous Research Landscapes

Chair: Anna Bachsleitner (DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education)

Discussant: Karin Zimmer (University of Vechta)

In times of ever-increasing numbers of publications and easier accessibility, e.g. through Open Access publishing, the overview of existing research and secured knowledge can be lost (Brooth et al., 2016). Systematic reviews are a suitable method to synthesize research knowledge in a criterion-guided and transparent way and to provide a structured overview of the research field under investigation. Thus, with systematic reviews reliable findings can be bundled and at the same time the need for further research can be identified. The transfer of synthesized knowledge takes place in the course of evidence-based policy advice (Pawson, 2006) as well as by reflecting the results back to the research community (Gough et al., 2017). As a part of the Open Science movement, systematic reviews objectively select and combine available studies and thus promote the accessibility of scientific knowledge to the interested public.

Originally invented in the field of medicine (see evidence-based medicine; Sackett et al., 1996; Thoma & Eaves, 2015), systematic reviews are increasingly being implemented in educational research (Zawacki-Richter et al., 2020). However, there is the challenge of transferring the methodological approach to the studies conducted in educational research. Whereas in medicine most studies are based on randomised control group trials with a similar research design, the strength of educational research lies in its plurality of empirical approaches, both from a qualitative or quantitative paradigm. But how can a structured and criteria based synthesis based on such a heterogeneous background of studies be achieved? The symposium addresses the challenges to this transfer of the method in the preparation of a systematic review. Furthermore we will discuss how methodological guidelines and quality standards for systematic reviews in the field of educational research can be implemented.

The four papers in the symposium show how a systematic aggregation of studies in a research field can succeed and focus on challenges to the respective methodological steps. They stem from different disciplinary fields of educational research (sociology, psychology, and educational sciences) and contribute to an international perspective, covering literature from various countries and publication languages. The first presentation concentrates on the challenges in the process of the literature search and identification of relevant studies for a systematic review. Examining the case of Germany, the paper deals with the question how educational inequality can be reduced and addresses educational barriers in formal, non-formal and informal learning contexts. The second paper covers the theme of digitalisation in cultural education – based on a literature search at an international level. The authors take a look at the support of selection and categorization of literature using text mining methods. The third paper presents a systematic review of social inequality in educational attainment from preschool to higher education that covers the state of research from the German-speaking area (Germany, Austria, and Switzerland). The presentation focusses on the collection of relevant information (coding) as well as the synthesis of evidence by means of research maps (gap maps). The fourth paper deals with the language bias in international systematic reviews in the field of educational technology. The trilingual team of authors presents a mapping review based on existing systematic reviews including the languages of English, Spanish and German.


References
Booth, A., Sutton, A., & Papaioannou, D. (2016). Systematic approaches to a successful literature review (2. Edition). Sage.
Gough, D., Oliver, S., & Thomas, J. (2017). An introduction to systematic reviews (2. Edition). Sage.
Pawson, R. (2006). Evidence-based policy: A realist perspective. Sage.
Sackett, D. L., Rosenberg, W. M., Gray, J. A., Haynes, R. B. & Richardson, W. S. (1996). Evidence based medicine: what it is and what it isn't. BMJ (Clinical research ed.), 312(7023), 71–72.
Thoma, A. & Eaves, F. F., III (2015). A Brief History of Evidence-Based Medicine (EBM) and the Contributions of Dr David Sackett. Aesthetic Surgery Journal, 35(8), 261-263.
Zawacki-Richter, O., Kerres, M., Bedenlier, S., Bond, M., & Buntins, K. (Eds). (2020). Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application. Springer Fachmedien.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Overcoming Educational Barriers in Germany: How to Systemize the State of Research

Selina Kirschey (DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education), Monika Lindauer (Deutsches Jugendinstitut e. V.), Ingeborg Jäger-Dengler-Harles (DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education), Christina Möller (Deutsches Jugendinstitut e. V.)

Children, adolescents and young adults from socially disadvantaged families face educational barriers in the acquisition of competences or the access to learning opportunities (Hadjar & Gross, 2016; Maaz & Dumont, 2019; among others). While there is broad research on how and where educational barriers occur and arise, fewer studies exist on how disadvantages in education can be compensated or prevented in Germany. Also, researchers have mainly investigated the overcoming of educational barriers in formal education settings (Autorengruppe Bildungsberichterstattung, 2020, p. 79). Most importantly, comprehensive systematic reviews on overcoming educational barriers do not exist for Germany. Our aim is thus to systemise research on processes, measures and programs for overcoming educational barriers in different learning environments ─ formal, non-formal and informal ─ in Germany. We will include studies concerning educational inequality from birth up to the transition to post-secondary education (age range 0-27). We will consider empirical qualitative and quantitative longitudinal and cross-sectional studies from the social and educational sciences and related disciplines. We focus on educational barriers which are (re-)produced or increased, e.g., by the social or ethnic background, gender, physical or mental impairment (Wenzel, 2008, p. 430). We intend to identify measures which prevent such mechanisms of exclusion and which consequently promote diversity. For the intended review, we need to consider a broad range of criteria of finding and selecting relevant studies (Newman & Gough, 2020). Resulting challenges in the literature search and screening processes will be the focus of the presentation. Central questions are: How can we generate a systematic search strategy to produce a resource-oriented outcome? How to deal with technical restrictions of the literature database? How can we define selection criteria so that different reviewers follow a unified screening procedure? How to document screening decisions in a detailed and transparent way? The paper will illustrate innovative automated solutions to these questions. The literature found with search terms related to ‘overcoming educational barriers’ was post-hoc filtered for search terms related to social inequality and social background using R (R Core Team, 2020; package stringr, Wickham, 2019), which allowed for a more economic search procedure. An electronic questionnaire guides the reviewer through the screening process and documents each decision. These new methods facilitate and systemize literature search and screening processes. As an outlook, we will present first results and discuss implications for educational research.

References:

Autorengruppe Bildungsberichterstattung (Hrsg.). (2020). Bildung in Deutschland 2020. Ein indikatorengestützter Bericht mit einer Analyse zu Bildung in einer digitalisierten Welt. W. Bertelsmann Verlag. Hadjar, A. & Gross, C. (Hg.) (2016). Education Systems and Inequalities. Bristol: Policy Press. Maaz, K., & Dumont, H. (2019). Ungleichheiten des Bildungserwerbs nach sozialer Herkunft, Migrationshintergrund und Geschlecht. In O. Köller, M. Hasselhorn, F. W. Hesse, K. Maaz, J. Schrader, H. Solga, C. K. Spieß & K. Zimmer (Hrsg.), Das Bildungswesen in Deutschland: Bestand und Potenziale (S.299-332). utb. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. Newman, M., & Gough, D. (2020). Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application. In O. Zawacki-Richter, M. Kerres, S. Bedenlier, M. Bond & K. Buntins (Hrsg.), Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application (S.1-22). Springer Nature. R Core Team (2020). R: A language and environment for statistical computing. Version 4.0.2. R Foundation for Statistical Computing, Vienna, Austria. URL: https://www.R-project.org/. Wenzel, H. (2008). Studien zur Organisations- und Schulkulturentwicklung. In W. Helsper & J. Böhme (Hrsg.), Handbuch der Schulforschung (2. Aufl.) (S. 423-447). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Wickham, Hadley (2019). stringr: Simple, Consistent Wrappers for Common String Operations. R package version 1.4.0. https://CRAN.R-project.org/package=stringr
 

Applications of Text Mining for Systematic Reviews in the Fragmented Research Field of Digitalisation in Cultural Education

Alexander Christ (Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg), Kathrin Smolarczyk (Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg), Stephan Kröner (Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg)

Systematic reviews are an essential tool to obtain an overview of interdisciplinary research fields. However, they are often hampered by broad search strings leading to many false negative results. Such literature searches can lead to several 100,000 papers and manual screening and categorization are no longer feasible. In such cases, text mining can support screening and categorizing of large literature corpora. In our study, we used a corpus of n > 250,000 papers from a literature search on international research on digitalisation in arts, aesthetic and cultural education (D-ACE). After cleaning the exported texts (title, journal, keywords, abstracts), we applied an iterative procedure of predictive modeling and prioritized screening (as described in detail by Christ et al., 2021), followed by topic modelling. Predictive modelling was utilized to avoid having to screen all texts. Finally, topic modeling of the included papers was performed to determine content and size of hot topics of research on D-ACE. Across iterations, the inclusion rate decreased from 85.8% to 1.8% in the 17th iteration. In total, n = 3,846 papers (including n = 1786 from the training set) were included. Most of them were from authors from the USA, followed by authors from the UK, Taiwan, Australia, Spain, Canada and Germany. The publication rate has increased at an accelerated rate since 2012, which did not differ for the affiliation country or continent of the authors. The included papers were first analyzed via topic modelling to determine the latent research topics within the corpus, followed by a more specific analysis of investigated cultural activities. In total, k = 31 latent topics were covered in the included papers. Hot topics included “formal education and learning”, “serious games and gamification of learning”, “popular games and engagement”, “user experience and interface design” and “effects on personality and behavior”. Focusing on the investigated cultural activities resulted in k = 17 topics containing all major facets of cultural activities i.e. music, literature, visual arts, performing arts and games. With k = 8, a majority of topics related to video games. The distribution of articles in the topic models did not differ according to the affiliation countries or continents. Overall, predictive modelling and priority screening turned out to be well suited for efficiently identifying hot topics of international research during preparation of systematic reviews. Implications for further development of these methods as well as for conducting systematic reviews and original work are discussed.

References:

Christ, A., Penthin, M., & Kröner, S. (in revision). Two decades of research syntheses on digital cultural education: A tertiary review. Christ, A., Penthin, M., & Kröner, S. (2021). Big data and digital aesthetic, arts, and cultural education: Hot spots of current quantitative research. Social Science Computer Review, 39, 821-843. https://doi.org/10.1177%2F0894439319888455 Kröner, S., Christ, A., & Penthin, M. (2021). Stichwort: Digitalisierung in der kulturell-ästhetischen Bildung–eine konfigurierende Forschungssynthese [Digitalization in aesthetics, arts and cultural education – a scoping review]. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 24, 9-39. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-021-00989-7
 

What Do We Know about Social Inequalities in Educational Attainment? A Systematic Review Two Decades after PISA.

Ronja Lämmchen (DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education), Anna Bachsleitner (DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education), Ingeborg Jäger-Dengler-Harles (DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education), Kai Maaz (DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education)

Social inequalities can be found in various aspects of educational attainment at different points in the educational biography, from early childhood education to higher education. There is a positive effect of a privileged parental background on participation in institutionalized early childhood education and care (e.g., Stahl & Schober, 2018), academic-track attendance at secondary school level (“Gymnasium”, e.g., Dumont et al., 2019) and university entrance (e.g., Reimer & Pollak, 2010). Social background effects can also be found in children’s and adolescents’ competencies (e.g., Linberg et al., 2019) and their later degrees (Becker, & Meyer, 2019). Still, the existing research needs to be synthesized in order to assess the entire evidence base. This is where the present systematic review sets in. For the first time, the available research on social inequalities in educational attainment in predominantly German-speaking countries (Germany, Austria & Switzerland; included publication languages German, English, French) was systematized for the a) pre-school level, b) primary and secondary school level as well as c) higher education and d) vocational training for a period of 20 years (2000-2020). The aspects of educational participation, competencies and grades were included as well as educational qualifications. The present systematic review follows the methodical steps of 1) an extensive literature search, 2) a two-step criteria-based literature selection (screening) and 3) coding of relevant information (Gough et al., 2017). A total of 33,662 literature references were identified using online database searches (FIS Bildung, Google Scholar, ERIC, DNB and educational sector specific databases) and screened regarding the studies’ relevance for the research question and their scientific quality. 568 studies could be included in the coding process. The general results show that social inequality is persistent throughout all educational sectors (Bachsleitner et al., 2022). The strongest evidence can be found for the primary and secondary school level based on n= 318 included studies. The present study manages thus to combine robust findings on social inequalities in educational attainment and highlight further research potentials. Furthermore, conclusions can be drawn about the field of inequality research itself. The evidence on social inequality effects will be presented using gap maps, which provide a way of illustrating the found evidence. The methodological procedures for quality assurance as well as the challenges of a broadly based systematic review will be outlined.

References:

Bachsleitner, A., Lämmchen, R., & Maaz, K. (2022). Soziale Ungleichheit des Bildungserwerbs von der Vorschule bis zur Hochschule. Eine Forschungssynthese zwei Jahrzehnte nach PISA. Waxmann. Becker, R. & Mayer, K. U. (2019). Societal change and educational trajectories of women and men born between 1919 and 1986 in (West) Germany. European Sociological Review, 35(2), 147–168. Dumont, H., Klinge, D., & Maaz, K. (2019). The many (subtle) ways parents game the system: Mixed-method evidence on the transition into secondary-school tracks in Germany. Sociology of Education, 92(2), 199–228. Gough, D., Oliver, S., & Thomas, J. (2017). An introduction to systematic reviews (2nd Edition). Sage. Linberg, T., Schneider, T., Waldfogel, J., & Wang, Y. (2019). Socioeconomic status gaps in child cognitive development in Germany and the United States. Social Science Research, 79, 1–31. Reimer, D., & Pollak, R. (2010). Educational expansion and its consequences for vertical and horizontal inequalities in access to higher education in West Germany. European Sociological Review, 26(4), 415–430. Stahl, J. F., & Schober, P. S. (2018). Convergence or Divergence? Educational Discrepancies in Work-Care Arrangements of Mothers with Young Children in Germany. Work, Employment and Society, 32(4), 629–649.
 

Do We Distort by Summarising Only English Studies? - Mapping of a Synthesised Research Landscape

Svenja Bedenlier (Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg), Melissa Bond (University College London; University of Stavanger), Victoria Marín (Universitat de Lleida), Katja Buntins (University of Duisburg-Essen)

In recent years, the interest in and use of secondary research to synthesise evidence in education has grown considerably. While systematic reviews often aim to analyse a large corpus of studies, educational technology research often focuses on very specific and locally targeted contexts, with nationally or linguistically defined communities (Marín et al., in press). As such, in their methodological development and adaptation to educational research, evidence syntheses have not yet sufficiently taken into account and reflected key aspects such as research context and the language of publication (Zawacki-Richter et al., 2020). This implies potential biases with regard to the associated visibility, validity and discoverability of results. This paper addresses these content-related and methodological challenges through a mapping review of reviews (Sutton et al., 2019), by exploring how (non)English-language primary studies have been synthesised in educational technology research. Search strings were developed in English, Spanish and German, and were used to search in the databases ERIC, Scopus, Web of Science, Dialnet, FIS Database and Google Scholar, yielding 7,275 items in the initial search. A sample of articles was drawn from the corpus, using methods for estimating sample size in the social sciences. 446 educational technology systematic reviews, published since 1983 in article, conference paper, chapter, or report form, in English, Spanish or German, were analysed using a pre-defined coding scheme. Among other aspects, the languages of publication of the primary studies and the reasons for or against the exclusion of certain languages were coded. The coding scheme can thus be used to demonstrate how existing systematic reviews deal with primary studies in different publication languages, and the extent to which bias exists with respect to consideration of English-language and peer-reviewed articles (e.g., Jackson & Kuriyama, 2019). Of the 446 systematic reviews, only 17% included studies in more than one language, and a further 42% did not provide any information about the language of inclusion (n=75). Multilingual searches were even less common, with only 8% of studies (n=35) searching for publications in more than one language, and only 7% (n=30) included articles with different languages. The findings of the review, including consideration of its own limitations (e.g., exclusion of reviews published in languages other than English, Spanish or German, choice of databases), are situated within the evolving methodological discussion of educational systematic reviews (e.g., Chong et al., 2023) and reflected against the larger context of educational publication structures (Beigel, 2021).

References:

Beigel, F. (2021). A multi-scale perspective for assessing publishing circuits in non-hegemonic countries. Tapuya: Latin American Science, Technology and Society, 4(1), 1845923. https://doi.org/10.1080/25729861.2020.1845923 Chong, S. W., Bond, M., & Chalmers, H. (2023). Opening the methodological black box of research synthesis in language education: where are we now and where are we heading? Applied Linguistics Review. https://doi.org/10.1515/applirev-2022-0193 Jackson, J. L., & Kuriyama, A. (2019). How often do systematic reviews exclude articles not published in English? Journal of General Internal Medicine, 34(8), 1388–1389. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11606-019-04976-x Marín, V. I., Buntins, K., Bedenlier, S., & Bond, M. (in press). Invisible borders in educational technology research? A comparative analysis. Educational Technology Research and Development. Sutton, A., Clowes, M., Preston, L., & Booth, A. (2019). Meeting the review family: Exploring review types and associated information retrieval requirements. Health Information and Libraries Journal, 36(3), 202–222. https://doi.org/10.1111/hir.12276 Zawacki-Richter, O., Kerres, M., Bedenlier, S., Bond, M., & Buntins, K. (Eds.). (2020). Systematic Reviews in Educational Research. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27602-7 Victoria I. Marín acknowledges the support of the Grant RYC2019-028398-I funded by MCIN/AEI/ 10.13039/501100011033 and FSE “El FSE invierte en tu futuro”.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm13 SES 12 A JS: The marginalised materiality of education: resonant vibrations, embodied meaning-making, and non-verbal
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre C [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Judit Onsès
Joint Paper Session NW 13 and NW 29
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

The Subject as Vibrant Matter - Resonance and The Acoustics of Education

Johannes Rytzler

Mälardalen university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Rytzler, Johannes

We live in times of rapid digital development, where especially the latest innovations in artificial intelligence have come to challenge the status and functions of knowledge and educational practices (Zhang & Aslan, 2021). At stake is not only the survival of the subject matter as a specific content of knowledge worth conserving for future generations, but also the question about what makes knowledge meaningful, relevant and worthwhile studying in the first place. In this paper I will discuss the possibilities for education and teaching to bring life into subject matter, as a content of knowledge, in ways that cannot be done through digital technologies alone (c.f., Stiegler, 2010). In this discussion, I develop the concept of acousmatic teaching as a practice that brings forth the material, sonorous and transformative functions of the subject matter.

In its most basic definition, music is a human form of expression that uses the physicality of air to produce vibrations that encounter and resonate with the minds and bodies of human beings (Nachmanovitch, 1990). On the one hand we can understand music as a vibrating gestalt of sounds that confronts us (Bucht, 2009), and on the other hand we can understand ourselves as musical configurations that confront the world we inhabit (Lingis, 2004). The genre acousmatic music explores the spatial and material aspects of music and focuses on sounds rather than on what produces these sounds. The materiality of the sounding object and the space it creates produces an acousmatic materiality that calls for heightened attention (Bertrand 2020). Jettisoning the idea of music as a linear and rhythmic process founded in a tonal center, we can describe it as a sonorous and acousmatic space in motion that manifests itself through factors that allude to, e.g., nearness and distance, or difference and identity (Rytzler 2023). Acousmatic music calls for the listener to perceive sound with a reduced sensibility to the sound’s identity (Frappier 2020).

If we follow the aesthetic theory of Jacques Rancière, acousmatic teaching would be about performing a dis-identification of the subject matter in order to make it accessible to the students as well as a dis-identification of the students in order to make them encounter the subject matter as unique subjects (Biesta 2014). In acousmatic teaching the subject matter, by addressing the students, produces a partage du sensible that enables new things to be said, thought or done. As such, the encounter between the students and the subject matter could be described as one of resonance, to speak with the sociological thinker Hartmut Rosa. Rosa (2019) uses the notion of resonance as a productive contrast to Marx’ notion of alienation as it describes transformative encounters between humans and the world. In times where the state of knowledge as we know it is at stake, Rosa's notion reminds us that knowledge is something that connects humans with the world, that situates them in the world and something that lets them discover, encounter and navigate in the world. Bildung, according to Rosa, is deeply connected with resonance. When being in a state of resonance, Rosa claims, we never stay the same. Building occurs when a relevant domain of the world starts to speak to us, when it addresses us. This experience of resonance transforms us, and this encapsulates what it means to exist as a human being.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to develop the concept of acousmatic teaching, the paper draws on discussions from aesthetic theory (Rancière 2014), music philosophy (Bucht, 2009; Lingis 2004) and sociology (Rosa 2017).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Music and teaching are both about identifying new territories and new spaces for perceptions. Acousmatic teaching is a way of attending to that which escapes contours, surfaces, and ideal forms but still invites us to speak, think and feel. In order for the subject matter as a thing of the world to sing with its one voice, teaching practices need to develop and encourage a listening mode that attends to the abstract timbre of the teaching content rather than on its mimetic and representative aspects. In this space of acousmatic teaching, students will confront the sound of the subject matter in its pure materiality.

I suggest that acousmatic teaching can contribute to the development of new modalities of human cognition that can cope with and within the accelerating digitalization of modern public education. I hope that the paper's suggested shift of focus, from understanding subject matter as a representation of the world to subject matter as the world presenting itself, can contribute to discussions that are relevant for a public European education that still values Bildung and Growth, especially in times of rapid digital and technological development.


References
Bertrand, L. (2020). Musique concrète and the Aesthetic Regime of Art. In: J. P. Cachopo, P. Nickleson, & C. Stover (Eds.). Rancière and Music, (pp. 27-46). UK: Edinburgh University Press.
Bucht, G. (2005). Pythagoras’ sträng. Essäer kring musikens gränser. Sweden: Thales.
Bucht, G. (2009). rum – människa - musik. Essä. Sweden: Atlantis.
Dahlhaus, C. 1982([1967]. Esthetics of Music. (Musikästhetik). Trans. W. Austin. UK: Cambridge University Press.
Frappier, D. (2020). ‘Rip it up and start again’: Reconfigurations of the Audible under the Aesthetic Regime of the Arts. In: J. P. Cachopo, P. Nickleson, & C. Stover (Eds.). Ranciére and Music (p. 47-70). UK: Edinburgh University Press.
Kaltenecker, M. (2020). Wandering with Rancière: Sound and Structure under the Aesthetic Regime. In: J. P. Cachopo, P. Nickleson, & C. Stover (Eds.). Ranciére and Music, (pp. 97-116). UK: Edinburgh University Press.
Lingis, A. (2004). The Music of Space. In B. V Folt & R. Frodeman (Eds.): Rethinking Nature. Essays in Environmental Philosophy, pp. 273-288. USA: Indiana University Press.
Rancière, J. (1999). Disagreement. Politics and Philosophy. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.
Rancière, J. (2013). Aisthesis. Scenes from the Aesthetic Regime of Art. (Z. Paul, Trans.). UK: Verso.
Rosa, H. (2019). Resonance, A Sociology of the Relationship to the World.  Polity Press.
Schaeffer, P. (1966/2017). Treatise on Musical Objects. An Essay across Disciplines. Trans. by C. North & J. Dack. USA: University of California Press.
Velasco-Pufleau, L. (2019): Sound commitments: ethics and politics. In Music, sound and conflict, 18/01/2019, https://msc.hypotheses.org/1680.
Webern, A. (2008/[1960]). Vägen till den nya musiken. (Der Weg zur Neuen Musik. Der Weg zur Komposition in 12 Tönen) Trans. P-C. Sjöberg & K-O. Widman. Sweden: Bo Ejeby Förlag.


13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

A Dialogic Exploration of Pedagogical Orchestration and Entrained Participation

Josephine Moate, Eveliina Stolp, Suvi Saarikallio

University of Jyväskylä, Finland

Presenting Author: Stolp, Eveliina

Dialogic approaches to education have received a significant amount of interest across Europe particularly with regard to the role of language in education (Mercer, et al. 2019). Dialogic theorisations, however, offer a rich array of conceptual tools for exploring space, time, relationships, embodiment and aesthetics as part of educational experience (e.g. Vass, 2019; Kullenberg & Säljö, 2022). In response to recent calls for greater recognition of the aesthetics of education, waking students up to the world (Biesta, 2022), and the importance of contemporaneous educational encounters (Biesta, 2023) this contribution uses the dialogic notion of chronotope (time-space) to explore how interpersonal entrainment, that is a collective moment of unity, takes shape within whole-class music playing in a Finnish sixth grade classroom.

Bakhtin’s notion of chronotope is particularly useful in the exploration of education as a form of aesthetic interconnectedness experienced from the ‘outside’ and the ‘inside’ (Bakhtin, 1981 & 1986). Examining phenomena from the outside involves attending to the arrangement of space, the relationships between participants, the availability and use of time. Examining from the ‘inside’ pays attention to how participants listen for and respond to one another, interanimate each other’s contributions, sense coming together and differentiate between self and other. Through this ongoing dialogue participants become part of and contribute to something beyond themselves within a particular moment. Music-making, by its very nature, is a form of symbolic and embodied dialogue across time. When people gather together to make music, their joint action is characterised by interpersonal entrainment, that is in-time synchronous interaction between participants through music (Clayton et al., 2020; Phillips-Silver and Keller, 2012). While there is a great amount of literature on music as affective and embodied communication (Clayton et al., 2020; Stern, 2004; Trondalen, 2016), entrainment has often been examined through quantitative, rather than qualitative, approaches and whole class music-playing as part of mainstream education has received little attention to date.

The theoretical significance of this research lies in going beyond the existing metaphor of participation in education to explore education as an encounter in which individuals constantly listen to and map the rhythm of their social environment co-authoring the world through their responsivity (Holquist, 1983; Sabey, 2021, Kullenberg & Säljö, 2022). The aim of this study is to explore the centripetal coming together of individuals through music to create a unified body by carefully mapping the time-space arrangements of a 6th grade classroom and by qualitatively analysing the reflections of students and teachers on their experiences and perceptions of whole-class music playing. The research questions underpinning this contribution are:

  1. how does interpersonal entrainment take shape in whole class music-playing within the context of mainstream music education classes in the sixth grade of Finnish basic education?

  2. what do students and teachers attend to in their reflections on the embodied, aesthetic experience of interpersonal entrainment?

The educational significance of this research lies in going beyond words and oral dialogue to embodied and aesthetic forms of meaning-making. This research is an important contribution to music education research as the data is from mainstream, rather than specialised, music education highlighting the potential of ‘regular’ classrooms for different forms of meaning-making. Moreover, this research highlights the multiplicity of relationships that are mutually informing and fundamentally present within educational settings. The findings from this study draw attention to the responsibilities of educators in curating and orchestrating learning environments and activities and the active roles and responsivity of students in their individual and shared being and becoming. The key contribution of this study further is to expand understanding of dialogic education as embodied, contemporaneous relationships mediated through a shared, yet-forming environment.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Importantly the dataset for this study is derived from mainstream sixth grade music education as part of the Finnish comprehensive school, rather than from a specialised music curriculum or programme of study. The multimodal dataset includes 11 teacher interviews, 23 student pair interviews and 6 classroom recordings. While we have already published studies exploring entrainment and agency from student and teacher perspectives (Stolp, et al. 2022 a,b,c), the study presented here focuses on the video data from one classroom-based session in which one teacher and 23 students enter into joint music-making together.
Based on a dialogical approach to qualitative analysis (Sullivan, 2012) this study examines the time-space arrangements of whole-class music playing to map and explore how entrainment takes shape within this musical space. Mapping the time-space arrangements of the musical activity should provide insights into the contemporaneous action/s of the students and teacher. The pair interviews and teacher interview provide a different perspective as they reflect on their experience of whole class music-making. As an aesthetic, cognitive, and embodied mode of meaning-making, music education and whole-class music playing provide an opportunity for examining how a multiplicity of individuals with different levels of skill, motivation and ability can come together as one body, a shared moment mediated by music (Stolp, et al, 2022a, b, c; Clayton et al., 2020; Trondalen, 2016; Vass, 2019). While the video data facilitate the exploration of entrainment from the outside, the interviews provide insights from the inside.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings highlight the mutually-constituting activities of the student and teacher and their environment exemplifying how shared experience can include a multiplicity of different starting points and experiences. This research contributes to the growing body of work that highlights the value of using multimodal approaches to recognise diversity within education and educational research. Moreover, this contribution illustrates how mapping a teacher’s pedagogical orchestration of the classroom environment and the entrained participation of students and teacher provides an emergent perspective on the historical being and becoming in classroom communities (Osberg, et al. 2008).

The findings outline how interpersonal entrainment gradually takes shape in the time-space configurations of the music classroom. This dialogic musical space is carefully curated through the actions and intentions of the teacher as layers and loops of music are added to the shared activity. Through invitation, modelling and guidance the teacher provides the physical, visual and auditory time-space arrangements for the students to step into. On the other hand, the children contribute to the creation of this dialogic musical space by paying attention to and becoming aware of another and to the teacher, by entering into unknown musical experience, by focusing, maintaining, taking turns and risking participation from their individual starting points. When disjunctures or ruptures appear in the time-space configurations, these moments can be addressed through resistance or renegotiation in different forms leading to rich moments of negotiation and embodied meaning-making. The student and teacher reflections provide further insights into  pedagogical orchestration and entrained participation and the importance of both recognising and exploring education as an embodied, aesthetic experience in which individuals with different backgrounds can contribute to and become part of something ‘bigger’ without losing, but rather enriching, individual selves.

References
Bakhtin, M. M. (1981). The dialogic imagination: Four essays. Ed. M. Holquist, trans. C. Emerson & M. Holquist, Austin, Texas: University of Texas Press.

Bakhtin, M. M. (1986). Speech Genres & Other Late Essays. Ed. C. Emerson and M. Holquist, trans. V. W. McGee, Austin: University of Texas Press.

Biesta, G. (2022). Have we been paying attention? Educational anaesthetics in a time of crises. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 54(3), 221-223.

Biesta, G. (2023). Becoming contemporaneous: intercultural communication pedagogy beyond culture and without ethics. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 1-15.

Clayton, M., Jakubowski, K., Eerola, T., Keller P. E., Camurri, A., Volpe, G., and Alborno, P. (2020). Interpersonal Entrainment in Music Performance: Theory, Method, and Model. Music Percept. 38(2), 136–194. https://doi.org/10.1525/mp.2020.38.2.136

Holquist, M. (1983). Answering as authoring: Mikhail Bakhtin's trans-linguistics. Critical inquiry, 10(2), 307-319.

Kullenberg, T., & Säljö, R. (2022). Towards Dialogic Metaphors of Learning–from Socialization to Authoring. Integrative Psychological and Behavioral Science, 56(3), 542-559.

Mercer, N., Wegerif, R., & Major, L. (Eds.). (2019). The Routledge international handbook of research on dialogic education. Routledge.

Osberg, D., Biesta, G., & Cilliers, P. (2008). From representation to emergence: Complexity's challenge to the epistemology of schooling. Educational philosophy and theory, 40(1), 213-227.

Phillips-Silver, J., and Keller, P. E. (2012). Searching for roots of entrainment and joint action in early musical interactions. Front. Hum. Neurosci. 6(26).

Sabey, D. (2021). The Meaning and Practice of Dialogue: An Ethico-Onto-Epistemological Re-Reading and Exploration of Bakhtinian Dialogue

Stern, D. N. (2004). The Present Moment: In Psychotherapy and Everyday Life. New York, NY: W. W. Norton & Co.

Stolp, E., Moate, J., Saarikallio, S., Pakarinen, E., & Lerkkanen, M. K. (2022). Teacher beliefs about student agency in whole-class playing. Music Education Research, 24(4), 467-481.

Stolp, E., Moate, J., Saarikallio, S., Pakarinen, E., & Lerkkanen, M. K. (2022). Students’ experiences of their agency in whole-class playing. International Journal of Music Education,

Stolp, E., Moate, J., Saarikallio, S., Pakarinen, E., & Lerkkanen, M. K. (2022). Exploring agency and entrainment in joint music-making through the reported experiences of students and teachers. Frontiers in Psychology, 13.

Sullivan, P. (2012). Qualitative data analysis using a dialogical approach. Sage.

Trondalen, G. (2016). Relational Music Therapy: An Intersubjective Perspective. New Braunfels, TX: Barcelona Publishers.

Vass, E. (2019). Musical co-creativity and learning in the Kokas pedagogy: polyphony of movement and imagination. Think. Skills Creat. 31, 179–197.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm13 SES 12 B: Inclusion: dirty secrets, signs of death, and citizenship education
Location: Gilbert Scott, 355 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Marie Hållander
Paper Session
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Resisting Positive Universal Views of the Politics of Teacher Education: Embracing Negative Forms of Universality

Dion Rüsselbæk Hansen1, Deborah Heck2, Elaine Sharpling3, Paul McFlyn4

1University of Southern Denmark, Denmark; 2University of the Sunshine Coast, Australia; 3University of Wales, Trinity Saint David, Wales; 4University of Ulster, Northern Ireland

Presenting Author: Rüsselbæk Hansen, Dion; Heck, Deborah

The universal is not a foreign outsider but an intimate point at which each particular finds itself lacking. Through this lack, the universal holds the series of particulars together even when they themselves do not register the connection (McGowan, 2020, p. 58).

In this presentation, teacher education researchers from Australia, Denmark, Wales and Northern Ireland critically analyse the place of positive forms of universalism in our work. We aim to engage teacher educators with the cruel optimism that exists within this field – one which often promises redemption, order and completeness (Berlant 2011), but can lead to frustration and anxiety. We identify analytically two positive views of universalism. An abstract form of universalism that claims to be ‘neutral’, and “indifferent to particulars, ’disinterestedly’ deploying an assumed or self-evident truth to all” (Kapoor and Zalloua, 2022, p. 14), and a commonality form of universalism that claims to unify - that is “a series of particulars deemed to share common content” (p. 15). We argue that by adopting these positive views of universalism, there is a risk of creating an illusion or fiction where the abstract form of universalism takes a privileged, specific position that “ends up dominating (other) particulars”(p. 14), whilst the commonality universalism ‘ends up excluding particulars ‘(p.14), that is, despite its claim of inclusivity, there are many exceptions that simply do not fit the universal.

As an alternative perspective, and taking inspiration from Ilan Kapoor and Zahi Zalloua (2022) and Todd McGowan (2020), we offer a theoretical frame that engages with the concept of negative universality – the idea that the actual universal sits at the points of social structure failure, absence or exclusion and not in the false claim of unity and inclusion (pp. 59-60). Through this lens of negative universality, we interrogate the OECD (2019) document, A Flying Start: Improving initial teacher education, which examines the question of ‘How can initial teacher preparation equip teachers with updated knowledge and competences?’ that present the universal in terms of professional knowledge and competence, ongoing updating of initial teacher education curriculum and alignment with school contexts all of which frame, structure and regulate teacher education in different ways and with various consequences.

Our justification for focusing on updated knowledge and competences, is that they aim to fix the positive in universal ways for educators, that is, what they must desire and live up to, how they must do it, and what defines them as a professional teacher. This has led to an almost technicist approach to education (Clarke and Phelan, 2017), creating an absence of critical thinking where the language associated with teaching aligns closely with what we could call an ‘apprenticeship’ model that supports a belief that practice makes perfect. Furthermore, it has been shown how this competence view coupled with universal endeavours can create anxiety, frustration and exclusion as well as reinforce the problems that they are supposed to (dis)solve (Dunn, 2005; Popkewitz, 2011).

Using the lens of negative universality, provided us with an opportunity to problematise the ways in which (particular) views of teacher knowledge and competences in a ‘universal sense’ dominate and/or exclude certain particulars (Kapoor and Zalloua, 2022, p. 185) in abstract or common ways. This can lead to the absence, marginalisation, and disavowal of matters that cannot be formulated or translated into standards and standardised in more or less universal ways, for example, ethical-political matters. Put differently; the universal can often be seductive in arresting such matters “in unequivocal or transparent definitions” (Ruti, 2007, p. 492) but, we would like to suggest, that this seduction is not without educational consequences.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This analytical study rejects positive forms of universalism because there will always be someone who could be dominated and become enslaved by masters and there is always someone who does not fit. As Kappor and Zalloua (2022) states: “Both abstract universalism and universalism- as-commonality, suffer from a proclivity toward ideological deception, pretending to be neutral or all-encompassing, but practised in order to privilege and exclude. Both positive universalisms naturalise and dehistoricise, abstracting from the material, historical, and dynamic fields of power” (p. 15). Hence, this study is based on the analytical examination of using an alternative form of universality, a “negative” one, that focuses on what is absent instead of what is present. That said, this form of universality can be understood as a form of negativity, without a positive essence, “that cuts across particulars” (Kapoor and Zalloua, 2022, p. 16) and which splits every thought, concept, and notion from within as well as it points out the dirty secrets, the underlying logics, and partial interests that they always fabricate and hide.


It is important to recognise that taking up negative universality as an analytical approach means that it can only be “taken up from a particular vantage point, it is always partial, partisan, engaged …. Partisan (negative) universality is, in this sense, never predefined or given; it is always struggled for, incomplete, and in the making” (p. 18-19). In this study, we begin with an examination of the forms of positive universalism (abstract and common) identified in the above-mentioned OECD (2019) document, especially chapter four, as it focuses on how to equip teachers with updated knowledge and competences. We then use the lens of ‘negative’ universality to identify the (universal) fantasies and promises attached to the views of teacher knowledge and competences. We discuss the role of negative universality in disrupting the ethics and politics of teaching and teacher education as a means for teachers and teacher educators to remain empowered to be critical and willing to question and problematise the existing socio-symbolic educational order (Kapoor and Zalloua, 2022).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Despite many critiques of universalism (Lyotard, 1994; Biesta, 2013), there still exists a belief among politicians and policymakers that universalising particulars set the coordinates for what is important in education and what educators must desire, focus on and live up to in this regard. It is assumed “that structures can be whole and that their determinations of the particulars within them are completely effective” (McGowan, 2020, p. 59-60). Our work articulates how Chapter 4 of the OECD (2019) document illustrates positive universalism. There is a tendency to draw on abstract universalism when acknowledging a diversity of views or approaches, such as aligning teacher education to professional standards. While the common view of universalism is articulated in the views such as meeting individual student needs. Our concern is that these positive universal views of teaching and teaching education are very enticing for educators who risk being caught up in cruel optimistic fantasies (Berlant, 2011). All particulars, no matter how good, come with a dark side that requires our engagement.


Our work identifies the opportunities presented by considering a negative view of universality within teaching and teacher education. The negative view allows us to consider the paradoxes, contradictions, and dilemmas that are shut down by the positive frame of teacher knowledge and competences and provides scope to engage in the struggle with what is absent. The challenge is not only how we as teacher educators rethink and reimagine but how we get the public and politicians to engage with negative universality when the positive views of universalism are so enticing. The dark side of education has much to offer educators and researchers seeking to understand the ethical and political constructs of contemporary education policy and practice.

References
Berlant, L. (2011). Cruel optimism. London: Duke University Press.
Biesta, G. J. J. (2013). Receiving the Gift of Teaching: From "Learning from" to "Being Taught By". Studies in Philosophy and Education, 32(5): 449-461.
Clarke, M. and Phelan, A. M. (2017). Teacher Education and the Political: the power of negative thinking. London: Rutledge.
Kapoor, I. and Zalloua, Z. (2022). Universal Politics. Oxford University press.
Lyotard, J.-F. (1984). The Postmodern Condition. Manchester University Press.
McGowan, T. (2020). Universality and Identity Politics. New York: Columbia University Press.  
OECD. (2019). How can initial teacher preparation equip teachers with updated knowledge and competences? In A flying start: Improving initial teacher preparation systems (pp. 75-99). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/cf74e549-en
Popkewitz, T. S. (2011). Pisa: Numbers, standardizing conduct, and the alchemy of school subjects. In M. A. Pereyra, H.-H. Kottoff, & R. Cowen (Eds.). PISA under examination: Changing knowledge, changing tests, and changing schools (pp. 31–46). Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.
Ruti, M. (2007). The Fall of Fantasies: A Lacanian Reading of Lack. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 56(2): 483-508.


13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Life Signs or Signs of Death? A Multilayered Reflection on Inclusion

Michaela Vogt

Bielefeld University, Germany

Presenting Author: Vogt, Michaela

This paper aims to provoke critical thinking about current developments in the field of inclusion argued on the level of the theory of education. Hence, the paper's main objective is to ask why the realization and the discourse about inclusion remain 'fuzzy' and often seem doomed to fail. The article approaches this objective by proposing the evaluation and consideration of inclusion as a multi-layered concept and reality, opening the discussion and reflection on whether inclusion as a concept, apart from a practice, is dead, has never been alive, or is yet to be brought to life. As a theoretical framework, the paper discusses the role of inclusion as an ideology that collides with various social and cultural conditions and occurrences based on their contingency (ct. Holzinger, 2015; Flügel-Martinsen, 2021). Similarly, inclusion collides with human nature, e.g., the ability to classify.

Even though education is the primary discipline that examines inclusion, the participation of other subjects in the discussion is now growing, especially in domains from sociology to health sciences going through cultural studies and anthropology. We could raise the question regarding how different disciplines interfere with each other by giving various ideas of inclusion and how to characterize this obstruction. But the fact is that they do not interfere with or recognize each other at all. Consequentially, there isn’t an interdisciplinary discourse close to the topic of discussion. This paper analyses sources from a critical standpoint and looks into possible sources from the named different and various academic fields that may interfere with the main corpus. With an interdisciplinary strategy, this paper studies the possible contradictions or merges between sources from the periphery and the nucleus.

There is a tendency to associate inclusion and diversity without question. Although inclusion deems more complicated than initially thought, the term is broadly used in different and various social discourses, e.g., in institutional, educational, and political ones. It is a word that carries a powerful meaning, holding its ground in the Human Rights Convention as the highest ethical standard of westernized societies. At the same time, it’s a term with a critical fragility regarding its connotation and general understanding. Amongst the definitions existing all over the globe, one can, for example, observe that inclusion is either nationally and culturally located or used as a decontextualized and uniformized standard. Also, the understandings are either based on empirical evidence or an ethical demand. It is related to school and education but also social issues and society. Subsequently, it refers to differing ideas in the “special needs” and disability realm of diversity and difference. Inclusion focuses on the discursive and theoretical level but also on the practices and realization. Based on all these different references and frameworks for understanding inclusion, the succeeding definitions differ considerably (cf. Katzenbach, 2017; Lindmeier & Lindmeier, 2015; Hinz, 2010; Allan, 2008; Ainscow, 1999; Wolley 2017). This observation is used as a common ground and starting point for unfolding the reasons for this fuzziness by contextualizing it, reflecting its interdisciplinarity, and looking at this from an ideologically critical, multilayered perspective. The gathered knowledge, therefore, offers crucial impulses for talking about the value of diversity in its close connection to inclusion as an ethical standard.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Regarding the methodological design the study is based on, it can be largely described as ideology criticism (cf. Mannheim, 1929; Horkheimer, 1987). Inclusion is seen as a value and an ideology that does not necessarily match reality and social conditions – partially because it collides with other prevailing ideologies. Social, cultural, anthropological, and psychological reasons for this discrepancy will also be part of the study's research. Therefore, context analytical approaches combined with steps of discourse analysis are particularly emphasized within the study (cf. Vogt, 2014; Keller et al, 2006).
 Additionally, comparative perspectives come into play, as dealing with demands of inclusion is a widely spread challenge in almost all European countries. Also, globally seen it can be described as such. The comparative perspective collects within the European borders mainly examples from Germany, Sweden, Czech Republic, Luxembourg, Estonia, and Italy – but it also takes developments in other non-western countries into account (cf. Hilker, 1962; Waterkamp, 2006; Rakhkochkine, 2012).
The overarching goal of the complex methodological design is to combine more traditional qualitative research approaches as ideology criticism with more recent ones for developing a broad understanding of developments surrounding the demand for inclusion. As the critical perspective on the realizability of inclusion and, therefore, on the possibility to value diversity thoroughly is quite delicate, it needs to be reassured by triangulating different qualitative methodologies and theoretical perspectives.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Looking at the analysis results, eight main explanations for the reflection of the fuzziness of ‘inclusion’ could be derived based on a deepened interdisciplinary understanding. Based on the data and insights gathered, inclusion can be described as (1) a westernized standard that also claims global validity, (2) a cloak of silence that does not allow for the voicing of different positions, (3) an instrument and a shift of power, as the claim to speak for marginalized groups further empowers the already powerful and influential national and global actors, (4) anti-democratic, as it is not compatible with notions of majority and voting mechanisms, as (5) prohibiting the exclusion of others and oneself, as each individual is expected to feel the need to be included, as (6) an impossibility to educate, as education is based on hierarchy, ranking, and the dominance of specific general educational goals, as (7) anti-human, as human perception of and orientation in the world are necessarily based on acts of categorization, and as (8) anti-cultural, as the contingency of certain cultures is not compatible with the expectation of valuing diversity and realizing inclusion.
These arguments need to be unfolded thoroughly and be discussed by looking at them from a philosophy of educational perspective. By doing so Europeanwide as well as globally, reflections on the realizability of inclusion and its theoretical background are being developed into a valid basis that can fight the prevailing ideological as well as fuzzy way of dealing with the construct. Hence, the paper offers a significant impulse for bringing inclusion to life by questioning its vitality as a first step. The value of diversity for education and educational research is, then, turned into a vital perspective within this reflection.

References
Ainscow, M. (1999). Understanding the Development of Inclusive Schools. Studies in Inclusive Education. Falmer Press.
Allan, J. (2008). Rethinking Inclusive Education: The Philosophers of Difference in Practice. Springer Dordrecht.
Flügel-Martinsen, O. (2021). Kritik der Gegenwart – Politische Theorie als kritische Zeitdiagnose. Transcript.
Hilker, F. (1962). Vergleichende Pädagogik. Eine Einführung in ihre Geschichte, Theorie und Praxis.
Hinz, A. (2010). Towards Inclusive Education in Germany – Structures, Practical and Theoretical Development of Joint Education. In G. Buch & A. Valeo (Eds.), Inclusive Education: Emergent Solutions. England, Germany, Croatia, Canada, India, Spain, Malta (pp. 40–73).
Holzinger, M. (2015). Kontingenz in der Gegenwartsgesellschaft: Dimensionen eines Leitbegriffs moderner Sozialtheorie. transcript Verlag.
Horkheimer, M. (1987). Ein neuer Ideologiebegriff? In M. Horkheimer (ed.), Gesammelte Schriften, Band 2: Philosophische Frühschriften 1922 – 1932 (pp- 272–294). Fischer.
Katzenbach, D. (2017). Inklusion und Heterogenität. In T. Bohl, J. Budde & M. Rieger-Ladich (Eds.), Umgang mit Heterogenität in Schule und Unterricht (pp. 124–140). UTB Klinkhardt.
Keller, R., Hirseland, A., Schneider, W. & Viehöver, W. (Eds.) (2006). Handbuch Sozialwissenschaftliche Diskursanalyse, Band 1: Theorien und Methoden (2nd ed.). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Lindmeier, C. & Lindmeier, B. (2015). Inklusion aus der Perspektive des rechtlichen und ethischen Begründungsdiskurses. Erziehungswissenschaft 26, 51, 43–51. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:11570
Mannheim, K. (1929). Ideologie und Utopie (3. Ed.).
Rakhkochkine, A. (2012). Probleme internationalen Vergleichens in der Didaktik. Päd. Rundschau, 66(6), 719-736.
Vogt, M. (2015). Professionswissen über Unterstufenschüler in der DDR: Untersuchung der Lehrerzeitschrift „Die Unterstufe“ im Zeitraum 1954 bis 1964. Klinkhardt.
Waterkamp, D. (2006). Vergleichende Erziehungswissenschaft. Ein Lehrbuch. Münster: Waxmann Verlag.
Wolley, R. (2017). Understanding Inclusion. Core Concepts, Policy and Practice. Routledge.


13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Participating in democracy. Contextualizing the IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study between striving for inclusive education and increasing segregation

Claudia Schumann

Stockholm university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Schumann, Claudia

The paper looks at the topic of how "participating in democracy" is conceptualized in the IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS) and how the results of the 2016 study can be interpreted in light of the conflicting tendencies between aiming for implementing inclusive practices implied by policies for an education for all while at the same time confronting problems with access, increasing segregation, inequality and differentiation within the Swedish educational system. In an international perspective, and in contrast to some of the other large-scale comparative tests such as PISA, Sweden shows outstanding results regarding democracy education and scored in the top group of ICCS together with other Nordic countries and Taiwan (Skolverket 2017). The survey shows also some shortcomings regarding schools’ inability to compensate for inequalities in socio-economic background because there are significant differences between how children from different social backgrounds understand their possibilities for democratic participation and trust in democracy. Significant differences could also be shown in relation to gender. The stark differences in the perception of possibilities for democratic participation and influence seem to contrast with the high level of knowledge about democracy displayed by Swedish students according to the 2016 survey. The gap between students learning about democracy and feeling trust and possibilities for participating in democracy can be related to the growing educational segregation and hierarchical division between schools in Sweden since the 1990’s. It becomes harder for schools to “compensate for society”, as Basil Bernstein said. This contrasts with parallel demand for educational spaces where all students have the opportunity to explore and practice democracy in an inclusive (and differentiated) educational system, which is required by law and stressed in the curriculum (LGR22).

One of the issues the report points towards is that in the current climate of neoliberal individualization and increasing segregation in the educational sector in Sweden (and other countries), legally binding demands for inclusion and an education for all seem to be paradoxically countered by the developments produced on the ground. In order to understand these results better, the paper will first explore the meaning attached to and the conceptual framing of “democracy”, “democratic practices in education” and “democratic participation” which can be distilled from the study design of the ICCS. Which philosophical notions can be used to work through the mixture of Deweyan, Habermasian and Mouffian strands of understanding democratic education in the survey? What are the implications of these conceptual underpinnings for an interpretation of the results of the ICCS, in particular for the Swedish context, but also in a wider European perspective? How can we understand the philosophical and theoretical tensions between the framing of “learning about democracy” and “democratic participation” in relation to the strife for an education for all? And last, but not least, which kind of conceptual framing of inclusive education or an “education for all” is implicit in the ICCS? One consequence of exploring the philosophical and theoretical underpinnings of the way in which the study interprets democracy is that we can arrive at a better understanding at how the demand for differentiation in the name of inclusion might need to be complemented with more outspoken efforts at creating preconditions for solidary relationships between students (be that from similar and different backgrounds). Furthermore, it highlights how the focus might need to shift from primarily epistemic aims of education to reactivate concern with the social aims of education in order to keep democratic education and education for democracy and the fostering of democratic citizens alive in a meaningful sense.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper is part of a larger-scale project, but in the present proposal I will focus on presenting the philosophical and theoretical underpinnings of the study as well as the implications of our interpretation of its results for political philosophy of education. At the moment the analysis refers mainly to the ICCS 2016 as well as the analysis of the shift in the study design for its 2022 variant. The goal with the adaptation of the study's design between 2016 and 2022 was to give more place to questions of sustainability, digitalization of life worlds and heterogeneity in society. One of the questions regards the theoretical outlook and conceptual framing of “democracy”, “democratic practices in education” and “democratic participation” which becomes visible in the study’s design in 2016 and 2022 respectively. Another central focus lies on how the shift towards a heightened sensitivity to “heterogeneity” is being interpreted in the design for the most recent study design. In light of the obligation by Swedish law and curriculum to offer differentiations and adjustments of the educational setting and pedagogical practices so as to provide optimal conditions for all students’ abilities and needs, it will be of particular interest how “special needs” are conceptualized and observed in the 2022 study design. The results of the latest study will be published in December 2023 and a critical analysis of the philosophical underpinnings of the understanding of “democracy”, “democratic participation” and “heterogeneity” will provide a useful lens for how we will be able to interpret and learn from the results in the Swedish context and beyond.
The main methodological approach is a conceptual analysis of notions relating to democracy and democratic participation in relation to important philosophical approaches in the field of philosophy of education as well as current literature in political philosophy. I will relate to the work of John Dewey, Jürgen Habermas, Chantal Mouffe, Axel Honneth, Ralph Waldo Emerson, Stanley Cavell, Rahel Jaeggi, and Carl Anders Säfström amongst others.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of 2016 ICCS have been presented and analyzed from different national perspectives and in a considerable number of previous reports and articles. The purpose of the present paper is to contribute with a specifically philosophical analysis of the study design as well as the interpretation of its results. This will be able to shed light on some of the paradoxes and complexities which were mentioned but not understood and explored in-depth in previous studies (e.g. Abs et al. 2020; Deimel et al. 2020; Skolverket 2017). Furthermore, by looking at the philosophical and conceptual underpinning of the study I hope to contribute with philosophical arguments for why the strife for an education for all requires us to re-focus on the social aims of education and to broaden the current understanding of the epistemic aims of education. I will also contribute to the existing discussion by showing how we can think about the framing of "participating of democracy" in new and creative ways with the help of Honneth (2022) and Säfström (2022).
References
Abs, H. J., Hahn-Laudenberg, K., Deimel, D. & Ziemes, J. (2020). “Zum Stand der Vorbereitung auf die Demokratie. Die International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2016”, in: UNIKATE 55 – Heft Bildungsforschung 2020.
Deimel, D., Hoskins, B. & Abs, H. J. (2020). “How Do Schools Affect Inequalities in Political Participation: Compensation of Social Disadvantage or Provision of Differential Access?”, in: Educational Psychology, 40(2), pp. 146–166.
Honneth, A. (2022). "The Invisible Rebellion: Working People Under the New Capitalist Economy", in: Crisis under Critique. Columbia University Press, pp. 387-402.
Säfström, C. A. (2022). A Pedagogy of Equality in a Time of Unrest. Routledge.
Skolverket (2017). ICCS 2016. Kunskaper, värderingar och engagemang i medborgar- demokrati- och samhällsfrågor hos svenska 14-åringar i ett internationellt perspektiv. Stockholm Skolverket.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm13 SES 12 C: Educating with Newcomers in Mind: Session 2
Location: Gilbert Scott, 356 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Tomasz Szkudlarek
Symposium
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Symposium

Educating with Newcomers in Mind: Session 2

Chair: Tomasz Szkudlarek (University of Gdańsk and NLA Bergen)

Discussant: Tomasz Szkudlarek (University of Gdańsk and NLA Bergen)

The idea of education focuses on passing what is good in our world to the generations that arrive as newcomers. With the newcomers, the world is renewed (Arendt 1961): changed while preserving what is valuable in it. This view has recently been re-invigorated in the debate on instrumentality in education. In one instance, Hodgson, Vlieghe and Zamojski (2017) evoke the notion of "love to the world" (as opposed to "hate," which they ascribe to critical pedagogy) as the foundation of post-critical education, focused on things of concern around which passionate teaching can unite students and teachers.

In this symposium, we juxtapose this way of seeing education with the global situation in which more and more children are displaced. In most cases, education for newcomers who are refugees and asylum seekers is planned with repatriation in mind (Dryden-Peterson & Reddick, 2017; Ferede, 2018). However, in the face of climatic catastrophe and prolific wars, repatriation frequently becomes impossible. If those children stay in receiving countries, "things of concern" of their new teachers may differ radically from those of their parents or themselves. How do we conceive of education for next generations in this context?

Next, as typically construed in trans-generational pedagogical narratives, is one who arrives later. In this symposium, we are exploring "nextness" in a broader sense, both in temporal and spatial terms. We want to stress that ”next” also arrives spatially, as "next to us", neighbour or alien. This perspective opens to broader ethical and political issues. What is education when its next generation – one to inherit the world -- is both temporal and spatial? When its newcomer children are not only arriving after us but are, at the same time, neighbors or aliens to us? What is it, then, that needs passing on, what can be passed on, and what is worth passing for the sake of "us”, or for "them," and for the world itself?

The symposium proposed to the Philosophy of Education Network will be organized in two sessions.

In Session 2, education is seen as marked by a generation gap. The radical foreignness of the child (and the immigrant child in particular) means that learning is bi-directional and that education as dealing with "the alien" becomes transformative for "the home" as well (Anna Kirova). More radically, we may see homelessness as the condition of children (not only immigrant ones) and adults in the world in which “there is no place to land" for anybody, which means that we have to constitute anew a shared world that we can call home again (Vlieghe & Zamojski). However, alienation has a radically concrete shape as well, as in case of those immigrants who have no right to claim their political rights. This is explored in the Ranciere’an perspective of disagreement as the condition of democracy (Tone Saevi). In this context, ethical decisions of teachers and school leaders working for the inclusion of newcomers in a Norwegian school are explored empirically (Eivid Larssen).


References
Arendt, H. (1958). The human condition. University of Chicago Press.
Arendt, H. (1961). Between Past and Future: Eight Exercises in Political Thought. The Viking Press.
Badiou, A. (2005) Handbook of Inaesthetics (Alberto Toscano, Trans.). Stanford University Press
Derrida, J. (2000) Of Hospitality. Stanford University Press.
Latour, B. & Weibel, P. (eds.) (2020) Critical Zones. The Science and Politics of Landing on Earth. The MIT Press
Levinas, E. (1998). Entre Nous. Thinking of the Other. Colombia University Press.
Lippitz, W. (2007). Foreignness and otherness in pedagogical contexts. Phenomenology and Practice, 1 (1), 76-96.
Mollenhauer, K. (2013). Forgotten Connections: On Culture and Upbringing. Routledge.
Nail, Th. (2015) The Figure of the Migrant. Stanford University Press
Pastoor, L. D. W. (2015). The mediational role of schools in supporting psychosocial transitions among unaccompanied young refugees upon resettlement in Norway. International Journal of Educational Development, 41, 245–254.
Ranciere, J. (1999). Disagreement. University of Minnesota Press.
Steinbock, A.J. (1995). Home and beyond: Generative phenomenology after Hüsserl. Northwestern University Press.
Visker, R. (1994) Transcultural Vibrations. Ethical Perspectives 1, pp. 89-101
Wigg, U. J., & Ehrlin, A. (2021). Liminal spaces and places – Dilemmas in education for newly arrived students. International Journal of Educational Research Open, 2, 100078.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

The indispensability of Difference: Pedagogical Responsiveness to (Im)migrant Students' Foreignness

Anna Kirova (University of Alberta)

A newborn child enters the world of pre-existing order established by the previous generations. However, some children accept, others reject the familial and/or societal rules. This prompts Lippitz to ask, "Does the interrelationship of successive generations follow a measure of continuity, or is the intergenerational process principally of discontinuity?" (2007, p. 90). This presentation explores the intergenerational processes from the generative phenomenological perspective that understands the constitutional significance of a "generation gap" as a kind of alienness in a generative home (Steinbock, 1995, p. 230). More specifically, it explores immigrant children's encounters with the alien world of school in their host country. Building on Lippitz's notion of education as "thoroughly interpenetrated by foreignness" (2007, p. 78) it asks, if the experience of schooling can be described as a "foreign imposition" on all children that results in their becoming cultural hybrids, how is this different for children who are (im)migrants or newcomers to the school? Particularly important here is Steinbock's (1995) description of this relationship as "liminal," that is, home and alien are formed by being mutually delimiting as home and as alien, as normal and abnormal. From the homeworld point of view, the mutual delimitation of home and alien implicates a "responsibility" (Steinbock, 1995, p. 185) for the alien in the sense of responsiveness to the indispensability of difference born of the recognition that to obliterate the alien is simultaneous to undermine the potential of the home for renewal. In the context of schooling, this means that as pedagogues, we recognize that intergenerational foreignness is present in the relationship between educator and child and that the child is not entirely accessible to us as we are not entirely accessible to the child. This difference is indispensable not only because pedagogy is "the human charge of protecting and teaching the young to live in this world and to take responsibility for themselves, for others and for the continuance and welfare of the world" (Van Manen, 1991, p. 7), but also because the difference between myself and my own child or the child I am teaching opens the possibility for me to become engaged in a critical renewal of my homeworld though the transgressive act of encounter with the child as a foreigner. This renewal is not a mere repetition, but an "absolute ethical demand" consisting in the struggle toward a "better humanity" and "genuine human culture" (Steinbock, 1995, p. 200).

References:

Lippitz, W. (2007). Foreignness and otherness in pedagogical contexts. Phenomenology and Practice, 1 (1), 76-96. Steinbock, A.J. (1995). Home and beyond: Generative phenomenology after Hüsserl. Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press. Van Manen, M. (1991). The tact of teaching: The meaning of pedagogical thoughtfulness. London, ON: Althouse Press.
 

Education under Conditions of Radical Homelessness: Generosity and Aristocratic Proletarianism

Joris Vlieghe (KULeuven), Piotr Zamojski (Polish Naval Academy)

Among educational theorist there is a growing tendency to define education in terms of intergenerational relation (cf. Arendt 1961; Mollenhauer 2013). Education is about introducing the new generation into the 'old world'. This assumes that the young and the adult inhabit one common world and possess a shared cultural background: children are always our children. In our contribution, we want to focus on how the climate and migration crisis challenges this view. One circumstance that has changed is the increasing number of children in our day that are forced into migration, and that therefore arrive from a different cultural background: they are not our children in a strong sense, and yet they are children that require education. We first analyze the most common responses to this new condition: one – heavily criticized today – guided by the concepts of inclusion and integration, and the other – as a reaction to the first – taking respect to the absolute otherness of migrant children as a principle, hence calling for an attitude of unconditional hospitality (Derrida 2000). We want to develop a third answer in this contribution, drawing from Latour's (2018) and Nail (2015) work. Both claim, for different reasons, that we are all migrants: for Nail this has always been the case (even if this remained unnoticed until now), whereas for Latour the climate crisis has forced us to come and see that there is not enough soil left and that there is no 'place to land'. Today, we are all radically homeless. If this is the case, the issue of what it means to relate to the next generation needs to be reconsidered substantially: what does it mean to welcome children and introduce them to the common world when also the generation of adults is not at home in the world? We argue that a more meaningful response consists of moving beyond the paradigms of inclusion/integration and hospitality into the direction of an education that testifies to an attitude of generosity vis-à-vis the newcomers in our world (Cf. Visker 1994). When faced with a generalized condition of homelessness, the old and the coming generation, teachers and students, are free to focus on what presents itself hic et nunc. This means that children appear first of all as new - rather than as other – in a world that invites study.

References:

Arendt, H. (1961). The Crisis in Education. In Between Past and Future: Eight Exercises in Political Thought. The Viking Press: New York Badiou, A. (2005) Handbook of Inaesthetics (Alberto Toscano, Trans.). Stanford: Stanford University Press Biesta, G.G. (2004) The community of those who have nothing in common: Education and the language of responsibility. Interchange 35, 307-324. Derrida, J. (2000) Of Hospitality (Rachel Bowlby, Trans.). Stanford: Stanford University Press. Latour, B. (2018). Down to earth: Politics in the new climatic regime. (C. Porter, Trans.). Polity Press. Latour, B. & Weibel, P. (eds.) (2020) Critical Zones. The Science and Politics of Landing on Earth. Massachusetts: The MIT Press Mollenhauer, K. (2013). Forgotten Connections: On Culture and Upbringing (N. Friesen, Trans.). London: Routledge. Nail, Th. (2015) The Figure of the Migrant. Stanford: Stanford University Press Popkewitz, T. (2008) Cosmopolitanism and the Age of School Reform Science, Education, and Making Society by Making the Child. London: Routledge. Visker, R. (1994) Transcultural Vibrations. Ethical Perspectives 1, pp. 89-101
 

Phenomenological Pedagogic Addressed by a Radical Humanism.

Tone Saevi (NLA University College)

The paper contributes to the debate on what the basis of education should be, and to what degree education should be a critical science based on research as well as experience. The source of the discussion is the question of balance between child and society, education and policy in educational practice and research. The access to the question is critical and represents a counter voice to the hegemonic and politicized educational system in our culture. The text questions the extended distrust of education itself that lies within the strong goal-oriented management of our educational institutions, and in the political power of definition of what valuable knowledge is to children and young people. The above abstract was written to a chapter published in March this year in an edited book at Fagbokforlaget, Norway (Thuen, Myklestad & Vik, 2022). I would like to look at how an orientation from human subjectivity (Levinas 1998) and action (Arendt 1958) might dislocate the structures of the constructivist approach of today’s conceptualization of learning. In his little book Disagreement (1999) Ranciere asserts that the precondition of democracy is not agreement, but the will to difference; the will to disagree about right and wrong and the fight for real equality and justice, not only in general, but in concrete situations involving concrete human beings. One group in society that do not have a right to experience themselves wrongfully or unjustly treated is some of the refugee’s seeking asylum, and in particular the paperless refugees from non-European Muslim countries. They are kept in a helpless condition where they are not allowed to speak for their own rights or care for themselves by trying to better their condition. They seem to be categorized as «human waste» (Bauman 2003), and do not have a place in the world. They are invisible as subjects and not able to act themselves, or let others act for them. They do not have the right to speak for themselves from themselves. I intend to open a discussion on how questions regarding democratic care for so-called marginal human beings directly address our humanity in radical ways, and educationally challenge how we relate to the next generations of children and young people.

References:

Arendt, H. (1958). The human condition. University of Chicago Press. Bauman, Z. (2003). Wasted lives: Modernity and its outcasts. Wiley. Levinas, E. (1998). Entre Nous. Thinking of the Other. Colombia University Press. Ranciere, J. (1999). Disagreement. University of Minnesota Press. Thuen, H., Myklestad, S. & Vik, S. (eds.). (2022). Pedagogikkens ide og oppdrag. Fagbokforlaget, 297-310.
 

Ethical Decision-Making in Uncertain Times: Teachers' and Leaders' Challenges in Educating Newly Arrived Students

Eivind Larsen (NLA University College)

International research has highlighted how refugee children and young people in exile struggle with emotional and behavioral difficulties such as post-traumatic stress disorder, anxiety, and depression (Pastoor, 2015). Arguably, students with these types of problems require that school leaders and teachers possess high levels of psychosocial competence, both skills and knowledge, to meet them in the best way possible. Also, as will be evident in this chapter, it requires teachers to act as leaders in handling emerging situations of uncertainty when educating students who struggle emotionally and with behavioral difficulties. However, despite of the challenges, I argue there are also immense opportunities for teachers responsible for introductory teaching groups as they work in the 'front line' when educating this student group; they possess rich experiences and are highly knowledgeable in educating newly arrived students (Wigg & Erlin, 2021). The current chapter illustrates stories of ethical decision-making based on innovative pedagogical approaches when including students from different backgrounds in an introductory teaching group in a Norwegian lower-secondary school. Although there are several studies on educating newly arrived students (e.g. Catarci, 2014; Pastoor, 2015; Wigg & Erlin, 2021), we know less about how school leaders and teachers make ethical decisions in situations of uncertainty when working with this student group. Thus, this chapter aims to provide insight into school leaders and teachers' ethical decision-making in emerging situations characterized by high levels of uncertainty when educating newly arrived students. More broadly, the aim is also to contribute to the knowledge base on how school professionals' face uncertain situations in introductory teaching groups. Three research questions are addressed: 1) What characterize school leaders' ethical decision-making in situations of uncertainty when educating newly arrived students? 2) What challenges and opportunities emerge in including all newly arrived students in a special introductory class? 3) What contextual factors enable and constrain ethical decision-making? Methodologically, the chapter draws on empirical data from a Ph.D.-project that was completed in spring 2022 (Larsen, 2022), which consists of interviews with a principal and two teachers granted special responsibility for an introductory teaching group ("mottaksklasse") in a Norwegian lower-secondary school. Theories on democratic leadership (Woods, 2004), ethical decision-making (Birmingham, 2004; Smith & Riley, 2012) and different forms of professionalism (Anderson & Cohen, 2018; Green, 2011) serve as the overarching framework for analysis.

References:

Anderson, G., & Cohen, M. I. (2018). The new democratic professional in education. Teachers' College Press. Birmingham, C. (2004). Phronesis: A Model for Pedagogical Reflection. Journal of Teacher Education, 55(4), 313–324. Catarci, M. (2014). Intercultural education in the European context: key remarks from a comparative study. Intercultural Education, 25(2), 95–104. Green, J. (2011). Education, professionalism, and the quest for accountability: Hitting the target but missing the point. Routledge. Larsen, E. (2022). Leading Education for Democracy in an Age of Accountability -Contextual changes and tensions in the case of Norway [Ph.D.]. University of Oslo. Pastoor, L. D. W. (2015). The mediational role of schools in supporting psychosocial transitions among unaccompanied young refugees upon resettlement in Norway. International Journal of Educational Development, 41, 245–254. Smith, L., & Riley, D. (2012). School leadership in times of crisis. School Leadership & Management, 32(1), 57–71. Wigg, U. J., & Ehrlin, A. (2021). Liminal spaces and places – Dilemmas in education for newly arrived students. International Journal of Educational Research Open, 2, 100078. Woods, P. (2004). Democratic leadership: drawing distinctions with distributed leadership. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 7(1), 3-26.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm14 SES 12 A: Inclusive Education
Location: McIntyre Building, 208 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Cecilia Simon
Paper Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Creating Parent Capacity in Cases of Selective Mutism.

Heidi Omdal

University of Agder, Norway

Presenting Author: Omdal, Heidi

Background. This paper draws on a capacity-building initiative preparing parents of nine selectively mute (SM) children to take the lead in their child’s change process, starting, gradually and in tiny steps, to speak in more situations and to more people, especially in school. A close home-school-cooperation and parents’ authority to negotiate with schools is urgent in SM cases. Aim and conceptual framework. The study investigates the possibilities and challenges in parents’ implementation of an authoritative parenting style (Baumrind, 1991; Snyder et al., 2013; Wentzel, 2002) in their interactions with the SM child. The innovation aims to strengthen parents’ capacity to promote social and emotional development in their child through the support of other parents in a parent guidance group, and from the researcher’s guidance. Methods. Egan’s problem-solving model (Egan, 2014) is used as a framework in the parent guidance group. Focus group-interviews in the parent group, and the parents’ written answers to questions arising from Egan’s skilled-helper model in between the meetings with parents form the data base of the project. Content analysis (Patton, 2002) is used to analyze the data. Common themes across families taking part are analyzed in NVivo (Richards, 2002). Results. A common theme among the families is how to find the right balance between supporting and challenging the SM child in communication with others. How to promote greater independence between children and parents is an urgent question from the project. Practical implications for parent-teacher-cooperation are highlighted.

Extended summary

Background

Early intervention and close cooperation with parents is crucial to prevent serious mental health problems in children with selective mutism (SM) (Omdal, 2008). Without any guidance from professionals with SM expertise, parents and professionals are potential risk factors for the child’s progress (Omdal, 2014). This paper considers the innovation process in a parent guidance group with nine SM families phasing-in an authoritative parenting style (Baumrind, 1991; Snyder et al., 2013; Wentzel, 2002) in interactions with their SM child.

Aim and conceptual framework

The SM child’s constant withdrawal from speech interferes with learning and social communication and gets more and more ingrained the longer it lasts (Omdal, 2007). Previous research suggests that SM parents tend to overprotect the SM child (Omdal, 2014; Omdal & Galloway, 2008). Thus, this group of children may have few coping experiences in the environment. We started a parent guidance group with nine families having a child with SM in 2017, holding six meetings where parents exchanged experiences and received guidance from the researcher. This study investigates the possibilities and challenges in parents’ implementation of an authoritative parenting style. Authoritative parents prevent over-dependency in interactions with their child (Baumrind, 1991; Snyder et al., 2013; Wentzel, 2002). Egan’s skilled-helper model (Egan, 2014) was used as a framework in the parent guidance. The model is organized in three steps: (1) the current picture; (2) the preferred picture; and (3) the way forward. Participants are encouraged to be active during the entire process of implementing goals, decisions, and actions towards a changed situation. Continuous evaluation throughout the process is necessary to reach valued outcomes. The study questions whether Egan’s skilled-helper model is adequate in phasing-in the principles of the innovation. Fullan (2016) emphasizes that a strong collective orientation strengthens participants’ motivation for change. Thus, an effective collaborative culture and common learning processes among parents and parents and teachers might increase capacity (Hargreaves et al., 2018; Leithwood, 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper is based on the results gathered by the author during the first year of implementation. The results are gathered from: (1) focus group-interviews with the parents who were responsible for creating the capacity in each SM case in the parent guidance group; and (2) participating parents’ written answers to questions arising from Egan’s (2014) skilled-helper model in between the parent meetings. Content analysis (Patton, 2002) is used in the analysis. Common themes across cases are analyzed in NVivo (Richards, 2002). The parents gave their informed consent to participate, in accordance with the ethical guidelines given by The National Committee for Research Ethics in the Social Sciences and the Humanities (NESH, 2016). We search for the participants’ ‘real world experiences’ (Denzin & Lincoln, 2018) as objectively as possible. Our goal is to interpret the actions and social world from the interviewees’ own perspectives (Bryman, 2016).    
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A common theme among the families was how to find the right balance between supporting and challenging the SM child in communication with others. How to promote greater independence between the child and the parents is the main question from the project. The participants found it helpful to get support from other parents. They struggled at Egan’s (2014) third step, the action level. It was hard to implement the evidence-based principles of the innovation in their own situation. More supervision and support after the end of the project year was needed.

Theoretical and educational significance
In cases of selective mutism, capacity building is required to move from silence to speech. Parents are viewed as crucial change agents for the SM child. Practical implications for parent-teacher-cooperation are highlighted.

References
Baumrind, D. (1991). Parenting styles and adolescent development. In J. Brooks-Gunn, Lerner, R. M. & Petersen, A. C. (Eds.), The Encyclopedia of adolescence. (pp. 746-758.). New York: Garland.
Bryman, A. (2016). Social Research Methods. (5th ed.). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Denzin, N.K. & Lincoln, Y.S. (2018). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research (5th ed.). Los Angeles, California: Sage.
Egan, G. (2014). The skilled helper: a client-centred approach (10th ed.). Hampshire: Cengage Learning.
Fullan, M. (2016). The new meaning of educational change (5th ed.). London: Routledge.
Hargreaves, A., Shirley, D., Wangia, S., Bacon, C., & D’Angelo, M. (2018). Leading from the middle: spreading learning, wellbeing, and identity across Ontario. Toronto, Canada: Council of Ontario Directors of Education.
Leithwood, K.A. (2019). Leadership Development on a Large Scale: Lessons for Long-Term Success. First edition. Thousand Oaks, California: Corwin, Sage Publications.
Omdal, H. (2014). The child who doesn’t speak. Understanding and supporting children with selective mutism. Kristiansand: Portal Academic.
Omdal, H. (2008). Including children with selective mutism in mainstream schools and kindergartens: problems and possibilities. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 12(3), 301–315. DOI: 10.1080/13603110601103246.
Omdal, H. (2007). Can adults who have recovered from selective mutism in childhood and adolescence tell us anything about the nature of the condition and/or recovery from it? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 22 (3), 237-253. DOI: 10.1080/08856250701430323.
Omdal, H., & Galloway, D. (2008). Could selective mutism be re-conceptualised as a specific phobia of expressive speech? An exploratory post-hoc study. Child and Adolescent Mental Health, 13 (2), 74-81. DOI: 10.1111/j. 1475-3588.2007. 00454.x.
Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative research & evaluation methods. (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, California: Sage Publications.
Richards, L. (2002). Using NVivo in Qualitative Research. Melbourne: QSR International.
Snyder, J., Low, S., Bullard, L., Schrepferman, L., Wachlarowicz, M., Marvin, C. & Reed, A. (2013). Effective parenting practices: Social interaction learning theory and the role of emotion coaching and mindfulness. In R. E. Larzelere, A. Sheffield Morris & A. W. Harrist (red.), Authoritative Parenting: Synthesizing nurturance and discipline for optimal child development (s. 189-210). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
The National Committee for Research Ethics in the Social Sciences and the Humanities (NESH). (2016). Guidelines for Research Ethics in the Social Sciences, Humanities, Law and Theology. Oslo: The Norwegian National Research Ethics Committees.
Wentzel, K. R. (2002). Are Effective Teachers Like Good Parents? Teaching Styles and Student Adjustment in Early Adolescence. Child Development, 73(1), 287-301. doi:10.1111/1467-8624.00406.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Family Voices on Different Schooling Options

María-Esther Martínez-Figueira1, Isabel Fernández-Menor2, Silvia Sierra Martínez1, María Dolores Díaz Alcalde2

1University of Vigo, Spain; 2University of Sevilla, Spain

Presenting Author: Fernández-Menor, Isabel

This paper is part of a larger national study (PID2019-108775RB-C4) that aims to explore what we are missing in inclusive education. The paper understands inclusion as a common project based on social justice, democracy and the defence of social cohesion. However, it may be at risk for a variety of reasons. Often the concept of inclusion is used indiscriminately, polarising debates that pit professionals, families, the scientific community and the educational community against each other (Göranson and Nilholm, 2014; Norwich, 2008). In fact, there are normative regulations, studies and even legal claims that use inclusion to defend anti-inclusion solutions. Inclusive discourse runs the risks of being used to describe and legitimise exclusionary ways of doing things, what Slee (2018) describes as a misappropriation of inclusive education.

The fact that segregative and pseudo-inclusive practices persist in many countries and regions raises the question of the extent to which exclusionary attitudes, values and practices have been uncritically taken on board, when international and specifically European legislation advocates inclusion (Tawel, Emery, Daniels, Thompson & Porter, 2020). The frequent debate about whether or not any learner (no matter who or how they are labelled) has a right to be in inclusive education illustrates the weak penetration and understanding of the inclusive ideal in society and education.

Although many studies confirm the importance of the family-school relationship, the analysis of inclusion from the perspective of families is limited. Some studies developed in the European and international context have been warning for more than a decade of the persistent lack of recognition of the voices of parents in decisions about their children's schooling (De Boer, Pijl, and Minnaert, 2010). Other studies looks specifically at families' perceptions and attitudes towards inclusion and at families' preferred mode of schooling (Paseka, 2020; Duhaney and Salend, 2000; Merrigan, 2021). These studies show different results on the preferences of families of children in vulnerable situations for inclusive or segregated forms of schooling (whether in inclusive schools, special educational classrooms, or special education schools). Based on these results, in this study we intend to analyze which schooling model is preferred for a sample of Galician families of students identified as having Special Educational Needs and with different schooling experiences. I addition it is aimed to know, what reasons lead them to make this choice between different school emplacements.

Spanish educational legislation, although it declares itself to be inclusive, considers, as in other contexts, student diversity from a contradictory perspective by proposing segregating educational options as inclusive.

The work presented was developed in a specific region: the Autonomous Community of Galicia. According to the Galician Institute of Statistics, there are 1,254 educational schools in Galicia, with different types of ownership and providing education from nursery education to university studies. The provision of special settings is high: there are 36 special education schools in this community (with 1.111 students) while there are 41 special education classrooms in ordinary public schools attending to 337 students.

The procedure for the schooling of students with SEN is based on a psycho-pedagogical evaluation and subsequent schooling report, carried out by the school's guidance department and, in extraordinary cases, by a Specific Guidance Team. In this way, the procedure and decisions on the schooling of students are governed by exclusively technical criteria, limiting the voice of families in the report to a simple consultation without decision-making capacity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study assumes a qualitative research methodology with a participatory orientation.  The broader study in which this work is framed aims to understand the functioning of the process of transformation and reinterpretation of educational policies considering the different agents that participate in their development. A large sample of participants belonging to different social and educational groups were involved in this process: families, associations, professionals in the field of educational policy, tutor and specialist teachers, guidance staff, management teams and students.
In this paper, we focus on the analysis of families' perceptions of their children's schooling decisions and their assessment of the best educational placement for their children. Specifically, nine families (fathers and mothers) selected according to snowball sampling participated.
The instrument used for data collection was the interview, of a conversational nature, supported by a form that acted as a mechanism to elicit the informant's reflection and thoughts on the object of study. The interview was designed based on a previous technical report developed by the research team. The topics addressed in the family interviews were: school participation, satisfaction at school, institutional representation of families, choice of school, economic costs, regulations and other educational spaces in which their children participate.
A content analysis combining a deductive and inductive approach (Hsieh and Shannon, 2005) was carried out based on the interview transcripts. It started from a series of deductive categories, which gave way to inductive coding. The qualitative analysis software MAXQDA was used as a support. The information derived from the interviews was segmented into three broad categories: Barriers, Aids and Suggestions for Improvement. In this paper we focus on the three previous categories and specifically on the codes related to schooling models and the evaluation process followed to make the schooling decision.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We are currently at the stage of analysing the data obtained, although we perceive a certain tendency for families to identify some common barriers and gaps in how the policy and practice of inclusion is understood and being developed.  
The opinion of the families interviewed was situated around the classic binomial of schooling: inclusive vs. special education school. Although inclusive schooling is the most desired placement for most families, when faced with their children's schooling they tend to opt for segregated settings. One explanation for this apparent contradiction between what is stated as desired and actual practice, according to families, is the disenchantment with the practical reality of inclusion. The lack of support, resources, teacher training, etc. is used to justify special schooling that is considered to be inclusive. This reveals a very simple and instrumental conception of inclusion and a lack of understanding of the idea of inclusion.
Another concern expressed by families is related to how family participation is limited and restricted in the legislation and in practice. It is denounced the lack of participation in the decision making when a special placement is proposed for a student. In this way it is qualified as a symbolic participation that does not fit with democratic and social-justice inclusive ideals.
 This analysis suggests how the concept of inclusive education is often used loosely or superficially by focusing the development of inclusion on practical issues (necessary but insufficient such as placement or individual adaptations) without addressing its conceptual basis and the values that underpin it. Hence the conflicts, dilemmas and contradictory approaches taken by the participants in the study, which highlights the need to critically review and question the concepts and practices that are developed in the name of inclusive education.

References
De Boer, A., Pijl, S. P., and Minnaert, A. (2010). Attitudes of parents towards inclusive education: a review of the literature. Eur. J. Special Needs Educ. 25, 165–181. doi: 10.1080/08856251003658694

Duhaney, L. M. G., and Salend, S. J. (2000). Parental perceptions of inclusive educational placements. Remed. Special Educ. 21, 121–128. doi: 10.1177/074193250002100209

Göransson, K., and Nilholm, C. (2014). Conceptual diversities and empirical shortcomings–a critical analysis of research on inclusive education. Eur. J. Special Needs Educ. 29, 265–280.

Hsieh, H. F., and S. E. Shannon. 2005. “Three Approaches to Qualitative Content Analysis.”
Qualitative Health Research 15(9): 1277-1288. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732305276687

Norwich, B. (2008). Dilemmas of difference, Inclusion and disability: international perspectives on placement. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 23,4, 287-304

Merrigan, C., and Senior, J. (2021). Special schools at the crossroads of inclusion: do they have a value, purpose, and educational responsibility in an inclusive education system? Irish Educ. Stud. 40, 1–17.

Paseka, A., and Schwab, S. (2020). Parents’ attitudes towards inclusive education and their perceptions of inclusive teaching practices and resources. Eur. J. Special Needs Educ. 35, 254–272. doi: 10.1080/08856257.2019.1665232

Slee, R. (2018). Inclusive Education isn’t Dead, it Just Smells Funny. London: Routledge. doi: 10.4324/9780429486869

Tawell, Alice & Emery, Hilary & Daniels, Harry & Thompson, Ian & Porter, Jill. (2020). Seeking a balance: Conversations with policy makers and influencers about intervening upstream to prevent school exclusions in the context of Covid-19 and beyond: Insights from the Excluded Lives 'Policy Conversations'.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Inclusive Education at a Rural School in Northern India: A study on the multiple perspectives of students, parents, and teachers

Rashmi Rangarajan1, Umesh Sharma1, Christine Grove1, Delphine Odier-Guedj2

1Monash University, Melbourne, Australia; 2Haute École Pédagogique du Canton de Vaud, Lausanne, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Rangarajan, Rashmi

Background

Inclusive Education (IE), as an international movement, has gained considerable momentum since the 1994 World Conference on Special Needs Education in Salamanca, Spain. While IE policy, research, and practice has burgeoned across the globe, experiences from rural settings in the Global South remain marginalised and undervalued (Sharma et al., 2017; Taneja-Johansson et al., 2021). This has arguably left the field of IE rather underdeveloped (Sharma et al., 2017). For instance, in India, where this research study occurred, over 65% of the population resides in rural settings, with most students (aged 11-14 years) enrolled in government-run schools (Annual Status of Education Report, 2021). Yet, a significant proportion of the literature focuses on examining IE within urban private school settings (Taneja-Johansson et al., 2021).

Consequently, as an attempt to develop a more contextualised understanding of IE at a rural government school in Uttarakhand, India, we drew on the multiple voices of students, parents, and teachers. By focusing on different perspectives within a disadvantaged school, we have been able to develop a more nuanced view of IE that could be beneficial for researchers and practitioners across national and regional contexts. Importantly, we have built on an earlier presented paper during the ECER 2021 conference which focused on student voices (see also, Rangarajan et al., 2022).

Theoretical Framework

This study is based on a strengths-based approach to research with marginalised individuals and communities (Hamby, 2021). In using the strengths-based approach, we focused on the existing knowledge, skills, and potential of the participants (Tsey, 2019) by trying to understand their current and future aspirations, aspects of schooling that they most valued, and the role that their social contexts played (Rangarajan et al., 2022). Importantly, we attempted to centre the perspectives, experiences, and values of the participants by relying on the capability approach (Nussbaum, 2011; Sen, 1999) and intersectionality (Collins & Bilge, 2016; Crenshaw, 1991) as a theoretical framework.

The capability approach potentially provides an ethical common ground to conceptualise and examine IE by focusing on the purpose of inclusion (Reindal, 2010; Terzi, 2014). The purpose of IE is to develop a range of capabilities of all learners that they and their communities value (Reindal, 2010; Terzi, 2014). Capabilities can be defined as not just skills and subjects that students learn at school, but also the opportunities and freedoms to convert resources into valued outcomes (Nussbaum, 2011).

However, disadvantages in the school context are created through the intersections or mutually constructing facets of social division, like age, class, race, gender, rurality, and dis/ability (Collins & Bilge, 2016). For example, in India, it has been ascertained that already marginalised groups of children, based on their caste, geographical location, gender, religious affiliation, disability, and socio-economic class, disproportionately experience low participation and exclusion from, and at, schools (Balagopalan, 2022). These intersecting social positions of learners shape not only their capacity to navigate but also to negotiate social structures and relationships within and outside the school boundaries (Collins & Bilge, 2016). Therefore, intersectionality is a useful tool to understand learners’ lived experiences of marginalisation through the examination of both interpersonal and larger structural power relations (Beŝić, 2020).

Research Questions

The following research questions guided our inquiry:

  1. What are student (11-13 year olds), parent, and teacher perspectives on the most valued aspects of being in school and how shared are their views?
  2. What are student (11-13 year olds), parent, and teacher perspectives on how and the extent to which valued aspects of being in school are promoted?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A Participatory Research Approach

Our inquiry into the multiple perspectives of students, parents, and teachers is based on a participatory research approach (Hall et al., 2021). It was essential to value the participants of the research study as valuable and knowledgeable agents of IE (Rangarajan et al., 2022). Participatory research requires “working closely with participants to co-design and conduct research [by] building trust and nurturing close collaborations” (Hall et al., 2021, p. 2). In addition to the participatory research approach, we relied on a multiple perspective methodology (Vogl et al., 2019) to help build a nuanced understanding of IE by drawing on the views of ten students, seven parents, and four teachers.

The Participants

The school, where this study occurred, is in a remote and rural region of the northern Indian state, Uttarakhand. Fieldwork took place at the school between the months of January and March 2020 as part of the first author’s doctoral degree research work. The student participants were selected to represent various social groups and their intersections in the form of age, gender, caste, class, dis/ability, and the different villages they came from. Parents of the ten students were invited to participate in the study, of whom seven consented. The school had three teachers and one school leader who were together considered as the teacher participant group.

Data Generation and Analysis

The student participants, as co-researchers, made key decisions regarding how they generated data, discussed the data, and disseminated the conclusions of the study (Hall et al., 2021). Creative research methods (Kara, 2015) were adapted to include photographs, drawings and/writings to stimulate group discussions with the first author (Rangarajan et al., 2022). During the group discussions, following each creative activity, the student participants co-analysed their creations by focusing on how they created the images, what the images contained, and the messages they wanted to convey through the images (Rangarajan et al., 2022). All group discussions were voice and video recorded.
The parent and teacher participants took part in one-on-one in-depth semi-structured interviews with the first author. The interviews ranged in duration from 30-minutes to 2-hours each. All interviews were voice and video recorded. Following data generation and co-analysis processes, the first author manually translated and transcribed the recordings from Hindi to English. The transcripts were then triangulated and analysed using Reflexive Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022) to generate coherent themes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analysis of the generated data revealed that all the participants highly valued school to attain upward socio-economic mobility. They also valued school as a space where they experienced equality within a highly stratified village life, and where learners could develop diverse capabilities. However, participants also differed in their views, particularly between students and adult participants. Differences in views pertained to the purposes of school education, the pedagogical practices used, and around ideas of discipline. All the participants negotiated the different educational capabilities and outcomes they appreciated through their own experiences, beliefs, and values. Significantly, contextual forces of rurality and remoteness of the school, the increasing privatisation of school education, and the complex interactions between caste, gender, poverty, and dis/ability established obstacles in the way of realising valued capabilities and outcomes. Considering these findings, we will offer some ways in which school communities can be supported to practice IE by focusing on their existing strengths and efforts. We will also highlight the importance of listening to marginalised voices across contexts to build plural understandings of IE.
References
Annual Status of Education Report. (2021). Annual Status of Education Report (Rural) 2020 Wave 1. New Delhi: ASER. www.asercentre.org

Balagopalan, S. (2022). Introduction: Modernity, schooling and childhood in India: Trajectories of exclusion. Children's Geographies. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733285.2022.2073196

Bešić, E. (2020). Intersectionality: A pathway towards inclusive education? Prospects, 49, 111-122. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-020-09461-6

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage.

Collins, P. H., & Bilge, S. (2016). Intersectionality. Polity Press.

Crenshaw, K. (1991). Mapping the margins: Intersectionality, identity, and violence against women of color. Stanford Law Review, 43(6), 1241-1300.

Hall, J., Gaved, M., & Sargent, J. (2021). Participatory research approaches in times of COVID-19: A narrative literature review. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 20, 1-15. https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/pdf/10.1177/16094069211010087

Hamby, S. (2021). Strengths-based approaches to conducting research with low-income and other marginalized populations. In K. C. McLean (Ed.), Cultural methods in psychology: Describing and transforming cultures (pp. 76-108). Oxford Academic.
https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780190095949.003.0003

Kamenopoulou, L. (2018). Inclusive Education and Disability in the Global South. Palgrave Macmillan.

Kara, H. (2015). Creative research methods in the social sciences: A practical guide. Policy Press.

Nussbaum, M. C. (2011). Creating capabilities: The human development approach. The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press.

Rangarajan, R., Odier-Guedj, D., Grove, C., & Sharma, U. (2022). ‘The school of our dreams’: Engaging with children’s experiences and hopes at a remote school in India. Children’s Geographies. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733285.2022.2124101

Reindal, S. M. (2010). What is the purpose? Reflections on inclusion and special education from a capability perspective. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 25(1), 1-12.

Sharma, U., Loreman, T., & Simi, J. (2017). Stakeholder perspectives on barriers and facilitators of inclusive education in the Solomon Islands. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 17(2), 143-151. https://doi.org/10.1111/1471-3802.12375

Taneja-Johansson, S., Singal, N., & Samson, M. (2021). Education of children with disabilities in rural Indian government schools: A long road to inclusion. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/1034912X.2021.1917525

Terzi, L. (2014). Reframing inclusive education: educational quality as capability equality. Cambridge Journal of Education, 44(4), 479-493. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2014.960911

The World Bank. (2021). The World Bank Data. The World Bank: https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SP.RUR.TOTL.ZS?end=2021&locations=IN&start=2021&view=bar

Tsey, K. (2019). Working on wicked problems: A strengths-based approach to research engagement and impact. Springer Nature. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-22325-0

Vogl, S., Schmidt, E.-M., & Zartler, U. (2019). Triangulating perspectives: ontology and epistemology in the analysis of qualitative multiple perspective interviews. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 22(6), 611-624. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645579.2019.1630901


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Benefits of Inclusion for Families and Teachers: Diversity as an Opportunity and Source of Enrichment

Cecilia Simon1, Ángela Barrios2, Yolanda Muñoz-Martínez3, Teresa González de Rivera4

1Autonomous University of Madrid, Spain; 2Autonomous University of Madrid, Spain; 3University of Alcalá, Spain; 4Autonomous University of Madrid, Spain

Presenting Author: Simon, Cecilia; González de Rivera, Teresa

A commitment to inclusive education would not need to be justified simply because it is a human right.Moving forward with inclusion also enhances the movement towards meeting the mandate of international commitments (see Objective 4 of the United Nations Agenda 2030 for Sustainable Development). However, there is evidence to show that learning in schools where the diversity of students, including students with disabilities, is welcomed and embraced has a positive impact on all members of the educational community (all students, professionals and families), on the school as a whole, as well as on the local community in which it is located (Kefallinou, et al., 2020).

With regard to teachers, this positive impact is reflected in improvements in both their professional performance (e.g. in their teaching methodologies - Hehir, et al., 2016 - or the way they collaborate with other teachers – Drossel et al., 2019) and their personal well-being (e.g. personal satisfaction or perception of competence – Jordan et al., 2010).

Regarding students, the presence of, for example, students with disabilities does not interfere negatively with the academic performance of their peers and if there is any impact on them it is positive (Hehir, et al., 2016; Alnahdi, 2019; Cologon, 2019). With respect to students with disabilities, significant positive impacts are also found both academically and socially (Kefallinou, et al., 2020). Hehir et al. (2016) concluded that there is evidence that even educational settings can confer short and long-term benefits for all students.

For families, when inclusive education works, their perception of personal and family well-being is positively affected (Cologon, 2019) and this is related to their partnerships with schools and teachers (Simón et al., 2022).

However, it is questionable whether these benefits are shared by the different members of the educational community and, more specifically, by the families of peers or teachers. In fact, the educational community is often unaware of the benefits of embracing diversity (UNESCO, 2020). According to the European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (2022), for countries to move forward with the challenge of building increasingly inclusive environments, it is important to share a vision of what the meaning and sense of inclusion is. In this context, it is important to have evidence of the positive impact of inclusion, while recognising the different views on the subject (Dalgaard, et al., 2022; Gray et al., 2021).

Moreover, learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are commonly viewed as more challenging for an effective inclusive education than learners with other special educational needs (SEN) (Humphrey & Symes, 2013). For this reason, it is relevant to know the opinion of members of the educational community such as families or teachers in mainstream schools who, among others, teach students with ASD.

Therefore, the objectives of this study were a) to identify what benefits of inclusion are perceived by teachers and families at schools where students with ASD are enrolled, and b) to analyse the influence on this perception of variables related to the families (having children with and without SEN) or the teachers (age, experience and training).

In order to respond to these objectives, a mixed methodology was used. Families from different educational levels and teachers from 14 schools participated. To collect the information, a questionnaire on perceived benefits was used and in-depth interviews were carried out with teachers and families who have children with ASD.

The results show that both families and teachers identify benefits related to students with SEN, their peers and teachers. These results have relevant theoretical implications in the framework of analyses of the meaning and significance of inclusion as well as practical implications.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research has been developed through a mixed methodology following a concurrent triangulation strategy, collecting both quantitative and qualitative data (Creswell, 2014).
Quantitative part:  a total of 323 families and 180 teachers belonging to 14 regular schools of different educational levels (from early childhood education to baccalaureate) participated.
All of these schools were involved in schooling students with ASD. These students spent over 60% of the time in the mainstream classroom. 50% of these schools were public and the other 50% were charter schools. The information was collected using the Questionnaire on the perception toward the benefits of inclusive education (Muñoz et al., in press; Simón et al., 2022). It consists of 16 items that evaluate 2 areas: benefits and losses for the classmates of the learners with SEN and for the teachers and the school. This questionnaire is filled up by indicating the level of agreement with the statements presented in the items based on a Likert scale with 4 options (1 = completely disagree, and 4 = completely agree).
For the analysis of the results, the statistical software SPSS was used (v25.0).  Kolmogorov-Smirnoff tests were carried out to check whether they met the requirements for the application of parametric statistics. The results were positive, thus it was decided to use non-parametric tests. Mann-Whitney tests and Kruskal-Wallis tests  were conducted.

Qualitative part: in-depth interviews were carried out with 22 families of pupils with ASD and 24 classroom and support teachers of these pupils of different educational stages.
The questions script for the interview was designed with the aim of analysing positive and negative aspects of the pupils with SEN schooling, taking into account peers, teachers and the school.
First all transcripts we read deeply. Inductive codes were then established in order to make sense of the information collected. In this way, we developed an inductive coding system that facilitated the compression of the gathered data (Miles and Huberman, 1994). To ensure the rigour of the analysis, all the information was analysed simultaneously by two researchers and contrasted later with another researcher of the team. Moreover, all the interviewees used the same question guide to perform the interviews (Braun and Clarke, 2008).
Ethical Aspects: The study was approved by the Ethics Committee of the University (CEI-88-1654).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Both families and teachers identify benefits for the students with disabilities themselves, their classmates as well as for the teachers and the school. There are important coincidences in this perception. Perceived benefits for pupils with SEN include being considered to be better prepared for the real world and having more opportunities to develop their academic competences and to nurture their personal and social development. Regarding the benefits identified for their peers without SEN these also involve being better prepared for the real world and having more probabilities of respecting and valuing human differences.  In relation to the teachers, improvements in their teaching practice are noted, favouring that it reaches all pupils as well as greater collaboration with other teachers. Finally, regarding the school, they are considered to be better prepared to respond to the needs of all students. However, these perceptions vary according to related variables such as having or not having children with SEN, as well as factors related to teachers, specifically the experience of having been a teacher of students with SEN. Also, families with children with SEN have an even more positive perception than families without them.
Families talk about the constant fights and levels of strength they need to deal with, and schools came open about the need to embrace changes and improvements. It is also a great opportunity for the peers to understand other´s needs and for the school to understand the concept barrier and to overcome it for all students.
These results have relevant theoretical implications in the framework of the analysis of the meaning and significance of inclusion. Inclusive education in itself can become a lever for school improvement. In the same way, these results can be powerful evidence so as to improve the school in terms of being more inclusive.

References
Alnahdi, G.H., (2019). The positive impact of including students with intellectual disabilities in schools: Children’s attitudes towards peers with disabilities in Saudi Arabia. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 85, 1-7.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ridd.2018.10.00
Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(12), 77-101.
Cologon, K. (2019). Towards inclusive education: A necessary process of transformation. Children and Young People with Disability Australia.
Creswell, J. W. (2014). Qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods approach. SAGE.
 Dalgaard, N.T.,  Bondebjerg, A., Viinholt, B.C.A., & Filges, T. (2022). The effects of inclusion on academic achievement, socioemotional development and wellbeing of children with special educational needs. Campbell Systematic Reviews, 18(4), 1-44. https://doi.org/10.1002/cl2.1291
Drossel, K., Eickelmann, B., Ophuysen, S., & Bos, W. (2019). Why teachers cooperate: An expectancy-value model of teacher cooperation. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 34(1), 187-208.http://doi.org/10.1007/s10212-018-0368-y
European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (2022). Agency Position on Inclusive Education Systems (2nd edition). European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education.  
Gray, P., Norwich, B., & Webster, R. (2021). Review of Research about the Effects of Inclusive Education: A Summary. SEN.Policy Research
Hehir, T., Grindal, T., Freeman, B., Lamoreau, R., Borquaye, Y., & Burke, S. (2016). A summary of the evidence on inclusive education. Alana-Abt.
Humphrey, N., & Symes, W. (2013) Inclusive education for pupils with autistic spectrum disorders in secondary mainstream schools: teacher attitudes, experience and knowledge. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 17(1), 32-46. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2011.580462
Jordan, A., Glenn, C., &  McGhie-Richmond, D. (2010). The Supporting Effective Teaching project: The relationship of inclusive teaching practices to teachers' beliefs about disability and ability, and about their roles as teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26(2), 259-266.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2009.03.005
Kefallinou, A., Symeonidou, S., Meijer, C.J. W. (2020). Understanding the value of inclusive education and its implementation: A review of the literature. Prospects 49, 135–152.https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-020-09500-2
Miles, M. & Huberman, A.M. (1994). Data management and analysis methods. In N. Denzin & Y. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research(pp. 428-444). Sage.
Muñoz-Martínez, Y., Simón, C., & Fernández, M.L. (in press). How to Facilitate the Educational Inclusion of Students with Autism: Learning from the Experience of Teachers in Spain. Equality, Diversity and Inclusion.
Simón, C., Martinez-Rico, G., McWilliam, R. & Cañadas, M. (2022). Attitudes toward Inclusion and Benefits Perceived by Families in Schools with Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-022-05491-5
UNESCO (2020) Global Education Monitoring Report 2020.Inclusion and education: All means all. UNESCO.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm14 SES 12 B: Schooling and Rural Communities
Location: McIntyre Building, 201 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Unn-Doris K. Bæck
Paper Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Understanding an European Partnership of Decentralized Schools: the Participants´ Perspective

Samantha Mulloni Martínez, Ángeles Parrilla Latas, Irene Crestar Fariña, María Esther Martínez Figueira

University of Vigo, Spain

Presenting Author: Mulloni Martínez, Samantha

The purpose of this communication is to present the evaluation, from the participants' perspective, of a European project (Green SEEDS - Synergy and Environment to Empower Decentralised Schools KA2-2019-1-IT02-KA201-062254), aimed at promoting a more participatory, inclusive and sustainable education between geographically distant schools located in the mountains and on small islands, but sharing similar socio-environmental realities.

In this way, links are created with their natural habitat, allowing the development of collective identification and laying the foundations for the protection of local culture and environment, which are part of European culture and environmental heritage (Schafft, 2016).

The survival of decentralised rural schools is currently at risk due to logistical obstacles and organisational, educational and pedagogical weaknesses they suffer from. This, in turn, is both a cause and effect of depopulation, especially in economically depressed areas. The connection and collaborative work between them offers a solution to this problem. A solution that combats the idea that geographical isolation does not necessarily mean cultural isolation (Miller, Scanlan, & Philippo, 2017).

The project Green SEEDS assumes that through the use of ICT, shared learning methodologies and extended learning environments, isolation can be broken, the risk of cultural deprivation countered, and the relationship and engagement of schools with the local environment and communities strengthened, promoting joint, inclusive and collaborative work between schools, communities and countries.

The choice of the environment as the main theme of the project is given not only by a search for increasing civic awareness among students, but also by the promotion of actions to respect diversity and the environment, using new practices and new methodologies (Echeíta and Navarro-Mateu, 2014) and care for the environment.

It is therefore important to support the idea of education for all, underpinned by the construction of values in students, among which the value of sustainability stands out, closely related to the construction of inclusive education and a global curriculum based on citizens' rights and sustainability (Booth and Ainscow, 2011).

Caring for the environment and our planet for future generations are issues of growing concern to society, and examples of this are their inclusion in the 17 Sustainable Development Goals, framed in the 2030 Agenda (UN, 2015).

The project involved the participation of 20 classrooms from 8 nursery, primary and secondary schools, university institutions and research groups from 5 countries (Spain, Italy, Croatia, Greece and Cyprus) and was developed in two main phases: a first phase of teacher training (based on a Toolkit) and a second phase, called SeedQuest, of cooperative and participatory work between teachers and students in different countries.

The Toolkit is a curricular proposal made up of 5 modules, specially designed for the project, based on an active and participative learning model. It was created with the aim of, on the one hand, increasing the participants' knowledge of the different cultural, organisational, methodological and practical perspectives of education in isolated and rural schools and, on the other hand, increasing the participants' capacity to engage in dialogue (through ICT) with other teachers, students and schools across Europe.

The SeedQuests are small didactic units on the environment carried out by the pupils of the participating classes, following the Webquest methodology. The 20 participating classes from the partner countries have been paired to form 7 working groups, taking into account the different school levels. Each class has developed and worked on its own SeedQuest, dialoguing and collaborating with the twinned classes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this paper we focus on the evaluation process of the project.
Green SEEDS has opted for participatory evaluation, a type of evaluation that incorporates the perspective of the users of the programmes, projects or policies to be evaluated (Cousins,  2019). As such, participatory evaluation does not require a representative sample of participants, but can be developed from a purposive sample of participants, conducted with the intention of ensuring a diversity of views on the subject of the study.
This type of evaluation also aligns with EU guidelines promoting the construction of science with and for society. This is the deliberative and democratic construction of knowledge based on the incorporation of society in science and innovation activities, so that science integrates the interests, values and needs of citizens, thereby increasing the quality, relevance, social acceptability and sustainability of research and innovation (European Commission, 2020). In this case, Green SEEDS participants were invited to share their assessments, perceptions and experiences of the project.
With this in mind, the participatory evaluation of Green SEEDS aimed, on the one hand, to reflect on participants' perceptions of the project and the meaning of these perceptions and, on the other hand, to understand the barriers and obstacles they faced during their participation.
Participants have been selected intentionally, based on their ability to represent the relevance of the phenomenon under study derived from their experience in the project and their concern to deepen their analysis (Flick, 2018).
Different strategies and techniques (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2000), both individual and group, have been used to achieve the triangulation of data sources and to contrast all the information collected. The evaluation design contemplates and combines a double type of participants: teachers and students.
The evaluation was carried out at three specific moments: 1) at the end of the initial training (Toolkit), on an individual basis, to find out the teachers' impressions of the training; 2) during the development and implementation of the Seedquest, participating both teachers and students, using strategies such as unfinished sentences, SWOT analysis, timeline, dialogue circles and Digital Storytelling; 3) and finally, once this phase was completed, a World Café strategy was carried out with the teaching staff.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results can help to understand various issues concerning small and isolated schools from the perspective of the participants, but can also be a means to establish educational improvements and policy orientations that could help to decrease isolation and promote new views and connections between schools and between schools and their communities.
Cross-checking the results with the objectives of Green SEEDS, it is possible to state that the project has been able to break the isolation of the participating schools, contributing significantly to their empowerment and encouraging students to work and learn in a participatory, cooperative and inclusive way. The creation of a new network of schools created at the end of the project is a clear example of this.
The project has also managed, through a global and eco-social educational approach, to increase awareness and training on the environment in the new generations, acquiring new habits and tools to become agents of change towards fairer, more democratic and sustainable societies.
It has connected decentralised schools with urban schools through twinning. These connections have empowered teachers, increasing their skills and competences as teachers and as environmental agents for change. Looking to the future, it is necessary to address teacher professional development from a multidimensional, territorial and sustainable approach that considers the role of openness to other contexts and professionals as a means to advance and connect the learning needs of teachers and their concrete reality with those of the society to which any equation is due.
Finally, to highlight the need for more experiences like this and further research on how these initiatives can be scaled up to contribute to improving the development of participatory and inclusive schools and their role as an educational and environmental resource.

References
Booth, T. and Ainscow, M. (2011). Index for Inclusion: developing learning and participation in     schools; (3rd edition). Bristol: Centre for Studies in Inclusive Education (CSIE).

Cohen, L., Manion, L. and Morrison, K. (2000) Research Methods in Education. 5th Edition,  Routledge Falmer, London. http://dx.doi.org/10.4324/9780203224342

Cousins, B. J. (2019). Collaborative Approaches to Evaluation: Principles in Use (Evaluation in Practice Series Book 3) (English Edition) (1.a ed.). SAGE Publications, Inc.
Echeita Sarrionandia, G., & Navarro Mateu, D. (2014). Educación inclusiva y desarrollo sostenible. Una llamada a pensarlas juntas. Edetania. Estudios Y Propuestas Socioeducativos., (46), 141–161. Recuperado a partir de https://revistas.ucv.es/edetania/index.php/Edetania/article/view/165

EU: European Commission, Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Scientific and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions. A new ERA for research and innovation. 30 September 2020. COM (2020) 628 Final, available at https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/ES/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0628&from=EN

Flick, U. (2018). An Introduction to Qualitative Research (6th ed.). Sage Publications Ltd

UN: "Resolution A/RES/70/1 Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development", 25 November 2015. [electronic edition] http://www.un.org/es/comun/docs/?symbol=A/RES/70/1.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Schooling as a Community Function in Rural Areas: A Comparative Cross-National Qualitative Synthesis

Dennis Beach1, Begoña Vigo Arrazola2, Montserrat Fargas Malet3, Carl Bagley3

1University of Borås; 2University of Zaragoza; 3Queen's University Belfast, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Vigo Arrazola, Begoña; Fargas Malet, Montserrat

Rural communities (settlements) are often expressed geo-graphically, in terms of a metrics of distances and density only, as tangibly belonging to and characterising a geographic place that is peripheral to or existing beyond urban spaces. However, though this may be valid for fixing rural areas in geographic space, it is insufficient for capturing the variations and differences of what rural/rurality means culturally (and across time and space variations) to and for people’s lives: i.e. relatively and relationally (Beach and Öhrn, 2022; Rönnlund, 2019).

In this paper, we adopt this (cultural) relativistic perspective within a cross-national comparative transdisciplinary analysis that seeks answers to the question of what constitutes rurality and the characteristics of rural places, the schools in them, people that work and study there: and their relationships. We draw on different academic disciplines to do so, and the concept of rural hermeneutical space, where rural areas, places and objects in them (including schools and the objects, interactions and people there) have meaning in relation to similar objects and representations not just “in situ” but also in other places. A key concept is hermeneutical rurality and the meanings that are attributable/ attributed to the internal school, the people in it and their actions, the community they are part of, and the larger social and production ecology (culturally, materially and historically) surrounding these communities. We use it to try to answer a simple question. Namely: What does the community function of schools in rural areas look like based on a cross-national synthesis of qualitative research; and in whose/which interests does it operate?

We have explored this question relating to different rural places in three European countries (Northern Ireland, Spain and Sweden) using a cross-national synthesis of research products (published and in press) relating to how schools in rural places seem to work to help local populations and develop rural consciousness (Keddie, Mills and Mills, 2008). The paper drives the twin idea that (a) education and schooling are often conflated terms, but they are different processes- and particularly in terms of their community function; and (b) whether rural schools in rural places offer schooling rather than education is complex and contested. These main findings comprise key points that are presented in a narrative form in the paper, using a number of thematic headings followed by a discussion and conclusion section.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data for the cross-national research synthesis comes from ethnographic research in two countries and qualitative research in a third. To be more precise, the paper derives from two meta-ethnographic analyses of ethnographic research products (reports, books, articles) from national research projects in Spain and Sweden, and a community schools project in Northern Ireland that has a sequential mixed method approach involving a questionnaire survey and qualitative case study approach (five case study schools).

We have used this approach previously in comparative rural education research in Beach and Vigo Arrazola, (2020). As the name suggests, meta-ethnography forms a means to synthesise ethnographies and other qualitative studies produced in different times and places (Beach and Vigo-Ararazola, 2020). Its strength lies in its potential to retain the interpretative properties and contextual embeddedness of these original investigations when collating and interpreting findings across them and identifying trends and possible future research priorities (Beach and Öhrn, 2022). It consists of four steps: 1. Selecting the studies; 2. Detailed reading of the selected texts; 3. Individual analyses were contrasted with each other to find common themes related to the main focus; and 4. Reciprocal and refutational analysis and description of outcomes in narrative synthesis.
For this paper, the Birmingham School Circuits of Culture Model and Massey’s (1994) spatial theory of social geographic development have provided support and drived the analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our results complicate and contest a common position that asserts that rural schools are always of positive value to their community and the people there. The complication comes about because whilst some of the ethnographies show positive examples, community service is neither automatic nor the same everywhere and some schools actually work against local interests through cultural silencing, by marginalising local knowledge and by obfuscating global capitalist interests of exploitation and cultural domination in/of rural places. Things are of course not always in this way. In Spain, a common meaning of value appeared through a notion of schools as vital to a community’s survival, even if this may be as a Trojan-Horse bringing external values into the rural community, or as an intermediary for cultural domination.
Northern Ireland, unlike Spain and Sweden, is a recent political post-conflict setting where the community function of schooling works in relation to goals of peace and reconciliation (Roulston et al, 2021). These findings of reconciliation and peace appear also in Sweden too in some places in the past, though in relation to the struggles between (urban) capital and (rural) labour, representation and identity. They can work within and in line with capitalist interests and profit.
The differences within and between the national contexts comprise a key analytical challenge and their (reciprocal and refutational) comparative analysis culminates in a line-of-argument about the phenomenon of community function of schools in rural areas that allows us to offer an interpretation beyond the level of individual studies or themes. We use a number of thematic headings followed to do so, by a discussion and conclusion section.

References
Beach, D. From, T. M. Johansson, and E. Öhrn. 2018. Educational and spatial justice in rural and urban areas in three Nordic countries: a meta-ethnography, Education. Inquiry, 9 (1): 4-21.
Beach, D., and Vigo Arrazola, B. 2020. Community and the education market: A cross-national comparative analysis of ethnographies of education inclusion and involvement in rural schools in Spain and Sweden. Journal of Rural Studies, 77: July 2020, 199-207.
Keddie, A., Mills, C. & Mills, M. (2008) Struggles to subvert the gendered field: issues of masculinity, rurality and class, Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 16:2, 193-205.
Massey, D. 1994/2013. Space, place and gender. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Roberts, P., Downes, N. & Reid, J.A. (2022). Engaging rurality in Australian education research: addressing the field. Australian Education Research. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-022-00587-4
Rönnlund, M. (2019). Careers, agency and place: Rural students reflect on their future, 65-82. In E. Öhrn and D. Beach (Eds.), Young People’s Life and Schooling in Rural Areas. London: Tufnell Press.
Rosenqvist, O. (2020). Deconstruction and hermeneutical space as keys to understanding the rural, Journal of Rural Studies, 75: April 2020, 132-142.
Roulston, S; McGuinness, S; Bates, J  & O’Connor-Bones, U (2021): School partnerships in a post-conflict society: addressing challenges of collaboration and competition, Irish Educational Studies published online
Thibaut, P. & Carvalho, L. (2022) School design and learning: a sociomaterial exploration in rural schools in Chile, Pedagogy, Culture & Society, DOI: 10.1080/14681366.2022.2150279.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Education Performance and Spatial Factors

Unn-Doris K. Bæck

UiT The Arctic University of Norway, Norway

Presenting Author: Bæck, Unn-Doris K.

Topic and Background:

This presentation explores spatial, or place-based, education challenges from a Norwegian context, more specifically focusing on rural issues. The main rationale for focusing on spatial inequalities in education in rural areas is that educational outcomes of students residing in rural areas are lower than for students residing elsewhere, which creates uneven opportunities for individuals depending on where they live. Empirical analyses of educational performance have often been dominated by individually centred approaches, focusing on variables such as gender, ethnicity or SES. Often lacking in education research has been contextual factors at municipal, county and national levels, as well as knowledge about interconnections between social and cultural resources as well as practices of schools (Bæck, 2015).

Objective and Research Questions:

This presentation explores how spatial factors have an effect on educational performance.

The main research questions are:

In what way does space affect educational performance among lower secondary students?

In what way does spatial factors affect gender differences in educational performance?

In what way does spatial factors affect social background differences in educational performance?

Disentangling the intricate interconnections between different variables playing out at different levels, demands concepts and constructs that enable us to grasp this complexity. The research field of place-based education disadvantage is in need of more theoretical discussions and advances that takes this into consideration (Corbett, 2015), and in this presentation I turn to insights from critical realism in order to explore a theoretical basis for a spatial analysis of this topic. This approach takes into consideration the actor-structure interplay in order to understand individual action and how societal structures work as causal factors in this regard (Archer, 2020; Bæck, 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The analyses are based on register data for birth cohorts 1990-2004 from the National Education Data Base, Norway (NUDB). NUDB includes individual level education statistics since 1970. Measures of educational success are used as dependent variables, such as study points (points from compulsory education) and national tests in different subjects. Independent variables include gender, SES, parent’s educational background, geographic location and parent SES characteristics. In addition, the dataset from NUDB is expanded to include contextual variables connected to place of residence. The purpose is to enable contextualization through taking into account geographic, demographic, economic (including employment situation, rate of incidence of poverty, share of public education expenditure), ethnic, as well as other relevant social and cultural factors.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study shows that spatial factors are essential in order to understand how individual characteristics affect educational performance. Space is intertwined with background factors such as SES and gender  which plays out differently according to context.
References
Archer, M. S. (2020). The Morphogenetic Approach: Critical Realism’s Explanatory Framework Approach. In P. Róna & L. Zsolnai (Eds.), Agency and Causal Explanation in Economics. Virtues and Economics (pp. 137-150): Springer, Cham.

Bæck, U.-D. K. (2022). Towards a critical realist ontology for spatial education analysis. In M. S. Archer, U.-D. K. Bæck, & T. Skinningsrud (Eds.), The Morphogenesis of the Norwegian Educational System. Emergence and Development from a Critical Realist Perspective (pp. 79-97): Routledge.

Bæck, U.-D. K. (2015). Rural location and academic success. Remarks on research, contextualisation and methodology. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research. doi:10.1080/00313831.2015.1024163

Corbett, M. (2015). Rural Education: Some Sociological Provocations for the Field. Australian and International Journal of Rural Education, 25(3), 9-25.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm15 SES 12 A
Location: Hetherington, 131 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Gaute Nilsen
Paper Session
 
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

The Austrian School Network ECOLOG: Case studies on Education for Sustainable Development at selected schools

Franz Rauch1, James Loparics2, Mira Dulle1, Markus Messerschmidt1

1University of Klagenfurt, Austria; 2University of Linz, Austria

Presenting Author: Rauch, Franz; Loparics, James

Austria’s largest network for schools and sustainability is ÖKOLOG, which currently comprises 11% (over 690 schools) of the Austrian schools of all types as well as 13 (out of 14) university colleges for teacher education. ECOLOG is a key action programme and network for the sustainable development of schools and education for sustainability. Itwas developed in 1996 by an Austrian team of teachers working on the international ENSI project (Affolder & Varga, 2018). ÖKOLOG is a national support system with the aim of promoting and integrating a sustainability approach into the development of individual schools and attempts are being made to embed the programme in Austria's federal states inter alia by regional networks and a webpage (http://www.ecolog.at).

ECOLOG is structured in three levels to support schools in the ECOLOG program: (1) the coordination by the Institute of Instructional and School Development at the University of Klagenfurt in partnership with the Austrian Federal Ministry for Education, (2) nine ECOLOG regional teams (one in each Austrian province) in collaboration with educational and environmental authorities, University Colleges of Teacher Education and various organizations of environmental and sustainability education, and (3) ECOLOG coordinators and teams in all ECOLOG schools (Rauch et al., 2023). Schools analyse the ecological, technical, and social conditions of their environment and, resultingly, define objectives, targets, concrete activities, and quality criteria to be implemented and evaluated. Students and other stakeholders of a school should be involved in a participatory way, and collaboration with authorities, businesses, and other interested parties is encouraged. The measures concern, among others, areas like saving resources (energy, water, etc.), reduction of emissions (i.e., waste, traffic), spatial arrangement (from the classroom to the campus), the culture of learning (communication, organisational structure), health promotion, social learning, as well as the opening of the school to the community (Rauch & Pfaffenwimmer, 2020).

Since the beginning of the ECOLOG-schools network's existence, a series of evaluations, inquiries, and studies have been produced and published both using qualitative and quantitative methods (Rauch et al., 2023).

In this presentation we show the current accompanying research within the framework of ÖKOLOG which focuses on all-day schools. Traditionally, school lessons in Austria are mainly held in the morning. In recent years, all-day schools have gained in importance, not least for social reasons (e.g. parents working). In principle, all-day schools spread school life over the whole day (usually from 8:00 to 17:00) and offer lunch. The structuring of lessons and extracurricular activities at the schools is additive or integrative. About 20% of ECOLOG schools are all-day schools in one form or another. In four case studies at selected ÖKOLOG schools, the extent to which a whole-day organisation of school life can support ESD in the context of ECOLOG is investigated. The research is also part of a current international Erasmus+ Project „SustainAll“ (https://sustainall.eu/en/). The case studies on good practice examples aim to answer the following main research questions: How are Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) projects and initiatives integrated in the all-day schools? What are the characteristics or factors that contribute for an ESD project or initiative to be a good practice example within ÖKOLOG?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We investigate good practice examples according to the goals of ECOLOG. A common criterion of all four ECOLOG all-day schools is therefore that the schools already have documented and reflected experience in working with ESD. In addition, the following criteria are applied for selection:

• The sample should include primary schools (grades 1 - 4), middle schools (grades 5 - 8) and secondary upper schools (grades 9 - 12) as well as urban and rural contexts.
• The sample should cover all-day schools interconnecting formal and informal activities, and in separated form involving afternoon care staff.
• The ESD activities involve several stakeholder groups such as students, teachers, parents and different out of school partners.

Based on these criteria, the following ECOLOG schools were selected:
• Case A: primary school (grades 1 - 4) in a rural area
• Case B: grammar school (grade 5 - 12) in a city
• Case D: upper secondary vocational school (grades 9-13) in a large city
• Case E: middle school (grades 5-8) in a city

In order to gather rich data about the case from different sources, the research team decided to conduct interviews and observations and analyze documents (triangulation) (Flick, 2011). Semi-structured single and group interviews were conducted with the school leaders, teachers, pupils, the team of afternoon supervisors and the parents' association chairwoman. Observations took place during different lessons as well as of inner and outer school areas. The school websites, school reports and ÖKOLOG annual reports were integrated in the analysis.
The transcripts were analyzed by content analysis using MAXQDA. The qualitative content analysis follows mixed procedures of content structuring/theme analysis (Mayring, 2022), consisting of two steps. The first step is deductive. Based on the literature, research questions and interview script a list of themes was defined beforehand, and a coding line was developed according to deductive category assignment. The second step is inductive. Given the text coded into the themes (and also those that do not fit into the deductive scheme), summaries are produced and categories are developed, defined and tested against the text. Drafts of the case studies were send to the interview partners for feedback (communicative validation).


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results are four written case studies and a cross-case analysis. Additionally the ECOLOG cases will also be analysed comparatively with case studies on good practice ESD in all-day schools from Germany, Norway and Portugal. At this point, the first preliminary results are outlined. As the analysis will continue until summer 2023, the results will be presented more comprehensively following the research questions mentioned above in the presentation.

The primary school (Case A) is a good example that shows how ESD can successfully be implemented in a primary all-day school (in separated form) and how to overcome the gap between morning lessons and afternoon care. This could be achieved due to a good and supportive team culture and open communication as well as the sharing of (class)rooms and the school garden. Further factors that support the ESD initiatives are the strong backup of the school leader, the motivation of teachers and the freedom of methods how to work on ESD topics. ESD is integrated in the school development plan and the school’s mission statement and pays attention to sustainability in all areas of the school (whole school approach). The school maintains many co-operations with institutions in the region and external learning facilities.

Studying sustainable change at the Case B (a private grammer school) – an integrated all-day school with widely established ESD into a whole-school culture – points towards its students, teachers, school staff and parents which learn and act heartful, progressive, reflective and ambitious: toward the intention of being sustainable and experiencing it in its many facets. Sustainability initiatives and ideas got integrated into the all-day life of the school: e.g. into the school lessons and projects, in the canteen with meat-free days, the school garden and the democratic structure of the school.

References
Affolter, C. & Varga, A. (2018) (Eds.), Environment and School Initiatives. Lessons from the ENSI Network - Past, Present and Future. Environment and School Initiatives, Vienna and Eszterhazy Karoly University, Budapest.

Flick, U. (2011). Triangulation (3. aktualisierte Aufl.). Wiesbaden: VS.

Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. (13. Aufl.). Beltz.

Rauch, F. & Pfaffenwimmer, G. (2020). The Austrian ECOLOG-Schools Programme – Networking for Environmental and Sustainability Education. pp. 85-102. In: A. Gough, J. Chi Kin Lee and E. Po Keung Tsang (eds.). Green Schools Globally: Stories of Impact for Sustainable Development. Dortrecht, Springer. DOI: 10.1007/978-3-030-46820-0_1

Rauch, F., Glettler, C., Steiner, R. & Dulle, M. (2023). Environmental and Sustainability Education in Austria, In R. Rieckmann, & R. Thomas (Eds.), World Review: Environmental and Sustainability Education in the Context of the Sustainable Development Goals. RiScience Publishers/CRC. (In Print)


15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

Team Performance for Sustainable Development in Educational Institution

Anna Kvelde, Indra Odina

University of Latvia, Latvia

Presenting Author: Kvelde, Anna

The education sector plays a vital role in an economic, social and environmental context since it has the capacity to transform society and educate students to adapt to needs and challenges from different perspectives. A sustainable organisation is becoming one of the most popular and ambitious concepts because environment and organisational performance are closely related and its long-term success depends on the fact how the organisation is able to integrate human capital into the environment (Seivwright & Unsworth, 2016).

International Commission on the Futures of Education (2021) highlights the importance of sustainability for future education, especially in the field of education management, which includes teamwork, collaboration and culture of organisation (International Commission on the Futures of Education, 2021).

The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) defined by the United Nations (UN) recognize quality education as an integral element of sustainable development (United Nations General Assembly, 2015).

The term of the sustainability of organisation is used as a synonym of sustainable development or organisation’s social responsibility – organisation’s sustainability is based on economic, environmental, social (Bagdonienė, Galbuogienė, Paulavičienė, 2009), political and corporate responsibility aspects/ pillars (Morrissey & Heidkamp, 2022). Combining the five pillars of sustainable development is a complex process that should result in a completely new vision of educational institutions. It raises the necessity for a management structure to encourage and support the sustainability initiatives within the organisation.

Kvelde and Odina (2022) distinguish several development stages for the team to reach the status of a sustainable team in an educational institution starting from a small group of people working together and sharing common interests till the being effective team demonstrating high level teamwork and finally sustainable team working cross-departmentally and centred on adding value to organisations. The data were collected by the content analysis of the education management hierarchy structure reflected on homepages of educational institutions; content analysis of students’ teaching practice assignments on the education management hierarchy structure; interviews with school administration on the state of the art of sustainable team. The current study serves as a continuation of the previous study, in which teachers from the same educational institutions participating, so that as a result of the study, it shows a comparison of the vision of principals and teachers about sustainable team performance in an educational institution.

Latvian National commission of Unites Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation UNESCO (2019) report states that the sustainable development of educational institutions includes four aspects of sustainability, which provide an answer to the question "what to do?". These aspects are: diversity, self-governance, cooperation and active participation.

Given the foregoing, the aim if this article is to explore the concept of the sustainable team of educational institution in Latvia, as well to summarize issues and opportunities for sustainable team performance development in educational institution.

Research questions:

  1. What are the problems in building a sustainable team of an educational institution?
  2. What factors influence the development of team activities in educational institutions for sustainable development?
  3. Which aspects of leadership and teamwork has positive impact for sustainable development in educational institution?

Research objectives:

  1. To analyze the scientific literature on education for sustainable development, teamwork, team performance and leadership for sustaimable development.
  2. To study international examples of good practice in sustainable team management in educational institutions.
  3. To analyze the perception of sustainable team performance of teachers in educational institution in Latvia.
  4. To develop recommendations for the development of the sustainable team performance in educational institution.

Sustainable team supports principals in leading their educational institutions towards sustainability, also, achieves institutional goals and cultivates a culture where collaboration, appreciation, and teamwork are valued.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Due to the need of exploring theoretical notions and defining the concept “sustainable team management”, the research was organized using grounded theory method research design. The authors of grounded theory method, Glaser and Strauss (1967) originally introduced it to facilitate theory development that consisted of obtaining and analysing data. It is considered one of the most generally applied and popular qualitative research methods and is used in areas that have not been widely researched, or to acquire a new insight in previously researched areas (Mārtinsone, Pipere, 2021).
The data were collected by the content analyses of case studies regarding the implementation of sustainable team management in educational sector of European Union (n=231), interviews with teachers on the state of the art of sustainable team management, and analyses of survey regarding teamwork in educational institutions in Latvia.
The content analysis performed based on the concept of sustainable team management the in educational institution defined by Müller, Lude & Hancock (2020).
• Stage 0: Sustainability is not (yet) an issue – only individual teachers deal with SDGs topics in their lessons, no evidence on the institutional and management level;
• Stage I: Projects – SDGs topics are tackled in the lessons from time to time and there are initiatives of interdisciplinary cooperation projects (the creation of a school garden, recycling initiatives and others); education management is aware of the sustainable development activities in the educational institution;
• Stage II: System – the teaching staff regularly implements SDGs topics in the lessons and is involved in the development of teaching concepts and projects, such as the construction of a solar plant, the redesign of the school grounds, or cooperation with external partners; education management supports the sustainable development activities in the educational institution;
• Stage III: Profile – SDGs are integrated comprehensively into teaching and school life and sustainable development has been made a key issue and developed a specific, expressly communicated sustainability school profile that distinguishes the school from other schools, for instance, the certification according to a formal quality label such as, “UNESCO Project School” or the European “Eco-Management and Audit Scheme” (EMAS) or Eco-School. Education management initiates the sustainable development activities in the educational institution.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Present article is a theoretical concept paper based on a literature review, analysis of case studies and interviews with teachers, and the authors’ conceptual work. It seeks to support principals and their teams in leading their educational institutions towards sustainability. Also, the concept of the sustainable team in educational institution is defined for each of the development stages, as well, a number of practical actions and management strategies are suggested and explained in details.
According to the data of the study, the institutions insufficiently implement the sustainable development initiatives in the education management process of the educational institution that does not meet state policy and vision, also, there is also a lack of the uniform understanding of sustainability among the members of education management team. The authors admit that the concept of sustainable team management in an educational institution needs to be defined at the national level.
Based on a preliminary data of a larger scale and long-term grounded theory research, it can be concluded that the institutions yet minimally implement the sustainable development initiatives in the education management process of the educational institution. Also, the most used initiatives are related to environment pillar.
It should be admitted that is necessary to describe the concept of a sustainable team management in an educational institution at the national level, as well as the role of sustainable team in it must be defined. In addition, there is no shared understanding of sustainability among the members of the education management team.

References
Bagdonienė, D., Galbuogienė, A., Paulavičienė, E. (2009). Darnios organizacijos koncepcijos formavimas visuotinės kokybės vadybos pagrindu/ [Formation of a Coherent Organizational Concept on the Basis of Global Quality Management].  Ekonomika ir vadyba, [Economy and Management] Vol. 14, 1044-1053. Available: https://www.lituanistika.lt/content/22390
Glaser, B. G., Strauss, A. (1967). The Discovery of Grounded Theory: Strategies for
Qualitative Research. Chicago: Aldine.
International Commission on the Futures of Education. (2021). Reimagining Our Futures Together: A New Social Contract for Education. Available: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ ark:/48223/pf0000379707.locale=en
Kvelde, A. & Odina, I. (2022). The Notion of Sustainable Team in Education Institution. LU 80. Starptautiskās zinātniskās konferences Cilvēks, tehnoloģijas un izglītības kvalitātem, 2022 rakstu krājums/ [Proceedings of the UL 80th International Scientific Conference Human, Technologies and Quality of Education, 2022]. Available:https://doi.org/10.22364/htqe.2022.57 800-815
Mārtinsone, K. & Pipere, A. (2021). Ievads pētniecībā: stratēģijas, dizaini, metodes/ [Introduction into Research: Strategies, Designs, Methods]. Rīga: RaKa.
Morrissey, J. & Heidkamp, P. (2022). Sustainability after COVID-19: Pillars for a Just Transition. Environmental Sustainability Vol. 5, 261–269. Available: https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s42398-022-00231-y
Müller, U., Lude, A., Hancock, D.R. (2020). Leading Schools Towards Sustainability. Fields of Action and Management Strategies for Principals. Sustainability. 12(7):3031. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12073031
Seivwright, A. & Unsworth, K. (2016). Making Sense of Corporate Social Responsibility and Work. Frontiers in Psychology. Vol.7, 443-452. Available: https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2016.00443
United Nations General Assembly. (2015). Transforming Our World: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. Available: https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/post2015/transformingourworld/publication
Latvian National Commission of Unites Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation/[UNESCO Latvijas Nacionāla komisija]. Izglītība ilgtspējīgai attīstībai. Kāda pieredze ir uzkrāta un kurp dodamies/[Education for Sustainable Development. Collected experience and forward directions].  Available: https://www.unesco.lv/lv/media/357/download


15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

Reflections on a Journey of School-University Partnership Research: Findings and Future Directions

Daniela Acquaro1, Ondine Bradbury2

1The University of Melbourne, Australia; 2Deakin University

Presenting Author: Acquaro, Daniela; Bradbury, Ondine

Researchers and policy makers have long advocated the importance of school-university partnerships in improving initial teacher education and bridging the research theory nexus. Across countries such as Scotland, Ireland, Australia and New Zealand, Federal policy makers have made significant inroads in developing national program standards for the provision of initial teacher education and within this reform agenda, have been able to establish clear benchmarks in practice. Amongst these program level standards is a focus on school-university partnerships. Conventionally limited to a site for professional experience, schools have now become an extension of the university to become essential alliances.

This paper draws together key themes emerging from a two-year project focussed on identifying and analysing examples of school university partnerships from across the globe including Brazil, Vietnam, Scotland, New Zealand, US, Ireland, Northern Ireland, Switzerland, Philippines, Italy and Australia. Drawing on examples of school-university partnerships from across six continents and three Australian states, we identify the differences in approaches, challenges and untapped opportunities that have become visible to us as we worked with scholars to explore the sustainability of school-university partnerships within initial teacher education.

Our project sought to examine the following questions:

  1. Do school-university partnerships have the potential to transcend organisational and contextual boundaries and present a broader view of the powerful potential of schools and initial teacher education providers when working together?
  2. Can school-university partnerships driven by community needs, work together to address social problems, motivated by civic purpose?

The connecting threads of these partnerships and emergent collective themes explore the importance of autonomy, boundary crossing roles and open and fluid communication. The authors discuss the significance of these themes within a policy reform agenda focussed on promoting, sustaining, and safeguarding school university partnerships for the future.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This project commenced in 2020, with a desire to explore school-university partnerships from around the world. Globally, we have collected examples of school-university partnerships from across six continents which have been collated into two edited volumes (Bradbury & Acquaro, 2022; Acquaro & Bradbury, 2023 forthcoming). Our work has allowed us to understand the driving forces behind the genesis of these partnerships and the strategies they employed to support the needs of each stakeholder group inherent in the partnership design. Using thematic analysis, we identified differences in approaches, challenges and untapped opportunities that have become visible. Within this paper, we consider our findings in relation to school-university partnerships and draw links to Caldwell and Harris (2008) and their theory that includes three kinds of alignment within leadership approaches in autonomous and transformational schools. We then utilise Caldwell and Harris’s (2008) first alignment in the study of school transformation to analyse our findings.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In working with twenty writing teams, it became evident that the purpose of school-university partnerships differed, amongst each group. Aside from the practical benefits to be garnered from a school-university partnership including improving the quality of ITE, and safeguarding placements; benefits could be seen more broadly through increased capacity of mentors, improvement in in-service teacher practices through professional development and broad ranging community benefits resulting from service learning or community outreach projects. Partnerships ranged in size and approach with some emerging organically through a community need, whilst others resulting from government incentives.
Our work identified varied approaches and in many cases significant impact on societal outcomes. For example, in a large school-university partnership in Brazil, whose joint efforts resulted in system-wide curriculum restructuring across Rio de Janeiro to include entrepreneurial curriculum and associated teacher-training to support this change. Partnerships within Scotland and the United States of America, responded to teacher shortages and alternate routes into teaching. States including Queensland, Victoria and New South Wales also provided us with insight into the design and delivery of varied approaches to school-university partnerships in their respective contexts. In response to policy and government review of rural and remote state schools in Queensland, stakeholder experiences, particularly those of pre-service teachers, were examined which included their knowledge and understanding of rural and remote contexts. What became increasingly apparent from exploring these partnerships was that each had a driving force, a team at the helm, working to design a vision, mission and road map toward sustainability and perhaps transformation within each model. Successful partnerships were evidenced through shared leadership representing both schools and the university. Policy mandates and financial incentives in many instances initiated partnerships; however the challenge of developing sustainable models not reliant on government financial support remains a key concern in the formation of enduring partnerships.

References
Acquaro, D. & Bradbury, O.J., (eds) (in print) International Perspectives on School-University Partnerships: Research, Policy and Practice. Springer.

Bradbury, O.J., & Acquaro, D. (eds) (2022). School-University Partnerships—Innovation in Initial Teacher Education. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-5057-5_7

Caldwell, B. J. (2016). Professional autonomy, school innovation and student achievement in the 21st century. Australian Educational Leader, 38(4), 9-13.

Caldwell, B.J., & Harris, J.L. (2008). Why not the best schools? ACER Press.

Day, C., Gu, Q., Townsend, A., & Holdich, C. (2021). School-university partnerships in action : The promise of change. Routledge.

Herbert, S., Redman, C., & Speldewinde, C. (2018). Sustaining school–university partnerships: threats, challenges and critical success factors. In L. Hobbs, C Campbell & M. Jones (Eds.) School-based partnerships in teacher education (pp. 169–189). Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-1795-8_9


15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

Partnership in Teacher Education – Big ideas lost in Institutions?

Gaute Nilsen

Inland Norway university of Applied Scie, Norway

Presenting Author: Nilsen, Gaute

Partnerships in teacher education (TE) is a strategy to work together to resolve a common problem or a problematic context (Baumfield) and current international policy documents state the importance of partnership between schools and higher education (R. Farrell, 2021). How different actors develop partnership is of profound interest.

In Report to Parliament in Norway (2016–2017) a new model for competence development introduced with the intention of creating a closer collaborative partnership between (TE) and schools. The intention is that partnership will contribute to competence development in TE on the grounds of a long- term system for equally cooperation between teacher educators, students, and schools. Ultimately, the partnership will also contribute to bridge the theory - practice gap in TE and make the TE more relevant for the schools. Norwegian policy documents and research imply that the Norwegian TE does not balance practice and theory well enough (Dahl et al., 2016; Finne et al., 2014; NOKUT, 2006, 2010). In addition, the TE has also been criticised for being too distant and less relevant for practitioners (Finne et al., 2014; Svarstad, 2020).

Lillejord & Børte (2016) describe partnership as a strategy to develop and improve the TE and provide new learning for all involving parties. Moreover, they utilize the concept “third space” to explain how the participants within the partnership meet and collaborate. “Third space” describes the possibilities for knowledge building and close collaboration among the interacting participants in the partnership (Folkvord & Midthassel, 2021). On this backdrop, this study seeks to bring forth knowledge concerning the impact of the partnership on TE from a teacher educator`s perspective, both on an individual and collective level. The research question is: How do teacher educators experience and evaluate the impact of the partnership between schools and their own institutions? The aim of the study is to explore the understanding of the teacher educators own actions and outcomes of being a part of the partnership.

The theoretical framework rests on cultural -historical activity theory (CHAT), formulated by Engeström (1987) with the attention on the communication differing perspectives of actors and in what way each actor`s thinking and reflection appear within their contexts. Hence, partnership may be understood as boundary practices and activities that bring together multiple participants with different roles, experiences, and areas of expertise where ideas from research and practice can interact (C. C. Farrell et al., 2022). The theoretical understanding of partnership is drawing on cultural-historic activity by using the concepts boundary crossing and boundary practice (Penuel et al., 2015). Partnership boundaries are referring to the different cultures that characterize the different institutions (Folkvord & Midthassel, 2021). The actions of the participants become apparent within their activity systems. Rather than focusing on each actor`s individual characteristics, CHAT aims more at interactions between actors (Engeström & Sannino, 2021). CHAT seeks to understand multiple dialogues, perspectives and voices of the actors in and activity system, such as TE, interacting with other activity systems, like schools.

This study is relevant for TE programs all over Europe because it investigates the partnership`s impact on the TE from the teacher educators’ point of view. Partnerships deal with cooperation, mutual learning and development, and more knowledge about how the TE can benefit from a long term cooperation with schools is necessary.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study makes use of a qualitative research design using individual interviews as a method for collecting empirical data. Individual interviews will provide in-depth data and detailed information (Flick, 2018) on experiences and evaluations of the impact of the partnership on the TE. This enables the researcher to uncover subtle or latent features of the phenomena (Lune & Berg, 2017). The data collection was conducted through semi-structured individual interviews over a two-year period (2022-2024). The participants were partly selected through strategic recruitment and the selection criteria was a connection with both the TE and the practice field. The TE institutions involved are chosen based on geographically and size criteria. The participants were participants within three institutions. The interviewees were teacher educators and some of them had co-ordinational functions either at an institutional level or in connection with the schools. The participants were interviewed to describe own experiences in the partnership and how they evaluate the partnership`s impact on the TE, both on an individual and a collective institutional level. They were asked to describe their understanding ot the partnership as a phenomena and how they utilize their understanding of the partnership as an active part in the partnership. In addition, the informants were challenged to describe how they would improve the partnership arrangements to become more beneficial for their institutions to. The data from the interviews were analysed using concepts from cultural-historical activity theory (CHAT) as a framework in the process.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings show common descriptions of partnership as a phenomenon and as a mean to improve the TE. The interviewees referred to the same framework, such as public steering documents, however the data differ on the evaluation of how the partnership is beneficial for the TE. In addition, the interviwees share evaluations of the impact on individual bases, especially how the partnership provides access to data. The teacher educators are expected to do research in addition to teach. Consequently, informants have either published or are in a process of publishing research articles. Nevertheless, the informants have different experiences on how fellow researchers outside the long-term engagement with schools participate in collaborative research in connection with the partnership. One informant reported “I often knock on the door and ask a professor within a field suitable for one of my projects and more and more of them show interest”. Another informant report both lack of interest and knowledge about the partnership: “Most of my colleagues don`t even know about what I`m talking about when I share my experiences from the practice field”. In sum, teacher educators have different experiences on inclusion and acknowledgement within the different TEs. Some of the interviewees reported that they felt outside their own organisation and another informant experience curiosity and appreciation from fellow colleagues. The experiences of the status working as a researcher within the partnership not only varied between institutions, but also within the institutions. The teacher educators at the different institutions convey shared appreciation of the partnership as a mean to improve the TE, but use different vocabulary and evaluations on how the partnership will make an impact on the TE. Possible implications suggest that “big ideas” such as partnership between TE and schools, are rhetoric words that need to begrounded more in institutions.
References
Dahl, T., Askling, B., Heggen, K., Kulbrandstad, L. I., Lauvdal, T., Mausethagen, S., Qvortrup, L., Salvanes, K. G., Skagen, K., Skrøvset, S. & Thue, F. W. (2016). Om lærerrollen: et kunnskapsgrunnlag. Fagbokforl. https://www.nb.no/search?q=oaiid:"oai:nb.bibsys.no:999919852594902202"&mediatype=bøker
Engeström, Y. (1987). Learning by expanding: an activity-theoretical approach to developmental research. Orienta-Konsultit.
Engeström, Y. & Sannino, A. (2021). From mediated actions to heterogenous coalitions: four generations of activity-theoretical studies of work and learning. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 28(1), 4–23. https://doi.org/10.1080/10749039.2020.1806328
Farrell, C. C., Penuel, W. R., Allen, A., Anderson, E. R., Bohannon, A. X., Coburn, C. E. & Brown, S. L. (2022). Learning at the Boundaries of Research and Practice: A Framework for Understanding Research–Practice Partnerships. Educational Researcher, 51(3), 197–208. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X211069073
Farrell, R. (2021). The School–University Nexus and Degrees of Partnership in Initial Teacher Education. Irish Educational Studies, 0(0), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2021.1899031
Finne, H., Mordal, S. & Stene, T. M. (2014). Oppfatninger av studiekvalitet i lærerutdanningene 2013. SINTEF. http://hdl.handle.net/11250/2562981
Flick, U. (2018). An introduction to qualitative research (Sixth edition.). SAGE.
Folkvord, K. A. & Midthassel, U. V. (2021). Partnerskap- en arena for felles læring og kunnskapsutvikling? Norsk Pedagogisk Tidsskrift, 105(2), 199–213. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn.1504-2987-2021-02-08
Lillejord, S. & Børte, K. (2016). Partnership in teacher education – a research mapping. European Journal of Teacher Education, 39(5), 550–563. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2016.1252911
Lune, H. & Berg, B. L. (2017). Qualitative research methods for the social sciences (9th ed.). Pearson.
Meld. St. 21. (2016–2017). Lærelyst – tidlig innsats og kvalitet i skolen. https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-21-20162017/id2544344/
NOKUT. (2006). Evaluering av allmennlærerutdanningen i Norge 2006. Del 1 - DFØ | kudos. https://kudos.dfo.no/dokument/evaluering-av-allmennlaererutdanningen-i-norge-2006.-del-1-hovedrapport?evalueringsportalen=1
NOKUT. (2010). Evaluering av førskolelærerutdaning i Norge 2010. Del 1 - DFØ | kudos. https://kudos.dfo.no/dokument/evaluering-av-forskolelaererutdaning-i-norge-2010.-del-1-hovedrapport?evalueringsportalen=1
Penuel, W. R., Allen, A.-R., Coburn, C. E. & Farrell, C. (2015). Conceptualizing Research–Practice Partnerships as Joint Work at Boundaries. Journal of Education for Students Placed at Risk (JESPAR), 20(1–2), 182–197. https://doi.org/10.1080/10824669.2014.988334
Svarstad, J. (2020, 10. December). – Det er helt krise. Vi utdannes ikke til å bli lærere. https://www.forskerforum.no/det-er-helt-krise-vi-utdannes-ikke-til-a-bli-laerere/
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm16 SES 12 A: Individual Support and Digital Environments
Location: Gilmorehill Halls (G12), 217A [Lower Ground]
Session Chair: Philippe Gabriel
Paper Session
 
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Individual Support and Digital Media – Results of an Interview Study

Julia Gerick, Theresa Jahns, Barbara Zschiesche

TU Braunschweig, Germany

Presenting Author: Gerick, Julia

With the advancement of digitization, opportunities for the individual support of students are increasingly opening up. Digital media can help to better take into account students' individual prerequisites, needs, interests and inclinations, learning preferences, and differences in performance in the classroom (e.g., Holmes et al., 2018; Petko et al., 2017; Brühwiler & Vogt, F., 2020). Although previous research points to these potentials, the use of digital media for individual support has not yet been widespread in Germany (e.g., Gerick et al., 2017). This leads to the assumption that the implementation of individual support with digital media requires a lot of preconditions and opens up the question of the conditions for success at different levels. This is where a research project in Germany comes in.

The research project aims to identify conditions for success in individual support with digital media from the multidimensional perspective of school actors. A model of school development and school effectiveness with digital media (Eickelmann & Drossel, 2019) is used as a theoretical approach. Individual support is located on the process level and it is assumed that conditions for success can be identified on the school input level as well as on the process level.

In the context of this research project, individual support is understood to be all pedagogical actions within the framework of school teaching-learning processes that are carried out with the intention of supporting the learning development and process of all individual learners by identifying and taking into account their specific (learning) prerequisites, (learning) needs, (learning) paths, (learning) goals, and (learning) opportunities, based on Kunze (2008) and Behrensen and Solzbacher (2012).

Against this background this contribution will focus on the following research question:

Which success conditions can be identified for the individual support with digital media?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the research question, (group) interview data from school leaders (n=8 interviews with overall 12 persons), teachers (n=25 interviews with overall 36 persons) and students (n=13 interviews with overall 60 students)) from eight schools in Hamburg (Germany) are analyzed (4 primary schools, 2 secondary schools, 2 Gymnasia). These eight schools were selected criterion-led out of a pool of 60 schools, which were characterized by strong individual support in the Hamburg school inspection. Analyses are conducted using qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2021).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show firstly that teachers and school leaders in the participating schools deeply reflect on the challenges of individualised learning. In particular, these reflections focus on the tensions and antinomies that derive from issues of individualise. School actors deal with these issues in a very situational and contextual way. Secondly, it can be shown that teachers critically discuss the special potentials of digital media. In doing so, they perceive digital media both as a tool for teaching and as an object of teaching. This points to a strong awareness of the challenges of digital education in the 21st century.
The findings will be discussed against the background of current European discourses and research results about the prerequisites for the use of ICT in teaching and learning.  

References
Behrensen, B. & Solzbacher, C. (2012). Grundwissen Hochbegabung in der Grundschule. Weinheim: Beltz Verlag.
Brühwiler, C. & Vogt, F. (2020). Adaptive teaching competency. Effects on quality of instruction and learning outcomes. Journal for educational research online 12, 1, S. 119-142 - URN: urn:nbn:de:0111-pedocs-191216 - DOI: 10.25656/01:19121
Eickelmann, B. & Drossel, K. (2019). Digitalisierung im deutschen Bildungssystem im Kontext des Schulreformdiskurses. In N. Berkemeyer, W. Bos & B. Hermstein (Hrsg.), Schulreform (S. 445-458). Beltz Verlag: Weinheim.
Gerick, J., Eickelmann, B. & Bos, W. (2017). Zum Stellenwert neuer Technologien für die individuelle Förderung im Deutschunterricht in der Grundschule. In F. Heinzel & K. Koch (Hrsg.), Individualisierung im Grundschulunterricht (S. 131-136). Wiesbaden: Springer VS.
Holmes, W., Anastopoulou, S., Schaumburg, H. & Mavrikis, M. (2018). Personalisiertes Lernen mit digitalen Medien. Stuttgart: Robert Bosch Stiftung.
Kunze, I. (2008). Begründungen und Problembereiche individueller Förderung in der Schule. In I. Kunze & C. Solzbacher (Hrsg.), Individuelle Förderung in der Sekundarstufe I und II (S. 13 – 26). Baltmannsweiler: SchneiderVerlag Hohengehren.
Mayring, P. (2021). Qualitative Content Analysis. SAGE Publications.
Petko, D., Schmid, R., Pauli, C., Stebler, R. & Reusser, K. (2017). Personalisiertes Lernen mit digitalen Medien. Journal für Schulentwicklung, (3), 31-39.


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Fathers’ Involvement in the Mediation of their Young Children’s Digital Media Practices in Azerbaijan

Sabina Savadova

The University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Savadova, Sabina

This qualitative study explores young children’s digital media practices in a home setting in Azerbaijan, a former Soviet country. The study provides rich insights into young children’s digital media practices and their parents’ mediation strategies which have not been researched before. Practices are the ways people interact with or incorporate objects and actions into their everyday lives and are influenced by social and cultural worldviews. I draw on the definition of digital media practices from Merchant (2012, p.772) as “the ‘doings’, ‘sayings’ and ‘relatings’” that constitute the social actions of everyday life.

The ongoing changes in the education system of Azerbaijan, such as the recent embedding of digital technologies in primary education, made Azerbaijan an attractive research setting for this study. Given the considerable impact of parents on their children’s education, the role of the home context presented an exciting opportunity to explore influences on parents’ views on and involvement in their children’s digital media practices. This study responds to calls for research into young children’s digital media practices in different countries and cultures in the Global South ( Nikken, 2017; Shin & Li, 2017).

Parental involvement in young children’s digital media use plays a crucial role in positively fostering children’s digital media practices (Connell et al., 2015; Nikken, 2017; Plowman et al., 2008). Fathers are often found to play video games with their children instead of mothers who prefer reading books with them (Connell et al., 2015; Padilla‐Walker et al., 2012). In previous studies, researchers have primarily included mothers when conducting family visits (Livingstone et al., 2015). However, there is a need for more research revealing and explaining fathers’ engagement in their children’s interactions with digital media (Tang et al., 2018). Azerbaijan is a patriarchal society where most of the duties related to child-rearing are left to mothers (Najafizadeh, 2012), which heightens the importance of inquiring about fathers’ involvement in children’s interactions with digital technologies. I will explore fathers’ opinions on their children’s uses of digital technologies, as well as their involvement in their children’s digital media practices through revisiting own childhoods (Cole, 1998).

I aim to explore the following research question.

What are the ways in which fathers in Azerbaijan are involved in the mediation of their young children’s digital media practices?

My study is guided by Tudge's (2008) contextualist ecocultural theory drawing on the everyday practices and interactions among individuals, cultures, and activities (re)shaping children’s daily lives. I also draw on Cole's (1998) concept of prolepsis, which constitutes a considerable part of the theoretical framework drawn for this study. Cole’s concept has roots in the field of developmental psychology, and even though my study is far from this field and is carried out on a small scale, I find prolepsis a good fit for the study to elaborate on fathers’ involvement in their children’s digital media practices. Cole (1998) applies the concept of prolepsis to the practice of childrearing and, in this context, explains it as a process of imagining their child’s future and then channelling the child’s present to meet the expectations of this imagined future. This phenomenon is undoubtedly informed by the culture of parents, rooted in their own past experiences and upbringings, and therefore, the parents’ beliefs and the projection of the desired future for their children can often become a ‘materialised constraint’ on the present experiences of the child (Cole, 1998, p. 184). Cole (ibid) only mentioned mothers when explaining prolepsis. Scrutinizing fathers’ views on their children’s digital media uses through the concept of prolepsis can help explain why the fathers were not inclined to develop their children's digital skills early on.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Given the complexity of real-life contexts (Thomas, 2011), I used multiple case study as I believe that knowledge is co-constructed by the researcher and researched, and by employing a case study, it is possible to reveal multiple interpretations and provide detailed and thick descriptions for each case (Stake, 2006). Five families, each with a five-year-old child, participated in multiple case studies over a period of 15 months during 2018-2019. The study generated data through a total of 15 family visits in Baku, the capital of Azerbaijan. Each family visit consisted of various activities, including participatory methods with mothers and children separately. In addition, a new participatory method - the ‘living journals’ was developed to explore further children’s digital media practices within their home settings.
 The living journal method borrows elements from Tobin and his colleagues’ Video-Cued Ethnography (Tobin et al., 1989) and Plowman and Stevenson’s (2012) mobile phone diaries method. The method facilitated a remote exploration of children’s daily lives: mothers were invited as proxy researchers, thereby decentring the researcher in the data generation process. During two weeks at different times of the year – school term and holiday break – I asked mothers to send me pictures or videos of their children, which they were to capture at pre-arranged times and prompted at certain intervals. I compiled those pictures and stills from videos to create custom-designed paper journals for each child in print and digital formats and later used them as prompts in acquiring all family members’ opinions on the activities depicted in the journals. Mothers, together with the participant child, and fathers separately commented both on the completed journals relating to their own child, as well as those created by other participant children. The journals existed in both physical and digital formats and were a source of visually rich multimodal, multivocal, metatextual, and multifunctional data.
Parents and children consented to share their visuals in publications and conference presentations. Children’s ongoing consent was approached with great care and attention, considering its full complexity and holistic nature (Kustatscher, 2014). The analysis in my study was synchronised with the data generation and was iterative in nature (Patton, 2015), mainly drawing on the constructivist approaches (Miles et al.,2014).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The living journals method revealed fathers’ views on and the extent of their involvement in their children’s digital practices. Fathers expected their children’s future to be 'digital'. However, they were still hesitant to project this vision of the future on their current activities and decisions on the mediation of their children’s daily digital practices. The fathers introduced games to their children, which tended to be the types of games designed for adults or allowed their children to use their phones to some extent to play games or watch their fathers playing games. Since fathers expected mothers to take care of their children, they saw the mediation of their children’s digital media practices as part of general childcare.
Cole (1998) explains prolepsis as parents returning to their childhoods, projecting their childhoods on their children’s future, and acting on them in the current moment. All the participant fathers had been introduced to computers and phones in their early adulthood, and four of them projected their own experiences on their children’s future. Being content with their own current competence in digital technology, they saw no issues with restricting their children’s access, with the underlying logic being that if they learned to use computers in their adulthood, so could their children, and there was no need to get started on this journey early. They seemed determined to try and prevent their children from using digital devices at a young age. Fathers were mainly authoritative figures within families who initiated or sometimes participated in setting the rules for their children’s access to digital media. Mothers were found to be in charge of overseeing the day-to-day implementation of such established rules with more direct control over how their children engaged with digital media. To use a metaphor, fathers held legislative powers and mothers held executive powers.


References
Cole, M. (1998). Cultural psychology: A once and future discipline. Harvard University.
Connell, S. L., Lauricella, A. R., & Wartella, E. (2015). Parental co-use of media technology with their young children in the USA. Journal of Children and Media, 9(1), 5-21.
Kustatscher, M. (2014). Informed consent in school-based ethnography: Using visual magnets to explore participation, power and research relationships. International Journal of Child, Youth and Family Studies, 5(4.1), 686-701.
Livingstone, S., Mascheroni, G., Dreier, M., Chaudron, S., & Lagae, K. (2015). How parents of young children manage digital devices at home: The role of income, education and parental style (EU Kids Online, Issue.
Merchant, G. (2012). Mobile practices in everyday life: Popular digital technologies and schooling revisited. British Journal of Educational Technology, 43(5), 770-782.
Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. M., & Saldaña, J. (2014). Qualitative data analysis: A methods sourcebook. 3rd. Sage publications.
Najafizadeh, M. (2012). Gender and ideology: Social change and Islam in post-soviet Azerbaijan. Journal of Third World Studies, 29(1), 81-101.
Nikken, P. (2017). Implications of low or high media use among parents for young children’s media use. Cyberpsychology: Journal of Psychosocial Research on Cyberspace, 11(3).
Padilla‐Walker, L. M., & Thompson, R. A. (2005). Combating conflicting messages of values: A closer look at parental strategies. Social Development, 14(2), 305-323.
Patton, M. Q. (2015). Qualitative research & evaluation methods : integrating theory and practice (Fourth edition.. ed.). SAGE Publications.
Plowman, L., McPake, J., & Stephen, C. (2008). Just picking it up? Young children learning with technology at home. Cambridge Journal of Education  38(3), 303-319.
Plowman, L., & Stevenson, O. (2012). Using mobile phone diaries to explore children’s everyday lives. Childhood, 19(4), 539-553.
Shin, W., & Li, B. (2017). Parental mediation of children’s digital technology use in Singapore. Journal of Children and Media, 11(1), 1-19.
Stake, R. E. (2006). Multiple case study analysis. The Guilford Press.
Tang, L., Darlington, G., Ma, D. W. L., & Haines, J. (2018). Mothers’ and fathers’ media parenting practices associated with young children’s screen-time: A cross-sectional study. BMC Obesity, 5(1), 1-10.
Thomas, G. (2011). A typology for the case study in social science following a review of definition, discourse, and structure. Qualitative Inquiry, 17(6), 511-521.
Tobin, J. J. (2019). The Origins of the Video-Cued Multivocal Ethnographic Method. Anthropology and Education Quarterly, 50(3), 255-269.
Tudge, J. R. H. (2008). The everyday lives of young children : culture, class, and child rearing in diverse societies. Cambridge University Press.


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

The Interplay Between Understandings of Inclusion and the Selection of of Digital Educational Materials - an International Comparative Perspective

Christoph Bierschwale, Michaela Vogt

Bielefeld University, Germany

Presenting Author: Bierschwale, Christoph; Vogt, Michaela

Topic, objective

Inclusion research is an extensive field of research, which manifests itself, for example, in the area of professionalization of teachers and in the discussion about the basic understanding of inclusive schooling, even if the term "inclusion" itself is and remains diffuse (see, for example, the research of Nilholm & Göransson 2017; Löser & Werning 2013). However, a understudied research field that is based on a very broad understanding of inclusion is the relationship between respective prevailing understandings of inclusion and digital educational materials such as learning platforms in different cultural contexts. Digital learning platforms can be distinguished from other software solutions on the basis of their functions. According to Petko, digital learning platforms offer the possibility of managing knowledge content, and they also enable communication, e.g. through forums. There is also the possibility of setting tasks and timelines. Learning platforms also offer the possibility of conducting exams and also enable course management (Petko 2010). Thus, in the German-speaking but also international discourse, there is hardly any research literature so far that deals with the exclusive elements of learning platforms from an international-comparative perspective (see e.g. Richardson & Powell 2011; Budde, Blasse & Johansen 2017). Furthermore, it is noted that work on countries in the Global South is largely lacking, and this includes, in particular, work on the education system in Singapore (e.g., Hung, Chen & Wong 2006; Singal, Lynch, & Johansson 2018). The focus of the following study is on a comparison between Estonia, a country that can be considered a pioneer in the implementation of digital media, and Germany, which is still lagging behind in the expansion of digital offerings (Reiss et al. 2019). In addition to this binary comparative perspective, a contrast is made with Singapore, which is also considered a leader in the field of digital education (Reiss et al. 2019). The research focus brings the diversity of educational systems and values into focus and, in connection with the theme of the conference, shows potentials through the exchange of best practices.

Theory

The developments in a school and the behaviour of the people in the organisation also with regard to the selection of digital teaching materials cannot be viewed in isolation, but always in interaction with other systems such as the law, the economy and society as a whole. Only this systems-theoretical understanding makes it possible to understand and explain the actions of the individual against the background of social institutions. An essential theoretical access to the interrelationships is offered by the theory of Helmut Fend in his "New Theory of Schools" (2008). Fend points out that action in the school is consists of normative sets of rules consisting of "duties and rights", according to which persons orientate their actions (Fend 2008, p. 172).

Comparisons between countries make it clear that education systems can be organised in very different ways. The federal system in Germany contrasts with a centrally controlled education system in Singapore and an education system in Estonia that is an education system that is strongly characterised by networks with the business community.

Based on the theoretical assumptions, questions are addressed on two levels

At the level of understandings of inclusion: What concept of inclusion can be found in policy documents and in group discussions with teachers and political decision-makers? Here, document analysis and interviews are used for methodological implementation.

At the level of digital teaching materials: How do teachers use digital learning platforms? What exclusive elements are there in learning platforms? Here, classroom observation is necessary, as well as qualitative content analysis of corresponding learning platforms.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodological approach is based on an international comparative research approach in which experiences from other countries can be used to reflect on own education policies and to learn from the experiences (Amaral 2015). The comparative  analysis in this study has two main functions: In terms of knowledge generation, especially the elaboration of categories. In comparing data and material matching categories (and thus focal points) but also differences between category systems come more into view. In addition, learning from the experiences of other countries is made possible. Furthermore, the approach of Participatory Action Research is used. This approach can be summarised as follows: “It seeks to bring together action and reflection, theory and practice, in participation with others, in the pursuit of practical solutions to issues of pressing concern to people, and more generally the flourishing of individual persons and their communities" (Reason & Bradbury 2008, p. 4). Co-researchers in this Participatory Action Research project are in particular pupils, teachers, parents, representatives of school administrators and IT entrepreneurs (Klüver & Krüger 1972; Kramer, Kramer & Lehmann 1979; Cornwall & Jewkes 1995; Reason & Brady 1995). In addition to these methodological foundations, different methods are triangulated in order to answer the corresponding research questions according to the theoretical assumptions.

With reference to methods of the study, document analysis and group interviews will be used. Within the framework of the document analysis central education policy documents are analysed. In Singapore, the following strategies of the Ministry of Education are of particular relevance with regard to digital educational materials: "Teach Less, Learn More" (TLLM) from 2013 and "Thinking School, Learning Nation" from 1997.  The strategies are available in an authorised English version. In Estonia, the Republic of Estonia Education Act of 1992 is of particular relevance, as it institutionalises decision-making structures on education policy. In addition to the analysis of the context, the digital teaching materials themselves will also be examined through a qualitative content analysis. With reference to the group discussions, an important selection criterion in the schools was that the schools work with digital educational materials. We were able to win corresponding cooperation schools and conducted the group discussions in 2022. The evaluation is largely completed and the first results are available. Furthermore, 14-day research visits were conducted in both countries. During these visits, the interviews were conducted. A standardized questionnaire was used to conduct the interviews.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
With reference to the answer to the first research question, it can be stated that teachers in Estonia are largely influenced by a narrow understanding of the concept of inclusion. In this context, pedagogical diagnostics play a special role, as does the distinction between children with learning disorders and children without learning disorders. There are also differences between schools in rural areas and schools in urban areas. Thus, rural schools were relatively less confronted with cultural heterogeneity. There were very few students who did not speak Estonian as their first language. No differentiated debate about inclusion can be found in the educational documents or in the interviews with teachers. With reference to Singapore, a rather narrow understanding of inclusion could also be found in the documents, which refers to special education criteria and psychological diagnostics.
 
With regard to the second research question, it can be stated that only few individualizing digital offers are provided in view of the special needs of the pupils in Estonia. Digital media are used in particular for quizzes and learning status queries. For example, there is no language support in the learning platforms for children without knowledge of the language of instruction; the same finding could be found in digital learning platforms in Singapore.  In Singapore, a variety of apps could be found that are used to activate students, but without taking into account specific needs, e.g. with regard to gender or cultural heterogeneity.

References
Amaral, M. (2015). Methodologie und Methode in der International Vergleichenden Erziehungswissenschaft. In: Parreira do Amaral, M., Amos, S. (Ed.) Internationale und Vergleichende Erziehungswissenschaft. Geschichte, Theorie, Methode und Forschungsfelder. Münster: Waxmann, p. 107-1.
Budde, J., Blasse, N., & Johannsen, S. (2017). Praxistheoretische Inklusionsforschung im Schulunterricht. Zeitschrift für Inklusion, (4). Abgerufen von https://www.inklusion-online.net/index.php/inklusion-online/article/view/358
Cornwall, A., & Jewkes, R. (1995). What is participatory research? Social Science & Medicine, 41 (12),p. 1667–1676.
Fend, H. (2008). Neue Theorie der Schule. Einführung in das Verstehen von Bildungssystemen. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag.
Hung D., Chen D., Wong A. (2006). An Overview of Virtual Learning Environments in the Asia-Pacific: Provisos, Issues, and Tensions. In: Weiss J., Nolan J., Hunsinger J., Trifonas P. (Ed.) The International Handbook of Virtual Learning Environments. Springer, Dordrecht. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1- 4020-3803-7_27.
Klüver, J., & Krüger, H. (1972). Aktionsforschung und soziologische Theorien: Wissenschaftstheoretische Überlegungen zum Erkenntnisinteresse in der Aktionsforschung. In F. Haag, H. Krüger, W. Schwärzel, & J. Wildt (Ed.), Aktionsforschung: Forschungsstrategien, Forschungsfelder und Forschungspläne. München: Juventa, p. 76 – 99.
Kramer, D., Kramer, H., & Lehmann, S. (1979). Aktionsforschung: Sozialforschung und gesellschaftliche  Wirklichkeit. In K. Horn (Ed.), Aktionsforschung: Balanceakt ohne Netz? Methodische Kommentare.   Frankfurt a. M.: Syndikat, p. 21 – 40.
Nilholm, C. & Göransson, K. (2017). What is meant by inclusion? An analysis of European and North American journal articles with high impact, European Journal of Special Needs Education, 32:3, 437-451, DOI: 10.1080/08856257.2017.1295638.
Petko, D. (2010). Lernplattformen, E-Learning und Blended Learning in Schulen. In: Petko, D. (Ed.) Lernplattformen in Schulen: Ansätze für E-Learning und Blended Learning in Präsenzklassen. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag, p. 9 – 29.
Reason, P., & Bradbury, H. (2001). Introduction: Inquiry and participation in search of a world worthy of human aspiration. In Reason, P. & Bradbury, H. (Ed.), Handbook of action research. London: Sage, S. 1 – 14.
Reiss K., Weis, M. Klieme E. Köller, O. (2019) Grundbildung im internationalen Vergleich. Münster: Waxmann.
Richardson, John & Powell Justin J.W. (2011). Comparing Special Education: Origins to Contemporary Paradoxes. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Singal, N.; Lynch, P.; Johansson, S. (2018). Education and Disability in the Global South: New Perspectives from Africa and Asia. London: Bloomsbury Academic.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm16 SES 12 B: Social Interactions in Digital Environments
Location: Gilmorehill Halls (G12), 217B [Lower Ground]
Session Chair: Louise Mifsud
Paper Session
 
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Digital Distraction Dilemmas: Appeasing the Student-as-Customer

Oliver McGarr

University of Limerick, Ireland

Presenting Author: McGarr, Oliver

This paper explores the issue of digital distraction in higher education and what influences academics’ responses to the challenge. Research by Flanigan and Titsworth (2020) found that digital distraction during lectures negatively impacted on both the quality and quantity of students’ notes. Digital distraction not only impacts negatively on the student that is engaging in the online behavior, but it can also impact on others sitting in the vicinity of the student (Flanigan & Babchuk, 2022). Therefore, despite decades of attention on digital technologies as devices that can enhance teaching and learning, there is growing evidence of their potential to do the exact opposite, i.e., distract the student from engaging in learning.

Because of the distractive nature of digital technologies in learning, there is a growing body of research exploring this phenomenon. Chen et al (2020) identified three streams of research in this area. The first stream focuses on the extent to which individuals use digital technologies for non-study purposes and the types of digital distraction behaviors. The second stream explores the relationship between digital distraction and student performance and the third stream tries to identify the determinants of digital distraction. There is also work exploring how best to assist students in developing strategies to address digital distraction (Aasgaard 2021). However, helping students to avoid digital extraction is a challenging task. Flanigan and Titsworth (2020) comment that digital technologies are unlike previous media technologies in that they are not task limited tools. Instead, they are used extensively for work, leisure and socialization. Therefore, the opportunities to avoid these technologies are limited. In looking at the approaches adopted to address this issue in higher education, Ehrlick (2014) identified that there were various ways in which academics tried to combat this issue. This paper aims to explore these different approaches and, through the lens of student-as-consumer and student-as-customer, aims to show how the increasing commodification of education limits educators’ responses to digital distraction as they are increasingly concerned about student appeasement.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Responses to digital distraction are influenced by many different factors including an academic’s attitude towards digital technology, their pedagogical practices and the nature of the learning environment. Importantly however, it is also influenced by the power dynamics underpinning their relationship with their students. This is the unique contribution of this paper.  It is argued that the academic-student relationship in higher education has changed significantly.  Tomlinson (2017) notes that amongst the reasons for this perceived change in relationship is the belief that students now see education through a more rights-based perspective and that they expect ‘value for money’ in terms of their educational experience.  This shifting pedagogical relationship is partly due to an increasing commodification of education and a, ‘a dominant ethic of rights and entitlement’ that has entered higher education (Tomlinson, 2017, p. 455).  This realignment in higher education is also reflected in the valuing the immediate economic gain of education rather than valuing its contribution to long-term intellectual development (Budd, 2017).  Amidst the wider marketisation of higher education, metaphorical representations of the student as ‘consumer’ and ‘customer’ are now commonly used (Molesworth, Scullion & Nixon, 2011). Power is therefore a central part of the customer relationship (Maringe, 2011) and given the power of the customer, this has the potential to distort practices to achieve certain goals, particularly in an educational context where power has been gradually transferred from the academic institution to the students (Van Andel et al, 2012)
Through a review of the existing research literature, this paper examines the changes in the academic-student relationships and the wider digitisation agenda in higher education and explores how this influences higher education’s response to the issue of digital distraction. It therefore aims to identify from the literature the main responses to digital distraction in higher education and aims to explain the different responses identified in the literature through the lens of changing academic-student relationships in higher education.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper argues that the three main approaches identified, banning, ignoring and embracing the technology, can be seen in the context of wider market forces that are causing a shift in conceptualisations of educative relationships in higher education.  The fundamental altering of the pedagogical relationship in higher education brought about by these wider changes distorts responses to pedagogical challenges such as digital distraction.  It results in decisions that are not always made in the best educational interests of the student.  The wider positivity surrounding the use of digital technologies in education adds a further level of complexity to the issue of digital distraction.  A powerful persuasive discourse in relation to digital technology’s educational potential, largely driven by a powerful global EdTech industry, permeates education at all levels.  Questioning of this techno-positivity challenges a digitisation agenda that higher education has invested significantly in and has been accelerated during the covid pandemic.  This has resulted in a perception that the benefits of digital technologies far outweigh their distractive potential.  The issue of digital distraction is therefore often downplayed or ignored in order to avoid undermining institutions’ wider digital technology plans.  For the professional educator, their professional autonomy to deal with the issue is therefore stifled by both changing lecturer-student relationships and the digitization agenda in higher education. Seen through this lens, it highlights how professional pedagogical issues such as the issue of digital distraction are strongly influenced by wider contextual factors that have the potential to erode the academic’s autonomy to exercise their own professional judgement.  
References
Aagaard, J. (2022). Taming unruly beings: students, discipline and educational technology. Technology, Pedagogy and Education, 31(2), 159-170.
Budd, R. (2017). Undergraduate orientations towards higher education in Germany and England: problematizing the notion of ‘student as customer’. Higher Education, 73(1), 23-37.
Chen, L., Nath, R., & Tang, Z. (2020). Understanding the determinants of digital distraction: An automatic thinking behavior perspective. Computers in Human Behavior, 104, 106195.
Ehrlick, S. P. (2014). Managing digital distraction: A pedagogical approach for dealing with wireless devices in the classroom. Journal of Teaching and Education, 3(3), 207-216.
Flanigan, A. E., & Babchuk, W. A. (2022). Digital distraction in the classroom: exploring instructor perceptions and reactions. Teaching in Higher Education, 27(3), 352-370.
Flanigan, A. E., & Titsworth, S. (2020). The impact of digital distraction on lecture note taking and student learning. Instructional Science, 48(5), 495-524.
Maringe, F. (2010) The student as consumer: affordances and constraints in a transforming higher education environment In: Molesworth, M., Scullion, R. & Nixon, E. (Eds) The marketisation of higher education and the student as consumer (pp. 142-155). Routledge, London.
Molesworth, M., Scullion, R., & Nixon, E. (Eds.). (2011). The marketisation of higher education and the student as consumer. London: Routledge.
Tomlinson, M. (2017). Student perceptions of themselves as ‘consumers’ of higher education. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(4), 450-467.
Van Andel, J., Pimentel Bótas, P. C., & Huisman, J. (2012). Consumption values and empowerment of the student as customer: taking a rational look inside higher education's' Pandora's Box'. Higher Education Review, 45(1), 62-85.


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Social Media Lab. A University Project in Digital Citizenship

José Miguel Gutiérrez Pequeño, Eduardo Fernández Rodríguez, Yasna Patricia Pradena García, Yaimara Batista Fernández, María del Carmen Herguedas Esteban, Laura De la Iglesia Atienza

University of Valladolid, Spain

Presenting Author: Fernández Rodríguez, Eduardo; Batista Fernández, Yaimara

Social media labs, as spaces for experimentation, have recently become one of the main mechanisms for innovation. The role of universities, with degrees focused on subjects linked to social innovation, can be a fundamental factor in social development. It is essential to transform traditional centres into spaces for dialogue, into creative ecosystems, simultaneously dedicated to reflection and debate, research and production, training, and socialisation. Within this framework, we carried out ethnographic research on the implementation of a social media laboratory developed with social education students during the last two academic years at the Faculty of Education in Palencia. The results provide evidence of the development by university students in some skills related to creativity, reflection and debate, as well as various digital skills. In line with the existing literature, we show how the social media laboratory enables the acquisition of knowledge situated in the social reality of the environment that is of great use to future social educators, as well as some of its limitations in these processes of experimentation and social innovation.

We propose to think of the media lab as a bet, a prototype or lab model that addresses the transformation of knowledge production processes, the reformulation of university institutions and the role of the humanities in influencing social processes from the defence of the commons as a local and situated expression of a capacity for resilience. Following this line, a prototype is a tentative, provisional, incomplete, experimental, open product. Prototyping is not so much about finding solutions as it is about making sure that the problems are well understood or, in other words, that we have been critical enough to explore the consequences of our designs and to make sure that we have taken into account almost all possible points of view.

In this study, we investigated the implementation of a project called "Social Media Laboratory for Young People" as an example of content creation that combines multimedia (images, video, text, audio) with the development of participatory cultures and the acquisition of digital competences. This project was conducted with the aim that the students of the Degree in Social Education go from being mere consumers to co-producers of the narrative, generating new opportunities for social, cultural and professional development. To this end, we propose the following objectives:

1. To examine social media laboratories based on the production, research and dissemination of socio-educational projects that explore new forms of creative experimentation and collaborative learning that arise within university environments in the hyper-connected society.

2. To stimulate social innovation and citizenship projects developed at the university, offering open platforms for collaboration between students and social agents to promote knowledge as a common good.

3. Promote the development of digital competences among university students in an environment of learning ecologies as part of their training in the contexts of expanded education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study carried out can be considered an ethnographic research, as the focus of attention is centred on the exploration of the technomedia productions (in their different formats) through which future social educators shape ways of acting and configure meanings in the hyperconnected environment.
The research process was carried out during the first semester of the 2021/22 academic year within the framework of two subjects belonging to the Degree in Social Education at the University of Valladolid: Citizen Participation (basic training) and Social Media (optional), in the third and fourth year respectively, located in the Faculty of Education in Palencia.
Based on research designs and frameworks linked to the relationships between technology, participation and media, the following research questions regarding laboratories and digital competences have been developed for this study:
- What productions have been implemented to develop the skills needed in a hyper-connected society?
- How do classroom practices facilitate the connection between university and society?
- What methodological strategies have been used to develop the different competences selected?
At the same time, and given that our research aimed to analyse the social experience mediated by digital technologies and social media, our enquiry was not only focused on the media ecosystem, but also on the opportunity to use the network as a research tool, so we used digital ethnography as a mechanism that allowed us to examine the relationships between the virtual and face-to-face spheres, also understanding that the emergence of radio, television, computers, smartphones, the Internet, search engines, the web, e-mail, social networks, etc. , have influenced and mediated personal interrelationships.  For this reason, the study includes the collection and analysis of aspects linked to the analogue and face-to-face reality of the classroom, as well as the elements of teaching and the virtual/digital reality of the participants.
The research techniques used respond to the complexities of digital ethnography: 1) analysis of the audiovisual productions made by the future social educators in digital format, together with their reflective texts; 2) classroom observations carried out by an external observer who was present in the two classrooms to analyse the work dynamics in the process of making the media laboratories.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Media labs add a pragmatic dimension, the capacity to produce collaborative solutions. This capacity involves incorporating people's creativity into policy production, through innovation processes that include and combine diverse knowledge. Chief among these is their extensive capacity for trial and error. This enables agile error analysis, while facilitating rapid learning, which avoids the cost of larger errors and converts it into accumulated knowledge for the institution. It is a model, therefore, that allows for error and transforms it into learning, but also does so as part of its very nature. We always move at the level of experimentation and prototyping of the projects that form part of a labor-atory, of the design of the laboratory itself and of the programme in which it is inserted.
The development of social media labs in the university environment generates new opportunities for innovation, incorporating the hacker spirit within sometimes century old institutions. Digital transformation, openness and social involvement take on a new dimension that is rare in higher education institutions. The innovation that the lab brings is materialised in the materialisation of the principles and forms learned in the digital sphere and the generation of open and shared innovation processes. They are configured as generative platforms oriented towards production as opposed to the idea of a portal that shows closed content to consumer users. They are also a way of exploring the continuity of the physical and digital dimensions, far from false dichotomies between the real and the virtual.

References
Basilotta-Gómez-Pablos, V., Matarranz, M., Casado-Aranda, LA. et al. (2022) Teachers’ digital competencies in higher education: a systematic literature review. Int J Educ Technol High Educ 19, 8.
Findeisen, S., Wild, S. (2022) General digital competences of beginning trainees in commercial vocational education and training. Empirical Res Voc Ed Train 14, 2.
Guillén-Gámez, F.D., Mayorga-Fernández, M.J., Bravo-Agapito, J.  (2021). Analysis of Teachers’ Pedagogical Digital Competence: Identification of Factors Predicting Their Acquisition. Tech Know Learn 26, 481–498
Nunes, A.C.B., Mills, J. and Pellanda, E.C. (2022), "Media Labs: Catalyzing Experimental, Structural, Learning, and Process Innovation", Montiel Méndez, O.J. and Alvarado, A.A. (Ed.) The Emerald Handbook of Entrepreneurship in Latin America, Emerald Publishing Limited, Bingley, pp. 87-102.
Pattermann, J., Pammer, M., Schlögl, S. & Gstrein, L. (2022). Perceptions of Digital Device Use and Accompanying Digital Interruptions in Blended Learning. Educ. Sci., 12, 215.
Punie, Y., Redecker, C., (2017) European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators: DigCompEdu. Publications Office of the European Union.
Quan-Haase, A. & Sloan, L. (ed.) (2022) The SAGE Handbook of Social Media Research Methods. SAGE Publications
Schmidt, S. & Brinks, V. (2017). Open Creative Labs: Spatial Settings at the Intersection of Communities and Organizations. Creativity and Innovation Management, 26(3), 291-299.
Symon, G., Pritchard, K. & Hine, C. (eds.) (2021). Research Methods for Digital Works & Organization. Oxford.
Tzafilkou, K., Perifanou, M. & Economides, A.A. (2022) Development and validation of students’ digital competence scale (SDiCoS). Int J Educ Technol High Educ 19, 30.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm17 SES 12 A: The Reputation and Discussion of Waldorf Education in Academia and the Public
Location: Gilbert Scott, Kelvin Gallery [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Marc Fabian Buck
Panel Discussion
 
17. Histories of Education
Panel Discussion

The Reputation and Discussion of Waldorf Education in Academia and the Public

Ann-Kathrin Hoffmann1, Marc Fabian Buck1, Ansgar Martins2, Bérengère Kolly3, Corinna Geppert4, Maja Dobiasz-Krysiak5

1University of Hagen, Germany; 2Hebrew University Jerusalem, Israel; 3University Paris-East Créteil, France; 4University for Continuing Education Krems, Austria; 5Nicolaus Copernicus University Thorn, Poland

Presenting Author: Hoffmann, Ann-Kathrin; Buck, Marc Fabian; Martins, Ansgar; Kolly, Bérengère; Geppert, Corinna; Dobiasz-Krysiak, Maja

Looking back on a tradition of more than 100 years, Waldorf or Steiner schools (and to a lesser extent kindergartens) are one of the most persistent organizations in the education system. However, their reputation and popularity vary between different societies. Even more remarkable is the often strong controversy over the ideological foundation, methods and other aspects of Waldorf education. Examples and triggers for these public controversies and discussions are numerous: the publication and discussion of “What they don’t tell us” of two Waldorf-estranged parents in Norway in 2010, proximity to right-wing extremist ideas of Waldorf teachers in Germany in 2015, the failed Ofsted inspections of Waldorf schools in the UK in 2019. Most recently, at the end of 2020, the discussion around French philosophy teacher Grégoire Perra’s critique of Anthroposophists’ proximity to conspiracy theorists was in the news as well as the partly close connection between Waldorf schools and teachers and the deniers and conspiracy theorists around Covid-19, especially, but not limited to Germany.

Meanwhile, Waldorf education is only a marginal topic in the academic discourse. Sometimes it is part of historical discussions on progressive education around 1900 or in relation to other reformers (mainly Maria Montessori), sometimes it is used as a typical case for private schools today. This anthology gathers perspectives around the world to discover how Waldorf education is perceived and discussed in both the public and academic discourses. Education systems are one of the last national refuges in a globalized and interconnected world (due to national or state-based legislation and curricula), thus they are a rational starting point for global research on this very topic. Moreover, local, regional or national languages are important reference points for discourses and the adoption and translation of Steiner’s ideas alike.

In terms of content and contributors, the panel is docked to a international research project with 15 case studies from European, Asian, African and American countries. The aim of this panel is to give first insights in identified and reconstructed places, structures and modes of discourses about Waldorf education based on the examples of Germany, Austria, France and Poland. With the panel and the project in general we will also serve as preliminary work on further research within the field of international Waldorf movement, e.g. on actors and actor networks, discourse sovereignty etc. One of the unique features of this work is the internationalization of academic Waldorf research, which until now has been chiefly limited to singular phenomena or countries. This contribution fosters comparative studies of a seemingly uniform pedagogy and its discussion and addresses the question of continuity and change of ideas and practices of Waldorf education in different constellations. Therein, it recurs, on the one hand, to the global dissemination of ideas and, on the other, to the historical concept of ‘progressive education’ as an international movement.

This contribution and the related compilation is the first international comparative attempt to analyse the Waldorf movement and its diverse appearance. The international cases have different methodological approaches regarding different research states and levels of public or academic discussions. The common bond of the contributions are mainly two guiding questions: First, (how) Waldorf education is perceived and discussed a) in the public and b) in academia, so if it is a concept that is accepted/respected/canonized and/or part of (public) teacher training or vocational training; second, what the differences and similarities between “public” and “academic” discourses are and if there are influences between the two.


References
Buck, Marc Fabian/Hoffmann, Ann-Kathrin (ed.): The Reputation and Discussion of Waldorf Education in Academia and the Public - International Cases. Routledge 2023 (in press).

Dobiasz-Krysiak, Maja: School of imagination, school of threats, discourses around Waldorf school in Poland. In: Marc Fabian Buck/Ann-Kathrin Hoffmann (ed.): The Reputation and Discussion of Waldorf Education in Academia and the Public - International Cases. Routledge 2023 (in press).

Geppert, Corinna: “The School, Where You Learn How to Dance Your Name”. An analysis of the public and academic debate about Waldorf schools in Austria. In: Marc Fabian Buck/Ann-Kathrin Hoffmann (ed.): The Reputation and Discussion of Waldorf Education in Academia and the Public - International Cases. Routledge 2023 (in press).

Hoffmann, Ann-Kathrin: Impressive practice, dubious theory - but what about the discourse? Waldorf Education and Educational sciences in Germany. In: Marc Fabian Buck/Ann-Kathrin Hoffmann (ed.): The Reputation and Discussion of Waldorf Education in Academia and the Public - International Cases. Routledge 2023 (in press).

Kolly, Bérengère: Debating a pedagogy without talking about pedagogy, the controversies around Waldorf in the French general press. In: Marc Fabian Buck/Ann-Kathrin Hoffmann (ed.): The Reputation and Discussion of Waldorf Education in Academia and the Public - International Cases. Routledge 2023 (in press).

Martins, Ansgar: Racism, Reincarnation and the Cultural Stage Doctrine of Waldorf Education: Anthroposophical Race Studies on the Way into the 21st Century. In: Marc Fabian Buck/Ann-Kathrin Hoffmann (ed.): The Reputation and Discussion of Waldorf Education in Academia and the Public - International Cases. Routledge 2023 (in press).

Zander, Helmut/Vitanova-Kerber, Viktoria (ed.): Anthroposophieforschung. Forschungsstand – Perspektiven – Leerstellen. De Gruyter Oldenbourg 2023 (in press).

Chair
Dr. Marc Fabian Buck, marc-fabian.buck@fernuni-hagen.de, University of Hagen
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm18 SES 12 A: Examining the Current and Future Status of Physical Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, Senate [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Fiona Chambers
Paper Session
 
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Changing the Status (Quo) of Physical Education? Sharing Insights from the UNESCO Global Quality Physical Education Survey

Rachel Sandford, Oliver Hooper, Julie Stirrup, Paula Griffiths, Paul Downward

Loughborough University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Sandford, Rachel; Hooper, Oliver

Internationally, there continues to be much debate about the subject of physical education (PE) and its place and purpose within schools (Kirk, 2010; Ekberg, 2021; Gray et al., 2022). Though there is recognition within the field that PE has much potential for supporting learning across multiple domains (Hooper et al., 2020; Lamb et al., 2021), and can contribute to the holistic development of young people (Bailey et al., 2009; Luguetti & Oliver, 2020), concerns continue to be raised about the precarious and, often, marginalised position of the subject within the educational landscape (Kirk, 2010). PE’s precarious history and lack of clear purpose in the curriculum has arguably played a significant role in how it has come to be positioned within research, policy, and practice in schools globally. Certainly, research has highlighted several issues faced by PE globally, including a disconnect between policy and practice, a ‘squeezing’ of curriculum time, and its positioning, often, as subject without academic significance (Chepyator-Thomson, 2014; Stidder, 2023. Growing concerns about sedentary lifestyles and the rise of lifestyle diseases (e.g., obesity and diabetes) have also seen PE increasingly aligned with a health agenda, with health now being a prominent feature in many curricula (Gray et al., 2022). Such shifts have led to concerns that PE is often tasked with ‘much to do’, and questions have been asked regarding just what the subject is (or should) be accountable for (e.g., Bailey et al., 2009).

Advocates for the subject have continued to ‘make the case’ for PE and to argue its value to and for young people (see UNESCO, 2017; afPE, 2019). Within this context, efforts to justify and enhance the status of PE have led to an increased focus on what constitutes Quality Physical Education (QPE) (e.g., Penney et al., 2009) and, in some contexts, to calls for PE to sit alongside subjects such as mathematics and sciences as a ‘core’ element in school curricula (e.g., Harris, 2018). Dyson (2014) argues that the question of ‘what is quality physical education?’ is an important one to consider, as it directs attention to key components of practice. On this, Penney et al., (2009) suggest that curriculum, pedagogy and assessment are three fundamental dimensions of ‘quality PE’, while it is also recognised that QPE is dependent on factors such as sufficient curriculum time, adequate resource and the availability of specialist practitioners, as well as the provision of inclusive, meaningful and relevant content (Kirk, 2004; Walseth et al., 2018).

In light of the discussion above, it is notable that UNESCO (2015) developed a series of Quality Physical Education (QPE) guidelines, which sought to inform PE practice globally across the full age range. In this work, QPE is defined as “the planned, progressive, inclusive learning experience that forms part of the curriculum in early years, primary and secondary education” (UNESCO, 2015, p. 9). Underpinned by a rights perspective, QPE is supported by the identification of specific indicators which detail core characteristics of PE that are seen to support quality provision. These indicators reflect broader debates and include a focus on factors such as the development of specific PE policy, the time allocated to PE within the curriculum, the inclusive nature of PE, and the training of specialist practitioners. Within this presentation, we draw on data from UNESCO’s global QPE survey – built around these indicators – to reflect on what they tell us about the current status of PE around the globe. Moreover, we use this as a basis to consider the implications for the future of PE and potential developments within research, policy and practice in the field.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This presentation presents findings from a secondary analysis of data collated as part of UNESCO’s global QPE Survey.  The QPE survey, compiled with input from various stakeholders (e.g., academics, organisations and individual experts) from across all world regions, sought to gather data related to different aspects of PE policy and practice. Questions were designed to address knowledge gaps, support the standardisation of data collection, and provide targeted support to UNESCO Member States for policy development. Questions within the survey were aligned with UNESCO’s QPE indicators, thereby focusing on issues such as frequency of provision, variety of activities, and notions of inclusivity (UNESCO, 2015). Two versions of the survey were created: i) a Ministerial-level survey (to capture data at the policy level from UNESCO Member States) and ii) a School-level survey (to collect data from teachers about PE provision/practice). These surveys were disseminated to sport ministries and schools in 2020-2021 in partnership with the International Federation of Physical Education and Sport (FIEPS). In total, responses were received from 117 ministries and 2101 PE teachers, with all regions (as defined by UNESCO) represented (i.e., Africa, Arab States, Europe and North America, Latin America and the Caribbean, and Asia Pacific).
The secondary analysis presented here employed both qualitative and quantitative methods to draw out key messages from the surveys relating to three core areas: i) challenges to PE within the respondents’ context; ii) perceived needs for delivering QPE within the respondents’ contexts; and iii) examples of good practice relating to QPE in the respondents’ context. For the qualitative analysis, data from the open-ended responses to relevant questions in the Ministerial-level and School-level surveys were analysed thematically, using an approach detailed by Braun and Clarke (2006). The quantitative analysis generated descriptive statistics of the QPE indicators and developed bivariate associations in relation to these. Further regression analyses were undertaken to block test sets of variables (e.g., space available, equality, school location, and teacher qualifications) to arrive at a set of parsimonious models with the QPE indicators as outcomes. Models were estimated with standard errors clustered on countries to control for country specific heterogeneity in the sample. Regional variables were added to explore their potential association with the outcomes. As each stage of the analysis progressed, ongoing conversations between the qualitative and quantitative teams ensured that a shared understanding of the data was developed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Core findings from the analysis of data will be presented, with shared messages from the qualitative and quantitative analyses discussed in light of their implications for the PE field. In summary, the analysis of data highlighted several themes – shared between the ministerial and school surveys – which reflect different aspects of PE practice. Some themes were focused more on practical or functional matters (e.g., ‘facilities and resources’ and ‘workforce’), whereas others were concerned with the broader policy landscape (e.g., ‘curriculum’, ‘policy matters’ and ‘status of PE’) or more contextual issues (e.g., ‘culture, community and context’, ‘equity and inclusion’ and ‘public health’). An additional theme of ‘climate’ was also identified - specific to the school survey data – which largely reflected the perceived challenges for practice caused by extreme and/or unpredictable weather. However, as might be expected, there were many interconnections between these different themes, reflecting something of the complex educational landscape of PE (e.g., Ekberg, 2021) and highlighting the need for a relational perspective. Together, the analysis of data from the UNESCO QPE surveys (both Ministerial-level and School-level) serves to indicate that in many contexts – and across all regions – there remains a lack of clarity regarding the place and purpose of PE within the broader education landscape. However, despite the data identifying various challenges and needs in this respect, it is notable that there are also many examples of good practice that evidence the significant contributions that PE can and does make to school life. Notably, recognition of the contributions that PE can make to pupils’ holistic development and to supporting local communities, traditions and cultures, which are reflective of broader conversations in the academic literature (e.g., Dyson, 2014; Hooper et al., 2020) and serve to strengthen the case for recognising and further enhancing the status of PE.
References
Bailey, R., Armour, K., Kirk, D., Jess, M., Pickup, I., Sandford, R. and BERA Sport Pedagogy and Physical Education Special Interest Group (2009) The educational benefits claimed for physical education and school sport: an academic review, Research Papers in Education, 24:1, 1-27. DOI: 10.1080/02671520701809817

Dyson, B. (2015) Quality Physical Education: A Commentary on Effective Physical Education Teaching. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport, 85, 144–152. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02701367.2014.904155

Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3:2, 77–101. DOI: 10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Ekberg, J-E. (2021) Knowledge in the school subject of physical education: a Bernsteinian perspective, Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 26:5, 448-459, DOI: 10.1080/17408989.2020.1823954
Gray, S., Sandford, R., Stirrup, J., Aldous, D., Hardley, S., Carse, N., Hooper, O. & Bryant, A. (2022a) A comparative analysis of discourses shaping physical education provision within and across the UK, European Physical Education Review. DOI: 10.1177/1356336X211059440
Harris, J. (2018) The Case for Physical Education becoming a Core Subject in the National Curriculum. Available at: https://www.afpe.org.uk/physical-education/wp-content/uploads/PE-Core-Subject-Paper-20-3-18.pdf
Hooper, O., Sandford, R. and Jarvis, H. (2020) Thinking and feeling in/through physical education: What place for social and emotional learning? In F. Chambers, D. Aldous and A. Bryant (Eds.), Threshold Concepts in Physical Education: A Design Thinking Approach (137-148). London: Routledge.
Kirk, D. (2010) Physical Education Futures. London: Routledge.

Lamb C., Teraoka E., Oliver, K. and Kirk, D. (2021) Pupils' motivational and emotional responses to pedagogies of affect in physical education in Scottish secondary schools, International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18:10, 5183, DOI: 10.3390/ijerph18105183
Luguetti, C. and Oliver, K. (2020) ‘I became a teacher that respects the kids’ voices’: challenges and facilitators pre-service teachers faced in learning an activist approach, Sport, Education and Society, 25:4, 423-435. DOI: 10.1080/13573322.2019.1601620

Penney, D., Brooker, R., Hay, O. & Gillespie, L. (2009) Curriculum, pedagogy and assessment: three message systems of schooling and dimensions of quality physical education, Sport, Education and Society, 14:4, 421-442, DOI: 10.1080/13573320903217125

Quennerstedt, M. (2019) Physical education and the art of teaching: transformative learning and teaching in physical education and sports pedagogy, Sport, Education and Society, 24:6, 611-623. DOI: 10.1080/13573322.2019.1574731

Stidder, G. (2023) Teaching Physical Education: Contemporary issues for teachers, educators and students. Routledge.
UNESCO (2015) Quality Physical Education. Available at: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000231101


18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Scoping the Potential of Physical Education (PE) as a Core Subject: Challenges, Opportunities and Need for Support

Oliver Hooper1, Rachel Sandford1, Shirley Gray2

1Loughborough University, United Kingdom; 2University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hooper, Oliver

There has been much debate – both nationally and internationally and over a sustained period of time – about the subject of physical education (PE) and its place and purpose within schools (Kirk, 2010; Ekberg, 2021; Gray et al., 2022a). It has long been recognised by those within the subject that it has much potential for realising learning across multiple domains (Hooper, Sandford & Jarvis, 2020; Lamb et al., 2021) and for supporting the holistic development of young people (Bailey et al., 2009; Luguetti & Oliver, 2020). However, questions have continued to be raised about the educative capacity of the subject and the contribution it makes – or is able to make – to the education of young people (Quennerstedt, 2019). These questions typically stem from what has been considered to be the relatively limited change with regard to how PE has been conceptualised and enacted in practice (Kirk, 2010; Herold, 2020; Gray et al., 2022a) and the continued dominance of particular agendas (i.e., health) within PE (Jung, Pope & Kirk, 2016; Lindsey et al., 2020; Gray et al., 2022b). Nonetheless, advocates of the subject have continued to ‘make the case’ for the subject and to argue its value to and for young people (see UNESCO, 2017; afPE, 2019). Calls for PE to become a core subject are not new, though in England these were formalised by Harris (2018) on behalf of the PE Expert Group.

It is notable that PE is the only foundation subject that is compulsory from Key Stage 1 to Key Stage 4 but while this is somewhat akin to core status it is not an equivalent and interpretations of this in practice have been varied. As such, there has continued to be sustained interest and advocacy – following the formal call from Harris (2018) – in making PE a core subject and momentum has been gained in this regard following the formation of the Association for PE (afPE) Taskforce in 2020. The afPE Taskforce was assembled to consider (and make recommendations on) the future of PE within England and comprised expert representatives from across the PE sector with support from a wider advisory group. As part of their work, the afPE Taskforce published a report on putting PE at ‘The Heart of School Life’. The afPE Taskforce report set out to make recommendations to Government about the subject of PE with two of the headline recommendations relating to making PE a core subject. However, despite the House of Lords responding positively to the recommendation to make PE a core subject, the Government’s official response was less positive, affirming that they “do not currently plan to make PE a core subject” (HM Government, 2022, p. 11). As such, despite a strong case being put forward by Harris (2018) and continued interest and advocacy in making PE a core subject, the Government remain unconvinced.

Whilst there is evidently much enthusiasm for making PE a core subject, from a range of stakeholders, there remains a dearth of evidence surrounding the impact such a move would have for pupils, teachers, schools and communities more broadly. Therefore, research is needed to explore the (potential) impact of making PE a core subject and to generate evidence that might be used to demonstrate this and ultimately to better make the case for PE being designated as a core subject. This paper presents the first phase of a research project that seeks to do this by evaluating a pilot of PE as a core subject across primary and secondary schools within a large academy trust in England.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper presents the first phase of an ongoing research project that examines the concept of PE as a core subject within a large academy trust. This first phase focused on scoping the perspectives of key stakeholders (i.e., PE subject leaders, teachers of PE and school leaders) to ascertain their views on PE as a core subject. It aimed to explore the (potential) impact of making PE a core subject through the following objectives:

1. To identify the position and status of PE within schools
2. To explore the perceived potential of PE as a core subject from different stakeholders’ perspectives
3. To map the opportunities and challenges that a move to PE as a core subject might present
4. To identify what support needs might arise from a move to PE as a core subject
5. To gather insight as to what PE as a core subject might ‘look like’ within schools
6. To examine what might be markers of success of a pilot of PE as a core subject within schools

The research outlined with this paper took place from February to July 2022 and adopted a mixed methods approach, drawing on both qualitative and quantitative data to generate rich insights. Data were generated via online surveys sent to PE subject leaders, teachers of PE and senior leadership teams (SLT) across the academy trust and follow-up online interviews with selected PE subject leaders and teachers of PE. In total, 84 complete survey responses were received from participants (48 male, 36 female, ages 24-47 years). These participants were both PE subject leaders (n=46) and teachers of PE (n=38) and represented both secondary (n=74) and primary (n=10) contexts. In addition, 17 individual interviews were conducted with participants (10 male, 7 female), with all but one representing secondary contexts. Data analysis followed an iterative process, with quantitative data used to generate descriptive statistics and qualitative data undergoing a thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). This is an inductive (i.e., ‘bottom up’) process where themes are derived from close examination and interpretation of the data itself. Data were firstly read and re-read with codes being assigned to portions of text and memos being noted. Themes were then developed from codes before being reviewed and refined.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research findings centre around several key themes, including (1): PE valued but not always prioritised; (2) opportunities and challenges; and (3) support needs. Theme 1: Data highlighted that the majority of survey respondents (83%) felt that PE was valued. However, it also suggested that it was not always prioritised within school practice, and the perceived value of PE could be easily undermined. Nonetheless, participants were largely positive about the idea of PE being a core subject, with survey respondents indicating much support. Concern was expressed though about being able to achieve this aim, with less than a third of respondents (29%) indicating their SLT would likely back this.

Theme 2: Participants identified a range of opportunities that could arise from PE becoming a core subject within the curriculum. These included benefits for pupils (e.g., supporting health and wellbeing, attendance, academic achievements), benefits for staff (e.g., professional development, specialist training, leadership opportunities) and benefits for the subject (e.g., raised status, curriculum time, resourcing). However, various challenges to PE becoming a core subject were identified by participants, many reflecting the perceived low status of the subject within schools. Space in the curriculum was a key issue here, with 75% of survey respondents indicating ‘timetabling’ as a significant challenge and 24% noting that PE had lost time to make space for other subjects. In addition, there were challenges with regard to the availability of facilities, staffing and SLT support. Theme 3: It was recognised that PE would need significant support from SLT to become a core subject within schools. Linked with this, survey respondents also noted support needs relating to facilities (82%), resourcing (71%) and curriculum time (68%). It was notable that data highlighted both a need for additional support in each of these areas and a greater protection of existing provision.

References
Association for Physical Education (2019) Outcomes of Quality Physical Education. Available at: https://www.afpe.org.uk/physical-education/wp-content/uploads/Outcomes-Poster-2019-Final.pdf

Bailey, R., Armour, K., Kirk, D., Jess, M., Pickup, I., Sandford, R. and BERA Sport Pedagogy and Physical Education Special Interest Group (2009) The educational benefits claimed for physical education and school sport: an academic review, Research Papers in Education, 24:1, 1-27. DOI: 10.1080/02671520701809817

Ekberg, J-E. (2021) Knowledge in the school subject of physical education: a Bernsteinian perspective, Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 26:5, 448-459, DOI: 10.1080/17408989.2020.1823954

Herold, F. (2020) ‘There is new wording, but there is no real change in what we deliver’: Implementing the new National Curriculum for Physical Education in England, European Physical Education Review, 26:4, 920-937. DOI: 10.1177/1356336X19892649

Jung, H., Pope, S. and Kirk, D. (2016) Policy for physical education and school sport in England, 2003–2010: vested interests and dominant discourses, Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy 21:5, 501-516. DOI: 10.1080/17408989.2015.1050661

Gray, S., Sandford, R., Stirrup, J., Aldous, D., Hardley, S., Carse, N., Hooper, O. & Bryant, A. (2022a) A comparative analysis of discourses shaping physical education provision within and across the UK, European Physical Education Review. DOI: 10.1177/1356336X211059440

Gray, S., Hooper, O., Hardley, S., Sandford R., Aldous, D., Stirrup, J., Carse, N. & Bryant, A. (2022b) A health(y) subject? Examining discourses of health in physical education curricula across the UK, British Educational Research Journal. DOI: 10.1002/berj.3820

Harris, J. (2018) The Case for Physical Education becoming a Core Subject in the National Curriculum. Available at: https://www.afpe.org.uk/physical-education/wp-content/uploads/PE-Core-Subject-Paper-20-3-18.pdf

HM Government (2022) Response to House of Lords National Plan for Sport, Health and Wellbeing. Available at: https://committees.parliament.uk/publications/8874/documents/89382/default/

Hooper, O., Sandford, R. and Jarvis, H. (2020) Thinking and feeling in/through physical education: What place for social and emotional learning? In F. Chambers, D. Aldous and A. Bryant (Eds.), Threshold Concepts in Physical Education: A Design Thinking Approach (137-148). London: Routledge.

Kirk, D. (2010) Physical Education Futures. London: Routledge.

Lindsey, I., Metcalfe, S., Gemar, A., Alderman, J. and Armstrong, J. (2020) Simplistic policy, skewed consequences: Taking stock of English physical education, school sport and physical activity policy since 2013, European Physical Education Review, 27:2, 278-296. DOI: 10.1177/1356336X20939111

Quennerstedt, M. (2019) Physical education and the art of teaching: transformative learning and teaching in physical education and sports pedagogy, Sport, Education and Society, 24:6, 611-623. DOI: 10.1080/13573322.2019.1574731

UNESCO (2017) Quality Physical Education. Available at: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000231101


18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Investigating the Role of Teacher Educators in the Development of Student Teachers’ Visions for Physical Education

Paul McMillan, Nicola Carse, Murray Craig, Karen Munro, Mike Jess

University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: McMillan, Paul; Carse, Nicola

With the recognition that education is a complex, interrelated and emergent phenomenon (Ovens et al, 2012), interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary ways of approaching educational topics are becoming more prevalent (Klein, 2018). Heterarchical ways of working, in which all participants are engaged in the learning and development process, are gradually replacing the linear, top-down hierarchies that have long dominated. Within this non-linear and more inclusive landscape, developing shared visions for the future have become a significant component of many educational developments (Huffman & Hipp, 2001). However, as this development process is a collaborative and dynamic endeavour, creating shared visions is not straightforward because it requires all those involved to be suitably equipped to effectively contribute to this joint process (Augsburg, 2014). Constructing a personal vision for the future, aligned with the ability to articulate and share their vision with others, is subsequently an important attribute for teachers as they engage in these future-oriented discussions (Shulman & Shulman, 2004). In addition, while part of this collaborative venture, personal vision also has an important role in helping teachers’ shape the nature of their own professional development.

In North America, teachers’ personal vision has become recognised as a key component of their initial and continuing teacher education (Hammerness, 2006). A teacher’s personal vision is an image of what they aspire to achieve in their classroom, school, and community and, in some cases, even society (Hammerness, 2001). This personal vision can guide the negotiation of policy, become a mechanism for reflecting on experience to inform future professional learning (Shulman & Shulman, 2004) and can also help teachers contribute to the wider development of departmental, school and community visons. Initiating the vision-making process with student teachers in Initial Teacher Education (ITE) has been identified as the most productive but most challenging place to begin this process (Hara & Sherbine, 2018). Developing vision at this early career phase helps student teachers think strategically, which later avoids confining them as teachers ‘gathering endless strategies, practical tips, and curriculum information’ (Kosnik & Beck, 2011, p. 122). Visioning in ITE can instead initiate a process to support the clearer articulation of beliefs and values about teaching and learning, foster a critical awareness about policy directives and explore an activist stance in relation to dominant discourses.

With this background in mind, ‘Vision and Voices’ is a multi-layered longitudinal project being developed as part of a four-year undergraduate Physical Education initial teacher education programme at the University (Munro et al, 2022). Involving almost 400 full-time students, efforts are being made to interweave the development of personal vision across the programme. Threading personal vision across the programme, however, is a complex process and requires collaborative and connected efforts by university staff to include vision-related activities within their own practice. Consequently, while the tracking of student teacher’s evolving visions is ongoing (Jess et al, 2021), the project is also investigating how university staff can work together to incorporate the development of student’s personal visions across the different courses that make up the programme. This is important because teacher educators are an under-researched, poorly understood, and ill-defined group (Murray, 2014) and physical education teacher educators even more-so (McEvoy et al., 2015). Consequently, this study seeks to explore personal vision within a European context and make a contribution to future practice. To do this, three related research questions are addressed:

  1. What are the personal visions of teacher educators working on the PE programme?
  2. How do these visions inform their teacher educator practice on the PE programme?
  3. How should the ‘Vision and Voices’ project progress in the future?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study takes a qualitative and interpretivist approach with the aim of analysing teacher educators’ perspectives and practices in relation to student teacher’s visions. Following ethical approval from the University, the participants received an information sheet about the research and a consent form in which the rights of the participants were specifically outlined (Wiles, 2013). Twelve teacher educators working in the university participated: 8 female and 4 male participants. The participants had been teacher educators from 4-31 years and had different roles at the university (see Table 1).  The study took place over two phases.  In phase one, the research team analysed validated programme documentation and course artefacts e.g.  teaching materials and assessments, for vision-related information. Phase 2 consisted of 4 semi-structured focus groups that were audio recorded and lasted between 40 to 60 minutes. These took place during the 2022-23 academic year. Each focus group was conducted with 3 participants (see Table 1) and data was gathered from conversations based on pre-prepared questions focussed on the teacher educators’ views about vision, their current practices and how they perceived the way the project should progress in the future.

Table 1.  The Participants

Pseudonym   Role                                 Years as Teacher Educator   Focus Group
Natalie       Deputy Head of Institute             10                                   1
Peter       Programme Leader                     14                                   2
Maurice       Senior Lecturer                             31                                   3
Martin       Lecturer                                     12                                   1
Wendy       Teaching Fellow                     20                                   2
Joan       Teaching Fellow                     18                                   1
Jenny       Teaching Fellow                     20                                   3
Sally       Teaching Fellow                     10                                   3
Kirsty       Teaching Fellow                       4                                   1
Dorothy       Teaching Fellow                       7                                   3
Benjamin       Teaching Fellow                       4                                   2

Reliability and validity were an ongoing consideration, particularly as the participants had a vested interest the vision project. The focus groups were purposefully arranged with participants who taught on different courses to minimise social desirability. Audio recordings were securely stored in accordance with GDPR regulations (ICO, 2018). Data were transcribed and analysis was a deductive and inductive process undertaken collectively by the research team. One focus group transcript was initially read by all the research team and deductively analysed to identify participant perspectives and practices on visions. Emergent themes were compared with relevant literature (Punch, 2009). A second round of data analysis of all focus groups was carried out by all members of the research team.  This analysis process enabled patterns, similarities and differences to be explored and synthesised to identify points of convergence and divergence.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analysis of the focus group data will take place between May-June 2023.  Following informal discussions over the last three years, the expectation is that participants will generally be in agreement with the project’s goal of supporting the development of student teachers’ vision. However, as a relatively new element within the programme, there is also an expectation that the participants’ understanding of the vision-making process will range from limited to in-depth.  Therefore, tutors will include vision-making in a range of different ways, ranging from minimal to significant focus.  This diversity is likely to come about because of the extent to which the participants have been engaged in the project to date, the student year groups they currently tutor and also the extent to which they believe student’s personal visions should weave through the programme. In terms of future developments, there is an expectation that the participants will raise issues about the different ways that students can be supported to work collaboratively to develop their visions, how resource materials can be developed for use across the programme and beyond, and also the ways in which the students’ school placement experiences can directly include aspects of their vision-making.  This final point will also raise issues about the ways that the university can work more closely with schools to expand the ‘Vision and Voices’ project.
References
Augsburg, T., (2014) Becoming Transdisciplinary: The Emergence of the Transdisciplinary Individual, World Futures, 70:3-4, 233-247.

Hammerness, K. (2001) Teachers’ visions: The role of personal ideals in school reform, Journal of Educational Change, 2, 143–163.

Hammerness, K. (2006) Seeing through teachers’ eyes: Professional ideals and classroom practices (New York, NY, Teachers College Press).

Hara, M. & Sherbine, K. (2018) Be[com]ing a teacher in neoliberal times: The possibilities of visioning for resistance in teacher education, Policy Futures in Education, 16(6), 669–690.

Huffman, J., & Hipp, K.,(2001) Creating Communities of Learners: The Interaction of Shared Leadership, Shared Vision, and Supportive Conditions, International Journal of Educational Reform, 10/3, 272-281

Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO). (2018) Guide to the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) [Online]. Available from: <https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/
government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/711097/guide-to-the-general-data-protection-regulation-gdpr-1-0.pdf> [Accessed on 27 January 2023].

Jess, M., McMillan, P., Carse, N., & Munro, K. (2020). The personal visions of physical education student teachers: Putting the education at the heart of physical education. Curriculum Journal, 32(1), 28-47.
 
Klein, J, (2018) Learning in Transdisciplinary Collaborations: A Conceptual Vocabulary, IN Fam, D., Neuhauser, L., & Gibbs, P (Editors) (2018) ; Transdisciplinary Theory, Practice and Education The Art of Collaborative Research  and Collective Learning,(Amsterdam, Springer)

Kosnik, C. & Beck, C. (2011) Teaching in a nutshell, navigating your teacher education program as a student teacher (New York, Routledge).

Munro, K., Jess, M., Craig, M. P., & McCall, J. (2022) The visions and voices of physical education teachers - Part 3: Weaving vision through initial teacher education, 17(1), 60-65.

McEvoy, E., Heikinaro-Johansson, P., & MacPhail, A., (2015): Physical education teacher educators’ views regarding the purpose(s) of school physical education, Sport, Education and Society, DOI: 10.1080/13573322.2015.1075971

Murray, J., (2014) Teacher educators’ constructions of professionalism: a case study, Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 42(1), 7–21
Ovens, A., Hopper, T., & Butler, J., (eds.) (2012) Complexity thinking in physical education: reframing curriculum, pedagogy and research. (London: Routledge).
Punch, K. (2009) Introduction to research methods in education. London: SAGE Publications Ltd.

Shulman, L. & Shulman, J. (2004) How and what teachers learn: A shifting perspective, Journal of Curriculum Studies, 36, 257–271.

Wiles, R. (2013) What are qualitative research ethics? London: Bloomsbury.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm19 SES 12 A: Paper Session
Location: Hetherington, 129 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Dennis Beach
Paper Session
 
19. Ethnography
Paper

Critical Educational Ethnography: Negotiating Access at the Level of the Official, Informal and Physical School

Linda Maria Laaksonen

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Laaksonen, Linda Maria

The role of an ethnographer in a school is complex and engaging in ethnography ethically requires reflexivity and positional awareness. The researcher holds power in many ways, but when it comes to access to the field school, it needs to be sensitively negotiated and should not be taken for granted (see e.g. Atkinson, Coffey & Delamont 2003). This presentation explores a methodological challenge of what are the frames given to long-term critical ethnographic fieldwork and knowledge production today and what is the position of a researcher in the changing landscape of research, where most of the research is expected to be fast-paced and controlled projects. Our interest in the methodological challenge discussed in this presentation was sparked by an episode in 2018 when we were negotiating access to one of our field schools. The new European general data protection regulation (GDPR) had just been implemented and due to that the municipal office granting research permissions to educational institutions asked us to fill out a form where we should write down “everything we were possibly planning to observe at the field school”. The official negotiations related to access seem to have become more regulated and restrictive and seem somewhat incompatible with the ethical questions related to ethnographic research and the nature of critical knowledge production.

To analyse the multi-layered dynamics of negotiating access to the everyday life of the ethnographic field schools and producing critical ethnographic research we use Gordon, Holland and Lahelma’s (2000, p. 53) three levels of schooling: the official school, the informal school, and the physical school and consider how access is negotiated on all three intersecting levels. The official school consists, for example, the documented research permissions whereas the informal level of the school captures the everyday negotiations of access when we for example asked if we can attend certain classes. The physical school covers possibilities and limitations offered by the school building considering also limitations set to moving, talking and being at the school.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this presentation, we draw from two ethnographic studies focusing on questions of educational choices and the societal inclusion of young people in general upper secondary education in the Helsinki metropolitan area. We have produced ethnographic data in two general upper secondary schools during the years 2016–2020. Our approach to the field in this study was inspired by multi-sited ethnography (Lahelma et al., 2014). By multi-sited, we mean that we understand the ethnographic field as layered, that it stretches from a certain time and institution towards the wider societal context of the research (Marcus, 1995). The data produced in separate ethnographic studies were analysed jointly.
During the fieldwork, we participated in and observed the everyday life of the schools, school events, meetings and lessons for all age groups. Our broad interest was in making sense of what happens in the schools’ everyday life and how people make sense of it. We focused especially on the messy everyday discrepancies between saying and doing. As for qualitative ethnographic analysis (e.g. Coffey & Atkinson, 1996), the data was coded thematically and then analysed in a dialogue with the theoretical concept of three levels of schooling (Gordon et. al., 2000). We also used elements of discourse analysis (Bacchi, 2000) focusing on how certain discourses limit or allow access.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results of our analysis illustrate how the negotiations related to access to the level of official school were just a starting point to negotiating our access to the everyday life of the schools. The most important negotiations seemed to happen on the unofficial level when communicating with the students and the teachers in situations like asking permission to follow a certain lesson or to participate in different activities at the school. Access to the ethnographic field is never fixed but constantly re-negotiated (see Lappalainen et. al., 2007). In the everyday life of schools, there are certain hierarchies and roles, such as teacher and student, but no ready-made position for a researcher. Spending time with both students and teachers illustrated the ambivalence of our position as we often had access to both spaces used by only teachers and spaces used by only students. (see Gordon, Holland, Lahelma & Tolonen, 2005.) However, as we were not students nor did we have keys to the school, like the teachers had, we always needed to negotiate our access also at the level of a physical school (Gordon et al., 2000). As the negotiations happen simultaneously on many different levels the official regulations related to research permissions seem to fail to recognise them: official research permissions for example only cover the official school area, but boundaries of the ethnographic field are not strictly bound to the school building itself and the position of a researcher does not disappear when encountering people from the field school at the nearby bus stop.
References
Atkinson, P., Coffey, A., & Delamont, S. (2003). Key themes in qualitative research: Continuities and changes. Rowman Altamira.

Gordon, T., Holland, J., & Lahelma, E. (2000). Making spaces: Citizenship and difference in schools. Springer.

Gordon, T., Holland, J., Lahelma, E., & Tolonen, T. (2005). Gazing with intent: ethnographic practice in classrooms. Qualitative Research, 5(1), 113-131.

Lahelma, E., Lappalainen, S., Mietola, R., & Palmu, T. (2014). Discussions that ‘tickle our brains’: Constructing interpretations through multiple ethnographic data-sets. Ethnography and Education, 9(1), 51-65.
Lappalainen, S., Hynninen, P., Kankkunen, T., Lahelma, E., & Tolonen, T. (2007). Etnografia metodologiana: lähtökohtana koulutuksen tutkimus. [Ethnography as a methodology: researching education]

Marcus, G. E. (1995). Ethnography in/of the world system: The emergence of multi-sited ethnography. Annual review of anthropology, 24(1), 95-117.


19. Ethnography
Paper

‘Outermost’ Community Resilience: The Carnival of Terceira Island (Azores, Portugal) as a Case for Inclusive Peripheral Participation

Andrea Marcelli

Università degli Studi Niccolò Cusano, Italy

Presenting Author: Marcelli, Andrea

Ecopedagogy (Gadotti, 2010) is a paradigm that overcomes mentalistic accounts of education by stressing on informal education processes(Misiaszek, 2015). Given ecopedagogy’s declared focus on sustainable growth and supra-individual processes, cultural heritage is regarded as pivotal to both understand how communities interact with the environment and what fosters the growth of resilient communities.
Drawing on the above paradigmatic assumptions, this paper showcases the results of an ethnographic inquiry concerning the Carnival of Terceira Island (Azores, Portugal). The intensity and peculiarity of such heritage phenomenon places it in a special place with regards to other instances of European folklore (Marcelli et al., 2022). In addition to a more ‘classic’ ethnographic survey, however, a question is raised concerning the way this specific Carnival plays a role in producing feedback processes that ensure community bonding, an opportunity to review current communal practice, and in general, as a powerhouse for competence development among all generations of islanders.
By focusing not on individual learning but on supra-individual processes, a new understanding of Lave and Wenger’s (1991) notion of peripheral participation is achieved, which provides a strong explanatory framework for what is going on during Terceira’s Carnival. As of 2020–2022, the island community shows the ability to place itself at its own periphery—not in the geographical sense, but in the developmental one. Thematic analysis of collected ethnographic data show that Terceira achieves a type of intentional ‘ontological displacement’ that creates a fictionalized distance with its current self. This, in turn, triggers shared processes of revision that result in increased resilience and ability to tackle global and local challenges with both humour and a sense of purpose.
As a consequence of the above, we maintain that Terceira’s Carnival constitutes a major example of shared learning that extends its benefits to members of the island community at large. Furthermore, it does also act as a dispositif that enables the self-directed change (hence, education) of the whole community, which, thanks to the pursuit of Carnival’s collective goals, puts itself in a position to negotiate its role in the World.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data were collected during three fieldwork stays in Terceira Island (Azores, Portugal), which took place between 2020 and 2022. Direct observation of the Carnival took the shape of rapid appraisals, after the methodology outlined by Ellsberg and Heise (2005). Data from the Author’s ethnographic journal were later validated through interviews with 11 ‘culture experts’ and a collective writing activity that involved six scholars (2 foreigners, 3 Terceiran natives, and 1 non-Terceiran Azorean native). The resulting process matches with Murtagh’s (2007) description of a “critical quasi-ethnographic approach” and benefits from the positive impact of convenience sampling as described by Etikan et al. (2016). Finally, collected data were subject to a further iteration, constituted by a thematic analysis (see Guest et al., 2012).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results show that the Carnival of Terceira Island is a Foucauldian dispositif (Bussolini, 2010) that ensures peripheral participation in the sense understood by Lave and Wenger (1991). Furthermore, when focus shifts from individuals to the whole island community, Carnival retains its impact of peripheral participatory practice. As such, it fosters the ability of Terceiran people to tackle the challenges of globalization, internationalization, and localization processes (Dicken, 2011)—which constitute both opportunities and stressors for the islanders. The feedback processes involved in the Carnival do for the community what evaluation does for the individual.
Such interpretation of Terceira’s Carnival casts intangible cultural heritage as an educational dispositif, whose current purpose takes a different path from the one that was previously highlighted by historians who dealt with the topic (e.g., Enes, 1998). It is yet to be established, however, whether such dispositif stems from post-modern dynamics or if it rather constitutes a special case of ‘intentional Narrenschiff’ (for the concept, see Foucault, 1961), whose existence ensures an affordable type of ontological displacement whose long-term effect, however, is that of reinforcing the status quo.

References
Bussolini, J. (2010). What is a Dispositive? Foucault Studies, 10, 85. https://doi.org/10.22439/fs.v0i10.3120
Dicken, P. (2011). Global shift: Mapping the changing contours of the world economy (6th ed). Guilford Press.
Ellsberg, M. C., & Heise, L. (2005). Researching Violence Against Women: A Practical Guide for Researchers and Activists. World Health Organization, PATH. https://www.who.int/reproductivehealth/publications/violence/9241546476/en/
Enes, C. (1998). O Carnaval na Vila Nova. Salamandra.
Etikan, I., Musa, S. A., & Alkassim, R. S. (2016). Comparison of Convenience Sampling and Purposive Sampling. American Journal of Theoretical and Applied Statistics, 5(1), 1. https://doi.org/10.11648/j.ajtas.20160501.11
Foucault, M. (1961). Folie et déraison: Histoire de la folie à l’âge classique (1st ed.). Plon.
Gadotti, M. (2010). A Carta da Terra na educação. Editoria e Livraria Instituto Paulo Freire. http://acervo.paulofreire.org:8080/xmlui/handle/7891/2812
Guest, G., MacQueen, K., & Namey, E. (2012). Applied Thematic Analysis. SAGE Publications, Inc. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781483384436
Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge University Press.
Marcelli, A. M., Sousa, F., Fonseca, J., Silva, L. S. da, Melotti, M., & Costa, S. G. (2022). The Unknown Carnival of Terceira Island (Azores, Portugal): Community, Heritage, and Identity on Stage. Sustainability, 14(20), 13250. https://doi.org/10.3390/su142013250
Misiaszek, G. W. (2015). Ecopedagogy and Citizenship in the Age of Globalisation: Connections Between Environmental and Global Citizenship Education to Save the Planet. European Journal of Education, 50(3), 280–292. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12138
Murtagh, L. (2007). Implementing a Critically Quasi-Ethnographic Approach. The Qualitative Report, 12(2), 193–215.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm20 SES 12 A: Children voices of diversity
Location: James McCune Smith, 733 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Michal Ganz-Meishar
Paper Session
 
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

"Please, Let me Feel at Home". Second Generations Coming to the Age between Discrimination and Inclusion

Roberta Ricucci

University of Turin, Italy

Presenting Author: Ricucci, Roberta

The immigrant presence is neither a novelty nor a passing phenomenon. Children, even more than their parents, are an important element not only in Italian schools but in society in general, albeit the educational environment has difficulty in distinguishing between these young people (all Italian) and their parents (resulting from one or more migrations). As they come of age, the young people continue to go through a delicate phase subsequent upon compulsory schooling and to enter the labour market, discovering the extent to which being foreigners and ‘children of immigrants’ means being negatively labelled (Ambrosini 2019; Ricucci 2017).

Reaching adulthood – i.e. the steps which are considered as the passage between being ‘young’ and being ‘adult’ – happens more quickly for the second generation than for their Italian peers (Argentin and Pavolini 2020; Panichella, Avola and Piccitto 2021). From this perspective, the second generation represents a novelty within the so-called Mediterranean transition to adulthood in which Italy fits. However, this awareness is not widespread. Indeed, the issue of the second generation emerges mainly when studying the educational path from infancy to high school. Rarely does the focus span the university level and the relationship with the labour market. Looking at these two latter topics, emigration flows from Italy to other EU or OECD countries represent one of the more interesting patterns of social transformation in the debate on youth. However, despite the high numbers and the relevance in public debate, the phenomenon of young people with a migratory background who decide to leave Italy remains quite under-scrutinised, with the great majority of research focusing only on Italians with an Italian family background.

The paper will present finding from a broaden research project focussed on the topic of youth intra-EU mobility. Specifically, the project addressed the perspectives of a very particular group of young people – those who have a family (or personal) migratory background and who have developed migration projects from Southern European countries to Northern Europe.

The paper will start by framing the issue of youth mobility and its connection with international family migratory experiences before presenting the main actors, namely the children of immigrants in Italy who – with or without Italian citizenship – decide to leave the country. The reasons behind this decision are numerous. In this paper, the focus will be on the lack of supports and the discriminations which seems to characterize the relations with both university enrolment and entry in the labour market and finally force young people with a migratory background to leave the country. The research question will try to better understand to what extent peers and those who belong to the educational community will help (or not) these specific young people in try to overcome discrimination episodes and avoid the risk to leave the country not as a free choice but as a reaction towards an unwelcome society.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Drawing on an empirical investigation which adopted a qualitative approach, the rationale for carrying out in-depth interviews stems from the  assumption that they open to capture processes such as migrant experiences, values, the production of meaning and respondents’ self-positioning on crucial issues such as identity, a topic which often causes conflicts between generations in migratory contexts (Lareau 2003). This paper focuses on the reasons for leaving and choosing one specific country instead of another  by a sub-sample characterised by the common variable of being part of the migratory flows moving from African and Latin-American countries to Italy. The empirical material presented in this article is part of the research project ‘Youth on the Move: Naturalized Italians’, financed by the Italian University Research Funds, which investigated the biographies of young Italians with a migratory background who have already left Italy – or are planning to leave – for other European destinations in the last five years. The project, carried out during 2016–2021, employs both qualitative interviews and a multi-situated ethnography in various European cities (London, Berlin, Paris, Lyon and Hamburg): 120 life-stories and hundreds of pages of ethnographic observations have been collected. For this paper, I’ll consider 30 stories, scrutinizing ideas, dreams, school-paths, social insertion activities and feelings of a sub-sample, gender-balanced, of youth from Africa and Latin America (age 20-26).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The future of second generations is weighed down by the difficulties of the first generation, of those fathers and mothers who still struggle to have their paths of inclusion recognised. The general imagination and the attitude of the media, which is incapable of objectively grasping the wealth of stories and potential, but also the hardships and problems that accompany the adult development of the children of immigration, also weigh heavily. The profound feeling of ‘not feeling at home’ may lead to new migration projects towards destinations deemed more favourable to young people and where there is a more positively expressed cultural diversity. And this would be a damage and a snub for a country that in fact has in immigration and in immigrant families an ‘energy potential’ to face a major demographic crisis.
In this framework, some interesting findings will be discussed dealing with intercultural training activities devoted to the educational community s a whole in order to reduce the risk of discrimination and supporting a new way of considering the life-projects of second-generations beyond their family backgrounds.

References
Ambrosini M. (2019). Migrazioni. Milan: Egea.
Argentin G., Pavolini E. (2020). How Schools Directly Contribute to the Reproduction of Social Inequalities. Evidence of Tertiary Effects, Taken from Italian Research. Politiche Sociali 7(1): 149–176.
Lareau A. (2003). Unequal Childhoods: Social Class, Race, and Family Life. Berkley CA: University of California Press.
Panichella N., Avola M., Piccitto G. (2021). Migration, Class Attainment and Social Mobility: An Analysis of Migrants’ Socio-Economic Integration in Italy. European Sociological Review 37(6): 883–898.
Ricucci R. (2017). The New Southern European Diaspora: Youth, Unemployment, and Migration. Lanham MD: Lexington Books.


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

What Makes a Good Friend? Children’s Voices on Friendship in ECEC in a Culturally Diverse Classroom

Andrea Khalfaoui1,2, Rocío García Carrión1,3

1University of Edinbrugh, United Kingdom; 2University of Deusto; 3Ikerbasq Research Associate

Presenting Author: Khalfaoui, Andrea

Decades of research have demonstrated that friendship is a crucial human ability that has important implications for learning and development processes (Hartup, 1996). Through friendship, children acquire important social skills that will be essential in other relationships later in life, such as sharing, conflict resolution, or even loyalty (Epstein, 1986). Such important abilities are rooted in the early years (Dunn, 2008).

In this regard, positive attitudes about school, academic achievement, and the development of positive self-esteem are among the most common impacts when talking about healthy peer relationships and friendships (Denham, 2006). When Osher and colleagues (2020) explore the features at the macro and micro contexts that shape children’s developing brains and their overall development, they found that having friends decrease loneliness, increases self-esteem (Osher et al., 2020). Moreover, research has shown it promotes school satisfaction and engagement, averts some victimization, and it buffers the mental health consequences of bullying (Adams, Santo, & Bukowski, 2011). This is coherent with the main findings of the Harvard Study on Adult Development (Vaillant, 2008), which conclude that one of the most important factors for a happy and healthy life is high-quality relationships.

When it comes to children, scientific literature agrees on considering children’s friendships those peer relationships that are characterized by mutual positive regard and extend beyond a specific location or context or point in time (Rose et al., 2022). Although scientific literature highlights that friendship’s foundations are rooted in the early years (Dunn, 2008), research about friendship at this stage of life continues to be scarce. Although studies about friendship focused on later stages of life shed light on this unique human capacity, understanding how children’s friendship is built and how it is conceptualized among young children might contribute to nurturing features that facilitate it from the very beginning.

Schools are an ideal context for friendships’ formation and development. In this regard, a particular school model called Schools as Learning Communities (SLC) (Soler et al., 2019) has demonstrated to enhance social cohesion and academic achievement in more than 9,000 schools worldwide and has been identified by the European Commission as being effective in reducing the school dropout rate in Europe. It is grounded on the implementation of a series of Successful Educational Actions (Flecha, 2015) that highlight the importance of interactions and community participation as key elements of educational success and social cohesion. In addition, SLC has been found to support help and solidarity interactions in the early years and nurture important human values for friendship such as love, justice, tolerance, and solidarity (García-Carrión et al., 2020). However, less research has been conducted in these schools to explore children’s friendships in early years. Consequently, this study addresses two research questions: a) what do children of 5 years old understand as being friends? And b) what school elements might support children’s friendship formation in a culturally diverse school setting?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study carried out a qualitative case study, focused on a 5 years-old classroom within a school situated in a deprived area, in Northern Spain. As for the school, it serves students from 2 to 16 years of age (308 students by June 2022), mostly Roma and migrants, mainly from Northern Africa, South America, and Western Asia. By June 2022, the 98% of the students received free school meals from the Basque Government.  The school is organized as a Learning Community, which means that it delivers actions based on scientific research, mainly based on interaction and dialogue, and including families and other community members into school activities.

Seventeen 5 years old children participated in the study (see table 1). They took part in a focus group, where they were invited to share their thoughts, experiences, and beliefs about friendship. Data collection started when the researcher explained the aim of the study, and invited children to draw about their friends during 15 minutes. After that, the group was invited to gather together and discuss their drawings on the issue. This open dialogue was prompted by questions such as “what/ who did you draw? What makes a good friend? How did you managed to be friends with….”?  Participation was voluntary, and the teacher facilitated the discussion along with the researcher.

The discussion group lasted 39’01’’, and some of the children (12 out of 17) decided to give their drawings to the researcher, although this was not required. The audio recording of the discussion group was transcribed verbatim and inductively analyzed.

Table 1.  Ethnic composition of the participants
Roma Northern Africa South America Western Asia Other European Countries
Girls 3 1 2 2 1
Boys 4 2 2 0 0

Ethical issues were addressed throughout in accordance with the ethical codes outlined by the European Early Childhood Education Research Association’s (EECERA, 2015).  The researcher ensured that the children’s participation was voluntary and not coerced by collecting informed consent from the school (since families granted consent at the beginning of the school year for their children to participate in research activities). In the case of the children, the researcher ensured their informed assent by explaining the details of the study and highlighting the key role that they could play in it, and their freedom to withdraw at any point without any consequences.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The voices of children during the focus group highlight the following themes, which are aligned with the research questions.

What makes a true friend?
Participants highlighted that certain elements are essential when identifying someone as a friend. Sofie, one girl from Brazil, stated that with your friend, one can “hug each other, have fun, help her and if she doesn’t know anyone you introduce her to new people…”. In addition, a consensus emerged when Juan, a Roma boy, shared that “you look after your friend, you ensure that no one hurts her, you have your eyes open”. In the same vein, Maria, a Roma girl, added: “when a friend falls, o when someone hurts him, we must stand up and say STOP, because no one is allowed to hurt us, nor in school nor outside the school”.

Friends are also found while learning
Children expressed that one of the most enjoyable activities for them was learning at school. As Julia, says “we also work with our friends”, and Maria adds “and learn”. Fatima, a west Asian girl, shares that “it is good to think together, with the friends you make in class”. Jon, a Roma boy, stated further that “for instance, I met Gabi in my small group, I asked do you want to be my friend? And he said yes and we have been      friends since then!”

Since most of the research about friendship in ECE has mainly focused on playgrounds (Carter & Nutbrown, 2016), these findings point out at the potential of certain classroom organization to nurture children’s friendship, even within culturally diverse settings, which challenges previous conceptions on the difficulties encountered in culturally diverse settings (Deegan, 1993).

References
Adams, R. E., Santo, J. B., Bukowski, W. M. (2011). The presence of a best friend buffers the effects of negative experiences. Developmental Psychology, 47(6), 1786–1791. doi:10.1037/a0025401

Carter, C., Nutbrown, C., (2016). A Pedagogy of Friendship: young children’s friendships and how schools can support them. International Journal of Early Years Education, 24 (4) 395-413 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/09669760.2016.1189813

Deegan, J (1993). Children’s friendships in culturally diverse classrooms. Journal of Research in Childhood Education, 7(2) 91-101.

Denham, S. A. (2006). The emotional basis of learning and development in early childhood education. In B. Spodek & O. N. Saracho (Eds.), Handbook of Research on the Education of Young Children (2nd ed., pp. 85–99). Mahwah, New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates

Dunn, J. (2008). Children’s Friendship: The Beginning of the Intimacy. Wiley-Blackwell

EECERA. (2015). European Early Childhood Education Research Association. In Ethical Code for Early Childhood Researchers. Available online: https://www.eecera.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/EECERA-Ethical-Code. pdf (accessed on 7 July 2022).

Epstein, J. L. (1986). Friendship selection: Developmental and environmental influences. In E. C. Mueller & C. R. Cooper (Eds.), Process and outcome in peer relationships (pp. 129–160). Orlando, FL: Academic Press, Inc

Flecha, R. (2015). Successful Educational Action for Inclusion and Social Cohesion in Europe. Springer Publishing Company.

Fletcher, A.D., Rollins, A., Nickerson, P. (2005). The Extension of School Based Inter and Intraracial Children’s Friendships: Influences on Psychosocial Well-Being. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 74 (3), 272-285.

García-Carrión, R., Villardón-Gallego, L., Martínez-de-la-Hidalga, Z., & Marauri, J. (2020). Exploring the Impact of Dialogic Literary Gatherings on Students’ Relationships With a Communicative Approach. Qualitative Inquiry. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800420938879

Hartup, W. W. (1996). The company they keep: Friendships and their developmental significance. Child Development, 67, 1–13

Osher, D., Cantor, P., Berg, J., Steyer, L., Rose, T. (2020) Drivers of human development: How relationships and context shape learning and development. Applied Developmental Science, 24:1, 6-36, DOI: 10.1080/10888691.2017.1398650

Rose, A.J., Borowski, S.H., Spiekerman, A., Smith, R.L. (2022). Children’s Friendships. In Smith, P.K., Hart, C.H. (eds). The Wiley-Blackwell Handbook of Childhood Social Development, Third Edition.  https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119679028.ch26

Soler, M., T. Morlà-Folch, R. García-Carrión, and R. Valls. (2019). “Transforming Rural Education in Colombia Through Family Participation: the Case of School as a Learning Community.” JSSE- Journal of Social Science Education,67–80

Vaillant, G. E. (2008). Aging Well: Surprising Guideposts to a Happier Life from the Landmark Study of Adult Development. Little, Brown Spark.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm20 SES 12 B JS: Linguistic Diversity in Science Classrooms
Location: James McCune Smith, 429 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Irina Usanova
Joint Paper Session NW 07, NW 20, NW 31. Full information under 31 SES 12 A JS
3:30pm - 5:00pm20 SES 12 C JS: Researching Multiliteracies in Intercultural and Multilingual Education XIV
Location: James McCune Smith, 629 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Carmen Carmona Rodriguez
Joint Paper Session NW 07, NW 20, NW 31. Full information under 07 SES 12 D JS
3:30pm - 5:00pm22 SES 12 B
Location: Adam Smith, LT 915 [Floor 9]
Session Chair: Jani Ursin
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Argumentation-based Learning for Health Management Students

Dorit Alt1, Lior Naamati-Schneider2

1Tel Hai College, Israel; 2Hadassah Academic College, Israel

Presenting Author: Alt, Dorit

General description on research questions and objectives

This qualitative study sought to ascertain the implications of argumentation-based learning online activity in relation to two learning outcomes: First, students’ epistemological beliefs, regarding the nature of learning, often reported as valuable precursors of their adaptive learning (Greene et al., 2018), and second, students’ high-order thinking skills. This study’s main objective is to shed light on this instructional activity, by analyzing qualitative data reflecting the participants’ epistemological and ontological standpoints, and their perceived thinking levels experienced during the activity.

Theoretical Framework

Argumentation-based Learning and Epistemological Beliefs

Teachers’ and students’ epistemological point of view regarding the nature of knowledge and learning might influence their approach to teaching and learning and how they make important instructional decisions and/or set their learning goals (Fives & Buehl, 2016). There are three distinct levels of epistemological belief. Absolutists believe that knowledge is finite and unchanging and that objective truth exists. Multiplists hold a higher level of epistemological belief in which knowledge is seen as inherently subjective, consisting not of facts but of opinions, generated by human minds, indefinite and not subject to evaluation (Asterhan & Schwarz, 2016; Kuhn et al., 2011). The highest level is called evaluativism, according to which individuals recognize the significance of weighing evidence and addressing contradictory claims (Kuhn et al., 2000).

Encouraging students to reach the highest level of epistemological beliefs – evaluativism – is considered a foremost learning goal in health education. Evidence-based decision-making programs (Hinneburg et al., 2020) and evidence-based practices for physicians, medical and nursing students (Cira et al., 2020) are considered imperative for ensuring patient safety. Students should recognize the value of weighing evidence, which can be achieved by continually practicing teaching and learning methods that encourage conscious use and application of a wide variety of knowledge sources. This requires formulating structured queries; and conducting searches of resources from which trustworthy and reliable evidence can be acquired (Horntvedt et al., 2018).

Argumentation-based Learning and High-order Thinking Skills

Encouraging high-order thinking skills is deemed important in health education (Medina et al., 2017). These skills can be developed by carefully designing learning activities within courses and the curriculum as a whole, such as argumentation-based learning. The term “argument” in this paper refers to the artifacts that a student creates when asked to justify claims, whereas the term “argumentation” refers to the process of constructing these artifacts (Sampson & Clark, 2008). Argumentation is suggested as a means to improve high-order thinking skills of conceptual, procedural, and metacognitive knowledge (Asterhan and Schwarz, 2016) rather than mere factual knowledge. Factual knowledge pertains to the basic elements that students must know to be sufficiently acquainted with a discipline or solve problems (Anderson et al., 2001). Beyond merely memorizing facts, conceptual knowledge refers to understanding similarities and patterns in factual knowledge and is centered on the interrelationships among the basic elements within a larger structure (Wilson, 2016). Procedural knowledge pertains to knowing “how” to do something, for example, how to use particular methods to achieve a specific learning goal (Anderson et al., 2001). Metacognitive knowledge is the knowledge of general strategies for learning and thinking. Weinberger and Fischer (2006) maintained that these types of knowledge can be achieved by encouraging students to construct arguments to justify their position. Advancing higher-order thinking skills is considered an important learning outcome in health education (Medina et al., 2017).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology

Participants
Data for the analysis were gathered from 65 Israeli undergraduate students enrolled in a Management of Health Service Organizations program. The students were enrolled in a 3rd-year course entitled ‘Assimilation of service quality in health systems.’ Data were gathered following the intervention, as described in the next section. The study was pre-authorized by the college’s Ethics Committee.

The intervention
The students were presented with a problem relevant to their course content, dealing with accreditation. The students were asked to argue for or against the implementation of the accreditation process within hospitals. The task had two phases. In Phase 1, participants were asked to detail five arguments to establish their decision by using a concept map. Group work was allowed, although individual work was preferred and encouraged. In Phase 2, relying on the materials taught in their courses, the students were asked to search for and obtain the necessary supporting in¬formation to substantiate their arguments and to associate ethical values with at least two of the arguments they had provided. Next, the participants were instructed to specify and explain in detail the differences or similarities between their respective arguments.

Data collection and analysis
The students were asked to contemplate their personal learning process during the activity and to submit a reflective journal at the end of it. In the journal they were instructed to write about their self-perceived progress from the point of their preliminary argument to a more complex one and to describe their challenges and gains in light of the experience.
65 reflective journal entries were analyzed. Each entry was summarized to provide a general view of the essence of participants’ reports. Next, the entries were coded. The most important data were filtered and clustered into categories. To increase interrater reliability, two researchers engaged in the iterative dialogue aimed at capturing the essence of the research findings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results
Five main categories were detected in the analysis:

Epistemic change
During the learning process, the students experienced a perceptual change regarding the learning process and the acquisition of knowledge. It began with their personal feelings and intuition while building the first argument. However, during construction of the second argument, the understanding grew that it is necessary to establish the facts before making rational decisions.

Social perspective-taking
During the assignment, the students were provided with an opportunity to reexamine their ideas/beliefs, which, in turn, motivated them to reconcile the cognitive conflict by explaining their views to their group members. The students realized that there is a discrepancy between their existing knowledge and the point of view of others. This raised doubts about the validity of one’s point of view.

Domain-based knowledge
Based on the literature review, argumentation is suggested to improve conceptual, procedural, and metacognitive knowledge rather than merely factual knowledge.  Analysis of the students’ journals revealed that for many of them, the assignment helped develop high-level thinking, on a continuum from conceptual to procedural and metacognitive knowledge, rather than merely supporting factual knowledge.

Prior knowledge and experience
This theme deals with students’ ability to relate to their own background knowledge. The participants reported that the opportunity they were given throughout the experience to apply prior knowledge in the activity helped them during the learning process. Some drew upon prior knowledge acquired throughout their lifetime which was found to be beneficial when proposing a solution to the dilemma they had been given.

Online collaboration with other students
According to the students’ reports, using an e-platform for constructing the arguments helped group members to cooperate efficiently. However, the students also attested to experiencing some technological problems. They were unfamiliar with the digital platform and had to learn it from the instructor.  

References
Anderson, L.W., Krathwohl, D.R., Airasian, P.W., Cruiskshank, K.A., Mayer, R.E., Pintrich, P.R., . . . and Wittrock, M.C. (2001), A Taxonomy for Learning, Teaching, and Assessing, Longman, New York, NY.
Asterhan, C.S. and Schwarz, B.B. (2016), “Argumentation for learning: Well-trodden paths and unexplored territories”, Educational Psychologist, Vol. 51 No. 2, pp. 164-187.
Cira, M.K., Tesfay, R., Zujewski, J.A., Sinulingga, D.T., Aung, S., Mwakatobe, K., . . . and Dvaladze, A. (2020), “Promoting evidence-based practices for breast cancer care through web-based collaborative learning”, Journal of Cancer Policy, Vol. 25.
Fives, H. and Buehl, M.M. (2016), “Teachers’ beliefs, in the context of policy reform”, Behavioral and Brain Sciences, Vol. 3, pp. 114-121.
Greene J. A., Cartiff B. M., Duke R. F. (2018). A meta-analytic review of the relationship between epistemic cognition and academic achievement. J. Educ. Psychol. 110 1084–1111. 10.1037/edu0000263
Hinneburg, J., Hecht, L., Berger-Höger, B., Buhse, S., Lühnen, J. and Steckelberg, A. (2020), “Development and piloting of a blended learning training programme for physicians and medical students to enhance their competences in evidence-based decision-making”, Journal of Evidence, Education, and Quality in Health Care, Vols. 150-152, pp. 104-111.
Horntvedt, M.E.T., Nordsteien, A., Fermann, T. and Severinsson, E. (2018), “Strategies for teaching evidence-based practice in nursing education: A thematic literature review, BMC Medical Education, Vol. 18 No. 1, p. 172.
Kuhn, D. and Crowell, A. (2011), “Dialogic argumentation as a vehicle for developing young adolescents’ thinking”, Psychological Science, Vol. 22, pp. 545-552.
Medina, M.S., Castleberry, A.N. and Persky, A.M. (2017), “Strategies for improving learner metacognition in health professional education”, American Journal of Pharmaceutical Education, Vol. 81 No. 4.
Sampson, V. and Clark, D.B. (2008), “Assessment of the ways students generate arguments in science education: Current perspectives and recommendations for future directions”, Science Education, Vol. 92, pp. 447–472.
Weinberger, A. and Fischer, F. (2006), “A framework to analyze argumentative knowledge construction in computer-supported collaborative learning”, Computers and Education, Vol. 46 No. 1, pp. 71-95.
Wilson, L.O. (2016), “Anderson and Krathwohl–Bloom’s taxonomy revised”, Understanding the New Version of Bloom’s Taxonomy. Retrieved from https://quincycollege.edu/content/uploads/Anderson-and-Krathwohl_Revised-Blooms-Taxonomy.pdf


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Mapping Research on Graduate Entrepreneurship: a Systematic Review of 84 papers from 1996 to 2023

Xiaohua WAN1, Hei-hang Hayes Tang2

1The Chinese University of Hong Kong; 2The Education University of Hong Kong

Presenting Author: WAN, Xiaohua; Tang, Hei-hang Hayes

In the era of the post-massification of higher education, superfluous graduates are swarming into the increasingly competitive workplace. However, faced with the labor market with over-supplying talents and full of uncertainty, graduates with university degrees are no longer entitled to a voucher for employability but only gain a pre-requisite and entry ticket to the limited seats (Gibb & Hannon, 2004). And the rolling wave of the ICT revolution with the development of artificial intelligence has demanded higher skills and left graduates with narrower space for job seeking, which has been even recently worsened by the economic downfall caused by COVID-19. However, those pressing challenges also present opportunities seized by adventurous graduates. Instead of following the regular trend of being job seekers, they opt for job creators as another career alternative, that is, to be self-employed and create new start-ups. According to the 2021 GUESS Global Report, 10.8 percent of graduates have established their ventures, and nearly 30 percent of students are in the act of creating new ones (Sieger et al., 2021). Graduate entrepreneurship (GE) has also been a significant agenda promoted by global governments as one of the remedies for the overpopulation of the crowded workplace and a vital source for the economy. Shouldering the third mission of responding to the socio-economic needs and acting as the seedbeds of qualified talents, universities are therefore urged to exert various strategies to cultivate potential graduate entrepreneurs. Given this significance, multiple studies have investigated why (the determinants of GE intentions), how (the factors of GE behaviors), and what (the outcomes of GE practices). Despite increasing academic attention, there is a lack of systematic literature review for GE research to synthesize and reflect on the current stock critically and comprehensibly. Without looking back at the achievements and deficiencies of previous GE studies, we can hardly revise, reflect, and refresh existing piles by identifying possible gaps and bridging them with promising perspectives.

Prior review studies (conducted in 2004 and 2006 separately) have provided illuminating reflections on GE literature, but surprisingly, no up-to-date reviews have emerged to portray the current GE landscape. The first GE literature review was brought up by Hannon (2004), who summarized the motivation studies of GE and concluded that there was a paucity of evaluation studies. He pointed out that researchers have failed to give robust and holistic studies to justify the mechanism of GE. Conducting a literature view on graduates' career-making and start-up, Nabi, Holden and Walmsley (2006) later revealed that GE literature was fragmented and atheoretical with incomplete and somewhat contradictory results. Specifically, a uniform standardized definition was absent. Solid theory models and longitudinal research with in-depth qualitative explanations are also desperately needed. Their studies have both briefly pointed out some crucial gaps neglected by scholars then. However, it remains unknown whether the current literature has addressed previous gaps and what’s been newly encountered and discovered after more than a decade, as the GE literature review hasn’t been updated since 2006.

Given the significance of GE and the shocking absence of a timely literature review on GE, this study takes stock of current GE literature and revisits this field with four questions:

  1. Is GE a worldwide concerned topic in academics?
  2. How do studies define GE and discuss its significance?
  3. How do studies address the factors promoting or constraining GE?
  4. How do studies discuss the measurement of outcomes of GE?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Guided by the PRISMA 2020 statement , we provide a systematic literature review of GE by analyzing 84 papers sourced from the Web of Science and Scopus from 1996 to 2023.We conducted research searching in two databases: Web of Science and Scopus. They were chosen as they both represent the leading databases containing a stream of high-quality international peer-reviewed literature in multiple disciplines. They have been adopted by various authors like van Lankveld et al. (2017) and  Fellnhofer (2019) in the field of education review. Also, they enable researchers to access bibliographic information and organize citation reports for further refining and analyzing work.
After the authors’ discussion, we used the following searching parameter: “graduate entrepreneurship” OR “graduate start-up*” OR “graduate startup*” OR “alumni entrepreneurship” OR “alumni start-up*” OR “alumni startup*”. We include peer-reviewed journal papers, conference papers, and review papers for more comprehensiveness of eligible studies. Meanwhile, we limit to English-written ones to better compare and synthesize results. After searching the terms in titles, abstracts, and keywords, 200 articles in total from 1996 (the earliest year GE literature showed) to 2023 (the last year GE literature was published) were found and included in our study to revisit the whole discourses of GE. To select and include more eligible pieces, this study established exclusion criteria inspired by previous works on systematic literature reviews (Schott et al., 2020; Hascher & Waber, 2021).  Firstly, after removing the duplicates and papers inaccessible for whole-text reading (96 papers remained), we scrutinized the titles and abstracts of them and excluded papers if:
1. GE is not the principal and core topic but is merely mentioned as one aspect of the main topics.
2. Graduates as the main stakeholder are not emphasized but with a focus on other stakeholders (e.g., teachers, current students).
After the first abstract-scanning phase, 79 papers remained for the whole-text analysis to further examine the pertinence of those papers. During the second phase, we excluded papers if they did not address any of our research questions (provide no clues or insights to our questions). Therefore, four papers were excluded as GE was merely peripherally discoursed. At the same time, 9 papers were manually added when we read the articles and identified more relevant ones. At last, 84 papers remained for systematic review.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study found that: Firstly, despite still being dominated by UK researchers, GE has been a global academic concern. Secondly, despite substantial elaborations on the significance of GE as the economic catalyst, there is a lack of comprehensive and interdisciplinary definitions. Thirdly, researchers have empirically explained various factors influencing GE within diversified frameworks but presented scattered or controversial views on certain factors, especially on the role of universities in GE education and enhancement. Fourthly, empirical studies about the measurement of GE outcomes are shockingly rare. Fifthly, longitudinal studies are also rare to examine the transition from a student to an entrepreneur or narrate the experiences of entrepreneurs over a long period.  
Based on the systematic review, this study establishes a Triple Framework of GE factors and calls for 1) an interdisciplinary, cross-sectional, and intercultural approach to defining GE; 2) grounded theories and analytical frameworks of GE for examining the factors and intersection between various stakeholders; 3) more in-depth longitudinal studies to track the progress of GE; 4) a comprehensible measurement of GE outcomes across the life span.

References
Al-Dajani, H., Dedoussis, E., Watson, E., & Tzokas, N. (2014). Graduate Entrepreneurship Incubation Environments: A Framework of Key Success Factors. Industry and Higher Education, 28(3), 201–213.
Bosompem, M., Dadzie, S. K. N., & Tandoh, E. (2017). Undergraduate Students’ Willingness to Start Own Agribusiness Venture after Graduation: A Ghanaian Case. Contemporary Issues in Entrepreneurship Research 14(7), 75–105.
Colombo, M. G., & Piva, E. (2020). Start-ups launched by recent STEM university graduates: The impact of university education on entrepreneurial entry. Research Policy, 49(6), 103-113.
Hannon, P. D., Collins, L. A., & Smith, A. J. (2005). Exploring Graduate Entrepreneurship: A Collaborative, Co-Learning Based Approach for Students, Entrepreneurs and Educators. Industry and Higher Education, 19(1), 11–23.
Hooley, T., Bentley, K., & Marriott, J. (2011). Entrepreneurship and UK Doctoral Graduates. Industry and Higher Education, 25(3), 181–192.
Hussain, J. G., Scott, J. M., & Hannon, P. D. (2008). The new generation: Characteristics and motivations of BME graduate entrepreneurs. Education + Training, 50(7), 582–596.
Matlay, H. (2006). Researching entrepreneurship and education: Part 2: what is entrepreneurship education and does it matter? Education + Training, 48(8/9), 704–718.
Lasen, M., Evans, S., Tsey, K., Campbell, C., & Kinchin, I. (2018). Quality of WIL assessment design in higher education: A systematic literature review. Higher Education Research & Development, 37(4), 788–804.
Nabi, G., Holden, R., & Walmsley, A. (2010). Entrepreneurial intentions among students: Towards a re‐focused research agenda. Journal of Small Business and Enterprise Development, 17(4), 537–551.
Nabi, G., Walmsley, A., & Akhtar, I. (2021). Mentoring functions and entrepreneur development in the early years of university. Studies in Higher Education, 46(6), 1159–1174.
Nabi, G., Walmsley, A., & Holden, R. (2015). Pushed or pulled? Exploring the factors underpinning graduate start-ups and non-start-ups. Journal of Education and Work, 28(5), 481–506.
Nguyen, T. T. (2020). The Impact of Access to Finance and Environmental Factors on Entrepreneurial Intention: The Mediator Role of Entrepreneurial Behavioural Control. Entrepreneurial Business and Economics Review, 8(2), 127–140.
Oakey, R. P., Mukhtar, S.-M., & Kipling, M. (2002). Student perspectives on entrepreneurship: Observations on their propensity for entrepreneurial behaviour. International Journal of Entrepreneurship and Innovation Management, 2(5), 308.
Zhao, X. (2011). The causes and countermeasures of Chinese graduate entrepreneurship dilemma: Based on the analysis of entrepreneurship cases and entrepreneurial climate. Journal of Chinese Entrepreneurship, 3(3), 215–227.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Entrepreneurship Education in Higher Education: new apprenticeships

Ana Luísa Rodrigues

Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal

Presenting Author: Rodrigues, Ana Luísa

Entrepreneurship education is a loosely defined concept that is used in different ways in different perspectives and contexts. As scientific field, has been developing in recent decades, namely with links between education for entrepreneurship, entrepreneurial intentions, entrepreneurial self-efficacy, the development of entrepreneurial skills, and cultural context (Oliveira, 2016).

Fostering entrepreneurship education (EE) can be important to equip young people with skills, knowledge and attitudes that are indispensable for the development of entrepreneurial culture, not only in the work and business context but also in general context of life (Eurydice, 2016). It highlights the need to develop various skills, referred to in several studies (eg. McCallum, 2018; O'Brien, & Hamburg, 2019; Reis et al., 2020, or Tittel, & Terzidis, 2020), namely innovation, autonomy, creativity, communication, critical thinking, adaptability, planning and management, financial literacy, technological, teamwork, and problem-solving.

Entrepreneurial competencies in a broad sense are part of the European Reference Framework of Key Competences for Lifelong Learning (European Commission, 2006) and are currently embodied in EntreComp: the Entrepreneurship Competence Framework. In this, entrepreneurship is a competence defined as the capacity to act upon opportunities and ideas to create social, cultural, or financial value for others, whether in the school curriculum, innovation in the workplace, community or at university (McCallum et al., 2018). Additionally, entrepreneurship skills build competencies in students and enhance their abilities to put knowledge into action, contributing to their employability and advantage to the workforce, the community, and ultimately the economy (Mittal, & Raghuvaran, 2021).

In this regard, due to the direct positive relationship between entrepreneurship education and employability, confirmed also by Iglesias-Sánchez (2019), entrepreneurship in recent years has been included as part of the curriculum in many universities and colleges. However, in Europe, educational institutions have not yet managed to consistently implement EE in the curricula or in the real context, nor yet promote the necessary pedagogical innovations (Oliveira, 2016; Eurydice, 2016), so it would be important its study and effective integration at all levels of education and in various areas of study, particularly in higher education.

This way, pedagogical approaches in entrepreneurship education may constitute a key factor for the development and consolidation of this field of study. Experiential approaches are common in the pedagogical process especially when one of the goals is to develop entrepreneurship skills and mindset, so it is important to relate educational theory to pedagogical practice (Bell, & Bell, 2020).

In the literature, experiential learning theory defined by Kolb (1984), is the pedagogical approach associated with entrepreneurship education most often referred to (e.g. Healey & Jenkins, 2000; Koustas, & Elham, 2021) and seems to be the most consensual and appropriate for the development of entrepreneurial skills (Minai, 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study aims to conduct a literature review on the concept of entrepreneurship education, the characterisation of pedagogical approaches in entrepreneurship education, especially experiential learning, and the most commonly used instructional methods in entrepreneurship education programmes in higher education.
This will be illustrated with a case study of the Entrepreneurship Education (EE) Programme that is being implemented at the University of Lisbon, Portugal, enriched with the data collected in one of the curricular units of this programme running in the Education and Training degree.
The University of Lisbon (ULisboa) aims to foster an environment and culture favourable to open innovation and entrepreneurship, leading to the co-creation of social, cultural or economic value, so it created in the academic year 2022/23 an Entrepreneurship Education programme for the training and capacity building in entrepreneurship and innovation of its undergraduate, master and doctoral students (https://www.ulisboa.pt/eii).
Based on the curricular units (CU) already existing in the various faculties related to entrepreneurship and innovation, an internal mobility programme was created for students who can attend free of charge the CUs in this area in other faculties, integrated into their course curricula.
Whenever the study cycle curricula include the possibility of students taking optional CUs, places in entrepreneurship and innovation CUs will be made available for internal mobility of students in the different faculties. These students can also take these CU as isolated curricular units, additionally, as a supplement to the diploma.
In addition, an exploratory study was conducted on the UC of Entrepreneurship at the Institute of Education, optional for the 3rd year of the degree in Education and Training, starting in the 2nd semester of 2022. It was aim to i) observe and analyze the level of development of entrepreneurial skills, supported by technology, built by students over a semester of classes; and ii) test and analyze which pedagogical methodologies are best suited to the development of entrepreneurial competencies and assess students' perceptions regarding the evolution of their entrepreneurial skills.
Participant observation, document analysis of the written reflections produced by the students, and a final evaluation questionnaire at the end of the semester were used to collect the data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Given the importance of entrepreneurship education for the development of skills at the personal, social and professional levels, and its contribution to the increase of employability, there is a growing interest and increasing integration of this subject in the curricula of higher education courses.  This happens not only in business schools but also in non-business schools in an interdisciplinary perspective relevant to students in all areas of knowledge given the contemporary socio-economic and political challenges.
It seems that entrepreneurial skills can be learned, and their development can "promote better educational initiatives, improve business performance and help in new venture's success" (Reis et.al., 2020, Conclusion, para. 3).
In the case illustrated, students considered that the entrepreneurship lessons were important both personally and for their professional future, promoting their creativity and capacity for innovation, allowing them to acquire new skills, such as problem-solving, management skills, financial literacy, knowing how to start a business, taking risks, and working better in teams, so that they can have more active participation in the community. We also emphasize the significance that entrepreneurial skills can have for the world of work and for the students' future as active and participatory citizens in society.

References
Bell, R., & Bell, H. (2020). Applying educational theory to develop a framework to support the delivery of experiential entrepreneurship education. Journal of Small Business and Enterprise Development, 27(6), 987-1004. https://doi.org/10.1108/JSBED-01-2020-0012.
European Commission (2006). Competências Essenciais para a Aprendizagem ao Longo da Vida do Quadro de Referência Europeu [Key Competences for Lifelong Learning of the European Reference Framework]. Serviço das Publicações Oficiais das Comunidades Europeias.
Eurydice (2016). Educação para o Empreendedorismo nas Escolas Europeias [Entrepreneurship Education in European Schools]. Relatório Eurydice. Serviço de Publicações da União Europeia, Comissão Europeia.  https://www.dgeec.mec.pt/np4/np4/%7B$clientServletPath%7D/?newsId=192&fileName=EC0216104PTN_002.pdf.
Healey, M., & Jenkins, A. (2000). Kolb's Experiential Learning Theory and Its Application in Geography in Higher Education. Journal of Geography, 99(5), 185-195. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221340008978967
Iglesias-Sánchez, P. P., Jambrino-Maldonado, C., & de las Heras-Pedrosa, C. (2019). Training Entrepreneurial Competences with Open Innovation Paradigm in Higher Education. Sustainability, 11(17), 4689. https://doi.org/10.3390/su11174689
Kolb, D. A. (1984). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. Prentice-Hall.
Koustas, S. N., & Elham, S. S. (2021). Entrepreneurship Education and Experiential Learning in Higher Education. Experiential Learning & Teaching in Higher Education, 4(1), Article 8. https://nsuworks.nova.edu/elthe/vol4/iss1/8
McCallum, E., Weicht, R., McMullan, L., & Price, A. (2018). EntreComp into Action: get inspired, make it happen. In M. Baci-Galupo, & W. O’Keeffe (Eds.). Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2760/574864
Minai, M. S., Raza, S., Hashim, N. A., Zain, A. Y., & Tariq, T. A. (2018). Linking entrepreneurial education with firm performance through entrepreneurial competencies: a proposed conceptual framework. Journal of Entrepreneurship Education, 21(4). https://www.abacademies.org/articles/Linking-entrepreneurial-education-with-firm-performance-1528-2651-21-4-218.pdf
Mittal, P., & Raghuvaran, S. (2021). Entrepreneurship education and employability skills: the mediating role of e-learning courses. Entrepreneurship Education, 4, 153–167. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41959-021-00048-6
O'Brien, E, & Hamburg, I. (2019). A critical review of learning approaches for entrepreneurship education in a contemporary society. European Journal of Education, 54, 525-537. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12369
Oliveira, D. G. (2016). A evolução conceitual da educação para o empreendedorismo como um campo científico [The conceptual evolution of entrepreneurship education as a scientific field]. Revista Alcance, 23(4), 547-567. https://www.redalyc.org/jatsRepo/4777/477749961007/477749961007.pdf.
Reis, D. A., Fleury, A. L., & Carvalho, M. M. (2020). Consolidating core entrepreneurial competences: toward a meta-competence framework. International Journal of Entrepreneurial Behavior & Research, Emerald. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEBR-02-2020-0079
Tittel, A., & Terzidis, O. (2020). Entrepreneurial competences revised: developing a consolidated and categorized list of entrepreneurial competences. Entrepreneurship Education, 3, 1–35. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41959-019-00021-4
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm22 SES 12 C
Location: Adam Smith, 717 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Carlos de Aldama
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Practising Professionally in Higher Education Amidst Changing and Challenging Conditions – A Cross National Study

Lill Langelotz1, Mervi Kaukko2, Susanne Francisco3, Stephen Kemmis3, Kathleen Mahon4,5, Ela Sjølie6

1University of Gothenburg, Sweden; 2Tampere University, Finland; 3Charles Sturt University, Australia; 4University of Queensland, Australia; 5University of Borås, Sweden; 6Norwegian University of Science Technology (NTNU), Norway

Presenting Author: Kaukko, Mervi; Francisco, Susanne

Practising professionally involves, among other things, practical deliberation about what to do under a current set of circumstances, arriving at a moral judgement about what it is best to do, and then practising accordingly. For university educators, this implies not only caring about the consequences of educational practice, but also contextual awareness – understanding the immediate and broader circumstances within which educators practise in their everyday work with students, colleagues, and communities – and having a capacity to act in accordance with what is perceived to be the best course of action under those circumstances. During the recent coronavirus pandemic, many university educators’ contexts and practices across the globe changed dramatically due to university-wide shifts to online-learning and working-from-home arrangements. University educators were compelled to establish new ways of working in their endeavours to do what was ‘best’, in many cases, initially at least, without adequate skills and resources to make effective, timely adjustments. It is not surprising that stories now abound in higher education research literature of the many challenges university educators faced as they came to terms with the changed conditions and modified practices, but questions remain about what this period of dramatic change and challenge has meant for university educator professionalism.

Arguably, university educator responses to changed university teaching and learning arrangements included not only changes to their practices but also changes to their (sense of) professionalism: (a) changes in their ideas and understandings about what doing a good job in university teaching and learning means, (b) changes in the ways professionalism is (or should be) realised in their everyday work practices, and (c) changes in the ways professionalism is (or should be) expressed in appropriate relationships between teachers and learners (and others) in higher education. Drawing on findings from a cross-national study of academic practices and professional learning during the coronavirus pandemic, this presentation will explore the extent to which university educators’ responses to the pandemic have produced such changes. In the presentation, we will share empirical examples of how educators across a diverse range of sites were able to find interesting and novel ways to negotiate and overcome constraints and, in so doing, practise professionally, but differently, amidst and despite challenging times. Our aim is to provide inspiration and food for thought and future research about the construction and enactment of professionalism in academic work amidst changing and challenging conditions.

We use the theory of practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014) to describe and analyse changes in the practices of teachers (that is, changes in their sayings, doings, and relatings held together in the projects of their practices) – especially in interaction with students and in the practice architectures (combinations of cultural-discursive, material-economic, and social-political arrangements), which are the conditions of possibility that constrain and enable their practices. We use the notions of praxis (Kemmis & Smith, 2008) and praxis stance (Edwards-Groves & Gray, 2008) to explore ways in which the sayings, doings, and relatings of the educators align with professionalism in the sense described above. More specifically, we draw on two connected understandings of praxis: (1) a neo-Aristotelian view of praxis as a commitment to acting for the best for people and for humankind (Kemmis, 2012), and (2) a Marxian view of praxis as history-making action, or acting with regard to the consequences of action (Mahon et al., 2020).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Empirical material was collected from university educators in Norway, Finland, Sweden, and Australia, allowing us to explore a range of contexts, as well as to discern cross-national themes. The primary sources of empirical material were semi-structured interviews in all four countries, and, with the exception of Sweden, journal writing of the participating academics.  In the case of Australia, Norway, and Finland, most research participants were interviewed twice, once in the early weeks of the pandemic, and again towards the end of the first year of the pandemic, to see if perceptions, experiences, and practices had changed over time.

Participants were either academics working in our own institutions, or belonging to our networks. The number of participants in each country is as follows: Norway – 16, Finland -5, Sweden – 8, and Australia – 14.

Interviews and journal entries were analysed using thematic analysis informed by the theory of practice architectures and notions of praxis. This involved processes of independently coding the transcripts (and journals where applicable) from the research investigators’ respective national contexts, and regular discussions amongst the investigators to share findings and identify common and divergent themes across the contexts.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analysis has highlighted that the ways in which educators embodied professionalism during the pandemic are as diverse as the circumstances in which the educators found themselves, and, not surprisingly, no two stories were the same. Despite this, it was possible to find some common threads across the participants’ experiences and stories of how their practices were affected and changed during the pandemic. All of the participants indicated a desire to do what was best under the circumstances they faced, and many, to that end, made moves to

•understand the altered pedagogical and academic landscape, the people and evolving practices within that landscape, and how others (especially students) were being affected by what was transpiring, so that they could make informed judgements about what was best;

•be responsive and respond appropriately to the people, arrangements, and circumstances they were encountering;

•turn constraints into conditions of possibility for learning, including their own learning.

In the presentation, we highlight some of the concrete and diverse ways in which educators managed to accomplish these feats in their practice, and consider not only how views and enactment of professionalism have been both limited and expanded by the changed conditions, but also what professionalism can look like in practices of hybrid learning and remote teaching arrangements that have now become endemic in contemporary higher education. The findings have implications for theory, policy, and practice for university educators and higher education researchers, as well as for scholars engaging with notions related to professionalism and praxis in educational contexts.

References
Edwards-Groves, C., & Gray, D. (2008). Developing praxis and reflective practice in pre-service teacher education: Affordances and constraints reported by prospective teachers. In S. Kemmis & T. J. Smith (Eds.), Enabling praxis: Challenges for education (pp. 85-107). Rotterdam: Sense.

Kemmis, S. (2012). Phronesis, experience and the primacy of practice. In E. A. Kinsella & A. Pitman (Eds.), Phronesis as professional knowledge: Practical wisdom in the professions (pp. 147-161). Rotterdam: Sense.

Kemmis, S., & Smith, T. (2008). Praxis and praxis development. In S. Kemmis & T. Smith (Eds.), Enabling praxis: Challenges for education (pp. 3–13). Rotterdam: Sense.

Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Singapore: Springer.

Mahon, K., Heikkinen, H, Huttunen, R., Boyle, T., & Sjølie, E. (2020). What is educational praxis? In K. Mahon, C. Edwards-Groves, S. Francisco, M. Kaukko, S. Kemmis, & K. Petrie (Eds.), Pedagogy, education, and praxis in critical times (pp. 15-38). Singapore: Springer.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Police Competence Legitimized via University Diploma

Olafur Orn Bragason1,2,3, Ingolfur Asgeir Johannesson1, Gudrun Geirsdottir1

1University of Iceland, Iceland; 2Univeristy of Akureyri, Iceland; 3National Police Commissioner, Iceland

Presenting Author: Bragason, Olafur Orn

In recent decades, police education has, especially in Europe, shifted from vocational training schools run directly by the police to university degrees, albeit in very diverse ways and for different reasons (Cordner, 2019; Paterson, 2011, 2015; Rogers & Frevel, 2018; Williams & Paterson, 2021). Changes like these are not limited to the police, as the education of several other professions has been reformed to higher education levels in recent decades, e.g., teacher training and nursing education (Björnsdóttir, 2015; Brint et al., 2005; Jóhannsdóttir, 2012). In this presentation we examine what characterizes the discourse on police education reform in Icelandic policy documents in 2014–2016.

As a part of a larger police reform where the number of police districts was reduced from 15 to 9, the police basic education in Iceland was reformed to the university level by amending the Police Act in 2016 (Parliamentary law bill no. 1215, case no. 742). It was subsequently decided that the University of Akureyri would offer a two-year undergraduate police program that grants the right to an appointment as a police officer. The premises of the reform were put forth in the explanations in the legislative bill.

In the preparation for the changes to university education, two separate working groups were formed and delivered reports on the matter. One compared the status of police education in the Nordic countries (Ministry of the Interior, 2014); the other dealt with the question of whether and how police education needed to change (Ministry of the Interior, 2015). These reports were inherently administrative reports of working groups based only to a small extent on scientific evidence and without the involvement of the university community in Iceland.

In several European countries, the Bologna process has led to reforms in police education, where police academies were granted university status (Jaschke & Neidhardt, 2007; Paterson, 2015). In 2008 the Danish police training was reformed at university level as part of wider police reform efforts. According to Diderichsen (2017) one of the main reasons for the reform has to do with credentialism. The Danish police is an institution that is constantly under pressure to appear as a legitimate, modern and efficient organization. Comparison with other professions was a part of the discourse and one of the arguments Diderichsen makes in the Danish education reform is that police education should mimic the evolution of nursing and teaching to professional undergraduate degrees.

Recently, Terpstra and Schaap (2022) compared police education reform to university level from a policy perspective in Norway, Finland, and North Rhine-Westphalia in Germany. Their findings highlight the same arguments appeared across the nations, including assisting the police in adapting to a changing society, enhancing the appeal of the police profession, keeping police training from falling behind other professions, and enhancing police-citizen interactions. The establishment and development of higher police education were significantly influenced by particular historical or political circumstances as well as organizational structures of the police. The higher police education systems are accepted as genuine in all three nations, but there are strong, continuous discussions regarding their structure and content (Terpstra & Schaap, 2022).

From the literature, it appears that police education reform has not been an easy linear process in other countries but rather significantly influenced by historical and political factors. In this study, we use historical discourse analysis to examine how the main arguments for police education reform in Iceland are discussed in Icelandic policy documents. The main questions in this presentation are: What characterizes the discourse on police education reform in Icelandic policy documents? What are the main legitimating principles in the discourse?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is based on the approach of historical discourse analysis, which is a six-step approach to analyze discourse regarding specific issues and is often utilized on policy documents (Jóhannesson, 2010; Sharp & Richardson, 2001). The approach to understanding discourse used in this analysis derives from Foucault (1979). Its main aim is to search for the rules that historically and politically determine what can and cannot be said, where and how.

The first step in this approach was to identify the issue to be studied. The issue at hand was the discourse on police education reform in Icelandic policy documents in 2014–2016.

The second step in this approach was to gather and select the materials that was suitable for answering the research questions. In the process of deciding which documents were relevant to the analysis we examined the Police Union Magazine, reports by ministerial working groups, Parliament committee recommendation, newspaper articles, letters sent by stakeholders and formal reviews to the draft of the legislative bill as well as the commentary that accompanied the bill. In the end we decided to study three types of texts, 1) two formal ministerial policy documents, 2) official recommendation in the parliament Standing Committee on Judicial Affairs and Education, and 3) commentary that accompanied the bill passed by Parliament to amend the Police Act 90/1996.

The third step in this research was analyzing the documents to identify discursive themes. Discursive themes are recurrent ideas, words, phrases, and categories as well as practices that can be recognized as well as ideas that one would expect to discover yet are only occasionally or never stated (Jóhannesson, 2010). Understanding what is not being discussed is also crucial (Foucault, 1979; Sharp & Richardson, 2001). Such pauses and gaps are a component of the conversation since they reveal what is legitimate not to discuss. Silence about a certain topic can therefore be viewed as a discursive theme (Jóhannesson, 2010).

The fourth step in this research is also a part of the document analysis but going deeper by examining how the discursive themes form patterns that form legitimating principles in the discourse, i.e., what is appropriate or safe to express at certain times or context (Bourdieu, 1988; Jóhannesson, 2010).

The fifth step is to explore historical conjuncture of discourses and the sixth and final step in historical discourse analysis is to write a report.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings from the analysis identified three overall themes and two important silences.

University degrees to meet the needs of a changing society
A consistent theme throughout the two working group reports is the need for specialization within the police service to a changing society. Emphasized that police officers must have a university degree, as many professions in which police officers collaborate with. In the discourse the university system is seen as the legitimate authority for police training, given the educational reforms already implemented in Norway, Denmark and Finland.

Production of police-specific knowledge and Police Professionalization through Specialization and Certification
In the both the working group reports phrases and ideas point to issues of police-specific knowledge and police professionalization through specialization and certification in the context of police-driven evidence-based reforms in Iceland.

Curriculum control
The first theme specifically focuses on continued police ownership of the core police education curriculum. It notes that policing is seen as a specialty and there is skepticism about a university's ability to fully prepare students for the profession. There is also indication of a power struggle over ownership of the curriculum.

Silence about police student gender, background and values
Diversity is mentioned in the reports as important but when it comes to equal gender ratio or diversity such as immigrant background there is silence in the report.

Silence about attracting the best and the brightest people to policing
With changes in society, reforming police training to the general university system could be a major reason for the police to take this step but there was silence on this issue.

According to the preliminary findings, two types of contradictions were found in the documents: Police versus university control over the curriculum and specialized police knowledge/competence versus the importance of a university degree.

References
Björnsdóttir, K. (2015). Um eðli og gildi háskólamenntunar í hjúkrun. Tímarit hjúkrunarfræðinga, 91(3), 9.
Brint, S. G., Riddle, M., Turk-Bicakci, L., & Levy, C. S. (2005). From the liberal to the practical arts in American colleges and universities: Organizational analysis and curricular change. The Journal of Higher Education, 76(2), 151–180.
Cordner, G. (2019). Rethinking police education in the United States. Police Practice and Research, 20(3), 225–239.
Diderichsen, A. (2017). Renewal and retraditionalisation. Nordisk Politiforskning, 4(2), 149–169.
Foucault, M. (1979). What Is an author? In Perspectives in Post-Structuralist Criticism, 141–160.
Jaschke, H.-G., & Neidhardt, K. (2007). A Modern Police Science as an Integrated Academic Discipline: A Contribution to the Debate on its Fundamentals. Policing and Society, 17(4), 303–320.
Jóhannesson, I. Á. (2010). The politics of historical discourse analysis: A qualitative research method? Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 31(2), 251–264.
Jóhannsdóttir, G. (2012). Þróun menntunar fyrir norræna grunnskólakennara. Netla.
Ministry of Interior. (2014). Tillögur að framtíðarskipan lögreglumenntunar á Íslandi. https://www.stjornarradid.is/media/innanrikisraduneyti-media/media/frettir-2014/Tillogur-ad-framtidarskipan-logreglumenntunar-a-Islandi.pdf
Ministry of Interior. (2015). Lögreglunám á Íslandi—Skýrsla starfshóps um endurskoðun á lögreglunámi (No. 978-9979-884-58–3).
Norman, J., & Williams, E. (2017). Putting learning into practice: Self reflections from cops. European Law Enforcement Research Bulletin, 3, Article 3.
Paterson, C. (2011). Adding value? A review of the international literature on the role of higher education in police training and education. Police Practice and Research, 12(4), 286–297.
Paterson, C. (2015). Higher education, police training, and police reform: A review of police-academic educational collaborations. In P. C. Kratcoski & M. Edelbacher (Eds.), Collaborative Policing: Police, Academics, Professionals, and Communities Working Together for Education, Training, and Program Implementation. CRC Press.
Rogers, C., & Frevel, B. (2018). Introduction: Higher police education—An international perspective. In C. Rogers & B. Frevel (Eds.), Higher Education and Police: An International View (pp. 1–14). Springer.
Sharp, L., & Richardson, T. (2001). Reflections on Foucauldian discourse analysis in planning and environmental policy research. Journal of Environmental Policy and Planning, 3(3), 193–209.
Terpstra, J., & Schaap, D. (2022). The politics of higher police education: An international comparative perspective. Policing: A Journal of Policy and Practice, 15(4), 2407–2418.
Williams, A., & Paterson, C. (2021). Social development and police reform: Some reflections on the concept and purpose of policing and the implications for reform in the UK and USA. Policing: A Journal of Policy and Practice, 15(2), 1565–1573.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Training Complex Competences Through Simulation in Higher Education

Carlos de Aldama1, Raquel Pérez-López1, Natalia Lagunas2, Alejandro de la Torre-Luque2, Sara Ortiz-Quiles1, Daniel García-Pérez1

1Department of Research and Psychology in Education; Faculty of Education, Complutense University of Madrid, Spain; 2Department of Legal Medicine, Psychiatry and Pathology; Faculty of Medicine, Complutense University of Madrid, Spain

Presenting Author: de Aldama, Carlos

Training complex competences has become one of the major challenges in education (UNESCO, 2016). Despite the crucial use of practicum stages to develop these competences, there is a gap in higher education studies between the university teaching context and the professional practice. To overcome this gap, the courses are usually divided between theory and practice, but the content of the practices does not always have high similarity with the actual exercise of a profession (Grossman et al., 2009) and, therefore, some complex competences may not be easily trained.

To face this situation, in the last decades several disciplines (medicine, teacher training, engineering…) have implemented training through simulation (Chernikova, Heitzmann, Stadler, et al., 2020). Simulation can be defined as a simplified situation, where we mimic an interactive episode of real professional practice (Cook, Hamstra, et al., 2013); in other words, we represent a situation similar to those that our students will be facing in their future work.

As well as representing the situation, the other crucial component of simulation is the use of a structured and reflexive dialogue after the representation called debriefing (Decker et al., 2013). This debriefing stage can be organized differently, but it always should let the students talk about the experience and the learning goals of the simulation in a supportive climate (Fanning & Gaba, 2007).

Simulation has several advantages to train complex competences. First, students can face a challenging problem where their actions and decisions change the course of the events (Heitzmann et al., 2019). Second, they allow a progressive and guided experience to professional practice, permitting the decomposition of the core components of a professional situation (Grossman et al., 2009). Third, the close presence of the teacher allows the use of several feedback and scaffolding strategies (Chernikova, Heitzmann, Fink, et al., 2020). Fourth, simulation creates safe practice environments where mistakes are not irreversible (Cook, Brydges, et al., 2013). Finally, through simulation we can train the different components of professional practice: attitudes, conceptual knowledge, and procedural skills.

There is a lot of empirical evidence supporting the use of simulation to train complex competences (Chernikova, Heitzmann, Fink, et al., 2020; Chernikova, Heitzmann, Stadler, et al., 2020; Cook, Hamstra, et al., 2013). It has positive impact in learning and other important variables for the professional practice such as self-efficacy, i.e., confidence in your own skills to perform tasks (Gundel et al., 2019).

Considering the potential of simulation methodologies, we use it aiming to train communication and counselling skills with families. We designed two connected studies in education (study 1) and medicine (study 2) with two objectives. First, we test the impact of simulation through role playing to train communication and counselling skills with families in educational and health contexts. Therefore, we compare the effects of simulation conditions versus a lecture condition in three variables: conceptual knowledge about the topic, self-efficacy to communicate with families, and attitudes towards families. Second, we test three variants of the debriefing closing stage, asking students about ‘take-home messages’ in written format versus sharing them out loud versus a combination of sharing them out loud plus a written reflection.

In both studies (in education and medicine) we used a mixed method quasi-experimental design with pre-post measurements and quasi-control groups, collecting both quantitative and qualitative data. In this communication we will present only the quantitative data. While data for study 1 (education) has already been collected, we will collect data for study 2 (medicine) during February and March.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
- Participants
In the study 1 (Education) a total of 84 students answered the pre-post questionnaires (64 female, 20 male). From the whole sample, 35 belonged to the control group, 15 were placed in the written condition, 12 in the sharing out loud condition, and 22 in the combination. In study 2 (medicine) we expect to reach around 100 participants for intervention and control groups.
- Instruments
Conceptual knowledge test: for each study we elaborated a 10 questions multiple-choice test with 3 possible answers. In both studies the theoretical contents had to do with giving bad news to families, in education regarding a bullying case, and in medicine regarding a medical diagnosis.
Self-efficacy scale: this 10-points Likert scale measures how confident the participant felt to manage future communication situations with families. In study 1 it was adapted from the questionnaire used by De Coninck et al. (2020). In study 2 it was adapted from Doyle et al. (2011).
Attitudes towards families scale: this 10-points Likert scale assesses the extent of the importance when communicating effectively with families. In study 1 we created an ad hoc scale.
Attitudes towards health communication: this scale asked about attitudes towards communication with patients in a health context and is adapted from Escribano et al. (2021).  
- Procedure
Participants were selected from courses taught by research team members. All students had to participate in the simulation as part of the practical lecture. However, only those that agreed to participate in the study answered the questionnaires before and after the simulation session and they were included in the debriefing recordings. Each group was randomly assigned to a different condition of intervention. The simulations took place in two-hour sessions. During these sessions, the instructor explained some theoretical contents. Later, in the briefing stage, the instructor explained some basic rules, and the objectives of the session. A participant of each group volunteered to represent the professional. Then, the student had to sit and wait for a family (actors) to knock the classroom door. Once the family entered in the classroom, the simulation started and lasted around 10-20 minutes. After that, students were asked to sit forming a circle and the debriefing started. In the intervention conditions, the debriefing structure was different only in the final stage (sharing versus writing vs combination). In the control group condition, students only had an interactive lecture about the contents of the unit.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Regarding the study 1, participants in all intervention and control conditions improved their scores in the three variables (conceptual knowledge, self-efficacy and attitudes towards families). The control group has higher average scores in the three variables in the post measurements, which would not support the hypothesis that the interventions groups would get higher scores. However, in most pre-measurement comparisons this control group also got higher scores than the intervention groups (non-significant), except in the conceptual knowledge test, where the intervention group 3 had a significant higher score. Also, it is important to note that in the self-efficacy and the attitude scales the mean scores were already high in the pre-measurement (between 8 and 8.5 in self-efficacy; 8.2 to 8.9 in attitudes). The different intervention conditions showed similar improvements in the pre- and post-measurements.  
Considering the results, it seems that a single session simulation was effective in the short term in the three measured variables, but its effects did not outperform the interactive lecture. This might be attributed to the lack of differential effect of the simulation, but it can also be explained by some limitations. First, the instruments may not be able to discriminate properly the differences, especially the self-efficacy and the attitudes scales, that already reached high scores in the pre-measurement (ceiling effect). Second, the impossibility to create full experimental groups, assigning participants randomly to each condition, and the fact that around 40 students were not included in the results (whether because they did not agree to participate or because they did not answer the questionnaires in one of the two moments), make it difficult to discard some alternatives explanations.
We expect the study in medicine, with some changes in the design, will help us overcome these limitations and get a clearer picture of the effects of the simulation.  

References
Chernikova, O., Heitzmann, N., Fink, M. C., Timothy, V., Seidel, T., & Fischer, F. (2020). Facilitating Diagnostic Competences in Higher Education—a Meta-Analysis in Medical and Teacher Education. Educational Psychology Review, 32(1), 157–196. https://doi.org/10.1007/S10648-019-09492-2/TABLES/9
Chernikova, O., Heitzmann, N., Stadler, M., Holzberger, D., Seidel, T., & Fischer, F. (2020). Simulation-Based Learning in Higher Education: A Meta-Analysis: Review of Educational Research, 90(4), 499–541. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654320933544
Cook, D. A., Brydges, R., Zendejas, B., Hamstra, S. J., & Hatala, R. (2013). Technology-enhanced simulation to assess health professionals: A systematic review of validity evidence, research methods, and reporting quality. Academic Medicine, 88(6), 872–883. https://doi.org/10.1097/ACM.0B013E31828FFDCF
Cook, D. A., Hamstra, S. J., Brydges, R., Zendejas, B., Szostek, J. H., Wang, A. T., Erwin, P. J., & Hatala, R. (2013). Comparative effectiveness of instructional design features in simulation-based education: Systematic review and meta-analysis. Medical Teacher, 35(1), e867–e898. https://doi.org/10.3109/0142159X.2012.714886
de Coninck, K., Walker, J., Dotger, B., & Vanderlinde, R. (2020). Measuring student teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs about family-teacher communication: Scale construction and validation. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 64, 100820. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.STUEDUC.2019.100820
Decker, S., et al. (2013). Standards of Best Practice: Simulation Standard VI: The Debriefing Process. Clinical Simulation in Nursing, 9(6), S26–S29. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.ECNS.2013.04.008
Doyle, D., Copeland, H. L., Bush, D., Stein, L., & Thompson, S. (2011). A course for nurses to handle difficult communication situations. A randomized controlled trial of impact on self-efficacy and performance. Patient education and counseling, 82(1), 100–109. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pec.2010.02.013
Escribano S, Juliá-Sanchis R, García-Sanjuán S, Congost-Maestre N, Cabañero-Martínez MJ. (2021). Psychometric properties of the Attitudes towards Medical Communication Scale in nursing students.
Fanning, R. M., & Gaba, D. M. (2007). The role of debriefing in simulation-based learning. Simulation in Healthcare, 2(2), 115–125. https://doi.org/10.1097/SIH.0B013E3180315539
Grossman, P., Compton, C., Igra, D., Ronfeldt, M., Shahan, E., & Williamson, P. W. (2009). Teaching Practice: A Cross-Professional Perspective. Teachers College Record, 111(9), 2025–2100. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146810911100905
Gundel, E., Piro, J. S., Straub, C., & Smith, K. (2019). Self-Efficacy in Mixed Reality Simulations: Implications for Preservice Teacher Education. The Teacher Educator, 54(3), 244–269. https://doi.org/10.1080/08878730.2019.1591560
Heitzmann, N., Seidel, T., Opitz, A., Hetmanek, A., Wecker, C., Fischer, M., Ufer, S., Schmidmaier, R., Neuhaus, B., Siebeck, M., Stürmer, K., Obersteiner, A., Reiss, K., Girwidz, R., & Fischer, F. (2019). Facilitating Diagnostic Competences in Simulations in Higher Education. Frontline Learning Research, 7(4), 1–24. https://doi.org/10.14786/FLR.V7I4.384
UNESCO. (2016). Marco conceptual para la evaluación de competencias.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm22 SES 12 D
Location: Adam Smith, 711 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Liudvika Leisyte
Paper and Ignite Talk Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Diversity in HE Leadership: Valuing the Learning and Teaching Leaders in Higher Education

Namrata Rao1, Anesa Hosein2, Josephine Lang3

1Liverpool Hope University, United Kingdom; 2University of Surrey; 3The University of Melbourne

Presenting Author: Rao, Namrata; Hosein, Anesa

Whilst the path traversed by those seeking research leadership within higher education are well-defined and recognised, the journey to leadership in learning and teaching (L&T) is often not widely discussed and/or recognised. Much of the literature around leadership in academia focusses on those who have accessed leadership positions owing to their research excellence (see for e.g. Bryman, 2007; Dopson et al.,2016) and less so due to their learning and teaching leadership (Hofmeyer et al. 2015; Shaked, 2021). This might be owing to the position learning and teaching occupies in comparison to research ( see for e.g. Chen, 2015). Therefore, the indicators of what might count as L&T leadership and how might individuals get to these places of leadership are often ill defined.

With the increased emphasis on L&T leadership in higher education globally, and considering its significance for the student learning experience, a focus on understanding the challenges of L&T leadership is therefore timely and appropriate. We draw on 21 personal narratives and 8 case studies of L&T leaders from nine countries including those from Europe in this study. Using a motivational framework of push and pull factors, we analysed 21 personal narratives and 8 case studies of L&T leaders from nine countries including those from Europe to:

  1. Contribute to our collective understanding of the diverse forms of learning and teaching leadership which currently exists within Higher Education

  2. Explore the particular motivations and challenges faced and opportunities available to those seeking to establish themselves as L&T leaders within academia.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Within a narrative inquiry research context (eg  Clandinin & Connelly, 2000; Clandinin & Rosiek, 2007), this research project is founded on a documentary analysis of the 21 personal narratives and 8 case studies contributed by learning and teaching leaders from 9 different countries. These autoethnographic accounts of the personal experiences of the 29 learning and teaching leaders were published as part of three edited books and were used as data for the study to understand the challenges and negotiations undertaken by L&T leaders in various countries. In these autoethnographic accounts, the L&T leaders offer a glimpse (and not a totality) of what they  perceive as key aspects of their learning and teaching leadership.

Textual analysis of the published narratives using Braun and Clarke’s (2006) thematic analytical approach was undertaken. The researchers each read the three books as part of the study, which one or more of them had already read previously  as part of their role as editors of the book. The open codes that emerged as a result of the thematic analysis were checked and cross-checked and confirmed by each of the editors to ensure they did not miss anything and to reach an agreement on the codes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings of the study would be helpful in recognising the impact of individual, institutional, sectoral and national contexts (such as discipline, country context, diverse identities - early career identity, female leader) in accessing and succeeding in L&T leadership within Higher Education. Through the analysis of challenges and opportunities that these L&T leaders identify in their lived experience, the paper seeks to open up the diverse L&T leadership pathways in Higher Education.  Preliminary findings suggest that the push factors for leaders in L&T included mentors/colleagues championing them to take up positions and the need to pursue their passion for teaching and teaching development. The pull factors included new university structures and policies which valued L&T and the need to find a solution to a problem/challenge with L&T within the system. The outcomes of the study would be helpful in considering ways institutions can recognise and support the individuals wanting to access learning and teaching leadership positions.
References
Bryman, A. (2007) 'Effective leadership in higher education: A literature review', Studies in Higher Education 32 (6):693-710.
Chen, C.Y. (2015), ' A Study showing research has been valued over teaching in higher education', Journal of Scholarship of Teaching and Learning 15(3):15-32
Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (2000). Narrative Inquiry: Experience and Story in Qualitative Research. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Clandinin, D. J., & Rosiek, J. (2007). Mapping a Landscape of Narrative Inquiry: Borderland spaces and Tensions. In D. J. Clandinin (Ed.), Handbook of Narrative Inquiry: Mapping a Methodology. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications.
Dopson, S., Ferlie, E., McGivern, G., Fischer, M., Ledger, J., Behrens, S. and Wilson, S. (2016), The Impact of Leadership and Leadership Development in Higher Education: A Review of the Literature and Evidence, Leadership Foundation Research and Development Series, London: Leadership Foundation for Higher Education.
Hofmeyer, A., Sheingold, B. H., Klopper, H. C. and Warland, J. (2015), ‘Leadership in learning and teaching in higher education: Perspectives of academics in non-formal leadership roles’, Contemporary Issues in Education Research 8 (3): 181–92.
Moon, J. (2004). A handbook of reflective and experiential learning: theory and practice. New York: RoutledgeFalmer.
Moon, J. (2006). Learning Journals: A Handbook for Reflective Practice and Professional Development (2nd ed.). London and New York: Routledge.
Shaked, H. (2021), ‘Instructional leadership in higher education: The case of Israel’, Higher Education Quarterly 75 (2): 212–26.
Tripp, D. (1993). Critical Incidents in Teaching: Developing Professional Judgement. London: Routledge.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

From National Language Protection to Supporting Linguistic Diversity. Institutional Approaches, the Case of Teaching.

Anna Björnö

Tampere University, Finland

Presenting Author: Björnö, Anna

In this article I explore the university discussion about the language use in teaching, which is balancing between the arguments of internationalization and language protection.

Among the language dimensions in current higher education, the use of English is the most researched aspect. For instance, Philipson (1992) discusses power and ideology contributions to the linguistic imperialism of English and presents this as a feature characteristic to English language. From the perspective of Crystal (1997), it stems that this kind of power could be brought up within any language, and that research should consider historical, political and cultural context. Therefore, while both authors explore the expansion of English and its hegemonic power, they differ in drawing political implications from this state of the art. However, the interpretation of practices concerning language(s) and their balance in different parts of the world could not be derived from these studies. As Pennycook (2000) and Chorpita (2005) argue, the large-scale theories are too general to embrace the shifting landscape of languages in the political, cultural and social context.

Meanwhile, Pennycook (2000) suggests the distinction between the general discussion on English and its political power, and ideological impact of English on other languages and cultures. He fully acknowledges the first one, which in his interpretation unites the polarized positions of Philipson (1992) and Crystal (1997). However, he argues for a more nuanced approach with the analysis of the second one. In his view, this analysis of the ‘discursive effects’ of English could have divergent analytical frameworks, including colonial celebration, laissez-faire liberalism, language ecology, linguistic imperialism and language rights. Finally, he also elaborates on the postcolonial performativity approach, which “seeks to understand through contextualized sociologies of local language acts how English is constantly implicated in moments of hegemony, resistance and appropriation” (2000, p.108). This position seems to be most fruitful in analyzing the situation with several languages in the academia, because it reflects on language rights and ecology, along with linguistic imperialism, while trying to maintain a fluid and functional perspective on language. Yet, it also gives analytical perspective in approaching practices.

In analyzing practices, positions vary as well. For instance, Julianne House relies on the idea of De Swaan that in the sphere of science an argument about the most effective communication might hold equally strong power, and this rationale might prompt the choice of language (De Swaan, 2001, p.52 c.f. House, 2013). Further analyses of the practices feature a variety of aspects that English as a lingua franca brings into different disciplines and planning of teaching. Due to the changing picture of languages and perspectives on them, there a rethinking of professional fields, which have not been fully explored.

According to Warriner (2016), institutional arrangements have been transformed in such a way that language is conceptualized in a reduced form, merely as a tool of communication without a larger context of history and culture. As a result, it is no longer placed within humanities, its instruction has been reduced and less languages are being learned in tertiary studies. This inability to upkeep multilingualism is also a result of the macro conditions of strategizing of few stronger languages. This explains emergence of discussion around language preservation, which is focused on the national languages. This becomes a topic for discussion in the language policy, which I am focusing on in this article. In particular, I am addressing two questions:

(1). What kind of ethical claims are communicated by different respondents?

(2). What kind of practices are considered as the most valuable or problematic by different participants?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data set 1: Interviews of administrators, scholars and students on the everyday linguistic practices
I conducted interviews among the university community to reflect on perspectives on and experiences of language use in the academia. My goal was to have an input from a variety of disciplines, since the public discussions that I have followed so far, show a variety of language situations. This allowed me to delve into everyday situations and the cultural, pragmatic or power related aspect of the language choices.

Data set 2: Case studies of languages in teaching
Finally, I focus on 3 courses, and interview teachers on their language choices. Rather than claiming the overall impact of English, I explore the everyday challenges and motivations behind the language choices (e.g. final paper submissions and assigned readings). I focus on courses which had to consider several languages and establish the rules in the classroom.

The methodological approach to this research had been inspired by Bourdieu’s analysis of language (2003). For my research data, meanings attached to the interplay of different languages would reveal conceptions of symbolic ‘market’, ‘capital’ and ‘profit’ within a given field. I would explore the dialogue on them, along with the latent conventions acknowledged by the participants. The conception on language, stemming from this approach, is referenced in the position of Wright (2015), who explores it not as a fixed notion, but as a ‘dialogic creativity’, also allowing for the interpretation of multiple languages’ position within the field. Yet, this perspective on the language itself does not denounce the consideration of the power issues, which stems from the ‘postcolonial performativity approach’ explored by Pennycook (2000).


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
University internationalization is argued as a normative discourse (e.g. education value, projected institutional benefits), but there is much less dialog about practices (e.g. meeting the organizational challenges and resolving problematic situations). Therefore, the links between ‘national’ and ‘international’ discourses are often unclear, and analysis reveals controversies, choices and hidden tensions. Further analysis of current situation in the academia, both in terms of policy and practice, would shift focus from internationalization towards language as a tangible everyday aspect that higher education institutions deal with.
Finally, the discussion on the language dimensions of higher education should not be limited to the use of English or national languages in education, a more productive focus would feature the interaction of the national language and English, and also the overall arguments of linguistic diversity and its use in education. This focus on language opens a window on other aspects of the academic and institutional developments – power balance in the conditions of internationalization, inclusion of foreign students and researchers, and national interests in marketization of education, as well as norm claiming tendencies.
Apart from the academic contribution, I believe that this research could further the dialog within the academia on the aspects that language choices bring into everyday communication, research and knowledge production. This kind of ‘language awareness’ would be beneficial for the academic community. Additionally, since similar kind of situation is faced by other countries, I believe that this research would have an international relevance and serve as grounds for a wider discussion.

References
Ammon, U. eds. (2001). The Dominance of English as a Language of Science: Effects on Other Languages and Language Communities, Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin.

Bourdieu, P. (2003). Language and Symbolic Power, Harvard University Press.

Campbell, S, (2005). English Translation and Linguistic Hegemony in the Global Era.
In and Out of English, For Better, For Worse? Anderman, G., Rogers, M. (eds.), Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Chorpita, D., (2005). The Problem of World English: Reflecting on Crystal and Phillipson, Wintersemester, 2004/2005. Retrieved from: chorpita.com/uni/chorpita_douglas_world_english

Cogo, A., Dewey, M. (2012). Analysing English as a Lingua Franca. A Corpus-driven Investigation, London: Continuum.

Cook, G. (2012). ELF and Translation and Interpreting: Common Ground, Common Interest, Common Cause, Journal of English as a Lingua Franca, 1(2), 241-62.

Crystal, D. (1997). English as a Global Language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

House, J. (2013). English as a Lingua Franca and Translation, The Interpreter and Translator Trainer, 7 (2), 279-298, DOI: 10.1080/13556509.2013.10798855

Jenkins, J. (2011) Accommodating (to) ELF in the International University, Journal
of Pragmatics,43 (4), 926-36.

Leask B. (2007). International teachers and international learning. In Jones E., Brown S. (Eds.), Internationalising higher education (pp. 119-129). Oxford, UK: Routledge.

Majhanovich, S. (2009). English as a Tool of Neo-Colonialism and Globalization in Asian Contexts. World Studies in Education, 10(1), 75-89. DOI: 10.7459/wse/10.1.05

Pennycook, A. (2000). English, politics, ideology: From colonial celebration to postcolonial permormativity.  Ideology, Politics and Language Policies: Focus on English. Ricento, T. (ed.). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Phillipson, R. (1992) Linguistic Imperialism, Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Taviano, S. (2013). English as a Lingua Franca and Translation, The Interpreter and Translator Trainer, 7 (2), 155-167, DOI: 10.1080/13556509.2013.10798849

van Erp, S. (2015). Should English be the shared academic property law language? European Property Law Journal, 4 (1).
DOI:10.1515/eplj-2015-0001

Warriner, D. (2016). ‘Here, without English, you are dead’: ideologies of language and discourses of neoliberalism in adult English language learning, Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 37(5), 495-508, DOI: 10.1080/01434632.2015.1071827

Wright, S. (2015). What is language? A response to Philippe van Parijs. Critical Review of International Social and Political Philosophy, 18 (2), 113–130.
DOI:10.1080/13698230.2015.1023628


22. Research in Higher Education
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

The Alternative University in Question: Lessons from Bolivarian Venezuela

Mariya Ivancheva

University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Ivancheva, Mariya

This presentation gives a snapshot of my new book, The Alternative University: Lessons from Bolivarian Venezuela, Stanford University Press 2023.

The decline of the public university has dramatically increased under intensified commercialization and privatization, with market-driven restructurings leading to the deterioration of working and learning conditions. A growing reserve army of scholars and students, who enter precarious learning, teaching, and research arrangements, have joined recent waves of public unrest in both developed and developing countries to advocate for reforms to higher education. Yet even the most visible campaigns have rarely put forward any proposals for an alternative institutional organization. Based on extensive fieldwork in Venezuela, The Alternative University outlines the origins and day-to-day functioning of the colossal effort of late President Hugo Chávez's government to create a university that challenged national and global higher education norms.

The book addresses the questions: What are the opportunities for and limitations to an alternative higher education project within the contradictions and confines of advanced capitalism? How are these reflected within a socialist state project in a semi-peripheral petrol state in the Global South and in which the government holds control neither of the balance of power in the bourgeois state subservient to market logic nor of the broader transnational processes of commercialization and stratification they reinforce? How do hierarchies typical of the higher education field and accelerated by processes of globalization manifest within an uneven national university field confronted with its internal gendered and racialized class dynamic? What are the ways in which such a process is experienced, negotiated, or challenged from within by academics and experts seen as proponents and class enemy of alternative education; and then by the poor, who are subject of its empowerment project?

To answer these questions, I examine the tension between enlightened and egalitarian tendencies in higher education, detailing processes that challenge or reinforce old and produce new inequalities. Instead of focusing on just one group, to depict the process in its full complex texture, I map the trajectories over time of the whole field with its various actors: experts, academics, staff, students, and community activists. I explore how existent and novel structural and symbolic hierarchies condition the relation of these different groups to each other and to the nation-state through its higher education policy. I show how the structural and agentive opportunities the new regime offers are limited by asymmetries of economic and symbolic power: ultimately, beyond certain redistributive initiatives, the class power of old educated elites stays strong while the success of the socialist project rests on its ability to produce affective reality and mobilize the social reproduction labor of women in poor communities. The global field of higher education (Marginson 2008) and the labor market of a semi-peripheral petrol state, with their own logic, hierarchies, and norms, also limit Bolivarian higher education policies. The resistance of traditional academics to both the massification of elite public universities and the accreditation of the new programs of UBV also sabotages the alternative university project. However, in the book I also show some aspects that are less dependent on global and systemic constraints and more on path dependencies of the political culture of petrol states and past socialist experiments. Political opportunities are missed, and responsibility is diffused by tendencies to start from scratch and build new parallel institutions every time resistance appears, to treat expertise as contingent and replaceable, and to circumvent critical feedback from sympathizers. Together with the objective structural constraints, these tendencies have reinforced the precariousness of Bolivarian institutions and frustrated higher education’s opportunity to serve as a key tool for national and global social change.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the book I historicize the Bolivarian University of Venezuela (UBV), the vanguard institution of the higher education reform, and examines the complex and often contradictory and quixotic visions, policies, and practices that turn the alternative university model into a lived reality. I do this through participant observation, extensive interviews with policymakers, senior managers, academics, and students, as well as in-depth archival work. Anthropology provides unique tools to explore the everyday reality of the institutionalization of an egalitarian policy that faces external challenge and internal critique. Using ethnographic writing, I work through the ways in which UBV’s senior managers, faculty, and students were negotiating the contradictions of the transition to a democratic socialism in their own work and life. Discussing some of these key contradictions, this book also offers possible clues to, if not fully fledged explanations of, some central internal advancements and limitations of Chavismo, which led to its current decline even before the early death of its leader and pushed many of my research participants to migrate in the 2010s.
The book also engages with different debates and interdisciplinary fields regarding higher education from different perspectives. Chapter 1 is concerned with the built environment and the political and social texture of the state behind the higher education policy and can be of interest to scholars of the state and urban/political intersection. Chapter 2 sets the historical background and trajectory of the policy and the former student militants–turned–Bolivarian experts behind it; thus, it might appeal to historically oriented readers. Chapter 3 focuses on the tension of this latter group with the new Bolivarian educators: the old guard’s hidden privileges vis-à-vis newcomers to both the academic and radical community might be of interest to scholars of class and to higher education faculty under growing workloads and productivity pressures. Chapter 4 explores the way in which a weak revolutionary state inserts itself into poor communities through female brokers and thus can be of interest to feminist scholars and community organizers. Chapter 5 questions the opportunity openings and closures to internal critique to socialist regimes and thus speaks to scholars of social movement and radical politics.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The book develops three main lines of inquiry that are intricately connected but can also be read independently. I address the theory of the state behind the higher education policy and show a new version of the state operating behind the Bolivarian process. This benevolent state is not present through all-encompassing infrastructural intervention or surveillance and governance technologies (Scott 1998; Das and Poole 2004). Instead, it is omnipresent in the lives of poor communities through affective power of small objects and symbols; through the familiar bodies of local female organizers; and through the politics of fear that even this minimal presence can be easily reversed. The use of surficial rather than structural reforms, however, affects the very sources of political surplus: the Bolivarian process feeds on the unpaid or underpaid reproductive labor of women in poor communities and thus on a matrisocial kinship structure typical of poor communities prior to the Bolivarian government (Hurtado 1998). This structure is also reproduced in Bolivarian higher education: while (especially male) faculty members with traditional academic and radical credentials are championed by their students and colleagues and accreditation and promotion systems, the core legitimacy of UBV’s alternative status depends on work with poor communities brokered by (mostly female) organizers and students. In this, a radical “nobility” (Bourdieu 1998) of former student militants is seen as a key source of academic and political legitimacy for UBV. Yet neither students nor new faculty have had access to traditional higher education and student militancy. And while such contradictions reproduce the asymmetries within the Bolivarian higher education field, the politics of fear, deeply rooted in the historical suppression of the Left in Latin America, is also used to diffuse responsibility for deeper irreversible reforms and defy internal critique against the Bolivarian government or UBV’s senior management.
References
Hurtado, S. (1998). Matrisocialidad. Caracas: EBUC-FACES.

Ivancheva, M. P. (2023). The alternative university: Lessons from Bolivarian Venezuela. Stanford University Press.

Marginson, S. (2008). Global field and global imagining: Bourdieu and worldwide higher education. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 29(3), Article 3. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425690801966386

Das, V., & Poole, D. (Eds.). (2004). Anthropology in the margins of the state (1st ed). School of American Research Press ; James Currey.

Scott, J. C. (1998). Seeing like a state: How certain schemes to improve the human condition have failed. Yale University Press.

Wright, S., & Shore, C. (Eds.). (2017). Death of the public university? Uncertain futures for higher education in the knowledge economy. Berghahn.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm23 SES 12 A: Students
Location: James Watt South Building, J15 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Gunn Elisabeth Søreide
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Making of Standard Pupil Through National Final Assessment Criteria?

Hannele Pitkänen1, Eeva Rontu2

1University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Pitkänen, Hannele; Rontu, Eeva

The history of the student assessment can be traced back centuries. In recent decades, the educational evaluation and student assessment has found its way to the very core of education policy discourse, curricula, and scientific debate across the globe. The trend has also been manifesting as the massive increase of evaluation and assessment reforms enacted and infiltration of evaluation and assessment into each aspect in education and everyday life of it. In the global mainstream policy discourse, or GERM (Global Education Reform Movement) as Pasi Sahlberg (2016) calls it, the evaluation and assessment is reasoned as a policy tool for raising standards and quality of education and learning through inserting a mechanism of accountability. This trend has also been conceptualized as the emergence of global testing culture (Smith 2016) or the rise of test-based accountability (Verger et al 2019).

Elementary to this mainstream policy discourse is that the student assessment is considered to serve as a rather apolitical tool and neutral technique of making judgements about the performance of individual student and student population, and finally about effectiveness and quality of the education system (Pitkänen 2022). Taking the critical policy sociology stance (see e.g. Ball 2013), this article instead, follows the premise according to which assessment in its diversity of techniques, practices and purposes should not be approached as a pure and apolitical measure or technology of learning and quality of education. Rather, it elementary enacts and entails the societal power and governing by disciplining, self-disciplining, normalization and subjectification. Thus, instead of repressing or dominating, the power in question operates indirectly, by shaping and working on aspirations, attitudes, believes and interests of pupils and their subjectivities, and e.g. by inscribing the norm and standard as a frame of reference or comparison. (see also Ball 2003; 2013; Fejes & Dahlstedt 2012; Foucault 1975/1991; Grimaldi 2019;)

These issues of subject and power have been widely examined in the field of education and educational assessment by researchers and studies applying post-structuralist governmentality perspective (see e.g. Ball 2003; Fejes & Dahlstedt 2012; Grimaldi 2019). This study uses this literature, especially the works focusing on subjectifying power — power that makes and shapes subjects — as its theoretical frame. Using this frame, it aims at studying the power and pupil subjectivities shaped and enacted by curricula policy discourse on evaluation and assessment. More specifically, this paper is curious about which kind pupil subjectivities are mobilized by the very specific ‘technique’ of pupil assessment - by the criteria for final assessment in basic education in the case of Finnish curricula policy discourse. Our research question is:

Which are the pupil subjectivities mobilized and ’standardized’ by the Finnish final assessment criteria for comprehensive education as they describe the learning outcomes for grades five (tolerable) and nine (laudable) in grading scale 4 (failed) – 10 (outstanding)?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study uses the current Finnish comprehensive education curricula policy discourse concerning the pupil assessment as its case. Unlike many other European education systems, Finland has remained quite resistant to the global discourse and mainstream practices of student assessment. For example, instead of high-stakes testing of whole age cohorts, Finland uses sample based testing in studying the performance of pupil population. At same, the shift towards global trend and more ‘standardized’ student assessment has been taken place through the adoption of standards for grading in final assessment at the end of ninth school year, for a first time in the curriculum 2004. (Kauko et al. 2020; Pitkänen 2022.) Before, the assessment of the pupil was pretty much under the autonomy of the education provider and an individual teacher. In Finnish case, the assessment criteria have been reasoned and justified as a way of homogenizing the grading between schools and geographical locations within the country, and therefore making the grading more equal and just. Even though they also may serve this function of equality and social justice for some part, this study challenges to think about this standardizing practice of student assessment as a practice of societal subjectifying and normalizing power too.
As the main data, the study uses the newest Criteria for final assessment in basic education, that is binging national order given by the National Board of Education (NBE 2020a). Additionally, the study uses the National Core Curriculum for Basic Education 2014 (FNBE 2014), and Assessment of Pupils’ learning and skills in basic education. Adjustments to the National Core Curriculum 2014 in 10.2.2020 (FNBE2020b) documents as complementary data. These three documents are curricula documents for basic education in effect.
Aligning the post-structuralist frame and the perspective of the governmentality, the data is approached as effect and constitutive of discourse that ‘inscribes rules and standards by which we ‘reason’ about the world and our ‘self’’ (Popkewitz, 1997, p. 132). Instead of representative of the world and reality, it is read as ‘programme of conduct’ (Foucault 2000b), that as part of some ‘game of truth’ (Foucault 1982 is aimed at governing the conduct and subjectivities of those governed (Rose 2009). In Ball’s methodological terms, data studied is analytically approached here as a discourse rather than as a text. Our special methodological focus is on the constitution of subjectivities.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Study shows, that while describing the expected level of learning for grades five and nine and therefore offering a tool for ensuring more equal and just grading at the end of the basic schooling, the criteria mobilize specific and ‘suitable’ subjectivities for students attaining grade five and nine. Pupil receiving grade five is constituted as simplistic, capable of doing only something expected and with the support of some other. In contrast, pupil receiving grade nine is constituted as performative, competitive, autonomous and self-evaluative individual fitting the demands of global economy and idea of continuous self-improvement. This means, the criteria do not only specify specific skills and the level of learning, but constitute categorizations of pupils attaining the school expectations differently. The finding is interesting within the frame of Finnish curricula policy discourse itself as it states that assessment should not be focused on the personality of pupil. Our claim is, while criterion does not directly focus on evaluating the personality of pupil, it more than ever in the history of Finnish curriculum (see Pitkänen 2022), constitutes some traits of personality more preferable by inscribing different subjectivities for pupils receiving different grades.
References
Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher's soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215–228.
Ball, S. J. 2013. Foucault, Power, and Education. Routledge
Fejes, A. & Dahlstedt, M. (2012). The Confessing Society: Foucault, Confession and Practices of Lifelong Learning. Taylor and Francis Group.
Foucault, M. (1975/1991). Discipline and Punish: the Birth of the Prison. Penguin Books.
Foucault, M. (1982). The Subject and Power. Critical Inquiry 8(4), 777–795.
Foucault, M. (2000a). Governmentality. In J. D. Faubion (Ed.), Power. Essential Works of Foucault 1954–1984 (pp. 201–222). The New Press.
 Foucault, M. (2000b). The Question of Method. In J. D. Faubion (Ed.), Power. Essential Works of Foucault 1954–1984 (pp. 223–238). The New Press.
Grimaldi, E. (2019). An Archaeology of Educational Evaluation: Epistemological Spaces and Political Paradoxes. Roudledge.
Kauko, J., Varjo, J. & Pitkänen, H. (2020). Quality and Evaluation in Finnish Schools. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Oxford University Press.
NBE (2014). Perusopetuksen opetussuunnitelman perusteet. [National Core Curriculum for Basic Education 2014]. Finnish National Board of Education.
NBE (2020a). Perusopetuksen päättöarvioinnin kriteerit. Opetushallituksen määräys 5042/2020. [Criteria for final assessment in basic education. Order of the National Board of Education 5042/2020]. Finnish National Board of Education.
NBE (2020b). Oppilaan oppimisen ja osaamisen arviointi perusopetuksessa. Perusopetuksen opetussuunnitelman perusteiden 2014 muutokset. 10.2.2020. [Assessment Pupils’ learning and skills in basic education. Adjustment to the National Core Curriculum 2014 in 10.2.2020]. Finnish National Board of Education.
Pitkänen, H. 2022. The Politics of Pupil Self-evaluation: A case of Finnish assessment policy discourse. Journal of Curriculum Studies. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2022.2040596
Popkewitz, T. S. (1997). The production of reason and power: Curriculum history and intellectual traditions. Journal of Curriculum Studies 29(2), 131–164.
Rose, N. (1999/2009). Powers of Freedom. Reframing political thought. 2nd edition. UK: The Press Syndicate of the University of Cambridge.
Sahlberg, P. 2016. The global educational reform movement and its impact on schooling. In The handbook of global education policy, eds. K. Mundy, A. Green, B. Lingard, and A. Verger, 128–144. Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons.
Verger, A., Parcerisa, L. & Fontdevila, C. (2019). The growth and spread of large-scale assessments and test-based accountabilities: a political sociology of global education reforms. Educational Review, 71(1), 5–30.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

The Challenges of School Bullying Discourses

Anne-Mari Väisänen, Maija Lanas

University of Oulu, Finland

Presenting Author: Väisänen, Anne-Mari

School bullying is a subject that is talked about a lot and has also been tackled for decades by investing a lot of resources in research and various means of prevention and intervention. Despite all the effort, research, debate and media attention, peer challenges and conflicts among children and young people persist as a social and societal issue and continue to be part of everyday life in schools.

Peer pressure between schoolchildren was first identified as school bullying in Sweden in the late 1960s, when Peter-Paul Heinemann (1969) wrote a newspaper article about the bullying of his own black adopted son. This triggered a broad social debate that considered the phenomenon of bullying in the context of other social phenomena such as racism, urbanisation and the democratisation of schools. Since then, social perspectives were marginalised, as psychological research took over the field until, in the mid-2000s, social perspectives began to re-emerge in school bullying research (Agevall 2008; Schott & Søndergaard 2021). Consequently research on bullying internationally is divided into two distinct research perspectives. Individualised research focuses on the risk factors and behaviours of the individual. It seeks to manage and address bullying through large-scale surveys, building on them to construct context-independent intervention models and targeting remedial interventions at individual children and young people. Critical bullying research, on the other hand, looks at bullying situations as a complex phenomenon linked to broad social and societal structures, involving ordinary children and young people. Critical bullying research seeks to identify and remedy structural factors that produce offence or emotional or physical violence against others, such as racism or heteronormativity (Schott & Søndergaard 2021).

In the middle of this research dichotomy, in my research, I discursively analyse Finnish expert texts on school bullying. I focus on the discourses that practitioners use to form their knowledge base on bullying, and on which anti-bullying interventions in schools are built. In this study, I ask: What are the expert discourses on school bullying in Finland and what do they bring to school practices? Although I study discourses specifically in the Finnish context, the research is also relevant elsewhere. Research on bullying is international and Finnish research has been very influential in it (e.g. Salmivalli et al. 2021). So it can be argued that Finnish discourses of bullying are to some extent in line with international discourses.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A discursive perspective braids together power, knowledge, institutions, expertise and society into broad systems and allows for a critical examination of what is taken for granted as expert knowledge (Foucault, 2003; Gannon & Davies, 2014). Through my research, I thus aim to respond to the challenge of critical bullying research (e.g. Horton, 2021; Walton, 2015) and question the theoretical assumptions that seem to be taken for granted in bullying research. I have analysed the expert discourse on school bullying through professional literature on bullying (n=40), and Finnish administrative documents on anti-bullying work (n=36).


In the first part of the study, I examined the professional literature on bullying and how children and young people are talked about in this literature and what kind of subject positions (Youdell, 2006; Davies & Harré, 1990; Ryan & Morgan, 2011) are formed for them in this literature. With thematic analysis I answered the question: How does the professional literature on school bullying describe the bully and the victim?

In the second part of the study, I used the concept of decontextualisation with concept as method analysis (e.g. Jackson & Mazzei, 2012;Taguchi & St.Pierre, 2017. The concept of decontextualisation has not been used before in bullying research and with this concept I aimed to open up new perspectives and not to reproduce previous knowledge  (Kuby et al, 2016). In this phase I asked how the contexts are recognized in professional literature.

In the third part of the study I used What's the problem represented to be -method (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016). This method is based on the poststructuralist view that problems are discursively produced in temporal and spatial contexts, under specific conceptualisations, practices and conditions, and if the conditions are different, the problem statements could also be different (e.g. Foucault & Lotringer,1996). Following the WPR method of analysis, I asked what is presented as a problem in administrative documents on bullying?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Finnish expert discourse on bullying relies heavily on individualistic research and marginalises the relevance of contexts in the bullying discourses. School bullying as a phenomenon becomes decontextualized. The impact of social phenomena such as racism, poverty or heteronormativity on bullying situations is hardly recognised or is thought to be part of other discourses. As a result of decontextualisation, the causes of bullying are seen to lie in the characteristics of individuals, thus cementing the positions of children and young people in bullying situations in permanent, opposing positions of bully and victim, while placing school and home on opposite sides. By cementing the position of bully and victim into permanent positions, the possibility for change, growth and education is reduced. In these discourses, discipline is validated and education is invalidated, stricter control and management are justified, and the pedagogical expertise, understanding, warmth and empathy that are central to education, seem excessively lacking.
References
Agevall, O. (2008). ‘The career of bullying: emergence, transformation, and utilisation of a new concept’, in Rapport No. 29, School of Social Sciences, Växjö University, Sweden: 1–71
Bacchi, C. L. & Goodwin, S. (2016). Poststructural policy analysis: A guide to practice. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
Davies, B. & Harré, R. (1990). Positioning: The Discursive Production of Selves. Journal for the theory of social behaviour, 20(1), 43-63.
Foucault, M. (2003). "Society must be defended ": Lectures at the Collège de France, 1975-76. New York: Picador.
Foucault, Michel & Lotringer, Sylvère (1996) Foucault live: (interviews, 1961-1984). New York: Columbia University.
Gannon, S., & Davies, B. (2014). Postmodern, post-structural, and critical theories. In S. N. Hesse-Biber (Ed.), Handbook of feminist research: Theory and praxis (pp. 65–91). Los Angeles, CA: Sage.
Heinemann, P.-P. (1969) ’Apartheid’, Liberal debatt, 22 (2) 3-14
Horton, P. (2021). Critique of the Bullying Research Program. In P.K. Smith & J. O'Higgins-Norman (Ed.), The Wiley Blackwell handbook of bullying: A comprehensive and international review of research and intervention Vol 2. Hoboken, N.J: John Wiley & Sons.
Jackson, A. Y. & Mazzei, L. A. (2012). Thinking with theory in qualitative research: Viewing data across multiple perspectives. London: Routledge.
Kuby, C. R., Aguayo, R. C., Holloway, N., Mulligan, J., Shear, S. B. & Ward, A., 2016. Teaching, troubling, transgressing: Thinking with theory in a post-qualitative inquiry course. Qualitative inquiry, 22(2), 140–148.
Ryan, A. & Morgan, M. (2011). Bullying in secondary schools: An analysis of discursive positioning. New Zealand journal of educational studies, 46(1), 23-34.
Salmivalli, C., Laninga‐Wijnen, L., Malamut, S. T. & Garandeau, C. F. (2021). Bullying Prevention in Adolescence: Solutions and New Challenges from the Past Decade. Journal of research on adolescence, 31(4), 1023-1046.
Schott, R. M. & Søndergaard, D. M. (2021). The Social Turn in Bullying Research: Sociocultural/Sociological Perspectives. Teoksessa P.K. Smith & J. O'Higgins-Norman (Edit..), The Wiley Blackwell handbook of bullying: A comprehensive and international review of research and intervention Vol 2. New York: John Wiley & Sons.
Taguchi, H. L. & St.Pierre, E. A., 2017. Using concept as method in educational and social science inquiry. Qualitative inquiry, 23(9), 643–648.
Walton, G. (2015). Bullying and the philosophy of shooting freaks. Confero, 3(2), 17-35.
Youdell, D. (2006). Diversity, Inequality, and a Post-structural Politics for Education. Discourse (Abingdon, England), 27(1), 33-42.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Policy in Action: the Construction of The Good Student

Gunn Elisabeth Søreide

University of Bergen, Norway

Presenting Author: Søreide, Gunn Elisabeth

This paper discusses how a local educational policy/strategy-document and lower secondary students in an Norwegian municipality draw on globally traveling policy ideas of 21st century skills and responsibilization in their positioning and construction of “The good student”.

In 2020 Norway started implementing what is called the LK-20 reform throughout compulsory (grade 1–10) and upper secondary (grade 11–13/14) school. The reform has been developed and introduced by the Norwegian government through a series of policy and curriculum documents over a period of 5 years (2015–2020). This paper reports from the Reforming Education Norway (RENO)-project who follows the development as well as the introduction of the LK-20 reform. The LK-20 reform is characterized by the introduction of global policy ideas, such as 21st century skills into Norwegian educational policy, and the first phase of the RENO-project had a special focus on how social, emotional and metacognitive competencies are included, legitimated and frame student identity in policy- and curriculum reform documents. Studies from the first phase of the project (e.g. Søreide, 2022; Søreide, Riese & Hilt, 2022; Hilt, Riese & Søreide, 2019) illuminate how the LK-20 reform frame student identity within a strong self-regulation discourse and responsibilisation techniques that Peeters (2019) call ‘reciprocal governance’ where “…governments try to activate citizens socially and improve their employability…” (p.56).

The RENO-project is now in its second phase and investigates how the 21st century skills reform-ideas and self-regulation-discourse are interpreted and communicated by a) local educational authorities (municipalities) and b) students. The aim for the project is not to investigate how the reform is implemented on/by different hierarchical organizational levels in the educational sector. Rather, the approach is to explore how global and national educational policy ideas and discourses are enacted by significant educational agents (Ball et al., 2012) in the public school sector.

This paper reports from a study investigating the construction of “the good student” in a local policy/strategy document and in interviews with lower secondary school students in one of Norway’s lager urban municipalities. The study draws on a combination of discourse theory and positioning theory as analytical tools to identify how certain conceptions, rights and duties, and ‘truths’ about “The good student” are produced and legitimated (Ball, 1990; Harré & Langenhove, 1999; Ideland, 2016; Kayı-Aydar, 2019; Spohrer et al., 20189). A position is a discursively, socially and historically constructed cluster of rights and duties that allow persons or groups to act, feel, believe, and know in specific ways (Kayı-Aydar, 2019). Persons or groups can be assigned, ascribed, or denied certain positions by others, a process called ‘interactive positioning’, or they can appropriate or reject certain positions themselves, which is called ‘reflexive positioning’ (Harré & Langenhove, 1999).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Context:
Although both public and private schools in Norway  are regulated by a national curriculum and Education act, the responsibility for and governing of primary (grade 1 – 7) and lower secondary (grade 8 – 10) public schools are distributed to local educational authorities in 356 municipalities across the country. Local authorities develop educational policies that support the implementation of national policies and curricula and supervise and oversee the work and results of the schools in the municipality. The municipality where the 2nd phase of the RENO- project is conducted, is responsible for approximately 80 public schools. Based on the main ideas in two core LK-20 reform documents, the municipality developed a strategy-document describing designated areas of development, quality work and standards that all public schools in the municipality were expected to implement over a period of 3 – 4 years. At the time the student-interviews were conducted, the strategy had been implemented and “working” in the schools for approximately 3 years.

2 sets of material:
1)The strategy document developed by the municipality’s department of education. The document is based on the main ideas in two core national reform documents in addition to the municipality’s selected quality enhancement focus areas.

2)Focus group interviews with 5 groups of 4 – 5 10th grade students (age 15 – 16) in 3 lower secondary schools. The schools were situated in districts typically characterized by lower middle-class families. Informed consent were obtained from individual students and their parents. The interviews were conducted by a research assistant who also is an experienced lower secondary school teacher. Recordings of the interviews are stored on a university run server for sensitive research material with protected and limited access. This paper reports from the section of the interviews focusing on what a good student is and how young people can become/learn how to be a good student.

Analysis:
The transcribed interviews and strategy documents were analyzed in three main steps to identify constructions of “The good student”. Firstly, all descriptions and statements addressing students’ expected behavior, competencies, attitudes, and values were marked and extracted. Secondly the extracts were organized in inductively developed categories focusing on different aspects of what “The good student” do, think, feel, and know. Finally overlaps and differences in the positioning of “The good student” between the two sets of material were identified.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings indicate overlaps as well as differences in the positioning and construction of “The good student” in student interviews and the strategy-document. Although all positions mainly draw on self-regulation-discourses, student interviews and the strategy document emphasize different features of self-regulation and responsibility in their construction of “The good student”.

In the student interviews, the three most dominant positions are:
o The good student makes an effort.
o The good student is open to learning.
o The good student show respect.

The three most dominant positions in the strategy-document are:
o The good student is goal oriented.
o The good student has insight in and control over their learning process
o The good student is active.

While the strategy document position “The good student” as a goal (outcome)-oriented learner, the student interviews focus on the importance of ‘making an effort’ and ‘doing your best’, regardless of the achieved results. Thus, activating two different approaches to how “The good student” should be motivated: by goals and expected outcomes or hard work and stamina.  Further, the strategy document underscore “The good student’s” understanding, reflection over and control of their learning processes, while students position ‘The good student’ as open and willing to learn new things. Finally, while the strategy document position “the good student” as contributing to their own and other students’ learning by being active, students position “the good student” as contributing to the creation of a good learning environment by showing teachers and fellow students respect. To “show respect” include two different sub-positions; a) “The good student “respect the knowledge, opinions and utterances from teachers and other students and b) “The good student” do the chores they are assigned and are quiet, talk, move, sit still, and pay attention when they are supposed/expected to.

References
Ball, S. (1990). Politics and policy making in education. London and New York: Routledge.

Ball, S., Maguire, M. & Brown, A. (2012) How schools do policy. Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge.

Harré, R. & van Langenhove, L. (1999) (Eds.) Positioning theory: Moral contexts of intentional action. Blackwell.

Hilt, L. T., Riese, H. & Søreide G. E. (2019) “Narrow identity resources for future students: the 21st century skills movement encounters the Norwegian education policy context”. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 51 (3), 384 – 402

Ideland, M. (2016) The action-competent child: responsibilization through practices and emotions in environmental education. Knowledge cultures, 4(2), 95 – 112

Kayı-Aydar, H. (2019) Positioning theory in applied linguistics: Research design and applications. Springer.

Peeters, R. (2019) Manufacturing responsibility: The governmentality of behavioural power in social policies. Social policy and society, 18 (1), 51-65.

Spohrer, K. , Stahl, G. & Bowers-Brown, T. (2018) Constituting neoliberal subjects? ‘Aspiration’ as technology of government in UK policy discourse, Journal of Education Policy, 33 (3), 327-342

Søreide, G. E. (2022) “Narrative control and standards for pupil identity in the Norwegian LK-20 educational reform” in Riese, H., Hilt, L. T. & Søreide, G. E. (eds) Educational Standardization in a Complex World. Emerald Publishing Limited.

Søreide, G. E., Riese, H. & Hilt, L. T. (2022). “21st Century Skills and Current Nordic Educational Reforms” in William Pink (ed) Oxford Encyclopedia of School Reform. Oxford University Press.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm23 SES 12 B: Higher Education
Location: James Watt South Building, J7 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Katja Brøgger
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Anticipatory Policy Rhetoric: Exploring Ideological Fantasies of Finnish Higher Education

Tuomas Tervasmäki

Tampere University, Finland

Presenting Author: Tervasmäki, Tuomas

The question of uncertain and open future has been characterized the government of modern societies. Attempts to secure valued life from unhoped futures and steer human action towards desired ones has been called anticipation (Adams, Murphy & Clarke 2009; Anderson 2010; Robertson 2022). In politics, anticipatory action tend to articulate a horizon of expectations based on hypothetical possibilities that might include calculation of risks, forecasting and narration of alternative futures (Adams et al. 2009; Anderson 2010; Robertson 2022). In this research, I explore how anticipation of educational futures works through articulation of ideological fantasies.

Despite seemingly vast possibilities of a contingent future, certain discourses and ideas have kept a strong hold in education policies – they have been sticky (Ahmed 2004). In political economy of higher education anticipatory political futures have been largely relied on the sociotechnic imaginaries of knowledge-based economy (KBE), promoted by international organizations such as OECD and European Union (Robertson 2005; Hunter 2013). Despite of several critiques (e.g. Lauder et. al. 2012; Jessop 2017) the discourses of knowledge economy have remained hegemonic in international (Hunter, 2013; Robertson 2022) and Finnish national (Poutanen et al. 2022) policy actors’ agenda. What could explain the stickiness of economic social imaginaries? How to approach the appeal and longetivity of capitalist order, or in this case, the force of knowledge-based economy in reproduction of higher education policy?

As many theorists have pointed, the construction of desiring subject is essential for the ethos or the spirit of capitalism (Boltanski & Chiapello 2005; MacGowan 2016). However, research related to governance of futures or political economy of higher education is usually focused on the socio-semiotic analysis. While policy scholars have increasingly called attention to the affective elements of policies and how we are moved by them (e.g. Zembylas 2020; Lähdesmäki et al 2020; Sellar & Zipin 2019), the role of desire and inertia of social order have remained less explored in policy studies (Anderson & Holloway 2020; however Clarke 2019; Saari 2021).

I follow political theorists who have approached the inertia of social and political phenomena and stressed the meaning of desire and mobilisation of passions, affects and emotions in political articulation and justification (Mouffe, 1993; Laclau 2004). From this perspective, the construction of effective economic and national imaginaries requires construction of ideological fantasy frames (Stavrakakis 2007; Glynos 2011) that arouse emotions, mobilise individual and collective passions, and call for action. In other words, anticipatory fantasy tries to get a grip of subjects’ desire and usher one further into identification with the objects it has emphasised (Glynos 2001; Stavrakakis 2007).

In this research I provide an empirical case study of anticipatory policy rhetoric. I will focus on the Finnish higher education policy reform 2017–2019 called “Vision development 2030” by Sipilä Government. The research questions are following:

  1. What kind of ideological fantasies were constructed during policy-making of vision development 2017–2019?
  2. In which ways the depicted fantasies aim to engage with subject’s desire?
  3. What role do fantasies play in the policy-making practices?

What makes this case interesting is the concurrent rhetoric of austerity-ridden politics and anticipatory ideological fantasy: while the one hand advanced major economic cuts in higher education sector (which lead to redundancies of employment), the other depicted beatific illustrations of significant growth of resources of higher education sector and harmonious working life in its’ institutions. Thus political rhetoric of double binding – semiotic and affective play of crisis and salvation, austerity and prosperity, horrific and beatific fantasy– is noticeably evident. As such, Sipilä Government’s vision development provides intriquing case study of a construction of collective imaginary of the educational future.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The primary research data of this study consists of two main documents that were published during the Vision development process 02/2017–01/2019. The process was lead by the Finnish Ministry of Education and Culture (MEC) in collaboration with university communities, labour market associations and industry stakeholders. As secondary sources I scrutinize OECD’s policy evaluation of Finnish innovation system (OECD 2017). I perceive the empirical data discursively: these documents articulate ideological frames, meanings, norms and values and contest alternative views of higher education (Remling 2018; Eberle 2019). Analytical reading based on critical fantasy studies can uncover and inform us about the ideological and affective conditions of policies (Glynos 2011; 2021).

Critical fantasy studies, as Jason Glynos (2021) has recently called this paradigm, has its’ roots in political discourse theory (Laclau & Mouffe, 1985; Glynos & Howarth, 2007), which combines poststructuralist framework to critical political theory and psychoanalytic theory. In such Lacanian infused theory, the concept of fantasy functions as “the object cause of one’s desire” (Sharpe & Turner 2020, 190) – to wit, it links subject’s inner feelings of joy and anxiety to outer objects (Behagel & Mert 2021).  

This framework suggests that phenomena of inertia and change of the social can be comprehended through the examination of fantasies. The concept of fantasy aims at understanding how we become gripped by certain ideas, norms and identities through affective investments. Fantasy structures subject’s desire through dialectic of fullness and lack (Stavrakakis 1999; Glynos 2011). It depicts a beatific fantasy, a promisory and harmonious ideal that would fulfill the void in the subject, but this promise is conditional – at same time a horrific fantasy, an impediment to the realization of this ideal, enters at the stage (Stavrakakis, 1999; Glynos & Howarth, 2007). Aforementioned simplification of social world is one manner how fantasy aims to provide protection from anxiety and ontological security to a subject. By employing the concept of fantasy in policy analysis I explore the structure of desire and affective enjoyment (Glynos 2011) and its’ operation in Vision development policy documents.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The aim of this study is twofold: Firstly, I examine the roles that fantasies play in anticipatory politics of educational futures. I analyse the ways in which subjects are captivated to relate with fantasmatic objectives of policy vision and its’ normative assumptions concerning future organization of higher education. This approach helps to understand the significant role of fantasies in making of anticipatory policy futures and explicate “the identification-interpellation loop” (De Cleen et al 2021, 35) therein. In this way ideological foundations and affective rhetorics of persuasion in Finnish higher education policy can be placed under critical evaluation and ponder implications of such policy doctrine.  

Secondly, the research contributes to methodological development of educational policy research methods. Based on psychoanalytically infused political discourse theory (Glynos 2011; 2021; Stavrakakis 2007; Eberle 2019; Behagel & Mert 2021) my intention is to further elaborate the concept of fantasy in empirical analysis and explicate how critical fantasy studies can be applied in case policy analysis.

References
Adams, Vincenne, Murphy, Michelle & Clarke, Adele E. (2009). Anticipation: Technoscience, life, affect, temporality. Subjectivity 28, 246–265.

Anderson, Ben. (2010). Preemption, precaution, preparedness: Anticipatory action and future geographies. Progress in human geography 34(6), 777–798.

Anderson, K.T. & Holloway, J. (2020). Discourse analysis as theory, method, and epistemology in studies of education policy, Journal of Education Policy, 35:2, 188-221, https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2018.1552992

De Cleen, B., Goyvaerts, J., Carpentier, N., Glynos, J. & Y. Stavrakakis. (2021). Moving discourse theory forward. A five-track proposal for future research. Journal of Language and Politics 20(1), pp. 22–46. https://doi.org/10.1075/jlp.20076.dec

Behagel, Jelle Hendrik & Mert, Ayşem. (2021). The political nature of fantasy and political fantasies of nature. Journal of Language and Politics 20 (1), 79–94.

Eberle, Jakub. (2019). Narrative, desire, ontological security, transgression: fantasy as a factor in international politics. Journal of International relations and development 22(1), 243–268.

Glynos, J. (2001). The grip of ideology. Journal of Political Ideologies, 6(2): 191–214.

Glynos, J. (2011). Fantasy and identity in critical political theory. Filozofski vesnik 32(2), 65–88.

Glynos, J. (2021). Critical fantasy studies. Journal of language and politics 20(1), 95–111. https://doi.org/10.1075/jlp.20052.gly

Glynos, J. & Howarth, D. (2007). Logics of critical explanation in social and political theory. Routledge.

Hunter, C. P. (2013). Shifting themes in OECD country reviews of higher education. Higher education 66(X), 707–723.

Lähdesmäki, T., Koistinen, A. K. & Ylönen, S. C. (2020). Intercultural dialogue in the European education policies: a conceptual approach. Palgrave Macmillan.

McGowan, T. (2016). Capitalism and desire. The psychic cost of free markets. Columbia university press.

Lauder, Hugh, Young Michael, Daniels Harry, Balarin, Maria & Lowe, John. (eds.) (2012) Educating for the Knowledge Economy? Critical perspectives. London: Routledge.

Poutanen, M., T. Tomperi, H. Kuusela, V. Kaleva, and T. Tervasmäki. 2022. “From Democracy to Managerialism: Foundation Universities as the Embodiment of Finnish University Policies.” Journal of Education Policy 37 (3): 419–442. doi:10.1080/02680939.2020.1846080.


Robertson, Susan L. (2005) Re‐imagining and rescripting the future of education: global knowledge economy discourses and the challenge to education systems, Comparative Education, 41(2), 151-170. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050060500150922

Robertson, Susan L. (2022) Guardians of the Future: International Organisations, Anticipatory Governance and Education, Global Society, 36(2), 188-205, https://doi.org/10.1080/13600826.2021.2021151

Sharpe, M. & Turner, K. (2020). Fantasy. In Y. Stavrakakis (Ed.) Routledge handbook of psychoanalytical theory (pp. 187–198). Routledge.

Stavrakakis, Y. (1999). Lacan & the political. Routledge.

Stavrakakis, Y. (2007). The lacanian left. Psychoanalysis, theory, politics. SUNY press.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Higher Education Systems Development in Post-Soviet Area: in Search of Increasing Contribution to Socio-Economic Transformation

Pavel Sorokin

NRU Higher School of Economics, Russian Federation

Presenting Author: Sorokin, Pavel

This paper applies multi-level approach to analyze the role of higher education systems in socio-economic development with a focus on post-Soviet countries and with a special emphasis on the potential for transformative impact on HEI on societal development through the formation of students agency (various types of students entrepreneurship and project-based activities, action-research, voluntarism etc.). We analyze supra-national initiatives, national policies, leading universities’ practices, and the actual characteristics of selected education programs in these universities.

We aim to reveal principally new models of policy-making that are being launched aimed at more direct impact on national socio-economic development through students agency. This shift reflects the novel global and national realities, which imply critical insufficiency of the contribution by higher education systems to socio-economic development - a problem also discussed as “global productivity paradox” but having strong national specificity.

New institutionalism theory provides the conceptual grounds for the paper, It suggests that, to some extent, all post-soviet countries (even the least democratic and open from the point of view of the objective quality of institutional environment) may promote transformative impact of education, including higher education, on the national policy level (Meyer, 2010). This can happen not only because of the presumed efficiency of mass individual agency in these contexts, but also as a response to the globally transmitted “progressive” cultural patterns associated with “World society” (meyer, 2010). to be more precise, new institutionalist argument is that education promotes being proactive, innovative, entrepreneurial as a morally positive phenomenon (linked to the broader themes like “progress”). As shown in literature, the collapse of the USSR was one of the major factors in shaping the culturally legitimate global “World society” with Eastern Europe joining the West in celebrating democracy and capitalism, which stimulated education expansion (Schofer & Meyer, 2005). From this perspective, one may expect that national policies as well as formal conditions in the leading universities and characteristics of the educational programs devoted to development of individual agency (for instance, in the form of entrepreneurship training) will be to a certain degree similar in all the post-soviet countries. however, the actual practices in concrete universities and programs may vary significantly, not always reflecting the “global standard” in the same way, though referring to the latter in explicit or latent forms.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We analyze supra-national initiatives, national policies, leading universities’ practices, and the actual characteristics of selected education programs in these universities.
To give the general understanding of the institutional environment in post-soviet countries and its differentiation, we outline these countries basic indicators according to authoritative international rankings (countries are ranged according to their GDP per capita).
On the next stage we analyze policy documents. This part of analysis aims to answer several research questions, linked to the theoretical perspectives outlined above. First, is agency-oriented education in the field of higher education – a part of declared state agenda, or not? We expect explicit direct formulation of this topic across policy documents in post-soviet countries reflecting its recognition in the global discourse. secondly, we try to comprehend the content of policies on the related issues in higher education. For instance, do they constitute a specific line of policy or are they integrated in the broader policy agenda on education in general (including other levels of education as well) and/or economic development? to what extent do these policies explicitly orient on the development of concrete skills/competences or attitudes/ values (reflecting, on the one hand, technical (skills as “human capital”), and, on the other hand, symbolic (values as “culture”) goals? do policies declare intentions to cover with university-based agency-oriented training any special social groups, including minorities (in line with new institutionalist arguments about the expanding responsibility of the state for emerging new legitimate identities)? do policies emphasize special attention to technological or social goals for such training? to what extent do policies articulate international cooperation in the related initiatives?
On the next stage we analyze the leading universities in the post-soviet environment – those that are included in the prestigious Qs rankings: (1) Quacquarelli symonds World university rankings by subject 2020: business & management studies; (2) Quacquarelli symonds World university rankings by region 2020: Emerging Europe & central asia; (3) Quacquarelli symonds World university rankings 2020). We analyzed the characteristics of support for agency-development (various types of students entrepreneurship and project-based activities, action-research, voluntarism etc.) based on the official web sites and publicly available documents of the selected sample of 16 universities.
In order to look closer at the micro-level, we also conducted a questionnaire survey and obtained several expert interviews with a number of supervisors of the mentioned above programs.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper demonstrates, relates to each other and classifies a variety of ways how higher education institutions a being pushed towards producing more impact in terms of not only institutional agency (for instance, cooperation of universities with external parties like industrial companies in promoting technological innovations), but also, individual agency of students, implying broader comprehension of the effects higher education produce beyond increased wages on labor market (which tragically often is not happening).
It is showed that central place is occupied by policies aimed at promotion of entrepreneurship, including the latest major initiative in the development of entrepreneurship on post-soviet space - the Russian federal project “Platform of University Technological Entrepreneurship”.
It also argued that the paradoxically the orientation towards increasing agency of students and graduates become common feature for the majority of post-soviet countries - however, the concrete accents of these agency vary substantially, which reflects the broader issues of politics of policy making in education and national specifics.


References
Meyer, J. W. (2010). World society, institutional theories, and the actor. Annual Review of Sociology,
36(1), 1–20. doi:10.1146/annurev.soc.012809.102506

Cameron, d. r., & orenstein, m. a. (2012). post-soviet authoritarianism: the influence of Russia in its “near abroad”. Post-Soviet Affairs, 28(1), 1–44. doi:10.2747/1060-586X.28.1.1

Colyvas, J. a., & Jonsson, s. (2011). ubiquity and legitimacy: disentangling diffusion and institution- alization. Socioogical Theory, 29(1), 27–53. doi:10.1111/j.1467-9558.2010.01386.x

hay, c. (2004). theory, stylized heuristic or self fulfilling prophecy? the status of rational choice
theory in public administration. Public Administration, 82(1), 39–62. doi:10.1111/j.0033-
3298.2004.00382.x

Huisman, J., smolentseva, a., & Froumin, i. (2018). 25 years of transformations of higher educa-
tion systems in post-soviet countries: Reform and continuity. cham: springer nature, palgrave
macmillan.

Kuratko, d. F. (2004, January). Entrepreneurship education in the 21st century: From legitimization
to leadership. in USASBE national conference, January 16. retrieved from http://faculty.bus.
olemiss.edu/dhawley/pmba622%20sp07/sloan/l3_m11_Entre_Education.pdf

Kuzminov, ya., sorokin, p., & Froumin, i. (2019). generic and specific skills as components of human capital: new challenges for education theory and practice. Foresight and STI governance,
13(2), 19–41. doi:10.17323/2500-2597.2019.2.19.41

Schofer, E., & meyer, J. W. (2005). the worldwide expansion of higher education in the twentieth cen- tury. American Sociological Review, 70(6), 898–920. doi:10.1177/000312240507000602

sorokin, p., & Froumin, (2022). `utility’ of education and the role of transformative agency: policy chal- lenges and agendas. Policy Futures in Education, 20(2), 201–214. doi: 10.1177/14782103211032080

Sorokin, p., povalko, a., & vyatskaya, y. (2021) informal entrepreneurship education: overview of the Russian field. Foresight and STI Governance, 15(4), 22–31. doi:10.17323/2500-2597.2021.4.22.31


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

New Nationalisms, Geopolitical Shifts and the Politics of Scaling in European Higher Education Policy Research

Katja Brøgger, Hannah Moscovitz

Aarhus University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Brøgger, Katja; Moscovitz, Hannah

In the last decade, an upsurge in new nationalisms and geopolitical shifts has amplified Eurosceptic sentiment and challenged the values of European integration. These transformations within the political sphere in which universities operate exert growing pressure on the openness of higher education and research. The (re)nationalization of higher education and politicization of research increasingly influence university politics, including autonomy and governance, academic freedom, open science and international engagement. Universities find themselves entangled in contrasting visions of Europe: between a vision of deeper political integration and openness and one where European nation-states (re)gain power as the locus of political sovereignty or where protectionist regionalism and security politics challenge open exchange with communities outside the EU.

When researching European higher education, the Maastricht Treaty can be seen as an ideological turning point (Mudde, 2007). By launching the European Single Market, the Treaty tightened the European integration process: a process that in many ways conditioned the development of European universities in subsequent decades. On the one hand, the Treaty prompted extensive higher education reforms, leading to the establishment of the European Higher Education Area in 2010, rooted in the need for mutual recognition of diplomas and certificates to support the free movement of persons and services. On the other hand, the Treaty became a breeding ground for new nationalisms opposing the European integration project and its strengthening of federal Europe (Brøgger, 2022). While the domain of higher education was not immune to this opposition, research into European higher education has centred on the sector’s extensive Europeanization and globalization, in part to remedy years of methodological nationalism in education research, and lack of attention to the politics of scale (Brøgger, 2019; Dale, 2009; Huisman, 2009; Lawn & Grek, 2012). The conceptions of scale – the global, the European, the regional, and the national – are often taken for granted. However, they are not merely pre-existing sites (Clarke, 2019; Papanastasiou, 2019). Rather, they seem to depend on and be embedded in social and political practices as well as scientific and academic practices. Therefore, the focus on the global scale, in particular, has to a certain degree come at the expense of scholarship (re)linking higher education and research to regional and national scales investigating recent shifts in the geopolitical landscape, the impact of nationalisms, national specificity and differences across various contexts (Robertson, 2018).

Against this backdrop and taking inspiration in an affirmative critique of the politics of scaling in education policy studies, this paper discusses how to move beyond the binary of methodological nationalism (Shahjahan & Kezar, 2013), where policies are treated as national phenomena enacted by nation-states and attached to a particular place and polity, and methodological globalism, where the emphasis is on global factors affecting national policymaking (Brøgger & Moscovitz, 2022; Clarke, 2019; Takayama & Lingard, 2021).

The paper draws inspiration from the idea of an affirmative critique that does not begin with a plea for a revolution, but, by ‘staying with the trouble’ (Foucault, 1997; Haraway, 2016), plants the seed for change. Affirming and encouraging something in that which it criticizes (Raffnsøe et al.,), affirmative critique does not condemn or distance itself from the criticized; rather, it commits itself to an ethics of engagement and entails self-transformation (Staunæs & Brøgger, 2020).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper draws on extant scholarship around higher education policy and relies on publicly available policy documents as well as archival sources related to the EU’s post Maastricht higher education policy, as well as 18 semi structured interviews conducted in 2022 with policy officials from the European Commission, and representatives from higher education and research interest organizations in Brussels. Data including EU treaties, memoranda, white papers, and strategies were collected through the EUR-Lex Access to European Union Law and the European Council’s online archives. Material relating to the Bologna Process, including declarations and communiqués, were harvested from the official European Higher Education Area website (www.ehea.eu).  

Scholarship around higher education policy will be analyzed through the lens of hegemonic academic practices of scalecraft (Papanastasiou, 2019). The paper explores how the research community has been moved in the direction of global and European scales by empirical data and by what became hegemonic practices within the community. At some point, the paper argues, it became almost impossible to distinguish between being moved by empirical data and actively contributing to this movement through research practice. Therefore, an affirmative critique inevitably entails self-transformation. Policy documents will be analyzed to identify the political scaling of the European education space, which is now being challenged by rising new nationalisms and geo-political shifts, being addressed in the qualitative interviews.

Building on the conceptualization of affirmative critique, the paper methodologically reflects on the limitations of the epistemological horizon of the practices of methodological globalism that characterizes recent decades’ higher education research. With the upsurge in new nationalisms and recent geopolitical shifts, the empirical reality is transforming and research must be able to provide comprehensive analysis. This prompts an affirmative critique, including a critique of the hegemonic academic practices of scalecraft that cement the use and taken-for-grantedness of particular scales within research communities.

The purpose of the paper is not to dismiss the use of global and European scales. These scales still hold explanatory power. Rather, the paper seeks to encourage the potential in existing research to move beyond the binary of methodological nationalism and globalism.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper argues that an upsurge in new nationalisms and geopolitical shifts affecting European higher education and research prompts a rethinking of the politics of scaling and an affirmative critique of the taken-for-granted practice of applying global and European scales in higher education research. Growing pressures on the openness of higher education and research at the national and European level prompt a rethinking of the nexus between global, European and national higher education and research that considers shifts in the geopolitical landscape, national specificity and the influence of new and emerging nationalisms. Affected by the common dependency on methodological nationalism in social sciences (Chernilo, 2006; Malešević, 2013), for many years, higher education research seldom engaged with topics, people, organizations and processes outside ‘the national container’ (Shahjahan & Kezar, 2013). Meanwhile, hegemonic practices of scalecraft as a political and academic dynamic have since led to a taken-for-granted practice of applying global and European scales in higher education research (Papanastasiou, 2019), thereby creating a new methodological challenge in the attempt to overcome another.

Discussing the limitations of the epistemological horizon of methodological globalism in higher education research, the paper contributes to scholarship on the politics of scaling. The paper suggests to relinquish, the global, the European and national as geometrical nesting, a geometrical concern of size and thereby challenge the exclusive interpretation of these phenomena as scale, primarily connoting size. The paper further reflects on the global, the European and national as topological matters, produced through one another through political, social, scientific and academic practices. An intersection, rather than spaces in their own right widening previous conceptions of scale with understandings of reach, connoting topological concerns of connectivity.

References
Brøgger, K. (2019). Governing through Standards: the Faceless Masters of Higher Education. The Bologna Process, the EU and the Open Method of Coordination. Dordrecht: Springer.

Brøgger, K. (2022). Post-Cold War Governance Arrangements in Europe: The University between European Integration and Rising Nationalisms. Globalisation, Societies and Education.

Brøgger, K., & Moscovitz, H. (2022). An International Institution Embedded in the Nation-State: moving beyond the “either/or” paradigm of the globalization and (re) nationalization of the modern university. Global Perspectives, 3, 1, 56932.

Chernilo, D. (2006). Social Theory’s Methodological Nationalism: Myth and Reality. European journal of social theory, 9(1), 5-22.

Clarke, J. (2019). Foreword. In N. Papanastasiou (Ed.), The Politics of Scale in Policy: Scalecraft and Education Governance (pp. v–xii). Bristol: Policy Press.

Dale, R. (2009). Studying Globalisation in Education: Lisbon, the Open Method of Coordination and beyond. In R. Dale & S. Robertson (Eds.), Globalisation and Europeanisation in Education. Oxford: Symposium Books.

Foucault, M. (1997). What is Critique? In J. Schmidt (Ed.), What is Enlightenment? (pp. 23-61). California: University of California Press.

Haraway, D. (2016). Staying with the Trouble. Making Kinship in the Chtulucene. Durham/London: Duke University Press.

Huisman, J. (2009). International perspectives on the governance of higher education: alternative frameworks for coordination. NY: Routledge.

Lawn, M., & Grek, S. (2012). Europeanizing Education. Governing a new policy space: Symposium.

Malešević, S. (2013). Nation-States and Nationalisms: Organization, Ideology and Solidarity: Polity.

Mudde, C. (2007). Populist Radical Right Parties in Europe. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Papanastasiou, N. (2019). The politics of scale in policy: scalecraft and education governance. Bristol: Policy Press.

Raffnsøe, S., Staunæs, D., & Bank, M. (2022). Affirmative critique. Ephemera, 22(3), 183-217.

Robertson, S. (2018). Global higher education and variegated regionalisms. In B. Cantwell, H. Coates, & R. King (Eds.), Handbook on the politics of higher education. Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar Pub., Inc.

Shahjahan, R., & Kezar, A. (2013). Beyond the “National Container”: Addressing Methodological Nationalism in Higher Education Research. Educational Researcher, 42(1), 20-29.

Staunæs, D., & Brøgger, K. (2020). In the mood of data and measurements: experiments as affirmative critique, or how to curate academic value with care. Feminist Theory, 21(4), 429–445.

Takayama, K., & Lingard, B. (2021). How to achieve a ‘revolution’: assembling the subnational, national and global in the formation of a new, ‘scientific’ assessment in Japan. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 19(2), 228-244.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm23 SES 12 C: Media and Policymaking
Location: James Watt South Building, J10 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Peter Kelly
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Educating the Public on Pedagogic Discourse: Education Authorities’ Media Responses to Critique of Test-Based Accountability

Cecilie Haugen

Norwegian University of Science and Tech, Norway

Presenting Author: Haugen, Cecilie

Internationally, neoliberal school reforms include standardised testing as one tool used to facilitate monitoring in accountability systems and to marketise education. Ball (2013, p. 137) defines performativity as a ´key mechanism of neoliberal governance that uses comparisons and judgements, and self-management, in place of interventions and direction´. In creating a performativity culture, standardised testing is one tool used to facilitate monitoring in accountability systems and to marketise education through New-Public-Management inspired measures (focus on output, incentives linked to results, introduction of quasi-markets and competition) (Clarke and Newman 1997).

In the forming of a pedagogic discourse, ´[t]he distributive rules mark and distribute who may transmit what to whom and under what conditions, and they attempt to set the outer limits of legitimate discourse´ (Bernstein 2000, p. 31). According to Bernstein (2000), the field of production of discourse is increasingly state controlled. Bearing this in mind, arenas outside of state control, such as the media, can be key for actors that aim to challenge, but also to reinforce the dominant discourse (Baroutis 2016).

Some important findings in the international research literature are that media coverage of standardised testing has been increasing (Camphuijsen and Levatino 2022) and that media reportage on it often reinforces rather than challenges the neoliberal discourse and accountability practices (Baroutis 2016; Yemini and Gordon 2017). This is important when it comes to influencing public opinion as it is found that ´one-sided messages emphasising either positive or negative aspects of an issue can change peoples’ preferences´ (Chong and Druckman 2010, p. 1).

Attention in research has often been on the general media coverage and conflicting arguments related to standardised testing and test-based accountability, whereas little attention has been given to how power can play out through the form of the communication and thereby contribute to regulating the public debate. It is important to examine the education authorities’ responses to critique on this issue because ´the response sets the limits for what can be expressed´ (Willig 2016, 29, my translation).

With this as the point of departure, the aim of this paper is to investigate

how education authorities frame the education debate on test-based accountability through their responses to critique in media and thereby educate the public on what they count as legitimate communication

It has been found that non-Anglophone contexts are under-researched, especially when it comes to the issue of how national testing is covered in the media (Camphuijsen and Levatino 2022). To contribute to more research in this area, Norway is the context that will be in focus here.

Since the national tests were introduced in Norway in 2004, the controversies related to their implementation, quality, use and problematic effects have continued (Camphuijsen et al. 2021; Camphuijsen and Levatino 2022; author). What is interesting, however, is that over time, critical perspectives are found to be losing ground in the media coverage (Camphuijsen and Levatino 2022).

When it comes to heated media debates on test-based accountability, two municipalities (Oslo, the capital, and Sandefjord, a small rural municipality with about 45 000 inhabitants) stand out in the national context. For this reason they have been chosen for closer scrutiny below. At the time the debates were raging, both Oslo and Sandefjord had had a conservative municipal government. This fact clearly anchors the political leadership in the neoliberal ideology, which is especially interesting when it comes to investigating how power is exercised when important features of the neoliberal discourse is challenged.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The education debate has two separate but intertwined dimensions when it comes to power relations: First, it represents an important arena for the ideological struggle in the recontextualising field to set the rules for constructing pedagogic texts in the schools (which forms the context of this study). Second, it represents a form of pedagogic communication on its own terms between transmitters (education authorities) and acquirers (the public), which is what the focus of the analysis will be. In other words, the responses to critique constitute one way of educating the public in terms of what counts as legitimate and illegitimate communication and thereby regulating the legitimate discourse.
To analyse how power and control function, the concepts recognition and realisation rules are employed. Recognition and realisation rules are what establish the communicative context (cf. Bernstein 1990, 34-35). Recognition rules refer to power relations, and to how voice is to be reproduced through the limits of the legitimate potential of the communication. This is regulated by the classificatory principle. Classification indicates how one context differs from another and ´provides the key to the distinguishing feature of a context, and so orients the speaker to what is expected, what is legitimate to that´ (Bernstein 2000, 17), and can refer to relations between contexts, agents, discourses or practices. The realisation rules refer to the interactional principle, or the rules for what counts as legitimate communication, and thereby establish what counts as legitimate texts. They regulate the message, or the form of the contextual realisation, and are a function of the framing. When analysing framing, attention in this context is given to three elements: 1) selection, referring to how the content of the critique is given attention/ignored, 2) criteria, referring to how the content of the critique is legitimated or rejected, and 3) the hierarchy between transmitter and acquirer, referring to how the education authorities position themselves and the critics in a social order and address expectations about roles and legitimate behaviour.
Case: Conservative-governed municipalities in Norway
Education authorities from two Norwegian municipalities (Oslo and Sandefjord) are in focus in this study. Under conservative governing these municipalities implemented strong performance management and they received a lot of critique in the media. The data material consists of the education authorities´ responses to the critique (20 responses from Oslo and 20 from Sandefjord).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
While neoliberalism often is presented as the ideology of freedom, the question is whether it represents freedom when it comes to responding to critique (Willig 2016). The education authorities’ responses in both municipalities are strongly framed in the selection, criteria and hierachy dimensions, implying strongly framed realisation rules when it comes to what counts as legitimate forms of communication, based on strongly classified recognition rules that in turn are based on the neoliberal discourse. In other words, the education authorities educate the public that there are few, if any, legitimate grounds or forms of critisism of test-based accountability systems, and assume authorititarian roles. As is argued elsewhere, instead of the result-based management stimulating engagement about the quality of schools, it rather serves to de-intellectualise and de-politicise the education field and to shut off discussions about schooling through demonstrating evidence of “efficiency” (e.g. Apple 2006; Ball 2013). The education authorities often use the good results as evidence for rejecting criticism.
To conclude, the education authorities’ responses to critique in Oslo and Sandefjord could play a role in how and why critical framing of test-based accountability is losing ground in the media coverage. The strong classification of what counts as legitimate pedagogic discourse combined with framing demonstrating how the education authorities’ turn a deaf ear to criticism, and how the responses are often directed as individual and personal critique of the critics, could potentially silence critical voices. Whether the response strategies illuminated here are relevant for other media contexts (both nationally and internationally) where the neoliberal discourse is challenged needs further investigation.


References
Apple, M. W. (2006). Educating the “Right” Way. Markets, Standards, God and Inequality. New York: Routledge.
Ball, S. J. 2013. Foucault, Power, and Education. New York and London: Routledge.
Baroutis, A. 2016. “Media accounts of school performance: reinforcing dominant practices of accountability”. Journal of Education Policy, 31:5, 567-582, DOI: 10.1080/02680939.2016.1145253
Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity. Boston: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, Inc.
Bernstein, B. 1990. The structuring of pedagogic discourse. Class, codes and control. Volume IV. Oxon: Routledge.  
Camphuijsen, M. K. and A. Levatino. 2022. “Schools in the media: framing national standardized testing in the Norwegian press, 2004-2018”. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 43:4, 601-616, DOI: 10.1080/01596306.2021.1882390
Chong, D. and J. N. Druckman. 2010. “Dynamic public opinion: Communication effects over time”. American Political Science Review, 104(4), 663-680.
Clarke, J. and J. Newman.1997. The Managerial State. Power, Politics and Ideology in the Remaking of Social Welfare. London: Sage Publications.
Willig, R. (2016). Afvæbnet kritik. København: Hans Reitzels Forlag.
Yemini, M. and N.  Gordon. 2017. “Media representations of national and international standardized testing in the Israeli education system.” Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 38:2, 262-276, DOI: 10.1080/01596306.2015.1105786


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Educational Policy and the Media: A Comparative Analysis of England and Germany

Christian Herzog1, Peter Kelly2

1Leuphana University Lüneburg, Germany; 2University of Plymouth, UK

Presenting Author: Herzog, Christian; Kelly, Peter

This research is concerned with the relationship between educational policy and the media in England and Germany. Whereas schools-related educational policy-making in England is highly centralized in Westminster and regional political layers play a lesser role, German federalism involves the 16 Länder taking charge of school education while the Bund is merely responsibly for funding digital infrastructure (e.g. via the Digitalpakt Schule). Forms of centralist vs federal state organization are also reflected in media system characteristics as well as in domestic journalism cultures (Henkel, Thurman & Deffner 2019). Further, public administration in each country has been subject to different degrees of marketization; extensively in England and less so in the neo-Weberian German state (Pollitt & Bouckaert, 2011).

Discarding the Foucauldian-inspired perspective according to which state power is diffused into governmentality (Wiklund 2018), in alignment with Bourdieu’s thinking we conceive states as ‘qualitatively significant concentrations of power that merit specific analytical attention’ (Morgan & Orloff 2017 in Swartz 2018: 16). Drawing on mediatization (Hepp 2020; Hesmondhalgh 2006; Ignatow & Robinson 2017) and Bourdieu’s theories of the state (Bourdieu 2014), we investigate how the news media report about school education and policy issues. Empirical studies which analyze news articles with regards to school education and related policy issues are scarce (e.g. Cohen 2010; Baroutsis 2016; Bierbaum 2021; Head & Pryiomka 2020) with press coverage of PISA being one focal point of interest (e.g. Baroutsis & Lingard 2017; Hopfenbeck & Görgen 2017; Hu 2022; Waldow, Takayama & Sung 2014). This research builds up on this body of scholarship while it has a different focus and orientation.

Adopting a comparative case study research design which allows us to ‘contrast specific instances of a given phenomenon as a means of grasping the peculiarities of each case’ (Tilly 1984: 82), we investigate similarities and differences in how the news media at the regional and national levels report about school education and policy in the two countries under study. During the three-month period April to June 2022, which did not coincide with school holidays, we gathered national- as well as regional press coverage from two emblematic regions: South-West England and Schleswig-Holstein. Both regions are suitable for comparison as they feature striking similarities. Both are rural coastal regions, remote from the capital with resemblant number of inhabitants. Taking into account the average household income both regions are poor. They exhibit ‘the worst educational outcomes for disadvantaged young people in the [UK]’ (Sim & Major 2022: 3) and, in the case of Schleswig-Holstein, an exceptionally high proportion of young adults, aged 30–35 years, which lack occupational qualification (Hollstein et al. 2021: 65). This makes them prime cases for investigating issues of educational inequality and the public good.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In England we collected coverage related to school education from four regional newspapers (n = 67) and two national newspapers (The Guardian, Observer; n = 120). In Germany we investigated two regional (n = 176) and two national newspapers (Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung, Frankfurter Allgemeine Sonntagszeitung; n = 40). The total amount of press articles in our data sets adds up to 187 in the UK and 216 in Germany (n = 403).

First, we classified the articles from both data sets according to article types. We distinguish between positioned articles and more objective information-centered articles. The former take a particular stance in an area of contention and debate whereas the latter report factual information in an apparently neutral, objective and balanced manner.

Second, to gain a more thorough understanding of the data, it is useful to disaggregate in which departments the articles under study were published. We distinguish between Regional/Local, Politics, Education/Schools, Feuilleton/Panorama and five other categories.

Third, to compare the occurance of speaking actors between (a) the national and the regional press in each country under study, and, (b) on this basis, to bring to the fore cross-country similarities and differences, we investigated the prevalence of actors in all news articles under study. Following an inductive proceeding, first, we listed all actors who are either cited with direct speech or given voice in that their views and statements are indirectly cited. In the next step, we created categories – in a variety of cases also sub-categories – for the various types of actors.

Fourth, we subjected the articles from our data sets to a thematic analysis using Braun and Clarke’s ‘organic’ approach (Braun & Clarke, 2006; 2013). Having become familiar with the data, open coding was performed in an inductive manner across the entire data set and initial codes were generated. Individual sentences, at time paragraphs, were designated as data items for coding (Braun & Clarke, 2021). In the following steps the codes were reworked and refined, assessed in relation to the whole data set, and sorted into themes and sub-themes by collating all data relevant to each of them. Thematic analysis was conducted from a constructionist perspective, aiming to contextualize the societal discourses and sociocultural conditions that affect the meanings within the examined written accounts (Braun & Clarke, 2006, p. 85). Furthermore, the analysis was conducted at the semantic level and was informed by the theoretical mediatization perspective.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We find that, at the local level, media reports in England focus largely on events and local issues. However, at a national level there is considerable and extended debate about education policy, including position pieces from different actors and editorial commentaries. In terms of who is given voice in regional press coverage actors from politics (government departments, politicians, public administration) and schools (head teachers, teachers) feature most prominently while families are rather neglected. In the national press it is striking that, apart from actors from politics and schools, actors from trade unions, think tanks other interest groups and non-governmental organizations are given ample space to express their views, opinions and concerns (Hilton et al. 2013).

Meanwhile in Germany, the regional press in its coverage of school-related issues, apart from dealing with local issues and events, also raises more general educational concerns while making links to broader (national) policy issues with immediate effects for regional/local layers (e.g. the challenge of schooling pupils from Ukraine). On the regional layer, schools, politics and families are the most prevalent actor groups who are given voice in the data. On the national level, apart from the actor groups politics, schools and families, interest groups, scientists and public intellectuals are present but less prevalent as in England. Nationally, in Germany issues of general educational concerns are covered from multiple perspectives while one-on-one debates play a subordinate role. Arguably, the findings reflect the characteristics of domestic media systems and nature of states, with England a centralizing public interest state and Germany a federal bureaucratic state (Pollitt and Bouckaert 2011). They also demonstrate that a wider range of actors are engaged in publicly negotiating education policy and seeking consensus for their positions in the fragmented English market state, whereas this is not obvious in the German neo-Weberian state.

References
Beckers, K. & Van Aelst, P. (2019). Look who’s talking? An analysis of actors in television news (2003–2016). Journalism Studies, 20(6): 872–890.

Bourdieu, P. (2014 [1989–92]). On the state: Lectures at the Collège de France, 1989–1992, ed. by P. Champagne et al., translated by D. Fernbach. London, Polity.

Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. London. Sage.

Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2): 77–101.

Head, J. & Pryiomka, K. (2020). Accounting for mediatization in the era of individualized consequential accountability. Journal of Education Policy, 35(3): 421–440.

Hepp, A. (2020). Deep mediatization. Abingdon: Routledge.

Morgan, K. J. & Orloff, A. S. (eds) (2017). The many hands of the state: Theorizing political authority and social control. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Nowell, L. S, Norris, J. M., White, D. E. & Moules, N. J. (2017). Thematic analysis: Striving to meet the trustworthiness criteria. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 16(1): 1–13.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm23 SES 12 D: Post-Covid
Location: Thomson Building, Anatomy 236 LT [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Margaret Arnott
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Resetting Agendas for Educational Research Post COVID: Whose Voice Counts?

Gemma Moss, Alice Bradbury

UCL Institute of Education, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Moss, Gemma

Very few countries were prepared for the disruptive effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on education. The school closures that happened as a response to the health emergency were unprecedented in length and duration. Policymakers, schools, teachers, parents and pupils, all found themselves having to deal with the uncertainties the situation created, at speed and with no good map to guide them (OECD, 2022; Thorn and Vincent-Lancrin, 2021; Thorn and Vincent-Lancrin, 2022). At this distance from the immediate crisis, this paper asks whether the policy convergence on “learning loss” and “remote education” as the key focus for educational research post-COVID, ignores the more pressing issues facing schools and pupils as the pandemic recedes. Not least, how growing up in poverty affects children’s lives; and the crucial role schools play in sustaining their communities during difficult times.

Drawing on data collected from a series of research projects looking at the immediate responses of English primary schools to school closures between 2020 and 2021 (Bradbury et al, 2022; Harmey and Moss, 2021; Moss, 2022), this paper will set out the very different priorities that steered schools’ and teachers’ responses to the crisis at the time, and their key concerns now. Recognising that their priorities were gaining limited traction with either policymaking or researcher communities at the time, our own research was designed to reframe the nature of the public conversation on COVID, its impacts and recovery strategies (Moss et al, 2020; Moss et al, 2022).

The dilemmas that the English case demonstrates will be used as a prompt for reflection on the contradictions in the logics of "governing at a distance" and the disconnects it creates in the knowledge-ecosystem (Krejsler, 2013). The paper asks whether different modes of critical engagement with a wider range of educational stakeholders might open up new possibilities for bridging the boundaries between research, policy and practice. Not least by building alternative avenues for education itself to knowledge-build on aspects of schooling that currently lie outside the outcomes and accountability frames that so many governments rely on to inform what they do. We argue that such research needs to start from community stakeholder knowledge of the issues that matter most in their context and adopt approaches that enable their perspectives to help set the agenda for future educational research.

The theoretical framework draws on key concepts in policy sociology and uses them to seek meaningful agendas for educational change. These include the concepts of policy trajectories and enactments and the contribution to understanding governane and policy effects that stems from Le Galès' conceptualisation of policy instruments as "the accumulation of devices and their interaction without clear purpose" that lead a life of their own (Le Galès, 2022)


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper draws on findings from four research studies conducted by the same research team between May 2020 and September 2021. Two of these studies were funded by the Economic and Social Research Council, under their rapid research response to COVID call (Grants ES/V00414X/1 and ES/W002086/1); one was funded by the Union Unison; and one by the Department for Education as part of a wider systematic review of harms and mitigation strategies. The two ESRC projects focused quite specifically on primary schools as they remain closely tied to their local communities. To understand their response to the crisis both projects adopted a place-based approach, putting local perspectives first. Methods adopted in the first project included: a survey conducted through a dedicated mobile phone app (Teacher Tapp) that collected data from a representative sample of primary school teachers in May 2020 (See Moss et al. [2020] for full details); a systematic review of the literatures on learning loss and learning disruption caused by other natural disaster (Harmey & Moss, 2020; Harmey & Moss, 2021); and documentary collection of the storylines emerging from: guidance issued by the DfE; press-reporting on the impact of the crisis on schools; and research addressing COVID and education. The second project, conducted one year later, used a qualitative case study design to better understand variations in schools’ experiences and how this influenced their priorities  in summer 2021, as schools prepared to reopen fully. Seven schools were recruited, using the principle of maximum variation to ensure geographical spread and differing rates of COVID locally. Schools were approached via different brokering organisations (teacher unions/ MATs/teacher support networks/ LAs). Case study interviews were conducted with heads, staff and parents in each school. The findings from these two studies were complemented by a national survey of teaching assistants conducted in February 2021; and a systematic review of published research studies conducted for the DfE in summer 2021.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
One of the most striking aspects of the COVID pandemic in education has been the persistent disconnect between the dominant narratives that the media and politicians have drawn on in interpreting the impacts of COVID as “learning loss”, or as needing redress through remote education, and the perspectives of frontline staff preoccupied with a much more diverse range of impacts on pupils and their families. This disconnect illustrates the fragmented way in which knowledge builds in education right now, often putting the interests of policymakers, and those who benefit from close connections to policymaker networks, first. This marginalises more open and more democratic forms of engagement between researchers and a wider range of community-based stakeholders. Such deliberative dialogue can suggest very different kinds of knowledge gaps that urgently need to be filled.  
References
Bradbury, A. et al. (2022). Crisis Policy Enactment: Primary School Leaders’ Responses to The Covid-19 Pandemic in England. Journal of Education Policy. 10.1080/02680939.2022.2097316

Harmey, S., and G. Moss. (2021). “Learning Disruption or Learning Loss: Using Evidence from Unplanned Closures to Inform Returning to School After COVID-19.” Educational Review, 1–20.  10.1080/00131911.2021.1966389

Krejsler, J.B (2013) What Works in Education and Social Welfare? A Mapping of the Evidence Discourse and Reflections upon Consequences for Professionals.
Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 57:1, 16-32, DOI: 10.1080/00313831.2011.621141

Le Galès, P. (2022). Policy instrumentation with or without policy design. In B.G. Peters and G. Fontaine (Eds) Research Handbook of Policy Design

Moss, G. (2022). Researching the prospects for change that COVID disruption has brought to high stakes testing and accountability systems. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 30, (139). https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.30.6320

Moss, G., Allen, R., Bradbury, A., Duncan, S., Harmey, S., & Levy, R. (2020). Primary teachers' experience of the COVID-19 lockdown – Eight key messages for policymakers going forward. UCL Institute of Education, London

Moss, G. Bradbury, A., Braun, A., Duncan, S., Levy, R. and Harmey, S. (2022) Research evidence to support primary school inspection post-COVID. UCL Institute of Education: London, UK.

Thorn, W., Vincent-Lancrin, S. (2022). Education in the Time of COVID-19 in France, Ireland, the United Kingdom and the United States: the Nature and Impact of Remote Learning. In: Reimers, F.M. (eds) Primary and Secondary Education During Covid-19. Springer, Cham. https://doi-org.libproxy.ucl.ac.uk/10.1007/978-3-030-81500-4_15

Thorn, W. and S. Vincent-Lancrin (2021), Schooling During a Pandemic: The Experience and Outcomes of Schoolchildren During the First Round of COVID-19 Lockdowns, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/1c78681e-en.

OECD (2022) First lessons from government evaluations of COVID-19 responses: A synthesis. OECD Publising, Paris. https://www.oecd.org/coronavirus/policy-responses/first-lessons-from-government-evaluations-of-covid-19-responses-a-synthesis-483507d6/


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

A Political Discourse Analysis of Education Recovery Policy in the four nations of the UK

Jennifer Ozga1, Margaret Arnott2, Jo-Anne Baird1, Niclas Hell2, Luke Saville1

1University of Oxford, United Kingdom; 2University of the West of Scotland, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Ozga, Jennifer; Arnott, Margaret

Covid 19 disrupted education provision globally, highlighting and deepening inequalities. It prompted public demands for education recovery planning to go beyond a return to ‘normal’ in thinking about the future shape of provision, including recognition of the impact of poverty and poor mental health on educational attainment. Tensions between policy initiatives to address these challenges and developments that focus on a rapid return to ‘normal’ are evident in the publications of organisations such as the OECD and the European Commission. These global policy tensions are also evident, in contrasting ways, in each of the UK’s four systems. This paper explores these tensions through an analysis of key education recovery planning documents from each national administration and considers the extent to which the different national systems are adopting or adapting global and European templates for recovery.

The paper focuses on the following research questions:
(i) What are the key priorities in recovery planning in each UK administration?
(ii) What knowledge sources do they draw on?
(iii) Are these nationally embedded or transnational sources?

The objectives of the paper are to (a) compare and contrast recovery policy across the UK (b) illuminate the role of party politics in explaining difference (c) analyse the role of knowledge and expertise in recovery planning (d) contribute to analysis of the governing-knowledge relationship in education.

Differences in party political control across the UK are an important factor in explaining policy differences between Westminster and the rest of the UK (rUK). It is against that backdrop that we examine the policies for education recovery put forward by the four administrations: the UK (Conservative-majority) government, the Scottish Government (SNP-Green party in a co-operation agreement) the Welsh Government (Labour minority government) and the Northern Ireland Executive (currently suspended).

Theoretically we build on our previous work on the importance of governing narratives to explain differences in the construction of education as a policy field across the UK. We also draw on recent research on the management of the examinations crisis in the UK in 2020 when long-term school closures disrupted examinations across all four UK nations. That research identified differences between the UK government’s policy rhetoric in England and the policy discourse in the rest of the UK (rUK), showing how in rUK, education was presented to the public as an important societal resource. That research also highlighted the reliance of policy makers in England on consultants, think tanks and government agencies as sources of expertise, and the exclusion of academic expertise. Preliminary analysis of the key policy texts on education recovery across the four nations suggests that these differences are reflected in the current construction of recovery policy.

We pay particular attention to the differences in the sources of knowledge and expertise that are referenced and mobilised in these policy contexts. The emphasis on politics as central to understanding the workings of the knowledge-policy relationship in education recovery indicates our broadly interpretivist theoretical approach, in that we understand policy as enmeshed in politics, as made and (re) made in processes of enactment as contingent and mobile. Knowledge, in this perspective, is characterised by internal struggles that always return to politics and is shaped through the historical contingency of processes at work in its production, so that knowledge is understood as produced, accepted and contested in specific contexts. Expertise is relational, mediating between knowledge production and application, welding scientific and social capabilities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We will select key policy texts from the four administrations, for example the Covid 19 Education Recovery Group (Scotland), DfE publications on Education Recovery, the Independent Panel Review of Education in Northern Ireland, the Renew and Reform plan in Wales. We will also carry out text analysis of selected, relevant speeches by key policy actors across UK.
We adopt a political discourse analysis (PDA) approach to the scrutiny of these texts, drawing on Ruth Wodak’s analysis of legitimation strategies to identify what she suggests are the main elements in constructing a rationale for policy, that is through appeals to experts, to statistics, to historically embedded assumptions and to socially salient values and norms. This provides the ‘framing’ of a problem or issue, enabling its acceptance by the public. We will search the selected texts for instances of those key concepts, using Nvivo.  An interpretative approach is then adopted to constructing narratives of the meaning-making about recovery contained in the key, connected words that exemplify legitimation strategies in the policy texts. We will draw out reliable inferences about the political context and its influence on the selection of the knowledge sources of recovery planning and on how they are constructed and presented, thus locating the discursive event in a wider frame of social and political relations, processes and circumstances.

In analysing the texts, we ask what knowledge resources are identified and seen as useful, where they originate, explore how they are mobilised, and examine the extent to which politicians select from them, emphasise some rather then others-in order to try to navigate competing values and interests. By contrasting the approaches across the four nations, we also elucidate silences and gaps in each policy-process.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
At this stage in the research, we can only indicate some possible conclusions based on a preliminary analysis of some key texts, and on our previous research. We anticipate considerable difference in the narratives being constructed around recovery across the UK, as a consequence of differing party politics, where difference is heightened by a cost-of-living crisis and constitutional tensions between Westminster and the rUK, following Brexit. In line with our earlier research, preliminary analysis indicates a stronger foregrounding of economic concerns in the English policy context, with recovery based on policies to ‘catch up’ that focus on additional, targeted funding to close the attainment gap. We anticipate that closing the attainment gap is expressed as a priority across the four administrations but predict that it will be inflected differently in rUK as part of a broader approach to recovery that prioritises cross-agency working and community-based initiatives. We anticipate conclusions that highlight the importance of partnership and community-based recovery planning as important elements of the policy discourse in rUK, along with the involvement of academic experts, including international advisers. In contrast, we anticipate that UK (English) education recovery planning will stress the role of business, enterprise and commercial consultancy in both the design and delivery of policy.
References
Arnott, M.A and Ozga, J. (2018) Education and nationalism in Scotland: governing a ‘learning nation’ in Furlong, J. (Ed) Education in a Federal UK, London Routledge
Arnott, M.A & Ozga, J. (2010) 'Education and Nationalism: The Discourse of Education Policy in Scotland'. Discourse 31 (4), 335-350.
European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture (2022) Investing in education in a post-Covid EU, Publications Office of the European Union, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/690624
Bevir, M. (2012). A Theory of Governance California: University of California Press http://escholarship.org/uc/item/2qs2w3rb
Boswell, C. (2009) The Political Uses of Expert Knowledge Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.
Donnelly, R., Patrinos, H.A. (2021). Learning loss during Covid-19: An early systematic review. Prospects. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-021-09582-6
Grek, S. (2018) OECD as a site of co-production: European education governance and the new politics of ‘policy mobilization’, in Lindblad, S., Pettersson D. and Popkewitz, T. (eds) Education by Numbers and the Making of Society: the Expertise of International Assessments, Routledge.
Grundmann, R. (2018) The Rightful Place of Expertise, Social Epistemology, 32:6, 372-386
Morphet, J. (2021) The Impact of Covid-19 on Devolution: Recentralising the British State Beyond Brexit? Bristol: Policy Press
Muir, K (2022) Putting Learners at the Centre: Towards a Future Vision for Scottish Education
Report Holyrood, the Scottish Government
Normand, Romauld (2016) The Changing Epistemic Governance of European Education Springer
OECD (2017) The Welsh Education Reform Journey Paris OECD
Ozga, J Arnott, M. Baird J-A and Saville L.  (2023 accepted) Knowledge, Expertise and Policy in the Exams crisis in England Oxford Review of Education
Schleicher et al (2020) Lessons for Education from COVID-19 A Policy Maker’s Handbook for More Resilient Systems Paris OECD
Stone D (2013) Knowledge Actors and Transnational Governance: The Private-Public Policy Nexus in the Global Agora  Palgrave Macmillan
Symeonidis,V. Evi Agostini (2021) The EU’s Education Policy Response to the Covid-19 Pandemic: A Discourse and Content Analysis Education in the Covid-19 Era CEPS Journal
DOI: https://doi.org/10.26529/cepsj.1137 Vol 11
Wodak, R (2020) Analysing the Politics of Denial: critical discourse studies and the discourse-historical approach in Krippendorf, Klaus and Nour Halabi (eds) Discourses in Action. London Routledge.
Zancajo, A. Verger, A and Balea,P (2022) Digitalization and beyond: the effects of Covid-19 on post-pandemic educational policy and delivery in Europe Policy and Society, Volume 41, Issue 1, January 2022, 111–128


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Navigating the neoliberal tensions during the Covid-19 pandemic- IB practices within Singapore, Hongkong & Taiwan?

Suraiya Abdul Hameed1, Yu chih Li2, Jack Tsao3

1University of Queensland, Australia; 2National University of Tainan, Taiwan; 3The University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong China

Presenting Author: Abdul Hameed, Suraiya

This paper is part of a recent comparative and qualitative study of IB practices in the Southeast Asian contexts of Singapore, Hong Kong, and Taiwan. In Asian societies, such as Singapore, Taiwan, and Hong Kong, the number of IB schools has experienced a quick rise since the turn of the millennium. As a distinctive curriculum, the IB is gaining recognition and growing within the global education system. Over 7,500 IB programmes are offered worldwide, spanning 5,500 schools within 159 countries (International Baccalaureate Organisation, 2021). The number of IB programmes offered worldwide has grown by 33.3% between 2016 and 2020. Across the Asian Pacific region, there are 1,663 IB World programmes, constituting 22% of the global programmes.

The state governments have also incorporated international curricula into national education systems. This development in IB schools in the three contexts has been uneven, with some countries more advanced in their practices and others still at their infancy stage of development. Despite the varying conditions, IB’s links to the future of global capital, the internationality of education continue to grow in influence. The IB has also been marketed as a form of qualification recognised by universities worldwide, thus establishing a strong global brand.

The study highlights the reimagination of schooling emerging because of the covid pandemic and the tensions from the economic domains across the three contexts. It examines the nature of the neoliberal shift and propose a reassessment of the engagement and enactment of the neoliberal rule post pandemic. We argue that although the conformance to the neoliberal rule has taken on a new shape and direction within the current pandemic state, as shown in the data collected from three varying contexts, establishing positive shifts towards a more collective and connective stance within the countries’ practices did not fully eradicate the tensions that had to be overcome to ensure that schools were more equitable in their practices.

Within the European context, which have faced mass migration, one of the key challenges is catering to a diversified population and allowing for different groups to co-exist harmoniously with a common sense of identity. The adoption of an internationally minded curriculum is aligned with the practices of international schools and providers, which have faced myriad issues catering to diverse school populations (Hayden & Thompson, 2016). More recently, the IB curricula has also take precedence and is in competition with local curricula, offered to both the international cohort as well as the local students. Given its strong positioning within the European context as well as globally, the IB has built a reputation for “elite academically challenging” standards and this branding has appealed within a global front, competing with other international curricula and international examination systems by Cambridge University (Doherty, 2009).

The study involves 15 international schools across three different contexts: Hong Kong, Singapore and Taiwan. As the study explores the case study schools’ IB curriculum planning, establishment, implementation and adoption, a case-oriented approach allowed for a more interpretive analysis. The focus was thus on answering firstly, the “how” question, examining closely “How is the IB curriculum contextualised in Hongkong, Singapore, and Taiwan?”. The focus was on the following details :

It examined three domains, the planning and establishment, the implementation and adoption as well as the intercultural and international constructs.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study adopted a qualitative approach to construct the three case studies, Singapore, Hongkong and Taiwan. As the study was conducted within varying national contexts, a collective case study approach has been used, which involves “studying multiple cases simultaneously or sequentially in an attempt to generate a broader appreciation of a particular issue” (Crowe et al., 2011, p. 2). For this particular study, the design type has been adapted from Yin’s (2014) model of a single case design and a multiple case design.
With a multiple case design, there are three separate cases, situated within three different contexts –IB schools in Singapore, Hongkong and Taiwan, which were all located within their specific national and educational contexts, the IB educational landscape and within the broader global education policy field (Figure 2). Figure 2 is specifically for analytical purposes, where there is a distinction made between the global context and three national contexts. While accepting that there were specificities for the varying national contexts, all the countries sat within similar global flows, yet these global flows played out in different ways in each local context. It is important to note that this distinction between national and global here is thus made for analytical purposes only.

As a comparative study, cross-case analysis was essential to sieve out the similarities and differences in which the schools were adopting and implementing IB. Through the cross-case analysis, emergent meta-level conceptual themes around policy for “IB practices” and “internationalisation” of the curriculum were discussed; enablers and constraints and the relevance of distinctions between IB practices across the varying contexts were also addressed. Qualitative data which stems from semi-structured interviews, transcripts, website analysis were analysed both inductively and deductively, teasing out the key themes from interviews. The analysis of each case study began with a brief overview of the IB policies and practices in the different contexts between the schools (Singapore 3 schools, Hongkong -6 schools and Taiwan -6 schools) and of their IB models, followed by a separate interpretation and juxtaposition of interview data

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The empirical illustration from the study within the three varying contexts reflected a clear tension in the neo-liberal market agenda in the practices of the three schools, particularly during the Covid-19 pandemic. While navigating through a competitive globalised market, the schools had shown a more measured approach in navigating their practices, particularly during the pandemic but were still balancing the educative and the market rationale. Data analysis indicated that although leaders and teachers were trying to shift away from a neoliberal mandate to rethink their aims of the curricula approach and the individual’s place within their education systems, this has been a challenge due to the existing frames and pressures of the local education market. Schools were intent on moving towards a more balanced approach towards excellence as schools paid more attention to the educational goals, but this was hindered by the competitive market pressures. There was evidence of schools being more collaborative in their approach to developing curricula and IB created a common platform for shared training, and schools leveraged each for support but this was done informally and through personal networking opportunities. Despite the pandemic appearing to challenge the neoliberal hegemony, ushering in a kinder, more collective, socially just politics within schooling and education across the IB schools, the tensions of the neo-liberal market impact on policies and practices are still at the forefront and very much visible in the three varying contexts.
References
Crowe, S., Cresswell, K., Robertson, A., Huby, G., Avery, A., & Sheikh, A. (2011). The case study approach. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 11(1), 100.


Doherty, C., M. Li, and P. Shield. 2009. Planning mobile futures: The border artistry of IB diploma choosers. British Journal of Sociology of Education 30,
no. 6: 757–71.

International Baccalaureate Organization. (2021). Facts and figures. Retrieved 20 Nov 2021
from https://www.ibo.org/about-the-ib/facts-and-figures/
Hayden, M., & Thompson, J. (2016). International schools: Current issues and future prospects. Oxford, UK: Symposium books.
Phillips, D., & Schweisfurth, M. (2014). Comparative and international education: An introduction to theory, method, and practice. London, UK: Bloomsbury Academic.
Yin, R. (2014). Case study research : Design and methods (5th ed.). Los Angeles: SAGE.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm24 SES 12 A: The Role of Teachers and Leaders in Shaping Mathematics Education
Location: Hetherington, 216 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Vuslat Seker
Paper Session
 
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper

The Role and Responsibilities of Primary School Mathematics Leaders in England’s New Schooling Landscape  

Georgina Hudson1, Catherine Gripton1, Andrew Noyes1, Toby Greany1, Thomas Cowhitt2

1University of Nottingham, United Kingdom; 2University of Glasgow

Presenting Author: Hudson, Georgina; Gripton, Catherine

England’s move to a marketised, new public management schooling model has impacted heavily on primary schools (DfE, 2010).  The ongoing changes have created a fragmented and constantly shifting school system which even a decade ago was described by Stephen Ball as “messy, patchy and diverse” (Ball, 2012). Over one third of schools have moved from local government oversight under a policy of ‘academisation’, although numbers vary between regions.  

The academisation policy (HMSO, 2010) has also altered arrangements for teacher Continuing Professional Development and Learning (CPDL). Some of the previous mechanisms for accessing CPDL provision having been lost, adapted or replaced (Greany, 2020). Subject leaders in England’s primary schools have oversight of curriculum, pedagogy and attainment, as well as subject CPDL, meaning changes to CPDL provision have impacted their work in ensuring access to high quality CPDL provision for colleagues. This paper reports on findings from a Wellcome-funded project exploring local learning landscapes for CPDL (Greany et al., 2023), focusing on the case of mathematics in primary schools, and particularly on the challenges facing mathematics subject leaders. 

CPDL for primary mathematics is almost unrecognisable from that of twenty years ago (ACME, 2016). Previously Local Authorities (LAs) were the key CPDL coordinators and providers for mathematics, often mediating national programmes at local level (e.g. National Numeracy Strategy, DfEE, 1999). The previous LA role has been replaced by a patchwork of regional Maths Hubs that implement national development priorities and have much larger footprints. In addition, the creation of legally-constituted groups of school academies (Multi-Academy Trusts or MATs) has enabled schools to pool resources, share expertise, create CPDL programmes, and appoint Trust subject leaders. MATs can use their collective buying power to secure preferred providers of CPDL (Greany & Higham, 2018) and might mandate particular schemes/textbooks. Where education businesses and in-house CPDL once supplemented the core LA offer, these have increased significantly as part of a self-improving, school-led system.   

The fragmentation and diversification of the CPDL nexus has created a professional learning landscape that is complex to access, understand and navigate. With growing numbers of increasingly strong MATs, weakened LAs, national patchworks of curriculum hubs, expanding edu-business and the continued option for in-house CPDL, mathematics leaders in primary schools no longer have access to the entire CPDL offer in their locality. They are often isolated (if not part of a MAT) and there is no longer any well-established map of that local CPDL offer. 

Drawing on interview data from 19 primary schools in three localities in England, we demonstrate how the role of the mathematics lead has fundamentally changed and is now significantly more variable between schools. These key staff are typically responsible for orchestrating much of the CPDL in their schools, yet the evidence points to widely differing levels of autonomy and training. Support for subject leaders is patchy; some are accessing professional networks of mathematics leaders, but many are not. Given the ongoing prioritisation of improvements in mathematics teaching and impact of CPDL on pupil attainment (Cordingley et al., 2015), greater support is needed for these mathematics leads. This should include consistent access to leader networks, knowledge exchange and sources of innovation. Evidence suggests that establishing more aligned, simplified, coordinated and collaborative local CPDL offers would increase coherence (Burns & Koster, 2016), reducing the workload burden on mathematics leads to provide so much of the CPDL themselves. It would also enable greater balance within a system where the knowledge of the subject leader is in danger of becoming a single point of failure for schools. This would in turn increase the quality and equity of mathematics CPDL across England’s primary schools. 


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Following literature review and ethical approval from the University of Nottingham School of Education Research Ethics Committee, we selected three distinct localities in the south, midlands and north of England. These were an area of a city, a town and a Shire (mix of rural villages and more densely populated centres).  

Localities

City: A relatively dense school landscape where just over 50% of primary schools are academies, mostly based within one of the nine MATs that operate in the area: four small (≤ 5 schools), four medium-sized (6-15 schools) and one large (16+ schools).  

Town: Around two thirds of Town’s primary schools are academies. Most of these are members of the fifteen MATs which operate in the locality: six small (≤ 5 schools), five medium-sized (6-15 schools) and four large (16+ schools). The four large MATs run approximately one fifth of the town’s primary schools and all have headquarters outside of the locality.  

Shire: Approximately half of Shire’s primary schools are academies with most operating as part of the area’s eleven MATs: seven small (≤ 5 schools), three medium-sized (6-15 schools) and one large (16+ schools).  

Schools

For each locality, we sampled six or seven primary schools (~10% of the total) to reflect a representative range of schools (including size, type, age-range, disadvantage, attainment outcomes).  In each, a consenting senior leader, Mathematics Leader and class teacher were interviewed about the teacher CPDL in their school.  

Data analysis

Interviews were audio recorded, transcribed and coded using Nvivo with a three-tier code book developed from the project’s conceptual framework (devised during literature review).  Two members of the research team coded the data, with multiple, iterative sessions involving the project team of five researchers ensuring coding was checked with emerging themes and findings validated. Codes pertaining to primary subject leadership were extracted and summaries written describing each of the case study schools’ approaches to CPDL and subject leadership for mathematics. These were condensed and collated into a table for each locality summarising the responsibilities of the Mathematics Lead, the modes and tools for CPDL and the support provided for the subject leader (including access to their own CPDL, professional networks and senior leadership support).  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Mathematics leads in primary schools now have substantial responsibility for the CPDL of their colleagues, predominantly through informal coaching and guidance. This is made more challenging by the range of modes of CPDL offered in schools, and by the conflation of support, monitoring and accountability activities.  The individuals that we spoke with were fully committed and hard-working, but only had partial understanding of the complex schooling system within which they operate, and little sense of how subject lead roles vary between schools.  

Mathematics leads have differing levels of autonomy; from operating within tight MAT-defined parameters, to complete freedom to access or create CPDL with little oversight or restriction. There are risks in both extremes. More restrictive contexts constrain professional judgement and reduce subject leaders’ ability to respond to teachers’ CPDL needs. Leaders with greater freedom have full responsibility for making effective and coherent choices, which requires high-level subject and CPDL knowledge as well as effective networks.  

Support for mathematics leads is inconsistent. Some access CPDL for themselves, whilst some belong to strong subject leader networks in their MAT. Many, however, do not have access to these types of peer networks. Leaders’ access to Maths Hubs was varied but the Hubs did provide some innovative and effective support to subject leaders when accessed. Better external support is needed in all our localities - and probably nationally – and should include access to subject leader networks and mathematics leadership CPDL. 

Finally, greater collaboration and coherence across the schooling landscape would support these primary mathematics leaders. Coordination of the local CPDL offer would aid navigation of the complex multi-source provision and support access to external opportunities to supplement those offered ‘in-house’. This would also facilitate subject leader networks across, as well as within, MATs and afford opportunities for shared sense-making.

References
Advisory Committee on Mathematics Education [ACME] (2016). Professional learning for all teachers of mathematics: Principles for teachers, senior leaders and those who commission and provide professional learning’.  https://royalsociety.org/~/media/policy/Publications/2016/professional-learning-for-all-teachers-of-mathematics-final-12-2016.pdf  

 

Ball, S.J. (2012). The reluctant state and the beginning of the end of state education. Journal of educational administration and history, 44(2), 89-103.

 

Burns, T. & Koster, F., (eds) (2016). Governing Education in a Complex World, Educational Research and Innovation. Paris: OECD Publishing.

  

Cordingley, P., Higgins, S., Greany, T., Buckler, N., Coles-Jordan, D., Crisp, B., Saunders, L. & Coe, R. (2015) Developing great teaching: Lessons from the international reviews into effective professional development. London: Teacher Development Trust.

 

Department for Education and Employment [DfEE] (1999). The National Numeracy Strategy: Framework for teaching mathematics from Reception to Year 6. London: Department for Education and Employment.

 

Department for Education [DfE] (2010). The importance of teaching. London: HMSO.

 

Greany, T. (2020). Place-based Governance and Leadership in Decentralised School Systems: Evidence from England, Journal of Education Policy, 37(2), 247-268.

 

Greany, T. & Higham, R. (2018). Hierarchy, Markets and Networks. London: UCL Institute of Education Press.

 

Greany, T., Noyes, A., Gripton, C., Cowhitt, T. & Hudson, G. (2023). Local learning landscapes: exploring coherence, equity and quality in teacher professional development in England. Nottingham: University of Nottingham.  

 HMSO (2010). The Academies Act 2010. London: HMSO.


24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper

Mathematics Homework as an Intersection Between ‘feminine’ Caring Work and ‘masculine’ Mathematics Work

Lisa O'Keeffe1, Carolyn Clarke2, Sarah McDonald1, Barbara Comber1

1University of South Australia, Australia; 2St. Francis Xavier University

Presenting Author: Clarke, Carolyn

International concern has long focussed on the lack of girls and women engaged in STEM, including mathematics. Yet, it is predominantly women who provide academic support when their children are engaged in mathematics in the home in the form of homework. One reason for the prevailing gender disparity in mathematics participation more widely (a disparity not evident in outcomes or achievement levels) is the gendered nature of the discipline itself (Mendick 2005). The idea of mathematics as a masculine discipline is well established, with Bench et al. (2015, p.537) highlighting how STEM disciplines, including mathematics, have a “set of masculinized norms and expectations that limit approaches to scientific inquiry”. It is these norms and expectations that create an discursive environment in which those who do not either see their gender reflected or who perceive risk in engaging in particular gendered performances may not feel comfortable and/or valued within the discipline area. Mendick (2005) cautions that this does not mean the academic challenges of mathematics are different for girls, but instead highlights the differences regarding the social expectations and experiences they function within. While people who inhabit feminine subjectivities can, unsurprisingly, engage in masculine performances, they do so under different social expectations than boys and men and hence such activities (i.e. a masculine dominated subject like mathematics) can be less appealing to girls/women (Cheryan et al., 2009; Mendick 2005) or imbued with risk. For example, Mendick (2003) describes boys as engaging in masculine performances when they choose to study mathematics as a means of proving their intelligence. Yet, girls who also engage in masculine performances in relation to mathematics do so with a degree of risk to their feminine identities in the process. Simply put, masculine dominated environments – in terms of stereotypes, social norms and expectations – create an additional barrier for women and girls as they may struggle to identify themselves as being ‘good at mathematics’.

In terms of how feminine subjectivities play a role outside of the mathematics classroom, we are interested in how female caregivers negotiate mathematics, as a masculine-coded discipline, when it comes to supporting their school-aged children with their homework. Schools often rely on the assumption that caregivers “have time to dedicate to their children’s education, contributing to the functioning of the school in ways that are seldom recognized as work” (Griffith & Smith, 2005, 24). The reality of this is that schools rely on mothers to bridge the gap between school and home life, as it is well established that it is mothers who assume the greatest responsibility in children’s education at school and at home (Griffith & Smith, 2005; Lareau, 2000; Reay, 1998; 2004, Vincent, 2017). As a result, mothers place responsibility on themselves for children’s educational performance as well as being held responsible for this by others (Griffith & Smith, 2005; Lightfoot, 2004; Reay, 1998).

Mathematics homework, although taking place in the home, is a practice of school mathematics and as such is shaped by the structures and norms of both the practices and relationships relevant to the classroom context (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008). Therefore, the masculine characteristics of mathematics are identified as present within school mathematics contexts. In this paper we share the experiences of mothers with mathematics homework and discuss how their view of themselves as caregivers shapes the ways in which they engage with mathematics as a mothering (feminine) activity rather than mathematical (masculine) one.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The aim of this study was to better understand the female caregivers’ experiences of mathematics homework with children in the middle to upper primary years of schooling. In particular, we were guided by the following research questions:
• In what ways do these female caregivers engage with and support their children with their mathematics school and homework?
• How confident are the female caregivers in their ability to support their children with the mathematical language and approaches they are using at school?

Initial contact was made via social media, where female caregivers whose children are in years 3-6 were invited to share their mathematical experiences (previous schooling and everyday) with the research team. They were also asked about the ways they engage with and support their children with their mathematics schoolwork and homework and their confidence in doing so. The participants were then invited to take part in more in-depth interviews to better understand their experiences. A total of 13 female caregivers engaged in the initial phase. These 13 female caregivers who participated, represented the experiences of working with 1 or 2 of their children who were attending Years 3, 4, 5 or 6 in primary school in Australia, at the time of their involvement. This represented a total of 18 caregiver and child relationships, shared by 12 mothers and one grandmother.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The mothers and grandmother in our study described a range of different personal experiences with mathematics and shared a range of emotional connections to mathematics from love to hate.  Additionally, the confidence levels of the participants suggested (not surprisingly) that the majority were more confident in their ability to complete everyday tasks than tasks categorised as school mathematical tasks.
The mothers and caregivers who had positive experiences in their own schooling were, unsurprisingly, more likely to have positive feelings and emotions in regard to helping with mathematics homework. This is a significant point as we know from Casad, Hale & Wachs (2015) that same-gender dyads are more likely to create influence, meaning that intergenerational negative experiences are likely to continue. That is, a mother with a positive schooling experience with mathematics is more likely to use positive language about mathematics and be more positive about interactions with school mathematics with their children. This is likely to have a strong positive impact on female children. Conversely, those with negative experiences, are likely to project negative feelings, attitudes and languages about mathematics. Yet, we found that the mothers and caregivers in our study all appeared to view mathematics homework through a lens of caregiving, or as part of the ‘role of the mother’ in helping their child. Viewing their experience with their children’s homework in this way allowed them to engage in mathematics as a feminine performance, and as a result, the negative dispositions they shared about their own experiences with mathematics didn’t hold them back from engaging in the practice of mathematics homework with their children.

References
Bench, S. W., Lench, H. C., Liew, J., Miner, K., & Flores, A. A. (2015). Gender gaps in overestimation of maths performance. Sex Roles, 72, 536–546.
Casad, B.J., Hale, P. & Wachs, F. L. 2015. Parent-Child Math Anxiety and Math-Gender Stereotypes Predict Adolescents’ Math Education. Frontiers in Psychology. 6, Article 1597.
Cheryan, S. , Plaut, V. C. , Davies, P. G. & Steele, C. M. (2009). Ambient Belonging. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 97 (6), 1045-1060.
Griffith, A. I., & Smith, D. E. 2005. Mothering for schooling. New York, NY: Routledge Falmer. Lareau, 2000;
Lightfoot, D. 2004. "Some parents just don't care", Decoding the meanings of parental involvement in urban schools. Urban Education, 39(1), 91-107.Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008).
Mendick (2003) Mendick, H. (2003) Choosing maths/doing gender; a look at why there are more boys than girls in advanced mathematics classes in England, in: L. Burton (Ed.) Which way social justice for mathematics education? (Westport, CT and London, Praeger).
Mendick, H.  (2005a) A beautiful myth? The gendering of being/doing ‘good at maths’, Gender and Education, 17:2, 203-219.
Mendick. H. (2005) Mathematical stories: why do more boys than girls choose to study mathematics at AS‐level in England?, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 26:2, 235-251.
Reay, D. 1998. Class work: Mothers' involvement in their children's primary schooling. London, UK: Routledge Falmer.
Reay, D. 2004. Education and cultural capital: The implications of changing trends in education policies. Cultural Trends, 13(50), 73-86.
Vincent, C. 2017. The children have only got one education and you have to make sure it's a good one’: parenting and parent–school relations in a neoliberal age. Gender and Education, 29(5), 541-557.


24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper

Care in the Mathematics Classroom

Helena Vennberg1, Anette Bagger2

1Umeå University, Sweden; 2Örebro University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Vennberg, Helena; Bagger, Anette

This paper presents results from a part project on early assessment in mathematics, from a special educational perspective: Sustainable national assessment in mathematics - equity and quality in focus now and in the future. The focus is implementation of support for assessment in preschool-class and the teachers experience of this. Earlier results in this project indicates that some of the concepts used in the governing documents are not in harmony with the teaching culture in the early school years and that there is a risk of narrowing down the curricula and of “schoolification” (Bagger, Vennberg & Björklund, 2019). Bagger & Vennberg, 2019; Bagger & Vennberg, 2021). Policy work argues for early identification and support by a need to raise goal achievement, quality of teaching and to secure teachers assessment practices and support for learning so that it is distributed more equal (Regeringen, 2017). Hence, early detection and well-designed teaching for students is a target (Swedish Government, 2017). Research supports this as, early interventions and identification of students in need of support has been proven to make a difference (see eg Dweck, 2015; Holmes & Dowker, 2013; Cohen Kadosh et al., 2013; Kallberg, 2018; Mononen et al., 2014; Sterner, 2015; Vennberg, 2020).

Mandatory support for assessment in mathematics has been implemented in preschool-class, (six-year-olds) since 2020 and with a tryout 2019. Preschool-class is a first school year situated in both the curricula of the preschool and of the compulsory school, it is mandatory and has a curriculum of its own. These students, and often their teachers, had not before this first year of tryout experienced assessment in this form and the teaching culture is imprinted by both care and learning. Furthermore, the group of students starting preschool-class have very varied prerequisites. Some of the students might never even have been to preschool before their year in preschool-class. For all the children, this is a first experience of going to school and part of learning how to be a student. The purpose of the assessment material in preschool-class, called Find the Mathematics, is to impact the teachers' understanding, teaching, and the students' learning and consists of several parts. The intention is that the assessment will lead to early and systematic teaching in mathematics, which also has been proven to be positive for students' development of knowledge and positive identities in mathematics. It is supposed to be carried trough as a group exercise, in which students talk with each other and answers questions, are active and show their thinking in mathematics.

Assessment has had a way of taking over in classrooms, and sometimes learning is rather for assessment, than the opposite. Following from this, an expected challenge when implementing the material is to keep the care discourse that is an important part of teaching in preschool-class and at the same time provide high quality teaching. Watson (2021) has explored care of, for, and through mathematics teaching and then refers to “…care for mathematics in its fullest sense; care for students including knowledge of community; and these two are connected by care for their learning of mathematics’ (p. 91). Watson then shows that care for students learning mathematics, and the care for mathematics is interdependent. Without caring about mathematics and at the same time meeting high expectations and to be challenged, it is not possible to reach deep learning. The purpose of this paper is to explore opportunities and obstacles for the care of mathematics learning, in teachers experiences from preparing and working with the material, Find the Mathematics.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
During the implementation period 2019, the preschool-class teachers were interviewed in focus groups of 4 teachers in two schools with varied student populations and socio-economical settings. One of the researchers visited the team of teachers as they got acquainted with the material and its teacher instructions, during the period they carried it trough and afterwards as they reflected on their work and the outcome. The conversations were recorded and the material itself and the instructions worked as a material for reflections. The focus in the interview was teachers’ own questions as well as aspects pointed out in the material as especially important and earlier research on national assessment in mathematics with young students.

After the interviews, they were transcribed. The two researchers thereafter selected all statements concerning the assessment of knowledge in mathematics, mathematics knowledge itself and students in need of support for their learning. The segments were thereafter coded and thematized in relation to when aspects of care for the learning was challenged or supported. We then derived from Watsons (2021) “elaborated didactic triangle to show sources of influence on the teacher’s care for the learning of mathematics” (p. 197). This model recognizes the learning environment in terms of not only the content, materials, and strategies applied in the classroom, but also stretches it to the community and family context. Relational and emotional aspects are also included in the care for the learner, besides cognitive care (care and knowledge of students' way of working and their cognitive prerequisites). Cognitive care implies that it is important to promote exploration, an active mind and to allow students to be challenged and to explore and learn ideas, generalities, and patterns. Finally, the care framework derives from the standpoint that both mathematical challenge and sensitivity to students is needed to stimulate learning.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Five themes were identified when exploring the care of the learning in mathematics and opportunities and obstacles involved as teachers talked about their understanding and experience of the assessment material: fairness, adaptations, access, accuracy, and a limited range of forms of knowledge. These themes were identified at both schools but with a variation of solutions or reasons. In addition, the themes were intertwined. For students to get access to the material and for the teachers to get access to the student’s knowledge, adaptations needed to be made. If not, the assessment would not be fair. On the other hand, the teachers also felt hindered to provide support at times or fell into doubt if supporting one student would give an advantage in comparison to others. Accuracy and understand exactly what the student tried to express, which was especial challenging if they did not share language or if a student was shy or with-drawn. This was connected to relations and feelings of safety with both peers and teachers, the teachers pointed out that if this did not work – the student would not be able to be active and display their knowledge with accuracy. This also meant that it was important that the teachers managed to identify and meet needs in terms of relational aspects, mathematical knowledge and learning needs to carry out care of the learning in mathematics. We claim that this indicates that assessment is not only the achievement or knowledge per se that is important to retrieve information about for teachers to preschool-class students, but foremost how a student learns, understands, or can make use of the instruction provided. This in turn is at a high degree affected by teaching approaches stemming from the teachers’ competence, knowledge and understanding of the student, the knowledge assessment and the subject.
References
Watson, A. (2021). Care in mathematics education: alternative educational spaces and practices. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham, Switzerland

Skolinspektionen. (2014). Kommunernas resursfördelning och arbetet med segregationens negativa effekter i skolväsendet (Rapport 2014:01).

Skolverket. (2017). Grundskolan: Slutbetyg årskurs 9. Uppdelat per svensk och utländsk bakgrund. Hämtad 31-08-2017 från Skolverkets Internetbaserade Resultat- och kvalitets Informations System (SIRIS)

Skolverket. (2019). PISA 2018. 15-åringars kunskaper i läsförståelse, matematik och naturvetenskap. Stockholm: Skolverkets publikationsservice.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm25 SES 12 A: A Theoretical Framework for Designing Research, Pedagogies and Environments to Promote Children's Voice
Location: Adam Smith, 706 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Kate Wall
Research Workshop
 
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Research Workshop

A Theoretical Framework For Designing Research, Pedadogies And Environments To Promote Children’s Voice

Kate Wall1, Elaine Hall2, Carol Robinson3, Mhairi Beaton4, Claire Cassidy1

1University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom; 2Northumbria University; 3Edge Hill University; 4Leeds Beckett University

Presenting Author: Wall, Kate; Hall, Elaine

This is an interactive research workshop to support colleagues who are committed to promoting children’s voice in research, in their pedagogic practices and in the learning environments co-created in communities. It is a complementary part of our participation in the conference, together with our paper presentation (Cassidy, Beaton et al) reflecting our dialogic and participatory intent. Drawing on our previous work addressing the lacuna of work around implementing Article 12 of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC: UN 1989) with children under seven, the Look Who’s Talking Project published eight factors for voice with young children (Wall et al. 2019; Arnott and Wall, 2022): Definition, Power, Inclusivity, Listening, Space and Time, Approaches, Processes and Purposes. We assert that for children’s talk to be encouraged, adults have to be engaged in talk too and so these factors have been presented along with a set of provocation style questions. We propose that by outlining factors and posing questions in this way we are providing the foundation for translating the recommendations of the UNCRC Article 12 (UN 1989), with respect to the right to voice, into practice for young children.

We have proposed that these eight factors should work in harmony to prompt reflective and strategic thinking for all those who work with and for children. Such work, we assert, should be undertaken in such a way as to ensure that the dialogue is ongoing and adapting to the children’s and adults’ growing competence and confidence. The elicitation of voice, therefore, requires a dialogue that is receptive to the contexts and individuals involved; this dialogue obviously should include children. The dialogue ought to involve people interacting with one another, but also with the concepts featured in the eight factors. While each factor may be considered individually, it is also important that they are treated as interconnected and interdependent. For example, listening is vital in eliciting voice, and action will not be meaningful if due thought and dialogue does not take place in relation to defining voice itself or if there is no commitment to time and space for voice in practice.

Our ethos is towards a culture of collaboration and voice, and the intent of this work is to establish a space where knowledge exchange is multi-directional as we share the factors, but also value, learn and build from existing practices. Building on an interactive workshop at ECEERA (Arnott et al. 2017), this workshop will use dialogic methods to co-construct the understanding of underpinning factors and key research questions in children’s voice. Here, we will firstly present for exploration and interrogation the eight voice factors and the questions they evoke; participants will then explore the utility and priority of the eight factors for their work and contexts; finally, we will introduce the Web – our current dynamic iteration of the visual framework of the 8 factors to explore and interrogate practice. The Web provides a metaphor which can be used to facilitate professional reflection on the development of voice practice by either an individual or a group of practitioners. Key to the purpose of the metaphor of the web is that the agency lies with the individual or group of practitioners who themselves determine priorities and the modes (threads) by which the eight factors are linked together so that voice is promoted multi-modally.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This workshop aims to create a space for dialogue about eliciting voice with children from birth to seven through the lens of our eight factors. We propose a range of activities to share experiences, reflections and potential actions based on their application individually or in combination.
 In Activity 1 we will (re)introduce the 8 factors and key research questions associated with each one. Participants will use focused questioning in groups of three (each taking, in turn, the role of questioner, respondent, note-taker) to engage with the clarity of each of the factors, the perceived utility of their associated questions, to produce rankings and offer amendments and expansions.  
From this initial sense-checking, in Activity 2 we will unpack the complexity of multiple factors as participants use visually mediated ranking activities (Hall and Wall, 2016) to explore whether the conception of the factors in their context forms more hierarchical or more diffuse structures.  This activity will provide context for the participants and challenge for presenters as we move to the introduction of our new conceptual instrument, the Web.
In Activity 3 we consider the reality of research and pedagogic practice and offer the Web as a visual representation of voice practice as a pedagogical practice. The web may be used to illustrate an individual practitioner’s voice practice within her individual context, a wider school context or indeed a policy-wide context.  It contains the eight factors within a framework of structural anchor points (policy, context, community) and positions the actor as a spider with agency to traverse, engage with and amend the web.  Participants will sketch and amend basic web structures and construct explanatory narratives for their colleagues in small groups.
Images will be taken by the workshop facilitators of the rankings and new questions generated in Activity 1, of the visual organisation hierarchies in Activity 2 and of the webs in Activity 3.  This co-constructed data will be used to refine the theoretical development of the Web.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through this workshop we hope to suggest that adults should not be afraid to shape the agenda by adopting an enquiring stance towards the eight factors and their application across different contexts. We are equally interested in sharing our factors for voice as we are in codifying them with the experiences and practices of attendees. The dialogue and associated reflection aims to give careful consideration to the implications of attendees intentions, actions and the context in which they and the children are situated. This requires not only a commitment to the voices of children, but to voices among adults, paying deliberate attention to their own voices as professionals. In effect, we would advocate that the approach proposed here for working with children is also adopted by the adults working around them.  The eight factors, though generated for use in eliciting young children’s voices, work well in other circumstances where voice is to be supported. We see a mutually reinforcing and beneficial process, whereby the children and adults model different facets of voice, learning from each other and building understanding about what is encompassed by each of these factors within their context.
References
Arnott, L. and Wall, K. (Eds.) (2022) The Theory and Practice of Voice I Early Childhood: An international exploration, London: Routledge
Arnott, L., Mallika, K. and Wall, K., (2017) Look Who’s Talking: Eliciting the voices of children from birth to eight. Symposium at EECERA, Bologna, Italy
 Cassidy, C., Wall, K., Robinson, C., Hall, E., Beaton, M., Arnott, L. and Hall, E. (2022) Bridging the theory and practice of eliciting the voices of young children: findings from the Look Who’s Talking Project, European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, Special Issue on Stimulating Children's Views, Volume 30 Issue 1, Feb 2022
Hall, E and Wall, K (2016) The Abductive Leap: eliding visual and participatory in research design in Pini, B and Moss, J (Eds.) Visual Educational Research: Critical Perspectives  London: Palgrave ISBN 978-1-137-44734-0
Hall, E., and Wall, K. (2019) Research Methods for Understanding Practitioner Learning. London: Bloomsbury
United Nations (1989) United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. Geneva: United Nations.
Wall, K., Arnott, L, Cassidy, C., Beaton, M., Christensen, P., Dockett, S., Hall, E., I’Anson, J., Kanyal, M., McKernan, G., Pramling, I. and Robinson, C. (2017) Look Who’s Talking: Eliciting the voices of children from birth to seven International Journal of Student Voice 2(1). https://ijsv.psu.edu
Wall, K., Arnott, L. and Hall, E. (2021) Practitioner Enquiry: a reflexive research method for playful pedagogy in Arnott, L. and Wall, K. (Eds) Research through Play: Participatory methods in early childhood. London: Sage.
Wall, K., Cassidy, C., Robinson, C., Hall, E., Beaton, M., Arnott, L. and Hall, E. (2022) Considering Space and Time: Power Dynamics and Relationships Between Children and Adults in Brasof, M. and Levitan, J. (Eds.) Designing Space and Using Time That Considers the Power Dynamics and Relationship Between Youth and Adults Teachers College Press
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm26 SES 12 A: Reframing Leadership and Leading in Education: Diverse Responses from Scholars Across the Field (Part 1)
Location: Joseph Black Building, B408 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Qing Gu
Session Chair: Margery McMahon
Symposium to be continued in 26 SES 13 A
 
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium

Reframing Leadership and Leading in Education: Diverse Responses from Scholars Across the Field

Chair: Qing Gu (University College London)

Discussant: Margery McMahon (University of Glasgow)

This is the first part of the symposium titled Reframing Leadership and Leading in Education: Diverse Responses from Scholars Across the Field. All the papers presented in this symposium are from the upcoming Elgar Handbook of Leadership in Education, edited by Professor Philip A. Woods, Dr Amanda Roberts, Dr Meng Tian and Dr Howard Youngs (2023).

Past decades have witnessed the rapid development of educational leadership research. Numerous educational leadership approaches and models have been devised or adopted from other fields to guide leadership practices in educational institutions and to inform education policymaking (Bush, 2020; Bush et al., 2019; Heck & Hallinger, 2005). This development has been captured and recorded in a series of educational leadership handbooks (e.g., Davies & West-Burnham, 2003; English, 2011; Stone-Johnson & Wright, 2020; Waite & Bogotch, 2017).

This Elgar Handbook of Leadership in Education aims to offer fresh approaches to understanding and practising leadership in education and to locate these within the context of education development. A total of 34 chapters were commissioned, each of which was refereed before acceptance for publication.

In this symposium, the authors of four chapters will invite the audience to reflect on, problematise and challenge some fossilised concepts used in educational leadership research such as leadership, accountability, autonomy, organisational practice, partnerships, networks, transactional, transformational and transformative leadership. Educational policies and leadership practices in Scotland, New Zealand and England are discussed.

Papers and presentations included in this symposium explore the weighty and profound responsibilities and challenges that leaders in the context of education carry. It does not offer answers which should be absorbed and stored, to be retrieved as needed. Rather, the presenters will bring forth various thinking tools. The presentations comprise a wide range of discussions that raise questions and share responses to wicked problems in education. The presenters set out ideas, provocations, arguments, considered evidence and implications for research, policy and practice. Symposium participants are invited to journey through the particular debates which draw their interest and make them think critically about leadership in education. This includes attending to the presenters’ explicit and implicit conceptualisations and assumptions concerning key concepts such as leadership and education and reflecting on what thoughts and questions this stimulates about one’s own conceptual and theoretical assumptions.

This symposium adopts the presentations, discussion and Q&A format. Chapter authors will first present their works. This is followed by a panel discussion hosted by the discussant. In the last part of the symposium, the audience will have the opportunity to engage in the conversation and ask questions to the presenters.


References
Bush, T. (2020). Theories of Educational Leadership and Management (Fifth edition). SAGE Publications Ltd.
Bush, T., Bell, L., & Middlewood, D. (2019). Principles of Educational Leadership & Management. SAGE.
Davies, B., & West-Burnham, J. (2003). Handbook of Educational Leadership and Management. Pearson Education.
English, F. W. (Ed.). (2011). The SAGE Handbook of Educational Leadership: Advances in Theory, Research, and Practice (Second edition). SAGE Publications, Inc.
Heck, R. H., & Hallinger, P. (2005). The Study of Educational Leadership and Management: Where Does the Field Stand Today? Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 33(2), 229–244. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143205051055
Stone-Johnson, C., & Wright, C. (2020). Leadership Preparation for Social Justice in Educational Administration. In R. Papa (Ed.), Handbook on Promoting Social Justice in Education (pp. 1065–1084). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-14625-2_73
Waite, D., & Bogotch, I. (Eds.). (2017). The Wiley International Handbook of Educational Leadership (1st edition). Wiley-Blackwell.
Woods, P. A., Roberts, A., Meng Tian, & Youngs, H. (Eds.). (2023). Elgar Handbook of Leadership in Education. Edward Elgar Publishing.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Leadership and Management: A Relevant Distinction for Leadership in Education?

Deirdre Torrance (University of Glasgow), Christine Forde (University of Glasgow), Margery McMahon (University of Glasgow), Julie Harvie (University of Glasgow)

In recent years, educational leadership has become part of an international lexicon associated with school improvement. Much of the current academic literature and educational policy positions leadership normatively, identifying it as a distinct area of research and study, uncoupled from the concept of management. This stance has become “one of the great unquestioned assumptions of our time” (Eacott, 2013:119). The importance of this distinction has, however, been a matter of debate for many years, with lack of conceptual clarity identified regarding the positioning around leadership, which can create tensions in practice. This is a complex, contested and vague area which exemplifies a confused theoretical and policy rhetoric in action. The conceptual opacity around this is compounded both by conflations of theory and practice, and by various claims of the potential indirect and direct influences that leadership is proposed to have, often made without empirical grounding (Torrance & Humes, 2015). In this paper, the lens of an ongoing Scottish research project, The Future of Headship, is used to explore various facets of that debate. The paper begins with two key questions: whether educational leadership and educational management can be described as separate fields; and whether educational leadership can be described as a separate field from leadership. The paper then highlights both the importance of researchers’ positionality and of their working assumptions around leadership. Some of the tensions in exploring the practice realities of headteachers and other formal leaders in school contexts are discussed - drawing on empirical data - before introducing the potential of the concept of ‘leading’, which combines a focus on the socio-emotional dimensions of leadership with the organising processes of day-to-day practice. Leading comprises social practice, involves risk-taking, embraces complexity and ambiguity (Eacott, 2011), and researching educational leadership involves paradox, dilemma and debate (Close & Raynor, 2010). It is argued in this paper that the downplaying of educational management is not particularly useful in the context of contemporary challenges, particularly when educational leadership is often concerned with conformity to what could be termed a ‘marketised ideology’ (Smythe, 2021). It is also proposed that if educational leadership is to stand distinct from management and from leadership in the public sector more generally, then its specificity to educational practice i.e., the relationship between leadership and learning, needs to be made explicit, understood and strengthened in theory, policy and practice (Branson & Marra, 2022).

References:

Branson, C.M., & Marra, M. (2022). A new theory of organizational ecology, and its implications for educational leadership. London: Bloomsbury Academic. Eacott, S. (2011). Preparing ‘educational’ leaders in managerialist times: An Australian story. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 43(1), 43-59. Eacott, S. (2013). Rethinking ‘leadership’ in education: A research agenda. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 45(2): 113-125. Close, P., & Raynor, A. (2010). Five literatures of organisation: Putting the context back into educational leadership. School Leadership & Management, 30(3), 209-224. Smythe, S. (2021). Foreword. In S.J. Courtney, H.M. Gunter, R. Niesche & T. Trujillo (Eds.), Understanding educational leadership: Critical perspectives and approaches (pp xvii-xx). London: Bloomsbury.
 

Accountability, Autonomy and Organisational Practice: How Principals of Successful Schools Enact Education Policy for Improvement

Qing Gu (University College London), Aly Colman (University College London)

This paper considers the ways in which recent English education policy has positioned autonomy as a concomitant of accountability. Over time the research community has explored, at depth, the nature of educational reforms and their impact on schools and teachers. Though rigorous in their approaches, much research tends to stress the negative consequences of reform on teacher morale, an increasing emphasis on the academic to the disadvantage of other humanistic areas of curriculum, and continuing problems of narrowing the achievement gap experienced by students from socio-economically disadvantaged communities. But the key question remains: how do some school leaders manage to successfully mediate the influences of reform and lead their teachers and pupils to survive and thrive over time, whilst others falter? Following a critical examination of the conceptual relations between accountability, autonomy and leadership, the paper investigates how secondary principals lead their schools to achieve sustainable performance despite policy shifts. The research, upon which the paper is based, has used Weick (1995; 2005) and Spillane’s (2004) cognitive sense-making approach to analyse school leaders’ policy enactment process. Such approach enables us to conceptualise policy enactment in schools as an organisational behaviour which is crafted and shaped by school leaders. How these leaders interpret and make sense, rationally and emotionally, of what a particular policy means to their schools and then decide “whether and how to ignore, adapt, or adopt” this policy locally (Spillane et al., 2002, p. 733) influences not only how the policy is interpreted by their teachers and how effectively it is implemented in the school, but importantly, the extent to which the actions of “enactment” are likely to disrupt, constrain, or advance further improvement of the school. Drawing upon longitudinal interview data from case study schools in England, the paper shows how successful secondary schools—in different socioeconomic contexts and led by principals with similar, strongly held moral purposes and principles of social justice, but with different histories and values—incorporate and use externally generated policies to support their own educational agendas, as they assert their right to apply their own educational values in practice for the improvement of teaching and learning and pupil progress and outcomes. Key in this regard is how principals broaden and deepen their organisational, social, and intellectual capacities for the improvement of quality and standards in teaching and learning, despite rather than because of externally generated reforms.

References:

Spillane, J.P. (2004). Standards deviation: How schools misunderstand education policy. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA. Spillane, J., Diamond, J., Burch, P., Hallett, T., Jita, L., & Zoltner, J. (2002). Managing in the middle: school leaders and the enactment of accountability policy. Education Policy, 16 (5), 731–762. Weick, K. (1995). Sensemaking in organizations. Sage, Thousand Oaks, CA. Weick, K.E. (2005). Organizing and the process of sense-making. Organisation Science, 16 (4), 409–421.
 

Leadership across Partnerships and Networks

Toby Greany (University of Nottingham)

Inter-school partnerships and networks have been promoted in many school systems globally in recent years to facilitate: knowledge generation and dissemination; responsiveness to increasingly diverse student and societal needs; and emotional and practical peer support for educational professionals (Révai 2020). One driver of these developments has been the shifts taking place in wider societies and as a result of technological innovations (Castells 2004). This paper adopts Provan and Kenis’ definition of a ‘network’ as involving three or more ‘legally autonomous organizations that work together to achieve not only their own goals but also a collective goal’ (2008: 231). It argues that existing research and policy has prioritised a focus on leadership within individual schools, but that this Transnational Leadership Package (Thomson, Gunter and Blackmore 2021) is insufficient in the context of contemporary societies and school systems. Networks offer the potential for more inclusive and rounded models of educational provision, but this is not a given – networks can equally have a ‘dark’ side (Bidart, Degenne and Grossetti 2020). The paper identifies seven core features of networks that are seen to operate more successfully (Greany and Kamp 2022). It then discusses the implications for educational leadership theory and practice, arguing that two concepts from existing research - distributed and system leadership - provide helpful, although imperfect, tools to conceptualise leadership across inter-school networks. Distributed leadership (Lumby 2018; Gronn, 2016; Harris 2013) allows us to see leadership as a collective, shared endeavour, with all the complexity that comes with a move away from individual, positional roles. System leadership (Harris, Jones, and Hashim 2021) helps to us move beyond the focus on individual schools and to see leadership as focussed on addressing systemic and collective issues and priorities. The paper concludes by outlining three capabilities which appear central to successful network leadership: working productively with tensions and paradox, collective sensemaking, and adopting an ecological approach (Greany and Kamp 2022). Embracing paradox involves a recognition that leaders can respond to system complexities without needing to fully resolve conflicts to the point of nonexistence (O’Reilly and Reed 2011). Sensemaking, first propounded by Karl Weick, reflects how network leaders work to acknowledge ambiguities while also learning, collectively, how best to move forward (Johnson and Kruse 2019). Eco-leadership involves the leader looking ‘both ways: internally at the organizational network and externally at wider ecosystems (social, technology, and nature)’ (Western 2019: 309).

References:

Castells, M. (1996),The Rise of the Network Society, Oxford:Blackwell. Greany, T., and Kamp, A. (2022) Leading Educational Networks: Theory, Policy and Practice. London: Bloomsbury. Gronn, P. (2016) Fit for Purpose no More? Management in Education 30(4) 168–172 Harris, A. (2013),'Distributed Leadership: Friend or Foe?', Educational Management, Administration and Leadership, 41:545–54. Harris, A., Jones, M. and Hashim, N. (2021),'System Leaders and System Leadership: Exploring the Contemporary Evidence Base', School Leadership & Management, DOI: 10.1080/13632434.2021.1889492. Johnson, B. and Kruse, S. (2019), Educational Leadership, Organizational Learning and the Ideas of Karl Weick: Perspectives on Theory and Practice, London: Routledge. Lumby, J. (2018),'Distributed Leadership and Bureaucracy', Educational Management Administration and Leadership, 47:5–19. Provan, K., and Kenis, P. (2008),’Modes of Network Governance: Structure, Management, and Effectiveness’, Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory, 18 (2):229–52. Révai, N. (2020), What Difference do Networks Make to Teachers’ Knowledge? Literature Review and Case Descriptions, Education Working Paper 215, Paris: OECD. Thomson, P., Gunter, H. and Blackmore, J. (2021), ‘Series Editor Introduction’, in P. Landri, Educational Leadership, Management, and Administration Through Actor-Network Theory, ix–xv, London: Routledge. Western, S. (2019), Leadership. A Critical Text, 3rd edn, London: Sage Publications.
 

Transactional, Transformational, Transformative Leadership: A Journey towards Equity and Justice

Carolyn Shields (Wayne State University)

Although the term “transforming leadership” has not gained universal currency, its use, by James McGregor Burns in his volumes Leadership (1978) and Transforming Leadership (2003) has given rise to two major approaches to leadership. Sometimes conceived as synonyms, in contrast to transactional leadership, transformational and transformative leadership have emerged as two distinct theories, with different ontologies, epistemologies, and methodologies. An examination of each theory, its development, goals, assumptions and predominant practices permits an understanding of the progression to transformative leadership. Awareness of various theoretical approaches and their differences has begun to permeate educational leadership research. Blackmore (2011) argued that “transformational leadership has been framed narrowly within the school effectiveness-improvement paradigms” while “in contrast, transformative leadership discourses derive from a critical tradition, promoting emancipatory pedagogies that arise from political and social movements, feminist perspectives, and critical pedagogy” (p. 21). Starratt (2011) posited that “the distinction between transformational and transformative leadership is an important one, not only for the field of education, but also for leadership theory and research in other fields” (p. 131). Van Oord (2013) summed up the situation, stating of transformative leadership that the term is not new; for many years the concepts of transformational and transformative leadership were used as synonyms. Recognizing this conceptual murkiness, scholars such as Shields (2010, 2012) have in recent years successfully endeavored to define and theorize transformative leadership as distinctively separate from the transformational approach. Transformative leadership is characterized by its activist agenda and its overriding commitment to social justice, equality and a democratic society (p. 421-422). Transformative leadership is firmly anchored to critical perspectives. By promoting the term transformative, rather than the more common, social justice leadership, it avoids the conceptual messiness of multiple interpretations and definitions and explicitly focuses on leadership that is “an exercise of power and authority that begins with questions of justice, democracy” (Weiner, 2003, p. 89). This paper demonstrates how both theories emerged, their similarities and differences, and how, in general, transformational and transformative leadership theories focus on different concepts and lead to different outcomes. The discussion will demonstrate how this evolution responds to distinct ontological and values-based approaches to leadership and how the advantages and limitations of each theory can offer guidance for truly transformative future leadership development. It will argue that because of its explicit values-based orientation to equity and justice, transformative leadership theory best offers guidance for today’s complex and diverse schools.

References:

Blackmore, J. (2011). Leadership in pursuit of purpose: Social, economic and political transformation. In C. M. Shields (Ed.), Transformative leadership: A reader (pp. 21–36). New York: Peter Lang Burns, J. M. (2003). Transforming leadership. New York: Grove. Burns, J.M. (1978). Leadership. New York: Harper & Row. Starratt, R. J. (2011). Preparing transformative educators for the work of leading schools in a multicultural, diverse, and democratic society. In C. M. Shields (Ed.), Transformative leadership: A reader (pp. 131–136). New York: Peter Lang. van Oord, L. (2013). Towards transformative leadership in education. International Journal of Leadership in Education: Theory and Practice, 16(4), 419-434. Weiner, E. J. (2003). Secretary Paulo Freire and the democratization of power: Toward a theory of transformative leadership, Educational Philosophy and theory, 35(1), 89-106.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm26 SES 12 B: Topics on Educational Leadership: Adaptive Leadership, Health and Wellbeing, and Middle Leaders
Location: Joseph Black Building, C407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Pia Skott
Paper Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Crossing Boundaries: Connecting Adaptive Leadership and Social Justice Leadership for Educational Contexts

Ariel Sarid

Beit Berl College, Israel

Presenting Author: Sarid, Ariel

The idea that educational systems and schools must be adaptive in order to keep pace with the changing social and cultural realities is certainly not new. Yet, the particularly disruptive characteristics of the present disorienting age (Wergin, 2019), in which everything is in flux or in what some complexity theorists have called a 'continuous disequilibrium' (Uhl‐Bien & Marion, 2009), have made adaptivity an imperative for organizations and social systems. Informed by developments in complexity theory and adaptive learning theories (Heifetz, 1994), primarily in the fields of organizational leadership (Marion & Uhl-Bien, 2009), 'adaptivity' has gradually gained currency in educational discourse and has become a conceptual lens for thinking about school transformation (Hung et al, 2014), school improvement (Harris, 2005), learning processes and pedagogy (Schwartz et al, 2005). There is a growing understanding that 'adaptivity' must be accounted for so that schools remain effective and relevant for students in the present knowledge society and global economy. Notions such as the 'adaptive school' (Gramston and Wellman, 2016; Kershner and McQuillan, 2016), adaptive learning (Wergin, 2019), adaptive expertise (Schwartz et al, 2005), adaptive teacher expertise (Anthony, Hunter, and Hunter, 2015), and adaptive leadership (Harris, 2005; Linsky and Lawrence, 2011) are becoming more central in attempts by educational thinkers, policy makers and teacher educators to envisage how to transform schools for the 21st century. At its core, adaptability discourse is essentially about the attempt to bridge the gap or tension between innovation (creativity) and effectiveness (stability). It is the possibility of holding the two competing skills together that characterizes adaptive organization or complex adaptive systems and individuals. Together with 21st century skills discourse, policy papers are now centering on adaptivity as one of the core attributes of future-oriented education, which effectively responds to the complexities and dilemmas characterizing a volatile, complex and ambiguous world (OECD, 2018).

Parallel to the above discourse, in the past few years the notion of social justice has been proliferating in educational leadership discourse and has gained international recognition (Author, 2021; Bogotch & Sheilds, 2014; Gümüş, Arar & Oplatka, 2021). The increased attention to social justice issues can itself be considered as a kind of adaptive endeavor to changing social circumstances: Given changing school demographics, heightening achievements gaps, and student immigration and mobility, school leaders are facing pressing issues of individual and group marginalization and discrimination. While multiple meanings of social justice are found in the literature, “a common understanding among many leadership scholars is that social justice focuses on the experiences of marginalized groups and inequities in educational opportunities and outcomes” (Furman, 2012, p. 194). Social justice leadership, then, is primarily about confronting and possibly eradicating the discrimination and oppression of marginalized individuals or groups largely on the basis of color, race, disability, gender, and ethnic-cultural background. Leadership scholars are calling schools to become more inclusive and attend to the diverse needs of individuals and groups who have been discriminated and marginalized (e.g., Theoharis & Scanlon, 2020) and call for the preparation of social justice educational leaders (e.g., Diem & Carpenter, 2012; Jean-Marie et al, 2009).

The aim of the present paper is to explore possible connections between the discourse on 'adaptivity' and the discourse on social justice educational leadership. Despite their different ends, it is my impression that both discourses share basic principles and that the dialogue between the two discourses may promote important insights for each discourse. I shall discuss the connecting links (principles) between the two discourses and briefly discuss the implications of connecting the two discourses for social justice educational leadership discourse.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study engages in theoretical analysis; it invovles literary analysis and critical assessment of two central discourses in the field of educational leadership: the discourse on adaptive leadership and its implications on the field of educational leadership and school organizartion. This discourse highlights the movement from heroic-transformational to collaborative leadership types as well as the discourse on complex-systems from which the notions of adaptive leadership and more specifically adaptive space derive. The second discourse is the discourse on social justice educational leadership, a broad and still growing field of study and theoretical examination which focuses on a wide range of issues and dimensions, including diversity, inclusion and equity in educational contexts. The above literary analysis of both discourses paves the way for a comparative analysis leading to the development of synthetic theoretical insights and practical implications.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Following critical literary analysis of the two discourses (adaptive leadership and social justice leadership), the paper arrives at several conclusions. The first is that these two notions of leadership share four basic characteristics; they are disruptive, collaborative, dilemmatic, emergent-contextual. While these shared principles of both types of leadership provide bridges, so to speak, to connect the two leadership discourses, the specific meaning of each principle in each discourse diverges in interesting ways. It is the differences in the meanings of each principle for each discourse that allows to engage in fruitful dialogue between them and facilitates reciprocal development. While certainly not underestimating the different (some would say contradictory) motivational ends underlying each leadership discourse (i.e., effectiveness and equity) the dialogue between them is not only possible but has the potential for mutual benefits. Whereas the contribution of social justice leadership to adaptive leadership discourse is more evident, it is possible also to consider the contribution of the latter to the former in two central aspects: the understanding of leadership as practice, and the adaptive transformation of organizational structures. The paper considers Wenger's (1998) notion of communities of practice as a one possible example of how the above four principles can be applied in educational practice in a way that incorporates insights from both discourses.
References
Anthony, G., Hunter, J., & Hunter, R. (2015). Prospective teachers development of adaptive expertise. Teaching and Teacher Education, 49, 108–117.

Bogotch, I. & Sheilds, C. M. (Eds.) (2014). International handbook of educational leadership and social (in) justice. Springer.

Diem, S., & Carpenter, B. W. (2012). Social justice and leadership preparation: Developing a transformative curriculum. Planning and changing, 43, 96-112.

Furman, G. (2012). Social justice leadership as praxis: Developing capacities through preparation programs. Educational Administration Quarterly, 48(2), 191–229.

Garmston, R. J., & Wellman, B. M. (2016). The adaptive school: A sourcebook for developing collaborative groups. Rowman & Littlefield.

Gümüş, S., Arar, K., & Oplatka, I. (2021). Review of international research on school leadership for social justice, equity and diversity. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 53(1), 81-99.

Harris, E. L. (2005). Key Strategies to Improve Schools: How to Apply Them Contextually. Rowman & Littlefield Publishing Group.

Heifetz, R. A. (1994). Leadership without easy answers. Belknap Press

Hung, D., Lim, K. Y., & Lee, S. S. (Eds.). (2014). Adaptivity as a transformative disposition: For learning in the 21st century. Springer Science & Business Media.

Jean-Marie, G., Normore, A. H., & Brooks, J. S. (2009). Leadership for social justice: Preparing 21st century school leaders for a new social order. Journal of research on leadership education, 4(1), 1-31.

Kershner, B., & McQuillan, P. J. (2016). Complex adaptive schools: Educational leadership and school change. Complicity: An International Journal of Complexity and Education, 13(1), 4–29.

Linsky, M., & Lawrence, J. (2011). Adaptive challenges for school leadership. In H. O’Sullivan & J. West-Burnham (Eds.), Leading and managing schools (pp. 3–15). Sage.


OECD. (2018). The future of education and skills: Education 2030. Directorate for Education and Skills-OECD.

Schwartz, D. L., Bransford, J. D., & Sears, D. (2005). Efficiency and innovation in transfer. In J. P. Mestre (Ed.), Transfer of learning from a modern multidisciplinary (pp. 1–51). Information Age Publishing

Theoharis, G., & Scanlan, M. K. (Eds.). (2021). Leadership for increasingly diverse schools. New York, NY: Routledge.

Uhl-Bien, M., & Marion, R. (2009). Complexity leadership in bureaucratic forms of organizing: A meso model. The Leadership Quarterly, 20(4), 631-650.

Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press

Wergin, J. F. (2019). Deep Learning in a Disorienting World. Cambridge University Press


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Leading for Knowledge, Health and Wellbeing - through the Coordination of Local Curriculum Processes

Pia Skott

Stockholm university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Skott, Pia

Many people recognize that PISA examines what students know in science, reading and mathematics. But PISA also examines students’ wellbeing and covers both negative outcomes (e.g. anxiety) and the positive impulses that promote healthy development (e.g. interest, engagement and motivation). The OECD (2017) comparisons on wellbeing is an example of a growing international consideration for the young generations’ health and wellbeing. Within EU an expert group will in 2023 start to develop proposals on strategies for supporting wellbeing. However, there is yet no consensus on what the responsibility of schools and school leaders are. The curricula between countries differ.

Sweden is a country which has stipulated that health and wellbeing is the responsibility of schools and principals. The National School Act (SFS 2010:800) requires that schools must have multi-professional teams of doctors, nurses, counsellors, psychologist and teachers with competence in special education. These teams are to cooperate with the teachers and be involved in the regular school work. Since Sweden combines national regulations with a decentralized local responsibility for implementation, including a school level (with principals) as well as a municipality level (with superintendents and other leaders) the aim of the paper is to explore the leadership of this complex local curriculum making. The research question is:

  • What are the leadership challenges in transforming the holistic approach of the national curricula, to local curriculum processes?

Until recently questions of health and wellbeing related to education has predominately been studied within the field of health education (see for example; Boot & de Vries, 2010; Carlsson, 2016; Jourdan et al. 2016, Kostenius, 2021). Within this research a whole school approach with a focus on professionals other than teachers, including school nurses, counselors and others, has been recognized. But few studies so far have had the focus on school leadership for learning, health and wellbeing (XX).

The primary focus of school leadership research has often been on instructional practices and what successful school leaders do to improve students’ learning in the classroom (Leithwood et al., 2019). For over a decade, these leadership practices have been central to school leaders’ work. In many countries, they have even been established as standards within preparation programs (Young et al., 2017) and linked to various leadership models such as distributed leadership, instructional leadership and transformational leadership (Gumus et al., 2018; Leithwood et al., 2019). It is stressed that teachers’ work is the most important factor in students’ results, and when wellbeing is added, that it improves the chances of student success (Leithwood et al., 2019). However, a holistic approach including multi-professional coordination and a multipurpose approach including different aims for schools is absent in most school leadership research. There is, however, a growing interest in complexity (Day et al., 2016; Hallinger, 2018; Hawkins and James, 2018). This paper brings together the research of principals with that on superintendents (se for example Moos et al, 2016; Ärlestig & Johansson, 2020; Sigurðardóttir et al., 2022). It explores the complexity of coordinating curriculum processes within and between different system levels.

The paper uses a curriculum theory perspective developed within Sweden (Dahllöf, 1967; 1999, Lindensjö & Lundgren 1986; XX). The focus is on the how the transformation of national curricula transforms into local curriculum processes. This takes place within and between two local system levels, the meso level (meso) and the micro level. The theoretical contribution of the paper is that it highlights the importance of coordination of curriculum processes within and between different local system levels. This in turn requires a coordinated leadership.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper builds on three different projects. The first project started out as an evaluation project of a government funded effort to educate principals and their student health teams to become more health promoting. The education was given as a web course. During a year the participants worked through different modules and regularly sent in their reflections. These documents were analyzed from an inductive perspective, focusing on the coordination of local curriculum processes. It identified four different quality levels, from no coordination to pervasive coordination. This resulted in an analytical model for practical use which has been tested by more than thousand principals and is today used in the teaching of principals as well as other professions. It is a tool for developing the quality of health promoting curriculum processes.  
The findings were in a second project taken as a starting point for a follow up study of schools which had developed high levels of coordination. This positive selection was done to study more thoroughly what high quality health promoting processes looks like and how to get there. It included four case schools, in which interviews were made with the principal, the student health team and the teachers. Added to these a selection of principals at other schools with similar characteristics was interviewed. All together the study included 57 informants. All the interviews were transcribed and analyzed by the two researchers performing the study. What was identified was the importance of a strong leadership, coordinating all the curriculum processes to become synchronized.
Schools are in many systems, like the Swedish, not working isolated from other local system levels. In the third study the focus was on the municipality level and the coordination of the curriculum processes within that system level as well as between the municipality and the schools. It was performed in several steps. First there was a positive selection of ten municipalities which had showed interest in the course and signs of a larger local coordination work. These ten were invited to send in a description of their work. From a document analysis four were selected as cases. In-depth studies of more documents and interviews with key persons were performed by the researcher. The results were presented to representatives from all the 10 municipalities at a digital webinar, calibrating and deepening the identified results.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results indicates that curriculum processes, in multilevel systems, need to be coordinated from a holistic approach including three aspects:  
  
The whole of the curriculum
To establish high quality curriculum processes at the school level requires a turn regarding the schools’ mission, from teaching students to developing whole human beings. Questions regarding health and wellbeing can’t be side issues, but needs to be part of the teaching. Hence, a more holistic curriculum approach, working multi professionally is needed. If attention is shifted to the municipality level, aspects of students' health, well-being and development need to be part of the municipalities’ overall work for knowledge as well as values.

The whole of the organization
Coordinated curriculum processes includes everyone. In organizations that succeeds, a synchronization takes place between the different parts. In schools the processes need to be coordinated between the health team and the teachers. And these processes must, in turn, be vertically coordinated with the municipality level. Moving to the municipality level the curriculum processes also need to be coordinate both vertically and horizontally. At the municipal level, there is not only boards and superintendents but some form of central student health, quality workers, IT system personnel and many more.

The whole of leadership
To coordinate the processes the school leaders within and between different system levels need to coordinate their views and work. On the school level there are principals and middle, teacher team leaders and others. On the municipality level there are horizontally challenges to coordinate different and parallel managers, such as superintendents, heads of administration, student health managers and those responsible for quality work. Vertically, there are, depending on size, a varying number of superintendents and other managers who need to coordinate their work, in relation to principals and other actors at the school level.  

References
Boot, N.M.W.M. and de Vries, N.K. (2010), “Implementation of school health promotion: consequences for professional assistance”, Health Education, Vol. 112 No. 5, pp. 436-447.
Carlsson, M. (2016), “Conceptualization of professional competencies in school health promotion”, Health Education, Vol. 116 No. 5, pp. 489-509.
Dahllöf, U. (1999). Det tidiga ramfaktorteoretiska tänkandet. En tillbakablick. I
Pedagogisk Forskning i Sverige 1999, årg 4, nr 1 s 5-29 ISSN 1401-6788
Day, C., Gu, Q. and Sammons, P. (2016), “The impact of leadership on student outcomes: how successful school leaders use transformational and instructional strategies to make a difference”, Educational Administration Quarterly, Vol. 52 No. 2, pp. 221-258
Gumus, S. et al (2018), “A systematic review of studies in leadership models in educational reasearch from 1980 to 2014”, Educational Management Administration and Leadership, Vol. 46 No. 1, pp. 25-48.
Hallinger, P. (2018), “Bringing context out of the shadows of leadership”, Educational Management Administration and Leadership, Vol. 46 No. 1, pp. 5-24.
Hawkins, M. and James, C. (2018), “Developing a perspective on schools as complex, evolving, loosely linking systems”, Educational Management Administration and Leadership, Vol. 46 No. 5, pp. 729-748, In Educational Administration Quarterly 2016, Vol. 52 No. 2, 221–258.
Jourdan, D. et al (2016), “School health promotion and teacher professional identity”, Health Education, Vol. 116 No. 2, pp. 106-122.
Kostenius, C. (2021). School Nurses’ Experiences With Health Dialogues: A Swedish Case. The Journal of School Nursing, 1-12.
Leithwood, K., Harris, A. and Hopkins, D. (2019), “Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited”. School Leadership and Management, Vol. 40.
Lindensjö, B. & Lundgren, U. P. (1986). Politisk styrning och utbildningsreformer. Stockholm: Liber.
Moos, L., Nihlfors, E., & Paulsen, J. M. (Eds.) (2016). Nordic superintendents: Agents in a broken chain: Springer International Publishing.
OECD (2017), PISA 2015 Results (Volume III): Students’ Well-Being, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris.
SFS 2010:800 Skollagen.
Sigurðardóttir, S. M., et al. (2022). Educational leadership regarding municipal school support services in Iceland.  Educational Management Administration & Leadership. 1–21.
Young, M., Anderson, E. and Nash, M. (2017). “Preparing school leaders: standards-based curriculum in the United States”, Leadership and Policy in Schools, Vol. 16 No. 2, pp. 228-271.
Ärlestig, H. & Johansson, O. (2020). Educational Authorities and the Schools: Organisations and Impact in 20 States. Springer.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

The invisible organisational contribution: The role of middle leaders in Higher Education

Sanna Lassen

Aarhus University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Lassen, Sanna

This paper aims to highlight diversity in educational leadership by exploring the middle leader role without formal managerial power in Higher Education (HE). Based on ongoing research including a systematic literature review this paper contributes new insights and perspectives on the role's possibilities, challenges, and limitations. The study asks the following questions:

  • how is the middle leader role constructed as a solution to which problem?
  • how can the middle leader role adequately function in higher education organisations?

The middle leaders may be labelled as study leaders, educational leaders, course coordinators, or programme leaders. A common characteristic is that they are both teachers, and researchers, and additionally are formally appointed to take special organisational responsibility for coordinating and developing education/teaching. Empirically, the role seems quite implicit and hence, invisible, where the middle leaders find themselves on their own, navigating tensions between a formally appointed role and the lack of formal role structures, expectations, and managerial power. In research, there are a limited number of English-speaking and Scandinavian studies focusing on the role. In some of the few studies, a common theme is that educational leaders often lack formal power to lead and thus, are caught in the middle between management and staff (Gjerde & Alvesson, 2020; Marshall, 2012). Even though there are individual studies, and the research interest has been around for some time, the field is nevertheless sparse and fragmented, lacking a more robust and explicit picture of how these middle leader roles are organisationally constructed and how they can handle the role.

In general educational leadership has over the last two decades, become a common response to quality demands in HE (e.g. Stensaker, Elken, & Maassen, 2019, p. 91), where leadership is understood as having an impact on the quality of student learning (e.g. Cardno, 2014, p. 352) and where educational leadership is needed to support educational development in local collegial contexts (e.g. Mårtensson & Roxå, 2016, p. 248). In research, educational leadership is a broad and messy concept. For example, educational leadership is often linked to the concept of distributed leadership commonly understood as an advantageous way for management to delegate some of their decision-making power to special responsible employees (e.g. Kjeldsen, Quick, Jønsson, & Andersen, 2020, p. 54). The idea is that management can place formal managerial power on middle leaders outside of traditional management structures. Educational leadership can also be related to middle leaders both with and without formal managerial power in the same study (e.g. Bryman, 2007; Grunefeld et al., 2017) if these different leaders have to do with influencing the goal-directed behaviour of others (Bryman, 2007, pp. 694-695). Both examples are ignoring the fact that middle leaders without formal power have different possibilities than those with formal power to influence the behaviour of others within the authority and power structures. Given this background, it is relevant to distinguish the middle leader in this study from those with fixed managerial roles and who are part of hierarchies and thus explore the role as a role ‘in itself’ (Lassen, 2020, p. 265).

Theoretically, the paper draws upon and is inspired by Systems Theory, formulated by the German sociologist Niklas Luhmann (1927-1998). The theory explicitly focuses on organisational systems and structures, including the concept of role and function that resonates with the focus of this study. Through a functional methodology (Luhmann, 2000, p. 94), it becomes possible to observe functional equivalents, by “[…] considering whether there are special system-dependent conditions” (Nissen, 2014, p. 189), that constructs and affects the middle leader’s possibility to function more adequately.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This ongoing case study of middle leaders without managerial power (November 2022 to May 2023) is situated in one university in Denmark. With the study, the aim is to explore how the middle leader role is constructed and adequately can function in a cross-faculty investigation over the five faculties. The intention is to search for functional equivalents, by “[…] considering whether there are special system-dependent conditions” (Nissen, 2014, p. 189), that construct and either support or inhibit the middle leader handling the role. Methodologically, the study consists of a combination of different strategies, both qualitative and quantitative. Both strategies are constructed from concepts of the theoretical framework guiding the collection of empirical data. Concurrently, the empirical data specifies and challenges the chosen theoretical concepts. The approach, therefore, becomes abductive. The mixed method design seeks to create a nuanced picture of the research object through both “complementarity: […] clarification of the results from one method with the results from another, [and] expansion: […] to extend the breadth and range of inquiry by using different methods for different inquiry components” (Bryman, 2006, p. 105). Firstly, the qualitative part of the design is carried out through observations, an audio diary, and interviews, respectively. A total of 15 middle leaders - three from each faculty – were self-selected into the study. The purpose is to find thematic themes about the construction of middle leaders. Observations and Audio diary focus on the middle leader's collaboration with different roles in the organisation e.g., colleagues, students, or management. The observations are performed in a range of formal meeting settings. The Audio diary is recorded by the middle leader and aimed at capturing ad-hoc tasks - tasks that come in on an ongoing basis. Interviews include the middle leader, a formal leader, and a colleague to obtain information about how the role is constructed from different organisational role perspectives. Secondly, the quantitative part relies on a questionnaire constructed from binary schematic recognition/non-recognition. Thus, both recognition and non-recognition of themes from the qualitative studies are pivotal. The questionnaire is distributed to a larger range of relevant informants at the university. The intent is to gather reflections, on whether the themes are rejected or accepted in other contexts.
Through this nuanced picture, it becomes possible to answer the two research questions focusing on the organisational construction of the role and how the middle leader can adequately handle the role.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As described in the introduction, this paper is a part of ongoing research on educational leadership and presents a preliminary analysis.  Some of the provisional findings demonstrate that i) there are major differences in what problems the middle leaders are expected to solve seen from different role perspectives, ii) that there is a lack of explicit organisational structures and support that helps the middle leader to know what is expected and as such how to handle the role in practice and iii) that the role is organisationally quite invisible. Firstly, middle leaders in education can become invisible due to the complexity of their tasks, making it challenging to gauge their impact. In contrast, success in research is more easily measured through funding grants and publications. Secondly, invisibility is a matter of prestige. Historically, universities have traditionally valued research over education and as such, educators are not given the same level of unequivocal prestige or recognition for their contributions to educational progress and development.

In summary, this case study intends to highlight which problems in HE the middle leader role is becoming the solution to. Through a systems theoretical analysis of the range of empirical data, the study presents perspectives on how middle leaders adequately can function in their role.

References
Bryman, A. (2006). Integrating quantitative and qualitative research: How is it done? Qualitative research, 6(1), 97-113.
Bryman, A. (2007). Effective leadership in higher education: a literature review. Studies in Higher Education, 32(6), 693-710. doi:10.1080/03075070701685114
Cardno, C. (2014). The functions, attributes and challenges of academic leadership in New Zealand polytechnics. International Journal of Educational Management.
Gjerde, S., & Alvesson, M. (2020). Sandwiched: Exploring role and identity of middle managers in the genuine middle. Human relations, 73(1), 124-151.
Grunefeld, H., Prins, F., Van Tartwijk, J., Van Der Vaart, R., Loads, D., Turner, J., . . . Wubbels, T. (2017). Faculty Development for Educational Leadership. In (pp. 73-101): Springer International Publishing.
Kjeldsen, A. M., Quick, C. N., Jønsson, T. F., & Andersen, L. B. (2020). Distribueret ledelse i den offentlige sektor. København: Djøf Forlag.
Lassen, S. (2020). Ressourcepersonens hyperorientering: En empirisk undersøgelse af ressourcepersonens rolle og funktion i den danske folkeskole. (PhD). Syddansk Universitet, Odense. Retrieved from https://www.sdu.dk/da/forskning/phd/phd_skoler/phd_humaniora/ph,-d-,d,-d-,-afhandlinger
Luhmann, N. (2000). Sociale systemer: Grundrids til en almen teori (J. Cederstrøm, N. Mortensen, & J. Rasmussen, Trans.). København: Hans Reitzels Forlag.
Marshall, S. G. (2012). Educational middle change leadership in New Zealand: the meat in the sandwich. The International Journal of Educational Management, 26(6), 502-528. doi:10.1108/09513541211251361
Mårtensson, K., & Roxå, T. (2016). Leadership at a local level – Enhancing educational development. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 44(2), 247-262. doi:10.1177/1741143214549977
Nissen, M. (2014). At analysere refleksionsteorier: Specificering og anvendelse af den funktionelle metode. In G. Harste & M. Knudsen (Eds.), Systemteoretiske analyser (pp. 183-208). Frederiksberg: Nyt fra samfundsvidenskaberne.
Stensaker, B., Elken, M., & Maassen, P. (2019). Studieprogramledelse – et spørgsmål om organisering? Uniped, 42(1), 91-105. doi:10.18261/issn.1893-8981-2019-01-07
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm26 SES 12 C: Digital and Technology Leadership in the Scope of Education
Location: Joseph Black Building, A504 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Ulrike Krein
Paper Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Leading Digitalization in Preschool Education - Principals’ Professional Development through Action Research

Emelie Johansson

Karlstad university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Johansson, Emelie

Diversity and differentiation are in various ways critical aspects of education. Equality was one of the driving forces of establishing a unified school system in Sweden during the 60’s, as well as the formation of the public preschool and the formation initiatives towards the (Richardson, 2010). Further, problems in differentiation was one of the reasons for decentralizing the Swedish school system during the 90’s. The idea was to move the power closer to the local schools, to take the local context and needs into account when leading schools. Diversity in leading was supposed to increase equivalence through differentiation (Jacobsson, 2017). Contrary to the ambition, differences in the local contexts has come to be consider a threat to equivalent education.

The decentralization, and succeeding reforms, have affected the role of the school leader, by regulations of the school leader’s work as well as regulations of the schools in which they lead.

In response to the European commission’s (2014) initiatives for entrepreneurship education, the Swedish government adopted a national digitalization strategy for the Swedish school system (2017), with visions of the Swedish schools at the forefront of using the opportunities of digital technology. The policy expresses expectations on principals to lead digital development at their local schools. In addition, the revised version of the Swedish preschool curricula also clarifies principals’ responsibility of leading school development and create conditions for teachers to enact the new policy in educational practice. This indicates that principals are the ones responsible to develop education, by using the opportunities of digital technology.

Researchers, as well as political representatives, implies that school leaders, in their roles as facilitators of educational reforms and policy, are the ones with possibilities to develop future education (Huber & Muijs, 2010; Leithwood, Sun, & Pollock, 2017; Pont, Nusche, & Moorman, 2008). Competent school leaders are said to be the ones who meet political requirements with a focus on education, a work that requires that school leaders continuously develop their own leading practice to adapt policy to the prerequisites of the local schools. Interpreting policy in educational practice requires professional knowledge and connects to school leaders’ professional development. Although research on school leaders’ professional learning has increased, it mainly concentrate on training programmes for new principals and crucial aspects of learning in these programmes. Research on school leaders’ continuous professional development is insufficient (Aas & Blom, 2017) and more knowledge is required about the processes, in which school leaders develop their understandings of leading in relation to societal changes. Not least, research on continuous professional development in collaboration with other school leaders.

This study focuses on school leaders’ professional development in a collaborative action research project, aiming to develop knowledge of how to lead digitalization in preschool education.

The theory of practice architectures (Kemmis et al. 2014) is used to examine what happens in the professional development practice when the principals develop their knowledge of how to lead digitalization in preschool education. The theory of practice architectures encompasses arrangements of three different kinds. Cultural-discursive arrangements are the sayings of a practice, mediated through language and discourses, used in and about a practice. Material-economic arrangements are resources that shape the doings of a practice, mediated in activity and work as doings. It includes the physical environment, human and non-human entities, schedules, money and time. Social-political arrangements are shaping how people relate to other people and to non-human objects, mediated in the social space as rules, hierarchies, solidarities and other relationships.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is part of a collaborative action research project about leading digitalization in preschool education. The researcher and 14 principals, working in a municipality in Sweden, participated in the two-year project. The work followed the cyclic process of action research, alternating actions in the principal’s leading practices, as well as the researcher’s actions of communicating analyzes of the process, and conversations in focus groups. A process aiming to generate practice-oriented knowledge.
The theory of practice architecture model by Kemmis et al. (2014) was a transformative resource in the work process, as a tool used in the ongoing analyzes of the communicative practice between the meetings. The theory of practice architectures was also used in the analysis of the empirical data, consisting of recordings of focus group conversations. The conversations were transcribed and analyzed to identify changes in the (sayings, doings, relatings) of the action research practice and to analyze how different arrangements affected the practice.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The tentative results describe leading as relational practice. In order to understand how to lead digitalization in preschool education, the principals had to develop their understandings of digitalization as phenomena. They did so by relating to a book that used digitization and digitalization as a pair of related concepts to help distinguish between technical and social aspects of technological development. Further, the principals discussed how the technological development might change preschool practice in the future. Reflecting back on how technology have changed other practices through history made the principals re-think digitalization as a technological process, instead of a programme to insert in preschool education. This in turn changed the ways the principals related to the preschool teachers. It also changed how the principals understood the leading practice and how they organized for educational change.
The results of the study also analyzes how different arrangements enabled and constrained the professional development. The principals also described their leading practice as constituted by other practices, for example, the municipality management, municipal and national politics, the action research practice, as well as experiences from practices of their private life.
Leading as a practice is aiming to create conditions for other practices. School leaders need to develop their understandings of policy and societal changes in relation to the site of the teacher’s teaching practice and the children’s learning practice. It is about managing diversity at various levels. This study contributes with knowledge of arrangements that enable and constrain school leaders’ professional development by providing insight into the process of the school leaders’ professional development practice.


References
Aas, M., & Blom, T. (2017). Benchlearning as professional development of school leaders in Norway and Sweden. Professional development in education, 44(1), 62-75.
European Commission, Directorate-General for Enterprise and Industry, (2014). Entrepreneurship education : a guide for educators, Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2769/51003
Huber, S.G., & Muijs, D. (2010). School leadership effectiveness: The growing insight in the importance of school leadership for the quality and development of schools and their pupils. In: Huber, S. (eds) School leadership - International perspectives. Studies in educational leadership, vol 10. Springer, Dordrecht.
Jacobsson, K. (2017). Processer och motorer i lokalt skolförbättringsarbete (Karlstad University Studies, 2017:11) [Doktorsavhandling]. Karlstads universitet.
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P. & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing education, changing practices. Singapore: Springer.
Leithwood, K., Sun, J., & Pollock, K. (Eds.). (2017). How school leaders contribute to student success: The four paths framework (Vol. 23). Springer.
Pont, B., Moorman, H., & Nusche, D. (2008). Improving school leadership (Vol. 1, pp. 1-199). Paris: OECD.
Richardson, G. (2010). Svensk utbildningshistoria: skola och samhälle förr och nu (8. rev. uppl.).  Studentlitteratur.
Sveriges regering, Utbildningsdepartementet (2017). Nationell digitaliseringsstrategi för skolväsendet. Bilaga till regeringsbeslut I:1, 2017-10-19. https://www.regeringen.se/4aa9d5/contentassets/72ff9b9845854d6c8689017999228e53/nationell-digitaliseringsstrategi-for-skolvasendet.pdf


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

School Websites – a Missed Opportunity for Digital Leadership?

Sonja Beeli-Zimmermann, Melodie Burri, Anne-Sophie Ewald, Evelyne Wannack

Pädagogische Hochschule Bern, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Beeli-Zimmermann, Sonja; Burri, Melodie

Educational leadership encompasses a multitude of tasks in diverse settings – a situation which has been rendered even more complex by recent technological developments (Håkansson Lindqvist & Pettersson, 2019). In this context, it is of interest how school leaders deal with the respective demands. Numerous studies focus on the role and relevance of school leaders in the integration of technology (for critical reviews see Dexter & Richardson, 2019; or Waffner, 2021). Much of this work approaches the theme from a classroom or student learning perspective, yet the employed frameworks also include other aspects such as a school’s vision of using digital technology or individuals’ mindsets or competences. One aspect that is dealt with differently in these frameworks is that of communication and cooperation. While it can be considered to be included in domains such as a school’s organization, administration or culture, as identified in the six frameworks presented by Waffner (2021), it constitutes a separate domain in the framework employed by Dexter and Richardson (2019). Communicating and cooperating with various stakeholders is one of the key tasks of school leaders and technological developments have opened up numerous new communication channels that have also been adopted by schools. In our contribution, we ask how school leaders in Switzerland use school websites in managing school-family relations, thereby focusing on communication as one area of school leadership which has received little attention in the context of technology integration.

To date, existing empirical work addressing school-family relations and digital media is fragmented and much of it focuses on specific tools, for example on text messages (Goodall, 2014) but also websites (Gu, 2017). Key insights include that due to their specific characteristics, digital technologies change the school-family relationship (Thompson et al., 2015) and have the potential for a more systematic inclusion of parents (Olmstead, 2013). School leadership issues are hardly explicitly treated in these studies. Therefore, in order to adequately address our research question, we draw upon concepts from the following three fields of research: (1) digitalization; (2) school leadership, and (3) school-family relations:

(1) Dealing with technological developments can be described in three broad phases (1) integration, where new technologies are integrated into routines without fundamentally altering them; (2) modification, where existing practices are enlarged or changed; and (3) transformation, which occurs when revolutionary changes take place (among others: Puentedura, 2013).

(2) Dexter and Richardson (2019) make use of a general model of effective school leaders’ practices (Hitt and Tucker, 2016 in Dexter & Richardson, 2019) when critically reviewing the integration of technology in schools. Their model consists of the five domains, namely: establishing and conveying the vision; facilitating a high-quality learning experience for students; building professional capacity; creating a supportive organization for learning and connecting with external partners. More generally, numerous authors stress that leading schools in the digital age requires leaders to not only integrate technology into the classroom, but also transform schools from an organizational and administrative perspective, therefore calling for digital leadership (among others: Schiefner-Rohs, 2016).

(3) The frame of reference for capturing school-family relations is Epstein’s (1987) model of overlapping spheres of influence on children’s learning. In the context of Switzerland, the respective responsibilities have traditionally been clearly separated and efforts towards a more partnership-oriented approach are limited (Egger et al., 2015).

Our contribution, therefore, aims to add to the fragmented knowledge on how school leaders manage digital communication in school-family relations in the context of Switzerland, a country with a highly decentralised school system. We will present data from an ongoing research project focusing on school websites, relying on data gathered through interviews with school personnel.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In our project investigating school websites in German-speaking Switzerland, we adopted a multi-method approach based on three sources of data: (1) school websites (40 schools); (2) in depth, problem centred interviews (Witzel & Reiter, 2012) with school personnel (eight schools) and (3) short, semi-standardised interviews with parents (seven schools). This contribution focuses on the data gathered in the interviews with school personnel, mostly school principals. These interviews were conducted in person by two members of the research team and lasted between 33 and 100 minutes. They covered three areas, namely the background of the school’s website (history, maintenance, etc.); specific aspects of the current website as they were identified in the analysis thereof, and general topics such as the school’s approach to school- family relations and its integration of information technology.

To achieve as heterogenous a sample as possible, we employed purposeful sampling with the aim of achieving maximum variation (Patton, 2015). In doing so, we considered the following variables for the first sample of 40 schools: location of the school (rural, intermediary, urban); structure of the school (number of locations); levels taught at the school (primary only, primary and secondary, secondary only). For the selection of the second sample of eight schools, additional features specific to the website were included, among them the linkage between the school and municipality website, the use of templates, and the presence of specific content, particularly information specifically directed at parents.

After transcribing the recorded interviews, they were analysed using qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2000). A system of categories constitutes the core element of any content analysis. The categories for our project were developed deductively, i.e., derived from specific concepts and models such as the previously mentioned framework for school leadership (Dexter & Richardson, 2019), and inductively, i.e., on the basis of the data gathered. In a first step, current practices were described by linking the reported activities to the various domains of school leaders’ practices. Furthermore, additional categories relating to broader technological developments were identified in the interview data. Finally, the findings were interpreted in view of school-family relations and their potential for further development.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Frameworks in the context of school leadership and technology often focus upon pedagogical issues and neglect the area of communication. Furthermore, they are based on the perspective of technology integration, disregarding the potential for fundamental transformations that digital technology possesses. Addressing the specific task of managing school-family relations, our contribution analysed how school leaders use digital tools, particularly school websites. In doing so, we found that establishing and maintaining school websites relates not only to the domain of connecting with external partners, but also to a school’s vision or the creation of a supportive learning environment – all domains to be considered relevant for the effective integration of technology (Dexter & Richardson, 2019) or digital leadership more generally. Managing school websites can therefore be considered a crosscutting task, and as such highly pertinent when systematically examining the extent of change associated with digitalization in any school. In line with previous research, we found that the investigated sample of school leaders displayed a superficial rather than fundamental change (Avidov-Ungar et al., 2022) also when dealing with websites.

This somewhat limited approach to leading schools through the ongoing fundamental changes has been identified by other authors (e.g., Schiefner-Rohs, 2016; or Waffner, 2021) who repeatedly identified the need to find answers to fundamental questions such as what the meaning of school is in the context of rapid changes or how it should be designed in times when content is available to anyone at any time and in any place. Systematically and strategically discussing school-family relationships might contribute to finding answers to these questions. However, this is not exclusively the task of school leaders, it also raises numerous questions such as what knowledge is needed to manage such changes or how school oversight needs to be shaped in these times of transformation.

References
Avidov-Ungar, O., Shamir-Inbal, T., & Blau, I. (2022). Typology of digital leadership roles tasked with integrating new technologies into teaching: Insights from metaphor analysis. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 54(1), 92–107. https://doi.org/10.1080/15391523.2020.1809035
Dexter, S., & Richardson, J. W. (2019). What does technology integration research tell us about the leadership of technology? Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 52(1), 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/15391523.2019.1668316
Egger, J., Lehmann, J., & Straumann, M. (2015). “Collaboration with parents isn’t a burden. It’s just a natural part of my work.” - Parental Involvement in Switzerland – An Analysis of Attitudes and Practices of Swiss Primary School Teachers. International Journal about Parents in Education, 9(1), 119–130.
Epstein, J. L. (1987). Toward a Theory of Family - School Connections: Teacher Practices and Perent Involvement. In K. Hurrelmann, F.-X. Kaufmann & F. Lösel (Hrsg.), Prävention und Intervention im Kindes- und Jugendalter: Bd. 1. Social Intervention: Potential and Constraints (S. 121–136). De Gruyter.
Goodall, J. S. (2014). School-Home Communication: Texting. Bath. University of Bath. https://purehost.bath.ac.uk/ws/portalfiles/portal/128944169/Submitted_version.pdf
Gu, L. (2017). Using school websites for home–school communication and parental involvement? Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 3(2), 133–143. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2017.1338498
Håkansson Lindqvist, M., & Pettersson, F. (2019). Digitalization and school leadership: on the complexity of leading for digitalization in school. The International Journal of Information and Learning Technology, 36(3), 218–230. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJILT-11-2018-0126
Mayring, P. (2000). Qualitative Content Analysis. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 1(2), Art. 20, 28 paragraphs. http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0114-fqs0002204
Olmstead, C. (2013). Using Technology to Increase Parent Involvement in Schools. TechTrends, 57(6), 28–37. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11528-013-0699-0
Patton, M. Q. (2015). Qualitative Research & Evaluation Methods: Integrating theory and practice (Fourth edition). Sage.
Puentedura, R. R. (2013). SAMR: Moving from Enhancement to Transformation. http://www.hippasus.com/rrpweblog/archives/2013/05/29/SAMREnhancementToTransformation.pdf
Schiefner-Rohs, M. (2016). Schulleitung in der digital geprägten Gesellschaft. In H. Buchen & H.-G. Rolff (Hrsg.), Professionswissen Schulleitung (4. Aufl., S. 1402–1419). Beltz.
Thompson, B. C., Mazer, J. P., & Flood Grady, E. (2015). The Changing Nature of Parent–Teacher Communication: Mode Selection in the Smartphone Era. Communication Education, 64(2), 187–207. https://doi.org/10.1080/03634523.2015.1014382
Waffner, B. (2021). Schulentwicklung in der digital geprägten Welt: Strategien, Rahmenbedingungen und Implikationen für Schulleitungshandeln. In A. Wilmers, M. Achenbach & C. Keller (Hrsg.), Bildung im digitalen Wandel. Organisationsentwicklung in Bildungseinrichtungen (S. 67–103). WAXMANN Verlag GMBH.
Witzel, A., & Reiter, H. (2012). The problem-centred interview: Principles and practice. Sage. http://gbv.eblib.com/patron/FullRecord.aspx?p=1046516


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

School innovation through knowledge flows- Does Open Innovation make the difference?

Jasmin Witthöft1, Marcus Pietsch1, Colin Cramer2, Christopher David Brown3

1Leuphana Universität Lüneburg, Germany; 2Eberhard Karls University of Tübingen; 3University of Warwick, Coventry

Presenting Author: Witthöft, Jasmin

Schools are considered knowledge-creating organizations (Harris, 2008) that are in constant exchange with their environment (Bastedo, 2006). Accordingly, educational research assumes that schools primarily innovate effectively when they are involved in learning networks with other schools (Hargreaves, 2003) and/or when there is an exchange of knowledge with other external partners, e.g., universities (Coburn and Penuel, 2016). In the face of current crises and to keep up with social and technological developments, schools are, nonetheless, more than ever requested to implement innovations, some of which are long overdue (Brown and Luzmore, 2021).

Schools’ motivation to innovate arises from different sources connected with cultural, societal, or political changes and transitions (Goldenbaum, 2012). However, the main drivers of innovation in schools are often local competition between institutions and the regressive effects of large-scale, standardized reform strategies (Sahlberg, 2016). Additionally, external driving forces requiring schools or whole education systems to innovate, i.e., disruptive changes in educational environments like the COVID-19 pandemic (Pietsch et al., 2022), natural catastrophes and disasters (Brown and Luzmore, 2021).

Even though the relevance of innovation, networks, and knowledge mobilization for school improvement has been studied extensively (Harris, 2008; Greany, 2018), little is known about knowledge management practices that make expertise accessible for innovation in schools (Cheng, 2021). Research proved that schools tend to maintain long-standing and well-established systems and serve multiple constituents, which makes implementing changes and innovations hard to plan and predict (Tyack & Tobin, 1994).

Thus, for innovations in schools to be successful, continuous “orchestrated complex combinations of vertical and lateral knowledge mobilisation” (Greany, 2018, p. 66) are required. As schools are open systems that constantly interact with their environment (Bastedo, 2006), their importance for innovation and change is exceptionally high when they act as nodes in educational learning networks (see Hadfield et al., 2006). Open Innovation (Chesbrough, 2006) offers considerable potential to better understand how, for example, knowledge can be shared across borders (for example) between organizations. Accordingly, different ways of inventing new ideas and technologies exist. Either they result from internal knowledge and need external paths to market or develop through external knowledge using internal paths to become successful (Chesbrough, 2006). Regarding schools’ central function for society, the relevance of knowledge flows between organizations, the professionalism of school leaders and teachers, and strategic management capabilities to integrate knowledge are particularly high (Bastedo, 2006; Hadfield et al., 2006).

Against this background, our study was guided by the following research questions to make a contribution to the fields of innovation and knowledge mobilization in the public sector, introducing the concept of open innovation (Chesbrough, 2006) as well as empirically investigate the impact of knowledge inflows on pedagogical innovation in schools.1) Do schools incorporate external knowledge for internal innovation? 2) If so, where does this knowledge for internal innovation come from, and to what extent is it used? 3) Does externally mobilized knowledge (open innovation) increase the likelihood of innovations being introduced in schools compared to knowledge mobilization within schools (closed innovation)? 4) Can different effects of knowledge mobilization be identified depending on the type of innovation?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The context of this study is Germany, a nation comprising 16 federal states that are fully responsible for their individual school system. The database of our study is drawn from the third wave of the Leadership in German Schools (LineS) study. Data was collected between August and November 2021 across Germany. The longitudinal study surveyed a random sample of school leader’s representative of Germany in each measurement wave (Pietsch et al., 2022). The forsa Institute for Social Research and Statistical Analysis, a leading survey and polling company in Germany, collected the data as a field service provider. Participants were recruited via its omnibus and omninet panels: a random sample of around 1,000 people aged 14 and above is interviewed on a mixed-topic daily basis, also asking about the current occupation. Thus, school leaders (N = 411) were identified on a random basis, leading to a nationally representative sample for general schools in Germany. The questionnaire comprised 35 item blocks. Of these, we only use a selection of items and scales.
The following variables were used as part of our study: Innovations, the dependent variable (e.g., Have any process innovations, i.e., innovations or noticeable changes that affect the pedagogical work of the school, been introduced at your school in the last 12 months? Open innovation was measured following Laursen and Salter (2006) and thus refers to inbound open innovation (“Now we would like to know where the knowledge came from for pedagogical innovations, i.e., teaching and instruction, introduced at your school in the last 12 months.”). Closed innovation is the amount of internal knowledge a school uses for generating, developing, and implementing pedagogical innovations (“The knowledge we used for the innovations came from the school itself/ the teachers of our school.”), measured on a six-point scale ranging from “not at all” to “to an exceptionally high degree.” Innovation Conditions include innovative climate, teacher innovativeness, innovation networking (Slavec Gomezel et al., 2019), and School Leadership to capture leadership for learning (“I ensure that teachers work according to the school’s educational goals” (Pietsch et al., 2019). The effects of open and closed Innovation practices on different types of educational innovation in schools were investigated through latent multinomial logistic regression models in MPLUS 8.4.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Both closed and open innovation depth affect innovations in teaching and learning. The schools in our sample for instructional innovation derive much more knowledge from closed innovation (M = 4.45) than from open innovation (M = 2.39) processes (W(1) = 992.587, p<.001). Results further show a strong correlation between open innovation breadth and depth (r = .84, p < .001), indicating that schools using a wide variety of external sources of knowledge for their innovations incorporated much external knowledge into the school’s internal innovation processes. The external knowledge for internal innovations in schools came primarily from professional training and conferences (M = 3.50). Knowledge rarely came from government agencies (M = 2.29), universities (M = 2.09), and parents (M = 2.09).
Open Innovation measures revealed mixed effects of open innovation in schools. Positive effects of closed innovation processes for innovations in schools, especially in teaching and learning, can still be observed. Further, incorporating external knowledge for innovation, i.e., innovation depth, in schools is disproportionately larger with regards to innovations in digital teaching and learning (OR = 4.556, p < .05) and other relevant pedagogical innovations (OR = 5.166, p < 0.05) in schools. Internally, the likelihood of introducing such innovations approximately quintuples. However, the diversity of knowledge sources, i.e., open innovation breadth, has a negative effect on all reported innovations (all p < 0.05 or higher).
The intensity of knowledge inflow in schools, i.e., open innovation depth, has a far greater effect on pedagogical innovations in schools than closed innovation processes if the conditions of the individual schools. Besides, innovation is primarily related to the school type, conditions, and contexts. Consequently, there are no generalizable mechanisms for how innovations can ideally be implemented in schools from the outside, but schools can be prepared to be open to appropriate knowledge flows.

References
Bastedo, M. N. (2006). Open Systems Theory. In F. W. English (Ed.), The Encyclopedia of Educational Leadership and Administration (pp. 711–12). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Brown, C., & Luzmore, R. (2021). Educating Tomorrow: Learning for the Post-Pandemic World. Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/9781800436602
Cheng, E. C. K. (2021). Knowledge management for improving school strategic planning. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 49(5), 824–840. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143220918255
Chesbrough, H. (2006). Open innovation: a new paradigm for understanding industrial innovation. In H. Chesbrough, W. Vanhaverbeke, & J. West (Eds.), Open innovation: researching a new paradigm (pp. 1-12). New York: Oxford University Press.
Coburn, C. E., & Penuel, W. R. (2016). Research–Practice Partnerships in Education. Educational Researcher, 45(1), 48–54. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189x16631750
Goldenbaum, A. (2012). Innovationsmanagement in Schulen: Eine empirische Untersuchung zur Implementation eines Sozialen Lernprogramms. VS.
Greany, T. (2018). Innovation is possible, it’s just not easy: Improvement, innovation and legitimacy in England’s autonomous and accountable school system. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(1), 65–85. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143216659297
Hadfield, M. et. al. (2006). What does the existing knowledge base tell us about the impact of networking and collaboration? A review of network-based innovations in education in the UK. National College for School Leadership.
Hargreaves, D. H. (2003). Education Epidemic: Transforming Secondary Schools Through Innovation Networks. Demos.
Harris, A. (2008). Leading Innovation and Change: knowledge creation by schools for schools. European Journal of Education, 43(2), 219–228. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1465-3435.2008.00343.x
Laursen, K., & Salter, A. (2006). Open for innovation: the role of openness in explaining innovation performance among UK manufacturing firms. Strategic management journal, 27(2), 131-150. https://doi.org/10.1002/smj.507
Pietsch, M., Tulowitzki, P., & Cramer, C. (2022). Innovating teaching and instruction in turbulent times: The dynamics of principals’ exploration and exploitation activities. Journal of Educational Change. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-022-09458-2
Pietsch, M., Tulowitzki, P., & Koch, T. (2019). On the differential and shared effects of leadership for learning on teachers’ organizational commitment and job satisfaction: A multilevel perspective. Educational Administration Quarterly, 55(5), 705-741. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X18806346
Sahlberg P (2016). The global educational reform movement and its impact on schooling. In K. Mundy, A. Green, B. Lingard, & A. Verger (Eds.), The handbook of global education policy (pp. 128–144). Wiley-Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118468005.ch7
Slavec Gomezel, A., & Rangus, K. (2019). Open innovation: it starts with the leader’s openness. Innovation, 21(4), 533–551.
Tyack, D., & Tobin, W. (1994). The “Grammar” of Schooling: Why Has it Been so Hard to Change? American Educational Research Journal, 31(3), 453–479. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312031003453


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

School Leadership under the Conditions of Digitality. Facets, Potentials, Challenges.

Ulrike Krein

University of Kaiserslautern-Landau, Germany

Presenting Author: Krein, Ulrike

School leaders are generally regarded as important actors and promoters of school development (e.g. Cramer et al., 2021; Eickelmann, 2010), and thus usually face a multitude of different tasks and demands. At the same time, school leaders, their everyday work and their activities are transformed by social transformation processes (Krein & Schiefner-Rohs, 2022). One example of such transformation phenomena, which is also frequently discussed in the discourse on development processes (in) schools, is digitality (Stalder, 2016). Digitality does not only affect school leaders in the context of school development and the related requirements of organizational, instructional, personnel, cooperation, or technological development (Eickelmann & Gerick, 2018). Likewise, the everyday work and actions of school leaders, e.g., school administration or cooperation with non-school actors, is cross-sectionally shaped by digitality (Schiefner-Rohs, 2019). In their explorative study, Tulowitzki and Gerick (2020) were also able to show that digital media "unfold potentials and possibilities as well as entail changes and consequences in the activities of school leaders" (p. 333; translation by the author). Similarly, school leaders also reported various challenges relevant to their actions (ibid.). However, more profound insights into such digitality-related potentials, changes, and challenges are still lacking. Furthermore, little research has been done on how school leadership action itself is concretely shaped in situ and in actu under the perspective of digitality or is transformed by it (e.g., Heffernan & Selwyn, 2021). In this context, Håkansson and Pettersson (2019) even state an international need for holistic research on school leaders and their everyday professional life and actions.

Addressing this desideratum, this contribution aims to provide insights into the actions of school leaders under the conditions of digitality. The focus is on different facets of school leadership actions and the potentials and challenges that become visible in these facets. Accordingly, the contribution is based on the following research questions:

  1. How do school leaders act under the conditions of digitality?
  2. How do digitality-related transformation processes manifest themselves in the everyday work of school leaders?
  3. What are the potentials and challenges of school leadership under the conditions of digitality?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to examine the actions of school leaders under the conditions of digitality, an empirical-qualitative research design was chosen. The research was conducted in several phases using a multimethodological approach:
First, explorative expert interviews (N=7) were conducted (Meuser & Nagel, 2009), which were intended to provide initial insights into the everyday work of school leaders and digitality-related transformation processes. This was followed in a second phase by a comparative case study using shadowing (Tulowitzki, 2019). Shadowing is a multi-method approach that includes participant observation as well as recording of conversations, anecdotes, and episodes as a central element. Two school leaders of secondary schools in Germany were each accompanied in their daily work for three weeks. In addition to the participant observations, reflective interviews were conducted with the shadowed school leaders during the shadowing, which were recorded and subsequently transcribed. Furthermore, methods of virtual ethnography (Koszinets et al., 2018) were used to also capture the school leaders' actions in the digital space.
The data obtained were analyzed and triangulated using qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz, 2018) and phenomenological analysis (Brinkmann, 2015) to highlight different facets and conditions of school leaders' actions under the perspective of digitality.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analyses identified four digitality-related conditions of school leadership under which the respective actions of school leaders take different forms. These are (1) school leadership action under connecting conditions, (2) school leadership action under accelerated conditions, (3) school leadership action under panoptic conditions, and (4) school leadership action under over-administered conditions.
The results show a diversity of school leadership actions that are cross-sectionally characterized by digitality. On the one hand, transformations of actions, such as the shift of communication into the digital space, were observed, on the other hand, an extensification of school leadership actions and a shaping of new tasks of school leaders were noted.
For each of the four facets of school leadership action, it was also possible to identify both digitality-related potentials (e.g., direct communication) and challenges (e.g., increasing parallelism of actions) for school leadership action. These offer a variety of implications for school leadership research as well as for the professionalization of school leaders, which will be presented and discussed at ECER 2023.  

References
Brinkmann, M. (2015). Phänomenologische Methodologie und Empirie in der Pädagogik: Ein systematischer Entwurf für die Rekonstruktion pädagogischer Erfahrungen. In M. Brinkmann, R. Kubac & S. S. Rödel (Hrsg.), Phänomenologische Erziehungswissenschaft. Pädagogische Erfahrung: Theoretische und empirische Perspektiven (S. 33–60). Springer VS.
Cramer, C., Groß Ophoff , J., Pietsch, M. & Tulowitzki, P. (2021). Schulleitung in Deutschland. Repräsentative Befunde zur Attraktivität, zu Karrieremotiven und zu Arbeitsplatzwechselabsichten. Die Deutsche Schule, 113(2), 132–148. https://doi.org/10.31244/dds.2021.02.02
Eickelmann, B. (2010). Digitale Medien in Schule und Unterricht erfolgreich implementieren. Eine empirische Analyse aus Sicht der Schulentwicklungsforschung. Münster: Waxmann.
Eickelmann, B. & Gerick, J. (2018). Herausforderungen und Zielsetzungen im Kontext der Digitalisierung von Schule und Unterricht. Teil 2: Fünf Dimensionen der Schulentwicklung zur erfolgreichen Integration digitaler Medien. SchulVerwaltung Hessen/Rheinland-Pfalz, 23 (6), 184-188.
Håkansson Lindqvist, M. & Pettersson, F. (2019). Digitalization and school leadership: on the complexity of leading for digitalization in school. The International Journal of Information and Learning Technology. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJILT-11-2018-0126
Heffernan, A. & Selwyn, N. (2021). Mixed Messages: The enduring significance of email in school principals’ work. Aust. Educ. Res. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-021-00486-0
Kozinets, R. V., Scaraboto, D. & Parmentier, M.‑A. (2018). Evolving netnography: how brand auto-netnography, a netnographic sensibility, and more-than-human netnography can transform your research. Journal of Marketing Management, 34(3-4), 231–242. https://doi.org/10.1080/0267257X.2018.1446488
Krein, U. & Schiefner-Rohs, M. (2022). Schulleitungsfortbildung in einer digital durchdrungenen Gesellschaft – Ein explorativer Blick auf Angebote und Inhalte. In: J. Hugo, R. Fehrmann, S. Ud-Dhin & J. Scharfenberg (Hrsg.). Digitalisierung(en) als gesamtgesellschaftliche Herausforderung. Perspektiven aus Schule, Politik, Wirtschaft und Recht, S. 221-232. Waxmann Verlag.
Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (4. Aufl.). Weinheim; Basel: Beltz Juventa.
Meuser, M. & Nagel, U. (2009). Das Experteninterview – konzeptionelle Grundlagen und methodische Anlage. In S. Pickel, G. Pickel, H.-J. Lauth & D. Jahn (Hrsg.), Lehrbuch. Methoden der vergleichenden Politik- und Sozialwissenschaft: Neue Entwicklungen und Anwendungen (1. Aufl., S. 465–480). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Schiefner-Rohs, M. (2019). Schulleitung in der digital geprägten Gesellschaft. In H. Buchen & H.-G. Rolff (Hrsg.), Professionswissen Schulleitung (5., überarb. u. erw. Aufl.-), 1402–1419. Weinheim: Beltz.
Stalder, F. (2016). Kultur der Digitalität. Edition Suhrkamp: Bd. 2679. Suhrkamp.
Tulowitzki, P. (2019). Shadowing school principals: what do we learn? Educational Management Administration & Leadership 2019, 47(1), 91–109.
Tulowitzki, P. & Gerick, J. (2020). Schulleitung in der digitalisierten Welt. Empirische Befunde zum Schulmanagement. DDS – Die Deutsche Schule, 112. Jahrgang, Heft 3, 324–337. https://doi.org/10.31244/dds.2020.03.08
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm27 SES 12 A: Teaching and Learning in Preschools and Elementary Schools
Location: James McCune Smith, 630 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Unni Lind
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Diverse Responsive Teaching in Tact with Play in Preschool

Kristine Ingridz

Malmö Universitet, Sweden

Presenting Author: Ingridz, Kristine

The purpose of this paper is two folded. One is to generate knowledge about characteristics of teaching in relation to play and how content within teaching emerge between participants. The second purpose is related to methodology and analysis whereby using interaction analysis (IA) give same attention to expressions from the body as from the spoken word to understand response in diverse ways in relation to participants different ways of communicating response. Diverse ways in this study involve both verbal and/or bodily expression. Due to the emergent need of research that explore teaching in relation to multi-lingualism in an Early Childhood Education (ECE) this study aims to contribute to that field (Norling & Lillqvist, 2016; Kultti, 2021). A central aspect in this study when analyzing teaching in relation to play is the aspect of interaction between participants.

This study aims to contribute with knowledge about how teaching in relation to play can be understood by asking:

1. What can be characterized as teaching in relation to play?

- What emerge as content in teaching in relation to play?

- How is response expressed between participants?

The study is theoretically framed by Play Responsive Teaching in Early Childhood Education and Care for a social and cultural sustainability (PRECEC_SCS) in relation to pedagogical tact (Lövlie, 2007; Van Manen, 2015) and, didaktik (Klafki, 1995). Klafkis (1995) critical constructive didaktik is related to an understanding of teaching that goes from bottom-up. Which in this study signify starting from what the children seem to be interested in.

Play-responsive teaching (PRECEC) has a theoretical perspective where the concept of response is used in relation to children's play. Teachers’ response to children's play can lead to teaching of a new content this is in relation to a joint attention or make common witch is related to intersubjectivity (Barnhart, 2004; Pramling et al, 2019). According to Lövlie (2007), pedagogical tact is about an immediate action that is related to the teacher's adherence. It is sensed by a movement, a gaze, a physical action, or verbal communication, and takes place in the moment (see van Manen, 2015). Pedagogical tact is linked to what happens between people in which intersubjectivity (see. Pramling et al, 2019) and response are highly relevant.

PRECEC_SCS also orient to how participants shift within an activity by focusing on As if and As is. The concept As if, relate to fiction and As is, relates to reality and is used to analyze how the alternation between As if and As is occurs within an activity. According to Pramling et al (2019), through the combination of As If and As Is, we can understand more of the world. Engaging in the alternation between As if and As is can educate us about the world on an individual as well as a collective level. Within PRECEC_SCS the concepts are associated with responsiveness and intersubjectivity and direct understanding towards what happens within an activity with a focus on the communication and the alternations between As if and As is.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The following study is based on ethnographic method with a video camera as a tool and field notes as a complement.  The study has been ethically reviewed and approved (210923) and all participants have given written informed consent either through themselves or through a guardian. The choice to study the question of teaching in relation to play in preschool through ethnographic method is argued against the theoretical entrance through PRECEC _SCS and an ontological understanding of teaching as an interpersonal act. When conducting research in the field one ambition is to create a narrative about the culture being studied (Hammersley & Atkinson, 1983/2007; Coffey, 2018).  Ethnography can be about providing a detailed picture of teaching realities (se Vallberg Roth, 2022) which in this study is exemplified through preschool as a place for fieldwork. The studied teaching practice, such as the preschool in this study, implies, through ethnographic method, an interest, and a curiosity for how teaching in relation to play is established or arises in preschool between preschool teachers and children.  The ethnographic method can thus tell us something about teaching practices in preschool.
 To support the ethnographic fieldwork, I have used a video camera to generate empiricism as a basis for analysis and results (see e.g. Heikkilä & Sahlström, 2003; Hadfield & Haw, 2012). As this study is interested in the interpersonal relationship where response and interaction are central, the data is analyzed with the support of interaction analysis (IA). The focus is interactions between the participants in an activity where the analyses pay equal attention to both verbal and bodily interaction (Goffman, 1981; Schieffelin & Ochs, 1986).  By evaluating all the participants' different ways of expressing themselves equally, more opportunities to understand response emerge and it opens for diverse languages to be visible in preschool.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
By using interaction analyzez (IA) and focus at both the verbal and expressions from the body diverse ways of communicating response emerges.
The result of the analysis indicates that, among other things, the concepts of As if and As is can be related to didaktik based on both verbal and bodily expression. As if and As is, is present in the participants play but also emerges through the teachers didaktik actions in the play.  The question of what can characterize teaching in relation to play is then related to the teacher's responsive tact in relation to the children's actions and communications, both physically and verbally. Doing something visible to the other, in teaching, can be characterized by asking questions and shifting in roles through As if and As is and here the expression of the body becomes as important as the verbal expression. Content that emerges trough teaching in relation to play is for example related to identity and creativity.


References
Albon, D. & Huf, C. (2021). What matters in early childhood education and care? The contribution of ethnographic research, Ethnographic and Education, 16:3, 243-247

Goffman, E. (1981). Forms of talk. Pennsylvania: PENN

Hadfield, M. & Haw, K. (2012). Video: modalities and methodologies. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 35:3, s. 311-324

Hammersley, M. & Atkinson, P. (1983/2007). Ethnography: Principles in practice. London: Routledge

Heikkilä, M. & Sahlström, F. (2003). Om användning av videoinspelning i fältarbete. Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige, årg 8, nr 1-2, s. 24-41

Klafki, W. (1995). On the problem of teaching and learning contents from the standpoint of critical constructive didaktik. In: Hopmann, S., & Riquarts (Eds.). Didaktik and/or Curriculum. Kiel: IPN. Institut für die Pädagogik der Naturwissenschaften
an der Universität Kiel.

Kultti, A. (2022) Teaching responsive to play and linguistic diversity in early childhood education: considerations on theoretical grounds, International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 25:8, 3037-3045, DOI: 10.1080/13670050.2021.2001426

Norling, M. & Lillvist. A (2016). Literacy-Related Play activities and Preschool Staff´s Strategies to support Children`s concept development. I:  World Journal of Teaching. Vol.6, No.5; 2016


Pramling, N., Wallerstedt, C., Lagerlöf, P., Björklund, C., Kultti, A.,Palmér, H., Magnusson, M., Thulin, S., Jonsson, A., & Pramling Samuelsson, I. (2019). Play-Responsive Teaching in Early Childhood Teaching. Dordrecht, the Netherlands: Springer.

Schieffelin, B. B & Ochs, E. (1986). Language Socialization. I: Annual Review of Anthroplogy, vol. 15, p. 163-191 https://www.jstor.org/stable/2155759

Vallberg Roth, A-C. (2022). Teaching in preschool: Multivocal modelling in a collaberative conceptual replication study. EDUCARE, 2022:5

Van Manen, M. (2016). Pedagogical tact. Knowing what to do When you don´t know what to do. Routledge: New York, USA


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Individual Learning and Development Analysis of Basic Skills in Early Reading in the Inclusive Transition from Kindergarten to School

Helke Redersborg, Katrin Liebers

Leipzig University, Germany

Presenting Author: Redersborg, Helke

Among the United Nations' global goals is to provide inclusive and equitable quality education at all levels for all people by 2030 so that they "acquire the knowledge and skills needed to exploit opportunities and to participate fully in society" (UN General Assembly 2015, p.7). Successful educational processes require developmental guidance for children's domain-specific development, especially during transitions, as, for example, the transition to elementary school is a sensitive stage in which children are particularly vulnerable (Fabian & Dunlop 2007) and research findings point to the great importance of preschool domain-specific competencies for further educational success (Duncan et al. 2007). In order to enable a sustainable educational process for each child, the individual learning development of the children should be focused on, especially in heterogeneous inclusive contexts (Petriwskyj, Thorpe & Tayler 2014). In this context, an individual, domain-specific learning development analysis represents the basis for continuous inclusive support (Watkins 2007). Following this assumption, the diagnostic instrument ILEA-T (Geiling, Liebers, & Prengel 2015) can be used to capture domain-specific competencies in the transition from kindergarten to school. Yet, this instrument cannot adequately represent the abilities and development of children at the lower levels of competence. However, individual support of the children's educational and developmental processes is of high importance, especially for children with significant domain-specific learning and developmental challenges (SLDC), in order to enable them to acquire literacy skills of high quality and thus their participation in the general curriculum and in their environment using sign and writing systems (Erickson, Hatch & Clendon 2010). For the group of children with SLDC whose competencies are at or below the first two competency levels in the domain of early literacy according to the ILEA-T-level model (Geiling et al., 2015), there is a lack of diagnostic instruments with which their competencies can be captured in such a way that suitable educational support can be derived from them (Liebers, Geiling, Prengel 2020). Furthermore, diagnostic approaches and support in the domain of early literacy are often considered of secondary importance by pedagogical professionals (Smidt 2012, Korntheuer 2014) and existing literary competencies of children are often over- or underestimated (Dollinger 2013). Therefore, the aim of the current research project ILEA-Basis-T is to detect the domain-specific preschool competencies of children in a resource- and support-oriented manner and to derive suitable support suggestions. The focus is on early mathematical abilities and emergent literacy skills as well as on bio-psycho-social well-being. Domain-specific diagnostic tools and support suggestions are being developed and tested in the project in cooperation with partners in practice. This paper focuses on the fit of the Emergent Literacy diagnostic tool for children with SLDC. Emergent literacy includes all reading and writing behaviors and understandings that precede and develop into conventional reading and writing (Sulzby, Branz & Buhle 1993). This paper will address the content of the emergent literacy model and how emergent literacy is operationalized and validated as a diagnostic tool. The question underlying this paper is: To what extent do the scales of the trial version of the diagnostic tool for early reading skills meet traditional quality criteria and how time-efficient, developmentally sensitive and fair are they with respect to the basal skills of children? Therefore, initial findings from piloting and testing will be discussed.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is initially a classic validation study. Taking into account theory and the state of research, emergent literacy was modeled as a construct, a first version of the diagnostic tools in early reading was developed, and piloted with n = 15 children. Subsequently, the item selection was revised and integrated into six "reading pictures". Items from a total of ten different scales are integrated into these (Visual Awareness, Reading Emoticons, Reading Iconic Signs, Reading Road Signs, Reading Symbols, Reading Figurative Logos, Reading Letter-Bound Logos, Recognizing Letters Among Other Signs, Reading Letters, Reading Whole Words). These will be trialed in March 2023 with n = 80 children in partner kindergartens by project staff. In addition to the newly developed diagnostic tools, other test procedures are being tested with regard to their suitability for subsequent determination of construct validity. To determine convergent validity, several scales from the Giessener Screening for the Assessment of Extended Reading Ability (GISC-EL, Koch, Euker & Kuhl 2016) and from EuLe 4-5 Capturing Narrative and Reading Competencies in 4- to 5-year-old Children (Meindl & Jungmann 2019) will be used. Furthermore, it will be tested to what extent the divergent validity can be tested in the target group with the help of the Potsdam Intelligence Test for Preschoolers (PITVA, Wyschkon & Esser 2019) or the Basic Diagnostic of Circumscribed Developmental Disorders in Preschoolers - Version III, Subtest 1 (BUEVA-III, Esser & Wyschkon 2016). After final revision, the "reading pictures" will be validated with n = 180 children. This paper will include the results of the trial in spring 2023.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The Pilot showed that a variety of items could be "read" by the children with SLDC. Some items had to be replaced because they were too difficult. Across all scales, the mean item difficulty was p = .41. The revised selection of items in six "reading pictures" is to be tested in a standardized survey situation with n = 80 children of the target group. Based on this, the quality of the scales and items is examined by using item analyses and a confirmatory factor analysis. At the same time, it is reported to what extent the scales prove to be suitable for making statements about convergent and divergent validity regarding the specific target group. These data will be discussed with a focus on the extent to which the scales can meet traditional validity criteria and how developmentally sensitive and fair (Watkins 2007) they are with regard to the basal competencies of children with SLDC. Furthermore, the data will be embedded in the context of the research project ILEA-Basis-T. In an insight into the further goals of the project, the prospects of this inclusive, everyday-integrated approach to diagnostics and support in the transition from kindergarten to school are presented for the international goal of inclusive and equitable quality of education at all levels for all people (UN General Assembly 2015). Transitions represent vulnerable stages regardless of national systems (Fabian & Dunlop 2007). Through individualized attendance of educational and developmental processes, children are given the opportunity to acquire domain-specific competencies of high quality at an early stage and thereby participate in the general curriculum and in their everyday world.
References
Dollinger, S. (2013). Diagnosegenauigkeit von ErzieherInnen und LehrerInnen. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden.
Duncan, G. J., Dowsett, C. J., Claessens, A., Magnuson, K., Huston, A. C., Klebanov, P. et al. (2007). School readiness and later achievement. Developmental Psychology, 43(6), 1428–1446.
Erickson, K. A., Hatch, P. & Clendon, S. (2010). Literacy, Assistive Technology, and Students with Significant Disabilities. Focus on Exceptional Children, 42(5).
Esser, G. & Wyschkon, A. (2016). BUEVA-III. Basisdiagnostik Umschriebener Entwicklungsstörungen im Vorschulalter – Version III. Göttingen: Hogrefe.
Fabian, H. & Dunlop, A.‑W. (2007). Outcomes of good practice in transition processes for children entering primary school. Working Paper 42 (Working Papers In early Childhood Development). The Hague, The Netherlands: Bernard van Lee Foundation.
Geiling, U., Liebers, K. & Prengel, A. (Hrsg.) (2015). Handbuch ILEA T. Individuelle Lern-Entwicklungs-Analyse im Übergang. Pädagogische Diagnostik als verbindendes Instrument zwischen frühpädagogischen Bildungsdokumentationen und individuellen Lernstandsanalysen im Anfangsunterricht.
Koch, A., Euker. N. & Kuhl, J. (2016). GISC-EL. Gießener Screening zur Erfassung der erweiterten Lesefähigkeit. Bern: Hogrefe.
Korntheuer, P. (2014). Startklar fürs Lesen. Eine Checkliste zur Erfassung schriftspracherwerbsvorbereitender Umweltfaktoren und Aktivitäten in Kindertageseinrichtungen. Frühe Bildung, 3, 43 – 51.
Liebers, K., Geiling, U., Prengel, A. (2020). ILEA T - ein gemeinsames diagnostisches Instrument für die Kooperation von Kita und Grundschule beim Übergang. In: Pohlmann-Rother, S.; Lange, S. D.; Franz, U. (Hrsg.). Einblicke in die Forschung - Perspektiven für die Praxis. Köln: Carl Link. 2020. S. 453-488
Meindl, M. & Jungmann, T. (2019). EuLe 4-5. Erzähl- und Lesekompetenzen erfassen bei 4- bis 5-jährigen Kindern. Göttingen: Hogrefe.
Petriwskyj, A., Thorpe, K. & Tayler, C. (2014). Towards inclusion: provision for diversity in the transition to school. International Journal of Early Years Education, 22(4), 359–379.
Smidt, W. (2012). Vorschulische Förderung im Kindergartenalltag. In G. Faust (Hrsg.), Einschulung. Ergebnisse aus der Studie "Bildungsprozesse, Kompetenzentwicklung und Selektionsentscheidungen im Vorschul- und Schulalter (BiKS)" (S. 69–82). Münster: Waxmann.
Sulzby, Branz & Buhle (1993). Repeated readings of literature and LSES black kindergartners and first graders. Reading and Writing Quarterly: Overcoming Learning Difficulties, 9, 183-196.
UN General Assembly (2015). Resolution Adopted by the General Assembly on 25 September 2015. New York: United Nations.
Watkins, A., Ed. (2007). Assessment in Inclusive Settings: Key Issues for Policy and Practice. Odense: European Agency for Development in Special Needs Education.
Wyschkon, A. & Esser, G. (2019). PITVA. Potsdamer Intelligenztest für das Vorschulalter. Göttingen: Hogrefe.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Conceptual PlayWorld as a Method of Facilitating Learning Beyond Subject Matter in Elementary School

Anne-Line Bjerknes, Ingunn Skalstad, Søren Freudenreich Räpple

University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway

Presenting Author: Bjerknes, Anne-Line; Skalstad, Ingunn

Internationally, children experience an increased focus on learning in early childhood education (ECE), reducing the time they play during ECE. At the same time, children’s free play areas are being reduced (Korkodilos, 2016), along with the opportunity for play due to organized leisure time after school (Broch et al., 2022), and because children are starting school earlier. Paradoxically, play is important for children’s learning and contributes to increased curiosity, wonder, and learning motivation. It is also important for children’s sense of belonging in society, social relationships, and physical and mental quality of life (e.g. Russ et al., 1999; Brussoni et al., 2015). In Norway, a new curriculum demands that pupils learn about increased life quality through interdisciplinary teaching but also suggests that play should be included in teaching to promote creative and meaningful learning (Ministry of Education and Research, 2017). Research shows that teachers often let pupils play, but they have little experience and knowledge of how play can both promote learning and secure the quality of life of their pupils (Bjerknes & Skalstad, 2022). By constructing a “Conceptual PlayWorld,” familiar from early childhood education in Australia (Fleer, 2019), one teacher educator and six student teachers set out to teach pupils in 2nd grade. The certified teacher was an observer together with another teacher educator. We asked, how can applying CPW as a teaching approach in science contribute to holistic learning in elementary school?

Through interviews, we asked what all adult participants experienced and observed. We then used thematic analysis to categorize the themes.

Our results show that the Conceptual PlayWorld not only taught pupils within-subject concepts and understanding but also promoted pupils’ quality of life and interdisciplinary understanding during their learning process.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Six student teachers (STs) and their teacher educator (TE) set out to construct a CPW in a classroom with 18 pupils. They followed the CPW model for teaching science in play-based settings (Fleer, 2019). In general, this model contains five steps: 1) chose a story for the play, 2) make a PW that the pupils and teachers can enter together, 3) enter the PW, 4) plan for concepts and challenges through which learning can take place, and 5) assign the pupil and teacher roles. In this study, the CPW took place in different rooms in an imaginary hospital. In Table 1, we show how these steps were played out in our study.
The STs/TE entered the hospital rooms together with the pupils, where they had roles as assistant doctors together with the pupils (who were patients and/or doctors). The STs/TE used scientific concepts during the play. After visiting all five hospital rooms, the pupils and STs/TE exited the CPW together.
The following day, the pupils used BookCreator to write digital books in Norwegian class called “My day in the hospital.” In these books, the pupils presented their experiences during the CPW in both text and pictures. The books were used as part of the pupils’ homework to train their reading and writing skills.
We used semi-structured interviews. Semi-structured interviews offer additional depth to information supplied by questionnaires or fully structured interviews by inviting dialogic exchange. By doing so, the researcher actively constructs knowledge in partnership with the respondent, who constructs answers to questions that may require them to consider issues in a depth not explicitly previously explored (Fontana & Frey, 2000).
All three audio recordings were transcribed verbatim and anonymized before analysis. The method of thematic analysis was used to evaluate the data (Braun & Clarke, 2006), consisting of six steps: 1) familiarization with the data, 2) generating initial codes, 3) searching for themes, 4) reviewing themes, 5) defining and naming themes, and 6) producing the manuscript. Notably, this method of analysis is recursive, meaning that each subsequent step in the analysis might have prompted us to circle back to earlier steps in light of newly emerged themes or data (Kiger & Varpio, 2020).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our research adds to the limited knowledge on how CPW can be used as a teaching method in school. We saw that CPW promotes learning within subjects in school and contributes to learning interdisciplinarily, authentically, and socially. Because learning was perceived as meaningful, relevant, and fun, the pupils were motivated to take part in the activities and to gain new knowledge, which may have contributed to their well-being. The fact that the CPW was perceived as relevant, as the pupils experienced that they needed the knowledge to solve the tasks, was an important factor in this respect. The CPW also contributed to positive relationships both between the pupils and between the pupils and their teacher. These positive experiences in a learning process, together with an experience of being in a safe place where they could be themselves, may have contributed to facilitating later learning. The STs, TE, and CT had positive experiences with using the method and found it to be a suitable method for elementary school. Having enough time is essential when planning to use a CPW in school. It is also important that the teacher has faith that the method works. Thus, the results show that the use of the CPW as a method for teaching science in school contributes to holistic learning in the forms of both academic and social learning. The pupils learn through practice-oriented, relevant experiences in which academic and practical learning are set in a relevant context.
References
Bjerknes, A-L. & Skalstad, I. (2022). Lek og naturfag – som hånd I hanske! Hvordan kan man lære naturfag når man leker? I S. Breive, L.T. Eik & L. Sanne (Red.), Lekende læring og lærende lek I begynneropplæringen (s. 171-194). Fagbokforlaget
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. DOI: 10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Broch, T. B., Gundersen, V., Vistad, O. I., Selvaag, S. K., & Wold, L. C. (2022). Barn og natur–Organiserte møteplasser for samvær og naturglede. NINA Temahefte 87, 5-31
Brussoni M, Gibbons R, Gray C, Ishikawa T, Sandseter EBH, Bienenstock A, Chabot G, Fuselli P, Herrington S, Janssen I, Pickett W, Power M, Stanger N, Sampson M. & Tremblay MS. (2015). What is the Relationship between Risky Outdoor Play and Health in Children? A Systematic Review. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 12(6):6423-6454. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph120606423
Fleer, M. (2019). Scientific Playworlds: A model of teaching science in play-based settings. Research in Science Education, 49(5), 1257-1278. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-017-9653-z    
Fontana, A., & Frey, J. H. (2000). The interview: From structured questions to negotiated text. Handbook of qualitative research, 2(6), 645-672.

Kiger, M. E., & Varpio, L. (2020). Thematic analysis of qualitative data: AMEE Guide No. 131. Medical teacher, 42(8), 846-854.
Korkodilos, M. (2016). The mental health of children and young people in England. Public Health England.
Russ, S. W., Robins, A. L., & Christiano, B. A. (1999). Pretend play: Longitudinal prediction of creativity and affect in fantasy in children. Creativity Research Journal, 12(2), 129-139. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15326934crj1202_5


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Mapping First Grade Students’ Understandings of Societal Functions

Klas Andersson, Kristoffer Larsson

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Andersson, Klas; Larsson, Kristoffer

The aim and scope of the research project guiding this paper is to map 7-year-olds, first grade students, understandings of societal functions, such as the police, and to develop teaching with the ambition of increasing young students’ knowledge of these functions. The paper however focusses on the first part of the project, conducting interviews to create a cross section of Swedish first grade students’ understandings of societal functions. The paper is based on three key arguments. First, it is socially important to meet the equality issues that exist in the Swedish society and schools (i.e., that knowledge and civic values have different outcomes depending on student’s background and where they grow up) by studying student's different understandings of societal functions. Second, more education research in the area of ‘conceptual change’ is needed for developing the knowledge of concept understanding and concept-progress regarding societal issues among younger students. Third, as the new Swedish curricula, emphasizing student’s understandings of facts, has been launched there is a need for supporting schools and teachers work. In this paper we suggest that children’s understandings on basic societal functions is an important piece for developing social studies teaching.

The main research question is: how does first grade students understand societal functions such as the police?

The point of departure in the paper is that research on conceptual change, i.e., mapping students' different understandings of concepts/phenomena and investigating how these can be developed through teaching, is scant regarding societal issues (Barton & Levstik, 2004; Lundholm & Davis, 2013). In a review of the research Lundholm and Davis (2013) state that the societal oriented subjects are clearly underrepresented within this research orientation. The few studies made focus on broader issues like sustainable development and are mainly targeting older students (in secondary or upper secondary school) views. Compared to what is known about student’s understandings of, for example, mathematical concepts, both the empirical and theoretical research in social studies didactics needs to be developed.

The theoretical framework used in this paper is phenomenography. For several decades it’s been used for studying younger children's understandings of mathematical phenomena and concepts (Björklund et al. 2021, Kullberg et al. 2020). Phenomenography takes departure in the idea that there are different ways to understand a certain phenomenon and that these different ways might be hierarchically ordered from less powerful to more powerful ways of understanding (Marton 2015; Marton & Booth 1997; Svensson 1997). As a research approach phenomenography sets out to track these different understandings of a phenomenon and to organize them in a hierarchically ordered outcome space with different categories of description, depicting the different increasingly more powerful ways of understanding the phenomenon.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodologically the paper departs from the phenomenographic research tradition seeking to map the different ways individuals understands a phenomenon. The basic research method gathering data for this task is respondent interviews focusing on generating the individuals’ ways of understanding (seeing, experiencing) the phenomenon. Each single interview adding to the so-called pool of meaning, in the end representing the populations different ways of understanding the phenomenon in question (Booth 2008).

The first step of the study was to create a strategic selection of first grade student from the population (Cohen et al. 2002). We focused on targeting schools in both rural and urban areas, and for the urban areas we differentiated with regard to socioeconomic standard. The Swedish city of Gothenburg is a segregated city with distinct low income, and high income, areas. 10 student interviews were made with students in a school in a low income area (average income below 250 000 SEK/year, 40 percent foreign born, unemployment rate of over 10 percent) and 10 in a school in a high income area (average income over 350 000 SEK/year, under 10 percent foreign born, unemployment rate of under 4 percent). 10 interviews were made with students in a school on the countryside (an agricultural area), 100 kilometers north of Gothenburg. The schools, as well as the students and student’s legal guardians, gave their informed consent for participating in the study.

The interviews were guided to reveal how students understand the police, trying to open as many aspects of their understanding as possible. In seminal research outlining the phenomenographic interview this is argued to be done by “preparing a number of entry points for the discussion of the phenomenon, varying the context for the discussion by varying the aspects of the phenomenon that are fore-grounded” (Booth, 2008). In order to accomplish this, and considering the young age of the interviewees, we turned to the research of photo interviewing (McBrien & Day, 2012; Mannay 2007). In this tradition using photos are considered to help young children, not used to be interviewed, to describe abstract issues and verbalize memories when discussing a phenomenon (Cappello, 2005). A single sheet with 10 different pictures of police-officers, police stations and police vehicles were used as entry points for the interviews opening up the conversation exhausting the student’s ways of experiencing the phenomenon. The 30 interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results from the analysis show different ways of understanding the chosen indicator of societal function, i.e., the police. In the analysis of the 30 transcribed interviews, we used the principles of phenomenography for extracting the different understandings that appeared among to the students, grouping these understandings together in a hierarchically order outcome space with different categories of descriptions, i.e, different ways of understandings. The analysis followed key principals for the phenomenographic analysis, coding similarities and differences of expressions of meaning in single transcripts to meanings within the context of the group of transcripts (Akerlind 2005). The main focus was on determining whether a possible category of description actually reviled something distinctive about a certain way of understanding the police, compared to other formed categories, and further to determine how the categories were logically related (Marton & Booth 1997). The analysis (although yet in progress) indicates an outcome space of at least three different categories of first grade student’s understandings of the police. The first and least powerful way of understanding, we call the “fairy tail category”, seeing the police (a male police man) as a hero. The second understanding we call, “the authority category”, seeing the police as a (frightening) power. The third and most powerful way of understanding, we call “the institution category”, seeing the police as an institution in our (common) societal surrounding.    
References
Akerlind, G. S., (2005) Variation and commonality in phenomenographic research methods, Higher Education Research & Development, 24:4, 321-334.
Barton, K. C., & Levstik, L. S. (2004). Teaching history for the common good. Routledge.
Björklund, C., Ekdahl, A. L., & Runesson Kempe, U. (2021). Implementing a structural approach in preschool number activities. Principles of an intervention program reflected in learning. Mathematical Thinking and Learning, 23(1), 72-94.
Booth, S. (2008). Developing a phenomenographic interview.
Cappello, M. (2005). Photo interviews. Eliciting data through conversations with children. Field Methods, 17(2), 170–182.
Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2002). Research methods in education. Routledge.
Kullberg, A., Björklund, C., Brkovic, I., & Kempe, U. R. (2020). Effects of learning addition and subtraction in preschool by making the first ten numbers and their relations visible with finger patterns. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 103(2), 157-172.
Lundholm, C. & Davis, P. (2013) Conceptual Change in Social Sciences. In International Handbook of Research on Conceptual Change, edited by Stella Vosniadou, Taylor & Francis Group, 2013.
McBrien, J. L., & Day, R. (2012). From here to there: Using photography to explore perspectives of resettled refugee youth. International Journal of Child, Youth and Family Studies, 3(4.1), 546–568.
Mannay, D. (2010). Making the familiar strange: Can visual research methods render the familiar setting more perceptible? Qualitative Research, 10(1), 91–111.
Marton, F. (1981). Phenomenography - describing conceptions of the world around us. Instructional Science, 10(2), 177–200.
Marton, F. (2015). Necessary conditions of learning. Routledge.
Marton, F., & Booth, S. (1997). Learning and awareness. Lawrence Erlbaum.
Svensson, L. (1997). Theoretical foundations of Phenomenography. Higher Education Research & Development, 16(2), 159–171.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm27 SES 12 B: Societal Tensions and Societal Development
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Laura Tamassia
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

External Societal Tensions Which Impact on Students Critical Thinking Development Within Initial Teacher Education

Brighid Golden

Mary Immaculate College, Ireland

Presenting Author: Golden, Brighid

This paper explores a self-study action research project which aimed to identify effective approaches to support students to develop their critical thinking skills within the context of global citizenship education (GCE) in initial teacher education (ITE) in Ireland. The study was guided by a theoretical framework for critical global learning which is used within this study to identify the ways in which the fields of critical thinking and GCE overlap in relation to their purpose, aims, outcomes, and the pedagogical approaches employed when teaching about them in ITE.

The main research question explored in the study was as follows:

What can be learned from a self-study action research project to contribute to the understanding and application of critical global learning for teacher educators?

Furthermore, the study had two objectives which guided data collection and analysis:

  1. To ascertain the factors which contribute to student motivation, participation and achievement within critical global learning.
  2. To identify the supports and barriers which impact on implementation of critical global learning.

This paper will explore outcomes from these aims in sharing the external, societal tensions which were found to influence students’ acquisition of critical thinking skills within the contexts of GCE and ITE. The findings from this research are significant within Irish and European contexts as they are presented within the context of my professional role as a member of the DICE (Development and Intercultural Education) Project. The DICE Project has been repeatedly commended for its contribution to progressing GCE within formal education due to its long-standing involvement in ITE in Ireland. In their reporting, the Global Education Network Europe (2015) named the DICE Project to be a model of good practice for mainstreaming GCE in ITE. The research presented in this paper reflects my experiences as part of the DICE Project and builds on what I have learned about embedding GCE into ITE as part of the project.

The critical global learning theoretical framework developed in this study was informed by a wide range of literature in the fields of GCE, critical thinking and ITE which were brought together to present a conceptual framework of the synergies between the three. From a theoretical perspective, this study draws in particular on Freire’s (1974) Critical Consciousness, Boler’s (1999) Pedagogy of Discomfort, and Bourn’s (2015) Pedagogy of Development Education. The components of the resultant conceptual framework draw on these perspectives to offer an interactive approach to teaching which is focused on dialogue, modelling skills and attitudes, sharing challenging content knowledge, and supporting students to engage with and reflect on their learning. To support the development of ‘critical consciousness’ Freire (1974) promotes an emancipatory approach to education which focuses on raising learners’ critical capacity. Furthermore, Boler’s (1999, p.176) ‘pedagogy of discomfort’ which she describes as “both an invitation to inquiry as well as a call to action” echoes Freire’s ambitions for education. The pedagogy of DE developed by Bourn (2015) further echoes the learning from critical consciousness and pedagogy of discomfort through a focus on debating while drawing on personal experiences and wider social and cultural influences. All three prioritise critical thinking as a core component of education. This conceptual framework is further enhanced by an awareness of the opportunities and challenges faced within ITE. The ITE context in Ireland is significant to this research study as the limited cultural, religious, socio-economic, and gender diversity represented in the student body in ITE in Ireland (Heinz and Keane, 2018; Higher Education Authority, 2020; Central Statistics Office, 2017) has an impact on student’s prior exposure to and level of preparedness for engaging with critical global learning in higher education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I undertook self-study action research, which is adopted by practitioners interested in studying their own practice with the aim of improving their practice, their understanding of it, and sharing research outcomes. Engaging in self-study research is a form of professional development for educators. Samaras (2011) positions this work as a lifelong process, reminding us that as educators we can engage our skills in questioning, reflecting and ultimately acting to improve our practices throughout our careers. As a research process, self-study enabled me to identify what was working well within my practice and where there were opportunities for further exploration specifically in relation to supporting student’s development of critical thinking skills. Rather than shying away from problems in your practice, self-study allows you to openly ask questions and embark on a process of discovery to identify solutions (Samaras, 2011). Samaras’ (2011) conceptualisation of self-study necessitates engagement with colleagues and research participants, requiring the researcher to draw on sources of knowledge beyond themselves. While self-study legitimises the knowledge educators can generate based on their own practices, the knowledge generated through self-study research is as a result of consultation and critical conversations with others (Russell, 2008). My inquiry into my own practices was undertaken alongside support and engagement from critical friends, my students, and colleagues.
Data collection methods were chosen to help capture not only what was happening in practice, but to try and understand what was working or not in the classroom, and why that might have been so. This approach is typical within the field of action research which is often typified by an informal, less systematic approach to data collection which allows methods to be responsive and specific to the context being explored (Patton, 2002).
The data set included data generated alongside critical friends through recorded critical conversations, emails and written reflections offered by critical friends who observed me teaching. Additionally, data generated with students included recordings and notes from focus group interviews; surveys; Most Significant Change Stories; exit slips from classes; photographs of in class work; post-it notes or worksheets from in class work; and assessments. Variety enabled students to choose the extent of their engagement. These multiple sources of data were underpinned by ongoing written and recorded self-reflections generated by me. The wide variety of data types helped to capture the complex and messy nature of classroom practice and provided multiple sources to aid in triangulation of findings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Throughout the three cycles of data collection I faced a number of challenges to my practice. One category of challenges related to the impact that external societal influences were having on student’s engagement and learning within the classroom, which this paper focuses on. Some of the challenges which emerged during data analysis related to tensions which were beyond my control as they originated outside of the classroom and related to students personal lives and societal influences. I found that not all students presented with the same levels of readiness to engage in critical global learning. Data revealed a number of reasons for this disparity, highlighting the ways in which students learning was being impacted by factors originating outside of the classroom. The tensions I identified as rooted in external societal influences included:
• Students primed for critical thinking from their background Versus. students unprepared for it;
• Students perception of issues informed by the media and society Versus. perspectives presented in GCE;
• Approach to learning which was successful in second level education Versus. approach to learning promoted in higher education.
While there was limited diversity amongst the student population in terms of ethnicity, religion or gender, there was diversity in terms of their prior life experiences and the impact these had. Students personal histories impacted whether they brought with them a foundation in critical thinking or not. For some students questioning the status quo was something that was not rewarded or encouraged in their personal or educational experiences which made it more challenging to engage with critical global learning. As a result of these findings, an awareness of these tensions and ensuring that in my approach to teaching and learning I am cognisant of broader societal influences became an essential component of my planning and preparation for teaching and learning.

References
Boler, M. (1999) Feeling Power: Emotions and Education, New York: Routledge
Bourn, D. (2015) The Theory and Practice of Development Education: a pedagogy for global social justice, Oxon: Routledge.
Central Statistics Office (2017) Census of Population 2016 - Profile 7 Migration and Diversity [Online]. Available: https://www.cso.ie/en/releasesandpublications/ep/p-cp7md/p7md/p7anii/ [Accessed 1st Dec 2021].
Freire’s (1974) Education for critical consciousness, London: Bloomsbury Publishing.
Global Education Network Europe (2015) Global Education in Ireland. The European Global Education Peer Review Process. Amsterdam: GENE.
Heinz and Keane (2018) Socio-demographic composition of primary initial teacher education entrants in Ireland. Irish educational studies, 37(4), pp. 523-543.
Higher Education Authority (2020) 2018/19 Student Demographics, All HEA-Funded HEIs [Online]. Available: https://hea.ie/statistics/data-for-download-and-visualisations/enrolments/student-demographics-2018-19/ [Accessed 1st Dec 2021].
Patton (2002) Qualitative research and evaluation methods. , California: Sage Publications.
Russell (2008) How 20 Years of Self-Study Changed my Teaching. In: KOSNIK, C., BECK, C., FREESE, A. E. & SAMARAS, A. P. (eds.) Making a Difference in Teacher Education Through Self-Study. Studies of Personal, Professional and Program Renewal.: Springer, pp. 3-18.
Samaras (2011) Self-study teacher research: Improving your practice through collaborative inquiry, California: Sage.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

“But Biology is About Facts…” – Is Handling Uncertainty in Biology Class a Matter of Disciplinary Culture?

Britta Lübke

University of Hamburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Lübke, Britta

Uncertainty has always existed in the world and in human life, a fact brought recently into focus by events such as a global pandemic. Furthermore, uncertainty is necessarily part of scientific knowledge and scientific inquiry. Each research process starts with uncertainty in the meaning of an open question, of something we do not know (Kampourakis & McCain 2020). Sometimes this uncertainty is something we do not know yet, but we will be able to know in the future. Contrary to this epistemic uncertainty, there are phenomena that will remain uncertain in the meaning of an ontological uncertainty (Dewulf & Biesbroeck 2018).

In the context of science uncertainty can differentiated into so-called technical uncertainty that is related to the technical aspects of inquiry in terms of “measurement error, modeling approximations, and statistical assumptions” (Gustafson & Rice 2020, p. 618) and the so-called consensus uncertainty which can be described as “disagreement,” “conflict,” or “controversy” (ibid.) that can take place between “relevant stakeholders […] or within the body of evidence itself” (ibid.).
In the public uncertainty in the context of science is mostly conceptualized as a thread and its communication often has negative impact on the supposed trustworthiness of scientific results (Han et al. 2018). For the context of science education this negative impact is a challenge, since we live in what Beck (2020 [1986]) has called a risk society, education in general should prepare students to make informed decisions in complex and uncertain situations (Christensen & Fensham 2012). From this, one can argue that biology education should offer students learning opportunities about uncertainty in the context of science.

The second framework of this study is the idea of specific disciplinary cultures framing each learning opportunity in class. Lüders (2007) defines a disciplinary culture in the context of schools with references to Higher Education as “a distinguishable, systematically connected context of patterns of thought, perception, and action that emerges from the interaction of various factors.” (ibid., p. 8; translated into English by B.L) A central aspect of her conceptualization is the concept of habitus by Bourdieu (1977), which is understood as “a subjective but not individual system of internalised structures, schemes of perception, conception, and action common to all members of the same group or class” (ibid, p.86).

There is already a lot of research referring to the concept of habitus in general education, school pedagogy and teacher professionalization, i.e. focusing the institutional habitus (e.g. Cornbleth 2010) as well as the habitus of teachers (e.g. Bonnet et al. 2020; Helsper 2018). But by now, there is less research about subject learning (e.g. Heitmann et al. 2017) and none looking on the phenomenon of uncertainty in science education through the lens of disciplinary culture and its specific habitus.

Therefore, this paper investigates uncertainty in two secondary biology classrooms while dealing with bioethical questions with the following research questions:

(1) How does uncertainty occur in the context of teaching and learning about genetic engineering in biology classes?
(2) How do the students deal with the occurring uncertainty?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
TThe data collection took place simultaneously in two biology classes of the 11th grades in the same secondary school. The topic of the 8-weeks-unit was genetic engineering and took place at the end of the first half of the school year.
Designed as a Grounded Theory Study participant observations (including videography of the lessons) were combined with weekly guided interviews (with 10 out of 47 students). The guideline was based on the structure of the problem-centered interview (Witzel & Reiter 2012). Referring to the microgenetic approach (Brock & Taber 2017), weekly retrospective interviews were conducted with ten students about their experiences of and reflections on the previous biology lesson. A total of 36 interviews (30 minutes on average) and 27 videos of students group works during class (20 minutes on average) where analyzed. The combination of videography of the lessons and retrospective interviews with the students allows an analysis on two levels: First the level of classroom practices and second the level of reflection on the lessons and their experiences by the students.
The analyses of this multi-case-study (Yin 2014) followed the coding steps and evaluation procedures (memos, theoretical sensitization, comparisons, coding paradigm) of the Grounded Theory according to Corbin and Strauss (2015). Coding continued until - in the sense of theoretical saturation - no new categories were found in the data material.
In order to identify moments of uncertainty and how students dealt with them in the data, uncertainty was defined as the questioning of something when a phenomenon or object that initially seemed unambiguous becomes ambiguous. Data analysis revealed that this moment is always accompanied by a (sometimes very brief) interruption in the students' flow of action, as they have no prior knowledge or routine to resolve the uncertainty immediately.
The results are presented according to the central categories of the coding paradigm in axial coding. The interpretation of the results with theories about a disciplinary culture of biology represents the result of selective coding.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results, contrary to what was planned at the beginning of the study, thus do not focus on the students' uncertainty on the content level of the subject matter. Rather, it becomes clear that the central phenomenon in the present data concerning the uncertainty the students' were confronted with is related to the norms of biology class. The moments of uncertainty conceptualized as questioning something, can be divided into (1) questioning norms of action (interaction and decision making) and (2) questioning the (successful) fulfillment of norms by the students. The questioning of the norm fulfillment is shown in the data in the experience of moments of not-being-able-to-finish and not-being-able-to-do-it-right. From the reconstructed uncertainty, students' conceptions of the objects of biology class as well as its goals and adequate modes of action can be derived as the following: Assuming a stable collective biological knowledge, the goal of the lesson is to overcome an individual non-knowing. For this purpose, students can use individual thinking, reproduction and decision-making processes as well as asking questions to the teachers. The (fast) presentation of an answer (in the mode of reproducing already existing biological knowledge) is evidence for a successful achievement of the goal. Already at this point, the results indicate a tension between the norms of the students and the norms of the teaching unit as well as the curriculum. In accordance with the principles of Grounded Theory, to be open to surprising results and to give priority to the data over theoretical presuppositions, the presented results will focus on uncertainty, which is related to the norms of biology class. Therefore, the norms of biology class derived from the results were considered in more detail and will be discussed in the lights of habitus and theories about disciplinary cultures.
References
Bonnet, A., Bausell, S. B., Glazier, J. A., & Rosemann, I. (2020). No Room for Uncertainty–curricular and assessment pressures as driving forces for teacher’s action. Zeitschrift für sportpädagogische Forschung, (8)1, 23–44.
Bourdieu, P. (2010[1977]). Outline of a theory of practice. Cambridge: Univ. Press
Brock, R. & Taber, K. S. (2017). The application of the microgenetic method to studies of learning in science education: characteristics of published studies, methodological issues and recommendations for future research. Studies in Science Education, 53 (1), 45-73.
Christensen, C., & Fensham, P. (2012). Risk, Uncertainty and Complexity in Science Education. In B. Fraser, K. Tobin & C. McRobbie (Eds.), Second International Handbook of Science Education. Part 2 (pp. 751–769). Dordrecht: Springer.
Corbin, J., & Strauss, A. (2015). Basics of Qualitative Research: Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory. Los Angeles: Sage.
Cornbleth, C. (2010). Institutional habitus as the de facto diversity curriculum of teacher education. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 41(3), 280–297.
Dewulf, A., & Biesbroek, R. (2018). Nine lives of uncertainty in decision-making: strategies for dealing with uncertainty in environmental governance. Policy and Society, 37(4), 441-458.
Gustafson, A., & Rice, R. (2020). A review of the effects of uncertainty in public science communication. Public Understanding of Science, 29(6), 614–633.
Han, P. K., Zikmund-Fisher, B. J., Duarte, C. W., Knaus, M., Black, A., Scherer, A. M., & Fagerlin, A. (2018). Communication of scientific uncertainty about a novel pandemic health threat: Ambiguity aversion and its mechanisms. Journal of health communication, 23(5), 435-444.
Heitmann, P., Hecht, M., Scherer, R., & Schwanewedel, J. (2017). ‘Learning Science Is About Facts and Language Learning Is About Being Discursive’ - An Empirical Investigation of Students' Disciplinary Beliefs in the Context of Argumentation. Frontiers in psychology, 8, 946.
Helsper, W. (2018). Lehrerhabitus [Teacher habitus]. In A. Pasekae, M. Keller-Schneider & A. Combe (Eds.), Ungewissheit als Herausforderung für pädagogisches Handeln [Uncertainty as a challenge for pedagogical practice]. (pp. 105–140). Wiesbaden: Springer.
Lüders. J. (2007). Einleitung: Fachkulturenforschung in der Schule [Introduction: Research on disciplinary cultures in school]. In J. Lüders (Ed.), Fachkulturenforschung in der Schule [Research on disciplinary cultures in school] (pp. 7–14). Opladen: Budrich.
Kampourakis, K. & McCain, K. (2020). Uncertainty. How it makes science advance. New York: Oxford University Press.
Witzel, A. & Reiter, R. (2012). The problem-centered interview: principles and practice. Los Angeles: Sage.
Yin, R. (2014). Case study research. Design and methods. Los Angeles: SAGE.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Modelling Trans-disciplinarity in Promoting School Science Education for Societal Development

Tapashi Binte Mahmud Chowdhury1, Jack Holbrook2, Miia Rannikmäe3

1University of Tartu, Estonia; 2University of Tartu, Estonia; 3University of Tartu, Estonia

Presenting Author: Chowdhury, Tapashi Binte Mahmud

Education, is often perceived as having a role in contributing to societal development, in both preparing learners to conceptualise, and enabling them to address sustainability-related issues in the society (OECD, 2018; UNESCO, 2015; United Nations, 2015). In so doing, there is a need for school science education to recognise its role in seeking to resolve societal concerns, not only science-dominated concerns like climate change, or pandemic, but also other prevailing concerns within the society such as social justice or economic transformation (Erduran, 2022; Fernández et al., 2022; Waight et al., 2022). However, science conceptualisation promoted through school alone is seen as ineffective in resolving such societal concerns which deal with complexities, i.e., problems without a straight-cut solution, referred to as wicked problems (van Baalen et al., 2021).

Yet, several literature indicate a major concern with respect to over-emphasis on science disciplinary conceptualisation (Chowdhury et al., 2021; Herman et al., 2017). In line with that, such disciplinary emphasis within school science education has been critiqued, for excluding science learning from inseparable societal affiliations, or even learners’ feelings associated with the learning (Guerrero & Reiss, 2020).

Alternatives of disciplinary framework for school science learning are seen as multi-disciplinary (Perrott, 1980), inter-disciplinary (Tytler et al., 2021) and trans-disciplinary approaches (Caiman & Jakobson, 2022). These three approaches are distinguished based on the teaching of science within, across, and beyond disciplines. However, it has been argued that both multi, and inter-disciplinary approaches yet have a disciplinary emphasis, and does not emphasise the interrelationship of science with society (Alvargonzález, 2011; Daneshpour & Kwegyir-Afful, 2021).

In mitigating against such limitations of discipline-restricted approaches, trans-disciplinarity is seen as offering a societal lens for school science learning, in which the teaching of school science extends beyond the disciplinary boundaries and seeks to address societal concerns through school science learning (Hjalmarson et al., 2020). Hence, this article aims to explore trans-disciplinarity to establish the role of school science education in societal development.

However, there are three concerns associated with trans-disciplinarity in school science education:

First, the term, trans-disciplinarity lacks a sense of clarity. For example, Gero, (2017) perceives trans-disciplinary approach in a school setting as a higher level of interdisciplinarity. Hence, it is not surprising that, STEM or STEAM education is considered both as inter and trans-disciplinary approaches (Liao, 2016; Perignat & Katz-Buonincontro, 2019).

Second, trans-disciplinarity lacks a conceptualisation from science education point of view. Different approaches to literature review has been undertaken within the scope of trans-disciplinarity in arts (van Baalen et al., 2021), or education in general (Daneshpour & Kwegyir-Afful, 2022). Although Takeuchi et al., 2020 conducted a critical review on Trans-disciplinarity in STEM education, their search for literature does not include trans-disciplinarity.

And third, trans-disciplinarity lacks a conceptualisation from school science point of view. Several existing studies explores trans-disciplinary approach in higher education STEM research, for example Shipley et al. (2017), O’Neill et al. (2019) or Slavinec et al. (2019). Although literature recognises the need to promote trans-disciplinarity at a school level science education (Sengupta et al., 2019), Wu et al. (2021) point out a gap of research in school level trans-disciplinary science teaching learning.

Hence, this article aims to address the need for conceptualising trans-disciplinarity from a science education point of view, at school level, so as to attain the need for school science education to address not only students’ individual, or social development, but but also a societal development.

Research Questions:

1. what are the general trends in including trans-disciplinarity in secondary school science education?

2. what are the key attributes of a trans-disciplinarity model of science education at the school secondary level?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A systematic literature review (SLR) was undertaken in this research. The approach is amplified below:
1. Setting the scope:
The scope of SLR was identified within trans-disciplinary science education in secondary school level teaching and learning.
2. Searching literature within the scope
In this study, the EBSCOhost Web service was used to search articles from several electronic databases (i.e., Social Sciences Citation Index, Scopus®, ERIC, Academic Search Complete, JSTOR journals). The search was conducted on 22 November, 2022.
In establishing the logical relationships between terms in the search, the Boolean search operators (AND, OR) were used (Daneshpour & Kwegyir-Afful, 2022). The keywords used for this search were: TI* (transdisciplinary OR trans-disciplinary OR transdisciplinarity OR trans-disciplinarity) AND SU* (science education OR STEM education OR STEAM education OR science teaching learning OR science pedagogy OR science instruction OR science lesson OR science literacy OR scientific literacy).
From the initial search, 260 articles were identified. After applying four limiters, e.g., peer-reviewed, English language, dated from 2011 – 2022 and full-text availability, the search resulted in 92 articles, among which 89 were from academic journals. After removal of duplicates, 59 articles were selected for full-text reading and addressed against the inclusion/exclusion criteria.
3. Setting criteria for inclusion and exclusion of the literature:
Table 1: Setting the criteria for inclusion and exclusion
Codes Inclusion criteria
I.1 Full-text content must be in English and available for access
I.2 Content must include conceptualisation of trans-disciplinarity
I.3 Research must be situated within science education (also considered STEM, or STEAM)
Exclusion criteria
E.1 Literature without a theoretical or empirical evidence is excluded
E.2 Literature with different titles, but same research content, is excluded
E.3 Research situated within higher level education are excluded
4. Literature selection based on the inclusion and exclusion criteria:
Based on the inclusion and exclusion criteria, articles were given values of -1 and 1, in which -1 = article did not meet the inclusion or exclusion criteria, and 1 = article met inclusion and exclusion criteria. In cases, where at least one inclusion or exclusion criteria was not met, the article was excluded from the final selection.
5. Reporting of the identified literature:
This SLR followed PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analysis) standards (Page et al., 2021).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
General trends in including trans-disciplinarity in secondary school science education:
a) over the period of last decade (2011-2022), there has been only a few studies which explored trans-disciplinarity within the scope of school science education (n = 16);
b) the authors have identified their studies as theoretical position papers (n = 5), qualitative studies (n = 6), quantitative studies (n = 3), mixed method studies (1), and intervention study (n = 1);
c) majority of the selected research (n = 10) have been conducted in the context of USA, other contexts include Australia and Germany (n = 1), Slovenia (n = 1), Canada (n = 1), Latvia (n = 1), United Kingdom and Italy (1), and Finland (n = 1)
Key attributes of a trans-disciplinarity model:
The findings have indicated that, the key attributes, and the sub-components of trans-disciplinarity are not commonly perceived by all the selected articles with same degree of emphasis. For example,
a) the complexity with respect to the purpose of trans-disciplinarity more commonly perceived (n = 14), compared to the methodologically plural process, required for the implementation of trans-disciplinarity (n = 9).
b) within trans-disciplinary approach, the liberation from disciplinary context is comparatively more mentioned (n = 13) than liberation from the school context (n = 9)
c) trans-disciplinarity is seen as reflecting on both individual and societal transformation (n = 8) by same authors, however, not by all articles (n = 16).
d) the inclusion of teachers and experts from different disciplines (n = 10, and n = 11 respectively) is comparatively more mentioned than the inclusion of societal partners (n = 8)
e) the attribute of transcending education is the least mentioned compared to the other attributes (n = 5 mentioning emotional connotation, and n = 8 mentioning cultural or worldview)
Further findings are intended to be presented during the conference.
This research is funded by the EC Horizon 2020, project no. 952470 (SciCar).

References
Alvargonzález, D. (2011). Multidisciplinarity, Interdisciplinarity, Transdisciplinarity, and the Sciences. International Studies in the Philosophy of Science, 25(4), 387–403. https://doi.org/10.1080/02698595.2011.623366
Chowdhury, T. B. M., Holbrook, J., Reis, P., & Rannikmäe, M. (2021). Bangladeshi Science Teachers’ Perceived Importance and Perceived Current Practices in Promoting Science Education Through a Context-Based, Socio-scientific Framework. Science & Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11191-021-00236-9
Daneshpour, H., & Kwegyir-Afful, E. (2021). Analysing Transdisciplinary Education: A Scoping Review. Science \& Education, 1–28.
Gero, A. (2017). Students’ attitudes towards interdisciplinary education: a course on interdisciplinary aspects of science and engineering education. European Journal of Engineering Education, 42(3), 260–270. https://doi.org/10.1080/03043797.2016.1158789
Liao, C. (2016). From Interdisciplinary to Transdisciplinary: An Arts-Integrated Approach to STEAM Education. Art Education, 69(6), 44–49. https://doi.org/10.1080/00043125.2016.1224873
O’Neill, M., Adams, M. P., Bandelt, M. J., Chester, S. A., Cai, W., & Nadimpalli, S. P. V. (2019). Cohort Learning: Supporting Transdisciplinary Communication and Problem-Solving Skills in Graduate STEM Researchers. International Journal of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education, 31(1), 166–175.
OECD. (2018). Preparing Our Youth for an Inclusive and Sustainable World.
Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J. M., Akl, E. A., Brennan, S. E., & others. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. Systematic Reviews, 10(1), 1–11.
Sengupta, P., Shanahan, M.-C., & Kim, B. (2019). Reimagining STEM education: Critical, transdisciplinary, and embodied approaches. In Critical, transdisciplinary and embodied approaches in STEM education (pp. 3–19). Springer.
Slavinec, M., Aberšek, B., Gacevic, D., & Flogie, A. (2019). Monodisciplinarity in Science versus Transdisciplinarity in STEM Education. Journal of Baltic Science Education, 18(3), 435–449.
Takeuchi, M. A., Sengupta, P., Shanahan, M.-C., Adams, J. D., & Hachem, M. (2020). Transdisciplinarity in STEM education: a critical review. Studies in Science Education, 56(2), 213–253. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057267.2020.1755802
UNESCO. (2015). Global citizenship education: topics and learning objectives. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000232993?posInSet=6&queryId=0181080c-49d2-4031-8397-69a5ab1ae31c
United Nations. (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 agenda for sustainable development. In Resolution adopted by the General Assembly. United Nations General Assembly New York.
van Baalen, W. M., de Groot, T., & Noordegraaf-Eelens, L. (2021). Higher education, the arts, and transdisciplinarity: A systematic review of the literature. Research in Education, 111(1), 24–45. https://doi.org/10.1177/00345237211005799


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Emotions and Controversial Issues – Social Studies Teachers Considerations of Emotions in Pedagogic Processes

Kristina Ledman1, Anna Larsson2

1Department of Education, Umeå university, Sweden; 2Department of Historical, Philosophical and Religious Studies, Umeå university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Ledman, Kristina; Larsson, Anna

In today’s Europe there are numerous societal issues that comes across as controversial and are debated from different points of views. Generally, controversial issues are defined as topics or questions where there are opposing ideas about the nature of origin and preferred solutions. On a European level, educational policy stress the importance of teachers dealing with these issues, manifested by for example Council of Europe’s professional development programme to ‘support and promote the teaching of controversial issues in schools in Europe’ (Council of Europe, 2015, p 7). In research literature most definitions of controversial issues encompass emotional, cognitive and evaluative dimensions (e.g. Cooling 2012; Hand 2008; Ljunggren et al. 2015, Stradling 1984). Here, the focus is set on emotions and more specifically emotions in relation to social studies subject teaching in grade 7-9. The study is part of a larger research project about controversial issues in Social studies teaching in Swedish secondary school (e.g. Larsson & Larsson 2021; Larsson & Lindström 2021). In Sweden the school subjects Civics, Geography, History and Religious education has a history of being grouped as Social studies subjects.

Teaching is largely an emotional practice (Denzin 1984; Hargreaves 1998) and we know that teachers find that it is challenging to deal with controversial issues and this can lead teachers to avoid addressing them (e.g Ojala 2019; Anker and von der Lippe 2018, Pollak et al 2018). Even though it is a challenge for the teachers, it is important to help students learn how to engage in democratic dialogue with those holding opposing views (cf Zembylas och Kambani 2012). Within social studies, pupils and teachers engage in topics that allows for controversies of different characters. In this paper, controversial issues in education are understood as situated. That is, situated in relations between teachers and pupils, inbetween students in a context of surrounding community and society, or situated in relation to other objects as material objects, statements, information etcetera (e.g. Blennow 2021). The purpose is to further understand what role emotions play in teachers’ didactical considerations and actions concerning controversial issues in social studies teaching. How does teachers reason concerning pupils emotional expressions? What considerations of the teachers own emotions comes to the fore? The ambition is to deepen the understanding of the teachers’ considerations as a knowing-in-action (Schön 1983) (compare Persson 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data analysed for this paper were collected through interviews with 18 teachers, both men and women, actively teaching social studies in secondary school. The teachers were between 25 and 55 years old and had taught for 1 up to 26 years. There were teachers in both small and large schools in small and large cities/villages from anywhere in Sweden and the informants were found via professional and personal networks (convenience sample). In semi structured interviews, the teachers were asked to elaborate on their experiences of occasions perceived as succeeding and failing in dealing with controversial issues in social studies teaching (Lantz 2007). That is, we did not specifically ask how the teachers experience and handle emotions in their teaching. The question concerning the role of emotions was instead formulated in relation to the empirical material, as we saw how emotions were addressed by the teachers in the narration of their practice. The process of analysis can thus best be described as inductive. In the next stage we set out to identify what the teachers expressed concerning their experiences of emotions in their pedagogical practice and didactical reasoning followed by a process of arranging the excerpts in themes. In the analysis, we focused on the statements made by the teachers and did not seek to analyse or categorise each teachers stance. Before the interviews, the teachers were informed of the project and how the information obtained would be stored and used. After having given opportunity to ask question, and to decline participation, they gave their consent. The interviews were transcribed verbatim. In the transcription the teachers were made anonymous and all references to school and the geographic location was removed.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
When the teachers adress emotions during the interviews the teachers' focus is predominantly on their pupils  Themes that reoccur are that emotions are a resource in social studies teaching as they serve as a vehicle for motivation and interest, and thereby learning, but; also that emotionally loaded views, stances and positions can and should be challenged by increased knowledge about the controversial issue, and finally; that if and how emotional a pedagogical situation becomes is related to the representations among the group of students and to the social context of surrounding local community. The teachers own emotions also plays out in the teachers’ didactical reasoning. The emotions experienced by the teachers are at times explicitly referred to when a teacher explains what he/she does or avoid doing. Being uneasy, or reluctant are emotions that at times makes the teachers avoid a certain content or teaching method. Several teachers describe the importance of being in control of ones’ own emotions and not get in a confrontational situation, which can further radicalise the student. Emotions seem to constitute an integrated and important part of the teachers pedagogic reasoning. However, emotions are also seen as standing in the way for knowledge and constructive situations of teaching and learning.  Tentatively, it seems like the teachers find that the emotions can be altered and monitored through knowledge, in the terms of a scientific discourse of rationality that is opposed to emotions.
References
Anker, T., & Lippe, M. (2018). Coming to Terms with Terrorism?: A Case Study on how Schools are Dealing with the Terror Attacks of 22 July 2011 in Oslo and Utøya. Religion and dialogue in the city, 247-262.

Blennow, K. (2021). Förnuft och känsla: Om emotioners roll i kunskapsprocessen i samhällskunskap. Nordidactica: Journal of Humanities and Social Science Education, 11(2021: 2), 1-19.

Cooling, T. (2012). What is a controversial issue? Implications for the treatment of religious beliefs in education. Journal of Beliefs & Values, 33(2), 169–181. https://doi.org/10.1080/13617672.2012.694060

Council of Europe (2015). Teaching Controversial Issues. Professional development pack for the effective teaching of controversial issues. [Huddleston, T. & Kerr, D. (2015). Teaching controversial issues. Living with Controversy. Teaching Controversial Issues Through Education for Democratic Citizenship and Human Rights (EDC/HRE). Training Pack for Teachers: Council of Europe.]

Denzin, N. K. (1984). On understanding emotion. Transaction Publishers.

Hand, M. (2008). What should we teach as controversial? Defense of the epistemic criterion. Educational Theory, 58(2), 213–228.

Hargreaves, A. (1998). The emotional practice of teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 14(8), 835–854. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(98)00025-0

Lantz, A. (2007). Intervjumetodik. Den professionellt genomförda intervjun. Studentlitteratur.

Larsson, A., & Larsson, L. (2021). Controversial Topics in Social Studies Teaching in Sweden. Nordidactica: Journal of Humanities and Social Science Education, (1), 1-21.

Larsson, A., & Lindström, N. (2020). Controversial societal issues in education: Explorations of moral, critical and didactical implications. Acta Didactica Norden, 14(4),
Ljunggren, C., Unemar Öst, I., & Englund, T. (Eds.) (2015). Kontroversiella frågor: Om kunskap och politik i samhällsundervisningen [Controversial issues: On knowledge and politics in the education about society]. Malmö: Gleerups.

Ojala, M. (2019). Känslor, värden och utbildning för en hållbar framtid: Att främja en kritisk känslokompetens i klimatundervisning. Acta Didactica Norge -tidsskrift for fagdidaktisk forsknings-og utviklingsarbeid i Norge, 13(2), 1-17. doi:10.5617/adno.6440

Persson, A. (2022). Mycket mer än en metod. Lärare samtalar om arbetet med kontroversiella frågor i geografiundervisningen. Utbildning & Demokrati–tidskrift för didaktik och utbildningspolitk, 31(1), 5-30.

Schön, Donald (1983): The Reflective Practitioner. New York: Basic Books Inc.

Stradling, Robert (1984): The teaching of controversial issues: An evaluation. Educational Review 36(2), s 121–129.

Zembylas, M., & Kambani, F. (2012). The teaching of controversial issues during elementary-level history instruction: Creek-Cypriot teachers' perceptions and emotions. Theory & Research in Social Education, 40(2), 107–133.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm27 SES 12 C: Research on STEM Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 607 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Linda Hobbs
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Investigation of STEM Subject and Career Choices of Lower Secondary School Students in a City in Northern Norway

Mona Kvivesen, Saeed Manshadi, Stig Uteng

UiT The Arctic University of Norway,

Presenting Author: Kvivesen, Mona; Manshadi, Saeed

Economic development worldwide requires specialists in the STEM disciplines – science, technology, engineering and mathematics (Mohtar, 2019). Research shows that there is great interest in STEM disciplines among primary school children but that this interest decreases at lower secondary school. The attitudes of lower secondary school students depend on the environment and the people around them, like teachers, friends and parents (Tomperi et al., 2020).

Gender differences influence motivation for STEM education and careers, and most researchers agree with the existence of gender inequality in STEM fields (Delaney & Devereux, 2019; Diekman et al., 2017; Master, A., 2021, Moss-Racusin, 2018). According to Master (2021), children belonging to a gender group with negative STEM stereotypes tend to doubt their abilities, making it difficult to develop an interest in this area. These processes begin in preschool age and intensify later in school years and carrier choices. Delaney and Devereux (2019) believe that the effects of these processes are shown by the different choices of subjects and grades in secondary school. Several studies have attempted to identify factors that contribute to the development of the gender gap in STEM, such as differences in lifestyles, support for shared goals, and access to appropriate role models and mentors (Diekman et al., 2017; Master, A., 2021; Moss-Racusin, 2018; Kiernan et al., 2022).

Research on students’ career choices is based on social cognitive career theory (SCCT), which explores students’ interest in STEM subjects and examines the interactions between self-efficacy, goals and expected results (Lent et al., 2000). These three variables enable people to influence their professional development. SCCT also includes variables that influence personal control over a career.

In this paper, we focus on students’ STEM subject and career aspirations in a city in Northern Norway. This is a further investigation of an international study in which we investigated STEM subjects and career aspirations (Tomperi et al., 2022).

The research questions are as follows:

1. Which STEM subjects do students from a city in Northern Norway have interest in?

2. What influences students’ orientation towards a particular STEM discipline as their future career?

3. Do gender differences exist in the students’ orientation towards certain STEM disciplines as their future career?

This paper uses an adapted version of the STEM Career Interest Survey (STEM-CIS) to investigate the interest in STEM subjects and careers of students in lower secondary schools in a city in Northern Norway. STEM-CIS is derived from SCCT (Lent et al., 2000). The SCCT framework includes three models of career development: interest, choice and performance. The interest model examines the ways self-efficacy and output expectations develop students’ interest, while the choice model explores the ways interest, self-efficacy, and output expectations influence choice goals, which then motivate choice actions (Lent, 2013).

Personal inputs, such as gender, grade, family and school, influence individuals’ learning experiences, which in turn affect their self-efficacy and outcome expectations. Factors that are influenced by personal inputs also affect interest, goals and actions. Guided by SCCT, the STEM-CIS was developed to measure the six key constructs of self-efficacy, personal goals, expectation of results, interest in, contextual support and individual inputs (Kier et al., 2014).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study, we adapted the STEM-CIS survey developed by Kier et al. (2019) to investigate lower secondary school students’ orientation towards STEM disciplines and their future career choices. The students accessed the extended STEM-CIS online by using a mobile, tablet or computer under the supervision of their teachers. The students participating in the study were aged 13–16 years, which is the age of lower secondary school in Norway. Of the 273 students who participated in the survey, 129 were boys and 144 were girls; all students attended the same lower secondary school in a city in Northern Norway.
A descriptive survey model was used as a quantitative research method. Data were analysed using the statistical programming environment R (R Core Team, 2019). The results were interpreted with a significance level of 0.05. As the data did not have a normal distribution (kurtosis and skewness values were not zero and the Kolmogorov-Smirnov tests were significant (p < .05) for all variables), we used the Mann-Whitney Wilcoxon U test to analyse the STEM-CIS scores according to gender. The original STEM-CIS (Kier et al., 2014) consists of 44 items and four subscales (science, mathematics, technology and engineering). However, as were also interested in the sub-disciplines in science (biology, chemistry, geology and physics), the survey consists of 77 items and seven subscales (biology [B], chemistry [C], geology [G], physics [P], mathematics [M], technology [T], and engineering [E]. Each discipline-specific subscale contains 11 items that address six social cognitive career dimensions: self-efficacy (items 1–2), personal goals (items 3–4), outcome expectations (items 5–6), interests in (items 7–8), contextual supports (items 9 & 11), and personal inputs (item 10). Scores were obtained using a five-point Likert scale, with response options ranging from 1 (“strongly disagree”) to 5 (“strongly agree”). Higher scores reflect a greater perceived value of the subject. The overall reliability value α was 0.97 (N = 77).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
According to SCCT, self-efficacy affects outcome expectations and together they influence interests. Students are likely to develop an interest, choose to pursue the subjects of interest and, as a result, perform better at activities in subjects in which they have stronger self-efficacy (Lent, 2000). The results show that students’ interest is at a medium level (2.8 < mean rank value < 3.2) in most of the STEM subjects, except for biology and chemistry, which reported a lower level. The students reported high self-efficacies in science and mathematics and a medium level for the other subjects. For the outcome expectations dimension, all subjects showed a medium level, except for mathematics, where the students reported a high level. For the personal goals dimension, the students reported a high level for mathematics and a medium level for the other subjects. In the contextual support dimension, students showed a medium level for all subjects, except science, for which the students reported a low level. For personal inputs, the students showed a medium level of self-efficacy for all subjects.
When we compared the results by gender, we found significant differences between boys and girls in the personal goals dimension for biology and technology, where girls had a higher level than boys for biology and a lower level in technology than boys. In biology and chemistry, girls showed higher levels than boys in outcome expectations, but boys showed higher levels in the same dimension for technology. There was also a significant difference in contextual support for technology. Here, boys showed higher levels than girls. These are trends we expected and fit with the result from Kiernan et al. (2022), who reported that boys prefer technology subjects while girls prefer biology.

References
Delaney, J. M., & Devereux, P. J. (2019). Understanding gender differences in STEM: Evidence from college applications. Economics of Education Review, 72, 219–238. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2019.06.002
Diekman, A. B., Steinberg, M., Brown, E. R., Belanger, A. L., & Clark, E. K. (2017). A goal congruity model of role entry, engagement, and exit: Understanding communal goal processes in STEM gender gaps. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 21(2), 142–175. https://doi.org/10.1177/1088868316642141.
Kier, M. W., Blanchard, M. R., Osborne, J. W., & Albert, J. L. (2014). The development of the STEM career interest survey (STEM-CIS). Research in Science Education, 44, 461–481. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-013-9389-3
Kiernan, L., Walsh, M., & White, E. (2022). Gender in technology, engineering and design: Factors which influence low STEM subject uptake among females at third level. International Journal of Technology and Design Education, 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10798-022-09738-1
Lent, R. (2013). Social cognitive career theory. In S. D. Brown & R. W. Lent (Eds.), Career development and counselling: Putting theory and research to work (pp. 115–146). John Wiley & Sons.
Lent, R. W., Brown, S. D., & Hackett, G. (2000). Contextual supports and barriers to career choice: A social cognitive analysis. Journal of Counselling Psychology, 47(1), 36–49. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0167.47.1.36
Master, A. (2021). Gender stereotypes influence children’s STEM motivation. Child Development Perspectives, 15(3), 203–210. https://doi.org/10.1111/cdep.12424
Mohtar, L. E., Halim, L., Rahman, N. A., Maat, S. M., Iksan, Z. H., & Osman, K. (2019). A model of interest in stem careers among secondary school students. Journal of Baltic Science Education, 18(3), 404–416. https://doi.org/10.33225/JBSE/19.18.404
Moss-Racusin, C. A., Sanzari, C., Caluori, N., & Rabasco, H. (2018). Gender bias produces gender gaps in STEM engagement. Sex Roles, 79, 651–670. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11199-018-0902-z.
R Core Team. (2019) R: A language and environment for statistical computing. R Core Team, Vienna, Austria.
Tomperi, P., Ryzhkova, I., Shestova, Y., Lyash, O., Lazareva, I., Lyash, A., Kvivesen, M., Manshadi, S., & Uteng, S. (2020). The three-factor model: A study of common features in students’ attitudes towards studying and learning science and mathematics in the three countries of the North Calotte region. LUMAT International Journal on Math, Science and Technology Education, 8(1), 89–106. https://doi.org/10.31129/LUMAT.8.1.1369
Tomperi, P., Kvivesen, M., Manshadi, S., Uteng, S., Shestova, Y., Lyash, O., Lazareva, I., & Lyash, A. (2022). Investigation of STEM subject and career aspirations of lower secondary school students in the North Calotte Region of Finland, Norway, and Russia. Education Sciences, 12(3), 192. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12030192


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Impact Analysis of Programs Offered by STEM Learning Centres: Outcomes for Students and Teachers

Linda Hobbs, Seamus Delaney, George Aranda, Peta White, Jerry Lai

Deakin University, Australia

Presenting Author: Hobbs, Linda; Delaney, Seamus

Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) has become an important policy agenda in many countries around the world to increase international economic competitiveness (Kärkkäinen & Vincent-Lancrin, 2013). With the recognition that teachers are critical to successful learning (Baker‐Doyle & Yoon, 2011; Darling-Hammond, 2000; Hattie, 2011) and as schools grapple with how to introduce STEM into their curriculum (Education Council, 2015), it is becoming increasingly essential to develop processes and programs that support and sustain teacher and school change (Office of the Chief Scientist, 2016a). STEM learning centres play a vital role as part of the STEM education ecosystem (Schugurenzky, 2000; Traphagen & Traill, 2014) in providing specialist learning experiences for students and teachers to compliment school curricula. Depending on their purpose and structure, STEM learning centres can offer informal and non-formal learning opportunities and may be integrated into formal learning as part of school programming. Some STEM learning centres are part of the outreach strategy for universities, such as the University of Arizona STEM Learning Center, which engage local school students in STEM-related programs in partnership with a range of organisations. In comparison, in Italy the Fondazione Golinelli is funded privately by a philanthropic foundation since 1998, providing STEM experiences for students from early childhood through to adulthood. Different again is the LUMA Centre Finland, which is a large multi-university organisation that collaborates with private and public institutions to research, develop and implement non-formal, out-of-school and extra-curricular LUMA activities. Industry collaboration and design-based pedagogy are core foci (Aksela et al., 2021).

In Victoria, Australia, the Tech Schools are specialised, purpose-built STEM learning centres that are hosted, owned and operated by universities or Technical and Further Education (TAFE) institutions, but funded by the Victorian Department of Education and Training (the Department). Currently consisting of a network of ten Tech Schools operating under a single Tech School ‘model’, Tech Schools are designed to provide learning programs that are developed in partnership with local industry partners to suit local contexts and needs, and are aligned to the Victorian school curriculum. Each Tech School offers different programs. Teachers are offered a range of professional development opportunities, whilst the wider community interacts through events, after school programs, and access to the facility’s resources. Like the other STEM learning Centres mentioned, Tech schools are not schools, but centres that are accessed by local secondary schools to supplement their STEM programs.

We are conducting a longitudinal evaluation of the Tech Schools Initiative in 2019-2023. The evaluation uses a Theory of Innovation based on Jäger’s (2004) wave model of innovation, which identified three pillars of innovation: content, structure and people. This presentation will focus on one part of the evaluation: the effects of the innovative content arising through the student programs. The research question is: What differential effects do Tech School programs have for participating students and teachers? Six categories of programs were devised in order to undertake a program impact analysis:

Category 1. Programs with industry (Industry-based technologies and involved Industry and community partners);

Category 2. Programs focused on problem solving and design-based challenges (Design and problem-based learning);

Category 3. Programs focused on skill building (Skill development);

Category 4. Programs with blended delivery modes or locations (Located at the school, host, industry and community, online);

Category 5. Programs focused on networking and deep engagement (Networking, Weeks or months in duration, Located at Tech School or industry); and

Category 6. Programs focused on enhancing senior studies (Skill development, Career pathways, Senior school year levels [Year 11 and 12]).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The broader evaluation comprises research methods designed to capture, explore and understand the unique ways Tech Schools operate in practice, how they deliver teaching and learning that meets student and teacher needs, and how they influence the broader STEM and school ecosystem. A longitudinal four-year data collection strategy was developed to be broad, capturing data from all stakeholders (i.e., Tech School staff; partner school principals, teachers and students; industry and community partners; host representatives) from each of the ten Tech Schools; and deep as data collected to construct case studies of five Tech Schools. A suite of tools for data collection was co-designed, piloted and validated by Deakin, the Department and Tech School Directors during 2019 and 2020. The tools include surveys and interviews with each stakeholder group. The analyses have focused on outcomes for students, teachers, schools, industry and community partners and hosts; partnerships elements; and the nature of innovation occurring through the Tech Schools model.
The programs have been examined in various ways in 2020, 2021 and 2022. In 2022, an analysis of programs was conducted using all student programs listed on the Tech School websites. The purpose was to identify features of programs relating to program intentions, structures (e.g., timing, location), and stakeholder involvement that might have differential impact for students and teachers and therefore point to best practice. These features were combined to form six program categories. This presentation will provide an overview of the impacts associated with six program categories and then showcase the outcomes of programs categories that represent their most valuable contribution to students and teachers.  
A program impact analysis used data from a student attitude survey, teacher reflection survey, student exit surveys, and student interviews.  The survey items produced largely ordinal data from multiple choice/Likert scale questions. Quantitative datasets were analysed using descriptive statistics to look for varying associations between variables.
Qualitative analysis of interviews included representing the espoused outcomes for the students for programs for which there was adequate quantitative data as well as data from the student interviews where students had attended those programs.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Looking across the programs, there are some common features that can have similar or different effects, depending on the program category. The presentation will show how general capabilities, designing and problem solving, technology, industry representation and connection, curriculum content connection, and the online and school delivery modes influence outcomes. The predominant features of each category that were drawn out by the data will be highlighted. Some key points that will be detailed in the presentation include:
• Teacher capacity to teach STEM is most influenced when they use Tech School-devised pre- and post-lessons that prepare students for, and follow up after, the Tech School visit.
• Where programs are specifically designed to represent or connect with industry or the emphasis is on careers and local industry, there is greater impact on student awareness of STEM and STEM industries, and some impact on interest in STEM studies and pathways.
• Technology, design thinking, and collaboration often co-occur in programs, and the effects are generally that students and teachers are more aware and proficient with the design process, enjoy the collaboration and value its contribution to complex and novel solutions, and that technology helps students learn.
The program categorisation provides a useful delineation of programs that can be offered at STEM learning centres. Understanding the effects of these for identifying best practice and where to place funding and effort in terms of program design, resourcing and delivery is useful for STEM education organisations operating outside of but integrated into the formal school structure. Tech Schools have become a valuable part of the STEM education ecosystem in the areas where they exist in Victoria because of the range of programs available and their currency to young peoples’ future, teachers’ capacity for STEM teaching, and the pathways into local STEM careers.

References
Aksela, M., Lundell, J. & Ikävalko, T. (Eds.) LUMA Finland. Together we are more. LUMA Centre FInland. https://www.luma.fi/en/download/luma-finland-together-we-are-more/ Accessed December 16 2021.
Baker‐Doyle, K. J., & Yoon, S. A. (2011). In search of practitioner‐based social capital: A social network analysis tool for understanding and facilitating teacher collaboration in a US‐based STEM professional development program. Professional Development in Education, 37(1), 75-93. doi:10.1080/19415257.2010.494450
Darling-Hammond, L. (2000). Teacher quality and student achievement: A review of state policy evidence. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 8(1), 1-44. https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.v8n1.2000
Education Council (2018). Optimising STEM Industry-School Partnerships: Inspiring Australia’s Next Generation Final Report. Canberra: Education Council. https://www.chiefscientist.gov.au/sites/default/files/2019-11/optimising_stem_industry-school_partnerships_-_final_report.pdf
Hattie, J. (2011). Visible Learning for Teachers: Maximizing Impact on Learning. Abingdon, UK: Taylor & Francis Ltd
Jäger, M. (2004). Transfer in Schulentwicklungsprozessen. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Kärkkäinen, K. & Vincent-Lancrin, S. (2013). Sparking Innovation in STEM Education with Technology and Collaboration: A Case Study of the HP Catalyst Initiative. OECD Education Working Papers, No. 91, OECD Publishing. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/5k480sj9k442-en. Accessed 1 November 2021
Office of the Chief Scientist (2016a). STEM Program Index 2016. Canberra: Commonwealth of Australia. https://www.chiefscientist.gov.au/sites/default/files/SPI2016_release.pdf  Acessed 21 December 2021.
Schugurenzky, D. (2000). The forms of informal learning: Towards a conceptualization of the field. Centre for the Study of Education and Work, OISE/UT. https://tspace.library.utoronto.ca/handle/1807/2733  Accessed 1 November 2021
Traphagen, K. & Traill, S. (2014). Working Paper: How Cross Sector Collaborations are Advancing STEM Learning. Noyce Foundation. https://smile.oregonstate.edu/sites/smile.oregonstate.edu/files/stem_ecosystems_report_execsum_140128.pdf
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm28 SES 12 A: Diversity and diversification (special call session): Critical approaches to diversity
Location: Gilbert Scott, Randolph [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Sophie Rudolph
Paper Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Lost Opportunities for Critical Thinking in Social Studies Education. Post-and Decolonial Interruptions and Possibilities for Epistemological Diversity

Mari Jore1, Kristin Eriksen2

1University of Agder, Norway; 2University of South-eatsern Norway

Presenting Author: Jore, Mari; Eriksen, Kristin

The recent curriculum reform in Norway brought critical thinking about power relations to the fore, establishing this as a «core element» in social studies education (The Norwegian directorate of Education and Training, 2020). Previous analyses have argued that Norwegian social studies curriculum promote a «selected critical thinking» (Børhaug, 2014), that may contribute to obscuring the reproduction of racist and nationally exceptionalist archives of knowledge (Eriksen, 2021; Jore, 2022). Of particular significance is the absence of Norway`s colonial history related to the colonization of Sápmi (Eriksen, 2018). Furthermore, this is interrelated with how race, racism and whiteness are currently dismissed as relevant analytical concepts for understanding Norwegian society today, manifested in educational discourses (Fylkesnes, 2018).

The aim of this paper is to explore how the ignorance in imaginaries concerning Norwegian history and society inform and shape the options for critical thinking in social studies. How can the acknowledgement of Norways colonial legacy contribute towards better understandings of power relations in todays` society? Can this strategic exploration of the “dark sides” of history and sociability be done without depriving any sense of hope for the future with the students? The analytical framework for this paper is based on post- and decolonial perspectives, making possible analyses of coloniality. As Quijano (2000) describes, colonialism did not end with historical colonialism based on territorial occupation. It installed enduring power and knowledge structures known as coloniality. Coloniality is thus a full dependence of the models of thinking, making, and interpreting the world based on the norms created and imposed by/in Western modernity. Our research question is thus: How can post- and decolonial perspectives help analyze and inform critical thinking in social studies?

We apply empirical examples, described as “telling cases” (Andreotti, 2011), to discuss central theoretical and didactical insights. The empirical base for the article is four such cases, derived from two doctoral studies investigating social studies education at level 5-10 (Eriksen, 2021; Jore, 2022). The analysis of these cases reveal that critical thinking is displayed and present in the classrooms, not least in the students` abilities to ask critical and creative questions. At the same time, we argue that many opportunities for critical thinking remain lost related to the lack of acknowledgement of coloniality.

A variety of scholarships shed light on how the significance of colonial legacy is made invisible in the Nordics (Lóftsdottir & Jensen, 2012), but implications for education are little explored. This article's objective is to explore what post- and decolonial perspectives may contribute to curriculum and educational practices, particularly concerning critical thinking. As projects for critical thinking, post- and decolonial are indebted to Saidian critiques of power and knowledge (1995). The approaches highlight systematical absences and sanctioned ignorances in narratives about history and society (Spivak, 1988), ambivalences, and dismissal of western modernity as an alleged universal epistemological and political project (Santos, 2018). Post- and decolonial analyses share the contestation of the colonial world and knowledge production established with and through European colonialism and an emphasis on understanding the emergence of modernity in the historical contexts of colonialism, imperialism, and slavery. However, the theoretical traditions also hold distinctions. It has been suggested as a difference that postcolonial critiques focus more on agents of colonial cultures, while the world-system critiques of the modernity/coloniality school emphasize structures of capital accumulation and injustice (Bhambra, 2014). In this paper, we acknowledge the differences and internal theoretical debates, we apply tools from both strands of theory that we see as particularly relevant for analyzing and informing educational discourses and practices. Hence, we apply the concept “analyses of coloniality” throughout the article.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This article engages in post- and decolonial critiques, which imply a seeing and reading “against the grain.” A central tool is engaging the sociology of absences (Santos, 2018), entailing uncovering, and exploring knowledge that is hidden, tacit, and taken for granted. This type of reading can be described as critical hermeneutics, where researchers “inject critical social theory into the hermeneutical circle to facilitate an understanding of the hidden structures and tacit cultural dynamics that insidiously inscribe social meanings and values” (Kincheloe & Maclaren, 2003, p. 447). The methodological approach in this article was further informed by the «telling case», in which validity is related to the explanatory power of the case to make obscure theoretical relationships apparent (Andreotti, 2011). From this point of view, it is more interesting to focus on telling cases that can work to illuminating analytical insights, rather than typical cases aggregated across a material. We applied this methodology in combination with colonial discourse analysis (Said, 1995). The basis for selecting a telling case is its explanatory power that is, the extent to which it articulates a “[…] connection between the production of knowledge about the self and Other, and their implications in terms of the reproduction of unequal relations of power and possibilities for more ethical social relations” (Andreotti, 2011, p. 91)

The four empirical cases analyzed in this article, are derived from two exploratory doctoral studies conducted in Norway in the period 2018-2022. Following critical ethnographical perspectives (Elliott & Culhane, 2017; Kincheloe et al., 2018), the material was established using several different methods, including small-scale fieldwork and observations of lectures, semi-structured interviews with students, teachers and teacher students, and analysis of national curriculums, textbooks, and teaching materials. Eriksen (2021) explored the significance of coloniality in knowledge production in citizenship education at level 5-7, in Eastern Norway, applying decolonial perspectives. Eriksens` fieldwork was conducted in 2017-2018, and included observations of lectures, interviews with teachers (21) and students (19), and teaching interventions. Jore (2022) examined constructions of Norwegianness and Western-ness in social studies education at junior high school level 8-9, in Western Norway, using a postcolonial lens. Her fieldwork lasted from April through October 2016. Jore followed three classes on level 8 and 9, observing 44 hours of teaching. After the observations, Jore conducted interviews with students (36).  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analyzed cases reveal how valuable opportunities for critical thinking about society are lost through the lack of acknowledgement of coloniality. The analysis of the telling cases illustrates that the imaginary of national exceptionalism and the hegemony of modern-western epistemologies are deeply embedded within educational discourses. We thus argue that the invisibilities of coloniality serve to (re)produce social and racial inequality and epistemic monocultures and injustice in curriculum and teaching practices, despite good intentions. When unacknowledged, coloniality may absolve educational institutions of their ethical and pedagogical responsibilities to disrupt unjust and unsustainable social relations and obstruct critical conversations about processes that systemically reproduce discursive and political inequalities. Based on insights from post- and decolonial theories, we suggest that the results implicate the need for a critical thinking about curriculum and practice that includes the following: Critical thinking with, rather than simply about, coloniality; critical thinking about episteme (cf. Foucault, 2006), and how knowledge is produced; acknowledging knowledge as political and situated; border thinking (Mignolo, 2012) and emphasizing ambivalence and ambiguity; creative and imaginative thinking, inspired by the decolonial “otherwise” (Mignolo & Walsh, 2018), that allow for a greater epistemological diversity.  
References
Andreotti, V. (2011a). Actionable postcolonial theory in education. Palgrave.  

Bhambra, G. K. (2014). Postcolonial and decolonial dialogues. Postcolonial studies, 17(2), 115-121.

Børhaug, K. (2014). Selective critical thinking: A textbook analysis of education for critical thinking in Norwegian social studies. Policy Futures in Education, 12(3), 431–444. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.2304/pfie.2014.12.3.431

Chakrabarty, D. (2008). Provincializing Europe: postcolonial thought and historical difference. Princeton.

Elliott & D. Culhane (2017). A different kind of ethnography: Imaginative practices and creative methodologies. University of Toronto Press.

Eriksen, K.G. (2018). Teaching about the other in primary level social studies: The Sami in Norwegian textbooks. Journal of Social Science Education, 17(2), 57-67. https://doi.org/10.4119/UNIBI/jsse-v17-i2-1697.

Eriksen, K.G. (2021). “We usually don’t talk that way about Europe...” Interrupting the coloniality of Norwegian citizenship education. Ph.D. dissertation. University of South-eastern Norway.  

Fylkesnes, S. (2018). Whiteness in teacher education research discourses: A review of the use and meaning making of the term cultural diversity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 71, 24-33.

Kincheloe, J., & Maclaren, P. (2003). Rethinking critical theory and qualitative research. In N. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The landscape of qualitative research - Theories and issues (2nd ed., pp. 433–489). SAGE.  

Kincheloe, J., McLaren, P., Steinberg, S., & Monzó, L. (2018). Critical pedagogy and qualitative research: Advancing the bricolage. In N. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of qualitative research (5th ed., pp. 235–260). SAGE.

Loftsdóttir, K., & Jensen, L. (Eds.). (2012). Whiteness and postcolonialism in the Nordic region: Exceptionalism, migrant others and national identities. Routledge.

Jore, M. K. Konstruksjoner av norskhet og vestlighet i samfunnsfaget i ungdomsskolen – En postkolonial studie av muligheter for identifikasjon i samfunssfagsundervisningen. PhD. Dissertation. Western Norway University of Applied Sciences.

Mignolo, W. (2012). Local histories/global designs: Coloniality, subaltern knowledges, and border thinking. Princeton University Press.

Mignolo, W., & Walsh, C. (2018). On decoloniality: Concepts, analytics, praxis. Duke University Press.

Quijano, A. (2000). Coloniality of power and Eurocentrism in Latin America. International Sociology, vol. 15(2), p. 215–232. https://doi.org/10.1177%2F0268580900015002005

Said, E. (1995). Orientalism. Penguin books.  

Santos, B. d. S. (2018). The end of the cognitive empire: The coming of age of epistemologies of the South. Duke University Press.

Spivak, G. C. (1988). Can the subaltern Speak? In C. Nelson & L. Grossberg (Eds.), Marxism and the interpretation of culture (pp. 271-235). University of Illinois Press.

The Norwegian Directorate of Education and Training (2020). Social studies curriculum. The Norwegian Government.


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Learning Whiteness: Materialities, Knowledge And Affect

Sophie Rudolph, Jessica Gerrard

University of Melbourne, Australia

Presenting Author: Rudolph, Sophie

Globally, we are seeing a resurgence of white nationalism and white supremacist extremism that is becoming more mainstream, such as in recent European election results. In schooling, this has been seen in the voting against Critical Race Theory informing curriculum or being taught in schools in the USA and the UK (Gatwiri & Anderson, 2021). And at the same time interconnected movements for Indigenous sovereignty, Black Lives Matter, refugee justice and anti-racism offer a reckoning with multiple forms of racial domination and injustice. In the project from which this paper is drawn (Sriprakash et al, 2022) we aimed to understand how contemporary white domination is part of a long and enduring system, rather than something new or just recently noticed.

This paper takes as its focus the relationship between the settler colonial state and education (both formal education institutions and informal education practices). While focused on the context of Australia, we see this paper as connected to analyses of colonial orders globally. Indeed, our paper is premised on the need for dialogue across contexts on questions of colonialism and race and informed by Goldberg’s (2009) notion of racisms as related and reliant on each other across the globe.

The processes and practices of the settler colonial state are steeped in racial hierarchies, inherited from colonialism and racial capitalism. Taking as a starting point Aileen Moreton-Robinson’s (2015) analysis of the settler colonial state as invested in patriarchal white sovereignty, we examine the efforts made by the settler state to create and uphold Australia as a white possession in the face of unceded Indigenous sovereignty.

Importantly in this project we understand whiteness to be a structural formation, shaped by material interests of racial domination under colonialism and capitalism and constantly negotiated and enlivened through the governance of social and political life (Sriprakash et al, 2022, 14). Thus whiteness in Australia and other British settler colonies is formed through settler colonial networks of social and cultural power. Understanding whiteness in these material, social and cultural terms and as part of a power hierarchy enables awareness of the mutability and contingency of whiteness, that it is not something reducible to a fixed identity or even a physical appearance.

In this paper we present a theoretical framework we have developed to investigate and understand racial dominance in settler colonial contexts and the role of and implications for education. The framework brings together racial capitalism (see Melamed, 2015), epistemologies of white ignorance (see Mills, 2007) and feeling-states (drawing on Ahmed 2004; Kenway & Fahey, 2011; Boler, 1999; Attwood, 2017) along with the theorising of the white possessive (Moreton-Robinson, 2015).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a theoretical paper, grounded in post-colonial, de-colonial and critical approaches to theory and theoretical writing. Specifically, our approach is informed by the idea of ‘the otherwise’, as developed for instance by Stein and Andreotti (2018), in that we see the purpose of theoretical work as opening the conditions of possibility for understanding – and responding to – racial dominance in education. In addressing race and racism in education, this has involved the generation of conceptual tools to help understand the construction of dominance. Our approach is premised on the need to build these conceptual resources as a means to then redress white control and power in education. Drawing significantly from Moreton-Robinson (2015) our methodology has involved deep engagement with existing theory alongside cultural and historical analysis.

We use a range of examples from the Australian context and connect these to other British settler colonial contexts, to demonstrate how ‘pedagogies of the state’ (Pykett, 2010) are employed to benefit the settler colonial fiction of white possession and continue a project of racial injustice. Through this we reflect on the international racial relationality (see Goldberg, 2009) between British settler colonial contexts such as Aotearoa New Zealand, Canada, the United States of America and Britain itself in the production of racial domination.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The outcome of this paper is the generation of a conceptual framework that can address racial dominance in education. In the context of Australia, the production of ‘white colonial paranoia’ (Moreton-Robinson, 2015, xxiii) through the unresolved tension of settler colonial governance on unceded Indigenous land engenders, we argue, both formal and informal education practices that bolster white racial dominance. In presenting this multifaceted analytical framework for understanding racial domination in settler states, we show how education operates beyond knowledge and curriculum and how 1) materialities, 2) knowledge and 3) feelings are interdependent in producing and upholding white dominance in settler colonies. While focused in this work on racial dominance in British settler colonies, the three-pronged framework developed has relevance for understanding racial dominance in other contexts, including Europe and its (former) colonies.

Building from this, in the conclusion of this paper we suggest that possibilities for divesting from racial domination could benefit from a reparative justice approach (see Sriprakash 2022). Such an approach, we argue, needs to consider the material, epistemic and affective dimensions of domination in order to divest from domination and work towards educational justice.

References
Ahmed, S. (2004). Affective economies. Social Text, 22(2), 117–139.
Attwood, B. (2017). Denial in a Settler Society: The Australian Case. History Workshop Journal, 84, 24–43. https://doi.org/10.1093/hwj/dbx029
Boler, M. (1999). Feeling power: Emotions and education. Routledge.
Gatwiri, K., & Anderson, L. (2021, June 22). The Senate has voted to reject critical race theory from the national curriculum. What is it, and why does it matter? The Conversation. http://theconversation.com/the-senate-has-voted-to-reject-critical-race-theory-from-the-national-curriculum-what-is-it-and-why-does-it-matter-163102
Goldberg, D. T. (2009). Racial comparisons, relational racisms: Some thoughts on method. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 32(7), 1271–1282. https://doi.org/10.1080/01419870902999233
Kenway, J., & Fahey, J. (2011). Public pedagogies and global emoscapes. Pedagogies: An International Journal, 6(2), 167–179.
Melamed, J. (2015). Racial capitalism. Critical Ethnic Studies, 1(1), 76–85.
Mills, C. W. (2007). White ignorance. In S. Sullivan & N. Tuana (Eds.), Race and Epistemologies of Ignorance (pp. 13–38). State University of New York Press. http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/unimelb/detail.action?docID=3407494
Moreton-Robinson, A. (2015). The White Possessive: Property, Power, and Indigenous Sovereignty. University of Minnesota Press.
Pykett, J. (2010). Citizenship Education and narratives of pedagogy. Citizenship Studies, 14(6), 621–635. https://doi.org/10.1080/13621025.2010.522345
Sriprakash, A. (2022). Reparations: Theorising just futures of education. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 0(0), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2022.2144141
Sriprakash, A., Rudolph, S., & Gerrard, J. (2022). Learning, Whiteness: Education and the Settler Colonial State. Pluto Press.
Stein, S. & Andreotti, V. (2018) What does theory matter?: Conceptualising race critical research. In G. Vass, J. Maxwell, S. Rudolph & K. Gulson (eds.) The Relationality of Race in Education Research (pp. 156-169). London & New York: Routledge
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm28 SES 12 B: Reflective approaches to teaching and learning
Location: Gilbert Scott, Melville [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Rita Hordosy
Paper and Ignite Talk Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

How Does One Become A Sociologist? – A Comparative Study Of Student Perceptions In Norway, England And Hungary

Rita Hordosy1, Meryem Yasdiman1, Jennifer Norris1,2

1University of Nottingham, United Kingdom; 2University of Bristol, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hordosy, Rita

The individualisation of financial risk in higher education through tuition fees and the discourse around employability outcomes has often been coupled with a demarcation of low and high value courses. The benefits of a highly educated workforce to broader society, or a more equitable share of university opportunities are rarely considered. However, research has shown that students do not necessarily subscribe to a marketised view of higher education (Budd, 2017; Tomlinson, 2017), with Muddiman (2018) pointing to a more active and less instrumental ‘being’ mode of learning.

Drawing on Burawoy’s assertion (2014) that sociology is infused with moral purpose, this paper explores how sociology undergraduate and postgraduate students understand and discuss their disciplinary choice and future in three national contexts of Norway, England and Hungary. It also uses the notion of Bernsteinian powerful knowledge to understand the self within the discipline, and the intent to disrupt broader classed, racialized and gendered inequalities (McLean et al. 2013).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This mixed-methods study is based on an international comparative design (Phillips and Schweisfurth, 2006; Yin, 2009). Drawing first, on administrative secondary data, the paper explores how student numbers at Bachelor, Master and Doctoral level sociology courses have changed over time within the different national contexts. The overall patterns of enrolment of undergraduate and postgraduate students are contextualised with data about the broader social sciences, and university expansion in general. Second, using interview evidence from three case-study countries, current students’ perceptions on their subject choice and possible future careers are drawn. Using a total of 38 face-to-face or online semi-structured interviews with sociology Bachelor, Master, and Doctoral students, the similarities and differences in Hungarian (N = 17), English (N = 9) and Norwegian (N = 12) students’ views are outlined.  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper looks first at the mixture of motivations sociology students discuss regarding their disciplinary choice, such as: self-expression through sociology; experience of inequalities affecting others; broad interest in society and politics; and a generalist degree for employability.

Second, it explores the diverse understandings of how one becomes a sociologist. An open interview question allowed students to discuss a wide range of issues relating to the temporal aspects of professional standing as well as the spaces of disciplinary belonging. These related to the training and career elements they deemed necessary for someone to be classed a sociologist; the skills, attitudes and the sociological imagination one needs to exhibit, as well as purpose of those actors within the field.

Third, this paper compares how students understand the roles of a sociologists in society, including a discussion of the outputs and audiences of sociological research and teaching drawing on Burawoy’s discussion of public, policy, critical and professional sociology (Burawoy et al. 2004, Burawoy, 2014).

References
Budd, R. (2017). Undergraduate orientations towards higher education in Germany and England: problematizing the notion of ‘student as customer.’ Higher Education, 73(1), 23–37. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-015-9977-4  
Burawoy, M., Gamson, W., Ryan, C., Pfohl, S., Vaughan, D., Derber, C., & Schor, J. (2004). Public Sociologies: A Symposium from Boston College. Social Problems, 51(1), 103–130. https://doi.org/10.1525/sp.2004.51.1.103  
Burawoy, M. (2014). Sociology as a vocation: Moral commitment and scientific imagination. Current Sociology, 62(2), 279–284. https://doi.org/10.1177/0011392113515796
McLean, Monica, Andrea Abbas, and Paul Ashwin. ‘The Use and Value of Bernstein’s Work in Studying (in)Equalities in Undergraduate Social Science Education’. British Journal of Sociology of Education 34, no. 2 (2013): 262–80. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2012.710007.
Muddiman, E. (2018). Instrumentalism amongst students: a cross-national comparison of the significance of subject choice. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 39(5), 607–622. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2017.1375402
Phillips, D. & Schweisfurth, M. (2006). Comparative and international education: an introduction to theory, method and practice. London: Continuum.
Yin, R. K. (2009). Case study research: design and methods. Thousand Oaks, California: London, Sage.


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Exploring the Potential of Using Japanese Philosophy for Comparative Education Research: An Autoethnographic Study of PhD Journey

Oshie Nishimura-Sahi

Tampere University, Finland

Presenting Author: Nishimura-Sahi, Oshie

While Japanese education has been extensively studied, it has hardly been seen as a theoretical and methodological resource in the field of comparative and international education. This paper explores the possibility and the limitation of using Japanese philosophy as an epistemic resource for educational research, aiming to multiply the ways of knowledge production.

In the field of educational research in general, and comparative and international education in particular, Japan has been extensively studied in terms of prominent reference societies in Asia (see Santos and Centeno 2021), a point of comparison (e.g. Takeda and Williams 2008), and a comparative link in global educational governance (e.g. Willis and Rappleye 2011). In the large body of English-language literature, Japan has been often studied as a research object rather than a theoretical and methodological resource. To put differently, Japanese education has been a data source or an ‘empirical other’ where ‘theories are applied, revised or domesticated’ rather than an ‘epistemic other’ that provides a source of new theoretical insights and develops alternative theories (Takayama 2019: 147, 153). Recently, scholars have explored the possibility of using Japan as an epistemic resource in conducting comparative education (e.g. Hayashi 2021; Takayama 2020: Rappleye 2020), aiming to multiply the epistemological resource to study and highlight the more proliferated worldview in education.

Resonating with the current scholarly attempt to move beyond the Western horizon in knowledge production, I experiment the use of Japanese philosophical thoughts, namely, Watsuji Tetsurō’s (1889–1960) comparative phenomenological study in comparative educational research. I autoethnographically explore how my epistemic mindset has changed during my PhD journey through a slow conversation with Watsuji’s study on milieu, relationality and ontological inquiry into human beings. The aim of my study is to multiply epistemological resources for educational research by reflecting and telling how I was destabilised by Japanese philosophy in (un)learning the Japanese education system.

In 2018, I initiated my doctoral studies on policy transfer, taking Japan as an empirical case to examine how the European Framework (CEFR) was adapted to foreign language education reforms in the non-European context. In the initial dissertation writing stage, I was rather interested in analysing why and how Japan failed in adapting the European ideas – or more precisely, plurilingualism and multilingualism – to the reform of foreign language education. In retrospect, I uncritically accepted the ‘failure’ discourse on foreign language education in Japan which circulates in academic and social discourses (see Aspinall, 2012; Terasawa 2015). I also understood internationalisation and globalisation as a synonym of Europeanisation/modernisation and assumed it beneficial and crucial to cultivate the Japanese people’s global competency.

Reading literatures on post- and decolonial thinking, I became uncomfortable with my initial research questions which were formed on the Eurocentric understanding of modernisation and civilization. And I have eventually come to think that as encouraging the value of progress, improvement, and global competency (Silova, 2019), I had been taking the liberty to position the Japanese system as ‘developing’ and the European and global education policy as ‘advanced’.

Literature on post- and decolonialism in education motivated me to examine the Japanese case of policy transfer from a different perspective, drawing upon a different epistemological base. Searching alternative concepts and analytical tools to study the Japanese education system, I started reading Japanese philosophy including Watsuji, and accordingly, I became more interested in exploring the inquiry of power in relation to policy transfer. In the autoethnographic study which I present in ECER 2023, I tell my story of transformation through dialogues with Watsuji.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study uses my experiences documented in a form of diary from January 2015 to December 2021, situating its writing genre into autoethnography (Ellis et al., 2011; Maréchal, 2010). Using deep and careful self-reflection – or reflexivity – on autobiography, the study explores how my understanding of foreign language education in Japan, European idea(l)s of plurilingualism, and ‘successful and failure’ policy transfers changed through learning Watsuji’s notions of fūdo [climate or milieu], aidagara [interconnectedness between people], and ningen [human beings as individuals but simultaneously social beings] (see Watsuji [1934] 2007, [1935] 1991). Drawing upon the autoethnographical methodology, I attempt to illustrate a sense-making process through telling a story on doing research (Adams, Holman Jones and Ellis 2015). In so doing, I also explore the possibility and the limitation of using Japanese philosophy in educational research.
 
Autoethnography is a form of qualitative research method that draws upon different scholarly traditions such as autobiography, narrative studies, ethnography, and art-based research (Cooper and Lilyea 2021). Autoethnography emerged in response to the need for new and changing ideals for research, a recognition of the limits of scientific knowledge, and an appreciation for personal narrative and story (Adams, Holman Jones and Ellis 2015).

Autoethnographers deeply and reflexively reflect their own lived experience and write stories of/about the self, placing personal (insider) experiences within the social, cultural and political context. Inviting readers/audiences to engage in the unfolding story of experience and seeking for their responses, autoethnographers offer nuanced and specific knowledge of particular lives rather than general information (Adams, Holman Jones and Ellis 2015). While the scholarly advantages of autoethnography have been increasingly recognized among educational researchers, the reasons for engaging in autoethnography often vary depending on the researcher (Adams, Holman Jones and Ellis 2015). Autoethnography to my paper is a way of inquiry to challenge norms of research practices and accordingly contribute to a scholarly conversation. The paper attempts to pose a question to readers, especially those who work on Japan-related topics, on the possibilities and limitations (and pitfalls) of decolonial knowledge projects that adapt a conceptual ‘insertion’ from Japanese philosophy. The nature of the paper is thus experimental: It ultimately aims to open a space for fruitful discussions toward pluriversality of epistemic resources for comparative and international education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Firstly, Watsuji’s study on relationality allowed me to find new scholarly pathways to comparative study on foreign language education system in Japan and Finland. Given that human existences are individuals, but simultaneously, social beings who can only exist in relationality, I have come to think more on the social aspect of language learning. Taking school education as only one dimension that shapes one’s language proficiency, I identified a way to studying the Japanese case of policy transfer other than a case of malfunctioning policy borrowing and educational reform.

Secondly, drawing upon Watsuji’s phenomenological notion of fūdo, plurilingualism can be understood as practice – a verb – but not a metaphysical concept or idea(l) – a subjective – to be realised in a top-down way of policy implementation. Plurilingualism is essentially not a reform idea for modernisation of foreign language education that can be ‘borrowed’ from elsewhere to be adapted to another context, but rather, a state of being that emerges in everyday practices formed in interpersonal communication, the climatic condition, the geographical location, and the political and historical background.

Watsuji’s notions allowed me to reflect and (un)learn the familiar context and critically approach to Eurocentrism in my mindset. On the other hand, I have to admit that using Japanese philosophy stimulated my nationalistic sentiment that I am able to use a rich knowledge resource developed in my language and in my culture. Such sentiment encourages me to contribute to decolonial project of developing epistemological resources by using Otherness in myself while making a pitfall trap of orientalism and nationalism. To conclude, I invite researcher colleagues to together reflect upon the use of their own biography and knowledge resources developed by ‘epistemic Other’, aiming for pluriversality of epistemic resources for comparative and international education.

References
Adams, Tony E, Stacy Holman Jones & Carolyn Ellis 2015. Autoethnography. Oxford University Press.

Aspinall, Robert W. 2012. International Education Policy in Japan in an Age of Globalisation and Risk. Leiden: Global Oriental.

Cooper, Robin & Bruce Lilyea 2022. ‘I’m interested in autoethnography, but how do I do it?’. The Qualitative Report 27(1):197–208. https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2022.5288

Ellis, Carolyn, Tony E Adams, & Arthur P Bochner 2011. ‘Autoethnography: An Overview’. Historical social research (Köln) 36.4 (138): 273–290.

Hayashi, Akiko 2021. ‘Some Japanese Ways of Conducting Comparative Educational Research’. Comparative Education 57(2): 147–158. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2020.1805862.

Maréchal, Garance 2010. ‚Autoethnography‘. In A.J. Mills, G. Durepos & E. Wiebe (eds.) Encyclopedia of Case Study Research. London: SAGE. pp. 43–45

Rappleye, Jeremy 2020. ‘Comparative Education as Cultural Critique’. Comparative Education 56 (1): 39-56. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2019.1701247

Santos, Íris, and Vera G. Centeno 2021. ‘Inspirations from Abroad: The Impact of PISA on Countries’ Choice of Reference Societies in Education’. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education [Published online]. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2021.1906206.

Silova, Iveta 2019. ‘Toward a Wonderland of comparative education’. Comparative education. 55 (4): 444–472.

Takayama, Keita 2019. ‘Radical Potentials and Predicaments: Reimagining Japanese Education in Postcolonial/Decolonial Times. IN Kyoto University Global Education Office (ed.) A ´Japanese Model´ of Education Culture in a Global Era? Retrospect and Prospect: Inaugural Symposium of the Global Education Office. Hosted by the Graduate School of Education, Kyoto University, pp. 142 ̶ 158.

Takayama, Keita 2020. ‘An Invitation to “Negative” Comparative Education’. Comparative Education 56 (1): 79–95. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2019.1701250

Takeda, Nazumi, and James H. Williams 2008. ‘Pluralism, Identity, and the State: National Education Policy Towards Indigenous Minorities in Japan and Canada’. Comparative Education 44 (1): 75-91. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050060701809441

Terasawa, Takunori 2015. ‘Nihonjin to eigo’ no shakaigaku: Naze eigokyōikuron wa gokai darake nano ka (Sociology of English Language and the Japanese: Why Do We Have So Many Misunderstandings about English Education?). Tokyo: Kenkyūsha.

Watsuji, Tetsurō [1934] 2007. Ningen no gaku to shite no rinrigaku (Ethics as the Study of Man). Tokyo: Iwanami Shoten.

Watsuji, Tetsurō. [1935] 1991. Fūdo: Ningenteki kōsatsu (Climate: A Humanological Inquiry). Tokyo: Iwanami Shoten.
Willis, David, Blake, and Jeremy Rappleye 2011. Reimagining Japanese Education: Borders, Transfers, Circulations, and the Comparative. Oxford: Symposium Books.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm28 SES 12 C JS: Systematic Reviews in Educational Research – Methodological Challenges of Synthesizing Heterogeneous Research Landscapes
Location: Gilbert Scott, Turnbull [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Anna Bachsleitner
Session Chair: Karin Zimmer
Joint Symposium NW 12 and NW 28, full information under 12 SES 12 A JS
3:30pm - 5:00pm28 SES 12 C: Religion in schools
Location: Gilbert Scott, 253 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Karl Kitching
Paper Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Representations of the Virgin Mary in Swiss German religious school textbooks in a multi-religious society

Bernhard Rotzer

College of Teacher Education Valais, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Rotzer, Bernhard

In the sociology of knowledge according to Berger and Luckmann, it is assumed that reality is socially constituted and must be renegotiated from one generation to the next (cf. Berger & Luckmann, 1969). The institution of school is not excluded from this process, which becomes apparent with the introduction of new curricula again and again. A few years ago, the curriculum 21 was introduced in the German-speaking cantons of Switzerland, irrespective of historical and confessional boundaries, which contributed to the harmonisation of learning content. Religious education in particular experienced an innovation, which was replaced by the subject "Ethics, Religions, Community" (ERG). Religious education in the singular is now a thing of the past and has been transformed into the teaching of religions. The authors of curriculum 21 take it for granted that children are surrounded by a heterogeneous environment and have to deal with many religious traditions and world views. It is still worthwhile to deal with the Christian traces in society, but a lesson that deals with religions cannot stop at other world views. Adolescents should be introduced to different religions and thus be made capable of tolerance and democracy (Lehrplan 21). In the curriculum of 2003, religious education still focused on the Bible, the knowledge of which seemed indispensable for general education and the children were supposed to get to know the Christian cultural heritage (Lehrplan 2003). Social realities with their institutional knowledge are subject to constant processes of shift (cf. Foucault, 1974, p. 13). These processes of change are particularly noticeable in textbooks and their contents. Drawing on the sociology of knowledge, this means that the content of textbooks can change over time. Whereas in 2000 just over 75 per cent of the Swiss still belonged to the Roman Catholic or Protestant Church, the balance of power has shifted drastically in the last 20 years. Today, just under 54 per cent of Swiss citizens still feel they belong to a traditional Christian church (Bundesamt für Statistik). In 2023, we will encounter a diverse religious landscape in Switzerland, and this presentation is based on the assumption that the diversity of Swiss social relations should also have an impact on the content of religious textbooks. Textbook contents are not random products, but rather sources that are constantly renegotiated by various actors and textbook developers in social-historical discourse (cf. Wiater, 2003).

Using the example of the religious figure called Mary, which is exposed to different interpretive sovereignties beyond interdenominational boundaries and therefore it can be assumed that the perception of this person can manifest itself in different ways in a certain social construct in religious textbooks, this contribution to textbook research aims to show how representations of Mary in image and word in the textbooks of the curriculum 2003 and the curriculum 21 come to light and do or do not do justice to a society of diversity. Thus, this paper is interested in the following questions:

How is the religious figure of Mary portrayed in the textbooks of curriculum 2003 and curriculum 21? Do they do justice to a heterogeneous Swiss society? Could there have been shifts in the representations of Mary in the period between 2003 and today? And if so, what social events might have contributed to this?

Since a pluralistic society changes the interrelationships among the various religious institutions and promotes ecumenical as well as interreligious exchange (cf. Berger, 2014, p. 48), it can be assumed that the representations of Mary must also be affected by this fact.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to get to the bottom of these questions, the researcher invokes grounded theory according to Glaser and Strauss by processing the textbook texts in an inductive manner (cf. Strübing, (2014). In doing so, the author makes use of a total of eight religion textbooks that were and are used in the 2003 curriculum and in curriculum 21. From the text, codes are to be worked out that are finally assigned to the category of Mary in a cumulative manner and enable reliable statements on the synchronous as well as diachronic show between 2003 and today on the textbook contents. This qualitative content analysis will be followed by a discursive classification in order to get to the bottom of the body of knowledge on Mary in religious education textbooks with the possible shifts (cf. Rössler 2017; Mayring, 2015).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
When the curriculum was introduced in 2003, around 75 per cent of the Swiss counted themselves as belonging to a traditional Christian community. Since the 1970s, there have been tendencies towards religious mixing and secularisation, but in German-speaking Switzerland, the majority could be assumed to have a Christian worldview (Bundesamt für Statistik). Thus, in the religious textbooks from the 2003 curriculum, children were taught a depiction of Mary that was within the Christian-Jewish horizon. However, the authors of the textbooks did not just leave it at the traditional biblical traditions, but added Marian stories of their own design in order to present the role of Mary to the schoolchildren in a more comprehensible way, which could be linked to pedagogical considerations (Gott hat viele Namen, 1997, p. 300). Twenty years later, the religious landscape in Switzerland has changed. In 2023, for example, just under half of the Swiss still belong to a Christian denomination, a drop of over 20 per cent since the beginning of the year 2000. An increase in other religious traditions and non-denominational fews has emerged (Bundesamt für Statistik). The analysis of textbooks from Curriculum 21 onwards shows that representations of the Virgin Mary have opened up in favour of an interdenominational or even a cross-religious view and have expanded beyond denominational boundaries to include Islamic and Hindu representations (Blickpunkt 2, 2013, pp. 84-87). These facts show that the representations of Mary in current religious education textbooks can be fitted into the social reality of a pluralistic composition. In contrast to 20 years ago, these have changed from a Christian-Jewish centred and interdenominational to an interreligious approach. This shows that the role of Mary in religious education textbooks in German-speaking Switzerland is changeable according to social developments and is currently compatible with a society of religious diversity.
References
Berger, P.L. (2014). The many altars of modernity. Toward a paradigm for religion in a pluralist age. Bosten: De Gruyter.
Berger, P.L. & Luckmann, T. (1969). Die gesellschaftliche Konstruktion der Wirklichkeit. Deutsche Ausgabe, 26. Auflage, 2016). Frankfurt am Main: Fischer Verlag.
Blickpunkt 2. Religion und Kultur (2013). Lehrmittelverlag in Zusammenarbeit mit der Pädagogischen Hochschule Zürich. Zürich: Lehrmittelverlag Zürich.
Bundesamt für Statistik (2022). Abrufbar unter der folgenden Adresse: https://www.bfs.admin.ch/bfs/de/home/statistiken/bevoelkerung/sprachen-religionen/religionen.html
Foucault, M. (1974). Die Ordnung des Diskurses. Deutsche Ausgabe, 14. Auflage, 2017). München: Carl Hanser Verlag.
Gott hat viele Namen (1997). Herausgegeben vom Lehrmittelverlag des Kantons Zürich. Zürich: Lehrmittelverlag Zürich.
Lehrplan 21 (2018). Abrufbar unter https://vs.lehrplan.ch/index.php?code=b|6|1
Lehrplan 2003 (2003). Sion: Médiathèque Valais, BCV PA 4151.
Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken (12. Überarbeitete Auflage). Weinheim: Beltz.
Rössler, P. (2017). Inhaltsanalyse (3. Auflage). Konstanz und München: utb.
Wiater, W. (2003). Das Schulbuch als Gegenstand pädagogischer Forschung. In W. Wiater (Hrsg.). Schulbuchforschung in Europa – Bestandesaufnahme und Zukunftsperspektive. Beiträge zur historischen und systematischen Schulbuchforschung (S. 11-22). Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt.


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Employment Equality and Non-Religious Teachers in Religious Schools

Catherine Stapleton1, James Nelson2

1MIC, University of Limerick, Ireland; 2Queens University, Belfast

Presenting Author: Stapleton, Catherine; Nelson, James

Globalisation, socio-political shifts and increasing diversification of religious beliefs and practices present challenges for schools around the world. This is a time of transition and school communities face challenges between traditional and new ways of understanding. Teachers are at the interface of this change, including how their personal identities fit within professional environments. This paper presents an investigation into nonreligious teachers' experiences in traditionally religious schools in the Republic of Ireland (RoI) and Northern Ireland. In the RoI and, until recently, in Northern Ireland (NI) schools with a religious ethos were exempt from employment equality legislation in relation to religion (NI Fair Employment and Treatment Order 1998; Irish Employment Equality Act 1998-2011 Section 37 (1)). Historically this has been justified on religious grounds and the right of religious schools to appoint teachers who share their beliefs. Over time, populations on both sides of the border have become more religiously diverse and there has been a significant rise in the number of people with no religious belief. Some schools have responded to this increasing plurality by changing how they describe their stated ethos, this has resulted in further uncertainty around what counts as a religious school and raises questions regarding the applicability of exemptions from equality legislation for all schools on the island. Furthermore, the continued use of exemptions from equality legislation in RoI would appear to be overly generous in comparison to other European states. The research question, therefore, was as follows:

To what extent is religion or belief a factor in the appointment or promotion of non-religious teachers in Post-Primary schools with a religious ethos on the island of Ireland?

The epistemology underpinning this research is social constructivism. Theories of identity and teacher agency, particularly ecological agency (Priestly et al. 2015), underpin the analysis of the findings.

The research methodology was qualitative and the researchers undertook semi-structured interviews with fifteen non-religious post-primary teachers. Thematic analysis supported by NVivo 10 computer software was used to analyse the data.

The key findings are that religion or belief was a factor in the appointments of all the teachers to varying degrees. In schools managed by Catholic authorities, candidates’ beliefs were explicitly taken into consideration. While in other schools, that hold religious values, implicit religious influences were at play in teacher appointments. It was also found that temporary contracts and probation periods meant teachers were subjected to a protracted assessment of their suitability for posts, including their ‘fit’ with a school's religious ethos. The majority of the participants felt a need to suppress their non-religious identity and conform to the schools’ religious culture, causing identity dissonance and personal ethical conflicts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the research questions the researchers chose to gather qualitative data from a sample of teachers in both jurisdictions. As explored in the literature review, those Post-Primary teachers who are non-religious may lack formal protections against discrimination in employment on the basis of their beliefs.
The researchers recruited Post-Primary teachers who self-identified as non-religious and had experience working in a school with a religious ethos. Initially, a number of established humanist organisations and social network groups were contacted. However, it proved challenging to find participants and the researchers asked the organisations to re-advertise. Furthermore, the communications office at Mary Immaculate College, Limerick was also asked to advertise the research project on their platforms. Snowball sampling was utilised, whereby participants were asked at their interview if they had colleagues who may be interested in participating in the research. This enabled a wider reach to participants who were not members of non-religious groups or social media followers. Where applicable, permission was sought from the organisation and/or network gatekeeper to share an invitation to become involved in the research. The research was advertised between June and August 2020. The criteria for selection shared in the invitation were: a non-religious worldview and experience of teaching in a Post-Primary school on the island of Ireland which had a religious ethos. In total, 15 participants were interviewed five from NI and ten from RoI. When interviewed, 14 were currently teaching and one had left the teaching profession. Due to the restrictions of the Covid 19 pandemic, video-call software was used to facilitate the interviews.
The project received ethical approval from the SSESW Ethics Committee of Queen’s University Belfast.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Religion or belief is a factor in the appointments of teachers. Similar to other studies of teachers in NI (Milliken et al. 2019), our data showed that application forms and interview processes are used by many schools to elicit the religious or non-religious identity of teachers and their level of commitment to the religious ethos of the school. We can see from our sample that the freedom to make judgments on applicants by religion is exercised explicitly by Catholic schools. Further, implicit processes are at play across other school types which remain religiously influenced, on both parts of the island. Moreover, temporary contracts and probation periods combined with a ‘chill factor’ mean teachers are subjected to a protracted assessment of their suitability.
 
In considering our findings alongside European directives focusing on proportionality and genuine occupational requirement (European Council 2000), the European Convention guidance on religious freedom (article 9) (ECHR 2021) in tandem with the United Nations Human Rights comment 22 (UNHRC 1993) on mutual respect, we found that non-religious teachers without legislated protection from discrimination can be disadvantaged in employment in a range of school types and if they achieve employment can experience isolation, identity dissonance and restricted agency. Using an ecological view of agency as part of the analytical frame, helped to highlight how teachers, as individuals cannot easily address discriminatory environments and practices at a structural level. Interestingly, our findings also show that schools with strong religious cultures are not exclusively denominational schools. For this reason, a system-wide review of employment practices is needed, especially if nonreligious teachers are to experience equality and inclusivity as part of their professional environment.
 

 

References
Barnes, L. P. (2021). The character of Controlled schools in Northern Ireland: A complementary perspective to that of Gracie and Brown. International Journal of Christianity & Education, 205699712110089. https://doi.org/10.1177/20569971211008940

Berglund, Jenny (2014) Swedish Religion Education: Objective but Marinated in Lutheran Protestantism?, Temenos - Nordic Journal of Comparative Religion 49: 2, 165–84. https://doi.org/10.33356/temenos.9545

Bråten, O. M. H. (2014), “New social patterns: old structures? How the countries of Western Europe deal with religious plurality in education”, in Rothgangel M., Jackson R. and M. Jäggle (eds), Religious education at schools in Europe, Vol. 2: Western Europe, Vienna University Press: Göttingen

Bullivant, S., Farias, M., Lanman, J., & Lee, L. (2019). Understanding Unbelief: Atheists and agnostics
around the world. https://cdn-researchkent.pressidium.com/understandingunbelief/wpcontent/uploads/sites/1816/2019/05/UUReportRome.pdf

Catholic Schools Partnership (2014), Catholic Education at Second Level in the Republic of Ireland. Looking at the Future. Dublin: Veritas

Coffman, A.N. (2015) Teacher Agency and Education Policy. The New Educator, 11(4), 322-332

Chan, A. & Stapleton, C. (2021). Religious-based bullying: International Perspectives on what it is and how to address it. In P.K Smith, P & J. O’Higgins Norman (Eds.), The Wiley Blackwell Handbook of Bullying: A Comprehensive and International Review of Research and Intervention. Vol one [pp.321-341]. Wiley Blackwell.

Employment Equality Act, 1998-2011, Section 37(1). Dublin Stationery Office, available http://www.irishstatutebook.ie/eli/1998/act/21/enacted/en/html

Equality Commission Northern Ireland (ECNI). (2004). The Exception of Teachers from The Fair
Employment and Treatment (NI) Order 1998. https://www.equalityni.org/ECNI/media/ECNI/Publications/Delivering Equality/TeacherExceptionfromFETOInvestigReport2004.pdf

European Council. (2000). Council Directive establishing a general framework for equal treatment in
employment and occupation 2000/78/EC. http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2000/78/oj

Franken, L. (2021). Church, State and RE in Europe: Past, Present and Future. Religion & Education.
https://doi.org/10.1080/15507394.2021.1897452

Heinz, M., Davison, K., & Keane, E. (2018). ‘I will do it, but religion is a very personal thing’: teacher education applicants’ attitudes towards teaching religion in Ireland. European Journal of Teacher Education, 41(2), 232-245.

Milliken, M., Bates, J., & Smith, A. (2019). Education policies and teacher deployment in Northern Ireland: ethnic separation, cultural encapsulation and community cross-over. British Journal of Educational Studies, 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2019.166608

Nelson, J. (2019). Meaning-making in religious education: a critical discourse analysis of RE departments’ web pages. British Journal of Religious Education, 41(1), 90–104. https://doi.org/10.1080/01416200.2017.1324757

Priestly, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher Agency: an ecological approach. Bloomsbury Academic.
From <https://www.conftool.com/ecer2023/index.php?page=showAbstract&form_id=343&show_abstract=1>

Russo, C. J. (2009). The Law and Hiring Practices in Faith-Based Schools. Journal of Research on
Christian Education, 18(3), 256–271. https://doi.org/10.1080/10656210903345248

Stapleton, C. (2021).’Catholic education at the coalface of a kaleidoscope of identities’, Pastoral Care in Education, 39(1) DOI: 10.1080/02643944.2021.1898664 Available:  https://www.tandfonline.com/eprint/EFDDHVYXVZF7PICGFGZM/full?target=10.1080/02643944.2021.1 898664


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Education Policy and Youth Freedom of Expression on Race and Faith at School

Karl Kitching, Asli Kandemir, Reza Gholami, Md. Shajedur Rahman

University of Birmingham, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Kitching, Karl; Kandemir, Asli

This paper is part of a mixed methods research project on the factors in and out of schools that shape young people’s expression on race and faith equality issues. Focusing here on policy discourse, the paper presents an analysis of two key questions: (1) how liberal political concepts including those of freedom of expression may be mobilised in education policy to facilitate wider right-wing political goals, and (2) how education policy in this context shapes young people’s ‘free’ public political expression - in particular on race and faith equality issues - at school. The international significance of this paper lies in its analysis of how education policy discourse is aligned with the revival of freedom of expression as a topic of right-wing political concern across the global north. This revival, it has been argued, seeks to undermine fragile race and faith equality progress through the translation of narrow ‘free speech’ and ‘cancel culture’ claims into policy and political discourse (Mondon and Winter 2020; Titley 2020).

Our focus is on education policy and politics in contemporary English education, where government figures have defined the anti-racist organising of movements such as Black Lives Matter as ‘cancelling’ freedom of expression in higher education, and as creating risks for impartiality on the teaching of equality in schools (Trilling 2020). Political figures in the US, France and Australia have made similar claims (Goldberg 2021), advancing an “antagonistic vision” of “who constitutes the public and what values should guide public discourse” (Titley 2020: 3). However, education policy texts are typically more politically measured, and freedom of expression is a far more complex phenomenon than binary notions of ‘free speech’ and ‘cancellation’ put forward in such political discourse allows. For example, in the context of curriculum-making, mundane processes of foreclosing what is not/cannot be taught, processes of editing, and the pursuit of efficiencies and profit all play a role in shaping what can be thought, said and felt in education contexts (Mondal 2018).

The paper analyses 80 education policy texts in the English and UK policy context with a view to unearthing not just how freedom of expression is directly defined in such texts, but to identifying the ways education policy contributes to the political, cultural and affective environment that makes certain kinds of expression possible for young people. Education policy has long been theorised in terms of discourse, i.e., a body of ideas, concepts and beliefs established as knowledge or truth, framing “what can be said, and thought, but also… who can speak, when, where, and with what authority” (Ball 1993, 14). The paper draws on this theoretical tradition to understand ‘freedom’ as existing in a complex, contextual relationship to power/constraint, rather than being its simple opposite. As notions of disciplinary power and subjectivation arising from Foucault (1975) and Butler (1990) indicate, a focus on discourse helps us see the performative, i.e., normalising power of discourse in shaping the possibilities of everyday youth expression (Youdell 2006), alongside more commonly understood juridical/legal forms of constraint on expression (e.g. hate speech).

As such, a key analytic goal in this paper is to identify what kinds of subject positions and thus, possibilities for expression, are made available to young people through education policy texts. But freedom of expression, and questions of race and faith equality involve political passions (Youdell 2011). Therefore, drawing on affect theories, we seek to analyse how the possibility of young people and their political expression on race and faith equality becoming a particular subject and object of feeling is also created/closed down through policy discourse (Ahmed 2004; Kitching et al. 2015).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper presents a two-step thematic and discursive analysis of English education policy texts pertaining the period 2010-2022. This period marks several Conservative-led policy changes, including the deregulation of school governance to offer schools greater budgetary and curriculum ‘freedoms’ (Academies Act 2010; Department for Education; DfE 2016), the establishment of a statutory terrorism prevention duty in schools (Department for Education 2014), the minimising of racism as a systemic issue (Commission on Race and Ethnic Disparities 2021), the endorsement of ‘strict’ methods to manage behaviour (Timpson 2021), and the issuing of political impartiality guidelines for schools as a response to movements, e.g. for decolonisation (DfE 2021).

The data consisted of a corpus of 80 texts gathered in the areas of equality, curriculum, behaviour, safeguarding (inclusive of counter-terrorism) and inspection. These texts were identified through a process of searching these areas through the DfE government web archive for the period. We included relevant higher education texts due to the focus on freedom of expression in this context (DfE 2021). The texts included white papers, legislation, guidance on enacting legal duties in schools, policy research reports, and press statements. While engaging a broad range of policy priorities, this approach allowed us to identify dominant discourses operating across these priorities and how they aligned with or contradicted one another. The selected texts were divided between the two presenting authors, and a two-stage analytic process was conducted. The first was a thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke 2019), which enabled the identification of the range of meanings put forward in the texts. While texts were coded under a priori categories of equality, freedom, expression, and mission of school/higher education, these categories largely helped us to organise the analysis and of two separate sets of texts, allowing us to meet/communicate regularly and ‘make sense’ of each other’s coding processes. We then examined how our 265 codes overlapped and differed, to simplify and merge the codes into 31 a posteriori codes. At this point, moving towards a more deductive process, we identified five key themes as capturing the prevailing meanings advanced in the texts: truth, vulnerability, liberal equality, school excellence, and citizen-making. Drawing on samples from each of the five themes, we then conducted a second-stage analysis of the discursive strategies deployed in the texts, to offer particular subject positions for young people, and ways of feeling about freedom of expression, race and faith equality and youth.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis found few education policy texts addressed the topic of freedom of expression or the political debates noted earlier directly. However, multiple discursive and affective strategies typically aligned to liberal political norms were identified as offering narrow possibilities for expression to young people. As one example, a key strategy involved not simply the production of young people as vulnerable subjects, but the discursive and affective regulation of acceptable vulnerability through discourses of child/youth safeguarding and protected characteristics. There was an implicit temporal distinction drawn between current priority (gender, sexuality, age) risks which, which in line with prevailing political climate, deprioritised concerns about race inequality. At the same time, the forms of vulnerability that youth may more actively encounter (e.g. youth-led organising, dissent) was either absent, discouraged, or defined as illegal.

While processes of policy enactment will find ways to subvert and work against the above issues, we argue these discursive and affective strategies amongst others in the wider dataset powerfully work to empty liberal democratic concepts of equality and human rights of their potential to support young people’s political expression. This emptying and narrowing of the kinds of political subjects that young people can become in turn facilitates the achievement of prevailing right-wing political goals. This is not least as race and faith equality are largely depoliticised and deprioritised as protected characteristics, and any stronger representation of race or faith inequality as a live issue is designated as ‘contested’ and thus a risky basis for school-based discussion. The next phase of our research will map how these discursive and affective strategies translate into processes of policy enactment in schools and young people’s lives, through interviews with national and local policy stakeholders, and ethnographic school case studies.

References
Academies Act 2010. Available at https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2010/32/contents
Ahmed, S. 2004. The Cultural Politics of Emotion. Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh Press.
Ball, S.J. 1993. What is Policy? Texts, Trajectories and Toolboxes. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education 13(2): 10-17.
Braun, V. and Clarke, V. 2019. Reflecting on Reflexive Thematic Analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health 11(4): 589-597.
Butler, J. 1990. Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. London: Routledge.
Commission on Race and Ethnic Disparities. 2021. Commission on Race and Ethnic Disparities: The Report. Available at https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/974507/20210331_-_CRED_Report_-_FINAL_-_Web_Accessible.pdf
Department for Education. 2015. The Prevent Duty: Departmental Advice for Schools and Care Providers. HMSO.
Department for Education. 2016. Educational Excellence Everywhere. HMSO.
Department for Education. 2022. Political Impartiality in Schools. Available at https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/political-impartiality-in-schools/political-impartiality-in-schools
Foucault, M. 1975. Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison. New York: Random House.
Goldberg, D.T. 2021. The War on Critical Race Theory. Boston Review. https://www.bostonreview.net/articles/the-war-on-critical-race-theory/
Kitching, K., O’Brien, S., Long, F., Conway, P.F., Murphy, R., and Hall, K. 2015. Knowing How to Feel About the Other? Student Teachers, and the Contingent Role of Embodiments in Educational Inequalities. Pedagogy, Culture and Society 23(2): 203-223.
Mondal, A. A. 2018. The Shape of Free Speech: Rethinking Liberal Free Speech Theory. Continuum 32(4): 503-517.
Mondon, A. and Winter, A. 2020. Reactionary Democracy: How Racism and the Populist Far Right Became Mainstream. London: Verso.
Timpson, E. 2019. Timpson Review of School Exclusion. Department for Education.
Titley, G. 2020. Is Free Speech Racist? London: Polity Books.
Trilling, D. 2020. Why is the Government Suddenly Targeting Critical Race Theory? The Guardian. 23 October. https://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/2020/oct/23/uk-critical-race-theory-trump-conservatives-structural-inequality
Youdell, D. 2006. Impossible Bodies, Impossible Selves: Exclusions and Student Subjectivities. Dordrecht: Springer.
Youdell, D.  2011. School Trouble: Identity, Power and Politics in Education. London: Routledge.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm29 SES 12 C JS: The marginalised materiality of education: resonant vibrations, embodied meaning-making, and non-verbal
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre C [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Judit Onsès
Joint Paper Session NW 13 and NW 29

Full information in the programme under 13 SES 12 A JS (set the filter to Network 13) (In conftool follow the below)
3:30pm - 5:00pm30 SES 12 A: Online ESE
Location: Hetherington, 130 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Jonas Lysgaard
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Tensions and Resistance to Sustainable Development: An Analysis of Young People’s Online Discussions and its Didactical Implications

Linnea Urberg, Johan Öhman

Örebro University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Urberg, Linnea

Society is currently facing and experiencing a fundamental environmental and social climate-related crisis (IPCC, 2022). Despite this, many groups in society are opposed to or are skeptical about various sustainability reforms and research about the climate crisis and other environmental issues (e.g., Jylhä et al. 2022; Krange, Kaltenborn, & Hultman, 2019; Ojala, 2015). When teaching young people about sustainable development, we cannot assume that everyone is in favour of sustainable development; there is a diversity of views on these issues. Previous research demonstrates the importance of emotions for engagement and sustainability commitment, but also for denial and/or scepticism (Håkansson & Östman, 2019; Ojala, 2015; Öhman & Sund, 2021). Other research suggests that viewing denial as exhibiting both negative and positive mechanisms related to the reduction of risk of becoming emotionally paralysed when facing uncomfortable facts, holds great potential to entering a new understanding of denial (Lysgaard, 2019). This study aims to clarify the underlying logic of how and why some young people express resistance and how habits, values and identity contribute to negative emotions and doubts about sustainable development, climate change and the current environmental crisis.

The analysed data originates from a Swedish internet forum which provide a public space for young people (aged 13 to 25) to discuss political matters. Forums of this kind are particularly valuable to study as young people can here openly discuss their views of sustainability topics (Andersson & Öhman, 2016). There are a number of studies that show the prevalence of youth resistance and that also point to sociological and psychological background factors (e.g., Skogen, 1999; Strandbu & Skogen, 2000; Ojala, 2015). There is however a lack of studies that develop an understanding of the character specifically of resistance to and tensions in sustainability topics among young people. That is, how this resistance is played out in discursive practice and the ideological tensions, arguments and the logic behind obstructive standpoints and manifestations. We propose here an understanding based on Pierre Bourdieu's (1986, 1994/2014) theory of capital, with the addition of symbolic environmental capital (Karol & Gale, 2004). Young people's resistance is relevant to education, we need to better understand resistance in order to deal with resistance and tensions constructively and then recommend didactic methods to cope with the tensions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the study we used qualitative content analysis of an internet forum for young people where young people (aged 13 to 25) are able to discuss political matters. As we are interested in the underlying meanings and themes of  the posts on the forum, a qualitative content analysis is the most adequate method in that a large amount of data can be reduced, sorted and analysed (Bryman & Bell, 2019). The first step of the analysis was inductive and then coded according to categories of tension, first into thirteen different categories which could then be reduced to four main tensions in young people's discussions about sustainable development. Approximately five hundred posts from the threads remained in the second sample. An overview reading of these five hundred posts was conducted and the material was analysed and reduced to those posts that could be understood as expressing resistance. If the post expressed resistance, we analysed who or what the resistance was directed towards to make any intergroup tensions visible. Four main tensions were identified: Individual vs. the State, Rural vs. Urban, Green privileged vs. Disadvantaged, Rural vs. Urban and Boys vs. Girls. In the second step, a deductive analysis was used to analyse the categories of resistance in relation to the theory. With the deductive approach, the internet forum post was analysed in relation to Bourdieu’s forms of capital, with the addition of environmental capital to identify which forms of capital young people wanted to defend or were afraid to lose.

The study has been approved by the Swedish Ethical Review Authority (Reference number: 2021-05405-01).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We identified four main tensions in young people’s discussions on sustainable development. Our result corresponds with findings in previous psychological research showing that sustainability issues can trigger strong emotions among young people (Ojala, 2015). From a Bourdieusian perspective, fear is understood as a fear of losing privileges or capital resources in the manifestations of resistance expressed by boys, those in rural areas who feel neglected, or those who feel that they do not benefit from sustainable transformation or reforms. The empirical analysis also shows a perceived conflict between the individual and the over-controlling state. The results indicate that resistance was often manifested as a defense of economic disadvantage and a fear of losing cultural or social capital in the new era of sustainability. Due to this fear, other groups, such as women, immigrants, and the urban population, were blamed by those who saw themselves as disadvantaged in the sustainable transformation.

The findings of this study implicate that sustainability education must critically reflect on and discuss opposing ethical and political standpoints, i.e., learn from each other’s differences. In the ESD field, several studies highlight that teachers can work with pluralistic methods and teaching models to support young people’s sustainability commitment (e.g., Sund & Öhman, 2019; Poeck Östman & Öhman, 2019; Van Poeck & Östman, 2019). However, there is still a need for concrete guidelines for how teachers can constructively meet young people’s resistance and handle the tensions identified in the study. That is, to see the learning potential of moments of resistance and treat them as opportunities for inquiry in a democratic dialogue which can reverse them into a sound sustainability commitment.


References
Bourdieu, P. (1986). Distinction : a social critique of the judgement of taste (New ed.). Routledge.

Bourdieu, P. (1994/2014). Raisons pratiques. Sur la théori de láction: Praktiskt förnuft - bidrag till handlingsteori. Daidalos AB.

Bryman, A. & Bell, E. A. (2019). Social Research Methods. Oxford University Press.

Håkansson, M. & Östman, L. (2019). The political dimension in ESE: The construction of a political moment model for analyzing bodily anchored political emotions in teaching and learning of the political dimension. Environmental Education Research, 25(4), 585–600.

IPCC (2022). Climate Change 2022: Impacts, Adaptation, and Vulnerability. Working Group II Contribution to the Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Cambridge University Press. doi:10.1017/9781009325844.

Jylhä, K., Stanley, S., Ojala, M. & Clarke, E. (2022). Science Denial: A Narrative Review and Recommendations for Future Research and Practice. European Psychologist. doi:10.1027/1016-9040/a000487.

Karol, J. & Gale, T. (2004). Bourdieu and Sustainability: introducing 'environmental capital'. AARE, Melbourne.

Krange, L., Kaltenborn B.P, & Hultman, M (2019). Cool dudes in Norway: climate change denial among conservative Norwegian men. Environmental Sociology, 5(1), 1-11. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1080/23251042.2018.1488516.

Lysgaard, J.A. (2019). Denial. In J. A. Lysgaard, S. Bengtsson & M. Hauberg-Lund Laugesen (Eds.), Dark Pedagogy. Education, Horror and the Antrhopocene (pp. 23-36). Palgrave Pivot. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-19933-3_2.

Öhman, J. & Sund, L. (2021). A didactic model of sustainability commitment. Sustainability, 13(6).

Ojala, M. (2015). Climate change skepticism among a group of adolescents. Journal of Youth Studies, 18 (9), 1135-1153.

Skogen, K. (1999). Another Look at Culture and Nature: How Culture Patterns Influence Environmental Orientation among Norwegian Youth. Acta Sociologica 42 (3), 223–239. doi:10.1177/000169939904200303.

Strandbu, Å. & Skogen, K. (2000) Environmentalism among Norwegian Youth: Different Paths to Attitudes and Action? Journal of Youth Studies 3(2), 189–209.

Van Poeck, K., Östman, L. & Öhman, J. (Eds.) (2019). Sustainable development teaching: ethical and political challenges. Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge.

Van Poeck, K. & L. Östman. (2018). Creating Space for ‘the Political’ in Environmental and Sustainability Education Practice: A Political Move Analysis of Educators’ Actions. Environmental Education Research 24(9), 1406–1423. doi:10.1080/13504622.2017.1306835.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Youth TikTok Production as Public Pedagogy Towards Liveable Climate Futures: The State of the Literature

Angela Hostetler1,2, Marcia McKenzie1,3, Sarah E. Truman1

1University of Melbourne, Australia; 2KU Leuven, Belgium; 3University of Saskatchewan, Canada

Presenting Author: Hostetler, Angela

Young people are worried about climate change. This anxiety is a rational response to the threats and realities of the current climate crisis, a crisis which young people have inherited and have little power to avert (Pihkala, 2021). If “all education is an introduction in some way to the future” (França, 2019, n.p.), it is surely an institutional failure that so few educational jurisdictions include more than cursory nods to climate change in their primary and secondary curricula (McKenzie, 2021). Despite this lag in policy, however, students are learning about and responding to climate change (Gasparri et al., 2021). In particular, young people’s concern about climate change is clearly visible on the social media platform TikTok (Basch et al., 2022). This youth-focused project is interested in youth experiences and intentions regarding TikTok as a form of critical public pedagogy on climate change. As such, this project asks: What can we learn, as educators, policy makers, and fellow humans, about and from the youth-led, climate-change-focused communication happening on TikTok?

TikTok is a relatively new platform on which users produce and share short video content. Once posted, users—predominantly young people—interact with this content by creating new, often mimetic responses, which interact with TikTok’s algorithm and result in a form of “platform politics,” i.e., “the assemblage of design, policies, and norms,” (Massanari, 2017, p. 336) that continuously influence discourse on the platform. Public pedagogy refers to the teaching and learning that happens in public, outside of formal educational institutions (O’Malley et al., 2020). However, TikTok disrupts the “false binary between public-private places of learning” (Truman, 2021, p. 66) by algorithmically feeding users public-personal-corporate-political curricula (and prompting users to generate their own), available wherever data signals can reach, be it in the classroom or kitchen. TikTok is a place where youth express their feelings of grief, anger, and urgency about climate change and also a place to find hope and solidarity, as well as engage in forms of climate activism (de Moor et al., 2021). McKenzie (2022) observes that while TikTok’s algorithmic controls function as “digital governance over the affective lives of people across the globe” (p. 155) at the same time, such virtual encounters “can also be seen as contributing to forms of collective affect and action that, in some cases, extend beyond the algorithmic ambitions of such platforms.” (p. 155). Because of TikTok’s distinctive platform politics and young user base, researchers (e.g., Hautea et al., 2021) have begun to study TikTok and its content as representative of and instrumental in the (re)production of what Papacharissi (2015) calls “affective publics,” i.e., “networked publics that are mobilized and connected, identified, and potentially disconnected through expressions of sentiment, including in relation to climate change” (p. 311). This presentation will review the existing literature on TikTok and other social media platforms as sites of intended climate communication and education, proposing further questions as to the influence this communication might have as public pedagogy towards liveable climate futures.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Pearce et al. (2019) points to a need for future research that includes single-platform studies and multimodal analysis of climate change publics to investigate whether social media “provide space for subjective and normative imaginations of climate alongside the universal, apolitical climate imaginary proffered by science” (p. 9). Hautea et al. (2021) further suggest that future studies “tease out creators’ motivations through methods such as ethnography, interviewing, and focus groups; and explore audience effects through experimental and survey research” (p. 12). This literature review presentation will set the stage for such projects. The methodology for the literature review is that of a scoping review (Peters et al., 2015), which will provide a broad overview of key literatures and map key concepts pertinent to consideration of TikTok as a location of intended climate pedagogy. It is expected that literature drawn internationally, and will focus on areas of digital media, climate communication, and education. The review will go beyond climate education as science education, looking at how public pedagogy on social media addresses the psychological, ideological, and political barriers to climate action, and what pedagogical avenues for climate education may be viable options in the future.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This presentation will provide an overview of key findings to date, areas of less research, and questions of interest for subsequent studies of TikTok as a space for public pedagogy toward livable climate futures. The analysis of the literature will map out the sticking points and viable pathways present within the complexity of both academic and non-academic discourse. The aim of the scoping review is not to provide a conclusive evaluation of the literature, but to represent the range of evidence and discussion, currently and cumulatively, being held related to youth, social media, and climate change in order to guide future research projects toward successful climate communication and liveable climate futures.
References
Basch, C.H., Yalamanchili, B., & Fera, J. (2022). #Climate change on TikTok: A content analysis of videos. Journal of Community Health, 47, 163–167.
de Moor, J., De Vydt, M., Uba, K., & Wahlström, M. (2021). New kids on the block: Taking stock of the recent cycle of climate activism. Social Movement Studies, 20(5), 619–625.
França, J. (2019, July 2). Henry Giroux: “Those arguing that education should be neutral are really arguing for a version of education in which nobody is accountable.” CCCBLAB. https://lab.cccb.org/en/henry-giroux-those-arguing-that-education-should-be-neutral-are-really-arguing-for-a-version-of-education-in-which-nobody-is-accountable/
Gasparri, G., Omrani, O. E., Hinton, R., Imbago, D., Lakhani, H., Mohan, A., Yeung, W., & Bustreo, F. (2021). Children, adolescents, and youth pioneering a human rights-based approach to climate change. Health and Human Rights Journal, 23(2), 95-108. https://www.hhrjournal.org/2021/12/children-adolescents-and-youth-pioneering-a-human-rights-based-approach-to-climate-change/
Hautea, S., Parks, P., Takahashi, B., & Zeng, J. (2021). Showing they care (or don’t): Affective publics and ambivalent climate activism on TikTok. Social Media + Society, 1014.
Massanari, A. (2017). #Gamergate and The Fappening: How Reddit’s algorithm, governance, and culture support toxic technocultures. New Media & Society, 19(3), 329–346.
McKenzie, M. (2021). Climate change education and communication in global review: Tracking progress through national submissions to the UNFCCC Secretariat. Environmental Education Research, 27(5), 631-651.
O’Malley, M. P., Sandlin, J. A., Burdick, J., O’Malley, M. P., Sandlin, J. A., & Burdick, J. (2020). Public pedagogy theories, methodologies, and ethics. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education (August). Oxford University.
Papacharissi, Z. (2015). Affective publics: Sentiment, technology, and politics. Oxford University Press.
23Pearce, W., Niederer, S., Özkula, S. M., & Sánchez Querubín, N. (2019). The social media life of climate change: Platforms, publics, and future imaginaries. Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Climate Change, 10(2), e569.
Peters, M. D., Godfrey, C. M., Khalil, H., McInerney, P., Parker, D., Soares, C.B. (2015). Guidance for conducting systematic scoping reviews. International Journal of Evidence Based Healthcare. 13(3), 141-6.
Pihkala, P. (2020). Anxiety and the ecological crisis: An analysis of eco-anxiety and climate anxiety. Sustainability 2020, 12, 7836.
Truman, S. E. (2022). Feminist speculations and the practice of research-creation: Writing pedagogies and intertextual affects. Routledge.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Strengthening Education for Sustainable Development: A Digital Escape Room for Teacher Education (BNERoom) – First Results of the Study

Vanessa Henke, Stephanie Spanu, Lena Tacke

TU-Dortmund, Germany

Presenting Author: Henke, Vanessa

Internationally, Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) is given high priority in order to address social, ecological, and economic challenges. The importance of ESD for the future sustainable orientation of our society is underpinned in particular by Agenda 2030 (UN 2015). Alongside these developments, digitality is advancing in many areas of life, such as higher education. Both educational concepts (ESD and digital education) have common goals, as they refer to current and future challenges and cannot be clearly assigned to one discipline. Also, both concepts are about fostering the critical awareness of learners through critical reflective thinking and participatory experience in interdisciplinary contexts (Weselek et al. 2022). In this regard, according to Pegalajar-Palomino et al. (2019), higher education is the key to supporting important developments for both concepts. Future-oriented teacher education should combine both concepts by enabling future teachers to jointly shape sustainable development processes, for example with the help of serious games. These are games that do not serve the purpose of entertainment (van der Molen et al 2017), but pursue an educational goal (Wouters et al. 2013). Thus, escape rooms can be referred to as serious games if they pursue a specific educational goal. In this context, Fotaris and Mastoras describe the specificities of escape rooms from an educational perspective. From their point of view, escape rooms are based on a social constructivist approach, as learners construct their own knowledge when they encounter and deal with various challenges in an escape room in real time. In this process, learners face complex problems, which can only be solved through interaction with others (Fotaris & Mastoras 2019). Referring to serious games and their potential for supporting ESD goals, Spangenberger et al. (2022) report that such games have already been discussed intensively in the international literature. They explain that, from an empirical point of view, various studies have shown that serious games are more effective for learning than traditional learning methods. This is demonstrated by the meta-analysis of Wouters et al. (2013) and other studies evaluating the use of serious games in higher education (e.g., Braghirolli et al. 2016). Since university teacher education aims at teaching key competencies for the later (self-)responsible, reflective, and professional actions of teachers in school, it is of central importance that teachers promote important key competencies for ESD. Thus, important competencies for ESD have already been identified. These competencies, which are important for learners to help shape sustainable development processes, include competencies for collaboration, critical thinking, and integrated problem-solving skills (e.g., Rieckmann 2018). Against this background, it is of central importance that concrete learning objectives are formulated for the field of ESD in university teacher education as a basis for the development and implementation of appropriate didactic methods and tools. It is in this context that the project BNERoom aims to contribute to a stronger implementation of ESD and digital education in teacher training. The overall goal of the project is to develop a digital escape room (BNERoom) on ESD for student teachers, to test it with students, and to evaluate it scientifically. The project initiates an interdisciplinary exchange between students of all teaching professions in educational science and didactics (catholic theology and social education) and scientifically accompanies the negotiation processes among students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Within the framework of this project, the designed-based research approach (DBR) was chosen as a research approach which pursues the goal of further developing teaching-learning arrangements. The approach is contextualized in this project for the subjects of didactics and educational science, as it is a discrepancy experience within educational practice (Reinmann 2022). With this focus on a school problem, we chose to concentrate on the SDG 10 "Reduce Inequality" in the development and evaluation of the escape room, because it combines the challenges of education in a special way. The escape room can be developed to create a place where students collaboratively deal with challenges related to this topic, for example. In this sense, it can be understood as an intervention in the context of the accompanying research. In this context, the DBR can be classified as developmental research in the field of educational science in the area of practical research, so that, according to Lehman-Wermser & Konrad (2016), it pursues a double objective. On the one hand, it aims to solve relevant problems from educational practice (here: reduction of inequality of opportunity in the educational system) and, on the other hand, it will yield theory-generated and -developed results (here: chances and limitations of the implementation of a digital escape room on ESD in teacher education). To evaluate the digital escape room, we will video the students’ interactions while they are working in the room. This will be done in the LabProfile of the TU-Dortmund, which has appropriate technical equipment for the development and exploration of different scenarios, such as the application of an escape room. We will document testing of the escape room by students in three seminars, i.e., with at least 30 students. In addition, cognitive interviews will be conducted with students at three time points. The aim of the data analysis is to evaluate the escape room; more specifically, it will allow us to: (a) determine how expedient the developed dilemma situations are for empowering the students, (b) gain insights into the inner structure of the students' negotiation skills, and (c) record which (interdisciplinary) knowledge stocks they refer to. Against this background, the evaluation will be done with the documentary method (Bohnsack, 2021).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The digital escape room in this project represents an innovative and interactive serious game that is to be tested and evaluated concretely with students. Following on from the project’s above-mentioned research goals, we will drawn conclusions about the design of the dilemma situations based on both the videographed application of the students and the interviews. It is important to use both types of data (videography and interviews) so that students are not only observed during application, but they are also interviewed. Hence, conclusions for the modification of the escape room can be drawn on both. The videographies will also be used to capture the internal structure of students’ negotiation skills. These results are central to the testing and further development of the escape room. As a third goal, both survey settings will record the knowledge stocks that students refer to. In particular, it is important to identify which knowledge stocks they draw on from their own discipline within the common interdisciplinary framework. The results of the study in the project are interesting for other European countries to further develop teacher education internationally. Overall, the project aims to strengthen, network, and implement ESD in university teacher education and to contribute to a stronger interdisciplinary exchange among student teachers. During the lecture, we will present the storyline of the escape room, the testing with students, the associated seminar conception, and the first results of the scientific evaluation.
References
Braghirolli L.F., Ribeiro J.L.D., Weise A.D. & Pizzolato M. (2016). Benefits of educational games as an introductory activity in industrial engineering education. Computers in Human Behaviour, 58, 315–324. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2015.12.063
Bohnsack, R. (2021). Rekonstruktive Sozialforschung. Einführung in qualitative Methoden. Stuttgart: utb.
Fotaris, P. & Mastoras, T. (2019). Escape Rooms for Learning: A Systematic Review. In L. Elbaek, G. Majgaard, A. Valente and S. Khalid (Eds.) Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Game Based Learning, ECGBL 2019, 235-243. https://doi.org/10.34190/GBL.19.179
Lehmann-Wermser, A. & Konrad, U. (2016). Design-Based Research als eine der Praxis verpflichtete, theoretisch fundierte Methode der Unterrichtsforschung und -entwicklung. In J. Knigge and A. Niessen (Eds.) Musikpädagogik und Erziehungswissenschaft. Münster: Waxmann, 265-280.
van der Molen, J., Wildeman, H., Lin Goei, S. & Sebastian Hoo A. (2017). The Odyssey Game In. Y. Cai, S. L. Goei and W. Trooster (Eds.) Simulation and Serious Games for Education. Singapore: Springer, 99-112.
Pegalajar-Palomino, C., Burgos-Garcia, A. & Martinez-Valdivia, E. (2021). What Does Education for Sustainable Development Offer in Initial Teacher Training? A Systematic Review. Journal of Teacher Education for Sustainability, 23(1), 99-114.
Reinmann, G. (2022). Lehren als Design – Scholarshop of Teaching and Learning mit Design-Based-Research. In U. Fahr, A. Kenner, H. Angenent & A. Eßer-Lüghausen (Eds.) Hochschullehre erforschen. Innovative Impulse für das Scholarship of Teaching and Learning. Wiesbaden: Springer 29-44.
Rieckmann, M. (2018). Learning to transform the world: key competencies in Education for Sustainable Development. In A. Leicht, J. Heiss & W. J. Byun. (Eds). Issues and trends in Education for Sustainable Developmentp. Paris: UNESCO, 39-60. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000261954
Spangenberger, P., Kruse, L. & Singer-Brodowski, M. (2022). Transformatives Lernen mit digitalen Spielen. Entwicklung eines Serious Game durch Studierende als didaktisches Konzept für eine BNE? In J. Weselek, F. Kohler and A. Siegmund (Eds.) Berlin: Springer, 99-110.
United Nations (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 Agenda for sustainable development. https://sdgs.un.org/sites/default/files/publications/21252030%20Agenda%20for%20Sustainable%20Development%20web.pdf
Weselek, J., Kohler, F. & Siegmund, A. (2022). Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung in einer digitalisierten (Hochschul-)Welt – alte Werte in neuen Möglichkeiten denken. In J. Weselek, F. Kohler & A. Siegmund (Eds.) Berlin: Springer, 1-7.
Wouters, P., van Nimwegen, C., van Oostendorp, H. & van der Spek, E. D. (2013). A meta-analysis of the cognitive and motivational effects of serious games. Journal of Educational Psychology, 105(2), 249–265. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0031311
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm30 SES 12 B: Transformative learning and ESE
Location: Hetherington, 133 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Arjen Wals
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

ESD-facilitators’ Conditions and Functions as Sustainability Change Agents

Teresa Berglund, Niklas Gericke, Anette Forssten Seiser, Anna Mogren, Daniel Olsson

Karlstad university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Berglund, Teresa

This study seeks to investigate the experiences of teachers working as ESD-facilitators within a whole school approach project designed to implement education for sustainable development (ESD) in their schools. The program activities included school leaders, teachers, and ESD- facilitators. During a period of three school years, five schools in a municipality in Sweden took part in order to integrate ESD in their organization and teaching practice. The ESD-facilitators took part in the design of the development process, workshop activities and content, and facilitated each school’s internal work. This study aims to identify in what ways ESD-facilitators function as sustainability change agents and how contextual factors might contribute to success or form hindrances in their work.

The project was designed based on teachers’ learning and collaborative and reflexive work (Desimone, 2009). The purpose was to direct the development work of the schools towards a whole school approach (Mogren et al. 2019), meaning that ESD is fully integrated in the local curriculum. The main areas of development were to increase interdisciplinary teaching with focus on ESD as holistic pedagogical idea, and that ESD should permeate the work in all levels of the internal and external organization of the school (Sund & Lysgaard, 2013), implying that the different actors in the school and its societal context (students, teachers, school leaders and the outer society) work towards sustainability (Mogren et al., 2019). An additional aim was to integrate pluralistic approaches in the teachers’ classroom practice.

The project included two project leaders, who also participated as researchers in the project. Together with the school leaders and ESD-facilitators, they took a leading role in the development of the project, which included joint seminars, and meetings between project leaders and a) school leaders (across schools), b) school leaders and facilitators (within schools), and c) facilitators (across schools). The ESD-facilitators were intended to function as a link between school leader, project leaders and the teaching staff. They were supposed to support the teacher work teams in their discussions and implementation work with transforming ESD principles into practice.

A recent study by Van Poeck et al. (2017) explored different change agent roles by mapping the different ways in which change agents actively contribute to sustainability. In relation to different roles, various types of learning is being made possible. The authors identified four types of change agents that position themselves in different ways along the two axes of personal detachment vs. personal involvement, and instrumental vs. open-ended approaches (to change and learning). This study investigates the views and practices of the ESD-facilitators in relation to these two dimensions. Thus, different change agent positions may be taken.

The ESD-facilitators have a middle leading role in their schools, which means that they enact leading practices from a position in between the teaching staff and the school leader (Grootenboer, Edwards-Groves & Rönnerman, 2015). There is limited research focusing on practitioners who facilitate processes of professional development (Perry & Boylan, 2018). Thus, little is known about how facilitators, and particularly those who facilitate a whole school approach to ESD, could be supported to carry out their role and tasks in an effective way, and what adequate conditions and arrangements for this might be. Taken together, this implies a gap in current knowledge about ESD implementation strategies, which this study aims to help bridging.

The research questions guiding the research are twofold: in the ESD-facilitators’ descriptions of their roles, functions and practices;

- What kinds of sustainability change agent roles can be identified?

- What contextual factors are experienced as successful and/or hindering?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
After the project ended, interviews were carried out between November 2020 and April 2021 with seven ESD-facilitators from five different schools. Two of the schools had appointed two facilitators, who either focused on different programs (in upper secondary school) or on different levels in compulsory school (primary or secondary level).
The interviews followed a semi-structured approach (Bryman, 2018) and included pre-defined areas concerning the ESD-facilitators’ view on: a) the long term purposes and goals of the project, b) in what ways they viewed their role in the development work in their school, and c) their experiences of factors that were of central importance in order for them to be able to perform their task effectively. Their responses were followed up by the interviewer in a flexible manner.
The analysis of data followed a multi-step process. The three parts above constitute the basis for the first step of the analysis, which was performed inductively and followed a broad approach to data driven thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). The next step was analyzed deductively, based on the typology of sustainability change agents by Van Poeck et al. (2017). In this step, the utterances connected to the ESD-facilitators’ role in the development work, together with utterances concerning their view of long-term purposes and goals of the project, were analyzed in relation to the four different types of sustainability change agents in the typology. The analysis concerning their role focused mainly on the two dimensions identified as open-ended or instrumental, and personal detachment vs. -involvement. Utterances were identified that could be associated with a specific role description under the four ideal types of change agents. Moreover, utterances of how they viewed the purpose and goal of the ESD development work were analyzed, mainly connected to how different types of change agents may enable different forms of learning (Van Poeck et al., 2017). However, research on middle leading practices as well as research of sustainability change agents emphasizes that roles and practices should be interpreted in relation to the context they are enacted within (Grootenboer, Edwards-Groves & Rönnerman, 2015; Van Poeck et al., 2017). Therefore, the analysis also focused on identifying how different contextual factors affect and enable the roles and practices of the ESD-facilitators. Thus, the final step is to look for relationships between expressed purposes and goals, roles, and what factors are experienced as promoting and/or hindering their role and mission.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis indicates that teachers struggle with transforming ESD theory into teaching practice. The school culture has great impact on the readiness of teacher teams to engage in transformation of their teaching. The ESD-facilitator’ functions and practices are affected by the school culture and whether teacher teams are well functioning or not in terms of collaborative work.
All the four roles in the typology (Van Poeck et al., 2017) were identified in their expressions, and different contextual factors were emphasized as either promoting or hindering their functions. Clear support and leadership from the school leader and the presence of a well-defined long term goal was important to provide direction and legitimize the ESD-facilitator role in schools where a broad anchoring of ESD among the staff was missing. Moreover, roles and processes became more open-ended in schools where there was room for collaborative work and reflexive discussions. In those schools where the culture encouraged collaborative work and shared agency, the ESD-facilitators pointed out their functions in mediating the process in terms of initiator, facilitator, mobilizer and/or awareness raiser (ibid.). When there was little space for collaborative work, or the culture was hindering it, the ESD-facilitator role and approach became more instrumental and it became harder to create agency and integrate ESD as a holistic pedagogical idea (see Mogren et al. 2019) among the community of teachers. Those facilitators emphasized their functions in terms of experts, councellors, managers, solution providers and exemplars (Ibid.).
A challenge was how to transform ESD theories, which the facilitators expressed as abstract and far from everyday teaching, into concrete practice. In the school where a collaborative culture was present, a way to solve this was to start doing by daring to explore new ways of teaching, and then evaluate in a collaborative, open and reflexive manner.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Bryman, A. (2018). Samhällsvetenskapliga metoder.(tredje upplagan). Liber.
Desimone, L. M. (2009). Improving impact studies of teachers’ professional development: Toward better conceptualizations and measures. Educational researcher, 38(3), 181-199.
Grootenboer, P.,  Edwards-Groves, C., & Rönnerman, K. (2015). Leading practice development: voices from the middle, Professional Development in Education, 41(3), 508-526, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2014.924985
Mogren, A., Gericke, N., & Scherp, H.-Å. (2019). Whole school approaches to education for sustainable development: a model that links to school improvement. Environmental Education Research, 25(4), 508-531.
Perry, E., & Boylan, M. (2018). Developing the developers: supporting and researching the learning of professional development facilitators. Professional development in education, 44(2), 254-271.
Sund, P., & Lysgaard, J. G. (2013). Reclaim “education” in environmental and sustainability education research. Sustainability, 5(4), 1598-1616.
Van Poeck, K., Læssøe, J., & Block, T. (2017). An exploration of sustainability change agents as facilitators of nonformal learning: Mapping a moving and intertwined landscape. Ecology and Society, 22(2).


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Reverse Pedagogical Relationships: Developing intergenerational practices for transformational learning for the climate

Anette Mansikka-aho1, Rosamund Portus2

1Tampereen yliopisto, Finland; 2University of the West of England Bristol

Presenting Author: Mansikka-aho, Anette

Young people today have only ever known a world defined by climate and environmental crisis. Accordingly, studies show that young people are not only engaging with climate knowledge, but are having to navigate new emotional challenges (Hickman et al., 2021; Beaumont, 2021). Older generations therefore have a responsibility to support younger generations to navigate these ongoing climate issues. Many young people are already responding to these emotional challenges by ‘problem-focused coping’, such as trying to use their personal agency to contribute to actions which mitigate climate change (Ojala 2012). As such, we critically need to foster opportunities for two-way relationships of learning which allow for older generations to learn from the experiences, perspectives, and knowledge of young people. Our paper therefore considers opportunities for intergenerational interaction through ‘reverse pedagogical relationships’, which reverses the typical teacher or parent/carer-led style of learning.

The core aim of the study we present is to further develop the concept of reverse pedagogical relationship and to demonstrate its research value. Through doing so, we identify the strengths and challenges of reverse pedagogical relationship in contributing to transformational learning for climate change engagement. The objectives of this study are underpinned by the following two research questions: 1) How do young people perceive the opportunities and challenges of reverse pedagogical relationships? 2) How are the possibilities of reverse pedagogical relationships discursively constructed in young people's discourse in relation to climate agency?

Drawing on data from focus groups (six groups of 27 students) with Finnish young people (aged 15-18) we examine their experiences and thoughts on reverse pedagogical relationships. Since power is manifested in the pedagogical relationship and reverse pedagogy challenges this balance of power, we analysed this through a Foucauldian discourse analysis. By this, we mean we followed in the footsteps of Heikkinen, Silvonen and Simola (1999) and Räisänen (2014) to analyse the data through examining dimensions of subjectivity, power and knowledge. Through presenting our results, we show how these three dimensions are at once distinct and intertwined with each other.

The study we present is part of a larger project, called ‘Challenging the Climate Crisis: Children’s Agency to Tackle Policy Underpinned by Learning for Transformation’ (CCC-Catapult). This project examines young people’s experiences of and sense of agency in the climate crisis, with a particular focus on climate education and policy-making. As the project engages with a youth-focused co-productive process, the focus group questions for this study have been co-developed with 15–18-year-olds living in Tampere, as well as Bristol (UK) and Galway (Ireland).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As the aim of our research was to generate perspectives from a group of individuals with a shared connection, in this instance this being age and educational status (Herrman, 2017), we gathered data through conducting focus groups with groups of between three to six students between the ages of 15-18, in total 27 students. Our use of focus groups, which are broadly defined as 'an informal discussion among selected individuals about specific topics' (Becket al., 1986, p. 73), reflected our aim to encourage young people to speak honestly about their experiences around climate education and learning. Examples of the interview questions include: what is your role in informing older and/or younger generations on issues relating to climate change; what are your experiences of climate education in school; and, how do you think climate change education should be taught in the future?

To encourage students to speak openly about their experiences, and feel comfortable informally engaging with one another, we sought to work with groups of students who have a previous connection with one another. We therefore recruited participants through working with schools across the Tampere region, who facilitated our access to classes of students. Most of the focus groups took place within school environments and one at their hobby’s environment. The focus groups were conducted in April 2022, and lasted between 30 to 55 minutes.

Once the focus group was transcribed, we thematically analysed the data. In coding our research, we followed a ‘theoretical’ thematic analysis approach (Braun & Clarke, 2006, p. 84). This involves the researchers developing a set of pre-determined themes, and then coding the qualitative data accordingly. Our reason for coding in this way was thus twofold: firstly, the researcher’s close connection with the data, as the people who led the focus group sessions and transcribed the data, allowed for a relative degree of prior understanding about the themes present in the data; second, our interest was in very specific aspects of a much larger data set. Focusing in on pre-determined, particularly relevant themes enabled us to pinpoint specific knowledge contained within a much larger dataset. To assure ‘rigor and trustworthiness’ in the dataset (Nowell et al., 2017), the coded dataset was examined by multiple researchers.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We examined the data through Foucauldian discourse analysis and through dimensions of subjectivity, power and knowledge.  

On the subjectivity dimension our analysis revealed that young people have three ways of subjectivation. The first type wants to be obedient to their parents or educators, while the second type secretly resists the opinions of older generations. The third type one has more agency in their resistance: they place themselves into the role of the educator.

On the power dimension we analysed how young people talk about their opportunities to educate their parents and educators. The first of the three types did not see a need for reverse pedagogy and the second type did not see possibilities for it. However, the third type saw the need and the possibilities as well.

In the knowledge dimension we considered how they understood the epistemic authority in the pedagogical relationships. The first type saw the educator or parent as a gatekeeper of the knowledge. In addition to this belief, the second type considers that the youth is receiving new information. While they did not see this new information could question teachers’ or parents’ knowledge, the third type though this is exactly the reason why youth have the epistemic authority.

Our findings reveal that, in light of the obstacles which traditionally hinder such a pedagogical relationship, there is a need to develop reverse pedagogy methods and consider what support both younger and older people require to engage in such relationships. Our paper argues that reverse pedagogical relationships are unparalleled for empowering young people; we show how this approach offers an opportunity to develop young people’s agency whilst not requiring them to be in adult dominated situations, thus supporting them to express their views and learn from one another as they live through a time of climate emergency.

References
Beaumont, P. (2021). Young people more optimistic about the world than older generations – Unicef. [Online]. The Guardian. Available: https://www.theguardian.com/global-development/2021/nov/18/young-people-more-optimistic-about-world-than-older-generations-unicef-survey  

Beck, L., Trombetta, W. and Share, S. (1986). Using focus group sessions before decisions are made. North Carolina Medica/Journal, 47(2), 73-74.  

Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3:2, 77-101, DOI: 10.1191/1478088706qp063oa

Heikkinen, S., Silvonen, J., & Simola, H. (1999). Technologies of Truth: peeling Foucault's triangular onion. Discourse: studies in the cultural politics of education, 20(1), 141-157.

Herrman, A. R. (2017). Focus Groups. In: The SAGE Encyclopedia of Communication Research Methods. Edited by: Mike Allen. https://dx.doi.org/10.4135/9781483381411  

Hickman, C., Marks, E., Pihkala, P., Clayton, S., Lewandowski, R. E., Mayall, E. E., ... & van Susteren, L. (2021). Climate anxiety in children and young people and their beliefs about government responses to climate change: a global survey. The Lancet Planetary Health, 5(12), e863-e873.

Nowell, L. S., Norris, J. M., White, D. E., & Moules, N. J. (2017). Thematic analysis: Striving to meet the trustworthiness criteria. International journal of qualitative methods, 16(1), 1609406917733847.

Ojala, M. (2012). Regulating Worry, Promoting Hope: How Do Children, Adolescents, and Young Adults Cope with Climate Change?. International Journal of Environmental and Science Education, 7(4), 537-561.

Räisänen, M. (2014). Opettajat ja koulutuspolitiikka. Opetusalan ammattijärjestö ja Demokraattiset koulutyöntekijät-yhdistys peruskoulukauden koulutuspolitiikassa.

Williams, S & Portus, R. (2022). ‘Through their Eyes and Ears’: Creating New Knowledge for Climate Education through Co-productive Practices. Challenges for Environmental and Sustainability Education Research in Times of Climate Crisis.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm30 SES 12 C: Leadership in ESE
Location: Hetherington, 317 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Daniel Olsson
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Leadership Actions in Education for Sustainable Development –Establishing Leadership Agency for Permanent Accommodation in Education

Anna Mogren, Anette Forssten Seiser, Niklas Gericke, Teresa Berglund, Daniel Olsson

Karlstad University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Mogren, Anna; Forssten Seiser, Anette

This empirical study on leadership actions investigate Education for sustainable development (ESD) in Swedish schools. School leaders at five schools in one Swedish municipality are interviewed twice in 2018 and 2020, to evaluate effects from a longitude school improvement project focusing ESD.

Actions can be seen as the school leader individual response on a direct stimuli. The school leader take action. Agency on the other hand is the gathered experience of such stimuli and the alternative possibilities at hand for a school leader to act upon (Feldman & Pentland 2003). Leadership agency in this study is defined the sense making of ESD over time by school leaders acting by experience, or what Hallenberg (2018) call expert agency, based in their own actions and related to other school leaders way of acting as a collective (Tourish 2014). The study adds knowledge to how individual leadership actions can contribute or counteract ESD implementation. Further aspects that drives and establishes ESD over time in schools; leadership agency on ESD is outlined.

A review study on school leaders and education for sustainable development, ESD (Mogaji & Newton, 2020) reported the need to make school leaders more aware of ESD, as a way to empower students to handle sustainable. Research onschool leadership to raise quality in ESD active schools points out a lack of connection between inner school organizational routines that give support to ESD and the external organizational routines that connect education to the surrounding society (Mogren & Gericke, 2017), which in ESD is a guarantee of the relevance of education to the learner. Knowledge on school leadership and ESD as exemplified is based on case studies that point out important starting points for an effective ESD implementation, holistic ideas (Leo & Wickenberg 2013; Mogren, Gericke & Scherp, 2019) collegial approaches in the school organization (Gericke & Torbjörnsson, 2022) and legitimizing functions (Mogren & Gericke, 2019). This study builds on the knowledge identified at the formulation arena of ESD and take it one step further, studying the realization arena, what actually falls out in practice of ESD implementation over time, based on initial intentions. The formulation arena of a project, setting the scene is not a guarantee for successful implementation, instead schools often fail in their ambitions on ESD (Hargreaves, 2008) and certification programs on ESD with initial ambitions is not always successful (Olsson, Gericke & Chang Rundgren, 2016 ).

Sense making activities is a methodological approach in school improvement and used in this study to understand practice (Weick, 2001). Sense making deals with challenges in the daily work patterns for school leaders, when ordinary frames of reference are disrupted and new understandings needs to be incorporated (Weick, Sutcliffe & Obstefeld, 2005). How school leaders make sense of ESD; couple the formulated visions to the practical outcomes of ESD is understood in this study by the framework of coupling mechanism (Liljenberg & Nordholm 2018). The framework of coupling mechanism seeks to understand more than if organizational routines on ESD are in place, but also their outcome and how they are used in practice. The coupling mechanisms is categorized according to either accommodation mechanisms leading to permanent changes of structures and routines in the organization for ESD. Mechanisms can also be assessed as assimilation, then leading to superficial changes, or decoupling mechanisms that shows no positive effects of implementation of ESD or even hinder changes in education.

Research questions:

A, What leadership actions are identified for reaching accommodation in an ESD school improvement process?

B, How is leadership agency in ESD formed and characterized in practical ESD implementation?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is conducted within  a school improvement project, studied by researchers in  several different studies over time . The project was introduced to five schools in one municipality  starting with a pre-study in year 2016 and followed by research until year 2021. The respondent nine school leaders  from five schools all take part in the continues school improvement project on ESD. The aim of the practical improvement  work for schools is to steer their processes towards an ESD whole school approach (Henderson & Tilbury, 2004) that establishes  ESD in the school organization.

The theoretical framework of coupling mechanisms, assessing actions as accommodative, assimilative or decoupling (Liljenberg & Nordholm 2018) link the formulation arena of ESD and the realization arena with outcomes in practice. School leaders actions  on three specific organizational routines of ESD  are studied  over time (a holistic idea of ESD, the interdisciplinary approach of ESD and leadership legitimization of ESD). Accommodation actions  are searched as they intend to transform and change pre-defined understanding of education, causing real changes that are permanent. Leadership agency on ESD is analyzed by thematization (White, 2009) of collective action by responding school leaders over time. Leadership agency towards an established ESD implementation is outlined by  combining the mechanisms used by school  leaders steering their actions  and the identified themes of importance for the whole group in leading towards ESD. Interview data was coded, transcribed and narratives was constructed.
nd characterized in practical ESD implementation?

We make use of the analyzation of narratives to answer research question 1, RQ1, What leadership actions are identified for reaching accommodation in an ESD school improvement process? In the second step, thematization of narratives (from RQ1) for each mechanism of ESD (accommodation, assimilation and decoupling) are analyzed to search for characteristics of leadership agency in ESD, answering RQ2, How is leadership agency in ESD formed and characterized in practical ESD implementation?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results on identified leadership actions for reaching accommodation of ESD confirm the importance of  leadership actions to establish a guiding  holistic idea on ESD in the school organization, as well as acting on communication and feed-back systems where collegial long reaching work can develop over time.

Results further shows that a realization on ESD towards a permanent implementation is a pathway of  distancing reliance on individual responsibilities of ESD  to instead build structural support in the organization. Accommodating agency, as searched in the study consist of  school leaders that involve collegial with other school leader to find moral support in decision-making  as the same time as they increase their own understanding of the improvement of ESD. Five characteristic expressions for advancement in leadership agency of ESD towards a permanent implementation is identified;
1, changes in the infrastructure of education to establish interdisciplinary teacher teams.
2, the use of a distributed leadership approach  to collaborate collegial on ESD.
3, the active use of steering documents to support and legitimize ESD implementation and as a response to critical voices.
4, the development of  supportive and structural routines as well as continuously keeping school improvement on ESD alive.
5, establishing a terminology about ESD that is used at the local school and that need specific introduction to new staff .

Over all the pathway towards a permanent accommodation of ESD and the characteristic of accommodation mechanisms state that leadership agency of ESD is a question of nesting ESD to the robust foundations within education to establish structures and processes that prevents ESD implementation  to fade or fail.  In this study robust foundations are identified as ESD common goals in the organization, collegial work, communication, and leadership ambitions.  


References
Feldman, M. S., & Pentland, B. T. (2003). Reconceptualizing organizational routines as source of flexibility and change. Administrative Science Quarterly, 48, 94–118.

Gericke, N. & Torbjörnsson, T. (2022). Supporting local school reform toward education for sustainabledevelopment: The need for creating and continuously negotiating a shared vision and building trust, The Journal of Environmental Education, 53(4), 231-249.

Hallgren, E. (2018).  Clues to aesthetic engagement in process drama: Role interaction in a fictional business Doctoral dissertation, Institutionen för de humanistiska och samhällsvetenskapliga ämnenas didaktik, Stockholms universitet.

Hargreaves, L. G. (2008). The whole-school approach to eduation for sustainable development: From pilotprojects to systemic change. Policy & Practice-A Development Education Review, (6).

Henderson, K., & Tilbury, D. (2004). Whole-school approaches to sustainability: An international review of sustainable school programs. Australian Research Institute in Education for Sustainability:Australian Government
 
Leo, U., & Wickenberg, P. (2013). Professional norms in school leadership: Change efforts in implementation of education for sustainable development. Journal of Educational Change, 14(4), 403-422.


Liljenberg, M., & Nordholm, D. (2018). Organizational routines for school improvement: exploring the link between ostensive and performative aspects. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 21(6), 690-704.

Mogaji, I. M., & Newton, P. (2020). School Leadership for Sustainable Development: A Scoping Review. Journal of Sustainable Development, 13(5).

Mogren, A., & Gericke, N. (2017). ESD implementation at the school organization level, part 2 investigating the transformative perspective in school leaders’ quality strategies at ESD schools. Environmental Education Research, 23(7), 993-1014.

Mogren, A., & Gericke, N. (2019). School leaders’ experiences of implementing education for sustainable development—Anchoring the transformative perspective. Sustainability, 11(12), 3343.

Mogren, A., Gericke, N., & Scherp, H. Å. (2019). Whole school approaches to education for sustainable development: A model that links to school improvement. Environmental education research, 25(4), 508-531.

Olsson, D., Gericke, N., & Chang Rundgren, S. N. (2016). The effect of implementation of education forsustainable development in Swedish compulsory schools–assessing pupils’ sustainabilityconsciousness. Environmental Education Research, 22(2), 176-202.

Tourish, D. (2014). Leadership, more or less? A processual, communication perspective on the role of agency in leadership theory. Leadership, 10(1), 79-98.

Weick, K. Making sense of organization. Oxford:Blackwell, 2001.

Weick, K. E., Sutcliffe, K. M., & Obstfield, D. (2005). Organizing and the process of sensemaking.Organization Science, 16, 409–421.

White, J. (2009). Thematization and collective positioning in everyday political talk. British Journal ofPolitical Science, 39(4), 699-709.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

How to Support Schools in Implementing ESD? The Role of School Certification Programmes in School Development Processes.

Jutta Nikel

University of Education Freiburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Nikel, Jutta

ESD-oriented school certification/accreditation programmes are an integral part of the educational landscape in Germany and many other countries. Schools located in or near National Natural Landscape (NNL) such as UNESCO Biosphere reserves and National Parks shift their engagement with these natural sites and their Educational Centres from the occasional visit and the use of outdoor education activities towards establishing a long-term cooperation when becoming a “Biosphere Reserve School” or “National Park School”. According to the certification programmes schools are provided with an “instrument” for implementing thematic topics of SD in the context of the Biosphere reserve into their learning and teaching and a “guideline” of systematic structural implementation of ESD for example leading to changes in institutional practices. A key role in this supporting process is assigned to certification criteria are considered in line and covering the key elements of a Whole School Approach (WSA) or a Whole Institution Approach to implementing ESD (see Mathar, 2015; Wals & Mathie, 2022; Horst, 2021).

While there is conceptual and theoretical work on (effective) school improvement (see Reezigt & Creemers, 2005) and increasingly empirical studies on the impact of external instruments such as school inspection and school competitions e.g. (Dedering, 2017; Albers, 2016), there is limited work on the impact of school certification programmes in ESD on the voluntarily participating schools.

Out assumptions on the project matter are grounded in an understanding of school development as a "systematic, purposeful and self-reflective development process of schools [...], which aims at professionalizing school processes within schools and optimizing the quality of learning provision […]” (Maag Merki, 2018, 2). Further, we hold the premise - based on conceptual work on effective school improvement by Reezigt and Cremers (2005) - that a school certification programme’s impact results from its qualities for changes to the “contextual factors” (raising pressure for school to improve; providing resources/support to school for improvement) and for impacting a schools’ “process factors” (strengthening aspects of a schools improvement culture and improvement processes).

We aim to contribute understanding on how schools engage with the school certification criteria, or in other words, how they recontextualise the requirements, and if and how it impacts on their internal school development processes. Further, we are interested in the views of experienced project leaders on success factors for their respective certification programme.

For the empirical study we turned the research aim into the following research questions (RQ):

RQ 1: How have school leaders, ESD facilitators (and their school community) implemented (ESD) learning opportunities on SD and the biosphere reserve site in the curriculum and their daily institutional practice?

RQ2: How is this process supported, hindered or challenged by the certification scheme?

RQ3: What success factors for supporting schools in their school development processes on implementing ESD in a WSA are identified by project leaders?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project consists of three sub studies with each one investigating the impact of certification process on school development processes towards implementing ESD in a WSA from a different ancle.

Study 1:  A qualitative study of seven primary schools becoming “Biosphere Reserve Schools” in the UNESCO Biosphere Reserve Swabian (01/2020-04/2021. The leading research questions are RQ1 and RQ 2. The accounts were conducted in semi-structured expert interviews in schools with headmaster and ESD facilitators lasting between 60 and 90 minutes (see Gläser & Laudel, 2010). “Experts” in this understanding hold unique expert knowledge on processes of interest to the study. The interview data was analysed using content analysis. It entailed the coding of the interview along nine categories which were further operationalisations of RQ 1 and RQ2 and based on theoretical assumptions. From this coding, each schools implementation process was reconstructed and further used as a basis for comparing the seven schools' approaches to enacting with the criteria’ requirements.

Study 2: An explorative study of on how schools interrogate and develop their own teaching practice (with respect to the certification criteria on integrating topics of the biosphere reserve and SD such as sustainable consumption and sustainable tourism) (05/2022- 10/2022). Data was collected from a training workshop with schools which centred around the task to search for an “overarching complex question” (see Künzli David, et.a. 2008; 2008; Muheim, et al., 2018) for goal-oriented planning of a ESD teaching unit based on their own existing learning and teaching material. The results of the mapping exercise during the workshop were documented and analysed.

Study 3: (in the planning) A study on identifying of success factors for school certification programmes from National Natural Landscapes Educational Centres promoting school development processes (see RQ 3). First, a review study identifies how many school certification programmes are currently offered with respect to NNL and Nature Parks in Germany. The certification schemes and the criteria provided are analysed for comparison, especially concerning their assumed impact of school development processes. Secondly, the main data collection source will be a survey questionnaire (including quantitative and qualitative questions) addressed at the project leader for the school certification programmes in NNL and nature parks in Germany. Participants are asked to respond to a variety of proposed factors influencing on the success of the certification and more over on lasting impact on schools in their efforts to implement ESD in a WSA.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the presentation the findings from study 1 and 2 are presented. The aim and research design for study 3 are introduced and to be discussed.
Exemplary, some of the findings from study 1 are described here: What has been enacted by school with priority is curricular work, for example by defining annual themes, division of themes across grade levels or definition of regularly recurring events or activities. Other areas that received prioritised attention: Examination of school mission statement, new acquisition and restructuring of cooperation with biosphere partners, schoolyard design and use. Lower priority was given to measures on the sustainable management and sustainable procurement of the school. Participants clearly stated the high added value of participation in the school certification scheme and praised project management approach for applying a good strategy on being demanding and giving freedom to the schools.
In terms on enacting on the certification criteria the findings suggest: Formal criteria such as (existence of a cooperation agreement, participation in further training and exchange meetings) are met and their enactment is praised by schools as they were considered as ensuring commitment on the task and project. Criteria requesting from the school activities concerning reporting and making efforts visible to the public were similarly enacted with a positive attitude as they were considered  raising the school’s profile and identification within the school community. Finally, concerning the enactment on content certification criteria e.g. requesting the integration of topics of the Biosphere Reserve and SD into teaching in tendency the schools appeared more reluctant to enact on learning goals, teaching content and methods. Hence the later was addressed in a workshop with schools and made the subject of investigation in study 2.
The presentation will end with pointing up the interlinkages of the three studies towards the overall aim.

References
Albers, A. (2016) Schulwettbewerbe als Impuls für Schulentwicklung. Perspektiven von teilnehmenden Schulen des Deutschen Schulpreises. Wiesbaden: Springer.
Dedering, K. (2016) Schulentwicklung durch externe Evaluationen? Schulinspektionen und Vergleichsarbeiten in der deutschen Schulpraxis - eine Bilanz. Pädagogik, 1: 4, p. 44-47.
Gläser, J. & Laudel, G. (2010) Experteninterviews und qualitative Inhaltsanalyse als Instrumente rekonstruierender Untersuchungen. Berlin.
Horst, J. (2021) Towards coherence on sustainability in education: a systematic review of Whole Institution Approaches. Sustainability Science. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-022-01226-8.
Künzli David, C. et. al (2008) Zukunft gestalten lernen durch Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung. Didaktischer Leitfaden zur Veränderung des Unterrichts in der Primarschule. Berlin: Freie Universität Berlin.  http://www.transfer-21.de/daten/grundschule/Didaktik_Leifaden.pdf
Maag Merki, K. (2018). Zukunftsweisende Schulentwicklung in der Schweiz. Lehren & Lernen, 2, p. 16-17.
Mathar, R. (2015) A whole school approach to SD. In: Jucker, R. & Mathar, R. (Hrsg.) Schooling for Sustainable Development in Europe. Berlin, p. 15-30.
Muheim, V. et.al. (2018) Grundlagenband. BNE. Vertiefen. Herzogenbuchsee: Ingold Verlag.
Reezigt, G.J. & Creemers, B.P.M. (2005) A comprehensive framework for effective school improvement, School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 16:4, p. 407-424,DOI: 10.1080/09243450500235200
Wals, A.E.J. & Mathie, R.G. (2022) Whole School Responses to Climate Urgency and Related Sustainability Challenges. In Peters, M.A. & Heraud, R. (eds.) Encyclopedia of Educational Innovation. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-2262-4_263-1


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Exploration of the Economic Dimension of Sustainable Development

Irene Tollefsen

Western Norway University of Applied Sci, Norway

Presenting Author: Tollefsen, Irene

Objectives

In a literature review of Norwegian research on sustainable development within education it was concluded that socioeconomic issues are emphasised less than environmental issues (Mellingen and Tollefsen, forthcoming). Similar findings are seen in research from Sweden and Finland showing that the economic dimension of the sustainable development (SD) concept is the dimension that receives the least attention in teaching about sustainable development (Berglund, 2020; Uitto & Saloranta, 2017). Socioeconomic issues and the economic dimension are part of what “development” in the “sustainable development” concept was meant to reflect. In their book “Towards sustainable development: on the goals of development and the conditions of sustainability” from 1999, Lafferty and Langhelle argued that the “development” part was receiving less focus, a tendency they described as “disturbing” (p. 15). They understood “development” to speak to social justice and taking responsibility of how our actions affect those far away also within our own generation.

In an education context one could argue that some of these issues are covered in teaching outside the “sustainable development” context. Is it a problem then that it to a lesser extent is considered part of the SD concept?

The objective of the research project is to explore this question and also the possibilities and challenges of teaching about socioeconomic issues and the economic dimensions of the sustainable development concept. The following research questions will be addressed using an exploratory approach:

  1. What reflections and concerns do primary education pre-service teachers bring forth concerning teaching about socioeconomic issues within a sustainable development context?
  2. What can an exploration of didactical approaches to issues related to these issues and the economic dimension uncover in terms of possibilities and challenges?

An aim is to borrow didactical approaches both within the social sciences subject and others, and develop new ones, in order to encourage awareness and reflections regarding whether or not these issues belong to the SD concept, and what potential difference it makes in how we speak of the concept, if it does matter.

Theoretical framework

The project combines critical pedagogy and political ecology as theoretical frameworks. Critical pedagogy’s ambition of making oppressive structures visible (Giroux, 1997) is used to encourage asking questions of the status quo and being able to imagine other ways of envisioning futures. Political pedagogy (Benjaminsen & Svarstad, 2010) contributes with its interdisciplinary nature and its critical realism addressing the nexus between an objective reality and our different understandings of reality, exploring taken-for-granted truths of dominating narratives and the interests they serve.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data collection is to be conducted through teaching in the spring semester of 2021. Data collection is conducted during teaching through asking the students to share their thoughts using the survey app Menti, and through anonymous sharing of longer reflections into a shared document. Additionally, I will use content from an obligatory assignment as data. This assignment asks the students to choose a topic relevant to SD and the economic dimension and through sharing thoughts on what, how and why, they develop a didactical approach to this topic. The assignment will not be evaluated by me.
 
At the end of the semester the students will be invited to participate in a focus group interview where they will be asked to reflect on the exploratory process and what they will take with them from being part of it.

An essential part of this project is to reflect upon the role as teacher and researcher at the same time. By removing myself as evaluator of the obligatory assignment the aim is that the students do not feel that either contribution or interest in the project is being evaluated. By inviting to focus groups after the exam is finished, I hope this adds to this experience. The intention is that the students can feel like co-researchers, and as such I cannot judge their participation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The pre-service teachers participating in this study have chosen a subdivision within the teacher education that prepares them for teaching in primary school. An expected outcome is therefore that the students will find the “transferal” process from how they are taught about concepts and topics, to how they themselves will teach, difficult.  

Though there is little research to gain experience from explicitly addressing approaching the economic dimension of sustainable development, it is possible to imagine that the issues being addressed in this research are considered challenging because they are experienced as political issues. It will be interesting to see if, and how, this will be addressed as a factor by the students.

References
Benjaminsen, T. A. & Svarstad, H. (2010). Politisk økologi: miljø, mennesker og makt Universitetsforlaget.

Berglund, T. (2020). Student views of environmental, social and economic dimensions of sustainable development and their interconnectedness: A search for the holistic perspective in education for sustainable development Karlstads universitet.

Giroux, H. A. (1997). Pedagogy and the Politics of Hope - Theory, Culture, and Schooling. United States of America: Westview Press - Perseus Books Group.

Mellingen, Ø. K. & Tollefsen, I. (forthcoming) Sustainable development in Norwegian educational research – A literature review of the latest research – chapter in anthology

Uitto, A. & Saloranta, S. (2017). Subject teachers as educators for sustainability: A survey study. Education Sciences, 7(1), 8.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm31 SES 12 A JS: Researching Multiliteracies in Intercultural and Multilingual Education XIII
Location: James McCune Smith, 429 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Irina Usanova
Joint Paper Session NW 07, NW 20, NW 31
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

One Fits Them All? – Metaphors in Multilingual Biology Classes

Ronja Sowinski, Simone Abels

Leuphana University Lüneburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Sowinski, Ronja

Language is a central element of learning and essentially influences the development of students’ conceptions. Students do not only have to understand a language itself but must also apply it to structure their knowledge and conceptions (Beger & Jäkel, 2015; Ikuta & Miwa, 2021). Since the national language is predominant in most biology classes, students need to have a high level of national language proficiency to participate. This monolingual habitus (Gogolin, 1997) constitutes one of the main barriers for second language learners (SLL) in a considerable number of European countries when attending science classes.

As biological phenomena are often complex and abstract, the use of metaphors in biology is common to describe or explain the phenomena (Niebert et al., 2014). According to Conceptual Metaphor Theory (Lakoff & Johnson, 2003), people use embodied, physical experiences to understand abstract phenomena in an analogical way. Therefore, metaphors are used in biology education to support students in understanding abstract phenomena (Aubusson et al., 2006). This support can be realised when students transfer (embodied) experiences (source domain) to an unknown/abstract phenomenon (target domain) (Schmitt, 2005).

Due to the fact that metaphors must be understood in a transferred sense, metaphors might even impede conceptual understanding, especially for SLL. In addition, metaphors differ depending on language as well as culture (Danielsson et al., 2018). Therefore, students might not understand (some) metaphors if the language of instruction differs from their first language. In this way, the monolingual habitus would be putting them in a disadvantage in biology classes.

All biology textbooks contain metaphors and with respect to biology education, students need to understand those metaphors (Jahic Pettersson et al., 2020). However, even though metaphors play an important role for conceptual learning in biology, other science language characteristics, such as sentence structure and the use of biological jargon, are more prominently researched (e.g., Zukswert et al., 2019).

The study by Jahic Pettersson et al. (2020) shows first indications that students adapt metaphors of their teachers and textbooks and use their own-built metaphors to understand abstract biological phenomena. However, students often understand metaphors literally or misinterpret them (Beger & Jäkel, 2015) resulting in challenges according to their content learning. Therefore, metaphors put an especially high barrier on learning for SLL.

Since metaphors depend on both languages and cultures (Lakoff & Johnson, 2003), it can be hypothesised that the constructed metaphors of SLL differ from those of native speakers. First indications are shown in the research of Haddad and Montero Martínez (2019) as well as Conrad and Libarkin (2021). This research, however, refers to chemistry, physics or geoscience education and does not differentiate on different first languages.

This study aims at exploring which metaphorical expressions are used by native and non-native German students as an example while talking about biological phenomena and to what extent these metaphorical expressions differ. Beyond that, identified (linguistic) characteristics of students’ conceptions will be compared with those of their science teachers. By doing this, I will discuss to what extent the inclusion of different languages within student conceptions research may be important for biology education. The influence of teachers’ language will be identified by comparing the conceptions of all participants.

This leads to the following research questions:

(1) Which metaphors/ metaphorical expressions are used by students to explain biological phenomena?

(2) What differences can be seen according to characteristics and frequency of the use of metaphorical language between native and non-native students?

(3) To what extent do students use the metaphors of their teachers instead of their own-built metaphors?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the research questions, guideline-based interviews (Cohen et al., 2011) with 24 high school students (grade 10, 15-17 years) were conducted. For these interviews, two biological phenomena were chosen: (1) decomposition of leaves as an experienceable topic and (2) being diseased by influenza as an abstract topic. By choosing these two topics, the use of metaphors depending on the level of abstraction could be compared within further analyses.  
Additionally, demographical data, such as age, migration background, and language background, were gathered with a questionnaire. In this way, information about students’ first languages and language use could be collected as external conditions of biology learning. Hereby, a comparison between students with different first languages was possible.
As the influence of teachers’ language on students’ metaphor use is described in the state of research, the interviews and the questionnaire were also conducted with the teachers of the interviewed students. Thus, possible influences between the teachers’ and the students’ use of metaphors could be established.
The interviews were analysed by Qualitative Content Analysis (Kuckartz, 2014) and Systematic Metaphor Analysis (Schmitt, 2005).
As a first step, the data was structured according to thematic aspects using a content-structuring Qualitative Content Analysis (Kuckartz, 2014). Therefore, a category system was developed. For the topic of decomposition of leaves as example categories like “animals as macroscopical players” or “accumulation of leaves as consequence for missing decomposition” were used for the analysis.
The results of this Qualitative Content Analysis were used as target domains for metaphor analysis as a second step. Within the metaphor analysis, types of metaphors (e. g., personifications, container concept, transmitter-receiver concept) were coded within the interviews. These types of metaphors served as source domains. By combining the results of the first and the second step, an overview of metaphorical concepts (e. g. microorganisms are persons) can be given.
As a last step of the analysis, the metaphorical concepts of the participants were analysed regarding similarities and differences between native and non-native students as well as their teachers.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The following results as well as the sample (24 students with 12 different variations of first languages) reflect the diversity of today’s classrooms in Europe.
So far, some interesting findings of the student interviews can be outlined. First, it can be confirmed that students are using more metaphors while talking about abstract phenomena (here: immunological processes), as while talking about experienceable topics. As expected, the students use some of the metaphors of their teachers while talking about the topics as well.
Furthermore, it became clear, that the influence between students’ experiences, conceptions and metaphor use may be a crucial factor for biology learning. During an interview with a student with German and Turkish as first languages (born in Germany) and a student with Arabic as first language (born in Syria), very different ideas about health and illness occurred. While the German and Turkish speaking student explained that having influenza is caused by bacteria, the student with Arabic as a first language explained different lifestyles as reason for illness. This student did not mention the function of the immune system as an important part of our health either. As a result, the use of metaphors differed between those students exceptionally. The student talking about the immune system was more likely to use metaphors which are also used in science. Seeing this, it could be important to keep – next to the languages – the cultural background of the students in mind during analysis regarding the idea of western science.
Following the hypotheses and results, it is expected to find more differences according to metaphors used by students with different first languages within other topics and other first languages as well. Beyond that, first indications of the necessity to implement metaphors in biology education will be shown and lead to further research.

References
Aubusson, P. J., Harrison, A. G., & Ritchie, S. M. (2006). Metaphor and Analogy. Serious thought in science education. In P. J. Aubusson, A. G. Harrison, & S. M. Ritchie (Eds.), Metaphor and Analogy in Science Education (pp. 1–10). Springer-Verlag. https://doi.org/10.1007/1-4020-3830-5

Beger, A., & Jäkel, O. (2015). The cognitive role of metaphor in teaching science: Examples from physics, chemistry, biology, psychology and philosophy. Philinq, 3(1966), 89–112.

Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2011). Research Methods in Education (7th ed.). Routledge.

Conrad, D., & Libarkin, J. C. (2021). Using Conceptual Metaphor Theory within the Model of Educational Reconstruction to identify students’ alternative conceptions and improve instruction. A plate tectonics example. Journal of Geoscience Education, 70(2), 262–277. https://doi.org/10.1080/10899995.2021.1983941

Danielsson, K., Löfgren, R., & Pettersson, A. J. (2018). Gains and Losses: Metaphors in Chemistry Classrooms. In K.-S. Tang & K. Danielsson (Eds.), Global Developments in Literacy Research for Science Education (pp. 219–235). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-69197-8_14

Gogolin, I. (1997). The “monolingual habitus” as the common feature in teaching in the language of the majority in different countries. Per Linguam, 13(2), 38–49. http://perlinguam.journals.ac.za

Haddad, A. H., & Montero Martínez, S. (2019). “Radiative Forcing” Metaphor. An English-Arabic Terminological and Cultural Case Study. International Journal of Arabic-English Studies (IJAES), 19(1), 139–158. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.33806/ijaes2000.19.1.8

Ikuta, M., & Miwa, K. (2021). Structure Mapping in Second-Language Metaphor Processing. Metaphor and Symbol, 36(4), 288–310. https://doi.org/10.1080/10926488.2021.1941971

Jahic Pettersson, A., Danielsson, K., & Rundgren, C.-J. (2020). “Traveling nutrients”. How students use metaphorical language to describe digestion and nutritional uptake. International Journal of Science Education, 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2020.1756514

Kuckartz, U. (2014). Qualitative Text Analysis: A Guide to Methods, Practice & Using Software. SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781446288719

Lakoff, G., & Johnson, M. (2003). Metaphors we live by. With a new afterword. University of Chicago Press.

Niebert, K., Dannemann, S., & Gropengiesser, H. (2014). Metaphors, Analogies and Representations in Biology Education. In I. Baumgardt (Ed.), Forschen, Lehren und Lernen in der Lehrerausbildung (pp. 145–157). Schneider. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/277956201

Schmitt, R. (2005). Systematic Metaphor Analysis as a Method of Qualitative Research. The Qualitative Report, 10(2), 358–394. https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2005.1854

Zukswert, J. M., Barker, M. K., & McDonnell, L. (2019). Identifying troublesome jargon in biology: Discrepancies between student performance and perceived understanding. CBE Life Sciences Education, 18(1). https://doi.org/10.1187/cbe.17-07-0118


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

DICE in the Classroom: Disaggregate Instruction in Chemistry Education for Multilingual Learners

Robert Gieske, Sabine Streller, Claus Bolte

Freie Universität Berlin, Germany

Presenting Author: Gieske, Robert

Students’ language competences evidentially determine their learning outcomes in STEM subjects to a substantial degree (Bird & Welford, 1995). Societies, particularly in Europe but also beyond, have experienced a constant influx of migrants and refugees in recent decades, which has resulted in an increasing degree of linguistic and cultural diversity in school classrooms (OECD, 2019). Apart from migrant students acquiring the language of schooling and its academic register, large-scale assessment has additionally identified monolingual students with a low socioeconomic status and/or from households with a low level of education in the parental generation, who also struggle to meet the academic objectives (Reiss et al., 2019, S. 77). Consequently, teachers should try to scale down the burdens for an increasingly diverse population of monolingual as well as multilingual students and the integration of language instruction and subject-matter learning is regarded a key strategy to achieve educational justice (Gogolin & Lange, 2011).

To account for this challenge, researchers have developed approaches to the integration of subject- and language-learning like scaffolding (Hammond & Gibbons, 2005) or Translanguaging (García, 2011). So far, there is only scarce evidence from systematically planned intervention studies on the effectiveness of language-responsive teaching approaches from the perspective of individual subject didactics. We want to add to the scientific debate on subject- and language-integrated instruction in STEM subjects by presenting findings from a study that centers the promising Disaggregate Instruction approach (Brown et al., 2010) which has not been widely used in Europe to this day. In the present study we utilize an adapted and optimized version of Brown et al.’s (2010) Disaggregate Instruction which we named Disaggregate Instruction in Chemistry Education (DICE) to tackle the following research questions:

1) To what extent does teaching in accordance with the DICE result in higher student learning growths compared to Scaffolded, language-responsive science teaching designed for this purpose?

2) To what degree do students with diverging competences regarding the language of schooling benefit from the DICE?

The DICE distinguishes itself from other language-responsive approaches (e.g., Scaffolding) as students initially negotiate novel scientific concepts with the help of terminology that they are already familiar with. Only after the learners have developed a general understanding of the concepts, the teacher introduces the corresponding scientific terms and provides opportunities to practice those (Brown et al., 2010, p. 1474). This disaggregation of concept and scientific language learning prevents students from acquiring complex science concepts using abstract mental models and new terminology simultaneously and supports them to purposefully apply the limited capacities of their working memories (Brown et al., 2019). Brown and colleagues (2010) implemented and evaluated the approach with multilingual students studying the concept of photosynthesis in a digital learning environment where the use and presentation of everyday and scientific language varied according to the students allocation to either the treatment (‘disaggregate’) group or the control (‘aggregate’ also called ’textbook’) group (Brown et al., 2010).

Students in the treatment group, who received instruction in accordance with the ideas of Disaggregate Instruction, developed a superior conceptual understanding compared to the control group and were also able to communicate their understanding of the novel concepts in a superior way compared to control group students (Brown et al., 2010).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer our research question and to evaluate the implementation of our optimized version of DICE we developed a teaching intervention called “The Dead Sea is Dying” for secondary chemistry learners in grades 8/9 at public (regular and academic) high schools (Gieske et al., 2022). The intervention has been designed as two different teaching sequences (4 times 90 minutes each): (a) language-responsive in accordance with the design principles of DICE (treatment group) and (b) language-responsive without a disaggregation of concept and scientific language learning (control group). The language-responsive nature of both teaching interventions stems from the adherence to scaffolding design principles (Hammond & Gibbons, 2005). The two interventions cover identical subject-matter contents, apply the same teaching methods and both introduce the same ten novel scientific concepts relevant to the topic chemical structure and dissolving of salts. The type of intervention serves as the independent variable; the students’ subject-matter knowledge growth as the dependent variable.

To retrace students’ subject-matter knowledge growth, we apply a test with 16 multiple-choice items, which we developed for this purpose, in a pre-post design. Referring to our research questions, we furthermore capture students’ language competences as a control variable by means of an established c-test instrument consisting of four texts and 100 gaps in total (ifbq Hamburg, 2008) covering the academic register of the language of schooling (German in this case). C-tests are considered a reliable and robust measurement for language competences (Eckes & Grotjahn, 2006).

To analyze the data, we apply regression analyses using linear mixed models taking into account intra class correlations for the participating learning groups as individual clusters (Leyrat et al., 2018). After checking the comparability of our treatment and control group samples prior to taking part in the intervention (i.e., absence of statistically significant differences in subject-matter knowledge and language competences), we can examine the students’ learning growth as the difference of the score in posttest and the pretest. Therefore, we calculate t-tests using the Satterthwaite approximation for the influence of the type of intervention on the subject-matter knowledge growth. Afterwards we add the c-test score interacting with the type of intervention to the model in order to identify the relevance of students’ language proficiency on our investigations.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The teaching intervention was put into practice in 16 classes at seven different schools in 2021 and 2022 and the data of N = 228 students could be included in our statistical analyses.

Prior to the intervention we detect an expected low level of subject-matter knowledge as students in both groups score around six points on average in the pretest. The c-test performances are very similar with a mean score slightly under 72 as well and our calculations do not show any significant differences at this point.
Through the intervention, the students, again in both groups, reach subject-matter knowledge scores which are more than five points higher in the posttest than in the pretest which exhibits a statistically significant learning growth (p < .001). Comparing the knowledge growth of the DICE group (n = 113, M = 5.4) with that of the control group (n = 115, M = 5.1), however, we do not detect a statistically significant difference (p = .45).

Adding the c-test score to the linear mixed regression model as a multiplicative interaction term with the type of intervention, we detect a negative coefficient which is statistically significant (p = 0.018). This result indicates that the effect of the teaching intervention differs between students with lower and higher language competences as measured by their c-test scores. More specifically, students in the treatment group reach very similar knowledge growth scores almost regardless of their c-test performance whereas the knowledge growth of control group students increases with an improving c-test performance. This central finding supports our claim that a disaggregation of concept and scientific language learning can assist learners at risk of failure in science learning. Moreover, it is remarkable that students with higher language competences benefit from both conditions in a similar way.

References
Bird, E., & Welford, G. (1995). The effect of language on the performance of second‐language students in science examinations. International Journal of Science Education, 17(3), 389–397. https://doi.org/10.1080/0950069950170309
Brown, B. A., Donovan, B., & Wild, A. (2019). Language and cognitive interference: How using complex scientific language limits cognitive performance. Science Education, 103(4), 750–769. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.21509
Brown, B. A., Ryoo, K., & Rodriguez, J. (2010). Pathway Towards Fluency: Using ‘disaggregate instruction’ to promote science literacy. International Journal of Science Education, 32(11), 1465–1493. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500690903117921
Eckes, T., & Grotjahn, R. (2006). A closer look at the construct validity of C-tests. Language Testing, 23(3), 290–325. https://doi.org/10.1191/0265532206lt330oa
García, O. (2011). Bilingual Education in the 21st Century: A Global Perspective. John Wiley & Sons.
Gieske, R., Streller, S., & Bolte, C. (2022). Transferring language instruction into science education: Evaluating a novel approach to language- and subject-integrated science teaching and learning. RISTAL, 5, 144–162. https://doi.org/10.2478/ristal-2022-0111
Gogolin, I., & Lange, I. (2011). Bildungssprache und Durchgängige Sprachbildung. In S. Fürstenau & M. Gomolla (Hrsg.), Migration und schulischer Wandel: Mehrsprachigkeit (S. 107–127). VS, Verl. für Sozialwiss.
Hammond, J., & Gibbons, P. (2005). Putting scaffolding to work: The contribution of scaffolding in articulating ESL education. Prospect, 20(1), 6–30.
Institut für Bildungsmonitoring und Qualitätsentwicklung Hamburg. (2008). C-Test Klasse 7/8 „Überfall +3“.
Leyrat, C., Morgan, K. E., Leurent, B., & Kahan, B. C. (2018). Cluster randomized trials with a small number of clusters: Which analyses should be used? International Journal of Epidemiology, 47(1), 321–331. https://doi.org/10.1093/ije/dyx169
OECD. (2019). PISA 2018 Results (Volume II): Where All Students Can Succeed. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/b5fd1b8f-en
Reiss, K., Weis, M., Klieme, E., & Köller, O. (Hrsg.). (2019). PISA 2018. Waxmann. https://doi.org/10.31244/9783830991007
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm31 SES 12 C JS: Researching Multiliteracies in Intercultural and Multilingual Education XIV
Location: James McCune Smith, 629 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Carmen Carmona Rodriguez
Joint Paper Session NW 07, NW 20, NW 31. Full information in 07 SES 07 D JS.
3:30pm - 5:00pm32 SES 12 A: Diversity of Organizational Knowledge and Organizational Culture(s) in Promoting Democratic Education in Schools and Teacher Education
Location: Hetherington, 118 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Claudia Fahrenwald
Session Chair: Livia Jesacher-Roessler
Symposium
 
32. Organizational Education
Symposium

Diversity of Organizational Knowledge and Organizational Culture(s) in Promoting Democratic Education in Schools and Teacher Education

Chair: Claudia Fahrenwald (University of Education Upper Austria))

Discussant: Livia Jesacher-Roessler (FAU Erlangen-Nürnberg)

Our symposium intends to interrogate the capacity of Organizational Education and Organizational Education Research to address the complexity of the challenges that are encountered in dealing with diversity in contemporary Europe and beyond. In times of nationalism, populism and a general tendency in reinforcing the closure of systemic boundaries, we want to discuss the organizational responsibility for fostering counter discourses like new approaches of Democratic Education (e.g., Civic Engagement Education, Service Learning, and Collaborative Learning) aimed at supporting multilevel inter-organizational cooperation, crossing boundaries, and generate resources to imagine new solutions to fractures in organizations and societies. In this regards, organizational education must be able to provide useful interpretations of modern megatrends, support critical thinking within organizational experts and practitioners’ communities, co-develop pragmatic tools to navigate through troubled water and contribute to the building of a ‘democratic and social Europe’. Our era is asking organizations to move beyond the monoculture of revenues, productivity and performance, to tune with compelling collective needs.

Following this line or reasoning, during our symposium we will discuss different aspects that invest organizations in facing the challenges posed by such a transition. Within the framework of three different national and cultural perspectives we will ask: Can organizations acquire and enact more fully the role of responsible agent to promote democratic education? What can educational research do in order to investigate and promote ethical and democratic values and attitudes within and through organizations and communities? What is the role of multi-professional teams in organizations? How to support new forms of and civic engagement and ethical responsibility within and between organizations for the promotion of a more just, diverse and better world? How to promote collaborations and openness while sharing ideas about education and teaching?

The three presentations use a mixed methods design with quantitative and qualitative approaches for collecting data and analysis, e.g., policies and official documents, school projects, evaluation reports, and curricular projects as well as interviews and quantitative survey. Results from the studies are presented within specific theoretical frameworks, as indicated below, in order to highlight relevant organizational aspects. Throughout three different presentations, we will enquire about the following topics: The first presentation introduces the impact of the project "Inclusion Didactic Teaching Modules" (!DL) to teacher´s value education and aims to make a significant contribution to the democratic citizenship education. The project is characterized by multi-professional cooperation (teachers, academics, and school cooperations) and interdisciplinary cooperation (special needs education, subject didactics, primary school education and didactics). In workshops, both student teachers and teachers reflect on their own values and develop it into a democratic attitude. The second presentation points out the changing role of schools against the background of societal trends and fractures. In the context of civic engagement education, they can operate as social innovation agents, not only within schools themselves but in wider social and professional networks. By re-connecting different types of organizations schools initiate ‘horizontal‘ change, that can be investigated as (inter)organizational learning. The third presentation presents a new model of mentoring for beginning teachers, based on the collaborative approach. This model was developed based on social theories and democratic values and encouraged principles of collaborative transformation and construction of professional knowledge through mutual learning, empowerment practices and empathic dialogue. This process provides the opportunity to discuss education goals in an organizational, democratic, critical, and open environment.

Special attention will be given to the commonalities and differences between these three approaches as well as to the transferability of the findings within a European context and in a global world.


References
Zeichner, Ken. 2016. Advancing social justice and democracy in teacher educa-tion: Teacher preparation 1.0, 2.0, and 3.0. Kappa Delta Pi Record, (52): 150-155.
 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Dare More Coherence in Value-Based Inclusive Teacher Training!

Markus Gloe (LMU Munich), Julia Eiperle (LMU Munich)

Coherence understood as a meaningful linking of structures, contents and phases of teacher education (Hellmann, 2019, p. 9), represents one of the central structural principles in the project "Inclusion Didactic Teaching Modules" (!DL). The project is funded by the Federal Ministry of Education and Research of Germany (BMBF). In the project, school inclusion is not understood as the task of a single discipline and the associated profession but as an interdisciplinary and multi-professional collaborative task. In line with this approach, the project is characterized by multi-professional cooperation (teachers, academics, and school) and interdisciplinary cooperation (special needs education, subject didactics, primary school education). The result is a learning platform for teacher training that provides films, audio and related teaching and learning materials on questions of school inclusion for all phases of teacher training. In the context of the presentation, four concrete examples (general project structure, cooperative teaching events and their further utilization, cross-sectional topics, and use of the learning platform in the form of workshops) illustrate how coherence as a structural principle shapes the project. A justified location in the Model of Coherence in Teacher Education (Hellmann, 2019) is presented for each example. The workshop on a case of a pupil with Asperger's autism, aims, on the one hand, to negotiate special needs education, democratic education and subject didactic issues (horizontally and vertically coherent in terms of content) and, on the other hand, to deal with one's own and group-specific values, which decisively shape pedagogical action as (prospective) teachers (effect of the professionalization process). A particular focus is placed on the value formation of teachers. But not only with regard to the development of one´s own values, but also of shared values as a team at a school or learning group in the first and second phase of teacher training. In the sense of organizational education this makes a significant contribution to the processual and cultural constitution of the teaching staff/learning group. The workshop is used in all phases of teacher education (vertically structurally coherent) and is carried out by a multi-professional team (horizontally personnel coherent). The training in reflective competence is shown based on participant observation and qualitative interviews with workshop participants. The presentation concludes with a summary of central experiences that were gathered during the project concerning challenges and success factors of a coherent, value-based, inclusion-oriented teacher education.

References:

Hellmann, K. (2019): Kohärenz in der Lehrerbildung – Theoretische Konzeptualisierung. In: K. Hellmann, J. Kreutz, M. Schwichow, and K. Zaki (Eds.). Kohärenz in der Lehrerbildung. Wiesbaden: 9-30.
 

Diversity of Knowledge and Organizational Culture(s) in Democratic School Development Processes

Claudia Fahrenwald (University of Education Upper Austria)

Schools, as the central educational organizations, exist against the backdrop of current cultural and social changes and must always respond to new societal challenges. In this context, democratic school development by implementing innovative democratic education approaches has become increasingly important in many European countries during the past several years. The emphasis is here especially on new networks (Berkemeyer and Järvinen 2011) emerging between different educational organizations like schools and community partners. Networks and other partnerships between those actors are understood as a strategy for social innovation in the field of school development (Brühlmann and Rolff 2015). As a consequence, new forms of communication and collaboration between different individual, collective and organizational actors among different types of organizations including a diversity of types of knowledge as well as organizational culture(s) have emerged. This paper first discusses current democratic education approaches by drawing on current literature on the subject and then, second, presents a case study from an emerging network of schools in Upper Austria that are in the initial stages of implementing such new approaches of democratic education into their organizations. Because they require the effective collaboration of diverse actors like administrators, teachers, students, and community partners, they can have significant impacts on school cultures. Already established international literature clearly points on the primarily positive and innovative effect that integrating new approaches of Democratic Education can have on organizational development, because these new approaches of Democratic Education can help to break down traditional barriers in and between educational organizations and the surrounding communities (Fahrenwald & Feyerer 2020). In our research, supported by a Community Foundation in Vienna, we use a mixed methods design: In addition to a document analysis, that examines the outlines of engagement projects submitted in a local newspaper’s competition in Upper Austria during the last five years, expert interviews were conducted. In this presentation we will discuss the results from the interviews carried out with school leaders and project coordinators of 6 schools (primary schools, high schools and grammar school), which agreed to work with us on implementing civic engagement education systematically as a means of school development. The overall goal of the paper is to analyze the learning experiences and the learning challenges within these new forms of partnership and collaboration between different organizations for to understand better the needs for diversity sensitive training offers for individual, collective and organizational actors.

References:

Berkemeyer, Niels and Hanna Järvinen (2011): Lernen in Netzwerken. Journal für Schulentwicklung (3): 4-7. Brühlmann, Jürg and Hans-Günter Rolff (2015): Horizontale Schulentwicklung, Journal für Schulentwicklung (1): 4-7. Fahrenwald, Claudia und Jakob Feyerer (2020): Zivilgesellschaftliche Öffnung der Bildungsorganisation Schule. In: Andreas Schröer, Nicolas Engel, Claudia Fahrenwald, Michael Göhlich, Christian Schröder und Susanne M. Weber (Hrsg.): Organisation und Zivilgesellschaft. Beiträge der Kommission Organisationspädagogik, Wiesbaden: VS Verlag, S. 65-74.
 

Collaborative and Democratic Approaches for Mentoring and the Construction of Organizational Knowledge

Rinat Arviv Elyashiv (Kibbutzim College of Education)

Mentoring is a significant component in the socialization process of beginning teachers (Dominguez & Hager, 2013). The conservative approach of socialization seeks to adjust the novice teachers to the prevailing circumstances of school organizations. In this situation, mentoring process is based on the hierarchical paradigm of knowledge transfer in a dyadic, one-to-one encounter in which there are clear relations of authority, where the mentor is perceived as the transmitter of professional knowledge and the mentee is perceived as a passive actor (Darwin, 2000). Recently, new approaches were developed based on social theories and democratic values. Whitin this theoretical framework, new models of mentoring based on collaborative assumptions were formulated. The collaborative model is based on the principles of collaborative transformation and construction of professional knowledge through mutual learning, empowerment practices and empathic dialogue (Canipe & Gunckel, 2020; Pennanen et al., 2018). The paper presents a new model of mentoring for beginning teachers, based on the collaborative work, namely, Multi-Player Induction Teams (MITs). This model was initiated in the Israeli education system and was developed in collaboration with European and Israeli institutions for teacher education in a joint Erasmus+ project, named Proteach (2016-2019). The MITs are conducted in the format of a learning community, and take place at the educational field, mostly at the schools organizations. They are characterized by cooperation between the mentors, school leaders, school administrators, educational policy stakeholders, teacher education advisers and the novice teachers (Arviv Elyashiv & Levi-Keren, 2022). These partners share professional insights, dilemmas and ideas relevant to the socialization period of beginning teachers and to the wider educational perspective, while rethinking, transforming and recreating the culture of their professional community. This process provides the opportunity to discuss education goals in an organizational, democratic, critical, and open environment, and to construct organizational knowledge and learning methods. The study was conducted in the Israeli education system, using a mixed methods design. It aimed to explore the learning experiences, learning challenges and benefits of the MITs in generating a democratic collaborative model for the socialization process of beginning teachers as well as for the establishment of a community of practice at school context for knowledge exchange, knowledge construction, development of competencies and growing identities (Love & Wenger, 1991).

References:

Arviv Elyashiv, R. & Levi-Keren, M. (2022). The incubator: an innovative approach to professional development for beginning teachers and mentors. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJMCE-04-2022-0023 Canipe, M. M., & Gunckel, K. L. (2020), Imagination, brokers, and boundary objects: Interrupting the mentor-preservice teacher hierarchy when negotiating meanings, Journal of Teacher Education, 71(1), 80-93. Darwin, A. (2000), Critical reflections on mentoring in work settings, Adult Education Quarterly, 50(3), 197-211. Dominguez, N., & Hager, M. (2013), Mentoring frameworks: Synthesis and critique, International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 2(3), 171-188. Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge University Press.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm33 SES 12 A: Exploring Swedish Sexuality Education with a Feminist Materialist framework
Location: James McCune Smith, 743 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Elisabeth Lisa Öhman
Research Workshop
 
33. Gender and Education
Research Workshop

Exploring Swedish Sexuality Education with a Feminist Materialist framework

Elisabeth Lisa Öhman1, Karin Gunnarsson1, Sara Planting-Bergloo1, Auli Arvola Orlander1, Simon Ceder2

1Stockholms university, Sweden; 2University of Arts, Crafts and Design, Sweden

Presenting Author: Öhman, Elisabeth Lisa; Gunnarsson, Karin; Planting-Bergloo, Sara; Arvola Orlander, Auli; Ceder, Simon

This workshop explores sexuality education with a feminist materialist framework in a practice-based research project. The research project is a four-year study on sexuality education in Swedish secondary schools and focuses on both classrooms teaching and collaborative research circles with teachers. The aim of the project was to examine how sexuality education is taught, experienced and can be developed. For this paper and workshop, we focus on the research circle meetings and the collaborative methods put to work there. We explore how these methods were co-constructed in relation to a feminist materialist framework and how they affected the collaboration and the teaching.

Sexuality education is an integrated part of Swedish secondary school and referred to as a particular knowledge content by the Swedish Agency of Education. In 2018, when the Swedish Schools Inspectorate published its quality review of sexuality education it highlighted a range of different problems. For example, it showed a lack of equality in the teaching. The review also stressed the need for competence development among teachers. This applies to knowledge about norms, LGBTQ issues, and honour-related violence. Many teachers did not consider themselves up-to-date with current social trends and several teachers felt uncomfortable teaching about controversial issues in the subject area (Swedish Schools Inspectorate, 2018, 2022). In 2022, the curriculum on this knowledge area was revised and made more coherent. Following societal trends and shifts such as the #metoo movement, the name of this area was changed to ‘Sexuality, consent and relationships’. The curriculum and materials produced in relation to this knowledge area are working with norm awareness as a central perspective (Ceder et al. 2021).

Working within this educational-political context, the research project was grounded in feminist materialisms. This theoretical framework addresses the relationality of discourses, affectivity and materiality which is central for teaching on sexuality, consent and relationships. Further, this framework offers productive views on knowledge production for interdisciplinary topics such as sexuality education which entangle biological and social aspects. In line with this, Haraway (1988) pursues a critique of essentialist or objectivist knowledge production and argues that all knowledge is situated in relation with participants. Herein, intra-action (Barad, 2007) becomes a productive notion to emphasise that in a research process, the producer of knowledge is always a part of the production of knowledge. Hence, feminist materialists argue against the idea of distance and separation as a requirement for knowledge production. Rather, it is argued that knowledge is produced collaboratively through the intra-action of the many diverse and co-producing participants.

Over the last decade, a growing number of studies within sexuality education have put a feminist materialist framework to work (cf. Allen 2018; Renold 2019; Ringrose et al., 2020; Pasley 2021; Planting-Bergloo et al., 2022). Although there are a range of different labels, this framework “acknowledge education and sexuality as assemblages of transformative relations and doings that include both humans and more-than-humans” (Gunnarsson, 2023, p. 2). As such, it affords to push sexuality education research in the direction of the inventive and ambiguous.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This workshop draws from a four-year practice-based research project focusing on sexuality education. The research project consisted of five researchers who all previously worked as teachers in different subject areas. Besides us researchers, the project involved 5-13 teachers at four secondary schools. These teachers were specialising in a variety of school subjects such as Civics, Arts, Music, English and Physical Education (P.E.), Science, and Science and Mathematics (e.g. Planting-Bergloo & Arvola Orlander 2022). As such, the project regarded sexuality education as an interdisciplinary knowledge area emphasising entanglements of biological, social and aesthetic aspects.
Together with the teachers we organised 5-8 research circle meetings at each school. The meetings responded out of a joint engagement with how to address sexuality education within different school subjects. Although the research group was responsible for planning, the themes of the meetings were co-constructed through collaborations with the teachers. In the meetings different activities such as short presentations and elaborations with teaching materials such as exercises, short films and pictures took place. The main purpose of the meetings was to critically and creatively explore how sexuality education could be enacted at the school in question. Since the conditions at each school were unique, a collaborative approach was used in order to explore sexuality education from what was already there. In this workshop, we will apart from elaborate on aspects of Swedish sexuality education within a feminist materialist framework, also explore some of the teaching materials and collaborative exercises.      
Working with a feminist materialist framework, Gunnarsson (2018) discusses how practice based research implies to acknowledge how knowledge production emerges “in relation with the worlds“ (p. 668). Therefore, research circle meetings strived towards decentering the researchers’ positions in order to challenge divisions of known, knowers and knowledge. Accordingly, the researchers are always entangled as well as becoming within the research process. As such, it produces “a relational experiment with messy and fluid co-becomings of both researcher and practice (Gunnarsson, 2018, p. 669).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the workshops, we have studied the collaborative activities put to work in the research circle meetings. We have explored how these activities, become vital playmates in relation to a feminist materialist framework and how they affected the collaboration, the research and the teaching. As discussed earlier, the research circle meetings were organised as collaborative workshops. Therefore, a variety of exercises were engaged with at the different schools. One exercise that was used at three out of four schools aimed at mapping the ongoing teaching on sexuality and relationships at respective schools. Here, the teachers wrote down the range of different doings concerning how sexuality education took place and then structured their notes linearly. This way we could trace the teaching the students would encounter during schooling. As sexuality, consent and relationships is an interdisciplinary field and the teachers taught different subjects, this exercise highlighted the multitude of activities going on. It was also an exercise in shifting the knowledge from the individual teachers to the collaborative mapping. Based on this mapping, a plan for the whole school’s sexuality education could emerge.  
Other central aspects that were addressed in the project in relation to the feminist materialist framework were the entanglement of materiality, space and affectivity. For example, when the research circle meetings had to take place online due to the pandemic, there were shifting power dynamics taking place within our collaboration. Feelings such as frustration and confusion were at times displayed when teachers or researchers did not understand each other, or when they had different views on a particular question. To conclude, the feminist materialist framework afforded us to acknowledge the relationalities of the collaboration. Together with teachers, school subjects, exercises, film, art work, and materialities, the knowledge production became vibrant and productive.  

References
Allen, L. (2018). Sexuality education and new materialism: Queer things. Palgrave Macmillan.
Barad, K.M. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press.
Ceder, S., Gunnarsson, K., Planting-Bergloo, S., Öhman, L. & Arvola Orlander, A. (2021). Sexualitet och relationer: att möta ett engagerande och föränderligt kunskapsområde i skolan. Studentlitteratur.
Gunnarsson, K. (2023). Care and feminist posthumanisms. In Rasmussen, M.L. & Allen, L. (Eds.) The Palgrave Encyclopedia of Sexuality Education. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-95352-2_26-1
Gunnarsson, K. (2018). Potentiality for change? Revisiting an action research project with a sociomaterial approach. Educational Action Research, 26(5), 666-681,
Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges: The science question in feminism and the privilege of partial perspective. Feminist Studies, 14 (3). 575-599.
Pasley, A. (2021). The effects of agential realism on sex research, intersexuality and education, Sex Education, 21(5), 504-518.
Planting-Bergloo, S. & Orlander, A. A. (2022). Challenging ‘the elephant in the room’: the becomings of pornography education in Swedish secondary school, Sex Education, DOI: 10.1080/14681811.2022.2137487
Renold, E. (2019). Ruler-Skirt Risings: Being Crafty with How Gender and Sexuality Education Research-Activisms Can Come to Matter. In Jones, T., Coll, L., Van Leent, L., & Taylor, Y. (Eds.) Uplifting Gender and Sexuality Education Research (pp. 115-140). Palgrave Macmillan, Cham.
Ringrose, J., Whitehead, S., & Regehr, K. (2020). Play Doh Vulvas and felt tip dick pics: Disrupting phallocentric matter (s) in sex education. Reconceptualizing educational research methodology, 10(2-3), 259-291. doi.org/10.7577/rerm.3679.
Swedish Schools Inspectorate (2018). Sex- och samlevnadsundervisning. (Tematisk kvalitetsgranskning, Dnr. 2016:11445). Skolinspektionen.
Swedish Schools Inspectorate (2022). Skolans hantering av kontroversiella frågor i undervisningen. Skolinspektionen.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm33 SES 12 B: Theory, Political Ideology and Gender Inclusive Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 734 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Carol Taylor
Paper Session
 
33. Gender and Education
Paper

All Genders Included?: Creating Gender Safe and Inclusive Schools

Susanne Gannon

Western Sydney University, Australia

Presenting Author: Gannon, Susanne

Context/ background

Gender is becoming a volatile, slippery category, un-pin-downable for some young people, a descriptor that seems increasingly inclined to escape beyond assumptions of binary, categorical gender associated with masculinity/ femininity; boy/girl, male/ female with their concomitant expectations, limitations, and privileges. When young people are given opportunities to move beyond discourse to explore gender through non-verbal means, shimmering affects, materials, atmospherics, embodied capacities and potentialities begin to interfere with straightforward explanations of gender. And yet, at the same time that some young people are pushing beyond the bounds of gender, old and new patterns of gendered violence and exclusions continue to impact educational experiences of many.

Gender has recently been target of poltical attention in Australia, with particular concern expressed by conservative politicians and media. This has led to direct interference and blocking of research pertaining to gender and schooling. However, our research with historical policy actors indicates that even at the zenith of gender equity policy, political obstructionism was a common feature of gender equity work for policy actors and others seeking to create change.

Research Questions

This paper reports on a component of the "Gender Majers: Changing Gender Equity Policies and Prac'ces in Australian Secondary Schooling" (ARCD) research conducted with ACT school students/teachers, NSW recent school graduates and historical policy actors who worked on GE policies in the past. (This paper focuses on the first two cohorts). Our key research questions are:

  1. How is gender articulated, experienced and understood by young people, teachers, school executives and policy makers?
  2. How has gender-related policy for schools changed over time since 1990s?
  3. How can gender-related equity policy be reframed and refreshed for contenporary schooling?

This paper responds to Qs 1& 3).

Conceptual farmework

The focus on gender will contribute to international research in gender, sexualities and schooling. To reconsider gender as an organising category of social life, whilst acknowledging its theoretical destabilisation, demands conceptual elasticity, and new theoretical frameworks offer a route through this theoretical impasse. Such frameworks require meticulous attention to empirical contexts, which include, but do not privilege, the accounts of human participants, and that include, but are not limited to, rational explanations. They demand tracings of constitutive flows and relations of discourses, practices, feelings, things, bodies and relations in order to map how bodies are positioned in relation to each other and other bodies, including non-human ‘bodies’ such as bodies of knowledge, media and technologies, and including in reseach events such as focus groups and interviews. Thus our work draws on feminist poststructuralisms, queer theories and new materialisms in order to focus on gender as a continuous ‘becoming’ that operates within, but is not limited to, existing material, discursive and relational practices.

This paper weaves through the accounts of gender and secondary schooling that young people and their teachers in ACT, and recent school leavers in NSW shared with researchers in the Gender Matters research project. It lingers with contradictions, failures and glimmers of inclusive localised practices where young people advocate for and begin to create gender safe and inclusive schools for all genders.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our research entailed empirical data collection at the Western Sydney University and in three ACT Colleges, and with a small group of students in a NSW school. We pivoted between face-to-face and online research procedures as the COVID-19 pandemic proceeded. We undertook focus groups with current school students (n=38), and recent school leavers who were current university students (n=60). We undertook interviews with current school teachers and school executive staff (n=20). University students and school students were also invited to participate in arts-based workshops where they further explored and created artefacts pertaining to their understandings of gender.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our emerging findings suggest that gender justice needs to be open to, value and include young people of all genders, and to facilitate their leadership in this space. Student led and student voice initiatives are important to young people. School reform around gender issues needs to be research led rather than driven by knee-jerk to conservative pushback. Gender safe and inclusive schooling needs to be  intersectorial & intersectional, and is facilitated by interlocking & mutually supportive policy frameworks that provide support schools where they need it. We also suggest that gender justice is facilitated when teachers are critical thinkers and critically reflective, and therefore able to ask questions such as: ‘Who is advantaged when I work this way? Who’s disadvantaged or not seen or heard in the curriculum or in pedagogy?’
Importantly, schools are authorising environments for change to happen.

References
References may include but are not limited to:
Gannon, S. (2016a). Kairos and the time of gender equity policy in Australian schooling, Gender and Education, 28(3), 330-342.
Gannon, S. (2016b). ‘Local girl befriends vicious bear’: Unleashing educational aspiration through a pedagogy of material-semiotic entanglement. In C. Hughes & C. Taylor (Eds), Posthuman Research Practices in Education (pp. 128-148). Palgrave MacMillan.
Gannon, S. (2019). Temporalities, pedagogies and gender-based violence education in Australian schools. In A. Abbas, C. Amade-Escot & C. Taylor (Eds.). Gender in learning and teaching: Feminist dialogues across international boundaries. Routledge
Hillier, L., Jones, T., Monagle, M., Overton, N., Gahan, L, Blackmore, J., & Mitchell, A. (2010). Writing themselves in 3. Melbourne.
Ivinson, G., & Renold, E. (2016). Girls, camera, (intra) action: Mapping posthuman possibilities in a diffractive analysis of camera-girl assemblages in research on gender, corporeality and place. In G. Ivinson & C. Taylor (Eds.). Posthuman research practices in
education (168-185). Palgrave Macmillan.
Kearney, S., Gleeson, C., & Leung, L. (2016). Respectful Relationships Education in schools: The beginnings of change. Melbourne.
Keddie, A. (2009) Some of those girls can be real drama queens: Issues of gender, sexual harassment & schooling. Sex Education, 9(1), 1-16
McLeod, J. (2017b). The administration of feminism in education: Revisiting and remembering narratives of gender equity and identity, Journal of Educational Administration and History, 49(4), 283-300.
Gannon, S. & Naidoo, L. (2020). Thinking- feeling- imagining futures through creative arts-based participatory research. Australian Educational Researcher.  47, 113-128
Ollis, D. (2016). Building respectful relationships: Stepping out against gender-based violence. Vic. Dept. Education.
Ollis, D. (2017). The power of feminist pedagogy in Australia: Vagina shorts and the primary prevention of violence against women, Gender and Education, 29(4), 461-475.
Rasmussen, M. L. (2009). Beyond gender identity? Gender and Education, 21(4), 431-447.
Rasmussen, M. L., Sanjakdar, F., Allen, L., Quinlivan, K., & Bromdal, A. (2017). Homophobia, transphobia, young people and the question of responsibility. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 38(1), 30-42.
Renold, E. (2018). ‘Feel what I feel’: Making da(r)ta with teen girls for creative activisms on how sexual violence matters. Journal of Gender Studies, 27(1), 37-55.
Ringrose, J. (2013). Postfeminist education? Girls and the sexual politics of schooling. Routledge.
Robinson, K. (2012). Sexual Harassment in schools: Issues of identity and power – Negotiating the complexities of this everyday practice. In S. Saltmarsh, K. Robinson & C. Davies (Eds.). Rethinking school violence: Theory, gender, context. (71-93). PalgraveMacMillan.


33. Gender and Education
Paper

Approaching the Phenomenological Sample from a Gender Perspective

Miriam Comet-Donoso, Maria del Pilar Folgueiras Bertomeu, Ana Valeria de Ormaechea Otalora, Trinidad Donoso Vazquez, Olga Gonzalez Mediel, Amanda Aliende da Matta

Universitat de Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Comet-Donoso, Miriam

This paper focuses on the cross-sectional application of the gender perspective in a hermeneutic phenomenological (HP) research, centered on the political participation of young women. Specifically, the selection of the sample will be explained.

Gender Perspective in the Research

Biglia and Verges (2016) establish a series of criteria and questions that help to reflect on the application of the gender perspective in the three stages of a research, and regarding the choice of the sample they point out "Have the differences between women and men as research subjects been considered? Are we taking for granted the equivalence between sex and gender? How has the sample been defined?" (pp. 21-22, our translation). In our research, the high degree of awareness of the existence of these differences has led us to select a sample of 18–35-year-olds who are or feel themselves to be women. In this sense, we embrace the advances in feminist phenomenology (FP), which assumes that the so-called "identity categories" (race, sex, sexual orientation, etc.) reveal that structures that appear to be universal (such as, for example, the perception of space and time) are not so (Ahmed, 2007; O'Byrne, 2020). On the other hand, according to Sans Martín (2015), we assume that women are the subject of phenomenological verification when talking about them/us. In this sense, our research team in this part of the study is formed, exclusively, by women.

Feminist Phenomenology

At first, the study sample was raised without analytical taking into account the gender category, as we understood that phenomenology aspires to find the essence of participation and that as such it gender-neutral, since the phenomenological approach seems to advocate for the essences of the phenomenon being studied (Ayala- Carabajo, 2017). That is, the study sample included both men and women.

Delving into the subject and under the prism of a FP, we sought to elucidate whether the gender category and other identity categories such as race and class should occupy an important place or whether, on the contrary, above them is a universality that flattens these identities.

Under the prism of hermeneutic phenomenology (HP) we can aspire to find structures of meaning that are above ethnicity, class, and gender. However, from the FP it is considered that these three categories cannot be omitted (Sáenz, 2014). In fact, what it does is to introduce into this thinking and method these three realities.

The HP aims to uncover the structures of meaning of the phenomenon of study by implicitly or explicitly assuming the universal human. For FP both mind and body are part of individual and collective historicity, a historicity that shapes that mind and body.

Identity categories structure lived experience. Therefore, there are no structures of meaning that are not mediated by the manifestations of each person in his or her relationship with the world, a relationship in which sexual difference (having the experience of a man-boy or woman-girl body) acquires an importance defined by that body embodied in a specific way. The body mediates the relationship with the world from the first moment.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This communication is part of a Research & Development project on the experiences of political participation (its social and educational dimension) -taking into account the gender perspective- of young people between 18 and 35 years old who participate in participatory actions/processes.

The research follows the method proposed from the AHP (applied hermeneutic phenomenology) (Ayala-Carabajo, 2017; Wilson, 2012; Van Manen, 2003), and is part of the second phase of research. Its objectives are:
 
General objective of the research:  
To give an account of the lived experience in political participation of women aged 18 to 35.

Specific objectives of the research:
1. To describe the pre-reflexive lived experience in political participation of women from 18 to 35 years old.
2. To reflect on the pre-reflexive lived experience in political participation of women from 18 to 35 years old.
3. To show the meaning structures of the lived experience in political participation of women aged 18 to 35.

Specifically, this communication explains the selection process of the study sample under the FP approach.  This is a cross-cutting objective that has accompanied the entire research process: to reflect on the application of the HP from a gender perspective. In order to respond to this objective, we have used and analyzed the epistemological diaries of the researchers.

Participants in the study: Women aged 18 to 35 who had significant experiences of political participation. We chose intensity sampling as suitable for this case.

Approach: Applied Hermeneutic Phenomenology. The ultimate objective of HP is to gain access to the meaning structures of lived experience by appropriating them, clarifying them, and reflectively making them explicit (Van Manen, 2003, pp.320).

An essential step in our study was the selection of the sample. Based on this, in this paper we reflect on the choice of the participants of the study, starting from the contributions of the FP and the HP. The FP contributes with issues of gender, sexual difference, and race, it also contributes knowledge in relation to the approach of body-mind dualism, universalism, and biological determinism (Sáenz, 2014). Biological determinism refers to the fact that the body determines the identity and behavior of human beings; in this sense, it introduces historicization, explaining that both nature and the body must consider that there is a history through which this mind and body unfold.

Empirical methods: Stories and interviews.
Analytical methods: Thematic analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the present communication two issues are raised in relation to the application of the gender perspective in the study of the sample. On the one hand, in a more general way and thanks to the contributions of Barbara and Vergés (2016) concomitant with the research process, it is resolved that we understand the experience of women as relevant and different from that of men and therefore, with the need to be investigated in a particular way.

Secondly, and starting from what has been said about FP: participation may vary from one group to another, from one human being to another and be different for boys and girls. Patriarchal regulation makes a girl participate differently than a boy, in other words, the rules, forms and participatory processes differ between boys and girls, as has been demonstrated in empirical research. Research has also shown that ethnicity and vulnerable groups enter a different participatory logic.  Aspiring to find a structure of meaning regardless of gender or ethnicity is a bias in HP.

The answer to both questions led us to formulate the following research question: What is the lived experience of political participation as a young woman? and to select only young women.

References
Ahmed, S. (2007). A phenomenology of whiteness. Sage journals,8,149–168.

Ayala-Carabajo, Raquel (2008). La metodología fenomenológico-hermenéutica de M. Van Manen en el campo de la investigación educativa. Posibilidades y primeras experiencias. [The phenomenological-hermeneutical methodology of M. Van Manen in the field of educational research. Possibilities and first experiences]. Revista de investigación educativa, 26(2), 409–430. https://revistas.um.es/rie/article/view/94001.
 [Accessed: March 15, 2022].

Ayala-Carabajo, Raquel (2016). Formación de investigadores de las ciencias sociales y humanas en el enfoque fenomenológico hermenéutico (de van Manen) en el contexto hispanoamericano. [Training of researchers in the social and human sciences in the hermeneutical phenomenological approach (of van Manen) in the Hispanic-American context]. Educación XX1, 19(2), 359–381. https://doi.org/10.5944/educXX1.16471.[Accessed: March 15, 2022].

Ayala-Carabajo, Raquel (2017). Retorno a lo esencial: fenomenología hermenéutica aplicada desde el enfoque de Max van Manen. [Return to the essential: applied hermeneutic phenomenology from the approach of Max van Manen]. Caligrama.

Biglia, B., & Vergés Bosch, N. (2016). Cuestionando la perspectiva de género en la investigación. REIRE.Revista d'Innovació i Recerca en Educació, 9(2), 12-29. https://doi.org/10.1344/reire2016.9.2922  

O'Byrne, A. (2020). 50 Concepts for a Critical Phenomenology, edited by Gail Weiss, Anne V. Murphy, and Gayle Salamon (Book Review Article). Journal of Critical Phenomenology, 3(1), 28-36. https://doi.org/10.5399/PJCP.v3i1.2  

Pitard, J. (2016). Using vignettes within autoethnography to explore layers of cross-cultural awareness as a teacher. In Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung/Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 17(1), 17. http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0114-fqs1601119.

Ricoeur, Paul (1991). L'attestation: entre phénoménologie et ontologie". In J. Greisch, R. Kearney (Dirs.). Les métamorphoses de la raisonherméneutique. [Attestation: between phenomenology and ontology". In J. Greisch, R. Kearney (Dirs.). The metamorphoses of hermeneutic reason] .Les Editions du Cerf.

Sáenz, M. D. C. L. (2014). Fenomenología y feminismo. Daimon Revista Internacional de Filosofia, (63), 45-63.
https://doi.org/10.6018/daimon/197001  
San Martín, J. (2017). La fenomenología y el otro. La fenomenología encarando al siglo XXI. Acta Mexicana de Fenomenología. Revista de investigación filosófica y científica, 144-164.

Van Manen, Max (2003). Investigación educativa y experiencia vivida. [Educational research and lived experience]. Idea Books.

Wilson, T. (2012). What can phenomenology offer the consumer? Marketing research as philosophical, method conceptual. Qualitative Market Research: An International Journal, 15(3), 230-241. https://doi.org/10.1108/13522751211231969


33. Gender and Education
Paper

Taking Context Seriously: Exploring the Enactment of Gender Policy Mandates in Catalan Education.

Berta Llos Casadellà, Xènia Gavaldà Elias, Alejandro Caravaca Hernández, Edgar Quilabert Argudo

Autonomous University of Barcelona / Edu, Spain

Presenting Author: Llos Casadellà, Berta; Gavaldà Elias, Xènia

There is a plethora of laws and plans that contemplate the incorporation of a gender perspective in education in Catalonia, along the same line with what is happening in the national and the international context, as the introduction of gender perspectives in education has become central in the global education policy field (Jacquot, 2015). However, little is known about what actors in secondary schools –namely teachers, principals, and students– do regarding a gender perspective in education, as the enactment of policies is always subject to individual interpretation as well as to complex social interactions between the respective actors involved (Ball et al., 2012). This article seeks to analyse how the policy mandates in this regard are interpreted and translated in Catalan secondary schools. Drawing on 15 focus groups with representatives of teachers, students, management teams and families (N=103) from 12 secondary schools in the region, the paper explores the multifaceted or even contradictory processes that occur during the ‘implementation’ of policies, considering the specificities of each context and the social interactions that take place.

Using the analytical framework by Braun et al. (2011), the results show how the material, the situated, the external, and particularly, the professional context, shape the enactment of gender policies in Catalan education. To explore what happens in secondary schools regarding gender, it is key to look at the ways in which secondary-school actors re-signify the policy orientations considering their agency in context. In this regard, the article introduces an analytical view that situates teachers and school leaders as agents who, mediated by their habitus (Musofer & Lingard, 2020), are immersed in a continuous process of interpretation, appropriation and negotiation of educational policies in their specific contexts. Therefore, the article highlights the importance of the professional context as many instances in this study show the extent to which introducing gender in the curriculum is up to the individual teachers. The fact that the efforts to include gender perspectives in schools is due to the school level actor's informed decision to do so, rather than a result of the official curriculum, has consequences such as the feelings of loneliness and misalignment with the school strategy. The analysis on the material context allowed for a more specific understanding on not only how secondary school actors interpret the content taught in classrooms, but also how their enactment spills over into the ways the classroom and school space is interpreted from a gender perspective. The sense of urgency amongst secondary schools to create gender commissions or groups following the recommendations by the Catalan Department of Education appears as the main influential external context. However, this external pressure is controversial as there is still no legal requirement by the Department about the existence of such commissions and their functions and responsibilities. In relation to the situated contexts, an urban-rural divide was identified, as well as the importance of a sustainable coordination with and support from the local administration as a driver to develop gender-sensitive practices. Alongside the text, the article discusses the ways and under which conditions there is also policymaking processes within the schools.

Finally, the results proof true the assumption of this paper regarding the importance of taking context seriously when implementing gender-sensitive policies. This is to say, having analysed the contextual factors and mechanisms intervening in the enactment of gender-sensitive education, it is evident that among the multiple roles of school actors (principals, teachers, students, families, and others) there is the role of policymaking. Thus, far from a top-down approach, this article evinces that gender-sensitive policies are also made at the bottom level of the education system: the schools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research involved the participation of 12 public secondary schools in Catalonia, the selection of which followed three main criteria: (i) the secondary schools undertook specific initiatives and experiences regarding gender; (ii) they were territorially distributed throughout the four Catalan provinces (Barcelona, ​​Lleida, Girona, and Tarragona); and (iii) they were public. In October 2020, we published an open call for participation for the secondary schools in Catalonia. This led to response from 28 secondary schools, of which 13 were first selected following the previous criteria. This means that the participating schools had experience in enacting gender-sensitive initiatives and were actively involved in the topic. Finally, one school withdrew from the project due to the pandemic situation, thus leading to the final participation of 12 secondary schools, with 6 in the province of Barcelona, 2 in Girona, 3 in Lleida and 1 in Tarragona.
The research followed a qualitative approach framed within the ‘feminist-activist’ research perspective (Knight, 2000; Biglia, 2007), which is based on feminist epistemologies and situated inference research. Specifically, we drew on 15 focus groups as our main method, for they are a group technique of interactive and social nature that is oriented towards participants’ joint reflexivity (Wilkinson, 1995). The research design consisted of two complementary phases. In the first phase, with a total of 103 participants, we conducted a focus group within each secondary school (N=12) to explore the gender-sensitive initiatives and the actors’ experiences and conceptions, with the joint participation of teachers (n=47), students (43), principals (6), and families (7). Specifically, questions related to which initiatives secondary schools undertook at the classroom and school levels, the methodologies used, the organisational aspects involved, the spaces where they occurred, and the actors’ approaches. Notably, the participation of secondary school actors beyond teachers provided us with more nuanced and complex data regarding the processes of policy enactment. The second phase, in which teachers shared their initiatives and the contextual aspects that shaped them (i.e., obstacles and drivers), consisted of between-schools focus groups (N=3). In each of these three focus groups, eight teachers coming from four of the twelve schools participated. All meetings were recorded with the consent of the participants and later transcribed to facilitate collaborative coding and analysis by the research team using specific qualitative data-analysis software. The analytical categories used corresponded to those proposed by Braun et al. (2011) –i.e., professional, material, external and situated contexts–, which structure the results section below.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Far from a top-down notion of policy implementation, the research stresses the importance of looking at school actors, as well as their processes of interpretation and translation of policy mandates, to understand the complexities of the enactment of gender policies in education. Drawing on the four analytical dimensions of context proposed by Braun et al. (2011), our results emphasise the influence of the material and, to a lesser extent, the situated and the external context of each secondary school on the enactment of gender policy mandates. However, the research evinces that it is precisely the professional context which becomes the main factor for explaining the diversity in school practices. The ways gender policy mandates are enacted by school actors are closely linked to the values, knowledge, and teaching experiences of the school staff. The fact that gender policies in Catalonia lack clear and specific guidelines implies a wide divergence of actions in secondary schools. Therefore, the implementation of the ‘coeducation principle’ is mainly left to teachers’ motivations and initiatives, meaning that there is a devolution of responsibility to the school-level actors in providing gender-sensitive education.
All in all, a more operationalized and concrete legal framework on gender education might be necessary to ensure the first steps for the effective fulfilment of equity in education. Despite the need for more straightforward forms of governing gender education policies, the role of school level enactors renders crucial, as their agency and capacity to re-interpret gender-sensitive mandates has shown to be particularly relevant. Therefore, not only laws, policies, action plans and the curriculum ought to incorporate a comprehensive gender perspective, but also all the actors involved in the education community. In this regard, teacher training on gender awareness, both in professional development and in-service training, gain especial relevance as they have the potential to foster the bottom-up transformative school initiatives.

References
Ball, S., McGuire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy. Routledge.
Braun, A., Ball, S., Maguire, M., & Hoskins, K. (2011) Taking context seriously: towards explaining policy enactments in the high school. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(4), 585-596. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2011.601555
Biglia, B. (2007). Desde la investigación-acción hacia la investigación activista feminista. In J. Romay (Ed.), Perspectivas y retrospectivas de la Psicologia Social en los albores del siglo XXI (pp. 415-421). Biblioteca Nuova.
Jacquot, S. (2015). Transformations in EU gender equality: From emergence to dismantling. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137436573
Knight, M. G. (2000). Ethics in qualitative research: Multicultural feminist activist research. Theory into practice, 39(3), 170-176. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip3903_8
Musofer, R. P., & Lingard, B. (2021). Bourdieu and position-making in a changing field: Enactment of the national curriculum in Australia. The Curriculum Journal, 32, 384– 401. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.88
Wilkinson, S. (1998). Focus group methodology: a review. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 1(3), 181–203. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645579.1998.10846874
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm01 SES 13 A: Research Perspectives on Team Teaching
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 3 (Gannochy) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Anna Rytivaara
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Innovative Learning Environments as a Place for Examination of the Concept of Team Teaching

Wenche Mörck Riekki, Anneli Frelin, Jan Grannäs

University of Gävle, Sweden

Presenting Author: Mörck Riekki, Wenche; Frelin, Anneli

New types of learning spaces allowing for larger cohorts of pupils and teachers working in teams have emerged across the world and are challenging teachers to interact in new ways. These learning spaces are often described as innovative learning environments, and the pedagogical practices that accompany them as team teaching. In light of these developments, this study examines the concept of team teaching, introducing an analytical framework for unpacking it in relation to learning environments and other issues.

In order to prepare pupils for an uncertain future, calls around the world revolve around new capabilities and knowledge, new pedagogies and new learning environments that support such a preparation. Innovative learning environments have been defined as innovative spaces and practices (French, Imms, and Mahat, 2020). Following this line of argument, when new schools are built across the world ordinary classrooms should to be replaced with a more varied collection of spaces that can be shared by larger cohorts of pupils and several teachers (Dovey and Fisher, 2014). These new ways of designing school buildings and learning environments have emerged over time, together with ideas about lifelong learning, an increased degree of individualisation in education and the importance of variation for the individual’s learning, as well as from a contextual perspective emphasising the importance of professional learning communities (cf. Schön, 1983; Stoll, Bolam, McMahon, Wallace, and Thomas, 2006).

Working in new learning environments require new skills from teachers (Campbell, Saltmarsh, Chapman and Dre, 2013; Charteris and Smardon, 2019; Leighton and Byers, 2020), who have traditionally had sole responsibility for one class but are now expected to transition into new types of spaces, organising and pedagogies. Such transitions mean extensive changes to their teaching practices (Woolner, Clark, Laing, Thomas, and Tiplady, 2014). One response, team teaching, according to Simons et al (2020) means that teachers collaborate around all pupils. Some teachers argue that collaborating in a teaching context benefits their professional growth and pupils’ learning (Ronfeldt, Farmer, McQueen, and Grissom, 2015).

Previous research often refers to the importance of so-called professional learning communities (PLCs) (Datnow, 2018). PLC is a way of organising teachers in groups in order to introduce and increase cooperation between teachers as teams (Lipscombe, Buckley-Walker, and McNamara, 2020; Ronfeldt et al., 2015). This is central from a perspective in which teachers develop and learn from each other by planning together, exchanging experiences, sharing responsibility for a group of pupils and so on as a way of organising activities to build a professional learning community (Ronfeldt et al., 2015). In the long term, teachers’ collaboration organised in teams can provide a more sustainable development of teachers’ professionalism, schools and education (Duyar et al., 2013; Lipscombe et al., 2020). A strong teaching team can also according to Hattie (2012) be a success factor for pupils’ learning.

However, conceptualising and defining a collaboration between teachers can be problematic in that several synonyms and concepts are used (Welch, 2000). In this context, the paper aims to examine and shed further light on the concept of team teaching by the development and presentation of a framework for describing four levels of interaction (from superficial to deep) involving four shared dimensions of pedagogical work (from space to teaching). The framework is illustrated using data from a case study of team teaching in two Swedish innovative learning environments with different layouts and organisations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study took place in a Swedish context were organising teachers into different types of teams has a long tradition, since the beginning of the 1980s when the concept of teacher teams was introduced (Blossing, 2008). A case study was conducted in two schools with innovative learning environments (ILEs), where teachers were organized in teams. Initially, school visits were undertaken during which photographs and other documentation for supporting the analysis were collected. The data used for analyses in this study was collected during the spring of 2021 and consisted of 14 semi-structured interviews with teachers, seven at each school. These were selected with consideration for the ages taught, gender, length of teacher experience and work in ILEs. An interview guide was used with questions relating to teaching background, the vision of the school in relation to the physical learning environment, organising and pedagogical practice.
The interview transcripts were coded using the three overarching categories of physical space, organisation and organising (the latter referring to everyday activities) and pedagogical practice. In the next step, statements relating to interactions between staff were coded and sorted based on the level of interaction and work content. In a previous work, two of the authors developed an analytical framework (Author 1 & Author 2, 2022b), however, during the analysis, the need for a more fine-grained framework emerged. Due to this study and following the analysis of the empirical material as described above, a revised so-called 4Co analytical framework was developed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on empirically grounded concepts, the study offers a theoretical framework for unpacking team teaching in terms of four levels of interaction (from superficial to deep) involving four shared dimensions of pedagogical work (from space to teaching). It contains the dimensions’ co-location, coordination, cooperation, and collaboration, which visualise how different shared dimensions of teachers’ work in terms of space, organising, planning and teaching involving varying competences and different types of activity are needed if the pedagogical practice is to function well. Use of the same teaching spaces (but not always at the same time) is termed co-location. Sharing spaces means that coordination needs to be organised. If the teachers also plan together, they practice cooperation, and if they teach together, they practice collaboration.
The framework contributes to the existing body of research by bringing together elements from the research areas of learning environments and PLCs and by developing an analytical framework for unpacking team teaching that takes space seriously in discussions about how team teaching is carried out and how it can be developed. The long-established discourse on professional learning communities (PLCs) has had a major impact on schools and is increasingly part of how schools organise their teaching and learning activities. However, the notion of space has been largely absent in these discussions, and the role of space for team teaching is only highlighted when innovative learning environments are created. In this study, the concept of team teaching has been examined and a framework presented through which the phenomenon can be unpacked and discussed. The 4Co framework offers opportunities for a more nuanced analysis of what is often referred to as team teaching, and including the spatial context.

References
Author 1, and Author 2 (2022b). Title and report removed for peer review.
Blossing, U. (2008). Kompetens för samspelande skolor : om skolorganisationer och skolförbättring. Lund: Studentlitteratur.
Campbell, M., Saltmarsh, S., Chapman, A., and Drew, C. (2013). Issues of teacher professional learning within ‘non-traditional’ classroom environments. Improving Schools, 16(3), 209–222. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480213501057
Charteris, J., and Smardon, D. (2018). “Professional learning on steroids”: Implications for teacher learning through spatialised practice in new generation learning environments. Australian Journal of Teacher Education. https://doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2018v43n12.2
Datnow, A. (2018). Time for change? The emotions of teacher collaboration and reform. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 3(3), 157–172. https://doi.org/10.1108/JPCC-12-2017-0028
Dovey, K., and Fisher, K. (2014). Designing for adaptation: The school as socio-spatial assemblage. Journal of Architecture, 19(1), 43–63. https://doi.org/10.1080/13602365.2014.882376
French, R., Imms, W., and Mahat, M. (2020). Case studies on the transition from traditional classrooms to innovative learning environments: Emerging strategies for success. Improving Schools, 23(2), 175–189. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480219894408
Gradwell, J. M., and DiCamillo, L. (2013). “The Second We Stop Growing We Are Dead”: Examining a Middle Grades Social Studies Professional Dyad. Middle School Journal, 45(2), 3–11. https://doi.org/10.1080/00940771.2013.11461881
Hattie, J. (2012). Visible learning for teachers: Maximizing impact on learning. London: Routledge.
Leighton, V., and Byers, T. (2020). All innovative learning environments have one factor in common: A spatially active teacher. Australian Educational Leader, 42(1), 30–33.
Lipscombe, K., Buckley-Walker, K., and McNamara, P. (2020). Understanding collaborative teacher teams as open systems for professional development. Professional Development in Education, 46(3), 373–390. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2019.1613256
Schön, D. (1983). The reflective practitioner : how professionals think in action. New York: Basic Books.
Simons, M., Coetzee, S., Baeten, M., and Schmulian, A. (2020). Measuring learners’ perceptions of a team-taught learning environment: development and validation of the Learners’ Team Teaching Perceptions Questionnaire (LTTPQ). Learning Environments Research, 23(1), 45–58. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-019-09290-1
Stoll, L., Bolam, R., McMahon, A., Wallace, M., and Thomas, S. (2006). Professional Learning Communities: A Review of the Literature. Journal of Educational Change, 7(4), 221–258. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-006-0001-8
Welch, M. (2000). Descriptive Analysis of Team Teaching in Two Elementary Classrooms: A Formative Experimental Approach. Remedial and Special Education, 21(6), 366–376. https://doi.org/10.1177/074193250002100606
Woolner, P., Clark, J., Laing, K., Thomas, U., and Tiplady, L. (2014). A school tries to change: How leaders and teachers understand changes to space and practices in a UK secondary school. Improving Schools, 17(2), 148–162. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480214537931


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Learning to Co-Teach: a Systematic Review

Anna Rytivaara1, Raisa Ahtiainen2, Iines Palmu3, Henri Pesonen4, Olli-Pekka Malinen2

1University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2University of Helsinki, Finland; 3Valteri Centre for Learning and Consulting, Finland; 4University of Oslo, Norway

Presenting Author: Rytivaara, Anna; Ahtiainen, Raisa

Since the seminal article on co-teaching models by Friend and Cook (1995), co-teaching has taken root in both classrooms and research. Co-teaching is widely examined at all levels of education from kindergarten to higher education, covering various subject areas and several research fields such as coaching and co-teaching as a tool of teacher training (e.g., Allen et al., 2014; Guise et al., 2017; Underwood et al., 2016). Co-teaching is generally defined as a collaborative practice in which two or more teachers plan, teach and evaluate together a group of learners (e.g., Fluijt et al., 2016). Moreover, as most of the literature on co-teaching draws from inclusive education, aiming for high-quality education for all learners, it is defined particularly as a practice between a special education teacher and a general education teacher, yet it can be practised between any two teachers (e.g., Härkki et al., 2021). In our understanding, co-teaching is a multifaceted practice based on teachers’ shared vision and responsibilities concerning teaching and learning for all students (Fluijt et al., 2016).

Much of the existing oeuvre of research has focused primarily on co-teaching models, and the trend has resulted in the prevailing understanding of the most common model in classrooms being the simplest one, that is, one-teach one assist (Scruggs et al., 2007). However, relatively little is known about how teachers learn to co-teach.

In general, the aim of teacher learning is change in teachers’ cognition and knowledge, beliefs, behaviour, skills or attitudes (Hoekstra & Korthagen, 2011; Vermunt & Endedijk, 2011). Additionally, the role of teacher identity appears to be playing a role in teachers’ professional learning both as a target of the intended change and interacting with the learning process (Beijaard, 2019; Meijer, 2011). Teachers themselves are also individuals with variation in their willingness to learn new things (Van Eekelen et al., 2006).

In this review, we investigated the relationship of co-teaching and teacher learning in more detail. We decided to limit the scope of our investigation to literature focusing on co-teaching between at least two qualified teachers in K-12 education[1] and chose to look at the studies reporting professional development (PD) programmes related to co-teaching. PD programmes were chosen as the focus of this review because PD inherently contains the premise of goal-oriented teacher learning, aimed at changes in teachers’ thinking and/or practice.

In discussing teacher learning as a focus of research, Kennedy (2019) posed three main questions for researchers: first, what is it that teachers are supposed to be learning; second, what is the process of how teachers learn; and the third, how can teacher learning be evaluated. These questions led this review, as we applied them in the context of co-teaching and teachers’ professional learning.

The aim of this review is to explore the relationship between teacher learning and co-teaching in the context of professional development on co-teaching. We argue that teachers’ learning process within co-teaching is a difficult phenomenon to recognise, and thus often go unheeded. We will address the following research questions:

1. What features of co-teaching are the focus of teacher learning in the studies of professional development programmes on co-teaching?

2. How is teacher learning supported in the studies of professional development programmes on co-teaching?

3. How is teacher learning investigated/evaluated in the studies of professional development programmes on co-teaching?


[1] K-12, from kindergarten to high school, refers to publicly supported education system in US and is similar in many other countries


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We used an evidence-based Transparent Reporting of Systematic Reviews and Meta-analysis (PRISMA) protocol as a guide for conducting this review (Page et al., 2021). We searched the two largest databases covering educational research, Ebsco and ProQuest. The inclusion criteria were the following: 1) the abstract or the title had to include one of the following keywords: "co-teaching" OR coteaching OR "co-teach*" OR coteach* OR "co-teach" OR coteach OR "co-taught" OR cotaught, while not including any of the following: "higher education" OR college OR university OR "post secondary" OR post-secondary OR postsecondary OR tertiary OR vocational; 2) peer-reviewed, 3) published in English, 4) published in scholarly or academic journal, 5) published in 2009 – 2018.
The result after removing the doubles was 567 articles. Full-text versions were found from 154 articles which were assessed for eligibility. 98 full-text reports passed the first round of screening. In the next phase of the study selection process, we hand-picked the papers which focused on co-teaching as teacher professional learning, resulting in 18 papers. The final phase of the study selection process was to exclude reports which did not focus on a clearly defined teacher professional development programme for improving co-teaching. The final sample comprised eight studies and nine full-text reports. The selected nine papers are marked with asterisk in the list of references.
The analysis of the papers covered three themes: 1) the PD programme as the context of learning, 2) features related to the teacher learning process, 3) evaluation of teacher learning. In detail, the following items were extracted:  
● PD programme characteristics (e.g. length, content and aims)
● intensity and timespan of co-teaching
● teacher roles in co-teaching team,
● research questions,
● definition of co-teaching,
● co-teaching activities,
● justification for introducing co-teaching
● co-teacher and student characteristics
● study context (e.g., country, region, grade level)
● co-teaching implementation time span.
● recognition of teachers’ previous practical knowledge
● description of teacher learning process
● teachers’ reported learning
● learning activities
● means of evaluating teacher learning

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Regarding the focus of teacher learning, the findings of this review will present the features of co-teaching as described in the introduction, literature review and method sections of the reports, and describes how the co-teaching framework was set in terms of features of co-teaching as practice and as a partnership. Additionally, we will discuss the relation of co-teaching to teachers’ learning. In the PD programmes we studied, the role of co-teaching was approached as a focus of teacher learning (four studies) as well as a learning context of teacher learning (five studies). Regarding the support for teacher learning we will present the duration and density of the studied PD programmes, recognition of teachers’ prior knowledge and the learning activities teachers were involved in. Regarding the last research question, teachers’ learning was evaluated by observing the teachers, through questionnaires or teachers’ descriptions of the classroom changes, and in one study teacher learning was not evaluated at all.
This review is one effort to link the fields of co-teaching and teacher learning. Our findings suggest that the relationship between co-teaching and teacher learning remained rather light in general. This is an important finding as teacher learning is a process in which the focus of learning, the means of learning and the evaluation of learning are all interconnected. Thus the conceptualisation of co-teaching affects what teachers are supposed to learn, and what they are supposed to learn should be inevitably linked to the learning methods. Moreover, the evaluation of teacher’s learning should focus on the learning goals of the programme. Our review also revealed that the literature on varying quality of the professional development programmes related to co-teaching makes it challenging to draw reliable conclusions about the impact of such programmes on teacher learning.

References
Allen, D. S., et al. (2014). Changing traditions: Supervision, co-teaching, and lessons learned in a professional development school partnership. Educational Considerations.
Beijaard, D. (2019). Teacher learning as identity learning: Models, practices, and topics. Teachers and Teaching: Theory into Practice.
*Bryant Davis, K. E., et al. (2012). Planning in the middle: Co-planning between general and special education. Journal of Educational & Psychological Consultation.
*Faraclas, K. L. (2018). A professional development training model for improving co-teaching performance. International Journal of Special Education.
Fluijt, D., et al. (2016). Team-reflection: the missing link in co-teaching teams. European journal of special needs education.
Friend, M., L., & Cook, D. (1995). Co-teaching: Guidelines for creating effective practices. Exceptional Children.
Hoekstra, A., et al. (2009). Experienced teachers' informal learning: Learning activities and changes in behavior and cognition. Teaching and Teacher Education.
Härkki, T., et al. (2021). Co-teaching in non-linear projects: A contextualised model of co-teaching to support educational change. Teaching and Teacher Education.
*Jang, S. (2010). The impact on incorporating collaborative concept mapping with coteaching techniques in elementary science classes. School Science and Mathematics.
Kennedy, M. M. (2019). How we learn about teacher learning. Review of Research in Education.
*Nilsson, P. (2015). Catching the moments - coteaching to stimulate science in the preschool context. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education.
Page, M. J., et al. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. PLoS Med, 18(3).
*Pearl, C., et al. (2012). A five-year retrospective on the Arkansas department of education co-teaching project. Professional Development in Education.
*Ploessl, D. M., et al. (2010). On the same page: Practical techniques to enhance co-teaching interactions. Intervention in School and Clinic.
*Scheeler, M. C., et al. (2010). Providing immediate feedback to co-teachers through bug-in-ear technology: An effective method of peer coaching in inclusion classrooms. Teacher Education and Special Education.
Scruggs, T. E., et al. (2007). Co-teaching in inclusive classrooms: A metasynthesis of qualitative research. Exceptional Children.
*Shaffer, L., & Thomas-Brown, K. (2015). Enhancing teacher competency through co-teaching and embedded professional development. Journal of Education and Training Studies.
*Thomas-Brown, K. A., & Sepetys, P. (2011). A veteran special education teacher and a general education social studies teacher model co-teaching: The CoPD model. Journal of the American Academy of Special Education Professionals.
Vermunt, J. D., & Endedijk, M. D. (2011). Patterns in teacher learning in different phases of the professional career. Learning and Individual Differences.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

The Importance of Teachers’ Collaboration and Collegiality During Sudden Disruptions in Schools

Þorsteinn Sürmeli, Guðrún Ragnarsdóttir, Súsanna Margrét Gestsdóttir

University of Iceland, Iceland

Presenting Author: Sürmeli, Þorsteinn

When hit by the pandemic of COVID-19 in the spring of 2020, educational systems across the globe faced the biggest challenge in the modern era. Due to regional or national regulations, schools were closed or their operation drastically restricted. In this unexpected, new environment, teachers were forced to find ways to reach and teach their students and transfer their classes to a sudden emergency remote format (Bozkurt & Sharma, 2020). Before the pandemic, most schools primarily had onsite courses, and most teachers lacked experience in an online setting. Thus, the new learning environment forced teachers to adjust their teaching methods and implement new ways of teaching. Therefore, technical and pedagogical support was needed.Through in-depth interviews with upper-secondary teachers in Iceland, this study explores the role of teacher collaboration and collegiality in navigating these disruptions. Since the pandemic has had the most significant impact on the school system in the modern era, it is critical to examine how the pandemic revealed a collaboration culture and teachers’ support network. This research contributes to that.

For the past few decades, researchers have examined and emphasized the importance of collaboration among teachers within schools (Fullan, 2015; Darling-Hammond & McLaughlin, 1995; Hargreaves, 1994; Lieberman, 1990; Louis et al., 1996). Research suggests that collaboration among teachers can improve student outcomes (DuFour & Eaker, 1998), teacher satisfaction and school general culture (Fullan, 2015). A collaborative culture is a key to professional learning communities (PLCs) that can increase teachers’ effectiveness and satisfaction and improve students’ achievement (DuFour & Eaker, 1998; Stoll, 2011). Furthermore, Fullan (2015) argues that collaboration among teachers and PLCs is essential for schoolimprovement and a key aspect of successful school reform. He emphasizes that for collaboration to be effective, it must be focused on student learning and be based on trust and mutual respect among teachers. Leadership within schools during the pandemic changed and shifted to a more shared and distributed leadership (Harris, 2020), which can support collaboration among teachers within schools (van Schaik et al., 2020). Hargreaves and Dawe (1990) have explored the importance of peer coaching and a professional community in which teachers define and develop their purpose and goals. Therefore, the participation of teachers is crucial to school development in a post-pandemic era.

The conference theme of diversity in education highlights the importance of inclusive and supportive learning environments for all educators. This research presentation will further the conversation on this crucial issue.And for education to reach all students, it is essential to focus on collaboration among teachers within and between schools (Ainscow & Miles, 2008). Collaboration can be vital in evolving and maintaining schools‘ inclusive culture (Kugelmass, 2001). Furthermore, better collaborative practices can contribute to the inclusion of all students in schools (Messiou & Ainscow, 2015).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The effects of the pandemic on upper-secondary teachers in Iceland were captured by interviews conducted at the end of 2020 and early 2021. Teachers shared their experiences, support networks, teaching methods and more during the pandemic and possible long-term changes. The teachers come from three schools; two in the capital area and one outside, two comprehensive and one traditional grammar school. The teachers‘ age, gender and digital competence vary, as with their educational backgrounds. Regardless of their experience, many teachers needed guidance in the new online-driven teaching environment and sought support for various aspects of distance teaching.

The interviews were analyzed thematically (Braun & Clarke, 2013) regarding teachers‘ collaboration, digital competence and readiness for a shift transition to online teaching. They are also analyzed with future changes in mind and the likelihood that the teachers will intentionally change some elements of their teaching and collaboration with others.

The thematic analysis also includes examining the communities teachers were part of when school limitations were introduced and the communities they formed as a response to the pandemic.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results highlight the vital role that PLCs and teacher collegiality play in supporting teachers during sudden changes in education. The analysis of the interviews reveals that while school leaders may not have provided the necessary support, teachers who were part of a community of teachers and sought help from other teachers in different schools had a smoother transition to online teaching and were better equipped to handle the challenges brought on by the pandemic. Conversely, teachers outside of a community or engaged in a supportive, collegial relationship with other teachers struggled with the transition and the implementation of new ways of teaching. That is concerning since a lack of collective learning among teachers can lead to isolation (Sigurðardóttir, 2005).

Pandemics have been part of civilizations’ history for centuries, and according to scientists (Marani et al., 2021), they will continue to emerge and disrupt everyday life in the coming decades. All sectors of society will need to be prepared to face similar limitations and challenges in the future. That includes the educational system. Learning from the COVID-19 pandemic is pivotal to better prepare for the future and limit the distraction pandemics cause to schooling.

This research contributes to the ongoing conversation on collaboration in education. The findings emphasize the importance of fostering a culture of collaboration and support within and between schools. In addition, since all teachers should be prepared to continue their student’s education when future pandemics emerge, this study will be an opportunity for educators and policymakers to gain a deeper understanding of the challenges faced by teachers during the pandemic and the role of PLCs and teacher relationships in navigating these challenges.

References
Ainscow, M., & Miles, S. (2008). Making Education for All inclusive: Where next? | SpringerLink. Prospect, 38, 15–34.

Bozkurt, A., & Sharma, R. C. (2020). Emergency remote teaching in a time of global crisis due to CoronaVirus pandemic. Asian Journal of Distance Education, 15(1), i–vi. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.3778083

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. SAGE.

Darling-Hammond, L., & McLaughlin, M. W. (1995). Policies That Support Professional Development in an Era of Reform. Phi Delta Kappan, 76(8), 597–604.

DuFour, R., & Eaker, R. (1998). Professional Learning Communities at Work: Best Practices for Enhancing Student Achievement. Solution Tree.

Fullan, M. (2015). The New Meaning of Educational Change, Fifth Edition. Teachers College Press.

Hargreaves, A. (1994). Changing Teachers, Changing Times: Teachers’ Work and Culture in the Postmodern Age. Teachers College Press.

Hargreaves, A., & Dawe, R. (1990). Paths of professional development: Contrived collegiality, collaborative culture, and the case of peer coaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 6(3), 227–241. https://doi.org/10.1016/0742-051X(90)90015-W

Harris, A. (2020). COVID-19 – school leadership in crisis? Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 5(3/4), 321–326. https://doi.org/10.1108/JPCC-06-2020-0045

Kugelmass, J. W. (2001). Collaboration and compromise in creating and sustaining an inclusive school. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 5(1), 47–65.

Lieberman, A. (1990). Schools as Collaborative Cultures: Creating the Future Now. The Falmer Press, Taylor and Francis Inc. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED333064

Louis, K. S., Marks, H. M., & Kruse, S. (1996). Teachers’ professional community in restructuring schools. American Educational Research Journal, 33(4), 757–798. Scopus. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312033004757

Marani, M., Katul, G. G., Pan, W. K., & Parolari, A. J. (2021). Intensity and frequency of extreme novel epidemics. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 118(35), e2105482118. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2105482118

Messiou, K., & Ainscow, M. (2015). Responding to learner diversity: Student views as a catalyst for powerful teacher development? Teaching and Teacher Education, 51, 246–255. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.07.002

Sigurðardóttir, A. K. (2005). Studying and enhancing professional learning community for school effectiveness in Iceland.

Stoll, L. (2011). Leading Professopmal Learning Communities. In Leadership and Learning (pp. 103–117). SAGE.

van Schaik, P., Volman, M., Admiraal, W., & Schenke, W. (2020). Fostering collaborative teacher learning: A typology of school leadership. European Journal of Education, 55(2), 217–232. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12391
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm01 SES 13 B: Teacher networks and cooperation
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 2 (Fraser) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Teresa Berglund
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Opportunities and Constraints in Biology Teachers’ Professional Social Networks

Helena Berglund

Lund university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Berglund, Helena

Much of the research in the field of professional development through collaboration concerns collaboration that is organised and evaluates methods (Webster-Wright 2009, Svendsen 2019); for example, groups of teachers working actively with critical reflection in relation to their teaching practice. However, interactions that teachers engage in professionally also originate spontaneously, take less formal shape, and address a wide variety of aspects of the work, in line with what Wenger (1998) called communities of practice. Communities of practice require a domain of interest, an interactive community consisting of people learning from each other, as well as a shared practice to navigate in. The frequency of interaction can vary and so can the awareness or intention of learning (Wenger 2009). Teachers interacting in professional social networks form such communities of practice and can impact, reinforce or resist professional development and implementation of new educational practice (Datnow 2012). Knowledge about opportunities and constraints in the networks in relation to perceived value can help identify needs of structural support for teacher interaction and how to configurate formally organised networks to reinforce organisational learning (Datnow 2012).

A large survey by Parding et al. (2018), shows that teachers in upper secondary school in Sweden to a larger extent appreciate and value collaboration between teachers over other types of professional development. The authors of the report conclude that teachers “…know how they want to learn (to a large degree by colleagues), but they do not deem that the organisation is structured in a way that allow them to do this to a satisfying extent” (my translation from Swedish) (Parding et al. 2018). These results call for a closer look at teachers’ opportunities and constraints in relation to their professional social networks.

The opportunity for teachers’ professional development is influenced by local culture (Hargreaves 1994), national politics and local conditions such as the size and age of schools and closeness to universities (Parding et al. 2017). Other contextual conditions can also be of relevance, for example subject specific aspects. The present study focusses on biology teachers in upper secondary education in Sweden. In Swedish schools, biology is a small subject replaced by common courses in natural science in many of the programmes given. This means that many of the biology teachers in small schools lack subject colleagues, which can affect their opportunities for interaction with colleagues within the subject (Williams et al. 2010). Therefore, biology teachers might require structures that can support interactions with contacts outside of their school.

The aim of this study was to go into detail in the professional social networks of biology teachers in upper secondary school in relation to perceived needs to enable discussion on how organisational support could be strengthened. Perceived value of contacts in the networks was related to the teachers’ level of experience, access to subject colleagues and to how they perceived similarity in views on teaching with their contacts, important for both trust, collaboration and opportunities for critical discussion. Based on my results, I discuss which opportunities for collaboration require strengthening and support to facilitate teacher collaboration and development of biology education in Swedish schools from the teachers’ perspective. The research questions addressed are:

(1) How do the biology teachers describe their professional social networks in terms of different types of contacts, who they turn to for inspiration and help and how they perceived similarity and value of different contacts?

(2) How do the professional social networks of the biology teachers relate to areas they perceive as important to collaborate on?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Social network maps drawn individually by biology teachers (method adapted from Poole et al. 2019) were used as a starting point to address the research questions. The teachers included contacts that they interacted with concerning biology education and added information on each contact in a think aloud procedure. Individual semi-structured interviews followed, where the teachers where asked questions related to their experiences of professional interactions for development. A mixed method approach was implemented, combining quantitative and qualitative analysis of the data. The transcripts of the think-aloud procedure in creating the maps and the following interview were analysed in an iterative process, searching for expressions relating to the different types of contacts. This structuring content analysis (Cohen et al. 2011 p. 567) enabled synthesis on how the teachers talked about the different types of contacts.
How the teachers answered the question concerning where they turned for inspiration and help was analysed by constant comparison (Cohen et al. 2011 p. 600) and the derived themes were put in relation to the teachers’ different situations in terms of level of experience and subject colleagues. Constant comparison was also used to analyse the teachers answer to which areas they consider important to interact with others on, what made them reluctant and what their incentives for collaboration were. Together with the decryptions of the professional social networks this enabled comparisons between the teachers’ professional social networks and their perceived needs and incentives.
To further look into how teachers view similarity and value, related to possibilities for critical discussions, perceived value in the contacts were tested for correlation with perceived similarity using Spearman’s rho correlation test (SPSS). Previous studies in higher education have shown close relationship between perceived value and similarity (Poole et al. 2019). Therefore, datapoints that differed two or more scores between perceived similarity and value was scrutinized by going into detail on type of contact and what was said about each contact.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the interviews, similarity was often described as a goal of collaboration, but with several teachers noting that individual freedom and differences is important to preserve. Concerning spontaneous collaborations, it often springs from what is important at the time being. The importance of spontaneous meetings as a start-up for organised collaboration also relates to the large group of contacts that are both spontaneous and organised, usually working at the same school and with natural meeting space in the form of coffee rooms or shared offices. Regarding digital contacts, the analysis of both the social network data and the interview data points to low awareness of degree of similarity, indicating that critical discussions of views on teaching are rare in such contacts.
The less experienced teachers appeared more focused on the various teaching strategies and methods to decrease workload. This is expected, since the first years of teaching usually brings high workload due to constant stream of new lessons to be planned for topics the teacher have not taught before, but deserves attention since distance between current and desired practice might impact which type of professional development a teacher needs, e.g. methods and time saving strategies contra critical discussions on teaching and learning.
To conclude, the study shows the importance of possibilities for teachers to spontaneously initiate collaborations with colleagues, on issues important in their context. The competition for time between informal learning opportunities with low steering and formal learning opportunities can be a problem, since informal learning is more difficult to evaluate and measure and therefor easily overlooked in strategic decisions on professional development. However, it does not follow that informal learning is less valuable and we need research that takes this into consideration so that both formal and informal learning can co-exist and be validated in research-based school organisations.

References
Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2011). Research methods in education. New York: Routledge.
Datnow, A. (2012). Teacher agency in educational reform: lessons from social network research. American Journal of Education, 119 (1): 193–201.
Hargreaves, A. (1994). Changing teachers, changing times: Teachers’ work and culture in the postmodern age. London, England: Cassell.
Parding, K., Berg-Jansson, A., Sehlstedt, T., McGrath-Champ, S. and Fitzgerald, S. (2017). Differentiation as a consequence of choice and decentralization reforms – Conditions for teachers’ competence development. Professionals and Professionalism, 7 (2): 1–15. http://doi.org/10.7577/pp.1855.
Parding, K., Sehlstedt, T., Johansson, A., Berg-Jansson, A. and Jakobsson, M. (2018). Lärares arbetsvillkor I kontexten av marknadisering, privatisering, val och konkurrens – beskrivande enkätdata. Luleå tekniska universitet, institutionen för ekonomi, teknik och samhälle. ISBN: 978-91-7790-025-2.
Poole, G., Iqbal, I. & Verwoord R. (2019). Small significant networks as birds of a feather. International Journal for Academic Development, 24(1), 61–72.
Svendsen, B. (2019). Inquiries into teacher professional development – what matters? Education, 140 (3), 111–130.
Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice. Learning, meaning and identity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Wenger, E. (2009). Communities of practice: A brief introduction.
Webster-Wright, A (2009). Reframing professional development through understanding authentic professional learning. Review of Educational Research, 79 (2): 702–722.
Williams, A., Prestage, S. and Bedward, J. (2010). Individualism to collaboration: the significance of teacher culture to the induction of newly qualified teachers. Journal of Education for Teaching, 27 (3): 253–267.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Communication in (Inter)professional Teams as a Specific Challenge: The Practice at Primary and Lower Secondary Schools

Teresa Vicianová, Alzbeta Jurasova, Jan Egerle, Lenka Ďulíková, Petra Dvořáčková, Petra Ryšková

Masaryk University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Vicianová, Teresa; Jurasova, Alzbeta

(Inter)professional collaboration among teachers and professionals from related fields is widely perceived as a prerequisite for implementing effective inclusive practice (Alborno, 2017; Suc et al., 2017). Despite its benefits for students as well as for involved professionals, Mulholland and O'Connor (2016) perceive its implementation as largely aspirational; it is facing many challenges, such as time constraints or ad hoc planning.

According to Švec et al. (in press), collaborative practices are often realised as a combination of the indirect and the direct model (cf. Hedegaard-Soerensen et al., 2017). Both models appear to be interconnected and mutually influenced; the nature and content of interactions with students (direct model) are based on the communication and agreement between the collaborating professionals (indirect model). The study emphasises the dominant role of professional relationships in the indirect model of inter(professional) collaboration, which subsequently affects the collaboration in the direct model; collaboration is naturally regarded as more satisfactory when the professional relationship is perceived as positive. Therefore, another key factor that influences the consistency and success of (inter)professional collaboration is professional relationships between collaborating individuals (Bennett et al., 2021).

Whether professional or personal, relationships can be undoubtedly regarded as a multidimensional concept which can be characterised and operationalized in multiple ways. In the current study, we aim to characterise professional relationships mainly through communication between collaborating professionals. In accordance with the cultural-historical activity theory (see Engeström, 2001), we perceive communication as a central aspect of human activity and as a key mediator of social and cultural processes. The theory suggests that communication is both shaped by and helps to shape social and cultural practices. In the case of (inter)professional collaboration, the communication is focused both on a shared object (goal) and interactions between involved professionals. More specifically, we focus on reflective communication that includes questioning and revising the script; it enables a shift from individualistic actions and specific objects of particular professionals toward an expanded, shared object and the transformation of their collective activity (Paju, 2021). Communication based on reflection allows one to “step back” and evaluate decisions (and actions) that were taken, leading to better understanding and improved practice in the future (Adams et al., 2016).

However, evidence suggests that communication in (inter)professional teams faces specific challenges. Based on their different disciplinary backgrounds and experiences, collaborating professionals may have different perspectives about students, resulting in conflicting opinions about best possible practices and solutions. Therefore, what is perceived as a crucial benefit of interprofessional collaboration, represents also a possible ground for misunderstanding in communication (Bokhour, 2006). Moreover, interprofessional discourse is often complicated by poor flow of information which may be one-sided or even non-existent in some cases (Ekornes, 2015; Engeström, 2001).

Bearing in mind the importance of positive professional relationships and (functional) reflective communication, the current study adopted the “best practice” approach. We aim to describe the communication and relationships between teachers and professionals from related fields who perceive their collaboration as functional and satisfactory. Apart from broadening the knowledge on (inter)professional collaboration, research on (inter) professional relationships and communication might provide valuable inspiration for teachers, related professionals and school administrators.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The contribution presents the background and results of a part of a larger study, which aims to establish the research field on (inter)professional collaboration in the Czech Republic. In the current study, we focus on identifying key elements of collaborative relationships. Specifically, we aim to describe how the collaborators communicate in professional relationships which are perceived as satisfactory.
 
The study focuses primarily on the description of the key elements of reflective communication in professional relationships. For this purpose, a descriptive and holistic multiple-case study design was applied (Yin, 2014). The case studies provide an answer to the main research question of how collaborating teachers communicate in satisfactory (inter)professional relationships.

In our research, we chose a purposive sampling to explore the collaborative relationships of different groups of teachers and support staff. To create a research sample, professionals who perceive their relationship as functional and beneficial were selected. The sample consists of collaborating professionals who interact on a regular basis and therefore need to communicate frequently. Within the four case studies, the following forms of interprofessional collaboration were explored: a novice teacher who co-teaches with two experienced teachers, a novice teacher and a mentor teacher, a class teacher and special education teacher, and a novice teacher in collaboration with a teaching assistant.

To secure a detailed description of professional relationships and communication, multiple sources of evidence were needed. Research methods included interviews, observations, document analysis, reflective notes, and video recordings. The data were collected in the time span of two school years. As a method of data analysis, qualitative content analysis was employed (Mayring, 2000).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The case studies provided a detailed insight into positive professional relationships between teachers and related professionals, with an emphasis on their communicative practices.

Our research results indicate that the conditions and favourable environment are the basis for developing positive professional relationships. Teachers and the school support staff perceived sufficient time and space for communication (i.e., for joint planning and mutual exchange of information) as important in setting up optimal conditions for reflective communication.

Regarding the form and content of the communication, our results point to a development in both areas. Over time, collaborating professionals gradually shift from an asymmetric to a symmetric mode, i.e., their interactions are described as collegial instead of hierarchical. This shift allows their communication to become more open and honest, which are crucial conditions for reflective dialogue. The core elements that enable mutually beneficial reflective communication are willingness to regularly give and accept constructive feedback, active involvement and interest in nurturing the relationship. It is also necessary that all involved professionals strive to resolve potential conflicts as soon as possible, ideally by reaching a compromise. Our results suggest that the content of the communication takes place on two levels; the practical level includes mainly joint planning and organisational issues, whereas on the emotional level the professionals share their feelings or ideas. Despite being still mainly centred around the shared goal, communication gained a friendly dimension over time; the possibility of having personal, informal conversations was perceived as important.

Apart from broadening the knowledge on the subject, results of the presented study offer recommendations in the area of interprofessional collaboration as well as in teacher development. Teachers and student teachers should be encouraged to practise and internalise key elements of reflective communication.

References
Adams, C. L., Nestel, D., & Wolf, P. (2006). Reflection: a critical proficiency essential to the effective development of a high competence in communication. Journal of veterinary medical education, 33(1), 58–64. https://doi.org/10.3138/jvme.33.1.58.

Alborno, N. (2017). The “Yes … But” Dilemma: Implementing Inclusive Education in Emirati Primary Schools. British Journal of Special Education, 44(1), 26 – 45. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8578.12157.

Bennett, S., Gallagher, T., Somma, M., & White, R. (2021). Transitioning Towards Inclusion: A Triangulated View of the Role of Educational Assistants. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 21(3), 187–197. https://doi.org/10.1111/1471-3802.12508.

Bokhour B. G. (2006). Communication in interdisciplinary team meetings: what are we talking about?. Journal of interprofessional care, 20(4), 349–363. https://doi.org/10.1080/13561820600727205

Engeström, Y. (2001). Expansive learning at work: Toward an activity theoretical reconceptualization. Journal of Education and Work, 14(1), 133 – 156. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080123238.

Ekornes, S. (2015). Teacher Perspectives on Their Role and the Challenges of Inter-
professional Collaboration in Mental Health Promotion. School Mental Health 7, 193–211. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12310-015-9147-y.

Hedegaard-Soerensen, L., Jensen, C.R., & Tofteng, D.M. (2018). Interdisciplinary collaboration as a prerequisite for inclusive education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 33(3), 382 – 395. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2017.1314113.

Mayring, P. (2000). Qualitative Content Analysis. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung, 1(2), Art. 20, http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0114-fqs0002204.

Mulholland, M., & O’Connor, U. (2016). Collaborative classroom practice for inclusion: perspectives of classroom teachers and learning support/resource teachers. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 20, 1070 - 1083. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2016.1145266

Paju, B., Kajamaa, A., Pirttimaa, R. & Kontu, E. (2022). Collaboration for Inclusive Practices: Teaching Staff Perspectives from Finland. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(3), 427-440. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1869087.

Suc, L., Bukovec, B. & Karpljuk, D. (2017). The role of inter-professional collaboration in developing inclusive education: experiences of teachers and occupational therapists in Slovenia. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 21(9), 938-955. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2017.1325073.

Švec, V., Baranová, P., Dvořáková, T., Ďulíková, L., Egerle, J., Janík, T., Márová, I., Paroubková, A., Veselá, V. [Manuscript submitted for publication]. Podoby profesní spolupráce ve škole: Případové studie. 1. vyd. Brno: Masarykova univerzita.

Yin, R. K. (2014). Case study research: Design and methods. Los Angeles: Sage.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

The Role of Teacher’s Self-regulated Teaching in Innovative Adaptive Teaching Practices

Ina Cijvat1, Eddie Denessen1, Peter Sleegers2, Inge Molenaar1

1Behavioural Science Institute (BSI), Radboud University, Netherlands, The; 2BMC Amersfoort

Presenting Author: Cijvat, Ina

Adaptive Learning Technologies (ALTs) are put forward as a mean to support adaptive teaching in classrooms (Aleven, McLaughlin, Glenn, & Koedinger, 2016). Core features of ALTs are that they monitor students’ performance data and select learning content and problems adjusted to an individual student’s performance (Molenaar, Bakker, Knoop-van Campen, & Hasselman, 2017). The integration of these technologies in classrooms creates a novel instructional context in which teachers have to learn how to integrate the ALT into their adaptive teaching practices (Cijvat et al., submitted; Molenaar & Knoop-van Campen, 2017).

According to the professional development model of Desimone (2009) teachers develop new knowledge about the possibilities and constraints of the ALT and use these to change their teaching practices. To be able to change their teaching practices, teachers need to move beyond their routine teaching skills, and apply novel adaptive actions in which they try out novel skills and strategies (Bransford, Derry, Berliner, Hammerness, & Beckett, 2005; Molenaar & Knoop-van Campen, 2017). Coburn (2004) indicated that applying novel adaptive actions asks of teachers to regulate their own learning and teaching. We adapted Desimone’s model by adding ‘teacher’s self-regulated teaching’ between ‘increased teacher knowledge’ and ‘change in teaching practices’ (Desimone, 2009;). We define teacher’s SRT as ‘teacher’s translation of increased knowledge into novel teaching actions by using the cyclical phases of SRL: planning, monitoring, control and reflection’ (Kramarski & Heaysman, 2021; Zimmerman, 2000). The teacher plans (sets goals and plans novel adaptive actions), monitors (whether processes and actions are working out as expected), controls (and adjusts actions and strategies when needed) and reflects (on the novel adaptive action). This reflection could be focused on improvement in student learning, but ideally also focuses on teacher self-improvement of adaptive teaching practices (Dunn & Shriner, 1999). When the teacher translates the reflection into a new goal and plans a novel adaptive action in the next lesson, the cycle of self-regulated teaching will start again (Kramarski & Heaysman, 2021; Zimmerman, 2000).

All kinds of reflection enables teachers to act in a deliberate way, what Schön (1987) refers to as ‘reflection-on-action’. Reflection focused on improvement in student learning is what teachers often do and what is valuable for their daily teaching practices, but is it likely that after some time they will fall back on their repertoire of routine actions without substantially improving their adaptive teaching skills (Coburn, 2004). Reflection focused on teacher self-improvement could lead to substantially improvement of their adaptive teaching skills and maintain teaching expertise. This kind of reflection on novel actions would also make a major difference during the cycle of self-regulated teaching: in the goal that is set, and the information that is used during monitoring and control (Dunn & Shriner, 1999; Endedijk, Brekelmans, Sleegers, & Vermunt, 2016).

Several studies indicate that teachers face multiple challenges regulating their own professional learning at the workplace (Kramarski & Heaysman, 2021). According to Randi (2004), teacher’s SRT processes are naturally implicit, becoming apparent only when teachers are explicitly challenged to deliberately use these self-regulated teaching actions. In an earlier study, we described that teachers differed in their reflections on adaptive actions. Some reflected quite specific on what they had done and why, while others reflected rather global or could not tell what they did or why. This provided first indications that teachers differ in how they selfregulate their teaching (Cijvat et al., submitted). To be able to answer the question whether teachers need support to selfregulate their adaptive teaching skills and what kind of support, we first need to have insight in how teachers regulate their teaching.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We used mathematic lessons in class 4 to 8 (8 to 12-year-old students) of twelve teachers from three primary schools in the Netherlands. Schools were integrating the ALT Snappet into their adaptive teaching for the second year (www.snappet.org). This ALT is widely used across primary schools in the Netherlands.
We used adaptive actions of teachers which we identified in an earlier study during lesson observations and applied an inductive coding technique using questionnaires, lesson observations and semi-structured stimulated-recall interviews (Cijvat et al., submitted; Miles & Huberman, 1994). During the interview we first selected all novel adaptive actions. Each novel adaptive action was taken as a unit of analysis.
Based on the phases of SRL (Zimmerman, 2000) we explored from a retroperspective view whether the teacher had planned, monitored, or controlled the novel adaptive action and in what way they reflected on it (Cohen, Manion, & Morrison, 2011). Prior to the lesson the teacher was asked to fill in the questionnaire, which allowed us to check afterwards if a novel adaptive action was planned. The semi-structured stimulated-recall interview after the lesson was used to retrospectively investigate the teacher’s monitoring, control and reflection by asking open and structured questions.
42 novel adaptive actions in 12 lessons (one lesson per teacher) were analyzed. First we analyzed separately each aspect of the self-regulated learning process (planning, monitoring, control and reflection) in all novel actions and looked for differences between teachers. To answer the main research question (How does teacher’s self-regulated learning appear around new adaptive actions in adaptive teaching integrating ALTs?) we looked for patterns in the self-regulated learning process.
The first and last author coded and analyzed together the data of one teacher. After that, both separately analyzed the data of two other teachers. 85% agreement was reached, the differences were discussed. After that, the first author analyzed the data of the other teachers in the same way.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our findings show that 30.9% of the novel adaptive actions were planned, 35.7% were monitored and 61.9% were controlled. In quotes we saw that a lot of novel adaptive actions were spontaneous actions when the lesson did not went as expected or planned. Teachers reflected on their own teaching practices in 7.1% of the novel adaptive actions.
Teachers differ in how often they plan, monitor and control their novel adaptive actions, and also in their reflections on these actions. Four teachers (33.3%) planned (almost) all their novel adaptive actions, four teachers (33.3%) monitored (almost) all their actions, seven teachers (58.3%) controlled (almost) all their actions, also 7 teachers (58.3%) were focused on improvement in student-learning in all their reflections.
When we look at patterns, one teacher stands out: she planned all her actions, needed external support to monitor and control them, and reflected on her own teaching practices after some specific questions. Also four actions stand out: quotes show that the teachers planned specific what students need and what the teacher intends to do, in monitoring and control teachers actively recalled the novel adaptive action specific themselves and told specific why they took the novel adaptive action and what they did, but reflected only on improvement in student-learning, also after some questions.
Researchers agree on the complexity of implementing ALTs in classrooms, self-regulated teaching has the potential to enhance teacher’s continuous learning at the workplace  (Dunn & Shriner, 1999; Hammerness et al., 2005; Zimmerman, 2006). Patterns overall indicate that teachers in general not include all aspects of self-regulated teaching. On the other hand, we found large differences between individual teachers. We postulate that different patterns of self-regulated teaching might be indicative of differential development of teacher’s adaptive teaching integrating ALTs.

References
Aleven, V., McLaughlin, E. A., Glenn, R. A., & Koedinger, K. R. (2016). Instruction based on adaptive learning technologies. Handbook of research on learning and instruction. Routledge.
Bransford, J., Derry, S., Berliner, D., Hammerness, K., & Beckett, K. L. (2005). Theories of learning and their roles in teaching. Preparing teachers for a changing world: What teachers should learn and be able to do, 40-87.
Cijvat, C. C., Denessen, E., Sleegers, P. J. C., van der Graaf, J., & Molenaar, I. (submitted). What teachers do: adaptive teaching using Adaptive Learning Technologies (ALTs) in primary education. Pedagogische Studiën
Coburn, C. E. (2004). Beyond decoupling: Rethinking the relationship between the institutional environment and the classroom. Sociology of education, 77(3), 211-244.
Desimone, L. M. (2009). Improving impact studies of teachers’ professional development: Toward better conceptualizations and measures. Educational researcher, 38(3), 181-199.
Dunn, T. G., & Shriner, C. (1999). Deliberate practice in teaching: What teachers do for self-improvement. Teaching and teacher education, 15(6), 631-651.
Endedijk, M. D., Brekelmans, M., Sleegers, P., & Vermunt, J. D. (2016). Measuring students’ self-regulated learning in professional education: bridging the gap between event and aptitude measurements. Quality & quantity, 50, 2141-2164.
Hammerness, K. , Darling-Hammond, L. , & Bransford, J. ( 2005). How teachers learn and develop. In L. Darling-Hammond & J. Bransford (Eds.), Preparing teachers for a changing world (pp. 358-389). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Kramarski, B. & Heaysman, O. (2021) A conceptual framework and a professional development model for supporting teachers’ “triple SRL–SRT processes” and promoting students’ academic outcomes, Educational Psychologist, 56:4, 298-311, DOI: 10.1080/00461520.2021.1985502
Miles, M. B., & Huberman, A. M. (1994). Qualitative data analysis: An expanded sourcebook. Thousand Oaks: SAGE Publications.
Molenaar, I., Bakker, M., Knoop-van Campen, C. A. N., & Hasselman, F. (2017). Onderwijsvernieuwing met een adaptief leermiddel. Nijmegen : Behavioural Science Institute, Radboud University
Randi, J. (2004). Teachers as self-regulated learners. Teachers College Record, 106, 1825-1853.
Schön, D. A. (1987). Educating the reflective practitioner: Toward a new design for teaching and learning in the professions. Jossey-Bass.
Zimmerman, B.J. (2000). Attaining self-regulation: a social cognitive perspective. In: Boekaerts, M., Pintrich, P.R., Zeidner, M. (eds.), Handbook of Self-regulation, pp. 13–39. Academic Press, San Diego
Zimmerman, B. J. (2006). Development and adaptation of expertise: The role of self-regulatory processes and beliefs. The Cambridge handbook of expertise and expert performance, 186, 705-722.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm01 SES 13 C: Action Research and Lesson Study Research
Location: Wolfson Medical Building, Sem 1 (Yudowitz) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Pi-Ju Wu
Paper Session
 
01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Professional Learning of Individual Teachers in Lesson Study

Dayana Balgabekova

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Balgabekova, Dayana

Lesson Study (LS) is being utilised globally as a powerful model for teacher professional learning and development. This structured approach to teacher professional learning is based on collaborative group work of teachers researching their teaching practice through joint planning, teaching, observation and discussion of classroom lessons (Dudley, 2014). Having originated in Japan more than a century ago (e.g., Stigler & Hiebert, 1999; Dudley, 2014; Fujii, 2014), LS is becoming popular among teachers and teacher educators worldwide. Elliott (2014) forecasts that as LS is utilised in different contexts worldwide it will shape up in different ways. Though numerous studies report on the benefits of LS in relation to teacher learning, there is still a lack of understanding of how the learning of individual teachers is shaped in LS. More needs to be known about the factors that influence professional learning experiences of individual teachers in the context of LS. This study aims to explore how the learning of individual teachers is shaped in LS looking at multiple level factors, which include individual, group and school factors.

The theoretical framework for this study is based on Vygotsky’s sociocultural theory (1978), which emphasises human learning as a social process and looks at how the societal context contributes to an individual’s development, and on Valsiner’s Zone Theory (1997) that redefines Vygotsky’s zone of proximal development (ZPD) by suggesting two additional zones, the zone of free movement (ZFM) and the zone of promoted actions (ZPA) that address the roles of context and the goals and actions of an individual. More specifically, Valsiner’s Zone Theory adaptation by Goos (2013) was applied in this study. Goos (2013) interpreted the ZPD as “a set of possibilities for development of new knowledge, beliefs, goals and practices created by the teacher’s interaction with the environment, the people in it, and the resources it offers” (p. 523), the ZFM as the possibilities and constraints within a teacher’s professional environment, and the ZPA as professional activities that a teacher can engage in to develop professionally (both formally and informally). In this study, with reference to Valsiner (1997) and Goos (2013), the ZPD was re-interpreted and defined as the set of personal characteristics of a teacher that can enable or hinder a teacher’s learning experience in LS. As LS is recognised as a collaborative learning approach and teachers work and interact in a group with their colleagues to improve their practices the ZPA was referred to as the LS group context and dynamic. While teachers work within their LS groups, they also function within the wider school context, which can either facilitate or constrain the learning experiences of teachers in their LS groups. Therefore, in this study, the ZFM was defined as the school professional environment. The proposed adaptation of Valsiner’s Zone Theory in the context of LS allowed to explore the individual and environmental factors that can shape individual teachers’ learning experiences in LS considering the collaborative aspect of LS with the focus on an individual teacher.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study employed an interpretive case study approach exploring experiences and perspectives of twelve teachers involved in four LS groups in two secondary schools in Kazakhstan. The teachers participated in focus group discussions (FGD) and individual semi-structured interviews. Additionally, the participants were invited to share a video recording capturing their lesson planning and post-observation discussion within their LS groups. Based on these video recordings, indirect observation notes were taken. Some teachers also shared their LS artefacts (e.g., lesson plans, reflective reports). Both the video recording notes and the LS artefacts shared by the teachers contributed to the development of narrative descriptions of the teachers’ LS experiences and work processes within their LS groups and served as the sources of triangulation in relation to teachers responses obtained through FGDs and interviews. The data gathered via FGDs and interviews were coded and analysed through emerging themes relevant to individual, group and school factors facilitating or hindering individual teachers’ learning experiences in LS.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings demonstrate that the learning of individual teachers in LS appears to be shaped by three aspects: a teacher’s personal characteristics (e.g., a teacher’s background (educational and professional), perception of LS, LS experience, motivation to conduct LS, potential for change, professional goals), the LS group context and dynamic (e.g., the quality of interaction among the group members, the level of established trust, personal compatibility, group leader’s role, group learning atmosphere), and the school professional environment (e.g., school Lesson Study policy, teacher certification (attestation) and school leadership approach to LS). The findings show that teacher learning has a complex multicausal and multidimensional nature and to understand this complexity it is necessary to consider the interaction and interrelation between the teacher, the learning activity (LS in this study) and the school environment. Drawing on the personal and contextual factors within the individual characteristics of a teacher, LS group and school, identified from the learning experiences of twelve teachers from four LS groups at two secondary schools in Kazakhstan, this study proposes Individual Teacher’s Professional Learning in LS Model (developed based on Valsiner’s Zone Theory), which offers a framework for capturing and understanding these fragmented factors together.

The findings of this study will contribute to research in the field of LS, specifically in relation to a professional learning model for teachers within secondary education, by providing a better understanding of the factors that facilitate or constrain individual teacher learning within LS group process. Furthermore, the study gives a deeper insight into how interaction within a LS group influences individual teachers and their professional learning and development which will be of interest to teachers, teacher educators and educational scholars in Kazakhstan and internationally.

References
Dudley, P. (2014). How Lesson Study works and why it creates excellent learning and teaching. In P. Dudley (Ed.), Lesson Study: Professional learning for our time (pp. 1-28). Routledge.
Elliott, J. (2014). Lesson study, learning theory, and the cultural script of teaching. International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies, 3(3).
Fujii, T. (2014). Implementing Japanese lesson study in foreign countries: misconceptions revealed. Mathematics Teacher Education and development, 16(1), 1-18. https://doi.org/10.3316/aeipt.205654
Stigler, J., & Hiebert, J. (1999). The teaching gap: Best ideas from the world’s teachers for improving education in the classroom. New York, NY: The Free Press.
Valsiner, J. (1997). Culture and the development of children's action: A theory of human development. New York: John Wiley & Sons.
Vygotsky, L. (1978). Interaction between learning and development. Readings on the development of children, 23(3), pp.34-41.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Lesson Study as a Teachers Learning

Aizhan Mansurova, Nursultan Japashov

Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Mansurova, Aizhan

Lesson study (LS) is a pedagogical approach that characterizes a special form of research in action in the classroom, aimed at improving knowledge in the field of teaching practice (Dudley, 2015). Lesson studies involve teams of teachers collaborating in planning, teaching, observation, analysis of learning and teaching, and documenting their findings (Rock & Wilson, 2005).

Nowadays, in Kazakhstan, large educational reforms are taking place. The main purpose of these reforms is to improve teaching and learning by implementing the best educational practices of the world’s educational system. To expedite this process, since 2008, the Kazakhstan government has established new types of experimental schools, named Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, to test the best foreign educational practices for the Kazakhstani population. Since then, Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools are successfully implementing Lesson Study and shared their experience with all secondary schools in the country (Wilson & Sharimova, 2019). A recent study by Khokhotva, (2018) shows that LS is gaining momentum in Kazakhstan and getting popular among secondary school teachers.

According to the rising tendency of Lesson Study in Kazakhstan, we considered it necessary to contribute to the development of this field and show teachers’ attitudes and beliefs toward the implementation of Lesson Study in their practice, by surveying them with the use of a validated tool for Kazakhstan population (Abdulbakioglu et al, 2022). For this purpose, we put the following research questions:

What are the beliefs and attitudes of teachers toward LS?

Do the teachers’ beliefs and attitudes differ toward LS according to gender?

Do the teachers’ beliefs and attitudes differ toward LS across discipline groups?

Do the teachers’ beliefs and attitudes differ toward LS according to their teaching experiences?

Do the teachers’ beliefs and attitudes differ toward LS according to the number of conducted and participated LS?

What are the advantages and disadvantages of LS for teaching and students’ learning?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Here mixed methods were applied, through an online survey, to analyze the secondary school teachers’ attitudes and beliefs toward LS. Overall 76 teachers responded to the survey (24 were males, 52 were females). To analyze the differences between groups, we grouped our sample as follows: we separately investigated the responses of Social Science Teachers (24 teachers) and Science and Math Teachers (52 teachers). According to the work experience, we divided our sample into three groups: the first group of teachers who have 1-5 years of work experience, a second group with 6-15 years of work experience, and a third group of teachers with more than 15 years of work experience. According to the number of conducting LS and participating in LS, we also divided teachers into six sub-groups:   in the first two sub-groups teachers who conducted or participated in LS less than three times; in the second two sub-groups teachers who conducted or participated in LS between 4 and 6 times; in the last two sub-groups teachers who conducted or participated in LS more than seven times.  
In this study, we used an instrument that was originally developed by Abdulbakioglu et. al, (2022) to investigate the teachers’ and students’ perceptions, attitudes, and beliefs about Open Lessons. Open Lesson similar practice to LS, Open Lesson is widely known in Post Soviet Union Countries as a demonstrative lesson. We adopted this survey to LS with keeping the original meaning of its items.  
The survey includes 25 items with quantitative responses, a set of 5‐point Likert scale scaled questions (1 = “Strongly Agree,” 5 = “Strongly Disagree”), with three dimensions: a) teachers’ attitudes and beliefs about LS and teaching (14 items), b) attitudes and beliefs about LS and students’ learning (6 items), c) and attitudes and beliefs about LS and professional collaboration with colleagues (5 items).
At the end of the survey open-ended questions such as: What is your favorite topic in your subject that you conduct the LS on?; What kind of preparations do you do before an LS?; What are the advantages of LS for your teaching and your student’s learning?; What are the disadvantages of LS for your teaching and your student’s learning? -  were asked by teachers.
Depending on variable size, for the second and third research questions, we used an independent sample t-test, and for the fourth and fifth research questions, we applied the ANOVA test. The rest data were analyzed qualitatively.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Generally, according to descriptive statistics, teachers’ attitudes and beliefs toward LS for all dimensions of the survey (Teachers’ attitudes and beliefs toward teaching LS, Teachers’ attitudes and beliefs toward students learning during LS, and Teachers’ attitudes and beliefs toward professional collaboration with colleagues) is positive (Mean value > 2.5).  
According to our second research question, the results showed that females have more positive attitudes than males regarding professional collaboration during LS.
For the third research question, we only found that Science subject teachers have a  more positive attitude toward students learning during LS than non- Science subject teachers.
As a fourth research question, we searched the difference between teachers’ attitudes and beliefs toward LS according to their work experience. In this case, we did not find any significant differences between groups. It means that all teachers regardless of their work experience have positive attitudes toward LS.
According to the fifth research question data analysis showed that teachers who participated in LS more than seven times believe that they teach better at LS compared with those who participated in LS less than three times. For the other groups, we could not find any differences.
Analysis of the qualitative part of the research has shown that, generally, teachers have a positive attitude toward the implementation of LS in their practice. Most of them indicated that during LS they use different teaching methodologies and it helps to better represent the content of the subject and positively affects students’ understanding of the topic. Although, some teachers do not fully agree with the opinion of their colleagues and noted some negative sides of the Lesson Study in their qualitative response. In their opinion, preparation for Lesson study is time-consuming and does not reflect every day’s lesson context.

References
Abdulbakioglu, M., Kolushpayeva, A., Balta, N., Japashov, N., & Bae, C. L. (2022). Open Lesson as a Means of Teachers’ Learning. Education Sciences, 12(10), 692.
Dudley, P. (2015). Lesson study. Professional learning for our time.
Khokhotva, O. (2018). Lesson Study in Kazakhstan: case study of benefits and barriers for teachers. International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies, 7(4), 250-262.
NIS, 2023. Retrieved from web site: https://cep.nis.edu.kz/o-programme/?lang=en
Rock, T. C., & Wilson, C. (2005). Improving teaching through lesson study. Teacher education quarterly, 32(1), 77-92.
Wilson, E., & Sharimova, A. (2019). Conceptualizing the implementation of Lesson Study in Kazakhstan within a social theory framework. International journal for lesson and learning studies.


01.Professional Learning and Development
Paper

A Mixed-Methods Research Synthesis of Classroom Action Research on Teaching in Taiwan

Pi-Ju Wu

National Changhua University of Education, Taiwan

Presenting Author: Wu, Pi-Ju

Although teaching focuses on the activities teachers perform, its purposes and outcomes involve changes occurring on the part of students (Svensson & Doumas, 2013). The complexity and uncertainty involved in teaching generate innumerable problems occurring in the context of classroom environments. It gives the impetus to solve those problems through research, especially action research. Action research as a democratic and participative orientation to knowledge creation brings together action and reflection, theory and practice, in the pursuit of practical solutions to issues of pressing concerns (Bradbury, 2015).

Classroom action research (CAR) can be based on diverse research perspectives and take on different forms. The core feature of it is the idea that there should be an intimate, two-way relationship between research and some form of practical activity‒such that the focus of inquiry arises out of, and its results feed directly back into, the activity concerned, in a spiral of improvement (Hammersley, 2013, pp. 85-86). Therefore, CAR is practice- and reflection- oriented. It means that teachers engage in action research aiming to explore methods of solving real classroom problems in order to improve their pedagogical practice. As a result, CAR connects meaningfully with student learning and potentially becomes an effective strategy for school improvement.

CAR also closely relates to teacher professional development. Flynn and Bruce (2019) paralleled the characteristics of teacher professional learning with action research structure. They both emphasize evidence-informed practice, the need to balance teacher voice and the bigger context of school goals, and the need for supportive and engaged leadership. Therefore, CAR has been regarded as one of the most powerful strategies for teacher professional development. It can help teachers develop new knowledge directly related to their classrooms, promote reflective teaching and thinking, and expand teachers’ pedagogical repertoire (Johnson, 2019, pp. 258-259). It is becoming increasingly known as an approach that encourages teachers to be in control of their own lives and contexts (McNiff, 2010). An issue related to the connection between CAR and teacher professional development is concerned with what types of knowledge CAR constructs. CAR produces living knowledge or practical knowledge that is useful to people in the everyday conduct of their lives (Reason & Bradbury, 2001, pp. 1-2) and insider knowledge that is not accessible to traditional researchers coming from outside (Somekh, 2006).

Since 2022 the EU Academy has offered a self-study module “Improving Classroom Practice through Action Research” for classroom practitioners to reflect on and innovate their teaching practices and analyze the effects of their innovation (European Commission, 2022). In Taiwan, the government has launched a series of curricular and instructional reforms entering the 21st century. The Grade 1-9 Curriculum Guidelines had been gradually implemented since the academic year 2002 in order to meet national development needs and public expectations (Ministry of Education, 2008). Then, the Curriculum Guidelines of 12-Year Basic Education have been implemented since 2019 in response to the emerging social issues such as the low birth rate, population aging, diversified interactions between ethnic groups, growing awareness of social justice, and so on (Ministry of Education, 2014). Both guidelines encourage teachers to engage in diverse professional development activities such as action research and to conduct innovative teaching experiments or action research with funds and assistance provided by relevant competent authorities. Thus, the number of CAR on teaching is quite large in Taiwan. The rise in the number of CAR results in the need for knowledge synthesis in order to provide more convincing evidence for practitioners and policymakers. However, the findings of those studies produced as a whole have been less known so far. The purpose of this study was to synthesize the findings of CAR on teaching in Taiwan.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A mixed-methods research synthesis (MMRS) is a type of systematic review aimed at the integration of results from both qualitative and quantitative studies in a shared domain of empirical research (Sandelowski et al., 2006). Since qualitative, quantitative, and mixed-methods research designs are appropriate for and all types of data can be used in action research (Mertler, 2022), the findings of classroom action research can be integrated through MMRS.
After formulating the research questions which focused on what findings of classroom action research on teaching were generated in Taiwan, searching for and retrieving action research studies focusing on topics including curriculum development, teaching strategies, subject matters, and instructional media in grades K-12 in Taiwan and published in academic journals in English or traditional Chinese between Jan. 1, 2002, and Dec. 31, 2020 were performed. Moreover, the author, or at least one of the authors, should be a teacher in grades K-12. A total of 188 classroom action research studies were retrieved and met the inclusion and exclusion criteria. Among those CAR studies, 104 studies (55.5%) were conducted in elementary school; 41 studies (21.8%) were conducted in junior high school; 27 studies (14.4%) were conducted in kindergarten’ and only 16 studies (8.5%) were conducted in high school. The subjects/domains involved in the studies were diverse, such as integrative activities, mathematics, arts, Mandarin, and social studies. Moreover, 83 studies  (44.1%) collected qualitative and quantitative data, 75 studies (39.9%) collected qualitative data, 11 studies (5.9%) collected quantitative data, and the data types of 19 studies (10.1%) were not identified. The duration of action plans was 5-8 weeks in 40 studies (21.2%) and 9-12 weeks in 30 studies (16.0%); however, 33 studies (17.6%) did not mention the duration of action projects. A large portion of the studies (77.7%) used innovative teaching as the action strategies, which included experiential learning, cooperative learning, picture book reading, and so on.
Joint displays are visual displays that are used to integrate quantitative and qualitative data during data collection, analysis, and interpretation. (McCrudden et al., 2021). Although there has been limited use of joint displays in mixed methods reviews, they exemplify an effective visual representation of integrated datasets (Younas et al., 2021). In this study, the side-by-side joint displays were used to represent merging by arraying findings of qualitative-, quantitative-, and mixed-methods-oriented CAR studies next to each other.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The reasons why teachers conducted CAR related to factors of teaching, teacher, student, and policy. That teachers tried solving problems in the classroom and increasing their teaching effectiveness through action research was found in 73 qualitative-, 11 quantitative-, and 83 mixed-methods-oriented studies. Additionally, that teachers’ needs for professional development, application of professional development knowledge, and self-identification, students’ psychological and physiological growth, adolescent subculture, and change in educational policies motivated teachers to conduct CAR was mainly presented in the qualitative- and mixed-methods-oriented action research.
The effects of action plans on students were presented in the qualitative results of 153 studies and the quantitative results of 98 studies. While the quantitative results provided more information related to effects on students’ academic achievement, cognitive competence, and physical health, the qualitative results provided more information related to effects on students’ affective competence, social competence, motor skills, and behavioral performance. The action plans also increased teachers’ general competence and behavioral, affective, cognitive, and social dimensions of pedagogical expertise in the qualitative results of 52 studies. A small portion of qualitative and quantitative results showed that action plans had positive impacts on parent-child relationships, classroom climate, and students’ peer relationships.
Teacher knowledge is mainly generated by mixed-methods- and qualitative- oriented studies. The major types of teacher knowledge included pedagogical content knowledge, pedagogical knowledge, teacher personal knowledge, learner knowledge, context knowledge, curriculum knowledge, knowledge of teaching purposes, values, and beliefs, research knowledge, and content knowledge. The CAR studies produced more pedagogical content knowledge related to how to teach mathematics, arts, students with disabilities, picture books, and so on than other types of teacher knowledge did. The research knowledge found as a distinct type of teacher knowledge but not generally regarded as practical knowledge, came from teachers’ experience of participating in action research and showed the connection between academia and practice.

References
Bradbury, H. (2015). Introduction: How to situate and define action research. In H. Bradbury (Ed.), The Sage handbook of action research (pp. 1-11.). Sage.
European Commission. (2022). Teachers as Researchers – Improving classroom practice through action research. European Union. https://academy.europa.eu/courses/teachers-as-researchers-improving-classroom-practice-through-action-research-1658151350
Flynn, T., & Bruce, C. D. (2019). Action research as professional learning for educators. In C. A. Mertler (Ed.), The Wiley handbook of action research in education (pp. 273-294). Wiley Blackwell.
Hammersley, M. (2013). The myth of research-based policy & practice. Sage.
Johnson, A. (2019). Action research for teacher professional development. In C. A. Mertler (Ed.), The Wiley handbook of action research in education (pp. 253272). Wiley Blackwell.
McCrudden, M. T, Marchand, G., Schutz, P. A. (2021). Joint displays for mixed methods research in psychology. Methods in Psychology, 5. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.metip.2021.100067
McNiff, J. (2010). Action research for professional development: Concise advice for new (and experienced) action researchers. Author.
Mertler, C. A. (2022). Introduction to educational research. Sage.
Ministry of Education. (2008). General Guidelines of Grades 1-9 Curriculum for Elementary and Junior High School Education. Author.
Ministry of Education. (2008). Curriculum Guidelines of 12-Year Basic Education. Author.
Reason, P., & Bradbury, H. (2001). Introduction: Inquiry and participation in search of a world worthy of human aspiration. In P. Reason & H. Bradbury (Eds.), Handbook of action research: Participative inquiry and practice (pp. 1-14). Sage.
Sandelowski, M., Voils, C. I., & Barroso, J. (2006). Defining and Designing mixed research synthesis studies. Research in the Schools, 13, 29. Retrieve from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2809982/pdf/nihms151622.pdf
Somekh, B. (2006). Action research: A methodology for change and development. Open University Press.
Svensson, L., & Doumas, K. (2013). Contextual and analytic qualities of research methods exemplified in research on teaching. Qualitative Inquiry, 19, 441-450. https://doi.org/10.1177/ 1077800413482097
Younas, A., Inayat, S., & Sundus, A. (2021). Joint displays for qualitative-quantitative synthesis in mixed method reviews. Research Method in Medicine & Health Sciences, 2(3), 91-101. https://doi.org/10.1177/2632084320984374
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm02 SES 13 A: Diversity (Part 2)
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre A [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Gavin Moodie
Symposium continued from 02 SES 12 A
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Symposium

Double Symposium on Diversity in the Social Role of Colleges – Part 2

Chair: Martin Henry (Education International)

Discussant: Gavin Moodie (University of Toronto)

This double symposium explores the important role that vocational colleges and similar types of institutions play in supporting social, educational, and cultural development in their local communities and regions. We argue that the role colleges play is not as well understood or theorised as is the role of universities and schools, and that this matters because colleges are vital for the well-being of their local communities. They support their regions and communities in many ways that are not prominent beyond immediate participants. However, the ways in which they do so differs in different countries and this symposium includes diverse contributions from very different systems.

The domain of this symposium is the second vocationally oriented tier of post school education. This tier may offer other programs, but its key mission includes offering short-cycle tertiary education of about two years’ duration with a vocational / professional orientation, classified in the International Standard Classification of Education ISCED 2011 as category 55 short-cycle tertiary vocational education (UNESCO Institute for Statistics, 2012, pp. 48-50).

The roles of schools and universities are generally understood and institutionalized as broadly intellectual and cultural that are well established historically and globally. In contrast, vocational colleges are ‘mainly local organizations justified by specific economic and political functions or shaped by particular historical legacies or power struggles’ (Meyer, Ramirez, Frank, and Schofer, 2007, pp. 187, 210).

Colleges are under theorized, which leaves them vulnerable to vicissitudes of marketisation and privatization (Meier, 2013), and undermines the institutional conditions that support them. They are justified mostly by their preparation for work, and gaps in the correspondence between vocational education and work are almost always considered only a supply-side issue for colleges, rather than being co-constituted by education and work (Livingstone, 2009, p. 150). Colleges are therefore thought not to respond sufficiently to the labour market, and to need disciplining by competing with for-profit providers.

This thinking is particularly prevalent in the liberal market economies of Australia, Canada, England, the USA, and others. But it is also projected onto low and middle income countries by intergovernmental and non government organisations.

This double symposium seeks to investigate, compare and analyse colleges’ diverse social roles in different countries, explore commonalities in colleges’ social roles, and invite perspectives from participants in the symposium. Part 1 will comprise 3 presentations, and part 2 will comprise 3 presentations and a discussant.


References
Livingstone, D. W. (Ed.). (2009).Education & jobs: Exploring the gaps. University of Toronto Press.

Meier, K. (2013). Community college mission in historical perspective. In J. S. Levin & S. T. Kater (Eds.), Understanding community colleges. Routledge.

Meyer, J. W., Ramirez, F. O., Frank, D. J., & Schofer, E. (2007). Higher education as an institution. In P. J. Gumport (Ed.), Sociology of higher education: Contexts and their contributions (pp. 187-221). Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.

UNESCO Institute for Statistics. (2012). International Standard Classification of Education ISCED 2011. UNESCO Institute for Statistics, http://www.uis.unesco.org/Education/Pages/international-standard-classification-of-education.aspx

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Vocational Routes in France: The Difficult Articulation Between Pre-bac and Post-bac

Pauline David (Université de Limoges)

One third of French young people are in the vocational track in secondary education (vocational high school or apprenticeship, RERS, 2021). The French education system relies on a strong academic convention (Verdier, 2008) embodied in a specific grammar of schooling, a “forme scolaire” (Robert, 2013). Although the vocational baccalaureate is presented as a baccalaureate "like any other", the vocational route suffers from a hierarchy of disciplines imposed by academic convention (David, 2021). Indeed, the vocational baccalaureate is thus a baccalaureate somewhat apart (Maillard, Moreau, 2019), whose identity and comparative advantage are regularly questioned. This paper discusses the structure of vocational preparation in France, and considers the different types of institutions that offer this provision. The paper explores vocational high schools, apprenticeship centres, and production schools (on-campus applied education that provides an alternative training path for young people aged between 14 and 18 years), as well as post-school institutions such as University Institutes of Technology (IUTs) that offer the diploma in technological studies (called in France a Diplôme universitaire de technologie - DUT), which are two-year diplomas leading to occupational outcomes. While IUTs have long enjoyed academic recognition because they are attached to institutions of higher education, vocational high schools have been criticized for their inability to forge links with the professional world. The latest reforms in vocational education (laws of 2009, 2018, bill of 2023) are therefore aimed at promoting apprenticeship to increase the integration rate of young people. Concerning IUT, the 2021 reform strengthens the links between IUTs and academic logic by changing their flagship diploma (DUT) from a 2-year diploma to a 3-year diploma (BUT - Bachelor Universitaire de Technologie) which corresponds to a vocational license level. How to build the articulation towards the higher education in the middle of these different conventions? Based on two monographic researches about vocational high schools (ethnographic approach of 10 schools, 50 interviews), this paper aims to analyze the intertwining of the academic and vocational conventions in the vocational path between multiple political injunctions and daily management of training needs.

References:

David, P. (2021). Pratiques d’enseignement en formation professionnelle initiale: entre forme scolaire et socialisation professionnelle. Éducation et Sociétés, (2), 77-93. Maillard, F., & Moreau, G. (2019). Le bac pro. Un baccalauréat comme les autres?. Octarès éditions. MEN. (2021). Repères et références statistiques. DEPP. Robert, A. D. (2013). The French School system and the Universalist metanarrative (1880–2000s): Some reflections about so-called explanatory historical notions such as ‘La Forme Scolaire’. European Educational Research Journal, 12(2), 190-200. Verdier, E. (2008). L’éducation et la formation tout au long de la vie: une orientation européenne, des régimes d’action publique et des modèles nationaux en évolution. Sociologie et sociétés, 40(1), 195-225.
 

Academization, Hybrid Qualifications and Skills Shortage – Competition and Complementarity Between Vocational and Higher Education in Germany

Silvia Annen (University of Bamberg)

This paper focuses on the usability of vocational and academic qualifications in the German labour market. Our general assumption is that the competition between academic education and vocational qualifications is particularly high if there are extensive similarities or overlaps in the required skills and the activities to be performed in the workplace. In contrast, a complementary relationship between both types of qualifications is more characteristic if the companies differentiate the tasks and fields of work of vocationally and academically qualified employees. Former research shows various determining factors for the extent of competition or complementarity (e.g. industry sectors, specific personnel structures, engagement and strategy in the field of training). The usability of educational qualifications in the labour market can be estimated by various aspects (e.g. income, employment status, position). This paper presents companies’ and the individuals’ evaluation of the usability of academic and vocational qualifications. The theoretical background is formed by rational choice theory (Arrow, 1989; Esser, 1990) as well as the signaling (Spence, 1973) and screening (Stiglitz, 1975) approach. The mixed methods research concept contains curricula and vacancies analyses, case studies in selected sectors and a quantitative survey. This paper focuses on the analyses of the employment survey, which provides in depth insights on the individual perspective on labour market usability of educational qualifications. The results derive from analysing the data from the German BIBB/BAuA employment survey of 2018. We assessed employees’ educational decisions based on their returns on educational investment. To evaluate the rationality of individuals’ educational choices we calculated an OLS regression model containing variables associated with a positive effect on income (education and work experience) (Mincer, 1974). To gain more differentiated insights on the impact of career aspirations and educational choices we successively included variables into the model representing the individuals’ rationales as well as their socio-economic background and types of qualification (academic vs. occupational). Our results show that employability and income aspirations have a positive effect on individuals’ returns on educational investments, indicating that their educational decisions are rational. The presented results contribute to the debate on the relevance of vocational qualifications in the labour market, driven by the trends of academization in different occupational fields. The case studies and the company survey showed that vocationally qualified employees tend to hold more often operational management positions while academically qualified employees are more likely to hold strategic leadership positions (project management, HR management or controlling).

References:

Arrow, K. J. (1990). Economic theory and the hypothesis of rationality. In J. Eatwell, M. Milgate, & P. Newman, (Eds.), Utility and probability. The new Palgrave (pp. 25-39). Palgrave Macmillan. Esser, H. (1990). ‘Habits’, ‘Frames’ und ‘Rational Choice’. Die Reichweite von Theorien der rationalen Wahl (am Beispiel der Erklärung des Befragtenverhaltens). Zeitschrift für Soziologie, 19(4), S. 231-247. Mincer, J. (1974). Schooling, experience, and earnings. National Bureau of Economic Research, Columbia University Press. Spence, M. (1973). Job market signaling. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 87(3), 355-374. Stiglitz, J. E. (1975). The theory of ‘Screening’, education and the distribution of income. American Economic Review, 65(3), 283-300.
 

WITHDRAWN When Bureaucracy Combines with Quasi-Privatization: The Complexity of Institutional Forms of Vocational Colleges in South Africa

Stephanie Allais (University of the Witwatersrand)

Technical and Vocational Education and Training Colleges in South Africa have been shaped by economic inequalities, shifting curriculum and qualification policy, and insecure work conditions aggravated by some aspects of neoliberal models of educational delivery, combined with bureaucratic control, leading to schizophrenic institutions. They are part of a vocational education system that has been the subject of many reforms, and is regarded as a relatively weak part of the overall education and training system (Allais, 2013; DHET, 2013; Taylor and Shindler, 2016). TVET colleges have been reinvented in numerous ways—renamed, restructured, given new governance models. The current 50 Technical and Vocational Education and Training colleges, previously Further Education and Training Colleges (FET), were created by merging 152 Technical Colleges. The shift from Technical Colleges to FET colleges gave them substantially increased autonomy, through the FET Colleges Act of 2006 which gave councils wide-ranging powers, including hiring lecturers directly. This was supposed to enable colleges to function as ‘responsive providers’. The shift from FET to TVET was supposed to signal a stronger focus on the vocational side of their work, after political shifts and a location under a new Ministry of Higher Education and Training. Policy makers and industry continue to argue that the TVET system remains weak and that the TVET colleges do not meet their needs (Kraak, 2010; DHET, 2019; Allais and Marock, 2020). Reforms since the transition to democracy have led to an institutional environment that is complex and expensive, without much visible improvement in the system (Kraak, 2010; DHET, 2012; Allais, 2013; Ngcwangu, 2014). The qualifications system is enormously complex: layers of new qualifications and ways of designing qualifications have been added, without removing the previous ones. Recent changes to post-school funding led to a dramatic change, whereby college students were eligible for funding that was previously allocated to university students. This has affected the nature of the student body. TVET policy is developed nationally, focused on colleges and formal provision separately from sectoral industrial strategy. While in theory colleges should play a role in local economic development, and industry representatives are therefore included in governance structures, there is often tension between local, sectoral, and national economic needs. In short: these institutions, which serve students with weak educational achievement and generally from poor families, have enormous expectations put on them in a context of muddled governance and constant policy reform.

References:

Allais, S. (2013). Understanding the persistence of low skills in South Africa. In J. Daniels et al. (Eds.), New South African Review 3 (pp. 201-220). Wits University Press. Allais, S., & Marock, C. (2020). Education for work in the time of COVID 19: Moving beyond simplistic ideas of supply and demand, Southern African Review of Education, 26(1), 62-79. DHET. (2012). Ministerial Task Team on Seta Performance. Report for the Minister of Higher Education and Training. Department of Higher Education and Training. DHET. (2013). White Paper for Post-School Education and Training. Building an expanded, effective and integrated post-school system. Department of Higher Education and Training, Republic of South Africa. DHET. (2019). National plan for post-school education and training. South African Department of Higher Education and Training. Kraak, A. (2010). A critique of South Africa’s national human resource development strategies, Southern African Review of Education, 16(1), 59-82. Ngcwangu, S. (2014). Skills development in post-apartheid South Africa: Issues, arguments and contestations. In S. Vally, & E. Motala (Eds.), Education, economy, and society (pp. 244-264). Pretoria: Unisa. Taylor, N., & Shindler, J. (2016). Education sector landscape mapping South Africa. Johannesburg: Joint Education Services.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm02 SES 13 B: Conventions of VET
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre B [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Christian Imdorf
Session Chair: Philipp Gonon
Symposium
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Symposium

Conventions of Vocational Education and Training (VET). The Potential and Challenges of French Pragmatic Sociology for European VET Research

Chair: Christian Imdorf (Leibniz University Hannover)

Discussant: Philipp Gonon (University of Zurich)

The multifaceted field of French pragmatic sociology offers innovative explanatory and analytical approaches for a number of current processes in education such as standardization, quantification and datafication of education, conflicts and controversies over educational quality and equity, or the interplay of science, politics and practice in the establishment and transformation of educational arrangements (Imdorf & Leemann 2023). In terms of social theory, this approach, also referred to as Economics and Sociology of Conventions, emphasizes the competence of social actors to deal reflectively with uncertain situations and the importance of the plurality of widely accepted knowledge orders (including notions of justice, reality and quality of education). As such, convention theory in the field of education highlights social and moral structures and situational cultural orders (conventions) in the coordination of social actions between administrators, teachers/instructors and young learners who, with their agency, are positioned and exposed in situations characterized by tensions. Thereby, the pragmatic sociology of education has enriched research on Vocational education and training (VET) early on, first in France (e.g. Bessy 2006, Verdier 2013), later in German-speaking countries and Spain (Marhuenda-Fluixà 2022), and more recently in the Nordic countries (Imdorf 2022). The situatedness of this form of education between state and labor market makes it particularly suitable for convention-sociological analysis. VET systems around the world serve plural and often conflicting (economic, social and educational) aims which find their roots in different socio-cultural economic, that is in national and regional contexts (Bonoli & Gonon 2022).

The symposium aims at discussing the potentials and findings, but also the challenges and desiderata of a "pragmatic" sociology of VET and its further development. In the context of a traditionally school-based VET system in Spain, Paper 1 uses the sociology of conventions framework to identify the main actors in national policy reforms in three domains (formal vocational education policy, non-formal vocational training policy and labor market policy) and explain what their main justifications have been, as well as the compromises they have reached in order to advance VET policies since the 2008 financial crisis to connect better with labor market needs. Against the backdrop of a competition for high-performing pupils between schools and training companies at the upper-secondary education level in Switzerland, Paper 2analysis how VET can be positioned as an attractive educational pathway for high-performing pupils in different Swiss Cantons, that is how company-based VET can attract high-performing pupils. A special focus of the analysis is on steering strategies, measures and instruments actors of cantonal education policy and administration use to foster the attractiveness of company-based VET, and how these steering efforts are justified and criticized. Paper 3 problematizes the distinction made between merit and skills in educational research, with merit being referred to elite education or academic pathways into higher education and the notion of skills to practical know-how acquired through VET. In Sweden, this distinction not only obscures the worth and attention higher vocational education participants assign to their education. The paper further enables greater reflexivity amongst researchers to question their own conventions in ongoing debates about educational merit. The contributions reflect on different levels and contexts of VET in three countries which differ in terms of the underlying educational conventions.

The symposium will be chaired by Christian Imdorf, one of the leading experts for convention theory and VET in Europe. Papers will be commented by Philipp Gonon who is an international VET scholar with expertise in the convention theory. Altogether, the symposium provides insights in promising analytical tools to analyze the different aims and facets of post-secondary (vocational) education at the intersection of the educational system and the labor market.


References
Bessy, Christian. 2006. Competence certification and the reform of vocational education. A comparison of the UK, France, and Germany. In How Europe’s economies learn. Coordinating competing models, ed. Edward Lorenz, and Bengt-Åke Lundval, 313–339. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Bonoli, L., Gonon, P. (2022). The evolution of VET systems as a combination of economic, social and educational aims. The case of Swiss VET. Hungarian Educational Research Journal 12(3), 305–316. DOI: 10.1556/063.2021.00062

Imdorf, C. (2022). Different sessions with reference to French pragmatic sociology held at the Nordic Sociological Associations’ 2022 conference in Reykjavik, Iceland. The academic blog of the Economics of convention, https://conventions.hypotheses.org/15415

Imdorf, C., Leemann, R.J. (2023). Education and Conventions. In: Diaz-Bone, R., Larquier, G. (Eds.). Handbook of Economics and Sociology of Conventions. Cham: Springer (in print)

Marhuenda-Fluixà, F. (2022). Conflicting roles of vocational education: Civic, Industrial, Market and Project Conventions to address VET scenarios. Hungarian Educational Research Journal 12(3), 248–262.

Verdier E. (2013). Lifelong learning regimes versus vocational education and training systems in Europe: The growing hybridisation of national models. In J. G. Janmaat, M. Duru-Bellat, A. Green, & P. Méhaut (Eds.), The dynamics and social outcomes of education systems. Education, economy and society. Palgrave Macmillan, London.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Vocational Education and Training and Sociology of Conventions: Examining VET in Spain Through the Lens of the Sociology of Conventions

Fernando Marhuenda-Fluixá (University of Valencia)

Spain has had a school-based vocational education system since 1970. Despite it has been traditionally questioned, the reform introduced in 1990 brought in several features that contributed to change its perception and to overcome the claimed lack of connection to the labour market needs. Duly aligned with European Vocational Education and Training (VET) policies, a new compromise was reached where views of the administration of education, employer and trade union representatives have significantly contributed to the increased worth and prestige of formal vocational education (Martínez-Morales/Marhuenda-Fluixá, 2020; Martínez-Morales/Marhuenda-Fluixá, 2022) as well as to a rather controversial growth of funding and policies of Continuing Vocational Education and Training (CVET) and non-formal vocational training (Marhuenda-Fluixá, 2019). In this contribution to the symposium, I will use the sociology of conventions framework to identify the main actors in national policy reforms in three domains (formal vocational education policy, non-formal vocational training policy and labour market policy) and to explain what their main justifications have been as well as the compromises they have reached in order to advance VET policies in the country. I will do so by focusing on the reforms produced since the 2008 financial crisis, first led by conservative government and then, after the Covid crisis, led by a social-democrat government. Some of our recent work has used the theoretical framework of the sociology of conventions (Boltanski/Thévenot, 2006) to analyze VET policies and practices in different regards: VET international policies (Marhuenda-Fluixá, 2017), European trends and prospects in VET (Marhuenda-Fluixá, 2022) and the practice of vocational training in non-for profit organizations (Marhuenda-Fluixá/Molpeceres-Pastor, 2021). Before that, we had already researched with the same framework looking at the organizational dimension of non-formal vocational training (e.g. Bernad/Molpeceres, 2010). I will rely upon our previous work but will also consider policy documents by the actors involved (Government Departments of Education and Employment, Social and Economic Council, Employer Confederation, Trade Unions), as well as recent research conducted around the success of vocational education in the past decade (e.g. Barrientos, 2022). By doing so, I want to highlight whether the compromise between civic and industrial conventions that characterized the reforms in the last quarter of the 20th century has been altered and whether and how the power to negotiate of different actors, particularly trade unions and employers, has changed since the 2008 Great Financial Crisis and how firm are the current compromises.

References:

Barrientos, D. (2022). La relación entre formación y empeo en la FP dual. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona. Bernad, J.C., & Molpeceres, M. A. (2010). Discursos emergentes sobre la educación en los márgenes del sistema educativo. Revista de Educación 341, 149–169. Boltanski, L. and Thévenot, L. (2006). On Justification. Economies of Worth. Princeton University Press. Marhuenda-Fluixá, F. (2022). Conflicting roles of vocational education: civic, industrial, market and project conventions to address VET scenarios. Hungarian Educational Research Journal 12(3), 248–262. Marhuenda-Fluixà, F. (Ed.). (2019). The School Based Vocational Education and Training System in Spain. Achievements and Controversies. Springer. Marhuenda, F. (2017). Vocational Education beyond Skill Formation: VET between Civic, Industrial and Market Tensions. Peter Lang. Martínez-Morales, I., & Marhuenda-Fluixá, F. (2022). Redefining education and work relations: vet overcoming the financial crisis in Spain. In M. Malloch et al. (eds.), The SAGE handbook of learning and work (pp. 602-619). SAGE. Martínez-Morales, I., & Marhuenda-Fluixà. (2020). Vocational education and training in Spain: steady improvement and increasing value. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 1-20.
 

The Positioning of Company-Based VET in the Competition for High-Performing Pupils at Upper-Secondary Level in Switzerland: Strategies, Justifications and Sacrifices

Raffaella Simona Esposito (University of Teacher Education FHNW)

In Switzerland, where upper-secondary education consists of general education middle schools as well as company- and school-based VET programmes, and where two-thirds of young people still choose VET, more young people enter the increasingly demanded higher education sector via a school-based educational pathway than via dual VET (Kriesi et al., 2020; Leemann et al., 2019). In contrast to many European countries, where the proportion of young people in upper secondary middle schools has increased and the proportion in VET has decreased, company-based VET has retained its dominant position in Switzerland, having strong support from civil society as well as from education policy (Kriesi et al., 2022). Against the backdrop of a competition for high-performing pupils at the upper-secondary level, an new focus of VET policy is on the question of how to attract high-performing pupils for company-based VET (Elsholz & Neu, 2019; Esposito, 2022; Steimann, 2022). In the context of the political governance of the transition from lower to upper-secondary level, the aim of this study is to examine how company-based VET is positioned as an attractive educational pathway for high-performing pupils in different Swiss Cantons. What steering strategies, measures and instruments do actors of cantonal education policy and administration use to foster the attractiveness of company-based VET? How are these steering efforts justified? What critique, conflicts and 'sacrifices' result out of these steering efforts? These questions are addressed using the theoretical approach of the Sociology of Conventions (Boltanski & Thévenot, 2006; Diaz-Bone & Larquier, 2022). The data basis consists of documents (education policy initiatives, reports, etc.) and qualitative interviews with representatives of education administrations conducted in four German-speaking cantons. The results stress two main strategies strengthening the attractiveness and reputation of company-based VET for high-performing pupils. On the one hand, the access to the vocational baccalaureate (entrance qualification for a university of applied sciences via the VET pathway) is made easier (abolition of entrance examination) and more flexible respectively. On the other hand, legitimized by cost arguments and fears of competition, sacrifices are made at the expense of educational programs competing with company-based VET: their access is made more difficult (e.g. introduction of additional admission requirements) or their expansion gets purposefully limited (capping of classes). Furthermore, a wide range of targeted information and marketing campaigns support these cantonal steering efforts, aiming to promote and strengthen the reputation of company-based VET as an attractive educational pathway for high-performing pupils.

References:

Boltanski, L., & Thévenot, L. (2006). On justification. Economies of worth. Princeton University Press. Diaz-Bone, R., & de Larquier, G. (2022). Conventions: Meanings and Applications of a Core Concept in Economics and Sociology of Conventions. In R. Diaz Bone & G. de Larquier (Eds.), Handbook of Economics and Sociology of Conventions (pp. 1–27). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-52130-1_2-1 Elsholz, U., & Neu, A. (2019). Akademisierung der Arbeitswelt—Das Ende der Beruflichkeit? AIS-Studien, 12(1), 6–18. https://doi.org/10.21241/SSOAR.64880 Esposito, R. S. (2022). Ausbildungsqualitäten—Andersartig, aber gleichwertig? Ein Vergleich konkurrierender Gesundheitsausbildungen in der Schweiz. Springer VS. Kriesi, I., Bonoli, L., Grønning, M., Hänni, M., Neumann, J., & Schweri, J. (2022). Spannungsfelder in der Berufsbildung international und in der Schweiz – Entwicklungen, Herausforderungen, Potenziale (No. 5; OBS EHB Trendbericht). Eidgenössische Hochschule für Berufsbildung. https://www.ehb.swiss/forschung/obs/themen-und-trends/spannungsfelder-der-berufsbildung-international-schweiz Kriesi, I., Leemann, R. J., & Schweizerische Akademie der Geistes- und Sozialwissenschaften. (2020). Tertiarisierungsdruck: Herausforderungen für das Bildungssystem, den Arbeitsmarkt und das Individuum. Leemann, R. J., Esposito, R. S., Pfeifer Brändli, A., & Imdorf, C. (2019). Handlungskompetent oder studierfähig? Wege in die Tertiärbildung: Die Bedeutung der Lern- und Wissenskultur. 2(2). https://www.sgab-srfp.ch/de/newsletter/handlungskompetent-oder-studierfaehig Steimann, O. (2022). Leitlinien der Wirtschaft. Bildungs-, Forschungs- und Innovationspolitik. Economiesuisse. https://economiesuisse.ch/sites/default/files/publications/Bildungs-%2C%20Forschungs-%20und%20Innovationspolitik.pdf
 

Skills versus Merit: A Pragmatic Sociological Analysis of Competences in Educational Research

Rebecca Ye (Stockholm University), Erik Nylander (Linköping University)

Building on pragmatic sociology, this paper analyses and offers a critique of how competences has been researched in the field of education. We first outline the boundaries between different conceptual frameworks on competence that, according to their scheme of interpretation, generate distinct problems. Empirically, our analysis is based on a bibliometric overview of educational research articles published in journals listed in Scopus. In particular, we formulate a critique of sociological and educational research for juxtaposing the competences of skill versus merit in relation to different kinds of educational pathways, where the former is seen to be a competence residing within vocational education, while the latter has been confined to elite education or academic pathways into higher education. Although merit has been constructed, valorised, and interrogated such that it has become an object of public debate, its relationship to the practically-oriented understanding of common vocational education and training has gone largely unnoticed. Contrary to the merit of academic tracks, research on vocational education and training emphasises skills and practical know-how. In the second part of the paper, we embark on an empirical examination, giving attention to Swedish higher vocational education participants’ articulation of their aspirations and the ambiguity around recognising merit in their experiences from training to work. We find that participants, in their pursuit of higher vocational education: (i) adjust their aspirations; (ii) adapt to what they believe the labour market requires of them; and (iii) assign value to non-merit. In sum, merit appears to matter for their trajectories in the way that it is juxtaposed. The value in paying attention to these accounts is that it opens up a space for us to examine the worth of what is/are adjacent to merit. Through this analysis, we attempt to illustrate how the concurrent salience and invisibility in sub-fields of educational research establishes a particular kind of social reality which has implications for the way that knowledge is used to shape research “problems”, policy and public sentiments around the politics of skilling and ongoing debates about merit. A critique in the way in which we examine merit (or not) in educational research is important, and is part of an important exercise for formulating meaningful ways to research what is valuable in learning and work for common actors. More importantly, it encourages greater reflexivity amongst researchers to question our own conventions.

References:

Billett, S. (2014). The standing of vocational education: sources of its societal esteem and implications for its enactment. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 66(1), 1–21. Boltanski, L. (2011). On Critique: A Sociology of Emancipation. Polity. Diaz-Bone, R., & de Larquier, G. (2022). Conventions: Meanings and Applications of a Core Concept in Economics and Sociology of Conventions. In R. Diaz Bone & G. de Larquier (Eds.), Handbook of Economics and Sociology of Conventions (pp. 1–27). Springer International Publishing. Ellström, P.-E. (1997). The many meanings of occupational competence and qualification. Journal of European Industrial Traning, 21(6/7), 266-273 Sandel, M. (2020). The tyranny of merit. Farrar, Straus and Giroux.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm02 SES 13 C: Counseling and Preventing Dropout
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre 2 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Sanna Ryökkynen
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Difficulties of Young People in Vocational Education: Analyses of the Use of Counseling at Vocational Schools

Silvia Pool Maag, Benno Rottermann

Zurich University of Teacher Education

Presenting Author: Pool Maag, Silvia

Vocational education systems play a central role for social participation in general and especially for immigrants, people with disadvantages or special educational needs. This is pointed out by the cross-national and comparative research on vocational education and training that has been established in European countries in recent decades (cf. Koch 1991). The high employment-oriented integrative power of vocational education in the German-speaking countries (Germany, Austria, Switzerland) is positively emphasized. At the same time, educational disadvantages and homogenization efforts persist along the categories of migration background, ability and impairment (cf. Kimmelmann et al. 2022). The commitment to increased inclusion orientation in general education schools and vocational education from the 1990s was confirmed by the ratification of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UN CRPD). VET research increasingly relies on a broad understanding of inclusion that takes into account all dimensions of learner diversity and addresses potential threats to educational participation (exclusion) (Barabasch, Scharnhorst & Leumann, 2016).
Entry into VET and the transition to employment is characterized by two dominant thresholds. At the first threshold, the vocational integration of young adults is supported with differentiated transition systems, adapted training formats, through partial qualifications as well as via accompanying measures. The transition system fulfills an important vocational integration role throughout German-speaking countries (Miesera et al. 2022). Nevertheless, differences between the countries can be seen above all in the establishment of vocational structures, formats and measures for dealing with diversity. Different frameworks are suspected to emerge from recontextualization processes in different places (nation, region, institution) (Mejeh & Powell, 2018). These considerations are the starting point for this article, which reflects on the scope of the findings regarding a counseling service offered at vocational schools in Switzerland. This is an offer that has been shown to be a successful form of dealing with exclusion risks in vocational education and training in German-speaking countries, but is still little institutionalized as a measure of Supported Education.
In Switzerland, measures of the transition system are called bridging offers. These offers not only have a vocationally integrating effect, but also extend the training period. About 20% of young people start their education delayed by one year (5% are without education) (Gomensoro & Meyer 2021). About a quarter of a cohort is in transition. Discontinuous educational trajectories affect a majority of young adults with social-emotional problems or with learning and performance difficulties. These factors are usually closely related to disadvantaging diversity characteristics, such as socio-cultural origin, gender, migration experience or impairment, and are empirically widely supported (Hofmann & Schellenberg 2019; Pool Maag 2016).
Rarely studied to date have been problems during training and measures to encourage learners to remain in training. Little is known about whether and how problem situations of young people change with entry into VET. Known is that in Switzerland 21% of learners in dual VET programs are affected by apprenticeship contract terminations. More than half of apprenticeship contract terminations (55%) occur in the first year of training and around 31% in the second (BFS 2021, 9). Overall, more than 40% of young people are in transition between the first and third year of training. The situation is similar in Germany (Beinke 2011). They are either looking for a follow-up vocational solution or an apprenticeship. The topic is currently gaining importance due to the ongoing shortage of skilled workers, increasing apprenticeship contract terminations and psychological stress among young people in the post-Corona period. The following question is examined: What specific problem situations do young people encounter during their apprenticeship, how can the target group be defined, and what is the need for counseling?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to afford the complexity of the object of investigation, the design combines qualitative and quantitative methods of data collection and data evaluation in a mixed-methods approach (Mayring, 2007). In the first phase of the evaluation, the triangulated design was used to assess the implementation of the counseling service (Flick, 2008). Case-by-case data were collected both longitudinally (multiple counseling sessions) and cross-sectionally (assessment of the offer by the coaches, teachers and leaders involved, adolescents). This multi-perspective approach has become established in research when recording effects and interrelationships (Klawe, 2006). The principle is implemented in present research via the combination of self- and peer-assessments and interviews with learners and coaches. Counseling-related data were collected and documented by coaches on an ongoing basis during or after counseling sessions. The Data collection occurred over three school years. Different instruments were used and developed to address the specific questions of the surveys. In the first phase, online-based surveys were conducted among teachers, management staff/principals, and adolescents, as well as guideline-based focus interviews with the counseling staff and project management. The counseling work at the vocational schools was recorded through a counseling inventory with four parts: 1. case documentation (basic data on counseling cases), 2. documentation of the counseling process and accompaniments (multiple counseling sessions), 3. case-based counseling feedback by the coaches. In the second phase of the study, site comparisons of schools were made based on 1063 counseling cases. Accordingly, the scientific findings are to be interpreted on this cohort basis.
The sample consists of four vocational schools of different sizes that train different apprenticeships. The following benchmarks for student numbers guided the conception of the instruments and the design: BZLT: 1160 students (apprenticeships: mechanical engineering, logistics, recycling); BZZ: 1400 students (apprenticeships: Retail trade, commercial apprenticeship, informatics/mediamatics, care specialist, technology); GBW: 2500 students (apprenticeships: construction professions, wood professions, gardener, car professions, electrical professions); BFS: 4000 students (apprenticeships: Health professions (nurse, dental assistant), retail trade, care specialist).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analyses show that the counseling was already actively used in the schools in the first year of the project and was able to establish itself locally. The service is considered to be effective and is widely accepted by the teachers and administrators involved, as well as by the students who receive counseling and the counselors. The use of counseling during school hours has proven itself. Most of the consultations are scheduled, but the offer is also used spontaneously. Despite the diversity of the locations (size of the school, training professions, campus, counseling office), there is a need for counseling at all schools. The counseling is used by almost the same number of females as males.
Approximately 60% of the counseling requests are related to problems at work, 15% to school-related issues, and another 15% to private and family difficulties. 10% of the stresses are health-related and refer to physical and psychological impairments.
Different stress profiles are evident at the schools. Male respondents report greater stress than female respondents. Reasons given sometimes include apprenticeship contract terminations and associated physical stress perceptions. Cases with multiple stresses were identified, often in connection with family conflicts, as well as challenges related to language and socio-cultural conditions. An above-average number of youth in the cohort already attending a bridge program and report diagnoses in the area of mental health impairments and developmental disabilities. In various cases, the coaches refer to the need for further clarification. Based on these initial findings, it is assumed that both target group-specific and target group-unspecific aspects influence the need for counseling. These and other assumptions are the subject of ongoing analyses. The findings will be reported in detail at the ECER, located in the international context and discussed along the lines of the topic of diversity and education.

References
Barabasch, A., Scharnorst, U., & Leumann, S. (2016). Flüchtlingsintegration in den Arbeitsmarkt – Das Beispiel Schweiz. Bwp@ Berufs- Und Wirtschaftspädagogik – Online (30), 1–17.
Beinke, Lothar. 2011. Berufswahlschwierigkeiten und Ausbildungsabbruch. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang GmbH Internationaler Verlag der Wissenschaften
Flick, U. (2008). Triangulation: Eine Einführung (2nd ed.). Qualitative Sozialforschung: Bd. 12. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften / GWV Fachverlage GmbH Wiesbaden.
Hofmann, C., & Schellenberg, C. (2019). Der Übergang Schule – (Aus-)Bildung – Beschäftigung in der Schweiz. Ein Überblick mit Fokus auf die berufliche Ausbildung. In C. Lindmeier, H. Fasching, B.
Kelle, U. (2008). Die Integration qualitativer und quantitativer Methoden in der empirischen Sozialforschung: Theoretische Grundlagen und methodologische Konzepte (2. Auflage). Wiesbaden: VS Ver-lag für Sozialwissenschaften / GWV Fachverlage GmbH Wiesbaden.
Kimmelmann, N., Miesera, S., Moser, D., & Pool Maag, S. (2022). Inclusion for all in VET? A comparative overview of policies and state of research about migration, integration and inclusion in Germany, Austria and Switzerland. In H. Moreno, Herrera et al. (Eds)., Migration and Inclusion in Work Life – The Role of VET. Emerging Issues in research on vocational Eduction & Training Vol. 7., (pp. 117–165).
Klawe, W. (2006). Multiperspektivische Evaluationsforschung als Prozess – Wirkungsrekonstruktion aus Sicht der Beteiligten. In Projekt eXe (Ed.), Wirkungsevaluation in der Kinder- und Jugendhilfe: Einblicke in die Evaluationspraxis. (pp. 125–142). München: Deutsches Jugendinstitut.
Koch, Richard (1991): Perspektiven der vergleichenden Berufsbildungsforschung im Kontext des europäischen Integrationsprozesses. In: BWP, 20, S. 14–19.
Mayring, P. (2007). Mixing Qualitative and Quantitative Methods. In P. Mayring, G. L. Huber, L. Gürtler, & M. Kiegelmann (Eds.), Mixed Methodology in Psychological Research (pp. 27–36). Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.
Mejeh, M., & Powell, J. J. W. (2018). Inklusive Bildung in der Schweiz - Zwischen globalen Normen und kantonalen Besonderheiten. Bildung & Erziehung, 71(4), 412–431.
Meyer, T./Gomensoro, A. (2022): Wie weiter nach der Schule? TREE-Studie: Erste Ergebnisse zu nachobligatorischen Bildungsverläufen der Schulentlassenen von 2016. Transfer, Berufsbildung in Forschung und Praxis (2/2022), SGAB, Schweizerische Gesellschaft für angewandte Berufsbildungsforschung. https://sgab-srfp.ch/wie-weiter-nach-der-schule/ (15.06.2022).
Miesera, S., Kimmelmann, N., Pool Maag, S., Moser, D. (2022). Integration und Inklusion in der Beruflichen Bildung in Deutschland, Österreich und der Schweiz. In: K. Kögler, U. Weylandv & H.-H. Kremer (Hrsg.), Jahrbuch der berufs- und wirtschaftspädagogischen Forschung 2022 (53-73). Opladen u.a.: Budrich.
Pool Maag, S. (2016). Herausforderungen im Übergang Schule Beruf: Forschungsbefunde zur beruflichen Integration von Jugendlichen mit Benachteiligungen in der Schweiz. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Bildungswissenschaften 38 (3), 591-608.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Preventing Dropout in Vocational Education: an Action Research Proposal from Self Determination Theory

Carme Pinya-Medina, Arturo Garcia de Olalla, Carlos Vecina-Merchante, Elena Quintana-Murci, Melania Roselina Ferreira-Puertas, Francesca Salvà-Mut

University of the Balearic Islands, Spain

Presenting Author: Garcia de Olalla, Arturo

The Europe 2030 Project proposes for EU countries the continuation of a firm commitment to Education, as the cornerstone on which to ensure a sustainable society in the short, medium, and long-term future; thus following the line of other international proposals (Secretary of State for the 2030 Agenda, 2021). One of the challenges facing young people is linked to their socio-occupational integration, in which the promotion of Vocational Education and Training (VET) is a major strategy for growth, employment, and the path to professional success for this sector of the population (European Union, 2010).

Taking into account the rates provided by the Ministry, 41.7% of Basic Vocational Education and Training (BVET) students and 30.7% of Intermediate Vocational Education and Training (IVET) students would have dropped out of the qualification and the education system 4 years after having enrolled in a VET course (Ministry of Education and Vocational Training, 2022). These data highlight the need to make progress in reducing this trend and in supporting VET to tackle educational failure and the difficulties of insertion of the young population (Michavila and Narejos, 2021; National Office of Foresight and Strategy of the Government of Spain, 2021).

Self-Determination Theory (SDT) is a model of analysis based on motivation and focused on defining student behavior as self-motivated and self-determined (Ryan and Deci, 2002). Self-determination theory (SDT) shows a direct relationship between the influence of teaching practices on the teaching-learning processes, the type of student motivation, intrinsic or extrinsic, and their academic performance, with their drop-out or continuation of studies. Thus, student motivation, student's perception of their level of competence, and the fact of feeling autonomous and empowered have positive consequences on students in terms of engagement, well-being, and learning (Froiland & Worrell, 2016; Gottfried et al., 2008; Taylor et al., 2014).

According to SDT, students' intrinsic motivation improves when teachers foster autonomy, work towards competencies and promote engagement. Thus, a teaching practice focused on supporting autonomy, and structured and promoting self-regulated learning can be decisive in students' learning processes (Hardre & Reeve, 2003; Vallerand et al., 1997).

Thus, the theoretical framework proposed by SDT is taken as a reference in the project: "Teaching practice and the prevention of early dropout from vocational training: empirical approach and intervention proposal" subsidized by the Ministry of Economy and Competitiveness within the framework of the R+D+I Program aimed at the challenges of society 2019 (reference PID2019-108342RB-100) in which the results of this research are framed.

This project includes a phase of application of results, based on the action-research methodology (Elliot, 1990; Molina et al., 2021) through which, together with two educational centers, we designed, implemented, and evaluated a pilot plan consisting of the improvement of the teaching practice for the prevention of dropout and the improvement of the academic performance of students of BVET and IVET.

This communication presents the results of the design phase of the pilot plan carried out with the schools, in which, from the perspective of action research, we collected the voice of the teaching staff to construct the improvement process from the perspective of its protagonists (Pérez-Van-Leeden, 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The two pilot centers (Es Liceu and the Center Juníper Serra) were selected taking into account the quantitative results previously collected, the involvement and predisposition of each center, and their differentiating characteristics were assessed.
Es Liceu is a teaching cooperative that covers all stages of compulsory education, offering 6 vocational training courses: 2 BVET, 2 IVET, and 2 Higher Vocational Education and Training (HVET). The center has 35 teachers of VET and 393 students of VET, the profile of which is very varied and its philosophy focuses on an Inclusive school, a Constructivist approach to education, and Making school, personal, and social success possible for all students.
Juníper Serra is an integrated Vocational Training center, they are the first center dedicated to vocational training in the Balearic Islands. Within the four professional families offered by the center, a total of 35 courses are available. Now, they have 1078 students and 111 teachers. Among the values that guide the center stand out the active participation of the entire educational community, adaptability to change, and the promotion of continuous improvement.
The design of the pilot plan was carried out using the action research methodology (Elliot, 1990; Molina et. al., 2021) based on the creation of a driving group in each center. The aim was to involve the teaching staff in their process of change, based on the analysis and planning of proposals for improvement. Five discussion groups were held with a total of 44 participating teachers. Concerning the teaching staff profile, the sample comprised 70.45% men and 29.54% women; with an average of 12.7 years of total teaching experience and an average of 9 years at the current school. Of the total sample, 17 (38.63%) are technical teachers and 28 (63.63%) are secondary school teachers.

The focus groups were structured based on the SDT to identify the strengths, weaknesses, and proposals for improvement of each of the essential aspects of the TDS: motivation, teacher-student relationship, autonomy, and student competencies; from the content analysis carried out, motivation and teacher competences were incorporated as emerging categories.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
BVET and IVET teachers describe VET students as unmotivated. The teachers point out as one of the causes of demotivation is the guidance received by the students in their previous educational stage. Proposals to improve student motivation revolve around improving guidance before entering VET. A lack of motivation on the part of the teaching staff is also mentioned, and the importance of a solid and cohesive teaching team is highlighted.
Teachers highlight the need to have a close and trusting attitude, without losing the educational perspective and ensuring a balance in relationships. The proposals are articulated towards the individualization of the teaching-learning processes and the development of social and exchange activities that facilitate processes of bonding with the center, between teaching staff and pupils, and among peers.
Student autonomy has been a controversial issue. On the one hand, the teaching staff highlights the great limitations in terms of autonomy with which pupils arrive at vocational training. On the other hand, teachers express enormous difficulties in working on student autonomy, even questioning their responsibility in this aspect. The proposals revolve around presenting the contents progressively and established according to the degree of difficulty, as well as preparing help guides for students to achieve the tasks, accompanied by additional and complementary resources that support developing the presented task.

Finally, teachers underline a problem concerning the competence level of pupils, focusing on the previous stages of schooling. The need to incorporate more and more emotional and accompanying competencies into the teaching repertoire is underlined. Proposals are put forward for curriculum programming based on professional competencies and individualized attention to pupils in the classroom.

References
Elliott, J. (1990). La investigación-acción en educación. Morata.

European Union (2010). Proyecto Europa 2030. Retos y oportunidades. Oficina de Publicaciones de la Unión Europea.

Froiland, J. M., & Worrell, F. C. (2016). Intrinsic motivation, learning goals, engagement, and achievement in a diverse high school. Psychology in the Schools, 53(3), 321–336. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.21901

Gottfried, A. E., Gottfried, A. W., Morris, P., & Cook, C. (2008). Low academic intrinsic motivation as a risk factor for adverse educational outcomes: A longitudinal study from early childhood Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation, and achievement through early adulthood. En Hudley, C., & Gottfried, A. E. (Eds.), Academic motivation and the culture of schooling (pp. 36–39). Oxford University Press.

Hardre, P. L., & Reeve, J. (2003). A motivational model of rural students’ intentions to persist in, versus drop out of, high school. Journal of Educational Psychology, 95(2), 347–356. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.95.2.347

Michavila, F. & Narejos, A. (2021). Algunas debilidades del sistema educativo español. Fundación 1º de Mayo.

Ministry of Education and Vocational Training (2022). Estadística del alumnado de formación profesional, https://www.educacionyfp.gob.es/dam/jcr:4cd62b54-42e8-4c40-97a5-cf9c6ac318ce/nota.pdf

Molina, M. K. R., Castillo, P. M. M., Vanegas, W. J., & Gómez, R. J. M. (2021). Metodología de investigación acción participativa: Una estrategia para el fortalecimiento de la calidad educativa. Revista de Ciencias Sociales, 27(3), 287–298.

National Office of Foresight and Strategy of the Government of Spain (2021). España 2050: Fundamentos y propuestas para una Estrategia Nacional de Largo Plazo. Ministerio de Presidencia.

Pérez-Van-Leenden, M. (2019). La investigación acción en la práctica docente. Un análisis bibliométrico (2003-2017). MAGIS. Revista Internacional de Investigación en Educación, 12(24), 177-192

Ryan, R. M. & Deci, E. L. (2002). Overview of Self-determination theory: An organismic dialectical perspective. In E. L. Deci y R.M. Ryan (Eds.), Handbook of self-determination research (pp. 3-33). University of Rochester Press.

Secretary of State for the 2030 Agenda (2021). Directrices generales de la estrategia de desarrollo sostenible 2030. Ministerio de Derechos Sociales y Agenda 2030, Gobierno de España.

Taylor, G., Jungert, T., Mageau, G. A., Schattke, K., Dedic, H., Rosenfield, S., & Koestner, R. (2014). A self-determination theory approach to predicting school achievement over time: The unique role of intrinsic motivation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 39(4), 342–358. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2014.08.002

Vallerand, R. J., Fbrtier, M. S., & Guay, F. (1997). Self-Determination and Persistence in a Real-Life Setting Toward a Motivational Model of High School Dropout. In Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72(5). American Psychological Association, Inc.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Finnish Vocational Students’ Perceptions of the Special Support in Their Studying

Sanna Ryökkynen

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Ryökkynen, Sanna

Each student deserves to be seen and heard, thrive and grow up from one’s own strengths. This presentation presents the main results of the dissertation by Ryökkynen (2022) which aim is to give a voice to vocational students with special educational needs and gain a deeper understanding of the elements of support that they perceive as the most relevant.

The overarching research questions of the thesis are: RQ1) Of vocational students receiving intensive special learning support, which elements do they perceive as enhancing their studying? RQ2) Of vocational students receiving intensive special learning support, which elements do they perceive as enhancing their sense of belonging? RQ3) What are the students’ perceptions of what constitutes the elements of good VET?

The study participants (N=29) are students who have serious learning difficulties, disabilities, or serious health problems. These students represent the minority of vocational students (two per cent) in Finland.

Currently, the explicit aim of VET in Finland and the rest of Europe generally seems to be to provide skills, competence and knowledge needed in work but at the same time ‘to include the socially disadvantaged as well as high potentials (e.g. migrants, refugees, low-skilled and unemployed, inactive groups, including women), so as to enable them to stay and/or (re-)enter the labour market and to move freely and in a self-determined manner through their educational and professional careers’ (Advisory Committee on Vocational Training, 2018; Council of European Union, 2020). However, people with special needs are in a different social and educational position from the rest of the population though the main objective of international and national policies has been to improve their position (Kauppila et al., 2020; UNESCO, 2020). These measures have systematically focused on education and based on the view that improving educational opportunities will make disabled people more independent and employable (Cavanagh et al., 2019; Kauppila et al., 2018). Even so, the employment rate and social participation of disabled people are still low (OECD, 2010; Sjöblom, 2016). The reality is mixed: Although every person has the right to equal treatment and opportunities at work, regardless of any attributes other than the ability to do the job, people with special needs or partial work ability are in the most vulnerable position in the labour market (International Labour Organisation, 2022; Mäkinen, 2021).

The dissertation's theoretical framework is Axel Honneth’s (1995) theory of recognition, which suggests that an individual’s identity is established in social relations when one’s abilities and achievements are recognized. Recognition is not merely a phenomenon that has psychological, social and political importance but it is also an ontologically important phenomenon in that it is part of what constitutes human persons and their social and institutional world. According to Honneth (1995), the prime mover for us as human beings is our need for recognition which we seek from others. Furthermore, the study follows the considerations of Gert Biesta (e.g., 2010, 2020) and argues that in education the question of purpose is multidimensional and suggests that three domains can be found: qualification, socialization and subjectification.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study paradigm is grounded on social constructionism according to which truth is constructed through multiple negotiations and in social interaction as students engage with the world and with each other (Berger & Luckmann, 1967). The study argues that social life phenomena are too complex to be studied using a one-dimensional statistical method (Flick, 2018). Furthermore, each qualitative method reveals only part of reality. Therefore, by combining several research methods, that is using multiple methods, the dissertation strived for a holistic understanding of the students’ needs and expectations (Morse & Chung, 2003).

Hence, the three articles (Study 1, 2 and 3) summarized in the dissertation have used a wide range of methodologies: Content analysis, narrative’s positioning and actantial analysis. The multiple methods have answered different questions, but their primary aim has been to support the core qualitative driven approach and the overarching research questions and the aim of the dissertation.

The focus of Study 1 was directed on students’ experiences of interaction with their teachers and the guidance they received. It used semi-structured interviews and content analysis as methods to drill into the student’s experiences of interaction with their teachers.

Study 2 concentrated in the students’ definitions of good VET by reflecting on their narratives with Biesta’s (2010, 2020) domains of good education: qualification, socialization and subjectification. Narratives positioning analysis was used as an analytical tool for Study 2 to examine and interpret the participants’ narratives as social actions in the VET context where they have been told (Bamberg, 1997; Bamberg & Georgakopoulou, 2008).

The third study focused on the dynamics of social emotions and social bonds between students and teachers. It used Greimas’ actantial model as an analysis tool to recognize the actors in the case stories and to scrutinize the thematics of pride and shame between these actors (Greimas, 1983).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
First, the most important element that supports students’ studying, strengthens their sense of belonging and creates the basis for good VET is a staff which has adopted an understanding attitude. Second, according to the results, the effectively functioning and performance-oriented approach of the Finnish VET is not suitable for every student. The participants of the study would need time to gain subjective, social and professional competence. The third element which supports students is their own ability to see and permit themselves success in their studying and social relations.

Both teachers, other college staff, parents, rehabilitation quarters and students themselves should elaborate and elucidate their perceptions on understanding and striving towards mutual recognition. In the context of Finnish VET the purpose of which is to serve labour market needs, this implies that more attention should be paid on the elimination of barriers to learning and participation and on diversity management of employers. It means awareness rising that a student with special needs in one area of life can be a top expert in another.

The dissertation claims that it is not enough to understand the special needs of the students to change the world, but we need education policy measures and practices which are disconnected from the economic growth and efficacy. This would call an education system which practices are developed towards ecological, social and economic sustainability. The study argues that processes of dialectic recognition create the heart of the sustainable VET.

References
Bamberg, M. (1997). Positioning between structure and performance. Journal of Narrative and Life History, 7(1–4), 335–342.

Bamberg, M., & Georgakopoulou, A. (2008). Small stories as a new perspective in narrative and identity analysis. Text & Talk, 28(3), 377–396. https://doi.org/10.1515/TEXT.2008.018

Berger, P. L., & Luckmann, T. (1967). The Social Construction of Reality: A Treatise in the Sociology of Knowledge. Penguin Books.

Biesta, G. (2010). Good Education in an Age of Measurement: Ethics, Politics, Democracy. Paradigm Publishers.

Biesta, G. (2020). Risking ourselves in education: Qualification, socialization, and subjectification revisited. Educational Theory, 70(1), 89–104. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12411

Cavanagh, J., Meacham, H., Pariona Cabrera, P. & Bartram, T. (2019) Vocational learning for workers with intellectual disability: interventions at two case study sites. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 71(3), 350-367, https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2019.1578819

Flick, U. (2018). Doing Triangulation and Mixed Methods. SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781529716634

Greimas, A. J. (1983). Structural Semantics: An Attempt at a Method. University of Nebraska Press.

Honneth, A. (1995). The Struggle for Recognition. The Moral Grammar of Social Conflicts. Polity Press.

International Labour Organisation (ILO)(2022). Transforming enterprises through diversity and inclusion. International Labour Office. https://www.ilo.org/actemp/publications/WCMS_841348/lang--en/index.htm

Morse, J. M., & Chung, S. E. (2003). Toward holism: The significance of methodological pluralism. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 2(3), 13–20. https://doi.org/10.1177/160940690300200302

OECD (2010), Sickness, disability and work: Breaking the barriers: A synthesis of findings across OECD countries. OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264088856-en.

Ryökkynen, S. (2022). “They did not give up on me.” Vocational students’ perceptions of the special support in their studying. Helsinki Studies in Education 151. University of Helsinki. Doctoral dissertation. https://helda.helsinki.fi/handle/10138/350680

UNESCO (2020). Towards inclusion in education: Status, trends and challenges. The UNESCO Salamanca Statement 25 years on. Paris: UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374246
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm02 SES 13 D: Research agendas and forecasting models
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre 1 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Simon McGrath
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

A Regional Forecasting Tool to Estimate the Horizontal Mismatch between VET Supply and Labour Market Demand 2022 - 2030

Mikel Albizu Echevarria1, Juan Pablo Gamboa Navarro1, Mónica Moso-Diez2, Antonio Mondaca Soto2

1Orkestra BIC, Spain; 2CaixaBank Dualiza, Spain

Presenting Author: Albizu Echevarria, Mikel

The demand for workers in the labour market is changing as a result of the integration of different megatrends: digital, green and demographic (Opik et al., 2018). There is therefore a particular need to develop systems for forecasting labour demand. Matching skills supply and demand is crucial for the development of education, economic development and inclusion policies.

To this end, Cedefop has developed a system that provides comprehensive estimates of labour market trends up to 2030 in all EU Member States. However, it has two limitations. First, its estimates are not directly linked to the system of skills provision, including Initial Vocational Education and Training (IVET). IVET is of particular interest because of its strategic importance for industrial development and employment (Spöttl & Windelband, 2021). This importance is growing in some countries (Germany, Denmark, Austria) with a high share of the labour force with post-secondary vocational education (Hoeckel & Schwartz, 2010).

Similarly, the data it provides is at the national level. In this respect, the regional level offers a particularly appropriate scenario for analysing the dynamics generated between human capital and development (Canal Dominguez, 2021; Sevinc et al., 2020). Some authors have also highlighted the relevance of technical profiles linked to Vocational Education and Training studies (ILO, 2012) as conducive to regional development (Navarro, 2014; (Retegi & Navarro, 2018; Spöttl & Windelband, 2021). Finally, within the same country, at the regional level, there may be significant differences between VET systems, both in terms of both supply and demand for VET workers (Moso-Diez et al., 2022).

For all the above reasons, the main contribution of the article is to present a new methodology for estimating the degree of horizontal mismatch of graduates with VET studies per Spanish region between 2020 and 2030, by economic sector (NACE code letter). This type of mismatch, known as ‘horizontal mismatch’ (Robst, 2007), occurs when the job held by a worker is not related to his or her field of study. This type of discrepancy is also known as ‘field-of-study mismatch’. This allows us to check whether VET fields of knowledge are properly aligned with labour market demand at regional level...

Among other things, the proper matching of supply and demand in the labour market can increase the productivity of firms because, when individuals are well matched to their occupations, the knowledge and skills that are acquired through education are optimally used in the labour market (Somers et al., 2019). This model is built based on Cedefop estimates and the Spanish Labour Force Survey, two accessible sources that would allow it to be replicated and improved for the rest of the regions in all EU-27 countries.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The forecasting model is built as follows:
1. Estimation of the net change of employment between 2020-2030 in the Spanish regions
First, the Spanish sectoral inter-annual rate of change in employment 2020-2030 is calculated using the Cedefop Skills Forecast. These estimates are then applied to the 2020 Labour Force Survey (LFS) results for the Spanish regions by economic activity (NACE code letters).
2. Estimation of job vacancies (expansion/contraction and replacement)
The job opportunities created each year in a given labour market are the result of two main sources.
• On the one hand, they result from economic expansion or contraction
• And, on the other hand, from the replacement of existing workers who leave the labour market (due to retirement, disability, etc.). In order to obtain the average replacement, the percentage of persons replaced in the period 2018-2030 by sector is applied to the number of employed persons reported by the LFS 2018. The result is divided by 12 (the total number of years in the period 2018-2030). This gives the annual average number of replacement job opportunities by sector in the Spanish labour market over the period 2018-2030.
• Finally, the replacement job opportunities are added to the expansion/contraction opportunities and the result can be considered as the total job opportunities.
3. Allocation of vacancies to IVET
The allocation is done by calculating the share of the labour force with IVET from 2014 to 2020. On the basis of this trend, the share of the workforce with IVET is estimated for the period 2020-2030.
4. Connection between each economic sector to the IVET knowledge fields
Each economic sector can be linked to IVET fields of knowledge. For this purpose, the National Statistics Institute (INE) 2020 Survey on the Transition from Vocational Training to Labour Market Insertion (ETEFIL) is used.
5. Estimation of the IVET job opportunities by field of knowledge
To estimate the number of IVET job openings corresponding to each field of knowledge, the percentage of IVET graduates per field of knowledge by sector is applied to each of the IVET job openings estimated for each sector.
6. Estimation of horizontal mismatch
To calculate the horizontal mismatch, for each year between 2021 and 2030, the number of sectoral IVET job openings per field of knowledge is crossed with the number of graduates linked to these fields of knowledge in 2020.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
-To create a predictive model that allows to know the demand of graduates with IVET studies by economic sectors at regional level in Spain for the period 2020-2030.
-To make an initial calculation to determine whether the supply of IVET is adjusted, in terms of fields of study, to the demand of the labour market (horizontal mismatch).
-To develop a forecasting model that can be adapted to the reality of other countries and regions within the EU-27.

References
Canal Dominguez, J. F. (2021). Higher education, regional growth and cohesion: insights from the Spanish case. Regional Studies, 10.1080/00343404.2021.1901870

Hoeckel, K., & Schwartz, R. (2010). Learning for jobs OECD reviews of vocational education and training. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), 2, 666.

Moso-Diez, M., Mondaca-Soto, A., Gamboa, J. P., & Albizu-Echevarría, M. (2022). A Quantitative Cross-Regional Analysis of the Spanish VET Systems From a Systemic Approach: From a Regional Comparative VET Research Perspective. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 9(1), 120-145. 10.13152/IJRVET.9.1.6

Navarro M. (2014) El papel de los centros de formación profesional en los sistemas de innovación regionales y locales. La experiencia del País Vasco. (Cuaderno de Orkestra No. 2014/7), Bilbao: Orkestra-Instituto Vasco de Competitividad (in Spanish).

Opik, R., Kirt, T., & Liiv, I. (2018). Megatrend and Intervention Impact Analyzer for Jobs: A Visualization Method for Labor Market Intelligence. Journal of Official Statistics, 34(4), 961-979. 10.2478/jos-2018-0047

Retegi, J., & Navarro, M. (2018). Los centros de Formación Profesional ante los retos de las RIS3. El caso de Navarra. (pp. 57)

Sevinc, D., Green, A., Bryson, J. R., Collinson, S., Riley, R., & Adderley, S. (2020). Ensuring skills are available in the right locations: are we there yet? A regional analysis of qualification gaps. Regional Studies, 54(8), 1149-1159. 10.1080/00343404.2020.1740190

Somers M.A., Cabus S.J., Groot W., Maassen van den Brink H. (2019) Horizontal mismatch between employment and field of education: Evidence from a systematic literature review. Journal of Economic Surveys 33(2), 567–603. https://doi.org/10.1111/ joes.12271

Spöttl, G., & Windelband, L. (2021). The 4th industrial revolution – its impact on vocational skills. Journal of Education and Work, 34(1), 29-52. 10.1080/13639080.2020.1858230

ILO (2012) International Standard Classification of Occupations. Structure, group definitions and correspondence tables. ISCO-08 (vol. I), Geneva: International Labour Office.stylefix

Robst J. (2007) Education and job match: The relatedness of college major and work. Economics of Education Review, 26(4), 397–407. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2006.08.003


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Transitioning Vocational Education and Training: towards a new research agenda

Simon McGrath1, Presha Ramsarup2, Volker Wedekind3, Heila Lotz-Sisitka4, David Monk5, Jo-Anna Russon3

1University of Glasgow, Scotland; 2University of the Witwatersrand, South Africa; 3University of Nottingham, England; 4Rhodes University, South Africa; 5Gulu University, Uganda

Presenting Author: McGrath, Simon

The current VET policy and practice orthodoxy is not working despite the efforts of educators and learners. The futures for which VET is intended to prepare people are ever more precarious at the individual, societal and planetary levels. While better futures are possible, VET is poorly positioned to respond to the new skilling needs these will require.

Therefore, we ask 1) what a VET system would look like that could play a supportive role in just transitioning and 2) what implications this question has for a future-oriented research agenda for VET.

Our research foregrounds the skills ecosystems approach, drawing most from Spours and his four key elements: collaborative horizontalities, facilitating verticalities, mediation through common mission and ecosystem leadership, and ecological time.

In expanding the approach to African contexts, we find the basic analytical tools hold. Nonetheless, we extend the approach significantly.

We argue for a strong ontological grounding in constructing such ecosystems and including some of what has historically been excluded from VET thinking and praxis (e.g., a wider notion of work). We offer three main dimensions.

1. Our more explicit engagement with political ecology points to further development of an account of VET’s purpose distinct from the productivist–human capital origins that permeates VET thinking. We make an axiological and ontological move by arguing VET’s purpose should encompass furthering collective human flourishing and integral human development.

2. We make the realtional aspect more explicit through application of notions of relational agency and relational capability.

3. We draw on critical realism to underpin how we see the interaction of vertical and horizontal. By drawing on Bhaskar’s laminated approach, we can address the question of how levels interact.

Whilst social ecosystems thinking proved useful, it did not provide sufficient conceptual tools to drive our work. Rather, it provided the middle layer of our conceptual approach. At a more generalised level, we located our expansion of the approach in critical realism.

In our empirical work, we adopted a further set of lenses.

1. We addressed informality, reflecting the majority reality of global economic life. The settings we researched included large numbers of actors, simultaneously engaged in enterprise activities and living lives as humans; always operating in complex relational webs. In such settings, anchor institutions are hard to find. Rather, we saw network catalysts, providing frameworks for fractal processes of deepening relationality. We explored the dynamism of young people’s navigational capabilities for finding new paths through living, working and learning. Their use of relationships and social media were apparent.

2. We considered the part played by vocational teachers, taking an expansive view of who counted as such. We see tthem as central to all ecosystem aspects, as interpreters of curriculum, scaffolders of learning and connectors to work. We explore the importance teachers place on building horizontal relationships within and across institutions and community organisations.

3. We examined how the ecosystem approach could inform the education–to–work transitions debate. In agreeing with those who problematise such transitions and point to nonlinear and blocked transitions, and the role of intersectional inequality therein, we considered questions of how the vertical and horizontal, and mediation between them, contribute to facilitating transitions. Indeed, in more formal or hybrid labour market contexts, anchor organisations remain crucial. Here, leadership was being provided by diverse learning institutions including VET institutions. How localised colearning networks can be support became an important focus.

4. We considered universities' roles in supporting skills ecosystems and localised colearning networks. Through our experience as actors in skills ecosytems, we explore universities' potential to make verticalities more facilitating through the particular advantages that they have in convening other actors.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper reflects on a 3 year, 2 country study, conducted by 4 partner universities (the author affiliation list reflects this plus the subsequent move of the PI to another university).
We used a mixed method approach, including face-to-face and online interviews and focus groups (with learners and staff in vocational institutions, employers in the formal and informal sectors, civil society actors and youth); participatory action research with community groups and TVET college staff; analysis of social media interactions in learning networks; surveys of lecturers; analysis of policy texts; and critical reflections on team members’ work as policy and practice actors.
We organised the project around four case studies, designed to offer diverse contexts broadly reflecting different VET imperatives. We looked across both rural-urban and formal-informal divides. The Durban-KZN North Coast region  is a large urban and industrial conurbation, selected because the South African state had identified it as a strategic gateway through its port and airport, and had sought to build its capacity, including a skills dimension. Alice is a small town in rural, former homeland, Eastern Cape, South Africa. We selected it due to our prior involvement in a support programme for small-scale agriculture through a learning network centred on water conservation. The Bunyoro-Kitara Kingdom of Western Uganda, centred on Hoima, was chosen as the site of major ongoing development activity linked to the opening of a new oilfield. As well as national investment, the area has seen donor support to skills development from the World Bank and a consortium of bilateral agencies. Finally, the city of Gulu in Northern Uganda, formerly the centre of international humanitarian efforts in the wake of the infamous Lord's Resistance Army uprising was selected as being in the process of transitioning to a new developmental model, whilst being remote from much formal economic activity in East Africa. Here we focused on the intersections between the formal and informal economy, and the experiences of Gulu University in mediating relationships between them.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Though rooted in African contexts, our approach explicitly talks back to European traditions of VET research and its arguments have wider salience globally. They point to the need to see VET expansively, starting from where individuals and communities are engaged in vocational learning of whatever kind, rather on the dominant VET modalities of the extant research literature; considering their myriad purposes in engaging in such learning for livelihoods and lives, and not just skills for formal employment; and focusing on the need to sustain individuals, communities and the planet, and not just produce more. They also highlight the centrality of relationality, of multiscalarity, and of an ecosystem perspective, pointing towards rich new theoretical possibilities for VET research globally.
References
Allais, S., 2020. Skills for industrialisation in sub-Saharan African countries: why is systemic reform of technical and vocational systems so persistently unsuccessful? Journal of Vocational Education & Training 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2020.1782455
Anderson, D., 2008. Productivism, vocational and professional education, and the ecological question. Vocations and Learning 1 (1): 105-129.
McGrath, S. Powell, L., Alla-Mensah, J., Hilal, R. and Suart, R., 2020b. New VET theories for new times: the critical capabilities approach to vocational education and training and its potential for theorising a transformed and transformational VET. Journal of Vocational Education and Training, https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2020.1786440.
McGrath, S., Ramsarup, P., Zeelen, J., Wedekind, V., Allais, S., Lotz-Sisitka, H., Monk, D., Openjuru, G., Russon, J.-A., 2020a. Vocational education and training for African development: a literature review. Journal of Vocational Education & Training 72, 465–487.
Powell, L. and McGrath, S., 2019. Skills for Human Development. Routledge, Abingdon.
Rosenberg, E., Ramsarup, P. and Lotz-Sisitka, H. (Eds.), 2020. Green Skills Research in South Africa. Routledge, Abingdon.
Spours, K., 2021. Building social ecosystem theory. https://www.kenspours.com/elite-and-inclusive-ecosystems.
VET Africa 4.0 Collective, 2022. Transitioning Vocational Education and Training. Bristol University Press, Bristol.
Wedekind, V., Russon, J., Ramsarup, P., Monk, D., Metelerkamp, L., McGrath, S., 2021. Conceptualising regional skills ecosystems: Reflections on four African cases. International Journal of Training and Development 25, 347–362.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

TVET Research in Costa Rica - Status, Challenges and Needs

Irina Rommel, Enrique Angles

Osnabrück University, Germany

Presenting Author: Rommel, Irina; Angles, Enrique

Costa Rica is recognized as one of the Latin American countries that invests the most in education. According to the World Economic Forum's Global Competitiveness Report 2016-2017, Costa Rica's education system ranks 35th in the world, one of the highest in Latin America. However, most students in Costa Rica leave school with a weak foundation for work, amid concerns about low productivity and skills shortages (OECD, 2016), compounded by the fact that Costa Rica is the OECD country with the highest unemployment rate (34.2%) among 15-24 year-olds (ILO, 2022). To resume economic growth, Costa Rica needs a labour force with the competencies and skills demanded by the labour market and a TVET system that meets this need. One of the main institutions active in technical and vocational education and training (TVET) in Costa Rica is the Ministry of Public Education (Ministerio de Educación Pública - MEP) and the National Institute for Apprenticeships (Instituto Nacional de Aprendizaje – INA) (Rommel & Vargas Méndez, 2022). However, employers argue that there are insufficient graduates in technical specialties of increasing labour market demand. Furthermore, there is a lack in the supply of skilled TVET teachers in order to strength the quality of TVET. For example, not all teachers of TVET have vocational pedagogical and subject didactic competencies (Álvarez-Galván, 2015). This has brought the demand for more research on TVET to the center in Costa Rica. At the same time, it can be observed that, despite the growing attention from the political and economic side, a development of theoretical and methodological approaches on TVET and its scientifical knowledge does not take place. Although TVET is considered as an important and valuable alternative for the insertion of the young population in the labor market with a growing importance for the society, the relevance of TVET research is not yet that present so that research efforts have remained in the background (Alvarado Calderón & Mora Hernández, 2020). Lascarez & Baumann (2018) state that TVET research in Costa Rica is still in its infancy and that there is still no university chair conducting TVET research.

In Germany, for example, TVET is supported by the academic sub-discipline of TVET research and is characterized by chairs, courses of study in TVET teacher qualification, its own research community, academic journals and appropriate support for young researchers. Thus, although the Costa Rican discourse on TVET has typical elements such as the currently formulated need for TVET research and existing courses of study in TVET teacher education, as well as some academic scientific research efforts, this has not yet led to the promotion or institutionalization of a specific TVET-related scientific focus. This paper deals with the status and needs of TVET research in Costa Rica within the framework of the CoRiVET - Costa Rican Vocational Education and Training Project, funded by the German Ministry of Education and Research. The project aims to actualize the current curriculum on teacher qualification for TVET at the National Technical University (UTN) and to further institutionalized TVET research. In order to fulfil this last objective, a diagnosis of the current state of research on TVET will be carried out, which will provide updated information to detect in which sub-themes of TVET it is necessary to make greater research efforts in the future. In this context CoRiVET deals with the question: What is the status of TVET research in Costa Rica and which are the associated research needs for TVET?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to answer the research question a systematic review is carried out, supported by demi-standardized expert interviews with expert who are directly or indirectly involved in TVET and TVET research.
The systematic review of the literature on TVET research will be carried out by using the methodology proposed by Gessler and Siemer (2020), for which both formal scientific publications and "grey literature" (strategy documents, project reports, evaluations, etc.) are analyzed. All documents related to TVET in Costa Rica (published worldwide) are considered. The search for documents on TVET research will be conducted in the 3 languages (Spanish, English and German). Search terms for documents on TVET research in the 3 languages are, among others: technical education, vocational training, technical education research, vocational training research, dual training, combined with the name of Costa Rica, and Central America. Different databases will be used in the process of searching for publications on TVET research. The analysis procedure will be inspired by the methods of thematic analysis (Mayring, 2008). In addition, semi-standardized expert interviews will be conducted in order to identify concrete needs for the promotion of TVET research in Costa Rica. Therefore, the aim of the interviews is to identify existing resources and competences in TVET research as well as characterize the status, challenges, and opportunities. A strategy for disseminating the results of the present study will be considered in order to make them known to decision-makers in Costa Rica and to the scientific community in the TVET sector in Costa Rica.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It can be assumed that the current status of TVET research and previous efforts and activities of TVET research in Costa Rica can be regarded as low. There is no, however, systematized overview of existing research and research needs in TVET that could provide an up-to-date assessment of specific research foci, topics, methodological approaches, etc. In other words, there is no institutionalized and systematized TVET research, which can be referred to. In this respect, it can be argued that the systematic review, combined with the expert interviews will enable an overview of precisely these things in order to derive adapted measures in the CoRiVET project and to promote the second objective of strengthening TVET research. At the same time, the systematization of the status quo in TVET research and the results of the interviews enable the identification of relevant actors with their related needs, characteristics and possibilities to promote TVET research activities.
So, the expected results are, on the one hand, a systematization of existing research activities, a characterization of current needs to promote TVET research regarding actors, institutions etc.  and, in particular, the identification of research themes in and for the Costa Rican TVET system. It can be assumed that topics like pedagogical qualification of teachers for TVET, the professionalization processes of teachers, labor market needs, among others, will be identified as decisive research areas.  

References
Álvarez-Galván, J. (2015), A Skills beyond School Review of Costa Rica, OECD Reviews of Vocational Education and Training, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264233256-en.

Gessler, M., & Siemer, C. (2020). Umbrella review: Methodological review of reviews published in peer-reviewed journals with a substantial focus on vocational education and training research. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 7(1), 91–125. https://doi. org/10.13152/IJRVET.7.1.5

Láscarez, Smith, D. & Baumann, A.-F. (2020). Costa Rica: Berufsbildung im Wandel, in: Baumann, A.F.; Frommberger, D.; Gessler, M. et al. Internationale Berufsbildungsforschung. Berufliche Bildung in Lateinamerika und Subsahara-Afrika. Entwicklungsstand und Herausforderungen dualer Strukturansätze. (pp. 73-112) Springer SV.

OECD (2016). Economic Surveys Costa Rica. https://www.oecd.org/costarica/Costa-Rica-2016-overview.pdf
Pätzold, G. & Wahle, M. (2013). Berufsbildungsforschung: Selbstverständnis einer Disziplin im historischen Rückblick. BWP, 42(3), 28-31

Rommel, I. & Vargas Méndez, M. (2022). Necesidades de cualificación docente de la EFTP costarricense: primeros resultados del Proyecto CoRiVET. In Revista Innovaciones Educativas, 24 (27), 24-40.

World Economic Forum. (2016). The Global Competitiveness Report 2016–2017. https://www.weforum.org/reports/the-global-competitiveness-report-2016-2017-1/?DAG=3&gclid=CjwKCAiAleOeBhBdEiwAfgmXf7QGvli9GRme14F80zQv5Lz379qFXZ3QaZz3LozfLGizQRPuExQlAhoCFlMQAvD_BwE
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm03 SES 13 A: Curriculum Development: Country Cases
Location: James McCune Smith, 639 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Stavroula Philippou
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Teachers' Perceptions of Curriculum of Shanghai: A Cultural Study from Critical Perspective

Jifan Ren

University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Ren, Jifan

This study examines how Shanghai’s curriculum policy has been influencing teachers’ understanding and enactment of curriculum from a critical perspective. It reflects how the powerful group benefits from current curriculum by influencing the educational culture. It also seeks to identify the Western educational ideas which challenge Chinese education and have a substantial influence on Shanghai's curriculum development. The study was conducted from a critical perspective based on João M. Paraskeva’s Itinerant Curriculum Theory (ICT) and Stuart Hall’s Reception Theory when understanding culture.

ICT believes that education is never neutral but is instead shaped by forces. According to ICT, curriculum is not simply a set of instructional materials or lesson plans but is instead a complex social and cultural artifact that reflects and reinforces power dynamics in society. Apple (2000) and Giroux (1989) also viewed curriculum as developing and reviving forms of consciousness that allow for the maintenance of social power and social control without the need for dominant groups to use overt dominance methods. Therefore, educational research that is truly critical must consider how education interacts with economic, cultural, and political power (Apple, 2000). In this study, culture is the focus. Additionally, teachers, whether consciously or unconsciously, are aiding the dominant group in this domineering conduct (Giroux, 1989). This study tried to identify the level of dominance by analyzing teachers’ perceptions of curriculum.

Culture, according to Stenhouse (1971:55), is ‘‘a kind of mental common denominator, a shared store of complex understandings achieved between mind and mind. It comprises the ideas generally accepted within any group. Education is essentially a group process in schools or classes depending upon communication.’’ However, from a critical perspective, the question locates at ‘who shapes the culture or who’s in the leading position of shaping the culture?’ To answer this questions, Stuart Hall’s work must need to be mentioned. Culture, according to Hall (2007), is a site of interpretive conflict. It changes continuously throughout history as a result of the ongoing "play" of power. The prevailing cultural order is "produced" and "reproduced" by the powerful group for their own purposes. The dominating processing is aided by the media (Ibid, 2007) where curriculum policy is one of in dominating the educational culture. Hall’s (2007) Reception Theory claims that producers encode (create/insert) a range of signals into media texts, which consumers subsequently decode (understand). Simply enough, what we see is a "re-presentation" of what the producers want us to see. Audiences or readers interpret messages into one of three categories: Dominant Messages, Negotiated Messages, or Oppositional Messages, depending on whether they fully or partially agree with the producers. By identifying different categories of messages, this study shows how teachers have been struggling with the current educational culture.

Additionally, the risk of Eurocentric culture is another point raised by ICT. The dissemination of hegemonic forms of Western knowledge, according to Paraskeva (2016:241), "are precisely the institutionalisations of a linguistic or cultural epistemicide." Since 2004, Shanghai has been promoting the concept of "suyangjiaoyu" (TMES, 2004). This concept was heavily influenced by the OECD's and the USA's twenty-first-century competencies-skills frameworks. Shanghai’s curriculum has been enthusiastically embracing these Western epistemic presumptions as an "advanced and scientific" process that will enable Shanghai's curriculum to catch up with the West. But simultaneously, it turns China into "a silenced and different genealogy of thought" (Paraskeva, 2016:80). Shanghai’s curriculum must be decolonized in order to promote "cognitive justice" and "ecologies of knowledges" (Santos, 2016). In this study, teachers' responses reflected which parts of Shanghai’s curriculum have been deeply influenced by the West and which aspects, as they believe, should adhere to traditional Chinese educational ideas.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study was conducted in a qualitative approach. To gather information, an online interview was used. Every teacher was given a personal invitation to Zoom so they could each discuss how they understood Shanghai’s curriculum and how it was implemented in schools and classes. The recruitment of teachers was done by using snowball sampling approach. Teachers were required for currently working in public primary schools of Shanghai. There were only full-time teachers chosen. Part-time teachers in Shanghai are not subject to any applicable teaching standards, which could cause the data to be skewed because part-timers in Shanghai may not be conversant with curriculum guidelines. While only audio recordings were downloaded and transcribed for analysis, the whole interview process was recorded. Reflexive Thematic Analysis (RTA), developed by Braun and Clarke (2013), was chosen for data analysis. The researcher worked on the participant's transcripts by familiarizing them, coding them, looking for themes, going through themes, and defining and renaming themes. Based on ICT and Reception Theory’s framework, participants' responses were divided into Dominant Messages, Negotiated Messages, and Oppositional Messages. Subthemes like the explanations and recommendations were also grouped under the "Messages" themes. These revealed the degree to which the powerful group had been influencing the curriculum and the educational culture. On the other hand, based on ICT, topics connected to Shanghai's curriculum being impacted by the West were also significant component. The researcher demonstrated various ways that Shanghai's curriculum had been "colonized" by Western educational ideas by analyzing and improving instructors' responses.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings show that although teachers expect Shanghai’s curriculum to be shifted from exam-oriented to ‘‘suyangjiaoyu’’, the educational culture is still dominated by positivism’s ideas. It links closely to the transmission of knowledge and skills that are valued by society in benefiting economy. The main role of the teacher is still to impart this knowledge and skills to the student through structured and standardized methods of instruction. Moreover, there’s a trend that parents and communities are getting more involved in supporting student’s academic progress, which as the researcher believes has strengthened positivism’s influence in Shanghai’s educational culture. This has even further benefited the powerful group in maintaining their power and social position. On the other hand, teachers understanding of ‘‘suyangjiaoyu’’ is replete with modern and Western educational ideas where it has been treated the same as skills/competency-based curriculum. However, the recommended Western teaching and learning strategies in classes such as play-based learning and interdisciplinary learning did not work successfully in Shanghai’s classes. This suggests further research in re-considering the meaning of ‘‘suyangjiaoyu’’ and looking for other teaching and learning strategies extracting from Chinese traditional schools in order to fit Shanghai’s situation.
References
Apple, M. (2000). Ideology and curriculum 4th Edition. Routledge.

Braun, V., and V. Clarke. (2013). Successful Qualitative Research: A Practical Guide for Beginners. London: Sage.

Giroux, H. (1989). Ideology, Culture and the Process of Schooling. Temple University Press.

Hall, S. (2007). Encoding and decoding in the television discourse. CCCS selected working papers. 402-414. Routledge.

Paraskeva, J. M. (2016). Curriculum epistemicide: Towards an Itinerant Curriculum Theory.
Routledge.

Santos, B. S. (2016). Epistemologies of the south: Justice against epistemicide. Routledge.

Stenhouse, L. (1971). Culture and Education. Redwood Press Limited, Trowbridge & London.

TMES (The Ministry of Education of Shanghai) (2004). Curriculum Standards for Ordinary Primary and Secondary Schools of Shanghai.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Revising the Curriculum – the Swedish Case of Upper Secondary Psychology in 2023

Ebba Christina Blåvarg

Stockholm University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Blåvarg, Ebba Christina

The study focuses on the present reform of Swedish Upper Secondary School curricula and in particular the revision of the subject Psychology. Since 2021, the Swedish National Board of Education is in the process of implementing a grading reform where the course grades that were previously valid are to be replaced by subject grades (Skolverket, 2023). Consequently, the various school subject syllabi must be revised so that each level in a subject build on the previous ones. Today's Swedish curriculum system is made up of various separate courses, which may differ from each other in content, although within the same subject area, and each of which is graded separately throughout the upper secondary education. An underlying reason for the subject grading reform is, among other things, to dispose of the fragmentation of subjects that arose with the course grading system and to open up for more acceptable planning conditions for teachers and students. In order to be able to implement the new grading reform, all Swedish syllabi for upper secondary school must be reworked. For some school subjects such as for instance civics or language, the subject content and structure will be largely the same as before. For other subjects, including Psychology, a major revision is required where the subject content is revised in its entirety. This work is currently underway and is expected to be completed in 2024. I will describe and discuss and problematize aspects of tradition, focusing chiefly on the work with the school subject psychology.

The research questions concern how a subject change in terms of purpose with the subject and how this can come to light in a curricular revision. In this study special attention is paid to the new formation of the subject Psychology, in relation to existing traditions within the subject Psychology and consider it as a subject for Bildung, as a subject for proficiency, and as a subject based on experience. This approach to study subject reforms has been previously applied on other subjects such as Swedish (Hultin, 2008). The public drafts of the syllabi for Psychology, from January 2023, will be analyzed in relation to the historic formation of the subject (Blåvarg 2018; Blåvarg, manuscript). Also, the outcome of the current referral procedure, where authorities, organizations and other stakeholders can comment on the proposals, and consequential changes that the referrals give rise to, will be considered in relation to the existing traditions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The material for this study of the Swedish case of curriculum revision consists of governing document such as national curricula: the Upper Secondary School Curriculum of 1965 (Skolöverstyrelsen, 1965), the Upper Secondary School of 1970 (Skolöverstyrelsen, 1970), Curriculum for Upper Secondary School. 2, Supplement. Psychology (Skolöverstyrelsen 1979), The 1994 Curriculum for the Non-Compulsory School System (Skolverket, 1994), Upper Secondary School 2000 (Skolverket 2000), Upper Secondary School 2011 (Skolverket 2011) and Upper Secondary School 2022 (SKOLFS 2022:13) other policy documents, collected referral responses from authorities, organizations, and the public and other process documents from the work with the curriculum and the subject plans. As being part of the workgroup writing the new syllabi comprehensive records of the formulation process will be added.
The overall focus in this study of the upper secondary school subject psychology in Sweden as a case study (e.g., Crowe et al., 2011; Öhman & Öhman, 2012; Samuelsson & Michaëlsson, 2022) and the manifestation of traditions of Bildung, proficiency and experience (e.g., Hultin, 2008), mediated in the documents accompanying the revision of the subject.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected findings are expressions of the various traditions in the subject psychology within the current syllabi and that responses from the referral will correspond to these traditions depending on previous experience of the subject. Also, parallels to and reflections of the subject’s historical curricular formation is expected to be evident. Overall, even though the aim of the psychology subject on upper secondary level has in some views remained the same it has also fundamentally changed in its relation to contemporary society and the educational ambition with the subject psychology today can be seen as distinctly different from what it was in the previous curricula, but that the traditions within the subject are still evident and developing with the subject.

References
Blåvarg, Ebba Christina (2018). Psychology in the Swedish curriculum - Theory, introspection or preparation for the adult, occupational life. In: G. J Rich, A. Padilla-López, L. K. de Souza, L. Zinkiewicz, J. Taylor & J. L. S. Binti Jaafar. Teaching Psychology Around the World, Vol 4. Cambridge Scholars Publishing
Blåvarg, Ebba Christina (manuscript). Psykologi på schemat – formeringen av ett skolämnet, 1960–2015. [Psychology on the agenda – the formation of a school subject, 1960–2015.] Stockholm University.
Crowe S, Cresswell K, Robertson A, Huby G, Avery A, Sheikh A (2011). The case study approach. BMC Med Res Methodol, 11(100). doi: 10.1186/1471-2288-11-100. PMID: 21707982; PMCID: PMC3141799
Hultin, Eva (2008). Gymnasiereformen och svenskämnets traditioner. [The high school reform and the traditions of the Swedish subject.] Utbildning & Demokrati, 17(1), 99-108.
Öhman, Marie & Öhman, Johan. (2012). Harmoni eller konflikt? – en fallstudie av meningsinnehållet i utbildning för hållbar utveckling. “Harmony or conflict? – A case study of the conceptual meaning of education for sustainable development.” Nordina: Nordic Studies in Science Education, 8(1). https://doi-org.ezp.sub.su.se/10.5617/nordina.359
Samuelsson, Johan & Michaëlsson, Madelenie (2022). Funding of Progressive Education, 1891–1954: A Swedish Case. Nordic Journal of Educational History, 8(2). https://doi-org.ezp.sub.su.se/10.36368/njedh.v8i2.294
SKOLFS 2022:13. Läroplan för gymnasieskolan. [Curriculum for Upper Secondary School.] Skolverket.
Skolöverstyrelsen (1965). Lgy 65. Läroplan för gymnasiet. [Curriculum for Upper Secondary School.] Stockholm: SÖ-förlaget URI: http://hdl.handle.net/2077/50913
Skolöverstyrelsen (1970). Lgy 70. Läroplan för gymnasieskolan. Allmän del. [Curriculum for Upper Secondary School. 1, General part.] Stockholm: utbildningsförlaget. URI: http://hdl.handle.net/2077/30914
Skolöverstyrelsen (1979). Läroplan för gymnasieskolan. 2, Supplement, 48, Psykologi [Curriculum for Upper Secondary School. 2, Supplement. Psychology.] URI: http://hdl.handle.net/2077/31351
Skolverket (1994a). The 1994 curriculum for the non-compulsory school system (Lpf 94). URI: http://hdl.handle.net/2077/30806
Skolverket (1994b). Läroplaner för det obligatoriska skolväsendet och de frivilliga skolformerna: Lpo 94: Lpf 94 [Curricula for Compulsory and Non-compulsory Schools: Lpo 94: Lpf 94.] URI: http://hdl.handle.net/2077/31298
Skolverket (2011a). Gymnasieskola 2011. [Upper Secondary School 2011.]
Skolverket (2011b). Ämne – psykologi. [Subject – Psychology.]
Skolverket (2012). Upper Secondary School 2011.
Skolverket, 2023. Ämnesbetygsreformen. [The subject grading reform.] Hämtad 2023-01-31. https://www.skolverket.se/undervisning/gymnasieskolan/aktuella-forandringar-pa-gymnasial-niva/amnesbetygsreformen


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Notions of Curriculum in Primary Teachers’ Life Histories in Cyprus (mid-1950s to mid-2010s): Tracing Change as a Constant of Governance

Stavroula Philippou, Stavroula Kontovourki

University of Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Philippou, Stavroula

In this paper we trace notions of ‘curriculum’ as emerging in sociopolitical and historicized contexts, where both constancy and change are possible, through the life histories of Greek-Cypriot primary teachers across six cohorts that correspond to different periods (late 1950s-2010s). By tracing such narrated notions, we highlight how they are connected to an institutional context marked by both change and constants. Inquiring into the various definitions of ‘curriculum’ in the literature, we note that it was used in education (along with class) to organize the whole multi-year course (in all years and subjects) by the principles of disciplina (a sense of structural coherence) and ordo (a sense of structural sequencing) in some of the first European universities (Hamilton, 1989/2009). This rationality of organizing and planning schooling through curricula or different types, tracks and grades also informed the spread of mandatory public schooling through which curricula were mobilized as a mechanism of modernist governance of populations by nation-states (Ball, 2013). In such contexts of administration and governance ‘curriculum’ has largely been conceptualized as institutionalized text, embedded in various practices, but materially manifested in the form of official curricular documents, (subject-area) syllabi, guides or frameworks, plans (of content or subject-matter), course outlines, programmes of instruction, timetables for any or all subjects. These constitute what Doyle names ‘programmatic curriculum’, locating it between its ‘societal’, and ‘classroom/instructional’ representations of curriculum (1992a; 1992b) or between Deng, Gopinathan and Lee’s (2013) ‘policy’ and ‘classroom curriculum making’ because it ‘translates the ideals and expectations embodied in the policy curriculum into programmes, school subjects, and curricular frameworks’ (p. 7). How the programmatic curriculum is specifically materialized, its ‘technical form’ Luke, Woods & Weir (2012) argue, is replete with power issues: inspired by Foucault’s (1972) ‘grids of specification’, ‘that is an institutional structure for mapping human knowledge and human subjects’ (Luke et al., 2012, p.3), the technical form has implications for the selection, classification and hierarchization of important and valued school knowledge; grids do this as they ‘divide, contrast, regroup and derive what will constitute, now, from the unlimited possibilities available’ the curriculum. The technical form also has significant ramifications for teacher professionalism because ‘high definition, or extremely elaborated, detailed and enforced technical specifications and low definition, that is, less elaborated, detailed and constrained curriculum act as degrees of central prescription’ (p. 7, authors’ emphasis) and constrain or enable it; respectively they encourage or discourage ‘teacher and student autonomous action, critical analyses of local contexts, teachers’ bending and shaping of curriculum to respond to particular students’ needs and to particular school and community contingencies’ (p. 7). Such problematizations of ‘high definition’ forms could be inspired by a distinction between the institutional and the instructional context, the latter situated, diverse, contingent and unpredictable, materialized as ‘classroom’ or ‘enacted’ curriculum which ‘entails transforming the programmatic curriculum (embodied in curriculum materials) into “educative” experiences for students’ (Deng, Gopinathan and Lee, 2013, p. 7). Pragmatist, historical, (auto)biographical and poststructural approaches (e.g. Doyle, 1992a; Pinar & Grumet, 1976/2015; Clandinin & Connelly, 1992), for instance, have been problematizing bureaucratic and managerial discourse through which curriculum is constituted as a regulative apparatus to achieve consistency, conformity and control of how teachers and students should be acting and performing in schools; instead, the ‘complexity of curriculum making at the societal, institutional and classroom levels’ (Deng, 2021, p. 1670) requires our empirical attention; we argue that in this study we highlight the complexities of translating the programmatic into the instructional curriculum by tracing how teachers narrate its enactment over the last 60 years, in an institutional context where central prescription has been constant, yet changing.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper combines data from two studies that draw on biographical research and life history interviewing to develop a history ‘from below’ of teacher professionalism and of the teaching profession over six decades in the Republic of Cyprus (mid-1950s to mid-2010s). Central in these inquiries are the life histories of 58 Greek-Cypriot elementary teachers who studied in local public institutions and fall into six cohorts roughly corresponding to each of the six decades of interest. Participating teachers have varied characteristics in terms of their gendered identities, academic credentials, place of residence, and types of schools where they served, while each cohort shares experiences in terms of their higher education and credentials (from teacher college and pedagogical academy diplomas in the former cohorts to university degrees and postgraduate education in the latter ones) and the profession’s attractiveness and social status.  Following a biographic research approach, we collected data through multiple, semi-structured life history interviews with each of the participants, following a three-step process which, as described by Goodson (2008), involves the conducting, transcription and sharing of in-depth interviews whereby participants are provided opportunities to narrate, amend, and expand their life histories.  Interviews were complemented with the collection of personal artifacts and official documents circulated around significant time periods, as those emerged in the participants’ hi/stories. Individual teachers’ life histories were thematically analyzed, followed by the cross-analysis of life hi/stories within and across cohorts. For the purposes of this paper, thematic and cross-analysis of teachers’ life hi/stories was based on axial coding of emic codes that adhered to teachers’ perceptions of curriculum at different points of their professional careers and, especially, at times of curriculum change and educational reform. Given that interviews were conducted in Greek, a language in which the term mainly used has been ‘Αναλυτικό Πρόγραμμα’ (in the singular or plural) (Analytical programme) or ‘Πρόγραμμα Σπουδών’ (Programme of Study) when denoting official texts (Author A, 2014), we accounted for teachers’ verbatim use of these terms, but also traced more subtle or broad meanings of the (school) curriculum as they referred to planning, textbooks, teaching materials, tools, guides, guidelines as well as purposes-objectives, activities, methods/pedagogy and assessment.  Doing so, we were interested in identifying different notions of curriculum, but to primarily trace the ways in which it was materialized and served as a key governance mechanism that persisted, despite changes in its instantiations over time.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In teachers' narrations, the programmatic curriculum appeared in different forms, yet all cohorts connected it with subject-area textbooks. This constant relates to curriculum enactment as teachers’ primary field of action, yet points to materializations of the programmatic in a centralized educational system relying on the monopoly of single, state-designed and distributed textbooks. In this form, curriculum thus orders knowledge by marking distinctions between subject areas and delineating distinct pedagogical/teaching practices. The introduction of new curriculum texts in 2010 marked a significant shift away from textbooks, especially for cohorts serving as classroom teachers at that time. ‘Curriculum’ appeared widely to refer to official institutional text in teachers’ narrated attempts to mediate it in classroom contexts.  This later involved a change in technical form, as those official texts were restructured into ‘success and efficiency indicators’ in 2016, to map subject-specific skills, knowledge, and competences onto detailed grids and match those to appropriate teaching methods. Curriculum, as compilation of ‘indicators’ and pedagogy, overtly classified and organized school knowledge, despite teachers’ reports of official guidelines intending to make space for localized enactments. Yet, official practices (e.g., detailing methodology, adjusting or designing materials to match indicators) and teachers’ demands for guidance perplexed this possibility. Moreover, reports that teachers performatively utilized ‘indicators’ only upon planning (rather vice versa) or considered them as their familiar ‘goals and objectives,’ suggested challenging their newness or usefulness. Curriculum and related terminology were strikingly scarce in the narrations of youngest cohort of teachers mostly employed in part-time, non-permanent positions and only possible to utilize “indicators” in exceptions (substituting classroom teachers or preparing for teacher appointment state exams). Exploring such overt and nuanced notions of the curriculum, we thus discuss how the programmatic, in its varied forms and shapes, has constantly sorted not only school knowledge but also teachers as professionals.
References
Author A, 2014

Ball, S. J. (2013). Foucault, power and education. New York and London: Routledge.

Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (1992). Teacher as curriculum maker. In P. Jackson (Ed.), Handbook of curriculum (pp. 363–461). New York, NY: Macmillan.

Deng, Z. (2021). Powerful knowledge, transformations and Didaktik/curriculum thinking. British Educational Research Journal, 47(6), 1652–1674.

Deng, Z., Gopinathan, S., & Lee, C. K. E. (Eds.) (2013). Globalization and the Singapore curriculum: From policy to classroom. Singapore: Springer

Doyle, W. (1992a). Curriculum and pedagogy. In P. W. Jackson (Ed.), Handbook of research on curriculum (pp. 486–516). New York: Macmillan.

Doyle, W. (1992b). Constructing curriculum in the classroom. In F. K. Oser, A. Dick,
& J. Patry (Eds.), Effective and responsible teaching: The new syntheses (pp. 66–79). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Foucault, M. (1972). The archaeology of knowledge (A. M. Sheridan Smith, Trans.). London: Tavistock Publications Limited.

Goodson, I. (2008). Investigating the teacher’s life and work. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.

Hamilton, D. (1989/2013). Towards a theory of schooling. London: Routledge.
Luke, Α., Woods, Α., & Weir, Κ. (Eds.) (2012). Curriculum, syllabus design and equity: A primer and model.  New York, NY: Routledge.

Pinar, W. F./Grumet, M. R. (1976/2015). Toward a Poor Curriculum (3rd ed.). Kingston, NY: Educator’s International Press.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm04 SES 13 A: Values in Inclusion
Location: Gilbert Scott, One A Ferguson Room [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Kyriaki (Kiki) Messiou
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

The Relationship Between Romani Students' School Dropout Tendency and Perceived Social Support and School Happiness

Ayse Kazanci-Tinmaz

ONDOKUZ MAY UNIVERSITY, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Kazanci-Tinmaz, Ayse

Equality of opportunity in education requires the equal provision of educational services to all segments of society. In this respect, countries legally guarantee equality of opportunity in education. However, not all individuals can benefit equally from the right to education, which is one of the most fundamental rights of the individual. Disadvantaged students need help with access to education and attendance at school. Especially, Romani students have significant educational problems (Alvarez, et al., 2016; Çiftçi, 2019; Díaz-Vicario, Asparó, & Ceacero, 2019; Kumcagiz et al., 2018; Okutan & Turgut, 2018; Sarıtaş & Çoban, 2022).

The main problem of Romani students is school absenteeism and dropout (Kumcağız et al., 2018; Mercan-Uzun & Tüm, 2015; Tor, 2017). Economic conditions and the perception of exclusion constitute an obstacle to education for Romani children (Ministry of Family and Social Policies, 2016; Çiftçi, 2019; Kumcagiz et al., 2018; Okutan & Turgut, 2018). Another obstacle is families who care less about their children and children's education (Çiftçi, 2019; Sarıtaş & Çoban, 2022). The inability to access qualified schools, the inadequacy of study environments, and the lack of people who can get support in their classes cause them to stay away from school (Genç, et al., 2015). For these reasons, these children prefer to start working early to help their families or marry at a young age. In other words, Romani children are both isolated from social life, and their poverty in the family continues in a cycle (Okutan & Turgut, 2018).

In order to prevent these problems, the factors that will bind them to the school should be investigated. This study focuses on the tendency to drop out of school, which is one of the most critical problems of Romani students. The research aims to reveal the relationship between the tendency to drop out of school and the social support students perceive from their families, teachers, and friends and their school happiness. This study will contribute to the literature as it focuses on the relationship between the variables that affect the school dropout of Romani children. Thus, scientific suggestions for Romani students will be presented regarding school-based practices and general education policies.

In this regard, the aims of the study are stated below:

1. What is the level of school dropout tendencies, perceived social support, and school happiness of Romani students?

2. Is there a significant relationship between the perceived social support and school happiness of Romani students and their tendency to drop out?

3. Are the perceived social support, school happiness, and demographic characteristics of Romani students a significant predictor of their tendency to drop out?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is a correlational survey model. The study's dependent variable is the tendency to drop out; the independent variables are perceived social support, school happiness, and some demographic variables. The research target population is Romani students studying at the secondary school level in a city in the northern part of Turkey. There are three schools in the Roman neighborhood in the research sample. The data collection tool used Personal Information Form, School Experiences Scale, Social Support Assessment Scale for Children, and Oxford Happiness Scale-Short Form. In the Personal Information Form, gender, age, grade level, number of siblings, birth order, parents' education level, and monthly income levels. The School Experience Scale was developed by Yorğun (2014) to measure students' school dropout tendencies. The scale is triple Likert type; there are seven dimensions and 25 items. The Social Support Assessment Scale for children was developed by Dubow and Ullman (1989) to evaluate how students perceive the social support they receive from their friends, families, and teachers. It was adapted into Turkish by Gökler (2007); there are 41 items on the scale, and it has three dimensions: teacher support, family support, and friend support. The Oxford Happiness Scale-Short Form was developed by Hills and Argyle (2002) and adapted into Turkish by Doğan and Çötok (2011). The scale is one-dimensional, and there are seven items on the scale.
 SPSS 22 will be used to analyze the obtained data. After the preliminary analyses, the assumptions of each analysis will be checked. In the first question of the research, descriptive statistics such as arithmetic mean and standard deviation will be used; in the second question, either t-test and ANOVA from parametric tests or non-parametric equivalents of these tests will be used, depending on the assumptions. In the third question, the direction and level of the relations between the variables will be calculated with correlation coefficients. Finally, multiple linear regression analysis will test whether the independent variables significantly predict the dependent variable.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a result of the research, Roman students' dropout tendencies, perceived social support, and school happiness is expected to moderate. A high negative correlation is expected between the perceived social support of Roma students from their teachers, families, and friends and their tendency to drop out. A high negative correlation is expected between school happiness and school dropout tendencies of Romani students. Another expected result is that school happiness has a mediating effect on the relationship between school dropout and the perceived social support of Romani students.
References
Alvarez, A., Parra, I., Gamella, J. F. (2018). Why do most Gitano/Romani students not complete compulsory secondary education in Spain? Uncovering the view of the educational community using concept mapping. SHS Web of Conferences. DOI: 10.1051/ 201
Çiftçi, B. (2019). Opinions of teachers, students, and parents on the socio-economic difficulties experienced by Romany students in Terzibayiri in the Turkish education system. Master Thesis, Sakarya Üniversitesi Eğitim Bilimleri Enstitüsü, Sakarya.  
Díaz-Vicario, Asparó, A. C. & Ceacero, D. C. (2019). Factors that hinder access to and persistence in post-compulsory education: A challenge for vulnerable groups in Spain, Research in Post-Compulsory Education, 24(4), 401-423, DOI: 10.1080/13596748.2019.1654680
Doğan, T. & Çötok, N. (2011). Oxford mutluluk ölçeği Türkçe uyarlaması: Geçerlik ve güvenirlik çalışması. Türk Psikolojik Danışma ve Rehberlik Dergisi, 4(36), 165-172.
Dubow, E. F., & Ullman, D. G. (1989). Assessing social support in elementary school children: The survey of children's social support. J Clin Child Psychol, 18(1),52-64.
Genç, Y., Taylan, H. H., & Barış, İ. (2015). The perception of social exclusion and its role in the education and academic achievement of Romani children. The Journal of Academic Social Science Studies, (33), 79-97.
Gökler, I. (2017). Çocuk ve ergenler için sosyal destek değerlendirme ölçeği Türkçe formunun uyarlama çalişmasi: Faktör yapısı, geçerlik ve güvenirliği. Çocuk ve Gençlik Ruh Sağlığı Dergisi, 14(2), 90-99.
Hills, P., & Argyle, M. (2002). The Oxford Happiness Questionnaire: A compact scale for the measurement of psychological well-being. Personality and Individual Differences, 33, 1073-1082.
Kumcağız, H., Özcan, Ö., & Şahin, C. (2018). Views of students, teachers, and parents on school absenteeism among Roman children and possible solutions.  Okul Psikolojik Danışmanlığı Dergisi, 1(1), 54-85.
Mercan-Uzun, E., & Bütün, E. (2015). Causes of Romani children's absence from school and its effects on children. Hacettepe Üniversitesi Sağlık Bilimleri Fakültesi Dergisi, 1(2), 315-327.
Ministry of Family and Social Policies. (2016). Roman vatandaşlara yönelik strateji belgesi (2016-2021). Link: https://www.aile.gov.tr/duyurular/roman-vatandaslara-yonelik-strateji-belgesi-2016-2021-ii-asama-eylem-plani-2019-2021/
Okutan, E., & Turgut, R. (2018).  Evaluation of child poverty in terms of Romani children, who are a different ethnic group.  Avrasya Sosyal ve Ekonomi Araştırmaları Dergisi, 5(8), 132-146.
Sarıtaş, S., & Çoban, U. (2022). On the sustainability of Roman children’s education: Case of Balikesir. Türkiye Sosyal Hizmet Araştırmaları Dergisi, 6(2), 128-142.
Tor, H. (2017). Teachers’ views on Romany children’s failure in schools. Journal of Research in Education and Teaching, 6(3), 91-98.
Yorğun, A. (2014). Examination of school dropout risk in high school students. Doctoral Thesis. Hacettepe Üniversitesi Eğitim Bilimleri Enstitüsü, Ankara.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Engaging in Dialogues with Students: Valuing Diversity

Kyriaki {Kiki} Messiou

University of Southampton, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Messiou, Kyriaki {Kiki}

This paper focuses on knowledge and practices that can emerge through research that actively involves school students, and the potentials that this can have for transforming learning contexts and valuing diversity. Using illustrative examples from two international studies that involved both primary and secondary schools in five countries (Austria, Denmark, England, Portugal, Spain), the paper will argue that collaborative action research can be a way for fostering student diversity in school contexts.

Research involving schools is usually dominated by perspectives explored and brought to the surface by either university researchers, or those that are co-constructed between researchers and teachers. What is less common is having students in schools being part of such processes (Hadfield and Haw, 2001). This paper focuses on knowledge and practices that can emerge through research that actively involves primary and secondary school students, and the potentials that this can have for transforming contexts. In line with this Network’s Call, the paper will illustrate how involving school students in research can promote valuing student diversity within schools. Drawing examples from two interconnected international collaborative action research studies, the paper will address the following questions:

  • How can students be actively involved in research in schools?
  • How can such approaches promote valuing of diversity?
  • What kinds of knowledge and practices emerge through such research?

Students’ voices, have been given a prominent role in research and in education, especially since the UN Convention of the Rights of the Child (1989). However, Thiessen (2007) points out that a range of earlier educators and scholars had set the foundations for such a focus on students’ experiences, such as Pestalozzi in 1912, Dewey in 1916 and Montessori in 1966.

Nowadays, the term student voice is mostly associated with expressions of views, either through verbal or non-verbal means (Thomson, 2008). Mazzei (2009) argues that it is impossible to have voice fully captured in research, whilst St Pierre (2009) points out that participants’ voices in qualitative research may have been burdened with too much weight. At the same time, student voice has been linked to active and meaningful participation, and having an active role in decision-making processes (Cook-Sather, 2006).

Such involvement can be the result of initiatives where students have taken the role of student researchers, which in practice closely link to Youth Participatory Action Research (YPAR) principles: “(1) the collective investigation of a problem that directly addresses the needs of youth involved, (2) the reliance on marginalized youth knowledge that validates and incorporates their lived experiences, and (3) the desire to take collective action to improve the lives of oppressed youth.” (Desai, 2019, p.127).

Within such collective actions, the notion of dialogue can be a strong feature, between children and young people and their classmates, but also between adults (teachers) and students, which is the position adopted in this paper. In using the term dialogue, the definition of Lodge (2005) is adopted, who argues that this “…is more than conversation, it is the building of shared narrative. Dialogue is about engagement with others through talk to arrive at a point one would not get to alone” (p. 134). In other words, both teachers and students can arrive at decisions together, through engagement with different views and collaborative ways of working.

Collaborative action research was the methodology employed in the two interconnected studies (Author & another Author, 2015; Author et al, 2016; Author and another author, 2020), from which the examples of this paper are drawn. The discussion will focus on how collaborative action research involving researchers, teachers and school students can facilitate the development of inclusive thinking and practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The studies involved university researchers working collaboratively with teachers and children in 30 primary schools and eight secondary schools. Collaborative action research involves “different stakeholders functioning as co-researchers’ (p. 345, Mitchell, Reilly, & Logue, 2009). In this case, both teachers and school students took the role of co-researchers, using a specific approach: Inclusive Inquiry.

Inclusive inquiry involves three phases: Plan, Teach and Analyse, and a series of twelve steps included in a Levels of Use instrument. In practice, trios of teachers cooperated with students  in their classes to find ways of including all children in their lessons, particularly those who are seen as ‘hard to reach’ in some ways (e.g. migrants, those having special educational needs, or others who are marginalised in schools). These students received training to become researchers, learning how to use research techniques to gather the views of their classmates.

Following the training, the student researchers collected and analysed their classmates’ views. The teachers then worked with these students to design a lesson, taking into account the views of all the children. The lesson was taught by one of the teachers, whilst the other teachers and children researchers observed, with a focus on the responses of class members. This was followed by a discussion to refine the lesson in the light of the observers’ comments and all children’s views who took part in the lesson. The process was repeated three times and at the end implications for practice were identified.

Dialogues amongst teachers and their students about how to make lessons more inclusive are a key feature of the approach. This dialogue uses differences of views amongst students and teachers, to challenge existing thinking and practices in ways that are intended to overcome barriers that are limiting the engagement of some learners.

Detailed lesson observations, interviews with the student researchers and discussions during the planning of the lessons, as well as after the lessons, between teachers and students were analysed collaboratively by the researchers, teachers and student researchers.  ‘Group interpretive processes’ (Ainscow, Booth and Dyson, 2006) were used for analysis and interpretation. These processes established trustworthiness, using the member check approach recommended by Lincoln and Guba (1985). In addition, accounts of practice (a total of 783 pages) that were prepared collaboratively between researchers and teachers were analysed thematically.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings

Analysis of data highlighted how Inclusive Inquiry allowed students to be actively involved and take part in decision making in schools. At the same time, the approach facilitated teachers’ professional learning and transformation of practices within school contexts. Finally, through Inclusive Inquiry, different perspectives (those of adults and of school students) came together through a process of dialogue. This led to a better understanding of diverse perspectives, valuing diversity and the transformation of existing thinking and practices.

However, such approaches are demanding and require transformation of existing thinking and practices.  As Fielding (2004) argues, “Transformation requires a rupture of the ordinary and this demands as much of teachers as it does of students. Indeed, it requires a transformation of what it means to be a student; what it means to be a teacher. In effect, it requires the intermingling and interdependence of both.” (p. 296).  We know from earlier research that teachers may be sometimes reluctant to engage with the views of students (e.g. Kaplan, 2008; Author and another author, 2015), not accepting their ideas as being valid or worthy of attention. It could also be argued that much of the research relating to student voice runs the risk of marginalising certain voices, such as those of adults, in an effort to give weight to students’ views that have been traditionally marginalised.  This has implications about how research is done, by whom and whom it benefits.  

It will be argued that through collaborative action research we can explore future ways of working in schools and in research, and directly benefit potentially marginalised students, such as those from disadvantaged socioeconomic backgrounds, those defined as having special educational needs, Travellers, etc.. At the same time, through such approaches we can facilitate efforts towards valuing diversity in research and in schools.  

References
(N.B. author’s references not included)

Ainscow, M., T. Booth, and A. Dyson (2006). Improving Schools, Developing Inclusion. London: Routledge.

Cook-Sather, A. (2006). “Sound, Presence, and Power: “Student Voice” in Educational Research and Reform.” Curriculum Inquiry, 36 (4): 359–390.

Desai, S.R. (2019) Youth Participatory Action Research: The Nuts and Bolts as well as the Roses and Thorns, in K.K. Strunk and L.A Locke (2019) (Eds) Research Methods for Social Justice and Equity in Education.  Switzerland: Palgrave Macmillan.


Fielding, M. (2004). Transformative approaches to student voice: Theoretical underpinnings, recalcitrant realities, British Educational Research Journal, 30(2): 295– 311.

Hadfield, M. & Haw, K. (2001) ‘Voice’, young people and action research, Educational Action Research, 9:3, 485-502.

Kaplan, I. (2008) Being ‘seen’ being ‘heard’: Engaging with students on the margins of education through participatory photography. In Thomson, P. (Ed.) Doing Visual Research with Children and Young People. London: Routledge.

Lincoln, Y. S. and Guba, E. G. (1985) Naturalistic Inquiry. London: SAGE.

Lodge, C. (2005). “From Hearing Voices to Engaging in Dialogue: Problematising Student Participation in School Improvement.” Journal of Educational Change 6: 125–146.

Mazzei, L.A. (2009). An impossibly full voice, A.Y. Jackson and L.A. Mazzei (Eds.) Voice in Qualitative Inquiry: Challenging Conventional, interpretive, and critical conceptions in qualitative research. (45-62) London and New York: Routledge.

Mitchell, S. N., Reilly, R. C., & Logue, M. E. (2009) Benefits of collaborative action research for the beginning teacher. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25, 344- 349.

St Pierre, E.A. (2009). Afterword: Decentering voice in qualitative inquiry, in A.Y. Jackson  and L.A. Mazzei (Eds) Voice in Qualitative Inquiry: Challenging Conventional, interpretive, and critical conceptions in qualitative research. pp.221-236, London and New York: Routledge.

Thiessen, D. (2007) Researching student experiences in elementary and secondary school: an emerging field of study, in D. Thiessen, and A.  Cook-Sather (Eds) International Handbook of Student Experience in Elementary and Secondary School (p. 1-77). Netherlands: Springer.

Thomson, P. (Ed.) (2008). Doing Visual Research with Children and Young People. London: Routledge.

United Nations (1989). The UN Convention on the Rights of the Child. New York: United Nations.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm04 SES 13 B: Building Inclusion Through Collaboration and Interconnectedness
Location: Gilbert Scott, Forehall [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Clare Uytman
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Seeing Me, Seeing You: Partner-Led Co-creation of Resources to Represent Disability in Education Settings.

Clare Uytman, Sian Jones, Catriona Rennie

Queen Margaret University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Uytman, Clare; Jones, Sian

This research is set against a background which sees increasing access to mainstream schools among children with disabilities across Europe (e.g., Schwab, 2020). Yet, in spite of this, bias against disabled children is widespread among non-disabled school aged children (e.g., Trepanier-Street et al., 2011).

Research suggests intergroup contact (i.e., interaction between social groups) is beneficial for children since it improves social relations between individuals from different groups (e.g., Bagci, et al., 2014). For example, research shows that reading in a book that someone from your group has a friendship with someone from another group (i.e., extended contact) is enough to improve children's attitudes towards disabled children (see Cameron et al., 2011). This finding has implications for the inclusion and peer acceptance of disabled children in mainstream schools. Specifically, it suggests that increased representation of disability, increasing children’s contact with disabled children will promote positive responses from non-disabled children towards their disabled peers in mainstream settings.

In this vein, previous research has indicated that contact in the form of a brief pop-up exhibition and associated resources and activities in schools could similarly change children’s views and discourse in positive ways around disability (Uytman et al. 2022). These resources have been mapped to the Scottish Curriculum for Excellence Experiences and Outcomes (Education Scotland, 2019) and tested in five Scottish Schools with 312 children aged 7-11 years. Findings were in line with adult-participant research, showing that art exhibitions positively portraying disability can challenge discrimination and marginalization of disabled people and engage learners in an exploration of ableism in our societies (e.g., Eisenhauer, 2007). Along these lines, responses to the exhibition from children showed that even in schools not visited by a disabled researcher, children were significantly more likely to say that they knew someone with a disability after the exhibition and activities. Knowing someone with a disability was associated with more positive attitudes towards disability (for example ‘At school, I would talk to a disabled child I did not know’) Children’s stories also indicated a change in their discourse towards the social model of disability: Ken and I are going to go Go karting! He is so much better than me because he uses his wheelchair everyday. He is so cool. My friend Ken is the best (in writing a story about a disabled Ken doll).

Whilst the resource pack for schools is effective in its current state, discussion and feedback from teachers, children and other stakeholders throughout the project highlighted the need for their further development in order to increase their usability. Co-creation of resources is increasingly recognized as critical in popular media, leading to a shift towards inclusive processes of both exhibition curation and artistic intervention (Sandell, 2007). To enable co-creation, focus groups sought views from a range of perspectives towards enhancing the accessibility of the resources. We account for accessibility from a practical perspective (i.e., the ease with which school staff can access and use the resources within an educational setting) but also from an inclusive education perspective, to ensure that all learners are able to use the resource regardless of any impairment. With this in mind, the current research took the reach of a pop-up exhibition and resources a step further in its evaluation – to look at ways in which the resources themselves may be improved through close consultation with key parties. Our objectives were twofold; to examine (1) responses of children towards the resources and (2) to explore key stakeholders’ perceptions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Setting up a series of online and face-to-face focus groups, the project asked disabled children, aged 7-11 years (accompanied by parents), educators and other key stakeholders (e.g., disabled adults, charity representatives, parents of disabled children) about their opinions of the resources as they stood, and about how they could be made both more classroom-friendly, and accessible. Ten participants from each group were recruited via charities, social media and Education networks. Focus groups were arranged with 4-6 participants in each group and were facilitated by two researchers. Each focus group was intended to last for two-hours, allowing time for breaks as needed.  Children were accompanied by their parents, who facilitated communication as needed but every effort was made to ensure that the children were participating fully in the focus groups.

  Prior to taking part participants were sent a full copy of the resources, including images used in the exhibition, the full set of activities and mapping to the Scottish Curriculum for Excellence. This comprises a 41-page PDF document intended for use in schools with activities and additional information for teachers.  Participants were invited to review the pack and respond to a single question in advance of the focus groups: What would be a really good activity to help children understand more about disability? Answers could be given via text, drawing or voice recording and submitted to a secure online dropbox.  These answers formed the basis of the initial focus group discussion which continued with discussion of the resources, the language used, and how these could be improved in terms of representation, accessibility and utility.  

Data from focus groups were analysed thematically to identify aspects of both satisfaction and suggestions for development. These suggestions will now be incorporated into the ongoing development of the resources before being made freely available to teachers and educators via a not-for-profit social enterprise.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Previous findings have shown that existing resources and pop-up exhibition positively affect how children understand, talk about and react to disability. However, there is an awareness of the limitations of the resources in terms of accessibility and utility in a mainstream classroom setting. This study focused on the priorities and needs of the groups most likely to be using these resources in order to maximise their potential.  The adaptations suggested through consultation with these participants encourage us to think about the way in which resources and activities are presented to children.  We are also encouraged to consider how both disabled and non-disabled children interact with them and to ensure that they are as accessible and as engaging as possible.

The language used around discussion of disability is of critical importance. A previous study (Uytman et al, 2022) found a prevalence of medical model understanding in the language used by children to discuss disability before accessing the resources (disability seen as something that needed to be fixed and requiring help from others). Following the exhibition and activities language use moved to a more social model understanding (with discussion of the need for a more accessible environment, and positive examples of achievement).  The current study allowed for this focus on language and other aspects of presentation of the resources to be discussed directly and translated into accessible and practical school resources. With the implementation of the third edition of the National Framework for Inclusion in Scotland (Scottish Universities Inclusion Group, 2022) and a focus on broader right-based approach to inclusive education across Europe (Schwab, S. 2020,  European Agency, 2022), it is ever more important that schools have access to appropriate resources which allow for a focus on positive representation of disability in order to move schools towards successfully fully inclusive practice.

References
Bagci, S. C., Rutland, A., Kumashiro, M., Smith, P. K., & Blumberg, H. (2014). Are minority status children's cross‐ethnic friendships beneficial in a multiethnic context? British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 32(1), 107–115. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjdp.12028

Cameron, L., Rutland, A., Turner, R., Holman Nicolas, R., & Powell, C. (2011). " Changing attitudes with a little imagination?: Imagined contact effects on young children? s intergroup bias. Anales de psicología, 27 (3)  

Education Scotland (2019). Curriculum for Excellence: experiences and outcomes. Retrieved from: https://education. gov. scot/Documents/All-experiencesoutcomes18. pdf.  

 Eisenhauer, J.(2007) Just looking and staring back: Challenging ableism through disability Performance Art, Studies in Art Education, 49(1), 7-22, DOI: 10.1080/00393541.2007.11518721

European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2022. Legislative Definitions around Learners’ Needs: A snapshot of European country approaches. (M. Turner-Cmuchal, ed. and A. Lecheval). Odense, Denmark

Sandell, R. (2006). Museums, prejudice and the reframing of difference (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203020036

Scottish Universities Inclusion Group (2022) The National Framework for Inclusion, 3rd ed. Edinburgh, UK: The General Teaching Council for Scotland. Retrieved 24 January 2023 from: https://www.gtcs.org.uk/professional-standards/national-framework-for-inclusion/  

Schwab, S. (2020). Inclusive and Special Education in Europe. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Retrieved 24 Jan. 2023, from https://oxfordre.com/education/view/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.001.0001/acrefore-9780190264093-e-1230.

Trepanier-street, M. , Hong, S. , Silverman, K. , Morris, L. R. K. A. T. L. & Morris, T. L. (2011). Young Children with and without Disabilities: Perceptions of Peers with Physical Disabilities . International Journal of Early Childhood Special Education , 3 (2) , 117-128 . DOI: 10.20489/intjecse.107949  

Uytman, C., Jones, S.J., Rennie. C., Sartore, V. & Fallon, T. (2022, September 14-15). Using representative toys to influence attitudes of Scottish children to disability. [Conference Presentation]. British Psychological Society Psychology of Education Section Annual Conference 2022, Oxford, UK.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

School Connectedness: An Under-utilised Resource for Inclusion

Annie Gowing

The University of Melbourne, Australia

Presenting Author: Gowing, Annie

School connectedness (SC) has established itself over the past two decades as an important concept in prevention research around adolescent risk behaviour, first gaining a conceptual profile in the 1990s when Resnick and colleagues named it as a protective factor for a range of health-compromising behaviours. Since these studies SC has continued to generate research interest in the fields of education and health, further consolidating its place as a protective factor for young people by decreasing the likelihood of certain health risk behaviours such as suicidal ideation, violence, substance abuse and early sexual debut.

This mixed methods study explored the meanings of being connected to school, how this process was understood by students and staff and shaped by school and individual factors. This approach foregrounded the voices of young people and teachers and their understandings of the experience of connecting to school. Such an approach is unusual in SC research which continues to be dominated by quantitative, survey-driven studies.

Using a qualitatively driven mixed methods approach within a social constructionist epistemology this study was framed by two research questions:

  1. What are the meanings of being connected to school?

a) How do students understand their connectedness to school (what makes school a place they want tobe)?

b) How do teachers and other staff understand students’ connectedness to school?

  1. What factors are associated with students’ connectedness to school?

Five hypotheses regarding factors associated with SC were also tested. Three hypotheses related to a student’s knowledge of their school prior to commencing their attendance and whether this knowledge or greater familiarity with the school influenced SC. A third hypothesis related to a student’s involvement in the decision to attend the school and whether making the choice themselves or in collaboration with their parents influenced SC. A fourth hypothesis concerned whether starting secondary school with peers from primary school reduced the relational discontinuity that can accompany the transition to secondary school (Coffey, 2013). The final hypothesis related to whether the distance a student lives from school influences SC.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This mixed methods study utilising qualitative and quantitative data collection methods within a concurrent triangulation design (Cresswell, et al., 2003) was conducted at a co-educational secondary college in Melbourne, Australia.

Data collection methods included a student questionnaire, student and staff focus groups and student diaries. The student questionnaire drew on comprehensive SC research and consisted of 109 items in eight sections, containing 64 single response items, 23 multiple response items, and 21 open questions.  The questionnaire also contained a visual analogue scale (VAS), asking students to indicate their level of connectedness on a horizontal line with the anchor points being ‘not connected at all’ and ‘very connected’. The questionnaire was completed by 206 students and 12 student focus groups and 11 staff focus were conducted.  Twelve students kept dairies over a three-week period.  There were 336 student participants drawn from each year level and 71 staff participants representing the different faculties and administrative and leadership roles in the school.


Questionnaire data were examined using both descriptive and inferential statistical analyses.  SC provided the dependent variable in the study and was derived from two sources.  Each participant’s connectedness response on the VAS was converted into a rating from Very Low (0-2) to Very High (9-10) and this rating was cross-tabulated against the independent variables in the questionnaire to identify significant associations. SC was also derived by summing up the scores attributed by the participants to five questions in the questionnaire based on the School Connectedness Scale (Resnick et al., 1997)

The qualitative data, drawn from open items in the questionnaire, focus groups, and diaries were thematically analysed in accordance with the six steps identified by (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Both qualitative and quantitative data sets were analysed separately and results from each set were integrated during the analysis phase to identify areas of convergence or divergence (Terrell, 2012).
The questions that guided this study were both exploratory and confirmatory and the questionnaire was designed to serve both purposes.  The inclusion of the VAS provided a means for students to identify their level of connectedness to school and this then provided the dependent variable against which a range of key independent variables as identified in the research on SC could be assessed. The instrument yielded qualitative data through the inclusion of open questions, inviting participants to provide extended responses to questions regarding their views about Woodlands College.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
SC emerged from this study as a multi-dimensional, socio-ecological concept, placing the individual in relationship with others within the school and beyond.  Three hypothesised associations between SC were supported: collaborative decision making with parents about selection of school, prior knowledge of school and proximity of residence to the school.

Findings indicated that students understood their connectedness to school through the experiences of a dynamic and complex crosshatching of opportunities within relational, learning and extracurricular spheres of school life.  Their understandings consolidated the importance of student-teacher relationships and extracurricular participation, elevated the importance of peer relationships, and established the role of institutional relationships and school as a place of community as key elements.  

The practice implications from this study pivot around the relational climate of schools.  This study provided a view of young people with eroded SC.  School for them provided less access to adult support, less relational connection to teachers, less engaging teaching, and less enjoyment in being at school.  They felt less well, perhaps unsurprisingly.  Most of these factors are within the sphere of school influence, with the possible exception of health status, but even on this account schools can be active players in establishing home-school partnerships and in the provision of robust health and wellbeing practice frameworks (Michael, Merlo, Basch, Wentzel, & Wechsler, 2015; Scottish Health Promoting Schools Unit, 2004).  The pathway to building SC for all young students is through the relationships which underpin the educational enterprise of schools. According to this study, SC will flourish in schools with opportunity-rich environments with relationally inclusive, supportive and respectful climates which offer a niche for all young people.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. doi: 10.1191/1478088706qp063oa

Bauman, K. E., Harris, K. M., Jones, J., . . . Udry, J. R. (1997). Protecting adolescents from harm: Findings from the national longitudinal study on adolescent health. JAMA, 278(10), 823-832. Terrell, S. R. (2012). Mixed-methods research methodologies. The Qualitative Report, 17(1), 254-280.

Coffey, A. (2013). Relationships: The key to successful transition from primary to secondary school? Improving Schools, 16(3), 261-271.

Cresswell, J. W., Plano Clark, V. L., Gutmann, M. L., & Hanson, W. E. (2003). Adanced mixed methods research designs. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie (Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social and behavioral research (pp. 209-240). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Michael, S. L.,Merlo, C. L.,Basch, C. E., Wentzel, K. R., Wechsler, H. (2015). Critical Connections: Health and Academics. Journal of School Health, 85(11), 740-758.

Resnick, M. D., Bearman, P. S., Blum, R., Bauman, K. E., Harris, K. M., Jones, J., . . . Udry, J. R. (1997). Protecting adolescents from harm: Findings from the national longitudinal study on adolescent health. JAMA, 278(10), 823-832.

Scottish Health Promoting Schools Unit. (2004). Being Well, Doing Well: A framework for health-promoting schools in Scotland. Scottish Health Promoting Schools Unit, Dundee.

Terrell, S. R. (2012). Mixed-methods research methodologies. The Qualitative Report, 17(1), 254-280.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Collaboration Strategies Among Teachers for the Inclusion of Vulnerable Students Through Cooperative Learning Teams

Jose Ramon Lago, Gemma Riera Romero

Uvic-UCC, Spain

Presenting Author: Lago, Jose Ramon; Riera Romero, Gemma

The content of this communication is part of a project that takes as a reference the Goals for sustainable development found in Goal 4 of the United Nations 2030 Agenda. Goal 4 is Quality Education, this means “guarantee inclusive, equitable and quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all”. At the same time, the Project takes as a reference the UNESCO International Commission on the Futures of Education Report 2021, which states that "we need a new social contract for education to repair injustices while transforming the future" and the document “REIMAGINING OUR FUTURES contract for education TOGETHER” in which five proposals for the renewal of education are specified, some of which are very close to our project. Specifically in the first when it is stated that "Pedagogy must be organized around the principles of cooperation, collaboration and solidarity", the third proposes "Teaching must be further professionalized as a collaborative effort where teachers are recognized for their work as producers of knowledge and key figures in education and society”, and the fifth conclusion “Schools must be protected educational sites due to the inclusion, equity and individual and collective well-being that they support, and also reinvented to better promote the transformation of the world towards more just, equitable and sustainable futures”. The backgrounds to the objective of the study, and theoretical references used in the project, have been the contributions of: Daniels and Parrilla (1998) Support between teachers for teaching with SEN students and other needs. Ainscow's (2016) research on joint reflection on the practices developed. And the research on how it promotes collaborative professional development by Hargreaves and 0'Connor (2018). And some of our work on facilitation to introduce improvements in inclusion. On the other hand, the research by Baines et al. (2015) the Interdependence Theory developed by Johnson and Johnson (2009, 2016), the "Team Model" proposed by Slavin (1991, 2011, 2014) some suggestions from Ashman and Gillies (2013), Lago and Pujolàs (2008 , 2018), Pujolàs, Lago and Riera (2015) in our previous work to develop the program "Cooperate to learn, learn to cooperate". The research carried out by the Research Group on Attention to Diversity (GRAD) of the University of Vic-Central University of Catalonia, since its constitution in 1999, has been oriented towards investigating how cooperative learning can contribute to improving inclusive educational practices. The reports of the different projects developed highlighted the importance of research around two intertwined axes: support between teachers for the development of cooperative learning and support to eliminate barriers for the inclusion of the most vulnerable students in cooperative learning teams. . These two axes give rise to the development of a project of the Ministry of Science and Innovation, entitled: "Collaboration between teachers in the development of Cooperative Learning for the most vulnerable Inclusion" (PID2021-128456NB-I00). In said communication we present a first phase of the project, which consists of the elaboration of a collaborative analysis model between teachers, linked to the first axis of the project previously exposed. The research objectives are the following:

Objective 1. Observe and analyze the collaboration of teachers in the planning of support for cooperative teams for the inclusion of students

Objective 2. Analyze together with the teaching staff the observations and data collected on practices in cooperative teams with students at risk of exclusion

Objective 3. Identify the criteria and strategies for joint work and decision-making


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The objectives of our research point to the need to adopt a qualitative methodology, multiple case analysis and action research (Parrilla, Raposo & Martínez, 2016), in which the contributions of the participants, in our case the participating teachers, are the ones that build the conclusions of the investigation. The Research Team is made up of 6 researchers from different Universities in Spain and 12 professors from different educational centers in different territories, which will be coordinated by the University professors.The data collection instruments are the following (Juan, Lago and Soldevila, 2020):
a. Planning support for a cooperative team with students at risk of exclusion and Improvement Issues
b. Video recordings of 10 minutes of cooperative teamwork sequences in 1 hour of class.
c. ”Guideline for the Analysis of Support for the Cooperative Team” prepared by each teacher.
d. "Guidelines for the analysis of the preparation of Improvement Proposals".
Data analysis criteria that we understand will allow us to achieve the objectives.
Objective 1. Observe and analyze the collaboration of teachers in the planning of support in cooperative teams for the inclusion of students.
 - Criterion 1.1 Identify similarities and differences between the plans.
- Criterion 1.2 Analyze priority contents for joint analysis, debate and the criteria for change and improvement.
- Criterion 1.3 Analyze the agreements for the modification of the schedules.
Objective 2. Together with the teachers, analyze the observations and data collected on practices in cooperative teams with students at risk of exclusion.
-Criterion 2.1 Analyze coincidences and divergences in tasks, modeling interventions and support for cooperative teams.
- Criterion 2.2 Analyze educational practices to support cooperative teams with students who encounter more barriers
- Criterion 2.3 Identify the type of Improvement Issues and the link with the observations presented

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As we have previously commented, we are still in the first phase of the project..
Some of the preliminary data of this first cycle are.

Regarding the first research question 1
- When the needs of students regarding classroom activities are analyzed, it is easier to identify tasks and supports for cooperative learning than when the only thing that is provided is the type of disability or disorder of the students.
- In the joint analysis, having a previous and shared analysis and discussion plan and having someone do the discussion guide is very useful to identify and specify improvements adjusted to the difficulties encountered.
- In the analysis of the recordings, it is observed that clear general criteria of the objectives of the recording and more detailed instructions are needed on what type of moments of the learning sequence of the class should be recorded.
- When assessing the feasibility of improvements, it is recurrent that it is considered easier to agree with teachers from another school that shares an educational model than with some teachers from the school itself.

Regarding the second research question 2
- Doing the modeling of cooperative learning tasks in the team with the students who encounter barriers than other teams is more useful for all the teams in the class and also for the teams where there are more students who encounter barriers.
- Tasks for all cooperative learning teams should have 2-3 different difficulty levels, and there may be some differences between teams.
- The teacher's support in cooperative learning teams with students who find barriers would be directed to the classmates of these students.

References
Ainscow, M. (2016b). Collaboration as a strategy for promoting equity in education:  Possibilities and barriers. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 1(2), 159–172
Arévalo, E. (2022). Reimaginar juntos nuestros futuros: Un nuevo contrato social para la educación. (2021). Informe de la Comisión internacional sobre los futuros de la educación. UNESCO. Sumario. Warisata - Revista De Educación, 4(12), 87–91. https://doi.org/10.33996/warisata.v4i12.967

Ashman, A., & Gillies, R. (Eds.). (2003). Cooperative Learning: The Social and Intellectual Outcomes of Learning in Groups (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203465264
Baines, E., Blatchford, P., & Webster, R. (2015). The challenges of implementing group-work  in primary school classrooms and including pupils with Special Educational Needs. Special  issue of Education 3-13, 43, 15-29. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004279.2015.961689
Hargraves, A. O’Connor M.T (2018) Collaborative Professionalism : when teaching together  means learning for all.
Juan, M.; Lago, J. R.; Soldevila, J. (2020). Construir el apoyo a la inclusión dentro del aula  con equipos de aprendizaje cooperativo. Ámbitos de Psicopedagogia y Orientacion. Nº 53 (3a.  época) noviembre 2020 p. 22-33
Lago, J.R., Pujolàs, P., Riera, G. (2015).El aprendizaje cooperativo como estrategia para la inclusión, la equidad y la cohesión social de todo el alumnado. A R. M. Mayordomo i J. Onrubia (coords),El aprendizaje cooperativo(pp, 49-84). Barcelona: Editorial UOC.
Parrilla, M.A., Raposo, M. y Martínez, M.E. (2016). Procesos de movilización y comunicación del conocimiento en la investigación participativa. Opción, 32(12), 2066-2087.
Pujolàs, P. (2008). Nueve ideas clave: El aprendizaje cooperativo. Barcelona: Graó.
Pujolàs, P., Lago, J.R. (2018) Aprender en equipos de aprendizaje cooperativo. Madrid: Octaedro.
Slavin, Robert (1991), “Synthesis of Research on Cooperative Learning”, Educational Leadership, vol. 5, núm. 48, pp. 71-82.
Slavin, Robert (2011), “Instruction Based on Cooperative Learning”, en Richard Mayer y Patricia Alexander (eds.), Handbook of Research on Learning and Instruction, Nueva York, Taylor & Francis, pp. 344-360.
Slavin, Robert (2014), “Cooperative Learning and Academic Achievement: Why does group- work work?”, Anales de Psicología, vol. 30, núm. 3, pp. 785-791.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm04 SES 13 C: Inclusiveness of Higher Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, 132 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Hugo González-González
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Medicalization in Israeli Schools: Emergence of Teachers’ Expertise with ADHD Children and the Moral Imperative of Inclusion

Galia Plotkin Amrami

Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel

Presenting Author: Plotkin Amrami, Galia

Psychiatric diagnoses of ADHD have increased globally since the 1980s, reaching an explosive rate during the first decades of the twenty-first century (in Sjöberg 2019, 3; Simoni 2018) in Israel and elsewhere. ADHD is often presented by sociologists as the quintessential example of medicalization (Conrad & Potter 2000), the process “by which nonmedical problems become defined and treated as medical problems, usually in terms of illness and disorders” (Conrad 2007, 4). While seminal sociological studies (Conrad & Potter 2000; Lakoff 2000) have elucidated the social origins of the current “epidemic” of ADHD, little attention has been paid to local mechanisms of ADHD medicalization and the ways in which laypeople negotiate the meaning of ADHD. In addition, research emphasizes that it is important to deepen the understanding of how the phenomenon is shaped “by the specific institutional, social, and cultural factors” (Frazzetto et al., cited in Frigerio and Montali, 2013). Following Conrad and Potters' (2000) call to investigate the local mechanisms of medicalization, this research explores teachers' positioning in the social field of medicalization. Analyzing in-depth interviews with teachers from two Israel schools, I show how they view their role while encountering ADHD children in school and how contemporary cultural tendencies in Israel shape this role.

School is the most common institutional context for the discovery of children’s difficulties (Rafalovich 2005), and the categorization of their academic and social functioning via available systems of knowledge (Singh 2006). Studies point to the increasingly clinical role of schools in medicalizing childhood, while teachers are perceived as a “primary source of diagnostic information” (Garro & Yarris 2009, 563). It is argued that teachers identify, assess, and administer medication to “problematic” children, acting as intermediaries between clinician and parent (Malacrida 2004 Rafalovich 2005; Hjörne 2005). At the same time, teachers’ expectations of the students are influenced by diagnoses (Batzle et al. 2010).

The perceptions and positioning of teachers in the social field of ADHD is an important subject of research, primarily because of the controversial nature of ADHD as a diagnostic and clinical category. ADHD is one of the most controversial psychiatric categories. As “academic critiques spill over into popular discourse” (Malacrida 2004, 64), there is contentious debate among the lay public on the legitimacy of using medication to treat ADHD (McLeod et al. 2007), while different groups of social actors, among them teachers, frame problems linked to ADHD using different explanations and mixed discourses (Frigerio and Montali 2013). Thus ADHD children are at the center of a social controversy about the “real” causes of their behavior and the “best” way to treat them (Frigerio and Montali, 2013, 586).

I will illustrate that teachers use various, sometimes contradictory, discourses to explain ADHD diagnosis, and develop what might be called a unique pedagogical expertise. Such “lay expertise” (Eyal 2019) is based on their practical experience rather than on formal training. Teachers felt that they must find pedagogical strategies to cope with the ADHD student and see themselves as morally committed to include such student within the learning process, whether this student is officially diagnosed or not, whether they’re “with a pill [medication] or without it.” However, they enact their expertise under conditions of public mistrust: parents’ “accusation” that teachers are the main supporters of troubled students’ medication challenges teachers’ ability to be perceived as reliable pedagogical experts with the ADHD children. Despite parental mistrust, teachers are motivated to include/contain "problematic" children. I explain such motivation by local cultural and institutional conditions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research is based on 27 semi-structured interviews with teachers working in two Israeli schools (elementary and middle). Previous research has indicated that, during the elementary and early middle school period, there is an increase in the number of children diagnosed with ADHD (Froehlich et al., 2007), i.e., in those ages in particular the “problematic” children are often framed through the diagnosis, while teachers take part in the process of indicating and coping with them. All the participating teachers taught in classes with at least one student identified as having ADHD.
The first school was a middle school located in a small town in southern Israel. Among the 14 teachers teaching in this school and participated in the study, 10 mentioned that they have a child or close relative diagnosed with ADHD. The second school is an elementary school located in a big city in southern Israel. Thirteen teachers working in this school participated in the research; among them, four reported that they are closely familiar with the disorder as parents of ADHD children. The seniority of teachers in both schools was between 3 and 28 years.
The interviews were conducted by two trained research assistants lasting approximately one hour face-to-face or via Zoom software. They began with broad questions about the teachers’ background and experience, and moved to more specific questions about the ADHD category, such as: “How do you understand ADHD?” “How is it manifested in the classroom?” “How do you explain the disorder and its rapid rise?” “What challenges do you face while working with such children?” The interviews were conducted in a nonjudgmental, collaborative interview style, in which teachers were invited to narrate their teaching experience, while inserting their own meanings into the interview prompts.
Interviews were recorded and transcribed, and were coded using the atlas.ti program. To analyze the interviews, we have used Grounded Theory. Grounded Theory’s emphasis on meaning without assuming the existence of a unidimensional external reality (Charmaz 2014) particularly fits this project, as it aims to grasp the meaning-making processes. Open coding of the transcribed protocols of the interviews was done to identify and define the key categories emerging from the data.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
I argue that teachers’ experience-based expertise with ADHD children is not a function of their own narrow interests in achieving class management; rather, it is informed by the moral imperative of inclusion that characterizes the current Israel’s educational policy. The Hebrew concept "hakhala" may explain teachers’ motivations and positioning as lay experts with ADHD children. This concept has two meanings in Hebrew, inclusion and containment, and both meanings are used by teachers interchangeably. First, the word is used to frame teachers’ general inclusive orientation and motivation when they encounter ADHD children. Teachers talked about "hachala" of ADHD children as a kind of imperative to make an effort not to leave the “troubled” child behind and help them succeed. This usage of the concept resonates with the perception of inclusion as “an ethical obligation, grounded in notions of equity and social justice for all groups and at all stages of education” (Koutsouris et al. 2022, 880). Second, teachers use the concept "hachala" in terms of a containment. Thus, they talk primarily about personal semi-therapeutic qualities, which they use in order to cope with “troubled” children. The interchangeable usage of both meanings by the teachers not only resonates with the argument that inclusion is a “vague and ambiguous concept that is sometimes unproblematized or oversimplified” (Koutsouris et al 2022, 880). It also reflects the institutional context of ADHD in Israeli school and the cultural tendencies that shape education arena in contemporary Israel, such as growing dominance of the social model of disability. This case study sheds a light on the local mechanisms of medicalization of childhood in Israeli schools, and on the bottom-up understanding of the term “inclusion” by the specific actors - teachers - in the social field of ADHD.
References
Charmaz, K. 2014. Constructing Grounded Theory: A Practical Guide through Qualitative Analysis (2nd ed.). London: Sage Publications.
Conrad, P. 2007. The Medicalization of Society: On the Transformation of Human Conditions into Treatable Disorders. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins University Press.
Conrad, P. & Potter, D.. 2000. “From Hyperactive Children to ADHD Adults: Observations on the Expansion on Medical Categories.” Social Problems 47: 559–582.
Garro, L. C. & Yarris, K. E. (2009) ‘‘A Massive Long Way’’: Interconnecting Histories, a “Special Child,” ADHD, and Everyday Family Life. Cult Med Psychiatry 33: 559. DOI: 10.1&/s11013-009-9155-1
Hjörne, E. 2005. “Negotiating the ‘Problem-Child’ in School: Child Identity, Parenting and Institutional Agendas.” Qualitative Social Work 4 (4): 489–507.
Eyal, Gil 2019. Crisis of Expertise. Cambridge: Polity Press
Frigerio, A, Montali,L., Fine, M. 2013. Attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder blame game: A study on the positioning of professionals, teachers and parents. Health 17(6): 584-604
Froehlich, T. E., Lanphear, B. P., Epstein, J. N., Barbaresi, W. J., Katusic, S. K., & Kahn, R. S. 2007. Prevalence, recognition, and treatment of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in a national sample of US children. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 161(9): 857-864.
Koutsouris, G., Stentiford, L., Norwich, B. 2022. A critical exploration of inclusion policies of elite UK universities. British Educational Research Journal, 48: 878-895
Lakoff, A. 2000. “Adaptive Will: The Evolution of Attention Deficit Disorder.” Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences 36 (2): 149–169.
Malacrida, C. 2004. “Medicalization, Ambivalence and Social Control: Mothers’ Descriptions of Educators and ADD/ADHD.” DOI: 10.1177/1363459304038795.
McLeod, J. D., D. L. Fettes, P. S. Jensen, B. A. Pescosolido & J. K. Martin. 2007. “Public Knowledge, Beliefs, and Treatment Preferences Concerning Attention-deficit Hyperactivity Disorder.” Psychiatric Services 58 (5): 626–631.
Rafalovich, A. 2005. “Relational Troubles and Semiofficial Suspicion: Educators and the Medicalization of  ‘Unruly’ Children.” Symbolic Interaction 28 (1): 25–46.
Singh, I. 2006. “A Framework for Understanding Trends in ADHD Diagnoses and Stimulant Drug Treatment: Schools and Schooling as a Case Study.” BioSocieties 1 (4): 439–452.
Sjöberg, M. N. 2019. “Reconstructing Truth, Deconstructing ADHD: Badiou, Onto-Epistemological Violence and the Diagnosis of ADHD.” Critical Studies in Education, DOI: 10.1080/17508487.2019.1620818
 Simoni, Z. R.  2018. “Medicalization, Normalization, and Performance Edge: Teachers’ Attitudes about ADHD Medication Use and the Influence of Race and Social Class.” Sociological Perspectives. 61 (4): 642–660.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Teaching Through a Moral Development Strategy at University

Hugo González-González, Gemma Fernández-Caminero, Luis Espino-Diaz, José Luis Álvarez-Castillo

University of Cordoba, Spain

Presenting Author: González-González, Hugo; Espino-Diaz, Luis

The beliefs, attitudes and practices towards attention to diversity of the different members of the university community can facilitate or hinder educational inclusion (Booth & Ainscow, 2015, Messiou et al., 2016), being the obligation of university teachers to raise awareness among future teachers of early childhood and primary education of this reality and their role in it.

In relation to the prediction and explanation of such beliefs and the behavior of others based on the attribution of mental states to themselves and others, Theory of Mind (ToM) refers to the cognitive human ability to do such a thing (Astington, 1993; Wellman, 1990). This skill supports the possibility of guessing the underlying desires, intentions, thoughts and feelings (Dennett, 1978), and it's developing during childhood. Such capacities are found to be related to a variety of social and cognitive factors such as attitudes and moral reasoning.

According to Ajzen (2005) and Fishbein & Ajzen (2010), in their formulation on the theory of reasoned action, people's beliefs and attitudes are the variables that, to a greater extent, predict their behaviors. More than any other psychological construct, attitudes have been at the center of attempts to predict and explain behavior in a wide range of areas, such as organizational behavior, political behavior, and racial discrimination. In fact, as Hammond y Emler (2010) claim, variables such as attitudes to institutional authority, strength of support for moral values and maturity of socio-moral reasoning have all been identified as potential predictors of adolescent delinquency.

Consistent with Asif et al. (2020), sustainable development is promoted when the system of education provides the learners with an opportunity to equip themselves with moral values, skills, and competences that assist them in effecting personal and community positive changes. For this purpose, teachers play an important role as moral agents, and students consider the teacher a role model.

Two decades ago, Nuévalos-Ruiz (2003) tested, also in university students, the discussion of moral dilemmas as a strategy to provide moral cognitive experiences that facilitate the natural progression of moral judgment through the exposition of a peer modeling. Besides, recent studies (i.e. Daou et al., 2022), come to demonstrate that group learning based on debates are effective strategies in the acquisition of skills related to personal, social, learning to learn, citizenship, awareness and cultural expressions, essential to influence the beliefs and attitudes of our future teachers.

Our aim is related to the learning of strategies focused on developing moral reasoning. In relation to this aim, Han, Dawson et al. (2020) found that when the judgments were made based on the preferred moral schema, the reaction time for moral judgments was significantly moderated by the moral developmental status. In addition, as a participant becomes more confident with moral judgment, he or she differentiates the preferred versus other schemas better particularly when the participant’s abilities for moral judgment are more developed.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
According to the theoretical framework, we are improving a method to build up moral competence and, at the same time, we inteed to provide future teachers a strategy to do so in early childhood and primary education.
A convenience sample of 58 Education students (22 men and 36 women) aged 17-22 (M=18.43, SD=1.11) participated in a pre-post design. After a pretest that included the Moral Competence Test, 10 sessions -one per week- based on the Konstanz method of Moral Dilemmas (KMDD) were carried out in which the content of the module was treated through dilemmas on which the class had to adopt a position and debate. Finally, twelve weeks later, a posttest was carried out.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Previous to the means comparison we checked the normality of the sample through a Shapiro-Wilk test which affirmatively confirmed than p was not significant (p= 0,212). Student´s t-test for paired samples specifies that pretest for the Moral Competence Test (mean=24,134; sd= 10,547) is less than postest (mean= 29,155; sd= 13,074) with a significant difference in the C-Score (p < 0,001) and a medium size effect (d= -0,443).
On the other hand, the levels of moral competence correlated positively with other variables such as: empathy r= 0,126 (p< ,001); Openess r= 0,299 (p<,001). Besides, right-wing authoritarianism showed a significant negative correlation, r=-,079 (p= ,04).
According to these results we can conclude that our strategy was effective and it is possible to increase the moral competence in our students. It will be also interesting to explore the relations with other variables related to attitudes.

References
Ajzen I. (2005). Attitudes, personality, and behavior. McGraw-Hill Education UK.
Asif, T., Guangming, O., Haider, M. A., Colomer, J., Kayani, S., & ul Amin, N. (2020). Moral education for sustainable development: Comparison of university teachers’ perceptions in China and Pakistan. Sustainability (Switzerland), 12(7). https://doi.org/10.3390/su12073014
Astington, J. (1993). The child's discovery of the mind. London: Fontana press.
Booth, T. & Ainscow, M. (2015). Guía para la evaluación y mejora de la educación inclusiva. Desarrollando el aprendizaje y la participación en las escuelas. CSIE
Daou, D., Chakhtoura, M., El-Yazbi, A., Mukherji, D., Sbaity, E., Refaat, M. M., & Nabulsi, M. (2022). Teaching critical appraisal to large classes of undergraduate medical studentsusingteam-based learning versus group discussions: a randomized controlled trial. BMC Medical Education, 22(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/S12909-022-03145-9
Dennet, D. C. (1978). Beliefs about beliefs. Behavioural and Brain Sciences, 1, 568-570
Fishbein, M. & Ajzen, I. (2010). Predicting and Changing Behavior. The Reasoned Action Approach. Psychology Press https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203838020
Hammond, T., & Nicholas, E. (2010). Attitudes, values and moral reasoning as predictors of delinquency. British Journal of Developmental Psychology. https://doi.org/10.1348/026151006X113671
Han, H., Dawson, K. J., Thoma, S. J., & Glenn, A. L. (2020). Developmental Level of Moral Judgment Influences Behavioral Patterns During Moral Decision-Making. Journal of Experimental Education, 88(4), 660–675. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220973.2019.1574701
Messiou K., Ainscow M., Echeita G., Goldrick S., Hope M., Paes, I., Sandoval, M. Simón, C. Vitorino, T. (2016). Learning from differences: a strategy for teacher development in respect to student diversity. School Effectiveness and School Improvement 27 45–61. 10.1080/09243453.2014.966726
Nuévalos-Ruiz, C. (2003). Prácticas para el desarrollo moral en Universitarios. Teoría de La Educación, 15, 95–127.
Wellman, H. (1990). The child's theory of mind. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm04 SES 13 D: Support Structures in Inclusive Schools
Location: Gilbert Scott, 250 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Helen Urmann
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Inclusive Support for Students With Special Educational Needs – Disparities in the Implementation and Allocation in Switzerland

Matthias Wicki, Fabian Setz, Sergej Wüthrich, Caroline Sahli Lozano

Bern University of Teacher Education, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Wicki, Matthias; Setz, Fabian

Following the legal requirements at international (UN-BRK, 2006) and national level in Switzerland (BehiG, 2004), learners with special educational needs are increasingly being taught in mainstream classes. In most educational systems, special measures exist with intend to support inclusion of students with special educational needs in mainstream schools. In Switzerland, the most common inclusive school measure for learners with mild disabilities is “inclusive support” to develop or improve knowledge, skills, behaviours, cognitions, or emotions. Inclusive support is given by a special education teacher for one or several hours per week and either within the mainstream classes (e.g., team teaching) or outside the classroom in individual or group setting.

Due to the federal system in Switzerland, the education system and the implementation of integrative measures is to a large extent in the responsibility of the cantons (i.e., the states). Nonetheless, the work of the cantons is not entirely separate but coordinated by the special education concordat (EDK, 2017). However, due to lack of binding guidelines in terms of the concrete implementation, there are considerable disparities in the implementation, designation, allocation, and funding of integrative measures across cantons (Sahli Lozano et al., 2021a). Further disparities may also exist within cantons, as school districts and even teachers have some degrees of freedom when it comes to the implementation and allocation of integrative school measures.

These disparities can have consequences in two broad areas. Firstly, disparities may lead to educational inequalities. It is possible that comparable learners benefit from inclusive support to a very different extent depending on their canton of residence, or that the distribution of resources influences whether "comparable learners" are integrated into a regular class or attend a special class (Luder, 2021; Sahli Lozano et al., 2021a). Secondly, the disparities complicate research on inclusive support, as findings may not directly be comparable across cantons and even within a canton the implementation of inclusive support and its target population can be heterogeneous.

In this presentation, we will explore the extent to which inclusive support is allocated and implemented throughout Switzerland and within one single canton (using the example of the canton of Bern).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The overview of the disparities of inclusive support across the cantons in Switzerland is mostly based on existing publications (Sahli Lozano et al., 2021a, b) and grey literature. It is aimed at the international audience to give a brief introduction concerning inclusive support and other inclusive school measures in Switzerland.  

To take a closer look at disparities within a canton and the heterogeneity population of students who receive inclusive support, data from a longitudinal study on the opportunities and risks of inclusive school measures in the canton of Bern were used (Sahli Lozano, 2018). The baseline assessment was performed during fifth or sixth grade of primary school (mean age: 12.4 years) and the follow-up during the second or third year of lower secondary school (mean age: 15.3 years). Data was available for 1018 students in the baseline study and for 2053 students at the follow-up (491 students participated in both waves of the study).
At baseline and follow-up teachers were asked to indicate for each student, whether they received inclusive support or another inclusive school measure. Amongst others, teachers also indicated the reasons why students received inclusive support, how many hours of inclusive support were used per week or how inclusive support was specifically implemented in their class. Also, at both waves of data assessment, students participated in standardized tests (Stellwerk) on the academic performance in maths and language (German) and their intelligence was assessed using a cultural fair intelligence test (CFT-20R).
Descriptive analyses were used as the research questions were mostly explorative and the sample sizes were often too small, to have enough test-power to find significant differences.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
At primary school level 6.5% (n=66) of students received inclusive support, at secondary level it was 3.2% (n=65). The implementation of inclusive support in the Canton of Bern was very heterogeneous (e.g., combination with other special education measures, number of available lessons, form of teaching). It was also found that the learners receiving inclusive support differed greatly in terms of cognitive and academic performance characteristics.
When looking at the group of learners with IS, it became apparent that the measure is implemented very differently in terms of resources and the combination with other measures. Furthermore, the group of learners with IS is very heterogeneous in terms of performance characteristics and does not receive IS consistently over time.

These differences within the canton of Bern can be explained by the high degree of autonomy of the schools in designing their offers and relatively open cantonal guidelines (Hangartner & Heinzer, 2016). In particular, the allocation of resources by a pool funding model and the associated possibility of using part of the resources for inclusive support for the running of special classes influences the implementation of IF in the canton of Bern.
Furthermore, the identified disparities can lead to inclusive support in different extent, form and quality for comparable learners depending on their school location and thus to educational inequalities.

Research in this topic area must consider the differences within the learner group with inclusive support as well as the different implementation of inclusive support.

References
Bundesgesetz über die Beseitigung von Benachteiligungen von Menschen mit Behinderungen (Behindertengleichstellungsgesetz, BehiG), SR 151.3 (2004). https://www.admin.ch/opc/de/classified-compilation/20002658/index.html

Hangartner, J., & Heinzer, M. (Hrsg.). (2016). Gemeinden in der Schul-Governance der Schweiz: Steuerungskultur im Umbruch. Springer Fachmedien. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-13092-3

Luder, R. (2021). Integrative Förderung in der Schweiz.

Sahli Lozano, C. (2018, September 10). Chancen und Risiken integrativer Massnahmen (ChaRisMa) [Projektwebseite]. Ein Forschungsprojekt der PHBern - die deutschsprachige Pädagogische Hochschule. https://www.phbern.ch/charisma-chancen-und-risiken-integrativer-massnahmen/aktuelles.html

Sahli Lozano, C., Crameri, S., & Gosteli, D. A. (2021a). Integrative und separative schulische Massnahmen in der Schweiz (InSeMa) Kantonale Vergabe und Umsetzungsrichtlinien. Edition SZH/CSPS. www.szh-csps.ch/b2021-01

Sahli Lozano, C., Crameri, S., & Gosteli, D. A. (2021b). Integrative und separative schulische Massnahmen der Schweiz. Eine interaktive, digitale Landkarte. Stiftung Schweizer Zentrum für Heil- und Sonderpädagogik. https://www.szh.ch/de/phberninsema#/

Schweizerische Konferenz der kantonalen Erziehungsdirektoren [EDK]. (2007). Interkantonale Vereinbarung über die Zusammenarbeit im Bereich der Sonderpädagogik. https://www.edk.ch/de/themen/sonderpaedagogik

UN-BRK. (2006). Übereinkommen vom 13. Dezember 2006 über die Rechte von Menschen mit Behinderungen. https://www.admin.ch/opc/de/classified-compilation/20122488/index.html


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

School Change in General Education for Students with Special Educational Needs: Estonian Case

Helen Urmann, Marvi Remmik

University of Tartu, Johan Skytte Institute of Political Studies, Estonia

Presenting Author: Urmann, Helen; Remmik, Marvi

Systemic school change of students due to changing demographics or personal factors (change of residence, conflicts) are just some of the reasons why students have to change schools.The transition from one school to another is a stressful change for every student, as they have to adapt to the new school environment as well as the social network (Graham & Hill, 2003).According to Cauley and Jovanovich (2006), changing schools means for a child to adapt to a new, often larger school environment, with new fellow students and teachers, with different academic expectations. At the same time studies have shown that the student`s age, gender and special educational needs also play an important role in adapting to the new school environment (Anderson et al, 2000; Evans et al, 2018; Hebron, 2018; Makin et al, 2017; McCoy et al, 2020).

The effect of changing schools can be manifested in the decline of academic results and abilities, and difficulties in psychosocial coping, which is why it is important to consciously support the students' school change – to uphold students’ academic performance and social well-being. This is particularly important for students with special educational needs, who have been shown to be at an increased risk for mental and physical coping difficulties.

School- and teaching-related effects, such as teaching strategies, in-school support system, and preparation play an important role in helping students adapt with the changes (Evans et al., 2018). Also, support from parents is relevant for adapting with the situation (Serbin et al., 2013). Thus, positive social network and support system are essential when supporting students’ school transition, especially for students with special educational needs.

The purpose of the study was to find out how students with special educational needs are supported in school change in Estonian schools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To understand the effects of school transition for students with special educational needs, and the practices of supporting students in this process, management, teachers, support staff, and parents of students with special educational needs were interviewed. In total, 40 people were interviewed. Interviewees associated with 14 different schools – selected via purposive sampling to collect information both from the “transitioning from” and transitioning to” schools – shared their experiences. Semi-structured individual and group interviews were conducted, each interview lasting around 1.5 hours. Interviews were recorded by the permission of interviewees, transcribed, and analysed using qualitative inductive content analysis technique.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study showed that a lack of support staff, big number of students needing (special) support –, and absence of shared rules and guides, means school transition has not been systematically supported. Support systems are in place in some schools; however, this initiative has come from the schools themselves and can vary in different institutions.
Good practices supporting students’ transition involved collecting and sharing information about the students’ strengths and weaknesses so that the school the student transitions to has already an idea, which aspects should be monitored and supported more. At the same time, much of this information sharing between the schools’ specialists come down to parents’ willingness to co-operate, especially when it comes to students with special needs.  Events between the different schools and visit days helped to ease the fears of both parents and their children.
Support staff highlights transitioned students should be monitored more closely right after the transition. This helps with addressing or preventing problems.  
Also, parents, teachers, and support staff found it easier for students with special educational needs to adapt in smaller school environments – although smaller classes for students with special educational needs are in place also in bigger schools, there is still a big crowd of people attending school, which might be more anxiety inducing or disturbing for these students.
The study showed that there is no systematic approach to supporting school transition nor are there any guidelines for schools’ staff to follow for supporting students in this process. More systematic approach would come in handy especially for students with special educational needs, who might experience the already difficult process more intensely. Furthermore, more systematic and student-center approach would require more support staff.

References
Anderson, L. W., J. Jacobs, S. Schramm, and F. Splittgerber (2000). School transitions: Beginning of the end or a new beginning. International Journal of Educational Research, 33, 325–39.
Cauley, K. M., & Jovanovich, D. (2006) Developing an EffectiveTransition Program for Students Entering Middle School or High School, The Clearing House: A Journal of Educational Strategies, Issues and Ideas, 80(1), 15-25.
Evans, D., Borriello, G. A., & Field, A. P. (2018). A review of the academic and psychological impact of the transition to secondary education. Frontiers in psychology, 9, 1482.
Graham, C. & Hill, M. (2003). Negotiating the Transition to Secondary School. Scottish Council for Research in Education, Edinburgh.
Hebron, J. S. (2018). School connectedness and the primary to secondary school transition for young people with autism spectrum conditions. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 88(3), 396-409.
Makin, C., Hill, V., & Pellicano, E. (2017). The primary-to-secondary school transition for children on the autism spectrum: A multi-informant mixed-methods study. Autism & Developmental Language Impairments, 2.
McCoy, S., Shevlin, M., & Rose, R. (2020). Secondary school transition for students with special educational needs in Ireland. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 35(2), 154-170.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Political-administrative Barriers to Educational Inclusion in Galicia (Spain)

Manuela Raposo-Rivas1, Manuel Joaquín Cotrina García2, Olalla García-Fuentes3, Isabel Fernández-Menor4

1University of Vigo, Spain; 2University of Cádiz, Spain; 3University of Vigo, Spain; 4University of Sevilla, Spain

Presenting Author: Cotrina García, Manuel Joaquín

The fundamental task of educational institutions is the integral development of every person from an inclusive point of view. In this approach to the 21st century school, not only the family and the community are a necessary and essential pillar, but also the guidance counsellors and teachers specialised in Therapeutic Pedagogy and Hearing and Language Therapy. Their work goes beyond the integration of appropriate knowledge, skills and abilities, as it involves managing complex situations and having competences that allow them to face the continuous changes that schools and society demand, while at the same time having the necessary material and human resources (Martínez Garrido et al., 2010).

The first step towards the achievement and scope of inclusive education, in the words of Souto (2021), is undoubtedly to have legislative instruments available, as these incorporate specific mandates that oblige public authorities to promote quality education for all people and provide the necessary resources for this purpose.

Particularly in Spain, the current Organic Law 3/2020 of 29 December, which modifies Organic Law 2/2006 of 3 May, on Education (LOMLOE) establishes in its preamble the objective of reinforcing the equity and inclusive capacity of the system, with the aim of making effective the right of all people to inclusive education, with measures such as personalised attention, the prevention of learning difficulties and the development of reinforcement mechanisms.

In order to see how the aforementioned law is being put into practice in terms of inclusive education, the research project "What are we forgetting in inclusive education: A participatory research in Galicia", funded by the Ministry of Science and Innovation (PID2019-108775RB-C41), was carried out under the National R+D+i Plan. Its aim is to investigate school inequality and exclusion as well as inclusive responses through the voices of the different actors in the educational field (tutors, specialists, families, associations, politicians...).

Within this research framework, the purpose of this work is to study in depth the perception of specialist teachers and counsellors on the political-administrative barriers in relation to resources, working conditions, the regulatory framework and administrative bureaucracy.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Qualitative research work has been carried out, the first phase being a descriptive-interpretative documentary analysis of the subject matter, taking into account the political and regulatory framework that regulates the professional performance of the counsellor and the specialists. Next, the information collected is contrasted with the professionals in the field using conversational techniques.

Thus, the technique used to collect information was the semi-structured interview through which the participants were able to reflect on their professional practice. To carry out the interviews, based on the research objectives, a preliminary script was prepared to determine the most relevant aspects to delve into based on the previous documentation work and a pilot interview was conducted to establish the suitability of the script (Kallio, Pietilä, Johnson, & Kangasniemi, 2016). The final version of the interview script was structured in seven dimensions: the regulations and the model of attention to diversity in the Autonomous Community; the action plans and protocols, collaboration with educational agents; the resources and training possessed and demanded, together with satisfaction with the role and the functions assigned. In this work, the first of these is the object of analysis: the political-administrative barriers that guidance counsellors and specialist teachers encounter in the performance of their profession.

A total of 9 people report on this aspect: 5 counsellors (4 women and 1 man) and 4 specialist teachers (women), all of them with extensive professional experience (more than 10 years) who carry out their professional work in nine educational centres in Galicia (a region located in the northwest of Spain).

With the information collected, a content analysis was carried out with the support of MAXQDA 2022 software.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results obtained reveal some fundamental aspects to be taken into account, highlighting that:
(1) the participants have difficulties in implementing educational policies on inclusion, that it is very complex for them to carry out inclusive education with the current teacher-student ratios, with training being an aspect that worries them due to the obstacles in access and offer of quality lifelong learning.
(2) the political-administrative barriers that the participants encounter in the performance of their profession are: current legislation and the decisions/actions of the educational administrations, resources, working conditions, the design and interpretation of the regulatory framework and administrative bureaucracy.
It is concluded that the administrative proposals are still far from the realities and needs perceived in the classrooms by the participants. At the training level, it is essential to develop quality plans and proposals that are accessible to all education professionals, both in initial and ongoing training.
At the same time, a key factor for the maximum growth of the potential of all learners are the roles and tasks performed by professionals. Consequently, they are a cornerstone for progress towards a truly inclusive education and society. Given the breadth of their functions, one of the challenges facing the profession is for the education administration to align the map of professional competences with the reality of the centres and the regulations in force (Fernández & Malvar, 2020).

References
Fernández Tilve, M. D & Malvar Méndez, M. L. (2020). Las competencias emocionales de los orientadores escolares desde el paradigma de la educación inclusiva. Revista de Investigación Educativa, 38(1), 239-257.

Kallio, H., Pietilä, A. M., Johnson, M., & Kangasniemi, M. (2016). Systematic methodological review: developing a framework for a qualitative semi‐structured interview guide. Journal of advanced nursing, 72(12), 2954-2965.

Ley Orgánica 3/2020, de 29 de diciembre, por la que se modifica la Ley Orgánica 2/2006, de 3 de mayo, de Educación (LOMLOE). BOE núm. 340, de 30 de diciembre, 122868 a 122953 https://www.boe.es/diario_boe/txt.php?id=BOE-A-2020-17264

Martínez Garrido, C. A., Krichesky, G. J., & García Barrera, A. (2010). El orientador escolar como agente interno de cambio.  Revista Iberoamericana de Educación, 54, 107-122.

Souto Galván, C. (2021). La evolución de las políticas educativas: de la integración a la inclusión. Revista de Educación y Derecho, 1, 406-439. https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=8215077
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm04 SES 13 E: Reimagine Special Education (RiSE) (Part 1)
Location: Gilbert Scott, 134 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Jonathan Rix
Session Chair: Fiona Hallett
Symposium to be continued in 04 SES 16 E
 
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium

Reimagine Special Education (RiSE) (Part 1)

Chair: Jonathan Rix (The Open University & Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences)

Discussant: Fiona Hallett (Edgehill University)

Inclusive education was introduced as a means to overcome the exclusionary practices and experiences of mainstream and special education systems. Its’ apparent success is that it has globally taken hold even in systems where there is a well-established history of segregatory structures. However, it is understood in many different ways in relation to policy, practice and research (Amor et al, 2019) and in most countries the initial enthusiastic narrative has been met by a continued and frequently resurgent role for special education in various guises (Slee, 2018; Rix, 2015; Hausstatter & Jahnukainen, 2015). For example, in Ireland there is much made of the drive for an inclusive ethos and culture, however any changes are cosmetic and surface-level (McKeon, 2020), with over 140 special schools, and nearly 25% of the school population identified with special educational needs (Kenny et al, 2020); in Finland, 9% of children in 2020 were identified for special support with over 40% receiving all education in a special education setting (Statistics Finland, 2021); in the Czech republic 33% of those identifed with Special educational needs were in special settings (EASNIE, 2020), whilst in England special school numbers have grown by over 20% since 2011 (Selfe & Richmond, 2020) and in Italy over 26% of disabled children spend more than 50% of their time out of mainstream class (Anastasiou et al, 2015).

Even if efforts are made to accept the historical value of special education and to shift the focus onto a singular inclusive pedagogy (Florian, 2013), it does not seem to be happen as we may wish. In practice, even when asked to enact an pedagogy underpinned by inclusive aims and principles, (e.g.: focussed upon whole class activity and student strengths), practitioners still feel the need to adopt practices for learners identified with special eduational needs that are associated with the special education paradigm (e.g. individualised seating arrangements and behaviour strategies) (Losberg & Zwozdiak-Myers, 2021).

In this context that this symposium will explore whether we need to reimagine the nature of special education rather than seek to consign it to history. We wish to consider the possibility that inclusion has re-legitimised special education and become a barrier to special education’s necessary transformation. We are interested in:

  • considering ways in which the re-legitimisation of special education may be happening
  • introducing practical possibilities that can move us beyond this impasse
  • exploring what alternative special education may emerge.

This is a double symposium designed to allow space for four papers, a round-table discussion and the development of a special issue proposal for the European Journal of Inclusive Eduction.

In the first 90 minutes of the symposium there will be 4 presentations by Rune Hausstatter, Ilektra Spandagou, Thorsten Merl and Anabel Granados. These will consider challenges presented by individualisation, relationships with support services, administrative processes, ownership of knowledge and the legitamising nature of caterories. The second part of the symposium will begin with the discussants, the editors of the British Journal of Special Education, Graham Hallett and Fiona Hallett, reflecting on the 4 presentations and the wider issue of the symposium. This will be followed by a round table discussion (involving the presenters, discussants and open to the floor) chaired by Jonathan Rix. Our opening points of discussion will be

  • Why does special education fill a gap which inclusion does not?
    • Are there aspects of special education which we should be seeking to retain and redevelop?
    • What would happen to special education if we prioritise participation and social justice (rather than inclusion)?
    • In addition to the presentations in the first part, what topics should be included in the proposed special edition?

References
Amor, A., Hagiwara, M., Shogren, K., et al (2019) ‘International perspectives and trends in research on inclusive education: a systematic review’, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23 (12), 1277–1295.
Anastasiou, D., Kauffman, J., & Di Nuovo, S. (2015). Inclusive education in Italy. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 30(4), 429-443.
European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Eduction (EASNIE) (2020) Czech Republic Datahttps://www.european-agency.org/data/czech-republic/datatable-overview#tab-official_decision_on_sen_v3
Florian, L. (2013). Reimagining special education. Sage handbook of special education, 9-22.
Hausstätter, R. & Jahnukainen, M. (2015) ‘From integration to inclusion and the role of special education’, in F. Kiuppis and R. Hausstätter (eds) Inclusive Education Twenty Years after Salamanca. New York: Peter Lang.
Kenny, N., McCoy, S., & Mihut, G. (2020). Special education reforms in Ireland. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1-20.
Losberg, J., & Zwozdiak-Myers, P. (2021). Inclusive pedagogy through the lens of primary teachers and teaching assistants in England. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1-21.
Mc Keon, D. (2020). ‘Soft barriers’. Improving Schools, 23(2), 159-174.
Rix, J. (2015). Must Inclusion be Special? Routledge.
Selfe, L., & Richmond, R. (2020). A review of policy in the field of special needs and inclusive education since the 1990s. SEN Policy Forum, Department for Education.
Slee, R. (2018). Inclusive education isn’t dead, it just smells funny. Routledge.
Statistics Finland (2021) https://www.stat.fi/til/erop/2020/erop_2020_2021-06-08_tie_001_en.html

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Administering Hope and Despair: Special Education and Crisis in Education

Ilektra Spandagou (University of Sydney)

The expansion of special education in educational systems that have introduced inclusive education policies and practices appears paradoxical, but it is not. Inclusive education initiatives have followed the trajectory of previous attempts (e.g., mainstreaming, integration) of reforming the education of students that teachers in general classrooms perceived difficult to teach. Skrtic (1991) described the ways that schools respond to public demands for change by creating the illusion of change. In this process, specialised arrangements and provisions expand, increasing the number of students who are identified as requiring such specialised arrangements in separated programs. Hence, policy and practice initiatives fail because they are not radical enough to disrupt the purpose and organisation of schools for all students. Moreover, the identification of an ever-increasing proportion of children and young people in schools cannot be separated from uncertain economic, social, and political conditions and the fundamental limitations of schooling to provide the promise of education. Again, this is not new (Tomlinson, 1985). What changes is the cultural dynamics that inform the identities produced for individual students. Starting from these premises, this paper explores special education in the inclusive education era. The Australian and Greek education systems are used as illustrative cases. The comparative analysis of policy documents, statistics and reports covers the period 1990-2022. The history, organisational arrangements, and loci of special education in the two systems are markedly different. Both systems have introduced policies that promote inclusive education but have maintained a special education orientation, language, and provisions. In both systems, special education has experienced continuous expansion and the education of students perceived as requiring special education is considered inadequate and in crisis. The analysis illustrates the changes over time in the core elements of special education as an administrative function of identifying, diagnosing, and allocating funding and resources. The paper postulates that there are limits to this expansion of special education as a mechanism for regulating educational systems and in this sense, special education exemplifies the limits of hope and despair (Ball, 2020) about the potential of education.

References:

Ball, S.J. (2020). The errors of redemptive sociology or giving up on hope and despair, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 41(6), 870-880. Skrtic, T. (1991). The special education paradox: Equity as the way to excellence, Harvard Educational Review, 61(2), 148-207. Tomlinson, (1985). The expansion of special education, Oxford Review of Education, 11(2), 157-165.
 

Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences

Rune Hausstatter (Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences)

A central aim, when inclusion was introduced almost thirty years ago, was that the need for additional special education systems should be redundant or at least reduced (Kiupis & Hausstätter, 2014). However, as seen in the general description of this symposium special education systems is still very central in many countries. The outset of this paper is to point to the dependency between special and general education. As partly outlined by Richardson and Powell (2011), the historical and cultural development of both general and special education has led to this dependency and further created a complexity that inclusive education is not able to solve. A central part of this complex relationship, is that the educational system in essence is not inclusive and special education has played and still play, a central role to support a system that contain the elements of marginalization (Hausstätter & Nordahl, 2013; Hausstätter, 2013). There are elements of special education that is needed both in practice, but also as a legitimation of general education . In order to understand this relationship better this paper will outline this dependency and investigate which what makes special education a necessity? Such areas could be the need for extra resources, the need for specific knowledge about disability, the need for alternative teaching and learning environments and the need to establish alternative learning goals instead of following a national curriculum. However, these areas are all variables of the core argument legitimizing special education: the need for individualization. The idea of individual oriented education is part of the general focus of education, however it seems that this is more central for the legitimation of special education (Gjessing, 1974; Vygotsky, 1993; Hausstätter, 2023). This focus of individualization will be explored in this paper, and further connected to the dependency described. A second question for analysis is if inclusive education have a solution to this need of individualization?

References:

Gjessing, H-J. (1974). Om sanering av spesialundervisning, og om alternative tilbud. Skolepsykologi 9(4). Hausstätter, R. (2013) «20-prosentregelen» - omfanget av spesialundervisning i norske skoler. Spesialpedagogikk nr 6 Hausstätter, R. (2023). Spesialpedagogikkens samfunnsmandat. Fagbokforlaget Hausstätter, R. and Nordahl, T. (2013) Spesialundervisningens stabiliserende effekt i grunnskolen. In B. Karseth, J. Møller, P. Aasen (ed) Reformtakter. Universitetsforlaget (p. 191-210) Kiuppis F. & Hausstätter, R. (2014). Inclusive Education Twenty Years After Salamanca. Peter Lang Richardson J. G. and Powell J.J.W. (2011), Comparing Special Education: Origins to contemporary Paradoxes. Stanford University Press
 

Directions from the Salamanca Statement to Integration and Special Settings

Anabel Corral-Granados (Norwegian University of Science and Technology)

In Spain, nearly the total of the school population since the age of 3 is attending school, and around 9 % have a diagnosis of SEN Necesidad Específica de Apoyo Educativo (NEAE) (special needs education, high abilities and specific learning disabilities (LSD)). From this group, Andalusia region has the highest number of children incorporated into integrative settings in the whole country, meaning children with SEN being taught in settings where they are segregated into special classes. In the academic year 2021/22, 40% of children with NEAE were attending special schools and the 60% were integration classes in ordinary schools (Junta de Andalucia, 2022). Whether the decision-making of selecting the setting is done by families or external professionals, teachers are the ones that implement the daily basis practices with the children. These teachers have to work using the principles of non-discrimination accessibility and universal design following the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD) (United Nations, 2006). This qualitative study aims through a sociocultural approach to examine the teacher’s agency. Using happenstance learning theory (Krumboltz, 2009) and in-depth semi-structured interviews (Deterding & Waters, 2021), it examines practices which are trying to be inclusive but failing, and the practices that are seen as being alternative to inclusive practices. We will be exploring the importance of teachers attached to the leadership functions and in which way they seem themselves as leaders (York‐Barr et al, 2005) and their implications on the school culture (Gurr et al, 2022). In this study will be participating two special schools and two ordinary schools. The research participants of this study are key actors from the education system which are 4 regular education teachers, 4 special needs educators, and 4 NGOs teaching assistants working in special schools, in ordinary settings with integration classes and combined schooling programmes. There is limited research on the coordination and shared decision-making among professionals working with children with SEN in the Spanish context (Corral-Granados, 2022), and none of them study why inclusion is not working for them and their views on alternative approaches to inclusion, including those which arise from special education”

References:

Corral-Granados, A. (2022). Challenges in continuing professional development on inclusion in early years in Spain. Journal of Educational Change, 1-23. Deterding, N. M., & Waters, M. C. (2021). Flexible coding of in-depth interviews: A twenty-first-century approach. Sociological methods & research, 50(2), 708-739. Gurr, D., Drysdale, L., & Goode, H. (2022). An open systems model of successful school leadership. Journal of Educational Administration. Krumboltz, J. D. (2009). The happenstance learning theory. Journal of career assessment, 17(2), 135-154. Junta de Andalucia (2022)Educacion informe OIAA- 2022. Estado de a infacia y de la adolescencia de Andalucia. Cuaderno n 3. United Nations Equality and Human Rights Commission. (2020). UN Convention on the RIghts of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD). Equality and Human Rights Commission. https://www. equalityhumanrights. com/en/our-human-rights-work/monitoring-and-promotin g-un-treaties/un-convention-rights-persons-disabilities. York‐Barr*, J., Sommerness, J., Duke, K., & Ghere, G. (2005). Special educators in inclusive education programmes: Reframing their work as teacher leadership. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 9(2), 193-215.
 

Authorisation through Pathologization

Thorsten Merl (RWTH Aachen University)

To understand the re-legitimisation of special education by inclusion, it is necessary to further investigate what functions special education has for everyday practices in self-proclaimed inclusive schools. Even though it might seem contradictory to ask for functions of special education in inclusive schools, empirically we can see that teachers in Germany simultaneously understand their school as being inclusive and yet draw from key concepts of special education to describe some of their pupils as different or to argue for the need of pedagogical differentiations (Merl 2021). The presentation analyses the functions that special education and especially different categories of special educational needs have theoretically and empirically, based on an ethnography in inclusive schools (Merl 2019): Thus, based on existing studies, the presentation first examines the basal functions of pathologization for the school system and for the existence of special education itself (Tenorth 2006; Bühler 2017). One central function in this regard appears to be the authorisation of pedagogical differentiations. To put it briefly: (Naturalised) Differences legitimise differentiation. I will therefore present the concept of authorisation and its relation to educational norms (Jergus & Thomspon 2017). The concept of authorisation provides a sensitising concept for the following reconstructive analysis of an observed pathologization, which took place in class in the form of the public outing of a pupil as being autistic. The analysis leads to a final discussion of equality and equal treatment as an educational norm in schools, which is an underlying condition for the authorising function of pathologisations in inclusive schools. A more precise understanding of the authorising functions which pathologies and their underlying norms of equal treatment have in inclusive school contexts, will allow for a concluding discussion of the following questions: 1.) How may these functions be substituted without having to refer to discriminatory categories? 2.) How may the underlying norm be challenged and changed? Both Questions could be a means of exploring the possibilities of alternative special education and its emergence.

References:

Bühler, P. (2017). „Diagnostik“ und „praktische Behandlung“. Die Entstehung der therapeutischen Funktion der Schule. In R. Reichenbach & P. Bühler (Eds.), Fragmente zu einer pädagogischen Theorie der Schule (1st ed., pp. 176–195). Beltz Juventa. Jergus, K., & Thompson, C. (Eds.). (2017). Autorisierungen des pädagogischen Selbst: Studien zu Adressierungen der Bildungskindheit. Springer VS. Merl, T. (2019). un/genügend fähig: Zur Herstellung von Differenz im Unterricht inklusiver Schulklassen. Klinkhardt. Merl, T. (2021). In/sufficiently able: How teachers differentiate between pupils in inclusive classrooms. Ethnography and Education, 16(2), 198–209. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457823.2021.1871853 Tenorth, H.-E. (2006). Bildsamkeit und Behinderung – Anspruch, Wirksamkeit und Selbstdestruktion einer Idee. In L. Raphael & H.-E. Tenorth (Eds.), Ideen als gesellschaftliche Gestaltungskraft im Europa der Neuzeit (pp. 497–520). Oldenbourg. https://doi.org/10.1524/9783486596342.497
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm04 SES 13 F: Evidence-Based Contemporary Debates in Inclusion
Location: Gilbert Scott, 251 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Christoforos Mamas
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Exploring Relational Inclusion through a Social Network Analysis Toolkit

Christoforos Mamas, David Trautman

University of California, San Diego, United States of America

Presenting Author: Mamas, Christoforos; Trautman, David

Relationships are a crucial aspect of schooling and are particularly important for student groups that have been traditionally marginalized, such as students who receive special education services. Positive peer relationships are essential for enhancing a sense of belonging and academic and social well-being for all students, particularly those with disabilities. This paper introduces the concept of ‘relational inclusion’ in the context of special and inclusive education and provides an example of how to explore it using a Social Network Analysis (SNA) Toolkit. The authors argue that schools and educators should be more systematic in understanding and promoting relationships, thus developing more inclusive, caring, and just communities.

The paper has two main purposes. First, it aims to introduce and define the term ‘relational inclusion’ in the context of special and inclusive education. Second, it presents a tool that enables educators to directly examine the nature of inclusivity in their classrooms: a Social Network Analysis (SNA) Toolkit. The authors show how teachers can make use of this tool to explore and transform relational inclusivity in their classroom communities, with a particular focus on students with identified disabilities.

Inclusive education or inclusivity has gained international momentum over the last few decades, but there remains much ambiguity in defining the term (Lindsay, 2003). In this paper, the authors use these terms interchangeably to refer to various models of school organization that promote the involvement of students with disabilities in the general education environment. Despite the ambiguities of inclusion, there are a few generally agreed upon tenets of these models. First, that disability is a social creation. Inclusive education stems from the social model of disability, which posits that it is not the differences themselves that cause someone to be disabled, but rather the social institutions around individuals which are unable to accommodate these differences. Second, that educational settings can be designed to meet the needs of all students. Third, that policy agendas should explicitly demand that students have access to equitable learning environments, prioritizing access to general education settings.

One of the main justifications for including students with disabilities in general education settings is for opportunities to engage in social interactions with peers (Mamas et al., 2021). Inclusive pedagogy aims to provide students with opportunities to experience meaningful social interactions and develop peer relationships (Freitag & Dunsmuir, 2015). The success of inclusion is often measured by the extent to which these students are accepted by their mainstream peers (Lewis, 2002). Unfortunately, as Connor and Berman (2019) argue, much of what is happening in educational practice in the name of inclusion has been a technical response to change rather than meaningful integration.

In this paper, the authors argue for the concept of relational inclusion as a fundamental ethical, moral, and pedagogical component of larger conceptualizations of inclusive education. By relational inclusivity, they mean the degree to which all students are connected into the social fabric of their educational environments. This rests on the belief that students’ sense of belonging and community are integral to both their academic and civic success. The authors call it out as a separate term to emphasize that programmatic models of inclusion do not necessarily result in actual inclusion in all senses of the word. Instead, relational inclusion needs to be actively monitored, developed, and maintained to ensure that students, particularly those with disabilities, are able to fully engage and actively participate in their educational contexts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this paper, we approach relational inclusion from a social network perspective. From this perspective, inclusion is not examined through proximity and placement, but rather through the relationships which develop (or not) within and across physical spaces such as classrooms. It is our belief that educators should be intentional about cultivating and growing relationships among all students and particularly their students with identified disabilities.
According to Kenis and Oerlemans (2007), a social network perspective focuses on the joint activities of, and continual exchanges between, participants in a social system or network. They argue that this perspective is characterized by an interest in the relationship patterns that connect the actors that make up a system’s or a network’s social structure. This paper considers that the social network perspective consists of the relationships among students and how these students are embedded within social networks of interconnected relationships that provide opportunities for, or constraints in, social interactions and other elements in their educational journeys.
Practitioners can collect relational social network data through the Toolkit, enabling them to visualize network structures and obtain valuable insights into the social dynamics in their classrooms. Here we provide an example of how the SNA Toolkit can be employed by teachers to examine and support the development relational inclusion within their practice.
The Toolkit is an easy-to-use, free, web-based program which facilitates teachers’ use of social network tools such as sociograms in order to advance relational inclusion. It was conceived, designed, and developed to enable educators conduct descriptive SNA, which illustrates the social dynamics within their settings. A noteworthy advantage is that it does not require any knowledge around social network methods as the necessary elements are built into the program. The SNA Toolkit is currently hosted here: www.socionomy.net.
As the Toolkit is an online program, teachers can sign up and start using it immediately without any software installation required. The Toolkit enables teachers to register their classroom(s), add their students, create and disseminate a social network survey to their students, collect and subsequently analyze relational data from their classroom. The preprogrammed survey that comes with the Toolkit asks students to identify their friends in the classroom by selecting their names from a list, who they play with during recess or non-academic time, who the seek out for help with academic work and who they talk to if they are having a bad day at school.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Upon completion and submission of the survey by students, the Toolkit generates the results for the classroom. The results include both a classroom report and an individualized report for each student. Educators have immediate access to those results and reports with a click of a button. The results include visual network maps (sociograms) and descriptive SNA measures based on each prompt/question in the survey. After the data has been collected and the reports produced, educators should examine it carefully. Each question’s network map can be customized to highlight information of interest to the school team, with options to change node size, color, and shape based on different measures and variables.
In addition to examining the network maps, educators should explore the descriptive SNA measures included in the classroom and student-level reports to help them make a better sense of their students’ social dynamics. For example, the classroom report includes the density for each classroom network. Network density shows the portion of the potential connections in a network that are actual connections, and it is represented by a percentage.
In sum, if we acknowledge the fundamental role of students’ social capabilities in academic learning and the importance of the school in developing a democratic society (Jagers et al., 2019), then this calls for new ways of observing students’ social environments in school. Fundamental to discussions of inclusion, therefore, need to go beyond proxy measures of student learning and school climate. Instead, we need explicit and targeted ways to observe, measure, and reflect on the social environment of learning in schools, or what we call relational inclusion. We believe that the Toolkit provides valuable insights to educators looking to develop more systematic, iterative ways of understanding the relational dimension of school and that these insights are an important factor addressing educational inequities.

References
Connor, D. J., & Berman, D. (2019). (Be) Longing: a family’s desire for authentic inclusion. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(9), 923-936.

Freitag, S., & Dunsmuir, S. (2015). The inclusion of children with ASD: Using the theory of planned behaviour as a theoretical framework to explore peer attitudes. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 62(4), 405-421.

Jagers, R. J., Rivas-Drake, D., & Williams, B. (2019). Transformative social and emotional learning (SEL): Toward SEL in service of educational equity and excellence. Educational Psychologist, 54(3), 162-184.

Kenis, P. N., & Oerlemans, L. A. G. (2007). The social network perspective: understanding the structure of cooperation. In Oxford handbook of inter-organizational relationships (pp. 289-312). Oxford University Press.

Lewis, A. (2002). Children's understanding of disability. Routledge.

Lindsay, G. (2003). Inclusive education: a critical perspective. British Journal of Special Education 30(1), pp. 3-12. DOI: 10.1111/1467-8527.00275

Mamas, C., Daly, A. J., Cohen, S. R., & Jones, G. (2021). Social participation of students with autism spectrum disorder in general education settings. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 28, 100467.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

The ‘Inclusive’ Verses ‘Special’ Education Debate: Influences, Impacts, and Imaginative Wonderings

Joanna Anderson1, Christopher Boyle2

1University of New England, Australia; 2Univeristy of Adelaide, Australia

Presenting Author: Anderson, Joanna

Education carries a considerable responsibility when it comes to improving global inequality, and while not everyone thinks this is as it should be (for example, see Muller, 2018), it must be acknowledged that education matters. Educational attainment has been shown to improve a broad range of life outcomes (OECD, 2022) and equitable access to education enhances ‘social equity’ (Harber 2014, p. 20). It is unsurprising therefore to find ‘Quality education’ (Goal 4) identified as one of 17 goals described within the United Nations 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development (United Nations, 2015). It has been argued that for education to be considered ‘quality’ it must be inclusive (Anderson & Boyle, 2020). If enacted successfully, inclusive education can reduce inequalities more broadly, including in the areas of physical and mental health, income and employment, and social connectivity. It is these wider benefits that position inclusive education as a construct of consequence within the global discourse, not just within the realm of education.

Inclusive education has been the prevailing philosophy globally for the education of students with a disability for more than quarter of a century, and in more contemporary times, for all students. In 2016 the committee responsible for the Convention of the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD) described inclusive education as follows:

a process of systemic reform embodying changes and modifications in content, teaching methods, approaches, structures and strategies in education to overcome barriers with a vision serving to provide all students of the relevant age range with an equitable and participatory learning experience and environment that best corresponds to their requirements and preferences (United Nations, 2016, para. 11).

Captured within these words is the scale of change required for inclusive education to prevail. The enormity of change may explain in some part both why inclusive education has struggled to gain traction in recent years and why the ‘substantial distance between the conceptualisation of inclusive education and its implementation’ has persisted (Artiles & Kozleski, 2016, p. 7). In many countries, such as Australia and England, there is evidence to suggest segregation and exclusion of some groups of students, particularly those from minority groups, is again on the rise (Anderson & Boyle, 2019; Norwich & Black, 2015). Reasons for this are varied and complex, yet one notion that requires further exploration is the role special education, and those working in the field, have played. While the notion of inclusive education has been lauded globally by many policy makers, researchers, and practitioners, it has faced unrelenting criticism and resistance (Artiles & Kozleski, 2016) with much of this coming from the field of special education (Slee, 2018).

Inclusive education emerged from within the special education debate, and much of the discourse around it still attaches itself to residual ideas from each of the exclusion, segregation, and integration eras (Mac Ruairc, 2020). Having grown out of the field of special education, inclusive education consistently gets entangled in the politics of disability and education. The challenges from special educators to protect what has traditionally been their educational space are real (Slee, 2018). Advocates of special education have fought to maintain separate provisions for students with disability in the form of segregated classes and special schools. The argument is based on the premise that segregation is needed - it's for their own good. Full inclusion has been positioned as the enemy of special education and the debate has become on centred on inclusive verses special education.

This study sought to understand the impact of the inclusive verse’s special education debate on those entrusted with providing an education to all children – principals of public primary schools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative case-study design was employed to interrogate leadership for inclusive education within ten primary schools located in Queensland, Australia. Schools were all Government run, and purposefully selected on a number of criteria, including size, diversity of cohort, and their Index of Community Socio-Educational Advantage (ICSEA) rating (according to the Australian Curriculum, Assessment and Reporting Authority (ACARA) it is a scale which allows for ‘comparisons between schools based on the level of educational advantage or disadvantage that students bring to their academic studies’ (ACARA, 2016, p. 1)), to ensure a diverse mix of data were captured. Principals from each school participated in two in-depth semi-structured interviews, which were transcribed and then analysed using an inductive thematic analysis approach. Codes were established and themes developed following the guidelines proffered by Clarke and Braun (2017). It should be noted that principals were allocated an alphabetic identifier (PA, PB and so on) during transcription of the interview data, and these will be used in the presentation to ensure anonymity.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research findings produced four clear themes. First, principals regarded inclusive education to be specifically about disability and characterised inclusive education as being for the students with a disability enrolled at their schools. Second, they regarded special education to be an inclusive practice, sitting at one end of the inclusive education continuum, with ‘full inclusion’ at the other. Third, principals described inclusive education as being the work of staff employed in special education roles. Finally, principals considered inclusive education to be something separate to ‘mainstream’ education and used language to describe it as being something ‘different’ or ‘other’. It could be argued that these findings are unsurprising, given Artiles and Kozleski’s (2016) assertion that the constructs of disability and inclusive education are often entangled in political discourse, and as a consequence, the term special education is often ‘misrepresented’ as inclusive education (D’Alessio et al., 2018). This notion is reflected in the work of researchers, universities, and education systems, a problematic reality for the global goal of quality and equitable education (United Nations, 2015). Why? Because it seems that while the inclusive verse’s special education debate persists, advocates of inclusion will have an uphill battle to position the construct as it was always meant to be positioned - as a way of doing education for everyone. Maybe it is time to let go of the term inclusive education and reimagine the possibilities of schools that support learning and wellbeing outcomes for everyone.
References
Anderson, J., & Boyle, C. (2020). Including into what? Reigniting the ‘good education’ debate in an age of diversity. In C. Boyle, J. Anderson, A. Page & S. Mavropoulou (Eds.), Inclusive education: Global issues & controversies (pp. 15-34). Koninklijke Brill NV.
Anderson, J., & Boyle, C. (2019). Looking in the mirror: Reflecting on 25 years of inclusive education in Australia. International Journal of Inclusive Education: The Salamanca Statement: 25 Years On, 23(7-8), 796–810. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1622802
Artiles, A., & Kozleski. E. (2016). Inclusive education’s promises and trajectories: Critical notes about future research on a venerable idea. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 24(43), 1-29. https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.24.1919
Australian Curriculum, Assessment and Reporting Authority [ACARA]. (2016). What does the ICSEA value mean? ACARA. https://docs.acara.edu.au/resources/20160418_ACARA_ICSEA.pdf.
Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2017). Thematic analysis. The Journal of Positive Psychology: Qualitative Positive Psychology, 12(3),297–298. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439760.2016.1262613
D’Alessio, S., Grima-Farrell, C., & Cologon, K. (2018). Inclusive education in Italy and in Australia: Embracing radical epistemological stances to develop inclusive policies and practices. In M. Best, T. Corcoran, & R. Slee (Eds.), Who’s in? Who’s out? What to do about inclusive education (15–32). Koninklijke Brill NV.
Harber, C. (2014). Education and International Development: Theory, Practice and Issues. Symposium Books.
Mac Ruairc, G. (2020). Headspace: School Leaders Working towards
Inclusive Schools. In C. Boyle, J. Anderson, A. Page, & S. Mavropoulou (Eds.), Inclusive education: Global issues and controversies (pp. 58-72). Koninklijke Brill NV.
Muller, J. (2018). Tyranny of metrics. Princeton University Press.
Norwich, B., & Black, A. (2015). The placement of secondary school students with Statements of special educational needs in the more diversified system of English secondary schooling. British Journal of Special Education, 42(2), 128–151. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8578.12097
OECD. (2022). Education GPS: Social and Health outcomes. https://gpseducation.oecd.org/revieweducationpolicies/#!node=41767&filter=all
Slee, R. (2018a). Inclusion and education: Defining the scope of inclusive education. Paper commissioned for the 2020 Global Education Monitoring Report, Inclusion and education. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000265773
United Nations. (2016). Convention on the rights of persons with disabilities, General comment No. 4. United Nations Human Rights. https://www.ohchr.org/en/documents/general-comments-and-recommendations/general-comment-no-4-article-24-right-inclusive
United Nations. (2015). The 17 Goals. Department of Economic and Social Affairs Sustainable Development. https://sdgs.un.org/goals


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Digital Incremental Scaffolds in Inclusive Science Classes. An Enthnographic Approach to Diverse Settings of Teaching and Learning.

Jonas Goltz1, Navina Schilling2, Rolf Werning2

1Georg-August University Göttingen, Germany; 2Leibniz University Hannover, Germany

Presenting Author: Goltz, Jonas; Schilling, Navina

The school as an institutionalized place of education and socialization is constantly reviewed to see if it meets its requirements: inclusion demands that all pupils can fully participate in the learning environment that is designed for all students. This goes hand in hand with minimizing discrimination and maximizing social participation and educational opportunities. The ongoing digitalization of living- and working environments implies the modernization of school. Designing the school of tomorrow, in which all pupils learn with new media, is a global challenge, as shown in international documents (UN 2006; UNESCO 2022). Here the interdisciplinary joint research project „DiLernProfis“ (Formative Assessment and teaching methodology - incremental scaffolds as a concept for professionalization for adaptive teaching), funded by the BMBF, is located. It focuses on the use of a digital incremental scaffold (as an app for tablets) for biology experiments in secondary inclusive science classes.

In differentiated school classes, the scientific experiment challenges teachers as well as pupils. While incremental scaffolds (Leisen 2010) already offer a good solution for such complex situations (Kleinert et al. 2021) digital media provides new opportunities for handling diversity in school: the app was designed as an instrument to face diversity in classes to support the independent work process. We use an extended construct of inclusion, which covers all forms of diversity, which lead to exclusion in school and society and contribute to social inequalities (Löser & Werning 2015, p. 17).

“DiLernProfis” offers a possible answer to the question of the challenging handling of diversity in inclusive science classes and experiments. Our qualitative subproject uses an ethnographic approach to analyse inclusive and exclusive practices in classes with the digital scaffold and aims to evaluate this solution. This includes individual, as well as classwide uses of the app.

There are many international studies about the use of tablets in school (see Aufenanger & Bastian 2017). The use of digital media is often seen as a catalyst for inclusion, although simultaneously pupils digital skills are strongly related to socio-economic backgrounds (Senkbeil et al. 2019). Many studies focus on the compensating tablet-use for pupils with disabilities (Cumming & Draper Rodriguez, 2017) and less on the integration in a general teaching concept for diverse classes. Another focus lies upon learning outcomes: those studies show a slight positive trend in the tablet-use (Haßler et al. 2016). The potentials of tablets for science classes are highlighted (see e.g. Cotič et al. 2020). Furthermore, qualitative studies are needed for a deeper understanding on changing classroom practices with digital media. So far, there is no evidence for innovative teaching practices, but incremental adaptions: Regulation practices by teachers for the use of tablets as well as new forms of publicity of learning products in connection to smartboards can be found (Thiersch & Wolf 2021). The use of digital devices leads to an acceleration of workflows and fosters the expectation to share learning products (Herrle et al. 2022). The research of the precise use of digital incremental scaffolds in inclusive science classes is a desideratum, which our project addresses. In our subproject we use a praxeological approach (Schatzki 2003) and therefore locate the social within practices. This enables us to analyse the ensemble of human actors and material artefacts (Röhl 2015). The use of artefacts is embedded in normative orders (e.g. teaching, performance) (Rabenstein 2018). The specific use uncovers different subject positions and can stabilize or destabilize normative orders. A praxeological approach therefore allows us to analyse social differentiations in practices with the app and gain findings about their inclusive and exclusive potentials.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The first phase of data collection in the project has just finished. Four classes of comprehensive schools have been visited for a number of lessons. Our subproject uses ethnographic observations to collect data about the practices in class. During those observations notes have been made and afterwards transferred into detailed protocols to describe the proceedings in class with a special focus on practices with and around the tablets and the science experiment. In most lessons at least two researchers have been present to observe as many experiment groups as possible. In a total of eleven lessons, nineteen protocols have been produced.
The ethnographic approach offers many benefits. It is open for diverse practices in the classes (Thomas 2019) and therefore allows the discovery of the unexpected. The steady influx of new data from the field gives chances for deeper clarification and differentiation of theory (ibid.). An ethnographic approach also assumes that only in interaction with non-locals, for example through the presence of researchers, social fields show their specific properties (Breidenstein et al., 2020). In addition to the ethnographic observations, we will conduct episodic interviews with teachers and pupils in the next field phase to gain further information on specific observations in a triangulative matter. This allows us to further understand situations of interest. The data analysis is performed in the style of the grounded theory methodology (Strauss & Corbin 2010), which is an open approach. The different analytic steps lead to a more precise focus in strong relation to the empirical data and allow a systematic development of theory (ibid, p. 39ff). This openness has good synergetic effects with our methods of data collection by allowing the discovery of the unexpected and, even with the specific focus of our project, makes the complexity and diversity of the social situation of science classes comprehensible.
The praxeological approach and the used methods of data collection and analysis offer a fitting methodological framework to meet our subprojects goal. The research design enables us to relate the various elements of practices in a methodological secured way. This way we are able to assess the influence of the app and capture its meaning for handling diversity in science classes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The Project “DiLernProfis” pursues the development of an incremental scaffold in form of an app for inclusive science classes and aims for the participation of all pupils. Our subproject examines the use of the digital scaffolds with a strong emphasis on inclusive and exclusive practices.
The data analysis has shown diverse practices with and around the app. On the one hand, the app was used in the intended sense. The pupils used the scaffold to keep working on the experiment independently without asking for support. On the other hand, pupils rejected the tablet use. Because of its stigmatizing potential as an additional aid, the app became a symbol of dependence. The complex arrangement of artefacts (tablet, worksheets, containers with water, thermometer, etc.) required pupils to spatially organize them. In conjunction with the tablet’s material vulnerability, this led to a disuse of the app. The experiment was performed in groups with one tablet each. Pupils developed group-intern rules that regulated the app-use, which resulted in verbal sanctions for divergent practices. Overall our analysis shows complex forms of practices of the app-use on an individual, group, and class wide level and sheds light on the unintended effects of the didactical solution. The practices promoted participation in its original idea as well as they produced specific forms of exclusion.
For ECER 2023 we want to present and discuss our findings with a focus on how our methodical and theoretical framework contributes to the development and implementation of the digital scaffold in inclusive classrooms.

References
Aufenanger, S., Bastian, J. (ed.)(2017). Tablets in Schule und Unterricht. Forschungsmethoden und -perspektiven zum Einsatz digitaler Medien. Springer VS.
Breidenstein, G., Hirschauer, S., Kalthoff, H., Niedwand, B.(2020). Ethnografie Die Praxis der Feldforschung. UVK-Verlag.
Cotič, N., Plazar, J., Istenič Starčič, A., Zuljan, D.(2020).The Effect of Outdoor Lessons in Natural Sciences on Students' Knowledge, through Tablets and Experiential Learning. Journal of Baltic Science Education, Vol.19. No.5
Cumming, T.M., Draper Rodríguez, C.(2017). A Meta-Analysis of Mobile Technology Supporting Individuals With Disabilities. The Journal of Special Education, 51(3), 164–176.
Haßler, B., Major, L., Hennessy, S.(2016). Tablet use in schools: a critical review of the evidence for learning outcomes. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 32(2), 139–156.
Herrle, M., Hoffmann, M., Proske, M.(2022). Unterrichtsgestaltung im Kontext digitalen Wandels: Untersuchungen zur soziomedialen Organisation Tablet-gestützter Gruppenarbeit. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft.
Kleinert, S.I., Isaak, R.C., Textor, A., Wilde, M.(2021). Die Nutzung gestufter Lernhilfen zur Unterstützung des Experimentierprozesses im Biologieunterricht: eine qualitative Studie. ZfDN 27, 59–71.
Leisen, J.(2010). Lernprozesse mithilfe von Lernaufgaben strukturieren: Informationen und Beispiele zu Lernaufgaben im kompetenzorientierten Unterricht. Unterricht Physik, 117/118, 101-105.
Löser, J.M., Werning, R.(2015). Inklusion. allgegenwärtig, kontrovers, diffus?. In: Erziehungswissenschaft 26, 51,17-24.
Rabenstein, K.(2018). Ding-Praktiken. Zur sozio-materiellen Dimension von Unterricht. In M. Proske/K. Rabenstein(ed.). Kompendium Qualitative Unterrichtsforschung: Unterricht beobachten - beschreiben - rekonstruieren (319-348). Julius Klinkhardt.
Röhl, T.(2015). Transsituating education. Educational artefacts in the classroom and beyond. In S. Bollig, M.S. Honig, S. Neumann, Seele, C.(ed.), MultiPluriTrans. Approaching the multimodality, plurality and translocality of educational realities (121–140). transcript.
Schatzki, T.R.(2002). A Primer On Practices: Theory and Research. In J. Higgs et al.(ed.), Practice, education, work and society: Volume 6. Practice-based education: Perspectives and strategies (13–26). Sense Publishers. Rotterdam
Senkbeil, M.; Drossel, K.; Eickelmann, B.; Vennemann, M.(2019). Soziale Herkunft und computer- und informationsbezogene Kompetenzen von Schülerinnen und Schülern im zweiten internationalen Vergleich In: Eickelmann, B.; et al.(ed.):ICILS 2018 #Deutschland. Computer- und informationsbezogene Kompetenzen von Schülerinnen und Schülern im zweiten internationalen Vergleich und Kompetenzen im Bereich Computational Thinking. Münster; New York: Waxmann 2019, 301-333.
Strauss, A.L., Corbin, J.(2010). Grounded Theory: Grundlagen Qualitativer Sozialforschung. Beltz
Thiersch, S., & Wolf, E.(2021). Pädagogische Assimilationen. Regulierungs- und Optimierungspraktiken in Tablet-Klassen. In:N. Brieden, H. Mendl, O. Reis(ed.). Religion lernen. Jahrbuch für konstruktivistische Religionsdidaktik: Bd. 12. Digitale Praktiken(23–47). Lehmanns Verlag. Babenhausen
Thomas, S.(2019). Ethnographie. Eine Einführung. Springer VS.
UN(2006).Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD). https://www.un.org/development/desa/disabilities/convention-on-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities.html. seen:25.01.2023.
UNESCO.(2022). Guidelines for ICT in education policies and masterplans. ED-2021/WS/34.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm04 SES 13 G: Context-specific Learning and Knowledge
Location: Gilbert Scott, Humanities [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Michelle Proyer
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Inclusive Education, Sustainability and Traditional Knowledge Transfer. Lessons Learned from Uganda and Austria.

Simon Reisenbauer1, Seyda Subasi Singh2

1Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany; 2University of Vienna, Austria

Presenting Author: Reisenbauer, Simon; Subasi Singh, Seyda

Societal experiences of the contemporary world population consist of knowledge that evolved from indigenous knowledge that people conserved and transmitted over the decades. This knowledge shapes the way things are done, communication is achieved and relations are built (Bruchac, 2014). The skills, beliefs, values and knowledge of previous generations have been crucial worldwide to managing and sustaining the natural environment as well (Aluko, 2018). However, as Nakata (2002) discusses, colonial circumstances and chaos had a disruptive effect on the development, improvement and transfer of indigenous knowledge especially in developing countries, which kept indigenous knowledge away from formal education and formal curriculum and pushed it to informal education. The emphasis put on the necessity of following a westernized formal education policy did perpetuate the neglect of indigenous knowledge as well (Ogunniyi, 2015). As the focus has been on learning foreign languages, mastering natural sciences and building infrastructure, education systems have questioned the relevance and benefit of indigenous knowledge for education. The practice of indigenous knowledge as a part of informal education, on the other hand, achieves a sense of community, a common language, immediate learning resources and a knowledge transfer system between elderly and younger members of the community. With the increasing focus on sustainable knowledge systems and environments, the importance of indigenous knowledge for formal education systems has resurfaced.

Addressing indigenous knowledge and its integration into formal education and contemporary knowledge is asked for by many (Court & Wijeysuriya, 2015; Wuriga et al., 2020). In addition, access to systems of transfer and practices of indigenous knowledge should available for all memebers of society. As stated in the Sustainable Development Goals, sustainable development of education requires a strategy that adheres to the principles of inclusive education. To ensure inclusive and equitable education (SDG4) and to promote sustainable economic growth (SDG8), the integration of indigenous knowledge into the formal education systems should be achieved following an inclusive strategy.

In this research collaboration, practices of indigenous knowledge transfer with respect to bark cloth production in Uganda and inclusive vocational training in Austria are analysed. The focus of this paper lies on the participation in and exclusion from accessing indigenous knowledge.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In Uganda representatives from (traditional) civil society are advocating for the integration of indigenous knowledge into the formal education systems. Through cooperation between the Nkumba University, Uganda and the University of Vienna, Austria, the integration of indigenous knowledge into the school curriculum in the Buganda Region in Uganda is studied and put into relation with the Austrian system of (inclusive) vocational training.
The paper engages in the question of how the contemporary understanding of indigenous knowledge is portrayed by various stakeholders and who is able to access and participate in those educational structures set up locally. To answer this question, qualitative interviews (Beins, 2019) with experts and practitioners of traditional knowledge, community members and organizations, local enterprises, and government officials were conducted. On the other hand, observations (Breidenstein, 2012) of traditional knowledge practices and learning structures in local communities and schools, as well as inclusive vocational and job-training structures accompanied the interviews. Data has been analysed mainly in group settings following Constructivist Grounded Theory (Charmaz, 2006)
The research was conducted in the Buganda Region of Uganda and Vienna, the capital city of Austria. Buganda region has a dependable indigenous knowledge structure that serves as a springboard for research activities. Additionally, the region has a favourable infrastructural establishment that enables less interrupted research progress in terms of travel and proximity aspects to the spectrum of indigenous knowledge that is intended for this research. The inclusion of marginalized groups, people with disability, and women in the revival of indigenous knowledge and its integration into formal education were the main topics of concern.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings based on the observations and interviews with the participants shed light on the processes of inclusion and exclusion in indigenous knowledge transfer. The presentation is based on accounts from participants as well as a historical perspective on inclusive practices in indigenous knowledge.
The dimension of access, such as societal, attitudinal and physical barriers to the community centres where knowledge transfer is being practiced, is closely linked to the status of indigenous knowledge in society. In particular, the paper critically reflects on different narratives with regards to access of vulnerable groups, such as women and people with disabilities and their integration into indigenous knowledge transfer and practices. In addition, the transfer of indigenous knowledge into the job market has been analysed in terms of its inclusivity and accessibility. The social and economic inclusion of people who are marginalized in society is rarely addressed in the planning and implementation of the indigenous knowledge by the relevant actors. Thus, adding to and fostering existing inequalities within the local communities.
Linking practices of indigenous knowledge transfer and inclusive education from Uganda and Austria provides the basis for a better understanding of local practices. The findings enable the (local) stakeholders to learn from the different contexts and to create a more inclusive and sustainable mode of practicing and transferring indigenous knowledge in society. Especially from an Austrian (European) perspective where vocational training is rarely connected to indigenous knowledge discourses and sustainability.

References
Aluko, Y. A. (2018). Women's Use of Indigenous Knowledge for Environmental Security and Sustainable Development in Southwest Nigeria. The International Indigenous Policy Journal, 9(3). DOI: 10.18584/iipj.2018.9.3.2.
Breidenstein, G. (2012). Ethnographisches Beobachten. In H. de Boer & S. Reh (Eds.), Beobachtung in der Schule - Beobachten lernen (pp. 27–45). Wiesbaden: Springer VS.
Bruchac, M. (2014). Indigenous Knowledge and Traditional Knowledge. In Smith, C. (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Global Archaeology, 3814-3824. New York: Springer. http://eprints.gla.ac.uk/1094/1/JBriggs_eprint1094.pdf [Accessed 28 August 2020].
Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing grounded theory. London ; Thousand Oaks, Calif: Sage.
Court, S. & Wijeysuriya, G. (2015).  People-Centred Approaches to the Conservation of Cultural Heritage: Living Heritage. Available at https://www.iccrom.org/publication/people-centred-approaches-conservation-cultural-heritage-living-heritage
Nakata, M. (2002). Indigenous Knowledge and the Cultural Interface: underlying issues at the intersection of knowledge and information systems. IFLA Journal 28, 5/6. p.g 286). Available at: https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/pdf/10.1177/034003520202800513 [Accessed 7 September 2020].
Ogunniyi, M. (2015). The educational and cultural values of Indigenous knowledge systems in modern society. Available at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/286443923_The_educational_and_cultural_values_of_Indigenous_knowledge_systems_in_modern_society/link/5669763308aea0892c499b7c/download [Accessed 28 August 2020].
Wuriga, R, Musingafi, B. & Mugumbate, J. (2020). Lemba/remba indigenous knowledge and practice's contribution to community health and wellbeing in Zimbabwe and other parts of Africa. Available at  https://ro.uow.edu.au/asshpapers/365/


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Interaction with the Environment – part of the Education for Pupils with Intellectual Disabilities – or Not?

Pia M Nordgren1, Jörgen Frostlund2

1University of Borås, Sweden, Department of Educational Work; 2University of Borås, Sweden, Department of Educational work

Presenting Author: Nordgren, Pia M

This presentation gives some insight into ongoing work on the teaching practice regarding interaction and communication for students with intellectual disabilities in Swedish compulsory schools. The study is a partial result of the Interteach project, which is a national Swedish study carried out at the University of Borås, where we ask teachers about the teaching practice (regarding communication and interaction) encountered by pupils with intellectual disabilities. In a study by Frostlund & Nordgren (2022) it is established that there exists a teaching gap among Swedish compulsory schools for children with intellectual disabilities, i.e the evidence-based programs that are used, AAC, PECS, EIBI and TEACCH (Thunberg, 2007, Bondy & Frost, 2011, Klintwall & Eikeseth, 2014, Fletcher-Campbell, 2003, Mesibov, Shea & Schopler, 2004) differ within the country in regard to the teachers’ CPD and previous education. In addition, the established evidence-based teaching strategies do not always promote interaction and learning for pupils. Partial results of a current quantitative census survey will be presented together with some analyses of the presence of interaction in the teaching practice for pupils with intellectual disabilities in Sweden as a whole. The theoretical starting point for this study is that interaction is necessary in teaching and foundational to pupils’ learning in development of intersubjective understanding (Trevarthen, 1979).

The compulsory school for students with intellectual disabilities, i.e., the special school in Sweden, as well as schools in other Nordic countries are organized according to The Salamanca statement and Framework for Action in Special Needs Education (UNESCO, 1994), which means education should be employed from an inclusive perspective. The Nordic countries as well as many European countries ratified the Salamanca statement in 1994. During recent decades there has been an increasing demand for scientifically validated teaching practices in school due to a general understanding of the school system as problematic and lacking equivalence (Biesta, 2007; Levinsson, 2013; OECD, 2007). There is a lack of studies that focus on specific aspects regarding evidence-based teaching programs regarding communication and interaction för pupils with intellectual disabilities. In the current study the purpose is to investigate the teachers’ experiences regarding in what way interaction is part of their daily teaching of students with intellectual disabilities.

Research questions for the present study were:

  1. To what extent do teachers believe that it is important that students with autism and extensive communication difficulties have the opportunity to interact with their surroundings?
  2. To what extent do teachers believe that it is important to use communication maps for students with autism who have no communication skills?
  3. To what extent do teachers believe that it is important to use talking devices for students with autism without communication skills?
  4. Do teachers claim that students at their school work mainly independently on their work station?
  5. Do teachers claim that students at their school unit are given the opportunity for daily interaction with other students during teacher-led activities?
  6. Do teachers claim that the students at their school unit are given the opportunity for individual interaction in teaching with their teachers every day?
  7. Do teachers claim that the students at their school unit are given the opportunity to interaction with adults during the school day?
  8. Do the students at the teachers’ school unit get the opportunity for targeted language training with for example a speech therapist one to several times a week?
  9. What is the relationship between the attitudes (questions 1-3) and the extent to which the various evidence-based programs are used in Sweden as a whole?
  10. What is the relationship between the attitudes (question 1-3) and the extent as to which the students get the possibility to interact?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The ongoing project Interteach is carried out at the University of Borås. In this Swedish national quantitative census survey, we ask all teachers in Sweden who are formally qualified and currently employed at Swedish compulsory schools for pupils with intellectual disabilities, questions about the teaching practice regarding interaction and communication. Research questions in the current study regard to what extent and in what way interaction is involved in the teachers’ daily work with the children. For the study a survey was conducted through the university web system Sunet survey and distributed to a total of 418 teachers that are formally qualified and currently employed at compulsory schools in Sweden for students with intellectual disabilities. The response rate, 403 teachers out of 418 teachers, was about 96%. The teachers in the current study teach students who are between 7-15 years old. 56% teach students 7-12 years of age and the remaining teachers work with students grade 7-9 (students between 13-15 years of age). The survey consisted of 19 closed and 1 open-ended question, where one question (question 19) is used for the present study and the other 18 questions are used in a previous study (Frostlund & Nordgren, 2022).

The ethical principles for Swedish research according to the Swedish Research Council are a ground for the present study. No unauthorized persons are able to process the information. In addition, neither the teachers, the schools or the pupils can be identified because the results are presented anonymously on regional, national levels. Also, we ourselves had no information about the specific individuals in the study. The respondents gave their informed consent when entering the study and filling out the survey.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Increased knowledge on evidence-based methods for pupils with intellectual disability in Swedish compulsory schools is expected to lay the ground for further studies, which may lead to development of the education för pupils with intellectual disabilities. This survey makes analyses of teachers’ experiences and views on their teaching practice possible on a national Swedish level, but the study may also have implications for evidence-based teaching in other Nordic countries as well as European countries and contribute to the discussion on evidence-based methods worldwide.

Based on a previous study (Frostlund & Nordgren, 2022) this study takes a further scope on the education for pupils with intellectual disabilities in Sweden and directs the attention towards interaction in education. A conclusion of the previous study was that the teaching profession is in need of scientific guidance in order to establish the best possible teaching practice for pupils with intellectual disabilities. The reason for this is that only a small proportion of teachers have received formal teacher training and CPD on evidence-based programs. The present study explores the relationship between to what extent pupils have the possibility to interact during the school day and the teachers attitudes on this matter.

References
References

Biesta,G. (2007). Why ‘what works’won’t work: Evidence-based practice and the democratic deficit in educational research. Educational Theory, 57:1, 1-22.

Frostlund. J. & Nordgren, P.M (2022). Evidence-based teaching in Swedish compulsory schools for pupils with intellectual disabilities. Journal of Interactional Research in Communication Disorders, 14:1, 154-188.

Levinsson, M. (2013). Evidence and existence: Evidence-based teaching in the light of teachers’ experiences. [Evidens och existens: Evidensbaserad undervisning i ljuset av lärares erfarenheter]. Gothenburg studies in education science (report nr. 339). Göteborg: Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis.

Levinsson, M. & Prøitz, T.S. (2017). The (non-)use of configurative reviews in education. Education Inquiry, 8:3, 209-231.

Organization for economic co-operatoin and development OECD (2007). Evidence in education: Linking research and policy. Paris: Centre for Educational Research and Innovation.

Trevarthen, C. (1979). Communication and cooperation in early infancy – a description of primary intersubjectivity. In M. Bullowa (Ed). Before speech: The beginning of interpersonal communication (pp. 321-347). Cambridge; Cambridge University Press.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm06 SES 13 A: 360-Degree Video in Higher Education. Theories, Instruments and Examples of Good Practices
Location: Gilbert Scott, G466 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Maria Ranieri
Research Workshop
 
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Research Workshop

360-Degree Video in Higher Education. Theories, Instruments and Examples of Good Practices

Maria Ranieri1, Kevin Burden2, Damiana Luzzi1

1University of Florence, Italy; 2University of Hull, UK

Presenting Author: Ranieri, Maria; Burden, Kevin; Luzzi, Damiana

Over the last few years, among the latest generation of digital technologies, immersive environments, from Augmented Reality (AR) to Virtual Reality (VR), including 360-degree video, are gaining momentum in the education field. Indeed, according to recent literature (Evens et al. 2022; Rosendahl & Wagner, 2023), they positively influence students’ learning both in terms of engagement (Harrington et al., 2018) and knowledge transfer (Berns et al., 2018; Ranieri et al., 2022; Rupp et al., 2019). Focusing on 360 videos, they involve high levels of realism and sense of presence or embodiment (Berns et al., 2018; Rupp et al., 2019; Theelen et al., 2019), and they are also becoming increasingly affordable, enabling users to explore, experiment or practice dangerous or hard-to-reach environments, allowing learners to safely anticipate the experience (Rupp et al., 2019) and improving their capacity of knowledge transfer from familiar to unfamiliar context, the so-called "boundary crossing" process. In addition, they can have a positive impact on remembering and understanding visual and spatial dimensions (cognitive skills), on visual scanning or observational skills (psychomotor skills) as well as on controlling emotional response to stressful or difficult situations (affective skills) (Jensen et al., 2018). All circumstances where the (real or virtual) experience plays an important role in supporting learners’ advancement in knowledge and skills seem to benefit from the use of HMD viewers and 3D interactive videos (Alamäki et al., 2021; Ranieri et al., 2022). Indeed, from an educational point of view, 360-degree videos offer a richer experience than traditional video since they are based on a concept that rarely applies to standard visual content: presence. The sense of presence is created by positioning the users in the same position as the lens of the camera and offering them autonomy to direct their gaze in any direction. These affordances of presence and spatial orientation create an experience unlike anything previously available. These characteristics of 360-degree video, especially the immersive and interactive type, align with the principle of situated learning theory (Leave & Wenger, 1991) and experiential learning theory (Kolb, 1984).

Although 360-degree videos can provide students with the opportunity not only to hear about abstract contents but also to live vicarious experiences (e.g., Kang et al., 2020), the adoption of 360-degree video is still limited for different reasons such as low levels of digital competences of educators, lack of effective and easy-to-use tools for the production and storing of 360-degree videos, lack of examples showing the pedagogical value of this technology as well as how 360-degree videos can be implemented in the current practices (. With this in mind, the European Project “SEPA360 - Supporting Educators’ Pedagogical Application of 360° video” (SEPA360) (Erasmus Plus 2019-22) was launched in the pre-pandemic year with the aim of designing, developing and testing innovative learning scenarios based on the use of 360-degree video for improving teaching practices in higher education and faculty professional development. The project was coordinated by the University of Hull (UK) and the participation of the University of Florence (IT), the Wirtschaftsuniversitat Wien (AT), the Aristotle University of Thessaloniki (GR) and Hogeschool PXL (BE). Specific objectives of the project were:

  • enhancing the capacity of lecturers to create and use 360 video effectively as a teaching and learning tool

  • enhancing the capacity of lecturers to use Vivista, a bespoke online 360 video platform to add additional interactivity

  • improving university students’ confidence and capability by using 360 video to simulate real-world situations

  • enhancing the ability of university decision-makers to embed 360 video as a teaching and learning tool across their institutions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To achieve the objectives of SEPA360 different activities have been carried out, including a scoping study to identify benefits and constraints of the educational use of 360-degree video as well as the most effective ways of using 360-degree video for education; the organization of training events addressing university teachers to support the design and the implementation of learning scenarios based on the use of 360-degree video; the testing of the learning scenarios and evaluation of students’ reactions.

1) The Scoping Study. The Scoping Study analyzed the current literature regarding the applications of 360-degree video in the context of higher education, defining the state of the art on the topic and also providing useful material for 360-degree video designers, for university decision-makers and for IT managers. Moreover, the Scoping Study provided the ground to elaborate a typology for selecting the most appropriate educational strategies to design and use effectively 360-degree video. Furthermore, the Scoping Study offered elements for the realization of the 360-degree video platform.
2) Training and the preparation of the learning scenarios. To promote teachers’ digital competences for teaching with 360-degree video, each partner identified six digital champions within its university with the task of designing, creating and using 360-degree videos within their teachings. To enable teachers’s use of 360-degree video in their teaching, training was needed not only on purely technical aspects, but also on planning and methodological elements. For implementation, an open source software was used, i.e. Vivista, to ensure sustainability for public state universities and future implementation. In addition, as all open source software, Vivista can be better adapted to the specific needs of the high ed context.
3) Testing and students’ reactions. The learning scenarios were tested in all partner countries and a survey was administered to collect students’ reactions (N=221). The survey included questions on – among other things – the following aspects: a) students’ perceptions of the value of the 360-degree video as a learning tool; c) students’ perceptions of the 360-degree video from a technological point of view, including questions inspired by the Technology Acceptance Model; c) students’ perceptions related to the sense of reality/presence that the student perceived during the immersive.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research project has achieved several results. Firstly, it produced innovative advancements providing both theoretical and practical guidance and resources to enable university academics and other staff to use 360-degree video effectively. Up to now most 360-degree video examples have been technical in nature and mainly used by commercial enterprises, but not academics or teachers. SEPA360 has bridged the gap between these technical examples and has shown university academics the value of incorporating this technology into the HE curriculum.
Secondly, the project has developed a unique typology to support teachers in the design of effective interventions based on 360-degree videos. This was produced after an extensive search and review of the existing research which brought to the identification of the most appropriate ways in which to use 360-degree video effectively, including lecturing (i.e., to represent specific contents), modelling (i.e. to show concrete procedures) and exploring (i.e., to bring learners everywhere and make them able to explore any place).
Thirdly, the project provided an entirely free service that enables users to edit and insert interaction points in existing 360-degree video or those they have created themselves. Although this has been possible in still images for some time, it is far more complex to achieve in moving video which discouraged universities  and other institutions from adopting this technology.
Finally, the project has implemented and tested twenty-three 360-degree videos in different fields such as physical education, agricultural education, engineering etc. During the research workshop some examples of 360-degree videos with interactive points will be shown and discussed together with a presentation of the methodological and technical tools developed by SEPA360 to design and implement them. In particular, storyboarding procedures for immersive videos will be explained taking into account instructional needs and uses.

References
A. Alamäki, A., A. Dirin, J. Suomala, C. Rhee, (2021). Students’ experiences of 2D and 360° videos with or without a low-cost VR headset: An experimental study in higher education.
A. Berns, J.M. Mota, J.M. Dodero, I. Ruiz-Rube (2018). "Exploring the potential of a 360 video application for foreign language learning," ACM International Conference Proceeding Series, pp. 776–780.
L. H. Bronkhorst, S. F. Akkerman (2016). “At the Boundary of School: Continuity and Discontinuity in Learning Across Contexts.” Educational Research Review, 19, 18-35.
M. Evens, M. Empsen, W. Hustinx (2022). “A Literature Review on 360-Degree Video as an Educational Tool: Towards Design Guidelines.” Journal of Computers in Education  https://doi.org/10.1007/s40692-022-00233-z
H. Theelen, A. van den Bent, P. den Brok (2019). “Using 360-Degree Videos in Teacher Education to Improve Preservice Teachers' Professional Interpersonal Vision.” Journal of Computer Assisted Learning 35 (5): 582–94. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcal.12361.C.M. Harrington, D.O. Kavanagh, G. Wright Ballester, A. Wright Ballester, P. Dicker, O. Traynor, A. Hill, S.Tierney (2018). "360° Operative Videos: A Randomised Cross-Over Study Evaluating Attentiveness and Information Retention," Journal of Surgical Education, 75, 993–1000,.
L. Jensen, F. Konradsen (2018). A review of the use of virtual reality head-mounted displays in education and training. Education and Information Technologies, 23(4), 1515–1529. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10639-017-9676-0
N. Kang, D. Ding, M.B. Van Riemsdijk, N. Morina, M.A. Neerincx, W.P. Brinkman (2020). Self-identification with a Virtual Experience and Its Moderating Effect on Self-efficacy and Presence. International Journal of Human-Computer Interaction, 37(2), 181-196, DOI: 10.1080/10447318.2020.1812909
D. A. Kolb (1984). Experiential Learning Experience as the Source of Learning and
Development. New York: Prentice Hall.
J. Lave, E. Wenger (1991). Situated Learning: Legitimate Periperal Participation.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
M. Ranieri, D. Luzzi, S. Cuomo, I. Bruni (2022). “If and How Do 360-degree Videos Fit Into Education Settings? Results From a Scoping Review of Empirical Research.” Journal of Computer Assisted Learning. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcal.12683
P. Rosendahl,, & I. Wagner. (2023). “360° videos in education–A systematic literature review on application areas and future potentials”. Education and Information Technologies, 1-37.
M.A. Rupp, K.L. Odette, J. Kozachuk, J.R. Michaelis, J.A. Smither, D.S. McConnell (2019). “Investigating learning outcomes and subjective experiences in 360-degree videos,” Computers & Education, 128, 256–268.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm07 SES 13 A: Teaching and Learning in (inter)national Diversity Contexts: Challenging Perceptions of Culture, Language and Nation
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Sara Fürstenau
Session Chair: Sara Ismailaj
Symposium
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Symposium

Teaching and Learning in (inter)national Diversity Contexts: Challenging Perceptions of Culture, Language and Nation

Chair: Sara Fürstenau (Hamburg University)

Discussant: Lisa Rosen (University of Kaiserslautern-Landau)

Diversity characterises the current social situation and is reflected at all levels of society and its institutions and organisations, including schools. Although migration-related diversity is becoming increasingly common in schools, it is frequently looked at from a deficit perspective (see Hummrich & Terstegen, 2020; Oberlechner-Duval, 2021). The thought patterns and ideas underlying such a perspective are usually implicit and rooted in social hierarchies that are reproduced in schools. This symposium examines socially learned biases as a challenge for teacher professionalisation and school development. The four contributions deal with diversity-sensitive professionalisation through mobility (internships abroad or school service abroad) or through programmes employing an anti-bias approach in university education or further training. All contributions in this symposium adopt discrimination-critical perspectives on teaching and learning, focusing on different areas: working with newly arrived and refugee students (Rosen & tom Dieck), language as a “mark of difference” (Dirim & Guldenschuh), culturalization and devaluation processes (Mantel), stereotypes, institutional discrimination and their reflection (Dedecek Gertz et al.).

International mobility programmes are increasingly part of teacher education and professionalisation. Universities and colleges of education offer accompanying mobility programmes for future teachers in which students can gain experience in schools. But also, professional mobility of in-service teachers, such as stays in schools abroad, is supported by educational administrations. In both cases, teacher training students and in-service teachers who spend time in schools abroad are expected to acquire competencies for dealing with intercultural and multicultural education in diverse contexts ‘at home’, that is, in societies characterised by migration. However, these expectations are often not met and experiences abroad can even be counterproductive, leading to the consolidation of existing stereotypes (see Dockrill et al., 2016; Mantel in this symposium). This finding raises questions about the design of diversity-sensitive and discrimination-critical preparation and follow-up of such experiences abroad as a part of teacher training and in-service training/further education. In the symposium, we discuss questions along the lines of: How can we support teacher-training students and in-service teachers to critically reflect on their experiences during internships or work abroad? How can this reflection contribute to the development of competencies for teaching and learning in (inter)national diversity contexts?

In our symposium, we not only consider international mobility as part of diversity-sensitive education and training; we also ask more generally how teacher education and training can initiate a critical reflection of socially learnt biases in societies characterised by migration. Research shows that orientations towards dominant linguistic-cultural norms lead to discrimination in schools (see Dirim, 2010; Skutnabb-Kangas, 2015). Promoting positive attitudes towards migration in education, especially in times of stress, remains a challenge (Borgonovi & Pokropek 2018). In the symposium, we will discuss applications of the anti-bias approach in teacher training and in-service training/further education. That approach, we argue, is appropriate for encouraging students to reflect upon their own experiences – including those related to school internships at home or abroad – and to understand structures and processes of discrimination. When working with in-service teachers, the anti-bias approach can be an asset in focusing on institutional discrimination and sharpening the development of a discrimination-critical school structure and environment.

All contributions of this symposium have implications for the question of how teacher training and mobility programmes for teacher education can be designed to develop a professional approach to diversity and discrimination critique in schools.


References
Borgonovi, F. and A. Pokropek (2018), “The role of education in promoting positive attitudes towards migration at times of stress”, OECD Education Working Papers, No. 185, OECDPublishing, Paris.http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/1d73c833-en
Dirim, İ. (2010): „Wenn man mit Akzent spricht, denken die Leute, dass man auch so denkt oder so.“ Zur Frage des (Neo-)Linguizismus in den Diskursen über die Sprache(n) der Migrationsgesellschaft. In P. Mecheril et al. (Eds.), Spannungsverhältnisse. Assimilationsdiskurse und interkulturelle pädagogische Forschung. Münster: Waxmann, 91-112.
Dockrill, H., Rahatzad, J., & Phillion, J. (2016). The Benefits and Challenges of Study Abroad in Teacher Education in a Neoliberal Context. In J. A. Rhodes & T. M. Milby (Eds.), Advancing Teacher Education and Curriculum Development through Study Abroad. Programs Hershey: Information Science Reference, 290-305.
Hummrich, M. & Terstegen, S. (2020). Analytische Betrachtungen systemsicher Bedingungen von Schule in der Migrationsgesellschaft: Institutionelle Diskriminierung und Rassismuskritik. In M. Hummrich & S. Terstegen, Migration: Eine Einführung. Wiesbaden: Springer, 35-51.
Oberlechner-Duval, M. (2021). Overcoming the Deficit View of the Migrant Other: Notes for a Humanist Pedagogy in a Migration Society. Verlag Barbara Budrich.
Skutnabb-Kangas, Tove (2015). Linguicism. The Encyclopedia of Applied Linguistics. Malden, MA: Blackwell

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Teacher Education with the Anti-Bias Approach

Helena Dedecek Gertz (Hamburg University), Sara Fürstenau (Hamburg University), Mechtild Gomolla (University of Education Karlsruhe), Nadezda Strunk (Hamburg University)

Two transfer projects apply the anti-bias approach and explore their outcomes/their effectiveness: a university teacher training programme (1) and a training programme for in-service teachers (2) in order to enable the participants to reflect on and (re)design classroom and organizational practices with goals of social justice and discrimination critique in mind. The DiCoT project (Diversity Contexts in Teacher Education) at the University of Hamburg supports critical thinking about discrimination among prospective teachers through a self-reflexive approach (Iwers & Yilmaz, 2021, p. 221). The goal of employing the anti-bias approach is not only to impart knowledge but also to strengthen future teachers in their professional roles. They should be enabled to create educational spaces in which diversity and anti-discriminatory action are explored at the same time (Gomolla 2022, p. 11). In a preparatory seminar, future teachers are prepared for an internship in Germany or abroad where they can experience different diversity contexts. The accompanying qualitative research investigates the extent to which critical reflection processes are initiated. In the symposium, we will present excerpts from observation protocols (seminars) and interviews with students. We will analyse stereotypes about cultural behaviour and discuss how students can be encouraged to question deeply rooted assumptions about culture and nation. The Advisory Centre for Intercultural Education at the Hamburg State Institute for Teacher Training and School Development offers training for in-service teachers, also based on the anti-bias approach (Panesar, 2022). In a two-year training, participants learn about basic fields of school development (curricula and classroom practice, organizational development and staff structure) and anti-bias pedagogy in externally offered modules. The development and implementation of initial practical projects in the schools are advised and accompanied by the framework of the training programme. An in-depth analysis of qualitative data (interviews, document analysis, semi-structured questionnaire) from a perennial formative evaluation study of the in-service training programme (Gomolla, 2019) provides insights into the learning and professionalisation processes of the participants as well as into the dynamics of implementing discrimination-critical school development in some of the participating organisations.

References:

Iwers, T., Yilmaz, S. M. (2021). Entwicklung von Reflexionsmodalitäten inklusiven Unterrichts durch die Fallreflexion in sieben Schritten. In T. Iwers, U. Graf (Eds.), Vielfalt thematisieren: Gemeinsamkeiten und Unterschiede gestalten. Bad Heilbrunn, 220-231. Gomolla, M. (2022). Vorwort zum Buch ‚Gerechte Schule. Vorurteilsbewusste Schulentwicklung mit dem Anti-Bias-Ansatz‘ von Rita Panesar. Göttingen, 8-16. Gomolla, M. (2019). Evaluationsstudie „Qualitätsentwicklung von Schule in der Migrationsgesellschaft: Fortbildung zur interkulturellen Koordination“. Zeitschrift für Diversitätsforschung und -management (ZDfm), 4(1-2), 117-123. Panesar, R. (2022). Gerechte Schule. Vorurteilsbewusste Schulentwicklung mit dem Anti-Bias-Ansatz. Göttingen.
 

WITHDRAWN Returning from a German School Abroad: A Case Study on Teachers’ Professionalisa-tion for Refugee Education

Lisa Rosen (University of Kaiserslautern-Landau), Fenna tom Dieck (University of Kaiserslautern-Landau)

German education policy attaches great importance to returnees from German schools abroad: Through their professional mobility, they are expected to acquire relevant competencies for intercultural and multilingual education as well as language-aware teaching and to put these skills into practice back in Germany (KMK 2017: 6). The starting point of this paper is to examine whether this educational policy assumption is viable and supported by academic findings. An international literature review focusing on English- and German-language studies points to the benefits of teachers' professional stays abroad, such as broadening their worldview, developing a range of professional skills, learning new teaching methods, approaches, tools and materials, and so on (Bense 2016: 45). However, when these teachers return home, they are unable to use these skills and knowledge because they are not recognised in terms of salary and career opportunities (ibid). In particular, in our own case study of a returnee from a German school in Turkey (Fißmer & Rosen forthcoming; Fißmer, Rosen & tom Dieck under review), it became clear that the teachers increased competence in language-sensitive teaching and multilingual education was not only not recognised, but also devalued in the face of the “monolingual habitus” (Gogolin 2008) of the German school. Following this, we present another case study of a teacher who worked at a German school in the USA and returned during the “long summer of migration” (Römhild et al. 2018) in 2015. To combine ethnographic and biographical research perspectives, we present the analysis of a biographical narrative interview with her from 2020, in which she reflects on her experiences abroad. Secondly, we draw on participant observations of her teaching of a language support measure for newly arrived and refugee students immediately after her return (see Rosen & tom Dieck 2022 and tom Dieck & Rosen 2023 for additional ethnographic analysis in this educational setting). A key exploratory finding is that a devaluation of the teacher's professional competence is also reconstructed in this case study, as the teacher had to wait another six years for a permanent position after her return. This seems all the more serious as she practices a migration-sensitive teaching style that avoids othering and instead focuses on shared experiences of everyday life abroad. In the concluding discussion, reflections on professionalisation are offered on the one hand, and a critical perspective on the partly missionary character of the German school abroad is raised on the other.

References:

Bense, K. (2016). International teacher mobility and migration. Educational Research Review, 17, 37-49. Fißmer, J., Rosen, L. & tom Dieck, F. (under review). Denied recognition of teachers’ mobility experiences: Perspectives of Teachers Returning to Germany from German Schools Abroad. Fißmer, J. & Rosen, L. (forthcoming). Zum Zusammenhang von Auslandsschulerfahrun-gen und Professionalisierung für die Schule der Migrationsgesellschaft in transnationa-len Berufsbiographien von Lehrkräften. In: Rakhkochkine, A. & Flötotto, M. (Hg.): Inter-nationalisierung der Lehrerbildung und internationale Lehrermigration. FAU University Press. Gogolin, I. (2008). Der monolinguale Habitus der multilingualen Schule. Waxmann. KMK (2017). Einsatz deutscher Lehrkräfte im Auslandsschulwesen als ein Instrument der Personal- und Schulentwicklung der Länder. https://www.kmk.org/fileadmin/Dateien/veroeffentlichungen_beschluesse/2017/2017-10-12-EinsatzLK-ASW.pdf. Römhild, R. et al. (2018). Witnessing the Transition: Moments in the Long Summer of Migration. BIM. Rosen, L. & tom Dieck, F. (2022). "Can I tell my class teacher?" – Newly Arrived Youth Between Language Support Measures and Regular Classes in the Contemporary German School System. Tertium Comparationis, 28(2), 213-233. tom Dieck, F. & Rosen, L. (2022): Before, in or after transition? On becoming a ‘main-stream student’ in Germany and Italy in the context of new migration. In: Seyda Subasi Singh et al. (Eds.): Perspectives on Transitions in Refugee Education. Barbara Budrich, 161-174.
 

Language as a Distinction of Difference in the Migration Society – Analyses and Findings from Different Countries

İnci Dirim (University of Vienna), Sabine Guldenschuh (University of Vienna)

Language is not only a means of communication but also a mark of difference that can be used to establish a gap between two groups "We" and the "Others". Austria and Germany are multilingual countries with allochthonous and autochthonous languages, which at first glance could be seen as a welcome sign of diversity. However, it makes a difference which languages someone can call one’s own. This difference concerns various domains in life – with different consequences for the speakers. On a symbolic level, languages and language variants are valued differently and so are their speakers (Settinieri 2011; Kalpaka & Räthzel 2000), as Bourdieu already made clear with his study on the social difference between someone speaking patois and someone speaking ‘the’ standardized variant of French in France (Bourdieu 1982). Dialects and standard languages are presumably valued differently everywhere (Guldenschuh 2018). But what happens when a migration-society perspective is taken into consideration? This perspective reveals that "accents" and languages are valued differently alongside the differentiation "native speaker". Being – or at least sounding like – a so-called native speaker evokes the mental image of an autochthonous person, who is more often than not perceived as competent and generally capable. Not sounding ‘native’, not speaking fluently and/or with an accent, on the other hand, can be related to being generally less capable (Dirim 2010) and as not belonging to the linguistic majority – the “We”. Not belonging, or being perceived as not belonging to the hegemonic and majority group means potentially facing multiple challenges. From less severe consequences like being seen as an expert in the so-called mother tongue or heritage language (at this point already being labelled as part of the group of the “Others”) to real challenges like facing difficulties and/or unfairness in school or at university (Dirim 2013; Gomolla & Radtke 2009; Döll & Knappik 2015; Knappik & Dirim 2013, Pokitsch 2022), or not being considered to rent an apartment or not getting a job. This fact was reconstructed with studies in various countries, including Turkey and Austria. The problem of devaluing languages and language variants will be illustrated with examples in the lecture and then theorised. It will be shown that colonial (Cyffer 2011) and nation-state (Gogolin 2008) traditions of thought and native speakerism (Holliday 2006) play a major role in the emergence of the described problems and complement Bourdieu’s perspective of power.

References:

Bourdieu, P. (1982): Ce que parler veut dire. Paris: Fayard. Bourdieu, P.(1990): Was heißt sprechen? Wien: Braumüller. Cyffer, N. (2011): Gibt es primitive Sprachen oder ist deutsch auch primitiv? Stolz et al. (eds.): Kolonialzeitliche Sprachforschung. Berlin: Akademie. Dirim, İ. (2010): „Wenn man mit Akzent spricht, denken die Leute, dass man auch so denkt oder so. In: Mecheril et al. (Eds.): Spannungsverhältnisse. Münster: Waxmann. Dirim, İ. (2013): Rassialisierende Effekte? In: Mecheril, et al. (Eds.): Migrationsforschung als Kritik? Wiesbaden: Springer Döll, M. & Knappik, M.(2015): Institutional mechanisms of inclusion and exclusion in Austrian pre-service teacher education, Tertium Comparationis, 21(2). Gogolin, I. (2008): Der monolinguale Habitus der multilingualen Schule. Münster: Waxmann. Gomolla, M. & Radtke, F. (2009): Institutionelle Diskriminierung. Wiesbaden: Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Guldenschuh, S. (2018): Akzentismus. In: Dirim et al. (Eds.): Sprache(n) und Diskriminierung in (Hoch-)Schule und Gesellschaft. Holliday, A. (2006): Native-speakerism, ELT 60(4). Kalpaka, A. & Räthzel, N.(2000): Die Schwierigkeit, nicht rassistisch zu sein, In: Räthzel, N. (Ed.): Theorien über Rassismus. Hamburg: Argument. Knappik, M. & Dirim, İ. (2013): „Native Speakerism“ in der Lehrerbildung, Journal für LehrerInnenbildung 3/2013 Pokitsch, D. (2022): Wer spricht?. Wiesbaden: Springer. Settinieri, J. (2011): Soziale Akzeptanz unterschiedlicher Normabweichungen in der L2-Aussprache Deutsch, Zeitschrift für Interkulturellen Fremdsprachenunterricht 16(2)
 

Learning from mobility experiences: Challenges and Potentials

Carola Mantel (University of Teacher Education Zug)

Internationalisation has become an important part of the strategic development of Universities of Teacher Education in Switzerland, and mobility programmes belong to the most prevalent activities in this regard. Often, it is claimed that mobility programmes contributed to the future teachers’ «global competencies». Often, the learning is assumed to take place almost automatically while studies show that this learning cannot be taken for granted. Sometimes, these learning expectations are not met (Leutwyler, 2014), in fact, sometimes, the international experience is even counterproductive leading to increased culturalising or stereotyping of the constructed ‘others’ (Dockrill et al., 2016). This paper, therefore, aims at tackling the question of how learning from mobility experiences is shaped and in what ways it is supported, enabled or obstructed. For this purpose, insights from two different research projects are consulted and discussed: The first project addresses learning from international internships (Mantel et al., 2022). We pursued a qualitative-hermeneutic approach according to the Documentary Method (Bohnsack, 2010) and collected data from group discussions with student teachers returning from an international internship. The analysis shows that there are two main aspects that can explain to what extent positive learning outcomes can be achieved or not. One of them refers to the way of dealing with perceived contrasts from the familiar and the other to the way of dealing with particularly challenging situations. The results are discussed with reference to the concept of reflective thinking (Dewey, 1910) as well as to the concept of self-efficacy (Bandura, 1997). The second project deals with the question of what learning abroad experiences mean from a biographical perspective as well as related to the pedagogical orientations, particularly in terms of orientations in dealing with questions of belonging and equity in schools of a migration society. Again, the research was pursued according to the Documentary Method (Bohnsack, 2010), this time with data collection through biographical-narrative interviews (Schütze, 1983). These analyses reveal that the question of whether learning from international experience has an effect on the way of teaching can best be explained if referring to the teachers’ own feeling of recognition (Honneth, 1995; Butler, 1997). The insights from both studies have relevant implications for the questions of how mobility programmes can be designed. At the University of Teacher Education Zug, a new module has been created on the basis of the mentioned insights. The experiences will be shared and discussed.

References:

Bandura, A. (1997). Self-Efficacy. The Exercise of Control. New York: W.H. Freeman and Company. Bohnsack, R. (2010). Documentary Method and Group Discussions. In R. Bohnsack, N. Pfaff, & W. Weller (Eds.), Qualitative Analysis and Documentary Method in International Education Research (pp. 99-124). Opladen & Farmington Hills: Barbara Budrich Publishers. Butler, J. (1997). The psychic life of power : theories in subjection. Stanford University Press. Dewey, J. (1910). How We Think. New York: Dover Publications. Dockrill, H., Rahatzad, J., & Phillion, J. (2016). The Benefits and Challenges of Study Abroad in Teacher Education in a Neoliberal Context. In J. A. Rhodes & T. M. Milby (Eds.), Advancing Teacher Education and Curriculum Development through Study Abroad Programs (pp. 290-305). Hershey: Information Science Reference. Honneth, A. (1995). The Struggle for Recognition. The Moral Grammar of Social Conflicts. Cambridge, Massachusetts: The MIT Press. Leutwyler, B. (2014). Between Myths and Facts: The Contribution of Exchange Experiences to the Professional Development of Teachers. Journal of Curriculum and Teaching, 3(2), 106-117. Mantel, C., Kamm, E., & Bieri Buschor, C. (2022). International teaching internships for future teachers: potential and challenges for learning. Educational Research for Policy and Practice. Schütze, F. (1983). Biographieforschung und narratives Interview. Neue Praxis, 13(3), 283-293.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm07 SES 13 B: Researching Across and Within Diverse Educational Sites: Onto-epistemological Considerations
Location: James McCune Smith, 745 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Susan Whatman
Session Chair: Debbie Bargallie
Symposium
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Symposium

Researching Across and Within Diverse Educational Sites: Onto-epistemological Considerations

Chair: Susan Whatman (Griffith University)

Discussant: Debbie Bargallie (Griffith University)

In this symposium, we discuss our researching practices in coming to know and explore educational research problems concerning equity diversity and social justice within and across different cultural settings. We share our mutual relatings which have generated further understanding about our own and each other’s researching practices. We then share empirical work through the lens of practice architectures (Kemmis et al, 2014). The research questions underscoring the 4 papers presented in this symposium include:

1) What is considered to be an educational equity or social justice problem across international or cross-cultural sites?

2) What are considered acceptable forms of evidence of coming to understand educational inequity or injustice in its diverse forms in different sites?

3) How are taken-for-granted research practices enabling and/or constraining different forms of understandings about educational inequity or injustice, including the issues to be researched and/or the direction of the research project?

Building healthy connections is a key premise of the double purpose of education, that is, “to prepare people to live well in a world worth living in” (Kemmis et al., 2014, p. 27). However, what constitutes living well in a world worth living in is highly contested and subject to much debate. We illuminate the roles that educational researchers play in contributing to these debates, particularly in a global environment riven by heightened economic, social, and environmental precarities and volatilities. We also highlight the responsibilities we bear as researchers to produce forms of understanding, modes of action, and ways of relating to one another and the world (Kemmis et al., 2014, p. 26) that foster this double purpose of education.


References
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Hardy, I. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Singapore: Springer.
 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

A Site Ontological Approach to Researching with Children and Youth of Refugee Background.

Mervi Kaukko (Tampere University), Jane Wilkinson (Monash University)

In this paper, we present two examples of research projects aimed at amplifying voices that are often silenced in research: those of children and/or youth from refugee backgrounds. Refugees are often excluded from research for both ethical and practical reasons: because of their assumed vulnerability as well as the challenges related to language or access. In the research projects presented, we aimed to employ methods that suited these groups of children and youth to understand their experiences in ways that they wanted to express them, and in situ. We argue that starting from, and finishing with, the point of view of the knowledge holders illustrates one means (although not exclusively so) by which to amplify their voices and knowledge to counter epistemic injustice in educational research. 45 refugee background students studying in Finnish (20) and Australian (25) primary and secondary schools participated in a modified, child-led version of critical incident procedure (Woods, 1993). In these interviews, the children drew and talked about their learning journey from the time they started school in their counties of origin and/or their transit to the present in Finland or Australia. The children were further instructed to mark on their drawings any key moments when they remember feeling that they had succeeded in something. Researchers and students then explored the drawings together, with students answering clarifying questions such as: What happened here? What were you doing? How did it make you feel? Who helped you here? What did you learn in this situation? This discussion illustrated what the children themselves saw as important in their school journeys. It also gave the researchers the possibility of teasing out some of the less visible arrangements that had enabled or constrained the children’s feelings of success. Moreover, 25 teachers and 10 educational leaders who worked in multicultural schools in Finland and Australia were invited to share their views on how they could support students from refugee backgrounds in their work. In a later stage of the same study, small groups of younger children (13 in Australia, 8 in Finland) collected videos of their educational practices. The aim of this stage of the study was to get a child’s view footage of educational practices as they happen, and to analyse this audiovisual material together with the children. The complete data collection was complemented by praxiographical observations (Bueger & Gadinger, 2014) in selected schools.

References:

Bueger, C., & Gadinger, F. (2014). Towards praxiography: Research strategies and techniques. In International practice theory: New perspectives (pp. 76-96). London: Palgrave Pivot. Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Hardy, I. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Singapore: Springer. Woods, P. 1993. Critical events in education. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 14(4), 355–371. doi:10.1080/0142569930140401
 

Faciliating Dialogues of Discovery

Gørill Warvik Vedeler (Oslo Met University), Kristin Reimer (Monash University)

In this paper we interrogate our dialogic research practices through the theory of practice architectures, attending to the onto-epistemological base that underpins them. This is a collaborative autoethnographic study with two main layers: firstly, we share experiences of two separate educational research projects and explore how different dialogic research practices facilitate both participants and researchers to discover the phenomenon being studied; secondly, we engage in our own discovery about our research practices. Focusing on research projects in two different countries (Canada and Norway), our initial centring question for this chapter is: How do our research practices facilitate insight into participants’ real-life experiences and practices? Then turning the light on our own research practices, we ask: What onto-epistemological assumptions shape our dialogical research practices? The theory of practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014) attends to the nexus of sayings, doings, and relatings that keep practices in place; site ontologies teach us that practices are shaped by particular locations, contexts, and moments. With this in mind, our epistemic approach has been to develop research methods that engage in site-specific conversations about aspects of education. In different ways we, as researchers or participants, personally take part in conversations for knowledge production. For us, the process of discovery is as important as the product. This was true for the initial studies—our PhD work—that we are reporting on here; it is also true for research conducted for this paper. Transparency, by giving information and time to participants and researchers to be familiar with the topicality, relevance, needs, intentions, and applicability, as driving forces for conducting the research, increases the integrity of all parties. It supports how peace methodologies have long argued that our values need to be present in our processes (Bretherton & Law, 2015; Toews & Zehr, 2003).

References:

Bretherton, D., & Law, S. F. (Eds.). (2015). Methodologies in peace psychology: Peace research by peaceful means. Springer. Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Hardy, I. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Singapore: Springer. Toews, B., & Zehr, H. (2003). Ways of knowing for a restorative worldview. In E. G. M. Weitekamp & H.-J. Kerner (Eds.), Restorative justice in context (pp. 257–271). Willan Publishing.
 

Indigenist Research Practices to Support Indigenous Pre-Service Teaching Praxis

Susan Whatman (Griffith University), Juliana McLaughlin (Queensland University of Technology)

This paper focuses upon how we as a research team drew upon what Wendy Brady (1992), Lester Irabinna Rigney (1999, and Karen Martin (2008) variously have described as “Indigenist” research traditions or practices. Indigenist research is a term made popular in Australian Indigenous research literature by Rigney (1999), who proposed that Indigenist research approaches would be grounded in Indigenous standpoint and knowledges, would privilege the voices of Indigenous peoples, and would be unashamedly political. We drew connections between these Indigenist research traditions, Indigenous standpoint, and cultural interface theory (Nakata, 2007a, 2007b) and tenets of critical race theory (Ladson-Billings, 1998; Milner, 2007) emerging from Black scholarship in the USA. We did this to align the theory-method coherence of a university learning and teaching project to support the praxis of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander, or Indigenous, pre-service teachers on their final practicums and internships prior to graduating. We employed a phenomenological approach guided by Brown and Gilligan (1992) and Van Manen (2007), shaped by core Indigenist principles of “yarning” (Bessarab & Ng'andu, 2010; Fredericks, 2007) which privileged Indigenous peoples’ narratives and voices through facilitated dialogue, particularly in assessment cycles with practicum supervising teachers. We explain our positioning as Islander and non-Indigenous researchers and how we are connected to the field of pedagogy and praxis. We explain how we saw our research roles in what Kemmis and colleagues (2014) have described as “risky times” for education—an era of neo-managerialism in schooling and university education (Wrigley, Lingard & Thompson, 2012) as well as an ongoing, colonising experience for Indigenous university students. The attention to the onto-epistemological requirements of an Indigenist approach enabled us to amplify the perspectives and voices of Indigenous students against the backdrop of Australian tertiary education where White, hegemonic social-political and cultural-discursive relations (Kemmis et al., 2014) often constrain their potential achievement on practicum in socially unjust and often racist ways. We conclude with key points for educational researchers, highlighting that research is a practice and has practice architectures with particular, hegemonic arrangements which have not transpired to serve the interests of Indigenous peoples. Honouring Indigenist standpoint and employing critical race theory in research design thus means paying particular and careful attention to the work that research practices do, on, to, and with communities, not only the seemingly uninvested, or detached, or “logical” (cf. Gordon, 2000) crafting of the praxis research problem.

References:

Brown, L. M., & Gilligan, C. (1992). Meeting at the crossroads: Women’s psychology and girls’ development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Bessarab, D., & Ng'andu, B. (2010). Yarning about yarning as a legitimate method in Indigenous research. International Journal of Critical Indigenous Studies, 3(1), 37-50. Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Springer Science & Business Media. Ladson-Billings, G. (1998). Just what is critical race theory and what’s it doing in a nice field like education? International journal of qualitative studies in education, 11(1), 7-24. Martin, K. (2008). Please knock before you enter. Aboriginal regulation of outsiders and the implications for researchers. Teneriffe, Australia: Post Pressed. Nakata, M. N. (2007a). Disciplining the savages, savaging the disciplines. Aboriginal Studies Press. Nakata, M. (2007b). The cultural interface. Australian Journal of Indigenous Education, 36(Suppl.), 6–13. Rigney, L. I. (1999). Internationalization of an Indigenous anticolonial cultural critique of research methodologies: A guide to Indigenist research methodology and its principles. Wicazo Sa Review, 14(2), 109-121. Van Manen, M. (2007). Phenomenology of practice. Phenomenology & Practice, (1), 11-30.
 

Trust Settlement Agreement Practices in First Nation Communities

Levon Ellen Blue (Queensland University of Technology)

For over a century, the central goals of Canada’s Aboriginal policy were to eliminate Aboriginal governments; ignore Aboriginal rights; terminate the Treaties; and, through a process of assimilation, cause Aboriginal peoples to cease to exist as distinct legal, social, cultural, religious, and racial entities in Canada. The establishment of operation of residential schools were a central element of this policy, which can best be described as ‘cultural genocide’. (Truth and Reconciliation Commission, 2015, p. 1) In this paper, I focus on the epistemological, ontological and axiological practice traditions that help to reveal the taken-for-granted assumptions about the management of trust funds in First Nation communities. Informing this chapter is a qualitative research study involving 11 First Nation community members in Canada who were interviewed. Indigenous ways of knowing, being and doing (Martin, 2008) and the theory of practice architectures (Kemmis et al, 2014) are used to identify the cultural discursive, material-economic and social-political arrangements that enable and/or constrain practice. The findings reveal that Indigenous ways of knowing, being and doing (Wilson, 2008) collide adversely with trust account decision making due to the duties and obligations guiding trust settlement agreements. The ways in which trust account practices can be transformed to ensure greater alignment with Indigenous ways of knowing, being and doing are outlined.

References:

Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Springer Science & Business Media. Martin, K. L. (2008). Please knock before you enter: Aboriginal regulation of outsiders and the implications for research. Brisbane, Australia: Post Pressed. Truth and Reconciliation Commission. (2015). Honouring the truth, reconciling for the future. Summary of the Final Report of the Truth and Reconciliation Commission of Canada. Retrieved from https://nctr.ca/about/history-of-the-trc/trc-website/ Wilson, S. (2008). Research is ceremony: Indigenous research methods. Halifax & Winnipeg, Canada: Fernwood.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm07 SES 13 C: Addressing Displacement and Vulnerability in (Intercultural) Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 707 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Henrike Terhart
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

The Russia-Ukraine War In Classroom And School – Current Experiences And Needs Of School Employees

Stephan Gerhard Huber1, Mareen Lüke1, Paula Sophie Günther1, Gregor Steinbeiß2

1Pädagogische Hochschule Zug, Switzerland; 2Johannes Kepler University Linz, Austria

Presenting Author: Huber, Stephan Gerhard; Lüke, Mareen

More than half a year past the beginning of the war in Ukraine, tensions in the education system are increasing, the lack of staff and resources for integrating refugee students pose great challenges – on a daily basis. This article provides insights into a quantitative sub-study (N=1158) of the School-Barometer based on the experiences of German teachers and school principals in managing the Russia-Ukraine war at school and the incoming students from Ukraine. Consequences of the war touch many areas of life, far beyond Ukrainian and Russian national borders. Thus, schools in German speaking countries were challenged to deal with the war on two levels: 1) thematically with resulting questions in classroom, concerns and fears of all involved in school and 2) with integrating students and teachers from Ukraine seeking protection in these countries. Hence, our study aims to present and discuss the experiences of school staff concerning both, the arrival of refugees and dealing with the topic of peace and war in the classroom.

Wishes, ideas, and experiences of school employees in dealing with the war in these two dimensions were published in Author et al. (2022) based on the qualitative research data, a compilation of online resources was provided, too. Anderegg (2022) developed a checklist for school principals concerning the consequences of the Russia-Ukraine war for schools. A guide for teachers on how to deal with the Russian war in Ukraine was also designed by Berens (2022).

Our study aims to present and discuss the experiences of school staff concerning the arrival of refugees and dealing with the topic of peace and war in the classroom.

RQ.: What are the experiences of teachers and school principals in Germany with arriving refugee students from Ukraine and the topic of war and peace in the classroom?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The presented study is a sub-study within the School-Barometer cluster, which monitors the situation of schools since the COVID-19 pandemic in Germany, Austria, and Switzerland (Author et al., 2020). The data were collected using online questionnaires via Unipark and analyzed descriptively. The sample includes 1,085 teachers and 73 school principals (N=1158) in Germany who were surveyed between March and May 2022. Four main topics of the survey items are: 1) Teaching and School, 2) School Offerings, 3) Organization and Staff, and 4) Support. Even though conducted in Germany, the survey results are transferable to the situation in Austria and Switzerland to a certain extent.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
67% of staff were able to respond (rather) well to student’s questions regarding the Russian war in Ukraine. The war as topic took up a larger part of the lesson. More than half (57%) of school staff believe that refugee students should be taught in designated refugee classes. Only 34% believe that refugee children and youth should be taught inclusively in regular classes. 59% of school staff believe that refugees from Ukraine should be taught in different locations. Only about a third (30%) would like to see them being taught at one location all together.
While about one-third of staff feel well or rather well prepared for teaching students from Ukraine, one-third (32%) feel more or less well prepared and about one-third (36%) feel not well or rather not well prepared to deal with the influx of new students.
Most time (11 hours/week) should be spent on offers in German, state the questioned teachers and school leaders. This is followed by leisure activities, activities in the home language (8 hours/week) and finally activities in English. Most employees think that 10 hours per week should be spent on psychological services.
Cooperation among colleagues is perceived low or rather too low by 28% of employees. 27% of school employees are somewhat satisfied or satisfied with the available resources for integration services. 31% are more or less satisfied and 41% are (rather) dissatisfied.
On average, eight refugee students were admitted to one school. An additional 18 refugee students are expected per school. More than half (53%) of school administrators feel that the school system provides enough information on how to deal with the war. Nearly two-thirds of school administrators (61%) find that the school system does not coordinate. An average of two additional staff for refugees are desired and three independent of refugees.

References
Anderegg, N. (2022). Krieg in der Ukraine: Checkliste für Schulleitende. Schule Verantworten | führungskultur_innovation_autonomie, 1(1), 8–13. https://doi.org/10.53349/sv.2022.i1.a184
Authors (2022, 2020)
Berens, C. (2022). Ukraine-Krieg im Unterricht thematisieren. On Lernen in der digitalen Welt. Begleiten statt benoten, 9, 32–35.
Klinger, U. (2022). Ukrainische Kinder in der Schule. Drei geflüchtete Lehrerinnen berichten aus Deutschland und der Ukraine. Lernende Schule. Teacher Leadership, 98, 37–40.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

The Face of a Ukrainian School Learner Haunted by the War: Case of France

Olena Kovalchuk1, Tetyana Medina2

1Aix Marseille University, France; National University of Food Technology, Ukraine; 2Chernivtsi National University named after Yuriy Fedkovich

Presenting Author: Kovalchuk, Olena; Medina, Tetyana

More than ten months after the crisis in Ukraine escalated, the situation remains dire for children and their families. The conflict in Ukraine has caused the fastest and largest displacement of people in Europe since World War II.

According to the International Children's Fund UNICEF as of December, 2022, the total number of refugees fleeing Ukraine reached nearly 16 million people including 1.2 million children, are currently abroad. These children are a part of the potential of Ukraine. It is especially important for every child, who was forced to flee from Ukraine because of the war, to have a sustainable and convenient education in a protective country. It is also equally important that a child adapts to the country's educational institutions and at the same time does not deviate from Ukrainian educational standards, and continues to study relevant subjects.

European schools have opened their doors to Ukrainian externally displaced children in order to help adjusting to local communities and enter their education system. An increasing number of French classrooms has opened doors for Ukrainian families and their children, but while French education faced urgent reaction for the refugee flow some schools lacked tools and effective practices for refugee and migrant inclusive education.

The literature on topic of refugee integration in local school classrooms traditionally distinguishes two aspects:

- On the one hand, the literature describe teachers readiness to work in multicultural classroom. The key factor then, in creating successful classroom communities, is teachers who are able to identify the specialized needs of refugee children and who are culturally responsive to the needs of refugee children in their classrooms (Candappa, 2000; Olsen, 2006; Goodwin, 2002).

- On the other hand, strategic studies how do refugee students find the inspiration and demonstrate strong resilience, positive future expectations, and high motivation at school (e.g., Bartlett et al., 2017; Blanchet-Cohen et al., 2017; Oppedal et al., 2017; Pastoor, 2015; Peterson et al., 2017; Shakya et al., 2010). Some authers debate whether the refugee experience may have an impact on education (Cerna, 2019, see also Ferede, 2010; Lynnebakke et al., 2020). Or how refugee students, influenced by their past experience in their home countries, feel disconnected to a sense of community within their own ethnic group, in the local communities to which they have been resettled, and within the local school communities in which they have been enrolled (Hernandez, Denton, & Macartney, 2009; Boyson & Short, 2003).

Since the Russian invasion of Ukraine forced many people to flee their home and search for protection in neighboring European countries. While European countries have already taken many actions to address refugee learners’ educational needs, equal attention needs to be paid to their psychosocial needs.

To meet the challenges stated above, we launched the project under the title "Schooling of refugee children in the French education system" aims to study the schooling and adaptation of Ukrainian children in French schools.

This project was focused on describing a typical refugee school child who sustained external displacement during the war in Ukraine. We planned to discover the challenges and perspectives for adaptation of Ukrainian children in French schools. The objectives of the project were aimed at taking actions:

- to accumulate statistics on how many Ukrainian refugees of the school-age are there in France and how many of them attend schools;

- to make a comprehensible comparison of the school systems and school standards of Ukraine and France

- to provide qualitative research and collect empirical data to analyze the huddles and conveniences of the life of a refugee school children in time of war in Ukraine.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The proposed project adopts a mixed methods research design, which involves the combination of qualitative and quantitative research and data (Creswell, 2014). Mixed methods design overcomes the false dichotomy between positivist and non-positivist philosophies by embracing a pragmatic epistemology that allows researchers to use a variety of approaches to answer research questions that cannot be answered with a singular method. Specifically, the proposed project follows the approach that Creswell (2014) describes as "exploratory sequential mixed methods", whereby the researcher first begins with a qualitative research phase, studies documents and explores the viewpoints of attendees. The data is then analyzed and fed into a second quantitative phase by filling in the research tool. For the proposed project, the research process will first include a review of documents and mapping of student perspectives, before gathering measurable results from a larger sample of participants.
A comparative analysis of the methods of schoolchildren's adaptation to the new school environment was be carried out. For the survey data collection we are focused on:
- schoolchildren from among displaced persons in secondary education institutions in Ukraine and France;
- teachers of schools that accepted schoolchildren from among the displaced persons;
- representatives of education management bodies in Ukraine and France

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
- Actual problems of integration of displaced schoolchildren in France in conditions of military aggression was identified
- A comparative analysis of the methods of schoolchildren's adaptation to the new school environment was carried out;
- Recommendations were developed for spreading positive practices in working with displaced schoolchildren
- The obtained results were disseminated at the international round table of UERA (Ukrainian Educational Researcher Association) with the participation of members of the association of education researchers from as well as representatives of education management bodies
- Ukrainian researchers were able to established contacts between representatives of the national association of educational researchers of France (member of EERA)

References
1.Allen J. (2007). Creating welcoming schools: A practical guide to home- school partnerships with diverse families. New York: Teachers College Press.
2.Betancourt, T. S., & Khan, K. T. (2008). The mental health of children affected by armed conflict: Protective processes and pathways to resilience. International Review of Psychiatry,
3. Cerna, L. (2019). Refugee education: Integration models and practices in OECD countries (OECD Education Working Paper No. 203). Directorate for Education and Skills, OECD.
4.Creswell, J. W. (2014). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative and Mixed Methods Approaches (4th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
5.Fazel, M., Reed, R. V., Panter-Brick, C., & Stein, A. (2012). Mental health of displaced and refugee children resettled in low-income and middle-income countries: Risk and protective factors. The Lancet, 379(9812), 266–282.
6.Lynnebakke, B., Pastoor, L. D. W., & Eide, K. (2020). Young refugees’ pathways in(to) education. Teacher and student voices: Challenges, opportunities and dilemmas. CAGE Project Report Study 3a. MESU, University of Copenhagen.
7.Noriko Suzuki (2010). Challenges for immigrant students in France https://www.childresearch.net/papers/multi/2010_01.html


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Fostering Courageousness and Confidence: Outdoor Adventure Learning Experiences for Children Living with Vulnerability

Amanda Mooney, Louise Paatsch, Trevor McCandless, Andrea Nolan, Julianne Moss, Tebeje Molla

Deakin University, Australia

Presenting Author: Moss, Julianne; Molla, Tebeje

Recent years have witnessed a broad range of natural disasters adding to the existing disadvantages faced by many young people in Australia. These included bush fires, floods and the Covid-19 global pandemic. In the Australian context, Quay et al (2020) argued, these tragic events have had effects that have not been equal. Beyond the individual impacts for young people such as increased isolation, worry and uncertainty compounded during periods of school closures (Mulholland & O’Toole, 2021), international contributions highlight how such events contribute to escalating experiences of violence, abuse and trauma for many young people (Save the Children, 2020). For children already living with disadvantage and potentially vulnerability, such circumstances have likely ‘exacerbated pre-existing inequalities, increasing the economic, social and psychological pressures on children’ (Mulholland & O’Toole, 2021, p. 329). As such, understanding how best to support young people experiencing vulnerability and social injustices through educational interventions has become critically vital (Drane, Vernon & O’Shea, 2021). Contextual and localised examples of how to achieve this in practice are less evident in the literature.

This paper reports on a project designed to explore the potential of an outdoor adventure program for children aged 6-12 years recruited from areas of identified disadvantage in Victoria, Australia. Specifically, children from schools located in bushfire-impacted locations and regions identified as below the average Index of Community Socio-Educational Advantage (ICSEA) benchmark of 1000 were purposefully invited to attend. The short, three-to-four-day program sought to provide opportunities that challenge young people to take risks and learn new skills through outdoor experiences otherwise unattainable or not readily available to them. These include swimming with sea mammals, rock climbing and other otherwise ‘risky’ activities under the supervision of highly qualified staff. The research into the effectiveness of the program generated data from multiple sources including direct observations, surveys, interviews and student drawings and written feedback. Participants stressed notions of ‘overcoming fear’ and of ‘meeting the challenges’ they faced as influential, often labelling these as ‘life-changing’ experiences that made them believe they would be more likely to try new things in the future. Central to the nature of the experience had been the non-judgemental encouragement and scaffolded pedagogies employed by program staff that supported young people to tackle challenges fostering courage and confidence. The data collected from students, teachers, program staff and educational researchers supports the thesis that such experiences are likely to provide students with lasting and multiple benefits, now and into their futures.

Many participants spoke of an activity they were asked to perform that they initially perceived to be beyond their capabilities. These activities had been purposefully included in the program to challenge children’s self-belief in their own abilities. Nevertheless, a near constant refrain from the participants was that they were supported into challenging themselves to take risks in trying activities, trusting in the support of the program staff. This encouragement was done with care, rather than by placing the child in a position where they felt pressured to participate. As such, the children understood that if they had agreed to participate that the achievement was their own, and based on their own, improved self-belief.

The change in attitude many of these children experienced surprised even themselves. This led to an increased preparedness to attempt activities or to try new foods. This change in attitude was often noted by their teachers. As such, the power of outdoor education when provided by expert, qualified and dedicated staff proved highly impactful upon the lives of these young people, providing them with a means to reappraise their understanding of their own limitations and abilities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Theoretically informed by research in outdoor learning and pedagogy (e.g., Gilbertson et al, 2016, Louv, 2010, Parry et al, 2021, Smith & Welsh, 2019), and the broader influence of Dewey’s (1938) notion of experiential learning on the international field, the more extensive research project upon which this paper is based relied upon a mixed-methods study that utilised a range of qualitative and quantitative methods to gather data on the effectiveness and impact of a program designed to encourage young people to engage with the education program’s four main aims: to become more physically active, to choose healthier food options, to be more confident and to show and be shown respect.

The quantitative data was collected by the program itself in the form of feedback surveys completed by students (N=1368) and their teachers (N=148). This evaluation tool was developed prior to and without the input of the educational researchers. These data included a range of demographic information concerning the students and their attitude towards aspects of the experience as recorded on Likert scale entries.

Qualitative data was obtained from interviews with teachers (N=13), program staff members and program executive staff (N=9). It was also obtained by direct observations of program activities by the research team, and from the written and drawn responses of student participants (N=112) in response to the four themes of the program. Program documents and webpages also provided data.

These various data sources were triangulated and thematically analysed (Braun and Clarke, 2006) to provide the analysis reported here. The educational researchers involved in this project met frequently to interrogate and analyse the data collected to develop a nuanced understanding of the benefits of the program and to consider the implications of the data collected to date.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Providing young people with opportunities to engage in outdoor activities that extend their beliefs about what they are capable of achieving provides an opportunity for them to become more willing to potentially take on challenges in other aspects of their lives as well. Many of the young people said that the experiences they had on the program allowed them to understand that they were capable of more than they initially believed – and that often the difference between success and failure was a willingness to participate.

The activities often felt like they were just beyond the abilities of the young people. As such, our findings reveal the value of ‘relational’, ‘quiet’ and ‘challenge through choice’ pedagogies employed by program staff had on fostering notions of courage and confidence among participants. This meant that the young people themselves were most likely to discuss the change in attitude to attempting the unfamiliar as being one of the major learning outcomes of the program for themselves.  The paper concludes with a consideration of the ways in which various pedagogies can be deployed through outdoor adventure activities to support young people living with vulnerability and trauma.

References
Australian Curriculum, Assessment and Reporting Authority (ACARA). ‘Guide to understanding the Index of Community Socio-educational Advantage (ICSEA)’.  Accessed 10 January 2023.  https://myschool.edu.au/media/1820/guide-to-understanding-icsea-values.pdf
Braun. V., & Clarke, V.  (2006).  ‘Using thematic analysis in psychology’.  Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Drane, C., Vernon, L., & O’Shea, S.  (2021).  Vulnerable learners in the age of COVID-19: A scoping review.  The Australian Educational Researchers, 48, 585-604.
Dewey, J.  (1938), (1997 edition). Experience and Education.  New York, Touchstone.
Gilbertson, K., Bates, T., McLaughlin, T & Ewert, A.  (2006).  Outdoor Education: Methods and Strategies.  Champaign: Human Kinetics.
Louv, R.  (2010).  Last Child in the Woods: Saving Our Children from Nature-Deficit Disorder.  London, Atlantic Books.
Mulholland, M., & O’Toole, C.  (2021). ‘When it matters most: a trauma-informed, outdoor learning programme to support children’s wellbeing during COVID-19 and beyond’.  Irish Educational Studies, 40(2), 329-340.
Parry, B., Thompson, J., Holland, M., & Cumming, J.  (2021).  ‘Promoting Personal Growth in Young People
Save the Children. (2020).  ‘Children at Risk of Lasting Psychological Distress from Coronavirus Lockdown’.  Accessed 26 January 2023.  https://reliefweb.int/report/world/children-risk-lasting-psychological-distress-coronavirus-lockdown-save-children
Smith, R., & Walsh, K.  (2019).  ‘Some things in life can’t be ‘Googled:’ A narrative synthesis of three key questions in outdoor education’.  Journal of Youth Studies, 22(3), 312-329.
Quay, J., et al.  (2020).  ‘What future/s for outdoor and environmental education in a world that has contended with COVID-19?’.  Journal of Outdoor and Environmental Education, 23, 93-117.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm07 SES 13 D JS: Researching Multiliteracies in Intercultural and Multilingual Education XV: Uneven Landscapes: Educational Decolonization and the Making of Multimodal Connections
Location: James McCune Smith, 629 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Jennifer Markides
Joint Panel Discussion NW 07, NW 20, NW 31
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Panel Discussion

Uneven Landscapes: Educational Decolonization and the Making of Multimodal Connections

Jennifer Markides1, Beth Cross2, Sylvie Roy1, Mark Langdon2, Graham Jeffery2, Shirley Steinberg1

1University of Calgary, Canada; 2University of the West of Scotland

Presenting Author: Markides, Jennifer; Cross, Beth; Langdon, Mark; Jeffery, Graham; Steinberg, Shirley

The United Nations (2015) sustainable development goals acknowledge that extractive relations must change for climate justice to be realised. Yet marginalising practices in education continue to reinforce disadvantage and impede the learning across sectors needed for societal change to reach the breadth and depth of scale required. Decolonization of educational practices can enable perspective and voices to vitalise the sensemaking needed to provide timely suggestions and solutions that have long been overlooked due oppressive structures.

This panel will engage in Freirean dialogue (Freire & Macedo, 1987) around the multiplicity of calls to create critical pedagogies of social justice through the curriculum that work to decolonize higher education.

Our collective research spans critical scholarship, education, decolonization, multilinguistic perspectives, art-based approaches, sustainability, media studies, and wellbeing of youth across the globe. Drawing on the breadth and depth of our expertise, we seek to advance conscientization and praxis of decolonization in academic institutions and related spheres of social activism. Using our own ways of knowing and being, we will work within the panel and with the audience as we discuss curricular possibilities in which to engage in educational decolonization. In keeping with the notion of Freirean dialogue we do not speak at, lecture, or academically grandstand; taking our scholarship and commitments seriously, we create an equitable and shared space within our panel, drawing on social justice pedagogies (Freire; 1972; Freire & Macedo, 1987; Gomez, 2015; Gramsci, 1957) and Indigenous knowledges (Wahinkpe Topa & Narvaez, 2022; Kimmerer, 2013; Cajete, 1994) to create spaces of transformational possibility.

The panelists represent various and overlapping spheres in education and research. Dr. Markides is a Métis educator who leads professional learning in Indigenous education, arts-based research, and critical pedagogy. Dr. Cross is an interdisciplinary and critical scholar who practices arts-based pedagogies that support marginalized voices to effect policy change in masters that affect them including work with Scotland Indigenous traveling people. Dr. Steinberg is a critical pedagogy, youth and media scholar. Her work at Kainai Nation Blackfoot Reserve in Canada spans a decade, receiving multiple international awards for her recent documentary, The Elders' Room, with filmmaker Dr. Michael B. MacDonald. Dr. Graham Jeffrey’s research in Arts and Media also includes wellbeing of young people in diverse communities; his work in India importantly connects both with the recycling hub in Mumbai and with the Rohinga Refugees. Dr. Mark Langdon’s work is in social activism and community development, supporting marginalized voices within climate talks. Dr. Sylvie Roy’s research brings to together critical and multilingual perspectives in the transnational context. The panel chair, Dr. Sandro Carnicelli’s current research is based on critical pedagogy in curriculum design and tourism education; specifically, he is working in Brazil both as a visiting professor at the Federal University of Parana and using his position of privilege to help with special issues focusing on the work coming from the Global South. The important work of decolonizing higher education is ongoing and a priority that will be addressed through critical dialogue.

Example of Panelist Positioning:

As a Métis scholar, I (Jennifer Markides) question the backwards movement in North America – a return to the “good old days” of taught racism and learned ignorance regarding the occluded histories and marginalized voices in the classroom. Working with Indigenous communities and school divisions in Northern Alberta, we ask the youth, families, and community what they want to be taught in schools. They have asked for their cultural teachings, history, language, values, and practices be included in curriculum. We are working to create space and opportunity for their curriculum to be valued as equal and privileged within existing systems of education.


References
References:
Baldwin, J. (1963). The Fire Next Time. Dial Press.

Cajete, G. (1994). Look to the mountain: An ecology of Indigenous education. Kivaki Press.

Cioe-Pe~na, M. (2021), “Raciolinguistics and the education of emergent bilinguals labeled as disabled”, The Urban Review, Vol. 53 No. 3, pp. 443-469, doi: 10.1007/s11256-020-00581-z

Erevelles, N. (2011), Disability and Difference in Global Contexts: Enabling a Transformative BodyPolitic. Palgrave Macmillan.

Freire, P. & D. Macedo. (1987).  Literacy: Reading the word and the world. Praeger Press.

Freire, P. (1972). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Continuum Books.

Gramsci, A., A. Bordiga, A. Tasca (1977).  In Selections from political writings (1910-1920).
Icarus Films. (1978).  Starting from Nina:  The Politics of Learning. Film:  Paulo Freire, Development Education Centre.

Kimmerer, R. W. (2013). Braiding sweetgrass: Indigenous wisdom, scientific knowledge, and the teachings of plants. Milkweed Editions.

Kincheloe, J. L. (2012). Teachers as Researchers:  Qualitative Inquiry as a Path to Empowerment.  Taylor and Francis.

Kincheloe, J. L. (2005).  Personal Conversation with Shirley R. Steinberg:  Montreal, Quebec.

Maturana, H. & F. Varela. (1992).  The Tree of Knowledge:  The Biological Roots of Human Understanding, revised edition.  Shambala Press.

McLuhan, M. (1964, 2001).  Understanding Media:  The Extensions of Man. Taylor & Francis Group.

Mbembe, A. J. 2016. “Decolonizing the University: New Directions.” Arts and Humanities in Higher Education 15 (1):29–45. doi:10.1177/1474022215618513.

Reyes-Carrasco, P. M., Barrón, Á., & Heras Hernández, F. (2020, October). Education for Sustainable Development and Climate Change: Pedagogical study of the social movement Fridays For Future Salamanca. In Eighth International Conference on Technological Ecosystems for Enhancing Multiculturality (pp. 1031-1036).

Rood, C.E. (2021), “‘Working the cracks’: leveraging educators’ insider knowledge to advocate for inclusive practices.”  Equity and Excellence in Education, Vol 54, No. 4, pp. 426-439.

Steinberg, S. R. (2022).  “Understanding Theoretical Nuance with Ways of Knowing Social Justice.” In Social Justice Pedagogy Across the Curriculum:  The Practice of Freedom. Chapman, T. & Hobbel, N. (Eds.). Routledge.

Steinberg, S. R. (2021). “It Don’t Come Easy:  theorizing and Teaching Media.” Foreword in Gennaro, S. and B. Miller (In press). (Eds.), Young People and Social Media:  Contemporary Children’s Digital Culture.” Routledge Press.

United Nations (2015) Transforming Our World, the 2030 Sustainable Development Agenda, https://sdgs.un.org/publications/transforming-our-world-2030-agenda-sustainable-development-17981

Vernon, A. (1997), “Reflexivity: the dilemmas of researching from the inside”, in Barnes, C. and Mercer, G. (Eds), Doing Disability Research, Disability Press, pp. 158-176.

Wahinkpe Topa (Four Arrows), and Narvaez, D. (2022). Kinship worldview. North Atlantic Books.

Chair
Dr. Sandro Carnicelli, sandro.carnicelli@uws.ac.uk University of the West of Scotland
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm08 SES 13 A: Diversity and equity in health and wellbeing education
Location: Joseph Black Building, C305 LT [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Venka Simovska
Paper Session
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Learning to Live Well in Diverse Societies: The Potential of Empathy Education

Clíona Murray, Niamh Flynn, Charlotte Silke, Emer Davitt, Bernadine Brady, Aileen Shaw

University of Galway, Ireland, Ireland

Presenting Author: Flynn, Niamh; Davitt, Emer

Relative to most European contexts, diversity is seen to be a recent phenomenon in Irish society. Traditionally, Ireland had higher outward than inward migration rates and the Catholic Church was culturally and socially dominant. Both these factors meant that Irish society was perceived (somewhat erroneously) to be culturally and ethnically homogeneous (Bryan, 2009). However, since migration rates and religious attitudes began to shift in the mid-1990s, the growth in both visible and less visible forms of diversity has been rapid (Ní Dhuinn & Keane, 2021; McGinnity et al., 2020). This swift growth in diversity means that, like its European neighbours, the Irish education system must ensure that young people are supported in developing the skills and dispositions necessary for living in diverse societies. These are often referred to under the umbrella term of intercultural competence, a longstanding priority of the Council of Europe (Barrett, 2020; Barrett et al., 2014).

One element of intercultural competence that has been attracting attention in recent years is empathy (as seen, for example, in the EU Digital Citizenship Education programme). Empathy is defined as the ability to understand and share others’ thoughts and emotions (Weisz & Cikara, 2021). However, it is not limited to intercultural competence alone. Regarded more broadly as a powerful predictor of adaptive intra- and inter-personal outcomes (Konrath & Grynberg, 2013), empathy can be positioned as a key element of social and individual wellbeing. Higher empathy has consistently been linked to enhanced social relationships (e.g., Dekovic & Gerris, 1994), increased prosocial behavour (e.g., Eisenberg et al., 2010), reduced prejudice (e.g., Miklikowska, 2018), and increased civic responsibility (e.g., Hope & Jagers, 2014). These outcomes align well with the WHO’s Health Promoting Schools Framework (1991), which emphasises how healthy relationships are important for individual wellbeing and can, in turn, lead to healthier communities.

Research indicates that empathy is malleable and dynamic (e.g., Main et al., 2017). One of the putative pathways towards enhanced empathy is empathy education, often conducted as part of school-based social and emotional learning (SEL) programmes (Davis & Begovich, 2014). This paper introduces an empathy education programme called Activating Social Empathy (ASE), which was designed to be facilitated by second-level teachers, with the aims of increasing empathy, improving interpersonal skills, promoting prosocial behaviour, and increasing social responsibility among students aged between 12-15 years. The ASE programme previously underwent feasibility testing followed by more rigorous randomised control trial (RCT) testing. Findings from the RCT study were promising in that increases in empathy, social responsibility values, emotional self-confidence, and helping and defending behaviour were found among students who had engaged in the programme, compared to students on a wait-list.

However, it has been recognised that after RCT evaluation, monitoring of programme implementation in the real world is needed due to the effects of a variety of factors at the individual, school, and macro-educational system levels (Domotrovich et al., 2008). Thus, a study was developed with the aim of exploring how the ASE programme was being implemented in schools, to identify factors that may be influencing quality implementation and enactment, and to better understand teacher and student interpretations of and perspectives on the programme. The objectives of this study were to explore: 1) how the programme was being implemented; 2) how acceptable it was to teachers and students; and 3) teachers’ and students’ perceptions of how effective it is in terms of influencing both empathic motivations and skills, and prosocial intentions and behaviours.

This paper will present a brief overview of the study’s overall results before focusing in particular on the findings related to the participants’ perceptions of the programme’s effectiveness.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This predominantly qualitative study involves two phases of data collection: Phase 1 data collection involving all the teachers who delivered the programme during the 2022/2023 academic year; followed by more in-depth data collection with a smaller non-probability quota sample from the Phase 1 population. Phase 1 involves the completion of a one-shot online teacher survey exploring the implementation quality and enactment factors of dosage, adherence, quality of delivery, teacher and student agency, perceived student responsiveness (focusing on the whole class rather than individual students), and programme differentiation. For Phase 2, twelve schools will be sampled using non-probability quota sampling (based on disadvantaged status, school gender profile, and ethos) from the cohort of 40 second-level schools who have committed to delivering the ASE programme during the 2022-2023 academic year. One teacher and 4-6 students will be recruited from each of the selected schools. If non-probability quota sampling is unsuccessful, which can be quite common in educational research (due to lack of availability and capacity issues etc. for schools), convenience sampling will be activated. As part of Phase 2, a semi-structured teacher interview will be conducted with the participating teacher who facilitated the ASE programme in their school. In addition, an student focus group involving 4-6 students who participated in the programme, and who will be recruited by their teacher, will be facilitated.
Descriptive and inferential statistical analysis will be carried out on the Phase 1 survey data using the SPSS package for statistical analysis. The analysis of the Phase 2 qualitative data will follow a two-part approach, consisting first of a narrative reading of the interview and focus group transcripts to immerse the researcher in each participant’s contribution, and then a thematic analysis involving inductive coding, carried out with the aid of NVivo qualitative data analysis software.

The research was granted ethical approval by the relevant institution’s Research Ethics Committee. Informed consent procedures will be followed in both phases of the research. As Phase 2 of the research involves young people, particular attention will be given to ensuring accessibility and age-appropriateness in the development of consent and assent documentation and focus group schedules. The Phase 2 interviews and focus groups will be transcribed verbatim and, following participant validation, will be anonymised. The recordings will be deleted as soon as transcription has taken place. All data, recordings and transcripts will be stored securely in accordance with EU GDPR policy.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As this study is currently ongoing, no findings have been developed as of yet. It is anticipated that Phase 1 and Phase 2 of the research will be complete before the end of the academic year 2022/23, with analysis to be carried out over the summer months. This paper will present overall findings from the study with particular emphasis on the teacher and student perceptions of the programme’s effectiveness in influencing empathic skills and prosocial behaviours.

Given the conference’s theme, the discussion will explore the potential of empathy education for meeting some of the challenges posed by diversity and will examine any barriers to empathy that are highlighted by participants. It is anticipated that the study findings will point to ways in which the programme can be refined and adapted by teachers to suit their school contexts. The researchers will draw on these findings to make some recommendations for adapting the programme to other European contexts.

References
Barrett, M. (2020). The Council of Europe’s Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture: Policy context, content and impact. London Review of Education, 18 (1): 1–17.
Barrett, M., Byram, M., Lázár, I., Mompoint-Gaillard, P. & Philippou, S. (2014). Developing Intercultural Competence through Education (Pestalozzi Series No. 3). Ed. Huber, J. and Reynolds, C. Strasbourg: Council of Europe Publishing.
Bryan, A. (2009). The intersectionality of nationalism and multiculturalism in the Irish curriculum: Teaching against racism? Race Ethnicity and Education, 12(3), 297–317.
Davis, M. H., & Begovic, E. (2014). Empathy‐related interventions. The Wiley Blackwell handbook of positive psychological interventions, 111-134.
Deković, M., & Gerris, J. R. M. (1994). Developmental analysis of social cognitive and behavioral differences between popular and rejected children. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 15(3), 367–386.  
Domitrovich CE, Bradshaw CP, Poduska JM, Hoagwood K, Buckley JA, Olin S, Romanelli LH, Leaf PJ, Greenberg MT & Ialongo NS. (2008). Maximizing the implementation quality of evidence-based preventive interventions in schools: a conceptual framework. Adv Sch Ment Health Promot. Jul 1(3):6-28.
Eisenberg N, Eggum ND & Di Giunta L. (2010). Empathy-related responding: associations with prosocial behavior, aggression, and intergroup relations. Soc Issues Policy Rev. Dec 1;4(1):143-180.
Hope, E. C., & Jagers, R. J. (2014). The role of sociopolitical attitudes and civic education in the civic engagement of Black youth. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 24(3), 460–470.
Konrath, S. H., & Grynberg, D. (2013). The positive (and negative) psychology of empathy. In D. Watt & J. Panksepp (Eds.), The Neurobiology and Psychology of Empathy. Nova Science Publishers Incorporated.
Main, A., Walle, E., Kho, C., & Halpern, J. (2017). The interpersonal functions of empathy: a relational perspective. Emotion Review, 9(4), 358-366.
McGinnity, F., Privalko, I., Fahey, E., Enright, S., & O’Brien, D. (2020). Origin and integration: A study of Migrants in the 2016 Irish census. ESRI.
Miklikowska M. (2018). Empathy trumps prejudice: The longitudinal relation between empathy and anti-immigrant attitudes in adolescence. Dev Psychol. Apr;54(4):703-717.
Ní Dhuinn, M. & Keane, E. (2021). ‘But you don’t look Irish’: identity constructions of minority ethnic students as ‘non-Irish’ and deficient learners at school in Ireland. International Studies in Sociology of Education.
Weisz, E., & Cikara, M. (2021). Strategic regulation of empathy. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 25(3), 213–227.  
World Health Organisation. (1991). Background, development and strategy outline of the health promoting schools project. Copenhagen: WHO Regional Office for Europe


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

The Role of Cultural Connectedness and Ethnic Group Belonging to the Social-Emotional Wellbeing of Diverse Students

Melinda Webber

University of Auckland, New Zealand

Presenting Author: Webber, Melinda

Social-emotional wellbeing at school is related to students’ connectedness to their cultural selves, their sense of ethnic group belonging and pride, and the ways they participate confidently as critical citizens who recognise and protect the rights, beliefs, values and identities of others. Using a Kaupapa Māori approach, this chapter discusses the social-psychological conditions for cultural connectedness and ethnic group belonging for primary school students (n = 2149) aged 5–12 years and secondary school students (n = 584) aged 13–18 years in Aotearoa, New Zealand.

Few empirical studies have examined the affective and social-psychological drivers of cultural connectedness and ethnic group belonging to the social-emotional wellbeing of diverse students. In this paper, I contribute to this the discussion by focusing on how self-perceptions about the value of cultural identity (as it relates to ethnic group membership) affects the social-emotional wellbeing of students in schools in New Zealand. This paper explores the ways diverse students “act and make choices, are acted upon, and relate to each other in a variety of ways” based on their understandings of cultural identity and sense of cultural connectedness. Using a Kaupapa Māori approach, this study examined the social-psychological conditions for cultural connectedness and ethnic group belonging for primary school students (n = 2149) aged 5–12 years, and secondary school students (n = 584) aged 13–18 years, from one regional cluster of schools (n = 16) in the northern region of Aotearoa, New Zealand. This paper evidences the ways social-emotional wellbeing at school is related to students’ connectedness to their cultural selves, their sense of ethnic group belonging and pride, and the ways they participate confidently as critical citizens who recognise and protect the rights, beliefs, values and identities of culturally-diverse ‘others’ in a rapidly changing national context.

A critical consideration in the New Zealand's progressive curriculum (Ministry of Education, 2015), which stipulates that schools should provide all students with opportunities to “create an Aotearoa New Zealand in which Māori and Pākehā recognise each other as full Treaty partners, and in which all cultures are valued for the contributions they bring” (p.10). The New Zealand Curriculum puts students’ culture at the center of teaching and learning, asserting that: a) students should experience a curriculum that acknowledges the principles of the Treaty of Waitangi, and the bicultural foundations of Aotearoa New Zealand, and b) that the curriculum should reflect New Zealand’s cultural diversity and values the histories and traditions of all its people. The New Zealand curriculum asserts that all children should feel proud of who they are, where they come from, and what their culture has to offer the world. As the world around us diversifies, it will become more important to be aware of the values and practices of our own culture/s, in order to have an appreciation and willingness to learn about other cultures.

Not only are schools’ central places for forming ethnic identities, but the way teachers and students talk, interact and act in school, both reflects and helps shape developing understandings about ethnic hierarchies. Evidently, students’ experiences at school can influence how they choose to culturally or ethnically self-categorise, how boundaries between their ethnic groups are formed, negotiated and interpreted, and how the processes of racialisation and boundary-forming affect students’ interactions and opportunities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study employed mixed-methods surveys to gather quantitative and qualitative data from students over a two-year period. A concurrent nested qualitative/quantitative design was selected in the form of a survey, meaning that, although all data were collected simultaneously, there was an initial emphasis on quantitative data, while the qualitative data were embedded in the study. The rationale behind this approach was to fulfil the research objective of triangulation: “seeking convergence of findings” (Onwuegbuzie & Collins, 2007, p. 284). Therefore, both qualitative and quantitative data were deemed equally important. The survey comprised a combination of 49 open-ended and closed questions. Initially students were asked to provide demographic data and, then, complete multiple-choice questions, Likert scale items and open-ended questions. The 16 schools involved in the project had been working collaboratively for the past two years as part of regional cluster.
The current study is a small component of that wider research project and is focused on examining the social-psychological conditions for cultural connectedness and belonging for primary school students (n = 2149) aged 5–12 years, and secondary school students (n = 584) aged 13–18 years, from one regional cluster of schools (n = 16) in Aotearoa, New Zealand. Thirteen primary schools and three secondary schools from a northern region of Aotearoa, New Zealand were part of the regional cluster.

Data collection: The student survey took between 15-20 minutes for students to complete. The students were not asked to write their names on the surveys and any information they provided was made unidentifiable.  I attended school staff meetings and parent meetings to explain the project and answered any questions about the project. After permission from the school principal and Board of Trustees was granted, parents were informed of their child’s invitation to be involved in the project. Both students and parents had two opportunities to withdraw from, or decline participating in the study. I then distributed participant information sheets, or an electronic link to the online questionnaire, for all students at the school, inviting them to participate.

Open-ended question analysis: Participant answers to one open-ended question were coded and analysed for this particular study in order to answer the question - “What aspect of your culture are you most proud of?” Braun and Clarke’s (2006) six phase thematic analysis process was subsequently followed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Five key components concerning the personal, familial, school and community conditions for secure cultural identity were identified in the student data.

Connectedness to Others: Students placed high importance on their connections to a collective, including their wider community ‘families’. The students’ cultural identities were nurtured and encouraged by their family and teachers, and they consequently felt socially capable and had a sense of connectedness and efficacy across a range of contexts.

Belonging to Place: Students were proud of their ethnic group membership and wanted to express their cultural identities across multiple contexts. They articulated that the value systems of their ethnic groups were crucial to anchoring a person to their homelands and genealogy. Students were keen to share their cultural knowledge, and many mentioned the places that felt connected to. Being familiar with where their families originated from seemed to help students to anchor themselves to people, place and histories associated with those places.

Positive Identity Markers: Students were able to articulate a strong sense of cultural efficacy, connection and belonging. Feeling a strong connection to their culture and other members of their ethnic group meant that they knew how to engage meaningfully with relevant cultural practices and protocols.

Cultural Protective Factors: Students associated positive self-efficacy, knowledge of heritage languages, resilience, and a hard-working attitude as key elements of their cultural identity.

Cultural Navigation Skills:  A strong understanding of one’s own cultural identity, alongside a respect for the cultural identities of others is fundamental to students’ sense of cultural connectedness and ethnic group pride.

Cultural connectedness and ethnic group belonging are crucial because they are a profoundly powerful social-psychological constructs that affirm and advance student connectedness and belonging in the school context and beyond.

References
Fuligni, A., Witkow, M. & Garcia, C. (2005). Ethnic identity and the academic
adjustment of adolescents from Mexican, Chinese, and European backgrounds.
Developmental Psychology, 41(5), 799-811

Killen, M., McGlothlin, H. & Lee-Kim, J. (2002). Between individuals and culture:
Individuals' evaluation of exclusion from social groups. In H. Keller, Y. Poortinga
& A. Scholmerich (Eds.), Between culture and biology: Perspectives on ontogenetic
development (pp. 159-190). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.  

Nasir, N. & Saxe, G. (2003). Ethnic and academic identities: A cultural practice
perspective on emerging tensions and their management in the lives of minority
students. Educational Researcher, 32(5), 14-18.

Priest, N., Walton, J., White, F., Kowal, E., Baker, A. & Paradies, Y. (2014). Understanding the complexities of ethnic-racial socialization processes for both minority and majority groups: A 30-year systematic review. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 43, 139-155

Stuart, J. & Jose, P. (2014). The protective influence of family connectedness, ethnic identity, and ethnic engagement for New Zealand Māori adolescents. Developmental Psychology, 50(6), 1817–26.

Swidler, A. (1986). Culture as action: Symbols and strategies. American Sociological  Review, 51(2), 273-286.

Ungar, M. (2011). Community resilience for youth and families: Facilitative physical and social capital in contexts of adversity. Children and Youth Services Review, 33(9), 1742-1748

Usher, E. L. & Weidner, B. (2018). Sociocultural influences on self-efficacy development. In G. Lief and D. McInerney (Eds). Big theories revisited (Vol 2). (pp. 141-164). Charlotte, NC: Information Age Publishing.

Webber, M. (2015). Optimizing Maori student success with the other three Rs: Racial-ethnic identity, resilience and responsiveness. In C. Rubie-Davies, P. Watson & J. Stephens (Eds.), The Social Psychology of the Classroom International Handbook (pp. 102-111). New York: Routledge.

Webber, M. & Macfarlane, A. (2018). The transformative role of tribal knowledge and genealogy in indigenous student success. In L. Smith & E. McKinley (Eds.), Indigenous Handbook of Education. (pp. 1049-1074). Singapore: Springer.

Webber, M. & Macfarlane, A. (2020). Mana Tangata: The Five Optimal Cultural Conditions for Māori Student Success. Journal of American Indian Education, 59(1), 26-49.

Webber, M., McKinley, E. & Hattie, J. (2013). The importance of race and ethnicity: An exploration of New Zealand Pakeha, Maori, Samoan and Chinese adolescent identity. New Zealand Journal of Psychology, (42)1, 43-54.


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

The “Best Interest of the Child” and Access to Schooling for Migrants

Irene Torres1, Daniel López-Cevallos2

1Fundacion Octaedro, Ecuador; 2University of Massachusetts, Amherst, United States

Presenting Author: Torres, Irene; López-Cevallos, Daniel

Massive migration flows are less and less “temporary” crises that may be readily solved, and more so an ongoing reality that is here to stay for a long time, with an enormous impact on the education, health and wellbeing of children and youth around the world. Prior to the war between Ukraine and Russia, which pushed around 8 million Ukrainians out of their country, there was a similar movement of people in South America. In 2015, more than 7 million Venezuelans began leaving their country, largely remaining in neighboring countries as undocumented migrants (a majority) and refugees (a small share) (R4V, 2023).

About 5.4 million children, mostly from Venezuela and Colombia, remain displaced across South America. Ecuador, a country of 17 million people, hosts the highest number of recognized refugees in Latin America (72,229) (Integral Human Development, 2023) and has given about 200,000 migrants permission to stay (if only temporarily). Out of more than 4.3 million school students in the country, almost 2% (80,074) are not Ecuadorian nationals. The high number of Venezuelan students indicates that at least 70% have recently arrived.

While the Ecuadorian legal framework guarantees equal rights before the law for all inhabitants, both migrants and locals (Ecuadorian Government, 2008), some legal loopholes were used to prioritize citizens during the pandemic. For instance, migrants were originally relegated to the end of the Covid vaccination queue (phase three) and were left out of government cash transfers to the most impoverished people. Concurrently, regardless of migration status, children have maintained their right to be enrolled at school. After the pandemic, further provisions were made so children could be enrolled at any moment during the school year, which was not previously allowed.

In Ecuador, the “best interest of the child” (UNHCR, 2006; Kalverboer et al, 2017) has been used to advocate for the nationalization of children regardless of foreign or local nationality, privileging the right to national identity. Similarly, family reunification is a priority for refugees in the country. At the same time, United Nations guidelines (UNHCR, 2021) on the “best interest of the child”, for example, privilege completion of the school year over child reunification. A human rights approach demands to explicitly include children's rights in policy, regulations and decision making. This paper examines the concept of the “best interest of the child” in policies and perspectives of decision makers regarding migrant children’s access to schooling in Ecuador, as means to their wellbeing.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As a pillar of social justice, human rights implicate the reduction and elimination of inequalities based on nationality or migration status and the promotion of inclusivity. Respecting human rights involves addressing social, economic, legal and political determinants of health, for which schools may provide an ideal setting (Barry et al 2017) through approaches and programs giving attention to the unique conditions of displaced or migrant children.

Based on interviews and focus groups with government officials and representatives of migrant community associations, this study applied thematic analysis to understand the perspectives on health and wellbeing in the school setting through the prism of human rights (OHCHR & Global Migration Group, 2018). In addition, the study conducted a document review of the legal instruments and norms guiding the inclusion of children and youth in the school system in Ecuador and, furthermore, the social protection provisions for children who cannot claim a nationality.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Having the right to schooling, including enrollment, is not a given for migrant children in many countries around the world, even though exclusion is known to further exacerbate the trauma of displacement. In Ecuador, securing a spot in school for migrant children still may not position them to benefit from access to education as a means to health and wellbeing. Since migrant and refugee children likely lack many essentials for success (from school supplies and mandatory uniforms, to housing, food, and safety, among others), a more comprehensive human rights approach is needed to guide educational responses to better serve, as one government official said in an interview, “the most vulnerable of the vulnerable”.
References
Barry, M.M., Clarke, A.M., Dowling, K. (2017) Promoting social and emotional well-being in schools. Health Education Vol 117(5): 434-451

Ceriani Cernadas, P. (2015). The human rights of children in the context of international migration in W. Vandenhole, E. Desmet, D. Reynaert and S. Lembrechts (eds.), Routledge International Handbook of Children’s Rights Studies (London/New York: Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group, 2015).

Ecuadorian Government (2008). Constitución de la República del Ecuador 2008 [Constitution of the Republic of Ecuador 2008]. Available at: https://www.gob.ec/sites/default/files/regulations/2020-06/CONSTITUCION%202008.pdf.

Integral Human Development (2022). Migration Profile Ecuador. https://migrants-refugees.va/country-profile/ecuador/ [Accessed 21 Jan. 2023].

Kalverboer, M., Beltman, D., van Os, C., & Zijlstra, E. (2017). The Best Interests of the Child in Cases of Migration, The International Journal of Children's Rights, 25(1), 114-139. doi: https://doi.org/10.1163/15718182-02501005

OHCHR & Global Migration Group (2018). Principles and Guidelines, supported by practical guidance, on the human rights protection of migrants in vulnerable situations. Available at: https://www.ohchr.org/en/documents/tools-and-resources/principles-and-guidelines-human-rights-protection-migrants-vulnerable [Accessed 31 Jan. 2023]

R4V (2023). Refugees and Migrants from Venezuela | R4V. Available at: https://www.r4v.info/en/refugeeandmigrants [Accessed 21 Jan. 2023].
UNHCR (2006). UNHCR Guidelines on Formal Determination of the Best Interests of the Child. United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR). https://www.unhcr.org/en-my/4ba09bb59.pdf [Accessed 21 Jan. 2023].

UNHCR (2021). 2021 UNHCR Best Interests Procedure Guidelines: Assessing and Determining The Best Interests of the Child. United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR). https://www.refworld.org/pdfid/5c18d7254.pdf [Accessed 21 Jan. 2023].
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm09 SES 13 A JS: Advancing Assessment Tools and Strategies in Subject-Specific Contexts
Location: Gilbert Scott, EQLT [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Serafina Pastore
Joint Paper Session NW09 and NW 27
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Construction and Validation of a Reading Literacy Test for English Language Learners in Kazakhstan

Aliya Olzhayeva

Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Olzhayeva, Aliya

Standardized testing is a manifestation of the neoliberal agenda and human capital theory (Rizvi & Lingard, 2010). Testing is perceived as one of the instruments to hold teachers and schools accountable for students’ performance which can lead either to rewards or sanctions. Standardized testing is one of the means of implicit control and governance that allow policymakers and politicians to audit the education system (Graham & Neu, 2004). Critics of standardized testing argue that it widens the gap between different groups of the student population (Au, 2016), encourages teachers to teach to the test and ignore the unassessed curriculum content and other subjects (Lingard, 2011; Koretz, 2017; Bach, 2020), and facilitates the practice of gaming the system to illustrate the growth in student performance (Rezai-Rashti & Segeren, 2020; Heilig & Darling-Hammond, 2008). Despite the severe criticism of standardized testing, it still can be used as an effective tool to inform teaching and learning. Testing can help curriculum designers, test developers, teachers, and educators identify students’ needs and tailor instruction in relation to those needs (Hamilton et al., 2002; Brown, 2013; Singh et al., 2015). It can also allow policymakers to evaluate the success and efficacy of the education system and identify the potential issues that could be addressed (Campbell and Levin, 2009).

The purpose of the study is to construct and validate reading assessments that account for the local contextual factors such as curriculum standards and expectations and that could provide formative information to students and teachers. The current research study includes several stages: pre-pilot study, pilot study, and main studies. In this abstract, the results of the pilot study will be presented.

The study aims to answer the following research questions:

What are the students' perceptions of the proposed testing instrument?

What are the psychometric properties of the pilot test?

The theoretical framework that guides my research is entitled evidence-centered design by Mislevy and Riconscente (2006). ECD employs the concept of layers where each layer possesses its own characteristics and processes. The goal of domain analysis is to collect substantive information about the target domain and to determine the knowledge, skills, and abilities about which assessment claims will be made. Domain modelling organizes the results of domain analysis to articulate an assessment argument that links observations of student actions to inferences about what they know or can do. Design patterns in domain modelling are arguments that enable assessment specialists and domain experts to gather evidence about student knowledge (Mislevy & Haertel, 2006). The third layer – conceptual assessment framework - provides the internals and details of operational assessments. The structure of the conceptual assessment framework (CAF) is expressed as variables, task schemas, and scoring mechanisms. This layer generates a blueprint for the intended assessment and gives a concrete shape to it. Assessment implementation constructs and prepares all operational elements specified in CAF: authoring tasks, finalizing scoring rubrics, establishing parameters in measurement models, and the like. The assessment delivery layer is where students are engaged with the assessment tasks, their performances are evaluated and measured, and feedback and reports are produced. Thus, ECD provides an essential framework for approaching test design, scoring, and analysis. In my study, the ECD framework will act as guidance to ensure that each layer is constructed, and relevant evidence accumulated.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The instrument of the proposed research is designed to assess students’ reading literacy in English. A number of standardized tests that measure reading literacy were reviewed. The main criteria for selecting tests were: 1) Anglophone tests; 2) availability of an online test for the public use; 3) standardized reading literacy tests; 4) tests for secondary and high school students; 5) grade-appropriate language and cognitive difficulty levels of the reading passages and test items; 6) a sufficient number of test items; 7) tests that have been used with big populations. Texts that displayed cultural bias and other features that might negatively impact test validity and reliability were not selected.
Since it is important to ensure alignment between assessment instrument and curriculum, subject experts were involved in the present study. I also used one element of Webb’s alignment model (1997) which is depth-of-knowledge (DOK) criteria that include the levels of cognitive complexity: recall of information, basic reasoning, complex reasoning, and extended reasoning.
First, experts matched DOK level and curriculum objectives with the test items. Before independently coding test items, the subject experts independently coded between five to ten items and then compared DOK levels assigned to the test items and corresponding learning objectives (Webb, 2002). After this stage, experts identified one or two objectives from the curriculum which correspond to each test item. It is not required that all experts should reach a unanimous decision about the correspondence between items and objectives. Teachers’ feedback would help to eliminate items that (1) do not map with the curriculum, or (2) might be considered ambiguous or confusing for students. Expert judgement may also help to identify potential sources of irrelevantly difficult items or items that might be far too easy for lower ability students (AERA, 2014).
Piloting assessment items is one of the ways to ensure test validity. Standard 3.3 of AERA (2014) states that analyses carried out in pilot testing should identify the aspects of the test design, content, and format that might distort the interpretations of the test scores for the intended population. In the current study, pre-test items were piloted with 11th grade students in one of the target schools.
After test piloting, retrospective probing were conducted. The main goal of retrospective probing is to examine participants’ understanding of the tasks or questions (Leighton, 2017).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Five Grade 11 students were interviewed regarding their perceptions of the reading test. Three female and two male students participated in the interview. Overall, students made recommendations regarding some of the questions and distractors. For instance, students pointed out the unclarity of the distractors in some questions. Furthermore, some students argued that two correct options are possible in one of the questions. The questions that were identified problematic and confusing for students were reviewed and the corresponding changes were made.
The reading literacy test comprised 32 multiple-choice questions (31 items were dichotomous while one item was partial credit: 0, 1, 2). Test was administered among 69 Grade 11 students in a pilot school site. The mean of the students’ responses was 17.23 (SD = 5.71). The minimum score was 5 and the maximum score was 29.
Cronbach’s alpha was estimated to be .79 which is an indicator of an acceptable level of test reliability (DeVellis, 2017). However, the estimation of point-biserial correlations illustrate that some items have low levels of item discrimination even though all items exhibited positive values suggesting that all items are tapped to the reading construct.
Test items were analyzed employing the Rasch model with the assistance of the TAM package (Robitzsch, et al., 2021) using marginal maximum likelihood (MML) estimation (Bock & Aitkin, 1981). As one item involved partial scoring, the Masters (1982) partial credit Rasch model was used. Item difficulty estimates were constrained to zero, though the mean difficulty estimate was -0.09 (SD = 0.87).
Item fit analysis revealed some of the problematic items that should be reviewed prior testing with larger population of students.

References
American Educational Research Association (2014). Standards for educational psychological testing. American Educational Research Association.
Au, W. (2016). Meritocracy 2.0: High-stakes, standardized testing as a racial project of neoliberal multiculturalism. Educational Policy, 30(1), 39-62.
Bach, A. J. (2020). High-Stakes, standardized testing and emergent bilingual students in Texas. Texas Journal of Literacy Education, 8(1), 18-37. Retrieved September 30, 2021, from https://www.talejournal.com/index.php/TJLE/article/view/42
Brown, G. T. (2013). asTTle–A National Testing System for Formative Assessment: how the national testing policy ended up helping schools and teachers. In M. Lai & S. Kushner, A developmental and negotiated approach to school self-evaluation (pp. 39-56). Emerald Group Publishing Limited.
Campbell, C., & Levin, B. (2009). Using data to support educational improvement. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), 47-65.

DeVellis, R. F. (2017). Scale development. Theory and Applications (4th ed.). SAGE.
Hamilton, L. S., Stecher, B. M., & Klein, S. P. (2002). Introduction. In L.S. Hamilton, B.M. Stecher & S.P. Klein (Eds.), Making sense of test-based accountability in education (pp.1-12). RAND.
Heilig, J. V., & Darling-Hammond, L. (2008). Accountability Texas-style: The progress and learning of urban minority students in a high-stakes testing context. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 30(2), 75-110.
Koretz, D. (2017). The testing Charade: Pretending to make schools better. The University of Chicago Press.
Leighton, J.P. (2017). Using think-aloud interviews and cognitive labs in educational research. Oxford University Press.
Lingard, B. (2011). Policy as numbers: Ac/counting for educational research. The Australian Educational Researcher, 38(4), 355-382.
Masters, G. N. (1982). A Rasch model for partial credit scoring. Psychometrika, 47, 149-174 doi:10.1007/BF02296272
Mislevy, R. J., & Haertel, G. (2006). Implications of evidence-centered design for educational assessment. Educational Measurement: Issues and Practice, 25, 6–20.
Mislevy, R. J., & Riconscente, M. M. (2006). Evidence-centered assessment design: Layers, concepts, and terminology. In S. Downing & T. Haladyna (Eds.), Handbook of test development (pp. 61–90). Erlbaum.
Rezai-Rashti, G. M., & Segeren, A. (2020). The game of accountability: perspectives of urban school leaders on standardized testing in Ontario and British Columbia, Canada. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 1-18. doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2020.1808711
Robitzsch, A., Kiefer, T., & Wu, M. (2021). TAM: Test Analysis Modules. R package version 3.7-16. https://CRAN.R-project.org/package=TAM
Singh, P., Märtsin, M., & Glasswell, K. (2015). Dilemmatic spaces: High-stakes testing and the possibilities of collaborative knowledge work to generate learning innovations. Teachers and Teaching, 21(4), 379-399.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Developing A Linear Scaled Assessment-Tool For Mathematical Modelling In Chemistry

Benjamin Stöger, Nerdel Claudia

Technical University of Munich; Associate Professorship of Life Science Education

Presenting Author: Stöger, Benjamin

All model assumptions in the natural sciences are based on mathematical concepts, regularities or assumptions. For this reason, mathematical modelling is central to understanding the development and validation of models in the natural sciences. The ability to evaluate, change and apply models in the sense of gaining knowledge is understood as modelling competence. With the help of modelling cycles, the modelling process can be divided into individual steps. This enables an insight into the modelling process.

Blum & Leiß (2005) developed a framework for mathematical modelling. They distinguished between two main dimensions, "rest of the world" (which includes real-world problems, their structuring, mathematical description, and the interpretation and evaluation of mathematical results) and "mathematics". The translation between these dimensions is understood as mathematical modelling. Based on these dimensions, a seven-step modelling cycle was developed. Starting from a real situation/problem, the steps are to understand the situation (1), to simplify and structure it with a focus on the problem (2) followed by mathematisation (3), which results in the transition to the dimension of "mathematics". There, results are generated with mathematical methods (4) and translated back into the context and thus back into the dimension "rest of the world" with a focus on the problem (5). Now these results are validated in relation to the context (6) and an answer is given to the concrete problem (7).

Based on the cycle for mathematical modelling developed by Blum & Leiß (2005), various subject-specific modelling cycles were derived. Goldhausen & Di Fuccia (2014) derived a mathematical modelling cycle for the subject of chemistry. For this purpose, an additional dimension "chemistry" was added that is located between "rest of the world" and "mathematics". This is necessary because a real chemical situation (e.g. chemical experiment) must first be transferred into subject-specific models in order to be able to describe and interpret a situation.The steps of the mathematical modelling cycle were adapted to the specific requirements of a chemical contextualisation. In the first step, a problem/experiment is identified on a macroscopic level and a situation model is created (1). This is then translated into a chemical model (submicroscopic or symbolic level) ( Johnstone, 1991) (2). The chemical model is then mathematised (3), for which, according to Kimpel (2018), a deeper understanding of the model is necessary. With the developed mathematical model, mathematical results can be generated with the help of mathematical tools, similar to Blum & Leiß (2005) (4). These can then be translated back into the chemical model (5) and checked for their professional usefulness (6) so that they can finally be applied to the experiment/problem (7).

As diagnostic models, modelling cycles offer the possibility of gaining an insight into the complex cognitive processes of learners during modelling. In the field of mathematics didactics, modelling cycles have been used to develop a test instrument to measure mathematical modelling ability (Haines, Crouch & Davis., 2001; Brand, 2014; Hankeln, Adamek & Greefrath, 2019). In all cases, the steps of a modelling cycle were divided into empirically based categories. Items were constructed for these categories. Prior to testing, various models were postulated on the basis of empirical studies for the items. With the help of Rasch measurement, the data has been compared with the postulated models.

Since this type of test development has so far only been conducted for mathematical modelling in general, this study investigated if a questionnaire can be used to assess learners' mathematical modelling skills.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A test instrument for mathematical modelling was developed on the basis of the modelling cycle by Goldhausen & Di Fuccia (2014) and the methodological approach by Brand (2014). For this purpose, the cycle is divided into five sections (A1- A5). Four sections (A1, A2, A4, A5) each describe the change between the dimensions described in the model (rest of the world, chemistry and mathematics). For this categories, 12 items ( including question and assoociate answer format) from different chemical subject areas as well as different contexts from nature and technology were constructed. Category A3 focuses on answering mathematical questions and tasks from school mathematics of varying difficulty. Twelve areas were also developed for this, each containing three items of varying difficulty. In total, there were 36 items. Each of these categories focuses on a specific aspect of mathematical modelling ability.
For example, category A1 includes questions that focus on understanding and constructing a problem or on structuring and simplifying problems or tasks. In addition, this category includes tasks in which relevant aspects of an issue have to be identified or suitable chemical models have to be selected. Category A2 revolves around mathematising the selected model. This means selecting suitable mathematical formulae, describing mathematical relationships or developing mathematical formulae. The third category (A3) is about working mathematically. Accordingly, mathematical concepts, working methods and solutions are applied here. In category four (A4), mathematical results have to be classified technically. For example, identifying the unit of a mathematical result, assigning mathematical results to variables or classifying mathematical results in the subject context. The last category (A5) of the cycle describes the interpretation of the result considering the initial situation. This means checking a result for its meaningfulness, checking whether the result fits the model used or also to generate answer sentences.
All items in all categories have a closed answer format, with five answer options each. One correct answer, two 'plausible' answers based on misconceptions and two incorrect answers. All items were distributed across twelve test booklets each containing three (nine for A3) items per category. In order to obtain a linear scale, the coded data sets are evaluated using Rasch analyses (Boone, 2014). The person measures obtained for the individual categories served as the basis for a correlation analysis of the individual categories with the overall instrument.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data for validating the test instrument was collected by questioning students. For this purpose, students in the STEM fields of chemistry, mathematics, physics, biology and mechanical engineering have been surveyed so far. The data collection will continue until the end of February 2023. N=296 students have participated in the study until now. On the basis of this data, a first analysis was made in order to be able to identify a first trend regarding the results. For this purpose, the interview data was coded with view to the distractors. With the help of the programme Winsteps (Lincare, 2000), the data was examined using a Rasch analysis. In a first step, the quality of the items used was analysed. So, it was to check how well the items fit. Mean-square fits outside the reasonable range were found for only three of the 90 items. In the individual categories, a misfit was calculated for  a few further items (A1: none; A2: none; A3: 4 out of 36; A4: 1 out of 12; A5: 1 out of 12). Subsequently, the item reliabilities of the overall model and the individual categories were determined separately. These already showed values above 0.8 in almost all categories (A1-A5: 0.94; A1: 0.95; A2: 0.82; A3=0.87; A4=0.88; A5=0.82). In addition, the students' person abilities calculated using Rasch analysis were used for a correlation analysis. Significant and highly significant correlations between the individual dimensions were calculated pairwise. Examples include the correlation of category A3 with categories A1, A2, A4 and A5 [A1 (r=.325**, p<.001, n=159); A2 (r=.214**, p=.007, n=159); A4 (r=.288**, p<.001, n=140); A5 (r=.401**, p<.001, n=137)]. This indicates that the individual dimensions capture the overall construct of mathematical modelling well.
References
Blum, W., & Leiß, D. (2005). Modellieren im Unterricht mit der „Tanken “-Aufgabe. Mathematik lehren (128), p. 18-21, Karlsruhe.
Boone, W. J., Staver, J. R., & Yale, M. S. (2013). Rasch analysis in the human sciences. Springer Science & Business Media.
Brand, S. (2014). Erwerb von Modellierungskompetenzen: Empirischer Vergleich eines holistischen und eines atomistischen Ansatzes zur Förderung von Modellierungskompetenzen. Springer-Verlag.
Goldhausen, I., Di Fuccia, D.-S., (2014) ‚Mathematical Models in Chemistry Lessons’, Proceedings of the International Science Education Conference (ISEC) 2014, 25-27 November 2014, National Institute of Education, Singapore
Haines, C., Crouch, R., & Davis, J. (2001). Understanding students' modelling skills. In Modelling and mathematics education (pp. 366-380). Woodhead Publishing.
Hankeln, C., Adamek, C., & Greefrath, G. (2019). Assessing sub-competencies of mathematical modelling—Development of a new test instrument. In Lines of inquiry in mathematical modelling research in education (pp. 143-160). Springer, Cham.
Johnstone, A. H. (1991). Why is science difficult to learn? Things are seldom what
they seem. Journal of computer assisted learning, 7(2):75-83.
Kimpel, L. (2018). Aufgaben in der Allgemeinen Chemie: zum Zusammenspiel von chemischem Verständnis und Rechenfähigkeit (Vol. 249). Logos Verlag Berlin GmbH.
Linacre, J. M., & Wright, B. D. (2000). Winsteps. URL: http://www. winsteps. com/index. htm [accessed 2013-06-27]


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

The Backwash Effect of Exam Preparation in IBDP English A and B Courses on Developing Real-life Skills.

Botagoz Issabekova, Aliya Baratova

Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Astana, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Issabekova, Botagoz; Baratova, Aliya

“Will we have it in our summative?” … is quite a familiar phrase for English Language and Literature, and not only, teachers of Diploma Program (DP) in International Baccalaureate, isn’t it? While we are proud of our students’ performance and diligence, we are painfully aware that their academic achievements might have been gained at the cost of both teaching (curriculum, teaching methods, delivery) and learning (curriculum, content, life skills). This influence is also evident from the literature, where Gates (1995) defines it as “a washback effect”, i.e., “the influence of testing on teaching and learning” (p.102). Prodromou (1995), while strictly differentiating between ‘testing’ and ‘teaching’, suggests a negative effect of backwash on teaching, which he believes, greatly complicates it.

Although external exams of English A and B courses (Paper 1, Paper 2 and Individual Oral) are barely considered to be tests, as they are full-fledged final written and spoken exams, we believe that the term “backwash effect” also carries some influence on language and literature learning and teaching. Teachers have to cover a huge amount of material within two years of DP, while students, along with other subjects, have to process this huge amount of material. So many exams and IB components, so little time. And no wonder, teachers are more and more leaning to the program to be optimised, which to our concerns, can lead to keeping only essentials.

Now, the question arises what the “essential” is and what is not. Hughes (1989) proposes the following to ensure positive backwash effect: test should develop certain skills; test content should be varied and cover wide-spectrum areas; it should have an effect of unpredictability; make both teachers and students understand the procedure of the test, and others. In the same vein, Bailey (2016) puts forward the following aspects: meeting language learning objectives and requirements, authenticity of the tests and samples, ensuring learner autonomy and self-assessment, providing feedback of the test results.

In our search for a balance between students’ academic achievements and their future non-academic life, there is a sinking feeling in our teaching practice that we might be overlooking the opportunities to develop their career/real life aptitudes and skills. Although there is a sufficient literature in negative effects of backwash of testing, such as IELTS, high stake tests, standardized testing (Paker, 2013; Watkins, Dahlin & Ekholm, 2005) and ways to turn it into positive one, we seek to explore the backwash effect of written and spoken exams on language teaching and learning. We believe that the assignments covered in Diploma Program are quite challenging and intensive. They require time-managements and analytical skills as leaners are asked to write a textual analysis on a given text type and a comparative essay based on at least two literary works they have studied in class (Language A). With regards to Language B, they have to produce the text type, which requires more than mere selection of the right answer from multiple choices. Despite such a difference in requirements of the final exams, we are still concerned about the fact that there are more exams in classroom than skills development, which is, we believe, a prevailing phenomenon in education.

With that in mind, the following research questions have been addressed:

1) What are both benefits and drawbacks of predominance of the exam preparation in English class?

2) How can the classroom be modified to prepare students for life (not just exams)?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The given study is a collaborative research of an English Language A and Language B  teachers as part of Action research conducted in 2022-2023 academic year in Nazarbayev Intellectual School (IB World School). The sample consists of two groups. The first group is an entire class of twelveth-grade students (10), was a part of the research. These students were selected for several reasons. The major reason is that they are exposed to the curriculum at the moment, their exams are not yet passed and they have the freshest memory of the classroom. They can sincerely share their thoughts and feelings about their preparation and readiness for the upcoming exams. The second group (12) are a mix of graduates of 2020-2021 and 2021-2022 cohorts. They are currently pursuing their careers in universities and are a good source of investigating their opinions towards the skills they gained at school, whether they are beneficial or not in their academic paths.
To address research questions, a mixed research design was employed. Combining both quantitative and qualitative data provides “a very powerful mix” (Miles & Huberman, 1994, p. 42). First, Subject reports of two cohorts (2020-2021, 2021-2022) have been analysed to compare students’ performance in the beginning of the 11th grade (MOCK exams) and their final exams. Apart from this, open-ended interviews that provided students’ reflection offered different perspectives on the research topic, providing “a complex structure of the situation” (Creswell, p. 537).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Having analysed the data, it has become evident that so called backwash effect on Language learning and teaching has had mostly positive effect on students’ learning. This can be seen from the final results of our school compared to the world results, where in 2022 our students received on average IB 5,47 out of 7, compared to world result IB 5,43 (Language A). Regrading Language B, our students’ result IB 6,16 was equal to the world result IB 6,16. It should be noted that, compared to the world, English for our students is a third language (after Kazakh and Russian) and taught in a non-English speaking country.
Open-ended interviews have shown students’ positive attitudes towards exam preparations as they “don’t feel threatened” being accustomed to working under strict deadlines and being bound to time restrictions. This, inevitably, developed their self-organisation skills (staying focused, being mindful, stress-resistant). Another positive aspect they mentioned was the ability to work with broad range of text types that students are exposed to in their academic lives at universities. Also, the skills they learnt in English class (coding, decoding, analysing, evaluating authors’ choices) have been indirectly assisting them in their more extensive mid-term and final papers at universities.
However, data derived from open-ended interviews, revealed that this backwash effect on Language learning and teaching has had negative effect on teachers’ teaching the course. Students’ responses resonated with our concerns about a change in teaching methods. Students noted that, even though, such approach is effective, it is monotonous and quite repetitive. This is a call for English DP teachers to think and vary the methods used in classroom, as even though students’ academic performance is high and they enter top-tier universities worldwide, teachers need to fulfill all facet of their profession.

References
Bailey, K. M. (1996). Working for washback: A review of the washback concept in language testing. Language testing, 13(3), 257-279.

Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2017). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Sage publications.

Gates, S. (1995). Exploiting washback from standardized tests. Language testing in Japan.

Hughes, A. (1989) Testing for Language Teachers. Second Edition. Cambridge University press.

Miles, M. B., & Huberman, A. M. (1994). Qualitative data analysis: An expanded sourcebook. sage.

Paker, T. (2013). The backwash effect of the test items in the achievement exams in preparatory classes. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 70, 1463-1471.

Prodromou, L. (1995). The backwash effect: from testing to teaching. 13-25.

Watkins, D., Dahlin, B., & Ekholm, M. (2005). Awareness of the backwash effect of assessment: A phenomenographic study of the views of Hong Kong and Swedish lecturers. Instructional Science, 33, 283-309.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Modeling as a Tool for Formative Assessment in Biology Lessons.

Aigul Koishigarina, Gulnar Kashkinbayeva

Nazarbayev Intellectual school in Aktobe, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Kashkinbayeva, Gulnar

Modern education is inextricably linked with three main concepts: learning, teaching and assessment. The teacher of the 21st century must equip students with solid knowledge that will help them in life. At present, the teacher directs and coordinates the work of students, and contributes to the development of students' skills of independence, self-criticism and the ability to find the necessary, reliable information in a huge flow of knowledge and information. Thus, the student must be able to find, analyze and apply the necessary knowledge from a numerous flow of information.

According to PISA research, “Kazakh schoolchildren have subject knowledge at the level of their reproduction or application in a familiar educational situation, but they have significant difficulties in applying knowledge in real life situations…” [1].

According to the results of the international PISA study for 2019, it was revealed that 9th grade students found it difficult to complete assignments for formulating scientific questions, which amounted to 11.6% and tasks for the scientific interpretation of evidence data, which amounted to 15.9%.

Taking into account the data of an international study, we conducted a comparative analysis of the curriculum in biology, and saw that from the 7th to the 9th grades, the number of hours for modeling various processes increases, according to certain topics and sections of the curriculum. So, for example, if in the 7th and 8th grades 5 hours are allotted for modeling, then in the 9th grade it is already 6 hours. Therefore, the teacher needs to develop the skills of working with models and apply this method of pedagogical approach to the organization of the educational process, starting from the 7th grade.

These results influenced the research and the search for solutions to the questions that arose.

The main research questions are:

-How to teach a student to master the relevant skills in life?

-How can subject knowledge be improved?

To answer questions, the teacher needs to think about teaching, think about new methods of assessing students' knowledge.

The updated criteria-based assessment model helps participants in the educational process to understand and define “At what stage of learning is the student?”, “What does the student need to do to achieve the expected results?”.[2]

The aim of the study: the use of modeling in biology lessons will help students improve the quality of knowledge and will contribute to the development of functional literacy and creative thinking skills.

The presented work is the result of many years of experience of the authors, which has been tested in the educational process and supplemented in accordance with modern requirements. We sincerely hope that the methodological recommendations in the work will help teachers to increase the effectiveness of the educational process in order to educate competitive students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The authors of personal development technology V.V. Davydov, V.I. Zvyagintsev, V.V. Kraevsky, I.Ya. Lerner, M.N. Skatkin, I.S. Yakimanskaya believe that it is necessary to pay attention not only to the knowledge of students, but also to their personal characteristics in the learning process.
The famous psychologist Jean Piaget argued that the models help to consolidate the knowledge gained and apply them in practice.
In the works of teachers V.B. Filimonov, G.A. Korovkin, G.I. Patyako, M.A. Danilova, V.P. Strokova, V.V. Shtepenko, the differences in concepts that determine the creative abilities of students are considered, without which it is not possible to implement the modeling technique paying attention to the emotional attitude of the participants  and their interest in the process being studied.
It should be noted that there is relationship between STEM technology and modeling. When creating models, the student must use the acquired knowledge not only in the field of one subject, but also in other subject areas and skills. Such interdisciplinary interaction will allow students to develop research skills, develop creativity and creative thinking skills and will contribute to the development of communication skills and teamwork.[4]
After studying the works of the above authors, we began to conduct research on the topic. To conduct the study , class 8 (E and F) was taken and the control group E was selected (where this modeling technique was not used), and the experimental group F (the technique was used in the classroom).
Note This study was conducted in the span of  three years, that is, students in grade 8 were already enrolled in grade 10 upon completion of the study.
Study Passport: Class 8 E/F Number of students: 12
Study start: 2019–2020 / Study completion time: 2021–2022.
Results of the study: In the experimental classes, the results of summative assessment for a quarter and for sections are + 10% higher than in the control groups, where the modeling technique was not used. The difference between SAU and SAT indicates the objectivity of the assessment. The effectiveness of the application of modeling can be seen through the results of the exam of students in grade 10, which is 100% (in the experimental group - subject of choice - biology).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Every creative teacher should create favourable conditions for teaching students and provide an opportunity for the development of abilities that would help them in the future in determining the profession and in life in general.
In grades where this technique was used, the effectiveness of students' participation in olympiads and project activities increased, mostly at the Republican and International levels, by 40–60%.
So, the proposed technique can be used at various stages of the lesson. These classes allow you to:
1. develop the skills of creative thinking, analysis, research and application of knowledge;
2. use as an effective way of formative assessment;
3. help students develop key competencies in education: the ability to solve problems and manage processes independently;
4. involve all students in the active work of learning;
5.improve the quality of learning;
6. prevent students from mechanical memorization, relieves stress before the perception of educational material.[5]
Lessons using models become interesting and engaging, and help develop students' research skills and interest in the subject.[6]
Modeling in education is heuristic in nature and develops speech, memory and logic of thinking. [7] Teachers can use the technique to organize project work with students, as well as to conduct and organize elective courses and sections in order to develop creative thinking skills.
  When working with models in the educational process, the following difficulties may arise: lack of time (time management) when executing models at the initial stages of developing modeling skills; assessment of models according to criteria (originality / completeness / deliberation).[8]
The authors of the paper hope that this study will help school  teachers develop students' creative thinking skills and contribute to shaping the education of competitive students.

References
1. Guidelines for the development of natural science literacy of students. Nur-Sultan: branch "Center for Educational Programs" of AEO "Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools", 2020. - 56 pages, ISBN 978-601-328-922-9.
2. N. A. Avdeenko, M. Yu. Demidova, G.S. Kovaleva, O. B. Loginova, A. M. Mikhailova, S. G. Yakovleva. Monitoring the formation and evaluation of functional literacy. Creative thinking / 2019.-17c [electronic resource]: https://inlnk.ru/VoV34z
3. Wagner T. The Global Achievement Gap: Why Even Our Best Schools Don’t Teach the New Survival Skills Our Children Need – And What We Can Do About It. – Basic Books, 2008.
4. Azizov R. Education of a new generation: 10 advantages of STEM education [Electronic resource]: https://ru.linkedin.com/pulse/ -stem-rufat-azizov.
5. Modeling as a method of knowledge. Classification and forms of representation of models [Electronic resource]: https://clck.ru/KcW26
6. Tarasova S.A. The modeling method as a means of achieving metasubject results in the study of biology [Electronic resource]: https://www.prodlenka.org/srednjaja-shkola/3364-method-modelirovanija-kak-sredstvo-dostizhenij.html (06/22/2018)
7. Tom Bielik, Sebastian T. Opitz, Ann M. Novak, Supporting Students in Building and Using Models: Development on the Quality and Complexity Dimensions, Education Sciences. 2018, 8(3), 149; https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci8030149
8. Julie Dirksen. The art of teaching. How to make any learning fun and effective // Mann, Ivanov and Ferber.; Moscow, 2013, 276 p.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm09 SES 13 B: Assessment Practices and School Development: Fostering Fairness and Effective Implementation
Location: Gilbert Scott, 253 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Alli Klapp
Paper Session
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

How to Deal with the Challenge of Assessment – Performance and Assessment Culture as an Issue of School Development

Marius Diekmann, Sabine Gruehn, Carolin Kruell

University of Münster, Germany

Presenting Author: Diekmann, Marius; Kruell, Carolin

Without doubt, everyday assessment and responses to student performance are central facets of school quality and an important field of innovations in school. The development of a “new” and formative performance resp. assessment culture, which is suitable for initiating and supporting the acquisition and development of both subject-specific and interdisciplinary/generic competences of students (e.g. self-regulated learning, social competences), seems to be a necessary condition for the development of teaching and learning in general (cf. MfSW NRW 2009; Beutel et al. 2017; Wiliam 2018). In this context, the term “culture” refers to a fundamental change of assessment practice that is not limited to a selective use of some additional or alternative diagnostic instruments by only a few teachers (cf. Jürgens & Diekmann 2006; Box 2019, 42/143). According to Sacher (2014, 264) the development of a new resp. formative performance and assessment culture in schools will only succeed, if it is based on a jointly formulated assessment concept in which the teaching staff fixes objectives, guiding principles and concrete agreements on assessment practice. Such an assessment concept – Sacher points out – must be implemented, regularly evaluated, discussed, and revised as an essential part of the school program. In which way, to what extent and how successful individual schools undertake efforts regarding the requested change and development of performance and assessment culture(s) (cf. e.g. Winter 2012) has hardly been empirically investigated (in Germany). Most of the findings on performance and assessment culture and associated innovations relate to schools that can be described as “extraordinary”. Extraordinary in the sense that they, for example, have been nominated for the (nationwide) German School Award (cf. Porsch et al. 2014, Beutel & Pant 2020) or have a special pedagogical profile (e.g. Montessori, cf. Diekmann 2018). There are almost no empirical findings that give a broader impression of focal points, achievements, or school form/grade specific characteristics of the change in performance/assessment culture at “ordinary” schools. One exception are the findings obtained in the context of an external evaluation (“Qualitätsanalyse”) of schools in North Rhine-Westphalia (federal state of Germany). During this evaluation, various methods were used to gain a comprehensive impression of the work and quality of schools. Among other things, classroom observations were conducted, and so-called school portfolios were reviewed. The school portfolios contained various documents specific to individual schools, such as school programs. A mandatory component of the school portfolios were the performance concepts developed by the individual schools. In summary the performance resp. assessment concepts schools had to submit during the evaluation are characterized as unsatisfying and in need of development (cf. MfSW NRW 2009, 34). Unfortunately, this conclusion is not really explained in detail. Regarding specific differences between school types and levels, only a few findings are reported. For example, it is pointed out that the performance/ assessment concepts at secondary schools are comparatively subject-specific (compared to the performance/ assessment concepts at primary schools). In contrast, performance/assessment concepts at primary schools apparently prove to be more elaborate about the formative use of individual diagnostics. (cf. MfSW NRW 2016, 30-32). The following questions arise from this:
Research question 1: How are performance/assessment concepts designed in terms of scope and content? Are there any school level/form-specific priorities or features?
Research question 2: Are performance/assessment concepts embedded in a whole school approach of school development?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To gain fundamental insights into the questions raised above, we conducted an explorative content analysis of diverse documents dealing with performance and assessment which we found on homepages of each 100 randomly selected primary schools and secondary schools in North Rhine-Westphalia. In addition to the texts explicitly designated as performance/assessment concepts, we have also incorporated texts and text passages that deal, for example, with grading practice in various subjects. After we downloaded the documents from the schools’ homepages from January to May 2022, we developed, tested, and revised the category system for content analysis. The categories we used were derived both from the material resp. performance/assessment concepts itself and from academic discussion (cf. e.g. Bohl 2018) and guidelines given by the Educational Administration (cf. QUA-LiS NRW 2011). Statements in performance/assessment concepts resp. performance/assessment related information that could be assigned to the following (superordinate) categories were coded and counted: general and subject-specific principles and objectives of (performance) assessment; quality criteria for (performance) assessment; forms and instruments of (performance) assessment; concretization and implementation of legal requirements; performance/assessment concept in the context of school and teaching development; innovations; evaluation and revision. Analyses of variance and T-tests were used to examine whether there are significant school-level and school-form-specific differences. One advantage of document analysis is that this method is much less prone to the phenomenon of social desirability than, for example, a written survey or an interview. One of its disadvantages, however, is that the origin and authorship of the analyzed material cannot always be traced, for example. Therefore, it is usually recommended to combine different methods of data collection. This is what we intend to do in the next step. Based on the findings of our document analyses, we plan to conduct in-depth interviews with school administrators and written surveys of teachers.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Research question 1: The length of the performance/assessment concepts as well as the subject-specific parts varies considerably within the sample, ranging from 3 to 149 and from 0 to 139 pages (primary vs. secondary schools). Performance/assessment concepts at primary schools typically consist of an interdisciplinary and a subject-specific part. The latter is usually not included in the performance/assessment concepts of secondary schools but may be found in a separate document (subject-specific performance/assessment concept). Practically all of the performance/assessment concepts contain statements on quality criteria and principles of performance measurement, to which the respective school feels (particularly) committed, as well as statements on the concretization and implementation of legal requirements, which can be found in the School Act, in examination regulations or decrees.
Research question 2: Just under half to two-thirds of the performance/assessment concepts (elementary vs. secondary schools) contain basic statements about their formation. Less frequent and less extensive are indications to the evaluation and revision of performance/assessment concepts. It is quite remarkable that - especially at primary schools - a connection to the individual school program/school profile is established only in exceptional cases. In contrast, innovations (e.g., use of new/formative instruments) are reported more frequently in the performance/assessment concepts of elementary schools compared to those of secondary schools.

To put it simply, the performance/assessment concepts analyzed largely prove to be information about the existing practice of performance measurement and assessment, some of which is specific to the school level, as well as a concretization of binding, general requirements. As programs for innovation resp. the development and implementation of a "new" performance culture - as suggested by Sacher (2014, 264) – performance/assessment concepts seem to be (still?) little used. Examining the reasons of this finding is one of the purposes of our planned follow-up study.

References
S.-I. Beutel, K. Höhmann, H. A. Pant, M. Schratz (Hg.) (2017): Handbuch Gute Schule. Sechs Qualitätsbereiche für eine zukunftsweisende Praxis. 2. Auflage. Seelze: Kallmeyer.
Beutel, S.-I.; Pant, H. A. (2020): Lernen ohne Noten. Alternative Konzepte der Leistungsbeurteilung. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer.
Bohl, T. (2018): Ewige Baustelle? Von pädagogischer Innovation und diagnostischer Qualität. In: Lernende Schule 21 (84), 3-7.
Box, Cathy (2019): Formative Assessment in United States Classrooms. Changing the Landscape of Teaching and Learning. London: Palgrave Macmillan.
Diekmann, M. (2008): Wortgutachten, Zeugnisbriefe und Rasterzeugnisse. Zur Beurteilungspraxis an bayerischen Montessori-Schulen. In: Lernende Schule 21 (84), 30-34.
Jürgens, E.; Diekmann, M. (2006): Lernleistungen von und mit Kindern erfassen und bewerten. In: P. Hanke (Hg.): Grundschule in Entwicklung. Herausforderungen und Perspektiven für die Grundschule heute. Münster: Waxmann, 206-229.
Ministerium für Schule und Weiterbildung des Landes Nordrhein-Westfalen (MfSW NRW) (2009): Qualitätsanalyse in Nordrhein-Westfalen. Impulse für die Weiterentwicklung von Schulen. Düsseldorf.
Ministerium für Schule und Weiterbildung des Landes Nordrhein-Westfalen (MfSW NRW) (2016): Qualitätsanalyse in Nordrhein-Westfalen. Landesbericht 2016. Düsseldorf.
Qualitäts- und UnterstützungsAgentur – Landesinstitut für Schule (QUA-LiS NRW) (2011): Anlage 1.4 Checkliste – Leistungskonzept (Material Nr. 2955), verfügbar unter: schulentwicklung-nrw.de.
Porsch, R.; Ruberg, C.; Testroet, I. (2014): Elemente einer Didaktik der Vielfalt. Die Bewerbungsportfolios der Schulen. In: S.-I.Beutel, W. Beutel (Hg.): Individuelle Lernbegleitung und Leistungsbeurteilung. Lernförderung und Schulqualität an Schulen des Deutschen Schulpreises. Schwalbach/Ts.: Wochenschau Verlag, 16-87.  
Sacher, W. (2014): Leistungen entwickeln, überprüfen und beurteilen. Bewährte und neue Wege für die Primar- und Sekundarstufe. 6., überarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt.
Wiliam, D. (2018): Embedded Formative Assessment. Second Edition. Bloomington, IN: Solution Tree.
Winter, F. (2012): Leistungsbewertung. Eine neue Lernkultur braucht einen anderen Umgang mit den Schülerleistungen. 5., überarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage. Baltmannsweiler: Schneider.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Knowing without Doing: Chinese Primary Citizenship Teachers’ Perceptions and Practices of Assessment Policies

Peng Zhang, Enze Guo

IOE, UCL’s Faculty of Education and Society

Presenting Author: Zhang, Peng; Guo, Enze

Based on the policy enactment perspective (Ball et al., 2011), this study investigates how primary citizenship teachers do assessment policies in their practice and discusses its influencing factors. While the citizenship programme remains non-statutory at the primary level in many countries, such as England (Richardson, 2010), the programme is mandatory in China due to the emphasis on fostering socialist identity and moral cultivation. The programme standards mandate an assessment approach that focuses on students' 'values' and 'process performance' (Ministry of Education, 2022, p.49) rather than test scores. Advocating 'assessment for learning' (ibid., p. 50), the standards call for a greater emphasis on formative assessments. To ensure the full implementation of national education policies (Lu et al., 2018, p.113), China has established an internal agency system - the System of Pedagogical Research Officer. Primary citizenship programme pedagogical research officers are appointed by the district education authorities and have administrative powers. As intermediaries, they hold the authority and responsibility to interpret, translate, and organise citizenship assessment policies in practice.
Contrasting with the popular perception in China that relegates teachers to the role of policy implementers, scholars (Braun, et al., 2011; Ball, 2011) acknowledge teachers as policy enactors. As Ball (1994, p. 19) asserts, policies do not typically provide a set course of action, but rather create situations where the choices for what to do are limited or altered, or specific aims or outcomes are established. The majority of educational policies depend on their realisation through teaching, positioning teachers not merely as implementers, but as interpreters and 'translators' of policy (Perryman et al., 2017, p.745). This act of 'translation' suggests that while teachers adhere to policy, they also make adaptive modifications.
The study reveals that all schools employ standardised tests—developed by the district's education authorities—as summative assessments for students from Year 3 onwards, despite the absence of such tests for Year 1 and 2. Notwithstanding the stipulation in assessment policies that 'assessment results should be graded rather than scored' (Ministry of Education, 2022, p. 52), test results are ultimately rendered in the form of scores. Formative assessment post Year 3 is notably sparse, predominantly consisting of verbal feedback within classes. This is the case despite a unanimous acknowledgment that the curriculum standards advocate against basing judgments of students’ learning performance solely on test results.
Teachers perceive this disjunction—being aware of but not adhering to the assessment policies—as an outcome of the 'internal disintegration of the policies', a consequence of intermediary influences. In a manner akin to the role of medieval bishops interpreting the Bible, the pedagogical research officer wields unassailable authority within their community to interpret and translate official assessment policies. Their instructions and guidelines are considered the truly applicable policies, while the national assessment policies are often disregarded as overly 'idealistic' and 'abstract'. Furthermore, formative assessment is decried as a privilege available only to economically developed regions, which have the financial means to engage national and international experts for knowledge dissemination and practical guidance. Teachers also face considerable pressure from parents. As primary schools increasingly serve as childcare providers, teachers interact more directly and frequently with parents, many of whom express scepticism towards formative assessment due to its absence of tangible scores and rankings. The teachers identify the prevailing culture of competition or the 'rat race' endemic in nowadays China as the root of these challenges. As the country’s economy slows, societal pressure to compete escalates, underscoring the view that ‘excellence is not the sole goal, but more importantly, to be better than others'.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
One district has been chosen as a case in this study, located in the capital of a border province - a city which, despite being officially defined as a regional centre, has significantly less economic and cultural impact compared to Beijing and Shanghai. The collected data comprised both interview and documentary sources. Primary school citizenship educators within this district, invited via purposive sampling, contributed to the interview data. This method ensured that participants freely expressed their authentic opinions. 13 teachers, covering all primary schools in this district, were interviewed across two rounds. Each participant possessed over five years of experience teaching the citizenship programme and was actively involved in student assessment practices. Due to pandemic-induced international mobility restrictions, the interviews were conducted online.

The interview Data were gathered in two rounds using semi-structured interviews. In the initial phase during 2019-2020, educators were interviewed for approximately 60 minutes to comprehend their perspectives on formative and summative assessment. Following the introduction of the new citizenship standards in 2022, the same teachers were invited for a second round of interviews, with each session extending close to 120 minutes. The objective was to gauge their views on assessment policies and particular practices. Initially conducted in Chinese, the interviews were later translated into English. Subsequently, the interview data were subject to thematic coding and analysis. Although this research is patently theory-driven — underpinned by the policy enactment perspective (Ball et al., 2011) — the attempt was to suspend any pre-existing theoretical expectations or biases during the coding phase as far as practicable. This was not only because the study aimed to present 'open' results, displaying authentic teacher viewpoints and practices, but also because it anticipated the emergence of themes beyond existing frameworks. Thematic data were continually compared throughout the coding process until saturation was achieved.

The documentary evidence encompassed the latest Primary Citizenship Programme Standards (2022 edition), 17 examination papers pertaining to the Year 3-6 citizenship programme (September 2016 to September 2022), and the topic outlines and associated documentation for the in-service citizenship teacher training over the past four years (September 2018 to September 2022). This data was contributed by participants who believed these documents played a policy role and exerted a structural impact on their assessment practice.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study diverges from the former studies emphasis on teachers’ personal factors and the Confucian testing tradition (Herman et al., 2015; Poole, 2016; Yan et al., 2021), instead investigating the manner in which teachers do official assessment policies by utilising the policy enactment perspective (Ball et al., 2011).Contrary to findings from England (Braun et al., 2011) and Ireland (Skerritt et al., 2021), the agency system in China does not invariably act as a catalyst and facilitator. On the contrary, it tends to fragment national assessment policies. This study therefore disputes the widespread belief in China that inadequate policy execution is due to teachers’ incompetence. Teachers often rely on intermediaries for policy interpretation, with these interpretations significantly influencing their behaviours. Additionally, most prior assessment studies in East Asia were centred in metropolitan regions, such as Hong Kong (Yan et al., 2021) and Beijing (Lu et al., 2018). However, this study revealed that teachers in non-metropolitan areas perceive formative assessment as a cultural benefit deriving from economic development, due to easier access to pertinent resources and support for metropolitan teachers. The child-care role that China’s primary schools play exerts greater assessment pressure on teachers from parents, compared to English secondary schools (Richardson, 2010).

Encouragingly, however, change is already underway. During the second round of interviews conducted in 2022, many teachers indicated efforts being made to enhance the status of formative assessment. They expressed gratitude towards this study, as it illuminated the utility of formative strategies in advancing student progress through practical experience, despite a lack of adequate support and training.

References
Ball, S.J. (1994). Education reform: A critical and post-structural approach, Buckingham, UK: Open University Press.

Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2011). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge.

Braun, A., Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Taking context seriously: Towards explaining policy enactments in the secondary school. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(4), 585-596.

Herman, J., Osmundson, E., Dai, Y., Ringstaff, C., & Timms, M. (2015). Investigating the dynamics of formative assessment: Relationships between teacher knowledge, assessment practice and learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 22(3), 344-367.

Lu, L. T., Shen, X., Liang, W. (2018). The composition and characteristics of practical knowledge of district and prefectural level pedagogical research officer: An example of district and prefectural level pedagogical research officer in Beijing, Teacher Education Research (教师教育研究),30(06),112-118.

Ministry of Education, (2022). Curriculum standards for morality and the rule of law in compulsory education. Beijing: Beijing Normal University Press.

Perryman, J., Ball, S. J., Braun, A., & Maguire, M. (2017). Translating policy: Governmentality and the reflective teacher. Journal of Education Policy, 32(6), 745-756.

Poole, A. (2016). ‘Complex teaching realities’ and ‘deep rooted cultural traditions’: Barriers to the implementation and internalisation of formative assessment in China. Cogent Education, 3(1),1-14.

Richardson, M. (2010). Assessing the assessment of citizenship. Research Papers in Education, 25(4), 457-478.

Skerritt, C., McNamara, G., Quinn, I., O’Hara, J., & Brown, M. (2021). Middle leaders as policy translators: Prime actors in the enactment of policy. Journal of Education Policy, 1-19.

Yan, Z., & Brown, G. T. (2021). Assessment for learning in the Hong Kong assessment reform: A case of policy borrowing. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 68, 100985.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Investigation of Careless Responding on Self-Report Measures

Başak Erdem Kara

Anadolu University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Erdem Kara, Başak

The use of scores from self-report measures are very common in several areas of research. Since those instruments provide researchers to measure some psychological constructs such as personality, attitudes, beliefs, emotions of too many respondents in a short time, they are preferred widely for data collection process (Alarcon & Lee, 2022; Curran, 2015; Ulitzsch et al., 2022). However, some important problems may occur when responders do not give their best effort to select the response correctly reflecting themselves (which is very common especially with the unmotivated responders) (Rios & Soland, 2021; Schroeders et. al., 2022). Individuals may respond to items without reading them, by misinterpreting them or be unmotivated to think about (Huang et al., 2012; Ward & Meade, 2022). This type of responding behaviour have been stated as random (Beach, 1989), careless (Meade & Craig, 2012), insufficient effort (Huang et al., 2012), disengaged responding (Soland et al., 2019) in the literature. In the context of this study, the term ‘careless responding’ with CR abbreviation is preferred. Careless responding (CR) behaviour is a major concern based on the data taken from self-report scales in any type of research (Meade & Craig, 2012). Even the amount is small, it may affect the data quality and results of the study severely. Careless responses may introduce a measurement error, weaken the relationship between variables and inflate the Type II error. It may also introduce a new source of construct-irrelevant variance to the process and end up with an undesirable effect on psychometric properties of the scale (item difficulty, average scores, test reliability, factor structure etc.). Briefly, CR has the potential to weaken the test scores’ validity in different ways (Beck et. al., 2019; Rios & Soland, 2021).

Considering the factors stated above, CR have become an important and interesting research topic for researchers with a growing interest. One of the most important aspects on CR research is the way how we can detect and cope with them to ensure the quality of survey data. Identifying careless responders and removing them from the dataset is one of the suggested ways to increase data quality. In the literature, there are several data screening methods mainly classified in two groups; priori and post-hoc. Priori methods are the ones that are planned and incorporated into data collection process before the administration of survey. On the contrary, post-hoc methods get involved in the process after data collection. They are implemented on the collected dataset and typically based on a statistical calculation.

While there are several studies focusing on the effect of careless responding on datasets and comparison of the efficacy of CR identification methods, there is still no clear answer about the detection accuracy of CR identification methods (Goldammer et al., 2020). Besides, this study will focus on prior methods that have been studied and focused less on previous studies.

The present study will handle three different ways of prior methods (instructed response items, reverse items and self-report items) which will be explained in method part in detail. In the context of this study, these three ways of CR identification will be used, examinees will be removed from dataset according to those methods separately and their effects on psychometric properties of data will be investigated. This study addresses the following research questions;

- How was the distribution of careless responders with respect to three different CR identification methods?

- How did psychometric properties of the data (scale mean, reliability, correlation between factors, factor structure etc.) change when careless respondents were removed from the data with respect to different CR identification methods?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The purpose of that study is to examine self-report data for careless responding, to investigate the effect of CR on psychometric properties of dataset and to compare the performance of CR identification methods. Three different priori methods will be used for this purpose; instructed response, reverse and self-report items. Instructed response items are special items instructing respondents to select one specific category and the ones that choose another option than the instructed response, are assumed as careless. Reverse items are used as attention control items. Individuals are expected to select responses in opposite directions for reverse items. When they give same or too similar answers, it is assumed as an indicator of CR. Lastly, self-report items directly ask individuals about their effort (e.g. ‘I put forth my best effort in responding to this survey’; Meade & Craig, 2012).
In the context of this study, a self-report scale will be used for data collection purpose. A manipulated version of this instrument will be formed by adding one instructed-response item (‘Please select ‘strongly agree’ for this item’), one manipulated reverse item and one self-report item (‘I did my best while responding to the scale’). It is planned that manipulated form will be applied to approximately 500 students. Only one instructed response item will be added to the original scale and individuals selecting the response other than the instructed one will be handled as CR. Additionally, one reverse item for one of the items on the original scale will be purposefully added and individuals choosing the same or similar responses for reverse items will be assumed as CR. Lastly, only one self-report item will be included at the end of the scale and responders will be evaluated according to their own answers in terms of CR. Percentage of careless responders will be calculated for each method separately and psychometric properties of data (scale mean, factor loadings, reliability, explained variance etc.) will be examined. After that, careless responders will be excluded from dataset according to three methods separately and the three separate remaining datasets will be examined again to see how psychometric properties (scale means, reliabilities, correlation between factors etc) were affected by that removal. Lastly, in order to see which CR identification method performed most efficiently and improved data quality, psychometric properties (reliability, factor structure etc.) of remaining datasets will be compared separately.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The finding of this study is important for the researchers and practitioners who are using self-report measures for data collection and making conclusions based on that data. Careless responses may cause ‘dirty data’ and may affect the results significantly. So, some investigations should be considered in order to make data cleaning. In addition, result will investigate the efficiency of using of different prior methods and some suggestions will be made on CR identification. I hope that this study will help to fill some gaps in careless responding identification and eliminating its’ effect in a better way.
References
Alarcon, G. M., & Lee, M. A. (2022). The relationship of insufficient effort responding and response styles: An online experiment. Frontiers in Psychology, 12. https://www.frontiersin.org/article/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.784375

Beck, M. F., Albano, A. D., & Smith, W. M. (2019). Person-fit as an index of inattentive responding: A comparison of methods using polytomous survey Data. Applied Psychological Measurement, 43(5), 374–387. https://doi.org/10.1177/0146621618798666

Curran, P. G. (2015). Methods for the detection of carelessly invalid responses in survey data. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 66(2016), 4–19. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jesp.2015.07.006

Goldammer, P., Annen, H., Stöckli, P. L., & Jonas, K. (2020). Careless responding in questionnaire measures: Detection, impact, and remedies. The Leadership Quarterly, 31(4). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.leaqua.2020.101384

Huang, J. L., Curran, P. G., Keeney, J., Poposki, E. M., & DeShon, R. P. (2012). Detecting and deterring insufficient effort responding to surveys. Journal of Business and Psychology, 27(1), 99–114. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10869-011-9231-8

Meade, A. W., & Craig, S. B. (2012). Identifying careless responses in survey data. Psychological Methods, 17(3), 437–455. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0028085

Rios, J. A., & Soland, J. (2021). Parameter estimation accuracy of the effort-moderated item response theory model under multiple assumption violations. Educational and Psychological Measurement.
 
Schroeders, U., Schmidt, C., & Gnambs, T. (2022). Detecting careless responding in survey data using stochastic gradient boosting. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 82(1), 29–56. https://doi.org/10.1177/00131644211004708

Ward, M. K., & Meade, A. W. (2022). Dealing with careless responding in survey data: prevention, identification, and recommended best practices. Annual Review of Psychology, 74(1). https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-psych-040422-045007

Ulitzsch, E., Yildirim-Erbasli, S. N., Gorgun, G., & Bulut, O. (2022). An explanatory mixture IRT model for careless and insufficient effort responding in self-report measures.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Shaping and Inspiring a Fair Thinking in assessment. A research with pre-service and in-service teachers

Debora Aquario1, Norberto Boggino2, Elisabetta Ghedin1, Juan Gonzalez Martinez3, Griselda Guarnieri2, Teresa Maria Sgaramella1

1University of Padova, Italy; 2Universidad Nacional de Rosario, Argentina; 3Universitat de Girona, Spain

Presenting Author: Aquario, Debora; Ghedin, Elisabetta

How can we activate and create assessment systems that lead to a flourishing school where everyone is able to fulfil their potential and achieve both success and well-being? How might we shift assessment practices toward equity and justice/fairness? How do the assessment methods meet the diversity of the students? The research project SHIFT (Shaping and Inspiring a Fair Thinking in assessment) aims to investigate how a range of emerging trends within the international community can be used to answer these questions. These trends concern the literature on: (1) human capabilities (Sen, 1999) as a framework for ‘social justice’, (2) Assessment for Learning (Swaffield, 2011) as the horizon for understanding assessment, (3) Universal Design for Assessment (CAST, 2011) as the philosophy that attempts to go beyond the ‘model of adjustment’ and (4) such approaches as: fair and equitable assessment (Tierney, 2013; Montenegro & Jankowski, 2020), culturally-responsive assessment (Nortvedt et al., 2020), inclusive and universal assessment (Waterfield & West, 2006; Nieminen, 2022; Tai et al., 2021).

An increased focus on equity and justice emerges from the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, where the commitment is to provide inclusive and equitable quality education at all levels, as well as from other European and international documents (OECD, 2012, 2005; UNESCO, 2015, 2022). The same concern is evident in empirical studies focused mainly in higher education contexts (Nieminen, 2022; Tai et al., 2021), and what has become evident as more and more assessment researchers and practitioners engage with the equity conversation is the desire for considering these issues also in school context. Moreover most assessment research is based on what can be described as a ‘technical perspective’, looking at whether assessment is efficient, reliable, valid, leaving less space for a “humanistic” perspective that highlights assessment to foster learning for human flourishing and for responsibility toward and within society (Swaffield, 2011; Fuller, 2012; Gergen & Gill, 2020; Hadji, 2021).

Dialogue into the paradigms of assessment is of paramount importance if assessment aims at embracing a focus on equity, ethics, and humanization and meeting the challenges of these times. The paradigm shift was initiated many years ago, moving from assessment of learning towards assessment for learning, giving greater attention on the role of learners (opening the way to participatory approaches connecting school and community), on a shift from product to process-focused assessment and on a view of learning as a lifelong process rather than something done to prepare for an exam. Although these changes have been partially incorporated into the debate about educational assessment, work remains to be done to ensure the necessary attention to the issue of diversity among learners. Such an approach would strengthen the value of the shift and enlarge the potential of the assessment process towards the promotion of all students’ learning and growth moving away from a model of adjustments, which makes specific reasonable accommodations for some students towards assessment models that allow all students to fully participate and learn in the most equitable way.

Coherently with the theoretical framework, the research design addresses the importance of engagement, participation and opportunities for access, choosing a community-based approach interconnected with the appreciative one, seeking to produce a new imaginary for approaches to assessment, with implications for both cultures and practices. The aim of the Programme is to connect assessment with justice and equity through a participatory process sustaining the shift towards a fair thinking in assessment.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
SHIFT intends to give value to bottom-up research practices articulating the logic and the flow of Community-Based Participatory Research (CBPR) and Appreciative Inquiry as follows. At this point, steps 1 and 2 have been implemented.
STEP 1: Discovering & identifying the community: implemented through an initial phase consisting in different activities of Public Engagement (PEa). The following activities have been realised to raise awareness and mutual understanding (by establishing a common language and participatory multi-actor dialogues) and to promote and develop a shared assessment literacy about inclusiveness and diversity: an open webinar day devoted to the discussion of the main topics about accessibility and equity; a website; the identification of a logo for the project; initiatives specifically oriented to schools (‘dialoghi pedagogici’); a blog about the research keywords.
PEa represented the ground on which a Call to Action (CtA) will be opened as a strategy for discovering engagement. It has been devoted to the schools of all educational levels in order to collect concern about the key issues and co-constructing the community of research, composed by a network of 7 schools (from early childhood level to middle school level). Moreover, a group of 250 prospective teachers were involved in the research with the aim of exploring the same issues with pre-service teachers in order to explore different understandings and purposes of assessment in the two groups (Brown, Remesal, 2012).
STEP 2. Dreaming & Co-creating shared images of a preferred future. Based on the results of the CtA, the step 2 invites to begin “envisioning together”: asking themselves “what might be?” imagining and envisioning how things might work well in the future. Therefore the aim is collaborating for identifying and fostering the capacity to aspire and imagine possible and future actions.
Instruments used are the following: panel discussions with teachers (one for each of the 7 schools, for a total of 60 involved teachers from early childhood to secondary school level, and 4 panel discussions with 50 students enrolled in teacher education programs from 5 different countries -UK, Turkey, Lithuania, Netherlands and Portugal); written interviews administered to 200 students enrolled in the teacher education program at University of Padova. These questions guided the reflection: How might we shift assessment practices toward equity and accessibility? How might we assess for learning and growth of all students? How assessment methods meet the diversity of the students?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
First analyses from the panel discussions and written interviews with pre-service and in-service teachers show that assessment is fair when the following aspects become relevant: assessment as an integral part of the teaching strategy (use of assessment by the teacher to make teaching decisions and the consequent need to consider changes in teaching and assessment jointly and reciprocally); the “pedagogical” process as distinct from the “administrative” process (the process of reflection and use of evaluation criteria not confused with the attribution of the mark/grading); communication (need to pay attention to the communication moments -in progress and final-, both to the students and their families; need to act for change in the field of assessment by working on all dimensions -student, family, teachers, school head- in a parallel and integrated way. Differences in narratives by pre- and in-service teachers will be presented.
Next steps 3 and 4 concern the design of innovative ways to bring into existence the preferred future participants have envisioned in the Dream step through the use of participatory videos (Boni et al., 2020) and the realisation of a narrative storytelling process for sustaining the change in assessment culture and practice towards fair assessment.
 Expected final outcomes consist of:
- an open digital toolkit for a fair assessment: flexible/modular in its structure/implementation, accessible and usable. Examples of the toolkit contents: a guide for a universal approach to assessment; guidelines (with different resources, tips and examples) for designing accessible and universal assessments; good practices of fair assessment.
- multimedia open educational resources (OER, Wiley, 2006) with the aim to offer an open learning path for all those who want to be self-trained in the research topics (audiovisual material, references and readings, simulations, workshops, guides about assessment contents, multimedia resources from public engagement activities and participatory videos).

References
Aquario D. (2021). Through the lens of justice. A systematic review on equity and fairness in learning assessment. Education Sciences & Society, 2, 96-110.
Brown G. T. L., & Remesal A. (2012). Prospective teachers’ conceptions of assessment: A cross- cultural comparison. The Spanish Journal of Psychology, 15(1), 75–89.
Bushe G. R. (2012). Foundations of Appreciative Inquiry: History, Criticism,and Potential. AI Practitioner: The International Journal of AI Best Practice, 14 (1), pp. 8-20.
Center for Applied Special Technology (2011). Universal Design for Learning (UDL). Guidelines version 2.0, CAST, Wakefield.
Hanesworth P., Bracken S. and Elkington S. (2019). A typology for a social justice approach to assessment: Learning from universal design and culturally sustaining pedagogy. Teaching in Higher Education, 24 (1), 98-114.
Heritage M., & Wylie C. (2018). Reaping the benefits of assessment for learning: achievement, identity, and equity. ZDM, 50 (4), 729–741.
Klenowski V. (2014). Towards fairer assessment. Australian Educational Researcher, 41, 445–470.
Levy, J., & Heiser, C. (2018). Inclusive assessment practice (Equity Response). Urbana, IL: University of Illinois and Indiana University, NILOA.
McArthur J. (2016). Assessment for social justice: the role of assessment in achieving social justice. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 41, 7, 967-981.
Montenegro E., & Jankowski N. A. (2020). A new decade for assessment: Embedding equity into assessment praxis. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois and Indiana University, NILOA.
Murillo F. J., Hidalgo N. (2017). Students’ conceptions about a fair assessment of their learning. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 53, 10-16.
Nortvedt, G.A., Wiese, E., Brown, M. et al. (2020). Aiding culturally responsive assessment in schools in a globalising world. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 32, 5–27.
Scott S., Webber C. F., Lupart J. L., Aitken N. and Scott D. E. (2014). Fair and equitable assessment practices for all students. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 21,1, 52-70.
Sen A. (1999). Development as freedom. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Stobart G. (2005). Fairness in multicultural assessment systems. Assessment in Education, 12, 3, 275–287.
Swaffield S. & Williams M. (Eds.) (2008), Unlocking assessment: Understanding for reflection and application. London: David Fulton.
Tierney R.D. (2014). Fairness as a multifaceted quality in classroom assessment. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 43, 55-69.
Zhang, J., Takacs, S., Truong L., Smulders, D., Lee, H. (2021). Assessment Design: Perspectives and Examples Informed by Universal Design for Learning. Centre for Teaching, Learning, and Innovation. Justice Institute of British Columbia.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm10 SES 13 A: The Quality and Status of Teacher Education
Location: Rankine Building, 106 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Maria Pacheco Figueiredo
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Teacher Training for Sustainable Development: Knowledge, Competencies and Educational Experiences of Higher Education Students

Diego Gavilán Martín, Gladys Merma-Molina, Mayra Urrea-Solano, María José Hernández-Amorós

University of Alicante, Spain

Presenting Author: Gavilán Martín, Diego; Merma-Molina, Gladys

Quality education is crucial to improving the lives of citizens and fostering sustainable development (Annan-Diab & Molinari, 2017; Leal-Filho et al., 2019). Experts agree that one of the cornerstones of this education is the teacher.

Currently, teacher education in Spain faces several challenges. One of them is to promote professional training to the characteristics and needs of 21st-century society. In this sense, experts agree that to solve global problems such as poverty, inequalities and environmental degradation; teachers must have specific skills, such as systems thinking, anticipatory, normative, strategic, collaborative, critical thinking, self-awareness and problem-solving skills (Bautista-Cerro & Díaz, 2017; Filho & Dahms, 2018; Merma-Molina et al., 2022; UNESCO, 2017). Therefore, from a holistic approach, Brandt and co-workers (2019) assess the development of competencies of student teachers for Sustainable Development. They show the importance of pedagogical knowledge, motivation and changes in beliefs and attitudes and call for learning models that facilitate authentic, real-world encounters and problem-oriented tasks. Furthermore, Timmand and Barth (2021) and Solís-Espallargas et al. (2019) have referred that teachers, to contribute to sustainability, must promote change both at the micro level, i.e. in the classroom and school, and at the macro level, i.e. in society.

Based on the above, it is possible to state that incorporating Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) into initial teacher education requires a new pedagogical approach and the redesign of curricula. In this regard, experts have a broad consensus that education for sustainability requires active, participatory and experiential learning methods that engage the learner and promote understanding, complex thinking and the ability to act (UNESCO, 2017). Such methods include role-plays and simulations, group discussions and dialogues, stimulus activities, debates, critical incidents, case studies, reflective storytelling, personal development planning, critical reading and writing, problem-based learning and fieldwork. To this list can be added vision, research, proactivity, values and action research. For their part, it is crucial that teacher curricula: (1) systematically and regularly include the eight critical competencies for sustainability, (2) strengthen the link between university and school to develop immersion experiences for future teachers to put these competencies into practice, and (3) use innovative and context-specific pedagogical approaches (Chinedu et al., 2018).

Within this framework of considerations, the objectives of the study were:

  1. To identify the sustainability-related competencies of students studying undergraduate and postgraduate studies in Education in Spain.
  2. To identify their basic knowledge of sustainable development.
  3. To inquire about the type of sustainability training they have received.
  4. To find out their opinions on the usefulness of the SDGs in their personal and professional lives.

In order to guide the study, the following questions were asked: What SDG-related competencies do students have, what is their knowledge of basic sustainable development terminology, what are their educational experiences on sustainability, and how do they perceive the usefulness of the SDGs in their personal and professional lives?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to achieve the objectives set out, a quantitative methodological approach and a non-experimental design were adopted. The study was descriptive and exploratory. A total of 586 university students from the Faculty of Education at the University of Alicante (Spain) participated. The sample selection procedure was non-probabilistic, using random sampling (Mayorga & Ruiz, 2002). 72.3% of the students ranged between 18 and 25 years, 17.9% between 26 and 33 years, 6% between 34 and 41 years, 3.4% between 42 and 49 years and 0.5% were over 50 years old. Most of the participants were studying for a degree in Early Childhood Education (30.45), a degree in Physical Activity Sciences (23.3%) and a Master's degree in Secondary Education Teaching (27.7%).
This instrument aims to identify the sustainability-related competencies of teachers and the education and training they have received in this regard. The data was collected using the questionnaire on competencies and integration of the SDGs in teacher training (CISODS-FD). The questionnaire has five dimensions:

      1. SDG knowledge (one qualitative question).
      2. Student competencies linked to SDGs (20 quantitative items with values from one to five).
      3. Integration of SDGs in initial training (5 quantitative items).
      4. Perceptions of the usefulness of the SDGs and relevance of the SDGs in their professional t
          training (19 quantitative multiple-choice items).
      5. Perceptions of their contribution to the achievement of the SDGs (two questions: a qualitative
          question to find out whether the SDGs are relevant to their profession and a quantitative
          question to find out whether they consider that they could contribute to achieving the SDGs).

This study discusses the dimensions of competencies, university training experiences in relation to the SDGs and students' perceptions of the SDGs' usefulness.
The quantitative questions were asked on a five-point ordinal rating scale, with one being the lowest and five the highest. Cronbach's alpha statistic was used to determine the internal consistency of the questionnaire. According to this, the instrument has a high-reliability index (α=.929). In order to facilitate its dissemination among students, the questionnaire was developed online using Google Forms. This tool's choice was due to its possibilities for survey administration, such as ease of use, low cost and automatic storage capacity (Sandhya et al., 2020).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The most salient findings show that, in general, students have a mastery of the competencies inherent to their professional profile; for example, positively valuing the diversity of other cultures and races (4.52), and working collaboratively (4.19). However, they have less developed other complex competencies necessary to face current problems, such as being enterprising (3), recognising and understanding relationships, analysing complex systems (3.34), and inferring conclusions (3.42).
Regarding their knowledge of the SDGs, they highlight elements that have already been addressed in Spain for over two decades. Thus, they recognise the significance of gender equality (4.28), and climate change (4.02). However, they need to gain better knowledge about other terms strictly linked to sustainability; for example, Agenda 2030 (2.52). These findings are consistent with the university's inadequate and insufficient training on sustainability, as almost half of the student body (44.7%) stated that they had not received any instruction on the subject. Furthermore, only 3.9% of those who had had training experiences reported that sustainability had been addressed in a cross-cutting manner in a subject, i.e. in the activities, content, and assessment process.
When asked about the usefulness of the SDGs, they pointed out that they contribute to a greater awareness of the most widespread global issues of environmental damage and to a realisation of personal commitment to provide solutions. However, although with a lower presence, it is alarming that 8.4% of participants did not know any use of the SDGs, and 1.4% thought they were not helpful.
In sum, it is concluded that students are not sufficiently educated about sustainability and that the university needs to promote this education adequately. Curricula should systematically and gradually incorporate SDGs and critical competencies in initial and in-service teacher training using sustainability pedagogies (Evans & Ferreira, 2020; Howlett et al., 2016; Rieckmann, 2018; Qablan, 2018).

References
Chinedu, C. C., Wan-Mohamed, W. A., & Ogbonnia, A. A. (2018). A systematic review on education for sustainable development: Enhancing TVE teacher training programme. Journal of Technical Education and Training, 10(1), 109-12.

Evans, N., & Ferreira, J. A. (2020). What does the research evidence base tell us about the use and impact of sustainability pedagogies in initial teacher education?. Environmental Education Research, 26(1), 27-42.

Filho, W. L., & Dahms, L.-M. (2018). Incorporating sustainable development issues in teaching practice. En W. Filho (Ed.), Implementing Sustainability in the Curriculum of Universities, World Sustainability Series (pp. 323-330). Springer.

Howlett, C., Ferreira, J. A., & Blomfield, J. (2016). Teaching sustainable development in higher education: building critical, reflective thinkers through an interdisciplinary approach. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 17(3), 305-321.

Leal-Filho, W., Shiel, C., Paço, A., Mifsud, M., Ávila, L. V., ... & Caeiro, S. (2019). Sustainable Development Goals and sustainability teaching at universities: Falling behind or getting ahead of the pack?. Journal of Cleaner Production, 232, 285-294.

Mayorga, M. J., & Ruiz, V. M. (2002). Muestreos utilizados en investigación educativa en España. RELIEVE - Revista Electrónica de Investigación y Evaluación Educativa, 8(2), 159–165.

Merma-Molina, G., Gavilán-Martín, D., Baena-Morales, S., & Urrea-Solano, M. (2022). Critical Thinking and Effective Personality in the Framework of Education for Sustainable Development. Education Sciences, 12(1), 28. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12010028

Qablan, A. (2018). Building capacities of educators and trainers. In A. Leicht, J. Heiss, & W. J. Byun (Eds.), Issues and trends in education for Sustainable Development. Education on the Move (pp. 111-132). UNESCO.

Rieckmann, M. (2018). Learning to transform the world: key competencies in education for sustainable development. In A. Leicht, J. Heiss, & W. J. Byun (Eds.), Issues and Trends in Education for Sustainable Development (pp. 39-59). UNESCO.

Sandhya, S., Koppad, S. H., Kumar, S. A., Dharani, A., Uma, B. V., & Subramanya, K. N. (2020). Adoption of Google Forms for enhancing collaborative stakeholder engagement in higher education. JEET Journal of Engineering Education Transformations, 33, 283–289.

Solís-Espallargas, C., Ruiz-Morales, J., Limón-Domínguez, D., & Valderrama-Hernández, R. (2019). Sustainability in the university: A study of its presence in curricula, teachers and students of education. Sustainability, 11(23), 6620.

Timm, J. M., & Barth, M. (2021). Making education for sustainable development happen in elementary schools: the role of teachers. Environmental Education Research, 27(1), 50-60.

UNESCO (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives. The Global Education 2030 Agenda. UNESCO.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Lessons from a System-Level Health-Check of Initial Teacher Education

Aileen Kennedy1, Mark Carver2, Paul Adams1

1University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom; 2University of St Andrews, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Kennedy, Aileen; Carver, Mark

Across and beyond Europe there remains significant pressure to improve the quality of teacher education. Set within a global meta-narrative driven in part by the OECD (2005), the message is that ‘Teachers matter’. This meta-narrative, played out in an increasingly neo-liberal context, has led governments across the globe to focus more keenly on ways of measuring and accounting for the quality of initial teacher education (ITE). In many national contexts, this drive to measure and account for quality, underpinned by what Lewis et al., (2020, p. 737) call ‘alarmist rhetoric’, has often engendered the imposition of simplistic ‘standards-based’ approaches, increasing surveillance of teacher education (in the US, England and Australia in particular (Murray et al., 2019) and a move towards highly regulated and specified content (e.g. the ITT Core Content Framework in England (DfE, 2019)).

It is against this global policy context that the Measuring Quality in Initial Teacher Education (MQuITE) project emerged in Scotland. At the time of its inception (2017) a ‘crisis narrative’ was beginning to take hold, stemming from a parliamentary review of ITE which concluded that standards of student teachers’ literacy and numeracy needed to be higher. Additionally, it posited that ITE programmes needed to do a better and a more consistent job of supporting student teachers to work with pupils with additional support needs (ASN) (Scottish Parliament, 2017). At the same time, the Scottish Government was holding education to account via its ‘National Improvement Framework’, and there emerged a need for greater evidence of quality in ITE across the Scottish system. The MQuITE project was established to support this evidential drive. Running for six years from January 2017 to December 2022, funded by Scottish Government, and supported by the General Teaching Council for Scotland (GTCS), MQuITE included investigators from all 11 Scottish ITE providers. This collaborative venture provided a unique opportunity for teacher educators to ‘speak back to narratives of crisis’ (Churchward & Willis, 2019, p. 260).

The project had two key questions:

  1. How can quality in ITE be measured in a Scottish, context appropriate way?
  2. What does this measuring tell us about aspects of quality across different ITE routes in Scotland?

Following an extensive literature review (Rauschenberger, Adams & Kennedy, 2017), the project team developed a contextually appropriate framework (Kennedy et al., 2021) which acknowledged the need to interpret Scottish political, cultural, social and educational contexts within global meta-narratives. This meant eschewing performative, top-down, imposed, and narrow measurements of individual teachers and programmes, instead proposing a nuanced framework containing a number of different ways to identify quality.

Importantly, the project sought to identify system-level quality, rather than measure individual programmes or providers which might potentially create divisive league tables of provision. We approached the project through a ‘vernacular globalisation’ lens, sensitive and sympathetic to local policy and culture (see Kennedy et al. 2021). The project was thus oriented as a research and development opportunity, rather than purely as a means to gather empirical data in a de-contextualised way.

This paper looks at the outcome of that system-level health-check, in terms of both substantive and procedural learning. We learned lessons not only about the health of ITE in Scotland, but also about how engaging in a project such as MQuITE could enable productive dialogues between and across the range of stakeholders involved in teacher education. Broadly speaking, therefore, this paper answers the question ‘what key learning has emerged from the MQuITE project’, with a view to identifying system-level learning that we anticipate will be of use to other countries seeking to explore the quality of their own ITE systems.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our approach was framed, broadly, by a desire to engage explicitly in vernacular globalisation (Appadurai, 1996), that is, to mediate global narratives with due regard to local context. This approach was enacted through the creation of a contextually appropriate framework, based on the work of Feuer et al (2013). This guided the direction for data collection which was primarily through an annual survey of 2018 and 2019 ITE graduates (1551 responses from 572 individuals across the 5 years of data collection). This was supplemented by a survey of school-based (n=229) and university-based (n=150) teacher educators in 2018 and nominal group technique interviews with school leaders and mentors in 2022.

Here we report key findings from analysis of the entire data set. We also report on key learning about the process as charted in the final report to the Scottish Government. This paper includes insight into how we made decisions to adapt and amend the project in line with the ever-changing policy context, and how we consciously (and sometimes unconsciously) impacted on policy and practice as findings emerged. Key here is the belief that across-country research needs to be more than a simple gathering of data: key to development here is the generation and identification of participant learning so that ongoing shifts in the quality of ITE might not simply sit as distant to teacher-educators but is instead embedded in their working and professional lives, developed through ongoing dialogue with key stakeholders.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analysis of the entire dataset suggest that at system-level, ITE in Scotland is in good health. Using the health analogy, the findings point to a need to move from a deficit model of ITE (that is, ITE is ‘unwell’ and in need of treatment) to a health promotion perspective which seeks systemic enhancement and improvement. Despite the 2017 crisis narrative, our research suggests that there are no particular areas of weakness: original political messaging about deficiencies in new teachers’ ability to teach literacy and numeracy have been debunked as levels of competence and confidence in teaching both are high.

Over the five-year survey period, responses stay remarkably similar across graduates’ early careers. In the survey of school-based and university-based teacher educators, we conclude that there’s still work to be done in conceptualising and operationalising effective partnership working. However, despite the range of providers and institutional philosophies in evidence, views on school- and university-based learning suggest much more consistency than we might have assumed.

In process terms, the annual confirmation of funding and associated work-packages facilitated dialogue between the project team and funders. This allowed for ongoing identification of policy and research priorities, and tweaking of data collection tools to ensure maximum relevance in an ever-changing context. Essentially, this was more than a research project; it was very much a research and development project, where impact statements from co-investigators provided evidence of ongoing programme developments and staff learning in individual institutions.

The MQuITE project identifies a need to move away from individualised and institutionalised offerings and evaluations towards systemic operationalisation. The lessons learned from this system-level health-check, both substantive and procedural, as well as the resulting toolkit (available on www.mquite.scot) should be of interest to other national contexts considering engaging in contextually-appropriate measurement of their own ITE systems.

References
Appadurai, A. (1996). Modernity at large: cultural dimensions of globalization. Minneapolis, MA: University of Minnesota Press.

Churchward, P. & Willis, J. (2019). The pursuit of teacher quality: identifying some of the multiple discourses of quality that impact the work of teacher educators. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 47(3), 251-264, DOI: 10.1080/1359866X.2018.1555792

Department for Education (2019). Initial teacher training Core content framework. Department for Education, UK.

Feuer, M. J., Floden, R. E., Chudowsky, N., and Ahn, J. (2013). Evaluation of teacher preparation programs: Purposes, methods, and policy options. National Academy of Education.

Kennedy, A., Beck, A. & Shanks, R. (2021). ‘Developing a context-appropriate framework for measuring quality in initial teacher education’. Scottish Educational Review, 53(1), 3-25.

Lewis, S., Savage, G.C. & Holloway, J. (2020). Standards without standardisation? Assembling standards-based reforms in Australian and US schooling. Journal of Education Policy, 35(6), 737-764, DOI: 10.1080/02680939.2019.1636140

OECD(2005).  Teachers matter: Attracting, developing and retaining effective teachers. OECD Publishing.

Murray, J., Swennen, A., Kosnik, C. (2019). International Policy Perspectives on Change in Teacher Education. In: Murray, J., Swennen, A., Kosnik, C. (eds) International Research, Policy and Practice in Teacher Education. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-01612-8_1

Rauschenberger, E. Adams, P. & Kennedy, A. (2017). Measuring quality in initial teacher education: A literature review for Scotland’s MQuITE Study. Scottish Council of Deans of Education. Available at www.mquite.scot

Scottish Parliament (2017). Teacher workforce planning for Scotland's schools. Edinburgh: Scottish Parliament.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Factors of Choice of Teaching as a Second Career: Results from a Transnational Project

Daniela Frison1, Donna J. Dawkins2, André Bresges3

1University of Florence, Italy; 2University of Birmingham, UK; 3University of Koeln, Germany

Presenting Author: Frison, Daniela

Nowadays, in the field of Teacher Education, many countries are facing teacher shortages and the problem of recruiting the required number of qualified teachers (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2018). Teacher recruitment together with the ageing teacher population are reported by international literature as serious problems for many educational systems around the world (McInerney, Ganotice, King, Marsh, & Morin, 2015). To deal with this common scenario, countries are looking at developing alternative certification programs (ACPs) to access the teaching profession (Ruitenburg, & Tigchelaar, 2021). Those who seek an alternative fast-track program are often so-called Second-Career Teachers (SCTs): non-teaching professionals joining the classrooms after spending time in different career backgrounds (Castro & Bauml, 2009) and after working within a prior profession unrelated to education (Hunter-Johnson, 2015). Despite some research regarding SCTs, most international literature addresses first-career teachers; there is limited recent research on second-career teachers’ induction processes, professional development, perspectives related to their career transition, and the identification of factors for choosing teaching as a second career (Nielsen, 2016). Although the literature on First-Career Teachers, i.e. those who enter teaching as their first career, is particularly developed also in the pedagogical field (Balduzzi, Del Gobbo, & Perla, 2018), life, working conditions and motivations for choosing the profession are studied above all in the sociology of education and the economics of education without, however, specific references to teaching as a second career (Argentin, 2018; Cavalli & Argentin, 2010). Furthermore, these studies, where present, are limited to the countries that offer alternative pathways for SCTs (Skilbeck & Connell, 2004).

Therefore, the extent of the phenomenon is not clearly defined, neither in its quantitative scale (% of SCTs among the teaching population) nor in its qualitative one, particularly with reference to SCTs’ previous experiences, factors of choice of teaching and challenges related to the transition.

With the aim of exploring the phenomenon, the SecWell Project - Second Career Teachers Well-being: toward non-traditional professional development strategies was funded by the Seed Funding Call 3 launched by the EUniWell - European University of Well-being Universities Alliance, proposed by the University of Florence, Birmingham, and Cologne. SecWell intends to define the state of the art on the topic of lateral entry to the teaching profession focusing on frameworks and strategies of alternative pathways or fast-track programs but also pathways that could be defined as “non-traditional” (e.g. adult students that start or complete an Initial Teacher Education program later in their life and career after previous academic background and/or careers) with a specific focus on the partner countries (England, Germany, and Italy). Furthermore, SecWell intends to identify training and support needs of future SCTs. The purpose is to guide the design of programs that can be offered by Higher Education institutions in the field of teaching and education focused on non-traditional learners studying teaching as a second career.

Specifically, the research questions were formulated as follows: To what extent did the phenomenon of SCT spread within the SecWell countries? What are the choice factors in selecting teaching as a second career?What strategies could support future SCT and in-service SCTs’ well-being (during the ITE phase as well as the induction phase)?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research design started with a literature overview and a documental analysis based on regulations and reports referred to the partner countries as well as the reference to teaching careers in Europe concerning access, progression, and support (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2018) to define the state of the art of educational research on the topic of “lateral entry” to the teaching profession and reach a first definition of the phenomenon and related factors in choosing teaching as second career, and mapping of non-traditional pathways to the teaching profession with reference to the involved countries.
A Qualitative Research Design was followed to explore the phenomenon starting from the identification of a convenience sample of non-traditional students who intend to approach teaching as a second career and currently working second career teachers. Semi-structured interviews were conducted, addressed to non-traditional students (Italy), students involved in lateral entry programs (Germany and UK), and in-service second-career teachers, identified via a snowball sample technique.
28 students and 27 SCTs (England: Students=8, SCTs=6; Germany: Students=11, SCTs=10; Italy: Students=9, SCTs=11) were involved in the study. Semi-structured interviews explored: motivation toward the change of career and factors in choosing teaching as a second career; the transition phase and the support strategies during the Initial Teacher Education and the induction phases; the recognition of prior knowledge and skills acquired in the first career and identification of skill gaps; professional identity; wellbeing.
The analysis of the 55 transcribed interviews is in progress, employing qualitative data analysis and the research software Atlas.ti. Texts were uploaded into the software as primary documents (PDocs) made up of 3 different Projects (England, Germany, Italy) and two Document Groups per project (Students and SCTs), a sort of container of PDocs, quotations, codes, and code groups. The coding process is in progress through the assignment of codes to the texts and, furthermore, through the aggregation in code groups.
A final discussion table on gathered data will be arranged with a sample of students and SCTs belonging to the involved Universities to discuss the results and formulate recommendations and proposals to be addressed to the HEIs. The executive design of support strategies and actions focused on future second career teachers will followed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From the analysis of English and Italian students and SCTs, already concluded, a lack of initial acknowledgement of transferable skill and knowledge in the teaching career emerged. The interviews also highlight that the motivation to become a teacher may have been present for some time, but crucial life events and opportunities enabled the transition to becoming SCTs. Both students and SCTs underline that support structures and strategies matter to SCTs particularly in the initial phase of training together with the guidance process at university and support strategies during the induction phase to manage the transition. The most represented code-groups referred to the SCTs background, mentioned by both students and SCTs (with reference to knowledge and skills acquired in the first career), motivation and choice factors.
The paper will present the overview of the results focusing on the three Countries involved.

References
Argentin, G. (2018). Gli insegnanti nella scuola italiana Ricerche e prospettive di intervento. Bologna: Il Mulino.
Balduzzi, L., Del Gobbo, G., & Perla, L. (2018). Working in the school as a complex organization. Theoretical perspectives, models, professionalism for the Secondary School. Form@re - Open Journal Per La Formazione in Rete, 18(2), 1-8.
Castro, A. J., & Bauml, M. (2009). Why now? Factors associated with choosing teaching as a second career and their implications for teacher education programs. Teacher Education Quarterly, 36(3), 113-126.
Cavalli, A., & Argentin, G. (Eds.). (2010). Gli insegnanti italiani: come cambia il modo di fare scuola Terza indagine dell'Istituto IARD sulle condizioni di vita e di lavoro nella scuola italiana. Bologna: Il Mulino.
Chambers, D. (2002). The real world and the classroom: Second career teachers. The Clearinghouse, 75(4), 212–217.
Department for Education. (2021) School workforce in England, Department for Education, England. https://explore-education-statistics.service.gov.uk/find-statistics/school-workforce-in-england
Department for Education. (2022). Initial teacher training (ITT) Criteria and supporting advice, Department for Education, England. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/initial-teacher-training-criteria/initial-teacher-training-itt-criteria-and-supporting-advice
European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2018. Teaching Careers in Europe: Access, Progression and Support. Eurydice Report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union.
European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2021. Teachers in Europe: Careers, Development and Well-being. Eurydice report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union.
Hazzan, O., Heyd-Metzuyanim, E., Even-Zahav, A., Tal, T., & Dori, Y. J. (2018). STEM Teachers’ SWOT analysis of STEM education: The bureaucratic–professional Conflict. In Application of Management Theories for STEM Education (pp. 1-23). Springer, Cham.
Hunter-Johnson, Y. (2015). Demystifying the mystery of second career teachers' motivation to teach. The Qualitative Report, 20(8), 1359.
Ministry of Interior North Rhine-Westphalia (2016). Verordnung über den Zugang zum nordrhein-westfälischen Vorbereitungsdienst für Lehrämter an Schulen und Voraussetzungen bundesweiter Mobilität (Lehramtszugangsverordnung - LZV) vom 25. April 2016.  https://recht.nrw.de/lmi/owa/br_bes_text?sg=0&menu=1&bes_id=34604&aufgehoben=N&anw_nr=2
Nielsen, A. (2016). Second career teachers and (mis) recognitions of professional identities. School Leadership & Management, 36(2), 221-245.
OCDE (2003). Education at a Glance. Paris: OCDE.
Paniagua, A., & S´anchez-Martín, A. (2018). Early career teachers: Pioneers triggering innovation or compliant professionals?. OECD Education Working Papers, 190. https://doi.org/10.1787/19939019
Ruitenburg, S. K., & Tigchelaar, A. E. (2021). Longing for recognition: A literature review of second-career teachers’ induction experiences in secondary education. Educational Research Review, 33, 100389.
Shwartz, G., & Dori, Y. J. (2020). Transition into Teaching: second career teachers’ professional identity. Eurasia Journal of Mathematics, Science and Technology Education, 16(11), em1891.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Influences on Career Choices of the Prospective Teachers: The Micro-Agentic Explanation

Inci Ozturk Erkocak

Ankara University, Ankara

Presenting Author: Ozturk Erkocak, Inci

Career choices are shaped by individual factors such as education and family background, as well as external factors such as labour market and the state of the economy. In other words, career choice can be described as a complex game between the individual and the social system (Agarwala, 2008). According to Özbilgin et al. (2005), micro-agentic, meso-institutional, and macro-structural conditions are prominent influences on young individuals’ career choices. At the micro level individual agency, dispositions, and different forms of capital such as economic, social, cultural, and symbolic capital are the key influences of one’s career decision. Forms of capital are the main factors that define the positions and possibilities of the various actors in any field. Economic capital consists of economic possessions that increase the actor’s capacities in the society (Siisiäinen, 2000). Economic capital is directly convertible into money and is related to the property rights of one (Bourdieu, 1986). Social capital is a quality produced by the connections between actors. Voluntary associations, trade unions, and political parties are examples of social capital (Siisiäinen, 2000). In certain conditions, social capital may be converted into economic capital and be institutionalized as a title of nobility (Bourdieu, 1986). Cultural capital is the stock of cultural value embodied in an asset in a tangible (e.g. artworks) or an intangible form (e.g. the set of ideas, practices, beliefs, traditions, and values) which may contribute to the production of future goods and/or services (Throsby, 1999). Objective differences between groups or classes need to be transformed into symbolic differences and classifications that make possible symbolic recognition and distinction. Therefore, symbolic capital is a key factor that enables economic, cultural, and social capital to legitimize. In order words, economic and cultural capital have their modes of existence such as money, exams, and diplomas; whereas symbolic capital exists only in the eyes of other people (Siisiäinen, 2000). The meso level is understood best through the explanation of Bourdieu’s (1990) habitus notion. The notion of habitus is more basically seen as the dispositions that internalize one’s social location and orient one’s actions. For example, some high-end brands have been stuck in the minds of people as bourgeois items with the image of the aristocracy (Noble & Watkins, 2003). At the macro level, structural constraints such as sex, age, and ethnicity inhibit or enhance career choice (Özbilgin, Küskü, & Erdoğmuş, 2005). Briefly, forms of capital and structural constraints are expected to affect the career choices of young individuals. In this regard, teachers play a central role in supporting young people in their efforts to direct their career choices and in influencing their identity (Gushue & Whitson, 2006). When it comes to prospective teachers’ career choices and professional identity, the teacher training process becomes important. The teacher training process provides prospective teachers to reflect on the teaching profession itself, and themselves as teachers in the context of teacher identity (Walkington, 2005).

This research aims to reveal the views of the undergraduates of a faculty of educational sciences regarding career decisions. The inclusion of micro, meso, and macro levels of analysis allows us to read the individual career choice as a negotiated process, which is socially and historically situated. This layered approach to the phenomenon enables us to see the social reality within its complexity. Research on the career choice of candidate teachers from different backgrounds may contribute to their professional integration into the teaching profession and the development of better career counselling. Considering that European countries are faced with immigration, education shareholders are required to manage multicultural education settings and support whole students to navigate their career choices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study, a qualitative research method has been used to examine prospective teachers’ opinions about their career choices, as future teachers, concerning the teaching profession. The purpose of qualitative research is to improve an understanding of the social world through the interpretation of that world by its participants (Neubauer et al., 2019). In this regard, I adopted the phenomenological method, which is a form of qualitative research focusing on the study of individuals’ experiences within their world. The phenomenological design aims to reveal commonalities in how people perceive and interpret similar experiences (Fraenkel & Wallen, 2006). These commonalities are defined as the core of the participants’ experiences, referring to the joint ground of experience among people (Patton, 2002). Within this context, this study aims to reach the core of a range of experiences regarding the career choices of prospective teachers. It is expected that students who have received teacher education should give their opinions and express their lived experiences about their career choices (Yavuz Tabak et al., 2020). For that purpose, I asked them to write about their ideal profession, whether the teaching profession is compatible with the lifestyle they prefer, whether or not they are satisfied with the teaching profession, how they decided to choose the teaching profession, their 5-year career plan, and their probable career barriers. The study group of this research consists of 139 undergraduates who had been studying at the Faculty of Educational Sciences of Ankara University. I reached 139 students in total, 46 undergraduates from Computer and Instructional Technologies program and 93 students from the Primary Education program. The purposive sampling technique was used to sample the participants strategically because of the participants’ relevance to the research questions. According to the purposive sampling technique, particular participants may hold a variety of important views about their thoughts in question (Campbell et al., 2020). Specifically, opportunistic sampling was employed to capitalize on opportunities to collect data from certain individuals in a short time (Bryman, 2014). I developed 10 open-ended questions within Career Decision Questionnaire to gather research data, benefiting from the work of Özbilgin et al. (2005). Descriptive analysis technique was used which includes coding data, finding themes, organizing codes and themes, and identifying and interpreting findings (Wertz, 2011). Trustworthiness strategies were applied to the research to provide a true picture of the phenomenon under scrutiny (Shenton, 2004).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings related to the first theme, an ideal life, show the most frequently expressed answer as a regular life with an income. According to the ideal job theme, the job that makes oneself happy is the ideal job. Answers to the question of whether the teaching profession is compatible with prospective teachers’ lifestyles which they prefer are mostly expressed as compatible because they tend to explain things and teach their proximal environment. The response to the question of whether or not they are satisfied with the teaching profession is that they feel satisfaction with the teaching profession. However, they indicated that if they are not satisfied with the teaching profession one day, they won’t practice it and quit the job. Another notable finding in the fifth theme related to the alternative career plan of prospective teachers’ is to become academic faculty in higher education institutions. The answer to the question of how they decided to choose the profession is based on the modelling of their past teachers. Another notable theme, information resources on their career choice, shows the most frequently expressed answer as both the teachers at high school and the family. According to the 5-year career plan theme, jumping into university as an academic faculty after performing the teaching profession for just a few years is one of the prominent responses. In the ninth theme related to the probable career barrier, the inability to get high scores from Public Personnel Selection Exam is one of the most expressed challenges. Lastly, the matter the prospective teachers are likely to compromise is their social life. In other words, they tend to deprive themselves of their social activities in the pursuit of entering the teaching profession. Overall, the students report micro influences in their career choices rather than meso or macro influences.
References
Agarwala, T. (2008). Factors influencing career choice of management students in India. Career Development International, 13(4), 362–376.
Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In J. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of theory and research for the sociology of education (pp. 241-258). Greenwood.
Bourdieu, P. (1990). The logic of practice. Stanford University Press.
Bryman, A. (2014). Social research methods. Oxford University Press.
Campbell, S., Greenwood, M., Prior, S., Shearer, T., Walkem, K., Young, S., Bywaters, D., & Walker, K. (2020). Purposive sampling: complex or simple? Research case examples. Journal of Research in Nursing, 25(8), 1-10.
Frankel, J. R., & Wallen, N. E. (2006). How to design and evaluate research in education. McGraw Hill.
Gushue, G. V., & Whitson, M. L. (2016). The relationship among support, ethnic identity, career decision self-efficacy, and outcome expectations in African American high school students: Applying social cognitive career theory. Journal of Career Development, 33(2), 112-124.
Neubauer, B. E., Witkop, C. T., & Varpio, L. (2019). How phenomenology can help us learn from the experiences of others. Perspectives on Medical Education, 8, 90-97.
Noble, G., & Watkins, M. (2003). So, how did Bourdieu learn to play tennis? Habitus, consciousness and habituation. Cultural Studies, 17(3-4), 520-539.
Özbilgin, M., Küskü, F., & Erdoğmuş, N. (2005). Explaining influences on career ‘choice’: The case of MBA students in comparative perspective. The International Journal of Human Resource Management, 16(11), 2000-2028.
Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative evaluation & research methods. Sage.
Shenton, A. K. (2004). Strategies for ensuring trustworthiness in qualitative research projects. Education for Information, 22, 63-75.
Siisiäinen, M. (2000, July 5-8). Two concepts of social capital: Bourdieu vs. Putnam [Paper presentation]. 2000 ISTR Fourth International Conference, Dublin, Ireland.
Throsby, D. (1999). Cultural capital. Journal of Cultural Economics, 23, 3-12.
Walkington, J. (2005). Becoming a teacher: Encouraging development of teacher identity through reflective practice. Asia Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 33(1), 53-64.
Wertz, F. J. (2011). A phenomenological psychological approach to trauma and resilience. In F. J. Wertz, K. Charmaz, L. M. McMullen, R. Josselson, R. Anderson, & E. McSpadden (Eds.), Five ways of doing qualitative analysis: Phenomenological psychology, grounded theory, discourse analysis, narrative research, and intuitive inquiry (pp. 124–164). Guilford.
Yavuz Tabak, B., Yenel, K., Tabak, H., & Şahin, F. (2020). Prospective teachers’ expectations and concerns about the future: Using possible selves theory. Journal of Education, 201(2), 1-15.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm10 SES 13 B: Preparedness and Motivation in Teacher Identity
Location: Rankine Building, 108 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Giulia Filippi
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Exploring Preparedness with Pre-Service Teachers

Cathy Little1, David Evans1, Ines Alves2, Lauren Boath2

1University of Sydney, Australia; 2University of Glasgow

Presenting Author: Little, Cathy; Boath, Lauren

Teaching has been recognised as a stressful profession and is plagued by significant turnover (Flook et al., 2013). International research has shown that many teachers, especially in their early career years, feel underprepared to handle academic and behavioural issues among their students (e.g., Aflakseir & Nemati, 2018; Dias-Lacy & Guirguis, 2017; Whitaker et al., 2015). This may lead to teachers suffering from anxiety, depression, burnout, and deciding to leave the profession (Buchanan et al., 2013). Preparing classroom-ready teachers has become a persistent theme around the world (Mansfield et al., 2016). For example, the apprenticeship-style teacher preparation program, Teach For All, requires graduating teachers to complete a six to eight week training course prior to teaching “in a disadvantaged setting” (Rice et al., 2015, p. 498). The Teach For All program has expanded significantly since 1990 and recognised 46 countries as network partners, including China, India, New Zealand, and Australia (Rowe & Skourdoumbis, 2019).

However, there is little agreement about what might a classroom-ready teacher look like across the profession. Early career teachers believe that a classroom-ready teacher should be prepared for understanding the curriculum, assessing students, engaging in professional dialogue with colleagues and parents, as well as managing classroom behaviours. Experienced teachers perceive that a classroom-ready teacher should be able to control their classes, communicate explicitly to their students, and deliver well-structured and student-focused lessons (Hickey, 2015). School principals point out that teaching is a demanding and complex profession so a classroom-ready teacher should be someone who experienced full responsibility for student wellbeing issues, class loads, parent communication and complaints management (Hickey, 2015).

Recent studies suggested that classroom readiness refers to a process of becoming, committing, and re-committing throughout a teaching career, rather than a simple standard to be achieved upon graduation (Buchanan & Schuck, 2016; Mockler, 2017). In this sense, a classroom-ready teacher cannot be identified as a product of a teacher education program (Buchanan & Schuck, 2016). Ingersoll (2007) compared the preparation of elementary and secondary teachers in seven education jurisdictions (i.e., China, Hong Kong, Japan, South Korea, Singapore, Thailand, and the United Stated). Prior to entering the profession, all the education jurisdictions required both content knowledge (i.e., knowing what to teach), pedagogical knowledge (i.e., knowing how to teach), and supervised practice (Ingersoll, 2007). Schuck et al. (2012) claimed that teaching is a multifaced enterprise, including communicating with colleagues, parents, communities, and students, demonstrating sound content and pedagogical knowledges, as well as keeping deep reserves of professional and personal resilience.

This paper explores the concept of 'preparedness' through the voices of pre-service teachers in Sydney, New South Wales (Australia), and Glasgow, Scotland. Preparedness and class-ready have been concepts posed by differing reviews of pre-service teacher education in New South Wales and Scotland; little information is provided in these reports about how preparedness is defined or operationalised. This paper will report initial findings from interviews with pre-service teachers about their understandings of 'preparedness'.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper reports on one aspect of a proposed larger multi-national, longitudinal study exploring preparedness of teachers to craft an identity in their classrooms and careers. The project will utilise a range of research methods to help better understand what it is to be an educator. Further, the project will involve a larger set of pre-service teachers, as well as early career teacher, experienced teachers, and school administrators.

Participants: pre-service teachers undertaking an undergraduate pre-service degree at the University of Sydney and University Glasgow were invited to be part of this first phase of a larger project examining preparedness.

Interviews: a series of semi-structured interviews were undertaken with participants to explore the concept of 'preparedness'. The interviews were open-ended in nature allowing for a wide range of ideas and topic to be discussed. It allowed for participants to give an ‘over the horizon’ view of what it means to be a teacher in ‘classroom of their future’.

Analysis: A thematic analysis, using grounded theory process, was used to draw out a broad set of concepts. From these concepts a set of themes was drawn to develop an initial conceptualisation of preparedness.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The key aim of this paper is to establish an initial insight into how pre-service teachers, at differing stages of their degree programs, conceptualise their preparedness for teaching. In this paper, the authors will report on similarities and differences between pre-service teachers studying at the University of Sydney and University of Glasgow in how they understand and conceptualise preparedness. Key differences are based in cultural nuances within the environments of the pre-service teachers (e.g., focus on socio-economic status and deprivation, education of students from indigenous backgrounds). Similarities are calls heard within the profession and greater community discussion of preparing teachers (e.g., greater set of skills in supporting student behaviour, teacher retention).

A key set of directions the authors are seeking to address from this initial set of interviews will be featured. These directions include where preparedness is placed by pre-service teachers (i.e., within themselves, from the external host schooling environment); how preparedness might be seen as a set of ‘soft skills’ and/or set of specific teacher tools; and how might preparedness be seen as a lifelong, multi-dimensional concept that develops and changes over time. The conclusions drawn will be used to further develop the project directions.

References
Aflakseir, A., & Nemati, O. (2018). Association between work - related stress and burnout among a group of the elementary and high school teachers in zarrin - dasht - fars. International Journal of School Health, 5(2), 1–4.
Buchanan, J., & Schuck, S. (2016). Preparing a ‘classroom-ready’ teacher: The challenge for teacher educators. Teacher Education: Assessment, Impact and Social Perspectives.
Dias-Lacy, S. L., & Guirguis, R. V. (2017). Challenges for new teachers and ways of coping with them. Journal of Education and Learning, 6(3), 265-272.
Flook, L., Goldberg, S. B., Pinger, L., Bonus, K., & Davidson, R. J. (2013). Mindfulness for teachers: A pilot study to assess effects on stress, burnout, and teaching efficacy. Mind, Brain and Education, 7(3), 182–195.
Hickey, C. (2015). Classroom ready graduates: Teacher preservice education found lacking. Independent Education, 45(2), 18-22.
Ingersoll, R. (2007). A comparative study of teacher preparation and qualifications in six nations. CPRE Research Reports.
Mockler, N. (2013). Teacher professional learning in a neoliberal age: Audit, professionalism and identity. The Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 38(10), 35–47.
Schuck, S., Aubusson, P., Buchanan, J., & Russell, T. (2012). Beginning teaching: Stories from the classroom. Springer Science & Business Media.
Whitaker, R. C., Dearth-Wesley, T., & Gooze, R. A. (2015). Workplace stress and the quality of teacher–children relationships in head start. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 30, 57–69.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Additive, Transformative, and Defensive Identity Development After a Year of Initial Teacher Education in Finland.

Sotiria Varis1, Mirva Heikkilä2, Riitta-Leena Metsäpelto1, Mirjamaija Mikkilä-Erdmann2

1University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2University of Turku, Finland

Presenting Author: Varis, Sotiria

Amidst the broad range of teacher competencies, professional beliefs and professional identity are two important domains of personal orientations (Metsäpelto et al., 2022). These domains “represent distinct facets of individual differences and universal dimensions of human behavior” (Metsäpelto et al., 2020, p. 156). This study examines qualitative data from a cohort of pre-service students at a Finnish university to explore the following research question:

How do pre-service teachers negotiate their professional identity as teachers after their first year of teacher education studies?

ITE is a time when pre-service teachers are confronted with real-life teaching situations and encouraged to reexamine their philosophies, life-course experiences, and beliefs about teaching and classrooms (Friesen & Besley, 2013). Because of long observation and evaluation of educational settings as students, pre-service teachers enter ITE with implicit beliefs about being a teacher that are intuitive and imitative in nature, and that remain largely unchallenged by external evidence prior to critical reflection in ITE (Harford, & Gray, 2017). Beliefs may be understood as “closely held principles about teaching and learning and how teachers get better,” serving as “a durable but permeable filter” in teachers’ sense-making that reflects and refracts teachers’ identities (Noonan, 2018, p. 2). Beliefs further serve as general patterns of adaptation to work environments (Metsäpelto et al., 2022). A such, beliefs bear on how pre-service teachers interpret and respond to their professional roles, responsibilities, and challenges.

Despite the discrepancies in conceptualizing teacher identity because of different paradigms prevailing in various periods, teacher identity is commonly understood as a fluid concept, which cannot simply be perceived directly (Hanna et al., 2019). One of the early definitions of teacher identity posits that it is “the person’s self-knowledge in teaching-related situations and relationships that manifest themselves in practical professional activities, feelings of belonging and learning experiences” (Timostsuk & Ugaste, 2010, p. 1564). This definition underscores social contexts at work, teachers’ agency, affective orientation towards work, and professional learning. Furthermore, teacher identity is a subjective meaning-making processes “situated within, and therefore co-constructed by, broader cultural, social, and historical contexts” (Buchanan & Olsen, 2018, p. 197). The iteration taking place within context-bound social activity results in not only the transmission of tacit knowledge and skills, but also in new understandings and a changed version of oneself.

To come to terms with the multidimensional nature of identity as a phenomenon in teaching and teacher education, Ruohotie-Lyhty (2018) proposed the concept of identity-agency. Identity-agency has a mediatory role between pre-service teachers’ conditions at work and pre-service teachers’ individual interpretations of their experiences therein as they negotiate their professional identity. This negotiation is an ongoing, dynamic process of defining the self in relation to the profession (e.g., tasks, influences), and may take the form of additive development, transformative development, or defense. According to Ruohotie-Lyhty (2018), additive development occurs when pre-service teachers’ original ideas, expectations, values, and self-concept match their work environment in such a way that pre-service teachers accept new aspects to their work, without necessarily experiencing significant changes in how they perceive themselves as professionals. Transformative development occurs when the mismatch between pre-service teachers’ original identity and expectations at work is considerable, causing tension, emotional load, and uncertainty about one’s competence, thus rendering identity (re)negotiation more demanding. Defending occurs when pre-service teachers actively refuse (re)negotiating their identity when they perceive a mismatch between their original identity and expectations at work.

Despite the focus on Finnish teacher education, the study examines a topic of international interest, as teacher identity, i.e. how one understands themselves as educational professionals, is essential to pedagogical decision-making, agency at work, resilience, and job satisfaction irrespective of teaching context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data for this study were collected in Spring 2022 at a Finnish university offering teacher education program. The data consisted of pre-service teachers’ answers to two open-ended questions in an online survey distributed at the end of their first year of teacher education studies. The open-ended questions were:

1. What do you think about yourself as a teacher now that the first study year is almost over?
2. Has your perception of teaching changed? If so, how? If not, why not?

The survey, the open-ended questions, and participants’ answers were in Finnish, the participants’ first language. Participation to the survey was voluntary and anonymous. Seventy-two pre-service teachers answered the survey. The pre-service teachers’ answers to the first question averaged 29 words, and to the second question 28 words.

The qualitative data were analyzed using qualitative thematic analysis, because of the flexibility it affords data analysis (Terry et al., 2017). The analysis had three phases. In the first phase, each participant was categorized for (A) certain change, (B) moderate change, and (C) little to no change in identity, depending on latent meaning where a participant’s explicit answer was missing. Each participant was additionally categorized for change or no change in their perception of teaching. In the second phase, the answers to the two questions were coded separately; the first question was coded from the perspective of identity, and the second question was coded from the perspective of perception. The codes were developed inductively and semantically from the textual data. Two main themes were developed in response to each of the survey questions. Concerning identity, the themes were transitioning and struggling to transition. Concerning perceptions, the themes were changed perception and unchanged perception. In the third phase, each subtheme was examined individually for additive, transformative, and defensive identity development (Ruohotie-Lyhty, 2018). This study drew on these three concepts to interpret how the participants changed or maintained their understanding of teacherhood.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Most participants indicated a clear transition in their identity when thinking of themselves as teachers after their first year of ITE. However, for many participants identity renegotiation entailed the acknowledgement of a margin for improvement, the incorporation of new elements, and a strengthened confidence in oneself as a teacher. As such, their renegotiated identity did not undergo significant changes, but rather improved its alignment to the notions, concepts, and practices promoted in ITE.

Transformative identity development largely concerned their perceptions about teaching as a profession. Many of the pre-service teachers wrote about gaining a more comprehensive picture of teaching, which arose from tension between their preconceptions about teaching as a field of work and what teaching entailed in practice. The pre-service teachers’ transformative identity development was seen in their revised understanding of teaching as a profession, involving realizations about the challenging nature of the profession as well as about themselves in a teachers’ role.

The pre-service teachers’ defensive identity development was seen in how they resisted change to their original identity, and how they struggled to find confidence as teachers. Several participants, whose answers suggested a degree of change in their original identity, confirmed or strengthened their perception of teaching, and their expectations were met. For most of these participants, this was due to positive prior experiences as students, work experience in a school, or a family member who was a teacher.

The study argues that defensive identity development may also occur when there is indeed a match between a teacher’s original identity and institutional demands, but there has been no change to the teacher’s identity. It provides further support for the notion of identity as social, multiple, and discontinuous (Akkerman & Meijer, 2011), and highlights how identity-agency is conceptually useful in examining teachers’ identity development over time.

References
Akkerman, S. F., & Meijer, P. C. (2011). A dialogical approach to conceptualizing teacher identity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(2), 308–319. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.08.013

Buchanan, R. & Olsen, B. (2018). Teacher identity in the current teacher education landscape. In P. Schutz, J. Hong, & D. Cross Francis (Eds.), Research on teacher identity (pp. 195-205). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-93836-3_17

Friesen, M. D., & Besley, S. C. (2013). Teacher identity development in the first year of teacher education: A developmental and social psychological perspective. Teaching and Teacher Education, 36, 23–32. doi:10.1016/j.tate.2013.06.005

Hanna, F., Oostdam, R., Severiens, S. E., & Zijlstra, B. J. (2019). Domains of teacher identity: A review of quantitative measurement instruments. Educational Research Review, 27, 15–27. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2019.01.003

Harford, J. & Gray, P. (2017). Emerging as a teacher: Student teachers reflect on their professional identity. In B. Hudson (Ed.), Overcoming fragmentation in teacher education. Cambridge University Press. Retrieved from http://hdl.handle.net/10197/8035

Metsäpelto, R.-L., Poikkeus, A.-M., Heikkilä, M., Husu, J., Laine, A., Lappalainen, L., Lähteenmäki, A., Mikkilä-Erdmann, M., & Warinowski, A. in collaboration with Iiskala, T., Hangelin, S., Harmoinen, S. Holmström, A., Kyrö-Ämmälä, O., Lehesvuori, S., Mankki, V., & Suvilehto, P. (2022). A multidimensional adapted process model of teaching. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 34, 143–172. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-021-09373-9

Noonan, J. (2019). An affinity for learning: Teacher identity and powerful professional development. Journal of Teacher Education, 70(5), 526–537. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487118788838

Ruohotie-Lyhty, M. (2018). Identity-agency in progress: Teachers authoring their identities. In P.  Schutz, J. Hong, & D. Cross Francis (Eds.), Research on teacher identity (pp. 25–36). Springer. Retrieved from https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-93836-3_3

Terry, G., Heyfield, N., Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2017). Thematic analysis. In C. Willig & W. Stainton Rogers (Eds.), SAGE handbook of qualitative research in psychology (pp. 17-37). SAGE Publications.

Timostsuk, I., & Ugaste, A. (2010). Student teachers’ professional identity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26(8), 1563-1570. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.06.008
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm10 SES 13 C JS: Advancing Secondary and Upper Secondary Mathematics Education: Innovative Approaches to Teaching and Learning
Location: Rankine Building, 107 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Elif Tuğçe Karaca
Joint Session NW10 & NW24
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Mathematical Modelling in Upper Primary School: Finding Relevance and Value for Others Outside School

Frode Olav Haara

Western Norway University of Applied Sciences, Norway

Presenting Author: Haara, Frode Olav

For some time, mathematics education research has focused on relating mathematical literacy to students’ everyday lives (e.g., Bolstad, 2020; Freudenthal, 1973). Haara (2018) suggests that one way of combining the development of mathematical literacy and relevance for students is through pedagogical entrepreneurship. Pedagogical entrepreneurship is action-oriented teaching and learning in a social context, where the student is active in the learning process and where personal features, abilities, knowledge, and skills provide the foundation and direction for the learning processes. Such an approach entails the use of teaching methods that give students authority and activate learning awareness. It requires working methods that improve students’ creative abilities and beliefs about their own skills, provide a basis for seeing opportunities around them, and motivate them to become development stakeholders in the community (Haara & Jenssen, 2019). A focus on entrepreneurial learning, thus, requires priorities regarding both processes and products in school subjects, which in turn means that a learning environment that emphasizes authenticity and student activity is considered fundamental.

Haara et al. (2017) noted that researchers have concluded that specific attempts to work directly with mathematical literacy through mathematics alone does not work, and that it seems that teaching for mathematical literacy calls for something else than traditional mathematics teaching. Haara (2018) showed that problem-solving features, problem relevance, and student activity are recognized as valuable for the development of mathematical literacy, and that these could be emphasized through a pedagogical entrepreneurship approach. Smith and Stein (2018) provide further support for the influence of creativity and tolerance for ambiguity in school mathematics, through emphasis on problem solving and teaching based on problem-solving approaches.

However, despite thorough work within the mathematics education research community to put emphasis on mathematical modelling and unravel how this may be done with young students (e.g. Gravemeijer, 1999), this remains an issue in need of attention. According to Erbas et al. (2014), a mathematical model “is used to understand and interpret complex systems in nature” (p. 1622). When applying a modelling process in the teaching of mathematics, the underlying assumption is that students can learn fundamental mathematical concepts meaningfully during the modelling process in which they need the concepts while addressing a real-life problem-solving situation (Lesh & Doerr, 2003). Based on previous research it seems clear that emphasis on both mathematical literacy and mathematical modelling is better with a touch of relevance and real-world problem relation than with traditional word problems or quasi-real problems (Vos, 2018).

The purpose of this study is to respond to the calls regarding mathematical modelling (Blum (2002) and Erbas et al. (2014)) and mathematical literacy (Sfard (2014) and Bolstad (2020)), and to present and discuss how pedagogical entrepreneurship and mathematical modelling may be combined to pave the way for the further development of mathematical literacy in upper primary school. The area of statistics is used in this study as an example to illustrate the possibilities for such a combined effort, and the research question asked is therefore: How can pedagogical entrepreneurship and mathematical modelling combine to pave the way for learning statistics in upper primary school? Addressing this question provides the opportunity to discuss the possibilities for students’ development of mathematical literacy, with emphasis on pedagogical entrepreneurship and mathematical modelling.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The fact that I was the lecturer involved in this study, places it within an action research perspective, influenced by self-study methodology (Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 2009). This method asks me as a lecturer to reflect on my practice for the purpose of improving it and the practice of others. The study involved teacher education students who carried out an assignment meant for upper primary school students, and then reflected on their own practice as teachers with an aim of improving their own and others’ practice. Together, we tried to understand the roles both as a student and as a teacher from the inside and out, rather than from the outside and in. Hence, to answer the research question in a trustworthy manner and offer mathematics teaching arguments for a “reframed thinking and transformed practice of the teacher” (LaBoskey, 2004, p. 844), I made it a priority to be as close as possible to the actual activity, and thereby sacrificed some observational distance on the altar of relevance. This means that I chose the assignment to use in the teaching, tutored student groups, organized the presentations, and was responsible for the analysis of data.

The self-study perspective offered data from two sources: teacher education students’ reports from completing the assignment, and the lecturer’s observations. The study provides close contact with actual teaching and learning experiences, as well as research perspectives on these experiences through the discussion of possibilities and necessities regarding a relationship between pedagogical entrepreneurship in mathematics, mathematical modelling, and mathematical literacy. The theme and design of this study required that the lecturer/researcher be part of the collected data and, thereby, in an unconscious manner, choose the experiences and impressions that would be subject to analysis. This may seem to be a rather unpredictable way to work in classroom research, but this is not a study about mathematics teaching and learning seen from the outside. It is an article about mathematics teaching opportunities experienced from the inside.

Blum’s (2015) four reasons for emphasis on mathematical modelling and three key factors for a pedagogical entrepreneurship approach (Haara & Jenssen, 2019) produced the analytical framework. However, I regard the phenomenological condensation of impressions produced through the work done by the teacher education students, and my observations related to their work, to be inspired by the constant comparative analysis method (Glaser, 1965).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this study I focus on how a pedagogical entrepreneurship approach combined with fundamental elements of mathematical modelling may be used to strengthen students’ development of mathematical literacy in upper primary school. This has called for a review of the relationship between pedagogical entrepreneurship in mathematics, mathematical modelling, and mathematical literacy. It involved identification of elements from pedagogical entrepreneurship and their relation to mathematical modelling, and presentation of a best practice example in which the pedagogical entrepreneurship approach and mathematical modelling were used. The conclusion is that through emphasis on mathematical modelling and a scientific approach based on pedagogical entrepreneurship, we may have expectations towards increase of upper primary school students’ development of mathematical literacy. Problem solving and scientific rigor are key in both mathematical modelling and pedagogical entrepreneurship, and the idea behind both is to interpret one’s results and apply them in real-world practice. Therefore, key elements in pedagogical entrepreneurship like authenticity, relevance, and value for others enrich the mathematical modelling process, and provide valuable stepping-stones for the upper primary school students’ development of mathematical literacy. The reported study shows that it is possible to plan for learning of scientific approaches, data collection, mathematical modelling, and value for others, while learning statistics, in upper primary school. This planning needs to be based on the acknowledgement of compulsory school students as a resource when they are in school. They do not have to wait until they have finished school but can help move society forward while they learn mathematics and how to work scientifically. Development of mathematical literacy occurs through emphasis on relevance, which is identified as the application of mathematical modelling and real-life viability checks of mathematical work, and through providing value for others, identified as the application of pedagogical entrepreneurship in mathematics for local sustainability and development.
References
Blum, W. (2002). ICME Study 14: Applications and modelling in mathematics education – Discussion document. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 51(1–2), 149–171.
Blum, W. (2015). Quality teaching of mathematical modelling: What do we know, what can we do? In The Proceedings of the 12th International Congress on Mathematical Education (pp. 73–96). Springer.
Bolstad, O. H. (2020). Teaching and Learning for Mathematical Literacy (Ph.D. thesis). University of Agder.
Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. L. (2009). Inquiry as stance: Practitioner research for the next generation. Teachers College Press.
Erbas, A. K., Kertil, M., Çetinkaya, B., Çakiroglu, E., Alacaci, C., & Bas, S. (2014). Mathematical modeling in mathematics education: Basic concepts and approaches, Educational Sciences: Theory and Practice, 14(4), 1621–1627.
Freudenthal, H. (1973). Mathematics as an educational task. D. Reidel.
Glaser, B. G. (1965). The constant comparative method of qualitative analysis. Social Problems, 12(4), 436–445.
Gravemeijer, K. (1999). How emergent models may foster the constitution of formal
mathematics. Mathematical thinking and learning, 1(2), 155–177.
Haara, F. O. (2018). Pedagogical entrepreneurship in school mathematics: An approach for students’
development of mathematical literacy. International Journal for Mathematics Teaching and Learning, 19(2), 253-268.
Haara, F. O., & Jenssen, E. S. (2019). The influence of pedagogical entrepreneurship in teacher
education. In J. Lampert (Ed.). The Oxford encyclopedia of global perspectives on teacher education. Oxford University Press.
Haara, F. O., Bolstad, O. H., & Jenssen, E. S. (2017). Research on mathematical literacy in schools –
Aim, approach and attention. European Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 5(3), 285-313.
LaBoskey, V. K. (2004). The methodology of self-study and its theoretical underpinnings. In J. J. Loughran, M. L. Hamilton, V. K. LaBoskey & T. Russell (Eds.), International handbook of self-study of teacher education practices (pp. 817–869). Kluwer.
Lesh, R., & Doerr, H. M. (2003). Foundations of a models and modeling perspective on mathematics teaching, learning, and problem solving. In R. Lesh & H. M. Doerr (Eds.), Beyond constructivism: Models and modeling perspectives on mathematics problem solving, learning, and teaching (pp. 3–33). Lawrence Erlbaum.
Sfard, A. (2014). Why mathematics? What mathematics? In M. Pirici (Ed.), The best writing of mathematics 2013 (pp. 130–142). Princeton.
Smith, M. S., & Stein, M. K. (2018). 5 practices for orchestrating productive mathematics discussions (2nd ed.). Corwin.
Vos, P. (2018). “How real people really need mathematics in the real world” – Authenticity in mathematics education. Education Sciences, 8(4), 1–14.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Explorative Participation of Prospective Mathematics Teachers within the context of Equation and Inequality

Elcin Emre-Akdogan1, Fatma Nur Gurbuz2

1TED University, Turkiye; 2Middle East Technical University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Emre-Akdogan, Elcin

The concept of equations and inequalities have a significant place in mathematics (Bazzini & Tsamir, 2002; 2004). They are intertwined in various mathematical subjects such as algebra, analysis, and linear programming (Bazzini & Tsamir, 2004; Tsamir & Almog, 2000), and many concepts of geometry are based on inequalities (Kaplan & Acil, 2015), in addition, equations, and inequalities provide a complementary perspective to each other (Tsamir & Almog, 2000). Equations and inequalities are involved in problem-solving techniques (Altun et al., 2007), abstraction, and mathematical modeling that simulates real-life situations (Karataş & Güven, 2010). It is recommended that students learn to depict cases involving equations and inequalities and how to solve equivalent expressions, equations, and inequalities by inferring their meaning (NCTM, 2000). However, it is claimed that students’ conceptual representations of the algebraic expression and equation lack completeness and accurateness, students at all levels frequently struggle with the concept of inequality, find it extremely difficult to interpret inequality solutions, and students who make more mistakes in these concepts exhibit low mathematical understanding (Stewart, 2016). Students encounter a variety of challenges when they attempt to solve equations and inequalities, such as an inadequate understanding of the role of the equals and inequality signs (Almog & Ilany, 2012; Blanco & Garrote, 2007; Knuth et al. 2006), a lack of understanding of the symbolic representation of variables and coefficients in an equation (Kilpatrick & Izsak, 2008), and changing the direction of the inequality when multiplying by the negative number (Cortes & Pfaff, 2000). According to Bazzini and Tsamir (2001), students who discovered inequalities with traditional methods (by doing algorithmically memorized steps) had difficulty when presented with non-traditional tasks. Moreover, Tsamir and Bazzini (2004) found that students think that inequalities should result in inequalities/intervals, and solving the inequalities and equations requires the same process. It is suggested that to address these challenges, solution processes of equation and inequality should not be introduced directly and quickly, that the symbols used be clearly differentiated and have meaning for the students, that the differences between the concepts of equation and inequality be made clear, and that every-day, visual-geometric and algebraic language should be used interchangeably (Blanco & Garrote, 2007; Bazzini & Tsamir, 2002).

The existing research emphasizes the difficulties students have with equation and inequality concepts. Most of the studies are based on cognitive perspectives, and some of them explore classroom interaction through sociocultural perspectives. In this study, we focus on the equation and inequalities in the classroom discourse to analyze the understanding of learners and teachers. Our study uses a commognitive perspective because it highlights the interaction in a natural classroom setting and enables us to analyze the exploration of learners and teachers. we adopted a methodological lens that Nachlieli & Tabach (2019) provide for ritual-enabling and exploration-requiring opportunities to learn. We interpreted explorative-requiring opportunities to learn as explorative participation and analyzed data on how (procedure) and when (initiation and closure) explorative participation was actualized. We aim to explore the characterization of explorative participation of prospective mathematics teachers and lecturers on equation and inequality concepts in the context of classroom discourse. We address the following question: How do the characterization of explorative participation of prospective mathematics teachers and lecturers on equation and inequality concepts in the context of classroom discourse?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data for this study was conducted in the context of a “basic mathematical concepts” course in a mathematics education department in Turkey. We collected data from classroom observations conducted in the context of a “basic mathematical concepts” course for 20 seniors studying at a mathematics education department. The lecturer is a professor with a Ph.D. degree in mathematics and works in the mathematics education department. Prospective mathematics teachers (PMT) take mathematics education content courses (such as calculus, discrete mathematics, and linear algebra), mathematics education courses (such as geometry education, algebra education, material design, and technology in mathematics education), and pedagogical courses (such as developmental psychology, classroom management, approaches and theories of teaching and learning).
In the context of a “basic mathematical concepts” course, PMTs analyze and discuss basic mathematical concepts (such as propositions, equations, inequalities, polygons, vectors, functions, and transformation). In this study, we focused on the equations and inequalities concepts. In this course, PMTs work in groups of four. PMTs investigate the origins, meaning, and history of specific mathematical concepts, then analyze and categorize the definitions of the particular concept in the literature. After PMTs examine the equation and inequalities concepts, each group presents one clear mathematical concept in the classroom and comprehensively discusses the definitions. Each group justifies and supports their ideas regarding the definitions of equations and inequalities. Finally, the presenting group provided a final and concise definition of the equations and inequalities they had discussed.
Classroom observations collected through a video camera were transcribed into participants’ native language and translated from Turkish into English. The transcripts of the classroom observations included participants’ utterances and their visual mediators and actions. The data were analyzed regarding participants’ and lecturers’ characterization of explorative participation (Sfard, 2008).  We adopted a methodological lens that Nachlieli & Tabach (2019) provide for ritual-enabling and exploration-requiring opportunities to learn. We interpreted explorative-requiring opportunities to learn as explorative participation and analyzed data on how (procedure) and when (initiation and closure) explorative participation was actualized.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this study, we have explored the characterization of explorative participation of prospective mathematics teachers and lecturers on equations and inequalities in the classroom discourse. The main discussion in this classroom is driven by the definitions of the available equations and inequalities found in the literature. The main goal of this study is to analyze the definitions of equations and inequalities that enable PMTs to comprehend the flexibility and logical structure of symbolic representations of algebraic expressions and equations, inequalities signs, and their mathematical meaning. PMTs provide three themes on definitions of inequalities and five themes on definitions of equations. By exploring their definition decisions, the lecturer has orchestrated the classroom discourse. When PMTs were explaining their ideas, the lecturer asked exploratory questions. The lecturer prompted exploratory questions for classroom discussion to obtain exploratory engagement, where the actions aligned with the lecturer's goal and were applied flexibly in a logical structure (Nachlieli & Tabach, 2019). Each group has provided logical justifications for their decision-making process. Prospective mathematics teachers actively participated in the classroom discourse by producing mathematical narratives focused on expected outcomes. We discovered that the lecturer had initiated words such as what, why, find, and frequently explain, allowing PMTs to engage in exploratory practices.
References
Almog, N., & Ilany, B. S. (2012). Absolute value inequalities: High school students’ solutions and misconceptions. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 81(3), 347-364.
Altun, M., Memnun, D. S., & Yazgan, Y. (2007). Primary school teacher trainees’ skills and opinions on solving non-routine mathematical problems. Elementary Education Online, 6(1), 127-143.
Bazzini, L., & Tsamir, P. (2001). Research-based instruction: Widening students’ perspective when dealing with inequalities. In Proceedings of the 12th ICMI Study (pp. 61-68).
Bazzini, L., & Tsamir, P. (2002). Teaching implications deriving from a comparative study on the instruction of algebraic inequalities. In Proceedings of CIEAEM (Vol. 54, pp. 1-8).
Bazzini, L., & Tsamir, P. (2004). Algebraic Equations and Inequalities: Issues for Research and Teaching. Research Forum. International Group for the Psychology of Mathematics Education.
Blanco, L. J., & Garrote, M. (2007). Difficulties in learning inequalities in students of the first year of pre-university education in Spain. Eurasia Journal of Mathematics, Science & Technology Education, 3(3), 221-229.
Cortes, A., & Pfaff, N. (2000). Solving equations and inequations: Operational invariants and methods constructed by students. In Proceedings of the PME CONFERENCE (pp. 2-193).
Kaplan, A., & Acil, E. (2015). The investigation of the 4 th grade secondary school students’ construction processes in “inequality”. Bayburt Eğitim Fakültesi Dergisi [Journal of Bayburt Faculty of Education], 10(1), 130-153.
Karatas, I., & Guven, B. (2010). Examining high school students’ abilities of solving realistic problems. Erzincan University Journal of Education Faculty, 12(1), 201-217.
Kilpatrick, J., & Izsak, A. (2008). A history of algebra in the school curriculum. In C. E. Greenes (Ed.), Algebra and algebraic thinking in school mathematics (pp. 3-18). Reston, VA: National Council of Teachers of Mathematics.
Knuth, E. J., Stephens, A. C., McNeil, N. M., & Alibali, M. W. (2006). Does understanding the equal sign matter? Evidence from solving equations. Journal of Research in Mathematics Education, 37, 297-312.
Nachlieli, T. & Tabach, M. (2019). Ritual-enabling opportunities-to-learn in mathematics        classrooms. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 101(2), 253-271.
NCTM. (2000). Principles and standards for school mathematics. National Council of Teachers of Mathematics.
Sfard, A. (2008). Thinking as Communicating: Human development, the growth of discourses, and mathematizing. Cambridge University Press.
Stewart, S. (2016). And the rest is just algebra. Springer.
Tsamir, P., & Almog, N. (2001). Students’ strategies and difficulties: the case of algebraic inequalities. International Journal of Mathematical Education in Science and Technology, 32(4), 513–524.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm11 SES 13 A: School Financing and School Policy
Location: Sir Alexander Stone Building, 204 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Mudassir Arafat
Paper Session
 
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Input Stratification? The Case of Tracking & School Resources

Maximilian Brinkmann, Nakia El-Sayed, Janna Teltemann

University of Hildesheim, Germany

Presenting Author: Brinkmann, Maximilian

Early between school tracking (i.e. tracking) is an institutional set-up that has strong implications for students and their future outcomes. While there is increasing consensus that tracking does not increase average levels of achievement but average levels of inequality (e.g., Terrin & Triventi 2022, meta-analysis), we know little about the underlying mechanisms. The focus of this study is a potential mechanism that is as prominent as it is understudied: the role of unequal school resources in tracked systems. In other words, while higher tracks (i.e. academic tracks) benefit from above-average resources, lower tracks (i.e. vocational tracks) are disadvantaged. We call such a situation input-stratification, because the total input (resources) assigned to the education system is stratified across tracks (c.p. Esser 2016).

Input stratification has been discussed as a potential mechanism throughout the literature (e.g. Betts 2011; van de Werfhorst 2021, Terrin & Triventi 2022), but there are hardly any studies providing evidence on the unequal distribution of resources across tracks. For instance, van de Werfhorst (2021; 1214) and Terrin & Triventi (2020, meta-analysis; 7) still cite the prominent paper of Brunello & Checchi (2007). While Brunello & Checchi (2007; 795) only provide student-teacher ratios in 2004 for a handful of countries, ostensibly because resources are not the focus of their study, they apparently provide the best evidence on input-stratification to this date. The scarcity of evidence may be explained by the inherent difficulty of estimating (causal) effects of school resources (e.g. Gibbons & McNally 2013) combined with the scarcity of high-quality data that allows for comparison across countries. Thus, a consequence is that we do not know whether a) input stratification (unequal resources) actually exists in tracked systems and b) whether it drives unequal levels of achievement in different tracks. Although answering b) is outside the scope of this study, we argue that it is still valuable to know about a) since b) presupposes a). Our approach is driven by two goals.

First, we want to provide a thorough discussion on the role of school resources in tracked systems. While the topic of school resources is often mentioned in the literature, it is hardly spelled out with its theoretical implications. The unequal distribution of resources across tracks could be a mechanism that explains why tracked systems fail to show increased (average) achievement but increased social inequalities (i.e. Terrin & Triventi 2022). Accordingly, students on higher (lower) tracks benefit (are disadvantaged) through resources above (below) average. But since tracks are segregated by social status (Strello et al. 2022), high (low) status students are more (less) likely to benefit from above-average resources, explaining the increased social inequality in tracked systems.

Given the limited space, we merely note that we incorporate the existing literature on school resources in our study (e.g. Krüger 2003 vs. Hanushek 2003). We distinguish between explicit resources (e.g. official government funding) and implicit resources which are indirect consequences of the institutional set-up (e.g. self-selection of more capable or motivated teachers). Further we discuss whether differences in resource allocation across tracks should be seen as a bug or a feature of tracked systems (i.e. vocational vs. academic training; c.p. Esser 2021).

Second, we want to assemble data sources that are either informative about resource levels 1) across tracks within a country or 2) across tracked and untracked countries. Noting the inherent difficulties of estimating the effects of school resources, we will restrict our analysis to a descriptive analysis in order to answer the question whether the existence of input-stratification is plausible given the existing evidence.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research plan:
In general we want to restrict our analysis to a thorough descriptive analysis of tracked (and untracked) education systems. Our analysis comprises two parts: First, using administrative data from the German speaking tracking countries (Germany, Austria, Switzerland, Luxembourg) we will discuss educational spending per student, teacher-student ratios, teaching hours and teacher qualifications across tracks in a case-study like fashion. Second, for our main analysis we will use large-scale assessment data (LSA) from the last 25 years.

Unfortunately, measures of resources in PIRLS & TIMSS 4 (primary school) and PISA (secondary school) are largely incomparable which hampers efforts to compare change over time from primary to secondary school. However, it is possible to compute teacher-student ratios from LSA data (e.g. Woessmann & West 2006), which is a resource indicator commonly used in the school resource literature (e.g. Gibbons & McNally 2013). This allows us to track the change in the variance of teacher-student ratios in tracked and untracked countries as they move from primary (no country is tracked) to secondary school (some countries have administered tracking).

Lastly we will use PISA data to compute a broader set of resource indicators which resonates with our idea of explicit and implicit resources. Using PISA has the advantage that we can draw on a broad set of variables and that we can directly identify the school track (as compared to TIMSS 8). Unfortunately, however, PISA has only administered (short) teacher questionnaires since 2015. To remedy this shortcoming, we aim to match PISA with TALIS data, which provides in-depth data on the teacher and school principal level. Taken together, this allows us to compute different indicators of explicit and implicit school resources (e.g. material resources, student-teacher ratios, teacher qualifications, teacher motivation, parental support) across track types.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We are still in the process of data collection (cleaning & assembling). The limited evidence on school resources indicates large differences in student-teacher ratios in five tracked systems (Brunello & Checchi, 2007). However, Brunello & Checchi also report administrative data from Austria that shows that spending per student is higher in vocational tracks.

Overall, we expect more mixed evidence when it comes to explicit resources (i.e. official allocation of resources through the government) as compared to implicit resources (i.e. differences in resources as a consequence of the institutional set-up). Tracking is often understood as a form of stratification, inducing an implicit “better” or “worse” into the system. Further, it is theoretically plausible (e.g. Boudon 1974) and empirically validated (Strello et al 2022) that tracked systems are segregated by social status. We argue that this could lead to differences in implicit resources because involved actors take this stratification and segregation into account. More able or motivated teachers could self-select into higher tracks, parental support via booster clubs is likely to depend on the average social status of parents at the school and so on.

References
Betts, J. R. (2011). The economics of tracking in education. In Handbook of the Economics of Education (Vol. 3, pp. 341-381). Elsevier.

Boudon, R. (1974). Education, opportunity, and social inequality: Changing prospects in western society.

Brunello, G., & Checchi, D. (2007). Does school tracking affect equality of opportunity? New international evidence. Economic policy, 22(52), 782-861.

Esser, H. (2016). Bildungssysteme und ethnische Bildungsungleichheiten. Ethnische Ungleichheiten im Bildungsverlauf: Mechanismen, Befunde, Debatten, 331-396.
[English: “Education systems and ethnic educational inequalities” in “Ethnic inequality along the educational pathway: Mechanisms, Results, Debates”]

Esser, H. (2021). » Wie kaum in einem anderen Land...«?: Die Differenzierung der Bildungswege nach Fähigkeiten und Leistungen und ihre Wirkung auf Bildungserfolg,-ungleichheit und-gerechtigkeit. Band 1: Theoretische Grundlagen. Campus Verlag.
[English: “‘Hardly any other country…’?: Differentiation of educational pathways according to aptitude and performance and their consequences for educational attainment, inequality and justice. Volume one: Theoretical foundations” ]

Gibbons, S., & McNally, S. (2013). The effects of resources across school phases: A summary of recent evidence.

Hanushek, E. A. (2003). The failure of input‐based schooling policies. The economic journal, 113(485), F64-F98.

Krueger, A. B. (2003). Economic considerations and class size. The economic journal, 113(485), F34-F63.


Strello, A., Strietholt, R., & Steinmann, I. (2022). Does tracking increase segregation? International evidence on the effects of between-school tracking on social segregation across schools. Research in Social Stratification and Mobility, 78, 100689.

Terrin, E., & Triventi, M. (2022). The effect of school tracking on student achievement and inequality: A meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 00346543221100850.

van de Werfhorst, H. G. (2021). Sorting or mixing? Multi‐track and single‐track schools and social inequalities in a differentiated educational system. British Educational Research Journal, 47(5), 1209-1236.

Woessmann, L., & West, M. (2006). Class-size effects in school systems around the world: Evidence from between-grade variation in TIMSS. European Economic Review, 50(3), 695-736.


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

What Data to Use for Planning Educational Reforms? A Meta-analysis of Educational Interventions' Research in post-Soviet Countries

Roman Zviagintsev1, Julia Kersha2

1University of Vienna; 2HSE University

Presenting Author: Zviagintsev, Roman; Kersha, Julia

The education system is a key social institution of any modern state, critical to the socio-economic and cultural development of society. For this institution to work effectively in a complex and uncertain world, its management must be data-driven (Burns et al., 2016). Informed transformation of educational content and the systematic use of new technologies in pedagogical practice are important characteristics of effective educational systems (Nelson & Campbell, 2017; Wiseman, 2010). Only research can determine "what works," similar to what is successfully implemented in, for example, health care (Davies, 1999).

The lack of effective use of research in educational policy and practice is regularly highlighted, and mechanisms are sought to strengthen the impact of research on decision-making in education systems (OECD,2022). The importance of and need for evidence-based decision-making was particularly vivid during the pandemic, highlighting how the existing gap between research and policy decisions may have dramatic consequences (Stuart & Dowdy, 2021).

A fairly wide pool of interventions designed to increase educational outcomes exists and well documented in international research. Prominent examples of cataloging this type of information are, for example, the following electronic resources:

- The U.S. Department of Education's Institute of Educational Sciences WWC open repository[1];

- repository of practices to help Every Student Succeeds Act, Evidence for ESSA[2];

- BEE Encyclopaedia of Educational Practices, created by Johns Hopkins University[3].

Webpages such as these appear due to the fallacy of the view that any educational projects are useful and effective. Moreover, evaluations of their effectiveness are often highly contradictory. It is not uncommon to find that proposed interventions do not lead to any worthwhile outcome (Lortie-Forgues & Inglis, 2019). However, the very fact that educational programs are evaluated for their effectiveness is extremely important in optimizing resources for their implementation and scaling.

The movement toward evidence-based education is most evident in English-speaking countries (Dekker & Meeter, 2022). However, there is growing interest in China (Slavin et al., 2021), Sweden (Segerholm et al., 2022), the Netherlands (Wubbels & van Tartwijk, 2017), Italy (Mincu & Romiti, 2022), France (Bressoux et al., 2019)[4]. To a much lesser extent, we see the development of this movement in the Post-Soviet states. The importance of the studies has been only increasing and is especially evident since these countries began to participate in PISA, the results of the first waves of which opened up possibilities for analyzing the connection between differences in the quality of educational outcomes and the reforms implemented (Khavenson & Carnoy, 2016).

Of particular interest is the ability of countries to generate and use their own "contextualized" research data about "what works" in education. Here one encounters a problem — in general, there are few works characterizing the landscape of educational research in the post-Soviet space (Chankseliani, 2017; Hernández-Torrano et al., 2021). We found no systematic review or meta-analysis of publications summarizing research on the impact of educational interventions on school students' academic outcomes that could allow policymakers and practitioners to construct informed educational policies.

The purpose of our paper is to evaluate the effectiveness of educational improvement programs in the Post-Soviet states, as there is a clear lack of systematization of such information in the presence of a clear demand for data-driven reforms. Our paper simultaneously addresses two tasks leading to the overall goal — a meta-analysis of studies summarizing the experience of post-Soviet countries in terms of interventions aimed at improving educational outcomes, and the search for a basis for building educational policies that would consider the current state of affairs.

[1] https://ies.ed.gov/ncee/wwc/

[2] https://www.evidenceforessa.org/page/about

[3] https://bestevidence.org/

[4] References are omitted in the list due to the lack of space.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the research question meta-analysis methodology was used. While conducting meta-analysis, we carefully followed the PRISMA statement guidelines (Page et al., 2021). To create the database, we used the following selection criteria:
• the study must be devoted to evaluating the effectiveness of the program aimed to improve the academic achievements of schoolchildren or develop their skills facilitating successful learning;
• the study should be conducted in the form of an experiment (the presence of randomization procedure in the study was coded, but was not a strict exclusion criterion);
• schoolchildren must be the general population of the study;
• the study is conducted on the sample of schoolchildren from one of the 15 post-Soviet countries;
• the text is published in Russian or English;
• the research must be a published article in a peer-reviewed journal or a defended PhD thesis;
• year of publication from 1992 to 2023.
To achieve the research goal, we systematically searched in these 4 scientific databases: Scopus, Web of Science, ProQuest, Google Scholar (the search was conducted in September 2022) . We were looking for the keywords that characterize the study design (experiment, control, rct etc.) and the dependent variable (achievement, performance, learning outcomes etc.). A total number of the publications suitable for analysis was 262. All of them were screened using Rayyan software . At the last step, we selected 27 papers for the full-text analysis. Three members of the research group went through the procedure of coding. The key parameters recognized in the coding scheme were: authors, year, type of publication, country, sample characteristics, sample size, dependent variable, type of the intervention, duration of the intervention, presence of randomization.
We chose Cohen's d as the key statistic for an effect size calculation. We used an online calculator  to convert the statistics published in studies to d. Afterwards, we carried out a classical version of the statistical meta-analysis with the random effects model in JASP . In addition, we assessed the homogeneity of the studies and checked whether the results demonstrate any kind of publication bias. To estimate the bias, we used the graphical method and the Egger’s test, as well as the selection models.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our final results are based on 28 effect sizes from 27 publications with a total sample of 14,853 schoolchildren. According to the age of the respondents, the studies covered samples from grades 1 to 9. It should be noted that there were no papers with high school students as the general population. Regarding the program type, vast majority of them were classified as pedagogical technologies. The overall mean effect size of the studies is 0.48 with a 95% confidence interval of 0.36 to 0.60 (and a range of 0.02-1.55). At the same time, we see that the effect size varies greatly across the studies — indicator of heterogeneity equals 82% (i2). If we consider three studies in which proper randomization was carried out, the effect size of the interventions decreases to 0.07 and becomes insignificant.
We are going to build our discussion around the particular limitations and general barriers one the way of carrying high quality research. For example, we can conclude from the available research that in those countries all along there were and are: difficulties in accessing data when conducting research (Jonbekova, 2020); specifics of research culture and methodology, especially experimental research (Gromyko & Davydov, 1998); problems with standards of reviewing, publishing, academic integrity (Kuzhabekova & Mukhamejanova, 2017), a general low level of integration into international science.
It is important to note that the idea of "what works" is only possible in a situation where the goals of the education system are clear (Hammersley, 2005), but many countries were dealing with much more severe issues since the collapse of the USSR. Politicians' words about the need for research are often just a blind "fashion" following. The very statement “we need data-driven policy” in a situation where there are almost no data is, at the very least, deceitful.

References
Burns, T., Köster, F., & Fuster, M. (2016). Education Governance in Action. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264262829-en
Chankseliani, M. (2017). Charting the development of knowledge on Soviet and post-Soviet education through the pages of comparative and international education journals. Comparative Education, 53(2), 265–283. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2017.1293407
Davies, P. (1999). What is Evidence-based Education? British Journal of Educational Studies, 47(2), 108–121. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8527.00106
Dekker, I., & Meeter, M. (2022). Evidence-based education: Objections and future directions. Frontiers in Education, 7. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.941410
Gromyko, Iu. V., & Davydov, V. V. (1998). The Conception of Experimental Work in Education Ideas for a formative experiment. Journal of Russian & East European Psychology, 36(4), 72–82. https://doi.org/10.2753/RPO1061-0405360472
Hernández-Torrano, D., Karabassova, L., Izekenova, Z., & Courtney, M. G. R. (2021). Mapping education research in post-Soviet countries: A bibliometric analysis. International Journal of Educational Development, 87, 102502. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2021.102502
Jonbekova, D. (2020). Educational research in Central Asia: methodological and ethical dilemmas in Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan and Tajikistan. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 50(3), 352–370. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2018.1511371
Khavenson, T., & Carnoy, M. (2016). The unintended and intended academic consequences of educational reforms: the cases of Post-Soviet Estonia, Latvia and Russia. Oxford Review of Education, 42(2), 178–199. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2016.1157063
Kuzhabekova, A., & Mukhamejanova, D. (2017). Productive researchers in countries with limited research capacity. Studies in Graduate and Postdoctoral Education, 8(1), 30–47. https://doi.org/10.1108/SGPE-08-2016-0018
Lortie-Forgues, H., & Inglis, M. (2019). Rigorous Large-Scale Educational RCTs Are Often Uninformative: Should We Be Concerned? Educational Researcher, 48(3), 158–166. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X19832850
Nelson, J., & Campbell, C. (2017). Evidence-informed practice in education: meanings and applications. Educational Research, 59(2), 127–135. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2017.1314115
OECD. (2022). Who Cares about Using Education Research in Policy and Practice? OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/d7ff793d-en
Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J. M., Akl, E. A., Brennan, S. E., Chou, R., Glanville, J., Grimshaw, J. M., Hróbjartsson, A., Lalu, M. M., Li, T., Loder, E. W., Mayo-Wilson, E., McDonald, S., … Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, n71. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71
Stuart, E. A., & Dowdy, D. W. (2021). Evidence-based COVID-19 policy-making in schools. Nature Medicine, 27(12), 2078–2079. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41591-021-01585-2
Wiseman, A. W. (2010). The Uses of Evidence for Educational Policymaking: Global Contexts and International Trends. Review of Research in Education, 34(1), 1–24. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X09350472


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

An Explanatory Quantitative Study of the Funding Policy Supporting British Academies and American Charter Schools

Tyrone Bynoe

St. Bonaventure University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Bynoe, Tyrone

Choice theory has shaped much of public-school policy throughout the world as countries have adopted free market principles to establish educational alternatives to state and traditional public schools with the goal of improving chronically failing schools. While public dollars are being used globally to support private school enterprises, public dollars are also being used to finance public school alternatives to the state and traditional public-school offerings. On both sides of the Atlantic Ocean during the 1990s, school choice theory promoted public school alternatives to state or traditional public schools with the emergence of Multi-Academy Trusts in the United Kingdom and the rise of Charter Schools in the United States. Beginning with the Education Reform Act of 1988 -- which allowed for the formation of city technical academies -- and since the “academisation” of schools in 2010, the number of multi-academy trusts have soared from 407 in 2011 to 6493 during 2017 (Male). Concurrently since the first charter school in Minnesota in 1992, the number of charter schools in the United States have climbed to 7,038, and 44 states now have charter school laws. Both school growth trends in choice schools have had the unflinching endorsement of respective national governments.

Theoretical Framework: Choice Theory is the study’s theoretical framework. Choice theory is the antithesis of the governmental centralization of public schools, as conceived by German fiscal influence in the United States educational policy during the early twentieth century (Seligman). Choice Theory seeks equitable and efficient resource distribution through parental selection and market-fueled competition. Whether promoted by Milton Friedman in the 1950s (Friedman) or Adam Smith during the 1770s, Choice Theory application advocates a variety of resource distribution schemes in contemporary school finance policy, featuring tuition tax credits, vouchers, funding portability, and charter schools. Given this framework, my study will evaluate how the theoretical framework has effectively or ineffectively been implemented in school finance policy within British multi-academy trusts and US charter schools through an equity and efficiency analysis. Due to the researcher’s limitations to aggregate data on all multi-academy trusts and charter schools in both respective countries, an explanatory quantitative study will be conducted among choice schools in these countries’ largest municipalities: London (or Inner London - its schools within fourteen local education authorities) and New York City (NYC’s Department of Education). Given this theoretical backdrop, the paper’s main research questions include:

1. To what extent do the distribution of per pupil expenditures of London multi-academy trusts and New York City (NYC) charter schools vary when compared to the distribution of these per pupil expenditures in state schools and the traditional public schools in each of these municipalities?

2. To what extent does the per pupil funding formula allocate to the magnitude of student need in both London multi-academy trusts and NYC charter schools when compared to this needs-based allocation in the traditional public and state schools in each of these municipalities?

3. Given the school spending data from the Income and Expenditure Reports in England for state and choice schools and the School Based Expenditure Reports in the NYC public schools, to what extent can one track the usage of resources to determine what percentage of resources are being allocated for total uses on instruction – minus capital outlays, security, transportation, building up-keep, and other non-instructional needs?

4. Are multi-academy trusts and charter schools respectively in London and NYC getting more bang for the “pound” or “buck” when analyzing the relationship between student gain scores and per pupil expenditures in these schools, especially when compared to analyzing the same data of state and traditional schools in these two municipalities?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methods:
Question 1 will use descriptive statistics and school-finance equity measures to analyze the spending variability in different parts of the distribution for each set of schools.  Question 2 will use an ordinary least square regression to determine if the unstandardized beta coefficients, partial correlations and effect-sizes of this statistical model reinforce or refute real allocation of need based equalization policies in both sets of schools within both municipalities.  Question 3 will use a functional analysis model, which will track spending at various decentralized levels of schooling in each set of schools within the respective municipalities to analyze the extent the spending is being allocation to instruction.   Question 4 will derive effective size from hypothesis testing and correlations to evaluate the efficiency of the funding policy as a function of student gain scores.  
The study’s unit of analysis is at the school level, and subsequently embraces the new school-finance perspective, which calls for more meaningful input-output analysis at the school level (Grubb & Huerta).  School finance data will be aggregated at the pupil level for the years 2011-2012 to 2016-2017.  The British spending data will be collected from the British Department of Education’s (DfE’s) Local Authority and School Expenditure reports.  This specific British per pupil school finance data source contains revenue and expenditure data on the primary and secondary state schools of Inner London’s fourteen local education authorities.  From this same agency, per pupil school finance data on multi-academy trusts will be aggregated from the Income and Expenditure Reports in England for only years 2011-2012 to 2016-2017, focusing only on financial data of multi-academy trusts in the 14 Inner London local education authorities.  The NYC school finance data will be aggregated from its Education Department’s School Based Expenditure Reports, which contains rich per pupil finance data on all NYC public schools, including charter schools, by school and function respectively.  All data will be reported in Excel spreadsheets, and then transported to SPSS for statistical analysis.  British school level student performance data will originate from its accountability program (i.e. A-level exams of secondary schools), and NYC school-level student performance will be aggregated from the publicly available state accountability data system.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Anticipated findings:   It is hypothesized that expenditures patterns will vary between choice schools and state/traditional schools in respective Inner London and NYC municipalities using horizontal and vertical equity measures.   Horizontal equity measures will include the coefficient of variation (measuring spending variability within the middle 68 percent of the distribution), McLoone Index (measuring spending variability under the median), Verstegen Index (measuring spending variability above the median) as well as other measures.      
               Secondly, vertical equity measures will generate findings featuring an interpretation of the beta coefficients of an ordinary least squared regression to evaluate whether the actual funding levels of the need equalization formula are being allocated according to the formula’s design.
Thirdly, it is anticipated that some measure of decentralized resource allocation will be found when using the functional analysis model to track funding at specific levels of schooling.  
Additionally, analyses between spending and student performance will either validate evidence toward trends of economies of scale and efficiency or show evidence for a diseconomies of scale and inefficiency.

References
References

Bynoe, T. (2018). A historical and conceptual overview of school-finance equalization models – a book chapter. In BenDavid-Hadar, I. (eds). Education, equity and economy. New York, NY: Springer, Inc

Bynoe, T. & Armstead, A. (2019).  American charter schools and British academy trusts:  An comparative perspective on the school choice movement since the 1990s.  In Storey, V. (ed.). Pathways to school leadership: Negotiating context and diversity in England and the United States.  Charlotte, NC:  Information Age Publishing, Inc (In-Press).

Bynoe, T. & Feil, J. (November, 2016). School finance equity: Lessons learned from Michigan’s charter school spending patterns, School Business Affairs Journal. 82(10), 19-22.

Department for Education.  (2016). Educational excellence everywhere:  Presented to Parliament by the secretary of education by command of her Majesty.   (Cm 9230).  Retrieved from:  http://www.educationengland.org.uk/documents/pdfs/2016-white-paper.pdf
Friedman, M. (1955). The role of government in education.  Retrieve from: http://homepage.fudan.edu.cn/jfeng/files/2011/08/role-of-government-in-education_Friedman.pdf
Grubb, W.N. & Huerta, L.A. (2001).  Straw into gold, resources into results:  Spinning out the implications of the improved school finance.  Journal of Education Finance, 31(14), 334-359.
Hoxby, C. M. (2003). School choice and school productivity: Could school choice be a tide that lifts all boats? In C.M. Hoxby (Ed.), The economics of school choice (pp. 287-341). Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.
Ladd, H. & Fiske, E. (November 2016).  Report:  Lessons for US charter schools from the growth of academies in England.  Brookings.   Retrieved from:  https://www.brookings.edu/research/lessons-for-us-charter-schools-from-the-growth-of-academies-in-england/
Male, T. (September, 2017).  Multi-academic trusts:  A background briefing paper.  London, United Kingdom:  The London Centre for Leadership in Learning.  Retrieved from:  http://www.lcll.org.uk/uploads/2/1/4/7/21470046/2017_multi-academy_trusts_-_a_background_briefing_paper_-_trevor_male.pdf
Seligman, E. (December 1908). Progressive taxation in theory and practice, 3rd Series, American Economic Association Quarterly.  9(4).
West, A. (2015). Education policy and governance in England under the coalition government (2010-15):  Academies, the pupil premium and free early education.  London Review of Education, 13, 21-36.
West, A. & Wolfe, D. (2018).   Academies, the school system in England and a vision for the future:  Clare Market Papers No. 23.  London, England:  Education Research Group-Department of Social Policy-London School of Economics and Political Science.  Retrieved from:  http://www.lse.ac.uk/social-policy/Assets/Documents/PDF/Research-reports/Academies-Vision-Report.pdf
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm12 SES 13 A: Paper Session: Information Literacy and Open Research Practice
Location: Gilbert Scott, Turnbull [Floor 4]
Paper Session
 
12. Open Research in Education
Paper

How do University Libraries Contribute to the Media and Information Literacy of Undergraduate Students in Hungary?

Dóra Szabó, Erzsébet Dani

University of Debrecen, Hungary

Presenting Author: Szabó, Dóra

In this fast-paced world, digital competence is of greater importance. One of these areas of literacy, media and information literacy (MIL), has come to the forefront at the academic and everyday levels. Information literacy is the recognition of information, it includes finding, evaluating, using it, and selecting between information. In addition, the credibility and reliability of information are becoming increasingly important examinations, the ethical rules, as well as the question of how we communicate, in what form, and how we share information on social media. Information literacy has evolved from a library- and/or librarian-oriented concept into a multidisciplinary field, and is no longer limited to the social sciences, but covers 27 scientific fields in the Scopus subject classification. New literacy areas include digital literacy, media literacy, business information literacy, content knowledge, workplace information literacy, and scientific literacy. The set of perspectives that we actively use when we come into contact with mass communication systems and the messages that reach us we interpret is media literacy; accessing, analyzing, and producing information ability, the basic goal of which is critical autonomy about all media.

The MIL emphasizes a critical approach to literacy to enable people to answer questions critically about what they have read, heard, and learned. It needs to appear at all levels of education. The 21st-century knowledge society requires new literacy skills and critical awareness. The emerging generations must learn critical thinking and conscious use to become digital citizens and reinvent themselves on the information superhighway. MIL is a tool curriculum that integrates information, media, and digital literacy.

In many cases, however, we have experienced that media and information literacy rarely appears in educational programs or the minds of teachers, whether we are talking about public education or higher education. MIL is given a less important role in the curricula, therefore it is necessary to develop this basic competence during higher education studies, regardless of the field of study.

Media and digital literacy are increasingly recognized as the basic competence of a 21st-century citizen, but academic training is still far from fully fulfilling this emerging need. Previous research asserts that successful integration of media and information literacy in higher education must be based on close collaboration between librarians and faculty, strategic anchoring and visualization in curriculum, syllabi, course objectives, and examinations, and alignment with the university's mission. must be formed. Today, we can hardly single out a higher education course in which this competence is consciously displayed.

There is a growing movement worldwide to develop media and information literacy curricula (UNESCO) and to train teachers in media education, but these efforts are limited, and there is a risk that the faster-growing, better ones will cooperate. funded, and less critical education and information technology companies. It is essential to develop a critical response to the new information and communication technologies that are embedded in all areas of society. Media and information literacy is dynamic and spread across many disciplines, so interdisciplinary and collaborative approaches would be needed to implement it effectively in diverse and complex information and learning environments. According to UNESCO experts, information literacy should be included in education curricula at all educational levels. In higher education, the following requirements were formulated for information literacy:

  • determining the nature and extent of the required information and wording
  • efficient and effective access to the necessary information
  • critical evaluation of information and its sources
  • effective application of information individually or in groups for a goal
  • knowledge of economic, legal, and social problems related to information, and ethical application.

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Several articles deal with the importance of collaboration and planning between librarians and teachers to promote MIL. Libraries can play a decisive role in this process, as their services are meant to promote the development of information literacy. However, a strong change in attitude towards MIL is important to make people aware that the librarians working there serve information literacy. In the current era of disinformation and misinformation, libraries remain reliable sources of factual information, support lifelong learning, and create the main prerequisites for the transformation of modern competencies. Predictably, library professionals play a key role in expanding the cognitive capacities of higher education students to make MIL successful.

During our research, we are interested in how the libraries of Hungarian higher education institutions can contribute to the media and information literacy of university students.
We intend to explore this area with semi-structured interviews, which we intend to conduct with the employee responsible for education in each library. We limit our research exclusively to scientific universities in the first period: Eötvös Loránd University, the University of Debrecen, the University of Szeged, and the University of Pécs. After we got the results and projects, we plan to make interviews with the remaining university libraries and with numerous institutes sharing MIL knowledge.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Conscious media use is vital these days. Media literacy is the primary educational area most concerned with developing skills to identify disinformation. MIL (media and information literacy) is a key issue for today's societies, as it equips citizens with the skills to use various media and information channels and exercise their basic human rights.
Our goal is to draw the attention of higher education institutions and their libraries to the usefulness and importance of MIL. In addition, we can identify training needs and collection methods with our research. The ultimate goal in the future is to reflect on sustainable models of media and digital skills training from the point of view of both teacher training and teachers' professional development. With these interviews and cases, we are planning to compile a collection of best practices in a paper, which Hungarian university libraries can use in the future.
It is worth starting to deal with this topic in the educational and educational processes already in childhood since these tools contain an unconscious source of danger. This is also why we consider the educational appearance of MIL and its segment, fake news, to which libraries can greatly contribute. Freire suggested that people must learn to "read the world" and make sense of the world around them. In a world so reliant on technology, this interpretation depends not only on social and cultural influences but also on a complex set of literacies, including digital literacy and media literacy.

References
A.K. Olsson and E. Näverå. 2019. The way to the wave – to integrate media and information literacy in the scientific wave throughout a bachelor program in business adminsitration. INTED2019 Proceedings, pp. 3536-3546.
Bapte, Vishal. 2019. Information Literacy Instruction Determining the Place of Library Professionals. DESIDOC Journal of Library & Information Technology. 39. 39-46. 10.14429/djlit.39.1.13676. https://doi.org/10.29173/iasl8211
Juhyeon Park, ByeongKi Lee, and Kang, Bong-suk. 2021. A Study on the Development of Curriculum Content Structure for Information Literacy Education. Journal of Korean Library and Information Science Society, 52(1), 229–254. https://doi.org/10.16981/KLISS.52.1.202103.229
Juhyeon Park. 2021. An Analysis and Implications Exploration of Media and Information Literacy(MIL) Curriculum in the Philippines. Journal of Korean Library and Information Science Society, 52(2), 331–355. https://doi.org/10.16981/KLISS.52.2.202106.331
Leaning, M. 2019. An Approach to Digital Literacy through the Integration of Media and Information Literacy. Media and Communication, 7(2), 4-13. doi:https://doi.org/10.17645/mac.v7i2.1931
Loertscher, D. V. and Wolls, B. 2021. The information literacy movement of the school library media field: a preliminary summary of the research. 1997: IASL CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS (VANCOUVER, CANADA): BRIDGING THE GAP: INFORMATION RICH BUT KNOWLEDGE POOR /337-358.https://journals.library.ualberta.ca/slw/index.php/iasl/article/view/8211/5056  DOI:
Logeswari, A & Ramaiah, Chennupati & Shimray, Somipam & Chennupati, Deepti. 2021. Awareness about Media and Information Literacy among Research Scholars of Pondicherry University: A Survey. DESIDOC Journal of Library & Information Technology. 41. 250-259. 10.14429/djlit.41.4.17187.
Onyancha, O. B. 2020. Knowledge visualization and mapping of information literacy, 1975–2018. IFLA Journal, 46(2), 107–123. https://doi.org/10.1177/0340035220906536
Unyial, N.C. & Kaur, Baljinder. 2018. Proposition of Media and Information Literacy Curriculum for Integration into Pedagogy in IITs. DESIDOC Journal of Library and Information Technology. 38. 221-226. 10.14429/djlit.38.3.12504.
Yap, Joseph M, and Penaflor, Janice. 2019. The amazing library race: developing the students MIL skills through games: the case od the Philippines and Kazakhstan. https://nur.nu.edu.kz/handle/123456789/4262?show=full
Wilson, C., Grizzle, A., Tuazon, R., Akyempong K. & Cheung C. K. (2011). Media and
information literacy curriculum for teachers. UNESCO https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000192971 (2019.12.12.)
UNESCO (2011). Media and Information Literacy, Curriculum for Teachers.


12. Open Research in Education
Paper

Web analytics of Digital Educational Infrastructures as an Open Research Practice: Opportunities and Challenges

Sigrid Fahrer

DIPF, Germany

Presenting Author: Fahrer, Sigrid

The question how users interact and use websites, databases and other portals available online is as old as the internet itself (Zheng & Peltsverger 2015). To answer this question, website administrators used data collection technologies that record the use of a website early on, which can be grouped under the term web analytics. According to the still common definition by the Web Analytics Association from 2008, “Web analytics is the measurement, collection, analysis and reporting of web data for purposes of understanding and optimizing web usage”. In contrast to qualitative user research, web analytics is less laborious and costly to execute. More importantly, it does not confine the data collection to a limited period but continuously generates data about usage (Palomino et al. 2021). Web statistics reveal, for example, how often users visit an online portal, which pages are particularly popular, how long visitors remain on the sites, and which paths they have taken across the website (Kaushik 2007). The analysed data is measured against pre-set key performance indicators which are directly tied to the main objective of the website and combined with the business strategy (Hassler 2019, Jyothi 2017) This approach provides web operators with not only insights into user behavior, but also areas for development in their web product, such as missing content or usability issues. Although web analytics is most commonly employed in online marketing, it is also utilized in education in the area of digital information and reference systems as offered by libraries, educational institutions, or research facilities.

A number of papers provide information on the use of web analytics in these settings. Some papers are concerned with operational issues such as data protection (Quintel and Wilson 2020, Chandler & Wallace 2016) or the inventory of web analytics usage in institutional contexts (Redkina 2018, Böhm &Rittberger 2016), whereas others describe usage scenarios for specific web portals based on web analytics (Perifanou & Economides 2022, Keil et al. 2015). Regardless of the findings of these studies, various research objectives for the field of web analytics remain in the context of educational portals. In the technological domain, work on how to measure specific indicators would be useful. Furthermore, it is critical to investigate how cross-portal insights into the use of information systems can be obtained and what benefits this might offer for user research. Studies detailing optimization cycles would be valuable regarding the management field, for instance by approaching the subject with contrasting case studies for various organizations. In the subject of open research data, questions about the prerequisites for making web analytics data available for subsequent use arise.

In my paper, I would like to address some of the questions raised above and underpin them with the case study at DIPF| Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education. DIPF operates a number of infrastructures for educational research and practice and the general public, including the German Education Server, which provides edited and curated online information, the “Education Research Portal” offering literature databases, as well as the "Research Data Centre for Education," which processes research data for re-use." DIPF monitors and evaluates the use of these infrastructures through web analytics. To implement web analytics efficiently across portals and thereby gain insights into the web use behaviour of stakeholder groups in education, I propose that web analytics research become an open research practice. Sharing web analytics data, transparent descriptions of data collecting techniques, and an open and collaborative culture are required for expanding research beyond case studies. By offering insights into web analytics practice at DIPF and showing cross-portal collaboration, I aim to exemplify open research in action.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodologically, the paper draws on literature on web analytics and open research practice. This analysis is supported by examples of best practices from DIP whose Open Research Practice in the domain of web analytics is used as a case study here. The paper highlights the benefits and constraints of web analytics as an open research practice along the analytics process which consists of four steps as stated in the definition above: collection, measurement, analysis and reporting. I will discuss the different phases using real examples from DIPF.
There are two basic approaches for collecting data: page tagging and log file analysis (Zheng & Peltsverger 2015). The various data collection methods result in various counting methods and data. When it comes to data interchange, these discrepancies, which ultimately lead to compatibility issues, must be taken into account. In this context, I will also make some suggestions for making web analytics data more open and reusable, in absence of research based on social media data (Bayer et al. 2021). The paper addresses then the issue of software that is often utilized for the full web analytics process (Kaushik 2007). I will contrast the benefits and drawbacks of two prevalent systems, as well as data privacy challenges and open source alternatives. In terms of measurement and analysis, I will emphasize the significance of portal-specific key performance indicators as opposed to common metrics such as visitors, page views, dwell time, and bounce rate. Using the DIPF portals as an example, I will also demonstrate how such a development process for key performance indicators, their implementation and use as altmetrics for performance evaluation might progress, as well as what insights can be derived from indicators that are closely linked to the portal’s overall goal. I will address the final phase, reporting, in light of performance measurement on the one hand and optimization on the other, linking to various methods of website review.
Finally, I will discuss what further actions are needed to foster an open culture in the context of user research using web analytics. Collaborations, I propose, should be explored as a foundation for sharing data and knowledge, as should the extension of more practice-oriented publication forms to make operational knowledge available. Overall, it is vital to investigate in participatory and collaborative processes and balance the benefits and drawbacks of a sharing culture for web analytics.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper highlights the opportunities and challenges of opening up research with web analytics. One of the major challenges is to enable open and at the same time protected access to web analytics data that takes into account both data protection and the dynamics of the new data generated daily. Also important is the development of web analytics indicators that reflect portal specifics and may thus be used to measure success, but also permit comparisons between different websites. To further the discipline, metrics research, such as how to exactly quantify reading on a page or how to better track and assess searches on websites using open analytics tools, should be encouraged. An important organizational and technological issue is reconciling web analytics requirements with the constraints of open source tools, and developing and testing solutions where this is not possible.
The obstacles are countered by the benefits of the process of opening, which are similar to the prospects offered by Open Science in general (Pampel 2014). The publication of organizational and technical proceedings may result in improved infrastructure practices, not only for the use of web analytics, but also for the infrastructures themselves. This is because user research based on online data can be employed to optimize infrastructures (Beasley 2013). I propose that by making the processes and data openly available, the research output might increase which can lead to a better understanding of information behaviour in the educational field. Furthermore, web analytics data can be integrated or contrasted with other data sources, such as social media data, to create a cross-media picture of educational information activities.

References
Bayer, S., Breuer, J., Lösch, T. und Goebel, J. W. (2021). Nutzung von Social-Media-Daten in der Bildungsforschung. forschungsdaten bildung informiert 9, Version 1. https://www.forschungsdaten-bildung.de/files/fdb-informiert-nr-9.pdf (23/01/23)
Beasley, M. (2013): Practical Web Analytics for User Experience. How Analytics Can Help You Understand Your Users. Waltham: Morgan Kaufman
Dragoş, S.-M. (2011) Why Google Analytics cannot be used for educational web content. 2011 7th International Conference on Next Generation Web Services Practices, Salamanca, Spain, pp. 113-118, doi: 10.1109/NWeSP.2011.6088162 .
Chandler, A. & Wallace, M. (2016). Using Piwik Instead of Google Analytics at the Cornell University Library. The Serials Librarian, 71:3-4, 173-179, DOI: 10.1080/0361526X.2016.1245645
Hassler, M. (2019): Digital und Web Analytics: Metriken auswerten, Besucherverhalten verstehen, Website optimieren. Frechen: mitp Business
Jyothi, P. (2017). A Study on Raise of Web Analytics and its Benefits. International Journal of Computer Sciences and Engineering 5, 61-66.
Keil, S.; Böhm, P.; Rittberger, M. (2015): Qualitative web analytics. New insights into navigation analysis and user behavior - a case study of the German Education Server. In: Pehar, F. et al (eds.): Re:inventing Information Science in the networked society. Glückstadt: Hülsbusch, S. 252-263.
Kaushik, A. (2007). Web analytics an hour a day. Indianapolis, Ind.: Wiley.
Palomino, F., Paz, F., Moquillaza, A. (2021). Web Analytics for User Experience: A Systematic Literature Review. In: Soares, M.M., Rosenzweig, E., Marcus, A. (eds) Design, User Experience, and Usability: UX Research and Design. HCII 2021. Lecture Notes in Computer Science(), vol 12779. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-78221-4_21
Pampel, H, & Dallmeier-Tiessen, S. (2014): Open Research Data: From Vision to Practice. In: Bartling, S & Friesike, S. (eds.): Opening Sience. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-319-00026-8
Perifanou, M. & Economides, A.A (2022). Analyzing repositories of OER using web analytics and accessibility tools. Univ Access Inf Soc  https://doi.org/10.1007/s10209-022-00907-6
Quintel, D., & Wilson, R. (2020). Analytics and Privacy. Using Matomo in EBSCO’s Discovery Service. Information Technology and Libraries, 39(3). https://doi.org/10.6017/ital.v39i3.12219
Redkina, N.S. (2018). Library Sites as Seen through the Lens of Web Analytics. Autom. Doc. Math. Linguist. 52, 91–96. https://doi.org/10.3103/S0005105518020073
Web Analytics Association (2008). Web Analytics Definitions. https://www.slideshare.net/leonaressi/waa-web-analytics-definitions (23/01/12)
Zheng, G. & Peltsverger, S. (2015). Web Analytics Overview. https://doi.org/10.4018/978-1-4666-5888


12. Open Research in Education
Paper

Current Status of Open Access Transformation in Educational Sciences - Core Journals in Germany, Austria, and Switzerland

Simon Rettelbach, Christoph Schindler

DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research an, Germany

Presenting Author: Rettelbach, Simon; Schindler, Christoph

Open Access (OA) publications are increasingly established in Educational Sciences. The Open Science Monitor of the European Union points to 23,7 % of Open Access journal publications in Educational Sciences (Open Science Monitor, 2009-2018). An online survey conducted in 2012 describes a fundamental change in publication behavior since some years (Bambey 2016: 275).

The publishing world has responded to the changing demands with new business models. In order to enable free access to the literature, publishing fees (APC) were introduced for the lost revenue from subscriptions (Rummler, Schindler 2018; Schimmer et al. 2015). In the so-called hybrid business models, the subscription model has been combined with APC, which has opened up additional sources of revenue for publishers.

The new model of publication-based funding runs the risk of missing one of the goals of OA, namely the radical reduction of costs in publishing, and of the large academic publishers continuing to make disproportionate profits (Asai 2020). Rather, there is a danger that the serial crisis of the 1990s will turn into a new APC crisis (Khoo 2019; Herb 2017).

In order to facilitate a transition from the subscription model to the APC model and the associated shift in budgets, transformation contracts (e.g. DEAL) have been concluded at national level, under which so-called publish and read fees are paid until the journals shift to a fully OA mode. These transformation contracts have led to a significant increase in the number of hybrid OA articles published. However, they carry the risk that they are associated with an increase in costs, especially for the HSS disciplines. Also, these contracts are only available to large publishers and exclude the breadth of smaller publishers (Schindler, Rummler 2018; Ferwerda et al. 2017).

A number of studies have been conducted that focus on OA status or the route to OA (e.g. Piwowar et al. 2018; Melero 2018; Wohlgemuth et al. 2017, Picarra et al. 2015). If the financial aspects are covered, mostly data driven approaches, based on available and processable data are used (Jahn et al. 2022, Stern 2017). The lack of a reference base of journals established in the research community, used as poulation, is evident. Approaches that do not follow a thematic or disciplinary approach have only limited explanatory power.

This paper examines the status of the OA transformation for core journals in the defined field of educational research in Germany, Switzerland and Austria. A differentiated presentation of the availability in Fully OA or Hybrid OA Journals as well as Green OA self-archived articles in OA Repositories is given.

In addition, the diversity of business models offered by the publishers is examined, assessing their efficiency in tearms of transformation as well as their impact on public funding.

In order to be able to make a reliable statement on the status of the OA transformation, this paper focuses on a concrete publication output of the educational research community. The bibliometric analysis carried out focuses on on a defined set of journals with high relevance for the discipline, published by publishing houses located in Germany, Switzerland and Austria.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper conducts a scientometric methodological approach based on the bibliometric data of the German Education Index (FIS Bildung). The registry of  journals of the Index (Zeitschriftenregister, n = 1.090) has been used as a bibliographic data basis for identifying a core collection of Educational Research journals (n = 43) and their related articles.

The  corpus of 43 Journals has been selected based on the following criteria: 1) It is published by a commercial publisher based in Germany, Austria, or Switzerland. 2) The quality assurance is ensured by a defined peer review. 3) Since the German Education Index also evaluates journals from related disciplines, a further selection was finally made on journals whose thematic orientation lies entirely in the field of educational research, including teaching methodology journals with peer-reviewed research articles. Thereby, the systematic thematic delimitation is used following the German definition of educational research, described as a transdisciplinary, empirical and/or theroretical scientific endeavor related to educational processes (Deutscher Bildungsrat 1974, 16).

The metadata of the corpus were then supplemented with detailed data on the OA conditions through research on the publishers' websites and in databases such as the German Union Catalogue of Serials (ZDB) and Sherpa-Romeo.
The following aspects were examined for the journal corpus:
-->Status of the journal as Fully OA, hybrid OA or Closed Access
-->Participation of the journal in a national hybrid transformation contract
-->Amount of APC for fully Gold OA and hybrid OA variants
-->Availability of publishing regulations for Green OA for the article versions
        submitted version and accepted version, stating the respective embargo
       deadlines
-->Contractually agreed OA archiving in the subject-specific OA repository
       peDOCS

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the core journals shows that the transformation towards OA is only partial. 26% of the journals do not offer any options for OA publication at all and just 37% allow for self-archiving of a postprint in a subject oriented or institutional repository (Green OA). 49% of the journals run a hybrid OA model, paying for reading and publishing in OA, 23% are financed by national transformation contracts (e.g. DEAL). Only 21% of the journals are fully OA and offer all articles immediately OA. Alternative transition models as Suscribe to Open where not applied by any publisher.  

These results show that there is still considerable potential for Green OA. Although the embargo and the postprint version do impose limitations on use, Green OA is suitable for improving access and findability. Additionally, Green OA exerts pressure on publishers' pricing policies through cost-effective alternatives.

The results show as well that just large international publishers Springer and Wiley and the medium-sized publisher Hogrefe profit from national transformation consortia. Publishers who are not included run the risk of being left behind at the development of services and technical infrastructure. In the long run, they are in danger of disappearing from the market.
Scientists and science policy strive for OA publishing. For Educational Sciences there is a risk of loosing its characteristic broad publishing landscape with small and medium-sized companies (bibliodiversity)(Ferwerda et.al. 2017). At the same time, a further concentration of publication output among the major publishers is expected, which can thus consolidate their oligopolistic position. However, there is the need for Educational Sciences to play an active role together with libraries and research infrastructure in finding viable models for financing their core journals and maintaining the publication landscape.                        

References
Asai, S. (2020). Market power of publishers in setting article processing charges for open access journals. Scientometrics, 123(2), 1037–1049. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11192-020-03402-y

Bambey, D.: Fachliche Publikationskulturen und Open Access. Fächerübergreifende Entwicklungstendenzen und Spezifika der Erziehungswissenschaft und Bildungsforschung. Darmstadt 2016. DOI: 10.25656/01:12331

Deutscher Bildungsrat (1974): Empfehlungen der Bildungskommission. Zur Neuordnung der Sekundarstufe II, 38. Sitzung der Bildungskommission, 13./14. Februar 1974 in Bonn.

Ferwerda, E., Pinter, F., & Stern, N. (2017). A Landscape Study on Open Access and Monographs: Policies, Funding and Publishing in Eight European Countries. Zenodo. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.815932  

German Education Index (FIS Bildung) Zeitschriftenregister https://www.fachportal-paedagogik.de/literatur/zeitschriftenregister.html

Herb, U. (2017). Open Access zwischen Revolution und Goldesel: Eine Bilanz fünfzehn Jahre nach der Erklärung der Budapest Open Access Initiative. Information - Wissenschaft & Praxis, 68(1), 1-10. https://doi.org/10.1515/iwp-2017-0004

Jahn, N., Held, M., Walter, H., Haupka, N. & Hillenkötter, K. (2022). HOAD: Data Analytics für mehr Transparenz bei Open-Access-Transformationsverträgen. ABI Technik, 42(1), 64-69. https://doi.org/10.1515/abitech-2022-0007
Rummler, Schindler 2018

Khoo, S. (2019): Article Processing Charge Hyperinflation and Price Insensitivity: An Open Access Sequel to the Serials Crisis. LIBER Quarterly 29(1). http://doi.org/10.18352/lq.10280

Marques, M.;, Woutersen-Windhouwer, S.; Tuuliniemi, A. (2019): Monitoring Agreements with Open Access Elements: Why Article-level Metadata Are Important. Insights 32 (1): 35. DOI: http://doi.org/10.1629/uksg.489

Melero, R; Melero-Fuentes, D.; Rodríguez-Gairín, J.-M. (2018): Monitoring compliance with governmental and institutional open access policies across Spanish universities. El profesional de la información, v. 27, n. 4, pp. 858-878. https://doi.org/10.3145/epi.2018.jul.15

Open Science Monitor: Trends for open access to publications.
 https://research-and-innovation.ec.europa.eu/strategy/strategy-2020-2024/our-digital-future/open-science/open-science-monitor/trends-open-access-publications_en

Picarra, M., Swan, A. and McCutcheon, V.  (2015) Monitoring Compliance with Open Access policies. PASTEUR40A. https://eprints.gla.ac.uk/113944/

Piwowar H, Priem J, Larivière V, Alperin JP, Matthias L, Norlander B, Farley A, West J, Haustein S. 2018. The state of OA: a large-scale analysis of the prevalence and impact of Open Access articles. PeerJ 6:e4375 https://doi.org/10.7717/peerj.4375  

Rummler, K. Schindler, C. (2018): Transforming the Publication Landscape in Educational Research through Open Access - Exploring the Situation in Educational Science. ECER 2018. https://eera-ecer.de/ecer-programmes/conference/23/contribution/45216/

Schimmer, R., Geschuhn, K. K., & Vogler, A. (2015). Disrupting the subscription journals’ business model for the necessary large-scale transformation to open access. doi:10.17617/1.3.

Stern, N. (2017): Knowledge Exchange consensus on monitoring Open Access publications and cost data: Report from workshop held in Copenhagen 29-30 November 2016. Zenodo. http://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.480852  

Wohlgemuth, M., Rimmert, C.; Taubert, N. (2017). Publikationen in Gold-Open-Access-Journalen auf globaler und europäischer Ebene sowie in Forschungsorganisationen. Bielefeld: Universität Bielefeld. http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0070-pub-29128079
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm13 SES 13 A: Panel Discussion of Soyoung Lee's Politics of Alterity: Education, Art, Politics (2022, Wiley)
Location: Gilbert Scott, 356 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Paul Standish
Panel Discussion
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Panel Discussion

Panel Discussion of Soyoung Lee's Politics of Alterity: Education, Art, Politics (2022, Wiley)

Paul Standish1, Soyoung Lee2, Vasco d'Agnese3, Yoonji Kang4, Lovisa Bergdahl5

1UCL IOE, United Kingdom; 2Pusan University, South Korea; 3Università della Campania Luigi Vanvitelli, Italy; 4Warwick University, UK; 5Södertörn University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Standish, Paul; Lee, Soyoung; d'Agnese, Vasco; Kang, Yoonji; Bergdahl, Lovisa

Soyoung Lee’s Poetics of Alterity: Education, Art, Politics (2022, Wiley) thematizes diversity and its value via questions of translation and ethical obligation to what is other to our settled ways of thinking and being. We provide an introduction to the book (1), followed by three commentaries (2-4).

  1. The book problematizes prevalent ways of thinking in education in neoliberal times, whose defining characteristic is control. In Heidegger, Derrida and Celan, the book finds a poetics of resistance, while at its heart is Levinas’s philosophy of alterity. It is in language, especially poetic language, that alterity is expressed. Hence, recovery of language from its susceptibility to control, and from closed economies of thought, offers the best prospect for education and diversity. Thus, the book embraces themes of translation, mourning and remembrance, and other aporetic experience fundamental to human beings. Struggle with such experience is to be affirmed as central to education. It enables recovery of responsibility in what we say and do: this is less to do with competence and achievement, and more with affirmation of our lives together. Art and the humanities crucially enliven experience of alterity, where meanings remain open to judgement without a rule. Thus, one is called upon to speak in one’s own words, in responsibility and in faith.
  2. I reflect, first, on the understanding of thinking and language as something ‘always already open to what is outside and yet to come’. As Poetics of Alterity points out, words may ‘cut and divide’ (Chapter 1: 18); however, as educators we should always ‘attend to the openness’ of language. Here also lies the ethical nature of thinking. Second, I consider the call toward dwelling upon what we learn (Chapter 2: 59), attending to the openness of signs and the ‘messiness’ of teaching (Chapter 3: 64). Here, I linger on ‘perplexity’ and its etymology. Per-plexus: per, meaning with, by means of, through, around; and plexus, meaning woven, or intricate, even obscure. Third, I turn to the idea of teaching as ethical ‘all the way down’ (Chapter 7).
  3. How does this book speak to practices of teacher education? My own experience was of being schooled in the subject knowledge of my specialism, with classroom management skills tacked on so that my students’ learning would be effective, smooth, and undisturbed. The relationality of teaching was effaced or understood to take care of itself, Poetics of Alterity offers a different, more accurate, perhaps more practical, picture: of teaching as exposure. To be a teacher is always already to be in relation to the other, a relation we cannot fully escape from but must live with. I want to bring these thoughts close to those of another philosopher of alterity, Stanley Cavell, especially regarding the problem of other minds as something not so much to be theorised as to be lived. Cavell’s different philosophical language may elaborate, and perhaps further, the practicality of Lee’s ethical picture of teaching.
  4. I reflect on two issues. First, Lee makes the distinction, in her reading of Cassin, between classical Latin and Greek and their influence on European thought. Drawing on Irigaray’s (1999) commentary on Heidegger, I reflect upon consequences of this difference for the discipline of pedagogy. Has it become homesick or are we, as researchers, simply being nostalgic? The second issue concerns poststructuralist philosophy today and particularly the notion of affirmation in Lee’s reading of Jacques Derrida. I reflect, with Lee and Rita Felski (2015), on critique in post-poststructuralism. Is it perhaps time to develop a more affirmative conception, beyond the masters of suspicion? What would an affirmative criticality imply for curriculum theory and teaching?

References
Bergdahl, L. (2009). Lost in Translation: On the Untranslatable and its Ethical Implications for Religious Pluralism. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 43(1), 31–44.
Cassin, B. (2016). Nostalgia: When Are We Ever at Home? (P.-A. Brault, Trans.). New York: Fordham University Press.
Cavarero, A. (2016) Inclinations: A Critique of Rectitude. (A. Sitze, & A. Minervini, Trans.). Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Cavell, S. (1999). The Claim of Reason: Wittgenstein, Skepticism, Morality, and Tragedy. New York: Oxford University Press.
Celan, P. (2002). The Selected Poems and Prose of Paul Celan (J. Felstiner, Trans.; Reprint edition). London: W. W. Norton & Company.
Celan, P. (2005). The Meridian. In T. Dutoit and O. Pasanen (Eds), Sovereignties in Question: The Poetics of Paul Celan: The Poetics of Pual Celan. New York: Fordham University Press.
d’Agnese, Vasco (2019) Dewey, Heidegger and the Future of Education: Beyondness and Becoming. London: Palgrave.
Derrida, J. (2005a) Sovereignties in Question: The Poetics of Paul Celan: The Poetics of Paul Celan. Edited by T. Dutoit and O. Pasanen, New York: Fordham University Press.
Derrida, J. (2005b). The Politics of Friendship. Verso Books.
Derrida, J. (2017). The Work of Mourning (P.-A. Brault & M. Naas, Eds.; Reprint edition). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Egéa-Kuehne, D. (ed.). (2011) Levinas and Education. London: Routledge.
Felski, Rita (2015). The limits of critique. Chicago: University of Chicago Press
Felstiner, J. (2001). Paul Celan: Poet, Survivor, Jew. New Heaven: Yale University Press.
Irigaray, Luce (1999). The forgetting of air in Martin Heidegger. London: Athlone.
Irigaray, L. (1993). The Fecundity of the Caress: A Reading of Levinas, Totality and Infinity, ‘Phenomenology of Eros’. In An Ethics of Sexual Difference. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.
Kore-eda, H. (dir.) (2008) Still Walking, CineQuanon.
Levinas, E. (1969). Totality and Infinity: An Essay on Exteriority. Pittsburgh, PA: Duquesne University Press.
Levinas, E. (1999) Otherwise Than Being, or, Beyond Essence (A. Lingis, Trans.). Pittsburgh, PA: Duquesne University Press.
Levinas, E. (2016). Difficult Freedom: Essays on Judaism (Reprint edition). Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.
Standish, P. (2008) Education for Grownups, A Religion for Adults: scepticism and alterity in Cavell and Levinas, Ethics and Education, 73-91.
Strhan, A. (2012) Levinas, Subjectivity, Education: Towards an Ethics of Radical Responsibility. Hoboken, N.J: Wiley-Blackwell.
Zhao, G. (ed.). (2016) Levinas and Philosophy of Education. Special Issue, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 48.4.

Chair
Paul Standish, UCL IOE.
p.standish@ucl.ac.uk
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm14 SES 13 A: Interrupted School-related Transitions
Location: McIntyre Building, 208 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Tereza Vengřinová
Paper Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Parents' Functional/Dysfunctional Attitudes: Relationhips with Conditioned Performance Related to Reward Expectation, Fear of Punishment, and Burnout Due to Family

Ayşe Aypay, Fatma Altınsoy

Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Aypay, Ayşe

The first aim of the present study is to develop measurement tools that can be used to determine the functional and dysfunctional attitudes of parents toward the academic life of their high school students. The second aim of this study is to examine the mediating roles of conditional performance related to reward expectation and fear of being punished in the relationship between functional/dysfunctional parental attitudes and burnout due to parents.

Parental attitudes are one of the most important factors that leave traces of different dimensions and depths in the lives of individuals. There are studies in the literature that draw attention to the functional/non-functional effects of parental attitudes on children's academic lives (Erdoğdu, 2007; Gündüz & Özyürek, 2018; Güleç, 2020; Özyürek & Özkan, 2015). Among the dysfunctional consequences of parental attitudes, school burnout syndrome has special importance that should be emphasized.

School burnout is a syndrome experienced by students as a result of difficult and prolonged excessive demands associated with school (Aypay, 2011; Bask & Salmela-Aro, 2012). Especially in recent years, it has been reported that high school students are faced with an increasing burnout syndrome (Walburg, 2014). One of the main factors leading to school burnout syndrome, which may threaten students' psychological health and academic development, is parents' attitudes towards the academic context (excessive pressure, dissatisfaction with the effort made, and not appreciating the work, etc.) (Aypay, 2011, 2012).

The school burnout literature indicates that students' levels of reward addiction and punishment sensitivity in the academic context are variables that predict burnout syndrome. As the levels of reward addiction and sensitivity to punishment increase, the levels of school burnout also increase (Aypay, 2015, 2017, 2016c, 2018a, and b). In an academic context, reward addiction is defined as the situation in which students' moods and behaviors begin to be controlled by rewards (Aypay, 2016b); Sensitivity to punishment in an academic context is defined as a state of hypersensitivity arising from fear and anxiety to punishment and punishment stimuli, and the negative reactivity caused by this (Aypay, 2015). Research findings have shown that parenting styles are associated with reward addiction and sensitivity to punishment in the academic context (Aypay, 2016a; 2019).

In the studies summarized, the relations of these variables with each other were studied in macro dimensions. This study has tried to determine how these variables are related to each other at micro levels. For this purpose, parental attitudes, one of the variables of this study, were examined by reducing them to the academic context. “Burnout due to family”, is one of the dimensions of school burnout; “Conditional performance related to reward expectation”, is the most typical dimension of reward addiction in an academic context; “Fear of Punishment”, is the most typical dimension of sensitivity to punishment in the academic context, constitutes the other variables of this research.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study was conducted in a relational screening model. The sample consisted of 462 students (261 girls and 201 boys) aged between 15 and 17, continuing their education in high school.
In this study, 5 scales were used as data collection tools: Parents' Functional Attitudes in Academic Context Scale for High School Students; Parents' Dysfunctional Attitudes in Academic Context Scale for High School Students; Secondary School Burnout Scale; Scale of Punishment Sensitivity in Academic Context for High School Students; Scale of Reward Addiction in Academic Context for High School Students.
Parents' Functional/Dysfunctional Attitude Scales were developed within the scope of this research. To create the item pools of the scales, 25 high school students for each scale were asked to share their parents' positive/functional or negative/dysfunctional attitudes in the context of their academic life in writing or by interview. Forms with 14 items for functional parents' attitudes and 12 for dysfunctional attitudes were created. In addition, two experts were consulted to evaluate the items in terms of their suitability for the purpose. Afterward, a pilot application was conducted in a group of 30 students to test the intelligibility of the scale items in both scale forms.
The construct validity of the scales of functional/dysfunctional parents' attitudes was tested with Explanatory and Confirmatory Factor Analysis. These analyzes were performed on two separate data sets. EFA for both scales was performed separately for both mother and father forms. In both scales, the same factor structures consisting of the same items were obtained in the EFAs performed for both the mother and father forms.
In addition, mediating role of fear of punishment and conditioned performance related to reward expectation in the relationship between burnout due to family and parents' functional and dysfunctional attitudes in the academic context were examined.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a result of the EFA for functional attitudes scales, one factor explaining 45% of the total variance for the mother form and 49% for the father form with an eigenvalue of 1 or higher was revealed. The mother and father forms of the parent functional attitude scales consist of the same ten items.
McDonald's ω reliability coefficients are .85 for the mother form and .88 for the father form.
Fit Parameters related to the CFA Model of parents’ functional attitudes scales are as follows for the mother and father forms, respectively:
[χ2=58.27, df=35, p<.01, χ2/df=1.66, RMSEA=0.067, CFI=0.95, NNFI=0.93, NFI=0.90, IFI=0.95, GFI=0.93, AGFI=0.89, SRMR=0.05]
[χ2=54.02, df=35, p<.01, χ2/df=1.54, RMSEA=0.060, CFI=0.97, NNFI=0.97, IFI=0.97, GFI=0.93, AGFI=0.89, NFI=0.92, SRMR=0.04] .  

As a result of the EFA for dysfunctional attitudes scales, two factors explaining 50% of the total variance for the mother form and 48% for the father form with an eigenvalue of 1 or higher were revealed. The mother and father forms of the parent functional attitude scales consist of the same nine items. The two factors are discouraging and demoralizing intervention; study pressure and high expectation. McDonald's ω reliability coefficients are .82-.77 for the mother form and .81-.80 for the father form.
Fit Parameters related to the CFA Model of parents’ dysfunctional attitudes scales are as follows for the mother and father forms, respectively:
[χ2=49.28, df=26, p<.01, χ2/df=1.089 RMSEA=0.078, CFI=0.94, NNFI=0.92, IFI=0.94, GFI=0.93, AGFI=0.89, SRMR=0.06]
[χ2=36.53, df=26, p<.01, χ2/df=1.405 RMSEA=0.052, CFI=0.98, NNFI=0.97, IFI=0.98, GFI=0.95, AGFI=0.91, SRMR=0.05]
Structural model results showed that conditional performance related to reward expectation and fear of punishment have a mediator role in the relationship between parents' dysfunctional attitude towards the academic context and burnout due to family. Parents' dysfunctional attitudes dimension of study pressure and high expectation and parents' functional attitude directly predict burnout due to family.

References
Aypay, A. (2011). İlköğretim II. kademe öğrencileri için okul tükenmişliği ölçeği: Geçerlik ve güvenirlik çalışması. Kuram ve Uygulamada Egitim Bilimleri, 11(2), 511-527.
Aypay, A. (2012). Ortaöğretim öğrencileri için okul tükenmişliği ölçeği (OOTO). Kuram ve Uygulamada Eğitim Bilimleri, 12(2), 782-787
Aypay, A. (2015). Ceza hassasiyeti okul tükenmişliğine götürürken, okul sevgisi ceza hassasiyetini artırır mı? 2. Uluslararası Avrasya Eğitim Araştırmaları Kongresi’nde sunulmuş bildiri, Hacettepe Üniversitesi, Ankara, Türkiye.
Aypay, A. (2016a). Akademik Bağlamda Ödül Bağımlılığının Ebeveynlik Tarzı ve Cinsiyet ile İlişkileri. VIII. International Congress of Educational Research. “Quality Assurance in Higher Education and Accreditation of Faculties of Education”. 5-8 May, Çanakkale Onsekiz Mart University, Çanakkale, Turkey.
Aypay, A. (2016b). Akademik bağlamda ceza hassasiyeti ve ödül bağımlılığının okul tükenmişliğini yordaması. XVIII Amce-Amce-Waer Kongresi’nde sunulmuş bildiri. 30 Mayıs - 2 Haziran 2016, Eskişehir Anadolu Üniversitesi, Eskişehir, Türkiye.
Aypay, A. (2017). Lisede okul tükenmişliğinin akademik bağlamda ödül bağımlılığı ile yordanması. Sakarya University Journal of Education, 7(1), 8-19.
Aypay, A. (2018a). Ortaokulda ödül bağımlılığı-ceza hassasiyeti ve ödül bağımlılığı-okul tükenmişliği arasındaki yordayıcı ilişkiler. Eğitim ve Bilim, 43(194).
Aypay, A. (2018b). The Relationship between Punishment Sensitivity to Affection to School and School Burnout. Kuram ve Uygulamada Eğitim Yönetimi, 24(2), 221-246 doi: 10.14527/kuey.2018.006
Aypay, A. (2018c). Is Reward A Punishment? from Reward Addiction to Sensitivity to Punishment. International Journal of Psychology and Educational Studies, 5(2), 1-11.
Aypay, A. (2019). Akademik Bağlamda Ceza Hassasiyetinin Ebeveynlik Tarzı ve Cinsiyet ile İlişkileri. Mehmet Akif Ersoy Üniversitesi Eğitim Fakültesi Dergisi, 1(41), 20-37.
Bask, M., & Salmela-Aro, K. (2012). Burned out to drop out: Exploring the relationship between school burnout and school dropout. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 28(2), 511-528. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10212-012-0126-5
Erdoğdu, M. Y. (2007). Ana-Baba Tutumları ve Öğretmen Davranışları İle Öğrencilerin Akademik Başarıları Arasındaki İlişkiler. Sakarya Üniversitesi Eğitim Fakültesi Dergisi, (14), 33-46.
Gündüz, Z. B., & Özyürek, A. (2018). Lise Öğrencilerinin Okul Tükenmişlik Düzeyleri ve Anne-Baba    Tutum Algıları Arasındaki İlişki. Ilkogretim Online, 17(1), 384-395
Güleç, S. (2020). Lise öğrencilerinde anne baba tutumları ve başarı yönelimleri arasındaki ilişkide yetkinlik beklentilerinin aracı rolü. Humanistic Perspective, 2(2), 175-190.
Özyürek, A. & Özkan, İ. (2015). Ergenlerin Okula Yönelik Öfke Düzeyleri ile Anne Baba Tutumları Arasındaki İlişkinin İncelenmesi. Abant İzzet Baysal Üniversitesi Eğitim Fakültesi Dergisi, 15(2), 280-296.
Walburg, V. (2014). Burnout among high school students: A literature review. Children and Youth Services Review, 42, 28-33.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

The Individual and Social Aspects of Self-Regulated Learning During Repeatedly Failingi in Secondary School Exit Exam

Tereza Vengřinová, Martin Majcík

Masaryk University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Vengřinová, Tereza

Czech secondary school students are preparing for the final/exit exam, which in our case, is the Matura exam, during their study. Matura is considered important in the life span because it allows students to study at university or gives opportunity to find an appropriate job in the labour market. If an examinee does not pass the Matura exit exam, he/she officially completed only the primary level of education, regardless of the completed four years of study at secondary school. The purpose of this exit exam is evaluation of student's knowledge of the learned curriculum. The exit exam has two parts. The state guarantees the first common part, consisting of two exams: (1) Czech language and (2) second language or mathematics. The second part depends on the characteristics of the school and its programs. Thus, the Matura exam places demand on students and their learning because the exam is complex and comprehensive, and it has an essential meaning in the social context.

Secondary school education is often described as directed and influenced by teachers who test students. The tests are usually partial from the thematic unit (Seli et al., 2020). Students have many grades, showing how (un)prepared they were for the test. If they fail, they can better prepare for the new test, and their final grade can be fixed. This system does not work for the Matura exit exam. The grade from this exam is based on their one-try performance, and they cannot influence the grade in another way. This complex exam requires long-term, systematic, and independent preparation. In order to pass this exam, students must be aware of their goals and motivation, which is a process deeply connected with learning (Pintrich & Schunk, 2002; Schunk & Greene, 2018). Thus, two dimensions of the individual preparation process are distinguished. The first dimension focuses on motivation and motivational strategies (Ilishkina et al., 2022), and the second relates to self-regulated learning (Panadero & Alonso-Tapia, 2014; Zimmerman, 1990). Students have to self-regulate themselves to achieve the goal-passing the Matura exam. They can repeat the trial during the next school year if they do not pass it, but they officially lose institutional support.

Data from CERMAT show that in 2022, approximately 14% of students failed the exit exam. Consequently, there is a tendency to persist in failure despite repeated remedial attempts. For remedial attempts in 2022, the failure rate was 72%. Given the importance of students' preparation, this raises the question: how does the approach to preparation for the Matura exit exam change in the context of individual remedial attempts?

In this paper's framework, we use the forethought phase (where task analysis also plays one of the key roles), the performance phase and the self-reflection phase, as described by Zimmerman and Moylan (2009). These three phases can be observed in repeatedly failed examinees at each attempt when they try to pass the Matura exam. Attention is paid to the reflective phase towards failure, influencing the following preparation (Panadero, 2017). Therefore, this paper aims to describe the changes in individual and social aspects of self-regulated learning that occur while achieving the Matura exam.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This proposal is part of a broader research project called "Life pathways of unsuccessful graduates" (CZ.02.3.68/0.0/0.0/19_076/0016377), supported by the Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports of the Czech Republic. For this particular proposal, we work with transcripts of 44 interviews, giving us 27 interviewees. These were examinees who had at least twice failed the Matura exam and whose first attempt was in 2019 or 2020. Our analyse is based on deductive coding, in which we used the description of the three phases SRL process of Panadero and Alonso-Tapia (2014). They expanded Zimmerman and Moylan's (2009) original SRL model. The first step in the analysis was to carefully specify all three phases of the Czech environment and the purpose of the Matura exam. As a result of deductive coding, we could identify all three (forethought, performance and self-reflection) phases. The second step constituted inductive coding in a Schiffrin et al. (2008) way of discourse analysis. This step of analysis helped us to obtain a deeper understanding of the whole process influenced by each attempt and external factors which these attempts influenced (e.g. significant other, consequences of repeated unsuccess).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research results suggest that regulating one's own learning and setting a strategy seems crucial for passing the final exam. A lack of intrinsic motivation is evident in the initial preparation, which leads to neglecting the learning goals at the expense of other activities. This results in an underestimation of the situation and failing the exit exam. However, in the reflective phase, the cause of failure is defined as unstable and external (Anderson, 2005), which leads to the absence of changing examinees' study approach. The second failure represents a shock caused by leaving the school environment and coping with the new demands of the labour market and a new job. The student also occurs under social and societal pressure. Society assumes that an examinee is supposed to pass the Matura exam when he/she successfully studied for four years at secondary school. Thus, there is a reassessment of the examinee's approach. Thus, the social context leads the student to internalise external motives (Ryan & Deci, 2017), which promotes a transformation in learning strategy, motivation and higher effort. However, new roles associated with work and emerging adulthood influence preparation for subsequent attempts. The data suggest that failure and a sense of failure lead to individual transformations on the part of the student that is accelerated by the social context. This supports the reflection of the examinee on his/her preparation strategy and allows them to focus on its transformation.
References
Anderson, A., Hattie, J., & Hamilton, R. J. (2005). Locus of Control, Self‐Efficacy, and Motivation in Different Schools: Is moderation the key to success? Educational Psychology, 25(5), 517–535. https://doi.org/10.1080/01443410500046754
Ilishkina, D. I., de Bruin, A., Podolskiy, A. I., Volk, M. I., & van Merriënboer, J. J. G. (2022). Understanding self-regulated learning through the lens of motivation: Motivational regulation strategies vary with students’ motives. International Journal of Educational Research, 113, 101956. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2022.101956
Panadero, E. (2017). A Review of Self-regulated Learning: Six Models and Four Directions for Research. Frontiers in Psychology, 8, 422. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00422
Panadero, E., & Alonso-Tapia, J. (2014). How do students self-regulate? Review of Zimmerman’s cyclical model of self-regulated learning. Anales de Psicología, 30(2), 450–462. Schiffrin, D., Tannen, D., & Hamilton, H. E. (Eds.). (2008). The Handbook of discourse analysis. John Wiley & Sons. Zimmerman, B. J., & Moylan, A. R. (2009). Self-regulation: Where metacognition and motivation intersect. In D. J. Hacker, J. Dunlosky & A. C. Graesser (Eds.), Handbook of Metacognition in Education (pp. 299–315). Routledge.
Pintrich, P. R., & Schunk, D. H. (2002). Motivation in education: Theory, research, and applications. Prentice Hall.
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2017). Self-determination theory: Basic psychological needs in motivation, development, and wellness. Guilford Press.
Seli, H., Dembo, M. H., & Dembo, M. H. (2020). Motivation and learning strategies for college success: A focus on self-regulated learning (Sixth Edition). Routledge.
Schunk, D. H., & Greene, J. A. (Ed.). (2018). Handbook of Self-Regulation of Learning and Performance (Second edition). Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group.
Zimmerman, B. J. (1990). Self-Regulated Learning and Academic Achievement: An Overview. Educational Psychologist, 25(1), 3–17. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15326985ep2501_2
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm14 SES 13 B: Discussion around Rural Education Research
Location: McIntyre Building, 201 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Laurence Lasselle
Research Workshop
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Research Workshop

Discussion around Rural Education Research

Laurence Lasselle1, Robyn Henderson2

1University of St Andrews, United Kingdom; 2UniSQ, Australia

Presenting Author: Lasselle, Laurence; Henderson, Robyn

This session gives the opportunity to all to discuss rural education research in a friendly and supportive environment. As an introduction to the discussion, two members of the editorial team of the Australian and International Journal of Rural Education will present the recent analysis of all articles (more than 500!) published by the journal in its 32 years.

From there, we will consider

(1) a contemporary understanding of the policy and social issues that are shaping rural education now; and

(2) future directions for rural education research.

We will aim to identify gaps in evidence and theory, which need filling, with a forward looking consideration of policy influences, potential pitfalls, and opportunities to strengthen rural education. In the latter part of the workshop, we will think about activities going forward for all interested in the rural context in education research and ways EERA Network 14 could support these activities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
n.a.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
n.a.
References
n.a.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm15 SES 13 A
Location: Hetherington, 131 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Claudia-Melania Chituc
Paper Session
 
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

Let our Dreams Come True – Acting on Challenges in Educational Systems through Collaboration and Co-creation

Fríða Bjarney Jónsdóttir1, Helgi Grímsson1, Penelope Stiles2, Jean Claude Couture2, Pasi Sahlberg3, Jón Torfi Jónasson4

1Department of Education and Youth, Iceland; 2University of Alberta; 3University of Melbourne; 4University of Iceland

Presenting Author: Jónsdóttir, Fríða Bjarney; Grímsson, Helgi

The Educational Policy “Let Our Dreams Come True” was launched November 20th 2018 (City of Reykjavík, Department of Education and Youth, 2019). The implementation started 2019 supported by action plans launched every three years (Department of Education and Youth, 2019a, 2022). The Policy emphasizes that education of children and adolescents is a societal project taking place formally and informally in collaboration with parents and the community. The policy centres around the child and is rooted in the principles of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child and other international and national key documents. Its mission is to encourage democratic participation of children and youth while supporting professional development. The Department of Education and Youth in Reykjavík (DEY) is responsible for the education of 22.000 children 0-16 years of age. Nearly six thousand teachers, leaders, principals, and staff work in the city’s educational sector in preschools, compulsory schools, leisure centres, school music bands and among professionals providing support and guidance.

A steering committee involving politicians, representatives for the Department of Education along with Icelandic and international advisory experts led by Dr. Pasi Sahlberg (Sahlberg, 2021) were champions for the work of developing the policy. Nearly 10,000 citizens, children and adults participated in responding to the question “what skills do we want our education system to have provided our children by 2030?” (Centre for Public Impact, 2019). Five foundational competency domains were identified. Those are: social skills, self-empowerment, literacy, creativity, and health.

The Centre for Innovation in Education, based within the DEY, was established, and is leading a comprehensive implementation of the policy (Department of Education and Youth, 2019b, 2020, 2021). Other initiatives involve development and innovation fund where all schools and leisure centres get yearly funding to implement projects based on the policy (Jónsdóttir & Ágústsson, 2021). Collaboration with the School of Education at the University of Iceland was enhanced around professional development, learning communities were created where leaders and teachers share their experience and knowledge, and professional support is provided to teachers and staff. One of the objectives of the policy is to provide children with dynamic educational experiences allowing them to fulfil their dreams and have a positive impact on society and the environment. To achieve this goal, the policy's implementation emphasizes the integration of new technology and diverse learning methods. Centre for Creativity and Educational Technology at the DEY, is responsible for implementing new and creative technology in formal and informal education (Jónsdóttir et al., 2021).

In January 2022 the parliament of Iceland approved a new act on Integrating Services in the Interest of Children’s Prosperity (Government of Iceland, Ministry of Social Affairs, n.d.). For the first time in Iceland, services in the interest of children’s prosperity are divided into three stages, primary, secondary, and tertiary level. The educational sector is defined as a part of the primary level providing formal and informal education and early intervention based on the educational policy. The primary level receives support from the secondary and tertiary level for individual children and their family’s involving assessment of children’s needs and systematic follow up based on a support plan that sometimes requires specialized assistance from the tertiary level. All four neighbourhoods in the city have launched the new act on prosperity by developing a comprehensive and systematic collaboration between the three stages through the project; Better City for Children: School Support Services (Better City for Children). To weave all these three interventions together the DEY is hosting Social Innovation Labs with representatives from schools and leisure where participants design projects aiming at improving education and prosperity for all children in Reykjavík.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to evaluate the impact and reflect on the implementation of the Reykjavík Education Policy, a mixed-methods approach is used (Mælikvarðar menntastefnu Reykjavíkur). A survey was conducted with leaders in schools and leisure centres to assess their perception of the policy's impact on children's education. Different metrics are being developed and implemented to examine the academic and social impact of formal and informal education in the city. It is assumed that the emphasis on which metrics are the most important at each point in time will change somewhat until the year 2030. The guiding light of the education policy gives an insight into what needs to be emphasized to reap progress in the five fundamental elements and the future vision of making children's dreams come true. It is therefore important to look both at the scale of what is contributed and likely to yield benefits as well as the benefits we see in the academic success and wellbeing or overall prosperity. Every year the DEY publishes an implementation report that presents multiple stories of all the different projects, initiatives and practices documented in the collaborative process of transforming formal and informal education for children in the city (Department of Education and Youth, 2019b, 2020, 2021).  A webpage was launched in 2019 that hosts all information about the implementation, offers a toolbox that is a collective creation of teachers and staff in schools and leisure, presents offers for professional development and highlights all the developmental and innovation projects in schools and leisure, up to 200 per year (Menntastefna Reykjavíkurborgar). A series of Social Innovation Labs based on our collaboration with Penelope Stiles and her team from Edmonton Public School District in Alberta (Department of Education and Youth, 2019c) are being used to create critical reflection among stakeholders regarding the educational interventions discussed in the abstract above. The labs are carefully documented, and the resources designed by the participants used as concrete examples of the way schools and leisure centres visualize and cocreate their role in weaving together goals and missions of the Educational policy, the act on Prosperity and the Better City for Children.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The Reykjavík Education Policy has been a successful implementation in the city and has had a positive impact on the education of children and adolescents as well as the professionalism of leaders, teachers and staff in schools and leisure. In Iceland like everywhere in the world, Covid19 had negative effect on school personnel and the wellbeing of the children in the city (Gestsdóttir et al., 2020). During the pandemic the main goal was to guarantee as much as possible the uninterrupted education of children in Iceland. In Reykjavík schools stayed open and teachers and staff reached out and provided children with education, wellbeing, and care during the whole time (Jónsdóttir, 2020; Sigurðardóttir & Mörk, 2020). Nevertheless, it is clear that children and teens in Reykjavík have been struggling during the pandemic due to restrictions and measures being taken to protect citizens from harm. More children are waiting for services than before and emotional problems such as anxiety, loneliness and depression among children are a threat (Mælikvarðar menntastefnu Reykjavíkur). The war in Ukraine, riots and difficulties in many other countries are influencing the number of refugees seeking asylum in Iceland and for the past year Reykjavík’s schools are welcoming more refugee children than ever before.  By implementing comprehensive educational policy and projects aiming at the overall prosperity, inclusion and equity for all children the educational sector in Reykjavík is being responsible for meeting the challenges of a world characterised by rapid societal and technological changes that transform children’s educational upbringing as well as traditional ideas of learning.
References
Better City for Children. https://reykjavik.is/en/a-better-city-for-children
Centre for Public Impact. (2019). Crowdsourcing Better Education Policy in Reykjavik. https://www.centreforpublicimpact.org/case-study/crowdsourcing-better-education-policy-reykjavik
City of Reykjavík, Department of Education and Youth. (2019). Reykjavik Education Policy 2030. https://menntastefna.is/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/menntastefna_rvk_ens_web.pdf
Department of Education and Youth. (2019a). Menntastefna Reykjavíkur – Almennar aðgerðir 2019-2021. https://menntastefna.is/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/Almennar-adgerdir-2019-2021.pdf
Department of Education and Youth. (2019b). Menntastefna Reykjavíkur til 2030 – Staða innleiðingar. https://menntastefna.is/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/Menntastefna-Reykjavikur_stoduskyrsla-innleidingar-jun-des2019.pdf
Department of Education and Youth. (2019c). Letting Our Dreams Come True. (Re)Imagining Together - A Social Innovation Action Lab. https://menntastefna.is/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/Reykjavik-Action-Lab-Report_Final.pdf
Department of Education and Youth. (2020). Menntastefna Reykjavíkur til 2030 – Staða innleiðingar. https://menntastefna.is/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/Loka-Menntastefna-Reykjavikur_stoduskyrsla-05.02.21.pdf
Department of Education and Youth. (2021). Menntastefna Reykjavíkur til 2030 – Helstu vörður innleiðingar 2021. https://menntastefna.is/wp-content/uploads/2022/05/Skyrsla-um-stodu-innleidingar-fyrir-arid-2021.pdf
Department of Education and Youth. (2022). Innleiðing Menntastefnu Reykjavíkur “Látum draumana rætast”. Almennar aðgerðir 2022-2024. https://menntastefna.is/wp-content/uploads/2022/01/Almennar-adgerdir-menntastefnu-Reykjavikur-2022-2024.pdf
Menntastefna Reykjavíkurborgar. https://menntastefna.is/
Mælikvarðar Menntastefnu Reykjavíkur. https://menntastefna.is/gaedastarf/maelikvardar/
Gestsdóttir, S. M. et al. 2020. Fjarkennsla í faraldri: Nám og kennsla í framhaldsskólum á tímum samkomubanns vegna COVID-19 19 Upper secondary education in Iceland during the COVID-19 pandemic. Netla – Veftímarit um uppeldi og menntun. Sérrit um COVID-19 og menntakerfið. https://doi.org/10.24270/serritnetla.2020.25
Government of Iceland, Ministry of Social Affairs. (n.d.). Integration of Services in the Interest of Children’s Prosperity. https://www.bvs.is/media/almenningur/samthaetting_tjonustu_handout_ens_v4.pdf
Jónsdóttir, F.B., Ágústsson, H. (2021). Þróun og nýsköpun í skóla- og frístundastarfi Reykjavíkurborgar. Skólaþræðir. https://skolathraedir.is/tag/frida-bjarney-jonsdottir/
Jónsdóttir, Svanborg, R., Kjartansdóttir, S.H., Jónsdóttir, S., Pétursdóttir, S, Hjartarson, T. (2021). Sköpunar- og tæknismiðjur í þremur grunnskólum: Framkvæmd og kennslufræði fyrstu skrefin. Netla – Veftímarit um uppeldi og menntun. https://netla.hi.is/greinar/2021/rynd/09.pdf
Jónsdóttir, K. (2020). Tengslin við heimilin trosnuðu merkilega lítið í fyrstu bylgju COVID-19: Sjónarhorn stjórnenda og grunnskólakennara. Netla – Veftímarit um uppeldi og menntun. Sérrit um COVID-19 og menntakerfið. https://ojs.hi.is/netla/article/view/3323
Sahlberg, P (2021). Let our dreams come true – A tribute to Iceland. https://pasisahlberg.com/let-our-dreams-come-true-a-tribute-to-iceland/
Sigurðardóttir, I.Ó., Mörk, S.B. (2020). Kófið og leikskólinn: „Þetta var mögnuð „tilraun“ til að sjá gæðastarf verða til við skrítnar aðstæður“. Netla – Veftímarit um uppeldi og menntun. Sérrit um COVID-19 og menntakerfið. https://ojs.hi.is/netla/article/view/3321


15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

A Framework for ensuring Sustainability in Digital Education Ecosystems for University-Industry Partnerships

Claudia-Melania Chituc

DIPF - Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education

Presenting Author: Chituc, Claudia-Melania

Society 5.0 [1] and Industry 4.0 [2] compel the digital transformation of all the domains, and demand highly qualified workforce [3]. Although the concept of Industry 4.0 emerged in Germany [2], it is now of high relevance in Europe and also internationally (e.g., [3], [5], [13]). University-industry partnerships were built to prepare the future workforce in a highly digitalized industry and human-centric society, and to support technology transfer [4]. In this context, concepts such as Education 4.0 [5] and Digital Education Ecosystems (DEEs) emerged; the DEEs signify here inter-connected heterogeneous and disperse e-learning Information and Communication Technology (ICT) infrastructures and information systems used in education activities in in-person, blended, or fully on-line settings, and in university-industry partnerships, which are enabled by the Internet of Things (IoT) and cyber-physical systems.

With the increasing use of the ICT infrastructures in education activities and university-industry partnerships, with the growing amount of data created and stored in databases on premise or on public clouds, and analytics executed to improve educational activities, ensuring sustainability (with respect to environment, economic, social, educational areas) is crucial. Sustainability in education and university-industry partnerships is a new area; few studies exist that identify and assess the scope, development and evolution of the goals of sustainability in education [6]. Although digital education is considered as an adequate approach for sustainable education [7], there is no framework to guide the relevant stakeholders in attaining the goals to ensure sustainability in educational activities executed in university-industry partnerships, and in the design and deployment of the DEEs and ICT infrastructures that support university-industry partnerships and education activities towards preparing the highly qualified workforce required by Industry 4.0 and Society 5.0. This work addresses this gap.

The aim of this work is to present a framework that assists relevant stakeholders (e.g., educators, industry representatives, policy makers, students, academic institutions) in identifying, analyzing, and addressing the challenges towards ensuring sustainability in the ICT infrastructures and DEEs supporting educational activities and university-industry partnerships towards supplying the highly qualified workforce demanded by Industry 4.0 and Society 5.0. Next to challenges for education sustainability, technology-related challenges for environment sustainability (e.g., green computing, sustainable software) relevant for realizing the goals of the university-industry partnerships and required ICT infrastructures and DEEs are also addressed by this framework. This work enhances the existing body of literature and knowledge regarding the areas of environment and education sustainability, and proposes concrete steps to be taken for realizing sustainable university-industry partnerships.

The proposed framework was constructed based on the findings of a literature review conducted following the guidelines of the PRISMA method [8] and builds on the results of previous research and development work conducted, such as: [9] which identified and analyzed challenges of Education 4.0 and DEEs: ICT infrastructure, interoperability, development of artificial intelligence algorithms to aid education, implementation, security, data protection and privacy, [10] that analyzed areas of relevance for Education 4.0, namely: knowledge, skills and qualifications in Education 4.0; teaching; learning; implementation; e-assessment; and quality assurance, [11] which presented the work towards the design and deployment of an item bank and its role within a service-oriented system architecture that enables the execution of e-assessment activities (e.g., from item design and e-test creation, to the analysis of logs generated by exam-takers), and [12] which analyzed standardization approaches for e-learning and interoperability challenges for e-learning ICT infrastructures in the context of the classroom of the future.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Aiming to identify and analyze prominent challenges towards ensuring sustainability of the ICT infrastructures and DEEs supporting educational activities and university-industry partnerships towards supplying the highly qualified workforce demanded by Industry 4.0 and Society 5.0, a literature review was conducted following the PRISMA guidelines [8]. The digital libraries of the ACM and Science Direct were searched to identify relevant works, as they represent the most relevant databases in the areas of education and technology in the context of Industry 4.0. Because the concept of Industry 4.0 was firstly introduced in 2015-2016, the searches performed concern the time interval from 2016 to 2022. The following keywords were used to execute the searches: “sustainability”, “university-industry partnership”, “Industry 4.0”, “Education 4.0”, “digital education” “digital education ecosystem”, “ICT infrastructure”, “information and communication technology infrastructure”. Queries executed contain the Boolean operators AND, OR, NOT, e.g., ((“sustainability” AND “university-industry partnership” AND (“ICT infrastructure” OR “information and communication technology infrastructure”)); (“sustainability” and “Education 4.0”); (“sustainability” AND (“digital education” OR “digital education ecosystem”)). Searches on Google Scholar were also executed to identify systematic literature reviews in these areas. To retain only the relevant literature, inclusion and exclusion criteria were defined. For example, by reading the title and abstract, the clearly out of scope articles were excluded. The articles not available in English, or the ones for which full access was not granted were eliminated. The articles that only refereed broadly to the concept of sustainability, without tackling the topics of university-industry partnerships, Industry 4.0, Education 4.0, digital education ecosystems were also excluded.
  Next to the literature review conducted, the result of previous research and development work executed were also used in constructing the proposed framework, e.g., [9] where challenges of Education 4.0 and DEEs are identified and analyzed: ICT infrastructure, interoperability, development of artificial intelligence algorithms to aid education, implementation, security, data protection and privacy, [10 ] that analyzed areas of relevance for Education 4.0, [11] which presents the work towards the design and deployment of an item bank and its role within a service-oriented system architecture that enables the execution of e-assessment activities, and [12] which focuses on standards and interoperability challenges for e-learning infrastructures for the classroom of the future.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Being aware of the need for highly qualified workforce in the context of Industry 4.0, numerous works focus on the skills and knowledge the young graduates and employees need to have; for example, according to [13] “must have” technical skills include IT and statistical knowledge, data and information processing and analytics, organizational and processual understanding, ease to interact with novel interfaces, and “must have” personal skills comprise self- and time management, adaptability, teamwork, social and communication abilities. University-industry partnerships were created to address the need for highly qualified workforce of Industry 4.0, and concepts such as Education 4.0 [5] and DEEs emerged. Addressing sustainability in this context is crucial. However, sustainability in education and university-industry partnerships is a new area and research and development work is scarce [6]. By performing a literature review following the PRISMA guidelines [8] and based on previous research work, a framework is proposed, which is aimed to  assist relevant stakeholders (e.g., educators, industry representatives, policy makers, students, academic institutions) in identifying, analyzing, and addressing the challenges towards ensuring sustainability in the ICT infrastructures and DEEs supporting educational activities and university-industry partnerships towards supplying the highly qualified workforce demanded by Industry 4.0. Next to challenges for education sustainability, technology-related challenges for environment sustainability (e.g., green computing, sustainable software) relevant for realizing the goals of the university-industry partnerships and required ICT infrastructures and DEEs are also tackled.
References
[1] A. Deguchi et al. (2020) What is society 5.0?. In: Society 5.0 A people-centric super-smart society. Hitachi-UTokyo Laboratory, Springer Open, Chapter 1, pp. 1—24.
[2]DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e.V. (2016) DIN SPEC 91345:2016-04: Referenzarchitekturmodell Industrie 4.0 (RAMI4.0).
[3]L. Li. (2022). Reskilling and Upskilling the Future-ready Workforce for Industry 4.0 and Beyond. Information Systems Frontiers, 13 July 2022, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10796-022-10308-y
[4]R. Alkhazaleh, K. Mykoniatis, A. Alahmer. (2022) The Success of Technology Transfer in the Industry 4.0 Era: A Systematic Literature Review. Journal of Open Innovation: Technology, Market and Complexity: 8, 202. https://doi.org/10.3390/joitmc8040202
[5]da Motta Reis et al. (2020) Education 4.0: Gaps research between school formation and technological development. In: Latifi S. (eds.) International Conference on Information Technology – New Generation ITNG 2020. Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing vol. 1134, Springer, Cham, pp. 415-420. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-43020-7_55
[6] P. Colás-Bravo et al. (2021) Sustainability and Digital Teaching Competence in Higher Education. Sustainability 2021, 13(22), 12354; https://doi.org/10.3390/su132212354
[7] M.J. Sousa et al. (2022) Digital learning is an educational format towards sustainable education. Sustainability. Sustainability 2022, 14, 1140. https://doi.org/10.3390/su14031140
[8] D. Moher et al. (2009) Preferred reporting items for systematic review and meta-analyses: The PRISMA statement. PLOS Medicine 6(7), e1000097, doi: https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.b2535
[9] C. -M. Chituc (2022) An Analysis of Technical Challenges for Education 4.0 and Digital Education Ecosystems, IEEE German Education Conference (GeCon), Berlin, Germany, pp. 1-5, doi: 10.1109/GeCon55699.2022.9942758.
[10] C.-M. Chituc (2021) A Framework for Education 4.0 in Digital Education Ecosystems. In: Camarinha-Matos, L.M., Boucher, X., Afsarmanesh, H. (eds) Smart and Sustainable Collaborative Networks 4.0. PRO-VE 2021. IFIP Advances in Information and Communication Technology, vol 629. Springer, Cham, pp. 702-709. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-85969-5_66
[11] C.-M. Chituc, M. Herrmann, D. Schiffner, M. Rittberger (2019) Towards the Design and Deployment of an Item Bank: An Analysis of the Requirements Elicited. In: Herzog, M. et al. (eds) Advances in Web-Based Learning – ICWL 2019. ICWL 2019. Lecture Notes in Computer Science, vol 11841. Springer, Cham, pp. 155-162. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-35758-0_15
[12] C. -M. Chituc, M. Rittberger (2019) Understanding the Importance of Interoperability Standards in the Classroom of the Future, IECON 2019 - 45th Annual Conference of the IEEE Industrial Electronics Society, Lisbon, Portugal, pp. 6801-6806, doi: 10.1109/IECON.2019.8927631.
[13] L. Gehrke, Kühn A., Rule D., Moore P., Bellmann C. et al. (2015) A Discussion of Qualifications and Skills in the Factory of the Future: A German and American Perspective, VDI The Association of German Engineers, Düsseldorf, Germany.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm16 SES 13 A: Fostering School Development and Quality of Teaching
Location: Gilmorehill Halls (G12), 217A [Lower Ground]
Session Chair: Julia Gerick
Paper Session
 
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

"How Can School Actually Change - with the new Possibilities?" A Mixed-Methods Study on School Development through Digital Learning Management Systems

Julia Frohn, Marcela Pozas

Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany

Presenting Author: Frohn, Julia; Pozas, Marcela

As necessary basic infrastructure of a school (cf. Breiter 2021, 568), digital learning management systems (LMS) have been used in universities and schools since around the turn of the millennium. However, their usage in schools has rapidly increased in the course of the Covid-19-pandemic (Helm & Postlbauer 2021), opening the desideratum, which role these platforms can play in (inclusive) school development processes and which potential disadvantages may arise from them.

LMS can be defined as the totality of available platforms, services, software solutions, learning tools and educational media that significantly support content-related and organizational work as well as collaboration in educational settings for teachers, students and, if applicable, other stakeholders (cf. Breiter et al. 2021, 5). While recent studies have focused, for example, on diversity-oriented functions of LMS to support self-regulated learning (Reynolds 2016), to provide individualized (Hase et al. 2022) or differentiated (Frohn & Pozas 2021a) instruction, to enable teacher cooperation (Frohn & Bengel 2022) or to improve parents’ participation in school processes (Bradley 2022), little is known about the potential role of LMS in processes of (inclusive) school development.

This study therefore aims at identifying means and functions of LMS for possible fields of school and lesson development. Based on the assumption that school development should always aim at the value of diversity in schools and lessons, we follow a mixed-method approach (see below) to shed light on the following research questions:

  • Which areas of inclusive school development can be supported using LMS?
  • Which areas of teaching and learning in heterogeneous groups can be supported using LMS?
  • Which students’ competencies can be fostered using LMS?
  • How can LMS support differentiated instruction?
  • What are the obstacles in using LMS for school development?
  • What dangers do teachers perceive in the use of LMS?

In order to explore the research questions, our study consists of two sequential stages: First, we conducted interviews in three cycles (2020, 2021, 2022) among Berlin teachers at schools with a high percentage of students from low-income households (Frohn 2021; Frohn & Pozas 2021b; Frohn & Bengel 2022). While the data showed that the role of LMS at Berlin secondary schools changed quite rapidly, these changes took different turns: According to the interviewees, LMS were hardly used during the first school closures in Germany. The data from the second survey phase suggest a clear development in the use of LMS, both in quantity and quality, which was discussed in almost all interviews. However, the third round showed different developments: While some schools made the use of LMS mandatory and thereby started to implement school development through the use of LMS, other schools almost stopped using LMS completely as soon as regular classes were held again. These findings led to the question if these first findings applied to other schools in Germany, and how the data could be used for diversity-sensitive developmental processes in potential hybrid school settings.

Therefore and secondly, based on the qualitatively generated categories, we developed an instrument in order to validate our findings from the interview study and to learn more about teachers’ use of LMS in the whole of Germany. The questionnaire is currently being shared through various means, and up to now has a sample of 402 primary and secondary school teachers in Germany.

The preliminary quantitative findings seem to confirm the interview data (see below).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study follows a mixed-methods approach, using (1) exploratory, qualitative findings to (2) design an instrument for further quantitative research. In 2020, 2021 and 2022, semi-structured teacher-interviews were conducted longitudinally among Berlin teachers at schools with a high percentage of students from low-income families (April 2020: N=16; April-June 2021: N=14; February-May 2022: N=13). About three quarters of the interviewed teachers work at community schools and integrated secondary schools, about one quarter at grammar schools. The semi-structured interviews were conducted via video call (average 47 minutes), recorded, anonymized and transcribed in a simplified form according to Dresing et al. (2015). Using MAXQDA, the data were analyzed qualitatively according to Kuckartz (2018) and categorized inductively-deductively.
With regards to the questionnaire development, following the inductively-deductively explored category system, the extracted units of meaning were inductively structured into statements which were transformed into the questionnaire items. A total of 35 items with a 4-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 4 (strongly agree) were developed. Examples of such items are: “The use of digital LMS is an important tool for the development of hybrid teaching-learning forms”, “The use of digital LMS requires a reorganization of information technology teaching and learning environments”, or “The use of digital LMS does not allow for more comprehensive differentiation in everyday teaching”. At the time of submission, the sample consists of N=402 primary and secondary school teachers in Germany.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
At this time in the research process, the quantitative research is still ongoing, since the online-questionnaire has not been closed yet. Therefore, the findings, discussion and the implications of the study will all be presented at the conference. However, the current state of data suggests that the exploratory findings from the interview data can be confirmed through the quantitative analysis. Following the first interpretations, LMS seem to be a useful tool in processes of school development: In combination with comprehensive qualification measures, LMS can contribute to teacher cooperation, lesson development, documentation of learning processes, differentiated instruction, parent participation and more transparent coordination of school and lesson processes.
However, teachers also address important points of criticism. According to the data, increasing digitalization can lead to a shift in boundaries – both in terms of time and space – between the working and the private world, possibly increasing the already heavy workload of teachers and students through potentially constant accessibility. In addition, the data also show the concern that school as a social space might be neglected by the increasing use of digital tools, since the digital exchange cannot do justice to the direct exchange.
In summary, this paper shows how using LMS in schools can contribute to diversity-sensitive school development while pointing out possible risks for the stakeholders involved. From these results, options for action will be discussed, aiming at how school and lesson development can be improved through using LMS towards hybrid settings of teaching and learning.

References
Bradley, V. (2022). Middle School Parents‘ Beliefs Regarding Learning Management System Use in Mathematics. Istes.

Breiter, A. (2021). Strategische Planung einer lernförderlichen IT-Infrastruktur für Schulen. In G. Brägger & H.-G. Rolff (ed.), Pädagogik. Handbuch Lernen mit digitalen Medien (p. 567–577). Beltz.

Breiter, A., Müller, M., Telle, L. & Zeising, A. (2021). Digitalisierungsstrategien im föderalen Schulsystem: Lernmanagementsysteme und ihre Betriebsmodelle. https://www.telekom-stiftung.de/sites/default/files/ifib-lernplattformen-final.pdf (20.1.2023).

Desing, T. ,Pehl, T., & Schmieder, C. (2015). Manual (on) Transcription. 3rd English edn. Marburg.  

Frohn, J. (2021). Troubled schools in troubled times: How COVID-19 affects educational inequalities and what measures can be taken. European Educational Research Journal. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041211020974

Frohn, J. & Bengel, A. (2022). Impulse zur Lehrkräftekooperation durch die Nutzung digitaler Lernmanagementsysteme (LMS) – „… nicht nur gemeinsame Absprachen, sondern wirklich eine gemeinsame Planung“. In J. Frohn, A. Bengel, A. Piezunka, T. Simon & T. Dietze (ed.), Inklusionsorientierte Schulentwicklung (p. 49-60). Klinkhardt.

Frohn, J., & Pozas, M. (2021a). Using Differentiated Instruction (DI) through digital Learning Management Systems (LMS) – How LMS can change teaching and learning in heterogeneous learning groups. European Conference on Educational Research (ECER) held in Yerevan (presentation online)

Frohn, J., & Pozas, M. (2021). „Und das Schwierigste ist und bleibt halt, alleine zu lernen“: Eine explorative Untersuchung zum Lehren und Lernen auf Distanz in der Oberstufe. WE_OS Jahrbuch, 4(1), 84–105. https://doi.org/10.11576/weos-4944.

Hase, A., Kahnbach, L., Kuhl, P. & Lehr, D. (2022). To use or not to use learning data: A survey study to explain German primary school teachers’ usage of data from digital learning platforms for purposes of individualization. Front. Educ. 7:920498. doi: 10.3389/feduc.2022.920498

Helm, C. & Postlbauer, A. (2021). Schulschließungen in Österreich – Ein Fazit nach einem Jahr Pandemie. Psychologie in Erziehung und Unterricht 68 (4), 306–311. https://doi.org/10.2378/peu2021.art27d

Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Weinheim: Beltz.

Reynolds, R. B. (2016). Relationships among tasks, collaborative inquiry processes, inquiry resolutions, and knowledge outcomes in adolescents during guided discovery-based game design in school. Journal of Information Science, 42, 35–58. https://doi.org/10.1177/0165551515614537


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Dimensions of Teaching Quality at Organisationally Resilient Schools in the Digital Age. Qualitative In-Depth Study towards ICILS

Anna Oldak, Dr. Kerstin Drossel, Prof. Dr. Birgit Eickelmann, Nadine Fröhlich, Ricarda Bette

University Paderborn, Germany

Presenting Author: Oldak, Anna

The digitalization of every part of personal life challenges schools to prepare students with digital skills needed to handle future expectations in their professional life and to ensure that students have the skillset to be an engaged part of society (Aljanazrah et al., 2022). In this light, initiatives such as the Digital Education Plan of the European Commission or organizations such as the OECD (2020) identify computer- and information-related skills as a central aim of today’s education (European Commission, 2020). In this context, the large-scale assessment (LSA) International Computer and Information Literacy Study (ICILS) of the International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA) observed that eighth-graders’ computer and information literacy (CIL) is subject to tremendous social disparities in all participating countries (Fraillon et al., 2019). Against the results that students from low socioeconomic status backgrounds score on average significantly lower in all countries that participated in ICILS, a minority of the schools scored high despite their low-SES student body composition (Drossel et al., 2020) and have overcome the digital disparities. Referring to the psychological trait of resilience, these schools are regarded as organizationally resilient (Henderson & Milstein, 2003).

Research on organizationally resilient schools in other educational domains, such as reading, mathematics, or science, suggests that organizationally resilient schools differ from nonresilient schools in their input and process characteristics (Agasisti et al., 2018). For the field of CIL it is shown that the phenomenon of organizational resilience is also widespread in CIL internationally and that the prevalence of resilient schools varies across the selected education systems participating in IEA-ICILS (Drossel et al., 2020). Furthermore, it is demonstrated that organizationally resilient schools share common school characteristics (ibid.).

Nevertheless, the question of how teachers and learners can use digital media to shape teaching and learning processes has not yet been answered in the context of the conditions of digitality in resilient schools. To analyze teachers' use of digital media to promote learning in resilient schools in more detail, this contribution draws on the theory of three basic dimensions of teaching quality (effective classroom management, cognitive activation, supportive climate) (Praetorius et al., 2018). For effective classroom management, research on the use of digital media to support learning at the instructional level suggests that the impact on learning success depends on the learning environment, social form, and modalities (Antoine et al., 2018). With regard to cognitive activation, studies show that digital media contributes to positive changes in effort (Fütterer et al., 2022; Labonté & Smith, 2022). As for the supportive climate, research shows that the introduction of digital media for teaching is perceived as supportive (Hammer et al., 2021). Overall, however, it remains unclear how schools use digital media in the classroom. Therefore, the value of diversity in education can be seen from the link between diversity and the use of digital media. Thus, the desideratum primarily relates to the design of teaching and learning processes in resilient schools, taking into account the three basic dimensions of teaching quality. This contribution therefore focuses on the following research question:

  1. How do resilient schools in Germany conduct the use of digital media to promote learning at the instructional level, taking into account the three basic dimensions of teaching quality such as effective classroom management, cognitive activation, and supportive climate?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The in-depth study on unexpectedly successful schools (UneS-ICILS), funded by the Ministry of Education (BMBF) from 10/2023 til 12/2023 examines precisely these resilient schools. For this purpose, a triangulated research design by analyzing interviews, school documents, videos of school lessons and secondary analysis of ICILS 2018 data is used to identify success factors and common characteristics of the schools that contribute to overcoming digital disparities. From the IEA-ICILS data, 15% (N=36) of the participating schools in Germany are identified as organizationally resilient (Drossel et al., 2020). In these schools the mean socio-economic status (SES) of the eighth graders is below average (lower 40% in Highest International Socio-Economic Index of Occupational Status) and the mean digital competencies can be classified as above average in the overall representative distribution for Germany (Drossel et al., 2020).
To answer the research question, interviews and classroom videos were analyzed. Interviews with 7 groups with 5 pupils each and 14 interviews with teachers were organized in the time of 07/09/2021 until 10/01/2022 and analyzed using qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2004). For the evaluation, deductive and inductive codes were created based on the theory used. For efficient classroom management relevant codes were aspects of heterogeneity, organization and structure, self-directed learning, efficient and goal-oriented use of media. For supportive learning environment the codes support regarding the use of media, usage of media as additional class, common work on concepts, and individual attitude towards media emerged. For cognitive activation the codes cognitive activation using digital tools, videos and software for learning and difficulties of long lasting focus were developed.
The observation sample of videos using a quantitative approach (Riordan, 2022) was collected from 11/11/2021 to 11/26/2021 and a total of 12 classroom videos have been recorded at 4 schools. The quality of teaching is assessed by means of an estimation procedure with which the extent of a characteristic was classified in a 1 (is not met) to 4 (met to a great extent) value scale (Ingram et al., 2020). Based on the theory used observers focused regarding efficient classroom management on structuring of the media, dealing with technical glitches, differentiation through media and the pedagogical use of media. Supportive learning environment was assessed by the codes participation in class discussion through media and mutual support in the use of media. The aspect cognitive activation was rated regarding the use of media for comprehension and use of multimedia representations.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the interviews show for efficient classroom management, that support for students in dealing with heterogeneity, media used for exercises differentiated according to knowledge levels, simplified organization of lessons are important factors. Self-directed learning can be promoted by uploading assignments, with leaving the responsibility for completing with the pupils. Also, teachers themselves use media multifaceted. Regarding supportive learning environment, teachers and pupils support each other and mostly additional offerings are provided in e.g. advanced courses. Media concepts were developed jointly and the use shows to depend on individual attitude. The use of tools can stimulate cognitive activation by providing content in a more application-oriented way. The use of learning videos can enable the deepening of content. However, it has shown difficulties in focusing longer.
The video analysis shows for classroom management that a structure and a common thread were evident in the media, and teachers dealt effectively with technical disruptions. However, aspects of differentiation through media were little observed and media were hardly used to stimulate cooperative forms of learning.  In the case of supportive learning environment, it was found that all or a majority of the students were able to access devices and in dealing with media in the case of technical malfunctions, mutual support was provided resulting in effective solutions. In the case of cognitive activation, there is room for improvement in that media were used to communicate or practice more efficiently, but not used at all to expand knowledge. Also, none of the observed classes reached the highest level of multimedia representation.
The results are also of great interest at the european level, as they are addressed as an important factor to manage “the risk of an […] digital divide” (European Comission, 2020, p. 2). in the Digital Education Action Plan (2021-2027).

References
Agasisti, T., Avvisati, F., Borgonovi, F. & Longobardi, S. (2018). Academic resilience: What schools and countries do to help disadvantaged students succeed in PISA. OECD Education Working Papers 167, OECD Publishing.
Aljanazrah, A., Yerousi,s G., Hamed G. & Khlaif, Z.N. (2022). Digital transformation in times of crisis: Challenges, attitudes, opportunities and lessons learned from students’ and faculty members’ perspectives. Front. Educ. (7), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.1047035.
Antoine, F. M., Nu-Man, M. R. & Reyes-Aceytuno, E. (2018). Classroom Management. In M. Rhoads and B. (Eds.), Stachowiak Igniting Your Teaching with Educational Technology. A Resource for New Teachers. Pressbooks. https://pressbooks.pub/edd7032017f2/chapter/1/.
Drossel, K., Eickelmann, B. & Vennemann, M. (2020). Schools overcoming the Digital Divide – In depth analyses towards organizational resilience in the computer and information literacy domain. Large-scale Assessments in Education (8), 1–19. doi.org/10.1186/s40536-020-00087-w.
European Comission (2020). Digital Education Action Plan. 2021-2027. Resetting education and training for the digital age. https://education.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/document-library-docs/deap-communication-sept2020_en.pdf.
Fraillon, J., Ainley, J., Schulz, W., Friedman, T. & Duckworth, D. (2019). Preparing for Life in a Digital World. IEA International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2018 International Report. Camberwell. Springer.
Fütterer, T., Scheiter, K., Cheng, X., Stürmer, K. (2022). Quality beats frequency? Investigation students’ effort in learning when introducing technology in classrooms. Contemporary Educational Psychology (69), 2-20.
Hammer, M., Göllner, R., Scheiter, K., Fauth, B., & Stürmer, K. (2021). For whom do tablets make a difference? Examining student profiles and perceptions of instruction with tablets. Computers & Education. (166), 104-147. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2021.104147.
Henderson, N. & Milstein, M. (2003). Resiliency in schools: Making it happen for students and educators. Sage Publication.
Ingram, J., Lindorff, A., Sani, N., McCann, E. & Riggall, A. (2020). TALIS Video Study:
National Report. Research summary. Department for Education. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/1027792/TVS_England_summary_report_for_Schools.pdf.
Labonté, C. & Smith V.R. (2022). Learning through technology in middle school classrooms: Students’ perceptions of their self-directed and collaborative learning with and without technology. Educ Inf Technol 27, 6317–6332 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-021-10885-6.
Mayring, P. (2004). Qualitative content analysis. A companion to qualitative research, 1(2), 159-176.
OECD (2020). Education at a Glance 2020: OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/69096873-en.
Praetorius, A. K., Klieme, E., Herbert, B. & Pinger, P. (2018). Generic dimensions of teaching quality: The German framework of three basic dimensions. ZDM, 50 (3), 407-426.
Riordan, J.-P. (2022) A method and framework for video-based pedagogy analysis. Research in Science and Technological Education. (40:1), 53-75. DOI: 10.1080/02635143.2020.1776243.


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

The Effects of Surrounding Factors and School Environment on Upper Secondary School Teachers Didactic Use of Digital Learning Resources

Lena Gleisner Villasmil

Mälardalen University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Gleisner Villasmil, Lena

We live in the 21st century and many forms of social and cultural diversity is seen in digital forums since we live in a digital society. We are in many ways dependent on digital resources to be able to perform various socially obligatory functions in work, study, and everyday life. The digital resources connect people with each other and erase the limits between the surrounding word, society, school, and the teaching situation (Säljö, 2019). Schools in Europe have been gradually digitized especially since the 1990s and the curriculum emphasize that teachers should give all students the opportunity to develop their ability to use digital resources and to prepare for the surrounding society (Lundgren, 2014). The expression digital learning resources (DLR) is an expanded cumulative concept for digital technology and in this paper, it refers to any kind of digital resource that is used in education (Nilsen, et al., 2020; OECD, 2009; Selander, 2017; Wallin, et al., 2017). Although the access to digital resources in schools has been good, teachers’ didactic use of it has been varied (Tallvid, 2016). However, a major change took place in terms of teaching from the spring of 2020, when many schools in Europe and all over the world switched to online teaching to reduce the spread of Covid-19 (Beardsley, et al., 2021). This change forced every teacher to be more flexible and to use digital resources to be able to teach and communicate with students (Gileada & Dishonb, 2022).

Many surrounding factors have affected teachers use of digital learning resources such as school environment, support access, professional development, outside school education and experiences. Studies show that school environment on organizational level affect teachers’ competence using DLR, together with several contextual factors (Pettersson, 2018). Another important factor is teachers’ attitude towards digital resources in teaching (Eickelmann & Vennemann, 2017). Previous research also indicates that demographic factors such as teaching subject affects teachers use of digital resources(Bratland, et al., 2022; Erixon, 2014). Studies regarding teachers’ use of DLR emphasizes the need of further research on influencing factors (Erstad, et al., 2021). Against this background the aim of this study is to explore how surrounding factors and school environment influence upper secondary school teachers' use of digital learning resources (DLR) for teaching. The following two research questions were addressed:

  1. What are the categories of surrounding factors and school environments affecting upper secondary school teachers use of DLR?
  2. Are there any differences between these categories and the dimensions of teachers’ use of DLR?

This study uses the expanded didactic triangle to understand both the use of DLR and the factors affecting teachers use of DLR (Hudson & Meyer, 2011). Teachers’ didactic use, surrounding factors and school environment are explored through teachers views and answers in an online survey. Teachers’ dimensions using DLR includes the didactic purpose, the classroom practice and the frequency using different digital learning resources.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study was carried out using an online questionnaire conducted in 2022. A convenience sample of 243 teachers from 23 upper secondary schools in Sweden participated in the survey. The teachers answered self-reported questions and rated their answers on a six-point Likert scale from (1) strongly disagree, to (6) strongly agree. The layout, question-order, time required and formulations of the questions was designed using recommendations from research-manuals (Denscombe, 2021) and the content of the used questions were inspired by previous research (Eickelmann & Vennemann, 2017). Demographic questions and four other questions were used in this study, these were question 12 (frequency using different DLR), 14 (didactic purpose using DLR), 17 (classroom practice with DLR) and 19 (surrounding factors and school environment affecting the use of DLR). Cognitive interviews (Campanelli, 2008) as a pilot study with six upper secondary teachers were made, as well as discussions with fellow researchers. Minor adjustments were done, and the final questionnaire was distributed directly to teachers by email or through their principal by email or the school’s online platform.
The data was analysed, using four survey-questions with several items, for an exploratory factor analysis, and standard multiple regression analysis for correlations. The statistical program IBM SPSS Statistic version 28 was used to analyze the data. The exploratory FA was performed in the following three main steps: 1) Assess the suitability of the data for factor analysis, 2) Extract the factors, and 3) Rotate and interpret the factors (Pallant, 2013, pp. 189-192). The regression analysis was performed in following main steps: 1) Check the assumptions, 2) Evaluate the model, 3) Evaluate each of the independent variables, and 4) Use the information obtained from the output (Pallant, 2013, pp. 163-168).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings revealed five different teacher categories regarding surrounding factors and school environment. The five categories are 1) the satisfied -, 2) the support receiving-, 3) the experienced-, 4) the student focused-, and 5) the stressed teacher category. The satisfied teacher category is positive regarding the schools DLR equipment and teacher training with DLR. The experienced teacher category have improved their skills with DLR outside school The findings regarding teachers’ use of DLR revealed also five different dimensions of teachers’ use of DLR. These five dimensions of use are 1) the creative purpose use, 2) the provide material use, 3) the student feedback use, 4) the creative tests and game use, and 5) the simulation-, film- and sound use.
The findings from the regression analysis show significant correlation between the first four teacher categories and the DLR use dimensions, although there is no correlation between the stressed teacher category and the DLR use dimensions. The only teacher category that shows a significant correlation with the simulation-, film- and sound use dimension are the experienced teacher category. The strongest significant correlations are found between the student-focused teacher and the creative purpose use. The results indicates that multiple surrounding factors affect teachers’ use of digital learning resources, both inside and outside schools. Teachers that use more advanced resources as simulation-, film-, and sound-software have received their education outside school, and they use DLR frequently outside school in their sparetime. Student focused teachers have creative didactic purposes with their use of DLR in classroom practice. The implications are: 1) teachers feeling stressed using DLR need help and support to be able to use DLR, 2) teachers need more in-service training to improve their use of advanced DLR, and 3) student-focused teachers are more creative in their didactic use of DLR.

References
Beardsley, M., Albó, L., Aragón, P. & Hernández-Leo, D., 2021. Emergency education effects on teacher abilities and motivation to use digital technologies. British Journal of Educational Technology, Volume 52, pp. 1455-1477.
Bratland, E., El Ghami, M. & Mediå, M., 2022. Technology and knowledge. In what way are knowledge and teachers’ knowledge practices in subject areas crucial for the integration of technology in education?. Nordic Journal of Digital Literacy, 17(3), pp. 155-169.
Campanelli, P., 2008. Testing survey questions. In: International Handbook of Survey Methodology. New York: Routledge, pp. 176-200.
Denscombe, M., 2021. Forskningshandboken: För småskaliga forskningsprojekt inom samhällsvetenskaperna. 4 ed. Lund: Studentlitteratur.
Eickelmann, B. & Vennemann, M., 2017. Teachers’ Attitudes and Beliefs Regarding ICT in Teaching and Learning in European Countries. European Educational Research Journal, 16(6), pp. 733-761.
Erixon, P.-O., 2014. School subjects in the screen culture. Education Inquiry, 5(2), pp. 167-170.
Erstad, O., Kjällander, S. & Järvelä, S., 2021. Facing the challenges of ‘digital competence’. Nordic Journal of Digital Literacy, 16(2), pp. 77-87.
Gileada, T. & Dishonb, G., 2022. Rethinking future uncertainty in the shadow of COVID 19: Education, change, complexity and adaptability. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 54(6), p. 822–833.
Hudson, B. & Meyer, M. A., 2011. Beyond Fragmentation: Didactics, Learning and Teaching in Europe. Opladen & Farmington Hills, MI: Barbara Budrich Publishers.
Lundgren, U. P., 2014. Teknik för pedagogik och pedagogik som teknik: Såsom i en spegel. In: Lärare i den uppkopplade skolan. Falkenberg: Glerups, pp. 231-253.
Nilsen, A. G., Almås, G. A. & Gram, H., 2020. Producing Digital Learning Resources (DLR) for Teacher Training. Designs for Learning, 12(1), pp. 71-80.
OECD, 2009. Beyond Textbooks: Digital Learning Resources as Systemic Innovation in the Nordic Countries
Pallant, J., 2013. SPSS survival manual: A step by step guide to data analysis using IBM SPSS. Maidenhead: Open University Press.
Pettersson, F., 2018. On the issues of digital competence in educational contexts – a review of literature. Educ Inf Technol, 23, pp. 1005-1021.
Säljö, R., 2019. En digital uppväxt och en digital framtid. Tidskriften vägval i skolans historia.
Selander, S., 2017. På väg mot en digital lärmiljö: En lägesrapport om digitala lärresurser i svenska skolor i Finland, Helsingfors: Svenska kulturfonden.
Tallvid, M., 2016. Understanding teachers’ reluctance to the pedagogical use of ICT in the 1:1 classroom. Education and Information Technologies, 21(3), pp. 503-519.
Wallin, J., Hafsteinsdottir, E., Samuelsson, J. & Bergman, E., 2017. Digitala lärresurser I matematikundervisningen, Systematisk översikt 2017:02, Lund: Lund University
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm16 SES 13 B: ICT in Higher Education
Location: Gilmorehill Halls (G12), 217B [Lower Ground]
Session Chair: Ruth Wood
Paper Session
 
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Study into the Digital Competence and Inclusive Education practices of teaching staff in Faculties of Educational Sciences in Spain

Miriam Agreda Montoro1, Ana María Ortiz Colón1, Javier Rodríguez Moreno1, Rafael Castellano Almagro2

1University of Jaen, Spain; 2International University of La Rioja, Spain

Presenting Author: Agreda Montoro, Miriam

Ever since their creation, institutions of higher education have been closely bound up with the diverse, incessant changes brought about by the political, social and economic conditions that have ceaselessly continued to evolve throughout history (Redondo & Sánchez, 2007; Rojo, 2000). In this regard, it becomes inevitable to talk about information and communications technologies (ICTs). The great cultural and social changes brought about in recent years by technological evolution and development, and in particular the situation in the wake of the global COVID19 pandemic, cannot be ignored, and, naturally, this has led to a series of demands and requirements in the education environment. With the implementation in Spain of the European Higher Education Area (EHEA), it has also become evident that there is a vital need to review many aspects of the existing model of university-level education, including organization and management, administration, and teaching and learning methods (Río & Hìpola, 2005).

The overriding priorities in university institutions are educational equality, the quality of higher education, lifelong learning, employability, a student-centered teaching-learning process, research and innovation, international projection and increasing student mobility opportunities (European Commission, 2009).

Moreover, all this need to be addressed against the backdrop of a university environment that is increasingly heterogeneous and diverse in terms of social and cultural considerations, age differences, and different personal and professional situations, and with an ever-growing presence of functionally diverse students. As a result, in recent years universities have clearly striven to implement more inclusive procedural policies and regulations at local and/or European level. This has been done taking into account Sustainable Development Goal 4 of the European Union’s 2030 Agenda, which states that an inclusive, egalitarian education should be guaranteed and lifelong learning opportunities should be promoted for all (European Union, 2010; United Nations Organization, 2015).<0}

This means eliminating barriers not only in infrastructure but also in virtual environments and the processes that take place in them. Universities should therefore review their practices in order to allow participation by all students and guarantee learning. It is necessary to redefine not only policies and actions focused on diversity awareness and inclusive education, but also those which affect ICT usage (O’Byrne, Jagoe & Lawler, 2019; Odame, Opoku, Nketsia & Nanor, 2021; Valee, 2017).

This study aims to analyze and describe both the ways in which teachers integrate ICTs in the classroom to accommodate diversity and their knowledge of the different national and international standards regarding digital competence and its incorporation into curricular policy.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants
The study involved a total sample of 1,145 teachers from Education Sciences faculties in Spanish public universities. 52.1% were women, 47.9% were men, and the average age was 44.59 years.

The instrument
The instrument used to gather data was designed and built ad hoc and evaluated by experts to confirm the validity of its content. It had a Cronbach’s alpha value of 0.92 (Agreda, Hinojo & Sola, 2016). The study was carried out using items related to the integration of ICTs in the Spanish university curriculum and items referencing diversity awareness and inclusive education. The questionnaire was administered online and the data acquired were processed using the SPSS statistical package for Mac, version 24.

Methodology
The study was based on a quantitative, descriptive non-experimental methodological design.
One of the synergies that arises when undertaking research in the Social Sciences is precisely the highly ambiguous environment in which they tend to occur. Educational research therefore aims to analyze the methods, procedures and techniques that are used to scientifically discover, understand and explain educational phenomena and provide solutions for overcoming the problems involved at both educational and social level (Bravo, Eisman & Pina, 1998)

Results
Attention needs to be paid to teachers’ levels of understanding of the different indicators and standards of digital competence and how they relate to inclusion, in both the national and the international context, because most of the sample reported having little of no knowledge in this domain. The same tendency continued with 50% of the sample reporting that their levels of knowledge were also low or non-existent with regard to the integration of ICTs in the curriculum and its relationship with educational practices.
Specifically, in the sphere of inclusive education 56.8% of the teachers said they included diversity-friendly e-activities adapted to students’ needs in the classroom. The other 43.8% indicated that they did not adapt activities, either in online or physical environments. Better results were obtained regarding teachers’ attitudes, insofar that ICTs enrich and make learning-teaching processes aimed at accommodating the diversity found in their classrooms more flexible while at the same time enabling them to encourage student creativity and implement innovations that will generate inclusive and diversity-friendly solutions in their future teaching activity.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Universities face the challenge of continuing to transform their architectural and technological infrastructures. Beyond the mere assignment of resources, however, there is still a clear need to develop training programs to help teachers deal with technology and inclusive education. While it is true that teachers appear to be improving in the way they use ICTs to plan course content as a means of enriching and making the teaching-learning process more flexible, there are evidently a series of shortcomings to be overcome when discussing how such technology can be incorporated into the classroom. Likewise, unfamiliarity with national and international indicators of digital competence and inclusion constitutes another problem that needs to be addressed in university education. Without knowledge of these lines of action, it will be impossible to ensure the continuity and improvement of the potential benefits ICTs offer in terms of diversity awareness and inclusive education.  
There is still a long way to go before ICTs are fully consolidated as a resource and means of support for the development and implementation of actions that will lead to real, effective inclusive education. It may be necessary to promote teacher training initiatives in which ICTs and inclusion are cross-cutting issues, transcending the boundaries of teachers’ specialist subjects both in research activity and in teaching practice.

References
Agreda, M., Hinojo, M. A., & Sola, J. M. (2016). Diseño y validación de un instrumento para evaluar la competencia digital de los docentes en la Educación Superior española. Pixel-Bit: Revista de medios y educación, (49), 39-56.
Bravo, M.P.C., Eisman, L.B. & Pina, F.H. (1998). Métodos de investigación en psicopedagogía. McGraw-Hill.
O’byrne, C., Jagoe, C., & Lawler, M. (2019). Experiences of dislexia and the transition to university: A case study of five students at different stages of study. Higher Education Research & Development, 38, 1035-1048. 10.1080/07294360.2019.1602595
Odame, L., Opoku, M., Nketsia, N., & Nanor, B. (2021). University experiencies of Graduates with visual impairments in Ghana. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 68(3), 332-346. https://doi.org/10.1080/1034912X.2019.1681375
Río, A.Z., & Hípola, P.S. (2055). Las universidades españolas ante el proceso de convergencia europeo: análisis de las medidas institucionales y acciones de aplicación y coordinación. Revista de Educación, (337), 169-187.
Valee, D. (2017). Student engagement and inclusive education: reframing student engagement. Internatinal Journal of Inclusive Education, 21(9), 920-937. 10.1080/13603116.2017.1296033


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Pedagogising Digital Technological Knowledge in Higher Education – An Educational Sociology Perspective on the TPACK Framework

Verner Larsen

VIA University College, Denmark

Presenting Author: Larsen, Verner

Digital technology has increasingly influenced all areas of education, including higher education. Not only general communication and collaboration technologies are widely used in all educational areas, but also subject-specific technologies developed for specific professional contexts. Within educational programmes of building construction in higher education, this can, for example, be drawing programmes such as Revit supplemented with Virtual Reality technology, which is the empirical context for this paper.

The development of teachers’ teaching skills can be seen as combinations of different knowledge domains. Here, the so-called PCK (Pedagogical Content Knowledge) research tradition has been quite prominent since its introduction by Schulman (1986), mainly with focus on pre- and primary school areas. Particularly concerning teachers’ competences in technological integration, a special tradition has later developed under the term TPACK (Technological, Pedagogical, And Content Knowledge). This framework was introduced in an article by Mishra and Koehler (2006), in which the authors argued that this area should be highlighted as a third domain due to the growth of digital technology development. Both the PCK and the TPACK tradition are based on the idea that the different domains are integrated or transformed into a new knowledge construct (Kind, 2015; Angeli et al., 2016). The perception of integration/transformation is rooted in a cognitive view of knowledge and learning (Schulman, 2015). However, this has raised some ontological questions about how a ‘knowledge domain’ should actually be understood (Shulman, 2015), and this, in turn, leads to challenges in conceptualising what regulates integration and transformation processes. This has given rise to criticism and discussion, both internally from the research field, but also from other sides, e.g. educational sociology fields. Howard and Maton (2011) have argued that the three knowledge domains in TPACK – though they identify important content areas – are locked in their empirical context. According to the authors, there is a lack of concepts for determining what forms knowledge takes; i.e. forms that can be compared across empirical contexts.

In order to identify some underlying principles of how knowledge practices are structured, the so-called specialisation codes from ‘Legitimation Code Theory’ (LCT) can be employed (Maton, 2014). Specialisation codes are about the ‘basis of achievement’; i.e. what counts as legitimate knowledge and what constitutes a legitimate ‘knower’ in a specific setting. A distinction is made between two sets of principles/dimensions: ‘epistemic relations’ and ‘social relations’. The former deals with the significance of epistemological matters such as possessing specialist procedures, methods and techniques related to the subject matter. ‘Social relations’ deals with the significance of personal traits/characteristics of the ‘knower’, whether such traits are innate or come from belonging to social groups (Bourdieu, 1988). The two dimensions can vary independently of each other as continua and thereby form four different code modalities; knowledge code, knower code, elite code and relativist code. These codes make it possible to analyse what dominates teachers’ transformation of knowledge into a pedagogical discourse suitable for students’ learning. The research question that the paper discusses is: How can specialisation codes contribute to conceptualising technological knowledge transformation into pedagogical discourse and thereby complement the TPACK framework? This paper thus proposes an educational sociology perspective on the transformation issue. The empirical work that forms the basis of the argumentation is a case study, which is part of a larger research project comprising a number of UC’s and universities in Denmark. The overall aim was to develop teachers’ digital competences in construction education. The actual case study is about a teacher’s transformation of knowledge about Virtual Reality (VR) to teaching practice in a Constructing Architect program (CA-program).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research process has been designed as a single case study (Flyvbjerg, 2006), comprising a course in a Constructing Architect programme where a teacher had planned to introduce Virtual Reality technology as part of the main subject called ‘Building Construction’. The teaching course was planned for 2nd semester students. There were 23 students in the class, and it took place in their domestic classroom over a period of three weeks in the spring of 2022. The course alternated between instructional lessons and the students’ independent work.
The main criterion for choosing this course as a case was that the teacher was particularly concerned with introducing subject-specific digital technology, which seems under-emphasised in the TPACK literature, probably due to the primary school focus. The case was also relevant because the teacher initially focused on two goals. One was to transform his knowledge of VR and pedagogy into a pedagogical discourse that should enable the students to develop competences of VR for future professional work. Another focus seemed to be to transform his VR-knowledge into a pedagogical discourse, which should facilitate the students in using VR as a learning tool in order to acquire the subject matter knowledge. Using VR-headsets and related software should improve spatial understanding and reveal inappropriate room dimensions. The empirical work included:
• Document study
• Three observations:
o Observation of training/testing of equipment
o Observation of the first introduction session
o Observation of the second introduction/instruction
• Three interviews:
o Interview with the teacher before the first lesson
o Follow-up interview with the teacher after the course period
o Interview with students after the course period.
The document studies comprised an analysis of the teacher’s prepared PowerPoint material in order to gain insight into the pedagogical considerations that the teacher made in advance. The observation method was participant observation, unstructured in natural surroundings with a low degree of involvement (Kristiansen & Krogstrup, 1999). Hand notes were taken during the observations with focus on important actions supplemented by ongoing interpretive reflections. Both lectures were audio recorded as a supplement to the note taking. In addition, pictures of teaching situations were taken; partly still photos and partly short video clips based on judgements in the situation about the importance of live visualisations of events in the room. The interviews were conducted as semi-structured in-depth interviews with audio recording. The interviews were then transcribed in full length (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2009).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
By means of ‘specialization codes’, it has been possible, on the basis of data from the case, to identify two different pedagogical discourses in the VR-course; one aimed at facilitating the students’ acquisition of VR as a professional competence, another focused on using VR as a learning tool. Data show a high degree of voluntariness and freedom for the students in how they want to use VR, as long as they solve the design challenges in their houses. Moreover, there are no evaluation criteria, so both discourses are characterised by a ‘relativist code’, i.e. weak framing regarding both epistemic relations and social relations. What constitutes them as different discourses, however, is their different focus. The teacher clearly directs his attention and priority of resources towards VR as a learning tool. Given that the VR course for the teacher has the status of a trial/experiment, the relativist code makes good sense. Hence, I argue that when technologies in general become more integrated in educational programmes, and maybe even become elements in the curriculum, it is likely that the framing of the disciplinary content of the technology will get stronger in classroom practices as well. It that case, pedagogical discourses will move towards a knowledge code. In case that technology is implemented to suit diverse students’ learning needs, the discourse will move towards a knower code. By thus including educational sociology theories, particularly concepts about principles of pedagogical discourse, it is possible to further differentiate the hybrid of the three domains: technological, pedagogical and content knowledge in the TPACK-model. I claim that a general distinction can be made here between different pedagogising processes depending on: 1) the nature of the technology (subject specific or general), 2) the focus of the pedagogical discourse, and 3) the coding of the pedagogical discourse.
References
Angeli, C., Valanides, N., & Christodoulou, A. (2016). Theoretical considerations of technological pedagogical content knowledge. In M. C. Herring, M. J. Koehler, & P. Mishra (Eds.), Handbook of technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK) for Educators. Routledge.
Bourdieu, P. (1988). Homo academicus. Cambridge. Polity Press.
Flyvbjerg, B. (2006). Five misunderstandings about case-study research. Qualitative inquiry, 12(2), 219–245.
Howard, S. & Maton, K. (2011). Theorising knowledge practices: A missing piece of the educational technology puzzle. Research in learning technology, Vol. 19, No. 3, November 2011, 191–206.
Kind, V. (2015). On the beauty of knowing then not knowing: Pinning down the elusive qualities of PCK. In A. Berry, P. Friedrichsen, & J. Loughran (Eds.). Reexamining pedagogical content knowledge in science education. Routledge.
Kristiansen, S. & Krogstrup, H. K. (1999): Deltagende observation. Introduktion til en forskningsmetodik. Hans Reitzels Forlag.
Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2009). Interview: introduktion til et håndværk (2nd ed.). Hans Reitzels Forlag.
Maton, K. (2014). Knowledge and knowers (1st ed.). Abingdon, Oxfordshire: Routledge.
Mishra, P., & Koehler, M. J. (2006). Technological pedagogical content knowledge: A framework for teacher knowledge. Teachers college record, 108(6), 1017–1054.
Schulman, L. S. (2015). PCK. Its genesis end exodus. In A. Berry, P. Friedrichsen, & J. Loughran (Eds.), Reexamining pedagogical content knowledge in science education. Routledge.
Schulman, L. S. (1986). Those who understand: Knowledge growth in teaching. Educational researcher, 15(2), 4–14. https://doi.org/10.2307/1175860


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Digital training of Spanish University Novice Teachers

Sara Buils, Virginia Viñoles Cosentino, Francesc M. Esteve-Mon, Lucía Sánchez-Tarazaga, Anna Sánchez-Caballé

Universitat Jaume I, Spain

Presenting Author: Buils, Sara; Viñoles Cosentino, Virginia

Digitalization in education has brought great challenges for teachers. Digital competence in teaching has become a key and necessary competence in the educational systems of the world (European Commission, 2020). European Union Council (2018) defines digital competence as "the safe, critical and responsible use of digital technologies for learning, work and participation in society, as well as their interaction with them" (p. 9).

Nevertheless, currently, the concept of teacher digital competency (TDC) has come out (Falloon, 2020). According to Krumsvik (2012), it is defined as: “'proficiency in using ICT (information and communication technology) in a professional context with good pedagogic-didactic judgment and his or her awareness of its implications for learning strategies and the digital Bildung” (training) of pupils and students” (p.44-45). Despite the fact that it is a very widespread concept at the pre-university level, there are increasing studies that address it at the university level (Uerz et al., 2021).

In recent years, different frameworks have emerged to promote and manage it. At the European level, the European Commission has proposed the common framework DigCompEdu, which has quickly become a reference framework, as in the case of Spain, adopted by the Conference of Rectors of Spanish Universities (CRUE, 2022).

As for institutions, they have implemented digitization actions and plans, with different approaches. Looking at the examples of some European universities, we see various approaches, such as Bergen promoting the culture of change, improving the technological infrastructure of the campus and the use of digital services; the University of Leuven, which through its digital plan focused on the creation of free educational resources, support services for training and digital learning. Something along the lines of that, the University of Geneva have developed digital training processes for their teaching staff through automated strategies, online courses, or evaluation systems (Viñoles et al., 2021).

Nonetheless, when COVID-19 arrived, it became clear that there were still shortcomings, especially in the pedagogical use of digital technology (Viñoles et al., 2022). In this sense, and with regard to future university teachers, it is necessary to generate initial training strategies that promote the development of this competence in all its aspects (technical, pedagogical, and student competencies’ facilitator aspects) (Buils et al., 2022).

When it comes down to ensuring quality teaching in the educational system, it is essential to take care of the training of beginning university faculty. During the first teaching stage, novice teachers develop and consolidate habits and knowledge. These are the most complex and critical years, in which the teaching identity and its socialization are built (Kelchtermans, 2019).

This communication is part of a project that aims to design a training proposal for new faculty staff in a digital environment. The aim of this work is to identify the characteristics of the training offered to novice teachers in Spanish universities in relation to digital competence in teaching.

In order to identify those digital characteristics in induction programs, we shed some light on the competencies framework we adopt in our study: DigCompEdu. Through the Digital Education Action Plan: 2021-2027, the European Commission (2020) aims to enhance the capacity of teachers to use digital technology with skill, equity, and efficiency, thus improving educational quality. The importance of taking a competencies framework into account lies in the justification of decisions in the initial and permanent training of university teachers (Castañeda et al. 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is on the basis of an exploratory-descriptive method and it has been used the documental and content analysis technique (Krippendorff, 2018) through primary sources from the official web pages of the institutions (between November and December 2022). In order to study the descriptive statistics, it has been carried out a quantitative thematic content analysis, in which the registration unit has been concepts (ideas or sets of ideas).
The collected sample is based on the total universe of Spanish universities, a total of 84 universities: 50 public and 34 private. In order to analyze the digital perspective of induction programs, first we have made a selection of those universities that offer it. Novice teacher training has been chosen based on certain inclusion criteria: current programs; accessible through the official websites of the universities; and aimed mainly at early-career university teachers. Then, we obtained a sample of 40 universities with induction programs, of which 45 different novice plans have been detected.
In this paper, the DigCompEdu areas have been adopted as categories in order to analyze the training contents of induction programs. DigCompEdu is the European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators of the European Commission (Redecker and Punie, 2017). It includes 22 digital competencies divided into six areas: (1) “Professional Engagement”; (2) “Digital Resources”; (3) “Teaching and Learning”; (4) “Assessment”; (5) “Empowering Learners”; along with (6) “Facilitating Learners’ Digital Competence”. It has been used because of its international implication.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
On the whole, they include the area (1) “Professional Engagement”, especially referring to “Organisational communication”. For example, the management of virtual institutional platforms for teaching, communication, and management. However, there is barely any training in “Professional collaboration”, “Reflective practice”, and “Digital continuous professional development”. Area (2) “Digital Resources” tends to be predominant, focusing on “Selecting digital resources”. Some universities are also moving towards the transformation and digitalization of teaching, emphasizing competence in “Creating and modifying” digital technology (DT) resources.
As it happens, they include innovative and active teaching methodologies enriched by digital technologies, referring to competence “Teaching related” to area (3) “Teaching and Learning”. Be that as it may, the contents analysed are bound to leave out Collaborative learning and Self-regulated learning. Area (4) “Assessment” is especially relevant in some programs, which work on “Assessment strategies”, by learning  or creating assessment strategies through digital resources. However, the competence of “Analyzing evidence” along with “Feedback and planning” are not found. Hardly any training focuses on (5) “Empowering learners” and the (6) “Facilitating Learners’ Digital Competence”.
As it has been proven beforehand (Buils et al. 2022), a general instrumentalist and partial vision of TDC is acquired, focusing on the use of technological resources for teaching management and the process of teaching-learning in addition to learning assessment. In a nutshell, should we want to promote a reflective pedagogy in the use and integration of DT in Higher Education, we ought to reorient induction training in terms of digital teaching competencies (Vykhrushch et al., 2020).

References
Buils, S., Esteve-Mon, F. M., Sánchez-Tarazaga, L., and Arroyo-Ainsa, P. (2022). Analysis of the Digital Perspective in the Frameworks of Teaching Competencies in Higher Education in Spain. RIED. Revista Iberoamericana de Educación a Distancia, 25(2), pp. 133-152. https://doi.org/10.5944/ried.25.2.32349
Castañeda, L., Esteve, F., and Adell, J. (2018). Why is it necessary to rethink teaching competence for the digital world? Revista de Educación a Distancia, 56 (6). http://dx.doi.org/10.6018/red/56/6
CRUE (2022). Mora-Cantallops, M., Inamorato dos Santos, A., Villalonga-Gómez, C., Lacalle Remigio, J.R., Camarillo Casado, J., Sota Eguzábal, J.M., Velasco, J.R. and Ruiz Martínez, P.M. Competencias digitales del profesorado universitario en España. Un estudio basado en los marcos europeos DigCompEdu y OpenEdu. doi:10.2760/448078. https://tic.crue.org/digcompedu/
European Commission. (2020). Digital Education Action Plan 2021-2027: Resetting Education and Training for the Digital Age. https://bit.ly/3qDhYJC
European Union Council (2018). Council Recommendation of May 22, 2018, on key competencies for lifelong learning. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/ES/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32018H0604(01)&from=SV
Falloon, G. (2020). From digital literacy to digital competence: The teacher digital competency (TDC) framework. Educational Technology Research and Development, 68, 2449–2472. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-020-09767-4
Kelchtermans, G. (2019). Early career teachers and their need for support: Thinking again. In A.M. Sullivan, B. Johnson and M. Simons (Eds.), Attracting and keeping the best teachers: Issues and Opportunities (pp. 83-98). Springer.
Krippendorff, K. (2018). Content analysis: an introduction to its methodology. SAGE.
Krumsvik, R. (2012). Teacher educators’ digital competence. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 58(3), 269-280. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2012.726273
Uerz, D., van Zanten, M., van der Neut, I., Tondeur, J., Kral, M., Gorissen, P., and Howard, S. (2021). A digital competences framework for lecturers in higher education. Acceleration plan Educational innovation with IT.
Viñoles-Cosentino, V., Esteve-Mon, F. M., Llopis-Nebot, M. A. and Adell-Segura, J. (2021). Validación de una plataforma de evaluación formativa de la competencia digital docente en tiempos de Covid-19. RIED. Revista Iberoamericana de Educación a Distancia, 24(2), 87-106. https://doi.org/10.5944/ried.24.2.29102
Viñoles-Cosentino, V., Sánchez-Caballé, A., and Esteve-Mon, F.M. (2022). Desarrollo de la Competencia Digital Docente en Contextos Universitarios. Una Revisión Sistemática. REICE. Revista Iberoamericana sobre Calidad, Eficacia y Cambio en Educación, 20(2). https://doi.org/10.15366/reice2022.20.2.001
Vykhrushch, V., Romanyshyna, L., Pehota, O., Shorobura, I., and Kravets, R. (2020). The Efficiency of Training a Teacher at Higher Education Institutions of Different Profiles. European Journal of Educational Research, 9(1), 67-78. https://doi.org/10.12973/eu-jer.9.1.67

Acknowledgements: This work was supported by the Spanish Ministry of Universities under grant FPU21/00298 and by the Jaume I University (Spain) under grant UJI-A2020-18.  PI1: Francesc M. Esteve-Mon and PI2: Lucía Sánchez-Tarazaga. More info at https://unidpd.uji.es/english/.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm17 SES 13 A: Literature, Literacy and Diversity
Location: Gilbert Scott, Kelvin Gallery [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Lajos Somogyvari
Paper Session
 
17. Histories of Education
Paper

Who Was Goliath? The Common Foe Across Nations and Time

Nicole Gotling1, Veronika Maricic2, Lukas Boser Hofmann3

1University of Vienna, Austria; 2University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom; 3University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Gotling, Nicole; Maricic, Veronika

Even though societies have always been diverse, and modern educational institutions have been organized differently according to the standards of these different societies, there are also commonalities between them. One such example where diverse societies come together is in the telling of stories of heroes and their foes. The theme of historic stories’ good hero versus an evil foe, such as the trope of the Bible’s David versus Goliath, made its way into modern national curricula and historiography in similar ways across state borders: for centuries, nations have been inspiring their folk with tales of singular, renowned heroes who saved their nation against some outside foe. What we are going to do in this paper is present how three seemingly diverse nations – the Swiss, the Danish, and the Scottish – actually followed the same historic story-telling tactics to bring their nation together against a common foe.

William Tell, Niels Ebbesen, and William Wallace were three mythological heroes whose stories were based on actual historical figures (Ebbesen and Wallace) or folk tales (Tell). They were all regional “freedom fighters” who stood up against a larger outside force that wanted control of their “homeland.” But they were not unsung heroes. On the contrary, national Swiss, Danish, and Scottish historiographies have written their heroic, mythical stories for centuries, no matter whether those stories were actually true or not, and melding them into the historical consciousness of their societies. Songs, art, and children’s stories have been made about them, and their feats have been written into the curricula with textbooks turning them into national heroes whom students should revere (and emulate). They were the Davids versus their respective Goliaths. And just as David, they became renowned as fighters for the “right cause” who bravely faced the odds at any cost.

In our paper, we will discuss not just the “heroes” but also, especially, the “foes.” While children have been socialized around their national “David,” how were they learning to discern and depict their “Goliath?” When William Tell resisted Austrian Habsburg rule, Niels Ebbesen stood up to the intrusive Germans, and William Wallace stood up to the English throne seekers, they were fighting with principle against some “evil,” outside enemy force that caused suffering and pain. Drawing upon Ernest Renan’s remark that “suffering” unites as much as “joy,” we argue that “arch foes” are important in two respects: they give the “heroes” a “foe” to rise against while at the same time the suffering they caused united the people behind those “heroes.” The “Goliaths” were thus just as necessary to the stories as the “Davids.”


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We use a document, narrative, and discourse analysis framework in order to answer the question of how the biblical myth of David and Goliath was utilized in creating stories of national heroes and foes. Therefore, we study the cases of Swiss, Danish, and Scottish national historiographies and images and their representation within school lessons as represented by textbooks and other teaching materials. More precisely, the tale of William Tell's Swiss rebellion is looked at as it has been depicted in the imagery of mid-19th century to mid-20th century reading books, teaching materials, and school wall hangings for Swiss primary schools. Niels Ebbesen’s success in rousing the Danish and ousting the German Holsteiners from Denmark will be drawn from 19th- and 20th-century reading books, history textbooks, songbooks, and school wall charts for Danish primary schools. William Wallace’s arch enemy in the wars of Scottish independence will be examined in Scottish English, history, and geography textbooks that were published in the mid-18th and 19th centuries, following the Union of Parliaments (1707), for Scottish primary and secondary schools.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As our analysis demonstrates, historic story-telling based on the same well-known and sacred stories, such as that of David and Goliath, has been a powerful tool in bringing people together under a shared cause. As modern national educational institutions were built-up alongside their emerging nation-states, the unifying tool of the sacred story was brought into educational historiography as well. Similar tales of a historic, mythical national hero who saved the people, the nation, against a terrible foe were (re-)formulated and added to school curricula in similar ways within and across borders. These stories of “unique” or “diverse” heroes and foes were following the same, important formula for nation-building. In view of these findings, our case studies from three different European countries are also telling examples of how schools across the map used national stories to help create and promote national consciousness, “national literacy,” and, ultimately, national unity. In the end, these stories teach future citizens that if there is one thing to be learned, it is that if there is a Goliath in front of you, there must be a David inside of you.
References
Albrectsen. (1988). Var Sønderjylland i middelalderen en del af Danmarks rige? Historisk Tidsskrift, 15(3), 1–16.
Anderson, R. D. (1995). Education and the Scottish People 1750–1918. Clarendon Press.
Capitani, F. de (2013, Dec. 17). Tell, Wilhelm. Historisches Lexikon der Schweiz (HLS). URL: https://hls-dhs-dss.ch/de/articles/017475/2013-12-17/
Capitani, F. de (1987). Die Suche nach dem gemeinsamen Nenner – der Beitrag der Geschichtsschreiber. In F. de Capitani and Georg Germann (Eds.), Auf dem Weg zu einer schweizerischen Identität (pp. 25–38). Universitätsverlag Freiburg.
Carretero, M., Asensio, M., & Rodriguez-Moneo, M. (Eds.). (2012). History Education and the Construction of National Identities. Information Age Pub.
Coleman, J. (2016). Remembering the Past in Nineteenth-Century Scotland. Commemoration, Nationality and Memory. Edinburgh University Press.
Dahn, N., & Boser, L. (2015). Learning to See the Nation-State – History, Geography and Public Schooling in Late 19th-Century Switzerland. Bildungsgeschichte: International Journal for the Historiography of Education, 5(1), 41–56.
Friedrich, D. (2010). Historical consciousness as a pedagogical device in the production of the responsible citizen. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 31(5), 649-663.
Gotling, N. (2023). The Danish nation-state as crafted in textbook narratives: From democracy toward a Nordic model. In D. Tröhler, B. Hörmann, S. Tveit, & I. Bostad, (Eds.), The Nordic model of education in context: Historical developments and current renegotiations (pp. 36–55). Routledge.
Marchal, G. P. (2007). Schweizer Gebrauchsgeschichte. Schwabe.
Maricic, V. (2020). National identity textbooks: Teaching Scottishness in the wake of the union of parliaments. Croatian Journal of Education, 22(2), 29–46.
Renan, E. (1882). Qu’est-ce qu’une nation? Conférence faite en Sorbonne, le 11 mars 1882. C. Lévy.
Samuelsson, J., & Wendell, J. (2016). A national hero or a Wily Politician? Students' ideas about the origins of the nation in Sweden. Education, 3-13: International Journal of Primary, Elementary and Early Years Education, 1–13.
Sobe, N. W. (2014). Textbooks, Schools, Memory, and the Technologies of National Imaginaries. In J. H. Williams (Ed.), (Re)constructing Memory. School Textbooks and the Imagination of the Nation (313–318). Sense Publishers.
Tröhler, D. (2020). National literacies, or modern education and the art of fabricating national minds. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 52(5), 620–635.
Tröhler, D., Popkewitz, T., & Labaree, D. (Eds.). (2011). Schooling and the Making of Citizens in the Long Nineteenth Century. Routledge.


17. Histories of Education
Paper

Literacy and Development in Southern Italy. An Overview of a Neapolitan Province’ School System

Caterina Sindoni

Università degli Studi di Messina, Italy

Presenting Author: Sindoni, Caterina

The contribution intends to present the italian Project of Relevant National Interest "Education and Economic Development in Southern Italy from the Unification to the Giolitti Era" (1861-1914), which is part of the research inspired by the contribution of Carlo Maria Cipolla entitled Literacy and Development in the West. The project, funded by the Ministry of Research, aims to reconstruct the policies implemented in the post-unification period aimed at creating the conditions for the economic and social development of southern Italy by leveraging on the channel of a school public and widespread.

The project focuses on the complex relationship between literacy and development as examined through a quantitative collection of analytical data relating to schooling processes particularly in most of the southern Italian regions (Sardinia, Campania, Basilicata, Calabria and Sicily).

The contribution focuses on the activities carried out by the researchers of the University of Messina and on the potential of quantitative investigations to understand the dynamics of local, regional, national and global geographies.

It is based, in particular, on a survey relating to a vast area of Campania, the "Principato citeriore", better known as the Province of Salerno.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The contribution focuses on the potential of quantitative surveys to understand the dynamics of local, regional, national and global geographies.
It is based on a vigorous and systematic examination of non-homogeneous archival documents relating to: 1. public primary schools for boys and girls; 2. schools for the preparation of the master class; 3. public secondary institutions; 4. technical and professional institutes.
The cataloging of data relating to schools and educational institutions aims to produce a bottom-up analysis of the history of southern school and educational systems. The intent is to identify, through the history of individual schools and the history of communities, the specificities of the many territories, large cities, rural and mountainous areas and even the smaller and more remote centers that make up the South. In particular, one of the largest Neapolitan provinces, the Province of Salerno, will be examined.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The contribution intends to present, through the examination of a case study, the Project of Relevant Italian National Interest "Education and Economic Development in Southern Italy from the Unification to the Giolitti Era" (1861-1914) and the data offered by the web portal called ISSI (Education and Development of Southern Italy). ISSI is a useful and dynamic digital tool, which allows the diffusion of tables, graphs, historical maps and explanatory cards on schools, teachers and various aspects of teaching. It is also a useful tool for reflecting on the history of the school from a comparative and interdisciplinary point of view.
References
Bianchi, Angelo. 2019. L’istruzione in Italia tra Sette e Ottocento. Dal Regno di Sardegna alla Sicilia borbonica. Istituzioni scolastiche e prospettive educative. Brescia: Scholè.
Chiosso, Giorgio. 2011. Alfabeti d’Italia. La lotta contro l’ignoranza nell’Italia unita, Torino: SEI.
Cipolla, Carlo Maria. 1969. Literacy and Development in the West. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books.
Covato, Carmela. 1996. Un’identità divisa: diventare mae-stra in Italia fra Otto e Novecento, Roma: Archivio Guido Izzi.
De Fort, Ester. 1996. La scuola elementare dall’Unità alla caduta del fascismo, Bologna: Il Mulino.
De Giorgi, Fulvio. 1999. La storia locale in Italia. Brescia: Morcelliana.
De Giorgi, Fulvio, Gaudio, Angelo, Pruneri, Fabio, eds. 2019. Manuale di storia della scuola italiama. Dal Risorgimento al XXI secolo, Brescia: Scholé.
Macry, Paolo. 2012. Unità a Mezzogiorno. Come l’Italia ha messo assieme i pezzi, Bologna: Il Mulino.
Felice, Emanuele. 2015. Ascesa e declino. Storia economica d’Italia, Bologna: il Mulino.
Houston, Robert Allan. 1997. Cultura e istruzione nell’Europa moderna, Bologna: Il Mulino.
Ong, Walter J., e John Hartley. 2012. Orality and Literacy: The Technologizing of the Word. London, New York: Routledge.
Pazzaglia, Luciano, Sani, Roberto, eds. 2001. Scuola e società nell’Italia unita: dalla Legge Casati al centro-sinistra. Brescia: La Scuola.
Pruneri, Fabio. 2014. “L’aula scolastica tra Otto e Novecento."Rivista di Storia dell’Educazione" 1: 63–72.Vigo, Giuseppe. 1971. Istruzione e sviluppo economico in Italia nel secolo XIX, Torino: ILTE.
Soldani, Simonetta, e Gabriele Turi. 1993. Fare gli italiani. Scuola e cultura nell’Italia contemporanea, voll. 1 e 2, Bologna: Il Mulino.
Vincent, David. Leggere e scrivere nell’Europa contemporanea. Bologna: il Mulino, 2006.
Zamagni, Vera. 1990. Dalla periferia al centro. La seconda rinascita economica dell’Italia (1861-1990), Bologna: Il Mulino.


17. Histories of Education
Paper

An Island within an Island: The School History of Carloforte, a cultural enclave in Sardinia (1861-1914)

Federico Piseri

Unversità degli Studi di Sassari, Italy

Presenting Author: Piseri, Federico

Carloforte is a city located on the island of San Pietro, in the extreme south-western part of Sardinia, in Italy. The island of San Pietro remained uninhabited until 1738, when a group of Genoese settlers who lived in the city of Tabarka in Libya inhabited it with the approval of the Savoys. Since then begins the story of a new city that is characterized by a culture and a language that is profoundly different from that of the main island. Between Carloforte and the territory of Sulcis there is therefore a deeper border than the sea that separates them.
Carloforte, although it rises on a small island of only 51 km2, exceeded 8,000 inhabitants in the first decade of the twentieth century. It is an economically rich and productive centre, particularly in the fishing and processing of tuna, of coral and maritime transport. In this it differs from the rest of Sardinia, still mostly dedicated to sheep farming and poorly industrialised.
Studies on teacher mobility in Sardinia show that there is a tendency for teachers to work in their countries of origin, particularly at the beginning of the twentieth century. This trait is found marked early in Carloforte, a sign of a clear desire to pass on a cultural imprinting.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The resarch is based on unpublished documents held in many Archives in Sardinia, since the Carloforte's Historical Archive burned in 1955. I used the teachers' files held by Cagliari State Archive, the School Inspector's archive held by the Iglesias' Historical Archive and documents about the Province of Cagliari held by Oristano's City Archive.
These documents allow us to reconstruct the school's life both from a narrative and a quantitative point of view.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Even if the history of Carloforte is well known and studied by local historians, no one had ever dealt with the history of its school. Education, especially in a place so characterized by an identity point of view, is a way to hand down and renew a local identity while welcoming the influences of the host territory. Understanding what citizens expected from education in such a particular place is interesting in comparative terms with the main island to understand how different social needs can give rise to different educational needs.
References
Garau, M. (2022). Il «tortuoso cammino» dell’alfabetizzazione nella Sardegna postunitaria. Il caso dell’istruzione primaria nella provincia di Cagliari attraverso l’analisi quantitativa delle statistiche offerte dal R. Ispettore scolastico Giovanni Scrivante (1861-1864). Rivista di Storia dell’Educazione, 9(1), 15-29. https://doi.org/10.36253/rse-12506.
Piseri, F. (2022). «La commissione prosegue i suoi lavori riprendendoli da...». Concorsi magistrali a Oristano tra conflitti di competenze e valutazione dei candidati (1866-1913). Rivista di Storia dell’Educazione, 9(1), 43-59. https://doi.org/10.36253/rse-12415
Pruneri, F. (2011). L’istruzione in Sardegna 1720-1848. Il Mulino.
Tirgallo F. (2015), La comunità ricevuta. Carloforte, la Sardegna e le pratiche del rappresentarsi, in L Marrocu, F. bachis, V. Deplano (eds.), La Sardegna contemporanea. Idee, luoghi, processi culturali, Roma, Donzelli, pp. 217-235.
Vallebona G. (1975), L’evoluzione della società carlofortina, Fossataro, Cagliari, Fossataro.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm18 SES 13 A: Knowledge and Practice in Physical Education Teacher Education
Location: Gilbert Scott, Senate [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Shirley Gray
Paper Session
 
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Movement Subject Knowledge in Physical Education Teacher Education

Håkan Larsson1, Dean Barker2

1Norwegian School of Sport Sciences, Norway; The Swedish School of Sport and Health Sciences, Sweden; 2Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway

Presenting Author: Larsson, Håkan; Barker, Dean

We will present the background, theoretical framework, methodology, and some preliminary findings of a project that aims to provide knowledge about how movement subject knowledge is conceptualised in physical education teacher education (PETE). Teachers need this knowledge to fulfil PE’s purpose of helping students develop what is in Swedish national curricula called “movement capacity” and “physical ability”.

The background for the project can be found in long-standing criticism of physical education (PE). For some time now, PE has been described as in a state of crisis due to declining legitimacy in education systems that increasingly value ‘academic knowledge’ (Hardman 2011), and/or due to current forms of PE being out of step with broader health and recreational trends (Tinning 2006). Kirk (2010) holds that, if not radically reformed, PE faces extinction as a school subject. Specifically, Kirk claims that movement knowledge is taught to students mainly in the form of decontextualized sport techniques in short bursts of practice that offer little in terms of learning.

In the Swedish context, national evaluations (SSI 2010, 2018) and research (Redelius & Larsson 2020) highlight PE’s struggle to evolve from an ‘activity subject’ to a ‘knowledge subject’, a transformation mandated in national curricula since 1994. These investigations of PE paint a picture where systematic attempts to develop movement knowledge are conspicuous by their absence (see also Larsson & Nyberg 2017).

Kirk (2010) proposes that PETE educators have a responsibility to lead reform in PE, and this includes defining subject knowledge. It is primarily PETE institutions that have the competence and critical mass for this purpose. Some researchers, however, suggest that PETE has itself been slow to change (Larsson, Linnér & Schenker 2018), that it has continued to emphasise traditional teacher knowledge (Mordal-Moen & Green 2014), and that it has struggled to present alternatives to movement knowledge that are not based on competition or fitness (Backman & Larsson 2013). Exacerbating PETE’s difficulty to lead knowledge reform is a tendency to distinguish between ‘practical knowledge’ and ‘academic knowledge’ (Herold & Waring, 2017).

Attempts to reform PETE have mainly focused on didactics and calls for the inclusion of socially critical perspectives (Larsson, et al 2018; Backman & Larsson 2013). We agree that didactics and critical perspectives are well worth attention in PETE. Still, without a clear definition of the subject knowledge, these efforts may prove literally baseless. Therefore, there is a need to define the subject knowledge required for the practice of the PE teacher profession. Similar work is carried out under the name content knowledge (CK) for physical education (see, e.g., Ward, 2013; Iserbyt, Ward & Li, 2017), but this research focuses primarily on student performance while we rather focus on students' movement knowledge.

Theoretically, the project is grounded in Young’s (2013) notion of powerful knowledge. The notion of powerful knowledge was developed in curriculum research because of ‘a neglect of the knowledge question itself and what a curriculum would be like if an “entitlement to knowledge” was its goal’ (Young, 2013, 107). Powerful knowledge concerns “specialized knowledge in contrast to everyday or contextualized knowledge. It is knowledge that can help students understand and explain the world and give them certain ‘powers’ in terms of capacity to move beyond their context-bound experience” (Carlgren 2020, 323). According to Young, powerful knowledge opens doors to new understandings and should be offered to all students in school.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology involves pedagogical sequences where movement content included in existing PETE courses is planned, taught, and explored (cf., Nyberg, Barker & Larsson, 2021). PE teacher educators are participating in the project because we assume that they embody powerful, yet to a great extent tacit, knowledge that needs to be brought to light to allow for critical deliberation and change. Additionally, student teachers are participating in the project to provide insights into how a taught content is embodied, thus adding to the possibilities for critical deliberation and knowledge restructuring to generate powerful knowings. It should be noted that while PE includes a wide range of knowledge, which derives from different scientific disciplines as well as non-scientific contexts, we focus specifically on movement knowledge, which we consider to be a curiously neglected aspect in PETE research.
We have organized analytic and empirical activities into ‘research sets’ where each set involves three phases: (i) collaborative design of a pedagogical sequence, (ii) generation of data on the ways which participants produce knowledge through systematic observation, interviews, and diaries, and (iii) analysis of knowledge production in relation to formal theory to see how theory and empirical material can inform one another.
The pedagogical sequences concern knowledge derived from four movement cultures: contemporary dance; games and play; outdoor life (friluftsliv); and athletics, gymnastics, and other acrobatic movement activities, which are reconceptualised in a PETE context. Observations, interviews and learning diaries during implementation of pedagogical sequences have so far provided knowledge that can be used to analyse and articulate the subject knowledge required for the practice of the (PE teacher) profession. Observations and interviews have taken place in an ethnography-inspired way. That is, during the courses, some of the researchers have attended lessons with GoPro cameras mounted on their chests. In these courses, the researchers filmed the lessons and held short conversations/interviews with the course participants. Additionally, some of the researchers have followed the teaching from the side-lines and have taken field notes.
The project has been approved by Sweden's Ethics Review Authority. A significant ethical concern in this project is that the researchers are often colleagues with the TEs and teach the same students in other courses.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The first pedagogical sequence was implemented during the autumn semester 2022. Analysis of the collected material from this sequence has been initiated. Here, we present initial analysis of this data set. The documented course was led by subject specialists in the respective fields of ball games, dance, athletics/gymnastics, and outdoor life, and was offered as advanced level continuing education for teachers and teacher educators in the field of PE. Some key questions that guided the course were: what does it mean to teach ball games, dance, etc., in a school context compared to contexts outside of school? What constitutes knowledge in athletics, outdoor life, etc.? And what can you do when you can play, dance, etc.?
To some extent, it is possible to talk about ‘movement knowledge’ in the teacher education context in the same way as we have proposed in previous publications, that is, in terms of dispositions and connoisseurship. This is the case especially in movement practices such as athletics and gymnastics, which have several features in common with movement practices that we have studied before, such as juggling and unicycling (Nyberg, Barker & Larsson, 2021). In ball games and dance, respectively, we discovered that there are already various frameworks that can contribute to structuring knowledge, such as the classification of games (O’Connor, Alfrey & Penney, 2022) and Laban’s movement analysis (BESS) (Mattsson & Larsson, 2021). However, in their current forms, these frameworks do not focus specifically on what you can do when you know ‘X.’ Outdoor life appears to be a particularly challenging area because there is little consensus within the secondary field of education about what constitutes the primary field of knowledge.

References
Backman, E. & Larsson, L. (2013). I takt med tiden? Studentlitteratur.
Carlgren, I. (2020). Powerful knowns and powerful knowings. Journal of Curriculum Studies. 52(3), 323-336.
Hardman, K. (2011). Global issues in the situation of physical education in schools. In: Contemporary issues in physical education, 11-29. Meyer & Meyer.
Herold, F., & Waring, M. (2017). Is practical subject matter knowledge still important? Physical Education & Sport Pedagogy, 22(3), 231-245.
Iserbyt, P., Ward, P., & Li, W. (2017). Effects of improved content knowledge on pedagogical content knowledge and student performance in physical education. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 22(1), 71-88.
Kirk, D. (2010). Physical Education Futures. Routledge.
Larsson, H., & Nyberg, G. (2017). ‘It doesn't matter how they move really, as long as they move.’ Physical Education & Sport Pedagogy, 22(2), 137-149.
Larsson, L., Linnér, S. & Schenker, K. (2018). The doxa of physical education teacher education–set in stone? European Physical Education Review, 24(1), 114-130.
Mattsson, T., & Larsson, H. (2021). ‘There is no right or wrong way': exploring expressive dance assignments in physical education. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 26(2), 123-136.
Mordal-Moen, K., & Green, K. (2014). Physical education teacher education in Norway: The perceptions of student teachers. Sport, Education & Society, 19(6), 806-823.
Nyberg, G., Barker, D., & Larsson, H. (2021). Learning in the educational landscapes of juggling, unicycling, and dancing. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 26(3), 279-292.
O’Connor, J., Alfrey, L., & Penney, D. (2022). Rethinking the classification of games and sports in physical education: a response to changes in sport and participation. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 1-14.
Redelius, K., & Larsson, H. (2020). Educational Challenges Facing Swedish Physical Education Teaching in the 2020s. Movimento, 26, doi.org/10.22456/1982-8918.98869.
SSI (2010). Mycket idrott och lite hälsa. Swedish Schools Inspectorate.
SSI (2018). Kvalitetsgranskning av ämnet idrott och hälsa i årskurs 7–9. Swedish Schools Inspectorate.
Tinning, R. (2006). Physical education, curriculum and culture: Critical issues in the contemporary crisis (Vol. 5). Routledge.
Ward, P. (2013). The role of content knowledge in conceptions of teaching effectiveness in physical education. Research Quarterly for exercise and sport, 84(4), 431-440.
Young, M. (2013). Overcoming the crisis in curriculum theory: A knowledge-based approach. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 45(2), 101-118.


18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Exploring Pedagogies of Embodiment in Physical Education Teacher Education

Øyvind Standal, Vegard Aaring, David Kirk

Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway

Presenting Author: Standal, Øyvind

Embodiment and embodied learning have emerged as significant topics in physical education and sport pedagogy over the last couple of decades. As a consequence, the pedagogical work done on, with and through the body has garnered research interest. A recent review of the literature on pedagogies of embodiment in physical education (Aartun et al., 2020) reported two thematic findings that characterized this literature: (i) enabling critical reflections and (ii) exploring (new) movements. Pedagogies of embodiment thus span the spectrum of pedagogical work concerning embodiment, from critical reflections on the social construction of the body to lived, embodied experiences of movement.

Research taking the latter approach to pedagogies of embodiment has for instance looked into how teachers can help students to notice, pay attention to and language one's own body as means towards developing movement capabilities and how experiences of enjoyment and meaningfulness are connected to movement learning and valuing physical activity (e.g. Lambert, 2020). Also, Aartun and colleagues found that exploring new movements could be a means towards ends such as developing trust within a group, more democratic forms of participation in PE as well as to challeng stereotypical ideas of movement cultures.

Within teacher education, there is a line of research on embodied learning and embodiment that explores how PETE can be conceptualized differently from more traditional and dualistic conceptions of the body in movement. Lambert (2020) advocated a re-conceptualization of PE and PETE by asking what an embodied form of PE and PETE might look like. By drawing on the work of P.J. Arnold, Lambert articulates the core of PE and PETE as "thinking ‘in’ movement (mind); intention ‘in’ movement (body); sensing ‘in’ movement (pleasure); sharing ‘in’ movement (other)" (p. 162). Nyberg, Backman and Larsson (2020) explored the meaning of movement capability for students in PETE and found four qualitatively different ways of experiencing movement capability: being able to move in order to achieve certain purposes, being able to iterate movements, experiencing various degrees of difference and aspects of moving and sensing one's own movement. Thus, both conceptually (Lambert, 2020) and empirically (Nyberg et al., 2020) the notion of exploring movements as a part of PETE have begun to be investigated. The purpose of this studyis to explore how PETE students experience learning new movements and to discuss the implications of these experiences for pedagogies of embodiment in PETE.

The theoretical perspective we draw on is Richard Shusterman's philosophy of somaesthetics, which concerns "the body as a locus of sensory-aesthetic appreciation (aesthesis) and creative self-fashioning" (Shusterman, 2012, p. 27). In particular, there are two concepts from Shusterman’s rich vein of writing that we tap into, namely pragmatic somaesthetics and _eeling better. More specifically, we are interested in the performative aspect of pragmatic somaesthetics, which “focus primarily on building strength, health, or skill, disciplines such as weightlifting, athletics, and martial arts” (p. 16). Within this category, Shusterman makes a further distinction between practices that are aimed at external appearance, such as the display of strength or skill, and practices that aim at inner experience. The latter concerns the notion of feeling better. The ambiguity of the notion is intended since it covers both the improvement of becoming more acutely perceptive of one’s inner experience of moving as well as heightening our satisfaction with being in movement.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For the purpose of this study, we have followed a group of general teacher education students in a semester long physical education course. While ten students voluntarily agreed to join the project, five students completed all the data generation activities and are included in our data analysis. We have generated and analyzed three different kinds of data material from the students: i) a written story about "a good physical education lesson" from the first day of the semester, ii) a logbook from a project about alternative movement activities, and iii) individual interviews conducted after the semester had ended.

The logbook was generated over a period of six weeks where students practised one self-selected alternative movement activity, which was one of the topics that the physical education course covered.  During the six weeks, students could choose to explore one activity which they had limited experience with. The students were encouraged to find resources for learning, such as instructional videos, to practice together with other students , and to use video films of their own practicing. The students were also writing a logbook to support and document their learning process. They were given prompts such as how they used video, whether they preferred practising alone or in a group, and questions about the inner experience of movement, their feelings and kinesthetic experiences (Shusterman, 2008).

The process of data analysis was guided by three questions concerning (i) what were the students own experiences with and pre-conceived ideas of teaching PE? (ii) how did the students experience working with pedagogies of embodiment through the PETE programme? (iii) what are the implications of these experiences for pedagogies of embodiment in PETE? The first and second author met regularly to discuss their individual interpretation of the data and developed jointly the themes that make up the results of this paper. The third author contributed in the final analysis and discussions related to the third analytical question.

The project was guided by the requirements of Norwegian Social Science Data Services as well as the university’s requirements for research ethics and storage of sensitive data. While we acknowledge the challenges of the dual role as both researching and teaching in the program, we also want to point out that the first author, who led the data generation activities, did not have any other role in the course in terms of teaching and assessing the students.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The students' ideas about and experiences with physical education are to some extent fairly traditional in that they emphasis the importance of class management, high levels of activity and enjoyment as characteristics of a good physical education lesson. They are also concerned with issues of inclusiveness. In the analysis, we got interested in how the students used "emotion-words" like fun, motivation and enjoyment. In addition to these positive notions, the students also expressed having experienced taking part in physical education as also being embarrassing, awkward and to some extent frightning.

These experiences with  physical education serves as an important backdrop to the analysis of the students' experiences with learning a new movement during the physical education course. More specifically, our assumption is that who the students are and what they have experienced prior to entering PETE, influence what they can learn through and about pedagogies of embodiment. We organize this main part of the findings in three topics (this part of the analysis is being carried out at to moment of writing the ECER-abstract): "it is fun and scary", which captures the dual experience of practising a new movement activity. In particular, the social aspect of fear (i.e. the fear of failing in front other students) will be highlighted. Second, "feeling competent" is an important topic in the analysis in the sense that this feeling can be analyzed as a substitute or replacement of learning. Finally, "to see and be seen" is a topic that covers how students experience the use of video filming as a part of their learning process. These findings will be discussed and elaborated on in light of Shusterman's philosophy of somaesthetics.

References
Aartun, I., Walseth, K., Standal, Ø. F., & Kirk, D. (2022). Pedagogies of embodiment in physical education – a literature review. Sport, Education and Society, 27(1), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2020.1821182

Lambert, K. (2020). Re-conceptualizing embodied pedagogies in physical education by creating pre-text vignettes to trigger pleasure ‘in’ movement. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 25(2), 154–173. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2019.1700496

Nyberg, G., Backman, E., & Larsson, H. (2020). Exploring the meaning of movement capability in physical education teacher education through student voices. European Physical Education Review, 26(1), 144–158. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336x1984108

Shusterman, R. (2012). Thinking through the body: Essays in somaesthetics. Cambridge University Press.


18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Activating Students as Resources in Physical Education Teacher Education – A Complex Process Making Social and Physical Capital Visible

Erik Backman1, Gunn Nyberg1, Björn Tolgfors2, Mikael Quennerstedt3

1Dalarna University; 2Örebro University; 3The Swedish School of Sport and Health Sciences

Presenting Author: Backman, Erik; Nyberg, Gunn

It is well established that students in higher education need to develop evaluative skills in order to become effective learners (Guest & Riegler 2022). Assessment for Learning (AfL) is a model for assessment that strengthens learning in schools as well as in higher education (Black et al 2002). This is also the case in physical education teacher education (PETE) (Eather et al 2017, Macken et al 2020) and in school physical education (Leirhaug 2016). One of the key learning strategies in AfL is to activate peers as resources for learning, often operationalised as peer assessment. In PETE, peer assessment (or peer-assisted learning in a broader meaning) has proven to strengthen learning for both the observer and the observed (Lamb et al 2012).

One dimension of peer assessment, that has only scarcely been covered in the PETE context (Macken et al 2020) but that is more highlighted in research of peer assessment in general teacher education (see e.g. Kilic 2016, Tait-McCutcheon & Bernadette Knewstubb 2018), is the tensions inherent in giving feedback to peers on their work, peers who might also often be friends. According to Kilic (2016, 137) preservice teachers “do not feel comfortable when critiquing another student” and Tait-McCutcheon and Knewstubb (2018, 773) argues that “peer assessment could reflect friendships more than learning outcomes”.

Research demonstrates a complexity with regards to the potential for peer assessment in PETE. On the one hand, preservice teachers have expressed that giving feedback to peers creates a positive, safe, equal and relaxed learning environment (Lamb et al., 2012) and peer assessment has been reported to improve competence, confidence and self-efficacy among preservice teachers (Eather et al., 2017). On the other hand, a study by Macken et al. (2020) reported that preservice teachers believe their students would be mean to each other if implementing peer assessment during their school placement practice in PETE.

In this paper, we aim to further explore the complexity involved in peer assessment in PETE to get a deepened and more differentiated picture of this phenomenon. Our overall aim is to contribute to more knowledge about how to involve preservice teachers in PETE and students in school physical education as resources for learning without risking to cause harm. Drawing on the call from Scanlon et al. (2022) for more studies on how assessment is taught in PETE, our specific aim in this paper is to investigate preservice teachers’ views on what as well as how peer assessment is taught in PETE, to be used in school physical education. We will use Pierre Bourdieu’s (1990) concept of capital, as well as the work of Hay and Penney (2013) on how accountability mechanisms functions in assessment, in order to analyse what is assigned value in peer assessment. The two questions that will guide our analysis in this paper reads: What mechanisms are assigned value in peer assessment according to preservice teachers in PETE? And: How do the mechanisms that are assigned value in peer assessment in PETE function according to preservice teachers? More knowledge about the what and the how in teaching of assessment practices in PETE can improve these practices within school physical education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study presented in this paper is conducted as part of a greater project with the aim of exploring how PETE matters for school physical education. In the overall project we have recruited preservice teachers, with physical education as one of their subjects, during their last year in teacher education. During this last year, one campus-placed course in assessment and one school placement course, constituted the contexts from which we collected empirical material to this study (Authors 2021).  
The participants in this study were 21 preservice teachers from two different PETE institutions in Sweden (10 from uni A and 11 from uni B). The empirical material analysed in this study compriced of:
1. Three audio-recorded seminars (90-120 min each) from the campus-based assessment courses (one seminar from uni A and two from uni B) conducted before the preservice teachers’ school placement studies.
2. Seven individual semi-structured interviews (40-70 min each) (Kvale 1996) conducted during visits at the preservice teachers’ school placement studies (all from uni A).
3. Five individual Stimulated Recall (SR)-interviews conducted during visits at the preservice teachers’ school placement studies (one from A, four from B).
4. Two audio-recorded and semi-structured group interviews (40-60 min each) (Kvale 1996) from the campus-based assessment courses (both from A) conducted after the school placement studies.
After having had the empirical material transcribed by an external part, a thematic content analysis was initiated by a process of familiarisation in which all four researchers were engaged (Braun et al 2017). Inspired by an abductive approach (Alvesson & Sköldberg 2017), we allowed ourselves to be open to alternative theories that could help explain the empirical material. The choice of research object was initiated by the impression from the interviews that giving feedback to peers is surrounded by a complexity, both in PETE and in school physical education. The identification of social relationships and certain types of bodies and movements as assigned with value when giving feedback to peers guided our attention towards Bourdieu-inspired interpretations of the social capital (Beames & Atencio 2008) and the physical capital (Redelius & Hay 2010).  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings indicate that when the what-aspect of ‘social relationships’ is to be implemented into an how-aspect, the preservice teachers calls for continuous interaction ‘over time’ in order to build a safe and an allowing climate for learning. While this interaction can be implemented in PETE and in school physical education, allowing for school children to build social capital (Beames & Atencio 2008), a result from this study that calls for further discussion is how PETE can make continuous interaction between preservice teachers and school students possible during school placement studies.
When the what-aspect of ‘articulating what to learn’ is mirrored in relation to the how-aspect of giving ‘correct feedback’ in peer assessment, this displays that physical capital in school physical education is strongly connected to standards of excellence and norms of right and wrong movement technique (Redelius & Hay 2010). These golden norms seem to be upheld by the displayed lack a common language for learning (Larsson & Redelius 2008). A question following from this study is what resources preservice teachers are offered within PETE to embody a language for learning in school physical education?
This study also made visible that ‘the emphasis of certain forms of knowledge ’ is highly valued when preservice teachers are to give feedback to their peers, to their students (during school placement) or when they engage students to give feedback to each other.  The preservice teachers claim to handle this ‘what-aspect’ of peer assessment by focus their attention on ‘managing the sensitivity’ arising when themselves or their students are to comment on each others’ bodies in movements.
In conclusion, the combination of social and physical capital decides what is possible to say to whom when preservice teachers and students are to give feedback to their peers in PETE and in school physical education.

References
Alvesson M and Sköldberg K (2017) Tolkning och Reflektion. Vetenskapsfilosofi och Kvalitativ Metod [Interpretation and Reflection. Philosophy of Science and Qualitative Method]. Lund: Studentlitteratur. [In Swedish.]
Beames, Simon and Atencio, Matthew (2008)'Building social capital through outdoor education', Journal of Adventure Education & Outdoor Learning,8:2,99 — 112
Black, P., C. Harrison, C. Lee, B. Marshall, and D. Wiliam. 2002. Working Inside the Black Box. Assessment for Learning in the Classroom. London: GL Assessment
Bourdieu, P. (1990). The logic of practice. (Richard Nice, Trans.). Cambridge, MA: Polity Press.
Eather, N., Riley, N., Miller, D., Jones, B. (2017) Evaluating the Effectiveness of Using Peer-Dialogue Assessment for Improving Pre-Service Teachers' Perceived Confidence and Competence to Teach Physical Education. Australian Journal of Teacher Education,
Guest J & Riegler R (2022) Knowing HE standards: how good are students at evaluating academic work?, Higher Education Research & Development, 41:3, 714-728
Hay, P. J., and D. Penney. 2013. Assessment in Physical Education. A Sociocultural Perspective. London: Routledge.
Kilic, D. (2016) An Examination of Using Self-, Peer-, and Teacher-Assessment in Higher Education: A Case Study in Teacher Education, Higher Education Studies, 6(1), 136-144.
Kvale, Steinar (1996). Interviews. An Introduction to Qualitative Research Interviewing. California: Sage Publications.
Lamb P Lane K & Aldous D (2012) Enhancing the spaces of reflection: A buddy peer-review process within physical education initial teacher education, European Physical Education Review 19(1) 21–38
Larsson H & Redelius K (2008) Swedish physical education research questioned—current situation and future directions, Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 13:4, 381-398, DOI: 10.1080/17408980802353354
Leirhaug 2016 Exploring the relationship between student grades and assessment for learning in Norwegian physical education, European Physical Education Review, 22(3) 298–314
Macken S, MacPhail, A & Calderon, A (2020) Exploring primary pre-service teachers’ use of ‘assessment for learning’ while teaching primary physical education during school placement, Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 25:5, 539-554
Redelius, K. & Hay, P. (2010) Defining, acquiring and transacting cultural capital through assessment in physical education, European Physical Education Review, 5(3):275–294:
Scanlon D, MacPhail, A Walsh C & Tannehill D (2022): Embedding assessment in learning experiences: enacting the principles of instructional alignment in physical education teacher education, Curriculum Studies in Health and Physical Education, epub ahead of print
Tait-McCutcheon S & Knewstubb, B. (2018) Evaluating the alignment of self, peer and lecture assessment in an Aotearoa New Zealand pre-service teacher education course, Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 43:5, 772-785
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm19 SES 13 A: Educational Ethnography: Pasts, presents, and futures
Location: Hetherington, 129 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Clemens Wieser
Panel Discussion
 
19. Ethnography
Panel Discussion

Educational Ethnography: Pasts, presents, and futures

Clemens Wieser1, Gisela Unterweger2, Dennis Beach3, Juana M. Sancho-Gil4, Wesley Shumar5, Jürgen Budde6

1Aarhus University, Denmark; 2Zürich University of Teacher Education, Switzerland; 3Göteburg University, Sweden; 4University of Barcelona, Spain; 5Dexel University, USA; 6Flensburg University, Germany

Presenting Author: Wieser, Clemens; Unterweger, Gisela; Beach, Dennis; Sancho-Gil, Juana M.; Shumar, Wesley; Budde, Jürgen

Ethnography in education is gaining momentum. Over the last 20 years, more and more educational researchers endorse ethnography because of its distinctive qualities and its productivity to comprehend interconnections of educational phenomena, from pedagogical practices to the commodification that takes place through educational policy. Ethnography is commended for its unique approach to educational phenomena through continuous and immediate experience in fieldwork and its unfragmented methodical attention to situations and interactions (Hammersley 2017; Wieser and Pilch Ortega 2020). Even though this understanding of ethnography is agreeable to many, ethnographic research builds on diverse traditions, resulting in a plurality of cultures of doing ethnography (Beach and Larsson 2022). Our panel discussion attends to these cultures of doing ethnography, their histories, similarities, and differences. Consequently, this panel discussion explores the pasts in which local cultures of doing ethnography have emerged, the present contexts in which educational ethnography is developing, and the prospects that ethnography holds for the future. To explore pasts, presents, and futures of educational ethnography, we focus our panel discussion on three sets of questions:

Foundations of educational ethnography

What are the ontological and epistemological assumptions on which we build our educational ethnographies?

What are the implications for core spatial concepts such as “the field” in our contemporary, interconnected and globalized world?

Comprehending educational phenomena through ethnography

How do ethnographic approaches enable us to comprehend the pedagogical character of educational phenomena?

What is the impact of emergent theories such as new materialism, the affective turn, posthumanism, or actor-network theory, on doing ethnographic research in education?

Practices of educational ethnography

What research practices enable us to understand transformations of educational practice?

How do we move forward thinking about ethnography as a collaborative process rather than the work of a sole researcher?


References
Beach, Dennis, and Staffan Larsson. 2022. “On Developments in Ethnographic Research: The Case of Two Swedish Universities.” International Journal of Qualitative Methods 21 (January): 160940692210844. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069221084432.
Gupta, Ahkil, and James Ferguson. 1997. Anthropological Locations: Boundaries and Grounds of a Field Science. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Hammersley, Martyn. 2017. “What Is Ethnography? Can It Survive? Should It?” Ethnography and Education 13 (1): 1–17. https://doi.org/10/gdshv5.
Marcus, George. 2010. ‘‘Notes from Within a Laboratory for the Reinvention of Anthropological Method.’’ In Ethnographic Practice in the Present, edited by Marit Melhuus, John P. Mitchell, and Helena Wulff, 69 79. New York: Berghahn Books.
Wieser, Clemens, and Angela Pilch Ortega. 2020. “Ethnography in Higher Education: An Introduction.” In Ethnography in Higher Education, edited by Clemens Wieser and Angela Pilch Ortega, 1–10. Doing Higher Education. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-30381-5_1.

Chair
Clemens Wieser, wie@edu.au.dk
Gisela Unterweger, gisela.unterweger@phzh.ch
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm20 SES 13 A: Facing discrimination in Teacher Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 733 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Hafdís Guðjónsdóttir
Paper Session
 
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Stories that Move in Higher Education: a comprehensive tool for facing discrimination

Carmen Carmona Rodriguez1, Assumpta Aneas2, Tamar Shuali Trachtenberg3, Marta Simó Sánchez2, Victoria Tenreiro Rodríguez3

1University of Valencia, Spain; 2University of Barcelona, Spain; 3Catholic University of Valencia "San Vicente Martir"

Presenting Author: Carmona Rodriguez, Carmen; Aneas, Assumpta

Nowadays, Europe is facing more intensively some of the challenges and opportunities in relation to growing ethnic, cultural and religious diversities in education. Concretely, teachers in schools and universities need tools to reflect more on how societies are changing and how important is to accept diversity in all senses. From that perspective, the present research aims to analyze the impact of the Project ‘Stories that Move’ in a sample of university students from Social Education degree and their reflections to challenge racism and discrimination (Bolzman et al., 2019).

Educational contexts, schools and universities, are a fundamental socialization context for adolescent and young individuals’ personal and professional development (Eccles & Roeser, 2011). In particular, intergroup contact and cooperation in the learning process are key elements for endorsing equality and inclusion in classroom (Celeste, et al., 2019; Karataş et al., 2023) with cultural pluralism and diversities.

In this research, we understand that teachers are widely considered the primary practitioners of cultural diversity approaches (e.g., Geerlings et al., 2019; Schachner, 2019). They might improve the quality of intergroup contact not only by demonstrating to students how to interact with each other but also by acting in accordance with specific social norms. More particularly, by acting as role models for their students, teachers might create an optimal educational context by treating all students equally, encouraging cooperation among students from different ethnic groups to achieve common goals, and pacing value on ethnic and cultural diversity (Bayram Özdemir & Özdemir, 2020; Schachner et al., 2016). Thereby, teachers may create a “safe haven” (Tropp, 2021; Verschueren & Koomen, 2012) for ethnic minority and majority adolescents and young individuals to establish harmonious intergroup relationships.

In order to do that, students and teachers together need to reflect more on diversity and be more inclusive. How could we do that? There are many resources that teachers and professors could use at different educational levels. However, there is less research that analyses the impact of using specific resources and the critical thinking resulted from those resources.

Concretely, ‘Stories that Move’ is an online European toolbox for learning about anti-discrimination from different intersectional layers of diversities. It aims to contribute to intercultural historical learning encouraging young people to think about diversity and prejudice and to reflect on their own views and choices by hearing the personal stories of their peers, as well as to become socially active. The toolbox includes materials for learners and teachers, which are available in seven European languages. Until now, it has been implemented in more than 10 European countries.

From a pedagogical perspective, the tool is focused on peer education (Damon, 1984) and participatory research as effective methods for creating inclusive classrooms. One of the prerequisites for inclusive classrooms is to engage young people to be active in our societies, to contribute as citizens to democracy. And all this starts with the development of their critical thinking skills.

In addition, this tool is focused on the importance of acknowledging an individual’s social position in relation to discrimination, the blended learning and visible thinking techniques are used to support the critical thinking of students (Brookfield, 1987) to give students insight into their learning process; learning routines, such as a set of questions or a short sequence of steps. Moreover, in Stories that Move a lot of the learning takes place through talking, in pairs, small groups and classroom discussions. This helps to actively engage them and encourages the development of critical thinking skills, enabling them to reflect on the relevance of discrimination in their own lives.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is part of a broader Project “Stories that Move: Upscaling good practice (StM 2.0)” funded my the European Commission. In particular, this study is focused on a qualitative methodology to analyze deeper the impact of using the tool with university students. Data was collected from the Universiy of Valencia in which 69 students from Social Education degree participated. The 91.3% of participants were women and the 8.69% men, the mean age was 23 years. The implementation process was the following: 1) students filled in a questionnaire related to attitudes towards different forms of discrimination; 2) the tool was introduced and explained to students; 3) students had one hour time to explore the different paths, and 4) students filled in a short survey. The survey aimed to extract information related to: what paths were analyzed, what has caught your attention the most in terms of reflection on the topic and your own self- perceptions on critical concepts; What aspects of the resource do you value most?, and usefulness of the tool in their profesional career as social educators. Ol
The toolbox is organised around five ready-to-use learning paths, consisting of multiple layers of information and assignments. All the paths have at their core the voices of young people who talk about experiences of discrimination, exclusion and hate crime.
Each of the five learning paths consists of two or three tracks. The five learning paths are:
- Seeing & being: Exploring how we see ourselves and others, reflecting on the multiple identities people have, and the need for a positive approach to diversity.  
- Facing discrimination: Understanding how prejudices and discrimination function and showing multiple examples of antigypsyism, antisemitism and other forms of discrimination that young people face.
- Life stories: By exploring the personal stories of individuals, from different periods of history, learners reflect on the continuity and discontinuity of discrimination.
- Mastering the media: Looking at how propaganda, stereotyping, prejudices and hate speech are part of the online domain.
- Taking action: Reflecting on what taking action means and empowering young people by sharing examples of youth initiatives on different scales throughout Europe.
Learners are invited to actively explore their own relationship with the topics addressed: antisemitism, racism, and discrimination against LGBT+, Muslims and Roma. The collected stories are diverse and offer a framework and starting point to talk about identity and discrimination.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In general, results demonstrate that the tool “Stories that Move” could be implemented at the university context and has an impact on students after implementation. The results are in line with the 21st century competeneces goal that students in Higuer Education need to achieve and that this tool encourage: critical thinking, cultural awareness and21st century competeneces that students in Higuer Education need to achieve: Critical thinking, Communication skills, Problem solving, Collaboration, Technology skills and digital literacy, Global awareness, Social skills, and Social responsibility.
Few examples from the results are: “This tool makes you reflect on aspects of daily life that may not be so perceptible on a day-to-day basis and can make you reflect on the person you are developing into yourself” (woman, 21 years). In addition, students explain how they are aware of facing discrimination, for example “I have been able to learn on how from my perception I define what discrimination is, in addition to sharing it with my colleagues during the debate”, “On the other hand, I have been able to hear testimonies from people who reflect on what discrimination is for them, situations they have been able to experience or see and how they reflect on their attitudes towards them. Therefore, I have realized that I have never stopped to think in detail, to reflect on whether all my actions throughout my life could have affected someone without my intention, because now I realize that discrimination is not only intentional in actions, that is, to express it openly, but also to have prejudices that you think even if you do not express them about a certain group”.
Students realize that judging is a key point that leads to discrimination, even if they dont  express it openly, and indirectly excluding others without more information on them.

References
Bakay, M. E. (2022). 21st Century Skills for Higher Education Students in EU Countries: Perception of Academicians and HR Managers. International Education Studies, 15(2), 14-24.

Bayram Özdemir, S., & Özdemir, M. (2020). The role of perceived interethnic classroom climate in adolescents' engagement in ethnic victimization: For whom does it work? Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 49, 1328–1340. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-020-01228-8

Bolzman, C., Mendoza, A. C. S., Eckmann, M., & Grünberg, K. (2019). A Typology of Racist Violence: Implications for Comparative Research and Intervention. In J. ter Wal & M. Verkuyten (Eds.), Comparative Perspectives on Racism (pp. 233-251). Routledge.

Celeste, L., Baysu, G., Phalet, K., Meeussen, L., & Kende, J. (2019). Can school diversity policies reduce belonging and achievement gaps between minority and majority youth? Multiculturalism, colorblindness, and assimilationism assessed. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 45, 1603–1618. https://doi.org/10.1177/0146167219838577

Eckmann, M., Stevick, D., & Ambrosewicz-Jacobs, J. (2017). Research in teaching and learning about the Holocaust: A dialogue beyond borders. Metropol-IHRA.

Karataş, S., Eckstein, K., Noack, P., Rubini, M., & Crocetti, E. (2023). Meeting in school: Cultural diversity approaches of teachers and intergroup contact among ethnic minority and majority adolescents. Child Development, 94(1), 237-253.

Tenreiro, V., Jabbaz, M., Carmona, C., Aneas, A.,  van Driel, B., Simó, M., Shuali Trachtenberg, T., & Centeno, C. (2021). Addressing educational needs of teachers in the eu for inclusive education in a context of diversity inno4div project volume 3 - Part 1: Assessment guidelines for teacher education and training practices on intercultural and democratic competence development. European Commission Publication.


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Developing Intercultural and Democratic Competences in Teacher Education - an educational Evidence Based Policy Proposal

Tamar Shuali Trachtenberg1, Carmen Carmona Rodriguez2, Asumpta Aneas3, Marta Simo3, Victoria Tenreiro1

1European Institute of Education for democratic culture Universidad Católica de Valencia San Vic, Spain; 2University of Valencia; 3University of Barcelona

Presenting Author: Shuali Trachtenberg, Tamar; Carmona Rodriguez, Carmen

In spite of policy impetus, research shows that teachers struggle to address the increasing diversity in their classrooms (PPMI, 2017)[1]. The acquisition of intercultural competence, which can be defined as the ability to mobilise and deploy relevant values, attitudes, skills and knowledge in order to interact effectively and appropriately in a culturally diverse context (Deardorff, 2009; Barrett, 2020; Shuali et al. 2020), embodies a crucial need for teachers to deal with diversity and to be successful in their teaching. In this context, in 2019 the Joint Research Centre (JRC) launched the INNO4DIV project with the aim of supporting educational policies that will support the promotion of teachers’ intercultural competence through the analysis of literature and the study of innovative good practices which have successfully overcome barriers to the development of teachers’ intercultural competence.

The conceptual framework of the INNO4DIV research project shifts from the discussion on IC towards intercultural and democratic competence (IDC). This shift represents the epistemological foundation of the INNO4DIV conceptual approach (extensively developed in Volume 1). This approach follows education scholars who, in their studies, establish the role that education and, very specifically, teachers play in the development of social identity and the construction of the sense of belonging (Dewey, 1916; Durkheim, Nisbet, 1960).

INNO4DIV research project is based on a cross case analysis of 21 cases which present outstanding outputs in overcoming barriers to IDC development in teacher education. The project reviewed initial teacher education and continuous professional development of teachers from a comprehensive approach analysing different dimensions– curriculum design, pedagogical approach and institutional discourse. The INNO4ID project also identified the CoE RFCDC competence model (2018a as the most effective approach to IDC development in both pre- and in-service teacher education. According to INNODIV conceptual framework

Teachers who practice IDC deploy skills and behaviours based on a strong commitment to the principles of social justice. They possess a complex understanding of people, empathy towards adverse situations and follow an inclusive approach to education (Byram et al., 2001).

This study provides information of innovative good practices following the classification of 9 Key Enabling Components. The aim of this research is to analyse all the data collected across the cases, extracting the relevant guidance information, organise it in an effective manner for its use by the multiple stakeholders, and validate it with relevant expert stakeholders. A great deal of information was already provided in the formal report, yet the thorough and comprehensive approach of the initial research obtained much more data than the one that which has been contemplated in the final report.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The case selection process took place according to the following steps:
1. a call for cases was launched in November 2019 followed by experts’ and researcher’s submission of 100 cases. All cases went through an initial screening process which entailed the review of experts from the IAIE and the UCV team. This led to the selection of 44 cases
2. the 44 cases were assessed by 12 experts, according to the case assessment process described in D3.1. A smaller assessment committee (5 members) paid special attention to the scores and comments that the larger group of experts had given to each initiative. Issues of innovation and evaluation were looked at in particular (since it provides a less biased view of how effective a practice might be). The innovative character of the cases prevailed over other criteria, such as impact or transferability. In addition, given the fact that most cases are still under implementation, limited sources of evidence and assessment publications are available. This element conditioned the triangulation of the findings;
3. a final selection of 21 innovative practices out of a longer list of 84 related to the development of teachers’ IDC, in different dimensions was established following a strict and rigorous selection process (Tenreiro et al., 2020).
Each of the 21 selected cases corresponds to a single education or training initiative (i.e. intervention, project, programme) that encompasses innovative practices for the development of IDC in teacher education and training The findings drawn from the analysis of each case allow the exploration and understanding of the key elements of innovative and efficient practices in teachers’ IDC training. (Tenreiro et al., 2020) . All 21 cases are provided in a summarised fiche as part of Annex 1 to the present report. Each of the fiches contains information on the case scope, the partners and the major findings.
All selected cases present the following characteristics which depicts the INNO4DIV rationale (see Shuali et al., 2020):
• cultural diversity is understood in terms of human diversity and not as a representation of migrants, ethnic minorities or other minority groups;
• interculturality and intercultural competence are understood as part of a wider set of competences required to live peacefully in democratic societies;
• interculturality and intercultural education are addressed from a mainstream approach which means departing from the need to enhance the notion of human dignity deconstructing discourses on otherness.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
intercultural and democratic competences (IDC) are required for teachers to successfully interact with all learners and among themselves as an educational community. Furthermore, they help educators to understand the students’ different identities and provide teachers with tools which can empower them (Shuali et al., 2020). An intercultural and democratically proficient teacher or trainer acknowledges a student’s own cultural patrimony as a resource for both teaching and learning (Shuali, 2012).
Developing IDC in teacher education  involves developing competences related to valuing human dignity, cherishing human life and human rights, accepting pluralism and diversity as an asset to society, openness and willingness to engage in an intercultural dialogue. It requires, as reflected for example in the CoE RFCDC, k
Another important dimension in the  INNO4DIV project is the understanding of cultural diversity in terms of human diversity and there for IDC development is required in a pluralistic and democratic context .and is not limited to migration or other minorities social educative context. The following concepts represent the IDC rational and foundation  
• Interculturality and intercultural competence forms a part of a wider set of competences required to live peacefully in democratic societies – a shift from IC to ICD competences.
• Intercultural approach is understood within the context of an inclusive and democratic approach to education. Addressing interculturality from a mainstream approach means departing from the need to enhance the notion of human dignity deconstructing discourses on otherness .
• Selection of RFCDC as a major resource for the implementation and achievement of ICD in education. Analysed in light of recent research and EU publications, including the Paris Declaration and Council 2018. The RFCDC is the only framework which has an explicit mention of values when it comes to the development of competences

References
Euroepan Council (2018), ‘Council Recommendation of 22 May 2018 on key competences for lifelong learning (2018/C 189/01)’, Official Journal of the European Union C 189, pp. 1-13.

Shuali Trachtenberg, T., Bekerman, Z., Bar Cendón, A., Prieto Egido, M., Tenreiro Rodríguez, V., Serrat Roozen, I., Centeno, C., Addressing educational needs of teachers in the EU for inclusive education in a context of diversity, Volume 1 – Teachers´ Intercultural Competence: Working definition and implications for teacher education, EUR 30323 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2020, ISBN 978-92-76-21017-7, doi:10.2760/533558, JRC121348

Shuali, T. & Bar, A. (2022), ‘Los valores europeos y el desarrollo de la competencia democrática e intercultural en el profesorado’, In: Arufat, A., Sanz, R. (Eds.), UE, Ciudadanía y Valores en una era cambiante: Tirant Lo Blanc.

Shuali, T., Jover, G. & Bekerman, Z. (Eds.), ‘Educational Settings and the Construction of a Shared sense of Community in Democratic Countries: Epistemological and Pedagogical debates’, Revista de Educación, Vol. 387, 2020.

Simó, M., Shuali, T., Carmona, C., Prieto, M., Tenreiro, V. and Jiménez. M., Addressing educational needs of teachers in the EU for inclusive education in a context of diversity - Volume 2. Literature review on key enabling components of teachers' intercultural and democratic competence development and their associated barriers (C. Centeno, Ed.), Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2020, https://doi.org/10.2760/003789
Sleeter, C., ‘Preparing teachers for multiracial and underserved schools’, In: Frankenberg, E. and Orfield, G. (Eds.), Lessons in integration: Realizing the promise of racial diversity in American schools, Charlottesville: University of Virginia Press, 2007, pp. 171–190.

Sleeter, C. E., ‘Reflections on my use of multicultural and critical pedagogy when students are white’, In: Sleeter, C. and McClaren, P, Multicultural education, critical pedagogy and the politics of difference, Albany, NY: State University of New York Press, 1995, pp. 415-438

Tenreiro, V., Jabbaz, M., Carmona, C., Aneas, A., Shuali, T., Simó. M., van Driel, B., Addressing educational needs of teachers in the EU for inclusive education in a context of diversity - Volume 3. Part 1: Assessment guidelines for teacher education and training practices on intercultural and democratic


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

The experiences of implementation of Stories that Move® in DBSE of the of UAM-Azcapotzalco México of Mexico .0

Assumpta Aneas1, Alicia Cid2, Gloria Serrano2, Mónica Ferré1

1Universitat de Barcelona, Spain; 2University Autònoma Metropolitana of Mexico -Azcapotzalco

Presenting Author: Aneas, Assumpta

In 2013 the Universidad Autónoma Metropolitana, Azcapotzalco Unit, México (UAM-A), was given the task of creating a multidisciplinary Program (TIM) for the Basic Sciences and Engineering Division in the ten engineering degrees. Whose mains objectives are the promotion of integral training in the students based on knowledge, skills and attitudes that enrich the interaction with their development environment (Bonilla R., P., Armadans, I., & Anguera, MT (2020).

This set proposes a triple approach to the multidisciplinary focus: a) to stablish subjects whose object of study is for definition interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary like theater, sustainability, gender studies and cultural studies in general; b) propose another subjects that provide essential skills and knowledge so that students understand their interaction in the contemporary world and recognize themselves as social and cultural actors ( Osorio Garcia, ,2012). and c) the multidisciplinary set will be the principal axis of a new educative model; each one of subjects programs must have an inter and multidisciplinary focus developed in the delivered modalities so that students could make alternative multidisciplinary proposals of solutions applied to their environment.

The didactic proposal raises the concept of education that emanates from the philosophy of the Universidad Autónoma Metropolitana, México as a point of support; and it is taken as strategy of approach of the multidisciplinary subjects to promote students learning to search for agreement points; this can be done through student-pupil and between student and teacher relationships. The subjects have been grouped into five lines of knowledge. The first three cater to objects of study properly interdisciplinary as:

Cultural Studies ("Man and Culture").

Citizen Training ("Study of the Society and Sustainable Development").

Arts and Humanities.

Now focusing on the line of knowledge "Cultural studies" The subjects that are taught are:

¶ The landscape as an agent of settlements and culture.

¶ Family and violence in contemporary Mexico.

¶ Gender and sexuality.

¶ Power and gender.

At this point it is worth noting the definition of social stigma that refers to the attitudes and beliefs that lead people to reject, avoid or fear those who are perceived as different. Authors as Baah, F. O., Teitelman, A. M., & Riegel, B. (2019 have pointed out that it is a relational, non-essential concept, and establishes three large categories that cause social stigma: tribal (ethnicity, religion), physical differences (obesity, mental illness, etc.) and stigmas associated with behavior or personality (crime, homosexuality, etc.) Has been defined stigma as the product of a multifaceted social construction whose two main dimensions include people as risk and as responsibility. In other words, society perceives that stigmatized individuals and groups represent a risk and, at the same time, are responsible for causing it.

In the TIM unit of the UAM-A the different subjects present learning outcomes addressed to the analysis, understanding, skilling and sensitization towards all these types of violence, discriminations and psychosocial problems raised in these stigmas.

This is the context where we are applied an innovative resource, in order to prevent, fight and sensibilize against identitaria violence. This resource is the Toolkit Stories that Move, a toolkit developed by Ana Frank House, Funded by European Union, winner of WSA and Comenius Edu Media (2018)

The purposes of that study have been a) Obtaining an exploratory evaluation related to the personal positions and skills of the students related the phenomena and b) to test the implementation as educative resources the blended learning toolkit Stories that Move, developed in Europe


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The implementation of the tool-kit was held in several groups of Physics, Chemistry as well Chemical, Systems and Civil engineering of the Division of Basic Science and Engineering at the University Autonomous Metropolitan of Azcapotzalco- Mexico with a total sample of 380 students (22.28 years of average).  
 
 
The implementation was held before a program of train of trainers of 45 hours. 10 professors applied the toolkit in their groups for an average of three sessions of 2 hours/ each one.
In the first session, Students registered at the toolkit as students and answered an online formular which aim was starting the process of self-knowledge, in order to active the constructivist founds of process of learning. The formular include questions related to experiences, believes and competences.
The second session, the students played the path Seing and Being and Mastering the Media.
The third session, the students talked about their impression after answered the survey and played with the toolkit in their learning diary. Afterwards, a dynamic exchange of results and opinions was carried out between teams and at the end a general conclusion was built. As written work, they were asked to write his/her reflection about the impact of the activities carried out.
In this communication we will describe some traits and profiles of the Mexican students and we expose some of the qualitative narratives.
The applied self-perception questionnaire was made up of four components: a) Sociodemographic and identification data ( age, gender, degree, course)
b) Questions related their believes related the impact of the professional performance of: Religion, Phenotype, Scale of prejudice towards minority groups,
c) Experience as observer, victim and aggressor
d) Self-identification
e) Scale of Emotional Competence in adults (CDE-A35) Perez-Escoda et al. (2021)
f) Scale of Coping with conflicts in diversity context. The Coping Scale was developed from the Spanish version of the Coping Scale for Adolescents (ASC) by Frydenberg and Lewis (2000).
g) Scale of collaborative Interprofessional Competences (Aneas & Vilà, 2018)
h) Scale of Gender Violence (González-Gijón G. & Soriano Díaz A. (2021).

In this communication will be presented some statistical descriptive related the profiles and levels. Also, will be present some qualitative synthesis related to the narratives and valuations, done with the Nvivo Software.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The quantitative analysis has facilitated the description of the profile of the students of Mexico, related to their sensibility, believes and competences related with the copping and managing of violences identitaria. There are expectations that these tools allows make further systematic evaluation of the impact of the learning outcomes of the subjects of the (TIM). Below are showed some results:
 
The qualitative outcomes have facilitated to know diverse voices related to the impacts on the students after talk about their own personal experiences, increase their awareness about the factors, dynamics and strategies to face the identity-based violence. Pain, sensibility and sense of utility both personal as professional have been the main results which deep relation with its impacts on the Mental Health (Berjot, S., & Gillet, N., 2011)..

Engineering students become aware of their differences and that these, in turn, allow them to visualize that their social environment is diverse and that the interaction with their peers, in the difference, allows it to be an enriching activity among them precisely because of the differences and despite of them continue to share a large number of similarities that allow them to have a sense of belonging to the group

Related to the valuation of the transferability of a tool Stories that Move to collectives as emerging adults students of Engineering will be explained the challenges and success achieved.
This exploratory study, even if tentative, may raise certain needs and prospective milestones that we want to mention.

References
Aneas, A.; Vilà, R. (2018). Assessment of Interprofessional Collaborative Practice: Spanish version of the AITCS Scale . En Surender Mor (2018) Culture of Learning and Experimentation for the Well-Being . (pp. 149 - 163) . Bloomsbury Publishing (Political Philosophy Series) (London & New
Berjot, S., & Gillet, N. (2011). Stress and coping with discrimination and stigmatization. Frontiers in Psychology, 2, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2011.00033
Bonilla R., P., Armadans, I., & Anguera, MT (2020). Conflict Mediation, Emotional Regulation and Coping Strategies in the Educational Field. Frontiers in Education, 5, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2020.00050
Frydenberg, E., & Lewis, R. (2000). ACS Coping Scales for Adolescents. Spanish adaptation. Tea Editions, 240.
Osorio Garcia, SN (2012). Conflict, Violence and Peace: A scientific, philosophical and bioethical approach. Latin American Journal of Bioethics, 12(23), 52–69. https://doi.org/10.18359/rlbi.960
Pérez-Escoda, N., Alegre Rosselló, A., & López-Cassà, È. (2021). Validation and reliability of the Emotional Development Questionnaire in Adults (CDE-A35). Educatio Siglo XXI, 39(3), 37–60. https://doi.org/10.6018/educatio.422081
González-GijónG., & Soriano DíazA. (2021). Análisis psicométrico de una escala para la detección de la violencia en las relaciones de pareja en jóvenes. RELIEVE - Revista Electrónica De Investigación Y Evaluación Educativa, 27(1). https://doi.org/10.30827/relieve.v27i1.21060
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm20 SES 13 C JS: Uneven Landscapes: Educational Decolonization and the Making of Multimodal Connections
Location: James McCune Smith, 629 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Jennifer Markides
Joint Panel Discussion NW 07, NW 20, NW 31. Full information under 07 SES 13 D JS
5:15pm - 6:45pm22 SES 13 A
Location: Adam Smith, 1115 [Floor 11]
Session Chair: Vesa Korhonen
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

First Year Students’ Perceptions on How Experiences in Earlier Studies Are Reflected in Dimensions of Agency in Higher Education

Elina Vaara, Maarit Arvaja, Päivikki Jääskelä

University of Jyväskylä, Finland

Presenting Author: Vaara, Elina; Jääskelä, Päivikki

Supporting students’ agency and developing teaching practices is significant to respond to the current demands in higher education (HE) and work-life (Eteläpelto, 2013; Jääskelä, 2021). Agency can be seen as a core component of lifelong learning ability and coping with uncertainty (Su, 2011), and therefore significant in successful changes or transitions of conditions in educational path. Student agency is dynamic and contextual and has been theorized in different fields with a different emphasis such as individual choice or intentions, capabilities or capacity for self-reflection, as well as power structures or discourses (Eteläpelto, 2013). In discussions emphasizing actions within historical life-course, temporal aspects of agency have been raised up (e.g., Emirbayer & Mische, 1998; Hitlin & Kirkpatric Johnson, 2015) that involve the dynamics of past and present experiences, as well as with future orientation, which are context- and time-specific, also including the aspects of life outside studies. Therefore, the student agency can relate to earlier experiences in educational path, current contexts of learning, as well as future orientations.

Earlier Jääskelä et al. (2017; 2020) developed a multidimensional scale (AUS) to measure individual, relational and contextual resources of agency in HE course context with an online questionnaire. They defined student agency in HE “in terms of access to (and use of) resources for purposeful action in study contexts, i.e., as students’ experienced or interpreted individual, interactional and contextual resources to engage in intentional and meaningful action and learning”. As a result of profile analysis, Jääskelä et al. (2020) detected subgroups of students according to their experiences of agency in university courses. They found four different latent profiles of student agency from the data collected from 10 university courses: students with lower than average agency, average level agency, average with low participatory agency and higher than average agency. Jääskelä et al. (2020) concluded that agency experiences of the profile groups were significantly different according to form of instruction in the course, and developing teaching practices fostering participatory role of the student, but also increasing student awareness on agency during studies are needed. Therefore, to increase the student awareness on agency, Jääskelä et al. (2021) utilized learning analytics techniques to the data to visualize the results of the AUS -scale to benefit the learners as a basis for self-reflections. Therefore, AUS scale with agency analytics can be used as a tool in pedagogical development to support student agency.

While data collected through the AUS questionnaire offer a general picture about student agency experiences in the context, more in-depth knowledge is needed to describe how students themselves explain the changes in the individual, relational and contextual experiences, and how these are associated with earlier experiences in life related to education and learning. Therefore, there is need for research on how students’ agency experiences in HE are related to earlier learning experiences and contexts, to facilitate a fluent transition to higher education and to work, and to support the development of student agency during HE studies.

The aim of this study is to describe first year students’ perceptions on how experiences in earlier education, starting the studies in higher education and in a course during the first fall of studies in HE are reflected in agency. We will also see how students explain the changes in the dimensions of agency during a course in the first semester of their studies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is part of the StudyAgent –research project funded by the Academy of Finland. The validated Agency of University Students (AUS) scale (Jääskelä et al., 2020) was utilized in the study to measure multidimensional agency. The 11-factor structure contains 54 items at the course level and capture three main domains of agency resources, and their respective dimensions: Personal resources (Competence beliefs, Self-efficacy); Relational resources (Equal treatment, Trust for teacher, Teacher support); Participatory resources of agency (Participation activity, Ease of participation, Opportunities to influence, Opportunities to make choices, Interest and utility value, Peer support). Each dimension consisted of three to seven items rated using a five-point Likert scale (1 = fully disagree; 5 = fully agree). A total of 34 first year HE students were asked to fill in the questionnaire with the AUS scale at three timepoints during the course: at the beginning, in the middle and at the end of the course. Of all students, 16 filled in the questionnaire at least twise. Additionally, agency analytics validated in prior research were applied to the AUS questionnaire data to examine the participants’ group profiles and individual agency profiles (Jääskelä et al., 2021; Jääskelä et al., 2020). Teacher and students received visualizations of results in course level through agency analytics after the course. The results show changes in the group level, as well as in individual agency profiles during the course.

A total of 6 students were purposefully chosen for interviews based on the individual changes in the dimensions of agency visualized by agency analytics. Finally, 5 students participated in a 2-hour interview reflecting their personal results from agency analytics. Semi-structured interviews were constructed on the dimensions of agency in the AUS scale, also covering earlier experiences and future orientation in their educational path. The interview included reflections on reasons for the change in agency for each of the 11 dimensions during the course. Age of the participants varied from 20 to 28; except for one participant, the participants were women. The interviews were transcribed and analyzed using qualitative content analysis, to examine students’ interpretations of their individual agency profiles and concentrating on the explanations for change from students’ point of view.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Students’ experiences on agency during the course in first semester in HE were intertwined with experiences related to starting studies: transformations of expectations, finding field of own interest, development as a responsible accomplishing student (through self-reflection), and for example overcoming strain of new situations and becoming independent in many areas of life simultaneously.  

Agency experiences during the course had also associations to previous study experiences. All participants mentioned social support or pressure from peers, family, or earlier teachers as important aspects from earlier study paths: for example, kind and supportive teachers gave hope for learning. Therefore, earlier endorsement that gave belief in self-development was seen important for agency later in studies. On the other hand, some teachers were mentioned to even “crash dreams”, increase fear of failure or made students feel being panned. These emotional experiences were carried on to later studies and toned students’ agency experiences in the beginning of the studies.  

Overall, the preliminary analyses of interviews link the changes in agency during the first semester of studies to situational course-specific reasons, but also aspects related to starting studies: self-efficacy beliefs, social support, and growth as HE students. Altogether, the temporal accumulation of experiences affecting the agency was evident, and social encounters before and at the start of the studies were of high importance for student agency.

References
Emirbayer, M., & Mische, A. (1998). What Is agency? American Journal of Sociology, 103(4), 962–1023. https://doi.org/10.1086/231294.  

Eteläpelto, A., Vähäsantanen, K., Hökkä, P., & Paloniemi, S. (2013). What is agency? Conceptualizing professional agency at work. Educational research Review, 10, 45-65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2013.05.001

Hitlin, S., & Kirkpatrick Johnson, M. (2015). Reconceptualizing agency within the life course: The power of looking ahead. American Journal of Sociology, 120(5), 1429-1472. https://doi.org/10.1086/681216

Jääskelä, P., Poikkeus, A-M., Vasalampi, K., Valleala, U-M., & Rasku-Puttonen, H. (2017). Assessing agency of university students: validation of the AUS Scale. Studies in higher education, 42(11), 2061–2079. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2015.1130693

Jääskelä, P., Poikkeus, A-M., Häkkinen, P., Vasalampi, K., Rasku-Puttonen, H., & Tolvanen, A. (2020). Students’ agency profiles in relation to student-perceived teaching practices in university courses. International Journal of Educational Research, 103. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2020.101604.

Jääskelä, P., Heilala, V., Kärkkäinen, T., & Häkkinen, P. (2021). Student agency analytics: learning analytics as a tool for analysing student agency in higher education, Behaviour & Information Technology, 40(8), 790-808. https://doi.org/10.1080/0144929X.2020.1725130.

Su, Y.H. (2011). The constitution of agency in developing lifelong learning ability: the ‘being’ mode. Higher Education 62, 399–412. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-010-9395-6


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Patterns of Students’ Pathways at the University in Hungary

Matild Sagi, Andras Hosznyak

Educational Authority, Hungary, Hungary

Presenting Author: Sagi, Matild

The investigation of students’ pathways at the university is closely related to the topic of dropout and success in higher education.

There are several possible theoretical explanations for social differences in educational attainment that is correlated with the students’ pathways at the university. According to the rational action theory approach (Boudon 1974), family background has primary and secondary effects on education choice. Reproduction of cultural capital (Bourdieu 1973; Bourdieu and Passeron 1977; Becker 1975) forms the primary impact. Secondary effect occurs during the educational decision-making process: students and parents rationally calculate the balance of cost and the benefit of different education paths and choose the most advantageous track. Since students with lower social status have to travel a longer distance towards higher education from their origin, they calculate with a higher cost, so they have different results in their investment-returns calculations.

Goldthorpe and Breen (1997) developed Boudon's rational action theory approach. According to it, during educational decision-making the final goal of students is not the absolute-measured education level but to avoid social downgrading. Since absolute measured goals of different classes are dissimilar, universal scheme of balancing costs and benefits leads to a different result depending on social origin. The higher education relevance of this approach is that in case of an eventual failure, tertiary educated parents’ children are more inclined to stay in higher education for a longer period of time and attempt different study pathways in order to achieve their final goal of university degree.

The expansion of higher education, flexible forms of training and the pull/push out effect of the labor market often lead to a fragmented, non-linear student life paths (Hagedorn 2004; Lee and Buckthorpe 2008; Hovdhaugen et al 2015). Analysis of university study outcomes (successful completion, retention or drop out) can lead to significantly different results in individual-level and course-based analyses. E.g. in course-based analyses students who leave their starting course and continue their studies in another track are considered to be dropped out, while from the point of view of individual level they are continuing their higher education.

Most of the previous analyses of student pathways are not individual but course-based, that may shelter successful non-linear study tracks. (Tinto 1993; Hagedorn 2004, Robinson 2004; Kuh et al., 2006, Tumen et al 2008; Reason 2009; Thomas, L., and E. Hovdhaugen. 2014; Tight 2020; Pusztai 2015; Hovdhaugen et al 2015; Helland and Hovdhaugen 2022; Aina et al 2022)

The aim of our research is to discover the patterns of individual student study pathways, as well as to explore the influencing factors of study pathways.

Our main hypothesis is that although a significant proportion of the students drop out of the program they originally started, but they eventually obtain a higher education through a different (detour) route. According to our hypothesis, majority of students who follow the fragmented but finally successful student path have higher-status family background. Students from lower-status families typically either take a linear student path to a lower-value program or drop out within a relatively short period of time.

While our analysis is based on data of a single country, the added value of national-level data construction allows us to examine a more universal research question concerning the general mechanism of influencing factors on student pathways. That has a great relevance concerning the social and institutional dimension of higher education success and failure in Europe.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our longitudinal analysis of students’ pathways is based on aggregated data of the Hungarian official database of the Higher Education Information System (HEIS) in the period of 2013-2022, joined together with some family background information of students based on background questionnaire of National Assessment of Basic Competencies (NABC)

The Higher Education Information System (HEIS) is an official electronic register of students. All higher educational events that happened to the students during their higher education studies are recorded in it. It also includes institutional information of student’s university. Since Hungarian students have individual student ID, on the basis of the HEIS database it is possible to follow up detailed higher education history of students.

Of course for data protection reasons a researcher cannot access detailed individual student data, but it was possible to retrieve aggregated variables based on which it was possible to reliably analyze the students' individual level pathways in Hungarian higher education, controlled by family background.

For the present analysis students who entered ISCED5 or ISCED6 or undivided long-term courses of Hungarian higher education for the first time in the 2013/14 academic year form starting population of 45171 students. We followed the students’ pathways (student events) of this basic population in a semester breakdown until the end of the second semester of the 2021/2022 academic year.

Our analysis was based on two aggregate basic indicators of student pathways:  The “Individual Student Success Indicator” shows whether the student has obtained a (some level of) higher education degree and whether additional (higher) education is expected.

The “Student Pathway Summary Indicator” shows the summary of student pathway patterns starting from the first entry into higher education to the end of examined time interval. It contains 5 categories of (1) Straight path 1: Successfully completed the initial course within the “normal” time +2 semesters; (2) Straight path 2: Successfully completed initial course beyond the “normal” time +2 semesters; (3) Successful pathfinders: Did not successfully complete the initial training, but obtained some other higher education degree;  (4) Pathfinders at risk: Did not successfully completed any study, but higher education is still in progress (5) Dropouts: left higher education without a degree.

Besides the descriptive analyses of correlation between these two basic variables and characteristics of initial higher education course with family background and personal characteristics, multinomial logistic regression models were applied for disclosing causal effects.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The aim of our research was to discover the patterns of individual student study pathways in Hungarian higher education, as well as to explore the influencing factors of study pathways (especially the effect of family background and the specifics of the initial training). The longitudinal analysis of students’ pathways was based on aggregated data of the official database of the Higher Education Information System (HEIS) in the period of 2013-2022. We paid special attention to the patterns of fragmented, non-linear student life paths. Our theoretical approach was based on the rational action theory.

This analysis confirmed our main hypothesis: 39% of students who were considered to be dropped out according to the course-based statistics did not actually drop out of higher education just switched to another track. Majority of them (28%) have successfully completed some (other) higher education course while and 10,5% have not graduated (yet), but are still enrolled in higher education as students. This fact draws attention to the importance of analyzing the individual student's life path during examination of students’ success in higher education.

Among those leaving their first training, the ratio of successful passers and dropouts is around average. Therefore, if someone modifies his/her study path (drops out of his/her first course), it does not increase the probability of dropping out at the individual level, and only minimally increases the probability that he will be stuck in higher education for a very long time without a successful outcome.

Our analysis also confirmed our hypothesis concerning effect of family background on students’ pathways in higher education: majority of students who follow the fragmented but finally successful student path have higher-status family background. This results partially confirmed Goldthorpe and Breen (1997) rational action theory approach as well.

References
Aina et al (2022): The determinants of university dropout: A review of the socio-economic literature. Socio-Economic Planning Sciences  Volume 79, February 2022
Becker, G. S. (1975): Human Capital: A theoretical and empirical analysis with special reference to education. New York, Columbia University.
Boudon, R. (1974): Education, opportunity and social inequality. New York, Wiley.
Bourdieu, P. (1973): Cultural reproduction and social reproduction. In Brown, R. K. (ed.): Knowledge, education and cultural change. London, Tavistock.
Bourdieu, P. – Passeron, J.-C. (1977): Reproduction in education, society and culture. Beverly Hills, Sage.
Breen, R., & Goldthorpe, J. H. (1997). Explaining educational differentials: Towards a formal rational action theory. Rationality and society, 9(3), 275-305.
Hagedorn, L. S. (2004): How to define retention: A New Look at an Old Problem: http://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED493674.pdf.
Helland, H., and Hovdhaugen, E. (2022): Degree completion in short professional courses: does family background matter?, Journal of Further and Higher Education, 46:5, 680-694,
Hovdhaugen, E. et al (2015): Dropout and completion in higher education in Europe: Annex 1: Literature review. European Union. https://publications.europa.eu/hu/publication-detail/-/publication/965f5f38-0dd0-11e6-ba9a-01aa75ed71a1/language-en
Kuh, G. D. et al (2006): What Matters to Student Success: A Review of the Literature.  http://nces.ed.gov/npec/pdf/kuh_team_report.pdf.
Lee, C., and Buckthorpe, S. (2008): Robust Performance Indicators for Non‐completion in Higher Education. In Quality in Higher Education 14 (1): 67–77.
Pusztai, G. (2015): Pathways to Success in Higher Education. Rethinking the Social Capital Theory in the Light of Institutional Diversity. Frankfurt am Main, Berlin, Bern, Bruxelles, New York, Oxford, Wien, 2015. 278 pp.,
Reason, R. D. (2009): Student Variables that Predict Retention: Recent Research and New Developments. In NASPA Journal 46 (3), pp. 482–501.
Robinson, R. (2004): Pathways to completion: Patterns of progression through a university degree. Higher Education (2004) 47: 1. pp 1–20
Thomas, L., and E. Hovdhaugen. (2014): Complexities and Challenges of Researching Student Completion and Non-completion of HE Programmes in Europe: A Comparative Analysis between England and Norway.” European Journal of Education 49 (4): 457–470.
Tight, M. (2020): Student Retention and Engagement in Higher Education.” Journal of Further and Higher Education 44 (5): 689–704.
Tinto, V. (1975): Dropout from Higher Education: A Synthesis of Recent Research.” Review of Educational Research 45 (1): 89–125.
Tinto, V. (1993): Leaving College: Rethinking the Causes and Cures of Student Attrition. 2nd ed. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Tumen, S. et al (2008): Student pathways at the university: patterns and predictors of completion, Studies in Higher Education, 33:3, 233-252


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Why Are You Here? A Case Study of Persistence in an Irish Technological University

Marie Moran

ATU Sligo, Ireland

Presenting Author: Moran, Marie

The Irish Higher Education system has undergone significant structural change in the past three years, culminating in the re-designation of the majority of the Institutes of Technology (IoTs) as Technological Universities (TUs). Following a process of amalgamation, a pre-cursor to re-designation, only two of the fourteen IoTs remain, alongside five TUs. This change effectively erased the binary divide in Irish HE.

The Technological University Research Network report described the nature of future TUs as follows:

'establishing high-quality higher education institutions (HEIs) of scale that build an international profile for technological higher education, intensify the mission, purpose and values of Institutes of Technology (IoTs) to achieve sufficient scale, quality and impact to drive regional economic, social and cultural development' (HEA, TURN, 2019, p.4).

Technological Universities and the Technological Higher Education sector provides HE programmes from Higher Certificate to Doctoral level. The sector is characterised by strong regional connectedness, serving a relatively high proportion of part-time and flexible learners, as well as traditional full-time undergraduate students. Historically, it would also have served a high proportion of students who were first in their families to attend HE.

Higher Education in Ireland receives significant funding from the State, which uses student progression and retention figures (HEA, 2019) as one of the key indicators of system and institute performance. While what constitutes good or poor retention depends on comparators, such figures are typically used as a barometer against which to consider Institute and country performance (Gabi and Sharpe, 2021).

The research sought to investigate the thorny issue of retention in an Irish IoT, which was subsequently re-designated as a Technological University.The aim of this study was to explore the factors that contribute to persistence in an IoT, by investigating how persistence decisions were made by students, and how these decisions were informed by their HE expectations and experiences. It explored the role of the student and the role of the institute in achieving successful outcomes.

The research questions were:

  1. What identifiable factors contribute to persistence in higher education? And to what extent does programme choice, if at all, influence persistence and programme completion?
  2. How and under what conditions (e.g. institutional, cultural, socio-personal, programmatic etc) do these factors become manifest within the context of Irish Higher Education and specifically within the context of programmes that are typical of the Institutes of Technology?
  3. How do students stated intentions to study, goals and objectives influence their persistence throughout the duration of a programme of study in an Institute of Technology? To what extent, if at all, do these objectives change or become modified during their engagement with the Institute?
  4. From a student perspective, how does, if at all, motivation and expectations of 1) themselves and 2) the Institute change over the course of the programme of study?

The research explored persistence across a heterogeneous student body, rather than with the intention of dis-aggregating the findings by a particular student type. James (2015) refers to the ‘species’ approach to the study of students, for example, mature students, online students. The research aimed to identify common themes or differences among a student body that would typically be found on programmes in the Technological Higher Education sector, and abstract these findings to a wider student body. It amalgamates the theoretical perspectives of Vincent Tinto (1975, 1993, 2012) and Pierre Bourdieu (Bourdieu, 1984, 1988; Grenfell, 2014; Grenfell and James, 1998). The work of both authors has been described as paradigmatic, and while they are associated with different aspects of HE, there is common ground in the areas of congruence, fit and the ability to feel like a fish in water.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research required an insight into the worldview of students, who are likely to perceive the same situation in different ways, based on their own experiences. It was grounded in a constructivist paradigm (Crotty, 1998; Creswell and Creswell, 2018; Punch, 2014). The research was conducted using a single case study, employing mixed methods. As an insider researcher in the case institute, issues of reflexivity (Pillow, 2003, 2010) and ethics were given due consideration. The case study included full-time on campus, part-time online and degree based apprenticeship students, all of whom had completed at least one year of study; many were in their final year.

Semi-structured interviews were conducted with small groups of up to three participants, as well as individuals. The interview schedule was informed by areas of interest from the literature, particularly the model of Tinto (1975, 1993, 2012, 2017). Questions were developed to seek the research participants views about their engagement with the Institute, reasons for study, future intentions, as well as exploring their expectations and experiences. A total of twenty one participants from across the relevant programmes provided balanced representation of each of the programme types. Interview data was generated over a period of 18 months and analysed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2006, 2019, 2021). Themes were constructed using a dual approach of manual coding and theme development, which was enhanced by the use of NVivo.

In order to provide additional context for the interview data, a questionnaire was designed using Qualtrics software and distributed to all students of the case institute who were registered on relevant programmes. A response rate of 11% represented 355 students, the majority of whom were full time on campus and of traditional age. This provided an interesting contrast to the interview data and was also a means of triangulation. The use of mixed methods highlighted the advantages and limitations of both research instruments, both in a general context and in the specific context of the phenomenon of persistence.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings are presented under three themes:

Getting the Degree
Navigating the Higher Education Environment
Learning Inside and Outside the Classroom.

These three core themes have several sub-themes, which provide insight into the student experience and the manner in which they perceive the HE environment. They were used to develop a model of the student journey, based on the model of Tinto (1975, 1993) and the concepts of social and cultural capital that are associated with Bourdieu (1984, 1988). The case study findings demonstrate that the classroom, whether on campus or online, was the nucleus for connection and support.

The factors linked to the student and the Institute, that contribute to persistence in HE are as follows:

Student -
Clear End Goal and Intention for Study
Perceived Relevance of Programme to End Goal
Ability or willingness to adapt to the culture and practices of the HE environment
Self-efficacy and motivation

Institute-
Provision of an enabling learning environment
Programme design that aligns pedagogy and assessment with programme aims and student profile

Programme choice was found to be important insofar as students believed that it would serve their own identified needs and allow them to achieve their goals.
I found that academic integration is more important than social integration and that goal commitment is more important than institute commitment for the students at programme level. Academic integration and goal commitment will compensate for a lower amount of social integration and institute commitment, but not the other way around. Cultural capital (Bourdieu, 1984, 1988) is more important than social capital in adapting to the culture and practices of HE, but importantly, social capital was employed by students in creating their own networks of support from within their peer groups.


References
Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgement of Taste. (Nice, R. trans). MA:Harvard University Press

Bourdieu, P. (1988). Homo Academicus. (Collier P. trans.), Oxford, Polity Press.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative research in sport, exercise and health, 11(4), 589-597.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis?. Qualitative research in psychology, 18(3), 328-352.

Crotty, M. (1998). The Foundations of Social Research: Meaning and Perspective in the Research Process (1st ed.) Sage Publications.

Grenfell, M. J. (Ed.). (2014). Pierre Bourdieu: key concepts. (2nd Ed.) Routledge.

Grenfell, M., & James, D. (Eds). (1998). Acts of Practical Theory. Bourdieu and Education. Routledge Falmer.

Higher Education Authority, HEA, Ireland (2019), Technological Universities - CONNECTEDNESS & COLLABORATION through CONNECTIVITY. Report of the Technological Universities Research Network to the Department of Education and Skills

Pillow, W. (2003). Confession, catharsis, or cure? Rethinking the uses of reflexivity as methodological power in qualitative research, International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 16(2), 175-196. DOI: 10.1080/0951839032000060635

Pillow, W. (2010). Dangerous reflexivity, Rigour, responsibility and reflexivity in qualitative research. In Thomson, P., & Walker, M. (Eds.). (2010). The Routledge Doctoral Student's Companion: Getting to Grips with Research in Education and the Social Sciences (1st ed.). Routledge. doi.org/10.4324/9780203852248


Punch, K.F. (2014). Introduction to Research Methods in Education. Sage.

Tinto, V. (1975). Dropout from Higher Education: A Theoretical Synthesis of Recent Research. Review of Educational Research. American Educational Research Association 45 (1), 89-125.

Tinto, V. (1993). Leaving College: Rethinking the Causes and Cures of Student Attrition. (2nd Ed.) Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Tinto, V. (1997). Classrooms as Communities: Exploring the Educational Character of Student Persistence. Journal of Higher Education, 68 (6), 599-623.

Tinto, V. (2012). Completing College. Rethinking Institutional Action. The University of Chicago Press.

Tinto, V. (2017). Reflections on Student Persistence, Student Success, 8 (2) ISSN:  2205-0795
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm22 SES 13 B
Location: Adam Smith, LT 915 [Floor 9]
Session Chair: Katarina Rozvadska
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Higher-Order Thinking Skills in Academic Courses Based on SEL Principles

Sigal Chen

Levinsky-Wingate academic college, Israel

Presenting Author: Chen, Sigal

The research deals with how higher-order thinking of education students, expressed in reflective writing and metacognition, promotes professional insights as part of a social-emotional learning process. The findings reveal significant personal and professional insights among the students, which may serve as a bridge to intellectual development that manifests in social, emotional, and cognitive development.

social-emotional learning (SEL)

General skills of social-emotional learning are reflected in this study in three central dimensions of generic skills and abilities: (1) cognitive self-regulation, for example, control of attention, work planning, and cognitive flexibility (2) emotional processes, for example; Emotional awareness, emotional expression, behavior regulation, empathy (3) Cultivating social skills while understanding social cues, conflict resolution, pro-social behavior (Jones and Bouffard, 2012).

Social-emotional learning is reflected in learning emotional and social skills and concepts used by the students in contexts and social situations during the courses. This is reflected in the emotional aspect, including, for example, empathy, teamwork, informed decision-making, regulation, perseverance, and dealing with failure. Studies (Jones et al., 2019; Blyth et al., 2018; Jones & Kahn, 2017) that examined social and emotional development demonstrated that they are intertwined and affect academic achievement, physical and mental health, and civic engagement. Moreover, it has been proven that cultivating social and emotional abilities in learners can predict an improvement in academic achievements, reduce situations, deal with crises, accelerate social leadership, and influence learning applications and their mental and emotional fitness. Thus, social-emotional learning has received much attention in the last decade and includes many concepts and organizing theories of these skills and competencies (Sperling, 2018).

higher order thinking

High thinking allows learners to be aware of their learning process and control their decisions while paying attention to the entire learning process. This process requires different decisions during learning and provides tools to deal with difficulties while thinking about successful and varied solutions whose contribution to the quality of education is significant (Ben-David and Orion, 2013; Zohar and Barzilai, 2015; Perry, Landy, and Golder, 2019).

The research literature uses the terms reflection, metacognition, and self-directed learning interchangeably, although there are theoretical differences between them (Veenman, 2011). Metacognition researchers tend to believe that self-directedness is a corresponding component of metacognition. In contrast, researchers refer to self-direction as a concept containing metacognition alongside concepts such as motivation and emotional regulation (Veenman et al., 2006). Many studies have indicated that learners who did higher thinking processes, such as reflective and metacognitive processes, discussed more self-examination activities and demonstrated a deeper understanding of the study material compared to groups that did not learn strategies advocating this type. of thinking (Kaberman & Dori, 2009; Zohar, & Barzilai, 2015).

The reflective and metacognitive process may influence and shape the hidden pedagogical beliefs and concepts directly affecting teaching. To achieve this, it is essential to include in the practical experience during training elements of building complex educational processes: beliefs and attitudes about teaching and its components (Osterman & Kottkamp, 2004; Korthagen, 2004). Zohar and Barzilai (2015) point out that the skills required to implement this type of thinking are (1) planning - setting goals, choosing an appropriate strategy, (2) monitoring - awareness and examination of the thinking processes during learning, and (3) evaluating the thinking. And learning processes, which are carried out at the end of the work process through reflection and self-evaluation, may lead to operative recommendations regarding learning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research population includes 48 students aged 25-34, socially diverse and studying at a large college in Israel. The students participated in two courses for a bachelor's degree in education: some in the course 'Language assessment processes in the upper elementary school' and others in the class 'Discourse investigation.'
research process
The study is based on data collected after the researchers published the course grades and after the participants agreed to use the reflective processes they wrote during the courses for research purposes. One of the researchers taught a seminar on discourse research. The second researcher taught the Department of Hebrew a disciplinary course on language skills assessment. In both courses, the students were asked, as part of the course assignments, to do a reflective and meta-cognitive process in which they shared their thinking, insights, and professional self-formation.

Each researcher collected and analyzed the records while identifying key themes and finding connections between them. Processing was based on content analysis focusing on what the students said in words, and descriptions, rather than how they presented their words (Braun & Clarke, 2006). In the analysis phase, each researcher reads all the interview transcripts to determine which category the segment belongs to according to the research objectives. In the second step, the matching of the elements to the categories was selected. The reliability test was based on "reliability between judges." In individual cases where differences of opinion were discovered, a discussion was held until an agreement was reached. The reliability between the judges is 84%.

The study is a qualitative study based on the researcher's ability to internalize the complexity of the learned learning experience and the context. A researcher is an interpretive tool for reality. His interpretations are derived from the various contexts in which the research participants operate and reveal the meanings, interpretations, and subtleties given to the fact. Reality is influenced by personal and personality and social, verbal, and cultural structures (Guba & Lincoln, 2008). The role of the researcher is to investigate the phenomena, find meaning and interpret the phenomena, thus allowing to learn in-depth about the process being studied (Denzin & Lincoln, 2000). The interpretive-qualitative aspect helps researchers explore the students' experiences being studied.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Reflection and metacognition are considered high-thinking skills. They allowed the students in the courses to stop, think and conduct an intra-personal dialogue about topics that came up, choose between alternatives, and decide which system of beliefs, perceptions, and ideas suits them.
The research findings revealed personal and professional insights.
The personal insights were essential for increasing the components of social-emotional learning: emotional awareness, self-management, and the students' collaborative learning skills.
The writing, the description of the events, and the need to conceptualize the feelings and perceptions encouraged the students to rethink the experiences, interpret them and examine their consequences.
The students examined the feelings, perceptions, actions, and decisions and drew lessons they can apply as teachers in diverse teaching contexts in the educational field.

Examining the professional insights shows that the students cultivated abilities to respond to differences in the classroom, self-manage, integrate principles of social-personal learning, and interact with colleagues in the teachers' room. The higher-order thinking emphasized the importance of providing a differential response in the classroom and adapting the learning framework, teaching methods, and assessment to the diverse students - these increase motivation, ignite curiosity and interest, sharpen academic skills, and encourage choice and exploration.
A high order of thinking deepened the understanding of the study material, which includes three central dimensions of social-emotional skills and abilities: cognitive self-regulation, emotional awareness, regulating behavior, and evaluating the diversity in the group.
The introspection strengthened the concept that the students as teachers in the future have the responsibility to also incorporate principles of social-emotional learning in their classrooms, to serve as a source of support, to be present, to reassure, to allow autonomy, to maintain a routine and to provide a sense of partnership.


References
Ben-David, A., & Orion, N. (2013). Teachers’ Voices on Integrating Metacognition. Science Education. International Journal of Science Education, 35(18), 3161–3193. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2012.697208

Blyth, D. A., Jones, S., & Borowski, T. (2018). SEL frameworks–What are they, and why are they important? Measuring SEL, Using Data to Inspire Practice, 1(2), 1-9.

Bransford, J., Darling-Hammond, L. & LaPage, P. (2005). Introduction. In: L. Darling-Hammond & J. Bransford (Eds.), Preparing teachers for a changing world: What teachers should learn and be able to do (pp. 358- 389). Jossey-Bass.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.

Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2008). Introduction: The discipline and practice of qualitative research. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Strategies of qualitative inquiry (pp. 1–43). Sage Publications, Inc.

Guba, E. G. & Lincoln, Y. S. (1998). Competing paradigms in qualitative research. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (eds.), The Landscape of Qualitative Research (pp. 195-220). Publications.

Kaberman, Z., & Dori, Y. J. (2009). Metacognition in chemical education: Question posing in the case-based computerized learning environment. Instructional Science, 37, 403–436. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11251-008-9054-9

Korthagen, F. A. J. (2004). In search of the essence of a good teacher: Towards a more holistic approach in teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 20(1), 77-97.

Jones, S., Farrington, C.A., Jagers, R., Brackett, M., & Kahn, J. (2019). Social, emotional, and academic development: A research agenda for the next generation. National Commission on Social, Emotional, and Academic Development.

Osterman, K. F., & Kottkamp, R. B. (2004). Reflective practice for educators. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press.

Perry, J., Lundie, D., & Golder, G. (2019). Metacognition in schools: what does the literature suggest about the effectiveness of teaching metacognition in schools? Educational Review, 71(4), 483–500.
https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2018.1441127

Veenman, M. V. J. (2011). Learning to self-monitor and self-regulate. In R. E. Mayer & P. A. Alexander (Ed.), Handbook of research on learning and instruction (pp. 197–218). Routledge.

Veenman, M. V. J., Van Hout-Wolters, B. H. A. M., & Afflerbach, P. (2006). Metacognition and learning: conceptual and methodological considerations. Metacognition and Learning, 1(1), 3–14. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11409-006-6893-0

Zohar, A., & Barzilai, S. (2015). Metacognition and teaching higher-order thinking (HOT) in science education: Students’ learning, teachers’ knowledge, and instructional practices. In R. Wegerif, Li, Li & J. C. Kaufman (Eds.), Routledge International handbook of research on teaching thinking (pp. 229–242). Routledge.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Latent Profiles of Undergraduate Students regarding Academic Procrastination and Achievement

Munevver Ilgun Dibek

TED University, Turkiye

Presenting Author: Ilgun Dibek, Munevver

In many computer-based learning environments (CBLEs), learners of all ages struggle to use critical cognitive and metacognitive self-regulation abilities (Azevedo, 2015). In this situation, choosing what to learn, when to learn it, and how long to study it becomes more crucial (You, 2015). Time usage, goal-setting, self-monitoring, self-reactions, self-efficacy, and motivation are the six self-regulatory processes that underlie all other activities (Zimmerman & Risemberg, 1997). Time management, motivation, and perceived self-efficacy play the most significant roles among these processes (Zimmerman, 1998). According to several studies (Kirk et al., 2013; Visser et al., 2015), it appears that time management plays a significant role in educational outcomes from K–12 to higher education. Given the intricacy of the self regulation construct, the researcher of this study concentrated on one of its dimensions in this paper: time management.

Numerous studies discuss the value of time management and learning, emphasizing both the quantity and quality of the learning time students spend on learning (Balkis, 2011). Several of these studies concentrate on academic procrastination, which is defined as the propensity to put off or even avoid performing an activity that is within one's control (Gafni & Geri, 2010). Procrastination, a minor but significant aspect of self-regulation, is especially examined in this study in an effort to understand its connection to student’s success in CBLEs. Specifically, this study made use of the existing model of Strunk (2012) for the study of procrastination and timely engagement because of the significance of the time that students spend learning and engaging in academic procrastination. According to model proposed by Strunk (2012), procrastination is on one side, with two distinct motivating inclinations. Procrastination for the sake of strategic advantage and an increase in work quality is defined as the procrastination approach. The avoidant coping type of procrastination is procrastination-avoidance. On the other hand, a time engagement approach is characterized by getting started on tasks right away to produce higher grades. To avoid the anxiety of failure that arises from delaying starting tasks, one would interact with them as soon as possible. This strategy is known as timely engagement-avoidance.

Although some research findings emphasize the negative effects of procrastination, others have identified a profile of active procrastination that corresponds to students who choose to delay work in order to achieve a superior performance (Choi & Moran, 2009; Kim & Seo, 2013). This contradiction makes it even more important to contextualize the research of this particular phenomenon in CBLEs.

CBLEs are prepared to gather significant amounts of data through user-machine interaction. Particularly, LMSs gather student data that, when examined properly, can give educators and researchers the knowledge they need to assist and continuously enhance the learning process (Paule-Ruiz et al., 2015). Modular Object Oriented Developmental Learning Environment (Moodle), a free LMS that enables the design of potent, adaptable, and interesting online courses and experiences, is one of the most popular (Rice, 2006).

This study aims to examine relationships among students course achievement and several time management-related features. In this regard, the following research questions are asked to answer:

1) How are the undergraduate students grouped based on the variables such as students course grade, time management-related features (the time differences between first access of students to course assignments and release dates of assignments, first access and submission dates, and submission dates and due dates)?

2) Are there statistically significant differences among different latent profiles regarding course grade and time management-related features?

Answers to these questions offer insight to scheduling and planning of the assessment methods in online courses.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants
This study included data from two sections of an undergraduate course designed for pre-service teachers. Both sections (n1 = 44 and n2 = 44) were taught by the same instructor during the Fall 2021- 2022 semester. Due to COVID-19 pandemic, all course sections were delivered online. After the students completed the course, the log data and student grades from the LMS for each section were extracted.

Extraction of the Variables
Students' final course grade was determined based on the weighted average of three assignments. In this study, time-related features associated with students' course performance were extracted from the LMS log data. Specifically, the release date (i.e., when the assignment was made available to students), submission date, and due date of each assignment were used. Thus, the following time-related features from the LMS log data for each assignment were extracted: the time difference between first access and release dates,  the time difference between first access and submission dates, and the time difference between submission dates and due dates. This feature extraction process yielded nine time-related features. Analysis were performed after the features were combined by calculating the means of features.

Data Analysis
After removing the missing and extreme cases, 58 students were included in this study. In terms of assumptions, the homogeneity of the variance assumption was violated. Regarding the first research question of this study, latent profile analysis (LPA) was conducted. LPA is a statistical procedure in which continuous latent indicators are utilized while performing latent class analysis (Muthén & Muthén, 1998-2017). Accordingly, Akaike Information Criterion (AIC), the Bootstrap Likelihood Ratio Test (BLRT), Bayesian information criterion (BIC), and the entropy value were used. Smaller values of AIC and BIC indicate a better model fit. Also, an insignificant (p > 0.05) BLRT indicates that adding more profiles into the model does not improve the model. Additionally, a value closer to 1.0 for the entropy values indicates a better decision on the number of profiles to include (Wang & Wang, 2020). Regarding second research question of this study, due to the violation of homogeneity of variance assumption, Kruskall Wallis Test which is a non-parametric version of the one-way ANOVA was performed to compare the profiles regarding the variables addressed in this study. LPA was conducted with “tidyLPA” package (Rosenberg et al., 2018) in R, and SPSS software was used for Kruskall Wallis Test.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
After LPA performed, model fit statistics were obtained to determine the optimal number of classes. According to model-fit statistics, the model that best fit the data was found to be the four-class model. General patterns of the profiles were plotted. Accordingly, those who are classified in Profile 1 have “timely-engagement avoidance” according to the model proposed by Strunk (2012). Additionally, those students classified in Profile 2 are called as students who “have timely engagement approach”. It was also found that Profile 3 included the students who had procrastination avoidance. Lastly, students classified in Profile 4 were found to have procrastination approach.

The Kruskall Wallis test results, which were conducted to determine whether the students gathered under these profiles differ in terms of course grade and time-related features were showed that the students in the four profiles differ significantly regarding course grade and time-related features. When the results of the Post-Hoc comparison made to determine which profiles caused this difference were examined, it was found that Profile 1 differed from Profile 2, Profile 2 differed from Profile 3 and lastly Profile 3 differed from Profile 4 regarding course grade. Additionally, regarding the interval between the date an assignment is released and the moment students have access to it, Profile 1 was different from Profiles 2, 3, and 4. Profiles 2, 3, and 4 were also different from Profile 1. Moreover, in terms of time difference between submission dates and due dates of the assignments, Profile 1 differed from Profile 4, Profile 2 differed from Profile 4, and Profile 3 differed from Profile 4. Also, regarding the time interval between first access to assignments and assignment submission deadlines, Profiles 1 and 2 and 3 differed from Profile 4. Lastly, it was found that  Profile 2 and Profile 3 differed from Profile 4.


References
Azevedo, R. (2015). Defining and measuring engagement and learning in science: Conceptual, Theoretical, methodological, and analytical issues. Educational Psychologist, 50, 84–94. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2015.1004069

Balkıs, M. (2011). Academic efficacy as a mediator and moderator variable in the relationship between academic procrastination and academic achievement. Eurasian Journal of Educational Research, 45, 1–16.

Choi, J. N., & Moran, S. V. (2009). Why not procrastinate? Development and validation of a new active procrastination scale. The Journal of Social Psychology, 149(2), 195–212. https://doi.org/10.3200/SOCP.149.2.195-212

Gafni, R., & Geri, N. (2010). Time management: Procrastination tendency in individual and collaborative tasks.  Interdisciplinary Journal of Information, Knowledge, and Management, 5, 115–125. https://doi.org/10.28945/1127

Kim, E., & Seo, E. H. (2013). The relationship of flow and self-regulated learning to active procrastination. Social Behavior and Personality An International Journal, 41(7), 1099–1113. https://doi.org/10.2224/sbp. 2013.41.7.1099

Kirk, D., Oettingen, G., & Gollwitzer, P. M. (2013). Promoting integrative bargaining: mental contrasting with implementation intentions. International Journal of Conflict Management, 24(2), 148–165. https://doi.org/10.1108/10444061311316771

Muthén, L. K., & Muthén, B. O. (1998-2017). Mplus user’s guide. (8th ed.). Muthén & Muthén.

Paule-Ruiz, M. P., Riestra-Gonzalez, M., Sánchez-Santillan, M., & Pérez-Pérez, J. R. (2015). The Procrastination related indicators in e-learning platforms. Journal of Universal Computer Science, 21(1), 7–22.

Rice, W. H. (2006). Moodle E-Learning Course Development: A Complete Guide to Successful Learning Using Moodle. Packt Publishing.

Rosenberg, J. M., Beymer, P. N., Anderson, D. J., Van   Lissa, C. J., & Schmidt, J. A. (2018). tidyLPA: An R   Package to Easily Carry Out Latent Profile Analysis   (LPA) Using Open-Source or Commercial Software.   Journal of Open Source Software, 3(30), 978,   https://doi.org/10.21105/joss.00978

Strunk, K. K. (2012). Investigating a new model of time-related academic behavior: Procrastination and timely engagement by motivational orientation (Unpublished Doctoral dissertation). Retrieved from ProQuest Dissertation Publishing. (3554954)

Visser, L. B., Korthagen, F. A. J., & Schoonenboom, J. (2015). Influences on and consequences of academic procrastination of first-year student teachers. Pedagogische Studiën, 92, 394–412.

You, J. W. (2015). Examining the effect of academic procrastination on achievement using LMS data in e-learning. Educational Technology & Society, 18(3), 64–74.

Wang, J., & Wang, X. (2020). Structural equation modeling: Applications using Mplus. (2nd ed.). John Wiley & Sons.

Zimmerman, B., & Risemberg, R. (1997). Self-regulatory dimensions of academic learning and motivation. In G.D. Phye (Eds.), Handbook of academic learning: Construction of knowledge (pp. 105-125). Academic Press.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Self-determined Motivation and Academic Buoyancy as Predictors of Achievement in Normative Settings

Görkem Aydın1, Aikaterini Michou2, Thanasis Mouratidis3

1Bilkent University, Turkiye; 2University of Ioannina, Greece; 3National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece

Presenting Author: Aydın, Görkem

Academic buoyancy (Martin & Marsh, 2006) is students’ competence to respond effectively to academic daily setbacks and is considered an optimal characteristic of students’ functioning related to achievement. From the Self-determination theory perspective (SDT; Ryan & Deci, 2017), satisfaction of the need for autonomy, competence and relatedness and autonomous forms of motivation relate to students’ optimal functioning in schooling. Academic buoyancy, need satisfaction and autonomous motivation are important motivational constructs in the normative context of English preparatory programs (EPP) where students are required to achieve standard language skills to study in an English medium department. In the normative context of EPP, the ability to respond effectively to academic daily setbacks (i.e., academic buoyancy) is considered as an optimal characteristic of students functioning related to achievement (Martin & Marsh, 2008). To what extent, however, academic buoyancy can be predicted by students’ sense of need satisfaction (or frustration) and their autonomous versus controlled motivation in a normative context? If, despite the normative conditions of EPPs, need satisfaction and autonomous motivation could predict changes in students’ academic buoyancy and through it, success in EPP, then a need supportive motivational style could be suggested to EPP teachers to enhance students’ success.

In the present study, we investigated 1) whether students’ end-of-course (T2) academic buoyancy in the normative environment of EPP is predicted by their beginning-of-course (T1) self-determined motivation (operationalized as the degree of both students’ satisfaction of their psychological needs as well as autonomous versus controlled forms of motivation) while controlling for T1 academic buoyancy and 2) whether students’ T2 academic buoyancy mediates the relation between students’ T1 self-determined motivation and final (T3) academic achievement. In T1 and T2, 267 Turkish EPP students (females 56.9%; Mage = 19.11 , SD = 1.28) participated in the study. SEM analysis showed that T1 autonomous motivation and T1 controlled motivation were predicted by T1 need frustration negatively and positively, respectively. T2 academic buoyancy was predicted positively by T1 need satisfaction. The analysis also suggested a direct path (indicating a negative relation) from controlled motivation to students’ final grades. Finally, students’ T2 academic buoyancy mediated the relation between students’ need satisfaction or frustration and final achievement. Students’ need satisfaction as well as high autonomous and low controlled motivation could support students’ buoyancy and achievement in the normative settings of EPP. Training EPP teachers in supporting students’ psychological needs and enhancing their autonomous motivation seems to be important for strengthening students’ academic buoyancy and success in EPP.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study, as the purpose was to investigate the relation of motivational experience at the beginning of a two-month course (T1) in EPPs to final levels (T2) of academic buoyancy and, through it, to achievement in the two-month course’s final exam (T3), a prospective research design was adopted. The T1 survey was completed by 443 students, while the T2 survey was completed by 310 students from three EPPs in Turkish English language medium universities. Among them 267 Turkish students participated both in T1 and T2. The students who participated in the study were selected according to the willingness of their teachers to provide class time to administer the survey. Two hundred and fifty-nine students were in their first year, and eight students were in their second year of the EPP. Data were collected through self-reports. The T1 survey assessed need satisfaction and frustrution, autonomous and controlled motivation and academic buoyancy in the second week of the English course of the third 8-week period in EPPs. T2 survey assessed students’ academic buoyancy in the seventh week of the English course. Each item in the questionnaires was assessed in a five-point, Likert-type scale ranging from 1 (totally disagree) to 5 (totally agree). Students’ need satisfaction and frustration were assessed by the Basic Psychological Need Satisfaction and Frustration Scale (BPNSFS; Chen et al., 2015; 12 items for need satisfaction, autonomy, a = .61; competence, a = .75; relatedness, a = .66; 12 items for need frustration, autonomy, a = .77; competence, a = .70; relatedness, a = .63). Sixteen items from the Academic Self-Regulation Questionnaire (SRQ-A; Ryan & Connell, 1989; autonomous motivation, a = .81, controlled motivation, a = .74) was used to assess students’ quality of motivation for their classwork in the course. The four-item Academic Buoyancy Scale (Martin & Marsh, 2008; α = .77) was used to measure the ability to overcome daily academic adversities in EPP. Students’ final exam scores in the English course were collected from the participated EPPs. As preliminary analyses, Cronbach alpha for each subscale was calculated and CFA to test the factor structure of all the measures was conducted using the R software with robust maximum likelihood estimation. The mean of each subscale was computed and the descriptive statistics and bivariate correlations were checked by using SPSS 20. Gender differences through MANOVA were also examined. In the main analyses, Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) was conducted using R software (package Lavaan) to test the hypotheses.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study aimed to investigate, first, whether students’ academic buoyancy at the end of an English course in an EPP predicted by their initial motivational experience. Second, the study aimed to examine, to what extent students’ academic buoyancy at the end of an English course in an EPP mediate the relation between students’ initial motivational experience and final academic achievement. The findings suggested that when students perceived high need satisfaction in the EPP, they were also highly autonomously motivated. Alternatively, when they perceived need frustration, the quality of their motivation was less autonomous and more controlled. Moreover, autonomous and controlled motivation were mechanisms through which initial levels of need frustration in EPP were manifested to subsequent academic buoyancy.  Interestingly enough, initial levels of need satisfaction and frustration in EPP were also directly related to subsequent academic buoyancy. Together, these two findings verify our initial argument that self-determined motivation (operationalized as need satisfaction and a sense of volition and personal causation, which is autonomous motivation) is also needed for students to be able to navigate the academic setbacks. Additionally, according to our predictions, high academic buoyancy at the end of the academic term was positively related to high final grades in the English course. Interestingly, apart from high academic buoyancy, low controlled motivation directly predicted high grades. Previous research in SDT has also shown that quality of motivation relates to academic achievement (Soenens & Vansteenkiste, 2005). The present study showed that students’ success in the normative settings of EPPs depended on both their quality of motivation and their ability to “float on academic water”.  Moreover, students’ success in EPPs depended on need satisfaction as it was positively (and need frustration negatively) related to final grades through academic buoyancy (or controlled motivation).
References
Chen, B., Vansteenkiste, M., Beyers, W., Boone, L., Deci, E. L., Van der Kaap-Deeder, J., . . .     Ryan, R. M. (2015). Basic psychological need satisfaction, need frustration, and need strength across four cultures. Motivation and Emotion, 39, 216–236.  https://doi.org/10.1007/s11031-014-9450-1

Martin, A. J., & Marsh, H. W. (2006). Academic resilience and its psychological and educational correlates: A construct validity approach. Psychology in the Schools, 43, 267–281. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.20149

Martin, A. J., & Marsh, H. W. (2008). Academic buoyancy: Towards an understanding of students' everyday academic resilience. Journal of School Psychology, 46(1), 53-83.

Ryan, R. M., & Connell, J. P. (1989). Perceived locus of causality and internalization: Examining reasons for acting in two domains. Journal of Personality and Social psychology, 57, 749–761. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2007.01.002

Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2017). Self-determination theory: Basic psychological needs in motivation, development, and wellness: Guilford Publications.

Soenens, B., & Vansteenkiste, M. (2005). Antecedents and outcomes of self-determination in 3 life domains: The role of parents’ and teachers’ autonomy support. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 34, 589–604. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-005-8948-y
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm22 SES 13 C
Location: Adam Smith, 717 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Marta Koc-Januchta
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Preparing Students for Responsible Participation in a Democratic Society: Perceptions of Academics in Iceland

Guðrún Geirsdóttir1, Anna Ólafsdóttir2

1University of Iceland, Iceland; 2University of Akureyri, Iceland

Presenting Author: Geirsdóttir, Guðrún

Higher Education has been described as “a key contributor to the development of democracy, human rights protection and sustainable growth” (Bologna Process, 2012). However, the importance of higher education, is increasingly justified in terms of economic gain suggesting a notion of the university´s role as a strategic rather than a democratic one (White, 2017). This marks, as claimed by critics, a shift from public good to private good (Englund, & Bergh, 2020) as well as increased government directions and monitoring of Higher Education operations (Hazelkorn and Gibson, 2018). In Iceland, the case in point in our paper, similar concerns have been expressed (Jónsson, 2011, Skúlason, 2015). Jónsson (2011) has pointed out that one of the challenges that the university is faced with due to various changes in society, is that the laws of the market seem to have a kind of "sneaked" into the very core of it (p. 160). Skúlason (2015) has also drawn attention to this very development, arguing that the "powerful trend" to look upon universities as business enterprises that should be managed in the same way as other profit-driven organizations, raises concerns about "what it might suggest about their nature and function" (p. 18).

In recent decades, the role of universities as responsible actors in facing contemporary challenges has been increasingly highlighted (Biesta 2009; Nussbaum 2002). In that very context, democracy, and democratic education has commonly been put at the forefront of the discussion (Sugrue & Solbrekke, 2020), part of which has been to emphasize academics´ role as key players in providing such education (Skúlason, 2015). Thus, the way of responding to those challenges has been linked to civic participation and solidarity which has been considered to call for institutional practices where students are provided with opportunities to develop competences which prepare them for responsible citizenship.

Democratic education has been defined in multiple ways based on different ideological, epistemological, and relational notions of the links between education and politics (Sant, 2019). Giroux (2016), for example, claims that such education must mobilize students to be critically engaged agents, attentive to important social issues and alert to the responsibility of deepening and expanding the meaning and practices of a vibrant democracy. While definitions may vary, the democratic role of university education is specifically addressed in legislation frameworks for Icelandic universities as well as within European and international policy discourses (Bologna Process, 2018) and strongly emphasized by the Council of Europe. In 2018, the Council of Europe published the Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture (RFCDC) to strengthen the capacity of education institutions to sustain democracy in the wider society. The fourth volume of the RFCDC will focus on higher education and the competences students need to become engaged citizens (Council of Europe website. (2018).

In Iceland, the following statement was added to article 2. of the Higher Education Act 2006 No 63 in 2012: Higher education institutions shall prepare students for responsible participation in a democratic society. A recent discourse analysis of policy documents of higher education institutions in Iceland, however, revealed that there was no mention of democratic participation, or indication on what that participation might include (Bjarnadóttir, Ólafsdóttir & Geirsdóttir, 2019). In the light of this discrepancy, we decided to explore how academics perceive their role of preparing university students for responsible participation in a democracy, and the ways in which those perceptions translate into their teaching, by their own reports. The study is part of a larger research project on the democratic role of universities, funded by the The Icelandic Research Fund.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper presents an analysis of semi structured interviews with 26 academics, 14 females and 12 males, from three universities in Iceland. The selected universities, The University of Iceland, Reykjavík University, and the University of Akureyri are the three largest universities in Iceland. Although having different structure within schools, and departments, all three offer programmes in a) social sciences, and b) natural sciences, engineering, and technology. Therefore, the participants were selected from those two disciplinary fields. The interviews were conducted in December, January, and February during the school year 2019-2020. They lasted from one to nearly two hours each. In the interviews, the participants reflected on the democratic role of universities in society, the meaning of responsible participation in a democratic society (the addition to article 2), and how the university, and especially their respective disciplines prepared students for responsible participation in society. Moreover, the academics were asked if, and then how these ideas were reflected in the curriculum and their teaching practices.

The authors of this paper conducted the interviews, either individually or collectively, adhering to an interview guide jointly discussed and developed. Most of the questions were open and threads were followed by probing questions (Brinkmann and Kvale, 2015).

The study followed the ethical guidelines set by the University of Iceland Research Ethics Committee (2014). The interviews were recorded and transcribed verbatim. The analysis followed Braun and Clarke’s (2013) phases of thematic analysis, using what Braun and Clarke (2013, p. 178) call “top-down” approach. Thus, the analysis was interpretative, aiming to explore assumptions and meanings by identifying patterns in the participants' words. Through the analysis, the focus was on understanding the general patterns and themes rather than on presenting opposing views or contrasts in the interviewees’ perceptions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings indicate that while academics stressed the important role of the university in modern society, their ideas of how to prepare students for responsible participation seemed vague and rather unclear. The democratic role of the university and its disciplines were reported as being rarely a topic of formal discussion within faculties although internal and external events sometimes did raise the need for such a dialogue.
The addition in article 2 was unknown to the interviewees, and democracy as a concept was not seen as a part of common institutional discourse but its meaning was familiar to them, and seen as a part of normal, every-day educational practices.  
The findings also demonstrated that many of the participants found it difficult to elaborate on the connection between the democratic role of the university and the educational practices carried out within their courses. This might be explained by their unfamiliarity with the topic, i.e. that of discussing pedagogy and teaching practices in general.
Educating the professionals was commonly claimed as being an important contribution of higher education to the society. Various other competences were however, of those, critical thinking was stressed by interviewees. Analytical skills, competences in working with others, data literacy, communication skills were also frequently mentioned as a part of democratic preparation, as well as values and attributes such as confidence, respect for the truth, reflexivity, open-mindedness, and being courageous and rational.
Various teaching methods such as problem-based teaching were seen as feasible when preparing students for active participation in democratic society. While equity in teacher-student relations were stressed as a part of democratic processes, students input and agency regarding teaching and curriculum decisions were rare.  This was explained by student characteristics, students´ lack of necessary knowledge, students´ lack of interest and time, and their unavailability due to distance teaching.

References
Bjarnadóttir, V., Ólafsdóttir, A. & Geirsdóttir, G. (2019). Þrástef, þagnir og mótsagnir um lýðræðishlutverk íslenskra háskóla. Stjórnmál & stjórnsýsla 15(2), 183-204. DOI: 10.13177/irpa.a.2019.15.2.3

Bologna Process. (2012, April). Bucharest communiqué, Final Version, Bucharest.

Bologna Process (2018), “Paris Communiqué”, available at www.ehea.info/pid34363/ ministerial-declarations-and-communiques.html, accessed 30 March 2020

Braun, Virginia, and Victoria Clarke. 2013. Successful qualitative research. A practical guide for beginners. London: Sage.

Brinkmann, Svend, and Steinar Kvale. 2015. InterViews: Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing. Third edition ed. Los Angeles: SAGE.

Council of Europe (2018). Presentation of the project “Competencies for Democratic Culture”. Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture, from, https://www.coe.int/en/web/education/competences-for-democratic-culture Council of Europe.

Englund, T. & Bergh, A. (2020). Higher education as and for public good: Past, present and possible futures. In T. D. Solbrekke & C. Sugrue (Editors), Leading higher education as and for public good- Rekindling education as praxis (pp. 53-69). London: Routledge.

Hazelkorn, E. & Gibson, A. (2019). Public goods and public policy: what is public good, and who and what decides?. Higher Education 78, 257–271, DOI: 10.1007/s10734-018-0341-3

Jónasson, Jón Torfi. 2011. "Háskólar og gagnrýnin þjóðfélagsumræða."  Ritið 1:47-64.

Ólafur Páll Jónsson. (2011) Lýðræði, réttlæti og menntun [Democracy, justice and education]. Reykjavík, Háskólaútgáfan.

Sant, E. (2019). Democratic Education: A Theoretical Review (2006–2017). Review of Educational Research, 89(5), 655 –696.

Skúlason, Páll. 2015. A critique of universities: Reflections on the status and direction of the modern university. Reykjavík: University of Iceland Press.

Solbrekke, Tone Dyrdal & Ciaran Sugrue. 2020. "Leading higher education as, and for, public good: New beginnings." In T. D.  Solbrekke & C. Sugrue (Editors),  Leading higher education as and for public good: Rekindling education as praxis. London: Routledge.

Sugrue, C & Solbrekke, T. D. (2020). Leading higher education: Putting education centre stage. In T. D. Solbrekke & C. Sugrue (Editors),  Leading higher education as and for public good- Rekindling education as praxis (pp. 18-37). London: Routledge.

White, M. (2017). Towards a Political Theory of the University: Public Reason, Democracy and Higher Education. Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

What Have we Learned About Instructor Gender Differences in Student Teaching Evaluation From Experimental Peer-reviewed Research?

Edgar Valencia, Alicia Ibañez, Martín Navarro

Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, Chile

Presenting Author: Valencia, Edgar

Student Evaluation of Teaching (SET) is a method of teaching evaluation critical to enhancing an instructor’s ability to improve teaching, it is crucial to career success, but it is reportedly biased against women (American Sociological Association, 2019; Stark & Freishtat, 2014). Women tend to accumulate less human capital than men due to the tension between family obligations and work ambitions. Fewer human capital accumulation implies slower career advancement (Bertrand, 2017). Therefore, a fair teaching evaluation could reveal differences (if any) between men and women in teaching performance. On the contrary, biased teaching evaluation could affect women’s access to academic positions and promotion, contributing to the “glass ceiling effect,” women’s lack of access to better wages, power, and opportunities than men.

A few literature summaries conclude that students favor male instructors due to a gender bias in SET (American Sociological Association, 2019; Stark & Freishtat, 2014). However, studies report mixed evidence of differences in SET scores by gender (Spooren et al., 2017). A major problem affecting the interpretation of findings relates to the limitations of the observational study design. The observational/correlational design do not measure instructors’ gender bias but the difference between male and women. Observational studies report a difference between male and female teachers between instructors with different levels of teaching ability (Centra, 2003; Haladyna & Hess, 1994; MacNell et al., 2015; Marsh, 1987), for instance, due to initial differences and training.

A more effective way of revealing the instructor’s gender effects on SET is through experimentation. Experiments manipulate instructors’ gender and therefore compare teachers who are only different in that attribute. Thus, experimental studies isolate the instructor’s gender effect on SET from potential confounders such as age, race, subtle differences in teaching delivery, or students’ enrollment characteristics across classrooms.

Reviews of empirical research on instructors’ gender bias in SET summarize experimental and observational studies without addressing the severe limitations of the latter design. This study aims to comprehensively understand gender differences in faculty teaching evaluation by systematically reviewing experimental and quasi-experimental gender-bias studies in SET. Our research questions are:

1) What are the reasons or mechanisms explaining instructors’ gender differences in SET literature?

2) What does experimental and quasi-experimental peer-reviewed research say about instructors’ gender differences in SET?

3) What are the conclusions/recommendations from peer-reviewed experimental and quasi-experimental research about SET instructors’ gender bias?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A systematic literature review is a comprehensive and transparent synthesis of a relevant phenomenon. We conducted a systematic literature review following various guidelines published in the literature (Alexander, 2020; Pigott & Polanin, 2020; Polanin et al., 2019). The stages are the development of systematic review questions (these are presented in section 1), identifying our eligible studies, data collection, which comprises the literature search and screening, and analysis and interpretation. Following the UTOS framework (Units, Treatments, Outcomes, and Study design), the scope of our systematic literature review is: 1) empirical studies in higher education institutions with students as units of analysis, 2) featuring a manipulation of the instructor’s gender as the treatment, 3) using SET or equivalent as outcomes, and 4) featuring either a randomized controlled trial or a quasi-experimental design. We further narrowed the type of publications using the inclusion criteria: peer-reviewed, published in academic journals, and published in English between 2000 and 2021.

We identified studies using two strategies: database search and snowballing. We included two multidisciplinary databases (EBSCO and ProQuest Central) and one education-specialized database (ERIC) in the database search. The search keywords are: “student evaluation of teaching,” “gender,” “bias,” and “experiment.”

The database search occurred in July 2021. The number of articles found by each search engine was: 8.510 publications in ProQuest Central, 82.367 in EBSCO, and 39.527 in ERIC. We kept the predefined search engine priority sorting, displaying pages with 100 results each. The results from each search engine were title screened and saved using the blocks of 100 results. The title screening looked at compliance with the UTOS and inclusion criteria. We stopped keeping search results after a group of 100 articles contained no relevant publication.

The snowballing strategy involves identifying relevant studies from one or a few seminal articles. Specifically, we employed the study by MacNell, Driscoll, & Hunt (2015) that matches the scope and inclusion criteria of our literature review. We used backward snowballing and forward snowballing. The search produced a total of 1153 studies for screening. We run an independent double-blind screening process for each title/abstract, reaching a Brennan & Prediger agreement coefficient between .62 and .98 for every round of 300-350 studies. We solved our inconsistencies through discussion and consensus among the principal researcher and research assistants. Finally, we identified 24 studies for full paper review.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Studies report either no theory or at least one of two psychological theories to explain why students may favor men in SET. The first leading theory is gender stereotypes. These culturally determined beliefs define attributes inherent to women and men. Gender stereotypes often define men as assertive and ambitious and women as altruists and sensitive (Chávez y Mitchell, 2019). According to theory, students automatically believe that men instructors are more stringent and colder, while female instructors are warm and altruistic regardless of their actual level of warmth (Anderson, 2010). Thus, differences in teaching evaluation by gender favor men when a SET comprises an aspect of teaching related to competence and brilliance, and SET may favor women when a SET contains aspects targeting care (Arbuckle y Williams, 2003). A smaller group of studies explain SET gender differences due to the gender expectations violations theory (Burgoon, 1995). Instructors with behaviors that depart from the expectation (stereotype) are often punished in their SET (Anderson, 2010). In addition, men are less severely punished when they challenge a gender expectation than when women do.
As a summary, 10 out of 24 studies report a statistically significant effect of gender, with students favoring men in SET overall score or SET subscales (on occasions, single item responses); 6 out of 24 studies report no gender effect and no gender bias; and eight studies report mixed results favoring women in various attributes of teaching.

Summaries of gender differences in SET suggest that these questionnaires should be banned entirely (American Sociological Association, 2019) or that SET is resilient to bias (Marsh, 2007). A compelling argument about the presence or lack of gender bias in SET requires a comprehensive review of the best available empirical research. Unfortunately, to our knowledge, no such systematic review exists thus far.

References
Alexander, P. A. (2020). Methodological Guidance Paper: The Art and Science of Quality Systematic Reviews. Review of Educational Research, 90(1), 6–23. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319854352
American Sociological Association. (2019, September 9). Reconsidering Student Evaluations of Teaching. American Sociological Association. https://www.asanet.org/press-center/press-releases/reconsidering-student-evaluations-teaching
Bertrand, M. (2017). The Glass Ceiling. SSRN Electronic Journal. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3191467
Centra, J. A. (2003). Will Teachers Receive Higher Student Evaluations by Giving Higher Grades and Less Course Work? Research in Higher Education, 44(5), 495–518. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1025492407752
Haladyna, T., & Hess, R. K. (1994). The detection and correction of bias in student ratings of instruction. Research in Higher Education, 35(6), 669–687. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02497081
MacNell, L., Driscoll, A., & Hunt, A. N. (2015). What’s in a Name: Exposing Gender Bias in Student Ratings of Teaching. Innovative Higher Education, 40(4), 291–303. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10755-014-9313-4
Marsh, H. W. (1987). Students’ evaluations of University teaching: Research findings, methodological issues, and directions for future research. International Journal of Educational Research, 11(3), 253–388. https://doi.org/10.1016/0883-0355(87)90001-2
Marsh, H. W. (2007). Students’ Evaluations of University Teaching: Dimensionality, Reliability, Validity, Potential Biases and Usefulness. In R. P. Perry & J. C. Smart (Eds.), The Scholarship of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education: An Evidence-Based Perspective (pp. 319–383). Springer Netherlands. http://link.springer.com/10.1007/1-4020-5742-3_9
Pigott, T. D., & Polanin, J. R. (2020). Methodological Guidance Paper: High-Quality Meta-Analysis in a Systematic Review. Review of Educational Research, 90(1), 24–46. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319877153
Polanin, J. R., Pigott, T. D., Espelage, D. L., & Grotpeter, J. K. (2019). Best practice guidelines for abstract screening large‐evidence systematic reviews and meta‐analyses. Research Synthesis Methods, 10(3), 330–342. https://doi.org/10.1002/jrsm.1354
Spooren, P., Vandermoere, F., Vanderstraeten, R., & Pepermans, K. (2017). Exploring high impact scholarship in research on student’s evaluation of teaching (SET). Educational Research Review, 22, 129–141. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2017.09.001
Stark, P., & Freishtat, R. (2014). An Evaluation of Course Evaluations. ScienceOpen Research. https://www.scienceopen.com/document/id/ad8a9ac9-8c60-432a-ba20-4402a2a38df4
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm22 SES 13 D
Location: Adam Smith, 711 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Carla Inguaggiato
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Teaching Difficult Knowledge: Exploring UCL’s Eugenics History and the Implications for Educational Development in Higher Education

Helen Knowler1, Victoria Wright2

1UCL, United Kingdom; 2UCL, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Knowler, Helen; Wright, Victoria

This paper will present the work of the Eugenics Legacy Education Project (ELEP) at University College London (UCL) and explore the theoretical and practical tensions of reckoning with problematic legacies in higher education contexts. In 2018, UCL's then President & Provost, Professor Michael Arthur, commissioned an inquiry to look at UCL’s historical role in and the current status of the teaching and study of the history of eugenics. On 7 January 2021, UCL issued a formal public apology for its history and legacy of eugenics and a response group of people with diverse lived experience and professional expertise examined the inquiry recommendations. This group presented their proposals for how these recommendations could be best be enacted in July 2021. The Eugenics Inquiry Response Report acknowledged the complexity of developing teaching and learning activities that might redress problematic legacies in educational settings. Preparing staff and students to work with this complex focus provides a range of challenges and barriers to educational development, as well as opportunities for innovation and the potential for meaningful cross disciplinary collaboration between departments and faculties. Between 2022-2025 ELEP aims to:

  • Develop a set of guidelines, staff resources, and learning opportunities that embed visibility and awareness of UCL’s history of eugenics in teaching and learning activities across the organisation.
  • Support the ability of students, staff, and the wider community to engage with UCL’s eugenics legacy in educational activities.
  • Investigate sustainable and inclusive teaching and learning approaches that continues to develop capacities of the UCL community to understand and address the legacies and ongoing consequences of eugenics thinking today.

The project is theoretically anchored within the field of Difficult Knowledge studies. Britzman (1998) developed the concept of ‘difficult knowledge’ in education contexts to investigate the ways that experiences of education and learning can be problematic, traumatic, uncomfortable, and even harmful when encountering controversial or complex curriculum areas. While there is more thinking to be done around this aspect of the project, the concept of ‘difficult knowledge’ offers a productive starting point for thinking together about aspects of our education work that are vital for our education community as part of UCL’s mission around disruptive and radical thinking. This theorisation of the eugenics legacy also offers space for reflection around ideas about implication and accountability, necessary for addressing the harms caused by eugenics in the past


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Since the project is in its early stages a key aim is to use a flexible and generative methodological strategy so that we can be systematic about data collation while remaining flexible and open to possibilities generated in practice. We utilise Winter’s (2003) metaphor of the patchwork - and while originally intended to relate to student assessment we think the gradual building of evidence from a range of data sources is appropriate. We offer examples of key project activities that aimed to encourage engagement with core issues in justice sensitive approaches to education, such as difficult knowledge (Britzman, 1998), affective solidarity (Hemmings, 2012), counter storytelling (Bell, 1987), education and harm (Love, 2019), inclusive education (Morina, 2017), and productive pedagogies (Zembylas, 2022). We address the following questions in this paper:

What tensions, dilemmas and/or discomfort do educators experience as they introduce difficult topics into their classrooms?

What are the pedagogical strategies mobilised to counter the challenges of working with difficult knowledge?

How successful do educators think they have been when introducing difficult knowledge into their classrooms? How do they know?

Using four case study examples of project activities, we consider the relationship between reckoning and reparation (Sriprakash, 2022) for educators under the following themes: object-based learning, authentic assessment, staff/student partnership and education for socially just futures. Each case study will contain a range of data such as staff planning and evaluation, recordings of reflexive conversations about teaching, student feedback, artefacts created in the course of developing teaching methods. We will employ a Reflexive Thematic Analysis on the data patchwork within each case study. This enables us to look in depth at the opportunities and mechanisms for negotiating difficult knowledge in higher education classroom, but also to offer an overarching analysis across all four case studies.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Eugenics is undoubtedly an example of a ‘difficult knowledge’ and through the development of staff learning opportunities, student engagement and resource development this project will explore how UCL’s eugenics legacy can be positioned within educational activities in sustainable and meaningful ways. This paper will necessarily focus in on eugenics histories at UCL, but we also aim to prompt reflection on the broader implications for working with other types of problematic legacies within higher education institutions.We aim to be able to say something about the experiences of educators confronting challenging and complex legacies in the course of their work. This leads to an important consideration of the implications for professional learning and support - reckoning with legacies like eugenics is more than simply teaching historical facts. It requires a serious engagement with the affective and relation dimensions of teaching in higher education contexts. We suggest some further avenues for education research and scholarship into the role of reparative pedagogies. We argue this is vital to support wider institutional policies related to inclusion and belonging. We welcome feedback from members of our academic community as part of our continuing dialogue with educators and to share our experiences of going beyond the process of de-naming buildings.  
References
Bell, D. (1987) And we are not saved: The elusive quest for racial justice. New York. Basic Books 

Britzman, D. P. 1998. Lost Subjects, Contested Objects: Toward a Psychoanalytic Inquiry of Learning. Albany, NY: SUNY Press.   

Davies, L. (2017) Justice-sensitive education: the implications of transitional justice mechanisms for teaching and learning, Comparative Education, 53:3, 333-350, DOI: 10.1080/03050068.2017.1317999  

Hemmings, C. (2012). Affective solidarity: Feminist reflexivity and political transformation. Feminist Theory, 13(2), 147–161. https://doi.org/10.1177/1464700112442643 

Love, B. (2019) We want to do more than survive: Abolitionist Teaching and the Pursuit of Educational Freedom. Boston. Beacon Press.  

Moriña, A. (2017) Inclusive education in higher education: challenges and opportunities, European Journal of Special Needs Education, 32:1, 3-17, DOI: 10.1080/08856257.2016.1254964 

Rothberg, M. (2019) The implicated subject: beyond victims and perpetrators. Stanford. Stanford University Press. 

Sriprakash, A (2022) Reparations: theorising just futures of education, Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, DOI: 10.1080/01596306.2022.2144141

Zembylas, M. (2022) Ethics, politics and affects: renewing the conceptual and pedagogical framework of addressing fanaticism in education. Ethics and Education 17:3, pages 261-276. 


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Personal Predictors of Inclusive Practices among University Teaching Staff

Jose-Luis Alvarez-Castillo, Gemma Fernandez-Caminero, Hugo Gonzalez-Gonzalez, Luis Espino-Diaz

University of Cordoba, Spain

Presenting Author: Alvarez-Castillo, Jose-Luis; Gonzalez-Gonzalez, Hugo

Teachers are a key component of the university community when it comes to creating an inclusive culture through their research, and especially through their teaching and the use of inclusive pedagogies (Stentiford & Koutsouris, 2021). In these professional practices, it is likely that the relevant competencies are not only those specific to their teaching and research functions, but also those related to the personal sphere (Moral-Mora et al., 2021). Thus, the beliefs, attitudes, personality, and life experience of university teachers would be associated with inclusive professional performance, which would require a theoretical exploration of the profile of competencies that is not limited to technical-professional dimensions. This is the thesis that the paper presented here sets out to confirm through a model that considers a set of personal variables, predictive of the teachers' inclusive actions in teaching and other areas of practice.

The Dual-Process Motivational Model developed by John Duckitt (2001; Duckitt & Sibley, 2017), which explains attitudes of prejudice, may be suited to understanding the inclusive beliefs, attitudes, and practices of teachers insofar as prejudice negatively predicts inclusive judgements and behaviours (Kende et al., 2021), as well as attitudes towards immigrant students (Pace et al., 2022). Specifically, Duckitt's model states that openness is a personality trait that negatively anticipates the ideological attitude of right-wing authoritarianism (RWA) which, in turn, would have a relevant explanatory effect on prejudice toward groups perceived as threatening. Agreeableness would be the trait that predicts, at low levels, social dominance orientation (SDO), which, in turn, would anticipate prejudice towards groups who are devalued in terms of status and power. In both pathways, the direct influence of personality on prejudice is weak, but has a more important indirect effect through attitudes (Duckitt & Sibley, 2017). What differentiates these two paths is the perception of the group, which has been found to be associated with certain covariables of prejudice (Bergh & Brandt, 2022). Within higher education, greater attention is paid to women, persons with disabilities, those belonging to ethnic minority groups, and to students from a low socio-economic background (Alvarez-Castillo et al., 2021), groups considered to be disadvantaged or vulnerable. This perception of vulnerability reinforces the path of agreeableness and SDO as part of the cognitive, attitudinal, and behavioural process of university teachers with respect to social minorities.

Along with personality and ideological attitudes, another personal characteristic that might be related to inclusive practices is the perception of discrimination that many teachers themselves may experience. In certain minority groups that perceive a conflict between their identity and that of the majority group, perceived discrimination is positively associated with the intent to avoid contact or to act aggressively against the outgroup. However, university teachers in Spain, although they may feel discriminated against in one of their identities, enjoy a good level of autonomy in the exercise of their profession and a prestigious social status, in addition to a normative environment favourable to inclusion, which could reverse the sense of negative reactivity in the case of perceived discrimination. Results from the study by Chung et al. (2017), who took Ajzen’s Theory of Planned Behaviour (1991) and used a sample of professionals from the general population, supported a certain positive association between perceived discrimination and attitudes towards diversity.

According to the aforementioned evidence and theoretical models, the current study hypothesised that the path of agreeableness and SDO, as well as perceived discrimination, will predominantly anticipate the beliefs, attitudes, and practices with which teachers address diversity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
DESIGN. The study was cross-sectional, survey-based, and aimed at confirming the predictive relationships between personality, ideological attitudes, perceived discrimination, and diversity beliefs, attitudes and behaviours by means of structural equation modelling in order to account for the percentage of variance explained in the teaching staff's inclusive practices, as well as the dominant predictive path.
SAMPLE. The final sample consisted of 613 university lecturers from eight Spanish public university institutions (universities of Cordoba, Valencia, Seville, Complutense de Madrid, Pablo de Olavide, Cadiz, Jaen, and UNED) who agreed to respond to all the survey instruments. The sample composition was relatively gender-balanced, with 47.3% of men and 52.6% of women, and a mean age of 46.30 (SD = 11.00). The average length of employment in the institution was 14.30 years (SD = 11.18).
INSTRUMENTS. All the instruments and the data collection procedure were approved by the Ethics Committee of the University of Córdoba. The battery of questions consisted of five sections: 1) Socio-demographic information and perceived discrimination (ad hoc instrument); 2) Scale of Beliefs, Attitudes, and Practices of Attention to Diversity for University Teachers (Ramos-Santana et al., 2021); 3) Right-Wing Authoritarianism Scale (Altemeyer, 1981); 4) Social Dominance Orientation Scale (Pratto et al., 1994); 5) Neo-Personality Inventory-R (Costa & McCrae, 1992/2008).
PROCEDURE. An invitation was sent to the teaching staff of the eight public universities mentioned above in a mass e-mail that included a link to the survey. Before administering the self-reporting instruments, informed consent was obtained, presenting the survey and requesting voluntary participation, informing the participants about the research, that they were free to leave at any time, assuring them their participation was confidential and voluntary, and informing them of the scientific use to which the research findings would be put. The battery of tests was designed with the free software application LimeSurvey. Two weeks after the first message, the invitation was reiterated as a reminder. The data collection process was closed five weeks after the first submission.
DATA ANALYSIS. Once the data were transferred to SPSS (v28), preparatory, descriptive and correlational analyses were performed on the variables. Subsequently, the hypothesised model was tested by means of structural equations analysis with Amos, using bootstrap sampling procedures together with the maximum likelihood estimation method. The decision on the goodness of fit of the model to the data was made on the basis of a joint assessment of five indices (CFI, NNFI, SRMR, RMSEA, χ2/df).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results confirmed the predictive capacity of certain personal variables on beliefs and attitudes towards diversity, and of these on the inclusive practices of university teachers, particularly in relation to research activities, teacher training, and innovation in addressing diversity, to the point of explaining 53% of its variance, solely on the basis of personal characteristics.
In accordance with the predictions of the Dual-Process Motivational Model (Duckitt, 2001; Duckitt & Sibley, 2017), a dual path of personality and ideological attitudes effects on beliefs, attitudes, and practices of diversity was identified, with one of the pathways being dominant. The Duckitt's model associates the path of agreeableness and SDO with prejudice towards low-status/disadvantaged groups, and this is precisely the route that is confirmed as dominant in the study, having collected data in a university setting, a context in which the majority of minority groups are considered to be disadvantaged, and not as threatening or dissident.
In the case of perceived discrimination, the results showed that teachers who had felt discriminated against informed on the adoption of more inclusive practices and, at the same time, expected more committed leadership than they perceived in their institutions.
The results obtained would suggest two applications immediately. The first of these concerns the competency profile of university teaching staff. More holistic competency frameworks are needed to go beyond specific teaching competencies and include personal characteristics associated with attitudes and practices for addressing diversity. A second pedagogical application would refer to diversity training, an area in which consistent knowledge is not yet available (Devine & Ash, 2022). Certainly, diversity predictors as personality and ideological attitudes are fairly stable characteristics, but there is also evidence in favour of some intra-individual variability caused by contextual stimulation that produces state changes. Therefore, predictors of inclusive practices are also trainable.

References
Ajzen, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior. Organizational Behavior and Human  Decision Processes, 50(2), 179–211. https://doi.org/10.1016/0749-5978(91)90020-T

Altemeyer, B. (1981). Right-wing authoritarianism. Winnipeg: University of Manitoba Press.

Bergh, R., & Brandt, M. J. (2022). Mapping principal dimensions of prejudice in the United States. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 123(1), 154-173. https://doi.org/10.1037/pspi0000360

Costa, P. T., & McCrae, R. R. (2008). Inventario de Personalidad Neo Revisado (NEO PI-R). Inventario Neo Reducido de Cinco Factores (NEO-FFI) [Revised NEO Personality Inventory (NEO PI-R) and NEO Five-Factor Inventory (NEO-FFI) (3ª ed.; Spanish adaptation by A. Cordero, A. Pamos & N. Seisdedos). TEA Ediciones. (Original work published 1992)

Devine, P. G., & Ash, T. L. (2022). Diversity training goals, limitations, and promise: A review of the multidisciplinary literature. Annual Review of Psychology, 73, 403–429. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-psych-060221-122215

Duckitt, J. (2001). A dual-process cognitive-motivational theory of ideology and prejudice. In M. P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 33, pp. 41–113). Academic Press.

Duckitt, J., & Sibley, C. G. (2017). The dual process motivational model of ideology and prejudice. In C. G. Sibley & F. K. Barlow (Eds.), The Cambridge handbook of the psychology of prejudice (pp. 188–221). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316161579.009

Kende, A., Hadarics, M., Bigazzi, S., Boza, M., Kunst, J. R., Lantos, N. A., Lášticová, B., Minescu, A., Pivetti, M., & Urbiola, A. (2021). The last acceptable prejudice in Europe? Anti-Gypsyism as the obstacle to Roma inclusion. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 24(3), 388-410. https://doi.org/10.1177/1368430220907701

Moral-Mora, A. M., Chiva-Sanchis, I., & Lloret-Catalá, C. (2021). Faculty perception of inclusion in the university: Concept, policies and educational practices. Social Inclusion, 9(3), 106-116. https://doi.org/10.17645/si.v9i3.4114

Pace, U., D’Urso, G., Zappulla, C, di Maggio, R., Aparici Aznar, M., Soler Vilageliu, O., & Muscarà, M. (2022). Ethnic prejudice, resilience, and perception of inclusion of immigrant pupils among Italian and Catalan teachers. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 31(1), 220–227. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10826-021-02098-9

Pratto, F., Sidanius, J., Stallworth, L. M., & Malle, B. F. (1994). Social dominance orientation: A personality variable predicting social and political attitudes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67(4), 741–763. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.67.4.741

Ramos-Santana, G., Pérez-Carbonell, A., Chiva-Sanchis, I., & Moral-Mora, A., (2021). Validation of a scale of attention to diversity for university teachers. Educación XX1, 24(2), 121-142. https://doi.org/10.5944/educXX1.28518

Stentiford, L., & Koutsouris, G. (2021). What are inclusive pedagogies in higher education? A systematic scoping review. Studies in Higher Education, 46(11), 2245-2261. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2020.1716322


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Teachers' Role in Supporting Students in Higher Education - a Student Diversity Perspective

Lone Krogh Kjær-Rasmussen, Annie Aarup Jensen

Aalborg University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Kjær-Rasmussen, Lone Krogh; Jensen, Annie Aarup

General description

The diversity among students in HE generally is high regarding social background, ethnicity, age, gender, educational and experiential background. Further, research shows that the number of students in Higher Education (HE) who suffer from stress and anxiety is increasing in Denmark (Uddannelses- og forskningsministeriet, 2019), which is equivalent to the development worldwide. In the Nordic countries, well-being problems have become the most important health problem for young people (Kolouh-Söderlund et al. 2016). Empirical research shows that university students are a 'high-risk population' for psychological disorders and mental health problems, with up to 1/3 of all HE students suffering from these kinds of problems, (e.g. Baik, Larcombe & Brooker, 2019)

Mental health/well-being problems may interfere with student life in various ways, and not least students’ ability to and experience of belonging to their education (Wulff-Andersen et al. 2023). According to Tinto (2015), it is important for students to feel belonging to their education as valued members of their study group. In HE institutions, teachers meet the students in teaching and supervision and are in principle those in the educational system, who might be able to discover, if students are not feeling well and therefore be in a position to support students in handling some of their difficulties. Teachers may also be able to organize teaching in ways that makes it easier for them to see and acknowledge the individual students and perhaps facilitate experiences of community among students.

However, Danish HE institutions are changing these years. Many national reforms and changing economic frameworks have been implemented during the last decades (Wulff-Andersen et al., 2023; Sarauw & Madsen, 2017) and teachers themselves are being pressurized from requirements regarding performance and teaching (less resources generally, more and diverse students), research being measured and requirements to bring in more external funding. Therefore, many teachers are also suffering from stress (Arbejdsmiljø og Helbred, 2018; Caddell & Wilder, 2018, Krogh, Jensen et al). Because of this, it may be difficult for teachers to overcome to accommodate and make the extra effort both in general regarding teaching and organizing safe learning communities and specifically in relation to the students who may need some extra support. For instance, teachers may feel, that it is not their job to detect and help students with problems that are not directly academically related. The problem is that HE risks losing engaged, bright and resourceful students if they do not receive the support they need when their study life becomes difficult for different reasons (Wulff-Andersen 2023, op. cit.).

Theoretical framework

During our data analyses several thematic topics emerged, and among these the question of the role of the teacher in relation to the student with well-being or other kinds of problems. Selected data was analyzed in particular drawing on the categories of self-efficacy and sense of belonging as areas where teachers and supervisors could make a difference regarding the organization of teaching and the creation of supportive study environments. In elaborating on this we are drawing on Danish and international research on the student perspective: students’ encounters with educational institutions, teachers, supervisors, fellow students and counsellors (Ulriksen, 2009; Lowe & Cook, 2003), students’ failure to thrive (Hermann, Jensen & Lassesen, 2012; Thomas, 2012; Qvortrup, Smith, Lykkegaard, & Rasmussen, 2018; Ulriksen, Holmegaard, & Madsen, 2011), student engagement (Wimpenny & Savin-Baden, 2013), and research on the teacher’s role in supporting students in general (Ramsden, 2003), in student directed, collaboratory study environments, students as partners (Bovill, Cook-Sather, Felten, Millard & Moore-Cherry,2016, Jensen & Krogh, 2017), and university teachers’ work conditions (Caddell & Wilder, 2018; Pedersen, 2016; Sarauw & Madsen,2017)


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methods
Our presentation will take its point of departure in the Study Life Project (2019-2022), a three-year research project carried out by educational researchers from Roskilde and Aalborg Universities, Denmark. The project followed 47 students with different kinds of well-being problems from 7 Danish HE institutions (universities and university colleges). Some of them had a mental health diagnosis when they started their study, some experienced problems during their study, which were either initiated or strengthened by structural frame works, pedagogical organization and/ or personal relations or lack of them (teachers – fellow students . The aim of the research project was to achieve knowledge and understanding of students’ experiences during their study life and give voice to their point of view on the kind of help and support that might or could have prevented the problems or supported them better in their study life.

The study was a qualitative and longitudinal study using ethnographic methods incl. semi-structured biographic interviews and a visit to a place of importance to the individual student. We interviewed most of the students three times during the project. The interviews were transcribed and analysed through several iterations generating several themes and sub-themes. Based on the findings in our research and inspired by Tinto’s institutional integration theory incl. categories of self-efficacy and belonging (Tinto, 2015) as areas where teachers and supervisors may support students. we discuss the implications for the teachers’ role in HE.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Some conclusions
Research findings in the Study Life project show a varied picture: some students report on having experienced demeaning or stigmatising behavior from teachers and fellow student and not having received any kind of support from teachers, while others report on having experienced all the support they needed from teachers and support centers, which made all the difference to their ability to pursue an academic education.  Some of the conclusions in our research are that changing conditions and time structures, and expectations from the system is difficult. Systems, rules and regulations are rigid and accommodate the students who follow the norm, i.e. are self-directed and responsible, thus being “the good student”. Many students have high expectations to themselves in order to be able to live up to norms about the perfect student they think they should be. Generally, students are struggling in so many ways in order to be able to stay in the study and to handle the educational challenges they encounter. As teachers have an important position in education they should and could be able to create positive, supportive study environments and take initiatives where students feel safe and are able to participate even when they are not feeling well. (Qvortrup, Lykkegaard & Rasmussen, 2018; Ramsden, 2003; Tinto,, 2015; Wulf-Andersen et al. 2023).

The presentation is based on research in a Danish context by drawing in international research and experiences, and the scope of the problem is international.

References
Arbejdsmiljø og Helbred (2018). https://arbejdsmiljodata.nfa.dk.
ACHA (2016). American College Health Association & National College Health Assessment.
Baik, C. et al (2019). How universities can enhance student mental wellbeing: the student perspective. Higher Education Research and Development, Volume 38. 2029. Issue 4.
Bovill, C., A. Cook-Sather, P. Felten, L. Millard & N. Moore-Cherry, N. (2016). Addressing potential challenges in co-creating learning and teaching: Overcoming resistance, navigating institutional norms and ensuring inclusivity in student-staff partnerships. Higher Education, 71(2): 195-208.

Caddell M. & K. Wilder (2018). Seeking Compassion in the Measured University:  Generosity, Collegiality and Competition in Academic Practice. Journal of Perspectives in Applied Academic Practice. Vol. 6/Issue 3 (2018). Pp. 14-23.
Hermann, K.J., Jensen, T.K., Lassesen, B. (2012). Hvilke faktorer i studiemiljøet fremmer trivsel? Dansk Pædagogisk Tidsskrift. Årgang 7 Nr. 13, 2012
Jensen A. & L. Krogh (2017). Re-thinking Curriculum for 21st-Century Learners: Examining the Advantages and Disadvantages for Adding Co-creative Aspects to Problem-Based-Learning. In Chemi T. & L. Krogh (eds.). Co-Creation in Higher Education. Students and Educators Preparing Creatively and Collaboratively to the Challenge of the Future. Sense Publishers.
Lowe, H. & Cook, A. (2003). Mind the Gap: Are students prepared for higher education? Journal of Further and Higher Education, 27(1).  53-76.
Qvortrup, A., Smith, E., Lykkegaard, E. og Rasmussen, F. (2018) Studiemiljø og frafald på videregående uddannelser: Betydningen af undervisning, faglig identifikation og social integration. Dansk Universitetspædagogisk Tidsskrift. Årgang13, nr. 25. 2018. 151-178.
Ramsden P. (2003). Learning to Teach in Higher Education. London & New York. NY: Routledge Palner.
Sarauw, L.L. & Madsen, S.R. (2017) Risikonavigation i fremdriftsstormen. Når studerende oversætter fremdriftsreformen ud fra nye risikologikker. Dansk Universitetspædagogisk Tidsskrift, 2017, Vol 12, Issue 22, p. 141-152.
Studielivsprojektet. https://ruc.dk/studielivsprojektet
Kolouh-Söderlund L., H. Lagerkranz (2016). Mental health among young people. Nordic Centre for Welfare and Social Issues.
Tinto, V.(2015) Through the Eyes of Students.  Journal of College Student Retention:
Research, Theory & Practice, 0(0) 1–16
Uddannelses- og Forskningsministeriet (2019) ) https://ufm.dk/uddannelse/videregaende-uddannelse/universiteter/om-universiteterne/reformer-pa-universitetsomradet-1
Uddannelses- og Forskningsministeriet (2013). https://ufm.dk/uddannelse/videregaende-uddannelse/universiteter/om-universiteterne/reformer-pa-universitetsomradet-1
Ulriksen, L. (2009). The implied student. Studies in Higher Education, 34(5), 517–532.
Wimpenny, K. & Savin-Baden, M. (2013) Alienation, agency and authenticity: a synthesis of the literature on student engagement, Teaching in Higher Education, 18:3, 311-326
Wulff-Andersen L., L. Larsen, A. A. Jensen, L. Krogh, A. B. Stigemo, M.H. Kristiansen (2023). Students’ Experiences of Psychosocial Problems in Higher Education. Battling and Belonging. Routledge.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm22 SES 13 E
Location: Adam Smith, LT 718 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Sabine Weiss
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

STEM Doctoral Students' Imposter Phenomenon: Prior Experiences, Socializers’ Beliefs, and Expectations for Success

M. Gail Jones1, Gina Childers2, Julianna Nieuwsma1, Kathleen Bordewieck1

1NC State University, United States of America; 2Texas Tech University

Presenting Author: Jones, M. Gail

There is increasing interest in social emotional factors related to learning for STEM graduate students. Furthermore, graduate students report growing levels of a sense of imposterism and other socio-emotional issues as a result of the COVID pandemic (Kee, 2021). Research has shown that socio-emotional well-being is associated with retention and academic achievement (Conley, 2015). Along with anxiety and stress that have been reported by graduate students, students also report experiencing imposter phenomenon (IP). IP has been described as feelings of incompetence or fraudulence and IP has been reported for both undergraduate and graduate students (Clance & Imes, 1978; Mak et al., 2019). Students experiencing IP report a fear of failure, associate achievement with luck, and these students tend to experience self-pressure, anxiety, and stress (Clance, 1985; Cozzarelli & Major, 1990). IP has not been well theorized, particularly for STEM fields, and there is limited research that examines the underlying factors. Here we examine imposterism within an expectancy value theory framework (Eccles & Wigfield, 2020). Expectancy value theory considers an individual’s perceptions of social roles, activities, socializer’s beliefs, and prior experiences as factors that contribute to academic choices and career goals. These factors according to expectancy value theory influence self-schemata that includes identity and self-efficacy (Author). Here IP and expectancy value theory factors are examined to gain insight into graduate students’ perceptions of competence for STEM research.

Research Questions

What is the relationship between students’ reported perceptions of imposterism and

1) overall prior experiences in STEM?

2) experiences knowing people in STEM?

3) prior experiences participating in STEM-related experiences?

4) perceptions of socializers’ beliefs for them as STEM researchers?

5) expectation for success beliefs for STEM research?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology
This study was conducted with doctoral students located at six, large research universities located throughout the United States. Students were contacted by email and asked to participate in a study of doctoral students’ experiences and beliefs. All of the students who volunteered to participate were included in the study.

Participants. There were 30 males and 25 females; 18 majority (White) and 36 minority (non-White) participants. Students indicated their academic disciplines and there were 36 engineering students, 15 science students, and 3 did not indicate a discipline.

Survey. The survey was designed to measure imposter phenomenon, expectancy value factors, and science capital variables. The survey included 6 imposter phenomenon items that asked questions such as “Sometimes I am afraid I will be discovered for who I really am.” Three items were from the Clance and Imes (1978) scale (see Chrisman, et al., 1995 for validation information). Two items were from the Harvey (1981) scale (see Hellman, & Caselman, 2004 for validation information). One item was from the Leary et al., 2000 scale. Other items measuring expectancy value factors were adapted from the validated NextGen Scientists Survey (Author). The final survey was piloted with four STEM doctoral students and modified for format and timing. The final survey included 42 items and was delivered through a survey online platform.

The survey asked about these factors: Imposterism and Experiences Knowing People in STEM (growing up did they know people who worked in STEM careers, know someone with a Ph.D, or know anyone who was a researcher.); Imposterism and STEM-Related activities (visited a museum, aquarium, or zoo, took nature walks, talked about science with their family, or engaged in science-related hobbies.); Imposterism and Socializers’ Beliefs (family saw them as a researcher, family supported their efforts to complete this degree, and friends saw them as a researcher.); Imposterism and Expectation for Success (if they thought they were good in science, and other items such as asking if they were good at using tools and equipment in science, or if they felt like they could talk to others about science).

Analyses. A Pearson correlation was used to examine relationships between imposterism and the expectancy value scores (experiences (overall), experiences knowing people in STEM, experiences in STEM-related activities, socializers’ beliefs, and expectations for success. A Bonferroni adjustment for multiple comparisons resulted in setting a significant p-value at the 0.01 level.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results

Overall Expectancy Value Results. The analyses showed that there were no significant correlations between perceived imposterism and students’ reported overall prior STEM experiences, composed of the sub-constructs of knowing people in STEM and experiences in STEM-related activities, as well as the factor of socializer's beliefs. However, there was a significant, negative correlation reported for expectation for success and imposterism (R=-422; p<.001).

Imposterism and Experiences Knowing People in STEM. There was no significant correlation (r = -.245, n = 55, p = 0.071) between students’ perceptions of imposterism and their reported experiences knowing people in STEM.

Imposterism and STEM-Related activities. There was no significant correlation (r = .056, n = 55, p = 0.692) between having had STEM-related experiences and reporting experiencing imposterism.

Imposterism and Socializers’ Beliefs. There was no significant correlation (r = -.228, n = 55, p = 0.094) between socializers’ beliefs and reported imposterism.

Imposterism and Expectation for Success. Perceptions of imposterism was negatively correlated (r = -.422, n = 55, p = 0.001) with expectation for success (including self-efficacy).

The results of this paper suggest for the specific STEM graduate students in this study, perceptions of imposterism are more closely related to their expectations of success for themselves in their doctoral work than to their prior experiences or their knowledge of people in STEM during childhood. This finding suggests that access to science capital growing up (experiences, access to materials, access to people) may not strongly shape self-efficacy and expectations for success. Instead, these psychological constructs are likely dependent on other constructs not measured in the current study. These results highlight questions about what educators can do to enhance an individual’s expectation for success.This study suggests new questions about how expectancy value theory relates to aspects of imposter phenomenon and pushes educators to move beyond measuring imposter phenomenon to considering underlying factors.

References
Author
Chrisman, S. M., Pieper, W. A., Clance, P. R., Holland, C. L., & Glickauf-Hughes, C. (1995). Validation of the Clance imposter phenomenon scale. Journal of personality assessment, 65(3), 456-467.
Clance, P. R. (1985). The impostor phenomenon. Atlanta: Peachtree.
Clance, P. R., & Imes, S. A. (1978). The imposter phenomenon in high achieving women: Dynamics and therapeutic intervention. Psychotherapy: Theory, research & practice, 15(3), 241.
Conley, S.C. (2015). SEL in Higher Education. In Durlak, J.A., Domitrovich, C.E., Weissberg, R.P., Gullotta, T.P., & Comer, J. (Eds.), Handbook of social and emotional learning: Research and practice (pp. 197-212). New York, NY: Guilford Press.
Cozzarelli, C., & Major, B. (1990). Exploring the validity of the impostor phenomenon. Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 9(4), 401-417.
Eccles, J. S., & Wigfield, A. (2020). From expectancy-value theory to situated expectancy-value theory: A developmental, social cognitive, and sociocultural perspective on motivation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 61, 101859. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2020.101859
Hellman, C. M., & Caselman, T. D. (2004). A psychometric evaluation of the Harvey Imposter Phenomenon Scale. Journal of personality assessment, 83(2), 161-166.
Kee, C. E. (2021). The impact of COVID-19: Graduate students’ emotional and psychological experiences. Journal of Human Behavior in the Social Environment, 31(1-4), 476-488.
Mak, K. K., Kleitman, S., & Abbott, M. J. (2019). Imposter phenomenon measurement scales: A systematic review. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, 671.
Leary, M. R., Patton, K. M., Orlando, A. E., & Funk, W. (2000). The impostor phenomenon: Self-perceptions, reflected appraisals, and interpersonal strategies. Journal of Personality, 68, 725-756.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

The Effect of Peers’ Sociocultural Capital on Disadvantaged Brazilian Undergraduate Students’ Achievement

Orlanda Tavares1, Cristina Sin1, Julio Bertolin2, Hélio Radke Bittencourt3

1CeiED, Universidade Lusófona, Portugal; 2Universidade de Passo Fundo, Brasil; 3Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Rio Grande do Sul, Brasil

Presenting Author: Tavares, Orlanda; Sin, Cristina

Higher education has become central for the economic and social development of countries. As the systems expanded, an increasingly heterogeneous student body entered higher education and challenges related to quality and equity emerged (Unesco, 2021). Equity implies that social class, ethnicity, geographical location or other characteristics should not determine students’ access and success. Yet, different socioeconomic backgrounds tend to be reproduced in differentiated academic achievements, with the less privileged students having poorer grades or dropping out more frequently (Tavares et al, 2022). The difference in achievement and academic success between lower SES students and higher SES students has been widely addressed in the literature (Li & Carroll, 2019; Kahu & Nelson, 2018). These differences may be linked with the different mechanisms through which students acquire and use social capital and support (Mishra, 2020). As higher education is not an isolated experience, but rather entails persistent support and encouragement from family, peers, community, neighbourhood, and faculty), it is important to understand the extent to which some contextual factors might influence academic achievement.

Several studies have sought to understand the relationship between academic achievement and these contextual factors. An important contextual factor influencing the learning process and academic achievement is the pedagogical interaction between students. The impact of these interactions is known in the literature as ‘contagion’, ‘neighbourhood effects’ or ‘peer group effects’ (Ding & Lehrer 2007). It generally means that students’ academic achievement may be influenced by the characteristics and behaviours of their peers. Peer effects – the term used in this study – can therefore be defined as the impact of the study group on the learning environment and on the individual academic performance (Illanes, 2014; Guadalupe & Gonzalez-Gordon, 2022). The effects of peers seem larger for minority and disadvantaged students, with scarce access to resources or opportunities to develop the study habits needed to succeed. Peer group abilities have considerable positive effects on students’ academic performance as they tend to have higher academic achievement if the quality of their peer group is higher (Ding and Lehrer, 2006; Zimmerman 2003; Vandenberghe, 2002; Sacerdote, 2001). Many other studies have found that top ability peers had a positive influence on others’ outcomes (Griffith & Rask 2014; Sacerdote 2001; Carrell et al., 2009). The interaction between peers supports and motivates students to achieve a higher cognitive level and to find a personal meaning for learning (Dempsey, Halton, & Murphy, 2001).

This paper will focus on Brazilian higher education, a country where inequalities are still huge in various sectors of society. Despite affirmative actions and positive discrimination policies (Bertolin and McCowan, 2022), higher education remains a stratified system (elitist courses and courses which mostly attract disadvantaged students). Inequalities also persist in academic progression, retention and attainment. Focusing on the attainment of disadvantaged undergraduate students, this paper aims to examine whether these students might benefit from interaction with peers of high socioeconomic and cultural capital (Griffith & Rask 2014). For that purpose, the study compares the academic achievement of disadvantaged students in cohorts with different degrees of socioeconomic diversity: homogeneous cohorts of low SES students, in which peers are mainly from the same low socioeconomic and cultural background; heterogeneous cohorts, in which peers are both from high and low socioeconomic backgrounds; and homogeneous cohorts of high SES students, in which peers are mainly from a high socioeconomic and cultural background. The hypothesis to be tested in this study is that the academic achievement of underprivileged students who complete their studies tends to be better in cohorts in which the number of students with high sociocultural capital is higher.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Every year, students completing undergraduate programmes in specific disciplinary areas take a nationwide test called ENADE (the National Test of Student Performance). It is a mandatory graduation requirement for all summoned students each year. However, the exam evaluates the higher education system and does not influence students’ final grade. It evaluates students’ performance and also gathers data on their socioeconomic background. This study uses the ENADE database which contains microdata on the students’ performance and on the social, economic and cultural conditions of each participant. Participation can reach nearly 500,000 students each year. Data from a complete 3-year cycle of ENADE assessment are employed (2014, 2015 and 2016), the last cycle for which data are available on individual students. It covers more than 1 million students from courses of different disciplines and the dataset is a representative sample of the total of 8.6 million students enrolled in Brazilian higher education (the 4th largest in the world).
To verify the influence of social capital and peer group effect on the academic achievement of disadvantaged students, descriptive statistics and general linear models (ANOVA) are used, with exam performance as the dependent variable. Social capital and the type of cohort in which the student is enrolled (low SES cohorts, heterogeneous cohorts, and high SES cohorts) are the independent variables. First, a SES score was calculated for each student based on family income, mothers’ educational level and type of secondary school (public or private), ranging from 0 (lowest) to 45 (highest). Then the students were divided into four groups according to the SES score quartiles, in which Q1 students were those with the lowest SES. In order to classify cohorts into the three categories above, the entropy (degree of heterogeneity of the cohorts) was calculated, as proposed by Shannon (1948). Cohorts with high entropy were classified as heterogeneous and cohorts with low entropy were classified as low SES homogeneous or high SES homogeneous, according to the level of concentration of students from different SES backgrounds. Only face-to-face cohorts with 10 or more students were considered. Variables related to the school effect were used for control purposes and to avoid bias in the results. Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) was performed to compare the results of low SES students (quartile Q1) in the ENADE General Education and Specific Component tests in the three types of cohorts (low SES homogeneous, heterogeneous and high SES homogeneous).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The first results confirm the hypothesis advanced in this study. When considering the General Education component, which is common to all disciplinary areas in the same year, the comparison of the performance of Q1 students in the different cohorts revealed that they perform best when they are in cohorts classified as high SES homogeneous. In fact, performance is higher for Q1 students in heterogeneous cohorts compared to Q1 students in low SES homogeneous ones and is also higher for Q1 students in high SES homogeneous cohorts compared to Q1 students in heterogeneous cohorts. Considering the Specific Component of the exam, which differs by disciplinary area, similar results were found. When controlling for disciplinary area, Q1 students enrolled in high SES homogenous cohorts continue to perform better that their counterparts enrolled in low SES homogeneous and heterogeneous cohorts.
These preliminary results show that disadvantaged students seem to perform better in cohorts which are predominantly made up of students coming from privileged backgrounds, benefiting from the interaction with peers of high socioeconomic and cultural capital. Further detailed analyses by disciplinary area will be performed.

References
Bertolin, J., & McCowan, T. (2022). The Persistence of Inequity in Brazilian Higher Education: Background Data and Student Performance. In Tavares, O. Sá, C. Sin, C. Amaral, A., (Eds.) Equity Policies in Global Higher Education (pp. 71-88). Palgrave Macmillan, Cham.
Carrell, S. E., Fullerton, R. L., & West, J. E. (2009). Does your cohort matter? Measuring peer effects in college achievement. Journal of Labor Economics, 27(3), 439-464.
Dempsey, M., Halton, C., & Murphy, M. (2001). Reflective learning in social work education: Scaffolding the process. Social work education, 20(6), 631-641.
Ding, W., & Lehrer, S. F. (2007). Do peers affect student achievement in China's secondary schools?. The Review of Economics and Statistics, 89(2), 300-312.
Griffith, A. L., & Rask, K. N. (2014). Peer effects in higher education: A look at heterogeneous impacts. Economics of Education Review, 39, 65-77.
Guadalupe, M., & Gonzalez-Gordon, I. (2022). Bias From Enrollment: Peer Effects on the Academic Performance of University Students in PUCE Ecuador. Journal of Hispanic Higher Education, 15381927221085679.
Illanes, G. (2014). Peer effects: What do we really know? Centro de Estudios Públicos. https:// www.cepchile.cl/cep/site/artic/20160304/asocfile/20160304100733/pder377_GIllanes.pdf
Kahu, E. R. & Nelson, K. (2018). Student engagement in the educational interface: understanding the mechanisms of student success. Higher Education Research &
Development, 37(1), 58-7.
Li, I. W & Carroll, D. R. (2019). Factors influencing dropout and academic performance: an Australian higher education equity perspective. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, (), 1–17.
Mishra, S. (2020). Social networks, social capital, social support and academic success in higher education: A systematic review with a special focus on underrepresented’ students. Educational Research Review, 29, 100307.
Sacerdote, B. (2001). Peer effects with random assignment: Results for Dartmouth roommates. The Quarterly journal of economics, 116(2), 681-704.
Shannon, Claude E. (1948). A mathematical theory of communication, Bell System Technical Journal. 27(3): 379–423. doi:10.1002/j.1538-7305.1948.tb01338.x http://cm.bell-labs.com/cm/ms/what/shannonday/shannon1948.pdf
Tavares, O., Sá, C., Sin, C., & Amaral, A. (2022). Equity Policies in Global Higher Education: Reducing Inequality and Increasing Participation and Attainment. Cham: Springer Nature.
Unesco (2021).  Thinking higher and beyond: Perspectives on the futures of higher education to 2050. Paris: UNESCO IESALC.
Vandenberghe, V. (2002). Evaluating the magnitude and the stakes of peer effects analysing science and math achievement across OECD. Applied Economics, 34(10), 1283-1290.
Zimmerman, D. J. (2003). Peer effects in academic outcomes: Evidence from a natural experiment. Review of Economics and statistics, 85(1), 9-23.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

What Does it Mean Student(s) Voice(s) in Higher Education?

Carolina Guzmán-Valenzuela

Universidad de Tarapaca, Chile

Presenting Author: Guzmán-Valenzuela, Carolina

Introduction

As a result of both an increase in the number and diversity of students and a wider and higher number of institutions offering a degree in higher education, much research has been focused on what has been called the ‘student voice’ although this concept has remained undertheorised (Felten et al., 2013; McLeod, 2011; Seale, 2009).

In her work, Seale (2009) pointed that much of the work around ‘student voice’ seemed to make implicit connections between students’ feedback and reflective practices and the improvement of teaching practices and curriculum development, there being an assumption that students’ feedback would produce changes in curricular and teaching practices as a consequence of staff and lecturers’ reflections on this feedback and a disposition to promote those changes.

The aim of this papaer is to examine the current state of the art of the concept of student voice in higher education. Through a systematic literature review, it aims to identify the main patterns of publication around this concept in the last three decades (1992-2021). In addition, it identifies the conceptualisations underpinning the concept, the main methodologies that have been used to investigate it, and the contexts in which student voice has been explored.

Student voice

McLeod provides an overview of the polysemic of the concept ‘voice’ which can be associated to “identity or agency, or even power… it can be the site of authentic reflection and insight or a radical source for counter narratives… can be a code word for representing difference, or connote a democratic politics of participation and inclusion, or be the expression of an essentialized group identity” (2011: 181).

In higher education, according to Seale (2009), conceptualisations about student voice are rather undeveloped. According to the author, ‘student voice’ is usually conceived as feedback provided by students which help lecturers and academic planners to reflect on and improve teaching practices and curricula. In turn, McLeod identifies four different types of uses of student voices in education: “(i) voice – as strategy (to achieve empowerment, transformation, equality); voice as-participation (in learning, in democratic processes); voice-as-right (to be heard, to have a say); and voice-as-difference (to promote inclusion, respect diversity, indicate equity)”. (2011: 181). These distinctions are especially important in a context of diversity, inclusion, respect of differences and in promoting participatory and democratic processes among young learners (McLeod, op. cit.).

Furthermore, itis worth to mention here five different types of roles that students’ voices can take on in higher education according to Seale (2009): (a) student as stakeholder; b) student as consumer; (c) student as teacher facilitator; d) student as evaluator or informant; and e) student as story-teller. According to the author, these roles are not necessarily explicit in the literature, and they frequently involve uneasy relationships between students, lecturers and higher education institutions since these last two usually deploy more power. Also a view of student voice as promoting transformation, participation and empowerment on the part of students and their learning has been mainly studied in relation to the concept of ‘pedagogical partnership’ and participation and transformation of students as learners (Cook-Sather et. Al., 2021). Such focus has left aside other dimensions and roles that students may play in higher education (for example, in governance (Klemencic, 2020), in activist initiatives, or in producing knowledge, among others).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Academic articles that dealt with the concept of ‘student voice’ were searched and filtered in three well-known databases: WoS core collection (WoScc), Scopus and SciELO between 1992 & 2021 (the research being conducted and updated between November 2021 and May 2022). Specifically, the search contained the following descriptors: (("student voices" OR "student voice") AND ("higher education" OR "college" OR "university")).

The search was conducted in the title, abstract, and keywords of the articles. A total of 509 articles were identified: 171 WoScc articles, 330 Scopus articles, and 8 SciELO article.

In order to address the aims of this study, first, a descriptive analysis of the articles was conducted, including: the number of articles published in the last 30 years; organised by country and region and by first author’ country affiliation; and language of publication.

Second, the 25 highest cited articles published in the time span were further analysed to identify the main themes following Tight’s (2020) classification of research themes in higher education (namely, teaching and learning, course design, student experience, quality, system policy, institutional management, academic work and knowledge) and the type of article (conceptual or empirical). Also, the main topic addressed for each of these articles was identified.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the selected articles shows that the concept of student voice is gaining traction in higher education especially in the last 12 years. Furthermore, most of the knowledge produced about ‘student voice’ comes from what has been called the ‘Global North’ and, specifically Anglo-Saxon countries such as the UK, the USA and Australia, three countries with highly marketised higher education systems. Therefore, there seem to be a lack of voices coming from other parts of the world.

In examining the top 25 most cited articles, it was found:
- That most articles (18) are empirical and qualitative.
- There is overfocus on students’ learning experiences and course design in higher education is identified. In many of them, students are seen as sources of data about their learning or, at the most, sought to engage students so that they contributed to improving their learning.
- A more active participation and engagement on the part of students is explored in articles about co-creating curricula and the scholarship of teaching and learning. However, initiatives remain being led by lecturers and planners.
- This is also the case for articles that dealt with minority which mainly addressed the difficulties experienced by these students in their learning and academic contexts.
- There is, therefore, a large silence regarding ‘student voice’ from a more radical or transformative perspective (Fielding, 2001) with a few exceptions.
- Finally, another notable gap has to do with the scarce number of articles dealing with more structural variables that affect students’ voices and their agency.

Implications for research on ‘student voice’ will be discussed during the presentation.

Acknowledgement
This study has been funded by ANID-FONDECYT 1200633

References
Cook-Sather, A., Allard, S., Marcovici, E., & Reynolds, B. (2021), ‘Fostering Agentic Engagement: Working toward Empowerment and Equity through Pedagogical Partnership’, International Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching & Learning, 15(2).
Felten P., Bagg, J. Bumbry, M. Hill, J., Hornsby, K. Pratt, M. and Weller, S. (2013), ‘A call for expanding inclusive student engagement in SoTL’, Teaching & Learning Inquiry, 1 (2), 63–74.
Fielding, M. (2001), ‘Students as radical agents of change’, Journal of educational change 2 (2), 123-141.
Klemencic, M. (2020) Student activism and organizations. In M. David, & M. Amey (Eds.) The SAGE encyclopaedia of higher education
McLeod, J. (2011), ‘Student voice and the politics of listening in higher education’, Critical studies in education, 52 (2), 179-189.
Seale, J. (2009), ‘Doing student voice work in higher education: An exploration of the value of participatory methods’, British Educational Research Journal, 36(6), 995-1015.
Tight, M. (2020), Syntheses of higher education research: what we know. London: Bloomsbury Academic.
This work was supported by ANID-Chile, Fondecyt Project 1200633.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm23 SES 13 A: Lifelong Learning and Higher Education
Location: James Watt South Building, J15 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Anne Larson
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Quality in Higher Education. The Equality Excellence Trade Off

Živa Kos, Milica Antić Gaber, Jasna Mažgon

University of Ljubljana, Faculty of Arts, Slovenia

Presenting Author: Kos, Živa; Mažgon, Jasna

Quality in higher education is perceived primarily through performance and standards of success. Academic success, in turn, is regulated by various quality mechanisms that produce institutional and individual practices that generate academic subjectivities and a rationality of academia. Recruiting the best, most deserving individuals and ensuring their progression within the field in terms of maintaining and/or improving their qualifications for positions in higher education is fundamental to maintaining the quality of academic work and the academic field as such. Practices that undermine or challenge this rationality are marginalized, excluded, and not adequately discussed. Yet, the expansion of access to higher education for social groups previously denied access and the massification of higher education has exposed complex issues of equity and equality of success and progress within a field. (Yudkevich, Altbac, Rumbley 2015, Eurydice 2022, Eggings 2019) The notion of education as a great equalizer for those from less advantaged socioeconomic backgrounds, racial minorities, and women has led to debates about equity, justice, and quality that question the conceptualization of quality, its mechanisms, and standards that explicitly or implicitly contribute to exclusion. One of the most important contemporary ideas challenging the concept of existing quality standards in academia and the perception of merit is gender equality. In recent decades, European Union policies have worked to strengthen diversity and inclusion, with gender equality increasingly treated as a priority issue in the last two decades, with a focus on institutional practices of gender equality in higher education, among others. (Gender Equality Strategy 2022 -2025).

In this paper, we present some of the issues related to gender equality/equality standards in higher education, highlighting the case of Slovenia, but also those that go beyond gender equality and highlight the need to rethink the mechanisms that determine the access and advancement of academic staff.

We use Bordieuan's (1977, 1988) theoretical apparatus to outline the equity/equality problem in education, the concept of the field to frame academic practices, and to understand the position of merit in higher education. We then discuss gender equity as a policy issue (in terms of quality assurance and standards) in higher education and in society in terms of its complex genealogy (Popkewitz 2016) in institutional, national, and cultural contexts.

Research Questions:

How do emerging calls for more equal and equitable scholarship correspond with existing quality mechanisms and standards for advancement to academic titles and academic positions?

How do gender and age support or hinder advancement in academic careers at the Faculty of Arts, College of Ljubljana?

The research presented here was partly part of the H2020 project Gearing roles (https://gearingroles.eu/project/).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research design and sample

A quantitative survey design was used for the study.
An online questionnaire was introduced and sent to all teaching and research staff at the institution. 149 individuals responded, 40 males, 108 females, and 1 nonbinary individual. The average age of the respondents was 46.6 years.

There are two general academic areas for promotion at the College of Ljubljana: the Faculty of Arts and the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences. Of the respondents, 39 were from the social sciences, 110 were from the humanities, and 12 of them were seeking promotion in two areas. The survey showed some contextual differences between them.

Data collection and data analysis
The data were collected in November 2021. Recipients of the email were given access to an anonymous questionnaire via a link, which they completed and submitted online. The questionnaire contained 13 single and multiple responses about their career path (promotion) and the obstacles they perceive in their career.

The data were analyzed using the SPSS 25 software package and presented in frequency tables. The χ2 test was used to test hypotheses about relationships between categorical variables.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analyses revealed differences between residential areas and differences in gender and age. Some of these differences are a starting point for evidence-based discussion in the Faculty of Arts, UL, to rethink and possibly redefine some of the institutional practices that lead to equity differences in academic career development. The analyses also provide starting points for a broader discussion of structural problems and regulatory ideas (at national and international levels) that contribute to the existing problem of gender equality and excellence in Slovenia and the EU.
References
.
Bourdieu, P. (1977) Cultural reproduction and social reproduction. In J. Karabel and A. H. Halsey (eds), Power and Ideology in Education. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 487–511.

Bourdieu, P. and J.-C. Passeron (1977) Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture. Beverley Hills, CA: Sage Publications.

Bourdieu, P. (1988): Homoacademicus. Stanford: Stanford University press.
Bourideu, P. (2010a): Moška dominacija. Ljubljana: Sophia.
Bourdieu, P. (2010b): Distinction. London: Routledge.
Burawoy, Michael (2019): Symbolic violence: conversations with Bourdieu. Description: Durham : Duke University Press.

Cote, J. Furlong, A. Eds. (2106): Routledge Handbook of the Sociology of Higher Education. London: Routledge

Eggins , H. (ed.) (2019): The Changing Role of Women in Higher Education, The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International. Comparative Perspective. Springer International Publishing Switzerland

Foucault, M. (2009). Security, territory, population. London: Palgrave Macmillan.
Gearing roles: Available at:  https://gearingroles.eu/ (May 2022)
Klemenčič, M., Zgaga, P. (2015): Slovenia: The slow decline of academic inbreeding. In: Yudkkevich, M., Altbach, P., Rumbley, L.(2015): Academic inbreeding and Mobility in Higher Education. New mic inbreeding and Mobility in Higher Education. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Marginskon, S. (2009): University rankings, Governments and social order. In:  Simons, M., Olssen, M, Peters, M. (eds.) (2009). Re-reading Educational policies. Rotterdam: Sens Publishers

Popkewitz, T. (2016): Incluision and exclusion as double gestures in policy and education sciences. In: Simons, M., Olssen, M, Peters, M. (eds.) (2009). Re-reading Educational policies. Rotterdam: Sens Publishers.

Vidovich, L (2009): You don t fatten the pig by weighting it: contradictory tensions on the policy pandemic of accountability infecting education. In:  Simons, M., Olssen, M, Peters, M. (eds.) (2009). Re-reading Educational policies. Rotterdam: Sens Publishers.

Ylijoki, O.-H. (2013). Boundary-work between work and life in the high-speed university. Studies in Higher Education, 38 (2), 242–255.

Yudkkevich, M., Altbach, P., Rumbley, L.(2015): Academic inbreeding and Mobility in Higher Education. New mic inbreeding and Mobility in Higher Education. New York: Palgrave Macmillan


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Ukrainian Higher Education at the Time of War and EU Integration Aspirations: How the Polish Experience Can Help?

Olena Brintseva

Kyiv National Economic University named after Vadym Hetman, Ukraine

Presenting Author: Brintseva, Olena

The process of integration of the Ukrainian higher education system into the European Higher Education Area (EHEA) has a long history, primarily related not only to Eurointegration aspirations but also to the gradual adaptation of Ukrainian legislation to EU regulations. For aligning Ukraine's higher education and science legislation with that of the EU are primarily responsible the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine and the National Agency for Quality Assurance in Higher Education. In order to implement Ukraine's European integration commitments, such legal acts have been adopted, among others: Law of Ukraine "On Higher Education" (2014), "On Ratification of the Agreement between Ukraine and the European Union on the Participation of Ukraine in the European Union Framework Program for Scientific Research and Innovation "Horizon 2020" (2015), "On scientific and scientific-technical activities" (2015).

The Ukrainian higher education system has faced many challenges after the start of full-scale Russian aggression: damaged and destroyed educational institutions and infrastructure during the war, a decrease in funding of education and science, and relocation of participants of the educational process abroad, which led to a significant loss of students and teaching staff by Ukrainian universities. Nevertheless, on June 23, 2022, the European Council granted Ukraine candidate status for EU membership and noted the high level of sectoral integration of Ukrainian education and science. In Commission Opinion on Ukraine’s application for membership of the EU (European Commission, 2022) is emphasized that despite the sizable government spending in the sector (5.7% of GDP in 2021) and a ratio of gross enrolment in tertiary education of above 80%, the curricula and overall quality could be better aligned with labour market needs. Expenditure on research and development, which is mostly concentrated in the public sector and had been declining over the last ten years to below 0.5% in 2020, remained insufficient to heighten human capital in a sustainable way.

In order to improve the financial condition and increase the competitiveness of Ukrainian universities, the Strategy for the Development of Higher Education in Ukraine for 2022-2032 (Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine, 2022a) is implementing. This Strategy also includes the issue of Ukraine's integration into the EHEA. The Strategy provides a detailed roadmap for the reconstruction and continuation of the reforms of the higher education system in the war and the post-war periods. Implementation of the tasks set forth in the Strategy will help limit the devastating effects of a full-scale invasion of the Russian Federation. In addition, the Operational Plan for the implementation of this Strategy in 2022-2024 was approved (Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine, 2022b).

In issues of European integration, the experience of Poland, a country close to Ukraine in geographical, sociocultural, economic, and other aspects, is particularly relevant. In the early 1990s, Poland had a similar level of economic development, but currently, it has been a member of the EU and the European educational area for about 20 years.

The main research question of this paper is how to improve the Ukrainian higher education system and increase the possibilities of its integration into the EHEA? And how the Polish experience in this issue can help?

The main objectives are:

1) to conduct the comparative analysis of Ukrainian and Polish higher educational systems,

2) to analyse the Polish Eurointegration experience in the context of searching for possibilities of improvement of the Ukrainian higher education system,

3) to conduct the analysis the factors that hold back Ukraine's EU integration aspirations based on a survey of Ukrainian academic teachers,

4) to identify recommendations for integration into the EHEA and increasing the competitiveness of Ukrainian universities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The comparative analysis of the higher education systems is based on the:
1) desk research of the current situation of Ukrainian and Polish education, analysis of the main differences between systems of higher education in Ukraine and Poland, from the point of view of working conditions, career prospects, and conducting scientific research,
2) desk research of the issues of integration the Ukrainian higher education system into the EHEA and possibilities of use of the Polish Eurointegration experience: the analysis of Ukrainian legal acts on European integration and analytical notes of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine, the analysis of changes in the education system of Poland after the integration with the EU (which it experienced after 2004),
3) the survey of Ukrainian academic teachers: the analysis of the factors that hold back Ukraine's EU integration aspirations, the shadow sector and pathologies of the higher education system ("factories" of doctoral and habilitation theses, a large number of scientific works (not only doctorates, but also scientific articles) done on commission, violations of the rules of academic integrity by both students and academic teachers, unhealthy relationships in teams and the contemptuous attitude of department heads towards academic teachers, the system of unofficial fees for defending doctoral and habitation theses, bribery).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a result of comparative analysis, it was found that the higher performance of Polish higher education resulted primarily from such factors as a higher level of internationalization of scientific research results and teaching achievements; wider opportunities to obtain international grants and projects; better-balanced workload of academic teachers; higher level of salaries, better working conditions and the perception of academic institutions as a good employer; result-oriented performance appraisal of academic teachers; a higher share of publications in Scopus and WoS in the total number of research publications; less authoritarian and result-oriented business leadership and communication style at universities.
In the context of the determined problems and shortcomings of the Ukrainian higher education system, as well as the results of the comparative analysis of the higher education systems in Ukraine and Poland and the survey of Ukrainian academic teachers, such recommendations for integration into the European Union and increasing the competitiveness of Ukrainian higher education institutions have been determined: the improvement of the institutional environment of higher education; harmonization of Ukrainian legislative acts on higher education and science with those of the European Union; increasing the competitiveness of the national educational system due to the consolidation of universities; using the contemporary crisis as an opportunity to rebuild a more efficient higher education system through a series of institutional changes.

References
1. Boyadjieva, P. (2017). Invisible higher education: Higher education institutions from Central and Eastern Europe in global rankings. European Educational Research Journal, 6(5), 529-546.
2. Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine (2022a). "On Approval of the Strategy for the Development of Higher Education in Ukraine for 2022-2032". Decree of the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine dated February 23, 2022, No. 286. Retrieved from https://zakon.rada.gov.ua/laws/show/286-2022-%D1%80#Text (in Ukrainian)
3. Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine (2022b). Operational plan for the implementation in 2022–2024 of the Strategy for the Development of Higher Education in Ukraine for 2022–2032. Decree of the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine dated February 23, 2022, No. 286. Retrieved from https://zakon.rada.gov.ua/laws/show/286-2022-%D1%80#n379 (in Ukrainian)
4. Committee of the Verkhovna Rada of Ukraine on Education, Science and Innovation (2022). Information about the meeting of the Committee of the Verkhovna Rada of Ukraine on Education, Science, and Innovation on July 18, 2022. Retrieved from https://kno.rada.gov.ua/news/main_news/75891.html (in Ukrainian)
5. European Commission (2022). Communication from the commission to the European Parliament, the European Council, and the Council Commission. Opinion on Ukraine’s application for membership of the European Union. Retrieved from https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52022DC0407&qid=1655752361844
6. Kwiek, M. (2013). From System Expansion to System Contraction: Access to Higher Education in Poland. Comparative Education Review, 57(3), 553-576.
7. Kwiek, M. (2014). Universities, knowledge production and economic competitiveness in Central Europe. Science and Higher Education, 1-2 (43-44), 91-117. Retrieved from https://pressto.amu.edu.pl/index.php/nsw/article/view/1644 (in Polish)
8. Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine (2022a). Reconstruction plan. Education and science (draft dated August 3, 2022). Retrieved from https://mon.gov.ua/storage/app/media/gromadske-obgovorennya/2022/08/19/HO.proyekt.Planu.vidnovl.Osv.i.nauky-19.08.2022.pdf (in Ukrainian)
9. Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine (2022b). Education of Ukraine under martial law. Informative and analytical collection. Retrieved from https://mon.gov.ua/storage/app/media/zagalna%20serednya/serpneva-konferencia/2022/Mizhn.serpn.ped.nauk-prakt.konferentsiya/Inform-analityc.zbirn-Osvita.Ukrayiny.v.umovakh.voyennoho.stanu.22.08.2022.pdf (in Ukrainian)
10. Mukhitov, O.M., Shaukenova, Z.K., Kabul, O.K., Yeshniyazova, A.C., & Baigabylov, N.O. (2022). Structural measures to prevent radicalism among youth. Journal of Community Psychology, 50(2), 1123–1134.
11. Shevchenko, V. (2019). The reform of higher education of Ukraine in the conditions of the military-political crisis. International Journal of Educational Development. Volume 65, March 2019, Pages 237-253
12. Woldegiorgis, E. (2013). Conceptualizing Harmonization of Higher Education Systems: The Application of Regional Integration Theories on Higher Education Studies. Higher Education Studies; Vol. 3, No. 2.
13. Working Group of the Union of Rectors of Ukraine on Preparation of the Law "On Ensuring Competitiveness of Ukrainian Universities" (2022). Retrieved from http://www.vnz.univ.kiev.ua/ua/news-1-3-221-robocha-grupa-spilki-rektoriv-ukraini-z-pidgotovki-zakonoproektu?fbclid=IwAR3HxFtEYlvaWCWVy_9OW4jnwlcMg5C7oSetvN4lVaRmNXWj9_7e1wb4sM0 (in Ukrainian)


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Political Economy Analysis of Education in Central Asia: Equity-minded assessment from the perceptions of university stakeholders in Tajikistan.

Vasila Bozichaeva

National Academy of Sciences of Tajikistan

Presenting Author: Bozichaeva, Vasila

Education reforms in Central Asia aligned with SDG 4.5 aim to eliminate gender disparities and ensure equal access to education for the vulnerable, indigenous and persons with disabilities. Current assessment policy in Higher Education Institutions (HEI) in Central Asia, particularly in Tajikistan is going through a reform process.

The purpose of this study is to examine the perspectives of students and teachers of three universities about equity-minded assessment policy in higher education in Tajikistan. With this purpose in mind, the study will answer the following questions:

1) What are the perspectives of students and teachers regarding equity-minded assessment policy of students learning?

2) What are the assessment tools/methods used by teachers that include equity elements?

3) How is the assessment policy being experienced by students from diverse backgrounds such as gender, ethnicity, language, disability etc.?

For any form of assessment to be reflective of students, Montenegro & Jankowski (2017) propose equity-minded assessment as the solution. Equitable assessment oversees the possibility to give students opportunity to succeed regardless of gender, disability, ethnicity, and socio-economic wellbeing. The literature considered illustrates that the assessment process that does not include equity can contrarily promote inequities (Montenegro & Jankowski, 2020). Equity-minded assessment calls for main education stakeholders, those involved in policy development and policy implementation be aware of assessment either becoming a source of inequity or the route through which equity can be achieved. While serving a strong conceptual basis for the study, equity-minded concept lacks a political-economy lens. The author strives to combine the concept “equity-minded assessment” with the social justice theory of Nancy Fraser in this study. The theory of social justice based on Nancy Fraser’s 3Rs of learning education inequalities through analysing Redistribution, Recognition and Representation (Novelli, Cardozo, Smith, 2019) and the fourth “R” of Reconciliation added by M. Novelli, M.L.Cardozo and A. Smith is employed. The study will examine the opinions of students based on Redistribution checking whether: a) teachers and students have equitable access to assessment tools; b) resources are equally distributed to all students and teachers; c) tools of assessment ensure equitable outcomes for students. With the second “R” Recognition in mind, the study will check whether: a) the language of assessment is inclusive, understandable; b) gender and disability are considered in the assessment tools and methods (Montenegro, Jankowski); d) biases and subjectivity do not guide those conducting assessment (Heiser et al., 2017). The third “R” which stands for Representation will help to identify if: a) students and teachers’ voices and perspectives are heard and considered before designing an assessment policy and implementing it; b) the learning outcomes are developed based on the vision and understanding of teachers and students; c)the voices of those historically silenced (ethnic, gender, language, disability) minoritized groups are listened to and heard; c) decision making and university governance processes regarding learning outcomes and assessment involve multiple stakeholders (incl. teachers, students, families, students unions) and their voices. Finally, the fourth R of Reconciliation will direct the research focus to examine teachers and students’ opinions regarding: a) reconciling the historical experience of having been colonized and how it is reflected in the assessment policy; b) language reconciliation through assessment practices; c) the extent to which the assessment policy is trusted by the students and teachers; d) the content of the summative assessment tests and its compliance with the need and understanding of the students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methods/procedures
A mixed research design (Teddie and Tasahkkori, 2009) was employed in the research. A qualitative data collection in the form of semi-structured interviews was undertaken to understand university teachers’ opinions on the assessment policy in higher education in Tajikistan. The rationale to use a sequential mixed method in is to expand the breadth and range (Greene et al. 1989) of examining the perspectives of students and teachers regarding equity-minded assessment.  Ten semi-structured interviews were conducted with university teachers at the three universities. The interviews were online and in person based on the availability of the interviewees and survey questionnaire was fully administered in person. Qualitative analysis is currently being undertaken which includes the interpretation of the replies and grouping them. Nvivo software is used for coding and analyzing the interviews. For the quantitative data, arithmetic average statistical along with correlation analysis will be used to analyze the data determining the mean, median and mode and the correlation of the variables. SPSS will being used for entering, coding, and analyzing the quantitative data.  Sampling. The total number of semi-structured interviews was 10. A purposive sampling was used for the interviews with teachers and a quota sampling for questionnaires with students. Criteria for choosing university teachers included their years of professional experience in education.  The number of the quantitative questionnaires was 200 with equal representation from each university. The sample sized was defined based on the minimum sample number for statistical significance to make a meaningful analysis. Three higher education institutions were chosen, such as: National University of Tajikistan, Tajikistan State Pedagogical University, and Khujand State University. Data collection period was from October to December, 2022.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results show that there is considerably high number of  students in higher education with physical and mental disabilities. Assessment tools are still those of the soviet time with some very minor changes. The learning outcomes of students are only partially shaped by the current assessment reform, however the political agenda of the country is totally different in this regard. Based on the analysis of part of the interviews, it is evident that resources are not equally distributed between language minorities and people with disabilities. The codes for assessment policy implementation can so far be themed as self-driven teacher support to vulnerable groups and policy-driven teacher support.  
References
1.Montenegro, E., & Jankowski, N. A. (2017, January). Equity and assessment: Moving towards culturally responsive assessment (Occasional Paper No. 29). Urbana, IL: University of Illinois and Indiana University, National Institute for Learning Outcomes Assessment (NILOA). Retrieved from https://www. learningoutcomesassessment.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/OccasionalPaper29.pdf

2.Singer-Freeman, K., Hobbs, H., & Robinson, C. (2019). Theoretical matrix of culturally relevant assessment. Assessment Update, 31(4), 1-2, 15-16.

3.Novelli, M., Lopes Cardozo, M.A., Smith, A., 2015. A Theoretical Framework forAnalysing the Contribution of Education to Sustainable Peacebuilding: 4Rs in Conflict-Affected Contexts. University of Amsterdam.

4.Baxter, A. (1997). Evaluating your students. Richmond Publishing, 1997, ISBN 84-294- 5067-

5.Straková, Z. (2016). Assessment in Higher Education. Promoting learning through assessment. KEGA 065PU-4/2016.

6.Hernández, R. (2012). Does continuous assessment in higher education support student learning? Higher Education. 64(4), 489-502. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-012-9506-7

7.Nazirova, M. (2022). Values of education and their role in the life of modern youth. (A sociological analysis in Tajikistan), 127
8.Teddlie, C. and Tashakkori, A. (2009) Foundations of Mixed Methods Research: Integrating Quantitative and Qualitative Approaches in the Social and Behavioral Sciences. Sage, London.
9.Jennifer C. Greene, Valerie J. Caracelli and Wendy F. Graham. (1989) Toward a Conceptual Framework for Mixed-Method Evaluation Designs. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis,Vol. 11, No. 3 (1989), pp. 255-274, American Educational Research Association
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm23 SES 13 B: Europeanisation and Internationalisation
Location: James Watt South Building, J7 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Nafsika Alexiadou
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

European Educational Research: A Thematic Analysis of the European Educational Research Journal (2002-2021)

Catarina Paulos

Institute of Education - ULisboa, Portugal

Presenting Author: Paulos, Catarina

The aim of this paper is to analyze the changes in European educational research through the way in which they are observed from within its disciplinary field. Educational research, in the European context, has been transformed in the last decades. In the analysis of this process of change three major forces have been identified. In this way, one of these forces is related to the European policy strategy of constructing the European Research Area (ERA) (Hoveid, Keiner & Seddon, 2014). A second force concerns how European educational research should be steered (Smeyers & Depaepe, 2016). And a third force is linked to a vision for European educational research, according to which it should follow a path identified in other sciences (namely, the natural and medical sciences) that value the production of evidence (Zapp, Powell & Marques, 2018).

This paper aims to deepen the knowledge about the process of transformation of the European educational research, through the understanding of how the field of educational research has been considering it. Thus, I aim to identify and analyze the changes perceived in educational research, in the European context, in the last two decades from the observation of the scientific field of education (Keiner, 2010), taking as object the articles published by the European Educational Research Journal (EERJ), between 2002 and 2020. This entry by the scientific journal is based on the notion that specialized publications constitute a communicative space where research in education reflects on itself and assigns itself a meaning (Schriewer & Keiner, 1992). Indeed, scientific publications play a significant role in the construction of the field of educational research, by selecting which themes are discussed and how they are analyzed.

The study draws on Luhmann’s thematization theory (Luhmann, 2000) to analyze the role of the scientific publications in selecting specific themes as the focus of their productions and its effects on the construction of the scientific field of educational research in the European context. Thematizing a topic means attributing relevance to it, emphasizing its centrality and its significance in relation to the flow of unthematized information (Luhmann, 2000). Thematization is described as the process of defining, establishing and publicly recognizing the major themes in order to reduce complexity (Saperas, 1987).

In this paper, I intend to answer to the following question: How does EERJ thematize educational research in the European context?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is a systematic literature review (Newman & Gough, 2020; Xiao & Watson, 2019) of articles published in the EERJ between 2002 and 2020 that have as their topic educational research in the European context.
The EERJ is a peer-reviewed journal launched by the European Educational Research Association (EERA) in 2002 with the aim of promoting educational research, developing methods for studying the educational research space in Europe, and encouraging reflection on how the European context and other regional or global dynamics shape educational research (European Educational Research Journal [EERJ], 2022; Lawn, 2002).
The search for articles was conducted on the EERJ website. There was defined as inclusion criteria the focus on educational research in the European context. Exclusion criteria were publication formats that did not correspond to the “standard” single article; editorials, roundtables, reports, research reports, introductions, conclusions, and keynotes were excluded. Initially, the titles and abstracts of articles published between January 2002, when the first issue was launched, and November 2020 were analyzed. This initial analysis yielded 53 articles. After applying the exclusion criteria, 36 articles were obtained, which were subjected to a deeper analysis with a full reading of the texts. This analysis led to the elimination of 7 articles that dealt with related topics, such as educational policy or educational governance, among others. In the end, 29 articles remained, which are analyzed in this paper.
I used content analysis to study how the EERJ contributes to the thematization of educational research and its impact on the construction of the scientific field of European educational research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Educational research in the European context thematizes itself around five themes: structuring; identity and involvement; governance; internationalization; and research processes.
Structuring attributes greater relevance to the role of EERA, EERJ, ECER and networks in the construction of the scientific field of educational research in the European context. This is perceived as being achieved through the scientific development of researchers, the transnational collaboration of researchers and research structures at the European and global levels, and the strengthening of Europeanization and internationalization. Identity and involvement highlight the representations, meanings and values associated with educational research in the European context that are achieved by researchers through their participation in the EERA, the networks and the ECER and through the development of a sense of belonging. Governance emphasizes meaningful actors and mechanisms for steering educational research in the European context. Internationalization attributes greater importance to practices and flows of people and knowledge between states, linked to research work in education, with regard to the construction of the ERA. This process is perceived as being achieved through publication criteria and work and research practices. Research processes emphasize the operationalization of educational research work and the configuration of educational research in the European context.
European educational research considers itself on the basis of the five themes mentioned. The relevance attributed to themes such as internationalization and governance of educational research is part of the process of change that has taken place in the field of educational research in the European context in recent decades. In this sense, European educational research is thought around internationalization as a strategy to compete with other geopolitical and geoeconomics spaces, where researchers and research structures are encouraged to develop research at the transnational level. Moreover, there is a tendency for educational research in the European context to be governed by results.

References
European Educational Research Journal (2022). European Educational Research Journal. https://journals.sagepub.com/home/eer
Hoveid, M., Keiner, E., & Seddon, T. (2014). A ‘Moot’ for Educational Research in Europe? European Educational Research Journal, 13(2), 130-142. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2014.13.2.130
Keiner, E. (2010). Disciplines of education. The value of disciplinary self-observation. In J. Furlong & M. Lawn (Eds.), Disciplines of Education. Their role in the future of education research (pp. 159-172). Routledge.
Lawn, M. (2002). Editorial. Welcome to the first issue. European Educational Research Journal, 1(1), 1-2. https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/pdf/10.2304/eerj.2002.1.1.1
Luhmann, N. (2000). The reality of the mass media. Stanford University Press.
Newman, M., & Gough, D. (2020). Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application.” In O. Zawacki-Richter, M. Kerres, S. Bedenlier, M. Bond & K. Buntins (Eds.), Systematic Reviews in Educational Research - Methodology, Perspectives and Application (pp. 3-22). Springer VS.
Saperas, E. (1987). Los efectos cognitivos de la comunicación de masas. Editorial Ariel S.A.
Schriewer, J., & Keiner, E. (1992). Communication Patterns and Intellectual Traditions in Educational Sciences: France and Germany. Comparative Education Review, 36(1), 25-51. https://www.jstor.org/stable/1188088
Smeyers, P., & Depaepe, M. (2016). Mutual dependencies: 'Change' and 'discourse'. In P. Smeyers & M. Depaepe (Eds.), Educational research: Discourses of change and changes of discourse (pp. 1-8). Springer.  
Xiao, Y., & Watson, M. (2019). Guidance on Conducting a Systematic Literature Review. Journal of Planning Education and Research, 39(1), 93–112. https://doi.org/10.1177/0739456X17723971
Zapp, M., Powell, J. J. W., & Marques, M. (2018). Theorizing Institutional Change in Educational Research (Governance). In M. Zapp, M. Marques & J. J. W. Powell (Eds.), European Educational Research (Re)Constructed: Institutional Change in Germany, the United Kingdom, Norway, and the European Union (pp. 23-48). Symposium Books.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

The Academization and Europeanization of Midwifery Training in Germany, Austria and Switzerland

Tim Hölscher

Osnabrück University, Germany

Presenting Author: Hölscher, Tim

Midwifery training in Germany will be fully academized by 2023. This means it will only be offered at universities and initially in the form of bachelor's degree programs. According to the German federal government, the foundation for this was laid by EU Directive 2005/36/EC after amendment by Directive 2013/55/EU, which stipulates uniform minimum standards in midwifery training in all countries of the European Union and the European Economic Area in order to make automatic recognition of professional qualifications between these countries possible (cf. Deutscher Bundestag, 2018, p. 9).

The overarching goal is to highlight the influence of EU legal norms on the design of training structures of the member states. The relevance is illustrated by the fact that both the import of promising policy programs in the Western states (cf. Schneider & Janning, 2006, p. 220) and the indirect influence of the EU on policy areas of the member states that are actually protected by sovereignty have increased (cf. Bohlinger, 2014, p. 18f.). In order to be able to understand to what extent this applies to vocational education and training, the implementation of Directive 2005/36/EC with regard to midwifery training is presented as an exemplary case.

Furthermore, it is the aim of the paper to consider the motives for the academization of the midwifery profession, as the German government attributes the change from technical colleges to universities to Directive 2005/36/EC, although its wording does not call for academization (cf. Deutscher Bundestag, 2018, p. 9). It is therefore obvious that beyond the formal requirements of the Directive, there are influences and motives that require a full academization of midwifery training.

In order to be able to determine the influence of the EU Directive more sensitively, the study is conducted on an international comparative basis between the countries of Germany, Austria and Switzerland.

Deriving from the preceding implications, the research question for the present study arises: To what extent has the EU Directive 2005/36/EC led to an academization of midwifery education in DACH-region?

In order to address this question, the study examines whether and to what extent the predefined midwifery training structures specified by the EU Directive have been integrated into national vocational training systems. For this purpose, the scope and effectiveness of the EU Directive will be determined by means of vertical comparison and by taking into account the national-historical developments in midwifery education and training.

The theoretical framework for this study is organizational neo-institutionalism. Based on the aim of investigating the influence of the EU Directive 2005/36/EC on the national structures of midwifery education and training, the addressed countries or the respective national regulatory structures of midwifery education and training such as professional laws, represent the organizations. These are under the influence of the EU or, in the context of this study, the EU Directive 2005/36/EC, so that the Directive itself represents an institution.

The leading research hypothesis is that the transported myth of higher-quality academic education as well as the formal requirements of the EU Directive 2005/36/EC will be adopted by the addressed countries for legitimization and that a fully academic midwifery education will emerge even if this represents a major difference from previous developments and extensive system changes have to be implemented for this purpose. This would go hand in hand with the premise that, in addition to the formal requirements, other motives, ideas or development trends of the EU would also be transported to the states, which would lead subliminally to an academization of midwifery training. This would speak for an indirect control of the EU or the Directive 2005/36/EC with regard to the (professional) educational structures.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Based on the underlying interest in finding out to what extent Directive 2005/36/EC has influenced national statutory midwifery structures, the focus of the study is on the influence of the institution and on how it changes the formal structures of the nation states. This results in a top-down perspective, with the EU's requirements as the starting point of the investigation (cf. Radaelli, 2004, p. 4).
In the context of this survey, the operationalized element of formal structures are the country-specific regulations that define the formal structure of midwifery education. Accordingly, primary sources that regulate midwifery training in a legally binding manner, such as laws, guidelines, ordinances or similar national legal acts, are examined. The concrete data of the formal regulations are inductively derived from the requirements of the EU Directive 2005/36/EC. In accordance with the Directive, countries have three training options at their disposal that are compatible with automatic recognition of professional qualifications throughout the EU. These differ in the criteria (1) "scope of training" or "full-time (FT) or part-time (PT)", (2) "duration of training", (3) "relationship between theory and practice" and (4) "admission requirements". Along these specifications of the EU Directive, the national midwifery training regulations are examined with regard to similarities and differences. The results provide information on the degree to which the countries have implemented the EU Directive.
In order to be able to depict the process-related changes of the national regulations due to the influence of the EU Directive 2005/36/EC in a more targeted manner, the formal structures before the influence and after the influence of the Directive are surveyed by means of vertical comparison. For this purpose, it will be analyzed how much the national regulations differ from the EU Directive 2005/36/EC at the time before the Directive (t1 = 2002) and at the time after the Directive (t2 = 2022) (∆X1 & ∆X2). In addition to the collected snapshots, the entire development process between the time points t1 and t2 is subsequently highlighted (∆X3). Through the first step, the conformity to Directive 2005/36/EC becomes clear at the respective points in time. The second step allows statements about the extent of the process-related change of the formal structure.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Overall, similar trends can be seen between the countries studied. The results of the country portraits show that an influence of the EU Directive 2005/36/EC in relation to midwifery training can be concluded in all countries considered. In total, the results show that the variation in the design of training in relation to the type of university as well as the proximity to Directive 2005/36/EC has decreased over the study period, which suggests a sigma convergence (cf. Heichel & Sommerer, 2007, p. 118; Holzinger et al., 2007, p. 18). Furthermore, delta convergence is evident. This occurs when political systems converge on a reference policy or policy ideal, which is Directive 2005/36/EC in this case (cf. Holzinger et al., 2007, p. 19). Consequently, the training structures of the DACH-region not only converge with each other, but they equally reduce the distance to the specified training forms, which are given on the part of the EU directive. International harmonizations are important for the two policy convergences through the supranational Directive 2005/36/EC (cf. Holzinger et al., 2007, p. 26). Accordingly, indirect harmonization influences on the VET policies of the countries become clear. Under the principle of minimum harmonization and through subliminally transported institutional myths, an academization of midwifery education has prevailed and consolidated in the countries of the DACH-region.
In summary, this confirms the guiding overall hypothesis that the transported myth of higher-quality academic education as well as the formal requirements of the EU Directive 2005/36/EC are adopted by the addressed countries for legitimization and that a fully academized midwifery education is thus emerging, even if this represents a major difference from previous developments and extensive system changes must be implemented for this purpose.

References
Bohlinger, S. (2014). Steuerungsprinzipien und -mittel europäischer Berufsbildungspolitik Ordnung und Steuerung der beruflichen Bildung. bwp@, Ordnung und Steuerung der beruflichen Bildung, 25, 1–23. www.bwpat.de/ausgabe25/bohlinger_bwpat25.pdf
Deißinger, T., & Frommberger, D. (2010). Berufsbildung im internationalen Vergleich – Typen nationaler Berufsbildungssysteme. In R. Nickolaus, G. Pätzold, H. Reinisch, & T. Tramm (Eds.), Handbuch Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik (pp. 343–348). Julius Klinkhardt.
Deutscher Bundestag. (2018). Sachstand. Europarechtliche Vorgaben für die Anforderungen an die Ausbildung von Hebammen. https://www.bundestag.de/resource/blob/553384/b367228ef935e3a17fe286a91c507656/PE-6-038-18-pdf-data.pdf
Eising, R. (2006). Europäisierung und Integration. Konzepte in der EU-Forschung. In M. Jachtenfuchs & B. Kohler-Koch (Eds.), Europäische Integration (vol. 2, pp. 387–416). Springer.
Heichel, S., & Sommerer, T. (2007). Unterschiedliche Pfade, ein Ziel? - Spezifikationen im Forschungsdesign und Vergleichbarkeit der Ergebnisse bei der Suche nach Konvergenz nationalstaatlicher Politiken. In K. Holzinger, H. Jörgens, & C. Knill (Eds.), Transfer, Diffusion und Konvergenz von Politiken (vol 1, pp. 107–130). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Holzinger, K., Jörgens, H., & Knill, C. (2007). Transfer, Diffusion und Konvergenz: Konzepte und Kausalmechanismen. In K. Holzinger, H. Jörgens, & C. Knill (Eds.), Transfer, Diffusion und Konvergenz von Politiken (vol. 1, pp. 11–38). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Lassnigg, L. (2015). The Political Branding of Apprenticeship into the "Dual System": Reflections about Exporting the Myth of Employment Transition. In L. Lassnigg & A. Heikkinen (Eds.), Myths and Brands in Vocational Education (pp. 78–98). Cambridge Scholars Publishing.
Plappert, C. F., Graf, J., Simoes, E., Schönhardt, S., & Abele, H. (2019). Die Akademisierung des Hebammenberufs im Kontext der Novellierung des Hebammengesetzes: aktuelle Entwicklungen und Herausforderungen. Geburtshilfe und Frauenheilkunde, 79(8), pp. 854–862.
Radaelli, C. M. (2004). Europeanisation: Solution or problem? European Integration online Papers, 8(16), pp. 1–16.
Schneider, V., & Janning, F. (2006). Politikfeldanalyse. Akteure, Diskurse und Netzwerke in der öffentlichen Politik. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Through disciplinary lenses – Students’ voices filtering Internationalization-at-home policies

Nafsika Alexiadou, Linda Rönnberg, Zoi Kefala

Umeå University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Alexiadou, Nafsika

Internationalisation-at-home (IaH) is one of the key dimensions of comprehensive internationalisation processes in higher education (Hudzik 2011). Driven by globalisation influences on higher education, IaH is valued by universities for its assumed contribution to high quality learning contexts, increase of students’ intercultural and international competences, and the formation of global citizens (Dagen and Fink-Hafner 2019; Hudzik 2011). It refers to the ‘purposeful integration of international and intercultural dimensions’ into the curricula and experiences of students during their studies (Beelen and Jones 2015:76), and as such, is increasingly embedded in the narratives of universities and faculties across Europe and beyond.

Sweden has provided a very active policy context for investing in internationalization, and for the development of internationalization strategies (Alexiadou & Rönnberg; SOU, 2018:3). A recently conducted inquiry urged the government to adopt a more systematic approach towards policies and practices on internationalisation (SOU 2018:3; 2018:78). It suggests, among others, that ‘All students who earn university degrees have developed their international understanding or intercultural competence’ (SOU 2018:3), and thus, connects the wider internationalisation debates to university curricula. Universities mediate internationalisation policies and enact strategies to serve their missions, and institutional objectives, given their history, size and location (Alexiadou and Rönnberg 2022). In addition, the different academic and disciplinary organisations of natural and social science faculties frame the engagement with internationalisation differently (Knight, 2011; Kwiek, 2020; Luijten-Lub et al., 2005).

In our presentation we focus on ‘internationalisation at home’ (IaH) conceptions and experiences of students in two large Swedish Universities.

Theoretically we view the disciplinary perspectives as key in the ways in which IaH is organized and practiced (Iosava, L., Roxå, 2019; Leask & Bridge, 2013). Disciplines, as ways of organizing and defining knowledge domains (Becher and Trowler, 2001; Klein, 1990), academic practices and socialization of students (Biglan, 1973; Trowler et al., 2014), shape learning and teaching cultures, as well as the attitudes of teachers, researchers and students towards teaching practices, education values, and philosophies (Neumann, 2001; Sawir, 2011). Internationalisation of the student experience through the curriculum and teaching and learning practices, will have different meanings across the disciplines, and the professions they correspond to (Leask & Bridge, 2013). Following Becher’s (1989) and Biglan’s (1973) classifications of disciplines into ‘hard pure/applied’ and ‘soft pure/applied’ we study the ways in which ‘home students’ in the Natural and Social Sciences in two Swedish universities position themselves towards internationalization and their universities’ internationalization policies.

In particular we address the following research questions (a) How do students from different disciplinary contexts experience internationalization in their studies? (b) what are the subject specific narratives that define their position? and, (c) what do students view as the disciplinary and institutional facilitators and obstacles in integrating internationalization in their studies?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In our study, we expect institutional and disciplinary contexts and cultures to play an important role in the understanding and experience of internationalisation when we examine the students’ narratives from different universities and faculties. Our comparative focus of students in two different Universities and in the Sciences and Social Sciences faculties aims at examining the influence of the different subjects and perceptions of the subject, and the organization of teaching and research work, on internationalisation. Our research design is qualitative and consists of 67 in-depth interviews with students across four different faculties in 2 large universities in Sweden. All the students had completed a minimum of 2 (and in several cases 3) years of university education at the time of the interview and they come from a range of disciplines within Natural Sciences (Astronomy, Chemical Physics, Theoretical Physics, Civil and Mechanical Engineering) and Social Sciences (Education, Economics, International Business, and Political Science). Our interview agenda addressed (i) internationalization through the curriculum and course activities; (ii) language of instruction and seminar work; (iii) subject knowledge; and, (iv) students’ views on their future career. We analysed the data through a thematic analysis and the construction of second order categories, which were reviewed through the research questions and literature concepts.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Epistemologically-grounded conceptions about the discipline shape the students’ position towards questions of internationalization. The  students’ conceptions of their respective subject along its disciplinary organization, knowledge content and relevance, research basis, contextual location, and practice, define a typology of positions along the national-international axis that in turn, and shapes both their views and their expectations around internationalization.
Second, the particular articulations around the nature of disciplines are also connected to pedagogical approaches to the teaching of subjects as experienced by the students, with varying degrees of connection to the theme of internationalization. The strong differentiation of the student positions according to their disciplinary locations has implications for the embedding of IaH across different subject areas (Clifford, 2009). At the same time, we find that the different university affiliation of students does not seem to have any influence on their views and positions. Disciplinary identifications are clearly stronger than institutional ones with regard to IaH issues.
Third, there is more agreement across the students on what facilitates or inhibits internationalization in the students’ experience mainly at the university level, but also significant variation regarding different aspects of internationalization and their relevance for international or intercultural learning.

References
Alexiadou N., & Rönnberg L. 2021. Transcending borders in higher education: Internationalisation policies in Sweden. European Educational Research Journal

Becher, T. 1989. Academic tribes and territories: Intellectual enquiry and the cultures of the disciplines, Milton Keynes: Society for Research into Higher Education and the Open University Press.

Becher, T. and Trowler, P.R. 2001. Academic tribes and territories: Intellectual enquiry and the cultures of the disciplines (2nd ed.). Buckingham: Society for Research into Higher Education and the Open University Press.

Beelen, J., & Jones, E. 2015. Europe calling: A new definition for internationalization at home. International Higher Education, (83), 12-13.

Biglan, A. 1973. Characteristics of subject matter in different academic areas, Journal of Applied Psychology, 57, 195-203.

Clifford, V. A. 2009. Engaging the disciplines in internationalizing the curriculum, International Journal for Academic Development, 14:2, 133-143.

Dagen, T., Fink-Hafner, D. 2019. Impact of Globalisation on Internationalisation of Universities. Ljubljana: Založba FDV.

Hudzik, 2011. Comprehensive Internationalisation: From Concept to Action, Washington D.C: Association of International Educators.

Iosava, L., Roxå, T. 2019. ‘Internationalisation of universities: Local perspectives on a global phenomenon’, Tertiary Education and Management 25: 225-238.

Klein, J. T. 1990. Interdisciplinarity: History, Theory, and Practice. Detroit. Wayne State University Press.

Knight, J. 2011. Five myths about internationalization. International higher Education, (62).  

Kwiek, M. 2020. ‘What large-scale publication and citation data tell us about international research collaboration in Europe: changing national patterns in global contexts’, Studies in Higher Education. Epub.

Leask, B., & Bridge, C. 2013. Comparing internationalisation of the curriculum in action across disciplines: Theoretical and practical perspectives. Compare, 43(1), 79–101.

Luijten-Lub, A., Wende M.V., Huisman, J. 2005. ‘On cooperation and competition: A comparative analysis of national policies for internationalisation of higher education in seven western European countries’. Journal of Studies in International Education 9(2): 147-163.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm23 SES 13 C: Digital and Online
Location: James Watt South Building, J10 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Anette Bagger
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Platforms and Digitalisation of Public Education: Exploring Their Adoption in Catalonia

Judith Jacovkis, Diego Calderon, Pablo Rivera-Vargas, Lluís Parecerisa

Universitat de Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Rivera-Vargas, Pablo

The expansion of digital platforms in education has been a process characterised by discretion, speed, and acceleration in the wake of the COVID pandemic19 and the closure of face-to-face education (Barbour et al. 2020). The introduction of large-scale digital platforms is transforming teaching and learning processes and school governance (Decuypere et al., 2021). Despite their rapid implementation in education systems in a wide range of countries, we still have little evidence on the factors and reasons behind the adoption of digital platforms from large technology corporations in public education systems.

In this article we explore how digitisation policies in education have been adopted in Catalonia. To do so, the analysis is based on Jessop's (2010) contributions to the study of policy adoption processes. The author identifies three moments of reform processes to analyse the interaction between material and ideational drivers of change. Following this logic, the article reconstructs this process through which 1) a crisis emerges, and a problem is identified (moment of variation), 2) policy solutions are chosen over others (selection) and 3) a particular policy is deployed (retention).

While the empirical research is developed in Catalonia (Spain), the analytical approach contributes to unveil the tensions underlying the process of digitalisation of the education system (Landri y Vatrella, 2019) and understand how international, European, and national drivers contribute to set the scene for the adoption of some political strategies and for the exclusion of other possible alternatives.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodologically, the study is based on an analysis of the discourse of relevant actors in the digitisation policy of Catalonia over the last 25 years (n=4), and of other experts in the field of digitisation of education at the international level, from large technology corporations (n=2), international organisations (n=3) and researchers (n=2). In addition, policy documents that have guided or are trying to guide the digitisation of education policy at the European, Spanish, and Catalan level are analysed. All these discourses are analysed on the basis of the identification of references to material or ideational drivers and are also classified according to the moment in the process of policy adoption to which they refer.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the research point to the predominance of economic and possibilistic discourses at the moment of variation, the weight of large technological corporations and their solutionist approach at the moment of selection, and a somewhat suspicious adherence at the moment of retention. Overall, this analysis suggests certain patterns in the process of adopting education digitisation policies that may be common to other contexts, given the leading role of global players in defining the local digitisation agenda.
References
Barbour, M. K., LaBonte, R., Hodges, C. B., Moore, S., Lockee, B. B., Trust, T., & Kelly, K. (2020). Understanding pandemic pedagogy: Differences between emergency remote, remote, and online teaching. State of the Nation. K-12 e-Learning in Canada. Retrieved from: https://vtechworks.lib.vt.edu/bitstream/handle/10919/101905/understanding-pandemic-pedagogy.pdf?sequence=2&isAllowed=y

Decuypere, M., Grimaldi, E., & Landri, P. (2021). Introduction: Critical studies of digital education platforms. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 1-16.

Jessop, B. (2010). Cultural political economy and critical policy studies. Critical policy studies, 3(3-4), 336-356.

Landri, P., y Vatrella, S. (2019). Assembling Digital Platforms in Education Policy. A Comparative Analysis of Scuola in Chiaro and Eduscopio Assembling Digital Platforms in Education Policy. Scuola Democratica, 3. https://doi.org/10.12828/95947


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Online Education Policy Trajectories in Ontario, Canada's Secondary Schools

Beyhan Farhadi, Sue Winton

York University, Canada

Presenting Author: Farhadi, Beyhan; Winton, Sue

Like organizations across Europe and North America, successive governments in Ontario, Canada, have pointed to online learning as a means of “modernizing” and transforming its public education systems (Roumell & Salajan, 2016, p. 381; Williamson, 2021). The province’s online learning strategy was launched in 2006. It was one many reforms introduced to elevate the economic and vocational purposes of education to help ensure Ontario and its residents could successfully compete in the global marketplace and digital economy. Many of these policies promote values and practices of the private sector and shift responsibility for funding, delivering, and governing education to private actors (Hedges et al., 2020). These policies often rationalize this shift by deferring to international education discourse on 21st century learning, within which countries are positioned to compete.

Our paper presents findings from research that asked: what has been the trajectory of e-learning policy in Ontario, Canada?

Theoretical Framework: Our study is grounded in (critical) policy sociology, which emphasizes reflexivity, historical study, and policy actors, rather than decontextualized documentation that limits focus on the formal mechanisms of government (Ozga, 1987, 2021). What makes policy sociology critical is its emergence “within and against the dominant political culture,” and its attention to “underlying assumptions that shaped how a ‘problem’ was conceptualised and how solutions’ were selected (and who did the defining and selection)” (Ozga, 2021, p. 294).

We view policy processes are neither linear nor complete. They are sites of struggle over in which meaning is encoded and decoded in complex ways and are shaped by policy actors’ “history, experiences, resources, and context” (Ball, 1993, p. 11). As texts, policies are “textual interventions into practice,”, however, their meanings are contested rather than fixed and delivered, serving as problems posed to subjects “that must be solved in context” (Ball, 1993, p.12). Policy texts are also (and constituted by) discourse: “Discourses are about what can be said, and thought, but also about who can speak, when, where and with what authority. Discourses embody the meaning and use of propositions and words. Thus, certain possibilities for thought are constructed.” (14) Practice is part of a definition of policy, though this paper focuses on textual representation of policy and its constitution of/by discourse.

We bring our critical orientation and understanding of policy as text and discourse to our study of the policy trajectory of online learning in Ontario. Policy trajectory is an approach that, following Trevor Gale (2001), draws on the heritage of policy historiography (among others) to ask:

(1) what were the ‘public issues’ and ‘private troubles’ within a particular policy domain during some previous period and how were they addressed?; (2) what are they now?; and (3) what is the nature of the change from the first to the second? Critical policy historiography adds to these a further two: (4) what are the complexities in these coherent accounts of policy?; and (5) what do these reveal about who is advantaged and who is disadvantaged by these arrangements? (pp. 385–386)

Gale (2001) explains that the term historiography refers to temporary hegemonic policy settlements that can contain crises or interact with other settlements defining policy production. He introduces the dimension of ‘policy as ideology’ to describe the interdiscursive politics in which dominant discourses are sustained as settlements that are “asymmetrical, temporary and context-dependent” (p. 401). Our paper, in examining three historically specific phases of online education policy settlement, explains the issues and troubles of these periods in Ontario with emphasis on those impacted by this change.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data for our study include government texts and media reports. Government texts include formal policy documents, service agreements, legislative documents, and commissioned reports. In total, we reviewed approximately two dozen government texts from 2006-2022 including: E-Learning Ontario Policy Document (Ontario, 2006); Policy/Program Memorandums 164: Requirements for Remote Learning  (Ontario, 2021) and167: Online Learning Graduation Requirement Ontario, 2022); the provincial e-Learning Strategy User Agreement, (Ontario 2013) the provincial backgrounder for “modernizing learning” (Ontario, 2019); and the draft proposal “Expanding Online Access to Online and Remote Learning,” (CBC News, 2021). In total, we reviewed approximately two dozen texts from 2006-2022.

Further, we examined news media coverage because of its power to influence “knowledge, beliefs, social relations, social identities” (Fairclough, 1995, p. 2). Media language is an important element within research on social change as it works discursively to represent the world and constructs social identities, and social relations (Fairclough, 1995, p. 12). Specifically, we searched two papers with the greatest national circulation: Globe and Mail and Toronto Star alongside news media coverage from nationally funded broadcaster, the Canadian Broadcast Association (CBC). We used newspaper databases to conduct our search: Canadian Major Dailies, Gale OneFile CPI.Q, ProQuest Globe and CBC Search Engine. Search terms were e-learning or online learning or online education and Ontario, limited to full text, excluding advertising and postsecondary. We examined approximately 40 media reports.

We analyzed the data using critical discourse analysis (CDA). Discourse analysis, as Fairclough (2003) explains, involves textual analysis of specific documents but also an order of discourse that includes a hegemony of meaning-making contrasted against marginal, oppositional, or alternative orders. Critical discourse analysis (CDA) “attends simultaneously to linguistic elements in spoken or written texts, such as grammar, vocabulary, and cohesion, and to the broader socio-cultural and political context that shapes the formation of texts and how people think, feel, and act in response to them.” (Bartlett & Vavrus, 2016, p. 83) “Critical” in discourse analysis attends to economic, social, and cultural change include processes that take place outside of discourse (Chouliaraki, 1999, p. 5) which is to say that it acknowledges reality co-constituted by materiality and representation or meaning-making. Our paper primarily examines orders of discourse, with an emphasis on the broader socio-cultural and political context of online education policies.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We discuss three phases of Ontario’s e-learning policy trajectory. The first phase began in 2006 with the E-Learning Ontario policy (Ontario, 2006), ostensibly designed to deliver an expanded range of single credit asynchronous courses to secondary students in rural and remote communities. This strategy was supported by the software company Desire2Learn, which received millions of dollars from the provincial government. In response, school boards began offering asynchronous single credit courses.

Phase two began in 2019 when Ontario government’s declared it was bringing “Learning Into The Digital Age” (Ontario, 2019) by announcing an e-learning high school graduation requirement. The rationale for this announcement depends on a geographical imagination of internationalism within which success is defined relative to a competitive global economy. Debate on this policy receded with the emergence of the Covid-19 pandemic.

In March 2020, the beginning of a temporary third phase, schooling transitioned to an emergency model of primarily virtual education. Initially, the government specified the number of hours per week students should be learning at home with teacher support, and later introduced expectations of daily synchronous teacher-led instruction. In June 2020, Ontario’s government instructed school boards to provide families with the choice whether to return to in-person schooling or remain learning virtually in September.

In September 2022, most students returned to in-person learning. We view this as the end of phase three and a return to phase two wherein high school students must complete two e-learning credits to graduate. However, a document leaked by a school trustee in 2021 suggests Ontario may be on new trajectory. This document showed the government is exploring ways a crown-owned company, TVOntario, can offer e-learning courses internationally. We conclude with an analysis of these projections within the context of current internationalization strategies in and outside Ontario, which extends e-learning to foreign markets.  

References
Ball, S. J. (1993). What is policy? Texts, trajectories and toolboxes. Discourse, 13(2), 10–17.

Bartlett, L., & Vavrus, F. (2016). Rethinking case study research: A comparative approach. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315674889

CBC News. (2021, March 25). Ontario considering making online school a permanent option. CBC. https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/toronto/permanent-online-school-1.5964008

Chouliaraki, L. (1999). Discourse in late modernity: Rethinking critical discourse analysis. University Press.

Fairclough, N. (1995). Media discourse. E. Arnold.

Fairclough, N. (2003). `Political Correctness’: The Politics of Culture and Language. Discourse & Society, 14(1), 17–28. https://doi.org/10.1177/0957926503014001927

Gale, T. (2001). Critical policy sociology: Historiography, archaeology and genealogy as methods of policy analysis. Education Policy, 15(5), 379–393.

Hedges, S., Winton, S., Rowe, E., & Lubienski, C. (2020). Private actors and public goods: A comparative case study of funding and public governance in K-12 education in 3 global cities. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 52(1), 103–119. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2019.1685474

Ontario (2019). Ontario brings learning into the digital age. News.Ontario.Ca. https://news.ontario.ca/en/release/54695/ontario-brings-learning-into-the-digital-age

Ontario (2022, February 1). Policy/Program Memorandum 167. Ontario.Ca. https://www.ontario.ca/document/education-ontario-policy-and-program-direction/policyprogram-memorandum-167

Ontario (2021, May 10). Policy/Program Memorandum 164. Ontario.Ca. https://www.ontario.ca/document/education-ontario-policy-and-program-direction/policyprogram-memorandum-164

Ozga, J. (1987). Studying education through the lives of the policy makers. In S. Walker, L. Barton, & International Sociology of Education Conference (Eds.), Changing policies ; changing teachers: New directions for schooling? (pp. 138–150). Falmer Press.

Ozga, J. (2021). Problematising policy: The development of (critical) policy sociology. Critical Studies in Education, 62(3), 290–305. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2019.1697718

Roumell, E. A., & Salajan, F. D. (2016). The evolution of U.S. e-Learning policy: A content analysis of the national education technology plans. Educational Policy, 30(2), 365–397. https://doi.org/10.1177/0895904814550070

Williamson, B. (2021). Education technology seizes a pandemic opening. Current History, 120(822), 15–20.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Policy on Inclusion and Teaching Materials for Diverse Learners

Anette Bagger, Jonas Ålander, Josefine Karlsson

Örebro Universitet, Sweden

Presenting Author: Bagger, Anette; Ålander, Jonas

In Sweden, teaching and learning materials were nationally regulated and reviewed during the 20th century. As for today, the teaching and learning materials available in schools relies on by the school’s budget, the producers marketing skills and the teacher’s competence. Hence, the access to and quality of teaching materials varies from school to school. This is worrying as it likely leads to a more unequal education (Graeske, 2021). To study the consequences of this situation the Swedish government instigated an investigation, which final report currently is under review by stock-takers (SOU 2021:70). At the same time, there is increased school stress in children and young people, reduced goal fulfillment and a failing equivalence (Högberg, et al., 2020; Nygren, 2021). This can be related to segregation tendencies and is a societal challenge that needs to be dealt with in every school and by the education sector. Lack of equality affects and is affected by teachers' opportunities to support students' learning (Skolverket, 2012, 2017), and teaching materials are central in this respect.

We claim that it is of great importance to critically review the foundations on which policies are created to show how they can condition the opportunities for all students learning. In relation to students in need of support for their learning, digital teaching and learning materials often work as adaptions of teaching and as personal aids, at the same time, these students specific learning needs and inclusion is in the core of the proposal. There is a lack of availability to adapted materials, and there is ambivalence regarding digital materials and adapted or alternative materials (Bagger, Ålander & Karlsson, accepted abstract). Hence, the teaching materials investigation's proposal (SOU 2020:70) has a potential to influence how and if students are offered an equivalent education, or not, especially for students in need of support for their learning. Furthermore, we derive from an understanding that learning materials sometimes function as an institutional barrier for inclusive education, unless critical perspectives are taken into consideration when selecting education material (Leask, 2015). Following from this, the purpose of the following proposal is to display and explore (dis)connections between the schools governing documents on students in need of support for their learning, and how these students and their learning is depicted in the proposal and the responding bodies answers.

This presentation is connected to the Swedish part of an EU-project on digital inclusive teaching materials DigiLLM. Also, it resembles a part study in the project Teaching materials and their quality – as aspects of inclusion. This has also been presented at NERA but then out from research question 1 in the project, which concerns “…how the policy proposal (and the responding bodies) condition aspects of inclusion and to consider how the issue of quality and access relates to all students' learning” (Bagger, Ålander & Karlsson, accepted abstract). In the study at hand, we have instead put our focus on the projects research question 2; “How does this (the policy documents conditioning of inclusion and teaching materials) relate to the school's mission to support all students' learning and the school's support efforts?” This mean that we have correlated governing documents on students in need of support and the newly implemented curricula LGR22 – to the proposal and especially regarding digital aspects of teaching and learning materials. In prolongation, the project contributes to systematizing knowledge about how the availability and quality of learning materials is conditioned, how it conditions the learning opportunities through institutional barriers and how the availability and quality in teaching and learning materials for all students can be secured.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The materials analysed are the investigations proposal on teaching and learning materials (SOU 2021:70), but also governing documents that concern all children’s rights to learn and be given support for their learning in school:  The new curricula LGR22, the School act (SFS 2010:800), The Act on the Rights of the Child (SFS, 2018: 1197) and the National Agency for Educations advice on providing support for learning. Segments of texts that could concern students in need of support for their learning and teaching/learning materials at the same time, was initially selected. In determining this, we derive from a broad understanding of the concept of the learner in need of support. Hence all passages that mentions support for the learning in some way, was considered to apply. Also, by teaching/learning materials we also derive from a broad understanding. Hence, it could mean all kinds of medias and materials for learning that was mentioned. We did so by posing some basic questions to the texts: 1) who is the student in need of support? 2) what is the material mentioned? and 3) what obstacles and opportunities for learning is depicted? We analyzed these statements via a qualitative and thematic content analysis (see for example Creswell, 2007).  After selecting segments of texts that corresponded to these three questions, we searched after connections between the three sampled selections. We then systematically explored the intersection between teaching/learning materials and students in need of support for their learning. Themes found were adaptions of materials, students’ accessibility and teachers and principals knowledge and responsibility as being core. The intersection of students in need of support and teaching materials was not found in the already existing governing documents of the school, except on a very general level. One or the other was rather mentioned.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Statements on teaching materials for students in need of support in the governing documents is scarce. The School Act (SFS 2010:800) mentions school libraries being granted for all students and access to relevant books and tools for learning. In the children’s rights act (SFS 2018:1197) it is specifically stated that children are to be granted access to education and children’s books is to be promoted. In governing documents on special support (Skolverket, 2022) special teaching materials or tools is labeled as extra adaptions. The curricula (LGR22) stated that it is the principal’s responsibility that students: “get access and the ability to use high quality learning materials and other tools for learning in an up-to-date education, including school libraries and digital tools”, this includes children in need of support for their learning. Considering the absence of more concrete statements of the intersection of students in need of support for their learning and teaching materials, development of this area is highly needed. Moreover, we claim that the schools governing documents need to explain what is meant by adaptions, access, and high quality – beyond general and overarching statements. These are hard to claim as a right, use as guidance or to search for proof of. The investigation (SOU 2021:70) highlights access and availability of teaching materials for students with disabilities. Furthermore, key is then teachers and principals’ responsibilities, knowledge, and skills in arranging with this, including digital resources. We finally conclude that the investigation communicates an intention to support all students learning and to promote inclusiveness of materials. This does not by far mean that students access to teaching/learning materials with high quality is secured. The proposal made is of potentially big importance for all student’s equal access to high quality and equal materials, but not in sync with the current governing documents.
References
Bagger, A., Ålander, J. & Karlsson. J (accepted abstract). Teaching materials and their quality – as aspects of inclusion. Abstract accepted to NERA in Oslo, March 2023.

Creswell, J. W. (2007): Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design: Choosing among five approaches, data analysis and reproduction. London: Sage Publications

Graeske, C. (2021). Läromedelsbruk i skolan. En kunskapsöversikt –
perspektiv och forskning. Dnr. Komm2021/00295/U2019:04-26.

Högberg, B. Strandh, M., & Hagquist, C. (2020). Gender and secular trends in adolescent mental health over 24 years – The role of school-related stress. Social Science Medicine (1982), 250, 112890–112890. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2020.112890

National Agency for Education (2019). PISA 2018. 15- åringars kunskaper i läsförståelse, ma-tematik och naturvetenskap. Stockholm: Skolverkets publikationsservice.SOU (2021:70).

Statens offentliga Utredningar. Läromedelsutredningen   – böckernas betydelse och elevernas tillgång till kunskap. Slutbetänkande av utredningen om stärkta skolbibliotek och läromedel. Regeringskansliet.

Nygren, G. (2021) Jag vill ha bra betyg: En etnologisk studie om höga skolresultat och högstadieelevers praktiker. Doktorsavhanding. Uppsala Universitet. Institutionen för kulturantropologi och etnologi.

Public Health Agency of Sweden. (2022).  ”Självrapporterad stress, somatiska och psykiska besvär bland skolbarn. Rapport nr 2107.”  [Self-reported stress, somatic and psychological problems among school children. Report No. 2107]. Agency website.

Leask, B. (2015). Internationalizing the Curriculum. London och New York. Routledge.
LGR (2022). Läroplan för grundskolan, förskoleklassen och fritidshemmet – Lgr22 [Curricula].

SFS (2010: 800). Skollag. [Education Act]. Stockholm: Ministry of Education and Research.
Skolverket (2022). Stödinsatser i utbildningen – om ledning och stimulans, extra anpassningar och särskilt stöd allmänna råd. [Governing document on special support].

SFS (2018:1197). Ministry of health and social affairs. 2018. The Act on the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the child.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm23 SES 13 D: Educational Inequality
Location: Thomson Building, Anatomy 236 LT [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Alejandro Montes
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

How to Reduce Educational Inequality? Dilemmas in the Spanish Context

Carlos Alonso-Carmona, Susana Vázquez-Cupeiro

Universidad Complutense de Madrid, Spain

Presenting Author: Alonso-Carmona, Carlos; Vázquez-Cupeiro, Susana

Educational inequality has traditionally been one of the main objects of study in research on schooling, whether from sociological, pedagogical, psychological or social intervention approaches. Since the 1960s, there have been intense debates within these disciplines about the most convenient theoretical and methodological approaches to understanding and explaining this inequality, its causes and consequences (Martínez García, 2004; Tarabini and Curran, 2015). In subsequent years, concern about educational inequality has progressively entered the field of public policy, a point on which both sides of the political spectrum will coincide. From progressive perspectives, educational inequalities would hinder effective equality of opportunities regardless of social origin. From conservative views, this inequality means an inefficient use of public resources and a "loss of talents" with negative consequences for economic development, an idea based on the Human Capital perspective (Perrenoud, 2006: 81-83).

Today, the fight against educational inequality is integrated as a fundamental part of school policies at the international level. In the European context, the European Commission's Education and Training Monitor annual report (2021) points out that, although significant progress has been made, characteristics such as social class, ethnic and national origin and gender still retain an important influence on individuals' educational trajectories. This inequality is manifested in terms of access (different possibilities of accessing the different routes and levels within the education system), process (differences in the day-to-day relationship with the institution and in the quality of learning) and outcomes (differences as reflected in the classic performance indicators: qualifications, diplomas), with all three dimensions being interrelated.

However, there are major disagreements on both diagnoses and potential solutions to these inequalities. Indeed, the very meaning of educational equity (what is to be understood by an ‘equal education’) is contested. For some perspectives, equity means 'fair' inequality, i.e. not mediated by social determinants, and resulting solely from individual effort and ability. Other views question whether pure capabilities, which exist independently of social factors, can be rewarded, and emphasise universal access to school knowledge and skills (Bolívar, 2013). Similarly, proposals to alleviate educational inequalities have been very diverse, and have focused on different aspects of the system: didactics, curriculum, interactions in classroom, the distribution of students among the different schools, the structuring of the different levels or stages, the division between itineraries, etc. In addition, there are initiatives that have tried to go beyond the school, acting on other areas related to educational inequality (leisure and free time, family, labour market…).

A review of the various measures and proposals against educational inequality reveals important contradictions. Analyses of these guidelines sometimes lead to very different conclusions about their effect on educational inequality. On occasions, measures that were intended to make education more inclusive have ended up having the opposite effects to those intended or have produced new forms of inequality, pushing vulnerable students to the margins of the school system (Fernández Llera and Muñiz Pérez, 2012; Escudero Muñoz and Martínez Domínguez, 2010).

The aim of this paper is to analyse the different dilemmas and contradictions surrounding the policy against educational inequality in the Spanish context. Based on a qualitative analysis of the discourses of key stakeholders in the field of education, we identify the main conflicting positions, their arguments and the unresolved debates. This paper aims to provide a better understanding of the mechanisms at work in educational inequality and to help to overcome existing dilemmas in the fight against it.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research work is part of the H2020 PIONEERED project "Pioneering policies and practices tackling educational inequality in Europe" (GA-No 101004392), developed by research teams from thirteen different universities and research centres. The methodology presented here has been agreed by the different project teams to be applied in different national contexts, with a view to the comparability of the results. Still, conclusions of this work have been drawn from the analyses carried out in Spain.
This research focuses on qualitative data obtained from six in-depth interviews, two focus groups and two workshops. Stakeholders included representatives of teaching staff, policy-makers, academics and members of third sector organisations and think tanks whose activity is related to education (especially the fight against educational inequality). We tried to include in the sample stakeholders with experience in different stages of the educational system, with different vulnerable groups/types of inequality and related with both formal and non-formal education.
The interviews and focus groups asked about stakeholders' understanding of educational inequality (mechanisms that cause it, vulnerable groups), practices and measures to combat it in the Spanish context, successes and failures of such measures, possible guidelines not yet developed, future perspectives (increase, reduction, changes in the main mechanisms), challenges not yet overcome, dilemmas and contradictions. The two workshops focused almost exclusively on the dilemmas surrounding the fight against educational inequality (one focused on inequality within formal education, the other on non-formal education.). The main points of dissent previously identified in the analysis of the interviews and focus groups were presented.
In compliance with the ethical protocols that should guide social science research, the fieldwork respected participants' capacity for self-determination and their right to decide. The research team formally required their consent. In addition, their privacy and confidentiality were assured. The request for consent was preceded by the provision of adequate, adapted, accessible, understandable and documented information, in a way that was pertinent, clear and intelligible. The nature, objectives and funding of the research were disclosed. The researchers emphasised that the provision of consent was voluntary and revocable.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We identified several main sources of conflict in the discourses surrounding the fight against educational inequalities:
- Flexibility vs. homogeneity: it is argued that the rigidity of the Spanish school system penalises students (usually vulnerable) with little interest in the more academic knowledge. On the other hand, it is noted that a greater diversification of the compulsory stages would lead to a hierarchy within the student body, reproducing inequalities of social origin. Similar debates are found around the role of pedagogies: there is a defence of personalised learning in order to adapt it to the interests of pupils more distanced from academic culture, but it is pointed out that this may reinforce the interests socialised by children and adolescents on the basis of their gender, social or ethnic origin.
- Outside vs. inside the school: Several stakeholders point out that the school only reproduces external inequalities, so it is unrealistic to expect that purely educational reforms can end inequality. This problem should be addressed through social, economic and labour market reforms. However, other positions accuse these approaches of being paralysing and deterministic, and argue that schools have room for manoeuvre. Moreover, some school-based measures could work empowering vulnerable groups and addressing broader inequalities
- The dilemma of innovation: traditional teaching and the lack of educational innovation is pointed out as one of the main problems of education in Spain, and it is seen as related to the maintenance of inequality. However, several stakeholders point out that innovation is not necessarily inclusive, it may benefit privileged peers or generate new forms of segregation. An important part of this debate focuses on the use of ICT: while some see it as a means to bridge the digital divide, others argue that it will reinforce inequalities associated with digital skills and access to electronic devices.

References
Bolívar, J. A (2013). Justicia social y equidad escolar. Una revisión actual. Revista Internacional de Educación para la Justicia Social, 1(1), 2-45.
Escudero Muñoz, J. M., & Martínez Domínguez, B. (2011). Educación inclusiva y cambio escolar. Revista iberoamericana de educación, 55, 86-105.
Fernández Llera, R., & Muñiz Pérez, M. (2012). Colegios concertados y selección de escuela en España: un círculo vicioso. Presupuesto y gasto público, 67, 97-118.
Martínez García, J. S. (2004). Distintas aproximaciones a la elección racional. Revista internacional de sociología, 62(37), 139-173.
Perrenoud, P. (2006). El oficio del alumno y el sentido del trabajo escolar. Madrid: Editorial Popular.
Tarabini, A., & Curran, M. (2015). El efecto de la clase social en las decisiones educativas: un análisis de las oportunidades, creencias y deseos educativos de los jóvenes. Revista de investigación en Educación, 13(1), 7-26.
Varela Fernández, J. (1990). Clases sociales, pedagogías y reforma educativa. Revista de educación, 292, 219-236.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

School Autonomy to Counter Non-Traditional Factors of Inequality: A Reflection on the Italian Context

Valerio Ferrero

University of Turin, Italy

Presenting Author: Ferrero, Valerio

This conceptual contribution focuses on the Italian school system, delving into the role of school autonomy in counteracting non-traditional factors of inequality and acting in the name of equity: therefore, our aim is to map these dynamics and then focus on school autonomy policy as protective tool. The theoretical framework examines the equity construct, defines what is meant by non-traditional factors of inequality and delves into school autonomy policy in the Italian context, grasping its link with equity, to provide the key to understanding the findings of a traditional literature review

Equity in education is an internationally supported urgency, concerning educational practices and models of leadership and governance (Lash & Sanchez, 2022; Withaker, 2022). Only an equity-based education can make it possible to achieve an ever-higher degree of social justice (Bhatti et al., 2007; Bell, 2007; Hackman, 2005): it is a never fully realized ideal which requires a constant effort to include every person in democratic participatory processes and to exercise self-determination despite the interdependence that binds human beings; access to knowledge and acquisition of capabilities to critically analyze what is happening are essential elements for being actors in history, identifying and opposing forms of injustice and oppression.

By positioning ourselves among those strands of equity that value equality of opportunity (Rawls, 1971; Roemer, 2000), capabilities (Nussbaum, 2013; Sen, 2009) and social inclusion (Kanor, 2021; Taket et al, 2013), the risk of a compensatory pedagogy is averted by affirming the need to ensure excellence in education for all in terms of efficiency and effectiveness and the acquisition of the capabilities to exercise citizenship as active participation in political, cultural, social, economic life on the local and global levels. It is a way of institutionalizing pluralism as a daily experience, not reading diversity as a factor of disadvantage and not setting standards and norms to which to adhere.

However, equity is threatened by dynamics that create inequalities between students. To the classical causes (socio-economic and socio-cultural status of families) that generate social reproduction, non-traditional factors of inequality are now added (Ferrer-Esteban, 2011; Granata & Ferrero, 2022). They are caused by the school itself due to its organizational choices and functioning: everyday educational practice, organization of individual institutions and national education policies generate dynamics of inequality.

In the Italian context, despite a legislative framework consistent with the principles outlined above, school equity remains a chimera (OECD, 2022; INVALSI, 2022) due to multiple dynamics that differ from one school to another and for which specific lenses of investigation and actions are needed (Crescenza & Riva, 2021; Gavosto, 2022).

Given the heterogeneity of the forms of inequality (Benadusi & Giancola, 2020; Gentili & Pignataro, 2020) and the need to find specific solutions, in 2000 the organizational framework of the Italian school system was reformed according to the principle of school autonomy: schools make autonomous choices in the organizational, managerial, financial and didactic spheres in coherence with the general aims of the education system to respond specifically to the educational needs of their students (Bianchi, 2020; Morzenti Pellegrini, 2011). The idea is to improve the national education system's equity degree by acting at the local level to counteract individual contexts' inequality dynamics and to make school organization non-generative of inequity, synergistically with the territory (Benadusi et al., 2020; Mulè et al., 2019), with a key role played by school leaders (Gümüs & Beycioglu, 2020; Mincu, 2022).

This conceptual contribution investigates (1) what non-traditional factors of inequality weigh on the Italian school system and what they depend on and (2) whether and how school autonomy can be configured as a protective tool for these dynamics.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The conceptual analysis consists of two parts: the first is dedicated to understanding the non-traditional factors of inequality present in the Italian context, the second focuses on the use of school autonomy and its effects in terms of equity to counter non-traditional dynamics of inequality.
To map the non-traditional factors of inequality acting in the Italian context, an analysis tool based on the ecological model of Brofenbrenner (2009) will be proposed. These dynamics of inequality take place at different levels but still have effects on the students’ school experience: at a micro-level we have almost unconscious actions that take shape in classroom life creating inequality; at a meso-level there are institute policies and organisational praxises that, although not in contradiction with the regulations, create inequality and should be reformulated; at a macro-level we see national education policies thatproduce distorting effects in terms of equity. The proposed tool (pyramid of inequity) will be useful to order the outcomes of a traditional literature review (Jesson et al., 2011; Rozas & Klein, 2010) whose focus is the dynamics of inequality created by the school itself.
The second part of the study will consist of a traditional literature review of the uses of school autonomy to counteract the non-traditional factors of inequality highlighted in the first part of the analysis.
In both cases, the literature review was conducted through a search of scientific databases (ERIC, Scopus, Web of Science and Google Scholar). The literature review concerning the non-traditional factors of inequality was carried out through the following search query: “school” OR “education” OR “school system” AND “Italy” AND “equity” OR “social justice” AND “inequalities” OR “inequity” AND “educational policies” OR “education policy”. As far as school autonomy is concerned, the search query was as follows: “school” OR “education” OR “school system” AND “Italy” AND “school autonomy” OR “autonomous school” AND “school governance” OR “school leadership” AND “equity” OR “social justice” AND “inequalities” OR “inequity”.
The results of literature search were initially skimmed through a reading of the title and abstract; the remaining studies were then subjected to a more in-depth analysis through a reading of the entire text.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This contribution allows us to understand (1) which non-traditional factors of inequality characterize the Italian school system, whether their origin depends on classroom life, on the individual institutions’ organization or on national education policies and (2) if and how school autonomy is a useful policy to counteract them and act towards equity (Ferrero, forthcoming).
In the first case, thanks to the tool based on Brofenbrenner’s (2009) ecological model we can sort the traditional literature review findings according to the origin of non-traditional factors of inequality. At the micro-level we find teachers’ unconscious practices that hide stereotypes and prejudices (assessment practices, choices regarding inclusion, homework). At the meso-level we have dynamics attributable to the organization of individual institutions and governance choices that have direct effects on the school experience of students in terms of quality (demand for financial contribution, internal school segregation, use of professional resources). At the macro-level, we have national education policies that impact on the organization of institutions and everyday school life (teacher education, recruitment), being responsible for micro and meso dynamics.
As far as school autonomy is concerned, although Italian schools continue to have a rather centralized set-up because of its cautious and prudential use, it can be a protective tool in coping with these non-traditional dynamics and acting for equity, as long as it is used creatively according to contextual requirements: good practices concern various aspects, such as strategies to make the implicit curriculum explicit, self-evaluation for improvement, reasoned use of extra staff to strengthen school organization, participation in calls for tenders to obtain funds to expand the educational offer without resorting to parents’ wallets, design of teacher education initiatives.
School leaders play a key role in making the school a community that identifies with precise educational ideals through distributed leadership with transformative effects for equity.

References
Bell, L.A. (2007). Theoretical foundations for social justice education. In M. Adams, L.A. Bell & P. Griffin (eds.), Teaching for diversity and social justice (pp. 1-14). New York: Routledge.
Benadusi, L., & Giancola, O. (2020). Equità e merito nella scuola. Teoria, indagini empiriche, politiche. Milano: FrancoAngeli.
Bhatti, G., Gaine, C., Gobbo, F., & Leeman, Y. (2007). Social Justice and Intercultural Education. Sterling: Trentham Books.
Brofenbrenner U. (2009). The Ecology of Human Development. Experiments by Nature and Design. Harvard: Harvard University Press.
Crescenza, G., & Riva, M.G. (2021). Riflessioni pedagogiche di una scuola al bivio. Pedagogia più Didattica, 7(2), 32-45.
Ferrer-Esteban, G. (2011). Beyond the Traditional Territorial Divide in the Italian Education System. Aspects of System Management Factors on Performance in Lower Secondary Education. FGA Working Paper, 42(12).
Ferrero, V. (forthcoming). La scuola è aperta a tutti? Una riflessione pedagogica su equità in educazione, disuguaglianze e autonomia scolastica. Civitas Educationis.
Gentili, A., & Pignataro, G. (eds.) (2020), Disuguaglianze e istruzione in Italia. Dalla scuola primaria all’università. Roma: Carocci.
Granata, A., & Ferrero, V. (2022). Nelle tasche della scuola. Coinvolgimento finanziario-organizzativo delle famiglie come fattore non tradizionale di disuguaglianza scolastica. Scuola Democratica, 10(2), 363-384.
Hackman, H.W. (2005). Five Essential Components for Social Justice Education. EEE, 38(2), 103-109.
INVALSI (2022). Rapporto INVALSI 2022. Roma: INVALSI.
Jesson, J., Matheson, L., & Lacey, F.M. (2011). Doing your literature review: Traditional and systematic techniques. London: Sage.
Kanor, K. (2021). L’inclusion sociale. Une utopie réalisable. Paris: L’Harmanattan.
Lash, C.L., & Sanchez, J.E. (2022). Leading for Equity with Critical Consciousness: How School Leaders Can Cultivate Awareness, Efficacy, and Critical Action. The Clearing House: A Journal of Educational Strategies, Issues and Ideas, 95(1), 1-6.
Nussbaum, M. (2013). Creating Capabilities: The Human Development Approach. Harvard: Harvard University Press.
OECD (2022). Education at a Glance 2022: OECD Indicators. Parigi: OECD.
Rawls, J. (1971). Una teoria della giustizia. Milano: Feltrinelli.
Roemer, J.K. (2000). Equality of Opportunity. In K. Arrow, S. Bowles & S.N. Durlauf (eds.), Meritocracy and Economic Inequality (pp. 17-32). Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Sen, A. (2009). The idea of Justice. London: Penguin Books.
Taket, A., Crisp, B.R., Graham, M., Hanna, L., Goldingay, S., & Wilson, L. (2013). Practising Social Inclusion. New York: Routledge.
Werkmeister Rozas, L., & Klein W.C. (2010). The Value and Purpose of the Traditional Qualitative Literature Review. Journal of Evidence-Based Social Work, 7(5), 387-399.
Withaker, M.C. (2022). Public School Equity: Educational Leadership for Justice. New York: Norton.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

The informed Discourse(s) in the Configuration of Practices Against Educational Inequality: Lessons Learned and Common Premises

Alejandro Montes, Carlos Alonso-Carmona

Universidad Complutense de Madrid, Spain

Presenting Author: Montes, Alejandro; Alonso-Carmona, Carlos

Education represents both a right and a need, and occupies a central role in determining individual levels of quality of life (Carnoy, 2005). At the same time, social and educational inequality stands as one of the central aspects that defines the constitution of current European educational systems. Although in recent decades there has been considerable progress in the configuration of policies and programs to fight against socio-educational inequalities, the evidence reveals there is still ample room for improvement. Consequently, inequalities continue to be at the centre of educational action, appealing both to the architecture of the opportunity system (structural factors) and to the frameworks of action, meaning and interpretation of social actors (agency factors) (Ball, et al., 2002). This also highlights that social inequalities have a social, relational and contextual nature (Reay, 2018).

On the one hand, the economic, cultural and social capital of young people and their families plays a central role in determining the chances of both success and failure (Seghers, Boone and Van Avermaet, 2019). In addition, they have a prominent role in shaping educational and employment expectations and aspirations, defining an unequal school experience or mediating decision-making within the framework of educational transitions, among other aspects (Tarabini, Jacovkis and Montes, 2021).

On the other hand, the segmentation of educational systems into different itineraries or tracks is one of the main factors that explain the processes of reproduction of social inequalities through the construction of unequal educational trajectories (Seghers, Boone and Van Avermaet, 2019). More specifically, the division between academic and vocational education helps us to understand specific configurations of class, ethnic or gender inequalities (Nylund, Rosvall and Ledman, 2017), since these itineraries correlate with central aspects as the social and/or educational-pedagogical composition (Tarabini, Jacovkis and Montes, 2021).

So, how can educational policy intervene in this scenario? The purposes of educational policy are varied, including here tasks related to the financing, organization and management of the educational system, but, without a doubt, one of them is to promote equal educational opportunities (Martínez, 2007). In addition, the evidence shows that actions to improve equity are a feasible reality; highly complex, but still possible. Programs to expand access opportunities, such as measures to increase educational participation for vulnerable groups, are good examples.

Currently, in a context of guaranteed educational access, the challenges are different. Reducing school segregation, guaranteeing equal opportunities for transition (academic or professional), reducing early school dropout rates among vulnerable youth, guarantee the offer of enriched extracurricular activities for groups without resources or ensuring opportunities to develop a successful educational trajectory are some of the new ‘master lines’ that articulate the educational agenda. However, the 'how' to comply with these guidelines does not always seem to be clear.

From this approach, the present contribution seeks to carry out an exhaustive conceptualization of educational inequalities based on the context, that is, to analyse the efforts aimed at understanding the dominant theoretical perspectives that determine the nature of the initiatives implemented. In addition, highlights the need for more research to empirically assess the nature of the promising innovative and/or pioneering practices in progress. With this aim, this presentation takes the Spanish setting as an illustrative case to identify both the understandings of educational inequalities and the strategic responses and practices to tackle them. This analytical framework allows for a more accurate conceptualization of the main theoretical and practical dimensions that should articulate the educational political agenda.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This contribution is part of the H2020 PIONEERED project "Pioneering policies and practices tackling educational inequality in Europe", developed by research teams from thirteen universities and research centres from nine different countries. The methodology selected has been agreed by the different project teams to be applied and replicated in different national contexts to guarantee the comparability of the results. However, in the contribution presented here we have focused on delving into the particularities of the in-depth analyses carried out in the Spanish national context.

This research focuses on qualitative data obtained from six in-depth interviews, two focus groups and two workshops. The sample included Stakeholders, Policymakers and Practitioners of a different nature. Specifically, the participants were selected for their important role in the educational field and diverse profiles were included such as representatives of teachers, trade unions, schools and families, academics, advisers and counsellors of different administrations, members of third sector organisations and think tanks professionals whose activity is related to education (especially the fight against educational inequality). We tried to include in the sample stakeholders with experience in different stages of the educational system, with different vulnerable groups/types of inequality and related with both formal and non-formal education.

The interviews and focus groups were carried out to inquire about stakeholders' understanding of educational inequality (mechanisms of production, main vulnerable groups, principal effects, etc.) and practices and measures to tackle inequalities in the Spanish context. It was also used to delve into successes and failures of such measures, possible future interventions not yet developed, challenges not yet overcome, main dilemmas and contradictions and, finally, the expectation about the socio-educational scenario in a mid-range future (increase or reduction of inequalities, changes in the main mechanisms, etc.). The two workshops focused on the dilemmas surrounding the fight against educational inequality (one focused on inequality within formal education and the second on non-formal education). The main points of dissent previously identified in the analysis of the interviews and focus groups were presented.

In compliance with the ethical protocols, the research team formally required their consent. In addition, their privacy and confidentiality were assured. In this sense, the nature, objectives and funding of the research were disclosed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Drawing on stakeholders’, policymakers and practitioners’ knowledge and experiences, we can conclude that there are no single and simple solutions to tackle the educational inequalities, but an articulation of multiple perspectives and approaches is needed. However, we can point out several 'common elements' that every applied perspective must contemplate when it comes to fighting inequalities effectively. Based on our empirical analysis, we came to the conclusion that successful pioneering practices must be articulated around the following three premises:

The first premise must be to operate under the principles of social justice and maximisation of opportunities for the most vulnerable. Those general inequalities reduction practices without a specific focus on vulnerable groups tend to be ineffective and inefficient. Likewise, generating an increase in equity implies, by definition, developing non-egalitarian practices that are premised on a reality-correcting function.

The second premise must be to work as a preventive rather than a reactive approach. Although the evidence collected reveals a large number of compensatory practices with interesting effects, it is true that their impact is limited and, in the long term, these interventions tend to be surpassed. Likewise, those initiatives or programs that focus on prevention are capable of establishing much more stable scenarios of action and prone to transformation.

Finally, the third and last premise must be to account for both formal and non-formal settings to overcome the duality in versus out of school. The practices that have produced the greatest increase in equity are those that have abandoned the institutionalised focus of acting merely in the school dimension. Breaking with the limits of 'formal education' and thinking of a continuous formative action is a key element to develop bridges between the different spheres of life and allow social agents to act as guarantors of a lifelong learning and equity approach.


References
Ball, S., Davies, J., David, M., Reay, D. (2002). ‘Classification’ and ‘Judgement’: Social class and the ‘cognitive structures’ of choice of Higher Education. British Journal of Sociology of Education. 23(1): 51-72. Doi: 10.1080/01425690120102854

Carnoy, M. (2005). La búsqueda de la igualdad a través de las políticas educativas: alcances y límites. REICE. Revista Iberoamericana sobre Calidad, Eficacia y Cambio en Educación, 3(2), 1-14.

Martínez García, J. S. (2007). Clase social, género y desigualdad de oportunidades educativas. Revista de educación. 342: 287-306. ISSN 0034-8082.

Nylund, M., Rosvall, P., Ledman, K. (2017). The vocational-academic divide in neoliberal upper-secondary curricula: the Swedish case. Journal of Education Policy. 32(6): 788-808. Doi: 10.1080/02680939.2017.1318455

Reay, D. (2018). Working class educational failure: theoretical perspectives, discursive concerns, and methodological approaches. In A. Tarabini, N. Ingram (eds.), Educational Choices, Transitions and Aspirations in Europe Systemic, Institutional and Subjective Challenges (pp. 15-31). London: Routledge.

Seghers, M. Boone, S., Van Avermaet, P. (2019). Social class and educational decision-making in a choice-driven education system: a mixed-methods study. British Journal of Sociology of Education. 40(5): 696-714. Doi: 10.1080/01425692.2019.1581051

Tarabini, A., Jacovkis, J., & Montes, A. (2021). Classed Choices: Young people’s rationalities for choosing post-16 educational tracks. Lab’s Q, 33, 113-138.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm24 SES 13 A: Mathematics in Middle School
Location: Hetherington, 216 [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Vuslat Seker
Paper Session
 
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper

Exploring Children’s Reasoning Process in Strategy Games

Yasin Memis1, Belma Türker Biber2

1Ministry of National Education, Turkey,; 2Aksaray University, Turkey

Presenting Author: Memis, Yasin

Numerous curricula aim to develop students’ mathematical reasoning, which is an essential aspect of their education. Students can develop reasoning skills through various tasks that go beyond the formal curriculum (McFeetors & Palfy, 2018). However, appropriate tasks are essential to support students’ mathematical reasoning in the classroom (Brodie, 2010; Jeannotte & Kieran, 2017). Mathematical reasoning can be developed and elicited through meaningful and challenging learning experiences (Stein et al., 1996). Moreover, it has been suggested that tasks should encourage students to make conjectures and generalisations, search for similarities and differences between objects, and use their prior knowledge and other generalisations with which they are already familiar (Jeannotte & Kieran, 2017). Games play an essential role in these educational tasks because they provide students with an appropriate environment for presenting and defending their arguments (Mousoulides & Sriraman, 2014). Furthermore, strategic games have a large number of potential strategies that include a number of different components. Therefore, while playing these games, students use various reasoning skills without realising it (McFeetors & Palfy, 2018).

The role of mathematical games in the teaching and learning of mathematics has been recognised for decades (Dienes, 1963; Brousseau & Gibel, 2005). According to Ernest (1986), games have the potential to positively influence the development of students’ conceptual reasoning, higher-order thinking, and motivation to learn mathematics. Moreover, carefully designed mathematical games can help students develop problem-solving skills (Pintér, 2010) and effectively apply the critical actions of mathematical reasoning (McFeetors & Palfy, 2018). Although reasoning is a significant component of student achievement in mathematics, few studies have reported how students demonstrate reasoning skills while playing games. Our research aims to examine the reasoning process of fifth-grade students while they play a strategy game.

The ability to reason is essential to understanding mathematics (The Programme for International Student Assessment [PISA], 2022). Lithner (2000, p. 166) defines reasoning as a way of thinking that is adopted to make claims and reach conclusions. It is critical for educators to develop students' reasoning skills to prepare them for more advanced learning (Vale et al., 2017). Many elements of reasoning are closely related to elementary school mathematics, such as forming hypotheses, sampling, comparing, recognising patterns, justifying, and generalising (Lampert, 2001). According to reSolve: Assessing Mathematical Reasoning (Australian Academy of Science [AAS] and Australian Association of Mathematics Teachers [AAMT], 2017) these actions of reasoning can be classified into three main categories: analysing, verifying, and generalising.

This paper focuses on the actions students display during the process of analysis, including the first steps of mathematical reasoning. We expect this study to provide new insights into the different types of reasoning students use when playing strategic games and the function of these games in early grades.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research was designed to investigate mathematical reasoning as a process that can emerge from playing appropriate games rather than as a directly taught skill (Jeannotte & Kieran, 2017). We conducted the study with 5th graders (ages 10–11) and evaluated student responses based on analysing which is highlighted in the literature relating to mathematical reasoning as a first process. Mathematical reasoning framework developed by reSolve: assessing reasoning (AAS & AAMT, 2017) was utilized in this study. This framework was utilized because it provides insight into different types of reasoning processes and is a comprehensive guide to their function in early years classrooms.

Mathematical games without a chance factor allow students to develop strategies and thus can be an effective tool for the reasoning process. The Chomp game is a type of nim game, and it was chosen to provide students with an opportunity to use reasoning skills. During the game, two players take turns removing different rectangular areas from a particular rectangular area (e.g. 3x3, 4x5), and the person who gets the last piece loses. Nim games require only a limited background in mathematics, so they can be practised by individuals of all ages. They pose a series of problems that allow the students to demonstrate their reasoning abilities. Furthermore, winning depends on the development of strategies because there are no chance factors in these games. The students were asked questions about their strategies during the game, and their reasoning skills were assessed based on their answers. Both written and verbal data were collected while playing the games in pairs.

Data analysis was conducted by using a coding tool based on reSolve: assessing reasoning (AAS & AAMT, 2017) reasoning framework. In this study, only the act of analysing was addressed, and this process was evaluated within the scope of three basic understandings: 1) Exploring the problem and connecting it with known facts and properties, 2) Comparing and contrasting cases, and 3) Sorting and categorizing cases (AAS & AAMT, 2017). Based on these understandings, indicators and examples were created, and student actions were analysed with the coding tool.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a result of the research, it was observed that students initially made random movements while becoming familiar with the game. With time, students began to observe their own movements and those of their opponents in order to make more informed decisions. Throughout the game, students had to use a variety of reasoning processes since there was no chance factor involved. It is common for these activities to begin with the discovery of patterns and the prediction of future events, which involve the analysis process.
The findings indicate that students performed different types of analysis while playing games. The following quotes from students’ arguments exemplify the analysing process of reasoning:

S1 – 'The most difficult of the three games was 4x5. 3x3 and 4x4 were similar. One was different because they were both squares. The other was different because it was not a square’. (Distinguishing/comparing similarities and differences)
S2 – ‘If I begin the game first and consistently get two squares, I will win 95% of the games’. (Create claims from data/experiences)

On the other hand, it was observed that as they played the game, they were able to present deeper mathematical arguments and support them systematically. Additionally, researchers encouraged students by asking prompt questions that acted as catalysts for them to articulate their reasoning in this process. The preliminary findings indicate that mathematical games presented in a supportive environment allow students to experience a variety of reasoning processes, including analysis. Moreover, our findings support the idea that all students can provide informal justifications and that strategically designed games assist pupils’ progress in reasoning (McFeetors & Palfy, 2018).


References
Australian Academy of Science and Australian Association of Mathematics Teachers. (2017). reSolve: Mathematics by Inquiry. Retrieved from http://www.resolve.edu.au/

Brodie, K. (2010). Teaching Mathematical Reasoning: A Challenging Task. In: Brodie, K. (eds) Teaching Mathematical Reasoning in Secondary School Classrooms. (pp. 7-22) Springer, Boston, MA. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-09742-8_1.

Brousseau, G., & Gibel, P. (2005). Didactical handling of students’ reasoning processes in problem solving situations. Educational Studies in Mathematics. 59, 13-58. doi:10.1007/s10649-005-2532-y.

Diénès, Z. P. (1963). An experimental study of mathematics learning. London: Hutchinson.

Ernest, P. (1986). Games. A rationale for their use in the teaching of mathematics in school. Mathematics in school, 15(1), 2-5.

Herbert, S., & Williams, G. (2021). Eliciting mathematical reasoning during early primary problem solving. Mathematics Education Research Journal, 1-27.

Jeannotte, D., & Kieran, C. (2017). A conceptual model of mathematical reasoning for school mathematics. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 96(1), 1-16. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-017-9761-8.

Kollosche, D. (2021). Styles of reasoning for mathematics education. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 107(3), 471-486.

Lithner, J. (2000). Mathematical reasoning in school tasks. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 41(2), 165-190.

McFeetors, P. J., & Palfy, K. (2018). Educative experiences in a games context: Supporting emerging reasoning in elementary school mathematics. The Journal of Mathematical Behavior, 50, 103-125.

Mousoulides, N., Sriraman, B. (2014). Mathematical Games in Learning and Teaching. In: Lerman, S. (eds) Encyclopedia of Mathematics Education. Springer, Dordrecht. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-4978-8_97.

Pintér, K. (2010). Creating games from mathematical problems. Primus, 21(1), 73-90. https://doi. org/10.1080/10511970902889919  

Stein, M. K., Grover, B. W., & Henningsen, M. (1996). Building student capacity for mathematical thinking and reasoning: An analysis of mathematical tasks used in reform classrooms. American Educational Research Journal, 33(2), 455-488. https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.3102/00028312033002455.

Vale, C., Bragg, L. A., Widjaja, W., Herbert, S., & Loong, E. Y.-K. (2017). Children's Mathematical Reasoning: Opportunities for Developing Understanding and Creative Thinking. Australian Primary Mathematics Classroom, 22, 3-8.


24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper

Middle School Students’ Mathematics Achievement: Do Test Anxiety and Metacognition Matter?

Utkun Aydin1, Meriç Özgeldi2

1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2Mersin University, Turkey

Presenting Author: Aydin, Utkun

Mathematics is typically conceived of as being a core discipline in curricula at all levels of education. For this reason, mathematics achievement is crucial to student placement, selection, and admission across most educational systems around the world. This information is also highly relevant in view of the fact that testing is a common practice in contemporary society, which is widely used to make important decisions about an individual’s status across primary, secondary, and higher education (Zeidner, 1998). Test anxiety, however, is a key affective variable can impede both achievement in general (Cassady & Johnson, 2002) and mathematics achievement in particular (Higbee & Thomas, 1999). It is defined as a subjective emotional state that includes a set of cognitive, physiological, and behavioral responses to concerns about possible fear of failure, experienced before or during an evaluative situation (Bodas et al., 2008). It has detrimental effects on schooling, occupational, and overall life outcomes (von der Embse et al., 2015). It is widely acknowledged that high level of test anxiety is associated with lower level of performance (Ng & Lee, 2015). Since students have to cope with constant mathematics pressure at school, it is of major interest for teachers and researchers to identify and strengthen/weaken those factors in students, which primarily influence mathematics achievement negatively. Additionally, metacognition plays an important role in mathematics achievement, as it shapes students’ conscious use and control of their own cognitive functions in educational settings (Brown, 1987). Metacognition is causally referred to as one’s awareness and regulation of own cognitive processes consisting of two components: knowledge of cognition and regulation of cognition (Flavell, 1979). Although research on metacognition has made it quite clear that highly metacognitive students perform better than their less metacognitive counterparts on most performance assessments including mathematics tests, the role of test anxiety in activating metacognitive knowledge and regulatory processes, are much less clear (Hacker et al., 1998). It has been suggested that the impact of affective factors such as test anxiety on performance is also related to metacognition (Zeidner, 1998). However, previous studies have predominantly examined the effect of each variable in isolation, and mainly in relation to general performance that place little demand on specifically mathematics achievement.

There is a vast amount of empirical evidence for the influence of test anxiety on metacognition and mathematics achievement as well as the impact of metacognition on mathematics achievement (e.g., Miesner & Maki, 2007; Sherman & Wither, 2003). Despite this, the combined importance of test anxiety and metacognition in mathematics achievement has been largely ignored, as most studies approach test anxiety in the form of math anxiety whereas others neglected metacognition. To the best of our knowledge based on a comprehensive review of literature undertaken, only two studies (Tok, 2013; Veenman et al., 2000) were conducted that in a sense harmonizes with our emphasis on the differential effects of test anxiety, metacognition, and mathematics achievement on one another.

More specifically, little is known about how these affective and cognitive factors differentially contribute to individual differences in mathematics achievement. This question added significance in light of the researchers, who suggested that “the relationship between test anxiety and metacognition may be a worthwhile field for research, while simultaneously helping to establish links between affect and cognition more generally” (e.g., Zeidner, 1998). Specifically, we hypothesized that: (a) test anxiety would significantly effect metacognition and mathematics achievement (H1); (b) metacognition would significantly effect mathematics achievement (H2); and (c) metacognition would mediate the relationship between test anxiety and mathematics achievement (H3).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants
943 students (442 males and 501 females) from five public middle schools (477 seventh and 466 eighth graders) in Turkey participated in the present study.
Measurements
Children’s Test Anxiety Scale (CTAS). The Turkish adaption (Aydın & Bulgan, 2017) of the CTAS (α= .88), which was originally developed by Wren and Benson (2004) was used to measure students’ test anxiety. The 30-item scale comprised three subscales – Thoughts (α= .82); Off-Task Behaviors (α= .72); and Autonomic Reactions (α= .75). Students responded to each statement of the CTAS on a 4-point scale: (1) almost never, (2) some of the time, (3) most of the time, and (4) almost always. The possible scores on the CTAS ranged from 30 to 120.
Junior Metacognitive Awareness Inventory (Jr. MAI). The Turkish adaption (Aydın & Ubuz, 2010) of the Jr. MAI (α= .85), which was originally developed by Sperling et al. (2002) was used to measure students’ metacognition. The 17-item inventory comprised two subdimensions – Knowledge of Cognition (α= .75) and Regulation of Cognition (α= .79). Students responded to each statement of the Jr. MAI on a 5-point scale: (1) never, (2) seldom, (3) sometimes, (4) often, and (5) always. The possible scores on the Jr. MAI ranged from 18 to 90.
Mathematics Achievement Test (MAT). The researcher developed MAT was used to assess students’ mathematics achievement. The test was composed of 18 multiple-choice items originally released by the Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS) from those used in TIMSS 2007, 2011, and 2015. The items, adapted into Turkish, were released by the Ministry of National Education (available from http://timss.meb.gov.tr/www/aciklanan-sorular/icerik/1). These items were reviewed in terms of their content domains (i.e., Number, Algebra, Geometry, and Data and Chance) and cognitive domains (i.e., Knowing, Applying, and Reasoning) by two middle school teachers with over 20 years of experience, and a staff member in mathematics education, who had expertise in cross-cultural comparisons in international assessments. Possible scores on the test ranged from 0 to 18.
Procedure
The data were collected during the spring semester of the 2018/2019 academic year. Students completed the CTAS, Jr. MAI, and  MAT in two consecutive mathematics classes (each 40 minutes).
Data Analysis
The first two hypotheses (H1 and H2) were tested by performing a one-way multivariate analysis of variance (One-Way MANOVA), whereas the last hypothesis (H3) was tested using a one-way analysis of covariance (One-Way ANCOVA) via SPSS version 21.0.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Descriptive Statistics
Results showed that students reported moderate test anxiety (M= 63.82, SD= 14.99), metacognition (M= 63.14, SD= 11.18), and moderate-to-high mathematics achievement (M= 10.15, SD= 4.24).

Inferential Statistics

The Effect of Test Anxiety on Metacognition and Mathematics Achievement
A one-way MANOVA was conducted to explore the impact of test anxiety on metacognition and mathematics achievement (H1). There was a statistically significant difference among low-, moderate-, and high-test anxious students on the combined dependent variables, metacognition and mathematics achievement, F(4, 1836)= 3.75, p= .005; Wilks’ Lambda= .98; partial η^2= .008.

The Effect of Metacognition on Mathematics Achievement
A one-way ANOVA was conducted to compare mean scores of the low-, moderate-, and high-metacognitive students on their mathematics achievement (H2). The analysis yielded significant differences, F(2, 940)= 29.61, p= .000, partial η^2 = .05,  among the students who are low-, moderate-, and high-metacognitive in performing mathematics.

Metacognition as a Mediator
A one-way ANCOVA was used to test whether metacognition can mediate the effect of test anxiety on mathematics achievement (H3). Results revealed that the effect of test anxiety on mathematics achievement became nonsignificant, F(2, 937)= .98, p= .373, partial η^2  = .02 when controlling for the effect of metacognition, indicating that metacognition plays a significant role in the effect of test anxiety on mathematics achievement.

These findings supported previous research indicating the differential effects of test anxiety on metacognition (Miesner & Maki, 2007) as well as the role of metacognition in prompting students’ mathematics performance (Bond & Ellis, 2013). While the research context is Turkey, the findings of the present study can be valuable both for European contexts and for international context considering that the national characteristics have an impact for rendering more precise information about the cognitive and affective factors affecting mathematics achievement, as proposed by Higbee and Thomas (1999).


References
Aydın, U., & Bulgan, G. (2017). Çocuklarda Sınav Kaygısı Ölçeği’nin Türkce uyarlaması [Adaptation of Children’s Test Anxiety Scale to Turkish].Elementary Education Online, 16(2), 887-899.
Aydın, U., & Ubuz, B. (2010). Turkish version of the junior metacognitive awareness inventory: An exploratory and confirmatory factor analysis. Education and Science, 35(157), 30-47.
Bodas, J., Ollendick, T. H., & Sovani, A. V. (2008). Test anxiety in Indian children: A cross-cultural perspective. Anxiety, Stress, & Coping, 21(4), 387-404.
Bond, J. B., & Ellis, A. K. (2013). The effects of metacognitive reflective assessment on fifth and sixth graders' mathematics achievement. School Science and Mathematics, 113(5), 227-234.
Brown, A. (1987). Metacognition, executive control, self-regulation, and other more mysterious mechanisms. In F. Weinert & R. Kluwe (Eds.), Metacognition, motivation, and Understanding (pp. 65-116). Erlbaum.
Cassady, J. C., & Johnson, R. E. (2002). Cognitive test anxiety and academic performance. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 27(2), 270-295.
Flavell, J. H. (1979). Metacognition and cognitive monitoring: A new area of cognitive developmental inquiry. American Psychologist, 34, 906-911.
Hacker, D. J., Dunlosky, J., & Graesser, A. C. (Eds.) (1998). Metacognition in educational theory and practice. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Higbee, J. L., & Thomas, P. V. (1999). Affective and cognitive factors related to mathematics achievement. Journal of Developmental Education, 23(1), 8-24.
Miesner, M. T., & Maki, R. H. (2007). The role of test anxiety in absolute and relative metacomprehension accuracy. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 19(4-5), 650-670.
Ng, E., & Lee, K. (2015). Effects of trait test anxiety and state anxiety on children's working memory task performance. Learning and Individual Differences, 40, 141-148.
Sperling, R. A., Howard, B. C., Miller, L. A., & Murphy, C. (2002). Measures of children’s knowledge and regulation of cognition. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 27(1), 51-79.
Tok, Ş. (2013). Effects of the know-want-learn strategy on students’ mathematics achievement, anxiety and metacognitive skills. Metacognition and Learning, 8(2), 193-212.
Veenman, M. V., Kerseboom, L., & Imthorn, C. (2000). Test anxiety and metacognitive skillfulness: Availability versus production deficiencies. Anxiety, Stress and Coping, 13(4), 391-412.
von der Embse, N. P., Schultz, B. K., & Draughn, J. D. (2015). Readying students to test: The influence of fear and efficacy appeals on anxiety and test performance. School Psychology International, 36(6), 620-637.
Wren, D. G., & Benson, J. (2004). Measuring test anxiety in children: Scale development and internal construct validation. Anxiety, Stress, and Coping, 17(3), 227 – 240.
Zeidner, M. (1998). Test anxiety: The state of the art. Plenum.


24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper

An Investigation of Eighth-Grade Students' Algebraic Thinking

Nurbanu Yılmaz-Tığlı1, Erdinç Çakıroğlu2

1Zonguldak Bülent Ecevit University, Turkiye; 2Middle East Technical University,Türkiye

Presenting Author: Yılmaz-Tığlı, Nurbanu

Algebra is described as a “mathematical language that combines operations, variables, and numbers to express mathematical structure and relationships in succinct forms” (Blanton et al., 2011, p. 67). It is one of the crucial branches of mathematics which constitutes a gateway between arithmetic reasoning in elementary school and advanced mathematics of higher grades (Blanton & Kaput, 2005). Researchers have agreed on the importance of algebraic thinking in learning mathematics (Asquith et al., 2007; Kieran, 2004). Stephens (2008) suggested that algebra in K-12 refers to “a way of thinking instead of something we simply do (e.g., collect like terms, isolate the variable, change signs when we change sides)” (p. 35). Researchers emphasized that the focus should not be on understanding the rules to manipulate symbols and use algebraic procedures excellently but on developing algebraic thinking. Hence, identifying students’ conceptions, difficulties, and errors in algebra might be a good step in determining these standards.

In Third International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMMS), students were asked real-world problems to use algebraic models and explain the relationships. Despite Turkish eighth-grade students performed gradually increasing performance in algebra tests from year to year (MoNE, 2014; MoNE, 2016; MoNE, 2020), the scores of eight grade students in algebra items in TIMMS 2019 presented that Turkish eighth-grade students’ algebra scores were under the average mathematics score (MoNE, 2020). The difficulties students faced while learning algebra resulted in them becoming isolated from mathematics and stopping learning mathematics early in high school (Kaput, 2002). Thus, a nationwide movement, algebra for all, was called by U.S. educators and researchers to get all students to attain algebra (Moses & Cobb, 2001). In response to these concerns, the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM) proposed instructional programs that enable learners “to understand patterns, relations, and functions,” “to represent and analyze mathematical situations and structures using algebraic symbols,” “to use mathematical models to represent and understand quantitative relationships,” and “to analyze the change in various contexts” (NCTM, 2000, p. 37). Thus, it might be beneficial to explore the algebraic thinking of Turkish eighth-grade students to improve their algebra performance. This study investigates the research questions:

  1. What is the nature of eighth-grade students’ algebraic thinking around the issues of equivalence and equations, generalized arithmetic, variable, and functional thinking?
  2. Which difficulties and errors do eighth-grade students have around the issues of equivalence and equations, generalized arithmetic, variable, and functional thinking?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This case study explores eighth-grade students’ conceptions and difficulties in algebra. Participants of the study are 267 eighth-grade students in a public middle school in Turkey. To investigate students’ conceptions and difficulties in algebra, first, the researchers prepared an Algebra Diagnostic Test (ADT) based on informal classroom observations in algebra classes, interviews with middle school mathematics teachers, and studies in the related literature. The test was prepared considering the big ideas in algebra (Blanton et al., 2015) and Turkey’s middle school mathematics curriculum (MoNE, 2018). Before conducting ADT on students, Pilot Testing I and Pilot Testing II processes were held to ensure validity and reliability issues. 140 students participated in Pilot Testing I in the spring semester of the 2017-2018 academic year, and 136 students participated in Pilot Testing II in the fall semester of the 2018-2019 academic year. Finally, ADT included 17 open-ended items in the scope of the big ideas of equivalence, expressions, equations, and inequalities, generalized arithmetic, variable, and functional thinking. ADT was administered to eighth-grade students in the spring semester of the 2018-2019 academic year. Students’ responses to the items in ADT were analyzed by coding their conceptions, solution strategies, and difficulties. Thus, students’ responses were explored in frequencies and percentages, considering their strategies and errors.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results indicated that students successfully did simple arithmetic and symbolic manipulations and solved algebra story or word problems. However, students were unsuccessful in the tasks such as comparing two algebraic expressions, writing the general rule of an algebra story problem, and interpreting the covariation in functions. Students generally focused on using x to manipulate the symbols instead of considering the relational understanding of x. Although students could write an algebraic expression based on a word problem, most students, who could write the symbolic expression, struggled to identify what x refers to in the algebraic expressions they wrote. Asquith et al. (2007) found that more than half of the students hold a multiple-values interpretation. Conversely, 25% of the students could express a multiple-values interpretation to answer the task comparing 3n and n+6. In functional thinking items, students were asked to find the answer for a specific value and write the general rule based on the algebra story problem. Results showed that most students were unsuccessful in writing the general rule of a given problem, although they could solve the problem using arithmetic (e.g., doing a substitution, guess-and-test, modeling, & unwinding). Also, it was observed that students mainly prefer to solve the problems using arithmetic even if they could write the algebraic expression symbolically.
References
Asquith, P., Stephens, A. C., Knuth, E. J., & Alibali, M. W. (2007). Middle school mathematics teachers’ knowledge of students’ understanding of core algebraic concepts: Equal sign and variable. Mathematical Thinking and Learning, 9(3), 249-272. https://doi.org/10.1080/10986060701360910

Blanton, M. L., & Kaput, J. J. (2005). Characterizing a classroom practice that promotes algebraic reasoning. Journal For Research in Mathematics Education, 36(5), 412-446. https://doi.org/10.2307/30034944

Blanton, M., Levi, L., Crites, T., & Dougherty, B. (2011). Developing essential understanding of algebraic thinking for teaching mathematics in grades 3–5. In R. M. Zbiek (Series Ed.), Essential understanding series. National Council of Teachers of Mathematics.

Blanton, M., Stephens, A., Knuth, E., Gardiner, A. M., Isler, I., & Kim, J. S. (2015). The development of children’s algebraic thinking: The impact of a comprehensive early algebra intervention in third grade. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 46(1), 39-87.

Kaput, J. J. (2002). Research on the development of algebraic reasoning in the context of elementary mathematics: A brief historical overview. In D. S. Mewborn, P. Sztajn, D. Y. White, H. G. Wiegel, R. L.
Bryant, & K. Nooney (Eds.), Proceedings of the twenty-fourth annual meeting of the international group for the psychology of mathematics education (pp. 120–122). ERIC.

Kieran, C. (2004). The core of algebra: Reflections on its main activities. In K. Stacey, H. Chick, M. & M. Kendal (Eds), The Future of the Teaching and Learning of Algebra The 12thICMI Study (pp. 21-33). Springer.

Ministry of National Education [MoNE] (2018). Matematik dersi öğretim programı ilkokul ve ortaokul 1-8 sınıflar [Mathematics curriculum primary and middle school grades 1-8]. Retrieved on July 10, 2020 from http://mufredat.meb.gov.tr/ProgramDetay.aspx?PID=329

Ministry of National Education. [MoNE]. (2014). TIMSS 2011 Ulusal Matematik ve Fen Raporu: 8. Sınıflar [TIMMS 2011 National Mathematics and Science Report: 8th Grade]. Retrieved November 01, 2022, from https://timss.meb.gov.tr/meb_iys_dosyalar/2022_03/07135958_TIMSS-2011-8-Sinif.pdf

Ministry of National Education. [MoNE]. (2016). TIMSS 2015 Ulusal Matematik ve Fen Ön Raporu [TIMMS 2015 National Mathematics and Science Preliminary Report]. Retrieved November 01, 2022, from https://timss.meb.gov.tr/meb_iys_dosyalar/2022_03/07135609_TIMSS_2015_Ulusal_Rapor.pdf

Ministry of National Education. [MoNE]. (2020). TIMSS 2019 Türkiye Ön Raporu [TIMMS 2019 Turkey Preliminary Report]. Retrieved November 01, 2022, from http://www.meb.gov.tr/meb_iys_dosyalar/2020_12/10173505_No15_TIMSS_2019_Turkiye_On_Raporu_Guncel.pdf

Moses, R. P., & Cobb, C. E. (2001). Radical equations. Beacon Press.

National Council of Teachers of Mathematics [NCTM]. (2000). Principles and standards for school mathematics. Author.

Stephens, A. C. (2008). What “counts” as algebra in the eyes of preservice elementary teachers?. The Journal of Mathematical Behavior, 27(1), 33-47. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmathb.2007.12.002
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm24 SES 13 C JS: Advancing Secondary and Upper Secondary Mathematics Education: Innovative Approaches to Teaching and Learning
Location: Rankine Building, 107 LT [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Elif Tuğçe Karaca
Joint Session NW10 & NW24. Full information under 10 SES 13 C JS
5:15pm - 6:45pm25 SES 13 A: NW 25 Network Meeting
Location: Adam Smith, 706 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Ann Quennerstedt
NW meeting
 
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

NW 25 Network Meeting

Ann Quennerstedt

Örebro University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Quennerstedt, Ann

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm26 SES 13 A: Reframing Leadership and Leading in Education: Diverse Responses from Scholars Across the Field (Part 2)
Location: Joseph Black Building, B408 LT [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Meng Tian
Session Chair: Meng Tian
Symposium continued from 26 SES 12 A
 
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium

Reframing Leadership and Leading in Education: Diverse Responses from Scholars Across the Field (2)

Chair: Meng Tian (University of Birmingham)

Discussant: Meng Tian (University of Birmingham)

This is the second part of the symposium titled Reframing Leadership and Leading in Education: Diverse Responses from Scholars Across the Field. All the papers presented in this symposium are from the upcoming Elgar Handbook of Leadership in Education, edited by Professor Philip A. Woods, Dr Amanda Roberts, Dr Meng Tian and Dr Howard Youngs (2023).

In this symposium, we include three chapters from the Handbook Part 2 Social justice and leadership in education and the final chapter on Disrupted Leadership in Education written by the editors.

Social justice is a much-used term, with multifaceted meanings. At its most basic, we are using it here to signify three aspects of fairness in education: relational (i.e., how individuals are treated decently in their relationships with others), procedural (i.e., how education systems are built to ensure equitable procedures) and substantive (e.g., how education content and leadership practices are designed to accommodate diverse needs). We would argue that social justice should be one of the ultimate goals guiding future leadership development and one of the fundamental values guiding leaders' daily practice. Social justice leaders endeavour to recognise discrimination and prejudice, empower marginalised groups and lead activism against inequalities and unfairness (Angelle & Torrance, 2019; Wang, 2018).

The presentations in Part 2 of the symposium offer various viewpoints on such fairness, on what social justice might look like, on what might support it and what might impede it.

The first paper challenges the colonial constructions of leadership in New Zealand. The author discusses how the diverse early childhood education sector in Aotearoa promotes Māori language and curriculum despite the lack of government provision and colonial history.

The second paper shows that in Spain, transformative leadership is used to promote social justice and inclusion in schools. The attainment gap is exacerbated by poverty in many local communities. Leaders of Spanish public schools who serve precarious families in disadvantaged areas bear more responsibility to transform local communities on the meso level and schools on the micro level. In response to this goal, the authors of chapter 25 propose a framework of Six Steps and Four Conditions for Social Justice in Schools.

The third paper consists of editors' narratives of how disruptions affect educational leadership and bring opportunities to challenge fossilised leadership concepts and patterns. More distributed leadership and disruptive leadership are needed in front of unprecedented and everyday disruptions. Leaders in education are expected to become wayfinders who work with and for people in the education sector.

The last paper discusses that leaders of schools in crises and traumatic situations face particular testing challenges. However, there is no formula to determine the capacity or qualities that leaders in such contexts require. What can be said, as the author argues, is that leading in crises and traumatic situations benefits from, amongst other things, the capacity to be critically self-reflective, to promote inclusive and anti-oppressive school contexts, to engage local communities and to exercise a moral capacity for social justice.

We hope that the audience will appreciate these diverse viewpoints on social justice and leadership in education put forward in this symposium. We join the presenters in inviting you to engage actively with the issues raised. In this way, we can continue to build a discourse around social justice leadership which impacts positively on educational practice.

This symposium adopts the presentations, discussion and Q&A format. Authors will first present their works. This is followed by a panel discussion hosted by the Chair. In the last part of the symposium, the audience will have the opportunity to engage in the conversation and ask questions to the presenters.


References
Angelle, P. S., & Torrance, D. (2019). Cultures of Social Justice Leadership: An Intercultural Context of Schools. Springer.
Auerbach, S. (2007). From Moral Supporters to Struggling Advocates: Reconceptualizing Parent Roles in Education Through the Experience of Working-Class Families of Color. Urban Education, 42(3), 250–283. https://doi.org/10.1177/0042085907300433
Cherng, H.-Y. S., & Halpin, P. F. (2016). The Importance of Minority Teachers: Student Perceptions of Minority Versus White Teachers. Educational Researcher, 45(7), 407–420. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X16671718
Dee, T. S. (2005). A Teacher like Me: Does Race, Ethnicity, or Gender Matter? The American Economic Review, 95(2), 158–165.
Gottfried, M., Kirksey, J. J., & Fletcher, T. L. (2022). Do High School Students With a Same-Race Teacher Attend Class More Often? Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 44(1), 149–169. https://doi.org/10.3102/01623737211032241
Shields, C. M., & Mohan, E. J. (2008). High‐quality education for all students: Putting social justice at its heart. Teacher Development, 12(4), 289–300. https://doi.org/10.1080/13664530802579843
Wang, F. (2018). Social Justice Leadership—Theory and Practice: A Case of Ontario. Educational Administration Quarterly, 54(3), 470–498. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X18761341

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Challenging Colonial Constructions of Leadership: Early Childhood Education in Aotearoa

Jenny Ritchie (Te Herenga Waka Victoria University of Wellington)

Early childhood care and education is recognised as being a context for emergent, collaborative leadership, particularly by women. This chapter acknowledges Aotearoa (New Zealand) as a site of two centuries of colonial encroachment on the rights, resources and wellbeing of Māori, the Indigenous people, via Euro-Western patriarchal authoritarian models of leadership imposed through the assumption of sovereignty. Since the 1840 signing of Te Tiriti o Waitangi | The Treaty of Waitangi, that had allowed for British settlement whilst undertaking to preserve Māori authority over their lands and resources, Māori have sought redress for ongoing treaty breaches. Meanwhile, the diverse early childhood education sector in Aotearoa has grown in response to community concerns and despite a lack of government provision. This positioning outside of the compulsory education sector has inherently enabled the sector to be a site of progressive resistance to ongoing colonisation. The first early childhood curriculum for Aotearoa, Te Whāriki 1996 (New Zealand Ministry of Education, 1996), was written immediately after the sesquicentennial of the signing of the Treaty, a moment of national reflection on Treaty related concerns. Te Whāriki 1996 was furthermore strongly reflective of the influence of Te Kōhanga Reo, the early childhood Māori language revitalisation movement, that sought to protect the Māori language. Te Whāriki 1996 both recognised the obligations contained within Te Tiriti o Waitangi and positioned Māori language and values as centrally important to early childhood care and education pedagogy in Aotearoa. The argument of this chapter relates to a solidarity of concern that united the early childhood sector in demonstrating leadership in the decolonisation project underpinned by a commitment to Te Tiriti o Waitangi, a decolonisation agenda that has now, twenty-five years later, been taken up more widely.

References:

Giroux, H. A. (2021). The public imagination and the dictatorship of ignorance. Social Identities, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504630.2021.1931089 Jackson, M. (2020). Where to next? Decolonisation and the stories in the land. In R. Kiddle (Ed.), Imagining Decolonisation (pp. 133-155). Bridget Williams Books. Manning, S., Woodhams, M., & Howsan, S. (2011). Emergent leadership in Playcentre. Journal of Educational Leadership, Policy and Practice, 26(2), 3–13. May, H. (2013). The discovery of early childhood (2nd ed.). NZCER Press. Ministry of Education. (1996/2017). Te Whāriki. He whāriki mātauranga mō ngā mokopuna o Aotearoa: Early childhood curriculum. Mitchell, L. (2019). Democratic policies and practices in early childhood education. An Aotearoa New Zealand case study. Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-1793-4 New Zealand Parliament. (2020). Education and Training Act. Te Tiriti o Waitangi. https://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2020/0038/latest/LMS280244.html Orange, C. (2021). The Treaty of Waitangi | Te Tiriti o Waitangi: An illustrated history. Bridget Williams Books. Skerrett, M., & Ritchie, J. (2021). Te Rangatiratanga o te Reo: Sovereignty in Indigenous languages in early childhood education in Aotearoa. Kōtuitui: New Zealand Journal of Social Sciences Online, 16(2), 250-264. Westbrook, F., & White, J. (2021). One ring to rule them all? Locating discourse in Aotearoa New Zealand early childhood education curriculum. Policy Futures in Education, 19(4), 424-437.
 

Leadership in Education: Spanish Perspectives on Social Justice

Patricia Silva (University of Barcelona), Serafín Antúnez (University of Barcelona), Charles L. Slater (California State University Long Beach)

Spain is experiencing important changes with the increase in the level of inequality in the population. The national government and autonomous communities have responded with policies to address the challenges of education and diversity. These policies are consistent with global efforts to promote inclusion through transformative leadership. Spain presents a model of school leadership based on the school director as teacher and more recently, the school director as manager and leader. The requirements to become a school director in Spain represent a balance of teaching experience and preparation to lead. This paper presents an approach to transformative leadership for social justice. The Spanish experience is presented with reference to international implications. Six steps and four conditions are presented for schools to follow, and recommendations are made to foster critical understanding of social systems and the promotion of inclusion for all.

References:

Angelle, P. S., & Morrison, M. (2021). Socially just school leadership in B.G. Barnett and P.A. Woods (Eds). Educational leadership for social justice and improving high-needs schools: Findings from 10 years of international collaboration, 31. Antúnez, S., Silva, P., & Slater C.L. (2019b). Factors affecting emotional management in highly complex schools: The case of two Spanish schools. In Oplatka I. & Arar, K. (eds). Emotion Management and Feelings in teaching and educational leadership: research and practice in transitional and developing societies. Emerald Publishing, 149-170. Antúnez, S., & Silva, P. (2020). La formación de directores y directoras escolares y la Inspección Educativa. Avances en Supervisión Educativa, (33), 1-21. Moral-Santaella, C., Amores-Fernández, F. J., & Ritacco-Real, M. (2016). Liderazgo distribuido y capacidad de mejora en centros de educación secundaria. Estudios sobre educación, 30, 115-143. Murillo, F. J., & Hernández-Castilla, R. (2011). Hacia un Concepto de Justicia Social. REICE. Revista Iberoamericana Sobre Calidad, Eficacia Y Cambio En Educación, 9(4), 7-23 Slater, C. L., Antúnez, S., & Silva, P. (2021). Social justice leadership in Spanish schools: Researcher perspectives. Leadership and Policy in Schools Journal, 20(1), 111-126.
 

Disrupted Leadership in Education

Howard Youngs (Auckland University of Technology), Amanda Roberts (University of Hertfordshire), Meng Tian (University of Birmingham), Philip A. Woods (University of Hertfordshire)

Fracture and disruption span the chapters of this Handbook, where authors offer various ways of addressing this. We suggested in chapter 1 that it might be concluded that leadership in education is a fractured field. In this final chapter we locate ourselves as editors not only in this fractured state, also in the disruption that has shaped our world since 2020 through the Covid-19 pandemic. Our narratives which we share in this chapter capture snapshots of our own times, in a similar way to how the chapters, through their fresh approaches to understanding, developing and researching leadership can be seen as snapshots of different aspects of the leadership in education field. A theme of collectivism runs through this chapter as a way of experiencing relational spaces in fragmented and disruptive times. Connected to this is assemblage thinking, which we argue is a way of holding together diverse understandings and practices. An assemblage way of thinking is evident in holding both: disruption-induced disruptive leadership; disrupted leadership and disruptive leadership; distributed leadership and the possibility of hierarchy contributing to the greater good; and, service user (e.g. patient) led leadership and a partnership approach to leadership. In the light of dilemmas and wicked problems, this aligns with the first thread across the narratives - namely, the dialectic reasoning briefly discussed in the final narrative. A non-dialogical approach would argue against the co-existence of disrupted and disruptive leadership, distributed leadership in hierarchical structures, and service user (only) led leadership and a partnership. Dialectic reasoning starts a place of these co-existing simultaneously. A second thread across the narratives is embracing fluidity and what emerges, whether this is anticipated or not. However, no one person can assume that assemblage as a thinking tool is sufficient. The collective of all working together is needed, which is a third thread through the chapters of this Handbook. This brings us to the importance of relational spaces, the space between and inclusive of people, rather focusing only on individual spaces which are the basis for individual agency. Diversity cannot be embraced unless an assemblage way of thinking is active in relational spaces through dialogue, listening and the surfacing and testing of assumptions.

References:

Anderson, G. L., & Chang, E. (2019). Competing Narratives of Leadership in School: The Institutional and Discursive Turns in Organizational Theory. In M. Connolly, D. H. Eddy-Spicer, C. James, & S. D. Kruse (Eds.), The SAGE Handbook of School Organization (pp. 84–102). SAGE. Stacey, R. (2012) Tools and techniques of leadership and management: meeting the challenge of complexity. London: Routledge. Sallnow, L., Richardson, H., Murray, S. and Kellehear, A. (2016) The impact of a new public health approach to end-of-life care: a systematic review. Palliative Medicine, 30(3), 200-211. Woods, P.A. and Roberts, A. (2018) Collaborative school leadership: a critical guide. London: SAGE. Woods, P. A., Torrance, D., Donnelly, C., Hamilton, T., Jones, K., & Potter, I. (2021). Constructions and purposes of school leadership in the UK. School Leadership & Management, 41(1–2), 152–170. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2020.1859999 Youngs, H. (2022). Variegated perspectives within distributed leadership: A mix(up) of ontologies and positions in construct development. In F. W. English (Ed.) The Palgrave Handbook of Educational Leadership and Management Discourse. Palgrave.
 

The Emergence and Cultivation of Leadership within Early Childhood Education

Leanne Gibbs (Charles Sturt University), Frances Press (Griffith University)

Effective leadership makes a critical contribution to the quality of an ECE programme. In turn, high-quality ECE programmes influence children's developmental trajectories, potentially impacting society's economic, social and civil outcomes (Heckman, 2011). Developing effective 'leading' and leadership within ECE sites is, therefore, an important yet underdeveloped focus within research and practice (Douglass, 2019). The sites of early childhood education and care are, however, complex. They are people-intensive, requiring high numbers of staff to ensure children's safety, well-being and healthy development (Alchin et al., 2019; Waniganayake et al., 2016). Because the children attending are very young, the duty of care of staff and the organisation is very high. The leaders of such sites must be aware of and ensure that all staff comply with many standards, but more than compliance is needed to achieve a high-quality ECE programme. Furthermore, effective leadership benefits twofold: a positive impact on children's developmental and social outcomes (Douglass, 2019) and upon the cultivation of leading, ensuring a pipeline of leaders for the future of ECE (Coleman et al., 2016; Siraj-Blatchford & Manni, 2007). This qualitative Australian study of three high-quality, diversely governed ECE services explored the emergence, cultivation, and enactment of leadership as a practice. We illustrate the enactment of leading as a set of collective, dynamic practices undertaken by both emerging and positional leaders and the conditions for cultivating leadership within ECE settings utilising the theory of practice architectures. The gathering of data and subsequent analysis conducted within a framework of the theory of practice architectures illuminated how the emergence and development of leading were enabled and constrained by the cultural-discursive, material-economic, and social-political arrangements evident at each site (Gibbs, 2020). The cultural-discursive arrangements (evident in language and culture), the material-economic arrangements (evident in action and space), and the social-political arrangements (evident in power and relationships) are prefigured and shaped by the practice architectures characteristic of the individual sites (Kemmis et al., 2014). The findings indicate that organisations should consider diverse approaches to leadership cultivation. The organisational arrangements for leadership cultivation and development must, however, be considered in the unique context of jurisdictional regulations, governance practices, and early childhood education traditions.

References:

Alchin, I., Arthur, L., & Woodrow, C. (2019). Evidencing leadership and management challenges in early childhood in Australia. Australasian Journal of Early Childhood, 44(3), 285-297. https://doi.org/10.1177/1836939119855563 Coleman, A., Sharp, C., & Handscomb, G. (2016). Leading highly performing children’s centres. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 44(5), 775-793. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143215574506 Douglass, A. (2019). Leadership for quality early childhood education and care. OECD Education Working Paper No. 211 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/leadership-for-quality-early-childhood-education-and-care_6e563bae-en Gibbs, L. (2020). Leadership emergence and development: Organizations shaping leading in early childhood education. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 1-22. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143220940324 Heckman, J. (2011). The economics of inequality: the value of early childhood education. American Educator, 35(1), 31. Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. S. M. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-4560-47-4 Siraj-Blatchford, I., & Manni, L. (2007). Effective leadership in the early years sector: The ELEYS study. Institute of Education Press. Waniganayake, M., Cheeseman, S., Fenech, M., Hadley, F., & Shepherd, W. (2016). Leadership : contexts and complexities in early childhood education (Second ed.). Oxford Press
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm26 SES 13 B: Teacher Leadership Development in the Educational Context (Part 2)
Location: Joseph Black Building, C407 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Andy Goodwyn
Paper Session continued from 26 SES 06 B
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

The Increasingly Global Phenomenon of the Expert Teacher Designation: A Critical Realist Perspective and Analysis

Andy Goodwyn

University of Bedfordshire, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Goodwyn, Andy

The concept of the ‘expert teacher’ has is an increasingly global phenomenon with many advanced systems investing in a formal designation, this is partly explained by education systems profound need to recruit and retain the best teachers, providing them with a career structure, maintaining their classroom impact and, in some designations, developing other teachers in the system. This research closely examines the purposes and structures of these evolving models and their successes and challenges in each national context and it traces global influences and the challenges of governance and political control of such designations. It also analyses 3 relatively new models ‘The Extended Teacher’ from Norway, ‘The Chartered Teacher’ in England and the Korean ‘Master Teacher’.

The concept of the ‘expert teacher’ has become an increasingly global phenomenon with many advanced systems investing in a formal designation. This phenomenon is partly explained by the need systems have to recruit and retain the best teachers and to provide them with a meaningful and high status career structure that maintains their impact in the classroom and, in some designations, on the development of other teachers in the system. There are many examples of the phenomenon with the Advanced Skills Teacher [AST] in Australia [over 30 years] and The Highly Accomplished Teacher [HAT]in the USA [28 years] being the most established. However some models have already come and gone – the AST in England 1997-2013, the Chartered Teacher in Scotland only lasted 5 years. There are new developments, the Chartered teacher in England, launched by the Chartered College of teaching in 2017 and the Highly Accomplished Teacher in Australia, now 4 years in development, Singapore is evolving an elaborate structure of Leading and Master teachers with several career pathways. Each of these models has been designed for the local system with different models of governance and control for example the totally independent National Board for Professional Teaching Standards in the USA, or the completely politically managed system in Singapore.

This research examines the purposes and structures of these evolving models and their successes and challenges in each national context. It traces global influences, for example the adoption of the the HAT designation in Australia, being adapted from the USA, the Chartered model beginning in England just as it is abolished in Scotland. These changes are part of the challenge of governance and political control of such designations and their relative stability or fragility.

Ontologically, the research adopts a critical realist perspective examining the expert teacher concept as fundamentally concerned with structural, systemic improvement, a potentially emancipatory project for the agentive teaching profession in each system. Epistemologically it adopts a phenomenological stance to understanding ‘expert teaching’ as a designation. It also examines the structures and stratifications in the system and the context of each society that may enable teacher emancipation or obstruct and diminish it. The analysis of 3 relatively new models ‘The Extended Teacher’ from Norway, ‘The Chartered Teacher’ in England and the Korean ‘Master Teacher’, traces the extent to which they are influenced by previous models in other jurisdictions and reveals that there are both global trends and local adaptations. There is also evidence of what may be deemed ‘expert teacher cultures’, that is how the ideologies infused in education systems dominate the character of what it means to be an expert teacher. Much of this ‘character’ is revealed through analysing the descriptors and standards used to define the teacher role and behaviours.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
There is a close analysis of the features of each model, its evolution and development and its status in relation to several factors which include:- [1] status within the profession on a strong/weak continuum, [2] its governance and political status on a continuum of stability/fragility and [3] its effectiveness on a continuum of powerful to weak.
The expert teacher phenomenon is well established in a number of systems and has sufficient evidence of value now to be influencing developments in other systems.  This level of development allows for international comparisons that examine valuable similarities and important local differences, providing evidence of a range of successful models.  An important element of difference is to do with structures of control and governance, is the model ‘owned’ by the profession, or by the government, or by an independent body.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.  The analysis suggests that social, cultural and political contexts inevitably define the local model and may well be part of the strength and stability of certain models.  We may have reached a stage where less established systems with rapidly expanding school populations and therefore rapidly expanding teacher work forces may look to these models as adaptable to their local circumstances.  It may be argued that such local developments of the expert teacher might be far more effective than relying on foreign aid and advisors or simply ‘copying’ external models.  The establishment of a designation  of expert teacher may well have real benefits for raising the status of the teaching profession in systems where teaching is not perceived as a good career, even when it is a respected career.  Such teachers can act as advocates for a strong profession with its own voice and professional standards and where teacher autonomy can be a structural part of the designation.
References
Archer, M., Bhaskar, R., Collier, A., Lawson, T. & Norrie, A. (1998). (Eds.) Critical Realism: Essential Readings. London, Routledge.
Cohen, L., Manion, L. & Morrison, K. (2011, 7th edition) Research Methods in Education, London, Routledge
Author (September 2019) Adaptive agency: some surviving and some thriving in interesting times.  Invited Paper to English Teaching Practice and Critique – special issue on teacher agency. Vol, 18. Issue 2.  pp. 21-35.
Author (2016). Expert Teachers: an International Perspective. London, Routledge.
Author (2010). The Expert Teacher of English. London, Routledge.
Author & Cordingley, P. (2016). The Potential of Chartered Teacher Status, Education Today. 66 (2), 21-44.
Author. (2012). One size fits all: the increasing standardisation of English teachers’ work in England. English Teaching Practice and Critique, 11 (4), 36-53.
O’Sullivan, K-A. & Author (2020). Contested territories: English teachers in Australia and England remaining resilient and creative in constraining times. English in Education.  54,3, 224- 238.
Sayer, A. (1992) Method in Social Science: a Realist Approach. London, Routledge
Sayer, A. (2000) Realism and Social Science. London, Sage.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

The Paths of Volunteer Teachers to Enact Leadership: A Case in A Chinese Underdeveloped Area

Miao Liu

University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Liu, Miao

Objective: This study aims to explore how Chinese volunteer teachers enact their leadership. Generally, volunteer teachers are those who support teaching in underdeveloped areas without payment or with little payment (Zhou & Shang, 2011). This teacher group has been and is making immeasurable contributions to students’ learning, regional educational resources’ balance, and educational equality in underdeveloped areas, especially areas where education development lags (Duthilleul, 2005). Governments and non-governmental organizations in some countries and regions (e.g., China, America, and Africa) also constantly organize and implement diverse volunteer teaching programmes to exert the leadership of volunteer teachers (Koerner et al., 2008). Under the efforts of volunteer teachers, these public welfare activities positively influenced students’ development and social well-being. However, a few researchers paid attention to volunteer teaching activities, not to mention how volunteer teachers enact their leadership and the corresponding implications (Zhou & Shang, 2011).

Research Question: 1) how do volunteer teachers enact their leadership in a Chinese underdeveloped area? 2) what are the outcomes of their leadership’s enactments?

Theoretical Framework: Although it is challenging to gain consensus on defining teacher leadership (Wenner & Campbell, 2017), this study found two main trends in conceptualizing this term: competence- and interaction-oriented. Competence-oriented teacher leadership emphasizes that teacher leaders can engage colleagues in experimentation and examination of effective practices for students’ learning” (Wasley, 1991, p.170). However, interaction-oriented teacher leadership focuses on the relationship between teacher leaders and contexts. One high-incited definition is that “teacher leadership is the process by which teachers, individually or collectively, influence their colleagues, principals, and other members of school communities to improve teaching and learning practices with the aim of increased student learning and achievement (York-Barr & Duke, 2004).” Whether competence-oriented or interaction-oriented teacher leadership, teacher leaders tend to balance the relationship with different contexts. For example, to encourage teachers to master a specific teaching ability, teacher leaders would cooperate with teachers to explore this strategy and explain its benefits (Sinha & Hanuscin, 2017). As a result of teacher leadership’s enactment, teacher leaders’ dispositions and abilities in teaching and learning would be strengthened (Landa & Donaldson, 2022). Also, teacher leadership’s enactment could contribute to achieving educational goals in various sub-contexts (Akiba et al., 2019; Campbell et al., 2022).

However, there is a gap between the research and practice of volunteer teachers’ leadership (Zhou & Shang, 2011). Although many volunteer teaching activities are conducted, and volunteer teachers play a non-negligible role in alleviating educational inequality in the world (Koerner et al., 2008), these teachers’ leadership has not been thoroughly analyzed and discussed in the research field. This gap is, to some extent, detrimental to the improvement of volunteer teaching programmes and the preparation of volunteer teachers.

Therefore, this study was rooted in the Chinese context to research the enactment of volunteer teachers’ leadership in self, interpersonal, institutional, and socio-cultural sub-contexts. China has been and is now making national efforts to realize modernization, including getting rid of poverty in education, accompanied by apparent challenges and changes (Xi, 2022). For example, the central government encouraged high-quality teachers as volunteers to support the development of students, teachers, and schools in remote areas (Xi, 2022). These volunteer teachers need to coordinate and balance their relationship with self, interpersonal, institutional, and socio-cultural sub-contexts, and on this basis, exert their leadership to improve the educational quality in schools and regions. Thus, the Chinese context could help me understand volunteer teachers’ leadership from various perspectives.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study adopted the case study as the methodology. This research regarded the leadership of three volunteer teachers as a case since a case is a circumstance that includes the context, time, or people (Yin, 2015).

The informants are three volunteer teachers participating in a volunteer teaching programme called “Education Assistance Action in Nujiang (EAAN)” held by the Ministry of Education (National Teacher Training Program Office of the Ministry of Education, 2020). 113 teachers from diverse areas were dispatched to this programme in two batches. Participants were recommended by national expert teachers recognized by the government. Also, these teachers have three common characteristics. First, these teachers had high professional competence. The Chinese government sets up a system for assessing the professional development level of teachers. Teachers will be awarded specific professional titles after assessment. These titles include third-, second-, first-, advanced and distinguished level (Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security, 2015). The participants have a first- or above-level professional title. Second, participating teachers have been teaching in Nujiang for half a year to a year. Third, participants came from national expert teachers’ professional development studios, which established long-term cooperative relationships with universities. This means that participants can get professional support from national expert teachers and scholars in volunteer teaching. Thus, participants can provide rich information and various perspectives on teacher leadership and the enactment practice.

This study relied on the longitudinal way to collect data. The first approach is the one-on-one semi-structured interview. According to the research questions, I designed a series of questions to interview participating teachers. Then, I interacted with participants to build a reliable relationship with them, which can provide a trustful and relaxed atmosphere in interviews. When all the preparations were in place, I interviewed each participant. Another way is the materials collection. I collected participants’ reflective reports on their practice in this volunteer teaching programme, which can help me understand the enactment of volunteer teachers’ leadership.

Given the data type, this study chose the content analysis method (Cohen et al., 2007) to analyze data. First, I transcribed all video recordings to the texts and proofread them to make sure these texts were correct. Second, I read all transcriptions and reflective reports more than once and tried to understand these transcriptions deeply from the participants’ perspectives. Third, I coded the raw data and constructed code to answer the research questions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study found that volunteer teachers enacted their leadership with three paths, including the enactment of volunteer teachers’ leadership for the subject, school, and cross-school improvement.

The first path is volunteer teachers’ leadership enactment for subject improvement. Based on personal teaching ability and experience, the participant supported teachers in local schools to identify problems in teaching. Then, the participant led subject teachers to solve their teaching problems, helped them master specific teaching abilities, and improved classroom teaching quality. Thus, the participant and local teachers collaboratively facilitated students’ effective learning.

The second path is to enact volunteer teachers’ leadership for school improvement. The participant taking this path emphasized the importance of interdisciplinarity. Under the influence of this idea, this participant discussed specific teaching methods with local teachers of different disciplines in a modeling way, such as demonstrating teaching, co-teaching, and instructing teaching. In addition, the participant believed that school improvement requires the joint efforts of teachers of different subjects. To this end, this participant formulated the school’s teaching development system and regular work system (e.g., commuting time) to promote the construction of a learning-oriented school culture.

Volunteer teachers’ leadership enactment aiming at cross-school improvement is the third path. The participant joined the local department of education and was responsible for improving the whole region’s education. In this case, this participating teacher directly or indirectly participated in formulating and implementing local education policies. For one thing, this teacher supported local governments in formulating education policies by conducting field research. For another thing, this participating teacher cooperated with the leaders of the department of education to construct systems and regulations related to teaching development and school improvement. Besides this, the participant focused on in-service teacher education by leading local teachers to conduct action research and professional learning.

References
Akiba, M., Murata, A., Howard, C. C., & Wilkinson, B. (2019). Lesson study design features for supporting collaborative teacher learning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 77, 352–365.

Campbell, T., Wenner, J. A., Brandon, L., & Waszkelewicz, M. (2022). A community of practice model as a theoretical perspective for teacher leadership. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 25(2), 173–196.

Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2007). Research methods in education. London: Routledge.

Duthilleul, Y. (2005). Lessons learnt in the use of ‘contract’ teachers: Synthesis report. UNESCO, International Institute for Educational Planning.

Guiding opinions on deepening the reform of the professional title system for primary and secondary school teachers, Publ. L. No. 79 of Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security. (2015). http://www.moe.gov.cn/jyb_xxgk/moe_1777/moe_1779/201509/t20150902_205165.html

Koerner, M., Lynch, D., & Martin, S. (2008). Why we partner with teach for America: Changing the conversation. Phi Delta Kappan, 89(10), 726–729.

Landa, J. B., & Donaldson, M. L. (2022). Teacher leadership roles and teacher collaboration: evidence from green hills public schools pay-for-performance system. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 21(2), 303–328.

Notice on printing and distributing the “Ministry of Education’s assistance action guidelines for supporting education in Nujiang (trial)”, Publ. L. No. 11 of National Teacher Training Programme Office of the Ministry of Education. (2020).

Sinha, S., & Hanuscin, D. L. (2017). Development of teacher leadership identity: A multiple case study. Teaching and Teacher Education, 63, 356–371.

Wasley, P. A. (1991). Teachers who lead: The rhetoric of reform and the realities of practice. New York: Teachers College Press.

Wenner, J. A., & Campbell, T. (2017). The theoretical and empirical basis of teacher leadership: A review of the literature. Review of Educational Research, 87(1), 134–171.

Xi, J. (2022). Hold high the great banner of socialism with Chinese characteristics and strive in unity to build a modern socialist country in all respects — Report to the 20th National Congress of the Communist Party of China. Central Committee of the Communist Party of China. https://www.pkulaw.com/en_law/0438454351e5969bbdfb.html

Yin, R. K. (2015). Case study research: Design and methods (5th ed.). Sage Publication.

York-Barr, J., & Duke, K. (2004). What do we know about teacher leadership? Findings from two decades of scholarship. Review of Educational Research, 74(3), 255–316.

Zhou, H., & Shang, X. (2011). Short-term volunteer teachers in rural China: Challenges and needs. Frontiers of Education in China, 6(4), 571–601.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm26 SES 13 C: Teachers Who Emerge as Unrecognised Enactors of Teacher Leadership: Teachers’ Perceptions from Three Different Countries
Location: Joseph Black Building, A504 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Christopher Chapman
Panel Discussion
 
26. Educational Leadership
Panel Discussion

Teachers Who Emerge as Unrecognised Enactors of Teacher Leadership: Teachers’ Perceptions from Three Different Countries

Joan Conway1, Cornelius Van der Vyver2, Molly Patricia Fuller2, Clelia Pineda-Báez3

1University of Southern Queensland, Australia; 2North-West University, Potchefstroom, South Africa; 3Universidad de La Sabana, Colombia

Presenting Author: Conway, Joan; Van der Vyver, Cornelius; Fuller, Molly Patricia; Pineda-Báez, Clelia

Teachers are the key to school improvement. Teachers are the key to student achievement. Two such statements which are to be found with varying interpretations in literature would immediately suggest that teacher leadership must surely be an essential aspect of teachers’ work at large. The literature is replete with what characterises teacher leadership, and more specifically teachers as leaders, but there is limited consensus about broader conceptualisations of teacher leadership in different contexts. This intrigue was the genesis of a research project, The International Study of Teacher Leadership (ISTL) (www.mru.ca/istl) begun three years ago which focused on how teacher leadership is conceptualised and enacted. This panel discussion presents a specific focus of that study: What are the perspectives of teachers who emerge as unrecognised enactors of teacher leadership in three different countries – South Africa, Colombia, Australia?

A group of researchers from 12 universities in 12 different countries collaborated around the topic of teacher leadership working with a shared literature review and research design in search of conceptualisation of teacher leadership in each of the countries. The ISTL comprises a noticeable number of members from countries of non-Western origin. It is this factor that has propelled the interests of the researchers to explore how the concepts of teacher leadership are enacted in different cultural contexts. Extensive research by this large group of international researchers has found and shared enlightenment as to the understandings of teacher leadership where the professional activities of teacher leaders occur in a range of complex sociocultural contexts across the world. The attributes required of teachers in this range of contexts varies and this study has demonstrated that if teacher leadership is to be a recognised phenomenon, teachers are required to demonstrate their knowledge and lived experience within localised social and political dimensions. This viewpoint is also the axis for ensuring educational policies and practices meet the needs of the local context and yet work with the wider academic views of teacher leadership as it appears in the literature from mainly a Western perspective.

The ISTL group designed a mixed-methods methodological approach with freedom for members of each country to develop their own database according to the availability of participants and relevance to the cultural nuances of their country. Methods of data collection included document analyses, questionnaires, interviews, case studies, and oral histories. As the larger study explored and found, teachers enacting leadership is not always obvious. There are many who hold formal positions with defined roles and apparent responsibilities, but probably far more who might be said to be informal leaders not recognised as such but nonetheless seemingly enacting the qualities of leadership. Researchers from three of the countries, South Africa, Colombia, and Australia have chosen to share emerging findings of the perspectives of teachers in leadership as a finer focus for this panel discussion: listening to the teachers who may never have heard of, let alone used the term teacher leader, yet seemingly enacting their day-to-day roles in what might be described elsewhere as teacher leadership.

The strength of this research is that each author/panel member is a national of their own country with lived experiences of their previous school teaching careers and now as academics in their respective universities. It is proposed that the panel will highlight what might be of interest to others beyond these three countries and encourage a broader debate in pursuit of a deeper understanding of teacher leadership beyond the literature. It is to encourage an open approach to encompassing the diversity of socio-cultural contexts in which teachers operate worldwide and thus a broader empirical research base about teacher leadership.


References
Arden, C., & Okoko, J. M. (2021). Exploring cross-cultural perspectives of teacher leadership among the members of an international research team: A phenomenographic study. Research in Educational Administration and Leadership, 6 (1), 51-90.

Budgen, Z. (2019). Exploring Teacher Leadership in Action: A Rural Australian School Perspective. Unpublished research report, University of Southern Queensland.

Conway, J. M., & Andrews, D. (2023). Moving teacher leaders to the front line of school improvement: Lessons learned by one Australian research and development team. In C. F. Webber (in print). Teacher Leadership in International Contexts. Springer.

Kahler-Viene, N., Conway, J. M., & Andrews, D. (2021). Exploring the concept of teacher leadership through a document analysis in the Australian context. Research in Educational Administration & Leadership (REAL), 6(1), 200-239.
https://doi.org/10.30828/real/2021.1.7

Pineda-Báez, C. (2021). Conceptualizations of teacher-leadership in Colombia: Evidence from policies. Research in Educational Administration & Leadership, 6(1), 92-125. https://doi.org/10.30828/real/2021.1.4.

Pineda-Báez, C., Fierro-Evans, C., & Gratacós G. (2023). The role of teamwork in the development of teacher leadership: A cross-cultural analysis from Colombia, Mexico, and Spain. In C. F. Webber (in print). Teacher Leadership in International Contexts. Springer.

Webber, C. F., Conway, J. M., & Van der Vyver, C. P. (2023). International Study of Teacher Leadership: A Rationale and Theoretical Framework. In C. F. Webber (in print). Teacher Leadership in International Contexts. Springer.

Webber, C. F., Pineda-Báez, C., Gratacós, G., & Wachira, N. (2023). The language of teacher leadership. In C. F. Webber (in print). Teacher Leadership in International Contexts. Springer.

Trimmer, K., Andrews, D., & Conway, J. (2022). System-School Interpretations of Teacher Leadership in the Toowoomba Catholic Schools System: A report to the Toowoomba Catholic Schools. Leadership Research International, University of Southern Queensland.

Van der Vyver, C. P., Fuller, M. P., & Khumalo, J. B. (2021). Teacher leadership in the South African context: Areas, attributes and cultural responsiveness. Research in Educational Administration and Leadership, 6(1), 127-162. https://doi.org/10.30828/real/2021.1.5

Webber, C. F. (2021). The need for cross-cultural exploration of teacher leadership. Research in Educational Administration and Leadership, 6(1), 17-49. doi.org/10.30828/real/2021.1.2

Webber, C. F. (ed.) (in print). Teacher Leadership in International Contexts. Springer.

Wenner, J. A., & Campbell, T. (2017). The theoretical and empirical basis of teacher leadership. Review of Educational Research, 87(1), 134-171. https://doi.org/10.3102%2F003465431665347

York-Barr, J., & Duke, K. (2004). What do we know about teacher leadership? Findings from two decades of scholarship. Review of Educational Research, 74(3), 255-316.

Chair
Professor Christopher Chapman
Chris.Chapman@glasgow.ac.uk
University of Glasgow, Scotland
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm27 SES 13 B: Science and Scientific Literacy in and out of School
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Kari Sormunen
Paper and Ignite Talk Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Vision III of (Scientific) Literacy, (Science) Education and Bildung, and Implications for Teachers’ Didactical Choices

Jesper Sjöström

Malmö University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Sjöström, Jesper

One point of departure in this paper is an awareness that we are living in the Anthropocene era. Based on this, education, including science education, needs to be re-visioned. Since the first use of the term by Hurd in 1958, many different definitions of scientific literacy have been put forward. One and a half decade ago Roberts (2007) suggested two visions of scientific literacy and science education. To simplify, Vision I can be described as science without society (internal view), whereas Vision II is about contextual application of scientific knowledge in life and society (external view). As a complement to the two well-spread visions by Roberts, a Vision III has been suggested (e.g. Aikenhead, 2007; Yore, 2012; Liu, 2013; Sjöström & Eilks, 2018). This paper tries to systemize what different scholars have meant with the three different visions, especially focusing on Vision III. Furthermore, the paper elaborates on different ways in how the three visions relate to each other. The three visions are also discussed in relation to curriculum theory (e.g. Deng, 2020) and different curriculum emphases, educational-philosophical frameworks, and worldview perspectives.

Recently, Valladares (2021) discussed different interpretations of scientific literacy, including Vision III. She started discussing fundamental and derived senses of scientific literacy (part 2 of her paper) as well as Vision I and Vision II (part 3). After that follows a part (part 4) about Vision III; it has the heading “A Transformative Vision of Scientific Literacy”. She writes (2021, p. 565): “This new vision integrates three innovative aspects: 4.1: a fusion of the fundamental and derived senses of scientific literacy (Yore, 2012); 4.2: an introduction of the notions of science engagement and participation (Liu, 2013); and 4.3: the inclusion of a political and emancipatory agenda aligned with values such as equity and social justice (Santos, 2009).” With reference to Liu (2013, p. 29), Siarova et al. (2019) describe Vision III as: ”Scientific engagement – social, cultural, political, and environmental issues”. According to Tan (2016, p. 6), Yore (2012) interprets a Vision III-scientific literate person as one who: “1) understand core ideas through scientific inquiry, 2) have fundamental scientific principles rooted by critical thinking skills and 3) participates from a scientific perspective in socioscientific issues.” Siarova et al. (2019, p. 15) regard Vision III as “the broadest interpretation of scientific literacy”. It can, according to them, be explained as: science embedded in society and societal issues; action in the form of scientific engagement in various social, cultural, political, and environmental issues and contexts; and means to prepare students to become informed, responsible and active citizens and therefore it is needed by all students.

Recently, Salinas et al. (2022, p. 9) described Vision III as: “Implies a politicized and action-based (e.g., climate change activism) knowledge aiming at promoting the development of critical thinking for dialogic emancipation and socio-eco justice. This vision emphasizes transdisciplinarity and sustainability; is oriented towards praxis and action”. This conference paper asks if this is a exhaustive description of Vision III and, if not, what needs to be added?

“Bildung” is a central concept in central European/Scandinavian educational theory. It has a long and multifaceted history of ideas including for instance humanistic values and the ideas of critical-democratic citizenship. In this paper Vision III of scientific literacy and science education, as it is presented in the international literature, is examined. Furthermore, implications of a Vision III-view on Bildung and teachers’ didactical choices are discussed.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The method used in this paper is a systematic search and review of the literature and those publications referring to key publications, mainly those contributing to conceptualization of Vision III. Based on the found literature, the questions and aims of the paper are discussed and a multifaceted view of Vision III is elaborated on.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Vision I has a structure of science- and/or a scientific skills-emphasis and Vision II an everyday life- and/or a decision making-emphasis. Finally, a reconsidered Vision III can be seen as having an ethico-socio-political- and a relational-existential-emphasis. All three visions have A and B versions. These can be described as: structure of science-emphasis (Vision IA), scientific skills-emphasis (Vision IB), everyday life-emphasis (Vision IIA), decision making-emphasis (Vision IIB), ethico-socio-political-emphasis (Vision IIIA), and relational-existential-emphasis (Vision IIIB).
There are at least three different ways in how the three visions can be seen as relating to each other: (a) parallel complementary visions, (b) leveled visions – with increased sophistication, and (c) Vision III bridges Vison I and II from critical perspectives.
The Vision III-version suggested by Sjöström and Eilks (2018) can be seen as synonymous to an eco-reflexive Bildung-orientation. It integrates cognitive and affective domains and includes philosophical-moral-existential alternatives (see also: Sjöström, 2018) as well as politicization to address complex socio-scientific issues. From such a perspective Vision III can be seen as synonymous to critical science education for sustainability.
If there is time, some examples of “didaktik models” grounded in European didactics (Ligozat, Klette & Almqvist, 2023) and a Vision III-view will be presented. How these models can support teachers in their didactical choices will also be mentioned.
The paper presentation will be finished with a suggestion of a novel and multifaceted way of viewing Vision III, that is, main elements of a reconsidered Vision III, including not only socio-eco-engagement and participation for transformation and a better world, but also for instance a deep understanding of science and its processes, wonder and appreciation of the living world, indigenous science, transdisciplinarity, intersectionality perspectives, futures thinking, and responsible science knowing-in-action.

References
Aikenhead, G. S. (2007). Expanding the research agenda for scientific literacy. In C. Linder et al. (eds.) Promoting scientific literacy: Science education research in transaction (pp. 64-71). Uppsala University.
Deng, Z. (2020). Knowledge, content, curriculum and Didaktik: beyond social realism. Routledge: London & New York.
Ligozat, F., Klette, K., & Almqvist, J. (eds.) (2023). Didactics in a changing world: European perspectives on teaching, learning and the curriculum. Cham: Springer.
Liu, X. (2013). Expanding notions of scientific literacy: a reconceptualization of aims of science education in the knowledge society. In N. Mansour & R. Wegerif (eds.), Science education for diversity – Theory and practice (pp. 23-39). Dordrecht: Springer.
Roberts, D. A. (2007). Scientific literacy/science literacy. In S. K. Abell & N. G. Lederman (Eds.), Handbook of research on science education (pp. 729–780). Mahwah: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Salinas, I., Guerrero, G., Satlov, M., & Hidalgo, P. (2022). Climate change in Chile’s school science curriculum. Sustainability, 14(22), 15212.
Santos, W. L. D. (2009). Scientific literacy: a Freirean perspective as a radical view of humanistic science education. Science Education, 93(2), 361-382.
Siarova, H., Sternadel, D. & Szönyi, E. (2019). Research for CULT Committee – Science and Scientific Literacy as an Educational Challenge. European Parliament, Policy Department for Structural and Cohesion Policies. https://www.europarl.europa.eu/thinktank/en/document/IPOL_STU(2019)629188 (visited September 26, 2022)
Sjöström, J. (2018). Science teacher identity and eco-transformation of science education: comparing Western modernism with Confucianism and reflexive Bildung. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 13(1), 147-161.
Sjöström, J., & Eilks, I. (2018). Reconsidering different visions of scientific literacy and science education based on the concept of Bildung. In: Y. Dori, Z. Mevarech, D. Baker (eds.), Cognition, Metacognition, and Culture in STEM Education – Learning, Teaching and Assessment (pp. 65-88). Cham: Springer.
Tan, P. (2016). Science education: defining the scientifically literate person. SFU Educational Review, 9. https://doi.org/10.21810/sfuer.v9i.307
Valladares, L. (2021). Scientific literacy and social transformation. Science & Education, 30(3), 557-587.
Yore, L. D. (2012). Science literacy for all: More than a slogan, logo, or rally flag! In K. C. D. Tan & M. Kim (eds.), Issues and challenges in science education research (pp. 5-23). Dordrecht: Springer.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

What We Know About Conceptual Learning in Open Inquiry Settings in Science Education

Elisabeth Hofer, Simone Abels

Leuphana University Luneburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Hofer, Elisabeth

Inquiry-based learning (IBL) has been considered an essential component of science education for several years (e.g., Abrams et al., 2008). A considerable number of studies has shown that IBL positively influences students’ attitudes towards science as well as their learning of science (e.g., Blanchard et al., 2010; Furtak et al., 2012). The skills addressed by IBL meet the requirements stated in science standards and curricula (e.g., NGSS Lead States, 2013) and foster the acquirement of scientific literacy (Roberts & Bybee, 2014). Depending on learning objectives, degree of openness, and instructional support, IBL can be implemented in a variety of forms (e.g., Abrams et al., 2008; Blanchard et al., 2010). Open inquiry settings (OIS) that give students the opportunity to pursue their own questions and design and conduct investigations in a self-determined (but scaffolded) manner seem to be particularly motivating (Jiang & McComas, 2015). Beyond that, OIS do not only foster students’ ability to apply science concepts and methods independently, but also address their diversity by allowing for individual learning paths (e.g., Abels, 2014). However, many science teachers are sceptical about the implementation of OIS, fearing that conceptual learning will be neglected (e.g., Hofer et al., 2018).

In the field of science education, conceptual learning is traditionally determined by assessing which and how many concepts students have acquired during a certain period of time or by a certain point in time, how elaborated these concepts are, and how they are related to each other (Amin et al., 2014). This perspective on conceptual learning is what Scott et al. (2007) call acquisition metaphor. According to this, conceptual learning is a process of acquiring and accumulating “basic units of knowledge [concepts] that can be accumulated, gradually refined, and combined to form ever richer cognitive structures” (Scott et al., 2007, p. 5).
In OIS, however, science concepts are not presented in an isolated way, detached from the context, but are developed by the students as part of the inquiry process. Learning in OIS is therefore rather a process of developing participation in the practices of a specific community (participation metaphor) than acquiring and accumulating concepts. Consequently, established assessment tools and methods for investigating conceptual learning are only applicable to a limited extent (Cowie, 2012) resulting in challenges concerning educational research.

Data from PISA 2015 indicate that IBL and especially OIS still rarely find their way into European science classrooms. Beyond that, there seems to be a negative correlation between the frequency of implementing rather open instructional approaches, such as OIS, and students’ level of scientific literacy (e.g., Forbes et al., 2020). To put it in a nutshell: The more often students learn in OIS, the lower their scientific literacy. These results, however, are based on students’ self-reports and do not consider any further information concerning the implementation of OIS. Other studies investigating students’ outcomes in IBL (see e.g., meta-studies by Furtak et al., 2012; Lazonder & Harmsen, 2016) do either focus on procedural and epistemic skills or are limited to IBL with lower degrees of openness. Yet, there seems to be only little empirical evidence about students’ conceptual learning in open inquiry settings.

Hence, this study aims at identifying empirical studies on OIS in science education and synthesising what science education research actually knows about students’ conceptual learning in OIS. In so doing, the following research question is to be answered:
What are the findings on conceptual learning of primary and secondary science students in OIS that have been obtained from empirical studies so far?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the research question, we conducted a systematic literature review according to the procedure suggested by Fink (2019). For this purpose, we started with a keyword-based search on ERIC database and Web of Science (WoS), as these two databases represent a full indexing system focused on education (ERIC) and the most “recognized”, high-ranking papers (WoS). To determine the keywords, we derived central terms from relevant literature, searched literature databases for synonymous terms, and discussed the list of keywords with experts in the field. Finally, the keywords were organised in three components: (1) conceptual learning, (2) IBL / OIS and (3) science education. For example, we entered the following input for the component conceptual learning into ERIC database using Boolean logic: (concept* OR content* OR subject*) AND (learn* OR develop* OR understand* OR construct* OR build*).

The keyword-based search (for titles and abstracts) resulted in a number of N = 596 records. To be considered in the further review process, papers were required to meet the following eligibility criteria (Rethlefsen et al., 2021):
•    Level of science education: primary or secondary school
•    Publication date: since 2003 (last 20 years)
•    Publication language: English
•    Publication type: only peer reviewed original research papers
•    Accessibility: online accessible

By applying these criteria as filters to the databases, the number of records was limited to N = 163. To prove the content-related eligibility, the remained records were screened by title and abstract in a first step (resulting in N = 30 records) and by full-text read in a second step (resulting in N = 8 records).
The finally selected papers were then analysed in terms of study context, design and methodology (descriptive analysis) and study results and findings (qualitative analysis). As we were interested in both the WHAT and the HOW, the qualitative analysis was guided by the following questions:
•    What do students learn (limited to the conceptual domain)?
•    Is it possible to identify relationships between students’ conceptual learning and the way of how OIS are implemented in a particular case?
•    What are the theoretical models and frameworks (regarding conceptual learning and OIS) these studies rely on?

The whole review process was documented following the reporting guidelines stated by the PRISMA group (Rethlefsen et al., 2021).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The eight studies included in the full-text analysis were conducted in six countries (three European) and were published between 2011 and 2020. Five of them were quasi-experimental studies (three with control group), two design-based studies and one case study. In the quantitative studies, conceptual learning was considered exclusively from the perspective of acquisition, whereas the qualitative studies also included aspects referring to the participation perspective (Scott et al., 2007). This was also reflected in the data collection methods – pre-post-test questionnaires vs. triangulation of diverse data material.

In general, it can be stated that OIS have a high amount of “active learning time” and positively influence students’ conceptual learning. Well-structured and scaffolded OIS were proved to result in significant gains in conceptual knowledge, being even more effective than instructional lectures. However, it was emphasised in all studies that the need for scaffolding in OIS increases with the complexity of both concepts and the learning product (e.g., portfolio, poster) – particularly for students with little prior knowledge. Introducing tiered scaffolds and providing feedback enable students to deal with new concepts and embed them in their existing conceptual knowledge, hence, contribute to increasing and stabilising learning effects. Beyond that, in-depth analyses of qualitative data showed that OIS might allow for individual learning paths whilst still creating a common knowledge base.

The results of this review study show that there is still a lack of empirical data on conceptual learning in OIS. The study findings partly agree with the PISA data, but also contradict them in several aspects. Additionally, the complexity of OIS comes with methodological challenges: loss of multilayeredness and multiperspectivity in quantitative studies vs. limited feasibility and comparability in qualitative studies. Thus, to allow profound conclusions about conceptual learning in OIS, more and methodologically diverse studies are required.

References
Abels, S. (2014). Inquiry-based science education and special needs – Teachers’ reflections on an inclusive setting. Sisyphus, 2(2), 124–154.
Abrams, E., Southerland, S., & Evans, C. (2008). Introduction: Inquiry in the Classroom: Identifying Necessary Components of a Useful Definition. In E. Abrams, S. Southerland, & P. Silva (Eds.), Inquiry in the Classroom: Realities and Opportunities (pp. xi–xlii). IAP.
Amin, T., Smith, C., & Wiser, M. (2014). Student conceptions and conceptual change: Three overlapping phases of research. In N. Lederman & S. Abell (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Science Education Volume II (pp. 71–95). Routledge.
Blanchard, M., Southerland, S., Osborne, J., Sampson, V., Annetta, L., & Granger, E. (2010). Is inquiry possible in light of accountability?. Science Education, 94(4), 577–616.
Cowie, B. (2012). Focusing on the Classroom: Assessment for Learning. In B. Fraser, K. Tobin, & C. McRobbie (Eds.), Second International Handbook of Science Education (pp. 679–690). Springer Netherlands.
Fink, A. (2019). Conducting research literature reviews: From the internet to paper. Sage.
Forbes, C., Neumann, K., & Schiepe-Tiska, A. (2020). Patterns of inquiry-based science instruction and student science achievement in PISA 2015. International Journal of Science Education, 42(5), 783–806.
Furtak, E., Seidel, T., Iverson, H., & Briggs, D. (2012). Experimental and quasi-experimental studies of inquiry-based science teaching a meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 82(3), 300–329.
Hofer, E., Abels, S., & Lembens, A. (2018). Inquiry-based learning and secondary chemistry education—A contradiction? Research in Subject-Matter Teaching and Learning, 1, 51–65.
Jiang, F., & McComas, W. (2015). The effects of inquiry teaching on student science achievement and attitudes. International Journal of Science Education, 37(3), 554–576.
Lazonder, A., & Harmsen, R. (2016). Meta-analysis of inquiry-based learning: Effects of guidance. Review of Educational Research, 86(3), 681–718.
NGSS Lead States. (2013). Next generation science standards. NAP.
Rethlefsen, M., Kirtley, S., Waffenschmidt, S., Ayala, A., Moher, D., Page, M., & Koffel, J. (2021). PRISMA-S: an extension to the PRISMA statement for reporting literature searches in systematic reviews. Systematic reviews, 10(1), 1-19.
Roberts, D., & Bybee, R. (2014). Scientific literacy, science literacy, and science education. In N. Lederman & S. Abell (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Science Education (Vol. 2, pp. 545–558). Routledge.
Scott, P., Asoko, H. & Leach, J. (2007). Student conceptions and conceptual learning in science. In S. A. Abell & N. G. Lederman (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Science Education (pp. 31-56). Routledge.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Out-of-school Science Teaching and Teachers' Use of Their Textbook: A Mixed-method Study Among Norwegian Secondary School Teachers

Marianne Isaksen

UiT The Arctic University of Norway, Norway

Presenting Author: Isaksen, Marianne

Opportunities to learn science outside the classroom form an important contribution to science education (Rennie, 2014). Arenas outside the school provide authentic contexts for teaching, which complement teaching in the classroom and in the science laboratory (Braund & Reiss, 2006). Various terms, such as field trips, outdoor education, education outside the classroom and udeskole/uteskole (Denmark/Norway) are used to address utilising nature and local environments as an educational approach. In this article, I use the term "out-of-school education", and by this I mean using physical settings outside the classroom in a learning context. Examples of such settings include museums, science centres, universities, local companies, farms and fisheries, school grounds and natural landscapes as forest and riparian habitats. This definition is in line with Frøyland and Remmen (2019), and includes arenas that are designed for educational purposes and those that are not. There are several arguments for making use of nature and local environments in school science education. Braund and Reiss (2006) highlight how out-of-school settings can improve science learning through:

1. Improved development and integration of concepts.

2. Extended and authentic practical work.

3. Access to rare material and to 'big' science.

4. Attitudes to school science: stimulating further learning.

5. Social outcomes: collaborative work and responsibility for learning. (p. 1376)

In addition, the health benefits of being physically active in nature are often highlighted when using out-of-school settings (Morag & Tal, 2012).

Making use of nature in teaching science has been central to Norwegian curriculum since 1939 (Normalplan for byfolkeskolen, 1939), and is also prevalent in today's National Curriculum (Kunnskapsløftet 2020 (LK20)) (Ministry of Education and Research, 2019). In Norway, textbooks are designed in line with the official curriculum's (see Cuban, 1995) aims. Still, teachers have freedom of choice in terms of which materials or other teaching resources to use and are not obligated to use a science textbook. Hence, textbooks are not a part of the official curriculum, but are an interpretation of the official curriculum by the textbook author(s). The fact that the textbooks are designed in line with current curricula, in addition to being adapted to teaching in school and offering progression in a subject that is adapted to a secondary-level course, makes textbooks valuable for teachers (McDonald, 2016). Although teachers combine their textbook use with other teaching and learning resources, the textbook is often a first choice in planning and plays an essential role as a structuring element in teaching lessons (McDonald, 2016; Trygstad et al., 2013). Recent studies also show that textbooks are central as an idea bank for science teachers, especially for finding practical and inquiry activities for teaching (Isaksen et al., 2022).

Moving science teaching out of the classroom can be one type of practical activity. Despite the many positive aspects of using out-of-school settings in education (e.g. Braund & Reiss, 2006; Morag & Tal, 2012), it appears that using out-of-school settings is often de-prioritised; teachers experience a number of obstacles when using out-of-school settings, such as it being more time consuming than classroom teaching, more economic constraints and poor curriculum fit (Anderson et al., 2006).

This study's purpose is to contribute knowledge about the relationship between science teachers' use of and orientation towards textbooks, and the utilisation of local actors and the local environment in teaching. I ask the following research questions:

  • To what extent are out-of-school settings utilised in secondary school science teaching?
  • In what ways can using science textbooks be an obstacle or a driving force for utilising out-of-school settings?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper reports a mixed method study among secondary school science teachers in Norway. An 'explanatory (sequential) design' is used (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2007, p. 72), where a teacher survey formed the basis for subsequent interviews with respondents. A pilot study has been carried out.
To gain an overview of trends regarding teachers' use of textbooks and out-of-school teaching in science, a digital survey was conducted in 2018 and 2020 among science teachers at secondary schools in two counties, one in south Norway and one in north Norway (N = 108 or 47% response rate). It was designed with science textbooks and practical activities as a starting point. Constructs have been developed to determine the teachers' affiliation with their textbook (Textbook orientation, six items) (Isaksen & Thorvaldsen, 2022), their use of nature (two items) and local actors (five items), as well as the extent to which the teachers perceived that their textbook stimulated using given arenas in teaching (Textbook nature, two items and Textbook local actors, four items, respectively). Response options were given on 5- and 6-point Likert scales. The reliability of the constructs were tested using the reliability coefficient Cronbach's alpha (CA). The recommended CA should be between 0.7 and 0.9 (Streiner, 2003). The strength of covariation between variables is measured using Pearson's correlation coefficient r (Cohen & Holliday, 1982). Survey data has been analysed with the help of SPSS Statistics 26 for Windows.
In autumn 2020, six survey respondents were selected by quota sampling (Gobo, 2004), based on their score on the construct textbook orientation, to participate in digital interviews via Zoom or Teams. Each interview lasted approximately 1.5 hours. Two central themes discussed were out-of-school activities in science teaching and the teachers' use of and views on their textbook. The teachers were shown three examples of out-of-school activities from two different textbooks. Interview data has been coded and analysed by the author using NVivo, where a reflexive thematic analysis has been carried out (Braun & Clarke, 2019). The analysis aims for an open approach where the analysis process started with transcribing the data material and conducting inductive coding. Data material was read through several times where codes were further developed, and finally developed into some central themes that represent key aspects in the interview material.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Quantitative findings show that teachers make little use of out-of-school settings in science teaching. The local environment is used, on average, 2-3 times per six months (mean = 2.73, SD = 0.82), while local actors are not used annually (mean = 1.32, SD = 0.39). Less use of the latter may be because schools in northern Norway (often rural schools) have limited access to science centres, museums, etc. There are no significant correlations between science teachers' orientation towards their textbook and whether they utilise settings outside school. This implies that teachers' orientation towards their textbook is not a central factor to their using out-of-school settings. Explanations of limited teaching out of school must therefore be other than the use of textbooks. Preliminary analysis of interview data supports this, as time constraints and financing costs for transport are highlighted as key obstacles to making use of out-of-school settings. These have been obstacles in other countries as well (Anderson et al., 2006).
The teachers reported that their textbook, to a small extent, encourages using local actors in teaching (Textbook local actors, mean = 1.70, SD = 1.00, scale 1–6), and to a somewhat greater extent, to use the local environment in teaching (Textbook nature, mean = 2.82, SD = 1.18, scale 1–6). In the interviews, this is explained by that textbooks have few suggestions for activities outside of school and should have a greater focus on out-of-school education if it is to have a stimulating impact on teaching.
Science textbooks are a central resource for teachers, especially for inspiring practical activities (Isaksen et al., 2022). They can be a tool with the potential to inspire science teachers to use out-of-school settings. It is therefore important that textbooks contain a selection of suggestions for activities outside of school.

References
Anderson, D., Kisiel, J., & Storksdieck, M. (2006). Understanding Teachers' Perspectives on Field Trips: Discovering Common Ground in Three Countries. Curator: The Museum Journal, 49(3), 365-386. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2151-6952.2006.tb00229.x
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative research in sport, exercise and health, 11(4), 589-597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806
Braund, M., & Reiss, M. (2006). Towards a More Authentic Science Curriculum: The contribution of out-of-school learning. International journal of science education, 28(12), 1373-1388. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500690500498419
Cohen, L., & Holliday, M. (1982). Statistics for Social Scientists. Harper & Row.
Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2007). Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research. SAGE.
Cuban, L. (1995). The hidden variable: How organizations influence teacher responses to secondary science curriculum reform. Theory into practice, 34(1), 4-11. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405849509543651
Frøyland, M., & Remmen, K. B. (2019). Utvidet klasserom i naturfag. Universitetsforlaget.
Gobo, G. (2004). Sampling, representativeness and generalizability. In C. Seale, G. Gobo, J. F. Gubrium & D. Silverman (Eds.), Qualitative Research Practice. SAGE Publications, Limited.
Isaksen, M., & Thorvaldsen, S. (2022). Hva stimulerer utforskende undervisning i naturfag? Et studium av rollen for læreboken i noen norske ungdomsskoler. Nordic Studies in Science Education, 18(3), 337 - 352. https://doi.org/10.5617/nordina.9350
Isaksen, M., Ødegaard, M., & Utsi, T. A. (2022). The science textbook - an aid or obstacle for inquiry-based science teaching? [Manuscrips submitted for publication]. Department of Education, UiT The Arctic University of Norway
McDonald, C. V. (2016). Evaluating Junior Secondary Science Textbook Usage in Australian Schools. Research in Science Education, 46(4), 481-509. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-015-9468-8
Ministry of Education and Research. (2019). Læreplan i naturfag [Natural science subject curriculum] (NAT01 04). Laid down as regulations. National Curriculum for Knowledge Promotion in Primary and Secondary Education and Training (LK20). https://www.udir.no/lk20/nat01-04?lang=nob
Morag, O., & Tal, T. (2012). Assessing Learning in the Outdoors with the Field Trip in Natural Environments (FiNE) Framework. International journal of science education, 34(5), 745-777. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2011.599046
Normalplan for byfolkeskolen. (1939). https://www.nb.no/nbsok/nb/a772fcd5e1bbbfb3dcb3b7e43d6ccc60?lang=no#113
Rennie, L. J. (2014). Learning Science Outside of School. In N. G. Lederman & S. K. Abell (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Science Education, Volume II (pp. 120-144). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203097267-15
Streiner, D. L. (2003). Starting at the Beginning: An Introduction to Coefficient Alpha and Internal Consistency. J Pers Assess, 80(1), 99-103. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327752JPA8001_18
Trygstad, P. J., Smith, S. P., Banilower, E. R., & Nelson, M. M. (2013). The Status of Elementary Science Education: Are We Ready for the Next Generation Science Standards? Horizon Research, Inc. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED548249.pdf


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Development of the Skill of Interpreting Data and Applying Scientific Evidence in Adolescents Aged 15-16 Using the PBL Method

Inna Axyonova1, Irina Issayeva2

1Branch "Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Physics and Mathematics of the city of Taraz" AEO "NIS"; 2Municipal state institution "Secondary school 2 of Arshaly settlement of the education department in the Arshaly district of the education department of the Akmola region"

Presenting Author: Axyonova, Inna; Issayeva, Irina

National and international standards of science education require the transformation of modern approaches and teaching methods. Researchers of the Autonomous Organization of Education "Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools" (2022) determined that only 53% of students aged 15-16 can complete assignments in the field of scientific interpretation of evidence data, requiring developed skills in interpreting data and applying scientific evidence, reasoning based on scientific data and theories.

Following the basic principles of equal rights for all to receive quality education and access to education (Law on Education of the Republic of Kazakhstan) and the fourth goal in the field of sustainable development to ensure quality education (United Nations), the authors of the study focused on data on the level of development of skills in interpreting data in adolescents 15-16 years old from urban and rural areas.

Most teenagers aged 15-16 in Kazakhstan study in mainstream schools with standardized curricula, 50% of which live in rural areas (UNICEF, 2020). However, there are schools in the country where education is carried out according to their own programs, for example, the network of the Autonomous Organization of Education "NIS". Despite significant differences in learning conditions, as the results of PISA show (Irsaliyeva S.A., 2020), all students in Kazakhstan have difficulties in completing tasks that require the skill of analyzing and interpreting data.

In 2022, for the first time, the authors used an evaluation sheet in the form of an experiment protocol, which made it possible to determine that 75% of the students of the NIS FMN in Taraz and 25% of the students of the secondary school in the village of Arshaly are able to manage the evidence of the experiment, which is 50% on average. 70% of NIS students and 35% of Arshaly village are able to create explanations in the form of discussion of results, planning ways to improve the experiment and formulating conclusions, which is 52.5% on average.

An analysis of educational programs used in public schools and NIS showed that the amount of practical work required for data interpretation and quantitative analysis increases from grade to grade: from 6% in grade 8 to 40% in grade 10. Accordingly, the success of learning and mastering the educational goals of the educational program depend on the level of development of skills in interpreting data and applying scientific evidence in adolescents aged 15-16. In addition, the analysis of interviews with students showed that most of them do not understand the practical application of the knowledge and skills acquired in the course of laboratory work at school. The authors also noticed that the results of achieving learning goals in practical work are much higher if students work in a team. All this contributed to the choice of teaching method, which should be focused on the connection of students' research activities with real life, creating conditions for data collection and interpretation, teamwork. All these requirements are met by the method of problem-based learning (PBL), which is confirmed by the results of research by Conway, J. and Little, P. (2000).

Thus, the research question was formulated: to what extent the method of problem-based learning (PBL) can contribute to the development of data interpretation skills and the application of scientific evidence in adolescents 15-16 years old. The main goal of our study is to develop the skills of interpreting data and applying scientific evidence before and after using the PBL method in the lessons of chemistry, biology and physics among students of 15-16 years old of the NIS FMN in Taraz and secondary school No. 2 in the village of Arshaly.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study was conducted on the basis of the Branch "Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Physics and Mathematics of the city of Taraz" AEO "NIS" and Municipal state institution "Secondary school 2 of Arshaly settlement of the education department in the Arshaly district of the education department of the Akmola region from 2022 to 2023. As research tools, we used an evaluation sheet in the form of an experiment protocol, which allows you to determine the level of development of research skills: setting research projects (the skill of formulating a research question, the skill of formulating a hypothesis), research planning (defining variables, the skill of experiment planning), evidence management (distribution variables, correct presentation of data), creating explanations (discussing the results, planning ways to improve the experiment, formulating conclusions), evaluation procedure (discussing the hypothesis, assessing the reliability of the results, planning the next stage of the study). The protocol completed by students is evaluated on the following scale: 0 points - difficult, 1 point - performs with errors, 2 points - coped.
To establish the effectiveness of the use of the PBL method in the lessons of chemistry, physics and biology, a “Lesson Observation Sheet” was developed.
To analyze the reasons causing difficulties in the process of interpreting the research data, a conversation was conducted with the students, which was recorded on video.
The study involved 90 students aged 15-16 studying in Russian. The study was conducted at the lessons of chemistry, biology and physics by two teachers - the authors of this study.
The study was conducted in strict accordance with all ethical principles and standards. Students took part in the study voluntarily and could end their participation at any time. The school administration gave its consent to conduct the study. The names of the study participants are not disclosed and are confidential.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a result of the two-year use of the method of problem-based learning in the lessons of chemistry, physics and biology in the NIS FMN in Taraz and the secondary school No. 2 in the village of Arshaly, significant results were achieved. The level of ability to manage the evidence of the experiment in students of the NIS FMN in Taraz increased by 15% (from 75 to 90%) and by 10% in students of the general education school in the village of Arshaly (from 25 to 35%). The skill of creating explanations in the form of discussing the results, planning ways to improve the experiment and formulating conclusions among NIS students increased by 15% (from 70 to 95%) and by 15% (from 35 to 50%) among students from the Arshaly village.
The results indicate the possibility of developing this skill in students using the method of problem-based learning (PBL), regardless of the place of residence and the level of complexity of the educational program.
This is because the structure of the PBL method focuses on solving the learning problem. The problem presented to students allows them to see the connection between learning and life and motivates students to find a solution. In the process of developing an understanding of the problem, students develop the skills of analyzing facts, generating ideas and planning their research activities. The development of skills in the interpretation of data and the application of scientific evidence, argumentation based on scientific data and theories occurs at the stage of solving a problem through research, data analysis and processing of results.
Thus, the study demonstrates for the first time the effectiveness of using the method of problem-based learning in the classroom when conducting practical and laboratory work.

References
Report on the results of the Monitoring "Science Literacy" (2022) TUSFGU AEO "NIS"
Agenda for sustainable development. Official website of the UN https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/ru/
Law of the Republic of Kazakhstan On Education (with amendments and additions as of 01/12/2023), Article 3. Principles of state policy in the field of education.
Analytical report "The results of Kazakhstan in international studies of the quality of education: a study of the reasons for the backlog." - Center for Analysis and Strategy "Beles", ed. Irsalieva S.A., 2020. - 308 p.
Statistical collection "Children of Kazakhstan" Children of Kazakhstan: Statistical collection. Astana 2017. Statistics Committee of the Ministry of National Economy of the Republic of Kazakhstan. United Nations Children's Fund (UNICEF)
Conway, J. and Little, P. (2000) “From Practice to Theory: Reconceptualising Curriculum Development for Problem-based Learning,” in Problem-based Learning: Educational Innovations across Disciplines. Selected papers from the Second Asia-Pacific Conference on Problem-based Learning, Singapore.
Davydov, V. (1996) Developmental Learning Theory / Ros. acad. Education, Psychological Institute, Intern. Association "Developing Education" - M.: INTOR.
Vygotsky L. (1935) Mental development of children. M.; L.: GIZ.
Vygotsky L. (2005) Psychology of human development. - M.: EKSMO.
Brown, A.L., Ash, D., Rutherford, M., Nakaguwa, K., Gordon, A., and Campione, J.C. (1993). Dissemination of knowledge in the classroom. In G. Saloman (Ed.), Distributed Cognition: Psychological and Educational Considerations (pp. 188–228). Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.Barrett Terry (2013) Learning about the problem in problem-based learning (PBL) by listening to students’ talk in tutorials: a critical discourse analysis study, Journal of Further and Higher Education, 37:4, 519-535.
Creswell, J. W. (2014). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative and Mixed Methods Approaches (4th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Sarah-Jayne Blakemore (2019) Inventing ourselves the secret life of the teenage brain. Black Swan.
Wells, S., Warelow, P., & Jackson, K. (2009). Problem based learning (PBL): A conundrum. Contemporary Nurse, 33(2), 191-201.
Yehle, Karen S. and Plake, Kimberly, "Self-Efficacy and Educational Interventions in Heart Failure: A review of the Literature" (2010). School of Nursing Faculty Publications. Paper 19.
Zimmerman Barry J. (2002) Becoming a Self-Regulated Learner: An Overview. Theory Into Practice. 41. 64-70.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm27 SES 13 C JS: Advancing Assessment Tools and Strategies in Subject-Specific Contexts
Location: Gilbert Scott, EQLT [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Serafina Pastore
Joint Paper Session NW09 and NW 27. Full information under 09 SES 13 A JS
5:15pm - 6:45pm27 SES 13 D: Students Voices on Teaching and Learning
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 607 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Matthias Martens
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Student Perception of Teaching and Learning in an Innovative Learning Environment (ILE) in Nordic Schools

Anna Kristín Sigurðardóttir, Berglind Gísladóttir

University of Iceland, Iceland

Presenting Author: Sigurðardóttir, Anna Kristín; Gísladóttir, Berglind

A shift is apparent in design of school building over the last decades, from the traditional 20th century „bell and cell“ (Nair et al, 2005) design towards more open and flexible learning spaces. This is the case in Iceland and is well documented by Anna Kristín Sigurðardóttir and Torfi Hjartarson (2016, 2018, 2021) and reflect paradigm changes from traditional 19th- and 20th-century design forms, based on conventional classrooms along corridors, towards open and flexible learning spaces designed for teamwork and more student-centred approaches. This development has not always been clear-cut nor free of difficulties, but most schools or school extensions built in this century have been designed to accommodate open and flexible approaches in school practices. A similar trend has been apparent in other parts of the world, including Sweden (Frelin & Grannäs, 2021), Finland (Niemi, 2021), Australia (Kariippanon et al. 2020), and many other countries OECD, 2013), often involving considerable challenges for school leaders, teachers, and students (Woolner & Stadler-Altmann, 2021). Several studies have focused on investigating the link between school design and pedagogy, but little known about if and how school design have impact on student learning. This study is a first step in effort to better understand these impacts. The objectives of this study are to analyse student perception towards some aspects of teaching and learning in ILE classrooms in Nordic schools and compare it to student perception in more conventional classroom settings.

What counts as an innovative learning space is debatable and can be viewed from many perspectives (Bradbeer et al 2019). The term of an innovative physical learning environment (ILE) has, however, gain popularity in the literature about an environment that is different from the traditional “grammar of schooling”, with classrooms of similar sizes lined up along corridors. It is a design forms as open and flexible learning spaces of different size designed for different purposes. Two or more teachers share the responsibility of a group of students, refereed to here as team teaching. Team teaching is a common practice and is a promising condition for a professional learning community (PLC) as it promotes teacher collaboration, job satisfaction and professional dialogue (e.g. Hargreaves, 2019). Not much is known on effects on student, however, Kariippanon et al (2018) noted positive changes in student engagement and wellbeing as they moved from traditional classroom settings to ILE arrangements in Australian schools.

A recent review of the literature (Duthilleul, et al 2021) leads to the conclusion that the physical environment does affect processes of teaching and learning and could be assumed to have an impact, for better or worse, on student learning (Byer, 2021). There is however a broad agreement in the literature that potential positive effects of ILE on student learning or well-being is only possible if other factors of the schoolwork aligned with the ideology behind the design (e.g. Gislason, 2010; Woolner et al, 2018; French et al. 2020; Frelin et al, 2021; Anna Kristín Sigurðardóttir, et al 2016, 2021). An innovative learning space would always incorporate innovative pedagogies that aims for better learning outcomes and more competent students (Bradbeer et al. 2019; Frelin & Grannas, 2021). Therefore, studies on physical learning spaces should always include investigation of potential influences on teaching practices and student learning and well-being.

The research question is: How, do students in ILE classrooms perceive the teaching practice differently from students in traditional classrooms?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is linked with QUINT centre (Quality in Nordic Teaching) and relied on data that was collected among 8th graders in ten schools in each of the Nordic country (Denmark, Sweden, Norway, Finland and Iceland). Two schools in each country can be categorised as ILE schools with open plan classrooms, or ten schools out of the one hundred. Twelve lessons in Math , LA and Social Science in each school were videorecorded, four in each subject. The recordings are used to confirm that the layout of the classrooms can categorises as ILE.
The data used in this study is students’ responses from the Tripod survey. Seven components of instructional practice are measured in the survey (care, control, clarity, challenge, captive, confer and consolidate) developed by Ferguson (2010). The purpose is to assess to what extent the students experience the classroom environment as supportive for their intellectual growth and wellbeing. The students were asked to state the frequency of different actions or activities in the classroom (38 statements) that indicate their interest and engagement and their perceptions of teaching on a five-point ordinal scale: never, rarely, sometimes, often, always. The survey was translated in applicable language and adapted by members of the QUINT centre.  
Students in three classrooms in each school (in Math, Language Art and Social Science), approx. 60 students (approx. 6000 students in the whole dataset).  The students are groped in two groups, students in the eight ILE schools and students in the other schools. The outcomes are compared by using Independent sample t-test.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This is a work in progress, as data are collected but not fully analysed. There are no previous research results that allow us to predict outcomes. A difference between the two groups should though be expected regarding confer. That is a component meant to measure, in five statements, student perceptions of their own involvement in decision making about task and to what extent that teachers respect student’s opinions. These are most often the main reasons for flexible classroom design and should be reflected in student responses. We would be surprised to see difference in care as the statements concern teachers attitude and behaviour. The results will be used to dig deeper into the video recordings of the lessons to gain clearer picture of teaching approaches and communications within the classrooms.
Most countries in Europe are experimenting with school design in some way, trying to move away from the traditional “cell and bell” scheme and creating something that can count as an innovative learning environment. It is essential for authorities and educationalist in these countries and learn about possible impact on student learning. This study will contribute into this gap.

References
Anna Kristín Sigurðardóttir. (2018). Student-centred classroom environments in upper secondary school: Students’ ideas about good spaces for learning vs. actual arrangements. In Benade, L. & Jackson, M. (eds). Transforming Education: Design & Governance in Global Contexts, pp 183–197.  Springer https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-981-10-5678-9
Anna Kristín Sigurðardóttir, Torfi Hjartarson & Aðalsteinn Snorrason. (2021). Pedagogical Walks through Open and Sheltered Spaces: A Post-Occupancy Evaluation of an Innovative Learning Environment. Buildings, 11(11), 503. https://doi.org/10.3390/buildings11110503
Anna Kristín Sigurðardóttir og Torfi Hjartarson, T. (2016). The idea and reality of an innovative school. From inventive design to established practice in a new school building. Improving schools, 19(1), 62–79. doi:10.1177/1365480215612173
Bradbeer, C.; Mahat, M.; Byers, T.; Imms, W. A (2019). Systematic Review of the Effects of Innovative Learning Environments on Teacher Mind Frames; University of Melbourne: Melborne, Australia, http://www.iletc.com.au/publications/reports.
Byers, T.; Mahat, M.; Liu, K.; Knock, A.; Imms, W. A Systematic Review of the Effects of Learning Environments on Student Learning Outcomes; Innovative Learning Environments and Teachers Change, University of Melbourne: Melbourne, Australia, 2018. Available online: http://www.iletc.com.au/publications/reports (accessed on 25 August 2021).
Duthilleul, Y., Woolner, P. og Whelan, A. (2021). Constructing education: An opportunity not to be missed. Council of Europe Development Bank. France. https://coebank.org/media/documents/Constructing_Education.pdf
Ferguson, R. (2010). Student perceptions of teaching effectiveness. Discussion brief. Cambridge, MA: National Center for Teacher Effectiveness and the Achievement Gap Initiative, Harvard University.
Frelin, A. & Grannäs, J. (2021). Designing and building robust innovative learning environments. Buildings 11, 345. https://doi.org/10.3390/buildings11080345.
Gislason, N. (2010). Architectural design and the learning environment: A framework for school design research. Learning Environment Research, 13, 127–145.
Hargreaves, A. (2019). Teacher collaboration: 30 years of research on its nature, forms, limitations and effects. Teachers and Teaching, 25/5, 603–621 https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2019.1639499
Kariippanon, K.E.; Cliff, D.P.; Okely, A.D.; Parrish, A.M. (2020). The ‘why’ and ‘how’ of flexible learning spaces: A complex adaptive systems analysis. Journal of Educational Change 21, 569–593. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-019-09364-0.
OECD. Innovative Learning Environment. (2013). OECD: Paris, France.
Nair, P., & Fielding, R. (2005). The Language of School Design: Design Patterns for 21st Century Schools. DesignShare.com: Prakash Nair & Randall Fielding
Niemi, K. (2021). The best guess for the future? Teachers’ adaptation to open and flexible learning environments in Finland. Education Inquiry, 12,(3) 282–300. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2020.1816371.
Woolner, P. & Stadler-Altmann, U. (2021). Openness-flexibility-transition. Nordic prospects for changes in the school learning environment. Education Inquiry, 12, 301–310. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2021.1957331


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

What Characterizes the Curriculum, the Ddidactics, and the Demand Profile of Second Chance Schools?

Davinia Palomares Montero, María José Chisvert Tarazona

Universidad de Valencia, Spain

Presenting Author: Palomares Montero, Davinia

Lot of public and private institutions and organizations are facing explanations to understand the new social and individual needs in learning and teaching at all stages of education derived of COVID-19. Some of them have published reports on youth (Injuve, 2020), on employment (ILO, 2022), on training systems (Cedefop, 2020; DOUE, 2020), among others. However, there are no many studies to understand the emergence of new social and individual needs in the context of second chance training programs (Portela-Pruaño et al., 2022) to re-engage young people in training, education and employment.

The Second Chance Schools scheme was proposed by the European Commission (2001) in November 1995 to combat exclusion. The projects concerned were intended “to provide new education and training opportunities to young excluded people who lacked the skills and qualifications to enter further training or the job market” (European Commission, 2001, p.8). Expressions of interest began to appear, strongly in some countries than others, and the Second Chance Schools scheme became as a reality in different countries. It is appropriate to recall that it was not a European incursion into education systems, nor the imposition of a particular model. Therefore, the particularities of each school were to depend to a large extend on local and national circumstances but some general rules.

In Spain, the Spanish Association of Second Chance Schools (E2O) is responsible of a large part of these re-engage programs thanks to the 45 accredited schools as E2O. Training for employment and the return to formal training constitute the offer that second chance schools plan to promote the social inclusion of young people in vulnerable situations (Merino et al., 2022). In the context of actual societal crisis, it is necessary to know what characterizes the curriculum, the didactics, and the demand profile of second chance schools.

Our objective will be to analyze organizational matters which focuses on the design of a curriculum (are E2O able to adapt the curriculum to respond adequately to the characteristics of their students?), on the conceptions of didactics and teaching practices in E2O scenarios (what are the interventions principle of second chance schools to answer individual needs in learning?) and on the profile of second chance schools' students (what characterize the profile of E2O students?).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We have applied a mixed method of research, where qualitative and quantitative techniques have been used to collect information on various E2O’s agents. Thus, we apply the evaluative and descriptive methodology to learn, from the perspective of the second chance schools’ professionals, the curricular design and the didactics that are applied in the re-engage programs. In addition, a survey study was carried out on young people enrolled in the second chance schools to know their personal, social, and educational characteristics. Therefore, we distinguish two profiles of participants: i) E2O professionals with leadership, management, or coordination responsibilities and, ii) young people enrolled in E2O.
Various data collection protocols were used to carry out the research. The instruments used for this purpose were the following: semi-structured interviews and questionnaires. The interview script included diverse aspects but, due to the interest of this work, we show the issues related to curricular design and educational practice. The survey was designed ad hoc with questions about the school experience in secondary school, the degree of satisfaction with the Second Chance School (E2O), short-term future expectations and acquired skills, as well as a battery of questions about personal characteristics. Due to the interest of this work, we show the issues related to the personal, social and educational profile of young people. Interviews were applied in 2021 and 24 professionals with management positions participated (representing 40 of the 45 accredited units). Survey study was applied in 2022 and 28 schools agreed to participate in the study collecting data of 1,119 students.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main conclusions are pointed out:
- There is a diversity of profiles in the students enrolled in the E2O. There are different ages, origins, family situations, previous trajectories, and expectations. In this diversity there are young people with normalized families and even with higher education, and young people with very fragile situations and who need support beyond training and work.
- There is also diversity in the type of training, itineraries, duration, training for employment, test preparation, professional training at different levels. However, they all train in professional competences that combine with other kind of teaching to offer an integral education process: basic and transversal competences.  
- The educational practice developed by the E2O is an example of good practices with young people who have had a very difficult time and who have been left completely hopeless, rejected and expelled by the school system.
- The E2O offer an educational response intentionally differentiated from that of secondary education centers. In general, they are flexible educational organizations that adapt the curriculum following an individualized training itinerary.

References
Cedefop (2020). Digital gap during COVID-19 for VET learners at risk in Europe. Synthesis report on seven countries based on preliminary information provided by Cedefop’s Network of Ambassadors tackling early leaving from VET.
DOUE (2020). Council conclusions on countering the COVID-19 crisis in education and training (2020/C 212 I/03). https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52020XG0626(01)
European Commission (2001). Second chance schools. The results of a European pilot project. Office for Official Publications of the European Communities.
Injuve (2020). Juventud en riesgo: análisis de las consecuencias socioeconómicas de la COVID-19 sobre la población joven en España. Informe 1. Madrid: Injuve.
ILO (2022). Global employment trends for youth 2022. Investing in transforming futures for young people. Geneva: ILO. DOI: https://doi.org/10.54394/QSMU1809
Merino, R.; Olmeda, E.; García-Gracia, M. & Palomares-Montero, D. (2022). Young people and second chance: Changes in training and employment trajectories. Profesorado, Revista de currículum y formación del profesorado, 26(3), 221-241. https://doi.org/10.30827/profesorado.v26i3.23455
Portela-Pruaño, A.; Rodríguez-Entrena, M.J.; Torres-Soto, A. & Nieto-Cano, J.M. (2022). Why vulnerable early school leavers retuns to and re-engage with education: push and pull reasons underlying their decision. Intercultural Education, 33(2), 156-172. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2021.2018209


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

If the Teacher is a Human Being so Can I - Inclusive Teaching with Didactic Concepts from a Student Perspective

Lotta Björkman

Södertörn University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Björkman, Lotta

Research that seeks to describe how inclusive teaching can be conducted needs to take students' perspectives as a starting point, Kiki Messiou argues that it’s “a manifestation of being inclusive” (Messiou, 2006, p. 9). Furthermore, Messiou and Mel Ainscow (2017) argues that “students’ views can add a distinctive perspective for developing changes in learning and teaching that go well beyond traditional views of effective practice” (ibid, p.5). Hence, they state that students’ perspectives can lead to changes in understandings and practices which in turn can help to facilitate the development of more inclusive approaches in schools (ibid). In line with this argument, students' experiences of inclusive teaching constitute the starting point of this current dissertation project.

Within the field of inclusive education inclusion can be defined as “broad” or “narrow” (Ainscow, et. al, 2020). A narrow perspective focus on inclusion of specific student groups i.e. students in need of special support, in mainstream school education. A broad view, on the other hand, focuses on how schools make use of pluralism among students in a school for all (ibid). This study connects to this broader view. Ainscow & Messiou (2017) state that a broad understanding of inclusion presupposes that the school eliminates exclusionary processes which depend on ethnicity, social class, religion, gender and perceived abilities (ibid). Accordingly, this can be described as an intersectional perspective on inclusion, based on how several forms of inequalities and discrimination are connected over time and in different contexts (UNESCO, 2019).

Inclusive education is in this current dissertation project understood through the lens of didactics. Alexander von Oettingen (2010), who bases his ideas within the continental general didactic tradition (Allgemeine Pädagogik), state that "without didactics there is no opportunity for participation or emancipation because life itself does not teach, it socializes" (ibid, p. 137, my translation). von Oettingen describes school as an artificial place where students can take a step away from "reality" and go beyond taken for granted ideas regarding themselves and the world. Students might be limited by social prejudice and discrimination in everyday life, but through general didactics in teaching students can be offered an inclusive situation in school. Oettingen’s ideas has inspired to the idea that inclusive education needs to be described and understood in didactic terms.

In this study, to be able to study inclusive education from a student perspective, phenomenology is used. According to Edmund Husserl phenomenology is about going "back to the things themselves" (Husserl, 1969). The basic idea within this philosophical way of thinking is that the world can only be understood if it is described on the premises of the things, how they appear pre-reflective, in themselves. The ontological starting point is that the world is lived and that it appears to humans through and within their direct experiences, in actual situations, in an environment which includes other human beings. The epistemological consequence of such an ontology is that the world can be understood only through human experience (Bengtsson, 1998).

To conclude, the aim of the current dissertation project is to describe teachers’ inclusive teaching with a phenomenological approach, from students’ perspectives and to use general didactic theories to analyze these descriptions. The scope is relevant to European educational research as it provides an opportunity to discuss and formulate the work regarding diversity in education and educational research with a “critical edge” (Ainscow & Messiou, 2017) and with didactical language. Hence my ambition is to explore how teachers in teaching can work in new ways and with their professional didactic language for societal change.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A methodological consequence of the study's phenomenological starting point is that methods were chosen based on flexibility, intuitiveness and mobility to provide access to the dynamic, lived worlds of students, where the phenomenon manifests itself (Bengtsson, 1998). Furthermore, a motive was that the phenomenon would be given the opportunity to emerge in varied ways. In the study two methods were chosen; free-text questionnaires (N:547 students) and interviews (individual and focus group). In the interviews, a total of 20 students participated, resulting in 11 hours of recorded audio material.
With a phenomenological approach it is central that the phenomenon is given the opportunity to emerge so that its nuances can show themselves in a varied way, therefore strategic selection was made. Four schools were chosen to include a broad variation concerning geographic location of the school (big city, suburb, countryside), composition of upper secondary programs (study and vocational preparation). Furthermore, parents' educational background and migration experience, as well as grades and result levels were considered in the selection of schools. During the fieldwork the free-text questionnaires were conducted in the beginning/end of an ordinary lesson through an online tool. Before visiting the classes, teachers were asked to prepare the students for the visit. During the visit the study was presented, and the students were offered to complete the survey on a computer or their smartphone. At the end of the survey the students could sign up for an interview. Most students signing up were girls in study preparation programs, one explanation to this might be that I as a researcher reflected the same identity which resulted in student self-exclusion (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2007). Comprehensive efforts were made to reach boys in vocational preparation programs, but without success. In total, 16 girls and 4 boys participated in the interviews, all from study preparation programs.
The material was analyzed using Speigelberg’s (1982) seven steps phenomenological analysis. Speigelberg's method should not be seen as a fixed analysis model but as a description of the various steps that are prominent in a phenomenological analysis. It enables both researchers and the (critical) reader to follow how the phenomenological approach is applied. The analysis program NVivo was used to sort and thematize the material as well as to try out and retry the different themes emerging.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Three overarching themes emerged in the analysis: Person, Interaction and Action. The first theme, Person, is constituted by descriptions of how the teacher presents their personalities, as it was expressed by one of the students: "if the teacher is a human being, then I can also be a human being". Teachers who for example talk about themselves, can admit mistakes, and have a strong commitment to their subject creates an open and committed atmosphere. Teachers can be seen as a didactic subject who, through their being, are part of both the didactic content and of the didactic method with the aim to create inclusion. Within the second theme of Interaction, aspects emerge that relate to the interaction between the teacher and the students (Bingham & Sidorkin, 2004). Within this theme, students emphasize the importance of an ongoing communication, that the teacher listens and understands, and that students are given the opportunity to have influence over the teaching. The importance of teachers seeing all students, for example by learning their names or saying “hello” in the corridor was a common description. The third theme Action includes conscious actions that the teacher does to create inclusion. Such as actively stopping violations, an aware use of language, broad representativeness in the teaching content, choices regarding group divisions, varying teaching methods and extra help for students in need of special support. Actions like these are often traditionally described as didactic work that contribute to inclusion, this study suggest however that didactic work concerning inclusive teaching also needs to include the teacher’s person and interaction. In my paper and in the presentation, I will elaborate on these themes and relate them to earlier research regarding inclusion theories on general didactics.
References
Ainscow, M., Booth, T., & Dyson, A. (2020). Improving Schools, Developing Inclusion. London and New York: Routledge. Taylor & Francis Group.
Ainscow, M., & Messiou, K. (2017). Engaging with the views of students to promote inclusion in education. Journal of educational change, 19(1), 1-17. doi:10.1007/s10833-017-9312-1
Bengtsson, J. (1998). Fenomenologiska utflykter. Göteborg: Daidalos.
Bingham, C. W., & Sidorkin, A. M. (2004). No education without relation. New York: P. Lang.
Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P. (2007). Ethnography : principles in practice. Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon ;: Routledge.
Husserl, E. (1969). Ideas : general introduction to pure phenomenology. London.
Messiou, K. (2006). Understanding marginalisation in education: The voice of children. European journal of psychology of education, 21(3), 305-318. doi:10.1007/BF03173418
Oettingen, A. v. (2010). Almen pædagogik : pædagogikkens grundlæggende spørgsmål. Kbh.: Gyldendal.
Spiegelberg, H. (1982). The phenomenological movement : a historical introduction (2nd ed. Vol. 2). The Hague: Nijhoff.
UNESCO. (2019). Cali commitment to equity and inclusion in education. UNESCO Publications
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm28 SES 13 A: EdTech and the Construction of Value
Location: Gilbert Scott, Randolph [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Mathias Decuypere
Symposium
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium

EdTech and the Construction of Value

Chair: Mathias Decuypere (KU Leuven)

Discussant: Felicitas Macgilchrist (Georg Eckert Institut Braunschweig)

This symposium focuses on new forms of value in digital education and the role of the educational technology (Edtech) industry in constructing these forms. Edtech is fast evolving, which we can notice from the fast-rising number of established companies over the past decade (Komljenovic et al., 2021), increasing investment, particularly venture capital investment, in Edtech start-ups (HolonIQ, 2022), rising number of Edtech unicorns, i.e. companies valued at more than $1 billion (Brighteye Ventures, 2022), and increase in acquisitions in the industry (ibid).

Edtech products and services are already adopted by schools and universities as institutional users, as well as students and parents as individuals (Hartong & Decuypere, 2023). Edtech is also increasingly prominent in and supported by supra-national, national and institutional policies around the world (Williamson and Hogan, 2020). Emerging critical research finds that Edtech structures teaching and learning processes and determines how education is governed (Decuypere et al., 2021). It, therefore, matters what kind of Edtech is being innovated and rolled out into education. However, surprisingly, critical research is still scarce to study Edtech, its actors, practices and processes (cf. Macgilchrist, 2021). This symposium tackles this research gap with a specific focus on value of and in Edtech – a crucial matter in any form of economic exchange, but thus far not often explicit object of critical educational research (Doganova, 2018).

Papers in this symposium collectively argue that we need new theoretical and conceptual tools to understand digital platforms, digital data and their governance in education. We do not satisfy ourselves with traditional macroeconomic lenses, such as neoliberalism (Baltodano, 2012) or commodification (Amaral et al., 2018), because they do not have explanatory power to explain and study new trends, such as the shifting nature and newly emerging forms of educational governance. Here we notice a shift in the realisation of value away from an exchange in the market (as with commodities where there is an exchange of ownership rights) towards paying economic rents (as with assets, for example, where digital users pay a subscription to access an app and the app owner keeps the ownership and control over it). The symposium introduces the theoretical lens of assetization (Birch and Muniesa, 2020) aligned with a broader research strand of valuation studies that study ‘valuation’ as a social practice, and value in general as “the outcome of a process of social work and the result of a wide range of activities (from production and combination to circulation and assessment) that aim at making things valuable” (Helgesson & Muniesa, 2013:6).

The symposium addresses key themes and trends of how value is constructed in or extracted from the education sector. First, the papers analyse new (human and non-human) actor constellations in the field of edtech, including Edtech start-ups, investors and market intelligence agencies. Second, the symposium unveils underlying mechanisms and tensions that arise with the emergence of these new actor types and Edtech services and products, such as injustice and racialisation, that arise in the wake of such new evolutions. Third, the symposium discusses dimensions of valuation, including temporality, in/stability, innovation and expectations. Fourth, we study various ways in which valuation creates new sorts of temporalities (past, present, and future). Finally, we present a variety of methodological approaches to studying value and Edtech (team ethnographies, database analyses, rapid interviews, document analysis) and research sites (trade fairs, news, Internet sources, databases). In doing so, the symposium at once systematizes our knowledge of how value is being produced, extracted, and ‘done’ in and by the edtech sector and aims to give new impetus to better understanding the specificity of the edtech sector as a whole.


References
Amaral, M.P.D., et al. (Eds.). (2018). Researching the Global Education Industry – Commodification, the Market and Business Involvement.
Baltodano, M. (2012). Neoliberalism and the demise of public education. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 25(4), 487–507.
Brighteye Ventures. (2022). The European Edtech Funding Report 2022. https://docsend.com/view/jz3gpvpdibmqqqt7
Birch, K., & Muniesa, F. (Eds.). (2020). Assetization: turning things into assets in technoscientific capitalism. MIT Press.
Decuypere, M., et al. (2021). Critical studies of digital education platforms. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 1–16.
Doganova, L., et al. (2018). Five years! Have we not had enough of valuation studies by now?. Valuation Studies, 5(2), 83-91.
Helgesson, C.F., & Muniesa, F. (2013). For what it’s worth: An introduction to valuation studies. Valuation Studies, 1(1), 1-10.
HolonIQ (2022). Website: https://www.holoniq.com/notes/global-Edtech-venture-capital-report-full-year-2021
Komljenovic, J. (2021). The rise of education rentiers: digital platforms, digital data and rents. Learning, Media and Technology, 46(3), 320-332.
Komljenovic, J., et al. (2021). Mapping Emerging Edtech Trends in the Higher Education Sector: Companies , Investment Deals & Investors. Universities and Unicorns project Report 2 of 4 (Issue November). https://www.lancaster.ac.uk/media/lancaster-university/content-assets/documents/universities-and-unicorns/UU-Phase1-Quant-Report2of4-final.pdf
Williamson, B., & Hogan, A. (2020). Commercialisation and privatisation in/of education in the context of Covid-19. Education International.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Valuating Education in the Edtech Start-Up Sector

Mathias Decuypere (KU Leuven), Sigrid Hartong (HSU Hamburg), Lucas Joecks (HSU Hamburg), Carlos Ortégon (KU Leuven)

This paper is situated in the field of critical edtech studies that aim to gain nuanced empirical understanding of recent developments in the edtech scene (Decuypere & Hartong, 2022; Macgilchrist, 2021). One example hereof is the edtech start-up sector; a sector that has thus far hardly received any scholarly attention (Williamson & Komljenovic, 2022; Tripathi et al., 2019). Seeking to obtain a more profound understanding of this sector, this paper presents a team ethnography conducted with an international team of 8 researchers at the end of 2022, in a trade fair that was exclusively focused on edtech start-ups. Our main research interest is what makes the edtech start-up sector a specific sector distinguishable from the general edtech sector, as well as how it seeks to create and extract value out of the educational sector. As such, our contribution seeks to contribute to emerging scholarship on the importance of analysing trade fairs in education (e.g., Player-Koro et al., 2022; Gulson & Witzenberger, 2022). Analytically, our analysis is focused on the discursive construction of value through stories, rhetorical constructs (e.g., ‘unicorns’; ‘ecosystems), and sociomaterial artefacts present in the trade fair (ibid.; Birch, 2022). The preliminary results of our analysis indicate different areas of value creation. First, even though the edtech start-up sector strives for global reach, we can at the same time discern a very localised ‘geography of tech production’, in which the hosting city of the fair seeks to extract value for the city itself as ‘innovation complex’ (cf. Zukin, 2020). Second, we see that venture capital is made central in the education sector, by means of projecting future value into the present (cf. Birch, 2022). Third, we discern the rising importance of ‘meta-organisations’ that create value for the edtech start-up sector by adopting intermediary positions between start-up corporations and schools. Fourth, and last, we can approach the fair itself as creating expert knowledge for start-ups: amongst all types of valuations, expert knowledge on the specificity of the educational sector – as a sector very distinct from traditional sectors to invest in – is the one that matters most. In conclusion, the paper argues that education is a very specific field, characterised by unique features (e.g., harder to ‘access’ and ‘scale’) that need to be taken into account if we want to fully edtech start-ups as new actors in the edtech scene.

References:

Birch, K. (2022). Reflexive expectations in innovation financing: An analysis of venture capital as a mode of valuation. Social Studies of Science, 03063127221118372. Decuypere, M., & Hartong, S. (2022). Edunudge. Learning, Media and Technology, 1-15. Gulson, K. N., & Witzenberger, K. (2022). Repackaging authority: artificial intelligence, automated governance and education trade shows. Journal of Education Policy, 37(1), 145-160. Macgilchrist, F. (2021). What is ‘critical’ in critical studies of edtech? Three responses. Learning, Media and Technology, 46(3), 243-249. Player-Koro, C., Jobér, A., & Bergviken Rensfeldt, A. (2022). De-politicised effects with networked governance? An event ethnography study on education trade fairs. Ethnography and Education, 17(1), 1-16. Tripathi, N., Seppänen, P., Boominathan, G., Oivo, M., & Liukkunen, K. (2019). Insights into start-up ecosystems through exploration of multi-vocal literature. Information and Software Technology, 105, 56-77. Williamson, B., & Komljenovic, J. (2022). Investing in imagined digital futures: the techno-financial ‘futuring’ of edtech investors in higher education. Critical Studies in Education, 1-16. Zukin, S. (2020). Seeing like a city: how tech became urban. Theory and society, 49(5), 941-964.
 

EdTech, Artificial Intelligence, and the Racialised Extraction of Value

Kalervo Gulson (University of Sydney)

This paper argues that the racialised extraction of value is central to education technology that uses forms of artificial intelligence. Rather than suggest that racialisation is a problem to be ameliorated in EdTech, this paper contends that racialisation is essential to both the operation of AI supported EdTech, and its capacity to garner market share. To make this argument the paper has two parts. The first part of the paper outlines the centrality of racialisation to the operation of AI supported Edtech, focusing on two areas that underpin systems that use facial recognition technologies. The first area examines the links between race and training sets, including issues of exclusion and misrecognition of people of colour (Crawford & Paglen, 2021). This is now a common focus where addressing bias is seen as a key remedy for racial bias. Conversely, this paper draws on work that highlights that including people of colour in training sets can create more accurate systems, but not less pernicious ones as inclusion can be deleterious for historically marginalised and surveilled populations (Benjamin, 2019). The second area is algorithmic. While most focus on the links between race and technology are on data, there is an important but underexamined dimension in the historical racialisation of machine learning methods and algorithms. This includes machine learning methods used in common AI technologies in EdTech such as facial recognition. For example, facial recognition technologies use the Mahalanobis similarity measure which has racial origins in colonial rule in India (Taylor, Gulson, & McDuie‐Ra, 2021). The second part of the paper focuses on the notion of racialised extraction of value, drawing on critical theories of race and technology, including those related to racial capitalism (McMillan Cottom, 2020). This notion of racial capitalism provides insights in this paper to the way education technology derives both social and economic value through racialised data and algorithmic practices (e.g., Henne, Shelby, & Harb, 2021). In education technology this can include the production of market value, simultaneous with the production of allocative and representational harms, such as racial profiling while using education platforms (Nichols & Garcia, 2022). This paper concludes by contending that the racialised extraction of value is both necessary for including people of colour in Edtech (e.g., being able to use the products in the markets of the majority, non-White world), and yet also reinforces the historical and pernicious surveillance of people of colour in education.

References:

Benjamin, R. (2019). Race after technology: Abolitionist tools for the new Jim Code. Cambridge: Polity. Crawford, K., & Paglen, T. (2021). Excavating AI: the politics of images in machine learning training sets. AI & SOCIETY, 36(4), 1105-1116. doi:10.1007/s00146-021-01162-8 Henne, K., Shelby, R., & Harb, J. (2021). The Datafication of #MeToo: Whiteness, Racial Capitalism, and Anti-Violence Technologies. Big Data & Society, 8(2), 20539517211055898. doi:10.1177/20539517211055898 McMillan Cottom, T. (2020). Where Platform Capitalism and Racial Capitalism Meet: The Sociology of Race and Racism in the Digital Society. Sociology of Race and Ethnicity, 6(4), 441-449. doi:10.1177/2332649220949473 Nichols, T. P., & Garcia, A. (2022). Platform Studies in Education. Harvard Educational Review, 92(2), 209-230. doi:10.17763/1943-5045-92.2.209 Taylor, S., M., Gulson, K. N., & McDuie‐Ra, D. (2021). Artificial Intelligence from Colonial India: Race, Statistics, and Facial Recognition in the Global South. Science, Technology & Human Values, 1-27. doi:10.1177/01622439211060839
 

Value(s) of EdTech in Higher Education: Synergies and Discrepancies Between Universities, EdTech Companies and Investors

Janja Komljenovic (Lancaster University)

The educational technology (EdTech) industry as we know it today is relatively young and developed in the early 2010s when the number of newly established Edtech companies started sharply increasing (Komljenovic et al., 2021) and Venture capital (VC) investment in Edtech rising from $500 million in 2010 to more than $20 billion in 2021 (HolonIQ, 2022). The industry is now consolidating, as indicated by the rising value of individual investments into particular companies (Brighteye Ventures, 2022), a rising number of acquisitions (Brighteye Ventures, 2022), and the emergence of ‘Big Edtech’ (Williamson, 2022). EdTech is increasingly prominent in HE by structuring teaching and learning processes, determining how education is governed, and reframing educational purposes (Decuypere et al., 2021). In such context, it matters what kind of EdTech is innovated and rolled out into the sector, and what kind of value it brings to its key actors. This paper focuses on three key stakeholders in EdTech, namely universities, EdTech companies, and investors in EdTech. It presents some of the results from a larger ESRC-funded project ‘Universities and unicorns’ (Komljenovic et al., 2021), that collected and analysed more than 2,000 documents and more than 50 interviews with university, company and investor leaders. It argues that there are discrepancies and tensions in how these three actors perceive and construct value of EdTech in HE. For investors, EdTech is an investment category that should bring a return on investment. For companies, EdTech brings specific niche benefits, mostly focusing on institutional efficiencies, and automation and personalisation of learning. Universities value EdTech as a means for boosting recruitment, reputation, and student experience, as well as a potential source of organisational and pedagogical innovation. Some of the key tensions between these orientations are temporality (investors, especially venture capital, want rapid scale and fast returns; while universities work on longer cycles), stability (start-ups might aim to be sold to another company or change price and service in the near future, but universities need stability and longevity), nature of innovation (who participates in innovating and what are the pedagogical and ethical premises), and expectations (investor and company discourse promotes ideas of data-rich operations such as AI, but universities experience only unsophisticated EdTech products with basic feedback loops at best). For EdTech to be useful for students, staff and other HE actors, and sustainable, these discrepancies should be addressed.

References:

Brighteye Ventures. (2022). The European Edtech Funding Report 2022. https://docsend.com/view/jz3gpvpdibmqqqt7 Decuypere, M., Grimaldi, E., & Landri, P. (2021). Critical studies of digital education platforms. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 1–16. HolonIQ: https://www.holoniq.com/notes/global-Edtech-venture-capital-report-full-year-2021 Komljenovic, J. (2021). The rise of education rentiers: Digital platforms, digital data and rents. Learning, Media and Technology, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2021.1891422 Komljenovic, J., Sellar, S., & Birch, K. (2021). Mapping Emerging Edtech Trends in the Higher Education Sector: Companies , Investment Deals & Investors. Universities and Unicorns project Report 2 of 4 (Issue November). https://www.lancaster.ac.uk/media/lancaster-university/content-assets/documents/universities-and-unicorns/UU-Phase1-Quant-Report2of4-final.pdf Williamson, B. (2022). Big EdTech. Learning, Media and Technology, 47(2), 157–162. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2022.2063888 Williamson, B., & Hogan, A. (2020). Commercialisation and privatisation in/of education in the context of Covid-19 (Issue July). Education International.
 

Algorithmic Futuring: Speculative Technologies and Predictive Methods of Valuation and Investment in Edtech Visions

Ben Williamson (University of Edinburgh), Arathi Sriprakash (University of Bristol)

The future of education is a site of struggle and contestation among a vast variety of actors, organisations and interests (Robertson 2022). Dominant visions of education futures are often framed by technocratic elites that can mobilise ideational and material resources and anticipatory expertise to delineate authoritative scenarios and visions (Facer & Sriprakash 2021). Educational futures are currently being inscribed in discursive visions of ‘digital transformation’ by political, industry and financial actors (Clark 2023), furthermore underpinned by quantitative valuation claims about the prospective economic returns from educational technology (edtech) investment (Williamson & Komljenovic 2022). The specific methods of market prediction used to calculate future edtech value, how these valuation methods inform visions of digital educational transformation, and the promissory politics that infuse such efforts are the original focus of this paper. Sociological work on expectations and futures examines the practices and political contests through which ‘promissory authorities’ construct and circulate visions (Tutton 2017). ‘Techniques of futuring’ refer to the practical ways selected futures are constructed, attract interest, and foster investments as ‘authoritative orientations for action’ (Oomen et al 2022). Futuring techniques span from creative and imaginative practices to calculative, rational and scientific methodologies like predictive forecasting and modelling, and are part of a ‘politics of expectation’ (Beckert 2016). Our contribution conceptualises ‘algorithmic futuring’ as the design and use of data-driven technologies and methods to predict educational futures and animate actions in the present towards their materialisation. Algorithmic futuring is part of a contemporary tendency to apply predictive techniques to societal problems, materialised in ‘technologies of speculation’ through which ‘social problems are made conceivable only as objects of calculative control’ (Hong 2022). We identify and examine promissory authorities where futures are constructed through algorithmic futuring methodologies in terms of edtech value, including management consultancies, think tanks and market intelligence agencies. Their algorithmic futuring methods include edtech market prediction with machine learning, natural language processing and clustering algorithms, aimed at directing venture capital investments towards high-value yields; and data-scientific predictions constructed by think tanks and consultancies to convince politicians and policymakers to invest in digital education as a route to long-term economic value. Algorithmic futuring constitutes a methodological practice that combines technologies of speculation with calculative and predictive practices of valuation. It functions to delimit the desirability of educational futures in terms of prospective future edtech value, exemplifying the speculative technologies, methods and promissory politics involved in performing predictive futures into existence.

References:

Beckert, J. (2016) Imagined futures: Fictional expectations and capitalist dynamics. Harvard University Press. Clark, D. (2023) The construction of legitimacy: a critical discourse analysis of the rhetoric of educational technology in post-pandemic higher education. Learning, Media and Technology, DOI: 10.1080/17439884.2022.2163500. Facer, K. & Sriprakash, A. (2021) Provincialising Futures Literacy: A caution against codification. Futures, 133, DOI: 10.1016/j.futures.2021.102807. Hong, S.-H. (2022) Predictions without futures. History and Theory, DOI: 10.1111/hith.12269. Oomen, J., Hoffman, J., & Hajer, M. A. (2022) Techniques of futuring: On how imagined futures become socially performative. European Journal of Social Theory, 25(2), 252–270. Robertson, S. (2022) Guardians of the Future: International Organisations, Anticipatory Governance and Education. Global Society, 36(2), 188-205. Tutton, R. (2017) Wicked futures: Meaning, matter and the sociology of the future. Sociological Review, 65(3), 478–492. Williamson, B. & Komljenovic, J. (2022) Investing in imagined digital futures: the techno-financial ‘futuring’ of edtech investors in higher education, Critical Studies in Education, DOI: 10.1080/17508487.2022.2081587.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm29 SES 13 A: Landscapes, Soundscapes and Hyperreality as Concepts of Esthetic Education
Location: Boyd Orr, Lecture Theatre C [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Anja Kraus
Session Chair: Marita Cronqvist
Symposium
 
29. Research on Arts Education
Symposium

Landscapes, Soundscapes and Hyperreality as Concepts of Esthetic Education

Chair: Anja Kraus (Stockholm university)

Discussant: Eva Cronquist (Linnaeus university)

In this symposium, diverse approaches to place-responsive pedagogy are developed. The overall hypothesis is that ‘landscapes’ (1), ‘soundscapes’ (2) and ‘hyperreality’ (3) are concepts of esthetic education. (1) Landscape traces back to the Dutch word ‘landschap’, describing paintings in which the land itself is made the subject of paintings (National Geographic Society, online). Otto Schluter was the first to define geography as landscape science (see Dickinson 1969). There are natural and cultural landscapes. The first of which consists of landforms such as plains, mountains, lakes and natural vegetation. Cultural landscapes are structures of social, civilizational and economic significance that are made up by people. (2) A soundscape (Southworth 1969, Schafer 1977) is an acoustic environment, in which the perceiver is involved. (3) According to Jean Baudrillard ([1981] 1994), hyperreality is a technological context, in which imaginaries make us believe that they are real.


References
Baudrillard, Jean ([1981] 1994): Simulacra & Simulation. The Precession of Simulacra. Michigan: University of Michigan Press.
Dickinson, R. (1969): The Makers of Modern Geography. New York, London: Routledge. National Geographic Society, online: Landscape | National Geographic Society.
Southworth, Michael (1969): The Sonic Environment of Cities. In: Environment and Behavior, 1/1, p.49-70.
Schafer, R. Murray (1977): The Soundscape: Our Sonic Environment and the Tuning of the World. New York: Knopf.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

A Person’s Freedom Ends Where Another Person’s Freedom Begins - On Personal Freedom in Soundscapes

Anja Kraus (Stockholm university)

An indispensable aspect of citizenship education is the individual’s (physical) integrity and maximum possible freedom to act. How can personal freedom be protected and effectively supported, not only in reality but also in hyperreality? Democracy, or in pedagogical contexts citizenship education, is usually connected to ‘free speech’, or to giving power to citizenry to voice dissent against despotic rulers Diana C. Mutz (2006) and others describe ‘echo chambers’ in social media. Meant are enclosed spaces, in which a majority of people tends to surround themselves with like-minded people by reinforcing each other in their own position. Then, a blurring of the difference of reality and its simulation takes place. Jean Baudrillard (1994) explains such blurring as ‘hyperreality’ that makes the ethical dimension of free speech, namely to respect another person’s freedom, barely perceivable. How can personal freedom be protected and effectively supported in a hyperreal context? By interpreting an online-game as ‘soundscape’ (Southworth 1969, Schafer 1977) in this presentation ‘place-responsive practice’ (Cameron 2003 and Waldenfels 1994) will be investigated in ‘hyperreal contexts.’

References:

Baudrillard, Jean ([1981] 1994): Simulacra & Simulation. The Precession of Simulacra. Michigan: University of Michigan Press. Cameron, J. (2003): Responding to place in a post-colonial era: An Australian perspective. Decolonizing nature: Strategies for conservation in a post-colonial era. New York, NY: Earthscan Publications, p. 172-176. Mutz, Diana C. (2006): Hearing the Other Side. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Southworth, Michael (1969): The Sonic Environment of Cities. In: Environment and Behavior, 1/1, p.49-70. Schafer, R. Murray (1977): The Soundscape: Our Sonic Environment and the Tuning of the World. New York: Knopf. Waldenfels, B. (1994): Antwortregister. Frankfurt/M.: Suhrkamp.
 

Perception, Movement and Body Worlding in Early Childhood

Ebba Theorell (Stockholm university)

In my contribution, I will zoom in to a part of my doctoral thesis from 2021 where I relate boys’ war play to Erin Manning´s philosophy of movement. Manning (2021) states that individuals not only experience the world through perception, but by perceiving the world it is drawn into human experience. Rather than as something stable with an inner and outer zone, she describes perception as a field of relationships in a world full of dynamic processes where “forces take form”. The virtual momentum in the formation of a movement, arises already before we begin to move. A body perceives through a change in the environment that evokes sensual events. An inner movement becomes an outer movement in a folding, bridging between them. This intensive interplay between world and body never stops and there is no beginning or end to movement. Instead of a body/world idea, she describes movement as one with the world – as a body-world.

References:

Manning, E. (2012). Relationscapes: movement, art, philosophy. MIT press. Theorell, E. (2021). Force, form, transformations: on kinesthetic musicality and body worlding in boy´s war play. Doctoral thesis, University of Stockholm.
 

Renegotiating Embodiment and Presence in the Digitalized Classroom

Eva Alerby (Luleå University), Niclas Ekberg (Luleå University)

In Sweden, as in many other countries in the world, there has been a massive shift in (higher) education towards distance education and online teaching. In the midst of this, some universities introduce and use telepresence robots. A telepresence robot provides a virtual presence – or a bodiless presence – to, for example, a remote student who cannot physically attend the classroom. The overall aim of this paper is to explore dimensions of corporeality and hyperreality in digitalized education. More specifically, the focus will be on the research question - how can embodiment and presence be understood when the students are situated, and their participation are mediated, through telepresence robots? The philosophies of Maurice Merleau-Ponty (see e.g. 1968, 1996) and Martin Heidegger (see e.g. 2001) will be used to analyze the complexity of corporeality and hyperreality in digitalized education. Merleau-Ponty’s theory of the lived body supports the analysis of the bodily presence in the room, whereas the Heideggerian ideas and concepts provide entries for an ontological understanding of the relational and spatio-temporal aspects of ‘Being-one’s-Self’ and what ‘Being-there’-with as well as the ‘Being-there’-with-of-Others might mean to students in digitized education.

References:

Merleau-Ponty, M. (1968): The Visible and the Invisible. Northwestern University Press. Merleau-Ponty, M. (1996): Phenomenology of Perception. Motilal Banarsidass Publisher. Heidegger, M. (2001): Heidegger Studies. Duncker & Humblot GmbH.
 

Withdrawn

N N (nn)

This symposium paper had to be withdrawn.

References:

-
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm30 SES 13 A: The ethics and politics of ESE
Location: Hetherington, 130 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Elsa Lee
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

The Environment and Political Participation in Science Education

Lucy Atkinson1, Lynda Dunlop1, Claes Malmberg2, Maria Turkenburg-van Diepen1, Anders Urbas2

1University of York, United Kingdom; 2Högskolan i Halmstad, Sweden

Presenting Author: Atkinson, Lucy; Malmberg, Claes

There is increasing attention to the role of education in teaching environmental issues such as climate change (Teach the Future, n.d.). Whilst environmental issues are science-dependent, science is not sufficient to respond to today’s environmental challenges. Yet internationally, science and geography are those subjects most likely to include environmental content (UNESCO, 2021). In England, students can expect to learn about environmental challenges including climate change, biodiversity and pollution during their compulsory science education (DfE, 2013). These topics are often controversial, rife with moral tensions (Zeidler, Herman, & Sadler, 2019), and characterised by both descriptive facts and normative values. The values often deal with solutions to the problems, what kind of actions can be taken on an individual or societal level and even what kind of society is preferred. This makes the issues both scientific and political. Yet little is known about how politics enters the science classroom. In this study, we aim to understand how environmental politics enters the classroom, and how science teachers address different approaches to political participation with their students.

In order to develop democratic environmental governance, there is a need for representation of different groups of people, opportunities for participation and for spaces for deliberation (Lidskog & Elander, 2007), i.e. for politics. Schools are potential sites for participation and deliberation and for learning democracy (Biesta & Lawy, 2006). Politics can be defined in different ways, from a narrow focus on electoral processes to broader conceptualisations which include different ways of making decisions and shaping power relations. In this study, we are concerned with power and social change (Dahl & Stinebrickner, 2003) i.e. “the capacity for agency and deliberation in situations of genuine collective or social choice” (Hay, 2007, p. 77) through science education. This definition of politics goes beyond electoral and party politics and includes activities outside formal political institutions. This is in accordance with Heywood (1999)’s characterisation of politics as an a social activity that arises out of interaction between or among people, which develops out of diversity (the existence of different interests, wants, needs and goals), and which relates to collective decisions which are regarded as binding upon a group of people. Carter (2018) identifies the environment as a policy problem for several reasons, including that the environment can be considered a public good, with complex and interdependent relationships between people and ecosystems acting across national borders with consequences felt into the future.

This characterisation of politics is relevant to the study context as education is a social activity which brings together people with different views, interests and goals in relation to the environment, and it is a context in which collective decisions can be made, for example, about how the school function, what is taught (and how), and what actions or outcomes are desirable as a result of education. Not all of these actions and outcomes can be considered political and we see politics as related to societal engagement and political participation more broadly. Ekman and Amnå (2012) have developed a typology of different forms of participation in society. They distinguish between (a) non-participation (disengagement); (b) civic participation (latent political), whether social involvement or civic engagement; and (c) political participation (manifest political), which can be formal political participation or activism. Each of these three types of participation are further classified in terms of individual and collective forms. In this study, we use Ekman and Amnå’s (2012) typology to understand the ways in which teachers address the political dimensions of the environment in school science. The research question we set out to explore in the study is: how do science teachers address political participation in science education?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
An exploratory qualitative approach was used to understand science teachers’ perceptions and approaches to environmental politics. We focused on science teachers with responsibility for teaching students aged 11-16 in England because we were interested in what students experience during their compulsory secondary science education, where the curriculum demands that they learn about ecosystems and the environment.

A deductive approach to instrument design was used, drawing on Ekman and Amnå’s (2012) typology of latent and manifest political participation and non-participation (see Table 1 above) in the design of the interview guide and in the analysis of data to understand the ways in which politics enters the science classroom. Given the potentially sensitive nature of some of the questions, we used one-to-one interviews, conducted online to increase the geographical reach, and minimise the need for travel.  The interview guide contained open-ended questions on science teachers’ perspectives on and experiences of teaching environmental politics in science education.  We deliberately did not ask about educational policy; only about teachers’ own experiences, practices, personal perspectives and barriers they encountered.  

Participants were provided with an infographic using examples from Ekman and Amnå’s (2012) typology and asked to mark ways of participating in society which they had:
planned and taught (green); mentioned in passing or in response to a question from a student (orange); and, never addressed (red).  The interview focused on reasons for these decisions.  Interviews were conducted by three members of the research team and took place in January - June 2022. Each lasted approximately 1 hour.

Interviews with 11 teachers were recorded and transcribed and interpretive phenomenological analysis (IPA) (Smith, 2004) used to analyse the data.  This approach aims not at generalisation but rather to understand how individuals make sense of their own experiences (Guihen, 2019), namely, how politics enters the science classroom.  IPA is typically used to generate meaningful insights from a small dataset, often in psychology and health sciences.  It is appropriate here because it provides a way to understand how participants make sense of their social world, it allows for diversity of perceptions rather than looking for a single objective truth and it allows researchers to interpret these experiences and understand the perspective of an insider and then interpret what it means for them to have this perspective (Reid, Flowers, & Larkin, 2005). An iterative approach to data analysis was used, with reflexive discussions between each stage of analysis.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Teachers participating in this study saw a place for politics in science education.  However, it  was described as almost absent in lessons. Teachers were more likely to discuss individual, legal, forms of participation, focusing on civil (latent political) actions rather than collective, manifest forms of participating. Even when politics enters the classroom, it tends to be students rather than teachers who introduce the topic, unless there are links to the curriculum or other legal and political frameworks. Policy (national and school) and colleague and student perceptions prevented teachers from planning to discuss manifest forms of political participation with students.  

Politics (especially collective aspects) are experienced as off-limits to teachers in the study. This post-political logic distances people (here, young people but also teachers) from involvement in decision-making and reduces their capacity to be involved in environmental decision-making now and in the future.  These absences, we argue, contribute to a broader societal trend which closes off spaces to discuss and celebrate disagreement (Blühdorn & Deflorian, 2021), and which diminish the potential for young people to learn democracy. In order to develop democratic governance of environmental issues, there is a need for representation, opportunities for participation and for spaces for deliberation (Liskog & Elander, 2007).  Schools are in many ways ideal sites to encourage political participation as they are shared spaces of learning - both about forms of participation but also how to participate and to deliberate across disagreement, or as one of the teachers in this study put it ‘we need to teach them how to use their voice properly and how to be heard’. This requires those who are in positions where they can act to listen to these voices and engage in deliberation and bring politics - as the capacity to deliberate and make collective decisions - into the science classroom.

References
Biesta, G., & Lawy, R. (2006). From teaching citizenship to learning democracy: Overcoming individualism in research, policy and practice. Cambridge Journal of Education, 36(1), 63-79. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057640500490981

Blühdorn, I., & Deflorian, M. (2021). Politicisation beyond post-politics: new social activism and the reconfiguration of political discourse. Social Movement Studies, 20(3), 259-275.

Carter, N. (2018). The politics of the environment : ideas, activism, policy (Third edition.). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.

Dahl, R.A. & Stinebrickner, B. (2003). Modern political analysis. (6. ed.) Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Prentice Hall.

Ekman, J., & Amnå, E. (2012). Political participation and civic engagement: Towards a new typology. Human Affairs, 22(3), 283-300. https://doi.org/10.2478/s13374-012-0024-1

Hay, C. (2007). Why We Hate Politics. Cambridge: Polity.

Heywood, A. (1999). Political theory: an introduction. (2. ed.) Basingstoke: Palgrave.

Lidskog, R., & Elander, I. (2007). Representation, participation or deliberation? Democratic responses to the environmental challenge. Space and Polity, 11(1), 75-94. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562570701406634

Reid, K. Flowers, P. & Larkin, M.(2005) Exploring lived experience: An introduction to interpretative phenomenological analysis The Psychologist, 18 (1) , pp. 20-23

Smith, J.A. (2004). Reflecting on the development of interpretative phenomenological analysis and its contribution to qualitative psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 1, 39–54.

UNESCO (2021). Getting every school climate-ready: how countries are integrating climate change issues in education.  https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379591

Zeidler, D. L., Herman, B. C., & Sadler, T. D. (2019). New directions in socioscientific issues research. Disciplinary and Interdisciplinary Science Education Research, 1(1), 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1186/s43031-019-0008-7


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Revisiting Pluralistic ESE in a Changing Societal Context – A Scholarly Review

Ásgeir Tryggvason1, Johan Öhman1, Katrien Van Poeck2

1Örebro University, Sweden; 2Ghent University, Belgium

Presenting Author: Tryggvason, Ásgeir; Van Poeck, Katrien

In this scholarly review we critically discuss the last 30 years of research on pluralism in environmental and sustainability education (ESE). Pluralism has been a focal point for a vast amount of theoretical and empirical studies in the research field. In this review we analyse the state-of-the-art of pluralism in relation to current societal changes and challenges. By placing three decades of research on pluralism in relation to key challenges that face democratic society and education, we outline prospects for future research and discuss what role pluralism can, and should, take in ESE research.

While pluralism has been addressed in ESE research for thirty years, we have witnessed three major changes that challenge pluralism as an educational approach. First, we have seen fierce polarization of public debate and the rise of post-truth politics that fuels political disagreements over descriptive questions, such as “is the climate changing due to human activity?” (cf. Aasen, 2017; McCright & Dunlap, 2011). Second, there has been an increased instrumentalization of education that has brought forth a culture of accountability and a focus on educational achievement in terms of measurable outcomes that can be compared and competing on an international scale (Rizvi & Lingard, 2009; Lawn, 2011). Third, the environmental situation and the ongoing climate change on this planet has come with an accentuated urgency for action, to put it mildly. The current societal, educational, and environmental situation puts pressure on pluralism as an educational approach to such an extent that one could wonder whether now is the right time for an educational approach that frames teaching and learning as an open-ended endeavour of growth and freedom. The aim of this paper is therefore to critically reflect on the development of pluralism in ESE research.

Pluralistic ideals in ESE took shape out of the normativity-debate in the 1990’s (Jickling, 1994; Lijmbach et al., 2002) and how they developed through theoretical discussions of relativism (Öhman, 2006; Öhman & Östman, 2007; Van Poeck, 2019). Rather than being an external critique against pluralism, the problem of relativism is theoretically used to further develop and improve pluralism as an educational approach in ESE. During the last decade, new theoretical perspectives have become a part of the theoretical development of pluralism in ESE. These are post-humanism/more-than-human perspectives (Kopnina & Cherniak, 2016; Lindgren & Öhman, 2019), decolonial perspectives (Sund & Pashby, 2020), and political theory such as deliberation and agonism (Lundegård & Wickman, 2012; Tryggvason & Öhman, 2019). The perspectives are new in the sense that they are new to the development and discussion of the pluralistic approach in ESE, even if the theories have a longer history within other fields of social science. The critique that is formulated from these theoretical strands is immanent in the sense that it is not a critique of the pluralistic approach per se, but a critique of the presuppositions, the epistemologies, and the implicit values that follow from pluralistic approach as it is formulated in ESE research.

For our review, we have scrutinized three decades of research literature, and critically engaged with these writings in the light of present societal challenges and what these may imply in terms of requirements for future research. The following questions guided our scholarly review: “How has pluralism developed theoretically during the last 30 years?”, “What empirical findings about pluralism have been important during the last 30 years?”, and “Does pluralistic ESE need to be revisited in the light of current societal, educational, and ecological evolutions?”.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The method in this review can be labelled as a collective scholarly reflection on literature about pluralism in ESE. It differs from a systematic review of literature in the sense that we, rather than systematically mapping, describing, and analysing the existing literature, critically review and reflect on previous work on the topic guided by the specific concern how the societal challenges outlined above may require us to thoroughly revise (research on) pluralistic ESE.  
Instead of starting in a broad database search, we started by searching one of the main journals in the field: Environmental Education Research (EER). With 28 volumes, it provided a solid gravitational point for finding the key discussions and findings on pluralism from the last 30 years. We searched the EER web page for “pluralis*” to include both pluralistic and pluralism, (and to exclude post that mentions “plural” or “plurality”). This search resulted in 173 hits (June 17th 2022). The web page of EER is not ideal for systematic searches as it contains a very limited advanced search option. However, as our initial focus was on the 28 volumes of EER we found that the web page was the most suitable alternative. For instance, a search on the database EBSCO of pluralis* [anywhere] and “environmental education research” [journal title] resulted in just 20 posts.
The 173 items included peer-reviewed articles, book reviews and editorial. Scanning through the posts we excluded 15 items that were not peer-reviewed articles. This left us with 158 publications to screen. We lacked access to two of them. The screening process consisted of three steps. The first step was to read title, abstract, and keywords and search the text for “pluralis*”. In this first step we excluded 54 articles that mention pluralism or pluralistic somewhere in the text but do not touch upon the issue of pluralism in ESE. Secondly, we read the sections of the article on “pluralism” or “pluralistic” and decided whether the article was relevant for describing the state-of-the-art of pluralism in ESE. In this step we excluded 24 articles. In the third step we read the full article to assess whether its focus was on developing pluralism theoretically or investigating it empirically. In this step we excluded 13 articles. This screening process left us with 65 articles that we see as important articles in EER to describe, and critically reflect on pluralism in ESE.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our review resulted in findings about theoretical developments as well as about empirical research on pluralism in practice which we discuss in relation to current societal challenges. We show how, theoretically, the idea of pluralistic ESE emerged from the critique of normativity in EE/ESD and how the overall theoretical focus shifted from normativity to multiple strands of immanent critique. However, the latter to some extend re-actualizes questions of normativity. One path forward for theoretical ESE research is therefore to renew perspectives on normativity in pluralistic teaching approaches. Furthermore, we identify a need for research on the relation between environmental urgency and pluralistic teaching. Even though temporal aspects are discussed (Block et al., 2018; Mélard & Stassart, 2018; Wildemeersch, 2018) the relation between temporality, pluralism, and teaching could be further developed. For instance, is it reasonable to compare the (alleged) time-consumption of the pluralistic approach (cf. Öhman & Östman, 2019) with the time-consumption of normative teaching approaches when they clearly have different aims and goals?
Reading and discussing 30 years of research on pluralism, it is clear that many theoretical problems are not identified as practical problems in empirical studies. An overall conclusion based on our review of the empirical articles is that pluralistic classroom discussions seem to hold educational and democratic potentials but there is a lack of studies from a broad range of educational settings. In relation to the political polarization of public debate, this lack becomes important to overcome. For instance, even if we are seeing a political polarization of public debate in Europe, we also see European countries where the polarization is perhaps not the main problem, but instead the lack of conflicting perspectives in public debate. It would be highly valuable for ESE research to gain insight in classroom discussions conducted in such contexts.


References
Aasen, M. (2017). The polarization of public concern about climate change in Norway. Climate Policy, 17:2, 213-230, DOI: 10.1080/14693062.2015.1094727

Block, T., Goeminne, G., & Van Poeck, K. (2018). Balancing the urgency and wickedness of sustainability challenges: Three maxims for post-normal education. Environmental Education Research, 24(9), 1424–1439.

Jickling, B. (1994) Why I don’t want my children to be educated for sustainable development: sustainable belief. Trumpeter, 11(3),1–8.

Kopnina, H. & Cherniak, B. (2016). Neoliberalism and justice in education for sustainable development: a call for inclusive pluralism. Environmental Education Research, 22(6), 827–841.

Lijmbach, S., Margadant Van Arcken, M., Van Koppen, C. S. A (Kris) & Wals, A. E. J (2002). 'Your View of Nature is Not Mine!': Learning about pluralism in the classroom. Environmental Education Research, 8(2), 121–135.

Lindgren, N. & Öhman, J. (2019). A posthuman approach to human-animal relationships: advocating critical pluralism. Environmental Education Research, 25(8), 1200–1215.

Lundegård, I. & Wickman, P-O. (2012). It takes two to tango: studying how students constitute political subjects in discourses on sustainable development. Environmental Education Research, 18(2), 153–169.

McCright, A. M., & Dunlap, R. E. (2011). The Politicization of Climate Change and Polarization in the American Public’s Views of Global Warming, 2001–2010. The Sociological Quarterly, 52(2), 155–194.

Mélard, F., & Stassart, P. M. (2018). The diplomacy of practitioners: For an ecology of practices about the problem of the coexistence of wind farms and red kites. Environmental Education Research, 24(9), 1359–1370.

Öhman, J. (2006). Pluralism and criticism in environmental education and education for sustainable development: a practical understanding. Environmental Education Research, 12 (2), 149–163.

Öhman, J. & Östman, L. (2007). Continuity and change in moral meaning-making—a transactional approach. Journal of Moral Education, 36(2): 151–168.

Rizvi, F. & Lingard, B. (2009). Globalizing Education Policy. New York: Routledge.

Sund, L. & Pashby, K. (2020). Delinking global issues in northern Europe classrooms. The Journal of Environmental Education, 51(2), 156–170.

Tryggvason, Á. & Öhman, J. (2019). Deliberation and agonism: Two different approaches to the political dimension of environmental and sustainability education. In: K. Van Poeck, L. Östman and J. Öhman (eds.) Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges (pp. 115–124). Routledge.

Van Poeck, K. (2019). Environmental and sustainability education in a posttruth era. An exploration of epistemology and didactics beyond the objectivism-relativism dualism. Environmental Education Research, 25(4), 472–491.

Wildemeersch, D. (2018). Silence – a matter of public concern: Reconsidering critical environmental and sustainability education. Environmental Education Research, 24(9), 1371–1382.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm30 SES 13 B: Methods in ESE research
Location: Hetherington, 133 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Güliz Karaarslan Semiz
Paper Session
5:15pm - 6:45pm30 SES 13 C: Mindsets and attitudes in ESE
Location: Hetherington, 317 [Floor 3]
Session Chair: Stefanie Rinaldi
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

How Are Young People’s Growth Mindsets Associated with Their Climate Change Agency?

Inkeri Rissanen, Elina Kuusisto, Essi Aarnio-Linnanvuori

Tampere University, Finland

Presenting Author: Rissanen, Inkeri; Aarnio-Linnanvuori, Essi

Urgent need for collective transformation in human activity is the baseline of critical approaches in sustainability education, climate change education and environmental education. Scholars in these fields emphasize the potential of education to challenge the prevailing cultural norms that maintain unsustainable lifestyles and systems. However, a major gap between scholarly ideals and their implementation in educational systems persists. Better understanding of learning processes through which social, behavioural and cultural change may occur, including the key factors that enable or inhibit these processes, is needed to underpin transformative climate change education. (Andreotti et al. 2018; Evans et al. 2017; Zilliacus & Wolf 2021).

Value-action gap is a construct used to describe the discontinuity between an individual’s personal, pro-environmental values and their behaviour: even though people are environmentally aware, they don’t always act in a pro-environmental manner (Grandin et al. 2021). In order to develop effective educational approaches to overcome the value-action gap, psychological barriers and enablers of pro-environmental behaviour and climate agency need to be well understood. In this paper, we present empirical research on an under-researcher topic in this area: the role of growth mindsets (i.e. lay theories of malleability) as enablers of young people’s climate change agency.

Fixed and growth mindsets are networks of core beliefs about the nature of humans and cultures. Beliefs concerning the extent to which individual and group traits are malleable or fixed shape people’s ways of making sense of the socio-cultural reality and influence their ways of thinking about and acting towards change. Fixed mindset indicates low belief in the ability of humans and human groups to change, whereas growth mindset is a construct that is used when referring to a tendency to hold high beliefs in the malleability of human qualities. In intergroup contexts, growth mindsets predict, for instance, less aggression and anxiety and more openness and willingness to work toward improvement. Relevance of the mindset-phenomenon for education is amplified by the fact that even brief mindset interventions, if carefully contextualized and adapted to target populations, have achieve powerful and long-lasting impact on people’s willingness to work towards both personal change and change in the world. (Dweck & Yeager 2019; Goldenberg et al. 2020; Rattan et al. 2017)

Research which connects mindsets with climate change agency is also emerging. According to these recent studies, growth mindset about the world is associated with attitudes towards climate change, beliefs about its mitigation as well as pro-environmental behaviour (Duchi et al. 2020; Soliman & Wilson 2017). However, research that would explore how some of the core mindset dimensions – beliefs about the malleability of persons as well as beliefs about the malleability of human groups – are associated with climate change agency, is missing. In this paper, we present empirical evidence of the association between mindsets and climate change agency among European young people. The study is part of European Consortium CCC-CATAPULT (Challenging the Climate Crisis: Children’s Agency to Tackle Policy Underpinned by Learning for Transformation), which researchers young people’s experiences of and learning around the climate crisis in four European cities: Bristol (UK), Tampere (Finland), Galway (Ireland) and Genoa (Italy).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We explored the association between mindsets and climate agency through the following research questions:
RQ1 What kind of mindsets do European young people have about a) persons and b) groups?
RQ2 What kind of climate change agency do young people have?
RQ3 How are fixed and growth mindsets associated with young people’s climate change agency?
Participants (N=1814) of the study were 15–18-year-old young people from four European cities, Tampere (Finland) (n=553), Genoa (Italy) (n=392), Galway (Ireland) (n=507) and Bristol (UK) (n=352). They were reached through schools and answered an online survey in a classroom, in the presence of either teacher or researcher.
The data was collected as part of the project CCC-Catapult, which utilizes a co-productive approach. Young people from the age group of the survey respondents were involved in the development of the survey as well as interpretation of its results. The research project was introduced to all respondents through a video recorded by the projects’ Youth Action Partnership group members.
The survey included two scales measuring mindsets: Levy et al.’s (1998) four items were utilized to study mindset about persons (implicit theories about persons, ITP) and Halperin et al.’s (2011) four items to measure mindset about groups (implicit theories about groups ,ITG). We used a Likert scale (1=strongly disagree, 6=strongly agree), where lower scores indicated growth mindset tendencies and higher scores fixed mindset tendencies.
Climate change agency was measured with several scales. Youth were asked to evaluate how often they discuss about climate change with their family, friends and teachers (Climate Justice Survey 2020, 2021). Six items were scored on a scale that varied from 1=never to 6=daily. Willingness to help to create a more sustainable world was measured with Adolescent Internal Environmental Locus of Control Scale (Colebrook-Claude, 2019). Six items were evaluated on a four-point scale 1=not at all important, 4=very important. Furthermore, barriers to act on climate change were studied with items adopted from Youth Climate Justice Survey 2020 (2021) (Likert scale 1=strongly disagree to 4 strongly agree).
Psychometric properties of the scales and all analyses were computed in SPSS. One-way analyses of variances (ANOVA) were utilized to study differences between the countries as well as the association between mindsets and different dimensions of climate change agency.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
According to the preliminary analysis of the data, European young people seem to be more inclined towards growth mindsets than fixed mindsets, with some statistically significant difference between the four countries participating in the study. Furthermore, young people who have stronger tendencies towards growth mindsets, report discussing climate change with other people more often, have higher willingness to help to create a more sustainable world and report less barriers to taking climate action.
Altogether, our findings indicate that two central dimensions of growth mindsets – belief in the malleability of humans as individuals, and particularly in the malleability of the “kind of persons” they are, as well as belief in the malleability human groups, can be beneficial for the development of climate agency. Our data is correlational, and the causality could be also interpreted to the other direction – engaging in climate action leading to enhanced belief in the malleability of humans. However, earlier research with experimental designs gives reasons to interpret that the core beliefs regarding the ability of humans to change might serve as enablers or barriers for taking action (Goldenberg et al. 2020).
There are important educational implications that relate to our findings. Mindset interventions that have taught about the malleability of the brain, or about historical examples of how major changes have happened in the thinking and behavior of human groups, have had powerful and long-lasting influence for their target groups’ mindsets, learning and behavior (Dweck & Yeager 2019). Low belief in the ability of people to change can be disheartening and decrease motivation to act to mitigate climate change, and be one important factor which maintains value-action gap. Therefore, learning from successful mindset interventions and integrating teaching about malleability of human qualities and human groups to climate change education is recommended.

References
Andreotti, V., Stein, S., Sutherland, A., Pashby, K.L., Susa, R. & Amsler, S. (2018) Mobilising different conversations about global justice in education: toward alternative futures in uncertain times. Policy & Practice: A Development Education Review, 26. pp. 9-41.

Colebrook-Claude, C. (2019). Adolescent Internal Environmental Locus of Control Scale
(AINELOC) measurement tool. American Journal of Environmental Sciences, 15(2), 64-81.
doi: 10.3844/ajessp.2019.64.81

Dweck, C. S., & Yeager, D. S. (2019). Mindsets: A view from two eras. Perspectives on Psychological science14(3), 481-496.

Duchi, L., Lombardi, D., Paas, F., & Loyens, S. M. (2020). How a growth mindset can change the climate: The power of implicit beliefs in influencing people's view and action. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 70, 101461.

Evans, N. (Snowy), Stevenson, R.B., Lasen, M., Ferreira, J.A. & Davis, J. (2017). Approaches to
embedding sustainability in teacher education: A synthesis of the literature. Teaching and Teacher Education, 63, 405-417.

Goldenberg, Amit, J. J. Gross, and Eran Halperin. (2020). "The Group Malleability Intervention: Addressing Intergroup Conflicts by Changing Perceptions of Outgroup Malleability." Chap. 15 in Handbook of Wise Interventions: How Social Psychology Can Help People Change, edited by Gregory M. Walton and Alia J. Crum. New York, NY: Guilford Press.

Grandin, A., Boon-Falleur, M., & Chevallier, C. (2021, preprint). The belief-action gap in environmental psychology: How wide? How irrational? PsyArXiv. https://doi.org/10.31234/osf.io/chqug

Halperin, E., Russell, A.G., Trzesniewski, K.H., Gross, J.J., Dweck, C.S. (2011). Promoting
the Middle East peace process by changing beliefs about group malleability. Science,
333(6050), 1767-1769.

Levy, S. R., Stroessner, S. J., & Dweck, C. S. (1998). Stereotype formation and endorsement:
The role of implicit theories. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74(6), 1421-
1436. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.74.6.1421

Rattan, A. & Georgeac, O.A.M. (2017). Understanding intergroup relations through the lens of implicit theories (mindsets) of malleability. Social & personality psychology compass 11(4): e12305.

Soliman, M., & Wilson, A. E. (2017). Seeing change and being change in the world: The relationship between lay theories about the world and environmental intentions. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 50, 104-111.

Youth Climate Justice Survey 2020. (2021). Eco-Unesco. https://ecounesco.ie/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/YouthClimateJusticeSurveyReport.pdf

Zilliacus, H., & Wolff, L. (2021). Climate change and worldview transformation in Finnish education policy. In Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Oxford University Press. doi: https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.1676


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Are Primary School Students Open-minded Enough to Enter a Pluralistic Approach in Sustainability Education?

Eli Munkebye1, Eldri Scheie2

1Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway; 2University of Oslo, Norway

Presenting Author: Scheie, Eldri

Sustainability challenges are complex, where values and knowledge form the basis for the decisions made (Block et al. 2019). In a teaching and learning perspective, sustainability education (SE) therefore includes more than a specific knowledge content. According to Vare and Scott (2007), SE must also be about developing students' skills, such as the ability to think critically and to test ideas and explore the dilemmas and contradictions that are built into sustainability issues.

A pluralistic approach to sustainability issues is emphasized as beneficial if the goal is to develop students' ability to relate critically and at the same time democratically to different perspectives on environmental and development issues (Öhman, 2004). In a pluralistic teaching tradition, students get the opportunity to actively participate in social discussions, and teaching focuses on a more democratic approach that involves examining and discussing different opinions and perspectives on issues (Sandell et al., 2005; Öhman & Öhman, 2013). The teaching focuses on illuminating different perspectives on sustainability issues, and that these are given room to be explored, discussed, and critically examined. Research has pointed to the potential of a pluralistic approach to SE in order to create a critical and exploratory classroom climate around fundamental contradictions about, for example, economic growth, economic development and environmental and social sustainable development (Berglund & Gericke, 2022).

To be able to participate in a pluralistic approach to SE, students must be open-minded to taking on different perspectives. Students' open-mindedness is therefore an important prerequisite for the success of pluralistic sustainability education.

According to Baehr (2011) an open-minded person is characterized by being able and willing to transcend cognitive standpoint in order to take up or take seriously the advantages of a cognitive standpoint that differs significantly from one's own. Baehr (2011) emphasizes that it is not enough to be able to show open-mindedness, but there must also be a willingness to do so. Riggs (2016) extends Baehr's (2011) definition. An open-minded person is aware that there are other points of view than his own when it is not expressed explicitly or is confrontational, which requires that an open-minded person is sensitive to various clues that indicate other points of view (Riggs, 2016). Furthermore, the person must be able to assess which points of view are worth opening up to, so that the person does not have a standard that is so high that no point of view is taken into account or that the person underestimates most points of view so that they are not seen as worth opening up to. This study builds on Riggs' (2016) definition of open-mindedness.

An approach for pluralistic teaching about complex sustainability issues can be deliberative or agonistic. Both approaches include tolerance and respect for alternative points of view but with a deliberative conversation the goal is to reach a common agreement through rational arguments. In an agonistic conversation, emotions are recognized and the goal here is to position oneself in relation to the others' perspective, without the goal being consensus. Both approaches presuppose students' open-mindedness to listen to and explore others' perspectives, and that they show willingness to critically evaluate their own perspectives.

Our question is: Are younger students (9-11 years) open to listening and taking in others' perspectives than their own? This leads to the following research questions:

RQ1: How do students (9-11 years old) respond to opinions that differ from their own?

This study was conducted within the project CriThiSE (https://www.ntnu.no/ilu/crithise), which is supported by The Research Council of Norway, project number 302774.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is an exploratory qualitative study based on a social constructivist stance, where meaning is co-constructed between researchers and our participants. Data was collected from semi-structured focus group interviews with 9-11years old students, from four different primary schools in Norway. The interviews were part of the pre-test that took place before the start of an intervention. The schools at which the study was conducted can be described as convenience samples. The focus groups consisted of 3-4 students who had consented to participate in the study, were put together based on grade level, and distribution between girls and boys.  Based on the teachers' knowledge of the students the groups consist of both strong and weak students and with students who worked well together socially. Eight researchers conducted a total of 60 group interviews. All interviews were conducted in-person and lasted between 30-45 minutes in duration. This study focuses on the interview question: What do you think when others have different opinions than you? All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim.  

 

The data was inductively analyzed using reflexive thematic analysis, guided by the steps outlined by Braun and Clarke (2021) and Terry et al. (2017), and with consideration of our research questions. This approach was chosen as it enabled the identification of patterns across our entire data set, while also allowing a theoretically informed interpretation of the data. The first step involved familiarization with the data, where the authors immersed themselves in the data, re-reading and making notes on the content of the interviews. The data was then coded inductively, to highlight relevant passages of texts with a descriptive code. The authors coded independently, generating a diversity of codes, and thereafter met regularly to review and discuss codes. The dataset was encoded with an initial open coding, and then the initial codes were grouped, and new categories were developed. Through repeated, systematic reviews of the dataset considering the categories and codes, themes were gradually developed that represented the content of the dataset. The regular meetings were important for reflexive engagement to challenge interpretations that could arise from potential biases and to examine data from multiple perspectives.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary results show that 25 % of the utterances expressed open-mindedness to opinions of others. Quotes like “accepting the opinion of others”, “both are right, I am right or the other is right. It makes it difficult” were categorized in this group.

A large part of the utterances (41 %) expressed anger, frustration or irritation. Quotes like “I just say against them”, “I start talking very very loudly” were categorized in this group.

Our findings advocate that many students react with negative feelings to the fact that others have opinions that are different from their own. Some utterances also reflect a passive resistance in that students pretend to be listening to others, without being so. They also defend their opinions to a large extent by trying to convince for their own views. Our results indicate that a pluralistic sustainability education must take into account that there may be a lack of open-mindedness to opinions that deviate from the individual student's opinion among students in primary school.  

There will therefore be a need for the teaching to initially focus on the students' open-mindedness to other perspectives, as well as helping students to listen and look at both their own and other people's opinions in an open, respectful, but also critical way.

References
Baehr, J. (2011). The Inquiring Mind: On Intellectual Virtues and Virtue Epistemology. Oxford University Press.  

Berglund, T. & Gericke, N. (2022). Diversity in views as a resource for learning? Student perspectives on the interconnectedness of sustainable development dimensions. Environmental Education Research, 28(3), 354–381. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2021.1980501  

Block, T., Van Poeck, K., & Östman, L. (2019). Tackling wicked problems in teaching and learning. Sustainability issues as knowledge, ethical and political challenges. In Sustainable Development Teaching (pp. 28-39). Routledge.

Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. SAGE.  

Riggs, W. (2015). Open-mindedness, insight, and understanding. In J. Baehr (Ed.), Intellectual virtues and education (pp. 18–37). Routledge.    

Sandell, K., Öhman, J., & Östman, L. (2005). Education for Sustainable Development - Nature, School and Democracy. Sweden: Studentlitteratur.  

Terry, G., Hayfield, N., Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2017). Thematic analysis. In C. Willig, W. Stainton-Rogers (Eds.), The Sage handbook of qualitative research in psychology. pp. 17–37.  2nd ed. SAGE.  

Vare, P. & Scott, W. (2007). Learning for a change: Exploring the relationship between education and sustainable development. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 1(2), 191–198. https://doi.org/10.1177/097340820700100209

Öhman, J. (2004). Moral perspectives in selective traditions of environmental education: Conditions for environmental moral meaning-making and students’ constitution as democratic citizens. I P. Wickenberg, H. Axelsson, L. Fritzén & J. Öhman (red.), Learning to change our world? Swedish research on education & sustainable development (s. 33–57). Studentlitteratur.  

Öhman, J., & Öhman, M. (2013). Participatory approach in practice: An analysis of student discussions about climate change. Environmental Education Research, 19(3), 324-341.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Valuepremises in Sustainability Education Research

Anders Urbas1, Claes Malmberg1, Susanne Rafolt2, Mikael Thelin1

1Halmstad University, Sweden, Sweden; 2Universtiy of Innsbruck, Austria

Presenting Author: Urbas, Anders

The aim of the study is to analyse how researchers handle value-premises in environmental and sustainability education research. The theoretical perspective that is used consists of three ways of dealing with value-premises:

1. Value-premises are explicitly stated and argued for,

2. Values-premises are explicitly stated but not argued for, and

3. Values-premises implicitly incorporated without discussion and seen as given and unproblematic.

We will, furthermore, argue that it is crucial that researchers critically reflect on and argue for the choice of values-premises – as opposed to other value-premises (and values) – and discuss the possible consequences of not doing so.

Scientific research is traditionally based upon observation and empirical knowledge; it describes and explains and has the observable world in its focus. Scientific research thus differs from religion, ideology, and politics as these are built on opinions in which people’s values and norms are blended with descriptions and explanations (Myrdal 1970).

An implication of the focus on the observable world in science is that values – normally thought of as goals – in themselves are beyond the reach of scientists in their scientific – empirical – endeavour. Scientific research is characterized by scientific value relativism meaning that a value in itself cannot be empirically proved to be better or more correct than another value.

Our point is that scientific research, in the sense of observation of observable reality, cannot prove that specific values are inherently superior and more important than other values (Brecht 1959). For example, if one considers the Covid-19 pandemic and the issue of the lock-down and its effects or consequences, there is no way for scientists to prove, through observations, that saving human life in itself is superior to, for example economic growth, human freedom, physical health, young people's education or the absence of domestic violence. Scientific research can, of course, by observation identify what values individuals, groups of citizens, politicians or policy makers prefer. But this is something different than choosing and deciding between conflicting values.

It is important to acknowledge that scientific research and scientific value relativism are bound together due to science focus on observation of reality. However, the claim is not unproblematic. Scientific research is performed by humans and is therefore, to a high extent, impregnated by values. Scientific research is characterized by value-based choices in all its parts, from the selection of a problem and theory, the operationalization, the collection of data to the analysis and the conclusions. But science is also in many cases driven by a chosen value-premise or, differently expressed, a chosen goal that the scientist desire and wants to be achieved. If we turn it around; there are few scientists who believe that scientific research is totally free from values. The key point, however, is that value-premises and values can be handled in a least three different ways: (1) Value-premises are explicitly stated and argued for, (2) Values-premises are explicitly stated but not argued for, and (3) Values-premises are implicitly incorporated without discussion and seen as given and unproblematic (Myrdal 1970).

This study analyses environmental and sustainability education research from the three ways in which value-premises can be handled. It furthermore discusses why it is important that researchers critically reflect on and argue for the choice of values-premises.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is based on a qualitative text analysis (Lindberg 2017). In order to analyze how researchers, handle value-premises in environmental and sustainability education research a systematic reading of scientific articles from three journals published during 2022 will be done. The analysis consists both of systematizing and critical scrutiny of the content in the articles. The theoretical perspective used in the analysis is whether value-premises are (1) explicitly stated and argued for, (2) explicitly stated but not argued for, or (3) implicitly incorporated without discussion and seen as given and unproblematic.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on an ongoing study (Rafolt et.al, forthcoming) and previous studies and knowledge within the field (Urbas 2009) the expected findings are that value-premises to a large extent are present in the research on education for sustainable development. Furthermore, the expected findings are that value-premises and values are predominantly within categories 2 and 3, i.e. they are either stated but not critically discussed or implicitly incorporated without discussion and seen as given and unproblematic.

The implications of the expected findings are several. Firstly, a lack of clarity regarding the difference between a) value-statements, (e.g., desired end states or goals), b) descriptive statements (e.g., descriptions and explanations) and c) prescriptive statements (e.g., norms and recommendations) (Lindberg 2017) contributes to a problematic confusion. The problem is a confusion of, on one hand, what scientific research is characterized by and what scientists as scientists can achieve knowledge about and, on the other hand, political activism. For example; there is a difference between a) empirically establishing that having one less child significantly reduce the individuals carbon footprint (Wynes & Nicholas 2017) and b) arguing that the government should prohibit citizens from having more than one child. Secondly, a lack of clarity regarding the fact that value-premises are chosen by the scientist (based on, for example, political ideology), might lead to the effect that citizens believe that the chosen values are scientifically proven.

These implications can undermine both scientific research and democratic politics.


References
Brecht, A. (1959). Political theory: the foundations of twentieth-century political thought. Princeton, N.J.:
Lindberg, M (2017). Qualitative Analysis of Ideas and Ideological Content, in Boréus, K and Bergström, G (ed.). Analyzing text and discourse: eight approaches for the social sciences. London: SAGE.
Myrdal, G. (1970). Objectivity in social research. London: Duckworth.
Rafolt, C et.al. (fortcoming). Values, descriptions and norms in research on environmental education and education for sustainable development.
Urbas, A. (2009). Den svenska valforskningen: vetenskapande, demokrati och medborgerlig upplysning. Diss. Örebro : Örebro universitet, 2009. Örebro.
Wynes, S & Nicholas, K (2017). The climate mitigation gap: education and
government recommendations miss the most effective individual actions, in Environmental Research Letters, 12, issue 7.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm31 SES 13 A: It´s All About Language: Pedagogical Potentials with Language Learning in an International Perspective
Location: James McCune Smith, 429 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Irina Usanova
Session Chair: Jenni Alisaari
Symposium
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Symposium

It´s All About Language: Pedagogical Potentials with Language Learning in an International Perspective

Chair: Irina Usanova (University of Hamburg, Germany)

Discussant: Jenni Alisaari (University of Turku, Finland)

An increasing number of students worldwide follows (part of their) secondary education in a multilingual setting (Briggs et al., 2018). Although several studies have highlighted that a focus on language is not always an integral part of subject teachers’ teaching in different multilingual environments (Hüttner, et al., 2013; Oattes et al., 2018), very few studies have focused on the kinds of support that are provided.

Considering that multilingual students are a heterogenous group of learners with various linguistic, educational, and cultural backgrounds, it is likely that the type and level of language- and content-related difficulties they meet when learning different school subjects vary. One of the frustrations reported by subject teachers, for instance social studies teachers, is that they often recognize their students’ language-related needs in content-area classrooms, but that they require more specialized knowledge of teaching about language. They also express needs for strategies that enable them to bring a language focus into subjects classes without being constrained by aspects like time and the large quantity of content that needs to be covered (Zhang, 2017; Yoder, et al., 2016).

Given the fact that the number of multilingual students is ever increasing, it is imperative for teachers to reflect on their teaching approaches in order to meet their students’ needs (Duarte & Kirsch 2020). This symposium aims to discuss questions surrounding the opportunities and challenges of a dual focus on language and subject area learning, both from a teacher and student perspective. The objectives of the symposium are: (1) to enhance the knowledge on language- and content-integrated learning across school subjects, (2) to discuss teaching and learning contexts promoting language development and subject area learning, (3) to critically reflect on the existing barriers for improving language- and content-integrated learning in linguistically and culturally diverse classroom environments.

By juxtaposing pedagogical philosophies, didactical approaches and teaching traditions as well as the pupil´s point of view, this symposium is designed to shed light on pedagogical possibilities from diverse backgrounds and perspectives. A certain point of interest thereby are interfaces of teaching and learning acknowledged minority languages and “migrant” languages. It also aims to reinforce the internationalization of the field and help researchers identify new theoretical and conceptual frameworks, and transfer methodology between school subjects. The cross-cultural and interdisciplinary approach aims to build bridges between various school subjects, hoping to reduce the tension between disciplinary learning and language development.


References
Briggs, J. G., Dearden, J., & Macaro, E. (2018). English medium instruction: Comparing teacher beliefs in secondary and tertiary education. Studies in Second Language Learning and Teaching, 8(3), 673- 696. https://doi.org/10.14746/ssllt.2018.8.3.7

Duarte, J., & Kirsch, C. (2020). Introduction: multilingual approaches to teaching and learning. Multilingual approaches for teaching and learning. From acknowledging to capitalising on multilingualism in European mainstream education, 1-12. Routledge.

Hüttner, J., Dalton-Puffer, C., & Smit, U. (2013). The power of beliefs: Lay theories and their influence on the implementation of CLIL programmes. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 16(3), 267-284. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2013.777385

Oattes, H., Oostdam, R., De Graaff, R., Fukkink, R., & Wilschut, A. (2018). Content and Language Integrated Learning in Dutch bilingual education: How Dutch history teachers focus on second language teaching. Dutch Journal of Applied Linguistics, 7(2), 156-176. https://doi.org/10.1075/dujal.18003.oat

Yoder, P. J., Kibler, A. & van Hover, S. (2016). Instruction for English Language Learners in the Social Studies Classroom: A Meta-synthesis. Social Studies Research & Practice, 11(1), 20–39. http://dx.doi.org/10.1108/SSRP-01-2016-B0002

Zhang, Y. (2017). Supporting English Language Learners in Social Studies: Language-Focused Strategies. The Social Studies, 108(5), 204–209. https://doi.org/10.1080/00377996.2017.1354808

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Linguistically Divers Students’ Perspectives on Their Difficulties with Reading and Understanding of Texts in Civics

Pantea Rinnemaa (Gothenburg University, Sweden)

According to statistics from the Swedish National Agency of Education (2021-2022), more than 26% of students in compulsory schools in Sweden have acquired Swedish as their second language. Swedish is the official language of the school and society in Sweden. Different types of difficulties that second-language (L2) students meet in relation to texts in civics have still not been extensively researched. Results from a thematic literature review based on studies elaborating on students’ civics learning indicate that although reading texts is central in civics, L2 students’ possible difficulties with reading comprehension of civics texts have not received significant attention in research (Rinnemaa, in press). L2 students’ perspectives are required to better scaffold them in classrooms where civics is teaching. The data in this study is based on thirty-six individual think-aloud (TA) task completions combined with semi-structured interviews with eighteen L2 students in grade nine. The students have various linguistic and educational backgrounds and were recruited from three schools located in two municipalities within a large city in Sweden. The schools represent low, middle, and high socioeconomic status in relation to the parents’ educational background. A four-field model is constructed and used as the conceptual framework and analytical tool. The four-field model is a way of visualizing the complexity of difficulties with texts in civics. The students’ verbal reports are analyzed and categorized using the four key components from the model: a) literacy abilities, b) disciplinary literacy abilities, c) prior knowledge, and d) content-area knowledge. In this presentation, the implication of the findings for teaching and learning civics in linguistically diverse classrooms will be discussed. Examples of language- and content-related difficulties with texts in civics, viewed from L2 students’ perspectives, will be presented. Moreover, the students’ reasoning about the strategies, types of knowledge and abilities that they find meaningful for reading comprehension of texts in civics will be explained. For instance, in contrast to previous research, indicating that difficulties with texts are mainly caused by the difficult language used in them (e.g., Myers & Zaman, 2011, Deltac, 2012), the students in this study report that the simple language and the simplified content in civics texts are problematic for their reading comprehension. They also report that the lack of intercultural perspectives in the civics texts makes it difficult for them to draw on their life experiences and previous knowledge to make sense of the civics themes discussed in the texts.

References:

Deltac, S. M. (2012). Teachers of America's immigrant students: Citizenship instruction for English language learners [Doctoral dissertation, Emory University, USA]. Emory University Theses and Dissertations Archive. https://etd.library.emory.edu/concern/etds/6q182k28d?locale=en Dong, Y. R. (2017). Tapping into English language learners' (ELLs') prior knowledge in social studies instruction. The Social Studies, 108(4), 143-151. https://doi.org/10.1080/00377996.2017.1342161 Jaffee, A. T. (2022). “Part of being a citizen is to engage and disagree”: Operationalizing culturally and linguistically relevant citizenship education with late arrival emergent bilingual youth. The Journal of Social Studies Research, 46(1), 53-67. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jssr.2021.11.003 Myers, J., & Zaman, H. (2009). Negotiating the global and national: immigrant and dominant culture adolescents' vocabularies of citizenship in a transnational world. Teachers College Record, 111, 2589–2625. Florida State University Digital Library. https://diginole.lib.fsu.edu/islandora/object/fsu:209947/datastream/PDF/view Rinnemaa. P. (in press). Adolescents’ Learning of Civics in Linguistically Diverse Classrooms: A Thematic Literature Review. The journal of social science education. Shanahan, T., & Shanahan, C. (2008). Teaching disciplinary literacy to adolescents: Rethinking content-area literacy. Harvard educational review, 78(1), 40–59. https://doi.org/10.17763/haer.78.1.v62444321p602101 Skolverket (2022). Läroplan för grundskolan, förskoleklassen och fritidshemmet: Lgr22. [The Swedish National Agency for Education. Curriculum for elementary school, preschool class and after-school care center] https://www.skolverket.se/getFile?file=9718
 

Language Scaffolding in Dutch Bilingual Education Classroom Practice

Errol Ertugruloglu (Leiden University, Netherlands), Tessa Mearns (Leiden University, Netherlands), Wilfried Admiraal (Leiden University, Netherlands)

An increasing number of learners worldwide follows (part of their) secondary education in a second language (Briggs et al., 2018). The types of secondary education that offer education in a second language assume an important role for subject teachers to offer language support (Duarte, 2019). Within these settings, the concept of scaffolding is used to conceptualize the support that allows learners to engage with content in a language they only partially know (Lyster, 2019). Although several studies have highlighted that a focus on language is not always an integral part of subject teachers’ teaching in different bilingual environments (Oattes et al., 2018), very few studies have focused on the kinds of support that are provided. This presentation consists of an overview of the results of an investigation of the types of language scaffolds used by social studies and geography teachers teaching in Dutch secondary bilingual education and their reasons for employing these language scaffolds. Interviews, lesson observations and stimulated recall interviews were conducted to investigate reported practices, actual practices and reasons teachers have for using particular scaffolds. The central research question of the investigation is: ‘which types of language scaffolds do citizenship related subject teachers teaching in Dutch secondary bilingual education use in their practice and which reasons do they have to employ these practices?’ The observation tool and interview scheme build on the concept of whole class scaffolding (Smit et al., 2013) and incorporates language levels and linguistic demands (Lo et al., 2019). Van de Pol et al.’s (2010) distinction between scaffolding goals and means is used to provide further insight in the ways scaffolding of language takes place and the motivations teachers have to engage in it. The outcomes consist of two parts. The results comprise an overview as well as examples of the various types of language scaffolds used by the teachers and the reasons teachers have to use them in their classes. These examples will provide the kind of texture to the types of scaffolding which will increase the chances that the results will be of use not only to researchers, but also to teachers and teacher educators in search of examples of language scaffolding which they can use to their multilingual students’ ever-increasing needs.

References:

Briggs, J. G., Dearden, J., & Macaro, E. (2018). English medium instruction: Comparing teacher beliefs in secondary and tertiary education. Studies in Second Language Learning and Teaching, 8(3), 673-696. 10.14746/ssllt.2018.8.3.7 Duarte, J. (2019). Translanguaging in mainstream education: a sociocultural approach. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 22(2), 150-164 https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2016.1231774 Lo, Y. Y., Lui, W. M., & Wong, M. (2019). Scaffolding for cognitive and linguistic challenges in CLIL science assessments. Journal of Immersion and Content-Based Language Education, 7(2), 151-165. https://doi.org/10.1075/jicb.18028.lo Lyster, R. (2019). Translanguaging in Immersion: Cognitive Support or Social Prestige?. Canadian Modern Language Review, 75(4), 340-352. https://doi.org/10.3138/cmlr.2019-0038 Oattes, H., Oostdam, R., De Graaff, R., Fukkink, R., & Wilschut, A. (2018). Content and Language Integrated Learning in Dutch bilingual education: How Dutch history teachers focus on second language teaching. Dutch Journal of Applied Linguistics, 7(2), 156-176. Smit, J., AA van Eerde, H., & Bakker, A. (2013). A conceptualisation of whole‐class scaffolding. British Educational Research Journal, 39(5), 817-834. Van de Pol, J., Volman, M., & Beishuizen, J. (2010). Scaffolding in teacher–student interaction: A decade of research. Educational psychology review, 22(3), 271-296.
 

Minority language acquisition – References of Emotion and Society

Daniel Wutti (University for Teacher Education in Carinthia, Austria), Sabina Buchwald (University for Teacher Education in Carinthia, Austria), Eva Hartmann (University for Teacher Education in Carinthia, Austria)

Using an exploratory research approach, our research team in the spring of 2021 conducted 63 semi-standardised qualitative interviews with students of the „BG/BRG für Slowenen“, a high school genuinely built for members of the Slovene autochthonous minority in southern Austria. This school uses Slovene as main teaching language (in sense of CLIL), while German and English are taught as school subjects, along with other possible languages. The interviews were conducted in Slovenian or in German with the aim of identifying indicators that have an impact on language acquisition of minority school students in Carinthia/Koroška. Over the decades, Slovene minority members were discriminated in southern Austria, but this changed in the 21st century. While Slovene is gaining prestige, fewer pupils of the "Slovene high school" speak Slovene as their first language; many now also come from Slovenia or Italy to to take advantage of the school's multilingual education offer. Our research focused on attitudes and motivation for first, second and third language acquisition, on personal perspectives on the relevances and values of multilingualism and the associated feelings, relationships and identifications. The heterogeneous composition of the interviewees allows for certain comparisons in this study: Some of the interviewed acquaint e.g. Slovene as a foreign language on this school, others as a first-/ second language (mainly the minority members). The study will be repeated in the summer semester of 2023 and will be designed as a longitudinal study. In our presentation, the results of the research on the topic of language acquisition and its frame of reference to emotions and society will be presented. Resulting implications for educational practice will be discussed. Schematised, life worlds of the interviewees will be presented, as they can be understood as another key to successful language acquisition factors of minority and foreign languages in mainly different language speaking environments (with more or less pressure and discrimination on minority language speakers – in comparison with learning a national language).

References:

De Florio-Hansen, I. & Hu, A. (Hrsg.) (2008). Plurilingualität und Identität. Zur Selbst- und Fremdwahrnehmung mehrsprachiger Menschen. Stauffenburg Verlag. Frenzel, A. & Stephens, E. (2017) Emotionen. In T. Götz (Hrsg.), Emotion, Motivation und selbstreguliertes Lernen (S. 15-77). utb. Morkötter, S. (2016). Förderung von Sprachlernkompetenz zu Beginn der Sekundarstufe. Untersuchungen zu früher Interkomprehension. Giessener Beiträge zur Fremdsprachendidaktik. Narr Francke Attempto. Möller, J. & Wild, E. (Hrsg.) (2020). Pädagogische Psychologie. Springer Pavlenko, A. (2005) Emotions and Multilingualism. Cambridge University Press. Pekrun, R. (2018) Emotion, Lernen und Leistung. In M. Huber & S. Krause (Hrsg.), Bildung und Emotion. (S. 215-231). Springer VS. Rück, N. (2009) Auffassungen vom Fremdsprachenlernen monolingualer und plurilingualer Schülerinnen und Schüler. Interkulturalität und Mehrsprachigkeit, Band 2. Kassel University. Spinath, B., Dickhäuser, O. & Schöne, C. (Hrsg.) (2018). Psychologie der Motivation und Emotion. Grundlagen und Anwendung in ausgewählten Lern- und Arbeitskontexten. Hogrefe Verlag. Vrbinc, M. (2013) Das BG/BRG für Slowenen - eine Schule mit (über-)regionalem Bildungsschwerpunkt. In W. Wolf, S. Sandrieser, K. Vukman-Artner & T. Domej (Hrsg.), Natürlich zweisprachig. Naravno dvojezično (S. 119-124). Leykam.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm31 SES 13 C JS: Researching Multiliteracies in Intercultural and Multilingual Education XV: Uneven Landscapes: Educational Decolonization and the Making of Multimodal Connections
Location: James McCune Smith, 629 [Floor 6]
Session Chair: Jennifer Markides
Joint Panel Discussion NW 07, NW 20, NW 31. Full information under 07 SES 13 D JS
5:15pm - 6:45pm32 SES 13 A: Organization, Diversity, and Digitization. Organizational Educational Theory and Research Perspectives
Location: Hetherington, 118 [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Inga Truschkat
Session Chair: Linda Maack
Symposium
 
32. Organizational Education
Symposium

Organization, Diversity, and Digitization. Organizational Educational Theory and Research Perspectives

Chair: Inga Truschkat (Freie Universität Berlin)

Discussant: Linda Maack (Freie Universität Berlin)

The symposium focuses on the relationship between organization, diversity, and digitization. This reveals a tension between the different concepts. Organizations are situated in and equally confronted with heterogeneous social conditions (Wilz 2002). This results in different, often interlocking approaches that indicate the necessity of negotiating diversity in and of the organization. Heterogeneity as a challenging condition starts with the productive need to process different perspectives and individuals. Approaches such as "diversity management" or "managing diversity" see diversity as a resource that needs to be managed for the benefit of the organization. For example, diversity has a productive effect in the context of innovation labs, where the variety of perspectives fosters the generation of new solutions (Schröer 2021). In this way, organizations can realize heterotopic places (Adler/Weber 2018) in order to temporarily suspend the contradictory logics of action inscribed in them. Other approaches address the organization in its interweaving with social power relations, which make the organizations themselves actors in the reproduction of social inequalities. Following the socially institutionalized norm that relations of inequality are illegitimate (Pasero 2003), here concepts of equity and inclusion that adopt a power- and structure-reflexive perspective on organizations become relevant.

Organizations operate in a field of tension between very different logics of action, which is also evident in the ongoing digital transformation. The widely funded interdisciplinary research in the field of digitization, for example, focuses primarily on the introduction of digital technology in production and management processes and the need for digital skills. The focus is on how digitality is changing work and organizational processes (Büchner 2018). Although the importance of organizations for digitization is repeatedly emphasized digitization is mostly neither tied back to the organization's own logic (Wendt 2021) nor sufficiently related to societal demands and the associated paradoxes.

Digitization and diversity also have a tense relationship. While the spread of the internet was initially associated with the hope that new technical possibilities would enable democratic forms of deliberative interaction, this optimism has since been empirically corrected. This is illustrated not only by the debate about digital divide, the self-referentiality of echo chambers or the spread of hate speech, but above all by the criticism that algorithms regularly stabilize relations of inequality and thus counteract claims to diversity (Bender et al. 2021). The increasing spread of artificial intelligence, in particular, is leading to the demand that the use of digital technology must comply with ethical principles and reveals new forms of learning (Truschkat/Bormann i.E.)

An organizational educational perspective therefore draws attention to the fact that advancing digitization not only creates new needs for knowledge generation and use, but also necessitates the negotiation of new organizational orders. An organizational educational approach offers the possibility to bring organization, diversity, and digitization into a relationship and to discuss related practices of action. The symposium will bring together current contributions that deal with the tense relationship between digital transformation and diversity in organizations and will discuss further organizational education theory and research perspectives in this topic area.


References
Bender, E. M.; Gebru, T.; McMillan-Major, A. et al. (2021). On the dangers of stochastic parrots: Can language models be too big? In Proceedings of FAccT 2021, S. 610–623.
Büchner, S. (2018): Zum Verhältnis von Digitalisierung und Organisation. In Zeitschrift für Soziologie 47 (5), 332-348.
Pasero, U. (2003) (Hg.): Gender – from Costs to Benefits. Wiesbaden: Westdeutscher Verlag GmbH.
Schröer A. (2021): Social Innovation in Education and Social Service Organizations. Challenges, Actors, and Approaches to Foster Social Innovation. In Front. Educ.
Truschkat, I.,; Bormann, I. (i.E.). Mensch-Technik-Beziehung. Sozial-emotionale Robotik als relationaler Erfahrungsraum. In Leinweber, C., de Witt, C. (Eds.), Digitale Erfahrungswelten im Diskurs – Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zum Verhältnis von Erfahrung und Digitalität. Hagen: Hagen University Press.
Adler, A.; Weber, S. M. (2018). Future and Innovation Labs as Heterotopic Spaces. In Weber, S.; Truschkat, I.; Schröder, C.; Peters, L.; Herz, A. (Eds.). Organisation und Netzwerke. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, S. 375-383.
Wendt, T. (2021): Die Kultivierung des Zufalls. Zum Verhältnis von organisationaler Strukturautomation und Unberechenbarkeit in der digitalen Moderne. In Schröer, A.; Köngeter, S.; Manhart, S.; Schröder, C.; Wendt, T. (Hg.): Organisation über Grenzen. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, S. 295–308.
Wilz, S. M. (2002): Organisation und Geschlecht. Wiesbaden: Springer VS

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Organization in digital Times. Challenges of organizational educational Theorizing and Research

Andreas Schröer (Universität Trier), Thomas Wendt (Universität Trier)

Organizations are increasingly using digital structure-building tools to systematize and coordinate actions in the context of digital transformation. As a result, the notion of management and control, the relationship between formality and informality, or the way in which decisions are made are changing. Regarding organizational education, learning in, from, and between organizations takes place under changed conditions. The consequences of digitization for organizations are discussed and classified using three examples: Filing (1), Decision Making (2), and Algorithmization of knowledge-based work (3). The use of case software such as ICT (1) in social pedagogical case processing leads to the fact that digital processing logic puts professional action knowledge under pressure. Big Data-based risk assessment tools in early intervention and child protection (2) put the importance of personal experience into perspective. In the application of large language models (LLM) or diffusion models in artificial intelligence (3), organizations become independent of individual microdiversity in the production of alternatives. With this background, the contribution explores the question of whether the use of software realizes the old dream of rationalizing work processes or enables a qualitatively different form of coordinating procedures that are based on the division of labor.

References:

Benanav, A. (2021). Automatisierung und die Zukunft der Arbeit. Berlin: Suhrkamp. Büchner, S./Dosdall, H. (2021). Organisation und Algorithmus. Wie algorithmische Kategorien, Vergleiche und Bewertungen durch Organisationen relevant gemacht werden. In: Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie KZfSS, 73, S. 333–357. Kelkar, S. (2018). Engineering a platform: The construction of interfaces, users, organizational roles, and the division of labor. In: new media & society, (20) 7, S. 2629-2646. Manhart, S., Wendt, T. (2022): Soziale Systeme? Systemtheorie digitaler Organisation. In: Soziale Systeme. Zeitschrift für soziologische Theorie 26 (1/2), im Druck. Wendt, T. (2021): Organized Futures. On the Ambiguity of the Digital Absorption of Uncertainty. In: Frontiers in Education 6:554336. Wendt, T., Manhart, S. (2020): Digital Decision Making als Entscheidung, nicht zu entscheiden. Zur Zukunft des Entscheidens in der Digitalisierung. In: Arbeit. Zeitschrift für Arbeitsforschung, Arbeitsgestaltung und Arbeitspolitik 29 (2), S. 143-160.
 

The constitutive Relevance of Gender for organizational Digitality

Leoni Vollmar (Freie Universität Berlin)

The discourse on the digitalization of (work)organizations is predominantly characterized by a technology-deterministic perspective that focuses primarily on the (everyday) consequences and possibilities of digitalization (cf. Nassehi 2019). Also, from a gender-political perspective, mainly the potentials and risks of technology usage for gender relations in organizations are discussed, which arise, for example, through changed possibilities of flexibility or the phenomenon of biased algorithms. In this sense, technologies are often already recognized in their socio-technical construction, whereas organizations tend to be addressed as neutral frameworks of digitization (cf. Carstensen/ Prietl 2021; BMFSFJ 2021). From an organizational theoretical perspective, however, questions are becoming increasingly virulent that focus on a more active role of organizations in digitalization and the emergence of new cultural forms based on digital infrastructures. In particular, the concept of digitality (Stalder 2016) raises a perspective that emphasizes the cultural significance of digitalization for organizations. In this sense, organizations and their actors are no longer exclusively confronted with the introduction of technologies, but rather are actively involved in the production of a new culture of digitality, which becomes visible in changed organizational practices (cf. Büchner 2018). However, it also becomes clear that the more the debate about digitization in organizations turns to a cultural approach, the less influence a gender-sensitive perspective has had so far. This becomes particularly relevant because, from a praxeological perspective, the central actors in the creation of a new digitality are not neutral entities, but are situated in gendered power relations themselves. (ct. Acker 1990; Wajcman 2010). To address this desideratum, the constitutive relevance of gender for organizational digitality will be demonstrated, building on concepts from feminist organizational and technology research. In addition, initial praxeological considerations for capturing gender in organizational digitality will be presented and subsequently discussed using the example of organizational digitality of workspaces in universities.

References:

Acker, J. (1990): Hierarchies, Jobs, Bodies: A Theory of Gendered Organizations. In: Gender & Society. 4/1. S. 58-139 BMBFSJ (2021): Digitalisierung Geschlechtergerecht Gestalten. Dritter Gleichstellungsbericht der Bundesregierung. 10. Juni 2021, Berlin. https://www.bmfsfj.de/resource/blob/184544/665a7070dbc68f9984fe968dc05fd139/dritter-gleichstellungsbericht-bundestagsdrucksache-data.pdf Büchner, S. (2018). Zum Verhältnis von Digitalisierung und Organisation. Zeitschrift für Soziologie 47(5), S. 332-348. Carstensen, Tanja; Prietl, Bianca (2021): Digitalisierung und Geschlecht: Traditionslinien feministischer Auseinandersetzung mit neuen Technologien und gegenwärtige Herausforderungen. In: Freiburger Zeitschrift für Geschlechterstudien 27 (1-2021), S. 29–44. Nassehi, A. (2019). Muster. Theorie der digitalen Gesellschaft. München: C.H. Beck. Stalder, F. (2016). Kultur der Digitalität. (1. Aufl.). Berlin: Suhrkamp. Wajcman, J. (2010). Feminist theories of technology. Cambridge Journal of Economics, 34(1), 143–152. http://www.jstor.org/stable/24232027
 

People with Disabilities using IT-facilitated Support Services: Self-Determination in digital Situations. Implications for Organisations from the social Field.

Tim Brunöhler (Bertha von Suttner Privatuniversität St. Pölten GmbH)

The presentation is embedded within the START (Self-Determination through technological support of Autonomy, Resilience and organisational Transformation) project in AT/CH (funding: FFG). One of START’s aims is to ensure and strengthen a self-determined life style for people with disabilities (PWD). START therefor co-develops an IT tool. This will digitally facilitate PWD’s access to a multitude of services or activities. Such services continue to be offered to a large extent by classical organisations that provide support for PWD. Just like other organisations, also organisations from this sector have been confronted with the effects of digitalisation (Bosse/Haage 2020:529f). Wherever digital services and tools are being introduced, aspects of education become an issue: for individual users inside the organisation (‘learning in organisations’), for the organisation as a whole (‘learning by organisations’) and for the ecosystems that the organisations are embedded in (‘learning between organisations’). In my PhD thesis I will pay attention to a new analytical sequence that I call ‘preceding digital situations’ and ‘subsequent target situations’ in the lives of service users (PWD) who (will) use digital tools like START’s prototype. A ‘preceding digital situation’ involves an IT tool to initiate, plan, prepare to guide or document a subsequent ‘target situation’, i.e. an activity of everyday life (like eating, cooking, shopping) and/or a suitable support service (feeding, mobility assistance, etc.). I hypothesise that (in this context) preceding digital situations can show a severe lack of self-determination, while most emphasis by the organisation’s staff or IT developers is put on ensuring and strengthening self-determination in the ‘target situations’. The (comparatively short) event of using the digital tool is not even regarded as a situation itself. My presentation will focus on the first part of the sequence: the often overlooked ‘digital situations’. It will showcase various examples, gathered by vignettes on situations (Miko-Schefzig 2022:114ff). They can help to raise awareness about action logics at the intersection of organisation, diversity and (constantly advancing) digitalisation (in the social field). Furthermore, they can contribute to negotiate new organisational orders and practices of action.

References:

Bosse, Ingo; Haage, Anne (2020): Digitalisierung in der Behindertenhilfe. In: Handbuch Soziale Arbeit und Digitalisierung. Pp. 529-539. Weinheim/Basel: Beltz Juvena Miko-Schefzig, Katharina (2022): Forschen mit Vignetten. Gruppen, Organisationen, Transformation. Weinheim/Basel: Beltz Juvena
 

Challenges of diversity-conscious Digitization Processes in social Organizations: Insights from the Practice Research Project “Digital Social Route Map” in Austria

Thomas Dierker (MCI Management Center Innsbruck Internationale Hochschule GmbH)

Digital technologies are increasingly finding their way into the provision of social services. For social organizations, this presents a wide range of opportunities and challenges. To meet these challenges, an interdisciplinary consortium consisting of five scientific organizations, three IT companies and 14 social institutions in Austria is working on the "Digital Social Route Map" project. The core of the project is the creation of a digital tool that helps people find information about services to solve social problems. The aim is to create an innovative product that, with the help of target-group and demand-oriented use of adequate digital technologies, creates added value for those affected as well as for social service providers compared to existing offers. The consortium works in an integrative and participative process with potential users and different organizations. The implementation of the "Digital Social Route Map" poses numerous challenges for the organizations involved in the project, as they are caught between the diverse opportunities offered by digital technologies and the heterogeneous demands of (potential) stakeholders. Particularly in the areas in which digital technologies find their way into direct client work, multi-layered technical, ethical, and organizational questions arise that can stand in "contradictory relationship to professional logics of social work" (Kutscher et al. 2020). Among other things, social organizations have to deal with data protection concepts and IT security, ensure equal technical access for their (vulnerable) stakeholder groups, consider the impact on the relationship with and trust by clients, and ensure the quality and diversity of services. Furthermore, the heterogeneity of the stakeholder groups requires that aspects of diversity - which are of central importance for (social) organizations - be given special focus when organizations implement digitization processes (Mayer/Vanderheiden 2014; Becker 2016; Dreas 2019). On the one hand, digitization can create further barriers to access, but at the same time it can also represent an opportunity to establish diversified, innovative, needs-based, and low-threshold services. In this respect, working with these ambivalences of integrating new technologies is a crucial aspect in the digitization process of social organizations and their services (Deckert/ Langer 2018; Grunwald 2018; Roehl/ Asselmeyer 2017). In order to address the described tensions and ambivalences between digitalization and diversity-conscious service orientation, social organizations need to engage in experimental and disinhibiting learning and transformation processes. In this contribution, experiences from a practice-oriented research project are shared that exemplify how social organizations can deal with these processes.

References:

Becker, M. (2016). Was ist Diversity Management? In K. Fereidooni & A. P. Zeoli (Hrsg.), Managing Diversity. Die diversitätsbewusste Ausrichtung des Bildungs- und Kulturwesens, der Wirtschaft und Verwaltung (S. 291–317). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Deckert, R., & Langer, A. (2018). Digitalisierung und Technisierung sozialer Dienstleistungen. In K. Grunwald & A. Langer (Hrsg.), Sozialwirtschaft. Handbuch für Wissenschaft und Praxis (S. 872–889). Baden-Baden: Nomos. Dreas, S. A. (2019). Diversity Management in Organisationen der Sozialwirtschaft. Eine Einführung. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Grunwald, K. (2018). Organisationsentwicklung/ Change Management in und von sozialwirtschaftlichen Organisationen. In K. Grunwald & A. Langer (Hrsg.), Sozialwirtschaft. Handbuch für Wissenschaft und Praxis (S. 333–356). Baden-Baden: Nomos. Kutscher, N., Ley, T., Seelmeyer, U., Siller, F., Tillmann, A., & Zorn, I. (Hrsg.). (2020). Handbuch Soziale Arbeit und Digitalisierung. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. Mayer, C.-H., & Vanderheiden, E. (Hrsg.) (2014). Handbuch Interkulturelle Öffnung. Grundlagen, Best Practice, Tools. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Rubrecht. Roehl, H., & Asselmeyer, H. (Hrsg.). (2017). Organisationen klug gestalten. Das Handbuch für Organisationsentwicklung und Change Management. Stuttgart: Schäffer-Poeschel.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm33 SES 13 A: Writing, Reviewing and Publishing in Peer Reviewed Journals
Location: James McCune Smith, 743 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Carol Taylor
Research Workshop
 
33. Gender and Education
Research Workshop

Writing, Reviewing and Publishing in Peer Reviewed Journals

Kathryn Scantlebury1, Carol Taylor2, Susanne Gannon3, Jayne Osgood4

1University of Delaware, USA; 2University of Bath, UK; 3Western Sydney University, Australia; 4Middlesex University, UK

Presenting Author: Scantlebury, Kathryn; Taylor, Carol; Gannon, Susanne; Osgood, Jayne

This workshop aims to create a collaborative space to share insights on writing approaches, reviewing practices, and publishing strategies for scholars doing qualitative and quantitative research that examines and theorizes the interrelated experiences of gendered subjects in formal and informal education settings.

Led by current researchers and editors with substantial experience of publishing in ‘quality’ journals across disciplines, ECER networks, and education levels the workshop is oriented to scholars at the beginning to their careers and those seeking to re-tool their skills. The workshop has a practical focus: to place of gender in relation to other key differences, to further feminist knowledge, philosophies, theory, action and debate.to share strategies, exchange information, and build networks. Its goal is to highlight ways to maximize involvement in writing, reviewing and publishing for scholars at any career stage who are striving for gender equality in education via their research and practice. The workshop leaders are currently co-editors of the leading, international journal Gender and Education.

In considering writing as a craft, this presentation hones in on the details. It provides advice on how to deal with what the ‘technical’ aspects of writing journal articles. It analyses the importance of writing titles that are clear, concise and eye-catching in an age of search engines and metrics. It reviews how to effectively structure a paper to maximize the clarity of the argument. It also suggests ways of creating a balance between theory and empirical data.

However, writing a good article needs more than craft. It is about having something ‘new’ to say, it is about shaping what it is you want to say in ways that enable the writer to make an original contribution (theoretically and/or empirically) to on-going debates, and it is about staking a claim to enter a particular discourse community. We discuss how to do these things effectively.

The workshop also considers writing journal articles that matter to both you and your audience. We need to attend to the writing’s artistry as achieved through a corporeal mode of mattering in which one’s heart, mind and identity are entangled (Barad, 2007). In discussing this entanglement of heart, mind and identity, workshop participants will be invited to dispense with the notion that ‘good’ article writing requires ‘genius’ or ‘inspiration’, that writing can only be done ‘when the mood takes me’, or that it requires a long time ‘alone’. Instead, academic article writing as a material practice, a ‘habit geography’ (Dewsbury & Bissell, 2015). This is habit not as stale routine but as a corporeal event of lived importance which releases pleasure and gets the writing done (Author, 2016).

The workshop will provide important insights into the practices that shape writing, reviewing and being published in journals focused on gender research in education settings. The publishing world is rapidly changing, with greater opportunities for informal modes of disseminating scholarship, alongside publication in a wider range of open access journals. However, within this expanding field, established journals continue to hold considerable power. This power is reinforced by international rankings and ratings metrics across neo-liberal, higher education systems, and by institutionally-entrenched performative, accountability structures. These wider forces shape the careers of individual academics and their publication aspirations. Journals that are recognised as the leading ‘quality’ journals are, then, those that early career academics often to aspire to be published in. Such journals provide access to valuable discourse communities and the circulation of new ideas, knowledge and theory; and they are repositories of historical expertise and experience in mapping a field. The workshop is significant in demystify writing, reviewing and publishing in a ‘top’ international journal.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The workshop has four objectives:
1. To provide insights from experienced educators, researchers and editors working with a range of qualitative and quantitative methodological approaches on how to maximize involvement in drafting, writing, reviewing and publishing for emerging scholars;
2. To share ‘top tips’ on how to select and shape your writing with publications in mind from the start in order of a project to ensure greater impact for your work;
3. To discuss and exchange ideas on reviewing practices that can be employed when peer reviewing work for journals that does not fit conventional models and expectations of research in education; and
4. To create an open and collaborative space for scholars to share strategies, exchange information, and build networks.

The workshop presentation is led by experienced educators and researchers who are currently editors of a major international journal (Gender and Education); have extensive experience on the Editorial Boards of various international journals; and have designed and lead many workshops on ‘writing articles for journals’ for academic staff and emerging researchers (Author and Stevenson, 2017). The workshop is designed with interactivity and discussion throughout. Activities will include the following:
• Engaging participants in understanding how to craft their article for first submission with the specific aims, vision and scope of journal in mind. This will support participants to express the original contribution to knowledge that their article makes, and provide guidance of how to situate their article in the broader field;
• The workshop will use a range of exemplar texts designed to represent a spectrum of submissions of varying quality from high quality to low quality that typify submissions to a journal that specializes in gender and education with a strong focus on theory and qualitative design methods;
• Participants will engage in a worked example of peer reviewing to promote discussion as to how papers shift through multiple drafts through the process of journal submission;
• Workshop leads will offer advice on how authors’ should respond to revisions and their responsibility to reviewer and editors suggestions for minor and major revisions. Workshop participant will thereby gain practical, detailed and helpful insights on crafting excellent academic articles for journals.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This workshop will provide participants with key insights into writing for publication and hands-on experience of reviewing academic papers. The workshop is led by experienced journal editors of an international journal on gender and education. Participants will engage in discussions focused on passing knowledge across generations of scholars, to enable the intergenerational transmission of the skills and practices of academic writing. Through these activities, participants will establish networking links that will extend the community of scholarly practitioners in the field and to encourage participants to become journal reviewers and board members.
References
Author (2013). anonymized for ECER review purposes.
Author and Stevenson, J. (2017) Chapter anonymized for ECER review purposes.
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe half way – quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Durham: Duke University Press.
Dewsbury, J. D & Bissell, D. (2015). Habit geographies: the perilous zones in the life of the individual. Cultural Geographies, 22(1), 21–28.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm33 SES 13 B: Gender Based Violence Prevention – Strategies and Practices
Location: James McCune Smith, 734 [Floor 7]
Session Chair: Andrea Abbas
Paper Session
 
33. Gender and Education
Paper

Sexual Consent and Identification of Isolating Gender Violence among Young People in a Diversity of Relationship Contexts

Elena Duque Sánchez, Paula Cañaveras Martínez

University of Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Cañaveras Martínez, Paula

The continuing cases of sexual assault among young people globally are an issue of concern. In view of this, the conception of affirmative sexual consent has emerged; that is, it is no longer necessary to say "no" but rather a "yes" is required for sexual consent to be considered to have taken place. However, the "only yes means yes" approach to affirmative consent continues to leave many victims of sexual violence unprotected as such "yes" can be coerced. This is why the conception of sexual consent based on communicative acts (Vidu & Tomás-Martinez, 2019) is the one that most guarantees the protection of potential victims by taking into account not only Physical Power (physical force) and Institutional Power (in unequal positions) but also Interactive Power.

Interactive Power includes positions of power beyond the relationships mediated by institutions. That is, it takes into account the situation of vulnerability or power according to the context in which interactions take place (Flecha et al., 2020).

With regard to victimisation in relation to sexual consent issues, not only the peer pressure to initiate certain sexual approaches plays an essential role, especially at the beginning of their affective-sexual relationships, which many studies and young people themselves have already mentioned, (Widman et al., 2016) but especially, the coercive discourse (Racionero-Plaza et al., 2022). This pressure to initiate sexual relations faced by young people is a global problem (Macleod & Jearey-Graham, 2016; Chan & Chan, 2013).

One of the keys identified by the scientific literature in numerous and diverse contexts for overcoming or preventing situations of all types of violence, including sexual violence, is the response and intervention by the people who witness it (Coker et al., 2015). However, despite the research consensus on the effectiveness of bystander intervention, the scientific literature has also shown that, in many cases, the witnesses who take a stand for the victim suffer Isolating Gender Violence as a consequence (IGV). IGV is violence against people who take a stand with the victims with the intention of leaving the victims isolated, thus preventing them from overcoming their victimisation (Vidu et al., 2021). The scientific literature has evidenced how Isolating Gender Violence (IGV) occurs in any type of relationship and in a diversity of people and contexts.

Support movements and solidarity networks created to protect victims have been successful in transforming many victims into survivors precisely because of this approach. The MeToo University movement was generated precisely in a Spanish university context in which many victims of sexual violence by faculty or students were unprotected and silenced by the institution for fear of reprisals (Joanpere et al., 2022).

Within the framework of the CONSENT project (PID2019-110466RB-I00), from speech acts to communicative acts, fieldwork has been carried out with young people aged 18 to 25 to find out, among other issues, who have taken a stand to support them or others in these cases. Despite their initial unfamiliarity with some of the scientific concepts, by sharing with participants the scientific evidence they were able to identify IGV situations they had experienced or witnessed.

The two main findings of the research were that, when faced with situations of coercion that could affect consent (1) they found few protective reactions to victims from witnesses and that when they did, they were often retaliated against. (2) Some of the young people interviewed expressed having support strategies and help signals, either beforehand or on the spot, to protect themselves and their friends from situations of coercion


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For the fieldwork with young people corresponding to Phase 2 of the project, the critical communicative methodology (Gómez et al., 2006) was used because of the sensitivity of the topics and because it is the only one that allows the scientific evidence to be put into an equal dialogue with the participants and which has proven successful in including the voices of vulnerable groups as well.

Thus, the fieldwork was carried out during the months of June and September 2021 using two research instruments: 50 communicative life stories and 7 communicative discussion groups. In both techniques the dialogues emerged on the basis of sharing scientific evidence on sexual consent based on communicative acts, as the methodology requires. A total of 78 young people between the ages of 18 and 25 participated. The communicative discussion groups consisted of natural groups varying from 2 to 8 participants each.

Participant selection was made through the criteria previously established by the project. Geographical diversity was covered including 6 different Spanish regions. The participants belonged to different and diverse backgrounds: different educational levels, rural and urban origin, as well as different nationalities, the majority being Spanish.

The selection of participants was initially carried out by the project researchers who contacted students from the university offering them the opportunity to participate. After the first contacts made directly from researchers to students, the rest of the selection process was snowballed. A very important criterion that was taken into account when selecting the first contacts in order to avoid conflict of interest was that the university students contacted should not have the researchers proposing their participation in the research as a teacher. Another important fact regarding the diversity of the participants was the different socialisation spaces they frequented with the intention of initiating this type of relationship as well as the diversity of relationships they sought or had more frequently: stable, sporadic, open relationships, etc.

All participants completed an informed consent form explaining the aims of the research and the project and informing them of their rights to participate and withdraw from the research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In relation to the scenarios of taking a stand for the victim suffering from coercion to consent some explained:

(1) Their group of friends had strategies and signs, sometimes previously discussed, to make the others know they were in an uncomfortable situation in order to be assisted to escape it.
(2) In many occasions, people positioning against the aggressor, either a friend or just a witness, suffered from reprisals in different forms such as being called “buzzkill”.

Results from the present research show how sharing the latest scientific evidence concerning Sexual Consent made the youth interviewed more aware of the lived situations  making it possible to identify them in the future and act more safely towards them both as victims and upstanders. Identification of Isolating Gender Violence and specially confronting it effectively when it is recognised is a major key to overcoming coercion in the context of all kinds of affective-sexual relationships and promoting the power to choose freely. Although the contexts of participants were diverse, common elements were found related to these results.

Contributing to the creation of safe spaces in educational settingsaddressing these issues from the scientific evidence, may trigger also more informal dialogues around them contributing to the protection of victimisation from both Sexual Violence and Isolating Gender Violence.

While scientific dialogues with the population on Isolating Gender Violence are being enhanced, it is imperative that institutions focus on detecting Isolating Gender Violence in order to protect victims from all types of violence, as without support there is no chance of transformation from victims to survivors.

References
Chan, S. M., & Chan, K. W. (2013). Adolescents’ susceptibility to peer pressure: Relations to parent–adolescent relationship and adolescents’ emotional autonomy from parents. Youth & Society, 45(2), 286-302.

Coker, A. L., Fisher, B. S., Bush, H. M., Swan, S. C., Williams, C. M., Clear, E. R., & DeGue, S. (2015). Evaluation of the Green Dot Bystander Intervention to Reduce Interpersonal Violence Among College Students Across Three Campuses. Violence Against Women, 21(12), 1507–1527. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077801214545284

Flecha, R.; Tomás, G.; Vidu, A. (2020). Contributions from psychology to effective use and achievement of sexual consents. Frontiers in Psychology. https://10.3389/fpsyg.2020.00092

Gómez, J., Latorre, A., Sánchez, M. & Flecha R. (2006). Metodología comunicativa crítica. El Roure.

Joanpere, M., Burgués-Freitas, A., Soler, M., & Aiello, E. (2022). History of MeToo University movement in Spain. Social and Education History, 11(2). https://doi.org/10.17583/hse.10545

Macleod, C. I., & Jearey-Graham, N. (2016). “Peer pressure” and “peer normalization”: discursive resources that justify gendered youth sexualities. Sexuality Research and Social Policy, 13, 230-240.

Racionero-Plaza, S., Puigvert, L., Soler-Gallart, M & Flecha, R. (2022). Contributions of Socioneuroscience to Research on Coerced and Free Sexual-Affective Desire. Frontiers in Behavioral Neuroscience. 15(814796).  https://doi.org/10.3389/fnbeh.2021.814796

Vidu, A., Puigvert, L., Flecha, R.. & López de Aguileta, G. (2021). The Concept and the Name of Isolating Gender Violence. Multidisciplinary Journal of Gender Studies, 10(2), 176-200. http://doi:10.17583/generos.2021.8622

Vidu, A., & Tomás Martínez, G. (2019). The Affirmative “Yes”. Sexual Offense Based on Consent. Masculinities and Social Change, 8(1), 91-112. https://doi.org/10.17583/mcs.2019.3779

Widman, L., Choukas-Bradley, S., Helms, S. W., & Prinstein, M. J. (2016). Adolescent Susceptibility to Peer Influence in Sexual Situations. The Journal of adolescent health : official publication of the Society for Adolescent Medicine, 58(3), 323–329. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jadohealth.2015.10.253


33. Gender and Education
Paper

An European Network of Educators that Learns Together Evidence-based Bystander Intervention Actions to Stop Violence Against LGBTI+ Youth

Oriol Rios-Gonzalez, Guillermo Legorburo-Torres, Elena Gallardo-Nieto

Universitat Rovira i Virgili, Spain

Presenting Author: Legorburo-Torres, Guillermo; Gallardo-Nieto, Elena

Educational institutions, both formal and non-formal, are contexts where violence against LGBTI+ youth is a worrisome and ever-present reality (FRA, 2020; EU Open Data Portal, 2018). The negative consequences for the victims include academic and health issues, with a higher risk of absenteeism, school failure, dropping out, depression, or suicidal ideation at its worst (Dessel et al., 2017; Elipe et al., 2018; Miravet et al., 2018; Orue & Calvete, 2018). Research has also highlighted the negative impact on the whole environment, which becomes hostile and unsafe.

Among the educational actions that have both a reactive and preventive dimension against violence, the bystander intervention approach is a common element that has been widely investigated for its positive impact: that is, involving all bystanders to step up in different ways to look out for the victim, break the silence and create safer spaces where violence is hindered by an atmosphere of zero-tolerance against it. Among the most researched educational programs and strategies, the Green Dot Bystander Intervention Programme (Coker et al., 2015) and the Dialogic Model of violence prevention and resolution (Duque & Teixido, 2016) are highlighted for accumulating some of the latest evidence on violence prevention: for instance, they include constant training to all agents of the community, and they understand the relevance leaders’ perspective for initiating change. Overall, these programs start by training educators, from teachers to staff or families and volunteers. Adults, once trained, can initiate the strategies that involve the youth they are directly involved with, as well as the whole institution and all agents.

Considering that knowledge, the Up4Diversity project has been a 2-year European project, funded by the Rights, Equality and Citizenship (REC) Programme whose main aim was to empower young people and youth workers to become active upstanders in the eradication of violence against LGBTI+ youth. Among the most relevant outcomes were the literature reviews that led to the creation of training materials and a training workshop for educators with all the scientific knowledge gained. Furthermore, the project launched from its beginning a European online Network of educators that met six times during the project funding to learn and discuss the main evidence that could help them implement bystander intervention actions in their diverse realities. People from different countries and educational contexts joined the various masterclasses and meetings, two of which took place in the Mid-term and the Final project’s Conference, in September 2021 and July 2022, respectively.

As one of all projects’ goals is measuring its social impact, the Consortium designed data collection techniques to answer the question: Does diversity of educators who engage in dialogue around evidence-based knowledge on violence prevention empower them to improve or start implementing actions that will help their institution and the youth that are there?

Data collected through 160 questionnaires and 5 interviews with a communicative approach suggest that educators regain confidence in training as a way to improve the education they provide to ensure safer spaces for everyone; moreover, the dialogic and egalitarian learning atmosphere is crucial in their sense of belonging and therefore contributing to the network. Last, they are motivated to put into action different strategies learned in the network and the project. The main implication drawn from this research is the recreation of networks of diverse people who interact in a dialogical way around evidence-based educational actions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The Communicative Methodology (Flecha & Soler, 2014) was followed throughout the whole project, during the network sessions, and for the current research. This methodological approach has been highlighted by the European Commission for its effectiveness in social sciences, and especially with vulnerable collectives, to analyse the barriers that hinder their improvement and namely to find evidence-based solutions (Gómez et al., 2019).

Mixed methods were employed. First, two complementary questionnaires using Google Forms were designed: a pre-test was made to be carried out before the conferences and a post-test was to be filled out after the two conferences. The questionnaires included common elements regarding the information about the research and the project, some demographic information, awareness of violence against LGBTI+ youth, knowledge about bystander intervention and specific evidence-based actions. The post-tests also included questions about general satisfaction, quality, usefulness and applicability of the learning. The majority of questions were quantitative using a 1-6 Likert scale, with only two open-ended questions with short answers. Respondents in the post-test of the second conference were also asked to provide their willingness to participate in an interview. Participants were given time before and within the Conference to fulfill the questionnaires, to ensure their participation.

The semi-structured interviews were designed with the aim of deepening how the experience provided participants with knowledge and tools to effectively tackle, prevent and position against violence in their institutions and in their lives. They were asked specific questions about their personal upstander actions and steps to implement some strategies in their institutions. These interviews were carried out in May and June 2022.

As part of the communicative approach to the research, an Advisory Committee was created at the beginning of the project. This committee was formed by end-users, such as teachers and volunteers of different organizations and youth ages, so that their contributions could enrich, as for the current paper, the instruments for data collection, to make them more appropriate and relevant.

Informed consent was given by all participants. The online survey included all the research information, and a similar document was provided to the participants interviewed. This ensured voluntary participation, confidentiality, and anonymity. They could solve any doubts about the study beforehand. The instruments were approved by the European Commission within the project’s technical evaluation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results show an improvement in awareness of violence suffered by LGBTI+ youth and familiarity with what being an upstander means. Moreover, participants felt more prepared and willing to intervene and implement actions than before the conference.

The main results of the network are related to the detection of barriers and opportunities for the prevention and fight against violence based on sexual orientation, gender identity and expression. The network has made significant advances in how professionals can transform and promote change toward safer, freer and more sensitive contexts with respect to sexual and gender diversity. Specifically, the following contributions stand out:

The contribution of evidence-based knowledge and specific strategies to generate changes with social impact.
The increase of actions and motivations towards active positions against violence and for the defense of victims.
The use of the potential of each participant in the process with the support and group accompaniment of the strategy.

These results strengthen the researchers’ commitment to recreating diverse networks that focus their sessions on what science has proven to have the most impact. The Up4Diversity network debates show how educational actions with a bystander intervention approach can be applied to their environments.

One of the project’s goals was to enable the continuation of this network after the end of the project lifespan. This was agreed upon during the last Consortium meeting in July 2022, two more events have been carried out in November 2022 and January 2023; two more will take place in April and June 2023.

Regarding the conference theme, this research and the whole project ensured that diversity in terms of sex and gender is welcome and valued in educational settings, with the corresponding benefits in all fields and for everyone in the community.

References
ALLEA - All European Academies. (2018). The European Code of Conduct for Research Integrity. Academy of Sciences and Humanities. https://allea.org/code-of-conduct/
Coker, A. L., Fisher, B. S., Bush, H. M., Swan, S. C., Williams, C. M., Clear, E. R., & DeGue, S. (2015). Evaluation of the Green Dot bystander intervention to reduce interpersonal violence among college students across three campuses. Violence against women, 21(12), 1507-1527.
Department of Economic and Social Affairs, U. N. (2020). THE 17 GOALS | Sustainable Development. https://sdgs.un.org/goals
Dessel, A. B., Goodman, K. D., & Woodford, M. R. (2017). LGBT discrimination on campus and heterosexual bystanders: Understanding intentions to intervene. Journal of Diversity in Higher Education, 10(2), 101-116. https://doi.org/10.1037/dhe0000015
Elipe, P., de la Oliva Muñoz, M., & Del Rey, R. (2018). Homophobic Bullying and Cyberbullying: Study of a Silenced Problem. Journal of Homosexuality, 65(5), 672-686. https://doi.org/10.1080/00918369.2017.1333809
EU Open Data Portal. (2018). EU LGBT survey—European Union lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender survey. https://data.europa.eu/data/datasets/survey-eu-lesbian-gay-bisexual-transgender?locale=es
Flecha, R., & Soler, M. (2014). Communicative Methodology: Successful actions and dialogic democracy. Current Sociology, 62(2), 232-242. https://doi.org/10.1177/0011392113515141
Gómez, A., Padrós, M., Ríos, O., Mara, L.-C., & Pukepuke, T. (2019). Reaching Social Impact Through Communicative Methodology. Researching With Rather Than on Vulnerable Populations: The Roma Case. Frontiers in Education, 4. https://www.frontiersin.org/article/10.3389/feduc.2019.00009
Miravet, L. M., Amat, A. F., & García-Carpintero, A. A. (2018). Teenage attitudes towards sexual diversity in Spain. Sex Education, 18(6), 689-704. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681811.2018.1463213
Orue, I., & Calvete, E. (2018). Homophobic bullying in schools: The role of homophobic attitudes and exposure to homophobic aggression. School Psychology Review, 47(1), 95-105. https://doi.org/10.17105/SPR-2017-0063.V47-1
Up4Diversity (n.d.): https://medis-dpedago.urv.cat/up4diversity/


33. Gender and Education
Paper

Myths of Romantic Love, Violence and Self-esteem. Evaluation of an Intervention Program in Adolescents on Healthy Couple Relationships

Encarnación Soriano, Carmen Ujaque Ruiz, Verónica C. Cala, Rachida Dalouh

Universidad de Almeria, Spain

Presenting Author: Soriano, Encarnación

This research studies the couple relationships in adolescents and the behaviours within them. A couple relationship is a sentimental bond of a romantic type that unites two people of the same or different gender (Pérez and Gardey, 2021). The concept of romantic love is strongly underpinned by a whole series of myths that are culturally shared and transmitted through the various channels of socialisation (Foucault, 2006; Ferrer and Bosch, 2013). Romantic love myths are the set of socially shared beliefs about the "true nature" of love and are often fictitious, absurd, misleading, irrational and impossible to fulfil (Yela, 2003). Assuming the romantic love model and the associated myths may facilitate the violence relationships (Repullo, 2011). Distorted beliefs about love and violence in relationships are associated with a greater likelihood of being victims or aggressors (Jiménez, 2021; Lara and Gómez-Urrutia, 2019). Most adolescents identify violence in their intimate partner relationships and consider it a normal process (Garrido and Barceló, 2019). On the other hand, there are studies that show that people with low self-esteem have a greater internalisation of romantic beliefs, which favours or maintains intimate partner violence and relationships based on control (Bisquert et al. 2019). Building healthy self-esteem protects and makes acceptance of violence or harm by others less likely (André, 2006).

There is a need for robust education strategies to address the problem. This research adapts Lara and Providell's (2020) programme to promote healthy relationships. The aim of this study is to evaluate the adapted programme, which addresses the myths of romantic love, the acceptance and normalisation of violence in young people and its relationship to self-esteem. We hypothesise that the programme will work and therefore, the intervention will decrease the acceptance of myths and violence, and increase self-esteem, promoting healthy relationships. This is a quasi-experimental study with a control and experimental group, with pretest and posttest.

The participants in the study were 112 adolescent students from three secondary schools in southern Spain. Their ages ranged from 12 to 16 years old, with a mean age of 13.41 (M=13.41; SD=1.266).

Six interventions were carried out in each of the centres, each lasting 60 minutes. The evaluation instrument used was a questionnaire consisting of socio-demographic data, the scale on Myths of Romantic Love and Acceptance of Violence by Lara and Providell (2020) and the Self-Esteem Scale by Rosenberg (1965) adapted to Spanish by Echeburúa (1995). The intervention lasted 2 months.

The results show statistically significant differences between the control and experimental groups, with the experimental group obtaining the highest scores on the scales applied in Acceptance of the Myths of Romantic Love (Z=-4.24, p=<.001), and in Acceptance of Violence (Z=-2.673, p=.008). In contrast, the paired samples t-test for Self-Esteem (t=.088, p=.930) was not significant. Therefore, the starting hypothesis is partially fulfilled, the programme works by decreasing the acceptance of romantic love myths and the acceptance of violence, but does not increase self-esteem.

It is concluded that it can be applied as an educational strategy that facilitates the prevention of violence in an effective way with little time cost, allowing the promotion of well-being and discouraging violence in adolescent couples.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
1.Design
It is a quantitative study with a quasi-experimental design of repeated measures (pre-post) with a control group.
2.Participants
The study included 112 adolescent students from Secondary Schools, selected by non-probabilistic convenience sampling. For the analyses, only 79 young people were included, as those who did not answer both pre-test and post-test questionnaires were excluded. Incomplete questionnaires were also excluded. The ages of the participants ranged from 12 to 16 years, with a mean age of 13.41 years. 68.4% (n=54) were female and 31.6% (n=25) were male. Of these, 12.7% (n=10) were Roma.
Regarding the type of relationship, 20.3% (n=16) reported having a current partner, 6.3% (n=5) had not had a partner for two months, 17.7% (n=14) had not had a partner for more than two months and 55.7% (n=44) had never had a partner.
3.Procedure
The questionnaire was administered in the participants' classroom in physical format, with paper and pen. A trained member of the research team provided them with the necessary instructions to fill in the questionnaires and was available to answer any questions.
The six interventions were adapted from Lara and Providell's (2020) workshop "Healthy relationships for the prevention of violence in young couple relationships". The sessions were delivered over two months in 60-minute sessions.
4.Instruments
The instrument used in the pretest and posttests consisted of questions asking for information on socio-demographic characteristics (gender, age, ethnicity, nationality, type of current relationship and sexual orientation), and by the Romantic Love Myths and Violence Acceptance scale of Lara and Providell (2020) and the Rosenberg Self-Esteem scale (Echeburúa, 1995; Rosenberg, 1965).
Lara and Providell's (2020) scale is composed of ten items with two response alternatives, Agree and Disagree, with an α of 0.80.
Rosenberg's Self-Esteem Scale (1965) adapted to Spanish by Echeburúa (1995) consists of 10 general items that score from 1 to 4 on a Likert-type scale, with an α=.92.
2.6.Ethical aspects
The project was submitted to the Bioethics Commission of the University of Almeria, with reference UALBIO2020/003. Anonymity and the possibility to stop answering the scales at any time were guaranteed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
With regard to the socio-demographic data, it should be noted that most of the participants were women (68.4%) and that there was a 12.7% participation of Roma ethnicity. It is worth mentioning that there are participants who have never had a partner (55.7%) and that almost the entire sample is of heterosexual orientation (92.4%). It is worth noting that with such a high percentage of people who have never had a partner, the interventions carried out should specialise in the prevention and promotion of healthy relationships with the advantage of reducing the likelihood of violence in future relationships.
As for the results, the study shows that there is a low baseline acceptance of the myths of romantic love and violence, and a high overall self-esteem score that matches the norm for the general population.
The analysis showed that the control and experimental groups started from the same baseline on all variables; therefore, there were no significant differences prior to the intervention. It can be observed that, after the intervention, the control group shows no significant differences and the experimental group does. Therefore, we can conclude that the intervention works on the variables Myth Acceptance and Violence Acceptance, but there are no significant differences on the variable Self-Esteem. Therefore, the intervention has only worked in part.
Although the starting point is low acceptance of the myths of romantic love and violence, the intervention improves these variables. The null result in Self-esteem may be because it is a more complex construct and more interventions may be necessary for an improvement to take place.
The hypothesis is partially fulfilled. The results show that the programme works by decreasing the acceptance of romantic love myths and the acceptance of violence. However, it does not increase self-esteem.

References
André, C. (2006). Prácticas de la autoestima. Kairós.
Bisquert, M., Giménez, C., Gil, B., Martínez, N., y Gil, M. D. (2019). Mitos del amor romántico y autoestima en adolescentes. Dehesa: Repositorio Institucional de la Universidad de Extremadura.
Echeburúa, E. (1995). Evaluación y tratamiento de la fobia social. Martínez Roca.
Ferrer, V. A., Bosch, E., y Navarro, C. (2010). Los mitos románticos en España. Boletín de psicología, 99(7), 31.
Ferrer, V., y Bosch, E. (2013). Del amor romántico a la violencia de género: Para una coeducación emocional en la agenda educativa. Profesorado. Revista de Currículum y Formación de Profesorado, 17(1),105-122.
Foucault, M. (2006). Historia de la sexualidad. Siglo XXI.
Garrido, M. C., y Barceló, M. V. (2019). Prevalencia de los mitos del amor romántico en jóvenes. OBETS: Revista de Ciencias Sociales, 14(2), 343-371.
Jiménez F., A. (2021). Mitos del amor romántico: Prevención e intervención en adolescentes. Una revisión bibliográfica. Universidad de Cádiz.
Lara, L., y Gómez-Urrutia, V. (2019). Development and validation of the Romantic Love Myths questionnaire. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 36(21-22), NP12342-NP12359.
Lara, L., y Providell, L. (2020). Relaciones sanas: Guía para la prevención de la violencia en las relaciones de pareja joven, dirigida a jóvenes. Centro de Comunicación de las Ciencias: Universidad Autónoma de Chile.
Pérez, J. y Gardey, A. (2021). Definición de relación de pareja. Definicion.de. Recuperado el 10 de marzo de 2022 de https://definicion.de/relacion-de-pareja/.
Real Academia Españoula. (s.f.). Amor. En Diccionario de la lengua española. Recuperado el 10 de marzo de 2022 de https://dle.rae.es/amor.
Repullo, C. R. (2016). Los mitos del amor romántico: SOS celos!!!. Mujeres e Investigación. Aportaciones interdisciplinares: VI Congreso Universitario Internacional "Investigación Y Género": Sevilla, 30 de Junio y 1 de Julio de 2016 (pp. 625-636).
Rosenberg, M. (1965). Society and the adolescent selfSimage. Princeton University Press.  
Yela, C. (2003). La otra cara del amor: mitos, paradojas y problemas. Encuentros en Psicología Social, 1(2), 263-267.
 

 
Contact and Legal Notice · Contact Address:
Privacy Statement · Conference: ECER 2023
Conference Software: ConfTool Pro 2.6.150+TC
© 2001–2024 by Dr. H. Weinreich, Hamburg, Germany